This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
(11/.[11
 A

GREEK AND ENGLISH

LEXICON
OF THE

NEW TESTAMENT.
GREEK AND ENGLISH

LEXICON
OF

THE NEW TESTAMENT.

IY

EDWARD ROBINSON, 1). 1). /t'

LATE PROP. EXTRAOBD. OI‘ SAC. LIT. IN THE THEOL SEM- ANDOVER.

A NEW AND IMPROVED EDITION,

IIVIIID IV

ALEXANDER NEGRIS,
LATE SECRETARY GENERAL (1824) AT MISSOLONGHI,
nonuon or muazx unmn-muz ;
BD] TO R 0? HERODOTUS, PINDAR, XENOPHON‘S ANABASIS,
‘so 1m: OIA'I'IONS or ESCRINRS AND DBIOITHRHES Ion ‘run clown;
AUTHOR or A GRAMMAR or flu: MODERN can: LANGUAGE, A DICTIONARY or momzax
can: vnovnans, 8w. &c.

AND I!

THE REV.JOHN DUNCAN, A. M.,

OF MILTON CHURCH, GLASGOW.

ED INBURGH 2
PUBLISPIED BY THOMAS CLARK, 38, GEORGE STREET.

MDCCCXXXVIII.
 GLASGOW:
PRINTED n! w. 0. aucmz 3: (30.,
\‘ILLAFIELD
 PREFACE.

ELEVEN years have now elapsed, since the Author of this work published a Lexicon
of the New Testament, in the form of a revision and translation of the ‘ Clavis Philo
logica’ of Wahl, in its first edition. That work was favourably received, as supplying
in some degree a want which had long been felt ; and the whole edition of fifteen hun
dred copies was exhausted in a little more than four years.
On returning in 1830 from a residence of several years in Germany, it was the Author’s
first wish, and perhaps duty, to have immediately prepared another edition of the former
work, or a new volume of a similar character. But providential circumstances seemed
for a time to call him to other kindred labours; and then sickness intervened; so that
it was not until the autumn of 1833, that he was able to give himself in earnest to the
preparation of a Lexicon. Since that time his labour upon it has been uninterrupted;
so that, comparatively speaking, scarcely a day has elapsed, of which the largest por
tion has not been spent upon the volume here given to the public.
It was at first supposed, that a revision of the former work was all that would be
necessary. But in the lapse of eight years devoted to studies of this nature at home
and abroad, the Author’s own views and principles in respect to lexicography and phi
lology in general, had naturally become farther developed and in some parts modified.
In the same interval, too, the progress of science in this department, as in others, had
not ceased to be onward ; new editions of the Lexicons of Wahl and Bretschneider had
appeared; Winer had pushed his researches further, and brought the results into a better
form ; and, above all, the labours and improvements of Passow had been spread before
the world. In this state of things, an attempt merely to remodel an imperfect foreign
work seemed hardly advisable. It appeared therefore to the Author and his friends
decidedly preferable, that, calling no man Master on earth, he should go on and pre
pare from the New Testament itself and from the auxiliary sources, a new and inde
pendent work, adapted to the wants of students in our own country. In doing this, he
has been able to resort to all the sources from which Schleusner and Wahl and Bretsch
neider drew their materials; and while he has freely availed himself of their labours,
he has found occasion on every page to distrust their judgment and accuracy, and to
turn from them habitually to the original authorities. Accordingly, the present volume
is throughout the result of the Author’s 0WD investigations; and, with a few slight ex
ceptions, has been sent to the press wholly in manuscript.

A full and scientific Lexicon of any language, embraces a wide field of inquiry.
The scholar who would pursue the study of a language critically and philologically,
does not rest until he has traced each word to its origin ; investigated its primitive fonn
and signification; noted the various forms and senses in which it has been current in
the difierent epochs and dialects of the language, and the manner and order in which
all these are deduced from the primitive one and from each other; and, last though not
(I
 1v PREFACE.

least, has observed the relations in which it stands to other words, in constructions and
phrases, and the various modifications which it has undergone in these respects. When
all these points are properly ascertained and arranged in his own mind, then and not
till then is the scholar master of the word in question; and the transcript of the view
thus obtained, with the necessary vouchers, is the true lexicography of that word. This
is justly termed the liistorz'cological method of lexicography, which has grown up out
of the general progress of philology within the present century, and aims to present a
logical and historical view of each word in all its varieties of signification and construc
tion. The first exemplification of it was given by Gesenius, in his Hebrew Lexicon;
and it has been ably followed out by Passow in his Lexicon of the Greek language. “‘
These remarks proceed upon the supposition, that a language is in itself primitive and
independent of every other ; and that its words may therefore be traced to their ultimate
roots within itself. This indeed is usually assumed in regard to the Greek language ;
and the Lexicon of Passow is constructed on this principle. But in respect to our own
and many other languages, this is obviously not the fact; and the science of compara
tive philology, which has sprung up within our own days, has already taught us, that
both the Greek and Latin are also only members of one great family of languages,
which, descending apparently from the mountains of India, have spread themselves over
Southern and Western Asia, and the whole of Europe; retaining, under every diversity
of climate and circumstances, such obvious affinities, as give undeniable evidence of a
common origin. These lndo-European tongues, as they are called, include the Sanscrit,
Persian, Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, English,and the other dialects of the Teutonic;
and strictly also those of the Slavic and Celtic races. The Semitic languages form a
distinct family ; though still, in their primary elements, kindred to the former in a greater
degree than has usually been supposed. Here too, the first scientific attempt at marking
these coincidences as a part of lexicography, has been made by Gesenius, in his Latin
Manual of 1833 ; but we apprehend the time to be not for distant, when every Lexicon
of the Greek or Latin, or indeed of any of the occidental tongues, will be regarded as
incomplete, which shall fail to notice these striking afiinities.
In respect to the Greek, it should also be borne in mind, that there are three great
epochs which mark the progress of the language; through all, or some of which, the
different meanings and uses of a word can be traced with more or less distinctness. ‘I’
These are its youth, in the heroic or epic poems of Homer and Hesiod, with which may
be joined the Ionic prose of Herodotus ;—its prime, in the palmy days of Attic elegance
and purity, as exhibited in the great tragedians, and in the prose of Thucydides, Xeno
phon, Plato ;—and its decline, after the Macedonian conquest, and still later under the
Roman dominion ; when the breaking up of the various independent states,the mingling
together in armies of soldiers enlisted from every quarter, and the founding of colonies
and large cities peopled with inhabitants from every part of Greece, and also from
foreign lands, could not fail to produce great changes in the language of difierent com
munities; which, by natural consequence, would speedily be reflected in the language
of books. Thus was formed the later Greek idiom, h 10m‘; Buhtwmg, which everywhere
superseded the pure Attic ; and of which Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch, Aelian,
and other later writers are the representatives. Some of the forms peculiar to this later
idiom were ascribed to the influence of the Macedonians, and referred to the Macedo
m'c dialect; or sometimes the same forms were referred to an Alezandrine dialect, in

' See a very able article on the subject of Greek Lexicogrsphy in the London Quarterly Review,
"0]. LI. No. 101; reprinted in the Bib]. Repos. Vol. lV. p. 556 seq.
1' Buttm. Gramm. § 1, psssim. H. Planck de vent Nature et lndole etc. P. 1.; in Bihl. Re
pos. l. p. 650; and BlBLlCAL Cssms'r. vol. Il.
 PREFACE. V

asmuch as the chief seat of the later Greek culture was in Egypt, and its metropolis
Alexandria. But these terms are probably too specific ; and embrace what strictly be
longed to the later language of common life in general,rather than to the dialectof any
particular tribe or city. "
The language of the New Testament is the later Greek language, as spoken by
foreigners of the Hebrew stack, and applied by them to subjects on which it had never
been employed by native Greek writers. The simple statement of this fact, suggests at
once what the character of this idiom must be; and might, one would think, have saved
volumes of controversy. The Jews came in contact with the Greeks only at and after
the Macedonian conquests; and were therefore conversant only with the later Greek.
They learned it from the intercourse of life, in commerce, in colonies, in cities founded
like Alexandria, where the inhabitants were drawn together from Asia, as well as from
Greece ; and it was therefore the spoken language of common life, and not that of
books, with which they became acquainted. But they spoke it as foreigners, as Hebrews;
and therefore it could not fail to have in general a colouring of the Hebrew, or rather
of the later Aramaean, which was their vernacular tongue. Jews who spoke Greek
are called in the New Testament ‘Ensure-mi’, Hellenists; and hence, in modern usage,
since the time of the younger Scaliger, the Jewish Greek has not unaptly been termed
Hellenistic. ‘I’
The earliest monument of this idiom is the Version of the Seventy, made at Alexan
dria, probably at different times during the centuries immediately preceding the Chris
tian era. This, as being a direct translation from the Hebrew, made by the Jews,
exhibits strongly the influence of the Hebrew, as well as an imperfect knowledge of the
Greek ; though in various degrees in its dillerent parts. Closely allied to this are the
Aporryphal books, usually connected with the Septuagint. Meanwhile the Greek lau~
guage had become current also in Palestine, along with the Autumn; partly through
frequent intercourse with Hellenistic Jews settled in Egypt and in Asia Minor, who
constantly resorted to Jerusalem; and partly from the influence of the Herods and the
Roman dominion. 1 Hence the New Testament was written in the now universal tongue.
Still later there appeared other Greek Versions of the Old Testament, made by Jews ;
and also the remaining Psaudepigraphic and Apocryphal writings of the Old and New
Testaments. Two Jewish writers only, Philo and Josephus, both of them cotemporary
with the Apostles, were able to overcome in a great measure the influence of their ver
nacular tongue ; and although when treating of Jewish affairs, they necessarily employ
many terms belonging to the Jewish Greek, yet in general they approach much nearer
to the written idiom of the later Greek, than any of the writers either of the Septuagint
or New Testament.
The writers of the New Testament, with the exception of Paul, and partially perhaps
of Luke, were unlearned men ; and, like the rest of their countrymen, knew the Greek
language only from the intercourse of common life, and not from books. With them
therefore, the Hebrew element which mingled in their idiom, would naturally have great
prominence ; although, since their writings are not translated from a Hebrew original, it
is not here as strongly marked as in the Septuagint. It often lies in the turn of the thought,
or in the thought itself, rather than in the expression. Even where the expression is
modelled after the Hebrew, this is seen more in the construction and connexion of words
in phrases and sentences, than as affecting their intrinsic signification. Whoever has him
self learned to speak a foreign language, or has closely watched the discourse of

' Buttm.§ l. n. ll, 12. Sturz de Dial. ‘Mac. et Alex. Lips. 1808.
} Buttm. § 1. n. 12. Winer Gramm. p. 28, and msrg.
t Bibl. Repos. l- p. 309 sq. p. 530 sq. llug’s Introd. to the N. T. Part 11. § l0.
 VI PREFACE

foreigners speaking our own tongue, will readily have perceived, that the signification
of words is in general, much more easily retained and correctly applied,than their forms
and their proper construction and connexion. Thus, nothing perhaps imparts more to the
Gospels the air of the Hebrew narratives of the Old Testament,than the frequent use of the
—-From
particle mu’
Hebraisms
as a connective,
of this kind,
corresponding
the writingstoofthe
Paul
Hebrew
are comparatively
usage of the particle
free ; since
Vavfrom

his birth and residence amid the Greek schools of Tarsus, he probably had acquired a
more accurate knowledge of that language than was usual with the Hebrews of Pales
tine; though the course of his education and the character of his learning were not
Greek but wholly Jewish. ‘
The writers of the New Testament, further, applied the Greek language to subjects on
which it had never been employed by native Greek writers. No native Greek had ever
written on Jewish affairs, nor on the Jewish theology and ritual. Hence the Seventy,
in their translation, had often to employ Greek words as the signs of things and ideas,
which heretofore had been expressed only in Hebrew. in such a case, they could only
select those Greek words which most nearly corresponded to the Hebrew ; leav
ing the diflerent shade or degree of signification to be gathered by the reader from the
context. Thus, to express the idea of the Hebrew D5512 as a word of salutation or
farewell, they employ the Greek word u'eq'lm, just as we use the word peace in the same
way and for the very same reason. Similar is fl'Mo-yi'm for Heb. to bless ,- in Greek wri
ters only to speak well of. Thus far the path was indeed already broken for the writers of
the New Testament. But beyond this, they were to be the instruments of making known
a new revelation, a new dispensation of mercy to mankind. Here was opened a wide
circle of new ideas and new doctrines to be developed, for which all human language
was as yet too poor; and this poverty was to be done away, even as at the present day
on the discovery and culture of a new science, chiefly by enlarging the signification and
application of words already in use, rather than by the formation of new ones. An ex
ample of this in the New Testament is especially the word ark-rig‘ to which may be
added Biwumim, Emmor‘ndau, Exhoyb'], nifio'a‘rolog and many others.
The New Testament, then, was written by Hebrews, aiming to express Hebrew
thoughts, conceptions, feelings, in the Greek tongue. Their idiom, consequently, in
soul and spirit, is Hebrew; in its external form, Greek, and that more or less pure, ac
cording to the facilities which an individual writer might have possessed of acquiring
fluency and accuracy of expression in that tongue. "

The preceding remarks present a summary view of the principles which have guided
the Author in the preparation of the present volume. The Greek of the New Testament
constitutes butasmall portion of the Greek language as a whole; and a Lexicon, if it
can only aim to give a just exhibition of one of the subordinate forms or phases of that
rich and noble tongue. Of such a work, the following, it would seem, ought to be
some of the chief traits; and they have accordingly been made prominent objects of
attention.
1. The etymology of each word is given so far as it appertains to the Greek and He
brew,f and occasionally the Latin. A general comparison of the aflinities between the
Greek and other languages, belongs only to a general Lexicon of the language.
. See generally, H. Planck do vera natura atque indole Oratiouis Gracia Nov. Test. Goetting,
18l0; reprinted in Rosenrn. Commentstiones Theol. I. p. 112; also translated in the Bibi. Repus.
]. p. 638 sq.; and in BIBLICAL CABINET, vol. II. See also Winer’s Grsmm. §§-4.
‘I’ See the articles Alli-m, iv'umru, nuiégm, etc. To these should be added Aépwu, Asp-air, Scc
Gcscn. Heb. Lex. art. '11:’! i
 PREFACE. Vll

2. The full historical view of a word, is here out of place; since we strictly have to
do only with those significations and constructions which are found in the New Testa
ment itself. But the logical method is still applicable in its full force. This consists
in assigning first to each word its primary signification, whether found in the New Tes_
tsment or not; and then deducing from it in logical order all the significations which
occur in the New Testament; but not others, except so far as they may be necessary to
illustrate the former. ' In this connection, the attempt has every where been made, to
discriminate between the intrinsic significations of a word, and those senses in which it
may be employed through the force of adjuncts. By referring the latter to their appro
priate heads, the multiplicity of meanings given by earlier lexicographers has been
greatly diminished. Particular attention has also been given, to bring out to view the
force of the prepositions in composition.
3. The various constructions of verbs and adjectives with their cases and with other
adjuncts, is in general fully given. Unusual or diflicult constructions are noted and
explained, by reference both to grammatical rules and to the usage of other writers.—
Here the usual Latin abbreviations, for marking the construction of words, are too con
venient to be laid aside for any English substitutes; and therefore such terms as seq.
9015!. or c. ace. and the like, have been retained without scruple; just as the common
English has adopted the forms etc. and per cent.
4. The different forms and inflexion of words are exhibited, so far as seemed proper
in a Lexicon. Any variety or irregularity of form is, in particular, fully explained.
5. The usage of the writers of the New Testament, is in all cases illustrated by a re
ference to both the elements of which the New Testament idiom is composed; on the one
hand to the Hebrew element, or Jewish Greek ; and on the other to the common or later
idiom of the Greek language. For the former or Hebrew element, the Version of the
Seventy, is of the highest importance ; since it was probably the only Greek writing
with which most of the sacred penmen were acquainted; and many words, phrases, con
structions, and even whole passages, are in the New Testament drawn immediately from
it. Next in order are the Apocryphal writings connected with the Septuagint; and also
the other Greek Versions. Thus far the concordance of Trommius, and the Lexicons
of Biel and Schleusner on the Septuagint, furnish sufficient aid. The works of Philo
and Josephus are here of great importance ; the latter of whom, especially, contains a
treasure of illustration in respect to the facts and antiquities of the New Testament.
Valuable, though imperfect materials from their writings have been collected in the
“ Observationes” of Loesner and Krebs ; and one of the merits of Bretschneider ishis
frequent (though often faulty) reference to Josephus. The later Apocryphal writings
of both the Old and New Testaments are of value as throwinglight upon the opinions of
the later Jews, rather than as illustrating the Scriptural idiom ; since they are in a great
degree mere servile imitations of the latter.—-For the other, or Greek element, reference
is made to the prominent writers of the later dialect in the current editions; and wherever
a nerd belongs also to the Attic epoch, a single reference is usually added to a writer
ofthat age, mostly to Xenophon. Here the Lexicons of single authors, and the collec
tions of Elsner, Kypke, Raphel, and, more than all, of Wetstein, greatly facilitate the
labours of a lexicographer 0f the New Testament.
Let the student not be startled at the apparent multitude of such references, nor think
them all of no avail. They are adduced not merely nor mainly to elucidate the meaning
of a word ; but to show its authority and standing in the Greek language. They serve
to show in what relation each word stands to the Septuagint and Jewish writings, and
also to the later and Attic Greek; and whether it is common to all or any of them, or

' Comp. the articles “in”, We, dine, etc.

 VIII PREFACE.

found in none. In this way they have an important bearing on the long disputed ques
tion of the purity of the New Testament idiom ; and aid in determining its true
character.
6. So far as the limits of a Lexicon permit, attention has been given to the interpre
tation of difiicult passages; in order that the work may in some measure supply the
place of a more extended Commentary.
7. Each article, so far as practicable, contains a reference to every passage of the
New Testament in which the word is found. In this way, in more than seven-eighths of
the words, the Lexicon is a complete Concordance of the New Testament. Those arti
cles in which this is not the case are marked at the end by the letters At.—The most
sedulous care has been been bestowed to verify all the references; and although in a
work containing so many thousands of them, some errors are unavoidable, yet it is hoped
that the present volume will bear comparison in this respect with any other of a like
size and character. The Scriptural references are usually made to the New Testament
of Knap, the Septuagint of Mill, and the Hebrew Bible of Van der Hooght.
Such is the plan of the work now given to the public; to the execution of which the
Author has unweariedly devoted the best powers of the best years of his life ;—with
what success, the theological public must judge. His fervent hope and prayer to God
is, that the work may be instrumental in giving facility and impulse to the study of the
Holy Scriptures, and the pursuit of Sacred Literature; and thus aid in promoting the
cause of sacred learning, and Christian piety in our land !

To those friends by whose kind advice and encouragement the Author has been
cheered, he tenders his sincere thanks. Among these the Rev. Prof. Stuart has ever
been foremost; and I take pleasure in thus testifying my obligations to him. Nor can
I pass over the kind oflices of another valued friend, the Hon. John Pickering,
whose eminence as a Greek scholar and general philologian is known and appreciated
throughout Europe, not less than in our own country. His friendly advice and aid have
been always at hand ; and the stores of his valuable library have been opened to me as
freely as if they had been my own. A similar acknowledgement is due also to the
Trustees having charge of the Theological Seminary at Andover, who have liberally
left in my hands for years all the books I desired from the library of that Institution, the
richest in its collections of Sacred Literature which our country yet possesses.
A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, translated from the Latin of
Gesenius by the Author of the present volume, was published a few weeks since. The
translation was carried on along with the preparation of the present work; without how
ever causing any delay of the latter, unless in a slight degree. The two works toge
ther embrace the lexicograpby of the whole of the original Scriptures.

Bos'ron, OCT. 25, 1836.

 PREFATORY NOTICE TO THIS EDITION.

In presenting to the Theologians of Great Britain and Ireland a New and

Improved Edition of Professor Robinson’s Greek Lexicon of the New Tes—
tament, the Publisher does not consider it necessary to say one word as to
the general merits of the work; it has already received, in this country,
as well as in America, the highest marks of approbation from those most
competent to judge of its excellence.

The learned Author has mentioned, that, in consequence of the distance

of his residence from the press, and his new edition having been, with some
trifling exceptions, printed from MS., he fears, that, notwithstanding all
his care and anxiety, errors may have escaped his notice.

Accunscv in a work of this description is of the last importance, and the

Publisher, under a due sense of this, feels great satisfaction in having
secured, for this edition, the assistance of two Gentlemen eminently quali
fied, in point of learning and carefulness, to secure this important object.
Mr Nsems, is a native of Greece, and already well known in the classical
world by his labours in the field of Greek literature, more especially by his
editions of Pindar, Xenophon, and Herodotus. The accuracy and the learn
ing which, by universal consent, he has exhibited in editing these authors,
affords ample guarantee, that whatever the most scrupulous care and inti
mate acquaintance with his native language can effect, has, in this edition
of Robinson's Greek Lexicon, been secured.

The Hebrew has been revised and corrected, with most rigid and scru
pulous attention, by the Rev. J. Duncan of Milton Church, Glasgow; who,
besides other improvements, has also inserted many valuable additions,
both critical and theological. These, to distinguish them from the original
matter, he has, for the most part, inserted between brackets [
 X PREFACE.

In the progress of their labours, SEVERAL Taousnm ERRORS have been

detected and corrected, many of which were of vital importance; and 1' ,
Publisher most anxiously hopes that, after the searching examination which
this edition has undergone, it has been brought as near to perfect accu
racy as the extent of the work and the nature of the case will reason
ably admit.

EDINBURGH, 38, GEORGE S'mnm,

Dncmunnn, 1837.
 l V!
.-_

LEXICON 3??
/' 3;.
OF THE
4E

NEW'TES TAMENT
‘twain’; ' ' ,

1], alpha, the first letter of the Greek In N. T. metaph. not burdensome, i. e.
alphabet, corresponding to the Heb. " not causing expense, 2 Cor. 115 9 éfiapfi
Fur its power as a numerical sign, and {4471's, mn'ov irr'lpqam—So Emfiapc'w q.
as a privative and intensive particle in v. an fiapt'lc Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 9.
composition, see Buttman § 2. n. 3. § ‘A5302, indec. Abba, Hebrew =5,
120. 5,and n. 11. In N. T. 1-6 Aor r6 Chaldee form REE, father. ‘Mark 14.:
(‘0.560 signifies the first, Rev. 1: 8, 11. 36. Rom. 8: l5. Gal.4.: 6.
91: 5‘ 22: 13; since the writer himself
explains it by 1rpGn'og and awe’). Com "ABM, 6, indec. Abel, Hebrew 55';
p..." Is. 48: 12. coll. 41: 4. 44,: 6.— (transientness), pr. name of the second
Clem. Alex. Strom. IV. 95. [p. 537. C. son of Adam. Matt. 23: 35. Luke 11:5].
ed. Sylb.] n'mkoc 751p ailrog (6 uiog) IIeb. 11:4. 12: 24'. See Gen. 4:1—16.
waau'w niv Euvéluewv, sly Ev E'Xoulue'vwv 1146105, 6, indec. Abi'a, Heb. "$5.8:
ml z'vvu'ue'vuv' 3451 who A Kai O 6 (Jehovah is his father), pr. name of two
M70; e'ipm'at. men in N. T. One a king of Judah,
ill “54'”, 6, indec. Aaron, Hebrew
Matt. 1: 7. coll. 1 K. 14.: 31. 15: 1 sq.
T‘ITB, pr. name of a son of Amram and The other a priest of the posterity of
Jochebed of the tribe of Levi, Ex. 6: Aaron, and founder of a sacerdotal fa
20; the brother of Moses, his interpreter mily, Luke 1: 5. When all the priests
before Pharaoh the Egyptian were distributed into 24 classes, the 8th
king, Ex. 4:14 sq. 5: 1 sq. 7: 10 sq. class was called from him the class Qf
and the first High Priest, Ex. 28: 1 sq. Abz'a. 1 Chr. 24: 10.
40: 12 sq.-—In N. T. Acts 7: 40. Heb. ’Aflmil9ag, I), indec. Abialhar, Heb.
5: 4. 7: ll. 9: 4. By Hebraisrmfamz'lg ‘1:315. (father of abundance), pr. name of
ofAaron, Luke 1: 5. - a High Priest, Mark 2: 26. CI. 1 Sam.
715155417, indec. Abaddon, Heb. 22: 21. l K. 2: 26, 27, 35. See Cfllmet.
I“?! (destruction), the name ascribed ’A(31Mw'1, 5;, .7, Abilene, (in M...
Rev. 9: 11 to the angel of Tartarus (ii also 'ABtMW; and 'Afilhuiwh) the name
fivuaog q. v.)and explained by the Greek of a district not far from Anti-Lebanon,
('moMi’mw dub-aye)‘, i. e. the angel of so called from the city Abila or Abela,
death. The usual Heb. word is "PEP, which lay on the eastern declivity of
Sept. 6 6Mp¢6uv, EX. 12: 23. So Wisd. Anti-Libanus, about 18 or 20 miles
I8: 25. Compare riltofipwn'lg 1 Cor. N.W. from Damascus, towards Helio.
I0: 10.
polis or Baalbeck; and often named
’A(3m31'7;, 5/05, 6, 1'], adj. ((1 pr. and 'Aflihr] 1017 Avo'am'ou to distinguish it
Bdpog weight) pp. not heavy,e. g. ofthe from others. This territory had formerly
air, Plut. Moral. V1.1). 98. ed. Tuuchn. been governed as a tetrarchate by a cer
A
 ‘1131063 2 'A 70:00’;

tain Lysanias, the son of Ptolemy and 3. Cf. 2 Pet. 2: 4.—Aeta 'l‘homzo §
grandson of Mennaeus (Jos. Ant. l4. l3. 32 1'] (11300009 roii Taprdpov.
3); but he was put to death (A.C. 36) "117043053 0!), 6, Agabus, pr. name
through the intrigues of Cleopatra, who of a Jewish Christian, who predicted a
took possession of his province ib. 15. famine Acts 11: 28, and the imprison
4. 1). After her death it fell to ugus ment of Paul Acts 21: 10.
tus, who hired it out to a certain Zeno ’A'yoclloeg'ye'w, 5, f. 17w, (dyatwq
dorus; but as he suffered the country to and Zpycm) Phavorin. new": K111 in
be infested with robbers, the province 'ydzopat (‘1700611. In N.T. absol. to do
was taken from him and given to Herod good to others. 1 Tim. 6: 18. (coll.
the Great (10s. B. J. 1. 20- 4.. coll. Ant. 1al. 6: 10.) In Mss. Acts 14.: 17 for
15. 10. 1. At Herod's death a part of ('t'yaemrote'w.
the territory was given to Philip (Ant.
17. 11. 4.); but the greater part, with ’A7a009rms'w, o”, f. {you}, (a'yntlog
the city Abila, seems then or after and 1rme'w.) The better form is d-yatioy
wards to have been bestowed on another 1rotéw, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 200.
1. to do good to others, absol. Mark
Lysanias, Luke 3: 1, who is by some
3: 4,. Luke 6: 9, 35. Acts 14.: 17. VVith
supposed to be a descendant of the form an accns. of pers. Acts 6: 33. Sept. fur
er, but is no Where mentioned by Jose
3W7‘. Judg. 17: 13. Zeph. l: l2.-—Tob.
phus. Indeed nothing is said by Jose
phus or any other profane writer of this 12:13. 1 Mac. 11: 33. 2 Mac. 1: 2.
2. In N.T. also to do well, not virtu
part of Abilene until about ten years
ouslg, absol. 1 Pet. 2: 15, 20. 3: 6, l7.
after the time referred to by Luke, when
Caligula gave it to Agrippa Major as 3 John 11. Cf. 1 Pet. 3:11.
1" rerpapxia Ava'am'ou (Ant. 18. 6. 10); 'A'yafloz'oifu, a5, 1'], well-doing,
to whom it was afterwards confirmed by love of virtue, virtuous conduct, 1 Pet. 4-:
Claudius (ibid. 19. 5. 1). At his death 19; cf. dyasmrme'w no. 2_——TCSt. XII
it went with his other dominions to Pat. ap. Fabric. Cod. Pseudep. I. 722.
Agrippa Minor (ib. 20. 7. 1. B. J. 2. —Others, beneficencc.
l2. l).—See Krebs Obss. in N. T. p. 'Alyaéo'z'olo’g, 05, 6,13, adj. pp. be.
110. Rosenm. Alterthk. 1. Pt. II. p. nqficcnt; in the sense of 1 land, courteous,
257. e. g. 'yvvr'] Ecclus. 4.2: 14,. In N. T.
,ABIMIIE, 6, indec. Abiud, Hebrew upn'ght, virtuous, 1 Pet. 2: 14.; cf. d-yu
“WAR: (Judah is his father), pr. name Omrotéw no. 2.—Athenag. ApoL p. 304-.
of a son of Zorobabel, Matt. 1: l3. D. in Opp. Justini Mart.
Omitted in l Chr. 3: 19. ’A'ya00'g, 7,7, 61', (r‘i'yav much, ex.
, I
Afigowtfb, 6, indec. Abraham, Heb. ceedingly,) corresp. to Heb. 1"?- Lat.
“1:35 (father of a multitude), pr. name bonus, and Eng. good.
of the celebrated patriarch and founder 1. good, i. e. from the force of the
of the Israelitish nation. Matt. 1: 1, theme, excellent, distinguished, best.
2. 22: 32. H61). 11: 8-19. AL. a) of persons. Matt. 19: 16 man-“i.
(1709:’. v. 17 bis. Mark 10: 17, 18 bis.
"Afiutmog, 00, h, (a pr. and [3690; Luke 18: 18, 19 bis. So Sept. for TB
v. fitla'o'og depth, bottom ,) in Greek writ
ers, deep, profound,- as )J'uvn t‘ifivmroe
1 Sam. 9: 2.--Judith 11: 8. .105. Ant.
Diod. Sic. 5. 25. Herodot. 2. 28. Sept. 9. 5. 2 for); dyaeotie dvopag Kai dtxaiovg
for iifilfgabgss, either of the ocean, Gen. d-rrz’m-zwe. Xen. Cyneg. 1. 14.‘
1:2. 7': 11; or of the underworld, Ps.
b) of things. Luke 10: 4.2 n‘lv dya
61‘11/ pzpioa. John 1: 4.7 n’ ri-yutlév wlmt
71: 21. 107: 26. remarkable. 2 Thess. 2: 16 Dorie (‘t-ya
In N.T. i] (‘t/3110009 as a noun signi.
611. unless this is put for Dnrtg 81711001’. So
ties, the place of the dead, orcus, ridge.
Sept. for :3: Ezra 8: 27 Xakxm': (‘17:16:15.
a) gem. Rom. 10: 7. 2. good, absolutely, i. e. of good char
b) spc. Tartarus i. e. that part of {time
in which the souls of the wicked were acter, disposition, quality.
a) of persons, upright, virtuous. Matt.
supposed to be confined. Luke 8:31.
Rev. 9: 1,2, 11. 11:7. 17: 8. 20: l, 5: 4,5. 12: 35. 25: 21, 23. Luke 6: 4-5.
 'A-yaflég 3 ’A'ya70ou'w
19: 17. 93: 50. John 7: 12. Acts 11: 24. Rom. 15: 2-105. Ant. 4. 6. 1 1rd)“:
So Sept. for :‘it: 2 Chr. 21: 13. Prov. 13: ¢olmxag ¢€puv o’ryatlr']. Pausan. Elias.
2, where (‘17111669 is opposed to 1rapciyopog. poster. 0. 26. 4 xlilpll c’;- xap'rrobg impi
15: 8. Is. 63: 7 gain); c’l'yaflég for =11? =1 om iii-yaw].
—Xen. Liam. 3. 4. 8 rabg Kai-mic mké c) neut. (a) n‘: (‘17119611, something use
Znv L111 roug- (170601); ripém—Oncq of fulandprofitable, benefit, Rom. 8: 28. 12:
external condition, appearance, dress, 2]. l3: 4. Gal. 6: 10. Eph. 4: 28. 6:8.
etc. Matt. 22: 10. See in Howls; fin. 1 Thess. 5: 15. Philem. 6, l4.—Xen.
b) of things. (a) in a physical sense, Cyr. 4. 2. 18.—(fi) riz é'yathi, things good
e. g. Ez'vepov Matt. 7: 17, 18. yr? Luke and useful, benefits, blessings. Matt. 7: l 1.
8: 8. So Sept. yr‘) c’iy. for :5: Ex. 3:8. Luke 1: 53. 16: 25. Gal. 6:6. Heb. 9:
—Diod. Sic. ll. 25 xu'Jpa by. Xen. 11. 10: 1.—Xen- Cyr. 5. 3. 15 robe ei/zp
Dec. 16. 7 yfi (17.—()3) in a moral sense, yeroilvrag (27019074: brrapgahho'pwou—In
good, upright, virtuous ; e. g. impala Luke the sense of goods‘, wealth, Luke 12: 18,
8: 15. e’yroM'y Rom. 7: 12. Xéyoc 2 19. S0 Sept. for an: Gen. 24: 10. 45: 18,
Thess. 2: 17. sz'hnpa 1'01? 9. Rom. l2: 20. Deut. 6: lL—Xen. Cyr- 3. 3. 20.
2, and so Sept. for :‘m with n; ‘in/(ulna 4. good, in respect to the feelings ex
Neh. 9: 20. Ps. 143: 10. Wisd.8: l9 cited, i. e. pleasant, joyful, happy, 1 Pet.
\Lvxr) by. Hence 011141517014: (17010:), i. e. 3: 10 illuz'pag ii-y. Rom. 10: 15. 11': z'i'yafiii
consciousness of rectitude, Acts 23: l. happy times. Sept. for :51: Ps. 34: 12
1 Tim. 1; 5,19.1 Pet. 3: 16, 21.—-So ilpe'pag by. Zech. 8: 19 ioprc‘ig try—Ec
E'p-yu i'lyalici, good deeds, virtue, rectitude, clus. l4: l4. 1 Macc. 10: 55.
Rom. 2: 7. 13: 3. Eph. 2: 10. Col. 1:10.
2 Tim. 2: 21. 3: l7. Tit. 1: 16. 3:1. ’A yumwgyi’w, 5, 1'. flow, (contr. for
Heb. 13: 21. So Sept. for :‘1: 1 Sam. i’ryafioepye'w q. v.) to do good to others,
19 : 4 arm/[para n'qnvvisd. 3: 15. now: 1'17. absol. Acts l4: 17 in some Mas—Cy
c) neut. (ryaflév and o’iyaflé, i. e. virtue, rill. 0. Julian. 3. p. 81. A. et in Mich.
reclitude, love of virtue, Matt. 12: 34, 35. cap. 2. p. 409. C.
19: 16. Luke 6: 45. John 5: 29. Rom. 2: ’A7ul1wo'6w;, 17;, 5, (for iiyatio
10. 3: 8. 7218,19. 9:11. 12! 9. 13: 3. m'wq' in Greek writers r'ryafidrqg,or bet.
16: 19. 2 Cor. 5: 10. 1 Pet. 3: 11,13. 3 tcr xpmamg, Thorn. Mag. p. 921. H.
John 11. Rom. 7: 13 bis 16 (11.166, that Planck de Indol. p. 162, 164, and in
which isin itselfgood. Rom. 14: 16 where Bil). Repos. I. p. 683,) goodness, viz.
r6 r‘ryaflo'v is the good cause, i. e. the reli a) of disposition and character, probi
gion of Christ. Sept. for air: Ps. 34: 14. tg, virtue, Rom. l5: l4. Eph. 5: 9. 2
53: 2, 4 —Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. 'l‘hess. 1: 11. S0 Sept. for :5: Ps. 52:
3. good, in respect to operation or in 5. "2575 2 Chr. 24: 16.
fluence on others, i. e. useful, beneficial, b) towards others, beneficence, Gal. 5:
profitable. 22. Sept. for at: Neh. 9: 25.
a) of persons, benevolent, benefit-ant,
Llatt. 20: 15_. Rom. 5: 7. 1 Thess. 3: 6. ,Ayamu'oto'lg, 2mg, {1, not found in
Tit. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 2: 18. S0 Sept. for Gr. writers; but often in Sept. in the
:‘L': 2 Chr. 30: 19 ('1 3:69 (:7. Ps. 73: sense of joy, ezultation, for 5‘; Ps. 45:
l.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4 cbsp-yz'rnv, ray 16. 65: 13. rejoicing, with song, danc
asap“ row byaBéy. Time. 1. 86. ing, etc. for "A? Ps. 30: 7. 118: 15.126:
h) of things; e. g. 561mm Matt. 7: 11. 2, 6. great joy, for 1152 P8. 45: 8. 51:
Luke 11: 13. 5601: James 1: 17. am» 10, 14.-'I‘0b. 13: 1.
Phil. 1:6. éyaorpoipr’] 1 Pet. 3: 16.xap1roc' In N. T.joy, gladness, rejoicing, Luke
James 3: l7. aria-rig‘ Tit. 2: 10. Sept. for 1: 14, 44. Acts 2: 46. Jude 24.—Acta
a": 1 Sam. 12: 23 dry. 1356;. N011. 9: 13 Thom. § 7 iv x096 xui ¢iya)\)\icio'u.——
Heb. 1: 9 {Many ('i'yaithuiazwgimm Ps.
ivroXnidy.-—Matt. 12: 35 dry. Snuauplic,
(hm-we of good things. Luke 6: 45.— 45: 8, oil ofgladness, i. c. with which
So lpya (271106, good deeds, benefits, Acts guests were anointed at feasts, here put
9,-36, 2 Cor. 9: 8. 1 Tim. 2: 10.5: 10. as an emblem of the highest honour; see
__1" the sense of 8ilitablc,‘ adapted to, Calmet p. 68.
Elm’ 4: 29 A6709 "'7- 1rpog oixooolm'pl. ’A7a7\7\1a'w, £5, [iuke l: 47, else
A ‘I
 "A yea/1.0; 4 ‘Ayamz'w
Wllefe dyalkmlofbw, ((‘l'yav much and gen. Matt. 20: 24. Mark 10: 4,1.—
r'iMopai to leap, dance) not found in Gr. Plato Ep. 7. Apollodor. Bib. I. nspi Tl
writers, but often in Sept. for Bu (5*?) Ps. Him-W t’z-yavaxrovaa. More freq. with in’
9: 11.1%; Ps. 69: 4. 1:: Ps. 90: 6. ‘an’: seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4. Wisd.l2: 27.
Ps. 40: 17, etc. pp. spoken of rejoicing Z4yavoixrna'lg, we, .',, indignation.
with song and dance. Hence in N. T. 2 Cor. 7: 11.—Thuc. 2. 41. Jos. B. J. 4-.
to exalt, rejoice. 5. 4.
a) absol. Luke 10:21. Acts 2: 26 by
ahhcc'waro 1', 7M70'm': you, I rejoiced in 'Aymm'w, 5, f. 17w, absol. and
words, sang aloud. 16: 34.—So xalpeiv trans. to love,- but differing from quAz'w,
mi o’lyaM. emphat. rejoice erceedingly, which includes the kind of love or afl'ec
Matt. 5: 12. 1 Pet. 4: 13. Rev. 19: 7. tion expressed by a kiss; see Tittmann
col]. Ps. 90: 14. 40: 17.—Acta Thom. de Synon. in N. T. p. 50.
s 27. a) to love, i. e. (a) to regard with strong
b) with a noun of the same signil'. in afl‘eetion. Luke 7: 4.2. John 3: 35. 8: 42.
an adverbial sense. 1 Pet. 1: 8 dyah 21: 15 sq. 2 Cor. 9: 7. Rev. 3: 9.211. sap.
Made: xopqi lwwXaM/rrp, rejoice with joy Sept. for 3315, Gen. 24,: 67. Ruth 4: l5.
unspeakable, i. e. unspeakably. Winer § —\Vith an accus. of the corresp. noun,
58. 3. Matthim§ 408. n. Buttm. § 133. 3. Eph. 2: 4| d-yémyv, fir fryérrnoev indie,
c) seq. '[va 0. subjunct. John 8: 56 the love, with which he hath loved us,- so 2
fi'yuMiéo'a-m 711a 2'51, rr)v hpe’pav n)v e’ Sam. l3: 15. See Buttm. § 131. 3.
,m’w, he rq'oiced that he should see my day, Matth. § 4.08. Winer § 32. 2.—Hence
i. e. to see it. Ct‘. Liicke Comm. in pert‘. part. Pass. fiymrn z'voc, beloved,
Job. 11. p. 246. Eph. 1:6. Col.3:12.a .
d) seq. Em’ 0. (lat. Luke 1: 4.7 r'y-yaMl (/3) as referred to superiors, and in
age 113 mln'nu'l pm! i'rri rq? 9:73, where it cluding the idea of duty, respect, vene
should prob. read iy-yaAMéazra: rb 1w. ration, etc. to love and serve with fidelity,
coll. Ps. 13: 6 ('ryahhuio'erai 1', Kapbla you. Matt. 6: 24. 22: 37. Mark 12: 30, 33.
—SO d'yrihhzaflm e'm' Tll'l. Xen. Mem. 3. Luke 16: 13. Rom. 8: 28. al. seep. Sept.
5. 16. Sept. PS. 9: 15. 212 9. 35: 9. for 5515 1 Sam. 18: 16.—Hence ol r'rya
e) seq. in 0. dat. where a simple da vm'w'rsg row xvpzov, the faithful disciples or
tive might stand. John 5: 35 éynh. s'v foaowcrs qfthe Lord, Eph. 6: 24. James
r93 ¢wrl aim-017. 1 Pet. 1: 16.-—So Ps. 89: 1: 12. 2: 5. Sept. for it": Ex. 20: 6.
16 5'11 rg'; 6116111111’ aou dyahh. l3: 5. Xen. Dent. 5: 10.
Hiero 1. 16 u'nppaiveoflm Ev run. b) to love, i. e. to regard with fiivom',
good will, benevolence. Mark 10: 21 17711’
"Ayes/1.0;, 00, 6,1), adj. (a pr. and :rnoev ain-év. Luke 7: 5. John 10: 17.
yc'qiog nuptials) unmarried, i. e. wholly In other passages the efl‘ects of benevo.
cwlebs, 1 Cor. 7: 32, 34; or spoken of lence are expressed, to wish well to, do
those who do not marry a second time, good to, etc. fi-yamiv rbv nhyalov, rmig
ib. v. 8, ll.-—-Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Horn. ll. Exspobg, etc. Matt. 5: 43 sq. l9: 19. 22:
3. 40. 39. Luke 6: 32. al. For the fut. (‘x-yam’,
,A YtZVtZZTééI, 5, l‘. 1'low,(t‘i'yav much, oug as imperat. in Matt. 5: 43,see Wi.
and it Say; pain,) pp. to be pained, a) in ner§44. 3. Matth.§ 498.c.-—2 Cor. 12: 15
body, ‘lato Phzedr. c. 97. b) in mind, :1 ml nepwaorc'pug illufic d'ymro'n', hrrov
i. e. to be solicitous or provoked, Plato é-yan-Eniai , even if, having confu'red greater
Phaadon. c. 8, 9 ed. Fisch.—In N. T. benefits on you, I receive less from you.
to be angry, vexed, indignant. c) spoken of things, to love, 1'. e. to de
a) genr. and absol. Matt. 21: 15. 26: light in. Luke 1 l: 413 r’l'ymrfi're 'n‘p/ rpm
8. Mark 10: 14,-. Luke 13: 14..—Bel and
roxaaebplav. John 3: 19. Heb. l: 9. 1
Drag. 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 3. Herodian.
John 2: 15. Sept. for =13‘: P5. 45: 8.—
8. 7. 6.—Mark 14.: 4 d'yavnm'oivreg Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 24 pa'hw'r' luv I'ryarrév
rpbg z'avrode xal Xe'yov-ree, indignant rfiv nap‘ airrq'i bl'curav. Jos. Ant. 7. l.
among themselves and saying, for dyavax. 6 o¢b§pa abrol': (David) 'rflv 1rpbc ain'bv
not My. 1rpog Eauroz'lg. (Abner) rqn‘lv d'rrosaydvra, Kai ¢v)\an)v
b) by impl. to complain of, seq. ‘R'Epl rfig atoning v'I-yr'mnoav, i. e. they were de
 '11 yu'm; 5 ‘A yowrrrrbg
liyhtai with, etc, of. Kypke Obss. Sac. l. we find John 15: 9 iv rii hydra T9 5”],
p. 179,——Otm fiymrfiv, not to love, i. e. to i. e. in the love 01' me.
nqlect, to disregard, to contemn. Rev. 12: o) by meton. the effect or proof of love,
ll oi»: fiya'rnaav rhy \l/uxhv aimi'w lixpt beneficme, benefit confmed. Eph. l: 15
Savdrou, they Contemmd their lives even an. rhv d-yrirnv rhv sig- whirag TOIlQ (471001;.
to death, i. e. they willingly exposed 3: 19. 1 John 3:1. 2 Thess. 2: 10 n‘yv
themselves to death. See 01'’, and comp. ('ryérrnv rfig hhnflelng, the true low, i. e.
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 832. Stuart § 537'. the true and real benefits conferred by
\Viner § 59. 1. So Ecclus. 15: 13 aim God through Christ. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.
dymrrrrdy, dctutabh. Ar.
2. In the plur. hydra‘, (3v, at, aga
’Ayéwv, 71;, .7, 1. love, i. e. afic pz, luve-jéasts, i. e. public banquets of
h'onale regard, good will, benevolence. a frugal kind, instituted by the early
a) genr. 1 Cor. 4: 21 iv (36359 Zhflw Christians, and connected by them with
‘kph; il'uig, 1') EV (i'yrivrg 7H’Etl/‘ufl7'l' r: the celebration of the Lord's supper.
rpqérqmg; shall I come to you with a The provisions etc. were contributed by
rod, or in love .9 i. e. full of love, all love. the more wealthy individuals, and were
Col. 1: 13 6 vibe rfig t'ryriwng, i. q. 6 c't'ya common to all Christians, whether rich
or poor, who chose to partake. Portions
arrpég, beloved son; for this gen. instead
were also sent to the sick and absent
of an adject. see Gesen. p.643. Stuart §
440. \Vincr§ 34. 2. Buttm.§ 123. n. 4.members. These i'z'yr'uraz were intended
—Spoken more especially of that good as an exhibition of that mutual love
will towards others, that love of our which is required by the Christian reli.
neighbour,thatbrotherlyafi'ection,which gion; but as they became subject to
the religion of Jesus commands and in abuses, they were afterwards disconr
spires. John 15:13. 17:26. Rom. 13: 10. tinued. See Tertull. Apol. c. 39. Cal
1 Cor. 13:1 sq. Heb. 6: 10. 1 John 4: 7. met p. 27.—Jude 12. Comp. Acts 2:
al. step. 2 Cor. 13: 11 69ebcrficd-y1i1rng, 42, 46. 6: 2. 1 001'. 112 17-34. AL.
the God qflove, Le. the author and source 'Aymrrrro'g, 7'), 6v, beloved, dear,
oi'love,who is himselt'love. Rom. 15:30 Xeu. Mem. 2. l. 32 1‘) lzpzrh—d'yarnn)
6761") ‘mi? 1rvei'lparog, that love which the auvzp-ybg 1's m’ralg. So Sept. for ‘"7: Ps.
Spirit inspires—Followed by ale c. ac 84: 2.—In . T.
cus. 2 Thess. 1: 3 1'7 d'ydm] rig hhhhhoug. l. beloved, dear, but spoken only of
2 Cor. 2: 4, 8. 1 Pet. 4: 8. Followed Christians, as united with God, or with
by iv 0. dat. in the looser late Greek each other, in ‘the bonds of holy love;
usage, instead of zlg c. accus. John 13: e.g. é'yarrn'rol, Acts 15: 25. Rom. 12: 19.
35 c'tyzim) iv tilthfihotg. 2 Cor. 8: 7. 2 Cor. 7: 1. 12:19. Col. 1: 7. 4: 14. l
See Wincr § 54. 4. Thess. 2:8. Heb.6: 9. 1 Pet. 2:11. 4:
b) 8pc. 1‘) i761") rm’: 9cm? v. ‘r017 Xpt 12. 2 Pet. 311,8,14, 15,17. 1 John 3:
111-017, the love of God or of Christ. Here 2, 21. 4:1, 7,11. 3 John 1, 2, 5, 11. Jude
the gen. is sometimes subjective or ac
3, I7, 20. 1 Tim. 6:2 mm'ol elm ml (1.10
tive, and sometimes objective or passive. 7rrrrot', i. e. conjoined in the bonds of
(a) subj. or act. it signifies the love faith and love—1 Cor. 15: 58 c'tbchpoi
which God or Christ exercises towards r'i'yarnrrot', beloved brethren, i.e. Christians.
Christians. So of God,Rom. 5:5. Eph. 2: Eph. 6: 21. Phil. 4: 1 his. Col. 4: 7,9.
4. 2 Thess. 3: 5. Followed by :19 rwa, Philem. 1,2,16. James 1: 16, 19. 2: 5.—
Rom. 5: 8; and byi'v rim, 1 John 4: 9,16; Soh-ya-rnlroi 915017, beloved of God, chosen
see above in (1. So of Christ, 2 Cor. 5: l4. by him to salvation, Rom. 1: 7. ll: 28.
(/3) objectively or pass. that love of Eph. 5: 1. So Sept. dya'n'nrol can for
which God or Christ is the object in the ‘"73, spoken of the worshippers of God,
hearts of Christians. So of God, Luke Ps. 60:8. 108: 7. 127:2.—-Paul seems
11:42. John 5:42. 1 John 2:5; and so to apply the term particularly to those
absol. [John 4: 16,18ter. 3 John 6. So converted under his ministry, when he
of Christ, John 15: 10. Rom. 8:35. For speaks of Epenetus, 16v dyuwrm-év you,
this gen. of the object, see Gesen. p. 676. Rom. 16: 5; so 16: 8, 9,12; comp. 1
ll’iner § 30.--Instea.d ot' the gen. p06, Cut‘. 4: l7 Tlulitlzov, by ion re'xvor you
 "A "A 72
(i'ymrgrov Ev xuplql. 2 Tim. 1:2. So (‘long 0': ('i-y-yupu'wu piluov Ev. Also genr.
also of a whole church gathered by him Matt. 27: 32. Mark 15: 21.-—Compare
self; 1 Cor. 4: 14 'rs'xva you dyannrol. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Chald. Talm. f. 131.
10: 14.. Phil. 2: l2. ’A'yyeTov, 00, rd, dimin. from (‘l-y
2. only, only begotten, in the phrase 'yog,) a vessel, utensil, Matt. 13:48. 25: 4-.
uioc c'rymrnrog, only son; as being the Sept. for "2? Gen. 42: 25. Num. 4. 9.—
object of peculiar love. In N.'I‘. spok Xen. Anab. 6. 4-. 23.
en only of Christ, the slag i'ryavrn-rég of ,A'y'yiltllnt, (2;, 1‘), pp. message
God, Matt. 3:17-12:18. 17:5. Mark 1:
11. 9: 7. Luke 3: 22. 9: 35. 2 Pet. 1:17.
brought, news,.Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 14.. In
So in the parable, Mark 12: 6'E'va vllw N. '1‘. metaph. doctrine promulgated, pre
Exam, c'vyamrrov airroz'l, having one son, cept given, so. in the name of any one. 1
his well-beloved, i. e. his only son. Luke John 3:11. So 1 John 1: 5 in later edit.
20: 13. So Sept. for ‘"1: Gen. 22: 2, l2. Sept. for ‘a? Prov. 12:25.
and in the phrase net/50¢ c't'ya'rnlrofi for "Ayyekog, on, .3, (c't-y-ys'Mw.) 1. a
""171, mourning for an only son, i. e. most messenger, one who is sent so. in order to
vehement, Jer. 6: 26. Amos 8: 10. Zech. announce, teach. perform, or explore any
12: 10.—Hesych. aymmnsy- nouoyevii, thing. Matt, 11: 10. Luke 7: 24. 9:
xzxapwne'vou. Pollux 3. 2 Kahoiro 5' av 52. Gal. 4.: 14.. James 2: 25 coll.
uiog d-ya-lrnrog, o norm; in’ warp‘: 1') pnrpi. Josh. 6: 17. al. In 1 Cor. 11: 10 spies,
(If. Kypke Obss. Sac. I. p. 312. others, angels ; others, evil angels, demons.
"Ayag, 1'1, indec. Hagar, Heb. "5"} Sept. for 181?? Mal. 2: 7. al.—Died. Sic.
(flight), pr. name of a maid-servant of ll. 23. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.. 1.—-So in Rev.
Abraham, and the mother of Ishmael. 1: 20 sq. the angels of the seven churches,
In Gal. 4.: 24., 25, Paul applies this name, are probably the bishops or pastors of
by an allegorical interpretation, to the those churches, who were the delegates,
inferior condition of the Jews under the messengers,of the churches to God in the
law, as compared with that of Christians offering of prayer, etc. Others refer
under the Gospel. Gen. 0. 16. this to guardian angels.
2. an angel, a celestial messenger, in the
2477063511161, f, sum», pp. to said of usage of Scripture, i. e. a being superior
an c’i-y-yapog or public courier. This word to man. The Deity is represented as
is oi’ Persian origin, and after being re surrounded by a race of beings of a high
ceived into the Greek language, passed er order than man, whom he also em
also into use among the Jews and Ro ploys as his messengers and agents in
mans. Cyrus, or, according to Hero administering the afl'airs of the world,
dotus, Xerxes, was the first to establish and in promoting the welfare of indivi
relays of horses (inmbveg) and couriers duals as well as of the whole human
at certain distances on all the great family. Matt. 1: 20. 18: 10. 22: 30.
roads, in order that the royal letters and Acts 7: 30. al. As to the numbers of
messages might be transmitted with the the angels, see Heb. 1-2: 22. Rev. 5: 11.
greatest possible speed. These tl-y'yapoi See more under'ApXé'yyzXog—Some of
had authority to press into their service these beings r'rnapripoarrsg mi p1) m
men, horses, ships, or any thing which pr'lo'av-reg rfiv éavru'w épxr'gv, 2 Pet. 2: 4-.
came in their way, and which might Jude 6, are called oi lt-y'ychot r06 dmfidhou
serve to hasten their journey, Xen. Cyr. v. 105 Eardv, angels of the devil or Satan,
8.6. 17. Herodot. 8. 98. Cf. Esth. 8: 10,Matt. 25: 41. 2 Cor. 12:7. Rev. 12:9.
14.. See Heeren's Ideen etc. Vol. I. Pt. al.—Rev. 9: 11 t’i'yyelloc rfig dfil’m'n'ov,
i. p. 534., ed. 3. Calmet p. 59.—After angel of Tortarus, i. e. destroying angel;
wards iiy-yapn'nu came to signify, to see 'Aflaodolw. AL.
press into service for a journey in the man
ncr of an z‘i'y-yapog. Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 3 2494, imper. of :‘l-yw, used as a par
xeAEi/w finds‘ ('t'y'yapa'isosai Til ‘re—W 'Iov ticle of exhortation or incitement, come
oalwu inrozhyta. Hence. now, go to, Lat. age. James 44: 13. 5: 1.
In N. T. trans. to compel, to press, Sept. for 83 Judg. 19: 6. See Winer t;
simply, as to accompany one, Mat. 5:41 47. 3. n.—-Xen. (lyr. 4.. 2. 4.7. ih. 5. 3. 4-.
 ’AyéM, 7 "A 710;,
’ A7617), 77;, 1'], a herd,- used in N. Tim. 2: 21 axeirog ln'tao'pz'vov. Sept. for
T. only ofswine, Matt. 8: 30, 31, 32,bis. Lev. 8: 10 sq. 30.
Mark 5: ll, 13. Luke 8:32, 33. Sept. b) spoken of persons, to consecrate, as
for Judg. 5: 16.—Diod. Sic. 3-18f being set apart of God and sent by him
Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 7. ' for the performance of his will. John
'Ayeveazko'ynrog, no, 0', adj. (a 10: 36 hr 6 1ra'n)p iryi'aae, whom the fa
priv. and ytvcaho'ye'u) without genealogy, ther hath consecrated and sent into the
whose descent is unknown, Heb. 7 : 3.
world etc. 17: 17 é-yiao'oy airronig s'v r2‘,
Found only in N. T. where Melchise r'lhnoelq o'ou, consecrate them through or
in the promulgation of thy truth, comp. v.
dec is so called, because, being a Cana
anite, and not standing in the public ge 18. 17: 19 bis.—Ecclus. 4.5: 4. 4-9: 7.
3. to regard and venerate as holy, to '1!!!
nealogical registers as belonging to the
family of Aaron, he was a priest not by low. Matt. 6: 9 dymoet'rrw n5 5min!’ 0011.
right of sacerdotal descent, but by the Luke 11: 2. 1 Pet.3: 15. Sept. for Is.
9: 13. 29: 23. (and for ti‘TtPfl Is. 8. 13.)
grace of God. Cf. Ex. 40: 15. Num. 3:
10. See in 'Alur'prup. 'Ayzaanég, 05, 0', (from aytdfo, but
2472619‘, tag, 6, {1, adj. (a priv. and not found in Greek writers,) pp. conse
'yz'mg race,) spoken of one who is with cration, Sept. for =93?! Judg. 17: 3. In N.
out ancestors, or without descendants. T. snnctification, purity of heart and life,
In N. T. low born, iynoble, base, 1 Cor. holiness. Rom. 6: 19, 22. l Thess. 4-: 3, 4-,
1: 28, where it is opposed to dryer»); in 7.1 Tim. 2: 15. Heb. l2: 14.-—2 Thoss.
v. 26.—Plnt. Pericl. c. 24. 2: 13 iv hymn/19': awn’: arogsanctification
ofthe Spirit, i. e. pr need by the Holy
' Aweigh’, f. (raw, ((1710; q. v.) not
Spirit. 1 Pet. 1: 2.—Meton. cause or
found in Greek writers, but often used
author of this sanctification, 1 Cor. 1: 30.
in Sept. for ‘5.7; (In Piel and Hiphil.)
In N. T. pp. to render (‘i-yaw. "14710;, I'll, 101', a word rarely found
l- to make clean, render pure. 0.) pp. in Attic writers, who prefer (‘u/m, but
llcl). 9: 13 (‘q/“ifs: rpog ")1! r7]; flaps-o; used every where in the Sept. for R357,
mBapénp-a. and 15.’;- Hence the primary idea is pure,
b) metaph. to render clean in a moral clean, (see Gesen. Lex. art. '57”) like
sense, topmfy, to sanetify. Rom. 15: 16 t'ryvég, but it superadds the notion of res
irymqu'w] c'y 'n'vu'lfmn r'l'ylrp, that the 0f pect and veneration, which the latter has
fering of the Gentiles may be accepta not; see Tittmann de Synon. N. T. p.
ble, being purified by the Holy Spirit, i. e. 21 sq.
by the sanctifying influences of the H. S. 1. pure, clean, i. e. ceremonially or
on the hearts of the Gentiles. 1 Cor. 6: morally clean, including the idea of (le
ll. Eph. 5:26. 1 Thess. 5:23. 1 Tim. 4: sert of respect, reverence, etc.
5. llel). 2: ll. 10: 10,141, 29. 13: 12. a) pp. perfect without blemish, Rom. l2:
Rev. 22: 11.—Hence oi iryiaapz'vor, those 1 Smrla d-yla.
who are sanctified, i. e. Christians in ge b) metaph. morally pure, upriyhl,
neral, Acts 20! 32. 26: 18. l 001'. l: 9. blameless in heart and life, virtuous,holy.
Jude 1. So 1 Cor. 7: 14 ilylao'rai in'wt’lp (a) gem. Mark 6: 20 'Iwriwrlv—6v5pn
-—1'ryiaa-rai i; 71:14], the unbelieving hus Eixatov ml dyww. Rom. 7: 12. 1 Cor. 7:
band or wife is made clean or sanctified, 34. Eph. l: 4. 5:27. 1 Pet. 1: 16. al.
L0. is to be regarded, not as unclean, Sept. for ‘351?, Lev. 11: 44,.
not as an idolater, but as belonging to the 5/3) spoken of those who are purified
Christian
—Su community.
Sept. for ‘57?, (inSee
thethan,
causal1.form.)
b. an sanctified by the influences of the
Spirit, a mint,- and as this is assumed of
passim. all who profess the Christian name,
2. to comet-rate, to devote, i. e. to set hence ('i-yioi, saints, Christians, Acts 9:
apart from a common to a sacred use ; 13 coll. v. 14. 9: 32,41. 26: 10. Rom. 1:
since in the Jewish ritual this was one 7. 8: 27. al.—Hence spoken of those who
great object of the purifications. are to be in any way reckoned to the
a) spoken of things, Matt. 23: 17 ii Christian community, 1 Cor. 7: 14. See
"His 6 r'iyru'lwy roy xpuadv. 23: 19. 2 r'ryuifw, 1. lL-qo G-yloy Who/m, the sac
 tA 'ylo'rng,
red Christian kiss, the pledge of Christian
affection, Rom. 16: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 20. 2
Cor. 13: I2.
2. consecrated, devoted, sacred, holy,
i. e. set apart from a common toa sacred
use; spoken of places, temples, cities, the
priesthood, men, etc. Matt. 4.: 5. 7: 6. 24:
15. 27:53. Acts 6:13. 7: 33. (1 Pet. 2:
5.) e. g. of persons, (mapxr‘y d'yl'a Rom.
ll: 16. Luke 2: 23. of apostles, Eph. 3:
5. ofprophets, Luke 1: 70. Acts 3: 21. 2
Pet. 1: 21. of angels, Matt. 25: 31. 1
Thess. 3: 13. a]. (Others in such passages
prefer the sense of vcnerandus; see no. 3.)
—Hence r6 ii'ywv is spoken of the maple,
a3 genr. Acts 6: 13. 21: 28. Heb. 9. l.
[3 spc. the sanctuary of the temple of
erusalem, either terrestial Heb. 9: 2. or
celestial Heb. 9: 8, 12, 24,. 10: 19. Heb.
9: 3 Tit (i-yta t'r'yt'wv, the holy ofholies the
inner sanctuary. So Sept. for it‘??? ‘5:1?
Ex. 26: 33. 2 Chr. 3: 8 sq. 5: 7 sq.
—So rd z'i-yta, sacred things, religiozw wor
ship, Heb. 8:2.
3. holy, hallowed, worthy of reverence
and veneration; spoken of God, John 17:
11. Rev. 4,: 8. 6: 10. So Sept. for 2351?, Is.
5: 16. 6: 3.-—So ofhis name, Luke 1:49.
Sept. for ‘153'? Lev. 22: 2.—So Ta m'a'rpa
r6 r'i-ytov, the Holy Spirit, Matt. 1: 18, et
passim; see IIvciipm—Luke 1: 72 34(16
flm) d'yla. Rom. l: 2. iv ypa¢aig r'xyiatc.
Sept. for ‘153'? Dan. 11: 28, {70.—Some
refer hither the passages cited under no.
2. AL.
‘A worm, ms, t. ((i710€,)PP-P"Tit!/;
in N. T. metaph. sanctity of life, virtue,
holiness,Heb. 12: 10.—1 Mac. 15:2. On
nouns in -(ir1]c see Lobec ad Phryn. p. 350.
'Aylwl'wn, 11;, t), (6710;) for the tion, etc. and when this time had expired,
comm. t'r-ymaz'wn, and pp. i. q. dyuirrlg.
l. metaph. sanctity, virtue, 2 Cor. 7: l.
l Thess. 3: l3.
2. the state of him who is deserving of See Jahn (>395. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. p.
vencration and worship, i. c. sanctity, ma 1078.
jesty. Rom 1: 4 awn-1pc. 517116013111]; i. q.
rrrzium ('i'YtOY, i. e. Christ's spiritual state sense, to reform. James 4: 8 dym'aare mp
of exaltation and majesty as Messiah, in
antithesis to can‘: mipxa in the preceding
verse. Sept. for it‘??? Ps. 97: 12; but also
for 1" Ps. 96: 6, and for "5" Ps. 145: 6.
See Stuart's Comm. in 100. For the gen.
as adjcct. sec Stuart § 44.0. VViner § 34..
2. b. Buttm. § 123. n. 4
21726217], 17;, i], [he arm. Luke 2:
8 ‘Ag/mystic,
28, coll. Mark 9: 36. Sept. for P‘l‘.‘ I K.
3: 20.--Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50.
"A'yxm'rgov, 011, n5, (1 fish-hook.
Matt. 17: 27. Sept. for "'3 2 K. 19: 28.
"W Hal). 1:15. “It? Ezek. 32:3.—Aelian.
V. H. 1. 5.'
"Ayxugrz, 12;, 1'], an anchor. Acts
27: 29, 30, 4,0. Heb. 6: 19.-Xen. Anab.
3. 5. IO.
"Aymtpog, ou, 6,1),adj. (a priv. and
yvaqbn'n; a fuller,) not yetfulled or dressed;
hence by implic. new. Matt. 9: 16. Mark
2: 21. In Luke 5: 36 it is xau'tig.
'A'yvel'u, 0Z5‘, 1'],(<i'yvég,) metapb. pu
rity, in the sense of chastity, 1 Tim. 4: 12.
5: 2.—Jos. Ant. 3. 5. l. ib. 8. 3. 9. Acta
Thom. e 48. Clem. Alex. Strom. It. 25.
' A'ywzw, f. lam, (671169,) trans.
l. topurify, to lustmtc; as John 11: 55,
where r'i-yvizew Eavrév is to prepare one's
self by purification for the sacred festivals;
which was done among the Jews by vi
siting the temple, offering up prayers, ab
staining from certain kinds of food, wash
ing their clothes, bathing, shaving the
head, etc. Cf. Ex. 19: 10, 14, sq. Sept.
for 2 Chr. 29: 16, 18. “75:31:?! Num. 8:
21. EX. 19:10.
2. Mid. érym’Zopm, perf. and aor. 1
Pass. ii'yvwpm, flyviosqv with amid. sig
nif. agere castimom'am, to live like one under
a vow of abstinence, i. e. like a Nazarite.
Acts 21: 24,, 26. 24: 18. See Buttrn. §
136. Winer § 40. 2. The Jews were
accustomed, when under a vow of this
kind, to abstain for a certain time from
the better sorts of food, to let their hair
grow, to keep themselves from all pollu
they were freed from the obligation of
their vow by a particular sacrifice; Num.
6: 2——21. Sept. for ‘I! Hiph. Num. 6:3.
3. mctaph. to render pure in a moral
dlag. 1 Pet. 1: 22 Til; the in; blue—“1 1'171'1
xii-reg. 1 John 3: 3.—Apollodor. 2. 928.
'Aywcpo'g, 06, 5, ((171456) pp. lUS~
trot-ion, Sept. for ‘ET-2 and H193 Num. 8:
7, 8. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 22.-—-In N. T.
religious abstinence etc. in consequence of
a vow, Acts 21: 26, sec ui-ym’Zw 2. So
Supt. for ‘>3? Num. 6: 5. ‘"23, Amos 2: ll.
 "A yuoéar
1 ~
Ayroiw, 0/, 1'. flow, (0 pr. and 1476,10,)
ahsol. and trans.
1. notto know, i. e. a) to be ignorant of;
macquainted with, Acts 17: 23. Rom. 6:
3. 7:1. Gal. 1: 92. 1 Tim. 1:13. (2 Pet.
2: 12.) Spoken of voluntary ignorance, 1
Cor. 14:38 bis; where others prefer the
meaning, to actfoolishly, asin Sept. Num.
12: 11.-Xen. Mem. 3. 5.23.—R0m. l:
13 0:’: 90¢» bluig ('l'yvoslv, I would not have
you ignorant, i. e. be well assured. 11:25.
I Cor. 10:1. 12:1. 2 Cor. 1:8. IThess. 4:
13.—2 Cor. 2: 1] ob: dyyoziv, not to be
ignorant of; i. e. to know well. So Wisd.
12: 10.—Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4 01'; 731p dyvoi)
rob; o'proug. ib. 7. 9. 6.
b) not to wider-standor comprehend, Mark
9: 32. Luke 9: 45. Rom. 2: 4. 10: 3.—
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 33. ib. 1. 6. 5.
c) not to acknowledge or receive, i. e. to
reject. Acts 13: 27 rol'rrov dyvor'po'aw'rzc.
(17: 23.) Pass. ('r'yvom'l 1'01, unknown, i. e.
rg'cctcd. contcmncd, 2 6:11’. 6: 9.
2. to sin, to do wrong, originally with
the idea of its being done ignorantly and
involuntarily; but in N. T. this idea no
longer remains, Heb. 5: 2 role z’ryvooim,
(hose who commit sin. 2 Pet. 2: 12 2'1’ 019
d-yvooim, against whom they sin.- others, in
things which they know not. So Sep. for a?
Lev’. 5: 18. "5? Lev. 4:13. Polyb. 5. 11. 5.
Ayrénfna, arog, T6, r‘ryvoéw) pp.
ignorance, involzm tory error, opt. for 553,5’?
Gen. 43: 12. In N. T. sin, error, Heb. 9:
7. Ecclus.23:2. Tob. 3:3. Diod.Sic.1. 1.
"Ayvora, a5, 1'], (Ir-yros'w) ignorance,
Acts 3: 17. Spoken of ignorance of God
and divine things, Acts 17: 30. Eph. 4:
18. 1 Pet. 1: IL—XCH. Mem. 1. 2. 34:.
Acla Thom. § 38.
'A'yro'g, 1'7, 69, pure, clean,- pp. Eurip.
(host. 1620. In N. T. metaph.
a) pure, i. e. perfect. holy; so of God, 1
John 3: 3; and of his o'Orju'a, James 3: 17.
Sept. for ‘in; Ps. 12: 1. 19: 11. Comp.
“'isd. 7: 22 sq. i
7:28. Matt.15:27.—So c'ryopci, grain,
b) innocent, blameless. sceleris purus. 2
Ger. 7: 11 dyvong zlva: Ev :ravri 1rpa'ypan. etc.
Phil. 4: 8. 1 Tim. 5: 22.—-l‘lerodian. 1.
ll. 12. lief, Herodot. 2. 35. In . T. to buy, to
c) modest, chaste, 2 Cor. 11: 2. Tit. 2: purchase, absol. or trans. sometimes fol
5. 1 Pet. 3: 2.——Xen. Conv. 8. 15. Acta lowed by a gen. of price, Mark 6:37,
Thom. § 12. § 49. cf. Buttm. § 132. 6. 2. Wincr § 30. 7 ult.
'A'yvo'nig, 77110;, 7') (iv/"5;, pp. puri
Iy; metaph. pureness, so. of life, 2 Cor. 6:6.
K471091210;
‘14795;, adv. with pure intention, sin
ccrely. Phil. 1.16.—-Hesiod. Op. et D
334:.
7 I
A'ymo'm, 06;, 1*], (a pr. and yulmg)
pp. ignorance, Thuc. 8. 66. In N. T. me
taph.wilful ignorancc,blz'ndness, etc. 1 Cor.
15: 34 dyvwm'av 9e06, contempt of God. 1
Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. Job 35: 16. Wisd.
13: l.
"Ayrwros, 0v, 6,17, adj. (a pr. and
'yvwrrog) unknown. Acts 17: 23 d'ymborq:
9:15, to the unknown God, the Great Su.
preme , for whom all nations long and igno
rantlyseek. Nothing certain is knownfrom
classic writers respecting this inscription.
\Visd. 11:19. 18: 3. 2 MRCC. l: 19. 2: 7.
iA'yogai, (15, 1'7, (c'ryt'l'pu to collect,
convoke,) any place ofpublic resort in the
towns and cities, where the people came
together.
a) a public place, a broad street, etc.
Matt. 11: 16. 90: 3. 23: 7. Mark 6: 56.
12: 38. Luke 7:32. 11: 43. so: 46. So ‘
Sept. for 19"’!5 E00. 12: 4, 5. Cant. 3: 2.—
Esdr. 2: 18. Joe. Ant. 5. 2.8. B. .1. 5.12.3.
b) a forum, market-place, where things
were exposed for sale, and assemblies
and public trials held. Acts 16:19. 17:
17. See Jahn § 247. Calmet p. 657.—
Diod. Sic. 13. 104. Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 1.
corn-market. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 1, 2.—Mark
7:4 rim‘: ('ryopfic, c'lw p1) fia'rrn'zwvrm,
oil: ioth’ovo'z. Here some supply s'hedv'rcg
after Zurb d-yopiig, (some Mas. read e’r‘w
226mm,) and translate, returning from the
market-place they do not eat, unless they
have first washed,- for this ellipsis, see
Winer § 66. 2,4. Bos Ell. Gr. p. 158.
So Ecclus. 31: 25 limrnfépsvog :‘urb
vzxpm'l so. imbue—Others here regard
r'ryopa' as put for things sold in the market,
provisions, and translate: nor do they eat
of what is purchased in the market, unless
it be first washed,- see Krebs ()hss. p. 85.
For the construction c'oB/sw dvrrl,seeMark
Jos. Ant. [4. 16. 2. '
,AQ/Oftigw, 1'. (low, (lymph) to mar
and Ecclus. 20: 12; or by in 0. gen. of
price, Matt. 27: 7, cl‘. Ep. of Jcrem. 25.
 '11 7051270; 10
Palzeph. Fab. 46; or by 511 0. dat. of in hunting, Xen. Anab. 5. 3. 8. Sept. Job
price, Rev. 5: 9, coll. Sept. 1 Chr. 21:24. 10: 16. In N. T. metaph. t0 cnsnare so.
a) pp. Matt. 13: 44 roll ilypiw Exeivoy. by insidious questions, trans. Mark 12:
v. 36. 14:15 flpdiluara. 25:9,10. al. 13. Sept. for "'2? Prov. 5: 22. "2,2 Prov.
Sept. for "5?, Is. 24: 2. ‘*2? Gen. 41: 57.
—Thuc. 6. 51.
b) metaph. to redeem, to acquire for
one‘s self by a ransom or price paid;
spoken in N. T. of those whom Christ
has redeemed by his blood from the bon
dage of sin and death. 1 Cor. 6: 20 and
7: 23 r’ryopc'wfiqrs ripfig. 2 Pet. 2: 1. Rev.
14: 3, 4. AL.
’A'yogaiog or ‘Ag/69210;, ou, 5,;7,
adj. (c'1'y0p(i,) pertaining to the forum. fo
rensic. Acts 19: 38 r'i'ydpalot d'yovrcg, $0.
at ilpe'pat, fiirensic or judicial days are
held, i. e. there are public trials held in
the forum. Others, forensic persons, ad
vocates. See Krebs Obs. p. 239. Bos
Ell. Gr. p. 178.—Jos. Ant. 14: 10. 21
(‘i-yo vn rev c'l-yépaiom—Spoken of persons
who frequent the markets and public
places, an idler, loungcr, :ubrostranus,
Acts 17: 5.—Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 12.
Norm—Th6 ancient grammarians
make a distinction between iz-yopa'iog and
r'vyépaiog. Suidas atiirms that with the
circumflex it signifies an idler, as above;
but with the accent on the antepenult, a
judicial day, etc. Ammonius atlirms just
the reverse. Modern grammarians re
gard the distinction as unfounded. See
Krebs l. c. Kuinoel on Acts 19: 38.
Passow sub voc.
"A 73¢, 06;, i], a hunting, catching.
In N. T. spoken only ol'fishing, Luke 5:
4. Meton. the thing taken, prey,druught
of fishes, Luke 5:9.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19.
IEsop. Fab. 17.
7 to watch, Xcn. Mem. 2. 1. 3.
A'ygrimwwos, 0v, a, .7, adj. (:4 pr.
and ypriplum) illiterate, unlearned, Acts
4:13, where it refers rather to Jewish
literature and learning, i. e. the learning
of the Scribes and Pharisees; of. John
7: l5.-—DiOd. Sic. 12. 13.
’A'ygau7téw, 5, f. {Ia-w, (I'i'ypdg and
uilhifoluag) to remain in the fields, sub dio
aycre, absol. Luke 2: 8 roilue'vcg floor—
r'typavhoi/vreg, of. Winer§ 46. 8. Matth.
§ 559.—Plut. Numa 4. Died. Sic. 16. 13.
Parthen. Erot. c. 29 Bowcoltd'w Kari: rip’
Airfrlv xzi’pardg re Ktll. sepoug fi'ypuilhu.
752110), f. time), (ii-yin“) pp. to (ti/1'6
"A 7a’
6: 25.
'A 'ygtthouog, 0:), 6, (é’ypiog and
Ekaia) a wild olive-tree, oleaster, i. q.
xl‘irwog, Rom. 11: 17,24. The wild olive
bears no fruit, and is therefore contrasted
by Paul with the cultivated olive, xaMié
)tmoe—Theophr. de Cans. Plant. 2. 3,4.
"Ag/510;, ia, 101/, wild, firus, i. e.
a) not domestic, sileestris. Matt. 3: 4 and
Mark 1: 6 1115')“ dypwv wild honey or honey
dew, (¢Uti/J.EVOV (in) T611 dz'yipwv Diod.
Sic. 19. 94,) which in Arabia and other
regions of Asia is found upon the leaves
of certain species of trees, becomes hard,
and is then easily gathered. Comp. 1
Sam. 14:25 sq. Jahn§ 77. Calmet p.
499.—Polyb. 12. 4. 1. Xen. Anab. 1.2. 7.
h) fierce, raging, spoken of waves, to
which wicked men are compared, Jude
13.——Wisd. 14: 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2.
Ken. Cyr. 1. 6, 34.
’A'yg/rr1ra;, see 'llpiirdng.
'Aygo'g, 05, i), a field, spec. a cul
tivatedfield, Matt. 13: 24. Luke 15: 25.
al.—Xen. Mem. 1. l. 8.-—By synecd. of
part for the whole, the country, me, as
distinguished from the city, Matt. 6: 28,
30. Mark 15: 2l.—Xen. ()cc. 11.15.—
So oi d-ypoi, farms, villas, villages, ham
lets, in the country, Mark 6: 36, 56. al.—
Sept. for Deut. 28: 3 et passim. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9. 11. A1,.
’A7gwrv€w, :5, f. flow, (a pr. and
iirrvog, the letters yp being inserted for
the sake of enphony,) pp. to besleepless,
III N. T.
metaph. to be attentive, vigilant, absol.
Mark 13:33. Luke 21:36. Eph.6: 18.
In Heb. 13: 17 ri-ypmrveiv inre'p rivog to
watch over any one, to take care 0fhi1n.—
VVisd. 6: 15. Esdr. 8: 59. Sept. for ‘1??
Ezr. 8: 29.
’A'ygu~7m'a, ag, ,',, watching, in~
cluding the idea of assiduous and anxious
core, 2 Cor.6: 5. 11:27.-—2 Macc.2: 26.
Ecclus. 38: 26 sq. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.
”Aya, f. iiEw, (so Acts 22: 5. 1
Thess. 4: 14, as also Xen. Anab. 4. 8.
12, and often in the Sept. as Ex. 22: 13.
Num. 5: 15. al. but the more lISULll form
 "AF/w ll ’A 70511
of the fut. is ssopm, Matth.§ 164. Buttm. lyb. 5. 16. 2 all; perdvomv (155w row [3m
§ 113. 4.) aor. 2. fiya'yov Buttm. § 114, whim—1 Cor. 12: 2 1219 (‘w fi-ywfls,_just
\Viner§ 15. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 287,735. as ye happened to be led, so. to idolatry,
aor. 1. pass. fixflqv. Sept. very often for the figure being drawn from pastoral life;
Iraq and ‘rim. comp. Ex. 3: 1. Is. 11: 6. So c'i'yzc'flat
1. trans. or absol. to lead, to conduct, 1rvzl'4m1'1. 9:017, Rom. 8: 14. Gal. 5: 18.
to bring, in a variety of modifications, imfiupiam 2 Tim. 3: 6.— Demosth.
which are determined by the adjuncts. 1491. 2.
11) pp. (a) c‘i'yw ZEw, to lead out, bring 2 trans. spoken of time. a) to pass, to
fort/1, John 19: 4, 13.—(/3) seq. Zug, spend. Luke 24: 21 rpirnv ilpépav dye:
Luke 4:29. Acts 17:15. So Mich. l: m'lpcpov, the third day is passing; where
15.—(7) seq. in! c. accus. of person or dye: is either impers.or thereis an ellipsis
place, to lead or conduct to, to bring be of 6 Xpbwoc. See Bos El]. Gr. p. 543.
fore, Matt. 10:18. Luke 21: 12. 23: l. b) to celebrate, to hold. Matt. 14: 6
Acts 17:19. 18: 12. S0 Sept. Ex. 22: d'yzw riz ycye'aia. Acts 19: 38 a'yopaim
13. Jer. 25: 9. E2. 43: 1.—Sornewhat dyovrar, see 'A'yopaiog. So Sept. for "is?
differently Acts 8: 32 int a¢a71']v, coll. E5111. 9: 18, 19, 21, 22.—2 M300. 2:16.
Sept. Is. 53: 7.—(3) .17... 1.15:, to lead or Jos. Ant. 4. 5. l. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 6.
bring bit/la, Luke 19: 27. So Sept. 3. intrans. or reflexive with Eavréu
J udg. 18: 3 flya-ye 1.15:, where others read etc. implied, to go, to depart,- e. g. ii-yw
five'yra—(s) to lead or bring to any one, psv so. hpiic ain'oiiq, let us go, Matt. 26;
adduca'e, seq. optic rlya, Luke 4: 40. 18: 46. Mark 14: 42. John 11: 16. seq. {1'
40. 19:35. Jolm 1:43. 8:3. 9:13. Acts reiiflev John 14: 31. seq. eig Mark 1:38.
9: 27. 23: 18. So Sept. Gen. 2:19, 22. John 11:7. seq. 196;‘, John 11: 15. For
--Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1.—In the same sense the ellipsis, see Buttm. § 130. 11. 2.
c. dat. Matt. 21: 2 a'ya'ysre' pm. So 1 Matth. § 496.—Demosth. 608. 14.
Mace. 7: 2.—The verb alone is also used 1 I ~
in the same sense of adduca'e, Matt. 21: Ayw'yn, 11;, ,1, (17(1),) pp. a lead
7. Mark 11:2,7. Luke 19:30. John 7'. ing, guidance, Xen. p. 6. 4, metaph.
45. 10:16- Acts 5:21, 26, 27. 19:37. 90: education, discipline, Xen. ib. 3. 4. Clem.
Alex. Strom. ]. 26.—-In N. T. by me
12. 25:6, 17,2:1—(4') to bring with one, ton.
Acts 21: 16 d'yoweg 1rap' i; EevwtM/tcv of effect for cause, manner of liflz,
Mva'oum, bringing with them Mnason, by 2 Tim. 3: 10.—2 Mace. 6: 8. 11: 24.
attraction for Mvéo'wva, see Winer §63. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 9 1r£pl 'n'ig 'Iovdalwy
Buttm. § 143. 4.--So Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 6 d'yw'yfic. ib. IQ. 1. l. DiOd. Sic. 5- 6. See
drlr'ppw cig rfiv A'i'ywrrov, t‘i-ymv mi r61! Loesner Obs. in N. T. e Phil. p. 420.
'Izpqu’am—l Thess. 4: l4 diet aim ain-qi 'A'ya'w, 03110;, ('1, place of assembly,
so. into heaven, coll. v. 17. 2 Tim. 4: ll where games were often celebrated, Hom.
iiy: para aeavrot'n—(n) to load out or ll. 18. 376. a stadium, course, place of
away, deducere; either simply, Luke 23: contest, Thuc. 5. 20. Hence in N. T.
32 fiyovro a'vaipesfimu. Mark 13: 11. 1. metaph. a stadium, place of contest,
Luke 22: 54; or seq. :19 c. accus. of place etc. i. e. a course of lifi: full of toil and
etc. to lead away to, to conduct to, Luke conflict, Heb. l2: 1.—Chrysost. Horn. 85.
4.1,9. 10:34. John 18: 28. Acts 6: 12. 2. a contest, combat,- pp. a conflict in
9.2. 11.25. 21:34.. '22.5,[s4.] 23.10, the public games, 2 Macc. 4: 18; or in
31- Acts 17:5 sic rbv 517/401’. Heb. 2:10 battle, 2Macc. 10: 28. 14: 18. In N.T.
:19 EdEam—Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 3 sic t'uriihau metaph. spoken of unwearied zeal in
ow (271101.71! fiya 0v rm'rrow—So seq. e'1ri, promoting the spread 01' the gospel, viz.
Acts 9: 21.—(9 from the Heb. to bring a) gem. 1 Tim. 6: 12 dywvll'ov 'rdv
fort/1, i. e. to cause to come, cause to arise, xahdy iryfiwa rfig 1rio'rcwg,fight the good
in later editions, Acts 13: 23 fi-ya-yc rq': fight offaith, i. e. exert unwearied zeal.
Tomi» awrfipa 'Inom'w, where others 2 Tim. 4.. 7. See Buttm. §131.3. Wi.
read 117519;. So Sept. for I“??? Zech. 3:8. ner § 32. 2.
13. 46: 1 1. b) with the accessory idea of peril,
b) metaph. to lead, to induce, to incite, toil, aflliction. Phil. 1:30. Col. 2: l.
lo ouide. Rum. 2: 4 cl: FETéVOlGlh—PU. 1 Thess. 2: 2.—1)olyb. 4. 56. 4.
 Y1 'yauw'zz 12
,A 'yam'ut, ag, 7'], ((i'yiin') contest, pp.
Xcn. Cyr. 2. 3. 15. In N. '1'. tnetaph.
anguish, agony or perturbation of mind.
Luke 22: 44.-—2 Mace. 3: 16. Jos. Ant.
11. 8. 4. Diod. Sic. 14. 24.
‘A gonzo/Mu, 1". [0011111, depon. Mid.
l. absol. to be a combatant, so. in the
public games, 1 Cor. 9: 25.—Xen. Mem.
3. 12. 1.
2. to fight, to contend with an adver~
sary, viz.
a) pp. absol. John 18: 36.—2 Marc.
8: 16. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 4. Plutarch. Mar
cell. 10.
b) metaph. with the idea of labour
and toil in behalf of the cause of Christ.
1 Tim. 6: 12, see ‘Ayéw 2. a. 2 Tim. 4.; 7.
3. to exert one's self, to strive earnestly,
absol. Luke 13: 24. C01. 1: 29.'—Just.
Mart. Apol. 2. p. 92.—Seq. inre'p 0. gen.
Col. 4: 12.—Demosth. 129. 5.
,Aaoé/b, b, indec. Adam, Heb. 531$
(reddish), pr. name of the first man;
see Gen. 1: 27 sq. Acts 17: 26.-—Luke
3: 38. Rom. 5: 14 bis. 1 Cor. 15: 22,45.
1 Tim. 2: 13,14. Jude 14. In 1 Cor.
15: 45 Jesus is called the second Adam,
as being our second or spiritual head,
and the'giver of spiritual life.
Vibu'rrmog, OU, b,1‘;,adj. ((1 pr. and
bmravdu to expend,) without expense, gra
tuitous, 1 Cor. 9: 18.—Diod. Sic. 1. 80.
2455!’, b, indec. Adda‘, pr. name of
a man, Luke 3: 28. It is probably Heb.
but does not occur in the O. T.
’A5:7.<p:’;, fig, .',, (among a mm:
a) pp. Luke 10: 39.-—Xen. Cyr. 2.
4. 5.—So Matt. 12. 50. 19: 29. Mark
3: 35. Luke 14: 26. Others here sup
pose Jesus to have used the word sisters
in the sense of near female relatives, like
Sept. and fit-"é Gen. l2: 13, 19.
b) metaph. a female fi-iend, one esteemed
and beloved so. like a sister.—(a) genr.
1 Tim. 5: 2. Rom. 16: 1.—([J’) as a sis
ter of the same faith, a female Christian,
ICor. 7: 15. 9:5. James 2:15. al. See
AEEAtPlil; 2. e. AL.
,ABE7\¢6§, 0;, b, (a of unity, and
Bshzpbg uterus; see Buttm. § 120. n. 11.)
1. pp. :1 brother,whetl1er derived from
the same father only (warpdbzhtpog) Matt.
1: 2. Luke 3: l, 19. or also born of the
same mother (flurpribtAI/mg) Luke 6: 14.
'A Bntwi'ms
al.—Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1.—It is some
times to be supplied; as before Tat-65300
Luke 6:16. Acts 1: l3,coll. Jude 1.
2. metaph. one who is connected with
another in any kind of intimacy or fil
lowship; see Greg. Corinth. p. 569. ed.
Schaefer. Fischer ad Platon. Phzedo. 57,
et ad Crit. 16. In this tropical use of the
word tibekoog, however, the sacred writ
ers appear rather to have followed the
usus loquendi of the Hebrews in regard
to the word "*5. Hence
a) a near relative, kins-man by blood,
cousin. Matt. 12: 46. John 7: 3. Acts 1:
14. Gal. 1:19. So Sept. and "K5 Gen. 13:
8. 14: 16.
b) one born in the some country, de
scended from the some stock, a fellow
countryman, Matt. 5: 47. Acts 3: 22.
Heb. 7: 5. :11. So Sept. and "15 Ex. 2: l 1.
4: 18.
0) one of equal rank and dignity, Matt.
23: 8. Comp. Sept. and 1'18 Job 30: 29.
Prov. 18: 9.
d) spoken of disciples, followers, etc.
Matt. 25:40. Heb. 2: 11, 12.
e) one of the samefin'th,a fellow’ Chris
tian, Acts _9:30. 11:29. 1 Cor. 5:11. al.
Comp. "5 Amos 1: 9.
f) an associate, colleague, in otfice or
dignity, etc. 1 Cor. 1:1. 2 001'. 1:1. 2:
12. In Rev. 6: 11 it is joined with m'w
dovAoq, coll. 19:10. 22: 9.—So Sept. and
11!: Ezra 3: 2.
g) one of the some nature, a fillow-man,
i. q. o 1r)\17o'[ov. Matt. 5: 22, 23, 24. 7:
5. Heb. 2: l7. 8: 11. :11. So Sept. and
1115 Gen. 13:11. 26: 31.
h) by impl. one beloved, so. as a brother,
in a direct address, Acts 2:29. 6:3. 1
Thess. 5: 1. AL.
'Abekqbo'rng, rnrog, {1, (l'tbtbqlégQ
pp. brotherly aflection and intercourse, 1
Macc. 12: 10, 17. In N. T. afratcr~
nity, the christian brotherhood, 1 Pet. 2:
17. 5: 9.
"Abnttog, 01), b, n, adj. (a pr. and
Erika“) not manifest, not obvious, so.
a) to the sight, hidden, Luke 11: 44.
cf. Sept. Ps. 51: 6.—-Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 13.
b) to the ear, or to the mind, not dis
tinct, uncertain. 1 Cor. 14: 8.—2 Mace.
7: 34. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 5. Xen. Mem. 1.
1. 6.
’A5n7u$rn§, 11770;, 1;, (68177109) in.
 .rr'

‘A $7,110); 13 ’A51m'a
Jistinclmss, uncertainty. 1 Tim. 6: 17. 'Ahwihsmrog, 00, .5, 1,, adj. so pr.
1'21 rXm'n-ou c'liinhérnri, for nhofirog iihnhog, and duzhchrw) unceasing, constant, (0m.
uncertain riches. Stuart§ 44.0. Winer § 9: 2. 2 Tim. 1: 3.—Clem. Alex. Strom.
34. 2. s. Buttm. s 123. n. 4.. 7, 1 ddlc'theurroc c'l'yérrrl.
Q‘lhfilwg, adv. (651M093) not openly,
’Ahxalein‘rwg, adv. unceasingly,
secretly, Polyb. 2, 47. 9. In N. T. un
certainly, i. e. irrcsohuely, 1 Cor. 9: 26. without intemission, i. e. in N. T. assi
—Plat. Symp. p. 1180. C.—See Elsner duously, Rom. 1:9. 1 Thess. 1:2. 2: 13.‘
Obs. Sac. II. p. 104-. 5: 17.—2 Mace. 15: 7. Polyb. 9. 3. 8.
'Ahnpoovéw, 5, f. fiaw,(<'15i),uwv sa
'Ahmtiflog/u, ac, {1, (:1 pr. and
tiated, wearied, from 11509 satiety, etc.) Eiazptieipm to corrupt,) pp. incorruptiblc
ness; in N. T. metaph. uncorruptness,
to be dejected, full of anguish, absol.
Matt. 26:37. Mark 14:33. Phil. 2:26. purity, Tit. 2: 7.—-Dem. p. 323 (151(1
—Symm. for $1313 Ps. 61: 3. Ps. oaopoc TF7: wvxficv
ll6:11. Xen. H. G. 4. 4.. 3. ’A8méw, 67, f. flaw, (651mg)
"11150;, i. c. 97511;, 00, a, (for 1. to do wrong, to act unjustly, viz.
515;", from a pr. and iEsiv to see,) pp. a) in respect to law, to break the law,
what is in darkness; hence Pluto, ll. 15. to transgress, to trespass, absol. Acts 25:
188. more usually in classic writers or 10,11. 2 Cor. 7:12. Col. 3:25. Rev. 22:
ms, the infernalregions. Sept. very freq. 11 bis. Sept. for Heb. 81313 Jer. 37: 18.
for Heb. 198?, as Is. 14: 9 sq.—Hence ‘>22 2 Chr. 26:16. Ez. 17; 20. vs: 1 K.
also in N.T.theabodeor worldqfthedead, 8: 4.7. Ps. 106. 6.
hada, orcus. According to the notions of b) in respect to others, trans. to wrong,
the Hebrews, 65:11; was a vast subterra to injure. Matt. 20513. Acts 7:26, 27. 1
nean receptacle, where the souls of the Cor. 6:8. 2 Cor. 7:2. With two accus.
dead existed in a separate state until the Ga]. 4,: 12. Philem. 18 :1 8e’ Tl fidixno'e' 0'5.
resurrection of their bodies. The region Buttm.§ 131. 5.—Pass. c’zfiméopai, to he
of the blessed during this interval, or the wronged, to sufi'er wrong or injury, Acts 7:
inferior Paradise, they supposed to be in 24.. 2 Cor. 7: 12.—Mid. to sufl‘er onc's
the upper part of this receptacle; while selfto he wronged, 1 Cor. 6 : 7; see Buttm.
beneath was the abyss or Gehenna, Tar § 135. 8.—Xen. Anab. 5. 4. 6.
tarus, in which the souls of the wicked 2. by meton. to hurt, to injure, Luke
were sub'ectcd to punishment. See 10:19. Rev.2:11. 6:6. 7:2, 3. 9:4, 10,
Lowth, eat. on Heb. Poetry VII. 19. 11: 5. Sept. for "5'1" Is. 51: 23. ",3?
Campbell, Prel. Diss. VI. pt. 2. §2 sq. Is. 10:20. P?! Lev. 6: 2. 83"! Is. 3:15.—
§ 19. Stuart Essay on Fut. Pun. p. 128 sq. Herodian. 7. 5. 9. Plutarch. Symp. 4. 2.
a) gem. Acts 2: 27, 31, sic (Z301: sc. 'AB/xnua, acres, 76, (115mm,)
50pm, see Buttm. § 132. n. 9. Rev. 1: wrong, transgression, iniquity. Acts 18:
18. In this sense hades is personified, 1 14, 24: 20. Rev. 18: 5. Sept. for "2? 1
Cor. 15:55. Rev. 6:8. 20: 13, 14. For Sam. 26: 18 112.138.111.20: 1. IS. 59:12.
Matt. 16: 18, m'lhm @5011, see I‘Il'lhrp— 5131} 2 Sam. 22: 49-105. Ant. 3. 15. 3.
Metaph. Zwg $15011 Karab’igaaflfivat, i. e. be ib. 5. 7. I. Diod. Sic-16. 99.
cast down to the very lowest place. ad in ’A8m1’a, 06;, 1'], (151x043)
flow, Matt. 11: 23. Luke 10: 15. 1. wrong, injustice. a gem. Luke 8: 6.
b) by meton. of the whole for a part, xpmk rfic 6151x1119, the unjustjudge, as de
the abyss of hows, place of punishment, scribed in v. 2. Rom. 9: 14. Sept. for
Luke 16: 23. 5:1; Deut. 32: 4..-Xen. Mem. 4.. s. 12.
’Ahlézgrrog, 00, 6, {7, adj. (a pr. b) as done to others wrong, injury, 2
and Emrpiyw) pp. not to be distinguished, Cor. 12: 13. Sept. for 15.72 Ps. 7: 3. "'2?
Polyb. 15. 12. 9. In N. T. metaph. not Mic. 3. 10.—Thus. 3. 66.
open to distinction or doubt, unambiguous, 2. from the Heb. where "21%, BIA'GCO—
i- e. sincere, James 3: 17.—Others, ac m'wn, is often used of life and conduct,
lively, making no distinction, impartial.ilem’a takes by antith. the sense of im
Others, without atrifir, from Etaxpivw to probity, iniquity, unrighleousness, wicked
contend. ncss. Luke 13:27 ip'ydrm rr'p; ddcm'ac,
 "Abmog 14
workers of iniquity, i. e. wicked men.
Acts 1:18. Rom. 1:29. 3: 5. 6:13. 2
Tim. 2119. 2 Pet. 2:13. Heb. 8:12. 1
John 5: 17. So 1 John 1: 9, where the
sense is, ‘ God, who himself is bit-mag,
will not only pardon sin, but also render
man Bt't'awg.’ For James 3: 6, 11-60710:
rfic dbua’ag, see Koapog. Sept. for 01''!
Gen. 6: 11,13. Ps. 11: 5. 112 1 Sam. 3:
13, 14. Zech. 3: 9.—This wickedness is
seen more especially in the neglect of the
true God and his laws, and an adherence
to the world or to idolatry; hence t'tbixta,
as opposed to ciXfiOuwor piety towards
God, means impiety,ungvdliness, contempt
of God. So Rom. 1: 18 bis, where rfiv
v'tkr'lfletav z'v dbm’a Kare'xoyrzg are those
who impede the worship of the true God
by their obstinate adherence to worldli
ness or to idolatry. Rom. 2:8. 2 Thess. 2:
10, 12. 2 Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. for 51:;
has vidc dbtm'ac, idolater, 2 San}. 7: 10.
for 1'‘? E2. 9: 9.
3. fraud, deceit, guile. John 7: 18.
Luke 16: 8 oixovépog (taut-lag, a dishonest
steward. 16:9 palupwvfic rfig dbtm'ag,
wealthfraudulently acquired—Eurip. He
len. 911, et Electr. 943, what-flog ddut'og.
—Acts 8:23. 1 Cor. 13:6. Sept. for
"PT? Hos. 12:7. for 5.12 5a‘: nDv ('tdmuiv
n‘); Epnopiac aov, ‘through the frauds of
thy trafiic,’ Ez. 28:18. for “P2 Deut. 19:
18. Mic. 6: l2.—Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 6.
5, where Balaam excusin himselfsays,
17v ‘re’ #01 51' zbxfic F1156‘)! (kgurfioat' can ‘rip’
éfl'tslllllttll', ‘ I was unwilling to deceive
your expectation.‘
’Abbmro¢
1 Pet. 2: 19. Sept. for B51‘! Prov. 1: 11,
17.—Wisd. 12: 13. 2 Macc. 8: 16. Jos.
Ant. 10. 7. 3. Ken. Cyr. 1. 2. 7.
’A56m,wos, ov, a,:,, adj. (0 pr. and
Edmluog)
1. not approved, rg'ected; pp. spoken of
metals, as c'tfbnpov c’tpybptov Sept. Prov.
25: 4. Is. 1: 22. In N. T. metaph.
worthy of condemnation, reprobate. Rom.
1: 28. 1 Cor. 9: 27. 2 Cor. 13: 5, 6, 7. 2
Tim. 3: 8.—Polyb. 16. 14:. 19.
2. by impl. ineptus, useless, worthless.
Tit. 1: 16. Heb. 6: 8 71'] dbdmpoc, i. e.
good for notlting.—Hesycli. dbo'mpor'
wovnpdv, dadfihn'rov, t'ixpnorov.
”Abo7\og, 0v, 5, ,7, adj. (a pr. and
50mg) without guile or falsehood, spoken
of a person, Thuc. 5. 18, 47. In N. T. of
milk , unadulterated,pure, genuine, metaph.
for purity of doctrine, 1 Pet. 2: 2.—Pol
lux. 0n. 3- 86 tip'ybptov (ibohou.
'A bgalww'rnvés, 7'2, 6v, of Adra
myttium'; derived from ’Abpap1'rruov v.
'i‘lbpapz’m'cwv, the name of a maritime
city in Eolia. It was a colony of the
Athenians. Acts 27: 2.
'Abfl’otg', 0!), b, so. adv-rag, t'o'kiroc,
etc. the Adriatic sea,- not, as now, the
Gulf of Venice only, but including also
the whole Ionian sea, which lies between
Sicily and Greece. Strabo II. p. 185.
C. ('1 5' ’Idwor; Kbhrroc ,ue'pog c'o'ri rob m'n'
'Abpiov hr'yope'vov. V II. p. 488. Hcsych.
'Idmov m'ha'yog' 6 viii! 'Abpt’ag—Acts
27: 27.
‘AEEOI‘TUQ', 717%‘, 1'], ((15,169 fully

"A5mog, 0v, 5,17, adj. (0. pr. and grown, ripe ,) pp. maturity,fatness,- spok
51x71.) en of statute, Horn. 11. 16. 857. In N.
. l. unjust. so. towards others, Luke 18: T. abundance, copiousness, 2 Cor. 8: 20.
11. Rom. 3: 5. Heb. 6: 10.—Ken. Mem. —-Hoysch. ddpornc' dbl/aptly, pé'yeeog.
4:. 4-. 10. ’Abumréw, 5, f. flaw, (dbin'arog)
2. from the Heb. see 'Abun'a no. 2, to be unable, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23. In
wicked, impious, ungodly. N. T. only in 3 pers. sing. i:5uvarz7,etc._
Matt. 5: 45.
Acts 24:15. 1 Cor. 6:9. 1 Pet. 3: I8. 2 to be impossible, i. e. unable to be done;
Pet. 2: 9, where 01 dirt-o: are contrasted 0. dat. of pers. Matt. 17: 20 m’lbév (‘1311
with oi time/3:79. Sept. for #2.‘: Ex. 23: vu'n'last infill. SO Sept. J01) 42: 2. \Visd.
1. Job 16: 11. Ez. 21: 3. it‘: Prov. 15: 13: 16.—Seq. 1rapa' 0. dat. Luke 1: 37
26.-—Hencc, as fibula is transferred to vim dbvvan'lou napa 193 9st; will fit-1,111.
idolatry, so dbmoc signifies an idolatcr, i. e. So Sept. Gen. 18: 14.
ununbeliever,apagan, 1 Cor. 6: 1,0011. v.6. 'Abbvwrog, 00, a, 1", adj. (a pr. and
3. fmudulent, false, deceitful, Luke 16: aura-Mic fr. bin/(1pm, pp. dqicient in
10 bis, 11. Comp. ‘Abtm'a no. 3. Sept. strength or power, Sept. Joel 3: 10. Xen.
for Deut. 19: 18. Jer. 5: 31. 29: 9. Mem. 2. 1. 7. In N. T.
'Ab/xwc, adv. unjustly, undesmiedly, 1. Act. infirm, cable, weak, so. in body,
 "A the: 15
Acts 14.: 8 mic a-oa'h', where for the dat.
see Bnttm. § 133. 3. VViner § 31. 3.
So in mind, judgment, etc. Rom. 15: 1.
2. Neat. or Pass. impossible. Rom. 8: 3
To r'rFr'ivarav r017 vépov, that which the law
could not (10.—So ddirvarév Ear: 1rapci Tll'l,
impossible with or for any one, Matt. 19:
26. L'Iark 10:27. Luke 18: 27. With
low’ implied'seq. infin. Heb. 6: 4, 18 (‘156
rarov :Ln'raaathu 9:61’. 10: 4. l1: 6. See
Buttm. § 140. 3.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 16.
"Alaw, i. e. {£505 f. giaw, contr. fr.
r'm'Fu.) to sing, trans. as 955/11’ ev. 5: 9.
14: 3. 15:3. So Sept. for ‘"1 Ex. 14: 32.
Num. 21: 17.—J08. Ant. 3. 3.—Seq.
dat. of pens. to sing in praise or honour of
any one,ta celebrate, Eph. 5:19. Col. 3:
16. So Sept. for ‘"4 Ex. 15: 21. 1 Chr.
16: 23.—Xen. Conv. 3. 1.
'Afi’, adv. always, i. e. ever, contin
ually, atalltim, 2 Cor. 6: 10. Tit. 1: l2.
1 Pet. 3: 15. So Sept. Is. 51: 13.—-In
the sense of every time, on every occasion,
as circumstances require or permit. 2 Cor.
4: 11 dd ‘yap rapadidtipzsa. Acts 7: 51.
Heb. 3: 10. So Sept. Ps. 95: 10. 2
Blame. 14: l5.—Mark 15:8 Kafithg (,lfi
brain, as bealways did, i. e. customarily,
every year. So Sept. Judg. 16: 21 1ron'lau
{Going .‘m', where the Vatican text reads
:5; (‘n-of, ml &1raE.—By impl. assiduously,
2 Pet. 1: 12.—-Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4.
’A 576;, 017, a, an eagle, Rev. 4.: 7. [8:
13.] 12: 14. So Sept. for Ps. 103: 5.
In Matt. 24: 28 and Luke 17: 37, where
the (1:76; is represented as preying on
dead bodies, some species of vulture is
probably intended. So the Heb. “25!,
Sept. (‘m-ac, is put probably for the val
lm' barbatus or vultur percnopterus, Job 39:
27 coll. v. 30. Prov. 30: 17. See Gesen. ‘ or act in vain.'—In Eph. 2: 2, Satan is
Lex. Heb. art. The eagle feeds only called iipxwv rfig E'Eoualag rm’! de'pog,
on fresh or living prey; see Ree's Cy
clop. art. Falco. ' dwell in the air or have power over it,
"Agra/10;, 00, at, adj. (0. pr. and
{Ii/n; leaven,)unleavened.
a) pp. spoken of bread, rii r'iZupa sc.
Xr'v/ava, oi (Hope: 50. iiprm, unleavened
cake: or bread, Heb. "53?, cf. Lev. 2: 4..
Num. 6: l5. 1 Chr. 23: 29. Hence Eoprfi
v. ai i/pz'pat n71’ dzr'lpuv, and ril c'iZvIua,
are put for the festival day or days in
which the Jews were to eat unleavened still it is not certain whether ds’pmv here
bread in commemoration of their depar refers to darkness or to the air.
lure from Egypt, i. e. thepassover. Mark
’A flame/u ’
14: 1. Luke 22:1, '7. Acts 12:3. 20:6.
and h 1rpdrrr] ilpc'pa rim dzl'lpwv is the first
day of the festival of the passover, Matt.
26: 17. Mark 14: 12. See Bibl. Repos.
IV. p. 1 l 1 sq.
b) metaph. unmixed, unadulterated, un
eorrupted, ‘1 Cor. 5: 7, 8 r6 c'ifuluov, genu
meness.
»’A 655, 6, indec. Azor, fr. Heb. “I?
to help, pr. name of aman, Iatt. 1: 13,
"144217053 01), 1'],Azotus, Heb. ‘la-W},
Ashdod, pr. name of a place, which an
ciently was one of the five cities pertain
ing to the princes of the Philistines,
Josh. 13:3. 1 Sam. 6: 17. In the divi~
sion of Palestine by Joshua, it was as
signed to the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:
47; but the possession of it was still re
tained or soon recovered by the Philis
tines, 1 Sam. 5: 1. 2 Chr. 26: 6. Neh.
4:1. 13:23. The city was captured
by the Assyrians, Is. 20: l; by Judas
Maccabazus, 1 Mace. 5: 68; and was
afterwards burned by his brother Jona
than, ib. 10: 84.. It was rebuilt by the
Romans under Gabinius; and isnow
called Esdud. Acts 8: 40. See Calmet.
247,7?’ liégog, 1'], (5w v. 61”“ to
breathe,) the air, the atmosphere, (as
opp. t0 ale/19, the higher, purer region,
Horn. 11. 14. 288,) Acts 22: 23. l Thess.
4:17. Rev. 9: 2. 16:17. The phraes
sic c'u'pa haheiv, to speak into the air, 1
Cor. l4: 9, and eig; as'pa dipew, to beat
the air, 1 Cor. 9: 26, (Buttm. Lexi]. I.
p. 115,) are proverbial, and correspond
to the Latin ventis vcrba prqfundere Ln
cret. 4.. 929, and verberare ictibus auras
Virg. )En. 5. 376; the sense is, ‘ to speak
‘ prince of the spirits of the air,’ i. e. that
according to the later Jewish belief; see
Elsner Obs. in N. T. in 100. Others,as
Cocceius, explain aim here by darkness,
as in profane writers; so Eustath. in
H0111. ll. 5. 776. 1b. 12. 240. ii). 17. 645.
Hesiod. Theov‘n. 119. In Test. XII.
Patr. Fabr. Hseudep. V. T. I. p. 729,
we find c’te'pwv m/n'rpa roii Bchu'rp, but
'AOamo't'a, we, 1), (696mm; fr.
 ‘Alléruro; 16 A l'yu-rrrog
1: pr. and eriva'rug death ,) immortality, l View”, 5, t'. {1001,20 contend, to he
(lor.15: 53, 54.. 1 Tim. 6: 16.—Lucian. a champion in the public games, e. g. of
l). Deor. 4.. 10. boxing, throwing the discus, wrestling,
’Allé,u.rrog, 00, 6, 1']. adj. ((1 pr. and running, etc. absol. 2 Tim. 2: 5 bis. —
Squrég l'r. Sépig law ,) unlawful,forbidden ll‘lllfln. 10. l
by law, Acts 10: 28. Hence criminal, 1 "AmVIWQ £6)?’ 1', contention, com
Pet. 4': 3.—2 Mace. 6:5. 7: 1. 10:1. B. .l. bat, pp. in the public games, Polyb. 5.
4-. 9. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 9. 64.. 6. Elian. V. H. 2. 23. In N. T.
"A0205, 00, 6, :7, adj. 0 pr. and metaph. a conflict, struggle, so. with at'v
9561;) pp. godless, impious, en. Anab. tlictions. Heb. 10:32.
2. 5. 39. In N. T. estranged from the
knowledge and worship of the true God, ’Allu{.oéw, 5, f. flow, (a pr. and
Eph. 2: 12. 9111169 .) to despond, be disturbed in mind,
disheartened, absol. Col. 3: 21. Sept. for
"Alieqwog, 0t), 6, 1'), adj. (a pr. and WEE Gen. 4,: 5. 2 Sam. 6: 8.--Xen.
951,161; law,) lawless, and by impl. wick Anab. 3. 2. 18. Polyb. 3. 54. 7.
ed, impious, 2 Pet. 2:7. 3:l7.—-3 Macc.
5: l2 decaying 'nPoOemg. Diod. Sic. 1. l4 'Atlzfiog, 0v, 6, 1;, adj. ((1 pr. and
rfig citls'a‘uw fling. .91...) penalty,) pp. impum's, Diod. Sic. 1.
714087260, 5, f. flaw, (505709 fr. a pr. 5-1.. Polyb. 2. 60. 1. In N. T. metaph.
innocent, Matt. 27: 4,. In Greek writers
and n'Onpn) pp. to displace, i. e. to abro
gate, abolish, get rid of, Polyb. 31. 18. 1. (‘16009 is constr. with a gen. but in Matt.
Sept. chiefly for ‘11.2 and also for ‘'22 and 27: 24 we find £10150;- (m) r017 alparog,
like the Sept. for Heb. 1‘? ‘El 2 Sam. 3:
“is, and construed mostly with i'v run
or :11; run. In N. T. trans. to reject, i. e. 28. Gen. 24: 41.
a) to mahe void, render null, 11):’ e'v'ro Al'yzmg, El)”, 5109, ((115, ul'ytig,
lh'p' Mark 7: 9. 'rfivfiovht'lv 'rwog Luke goat,) caprinus of a goat. Heb. 11:37
7:30. 1 Cor. 1: 19, coll. Is. 29: 14,. Gal. e’v al-yzlotg liéppaaw, in goatqshins. Sept.
2: 21. 3: 15. So Sept. for B‘é‘fl Ps. 33:10. for 5'1’. Ex. 25:4. 35:6,24.—Jos. Ant.
'2?- Is. 24': 16. 081:! E2. 22: 26.—-1 Macc. 3. 6. l. Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1349.
11: 36.-—Hence, not to keep, to cast 01?‘, Alyloatto‘g, 017, a, (tt-yvvlm to break,
Tip’ 'Iqnbrnv m'o'rw 1 Tim. 5: 12. Sept. and 6).; sea.) the shore, coast, of a sea,
for ‘122 Jer. 3:20. an‘: Ps. 132: 11. lake, etc. Matt. 13:2,48. John 21: 4,.
b) to deny, to despise, contemn, 116,110)’ Acts 21:5. 27:39,40. Sept. for $11
Mwiia'e'wg Heb. 10:28. Spoken otl'per Judg. 5: l7.-—Ecclus. 24.: 15. Jos. Ant.
sons, Mark 6: 26. Luke 10: 16 quater. 2. 16. l. Xen. Anab. 6. l, 7
John 12: 48. l Thess. 4.: 8 bis. Jude 8.
Sept. for “is Is. 1: 2. ‘=23 Ex. 21: 8. Aiyz'm'rlog, m, 101, Egyptian, Acts
V5? 1 Sam. 2: 17.—-Jos. Ant. 15. 2. 6. 7:22,24.,2a. Heb. 11:29. In Acts 21:
38, the Egyptian spoken of was an
'A tlé'rmng, 2mg, 17, (‘Sierra-1,) abro Egyptian Jew, who set himself up at
gation, abolition, Heb. 7: 18. 9: 26. Jerusalem for a prophet. He gained
'Aéfivw, 51', ai, Athens, the capital many followers, who were dispersed and
of Attica, and the chief city of ancient slain by Felix; see Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6.
Greece, so called from ‘116111117, Minerva. B. J. 9. l3. 5.
The Athenians are celebrated in the Al'yurr'rog, 0v, ,7, L'gypl, a country
history of Greece for their warlike va celebrated both in sacred and profane
lour, and also for their general intelli history; for a. full description of it, see
gence and the cultivation of all the arts
Calmct. The whole region was known
of peace. Their city was the seat of theto the Hebrews by the name ‘JET-‘3 Miz
fine arts, the resort of philosophers, and
raim; and the princes who governed it
the birth place of an unusual number of
were styled, in virtue of their ot'fice,
illustrious men. Acts 17:15, 16. 18: l. Pharaohs, i. e. kings, until the time of
1 Thess. 3: l.
Solomon; after which they are designated
’A (M10509, a, 01', Athenian, Acts in the Scriptures by their proper names.
11: 21,22. After the captivity, Egypt became a
 147510; 17 All“:
a place of resort to great numbers of the blood as the seat and principle of life;
Jews, who settled there either of their hence they were to olTer it in sacrifice to
own accord, or from the invitations and God, but were forbidden to eat it, Lev.
encouragements held out by Alexander ~17: 10—14, coll. 3: 17. Gen. 9: 4.
the Great and the Ptolemies; so that in Dent. 12: 23. Jos. Ant. 3. 11. a-(s)
the reign of Ptolemy Philopater, they of men, Luke 13: 1. John 19: 34. Rev.
were able to erect a temple at Leontopo 17:6. 14:20 where human blood is
lis similar to the one at Jerusalem, and spoken of under the symbol of the blood
to establish in it all the rites of their pa ofgrapes, or wine, alpa aratpvltfic, comp.
ternal worship; see Jos. Ant. l3. 3. 1, Gen. 49: 11. Deut. 39: 14:. Ecclus. 39:
2, 3.—Matt. 2: 13, 14,15. Acts s=10. 26. So alga Eimtov Matt. 93: 35. and
al. In Rev. 11: 8, Egypt is put as the allua 69:50:’ Matt. 27: 4., for alga ro'n/
symbolical name of the Jews, thus liken Eucm'uy, alga r017 41003011. Sept. for
ing the obstinacy and stubbornness of van: 1 Sam. 19: 5. 95: 26. 1 K. s: 5.
this nation to that of the Egyptians of Hist. of Sus. v. 62.—So of the blood of
old. As. Christ shed on the cross, ul'pa r017 Xpt
A3405‘, 0!), b, 1'], adj. (du',) always o'rm'l, e. g. in relation to the sacred sup
ez'lkti'ng, eternal, everlasting. Rom. l: 20 per, Matt. 26: 98. Mark 14: 24. Luke
61310; air-rm? briyafuc, coll. Wisd. 7: 26. 22: 20. 1 Cor. 10: 16. 11:25, 27. Per
-—Jude 6 Beapoi (1181.04, everlasting bonds. haps too 1 John 5: 6, 8; and especially
—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 9. Ken. Cyr. 7. 5. 73. John 6: 53—58, where the phrases (pa
'ye'iw rhv atipxa Kai m'yuv 'rb aipa r017
111305;, 00;, 05;, i1. 1. modesty, Xpurroi), to eat the flesh and drink the
1 Tim. 2: 9.—Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4. Ken. blood of Christ, signify, ‘ to become
Mem. 3. 7. 5. wholly united and incorporated with
2. reverence, veneration, Heb. 19: 28.— Christ, i. e. to imbibe his spirit and ap
Jos. Ant. 6. 19. 17. Ken. Anab. 2. 6.14. propriate to one's self all the benefits of
Alt/ad, 070;, b, (a'loo'uu to burn, his advent, to be wholly conformed to
and Gd: face,) an Ethiopian, Heb. ‘915, Christ ;’ comp. Rom. 8: 28. C01. 3: 10.
Further, in relation to his church, Acts
Cuehite. Acts 8: 27 his. The Ethiopia
designated here, and the "515 in J er. 13: 20: 28. C01. 1: 20. Eph. 2: 13: to the
93. 1s. 18: 1. E1. 30: 4,5,9, is what
atonement made by his death, Rom. 3:
is called Upper Ethiopia, or Habesh, ly. 25. 5: 9. Eph. 1: 7. Col. 1:14. Heb.
ing south of Egypt on the Nile, and in $12,141. 10:19. 1 Pet. 1:9,“). 1
cluding the island of Meroii,—the Abys John 1:.7. Rev. 1: 5. 5: 9; and to the
sinizi of the present day. For the other new covenant, Heb. 10: Q9. 12: 24. 13:
countries designated by the name Cash 20. So alpa 1017 tipylov, Rev. 7: 14.
in the O. T. see Calmet art. Cash. 19:11. 19:13.
(7) a'hpf mi alpa, flesh and blood, i. e.
Alana, 0:70;, rd, blood. Sept. every the animal human body, man, with the
where for =1. idea of imbecility, mortal man, Matt.
:1) pp. (a) gem. Mark 5: 25,29. Luke 16: 17. 1 Cor. 15: 50. Gal. 1: 16. Eph.
8: ‘3, 4‘. 13: l.-—D10(1. Sic. 4:. 5O. 6: 19. Heb. 2: 14. coll. Ecclus. 14: 18.
Plato Phaedo. 45.—'l‘rop. any thing is (3) aifm ixxn'wcw, to shed blood, i. e.
laid to be or become blood, or as blood, to kill,put to death, Luke 11: 50. Acts
from its dark colour; Acts 2: 19 coll. 22: 20. Rom. 3215. Rev. 16: 6. So
Ioe13=s,4.[s= 30,31.]—-Rev. e= 7,8. Sept. for =3 1:?‘ Gen. 9: 6. 37:22. El.
11:6. 16: 3, 4. Acts 2: 20 rig alpa, 18: 10. Hence
for the 111.1“: in Rev. 6: 12. 1)) bloodshed, i. e. death, violent death,
(j?) spoken of blood which has been slaughter, murder, Matt. 23:30. 27: 6,
shed; as (1) of victims and other slaugh 8,24. Acts 1: 19. Rev. 6:10. 18: 24:.
tered animals, Heb. 9: 7,19,13,18— 19: 2. So Se t. and 3'1 Gen. 4: 10. 9
$5. 1014. 11:28. 13:11. So Acts Sam. 16:7. 2. 24: 6, 9.—Heb. 12: 4|
15: 20, 29. 21: 25; where bvréxeaflaz pe'xptg a't'lua'roc, unto death, 1. c. with ex_
r09 ofporog, etc. is, to abslm'n fiom eat sure of life.
ing blood, etc. The Jews regarded the c) from the Heb. bIood-guiltiness, i. e.
e
 A [p.ozrexxum'a 18 ~ A Igéw'
the guilt and punishment ofshedding blood, A1709‘, 0!), 1'), (ain't-n) pp. discourse.
Matt. 23: 35. 37: 25. Acts 5: 98. 18: narration, i. q. F660;, Hom. 0d. 14. 508.
6. 20: 26. So Sept. and =1 Num. 35: Ecclus. 15: 9, 10; and so of Esop's fa
27. Josh.2:19. Ez. 9:9. 33:4. 28am. bles.-—In'N. T. praise,Matt. 21: 16 coll.
1: 16. coll. Lev. 16: 21 sq. et Herodot. Ps. 8: 3. Luke 18: 43. Sept. for *3’ Ps.
Q. 39. _ 8: 3.—Wisd. 18: 9. Hom. 0d. 21. 110.
d) blood-relatiomhip, kindred, lineage, Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6, 7, oialroi,
progeny, seed. Acts 17: 26 e'E aw‘). a'lpa praises of God in the churches.
rog, of one blood, i. e. kindred—Sept. Aiva’w, 1'1, indec. Enon, (fr. 1:?!
2 Sam. 21: 1. Joss. Ant. 2. 6. 3 iapc‘v
fountains, Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal.
&8¢>.¢02 Kai rowdy alpa. il). 20. 10. 1 ii 1601,) pr. name of a place or fountain
al'parog 'Aapiwrog—John 1: 13 oi oi“:
near Salim, John 3: 23.
e'E aipé-rwv, not born of blood, i. e. not
sons of God as being descended from Ai'geolg, mg, 1‘), (aipéw) pp. cap
Abraham. The plur. is here put for the ture so. of a city, Thuc. 2. 58. 1'1 a'lpeeng
sing. as in Enrip. Ion. 693 dMwv rpa rfig no'hmg. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 5. also op
$619 (up, ai'udrwy, spoken of a mother.— tion, choice, 1 Macc. 8. 30. loss. Ant. 7.
os. Ant. 4. 8. 45 Tie e'E a'lpa-roc, i. e. an 13. 2. Polyb. 3.103. 7. In N. T. a
Israelite. Eustath. ad Hom. II. 6. 211 chosen way of lg'fe, i. e. .
a'l'parocr'wrl r017 anz'pparog.—See Kypke l. a sect, school, party, etc. Acts 5: l7.
and Loesner Obs. in N. T. ad Acts 17: l5: 5. 24: 5, 14. 36: 5. 28: 82.—D10d.
26. A1,. Sic. 2. 29 aipe'a'cig n31’ ¢1X006¢wm .103.
B. J. 2. 8. 1. Ignat. Ep. ad Eph. §6.
A ipmrexxuo'iot, 11;, 1'1, (aI'ua and Clem. Alex. Strmn. l. 7.
Exxvmg fr. e'xxc'w to pour out,) shedding 2. by impl. discord, dissension, 1 Cor.
ofblood, Heb. 9: 22. 11:19. Gal. 5: 20. 2 Pet. 2:1.
Aihoppw, w, ((17,... and .56.»; fr. AI'QE'I'IZW, f. law, (clips-roe captus,
fie'w flow,) to have a flow or issue of blood, electus, fr. aipz'u, a word of the Alex
absol. Matt. 9: 20.—Plnt. X. p. 791. andrine age, used in Sept. for alpe'opav
ed. Reisk. 0r Mor. VI. p. 464. ed. —to choose, Sept. for “132 Judg. 5: 8 et
Tauchn. seep. 1 Mace. 9: 30.—In N. T. to prefer,
to love,trans. Matt. 12: 18 coll. Is. 42: 1.
Aivéag, 00, 6, Emma, pr. name of Sept. for ‘(51’: Num. l4: 8. 5;! Gen.
a man, Acts 9: 33, 34. 30: 20.-—Hesych. zipcrwdpnv' fiyd-rrrla'a,
Ai'vsa'ig, em, 1‘, (aivéu,)_ praise, Emez'rpnoa. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 144,,
Heb. 13. 15 900111 aivz'awg. So Sept. Al'gzrmhg, 017, o, (alpert'lm) one
for 1'13"" Ps. 26: 2, et saap. ""277; Ps. who creates dissemions, introduces errors,
66: 2.-Ecclus. 32 [35]: 2 $vau'nlwv etc. a factions person, Tit. 3: 10.—This
aivéa'wc. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6. word is not found in classic Greek, but
Africa, 6).‘, 1'. {law or foul (Buttm. often in ecclesiastical writers; see Sui
§ 95. n. 4), to praise, to celebrate, trans. cer's Thesaur. Ecc. s. h. v. Campbell
spoken in N. '1‘. only of God. Luke 2: Prel. Diss. IX. pt. iv. 11.
13, 20. 19: 37- Q4: 53. Acts 2: 47. Aigéw, 07, 1'. flow, 201'. 2 elkov, to
3: 8, 9. Hum. 15: 11. Rev. 19: 5. take e. g. a city or camp, Xen. Ag. 1.
Sept. for H1.1-‘! Gen. 49: 8. 5:??5 1 Chr. 32.—In N. T. only Mid. alpe'opat f.
16: 4, 10, et amp. 3?; Ps. 100: 4. fio'opcu, act. 2 ciMpqv, to take jbr one‘;
Al'wwna, wrog, rd (aim’oa'opm to self, i. e. to choose, to elect, to prefer, trans,
hint obscurely, El. V. H. 2. 29,) an and absol. 2 Thess. 2: 13. Heb. ll: 25.
enigma, riddle; so Sept. for “Tl? l K. —Phil. 1: 22, where for the fut. instead
10.1. Prov. 1: 6. Ecclus. 39: 3. 47: 15. of the suhj. see Matth. § 516. 3. n. 2.
—In N. T. metaph. obscure intimation. Buttm. § 139. n. 7. Winer § 42. 4.—
1 Cor. 13: 12 iv ai'vi-ypan, i. e. enig Sept. for ‘DE Job 34: 4. 2 Sam. 15: 15.
matically, obscurely. S0 Sept. for "I"?! -—2 Mace. 11:25. Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 1.
Num. l2: 8, where it is opp. to To [1509 Herodian. 4. 14. 3 aipoiy'rm ,Bamhéa
the clear reality. 'At‘m'vevrov.
 Aigw I
Ai'fw 19
117510, (for defy-1,) i'. (196), aor. 1 fipa, of, Matt. 14.: so. 15: 37. Marks. 8,
pert‘. fipmCoLQ: 14, pert‘. pass. fippm John 19, 20. al. S0 genr. Matt. 17: 27.
26: 1, to take up, trans. corresponding in Acts 21: 11. a]. Pass. iipOnri Matt. 21:
Sept. generally to the Heb. F313. 21 be thou remooeeL—Trop. a‘ipew rl‘lv
1. to take up, simply, i. e. to lift up, apapn'av rwoc, to take away the sin of
to raise, a) pp. as stones from the any one, i. e. the imputation or punish
ground, John 8: 59. serpents, Mark 16: ment of sin, John 1: 29. 1 John 3: 5.
18. — Xen. Eq. 6. 7. — So of anchors, So the Eng]. Vera. and Sept. a’ipcw 16
Acts 27: 13 dpawec sc. dyn'ipac, see Bos d dpmpa for Men “is; 1 Sam. 15: 25.
Ell. Gr. p. 14 sq. Kypke Obs. in N. T. ut as 1"? 3?! etc. often means to bear
II. p. 135. So dpae, dpavrzg, Often the punishment of sin, as Lev. 5: 17
stands in Greek writers in the sense to Num. 5: 31. 14: 33. 31. (Sept. Aaficiv.
sailaway,to deparl,as Arrian. Exp. Alex. ¢iva¢épzw,) and as a'ipew often has in
6. 21 &pa;- in Harrdkwy. Thuc. 2. 23 the Sept. the sense to bear, as above, we
med. Herodian. 8. 7. 1. and is even used may here also admit for a’ipcw the sense
of an army on land, as Thuc. 2. 23 init. to bear the punishment of sin, which is
Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 1. ib. 3. l. 7e'1r579w elsewhere expressed in the N. T. b
5pavrsg a‘; 'Pa¢t§iv fixov, spoken of the Bam'éfew, hmupe'pcw, etc. coll. Matt. 8:
camp of the Israelites in the desert. l7: 1 Pet. 2: 24. Or perhaps the sen
Fully written, i. e. iipav-reg d'yn'lpag Po sus przegnans is better, viz. to take away
lyb. 31. 22. 13. Pint. Pomp. c. 50.— by taking upon one's self:
Spoken of the hand Rev. 10: 5. So 4. to take away, to remove, simply,
Sept. for I‘?! Deut. 32: 40. Is. 49. 22. the idea of lifting, etc. being dropped;
—Xen. Anab. 7. 8. 6. — Pass. iiplirrn, usually with the notion of violence,
Matt. 21: 21, better under no. 3. authority, etc.
b) trop. to raise, to elevate,” the eyes, :1) pp. Luke 6: 29, 30. 11: 22. Matt.
John 11: 41. So Sept. and It‘?! Ps. 9: 16 a'ipei sc. ri, i. e. the new piece tears
121: 1. 123: 3.——the voice, i.e. to cry away still more of the old garment.
out, to sing, etc. Luke 17: 13. Acts 4: Mark 2: 21. Spoken of branches, to cut
24.. So Sept. and 15?,‘ Judg. 21: 2. om prune, John 15: 2.—Spoken of per
1 Sam. 1 1: 4.—S0 a‘iprw davxr'yv rwog, to sons, to hike away or remove, e. g. from
hold the mind of any one suspended, i. e. a church, i. e. to ercommunicate, 1 Cor.
in suspense, doubt, John 10: 24.—Phi 5: 2 ape’), where some editions read
lostr. 2.4. Comp. Jos. Ant. 8. l3. 5 EEapOii. So to take away or remove out
Emppz'voug r'j diavoia Kai raic 565mg. of the world,by death, etc. John 17: 15.
The phrase 515. ‘31231522, a'ipew rfiv vhuxfiv Matt. 24: 39. Acts 8: 33 bis. e'v r5
rpég, to lift the soul towards, i. e. to desire, rmrewdnret airroi] i] xpi'aig airroii, iipan—
does not belong here; comp. Deut. 24: a‘iperat, i. e. according to the Heb. ‘in
15. Ps. 86: 4. al. Gesen. Lex. Heb. his humiliation and oppression was his
2. to take up and place on one's self, sentence; he was torn away,’ i. e. hur
to takeup and bear, i. e. to bear, to carry. ried away to death; coll. Is. 53: 8, and
Matt. 4: 6 2'11 xupu'w dpon'lai as, coll. see Hengstenberg in Christol. and in
Sept. and I‘?! Ps. 91: 12.—Matt. 11:29 Bib]. Repos. II. p. 357. Kuinoel in loc.
cigars raw Zvydy you, col]. Sept. and I‘?! Others, his punishment was taken away.
Lam. 3: 27.—S0 the cross, Matt. 27: So Sept. for =1?! Is. 57: 1,2. ‘I; Is.
32. Mark 15: 21. a]. and metaph. Matt. 53: 8. In a somewhat stron er sense,
16: 24. aL—So to take or carry with one, especially in the imperat. 5pc, dpov,
Mark 6:8. Luke 9:3. :1]. Sept. and away with! i. e. put out of the way, kill.
2?! Gen. 4421. 9 K. 7: B. Luke 23:18. John 19: 15. Acts 21: 36.
3. to take up and carry away, i. e. to 22: 22.
take away, to remove, so. by carrying, b) trop. John 11: 4.8 zipoiiac 17,461! m1
spoken of a bed, Matt. 9: 6. John 5: rbv rchrov mi r6 E'Ovoc and destroy our
8 sq. al. of a dead body, a person, etc. city and nation. 1C0r.6: l5 iipac ra
Matt. 14; 12. 22:13. Acts 20; 9.1.1.— lue'hr; r017 Xpwrofi, taking away wrongfully
1 Mace. 9: 19.—Spoken of bread, etc. the members which belong to Christ, etc.
with the idea of laying up, making use So in the sense to deprive of; e. g. the
s
 Aiatioivoaau 20 Ain't.’

kingdom of heaven Matt. 21: 43. the indecorum, either in words or actions
word of God, Mark 4: 15. Luke 8: 12, Eph. 5: 4, i. q. ai'axpolto'yia q. v.
18. gifts, Mark 4: 25. joy, John 16: Aia'xbm, 1);, 1'](ala'xog,) shame, i. e.
22, coll. Sept. Is. 16: 10.—Spoken ot' a) subjectively, feeling of shame, flzar
vices, to put away, Eph. 4: 31. of a qfdisgrace. Luke 14: 9.—Ecclus. 4: 21.
law, to abrogate, Col. 2. 14.—-1 Mace. 20: 23. Ken. Anab. 3. l. 10.
3: 29. AL. b) objectively, disgrace, reproach, ig
_ Alo'dtilmfbdl, f. aiatii/o'opai, am‘. 2 noming, Heb. 12: 2. So Sept. for "'9":
p'ofldlurlv; dim, a’io'Ou, Buttm. § 112. Job. 6; 22. we; Is. 50; 6. rip-3:: Ps.
13,) a Mi . deponent, to perceive, pp. 69: 20.—-Ecclus. 22: 3. 25: 22. Xcn.
with the external senses, Xen. Mem. 1. Anab. 2. 6. 6.
2. 31. In N. T. metaph. to understand, 0) cause of shame, i. e. a shameful
trans. Luke 9: 45. Sept. for 1'‘; Job thing or action, disgraceful conduct. 2
23: 5. 7?: Prov. 24: l4.—Xen. Cyr. 1. Cor. 4: 2 Ti: xpmn'il rfig aic'xiwng, hid
1. 2. den things of shame, i. e. clandestine con
duct of which the disciples of Christ
Al'd'dfld’lg, 5w?’ ,‘I, (flid'fiévopuu)
should be ashamed. Phil. 3: 19. Jude
pp. perception by the external senses,
131.—In Rev. 3: 18 aio‘xin'n rfic 'Yvpvé
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5. In N. T. metaph. 'rfl'rog is by Hebraism for 'yvpvérqc
understanding, the power of discerning,
Phil. 1: 9. Sept. for "ii-‘J Prov. 1: 4, aioxpé, shameful nakedness, Stuart t; 440.
22. T1??? Ex. 28: 3.—Judith 16: 17. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So Sept. and "ii
1 Sam. 20: 30.—1Eschin. 23, 41.
Ellen. V. H. 1. l2.
Aia'tinrrigiov, 09, rd, (aiafidvopag)
Aio'xiww, f. ‘Ulla-J, (alaxog) to shame,
put to shame; Pass. to be made ashamed,
pp. seat of the senses, Hesych. aiatlnrr'y to be put to shame.
pm’ rt‘: #00] 51’ 01v aiathipefla. In N. a) pp. 2 Cor. 10: 8. Phil. 1: 20. 1
T. metaph. internal sense, faculty ofper John 2: 28 pi) aia'xvveo'nicv c'ur' airroi'l,
caption, Heb. 5: 14. So Sept. Jer. 4: that we be not put to shame before him,
19 Ta aia'flnrippia rr'lc naphtha—4 Macc.
etc. So Sept. for 1*? ‘513 Jer. 22: 22.
2: Q2. b) Mid. to shame one's self, to feel
Awxgoxsgbés, E04, 05;. a, .7, adj. ashamed, to feel dishonoured, Luke 16: 3.
(aia‘xpég and xép50g,) eager even for dis 1 Pet. 4: 10. So Sept. for in: Ps. 25.
honourable gain, sordid, 1 Tim. 3: [3,] 3. 119: 30.—Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 6.
8. Tit. 1: 7.—Xen. Ag. 11.3. Herodot. Ai'rétd, 5, t'. new, to ask, usually
1. 187.
with accus. ot' pers. or thing or of both,
Ald’xfolfifafzg, adv. for the suite of Buttm. § 131. 5. also with accus. of
dishonourable gain, sordidlg, 1 Pet. 5: thing and rape’: 0. gen. of pers. Matt.
2. coll. Tit. 1: 11. 20: 20. Jam. 1:5. and Sept. Deut.
Aio'xeoltoyl/M, ag, y", (aia'xpoXo-ye'on) 10: 12. Dan. 2: 49. For the Mid. see
obscene language, scurrilitg, Col. 3: 8.— Buttm. § 135. 4.
Diod. Sic. 5. 4. Xen. de Rep. Lac. a) gem. Matt. 5: 42. 7: 9, 10. Mark
5. 6.
6: 22—25. Luke 11:9—13. I John 5:
14—16. at. Sept. for 525? Josh. 15: 18.
Aio'xgo'g, d, 6v, pp. dejbrmed, opp. 19: 50.—Pal:eph. Fab. 40.-—Spoken in
to xako'g, Xen. Conv. 4. 19. Sept. for respect to God,t0 supplicate, to pray for,
,2 Gen. 41: 3, 4. In N. T. metaph. in Matt. 6:8. 7:11. 18:19. James 1:
rlecorous, indecent, dishonourable; spoken
5, 6. The case of 9:61,- being omitted,
0|‘ what is ofi‘ensive either to modesty Matt. 7: 7, 8. Col. 1:9. James 4: 2, 3.
and christian purity, as Eph. 5: 12. a]. Sept. for 5:5? Is. 7. 11, 12.
Tit. 1: 11; or to the manners and cus b) to ash. or call for, to require, to de
toms of a community, as 1 Cor. 11: 6. mand, Luke 1: 63. 12: 48. 23: 23 Acts
14: 35.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. Mem. 3: 14. 25: 15. 1 Pet. 3:15. So Sept.
3. 10. 5. Polyb. 3. 116. 13. for W: ‘we Job. 6:22. for Chald. s9;
Aiaxgérng. rn'roc, i, (airrxpdg) pp. Dan. 2 : 49.-——2 Mace. 7: 10 rr)v ykfiumuv
defbnnify. In. N. T. trop. impropriety, airntisig, i. e. being required to thrust
 A l'fflfba
out his tongue, Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 10.
ib. l. 8. 13.
c) by Hebraism, to desire, Acts 7: 46.
So Sept. _and 5!? 1 K. 19: 4. Bee. 9:
10. So >31’; Deut. 14: 26 where Sept.
irnflvpe'u. Jon. 4: 8. A1,.
Ai'mua, wrog, r6, (ain't-t) thing
askedfor, object sought, request, Luke 23:
24.
1 Sam.1 1:17,27.—Fr0m
John 5: 15. Sept. for desire,
the Heb.
Phil. 4: 6; see in airc'w 0. So Sept. rt‘:
ain'ypara rfig' Icapdt'ag for “5515?”. P8. 37:
4.—-Ep. Pseudo-Seer. 24.
Alf/(Z, (2;, 1", (alréw) a cause, viz.
a) eficient cause, motive, reason, ground,
Matt. 19:3. Luke 8:47. Acts 22: 24.
981 20. 2 Tim. 1: 6,12. Til. l. 13.
Heb. 8: 11.-—Di0d. Sic. 1. 7.
b) in the sense of afl‘air, matter, case,
Lat. ratio. Acts 10:21. ease-Him.
of Susan. 14.—Matt. 19: 10eim7'rwg t'a-rlv
r'! airta x. r. X. ifsuch is the case, etc.—
Philostr. Vit. Apoll. 6. 16. So Lat.
cam, Cic. Oil‘. 3. 27. So Heb. “23 is
sometimes thing, afl‘air, Gen. 20: 8.
Bee. 7: 8, and sometimes case, manner,
Dent. 15: 9. 19:4. 1 K. 9:15.
c) in a forensic sense, cause, i. e. a)
an accusation of crime, charge, Acts 95:
18. 97. E13“. 27: 37. Mark I5: 96.
—Phav0rin. air-Ia‘ i] raflyyopt’a. Jos.
Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 16.
(/3) fault, guilt, crime, John 18: 38.
19: 4, 6. Acts 13:88. 28:18. So
Sept. for 1*; Gen. 4: 13. for :21, m‘;
Prov. 88: 17-—-Xen. Mem. 1. 8. 28.
Al't't’afbll, 0:709’, ro’, charge, aimi
nation. Acts 25: 7.—Thuc_. 7. 79.
Al'rmiolmm, 5am, (la n. Mid. to Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 442; to lead cap
accuse, to charge, absol. om. 3: 9 in
some Mss.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2.
117740;, lot, ‘or, (al'rt'u,) pp. cama
tive. In N. T. used substantively, viz.
1. Masc. 6 a’inoc, the causer or author
01' any thing, Heb. 5: 9 a'irtog riig amm b) by impl. to subdue, bring into sub
ping—JCS. Ant. 3. 3 5a)!’ rfig aurrupt’ag jection. Rom. 7: 23. 2 Cor. 10: 5.
a'irmv. Bel and Drag. 42. 2 Mace.
4: 47. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 63.
2. Neut. r6 a'inov, a cause, i. e.
a) reason, motive, ground, Acts 19: 40.
—Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 8.
b) i. q. uZ-n'a q. v. fault, guilt, crime.
Luke 23: 4, 14., 22.--So airing guilty,
21 A‘ia'm
criminal, Hist. of Sus. 53.
Sept. 1
Sam. 29: 28 for 39.
Arr/wad, (2705', To’, (airuiopng)
charge, accusation of crime, i. q. airl'apn,
but less usual ; it is read in Griesb. Acts
95: 7.——Thuc. 5. 72.
Aitpw'amg, 1'00, 6, 1'], adj. (a'hpmc
i. q. 6mm"; fr. a pr. and ¢aiyw,) unfore
seen, sudden, Luke 21: 34. l Thess. 5: 3.
It has the force of an adverb; Buttm.
§ 193. n. 3.—Wisd. 17: 15. Jos. Ant.
3. 8. 6. Herodian. l. 6. 8. Thuc. 4. 185.
Alylwakmal'u, mg, ;,, (azxpfi and
c'zMaxu,) captivity.
a) pp. Rev. 13: 10 eig alxpakwalav.
Sept. for ‘1.? Dent. 28: 41. '
b) meton. for at a'Aw-rm, captives, a
captive multitude. ph. 4: 8. Rev. 13:
10 alxpaN-ralav avvé-yu. So Sept. for
"P? Ps. 68: 19. Num. 21: 1. "32.1.5 Ex.
3: 11. H‘z‘as Chr. 25: s.-1 Mace. 9;
70, 79. Test. XII Patr. in Fabric.
Cod. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 654. Diod.
Sic. 17. 70.
Aixplakweiw, l. than), (nix/MM.)
rog,) to take prisoner, lead captive, trans.
This is a later word, for which earlier
writers used aixpékwrov noae'w, see Lo
beck ad Phryn. p. 448.
a) pp. Eph: 4: 8. Sept. for "£15 Ps.
as: 19. Hz; Ez. 39: 23. 11?}; Job 1:
l5, 17. 1E3 1 Sam. 30: 2.——Const. Por
phyr. Adm. 30. 94. B. Nicet. Annal.
16. 5.
b) metaph. to captivate, 2 Tim. 3: 6,
in text. recept.
AI’ZFJENW'IZM, l‘. law,(ulxp¢iMrroc ,)
a later word for azxyaxmy 1rou'w, see
tive, Pass. to be carried away captive.
a) pp. Luke 91: 24. Sept. for "955 IX.
8: 46.—-Diod. Sic. 13. 59.—In the sense
of to captivate, 9 Tim. 3: 6, in later edi
xpaluhn'ac
tions.-—Judith
\Imxfiv
16:air-mi.
9 76 n'tkkoc au’n'fig
Al'pqbékwrog, ov, 5, ihaprisonena
captive, Luke 4: 18. Sept. for "73*! E2.
12: 4. “=3? Is. 61: 1.-1 Mace. s: 9.
Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 7. Ken. Cyr. 6. l. 30.
Alli”, 5M5‘, 6, (poet. 1",) life, Horn.
ll. 39. 58 airrdc 5:‘ WM]; alé'n'og t'upepefic.
 Alév 22 Altair
marrow, Horn. Hymn. in Merc. 4.2.— Sept. 1rpo alwvwv for B12. Ps. 55: 19.——
Also in classic usage and in N. T. Diod. Sic. l. 6. 6'5 alfiwog.
1. wvum,age, i. e. an indefinitely long 2. from the Heb. or rather Chald. and
period or lapse of time, perpduity, ever, ' Rab. the world, seculum, either present or
fqf‘ever, eternity. Sept. everywhere for future, corresponding to the 713-‘! 5E"; and
:ms, , Bis-‘l BE‘? of Jewish writers, 6 aldry m'n-og
a) spoken of time future, in the fol]. and b airlw 'ue'MuW v. e’pxo’pevog. Bux
phrases, viz. tort'. Lex. Ch. Talm. Rab. 1620, “ Mun
(a) el; n‘w aié'wa, ever, forever, with dumfuturum, sivc "EU 5725’, quidam in
out end, to the remotes! time; spoken of telligunt mundum, qui futurus est post
Christ, Heb. 6: 20. 7: l7. 7: 24, 28.— destructum hunc mundum inferiorem, et
Spoken of the happiness of the righteous, post resurrectionem hominum mortuo
John 6: 51,58. 2 Cor. 9: 9. 1 John 2: rum, quando animae cum corporibus suis
17. al. of the punishment of the wicked, rursum conjungentur. -— Quidam per
2 Pet. 2: 17. Jude 13.—-VVith a ne em: =3‘: intelligunt mare h'wj, dies Mes
gative, never,- Matt. 21: 19. Mark 3: s-iea, quibus scil. venturus Messias, quem
29. John 4: 141. 8: 51, 52. 10: 28. ll: J udaei adhuc expectant, quod in hoc
26. al. So Sept. for Eli-‘YB, Is. 40: 8. 51: mundo temporaliter regnaturus sit. Vide
6,8. n’a'w 1: Deut. 29: 29. Hag? Is. 28: Abarbanel. in Pirke Aboth c. 4." In
28. Jer. 50: 39.—So sic ilpe'pav aio'wog, N. T. aiéw is used of the future world
2 Pet. 31 18, i. q. sic r611 aléiya xptivov chiefly in the first of these senses.
Sept. Ex. 14.: 13 for =53» 12. Is. 13. 20 a) this world and the next.- (a) as im
for "Qqla—Ecclus. 18: 1. Diod. Sic.1.92. plying duration, Matt. 12: 32 oi'rre e'v
(,3) ti: r01);- az’a'wag, in the same sense, rot/1'9; 'rq': ala‘n/i, oilre e'v r4; pe'hhovn,
ever, forever, to all eternity, etc. spoken neither in this world nor the next, i. e.
ol'God,Rom.1:25. 9:5. 11:36. 2Cor. never. Mark 10: 30. Luke 18: 30.—
11:31. of Christ, Luke 1: 33 where it 4. Esdr. 7: 43. Wisd.4: 2 aléw, the world
is explained by on’m Zara: 're'hoc. Heh.13. to come.
8. So Sept. for Edi-“'7: Ps. 77: 8.—The (/3) the present world, with its cares,
plur. i here put for the sing. and in the temptations-mud desires ; the idea of evil,
same sense; comp. oi: avég and oirpavol, both moral and physical, being every
miflfiarov and on'fl am. See Stuart where implied, Matt. 13:22. Luke 16:8.
Ess. on Fut. Pun. p. 31, 68. 20: 34. Rom. 12:2. 1 Cor. 1:20. 2: 6,8.
(7) rig rm); alGn'ag n31’ aiévwv, an in 2 Tim. 4: 10. Tit. 2: 12. Hence it is
tensive form, from the Heb. forever and called alclw 1rowppég, evil world, Gal. 1:
ever, comp. Stuart 1. c. spoken of God, 4. and Satan is called the god of this
Gal. 1:5. Phil.4: 20. 1 Tim. 1:17. 1 world, 2 Cor. 4: 4.—So Sept. and if“,
Pet. 5: 11. So in the expression sic 1m’: Ecc. 3: 11. See Gesen. Lex. Heb.
mzc rc‘tc 'yevec‘tg roii alu'woc ra'iv aiémuv, (-y) by meton. the men of this world,
Eph. 3: 2l.-—-Sp0ken of Christ 2 Pet. 3: wicked genu‘ation, etc. Eph. 2: 2 ran‘:
18. Rev. 1:18. 5:13. 11:15. of the nil! aié'wa 1017 Kdapou 'roi'rrou, called else
happiness of the saints, Rev. 22: 5. of where vial r017 alt-‘wag roz'n-ou, Luke 16:
the punishment of the wicked, Rev. 14-: 8. 20: 34. '
ll. 19: 3. 20: 10.—So Sept. sic aia'rva (5) by meton. the world itself, as an
alGn/oc for‘YZlZ Ps.19:10. 110: a,10. object of creation and existence, Heb.
Tob. 6: 18.—For the intensive form, see 1: 2 5:’ oh rail; aié'wag e'rrolqo'e, of. Stuart
Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 691, 692. Stuart l. c. and no. 1. a. {3, above. Heb. ll: 3.
§455. c. Matth. Gr. Gram.§ 4.50. 5. Matt. 13: 40. 24': 3. 1 Tim. 1: 17.
b) spoken of time past, as ('ur' aicbvoc, b) spoken in reference to the advent of
ofold, from everlasting, etc. Luke 1: 70. the Messiah, (see above,) :eeulum, age,
Acts 3: 21. 15:18. SO c'uro Tu'n/ aidn/wv viz. (a) the age or world before the Mes
Eph. 3: 9. Col. 1: 26. Also e'x rm? aid: siah, 115'‘! E357, i. c. the Jewish dispensa
wog ob, never, John 9: 32. “pa nDv alab tion, 1 Cor. 10: 11 Til Te'hiy ra'nl aia'n'aw.
rwv, i. e. before time began, from eter the age or world after the Messiah,
nity, 1 Col‘. 2: 7.——sept. 1'11r’ aidiyog for “EU ‘12*’, i. e. the gospel dispensation, the
=12‘??? Gen. 6: 4.. Ps. 90:2. Jer. 2:20. kingdom of the Messiah, Eph. 2: ‘7. Heb.
 Aiainog 23 "Axmflu
6: 5, coll. 2: 5.—Comp. Kéopog and So "$1313 and Sept. c’maflnpoia E2. 36.
BamAu'm—This special sense of aldw 25.
coincides again with classic usage,¢vum, _ 'Axclfiag'rog, ov, a, .3, adj. ((1 pr‘.
seculmn. AL and xaOalpw,) unckan, impure.
Ala'mog, 1'00, 6, 1‘), also ala'mog, a) in the Levit. sense, see Lev. 5: 2,
I105, 107, (ailing) perpetual, everlasting, and comp. Winer bibl. Realw. p. 570.
eternal, viz.
Spoken of food, Acts 10: 14. 11:8.
of birds, Rev. 18: 2. So Sept. for I‘???
a) spoken chiefly of time future,
Deut. 14: 7. Lev. ll: 4.-—So of persons
g)orGod,Rom.1s=ss. 1 Tim. 6: 16.
Sept. for ‘I’?! Gen. 81: 33. Is. 40: who are not Jews, or who do not be
long to the christian community, Acts
fill—Baruch 4: 8, 10.—(ti) of the hap
piness of the righteous, Matt. 19:29. 10: 88. 1 Cor. 7:14. 2 Cor. 6:17. See
'Ayiél’w l. b. So Sept. and Heb. I‘???
25: 46. Mark 10:30. John 3: 15, 16,
Is. 52: 1. Amos 7: l7. Cf. 'Axafiapm’a.
36. Rom. 2: 7. 2 Cor.4: 17.al.—2 Macc.
b) in. the sense of lewd, lascivimls,
7: 9. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Psalter.
Eph. 5: 5. Spoken of idolatry, Rev. 17:
Salem. Ps.3: 13,15,16. ActaThom.§ 7.
4 in latereditions; comp. ‘Amfiéprrlg. In
—In some passages this (on) aldmog is
this sense, partly, the devils or demons
equivalent to zlirzhae'iv elg 11):! fiamllelav
rm’: 5:017, John 3: 15, coll. v. 3, 5. Matt. are called mm’: ara dx'cifiapra, unclean
or foul spirits, att. 10: 1. 12: 43.
19: 16. Acts 13: 46. See aiéw 2. b.—
g) of the punishment of the wicked, Mark 1; 23,26,27. s=11,so. 5:2,8,
13- 6:7. 7:25. 9:25. Luke 4133,36.
att. 18:8. 25: 41, 46. Mark 3: 29.
9 Thess. 1: 9. Heb. 6: 2. Jude 7. So 6:18. 8:29. 9:42. 11:94. Acts5z16.
Sept. for 52"" Dan. 12: 2.—Fabr. Cod. 8:7. Rev. 16: 13. 18: 2. So Sept. for
Pscud. V. T. l. c.—-(5) genr. 2 Cor. 4: Zech. 13: 2. For the origin of the
18. 5: l. Heb. 9: 14. 13: 20. 1 John epithet,see Gen. 6: 2. Tob. 3: 8. 6: 14.
1. 9. Rev. 14: 6.—Philem. 15 alo'wiov They are also probably so called as be
as an adv. orever, always, Buttm. ing impioua, wicked, novnpti, Tob. 3: 8,
§ 196. n. 3.—So Sept. 5111017101 alliwiog l7. 6: 7. and as the authors and objects
for 1:2", Gen. 9: 16. 17: 7.— Ecclus. of idolatry, Sept. Ps. 96: 5. 2 Cor. 4: 4.
45: 15. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5r‘1-yqiovlaalw Baruch
’
4: 7.
I \
a
n'a. Diod. Sic. l. 93 o'ixung alu'wioc. Axmgeopw, oulwou, 1: pr. and
b) spoken of time past, Rom. 16: 25 xaapdg) to lack opportunity, hi]. 4: 10.
may“; aiwvlotg, ancient ages, 1. e. of old. It is a word of the latter Greek, Lobeck
Tim. 1: 9 and Tit. 1: 2 1rpd Xpovwv ad Phryn. p. 126.
aium'ur, i. q. m5 alo'wuv, i. e. before 'Azm'gwg, adv. (iixatpog fr. (1 pr.
time was, from eternity; see alév l. b. and K0196“) out qfseason. 2 Tim. 4: 2
So Sept. for 53'“? Ps. 24: 7, 9. An. elmalpwg (ixalpug, in season and out of
'Alllddtgd'lflt, (2;, 1'), (dmitlaprog season, i. e. whether men will listen or
it. :1 pr. and xaflapogh) uncleamwss, im not, comp. E2. 2: 5, 7.--Ecclus. 35: 4
mafia/: lucal'pwc pr) oovplfov. Ios. Ant. 6. 7. 2.
:1) pp. in a physical sense, Matt. 23: "Azmwg, 00, 6, 1*’, adj. (4: pr. and
27. Sept. for "fit-2 9 Sam. 11: 4. nil-09,) void of evil, harmless, blameless,
b) in a. moral sense, pollution, lewd well disposed, Heb. 7: 96. Sept. form‘;
nm, as opposed to chastity, Rom. 1:24. 10b 2: 3. 8: 20.——D10d. Sic. 13. 76.
6: 19. 2 Cor. 12: 21. Gal. 5:19. Eph. Dem. 1153. 10.—In the sense of simple
'4: 19. 5: 3. Col. 3: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 7, hearted, confiding, Rom. 16: 18. Sept.
roll. v. 3 sq. So Sept. for E2. for was Prov. I: 4. l4: l5.
22: 15. 36: 95.—Spoken of avarice, 'Armvflot, 21;, 1'7, (at-r’, point,) thorn,
l Thess. 2: 3, coll. v. 5.
Matt. 7: 16. Luke 6: 44. Heb. 6: 8, coll.
'Axozlhigrng, 'rn-rog, 1,, (sync. for Gen. 3: 18,where Sept. for Heb. Is.
dm9ap6rqg,) unclearmess, filth, 1_. e. lewd 39: 13.—SO Mu'puv e'n'i c'n'civeag etc.
ms; trop. of idolatry, Rev. 17:4 in Matt. 13: 7 bis, 92. Mark 4: 7 bis, 18.
text. recept. Others rd dxéflapra. Luke 8: 7 bis, 14. Sept. for Y"? Jer.
 ’Axolv01vog 24 'Axor';

4:3.12'11 Cant. 2: 2.-—So rrs'oavove'E (‘wav James 1: 8. Sept. for ‘25 Is. 54: ll.
Odw, crown ofthorns, Matt. 27: 29. John --Polyh. 7. 4. 6.
19: 2.—Diod. Sic. 5. 41. ’Axot'roiaxe'rog, ov, a, .3, adj. (.1 pr,
’Axolv0|vog, 00, b. '7, adj. made and xure'xw to coerce) not coercible, un
ofthorns, Mark 15: 17. John 19: 5.— tameable, not to be restrained, James 3:
Sept. Is. 34: 13. 8.--Di0d. Sic. 14.. 53, 54.. Jos. B. J. 2.
l7. 1.
"Axoigorog, on, b, 1), adj. (a pr. and
mpnég) withoutfmit, barren, sterile. 'Axihbafbé, indec. from the Syro
a) pp. Jude 12 Ee'vbpa ('ixap‘rrm—Sept. Chaldaic sew, Em, field qfblood, the field
Jer. 2: 6 iv 7;} amp"... Polyb. 12. 3. 2. purchased with the money for which
b) metaph. unfruitfiil, yielding no good Judas had betrayed Jesus, and appro
fruit, so. of knowledge, virtue,etc. Matt. priated as a place of burial for strangers.
13. 22. Mark 4: 19. 1 Cor. 14.: 14. Tit. Acts 1: 19.
3: 14,. 2 Pet. 1: 8. Vinégdlbt, 0v, a, .7, adj. (0 pr. and
c) by impl. producing bad fruit, i. e. Kepc'uo v. xzpr'wwpi to mix) pp. unmixed,
noz'ious,wiched, Eph. 5: ll E'p-ya iixap'lra Eurip. Phoen. 950. In N. T. metaph.
r017 axbrovg.—Wisd. 15: 4. artless, blameless, without ym'le. Matt.
'Axaroiymerog, 0v, 6, h, ad‘. (a 10: 16. Rom. 16: 19. Phil. 9: 15.—
pr. and xara-ymba'xw to condemnj pp. Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 2 éxe'pawg filoc 1. 6. 9.
not worthy ofcondemnation so. by a judge, ib. 12. a. a. Diod. Sic. 13. 20.
2 Mace. 4.: 47. In N. T. metaph. irre 'Axhw'yg, tog, 05;, 6,1‘7, adj. (a pr.
prehensible, Tit. 2: 8. and xMm-n) not declining, unwavering,
Heb. 10: 23.—Pollux. Onom. 8. 10 81
’Azaromoi7.wrrog,oo, <5, 7'], adj. ((1 mm-fic izxMvi/c. Symmach. Job. 41: 4|.
pr. and raraxahinrrw) unveiled, 1 Cor.
11: 5, 13.—Sept. Lev. 13:45. Polyb. IElian. V.ll. 19. 64.
’A7¢(Mi CW, f. iiaw, (fix/11'“) toflourish,
15. 97. 2.
ripen, be in one's prime, intrans. Rev. 14.:
’Axotfréxgrrog, no, 6, 1}, adj. (u. 18.—Polyb. l. 17. 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2.
pr. and Ka'rarpivu,) uncondemned, Acts. ’A I
WWII’, adv. pp. accus. of mp1,,
, - ’

16: 37. 22. 25.
'Azurékurog, oo, 5, h, adj. (a pr.
and m-rah’m) indissolvable; hence, endur
ing, everlasting, Heb. 7: 16.—Dion. Hal.
Ant. 10. 31 bxan'ihvrov Kpéroc rfig e'n'ap
xiac.
’Axwroivrauaro;, 0v, 6, .‘7, adj. (.1
pr. and Kara-rune’) unable to desist. which
cannot be restrained, so. from any thing;
seq. gen. Buttm. § 132. 4.. 1. I112 Pet.
9: 14 ritpflahpol dxarc'mauo'roi apapriac,
eyes which cannot be restrained so. from
lascivious gazing.—Polyb. 4.. 17. 4, e’v
(ixara'rral'm'roig aro'w'eow.
’Axtz'roto‘raoiu, ag, t1, (‘it-“fling.
r043) pp. instability; hence, disorder,
commotion, tumult, sedition, Luke 21: 9.
1 Cor. 14.: 33. 2 Cor. 12:90. James 3:
16. So in 2 Cor. 6: 5; where others
prefer uncertainty of residence, i. e. exile.
Sept. for "-111.12 Prov. 26: 28.—Polyb.
31. 13. 6.
’Axat'roio'rwrog, on, 5, 1), adj. (a pr.
and Kaeiarupaa) unstable, inconstant.
point, sc. of a weapon, Hom. Ii. 10. 173.
of time, acme, Xen. Anab. 4.. 3. 26. cf.
Buttm. § 115. 4. In later writers and
in N. T. for car’ acfn‘lv xpbvou, at this
point of time, i. e. yet, still, even now,
Matt. 15: 16.—Polyb. 1. 13. 12. Strabo
1. 56.—See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 123.
Kypke Obs. I. p. 76.
’Att07’7, 5?, i1, (as-01510,) 1. hearing.
a) the sense or faculty of hearing, 1
Cor. 12: 17.—Ken. Mem. 1. 4. 6.
b) the instrument of hearing, the ears,
Mark 7: 35 et Luke 7: 1 :15‘ rag c’u-oizg
r017 M105. Acts 17:20. Heb. 5. 11. 2 Tim.
4.: 3 rvnflépevoi rfiv ('IKOYIIV cf. xvi'lflw and
Buttm. § 131. 6. 2 Tim. 4.: 4.—Ecclus.
27: 15. 2 Mace. 15: 39. Jos. Ant. 7. 11.
4, Herodian. 4. 15. 3.—So t'ucof] dxm’mv,
to hear with the ears, i. e. attentively,
Matt. 13. 14.. Acts 28: 26. This is
Hebraism; so Sept for int. absol. 211a,?
EX. 15:26. 19:5. al.
2. that which is heard, viz. a) thing
announced, instruction, teaching, preach
ing. John 12: 38, coll. Is. 53: 1 where
 7143069)
'Azohoufliw 25
Sept- for "Z??- Rom. 10. 16,17 his. 13: 14, 15. al. see 11. Planck in Bihl.
So firm) rria'reuc, i. e. doctrine taught Repos. 1. p. 643, 666; better fut. 61-01’:
and received with faith, Gal. 3: 2, 5. 00pm. Buttm. § 113. 4 and n. 7; perf.
X670; firofig i. q. X6701; duovaeu'c, the rim'yxoa Buttm. §85. 2. § 97. n. 5; pert‘.
word taught and heard, 1 Thess. 2: l3. pass. fixovapat Buttm. § 98. n. 6; nor.
Heb. 4: 2. So 2 Pet. 2: 8,see in BM’; 1 pass. 17.0.9601,» Comp. Winer § 15.
Inm—Xen. Hiero 1. 14. 1. to hear. a) intrans. i. e. to have the
h) from the Heb.rumour,report, Matt. faculty qfhearing. spoken of the deaf,
4: 24. 14:1. 24: 6. Mark 1:28. 13: 7. etc. Matt. 11:5. Mark 7: 37. al. Rom.
So Sept. for R233‘ 2 Sam. 13: 30. 5'??? 11: 8 (hm r017 '11) (moi/cw, ears unable to
18f. 50: 43.—-Tl1uc. 2. 41. Dem. 49 7. 12. hear. Matt. 13: 14 ('ucof] r’rxohaerc hearing
'Axoloudéu, 5, 1'. how, lurdhovsoc, ye shall hear,- for this Hebraism see un
fr. 1: of companionship, an xe’MuOog der C'lk'of), and comp. Buttm. § 133. 3. 1.
way; Buttm. § 120. n. 11,) to go with, Acts 28: 26.—-Sept. for 79'? Ex. 15:26.
to accompany, to follow; constr. 0. dat. 19: 5. aL—Matt. l3: l5 Bapz'w; ('rxol'rrw,
or c. era rwoc Luke 9: 49. a]. see to be dull ofhearr‘ng.—Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 8.
h) transit. and either absol. or constr.
Lobec ad Phryn. p. 353 sq.—-or c. rim’
aw mac Matt. 10: 38. al. from the Heb.
c. acc. or gen. of the thing heard and
Pen and Sept. 1 K. 19: 2o, 21. Is. usually 0. gen. of the person from whom,
Buttm. § 132. 5. 3 and marg. note. In
45: 14.
stead of the gen- of thing, we find 1repl
a) gem. Matt. 4: 15. 8:1. 9: 19,27.
Mark 5:24. 10:32. L11ke22:54. John seq. gen. Mark 5: 27. Acts 9: 13.—Xen.
11: 31. 1 Car. 10_: 4. al. Sept. for P21
Anab. 2. 5. 26.—Instead of the e11. of
Ruth 1= 14. 5.9:}; 12a 1 Sam. 25: 4.2.— person, we have 61rd seq. gen. Kcts 9:
Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 7. ib. 5. 2. 26. Dem. l3. 1 John 1: 5.—Thuc. 1. 125.—-mzpé.
seq. gen. John 8: 26. aL—Xen. Anab.
608. 14.
b) spec. to fizflow a teacher, i. c. to be 1. 2. 5.—e'rc seq. gen. 2 Cor. 12: 6.—
or become the disciple of any one, viz. Hom. ()d. 15. 374.--to hear, to perceive
(a) to accompany him personally, as with the can.
was usual with the followers of Jewish (a) gem. Matt. 2:9,18. 9:12. 10:27.
Mark 7: 25. 10:41. Luke 7:3,9. John
doctors and Greek philosophers. Matt.
3: 8. a]. step. Sept. for 59!} Gen. 3: 8,
4: 20, 22. 9:9. 19: 27,28. Mark 1: 18.
John 1. 41. Sept. for 1 K. 19; 20. 10.—Xen. Anab. l. 2. 5. Cyr. 3. l. 8.
) in the sense of to give ear, hear
2l.—So Mark 9: 38 01'»: c'urohovflzi 57,411’,
wit attention, listen, Mark 4: 3. 7: 14.
i. e. he is not a disciple.
12: 29. Acts 2: 22.—So in respect to
([3) to be or become the disciple of any
one as to faith and practice, to jbllow a teacher, Mark 6: 20. Luke 15: 1.
19: 48. Hence or' r'moz'lovreg, i. e. disci
his teaching etc. Matt. 10:38. 16: 24.
Mark 8: 34. Luke 9: 23. John 8: 12. ples, Luke 6. 27. Hence
12: 26.—2 Mace. 8: 36. Jos. Ant. 4. (-y) by impl. to gl'tc heed to, to obey,
Matt. 10: 14. 17: 5. 18:15. Mark 6:11.
6. 11.
c) to follow in succession, to succeed, Luke 10: 16. John 5: 24. 18: 37. Acts
3122,23. 4: 19. 1 John 4: 5, 6. al. So
Rev. 14: 8, 9.
Sept. and Y2? Gen. 3: 17. Ex. 16: 20.
d) spoken of things, actions, etc. to Deut. 11: 27. al. saep. T1322?! 2 Chr. 20:
accompany. Rev. 14:13 rlz 3:‘ E'p'yrr
14. Is. 48: 18.—Esdr. 5: 69. Xen. Cyr.
aim-"iv r'ixohoulisi per’ m'mr‘w, their good
deeds accompany them, so. to the judg 8. 6. l. Elian. V. H. 3. 16.—Here be
ment-seat of God, i.e. they hear them longs the phrase, 6 E'xwv mic, Jim, drou
with them and receive an immediate o'u'rrw, whosoever hath ears, let him hear,
reward. S0 vice versa Rev. 18: 5 r'lxo
i. e. give heed, obey, etc. Rev. 2: 7, 11,
Mhfiocav in the earlier editions; others
17, 29. a: 6,13,22. 13:9. Matt. 11:
read e'mMI'yBflu'am—Judith 12: 2. re‘: fien
15. 13:9, 13. Comp. the phrases r'at'xaw
voi'w Rev. 13. 18, and b E'xwv o'otn'av
Xovaorora For, i. e. ‘ food which I have
brought with me.’ AL. Rev. 17: 9.—1n the writings of John,
spoken of God, to heed, regard, i. e. to
'Azohw, f. hxm'm'u a later form Matt. hearand answer prayer, John 9: 31. ll:
 'Axgowia 26' ’Axgofioo'n'at
11;“. 1 John 5: 15. So mi Ps. 10: fr. incl, point,) exact, accurate, precise.
17 where Sept. u'oaxm'mw. cixpifiéarcpov as adv. more accurately, more
2. to hear, i. e. to learn by hearing, to perfectly, Acts 18: 26. 23: 15, 20. 24:
be informed, to know. 29. See Buttm. §115. 5. In Acts 26.
a) genr. Matt. 2: 3, 22. 4:12. 5:21, 5, Kara n)!’ c'irptgwrérnv ai'pso'w, accord
27. 11:2. Mark 5:27. 6: 14. Acts l4: ing to the most exact sect, i. e. most exact
14. 15: 24. al. Seg. 6'11 Matt. 20: 30. and subtile in the exposition and observ
Mark 2:1. 10: 47. John 14: 28. al. ance of rd»! £91311 xal {rim/larder in v. 3.
So Sept. and 1?? Gen. 41: 15. 42: 2. —Jos. Ant. 2- 5. l. Polyb. 15. 13. 2.
—Spoken of instruction. doctrines etc. Herodian.1.1.2.—Others severe, rigorous.
John 8: 40. 15: 15. Acts 1: 4. 4.: 20.
Rom. 10: 14, 18. Heb. 2: l. 1 John 2: 24765166”, 6;, f. 61am, (arpigr'lg) to
,7, 24, coll. v. 27.—Pass. to be heard a];
know or do any thing accurately, Aquila
i. e. to be reported, to be noised abroad,
Is. 49: 16. Herodjan. 1. 15. 41. In N.
T. to inquire accurately, assiduously, ab
etc. Matt. 28: 14. Mark 2: 1. Luke
sol. and trans. Matt. 2: 7, 16, i. q. dupi
12:3. Acts 11:22. 1 Cor. 5: 1. Sept.
for 81$: 2 Chr. 26: 15.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.4. @171;- e'EcrriZw in v. 8.—Xen. (E0. 20. 10.
b) in a forensic sense, to hear, so. as ,Alg’lcélé', adv. accurately, assidu
a judge or magistrate, to try, to examine ouely,peifectly, Matt. 2: 8. Luke 1: 3.
judicially, Acts 25: 22. John 7: 51. Acts 18: 25. 1 Thess.5: 2.—Xen. (Be.
c) in the sense of to understand, corn 2. 3.—ln the sense ofeircumqrectly, Eph.
prehend, Mark 4: 33. John 6:60. 1 Cor. 5: 15. Sept. for well, Deut. 19: 18.
l4: 2. Gal. 4: 21. So Sept. for WE? ’Azg/g, foot‘, ,7, a locust, Matt. 3: 4.
Gen. 11:7. 42: 23.—1Elian. V. H. 13. Mark 1: 6. Rev. 9: 3, 7. Sept. for "$115
4.5. Porphyr.de Abstin. Anim. 3. p. 24.8, Ex. 10: 4, 12 sq. =51 Is. 33: 4,. =2’? Lev.
"Apogee pe‘v Kopiilcwv (ixoilouaw‘ Tufifirlvol 11. 22. ‘was Joel 2; 25. PE: Jer. 51:
5e‘ c'ieru'w. AL. 14, 27. Locusts’ are one of the most
'Angam’a, a5, 1', glxpanqg, incon terrific scourges of oriental countries;
tinence, 1 Cor. 7: 5. 0 Matt. 23: 25 Ex. 10: 12 sq. See a full description of
where later edit. £131m’a.—Jos. Ant. 8. them in Calmet, Am. edit. Jahn § 23:
IV. They are enumerated in Lev. 11 :
7. 5. Thu 117w c'upp05w'lwv arpam'av. Xen.
Mem. 4.. 5. 6. 22 among the living things which are
clean, and the use 01' which for food was
’Axgwn'7;, iog, 017;, a ;,, adj. (a pr. permitted to the Israelites; and they are
and xpéroc strength,) incontinent, impo are eaten in the East to the present day.
tcns suz', 2 Tim. 3: 3.-Xen. Mem. 1. ’Angoarfigmv, 1'00, ,5, (lit-90.50“.
2. 12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. 7. to hear,) Lat. auditorium, place of hear
"Axgarog, on, a, 1), adj. (a pr. and ing, place qftn'al, Acts 25: 23. Among
Kcpavvv'u) unmixed, spoken of wine un the Greeks this word denoted the place
diluted, 3 Macc. 5: 2. In N. T. by where authors recited their works pub
implic. strongkfiery, intoxicating, Rev. 14: licly, Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 23. 8;
10. So Sept. for ""3111? 173-‘! wine of wrath among the Romans it designated a place
Jer. 25: 15. for ‘"511 Pa. 75: 9. where public trials were held.
VbzpQe/a, a;, 1‘1, (dxpifir’lg) exact ’A7¢§00t'ft,]§, 01;, 6, (zixpociopm) a
ness, preciseness, cztreme accuracy. Acts bearer, e. g. 6:: oarfig ¢ww7c Jos. Ant. 3.
22: 3 nurmdsvpz'voc Kara rilv axpiga'av 5. 3. In N- . c'zrpoarfic r017 11611011, r05
1'01": na-rpqiou véfmu instructed in all the X67011, a bearer of the law, etc. i. e. one
exactness, the precise discipline and observ who merely hears, but does not regard;
ance, of the traditional law.—Ecclus. 4.2: Rom.2: 13. Jamesl:22,23,25.— huc.
4 éxpigu'a Zv'yoi'r ml araepu‘w exactness 2. 35 dKpoa-rfic Ewuic‘uc Kai eiirovg.
of balance and weights. 16: 25. Wisd. 'AxgoGuom'a, as, 1'], (t'ixpov, and
12: 1. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Jos. Vit. 38. [36m to cover,) a word not found in pro
Xen. (E0. 8. l7. Elian. V. H. 4-. 3. fane writers. In N. T.
—-Others, severity, rigorous discipline. 1. the prepuce, foreskin. Acts 11: 3
’Axg1@r'7g, £05, 05;, 6, 1'], adj. ((‘lKpog, c'ixpoéuo'riav E'xovreg, i. e. uncircumcised
 'Azgoyuwai'o;
gam'les. Sept. for "'2?! Gen. 17: 11,14.
Lev. 12: l3.—Judith 14: 10.
2. state of uncircumcLs-ion, gentilism,
paganism, comp. Acts 11: 3.
a) pp. Rom. 2: 25, 26 1" drpoguarla
airy-oi. 1 Cor. 7: 18, 19. Gal. 5:6. 6:
l5. Col. 2: 13. That this refers to the
external rite, and to the state of a gen
tile, is shewn by the addition of oépi,
in Eph. 2: 11; and not to the uncircum
cision of the heart, Dent. 10: 16.
b) by meton. preputiati, uncircum
cired, i. e. the gentiles, pagans, as opposed
to 1', reptropfi, the Jews; Rom. 2: 26
init. s; 27. a: 30. 4.: 9,10bis, 11 bis,
12. Gal. 2: 7. Col. 3:11. Eph. 2:11.
The Jews called all other nations in
scorn, uncircumcised; Judg. 14: 3. 15:
18. 1s. 52: l.
'Axgoyamaiog, a, or, (away “m1
yuvla angle,) spoken of a stone, )o'flog,
acomerstone, i. e. fimndation-stone, Eph.
2:20. 1 PeL2:6, coll. 18.28: 16. S0
Sept. for “$2 1315 Is. 28: 16, and M00;
'yuvufioc for the same, Job 38: 6. Sept.
has also re X1) yowlae for “ti 5*" Ps.
118: 22, coll. Matt. 21: 42, but this is
the top-stone or coping.—Our Lord is
compared in N. T. to afouudatlon corner
stone, in two different points of view.
First, as this stone lies at the foundation
and gives support and strength to the
building, so Christ, or the doctrine of a
Saviour, is called Etrpo-ywviaiog sc. M00;
Eph. 2: 20, because this doctrine is the
most important feature of the christian
religion, and is the foundation of all the
precepts given by the apostles and other
christian teachers. Further, as the cor
ner-stone occupies an important and
honourable place, Jesus is compared to
11,1 Pet.2: 6, because God has made him
distinguished, and has advanced him to
a dignity and conspicuousness above all
others—Bamab. Ep. 0. 6.
’AzgoH/nov, 1'00, rd,used chiefl in
in plur. lurpofllvta, rd, (fiat-pow and glv,
a heap,) pp. the first fruit: so. of the
earth, which were taken from the top
of the pile; Hes ch. bxpofllmov' t'nrap
xr‘y rim 9min" give: 5:’ claw oi awpot gao‘rpd.
row 'rvpiw m1 K'ptotl-IY. Schol. ad Eu axeiiol; rt 55 ilz'hou, 1') pvpoOfim.-—Tl1ese
rip. Phosn. 213.--In N. T. the best of vases often had a long narrow neck, the
the spoils, Heb. 7: 4. The Greeks were
accustomed after a battle to collect the
27 'A Ml'flawrgov
spoils into a heap, from which an offer
ing was first made to the gods; this
was the tixpofiimov, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 35.
Herodot.8. 121, 122. Find. Nem. 7. 58.
Cf. Potter Gr. Ant. II. p'. 108. Elsner
0bs. in N. T. 11. p. 34-8.
"Axgog, a, 0?, (fur/I) pointed; hence
neut. r6 dxpov as subst. a point, end, e1‘
tremity, Matt. 24: 31. Mark 13: 27.
Luke 16: 24. Heb. ll: 21. S0 Sept.
for Deut. 4: 32. 28: 64. Is. 13:5.
—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1.
'Am'Mag, 00, 6, Aquila, pr. name
of a Jew born in Pontus, a tent-maker,
who, with his wife Priscilla, 'oincd the
christian church at Rome. hen the
Jews were banished from that city by
Claudius, Aquila and his wife retired to
Corinth, and afterwards became the
companions of Paul, by whom they are
mentioned with much commendation.
A0ts18:2, 18,26. Rom. 16:3. 1 Cor.
16:19. 2 Tim. 4119.
24203021, 5, f. time) (a pr. and A‘l-IPOQJ
to dqirive of authority, annul, abrogate,
trans. Matt. 15: 6 z'vrolh’ly. Mark 7.
l3 Xd'yov. Gal. 3: 17 btuflfimv. Sept.
for $78 Prov. I: 25.—Esdr. 6: 32. Di
od. Sic. 16. 24.
’Axo7.brw§, adv. (:1 pr. and xwht'm
to hinder ,) without hindrance,freely, Acts
28:31.—Herodi:m. l. 19. 15. 1b. 8. 2. 1.
Wisd. 7: 22 dmblwroc.
"Azaw, olxovo'a, o'l'xov, (.1 pr, and
éxtiw volens,) unwilling, invitus, 1 Cor.
9: 17.—Sept. Job 14: 17. Jos. Ant. 1.
18. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 17.
’A7.oi@aargov, 01), 16, (also 6 (Dui
€atrrpoc,) alabaster, a variety of gypsum
difl'ering from the alabaster of modern
times, Herodian. 3. 15. 16; comp. Rees‘
Cyclop. Hence, a box or vase of ala
basterjbrperfumes, Herodot. 3. 20. Ath.
enseus 6. 19. ib. 15. 13. coll. Plin. H.
N. 13. 2.-—In N. T. a basefirperfumed
ointment, made of any materials, as gold,
glass,stone,etc. Matt. 26:7. Mark 14:
3 bis. Luke 7: 37.—./Elian. V. H. 12
18. Theoc. 1d. 15. 114 Xpi'nrua (‘Oui
Etym. Mag. dhdéad‘rpov'
mouth of which was sealed; so that
when the woman is said to break the
 ‘Akalovsa'm 28 ‘A Asiavogl‘uog
vase, Mark 14: 3, we are to understand 4: 6. Matt. 5: l3 I'IFEJQ Ewe n5 Ethag n7;
only the extremity of the neck, which 7%‘, ye are the salt of the earth, 1. e. ye
was thus closed. Comp. Pollux Onom. are those who, by your instructions and
10. ll. influence, are to render men wiser and
’A7uz§ovslu, (1;, ;,, (Mut'dm) 0s better; just as salt imparts to food a
tentation, boasting, and by impl. arro more acceptable flavour.—Diog. Laert.
gance, pride, James 4: 16. 1 John 9: l6. 8. l. 19.
—-'l'heodot. for "35:! Prov. 14: 3. Sym ‘AM/tbs), f. rpm, to beamear, Horn.
mach. for =13? Job 9: 13. Wisd. 5: 8. 0d. 12. 47, 177. In N. T. to anoint,
2 Macc. 9: 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 1. trans. Matt. 6:17. Mark 6: 13. 16: 1.
'AMtQé/Y, 6mg, 5, (am, éxéopar Luke 7: 38, 46 bis. John 1B2. 12: 3.
rove about,) pp. a vagabond. mountebank, James 5: 14. Sept. for U111 Ez. 13: 10.
comp. Passow. In N. T. a booster, 11, 12. "£52 Gen. 31:13. al. 2
braggart, Rom. l: 30. 9 Tim. 3: 2. Sam. 19: 20.—.Elian. V. H. 3. 38.
Sept. for ""11: Hab. 8: 5. ‘(121.5 Job 28: Xen. (Be. 10. 5.-—The Jews were ac_
8.—Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 4. dhazllw t'wfip ml customed not only to anoint the head at
dwirrrog. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 where their feasts in token of 'oy, but also
Cyrus defines tihaléw. both the head and feet 0 those whom
they wished to distinguish by peculiar
’A Mug... r. .2”, (6111).)’; or am“; honour. In the case of sick persons,
war-cry,) pp. to raise the mg of battle,
and also of the dead, they anointed the
Sept. for 2"?! Josh. 6: 20. Judg. 15: whole body. See Ps. 23: 5. 45: 8. 104:
14. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 5. Ken. Cyr. 3. 2. 15. Ecc. 9: 8. Judith 16: 8. Gen. 50:
9. Hence genr. to utter a loud erg,
2. John 19: 40. Lightfoot. Hor. Heb. et
e. g. of rejoicing, to shout, Sept. for
Tal. ad Matt. 6: 17 et Mark 6: 13. So
rm Ps. 4.7; 2. 66: 1. Judith 14.: 9.— also the Greeks and Romans; comp.
In N. T. spoken of mournl'ul cries, to
Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 385. Adam's Rom.
lament aloud, to wail, intrans. Mark 5:
38. So Sept. for 1*3"?! Jer. 95: 34.
Am. p. 4.4.4..
47: 2.—Spoken of cymbals, to give a ’A7.szrogo¢m/a, as‘, 1", (t'zhe'n-up
cluttering, clanging sound,- 1 Cor. 18: l and (pm/{IQ cock-crowing; pp. Esop.
xz'lpgaltov dhaht'llov, clanging, cluttering Fab. 79, 316. In N. T. put for the
cymbal. third match of the night, about equidis
’A7toi7.nrog, 0v, 1,, 13, adj. (a pr. tant from midnight and dawn, Mark 13:
and Xaltz’un) unutterable, nut to be ex 35. See in ‘Dz/hart]. cf. Adam's Rom. Ant.
pressed in words, Rom. 8: 36.—Anthol. p. 333.—Niceph. Greg. 9. 14. 284. C.—
Gr. II. p. 74 ed. Jac. On the form, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 929.
'Ahs'xrwg, 0505‘, 6, (&)\£KTPOC sleep
"Ahlttog, 00, 6, 1‘), adj. (a pr. and
Xake’w) dumb, Mark 7: 37. So Sym less,) a cock, gallus, Matt. 26: 34, 74,
mach. for I?! Hab. 2: 18.—In Mark 75. Mark 14:30, as, 72 his. Luke
9: 17, 25, 1rvci7/4a (‘ihahom dumb spirit, is 92: 34, 60, 61. John 13: 38. 18: 27.—
a malignant spirit dumb or silent through Aristoph. Vesp. .1490.—-F0r the form,
obstinacy, contrary to their usual char see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 229.
acter, coll. Mark 1: 24, 34. 5: 7. a1. ’AMEavEgsbg, éwg, a, an Ah:
hence Christ says this kind of demons andrine, i. e. a Jew of Alexandria, Acts
are diflicult to be cast out, v. 99.—Plut. 6: 9. 18: 24. Alexandria was much
de defect. Orac. 51, fiho'dtou ml xaxm'i frequented by the Jews, so that 10,000
n'vei'lluarog I'Xr’ypng. of them are said to have been num
"AUG, 0670;, 115, (a form of com bered among its inhabitants. Philo in
mon life for film, (1X69, 6,) salt.
Flacc. p. 971. C. Jos. Ant. 19. 5. 2.
a) pp. Matt. 5: 13. Mark 9: 49, 50 bis. Krebs Obs. in N. T. p. 183. Calmet art.
Luke 14: 34 his. Sept. for"?v Lev. 2: 13. Akzandria.
Judg. 9: 45. aL—Hom. ll. 9. 214 (fly. 'AMEwBQTvos. 0“, 6,1'1, adj. .41...
h) metaph. wisdom andprudence, both andrian, spoken of a ship. Acts 97: 6.
in words and actions, Mark 9: 50 ult. Col. 28: ll.
 'A he'guvhgog 29 '11 item

'Ahéiavhgog, 00, 6, Alexander, pr. and Sam. 12: 24. 1K.2:4. 3:6.—
name, John 8:44 bis, oint- Eorw dhiytieia iv ain- '.
1. of a man whose father Simon was i.e. he is a liar and loves not the truth,
compelled to bear the cross of Jesus, Rom. 2: 9. 3: 7. 15:8. 1 COX‘. 5: 8.
Mark 15: 21. 2 Cor. 7: 14 iv hhnflsio. 11:10 Zarw
2. of a man who had been High {Mi/Beta X. c'v {1401, i. e. as I truly, sin
Priest, Acts 4: 6. eerely, follow Christ. Eph. 4: 24 iv
3. of a certain Jew, Acts 19: 33 bis. imam" rr'pg saved“, in true and sincae
4. of a brazier or ooppersmith, xah holiness, cf. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Eph. 5:
misc. 1 Tim. 1: 20. 2 Tim. 4: 14. 9. 6:14. Phil. 1: 18. 1 John 1:6 oi:
ruminant rhv izhfifluav, we do not act in
'Akeugov, 00, To, (Méo to grind,) sincerity, i. q. danish/“Ha. v. 8. 2: 4. 3:
flourjinemeal. blatt. 13:33. Luke 13:21. 18, 19. 5: 6 rd 1rvu7pd e'o'rtvi/ axiom,
Sept. for "P7, Num. 5: 15. Judg. 6: 19. i. e. hhrlflwov, true, veraeious. 2 John
-—-Jos. Am. a. o. 6. Xen. Cyr. V. a. 5. 1, 3. 3 John 1. So Sept. for "Fig 2
’A7.i;02m:, at, 1'), (611,669 q. v.) pp. Sam. 2: 6. Josh. 2: 6. "3113, Ps. 36: 5.
what is not concealed, but open and 2 Chr. 19: 9.—Ecclns. 7: 20.
known. Hence, 3. In N. T. especially, divine truth,
1. truth, i. e. verity, reality, conformity the faith and practice of the true religion ,
to the nature and reality of things, viz. and called (‘Ailfiua either as being true
a) as evinced in the relation of facts, in itself and derived from the true God;
(to. Mark 5: 33 zlrrw ain't; 1riioay n‘lv or as declaring the existence and will of
iihr'yfiuam—Jos. B. J. 7. 2iruedpcvoc1rt'1 the one true God, in Opposition to the
auv dhiyaeiam—John 5: 33. 2 Cor. 6: 7 worship of false idols. Hence divine
iv My? (Angela; in speaking the truth. truth, gospel truth, as opposed to heathen
So Xnhiiy rfiw ékr'yeuamto Ipeah the truth, andJewisht'ables; John 1: 14,17. 8:32
John 16: 7. Rom. 9: 1. I Eph. 4: 25. bis, 'ywinnaoenlv hhfioeiav. 8: 40, 45, 46.
1 Tim. 2: 7. Sept. and 2 Chr. 18: 16:13. 17; 17 his, 19. 18:37 bis, rig
15. 1 K. 22: 16.-—So s'ir' 1.1.10.1“, of in in! Ex rii; hhqfltlag, every one who loves
a truth, as the fact or event shews, Luke divine truth. 18: 38. Rom. 1:18, 25,see
4: 85. 22: 59. Acts 4: 27. 10: 3‘. in 'Aiucla. 2 C0r.4: 2. 13:8bis. Gal.[3:
Sept. for 531315 Job 9: 2. Is. 37: 18. and 1.] 5: 7. 2 Thess. 2: 10, 12,13. 1 Tim.
so mic (1Afl6tjt’fltf 2 Macc. 3: 9.—Xen. 2: 4, 7. 3:15. 2 Tim. 2: Q5. Tit. 1: l,
Menu. 2. 6. 36. Plat. Apol. Socr. § 5. 14. Heb. 10:26. James 1:18. 3: 14.
b) spoken of what is true in itself, 1Pet.1:22. QPBL 1:12. 9:8. lJohn
purity from all error or falsehood. Mark 2: 21 bis. 2 John 2, 4. 3 John 8.—
12:32. Acts 26: 25. Rom. 2: 20 ilpdp Hence Jesus is called 1‘, dhfiflua, the
pumg rip; 'ys'a'io'zwc Ktll. rfig ('lhntiu'ag e'v truth, i. e. teacher of divine truth, John
r’? rdptp, i. e. rip; yflhoeu; rfir; (Anon/fig, 14: 6. — E561’. 4: 33—41 I} M1501“.
the film of true knowledge in the law. spoken of God. Act. Thom. § 26 lra'n)p
‘ZC-or. 7:14ult. 12:6. Col. 1:6. 2Tim. dhrfiu'ac. —- So r6 nun—um ripe lthnozlag,
2: 18. 3: 7, 8. 4:4. col. Ecclus. 4: 28, spirit if truth, i. e. who declares or re
31. So 1', (‘Ariana roii zila-y'yehiou, the veals divine truth, John 14: 17. 15: 26.
trnth,verity ofthe gospel, Gal. 2: 5, 14.— 16:13. 1 John 4: 6. — So oi E-yvuro'rzg
So 1') X6101; rfiq tihqfleiae, i. e. the true rr‘lv ahr'lfluav, who know the truth, i. e.
word, true doctrine, etc. Eph. 1: 13. Co]. are disciples of Christ,2 John 1. 1 Tim.
1: 5. 2 Tim. 2:15. James 1: 18. So 4: 3. So Heb, and Sept. (DJ/Baa,
Sept. a1 t'vroAai aau ékilttua for “5W5 the buereligwn,Ps.25: 5. 26:3. 86:11.
Ps. 119:86. 43 vopoc aou dhigona for see Gesen. Lex. Heb. — Clem. Alex.
Ps.119:142. Neh. 9:13. Strom. procsm. § 1. ib. 1. 5. Act. Thom.
2. truth, i. e. love of truth, both in § 1 roic 'Iwdoic s-npiifiai 11):! lihilttuav.
words, conduct, etc. sincerity, veracity. 4. conduct conformed to the truth, in.
Matt.22-.16. Mark 12:14.. Luke20:2l. tegrity, probity, virtue, a life conformed to
John 4: 23, 24,e'v ‘I'VH’IPGTI mi r'ihntkta,the precepts of religion. John 3: 21 6
with a sincere mind, with sincerity of wou'iw rfiv ahhttuav who acts uprightly,
heart, not with external rites, coll. Sept. opp. to 6 (haiku 1rpc'iaawv in v. 20. John
 'AMdsi'w 3O ‘Amati;
8: 4.4 Ev r1} dhnflclq oi'rx 's'a'rnxw, he did was the type. So o'myvfi (‘Mutton’) Heb.
not remain in his integrity. Rom. 2: 8 et 8: 2, i. e. the heavenly temple, after the
1 Cor. 13: 6, opp. to ('15uu'a. Eph. 4: 21. model of which the Jews re arded that
1 Tim. 6: 5. James 5:19. 3 John3 bis, of Jerusalem as built. Cf. isd. 9: 8.
4., 12. So Sept. and 173*”; Pa. 119: 30. Ecclus. 24: 8—12. also 6 made 6 67:09
sin :5 Is. 26: 10. no Prov. 28: 6. - in heaven, Test. XII. Patr. in Fabr.
Fabr. Pseudepig. V. T. I. p. 604. olvog Cod. Pseud. V. T. 1. p. 550. So 11‘:
Ema-rpe'pu Thu 110271! t'uro rfig c'zhneelag. z’lkqtnw'z ti-yza Heb. 9:24. in the same
’A7.n021'1w, i‘. draw, (tilaflfig) to act sense, as opposed to the earthly copy;
truly, speak the truth, be sincere. Gal. 4: of. Rev. 11:19. 15: 5.— Luke 16:11
16. Eph.4: 15. So Sept. El dknfin're-re To dknflwév, real, genuine, good, as opp.
r‘, 05' for E91?!‘ "Hg-‘l Gen. 42: 16. Sept. to the goods of this world. —1Elian. V.
Prov. 21: 3.—Philo de Leg. alleg. II. H. 2. 3.
p. 84. Ken. Cyr. 1. 6. 33. 2. true, i. e. loving truth, veracious, and
hence worthy of credit, John 7: 28. Rev
247910715, gen. £09‘, 05;, 6, h, adj. 3: 14. 1929,11. 21: 5. 22: 6. Sept.
((1 pr. and M61») pp. unconcealed, qien. for Prov. 12: 20.
Hence,
3. true, i. e. sincere, upright, e. g.
1. true, real, confirmed to the nature 51a, Heb. 10:22, coll. Is. 38:3 where
and reality ofthings. John 8: 16. 19: 35. Sept. for P212; and so Sept. for “3?: Job
Acts 12: 9. So Sept. for Prov. 22:
2:3. 8:6. "F2. Job 27: l7.—-Spoken of
21.—Wisd. 1: 6. Ken. Venat. 3. 9.— a judge or judgment, upright, just, Rev.
John 4.: 18 rof/ro hhnfie‘g z'lpnxac, i. e.
6:10. 15:3. 16:7. 19:2. So Sept.
(00795“ Buttm. § 115. 4.. 1 John 2: 8. for new, Is. 25: 1. 59: 4.. =5? Deut.
—Hence also true, sc. as shewn by the 25: 15. P‘T-S Ezra 9: 15.—Esdr. 8: 89.
result or event, John 10: 4.1. Tit. 1: 13. Song of 3 Childr. 7.
2 Pet. 2: 22. — Hence credible, not to be ,Ahllgw, 1'. flow, (a later form for
rejected, as paprvpt’u, John 5: 31, 32.
8: 13, l4, 17. 21: 24.. 3 John 12. xépcc dXs'w, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 151,) to grind,
1 Pet. 5: 12. a teacher, 2 Cor. 6: 8. so. with a hand-mill, Matt. 24: 41. Luke
1 John 2:27. So Sept. for W955, Dan. 17: 35. Sept. for 1U? Judg. 16: 21.
8:26. 13:; Gen. 41: 32. Job 42: 7, 8. Bee. 12:3. — Diod. Sic. 3. 13. —-The
—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. l5. grinding in the east is mostly done by
2. true, i. e. loving truth, sincere, vera_ female slaves; see Jahn § 138, 139.
cioua. Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12: 14.. John Calmet art. Corn.
3:33. 8:26. Rom. 3:4.—Herodian. 1. VIMMs, adv. (ave/,9.) truly,
7. 5. really, i. e. in truth, in very deed, certainly.
3. true, so. in conduct, sincere, upright, Matt. 14.: 33. 26:73. 27: 54. Mark 14:
honest, just, John 7: 18. So Phil. 4: 8, 70. was. Johnl:48. 4:18,42. 6:
which others refer to no. 1. So Sept. in 14,55bis. 7:26bis,40. 8:31. 17:8.
Cod. Alex. for "79.3; 2 Chr. 31: 20. P"!!! Acts 12:11. 1 Thess. 2: 13. lJohn 2:
Is. 41: 26. 5.-—So hkqflfirg M75111, to speak with cer
’A7.n0:v6g, r’), 61/, (éxqflfig) tainty, assuredly, Luke 9: 27. 12: 4'4.
1. true, conformed to truth, John 4,: 37. 2l:3.-—Sept. for 1?‘: Jer. 28:6. Hi‘gti
19:35. In the sense of real, unjeigned, Gen. 20: 12.—-Herodian. 8. 3. 21.
not fictitious, John 17:3 pol/09 ainelyag 'Amég, tau, 5, (an. sea, aim
956;‘, the only true God, not feigned like marine,) afisher,fisheman. Matt.4: 18,
idols. 1 Thess. 1 :9. 1 John 5:20 ter. Rev. 19. Mark 1: 16, 17. Sept. for >33 Jer.
23:7. So Sept. for 12:29:55 Is. 65:16. 16:16. (Keri) 13‘! Ez. 47: 11.—Xen.
2 Chr. 15: 3.-—Spoken of what (E0. 16. 7.—The apostles were metaph.
is true in itself, genuine, real, opp. to that fishers of men, because they brought
which is false, pretended, etc. John 1: men tobecome followersol' Christ; comp.
9. 4: 23. 1 John 2: 8. So 6 fipmkog 9119:1350’ hhovdg, Kaz'lxnpa, etc. Sept. Jer.
John 15:1,0011. Jer. 2:21. Zech. 8: 3, 51: 411. Ecclus. 27: 19. and Lat. venari,
where Sept. for So tip-r01; (‘11? oh Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 37. See Loesner Obs,
pavof/ John 6: 32, of which the manna in N. T. p. 8.
 ‘ 'Akm'm ' 31' 24nd

‘Amos, r. a... (smash) to 12.11, Zr'pac'rm b iivtlpmrog, 6.1%‘ in! 1rm'rl fififtfl‘rl.
ubsol. John 21: 3. Sept. for!" Jer. 16:16. Matt. 5: 17 oinc ilktlov xa'raXi/om, t'lhha
‘A 7.42.», r. law, (as; salt,) to sprinkle nknpfiaat. al. sarp. So Sept. for 1, Job
with salt, to preserve by selling. Pass.
38: 11. ‘5. 1 Sam. 6: 3.-—2 Macc. 10:4.
—S0 01’; ,uévov—aMiz cal, not only—but
Mark 9; 49 Swn'a m'taa 3M dkwfifio'zrat,
every victim qflired to God is to be also, John 5: 18. 11:52. 12: 9. saap.
Phil. 1: 18. iv rol'mp [ob po'vov] xaipw,
sprinhled with salt,- oomp. Lev.2: 13,
(1M?! xal xapr’laopm.
where Sept. for 11.51- Matt. 5: 13 iv b) in emphatic antith. after a full
rim dhw'flt'lan'al, spoken of salt which
negation, but, but rather, but on the con
has become insipid, how can it be itself
preserved or recovered ?—Hence metaph. trary. Luke 1: 60 obxl' lzMa Khnfifiaera:
'Im'wrnc. 13: 3. Rom. 3: 31 '11:) yc'vorro'v
Mark 9: 49 mi: yap rupl dhwtir'laerai
but! mipov ia'rtbpzv. Luke 13:5. 18: 13.
for every one shall be seasoned, tried, with
John 7: 12. Acts 16:37. 19:2 oi be‘
fire. i. e. the wicked with eternal fire
eln'ov 1rpbc abrov‘ [obxl'] 6M‘ 0175:’ x. r. X.
(v. 47, 48) ; while eva'y Christian shall Rom. 3: 27. 7: 7. et passim. So in the
be tried, paficted, by sufl'ering, so as to
become acceptable in the sight of God; beginning of a clause which asserts the
contrary of what precedes, Luke 14: 10,
just as every victim is prepared for sa
Orifice by being sprinkled with salt. On 13. Acts 2:16. 1 Cor. 12:22. 1 Pet.
2: 20. Sept. for 12!: Job 32: 8.-—So (‘MN
this loc. vexatiss. see Kuinoel and Ols
01'), 6M’ obxl, interrogatively, nanpotius .7
hausen.
not rather? Luke 17:8. Heb. 3:16.
‘1111677711166, “709', ro', (llhw'ye'w t0 0) often and chiefly used where the
defile, not found in profane writers, but discourse or train of thou ht is broken
in Sept. for 5.5.1. Dan. 1:8. Mal. 1:7, off or partially interrupteg; comp. Wi
12. and Ecclus. 40:29. prob. fr. 6M1» ner 57. 4. E. g
to roll about,) in N. T. defilement, pol a by an objection, Rom. 10: 18, 19.
lution, abomination, spoken of meat sa 1 or. 15: 35. Sept. for row, Job 11: 5.
crificed to idols, Acts 15: 20, coll. v. 29 —Xen. Mem. 1.2. 9. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. ib.
where it is eibwkéovra. The apostle 1. 6. 9.
here refers to the customs of heathen (,3) by a correction or limitation of
nations; among whom, after a sacrifice what precedes. Mark 14:36 1rapc'yeyxe
had been completed, and a portion of rb aortipwv t'nr' 5/1017 roirro' dXX oi: rt
the victim given to the priests, the se i711: Sc'hw. v. 49. 11AM: [roirro e'yc'vero]
maining part was either exposed by the '1'va nhrlpwttu'mw ai 'ypatpal. John 11: 11.
owner for sale in the market, or be 15, 22. Rom. ll. 4. 1 Cor. 8: 7. Phil.
came the occasion of a ban not, either 2: 27. et passim. Sept. for 591‘, Ezra
in the temple or at his own (house ; see 10: 13.
Schoettgen. Hor. Heb. in 100. et ad (y) by some phrase modifying or ex.
1 Cor. c. 8. Horn. 0d. 3. 470. ib. 13. plalning what recedes; especially after
26, 27. Kuinoel in loc.—Hesych. (1X: pe'w, 'yn'lp, Eé. lvlhtt. 24: 6 5:7 ydpflrhv'ra
lrynptiruv' riig pcralu’nbewg r61’ PUUGPIIII! 'ycve'aeai' 6M’ 017mb e'a'rl rd re'hoc. Mark
Quality. 9: 13 'Hhlac pc‘v 5X06»: rptbrov, 61mm
‘Alla’, an adversative particle fr. Bw-ri raw-a. -&)o.a Xe'yw bp'iv. John
,fiXXog, neut. plur. iikltmand hence indi 16: 20 bpeig- he‘ Mnrfiacotlc, (RX 1') Xinn)
cating a reference to something else. It b/Mw cig xapav yeviyosrat. John 11:30.
serves therefore to mark opposition or 12:42. Luke 21: 9. Acts 5:13. 1 Cor.
antithesis, and transition. It is less fre 4: 4. 7: 7. 14: 17. step—Not unfre
quent in Sept. than in N. T. as there is quently E’)! is omitted, John 3: 8. 8:37.
no corresponding particle in Hebrew. 16: 33. cm. 10: 2. 1001'. 3: 6. 6:12
In N. T. it signifies but, in various 2 Cor.4: 8,9.et passim. So Sept. 1 Sam.
modifications, viz. 15: 30. 29: 9.
_ l. but, as denoting antithesis or tran (5) by an interrogation; as Matt. 11:
ration. 8, 9, r1’ e'EilMierc sic n‘lv Epruwv 9:60a
a) in direct antith. after the neg. oeat ; cr'thapov x. 1'. x—mtxa rl Ehr'lhecre
Part. ob pi’. Matt. 4: 4 oinr in’ dp'rtp pomp 15:11’; livtiponroy x. r. X.--11Miz n’ EEi/X
 24m; 32
921': i551)’; Luke 7: 25. Cf. Kypke
()bs. I. p. 59.
(e) by a phrase of incitement, urging,
etc. where it is followed by an imperat.
Acts 10: 20 (1AM: dyad-rag mrdént): Kai.
nopu'rov miv ai/roig, but arise now and go
down and go with than. 26: 16. Matt.
9:18. Mark9z22. 16:7. Luke 22:36.
SoSept. Job. 12: 7. 36: 21. 40: 15.—
] Macc. 10: 56. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6. Xen.
Cyr. I. 5. 13. 1b. 2. 2. 4. il). 5. 5. 24.
—-Cl'. Palairet Obs. in N. T. p. 128, 298.
Krebs Obs. p. 208.
d) 6M6 is employed to mark a tran
sition to something else, without direct
antithesis, e. g. Mark 14: 28 (MM: Pm‘.
‘r6 e'yepefivai e, n-poéfw 1'; fig 51¢ 11):!
I‘aluhalav. ohn 16: 7. cts 20: 24.
1 Cor. 8: 6. 9: 12. 10:5. 2 Cor. 1:9.
et saep. So Sept. Is. 43: 17. Job 36:
10.—So after an interrogation implying
a negative. John 7: 48 pi] rig in: n7»!
iipxo'vruv e'm'a-revoev rig airrdv; 6M’ ('1
iixhog oin'oc x. r. h. Rom. 8: 35——87.
1 Cor. 10:20. Sept. Job. 14: 4.
2. but, i. e. as continuative, but now,
but indeed, but further, moreover.
a) gem. as marking a transition in the
progress of discourse. Mark 13: 24.
Luke 6: 27. 11: 42. John 6: 36, 64.
Rom. 10: 16. Gal. 2: 14. Eph. 5: 24.
Rev. 10:7. et passim. Sept. for 1V5
1 Sam. 16: 6. — Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4. —
Hence 5M’ cl, butif, but ifindeed, 1 Cor.
7: 21. 1 Pet. 3: 14.-—So 6).)‘ ob, neither,
but neither, John 10:8. Gal.2:3. Sept.
Job 32; 21.
b) emphatically, where there is a gra
dation in the sense, but still more, yea,
even, and with a neg. nag, not even.
Luke 23: 15 m'rdz‘v zilpov e'v r55 dvOpa'rmp '
—-6M' 0135:‘ 'Hpwhqg. John 16: 2 t'nro
mwaydryow; 1rou'lo'ovmv I'I/iiig' (‘00$ Ep
xe'rcu a'ipa 0:. r. X. Luke 12: 7. 16: 21.
2 Cor. 7:11. Phil. 3: Sitkkape‘v ohv rat’,
yea indeed and therefore I count, etc.
3, get, nevertheless, at least, get assur
cdlg, in an apodosis after the conditional
particles at, e'év, etc. Rom. 6: 5 el
0’III}1¢U1’0|. yeyo'vapcv rqi bpoubyar: rm’;
sam'rrov airmi'r, (‘Aha Kai rfic r'avam-c'wswc
:sapwmya assuredly also. 1 Cor. 4. 15.
9: 2 cl dMoic olnc eipi ('i'n'tio'rohoc, ('lhhtll
ye hp’iv eipi. Mark 14:29. 2 Cor. 5:16.
11: 6. Col. 2: 5.—1 Mace. 2: 20. Lu
cian. Pisc. 24. Elian. H. An. 11.31.
'AMnyogéw
Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 14. cf. Kypke Obs. II.
“TL—Sometimes the protasis must be
supplied; e. g. Acts 15: 11 ans—'1
m-u'ropev awflfivat, i. e. [although we
observe the law only in part] yet we hope
to be saved even as they. Rom. 5: 14
[although sin is not imputed “where there
is no law,] nevertheless death reigned, etc.
4. 6M‘ if, after a negative, other than,
ercept,unless, ( p. i. . n‘: 5):)“: 11,) Mark
9: 8 oime'n oi: e'va e 5011, 5M1‘; [:7] ray
'Inooiw poi/ow. 1 Col‘. 3: 5 ‘rig: ohv {on
Haihoc, rig 5s‘ 'AnoMthc, iiXX 1') huixovoi.
Luke 12: 51. 2 Cor. 1: 13. So Sept.
(RX ii for 0515 Num. 13:28. 23: 13.
"15,“ Deut. 4.; 12. ‘=95 Dan. 10: 7, 21.
2 Chr. 19:3. 53. "3 2 Chr. 18:30. 21:
17.—l Macc. 9: 6, 9. Xen. Anab. 7.
7. 53. Ct'. Herm. ad Viger. p. 812. AL.
'AMa'erow, or zitlkai'r'm, r. 65...,
(lihhog) to change, trans.
a) pp. to change, sc. the form or na
ture of a thing, to transform. e. g. 'n‘lv
owm'lv, the voice or tone, Gal. 4: 20. So
to change for the better, Pass. 1 Cor. 15:
51, 52. Sept. for ‘JP-‘,1 Jer. 13: 23.
Wisd. 12: 10.—or for the worse, to cor
rupt, cause to decay, e. g. oi ohpavol Heb.
1: 12, i. e. the heavens shall row old,
lose their splendour, decay; cf. Ps. 102:
27, where Sept. for if??? coll. Is. 51:6.
—Wisd. 4: ll.—So dhhcifie: riz :61], to
change the customs, i. e. do them awa ,
Acts
Ezra 6: 11,
14. 12.—-Diod.
So Sept. Sic.
for Chald.
1. 73. Lu
cian. Dial. Deor. 4. 2.
b) to change, sc. one thing for another,
to exchange. Rom. 1: 23 fiMaEaw 'rfiv
5651111 5:01? iv tilrotdipa-ri, they changed
the glory of Godfilf an image, i. e. set up
an image in place of the true God. So
Sept. ilhhcio'o'w iv, for “"2?! Ps. 106: 20.
6A).. 0. dat. for ‘FY-‘Fl Lev. 27: 10, 33. of
garments, tor =1‘?! Gen. 41: 14. 2 Sam.
12: 20. 0. dat Hdot. 7. 152. iv 0. dat.
Soph. Ant. 945.
'Ahttotxtidiv, adv. from anotherplace,
aliunde, John 10: 1.—Sept. Eslh. 4: 14.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8.21. )Elian. V. H. 6. 2.
'AMqyogéw, 5, r. fia'u, (an... and
iryopn'uu) to allegorize, speak in an al.
legorg. Gal. 4: 24 fi-rwi: e’a-rw liking-70906
peva, which things are said allegorically,
in a mystical sense—Jos. Ant. pronem. 4.
Porphyr. Vit. Pythag. p. 185. Clem.
 ’A)Jln).ohla 33 "A Mr»:
Alex. Protr. 11 5161;‘ dhhnyops'irai 1150!!!) Ken. Anab.2. 1. 15. Wisd. 18: 18 iihhoc
£11 yaa-répa 'r'pirovaa. id. Strom. 5. 11. hhhoxfi.
Not found in Sept—The Jews of the b) with the article, 1': lihhoc, etc. the
age of our Saviour, as also many of the other. Matt. 5: 39. 10:23. 12:13.
later fathers, supposed that all the nar John 18:15,16. et passim.-—-Rev. 17:
rations of the O. T. were susceptible of 10 6 an“, the other, the remaining one.
an allegorical interpretation. So oi EiMot, the others, the rest, ceteri,
Mmnéia, Afleluia, Heb. srivée, 1 Cor. 14.29. John 21:8. :11. seep.—
Haflelig'ah, praise ye Jehovah. Rev. 19: Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4. Cf- Buttm.§ 127. 5.
l,3,4,6. or. Ps.104:35.—-Tob. 13:18. .AL.
'AMorgroe-rrhmoarog, tin-00, 5, ((1);.
'AMtiM', Gen. Plur. of a recipr.
h/rrpioc, s'rriormroc,) found only in N. T.
pronoun; Dat. oig,a:§, 01¢. Accus. 0119,
1 Pet. 4: l5,where it is spoken of one
at‘, a. each other, oneanother. 'Matt.24: who suffers, not (he Xpwnaytig, but as
10. John 15: 12. 17,etsa:piss. Buttm.
dXho-rpi'wv c'm'o'xmrcg i. e. either an inspec
§74. :L—Xen. (E0. 8. 13. AL. tor ofjbreign or strange things, a director
'AMoysn’gg, 50;, 5, 1'), adj. (aim of heathenism, etc. or else one who basics
and -y£yo¢;,) Qfanother race, or nation. i.e. himself with what does not concern him, a
nota Jew, Luke 17: 18, coll. v. 16. Sept. busy-body, in the sense of seditious, fac
tor‘! Job 15: 19. Ex. 29:33. “ear-HEX. tions. So dhhorpimrpa-ye'u, Passow.
12: 43. Is. 56:3, 6. Amtérgiog, fa, tor, (mug) alien,
"AK/011.0“, f. hhon'ntat, nor. 1 ilhépnv not one's own.
(Buttm. p. 266,) to leap, jump, spring, a) pp. another's, belonging to another,
intrans. Acts 3:8. 14:10. Sept. for‘??? difl'erent, Luke 16: 12. John 10: 5bis,
Job 6: 10. '5'2; 1'Sam. 10:10.—Wisd. where it may be rendered unknown, as
5: 21. Xen. Anab. 5. 9. 5.—-Spoken ofa in Ecclus. 8: 18.—Rom. 14: 4. 15: 20.
lountain,John 4: 14. So Lat. saliu,Virg. 2 Cor. 10:15, 16. 1 Tim. 5: 22. Heb.
Ecl. 5. 47 9: 25. Sept. for ‘:1 Prov. 7: 5. Ps. 109:
10. ‘1215 Hos. 8:12. -1 Mace. 15:33.
”AMOQ, fl, 0, other, not the same. Herodian. 5. 7. 4. Ken. Cyr. 3. l. 39.
a) without the article, other, another, b) strtmge, jbreign, not one’: own,- e. g.
some other. (a) simply, Mat. 2: 12 3:‘ )07 Acts 7:6. Heb.11:9. SoSept for"?!
Mgééoo. 13:33. 26:71. 27:42. Gal.
Ex 2: 22. 18:3. "1.1! Deut. 31: 18, 21.
1: 7. ct saepisa—another, so. of the same — Wisd. 19: 15. Ecclus. 11: 34. —
kind, Mark 7: 4, 8. John 21:25. an Spoken of persons who do not belong to
other bcsides,Matt. 25: 16, 17. Mark 12: one's own family, strangers, Matt. 17:25
32. 15: 41. John 6: 22. 14: 16 dhhov 26. So Sept. for "1'1! Ps. 49: 11.
rapérAm-ov al. seep. —So as marking c) by impl. hostile, an enemy, in N. T.
succession, i. e. in the second or third with the idea of impiety, i. e. heathen
place, Mark 12: 4|, 5. Rev. 12:3. 13: 11. enemy, gentile, Heb. 11:34. So Sept.
—John 20: 30 noMa pe‘v 011v xal 610m, for "3 Ps. 54: 3. "1?? 1 K. 8: 41. Ezra
i. e. not only that, but also others; for 10: 2. Comp. Ecclus. 21:25. 29: 21.
this mi see Herm. ad Vigor. p. 838. — l Mace. l: 38.—Diod.Sic. 18.23. Xen.
Sept. chiefly for "1.115, as Gen. 41: 3. Anab. 3. 5. 5.
Nam. 23: 13. l K. 13: 10.—Herodian
8. 5. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. — dis. 'A Mdipuhog, ou, a, ,',, adj. (MM;
tributively, when repeated or joined with and ¢v>d1 or ¢5)\or,) of another race or
other pronouns; e. g. oi'rrog——<‘i\hog, this nation, i. e. not a Jew, Acts 10:28. Sept.
—that, one—another, Matt. 8:9. oi péy for “511:: Is. 61: 5. ‘"3: Is. 2:6. =35,
—ii)\>\ot 5s’, some—others, Mat. 16: 14. Syrl'a, 2 K. 8: 2B.—-2 Mace. 10: 2, 5.
fihhoi—t‘ihhm, some—others, Mat. 13: 5 Jos. Am. 1. 21. 1. ib. 4. 8. a. Diod.
—8. Mark 4: 7, 8. 6:15. 8: 28. 1
Sic. 1. 35. Thus. 1.102.
Cor. 12: 8, 9, 10.—So Acts 2: 12 fihhoc 71mm, adv. otherwise. 1 Tim. 5:
tphg ii'Mov, one to another. Acts 19: 32 25 rd 5AM’; E'xnv-ra so. 's'p'ya, which are
et 21: 34 c'ihho: pe'v ohv fihho 1': Expal'ov, otherwise, i. e. on’: Kohl: Z'p'ym—Sept. Job
some cried one thing, and some another.— 11:12. Esth. 1:19. 9:27. Dem. 1466.5.
(1
 flAluiu
' Alecia: 34

Alma”, 5, f. r’low,'pp. to beat, to and Avon-skim) pp. yielding no gain, an

thrash, see Passow; in N. T. to drive profitable,- hence by impl. hurtful, dc.
round in a circle, especially oxen, etc. structive, Heb. 13: 17.—Xen. de V ect.
upon grain, in order to thresh it, to thresh 4. 6. Diod. Sic. l. 35.
with oxen, etc. trituro, absol. 1 Cor. 9: ’A7\<Pot70§, ou’ou, .3, Alpheus, pr.
9, 10. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Sept. for W1 Is. name of two men in N. T.
41: 15. '5”! Dent. 25: 4. T2 Jer. 51: 1. of the father of James the less,
33. -—Xen. (E0. 18. 2, 3, 4. -- See Cal Matt. 10:3. Mark 3: 18. Luke 6: 15.
met art. Threshing. Jahn § 64. Acts 1:13; and husband of Mary the
"AM'yog, 0v, 5, i’, adj. (a pr. and sister of our Lord's mother, Mark 15: 40,
X6709) without reason, i. e. coll. John 19: 25 where he is called 10w
a) irrational, brute. 2 Pet. 2: 12. Jude mig, and comp. Matt. 27: 56. Luke 24:
10 (‘tho-ya {Jun—Wisd. 11:16. Xen. 10. From these passages it appears that
Hiero 7. 3. ' the mother of James was the sister of
b) unreasonable, absurd, Acts 25: 27 Jesus’ mother, and wife of Alpheus or
film-you yap I101 Bani—Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Clopas; these two names being dif
Diod. Sic. I. 40. Xen. Agesi. 11. 1. ferent modes of pronouncing the Heb.
,Akmlla fig, 1'], Vlllg. Echahoi], dyah name ‘25,11, which Matt. and Mark give
)uixov, aloe, ezcoecaria agallochon Linn.
Without the aspirate, ’A)\¢a'iog, as Sept.
the name of a tree which grows in India
'A'y-yaiog for "-1"! Hag. 1: 1: while John
exchanges the 1'' for the Greek K, as
and the Moluccas, the wood of which is Sept. in ¢aaéx for H95 2 Chr. 30: 1.
highly aromatic. It is used by the
2. of the father of Matthew or Levi,
Orientals as a perfume; and was em
ployed by the Egyptians for the pur Mark 2: 14.
poses of embalming. The most valu 0141011’, mac, 6 and 1'], (also liking,
able species are the calambac and gore. gen. (Duo, 6, 1),) a threshing floor, area,
It is, of course, entirely difl'erent from Sept. for 111.1 Gen. 50: 10, 11. Xen. (Ec.
the herb which produces the aloes of 18.6,7,8.—InN.T. by meton. theproduce
the shops. John 19: 39. Heb. “PUB. of the threshing floor, corn, grain, Matt.
v. "5535 Nam. 24: 6. Ps. 45: 9. Prov; 3: 12. Luke 3:17. So Sept. and 11! Job
7:17. Cant.4:4. See Calmet art. Aloe. 39:12. Sept. Ex. 26:2. Ruth3:2. Judg.
"Ale, 6216;, r6, salt, Mark 9: 49; 15: 5.—See in 'Ahodu.
see “Ahac. Sept. for "'22 Gen. 14: 5. ’AM5m;E, exog, ,7, a for, Matt.
Lev. 2: 13. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58. Sept. for {in
'Altww'g, 7;, 0'7, (hltincn sea, from Judg. 15: 4. Ez. 13: 2.—./Elian. V.H.
6).“) of the sea; by impl. salt, bitter,
l. 5.-Metaph. a shrewd, cunning man,
James 3: 12. Sept. for 1'72? Nam. 34: Luke 13:32.—Plut. Sulla 28. Palaeph.
de Incred. 8.
3, 12.
,'Al\lm'0<;, 0!), 6, 1", adj. (a pr. and "A Mmg, £619‘, 1'', (dhlaxm) capture,
ltbrrm) freefrom sorrow. Phil. 2: 28 xa'yd: 2 Pet. 2:12. So Aquila for ‘1?? Job
o'iltwrb'repog c': that 1 may be less sorrouy‘izl. 24: 5. 5E!) Jer. 50: 46. — Jos. Ant. 2.
'—Xen. Hiero 9. 9. 10. 2. ib. 5. 1. 5 n‘yv dhwo'w rfic miltcuc.
"Axucig, eat, {1, (pp. mum; fr. a pr. "Alba, adv. and prep. (Buttm. § 146.
and Aim, Greg. Cor. p. 523,) a band, 2,) together, together with, viz.
a chain. a) as adv. spoken of time, at the same
a) pp. Rev. 20: 1. Acts 21: 33.— time, Acts 24: 26. 27:40. Col. 4: 3.
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Xen. Eq. 10. 9.— 1 Tim. 5: 13. Philem. 22.—Xen. Mem.
Spoken espec. of chains for the hands or 2. 3. 19.—Spoken of persons, etc. to.
gether, in company, etc. 1 Thess. 4: 17
feet, manaclcs, shachles, Mark 5: 3, 4 bis.
Luke 8:29. Acts 12:6,7. . iipa adv airfoil; dpna-ynmipella ev 14¢:
b) trop. bonds, imprisonment, state of haic. 5:10. Rom.3:l21rdvrege’féxhwar,
custody, Eph. 6: 20. 2 Tim. 1: 16. prob. élpa ilxpeubflnaav, they are altogether be.
Acts 28: 20.—Twp. Wisd. l7: l7. come unprofitable, coll. Ps. 14: 3 where
’At.ucire7o'];,éo;, a, '7, adj. (0. pr. Sept. fun-‘IT; andso Gen. 13:6. 22:6.al.
 'Apabfi’;
b) as prep. with, together with, c. dat.
Matt. 13: 29 pin-ore film airroic in’ (Zeit
mrrc row airov. So Sept. for ‘5?? eut.
33:5. ‘"31?! Jer 31: 24. -— Jos. Ant. 5.
7. 4| iipa yvvuifi xal rc'xvotc. ib. 4. 7. 1.
—-Matt. 20: l Eff/hear (‘1,1,0- 1rpui, with the
dawn. — Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5 iipa 3p. So Luke 15: 21. So Sept. forkz 8131'; 1 Sam.
611a 1i ilpz'pq Mic. 2:1. lMaccJ: 6. 7: 6. 12: 23. and so Evavn v. Evavriov
Joss. Ant. 6. 3. 5 511a r93 in]? Neh. 7: 3. 'rwog Deut. 1:41. 20:18. Gen. 39: 9
Cf. Kypke Obs. I. p. 98. rwi 1 Sam. 14: 33, 34-.—-Susan. 23 £116:
,A I I
pulling, 20;, o,' .1,Q ad]., (a pr. and
pavflévw) Imlearned, uninstructed, 2 Pet.
3: 16.—Elia. V. H. 2. 8. Ken. Mem.
1. 2. 49.
:A I , . error, sin, transgression, Mark 3: 28, and
aazguwmog, 0v, 0, .3, ad]. (a
pr. and [An lv0pm,) unfading; hence,
endun'ng, 1 et. 5: 4.—Philostr. Heroic.
19.
’A,u.oigawog, ou, a, 1'], adj. (i. q.
ilpapév-rwoh) unfading; hence enduring,
1 Pet. 1: 4.——Wisd. 6: 12.
'Apoag'raim, f. opaprilau (Buttm. §
112. 13), nor. 1 inuiprnamaor. 2 fipap'rov.
The forms a‘lpapn'low an ilpéprrla'a. be
long to the later Greek; the earlier form
was apalgn'laopai etc. Lobeck ad Phryn.
p. 732. uttm. §113.11.7. <,114..-'A,wp_
min» is pp. to miss, errfrom, so. a mark,
theway,etc. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 11. Horn.
ll. 8. 311. Hence in N. T. metaph.
1. to err, to swerve from the truth, go
wrong, absol. 1 Cor. 15: 34 ml '11:) spa‘,
réyzre, i. e. beware lest ye be drawn into
errors, so. of faith, of which the apostle is
speaking. Tit. 3:1 1.-—Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 3.
oin: in! iqtéproipi aiming I should not be
zrrong in saying. Ant. 3. 7. 6, 7.
2. to err in action, in respect to a pre
scribed law, i. e. to commit errors, to do
wrong, to sin.
a) gem. to sin, spoken of any sin,
absol. Matt. 27:4. John 5: l4. 8: 11.
922,3. Rom. 2:12 his. 3:23. 5: 12, 141,
I6. 6:15. 1 Cor. 7:28 bis,36. Eph.
4:26. 1Tim. 5: 20. Heb.3:l7. 10:26.
lPeL2:20. 2 Pet. 2: 4. 1 John. 1: 10.
2: Ibis. 3:6 bis,8,9. 5: 16,18. So
Sept. for my: Ex. 9. 28, 35. al. seep.—
30 inpapflivuv (zyapriav, to sin a sin, 1
John 5: 16, Buttm. § 131. 3. So Sept.
for "$3 lit-‘"1 Lev. 4: 14, 23, 28. Ex. 32:
29, 30.
b) seq. tic, c. acc. toxin against any one,
toofl‘end,towrong; Matt. 18: 15,21. Luke
15:18,21. 17; 3, 4.. Acts 25:8. 1 Cor.
35 '11 (.Mtf‘fl’w
6: 18. 8: 12 bis. So Sept. for ‘ZIP-3?:
Gen. 20:6, 9. 4-3: 9. 1 Sam. 2: 25.—
Xen. H. G. 2. 4,. 21.
c) aluapréwuv iva'nruiv ru'og,from the
Heb. to do evil in the sight of any one
i. e. to sin against, to wrong, as above.
mov r01? Kvpiou. .
'Allaotffflfbd, “70;, rd, (iqmpn'ww,)
pp. a mistake, miss, Polyb. 34. 3. 11.
Thus. 4. 89. In N. T. metaph. an
v. 29 in Mss. 4:12. Rom. 3: 25. 1 Cor.
6. 18. Sept. for "'9'! Gen. 31:36. al.
soap. 1*? Ex. 28: 38. al. 9293 Is. 58: 1.
al. saep.—Wisd. 2: 12. 17:3. Jos. Ant.
3.8.10. B. J. 4.. 5. 5.
'Ap/zg'n'a, d9‘, 1'], (i1 apron-1,) pp.
miss, failw'e, etc. In N. . metaph.
1. aberration from the truth, error,
John B: 46 rig EXi-yxn 'ue wept apap'riag;
where it is opp. to 1‘, amen“. John 16:
8, 9.—Thuc. l. 32. '
2. sin, i. e. aberration from a pre
scribed law or rule of duty, either in
general or spoken of particular sins, etc.
a) gem. Matt. 3: 6. 9: 2, 5, 6. Mark
1:4, 5. I Cor. 15:3. Heb. 4:15. al.
saep. Sept. for "$13 Gen-‘18:20. al.
saspiss. 1“! Gen. 15:16.al. ".35, Is. 53:
5.-—John 9: 34 ivapap'riaig m‘ii'ycvm'yorlg
Shag, thou art wholly born in sin, i. e. art
a sinner from the womb; cf. Ps. 51: 7.
58: 4.. Is. 48: 8, and forlthe opp. Wisd.
B: 19, 20. Ecclus. 44: 10 sq.—-So musiv
(‘1110971011, to commit sin, 2 Cor. 11:7.
1 Pet. 2: 22. 1 John 3: 9. al. and in the
same sense, EpyéZcoOat élmpriar, James
2: 9, coll. Ecclus. 27: 10:, and also
épaprévew apap'riav, to sin a sin, com.
mit ang sin, 1 John 5: 16 ; see in 'Ayap
n’ww 2. a.—In the gen. after another
noun, iqmprla often supplies the place
of an adject. sinful, wicked, impious, see
Stuart § 440. Buttm.§ 123. n. 4. e. g.
2 Thess. 2: 3 ii (‘ii/Optima: rfic filaupn'ag,
that impious man. Rom. 7: 5 :raflr'huara
112w fillflp‘l'th-JV, sinful passions, al.—El
liptically, arcpl épapriag for Qua-la mp2
ilpapriag, sacrificeflr sin, Heb. 10: 6, B.
13: 11. fully ib: 10:26, and :rpompopa
wrap} a,.. 10: 18. So Sept. for "1,5?! Pa.
40: 7, coll. Lev. 5: 8.
1: 2
 'A(beige-Ugo; 36 'Afluiw
b) spoken of particular sins, which nessed. Acts 14: 17.—10s. Ant. l4. 7. 2.
are to be gathered from the context; Thuc. 2. 41.
e.g. of unbelief, timrria, John 8: 21, 'Afbaefluho’g, 05, .5, ;,, adj. (3,..19.
24. of lewdness etc. 2 Pet. 2: 14. of de rtivw, q. v.) pp. erring from the way or
[action from the religion of Christ, Heb. merit. In N. T. metaph. as adject. and
11:25. 12:1.al. subst.
c) by meton. of abstr. for concrete, l. as adj. erring from the divine law,
iipap'rla for r'ipaprwhégsinful, i.o. either sinful, wicked, impious.
as causing sin, Rom. 7: 7 b vopoc dump a) gem. Mark 8: 38 iv rfi 70m} rj
rla ; is the law the cause of sin .'—or as ,uoixahldi Ktll lipapruhq‘i. So o'wfip v. liv
committing sin, 2 Cor. 5: 21 riw ,w) yubv epwrrog' apaprwkég, a sinful man, a sin
ra dpuprlav inrip ilpiw dpapriav e'rroi ner, Luke 5: 8. 19: 7. 24: 7. John 9:
nacv, for tiluap'rwhov e'iroinacv, i. e. has 16, 24. So 7w!) hpuprwhbc Luke 7: 37,
treated as ifhe were a sinner. Heb. l2: 4 39. Sept. for “it! Num. 32:14. #57‘:
up‘); rfiy épap-rlav, collect. for the adver Is. 1: 4.—-Ecclus. 27: 31.-Luke 13: 2
saries of religion. t'qmpruhol 1rapa mivragmore wicked than
(1) by meton. the practice of sinning, all others etc. 18: 13. Rom. 3: 7. 5: 8.
habit ofsin, Rom. 3:9. 5: 12,20, 21. Gal. 2: 17. James 4: 8 i'lpapruhoi. ye
Gal. 3: 22. al.—Vvisd. 25: 27 am; 'ywat sinful!
so; zipxfi bpaprlag. _ b) obnoxious to the consequences of sin,
e) by meton. proneness to sin, sinful guilty and exposed to punishment, see
desire or propensity, John 8: 34. Rom. 'Apapria no. 3. Rom. 5: 19 ('Ipaprwhol
6:1,2,6,l2,14. 7:8—17.al. Heb.3: rarwrtieno'av oi 1roMol, many became
13 61min; rfic tipaprlae, i. e. the deceit exposed to the punishment of sin. 7: 13.
t'ulness of our sinful propensities, etc. Gal. 2: 15. Jude l5 ('lpuprwhoit'lo'egeic,
3. from the Heb. the imputation or i. e. ungodly persons deserving of punish
consequences of sin, the guilt and punish ment.
ment of sin ,- as in the phrase a‘ipnv rip 2. as subst. a sinner, transgressor, im
t‘zlaapriav, etc. to take away or bear sin, pious person.
i. e. the imputation of it, John 1: 29. a) gem. Matt. 9: 10, 11,13. 11:19.
1 John 3: 5. coll. Rom. 11:27. Heb. 9: Mark 2: 15, 16 bis, 17. Luke 5:30,32.
26. 10: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 24. So dol'rlplritc 6:32,33,34. 7:34. 15:1,2,7,10.
t'lpapriag and d¢w1c riby (ipupnu'w, to John 9:25,:31. 1Tim.1:9,15. Heb. 7:
remit sin or the remission of sins, i. e. the 26. 12: 3. James 5: 20. 1 Pet. 4:18.
punishment of sins, Matt. 9: 2, 5, 6. Sept. for gen. "K5151? Am. 9: 8. 15'? Ps.
26:28. Luke7:47,48,49. John 20: 23. 1: 1,5. Is. 13: 9. =3‘; Ps. 37:12,:20.
Heb. 10:4. et step. — John 9: 41 z'tluap Ez.33:8,11,19.
ria b/ubv pint, i. e. your guilt and ex b) in the language of the Jews,
posure to punishment remain. So itpaprukol, sinners, despise" of God, is
Exuv iip'apriav, to have sin, i. e. to be put for foreign nations, i. e. Gentiles,
guilty and liable to punishment, John 9: heathen, pagans, :1‘: i010], Matt. 26: 45.
41. 15: 22, 24-. 1 John 1: 8. al.—l C01‘. Mark 14:41, compared with Luke 18:
15: 17 in e'a're‘ e'v ra'lg dluap'n'atg 5/1471’, 32. Matt.20:l9. Mark 10:33. SoSept.
ye are yet in your sins, i. e. are still un and 9333 Is. 14: 5. and 1 Mace. 2: 44,
der the guilt and exposed to the punish coll. v. 40, 48. Tab. 13: 6,coll. Wisd.
ment of your sins. Heb. 9: 28 xwpig 17:2. — Psalt. Salom. 2: l dpaprwhéu
(lipapflac, without sin, i. e. he shall ap
i. q. 501/11 dMuii-piu, Fabr. Cod. Pseud.
pear the second time not élf éeérqmv V. T. I. p. 919.
i‘qiapriac, not for the putting away of the
"Aft/@605, 00, b, i’, adj. a pr. and
consequences qfsin, as is said in v. 26.—
So Sept. and “191,1. Lev. 22: 9. Num. 9: péxm) pp. not disposed tofight, en. Cyr.
13. Lam. 3: 39. "($5.1 Zech. 14: 19. 4. 1. 16. In N. T. metaph. not conten
Prov. 10:16. Ez. 3:20. 1“! Is. 5: 18. tious, not quarrelsome, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit.
53: n, 11. A1. 3: 2.—So c'ipéxwg, Ecclus. 19:5. ed.
’Au.égrugog, 0v, 5, 1,, adj. (0 pr. Complut.
and puprvpim) u'ilhout testimony, unwit ’A,Uloltu, 5, l‘. {1001, (5,111,) to collect,
 'Ajwitua'rog 37 ’A[.wiv ’
gather; pp. Horn. 11. 24. 451. In N. T. and 'ue'rayoe'u, to change the mind,) in
to reap, to harvest, James 5:4, where flexible, impem'tent, obdurate, sc. mpiia
oomp- Lev. 19:13. .Deut. 24: 14, 15. Rom. 2: 5.—Test. XII Patr. in Fabr.
Sept. for “@P, Lev. 25: ll. Deut. 24: Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. 685. Clem. Alex.
19.-,—Hesych. dpfiom‘ septum. Strom. 5. l.
Aplstwroc, ou, a, ((1 pr. and pe "Apia-gag‘, 0v, .3, .7, adj. (a pr. and
Oa'nu.) amethyst, a gem of a deep purple jib-pow) without measure, immoderate. 2
or violet colour, Rev. 21: 20. Sept. l'or Cor. 10:13, 15,521; riz ltpz-rpu, adv. for
Ex. 28: 19. See Rees’ Cyclop dpe'rpug, beyond measure, immoderately.
—The amethyst was supposed to be an -'-Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4 z‘ipe'rpog a‘: ' 9. An.
antidote against drunkenness, whence its \thol. Gr. IV. 170,206. ed. lac.
name. ,A(bt')l', amen, Heb. 123.!- is strictly an
Qilbihéfi, til‘, f. flow, (0. pr. and adj.
Sept.true,
956;;certain, faithfizl;
dhnllwdg, Is. 65:as16.12815 The
pike) not to care for, to neglect, absol.
.Matt. 22: 5. 2 Pet. 1: l2.-—c. c. gen. Heb. word 122$ occurs often in O. T. as
1 Tim. 4: 14. Heb. 2:3. 8:9. see an adverb, truly, surely, certainly,- usu
Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. Sept. Jer. 4: 17. ally at the end of a sentence, where it
31:32— \Visd. 3: 10. 2 Mace. 4:14. serves to confirm the words which pre
Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24. cede, and invoke the fulfilment of them,
"AlbifbflOs‘, 00, 6, 1'), adj. (0 pr. so be it, fiat, Sept. tilufiv or yz'voiro. So
and 1,) act. making no complaint, in oaths or imprecations, where the
satisfied, en. Mem. 4. 5. 52. In N. T. people answer 1!?! and thus bind them
pass. blameless,fiultless, Luke 1:6. Phil. selves, Neh. 5: 13, Sept. djn’jv. Deut. 27:
2:15. 3: 6. 1 Thess. 3: 13. Heb. 8: 15—26, Sept. ye’vorro. Or in praising
7. Sept. for "5. Job 11:4. D!‘ -10bl:1, God, when the assembl respond to the
8. Wm Gen. .17: l.—Diod. Sic. 17. 4. reader or choir, 1915' as ks. 41: 14. 72:
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 32. ‘ 19. 89: 53, Sept. dpr’pgcomp. 1 Chr. 16:
Apoép'rmg, adv. (tipqnrrogy) 36 et Neh. 8: 6, Sept. dju’jv. Ps.106:
blamelesslq,fiultlessly, l Thess. 2: 10. 5:
48, Sept. yévou'o. 0r lastly b individu
als after an imprecation, um. 5:22,
23.-—Apoc. Esth. 13: 3. Herodian 6.
l. 2. 1b. 6. 9. 5.
Sept. 'ys'von'o, or to a command, 1 K. 1:
86, Sept. 'yc’votro. More rarely 1735
’Ay.ég:,uwo;, 00, 6, #1, adj. (0. pr. stands in O. T. at the beginning of a
and 'lépllll'd, without care, void qfanziety, sentence, for the sake of emphasis, as
1 Cor. 7: 32. Mat. 28: l4.-—1'Visd. 6: suredly, verily, in truth, Sept. (‘Myth-“ac, J er.
15. 7: 23. Herodian. 2. 4. 3. 28: 6 , and also “3-‘§§- Sept. (901615;, Josh.
'Apsraiflerog, 00, 6, b, adj. (a pr. 7: 20, 0011. Job 19: 5.—Hence in N. 'l‘.
and jwran'Orj , immoveable, i. e. immut 1. from the Heb. as an adj. true,fiu'tll
able, sure, ch. 6: l7, 18.—-3 Mace. 5: ful. Rev. [1: 18.] 3: 14 a llpfiw, a
l, 12. Clem. Alex. Strum. 6. 13. Died. prion”; 1'; man‘): n11 ('llhjewoc, the true,
Sic. 1. 23. ib. 16. 82. viz. the faithfil and true witness, where
'Aperam'mrog, 0v, 5, #1, adj. ((1 the last words explain the first. See Is.
pr. and anyc'u,) immoveable, unmoved, 65: 16 above.
firm, 1 6;. 15: 58.—Dion. Halic. 8. 74. 2. as an adv. at the end of a sentence,
viz. after ascriptions of praise, hymns,
’Apirapikm-o;, 0v, .5, 1), adj. (:1 etc. omen, so be it, Matt. 6: 13. Rom. 1:
pr. and jumpc'hopm pmnitet me,) not to 25. 9: 5. Rev. 1: 6. 5: 14. 19: 4. al.
be repented of, and hence unchangeable, step. cf. Ps. 106: 48. 1 Chr. 16:36.
immutable, certain. Rom. 11: 29. 2 Cor. Neh. 8: 6. Hence Xi-yuy rdd fpgto re
7: 10. So Heb. it’! (in Niph. and spond omen, 1 Cor. 14: 16.-- lso after
Hithp.) c. neg. is used of the immuta benedictions, invocations, etc. Rom. 15:
bility of God's counsels, Nam. 23: 19. 33. 16:24“ 1 001216224. H61).I3:25.
1 Sam. 15:29. al. —P0lyb. 21. 9. 11. 3. as an adv. at the beginning 01' a
Plato Leg. IX. p. 931. B. sentence, by way of asseveration,truly,
’A,u.smr6qro;, ov, a, :1, adj. (0: pr. assuredly, certainly, verily, Matt. 5: 18.
 ’A(M§'rwg 38 limp/$11101?”
16: 28 coll. Luke 9: 27 dknthic. Matt. the Messiah,Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod.
25: 40. Luke 4: 24 coll. v. 25.—In John Pseud. V. T. p. 724, 725, 730.
it is repeated, dln'p', hpr'gv, John 3: 3, 5, ,Afbolctl, 55', h, (dpei€w,to change,)
11. 5: 19. 8: 51. al. saep.—-Very rarely change, exchange, Horn. 0d. 14. 521.
in this sense in the end or middle of a requital, sc. for evil, indemnity, Hom.
clause; Rev‘. 1: 7- val, dpw'yv yea verily! 0d. 12. 382. In N. T. requital, so. for
2 Cor. 1: 20 rd val Kai rd i'zpr'yv, are yea good, kind offices, etc. 1 Tim. 5: 4
and amen, i. e. are most true and faith dluoigag drobibovai to requite.—Symm.
Iul. AL. for "3'1" 1 Sam. 24:19. Jos. Ant. 1.16.2.
'Aar'rmg, 030;, 6, 1‘], adj. ((1 pr. Diod. Sic. 1. 90. Herodian. 7. l. 24.
and lar'lrnp) without mother7 motherless; 'Aym'ekog, 00, ,7, a vine, Matt. 26:
i. e. in classic writers, not born of a 29. Mark 14:25. Luke22z18. James3:
mother, as the ods, etc. Lactant. div. 12.--Xen. (E0. 19. 12.—Metaph. Jesus
Instit. IV. 13. urip. Phteniss. 750. or calls himself the true vine, John 15: 1, 4,
early deprived of a mother, Herodot. 4. 5, since a spreading and fruitful vine is
154. or having an unkind mother, Soph. the emblem of prosperity and blessings;
Electr. 1158. Eurip. Ion. 837.—In N. T. cf. El. 17: 6. 19:10. Ps. 80:9,“).
spoken of Melchisedec, whose mother is 128: 3. Ecclus. 24: 17.—In Rev. 14:18,
not mentioned in the geneabgies, Heb. 7: 19, 1'1 iilmrcltog rfic 'yfic denotes the now
3, i. e. be is a priest, though not in the prosperous enemies of the Messiah, who
regular genealogical descent from Aa are to he cut ofl' as grapes are gathered
run; his priesthood therefore is of a and cast into the wine press; comp. Is.
higher and more ancient order than that 63: 2,3. Lam. 1. 15.
of Aaron; see in 'A'ysvcahé-ynrog. —
Philo de Temulent. p. 248, 290. de 'Aavrelougyo'g, 0:3, 5, 1), (contr.
Monarch. lib. 2. for c'i‘urrehoep'yog, fi'. timrshoc and {97011)
a vine-dresser, Luke 13: 7. Sept. for
'Afu'otvrog, 00, b, 7'], adj. (a pr. and D25 2 Chr. 26: 10. Is. 61:5.
plain-1,) unstained, unsoiled; in N. T.
metaph. undqfiled sc. by sin, Heb. 7: ’Atwrs7.a’w, (Brag, a, a vineyard.
26.—Wisd. 8: 20. Clem. Alex. Strom. Matt. 20:1, 2, 4, 7, 8. 21:28, 33, 39,
7. 7 r'ifu'avrov 'rflv \l/vxfiv i'xew X917.— 40, 41. Mark 12: 1,2, 8, 9 bis. Luke
Spoken of marriage, chaste, Heb. 13: 4. 13: 6. 20: 9, 10, 13,15bis, 16. 1 Cor.
—-Wisd. 3: 13.—Of the‘worshipof God, 9: 7. Sept. for =75; Gen. 9: 20. Is. 5:
1—7. q. v.—Plut. pro Nobil. c. 3.
pure,sineere, James 1 : 27 ; of the heaven
ly inheritance, inviolate, 1Pet. 1:4.— 'Atbrrhl'ug, 1'00, 6,Amplias, pr. name
2 Macc. 14:36. 15:34. of a Christian at Rome. Rom. 16:8.
,AFIIIIVQ, 1'. W6, (fn'Wrh) pp. to avert,
'Apuvubéfi, 6, indec. Aminadab,
pr. name of one of the ancestors of to repel, Hom. Il. 1.456; then to aid,
Christ, Matt. 1:4. Luke 3:33. Heb. fightjbr, avenge, Thuc. 3. 67. Jos. Ant.
are! (kindred of the prince), Ruth 4: 4. 8. 45.—-Mid. apt/royal, to avert from
19,20. one's self, to resist, repel, Xen. Cyr. 4. 4.
Area“, 0", I». (i- q- WW.) ‘and. 6. Jos. Ant. 9. 1.2. 2 Macc. 10: 17.-—
Matt. 7: 26. Rom. 9: 27. Heb. 11:12. In N. T. Mid. dpvfwo‘uai, to aid, assist,
Rev. 12:18. 20:8. Sept. for “E2 Gen. defend. Acts 7: 24 fipimuro, he defended
13:16.51" Gen. 22: 17. Ex. 2: 12. Is. sc. him. So Sept. c. accus. for 2355"
10: 8.—Diod. Sic. 5. 7. Plato Phaedo. deliver, 19. 59: 16.
s as. . 'Awiéxm, f. BaMD, (11M: and
136mm,) pp. to throw around, e. g. a ar
’A‘u.v0'§, 0!), 6, a lamb, spoken in
ment,Hom.Od.14.342. In N.T.spo en
N. T. metaph. of Christ delivered over
of a net, to cast, sc. around, here and
to death, as a lamb to the sacrifice, John
there,trans. Mark 1: 16 in later editions.
1: 29,36. 1 Pet. 1:19. Acts8:32,coll.
Is. 53: 7 where Sept. dpvéc for 5'2!“ Sept. Hub. 1: 17.
Sept. c'qivég for ‘'19? Ex. 12. 5. Lev. 14: ’Ay.<pi€7ma'rgov, ou, rd, what is
10,12,13. "2 Is. 16:1.—S0 dpvbg 9:017, thrown around, e. g. a garment, Eurip.
 ‘A,wqmiwvpu
Helen. v. 1085. In N. T. afish-nct,drag,
Matt. 4: 18. Mark 1: 16. Sept. for
“by; Ps. 14.1110. may: Hub. 1: 16. 1:11:
Hab. 1: 15, 17. To“, Eco. 9: 12.—He
rodot. 1. 141. ib. s. 95.
,A[b¢IE'WU[-lll, f. t'qsduc'aw, (Buttm.
108. III,) to clothe, pass. seq. Eu 0. dat.
Iatt. 11: 8. Luke 7: 25. Sept. Job 31:
19.—10$. Ant. 3. B. 7 Thu! a'roMly. ib. 8.
7. 3. ct'. Buttm. § 131. 5.—In the sense
of to decorate, Matt. 6: 30 et Luke 12:
28, row xdprov. Sept. app. 565m’ Kai.
may for a’; Job 40=5,wl.29= 14.
‘Vith double accus. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17.
c. accus. ct dat. Plato Protag. p. 321. A.
Cf. Buttm. l. c.
'ApogDI-rohg, ewg, ;,, Amphipolis,
pr. name of the metropolis of the south
ern region of Macedonia. It was situ
ated near the mouth of the river Stry
mon; which, indeed, flowed around it,
and gave occasion for its name. It is
now called Empoli or Yamboli. Acts 17:
1. Liv. 45. 29 ‘ capita regionum, ubi
coneilia fierent, primw regionis Am
phipolin.’ Wetst. N. T. II. p. 559.
39 "Av"
"Al/7041.09, 0!), rd, amomum, an odo
riferous plant or seed, used in prepar
ing precious ointment. It difl'ered from
the modern amomum of the shops, but
the exact species is not known; see
Rees’ Cyclop.—Rev. 18: 13 in the later
editions.
"A (051.05, 00, l), 1'], adj. (a pr. and
pfipog, spotless, without blemish.
a) pp. 1 Pet. 1: l9 din/01': dpu'ipov,
spoken metaph. of Christ, a lamb with
out blemish, as was required by the Le
vitical law in regard to all victims; see
Lev. l: 10. 22: 19—22, where Sept. for
WEE‘. So Heb. 9: 14.—Test. XII Patr.
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. I. p. 724.
b) metaph. scelen's purus, blameless.
Eph. 1:4. 5:27. Col. 1:22. Heb. 9:
14. Jude 24'. Rev. 14: 5.-—Wisd. 2:
22. Ecclus. 34: 8. 40: 19.
,Afllfi'll', 6, indec. Amon, Heb. ‘(m8
Sopitex), pr. name of a king of the
ews; see 2 K. 21: 18 sq. 2 Chr. 33:
20 sq.—Matt. 1: 10 bis.
’APWI’§, 6, indec. Amos, Heb. WW5

r
"AI/@0505 00, rd (also spoofing, (str0ng),pr. name of a man, Luke 3:25.
LIIAV, a particle used with the Opt.
fr. Epipu and 6569,) pp. bioium, an open
place where two or more ways mcct, Xen. Subj. and Indic. moods ; sometimes
Anal). 4. 2. 11. ib. 5. 2. 7. In N. T. a properly rendered by perhaps ,- more
street or open place in a village or city, commonly not to be expressed in Eng.
Mark 11:4. Sept. Jer. 17:27. 49: 26.— lish by any corresponding particle, but
l‘lesych. (iluipoda' ai' fil'ipai, d-yuial, H0501. only giving to a proposition or sentence
a stamp of uncertainty, and mere possi
'Appo'regog, éga, sgov, each q‘ bility, and indicating a dependence on
two, and Plur. 6p (ii-spot, at, a, both circumstances. In this way it serves to
spoken only of two, Iatt. 9: 17. 13:30. modify or strengthen the intrinsic force
15; 14. Luke 1: a, 7. 5:7,38. 6:39. of the Opt. and Subj. while it can also,
7: 42. Acts 8: 38. Eph. 2: 14, 16,18, in like manner, afi’ect the signification
rmiy; a ‘pm-£90119, etc. both, i. e. Jews and
of the Indicative (the pres. and pert‘. ex
Genti es. Acts 23: 8 rd dptdrepa, both, cepted) and other verbal forms. This
i. e. the resurrection, and t e existence particle stands after one or more words
of angels and spirits; the pip-e being in a clause, and is thus distinguished
copulative and combining the two, li-y from (iv for r'c’w' See the next article.
yzkm and n-vzipa, into one eneric idea; For the general use and power of (iv in
see Buttm. § 149. p. 427. iner § 59. classic writers and in N. T. see Buttm.
p- 411. -—- Sept. for =72? Gen. 21: 27. s 139. 5 s . Matth. s 598—600. Her
Ex. 12: 22.—Ecclus. 10:7. Xen. Mem. mann de gart. iiv, and ad Vigor. p. 812
1. l. 5. —822. Winer Gr. § 43.-In N. T. the
’Ap.é(surog, ov, a, ,3, adj. (a pr. use of (‘iv is generally conformed to that
and pupdoput, to blame,) blameless, i1‘ of classic writers, but sometimes not.
rcprchensiblc, Phil. 2: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 14. I. As conformed to classic usage.
—Cyrill. Alex. in IS. 53,3quhpnroc1mll 1. With the Optativc, in a clause not
rzhég e'v fipiy oi'iau'c. id. in Is. 54. Hom. dependent, it indicatesv that the suppo
ll- lQ. 109. sition or possibility expressed by the
 "A v 40 "Av
simple Opt. will, ‘under the circum 34 :5; Eu E’Aflw, when I shall come, i. 0.
stances implied by (iv, be realized. but I know not when this will be. Phil.
Hence it is found 2: 23.—(5) 606m; liv, so ofien as, how
a) in vows, wishes, etc. once, Acts ever often, 1 Cor. 11:25.
26: 29 ei'lEalpnv av rip 3:15, I couldpray c) with the illative particle hirugthat,
to God, and under the circumstances do in order that; and (11:-mg (iv, that alsome
pray to him.—So floukoipnv liv Xen. time or other, that sooner or later, etc.
Mem. 3. 5. 1. Plato Lys. p. 228. See Luke 2: 35. Acts 3:19. 15: 17. Rom.
Matth. .; 514.. c. 3: 4. Sept. for 12215, Ps. 51: 6.
b) in interrogations, direct or indi 3. With the Indicative, in the histori
rect, where the thing inquired about is cal tenses, (but not in the primary ones,)
possible, or certain, but the inquirer is liv is used in the apodosis of a condi
uncertain when or how it is to take tional sentence in which cl precedes,
place. Luke 1:62 1'4’ av 9&0: Kahl and indicates that the thing in question
00a: airrév .- how he might wish him to be would have taken place, if that which
eaued ? i. e. since he was to have a name, is the subject of the protasis, had also
what that name should be. Luke 9: 46. taken place; but that in fact neither the
John 13:24. Acts2:12. 5:24. 17:18. one nor the other has taken place. Matt.
21: 33. al. — Jos. Ant. 8. 14. 2. Ken. 11:21 el e'w Ti'rpqi i-ye'vovro ai humiliate
Mem. 2. 1. 24. Anab. 7. 6. 6. —or¢'tAai in’ El! 060:? ml anohqi psi-emin
2. With the subjunctive in relative aav, if these miracles had been done in
clauses and connected with relative Tyre, they would have repented ; but the
words, which thus are rendered more miracles were not done, and they did
general and indicate mere possibility; not repent. Luke 19: 23. John 4: 10.
Buttm. § 139. 8. For :‘iv thus used, the 9: 41. Heb. 4: 8. John 8: 42 ci 6 9:6;
sacred writers often put c’o’w, q. v. na-rfip {mini fill, r'ryarriire ('0' Eye’, God
a) with relative pronouns or particles, were your father, ye would love me ,- but
where {iv implies some condition, or neither is true. So Matt. 11:23. 12:
uncertainty whether or where the thing 7. 23: 30. 24: 22,43. Mark 13:30.
will take place, etc. Lat. cunque, ever, John 11:21. Rom. 9: 29. 1 Cor. 2:8.
soever, etc. Thus (a) 3;- 6w, whoever, 11:31. Gal. 1:10. 1 John 2:19. al.
whosoever, Mat. 5: 21,31,32. 10: 11. saep.—-Wisd. 11:25. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2.
12: 32. Mark 3: 29. John 1: 33. et see Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 24. ib. 1. 1. 5. Apol.8.
piss.—Sept. Dan. 3: 5, 6.-—(B) b'a-rig 6v, II. The following are departures
whosoever, Matt. 10:33. Luke 10:35. from classic usage, viz.
John 2: 5. Acts 3: 23. seep. — (-y) 5009 1. When in relative clauses a relative
(iv, whosoever, Matt. 7: 12. 21: 22. pronoun with i‘iv is followed by the L:
Mark 3: 28. John 11:22. Acts 2: 39. dicative ; here classic writers employ the
saep. see also 11. 1,below.—Esdr. 8: 24. Subj. or Opt. This occurs in N. T.
9: 4.—(5) lirrou 6w, wheresoever, Mark 9: when a thing is spoken of as actually
18. 14:9. Lulu-19:57. Rev.14:4. See taking place, not at a definite time or
also in II. l.—- s) dig &v,as, in whatever in a definite manner, but as often as
manner, etc. 1 hes‘s. 2: 7 titC in mp6. opportunity presents, etc. It is thus
90mg rir. re'xvm—Soph. Ajax. 1096. found only with a preterite. Mark 6:
b) with particles of time, conjunc 56 Kai 5001 (‘iv firrrovro airfoil, and as
tions, etc.— a) Zn);- (iv, until, the time many as, however many, touched him.
when being indefinite, Matt. 2: 13 ‘1:19: ib. h'rrov (‘w eia-rropn'icro elg [flit/10¢, and
in? Ewg av c'i'mo 00:. 5:18, 26. 10:11, wheresoever' he entered, etc. Acts 2: 45.
23. Mark 6: 10. Luke 20:43. Acts 2: 4: 35. 1 Cor. 12:2 1rpdc rh s‘iEwha, dig
35. seep—Diod. Sic. 3. 9. Xen. Anab. in fi'ycotle, h-rra-yopevoi, led away to idol.
5. 1. 11.—So & 19 or"! iiw, 1 C01‘. 11: worship, just as ye happened to be led,
26. 15: 25.- ) Mm t’iv, whenever, as i. e. I do not say by whom or how.—
soon as, indefinite, 2 Cor. 3: 16.—Sept. Sept. Gen.2: 19. Lev. 5: 3. and in later
Deut. 7: 12. Judith 14: 2. Jos. Ant. 5. Greek writers, e. g. Agath. 32. 12.
1. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 4.—-(7) the av, 117. 12. 287. 13.—Once with the pres.
when, as soon as, indefinite, 1 Cor. 11: Indie. Mark 11: 24 mivra lieu in’ 1rpoa'T
 "Av
opera‘ alrz'iafie, where Mss. read ai
riyclts in the Subjunct. So Luke 8:
18. 10:8, in earlier editions. Winer
s 4:. 3.
2. As an adv. or rather in a false con
struction, perhaps, possibly. So once
before an Infin. QCor. 10:9 'lva p1)
565», the av z'xoogciy blade, which is
probably to be resolved by the Fir inpa
Goipr {11469, as I would tmg'fl/ you;
comp. Plat. Crit. p. 44. B, rroMo'ig 565w,
tlvghtiluzhr'lo'mliu. \Viner § 43.6.—()nce
also without any mood, 1 Cor. 7: 5 p1‘;
area-repel" dMflholc, cl pr’) n Pu’ [ye'vot
r0] ix evppévou rpoe ratpév, unless per
haps by mutual consent. Winer § 43. 1.
AL.
II. uflv, conpmction, contr. l'r. c'dv,
if. and distinguished from the radical fir
of the preceding article, by being put at
the beginning of a proposition or clause ;
Buttm. § 139. 8. Herm. ad Viger. p. 822.
In N. T. John 20: 23 bis.—Jos. Ant. 4.
4. 4. ib. 4. 8. 15. Ken. Cyr. 3. 1. 42.
'Ani, prep. governing in Greek
poets the Bat. on, upon, in, Hem. I1. 1.
15; but in prose writers the Accus. on,
in, as (wit err-6,1141 Exsw, to have always in
the mouth. See Buttm. § 147. n. 2. Vi
gerus p. 574 sq. and Herm. ib. p. 855.
In N. T. only with an accus. in two
significations, viz.
l‘. with its accus. it forms a peri
phrsse for an adoa'b; e. g. 11m‘: pe'pog,
byhmuflltematety, 1 Cor. 14: 27.—aw‘;
Filmy seq. gen. in the midst of, through
the midst of, between,- spoken of place
Matt. 13: 25. Mark 7:31. Rev. 7: 17001]. i. e. to get up into, etc.—-Matt. 3: 16 rim‘:
5: 6. Sept. Is. 57: 5. for ‘PM 2 K. 16: mi‘: flea'rog, and Acts 8: 39 Ex r017 Home,
l4.—Hom. II. 1. 570. Diod. Sic. 2. 4. from the water, 50. upon the land. cf. v.
Ken. An. 7. 4. 2.—Spoken of persons, 38 and Gen. 41: 3,18, 97, where Sept.
1 Cor. 6: 5.-—1 Mace. 7: 28. Diod. Sic.
3.13.—So Matt. 20: 9, 10,6vc13nvc'spwv,
deaariuswiu, i. e. each a denarius; bet
ter perhaps under no. 2.
2. with numeral words it marks dis
tribution, e. g. Mark 6: 40 61w‘: time» not
('wa :revrfixovra, by hundreds and by fijl
ties. Luke 9: l4.—I..uke 9: 3 an‘: 860,
two and two. 10: 1. John 2: 6., Rev. 4:
8, coll. Is. 6:2.—Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. ib. 6.
2. 5. Xen. An. 3.4.21. Herodot. 2.
l32.—By a peculiar anomaly we find
6w’: once in this sense before the Nom.
Rev. 21:31 avail; Zxaaroe r6111 I’Uhu'ayaw,
41 ’AmBa/vau
each one of the ‘gates; see Vigerus p.
576.
Nora. In composition {"6 denotes
1. up, upward, as t'zvafialvw. 2. back,
again, Lat. re- implying repetition, in
crease, intensity, etc. as t’zvaxawllw,
dvaxwpe'u, (iva-ywu'w'xw.
’Ava€a0p06;, 017, a, (timfiulm)
act of ascending, Pausan. 10. 5. 9. In
N. T. by meton. means of ascent, i. e.
steps, stairs. Acts 21: 35, 40, spoken of
the stairs leading from the fortress An
tonia to the temple. Sept. for 512?]?
1 K. 10:19,20.—Dio Cass. 58. 11. Jos.
Ant. 8. 5. 2.—The Attic form is dya
€aap6g, Paus. 10. 5. Lobeck ad Phryn.
p. 324.
'AmCu/m, l‘. fii'laolmt, 8.01’- 9 five’
gnv, aor. 2 imper. t'u'c'tgqfit and timifia
Rev. 4.: 1, cf. Btmm. p. 223, 269, (av/1
and [Saba-1,) to cause to ascend, Herodot.
1. 80. In N. T. to go up, to ascend, sc.
from a lower to a higher place ; constr.
with 616 et z'x seq. gen. of place whence,
and with :19, c'rrl, 1rpdc, seq. accus. of
place whither, or :53: Rev. 4: 1.
a) spoken of persons, animals, etc.
Matt. 5:1 et Mark 3: 13 £19 To 5pm,‘.
Luke 5: 19 5111-6 56pm, comp. for int
Gen. 49: 4 where Sept. for "bl—Jos.
Ant. 3. 1. 5. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 9.—Luke
l9: 4 ill uuxoluopc'av, i. e. to climb.
Mark 6: 51 :1;- r6 whrfiov, i. e. to em
bark, coll. Jon. 1:3 where Sept. for ‘1?:
—John 10: l dvagaivmv IIMoXéOev,
climbing up or entering some other way.
ActsB: 31 dyagdv'ra sc. cl; Ta fippa v. 29.
drag. it: r017 ‘trumpet’: for “,Z.—Sp0ken
of fishes, Matt. 17: 27 Toy dwaQim-a
1rpé'rrov 1x961’, thefish thatfirst comes up,
or is brought up.—Spoken of those who
go from a lower to a higher region of
country; e.g. from Galilee or Cesarea
to Judi-a, Luke 2: 4. Acts 18: 22; and
especially to Jerusalem, Matt. 20: I7, 18.
John 7:8 bis, 10 bis. 12: 20. So Sept.
and 11%; 1 K. 12:27.28, Ezra s: 1.
7: 6,7. Neh. 7: 6.—Esdr. 2:18. Jos.
Ant. l2. 7. 6. Xen. Anal). 1. _1. 2.—
Spoken of those who ascend into heaven,
(IQ row ot’lpawil', cic To 511mg, etc. either to
 ‘Amoco... 42 'A rag/79.7.4:
have intercourse with God or to dwell may. Mark 6: 41.7: 84. Luke9z16. 19:
there, John 3: 13. 6:62. 20: 17 bis. 5. Acts 22: 13 dye'fiknlza eig ain'dw. so
Rom. 10:6. Eph. 4:8,9,10. Rev. 4: 1. to look up, to raise the eyes, sc. from the
1 l: 12 bis. For the phrase c'wag. :1; row ground etc. Mark 8:24. Luke 21: 1.
or'lpavév, etc. and the meaning of it, Sept. livaghe'new ro'ig dtpokapoic for
comp. Dent. 30: 12. Prov. 30: 4. Is. l4: his‘: K313 Gen. 13:14. 18:2. Deut.
13, 14. Jer. 51:53. Ps. 139:8. cf. Job 4: 19.—2 Macc. 7:28. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 12.
38: 19—38. Bar. 3: 29. Tob. 12: 20.— 2. to look again, see 6m’: note a) in
Spoken of angels, who are said, am the sense of to see again, recover sight,
gar'vuv ral Icaragalvew E'Irl row vlc‘w r017 spoken of the blind, Matt. 11: 5. 20: 34.
dvflpo'nrou, John 1: 52, coll. Gen. 28:12, Mark 8: 25. 10: 51, 52. coll. Matt. 20:
i. e. they minister continually unto him ; 33.—-Luke 7: 22. 18: 41,42, 43. Acts
comp. Matt. 4:11. Mark 1: 13. 9:12,17,18. 22:13 awiémpov. ()1'
b) spoken also of inanimate things, one blind from his birth, John 9: 11, 15,
which are said to go up, ascend, rise; 18 bis. Sept. for I‘?! Is. 42: 18, coll.
e. g‘. smoke, xcurvog, Rev. 8:4. 9: 2 61: 1.——Aristoph. Plat. 95.
14:11. 19:3. So Sept. and HEY, Ex. b) in the sense of to look more closely,
19:18. Is. 34: 10.—l Macc. 5:31.— ez'aml'ne, Mark 16:4.
IAl'Olélti'glllg, 66);, 7", (rivaghe'ww)
Spoken of plants, fruit, etc. to spring up,
grow, Matt. 13: 7. Mark 4: 8, 32. So recovery qfsight, Luke 4: 18, coll. Is. 61:
Sept. and n‘az Is. 5; 24. 32: 13. 55:13. l.—1Elian. H. All. l7. l3.
—Theophr. Hist. Pl. 8. 3.—Spoken of a 'Amfioeiw, 5, 1'. how, to lift up
rumour, Acts 21: 31 rive'fir; gotta-19 r9‘: X1
the voice, ez'claim, erg aloud; absol. Matt.
Xu'lpxlp, i. e. word was brought up to the
27: 46. Mark 15:8. Luke9: 38. Sept. for
chiliarch in the fortress Antonia; see
P2‘, Ez. 11: 13. F2; Num. 20; 16. 19?,
Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 8.—0f thoughts, actions, Is. 36: 13.—Jos. Ant. 9. l. 2. Hcrodian.
etc. which come up into one’s mind, to
1. 4. 17. Xen. Anab. 5. 4. 31.
spring up, arise, e'v r5 mpao, Luke 24:
38. int rfivkapdlav Acts 7: 23. 1 C01‘. ’A7¢c07~'l, 5;, 1‘), dwagéhlw q. v.)
2:9. elg pvnpom'lwlv Acts 10:4. This earth thrown up, Xen. nab. 5. 2. 5. In
corresponds to the Heb. 5! 5? “2!, N. T. delay, putting over, in a forensic
Sept. dve'pxweai or r’lvagalvuv E'lrl rr)v sense, Acts 25: 17. —Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3.
xapolav, Is. 65:17. Jer. 3:16. 32: 35. Dionys. Hal. 11. 33. _Thuc. 2. 42.
44: 21. AL. ‘Avafyamv, 00, 16, (dvd and 'yaia
'AmCaMw, 1‘. 5.11.1, to put back, i. q. 717,) i. q. dvdryzov, for which it is
i. e. loputoffldeferfiletlhov, Hom. 0d. 19. substituted in the later editions; writ
584. to take up, 12]? up, Sept. for N‘?! ten also dwlryaiov, r'wéyeov, Lob. ad
Jer. l3: 20.—In N. T. Mid. (wagliMo Phryn. p. 297; a room above the ground,
pm, in a forensic sense, to defer, to put umer room, chamber, over the porch, on
of or over, trans. Acts 24: 22. Sept. 01'": or connected with the roof; where meals
awgrihero for ".3211". PS. 78:2L—JOS. were taken, and whither the Jews re
Ant. 4. 8. 38. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 6. tired for prayer, meditation, etc. Mark
14: 15. Luke 22. 12. coll. Acts 20: 8.—
’Am€r€ai§o, f. (into, to cause to Xen. An. 5. 4. 29 dvéryawv.—See Cal
ascend or mount, Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28. met, art. House,p. 509. Comp. 'Ynzpu'mv.
Herodot. l. 63.—In N. T. to draw up, to ’Aya7yé7\7.a), f. 710.17, aor. 1 10417
drag or haul in, so. to the shore or land; yuka, aor. 2 pass. dwryye'krlv Rom. 15:
spoken of a net, Matt. 13:48. So Sept. 21. Sept. Is. 52: 15. cf. Buttm. § 101.
in the sense to draw up, sc. out of a pit, n. 4. marg. to announce, to make known,
for "1225,! Gen. 37:28, coll. Ex. 3:17. to declare, to tell; trans. and absol. In
Lam. 2: 10.—Spoken of ships, to haul various connexions, e. g. spoken of things
to land, Xen. H. G. l. l. 2. "96¢ Tfiv done, events, etc. to relate, to tell, Mark
yfiv livsglgals rag e'aurm': rpu'lpuc.
[5: 14.] 5: 19. Acts 14:27. 15:4. 16:
’Am@l.é9rw, f. 44.). l. to look up, 38. 2 Cor. 7:7. to bring word, to infirm,
or upwards, to look upon, absol. or c. c. John 5: 15. — Xen. Anab. l. 3. 21.
u'g. Matt. 14:19 évaghz'ilmg tie for oilpa —Spokcn of things future, to shew bc~
 'A vayewofw 43 'Avaiyzn
O

fin'ehand,fi)retell,lohn 16: 13. Sept. for a) to compel, so. by force, threats, cir
“F! Is. 41: 22,23. 46: 10.—Spoken of cumstances, etc. Acts 26: ll. 28: 19.
the christian doctrine, etc. to declare, 2 Cor. 19:11. Gal.2:3, 14.—Esdr. 4:6.
shewjbrtll, leach, John 4:25. 16:14, Bel and Drag. 30. l Mace. 2: 95. Ken.
15, 25. Acts 20: 20, Q7. Rom. 15: $1. Mem. 1. 2. 44. I
1 Pet. 1: 19. 1 John 1: 5. So Sept. for b) to constrain, sc. by entrcaty, invita
rrfl Deut. 8:3. Dan. 919. “To Deut. tions, etc. to persuade, Matt. 14: 22.
94: 8.—-Spoken of evil deeds, to declare, Mark 6: 45. Luke 14: 23. Gal. 6: 12.
confess, Acts 19: 18. So Sept. and —Diog. Laert. l. 1. 4. Ken. Symp. 3. 5.
‘FF! 18.3:8. Job 33: 23. Ps. 38:19.
’Amyxa70g, a, or, (¢’1ye'vyKn,)c0m
’Ara'yemiw, :5, f. {,w, pp. to be pulsive, 0d. 17. 399. compelled, 0d. 24.
getagain; metaph. to regenerate, to re 498. In N. T. necessary, viz. -
new, so. by a change of carnal nature to a) spoken of things required by na
a christian life; trans. 1 Pet. 123,23. ture, etc. 1 Cor. 12: 22. or for the sup
It is the same as viov rm‘) 9cm’! Ell’tll port of life, Tit. 3: l4 aya'yxa'iai xpciai,
Gal.3: 96; or rc'xyov ‘9:05 'yeve'atiu: v. necessary wants. —2 Mace. 4: 23. Jos.
a’: 9:017 yeyvnofivai John 1:12, 13. Nolan Ant. 9. 5. 6. Ken. Mem. 4. 5. 9.
3: 9; or (‘ivwfiev yewnflfivat John 3:3. b) necessary from custom and habit,
So the fathers speak of regeneration as e. g. Acts 10: 94 c'wa'yxaz'ovc olhovg,
a renewal, a change from a lower to a necessary, or near friends —Jos. Ant. 10.
higher, from a carnal to a better and 1. 2. ib. 7. 6. 1. Polyb. 5. 71. 2. Ken.
holy life. Justin Mart. Apol. 2. p. 93. Mem. 9. 1. 4. Comp. Kypke Obs. in
Clem. Alex. Protrept. 11 6 A6709, 6 N. T. II. p. 49.
évayewdav rov c'ivtlpanrov, eig- ah'yfiuav c) neut. aya'yxaiov, impers. necessary,
aI'n-ov avaoe'pwv. For the Rabbinic right, proper, Acts 13: 46 iniiv fiv away
new creature, see Schoettg. xa'iov, it was necessary, i. e. it was matter
Hor. Heb. ad 2 Cor. 5: l7. of duty. Heb. 8: 3 50w ava-yraiov [e'ari],
‘Amyna’ww, f. dwopat, 801‘. 2 whence it is necessary, i. e. it necessarily
t'zn'yyuv, perl'. pass. 6re'yvuapai, aor. 1 follows. Phil. 1:24 aya-yxatorepov [Em-1’) ,
pass. i'iyeyvn'oa'erlv, (i'lvc't 51' spec, is more necessary,more profitable,
intens. and
yzvémrw to know) to know accurately, jbr you.—Ignat. ad Trallian. § 2. Xen.
ll. 13. 734. to distinguish, Herodian. 7. (E0. 9. 14. Dem. 462. 25.—Sodva'yraiov
6, where others read attl'ytl'littlltw. In r'rye'opat, to regard as necessary, to think
N. T. to know by reading, i. e. simply to necessary or proper, 2 Cor. 9: 5. Phil. 2:
read, trans. and absol. 25.—2 Macc. 9: 21. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 4.
a) to read, so. for one's self, to learn ’Al'067%0t0’75§, adv. (ava-yxaarég fr
by reading, Matt. was 1914.. 21: 16, (mm-m) by constraint, unwillingly,- opp.
42. 92:31. 24:15. Mark 2: 25. 12: to incoming. 1 Pet. 5: 2.
10, 96. 13:14. Luke 6: 3. 10: 26. 'Amiyxn, 77;, 1'], l. necessity, need.
John 19:20. Acts8: 98,30 bis,32. 15: a) as arising from the influence of
31. 93:34. 9 Cor. 1:13. Eph. 3: 4. other persons, constraint, compulsion, 1
Rev. 1:3. 5: 4. Sept. for “SP, Deut. 17: Cor. 7: 37. 9 Cor. 9: 7. Philem. 14.—
19. SK. 5:7. 18. 29:11,19.—-1El. V. H.
Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 20.
14. 43. Ken. An. 1. 6. 4.-— Metaph. b) as arising from the good or bad
9 Cor. 3: 2 r) e'marola) iUuI'v—ava'yww disposition of a person or persons, or
axops'vn :m‘. narrow, read of all men, i. e. from the nature and circumstances of
open, manifest.
the case, Matt. 18:7. Heb. 7: 12,97.
b) to read aloud before others, preelego, 9:16, 23.—Jos. Ant. 16.9.3. Xen. Uyr.
Luke 4:16. Acts 13: 27. 15: 21. 2
Q. l. 15.
Cor. 3: 15. Col. 4: 16 ter. 1 Thess. 5: c) spoken of the obligation of duty;
97. So Sept. and RIP, Deut. 31: ll.
may...’ Zxuv, to be right, proper, just,
2 K12: ll. Neh. l3:1.—1Macc. 10:7. I have need, Imus! needs, Luke 14: 18.
los. Ant. 4. 8. 12. 23:17. Jude 3. Rom. 13: 5. 1 Cor. 9:
‘A 1 r I
m'yxagw, 1'. now, (t'waynp) to 16.—Xcn. Cyr. 8. 4. 12.
necessitate, to compel, to constrain, trans. 2. unavoidable distress, calamity. Luke
 ’A mymg/Qw 44 ’A vaga'mufbi
‘ o
81: 23. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 2Cor.6:4. 12: set sailfrom any place, seq. ams. Luke
10. l Thess.!i: 7. So Sept. for "W3? 8:99. Acts 13: 13. 16:11. 18:21. 20:
Ps. 25:17. 107: 6. P58? Ps. 119: 143. 3, l3. 91:1,2. 97: 9,4,12,91. 28:10,
"3; Job 27: 9.--T0b. 3: 7, ll. Jos. Ant. lL—Xen. Anab. 5. 7. l7. 1E1ian. V.H.
2. 5. 9. ib. 9. 9. 3. Diod. Sic. 4. 43. 1. 5. Hesych. dvéyow'ro ' ('lvc'nltsov.
Amyvwg/Qw, f. c'o'u, pp. to recognise; 'Ambe/xww, aor. 1 dvéBnEa, pp.
in N. T. only in the aor. 1 pass. c'we to sllew by raising alofi, as a torch,
'yvwpt'a'flrlv, with reflexive meaning, to Polyb. 8. 30. 10. In N. T. to show
make one’; self known, Acts 7: 13. So plainly, to point out, to declare, trans.
Sept. for "11",?! Gen. 45: l.—See Buttm. Acts 1:94. — 2 Macc. 2: 8, coll. v. 6.
was. a. Polyb. 1. 80. 12.-In the sense of to ap
’Al'¢,ylW0'l§, say, i), (oiva'ywchaxw point, Luke 10: L-Esdr. l : 3413000611.
K v.) reading, whether public or private, 2 Macc. 14: 12 a-rparqyév. Diod._ Sic. 1.
cts 13: 15. 2 Cor. 3:14. 1 Tim. 4: 13. 66. Polyb. 4. 48. 3.
Sept. for N33”. Neh.8: 3.—Es<lr. 9: 48. Q‘lwabu’ém, 2mg, 1'], (dyabu'nvpg)
Polyb. 9. 1. 5. manifestation, sign, Diod. Sic. l. 85. In
N. T. manifestation, public appearance,
,AVOZQ/w, f. éEw,aor. 9. dw'rya'yov, aor.
Luke 1: 80 Zwg fl'ue'pag avaacifiewc abrol'l,
1 pass. lawman» in Mid. sense, Buttm.
i. e. until he came forth publicly as a
§ 136. 9, (am and 670),) to lead up, to propheL—Ecclus. 43: 6. Plut. Mar. 0. 8.
conduct or bring up, so. from a lower to
a higher place; trans. with a dat. of per ’Ambéxop.m, aor. 1 éytszzépnv,
son, or zlg c. accus. of place whither, etc. to talte upon one's self, 2 Macc.8: 36.
a) gem. Matt. 4: l ém'zxflrl elg‘ rfiv Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 18. In N. T. to receive,
‘e'pqpov, i. e. from the banks of the Jor i. e. in the sense of to embrace, confide in,
dan into the hilly desert region, coll. as promises, e'zra'y-yskiac Heb. 11: 17.—
Luke 4: 1.—Luke 4: 5 :19 5,009 inlmkév. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 12 rfiv &pen’;v.—
2:22 sic 'Iepoaékvlua, see in dilagalwu. Or as a guest, to entertain, Acts 28: 7.—
22: 66 eig r6 auwe'bpwv, to the Sanhedrim, So inrofiéxopat Elian. V. H. 4. 9. béxofuu
which sat in or near the temple. Acts Diod. $10. 13. 4. _
9:39. 16:34 eig row olxov ain'nii, i. e. ,Ayaal’awfbh f. 36mm, to give, to hand
' from the dungeon into his own house. up, Xen. Conv. 9. 8. to alwotup, to yield,
So Sept. for 3.2%“... Gen. 50: 24. Ex. 8: spoken of the earth yieldingrplants, etc.
5.—Od. 14. 272.—Acts 7: 41 (ivfi'ya'yov Jos. Ant. 1.11. 1. In N. . to give up
Svm'av n; 2154M’, qfi'med samfiee, i. e. or over, to deliver, trans. Acts 23: 33
led the victim up to the altar, or laid the rr)ve'1rwro}\1'1v.-—Polyb. 6. 29.10. 7. Diod,
sacrifice upon the altar; so Sept. and Sic. 11. 45. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2.
Heb. to qfl'er sacrifice, 1 K. 3: l5, ’AWZ€G€N, 5, f. {1001, aor. l t’ll'ézflflll,
and so “Ea-‘.1 Lev. 14:20. Is. 57: 6. to revive, in the sense of to rouse up, be.
Job 1: 5, where Sept. dra¢épw and come vigorous, Rom. 7: 9 i1 zipap-ria rive".
1rpoa¢épw.—Philo (1e Agric. p. 205. (new. In ‘the sense of to live again,
Herodot. 2. 60. — Acts 12: 4 c’wa'ya'ye'iv Rom. 14: 9 et Rev. 20: 5 avézqm, in the
ailrby 11;: Kay“, to bring up from the prison earlier editions; later ones Elnora’.—
before the tribunal sc. in the presence of Artemid. 4. 82.—Metaph. to adopt a bet
the people; coll. v. 6.—9 Mace. 6: 10.-— ter life, to reform, Luke 15: 24, 32.
So dvc’vyew Ex vsxptiv, to bring up from
the dead, to raisefrom the dead, Rom. 10:
mmgmw, 5, r. 1,“), (awe. intens.
7. Heb. 13:20. So Sept. and Ps. and I111110,) to seek diligently, inquire qf.
ter, lookjbr, trans. Luke 2: 44. Acts 11 :
30: 4. 71: 90.
b) as a nautical term, ('lvc'vynv mfiv, to 25.-+Sept. for ‘52310b3: 4. Job 10:
lead a ship up or out, so. upon the sea, 6.—2 Mace. 13: 21. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14.
since the sea, as seen from the shore, Kilian. V. H. 3. 28.
appears to rise, Herodot. 8. 57, 70,83; 'AlWZa/JWWM, f. (time), to gird up,
and without yaiiv, ib. 8. 76. Hence in sc. with a belt or girdle. Mid. dwaltbv.
N. T. Mid. z'zvc'l-yopat, 50. T}? wfi, or ful W'ual, to gird up one's self or to be girded,
ly iv whoip Acts 28: 11, to put to sea,to trans. The orientals dress in loose
 'A mgma'ugéu 45 ’A "21,2561;
robes flowing down around the feet; so the favour of God and devoted to destruc
that when they wish to run, or fight, or tion. 1 Cor. 12: 13 Xe'ycw 'Iryoot'lv ('tvii
apply themselves to any business, they Ospa, to call Jesus accurscd. 16: 22. Gal.
are obliged to bind their garments close 1: 8, 9. Acts 23: 14 c’waOépa-n t’waflcpa
around them. Hence metaph. 1 Pet. 1: rlaapsv, intens. we have bound ourselves
13,1.ival'umiptvoi rizc 60¢!’KIQ 'n'lc ‘havoc’ with aheavy curse ; for the (lat. seeWiner
ag, who hold their minds in constant pre §58. 3. Matth.§ 4-08,note. Buttm. § 133.
paration. So "II: Job 38: 3. Prov. 31: 3.—Rom. 9:3 nbxopnv 7a,. airrdg é-yib
17. Jer. 1: 17. in'c'ieepa slum dab 101': Xpm'roi) inre‘p ru'w
'Amgwugéai, :3, r. .7”, (am: and dbehqubv p05, put by constr. praegnans
Zmpe'w, from (ém'vpov live coals or for nbxbpnv—dvdtisua zlwai ital xupil'o
embers, a bellows, comp. of K406: and pevoc i'urd rob X. accursed from Christ,
1179,) to kindle up, rouse, sc. a tire, etc. 1. e. excluded from God's favour, sepa
In N. T. metaph. spoken of spiritual rated from Christ and the benefits of his
gifts, to cultivate, trans. 2 Tim. 1: 6. death, and devoted to eternal destruc
So Sept. for "It: Gen. 45: 27.—-1 Mace. tion, as an expiatory victim in behalf
13: 7 ‘rd run? . J05. Ant. 8. 8. 5. il). 9. of my people. For the expression 61rd
8. 6. Xen. q. 10. 8. 16. rm": X. comp. 2 Thess. 1: 9.
'AmtlaiMw, t‘. ah}, to grow green ’A mézuomzw, 1‘. low girder,“
again, to flourish again, Ecclus. 46: 12. q. v.) to declare one to be dud spa i. e.
\Visdt: 4. Horn. 11. 1. 236. trans. to accursed, to curse, to bind by a curse,
cause toflourish, to produce, 6. g. fruit etc. trans. Mark 14: 71 dvatisparlzsw sc.
Ecclus. 50: 10. and metaph. as elpi’lvnv, Emu-6v. Acts 23.12, 14,21, see in dwi
eiihoyiav, Ecclus. l: 18. 11: 22.—1n Ocpa. S0 Heb. B‘TQU. Num. 18: 14.
N. T. metaph. and intrans. to flourish Deut.l3:15. Josh.6:21.-—1Macc.5:5.
again, be again prosperous. Phil. 4: 10. ’Am0wgéa, 5, 1'. {1010, (an: in
51’: bveoiihzrc r6 inrép E1405 ¢POY£IV, that tens. and Seupéw) to behold, contemplate,
ye are again prospered in respect to your trans. Acts 17:23. Metaph,to consider,
care of me. Others less well, trans. ‘that Heb. 13:7.—D10d. Sic. 14'. 109. 1b. 12.
ye have renewed,augmented,your care 15.
of me.’ ’Avé9n,u.u, a'rog, n3, (ayarzenpn)
’Aytllaiflsd, 1210;, T6, (duariflnfu
any thing consecrated to God and laid
to place or lay up,) a later form instead up or suspended in the temple, 0 gift, of?
of iivdflnpa. Moeris spasms“, b-rrum'ig' fering, Luke 21: 5. For the form of the
inéfltpa, {Mannie Lobeck ad Phryn. word, see in t’wc'iOepm—Votive ofl'erings,
p. 249.—-ang thing laid up or suspended such as shields, chaplets, golden chains,
as an qfi‘ering in the temple of a god, any and candlesticks, etc. were common in
thing consecrated to God, 16 dyanfls'psvov the temples of the heathen; Potter's
71‘; 9:1,? Suid. Plut. Pelop. c. 25. Sept. Gr. Ant. 1. p. 235. Adam's Rom. Ant.
and Heb. 931.‘! Josh. 7: 11, coll. v. 23 and p. 322. The same custom was imi
6: 19, 24. So “If! and Sept. izm'iflepn tated in the Jewish temple; see dwi
spoken in like manner of animals, per Ozpa Jos. Ant. 15.11. 3 ult. B. J. 2. 17.
mm, etc. Lev. 27:28, coll. v. 29: and 3. Judith 6:19. 2 Mace. 2: 13. 5:16.
since every living thing thus conse 9. 16. a l\"lacc.3:17.—Polyb. 11.4.1.
crated to God, could not be redeemed, Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 8.
but was to be put to death, hence “'1”! 'Amibeiu, sec, {1, (éwaifityg, fr. a pr.
and Sept. bwéflzpa denote any thing ir. and aidtilg) want of modesty, shameless
reoohablg devoted to death, to destruction, ness, in the sense of impm'tunity, without
etc. any thing on which a curse is laid, regard to time, place, or person, Luke
as cities and their inhabitants, etc. Josh.
11: 8.—Ecclus. 25:22. So i'zvaihilc Ec
6:17,18. 7: La]. and therefore any thing
abominable and detestable, Deut. 7: 26.
clus. 23: 6. Sept. Deut. 28: 50.
Comp. Jahn § 394,.—Hence 'Avau'gwtg, wt, 1'’, (rival-'1») a
In N. T. an accursed thing, spoken of taking up, or away, so. of ties. bodies
pt rsons, one accursed, one excludedfrom for burial. Thuc. 3. 118. In N. T. a
 'A vougéw 46 ‘Avéxstaa: '
taking away, sc. from life, i. e. death, a 30. Jos. Ant. 9.8. 2.—-In N. T. metaph
putting to death, Acts 8:1. [22: 20 in to renew sic ‘um-avatar, spoken of those
text. recept.] Sept. for 5'22 Num. ll: who have fallen from the true faith, to
15.—Judith 15:3. 2Macc.5:13. Jos. bring back to repentance and their former
Ant. 2. 3. l. ib. 8. 12. 2. Herodiun. 2. faith, Heb. 6:6. Sept. trop. for ‘33,311?!
13. l. Ps. 103: 5.—l Mace. 6: 9. Barnab. Ep.
avaxawt'aag h'mic e'v Ti] Ii¢EIFEL flint agap
’A vmgtw, :3, f. how, (a. mi and alpha)
nor. 2 dvzIAov, whence in later editions new.
the forms swam, avelAa-ro, Acts 2: 'Avaxouwiw, 5, 1‘. two, found only
23. 7: 21. Sept. Is. 38: 14; for which in Paul and in ecclesiastical writers;
see Winer Gr. § 13. 1. Buttm. § 96. n. see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I p. 677;
l marg. to take up, lift up, trans. so. from to renew,'to renovate, in the sense of to
the ground, [E]. V. H. 5. 16. Sept. for mend, to change from a carnal to a chris
‘5?’; Ex. 2: 10. “13 Num. 16: 37. or for tian life, to increase in faith, hope, virtue,
burial, Dem. 1069. 2.——In N. T. etc. 2 Cor. 4: 16. Col. 3: 10. Comp.
1. Mid. to take up, trop. spoken of Eph. 4.: 23, and see in 'Awa'yeyyciw.
children, to take to one's self, to adopt, to ’Avoma|'vwal;, 56);, 1'1, (avauumiw
bring up; Acts 7: 21 airriw livzlharo, q. v. for this later word,) renewal, reno
i. e. Pharaoh's daughter took him up, vation, i. e. metaph. emendation of the
adopted him, etc. — Diod. Sic. 3. 57. heart and life, change from a camal to a
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 23. 7. Hesych. christian life, Rom. 12:2. Tit. 3: 5.
c'watpeiv rd rexfle'v ' ava'rpc'rpew. So Lat. Comp. John 3: 5.
tolla, Cic. Div. 1. 21. al. ’Amza7\z'wrrw, f. 11w, to unveil, un
2. to take away, i. e. to remove, put out cover, Sept. for "'72; Dent. 22:30. Is.
of the way, viz. 47: 3. Ken. Conv. 1.16. In N. T.
a) spoken of things, to destroy, to abo metaph. to remove a veil from the mind,
lish, Heb. 10: 9.—Test. XII Patr. in i. e. ignorance, any impediment to know
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 681 1'] ledge, to cause to understand. 2 Cor. 3:
rmrelvwa'tc avatpe'i To ,u'iaoc, i, ero'woia
t’wmpc'i rhv c'ureltietav. p. 691. XIen. Cyr. 14 1'0 rah/pita fl£V£L—/M) dvalcahmrré
away, the veil is not removed "from their
1. l. l.
hearts, i. e. the blindness of their minds,
b) spoken of persons, to put to death, their prejudices, etc. will not permit
to kill, to slay. Matt. 2: 16. Luke 22: 2. them to understand. v. 18 awaxakwrro
Acts 5: 33,36. 7:28 bis. 9: 23,24,29.
pimp rpoodnrp, with unveiled face, i. c.
16: 27 {away t'lvatpeiv. 23: 15, 21, 27. all impediments to knowledge being re
25:3. Spoken of a public execution, moved, coll. v. 13. So Sept. and =25
Luke 23: 32. Acts2: 23. 10:39. 12:2. Job 23:16. Is. 22:14.. Prov. 20. 22.
13: 28. 22: 20. 26: 10. So Sept. for “I! Is. 3:17. — Tob. 12:7. Polyb. 4.
“WU EX. 91: 29. ‘TE 2 Sam. 10: 18. "'5'":
85.6.
Is. 37:36. ‘mp, Dan. 2; 13, Illa—Hero
dian. 2. l. 1. IElian. V.H. 4.. l. 'Auaxa'awrw, f. duo, pp. trans. to
bend or turn up or back ,- intrans. to turn
VIM/mg, Iowa, ,7, adj. (0. pr. and back, to return, Matt. 2: 12. Acts 18: 21.
airla,) guillless, innocent, Matt. 12: 5, 7. Heb. ll: 15. Sept. for =15 Ex. 32: 27.
Sept. for ~12; Deut. 19:10, 13. 21:8,9. — Diod. Sic. 3. 54. — Hence metaph.
—1Elian. V. H. 5. 18. Ken. Cyr.1. 6.10. Luke 10:6 (1') eipfim] illufinl) e'tp' I'I'UJ-lg
,AWZZMQIZW, f. law, (dad and KH évam'zpyl/ei, your salutation shall return‘ to
Oi'Zm to set, to place,) pp. trans. to set up; you, i. e. the peace, prosperity, I“?
in N. T. intrans. or with Earn-6v implied, which you have wished them, shall not
to sit up, Luke 7: 15. Acts 9: 40. Comp. happen to them. Comp. Is.4|5:23 et
in"A-yw no. 3.—Plut. Philop. c. 20 Fang 55: 11, where Heb. 319- Sept. avaa-rpé
iauriiv E-rr' dafievu'ag dvzxéfiwc. Plat. ¢0IJGL
Phaedon. § 3. ,At’élélfbdl, f. Kzlaopat, to be laid
,
Amman/‘Kw, 1‘. law, to renew, to up or deposited, as ofi'erings in the tem
restore to its former- slate, trans. pp. Sept. ples of the gods, Thuc. 3.114. Ceb. Tab.
n3 1rp6aw1r01' 7:79 71k for V7.7‘! PS. 104,: 1. and so in the Jewish temple, Jos.
 ’Amze¢akauio 47 'Avazgt'm
Ant. 3. l. 7. Comp. in c’wc'tflrypa. In to recline, so. at table etc. i. q. t’tvds'nluat
this sense dwc'wnpm serves as the neat. q. v. Matt. 14: 19. Luke 7:36.—Polyb.
or pass. of the act. firm-£61,144. In N. T. 31. 4. 5. Acta. Thom. § 4.—In Matt. 8:
l. to be laid out, as a dead body, 11 et Luke 13: 29, spoken of the feast
Mark 5: 40 in text. recept. or banquet in the kingdom of heaven,
2. in later usage,to recline, so. at table under which image the later Jews were
upon a triclinium, in the ancient man accustomed to describe the happiness
ner of eating; Matt. 26: 7,20. Mark of the righteous in the Messiah's king
14: 18. 16: 14. Jobn13: 23 t'lvaxeipevog dom ; see Sehoettgen Hor. Heb. ad h. l.
iv 1'‘; xdklry ‘nil? ‘1110017, reclining in the Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Luc. 16: 22.
bosom of Jena, i. e. next to him on the Jahn § 148. 4 Esdr. 2: 38. 6: 49 sq.
triclinium; so Lat. in sinu recumbo, Plin. Comp. Matt. 22: 1 sq. 25: 1 sq. 26: 29.
Ep. 4. 22. See Calmet 8vo. Bost. art. Mark 14:25. Luke 14: 15 sq. 22:16,
Eating. Campb. Prel. Diss. VIII. iii. 18, 30.
()6. -— Esdr. 4: 10. Athenreus 7. 35. 'Amxé'rrw, f. duo, to beat or drive
Polyb. 13. 6. 8.—Hence genr. to take a back, Jos. Ant. 2. l6. 2. In N. '1‘. trop.
meal. to eat, to dine, sup, etc. Matt. 9: 10. to check, impede, hinder, trans. Gal. 5: 7
Luke 7:37. and 6 c'waxu'pzvog, one at fig illur'ic till’ék‘04lt.‘ where later editions
tahle,ag1tast. hdatt. 22: 10, 11. Luke 22: read z'vc'xolbt. — Wisd. 18:23 n)v 691),]?
27 bis. John 6: 11. 13: 28.—Instead of Philo de Monarch. p. 821.
:‘znii-njmt, earlier Greek writers used
‘trips: in this sense, Lobeck ad Phryn. ,A mxga'gw, f. Ew, to cry aloud, to
exclaim, intrans. Mark 1: 23. 6: 49.
p. 216, 217. Luke 4: 33. 8:28. 23: 18. Sept. for
’Amze<pat7tatm'w, 5, f. 4m», (dvd 3:17, Judg. 7: 20. 2"‘)?! JOSli. 6: 5. P?!‘
and repdkatov sum, summary) to sum l K. 22: 32. it‘? Joel 4: 16.—Jos. Ant.
up, recapitulate, as an orator at the close 2.9.1. Polyb.36.5.3.
of his discourse; Quinct. 6. 1, “rerum
repetitio et congregatio, qua: Grmcis ’Amz I'M), f. m5, (dud intens.
dwu'rpahaluo'tg dicitur." In N. T. (wa and xpivwg trans. and absol. pp. to se
noahaw'opru, 05pm, to comprehend seve parate or divide up ; in N. T. trop.
ral Ming: under one, to reduce under one l. to examine carefully, to investigate,
had. Rom. 13:9 all the commandmmts to inquire.
dvurzpahawflrai are comprehended i. e. a) gem. Acts 17: ll rizg 'ypaoéc.
summed up in this one precept, so. of love 1 Cor. 10: 25,27 lunde'v tivaxpivovreg, not
Eph. 1: 10 dyaxapuhuuiwaofiai ril m'w anxiously inquiring, so. whether the meat
ru iv 1;. Xpw'rei, to bring all things into had been oEered to idols; see in 24M
one in Christ, i. e. to introduce a unity o'ynpm—Sept. for "EU 1 Sam. 20: 12.—
of feeling and of expectation among all Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 3 dve'xpws rt: :11]. 4. 6.
beings both in heaven and on earth, by 2. Ken. Cyr. l. 6. 13.
means of the christian dispensation, b) in a forensic sense, spoken of a
especially between Jews and Gentiles; judge, Luke 23: 14. Acts 4: 9. 12: 19.
cf. Eph. 2: 14, l5.--Epiph. adv. Haares. 24: 8. 28: 18.—Susann.48_, 51. Ken. H.
I. 31. 30. 'rr‘lv it: rain’ on'rpavu'w rapovoiav G. 5. 3. 25. Spoken in Greek writers of
ain'm": [Xpurrofi] e'rri rd c'waxepahuu'oau an antecedent private hearing, to deter
0011: r6: m'wra K. r. h. mine whether a cause should be brought
at all before the judge in public, Dem.
Amati/var, f. 4747), trans. to cause to 1066. 9.
lie upon, i. e. 2. tojudge of, to estimate, trans. 1 Cor.
3) pp. to lay down, spoken of an in 2: 14, 15 bis. So tojudgefavourably, to
tent, Luke 2: 7.—Il. 4. 113. approve, 1 Cor. 4: 3 bis, 4. or to judge
b) in later usage, to cause to recline, unfavourablg, to condemn, 1 Cor. 9: 3.
so. in order to take a meal, at table, upon 14:24 dvaxpt’verat, where it is parallel
a triclinium, etc. see in ,Al'lik‘tlftfll 2; with e’ké-yxerat, i. e. convinced of his
and for this later signification see Lo error and condemned, coll. v. 25.—Pha
beck ad Phryn. p. 216.-—Mark 6:39. vorin. 6vaxpt'mo' 'rb a-PaxOz‘v EEerdIt-r, cl
Luke 9:15. 12: 37.—Mi(l. dvax-N'vopm, rah}: i} KanDg inprixfln.
 'A mingle-1; '
’Aflil?ld'l§, 56);, 1'7, (dials-pillar) ex
amination, so. before a 'udge, Acts 25:
96. — 3 Macc. 7: 5. Holyb. 19. 27. 3.
Phavorin. awixpwtg' EEe’ma-tg. Spoken
of an antecedent private hearing, see
'Avaxplvw, Dem. 1149. 10.
’ I
Aromwr'ra), f. #110, (drci and m'nr-ru
to bend forwards,) to raise one's self up,
to rise up, sc. from a stooping posture,
Luke 13:11 coll. v. 13. John 8: 7, 10.
Sept. for 193*‘ RP; Job 10: 15.—Jos. Ant.
19. 8. 2. Xen. Eq. 7. 10.—Metaph. to
be elated, so. with joy, Luke 91: 28.—
Jos. B. J. l. 8. 5. Xen. (Ec. 11.5.
'Amlaplgoim, f. )u’ppopm, aor. 2
dve’hafioy, aor. 1 pass. avehr'lgbenv, to take
up, trans.
a) gem. sc. from the ground, Sept.
for n25, Judg. 19.29. is; Josh. 4=s.
In N. T. only in the phrase dvehr'npflrl
sic oi'apavév, he was taken up, received up,
into heaven, Mark 16:19. Acts 1:11.
10: 16. or i’zvehfnpfin simply, where sig
for clip. is implied, Acts 1:2,92. 1
Tim. 3: 16 iv 565;]. So Sept. for "E72
2 K. 2. 9, 10. was ‘>22: ib. 2:11.— 6).; salt,) not salt, insipid. Mark 9: 50
1 Macc. 2: 58. Ecclus. 4B: 9. 49: 14.
Philo Vit. Mos. II. p. 179. 5.—-With
the accessory idea of bearing, Acts 7:
43 fivehr'igs'rc 1'1)!‘ omvfiv r017 Mohox,
coll. Amos 5: 26 where Sept. for 8'34,
alluding probably to the manner in
which the statues of heathen gods were
carried about in processions; see Kui
noel in 100. Rosenm. ad Amos 5: 26.
—Spoken of arms etc. to take up arms,
to take one'c weapons, Eph. 6: 13,16.
So Sept. for "E". Deut. l: 4.]. "F15. Num.
25: 7.—% Macc. 10: 27. Herodian. 2. - ‘Amht'w, f. I'ww, to loosen again,
6.19. Xen. Cyr. s. 1. 19. to undo, e. g. the web of Penelope, 0d.
b) to take up or with,take along, sc. as a 2. 105; to unfasten sc. the fastenings of
companion or fellow-traveller, Acts 20:
13, 14. 23: 31. 2 Tim. 4:11. So Sept.()d. 15. 548; Sept. to dissolve, metaph.
for hp}. Gen. 24:61. 4.5.19. 4.9.1.— spoken of sins, to beforgiven, Ecclus. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19. ib. l. 5. 14.. Jos.
Ant. 2- 10. 2 Toy orparév. 4.. 5. I.
’AWéM\l/l§, 5mg, 1'], (c'rmhapgo'ww
q. v.) a taking up sc. into heaven, Luke
9:51,-—Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod.
Pseud. V. T. 1. p. 585. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 15.
/
’Ava7\lo'w, f. Mum, aor. 1 11m"
Awaa, see Buttm. § 114.. p. 267; to con
sume, i. e. to spend, \Visd. 13:2. Jos.
48 ' Amaoig'rwo;
Ant. 3. 4.. 9. Xen. Mem.’ 9. 7. 11.—In
N. T. to consume, i. e. to destroy, trans.
Luke 9: 54. Gal. 5: 15. 2 Thess.9: 8.
Sept. for 52*, Jer. 50:7. Ez. 15:4, 5.
H22 Is. as. 10. Gen. 41: so. as; Prov.
23: 28.—2 Macc. 2: 10. Jos. Ant. 9. 5.
6. Act. Thom. § 21 not’? savérp airroi);
ai'aMw'u. Xen. Cyr. 2. l. 8.
'Amhoy/a, a;, 1'], (awéxoyog fr.
c'wé and M7043) ratio, prqaortion. Rom.
19: 6 Kara ")1! éyaho-ylav riarcwc, i. e.
according to the measure of the gifts
and faculties with which we hold to
and manifest our faith, comp. v. 3 where
it is pe'rpom—Polyb. 9. 20. l. Dem. de
Coron. c. 80 mar‘ obm'ag avaho-yc'av.
Hesych. xa-r' avahoyi'av' we. pé'rpov i)
Kai/ova.
'AvozloyrZo/hm, f. 160,101., to reckon
up, compute, as in arithmetic, geometr ',
etc. Pollux. Onem. 4. 163. In N. l‘.
to consider attentively, to reflect upon,
Heb. 12: 3.—3 Macc. 7: 7. Jos. Ant.
4. 8. 46. Diod. sic. 20. 8.
"Analog, oo, 6, ll, adj. ((1 pr. and
e'av 16 (‘Mac livahov yc'vqrai, the salt
become not salt, i. e. lose its savour and
pungency.-—Plut. Symp. 4.. 10. 8. Tom.
VIII. p. 728. ed. Reisk. dproy livakov.
’Avoi7.u¢ng, mg, 1'’, (lu'ahz'lm) pp.
resolution, dissolving; also departure, e. g.
from a banquet, in: r017 o'v'mrom'ov, Jos.
Ant. 19. 4. 1. Philo in Flacc. II. p.
534, 6. p. 981.—In N. T. departure so.
from life,2 Tim. 4:6, coll. Phil. 1: 23.—
So in full, avc'ilkvaig e'x r017 Blov Philo in
Flacc. p. 991.
a ship and thus prepare for departure.
15.—In N. T. to depart, sc. from life,
Phil. 1:23; see 'Awihvmc and Schoettg.
Hor. Heb. in loc.—So (‘11.01.’)... Elian.
V. H. 5. 6.-—With the accessory idea 01;
going home or back; hence to return,
e. g. is: n31’ yépwv, Luke 12:36.—Wisd.
s: 1. 2 Macc.9:l. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1,
1Elian. V. H. 4. 23.
Amaoigm'rog, 01), a, .7, adj. (@
p". and tiling-Mimi) without sin, fimlllvss,
 ’Amp.€m 49
John 8: 7.—Sept. Deut. 29: 18. 2 Mace.
8: 4. Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 26.
’Ayafbéyu, f. pawl, to wait out, i. e.
to remain, Judith 7: 12. Herodot. 7. 42.
In N. T. to await, to expect, so. with pa
tience and confidence, trans. l Thess.
l: 10. So Sept. for "3?, Job 7: 2. Is.
59: lL—Judith 8: 16. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 13. Ken. Mem. 4. 3. 13.
'Am/Mprfiom, f. pvfiau, aor. 1
ass. dvqiyilaflrlv with mid. signif.
uttm. § 136. 2; to call up to mind, to re
mind, cause to remember.
a) gem. and constr. with doub. accus.
1 Col‘. 4: 17 59 innit‘ évapvfiau Tag 6506;‘
you, see Winer § 30. 7. Matth. § 347.
n. 9. Buttm. § 131. 5. Sept. for "T533.
Gen. 41:9. 1 K. 17:18. EZ. 23:19.—
With doub. accns. Diod. Sic. 17: 10.
Ken. An. 3. 2, ll. Herodot. 6. 140.
\Vithgen. ofthe thing, Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3.
——In the sense of to admonish, to ezhort,
2 Tim. I: 6.
b) Mid. dvapipvr'yaxopai,tocallto mind,
to recollect,to remember, absol. Mark 11:
21.—With a gen. of thin , Mark 14:
72 dye/4141001, roi': pr'lparoc, uttm. § 139.
5. 3. So Sept. for “91 Gen. 8: l. Num.
15: 39.—Ecclus. 3: 14. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 8.
—-Constr. c. accus. 2 Cor. 7: 15 rfiv ima
rm'yv. Heb. 10: 32.—Xen. An. 7. l. 26.
'Araiamavg mg, i), (fivalupvr'po'rw
q. v.) remembrance, Luke 92: 19. 1 Cor.
11: 24,25, coll. v.26. Heb. 10: 3. Sept.
for 15"?! Num. 10:10. “"35 Ps. 38:1.
—Wisd. 16: 6. Plato Phileb. § 67. ed.
Stallb.
,flitzltiéal, 07, f. time), (first and
"60, to renew,- Mid. t’wavzéopcu, m7
;uu, to renewjbr ane's self, etc. e. g. n)v
1.\1'av l Mace. 14: 18,22. r611 b'prov
hue. 5. 18. In N. T. to renew one's
self, to be renewed, so. in spirit, r9?
ryrépun, Eph. 4: 23, i. e. to be changed
from a carnal to a christian spirit and
life. Comp. =31?! Ps. 51: 12. — Marc.
Antonin. 4. 3 (wave'au acav-rov.
’Amn';¢m, f. dun, to become sober
again, so. s'x P501",- Lucian Hermot. § 83.
In N. T. metaph. to recover sobriety of see Buttm. § 144. n. 3.—Matt. 11: 29
mind, to recova' one’: self, Se. in‘ rfig rm’;
thago'hou wayiBoc, intrans. 2 Tim. 2: 26.
—Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 10 Ex 9913mm Philo
dc Alleg. 3. p. 1098. Ceb. Tab. 9.
’ A vévmum;
’Av¢w'¢§, 0:, a, Ananias, Heb.
H2532‘: (Jehovah hath given), pr. name
of three persons in N T
l. of a. Jew at Jerusalem, who was
struck dead on being convicted of false
hood by Peter, Acts 5: 1,3, 5.
2. of a Christian at Damascus, who
restored the sight of Paul, Acts 9: 10
bis, 19, l3, 17. 22:19.
3. of a hi h priest of the Jews, about
A. D. 47, t e son of Nebedaeus. He
was sent as a prisoner to Rome by
Quadratus governor of Syria, and Jon.
athan appointed in his place; but being
discharged by Claudius, he returned to
Palestine, and Jonathan being murdered
through the treachery of Felix the suc
cessor of Quadratus, Ananias appears to
have performed the functions of the
high priest, as a VJ; or substitute, until
Ismael the son Phabeus was appointed
to that oflice by Agrippa, about A. D.
63. Ananias was afterwards killed in a
tumult. Acts 23:2. 24: l.—See Jos.
Am. 20. 6. 2. ib. 20. 8. 5,8. B. J. 2.
17. 9. On the F3 or vicar of the high
priest, see Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal.
1435 sq. Krebs Obss. in N. T. e Joseph.
p. 3 sq. 114,175. Comp. 2 K. 25:18.
'Avozvw'plinrog, 00, 5, 1", adj. (0.
pr. r'wrl and z’ éu,) not to be contradicted,
indisputable, cts 19: 36. —- Symmach.
Job 11:2. Polyb. 6. 7. 7. ib. 28. ll. 4.
’Amvnf>§1'rm§, adv. pp. without
contradiction; hence without hesitation,
promptly, Acts 10: 99.-—Polyb. 23. 8. 11.
'AvaZEmg, 0!), 6, h, adj. (0. pr. and
Many) unworthy, not adequate, seq. gen.
1 Cor. 6: 2.—Sept. Jer. 15: 29. Ecclus.
25: 8. Jos. Ant. 6.1.4. Herodian. 2. 7.6.
’AmE/w;, adv. unworthily, i. e. in
an improper manner, irreverentlg, 1 Cor.
11: 27,29.—-2 Mace. 14: 42. Herodian.
2. 7. 6.
'Ava'aravwg, 54);, i], (dumraz'm)
rest, quiet, so. from occupation, op.
pression, or torment. Rev. 4:8 fwd
1rauaw oinc Exoval—M'yor'rsg, “claiming
without intermission, etc. for the constr.
cilpr'laerc rivd-lraua'w raig dzuxaig into-w.
Rev. 14: 11. Sept. for “Uh”: Jer. 45: 3.
"as Lev. 25; 8. was Ex. 16:23. a].
—Wisd. 4: 7. Ecclus. 6:29. Jos. Ant.
D
 'A varraéw 50 'AMme.»
3. 12. 3. ‘ Dion. Halic. 4.. 43.—Meton. ’Aya*z'i'vr'rw, f. ‘uranium, aor. 2 art'
place of rest, fixed habitation, Matt. 19: fl'eaov, aor. 1 mid. c'lverreadprly Luke
43. Luke 11:24.. So Sept. for the 14:10 et 17:7 in later editions; see
Gen. 8: 9. Ruth 3: 1. HEW’? 1 Chr. 98:
Buttm. § 96. n. 9. § 114. p. 298. Lobeck
2.—Ecclus. 24: 7. ad Phryn. p. 794; pp. to fall upon or
AVWFM'M), f. m'nm, to cause to towards, i. e. to fall down, to lie down.
cease or desistfrom, I]. 17. 550. to cause Sept. for 93? Gen. 49: 9. Susann. 36,
to rest, to give rest to, trans. Jos. Ant. 3. Ken. (E0. 8. 8. Diod. Sic. 4. 59.—In
2. 5. Ken. Cyr. 7. l. 4|.-In N. T. N. T. to recline, so. at table, at meals,
a) metaph. to give rest, so. to the mind, etc. in the ancient manner; see in ‘Ard
to free from sorrow or care, to rq'resh, re Kflflllt 2.——Matt. 15:35. Mark 6:40.
create, trans. Matt. 11:28. 1 Cor. 16: 8:6. John 6:10bis. 13:18. 21:20
18. 2 Cor. 7: 13. Philem. 7, 90. So s'rrl T.) a-rfiBog- 'Irlaofi, reclined upon the
Sept. for Wm Prov. 29: 17. Is. 14: 3. breast QfJesus, i. 6. next to him on the
‘("PT! E2. 34: 15.—Ecclus. 3: 6. triclinium; see in ’Awixu,uai 2, and
b) Mid. évavrm'mpai, to rest, i. e. to comp. John 13: 23,25.—T0b. 9:1 ave
take rest, to enjoy repose, the idea of rrzaa 1'05 q‘m-ye'iv. Judith 12:15. Ec
previous exertion, anxiety, or sufl‘ering clus. 35: 9. Lucian. Asin. § 23.—By
being included. Spoken of those who impl. to take a place at table etc. to eat,
are fati ued, Mark 6: 31. of those who Luke 11:37. 88: l4.—In the same
sleep, léat. 26: 45. Mark 14: 41.0f those sense, am‘. 1 mid. imperat. c'wdrrea'al,
who enjoy a tranquil life, Luke 12: 19. Luke 14: 10 et 17:7 in later edit. for
of those who quietly wait for an thing, dvr’nrwov one: in text. rec.—This sense
Rev. 6: ll. of those who die, ll'ev. l4: of the word belongs only to the later
13. So Sept. for El"! Deut. 5: 4.. Esth. Greek; see Phryn. and Lobeck p.
9:16. 3?: Mic. 4: 4n. 142:5: Job 10. ~ 216.
20.—Act. Thom. § 4.. Plut. Symp. 8. 'Amw-Mgriw, 07, f. draw, to fifl up,
7. 4|.—For the constr. with Ex, Rev. 14.:
to complete, e. g. a chasm, xda' a, Jos.
13, see Matth. § 355 n. 1. S0 with
firm’ Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. Ant. 7. 10. 2. time, Sept. for M”. Gen.
c) from the Heb. avarrm'mpai, to have 29: 28. Ex. 7: 25. number, Xen. Vect.
a place of rest, to abide, to dwell. 1 Pet. 4.. 24.—In N. T. also tofill up, tofillfil,
to complete, trans.
4:14 To ‘KPH-If“! 2' {1 fig dvamu'leral,
coll. Rom. 8:11. o S/dpt. for ‘P? Deut. a) spoken of measure, 1 Thess. 2: 16
33: 20. IS. 13:91. 39: 16. YB: IS. 13: c'lvarrhrppd'wai aimDv rim ('1 apfl'ag, i. q.
rd pe'rpov 'rGW dpapnliv in att. 23: 32;
20. Q7: 10. U13 Prov. 21: 16.
for the sentiment. comp. Matt. 1. c. and
’Avoawtl'llw, f. claw, to persuade over, Gen. 15:16. Dan. 8: 23. 2 Mace. 6:
in N. T. in a bad sense, i. e. to seduce, 13—15.
trans. Acts 18:13. Sept. for vii-'1 Jer.29: h) spoken of prophecy etc. to fill/H,
8.—l Macc. l: 11. Ken. Mem. 3.11.10. Matt. 13: 14’ — SO dwarrhr'ypwenc Esdr.
’Amw€p.ww, f. \Lw, trans. 1. to send 1: 57.
up, so. before a 'udge, a tribunal, etc. ~ 0) spoken of a work or duty, tofulfil,
In refer, to remit, uke 23: 7, 11, 15.— to perform. Gal. 6: 2 row vépov rm": Xp.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. l4. n‘lv dirrlv sic 1.9a.’ the precept of Christ, coll. John l3: l4,
mikrv. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34. Herodian. 34.—Barnab. Ep. § 91 ruiaay Evrokfiv.
2. 19. 11.
Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4 11):! 16v vopilolue'vwv
2. to send back, trans. Philem. 12.— dwurhfipwa'u'.
Plut. Pomp. c. 36. d) spoken of persons, dra-lrhnpofiv rdv
"my rwdc, to fill the place of any one,
’Avoimygog, ov, a, :1, adj. (dw'z and i. e. to sustain his character. 1 Cor. 14:
arrypégy) maimed, i. e. deprived of some 16 6 dvarrhnpa‘w Tor rd'lrov rm"! lduhrou,
member or of the use of it, Luke 14: i. e. he who sustains the character of an
13, QL—Q Mace. 8: 24. Elian. V. H. unlearned person, or who is such.—
11. 9. Hesych. awi'rrnpag' 1rrlpéc,rv Jos. B. J. 5. B. 5 a'rpa-rufirov rdEw I'n'a
¢Xog, r'ocrliaong. wknpm'w. So Lat. implere vicem Plin.
 Divan-07.670710; 5l Maia-mm;
Ep. 6. s. 6. and Rabb. nip’; ska Buxt. Amen-aim, 5, f. (row, to draw up or
Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 2001. out, Luke 14: 5. Acts 11:10. Sept.
e) in the sense of to supply, make good, for Hag-=1 Hab. 1. 15.—Jos. Am. 2. 11. 1.
so. a deficiency, iw‘re'prlpu, 1 Cor. 16: 17. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7.
Phil. 8: 30.—108. Ant. 5. 6. 2 rd Mirror. )A I I
Diod. Sic. 3, (p. 148,) 11):! fig epitome mar-Mtg, EM, 1'’, (limo-mpg) a
e'vEuav. Plut. de Puer. Educ. c. 13. rising up, e. . from a seat, Sept. for I“?
See Elsner Obs. in N. T. II. p. 250. Lam. 3: 63. huc. l. 133. from ambush,
'Avozwokoyrrrog, 00, b, 17, adj. (a Polyb. 5. 70. 8. in order to do any thing
pr. and c'uroko-yéoluan) without @obgy, Sept. for 1”? Zeph. 3: 8. a rising, i. e. an
inexcusable, Rom. 1:20. 2: 1.—Polyb. inswrection, Dem. Olynth. 1. 1.—-Hence
12. 91. 10. Just. Mart. Apol. 9. p. 71. in N. T.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 2 riva-n'olb'yrrrbc l. a rising up, as opp. to 1', name,
fall; by meton. the author or cause ofris
ion 6 p1) moreuo'ag.
IAYUWEOZUO'W, v. rrw, f. {1.1, to make ing up, i. e. metapb. the author of a bet
ter state,of higher prosperit , of eternal
up, i. e. to call in, to exact, e. g. a debt, happiness, Luke 2: 34.— thers here
in some Mss. Luke 19: 23, instead of take livcitrrao'lg in the sense of breaking
in! ,i'rpaEm—Xen. Anal). 7. 7. 31. up, removal, as in Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 7;
Avowr'rbo'o'w, f. Em, (Zm’t and Trim and as referred to the mind, disturbance,
ou, to fold,) to fold back, to unfold, Xen. agitation, pa'turbation; com . Is. 8:14.,
Eq.ls.o. Sept. for ‘we DeuLQQ: 17. 15. But see Olshausen in 00.
—In N. T. to unrolt, e. g. r6 BLQL'OI', a 2. resurrection, sc. of the body from
roll or volume, Luke 4.: 17. See [31 death, return to life, viz.
fikr'ov. Sept. for 5715 2 K. 19: 14.—He a) spoken of individuals who have
rodot. 1. 195. returned to life. Heb. 11: 35 women re
’Ara’wr0, f. 11m, to light up, to kin ceived their dead, i5 (‘wan-roam; lit. from
cfle, trans. Luke 12: 49. Acts 98: 2. resurrection, i. e.‘ raised a ain to life;
James 3.‘ 5. Sept. for "3?! Jer. 9: 12. comp. l K. 17:17 sq. 9 41:90 sq.—
12; 2 Chr. 13. 11. m5. Mal. 4.. 1. - So of the resurrection of Jesus, Acts 1:
Polyb. 14.. 5. l. Xen. Anab. 5. 2. 94. 22. 2: 31. 4: 33. 17:18. Rom. 1: 4.
6:5. Phil. 3:10. 1 Pet. 1:3. 3: 91.
‘Amy/during, 00, a, 1'7, adj. (:1 pr. b) spoken of the future and general
and bprflpo'g,) innumerable, Heb. ll: 12. resurrection at the end of all things, tr
Sept. for =32 Prov. 7: 26. ‘Pt? ‘E2’! Job
1'? e'o-xérp ilpr'pq, John 11: 94.; either
21: 33. ‘$2.?! Job 22: 5 —Wisd. 7:1].
slmply avc'w'ramg, or dram-am: n31!
Xen. Cyr. 7. 4. 8. vexpu‘w or in uexpcfiv, Acts 17:39. ‘24: 15,
‘ANNE/W, t'. chm. to shake up or 21. 26: 23. 1 Cor. 15: 12,13,21,42.
backwards andforwards, e. g. the hands, Heb. 6: 2. John 5: 29 bis, rig bwiararnv
Time. 4. 38.—In N. T. metaph. to stir (wipe—ale (imio'raaw rpt'o'rwc, resurrec
up, instigate, sc. rov bxhor, Mark 15: 11. tion unto lifiz, i. e. eternal happiness;
Luke 23: 5.—Aquila for "Q?! Job 2: 3. resurrection unto condemnation, i. e. eter
Diod. Sic. 13. 91. Dion. Halic. 8.83 r6 nal misery. Heb. ll: 35 'h/a Kpelrrovog
TXr'IOog. civaarrioewg rr'rxuow, that they might ob
‘Amaze-wag”, 1". flow, (an: and tain a better resurrection, so. than that
axnnizu fr. untrue.) to pack up baggage, just before spoken of, i. e. that they
etc. in order to remove, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. might obtain the resurrection unto life.
4. to lay waste, so. by collecting and —— his general resurrection the Saddu
carrying 08‘ every thing, Jos. Ant. 14. cees denied, Matt. 92: 23, 28, 30, 3|.
15. 3, 4. Ken. Cyr. 6. 8. 95. to destroy, Mark 12:18,23. Luke20:97,33. Acts
Thuc. 4. 116 1'1)? Ar'lu-veov xaBeMrv Kai 4: 8. Q3: 6, 8. and also certain Chris
évaarsvc'umg—Hence, in N. T. metaph. tians, 2 Tim. 9: 18.
to destroy, e. g. rile M69. t0 pervert, sc. c) spoken of the resurrection of the
from the truth, fatally, Acts 15: 24.— righteous, r17»! Sucalwv, Luke 14: 14,001].
Polyb. 9. 31. 8 bpxovg ovvflr'lrac. 12. V. 15. 20: 35, 36. Matt. 22: 30. called
25. 4 rr‘jv :owfiv npfi'urp'. ' also the first resurrection, Rev. 20: 5, 6.
u 2
 ’A vao'ra'réw 5 Q.. 'Avwrém
Comp. 1 Cor. 15:23, 24. l Thess.4:16. which avaa‘rpe’tbw xal (ivowodoyilau is a
See also 2 Macc. 7: 9, 14. 12: 43—45, lax translation. Others, I will restore,
whence it would seem that the later set up again.
Jews
of Godbelieved onlyand
would rise, the not
truethe
worship
Gentihkeesrs, 3. Mid. dvao'rpz'zpo (It, and aor. 2
pass. (Buttm.§ 136. 2, to turn one's seg'
see espec. 2 Macc. 7: 14, coll. Is. 26: 14. around, to be turned around, etc. i. q.
d) by meton. the author ofresurrection, Lat. versari, or as in common English,
John 11: 25. to turn one's self or one's hand to any
'Amararbw, a‘), f. draw, (ii/dam thing; 0. 0. iv seq. dat.
rog fr. i’zm'o'rruu) found only in later a) spoken of place, to move about in
Greek, and equivalent to avdm-arov a place, i. e. to sojourn, to dwell in, Matt.
noteiv in earlier writers; see Sturz de 17:22. 2 Cor. 1:12. So Sept. and
Dial. Alex. p. 146. H. Planck de Indole, 3,2311?! Josh. 5: 5. Ez. 19: 6.—Jos. Ant.
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684; to drive out, 1. 2:1. Hesych. duaarps¢6pevog ‘ nap:
expel, Aquil. and Symm. intrans. for ‘HI cpx6pevog.—Spoken of a state, a thing,
Ps.11: 1. Ps.59:12. m devastate, etc. to be occupied with, to be in, live in,
destroy,as cities, Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 2. ib.10. e. g. iv nM'wg, 2 Pet. 2: 18.—Ecclus.
6. 2. and so dwiararov notelv Thuc. 6. 8: Bit’ 1rapoipiarc. 39: 3. 50: 28. Wisd.
76.—Hence in N. T. to disturb, to agi l3: 7. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5 1rcpl vopéc, i. e.
late, to put in commotion, trans. spoken to be employed in pasturing flocks, etc.
ol'cities, Acts 17:6. 21:38. of the minds Xen. Ag. 9. 4.
of C’lhristians, Gal. 5: 12, coll. v. 10. b) spoken of persons, etc. lit. to move
Avnw'rotugo'w, 5, t. bow, (éwi, about among, 1. e. to live with, be con.
versant with, and hence genr. to live, to
0711141610,) to raise up and fix upon the pass one's time, to conduct one's eel , etc.
cross, to crucify, trans. Jos. Ant. 1 1. 6. 10.
Eph. 2: 3 iv 01;‘ xai hpe'ig mil/rec dre
B. J. 2. 14. 9. Diod. Sic. 2. l. Xen. arpépnpev 1rore‘ [b'V'rec] e'u ra'ig imllupi.
An. 3. 1. 17.—In N. T. metaph. Heb. 6: mg. Heb. 10:33. 13:18. I Tim. 3: 15.
6 [mihw] dvaaravpol'w'rac Eauro'ic rdv 1 Pet. 1: 17. So Sept. for when?! Prov.
vlbv r05 Seoul—See Tittm.de Syn. N.T. 20: 7. H?! Ez. 22: 7.—Xen. Anab. 2.
p. 235, and in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 63. 5. l4.
'Ama'rawilw, f. Ea, (in/('1 and are ’Av0t0'7§0¢fi, 5;, i’, (dvaarpe'¢w q.v.)
véZw, tofetch up a deep-drawn sigh, i. e. a turning about, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. In
to sigh deeply, Mark 8: 12. See Tittm. N. T. mode of 1.72, conduct, department,
de Syn. N. T. p. 228 sq. and in Bibl. Gal. 1:13. Eph. 4:22. 1 Tim. 4: 12.
Repos. III. p. 56. So Sept. for my}; James 3: 13. 1 Pet. 1: 18. 2:12. 3:
Lam. 1: 4.—2 Macc. 6: 30. Ecclus. 25: 1,2, 16. 2 Pet. 2: 7. 3: ll.—2 Macc.
18, 22. Xen. Conv. 1. l5. 5: 8. Tob. 4: l4. Arrian. Diss. Epict.
'Arawgétpw, f. \bu, nor. 2 pass. 6v: 1. 9. 11.—Hence, genr. life, as made up
tI'Tpli¢flI/. of actions, etc. Heb. 13:7. 1 Pet. 1: 15.
1. to turn up, to overturn, trans. e. g.
’Avaroiaao,u.m, f. rdEo‘ual, (dud
rag rparre'Zac John 2: 15.—Ecclus. 36:
12, coll. 12:12. Judith 1: 13 rfiv bbvapw,
and 76.000’) to set up in order to arrange,
i. e. the host of the enemy. Philo de trans. Luke 1: 1.—Plut. (le Solert. Anim.
Nom. mutat. p. 1082. Xen. Venat. 9. 18. c. 12.
2. to turn back again, and intrans. and ‘A Vot'l'éltltw, f. rchib, aor. 1 dvz'rflha,
Mid. to return, comp. in "A-yu no. 3. perf. avare'rahxa.
Acts 5. 22. So Sept. for =11’? Gen. 8: 7, 1. trans. to cause to rise up, e. g. n‘w
9. 14:7. al. saep.—Wisd. 16: 14. Xen. filmw, Matt. 5: 45. So Sept. for the?!
Anab. 4. 3. 29.—By Hebraism, Acts 15: Gen. 3: 18. Is. 61: 11.—Philo dc Nom.
16, c’rvaa-rpe'ibw Ital i’zvoucobopr'law rr)v mutat. p. 1083. Diod. Sic. 17. 7. Horn.
arnvfiv Aaglb, put adverbially for again, 11. 5. 777.
like "3115!, Gen. 30:31. 2K. 1: 13. 20: 2. intrans. to rise up; a) pp. spoken of
5. al. see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 828. Stuart light, Matt. 4: 16. Sept. for "31 Is. 58:
§ 533. Buttrn. § 144. n. 8. Comp. 10.-0f a cloud, Luke 12: 54. 0f the
Amos 9:11 where the Heb. is “$15, of morning star, 2 Pet. 1: 19. Sept. Job 3:
 'A Ian'bnu: 53
9. Is. 14: 12.—of the sun, Matt. 13:6.
Mark4:6. 16:2. Jameshll. SoSept.
for Y'C't Gen. 32:31. Ex. 22: 9. Judg.
9: 33. et sap—Pans. 2. 23. Ken. Cyr.
8. 3. 2.—The earlier Greek writers use
dvare'Muv of the sun, and ammo.” of
the stars; Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 124 sq.
b) trap. of the Messiah's descent from
the tribe of Judah, to spring, Heb. 7:14,
coll. Luke 1: 78. Sept. Num. 24: 17.—
Test. XII. Patr. in Fabr. 1. p. 686.
’Amr|'0n,u4, f. fivaofiaopat, to pkzce
upon, Polyb. 1. 86. 6. to lay up, sus
pend, as a gift in a temple, Judith 16:
17.
1 Sam.
Sept.
31: for
10. Ken.Lev.
Anab.
27. 5.28.3. 5, 6.
—-In N. T. Mid. aor. 2 hvefle'pnv, to
plaoebeflrre, i. e. to declare to any one,
to make hnown, trans. Acts 25: 14. Gal.
2:2.—~Sept. Mic. 7:5. 2 Mace. 3:9.
Artemid. Oneirocr. 2. 64 dvaride'pzvoc
rm r6 o'Vap. Diog. Laert. 2. 18. 16.
‘Araroh'y, is‘, 1), (:ivariMu q. v.)
a rising, sc. of the sun and moon, Sept.
Judg. 5: 31. Is. 60:19. of the stars, 11'}
lian. H. An. 3. 30. Aristot. H. An. 9.17,
377. See Lobeck ad Phryu. p. 125.
Hence in N. T.
1. by meton. the day-spring, dawn, or
the rising sun. Luke 1:78 duarolo) 55
Wave, i. e. the risin of the celestial sun
from on high, the essiah; comp. Is.
9:2. 60: 1,3.—Others, ashoot, as Sept.
:iraroM for Jer. 23: 5. Zech. 3: 8.
6: l2.
2. put in Sing. and Plur. for the east,
spoken both of the heavens and the
earth, Matt. 2: 1, 2, 9. 8:11. 24:27.
Luke 13: 29. Rev. 7:2. 16:12. 21:13.
30 Sept. ammxa: for h??? Num. 32:
19. Deut. 3:27. al. 53?, Gen. 2: 8. punishment ofsin, to ezpiate, Heb. 9: 28.
Josh. 7: 2.
'Am-rgéwu, 1'. due, to overturn, over.
throw, trans. p. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. Sept.
Ps. 118: 13. In N. T. metaph. to sub
vert, destroy, 2 Tim. 2:18. Tit. 1: 11.
Sept. for =13? Prov. 10: 3.—Diod. Sic.
l. 77 rho 1ria'r1v.
Uhangitpu, f. Spidau, lit. to nourish
up,i.e. to bring up, as a child, trans.
Acts 7: 20, 2l.-~Wisd.7: 4. Jos. Ant. 4. the voice, i. c. to ezclaim, cry out. Luke
8. 24. Ken. Mem. 4. 3. 10. — Metaph. 1:42 pawl] peyc'tlty, for which construc
spoken of mental culture, to educate, tisn see in 'AyaMuiw b. Sept. for
Acts 22: 3.—Herodian. 1. 4. 8. .974‘?! 1 Chr. 15:28.
'AmtPa/m, f. pave, pp. :0 light up, Pint. Cic. 27. Polyb. 3. 33. 4.
'AvmPwiai
as lamps, 0d. 18. 810. to make appear,
to show, Xen. Conv. 4. 12 b'r: p0: KM:
m'av dvatpaivouo'un—In N. T. Mid. ava
tlhloftfll, to show one's self, to appear,
uke 19:11. So Sept. Job 11: 18
c’watpavzirai ao: elpfivm—Pass. to be
shewn, i. e. to have pointed out to one's
self,- Acts2l : 3 (ivaqkwc'vrec rfiv Kim-pow,
being shewn Cyprus, i.e. having it point
ed out to them as visible in the distance.
In the Act. dvatpaivw governs the ace.
of the thing and dat. of pets. as in Xen.
Conv. 4. 12 above; while here in the
Pass. the dat. becomes the subject, and
the accus. is retained; Buttm. § 134. 5,
6, 7. Matth. § 424. 2. Winer § 40. 1.
—Theophan. . 392 t'ivarpavc'vrwv 52 ab
rilw rfiv yfiv i don airrobc oi a'rpa-rrryot’.
’Ava¢€gw, l‘. dvoi’a'w, aor. 1 din’;
yz'yxa, 301'. 2 dw'pye'ylroy.
l. to bear upwards, to carry up, to lead
up, sc. from a lower to a higher place,
trans. seq. cl; c. accus. of place whither,
Matt. 17: 1. Mark 9:2. Luke 24.: 51.
Sept. for W3’?! 1 Sam. 17:54. 2 Chr.
29:31. 1 Chr. 15:3,12,14. 2
Chr. 5: 1, 3, 4. — Lucian. Dial. Deor.
20. 9. rout—Spoken of sacrifices, to qfl‘er
up, i. e. place upon the altar, e'wl r6 9::
atao'rflptov, James 2:21. So Sept. for
Gen. 8: 20. Num. as: 2. a Chr.
1:6. Hence also without int n‘: 9w.
Heb. 7:27 bis. 13:15. 1 Pet.2: 5. So
Sept. for “5:3. Lev. 14.:19. Judg. 11:
Lev. 6:
31. 19. 1')(iniepuig
Sept. Sept.n'zyatpe'pwv
and Engl. for26.)
2. to take up and bear, sc. in the place
of another, to take from another upon
one's sel , to take away,- in N. T. spoken
metaph. of sins. rile hpapn'ag, to bear the
1 Pet. 2: 24 by rat; ti'uapn'ag 11min! abrbr;
t’zvr'lveyxev e'v rq') dtillllllft abrol'l s'rrl rd £1’:
Xov, who bore our sins in his own body
upon the cross, i.e. himself bore the
punishment due to our sins; comp. Is.
53:12, where Sept. 1wa¢épew for RP}.
So Num. 14: 33 dvoiaomn rfiv wopvn'av
11,1131’ l'or Heb. R313.
'Anwawe'w, 5, 1'. 13m», to hf! up
2 Chr. 5: 13.-—
 'A voixvm; 54
’Aw£>¢vm, we 1'], (avaxéw to pour with his brother Simon Peter, Matt. 10.
out upon,) a pouring out, efl'usimi; in
N. T. metaph. 1 Pet. 4: 4 cl; rfiv aim‘1v
riig dam-lac r'wdxuznv, into the same
emptying out, excess, of dissolutatesa—
Spoken of the mouth of a river, etc.
estuary, IElian. H. A. 16. 15. Strabo III.
p.206, 374..
’Awzxwg€w, 5, f. {10111, to go back,
to recede, spoken of those who flee, Sept.
for P172 Jer. 4: 29. O1! Judg. 4: 17. In
N. T. simply to go away, to depart, i. e.
to go from one place to another, viz.
a) genr. Matt. 2=12,13,14.,22. 4:19. —2 Macc. 9:28. Plato Eutyphr. c. 2.
12:15. 14:13. 15:21. 27:5. Mark 3:
7. John 6: 15.—2 Mace. 5:27. Jos. B. J.
4. 5. 5. Ant. 4. 6. 8. Herodian. 1. 12. 2.
b) in the sense of to withdraw, to re
tire, for privacy,etc. Acts 23: 19. 26:31.
—P0lyb. 1. 11. l5.——Matt. 9: 24 c'waxw
psi-re, withdraw, i. e. give place.
Avoimlruilg, tag, 1'’, (avaitbxw q.v.)
refreshment, recreation, rest. Acts 3: 20
xaipol avail/65...“, times ofrefreshing, i. e.
of peaceful enjoyment and bliss in the
Messiah's kingdom ; of. v. 20, 21. Sept.
for H53‘; Ex. 8. 11 [15].—Philo de Abr.
p. 371. Strabo XVII. p. 1137. Hesych.
amiilmEig‘ dwirramng.
’Ava¢bxw, f. Eu, (am: and Mo
to breathe, to cool,) to draw breath again,
to take breath, i. e. to revive, be refreshed,
intrans. Sept. for is; Ex. 23: 12. 772*!
Judg. 15: 19. e531: Ps. 39; 13. hr: 1
Sam. 16: 23. to refresh with cooling,trans.
Horn. 0d. 4. 568. Bion 1. 85.—In N.T.
genr. ta refresh,recreate, trans. 2 Tim. 1:
16 hr: :roMc’uag- he dve'tbv££, i. e. has often
delighted, gratified me.— Act. Thorn.
§ 19 T0119 116M”: 'vovg. Ignat. ad.
Ephes. § 2. Horn. 13. 84 410.01’ hrop.
Herodot. 7. 59.
’Aubgarobmw'7g, ab, 6, (t'lvbpmro.
5121.: to enslave, fr. avbpéambov slave,)
a manstealer, hidnapper, 1 Tim. 1:10.
comp. Ex. 21: 16. Dent. 24: 7.—Philo
de Joseph. p. 529. Polyb. 12. 9. 2.
Ken. Mem. 1. 2. 6.
’Aybeéot§, 05, 6, Andrew, pr. name
of one of the Apostles. He was a Gali
lean, born at Bethsaida, John 1: 45; and
was at first a follower of John the Bap
tist, John 1: 41 coll. v. 35; but after.
wards became a disciple of Jesus, along
"Aver/.0;
2. Ar.
141135141, 1‘. law, (iv/hp.) to render
manly or brave, Xen. (Be. 5. 4.—1n N. '1‘.
Mid. ail/59150,...‘ to show one's self a man,
1 Cor. 16: 13. Sept. for P1"? Deut. 31:
6,7. Josh. 10:25. was Josh. 1:6,9.
—l Macc. 2:64. Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 34.
’AYBE6WZO§1 09, b, Andi-onions, a
Jewish Christian, the kinsman and fel
low_prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16: 7.
’Avbgo<p6vog, no, 6, (£1,419 and .96
#09,) a homicide, murderer, 1 Tim. 1: 9.
'Aréynhqrog, ov, a, 1;, adj. ((1 pr.
and e’yxahc'w to arraign,) pp. not arraign
able; hence in N. T. unblam'eable, ir
repreham'ble, 1 Cor. 1:8. Col. 1:22.
1 Tim. 3: 10. Tit. 1: 6,7.——3 Mace.
5:31. Jos. Ant. 5.8.8. Xen. Mem.
2. 8. 5.
'Avexbrfiynrog, ov, 6, 17, adj. ((1
pr. and ékalfl’yt'ofllll to relate,) what can
not be related, i. e. unweahable, unutter
able, 2 Cor. 9: 15.—Spoken of God,
Athenagor. Apol. p. 10. So fibril-yum;
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 32.
’Avsx7.é7wrog, 00, b, ,',, adj. (a pr.
and e'xhahéw to speak out, (unqaeahable,
inqflrble, 1 Pet. 1:8.—1gnat. ad Eph.
c. 19 rd 450g abroi? c'wzxhtihqroy fir.
'Ave'xlemrog, ov, a, 1'7, (a pr. and
e'xXzi-rrw to fail) mifailing, erhaustless,
Luke 12: 23.— Diod. Sic. 1. 36. ib. 4.
84. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4.
’Avexro'g, 2'1, 511, (ayéxopiiii) toler
able, supportable ; in N. T. only in the
compar. Matt. 10:15. 11:22,24.[Mark
6: 11.] Luke 10: 19, 14.—Her0dian. 6.
5. ll. POlyb. 12. 9. 5. Time. 2. 35.
Vitamin/my, ovog, a, 1‘), adj. (0: pr.
and Ekei’lpum) uncompassionate, cruel,
Rom. 1:31. Sept. for "E! Prov. 5:9.
11: 17.—1Visd. 12:5. 19:1.
’Avs;/J§w, f. law, (gnaw) to agi
tate by winds, to toss, ass. spoken of
waves, James 1: 6.—Not found in Sept.
nor in classic writers.
"Avqnog, ov, a, (a... or final to
breathe, to blow ,) wind, i.e. air in motion.
a)pp.Matt.11:7. 14:24. Mark4:‘
41. Luke 7: 24. Rev. 7: 1 p1‘; nw’gdve
Fog. Spoken of violent, stormy wmds,
 ’Avév52xrog
Matt. 7: 25, 27. B: 26. 14: 30 riw iii/s
,uor loxvpziv. v. 39. lual'k 4: 37, 39 bis.
Mark 6: 48, 51. Luke 8: 23, 24., 25.
Johnfi: 18. Acts 27: 4,7,14, 15. James
3: 4| inra UxMpu-W t'népuv. Jude 12.
Rev. 6: 13. Sept. for up Job 21:18.
Is. 41: 16. al. —— Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9. ——
Rev. 7: l oi rioa'apcc five/1.04, thcjbur car
din/11 winds. So Sept. for him" was
let. 49:36.—Jos. Am. 6.3. 5 "96¢ r'a
A'Xipara Tin’ rwmipwv dwépuv iz'rroghi
wovrcg. Hence
b) by meton. oi rc'o'oape'; dvcpot, the
four quarters of the earth or heavens,
whence these cardinal winds blow, Matt.
94:31. Mark 13:27. comp. Luke 13:
29. So Sept. for him“ #235 1 Chr. 9:
24. Dan. 11: 4.
c) metaph. put as the emblem of in.
stability, etc. iivspog rfic Bihaoxahlag,
wind of doctrine i. e. empty doctrine, un
stable opinion, etc. Eph. 4: 14.—Ecclus.
5:9. So PT" Job 15: 2.
’Avév§szrog, 00, 6, t,, adj. (4: pr.
and ivEéxzrai fieri potest,) impossible,
what cannot be. Luke 17: 1, coll. Matt.
18: 7.
’Ars§sgez'amro;, 00, 6, {1, ad’. (a pr.
and EEcpewéw,) inscrutable, om. ll.
33.—Symm. for 1"! Prov. 25: 3. 5?!
Ier. 17: 9.
’Avs§ixazog, 00, 5, 1'], adj. (dwi
Xopai to endure, and Kaxogg) patient un
der coils and injuries, 2 Tim.s=24.._
Hierocl. ad Pytbag. Carm. Aur. 7. So
c'weZcrarz’a Wisd. 2: 19. Pint. Pelop. 25.
unity/mar“, 00, a, .3, adj. (a strument, without the help of, 1 Pet. 3: l
pr. and Eirxmélu to explore), which can five-v X67011. So Sept. for R53: Is. 55: l.
not be ezplored, Inetaph. inscrutable, in
comprehensible, Rom. 11:33. Eph. 3: 8.
Sept. for ".311"! Job 5: 9. 9: 10. 34: 24..
—Prayer of llr'Ianass. 6.
'Avevrm'axuwog, 0v, .3, 1‘), adj. (0. left at home.-—Diod. Sic. 1. 90.
pr. and z'wawxhvopai,) without cause of b) spoken of persons, without the
shame, irrqn'oachable, 2 Tim. 2: 15. knowledge or will of, Matt. 10:29 iircv
'Anwi-Mwrog, ou, 6,1’), adj. (a pr.
and z'rihapgévw) pp. not to be appre
bended; in N. T. metaph. irreprchen
sible, unblameablc, 1 Tim. 3: 9, coll. Tit.
l: 7 where it is five'yxhn'rog. 1 Tim. 5: 7.
6: H. — Clem. Alex. Peed. l. 2. 'id.
Strum. 6. 14. Ken. Cyr. 1. 2. 15. Plut.
Pericl. 10.
’Avégxopual, f. r’zrchu'wopat, aor. 2
55 ’Aveugiozw
dvfiAOov, to come up, to go up, to ascend,
so. from a lower to a higher place; e. g.
sic ro 5pm,‘, John 6:3. sic 'Ispooéhvpa
Gal. 1:17, 18. See in ‘Avafiatvw a.
$0 Sept. for 3% l K. 13:12. “55 Jud .
21:4..8.—Act.
2. 39. sec. e’1ri
Thom.
c. ace.§of37.
place,
Ken.
Herodian
H.
7. 8. 5.
"A 9661;, mg, 1", (éyirllui to loose,)
a letting loose, remission, relaxation, viz.
a) from bonds, imprisonment, etc.
Acts 24.: 23 Zxew 61150111, i.e. to be freed
from bonds, etc.-—-Sept. iivzow 506m‘,
to remove bonds, to give liberty, etc.
2 Chr. 23: 15. Esdr. 4: 62. Ecclus.
15: 20
b) from active exertion, labour, etc.
2 Cor. 8: l3 oirx ‘Iva é'lhhozflflfivemgnot
that others may be freed, so. from the duty
of contributing.—-Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 6 107;
Zp'yoic fiveotv 01'! 5136110111. 3. 12. 3. He
rodian. 8. 5. 19.
c) trop. remission, rest, quiet, either in
ternal 2 Cor. 2: 12. or external 2 Cor. 7:
5. 2 Thess. 1:7. —- Jos. Ant. 1.21.1.
Act. Thom. § 19. Polyb. l. 66.10.
Hesycb. Zircon; ' hvc'uruvmg.
‘AYETUECN, f. éow, (r’wc’: intens. and
Emile-1,) to examine thoroughly, to inquire
strictly, Sept. for 75?? Judg. 6: 29. Sus.
ann. l3.—In N. T. in a forensic sense,
to examine, so. by scourging, etc. Acts
22: 24,29.
"A750, at prep. overning the gen.
(Buttm. § 146. n. 2, without.
a) spoken of things, e. g. of the in.
W Ex. 21: 11. Also Dan.2: 34 drew
xsipu'w for Child. T33"; l‘5,-— Thuc. 7.
65- — Spoken of manner, 1 Pet. 4.: 9
ir'vsv yo'y'yuopfiw. SO Sept. 1 Sam. 6: 7
[3m (‘ivsu 'rs'xrwv, i. e. their calves being
rm’: 1ra-rp6g, without the Father's know.
ledge. So Sept. and T1‘. Amos 3: 5.—So
Iii/w 9:017 Hom. 0d. 2. 372. Pind. 0]. 9.
156. (ivcv flao'ihz'uc Xen. H. G. 4.8.16.
IAtiitai'rog, 0!), 6, 1'], adj. (a pr. and
cheer-09 opportune,) not opportune, not
commodious, Acts 27: 12.—Hcsych. hvzu
tié'rov ‘ (ixpilo'rov.
'Avevg/axw, f. pr'Jau, nor. 2 (inf/par,
 Qhéxw 56 'Anig
to find out, sc. by searching, trans. neut. rb iwfixov, rd dw'lxovra, that which
Luke 2: 16. Acts 21: 4.—Clem. Alex. is proper, becoming, Eph. 5:4. Philem.
Strom. 7. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 40. 8.—Herodot. 6. 109. Suid. tiyiixov' r6
,Al‘éxw, t‘. éEu, to hold up, e. g. rag :rpe'rrov.
xeipag Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Horn. 0d. 18. Aw'yaegog, ov, a, 1'), (a pr. and
89. to hold up or back, so. from falling, fipzpog gentle ,) ungentle,fierce, 2 Tim. 3.
e. g. the rain, Sept. for 72!, Amos 4: 7. 3.—Arrian. Diss. Epict. l. 3. 7. Dion.
the heavens, Ecclus. 48: 3. to hold in or Halic. 1.41,42.
back, restrain, stop, as horses, 11. 23. 426. ,AWIIQ, 5, gen. dvbpég, Buttm. § 47.
—Found in N. T. only in
Mid. dréxopai, f. irre'Eopa: (Winer § 58. p. 96.
l. a man, i. e. an adult male person,
§ 15); imperf. drcixdpnv or with double Lat. vir, Heb. ‘5"!
augm. r’lyeixépnv in text. recept. 2 Cor. a) pp. Matt. 14:21. 15:38. Mark 6:
ll:1,4;a.or. 2 fiveaxbpqv Acts 18:14: 44. Luke 1: 34. et saepiss—Xen. Conv.
for the double augm. see Buttm. § 86. 2.3.id. 4. 17.—Spoken of men in va
n. 6. § 114. p. 283; pp. to hold one's self rious relations and circumstances, where
upright; hence to bear up, to hold out, the context determines the proper mean.
endure; seq. genit. Matth. § 359. note. ing; e. g. husband, Matt. 1:16. Mark 10:
a) spoken of things, to endure, bear 2, 12. Luke 2: 36. Gal. 4:27. al. So
patiently, 0. gen. as afiiictions, 2 Thess. Sept. and '9‘! Gen. 2:23. 3: 6.—Ec_
1:4 ra'ic skid/cow alc dve'xwfle, where clus. 4: 10. Ken. Mem. 2. 2. 5. — Or
ale is by attract. for air, Buttm. § 143. 3. abridegroom, betrothed, Matt. 1:19. Rev.
Sept. for P581?! Is. 42: l4.—2 Macc. 9: 21. 2. So Sept. and 2‘! Deut. 22: 23.
l2. Hom. 0d. 22.423. Herodian.8. 5. 9. So a soldier, as we also speak of an army
ib. 2. 10. 12.—Absol. 1 Cor. 4: 12. 2 of men, Luke 22: 63.—1 Macc. 3:39.
Cor. 11:20. 4: 1, 28. Xen. An. 1. 2. 3.—In the voc.
b) spoken of persons, to bear with, in a direct address, (‘ti/69¢, men! sirs!
have patience with, sc. the errors, weak Acts 14:15- 19: 25- 27:10, 21, 25.
ness, of any one. Matt. 17: 17. Mark Ken. Anab. 1. 4. l4.—It here expresses
9:19. Luke 9:41. 2 Cor. 11: 1 bis, 19. respect and deference; and hence irn
Eph. 4: 2. Col. 3: 13. Sept. for FEET! plies also a man of weight, importance,
Is. 63: 15. Sept. Is. 46: 4.—-Polyb. 3 etc. Luke 24:19. John 1:30. James 2:
82. 5. 2.—Ecclus. 10: 23 in antith. with 1rru
c) by impl. to admit, to receive, i. e. to xbg. l Mace. 2:25, 31. So Esdr. 8:
listen to, 0. gen. spoken of persons, Acts 27, parallel to Ezra 7: 28 where Heb.
18: 14. 2 Cor. 11:4. of doctrine, etc. "77.5142, Sept. t'ipxovrec, chiefs, leaders.
2 Tim. 4:3. Heb. 13:22.—-Sept. Job 6: b) joined with an adjective or noun
26. Philo Quod omn. prob. p. 870. ib. it forms a periphrase tor a subst. Luke
p. 873 oilbc‘ 1rap1ryoplag dvéEovrat. Comp. 5:8 i'wfip ('ipaprwhbg sl'u, i. e. a sinner,
Kypke II. p. 93. Matt. 7: 24, 26. Acts 3: 14.—Xen.
Avexlao'g, 05, b, a nephew, Col.4: Anab. 1. 3. 20.—So with gentile adjec
10. Sept. for in 1:3, Num. 36: 11.—Tob. tives, as dvhp llouba'ioc, i. e. aJew, Acts
7: 2. .103. Ant. 1. 19. 4. Ken. An. 7. 10: 28. So Acts 8:27. 11:20. 16:9.
B. 9. Hesych. t'lvnlam' ' dbehrpu'w vloi. Mat. 12: 41. In a direct address, livbpeg
"Amber, 0:), rd, anethum, dill, an 'Aanva'iol, Athenians, Acts 17: 22. iivbpeg
aromatic plant, Matt. 23: 23.—Dioscor. 'Etpc'moi, Ephesians, Acts 19:35. drips;
3. 461. Plin. H. N. 19. 8. 'Ia'panhirat,lsraelites, Acts 2: 22- 3: 12.
Davina), defect. (dwi and iixw,) to 5:35. 13:16. 21:28. dabpcg Pahtha'ioi,
come up to any thing, to extend to, to Galileans, Acts 1: 11.—10s. Ant.3. 8. ].
reach to, Herodot. 7. 60, 237. Ken. An. Xen. An. 1. 8.1. 531. V. H. 12. 56.—
6. 2. 3, 5 to patain or belong to, 1 Mace. So dvbpeg 65AM’, brethren, Acts 1: 16.
10:40, 42. 11: 35. 2 Mace. 14: 8.—In —Xen. An. 1. 6. 6. liybpeg 4:001.
N. T. metaph. to pertain to any thing, c) trop. (in/hp, a man, so. of ripe un
i. e. to be fit, proper, becoming; only derstanding, opp. to a child, 1 Cor. 13:
impers. dvfixzv Col. 3: 18. and particip. 11. So in Eph. 4: 13 the progress of
 ‘AM/amp.‘ 57 "A005mm;
Christians is likened to the growth of a "Avflog, 80;, 16, a flower, James 1:
child into a perfect man, i. e. in under 10, 11. 1 Pet. 1:24» his. Sept. for "F3.
standing and true wisdom—A man, i. e. Num. 17:8. "3!? Job 15:33. "is. I. 5:
one worthy of the name, Herodot. 2. 24.—/Elian. V. 11.9. 8. Ken. Ven. 5. 5.
120. Ken. Hiero 2. 1. Horn. ll. 5. 529. 'Avflgam'a, ag, t’, (tivOpaL) a
2. indel'. a man, i.e. one of the ho
bed or mass of live coals, John 18:18.
man race, a person. Luke 11: 31 para
n71’ drapriv rfic 7:755; rain-11¢, the men of
21: 9. — Ecc. 11: 32. 4| Macc. 9: 20.
Unis generation, coll. v. 29.—Luke 5: 12, Athen. VIII. p. 361. D.
18. 8:27. 9:38. 11:31. Actstizll. "Ayfigafi, meog, 6, a coal, a live
James 1:8, 20, 23. 3: 2. al. So Sept. coal, Rom. 12: 20. So Sept. and H.255
and 5"‘5 Prov. 16:27,28,29. Ecclus. Prov. 25: 22, whence the proverb is bor
6:3. Neh. 4: 18. —- Xen. (Ec. 1. 7. rowed. “ To heap coals of fire on one’s
Soph. Ajax 77.—Rom. l1.:8 ,uaxépwg head," here signifies to excite in him
dn'lp, 1} x. r. A. happy the man, to whom feelings of painful regret. In a difl'er
etc. i. e. lle, ille. James 1: 12. So Sept. ent sense, 4. Esdr. 16: 53.
and ‘315 Pa. 1: l. 112: 5.-—Xen. An. 1. ’Av$gwoigwzog, on, (m), adj. (dw
3. 12.—SO tirapsg r05 rdtrov, inhabitants, epunroc and 641mm,) desirous to please
Matt. 14:35. Luke 11:32. Sept. and men, so. without regard to God. Eph. 6:
5*. 1 Sam. 5: 7. An. 6. Col. 3; 22.—Sept. Ps. 53:6. Fabr.
'AvHI'a-rnpw, f. dvrun'fiaw, ((im' Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 929.—A word
and id'nuu.) in N. T. only part. dyes’ of the later Greek, see Lobeck ad
mm, nor. 2 évréo-rnv, and impf. Mid. Phryn. p. 621.
drew-rape", to stand against, Mid. to ‘a 'Avflga'wrmg, I'm, now, (.“wflpwmgQ
one's self against, Buttm. § 107. II. i. e.
human, pertaining to man, e.
to withstand, to oppose, to resist, either a) in nature or kind, ames 3: 7
in words or deeds or both; 0. 0. dat. or plum; dvepunriv1], human nature, i. e. man.
absol. Mat. 5:39. Luke 21:15. Acts 6: 1 Cor. 2: 4, 13 aotpt'a l'zvepanrirn, human
10. 13:8. Rom. 9: 19. 13: 2 bis. Eph. wisdom. Sept. for "5715 Job 10:5. =35
6:13. 2 Tim. 3:8 bis. 4:15. James 4: Num. 19: 16.-Wisd. 12:5. Jos. Ant.
7. 1 Pet. 5:9. Sept. for ‘"32 Pa. 76: 8.
‘Pro Job 9=19. Jer.49: 18. mm Jer. 2. l5. 5. Ken. Mem. 1. 1.12.
b) in respect to origin or adaptation.
50:24. Chald. m Dan. 4|:32.—-Xen. 1 Cor. 4: 3 (inept-min] hpe'pa, human day
An. 7. 3. 11. Herodian. 2. 10. 11. — oftn'al, i. e. a court-day. 1 Pet. 2: 13
Gal. 2: 11 Kara. 'n'poaanrov ain't‘; dyr
rn'a'tc' 1 Cor. 10: 13 n'zrpaapog (W696:
z'arqv, I withstood him to tkeface; so 1rwog, i. e. common to men, not peculiar.
Sept. for PET-'1 2 Chr. 13: 7, 8. comp. Rom. 6: 19 c'wfipdmwov Mylo, I speak in
Sept. Josh. 1:5. 23:9. the manner qfmen, (Buttm. § 115.4,) i. e.
’Ayt9o‘u.o7w7€m, 5, f. {100), (av-rt in a manner adapted to human weak
and opoXo-yéw, q. v.) Mid. fivflopoho'yéo ness etc.—Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 1 z'xvepévrwév
‘um, 05pm, pp. to mutually alter the same Earl 11‘) o'vpgegnxdg.
things; hence spoken of two parties, to
make an accord, Polyb. 5. 105. 2. Also, 'Avtlgwn'ox'ro'vog, on, 6, 1'), adj.
alternately or mutually to confess or pro (a'vfipam-og and x-re£uu,) in N. T. as
fess, e. g. rag ('rpap‘riag Jos. Ant. 8. 10. subst. a homicide, amurderer; spoken of
3. Esdr. 8: 91.—In N. T. Mid. to pro Satan, as the author of sin and death,
fess publicly, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, John 8: 44; see Wisd. 2: 23,24, coll.
pp. alternately, as in the temple wor Ecclus. 25: 24. Horn. 5: 12. - Constit.
ship; seq. dat. Luke 2: 38 all ain'fi are
Apost. 8. 5 1') dvdpanron'ovoc 54:19, i. e.
Wpoho'yziro 11;: Kupt'qr,and she likewise Satan—Hence a murderer, so. in heart,
P'm'sed the Lord, i. e. as Simeon had just in purpose, 1 John 3: 15 bis.
before done. So Sept. for "1'5" Ps. 79: "Avflgwrog, 00, 6, t7, subst. (be
13. and ayeopmwm for fi'W'fi-‘l Ezra longs prob. to the family (‘u/d, 5m», dw
3: 11.—Ecclus. 20: 2, and dveopoké-yn‘ Oog, e'wfiéu, without composition.)
W: lb. 17: 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 70 (‘weapo 1. a man, homo, i. e. an individual of
My ‘rag dperr'rg Tutor. the human race, a man, or woman, a
 "Avflgmrog 58 "141052110;
person. Sept. everywhere for =35, ‘3'8, man, ('1 {out firOpt-nroe, i. e. the mind, the
also soul, the rational man, Rom. 7: 22. Eph.
a) gem. and univers. Matt. 4: 19. 12: 3:16. called 1 Pet. 3:4 6 xpmr-rdc Tfig
12. Mark 7: 21. Luke 2: 52. 5:10. xapdiag di/Oponrog, the hidden man of the
John 1: 4. 1 Cor. 4: 9. al. saep. -— He heart, to which is opposed 6 5501 map...
rodian. 2. 5. 11. Ken. Mem. 1. 1. 7. — 1mg, the ez'tanal visible man, 2 Cor. 4: 16.
In a direct address, 15 tivOpmre, but 1a -—Philo de Gigant. p. 288. 6 apog- rfiv
ther implying an inferior or common (DJ/Betas’ (‘iropanrog — So 5 ‘KGXGII‘IL‘ tall
person, etc. comp. in 'Aviyp 1. a. Luke 6 xau'og‘ dvopwirog, i. e. the old man, or
5: 20. 12: 14. 22: 58,60. Rom.2:1,3. the former unrenewed disposition of
9:20. James 2: 20. S0 Sept. and 11715 heart, and the new man, or the disposi
Is. 2: 9. 5. 15. See Gesen. Lex. art. “2'5 tion which is created and cherished by
—Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 7. — So oi tirOpw-Irot, the religion of Jesus, Rom. 6:6. Eph.
men, i. e. the living, Rev. 9:10, 15,18, 20. Q: 15. 4: 22, 24. Col. 3: 9. —— Act.
(Jos. Ant. 9. 2. 2.) or those with whom we Thom. § 55.
live, people, Matt. 5: 13, 16, 19. 6:1. c) spoken with reference to the cha
8:27. 13:25. Mark 8:24, 27. al. or racter and condition of a person, and
men of this world, this generation, wicked applied in various senses according to
men, Matt. 10:17. 17:22. Luke 6:22, the context, viz.
26. al.—- Also oi tin/Optimal, other men, (a) a man, vir, i. e. a male person of
others, simply, Matt. 6: 5, 14, 15, 16. ripe age,Matt.8:9. 11:8. 25:24. Mark
7:12. 19:12. 23: 4sq. Luke 6:31. 3:3. Luke 19: 21. John 1:6. 3: 1.
11: 46. a1. So Sept. and =35 Judg. 16: Acts 4: 13. a]. saep. —"Av0punroc roii
7. 18:28. 9:05, man of God, i. e. minister or mes
b) spoken in reference to his human senger of God, one devoted to his ser
nature, a man, i. e. a human being, a vice, 1 Tim. 6: ll. 2Tim. 3.17. 2 Pet.
mortal. 1:21. So Sept. for “$555, ‘5'45 1 K.
(a) pp. Phil.2: 7. James 5: 17 'Hhiac 13: 1. 2K.1=9-13. 4:7,9,16,215q.
t'ivaponrog iii’ hymen-(191); r‘lpiv. 1 Tim. —Esdr. 5: 49. Philo de Gigant. p. 292.
2: 5 dvepmroc Xpia'rég. Rev. 4: 7. 9: 7. Id. de Nom. mut. p. 1048.—5'Av0pmrog
et passim. Here is included the idea rfig tipaprlac, 2 Thess. 2: 3,see in 'Apup
of human infirmity and imperfection, ria 2. a.
especially when spoken in opp. to God a husband, in opp. to a wife, Matt.
and divine things; 1 Cor. 1:25. 3: 21. 19: 3, 10 i] airla roil t'lvfipiinrov licrir
Gal. 1:11,12. Kara t‘ivtlpmrov—rrapiz 1.1mm. 1 Cor. 7: 1. So Sept. for“
iu/Opo’mov, i. e. of human origin—Ken. Deut. 22: 30.—Esdr. 9: 40 herd (ii/696)
Mem. 4. 4. 21. -—-So he'yew vel Xahe'iv 1rou Eur; ywamoc, coll. Neh. 8: 2 where
Kara (‘ii/Oponrov, to speak after the man Sept. 1m; t'lvdpog for W?‘ Test. XII.
ner ofmen, i. e. in accordance with hu Patr. in Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 529,
man views etc. to illustrate by human 'ywlaixec ilr'rtiwrat inre‘p rGn/ dvfipo'm'uw.
examples or institutions, to use a popular (7) a son, as opp. to a father, Matt. 10:
mode qfspeaking, etc. Rom. 3: 5. 1 Cor. 35, or a male child generally, John 7:
9:8. Gal. 3: 15.—1 C01’. 15: 32 cl Kari: 23. 16: 21.—Ecclus. 3: ll. Herodian.
dvepmrov e'tlnpw'uéxnaa, if according to l. 5. 14.
man's will, etc. i. e. 01’; ran‘: Oeév, col]. (3) a master, as opp. to servants, etc.
2 Cor. 7: 9, ll. 11: 17.—For the phrase Matt. 10: 35.
uidg rm‘: évflpémou, see no. 4 below.— (s) a servant, Luke 12: 36, coll. v. 37.
The gen. t'rvopénou stands also instead So prob. \lmxal dvfipénrwv, female slaves,
of the adj. dvepémvog, as 2 Pet. 2: 16 Rev. 18: 13. So Sept. and 1T3,‘ ‘353 Ez.
iv iwflpdnrou ¢wvf7, with a human voice. 27:13. See in ‘1'0 '—1 Macc.2: 38.
Rev. 13: 18 dpifilioq dvtlpu’nrov, a man'sXen. Vect. 4. 14. So 1'] dvepmrog, a
number, i. e. an ordinary number. 21: female, Herodot. l. 60. Philo de Abr. p.
17 pe'rpov tivftpo'nrou, human measure, 384-. coll. Viger. p. 77, 78.
i. e. common. So Sept. and =35 Is. (Z) oi iiyfipunroi e'v r5 mihet, i. e. citi
8: l. zens, inhabitants. John 4: 28.——Xen. Cyr.
metaph. spoken of the internal 1. 1. s, a.
 "A Mgr-wag
9. indef. di'Opw-img, i. q. rig, any man,
a certain man, i. e. one, some one, any one.
a) genr. rlc l'ivopunrog, a certain man,
Luke 10:30. 12: 16. 14: 2. John 5:5.
—Without rig, 111a"; 9: 9 213511 (“u/apro
tov Icufifipcvov. 18:10. 13:31. 16: 26.
21:38. Mark4:26. 5: 2. 10: 7. 12. 1.
Luke 6: 48, 4.9. John 3: 4,27. al. saap.
So Sept. for =35 Lev. l3: 2,8.—Xen.
Cyr. 6. 3. 9.—Eig (‘ivBpunrog for £19 rig,
John 11: 50. 18: 4.-—So in a general
proposition, a man, i. e. any one out of a.
number. Rom. 3: 28 more: Eur-411060911:
dvopwoy, a man isjuslgfied byfaitb, i. e.
w one who has faith. 1 Cor. ll: 28.—
ith a negative, no man, no one, Matt.
19:6. John 5: 7. 7: 4-6. 2 Cor. 12: 4.
So Sept. for B?! R1? Ex. 33: 90.
b) joined with an adject. 0r noun it
forms a periphrase for a subst. comp. being the Messiah who is described as
'Aw'yp 1. b. 1V1att. 11:19 di'fipunroc tpr'ryog coming from heaven ‘be with; rm? (5094..
mi oivmrdrnc, a glutton and winebibber. now, in a humanform, Dan. 7:13. 10:
13: 24, 4,5 c‘ivtip. Zpnopog, a merchant. 16. Rev. 1:13. 14:14. Comp. John
13: 52 iivfip. oixoaunrénm, a householder.
18: 23. 21: 33. Luke 2:15. Tit. 3:10.
al.—So with gentile adjectives, as livep.
Running, a Cyrenian, Matt. 27: 32.
fivflp. 'Pupaioc, a Roman, Acts 16: 37.
t'ivflp. ‘IovEaIog, a Jew, Acts 21: 39.—
So Sept. and was Gen. 9: 5, 20. Ex. 2:
11.—1-10m. 11. 16. 263. 0d. 13. 123.
Ken. Anab. 6. 4. 23.
c) by impl. ('1 r‘irtipmroc, with the
article, may man, every person, whoever.
Matt. 4: 4 it’ iipr (fiat-rat 1'2 dwapunroc,
coll. Deut. 8:3 w ere Sept. for r!
v71
as
also Gen. 8: 21. Lev. 5: 4.—Matt. 12:
35. 15: 11, 18. Mark 7115,18, 20.
Luke 4: 4. 6: 45. Rom. 7:1. 10: 5.
14: 20. 8.1.
3. 6 livflponroc, with the article, i. q.
ain'éc or iufivog, this, that, he, etc. Matt.
12: 13, 45. 26: 72 oinc 015a ‘row til/Opu
flov, i. e. for iivOpz-nrov min-ow 5v Myer:
as in Mark l4:71.-—Mark 3: 3, 5. 14:
21. Luke 6: 10 Jrre 11,5 fivopu'my,
where later editions read aimp'. Luke
23: 4,6.
and John
Ti‘! Gen. 24:4:29,
50.30,19: 5. So Sept.
32.——-Xen. An.
2. 4. 16.—S0metimes “drag is added;
as Matt. 26: 24 6 (W09. Exdvog. Mark
14: 21. James 1: 7.
from the Heb. PM ’
4. vzac 1'06 6V0 ' on son 0 man f ’
a) i. q. ivflpmmg, a man,- and s0 sons
Qfmen are i. q. men. Mark 3:28 m'wra
59 'Aw'npu
¢1¢c0finrcu rt‘: dpapn'ypara 707g m'oTg ra'w
évfipénrwv coll. Matt. 12: 31, where it
is 1'07; r'tvdpainrmc. Heb. 2: 6 in the
first clause 1:’ Earn’ fivepunroc, in the
second 17 wide dvepdnrov. Rev. 1:13
b'powv vi‘; c'wflpa'nrou. SO “1151!; and
Sept. aloe 1'06 r'wfipu'nrou Ps. 8: 4. Plur.
Sept. for "35‘ ‘5:; Gen: 11: 5. Eco. 2: 8.
3:18, 19. s. 11. W. ‘:5. Ps. 4.. 2. Comp.
the freq. viec 'Axauiv of Homer. Matth.
s 4.30. p. 799. -
b) as a proper name for the Messiah,
with the art. 6 016g rm’) avepomv, drawn
from Dan. 7: 13, where Sept. for Chald.
‘53!: “It. It is used by Jesus of himself;
but is applied to him by no other per
son, except once by Stephen, Acts 7: 56.
It would seem to refer not so much to
his human nature, as to the fact of his
3:13. 6: 62, coll. v. 58.-John 12:34,
where 6 wit‘); 1'. M6. and 6 Xpw'rtic are
interchanged. So in Luke 22:69, 70
('2 uidr; r05 (we. and 1') wit‘); for? 9:05. Matt.
16: 13, 16,20, 6 via; r017 6601-1, ouiog r06
évtipdnrov, and 6 Xpurrég. By using
this name of himself before his judges,
Jesus openly professed himself to be the
Messiah, and was so understood by all
present, Matt. 26: 64. Mark 14.: 62.
Luke 22: 69, 70. —John 1: 52: 5: 27.
Not found in the epistles. AL.
’Av0wraret'm, f. n'nrw, (évfll'nra
rag) to be proconsul, Acts 18: 12.—He
rodian. 7. 5. 2.
'Avéfimzrog, ov, a. (tori .nd iirra
rog, consul,) a proconsul, Acts 13: 6, S,
12. 19: 38. —Polyb. 21. 8. ll. Plut.
Gall. c. 3.—For the rank and authority
of proconsuls, see under 'Ii'yquiw. Cy
prus was originally a preton'an province,
urpam-ym’l, and not proconsular; but
was left by Augustus under the senate,
and hence was governed by a proconsul;
Dio Cass. 54. . 523. ed. Leuncl. See
Adam's Rom. Xnt. p. 158, 165. Kuinoel
on Acts 13: 7.
’Aw'n(M, f. ('wfiaw, am. 2 dvfiv, am.
1 pass. r’wéfiqv, (t'wr'r and Truth) to send
up orforth, 0d. 4. 568. In N. T. to let
up, to let go, trans. i. e.
a) to relax, to loosen, c. g. rile {sum-1|
' 'A filter;
plac, Acts 27:40. re‘: 55am’: Acts 16: 26.
—Wisd. 16: 24 opp. to émru'vuv. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 7 opp. to e’vreivew. Eunap.
Max. p. 106.
b) to omit, cease from, as n)v dircthiyv
Eph. 6: 9.—-Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 8 oi“: dvilo'w
1rpiv 11.-In the sense of to leave, neglect,
not care fbr Heb. 13: 5 oi; ,ur'l as (Iva—r.
So Sept. for "172 Deut.31: 6. "K"?! Is.
5: 6. 5111 1 Sam.9: 5.—-Ecclus. 30:8.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 75.
’Aw'7.ew;, w, .3, :,, adj. (a pr. and
'ihewc or Moog) uncompassionate, stern,
James 2: 13.
"Avm'rog, 0t), 6, #1, adj. (a pr. and
wit-1:10,) unwashed, Matt. 15: 20. Mark
7: 2, 5.—Hom. ll. 6. 266.
,Aw'o'rnfu, r. dvaa-n'lau, (awe. and
Tampa) aor. 1 dve'a'rrla'a, aor. 2 i’we'o'rnv
and imper. dvc'w'rnei, by apoc. (‘u/dam
Acts 12:7. E h. 5: 14; see Buttm.§
107. n. l, 14. his verb is divided be
tween the trans. and intrans. significa~
tions; comp. "Imp: and Buttm.§ 107.
11.—Sept. usually for =1‘? Kal and Hiph.
l. Transitive, in the present, imperf.
fut. and aor. 1, of the Active. to cause to
rise up, to raise up, cause to stand, viz.
a) pp. spoken of those lying down,
Acts 9: 41. So Sept. (iv. arr'fiwv for 1N53!
Lev. 26:1. amp/1'11! Num. 7: 1. — Jos.
Ant. 5.4. 2. ib. 7. 8. 5. POlyb. l3. 7. 8.
Xm'lenaemhe arose andfollowed. Mark 1: v
-—Spoken of the dead, to raise up, recal 35 dvum'ilc iii-Mi. 2:14. 7: 24. 10: 1,
to life, John 6: 39, 40,44, 54. Acts 2: 50. Luke 1: 39. 5; 28. 15:18,20. Acts
32. 13:33. So 5'): ycrpibv Acts 13: 34. 8:26, 27. 9:6, 11. al. saap. So Sept.
17: 31.—Hem. I]. 24. 551, 756. Ken.
'Ven. l. 6.
b) metaph. to raise up, i. e. to cause to
exist, cause to appear, e. g. errs'ppa rim’
Matt. 22: 24, coll. Gen. 38: 8 where
Sept. for TESL—Toy Xpwrdy Acts 2:30.
1rpo¢irrllv, Acts 3: 22, 26. 7: 37. So
Sept. and W521 Deut. 18: 18.—— Pass.
Zepelic c'w. Heb. 7: 11, 15.
II. Inlransitive, in the pert‘. pluperf.
and act. 2 Act. and in the Mid. to rise up,
to arise, viz.
a) pp. spoken of those who are sit
ting or lying down, Matt. 26: 62. Mark
5: 42. 9: 27. 14:60. Luke 4: 16. 5:25.
6:8. 22:45 c'waarag drrd rfig 1rpooeuxfic,
rising up prayer, i. e. from a kneel
ing or recumbent posture. 17: 19. al.—
Xen. Anab.4. 4.11. Lucian D. M. 27.
7. Horn. 11. 1. 533.—Spoken of rising
60 "Arm?
from bed or from sleep, Luke 11:7, 8.
22: 46.—Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3. — So dwa
a-rfivou. e'x vucpirv to rise from the dead,
return to life, Matt. 17: 9. Mark 9: 9,
10. Luke 16:31. John 20:9. Acts
17: 3. al. So without Ex vsrpiiv, Matt.
20:19. Mark8:31. 9=31. 10:34. Luke
9: 8, 19. 18: 33. lThess. 4114,16. 81.
—2 Macc. 7:9 coll. v. 14. 12: 44. Horn.
1]. 21. 56. Herodot. 3. 66, 67.—Twp.
Eph. 5: l4 dvc'w'ra e'x ru'nl vzxpiw, i. e.
arise from the dmth of sin, put on the
new man in Christ. Comp. Clem. Alex.
Protr. 8, ('ww'rdiaw dyxopwov inro nu
xlac row fivepanrov.
b) metaph. to arise, i. e. to come into
existence, to be, Acts 7: 18 dye’a-m fian
Mlic 'e'rspoc. 20:30. So Sept. for W?
Ex. 1:8. ‘"22 Dan. 8. 22. 11:2.
0) in the sense of to stand forth, to
come forward, to appear, Matt. 12:41.
Mark 14:57. Luke 10:25. 11:32. Acts
5: 36,37. 6:9. al. So Sept. for ‘"22 2
Chr. 20: 5.—So dvaarfiva: in’ firm, In
rise up against any one to assault, Mark
3: 26. So Sept. for D‘? Gen. 4:8.
52 v5; 2 Chr. 20: 24.. 24:13.
(1) by a species of oriental pleonasm
it is often prefixed, espec. in the parti
ciple, to verbs of going, of undertaking
or doing any thing, etc. like’ the Heb.
95?, see Gesen. Lex. 5"? no. 1. Winer
§ 67. 2. p. 489.—Matt. 9: 9.c'lvaa'rac firm
and 51? Gen. 22: 3. Job 1: 20. 1 Sam.
24:5. 2 Sam. 13: 31.—So also Rom. 15:
12 6 dvwrépsvoc iipxzw Eon-"Iv, coll.
Is.ll:10 where Sept. for 192. 1 Cor.
10:7 c'wéa-rna'av mu'lsw, coll. Ex. 32: 6
where Sept. for “P. AL.
"Arm, 71;, 1'1. Anna, :1 prophetess
mentioned Luke 2: 36.
"Awag, at, a, (for the gen. see
Buttm. § 34. IV. 4,) Annas,ahigh priest
of the Jews, called by Josephus Ananus.
He was appointed by Quirinus (Cyre
nius) proconsul of Syria about A. D. 8;
but was deposed 11 years after by Vale
rius Gratus procurator of J udea. After
several changes the oflice was at length
given to Joseph or Caiaphas, the son-in.
law of Annas, A. D. 26. As Caiaphas
continued high priest until A. D. 35.
 ’Anin-ro; 61 ’.Avol'yu
Annas appears to have acted as his vi 13.—Twp. the throat of wicked men is
car HQ), or at least to have had great called ni¢0¢ dvep-ypc'yog, an open sepal
influence with him. Luke 3: 8. John 18: chre, Rom. 3: 13, as voiding forth noi
13,94. Acts 4: 6.-—-See Jos. Ant. 18. 9. some slanders a ainst God and the
1. 9. Kuinoel on Luke 3: 9. Calmet's righteous; coll. s. 5: 10 where Sept.
Dict. See in 'Apxtepn'lg a. for Fri, “92.. - Most freq. with 96pm, a
’Avor,ro;, ov, a, 1'], adj. (4: pr. and door or gate, as Acts 5: 23. 12: 10, 14,
mien) pass. uni/tough! of; unintelligible, 16. 16: 96, 97. Rev. 4:]. — Hero
Horn. Hymn. Mere. 80. In N. T. act. dian. 4. 2. 14. Xen. An. 5. 5. 20.—So
uniatelb'gau, unwise, jbolish, spoken of in order that one may enter, Matt. 25:
those who are slow to understand and 11. Luke 12: 36. 13:95. John 10:3.
receive moral and religious truth. Luke or go out, Acts 5: 19. or view the inte
34: 25. Rom. 1: 14 01:11:07: ‘re xal 61/01’) rior, as wade, Rev. 11:19. 15:5. Soro
Tolg. Gal. 3: 1, 3. Tit. 3: 3. — Spoken gimp 'rfig déimaou, the pit of the abyss,
of lusts, impmdad, brutal, 1 Tim. 6: 9. ev. 9: 9, since in the East pits or wells
Sept. for 5‘745, Prov. 17198. Prov. 2.are closed with large stones, of. Gen. 29:
In like manner sllpfll. is implied be
15m. 51>? Prov. 19. 1. ‘>9; Jer. 10.
6. Sept. rn’lvzaw évm’rrotc for "in-‘.113 Ps. fore c'wot-yfiem-at, Matt. 7: 7, 8. Lukell.
49; 13.—Sept. Deut. 39:31. EL V. 9, 10, i.e. the door shall be opened to re
H. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 9. 1.31. ceive thee as a guest. —- Hence, metaph.
to open the door sc. of the heart, i. e.
"Aroma, mg, i, (fivovg- fr. a pr. and receive willingly, Rev. 3: 20. to open the
wing) waatof understanding, folly, Sept. door sc. of faith or of the kingdom of
for Prov. 29:15. Wisd. 15:18. heaven etc. i. e. to afl‘ord an opportunity
Elian. V. H. 9. 14.—-In N. T. from the of embracing the gospel of Christ, Acts
Heb. madness, wickedness, i. e. spoken 14: 27. Rev. 3: 7 bis, 8,!oopen the door
of rage, malignity, Luke 6:11. or of sc. for the gospel, for a teacher, etc. i. e.
foolish temeri , 2 Tim. 3: 9.—8 Macc. to give opportunity to publish the gospel
14:5. 15:33. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. lt‘ivora and gain converts, 1 Cor. 16:9. 9 Cor.
mi Iomypc'a. 2; 12. Col. 4:3. Sept. and has Is. 45:
Vim/7w, f. r’wolEw, (hwi and 07710,) l.—Mctaph. Diod. Sic. 1. 67.
with irreg. forms, viz. aor. l ('lyz'rpEa b) spoken of the heavens, dvolycw rdv
and later firotEa Mat. 2:11. John 9: ot'lpamiv, rorig otrpavol'lc, i. e. to open the
17, 21. Pausan. 4. 26. 6. -— Peri‘. 2 heavens, or to have the heavens opened or
rivilpya. intrans. Peri. Pass. fivérp'yftat divided, so that celestial things become
and with triple augm. fivérpypat Rev. manifest, Matt. 3: 16. Luke 3:21. John
4: 1. 10: 8.—Aor. 1 Pass. dileqixflnv, 1:59. Acts 7: 56. 10:11. Rev. 19:11.
later fivolxflqv, and with triple au m. So Sept. and 1'71’, Is. 64:1. 71!! Ez. l:
r‘p-qéxfinv Rev, 20:12.—Aor.2 Pass. ate 1. Ps. 78: 23.—Ecclus. 43: 14.
r'yvoiyrpl Rev. ll: l9. l5: 5. — Put. 9 c) spoken of a book, i. e. a volume,
Pass. hvoiyr'yaoluaa—For all these forms rolled up and sealed, Rev. 5: 2, 3, 4, 5.
see Buttm, § 114. p. 293. § 84. n. 8. 10: 9, 8. 20: 12 bis. Spoken of the seals
§ 86. n. 2, 6. VViner§12. 6. b.—In of a book, rag mppa-yidac Rev. 5: 9. 6:
N. T. to open, trans. and in later usage 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12. 8: l.—Xen. de Rep.
Pen’. 2 (ive'rpya. intrans. to be open, to Lac. 6. 4 dvolEam-ac Til zn'lpavrpa.
stand open, Buttm. § 113. n. 8. Matth. d) spoken of the mouth, rd a-répa, to
§ 494. p. 927. Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 157. open the mouth, e. g. of a fish, Matt. 17:
Herodian. 4|. 8. 14. E]. H. A. l. 45. 27. So Sept. and “3E Ps. 99: 14.—
a) spoken of what is closed by a co In order to speak, i. e. to holdforth, to
ver, door, etc. Mat. 8: ll Qqaaupoi'lc, speak a! length, to discourse, Matt. 5:9.
treasures, i. e. boxes, caskets, etc. So 13:35. Acts 8:35. 10:34. 18: 14. Rev.
Sept. and "Us; Jer. 50: 26. —Eurip. 13:6. So Sept. and "9 "1"? Dan. 10:
lon. sea—Matt. 27: 52 n‘. pwlpc'ia, se 16. "38 Judg. 11:35, 36. —- Ecclus.
pulchres, which were closed by large l5: 5. 39: 6. Lucian. Philops. §33.—
stunes,coll. Matt. 27: 60,66. 538: 2. Mark In the sense of to pour out one's mind,
16: 3,4. So Sept. and 1'25, E2. 37: 12, in open one's heart, i. e. to speak fully
 ’Avomooo,u.€w 6'2 'Avozr';
and franklyfl Cor. 6: 11. So not to open Matt. 7: 23. 13: 4.1. So Sept. for
one's mouth, i. e. not to ufler complaints T115 "3??? Job 31: 3. Ps. 5: 6. -- Spoken
etc. Acts 8: 32, coll. Is. 53: 7 where of deflection from Christianity to idola
Sept. for "9 "13? R5. Ps. 38: 14. 39: try, i. e. apostasg, 2 Thess. 2: 7.—-Sept.
10.—Spoken of the dumb, to have the for 1‘? Ex. 34.: 7. Is. 6:7. Ez.
mouth opened, i. e. to recover the power of 18: 20. 33:12. H9251“ Ez. 8:6. 18: 12.
speech, Luke 1: 64. So Sept. and al.—Thuc. 2. 53.
"5 "5 "DB Num. 29: 28.—Trop. spoken "Ava/1.0;, 00, 6,17, adj. (0. pr. and
of the earth, to open her mouth, i. e. to vo'pog) lawless, i. e.
qpen, toform a chasm, Rev. 12:16. So a) without law, not subject to the law,
Sept. and “53 of the earth, Num. 16: sc. of Moses. 1 Cor. 9:91 quater, to
30. Deut. 11:6. "DE Num. 26: 10. Ps. those not sulg'ect to the law (i. e. Gentiles)
106: 17.—Demosth. 777. 9. I was as one not subject to the law,
e) spoken of the eyes, r01); 61:01A (though not indeed without this law in the
por'le, to open the eyes, e. g. either one's sight of God,) that I might win etc.
own eyes, Acts 9: 8, 40. or those of an Hence put for gentile, pagan, Acts 2: 23.
other, i. e. to cause to see, to restore sight, —Wisd. 15:17. 1 Macc. 2: 4.41. 3: 5.
Matt. 9: 30. 20:33. John 9: 10, 14, 17, b) by impl. and from the Heb. a vio~
21, 36,30,32. 10: 21. 11:37. SO Sept. lator of the divine law, a transgressor,
and FIRE Is. 35: 5. 37: 17. 42: 7. — impioua, wished, I Tim. 1: 9. 2 Pet. 2: 8.
Metaph. to open the eyes sc. of the mind, In the sense of malefizctor, Mark 15: 28.
i. e. cause to perceive and understand, Luke 22:37.——2 Thess. 2: 8, that im
Acts 26: 18. pious one, i. q. iivtipunrog rfic dpaprlag in
’Avomooo,u.§w, :3, f. 1'Io'w,torebuild, v. 3, referring to the guilt of idolat
trans. Acts 15: 16 bis. Sept. for =33 etch—Sept. for we Is. 53; is. =1}: E2.
Amos 9: 11.—Herodian. 8. 9. 12. Xen. 18: 24.. 33:8,12. 13s was Is. 55: 7.
11. G. 4. 41. 49. Xen. Mem. 4.. 41- 13.
’Ay0'(4,w§, adv. (fir/0,109,) without law,
"AMIgK, 50;, 1'1, (rival-yon) the act
Rom. 2: 12 bis, those who have sinned not
qfopem‘ng, Eph. 6: 19, where e’v c’woIEu
being suly'ect to the law sc. of Moses, will
r017 ardpa-rog corresponds to Ev roofin
alq in the subsequent clause. Comp. be condemned, not indeed by the (Mosaic)
law, butbgthe moral law,- comp. v. 14, 15.
in 'Ayoi'yw d.—-Thuc. 4. 67.
’.AVO§00’01, 5, f. thaw, (in/('1 and tip
’Avop.iot, at‘, 1'7, (duo/tog) pp. law 6601,) to set upright, to erect, trans.
lessness, i. e. violation of law, transgres __ a) pp. Aor. 1 Pass. rim-1906:0111’ with
sion. In N. T. spoken chiefly of the mid. signil'. to stand erect, Luke 13:13.
divine law, viz. cf. Buttm. § 136. Q. So Sept. for
a) pp. 1 John 3: 4bis, mi;- 1': won?” Ps. 20: 9. 1553 E1. 16: 7.—In the sense
rfiv hpaprlaw, Kai rfiv I'xvoplav note?’ Kat of to confirm, to strengthen, to establish,
i, dpapria s'artv i7 c'woplm—Xen. Mem. e. g. n‘: you/am Heb. 12: 12, quoted
1. 2. ltin—Hence from Is. 35: 3 where Heb. F111 and Sept.
b) by impl. and from the Heb. sin, iaxim.—Sept. for VP? 2 Sam. 7: 13, 16,
iniquity, unrighteousness, Matt. 23: 28. 26. Jer. 10:11. 3319. 7:21 PS. 145:
24: 19. Rom. 4|: 7 div ('upt'enaav a1 dro 14. 146: 8.-—Thuc. 6. 68.
Ilia‘, coll. Ps. 32: 1 where Sept. iiyopia b) to erect again, to rebuild, Acts 15:
for 7.155}, parallel with hpap-rlm—Rom. 16, quoted from Amos 9: 11 where Heb.
6: 19 1'1‘: pe'hn I'IFJIV 5017M: 11'] z'wopiq sic “32 and Sept. dvotxoaopc'm— Herodot.
n)v c’wopiav, i. e. obedient to depraved 8. 141. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 12.
desires so as to work iniquity. 2 Cor.
6: 14. Tit. 2: 14'. Heb. 1:9 Eylcnaac ’Avo'mog, 00, 5,17, adj. (a pr. and
dropiav, coll. Ps. 45: 8 where Sept. for 50109,) unholy, ungodly, regardless of
".52. Heb. 8: 12 and 10: 17 1131/ dpap duty to God or man, 1 Tim. 1:9. 9 Tim.
ruiv m1 ‘rd-w c'wopuiv ailro‘w, coll. Jet. 3: 9.-Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 1.
31: 34. where Sept. for BEBTQI'L—Hence l. 11.
6 z’p-yalépcvoc or b 1roulw c’woplav, a 24110767,}, fig, 1‘), (t'we'xu, (wixopag)
worker of iniquity, i. e. wicked, impious, a holding back, delay, e. g. a truce, l
 'A woiklayaa 63 'Avw'
“ace. 19: 95. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 1. oppor 510411,) recompense, reward, Col. 3: 24.
tzuzity, leisure, Herodian. 3. 6. 21 In Sept. for 5'1”: Is. 59: 18. Ps. 94: 2. Jer.
N. T. self-restraint,jbrbearance, patience, 31; 56.—Diod. Sic. X. p. 104., 106. ed.
Rom. 2: 4. 3: 26.—-Hesych. ayoxv’l ' [1(1 Bip.
xpoflupia. ’Awravr0xgiropom, (aw-t, c'ltl'mt‘pl
'AwaywnZoaw, f. loo‘ucu, (t’wrl 7041011,) nor. 1 pass. dvranexpliinw with
and t'z'ywvl'zopuh) to be an antagonist, t0 mid. signil'. Buttm. § 136. 2; to answer
rantazd with, strive against, c. c. 1rpég n, again, to reply against, c. 0. dat. and 1rpdc
Heb. 12: 4.—/Elian. V. H. 2. 8. X011. n, Luke 14:6 coll. v. 4. Rom. 9: 20.
(EC. 10. 12. So Sept. for “511 Judg. 5: 29. Job 16:8.
'Arraikkaypoa, wrog, rd, (Em-i and 32: 12.
dMémmQ that which is exchanged against ,AY'I'iTW01/, aor. 2, (din-i, ElTrOV,)
any tln'ng, compensation, equivalent, and used as nor. of the verb lzvnAé-yw, Buttm.
hence genr. price. Matt. 16: 26 and § 114. p. 279; to reply, to contradict, to
Mark 8: 37, (iv'niXAa-ypa rfig \Pvxfig ail gainsay, c. dat. Luke 21: 15. absol. Acts
roi, the price of his life, i. e. of deliver 4: 14. Sept. for ‘.3’! Gen. 24: 50. Tim
ance from death; the phrase being bor Esth. 8:9. Job 20: 9. ‘"5! Job 32:1.—
rowed from the redemption of a slave; 1 Macc. 14: 44. El. V. II. 3. 26. Xen.
comp. Elsner. I. 83. So Sept. for “"7”, H. G. l. 4. 8.
1K. 31:2. Jer. 15:3. Job28z15.
*2’? Ruth 4: 7.—Ecclus. 6: 15. 26: 14. 'Awe'xu, (am, 2x4“) :0 bold before,
Joe. B. J. l. 18. 3. and intrans. to resist, Jos. Ant. 5.8.6.
Mid. c'ivréxopcu, f. dvth'Eo/iat, to hold
fireman-70156:.“ 5, f. 4m», (1m: before one's self, Hom. 0d. 22. 74.—In
and dumrhqpéu) to fill up instead of, to N. T. only Mid. to holdfast to, cleave to,
make good, trans. Col. 1: 24 c'wrava i. e. to be fiithfully attached to any per
wknpéi rr‘i iurrzpr'lpa-ra 743v 9M1Pzwv rm? son or thing; 0. 0. gen. Matt. 6: 24.
Xpurroz': Ev Ti aaprl you, Ifill up, make Luke 16: 13. Tit. l: 9. Hence,faitl|
good, what is yet wanting to me of afllic fully to care for, 0. gen. 1 Thess. 5: 14
tions 1;” Christ, 1. e. instead of any de my &aOew.7v.—Sept. for ‘5'1? Jer. 8:9.
ficiency (am; {m'repfi/mroc) I endure a Zeph. l: 6. P!!! 1gin Hiph. and Hithp.)
fuflness xkfipwpa) of afilictions for Is. 56: 2,4, 6. rov.3: 18. “2Q Prov.
Christ.— em. 182.22. Dio Cass. 44.48. 4:6. ‘Bil: Jer. 9:8.-—l Macc. 15: 34.
See Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. III. 58. P0]. 5. l. 8. Diod. S. 2. 19. Xen. Cyr.
’Awmro§t’5wpol, f. 36mm, (z'wn' and 2. 2. Q7.
dxoEiEwWQ to give back instead of some Z411”? prep. 0. gen. pp. simply local,
thing received, to repay, to requite,c. dat.
over against, in presence of, as arr! ru/og
or absol.
a-rfivai Horn. ll. 21. 481. Hence spoken
a) spoken of good, to recompense, to
metaph. either in a hostile sense, against,
reward, Luke 14: 14 bis. Rom. 11:35.
contra, 11.15. 415. or by way of com
1 These. 3: 9. So Sept. and 525 1 Sam.
parison, where it implies something of
24:18. Is. 63: 7. 319?. 9 Sam. 22: 95.
equivalent value, and denotes substitu
$21? Prov.'25: 23.-—Ecclus. a: 31. so; 6. tion, exchange, re uital, etc. Buttm. §
b) spoken of evil, to reqm'te, to avenge,
147. n. 9. SO in .T.
etc. Rom. 12:19. 2 These. 1:6. Heb. 10:
1. by way of substitution, in place of;
so. So Sept. and ‘>2; 1 Sam. 24: 18. instead of. Luke 1 l: 1 l dyrl iXBi/oc 54m'.
Pa. 103: 10. Flt". Gen. 50: 15. 1 Sam.
25:21. up? Gen. 44. 4. Judg. 1: 7. James 4:15 r'u/rl r017 Xe'yew iipfic. 1 C01‘.
11: 15. As impl ing succession, Matt.
Judith 7: 15. Ecclns. 17: 23.
2: 99 'Apxz'kaog amkn'lu c'un-l 'Hpédou
'Arrawéoopa, wrog, 11$, (din-wro —1 Mace. 2211. 16:3. Jos. Ant. 3. 10.
i.e.-,4.) reguital, recompense, retribution, 7. Herodot. 3. 59. Ken. An. 1. l. 4.
e. g. of good, Luke 14: 19. of evil, Rom. Mem. 1. 2. 64.—S0 John 1:16 e'kégopey
11.9. Sept. for 55"": Ps. 28: 4. 137: 8. Xépw dwl Xr’lpurog, one favour in place
Joel 3: 4.—Ecclns. 11:2. 14:6. of, after, another; grace upon grace, i. e.
’Awa9r0'500'1;, wt, 1',, (fivrcuroEi most abundant grace.—Theognid. Sent.
 ’Amgmrogéw 64 ’Avai'g:ei;
344 évr' r'ivuiv aviag. Chrysost. de Sa sion to the Jewish notion that Satan is
cerdot. 6. 13 é-répav ave’ c're’pac ¢povr:'5a. the accuser, calumniator, of men before
2. by way of exchange, requital, equi God; comp. Job 1:6sq. Rev. 12: 10
valent, etc. in consideration of, account of, sq. coll. Zech. 3: l.—-Sept. for T’? Jer.
spoken. 50: 34. 51: 36. $11’. 1 Sam. 2: 10.
a) of price,for, Heb. 12: 16 c’wrlfiptb r? W. Is. 41:11.
o'zwg ‘aide. Sept. for Num. 18: 21, ,Al'fllaidlg, 55);, 1'7, (firrvrlflnpg)
31.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5. antithesis, opposition. 1 Tim. 6: 20 tin-t
h) of persons for whom or for the sake Béa-eig 'rfig \beub. 'ywbaewg, i. e. opposite
ofwhom, in behalfof, Matt. 17: 27. 20: opinions, contrary positions or doctrines.
28. Mark 10: 45.—-Soph. (EcLCol. 1326.
c) of retribution, for. Matt. 5. 38 bis, 'Arrmatli'arnjwl, f. o'fl'law, (tint
d¢9ahpbc a'w-ri (Jpflahpob, etc. Rom. 12: and metmpt) in the transitive tenses,
17 Kaxbv c'w-rl. xaxoii. 1 Thess. 5: 15. (Buttm. § 107. II.) to put in place of
1 Pet. 3: 9 bis—Ken. Cyr. 5. 5. 29. another, Sept. Josh. 5: 7. Polyb. 22. 15.
d) of the cause, motive, occasion, etc. 11. to oppose, Sept. Deut. 31: 21. Xen.
on account of, because of. Heb. 12:2 Cyr. 1. 6. 43.-—In N. T. act. 2 in
dvri rfig 1rpoxstpe'wyg abrq': Xapfig, on ac trans. to resist, standfirm against, absol.
count of thejoy. E ph. 5: 31. c’wrl robrou, Heb. 12: 4.—-Thuc. 1. 71.
, , ~ I a I
because of this, i. e. for this cause. Luke AVTmOtltEa), a), f. £001, to rmnte in
12: 3 art)’ (by, on account of which things, turn, so. to a feast, trans. Luke 14: 12.
i. e. wherefore. Sept. for 5'22; Jer. 11: —Xen. Conv. 1. 15.
17.—Wisd. 18: 3. Xen. An. 1. 3. 4.— ’Av'n'neiaai, f. xzt'o'oluat, to lie op
But 8W0‘ Jr is more commonl a caus
posite, spoken of a country, Herodian
ative particle for c'wri rm’n-ou 81,-: on this 6. 4. 8. In N. T. to oppose, be adverse
account that, because that, or simply be
or repugnant to, seq. dat. Gal. 5: l7. 1
cause. Luke 1:20 ill/6' JV oinc e’rria'rev
Tim. 1: 10. So 6 c'wrucelpsvog, an ad
dag‘. 19:44.. Acts 12:23. 2 Thess.2:10. versary, qrposer, absol. or seq. dat. Luke
See Buttm. § 150. p. 435. So Sept. for 13:17. 21:15. 1 COT. 16: 9. Phil. 1:
=22. Gen. 22: 18. 26:5. 2 Sam. 12:
6. "as, has Deut. 29: 62. ‘=2 Jer. 22: 28. 2 Thess. 2: 4. 1 Tim. 5: 14. Sept.
for an: Ex. 23: 22. I112 Job 13: 25.
9.—Jos. Am. 7. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr.6. 1. 4.9. =35!‘ Is. 66: 6.11312 Zech. 3: 1.—Sext.
No'rn. In composition (,II'TlI denotes
1. over against, as c'iwirérrsw. 2. con Empir. Hypoth. 2. 14.
trary to, as av-rtlté'ysw. 3. reciprocity, as 'Avrmgb, adv. gum’) opposite to,
r'iv-rarrobibwpi. 4. substitution, as am. over against, c. gen. cts 20: 15.—Jos.
gaathcr'lc, fivtil'nrarog proconsul. 5. simi Ant. 7. 10. 2. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 22.
larity, or correspondence, as swarm, ’Avw7taju.fioim, f. Mabopm, to take
hv-réEioc. Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 9. in turn, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 12. In N. T.
241112027111», 1'. fiahth, to throw in Mid. t’iwthapfitivopar, to take hold of
one's turn, as a weapon, Thuc. 7. 25. In in one's turn, to take part in, to interest
N. T. metaph. of words, to cast back one's selffor, seq. gen. ‘ _ .
wards and forwards, trans. i. e. to con a) pokcn of things 1 Tim. 6: a:
verse, Luke 24: 17.—2 Macc. 11: 13. fin; ebcp'yeo'l'ag awtltapfiavopevor, 1. e.
who also are par-takers of, devoted to,
'A vnbiari'tlnal, (am-1 and 51.171 the good cause, etc Sept. dr'nlmfié
011/11,) to phzce or dispose over against. In pcvog cinema; for 7P3? Is. 26: 3. (Others
N. T. Mid. fivribta'rleepal, to oppose by Hebraism, firmly attached to; as
one's self, to be adverse, 2 Tim. 2: 25. Sept. for Pro 1 K. 9: 9. 2 Chr. 7: 22.)
I
1411137205‘, 00, 6, 1), (fuel, 30:11,) —1 Mace. 2: 48. Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 3.
an opponent, accuser, e. g. the plaintifl' Philoin Flacc. p. 967. Ken. Cyr. 2. 3.6.
in a suit at law, Matt. 5: 25 bis. Luke b) spoken of persons, to aid, protect,
12: 58.—Xen. Apol. 10. Demost. 226. relieve, Luke 1: 54. Acts 20: 35. So
11.—Hence genr. any adversary, enemy, Sept. for Hiph. and Pie] of P313 Lev.
q. 5X9 6:, Luke 18: 3. 1 Pet. 5:8. 25: 35. 2 Chi‘. 28: 15. 29: 34. ‘=12? Ps.
In this ihtter passage there is an allu 31 e. 119; 116. Is. 63; 5. ‘I! 2 Chr.
 ’A 0111574: 65 'A vrm'igav
98: 23.—Diod. Sic. ll. 13. Hesych. wards me in the some manner as I have
drtihapfilivcrm' Bonflei. done to you; comp. v. ll.—Theopl1yl.
Amkéyu, f. z’Eu, c. 0. dat. or ad Autol. lib. l. p. 87.
absol. to speak against, i. e. 'Awuixsuz, ac, 17, Antioch, the
a) to contradict, Acts 13: 45 bis. 28: name of two cities in N. T.
19, 88.-—Ecclus. 4: 25. Ken. Mem. 4. l. Antioch of Syria was situated on
4. B.—Followed by pr’; 0. infin. to deny, the river Orontes, and was the royal
Luke 90: 87. residence and metropolis of all Syria.
b) to oppose, to disobey, to contemn or It was founded by Seleucus Nicanor,
"vile, Luke 2: 84'. John 19: 12. Rom. and called by him after the name of
I0: 21. Tit. 1:9. 2: 9. Sept. for T‘T‘C! his father Antiochus. This city is ce
Hos. 4: 4. 15¢; Is. 50: 5. ""15 Is. 65:9. lebrated by Cicero in his oration pro
—Jos. Ant. 4.6.2. Lucian. D. Bear. 8. 3. Archia, as being opulent and abounding
'Arn'lmhlg, we, 1", (émkapfié in men of taste and letters. It was
ru, aid, relief,- in N. T. by meton. of also a place of great resort for the Jews,
abstr. for concrete, ll helper, reliever, 1 and afterwards for Christians, to all of
Cor. 12: 28, where it refers to those whom invitations and encouragements
appointed to take care of the poor and were held out by Seleucus Nicanor.
sick, i. e. the Eu'ixovol, both male and The distinctive name of Christians was
female; comp. Acts c. 6. Rom. 16: I. here first applied to the followers of
See Suit-er. Thesaur. s. h. voc.—Sept. Jesus. It was inhabited by great
for Ps. 22: 19. ‘"3’; Ps. 108: 9. numbers of Jews, Jos. B. J. 7. 3. 3.
Ps. 83: 9. The modern name is Anlahia. Acts ll:
19, 90, 99, 96 bis, 37. 13:1. 14: 26.
Q‘lwfllayi’a, (15‘, 1'], (rivnhe'ym) con. 15:99, 93, 30, 35. 18: 39. Gal. 9:11.
lradiaion, i. e. 9. Antioch of Pisidia was so called,
a) controva'sy, question, amfi, Heb. 6: because it was attached to that province,
16. 7: 7. Spoken of a controversy before although situated in Phrygia. It was
a judge, Sept. for "2‘! Ex. 18: 16. 3"‘) founded by Seleucu Nicanor. Its site
Dent. 25: l. 2 Sam. 15: 4.--Polyb.98.7.4. and ruins were ascertained in 1833 by
b) contumely, reproach, Heb. l2: 3, Mr Arundell, near the Turkish town of
comp. Matt. 26: 60 sq. 27: 22 sq. 29, Yalobitz or Galobitch. Acts l3: I4. 14.:
40 sq. 49. et al.—Jude 11, coll. Acts 19, 31. 9 Tim. 8:11. Comp. Strabo 12.
13: 45. Others rebeRion.-—-Sept. for Plin. H. N. 5. 97. '
'f'v'a, strife, i. e. reproach, Ps. 80: 7.
“2*?! Num. 90: 13, where it is i. q. n)
'Amoxsz'ag, tag, a, a citizen qfAn
was», coll. v. a. #1 Dent. 21: 5. tioch, Acts 6: 5.
'Av-nkorhogiw, a7, f. flow, to revile in ’Avrnmg€gxo(.am, t‘. ehu'wopai, to
turn, 1 Pet. 2; 23.—Lucian. Conv. § 40. pass along over against, i. e. to pass by,
so. without stopping, Luke 10: 31, 32.
'AwiAwgov, 00, "5, (Ewn'Ju'rrpom) —Wisd. 16: 10.
ronsom,price ofrezkmption, 1 Tim. 2: 6
dwikurpov inre'p min-my, comp. Matt. 90: ’Awrl'mzg, a, 6, Anh'pas, pr. name
28 M'rrpoy dun-i 1roMl'Jm—Anon. Vers. of a martyr, Rev. 2: l3.
V. T. for "-PI. (read "P3 Ps. 49: 9, ’Awmoa'rg/;, {304, {1, Anlipatn's,
where Sept. 'rr)v mph)‘ ri'yg Xv'rpéomg. pr. name of a city of Palestine, situated
'Awqsergéw, 5, t‘. {,M, to meas two or three miles from the coast, in a
me out again or in turn, absol. Luke 6: fertile and well watered plain between
38. [Math 7: 2.] i. e. meta h. put for Cesarea and Jerusalem, on the site of a
to repay, mqm'le, to render lifie for like. former city Xmpapfi'c’ifla. It was founded
‘Armand/a, 00;, f’, (ém', F4006“) by Herod the great, and called Antipa
retribution, recompense, wages.- spoken of tris in honour of his father Antipater.
punishment, Horn. 1: 21.-—Spoken of Acts 93: 31. See Jos. Ant. 13. 15. 1.
reward, 2 Cor. 6: 13 rfiv alrrfiv ('u'rqu lb. 16. 5. 9. B. J. l. 21. 9.
I
ofiiav whun'ryfim'e ral ilpt'ig, i. e. by way 'AWI’I'EQM”, adv. (c'wfl', 1rc'pav,)
of recompense open ye your ‘hearts to. over against, on the opposite shore, etc.
a
 ’A ram/arm) 66 "Am
Luke 8: 26. Some Mss. read r’w-rms’pa. "Avrttnjwot, 0:70;, r6, whalis drawn,
—Jos. Ant. 2. 16.3. Xen. H. G. s. 2. 9.
, I Dioscor. 4. 64. In N. T. a bucket, i.e.
dwm'nr'm, f. negofipat, pp. tofizll any vesselfor drawing water, John 4:
against or upon, sc. in a hostile manner, ll. Heb. ‘7.?
Herodian. 6. 3. l3. ln N. T. metaph. ’Awo¢0a7.,u.€w, 5, r. {,w, (awz,
to oppose, resist, strive against, 0. dat.
assayed) to look at directly or in the
Acts 7: 51. Sept. infin. for a??? Num.
face; Barnab. Ep. 0. 5 clg t'n-rivag for?
87: l4.—Polyb. 25. 9. 5. ilklov fiv-rmpfia). fia'at. Chrysost. in Jes.
’Avrwrgwra60ju.m, Mid. dep.(dm’ 6: 2.—In N. . trop. spoken ol‘a ship,
a'rparsim,) pp. toleadouttm army against, to look the wind in the face, i. e. to bear
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 26. In N. T. metaph. up against, to resist, to withstand, c. (lat.
to war against, to oppose, 0. dat. Rom. Acts 27: 15.—Wisd. 12: 14. Polyb.
7: 23.—Aristaenet. II. Ep. 1 Epwg (urt 9. 24. l.
arpareilcw roig inrcpmpavoiiat (phi. "Awuhgog, 0v, 5, {1, adj. ((1 pr. and
,Av'rl'rotad'at, f. Em, to draw up an ildwpo waterless, dry, as dvudpot rému,
army against, to arrange in battle array, dry places, i. e. barren, sandy, desert,
Xen. Anab. 4. 8. 5. In N. T. Mid. Matt. 12: 43. Luke 11:24. The Jews
t’wrtrdaaojtat, metaph. to set one's self supposed that the abode of evil spirits
against, to oppose, to resist, 0. dat. or ab was in deserts; see Tob. 8: 3. Baruch
sol. Acts 18: 6. Rom. l3: 2. James 4: 4: 35. and comp. Rev. 18: 2. Sept. for
6. 5; 6.3: 34.
Prov. 1 Pet. 5; 5. So Sept.
i for m ‘first; Is. 43. 19, 20. “an. Is. 41. 19.
I I -
"33 Hos. 2: 3. 1'5?! Is. 44: 3.—2 Mac-c.
Avrlrwrog, co, 6, {1, adj. (dwt’, l: 19. Polyb. 5. 80. 2.—Trop. spoken
ra'nroc q. v.) resisting a blow or impres of boastful deceivers and seducers, who
sion, i. 6. hard, solid, Julian. Ep. 54. p. are called mj-yat swap... 9 Pet. 2:17,
441. Porphyr. p. 953. See Elsner Obs. and veoéhat dw5pot Jude 12, i. e. foun
Sac. II. .p. 407. In N. T. dv'rl in tains 0r clouds that promise much wa
compos. here implies resemblance, oor ter, but deceive those who rely on them.
respondence ; hence, formed after a type ’Avu-7ro'xglrog, ov, a, 1*’, adj. (a pr.
or model, like, corresponding,- and neut. and broxplvopan) unfeigned, real, true,
arrt'rwrov, as subst. antitype, that which sincere, Rom. 12:9. 2 Cor. 6: 6. 1 Tim.
corresponds to a type, Heb. 9: 24. 1 Pet. 1:5. 2 Tim. 1:5. James 3:17. 1 Pet.
3: 21.4-Hesych. dvrlrmrog‘ ‘icogfipamg. 1: 22.—W311. 5: 18. 18:16.
Gregor. Naz. Orat. 11. Gregor. Damasc.
()rth. Fid. 4. l4. Constitut. Apost. 5: 'Avwro'raxrog, 00, b, 1), adj. ((1
l3 rt‘: t'tvrt'rwra pva'rr'ypta r017 O'IiIILtITOL‘ pr. and inro-réao'w) unsuly'ected, i. e.
Kfll. (ll/10.70;‘ roit Xpwroi), spoken of the spoken of things, Pass. not made subject,
bread and wine, the symbols of the Heb. 2: 8. Spoken of persons, Act. in
body and blood of Christ. subordinate, lawless, refractory. 1 Tim.
1: 9. Tit. l: 6, 10. Symmach. for
'Avr/xgmrog, 00, b, antichrist, lit. 522%.? 16's 1 Sam. 2.12.
an 0pposer of Christ, found only in "AMI, adv. up, above, denoting
John's epistles, and there defined to be,
collectively. all who deny that Jesus is
_ a) place where, e'v r93 ol'lpawfi 6m»
Acts 2:19. Rev. 5:3 in later edit.—
the Messiah, and that the Messiah is come Hence a, 1'], rd (‘ii/u, as an adj. (Buttm.
in thefiesh, 1 John 2: 18 bis, 22. 4: 3.
§ 125. 6,) what is above, upper, referred
2 John 7. What class of persons the to heaven and therefore heavenly, celes
apostle had in view is unknown ; prob tial. So rit iti'w, heaven, John 8:23,
ably Jewish adversaries. See Suicer's comp. 3213,31. 6: 38. 17: 5. But Til
Thesaur. s. voc. dvw, things above, heavenly or divine
,Av'rhéfil, 5, f. flaw, (iiwhoc ahold, things, Col. 3: l, 2.—Act. Thom. §36.
sink,) to draw out sc. water, wine. etc. —Gal. 4: 26 i1 lit/w 'Iepouaakr'lp, the ce
trans. or absol. John 2: 8, 9. 4:7,15. lestial Jerusalem. Phil. 3: l4 1'] time xhfi
Sept. for =15“; Gen. 24: 13, 30. "'33 Ex. am, the heavenly calling, i. q. z'iroupc'wtog
2: 16, 19.—Xen. (E0. 7. 40. in Heb. 3: 1. —- Sept. for 52?”. Deut. 4:
 'A M720» 67 "A510;

39. Josh. 12:11. 1311.204. fix, Is. 7: and dnpehz'w) useh'ss, Imprqfitahle, serving
11.—Died. Sic. 4. 55. Ken. An. 7. 4. 11. no purpose.
b) motion to a higher place, upwards, 0.) pp. 7: 18. Sept. for 5W"?! “5 spoken
Mann, John 11:41. Heb. 12. 15. Sept. of idols, Jer. 2:8. Is. 44: 10.—Lucian.
for Harp’; Is. a: 21. 37: 21. E00. 3: 21. Tim. § 127/ Ken. (E0. 1. 16.
l Chr. 22:.5.—Xen. An. 4'. 8. 28.— b) by impl. injurious, noxious, Tit. 3:
John 2: 7 Zwg évw, to the very top or 9.—Sept. Prev. 28: 3. Psalt. Salom. 16:
brim. Sept. for nlvge’g 1! 2 Chr. 26: s. 8 épapn'a rivanpzhfig. Test. XII. Patr.
,
A7575“, 0!), 16, i. q. 'Avc'vymov q. v. p. 959.
'A’g'lm, n9, 1'], (ii'yvu‘ui, inf. (15114,)
"Amflslt, adv. (611m).) an axe, Matt. 3: 10. Luke 3: 9. Sept.
1. of place, from above, from a higher for-111:1 Deut. 19: 5. M72 1 Sam. 13:20.
place, Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15:38. John —1‘Elian. V. H. 12. 5. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 34.
19: 23. —Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 3. Herodian. 8.
4. 20. Thus. 3. 21.—Hence spoken of "Agmg, fat, low, worth, worthy, c. 0.
whatever is oilpavéflw or in ref: 01.1‘)!! gen. or absol.
voi,fram heaven, and since God dwells a) of equal value, of like worth, worthy
in heaven, it signifies, from God, in a of comparison, comparable. Rom. 8: 18
divine manner, John 3:31. (3: 3, 7.) 19: m'm (i511: riz 1ra6hpara r017 m'w :mpm'l
11. James 1:17. So James 3:17 1'] 'n'pog rr‘lv pc'Mousav 365ml. SO Sept. for
ivwflzy ao¢ia, heavenly or divine wisdom, "I? Prov. 3:15. 8:11. Comp. Gen.
23: 9. l Chr. 21: 29, 24.—Hom. ll. 8.
(Buttm. § 125. 6,) i. . 1', a {a dmoezv
in v. 15. Sept. for 2?”. x. 28: 27. 234:. ib. 23. 885. DiOd. Sic. l. 51.
Job 3: 4. — Clem. Alex. Protrept. 1. b) genr. worthy of, deserving of, either
Just. Mart. Cohort. p. 9. IElian. H. good or evil, viz.
An. 9. 30. Ken. Mem. 4. 3. 14. . (a) of good, absol. of persons, worthy
so. of benefit. Matt. 10: 11,13 bis. 22: 8.
2. of time. a)fro1n thefirst,from the Luke 7: 4. Rev. 3: 4. — Seq. gen. of
beginning. Luke 1:3. Acts 26: 5 1rpo thing, Matt. 10: 10 rii'; rpopr‘m. Luke
ymhoron-ég pa z'ivweew,from thefirst, i. e. ‘ 10: 71017 Patios. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Acts 13.
from the earliest age—Dem. 1125. 24:. 46. 1 Tim. 1:15. 4.: 9. 6: 1. Sept. for
Herodian. 8. 6. 12 can" rilvoww, fill elxov
rphq may timothy. Just. Mart. Dial.
“3:5 Esth. 7: 4.. — Wisd. 6: 16. 9: 12.
2 Mace. 4.: 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62.—
c. Tryph. 24.. p. l23.-—So Gal. 4: 9 Seq. gen. of persons, i.e. r017 elvat' nvoc,
cl; xcihw t'iywfizv hovhu'mv Se'M-re, again worthy to be the friend of, or to be che
from the very beginning, 1. e. wholly, as
n'shedbg,any one, Matt. 10: 37,38. Heb.
if ye had never been Christians.—Wisd. ll:38.— Wisd. 3: 5.—Seq. infin. aor.
19: 6.
Luke 15: 19, 21, oinc (‘15109 101170711411 1116;.
b) again, another time, John 3: 3, 7,
Am 13: 25. Rev. 4:11. 5:2, 4,9,12.
yevrryflfivat awe”, to be born again.
see Buttm. § 14.0. 3. and § 137. 5.—
Others refer this to no. 1, and so far as
Wisd. 1:16. 18:1. Xen. (EC. 21. 12.—
the sense is concerned, it is doubtless
With ‘in, John l:27.—Comp. 6:510:71’
i. q. E: 9(01'1 'ywwlfiilvm, in John 1: 13;
but Nicodemus in v. 4: takes it as synony Tva Dem. 279. 8.
(,6) of evil, deserving of, absol. Rev.
mm’is with 52611901’, 0 second time. 16: 6. Seq. gen. 19.117131’ Luke 12: 4.8.
Avmsgmég, 2'], (iv, (avonpog fr. £1510; suwirov, deserving ofdeath, Luke
Gm», upper, higher. Acts 19: 1 évarrepmi: 23:15. Acts 23! 29. 25:11,Q5. 26: 3].
pz'pn, the higher regions, i. e. the inland Rom. 1: 32.—Wisd. 19: 4..‘ Xen. Mem.
parts of Asia Minor, comp. 18: 23. 1. 2. 68 Qavérov. '
Ava’rregog, a, or, compar. higher, c) by impl. suitable, congruent, cor
superior, used. in the neut. as the com responding to, c. gen. as xaprrm): t’zElom;
par. of limo, Buttm. § 115. 5. Luke 14: rfic prravolac, Matt. 3: 8. Luke 3: 8.
I0. Heb. 10:8 (‘wan-spay Xé'yaw, having Acts 26: 20. So Luk023: 41.—l Mace.
raid above, before, in the former part of 10: 54.. Ken. Ag. 1. 1.—Hence (‘1.511311
the quotation. Sept. for 521w, Lev. 1 l. 21. e'on, it is suitable, proper, etc. 1 Cor. 16:
’Am¢$70’)9, £09, 6, 1", adj. (a pr. 4.. 2 Thes. 1: 3.—Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3.
n 2
 .11 £16m 68 ’A wm'bewo;
I I ~
Aime’, w, 1‘. 61m, (115109,) to re you, i. e. declare, make known ,- so Sept.
gard as deserving, to hold worthy of for ‘2? Ps. 78:4, 6; here quoted from
a) pp. c. accus. et gen. 2 Thess. 1: 11. Ps.22:23, where Heb. “5°. and Sept.
Pass. 0. gen. 1 Tim. 5: 17. Heb. 3: 3. din-yi'yoopat. Others to praise, cekbrate,
10: 29.—Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Ken. Anab. as Sept. for 2"‘9" Ps. 89: 2. 105:1—111
3. 2. 7. — Seq. infin. aor. Luke 7: 7, the sense of to ezhort, c. infin. Acts 26:
comp. in "A5109 b. a. —- Sept. Gen. 31: 20 lim’ry-yeMov TGI'OE-t'lh—SO also by
28. Ken. Mem. 1. 4. 10. impl. to confess, uke 8:47. 1 Cor. 14:
b) to regard as suitable, to deem proper, 25. So Sept. and "'1?! Gen. 12: 18.
to think good, seq. infin. aor. Acts 15: 38 2. to bring back word from any one,
155101), '11:‘; awurapakage'iv rol'rroy. 28: 22. to report, 0. (lat. of pers. with or without
—Act. Thom. § 11. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. accus.of thing, Matt. 2:8. 11: 4. Luke
4.--Others, to desire, to wish, etc. as 7:22. 14:21. Acts5:22. 22:26. Sept.
Sept. for Estb. 4:7. Dan. 1:8. for for ‘PA-‘S Gen. 27:42. 29: 12. —-Xen.
Chald. 2?? Dan. 2: 16, 23. -— Xen. An. Mem. 1. 2. 33. 1
1. 7. 8. Diod. Sic. 17. 107. ’Avroi'yxw, f. c’ryEw, to strangle. In
,AZ/WG', adv. suitably, properly, in N. T. Mid. ami-yxopm, to strangle one's
a becoming manner, seq. gen. Rom. 16: 2. self, sc. by hanging, to hang one's self,
Eph. 4: 1. Phil. 1:27. Col. 1:10. 1 Thess. Matt. 27 : 5. Sept. for 2 Sam. 17:
2:12. 3 John 6.—-WiSd. 7216. 16: 1. 23.—Elian. V. H. 5. 8. Ken. Hiero 7.
Ken. Mem. 4. 5. 9. 13.—Comp. Acts 1: 18, where Judas is
'Aéga-rog, 0v, .3, §,, adj. ((1 pr. and said 1rprlw‘lc ‘yemipevoc e'kc'umo’c ,uz'o'og
both») unseen, invisible, Rom. 1: 20. C01. x. 1:11. i. e. having hanged himself, and
1: 15,16. 1 Tim. 1=17. Heb. 11:27.— the cord perhaps breaking, he fell with
Sept. Gen. 1:2. 2 Macc. 9: 5. Jos. Ant. such violence as to dash out his bowels.
l4. 4. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13. ’Aaroiym, £51.), aor. 2 am'rya-yow, aor.
'Avray'yékkw, f. 'yeMi, imperf. 1 Pass. dm'lxfiqv, to lead away, to con
d'n'r'ry'yekkov Acts 26: 20 in later edit. aor. duct away, trans.
1 luri'ry'yuha, ear. 2 Pass. d'rrq'y'ye'hqv
a) gem. Luke 13: 15. seq. 7rpdc Acts
23: 17. Se t. for J?! Gen. 31: 18. Deut.
Luke 8: 20,doubtful, see Buttm. § 103.
n. 4. marg.—c. 0. dat. of person and 2e; 37. new Deut. 20. as. 1 K. 1:38.
accus. of thing or are‘)! seq. gen. or 61-1,aL—IEI. V. H. 1. 6.—Spoken in N. T.
161;, or infin.
chiefly in a judicial sense, to lead away,
1. to give up intefligence, to bring word
or bring, sc. before a judge or to prison,
from any person or place, concerning seq. 11116;‘ or :19, Matt. 26:57. 27:2.
any thing, i. e. Mark 14: 44,53. 15:16. John 18: 13.
a) to relate, to inform of, to tell, so. Acts 24: 7. or to punishment, Matt. 27:
what had occurred etc. 1:. dat. of pers. 31. Luke 23:26. John 19:16. Hence
Matt. 8:33. 14:12. 28:8,10,11. Mark absol. amxefimem be put to death, Acts
12: 19.—Ep. Jerem. 18. Sept. {rm-yd
6:30. 16:10,13. Luke 7:18. 8:20,36. away, a prisoner, for ‘13°15 etc. Gen. 39:
9:36. 13=1. 24=9. John 20: 18. Acts4:
23. 11: 13. 1 Thess. 1: 9. Sept. for '1"? 22. 40: 3. 42: 16. Hesych. (7111117:
06111‘ sic Sévaror 'e'hxeaflal.
Judg. 13:10. — Xen. Anab. 1. 7. 2.—
Seq. (19. Luke 8: 34 am’ry-yemay sic rfiv b) spoken of a way, seq. :19, Matt. 7:
mihw xal zip ‘r0119 ('vypol'lg. Mark 5: 14 13, 14, 1') 6569 1'] dird'yovaa :19 T7)!’ t'nrév
in later edit. So Sept. for "-‘é? Amos Auav v. :19 rfiv Kuhn—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10
sic erévozav. So aw, Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 4.
4: 13.—Ken. An. 6. 4. 25.
b) to announce, to make known, declare, 6301/9 rag‘ c'vyobaac rig 'Iapoaékupa. Philo
tell, sc. what is done or to be done, etc de Vit. Mos. 11. p. 264.
Matt.l2:18. Luke 18:87. John 4:51. 0) Mid. dni-yopcu, lit. to lead one's
Acts 5: 25. 12:14. 17. 152 27. 16: 36. selfaway, to go away, i. e. metaph. to go
23:16, 17, 19. 28: 21. 1 John 1: 2, 3. astray, be seduced. 1 Cor. 12:2 we; re.
Sept. for "El: Josh. 2: 2. ‘PF! Gen. 24: c‘ibwAa i. e. to the worship of idols.
49. 29: 15. Judg.13:6.—So Heb. 2: ’Amzibswog, 011, (3,1,, adj. 3;: pr.
12 ('ura'y'yeho': 'ro b'n'opc'l oov 707g‘ adehzpoig and 1111155601,) pp. untaught, Xen. 1cm.
 'Arrotigu 69 'Amxgu'fiurog
G. 1.‘; hence, ignorant, stupid, foolish, ’A rakltorgléw, :5, f. thaw, (r'uni,
of persons, Sept. for 5;! Prov. 17:22. ¢'1>\Xorp:6w,) to estrange, to alienate; Pass.
‘a; Prov. 8:5. 15:15. .108. Am. 2. 13. to be alienated from, to be a stranger to,
3.—In N. T. of things, inept, trifling, seq. gen. Eph. 2: 12. 4: 18. absol.
ablprd, 2 Tim. 9: 93 tiratdn'n'ovg Znrr'lactg.
Col. 1: 21. Sept. for "-‘fl Ps. 58: 4|. ‘3.?
Job 21: 29.—4 Mace. 1: 3. Diod. Sic. 3.
ATWLON, t'. apt}, (ans, a‘lpw,) trans.
to take away/Jo remove, Herodot. 8. 57. 79. ib. 11. 48.
‘Afl'otltolg, 9'), 6V, soft, tender; spoken
intrans. to go away, depart, Xen. H. G.
6.5.32. Sept. for 7'93 Gen. 12:9. 13:11. of a shoot of a tree, Matt. 24: 32. Mark
al. saap. Comp. Buttm. § 130. n. 2.— 13: 28. So Aquil. draka )uixava Lev.
In N. T. only aor. 1 Pass. drn'ypflnv, in 2: 14. Sept. ('urahérng for I'V‘P‘P',‘ Ez.
the pass. sense, to be taken away, Matt. 17:4. So of flesh, Sept. for ‘=1: Gen.
9:15. Mark 2: 20. Luke 5: 35. or per 18: 7.-—1Elian. V. H. 3. 4.2. Xan. Anab.
haps with the mid. intrans. sense, to de 1. 5- Q.
part.- comp. Buttm. § 135. 3.§ 136. ’ I ~

Anotvrotm, to, f. haw, (r'urd, (1776.01,)

'Amwéw, a, i. now, (67rd, are...) so in N. T. and Diod. Sic. 18. 15; but
to demand back from any one, so. what usually 1'. iloolutu, as Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 3;
is one's own, to require, trans. c. c’uro' n to meet from opposite directions, to fall in
rog. Luke 6: 30. 12:201'fim11vx1'1v aov with, c. 0. dat. Matt. 28: 9. Mark 5: 2.
14:13. Luke 17:12. John 4:51. Acts
('ll'dtfol-tdll' 1’11'6 aov, lit. they shall require
thy life, indef. for the Pass. thy life shall 16:16. So Sept. for raw 1 Sam. 10: 5.
be required so. by him who gave it; Xen. Anab. 2. 3. 17.-Spoken of a hos
comp. Buttm. § 129. 11. Stuart § 500. tile encounter, Luke 14: 31. So Sept.
Sept. for “.1; Dent. 15: 2, 3.-—Ecclus. 20: to full upon, for ,2‘ Judg. 8: 21. 2 Sam.
15. .10s. Ant. 12. 4. 5. Theophr. Char.
9 or 12. 1: 1,5. I
Amxvmmg, am, 7'1, Ségmwéo)
’Am>.yéw, 5», f. an», ((11.6, mm...) meeting, encounter,- found in . T. only
pp. to grieve out, i. e. to ceasefrom griev in the phrase sic inrciv-rmnv, used for the
ing, Thuc. 2. 61. In N. T. to cease to inf. d'rrarrtiy, to meet, seq. gen. Matt. 25:
feel, to be unfeeling, i. 2. without sense 1, 6. 1 These. 4.: l7. seq. dat- Acts 28:
of decorum, shame, etc. Epb. 4:19.— 15. So Sept. for P8??? 1 Sam. 9: 14,.
Heliodor. 5. p. 213. Hesych. t't'lrnlt'ymcd Jer.41: a. soup. as‘a 1 Chr. 12=17.-_
rtg' (Walden-rot yzvépevor, d'lroxapévreg. Diod. Sic. 18. 59. Polyb. 5. 26.8.
"A7065, adv. of time, once, i. e.
'Az'oflloio'ow', v. 031m, f. .35.”, a) pp. one time, semel, 2 Cor. 11:25.
(tiréjlthiaaw) to remove from, trans. r1
Heb. 9: 7, 28, 27,28. l2:26,27. 1 Pet.
i116 rwog, Xen. Anal). 3. 2. 28. Sept- for 3: 18, [20.] Sept. for N35 EX. 30: 11.
1101) 9: 34. 27: 5. Jer. 32131.
Lev. 16:34.—Xen. (E0. 10. 1. Hero
Hence in N. T. dian. 1. 10. 8.--So&ra£ra151g,once and
a) Mid. dwaMc'wo‘opaa, to remove one’:
again, i. e. several times, Phil. 4: 16. l
selffrom, or intrans. to depart, to leave,
Thess. 2: 18. So Sept. for =73?“ =23
c. (and, Acts 19:12.-—So Act. intrans.
Sept. Ex. 19: 22. Herodot. 1. 16. So Neh. 13: 20.-—-] 1111300. 3: 30.
b) trop. once for all, already, formerly,
Mid. Xen. Anab. 7. 1. 4|. seqix ib. 7. 6. 2. Heb. 6: 4. 10:2. Jude v.3,5. So Sept.
b) by impl. to free, to set free, to dis for N35 Ps. 62:12. 89: 36.-Jos. Ant.
miss, trans. seq. ans. Luke 12: 58 durnX
Mxfla: c'ur' ul'rrol'i, to be set free, let go, 5. 3. 9.
from thy opponent, creditor, etc. so. 33' ’A7rotgol@wrog, 00, 6,11, adj. ((1 pr.
by private adjustment—Seq. gen. Wi . and 7rapa€alvw,) Act. not passing over,
12: 2,20. 105. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Xen. Mem. i. e. nottransgressing so. a law, Jos. Ant.
2. 9. 6.—So metapb. Heb. 2:15 111m)‘ 18. 8. 2. Pass. not violated, inviolate,
Nifp rain-mtg 560i. @559 samirav Zvoxo: e. g. b wépog, Epict. Enchir. 50. 2. M
iwuw dovXelag—Seq. gen. Philo de spec. 70: 8:70: Plut. de Fat. 1. de def. Orac.
Leg. p. 793 t'l'l'ahhaxfiii riig c'n'i rii 9a 3.—In N. T. spoken of Christ's priest
m'mp npuplag. Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 12. hood, Heb. 7:24, either Act. not tron
Ken. Cyr. 5. l. 12. sient, perpetual; or Pass. immutable, un
 'Awotgaaxehowro; 7O ’A z'émg
changing. — Found only in the later Ex. 23: 19. Lev. 23: 10.—Jos. Ant. 4'.
Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 313. 8. 19. Ken. (Be. 1. 10.—Hence
’Armgaaxshuerog, 00, .5, ,7, adj. a) the first part, earnest, of any thing.
(a pr. 1rapad’Ktvt'rzw,) unprepared, 2 Cor. Rom. 11: 16 drrapxfi so. ¢vpdparog,the
9:‘4», coll. v. 3.—Jos. Ant. 4.. 8.4.1. Xen. firstfruits, first portion, so. of the mass,
Cyr. 2. 4. 15. i. e. metaph. spoken of the patriarchs
IAWMQIIEOFMI, 0:75.00“,- f. fiaolum, d6 and ancestors of the Jewish nation. Trop.
Rom. 8: 23 rrllv z’urapxfiv 'roii 1rvn'1parog,
pon. (61rd, dpvz'oluan) fut. 1 pass. t'l'rrap the firstfruits of the Spirit, i. e. the first
woman. in pass. sense Luke 12:9, gifts of the Spirit,the earnest, the pledge,
comp. Buttm. § 113. 3. n. 6; to abnegate, dfifiaflév, of future and still higher gifts.
to deny, seq. infin. Luke 22: 34. 1rplv 1‘] —-Ecclus. 32: 8 drrupxr) xcipu‘woov.
rplc ('uragvha'n p1) cide'va: fm—Herodot. b) spoken of persons, first in time, first
8. 69. ee kypke Obs. Sac. in 100.— in any thing, i. e. the first of whom any
Hence spoken of persons, to deny, i. e. particular thing may be predicated; a
to disarm, to aly'ure, trans. first-ling. Rom. 16: 5 6';- e'm'w r'urapxfi
a) of Christ and his religion, Matt. rfig 'Aen'ag sic Xpurrév, i. e. the first in
26: 34, as, 75. Mark 14.. 30, 31, 72. Asia Minor who embraced the Christian
Luke 22:61. John 13:38. Of persons religion. 1 Cor. 16: .15. James 1: 18.
denied by Christ, Luke 12: 9. Sept. for Rev. 14.: 4.. In 1 Cor. 15:20, 23, Christ
915’! Is. 31:7.—Dem. 575. 25 rd b'yopa is called 1', r'urapxr) r6311 xcxoipn s'vwv, i.e.
Diod. Sic. 5. 24 T61’ yépov. the first who has risen from t e dead.
b) seq. z'aimiv, to deny one’s self, i. e.
to disown and renounce self, to disre "Awag, acct, av, (Ei'ua, mm) i. q.
gard all . personal interests and enjoy rule, but stronger, the whole, every, 00 to
ments,Matt.16:24. Mark8z34. [Luke gather, Matt. 24: 39. Mark 16: 15. Luke
9:23.] Comp. Phil. 3: 7, 8. 17:27, 29. Acts 11: 10. al. seep. Sept. t'or
*A I . . , 5'3 Ps. 22: 24.. Jer. 18: 23.—Herodian.
‘#06571, adv. of time, 1. q. o'nr lip-rt, 3. 8. 4.. Thuc. 2. l3.—Spoken also in.
for which it is put in the later editions, definitely of a large number, without
from now, from this time, i. e. necessarily including every individual
a) henceforth, hereafter, Matt. 23:39. of that number, Mark 8: 25. 11:32.
26: 29, 64.. John 1:52. Comp. am; r017 Luke 3: 21. 8: 37. 19: 48. etc. AL.
vr'w Luke 1:48.—Whether the Attics
used it in this sense, is doubtful; Lob. ’A vrotrolw, (5, t‘. flow, to deceive, to
ad Phryn. p. 20, 21. dclude, i. e. to lead into error, trans.
b) i. q. tip", but stronger, at this very Eph. 5: 6. 1 Tim. 2: 14. bis. James I:
time, even now, John 13: 19. 14: 7. Rev. 26. Sept. for ""9?! 2 K. 18: 32. 1915-‘!
14: 13 paxdpwl oi vexpol oi Ev Kuplp Gen. 3: 13. 71135 Ex. 22 :15.-—Herodian.
z'uroflm'lzrxov-rcg z’mapri', blessed, even now, 2. l. 22. Xen. ~Cyr. 5. 4'. 20.
are the dead, etc.—-Arist0ph. Plut. 388. ’Amirn, mg, 1‘), (drraro'im) decep
'Arragrm'fno'g, 05, o (i'uraprizw t0 tion, delusion; Act. a‘; r’urc'irrlv ail-r06
complete,—a word of the later Greek, Judith 16: 8; in N. T. Pass. spoken of
Lob. ad 'Phryn. p. 44.7,) completion. any thing which is deceptive, seducing,
Luke 14’: 28 ei Zxu riz [Sierra] 1rpoe etc. Matt. 13:22. Mark 4:19. Col. 2:8.
r'urap-rm'pév, whether he has what is ne 2 Thess. 2: 10. Heb. 3: l3 coll. 'Apap-ria
'cessmy for completion, so. of the build no. 2. e. 2 Pet. 2: 13.—Eph. 4: 22 irri
ing.—Dions. Halic. de comp. Verb. 24.. Hvplag 'rfig z'urc'vrqg, i. e. deceitful propen
p. 370 ed. Schaet'er. sities, which seduce to sin and lead to
disappointment; Buttm. § 123. n. 4..—
'14 711967,], 5;, 1", (ti-Irr'rpxolmi to offer
‘Judith 9: 10, 13. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 3.
first-fruits, to sacrifice, Sept. 2 Chr. 30:
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6.
‘24.. 35: 7, 9,) pp. an offering Qffirst
fruits ,- then, an qfl'ering genr. Sept. for 'Awoirmg, 050;, 6, (a pr. and wa
"91'"; Ex. 25: 2, 3.--In N. T. thefirst~ 1179,) without father, Pollux Onom. 3 2.
fruits, primitite, which were usually 4. one who has lost his fizthcr, Eurip.
consecrated to God; so Sept. for ""5", Orcst. 310. In N. '1‘. one whose father
 ’ I
A 'a'aw'yaopm
is not recorded in the Hebrew genealogies,
Heb. 7: 3. See 'Apr’rrup.
'Aa-m'ryaaaa, 0:10;, rd, (and, abyfi 30. 2 Tim. 3: 2. Sept. for "11° Deut.
splendour) reflected splendour or bright
neu. Heb. l: 3 Zmm'ryao‘ua 'rfig 5651K r027
9:06, i. e. trop. in whom the divine ma
jesty is conspicuous, i. q. Eixa'n’ Col. 1:
15.—Orig. c. Cels. 5. 10 anau-y. our‘):
a'iaiou.
,ATETSOP, aor. 2, subj. bra-lbw, (tin-6,
dim.) used as aor. of ¢i¢opéu, Buttm. §
‘114 under £150 and bpéw. to look away
from one thing towards another, seq. 'n-pég
Thuc. 7. 71. seq. eig Act. Thom. § 51.
trop. to look at, to regard, seq. 1rpég J05.
Ant. 2. 6. l. Dio Cass. p. 396. ed.
Reim.-In N. T.tosee out, to see through,
i. e. to see to an end, toperceive, to know,
Phil. 2: 23. Sept. Jonah 4: 5 Eu; 01': —-Jos. Ant. 8. l3. 8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 18.
I'm/5” 11' form 'rfi 16km, for '35:‘.
'Aorzi'asuz, mg, 1", (swam) unwil
lingness to be persuatkd, wilful unbclief,
obetinacy, contumaey, Rom. 11:30, 32.
Eph. 2:2. 5: 6. Heb. 4: 6, 11.—Jos.
Ant. 3. l5. 2. Clem. Alex. Protrept. §
ll.—Col. 3: 6 vioi riig t'urcloelag, by
Hahn-sons of disobedience, unbelieva's, i.e.
heathen, pagans; comp. Gesen. Lehrg.
§ 164. l. (1. Stuart § 444.
IA'KEIfléN, 5, f. flaw (11151669,) not
to sqfir one's self to be persuaded, to re
fuse belief, i. c. to disbelieve, to be diso
bedient, etc.
a) absol. spoken of disbelievers in
Christ, Acts 14: 2. [17: 5.] 19:9. Rom.
15: 31. 2 Pet. 2: 7. Spoken of those
who are disobedient to God, Heb. 3: 18.
2 Pet. 3: 20. Rom. 11:31. 10: 21 coll.
Is. 65: 20 where Sept. for "'32, as also
Hos. 9: 18. Sept. fornva Deut. 9: 7.
‘Is. 50: 5. 63: 10.—Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4.
Horn. 0d. 5. 43.—Hence oi ('vlruer'laav
Tic, unbelievers, i. e. heathen, pagans,
Heb. 11: 31. So Sept. for =75!‘ Is. 66:
14. Comp. in ‘Artificial.
b) seq. dat. of person or thing, e. g.
r’? vi’? John 3:36. r143 9n}; Rom. 11:30
coll. Num. 14: 43 T9": Kupip. So r1]
liltryfln'a Rom. 2:8. r1‘; Aéyq: 2 Pet. 2:8.
3: l. 11'': zila-yyzhltp 2 Pet. 4: 17. Comp.
.Deut. 1: 26 r‘; billion. 9: 23. 32: 53.
'Awslflfig, 50;, 05;, 6, 1'], adj. (a pr.
and news“) unwilling tobe persuaded, re
fim'ng belief and obedience, contumacious,
71 "A 21150;.
Luke 1: l7. Tit. l: 16. 3: 3. Seq. dat.
of pers. or thing, Acts 26. 19. Rom. l:
21: 18. “if” Num. 20: 10. ‘1'1, Is. 30:
9.—Ecclus. 16: 6. 47: 21. Herodian. 2.
4. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19.
,A'Jl'illti'at, 5, f. r'law, to threaten, to
menace, seq. dat. Acts 4: Han-“Rf, (‘m-n
hnaépsoa airroig let as strongly threaten.
The use of first”? here is intensive ,~see
in 'A-yakkzéq, b, and 'AmiBspm—Jos,
Ant. 5. 2. 8. Herodian. 6. 8. l3. Xen.
Mem. 1. l. 18.—Hence in the sense of
to reproach, to upbraid, absol. 1 Pet. 2:
23 mio'xmv ol’m fpru'hu. So Sept. for
"as Nah. 1: 4.. =2; Is. 66: 14..
, I ~
A7979], fig, 1) (c'vrcthe'm) threat,
Acts 4: 17 see in ‘An-uhe'w. 4: 29. 9: 1.
—Hence, reproach, upbraiding, Eph. 6:
9. So Sept. for =1?! Prov. 19: 12. ":23
Prov. 13:8. 17: 10. 5?! H81). 3: ll.
MATH/bl, f. z'aalmt, (bani, cipl 3111,)
to be absent, 1 Cor. 5: 3. 2 Cor. 10:1,11.
13:2, 10. Phil. 1:27. Col. 2: 5.—Wisd.
9: 8. Herodian. 2. 7. 8. Xen. Conv.8.18.
”A91'£I[.M, gurrhelpt g0,) impt'. r'urp'cw,
Butt.§ 108. . to go away, depart, in
trans. Acts 17: 10.—Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 1.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 11.
,AWETWOP, act. 2, (and, strong) nor.
1 Mid. drama/11111, Buttm. §96. n. 1.
§ 114 sub einiv. Winer § 15 ci-lreiv.
pp. to speak out or 12% i. e. to the end,
Hom. Il. 7. 416; or in the sense of to
refuse, to deny, ib. 1. 515. Sept. Zech.
ll: 12. or to interdict,forbid, Sept. 1 K.
11:2. Jos. Ant. 3. l2. l.—In N. T.Mid.
to speak one's self qfl' from any thing i. e.
to renounce, to dzlsown, sc. with aversion,
trans. 2 Cor. 4: 2. So Sept. for @152
Job 10: 3.-—Wisd. ll: 15. Max. Tyr.
5. 5"Apacnc Jurelnaro Hohvxpémv. Plut.
Coriol. 8. Dio Cass. p. 605 ed. Reim.
Herodot. l. 59. _
'Aorez'gaarog, 00, a,;,, adj. (a pr.
and impairs») untried, untempted, i. e.
incapable of being tempted, seq. gen.
James 1: 13. Comp. Buttm.§ 132. 6. l.
—Ignat. Ep. ad Philipp. n’ nuptizuq
row t’ureipaarov. Constitut. Apost. l. 8.
Unattempted, Jos. B. J. 5. 9. 3. ib. 7. 8.
1.—-()thers, Act. not having tried.
HA'Z'EIEOQ, 00, 6, 1'), adj. (a pr. and.
 'Avrenhtxouau
15pm) inesperienoed, ignorant, seq. gen.
Heb. 5:13 dretpoc Ari-you, ignorant of
true doctrine. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5.
1. Sept. for "2‘135, Zech. ll: 15. "9? I15
1 Sam. 17: 39.—Wisd. 13:18. Jos.
Ant. 7. 14.. l. Plut. de glor. Athen. c. 6.
, I
Anxhexopm, f. e'Eopat, depon.
(and, iroz’xopat,) to wait out, i. e. to wait
long for, to await ardentlg, to expect, trans.
Rom. 8: 19, 23, 25. 1 Cor. 1: 7. Gal.
5: 5. Phil. 3:20. Heb. 9: 28. 1 Pet.
3: 20 in later editions.
I I
Awexivoum, f. im'opai,(d.1rd, e'xdi’lo
pa:,) depon. Mid. to strip am to lag
aside. In N. T. trop. Col. 3: 9 Thu 1ra
Aatbv dvOponrov. So trans. to despoil,
Col. 2: 15 rag tipxac, i. e. deprive of
power.—Act. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 (inn-3139
rhv ,Baaikurflv ioefira.
’A9ré%900'l§, $619‘, 1‘), (darn-5130,1405)
a putting of] metaph. renunciation, Col.
2: 11 d-rre'xdumg r027 adrluarog rfic aapxoc.
’A'7F€t\0tl’)ltfi), aor. 1 drn'jhaoa, Kurd,
Ekai'wan) to drive away from, seq. (‘11:-o,
Acts 18: 16. Sept. for ‘van Ez. 34.12.
—Wisd. 17:8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12.
’A1re7.eyp.o';, oo, 6, (hrehé'yxm) con
futation; by impl. dis-esteem, contempt,
Acts 19:27 sic drrehc'ypdu e'htk'iv, i. e.
t'mehe'yxeaflal, parallel to at; oiide‘v X0
ywQfir/at.
'Aneksiatiegog, ov, a, 1'1, adj. (duro, and rcptre'pvm) not circumcised, pp.
z'Xn'rOepOc.) a freednum, 1 Cor. 7: 22.-— Sept. for 5.12 Gen. 17: 14. Ex. 12: 48.
Jos. Ant. 7. ll. 2. Herodian. 4|. 8. 11.
Xen. Rep. Athen. 1. 10. ' 7: 51 drrspirpnrot r5 xapdiq mi 10?;
’Avre700~;g, 05, 6, pr. name of a
Christian, Rom. 16: 10.
’Aqrs7mZw, f. tow, (ems, out...)
to hope out, i. e. to have done hoping, to
despond, to despair, Luke 6: 35 dousifere,
[Kurd] pnde‘v c'urehnlfovrsg,i.e. lend, never
despairing nor doubting of requital, for
so your reward will be great from God;
comp. v. 34..-—Sept. Is. 29: 19. Judith
9:11. 2 Macc. 9:18. Diod. Sic. 2. 25.
Polyb. 3. 63. 13.—Others, to hope jbr
something in return, i. q. e'X-rrizew iuro
'ru'og, comp. rinse-Olav Athen. 14.. 6. 17
ed. Casaub. r‘urairfiv Theophr. Char. 9
or 12.
’Avr€mrn, adv. (iuro, Evan/11,) from
over against, opposite to, viz.
a) pp. before, in the presence of, spoken
72 'Avrégxouur
of persons, Matt. 21:2. 27:24 e'nré
vav-rt rm’; (ixlmu. Acts 3: 16. So Sept.
for 1:55.
Hos. 7:2.Ex.
‘'53?14.;Gen.
2. 21:16.
Num. 7.10.
"95 Judg.
19: 10.—Spoken of place, Matt. 27: 61
rm‘: rc’upov. Sept. for ‘93,5. Ez. 40:49.
Neh. 7: 3.
b) by Hebr. trap. of what is More
the mind, Rom. 3: 18 aim Eon we”;
Gem“; t'nre'vawn ru‘rv 6 Oak 6v aim-‘w,
quoted from Ps. 36: 2, where Sept. for
57!‘? 1,51,.‘
c) by Hebr. against, contrary to, Acts
17: 7 d1réuav'rt 117w do'ypd'rwv Kaio'apog.
So Sept. for meg’: 2 Sam. 10. 17. 5;:
[See Gesenii Lexicon Manuale: Lip
siaa, 1833.] Ez. 26: 9._Ecclus. 37:4,.
- I
A'Z'E'Z'W, see 'Arre‘irrov.
’A7rs'guwrog, av, 13, 1'], adj. (1: pr.
and 1re'pag limit,) unlimited. 1 Tim. 1:
4| 'ysvectko-yiat c'ure'pavrot inta‘minable ge
nealogies, i. e. which may be extended
without limit, worthless. Sept. for
“an :15 Job 36: 26.—Herodian s. 5. 21.
Thuc. 4,. 36.
'Aaregmwoio'rwg, adv. ((1 pr. and
1rcpw1réw to distract,) without distraction,
without solicitude, sc. aboutearthly things,
1 Cor. 7: 35, coll. v. 32—34.——Polyb.
2. 20. 12. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1. 29, 59.
’Aw'i5177401705,
' ' 1», ad].‘ ((1' pr.
00, o,
2 Macc. 1:51. In N. T. metaph. Acts
their, uncircumcised in heart and ears,
i. e. whose heart and ears are still co.
vered with the at gmn'ia of nature, so
that they neither iiiiten to nor obey the
divine precepts; hence obdurate, per.
verse. So Sept. and =:?’‘':?',‘’; Ez. 44: 7,
5128""??? Jer. 6:10. [But the words
really used are 521$ “727.2, durepirpnra. rb.
dn'u ain-Gnu]
’An'égxopuau, f. dmska'm'opat, aor.
2 c'urfiXOov, perf. anekilkufla' for this fut.
instead of the more usual i'urcqu, see
Lob. ad Phryn. pp. 37,38. Buttm. § 108.
V. 5. § 114'. p. 282; to go away from
one place etc. to another; hence
a) gem. to go awm , to depm't, absol.
Matt. 8: 21. 13: 25,28. 16:4». 18: 30.
Mark 5:20, 24. 6:28. al. Seq. (‘116,
Mark 5:17. Luke 1: 38. 2:15. B: 37.
 'A rréxw 73 "A more;

ul. Sept. for Gen. 19:2. 21:14. 2.11. Sept. for “a Job 1: 1,8. ‘or:
It Gen. 15: 15. -— Herodian. 4. 3. 14. Prov. 23: 4. - Herodot. 9. 73. Xen
Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 39.—Trop. spoken of Mem. 4. 8. 4. ib. 4. 4. 13.
things, etc. e. g. of leprosy, Mark 1: 42. b) intrans. to be distantfrom, to be ob
Luke 5:13. of fruits, Rev. 18:14 1‘, sent, suppl. e'avrdv etc. comp. Buttm.
d'répa. drrr'yMlev (‘116 am"), has passed § 113. n. 2. § 130.11. 2.—Luke 7:6. 15:
awag,penshed, from thee, i. q. luru'akero 20. 24:13. So Sept. Is. 55:9 where
dirb not’: ibid. So Rev. 21:1 1', vqnirrr, Heb. "a. -—2 Mace. 12:29. Jos. Ant.
7"; (,ll'fiAoty has passed away, in later 4. 6. 4. Xen. An. 4. 3. 5.-—Trop. spoken
edit. 21:4. Rev. 9: 12 1'] obai I) lulu of the heart etc. Matt. 15: 8 and Mark
(is-filthy, is over, is past. 11:14. So 7: 6, wbfip'w dirz'xu i'ur' e'pol'), their heart
Sept. 6 barb;- armory for =15)! Cant. 2:11. is far from me, i. e. they do not reverence
b) to go away to a place, i. e. to depart nor regard me; quoted from Is. 29: 13,
fir, to set mj', to journey, etc. o. in? Matt. where Sept. for PE‘).
2: 22. birou 8: 19.—Seq. cit; Matt. 8: 32, 2. to have of or out, i. e. to have all
33. 10:5. 14:15. 25:46. aL—Lucian. that is one's due, so as to cease from
D. D. 16. l.—Seq. 'tl’pdg, Matt. 14:25. having any more, to have received in full,
Mark 3: 13. Rev. 10:9. aL—Xen. An. comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 52,
1. 9. 29.-Spoken ofa passage by water, 53. Spoken of reward or wages, 1.416064’,
Matt.8:18. Mark 6: 32. John 6: 1, 22. Matt. 6: 2, 5,16. 1rapdxhlotv Luke 6:
—Metaph. spoken of rumour, to goforth, 24. min-a Phil. 4: 18. Spoken of aper
spread abroad, Matt. 4: 24, coll. 9:26 son,to havefor good andall, Philem. 15.
where it is e’Efikeem—Including the idea Sept. Gen.43: 23 and Num. 32:19,where
of arrival, i. e. to go away quite to a Heb. “bl—Jos. Ant. 1. 30. 6. Plut.
place, i. e. to come to, to arrive at, Luke Solon. c. 22. —-Hence dre’xei impers.
23:33 51': drfihoov c'rrl 'rbv rérrov. SO suficit, it is enough, Mark 14:41, i.e. ye
Sept. inrfikflev e'q)’ iJ/Aiig 9M4“; for N53 have slept enough; comp. Luke 22: 45,
Gen. 42: 21. 46, and comp. ixavév c'a-rt, Luke 22: 38.
c) by Hebr. c. c. dwio'u rude, to go —Anacr. 0d. 38. v. 33 drre'xet' fih'rrw
away after any one, i. e. tojbllow, e. g. yap aim'lv. Hesych. luréxet' amsxpn,
as companions or disciples, in the Jewish z'Eapxei'.-——Others, it is gone, it is over, sc.
manner, Mark 1: 20. Luke 17: 23. the hour of anguish.
John 12:19. So da'iaw o'apxdg E'répac Qifltdféto, 63, f. flaw, (dmafog‘) to
Jude 7.—lleb. "12,5312?! Judg. 2.12. withhold belief, to doubt, to distrust, absol.
1 Sam. 6: 12, where Sept. nopu'mpat Acts 28:24. Mark 16:11. Luke 24:41.
dn'aw. - In a similar sense, seq. 1rpéc
seq. dat. Luke 24: lL-Wisd. 1: 2. l2:
Two, John 6: 68.
l7. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Xen. Anab. 2.5. 6.
d) in the sense of to withdraw, to go
—- Hence, to disbelieve, to be unbelieving,
apart, Matt. 26: 36. Acts 4.; 15.
i. e. without faith in God and Christ,
e) spoken of those who turn back, to
Mark 16: 16. Rom.3: 3.—Wisd. 10:7.
go back, to return, seq. :19, Matt." 9: 7.
Luke 1:23. John 4:3. So Sept. for — By impl. to break one'sfizith, to prove
fizlse, 2 Tim. 2: 13.
=35 Gen. 3:19. 31:13. Josh. 1:15. iA'Z'M'tn’a, 04;, I", (fin-1070;’) unbg
6:14. Job 1: 21. al.—Herodian.8. 8. 18.
Ken. Cyr. l. 5. l.—In John 0. c. etc 16: lief, incredulity, distrust, so. in respect to
driver, to turn back, John 18:6. to re declarations, doctrines, promises, etc.
lurrt, 6: 66. AL. Matt. 13:58. 17: 20. Mark 6: 6. 9: 24.
16:14. Rom. 3:3. 4:20. 11: 20, 23.
As'ixw, f. t'upc'zu, (dird, Exam)
S01 Tim. 1:13 iv (‘uric-rig, i. e. in a
1. to hold qfl'from, as a ship from the state of unbelief, before embracing the
shore,Od. 15. 33; and hence to avert,
gospeL—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. ll.
to restrain, etc. 11. 1. 97. Herodot. 8. 27. 89. Thuc. l. 10.—Hence by impl. vio
Sept. for ,2"! Prov. 3: 27. Hence in N. T. lation offaith, perfidg, apostasg, Heb. 3:
:1) Mid. airéxopat, to hold back one's
'dffi'om, i. e. to abstain, to refroinfrom, 12, 19.—Wisd. 14. 25. Polyb. 3. 99. 7.
c. c. gen. or seq. z’urb, Acts 15:20, 29. "Amos-0;, 0:), b, 1'), adj. (6 pr. and
1 Thcss. 4: 3. 5:22. 1 Tim.4:3. 1 Pet. whine.)
 'Awlo'o; 74 ‘Ami
1. Pass. spoken of things, incredible, or source, etc. Its general meaning is
Acts 26: 8 c'ima'rov Kpivcran—Jos. Ant. therefore from,awayfrom,qf, etc. Sept.
6. 10. 2 Ep-yov c'imrrrov. Xen. Conv. 4. for V1. passim. -
50. Hiero 1. 9. I. Of place. 1. Implying motion
2. Act. spoken of persons, withholding from, away from.
belief, incredulous, dish-Infill, Matt. 17: a) gem. and put after words signify
17. Mark 9:19. Luke 9: 41. John 20; ing departure from a place, person, etc.
27. so 01 amoral, those who have not Matt. 8: 34. 51mg peragfl t'urd 117w bpluy
believed so. on Christ, 2 Cor. 4. 4..-—He airru‘w. 13:1 z'fiehflrlw c'uro rfic olra'ac.
rodot. 9. 98. Hesych. (brim-0;‘ t'urapé 20: 29 e'mropzuopz'vwv airri'w t'urb'lepixé.
mw-roc, (“claim—Hence by impl. hea 24: 1. Mark 16:8 i'qpu'yor c’mb rm? Fri].
then, pagan, one who does not believe in [151011. Luke 4: l. 9: 33 Biaxwpllea'flat
and worship the true God, 1 Cor. 6:6. dvr'm’n'oii. 24:31,51. Actsl:4. 12:19.
7=1-2,13,14. bis,15. 10; 27. 14.: 22 13:13, 14.—Ken. Mem. 2. 6. ll. Anab.
bis, 23, 24. So with the idea of im 7. l. 4.--So trop. spoken of diseases,
piety, 2 Cor. 6: 14', 15. 1 Tim. 5: 8. Mark 1: 42. Acts 19: 12. of goods taken
Tit. l: 15. So Sept. for "I Is. 17: 10.— Rev. 18: 14.. of error, wandering, 1 Tim.
Further, by impl.faithb:ss,false,apostnte, 6:10. James 5:19. of aversion Rom.
Luke 12: 46. Rev. 21: 13.—Ken. Mem. 16: 17. 1 Tim. 6: 5. of desertion Acts
2. 6. 19. 15:38. 21: 21. and the like often.—
"112160;, 017? (in 17' 60v, ol'nl' sim. Put in like manner after words imply
ple, i. e. not complex, easy, Xen. Cyr. ing any kind of motion away from a
1. 6. 27. In N. T. metaph. spoken of the place or person. Matt. 5:29 ,BviM (‘11.-6
eye, sound, perfect, Matt. 6: 22. Luke 0017. 26:39. 28:2. Mark 7:33. 14:
1 l: 34. 36. Luke 9: 5. John 18:28. a]. sazp.
‘ATM-rug, 771705, 1'], (tin-Mag, sim —So trop. in the eonstructio prwgmms,
ActsB: 22 peraro'naov [mi ivroo'rpépryn]
plicity, i. e.
a) gem. sincerity, eandour, probity, iurb rfig KClKlflQ- Heb. 6: l. 1 John 3: 17.
2 Cor. l: 12. So Sept. for in 2 Sam. 2 Thess. 2: 2. Sometimes with the ac
cessory idea. of down, down from, so. a
15:11. Prov. l9:1.—Jos. B. J. 5.7. 4.
Polyb. 1. 78. 8.—So iv (‘m-horn" Kapbiac,
higher place, after verbs of motion of
in simplicity of heart, sincerity, Eph. 6:
any kind, Matt. 8: 1 Kuragévn 3e‘ air-n;
(‘mo 105 3 11;. Luke 9: 37. 17:29.
5. (101.3:22. So Sept. for =21‘? l
Acts 9:18. 13129
Chr. 29: 17.—Wisd. 1: l.
b) spoken of christian simplicity, frank b) as indicating the place whence any
ness, integrity, fidelity, etc. 2 Cor. ll: 3. thing comes, sets off, etc. Acts 12:20.
—So fidelity, l Macc. 2: 37, 60.—As 15: 33. 28: 21 oiire 'ypdppara iaeiépctia
manifesting itself in liberality, Rom. l2: c'urb rfig ‘Iovbaiag. l Thess. 3: 6. Cor
s. 200r.8:2. 9; 11,13.-—-Jos. Ant. 7. responding to péxpt Rom. 15: 19. to i'wg
l3. 4.
Matt. 1; 17.—Ken. Anab. 5. 5. 4.-—Put
eAmish‘, adv. (t'urhéog) simply, i. e. after verbs of coming, following, setting
03‘, etc. Matt. 2: 1 p670‘. iurb irvuroM-"w
in N. T. in simplicity, sincerely, in reality, wape-ye'vorro. 3: 16 e'wz'gn o'urci r017 58(11'09,
James 1: 5. Sept. for it‘; Prov. 10: 10. i. e. awayfrom, not out of. 4: 25. 8:11.
—Polyb. 32. 13. 14'. — Others, liberally, Marklz9. 6:33. Luke 12:54. Acts 13:
see in 'Arrltérnc b. 31. Rom. l: 18. So with EAOén', etc.
,A'Z'é, prep. governing the genitive. implied, Mark 7: 4. Luke 22: 43.—
Like éx, rapc’i, and inré, it expresses Herodot. 8. 70, ‘114. Diod. Sic. l. 31.——
what is strictl the idea of the genitive Prefixed to an adverb of the like sense,
case itself, (guttm. § 132.2,) viz. the ivrb iivwflev, Matt. 27: 51; see Loh. ad
going forth or proceeding of one object Phryn. p. 46.—Hem. ll. 8. 365 Eur‘ oflpfl
from another. 'AmS is used of such ob rbOsv. 24,. 4.92.—-Spokcn of order or suc
jects as before were on, by, or with, an cessimi, Zipxopat 1'11r0' rwog, to begin from,
other, but are now separated from it; etc. Matt. 20:8. Luke 23: 5. John 8: 9.
(not in it, for to this 5'): corresponds_;) Acts 8: 35. — Theophr. Char. 2. Xen.
either in respect of place, time, origin Mem. 3. 5. 15.—So with (,IPEdPEVOQ im
 p
’A10' I5 ’A1r5
plied, Acts 28:23. 17: 2. So Matt. 23: 7. 2. 37.—After (tuna-new and (Whir
34. Matt. 2: 16 c'urd Bieroi'rc Kai xa'rwrc'pu, ‘reoHat, 1 John 5:21. 2 Thess. 3: 3.
from two years old downwards. Luke 12: 15. Sept. for V3. “912' Ps. 18.,
2. lmplying the separation, removal, 24.—-Ecclus. 12: 11. Ken. Cyr. 2. 3. 9.
of one thin from another; and put af —At'ter rpoaz'xew Matt. 7: 15. 10: 17.
ter words w ich denote this in any way. Luke 12: 1. 20:46. Sept. for V9. 52':
Such verbs are often construed with a 2 Chr. 35:2l.—Ecclus. 6:13. 13:8.—
simple genitive; but the prep. may also Al'ter flké'lruv in the sense of lo beware,
be inserted for the sake of perspicuity; Mark 8: 15. 12:38. (pail-yew to avoid,
Buttm. § 132. 3.-—Thus 1 Cor. 10; 14..
a) after verbs implying separation, 3. Implying finance of one object
Matt. 25: 32. Rom. 8: 35, 39. l Thess. from another. Rev. 12: 14 rpe'qpe‘raz—
2: 17.—Wisd. l: 3. Plat. Phaedo. c. 12. an; 1rpo¢ré1rov roi'l iicpswc, i. e. for fi‘om,
—So in the conatruclio pmgnana Rom. - away from the serpenL—Xen. Anab. 3.
9:3, see in emery... 2 Cor. 11:3. 2 3. 9.——Maxpav 61rd, far from, Matt. 8:
Thess. l: 9. Col. 2: 20. 30. al. Sept. for 1’? PH“; Ex. 33: 7.—
b) after verbs of depriving, removing, SO after ('vrz'xm, Luke 7: 6 (1nd rfig oin'ug.
taking away, etc. Matt. 9:15. 13:12. 24: 13.-Xen. An. 4.3. 5. Diod. Sic. 3.
Luke 10: 42. Luke 6: 29 see in KwM'n-r. (37.—In later Greek writers and in
So where this idea is implied in the con N. T. (‘mo is prefixed to the noun of
text; as cirra'uMro 61rd 0017, Rev. I8: 14. measure, which marks the distance; as
So Sept. and 1”. ‘215 Jet. 18:18.—Af John 11: 18 171v 5i 1'] Bneam'a c'yyl‘lg ‘re-iv
ter verbs of hiding, concealing, in which 'Iepoo'oM/puv, 6:9 t'nro o'radiaw Ecxanc'rrc.
removal is implied, Matt. 11:25. Luke 91: 8 all: and auxin! ataxoalwv. Rev. 14:
9: 45. 19: 42. So Sept. and 1”. W??? 20.—-Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4 ,BéXM-w a'rpafli
Gen.4:l4. 1». was. s K. 4:27.--Ec ‘M5011 lino ee'xa oraoiwv rfic IIEPIXOZIYTO“.
clus. 17: 15, 20. Hom. 0d. 23. 110.— 18. 3. 2. Diod. Sic. l. 51. 'lhe full
So after a‘wrcpéw, Heb. 12: 15. form seems to he Elva: ems to be distant
c) after verbs of dananding, desiating, from, as Jos. B. J. l. 3. 5. or yivsoOat
abstaining, restraining, etc. as amurdv and ' see Kypke Obs. in N. T. I. p. 390.
Luke 6: 30. z'xfnrc'iv 11: 51. ddu'mlut --Before an adv. of distance, am‘. lua
Acts 5: 38. c'urixeo'aat Acts 15:20 xa xpéeev, Matt. 26: 58. Rev. 18: 10. S0
rarai'my Heb. 4: 4. 1 Pet. 3:10. ix Sept. for P111?! Ps. 138: 6. P3119752’ Ezra.
Eurziv Rev 6: 10.—Ken. Cyr. l. 3. 11. 3: 13. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46, 461.
d) after verbs of loosing, i. e. May _Polemo Physiogn. 1. 6.
and c’nroki'mv, Luke l3: 15. 16: 18. 1 4. Found sometimes instead of it‘,
Cor. 7: 27. xa-rap'yfiv, Rom. 7: 2, 6.— where the distinction between the two
In like manner after verbs of freeing, (see above) is not definitely kept in
punfling from, healing, etc. and also view; so after verbs comp. with in, as
after similar adjectives. So after mbZnv ixgdkm To xcipepog and rm": 6¢6<1AF05
Matt. 1: 21. sspmrn'mv Luke 5: 15. Matt. 7: 4, coll. v. 5 where it is in roii
iulifivar 6: l7. Emmy Acts 13: 39. ' Acts 13: 50, coll. John 2: 15.——
z'XwOrpoiv Rom. 6: 18, 22. fiu'aeo-Ocu 15: Luke 9: 5 e'Eepxopc'vou em‘. n7; man“,
3|. raOaplZuv 2 Cor. 7: l. 2 Tim.2:2l. coll. John 4: 30 Ex rfig who‘: Matt.
pav-n'fwear Heb. 10: 22. Xoi'mv Acts 17:18 e'zfihoev d'rr' airrol'l 16 daqaémov,
16: 33. Rev. 1: 5. etc. By implic. Mark 1: 25, 26, it’ airroii. So metaph.
lleb. ll: 34.—After (1600;; Matt. 27: 24. of thoughts, purposes, etc. Mark 7: l5
570'); Mark 5: 34. xaflapdg Acts 20: 26. riz imropcvépcva 6n’ airfoil, coll. v. 20 in:
Ekuiflepog Rom. 7:3 5011M;- James 1227. rail ar/Opu'nrou, and Matt. 15:11 e’: mi?
S" with verbs of redeeming, Rev. 14: 3,4, o'rriluarog. ib. v18, 19, is 'rfic Icapda'ac.
comp. 'Ayopézw. Matt. 18: 35 £zll¢f1f€ o'nro Tin! mpdui'w
e) after verbs implying fear, caution, ni 1rapa1rrépara, coll. Mark 12: 30, 33.
avoidance, etc. e. g. after ¢o€c706ar Matt. In many instances such verbs imply ex.
10: 28. Luke 12: 4. So Sept. for "DU ternal departure, and are then properly
‘6! Jer. 10: 2. — Judith 4: 2. l Mace. construed with and, as Luke 5: 8 {EASE
8: l2. So .pat’m; and Two; Xen. Anab. r'ur’ EH05, comp. l. a. above—Put also
 ‘A 2'6 76 ‘A mi
for in after the verbs Eyn'pu, Buyzipm, 45 hv as‘ 6 (lu'Aur-lrog c'nro 81160117511.
etc. Matt. 1: 24 Eiz'yzplieig 11m‘) roio ii Matt. 15: 1. Acts 2: 5. Gal. 4: 24,
arr/011,00“. Rom. 13: 11 £5 ihrvou E-yzplifi the Mount Sinai covenant. Mark 8: ll
vac. Matt. 14:2 fi-yz'pfln i'uro 113v vexpiiv, mpfiovdn'obpawofn—Xen. H.G. 8. 2. 1 7.
and so 27:64. 28: 7, coll. Mark 6: 14, 2. Of the source, i. e. the person or
16. John 1211,19. Acts 3: 15. 13; 30. thing from which any thing proceeds,
etc. where it is e'x vsxpim—So r'urd for is derived, etc. Matt. 24:32 64rd 'rfic
in Xen. Mem. 2. 7- 2 halifirivopev ol'ir: WEI-[C p600’: ")1! 1rapa§ohi1v i. e. the
it: rfic 7F"; oilae‘w—oiire c'uro riw oilruiy. parable drawn from the fig-tree. 2 Tim.
Hiero l. 38. 1: 3 q] Aarpzilw t'uro rpoydvwv, i. 6. whom
II. Of time, i. e. from any time on I worship with a devotion inherited from
wards, since any time. my ancestors. Others, in the manner of,
a) before a noun. Matt. 9: 22 am‘. see no. 8 below.—Thuc. 4. 108. Plut.
'n'ic u'ipac ixer'vnc. l l: 12 hard 1'13? ilfu‘ptiv Fab. Max. 0. 2.—S0 l Thess. 2: 6, EdEav
'Iwévvou. Luke 1:70. 8:43. Acts 23: oiirs dip’ ilpfiv m'i're l'nr’ iiMuv, parallel
23. 1 John 1: l.—-Xen. Anab. 7. 5. 6. to £5 dvtipdmuv, i. e. human applause.—
Plut. Lucull. c. 2.—With the names of Palaeph. Fab. 18, 40.—Spoken of per
persons, Matt. 1: 17. Rom. 5: 14.—He sons from whom one hears, learns, asks
rodian. 6. 2. 5.—Before events or cir any thing. Matt. 11: 29 patter: 1m‘
cumstances, Matt. 1: 17. 18: 35. Luke e’lun'l. Col. 1: 7. Mark 15:45 yum);
2:36. Acts 11: 19.—Herodot. 8. 54,55. r'uro roi) xcvrvpiwvoc. Luke 22: 7] 11km’:
Thuc. 7. 43. oapev o'uro roi'l oroyaroc iii/rail. Acts
h) before a pronoun, as étp' he sc. 9: 13. So of any source of knowledge,
ilps'pag, from what day, i. e. from the time Matt. 7: 16,20, {11rd n7»! KGPTIIII' aim-‘w
when, since, Luke 7: 45. Acts 24: 11. im-ywbourfie ailroilc. — Thuc. l. 25. ——
2 Pet. 3: 4. Fully written Col. 1: 6,9. Here too we may refer the use of z’uré
comp- Acts 20: 18. 24: 11.—Xen. H. to mark that which is the occasion or
G. 4.6. 6.—So (If: oii sc. xpdvou from indirect causetheof incidentazl
a) before any thine,cause,
e. g. from,
what time, since, uke 13: 25. 24:21.
Rev. 16:18. Sept. for 15?. Ex. 5:23. i. e. by reason of, on account of, because
—Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Xen. Conv. 4. 62. of, in consequence of: Matt. 18:7 oimi
Fully, do’ 05 Xpévov Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 13. n13 xéoprt) z'uro ru'n' orawdc'ihwv. Luke
0) before adverbs of time, with or 19: 3 oinc n'aiwa-ro (11rd TOI-l 5 how. John
without r017, e. g. ("a rot’; viw, from now, 21: 6. Acts 20: 9. 22:1]. 2 Cor. 7:13.
henceforth, Luke 1: 48. Acts 18: 6. a,’ Heb. 5: 7. Rev. 9: 18. So Sept. and
('ipr: see in 'Apr: and 'A1rapn.—éwb 1'? Ex. 6: 9. 2 Chr. 5: 6. 20: 9.—Ec
m'pmn, since a year ago, 2 Cor. 8: 10. clus. 41: 17 sq. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 3 c'ixkin', '
9: 2. are 1rpw‘i,fro1n morning, Acts 28: in)’ h: c’r'yvm'yasw m'n'ov ilucMoy.
23. and rare, from that time, Matt. 4: h) before the inciting cause, motive,
17. al. see in T61e.-—Simplic. in Epict. especially on affection of the mind, e. g.
166.—See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47, 461. Matt. 13: 44 (‘uni rfig Xapdc ail-rm? inrc'ryu.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 210. Luke 24: 41. 22: 45 Korpwpe'vovg 61rd
III. Of the origin or source of any 'rr'lc hinrnc. Matt. 14: 26 d1") rot’! tpdgou
thing; where am; marks the secondary, ZnpaEev. 28: 4. Luke 21: 26. Acts 12:
indirect, mediate origin; while in de 14. 2 Cor. 2: 3.
notes the primary, direct, ultimate source; 0) before the secondary efl‘icient cause,
and inré the immediate efiicient agent; or that which produces, exhibits, bestows
comp. Herm. ad Soph. Electr. 65. Wi any thing. Matt. 12:38 90mins’ am‘.
ner§ 51. p. 313. 00:": mpdov 25.2”, i. e. exhibited by thee,
l. Spoken of the place or quarter but wrought ultimately inro r017 6:017.
whence any one is derived, or where he Acts 23:2l rfiv 61rd ooi'r c'ra-yychlav,
belongs; so with the art. Matt. 21:11 i. e. to be given, made by thee. 2 Cor.
1') 1rpo¢i7rqc, b (11rd Nafapc'r, a Nazarene. 3: 18 med-rep drro Kuplov 1rvei'lparoc.
Mark 15:43. Acts 6: 9. Heb. 7: 13. Gal. 1: l d-lroorohoc oinc 61r' c'wflpu'nruv.
—Xen. Cyr. 2. l. 5.—Without the art. —So aioxiwopa: (ur' din-0:7, to be put
Luke 9: 38 am)‘. {ms 105' axkov. John 1: to shame by him, i. e. to be ashamed at
 ,Ami 77 ’Aar6
his coming, before him, lJohn 2: 28. 06m, with one accord; or better, 6m‘;
Sept. for 1’? ‘513 Jer. 28: 22.—A1'ter verbs [.1169 sc. own/fig, with one voice. Hero
of having or receiving any thin from the dian. l. 4. 21 Ex puig owvr'pg. Comp.
author, etc. 1 Cor. 6: 19. 1 im. 3: 7. Sept. Gen. 11: 1. Ex.Q4:3.—2Tim.l:3
1 John 9: 90,97. 4: 21. So d'ird 9:05, 6m‘) 1rpo'yovwv,in the manner ofone's ances
1116 Kvplou, etc. as the author or bestower, tors,- othersfrom, see in III. 9, above.
Rom. 1:7. 13:1. 1 Cor. l: 3,30. 4: 5. 4. Of the instrument, or instrumental
2 Cor. 1: 2. Gal. 1:3. Eph. 1: 9. Phil. source,fi-am, by means of, with. Luke 8:
1: 9, 88. al. saep.—So 11¢’ tam-m7, of one's 3 Bun-ovum’ aim; fun‘) 1131/ imapxliv-rwv
self, i. e. of one's own accord, by his own ain'aic. 15: 16 'Yfiluilflll 'rfiy xotMav 61rd
authority, Luke 12: 57. 21:30. John 713v xepariwv. Rev. 18: 15 at 'n'Xov-rl
5:19. 15:4. al. 'A1r' Epaurol'l, of my oar-reg é-rr' ahrfi¢.—Ecclus. ll: 18. Jos.
self, etc. John 5: 30. 7:17. 14:10. al. Ant. 4. 8. 9. Horn. 11. 24. 605. Ken.
‘Ar’ firm), of myself, bg/Jny own authority, Mem. 1. 9. 9.
John 7: 28.—Diod. Sic. 17. 56. See 5. Of the material, i. e. from, of, etc.
Kypke Obs. in N. T. I. p. 391. Matt. 3: 4 Evsupa Euro‘ rptxa‘m—Esdn8:
d) put after neuter and passive verbs 57. Herodot. 7. 65 e'l'luara 1m; ‘Si/Mn!
to mark the author and source of the xenon; c'va.
action; but not where the author is to 6. \ poken of dqiendence from or on
be conceived of as personally and imme any person or thing, i. e. attachment to
diately active,—this latter idea being or connexion with any one. Acts 12: 1
expressed by {ms and 'n'apti' Winer 01 r'urri rfig ixxhrlol'ag. 15: 5 oi durd 'n'lc
§51. p. 318. .Matt. 16: 81 FORM: waflziy aipe'oswc 117v lbapta'alwv. 27: 44. e'1r1 n
6n‘: rim rpzagure'pwv. (Lucian D. D. 6. vuv rdw (bro r017 WMIom—Hemdian. 7. l.
5.) Acts 2: 29 avapa (‘111-5 701-! 95017 (uro 11. ib.7.9.2. Lucian. Conv. 6. Comp.
EzBu-ypz'yov, i. e. confirmed from God, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164.
from heaven, eta—Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5. 7. Implying a part in relation to a
—So Acts 10: 17, 21, t'rrreo-rahpévoi rim‘: whole, a part from a whole, in the sense
rm‘: K vnMov, i. e. sent from Cornelius, of from, of, etc. So after 50611» and
from his household; comp. 11: 11 where 1n'ww,to eat or drink of any thing, i.e.
it is 6:6 Kmaupeiag, and comp. also in a part of it, Matt. 15: 27. Mark 7: 28.
a different sense Luke 1:96 threw-uh. Luke 16:21. 82:18. [Rev. 2:17.] Mark
inni and John 1: 6 rapé. So James 1: 7: 4 hm‘) h-yopfic, see in 'A-yopé b. The
13 ("a r017 Geo‘? 1rupvizopm, i. e. tempted Attic writers employ here the gen. with
from God, from heaven; comp. {mo r017 out (in-é, see Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. b.—,
5w€ékou Matt. 4: 1. Luke 4: 2. al. where Sept. 500i...’ c'urri for 1». 59s Lev. 11; 4.0,
'Satan is represented as the immediate also ice/av in Sam. 12: 3. m'vew (11rd
agent. Rev. 12: 6, col]. Matt. 20: 3.— for 1”. H11? Jer. 51: 7, also m’vew ix,
Matt. 11:19. Luke 7: 35. Jude 23.— Gen. 9: 91. Comp. Luke 22: 16. John
Still r'nrti would seem in a few instances 4: 14. 1 John 4: 13. al.—So also after
in N. T. to be used less definitely where other verbs, where an accus. would im.
imi might be expected; Mark 8: 31 ply the whole. Mark 6:43 {may—dim‘;
(Ilflflzok'lflflflefivfll (11rd r5»! n'gzogu'rz'pwy.
ro'w ixfll'mv. 12: 2 Migp (i-Iro rm"; mpnofi.
Luke 9: 2'2. 17: 25. Comp. 1 Pet. 2: 4, Luke 20:10. 24: 49. John 21: 10.
where it is inré. Comp. Passow sub Acts 2: 17,18. 512,3. Rev. 22: 19.
dfli C. 9. Comp. Winer § 30. 5.—Spoken of a
3. Spoken of the manner or mode in class or number of persons, etc. fiam
which any thing is done, etc. e. g. Matt. which one is selected, of which he forms
18:35 tofin'give rim} xapfiubv, the part, etc. Matt. 27: 9 Erqn’wavro [nve‘g]
heart, i. o. heartily, fully.—-So c'urh ilmxfig r'urd 113v ‘U113? '10’ 1%. 97:91 'rlva 9e’
Theophr. 19 or 17. {mo 'yvépnc Eschyl. Mrc i’rrro ni'lv 5230. Luke 16:30. 19:39.
Eumen. 661. 6.1" mirropr'trou voluntarily Heb. 7: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47. Thuc.
Xen. An. 1. 9. 11.—Hence hm‘: pr'pouc, l. 116. Herodot. 6. 27.
aporte, i. e. inpart,partlg, Rom. 11:25. Non. In composition, (11rd implies
15: 15. 9 Cor. l: 14.—D10d. Sic. 13. 1. separation, from, 01)", as droh'n», c‘uro
108.-—Luke 14: 18 I'm-o 'm'u.‘ repairs? rz'pvw. 2. removal, away, as h'n'ogc'xMw,
 2 ‘ I
AoroCoum
iimi-yu. 3. abatement or cessation, as
imaA-ye’w. 4. completion, in full, as
iure'xw, droOw'yaxw. 5. restitution, re
quital, as (110515111141. 6. like a priv. it
removes the force of the simple word, as
c'modoialudzw, KIUFOKGAIII‘II'TU
'AaroCm'vw, f. 17:70pm, aor. 2 (ur
s'gnv, pp. to go away, to depart, Xen. de
Mag‘. Eq. 1. 16. Polyb. 24. 6. 1. In
N. .
1. to go from, to descend from, sc.
:1 ship,i. e. to disembark, to land. Luke 5:
2. John 21: 9. Supply (uni r1311 nholaw,
etc.——Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 18. Pol. 1. 29. 5.
2. metaph. to result, to become, evcnire,
seq. dat. c. sic. Luke 21: 13 {magi/ova:
1':f5'iv‘>9’:
61;‘ iii-1P
a T1’:
Jlib10v.13:16.
Phil. 1:19.
'2‘: ":3 SeJilb1:.
13:5. 31742,: Ex. 2:4.—Wisd. 2:3.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 6. Hesych. drofifioe
‘m1’ 'ylverat.
’Aro€é70.w, am‘. 2 lure’gakov, to
cast away, to throw of and spoken of a
garment,tolayaeide,trans. Mark 10:50.
—Sept. Is. 1:30. (£118.11. V. H. 12.38. perty, see Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1.
—Metaph. Heb. 10: 35 rkv “that”,
to lay aside 1. e. to lose confidence, etc.— i. e. to copy,to delineate, Herodot. 3. 136.
Philo (1e Incorr. mund. p. 951 @0119 to write down, Sept. for it‘? Jud". 8: 14,
aiav 9501);‘ durogahfiv (ial'lyarov.
Ant. 5. l. 8. Xen. (Ec. 12. 2 n)v Emu
vuplav. Comp. Loesner Obs. in N. T. e
Phil. p. 438.
241067.27“), f. \bu, pp. to look
away towards any thing), to fix the eyes
intently upon, c. c. :19, olyb. 6. 50. 3.
In N. T. metaph. to regard, have respect
to c. c. :39, Heb. 11:26. Sept. for 711-‘;
Ps. 11:4. 5‘; Cant. 6:1. Hos. 3:11.
—Jos. Ant. 20. 3. 2. Philo dc Vict. off.
p. 852. Polyb. 2. 39. 10. Comp. 'A1r
£7501’.
'ArrbCMrog, 00, 3, {1, adj. (tum
fli'tkkw) pp. what should be castaway, ab.
jiciendus; in N. T. metaph. what is to be
rejected, contcmned, sperrwndus, 1 Tim.
4: 4. — Symmach. for 8313 Hos. 9: 3.
Horn. 11. 3. 65. Lucian. Tim. § 37. p. 83.
oi'lrm (urééknrc'i elm 56410. To 1rapa r017
Attic.
’A9ro@o7u'1, 77;, 1'], (tumfiéMw) pp.
acasting of, e. g. ‘r1311 or)...” Plut. Legg.
12. In N. T. metaph.
a) rejection, Rom. 11: 15.
b) loss, deprivation, e. g. of life, Acts
78 ’A robe/emit:
27:22 -— Philo de Przem. et Pmn.
p. 915. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 9 int ‘M11501!
amé‘oxg. Herodian. 4. 14. 8. Plato
Phsedon. c. 20.
'Aeroy/vopoat, aor. 2 z'nre'yevdpnv,
to be absentfrom, e. g. rfic ,uéxnc, Herodot.
9. 69. to depart, i. e. to die, Jos. Ant. 5.
1. I. Thuc. 2. 34.— In N. T. metaph.
to die to any thing, i. e. to renounw, seq.
dat. 1 Pet. 2: 24 ra‘ic dpaprlazc. Comp.
Rom. 6: 4.
, ~
Awwew'l, a. "I. @wwéw.)
registry, enrolment, 3 Macc. 7:22. a
register, table, catalogue, e. g. 01' those
capable‘ol' military duty, Polyb. 2. 23. 9.
or of citizens, their names, property,
etc. Jos. Ant. 18. l. 1.—In N. T. en.
rolment in a public register, a census,
Luke 2:2. Acts 5:37. The former
passage seems to refer to a mere enu
meration of persons, capitum descnptio;
see Krebs Obs. p. 101 sq. and partic.
Calmet, art. Cyrenius, p. 326. The
latter was a census of persons and pro
'Aa'o'ygottiw, 1'. 4m), pp. to write qlfl
Jos. coll. 3 Macc. 4: 14. 6:38. In . T. to
inscribe, to enrol, so. in a register etc.
Heb. 12: 23 d-lro-ye'ypappe'voi e'v oilparoig,
in allusion to the book of life, P713 ‘"92,
135.69: 29.—Her0dot. 7. 100. Polyb. 30.
10. 7.—Mid. (II‘ITO'YPéqMIPCH, to cause
one's self to be enrolkd, to give one's
name to flu: census, Luke 2: 1, 3, 5. —
Polyb. 10. 17. 10. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 8.
’Avrobei'xvvfu, f. 5.15.3, to point out,
to skew, Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 8. Sept. Job
33: 21. In N. T.
1. to designate, i. e. to constitute, to
appoint, sc. to any office or station,
trans. 1 Cor. 4: 9 b 9569 iguig 702g c'um
a'rékovc e'o'xé'rovg c'urs'dufev a'ig e'mOm/a.
riove—Susann. 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2 ult.
7. 3. 2. Herodot. 1. 124. Xen. Anab. 1.
1. 2. ——SO 2 Tlless. 2: 4 r'uroduxvin'ra
iavrbr 61-1 Earl 966C, making himself God,
i.e. giving himself out as such. Comp.
Buttm.§ 151. 1.6.
2. to skew by argument, to demonstrate,
to prove. 2:22
beiEat. Acts 25: 7 a 01m '4' 0w (mo
c'urobcduwle'rocqgmdpwi,
approved, confirmed of God by miracles.
—Xen. Conv. 4. l. Hiero 7. 5.
 'A-z'obeiig'ig"
Viz-652154;, 560;, 1"], (o'uroseirvv t,)
manifestation, demonstration ,proof, 1 ‘or.
2: 4.—3 Mace. 4: 20. .103. Ant. 4. 8. 23.
Ken. Mem. 4. 6. 13.
’Asrobszwr6w, :7, 1‘, (Law, to tithe 1 Pet. 4: 5. Sept. for Chald. =13‘; Dan.
qfl', trans. i. e.
a) to tithe, levy tithes, so. of persons,
Heb. 7: 5 coll. v. 8. So ‘7?? and Sept.
1 Sam. 8:15, 17.
b) topay or give tithes of, Matt. 23: 23.
Luke 11:42. 18: 12. So Sept for 7‘?!
Pie] and Hiph. Gen. 28: 22. Deut. 14:
22.—Test. XII PatnFabr. p. 569.
’Aw63ezrog, 0v, .3, 5, adj. (6.11'0
be'xopm.) acceptable, 1 Tim. 2: 3. 5:4.
—Hesycb. i'uro'bcxrov' e'a'awtrtiy.
m—aaamw, r. 5550,...“ Mid. de
pon. pp. to takefrom anotherfor one's set/‘,
ence genr. to receive, trans.
a) spoken of persons, to receive as a
friend or guest, to bid welcome, trans.
Luke 9: 40. Acts 15.4.. 18:27. 28:30.
—2 Mace. 3: 9. 13:24. Diod. Sic. l.
18. Polyb. 3. 66. 8. — Trop. of doctrine
etc. to admit, to embrace, Acts 2: 41.—
1 Mace. 9: 71. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 5. Po
lyb. 2. so. 5.
b) to accept ncith joy, to welcome, and
by impl. to applaud, to extol, Acts 24: 3.
—.108. Ant. 6. 14. 4. 1b. 7. l. 1 é'rrau'ibv
mi ixwoEzxbpevoc 1'5 Ep'yov. Diod. S. 4. 46.
‘Awabyph, t3, 1. flow, (z'urbbnluog)
pp. to be absent from one’: peqale or
country, Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 12. Hence in
N. T. to go abroad, to travel intojbreign
countries, Matt. 21:33. 25: 14 coll. Luke
19: l2.—Matt.25: 15. Mark 12: 1. Luke
15113. 20: 9.—Jos. AnLB. 13.5. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 5. l.
lATéBfl’bOg', 00, a, ,7, adj. (ems,
277,109 people,) gone abroad, absmt in
fora'gn countries, Mark 13: 34. — Arte
mid. 2. 8.
MWBIMW, r. 54...», 201'. 1 Zara’
5mm Luke 9: 42, see Buttm. § 106. 10.
§ 107. n. I. 8.--aor. 2 tim'iwv, Opt. (‘uro
Bp'nv 2 Tim. 4: 14, a later form, Buttm.
§107. n. I. 3. Lab. ad Phryn. p. 345.
l. to give away from one's self, i. e
to ‘deliver over, to give up, to bestow, trans.
or absol.
a) gem. Matt. 27: 58 dumbofifivai n‘;
00 a. 2 Tim. 4: 8. So Sept. for 1!‘;
2 am. 3: 14. Gen. 30: 26.—Xen. Cyr.
79 ’Arrobomgooi§a
4. 5. 26.—Metaph. of evidence, Acts 4':
33. SO iuroazadvai Xo’yov, to ac
count, to render account, Matt. 12:36.
Luke 16: 2. Acts 19:40. Heb. 13:17.
6: 2. $33?! 2 Chr. 34:28.—Ecolus.
29: 6.
1 b) spoken in reference to obligation
of any kind, to give in full, to render, to
pay over or of; e. g. wages, ,uwOov,
Matt. 20: 8. So Sept. for 1'?! Dent. 24:
15.—T0bit 4: l4. Xen. An. 1. 2. 12.—
So of rent, tribute, expenses, etc. Matt.
21: 41. 22: 21. Mark 12:17. Luke 10:
35. 20: 25. Rom. 13: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 2.
4. 14.—Of vows or oaths, Matt. 5: 33.
So Sept. for n'2wi Deut. 23: 22. Job 22.
27.—Ecclus. 18:22. Jos. Ant. ll. 1. 3.
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10.—Of duties in go
neral, 1 Cor. 7: 3, comp. Rom. 13:7.
0) spoken of trees, fruits, etc. to yield,
Rev. 22: 2. So Sept. for 11"! Lev. 26: 4.
—Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.—Metaph. Heb.
12. 11.
d) Mid. to deliver over fin‘ one's set)",
i. e. to dispose ofso. by sale, to sell, trans.
Acts 5:8. 7. 9. Heb. 12:16. Sept. for
“P?! Deut. 2: 8. ‘*2’; Gen. 25: 33. 37:
27, 35. Amos 2: 6.— Philo de Joseph.
p. 560. Herodot. 1. 70. ib. 2. 56. Ken.
Mem. 2. 5. 5.
2. to give back again, to restore, trans.
or absol.
a) gem. Luke 4: 20. 9:42. Sept. for
31:73 Gen. 20: 7. 37:22. EX. 22: 26.
--Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 9. Polyb. 1. 7. 13.——
Spoken of debts, obligations, etc. to re
pay, to refund, Matt. 5: 26. 18:25 bis,
26, 28, 29, 30, 34. Luke 7: 42. 12:59.
19:8. Sept. for Lev. 25:27, 52.
Num. 5: 7, 8.-—Herodian. 5. 1. 16.
b) in the sense of to render back, re
quite, retaliate, either ood or evil. Matt.
6: 4, 6,18. 16: 27. om. 2: 6. 12: 17.
lThcss. 5:15. 1 Tim. 5:4. 2 Tim. 4:14.
1 Pet.3:9. Rev. 18: 6. 22: 12. So Sept.
for =23‘? Prov. 24:12. 17: 13. Ps. 94: 23.
‘732,151. 65: 6.—Ecclus. ll: 26. 12:6.
4477051055101, l‘. tow, (tirb, biopii'w
to set bounds,) pp. to set of by mete:
and bounds; in N. T. metaph. to divide
am to separate, Eavroi'ic Jude 19, i. e. to
create schisms, i. q. fizpopllu Gal. 2: 12.
Arrobomlwoigw, 1‘. dam, (and i. q.
0: pr. 50):: '(u,) to disapprove, to reject,
trans. Sign’. of a stone rejected or
 W‘
'Awohoxfi 80 ’Awoxa0icrny.r
worthless, Matt. 21:42. Mark 12: 10. c'urz'eare rz'i e'rplapn'a, he diedfor sin, i. e.
Luke 20: 17. 1 Pet. 2: 4, 7. So Sept. on account of it; Buttm. § 133. 3. 2.
and 015? Ps. 118: 22. Jer. 6: 30.—Ken. Sept. for PM Gen. 2: 17. 3: 3,4. al.
(E0. 19. 12.—Spoken of Jesus rejected saep.—Herodot. 2. 63. Xen. Mem. 4. 8.
as the Messiah by the Jews, etc. Mark 3.-Spoken of a violent death, to be put
8:31. Luke 9:22. 17:25. Of Esau, to death, to be killed, to perish, etc. Matt.
Heb. l2: 17. S0 Sept. and mi’! Jer. 6: 26:35. Acts 21:13. 25:11. Rom. 5!
30. 7:28. 14: 19. 31: 36.—Polyb. 3. 6, 7, 8. H61). 11:37. Rev. 829, 11.
86. 8. Ken. Cyr. 6. 2. 36. So of animals, to perish, Matt. 8:32.
A‘Z'Oaoxh, ii, 1), (a'rroas'xopah) re Rev. 16:3. Spoken of the punishment
ception, pp. ofa guest, etc. Diod. Sic. 4. of death, John 19: 7. Heb. 10: 28. So
51. In N. T. metaph. assent, approba Sept. and m” Ex. 21: 12,18. 22: 2.
ticn,praise, 1 Tim. 1: 15. 4: 11.—Diod. Deut. 17:6, 12.—Susann. 41, 43. Jos.
Sic. 4. 84. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 4. Ant. 4. 8. 2, 3. Herodian. 3. 15. 8. Ken.
’A1r60un;, M15‘, fi, (dam-(Bruin) a Mem. 4. 8. 9.
b) of vegetable life,e. g. seeds, tarot,
putting of laying aside, trop. 1 Pet. 3:21.
John 12:24. 1 Cor. 15:36. of trees, to
2 Pet. 1: 14.—Clem. Alex.Strom. 4.25.
wither, to die, trop. Jude 12.
'Arrodr'ptn, 21;, 1", (a'rro-rierutg) a c) in an inchoative sense, Buttm. §
place where any thing is laid up, reposito 112. 10. n. 6 ; to be dying, i. e. to be near
1y, e. g. of arms, an arsenal, Herodian. to death, Luke 8: 42. or, to be eqnoscd
7. 11. 14. Thuc. 6. 97. a treasury, Sept. to death, to be in danger of death, 1 Cor.
1 Chr. 29:8.—In N. T. spoken of grain 15:31. 2 Cor. 6: 9. also, to be subject
etc. a granary, storehouse, barn, Matt. 3: to death, to be mortal, Rom. 5: 15 coll.
12. 6:26. 13:30. Luke 3:17. 12: v. 17. 1 Cor. 15:22. Heb. 7: 8 mortal
18, 24. So Sept. for 5113;? Jer. 50: 26. man—So Sept. and 1'1!” Gen. 48: 21.
Aquil. for P295: Prov. 3: 10 where d) metaph. Rev. 3: 2 o-riypwow 1a
Sept. rapieim—Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3. honrir ll E'prMov ('uroflave'iv, which are
'Avrodnmuglgw, 1'. law, to treason ready to eqn're, i. e. become extinct, where
away, to lay up in store, Ecclus. 3: 4. it refers to religious faith, works, etc.
Diod. Sic. 5. 40. In N. T. trop. I Tim. —’A1r09vr’]m:uv rwl or t’uro rude, to die
6: 19, comp. Matt. 6:20. Rom. s: 5. to or from any thing, i. e. to renounce,
tojbrsahe, Col. 2: 20 am‘) 743v arotxeiuv.
,A wodltffiw, f, ‘lac, to press from Gal. 2: 19 1'93 vdpp, i. e. the Mosaic law.
every side, to crowd, absol. Luke 8: 45. Rom. 6: 2 r5 épaprlq, which supply
Sept. for ‘(U72 Num. 22: 25.—Jos. Ant. also in v. 7, 8. Col. 3: 3 dnrzOévu-e yirp
2. 5. 2 fldrpvg c’uroOM/fiew sic pu'llwv. Cf. so. 7079 irrl 'rfig yfig, to earthly things.
Tittmann in Bib. Repos. III. p. 65. e) trop. to die fin- eva, to come under
'Arroflvfiozw, f. t'urotlayoit L, nor. 2 condemnation of eternal death, i. e. ex
¢'11re'6avov,to die, intrans. i.e. t trough the clusion from the Messiah's kingdom,
force of (‘11rd, to die out, to ezpire, to be and subjection to eternal punishment for
come quite dead.- hence it is stronger sin, i.q. the ‘second death' in Rev. 20:
than Sw'laxu, though generally used sy. 14.—John 6: 50, where lurotlrivy is con
nonymously with it and instead of it; trasted with Zr'lazrai u'g Ta.’ uidn'a in v.
see Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 65. 51, 58. John 8:21, 24. 11:26 coll. v.
a) spoken of persons, etc. Matt. 9: 25, where physical and eternal death are
24. Mark 5: 35,39. 9:26. Luke 8:42, distinguished. Rom. 7: 10. 8: 13. An.
52, 53. John 21:23. Acts 9: 37. Rom. ,A'KOIwtdfO'Tfl/M, also drroxatiw'rc'ru
7: 2, 3. Heb. 11:4. Rev. 14:13 01 iv and Juan, f. drroxaraon'lo'w, to put back
Kvplp drroliw'laxovreg, who die in theLord, into a former state, to restore, trans—For
i. e. in devoted fidelity to him. Rom. 14: the form in aim, Mark 9:12, comp.
7, 8, Ear/1'93, rq] Kuplzp drrotlw’la'xcw, to die Sept. Dan. 2:21. Herodot. 4. 103. and
to or for one’s self, to or for the Lord, see Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 107. n. I. 2.
i. e. both in life and in death WC belong For that in -évw, Acts 1: 6, which is
not to ourselves, but to the Lord, and found only in late writers, see Buttm.
are bound to glorify him. Rom. 6: 10 {; 112. 12. l’assow sub vac—Spoken
 ’Awoza7\6:rm
a) of restoration to health, etc. Matt.
19:13. Mark 3: 5. 8:25. Luke 6:10.
So Sept. and 3‘5' EX.417. Lev. 13: 16.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 535. Hippocr. Opp.
§6. p. 19. ed. Foes. Xen. Lac. 6. 3.
b) of the Jewish kingdom, govem
ment, etc. which the Messiah was ex
pected to restore and enlarge, Matt. 17:
11. Mark 9: 19. Acts 1: 6. So Sept.
and TF5 Hz. 16: 55.—— 1 Mace. 15:3.
Diod- Sic. 20. 32. Polyb. 41. 95. 7.
c) of restoration to one's friends and
country, c. g. from rison, Heb. 13: 19.
So Sept. and er. 16:15. 24:6.— b) in the sense of revelation, disclosure,
Esdr. 1:31. Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 1. Polyb. mang'f'cstafion, e. g. of that which be
3. 5. 41.
'Aa'axult'mrar, f. ‘to, to uncover, fips'pa o’uroxaki'ldawg, day qfmanzfestation
Sept. for "2! Ruth 3: 4, 7. Herodian.
7. 4. 10. In N. T. metaph. to reveal, to
disclose, to bring to light, trans.
a) gem. Matt. 10:26. Luke 12:2.
Sept. for $.11‘! Josh. 2: 20. -— So in the
Passive, of things which become known
01' manifest by their effects; e. g. 51a
Xo'yurpol Luke 2:35. flpaxc'wv Kvplov
John 12: 38, coll. Sept. Is. 53: 1 for "1%.
Is. 52: 10 for M.—51Kamai':vn 9:017
Rom. 1= 11, coll. Sept. for win Ps. 98:
2. Jer. 11: 80.—-dp-yr) r017 9cm": Rom. 1:
18, comp. Is. 56: 1.—56£a Rom. 8:18.
1P3. s: 1. aarrrlpt'a 1 Pet. 1; 5._1 Cor.
3: 13 iv :rvpi dwoxahr'nrrsraz, be revealed
byfire,i.e. be tried, proved,made known.
Gal. 3: 23 rfiv pz'Mova'av m'arw durum
Xvvpofivat, i. e. until Christ, the ob'ect
of faith, should be revealed—P ato
Gorg. p. 311. D.
b) spoken of things revealed from
God, i. e. taught, communicated, made
known, by his Spirit and influences,
Matt. 11=25. 16:17. LukelOz21. 1 Cor.
2:10. 14: 30 supply 1') rim‘: mi 65017.
Eph. 3: 5. Phil. 3:15. 1 Pet. 1: 12. So
Sept. and H72; Dan. 10:1. Chald. 1335
Dan. 2: 19, 22, 28, 30. - Lib. Henoch.
Fabric. p. 189 iBiEaEc rt‘: pvarr'lpta Kai
first/Avila: rav- aid'wt ra iv oilpuv‘lii. Act.
Thom. § 10 Kim“, 1') aroxahinrrwv puarfi
puL—Spoken of things revealed from
God'through Cbrist,Matt. 11:27. Luke
10:22. through Paul, Gal. 1: 16.
c) spoken of persons, in the Pass. to
be revealed, i. e. to appear; spoken of
Christ's appearing from heaven, Luke from one state of feeling etc. to another,
17: 30. So Sept. and F5:
1‘
1 Sam. 3:
81 'A woxazrahhoio'a'w
91.—4 Esdr. l3: 32.-—Spoken of anti
christ, 2 Thess. 2: 3, 6, 8.
54101027104419, 241;, 1'1, (awomxi’l
1r-rw,) anuncovefing, i.e. nakedness, Sept.
for ‘"112. 1 Sam. 20:30. Plut. Cato
Ma'. c. 20. ib. Em. Paul. 0. 14.—In
N. .onl metaph.
a) of the removal of the veil of igno
rance and darkness by the communica
tion of light and knowledge, illumina
tion, insb'uction. Luke 2:32 4:51;; sic
('uromihviluvc'flvfiw. Comp. v.51 “"3, Sept.
zpa'w c'Byiiw, Is. 42: 6.
comes manifest by the event, Rom. 2: 5
of God's wrath, i. e. when it will be
manifested. Rom. 8: 19 droxdhviluc 15w
vhfw r017 9:01’; i. q. ri'rrolc. 'rfig 565179 ru'lv
vi. r. 6:017, comp. v. 18, 21, i. e. the
mamfistatz'on, disclosure, of the glorious
liberty, bliss, of the sons of God.—-Ec~
clus. 11:27.—So of that which before
was unknown and concealed, especially
the divine mysteries, purposes, doc
trines, etc. Rom. 16:25. 1 Cor. 14:6,
26.—Eeclus. 22: 22. 43: 1.——Of revela
tions from God or Christ, 2 Cor. 12: l,
7. Gal. 1: 12. 2: 2. Eph. 3: 3.—Eph.
1:17 1rvciipa c'nroxahi'npcwg, a spirit qf
revelation, i. e. which can fathom and
unfold the deep things of God—Spoken
of future events, Rev. 1:1, where it
makes part of the title of the book.
0) in the sense of appearance, and
spoken of Christ's ap earance from
heaven,2Thess. 1:7. 1 0r.l:7. 1 Pet.
1:7, 13. 4:13.
i I
Awazugahoma, a4, 1", from the
verb dvroxapafioxz'w (and, xc'lpa head,
Eoxn'lw to look,) i. q. 11} xupahfi rpoghé
new Etym. Magn. i. e. ‘ to look away
towards any thing with the head bent
forward,’ and hence to await, to expect
earnestly,- so Aquil. for 5,2571’? Ps.37:
7. Polyb. 16. B. 8. ib. 18. 31. 4'. Jos.
B. J. 3. 7. 26.-Hence the subst. an.
xapafion’a in N. T. earnest espectation,
Rom. 8: 19. Phil. 1: 20. See Bibl. Re
pos. I. p. 373.
, I I
Aaroxwrulkaa'm v. -arw, 115.0,
(and, mini, dhhtiaaw) lit. to change
i. e. to reconcile, trans. and seq. dat. or
r
 'Aaroxaréaraazg 82 ’Az'oxga'uo,u.a1
rig. Eph. 2: 16 (m. 101k‘ ('qqzo're'povg Dent. 23:l.—Arrian. Diss. Epict. 2. 20.
23.9.55. Col.lz20,2l,cicéaurdv,comp. 19. Lucian. Eunuch. §8. See Raphel.
ph. l: 10. — Hesych. amt-“mime.. Obs. in N. T. in loc.-—Others, separate
qu'hov 1rocfio’ac. themselves, so. from the Christian com.
,A I ’. ,
TOMM'I’OM'TMO'I” 501;, §,, (mm munity; comp. Kypke and Elsner in 100.
xaeim-n/u q. v.) restoration, restitution, ’A aroxglpia, array, 16, ((morplvo
sc. to a former state. Acts 3: 21 xpévoi #114,) an answer .judicial response,sentence,
c'nromraa'réacuc m'w-rwv, the time of the
genr. 1Elian. H. A. 9. l5. Jos. Ant. 14.
restoration of all things, i. e. the Mes
10. 5. In N. T. r'xmiKpi/m 'roi'l savc'rrou,
.siah's future kingdom,i q. Kalpol ava sentence of death, 2 Cor. 1:9, i. e. con.
‘Ll/Ewe in v. 19, coll. Heb. 9: 10. See
stant exposure to death, despair of life,
in‘ 'Avétbuiig, and comp. Olshausen's comp. v. 8. ‘
Comm. in loc.—Spoken of the restora
tion of a state, city, etc. Jos. Ant. ll. ’zflvrozgfvo,wm, aor. 1 fnrsxpwiiimv,
3. 8. il). 11. 4. 6. POlyb. 4. 23. l. aor. 1 pass. (i-Irzxpiflnv, fut. 1 pass.
Amman/‘m, f. ciao/Jam, to be‘ laid a-lroxptfir'laofuu, Middle form from Act.
away, to be laid up, sc. for preservation, r’uroxpi'vw, to judge off, i. e. to separate out,
Luke 19:20. So Symm. for ""33 Is. toseparale, genr. andsoin Pass. Theoplir.
de caus. Plant. 1. 6 olvog dapfiv halugri
10; 17.—Xen. Cyr.2. 2. 15. Anab. 2.‘
we‘, b'rav (lures-plat) 1': 13511113529 at'n'ofi.
3. 15.—Melaph. to be inslorefor, to await
- any one, o. 0. dat. of pers. Spoken of Thuc. 2. 49. Jos. Ant.3. 11.3. Herodot.
rewards, Col.1:5 'rfiv e'lurlaa. n‘w (uro
1. 60. Hom. 11.5. 12.—But Mid. l'nro.
KPLIVOFGI. is pp. to give a judicial answer,
xeqie'wlv b‘u'iv iv 1'07; oilpavo'ic. 2 Tim.
4:8 aré¢avog.—2 Macc. 12: 45. Helio and hence gem‘. to answer, to respond,
dor. I. p. 33 ‘um-66¢. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 7. and so also the aor. 1 pass. and int. 1
—Spoken otdeath, Heb. 9: 27 cimlxurai pass. in later writers (Diod. Sic. 4. 31.
roig c'wflpéroig (‘i-IraE duroeaveiv. -— 4
Lucian. Demon. § 26.) which the gram
Macc. 8: 10. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 8 ro'ig
marians censure; see Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 108.—C. c. dat. of pers. or also in
Kaxoz'lpyolc c'zmlxnrai 1ra657v.
Luke and Acts 0. 1r 6g seq. accus.
,AWOILE¢OMIZW, f. lam, (Zuni, unpa Luke 4: 4. 6: 3. al. cts 3: 12. al. so
Afl.) to behead,trans. Matt. 14: 10. Mark Sept. Gen. 23: 5. Hab. 2: 2. viz.
6: 16, 27. Luke 9: 9. — Arrian. Diss. a) pp. to answer, to reply, so. to a
Epict. l. l. 29 inn‘) 'roii Ne'pwvog awoke fiestion, Matt. 11:4. 13:11. 19: 4‘.
sgthw'efiral. 4. l. 121. Artemidor. l. 37. ark 12: 34-. al. saep. Sept. for "22 1
i0 Cass. 71. 28. Not found in Attic Sam. 26: 14-. 2 Sam. 14: 19. — Xen.
usage, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 341. (Ec. 19. 4. Lucian. D. Mort. 29. 2.—To
a judicial interrogation or accusation,
'Aarozkel'w, f. slow, to close 142, i. e.
Matt. 26:62. 27:12, 14.. Mark 14:61.
to shut to, to make fast; e. g. rr‘lv Sa'lpav,
—— Herodian. 4. 7. 2.—-To an entreaty,
Luke 13: 25. Sept- for ‘2? Gen. 19:
10. Judg.3=23. 5:; 2 Sam.13: 17,18. exhortation, proposition, etc. Matt. 4: 4.
12:39: 13:37. 25: 9. Luke 22: 68. al.
—Her0dian. 5. 3. '26. Xen. Mem. 2.1.16. Sacp. Sept. and “5? Gen. 23: 5. 24: 50.
’A-7r0z6'z"m, f. ‘410), to cut of, to —Xen. An. 1. 4. l4. ib. 2.1.9. 10, 15.
amputale, trans. Mark 9: 43, 45. John H. G. 2. 2. 18.—Byway of cuntradic.
18:10, 26. Acts 27: 32. Sept. for "I? tion, denial, etc. Matt. 3: l5. 8: 8. 12:
l Sam.31: 9. ‘($7, Deut. 25: 12.—1E 4.8. Mark 7: 28. 10: 20. John 2: 18.
lian. V. H. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 8.— 3:9. Acts 25: 4. al. sacp.
Mid. Gal. 5: 12 b'tpchov Ktll awoxéylaowat, b) by Hebraism, to proceed to speak,
spoken of Judaizing teachers, I could i. e. either, to continue the discourse, Matt.
wish that in their own case they would not 11:25. 12: 38. 15:15. 22:1. 26: 63.
only circumcise, but even cut Qfl“ sc. the Mark 9: 19. 10:24. al. Sept. and "3!
parts usually circumcised, i. e. emascu Gen. 18:27. 27: 37,39. al. or more
late themselves. So Chrysostom, cl [301l frequently, to begin to speak, prob. with
Aovrm, p1‘) ‘IftplTEflVEIUOWGGV pévov, (1AM: reference to what another had already
ml 1rrpmo1rriafiwam'. So Sept. and "i; said. So (moi-91069 elm, or xal (urc
 'Awfizgm; 83
111161) 1111 CITE, Matt. 17:4,17. 28: 5.
Mark9:5. 10:51- 11114. 19:35. Acts
3: 12. al. So Sept. and H5! in later Heb.
Cant. S: 10. IS. 14: 10. Zech. l: 10.
3: 4. 4: ll. al.—J Mace. 18: 19.—So of
an interrogation, Matt. 27: 21. coll.
Mark 14: 61 where it is r'pwréw. Rev.
7:13. So Sept. and T15! Dan. 3: 14.
—So droxpwig Act. Thorn. §40. Ar.
'Awoxgnng, 54);, l], (iuroxplvopat)
an answer, a rqvly, Luke 2: 47. 20: 26.
John 1:22. 19:9. Sept. for “323 Job.
32: 5. Prov. 15: 1. "=51 Deut. 1:22.—
Jos. Ant. 7. 6. l. Diod. Sic. 14. 25.
Xen. Hiero 1. 35.
’Aa'oxgbrw, f. to, to hide away,
to conceal, trans. r6 dp-ybpiov, Matt. 25:
18. — Wisd. 7:14. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 5.
Xen. Anab. 4. 4. 11.—Metaph. to hide,
i.e. not to reveal, seq. am; 0. gen. ot'
pers. Matt. 11:25. Luke 10:21. absol.
l Cor.2: 7. Eph. 3: 9. Col. 1: 26. So
Sept. and 2 K. 4.: 27. *1???‘ Ps. being pregnant with, i. e. to bring forth,
119: 19.—Jos. Ant. 3. 4. 2. Ken. Mem.
2. 6. 29.
’Avro’zgu<po;, 00, b, 1'’, adj. (bum
xpinr'ru) hidden away, concealed.
a) trop. Mark 4: 22. Luke 8: 17. So
Sept. for Chald. part. Naif-19”: Dan. 2: 22.
—Xen. Conv. 8. 11.
b) by impl. laid up in store, trop. Col.
2: 3. So Sept. and ‘Fm-‘g’; Is. 45: 3.
pp. Sept. for ""3923", Dan. 11: 43.—pp.
l Macc. l: 23.
’A9roxrsi'm, also inroicrc'wu and
itrou’e'lww, l'. anon-0'63, aor. l lure’
rruva, aor. 1 pass. dram-(19771’, to kill out
right, to put to death, trans.—The form
baroxrévu, occurs in later edit. Matt. 10:
28. Luke 12: 4, but is doubtful, and
can belong only to the later Greek.
For iurorrz'ww, in later edit. Rev. 6: l 1.
Sept. llab. 1:17. Dan. 2: l3. Esdr.
4: 7. VVisd. 16:14.alsoas a form of the
later Greek, Nicarch. Ann. Br. XX, see
Gregor. Cor. p. 588, 597, ed. Schaet'er.
Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex. p. 119,
128. Winer§ 15. p. '76. marg.—The
aor. 1 pass. r’i-ircxrévenv, Matt. 16:21.
Mark 8:31. al. though poetic, occurs
mostly only in later prose, e. g. Dio
Case. 65. 4; see Winer § 15. p. 76.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 36, 757.‘ Buttm.
§ 101. n. 6. § 114 sub Antwan—Spoken
:1) pp. to kill. to put to death, in any
'Awokaafiaim
way,Matt.l4:5. 16:21. 2l:35,38,39.
Mark 6:19. John 18:31. Rev. 6: 8.11].
SEEP. Sept. for 51*! Gen. 4: 8. Judg.
9: 5. al. seep. “"2?! Gen. 18:25. Ex. -
4:24. "W Josh. ll: 10. 1 Sam. 17:
46.--Herodian. 2. 12. 1. Ken. Anab. l.
l. 3. ib. 2. l. 11.—So b'n-oxrzlvew inw
rév, to kill one's self, John 8: 22, coll.
Wisd. 16: 14.—Passive, to be slain, i. e.
to die, to perish, Rev. 9: 18, 20. al.
b) trop. to kill eternally, to bring under
condemnation of eternal death; see in
'A1r06v1’yaxu e. Matt. 10:28 rip’ \Pvxhv
bvroicreivai, to kill the soul, there i. q.
\I/uxfiv r'nrokz'oai e'r 'yce'v , comp. Luke
12: 5.—Rom. 7:11. 2 or. 3: 6.
c) trop. to destroy, to abolish, rfiv ix
0 'v Eph. 2: 16. Comp. Sept. and 91?
S. 78: 47. AL.
I I ~ . I
AWOZUEW, N, f. new, (mm of 00m~ ,
plet. and we're to be pregnant with, II.
10. 117. Jos. Ant. 1.18. 1.) lit. tofinish
to bear, trans. 4 Macc. 15: 17. Hero
dian. 1.5.14. In N. T. metaph. to
beget, to bringforth, James 1:15, 18.
'An'oxukl'vbw, also 1110111111», 1‘. low,
to roll away, trans. Matt. 28:2. Mark
16:3,4. Luke 24:2. Sept. for 51?;
Gen. 29:3,8,10.—- Judith 13; 9. Jos.
Ant. 4. 8. 37. Apollod. Bibl. 3. l4. 7.
’Ar:07.oq1.@oim, f. fiTIOAfi1i/0Ptll, am.
2 iurz'kagov, to take or havefrom any one,
i.e. to receive, trans.
a) strictly with the idea of complete
ness, to receive in fit”, see in 'A'lrc'xw no.
2. Luke 16: 25 ('ure'haéeq rac'ryaflr'i aou.
So genr. to obtain, Gal. 4: 5 rip» vioflz~
m'av. Sept. for HP}; Num. 34: 14.
b) to receive back, to obtain again, e. g.
debts etc. Luke 6: 34 bis. 15: 27.—
Herodian. 4. 15. 20. Xen. An. 1.2.27.
—Spoken of retribution, requital, etc.
Luke 18:30. 23:41. Rom.l:27. Col.
3: 24. 2 John 8.—Xen. de re Eq. 2. 2.
Diod. Sic. 12. 45.
c) to take to one's self from another
place or person, i. e. either to receive as
afriend or guest, 3 John 8. or, to take
aside with one's self, Mark 7: 33 c'nro
hagolievoc ai/rbv 11m‘: r017 bxltov A'ar'
151a)’. —- So c’urohagclw v. t'urohagépzrog
rim‘: xar‘ loiav 2 Mace. 6:21, coll. 4:
46. Jos. B. J. 2.7. 2. Appian. de Bell.
1‘ 2
 ’A7r6}\oweu;
Civ. lib. 5. p. 18. Philostrat. Vit. Apol
lon.) 7. 18.
Avrokavmg, swg, ;,, (.imAm'mQ
fruitiomenjoyment, i. e.
a.) the act of enjoying, eig i'urdhavmv,
jbr enjoyment, i. e. to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6:
17.—3 Mace. 7: 16. Jos. 2. 4. 4'. He
rodian. 2. 3. 18.
b) the source of enjoyment, advan
tage,profit, pleasure, Heb. 11:25. So
Symm. for IJ‘FQZ‘é Ps. 119: l43.—Jos.
Ant. 2. 7. 3. Polyb. 10. 19. 5. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 33.
’Awo7.sl'arw, 1'. duo, nor. 2 ('ure'hurov,
to leave awayfrom one's self, i. e.
a) to leave behind, trans. 2 Tim. 4. 13
by d'rre'hmov iv Tpwc'lbl. 4|:20.—JOS. Ant.
4. 8. 21. Herodot. 3. 48. Xen. An. 6. 3.
4.—Pass. to be lefl behind, to remain,
Sept. for Ex. 14:: 28. trop. (uro
Xeim-raz, there remains, Heb. 4.:6,9.
10: 26.—Polyb. 3. 39. 12. coll. Wisd.
14: 6.
b) to desert, to renounce, Jude 6 6.1m
).urévrag rd 'idmv oirnjpwv. Sept. for
=1‘! Prov. 2:17. 9: 6. — Ecclus. 17:
19. Xen. Ag. 2. 29. Lucian. D. Deor.
5. l.
’A-z'07.e:'xw, f. et'Ew, to lick qfl‘, trans.
Luke 16: 21 oi m'weg d-rrz'huxov 11‘1 EMT]
abroii, i. e. they licked his sores clean.
—Aristcrph. Vesp. 27. See Tittnmnn
in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 65.
’A9r6Mu/m, f. c'uroM'a-m, perf. 1
z'11roAéXexa, perf. 2 drrbkwha, Mid. fut.
drohoiijuu, aor. 2 (‘memo/417:1. The force
of (‘we is here away, wholly, and the
verb is therefore stronger than the simple
b'MvFL.
I. Active form. 1. to destroy, to cause
to perish, trans.
a) spoken of thingsxtrop. 1 Cor. 1: [3, above; to perish eternally, i. e. to be
l9 r'nrohu': rfiv 00¢iav-n5v o'orpfiv, i. e.
bring to nought, render void, quoted from
Is. 29: 14, where Sept. for 'T;$.—pp.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38.
b) of persons, to destroy, put to death,
cause to perish. (a) spoken of physical
death, Matt.2:13. 12:14.. 21:41. 22: 7.
Mark 3: 6. 9:22. 11:18. 12: 9. Luke
[6: 9.] 17: 27,29. 19: 47. 20:16. John
10: 10. Jude 5. So Sept. for =25 Gen.
20: 4|. Esth. 9: 16. ‘Tl-'3‘. Deut. 11:4.
Esth. 4|: 9. — 1 Mace. 2: 37. Jos. Ant.
1- 2. l. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. l2. Anab. 2. 5.
84 ‘Aro'Mupw
39.—In a judicial sense, Matt. 27: 20.
James 4.: l2.
(/3) spoken of eternal death, i. e. fu
ture punishment, exclusion from the
Messiah’s kingdom, etc. see in ’A1ro~
6141mm: e. Matt. 10:28. Mark 1:24.
Luke 4.: 34.. 9:56. Rom. 14.: 15. Luke
9: 25 Earn-6y drohs'aut, to destroy himself;
i. e. subject himself to eternal death.—
Comp. Ecclus. 10:3. 20:22.
2. to lose, to be deprived of, trans. e. g.
pwfidv Matt. 10: 42. Mark 9: 41. 1pc’
ga'rov Luke 15:4. bpaxpfiv Luke 15:8,
9.—John 6: 39. 2 John 8. Sept. for
‘B35 Prov. 29: 3. —Ecclus. 6: 4. 8: l5.
Xen. H. G. 1. l. 25.—So rfiv \bvxfiv d'lro
Xe'acu, i. e. to lose one's life or soul,
Matt. 10:39 bis. 16:25 bis. Mark 8:
35 bis. Luke 9: 24' bis. 17:33 bis. John
12: 25.
II. Middle and Passive forms, as also
pert‘. 2 dmihwha.
l. to be destroyed, to perish, intrans.
a) spoken of things, Matt. 5:29, 30.
01' dmroi drohol'n'raz, Matt. 9: 17. Mark
2: 22. Luke 5: 37.—John 6: 27. James
1:11. 1 Pet. 1:7. Rev. 18:4 in later
edit. Heb. 1: 11 airroi [oi obpavoi1d1ro
Xoiiwnu, quoted from Ps. 102: 27 where
Sept. for "215, as also Jer. 9: 11. 48:
8. Ez. 29; 8. 35: 7. - Xen. H. G. 1.
l. 38.
b) of persons, to be put to death, to die,
to perish. (a) spoken of physical death,
Matt. 8:25. 18:14.. 26:52. Mark4n38.
Luke 8:24.. 11:51. 13:33. 15:17. John
11: 50. 18: 9, 14'. Acts 5: 37. 1 COT. 10:
9,10. 2 Cor. 4: 9. 2 Pet. 3: 6. Jude
11. So Sept. and "=15 Lev. 23: 30.
Esth. 9: l2. aL—Jos. Ant. 7. 11'. 8. (El.
V. H. 5. 10 ult.
(/3) spoken of eternal death,see I. 1.b.
deprived of eternal life, etc. Luke 13:
3, 5. John 3: 15, 16. 10:28. 171 12.
Rom. 2.12. 1 Cor. 8: 11. 15:18. 2 Pet.
3: 9.-So oi c'uroMbpevoz, those who pe
rish, who are exposed to eternal death,
1 Cor.l:18. 2 Cor.2:15. 4.: 3. 2 Thess.
2: 10.
2. to be lost, e. g. 9915 Luke 21: 18.
'ri John 6: 12.—Spoken of those who
wander away and are lost, e. g. the
prodigal son, Luke 15: 24.. sheep stray
ing in the desert etc. Luke 15: 4., 6.
trop. Matt. 10:6. 15:24. 18: 11. Luke
 'Aa'oMI'mv 85 'Awolém '
19: 10. So Sept. and ‘12!: Ps. 119: 176. to let go free for a ransom, Sept. for
Jet. 50:6. E2. 34: 4. "IE EX. 21:8. Diod. Sic. 13. 24,) re
’Awo)0.z'mv, z'aovrog, a, (particip. demption, i. e.
of aroma») Apollyon, i.e. the destroyer, a) deliverance so. on account of a ran
i. q. 'Agae‘niév q. v. Rev. 9: ll. sorn paid; spoken of the deliverance
Mar-amulet, ag, :, Apollonia, a from the power and consequences of
city of Macedonia, situated between sin which Christ procured for ‘his fol
Amphipolis and Thessalonica, about a lowers by laying down his life as aran
day's journey from the fonner place. som, Mr w, of. Matt. 20: 28. So Rom.
3: 24. Eph. 1:7, 14. C01. 1:14. Heb.
Acts 17: 1.
9: 15. By meton. 1 Cor. l: 30.—Comp.
‘AaroMa'g, at, b, Apollos, pr. name Acts 20:28. Col. 1: l3. Heb. 2: 14.
of a Jewish Christian, born at Alexan John 12: 31.—Clem. Alex. Strom.7.10.
dria, distinguished for his eloquence b) deliverance, simply, the idea of a
and success in propagating the Christian ransom being dropped; eQg. from ca
religion. His history and character lamities and death, Luke 21: 28.‘ Heb.
are given Acts 18:24 sq.—Acts 19: 1. 11:35. So of the soul from the body
1 Cor. 1: 12. 3: 4, 5,6,22. 4: 6. 16: as its prison, Rom. 8: 23. Eph. 4:30.
12. Tit. 3: 13. Comp. Rom. 7: 24. Wisd. 9: l5.
'A'z'olayéoaal, 05am, f. i'lo'opat, ‘AWOM’MI, f. tum, to let loose from,
depon. Mid. (find and Xo'yog) to speak to loosen, to unln'nd, etc. trans. and seq.
one’: selfqfy i. e. to plead for one's self, gen. of person or thing, pp. Hom. 0d.
to defend one’: self, before a tribunal or 21. 46. Jos. Ant. 5. l. 25. In N. T.
elsewhere; absol. Luke 21: 14. Acts trop.
25:8. 26: l. Rom. 2: 15.—2 Macc. a) to free from, to relieve from, seq.
13:26. Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 3.—Seq. dat. of gen. 'rfig doom/slag Luke 13: l2.—Jos.
pers. to or against whom, Acts 19:83. Ant. 2. 5. 2. Tob. 3: 6 and r7];- r'wr'vyxrlg.
2 Cor. 12: 19. So Sept. 1rpo'g rwa for Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 5.
T72‘! Jer. 12: 1.—Seq. are 0. gen. Acts b) to release, to let go free, to set at
as: 2.—Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 5. Xen. Cyr. 2. liberty, trans. e. g. a debtor, Matt. 18:
2. 13.—With an accus. implying man 27. or persons accused or in prison, etc.
ner, Buttm. § 131. 6. Luke 12: 11 rl Matt. 27: 15. Mark 15:6. Luke 22: 68.
drokoyr'yo-rlafle. Acts 24: 10. 26: 24.— John 19:10. Acts 4:21. 26: 32. 28:
Diod. Sic. 13. 69. Demosth. 1052. 25. 18. al. step. -—- 2 Mace. 4: 47. 6: 22.
,ATOAOQ'IIM, 12;, fi,(c'r1roho'ye'o;rat,)
Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 5.—Metaph. to overlook,
a plea, deface-e, before a tribunal or else tojbrgioe, Luke 6:37.
where; Acts 22: l. 2 Tim. 4: 16. So c) spoken of a wife, to let gofrec, i. e.
gem. 2 Cor. 7:11. Phil. 1: 7, 17, rm‘: topul away, to divorce, trans. Matt. 1: 19.
n'ray-yeMou. — Wisd. 6: 10. Polyb. 4. 5:31, 32. 19: 3. al. So of a husband,
I6. 4. Ken. Apol. Socr. 4.—Seq. dat. Mark 10: 12.—Diod. Sic. 12. 18 no’ c
of pers. against whom, 1 Cor. 9:3. 1 6 5150:); e'Eovolav ry‘ 'yuyaurl drrokuuv
Pet. 3: l5. wept’ nvog Acts 25: 16. apog rc‘w 6:15pm
rwa Acts 22: 1.—Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 5. d) to dismiss, simply, i. e. to let go, to
send away, trans. e. g. rev b'xkov, rm);
1101061‘, I. or'ww, to wash qm axiom Matt. 14: 15, 22,93. 15:32,:19.
trans. ll. 18. 345. Lucian. Lexiph. s 2, Luke 9: 12. al. or of other persons,
4. In N. T. Mid. drrohoz'lofwu, to wash Matt. 15:23. Luke8:38. 14:4. Acts
one's self clean from, i. e. to wash away, 13:3. 15: 30. 23:22. al. rfiv Exxhnat'av,
to befreedfiom; metaph. rd; ('1 aprt’ag, to dismiss the assembly, Acts 19. 40. So
i.e. the consequences of sins, cts 22: Sept. for =3“); Ps. 34: 1.—- Jos. Ant. 2.
16. 1 Cor. 6: 11. So Sept. for “(HIE-‘l 14. 6. it). 5. 2. 8. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 21.
Job 9: 30. Comp. Ps. 51: 4,9. Is. 1: ——So Mid. arroh'lopai, to depart, to go
16. Jer. 4: l4.— Philo de Nom. Mut. away, Acts 28: 25. also 15:33. So Sept.
p. 1051 re‘: xarafifivrralvov-ra rfiv \lmxfiv for in? Ex. 33: 11.—Polyb. 2. 34. 12.
drrohm'waotiat. e) to dismiss so. from life, to let dqmrt
1101;315:0015 em, .7, (awoxvrpu'o or die, trans. Luke 2: 29 n'w c'uroM'mc
 ‘A aopaiao'w 86 ’An'oa'm'ao'aa
riw Boiilto'w 0011 iv :1 fivg. So Sept. for ’Avrogiw, 67, f. flaw, (r'irro 0; with
335 Num.20: 29.— ob. 3: 13. 2 Macc. out resource, fr. a pr. and 1ropog way,
7: 9. El. V. II. 5.6. So :inohimpa: exit,) and ‘in N. T. Mid. i’uropi'opai,
to die, ib. 13. 19. AL. 05pm, to be without resource, i. e. to
Z410p. oia'aw, v. pom-rm,
' 1". £1», to know not what to do, to hesitate, to be in
wipe om sc. riz Baxpua Polyb. 14. 26. 3. doubt and uncertainty; seq. wept’, 0. gen.
In N. T. Mid. to wipe ofl'from one’: eel , John 13:22. fig: 11 Acts 25: 20.—So
sc. Z-iw xovliop-rév, Luke 10: 11. anops'm, JOB. Ant. 1. 21.1. il). 2. 12. 2.
Arovqw, 1‘. P5, to divide out, to c'uropoiipa: E]. V. H. 8. 5. Xen. Anab.
apportion, to assign, Sept. for Phil Deut. 5. 9. 22. ib. 7. 3. 29.—By impl. to be
4: 19. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 24. Polyb. 14.4. 2. peiplexedmm-ious, 2 Cor. 4: 8.‘ Gal. 4: 20.
In N. T. simply, to assign, to bestow, So Sept. for ‘1’! Jer. 8: 18. "3: Gen. 32:
trans. 1 Pet. 3: 7 ('r/rovc'povreg rephra— 8.—-Wisd. 11:6. 1 Mace. 3: 31.
Jos. Ant. 1. 7.1 Tl/JT'IV. Clem. Alex. ,A'Tofl’w, “G, il,(d1ropc'u q. v.) the
Strom. 7. 2. Herodian. l. 6. l. state of one who knows not what to do;
'Avrow'rrw, f. due, to wash qg", doubt, perpleritg. Luke 21: 25 mn/oxfi
Sept. for YET‘: Prov. 30: 12. =1??? l K. iawiw Ev drropia, disquiet of nations, with
22: 38. In N. T. Mid. arroviwrropat, uncertainty, perpbm'ty, sc. as to the event,
to wash of for one's self so. the hands, etc. Sept. for Lev. 26: 16. H1;
to wash one's own hands,r&g xeipag, Matt. Is. 8: 22. — Herodian. 4. 14. l. Xen.
27: 24. This among the ancients was Anab. 1. 3. 13.
a symbolical action to signify one's in ’_Avrop,iivrrw, f. 41:», to cast of‘,
nocence; see Deut. 21: 6, 7. Joss. Ant. throw aside, riz b'arha etc. Herodian. 8. 4.
4. B. 16. Scholiast. ad Soph. Ajax. 663. 27. In N. T. with a reflex. pron. im_
—Theophyr. Char. 25 or 16. plied, Acts 27: 43 é-lrofipiylaawzc sc. Eav
'A’Z'O‘Z't’fl'fat, aor. 2 hrre'rren'ov, to faH ron'ig, throwing or letting themselves of or
from, intrans. seq. barb c. gen. Acts 9: down sc. from the ship into the water.
18. Sept. for 5;; Job 29: 24.—Xen. H. Sept. for W273“. EX. 22: 31.—Lucian.
G. l. 6. 33. Ver. Hist.I. § 38, pi'rrrw Epavrév. Arrian.
, I ~ Indic. c. 24. § 5.7.
Aroqrhzmw, a, f. ham, to cause ’
Awog¢awZw, 1‘. low, (d'lro', 694.11.
to wander from, to lead astray from, sc. v6;- q. v.) to bereave of, sc. parents, Bsch.
the right way, Sept. for 52"!" Jer. 50: 6. Choeph. 246. In N. T. Pass. to be
In N. T. metaph. to seduce, to deceive, bereaved of, seq. Euro, i. e. metaph. to be
trans. Mark 13: 22. Pass. metaph. to separatedfrom, spoken of a teacher separ.
go astray from, i. e. to swerve from, to ated from his disciples, l Thess. 2: 17.
aposultise, 1 Tim. 6: 10 c'urb 'rfic rn'o'rwg.
Sept. for Hen Prov.7: 21. "31 Hiph. 'A'vroavteooiiw, 1". (row, and Mid.
2 Chr. 21: 11. — Ecclus. 4: 19. Lib. drooxcvéfopm, lit. to divest one's self
of baggage, etc. hence genr. to remove,
Henoch. Fabric. p. 180. Polyb. 3. 57. 4.
YA'Z'MFMW, to put out of the way, Sept. for "£5 Lev.
f. rheinropar, to sail
14:36. Jos. Ant. 1.13. 5. ib. l4. l6. 2.
away, to depart by ship, intrans. Acts B. J. 1. 31. l. Polyb. 2. 26.6. Herodian.
13; 4.. 14:26. 20:15. 27: l.—-Xen. 1. 9.1.—In N. T. Acts 21:15 drroo'xwa
Anab. 5. 4. 12. H. G. 5.1.6. UtifAEVOI. i'wzgaiyopev rig 'Iepovo'alh’ua,
Virus-Mm, f. we, to wash og‘g or divesting ourselves of baggage, 1. e. per
out, to rinse, trans. spoken of nets, Luke haps leaving part of it behind; see Ols
5: 2. Sept. for 02.5 1 Sam. 19:24. £119? hausen's Comm. in loc.—-Di0n. Halic.
E2. 16: 9.—Hom. 0d. 6. 95. Jos. Ant. Ant. 9. 23.—Or drroaxeuamipzvo: sc. rii
3. 6. 2. ib. 3. I5. 6. miv-ra may mean, putting aside or disre
garding all impediments, comp. v. 12—14.
’Aa'ovm"yw, f. Eu), to strangle, as by —Later editions read Emoxeuua'iipevoi.
drowning, trans. Luke 8: 33. Metaph.
spoken of plants, to choke, overpower, ’Avroaxiacpla, arog, 'ro', (drro' and
Matt. 13: 7. Luke 8: 7.-—-Tob. 3: 9. He o'mdZw) a shade, shadow; metaph. the
rodian. 1. 17.24. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21. slightest trace or vestige, James 1: 17.
 ‘dz-admin 87 ’A9roo'reg€w
’Aa'oowaiw, 5, f. dam, to draw 14.. Rev. 1; 1. Sept. rm- h’zé Gen. 32:
flom, to draw away, trans. e. g. ")1, 3. 37: 12. al. saep.——Xen. Cyr. 7. 4. 8.
péxatpav, so. from the scabbard, Matt. Polyb. 4. 66. 2.—In this sense the ac
26: 51.—1-1erodot. 3. 159 Tag‘ 1rl'n\uy;, i. e. cus. of the person sent is often omit
to tear away.—-Spoken of persons, to ted; John 5: 33. 11,1451: dircorélurare
draw away disciples from another to one's 1rpog ’1wo'1w17v. 11: 3. Acts 13: 15. 16:
self, Acts ‘20: 30. ——El. V. H- 13. 31. 36 coll. v. 35. So t'uroo'ret'hag before an
Jos. Ant. 13.4. 7.—Aor. 1 pass. in mid. active verb; as Matt. 2: 16 civrocrru’hag
sense,(Buttm. § 136. 2,) to withdraw one's dveike min/rug, he sent out and slew etc.
self, to depart, to go away, 0. c‘. t'ura', Mark 6: 17. Acts 7: 14. So Sept. and
Luke 22: 41. Acts 21: l.—2 Macc. 12: an Gen 31: 4. 41:8,14. Ex. 9; 28.
10, 17. Diod. Sic. 20. 39. Clem. Alex. “ Josh. 24:9. al.—So n-é'utlmg Plut. de
Strom. 1. l. Educ. Pueror. c. 14. XemCyr. 3. l-. 6.
'Az'oo'raoi'd, etc, #1, (after-1,111,) coll. Jos. B. J. 1. 12. 7.—-In the sense
opostasy, defection, a later wor instead of to expel, to drive away, Mark 5: 10.
ut't’zréa-raotg, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 528.— 1'2: 3, 4. '
Acts 21: 21. 2 Thess. 2: 3. Sept. for b) trop. spoken of things, to sendjbrth
res, Jer. 29: 32. 5225.1, 1 K. 21: 13. ‘>22 etc. i. e. to proclaim, bestow, e. g. rdv 710'
2 Chr. 29: 19. Plut. Galb. c. 1. yov Acts 10:36. 13: 26. rd ow'n'lpwv
Acts 28:28. r1)v ina-yyrhtamthepromise,
'Awoa-raiowv, 1'00, 10', (l,l¢t'dft1lut,) i. e. the thing promised, the Comforter,
defection, desertion, as of a t'reedman Luke 24: 49. So Sept. and 1172'? Ex. 4:
from his patron, etc. Demosth. 940. 15.
28. 15:7. 23:27. 111*. Lev. 25: 2].
In N. T. divorce, repudiatitm; and [31 Dent. 28: 8. -— Eoclus. l5: 9. 34: 6.
Qu'ov droaraolou, a bill of divorce, Matt. Herodot. 9. 4. 11511311. V. H. 12. 57
19: 7. Mark 10: 4. So Sept. and "-1.5. onpeia Kat. re'para. — So of physical
"7:1? Deut. 24: 1, 3. Is. 50: 1. Jer. 3: thin§s; Acts 11: 30 z'uroo-rcihavrzg sc.
8.—By meton. ('z-trorrrc'wiov, biaqfdivorce, n‘pv :axovlay, sending all‘ the present, etc.
Matt. 5: 31. So Lat. repudium, Suet. — A31. V. 1'1. 12. 51 rfiv e'mo-rohr'lv.
Calig. 36. et Tib. 11. Pandect. 24. 2, 3. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 23.—Mark 4: 29 d1ro~
'Asroorsyatgw, 1'. 6m, to remove orc'Met r6 5pc'1ravov, send jbrth, i. e.
the roof, to unroof, trans. Mark 2: 4, thrust in the sickle. So Heb. 5;? 11.27,? and
where it is not improbably spoken of the Sept. c'Ea-lroorz'Mw 3pé1rara, Joel 4: 9.
awning drawn over the court of oriental [3: 13. Heb. 4: 13.] Sept. dram-{Mm
houses; see Calmet, art. House, pp. 506, n)v xe'lpa for Heb. '13 "'2'? Ex. 9: 15.—
507.—Strabo IV. p. 304. V. p. 542. John 9: 7 Selma/4, 3 Ep‘unvnierat furs
’Aa'oo"re'7.7w, f. arch}, aor. l (‘m-é o'rahpe'yog, Heb. 11197.3, 1. e. the sent forth,
oruka, pert. firém-ahm, Pass. pert. due’ as typical perhaps of the fountain of
Urahpul, nor. 2 amon'thqnto send away, spiritual blessings which was to flow
to send om forth, out, trans. or absol.— forth from the temple as the symholical
Construed as to the person to whom, 0. seat of the Messiah's reign; comp. 01s.
dat. Matt. 22: 16. al. 0. 'u'po'c seq. acc. hausen's Comm. in 10c.
Matt. 21: 37. al. c. elg Matt. 15: 24. al. c) in the sense of to dismiss, to let go.
—as to the place whit/1a, c. :1; Matt. Mark 8: 26 d'lréoreihe airrtiv sic row oluov
14:35. al. 0. éy Matt. 10:16. al. .58: ain'oi'l. Matt.[8:31.]21:3. Mark 11:11.
Mark 11: 3.—-as to the person or place Luke 4: 18 d'rroo'rcihai nepavopa'vovc c’v
whence, c. Zmo', Acts 10: 21. ll: 11. al. & £021, to let the oppressed go free—Plot.
1rapri_c. gen. of pers. John 1: 6.—Sept. oral. II. p. 24 ed. Tauchn. Xen.
for 112‘? passim. Anab. 2. l. 5. AL.
a) spoken of persons sent as agents, 'Aorooregéw, a7, 1‘. 17m, to dqm've
messengers, etc. Matt. 10:5,16. 11:10. of, to defraud of, construed strictly with
21: 1. Mark 1: 2. 6: 7. Luke 14:32. an accus. of pers. and an accus. or gen.
:11. saep. So of persons, 1. e. prophets, of thing. Xen. Au. 6. 4. 23. Mem. 1. 2.
teachers, angels, sent from God, Matt. 10: 63. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 5. § 132. 5.
40. 13:41. 15:24. 23:37. Luke1:26. Hence in N. T.
John 1; o. 3:17. Acts 3; 2o. Heb. 1; a) spoken of persons, seq. accus.
 'A woorokr') 88 'A wooruyéw
I Cor. 6: 8. absol. Mark 10: 19.—Jos. ’Awoeroaanlu, 1', 1m, (an-6,
Ant. 4. 8. 38. -- In respect to conjugal ani‘ua) i. e. 6.1"} a-ro'paroc v. .‘m‘. pyr'umc
intercourse, 1 Cor. 7: 5, comp. Sept. for Aé-yw, to repeatfrom the mouth or memory;
,3; Ex. 21: 10.—So Mid. to safer one’s so Suidas and Tim. in Lex. Plat. also
selfto be defiauded, 1 Cor. 6: 7. Comp. Athen. 9. or, to repeat to pupils sc. in
Ecclus. ‘2.9: 7. order that they may learn by heart,
b) spoken of things, seq. accus. row Plato Euthydem. p. 216. G. p. 817. A.
pwfiév, and in the pass. construction (this was the common practice of Athe~
(Buttm. § 134. 5) mm. a pureo'g, James nian schoolmasters; see Ruhnk. ad Plat.
5: 4 o Fwetic lidn'sa'rspr] 'vog', i. e. wages Tim. p. 43, 44.) also, to cause pupils to
held back by fraud. S’: Sept. and P?! repeat by heart,- Suidas, (urom-oparil'ew
Deut. 24: 14. Mal. 3: 5. — Ecclus. 31: ¢aai 'rbv oific'wxahov, bray xeksiry row
22. Philo Vita Mos. I. p. 624. Plut. 1ra'i5a M'ysw tirra ('uro a'ro'parog'. Hence
Demosth. c. 14. Xen. Anab. 7. 6. 9.— in N. T. to prepare questions to be answer
Seq. gen. 1 Tim. 6:5 rfiw arca'rspnlué ed inf-hand, to ensnare by questions, trans.
vwv rfig C’I.>\116£l’ll§, defrauding themselves, Luke 11: 53. See Kuinoel and Ols
i. e. destitute of, the truth.--- Jos. Ant. 2. hausen in 100-.
l4. 3. Thuc. l. 40.
’A9roargi¢w, f. 4.0, to turn away
Ola-carom, fig, 1", (dwowéMoQ a from, to turn aside, to avert, trans. seq.
sending qfl', expedition, e. g. of ships in’ 0. gen.
Thuc. 8. 9. Polyb. 26. 7. l. of persons :1) pp. rfiy ducor‘p' r’uro rfig ('lhneeiag, the
Plut. Timol. c._l. the thing sent, apre cars from the truth, 2 Tim. 4:4. So
sent, Sept. for t??? 1 K. 9: 16. l Macc. Sept. and ‘W?! Prov. 4: 27. 2 Chr. 30:
2: 18.—In N. T. the oflice Qfan apostle, 9.—Ecclus. 4: 5. Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Xen.
apostleship, Acts 1: 25. Rom. l: 5. Cyr. 2. 4.. 25.—Twp. Acts 3. 26. Luke
1 Cor. 9: 2. Gal. 2:8. 23:14 a'rroo‘rpe'tpovra niv Xaov so. am‘:
r017 Kalo'apoc (v. 2) turning away the
’Aa'6¢r07\o;, ov, a, (a'rroore'Mw) peqnle from Cesar, i. e. exciting to rebel
one seatforth, i. e. a message’, ambassa
lion. Sept. for “W. Job 33:17. and
dor, apostle, viz. Mid. for =15 Josh. 22: 16, 18.—Ecclus.
a) gem. a messenger, John 13:16.
46:11. Mid. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 4.-Iu
Phil. 2: 25, coll. 4: 18. So Sept. and
m5? 1 K. 14.. s.- Herodot. 1. 21. ib. the sense of to put away from,to Tt’flww,
Rom. 11: 26 sampler. (ibis-lag am‘.
5. 38. 'Iapafih, quoted from Is. 59: 20, where
b) spoken of messengers or ambassa Sept. for $231; "5?. Sept. also for ""03!
dors sent from God, and joined with
1rpo¢firat,Luke ll: 49. Eph. 3: 5. Rev. Ex. 23:25.—Ecclus. 23:4. 1 Macc.
2: 2. 18: 20. In this sense spoken of 3: 8.
b) Mid. d'lroo'rpe'epopat, to turn one’;
the Messiah, Heb. 3: l.
c) of the apostlesBf Christ, viz. (a) of self away from, seq. accus. Buttm.§ 135.
the twelve apostles, chosen by Christ as 4. i. e. either tofirsake, to desert, 2 Tim.
1:15. Sept. for ‘if?! Jer. 15:6. or to
the chief agents in propagating the gas
pel, Matt. 10:2. Luke 6:13. 9:10. refuse, to rg'cct, Matt. 5: 49. Tit. l: 14.
Heb. 12: 25. S0 Sept. for "3', Hos. 8:
22:14. Acts 1:26. Jude 17. Rev. 21:
14. a1. step. These are called by Paul 3. Zech. 10: 6. —3 Macc. 3: 23. Jos.
oi inrcpki'av I'HI'OIU'TOMI, 2 Cor. ll: 5. 12: Ant. 2. 4'. 3. ib.5. 1. 25. Polyb. 9.39. 6.
c) to turn back, i. e. to return, to
11. S0 of Paul, who was afterwards
restore; Matt. 27:3 ra ap-yt'lpia ro'ig
reckoned to them, as being mr' c’Eoxr’w
the apostle of the entiles, 1 Tim. 2: 7.
ispei'nn. So Sept. for Wt‘! Gen. 24: 5,
2 Tim. 1: ll.—(fl§ in a. wider sense, 6. 28: 15.—Spoken of a sword, to
spoken of the helpers and companions of put back. to replace, etc. Matt. 26: 52
t'uriio'rpetilov aov 'n‘lv ,urixaipav eig ray
the twelve,as aiding to gather churches,
2 Cor. 8: 23. So of Paul and Barna
ro'mw air-rig, comp. Heb. and Sept.
bas, Acts 14: 4, 14. of Andronicus and 1 Chr. 91: 27.
Julius, Rom. 16: 7. — So Clem. Alex. ’Aa'oa'ruyiw, 5, t‘. flaw, lit. to hate
Strom. 3. 6. ib. 4. 17. AL. Qfl‘, i. e. to avoid with hatred, to abhor,
 'Aaroo'wai'yw'yo; 89 'Aw‘mpigu‘ '
to detest, trans. Rom. 12:9. - Parthen. in Greek, Mid. d-irorz'flqmc, to put of
Erot. 8. Eurip. Ion. 488. Herodot. from one's self, to lay aside, trans. e. g.
2. 47. 11'; l‘udfla, Acts 7: 58.—2 Macc. 8: 35.
'Aw'oo'uré'ywyog, ov, a, ;,, adj. ZElian. V. H. 3. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. ll.
(r'nrd and a’vrayaryr’n) excluded from the —-Metaph. to renounce, to aly'urc, Rom.
synagogue, i. e. excommunicated, John 9: 13: 12 Ta Ep-ya r017 axéroug. Eph. 4: 92,
‘22. 12: 42. 16:2. There were three 25. C01. 3: 8. Heb. l2: 1. James 1:21.
1 Pet. 2: 1.— Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 33 r1)v
species of this excommunication, viz.
“71- “It? NEE-=2. The first continued for
lJp-yr’lv. Thernist. Orat. 6 n‘lv dn'xflemv.
one month, and prohibited :1 person Arisuen. I. Ep. 2 rv)v 'e'pw.
from bathing, from shaving his head, or 'Arro'rwoiaaw, 1‘. 5a, to shake Q17;
from approaching any person nearer trans. Luke 9: 5 row Kovwp-rdv. Acts
than four cubits; but if he submitted 28:5 rd Snpiov. Sept. for '51-?! 1 Sam.
to this, he was not debarred the privi 10: 2. "$3 Lam. 2: 7.—Eurip. Bacch.
lege of attending the sacred rites. The v. 253 drrorudaaew xwa'tiv.
second involved an exclusion from the ’Avrorlm v. 'rlwa f. {m , to pay
sacred assemblies, was accompanied am i. e. to repay, to main! good, Philem.
with heavy maledictions, and prohibited 19. Se t. for 5.2!? Lev. 24: 18. 113,! Ex.
all intercourse with the person sub 21: 19. P512 Ex. 22:17. — Herodian.
jected to it. The last species was a 4. 15. 19. Ken. Anab. 7. 6. 16.
perpetual exclusion from all the rights ’A9ro'ro).(.ooiw, 5, f. 11w, lit. to dare
an privileges of the Jewish people, of i. e. to come out bohily, Rom. 10: 20
both civil and religious. See Lightfoot drorohpd xal hiya comes out boldly and
Hor. Heb. and Kuinoel on John 9: 22. says, or, boldly declares; see Gesen.
Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal. 827, 1303,2466. Lehrgeb. p. 823. Stuart§ 533. Buttm.
’Aworoiao'w, v, roi'rrw, f. Ea), to § 144. n. 8._Acta Thom. § 33. Diod.
arrange of‘, i. e. to assign to dg'fi‘crent Sic. 19. I7. POlyb. 2. 45. 2.
places, to separate, 1 Mace. 11:3. Jos. 'Aaroropola, a5, 1', (d1rorr'pvu,) pp.
B. J. 3. 4. 2. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 40. In 0 cutting qfl'; metaph. cutting severity,
N. T. Mid. (i'l'orda‘aopal, to arrange one's sharpness, rigour, Rom. 11:22 bis.—
srlfofl‘, to separate one’: self/‘ram, i. e. to Diod. Sic. 12. 16. Plut. de Puercr.
lake leave of, to bidfarewell to, c. 0. (lat. Educ. c. 18 rfiv aworofu'av r5 1rpqdmn
—In this sense the word occurs only in yryvi'lvaz.
the Alexandrine Greek, especially in
Diem-nines, adv. (dam-Elwin) met
Josephus and Philo; comp. Lob. ad
aph. sharply, severely, 2 Cor. 13:10.
Phryn. p. 23, 24.
a) pp. Luke 9: 61. Acts 18: 18, 91. Tit. 1: 13. - Wisd. 5: 23. Polyb. 17.
2 Cor. 2: l3.——Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 7. Cha ll. 2.
rit. 2. 1.—- In the sense of to dismiss, ’Avro'rg€-m, f. .4.“ to turn away
:cndaway, Mark 6: 46, comp. dvrohl'm fiam, to avert, trans. Ecclus. 20: 29.
Matt. 14: 23.—-Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. Ken. Conv. 4. 47. In N. T. Mid. ('nrm'pé
b) trop. to renounce, to forsake, Luke roam, to turn one's self away from, i. e.
14:83.—-Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 8. Jamblich. to avoid, to shun, trans. 2 Tim. 3: 5.
Vit. Pythag. c. 28. p. 145. See Buttm. § 135. 4.—Plut. Fab. 0. 16.
Dim-mew, 5, r. fan), to finish of, Eurip. Orest. 410 d-lraibwrov 5' c'mo-rpé
lopcrfcct, 2 Mace. 15:39. Xen. H. G. wov hi-yzw.
3. 2. 10. Pass. to be perfictcd, completed, 'Avrovcla, 05;, 7'], (ti-rapt) absence,
Esdr. 5; 13. Polyb. 6. 99. 2.—-In N. T. Phil. 2: 12.—J0s. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Ken.
Pass. to be perfected, i. e. to be grown up, Vect. 9. 10.
to be offal! stature, James 1: 15.—Twp. ’Aqra¢igw, aor. 1 a-m’Ive-ym, aor. 2
Xen. de Mag. Eq. 7. 4 dw‘lp ('uro‘rerzhet'urr'pve'ymv, aor. 1 pass. d-npve'xonw, to
vpe'vog. bear or carry away from one person or
'Awo-n'hw, 1'. Mali, to put Q17‘, to place to another, trans. Mark 15: 1.
lay aside, Sept. for U‘Fl Ex. 16: 33, 34. Luke 16: 22. l 001'. 16: 3. Rev. 17: 3.
Lev. 16: 23. In N. T. and more comm. 21: 10. Sept. for R‘Efi 2 Chr. 86: 7.
 ’Avro¢sbyw 90 "A rm,
5‘4'1-‘1 Job 21: 32. Hos. 10: 6.—Esdr. 1. 15. In N. T. to befaint at heart, so.
1: 13. Ken. Cyr. 2. 4.19. from fear or terror, Luke 21: 26 c'urmlbu
’A9ro¢ez'17rv, f. 5..., to flee from, to Xéwwv dvOpé-rrwv o'uro pofiov coll. Matt.
escape, trans. in N. T. metaph. 2 Pet. 28: 4 (bad vex oL—Hom. 0d. 24. 347.
2: 18, 20. seq. gen. ‘2 Pet. 1: 4.-Ec Arrian. Diss. glpict. 4. l. 145. Alciphr.
clus. 2'2: 22. Xen. Mem. 3. ll. 8. III. Ep. 72. So Lat. ezpiro, Senec. Nat.
’Avro¢6é7youm, f. éyzopal, to Quaest. 2. 59. ezanimor, Terent. Andr.
I. 5. l7.
speak out, to utter aloud, to declare, ah
sol. Acts 2: 4.. trans. 26: 25. seq. dat. 2: "An-9:10;, ov, a, Appius, i. e. Ap
14. Sept. for I‘?! l Chr.25: l. DQP, pius Claudius Caesar,a celebrated censor
Ez. l3: 9. —Diog. Laert. l. 63. Jam of Rome, who built the Appian way
blic. de Myster. 3. 12. ‘ from Rome to Brundusium. Hence in
'Aorooogwzoum, f. loofuu, K216 N. T. 'A'lrm'ou ¢épov, Forum Appii, a
small town situated on the Appian way
and ¢épro¢ 10nd,) to unlade, trans. cts
43 Roman miles from Rome, Acts 28:
21: 3; spoken only of the unlading of a
15.—Comp. Hor. Sat. 1. 5. 3. Cic. ad.
ship, either in port or in a storm at sea
—Dion. Halic. Ant. 3. 4.4. Athen. II. Attic. 9. 10, 12.
p. 37. C. Philo de Prmm. p. 915. 'Avrgocnrog, 00, 6, 1'], adj. (a pr.
'Avro'xgmng, Slug, 1'', (m'nroxpr'wpat
and 1.9mm,“ to approach ,) unapproached,
unapproachable, inaccessible. 1 Tim. 6:
to use up, Polyb. l. 45. 2,) a using up,
16 #56:;- z'urpémrov, i. e. excessive. Comp.
consumption by use; hence genr. use.
PS. 104: 1—3. EZ. 1:4, 13,26—28.—
Col. 2: 22 ii. ion 1rc'wra slc 1.609;", r};
Diod. Sic. 19. 96 Karmpu'yr'). POlyh. 3.
duoxpr'yau Kara. 'ra e'vfl’zA/m'ra avepénrwv,
4,9. 7 591'. Philo Vita Mos. p. 146.
all which, i. e. the touching, tasting,
handling, 1‘ indulged in (Ti) d1roxp1'yau ’Avr@6¢movrog,ou, 6, 1'], adj. (:1 pr.
in the use{, are causes of destruction, and 1rpoaxo'1r-rw,) not stumbling, i. e.
condemnation, according to these men, a) Act. not causing to stumble,- pp.
(eta—Dion. Halic. I. p. 97 tiaroxpqatg 'yfig, spoken of a way, level, smooth, Ecclus.
the use of land.—Others take ri'rréxpmng 35: 21. Metaph. giving no Qfl'ence, not
as meaning abuse; so d1roXpéo'um He causing to sin, 1 Cor. 10: 32.
rodian. l. 8. 2; but this gives here a b) Pass. not stumbling, i. e. metaph.
weaker sense. not falling into sin, pure,- Acts 241: 16
,Aaroxwgi'w, :7, f. how, to depart c'mpoa'xo-lrov ouveilirlaw. Phil. 1: 10.
from, to go away, intrans. seq. d1r6 c. ’An'gouwroltfiwrwg, adv. (a pr. and
gen. Matt. 7; 23. (coll. Ps. 6: 8.)_ Luke 1rpoaonrohn1rre'w) without respect of per
9: 39. Acts '13: 13. Sept. for “>3 Jer. sons, impartially, 1 Pet. 1: 17. For the
46: 5.—2 Mace. 4: 33. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. Hebraism, see in Aapfic’ww and Hpéau
2. Thuc. 7. 73. Ken. Ag. 2. 25. 1r0v.—SO dupoownéhnwrog Spoken of
’Avroxwglzw, f. in), to separate am God, Clem. Alex. Strum. 6. 6. Theo
i. e. to designate, to appoint, Sept. par phyl. in Gal. 6: 2.
ticip.for 725‘! El. 43: 21. In N. T. "Aqr'ruwrog, 00, a, .3, adj. a pr.
to separate, to dx'sy'oin, Pass. Rev. 6: 14and 1r'ralw,) not stumbling, pp. of a orse,
b ol'Jpawig firzxwpiafir], the heavens, i. e.Xen. de re Equest. 1. 6. In N. T.
the firmament (2'21 Gen. 1: 6), were metaph. without falling into sin, blame
separated, rent, and the parts rolled less, i. q. lipwpog, Jude 24.—-3 Mace. 6:
away as a scroll; comp. Is. 34.: 4,, where 39. Lucian. Amor. T. II. p. 449 ed.
Heb. ‘"32 and Sept. EMyr’merac—Mid. ,Reiz. 5L’ ém'aim'ov Kai l'lxhwoic Biol;
to separate one's self, Acts 15: 39 (Sara ('11ro)\i'rrwc elg 'yfipac 65:19am.
fivroxwpwtlfivm. ail-mug 6.1:" ZIMI'IMW, so "Anew, f. ‘4w, to put one thing to
that they separated one from another. another, to adjoin, to apply, Hom. ()d.
’A1ro¢bxw, f. Eu, to breathe out, 21. 408. Hence in N. T.
to expire ; spoken of the dying, Philo de l. spoken of fire as applied to things,
Mund. inc.p. 961. Soph. Aj. Flag. 1656. to set fire to, to kindle, to light, trans.
‘of those who faint away, Jos. Ant. 19. M'axvov. Luke 8: 16. ll: 33. 15: B. n‘.
 MA?“
'A 1r¢fa 91
rip Luke 22: 55. — Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4. 9:17. 2 K. 17: 15,20. Jer. 6:19. -—
Theophr. Char. 18 or 28. Thuc. 4. 100. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 26.
rd 'n'lp Judith 13:13. 714731515106 05;, 1') (C'lfl’liMl/flh) loss,
2. Mid. depon. ii-Jrropat, to apply one's destruction, viz.
self to, i. e. to touch, 0. c. gen. Buttm. § a) spoken of things,waste; Matt. 26:
132. 5,3 and 6,3. 8. Mark 14: 4. Sept. for "353‘: something
:1) genr. Matt. 8:3, 15. 9:20. Mark 1:
lost, Lev. 6: 3, 4.
41. 5:27. Luke 7:14. 22:51. al. seep. b) spoken of persons, destruction,
On John 20: 17 see Olshausen in 100. So death. Acts 25: 16 Xaplzea'oat' run :19
Sept. for 7.1! Ex. 19:12. 2 K. 13:21. t'vrékuav, to deliver up any one to death,
— zElian. V. H. 3. 32. Xen. Mem. 2. i. e. to be put to death. Sept. for ‘"3
1. 24. ‘
Prov. 6: 15. Deut. 4: 26. Esth.
b) in the Levitical sense, comp. Lev. 7: 4. 1:1‘! Is. 34: 5. — Herodian. 8. 8.
5: 2, 3, where Sept. for ,3;- and Lev. 7: 9. Esop. Fab. 48.—Sp0ken of the
18—21. al. So 001.2:21 p») 6412), #1155‘ second death, pa‘dition, i. e. eternal ex
7:602], ["152 Slyyg' or perhaps here by clusion from the Messiah's kingdom;
imphc. in the sense to eat, which would see in 'A1roflw’loxw. e. Matt. 7: 13. Acts
make the climax stronger, viz. eat not,
8: 20. Rom. 9: 22. Phil. 1:28. 3: 19.
taste not, touch not—So Philo de Spec. I Tim. 6: 9. Heb. 102 39. QPGL 2:1, 3.
Leg. p. 794 5cm oapxfiv tivtlpmrivwv 3; 7,16. Rev. 17: 8,11. 2 Pet. 2: 1.
drrerai 9.19111. Id. de Exsecr. p. 931. aipc'oug d'n'whu'ag, i. e. fiztafly destructive
Horn. 0d. 4. 60. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 2. ol-rou heresies, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So in. v. 2
firrwfioc—Q Cor. 6: 17 limer'tprov '10) ii by meton. where later editions read
rrwfiai, touch no unclean one, i. e. have
t'wsXyei'aig—In John17zl2 and 2 Thess.
no intercourse with the heathen; comp.
2: 3 .5 via; n'ig t'lfl’wht‘l'ag‘, the son of per
18- 52: 11, where Sept. for 7.15 and see dition, i. e. from the Heb. one devoted to
Gesen. Com. in Ice. perdition, see in mg. So Sept. rz'xva
c) trop. firreafia: 7waucég, to touch a rfic t'umhelag fol’ 7'5}; ‘I?’ Is. 57: 4.
woman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse
with her, 1 Cor.7: 1. So Sept. for 9.15 'Agai, 0&5‘, 1), prayer, i. e. supplica
Gen. 20:6. =22 Gen. 20:4.—Jos. Ant. tion, Horn. Ii. 15. 598. In N. T. impre.
1.8. 1. Plot. Vit. Alex. Mag. 0. 21. cation, curse, Rom. 3: 14. So Sept. for
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8. 1 was Num. 5. 23. Is. 24:6. Zech. 5: 3.
d) by impl. to harm, to iry'ure. 1 John "F2?7 Prov. 26: 2.—Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 3. ib.
5: 18 a mwqpog oilx lirrrertu ailror'l. So ‘4.. 0. 2, 5. Polyb. 9. 40. 6. Diod. Sic.
Se t. and 7.1! l Chr. 16:22. Job 5:19. I3. 69.
— en. H. G. 1. 4. 19. Arrian. Exped. "Agdt or 625%, a particle illative
Alex. M. 4. 4. 1. An. and interrogative. As illative, it stands
,AT¢IIC¢, at?’ 11, Apphia, pr. name in classic writers after other words in a
of a woman, Philem. 2. Chrysostom clause, and is always written t’ipa. As
and Theodoret suppose her to have been interrogative, it stands first in a clause,
the wife of Philemon. and in prose and the epic poets is writ
ten dpa' in other poets if the first syl
'AwwQéw, 07, f. cirrliww, (Buttm. § lable be long it is ‘written dpa, it short,
114.) to thrust away, to cast qfl‘, Sept. for fipa. See Hermann ad Viger. p. 8-23.
"2', Ps. 43:2. Herodot. l. 173. In N. Buttm. §149. 2. p. 431. Passow sub t'ipa.
'1‘. Mid. t’urutie'opaz, aor. 1. d'lrwac'rpnv, to Winer p. 372, 425, 460. edit. 1830.—
thrust away from one's self, to cast wj‘, to In N. T.
repulse, trans. Acts 7: 27 (uréoaro aim-6v. I. As illative, t'ipa therg‘bre, then,
Sept. for PU‘; E2. 11: 16. 151‘; Jon. 2: 5. now, consequently, marking a transition
—10s. Ant. 5. 3. 3 ('rrrwmi/ievot ain'ol'lg, to what naturally follows from the words
i. e. the enemy. Herodian. 4. 14. 18.— preceding.
In the sense of to reject, to refuse, a) pp. Rom 7: 21 eilpi'o'xw (‘ipa rdv
etc. Acts 7: 39. 13:46. Rom. 11:1. 2. vopov, Ifind therefore a law. 8: l. 1 Cor.
1 Tim. 1: 19. So Sept. for ,3; Ez. 5: l5: 14. Gal. 3: 7.—Wisd. 6: 20. Jos.
'll. "3: P8. 60:11- 108112. 915?, H05. Ant. 2. 2. l. Lucian. D. M. 13. l. Xen.
 11A?“ 92 'Agyo';
Anab. 1. 7. 18.—S0 c'1rsi iipa, since then, 26:9. Jer. 4: 10. Xen. Mem. 8. 2. 2.
since in that case, 1 Cor. 5: 10. 7: 14. Cyr. l. 6. 12.
b) where it does not directly refer to 'A 0!, see above in 'Apa.—"Apa 7e,
any thing expressed, but still the idea 'Apa ow, see in‘Apa I. c.—3Ap:i ys,see
‘ according tonature or custom’ etc. lies in 'Apa II.
at thebut
etc.v basis;
oftenthen,
notnow, indeed,
to be perhaps,
expressed in ,Aguclltz, nag, 1", Arabia, the name
of a large region including the desert
English. So rig iipa, who now! who and peninsula which lies between Syria,
then! i. e. simply who? Matt. 18: 1. Palestine, the Arabian and Persian
19:25. 24: 45. Mark 4: 41. Luke 8: gulls, and the Indian ocean or sea. of
25. 12: 42. 22: 23. rt’ lipa,what then?
Arabia. It is usually divided into Afa
what.’ Matt. 19: 27. Luke 1: 66. Acts bia Felix in the S. E. Arabia Deserta, in
12: 18.—Soph. Ajac. 1164. Lucian.
the N. E. and Arabia Petnea on the W.
Amor. §20.—-So ci dpa, ifperhaps,
and S. W. See Calmet. In N. T. the
Mark ll: 13. Acts 7: l. 8: 22. e‘irrep
Arabia mentioned in Gal. 1: 17 is pro
:‘ipa, if indeed, 1 Cor. l5: 15.—Sept.
bably the northern portion, not far from
0611.1813. Num.22:11. P8.58: ll.
Damascus; in Gal. 4: 25 Arabia Petr-ea
Jos. Ant. 6. 11.6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2.
is meant.
e’av dpa l Macc. 9:8.— So 01'”: c‘lpa, IAgtztb, indec. dram, Heb =2
Acts 21: 38 oinc c'lpa a!) cl 6 Al-yr'nr-riog, igb ,
art not thou then that Egyptian? also 1 Chr. 2: 10,) pr. name ofa man, att.
aim iipa 2 Cor. l: 17. 1:3, 4. Luke 3: 33.
c) contrary to classic usage (see "Agenda, ages, 1'), an Arabian, Acts
above) iipa is used in N. T. as illative 2: ll.
at the beginning of a clause,a.nd with
’Af'y£'u, :3, f. v'law, (dp‘yég) not to
out interrogation, therefore, consequently,
etc. Lukell: 48. Rom. 10: 17. 2 Cor. labour, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15. In N. T. to
he inactive, idle, i. e. metapb. to be still,
7:12. Gal.4:31. Heb.4:9. See Wi
ner p. 460.—Sept. Ps. 139: 11. Xen. to linger, intrans. 2 Pet. 2: 3 r6 rplpa
Epbes. l: 11.—Wben cl precedes, lipa oinr ('zp'yzl, whose condemnation lingers
in the apodosis may be rendered it fol not, i. e. will not be delayed. Sept. for
lows that, etc. Matt. 12: 28. Luke 11: 513%} Eco. 12:3. Ezra 4: 24.—Esdr. 2:
20. 1 Col’. 15:18. 2 C01‘. 5:14. Gal. 2: 30. Ecclus. 30: 27. Polyb. 3. 5. B.
21. 3: 29. 5: ll. Heb. 12: 8.—Ps. 58: Spoken of things, to be useless, Xen.
11.—In this use, ilpa is sometimes Cyr._ 6. 2. 39.
strengthened by other particles; e. g. 'Agyég, 1'], 0'1‘, (contr. for hcp'yég fr.
hpa oily, therefore then, so then, where a pr. and 3117011,) for which earlier writ
fore, a favourite expression of Paul, Rom. ers use 6, 1'1, tip'ydc, e. g. Xen. Cyr. 1.
5: 18. 7: 3, 25. 8:12. 9216,18. 14: 2. l 7 arpa-rla nip-769' for the later usage see
12,19.‘ Gal.6:10. Eph.2:19. lThess. Artemidor. l. 32. Aristot. Hist. An. 10.
5: 6. 2 Thess. 2: 15. Comp. Buttm. 27. Nicet. Ann. 8. 4. Lob. ad Phryn.
§ 149. p. 431 marg.—Also ilpa 7:, there p. 105.—In N. T. not labouring, unan
fore then, so than, etc. Matt. 7: 20. 17: plog/ed, inactive.
26. Acts 11: 18. Once after rl, as cl :1) pp. Matt. 20: a, 6 bis. With the
ilpa ye, ifperluipmifhaply, Acts 17:27. idea of choice, idle, 1 Tim. 5: 13 bis.—
. As interrogative, ilpa, at the be. Ecclus. 37: ll. Herodot. 5. 6. Xen.
ginning of a clause, serves merely to Mem. 1. 2. 57. coll. E]. V. H. 10. 14.
denote a question, like the Lat. num, Spoken of land, Herodian. 2. 4. 12.
and cannot be expressed in English. b) by impl. mdolent, slothful, slow;
It requires the answer to be negative. metaph. 2 Pet. 1: 8, slothful in Christian
Luke 18:8. Gal.2:l7. Comp. VViner duty. TiL l: 12 'yaarr'prc dp'yai, slow
. 425. So Sept. for f! Gen. 18:3. bellies, i. e. lazy gormandizers.-—\Visd.
ch. 3: 34. [4: 2.]—-Jos. Ant. 6. 10.2. 15:15 n65“; hp-yol. So Sept. r'lzp-yog
Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2. Cyr. 1. 4. ll.— Prov. 19:15. 15:9.
Strengthened by 'yc' as dpc': yr, num, c) by impl. vain,empty, without qfl'ed.
whether indeed? Acts 8: 30.-—Sept. Gen. in the sense of false, insincere; e. g.
 'Agyégeo; 93 ’Ag€a'xsm
1rr'rv fifipa dp-yév, lirIatt. 12: 36, i. e. the Sept. translate 7721?. by Eidpaxpovm double
language of a man who speaks one drachma ,- which may be reconciled with
thing and means another; see Olshau Josephus by supposing either that the
sen in 100. Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. drachma of Alexandria was equal to
I. p. 481 sq.—Stobseus Serm. c. 34 A6 2 Attic drachmaa, or that the Jewish
70;; cip-yéc. So the sophism M3701; 31976;, shekel before the captivity was less than
(Jic. de Fat. c. 18. Chrysostom Homil. it was afterwards. Comp. Gesen. Lex.
‘3 in Matt. (‘up-yew 3:‘ rd pr) Kurd #90’: Heb. art. 52;‘? . Jahn § 117.--In Acts
11mm: mlpevov, rd \lwrvde'g—Qthersmse 19: 19 it is matter of question whether
less, and then wicked, injw'ious, like 6p'yi’lpta means the Jewish siclus, which
Chald. 5‘??? Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. Rab. would make the sum about 28,000 dol
Talm. 291. Symmach. for ‘>318 Lev. lars £6,300) ; or whether it stands for
[9: 7, where Sept. dfivrov. the chma or denarius, which would
Aglyz'agiog, 05;‘ its, &- my, 06v reduce the sum to about 7,000 dollars
(rim/11909,) silver, i. e. made ofsilver, Acts (£1,575). In either case we must take
19: 94.. 8 Tim. 2:20. Rev.9:20. Sept. into account the very high price of an
for Gen. 34: 53. EX. 3: 92.—Xen. cient books in general ; and especially
Anab. 4. 7. S7. of those prepared by the yor'p-at or ma-
gicians.
'Ag'yz'agmy, 1'00, 76, (dpyvpog) sil Qigyvgoxéorog, ou, 1,, (apyupoc,
m, 1. e. slim-01,) a silvers-milk, Acts 19: 24. Sept.
at) pp. Acts 3. 6. 7; 10. 90: 33. 1 for int. #1"? Jer. 6: 29._Plut. de vitand.
Pet. 1: l8.-—1El. V. H. l. 28. Xen. Mem. Er. alien. c. 7.
3. l. 9.
b) meton. for money in general, Matt."Agyvgog, 00, a, (dp-yzig white,)
25=18,27. 28:12, 15. Mark 14.11. silver, by melon. silver work, e. g. images,
Luke 9: 3. 19:15, 23. 28: 5. Acts 8: plate, vessels, etc. Acts 17:29. 1 Cor.
20.—Herodian. 2. 13. 12. Ken. Mem. 3: 12. James 5: 3. Rev. 18: 12.—Ken.
1. 6. 5. Cyr. 8. 7. 95.-— Put for silver money,
c) meton. for a silva'rling, a piece of Matt. 10. 9.—Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4. Hero
silver, i. e. a silver coin, the Jewish dot. 2. 6, 11'. -
VAQEIOQ 7116705‘, G. dpelou miyou,
Shekel, alxkngsiclus, Matt. 96:15. 97: 3,
5,6,9. Acts 19; 19. Till the captivity the r'i, Areopagus, i. e. Mars‘ [1271, campus
Jews had no coins; the shekel being pro Martius, a hill in Athens with an open
perly a weight, and all the money being place, where sat the court of the Areopa
reckoned by weight and not by tale; Gen. gus, the supreme tribunal of justice in
23:15, 16. EX. 21: 32. Josh’. 7: 91 stituted by Solon; see Potter's Gr. An
Comp. Calmet art. Money. In the time tiq. B. I. c. 19. Calmet in voc. Acts
of the Maccabees silver coins were first 17: 19, 22.—Herodot. 8. 59. El. V. H.
struck, l Mace. 15: 6, with the inscrip 5. 15. Ken. Mem. 3. 5. 20.
tion 514"!” 5V0‘ shekel of Israel, which
were equal to four Attic dracbm or ’Agaovmyl'mg, 0:), b, an Areopa-
one stater, Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2; with which gitc, a judge ofthe court oft/1e Areopagus,
agrees the weight of the specimens still Acts 17:34. On the form of the word,
preserved, Eckhel Doctr. Numm. Vet. see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 599, 698. _ 1E
III. p. 4.64. The Attic drachma was schin. c. Timarch. 104.. Lucian. Her
equivalent to 16:‘; cents, (Bid) nearly, mot. 64..
Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath.I.p-l6,17. II. 'Agéaxeuz, a9, 17, (819mm,) desire
p. 34.9, which would make the shekel ofpleasiny. Col. 1: 10 £19 m'ilrcw dpé
to be worth 66} cents (36¢); but J0 mceuzv, i. e. so that ye may please God.
sephus probably refers to the value of Sept. for 113 spoken of personal beauty
the drachma as current among the R0 etc. Prov. 31 : 30.—Philo de Opit'. Mundi
mans, where it was equivalent to the p. 33. Id. de Profug. p- 4.63. Polyb.
dcnarius, and worth about 14 cents 6. 2. 12. In the sense offiattery, bland
7.‘;d.); which makes the value of the is-Ilment, Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Theophr.
s ekel to be about56 cents The Char. 3 or 5.
 'Agto'xw
‘Agémm, t'. dpéa'w, nor. 1 flpwa,
(dpw to adapt,ct‘. Buttm.§114,)toplease,
intrans. and c. 0. dat.
u) in the sense of to be pleasing, ac
ceptable to, Matt. 14.: 6. Mark 6: 22.
1 Cor. 7: 33, 34.. Gal. 1: 10 (1711?: civ
Opo'nrozg dpéo'xcw' 2 Tim. 2: 4. so rq';
6:153, Rom. 8:8. 1 Cor. 7: 32. 1 Thess.
2:15. 4.: 1. Sept. for =9: Josh. 22:
30, 33. Esth. 2: 4. 5:15.—1El. V. H.
2. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. ‘17.—By Hebr.
dpe'zrrw Evo'nndv 'rwog, to please in the
sight of any one, i. e. to be acceptable to
him, Acts 6: 5. So Sept. for ".4"??? =19:
Deut. 1:23. 2 Sam.3:36. 2 K. 3'; 10.
—-l Macc. 8:21.
b) in the sense of to seek to please or
grahfy, to accommodate one's self to, etc.
e. g. ‘H; 1r)\r]a'iov Rom. 15:2. rq'i 5mm;
15: 1, 3. m'unv 1 Cor. 10:33. 1'1vflpé1rozg
Gal. 1: 10, where it is i. q. Inn? dpz'a'xew.
1 Thess. 2: 4|.
’ I / 7: 4.. 9:16. l3: 17 761/ 11,110,151, 1'01? 6mi
Agwros, 1']. or, (am...) pleas
ing, acceptable, grateful, seq. dat. John
8:29 181 apme. 11;» 0:97. Sept. for >511
Deut. 12: 28. — Ecclus. 48: 25. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 3. 7. Plut. de def. Orac. c. 8.—
By Hebr. riz c’rpcm'h Evdnnov r05 9:017,
1 John 3: 22. So Sept. for 1"” Is. 38: 3.
"15: Ex. 15: 26. Deut. 6: 18. 12:25.
1'13? Ezra 10: 11.—Hence t'zpeo'rov e'arw,
it is good, placet, Acts 6: 2. Seq. dat. of
pers. it is pleasing to, it gratifies, Acts
12:3. Sept. for ‘3'2? =53 Gen. 16:6.
,Agéfozg, 0t, 1'), Arelas, a king of
Arabia Petraca, whose daughter was
fora time the wife of Herod Antipas.
For a short time 'Aretas had possession
of Damascus, about A. D. 39 or 4.0.
2 Cor. 11:32. See Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5.
Bib]. Repos. III. p. 264. sq. Calmct.
,Agifl'l, is‘, 1?, virtue, i. e. good
quality,
'yfig Jos.excellence
Ant. 4..of5.any
3. kind, e. g. d)fzen.
fipparog en)
Hiero 2. 2. manliness, valour, Jos. Ant.
3. 2. 4.. Xen. Ag. 10. a. fortitude,
2 Macc. 6:31. moral excellence, Diod.
Sic. 5. 71.—In N. T. spoken
a) of the divine eflicieney, power, etc.
2 Pet. 1:3 51c‘: 5651);‘ ml r’lps-rfig, i. e.
through a glorious display of his elli
ciency. — Jos. Ant. 17. 5. 6 c’lpe'n‘] Tm?
Seiou.
b) meton. virtue, i. e. goodness of ac
tion, virtuous deeds. Phil. 4.: 8. 2 Pet.
94 'Aglaragxo;
l: 5bis.—Wisd. 4: 1. 8: 7.-—Spoken 01'
God, wondrous deeds, as displays of the
divine power and oodness, 1 Pet. 2: 9.
So Sept. for ""1" ilab. 3: 3. IS.
42:12. 43: 21. 632 7.
1A3‘)? obsol. G. 0,6969‘ by sync.
for c’tpévog, Buttm. § 58, a lamb, trop.
Luke 10: a. Sept. for 111219 Is. 40:11.
65:25. *3. .lcr. 51:40. was. Is. 11:6.
i??? Gen. 30:32. Lev. l:10.—— Xen.
Mem. 9. 7. l3. .
'Agrflpoéw, 07', f. {ya-w, (dpcepdg)
to number, trans. Rev. 7: 9. Pass. Matt.
10:30. Luke 12: 7. Sept. for ‘1;? Gen.
15: 5. Job 14: 16.—Xen. Conv. 4.. 4.3.
’Ag10//.6g, 017, 6, number, i. e.
spoken of a definite number, Luke 22:
3. John 6: 10 01' tivdpcg row 119161161!
61021 1revraxwxlhro1, for which accus. see
Buttm.§ 131. 6. n. 3. (Sept. dat. (191611?
2 Sam. 21:20.) Acts 4.: 4.. 5: 36. Rev.
parog, i. e. the number which the letters
of the name make out. Rev. 13:18 ter,
(1910,16; dvdpdnrov Earl, i. e. a number
which is made out by the letters of a
man's name. 15:2. So Sept. for ‘5??
1 Sam. 6:4. 1 K. 18:31. 1 Chr.7:2.
Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 2. Anab. 1. 7. 10.—
Spoken of an indefinite number, a mul.
titude, Acts 6: 7. 11:21. 16:5. Rom.
9:27. Rev. 20:8. So Sept. for “£53”.
Hos. 1:10. 1158" Num. l:4.9.-Ecclus.
51: 36. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 15.
'Agqpuflm'a, mg, 5,, Arimatlwa,
a city or village of Palestine, Heb. “P:
There were two or three places of this
name; but that mentioned in N. T.
was probably the Ramah situated on
the borders of Ephraim and Benjamin ;
called also 11792213, Haramatlzaim, 1 Sam.
1: 1, whence the Greek 'Apzpaflalu is
readily derived; as also 'Papatlc'p l
Mace. 11:34.. 'Papath'z Jos. Ant. 6. ll.
4, 5. It was the birth place of Samuel,
and lay five or six miles north of Jeru
salem. See Calmet. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geo r. II. ii. p. 186. — Matt. 27:57.
Mar 15:43. Luke 23:51. John 19:
38.
'Agr'a'ragxog, 00, 6, Aristarc/aus,
a native of Thessalonica who became
the companion of Paul, was seized in
the tumult at Ephesus, and was after
wards carried with Paul, as a prisoner,
 ’ Agmra'w 95 '14511.673.:
to Rome. Acts 19: 29. 20:4. 27: 2. . b) by impl. to be strong and able so. to
Col. 4: 10. Philem. 24. assist any one; hence, to suflice, to be
'11 3167024), 5, f. {la-w, (dpw-rov q. v.) enough, seq. dat. of person, Matt. 25: 9.
to breakfast, i. e. to take any meal be. John 6: 7. Sept. 1 K. 8: 27. Num. 1]:
fore the principal one or supper, intrans. 22 bis.—Wisd. 14: 22. Her0dian.4. 7. 9.
John 21:12, 15, coll. v. 4. So Luke 11: Xen. An. 5. l. 13 -- Hence impers.
37, where others gem‘. to dine, but un. tip“? 70'‘, it is enough, John 14: 8. So
necessarily. Sept. for 5512595 Gen. 43:Sept. for 1'1-‘1 Prov. 30: 16.—Jos. Ant. 9.
25.—So the Greeks, of food taken early, 13. 2.—Mid. (‘IPh‘E’O/ldt, to sufice one’s
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21. ib. 6. 4. 1. orin the self with, i. e. to be satisfied, to be content
course of the day before the supper. ib. with, c. 0. dat. of thing etc. Luke 3: l4.
l. 2. 11. El. V. H. 9. 19. 1 Tim. 6: 8. Heb. l3: 5.—2 Mace. 5:
l5. Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 2 at”: fipxe'iro 107g
'Agnrrsgég, :3, 6131.2 , lwvus. Matt. m'unv. Stob. Serm. 95. Polyb. l. 20. 1.
6: 3 tipw-repc’t sc. Xu'p, the left hand. So —-So 0. c. c'wl 1'01'11'01“, 3 John 10.
plur. Luke 23: 33 E5 épw-rsptbv so. pc
p-Iw. 2 Cor. 6: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 3. "A510; in later edit. or "1451705,
on, ('1, 1'], a bear, Rev. 13: 2.— So tipxog
'Agwro'fioukog, 00, 6, Aristobulus, [31. H. An. 1. 31. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 3.
pr. name ofa Christian, Rom. 16: 10. itpm-og 1E1. V. H. 13. l. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.7.
‘Ag/arrow, 00, 16, breakfast, i. e. a "Ag/110$, 0570;, r6, (lipw) a chariot,
meal which among the Jews cor Acts 8: 28, 29, 38. Sept. for "25,12 Gen.
responded sometimes to our breakfast, 41: 43.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 6. Elian. V.
and sometimes to our dinner. Their H. 2. 27.—Spoken of chariots of war,
principal meal was the Bc'i-lrvov, supper, Rev. 9: 9. So Sept. and "9531?. Joel 2:
in the early part of the evening, when 5.—Jos. Ant. 5. l. 18. Ken. Cyr. 6. 3. 8.
the heat of the day was gone. The ’Agl.oayeooa'rv v. ,Agtbotyeha’m, indec.
('ipwrov was a slight refreshment, taken Armageddon, pr. name of a place, Rev.
sometimes in the morning, or a little 16: 16. It seems to be formed from the
before noon, or just after noon, as cir Heb. 51?? “Q- mountain of Megiddo; comp.
cumstances might vary. Luke 11: 38. 2 Chi‘.35: 22.fieldofMegiddo. The name
14:12. So Matt. 22:4, Where others Megiddo, Sept. 11.7.55.’ v. MayeEBu'p, o't.
unnecessarily make it i. q. 327mm’.— curs in O. T. as a city situated in the
In Homer the tipw-rov is taken about great plain, but pertaining to the tribe
sunrise; in later times it corresponded to of Manasseh; Bibl. Repos. I. p. 602.
the Lat. prandium,and was taken about It was remarkable as having been the
mid-day; see Potter's Gr. Antiq. II. p. scene of a double slaughter, first of the
352,353. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 433.— Canaanites, Judg. 5: 19:, and again of
Sept. for 1:17.‘? 1 K. 5. 2. [4. 22.] 12'»: 2 the Israelites, 2 K. 23: 29. Hence in
Sam. 24: 15.—Susann. 12. Tob. 2: 1. Rev. it would seem to be put symboli
Time. 7. 81. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 38. ib. 1. cally for place of slaughter.
2. ll.
‘Ag/06am, f. 6016, (cippog) to adapt,
’A§KE¢'6§, 5, 0,7, (tiptte'to) stfflicient, to fit, to join together, c. c. accus. et dat.
enough. Matt. 6: 34 tips-trot’ Ti] ilpz'pq r'] Hom. Gd. 5. 247. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5. in
mn'a aim‘ig, for the neut. see Buttm. § trans. to fit, to be adapted, Sept. for H1“;
129. 6. hIatt. 10: 25. 1 Pet. 4: 3.— Prov. l7: 7. 3 Macc. 1: 19. Jos. Ant. 2.
Aquila for ‘3 Dent. 25: 2. Anthol. Gr. 4. l. Xen. Mem. 3.10. 10—15. Hence,
II. p. 402. ed. Jacobs. to join in wedlock, to marry so. to another,
’Agxéw, :7, f. llo'w,to hold backfrom, trans. Sept. Prov. 19: 14. Jos. Ant. 20.
to wardqfl; trans. Hom. Ii. 6. 16. Hence 8. l. Herodot. 9. 108.and Mid. to marry
in N. T. to one's self; to take as a wife, Herodot. 5.
a) to aid, to assist, seq. dat. 2 Cor. 12 32, 47.— In N. T. IVIid. t'zppofopat, to
9 £19.11 601 1') xépt; you, which however is marry, so. to another in one's own behalf,
better referred to no. 2.—Eurip. Hecub. seq. accus. et dat. trop. 2 Cor. ll: 2. —
1164. Hum. 11. 21. 131. 0d. 16.261. Philo de-Abr. p. 364. p. 384.—- In the
See Kypke in ‘Ice. trans. sense to fit, the Attic form was
 ‘AM; 96 'Agmigw
tipluo'r'rw, Greg. Cor. p. 154,. Lob. ad 'Agorgmiw, 5, f. (and, (Iiporpov) to
Phryn. p. 241.
'AQUJOIQ', DU, 6, (6910,) ajoinl, Heb. 4: plough, intrans. Luke 17: 7. 1 Cor. 9:
10 bis. Sept. for '5‘)! Deut. 22: 10. Is.
12.—Ecclus. 27: 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 28: 24,. — Ecclus. 6: 19. Theophr. de
633 oi zip/1011017 on'apa'roc. Xen.Ven. 5. 29. Cans. Pl. 4. 14.—The Attics used (‘1960,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 254 sq.
’Agvto,wou, 05pm, f. fia'opac, depon.
to deny, i. e. "Ago'rgov, 011, 1-6, ((196.07) a plough’
a) to contradict, to qflirm not to be, opp. Luke 9: 62, in a proverbial expression,
l0 opoho'ysiv, absol. Luke 8:45. John 1: comp. Jahn § 59. Sept. for "I! Is. 2: 4.
20. Acts 4,: 16. Sept. for 51.7%? Gen. 18: Joel 3: 10.—Ins. Ant. 2. 5. 6. Xen. Cyr.
15.—1E1. V. H. 14. 28. Xen. Memut. 8. 2. 5. '
2. 10.—Spoken of Peter's denying him 'Agn'wyr'y, it‘, fi,(&p1réfw,)plunda'
self to be Christ's disciple, Matt. 26: 70, ing, pillage, i. e. the act of spoiling, Heb.
72. Mark 14.: 68, 70. John 18: 25, 27. 10: 34. So Sept. for E00. 5: 7.— l
Seq. accus. Luke 22: 571161-61’ scflnaofiv, Mace. 13:341. Herodian. 1.11.6. Xen.
i. e. denying that he had any connexion Ag. 1. 30, 32.—Metaph. of a disposition
with him.—Seq. accus. Tit. 1: 16 3191'. to plunder, rapacity, moaning, Matt. 23:
for 9:611 ro'ic 'c'pyocg, i.e. to deny by actions 25. Luke 11: 39.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 17.
that there is a God. 1 John 2: 22 bis, 6 —Others, spoil, prey,as Sept. for 92!), Is.
c'lpvoilpevog 5n, and o ('lpvol'lpsvog rdy 3: l4, and Herodian. l. 10. 4. Xen. H.
warépa xal row w'év, denying God to be G. 3. 2. 26.
the father of Christ, and Christ to be the 'Agm'ynég, 05, .5, (6916501,) pp. i.
son of God. v. 23 6 dpv. rev vldv, deny q. ('lp'll'tl‘yill, r0bbery,tlze actqfrapine, Plut.
ing Christ to be the son of God.—Dem. de Puer. educ. c. 15. Tom. VI. 39. 11.
955. 10. ed. Reiske.—-In N. T. trop. oh'ect qf
b) to refuse, seq. infin. Heb. 11: 24'.— rapine, something to be eagerly coveted,
WlSd. 122 27. 16: 16. 17:10. J08. Ant. Phil. 2: 6.- Others, plunder, spoil, i. e.
4. 5. l. ib. 5. 7. 2. Herodot. 6. 13. something to be acquired by force, not
c) in the sense of to renounce, to rg'ect, merit.
trans. e. g. to reject Christ, Matt. 10: 33. 'Agmilw, f. dew, aor. 1 pass. fipmi
Luke 12:9. Acts3: 13, 14,. 7:35. 2 Tim.
061711, but aor. 2 pass. hpvré-ynv, a later
2: l2. 2 Pet. 2: l. Jude4. So 'rfiv m'o-rw,
form, Buttm. § 114. Winer § 15; to
i. e.t0 desert the Christianfaitk,to apostatize,
seize upon, to snatch away, trans. _
1 Tim. 5:8. Rev. 2:13. So Rev. 3: 8
a) spoken of beasts of prey, 6 Mme;
n} iz'vopa Xpw-rofi. Spoken of Christ as épmiZn. rd rpéfiara, John 10:12. So
rejecting men, Matt. 10: 33. 2 Tim. 2:12. Sept. for =11? Gen. 37: 33. E2. 22: 25,
—Tr0p. Luke 9: 23 (‘19V- e'aurév (text. 27.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14..—-Metaph. to
recept. (in-1191'.) to denyone’s self, i. e. to seize with avidity, Matt. 11: 12 ain'i'p' sc.
disregard one's personal interests and en 71):’ Ban)“ 1131/ oilpavfim, implying the
joyments. But 2'Tim. 2: l3 épv. Earn-61', eagerness with which the gospel was re
to deny one's self, i. e. to renounce one's
ceived in the agitated state of men's
own character, to be inconsistent with
minds; comp. Luke 16: 16,and see Ols
one's self. Tit. 2:12 rfivéae'fiuav. 2 Tim. hausen in loc.—Her0dian. 2. 6. 10. ib.2.
3' fl, filmy,
, . .
01', 1'6, (dimin. fr. ('zpfiv,
9. 3. Xen. An. 6. 5. 18.
b) spoken of what is snatched suddenly
gen. (191419,) a lamb, agneIlus, Sept. for away; Matt. 13: 19. Jude 23 be rm“; 1rvp6r;
713,? Jer. 11: 19. 1*: 1:; Ps. 114: 4., 6. dpmifom-eg, coll. Amos 4,: 11. Zech. 3:
1R3 "1»; Jer. 50: 45.—Jos. Ant. 3. B. 10. 2. So Sept. for 5!? 2 Sam. 23:21.-Xen.
——In‘N. T. trop. of the followersol' Christ, Cyr. 4.. 6. 4..-—In the sense of to rob, to
John 21: 15. of Christ himself, Rev. 5: plunder, John 10: 28,29. Sept for 5!? E1.
6,8,12, 13. 6: 1, 16. 7=9,10,14.,17. 18:7,12,16,18.—Xen. Anab. 1. 2.25.
12:11. 13: a, 11. 14.; 1, 4., 10. 15. a. c) to carry away, to hurry gm sc. by
11=14.bis. 19.7,9. 21=9,14.,22,23,27. force and involuntarily; spoken of per.
22: l, 3. sons, John 6: 15. Acts 8; 39. 23: 10. 2
’A5v5<;, see ‘AP/,1’. Cor. 12:2, 4,. 1 Thcss. 4: 17. Rev. 12:
 "A56mg 97 “A3710;
5. Sept. fol-HE"! .ludg. 21: QL—Xen. Tim. 1: 10. coll. Rom. 1: 27.—Ding.
Anal). 4. 3. 6. Laert. 6. 65.
'Agwag, 0:70;, 5, .7, ad'. (Apmiz'w) "1456777, 570;, d, and (ipoe'v, rd, (Old
ravenous, spoken of wild )easts, )u'mot or Ion. form for the later Attic W171‘,
t'ipraycg, as the symbol of wicked men, Buttm. § 16 n. 4,) male, i. e. of the male
Matt. 7: 15. Sept. for 3T1? Gen. 49: 27. sex, Matt. 19:41. Mark 10: 6. Luke 9:
—Op'pian. de Venat. 8. 298.-;-Metaph. 23. Rom. 1: 27 his. Gal. 3: 28. Sept. for
ropacl'ous, eztortionnte,a robber, Luke 18:' "2! Gen. 1: 27. Lev. 1:3. 3: 1.—H0m.Il.
u. 1Cor. s=10,11. 0.; 10.—AcLThom. 8. 7. ()d. 13. 16. Anacr. 59. 5. Soph.
s12. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. o. Trachin. 1213.
Appafia'lv, 5110;, .s, (Heb. em") an‘ 'Ag'refmig, 06, b, Artemas, pr. name
earnest, a pledge, so. given to ratify a con of a Christian friend of Paul, Tit. 3: 12.
tract; Sept. and Heb. Gen.‘ 38: 17‘, 18, "Ags'qmg, 150; or log, 1;, Artemis,
20. Stobzei Serm. 42. Plut. Galba‘ c. the Greek name of Diana, the goddess
14. —- In N. T. metaph. spoken of the of hunting, etc. amon the heathen. She
privileges of Christians in this life, had a splendid tempi at Ephesus; see
especially the gift of the Holy Spirit, as 'Dpeoo‘g. Acts 19: 241, 27, 28, 341, 35.
bein an earnest, a pledge, of future ’Agre'pwv, ovog, a, (tipréw to hoist,)
bliss in the Messiah's kingdom.» 2 Cor. a top-sail, supparum, Acts 27: 40.—-0th
1: so. 5. 5. Eph. 1: 14.-Swim Serm. ers, ajib, ddon.
59 {"1519 E'xov'reg dfijiaflfiva 'rfiv re'xvml ,IAQ‘TI, adv. of time, (iipu,) now, i. e.
mi (fir. Act. Thom. § 571 rupe'xwy rfic a) just now, even now, spoken of a
fined’? t410v row dfifia/io'wa. time 'ust elapsed, Matt. 9: 18. Rev. 19:
"Appa¢0§, 00, 6,1‘), adj. (0: pr. and 10. his is the prevailing usage among
Adam») not sewed, having no seam, John Attic Writers; see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18,
19: 23 d xn'tlw dpjdarpog i. e. not made of 20. Herm. ad Viger. p. 386 s —% Mace.
two' pieces, but woven whole, and hav 3: 28. Diod. Sic. 19. 108. en. Cyr. 4|.
ing n0 seams on the sides or shoulders; 1. 5. Mem. 3. 6. 10'.
comp. Josephus’ description of the tunic b) now, e. at‘present, at this motnalt.
of the high priest, Ant. 3. 7. L Jahn Matt. 3: 15 dupe; tip-rt, sufl'er it now, i. e.
s 190. for the present. 96: 53. John 9: 19, 25.
"Aj’ajiur, 210;, a, and fifijicm-rd, adj. 13: 7 opp. to peril raiira. 13: 33,37 opp.
(Att. for the old or Ion. (iponv', Bottrn. to iio-repoy. 16:19,31. 1 Cor. 13: 19 bis.
§ 16. n. 4,) male, i. e. of the male sex, t'ipn—a-dre. 16: 7. Gal. 1: 9, 10. 4: 90.
Rom. 1; 27. Rev. 12: 5, 13. Sept. for 1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Thess. 2: 7. 1 Pet. 1:
“21 Lev. 27: 7.—Ecclus. 36: 9'1. Jos. 6, 8.—-Jos. Ant. 9. 19. Q cidu'wec fiv dpn
Ant. 7. 7. 2. Ken. (E0. 7. 18. ra-roixoz'nn yfiv. 1. 6'. 1 Kumraddmt pew
'Apprrrog, 00, 6, 1", (a r. andfiqrég ltpn xérArjv-rm. Theocr. Id. 2. 104.. Id.
fr. Epflv) unspoken, Horn. d. 14.. 4.66. 23. 96. Ken. An. 7. 4'. 7.—-Hence 1'] lipn
wrong 10 be spoken, Eurip. Herc. Fur. d‘apa, the present'time, 1 Cor. 4: 11. comp.
174. Hecub. 198. Heliodor. IX. p. Buttm. § 125'.6.-—-S0 'c'ug tip-n, untilnow,
424. secret, private, Diod. Sic. 2. 18.— i. e. up to the present moment, Matt. 11:
In N. T. unspeakable, imfable, 9 Cor. Is. .10hn2:10. 5.17. 16: 24.. 1 Cor. 4:
19: 4i.-—Clem. Alex. Strom. 2. 2. Script: 13. 8:7. 15; 6. I John 9: 9.--For dz"
iifiprrrov. dipn, from now, henceforth, see ‘Awdpn.
"Apjiwo'rog, 0:1, 6, 1'', adj. (0 pr. and 'Agfl'yéwnrog, 00, b, {7, adj. (dpn
Myyulu‘) infirm, feeble, spoken of the and 'yevwrrdl; fr. yswc'zm) just born, new
sick, Matt. 14: 14.. Mark 6: 5, 13. 16: born; metaph. those who have just. em
18. 1 Cor. ll: 30. So Sept. for particip. braced the Christian faith, 1 Pet. 2: 2.—
"l?" l K. 14.: 5. Mal. l: 8.—Ecclus. 7: pp. Lucian. D. Deor. Mar. 12. 1.
37. Ken. (Be. 4. 8. "Agflog, ov, a, 7',, adj. (219..., than)
’Agosvoxol'rng, 00, b, (dpmv,xoirq perfect, complete, spoken of a religious
bed,) a sodmm'te, i. e. one who lies with teacher, who should be wanting in
a male as with a female, 1 Cor. 6: 9. 1 nothing, 2 Tim. 3: 17.—Theophr. H. Pl.
0
 "Ago;
2. 7. Hesych. lip-rm‘ d'rrnpno'pc'va, TE
Aua, ‘KPOO’HPFOUIK'VG.
"Agrog, 00, a, bread, Heb. ‘1115,, viz.
a) gem. bread, a‘loaf, plur. riproa,
loaves. See Calmet, art. Bread. Matt.
4:3, 4. 7: 9. 14:17, 19. 15: 34, as.
Mark 6: 41. John 21: 9, 13. al. saep.
Sept. for 911% Gen. 14:18. 1 Sam. l7:
l7. aL—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5.—Spoken of
the shew bread, Matt. 12: 4. Heb. 9: 9.
So Sept. and if]? Lev. 24: 7. 1 Sam.
21: 4,6.-—Of the bread in the sacred
supper, Matt. 96: 26. Mark 14: 22.
Luke 22:19. 1 Cor. 10:16, 17. 11: 93,
26, 27, 28. — Metaph. b c'ip'roc z'x 1'05
on'ipavoi, heavenly bread, i. e. that divine
and spiritual aliment presented to the
life and soul of Christians in the person
of the Son of God, John 6: 31—58, see
v. 51-56; hence compared with manna
v. 49, 58, coll. Ps. 78: 24, 25. Wisd.16:
20. Others understand here intellectual
aliment, doctrine, wisdom, etc. comp.
Prov. 9: 5. Ecclus. 15: 3. 24:81.
b) from the Heb. ‘food, i. e. any thing
for the sustenance of the body. Matt. 6:
11. Mark 6:8, 36. Luke 11:3. 2 Cor.
9: 10. al. So Sept. and 5'3’? Ex. 16:4,
15,29. Is. 58:7. aL—Ecclus. 34: 23, 24.
-So dprog ray rz'xvwv, i. e. food des
tined for the children, Matt. 15: 28.
Mark 7: 27.—So in the phrases npa'ye'iv
iiprov Mark 3: 20. Luke 14: 1, l5; and
('iprov z'aoluv Matt. 15:9. Mark 7:5,
to eat bread, i. e. to take food, to take a
meal, to eat, generally. Comp. Sept. and
“125215 Gen. 37: 24.. 39:6. 1 Sam. 20:
33. I K. 1318-93. —- John 13:18
rpo'rywv 'ucr’ Egon’: r'iprov,who eateth bread
with me, i. e. who is my familiar friend;
quoted from Ps. 41: 10, where Sept. 6
z'adiwv liprovg you for WU‘? BER—Hence
riprov ¢ayeiv ‘trope’: rwoc, to eat the bread
of any one, i. e. to be supported by any
one, 9 Thess. 3: 8. Compare Sept. and
Heb. 2 Sam. 9: 7, 10. So rbv Eavro'n/
(‘iprov Eo'Or'cw, to eat one's own bread, i. e.
to support one's self, 2 Thess. 3: 12. Ar.
'Agrbw, f. (am, ((1910,) to prqmre
filly, to set in order, trans. e. g. an arm
for battle, Hom. ll. 15. 303. In N. .
and later writers, to prepare jbod etc. by
seasoning, to season, Mark 9: 50 and
Luke 14: 34,where it is spoken of re
storing to salt its pungency ; comp. Matt.
98 'Agxélaog
5.
Cant.
13. ——
8: 2.
Symmach.
Athen. II.fiprupz'vov
p. 67.—Metaph.
for
Col. 4: 6 X670; fip-rupc'roc r'ikan, dis
course seasoned with salt, i. e. appropri
ate, salutary.
'A§¢0t£0lb, 6, indec. Amhazad, Heb.
“@5115, a son of Shem, Luke 3:36.
Comp. Gen. 10: 22, 24. 11:10, 12.
“ado/7.7.“, ov, a, Qipxm and
6772M“) an archangel, l 'lhess. 4: 16.
Jude 9. i. e. a chief angel, rig 113v
t'lpxév'ruv, Heb. 51117874’,- i‘i'iz-“J ‘"315, Dan.
10: 13; or a great angel, 6 dpxuw 6
pe'yac, Heb. Bran Hen, Dan. 12: 1. 0:‘
these there are said to be seven, who
stand immediately before the throne of
God, Luke 1:19. Rev. 8:2. Tob. 18: 15;
who have authority over other angels,
Rev. 12: 7; and are the patrons of r
ticular nations, Dan. 10: 13. 18: 1. he
names of three only are found in the Jew
ish writings ; Michael, the patron of the
Jewish nation, Dan. 10: 13,21. 12: 1.
Jude 9. Rev. 12: 7. Gabriel, Dan. 8:16.
9: 21. Luke 1:19, 26. Raphael, Tob. 3.
17. 5:4. 8:2. 9:1, 5. 12:15. The
book of Enoch adds that of Uriel, Lib.
Henoch. p. 187,190, 191,193.
'Agxalog, w'a, x70», (and) an.
ez'ent, old, offinna' days, of old time.
Matt. 5: 21, 97, 33, where Christ is
speakin of Jewish traditions. Luke 9:
8,19. gets 15: 7, 21. 21:16. 2 Cor. 5:
l7. 2 Pet. 2: 5. Rev. 12: 9. 20: 2. Sept.
for 531?‘. l K. 4:30. Is. 37: 26. Lam. l:
8. ‘#912 Is. 43: 18.—Ecclus. 9: 12. 2
Macc. 6:82. Diod. Sic. 1. 6, 31. Xen.
Mem. 2. 8. l.
'Agxékaog, 00, .3, Archelaus, a son
of Herod the Great, by Malthace his
Samaritan wife, Jos. Ant. l7. 1. 3.
Herod bequeathed to him his kingdom,
ib.17.8.1,9,4. B. I. 1.33.8. but Au.
gustns confirmed him in the possession
of only the half of it, viz. Idumea, Ju
dea, and Samaria, with the title of eth
nareh, e'flmipxnc, ib. 17. ll. 4. B. .l. 2.
6. 3. After about ten years, he was ban
ished, on account of his cruelties, to
Vienne in Gaul, Jos. B. J. 9. 7. 3; and
his territories were reduced to the form
of a Roman province under the procu
rator Coponius. ib. 2. 7. 3, and 9. 8. 1.
In N. T. he is said Baa:)\n'|ew,to be king,
Matt. 2: 82, referring to the interval im
 34005 99 'Aexw5§
mediately after the death of Herod, say unto you See Olshansen and Kni
when he assumed the title of king. noel in loc.—-Philo de Spec. Leg. p. 796.
,AEIO’I, 77?, 1'], beginning, viz. Herodot. 4. 25, 28. So i'lpxiyv Herodot.
a) spoken of time, the beginning, com 1. 9, 193. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 80,
mmcement, Matt. 24:8. Mark 1:1. 13: 723, 882.-Others, that which I said to
9: Heb. 7: 3. Sept. for "158! Job 40: 14. you from the beginning; but then it
“2'51? Hos. l: 2._Polyb. 3. l. 1. Xen. should read, b'n mi rhv r'lpxfiv X11)“; inflv.
Cyr. 5. 5. 16. Mem. 2. l. 1. — Hence b) spoken by melon. of abstr. for
izpxhy hagsiv, to begin, Heb. 2: 3. So concr. spoken of persons, etc. the first,
Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 614. 11!]. V. primus. Col- 1: 18 by e’onv h xi), 1rpu
TOTUIKOQ Ex ru'w VEL‘PIIIY. So ept. iipxil
H. 9. 28. Polyb. l. 12. 9.—J0hn 2! ll
'rr‘yv ii 1);’ 'rfiw cmpdwv, i. e. the first re'xvwv first-born, for "film Gen. 49: 3.
mirac e. Heb. 3: l4 n‘lv dpxfiv rfic inro Deut. 21: 17.—So dpxr) Kai rz'hoc, the
o'rdaswg, for rfiy inréa-raaw rfiv 1rpu'n-71v, beginning and the end, i- e. the firstand
i. e. our first confidence, our faith as at the last, Rev. [1: 8.] 21: 6. 22: I3;
the first; Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So Heb. comp. under ’A.—Rev. 3: l4 1'; épxr) rr'lc
5: 12 n‘: arolxeia rfic ('lpxfic, i. e. ril xra'aeug, coll. Prov. 8: 22. -_ Theophil.
"01X. n‘: n'pJrra,firstprinciples, elements, ad Auto]. lib. 2. p. 88, ohm; [Ao'yog] M'
Buttm. l. c. Heb. 6. l.—With preposi yerai ilpxr), 5n c'ipxu mi Kupieim n'c'wrwv
tions etc. viz. 5r.’ abrol': bn‘uwvp-ynpe'vuv. J03. c. Ap.
(a) air‘ in X7”, from the beginning, 2. 22.—Tatian. Orat. ad Graec. p. 144.
viz. (l) of a things, fi-om everlasting, Clem. Alex. Protrept. 1. Comp. in
Matt. 19: 4, 8. John 8: 44. 1 John 3: 8. Téhog l’).
or more full iur' ilpxiic rm‘: Ko'U/wu v. c) spoken of place, the extremity, cor
rig rrlaeug, hath 24:21. Mark 10:6. ner, e. g. of a sheet, Acts 10: ll. 11:5.
13: 19. 2 Pet. 3: 4. So Sept. for =11? So Sept. for If"? 2 Chr. 20:17. HEP,
Hab. l: 12. is“? Ecc. 3: ll. =5”? Is. Ez. 48:1. “3?, EX. 28: 23. 39:15.—
43: 13._Her0dot. 2. 104, 113.—(2) of Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 638. Diod. Sic.
any particular thing, e. g. of the gospel 1. 85. Herodot. 4. 60.
dispensation, or of Christian experience, d) spoken of dignity, thefirstplace i. e.
from thefirst; Luke 1: 2. John 15: 27. power, dominion, Luke 20: 20. Sept. for
2 Thess. 2:13. 1 John 1: 1. 2: 7 bis, “we? Gen. 1: 16. Jer. 34: 1. Mic.
13,14,724 biB. 3:11. 2 John 5, 6. of 4: 8.—J0s. Ant. 4. 6. 11. Ken. Mem. 1.
life, Acts 26: 4. l. 16. ib. 4. 6. 12.—In the sense ot'pre
([3) iv izpx‘r'), in the beginning, sc. of eminence, precedence, princedom, Jude 6
all things, of the world, John 1: 1,2. d-y-ye'houc pr) 'rrlpr'laavrag rfiv c'aimi'n'
So Sept. and Gen. 1: l.—So of c'cpxi'lv. So Sept. uioi ¢vh¢iuaorrsg rilv
any particular thing, e. g. of the gospel ('lpxiw, l Chi-.26: 10. Comp. Sept. Gen.
dispensation or of Christian experience, 6: 2. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. Fabric. Cod.
at thefirst, Acts 11: 15. Phil. 4: 15.—— Pseud. V. T. I. p. 529, 179 sq.—By
Diod. Sic. 19. 110. Polyb.4. 76. a. meton. of abstr. for concrete, rulers,
(7) EE c'ipxr'pg, from the beginning, magistrates, princes, etc. i. e. persons of
from the first, e. g. of Christ's ministry, influence and authority; e. g. civil ru
John 6: 64. 16: 4.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5. lers, Luke 12: 11. Tit. 3:1. So Sept.
(b) xar' z'lpxiig, at the beginning, sc. and ‘5'85 Mic. 3: l.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.16.
of all things, of old, Heb. 1:10. So Herodian. 8. 6. 18. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. l2.
Sept. for W335, Ps. 102: 26. 5,72 Ps. — Spoken of the princes or chiefs
119: 15 l.—Plut. Solon. c. 3. Plato The among angels, Eph. l: 21. 3: 10. Col.
itt. p. 185. B. Polyb. 4. 52. 7. 2:10. among demons, 1 Cor. 15:24.
(e) _accus. n)!’ épxilv, adverbially, Eph. 6: 12. Col- 2: l5. genr. the powers
at
Gen.
the 43:18,20.
beginning, at
Dan.
first,
8: Sept.
l. Jos.
forB. J. l. of the other world, Rom. 8: 38. Col. 1:
16. Comp. ‘EEowia.
’ I ~
3. l. Herodian. 3. l. 15.—Hence in N.T.' 115701704, w, 6 (am, 617...) one
from the very beginning on, i. e. through who makes a beginning, i. e.
out, wholly. John 8:25 rr‘lv ('lpxilv 5r: a) the author, source, cause of any
ml huh; ii'uiw, wholly that which I also thing, Acts 3:15. Heb. 2:10. 12:2.
0 2
 V1520 100 'AgZI-rgt'xtuvog
So Sept. for "1.583 Mic. l: l3.—1 Macc. 1rarpu3r nZw lrp'uv, v. 6. So Jos. Ant.
9'. 61. 10:47. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4 1roMG‘W 20. 8. 8. B. J. 4. 3. 6. comp. Krebs l. c.
dpxn'yoc sax-Cw. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 5. p. 3.—Matt. Q: 4. 26: 3. Mark 14: 1.
b) a leader, chief, prince, etc. Acts Luke ‘28: 9. al. seep—These were mem_
5:31, comp. 2: 36 and Eph. 1:20 sq. bers of the Sanhedrirn, and indeed the
Sept. for ‘it! Is. 30: 4. Judg. 5: 15. expressions z'zpxiepe'ig Kai ypapparfig
‘vs 9 Chr. 93; 14.—Thuc. 1.132. Dem. Matt. 2: 4. al. and dpxtepfig xai tbnpmaior
1378. 6. ' John 7:32,45. al. seem to be put by
x4570— , an inseparable particle from way of circumlocution for To awe'opwv,
6970'], prefixed to names of oflice or the Sanhedrim; and in some instances
dignity like our Arch- , which is equi the word ripxieps'ig appears to be used by
valent to it and derived from it. itself in a general sense to denote the
same council; as John 12:10, coll. 11:
’Agxlegarixo'g, 1'], 6r, ({lpxlE‘M‘ItlC’)
belonging to the high priest, pontifical,
4.7. Jahn sets. I.
c) in the Ep. to the Heb. 0. 9:17.
Acts 4: 6.--Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 7. ib. 6. 6. 3.
3:1. 4:14. 5:5. 6:20et passim,Christ
ll). 15. 3. l.
is called dpxupsbg and compared with
,A lien/1;, Eros‘, 6, (6970- q. v. and the high priest of the Jews, as having
icpu'igfi high priest, chief priest, pon offered up himself a sacrifice for sin;
tg'f‘er mazimus. Sept. for 551%? ‘flit-'1 Lev. comp. Heb. 9: 7, 11, 12. A1,.
4: 3; more usually 6 leper); b luf-yac, ’A§xlfl'0![b;fl, ‘was, a, (apxi- and
Lev. 91: 10. Num. as. 25. al.—Esdr. 9; rot/ring) a chief shqherd; metaph. of
40. ] Mace. 10: 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1. Christ as the chief teacher of religion
coll. Pol.23. 1. 2. ib.32.22. 5.—-In N.T. and head of the church, 1 Pet. 5: 4.
a) the high priest of the Jews, Matt.
96:3,62,63,65. Mark 2: 26. Luke 22; "Aexwms 0", 6. Arc/opus. pr
50. al. By the original divine appoint name of a Christian, Col.4: 17. Phi
ment he was to be of the family of Aa lem. 2.
ron, Ex. 29: 9. For his duties, etc. see 'Agxwuraiywyog, 00, b, (6.9”.
John §366—370. Cahnet, art. Priest. and awa-yw-yfi) a ruler or moderator of
—In the time of the Romans the oflice the synagogue, i. q. o d'pxwv rfic o'w'a
had become venal and was given even 'yw'yfig (Luke 6:41). There were se
to foreign Jews; 2 Mace. 4: 7. Jos. Ant. veral elda's in each synagogue, whose
15. 3. 1. It was also no longer for life; duty it was to preserve or er, and to
so that there were often several persons select and invite persons to read or
living at one time who had borne the speak in the assembly; comp. Acts 13:15.
otiice, and still retained the title of high The presiding elder was called dpxm'uy
priests, Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 2. coil. 15. 3. 1. é-yw'yog' though the name is sometimes
see Krebs Obs. in N. T. e Jos. p. 3, applied to them all‘; see Jahn §372.
114, 178. There appears also to have Vitringa de Synag. Vet. lib. 2. c. 11.—
been a N, i. e. a vicar or substitute Mark5:22,35,36,38. Luke8:49‘. 13:
for the high priest, to perform his duties 14. Acts 13: 15. 1518,17.
on certain occasions; Buxtorf. Lex. Qélygréxmv, ouog, a, (l'lpxt- and
Chald. s. voc. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad rz'rruv,) an architect, master-builder, I
Luke 3: 2. Jahn § 366. Krebs l. c. p. Cor. 3: 10:—Sept. for ‘522 Is. 3: 2.—
175, coll. Jos. Ant. 17.6. 4. Such a Ecclus. 38:130. Xen. Mem. 4. 2‘. 10.
substitute is not expressly mentioned in
the scriptures, though such a person
'Agxxreka'wng, oo, 6, (lllpxl- and
seems to be implied in the 1T5 reMrvqgQ a chiefpublican, i. e. a farmer
2 K. 25:18. Jer.52:24.——.In one of or chief collector of the taxes, Luke 19:
these senses Annas is called high priest, 9. See Jahn .3 842.
Luke 3: 9. John 18: 13. Acts 4: 6. 'Agxtrgixhvog, 00, a, (amt- and
b) a chief priest, as spoken of those rpi'vckivog, Lat. triclinium; see ‘almet
who were at the head of the twenty-four art. Eating, and Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
classes of priests mentioned 1 Chr. 0. 24, 436,) the master of a feast, Lat. magis
and who are there called iipxovrec rEw ter concivii, Adam's Ant. p. 456; i. e. the
 "Agxw 101
person who had the direction of an en
tertainment, arran ed the guests, etc.
John 2: 8, 9 bis. omp. Ecclus. 35: l,
where he is called Frym'rpevoc. By the
Greeks he was called av'nrooiapxoqaup
roaiau e'wquhrm'lc, rparrelorrow'g, etc.
Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 386. So Pollux
(11mm. 3.41. p. 287, 6 he‘ mivrwu ru'w
n'zpi n‘p/ Ern'adw irrtluzhoi'lpzvoc, rpane
(on-016g‘. ib. 6. 13. p. 570.
nAgxU, 1. Eu, 6px1'h) to begin, to be
first in any thing, en. Com. 7. 1. In
N. T. m befist in rank, dignity, etc. i. e.
to rule, to reign, c. c. gen. Mark 10: 42.
Rom. 15: 12. Sept. for 5?? Gen. 1: 18.
Deut. 15:6.-1Macc. 1:4. Xen. Mem.
2. 6. 25. ib. 4. 6. 12.-—Mid. tipxopagto
begin, intrans. and followed by an infini.
tivc expressed or implied.
a) genr. Matt. 4: 17 fipfaro mpim'aetv.
11: 7,20. Mark 1:45. Luke 4: 21.
Acts 1: 1. a1. seep. Sept. for Gen.
13: 27. 14: 5. S0 Sept. for $1.52 mag
3: 1. 9; 510. Base Dcut. 1; 5.—Jos. notes, Neh. 4: 8, 13. 5: 7. and Jos.
Am. 11. 7. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. s. 3,4.
(Ec. ll. 8.-—Luke 3: 23 iv 5 'Inooic
o'wzl Erév rpiéxoyra t'lpxopevoc, and Jesus
was beginning, entering upon, [the age
01] about thirty years, where the gen.
ire-“w may be governed by iwr'lp under.
stood, or by hpxti'uvogns Jos. Ant. 7.
4. 1 dpxmfitu pc'rxnc—By Hebraism,
emphatic, implying ditliculty etc. to at
tanpt, to undertake, to vmture, Mark 6: 7.
10: 28, 32. Luke 3: 8. So Sept. and
5:3‘: Gen. 13:27. 5m Judg.10:18.
1)) part. 6956111001; 1:. c. infin. and
Kurd seq. gen. beginning from, express
ing the terminus a quo, the point of de.
rture in a narration, transaction, etc.
See ’A1r6 1. l. b. Matt. 20:8 611-630:
airroig apfitipzvoc 6m‘. 117w e’o'xr'trwv, be
ginning fi'om or at the last. Luke 23: 5.
24: 27. John 8: 9. Acts 1: 22. 8:35:
10: 37. also Luke 24: 47 c'rpEc'nievov rim‘)
'Iepouaahr'nu, where the neut. is the case
absol. Buttm. § 145. n. 4, 7. Herodot. 3.
91. or it may depend on Kflpvxefilldt.
So Sept. tipic'nuvoc for Gen. 44: 12.
——-Theopbr. Char. 2. Xen. Mem.2. l. 1.
—So the verb, 1 Pet. 4: 17 xaipoc roi:
c'rpEaaOm r6 xpt'pa inn} rot") o'l'xou roii
Geoi. So Sept. for Ez. 9: 6.—Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 15. An oێwu;u,) not extinguished, Strabo IX.
”Ag/fiflfi, 0W0‘, 6, (particip. of p. 606. In N. T. unquenchable, spoken
iipxm) one first in potter, authority, do. of fire, i. e. perpetual, eternal, Matt. 3: 12.
"A 05201-0;
minion: hence a ruler, lord, prince, a
chief person,- genr. Matt. 20: 25. Acts
4:26. Rom. 13:3. 1 Cor. 2:6,8. Sept.
for 322 Gen. 49; 20. Num. 23: 21.51.13:
Is. 14: 5. it“?! Gen. 25: 16. “1'! Gen.
12: 15. _2 Chr. 8: 9.—Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 2.
Mem. 3. 9. ll.——Spoken of the Messiah,
as king of kings, Rev. 1: 5. of Moses as
a e, Acts 7: 27, 35. as the leader of
Israe , Acts 7: 35.—Spoken of magis
trates of any kind, e. g. the high priest
Acts 23: 5. of civil judges, Lulu: 12: 58.
Acts 16: 19.—Herodian. 4. 4. l. Xen.
Cyr. 1.2. 5.—Of a ruler of the syna
gogue, Luke 8: 41. Matt. 9: 18, 23.
coll. Mark 5: 22. So of persons of
weight and influence among the Phari
sees and other sects at Jerusalem, who
also were members of the Sanhedrim,
Luke 14: 1. 18:18. 23: 13, 35. 241:
20. John 3: l coll. 7:45, 50.—John 7:
26,48. 12:42. Acts 3: l7. 4: 5,8.
Ant. 20. 1.2 lipxovrcc 'Iepoo'ohupiru'rm—
Spoken of the chief of the fallen an.
gels, Satan, tlpxwv 717v houpom'wv, Matt.
9:34. 12:24. Mark3:22. Lnke11:15.
called also tipxwy r01’: A'ddfwv rm'rrov,
as ruling in the hearts of worldly and
wicked men, John 12: 31. 14; 30. 16:
11. also lipxwv rip; e'Eovm’ac r017 de'pog,
i. e. lord of the powers of the air, sc. of
the daemons who dwell and rule in the
atmosphere, Eph. 2: 2.
"Afwfbu, 0070;, r6, (5pm,) uroma~
tics, spices, spicery, e. g. myrrh and aloe,
John 19:40 coll. v. 39. Mark 16:1.
Luke 23: 56. 24: 1. Sept. for 15:97; [and
W33] 2 K. 20: 13. 2 Chr. 9; 1,9. Cant.
4: 10, 16.—Jos.Ant.3. 1.6. Xen. Anab.
1. 1. 5.
’A0’ti, b, indec. Asa, Heb. REE (mo
dicus), a pious king of Judah, Matt.
1: 7,8. Seel K. 15:9—24. 2 Chr. c.
14-16.
’Aaoi7teuro;, 00, (1, {1, adj. (a pr.
and oahn'roh) unshakcn, immoveable, Acts
27: 41. Metaph.firm,enduring, Heb. l2:
28.—Diod. Sic. 2. 48 e'heueeplav amou
Mir-rows;- datihevrov.
,IAO'QEO'TM, 01!, ('1, 1'’, adj. (a pr. and
 'AaéCem 102 ’A Marta:
Mark 9: 43, 45. Luke 3; 17, Comp. 2 Cor. 12: 5, 9 bis, 10.—Spoken of the
Matt- 18: 8.--Hom. 0d. 4. 584. weakness and infirmity of human na
'AaéCsnz, as, ,7, (aué’fig) inpiety, ture generally; 2 Cor. 13:4. Heb. 4:
ungodliness, either in thought or action, 15. 5: 2. 7: 28.—Sept. Job 7:37. He
Rom. 1: 18. 11: 26. 2T1"). 2. 16. Tit. rodot. 8. 51.
2: 12. So the genitive as adj. Jude l5, b) spec. irg/irmity, so. of the body, i. e.
l8, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Sept. for disease, sickness, Matt. 8: 17. Luke 5:
"mg". Ez. 16:57. W? Jer. 5: 6. Ez. 21: 15. 82 2. 13:12. John 5: 5. 11:4.
24. 7P"; Prov. 4: 17. E00. 8: B.-—Diod. Acts 28: 9. I Tim. 5: 23. H61). 111341.
Sic. 13. 90. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 6. Luke 13:11 m'efipa dafiewcz'ac, i. e. an
'Ao'efiéw, (.7, r. 13,”, (anew) to be evil spirit causing disease, coll. v. 16.—
2 Macc. 9: 21, 22. Herodian. l- 4. 1t‘.
ungodly, to live impiously, mtrans. 2 Pet.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32.
2: 6. Jude 15. Sept. for $259 Zeph. 3: c) trop. of the mind, feebleness, depres
12. vi: Dan. 9. 5.-—Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 1. sion, want of energy, 1 Cor. 2: 3. Sept.
Diod. Sic. l. 77. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 10.
IAtrict'ig, éog, 05;, 6, #7, adj. (a pr. {1116. ¢urfig for 5;? E00. 12: 4.—-Xen.
Ag. 9. 5.
and ae'fiopag) impious, ungodly, wicked, d) by impl. sorrow, afliich'on, dim-est‘,
1 Tim. 1:9. 1 Pet. 4:18. 2 Pet. 2: 5. producing depression and perplexity of
3: 7. Jude4: 15 bis. Implying exposure mind, Hom.8: 26. Gal. 4: 13. So Sept.
to punishment, Rom. 4: 5. 5: 6. Sept. for was: Ps. 16:4. ‘My: Jer. 6: 21.
for 285-15 Hos. 14: 10. 71,5‘; Ps. 12 l. Jer.
5: 26.—-Xen. Cyr. 8.8. 27. Mem. 1.2. 2. 'Aa’lkvéw, 5, r. 17..., (11060479,) to
’Aaé7uysm, a5‘, 15, (810617419) excess, want strength , to be infi-m,weak,j?eble,viz.
immoderatian, intemperance, in any thing, a) gem. Rom. 8:3 iv ,3 imfic'vn, in
e. ag). in language,'etc. arrogance, inso that it was weak, i. e- not adapted to the
proposed end. 2 Cor. 13:3. _ Sept. for
lence, Mark 7: 22.—3 Macc. 2: 26. Jos. 1 Sam. 2: 5. Lam. ma. >11 28am.
Ant. 4. 6. l2 dae'k'yua ru'n' Xé'ywv. 3: 1.~—-Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 28.—So to be ac
b) in general conduct, licentiaus'nese, counted u‘eall, 2 Cor. 13: 4, 9.
madness, 2 Pet. 2: 2 raTg t’lfiilvyel'tug in b) spec. to be infirm in body, i. e. to
later edit. for mic luruAei'aig—Jos. Ant. be sick, to labour with disease, Matt. 10:
8. 13. 1 c'wz'h'yua xaipavia. Dem. 131. 8. 25: 36. Mark 6: 56. Luke 4: 40. 7:
11. 10. 9: 2. John4: 46. 5: 3, 7. 612. 11:
c) particularly wantonness, lascivious 1, 2, 3, 6. Acts 9: 37. 19:12. Phil. 2:
ncss, Rom. 13:13. 2 Cor. 12:21. Gal. 26, 27. 2 Tim. 4: 20. James 5: 14.
5: 19. 2 Pet.2:7,18.-—Wisd. 14: 26.— Sept. for “2:: Judg.16:7,11,17. E2.
In a wider sense, debauchery, dissolute 34.: 4.—Diod. Sic. a. 46. Polyb. 31. 21.
ness, in general, Eph. 4: l9. 1 Pet. 4: 3. 7. Xen. An. 1.1. 1.
Jude 4. c) trap. of the mind, to be feeble
minded, faint-hearted, timid, 2 Cor. 11:
"Aarfaog, 00, 6, 1'’, adj. (a pr. and
21. So Sept. for 3?‘: Is. 7: 4.—1 Macc.
aiipa) without mark, Sept. Gen. 30: 42.
ll: 49. Xen. Hiero 1. 23.——By Hebra
of money, unstamped, Sept. Job 42: 11. ism, implying a want of firmness and
Herodot. 9.41. In N. T. metaph. ob decision of mind, to be weak-minded, i. e.
scare, ignoble, mean, Acts 21: 39.—Eu
to doubt, to hesitate, to vacillate, spoken
rip. Ion. 8 1rd>uv m'm c’io'npov. Herodian.
of those whose minds are easily dis
1. 9. 12.
turbed, Rom. 14:2, 21. 1 Cor. 829,11,
71065,eighth
(blessed), a, indec.
son ofAsher,
Jacob,Heb.
Luke 2: 12. So (wflcveiv r‘fi m’ara, to be weak,
not settled, in the faith, Rom. 4: 19. or in
36. Rev. 7: 6. Comp. Gen. 30: 13. opinion, Rom. l4: 1. So Sept. for 5??
’Ao'0évem, slug, ,3, (@9043) want to fatter, (see Gesen. Lex.) Ps. 27:2.
of strength, infirmity, weakness, viz. Jer. 50: 32. Hos. 14: 2.
a) gem‘. Rom. 6: 19. 1 Cor. 15:43. d) by impl. to be afliicted, to be dis
2 Cor. 11:30 ‘r51 rfic (wen/slag you, i. q. h'essed, so. by want,oppression, calamity,
Tip’ t'm'fle'vum' you, Buttm. § 128. n. 2. etc. Acts 20: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 29 bis.
 ’Aal!§|qy.m 103 'Aoziw
12:10. So Sept. and Job'4: 4. Ps. a) for the whole of Asia Jlinor, Acts
107:12. Dan.11:33,34, 35. 19:86,?7. 81:27. 94:18. 27:2. Rom.
Victim/w, um, r6, (Memo, 16: 5 in later edit.
port’. pass. fierfle'wppag) pp. infirmity; b) for prooomuhr Asia, i- e. the re
metaph. doubt, scruple, hesitation, Rom. gion of Ionia, of which Ephesus was
15: 1. See ‘Aaflcvz'w c. the capital, and which Strabo also calls
, I I ~ Asia,lib. 14. init. Acts 2:9. m9. 16:6.
Aodsmg, tog, 00;, 5, 1',, adj. (a 19:10,92. QO: 4, 16, 18. (1 Col‘. 16:
pr. and atk'voc.) wit/taut strength, infirm, 19. 2 Cor. 1:8.) 9 Tim. 1:15. 1 Pet.
weak, feeble, viz. 1: 1. Rev. 1:4, 11. — Cicero speaks of
a) genr. Matt. 26: 41 1‘) m'zpE 60004;; proconsular Asia as containing the pro
Ea'rz, Mafia/A is weak, impotent, i. e. un vinces of Phry ia, Mysia, Caria, and
equal to the task. Mark 14:38. 1 Pet. Lydia. Pro F sec. 27.
3:7. Sept. for =5: Num. 13:19. Job
4:3. 5w; B1. 17:14.—\Visd. 2=1|. 'Aomyo'g, 05, 5, r‘;,adj. Asiatic, i. e.
Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 3. Herodian. 2. 10. 13. belonging to Asia Minor, Acts 20: 4.
Ken. Mem. 1. 4. 6.-—Including the idea 'Acna'gxnc, W, 6, (‘Aala,'&pxw,)
of imperfiction, 1 Cor. 18: 92. Gal. 4:9. an Asian/l, Acts 19: 31.— Strabo 14.
Heb. 7:18. So neut. as subst. 1 Cor. p. 960.—In the eastern provinces of the
1:25. n) 6665"‘; T05 Gem-1. v. 27 rd Roman empire, persons of wealth were
zivflzvfi r017 mp0», spoken of men. annually appointed to preside over the
Buttm. s 193. s. public worship, and to exhibit games
b) spec. infirm in body, sick, diseased, and theatrical amusements at their own
Matt. 25:39, 43, 44. Luke 10:9. Acts expense in honour of the gods in the
4:9. 5.15, 16. 1 Cor. 11: 30. manner of the Roman aediles. These
c) tro . of the mind, faint-hem-ted, oflicers received their titles from the
timid, 2 or. 10:10. Comp. 11:21 and 'province to which they belonged, as
I Cor. 2: 3.—Implying a want of deci Zuptdpxnc 9 Macc. 12:9, Amac'rpxng,
sion and firmness of mind, weakminded, @owuaipxnc, Kaptcipxnc, etc. and of
i. e. doubling, hesitating, vacillating, in course, in proconsular Asia, they were
opinion or in faith, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10. called ’Acnépxai. They were ten in
9: 22 bis. 1 Tbess. 5: 14. See in number, selected by the cities and ap
'Aatisvz'w c. proved by the proconsul; of whom one
d) by impL afllicted, distressed, sc. by was the chief Asiarch and always re
oppression, calamity, etc. 1 Cor. 4: 10, sided at Ephesus the capital; the others
comp. v. 9, 11 sq. Sept. for ".32 Prov. were his colleagues and advisers.
29: 99. 3O: 14- ‘?!JA Prov. 31: 5.—In Comp. Euseb. Hist. Eco. IV. 15. Wes
a moral sense, wretched, diseased, i. e. seling Diss. de Asiarchis, Ultraj. 1758.
in a state of sin and wretchedness, Wetstein and Kuinoel in loc.
Rom. 5:6 arrow hpu‘w datieviw, i. q. . ’Ao'rn'rz, 01;, 1", (a pr. and Ui'rogr,
I'IIMIPTUMV 5w. illu. in v. 8. abstinence from food, fasting, Acts 27:
Atria, (1;, §,, Asia, i. e. in N. T. 21. Comp. v. 34—36. Jos. Ant. 12. 7.
Asia Minor, comprehendin the pro 1. Aristot. Rhet. 10. 9.
vinces of Phrygia, Cilicia, amphylia, "140170;, 00, {1, 1'], adj. (see c'wm'a,)
Caria, Lycia, Lydia, Mysia, Bithynia, not taking food, fiistz'ng, Acts 27: 33.-
Papblagonia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Ly Jos. Ant. 6. l4. 6. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 46.
a I ~ _
caonia, and Pisidia. On the western A075“), W, f. firm, to work up wit/t
coast were more anciently the countries skill, sc. raw materials, e. g. e'ipuz Horn.
of Eolia, Ionia, and Doris, the names ll. 3. 388. to ezerdse, topractise, sc.,an
of which were retained, although the art, e. g. n‘yv i7r1ruc1'p' Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.
l‘ountries were included in the later pro 19. and so rd ‘rt-Spa Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
vinces of Mysia, Lydia. and Caria. Many 19. \Im a; sprig dpe'n'lv Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
Jews were scattered over these regions; 41. — liiance in N. T. with the reflex.
as appears from Acts, and from loss. pron. implied, (Buttin. § 130. n. 2,) to
Ant. 12. 3. 2. 14. 10. ll. 16. 2. 3.-In exercise one's self in any thing, seq. iv 0.
N. T. Asia is put dat. i. c. to endeavour, lo strive, Acts 24:
 ’Aaz6;
lfi-Symmach. for n13; Judg. 3: l. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 6. Ag. 11. 4.
'Ao'zo'g, 00, b, a bottle ac. of skin,
for water, Wine, ete. like the oriental
bottles of the present day; see Calmet
art. Bottle.— Matt. 9: l7 quater. Mark
2: 22 quater. Luke 5: 37 ter, 38. Sept.
for 1s‘: Josh. 9: 4, 13. ‘>9; Jer. 13:12.
—Jos. Ant. 1. l2. 8. Horn. 11. 3. 247.
Herodot. 2. 121. Xen. An. 3. 5. 9.
'Aapoémg, adv. (fiaopal, pert. part.
pass. flu-1151109,) gladly, with joy, Acts 2:
41. 21:17. comp. Luke 8: 13.—2 Mace.
4: 12. Jos. Ant. 4.. 6. 7. Xen. Mem. 3.
11. 10. Ag. 9. 3.
"Aaocpog, ov, a, :3, adj. (0. pr. and 2]. Col. 4.: 18.
Thom. § 11.
mighog.) unwisefi. e. without true wisdom
in Christ, Eph. 5:15.—Xen. Mem.3.9.4.
’Ao'9roi§o “I, f. lio'opal, depon.
Mid. (amiw, pp. to draw to one’s segf,
Horn. 0d. 3. 35. Hence to embrace, to
salute, trans. spoken of those who meet
or who separate. In the former case
the Jews said #5215513, Judg. 19:20.
Dan. 10: 19. or "515955351", 2 Sam. 20:
9, coll. 1 Sam. 25: 6. or W?! "1*", Ruth
2: 4. in N. T. el’pilvn ilpiv Luke 24:
36. John 20: 19. coll. Luke 10: 5.
Matt. 10: 12.—In the latter case they
said 5:531:71‘; 2 Sam. 15: 9. or $525‘; 1%
Judg. 18: 6. in N. T. ihra'ye sic eipr'lwlr
Mark 5: {14.—In N. T. spoken
a) of those who meet, or are present,
etc. to salute, to welcome, to greet, Matt.
10:12. Mark 9:15. Luke 1:40. 10: 41.
Acts 21:19. Sept. for 555?’? 5R5? Ex.
18: 7. Judg. 18: 15.—l Mace. 7: 19,
33. 11:6. Jos. Ant. l2. 4. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. l.—Including the idea of to
visit, to pay one's respects to, Acts 18:
29. 21: 7. Q5113.—J05. Ant. 6. ll. 1.
-—-So to salute with a kiss, s'v ¢1X1’,'uan,
Rom. 16:16. 1 Cor.16:20. 2 Cor. 13.
12.- 1 Pet. 5: 14.—Spoken of the salute
given to a king, homage, accompanied
with prostration, Mark 15:18, coll. v.
19.—Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 5.
b) of those who separate, to take leave
of, to ,bidadieu, Acts 20: l. 21:6.—Xen.
Anal). 7. 1. 40.
c) of salutations sent by letter, etc.
Rom. 16: 3—23. 1 Cor. 16: 19 bis, 20.
2 Cor. 13:12. Phil. 4: 21 bis, 2'2. Col.
4:10, 12,14,15. l Thess.5:26. 2 Tim.
4.: 19,21. Tit. 3: 15 his. Philem. 23.
104 1‘A 6601!
Heb. 13: 24 bis. 1 Pet. 5: 13. 2 John
13. 3 John 15 bis.
(1)13}, impl. to love, to treat with (Jew
tion, att. 5: 47.—Her0dot. l. 122. El.
V. H. 9. 4.. Xen. Ag. 11. 3, where it is
opp. to ,uwe'iv.
e) spoken of things, to welcome, to
embrace, i. e. to receive gladly, e. . n'zg
c'wa'yyeMae, Heb. 11:13.-—Jos. int. 6.
5. 3 rfiv eiil'mav. 7. 8. 4 r01); Miyauc.
Eurip. Ion. 587.
,Ao'fl'ad'fbég‘, 05, 6, (dawu'l'npat)
salatation, greeting, either oral or by let
ter, Matt. 23: 7. Mark 12: 38. Luke 1:
29, 41, 44. 11:43. 20:46. 1 Cor. 16:
2 Thess. 3: 17.—Act.
"Aamkog, on, 5,;,, adj. (:1 pr. and
am'hog) spotless, without blemish, spoken
of a victim, and trop. of Christ, 1 Pet.
1: 19.—Herodian. 5. 6. 16. Greg. Naz.
Orat. 17. 325. —— Metaph. unblemished,
para; 5 ken of doctrine,
of moraiulonduct, James 1:1 27.
Tim. 26:Pet.
14.
3: 14.
1467/5, 1,505, 1", an asp, a species
of serpent of the most deadly venom,
Rom. 3: 14,. Sept. for “5?? Ps. 140: 4..
Dent. 32: as‘. rags. Is. 30: 6. ‘19,5;
Is. 59: 5.—El. An. 1. 54.—1n Sept.
and Greek writers also a shield, Sept.
for 1??? 1 Chr. 5:18. 1 Mace. 14.: 24..
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 2.
"Asa-0150;, on, a, 1", adj. (a pr. and
wrovfr’; libation, league, compact) with
out treaty, i. e. injbrmal, Thuc. 1. 37. ib.
5. 32. In N. T. averse to any compact,
i. e. implacabhz, Rom. 1:31. 2 Tim. 3:
13.—Jos. Ant. 4.. 8. 24 e'xopofig amr. Philo
de Charit. II. p. 397. 18 ('iavr. maxi/.4104.
Dem. 314.. 16. Polyb. 1.65.6.
'Aaaaigmv, ['00, m’, assarion, Lat.
as, Rabb. \Q‘IS- a brass coin, equal to one
tenth of the denarius or Spawn’), i. e. to
about 3 farth. Comp. in 'AP'YIIJPIOY c.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p.492, 493. Used in
N. T. to denote the most trifling value,
like our mite,farthing, etc. Matt. 10: 29.
Luke 12:6.—Dion. Hal. 9. p. 586. 11). 10.
p. 674. Comp. Kypke I. p. 57 sq.
TAD'MV, adv. (compar. of (17)‘: near,
Buttm. § 115. 7,) nearer, next, 1. 13. close
to, Acts 27: 13.—Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. Horn.
11. 1. 335. Herodot. 3. 52. ibA. 5.
 "Awe; 105 'Aaévflero;

'Afl’ofi 01!, 1'), Asses, a maritime ’Aa'rox.éu, 5, t‘. flaw, (t'iaroxor; it.
city of Mysia in Asia Minor, situated a pr. and ardxoc mark,) to miss the mark,
on the Egean sea about nine miles below trop. to miss, to err, to swerve from, c. 0.
Troas. Acts 20: 18,14. It was also en. 1 Tim. 1: 6.—Ecclus. 7: 19. 8:9.
called Apollom'a; Plin. 5. 30, lut. de defect. Orac. c. 10. p. ‘14,!‘10'1'0
, ~ x0170: rm‘: upz'wrovroe—Seq. rcpt’ c. accus.
Aa-ra'riw, N, f. flaw, (tiara-rot; un 1 Tim. 6: 21. 2 Tim. 2: 18.—Pint. de
stable, wandering; fr. a pr. and ‘la-mpg) Audit. wrspl rizc 1roto'rnrac ria'roxoiv'rec.
to have no fixed residence, to wanda with.
Polyb. 3. 2 l. 10 sregt' rwog.
out a home, intrans. 1 Cor. 4: ll. —
Spoken of the sea, to be tossed, agitated, Harem-"u, 5;, h. lightning.
Appian. Bell. Syr. p. 221. a) pp. Rev.4: 5. 8:5. 11:19. 16:18.
Sept. for P3! Ex. 19: 16. Jer. 10: 12.—
'Aa'rsiog, ou, a, ,3, adj. (fun-u) ur Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 11.—Put as the symbol
bane,poh'sbed, Xeu. Cyr. 2. 2.12. In N. of speed, celerity, Matt. 24:27. Luke
T. elegant, and spoken of external form, 10: 18. 17: 24. So Sept. and P22 Nah.
filir, beautiful, Heb. ll: 93. Acts 7: 20
2: 4.
darting; r’? 9597, i. e. by Hebr. exceedingly b) by impl. brightness, splendour, Matt.
fair; comp. for the beauty of Moses, Ex. 28: 3. ‘ Luke 11:36. SoSept. and F1‘;
2:2. Jos. .Ant. 2. 9. 6, 7. and for the Deut. 32: 41. Dan. 10:6.
idiom_ comp. Sept. pe'yéhr) rq': 6H‘; for
,Aa'rgoier'ral, f. (film), Siarpmn'h) to
“7*? Jon. 3: 3. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693.
d. Stuart § 456.—Sept. for =51‘, Ex. 2: 2. lighten, so. as lightning, uke 17:24..
Judith 11:23. Aristaanet. l. 4, 19. of
Sept. for P22 Ps. 144: 6.—Diod. Sic. 3.
34.. Horn. Il. 9. 237.--Byimpl. to shine,
a garment, Herodian. 4. l2. 4. to be bright, Luke 24:4’. comp. Matt.
Ad'fn'g, £505‘, 6, a star, spoken of 28: 3.—Wisd. ll: 18, Ot' shining eyes.
fixed stars, planets, meteors, etc. Matt. "Aargov, 0!), 16, a constellation,
9: 8, 7, 9, 10. 1 Cor. 15:41 ter. Rev. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4. In N. T. a star, i. q.
m3. 8:12. 12:1,4. On Matt. 24.. 29 (‘w-nip, Luke 21: 25. Acts 27-. 20. Heb.
and Mark 13:25, comp. Joel2:10. 11; 12. Sept. for ==j= Ex. 39:12. Job
E2. 32: 7. Is. 13: 10, and Gesen. in. h. 38: 7.——In Acts 7:43 the star-god, i. e.
100. et in Is. 24. 18. Sept. for =2": Gen. an image of Saturn in the form of a star;
1:16. Is. 13: 10. Joel3:15.—-Hero
see Calmet, art. C/n'un.
dian. l. 14. 1. Ken. Mem. 4'. 7. 5.—Jude
l3 drrz'pzg u-Aam'rraz, wandering stars, 'Ao't'l'yxgnog, 00, 6,Asgnm'tus, name
meteors, i. e. false and impious teachers. ofa Christian, Rom. 16:14..
—-To Jesus is attributed 6 t'wrnp 6 rpm? 'Ao'optpmog, 00, b, 1'’, adj. (:1 pr.
wig, t/ze moming star, as the symbol of and depot-11109,) dissonant, harsh, Wisd.
majesty and glory, Rev. 2: 28. 22: 16. 18: 10. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 16. 5.
Comp. Dan. 8: 10. Is. 14: 12, and In N. T. trop. discordant, disagreeing,
Gesen. in loc.—Trop. put as the symbol Acts 28: 25.—Diod. Sic. 4. 1 awpqbo
of angels, Rev. 1:16, 20 bis, 2: 1. 3:1. vouczlvat-rrpogdMnhoug. Plut. Agesi. lO.
Probably also as the symbolic designa , I
Aauverog, 0!), 6, 1'), adj. (:1 pr. and
tion of an angel, Rev.8: 10,11. 9: 1, o'vvz‘ru'g) void of understanding, dull of
Comp. 9: 1 sq. Luke 10: 18. apprehcnsionjoolisll ,- Matt. 15: 16. Mark
‘Adrr'jfmflig‘, 00, 6, 1", adj. (a pr. 7:18. Sept. for ‘W125, Ps. 92: 7.—Wisd,
and a-rnpiZw) not established, unstable, ll: 15. Thuc. 2. 24.—From the Hub.
metaph. spoken of those who have no with the accessory idea of impietg, i. e.
firm persuasion of divine truth, 2 Pet. impious, ungodly, as neglecting the true
2: l4. 3: 16.—Longin. de Sublim. 2. 2. wisdom, and continuing in sin, heathen
ism, etc. Rom. l: 21, 31. 10:19. So
"Anog'yog, 01), 6,11, ad'. (a pr. and Sept. and 5;! Deut. 32: 1; com . 1>93 Ps.
wopy'r'l instinctive afiiectiotal without na
14: 1. Job 2: 10, where Sept. opor.
turalafl'ection, inhuman. Rom. l: 31. 2
Tim. 3: 3.—Eschin. 47. 29. Athen. 14. 'Aaz'avée-rog, 012,5, 1", a. pr. and cruv
rt'Oepcu, not compounded, ong. do Subl.
p. 655.
 'A crqDu'Muz
10. 6. In N. T. coveuant-breahing,faith
less, treacherous, Rom. 1:31. Sept. for
‘Iii and ‘1'11; Jer. 3: 7,8, 10, 11.—Dem.
283. 6.
16904761“, M. 1': (&v¢fl7\"!c,)fim
ness,fi.redness, security, sc. from falling,
rupture, etc.
:1) pp. Acts 5: 23. Sept. for 1"”! Ps.
104: 6.—Herodian. 1. l4. 4.—Trop. in
the sense of certainty, Luke 1: 4. Comp.
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 15.
b) Metaph. safety, security, so. from
peril etc. 1 Thess. 5: 13. Sept. for hp;
Deut. 12: 10. Lev. 26:5. was Is. 18:4.
—2 Macc. 9:21. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. Hero
dian. 3. 12. 16. Xen. Mem. 8. 12. 7.
’Aa¢a7o'7g, £09, 017;, 6,1,, adj. ((1 pr.
and mpéMw) notfillling, i. e.firm,fired,
immoveable.
:1) pp. t'i'yxvpa, Heb. 6: 19. Sept. for
"P, Prov. 8: 28.—Wisd. 4:3. Xen. Anab.
3. 2. 19.—Trop. rb :impdte'g in the sense
of certainty, Acts 21: 34. 22: 30. 25:
26.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 39.
b) metaph. safe, secure, sc. from peril
etc. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 6.) i. e. afl'ording
safety, Phil. 3: 1.—Wisd. 7: 23. Xen.
Lac. 12. 1.
’AU¢¢7UZW, 1‘. law, (c'wdmln'lg) and
Mid. depon. aopahit'opm, f. luopm, to
makefirm, to mahefizst, trans.
a) pp. as rm);- 1ro’5ac cig r6 5.910», Acts Prov. 28: 7.—2 Mace. 6: 4. Herodian.
16: 24. Sept. for Neh. 3: 15.— 2. 5. 2.
W'isd. 13:15. Polyb. 6. 22. 4.
b) metaph. to secure, to make safe, sc. solutely, etc. Luke 15: 13.—10$. Ant. 12.
a ainst enemies etc. Matt. 27:65, 66,
run réqtov. Pass. Matt. 27:64. Sept.
for $32 Is. 41: 10.—Wisd. 4: 17. 10:
12. Jos. Ant. 13. l. 5. Diod. Sic. 18.
52. Polyb. 4. 60. 5.
’A0'¢0:M7;, adv. g’wdmlh’lg) firmly,
without falling, Xen. q. 9. 9. de Mag.
Eq. 8.3. In N. T. trop.
a) certainly, assuredly, Acts 2: 36.—
VVisd. 18: 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18.
b) securely, safely, i. e. against escape,
rescue, etc. Mark 14: 44. Acts 16: 23.
Sept. for "-1112, Gen. 34: 25.—1 Macc'. 6:
40. Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. 2. ib. 8. 12.
’Aoxn[.oor€w, 5, f. v'lou,(c'laxfipwv,)
to be defin'med, [E]. V. H. 11. 4. In N.
T. trop. and intrans.
a) to behave unseemly, to conduct im.
properly, 1 Cor. 1.3: 5. Sept. for “i?
106 'A'roiz'm;
Ez. 16: 7,29.-- [EL V. 11.0. 12. Xen.
Eq. 1 l. 6.
b) to be disgraced, to safer reproach.
I. Cor. 7: 36 El be’ ‘rig- da'xnpovsiw e'wi rip
1rapes'rov vopilei, any one thin/is him
self erposcd to disgrace in respect to his
daughter, 1. e. if he has fears of her being
seduced. So Sept. for “7333. Deut. 25:
3.—-—Diod. Sic. 14. 10. Eurip. Hec. 407.
'Ao’xnaoavm, 27;, 1', (doxfipw)
pp. deformity, metaph. indecorum, inde
cency, and by impl. shameful lewdness,
Rom. 1: 21. _ Ecclus. 20; 8. 30: 13.
Jos. Ant. l6. 7. 6. Comp. c’: illuwv Sept.
Gen. 34: 7. Deut. 24: 1.— y euphem.
ism nakedness, pudenda, Rev. 16: 15.
So Sept. and Ex. 20:26. Lev. 18:
6,7.
’Aaxr'](.mv, ovog, .3, 1,, adj. ’(a pr.
and axiipcg) p . dqfonned, Herodian. 5.
6. 24. In N. metaph. indecent, 1m.
worthy, 1 Cor. 12: 23. Sept. [or 71.23::
Gen. 34: 7. 1'73"). Deut. 24: 1.—-Wisd.
2: 20. Hist. of Sus. 63. Xen. Ap. Soc.
7. Plnt. Apophth. Mor. II. p. 171. ed.
Tauchn.
,AWH'I'U, 12;, 1'], (iiawrog not save
able, incorrigible, dissolute, past hope,
Polyb. l4. l2. 3; from :1 pr. and orbit-1,)
dissoluteness,debauchcry, rcvclry, Eph. 5:
18. Tit. no. 1 Pet. 4.11.. Sept. for 532*
Zionism, adv. (see ’Aao)riu,) dis
4. 8 dmin'wg Dem. 1025. I9.
,AYtZZVéN, 5, f. flaw, (dram-09,) to
be disorderly, intrans. i. e. pp. to leave or
break the ranks, spoken of soldiers, Xen.
Cyr. 7. 2. 6. In N. T. metaph. to neglect
one’; duties, 2 Thess. '3: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 8.
l- 22. m0. 5. 15. ‘
"A-mx'rog, 00, a, .5, adj. ((1 pr. and
‘ritual-1,) disorderly, i. e. pp. not keeping
the ranlzs, as of soldiers, Xen. Mem. 3. 1.
7. In N. T. metaph. neglectfizl of duties,
irregular, dissolute, 1 Thess. 5: l4—l’lut.
de Pneror. educ. c. 7 (‘i-micro: semi. Act.
Thom. § 53. Test. XII Patr. p. 664
prlds‘v lirarrm' #015711.
'14'roix'rwg, adv. (dram-09,) dism'derly,
i. e. metaph. irregularly, dissolutely, as
(’l1'(IU\‘T(UQ1I'EPL7HA1'EIII,I.C. to live adisorderly
life, 2 Thess. 3: 6, 11.—So (‘u-(wrong (fir
 “Am”;
Isocr. ad Nicocl. p. 25. ed. Lange. pp.
Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. Herodian. 4. 11. 7.
"Arszvog, 0v, 6, 1,, adj. (:1 pr. and
rim-vow.) childless, Luke 20: 28, 29, 30.
Sept. for “PT-3', Gen. 15:2. Lev. 20:20.
51:? Is. 4.9: 21. ‘>51: Jer. 18: 21. -
Ecclus. 16: 3. Eurip. Hec. 512.
,ATEIHZW, f. iou, (drew’yg, fr. (1. in
tens. and nine, Buttm. § 120. n. 11,)
to fix the eyes intently upon, to gaze upon
intenlly; c. c. :1; seq. accus. Acts 1: 10.
3:4. 6:15. 7:55. 11:6. 13:9. 2001'.
3: 7, 13.—3 Mace. 2: 26. Jos. B. J. 5.
12. 3. Polyb. 6. 11. 7.—Seq. dat. Luke
4:20. 22: 56. Acts 3:12. 10:4. 14:9.
23: l. — So z'narzvlzuv ro‘lg [3pc'¢cow
Synes. Ep. 1. See Matth. Gr. Gram.
s 401.
"Afig, adv. without, in the absence of,
c. c.gen. and chiefly poetical, Luke 22:
6,35. See Buttm. § 146. 1,2.-—2 Mace.
12:15. HOm. ll. 1. 498. 0d. 7. 325.
,Aflfbégfl, f. dom, (6111109,) to dis
honour, to contemn, trans. John 8:49.
110m. 2: 23. Sept. for 53!? Mic. 7: 6.
5?, Niph. Gen. 16: 4, 5.—Xen. Mem.
2. 1. 31. ib. 2. 2. l4. — In the sense of
to abuse, to treat shamefully, spoken of
persons, Luke 20:11. Acts 5: 41. James
2:6. of thin s, n‘; cope, Rom. 1. 24,
coll. v. 27. Sept. for “3 Prov. 14: 2].
R? Prov. 22: 22.-—-Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 20.
Anab. l. 9. 4.
'Arrpou'w, see ‘Annou
'As'rjm'a, 0&5‘, 1", ((‘iflFOCJ dishonour,
shame.
at) pp. 2 Cor. 6:8. 11:21. Rom. 1:
26 with; driju'ag, i. e. shameful passions,
Bnttm. § 123. n. 4. Stuart§ 440. Sept.
for on: Prov. 12:9. on Job 12: 21.
“Wk/.5, Jer. 231 40.--Ecclus. 5: 15. He
rodisn. 2. 4. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13.—In
the sense of indeeorum, 1 Cor. 11: 14.
b) in the sense of vileness, meanness,
1 Cor. 15:43. So rig (‘in iav,for a
mean use, Rom. 9: 21. 2 im. 2:20.
Sept. for TB; Prov. 11: 2. 13; 18. 53?},
Jer. 8: 11.—Epict. Ench. 24. l.
"Arruog, 00, b, 1,, adj. (0. pr. and upon, to enlighten, metaph. and c. 0. dat.
rod“) without honour, i. e. dishonoured,
dilgrowd. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 14. In N.T.
8.) wntemned,despieed, 1 Cor. 4: 10.—
Wisd. 3: 17. 5: 4. Diod. Sic. 17. 66
Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 46, 50.
107 A to»;
b) low, mean, ofsmall estimation, spoken
of character, reputation, etc. Matt. 13:
57. Mark 6: 4. of things, 1 Cor. 12:23.
So Sept. for h??? Is. 3: 5.—Ecclus. 10:
19. '
'As'rpuim, 5, f. time), (lirtpoc,)t0 dis‘
honour, to afl'ect with disgrace, trans.
Sept. for it??? 2 Sam. 10: 5. Dem. 548.
8.—1n N. T. to abuse, to treat shamefirl
ly, Mark 12: 4. Sept. for "I; Jer. 22:
28. 1 Sam. 10: 27.—Herm0g. p. 345. 5.
ex Demosth. Midian.
, / I
A'qblg, 150;, 1", vapour, i. e. an
exhalation, James 4:14. comp. Wisd. 2:
2, 4. Spoken of dense smoke, Acts 2:
l9 drpig Ka1l'V01-I, cloud of smoke, quoted
from Joel 3: 3, [2: 30,] where Se t. for
“5721? Sept. for 122 Lev. 16: 13. z. 8:
11. 3519'? Gen. 19: 28.—Ecclus. 22: 24.
Diod. Sic. 12. 58. Herodian. 4. 8. 19.
”A'r0(1.0§, 0!), b, i’, (a pr. and
rep)’; fr. recur/oh) uncut, undisseetcd; Dios.
cm‘. 1. 82. not divisible, and by impl.
very minute, as an atom, Plut. Phocion
c. 3.—In N. T. spoken of time, iv (ii-opp
sc. xpéwp, in a moment, instantly, 1 Cor.v
15: 52.—Hesych. e'y (vi-opp’ Ev (iun'huart,
e'w Trix“.
'A'ro'xog, 00, b, .7, adj. ((1 pr. and
rd-rrogg) out of place, i. e. inept, absurd,
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 15. Arrian. Diss. Ep.
3. 2. 17. unusual, strange, Thuc. 3. 38.
Philo in Flacc. p. 970. In N. T. im
propa', i. e. evil, wicked ,- spoken of per
sons, 2 Thess. 3: 2.-—-Athen.VII. p. 279.
D.— Spoken of conduct, Luke 23: 41.
So Sept. for 1115 Job 4:8. 11:11.-2
Mace. 14:23. Jos. Ant. 6. 5.6. Plut.
de and. Poet. c. 3. So evil, in the sense
of noxious, hurtful, Acts 28: 6. —Jos.
Ant. 11. 5. 2. Herodian. 4. ll. 7. Thuc.
2. 49.
’A'r'rol7t£mt, a5, 1‘), Amlia a mari
time city of Pamphylia, situated near
the borders of Lycia, and built by Atta
lus Philadelphus kingof Pergamus ; now
Antali. Acts 14:25.
Alia/cigar, f. c'ww, (m'ryi'j,) to shine
2 Cor. 4: 4. Sept. pp. for Lev. 13:
24., 25, 26, 28.—Clem. Ale‘x. Protr. 0.
pp. Eurip. Hec. 637.
111,177,], 59', v'j, light, brightness, spoken
of the light of day, the sun, etc. Acts 20:
 145700010; 108 A f/Ea'mt
11 (‘ixptg 615717;‘, till dawn. Sept. for ".35 which nomadic shepherds pitch their
Is. 59: 9. - Polyaan. IV. p. 386 sure‘: tents, Jos. Am. 1. 11. 2.
n11! 1rptin'nv airyfiv rfic hpe'pqc. Xen. b) of the court of an oriental house or
Mem. 4. 7. 7 111371‘! r'lhlov. edifice, i. e. the open court in the mid'
Aii'youa'rog, 00, 5, Augustus,asur dle, around which the house is built,
name conferred by the senate on Octa and which serves as a place of rewption
vianus, the first Roman emperor; see for company etc. see Calmet art. House.
Flor. 4. 12. Sueton. Aug. 7. Our Saviour Jahn § 35.—Matt. 26: 58, 69. Mark 14.:
was born in the forty-second year of his 54, 66. 15: 16. Luke 22: 55. John 18:
reign, Luke 2: 1. He died A. D. 14, 15. So Sept. for “3U Ex. 27: 9. Neh.
at. 76, after a reign of fifty-six years, 8: 16. Esth. 1: 5. al.—-Jos. Ant. 12. 4.
reckoning from his first entrance on pub 11. El. V. H. 3. 4. —Spoken of the
lic life, or of forty-four years as sole exterior court, before a dwelling or edi
sovereign. fice, Rev. 11: 2.—-Hom. ll. 24. 452.
c) by synecd. of a part for the whole,
1469065115 wt, our, a, 7',, adj. (111'; a house, mansion, palace, Matt. 26:3.
rdc, 65011411,) eelficomplacent; by impl. Luke 11:21. So Sept. for ‘"3111 Is. 34:
assuming,arrogant, imperious. Tit. 1: 7.
13.—Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 6. Herodian 2.
2 Pet. 2:10. Sept. for '1! Gen. 49: 3, 7. 12. 8. Polyb.5. 26.9. Horn. 0d. 4. 74.
“"fll‘ Prov. 21: 24.—Theophr. Char. 15
or 23. Plato Ap. Soc. 23. Al’IM'rris, m7, 1., (we...) a pat-r,
a minstrel, Matt. 9: 23. Rev. 18: 22.-—
Abtlalgsrog, 00, 6, 1), adj. (ailro'c, Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2.—On the custom of
aips’opaa,) selfchosen, voluntary, as 9:’: employing minstrels in mourning, see
yarog Xen.l-1.G. 6. 9. 36; in N. T. act Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 5. Calmet, art. Mourn
ing from choice, and as expressing an ing. Jahn § 211. Buxtorf. LeX. Clmld.v
adverbial idea, of one’: own accord, 766, 15241.
spontaneously, 2 Cor. 8: 3, 17. Buttm.
§ 123. n. 3.—-Symm. for Q"?! Ex. 35:5. AKIN/COMM, f. lGOIJlIl, depon. Mid.
Lucian. CatapL § 4. p. 430, e't’a-rro m‘: (admin) to pass the time in an ailh'l, pp.
Oaipzro'g lam. Plut. de Canal. 4. spoken of shepherds and their flocks at
night, Hom. 0d. 12. 265. ib. 14. 412.
Away-rim, (5, f. fiat-1, (auee'v'rqc' Herodot. 9. 33. spoken of an army, to
for adroc'vrnc, fr. miro'g and rc': i'v'rea . encamp in the open air, to bivouac, either
armour, arms; i. e. a killer with one's by night, Xen. Anab. 4. 1. 11. Polyb.’
own hand, either of others, \Visd. 12:6. 8. 34. 2. ib. 10. 15. 9. or by day, Xen.
Jos. B. J. 2. 12. 5. Thuc. 3. 58. or of Anab. 4. 3. 1. hence genr. to remain, to
one's self, Antiph. 671. 2. perpetrator, delay, sc. in a place, Sept. for 1311.219’???
author, Diod. Sic. 16.61. Polyb. 23. 14. 2 Sam. 15:28. Esdr. 9: 2. Xen. Anab.
2. also in Eurip. Suppl. 442 and in later 7, 7. 6.-In N. T. to pass the night, (0
prose writers, exercising authority, sove lodge, intrans. Matt.2l:17. Luke 21:37.
reign, Macar. Horn. 1. Lob. ad Phryn. Sept. for 115 Josh. 6: 11. 8: 9. Judg.
p. 120.)—only in N. T. and later,to have 1926,10, l5, 20.—J03. Ant. 1. 19. 1.
authority over, c. 0. gen. 1 Tim. 2: 12.—
In ecc. writers, Basil. Mag. Ep. 52, 86.
141516;, 05, a, (so, abut.) a pipe,
tibia, 1 Cor. 14:7. It probabl had a
Hesych. mitten-:71" z'EommiZuv. general resemblance to the llhgeolet.
Az’fitéw, 5, f. flaw, (adkdc q. v.) to See Jahn §95. II. Buxtorf. Lex. Ch.
pipe, i. e. to play on the pipe, intrans. Rab. 766. Sept. for 5*’?! 1 Sam. 10: 5.
Matt. ll: 17. Luke 7. 39. 1 Col’. 14: 7. Is. 5: 12.—Xen. Conv. 6. 4.
—1Elian. V. H. 14- B. Xen. (Ec. l. 10. Altai“), f. ahlr'yau, aor. l niiEnau,
A1319’), it‘, 111, (do) a yard, a court, rim. 1 pass. m'rir’lfiqv' also Alli”, Eph;
i. e. any inclosed space in open air, ex 2:91. (101.2: 19. Jos. Am. 4.. 4. 1.
posed to the winds and weather; spoken Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 33. Conv. 7. 4; to in
in N. T. crease, to augment, trans. and intrans.
a) of a sheqajbld, into which flocks a) trans. to give increase, to cause to
are driven at night, John 10: 1, l6.— grow, to enlarge, 1 Cor. 3: 6, 7. in rmm.
l‘lom. II. 4. 433. So of the circle in her, 2 Cor. 9: 10. Sept. for 5'"??? Josh.
 Asian; I09 A 675;
4. 14. =35 Gen. 17:20. 26: 22. N Vol. X. p. 81. ed. Bip. Ding. Laert.
no? Job 42:10.- Jos. Ant. 7. 4.. 9. 10. I30. Clem. Alex. Peed. 2. 12.
Herodian 3. 8. 9. Ken. Mem 3. 6. 2. b) spoken of the necessaries of life
b) intrans. clinscil'w and aiiEw in later etc. competency, 2 Cor. 9:8.
Writers, and Mid. ailiévopai, f. he'opai, Aha-(zigzag, 20;, avg, 5, .7, adj,
nor. 1 pass. with mid. signif. nhir'lflnv, (miflic and iiprz'un) suficient in one’; eel ,
(Buttm. § 136. 2.) to receive increase, to selfiadeguate, Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 1. Jos.
grow, to grow up.— (:1) Mid. Matt. 13: Ant. 4. 8. 23. p. 243. In N. T. satis~
32. 1 Pet. 2: 2. Metaph. 2 Cor. 10:15. fiea' with one's lot, contented, Phil. 4: 11.
Col. 1: 10. Sept. for 52'; Gen. 21: 8. ~—Ecclus. 40: 18. Polyb. 6’. 48. 7. Ken.
Judg. 13: 24. I‘?! [Niph.] Num. 24:» 7. Mem. 2. 6. 2.
=29 Gen. 1: 22, 28. Ex. 1: 7. — Hero
dian. 1. 11. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 39.—
Abronara'zgrrog, oo, 5, 1'), adj.
azirdc and xaraxp[ru,) seiflcondemned,
(fi) Act. form, Matt. 6: 28. Mark 4: 8.
Luke 1:80. 2:40. 12:27. 13: 19. John it. 3: ll.--Chrysost. Horn. 1. Photius,
3:30. Acts 6: 7. 7:17. 12:24. 19:20. oi (io'sge'ig av'roxardxpiroi.
Eph. 2: 21. 4:15. Col. 2:19. 2 Pet. 3: Abro’glaros, n, 0V,(ali1'dcandpipaa
18. — Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 7 oi; 72.9 1155: so. to strive for, fr. obs. prim) existing or
the Nile. 8. 2. 9. IEsop. Fab. 48. Diod. acting of one's self, spontaneous, in an ad
Sic. 4. 64. verbial sense, Mark 4: 28. Acts 12: 10.
Auimng, 5mg, 5,6151%) increase, See Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Sept. for
[$92 Lev. 25: 5, 11.—Wisd. 17:6. Jos.
enlargement, Eph. 4: 16. Col. 2:‘ 19 aiiEn
rip’ m‘iEna’w 706 9:01’), i. e. which God Ant. 1. 2. l. Diod. Sic. l. 8. Ken. G. H.
bestows; forthe accus. see Buttm.§ 131. 6. 4. 7.
3.—2 Mace. 5:16. Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 2. Ab-réwm, ov, a, (abrrig, and
Xen. (Be. 5. l. Brrropai selfibeholding, i.e. an eye witness,
Luke 1: 2.-—Polyb. 1. 4. 7. Ken. Cyr.
A550, see AbEnvw.
5. 4. 18.
Aiigmr, adv. (aiipa. morning air, A3769‘, h, 0,, pron. self; in the
fr. do, don) to-nlorrow, Matt. 6:30. oblique cases him, ha‘, it; and with the
Luke 12: 28. Acts 23: 15, 20. 25: 22. art. the same; see Buttm. § 127. 2.
1 Cor. 15: 32. Sept. for we Ex. 8: 10, Herm. ad Viger. p. 733 sq. ,
23. 9:5,“). 2Sam.11:12. al.—Xen. Cyr. 1. Self, in all the persons,mysel , thy
3. 3, 31. An. 4. 6. 8.-—-Luke 13:32,.’13, - sel , himsel , etc.
m’uupov xal airplay, rai. rii rpl'rg v. 15 1. Joined with a noun or pronoun, as
éxnpivg, to-day and tomorrow and the if in apposition; and put either after the
third day, i. e. for a time, a. definite noun, or before it and its article, viz.»
time; see ()lshausen in loo. James 4: a) self, emphatic,and apart from every
l3 tomorrow, i. e. at some future time. thin not self,- e. g. with proper names,
— With the art. 1‘, aiipiov so‘. ime'pa, Mar 12: 36,37, av’nig yizp 501815, David
the marrow, the nut dag, Matt. 6: 34. himsetfi Luke 20: 42. John 4: 2 'Inaoi/g
Luke 10:35. Acts 4: 3, 5. James 4: 14. au'rég, Jesus himself, i. e. in distinction
See Buttm. s 125. 6.-—Polyb. 1. so. 5. from his disc' l'es. Luke 24: 15. 2 Cor.
Ken. An. 6. 4. 15. (Ho. 11. 6. 10: l mini; be £741: Hui/hog. Mark 6: 17
Abo'rngog, oi, 0'11, (iiw, a315,) au min}; b 'Hpa'rdng. al. smp.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
stere, spoken of flavour, Dioscor. 5. 6. 3. 1. ib. 5. 2. 29.— With other nouns,
Aquila for "PI! Dent. 32: 14; in N. T. Rom. 8: 26 min; r5 ni'n'ipa. 1 Cor. 15:
metaph. of disposition etc. i. e. severe, 28 mimic bvidg. Gal. 6: l3 ov'dc‘ ‘yixp oi
harsh,Luke l9: 21,22.—2 Mace. 14:30. nepcrrpvdpzvm adrol. l Thess. 4: 16.
Polyb. 4. 20. 7. Plot. de discr. Amic. 21. Heb. 9: 23. 3 John 12. Rev. 21: 3 mini;
6 9e6g.—Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 8,9. Hiero 6.
Abraigzua, 66;: hi (mifdpxng) 6.—With personal pronouns; as azi'roc
selfsufiiciencg, in a good sense, i. e. c'yéi Luke 24: 39. Rom. 15: 14. xii-yd:
ngfltciencg within one’s eetf, viz. adrdc Acts 10:26. i/‘uzig arifol Mark
a) spoken of a mind satisfied with its 6: 31. 1 Cor. 11: 13. miroi bpc'i'g John
lot, contentment, 1 Tim. 6: 6.——Diod. Sic. 3: 28.-Scpt. Job 13:8. 3 Mace. 3: 13.
 Jibrog 110 14676;
Herodot. 3. 83. Xen. Cyr. 2. l. 9, ll. b) by way of special emphasis, put for
Hiero 1. 24.. —- So with other pronouns, a person distinguished from all others,
as mi'roi m'iroi Acts 24: 15,20. in; mi whom all know and venerate, etc. So
av’rdg Matt. 27: 57. Mark 15:43.—Xen. of Jesus, i. e. He, for the Master, the
Cyr. 2. 3.4. Plut. Cass. c. 5. Sept. Lord, etc. Matt. 8: 24. (“L-ac Be‘ Emi
1 Sam. 10:19. Oevoe. Mark 4:38. 6:47. 8:29. Luke
h) with the sense even, implying 5: 16,17. 8: 541- 9:51. 10:38. 11:17.
comparison and distinction. 1 Cor. ll: 14: 1. So of God, Heb. 13: 5.—Schol.
14' 1‘) mi?!‘ min) i] (prime 5456mm, do“ not ad Aristoph. Nub. 218. Comp. the
even nature herself teach? 2 Cor. 11: airrog Etta 'ot' the disciples of Pythag.
14 ai/rog yirp a Zaraviig, for even Satan ipse dizit, the master has said it, Jambli
himself.‘ Rom. 8:21. Heb. 11:11.— chus Vita Pytha . c. 18. Cic. de Nat.
2 Mace. 4.: 12. Horn. I]. 6. 4.51. Dwns.Mm.§wrrpmr
c) as marking the strongest emphasis 3. Where several words intervene
and prominency, the very. John 5: 36 between the subject and verb, au'rog is
mire: rd E'p'ya 5. 1rou2'1, paprupsi, the very put emphatically instead of repeating
works which I do, etc. Heb. 9: 24. sic the subject itself, viz.
mirov rdv mipayém—Thuc. 2. 3 min‘) r6 a) in the sense of oilrog or z'rz‘ivoc, this,
'n'roki'sepov. that, and often to be expressed in Eng
d) as marking the exclusion of all lish by an emphatic he,she, it, they, etc.
else, self alone. 2 Cor. 12: 13 .1075; i-yé, Matt. 1: 21 aim‘);- yizp down for Xaov
I alone, i. e. exclusive of the other apos airrofi, for as: (and no other) shall save
tles. Rev. 19: 12 5110;“: 3 055m other, his people from their sins. 5: 4 parépwi
:1 p1) 1161-69, except himelfalone.——Hom. oi 1rev60iwrec 5n airrol 1rapuxltryilfio'ov'rm,
Ii. 8. 99. Wolf ad Lept. p. 303.—With for rear (of all others) shallhe com ortetL
Ho'voc subjoined, John 6: 15 11,005; v. 5—10. 6: 4 Kai a wort/p 0'02: ('1 Manor
(ivzxdrprloe sic 1.5 hpoc aortic ,w'yogn—So is! ‘n; Kpwrrqi, ailrdg iurohdmu 901, m;
the Attics, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 38. Woli'ad shall reward thee openly. 11: 14v ain'dc
Lept. p. 288. e'a'rw'HMag, 'rms is Elias. 12: 50, roll.
e) of one's sel , of one’: own accord, Mark 4: 35 where it is oi'rrog. Matt. 25:
Iponte. John 16: 27 uairoc 7419 i. warr‘lp 17. Mark 1:8. 14:15. Luke 1117,36.
¢tkei {4169, the Father himself, ofhis own 11:14. Iohn14n10. Acts 10: 42. 15:
accord, loveth you. (1 Pet. 2:24.)— 27. Heb. 8:9. 1 John 2: 2. al. saap. So
Hom. Ii. 17. 254'. Ken. Cyr. 5. 4.. 27. Sept. and Heb. Rm Is. 53: 5, 7, 12. Pa.
Anah. 2. 1. 5. Mem. 1. 3. 7. 19: 6.-—Wisd. 12:27 c'rrl. ror'rrotc oilg
2. Used alone, the pers. pron. being iso'xouv swim, e'vain'oic Kohazo'peyor. Jos.
omitted or implied; chiefly in the nomi Ant. 6. 13. 4.. Plat. Repuh. 2. p. 217.
native for I myself, he himself, etc. with Palaeph. Fab. 20. Horn. 0d. 5. 198.
various degrees of emphasis; in the 0b b) with ordinals, aim‘; implies one's
lique cases on] at the beginning of a self with the others included in the num
construction; uttm. § 127. 2. I. b. ber. Rev. 17: 11 mini; 57300; Ear-Lani
a) em. and often having Klll. So in it: "In Errré ion, 11]; is the eighth, i. e.
the om. Luke 6: 42 “are; all BAérrwv, he was with the seven and is of them.
thyself‘ not seeing the beam, etc. Phil. 2: Comp. 2 Pet. 2: 5.-—Jos. Ant. 10. 11. l
94' (in tall alirdg; raxc'wg e'heimoluat, that I airror; (ihl'yoa'rdg. Thuc. l. 46. Ken. H.
myself shall also come shortly. Luke 11: G. 2. 2. 17. Comp. Vigerus, p. 73.
4 ml yap mirol (iiplepev. Luke 11: 46, Kypke Obs. II. p. 442.
52. 15:14.. John 7: 4. 9:21 bis. Acts 11. Put instead of the pers. pron. of
2:34.: 13: 14. 17:25. 21: 24.. Col. 1: the third person, him, her, it, them, etc.
17. 1 John 1: 7. a]. saep. — Xen. Cyr. but only in the oblique cases and not at
l. 6. 35 bis. 8. 1. 4, 10. Thuc. 6. 5.— the beginning of a construction; Buttm.
So in the oblique cases at the beginning § 127. 2.11. Herm. ad Viger. p. 735.
of a construction, Luke 24,: 24- aim}. 5:‘ XI.
mix £750.’. John 9: 21 aiirov e'pwrfio‘arm— 1. As referring to a definite subject
Xen. Hiero 6. 10. Plat. Lys. p. 204. A. or antecedent expressed, viz.
Dem. de Coron. 270. 19. a) gem. and simply, Matt. 3: 16 bis,
 ' ,
A010; 111 A 131-6;
mi 1301) dvcqixflqaav m'rry' oi oilpavol, ad Vig. p. 170, 708.—Of a different
mi rid: rd :rvu'lpa r017 Beofl—z'pxopzyov kind are those constructions where nth-6v
- a Q I
U!’ GUTUV. 6:26 bis. 8:lsq. 11:25. etc. is put after a relative zp-ezregeti
so; 71. Mark 3; 33. Luke 1: 21, es. may; Matt. 3: 12 mi 1'6 a'fl'mv c'v xupl
John I: 5, 6. Acts 7: 81. al. sarpiss— aiirofi, as in Engl. whose fan is in his
Plut. Caes. c. ‘2. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 3.— hand. Rev. 7: 9.-Sept. Judg. 6: 10.
In this use of aimiv, etc. some irregu Gen. 94: 3. Comp. Winer l. c.
larities occur in N. T. viz. 2. Where no definite subject or ante
(a) as in Heb. a transition is made cedent is directly expressed, but au'rév
from the first person to the third, Luke etc. stands in the ‘constructio ad sen
1: 45,00". v. 44. Rev. 5: 10, coll. v. 9. sum;' Winer § 22. 3. >
or from the second to the third, Rev. a) as referring to names of places,
I8: 24, coll. v. 22,23. Comp. Gesen. countries, etc. in which is likewise in-v
Lehrg. p. 749. Stuart § 565. cluded the collective idea of their in
sometimes aimiv, air-mi, etc. refers habitants; Matt. 4: 23 mi weprfiycv 5km’
not to the nearest subject, but to a re rr‘ly I‘ahthaa'aw 6 ‘Inquiry, 5:560:01»! Ev raic
mote one; Mark 8: QB wapaxahoiiaw avvaywyaic min-7v, i. e. of the Galileans.
a'vrzir (IflUOI-IV), 'lva m'n'oi (rvtphoi) liilm 9:35. Luke 4:15. Acts 8:5 miroig, i.e.
rui. So espec. Mark 9: 27, 88.—Sept. the Samaritans. 20: 9. 9 Cor. 9: 13.
Gen. 16: 6, 7. l Thess. l: 9, coll. v. 8.-Soph. Trach.
b) for the sake of distinctness, m'lniy 259 ed. Erf. Herm. Eurip. Hec. 22. p. 7
etc. is sometimes inserted after an an ed. Pors. Lucian. Tim. 9. Dial. Mort.
tecedent by way of repetition, usually in 19. 4. Dion. Hal. IV. 2117. Thuc. l.
the same case; Matt. 4: t6 ro'ig mew’. 136 ('1 dc‘ Gcllua'roxhfic tpn'ryu c’x Hehmrov
rote—oi’;- c'wz'rnlzv oirro'ig. 5: 40 1'9— w'lo'ov c'g Keprupav, in’ mire-w aizpyé-mg.
Ez'horn—dtpcg aim}. 25: 29 fun) 5:‘ mi b) as referring to an abstract noun
in‘, z'xorrog z’zpfifiderut c'ur' au'roi'l. ,JOhn implied in a preceding concrete, and
l5: 2. Rev. 1:5, 6. 2: 7 To] rut-5111': vice versa. John 8: 44 \Pei'arqg in} mi
Rm» 0671?. 6: 4. In a difi'erent case, 5 ‘Ira-")9 ati'roii, sc. ‘r017 IPEIIIBOUQ- Vice
Matt. IQ: 36.—Gen. l6: 3 1'9? 'Agpap— versa, Rom. 2: 26 e'izv 1'1 x’lxpofivvn'a—
alirqi. Esdr. 6: l c'n'i roll; 'Iovdm’ovr— 06x1 i) drp- uv'rm'l, i. e. of such an (ii-pd
in} (uh-0&9. Xen. Cyr. I. 3. 15 11,": mir @mrroc. Luke 5:17 mirm'lc, i. e. rmig
arp—o'upluaxfiv uu’rq'). Anal). 5. 6. l5 doocvei'g, coll. v. 15.—Theodoret. I. 914
L'zvooiwn opfiwt—xahov mi-rq': e'alixu. rofn'o 'rfig (brow-ohmic xciprroc 13:01"
Comp. Winer § 22. 4. a.-—Especially mimic 'yizp, sc. t'uroa'roholc.
does this take place after a relative; c) as referring to an antecedent im.
Mark 7: 25 711W), 17;; six: To su'ydrptov plied in a preceding verb; Acts 12: 21
uu'rfig ryeilua drdOaprov. l: 7. John 1: r) 'Hpdiom; c'arlprlyopu ‘optic GiITDI‘IC [Toy
97. Acts 15: 17 hp’ aim—('1' cub-mic. dfipov]. 6 Be‘ dfiliog imrpéwu. 1 Pet. 3:
Eph. 2: 10. Rev. 3: 8 sopav, fiv midclc l3, l4, rig a mxa'wuv ilpdr—roy 55 p6
ar'lvarat s-Ada'ai aiirr'yv. 7: 2 ol; 5,5601) gov ai'rrdw pi] oofinfii'rrc, sc. 'ra'nr xaxm'ni
miro'ic. 7:9. So Sept. freq. Ex. 4: 17. ruw ilpfic.
Lev. 18: 5. Num. 11:2]. Judg. 18:5,6. d) where there is no grammatical
l K. 13: 10. al.—Esdr. 3: 5. 4: 54. Ju reference whatever to the preceding
dith 16:4. Baruch 2: l7. Herodian. 8. context, but the antecedent is merely
6.10 of; En¢om3cnv mimic. Herodot. presupposed; Luke 1: l7 nth-by ‘speaker’:
2. 10. Diod. Sic. l. 97 :19 oil—cl: minim o'era: au’roii, before um, i. e. the Mes
Comp. Winer § 22. 4. b.-—Of the same siah; so 1 John 2:12. 2 John 6: comp.
kind are those clauses commencing with above in I. 2. b.—Lulte 2: 22 Kafiapw'pm'l
a relative, where the writer falls out of nah-4311, sc. of the mother and child. 23: 51
the construction and proceeds with azi T5 1rpé£u mirth, i. e. of the Sanhedrim,
rm': etc. 2 Pet. 2: 3 ol; ‘rd Icpl'pa ov'x c'rp ro'w uhsv'ru'w, rd'nl dpxtsps'wv ml ypap
‘yti, rail 1') c'uru'lhua av’nbv, for Kai olv 1'] pu-réwv, coll. v. 50, and comp. John 7:
c'mn'skua. Rev. ‘2: 18 Kai oi snide; mi'rol'l, 47,50.—John 20: 15, coll. v. 13. Acts
for mi on’: oi 1ro'5ec. l7: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 4: 5 (air-Cw, i. e. of the people, the Jews;
3.1. 38. Comp. \Viner l. 0. note. Herm. and so Matt. 11: l. 12: 9. Heb. 8:8
 A516; 112 A i‘réxeig
ail-rail; )léyn, sc. ro'ig: E'xouai n)! fiiaflfmyv -Comp. sic r6 aim-6 Jos. Ant. 5. 9'. 1'9.
Thu 1rpu'n'rlm—Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 42. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17.—Spoken of time,
3. Sometimes miroil, aairo'v, etc. is at the same time, together, Acts 3:1.
found where we might expect the re Luke 17: 35. So Sept. for 13?}! Ps.
fiexive éau'roii, ailrofi, etc. Matt. 21: 45 37: 38. Deut. 32: 10. 2 Sam. 21: 9.—
oi ‘Papwalot E'yvwu'av, (‘in 'npl min-“Iv (7) Karl: rd mini, at the same time, to
Xé-yu, instead of fl'epl aim'bv. John I: gether, Acts 14: 1. So Sept. and *1"?!
48 slaw 6 'Iqaoiig rdv Naeawmlh Epxé 1 Sam.3l:6. 2 Sam.2:16.--Di0d. Sic.
pcvov 1rpdg mi'rdv. 4: 47 ml fipuln'a avi 20. 76. Herodot. 7.- 106.—-Others, in
Tdv i'va xa'rugj ml ida'rlnu miroii [ail like manner, as Sept. and ‘12113 1 Sam.
T017] 161/ uiév. In such cases the senti. 30:24; but comp. Kypke and Kuinoel
ment is expressed in the person of the in Ice.
writer, not in that of the subject. Comp. b) spoken subjectively, always the
Buttm. § 127. 3, and n. 4. Winer § 22. same, i. e. not changing, immutable; Heb.
5, n0te.--Gen. l6: 3 Eépa E'dwxew aul-rfiv l: 12 a1‘: 3:‘ d min-6;- el, quoted from Ps.
1'93 'Agpap c'wdpl mi'rfic [airrfig]. Jos. 102: ‘28, where Sept. for R1?“ Heb. l3:
Ant. 5. .2. 11 r'pra'rnpe'vovg aii-roiic [ail 8 17100179 Xp. 6 alrro'c. S0 ""3 Is. 41: 4.
rozig] fiatlnvro. ib. 6. ll. '2 n’, (l: mirep, —Thuc. 2. 61 e'ydn P811 1'; atirdg ei'u, mi
r'poae'raZag dvckt'iv dvfipa, pé'ya pe‘v min} mix e'Ela-rapau
[ail-n? for n'zavrq'i] 1rpdc a'wmpi'av 5¢£X0¢ c) constr.lwith :1 dat. the some with,
yz-ysvnpévov. Diod. Sic. 17. 64 rhv the same as if; 1 Cor. 11: 5 FY “ydp e'an
'n‘pdg arirov m'ivotav, coll. §65 (frop'yrlv Kai 1'6 mi'ro Ti; e'Eupnpe'vp. 1 Pet. 5: 9.
m). éauro'v. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 19. Comp. Bu'ttm. § 133. 2. 2, and n. l.—
ll. Herodian. l. 17. 9. ib. 2. 4. l3. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 9. Polyh. 3. 95. 2. Xen.
4. Sometimes, though not often, azi Cyr. 2. 1. 15. ib. 3. a. 35. A...
rév etc. is omitted where it must be A5105, adv. of place, (pp. gen. of
supplied in the thought ;' Acts 13: 3 n) mini.) here, there, in this or that place,
Kill. EinOéi/Ttg The xcipac ailroic d‘rrc'hua‘av i. q. Er‘ ail-rm": rot’! r61rou, Matt. 26: 36.
[av'roz'lg]. Mark 6: 5. 1 C01’. 10: 9. Acts 15:34. 18: 19. 21. 4. Sept. for
Eph. 5:11. 2 Thess. 3:15. 1 Tim. 6: “3.2 Ex. 24: 14. Num. 22: 19. Hi Num.
2. Comp. Buttm. § 130.5. Winer§22. 32: 6. Dent. 5: 31. 2 Sam. 20: 4_.——Po.
l. — Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 3. Dem. adv. lyb. 3. 65. 3. Herodot. l. 94. ib. 4. 9.
Conon. p. 728. B. Comp. Schaefer ad Bos. Ellips. p. 885.
III. With the article, 6 mimic, 1') ml A6705, fig, 017, Attic contr. for
rr'), r5 au'rd the same. Buttm. § 127. 2. éau'rofl, 17c, 06, pron. reflex. of 3d pers.
III. Herm. ad Viger. p. 735. himself, herself, etc. Matt. 1: 21.
a) gem. the same, not diflerent, ob. 3: 12. Luke 5: 25. 9:14. Acts 15; 26.
jectively; Mark 14: 39 T61! all-ray zlmiw. 93 Tim. 2: 19. Rev. 16: 17, al. seep.
Luke 6: 38 n; min; ps'rpq). Rom. 9: 21 For mlrofi instead of ain-m'l, see in Azl-ro'g
ire 'roi uv'roii pvpdpamg 10: 12 1') yizp II. 3.—-In Matt. 23: 37, some editions
mirth; Ki'lpiog min-my. 1 Cor. 12: 4—11. read 1rpdg ail-n’lv, which there would be
Phil. 1: 30. al. So Sept. for ‘"35 Job for 2 pers. i. q. mac cmvn’pv' Comp.
31: 15. Ex. 36:8.-—2 Macc.3:33. Xen. Buttm. § 127. n. 5. An.
Mem. 3. 4. 6, 7.——S0 r5 mini, ‘ril mini, Az’rrogvfigog, 0v, 6, .3, adj. (ain'dc,
the same, the same things, like things, (p69,) pp. taken in the very thefi, and
Matt. 5:46. Luke 6: 33. Acts 15: 27. gem. of any crime, taken in the very act,
Rom. 2: l. 1 Cor. l: 10. Eph. 6; 9.- Thuc. 6. 38. Hence in N. T. hr’ ain-o
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6, 7.—Hence the fol ¢drp¢p or irauro¢rhp¢p as an adv. in the
lowing adverbial plirases;—-(a) 76 mini, very act or qfince; e. g. adultery, John
the same, in the same manner, in like 8: 4 you") xa-rshr'npfiq Ermm'opépvp '10!
manner; Matt. 27: 44. 1 Cor. 1%: 25.— xcvope'vm—Elian. H. An. 11. 15 potxev
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. ivrl r6 mh-é, ops'vqv 'yuvalm in" mirotpéplp ruraXaBé v.
spoken of place or time; of place, in Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 5. Lysias Orat. 1. 7.—
the same place, in one place, Matt. 22: 34.
Dem. 378. 1'2.
Acts 2:1,44. 4: 26. 1 Cor. 11: 20. So
Sept. for ‘"3: Ps. 2: 2. 2 Sum. 10: 15. Alrnixeig, gag, b, ,7, adj. (mimic,
 Al’wfleég 113 "A em;
x¢;p,) self-handed, i. e. doing with one's to apz're with fear, Acts 13:41 quoted
own hands. Acts 27: 19 aliro'xecpso— from Hab. 1: 5 where Sept. for REE‘.
ifipirllapev, with our own hands we threw So Sept. for Ez. 30:9.
overboard; for this adverbial use, see b) by impl. to destroy, to consume,
Buttm. § 123. n. 3.--Aristoph. Av. 1135. Matt. 6: 19, 20, coll. Luke 12: 33 where
Herodian. 7. 2. 17. Spoken chiefly of it is Smpticlpw. So Sept. for E??? E2.
one who kills another with his own 36: 34, 35,36. Joel 1:17. ‘"33; Hiplt.
hand, Dem. 321. 17. Ken. H. G. 7.3.7. and Niph. Prov. 14:11. Iudg. 21: 17.
.105. Ant. 6. 11. 9. ib. 10. 9. 3. “*1?! Ex. 8:9. Jer. 47: 4.—A'Jl. V. H.
Abyynngog, at, or, (mixlnég) dusty, 2. 4. Diod. Sic. 15. 48. Ken. An. 3.
dirty, squalid, Xen. Mem.2. 1. 31. In 2. 11.
N. T. by impl. murky, dismal, dark, 2 c) trop. to deprive of a good appear
Pet. 1: 19.—Suidas,mixpnpo'v' m'ywiv once, i. e. to deform, to disfigure, e. g. n‘:
i aroruv6v. rpéauna Matt. 6: 16, i. e. by neglect,
’A¢0Ufé@, 67, f. flaw, in text. rec. etc. comp. v. 17. See Kypke in 100. I.
Rev. 2: 19; f. 2 dosh-"a, nor. 2 r'updkow, p. 33.—Stob. Serm. 72. p. 445, 'yuvr)
am. 2 Mid. ripukdpnr, (61rd, aipe'w,) to twin/[Zn rd;- b'ybug sc. with pigments. ib.
tahe away, to remove, trans. 46. p. 333. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr.
a) gem. as n‘: hvufiog, Luke 1: 25. Cod. N. T. p. 184,192, 545. Jos. Ant.
So Sept. for UPI: Gen. 30: 23. Is. 4: l. 9. 3. 2. .
—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. ‘23 for ¢60’YOV.—SO ’A¢awap.6g, 05, a, (&¢aviZo,) a
zipatpziv Thy dpaprlav, to take away sin, disappearing, vanishing, i. e. destruction.
i. e. the consequences of it, to procure Sept. for 7135175”, Zeph. l: 16. "ii? Jer.
the forgiveness of sin, Rom. ll: 27. 2: 15. ‘n’??? Jer. 51: 26, 82. Polyb. 5.
Rob. 10: 4. So Sept. for "$913 It‘?! Ex. 11. 5.—In N. T. trop. abolition, abroga
34: 7. Lev. 10: 17. a1. ‘*5? Is. 27: 9. tion, sc. of a covenant, Heb. 8: 13. See
we Is. 6; 7. Zech. a; 4.. :12; Ex. 34: Kypke in loc.
9.—Ecclus. 47: 12.—Constr. with Euro’ "Agomrog, 0v, 4, 1‘), adj. (4: pr. and
nyog, to take away from any one, Rev. ‘batsman, 3 p. pert‘. pass. 1ré¢arrat,) i. q.
22: 19 his. Mid. Luke 16: 3. Pass. d¢awfic, not apparent, not seen; hence
Luke 10: 42. — Sept. Num. 11: 17. depav'rog yzvs’afiai, to disappear, to vanish,
Deut. 12:32. Gen. 31:31. Lev. 4: 10. Luke 24: 31. — Eurip. Orest. 1557.
Prov. 4: 16.—Seq. Zr: rwog, Rev. 22: 19. Diod. Sic. 4. 65. Pint. de def. Orac. 1.
—Sept. Is. 22: 19. Judg. 21:6. Xen. So 49:11:”); yzvéotiai 2 Mace. 3: 34. Act.
Ven. 12. 9. Thom. \} 27. § 43.
b) in the place 01' to cut of, e. g. n‘:
dm'ov, r5 oiig, Matt. 26: 51. Mark 14:47. ’A<pehga'n', 5:10;, 6, (£11r6,&’8 a,seat,
Luke 22; 50. So Sept. for has 1 Sam. stool,) aln-ivy, Matt. 15: 17. Iark 7:
17:51. Is. 9: 14. 18: 5.—Herodian. 3. 19. —- Florentin. Geoponic. 6. 2. 8. —
7. 16. El. V. 1'1. 3. 1 row Khcidov. This word belongs only to a later age;
’A,®arr';;, tog, 05;, 6,1‘), adj. (0 pr. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 150. Comp. in
and pain-0,) not apparent, i. e. unseen, Sept. 1:44.59“, menses, Lev. 15: 19, 20,
hidden, concealed, Heb. 4: 13.—Ecclus. 24. al. Psalt. Sal. 8: l3.
20:30. 2 Macc. 3: 34. Jos. Ant. 7.10. ’A<ps:5fa, as, f], (arpnéfig, fr. 1: pr.
2. Ken. Mem. 1. l. 2. Anab. 4. 2. 4. and ¢zi§opa¢,) mnparingness, i. e. rigour,
’A¢IZHZW, t'. 1410, (r’r¢av1’,g,) to cause austerity, Col. 2: 23.—1El. V. H. 14. 34.
to disappear, to put out of sight, trans. ’A§Ds?u$rn;, 71710;, 4,, (@9419 not
Diod. Sic, 2. 20. Ken. Anab. 3. 4. 8.— stony, level, and metaph. simple, sin.
Pass. to disqqzcar, to be out of sight, cere, IEl. V. H. 12. 1. Lucian. 1). Deer.
Jos. nt. 4.. s. 48. Act. Thom. s 4.3. In 4. 5; from a pr. and peMei'lc stony
N. 'l‘. ground,) simplicity, sincerity, Acts 2: 46.
a) Pass. to disappear, to vanish, e. g. —So dlpe'hua Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 2. El. V.
fiflu'g James 4: 14. Sept. for T's‘. Prov. H. 3. 10.
10: 25.—Philo de Char. p. 714 ro oxoroc "A<pi4m, we, 1546141111,“; q. v.)
6oan'l'zran—Metaph. tofaint with terror, 1. dinnission. i. e. deliverance, sc. from
ll
 114 ‘ 'Aqm'mu
service, captivity, etc. Luke 4: 18 bis. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. Buttm.§ 108. I.
Sept. for "39:51? Is. 58; 6. ‘1'31 Lev. 25: 5. Winer l. c. For the augm. see
10. Is. 61: L—Esdr. 4: 62. Polyb. l. Buttm. § 86. n. 2.—Perf. pass. 3 plur.
79. 12. Herodian. 7. ll. 3. 1i¢éwWat Matt. 9: 2, 5. Mark 2: 5,
9. al. from a form of the perl'. act.
2. remission, i. e. forgiveness, pardon,
so. of sins, absol. Mark 3: 29. Heb. 9: d¢éuxa, Buttm. § 108. I. p. 231, marg.
22. 10:18. seq. ru'iv ripapnu'iv, Matt. note. 6 97. n. 2. Winer l. c.—T0 send
26: 28. Mark 1: 4. Luke 1:77. 3: 3. forth or away, to let go from one's self,
24:47. Acts2z38. 5:31. 10:43.13238. trans.
26: 18. Col. 1: 14. seq. r4311 napalm-wind. 9.) pp. e. g. roiac bxhouc, to dismiss,
rwv, Eph. l: 7.—Ep. Barnab. 6. Act. Matt. 13: 36. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. ib.
Thom. § 47. Spoken of debt, tribute, 8. l. 15.—Spoken of a wife, to put away,
etc. Sept. Deut. 15: 3. Esth. 2:18. 1 Cor. 7: 11,12,13.— Jos. Ant. l5. 7.
1 Mace. 13: 34. Tie npwpt'ag Diod. Sic. 10.—So Matt. 27: 50 iupfixc To nvei'rpa,
20. 44. he gave up the ghost, i. e. expired—Sept.
'AWII, 5;, a‘), (c'imru necto,) a liga Gen. 35:18. Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 3-rfivilmxi’1v.
5. 2. 8. El. H. An. 2.]. See Kypke
ture, vinculum, so. by which the differ’
in lee—Mark 15:37 t’upeig gbwm‘pl payd
ent members of the body are connected, Xnv, sendingforth a loud cry. Sept. for
commissure,joint, Eph. 4: 16. C01. 2: 19. 5"? 1t‘! Gen. 45: 2. — Act. Thom. § 39.
—Plut. Anton. 27. Jos. An. 8. 13.3. Dem. 301. 10. Comp.
’A<p0ago'1'a, at, 1'], (c'i¢9aprog,) in Ky he in loc.
corruption, incapacity of decay ; hence 13 to let go from one's power, posses
spoken of the future bodies of saints, sion, etc. i. e. to let go free, to let escape,
immortality, 1 Cor. 15: 42, 50, 53, 54. Matt. 24.: 40,41. Luke 17:34.,35, 36.
So of their future life and happiness, 2 Sept. for "ET- Cant. 3:4. Prov. 4: 13.
Tim. 1: 10 (will Kai i'ltpdapalav, by — Palaaph. Fab. 41.—Trop. to let go
hendiadys for Zwfiv dtpflaprov. So Rom. from obligation towards one's self, to re
2: 7, comp. 1 Cor. 9: 25 and 1 Pet 5: 4. mit, e. g. a debt, offence, etc. seq. dat.
Also Tit. 2: 7 in earlier editions.— ofpers. Matt. 18: 27, 32, 35. Mark 11:
Wisd. 2: 23. 6: 18,19. Plut. Aristid. 25. Sept. for 11?? Deut. l5: 2.—l Mace.
c. 6.—Spoken of things, etc. perpetuity; 10: 29. A31. V. H. 14.. 24. Dem. 1480.
Eph. 6: 24 iv t'upflapat'a. 11.—So of sins,to remit thepenalty ofsins
etc. i.e. topardon, to jorgive,seq. dat. 01'
"14¢0ag'rog, 00, 6,», adj. (a pr.and pers. e. g. oepctlh'lpara Matt. 6: 12 bis.
¢6apr6g, fr. 41651901,) incomtptible; i. e.
t'lpuprt'ag Matt. 9: 2,5, 6. 12: 31. Mark
spoken of persons, immortal, as God, 2: 5, 7, 9, 10. al. BAGG¢TUMIGV Matt. 12:
Rom. l: 23. 1 Tim. 1: 17. the future 31, 32 bis 1rupa1rrti|para Matt. 6: 14 bis,
bodies of saints, 1 Cor. 15: 52.—-Wisd.
15bis. Mark 11: 25. (iipaprfipara Mark
12: 1. Diog. Laert. X. 123.—Spoken
of things, imperishable, enduring, 1 Cor.
3:28. 4:12. t'wopt'ag Rom. 4: 7. 80
Sept. for “53. Is. 22:14. 8?! Gen. 50:
9:25. lPet. 1: 4,23. 3:4—Wisd. 18: 17. EX. 32: 31. PS. 24:18. 32: 5.
4. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3. H’zs Lev. 4.: 20. 5:10,13. Is. 55: 1.
’A¢@ogt'ot, ate, 1',, (iipeopoc fr. a pr. —Ecclus. 2:12. 28: 2. Act. Thom. §
and ¢Beipw,) pp. incorruption, incapacity 6. § 24. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Herodot. 6.
of decay; metaph. ilworruptncss, integrity, 30 rfiv al'rlav. Comp. 1E1. V. H. 1. 14.
Tit. 2: 7 in some Mss. for datatpflopla. c) to let go from one's further notice,
’A¢I'7;(M, (616,111,115) f, dqn'lo'w, nor. care, attendance, occupancy, etc. i. e. to
2 i’upfiv, pert‘. r'upfim, aor. 1 pass. lupédnv, leave, to let alone, viz.
f. 1 pass. 51¢561'1aopm, comp. Buttm.§ a) pp. to quit, to forsake, to abandon ,
108. l. — Anomalous forms: 2. p. pres. spoken of persons etc. Matt. 4: 11. 8:
Eupsig, from lupz'w, Rev. 2:20 in later 15. 15:14. 26:44, 56. Mark 4136.
edit. comp. Ex. 32: 32. Buttm. § 106. John 10:12. 3.1. spoken of things etc.
n. 5. § 107.11. I, 2. Winer§14. 3. —— Matt. 4: 20 1.‘. dixvva. Mark 13:34
Imperf. fipiov from (1411's., Mark 1: 34. 'rfiv ollclav. John 4: 3 rip! 'Iovda'iav.
ll: 16. comp. Eco. 2: 18. 5:11. Philo Matt. 19: 27, 29, n‘: 1rc'w'ra. So Sept. for
 Mp1”... 115
1 Sam. 17: 20, 28. Jer. 12:7. —
\Visd. 10: 14. Ecclus. 6: 27. Lucian.
1). Deer. 6. l2.—So to leave, so. in any
place or state, to let remain, Matt. 5: 24.
61¢“; 5x21 76 Biipo'v iron. 18: 12. Mark 1:
20. Luke 10: 30. John 4:‘ 28. 14:18,
27. Acts 14: 17. ddus'vcu Twin/4611011 John
8: 29. 16: 32. So Sept. for 0'1? Gen.
42: 33. l K. 19: 3. lChr. 16: 21. 3!!
Ex. 9: 21. 2 Sam. 15:16. —1Macc.
7: 20. 1: 28. —-So to leave to any one,
i. e. to let him have or take, Matt. 5: 40.
do“; mir- ml iptinom—Comp. Ecclus.
15: 14. os. Ant. 7.11. 4’ rt‘w viov dips;
poi. —Further, to leave behind, so. at
death, Matt. 22: 25. Mark 12: 19, 20,
21, 22. Sept. for U‘i-‘J Ps. 17: 14. Eco.
2: 18.—So to leave remaining, and Pass.
to be left, to remain; Heb. 2: 8. Matt.
23: 38. Luke 13: 35. So Matt. 24: 2
0:‘: pi] ddacofi :35: M009 r'rrl M001’. Mark
13.2. Luke 19:44.. 21:6. Sept. for
Judg. 2: 23. 3: l- — JOS- Ant. 10.
10. 4.
([1) metaph. to leave, in various senses,
viz. to desert, to quit, Rom. 1:27 rr‘pv
¢vatrhv Xpfio'w. Rev. 2: ‘11.—Or, to omit,
to pass by, Heb. 6:1 holy-reg Thu 11];
lipxfig Xo'yov. —- Eurip. Androm. 392.
Arriau. Diss. EpicL 4.. 4. 36. -— So to P‘U'P Is. 59: ll. Ecclus. 42: 9. Xen.
neglect, to omit, Matt. 23: 23 bis, rlz Bapti H. ‘G. 7. 5. 23. In N. T. to lead away,
npa rm‘: vépov. Mark 7: 8. Luke 11: to seduce, so. a people from their alle
42. Sept. for 1T1? Ecc. 11:6. giance, Acts 5: 37 dirc'ornoe hairy 1mm»
(1) to let go, i. e. to letpass, to permit, ti-irlaw ainrm'i, he seduced the people to
to safer, seq. acc. c. infin. expressed or follow him. Sept. for “Q? Dent. 7: 4.
implied, Matt. 8:22. 13:30. 19: 14.
Mark 1: 34. 5:37. al. Matt. 3: 15.
Mark 5:19. 11:6. Luke 13:8. John
11: 48. 12: 7. Rev. 2: 2O 51': (l¢£l§
(text. rec. Edy] n‘yv yuvaixé am: 'Iel'éfieh
sc. EiBén-zw. Sept. for 1T1? 2 Sam.
16: ll. Judg. 16: $6. 1!‘! EX. 12: 23.
Num. 22: 13. —- Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 2.
Pala-ph. Fab. 11.—Seq. ‘im with the sub
junct. in the manner of the later poets
after verbs of command etc. Mark 11:
16 01m r'joiev 'iva x. 1:). See Hermann
ad Viger. p. 852. — So the imperat.
iltpec, t'irpe'rz, is followed by the subjunct.
without ‘iva, e. g. do“, ‘the: w, letuesee,
sufl'er usto see, Matt. 27: 49. Mark 15:
36. dose, its/36):», let me cast out, Matt.
7: 4. Luke 6: 42. See Winer§ 42. 4.
llerm. de Ellips. p. 183. Comp. Matth.
6 516. B. Viger. p. 315.-—Arrian. Diss.
Epict. 1. 9. ib. 3.12 riding, 131.1 A]...
'Atpt'a ‘HI/M
'Atflméopmu, 05am, 1. (50,1411, dc
pon. (t'uro', ixyc’opm) to come or go away
so. to a place, etc. i. e. to arrive at, to
reach, 0. c. sic, Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 2. In N. T. metaph. spoken
of a report, rumour,'to come jorth, to
spread abroad, c. c. sic, Rom. 16: 19.—
Ecclus. 47: 17.
'AWMEyaflo'g, 00, b,;;, adj. (a pr.
mac, and 670065) unfriendly, hostile
to good and to good men, 2 Tim. 3: 3.
’A¢Iltoig'yugog, 00, a, 1), adj. (a pr.
(pilot: and hp‘yvpog.) not covetous, liberal,
generous, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Heb. 13: 5.
"A¢‘glgr 5W9 1'], (input/input) ar
rival, Diod. Sic. 13. 112. Herodian. l.
7. 2. In N. T. departure, Acts 20: 29,
—-3 Mace. 7:18. Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 4'. ib.
4. 8. 4.7. Dion. Halic. Ant. 10. 8. He
rodian. 3. l. 1. Demosth. 1436. 6.
,A¢IIO"T77(M, t‘. {1001, (Zuni, Tor-mph)
trans. and intrans. See “Ia-mp: and
Buttm.§ 107. II.
I. Trans. in the Act. pres. imperl'.
tut. and aor. 1; pp. to place away from,
to separate, i. e. to remove, to cause to de.
part, Sept. for “"51? 1 Sam. 18: 13.
we Deut. 13:10.—Xen. An. 6. 6. 34.
Herodian. 1. 9. 2. ib. 7. 7. 13.
II. Intrans. in the Act. pert. plupert'.
aor. 2, and in Mid. to separate one'sself,
i. e. to depart.
a) gear. to go awayfrom, to leave, 0. c.
inré se . en. Luke 2: 37. 4:13.
Acts 12: 10. 19: 9. Luke 13:27 quoted
from Ps. 6: 8 where Sept. tor ‘115 coll.
Matt. 7: 22 where it. is t’l'l'oxwpe'irs.
Sept. for '1": Num. 12: 10. 1 Sam. 18:
12.—C. 0. gen. Herodian. 1. 10. 6. ib.
6. 4.. 8. Polyb. l. 88. l2.—In the sense
01' toforsahe, to desert, Acts 15:38. So
Sept. for in: Jer. 6: 8. Ez. 23: 17, 18.
—In the sense of to withdraw from, to
avoid, 1 Tim. 6: 5. 2 Tim. 2: 19. So
Sept. for "15 Lam. 4|: 15.—C. 0. gen.
Jos. Ant. 1.18.4. Diod. Sic. 1.80.
Thuc. 7. 7.
b) metaph. to desist from, to refrain
a 2
 'lApw
110
from, to let alone. Acts 5: 38 iurticrrrlre
11m) 1151' dvaptinrwv Taiwan’. 22: 29. 2
Cor. 12:8. So Sept. for 5.13 Job 7:16.
we 1 Sam. 6: 3. 2 Sam. 2: 22, 23. —
Pol b. 5. 46. 4|. Dem. 78. 21.
c; to make defection from, to revolt, to
apoetatize,absol. Luke 8: 13. seq. gen.
1 Tim. 4: l. seq. (Euro 0. gen. Heb. 3:
12. Sept. for was E2. 20: 8. ‘>22
2 Chr. 26: 18. 28: 19, 22. we Gen.
14: 4.. Dan. 9: 9.—C. 0. gen. Ios. Ant.
8. 7. 8. ib. 9. 5. 1. Herodisn. 6. 2. 19.
Xep. Cyr. 4. 5. 11. seq. (are 5. 4. l.
'A¢VN, adv. (contr. from é¢dytay fr.
1: pr. and ¢aivw,) suddenly, unezpectedly,
Acts 9: s. 16:26. 28: 6. Sept. for with:
Josh. 10: 9. Ecc. 9: 12.—2 Mace. 3:
27. Diod. Sic. 1. 57.
’A¢ofiw;, adv. (a pr. and ¢d€og,)
without fear, boldly, Luke 1: 74. 1 Cor.
16:10. Phil. 1:14,. Jude 12. Sept. foolish.
for 135-’? Prov. I: 33.—Wisd. 17: 4.. a) gem. Luke 11:40. 12:20. 1 Cor.
15:36. 2 Cor. 11:16 bis, 19. 12:6,11.
Herodian. 7. 2. 1. Xen. Hiero 7. 10.
’A¢op.015eu, (:1, f. (‘100), (1'11rti,5poiog,)
lit. to liken om i. e. to make like, Pass.
Heb. 7: 3.-—Ep. of Jer. 5, 63, 71. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 2.
’A¢ogeiw, 5, f. (broil/0110.1, (61rd, leamed, ignorant, so. of true religion,
(quit-1,) to look away, so. towards adistant
object, Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3. Herodot. 8.
37. In N. T. metaph. tobehold in mind,
tojiz: the mind upon, seq. cit; c. acc. Heb.
l2: 2 sic row 'Irlaul'nn— 4 Mace. 17: 10
tie row 656v. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 4| 1rpoc rfiv
tiln'leuav. 8. 12. l.
'Agbogilw, f. .o,(&1ré,épllw,) toset deep and prolonged sleep, Luke 8: 23,
ofi‘by bounds, to limit of, Sept. for ‘was
11.. 19:12,:13. Polyb. 17. 5. 7. In N.
T. to set ofapart, to separate, Matt. 13:
49. 25: 32 bis. Acts 19:9. 2 Cor. 6:
17. Gal. 2. 19. Sept. for ‘was Lev. 20.
25. Is. 56: 3.—Dem. 719. 17.—So lose!
apartjbr any thing, to select, to choose,
0. c. tit;- 11 Acts 13: 2. Rom. l: l. absol.
Gal. 1. 15. Sept. for ‘was Lev. so. speech, e. g. beasts, 2 Pet. 2: 16. idols,
26.—Act. Thom. § 44..—1n the sense of
to ezcommunicate, Luke 6: 22.—Eurip.
Hec. 931.
’A<P°§[»°fl, m 1']. (did. 60M.) PP
that from which any thing proceeds,viz.
means, material, apparatus, sc. for ac
complishing any thing, Jos. Ant. 5.1.
16. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11. Polyb. l4. 9. 8.
-—In N. T. occasion, opportunity, Rom.
'Ax'iC
7:8,11. 2 Cor. 5:12. 11:12bis. Gal.»
5: 13. 1 Tim. 5: l4. — 3 Macc. 3: 2.
Jos. Ant. 2. 11.1. Herodian. l. 8.4.. Diod.
Sic. 1. B3.
’A<pgf§o, r. 10..., (apple) to froth,
lofoam, Mark 9: 18,20.—Diod. Sic. 3. 9.
’.A¢§6§, 0L7, o,frolh,foam, Luke 9:
39.—Hom. 11. 20.168. Jos. Ant. 6. l2. 2.
’A¢gwiwn, 17;, 1,, (aw...) want of
wisdom, foay.
a) gem. 2 Cor. ll: 1, 17,21. Sept.
for 11kg»: Prov. 18:13. 19.3. 26:4, 5.—
Xen. Cyr. 4.. 2. 41.
b) from the Heb. want of true wisdom,
i. e. impiety, wickedness, Mark 7: 22.
So Sept. and “1313-”! Job 4.: 6. 1'1‘??? Deut.
22: 21. M59: E00. 7; 25.—\Visd.12:23.
"Aqbgwv, away, 6, 1‘), adj. (1: pr.
and ¢pove'w from gapr'pg) unwise, simple,
So Sept. for 5".‘55, Prov. II: 29. 51;? Prov.
10; 1. 5;; Prov. so. 22. ‘=22 E00. 2.
l9. —Herodian. 5. 7. l. Xen. Mem.
3. 7. 5.
b) in the sense of uninstructed, un
Rom. 2; 20. Eph. 5:17. 1 Pet. 2; 15.
S0 Sept. and “~23 Ps. 92: 7.
,A¢U'7U6w, (3, f. 610w, (li¢v1rvog, fr.
(m6 and 61rvoc,) pp. to cease to sleq,
to awake from sleep, Anthol. Grsec. II.
p. 103. ed. Jac. In N. T. and later
writers, to sleep away, i. e. to fall into a
0011. Matt. 8: 24 et Mark 4.: 38 where it
is 1:116:65“). So Sept. ed. Aldin. for
=2? Judg. 5: 27.— Nicet. Ann. 11. 6.
48. B. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 224.
H. Planck. in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677.
"A¢mvog, 00, 6, 1'7, adj. (a pr. and
1111111113,) voiceless, i. e.
a) dumb, not having the power of
1 Cor. 12:2, comp. Ps. 115: 5 sq. Hab.
2: 18, 19.—Eschin. 88. 37.
b) mute, silent, so. in patient suffering,
Acts 8: 32, quoted from Is. 53: 7 where
Sept. for =‘_=§.=.,.-/El. V. H. 12. 4.1.
c) metaph. unezpressive, i. e. without
ezpression, not having n‘yv Bin'G/uv rfig
rpwvfic, 1 Cor. 14: 10, coll. v. 11.
yixéz‘, a, indec. Ahaz, Heb. “35
 :1
’Axu2‘a H7
(possessor), an idolatrous king of Judah, v. 26.—Achill. Tat. V. p. 321. Comp.
Matt. 1:9 bis. See 2 K. c. 16. 2 Chr. c’rxpuémc Tob. 4: 13.
c. 28. b) spoken in humility,humble, qf little
'Axlzla, a;, h, Achaia, a region value, Luke 17:10. So Sept. and 521,5
of Greece. In a more restricted sense, 2 Sam. 6: 22.
Achaia was a province lying in the ‘Amalia, 5, f. time), (dxpdog) to
northern part of the Peloponnesus, in render useless, Polyb. 3. 64. 8. to mar,
cluding Corinth and its isthmus, and to dcsimy, Sept. for =19?! 2 K. 3:19.
put by the poets for the whole of Greece; 7?‘: Jer. 11:16. Esdr. 1:57. In N. T.
whence 'Axcuol, the Greeks. In a wider metaph. to corrupt; Pass. to become cor
sense, Achaia comprehended the Pelo rupt, depraved; Rom. 3: 12, quoted from
ponnesus and the whole of Greece pro Ps. 14: 3 or 53: 4, where Sept. for
perly so called. Augustus divided the
whole country into two proconsular pro "Axgnc'rog, 0v, 1., :7, adj. (a pr.
vinces, viz. Macedonia and Achaia; and xpqd‘rég,) useless, unprqfitable, pp.
the former of which included Macedonia Sept. for "($1.11"! H08. 8: 8. Ecclus. 37:
proper, with Illyricum, Epirus, and 19. Herodian. 8. 4. 21. Xen. (E0. 1.
Thessaly; and the latter, all which lay 10.—In N. T. metaph. and by impl.
southward of the former. Corinth was worse than useless, wicked, detrimental,
the capital of Achaia, and the residence seq. dat. of pers. Philem. 11,001. v. 18.—
of the proconsul. In N. T. the name Wisd. 3: ll iixp. E’p-yu. Ecclus. 16: l.
Achaia is always employed in this lat where it is i. q. Kwcgfiq, coll. Wisd. 8:
ter acceptation; Acts 18: 12, 27. 19: 12. Act. Thom. § 12.
21. Rom. 15:26. 16:5 in text. rec. "Axgl, or "Axgt; sometimes be.
I Cor. 16:15. 2 Cor.l:1. 9: 2. 11:10. fore avowel, Buttm. § 26. 4. Lob. ad
lsThess. l: 7, 8. See Kuinoel on Acts Phryn. p. 14. pp. adv. oftime (in N. T.
1 :12. also of place) marking duration, cou
AXMMIQ, 05, b, Achaicus, name of tinuedly; with the genitive, as a prepm
a Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17, 25. sition, continually until, i. e. during, until,
usque ad; with verbs, as a conjunction,
Axoigur'rog, 00, a, 1), adj. ((1 pr. so long as until, i. e. until, followed in
and Xapilopau) unthanllful, ungraleful, N. T. only by the subjunctive mood
Luke 6: 35. 2 Tim. 3: 2.-—Ecclus. 29:
implying uncertainty; Bnttm.§ 146. 3,
17,25. Jos. Ant. 3. l5. 1. Xen. Mem.
and n. l, 2. Wincr § 42. 3.
2. 2. 1.
’Axillfb, 6, indec. Achim, pr. name I. As a pre . with the genitive.
a) with nouns (a; of time,as (‘ixpr xatpafi,
ofa man, Matt. 1: l4. (Iuringa season, Luke 4: 13. Acts 13:11.
'Axsrgowofnrog, 00, a, 1'7, adj. ((1 20:11 t‘ixpag mi'yfic. — Jos. Ant. 6. ll.
pr. xu'p and 1rmc'u,) not made with hands, 4iixp1'rfic ib.—Acts 2: 29. 3:91. 22:22.
Mark 14: 58. 2 Cor. 5: 1. Col. 2: ll. 2321. 26: 92. Rom. 5213. 1 COT. 4: ll.
2 Cor. 3: 14. Gal. 4: 2. Phil. 1:6. Heb.
‘Aggkég, 60;, 17, thick mist, cloud, 6:11.
duhness, sc. which shrouds objects from
Rev. 2: 26.-—2 Mace. 14:15. Jos.
view,Hom. 0d. 7. 41. In N. T. spoken Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. Conv. 4. 37.—So
of the eyes, a mist, so. before the e es, c'ixpt llpspd'w m'vre, during i. e. IN five
Acts 13: 11 6170“); Kai creme—Jos. Xnt.
days, or until, on, the fifih day, Acts
20: 6. So of a point of time, e. g. fixpl
9- 4.3 & lu‘rv raig 52pm;- all-r170’ c'mgakéw.
Sawurov, Acts 22: 4. Rev. 2:10. 12:
Horn. 1. 5. 127. Themist. Orat. 21.
11. So Heb. 4: 12. Of place,
Spoken often in Homer of the mist
Acts 11:5 Iixpic 5110:’). 13:6. r‘ixp: Hri
which comes over the eyes of the dying,
gm. 20: 4. 28:15. 2 Cor. 10:13, 14.
ll. 5. 696. ib. 16. 344.
ev. 14: 20. 18: 5.—Lucian. D. Deor.
’AxgsTo;-, a, 07, (0. pr. and xpclm) 7. 4.
meleu, wuprqfitable, pp. Epist. Jer. 17. h) with a relative ron. either with a
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21. Mem. 1. 2. 54.. In noun oftime, as d p: 31; fiyépag, until the
N. T. by implic. day when, i. e. unti , Matt. 24: 38. Luke
a) alothful, wicked, Matt. 25: 30, coll. 1:20. 17: 27. Acts 1: 2.—-0r seq. oil, for

0
 "Axvgov 118 Ba’ 00;
dxpa Xpévou oil, until the time when, i. e. straw was used by the Hebrews as fod
until ,- so that 02x54; 01'; has the nature of der, and for burning; see Gen. l.c.
a conjunction; Acts 7: 18 fixpic oi: Judg. l. c. and Ex. 5: 7. Luke 12: 28.
Iivézrrn, until another hing arose. Q7: 33. Comp. Calmet, art. Tin-asking. Jalm
Rom. 11:25. 1 Cor. 11: 26. 15:25. § 64, 65.
Gal. 3: 19. 4: 19. Rev. 2: 25. 7: 3.— 'A~_Leu51’;g, £09‘, 017;, a, 5, adj. ((1
Heliod. 3. 7. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37. — pr. and \llevdr'yg) incapable of falsehood,
With a verb in the present, iixpig oi: verax, Tit. 1: 2.—Symm. for “PE-7:15 Job
signifies so long as, while, Heb. 3: 13 36: 4. Wisd. 7: 18. Herodian. 2. 9. 4.
('ixptg oi; ‘rd a'r'lpcpov Kahs'irai. - So (ixpr
"Ami/1190;, 0!), 1i, wormwood, as
2 Macc.(14:10. the emblem of poisonous bitterness,
0) before particles, Rom. l: 13 fixpr
1'05 sci/pa. 8: 22 Fixpi r017 vfiv. Phil. 1: 5. Rev. 8: 11 his; where, as the name of
—Jos. Ant. 9. l4. 5 than 1ro're. Philo de a star, it is masc. é'Arl/wfiog. Heb.
Abr. p. 375. . "33:2 Prov. 5: 4. where Sept. XoXJ'], Aquila
II. As a. ,conjunction,'before verbs in (ulu'vfliov. The figure of waters thus
the subjunctive, Luke 21: 24. Rev. 15: converted into bitter poison, is drawn
8. 17:17. 20: 3.-—JOS. Ant. 1'2. 7. 6. perhaps from Jer. 9: 15. 23: 15. Lam.
3: 15, 19, (where Heb. T11212,) comp.
Plut. de def. Orac. c. 13.
Deut. 29:18. Heb.12: l5. EX- 15: 23.
"Axugov, ou, r6, chafl‘, pp. Sept. for —Xen. Anab. 1. 5. l diPivULor'.
Job 21=18. 7'1: Is. 17; 13. Polyb.
1. 19. 13. Xen. (13¢. 18. 6, 7, B.—In ”A\,lIUx0§, 0!), 6, 1), adj. (a pr. and
N. T. straw, so. as broken up by tread tbvx‘fi.) inanimate, void of sense and lzfi,
ing out the grain, Matt. 3: 12. Luke 3: 1 Cor. 14.=7.-Wisd. 14:29. Polyb.!i.
17. 50 Sept. and W2 Gen. 24.: 25, 3:2. 4.7. 10.
Judg. 19=19. Bin; Is. 30: 24.. Such

Be’ei, b, indec. Baal, Heb. 52:. the Ion is put for the capital of heathenism,
(master), Chald. 5.173}, 5;, Bel, pr. name chief seat of idolatry, probably pagan
of one of the chief gods of the Phe Rome, as being the successor of ancient
nicians and Babylonians, representing Babylon in this respect; comp. Is. 21: 9.
Jer. 50: 38. 51:7, B.—Rev. 14: 8. 16:
either the sun, or more probably the
19. 17:5. 1822,10,21.
planet Jupiter. Rom. 11:4 oinc Emp
‘ zPav 76w 1;] [elk-om] Blink, quoted from 1311011165, 017, b (flou'vw) a step, sc.
1 K. 19: 18 where it is 1'9’: Bda)\‘ comp. of a stair, door, etc. Ecclus. 6: 36.
Buttm. §125. 5. The Israelites were Sept. for 113?”. 1 Sam. 5: 5. Plut. Romul.
often seduced to the worship of this c. 20. In N. T. a step of dignity, de.
god; Iudg. 2: 11,13. 3: 7. 8:33. 1 K. gree, standing, 1 Tim. 3: 13.—Artemid.
16: 31. See Calmet, art. Baal. 2.42. Plut.Alcib. c. 17. Lucian. Amor.
BaCuM'w, (17110;, 1',, Babylon, Heb. §ad53.—Tl1e Attic form is Baalulig, Lob.
Phryn. p. 324'.
52E, Babel, (i. e. confusion, contr. for
from 572; Gen. 11:9,) the cele Baiflog, eog, 00;, ‘rd, (1311669) depth.
brated capital of Babylonia and the seat a) pp. Matt. 13: 5. Mark 4,: 5. Rom.
of the Assyrian and Chaldean empires. 8:39. Eph. 3:18. Luke 5: 421g réfld
For a full account of it, and of the Bog sc. 'rfig sahria'anc, i. 0. the deq),
present ruins, see Calmet, arts. Babel, deep water, the sea. Sept. for “$7221?
Babylon, and Babylonia. In N. T. Ez. 27: 34'. Is. 51: 10. 52"“, Zech.
a) pp. Matt. 1: 11, 12,17 bis. Acts 10:11. Ez. 31: 11,18.—Diod.
7: 43. li’et. 5:13. Sic. 5.36. Xen. (E0. 19. 14..
b) poctically and symbolically Baby b) metaph. (a) for greatness, alum.
\
 Balh'am
dance, Rom. 1 1:33 [3600; rhoz'rrov x. r. )t.
—Sept_ Prov. 18:3. 551. V. H. 3. 18
I'Mt'rroc Baon'm—Q Cor. 8: 2 1'] Karo. Bd
00: m'uxn'a, deep, aly'ect poverty.—
(}3) r1‘: $60»), depths, deep things, i. e. the
secret unrevealcd purposes of any one,
e. g. roi 9cm? 1 Cor. 2: 10. roii aaravr'i
Rev. 9: 24 in text. rec. S0 Sept. for
PE! E00. 7: 24.. Comp. Ps. 92: 5. Dan.
9: 22. Judith 8: l4. Ecclus. 24: 29.—
Hom. ll. 19. 125 ¢p1‘|v fiaOe'ia.
Bmdtln'w, t‘. vvu'), (/3a01'1g,) to deepen,
to make deep. Luke 6: 4.8 Zen-11¢: mi
Egéflwe, i. q. (3.105....- Ea'xaxias, be dug
deep, where by Hebraisrn e’GéOuvs stands
adverbially; Gesen. Lehrg. p. 8233. Stuart
§533. comp. Buttm. § 144. n. 8. Sept.'
form Ps. 99: 6. Hiph. Wag-r! Jer. 4.9: s.
Horn. 1]. 23. 421.
130206;, 57¢, 1,), deg’, profound, e. g.
r1) will‘; John 4: 11. Sept. for Pk? Job
ll: 8. Prov. 22: l4.-Xen. An. 5. 2.
s._ Metaph. Acts 20; 9 51w? [3.1.6.7.
Luke 24: l b'pflpov ,Batk'oc, lit. deep twi
light, i. e. earliest dawn, i. q. May rpm‘
Mark 16: 2.-—-Jos. Ant. 2. l4. 2. Elian.
V. H. 9. 13. Plato Crit. c. l.—So rd
Both'a r017 carat/('1, the deep things, secret
purposes, Rev. 2: 4 in later edit. see in
[36009 b.
Bciloy, 0!), r6 (,Ba‘z‘g) Plur. rd ,Br'l'ia,
branches of the palm tree, John 12: 13.
Heb. v11»; "is: Lev. 23:40. Symm.
for 5'5??? Cant. 7: 9.—l Macc. 13: 51.
Test. XII Patr. p. 668.
_Ba7iaoi(.o, b, indec. Balaam, Heb.
“7,33, pr. name of a soothsayer of Pe
thor in Mesopotamia, who was hired by
Balak, king of the Moabites, to curse
the Israelites; see Num.c. 22,23. Deut.
93: 4. Josh. Q4: 9. Jos. Ant. 4. c. 6.
In N. T. put as the emblem of false
andseducing teachers, 2 Pet. 2: l5. Jude
11. Rev. 9: 14.. See in Nixokairng.
Bahia, b, indec. Balak, Heb. P5?
(vacant),a king of the Moabites, Rev. 2:
14.—See Num. 0. 22. J0s.24.:9. Jos.
Ant. 4. c. 6.
Bakuiwlov, 0!), r0’, also flaMdv
rwv,a purse, Luke 10: 4. 19: 33. 22:
35. 36. Sept. for ""53: Job 14.217. O‘B.
Prov. I: 14. —-Herodian. 5. 4.. 4.. Ken.
Conv. 4. 2.
BtékM, f. Baku’), pert. Bighmza aor.
119 Bin...
9 E'éakov, perf. pass. fié€hypah nor. 1
pass. Eékr'firpv, f. 1 pass. fikqdr’laopai, to
throw, to cast, with a greater or less de
gree of force as modified by the context;
trans. and se . dat. or a prep.
a) gem. rov rhfipov, to cast lots, so.
into the urn or vessel, Matt. 27: 35 bis,
Mark 15:24. Luke 23: 34.. a]. Comp.
Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 333. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 302. So Sept. for 5‘5?!
13am. 14:42. Neh. 10: 34. ll: 1.—
Ecclus. 37: 8. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 4.. Comp.
Virg. rEn. 5. 4.9l.—Spoken of a tree,
to cast so. its fruit, Rev. 6; 13. So [31%
MW Emmiw, to cast om's self, and with
min», to cast one's self down, Matt. 4: 6.
Luke4: 9. John 21: 7. ForActs 97:14,
see below in d.—Seq. dot. to cast to or
before any one, Matt. 15: 26. Mark 7:
27. So Matt. 25: 27 Bake-iv n; tip'yl'lpmv
r07; rparreli'rmg, i. e. to put out, to place
out, money with the brokers, etc.—
Diogn. 2. 20 fit fiakkripeva Ke'p ara d
(ipoiZem—As construed with (iifl'erent
prepositions and particles, the signifies.
tion is variously modified, though the
idea of to throw lies every where at bot
tom, viz.
(a) seq. {11rd, to tin-ow from one, to
cast away, Matt. 5: 29. 18:8, 9. al.—
Philostr. ViL Sophist.l. 20 o'io'rrep rot);
1rpore'povg dqfiflakpollcl drrogaho'w.
) seq. is, to cast out of, e. g. rm‘;
vrdparoc, Io vomilforllz, Rev. 12: 15, 16.
(y) seq. iii», to cast out, i. e. to throw
away, to reject,- Matt. 5: 13. 13: 48.
Luke 14:35. John 15:6.—lIesiod.'Ep-y.
332.—Trop. to banish, sc. rev (pd/50v
1 John 4.: 18.
(5) seq. sig- 0. ace. of place whither,
to cast into, 6. g. :19 rd 1r|7p etc. Matt. 3:
10. 5. 29. 6:30. 13.4.2. MarkQzQQ,
45. al. saep. Sept. for =9‘; Dan. 3. 21,
95.—El¢ rr‘lv szihaa'a'ay, Matt. 91: 21.
Mark 11:23. Rev. 18: 21. Spoken of
nets, etc. to cast into, to letdown into the
sea, Matt. 4:18. 13: 4.7. 17: 27. al. So
Sept. for T’??? Is. 19: 8.-—Ei¢ qwkum’lu,
to cast intopn'son, Matt. 18: 30. Luke
12: 58. Acts 16: 37. al.—Arrian. Diss.
Epict. 1. 29. 6.—Spoken of contribu.
tions in money cast into a treasury, etc.
Mark 12:41-44. LukeQl : 1—4. Also,
to deposit, Matt. 27: 6. John 12: 6.—
Spoken of a sword, to thrust into, so.
the sheath, i. e. to put up, John 18: 11.
 Btl All‘, 120 Barr/4w
of u sickle, Rev. 14: 19,comp. in I be Comp. Xen. An. 1. 5. 1211,01 (Kltéapxor)
low. So of the finger, hand, etc. to 'rf] z'lElyy. _
thrust into, toputinto, Mark 7: 33. John d) intrans. or with tau-row implied, to
20:27. Comp. Heb. "E "519;, Sept. e'xrelvw, cast one's eel , i. e. to rush firward,
Job 28: 9. Dan. 11: 42.--James 3: 3 spoken of a wind, to blow, Acts 27: 14.
r011 i'n'rrwv robe xahwobg ,ei'ihhuv, to put, See Buttm. § 130. n. 2.—-Hom. II. 11.
to place, sc. bits in horses’ mouths.— 721 nor-apt‘); zig- iiho. fiéMmv. AL.
Spoken of liquids, as wine and water, BtZ'Z'TIZW, f. low, (Bdrm) a fre
where we can only translate by to put qnentative in form but not in fact, to
into, topour into, Matt. 9: 17 bis. Mark immerse, to sinh, trans. e. g. spoken of
2: 22 bis. Luke 5: 37: 38. John 13: 5. ships, galleys, etc. Polyb. 1. 51. 6 ml
So Sept. and “'2 Judg. 6: 19.—Anion. 1rohhé r6»! (moody s'fld'rrtlov. ib 8. 4.
Diss. Epict. 4. 13. 12, olvow, 'lva. ,Géhw sic; ib. 16. 6. 2. Epict. Fragm. ed. Schweigh.
Tim #1001’. Dioscor. 1. 94 {limp 1311M” l4. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 5 xvflepvr'lrnc, b'a'rlc
eig- d-y-ysiom—Metaph. fliihhew sic rip’ Xeipiiva 555mm); n'po rr'ic $05M”: i436.
xapbiav to put into one’: heart, to sug~ rrrwev in)” To mrépoc. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
gest to one's mind, John 13: 2.-—Jos. Spoken of animals, Diod. Sic. 1. 36 113'
7.
Ant.
4. 3.
6. 13.
Plot.
4 a 'i‘limol.
r'rre zig3. vofiv
Horn.
e’fiahdpnv.
()d. 1. 5:‘ xzpaaiwv srypiuv riz 1roMi1 pew inro
'roii 11’01'0‘1101-1 weprhndbfie'vra Etadzeelpcrai
201. - Pind. Olymp. 13. 21. fiu-n'nl'épsva. Polyb. 5. 47. 2. Spoken of
(e) seq. E'prrpoaesv v. z’winruiv rwoc, men, partially, Polyb. 3. 72. 4 Ewe riw
to cast before any one, so. at his feet, pacrribvoi 1rzZol flarrrildpsvon—In N. T.
Matt. 7: 6. Rev. 2:14. 4:10. 1. to wash, to cleanse by washing, trans.
Z) seq. e'rri, to cast upon, e. g. row Mid. and aor. 1 Pass. in middle sense,
mrupov e'n'l riic 71171;, i. e. to saw, to scatter to wash one's sel , to bathe, to perform
seed, Mark 4: 26. So Sept. for 8?! Ps. ablation,- comp. Buttm. § 136. 2. —
126: 6.——So to cast stones at any one, Mark 7: 4 £8111 fiBmrriowr-rai, coll. v. 3
John 8: 7 E11" aim-ii. v. 59 in" aim-(iv. SO where it is m’ wVTGl. Luke 11: 38 e’
Sept. for 1"‘??? Eco. 3: 5. and genr. Bailpaaev o'n ob 1rp5rrov e'fia-rn'otir; 1rpo
for "It Is. 37: 33. Div El. 21: 22.— roii (irpla‘rou. Sept. for 5813 2 K. 5: 14,
Wisd. 5: 13. Ecclus. 22: 21.—So ,Géh coll. v. 10 where it is ‘('12 and helm.—
hen! rip/ Eipr'lvrlv e'rri 11);’ 'yfiv, to send out Judith 12: 7 ml (Judith) c'fian'rilero iv
peace upon the earth, Matt. 10:34 bis. 13 rapelufiohlii e'rrl rfig my-yfie roi: iiba'roc.
—Rev. 2: 24 mi {36AM to’ ilpfic ilkko cclus. 31: 25 Bamztymg dim‘: vexpoir,
8690;, to cast upon, i. e. to put upon, to comp. Lev. 11: 25, 28, 40. Num. 19:
impose. Spoken of a sickle, to Utrust in, 18, 19.
Rev. 14: 16, and c. c. :1; v. 19.—Spoken 2. to baptize, to administer the rite of
of liquids, to pour, Matt. 26: 12, coll. v. baptism, either that of John or of Christ,
7; see more in 5 above. Pass. and Mid. to be baptized or to cause
b) Pass. pert. and plupert. fie'ghnpat, one's self to be baptized, i. e. genr. to re
to be cast, i. e. to be laid, to lie, i. q. rei ceive baptism. In the primitive churches,
Pal, comp. Buttm. § 113. 6. Matt. 8: 6 where according to oriental habitsbathing
Béghrrrm z'v rlfi olxt'q 1rupahvrixog. v. 14. was to them what washing is to us, the
91 2 irrl Khivryc ,Beghnpc'yov. Mark 7: 30. rite appears to have been ordinarily
Luke 16:20. So the Act. Rev. 2:22 though not necessarily performed by im
fidMw uiirhv cig xhlvrp', I will cast. her mersion.—Spoken
into a bed, i. e. will afliict her with dis at) pp. and (a) simply, Matt. 3: 6, 13,
ease, etc. 14, 16. Mark 1:4, 5. 16:16. Luke 3:
o) seq. accus. of pers. to throw at any 7,12, 21 bis. 7:30. John 1:25,28. 3:
one, Mark 14: 65 fimrta‘uam av'rov igu 22,23 bis,26. 4.; 1, 2. 10=40. Acts 2;
hov, lit. they threw at him with blaws,-i. e. 411. 8:12,13,36,38. 9:18. 10:47. 16:
they gave him blows. Sept. fiéhkuv I5, 33. 18: 8. 22:16. I Cor. 1:14, 16
,Bz'luzm ml M004; for "I: 2 Chr. 26: 15. bis, 17. SO Mark 6: 14 'Iwr'wwrlq ('1 ,Ga
BéMew r650“; for "21‘ P5. 78: 9. — 1rrlZwvi.q. bfimrrw'n'le—With an accus.
.los. Ant. 2. 15. 4 H804: firihhcw fwd. of the cognate noun, Acts 19:4 'Iwéwqg
 Bmr'nzw 121» Ban-nod;

EBd-trrwe flévrrwpa psravot'ac, John bap bis, 39 bis, rd Brim-tapas, 5 i761 Burn’
tized a baptism of repentance, i. e. b Zopm, Bam'wefivm, to receive the baptism
which those who received it acknowf: with which I must be baptized, i. e. can ye
edged their obligation to repent. Luke 7: endure to be overwhelmed with sufl'er
29. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 3.—In Luke's ings like those which I must endure?
writings with a dative of the instrument For the construction see above in a. 11.
or material employed, i. e. ilba-rt, wrrn Luke 12: 50.—-Sept. (for I“23) Is. 21: 4
water, Luke 3:16. Acts 1:5. 11:16. 1'; t'wopia [is flan-(Cu. Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 3.
Elsewhere with c'y 58111:, 1" water, Matt. 0? Br) iio'repov e'fiéarnaau rfiv mihiv, i. e.
3:11. Mark 1:8. John 1: 26, 31, 33. the robbers who had broken into Jeru
Comp. hiatt. 3:6 Ev r9": 'Iopbtivy. See salem afterwards baptized the city, filled
Buttm.§ 133.3. 1. Winer§ 31.5. Matth. it with confusion and calamity. Plut.
§ 396. n. 2. So with tic rdv 'Iopbtivnv, de Educ. Pueror. l3. 3, \Pnxr‘; roic ‘new
baptized into the Jordan, Mark 1: 9.— UllflfléTPOtQ aiiEe-rat no'votg, roig 5:‘ inrcp
Plut. de Superstit. 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. fid/Vwlmw fiam't'fzrat. gleliodor. 1E
B) with adjuncts marking the object thiop. 2. 3 1" av '' sémrrw e'vov.
and effect of the rite of baptism ; chiefly Diod. Sic. 1.2173 52:05:; flan-riled: Tait;
rig c. accus. to baptize or to be baptized eio'oopakn Clem. Alex. Peed. 2. 2 ion)
1m any thing, i. e. into the belief, pro piling Barrnztilueyog sic I'invoy. Jos. Ant
fession, observance, of any thing. Matt. 10. 9. 4 fiegan'rwpe'rotc sic dvawfintn'av
3: 11. gig pcrdvotav. Acts 2: 38 sic & : ml iim/ov inrci rfig sang. Evenus 15,
vw cipapruiv. 19: 3 ti; rd ’Iuc'wvov 3& in Anthol. Gr. ed. ac. I. p. 99, fiturri
"mafia, i. e. the repentance into which In i'nrvqi—So 1 Cor. 15: 29 bis, rt wolf]
John baptized. 1 Cor. 12: 13 cl: Ev d’ova'w oi fiGTTlZO’PtVOI. I'Jn'e‘p n31’ wexpfin"
mipa, i. e. that we may become one -—rt' xal fid‘K'TfzOVTGl inrz‘p aimfw; i. e.
body. Rom. 6: 3 :1; Sz'warom—So with if the dead, 01 vurpol, do not rise, why
:1: c. accus. of person, to baptize or to expose ourselves to so much danger and
be baptized ism-o sc. a profession of faith sutiering in the hope of a resurrection?
in any one and sincere obedience to him; comp. v. 30, 31, where xii/Swain» and
Rom. 6: 3 and Gal. 3: 27 sic Xpw'rdv. h1r00w’1oxw are substituted for fia-nrt'Zo/iai'
1 Cor. 10: 9 zip 'rbv Mutiitn'lv. So sic rd see also Calmet, p. 145, 147. Comp.
i'wopd run; into the name of any one, in Baton-tapas,
above in a. ourog, "5, W15...)
the same sense; Matt. 28: 19. Acts 8:
16. 19:5. 1 Cor. 1: l3, 15.—So also pp. something immersed; in N. . baptism,
in the same sense, in). 11,3 ovépa-rt ‘Iqaoi, spoken of the rite, viz. of John's baptism,
Acts 2:38; and in! 1Q“: dvo'part r017 Kvplov, Matt. 3: 7. 21: 25. Mark 1: 4.. 11: 30.
Acts 10: 48.—— With inrép, 1 Cor. 15: Luke 3: 3. 7: 29. 20: 4. Acts 1:22.
29 bis, 0i flan'rtztifievot inrt‘p ru‘av vex'pu'w, 10:37. 13:24. 18:25. 19:3,4. of the
baptized on account ofthe dead, i. e. why baptism instituted by Jesus, Rom. 6: 4.
baptized into a belief of the resurrection Eph. 4:5. Col. 2: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 21.—
of the dead, if in fact the dead rise not? Metaph. baptism into calamity, i.e. afllic
See more in b. tions with which one is oppressed or
b) metaph. and (a) in direct allusion overwhelmed, Matt. 20: 22, 23. Mark
to the sacred rite, ‘Bmrrffetv e'v :rysbpan 10:38, 39. Luke 12: 50. See in Ba
dye’? mt Tupi’, to baptize in the Holy Ghost nn’zw 2. b.
and in fire, i. e. to overwhelm, richly
furnish, with all spiritual gifts, or over 4 Bowrrm'puig, 05', a, (fla'lr'rt'zaa)
whelm with ‘ fire unquenchable' etc. 1. washing, ablation, so. of vessels, etc.
Matt. 3: 11. Luke 3: 16. See Calmet, Mark 7:4, 8. Heb. 9: 10. Comp. Lev.
p. 144 : and for the construction see 11:32.
above in a. a. $0 with it! swat/pan 9. baptism, i. e. the Christian rite,
6719 alone, Mark 1: 8. John 1: 33. Heb. 6: 2.—Jos. Ant. 18: 5,2, of John's
Acts 1: 5. ll: 16.—(f3) genr. but still in baptism.
allusion to the rite, to baptize with ca Bwr'rww'n, 05, a, (puflzz...) a
lamities, i. e. to overwhelm with sufl'erings; baptizer, i. e. the Baptist, as a cognomcn
[Math 20: 28 bis, 23 bis.] Mark 10: 38 of John the Baptist, the forerunner of
 BIZ/176) 122 Bugéw
our Lord. Matt. 3: 1. 11:11, 12. 14:2, flapgdpovc 'm'w'rag oi Ai'yl'nrrtol Kuhe'oum
8. 16:14. 17:13. Mark 6: 24, 25. 8: roll; p2) mplo'l. bluo'yhllwaovc. Herodian.
28. Luke 7: 20, 28, 33. 9:19. —- Jos. 7. 3. 2. 1b. 7. 8. 23.
Ant. 18. 5. 2. b) one who does not speak Greek, one
Boifl'fw, f. rim, to dip in, to immerse, not a Greek; Acts 28:2, 4, where the
trans. inhabitants of Melita SMalta) are so
a) pp. 0. c. sic seq. accus. John 13: called, as speaking a dia ect of the Phe
26 fio'ubac rd ‘LI/orplov, sc. etc To rpvghlov, nician language. Rom. l: 14"EAXnoi re
coll. Mark 14:20. So Sept. seq. 2'1’; T1, xai Bapfio'ipotg, to the Greeks rmd to those
for ‘>29 Lev. 4:6. 14:6. Num. 19: 18. not Greeks—Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 1. B. J. 5.
seq. Ev fU'L Ruth 2:14. 2 K.8:15. Job 1. 3. So Clem. Alex. often calls the
9: 31.—Xen. Anab. 2. 2. 9. seq. Ev rm Jews fiépfiapm, e. g. Strom. 6. 6 5360!]
Holn. 0d. 9. 392. — So trans. and seq. 116/104‘ Ev Ktll. 1rpo¢firat flapgépotg, 1:010
ootpla el'EMno'c—Col. 3: ll "Emmy Kai
en. of the touched; Luke 16: 24
‘Va fizirrrp ro iixpov r05 durrvh'ov b'daroc, 'Iovbaioc —-[3cip§apog, Zrbtlqc, where
i. e. by impl. in a small portion of water, fidpgapog seems to refer to those nations
which then is put in the gen. comp. of the Roman empire who did not
Buttm. § 132. 6, 3. Winer § 30. 5. p. speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans,
166. Matth. § 333. Herm. ad. Vig. p. Spaniards, etc. and 21:60:]; to nations
881. — So Horn. 11. 6. 508 X06600!“ not under the Roman dominion—Jos.
flora/.4070. i.B.e.J.theproem. 5 “EMrlot
Romans, Kai fiapgd
Jews, etc. if,
So olfxihe
b) by impl. to tinge, to dye, c. c. dat.
of means, Buttm.§ 133. 3, 1. Rev. 19: Romans, Polyb. 5. 104. l. ib. 9. 37. 5.
13 ipc'lnov ficgalupe'vov alga-rt. — Jos. Bagée, :3, f. how, (13.29%) in N. T.
Ant. 3. 6. l rplxag Kai bopr‘tg 1rpo/Jd-rmv, only Pass. Bapz'opai, 05pm, aor. l Ega
Kai rag fis‘v baxlvflp flsgaluluc'vag, rd;- be‘ pfifirlv, pert‘. particip. liegapnpe'vog, to be
¢oivua. Herodot. 7. 67 El/JGTG {35,30}: heavy, to be weighed down, to be op
pe'va. Horn. Batrachom. 218 or 223 pressed, only metaph. as fiegapnfiérm
s'fldrrrero 5' a'i’lm'ri Miami. Helladius in iirrvq) Luke 9: 32, and so with ihrwp im.
Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. III. p. 145. plied Matt. 26: 43. Mark 14: 40. So
Bagozfifiag, 0t, 6, Barabbas, Ara Sept. fiapi'ww for "U? 1 Sam. 3:2.—
mzean R2! “3. son of the father), pr. Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. IV. p. 177, [3%.
name of a rob er, whose release the (text. rec. flapwfio'wwfilai
tarp—Luke xapbliu
21: 34 r'rlrore bpiw
fiaprltltbotv
Jews demanded of Pilate, Matt. 27: 16,
17,20,2l,26. Mark 15:7,11,15. Luke iv upauréky, i. e. lest ye be (ppressed
23:18. John 18:40 bis. Three Mss. through surfeiting etc. i. e. dull, heavy,
the Armenian version, and one Syriac stupid. So Sept. for ‘*3? Ex. 7: 14.—
version, read in Matt. 1. c. 'Irla-oi'rg Ba Act. Thom. §36. Horn. 0d. 19. 122 o'imp
puflflfig' See Olshausen in loc. ficgapno'ra. Comp. fiapbwu Wis‘d, 9:
Bagéz, a, indec. Barah, Heb. P3; 15.—So to be oppressed, to be borne wn,
(lightning),pr. name of a Hebrew,who sc. by evils, calamities, etc. 2 Co,‘ : 8.
in conjunction with Deborah delivered 5: 4. — Act. Thom. § 21 5a‘: rhv =_X r'v
Israel from the Canaanites. Heb. 11:32. Egapr'ltlr). Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. l4 rrdhng
See Judg. c. 4, 5. inrd 1ro)\e',umv ml lihllwv Ktlk'tilll flap ‘Man.
SO Bapl'ww J05. Ant. 6. 3. 2. D103. ‘Sic.
Baguxlotg, 00, b, Barachias, pr. 4. 38.—-In the sense of to be burdened,
name of a man, Matt. 23:35. He was so. by expense, 1 Tim. 5: 16 r) flapci
probably the same with Jehoida, 2 Chr. 09w 1‘; Ext-Mala. Comp. in 'Aéhpr’pg and
24: 2, 20; as the Jews often had two 'Em€apéw.—Of this word only the '
names. See Zaxaplag, and Kuinoel ticiples Begapmbg, fiegaprlpe'rog, occur‘
and Olshausen in 100. the early and Attic writers, as Hom.
Boigfiagog, 00, b, a barbarian, i. e. 0d. a. 139. ib. 19. 122. Plato Symp.
in ancient usage simply a foreigner, viz. p. 203. B. The present and other forms
a) one who uses a dg'fikrent language, occur only in later writers; as fut. Ba.
1 Cor. 14: 11 bis. Sept. for "'25 Ps. pr'la'et Lucian. Dial. Mort. 10. 4m 5.
114: l.—2 Macc. 2: 21. Herodot. 2.158 Sec Matth.§227. Butlm. Ausl'. Sprnchl.
 Bugger; ' 123 Bugb; -
II. p. 88. Comp. Thom. Mag. p. see in Bape'w. Others, honour,auth0rity,
141 sq. as in Diod. Sic. 4. 61.
Bmgéwg, adv. (fiapbg) been}, me b) weight, sc. in reference to its cause,
taph. with difliculty, as r079 dial ,Bapéu: i. e. greatness, abundance, fullness, cnm
firovaaw, i. e. to hear with dgfii‘cully, to lace. 2 Cor. 4: 17 aio'wwy fiépog 565174‘,
be dull of hearing, Matt. l3: l5 and for aiuylou 565119, a weight, full
Acts 28: 27,quoted from Is.6: 10,where ness, of eternal glory. For the constr.
Sept. for .—But éxobzw, to bear comp. 2 Mace. 9:10 511‘! r13 r17; da'uik
with indignation, Xen. An. 2. l. 9. Also dzpbprrrov fidpoc, for 11‘; rfiq; o'o'pfic (“bo—
[3. ¢£'pew, to be displeased, Sept. for “2'! pr'fl'ov Bépog. Comp. Soph. (Ed. Col.
Gen. 31:35. 2 Mace. 14: 27. Xen. 297 1rarp§ov hm yfic for 1rarpqiag ‘yiig
An. 2. l. 4. 6m. Herm. ad Vig. p. 891.—So Heb.
BagéokouaTog, 00, a, Bartholo ‘153-? Ps. 49: 17. Is. 10:3. 66:12. Soph.
Ajac. 130 'mx'pofinXoi/mv Bépu. Suidas,
mew, Heb. ‘"9171; ‘3 (son of Tolmai), the fli'zpog‘ dvri r06 16 whfiliog, rfir I’UXI’IV.
patronymic appellation of one of the
twelve, whose proper name seems to
Comp. bxkog fiapbg, a great army, Sept.
have been Nathaniel; see John 1:46.
Num. 20: 20. l Macc. 1: 17,20.
21-.2.—Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3: 18. Luke Bagmzcag, 0t, 6, Barsabas, sur
6:14. Acts 1:13. name ot‘ two men, viz. l. of Joseph
BoZg-bia'obg, 05, b, Barg'esus, Heb. mentioned Acts 1:23; see 'lwm’,¢. 2.
FEQ‘H'T'H, the name of a Jewish magi of Judas mentioned Acts 15:22; see
'Ioilaag.
cian, Acts 13: 6.
Bugrnoai'og, 00, a, Barfimus, Heb.
Baig-iwwlg, &, 6, Barg'onas, Heb. "will *3 i. e. son of Timaeus. name of a
"25*"; (son of Jonas), patronymic appel blind man, Mark 10: 4,6.
lation of the apostle Peter, Matt. 16: 17.
Bagbvm, f. 111/15, (flapi/g) in N. T.
Bugva'cag, a, b, Barnabas, sur only aor. 1 Pass. Egapt'wfinv, to be heavy,
name of loses, a Levite,b0m in Cy rus, i. e. metaph. to be oppressed, dull, stupid,
who becamethe chief associate of aul Luke 21: 34 in text. recept. where later
in his labours. The name Barnabas, editions read fiape'w, which see—Diod.
Heb. REE-‘q, is explained by Luke Sic. 4. 38. Ken. Lac. 2. 5.
(Acts 4: 36) to be i. q. vlbg wapuxhfiatwc,
see in flog—Acts 4: 36. 9: 27. ll: 22, Bugbg, 57a, 1'), (36909,) heavy, viz.
25, so. 12; 25. 13=1,2, 7, 43, 46, so. a) pp. Matt. 23: 4 (pop-1'10 Bape'a, heavy
14;12,14.,20. 15: 2 bis, 12,22,25,35, burdens, spoken metaph. of burdensome
36, 37, 39. 1 Cor. 9; 6.—Gal. 2; 1,9, precepts. So Sept. for 1;? Ps. 38:5.
13. Col. 4:10. of ayoke 2 Chr. 10: 4., 11.—Ecclus. 40:
1. pp. Xen. Hiero l. 5. Eq. 10. 6.
Boigog, sag, 00;, 16, weight, Xen. b) trop. weighty, i. e. important, Matt.
Cyr. 3. 3. 42. Ven. 6. 5. In N. T. only 23: 23 rd fiapi'rrspa TOI-I vopov. Acts 25 :
metaph. 7 Bape'a airui‘uara, i. e. not trivial, se
a) weight, so. in reference to its pres vere. So Sept. for “P3 Dan. 2: ll. —
sure,burden, load. (pp. Xen. (E0. 17. 9.) Herodian. 2. l4’. 7.—Spokeu of an epis_
Matt. 20: 12 Bum-rile“! rd fidpoc riig tle,weighty, i. e. not to be made light of,
hpe'pag, the burden, i. e. the heavy labour stern, severe, 2 Cor. 10: 10. — Herodian.
of the day.—Act. Thom. § 57 inroqpc'pwy 3. ll. 6.
rb Bapoe rig; r'I/nz'pac. —- Spoken of pre c) trop. grievous, i. e. oppressive, hard
cepts, of which the observance is bur to be borne; e. g. precepts, 1 John 5: 3.
densome, Acts 15:28. Rev. 2: 24.— Sept. for ‘'25, Neh. 5: 18.—Wisd. 2: l5.
Ecclus. 13: 2. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. l. Ecclus. 29:28.—In the sense of qfllic
Plato Legg. 11. p. 971. E, vépuv fiépog. tive, violent, as Mm; [311 sic, i. e. fierce
——Sp0ken of sinful conduct and its con wolves, Acts 20: 29. ept. m'ryxvmg
sequences, trouble, sorrow, etc. Gal. 6: 2 ,Bapsia for "E? 1 Sam. 5: ll, coll. v. 6.
“MAW Ta Bdpn fiaardlera—In a pe —3 Mace. 6: 5 b fiapn‘lg 'Aaav law ,Ba
cuniary sense, 1 Thesa- 2: 6 iv ,Bépci mku'lg. Wisd. 17:21. El. H. l.
aim‘, to be burdensome, comp. v. 9, and 34 scwc'zrou rpdrrov fiapirrarov.
 Bagz'mpoig 124 Bounlei'a

Bagz'irqsog, 00, 5, ,3, adj, (flaps; a) dominion, reign, i. e. the exercise

and Twin) of great price, precious, Matt. of kingly power,[Matt. 6: 13.] Luke I:
26: 7.—Heliodor. II. p. 113. Eschyl. as. 19=12, 15. Heb. 1:8. Rev. 17: 12,
Suppl. 25.
17, 18. Sept. for we», 1 Sam. 10; 16,
25. my: 1 Sam. ea; 11. flags 1 Sam.
BOWMHZW, f. law, (,Béaavoc q. v.) l3: l3. — Wisd. 6: 4. Herodian. 6. 9.
pp. lo apply a touch-atone; metaph. to l7. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 29. ib. 8. 3. 26.
examine, to scrutinize, either by words, H. G. 3. 3. 5.—So by meton. of abstr.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. or by torture, Jos. for concrete, kings, Rev. 1:6 in later
Ant. 5. l. 2. Herodian. 3. 5. 13. Hence edit. where the text. rec. has flamksic.
in N. T. to torture, 1. e. to torment, to Comp. aw-rfiplov for amrfip, Luke 2: 30.
ofllict with pain, etc. trans. new'a for ne'wrree, Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2.
a) spoken of disease, Matt. 8:6 5:1 h) dominions, realm, i. e. apeople and
mig Bammzépmg. Rev. 9: 5. So Sept. territory under kingly rule, Matt. 4: 8.
for Mic. 6: 13. we? 1 Sam. 5;:1. Mark 6: 23. Luke 4: 5.—Matt. 12: 25,
—2 Mace. 9: 6.-—Spoken of the pains 26. Mark 3: 24 bis. Luke 11:17, 18.-
of parturition, Rev. 12: 2. of punish Matt. 24: 7 his. Mark 13:8 his. Luke
ment, Matt. 8: 29. Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 21:10 bis. So Heb. 11:33. Rev. 11:
28. Rev. 11: 10 coll. v. 6. Rev. 14: 10. 15. 16: 10. Sept. for M532 E5111. 2:
20: 10.—Wisd. ll: 9. 12: 23. Q Macc. 3. H3275’; Gen. 10: 10. Num. 32; 33.
l: ‘28. Jos. Ant. 2. l4. 4. genr. Arrian. Josh. ll: 10.— Ecclus. 44:3. IEl. V.
Diss. Ep. 2. 92. 35. H. 4. 5. Herodian. 4. 3. 11.
b) trop. to oer, to harass, 2 Pet. 2: 8 c) in the phrase 1‘, ficunheia 1017 6:06,
\lwxfiv ducalav. So physically, with toil, kingdom of God, Matt. 6: 33. Mark I:
Mark 6: 48. Spoken of a vessel tossed 4, 15. Luke 4: 43. 6: 20. Johh 3: 13,
by the waves, Matt. 14: 24. 5. al. sazp. also 1'] flaw. roiJ Xpwrm'i, Matt.
Boza'mwpiég, 05, a, (fiauavilo) 13: 41. 20: 21. Rev. 1:9. or 701-) X.
pp. examination, sc. by a touch-stone or mi 9:017 Eph. 5: 5. or r017 Aav'i5, asthc
by torture. In N. T. torture, torment; ancestor and type of the Messiah, Mark
Rev. 14: 11. turn‘); fiaoavwpoii, i. e. the 11: 10; further, 1'1 Baa. 16w obpavu‘w,
smoke of the fire in which they are kingdom of heaven, but only in Matthew,
tormented. Rev. 9: 5 bis. 18: 7, 10, 15. as 3: 2. 4: 17. al. for which we find in
——4 Mace. 9: 6. ' 2 Tim. 4: 18 Ban‘. i'rrovpi'imog- and like
wise absol. r'] ,BamMz’a, Matt. 8: 1'2. 9:
Baa'omarr'yg, 0:7, 5, (fiaeavllo)
pp. one who applies the torture, an inquis
35. al. i. q. later Heb. WHEEQ. "37?? or
itor, Dem. 978. 11. In N. T. aprison =1’??? "-95:72. All these expressions are
keeper, jailer, Matt. 18: 34, i. q. Seapo in N. T. synonymous, and signify the
¢z'r)\aE.—-Symm. ,Baoavwrr'lpiov for "2??! divine spiritual kingdom, the glorious reign
Jer. 20. 2. of the Messiah. The idea of this king
dom has its basis in the prophecies of
Blia'al'og, 01), 1'], pp. a touch-stone,the O. T. where the coming of the Mes
the ancient lapis Lydius, for trying siah and his triumphs are foretold; e. g.
metals, etc. Find. Pyth. 10. 106. Comp. Ps. 2 and 110. Is. 2: l-4, coll. Mich.
there the Scholia, and also Rees’ Cyclop. 4: 1 sq. where in v. 7 the Targum has
art. Touch-stone. Hence, examination, 117219‘?! "132?) Is. 11:1 sq. Jer. 23: 5 sq.
trial, Polyb. 22. 3. 7. torture, Polyb. 15. 31: 31 sq. 32: 37 sq. 33: 14 sq. E1. 34:
27. 7. 1151. V. H. 7. 18. comp. Wisd. 23 sq. 37: 24 sq. and espec. Dan. 2:
2: 19.—111N. T. torment,pain,e. g. from 44. 7: 14,27. 9:25 sq. His reign is
disease, Matt. 4: 24. Sept. for “5?? E2. here figuratively described as a golden
12:18. So of punishment, Luke 16: age, when the true religion and with it
23, 28. -— Wisd. 3: 1. 17:13. 19: 4. the Jewish theocracy should be rc-estab
Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. §68. Spoken lished in more than pristine purity, and
of the pains of parturition, Anthol. Gr. universal peace and happiness prevail.
ed. Jac. II. p. 205. All this was doubtless to be understood
Beams/a, as, 17, (flao'ihu'rg) hing in a spiritual sense; and so the devout
dom, viz. Jews of our Saviour's time appear to
 Bamksr'a 125 Bowbtelog
have received it; as Zacharias, Luke 1: 23: 51. As announced by Jesus and
67 sq. Simeon, 2: 95 sq. Anna, 2: 36 others. Matt. 4|:17,23. 9:35. 10: 7.
sq. Joseph, Luke 23: 50,51. But the Mark 1:14,, 15. Luke 10:9,11. Acts
Jews at large gave to these prophecies 98: 31. al. — In the internal spiritual
a temporal meaning; and expected a sense,
for": Rom. 14:
9. flpd'w'tg all 17 of; yép
room, am‘.z'a-rw 1'1
ducawm'wrl
Messiah who should come in the clouds
of heaven, and as king of the Jewish Kai ripr'plr; Kill Xapa iv 'KYHIIIAGTI. c'ryly.
nation restore the ancient religion and Matt. 6:33. Mark 10:15. Luke 17:21.
worship, reform the corrupt morals of 18:17. John 3: 3, 5. 1 Cor. 4: 20.—
the people, make expiation for their In the external sense, i. e. as embodied
sins, free them from the yoke of foreign in the visible church and the universal
dominion, and at length reign over the spread of the gospel, Matt. 6:10. 12:
whole earth in peace and glory; comp. 28. 13=24.,31,33,4.1,4.7. 16:28.
Aio'w 2. See Schoettgen Diss. de reg. Mark 4: 30. 11:10. Luke 13: 18, 20.
no coalor. in Hor. Heb. Lp. 1147. VVet Acts 19: 8. al. or as perfected in the
stein N. T. I. p. 256. Kuinoel on Matt. future world, Matt. 13: 43. 16: 19. 26:
3: 2. Koppe Exc. I. in Ep. ad Thess. 29. Mark 14': 25. Luke 22: 29, 30. 2
p. 92 sq. Keil Hist. dogm. de regno Pet. 1:11. Rev. 12:10al. In this
Mess. in Opusc. Acad. p. 22 sq. Ber view it denotes especially the bliss of
tholdt Christol. J udaeor. p. 187 sq.— heaven which is to be enjoyed in the
Referring to the O. T. idea, we may Redeemer's kingdom, i. q. eternal life,
therefore regard the kingdom of heaven Matt. 8:11. 25: 34. Mark 9:47. Luke
etc. in the N. T. as designating in its 13:28, 29. Acts 14: 22. 1 Cor. 6: 9,
Christian sense, the Christian dispensa 10. 15:50. Gal. 5: 21. Eph. 5; 5.
tion, or ‘ the community of those who re 2 Thess. 1: 5. 2 Tim. 4: 18. Heb. 12:
ceive Jesus as the Messiah, and who, 28. James 2: 5. al.—Spoken generally,
united by his Spirit under him as their Matt. 5: 19 bis. 8: l2 viol rfic fiamhelac,
Head, rejoice in the truth and live a sons of the kingdom, i. e. the Jews, who
holy life in love and in communion thought the Messiah's reign was destined
with him.’ This spiritual kingdom has only for them; but viol riic Matt.
both an internal and an external form. 13: 38, are the true citizens of the king
As internal, it already exists and rules dom of God. Matt. ll:11,12 see in
in the hearts of all Christians, and is 'Apmizw. 13: 11, 19,44,115, 52. 18: 4.,
therefore present. As external, it is 23. 19: 12,24’. 20: 1. al. saep. Spoken
either embodied in the visible church of also gem. of the privileges and rewards
Christ, and in so far is present and pro. of the divine kingdom both here and
gressive; or it is to be perfected in the hereafter, Matt. 5:3, 10, 20. 7: 21. 18:
coming of the Messiah to judgment and 3. Col. 1: l3. 1 Thess. 2: 12. An.
his subsequent spiritual reign in bliss Bam'hemg, 01), b, h, adj. (,Baoihn'ig)
and glory, in which view it is future.
royal, regal.
But these different aspects are not al
ways distinguished; the expression often a) pp. 1 Pet. 2: 9 fiaulkrzov lepérsv a,
embracing both the internal and exter a royal priesthood, consecrated to (fed
nal sense, and referring both to its com as kings and priests, i. e. in a distin
mencement in this world and its com guished manner; quoted from Ex. 19:
pletion in the world to come. Comp. 6, where Sept. for n‘??? "#ZE'E—Wisd.
Olshausen on Matt. 3:9. Tholuck Berg 18: 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. Ken. Anab.
pred. p. 79 sq.—Hence in N. T. spoken l. 10- 12
(or) in the Jewish temporal sense, by b) as a subst. 1'6 fiaolkuov, and plur.
Jews and by the apostles before the day 1a flue-(Ana, (so. 56/11: or 5414111111,) a
of Pentecost, Matt. 18: 1. 90: 21. Luke royal mansion, palace, Luke 7: 25. So
17: 90 init. 19:11. Acts 1: 6. Se t. plur. for ""3 Esth. 2: 13.
in the Christian sense, as an m»); P“; Esth. 1- 9. 52w. Nah. 2:6.
nounced by John, where perhaps some sing. for 1"”?! Prov. 18: 19.—plur. Jos.
thing of the Jewish view was inter Ant. 13. 5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. l. 5. Sing.
mingled, Matt. 3: 2; comp. also Luke Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4|. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 1.
 Barthel’; 126 B0207;

Bao'lltiég, £015, 6, a king, 1. e. one a) genr. and c. 0. int’ seq. gen. 01'
who exercises royal authority and sove country or accus. of pers. to reign over.
rei nty. Sept. everywhere for Heb. etc. Luke 19:14, 17. 1 Tim. 6: 15 b
5) pp. and gem. of David, Matt. 1: 6. Baothzinvv, a king. Spoken of Arche
Acts 13: 22. Pharaoh, Acts 7: 10, 18. laus, who for a time had the title of
Heb. 11: 23, 27. of the Roman emperor, king, Matt. 2: 22, see in ‘Apxe’ltaog.
John 19:15. of ancient Jewish kings, Sept. for 122 Judg. 9: 8, 10. 1 Sam.
Luke 10: 24.—-Herodian. 4. 10. 4. 8:9, 11.—— C. c. gen. Herodot. 1. 206.
Polyb. 3. 33. 3. Ken 1. 2. 1.—So also Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2.—Spoken of the
Jesus as the Messiah is often called Messiah, Luke 1: 33. 1 Cor. 15: 25.
king, king of Israel, of the Jews, etc. Rev. ll: 15.
Matt. 2: 2. 21: 5. 25: 34, 40. Luke 19: b) absol. to reign, i. e. to possess and
38. John I: 50. 12:13,15. al. S0 to exercise dominion; spoken of ‘God as
Sept. and Ps. 2: 6. E2. 37: 24.— vindicating to himself his regal power,
Spoken of God, 1 Tim. 1: 17. 6: 15. Rev. 11= 17. 19: 6. So Sept. and feta.
Rev. 15: 3. l7: l4 Bao'thzvg fiamhe'wv, Ps. 93:1. 96: 10. 97:1. 99: l.—Trop.
king of kings, by way of emphasis; spoken of Christians who are to reign
comp. t‘ivaE ante...” Eschyl. Suppl. with Christ, i. e. enjoy the high privi
533. Matth.§ 430. 5. Gesen. p. 692. leges, honours, and felicity of the Mes
0.Ps.Stuart,
5:3. 29:10.
§455. 47:3.
0. So 95:3.—Ecclus.
Sept. and siah's kingdom, Rom. 5: 17. Rev. 5:10.
20: 4, 6. 22: 5. So of Christians on
51: 1.—Matt. 5: 35 no)“; 'roii pe'ycillov earth, to enjoy the honour and prosperity
fiamhe'wg, i. e. of God, viz. Jerusalem as ofkings, 1 Cor. 4:8 bis. Comp. Lat.
the seat of his worship; so Sept. and viva et regno, Hor. Ep. 1. 10. 8.-—Trop.
w’zr; Ps. 47; 2. to have dominion, to prevail, to be predo
b) in a more general and lower sense, minant, e. g. death, Rom. 5: 14, 17. sin
as a title of distinguished honour, vice. and grace, 5: 21 bis. 6:12.
roy, prince, leader, chief, etc. Thus Bawflttxo'g, r’), 67, (fiamket'ig) king
Herod the Great and his successors had Iy, royal, i. e.
the title of king, but were dependent 21) pp. belonging to a king, e. g. a ter
for the name and power on the R0. ritory, Acts 12:20. a robe, 12:21. So
mans; Matt.2:1, 3,9. Luke 1:5. Acts Sept. for :1??? Num. 20:17. 21:22. 2
12:1. 25: 13 sq. 26: 2sq. But Herod Sam. 14.: 26. H123»: Esth. s. 15.—Xen.
Antipas was in fact only a tetrarch, Cyr.8. 5. 3.-_Spoken ofa person attached
Matt. 14: 1. Luke 3: 1, l9. 9: 7,) to a court, a courtier, a nobleman, John
t ough he is called ,Batnkei'ig Matt. 14: 4: 46, 49.—Jos. Ant. 17. 10. 3,6. Polyb.
9. Mark 6:14. So Aretas, king of 4. 76. 2.
Arabia Petraea, 2 Cor. 11:32, comp. b) trop. noble, excellent, pre-eminent.
Bibl. Repos. III. p. 266, 267. Also James 2: 8 vii/.109 BamAucog—Clcm.
when joined with iryeptiveg', Matt. 10: Alex. Strom. l. 16 EtSaomXt'a. 5. 14
18. Mark 13:9. Luke 21: 12. also 6 X670; 5:10;‘ Kai flaathixoc. Jos. Ant.
Acts 4.; 26. So Sept. and 1'2», Ps. 2: 2. 6. 4. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 8 flair. xziMog.
1092 16.—Gem. 1 Pet. 2: 13,17. 1 So regalis Cic. 011‘. l. 13.
Tim. 2: 2. Matt. 17:25. 18: 23. Acts
Josh.
9: 15.c. 12.—110m.
Rev. 9: 11.0d.So1. Sept.
394. and
Spoken Baa/7.1mm, ng, ;,, (Batnheiig) a
queen, Matt. 12:42. Luke 11:31. Acts
of the sons of the emperor Severus, He 8:27. Rev. 18:7. Sept. for 1'1??? l
rodian. 3. 13. 3. comp. 7. 10. 3, and 8. Ki. 10. 1. Esth. 1; 9, 11,12,15,16, 17.
8. 6, 15.—Twp. spoken of Christians, as —Polyb. 23. 18. 2. Aristot. (E0. 9.
about to reign with the Messiah over Xen. (E0. 9. 15.—The Atticists con
the nations, Rev.5:10. 1: 6 in text. demn it as a word of the later Greek
rec. comp. 20:6, and see in fiatnheilal b. instead of Baa-[Mia or Baotkig, Phryn.
L
ed. Lob. p. 225. Sturz. de Dial. Mac.
BOMIAEL’MJ, f. time), (flao'thu'lg) to p. 151.
be king, to reign, intrans. B02014‘, em‘, :‘l, 03:11’ no ,) a step, pace,
 Baa'xul’vw 127 Bur-rolto'yéw
llerodian, 6. 5. 12. a foot, base, on John 16: 12 Wankel—mi: EI’II'GUOE flaw-ni
which any thing stands, Sept. for 12 [uv c‘ipn.—Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3.15.9
Ex. 30: 18,28. In N. T.thejbot, as that axe'tha: ni 1r (i-ypa, Kai rfiv a'aurof: qh'nnw,
with which we walk, Acts 3: 7.— 1'! “Warm: arr-tidal.
Wisd. 13: 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 5. ib. 7. c) to bear or carry about, so. as at
11. 3. ' tached to one's person;
‘fipara Ev rqi atii'uart.
Gal. 6:17 ari
So Symm. for “I?!
Bowzou'vw, 1". two, (,Btio'uo. 36(0),)
am.‘ 1 e'fidamvu, for which Mss. have s. 89:51, where Sept. inre'xun—Luke
11: 27 KOIAIIG r‘; Bazrrdaam'z ac. S0 Schol.
z'flr'wnlva, as also Herodian. 2. 4. 11.
comp. Buttm. § 101. 4. n. 2; to pratc sc. Ms. in Horn. ll. 6. 59 By iv yam-pt 1)
about any one, to slander, trans. Plut. lu'r'rrnp—flaa'rdlot, comp. Wetstein in
Pericl. 12.——In N. T. toprate to any one, loc.—In the sense of to wear, for which
i. e. to misleadbypretences, as if by ma classic writers use ¢op€w, Luke 10: 4.—
gic arts, to fascinate, to bewitch, trans. So tpope'u, Diod. Sic. 20. 54. Ken. An.
Gal. 3: L-Herodian. 2. 4. ll. Diod. I. 8. 29.
Sic. 4. 6. Aristot. Probl. 20. 34. Theocr. I. Bow-0;, 00, 1‘, or 6, a lhornbush,
Id. 6. 39. Comp. Lob. ad. Phryn. p. bramble; fem. Luke 6: 44. 20: 37. Acts
462 sq. VVetstein N. T. ad loc. 7: 30, 35. So Sept. for ".3? Dent. 33: 16.
Beanigo, f. dew,(/3dmg,) pp. to raise —Hom. 0d. 24. 229. Polyb. 3. 71. 1.
upon a basis, to support: in ordinary Theophr. H. Pl. 3. 18.—Masc. 6 Blame,
usage and in N. T. to take up and hold, Mark '12: 26 in later edit. So Sept.
to bear, trans. viz. Vatic. for "5.? Ex. 3: 2, 3, 4. So the At
a) to talle up and hold, sc. in the hands tics, according to Moeris, p. 99. Thom.
etc. John 10: 31 c'fidm'alov M60119.— Mag. p. 148. Comp. H. Planck in Bibl.
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7 fium'daag' rfiv 'udxat Repos. I. p. 667.
pav c'nrd Ti]; 7179. Hérodian. 4. 2. 11.— II. Bu'rog, 00, a, a bath, Heb. r~=_1,a
In the sense of to take up and bear, Acts Jewish measure for wine and oil, equal
21:35. So to take up and bear may, to the ephah for dry measure, Luke 16:
i. e. to take away, John 20: 15.—Jos. 6. According to Josephus, Ant. 8.2.
Am. 7. 15. 3. ib. 9. 7. 1. Polyb. 1. 48. 9, it contained 72 Ec'arat or seztarii; but
2.—Trop. to take upon one's selfand bear, the sextarius, which at Rome was equal
Matt. 8: 17 rag vdaoug. Comp. Is. 53: 4. to 1.; pint, and would thus make the
b) to bear, to carry, in the hands or bath equal to 13:; gallons, varied much
on the shoulders, etc. Matt. 3: 11 n‘: in different places. The more usual
tired/‘para, one's sandals, which was the estimate for the capacity of the bath, is
duty of a servant. Mark 14:13 and 7.} or 9 gallons. According to Ideler
Luke 22: 10 xzpéptov iidarog. Luke 14: and Boeckh it was about 11% gallons;
27 and John 19: 17 1131/ araupév. Luke see in Kdpog. Comp. 1 K. 7: 26, 38. E2.
7:14. John 12:6. Acts 3:2. 15:10. Gal. 45:10, 11, 14. See Jahn§ 114. Adam's
6:5. Rev. 17: 7.-—Ecclus. 6:27. Bel Rom. Ant. p. 504.
and Drag. 36. Herodian. 4. 7. ll. Polyb.
2. 24. 6. ib. 8. 7. 9.—Trop. Acts 9: 15 Bé'rgaxog, ov, a, a frog, Rev. 16:
0111709 roii Barn-dual r5 iii'opd you e'minrtov 13. Sept. for 231W, Ps. 78: 45. 105:
z'flwiv x. r. )1. to hear my name, i. e. to 30.—Elian. V. H. l. 3. Artemid. 2. l5
announce, to publish, etc.—In the sense ficirpaxot 5c‘ fiwdpac yonrac Kai ,Bmluolui
of to bear up, to support, Rom. 11: 18. xoug npoa'npuiyouai.‘ role 3:‘ if b'xlwv
Metaph. to bear, to support, to endure, e. noptfope'votc t'l'yaeriv.
g. labours, sufi'erings, etc. Matt. 20: Barroko'yéw, 5, f. flow, compounded
12 see in Bépog. Rev. 2: 3. punishment, from M-yw and Bérroc, a word derived
r6 xplpu, Gal. 5: 10. So Sept. for I‘?! 2 by some from the Heb. [N93 or "93] to
K. 18: 14. Heb. 1'1; is: Lev. 5. 1,17. prate, to use many words, Lev. 5: 4. or
Is. 53: 12. E2. 23: 35. So to bearpa from ‘1;, plur. W13, empty words, Job
liently, Rom. 15: 1. Gal. 6: 2. Rev. 2: 2. 11:3 coll. v. 2. Is. 16:6. 44: 25. By
.—Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1.3. 2.—Metaph. others it is regarded as of Greek ori in,
1n the sense of to receive, to understand, and even as a proper name. This Sat
 Bbélwypm
tus, according to some, was a king of
Cyrene who stuttered, Herodot. 4. 155;
according to others, he was a silly lo
quacious poet, who made long hymns
full of repetitions; Suid. flarroho'yla' 1'1
1roXvXo-yla, bird Barron nvoc pauper)‘: ral
Follow-i ouc bun/avg 1rou'lo'avrog, raw-o
)w‘yiav exam-ac. It is more probably
imitated by a sort of onomatopoeia. from
a person who stutters or stammers; and
thus flan-oho'ye'm originally signified to
stammer, and then to babble, to chatter ,
so Passow sub voc.—Hence in N. T. to
use empty words, to rqaeat the same thing
over and ova, intrans. Matt. 6: 7, where
it is explained by nohvlkoyia. Comp.
Ecclus. 7: 14.—Simplic. in Epictet. p.
212. [340.] 1rzp1 xaenmiwwv be‘ ,Ba'rroho
75v r171’. Eustath. in ()d. w. p. 833. 43,
Bdr'roc, Baoihzuc, Ailing—59 50x51 ira
p‘viiav boin/ai roii fiar-roho'yz'iv. See
etstein ad Matt. 1. c. Tholuck Berg
pred. p. 362. sq.
Bbéltu'yua, “70;, 1'6, (5567610010,)
an abomination, i. e. any thing abomi for as: Is. 14.. 19. Job 15: 16. fiaa'io
nable or detestable. Lev. 18.30. Prov. 8:7. ‘($73. Hos. 9:10.
a) gem. Luke 16: 15 flb. e’vu'nrwv r017
9:017, opp. to r.) in dveptinroic inlmlkov.
So Sept. for 1152.51“ seq. e’vénriov Prov. ll:
1. seq. Zyayn Deut. 24:4. seq. dat. Prov.
l5:8,9. 20:23. 21:27.31. _ —Wisd. 7: 93. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 xrfimg.
b) spoken of what was unclean in the
Jewish sense, and especially of impure
idol-worship; hence, idolatry, licentious
ness, abominable impurity, Rev. 17 z 4, 5.
91: 27. So Sept. ra fibzhiryparo. r5111
56m” for Mair-1 2 K. 16: 3. 21: 2. comp.
Lev. 18: 22. ‘(Pf-‘i. Lev. ll: 10, 12, 13.
“it? [augmentative HD’E'EZ‘] Jer. 11: 15,
coll. v. 13, 17._ Test. XII Patr. p. 615
in fibeltirypacrw e'Bvd'm—Here belongs
the phrase 16 fibe'hv'ylm rfic Epnpu'wcwg,
Matt. 24:15 and Mark 13: 14,quoted by
Jesus from Dan. 9: 27, coll. 11: 31. 12:
11, where Sept. for 151313? ‘(177.3, pp. an
abomination causing desolation, and ap.
plied by Christ to what was to take
place at the destruction of Jerusalem by
the Romans; comp. Luke 21: 20, and so
also Josephus, Ant. 10. 11. 7. It is pro
bably to be referred to the pollution of
the temple by idol-worship or the set
ting up of images; though express his.
torical testimony is wanting; comp. B
Thess. 2:4. See Olshausen on Matt.
128 Bégnltog
24:15. So Sept. rii 'Ao'niprp flbchr'i
yuan Eldon/fun’ for l K. 11: 5. ‘9%;
1 K21; 26. 11;’: Is. 17: 8.—-So Ban-n,
e'pnpéawc l Macc. 1: 54, where it refers
to the like pollution of the temple bv
Antiochus Epiphanes, who set up in it
the statue of Jupiter Olympius; comp. 2
Macc. 6:2—5. 1 Macc. 1: 59. 6: 7.
Bbekomro'g, 1'], (iv, ([Bfim'maw)
abominable, detestable, Tit. 1: 16. Sept.
for Haz'in Prov. 17=15.-2 Macc. 1: 27.
Ecclus. 41: 5.
Bbsh'nrow, f. 65..., (on... pedo,) to
emit a stench, to excite disgust,- in N. T.
Mid. fierkbaaopai, as trans. to feel dis
gust at,to abominate,toabhor; see Buttm.
§ 135. 4. Rom. 2: 22 fibehvao'opn'og 'ra
z‘ibwha. So Sept. for 52! Lev. 26:11.
no Deut. 23: 7. Amos 5: 10.—VVisd.
11: 25. Polyb. 33. 16. 20. of a stench,
Aristoph. Plut. 700.—Particip. of the
Perf. Pass. in a pass. sense, E1355)“;
yuévog, abominable, detestable, i. e. pollut
ed with crimes etc. Rev. 21: 8. So Sept.
Bélgcaog, aloe, or, (311..., /3alwm,)
steadfast, firm, sure.- as e'hm'c 2 Cor. l:
7. Heb. 3:6. 6:19. So Rom. 4:16.
Heb.2:2. 3:14. 9:17. 2 Pet. 1'. 10,19.
7. 9. 2. Xen.Cyr. 3. 2. 23 elpilvrl. Hiero
3. 7 rprlu'a.
Begauiw, 5, 1'. am», (fléémag) to
make stearlfast, to confirm, trans. spoken
of persons, 1 Cor. 1: 8. 2 Cor. 1:21.
C012: 7. Heb. 13: 9. So Sept. for =32
Ps. 119:98. T35 Ps. 41: 13.—Spoken
of things, etc. to corroborate, to ratify,
to establish, sc. by arguments, proofs,
etc. Mark 16: 20. Rom. 15: 8. 1 Cor.
1:6. Heb. 2: 3. — Jos. Ant. 1.18. 6.
Herodian. 6. 8. l5. Thuc. 3. 12.
Begaiam'ig, swg, 1'1, (fiefimo’w) con
finnation, firm establishment, Phil. 1:7.
Heb. 6: 16 sic Begalwaun—Wisd. 6: 18.
Thuc. 4. 87.
Be'cnkog, 00, b, r’). adj. (fiaivw,
BUM; a threshhold,) pp. of place, ae
cessible to all, Soph. (Ed. Col. 10. hence,
common, profane, in opp. to 117110;‘, Thuc.
4. 97. Etymol. Mag. ,Béfiqhoc' 6 p1)
iepbg rovrog, c'ixr'itlaprog Kai fiarbc m'ww.
So Sept. for B'n Lev. 10=10. 1 Sam.
 Begnhiw 129 Bnflaw'a
91: 4, 5. El. 99: 26. Spoken of per o'iarol ib. 52. 21. 3. Thuc. 2. 75. Comp.
sons, profane, i. e. not consecrated, unin Xen. An. 5. '2. l4.
ih‘ated, 121. V. H. 3. 13.—Hence Bekn’m, ovog, a, 1), better, com
In N. T. spoken of persons, profane,
par. of 671100’; Buttm. § 68. l. The
i. e. inqrious, a rcqfl‘er, 1 Tim. 1:9. neut. fir'hrtov stands adverbially, 2 Tim.
Heb. 12:16. So Sept. for ‘#21: E1. 21: 1: 18 fie’knov 'ywécmctc, thou knowesf bel
‘35.—3 Macc. 9: lL—Spoken of things, ter sc. than I can write, etc. Comp.
as disputes, etc. common, unholy, mano Buttm. § 115. 4., 5.
tzjied, I Tim. 4,: 7. 6: 20. 9 Tim.9:16.
Banana/r, 6, indec. Benjamin, Heb.
BeCqMw, 5, f. 6mm, (flégnhoc) ‘can; (son of the right hand), pr.
to profane, to violate, trans. Matt. 12: 5. name of the youngest son of Jacob by
Acts 94: 6. Sept. for ‘5211 Ex. 31; 14.. Rachel; comp. Gen.35: 18 sq. Hence
Lev. 19: 8, 12. we 132.43: 7,8.-He ooh) Bemaplv, the tribe of Benjamin,
liodor. 10. p. 513. Comp. H. Planck Acts 13: 21. Rom. 11:1. Phil. 3: 5.
in Bihl. Repos. I. p. 684. Rev. 7:8.
Bzslgefioiflt, a, indec. Beelzebul, Bsgw'm), 77;, 1'], Bernice, eldest
the prince of the evil angels or demons, daughter of Herod Agrippa first, and
i. q. Satan, Matt. 10: 25. 12: 241,27. sister to the younger Agrippa, Acts 25:
Mark 3: 99. Luke 11115,]8, 19. Heb. 13,23. 26: 30. She was married to
5mg ‘>22, i. e. deus stercoris, for 5;; Buxt. her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis; and
Lea. Ch. Tal. Rab. 641.—The name in after his death, in order to avoid the
the O. T. is 553! 523, Beehlsgm'tg, Beel merited suspicion of incest with her
zmub, i. e. lord of flies, fiy-god, 9 K. brother Agrippa, she became the wife
1:2, where Sept. Bdak puiav' comp. of Polemon, king of Cilicia. This
the Zn); 'A'trdpuwg of the Greeks, Pau connexion being soon dissolved, she
san. 5. l4. 2; and the Jupiter Myagrius returned to her brother, and afterwards
of the Romans, Solin. Polyhist. c. 1. became mistress of Vespasian and Ti
This form is also found in some Mss. tus. Jos. Ant. 19. 5. 1. ib. 20. 7. 2, 3.
of the N. T. but the form Bsehzzgoiih, Tacit. Hist. 2. 81. Sueton. Tit. 7.
applied in contempt by a slight parono Béfolw, 0'14, 1‘], Berea, a city of Ma.
masia, seems to have been the prevail cedonia, on the river Astrzeus, not far
ing one amon the Jews. See Buxt. from Pella towards the S. W. and near
Lex. 333. Lig tfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. mount Bermius. It was afterwards
12:24.
called benopolis, and is now called by
Bella)» or Bel/av, a, indec, Be. the Turks Boar; b others, Cam Veria.
Iiul, or Beliar, Heb. 52:31, (wickedness) Acts mm, 13.- huc. 1. 61.
1 Sam. 25: 25; used as an appellation
of Satan} Cor. 6: 15. The form Bzhlap
BegomTog, a, or, qfBerea, Berean,
which occurs in later editions is Syriac, Acts 20: 4.
the 5 being changed to ‘M So Test. Bnfiagugoi, (Z5, 1'], Betbabara, Heb.
XII Patr. p. 539, 587, 619. al. "33?: ""51. (house or place of the ford so.
B216»), 7);, 1", (Biker) lit. point of of the Jordan), John 1:28; where the
a weapon,- in N. T. and genr. a needs, best Mss. and later editions read BqOa
Luke 18: 25 in Mss. for fia¢ig in text. via. The reading Bnflaéapd seems tohave
recepL—Aristot. de An. 2. 88. Ammi arisen from the conjecture of Origen,
an. Epist. 17. 96. Elian. V. H. 9. 8. who found in his day no such place as
See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 90. Enema, but saw a town called 3116(I
Qapt’t, where John was said‘ to have
Békog, s04, 00;, rd, (fidhhw) a baptized; and therefore took the liberty
missile weapon, e. g. a dart, arrow,ja to change the reading. See Orig. Opp.
velin, etc. trop. Eph.6: 16 ro'ic ,Béhcm II. p. 130, ed. Huet. Kuinoel in loc.
TUI'UPUPLIYOIC, fiery darts, i. e. missiles
fitted with combustibles, etc. Sept. for Bnfluw'a, 02;, 1), Bethany, Syro
‘F3? Sam. 92:15. P8. 18:15. 144: B. Chald. ‘.175. 1"; (house of dates), from
-—:\pollodor. Bibl. 2. 4|. 1rvp¢épa flaw; "a"?! a date, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tul. 38.
Arr. Exp. Al. M. 2. 18. IS! 1rvp¢dp¢u 1.. A town or village about ‘fifteen fur
l
 Bndeahoi 130 - \ Bin
longs E. from Jerusalem (John 11: 18) 2. The other Bethsaida lay in Gau
beyond the mount of Olives; so called lonitis at the N. E. extremity of the
from the great number of palm trees lake, near where the Jordan enters it.
which grew there. It was the resi This town was enlarged by Philip,
dence of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus; tetrarch of that region (Luke 3: 1), and
and Jesus often went out from Jerusa called Julius, in honour of Julia the
lem to lodge there. At present it is a daughter of Augustus. Jos. Ant. 18. '2. 1.
miserable village. Matt. 21:17. 26:6. B. J. 2. 9. 1. il). 3. 10. 7. Plin. H. N.
Mark 11:], 11,12. 14:3. Luke 19:29. 15. 15. In the desert tract near this
24:50. John 11: 1,18. 12:1. city Jesus miraculously fed the five
2. A place on the eastern side of Jor thousand, and afterwards departed by
dan, where John baptized. The exact ship to the other side of the lake, Luke
position of it is not known. John 1: 9: 10. Comp. Matt. 14: 13 sq. Mark 6:
‘28, in later edit. where others read 31 sq. John 6: 1,2,5, sq. 17,22,211’.—
Bqeagupti q. v.—-Some derive it here Hither Griesbach and others refer also
from "3.5!, 7'1"; i. e. house or place of ships; Mark 8: 22; see Kuinoel ad loc.
and suppose it to have been the same
place as Bethabara. Bflll¢0t'y?’7, 1'], indec. Bethphage, Sy
ro-Chald. ‘ARE. ""2 (house of figs), Buxt.
1377056306, 1'], indee. Bethesda, Sy Lex. Ch. Rab. 1691, pr. name of a vil
ro-Chald. I‘??? I“; (house of compas lage, mil/11], east of the mount of Olives,
sion) Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 798, a pool and near to Brfiaw'a. Matt. 2]: 1. Mark
or fountain at Jerusalem whose waters 11:1. Luke 19:29.
had a healing virtue, with a building
over or near it for the accommodation Bifuz, wrog, r6 (Balm) a step, i. e.
of the sick. John 5:2. See Calmet. a) apace,fool-step, Acts 7: 5 0135:‘ [311/411
Jahn § 198. #03643 i. e. not a foot-breadth. So Sept.
for 55111? 11?; Deut. 2: 5.—Xen. Cyr.
_B170Mé,w, 1'], indec. Bethlehem, Heb. 7. 5. 6.
5*? h‘; (house of bread), Gen. 35: 19; b) by impl. like the Engl. steps, i. e,
pr. name of a celebrated city, the birth any elevated place to which the ascent
place of David and Jesus. It was is by steps, e. g. a stage or pulpit for a
situated in the limits of the tribe of speaker or reader, Sept. for 521:”. N01].
Judah, about six or eight miles south 8: 4. Esdr. 9: 4.2. In N. T. spoken of
by west of Jerusalem, and probably re an elevated seat like a throne in the
ceived its appellation from the fertility theatre at Cesarea, on which Herod sat,
of the circumjacent country. Matt. 2: 1, Acts 12: 21; comp. Jos. Ant. 19.8. 2.—
5,6,8,16. Luke 2:4,15. John 7: 4.2. Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 9 nine e’tp' bdmXm-érou
—See Mission. Herald 1824.. p.67. fir'lpnrog h fiamltehg—More commonly,
Bnthmi'hoi, 1", indec. also Enema-5.1.1, a tribunal, so. of a judge or magistrate,
text. rec. in Matt. and Mark, Bethsaida, Matt. 27=19. John [9. 13. Anne; 12,
Heb. “T25. H‘? (place of hunting or fish. 16,17. 25: 6, 10,17. Rom.14.:10. 2
ing-)1, pr. name of two cities or towns in Cor. 5:10. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
123. see also in AtBém-pwrog._2 Mace.
1. Bethsaida of Galilee (John 12: 21), 13: 26. Herodian. 1. 5. 4. Xen. Mem.
so called perhaps in distinction from 3. 6. l.
the other Bethsaida, probably lay near Bi'lfvltltog, DU, 6, 1'], beryl, a pre
Capernanm, being mentioned in con cious stone of a sea-green colour, Rev.
nexion with it, Matt. 11: 21,24. Luke
21: 20.—-Tob. 13: 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5.
10: 13, 15. Comp. also Mark 6: 4.5 with Plin. H. N. 37. 5. Sept. flnpr'lkluov for
John 6: 17. Eusebins says only that it =55 EX. 28: 20. 39: 11.
lay on the sea of Gennesareth, i. e. the
western shore; as its name also would Btu, 0:5, ,1, strength, sc. of body,
imply. It was the birthplace of Philip, Ilom. ll. 1. 404. ib. 8. 103. In N. 'l'.
Andrew, and Peter, John 1: 45.—Matt. fbrce, impetus, violence, Acts 5: 26. 21:
11; 21. Mark 6:45. (8; 22.) Luke 10: 35. 24: 7. ‘27: 4-1. Sept. for “79.5: Ex.
13. John 1: 4.5. 12:21. 14:25. 1:? Ex. 1: 14.—Wisd. 41:4.
 B!!!’{u 131 Bio;
5: 1%. Jos. Ant. 2. 16.6. Xen. Cyr. 7. lleb. 9: 19. 10:7. So Sept. and ‘1;?!
l. 3 l . Ps. 40: 8.—1 Mace. 12: 9. — For 113 B1
Bla'agw, t'. rim», (131a,) to force, to éxiow Zofiq Rev. [13:8.] 17:8. 20:12.
urge, Horn. Od. 12. 297. In N. T. 21:87. [99: 19.] and re‘: ,Gmé'kla sc. of
only fitc'izopat, both as depon. Mid. to judgment, Rev. 20: I2 bis, see in Ba'gkog.
use fires, to fires, 0. c. accus. 9 Macc. --Spoken of letters or epistles, which
14: 41. Xen. H. G. 6. l. 4 ult. and as were also rolled up, Rev. 1: 11. perhaps
Pass. to sufl'er violence; comp. Buttm. 2 Tim. 4: 13. So Sept. and “5?. 9 Sam.
Aust'. Sprachl. § 114. Vol. II. p. 89. 11: 14.—-1 Mace. l:46.-—-Spoken of do
a) Mid. trop. Luke 16:16 mi; :1: cuments, e. g. a Jewish bill of divorce,
nin'r‘lv fiuiZu-az, lit. every one uses violence Matt. 19: 7. Mark 10: 4. Comp. Deut.
to enla- into it, i. e. presses violently into 94: 1, 3, where Sept. and Heb. ‘£9.
it; implying the eagerness with which B/Qltog, 00, 1'], inner rind of the
the gospel was received in the agitated papyrus,ancientl used for writin s, Jos.
state of men's minds; comp. Matt. 11: Ant. 9. 10. 2. heophr. Hist. l. 4. 9.
12 and 'Apmifu a. Sept. for DE Ex. Herodot. Q. 38.—-In N. 'l‘. a roll, volume,
19: 24.—pp. Philo Vit. Mos. l. p. 618 scroll, i. e. a book, such being the an
81;‘ n‘: ems. Builerm. Polyb. 1. 74. 5 cient tonn. Mark 19:26 E11 177 flight:
21¢ 'rfiv 1r lugola'lv. Arrian. Exp. Alex. Mmaéwc, i. e. the law. So L ept. for
6. 9. 4. huc. 7. 69. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. Chald. “lb: Ezra 6: 18.—Luke 3: 4. ‘20:
69 :1 all fluia'aw-m than. 42. Acts 1: 20. 7: 42. 19: 19. Sept.
1)) Pass. trop. Matt. 11: 12 h fiamku'a for ‘IF?! Josh. 1: 8. 1 Sam. 10: 25.—
rim m’Jpavu'w fluii'crm, szgfl'ers violence, Herodot. 2. 100. Dem. 313. 14.-Spok
is taken by force, i. e. sought with eager en 01' a genealogical table or catalogue,
ness, in the same sense as above.— p. Matt. 1: 1. So Sept. and ‘E2 Gen. 5:
Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 93 Miller; The fie ltl l.—The phrase r‘, fliQwc rfig Zuiig is
upz'vag. i. q. 5'7‘! "159 Sept. filgltoc (dim-my, Ps.
Bl'auog, a, or, (Bio) violent, vehe 69: 29, comp. Ex. 32: 32, 33, i. e. in the
aall, spoken of a wind, Acts 2: 9. So figurative style of oriental poetry, God is
Sept. and "Z EX. 14.‘ 21. ‘3. IS. 59:19. represented as having the names of the
—Wisd. l9: 7. Diod. Sic. 2. 19. Xen. righteous, who are to inherit eternal life,
Cyr. l. 3. l7. inscribed in a book; Phil. 4:3. Rev.
3: 5. [13: 8.] 20: 15. 22: 19 in text. rec.
Bmo'w'lg, 05, 6, (13:11:10) a violent So Sept. and ‘13?. Dan. 12: 1.—Difl'erent
pason, one who uses force, trop. spoken from this is the book in which God has
of one who has a vehement desire for from eternity inscribed the destinies of
any thing, Matt. 11:12, comp. in Bui~ men, Ps. 139: 16, coll. Job 14: 5; and
(u a.—Philo de Agricult. p. 900. C. also the books of judgment, in which
(p. 312.) the actions of men are recorded, rt‘: [31.
Biclagi'omv, 00, rd (dimin. fr. @Ma, Rev. 20:12 bis, comp. Dan. 7: 10.
Bigllog.) a small roll or volume, a little 4 Esdr. 6: 20.
:00”. Rev. 10:2,8,9,10.-—- Pollux.
Biégéaxw, f. fipdmw, pert‘. Bigpwxa,
Dnomast. 7. 210.
Buttm. § 114,) to eat, John 6: l3 r079
Bich'ov, 00, n5, (dim. as to form efipwxdmv. Sept. for 52$ Josh. 5: 1‘2.
of ,Bffiltog.) a roll, volume, scroll, such 1 Sam. 30: 12. Ez. 4: 14.—-Hom. ll.
being the form of ancient hooks. Luke 22. 94. Xen. Hiero 1. 94.
4:17 his, firgkiov 'Ilrmiou r017 1rpo¢f7rov
-—¢'1rmrrz'1£a¢ 1'5 fitglu'oy. v. 20 m'iIEag r1‘)
Billuw'a, a5, 7'', Bithynia, a pro
vince of Asia Minor, on the Euxine sea
[iiéki'oin John20230. ‘21:25. Gal. 3:
and Propontis, bounded W. by Mysia,
10. 2 Tim. 4:13. Rev. 5: 1,2, 3, 4, 5,
7,8,9. 6: l4, comp. in 'A-lroxwpl’lw. S. and E. by Phrygia and Galatia, and
Rev. 22: 7, 9, 10, 18 bis, 19. Sept. for
E. by Paphlagonia. Acts 16: l. 1 Pet.
‘7%? EX. 17: 14. Josh. 24:26. al.—-He
1: 1.
rodot. 1. 125. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14..— Blog, ov, a, Ii 2, i. e.
Spoken ot' the Mosaic law or pentateuch, 5.) pp. the present life, Luke 8: l4.
1 2
 Blo'w 132 Bhampnfu'u
1 Tim. 2:2. 2 Tim. 2: 4. 1 Pet. 4: 3. who was cubiculan'us to Herod Aggrippa,
Sept. for “P: Job 7: 6. 8: 9. al. -—/El. i. e. had charge 01' his bed chamber,
V. H. 3. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8. Acts 12:20. Such persons usually had
b) meton. means qf Izfi, living, suste great influence with their masters; see
nance, Mark 12:44. Luke 8:43. 15: Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 526.
12, 30. 2'1: 4. Sept. for 112373. Prov. 31:
14. 111:. 1w Cant. 8: 7.—Polyb. s. 15. Bmacpqaéu, 5, r. 1'16“, (,Blcimjm
3. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4.—In the sense ,uog.) to blaspheme, i. e. ~
ofpossessions, wealth, 1 John 2: 16. 3: a) gem. and spoken of men and
17.—Jos. Ant. 1. 20. l. Diod. Sic. things, to speak evil of, to slanda', to de
I2. 40. fame, to rcvik; absol. Acts 13: 45. 18:
E1001, 0!, f. o'mu, (Bloc) aor. l 6. 1 Tim. 1:20. 1 Pet. 4:: 4.——2 Macc.
e'gl'waa rarely, more comm. aor. 2 igi'wv, 10: 34.. 12. 14. Herodian. 1. 6. 20.
Buttm. Ausl'. Sprachl. § 114. Vol. II. Seq. accus. of pers. or thing, Acts 19:
p- 90. Matth. § 227. Winer § 15.—to 37. Tit. 3: 2. James 2: 7. 2 Pet. 2: 10.
live, to pass one's life, etc. 1 Pet. 4: 2 Jude 8, 10. So 2 Pet 2: 12 Ev 01g, for
fiuiiaas xpévov. So Sept. 1r0htiv xpo'wov rai7ra Ev 01;. Pass. Rom. 3: 8. 14: 16.
fim’m'w for w: new Job 29:18. “3!: 1 Cor. 4: 13. 10: 30. ‘2 Pet. 2: 2. Sept.
Prov. 7: 2.— Wisd. 12: 23. Jos. Ant. for It"?! 2 K. 19; 6, 22.—Jos. Am. 6. 9.
3. 5. 1. z'éiwaa, Lucian. Macrob.§ 12, 2. ib. 9. 6. 3. Herodian. 2. 7. 8.-With
17. Xen. (E0. 4. 8. an accus. of the abstract noun, Mark 3:
28. See Buttm. § 131. 3.—Spoken in
Bl'amg, em‘, 1*], (/3161») life, i. e. reference to Jesus while on earth, seq.
mode of life, Acts 26: 4..—Prol. to Ec accus. Matt. 27:39. Mark 15:29. Luke
clus. 51a rr'ic c'ywi/sov fiw'wsug. 23:39. absol. Luke 22:65. Acts 26: 11,
Blamzog, {7, or, (flllwlflco pertain. coll. v. 9.
ing to this life, Luke 21: 34. 1 Cor. 6: b) spoken of God and his Spirit, or
3, 4. — Act. Thom. § 36. Aristot. H. of divine things, i. e. to revilc, to treat
Anim. 10. 16. Diod. Sic. 2. 29. The with irreverence and commmely: seq.
later Greeks used ,Gwnmic instead of accus. Rom. 2: 24. Tit. 2: 5. 1 Pet.
the earlier form TOl-l filou, Lob. ad 4:14’. Rev. 13:6. 16:9, 11,21. Pass.
Phryn. p. 355. 1 Tim. 6:1. Sept. for ‘(HQ-'1 Is. 52:
Blacsgég, oi, 6v, (BMW-rm) hurt. 5.—Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 3. Diod. Sic. 2.
fnl, noxious, 1 Tim. 6: 9. — Sept. Prov. 21. —- Seq. sig 0. accus. Io blaspheme
10: 26. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. ll. against, Mark 3: 29. Luke 12: 10.—
Bel and Drag. 10. Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 1.
Biuivr'm, f. 11101, to disable, to weak Dem. 1229. 5.—Absol. Matt. 9: 3. 26:
an, to impede, Hum. 0d. 13. 22. II. 23.
65. John 10: 36.
782. Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 4. In N. T. to
hurt, to harm, to injure, trans. Mark 16: BKaa'qDmw/a, mg, .7, (flhr'unpnpog)
18. c. doub. accus. Luke 4: 35. — 2 blasphemy, i. e.
Macc. 12:22. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. Xen. a) gem. and spoken of men and
Mem. 4|- 3. 8. ib. 4. 8. ll. things, evil speaking, slzmder, retailing,
Bluo'ru'm, 1'. 1'10“). (fiAaa-rdggerm) Matt. 12:31. 15:19. Mark 3: 28. 7.
to germinate, to put forth, intrans. and 22. Eph. 4,; 31. Col. 3:8. 1 Tim. 6:
trans.
4. Rev. 2: 9. So in the gen. instead of
a) intrans. to sprout, to spring up, an adj. Jude 9 xpiaw fihampnfu'ag, i. q.
Matt.‘ 13:26. Marl: 4: 27. Heb. 9: 4'. ,GMmpWwv xpa'o'w 2 Pet. 2: 11. Comp.
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So Sept. for HR“:
So Sept. for "22 Num. 17:23. [8.18152
[or 715$] Ez. 35: 12.—2 Macc. 10:35.
Joel 2: 22.—Xen. 030. 19. 2, 8.
b) trans. to cause to spring up, i. e. to
Jos. Ant. 3. 14. 3. ib. 6. 13. 7. Dem.
141. 2.
produce, to yield, James 5:18. Sept.
for IP15?! Gen. 1: 11. 5?; Num. 17: b) spoken of God and his Spirit or of
23.[8.]—Ecclus. 24: 20. Philo de Agridivine things, reviling, contumelfy, im
cult. p. 191. Eschyl. Frag. p. 619. pious irreverence, Matt. 12:31. 26: 65.
I Mark 2: 7. 14‘: 64. Luke 5:21. John
BMwrog, 00, 6, Blaslus, a man 10:33. Rev. 13: 5, 6. So in the gen.
 I

Bla'a'qinfnog 133 Bkéz'fil

for an M3. dr'dpara mumprllulag for fibri rr‘lv oww'lv to see the voice, i. e. to see
17¢11pa, ev. 13:1. 17:3; see above in whence it came. —- Construed with an
a. So Sept. for Chald. ".72? [Keri 75?] accus. and particip. instead of a sub
Dan. 3:,29.-—2 Mace. 8: 4. 15:24. junct. or infin. Matt. 15:31 Bhs'rrorrae
Blowwhwog, 00, b, i’, (fiAém-u or Irw¢obg Aahm'lvrag K. r. R. Mark 5: 31.
[3M and ¢r'”ul,) blasphemous, spoken of John 5: 19. 2 Cor. 12:6 where supply
words uttered against God and divine bvra or 1rpr’waovra. Comp. Buttm.
things, Acts 6:11,[l3]. So of words §144n 4r. lL—Jns. Ant. 6. l4’. 2. 11). 1.2.1.
against men, slanderous, contumelious, —Intrans. or absol. Matt. 6: 4, 6, 18.-—
51 Pet. 2:1 l.—Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1012. By impl. to have befin-e the eyes, spoken
B. .‘Rlian. V. H. 12. 57. Herodian. 7. of what is present, Rom. 8: 24 b 7139
8. 21.—As a subst. a blasphemer, lc. in fihz'rru rig, rl K'fll c'MrlZu; what one has
respect to God, 1 Tim. 1: 13.—Wisd. before his eyes (i. e. present) how can he
l: 6. Ecclus. 3: l6. — Or in respect to yet hope for it? v. 25. Hence part.
men, a slanderer, revilcr, 2 Tim. 3: 2.— Bltewrdpcvog am, i. q. presart. Rom. 8:
2 Mace. 10: 36. 24' e'lurlg be‘ merope'ml oinc Earn’ e'Mrle,
i. e. hope which is present can no longer
_ BMW/we, (my, rd (mam) seeing, be hope. . So rd fiburdpeva, things seen,
1. e. the act of seeing, or rather by me i. e. present things; and riz pr‘, fiAe-xé
lon. the object seen; 2 Pet. 2: 8. HM” pcva, things not seen, i. e. future things,
;mn mi r'uroj, with seeing and hearing, 2 Cor. 4.: 18. Heb. 11: l,3,7.--Jos.
i. e. with what he saw and heard—In Ant. ~6. 8. 2 aim; fihvropévy xal wapc'vrr.
the sense of look, mien, Herodian. 4. 5. —Spoken of a vision, to see in vision,
17. Jillian. V. H. 6. 14. ib. 8. l2. Rev. 1:11. also 6: 1, 3, 5, 7, in text.
Blt'l'al, t‘. that, pp. to use the eyes,to rec. where others read '18:. So Sept.
see, to look, trans. and intrans. 5 Blts'rrunl, seer, for "15", 1 Sam. 9: 9.
1. to see, viz. a) to be able to see, i. e. c) metaph. to perceive, so. with the
to have the faculty of sight, and spoken mind, to be aware of, to observe; Rom.
of the blind, to recover sight, intrans. 7: 23 ,BM'a-w Erspov udpov Ev 1'07;- pz'hwi’
Matt. 12: 22 ‘lore rbv rmphbv Bhe'n'uv. poo. Heb. 10:25. For the particip.
Acts 9: 9 pi) fi/M'rruv, i. e. blind. Rev. 3: instead of the subjunct. see above in b.
18 in: Bltz'rryg, CO“. v. 17. Rev. 9: 20. So Sept. and HI}? Neh. 2: 17.—Jos.
So Sept. and m}? 1 Sam. 3: 2. Ps. 69: Ant. 6. 10. 2 Aavidnc btewrpa'yu'w e'E'Aé
24. "I?! Dan. 5: 25. ‘FR EX. 4: 11. nerd—So seq. 5n, 2 Cor. 7: 8. Heb. 3:
23: 8. — 151. V. H. 6. 12. Xen. Mem. 19. James 2: 22.
1. 3. 4.—So rb ,GAé-rrsw as a subst. sight, 2. to look, i. e. to look at or upon, to
i. e. the faculty of seeing, Luke ,7: 21. direct the eyes upon, to behold, trans. and
Buttm. § 140. 5.—Tr0p. John 9: 39 'lva intrans.
oi p1) Bk'irorrcc fike'mwm, ml 01 BM’ a) pp. (a) spoken of persons; seq.
noy'rrg rurpXoi 'ye'wwvrar. v. 41. SO by accus. Matt. 5: 28 1rd; 6 filte'vrow 'yvvai
Hebraism, with a particip. of the same xa. Rev. 5: 3, 4|, obbs‘ ,BM'ruv abrd sc. rd
verb by way of emphasis, ,Bltc'rrovrrc Biéhlov, i. e. to look into it, examine it.
{hid/m, seeing ye shall see, i. e. ye shall Sept. and ‘=15: Cant. l: 5. Hag. 2: 4.
indeed see, Matt. 13: 14. Mark 4:12. —-Esop. Fab. l29.—-So Matt. 18: 10,
Acts 28:26. Comp. Is. 6:9, where oi ii'y‘yshor abro‘w Emirawbg Bhe'rovm rb
Sept. for ‘I’; *1, of which Heb. idiom 1rpdamrov roii 1rarpdc you, their angels
this is an imitation, \Viner § 46. 7. behold continually the face of my Father,
Gesen. p. 778. Stuart§ 514. i. e. in accordance with the customs of
b) in the sense of to perceive, sc. with oriental monarchs, they have constant
the eyes, to discern, to (lesmy, trans. access to him, are admitted to his privacy
Matt. 7: 3 rt 5:‘ flXc'rug rb xriprfioc Tl‘) iv as his friends. So Heb. 3?’?! "25, "Kt"
1" r} ah ‘ rob dark 17 oov; 11:4. for which Sept. oi £77119 rob ,Bao'dke'uc
1:: 262,2. Mark Luke 11: Esth. l: 14. 01 bpriwrzc r6 1rpdo'unrov
33. John 1; 29. 21: 9. al. seep. So r017 fiacnhe'on; 2 K. 25: 19. oi e'v 1rp0mil
Sept. for =1}: 2 K. 9:17. Amos 8: 1. my roi': Bao'thc'wc Jer. 52:25.—Scq. :59
—Herodian. 2. 9. 6.—-Rev. 1:12 Bhe'iruv c. accus. to look upon, to behold,- Acts
 Blow-to; 134 Bonlléar

314 Blu'ilov clg 11115;. John 13:22. 3: I7, explained by uiol fa'povrfic, sons q‘
Luke 9: 62 sic 'rc': om'a'w, to look back. thunder; Aram. ‘3" ‘3?, sons of commotion,
So Sept. for W11". Gen. l9: l7. —- Ec the form Boavc- being perhaps the
clus. 40: 29- Herodian. 3. ll. 5. Xen. Galilean pronunciation instead of few.
An. 4. l. 28.—([3) Spoken of a place,to Applied by Christ as a surname to
look, i. e. to‘ be situated, seq. ears’: 0. ac James and John, probably on account
cus. Acts 27: 12 lups'va rfic Kpr'rrnc of their fervid impetuous spirit; comp.
filte'novra
Ez. 40:23. ma“32
Alfia.
2 Chr.So4:Sept. for 46:
4. Ez. Luke 9: 54, where see Olshausen.
Benin, 5, f. new, (Bah) to cry
1, 13, so. we Ez. 4.0: 6, 21, as, 46. aloud, to ezclm'm ; gem. and absol.
al.— Herodian. 2. ll. 16. Xen. Mem. Luke 18:38. seq. rl Acts 21. 34. seq.
3. 8. 9. 51': Acts 17: 6. Sept. for 1'33 Is. 5. 30.
b) metaph. to look to, to direct the mind P2; 2 K. 2:19. W, 1 Sam. 24.: s.
upon, to consider, to take heed ,- seq. ace. Herodian. 2. 2. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 37.—
1 Cor. l: 26 fihe'nere rflv rhfiaw {41:311. Spoken of exclamations of joy, Gal. 4:
10:18.—Jos. Ant. 6. 8. l.—Col. 2: l5 27, quoted from Is. 54: l, where Sept.
xcu'pwv Kai fihc'n'wv irpo‘w rr‘lv niEw, i. c. for Ens. Sept. for 11; Is. 14.: 7. 44: 23.
joyfully beholding, Gesen. p.823. Stuart ——Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 26.—So of terror or
§ 533. So Heb. "*5: Gen. 39: 23. Ps. pain, seq. :pwvii pz'yrihy, Acts 8:7. Mark
37:37. Is. 22: 11.—Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 2. 15:34. Comp. Buttm. § 133. 3.2. Sept.
-—-Phil. 3:2 flhe'mre roilg n'rvag- u. r. A. for F?! l K. 8: 18. Is. 15:5. “2?, Gen.
take heed to, keep an eye upon, etc. 39: 15, 18. Comp. 2 K. 18:28. Neh.
and so by impl. beware of; see Winer 9: 4.-Plut. Coriolan. 25. Xen. Cyr. 4.
§ 32. 1. p. 183.—Seq. rig c. accus. Matt. 2. 28. — Spoken of a command or ex.
22: 16 01': 71519 filte'ncig sic 1rp6aonrov hortation iven with a loud voice, as by
dvllpibnmv, i. e. thou regardest not, hast a herald, hlatt. 3: 3. Mark 1: 3. Luke
not respect to, the external of men; see 3: 4. John 1:23. comp. Is. 40: 3, 6,
Hpooonrov. So rd Kari: 7rpoo'w1rov like’ where Sept. for Rig—Diod. Sic. 12. 62.
arew, 2 Cor. 10: 7.-—Polyb. 39. 2. 10 Xen. An. 4. 3. 22.—-Oi' a cry for help,
51': pc‘v ii: The ivroqniasic abroii rig like’ 0. c. #96:; mm, Luke 18:7. Sept. for
rPue—r'ired' elg 'rl‘w Xe: io'povrfivwpa-ypc't P21 Judg. 10: 14. Hos. 7: 14. P57! Gen.
rwv. Comp. Jos. int. 1. 3. l 1rpdc 4:10. Num. 12:13. 3:17, Judg. 15:18.
openly filke'n'ovregx— Seq. n’ and mire, Joe] l:19.—Seq. aecus. Xen.Cyr. 7. 2. 5.
how, etc. Mark 4: 24. Luke 8: 18. 1
Cor. 3: 10. Eph. 5:15. Seq. ‘ii/01,1 Cor. B0717: 59, 6', a cry, outcry, ezclama.
16: 10. Col. 4:17. 2 John 8.-Spoken lion, sc. for help, James 5: 4. Sept. for
by way of caution, in the imperative,
was, 1 Sam. 9: 16. H??? Ex. 2: 24.. -
fiAe-rre'rw, ,Bhz'nerc, look to it, take heed, be IElian. V.H. 13.46. Xen.Anab. 4. 7. 23.
on the watch, beware, absol. Mark 13: 23, Bofilleuz, as, 1'], 0301,05» q. v.) beg»,
33. seq. s'am-m’ic etc. Mark 13: 9. 2 John aid, succour, Heb. 4: 16. Sept. for "12
8. So phz'rrsrc 1'1, take heed lest, seq. Ps. 121:1. 124: 8. “21!. Judg. 5:23.
aor. subjunct. att. 24:4. Luke 21: Ps. 38: 23.—Herodian. 2. 5. 5. Thuc.
8. Acts 13:40. Gal. 5:15. 1 Cor. 10: 3. ll3.—Meton. Acts 27:17 aifior'peeim,
12. piprwc 1 Cor. 8:9.—-So b'pa pr’) helps, means of help, e. g. ropes, chains,
Lucian. D. Deor. 8. 22. Xen. Cyr. 3. etc.—Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5.
l. 27.—Seq. fut. indic. Col. 2: 8. pr’nrore
Bonlléw, 5, 1'. flow, ([3017, 851.1,) pp.
Heb. 8: 12.-S0 ,GAr'ns-re 51rd, look away 'to run up at a cryfizr help, i. e. to admnae
from, i. e. avoid, beware of, Mark 8: l5. in aid of any one, Polyb. 5. 76. 5. Xen.
12: 38. See in ‘And I. 2. e. Tittm. de Cyr. 3. 2. l.-In N. . genr. to succour,
Syn. N. T. p. 114. AL. to help, to aid, seq. dat. Matt. 15:25.
Blorréog, a, on, (500.1») a verbal Mark 9322, 24. Acts 16:9. 91: 28. 2
implying necessity, propriety, etc. to be Cor. 6: 2. Heb. 2:18. Rev. 12.16.
cast, to be put, Mark.2: 22. Luke 5: 38. Sept. for 2725-‘! Josh. 10: 6. ‘*3! Gen. 49:
See Buttm. § 102. § 134. 8. 25. 2 Sam. 8: 5. al.v —Herodian. 2. 7. 5.
1300:1120
: g5, indec. Boanergcs, Mark Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25.
 B07166; 135
Bonllos, 05, 6, (501,65...) a helper, a14.Christian
103. Esop. Fab. 131.—Metaph.of
Heb. 13: 6. Sept. for Job 29: 12.
Ps. 71: 7. ‘#6 Ps. 18: 3.— Ken.
Mem. 2. 1. 14.
Bo'llwog, 00, 5, 60,5.» a pit,ditch,
so. as an emblem ot destruction, Matt.
15: 14. Luke 6: 39. So Sept. for "is
Is. 24: 18. Jer. 48: 43, 44. comp. Ps.
40: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 19. 3.—In the sense
of cistern, Matt. 12: 11, i. q. tppc'ap in
Luke 14: 5. See Jahn§ 45. Sept. and
“53 ‘2 Sam. 18: 17.
B915: 5;, 1", (136M409 a cast, a
throw, spoken of distance, Luke 22: 41
Grad moo" fioh'py about a stone's throw;
comp. Buttm. § 131. 8.—Sept. Gen. 21.
16. Thuc. 5. 65 pe'xpt pz‘v M001: ml.
i'ixorriov Bah—19 e'xdipnoav.
Bm‘gw, r. m, v(,som q. v.) to
heave the lead, to sound, intrans. Acts
27: 28 bis. — Eustath. ad 1|. 2. p. 427.
49. 9. p. 615. 53.
Bolu'g, lbog, h, (fiéllkm) pp. some
thing thrown, as the lead in Sounding,
whence floMCw q. v. In N. T. a mis
sile, i. e. a missile weapon, e. g. a javelin
or dart, Heb. 12: 20. Sept. for "12? Neh.
4:17. ‘(11! Num. 24:8. El. 5: 16.
Plot. Vit. Para]. V. 6. 6. ed. Reiske.
BOO'Q, 6 indec. Booz or Boaz, Heb.
"23 (sprightliness), pr. name of a man
celebrated in the book of Ruth. Matt.
1: 5 bis. Luke 3: 32.
Bo'gCogog, 0v, a, dirt, mire, filth,
pp. such as accumulates where animals
are kept, 2 Pet. 2: 22, where the ex
pression is proverbial. Sept. for Wu.
Jer. 38: 6.—Dem. 1259. 1]. Arrian.
Diss. Epict. 4. ll. 29 6111M): Kai Xoi'ptp
Emhe'you, 'lw' e'r ,Bopgéptp pr) tel/Murat.
Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 5.
Boiwpws, a, b, (contr. for flope'nc,)
pJp. the north, or N. N. E. wind, Sept.
rev. 27: 16. Xen. Anab. 4. 5. 3. In
N. T. by meton, the north, the northern
quarter of the heavens, Luke 13: 29.
Rev. 2]: 13. Sept. for 15!! Job 37: 22
Gen. 13: 14.—Thuc. 3. 4.
B60764’, f. floom'yo'u, to pasture, to
to tend while grazing, trans. Mid. ,Bé
U’litlllfll, to feed, i. e. to be feeding or gram
ing; Matt. 8: 30, 33. Mark 5:11, 14.
Luke 8: 32, 34. 15: 15. Sept. for "2:
Gen. 29: 7, 9. 37: ll, 15.—Hem. 0d.
BouM'
teacher,to instruct, etc. John;
21: 15,17. So Sept. and "2: Ez. 34: 2,
3, 8, 10 sq. comp. for "152 1 K. 12:16.
B0665 6, indec. Bosor, Heb. "571}
(torch), Sept. Betitp, Bear, Num. 22: 5,
pr. name of the father of Balaam, 2 Pet.
2: 15. '
Bo'ru'm, 17;, #1, (515mm,) pp. pas
turage, i. e. herbage, grass, plants, Heb.
6:7. Sept. for Gen. 1: 11, 12. 53,72
Ex. 9; 22, 25.—Italian. V. H. 2. 4.0.
Boa-gut, UOQ, b, a cluster, so. of
grapes, etc. Rev. 14: 18. See Buttrn.
§ 50. Sept. for Gen. 40: 10. Num.
13: 25. -— Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 2. Xen. (E0.
19. 18. '
Bovkeurfig, ov, a, (flouXebiuQ a 60117!
sellor, senator; spoken of a member of
the Jewish Sanhedrim, Mark 15:43.
Luke 23: 50.—Time. 8. 69. Ken. H. G.
2. 3. 23. '
Bovketiw, f. aim-w, (flovh'h) to resolve
in council, to decree, Sept. for T2: Is. 23:
8. Xen. Rep. Ath. 2. 17 51¢’ (by 6 857,110,;
e'ém’ikevoev. to advise in council, on
Anab. 2. 5. 16. to be a counsellor or
senator, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18.—In N.
T. only Mid. Boukzboluat, f. eboopat, to
take counsel, 1. e. to consult, to determine,
to deliberate, so. with one's sell‘, or with
one another in council; Buttm. § 135.
n. 7.
a) to consult, to deliberate, spoken of a
single person, seq. :1, Luke 14: 31.
Sept. for vz'o 1 K. 12:28. 1%?!N81L5:
7.—-Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 8. seq. cl Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 7. seq. rt’ note'iv Jos. Ant. 1.
21. l.
b) to resolve, to determine, to purpose,
so. after deliberation, seq. accus. 2 Cor.
l: 17 ter. Sept. for THE Is. 46: 10. T?)
Is. 14:26, 27. 19:17.-—Xen. An. 1.1.
7.—-Seq. infin.aor. Acts 5: 33. 15:37.
27: 39. Sept. for ‘5E; Esth. 3: 6.—
Wisd. 18: 5. Herodian. 1. 16.8. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 7. -—Seq. ‘in, John 12:10.
comp. Xen. An. 4. 3. 14 6'1rwg.
B09701’ 5?, 1'], a council, senate,
Esdr. 2:17. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 3. In
N. T. counsel, i. e.
a) determination, decision, decree,
spoken of God, Luke 7: 30. Acts 2: 23:
13:36. 20: 27. Eph. 1:11. Heb. 6:11.
 Boi'zknau 136 Bgozdz'm:
of men, Luke 23: 51. Acts 27: 12. So 117» James 4: 4.—Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3.
Sept. for "'32 Prov. 19: 21. Is. 5: l9. Xen. An. 9.6.21.-In the sense of to
Jer. 49: 20, 30.—H0m. Ii. 1. 5. 0d. 11. choose, to please, to prefer, to decide;
296. John 18:39. Acts18zl5. 25120. James
b) by impl. purpose,plan, etc. Acts 3: 4. 2 John 12. Sept. for “$2 Ezra
4: ‘28. 5: 38. 27: 42. So Sept. and ",3! 10:3. 72'} l K. 21: 6. 1 Sam. 24: 3.
Ezra 4: 5. Neil. 4|: 15.—Elian. V. H. ——Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 5, 15.—As implying
9. 4.—Sp0ken of the secret thoughts, pur command or direction, to will, i. e. to
poses, cogitations, 1 Cor. 4: 5. So Sept. direct, seq. accus. et infin. Phil. 1: l2
t'or wing; Job 5: 12. Is. 55: 7, 8.— [ioz'ahopac i. e. it is my will. 1 Tim. 2:
Ecclus. 30: 21. Esdr. 7:15, comp. Ezra 8. 5: l4. Tit. 3: 8. Jude 5 inropvfiom
6: 22 where Heb. =12, Sept. xapdia. 5e‘ ilpo'ig fioilho l, I will that ye call to
Booltn‘wa, drag, w’, (fim'nmpm) mind, etc.— en. An. 1. l. l.
pp. that which is willed, i. e. will, pur b) spoken of God, i. q. $5M), to will,
pose, Acts 27:43. Rom.9: 19.—2 Mace. i. e. to please, to appoint, to decree; of
15:5. J0s.Ant.2.l4.4. Dem.llO9.l5. God, Luke 22: 42. Heb. 6: 17. James
1:18. 2 Pet. 3:9. of Jesus, as the
Boz'mopoa, depon. Pass. 2 pers. Son of God, Matt. 11: 97. Luke 10: 22.
Bm'ihu Luke 22: 42, see Winer § 13. 3. of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 12: 11.—Ham. ll.
Buttm. § 103.111. 3; imperf. e'govMlmv' 1. 67. ii). 13. 345.
aor. l e'gouhfiflnv James 4: 4, and rigou BOWOIQ, 05, b, a hill, rising ground,
M10”. 2 John 12, see Buttm. § 83. n. 5.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 66:2.— Luke 3: 5. 23: 30. Sept. for "23.1 Ex.
10 will, to be willing, to wish, to desire. 17:9, 10. IS. 40: 4. 55: 19.—Cebet.
Accordin to Buttmann, the distinction Tab. 15. [12.] Polyb. 3.83. 1. It is
between (505).”... and $6M: is, that the a word of the later Greek, Phryn. ed.
latter expresses an active volition and Lob. p. 355. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 153.
purpose, the former a mere passive de B055 3065, 6, 1'], an 0:: or cow, i. e.
sire, propensity, willingness; Lexilog. an animal of the ox kind, Luke 13:15.
I. p. 96. Or, Bov'ihopai expresses also 1425,19. John 2: 14,15. 1 Cor. 9: 9
the inward predisposition and bent from bis. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Sept. for ‘P3 Gen.
which the active volition proceeds; see 13: 5 al. we Gen. 4.1: 2, 3, 4.-Xen.
Titm. de Synon. N. T. p. 124. Hence Mem. 1. 2. 32.
flm'lkopai is never used of brutes. In Bgafisiov, ov, 1-6,(/}pa€£i1¢,) a prize,
s eaking of the gods, Homer uses
AZIIIMFGI in the sense of MM. Buttm. sc. bestowed on victors in the public
games of the Greeks, such as a wreath,
l. e. p. 27.—in N. T. followed by an chaplet, garland, etc. 1 Cor. 9: 24.—
infin. expressed or implied, either of the
Hesych. fipageiov' s'mm'mov, Ewaahov,
aor. or pres. comp. Buttm. § 137. 5; mmn'lpmm—Metaph. spoken of the re
once also with the subjunct. John 18: wards of virtue in a future life, Phil.
39; comp. Buttm. § 139. n. 7. 3: 14:.
a) spoken of men, to be willing, to in
cline, to be disposed; Mark 15: 15 [dollho Bgaflst'w, f. eim'w pp. to be 6
peroc To? 5,0,.) rd irardv 'rroifio'ai. Acts Bpaga'lc, i. e. to be a director, arbiter, in
17: 20. 18: 27. 19: 30. 22:30. 23: 28. the public games; see Potter Gr. Ant.
25: 22. 27: 4‘3. 28: 18. Philem. 13. Vol. I. p. 441. to decree, to give the prize,
3 John 10. Sept. for "9!; Lev. 26: 21. Wisd. 10: 12. Heliodor. IV. 1.—In N.
Job 39: 9. ‘(EU Deut. 25: 7, 8. Job 9; T. to rule, to govern,- metaph. to prevail,
3.—-l Mace. 7: 30. Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 31. to abound, intrans. Col. 3:15 1'] u'pip'r)
H. G. 1. 2. 15.—In the sense of to have 1'05 Xpw'rm'! fipagcue'rw 2'1’ raig Kapor’ulg
in mind, to intend, to purpose, Matt. 1: {wine—pp. Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Polyb. 6.
19 e’fiouhiler; Xdapa c’uroltiw'al. airrr'lv. 4, 8
Acts 5: 28. 12: 4. 2 Cor. 1:15. Sept. B50256“), f. uni, (flpadilg) to be slow,
for ‘(2: Ezra 4: 5. — Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 2. to delay, intrans. 1 Tim. 3: l5. 2 Pet.
—So in a stronger sense, to desire, to 3: 9 oil fipaMvu l) Kilpioc Tfic iray-yekiag,
aim at ,- ] Tim. 6: 9 01 fiouhépevoi whoo the Lord will not be tardy, slack, in re
 Bylaw-Mia: 137 Bevw~5§
spool to his promise,- Buttm. § 132. 6. 1. Luke 1; 4.1, 44.—Ecclus. 19; 11. Horn.
Others, the Lord of the promise wia not ll. 23. 266.
be slack sc. to fulfil it; comp. ‘>23 Buxt. b) usually an. infant, babe, suckling,
Lex. Ch. Rab. 333.—Sept. for m Luke 2; 12, 16. 18: 15. Acts 7: 19.—
Deut. 7; 10. Is. 46: 13. ale-121311 Gen. l Mace. 1:61. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4. X0".
43: 10.— Ecclus. 32: 18. EL V. H. Mem. 2. 2. 5. Etymol. Mag. fips'sbog'
3. 43. r5 vw'yyoy 1ra13lov.— So 2 Tim. 3: 15
Bgatwmiw, 5, r. {,m, (Bpaailc film‘; flpé g, i. e. from infancy, from
and rXz'w.) to sail slowly, Acts 27: 7. — the crad e.—Metaph. of those who have
Artemid. 4. 32. just embraced the Christian religion,
Bguotig, flat, 6, slow, i. e. not hasty, 1 Pet. 2: 2. Comp. 1 Cor. 3: 2. Heb. 5.
James 1: l9 bis—Jos. Ant. 3. l. 4.
12, 13.
Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 5. —- Metaph. slow of Bgém, f. 5... 1. to wet, to moisten,
mukrctlmding, heavy, stupid, Luke 24: trans. Luke 7: 38,44. Rev. 11:6 in: ,u‘y
25.-—Dion. Hal. de rllct. Attic. flpaEim info; ,Bpe'xy sc. rr)v 'yfiv. Sept. for "93-"!
rov voi'w. Polyl). 4. 8. 7. Pa. 6: 7. =9! Niph. Is. 34: 3. ‘Qt-II Ez.
22: 24. — Diod. Sic. 3. 24. Xen. An.
Bgaowig, 7510;,5, (13941565) slow. 1. 4. l7.
m, tardiness. 2 Pet. 3: 9 6c rwzg fipa 2. to rain, to cause to rain, i. q. flew,
c‘wfira Y'IYOI-IYTGL, a: some consider it
in the Attic poets and later prose writ
tardiness, i. e. that the Lord delays in
ers; comp. Lob. ad. Phryn. p. 291. H.
respect to his promise; sec flpafiu'won— Planck in Bibi. Repos. I. p. 688 pp.
Jos. Ant. 7. 4. l. Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 5. fully written, ,Bpéxuv tm-év Sept. Joel 2:
I
Bgaxml, 080;, 4'1, the arm, Lat. 23. Is. 5; 6.—In N. T. absol. Matt. 5;
braclu'um, Xen. Eq. 7. 8. In N. T. by 45 6 ea); fipéxu. So Sept. for was
meton. like Heb. 25'1- atrengtlt, might, Gen. 2: 5. Amos 4: 7.—Polyb. 16. 12.
power, Luke 1: 51. John 12: 38. Acts 3. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1. 6. 30. -—Seq.
13: 17. So Sept. for 251} Deut. 5: 15. accus. Luke 17: 29 (6 9.6.) EgpsEe nip
Is. 44: 12. 51: 5. ml 3:701’ tiur' oilpavoil. So Sept. 6 Ku'lptog
Bgaxogeia, fiflbmgmu;
a) of time, Luke 22: 58 peril sliplilxl'),
ken 5gp. 1r. 1:. 9. for "WEE Gen. 19: 24. E2.
38: 22. comp. 3gp. éAaZav for ""13",?!
i. e. a little after. Acts 5: 34. So Sept. Ex. 9: 24.—With tfie subject implied,
1m ‘ fipaxn'l for 52?? Ps. 94: 17. — as in Eng. it rains,etc. James 5; 17 bis
ind. 12: 10 xari: Xen. Eplles. p. 29 See Buttm. § 129. 9.
flpuxn'l et flpaxliv xpévov. Comp. Bos Bgomi, fig, ;,, thunder, Mark 3;
ElL Gr. p. 103. l7 vial Bpovriic, See in Boavep'yl'c- John
b) of place, Acts 27: 28 flpaxti Stan-n’, 12:29. Rev. 4:: 5. 6: l. 8: 5. 1023, 4
cmrrzc, i. e. having one a little further. bis. 11:19. 14:2. 16:18. 19:6. Sept.
So Sept. and =2? 2 “am. 16: l.—Xen. for 52? Job 26: 14. Ps. 77: 19.—Hum.
Cyr. 5. 4. 47.—Trop. of rank or dignity, ll. 21. 199. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3.
Heb. 2: 7, 9, Bpaxl'l Tl rap' t'l'y'ys'Muc, a Bfoxtl, 5?, h, (flpe'xu q. v.) in later
little lower than the angels, i. e. Jesus usage, rain, Matt. 7: 25, 27. Sept. for
during his life; quoted from Fe. 8:6, 53??! Ps. 68: 10. 105: 32. See Lob. ad
where Sept. for 92”: necessarily of rank, Phryn. p. 29L—Geopon. 2. 39, 191.
is the antith. in Heb. 2: 9 also requires.
c) of quantity or number, smalhfiw . Bgo'xog, 00, 6, a noose, snare ,- I
John 6: 7 fipaxl'a Tl, a little. So Sept. Cor. 7: 35 015x 'lva Bpéxov I'Ip‘t'v imflékw,
and 02“: 1 Sam. 14: 29, 44.—Xen. Mem. not that I would cast a noose over you,
1. 4. 8. — Heb. 13: 22 51¢‘: Bpa e'uy sc. i. e. impose on you any necessity. Sept.
Myer, i. e. in few words, briglly. So for “52.5” Prov. 22: 25. —- Sept. rov. 6:
Sept. flpaxaig (‘1940 tie, for B22 Deut. 26: 5. 7: 2]. Xen. Ven. 2. 5.
5. 28: 62.——Jos. J. 4. 5. 4. Lucian Bgu'ypo'g, 05, 6, (flpéxo) a grating,
Tox. ,5 56. or gnashing, so. of the teeth, Matt. 6: 12.
Bgéqvoc, wt, ovs, rd, a child, spoken 13:42,“). 22:13. 24: 51. 95: 30.
a) of a child yctunborn, a falus, Luke 13:28. The image is drawn from
 I
Bguxw 138
a person in a paroxysm of envy, rage,
pain, etc. comp. Acts 7: 54. Sept. for
=2’; Prov. 19. 12, spoken of the roar or
growl of the lion.—--Act. Thom.§13.
Suidas, Bpu‘ypog' rpwluog doom-my.
Bflllxw, f. Ew, to grate, to gnasll, sc.
the teeth, trans. Acts 7: 54'. Sept. for
P2P‘; Job 16:9. Ps. 35: 6. —Hom. ll.
13. 393. il). 16. 486.
Bfl’lw, f. {10111, to be full, to abound,
to overflow, intrans. Diog. Laert. l. 122.
Anacr. 58. 2.-—ln N. T. trans. to pour
forth, to emit largely, spoken of a foun
tain, James 3:11. - Act. Thom.§ 37
‘rm-yr‘; Bpn'lova-a' Spoken of the earth,
Xen. Veu. 5. 12.
Bgalww, 0mg, Tamiépon-a) w/lal
ever I's eaten ,food, i. e. solid food of meat
or vegetables, and hence opp. to milk,
1 Cor. 3: 2.
:1) pp. Matt. 14.: 15. Mark 7: 19. Luke
3:11. 9: 13. 1 Cor. 6:13 his. Sept.
for 52'! Gen. 41: 35 sq. Deut. 2: 28.
5935’? Gen. 6: 21. 2 Chr. 9: 4.-—1El. V.
H. 3. 20. Xen. Mem. 3. ll. 13. —
Spoken of meats permitted by the Mo
saic law, Heb. 9: 10. 13:9. So of
meats of which Jewish Christians scru
pled to eat, Rom. 14:15 bis, 20. 1
Cor. 8: 8, l3. 1 Tim. 4: 3.
b) metaph. aliment, sustenance, nour
ishment. John 4': 34 c'pov [3917; a, i. e.
that by which I‘ live, in whic I de
light. 1 Cor. 10: 3 fipiipa 1rvcvparm6v,
spz'rimalfood, i. e. the manna, as an em
blem of spiritual nourishment or in
struction. So 1 Cor. 3: 2, coll. Heb. 5.
l2—Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10.
Bga'mpoog, ov, a, ;,, adj. éfipé'rmg)
eatable; Luke 24': 41 E’xcre' n ptim'zpov,
have ye anyfood? Sept. for 3!?! Lev.
19; 23. E2. 4m 12. , 010M‘, ,Bmralvn for ‘q l Chr. 15:27. for
155561;, 5:05, 1", (,Bifipémcm) eating,
i. e. spoken
a) of the act of eating, 1 Cor. 8:4,.
2 Cor. 9: 10 6pm; eig Bpé'm'w, bread to
eat, from Is. 55: 10, where Sept. for
55*. also Mal. 3: 11. Sept. for DWI-ll;
Deut. 32: 24.—Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 15.—Trop. erosion, corrosion,
abstr. for concrete, Matt. 6: 19, 20, aha;
m1 Bpu'mig, moth and corrosion, i. e. cor recepL—Various kimls are _mentioned ;
roding rust; comp. James 5:2,3. — as that of Egypt, Heb.
Aquila for '1'!- moth, Is. 50:9. Comp. the white cloth which is still touml
Bz'mrog
Ep. 01 Jer. 1‘2 ob BIGG'IJIZOVTGI. ('uro I017
Kai Bpwlulirwv, i. e. prob. mot/w.
b) of that which is eaten,food, i. q.
fipélua. (11) pp. John 6: 27 rfiv ,Bpinrw
ripv (uroMupz'vnv, i. e. food for the body.
Heb. 12-16. So Sept. for "P1", 1 K.
19:8. 52:5 [infinitive] 2 Sam. 19: 42.
52's Gen. 47; 24.. ‘as’; Jer. 7: 31. 19:
7.—Thuc. Q. 10.—So [396019 Kai 16mg,
jbod and drink, Rom. 14:17 on’: 76p ia'rw
1‘) fiamhcla rm": 9:017 x. 1r. i. e. admis
sion to the Messiah's kingdom does not
depend on an intention to meat and
drink. Col. 2: 16.—(,3) Metaph. aliment,
nourishment; John 4: 32 flpfiaw i'xw
zlba'yz'iy, i. q. Boa—4111 in V. 34, see in 13p‘;
,ua b In John 6:27,55, Jesus uses
fipdwie in the sense ol'jood jbr the soul,
i. e. that spiritual aliment from above
which is profl'ered through him to Chris
tians. — Act. Thorn. § 7. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 5. 10 [395mg Kai mime rm"; Scion
A6101: 1‘! ‘yr/Gun’; z'u-ri rfic sciag aiming.
B56507!” obsol. lends its forms to
Btgpa'mx‘w q. v.
B00126), f. in», (311965) to sin]: in the
deep, i. e. to cause to sink, trans. Pass.
to sink, Luke 5: 7.—2 Macc. 12:4. Diod.
Sic. 5 4|. — Metaph. 1 Tim. 6: 9 Eig:
iiAcOpov. Comp. Ps. 69: 9, 3. 124': 4, 5.
B0965, 017, 6, dept/l,tlte deg), 2 Cor.
ll: 25 wxflr’lpspov e'v rip/Julio sc. rfic Su
Aéa'o'ng. So Sept. for "213”: Ex. 15:5.
Ps. 107: ‘24. — Artemid. 4. 53. Diod.
Sic. 3. 21. the deepestpart, bottom, Xen.
(Ec. 19. ll.
Bvgasz'ag, £105, 5, $399011, hide,) a
tanner, leather-dresser, cts 9: 43. 10:6,
32.—Artemid. 4,. 56.
Bz'zaauog, n, or, (Bi/#009,) byssine,
i. e. made of byssus or fine cotton, Sept.
vi: 1 Chr. 15: 27. for 61.2 Gen. 4.1: 42.
-In N. N. neut. Bu'umwov, i. q. MW“.
fil'wo'wov, a garment ofbyssue, Rev. 18:
12 in later edit. 18:16. 19:8 bis, 14.
-—-Diod. Sic. l. 85.
Bim'o'og, oz), 1‘), byssus, a species of
fine cotton, highly prized by the ancients,
Luke 16:19. Rev. 18:12 In text.
Ez. 27:7,
 B6000; 139 reign:
wrapped around mummies, and which sus of the Hebrews was yellow. They
appears to have been about of the tex were sometimes dyed of a purple or
ture and quality of the modern cotton crimson colour; Hesych. flu'nnnvu' 1r0p
sheetings; that of Syria, Heb ‘PB, Ez. ¢up&' comp. Luke 16: 19.—Sept. t'or
27: 16, here apparently distinguished 151.5. and Y": as cited above. Jos. Ant.
from that of Egypt (coll. v. 6), but in 3. 6.1. ib. 3. 7. 2. —See Pollux. Onom.
later Hebrew i. q. 1 Chr. 4: 21. 2 7. 17. 75. Plin. H. N. 19. l. Kuinoel
Chr. 3: 14. coll. Ex. 26: 31; that of on Luke 16: 19. Gesen. Thes. Ling.
India, which was said to row on a tree Heb. art. W3 Rees’ Cyclop. art. Bye
similar to the poplar, hilostr. Vit. sus. Negris' Herodotus, vol. I. pag
Apollon. 2. 29; and that of Achaia, 326.
which grew only in the vicinity of Elis, 13441.64, 05, a, (Bail/(0,5611!) a step,
Pausan. Eliac. 5. 5. or I. p. 294,. ed. base, pedestal, Horn. Ii. 8. 44.1. ()d. 7.
XyL— Garments of byssus varied in 100.-In N. T. an altar, so. to which
colour according to the tint of the ma the ascent was by steps, Acts 17: 23.
terial; white are mentioned Rev. 19: 8, So Sept. for ‘FT-.2“? Ex. 34: 13. Num. 23:
14, and Pausanias (l. c.) says the bye. 1.—-Jos. Ant. 17. 1. Ken. Mem. 1. 1. 2.

I‘

I‘aqBuHi or I‘azfiflafloi, h indec. the Valley of the Jordan, on the site, as

Gabbatlza, Syro-Chald. 8121}? (fem. of 55' is supposed, of the present village Om
dorsum. the back,) i. e. an elevated, place, Keis, which lies S. E. from the southern
prob. tribunal, John 19: 13, where it is extremity of the lake, and not far from
explained by the Greek meawpwm, a the river Hierornax. Josephus calls
lesselated pavement; see more in A100’. Gadara a Greek city, mike 'EMnw'g,
u-rpurog. Comp. 3.1 E2. 43: 13, and see Ant. 17.11.11,; and says it had many
Gesen. Thesaur. p. 256. Buxt. Lex. wealthy inhabitants, B. J. 4.. 7. 3. When
377. first taken from the Jews, it was annexed
rufifnil, 6, indec. Gabriel, Heb.
by the Romans to Syria, Jos. B. J.
l. 7. 7; Augustus gave it to Herod the
51215; (man of God), name of an arch
Great, ib. 1. 20.3; but it was restored
angel, Luke 1: 19,26. See in ’Apx
to Syria after Herod's death, Ant. 17.
c'ry'yzhng. ,
ll. 4.—In N. T. Mark 5: 1. Luke 8.
Féy'yewm, m. s, (by redu 1. fr. 26,37. So in Mss. Matt. 8:28 for
'ypdu, 71min», to devour, corrodes gan I‘ep'yso'rlvé'w 0r I‘zpaarlwiv, q. v. see
grene, mortg'fication, which spreads by Reland. Palaast. p. 773.
degrees over the whole body. 2 Tim. I. Paige, 91;, a‘), a treasury, so. of a
2: 17.—Pint. de Adul. et Amie. 36. king of state, Acts 8:27. The word
F055, 6, indec. Gad. Heb. "5 (good is of Persian origin. Sept. for 1!;
fortune), pr. name of the seventh son of Ezra 5: 17. 6: l. Esth. 4: 7.-—Diod.
Jacob, born of Zilpah, Gen. 30: 10 sq. Sic. 17. 64. So Lat. gaza Cic. dc OH'.
-—Spoken ot'the tribe of Gad, Rev. 7: 5. 2. 22.
I‘aeozgmég, 05, 6, a Gadarene, i. e. II. Ibiza, 71;, 1'7, Gaza, Heb. "12
an inhabitant of the city of Gadara, ghe strong), a celebrated city of the
raaupa, the fortified capital of Peraea hilistines, situated on a hill near the
or the region east of the Jordan, Jos. B. coast of the Mediterranean towards the
J. 4. 7. 3. ib. 2. 20. 4.. According to southern limits of the territory of the
Eusebius (OnomasL) it was situated Israelites, and constituting the key be_
Over against Tiberias and Scythopolis, tween Egypt and Syria. It was as.
in or near the range of mountains bor signed by Joshua to the tribe of Judah,
dering the eastern shore of the lake and who subdued it; but the possession of it
 ragotpukoimov 140 Fah'ym
was retained or soon recovered by the 2. a man of Derbe who accompanied
Philistines; Josh. 15: 47. Judg. 1: 18. Paul in his last journey to Jerusalem,
16: 1 sq. After having destroyed Tyre, Acts ‘20: 4|.
Alexander the Great laid siege to Gaza 3. an inhabitant of Corinth with
also, which was then held by a Persian whom Paul lodged, and in whose house
garrison, and took it after two months. the Christians were accustomed to as
He appears to have left the city standing; semble, Rom. 16: 23. 1 Cor. 1: l4.
but about B. C. 95, Alexander Jannaeus 4. a Christian to whom John ad
took it after a siege of a year and de dressed his third epistle, 3 John 1; per
stroyed it. Gabinius afterwards rebuilt haps the same with the preceding.
it, and Augustus bestowed it on Herod Fa'ka, axrog, ré,milk, 1 Cor. 9; 7.
the Great, after whose death it was an.
Sept. for 3'2’: Gen. 18:8. 49: 12.—Xen.
nexed to Syria. See Jos. Ant. ll. 8. 3,
Mem. 4. 3. 10.-— Metaph. for the first
4|. ib. 13. 5.5. ib. 13. 13. 3. lb. 14. 5.
ekmenls of Christian instruction, 1 Cor.
3. il). 15. 7. 9. ib- 17. ll. 4'. Strabo
l6. 2. 30. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2. p. 51. 3:2. Heb. 5:12, l3.-—Clem. Alex. Strom.
ed. Steph. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 5.10 ydlta fi Kan'yxrparg, ol'ovei wprfrrr,
\lmxfig rpotfu) v0n0fiasrar.—In 1 Pet. 2: 2,
II. ii. 384. _ In N. T. Acts 8: 26 e’rri milk is put as the emblem of pure spir
rfiv 656v rfiv xarafialvouaav drrc‘i 'Iepov
aahfllu eig I‘rifav' ail-r1; e'o'riv E'prlpog, the itual nourishment, or of Christian in
way leading from Jerusalem to Gaza,
struction in general.
which [way] is desert, i. e. which leads I‘aloirns, 0v, 5, a Galatian, Gal.
through the desert, where Philip met the 3: l.
eunuch. Others refer Zpnpog to Gaza it Faker/a, 11;. ii. Galah'a or Gallo
self; and suppose the later city to have gmcia, a province of Asia Minor, lying
been built on a different site. As how S. and S. E. of Bithynia and Paphlago
ever Gaza was sacked and destroyed in nia; W. of Pontus; N. and N. W. of
A. D. 65, during an insurrection of the Cappadocia; and N. and N. E. of Lyca.
Jews, Jos. B. J. 2. 18. l, we may perhaps onia and Phrygia. Its name was de
regard (xii-n] Eariv Zprlpoc as the words, rived from the Gauls, I‘aMu-ai' of whom
not of the angel, but of Luke, implying two tribes, the Trocmi and Tolistoboii,
that the city was desolate at the time with a tribe of the Celts, Tectosages,
he wrote. Comp. Krebs Obs. in N. T. migrated thither after the sacking of
e Jos. p. 205 sq. Rome by Brennus; and mingling with
Fagogbuhézmv, 00, 16, (yégq, the former inhabitants, the whole were
¢vXa|.-r'l,) a treasury, i. e. a place of de called Gallograeci. The Celtic lan.
posit for the public treasure; among the 'guage continued to be spoken by their
Jews, the sacred treasury, in one of the descendants at least until the time of
courts of the temple, e'v ahltlfi o‘ixou 6:06, Jerome, 600 years after the migration.
Neh. 13; 7, coll. 10. 37, as. 13: 4., 5,8, Under Augustus, about A. C. 26, this
where Sept. for "91:52, and for '35 Esth. country became a Roman province. Ga
3: 9. According to the Talmudists the latia was distinguished for the fertility
treasury was in the court of the women, of its soil and for its trade. It was the
where stood l3 chests, called from their seat of colonies from various nations,
form h‘l‘tEi’i, trumpets, into which the among whom were many Jews; and
Jews cast their offerings, Ex. 3O: 13 s . from all these Paul appears to have made
See Buxt. Lex. Chald. Talm. 2506. many converts to Christianit . See
Jahn § 342.—In N. T. Mark 12: 41 bis, Strabo I p. 30]. ed. Tauchn. ausan.
43. Luke 21: l. Spoken of the court Phoc.10.23. 9. Liv. 38. 16, 18. Tacit.
itself Jolm 8: 20. Ann. .15. 6. Comp. Rosenm. Bibl.
I‘oii'og, 0!), 6, Gains, Lat. Caius, pr. Geogr. I. p. 210.—In N. T. 1 Cor. 16:
name of several men in N. T. 1. Gal. 1:2. 2 Tim. 4:10. 1 Pet. 1: 1.
l. a Macedonian, and fellow-traveller Talus-1:26;, 1'7, 6v, Galatian, Acts 16,
of Paul, who was seized by the popu 6 Faker-run)!’ Xu'rpav, i. e. Galatia. 18: 23_
lace at Ephesus, Acts 19: 29. I‘ah’zm, n.4, f‘, tranquillity, so. of the
 Fallkm'a 141 Fair/.0;
sea, a calm, Matt. 8: 26. Mark 4: 39. Marcus Anmeus Novatus; but took the
Luke 8: 24.—-Hom. 0d. 7. 319. name of Gallio after being adopted into
Xen.
Anab. 5. 7. 8. the family of L. Junius Gallio. Like
Fannie, as, 1", Galilee, a region his brother Seneca, he was put to death
of Palestine, which in the time of Christ by order of Nero. Tacit. Ann. 6. 3. ib.
included all the northern part of Pales 15. 73
tine lying between the Jordan and Medi I‘afouln'yk, 6,indec. Gamah'el, Heb.
terranean, and between Samaria and #53; (benefit from God), Num. 1: 10.
Phenicia. Before the exile the name 2: 20, a distinguished Pharisee and
seems to have been applied only to a teacher at Jerusalem, under whom Paul
small tract borderin on the northern was educated, Acts 5: 34'. 22: 3. Ac
limits; Heb. 54?; 1 . 9; 11. =1»; 2 K. cording to the Talmud, he was the son
15:29. It was anciently called also of Simeon and grandson of the cele
brated Hillel (Buxt. Lex. Ch. Talm.
‘ Galilee of the Gentiles,’ "7512' 5%.!‘ Is. 8:
23,1‘akdta1’a t’lModn'Auv l Mace. 5: 15, 617); distinguished for piety and Jew
because many foreigners from Egypt, ish learning; and for a long time presi
Arabia, Phenicia, etc. were mixed with dent of the Sanhedrim. See Lightfoot
the population, as is expressl stated by Hor. Heb. in Act. 5: 34.
Strabo, l6. 2. 34. comp. I ace. 5: l5, I‘aaéw, 5, (-y¢:1/wg,)impf.i7<ipouv
ill—23. Galilee in the time of Christ Luke 17: 27; aor. ] Pyn‘ua Luke 14: 20,
was divided into Upper and Lower, 1‘) and in later Greek E-ycipqa-a Mark 6: 17.
fivu Kai 1'] miru I‘ahzkal'a‘ the former ly al. see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 742. Buttm. §
ing north of the territory of Zebulon 114. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. 667;
and abounding in mountains; the latter perf. 'ys-ydlurlxa' 301'. I pass. é'ya'ufflm" to
being more level and fertile and very marry, trans. and neat.
populous. Lower Galilee is said to a) trans. spoken of men, to take as a
have contained 404 towns and villages, wife, seq. accus. Matt. 5: 3‘2. 19: 9 bis.
of which Capemaum and Nazareth are Mark 6:17. 10:11. Luke 14: 20. 16:
the most frequently mentioned in N. T. 18 bis—Jos. Ant. 1. 15. l. Diod. Sic.
Comp. Strabol. c. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 1—3. i8. 25. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 8.—Neut. and
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 42.—In N. absol. to take a wifi, to man'y,i.e. to
T. Mark 1; 9. Luke 2:39. 4; 14. 8: 26. enter into the conjugal state, Matt. 19:
John 7: 52. aL freq—In Matt. 4:15 10. 22: 25, 30. 24: 38. Mark 12: 25.
I‘aMXaia rn'w EOwDw is quoted from Is: 8. Luke 17: 27. 20: 34,35. 1 Cor. 7: '28,
23, [9: 1,] for which see above. So #1 3.1-2 Mace.l. 27.-Spoken
Xen. Hiero 14.; 25. El. V. H. 4. 1. I
of females,
Sékaaaa rfig I‘aktkalac, the sea of Gali
lee, or lake of Gennesarcth, Matt. 4: 18. absol. 1 Cor. 7: 28, 34,36. 1 Tim. 5:
15: 29. AL. ll, l4.—Eurip. Med. 593. ed. Elms].—
I‘aNMaTog, a, M, Galilea‘n; also a Spoken gem. of both sexes, 1 Cor. 7: 9.
native or inhabitant of Galilee; Matt. 26: bis, 10. 1 Tim. 4: 3.
69. Mark 14,: 70. Luke 13: l, 2 bis. 22: h) aor. 1 pass. E'yap/leqv as Mid. Buttm.
59. John 4; 45. Acts 1:11. 2: 7. 5: 37. § 136. 2; to marry, neut. i. e. to enter into
The Galileans were brave and indus the marriage state; absol. 1 Cor. 7: 39.
trious; though the other Jews regarded seq. dat. Mark 10: 12.—Jos. Ant. 4. 7.
them as stupid, unpolished,and seditious, 5. Palaeph. de Incred. 32 ailrm 'yr'lpaaflm
and therefore proper ob'ects of contempt; oildevl figovhr'lgno'av. Plut. Roma]. 2.
John 1:47. 7: 5:2. T ey had a pecu Demetr. ‘2.
liar dialect, by which they were easily I‘apu/Zw, f. a'rrw, (ydpom) to marry,
distinguished from the Jews of Jerusa i. e. to give in marriage, e. g. a daughter,
lern, Mark 14: 70. See Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 1 Cor. 7: 38 bis; Griesb. instead of
2. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal. 434 sq. e'lcyapllw.
I‘am'w, UV“, 6, Gallio, a Roman rafbl'dxw, i. q. 'yapt'lu, to marry,i. e.
prooonsul of Achaia,Acts18: 12,14,17. to give in marriage, Pass. Mark 12: 25.
rmlfbog‘, at), I), a wedding, nuptials,
He was the younger brother of the
philosopher Seneca, and was called i. e. the nuptial solcmnitics, etc.
 Fate 142 Fa'g
a) pp. 56",... yépou, a wedding gar 26. al. So, Matt. 26:10,ll, where
ment, Matt. 22: 11, 12. 5e71rvov 'roii 'yc'l E'pyov 769 and fialtm’ma yap refer to the
pov, nuptial banquet, Rev. 19: 9, see be act of the woman; and ran/Tore 7:’: to
low.—1 Macc. 10: 58. Xen. Lac. 1. 6 the objection of the disciples.— he
yc'ipoug 1roie7a0aa— More particularly, 'ydp is also sometimes repeated, where
the nuptial banquet, which continued the writer again takes up a sentence
seven days, (Judg. 14: 12. Jahn § 154,) which begun with yap and was inter
Matt. 22: 2 Erroiqa's 'yr'lpoug. v. 3, 4r, 8, 9. rupted, as Rom. 15: 26, 27. 2 Cor. 5:
25: 10. John 2. 1, 2. So Sept. and 2, 4..
“an; Gen. 29: 22. Esth. 2. 18.—Tob.
b) elliptically, where the clause to
6: 1-2. 8: l4. Lucian. D. Deer. 20. 23. which it refers is omitted and is to be
Xen. Ven. 1. 8.-—The happiness of the supplied in thought; comp. Buttm. l. c.
Messiah's kingdom is represented under In this case it merely assigns the motive
the figure of a nuptial feast, Rev. 19: 7, for an opinion or judgment, etc. Matt.
9; comp. Matt. 25:1 sq.—-By meton. the 2: 2 where is he who is born king of the
place or hall where the nuptial feast is Jews? [he must be born,] diaper yap
held, Matt. 22: 10. airroi rov am-z'pa, ron we have seen his
b) in common parlance, any festive star. Matt. 27: 23 n’ yap xaxhv E'lror'nae;
banquet, Luke 12: 36. 14: 8. Sept. for no! for what evil hath he done! Comp.
vie-:3». Esth. 9: 22. below in 0. Mark 8: 38 what can a man
c) by meton. marriage, i. e. the mar give in exchange jbr his soul? [vain
riage state, Heb. l3: 4..—Wisd. 14.: 24, hope!] 31; 'yc'rp av, FOR whoever, etc.
26. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 2. Herodian. 3. 10. Mark 12: 23. Luke 22: 37. John 4: 44
10. he departed into Galilee, [not indeed into
F025, a causative particle, standing Nazareth his 1ra-rpic,] aim‘); yap ‘In
always after one or more words in a 0061;, for Jesus himself had testified, etc.
clause, and expressing the reason of comp. Luke 4: l6 sq.—Acts 13: 36. 21:
what has been before aflirmed or im 13. 22: 26. Rom. 2: 25. 8:18[yea,I
plied; for, in‘the sense of because, etc. say suffer with him that we may also
Comp. Buttm.§ 14.9. p. 4.28. Sturz Lex. be glorified with him,] Ao'yiloluat yap,
Xenophont. I. p. 565. son I reckon, etc. Comp. Stuart's
I. Simply, i.e. alone. a) after an Comm. in loo. Rom. 14,: 10. 1 Cor.
antecedent sentence expressed. Matt. 1: 1: 18. al. seep—Xen. Mem. 4.2. 6.—
20 In) ¢o€n9§g 1rapaha§eir Mapuip' In a quotation, where the preceding
n3 yap e'v aim-{1 'yswnfic'v. v. 21 Kahz'auc clause is omitted, Acts 17: 98.—So mi
. \ v n - a - _ o \ - I
To Ovofta (IUTOU ITIUOUV GUTOQ Yap dw yap, Matt. 8: 9 and Luke 7:8, [this I
Irsi. l\ ark 1:22. 6:18. Luke 1: 15. al. know by comparing my own case,]
passim. After a clause of prohibition xal yap e’yzir, son I too am, etc. Matt.
or caution, Matt. 3: 9. 24.: 5. Luke 7: 15:27 val, Kr'rpie, Kai yap r21 Kumipra,
6. al. VVe find yap put after two words, true, Lord, [yet still help me.] FOR even
in a clause, Matt. 2: 6. Mark 1: 38. the dogs, etc. So oi: 'ytip Matt. 9: 13.
Luke 6: 23. John 12; 8. Acts 4.: 20.111. Acts 4.: 20. al.
-—So yap is often found in two consecu 0) elliptically and in common usage
tive clauses, viz. where the same idea 'yrip is also simply intensive, and merely
is expressed twice, i. e. afi‘irmativel serves to strengthen a clause, like the
and negatively, or generally and special: Eng]. then, truly, etc. (a) in questions
ly, John 8: 42. 1 Cor. 16:7. 2 Cor. where a preceding so! may perhaps be
11: 19. or where the latter clause is de supplied;
John 7: 41 comp. in ix
In) 781p b. rfig
(Matt. 27:
Pahihaiag 6
pendent on the former, Matt. 10:20.
Mark 6: 52. John 5: 21,22. Acts 2:15. xpmeg E'pxerat shall runs Christ tome
or where two different causes are as. o‘ut of Galilee .3 Acts 8: 31 1rd}; yap 7w
signed, Matt. 6: 3'2. 18: 10, 11. Rom. iuvallmp', how can I THEN? 19:35 rig
16: 18,19. In similar circumstances, 'yt'zp Ear-w 1') EtwBpmrog, what man THEN
yr'lp is also found in three consecutive is (here? Rom. 3: 3 and Phil. 1: 18, 11'
clauses, Mark 9: 39,40,41. Matt. 16: 'ydp; what rues? 1 Cor. 11: 22. Comp.
25,27. Luke 9;24,~25, 26. Acts 20: Butlm. l. e. Herm. ad Vig. p.829.—
 Poi? 143 Ft
Jos. Ant. 9. 4.. 6. Philo de conf. Ling. 9: 13. Mark 6: 52. Luke 8: 17. Rom.
p. 240. D. Aristoph. Nub. 218. See 4: 13. al. — Xen. An. 3. 4,. 36. -— 0515c‘
Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 221.—(/3) in a yép,jbr neither, John5:22. 7:5. 8:42.
strong affirmation or negation; John 9: m’ire yép,for neither, Luke 20: 36. Acts
30 iv 'yizp roi'rry savpaa'rtiw e'a'n, TRULY 4: 12. 1 Cor. 8: 8. l Thess. 2: 5. An.
herein, or, hera'n runs is a strange Fowrrig, régag, sync. 756;, 17, the
thing. 1 Pet. 4: 15 p1) 'ycip rig ilpu'w belly, Sept. for Num. 5: 22. Job 40:
wuoxe'rw, let was no one qfyou sufl'er 16. Ken. Mem. 1.3.6. In N. T. spoken
etc. Acts 16:37 on‘: 169' mum K.T. A. by synecd. only of the parts, viz.
no runs ! no nsmmn in exclama a) the stomach, pp. Sept. Job 15:
tions, as of wishing, with the nptative; 2. 20: 23. Horn. 0d. 20. 25; and trop.
2 Tim. 2: 7 37in 76;) Vol. 5 Ki/pwg, may for appetite, excessive eating, 3 Mace. 7:
God 1mm give thee, etc.—-So more 11. Act. Thom. § 28. Hom. 0d. 18.
comm. :1 ycip, O that! Sept. Job 6: 2, 2. Ken. Mem. 1. 6. 8. ib. 2. l. 2. Hence
8. Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 38. Comp. Buttm. in N. T. by meton. of abstr. for concr.
§ 149. p. 423. Herm. ad Vig. p. 757. a glutton, a gormandizer; Tit. l: 12
d) put by way of explanation or Kpfifec tisl—yam'c'psg down’, the Cretlms
dmonstratively; (a) where it merely are always slow bellies, i. e. lazy gonnan
takes up a preceding annunciation and dizers.— Hesiod. Theog. 26 mupe’vsg—
continues or explains it; like the Engl. yaa'rz'pec 070v. Suidas, 0f the Syba
namely, to wit, that is to say, though it rites, ‘yaa're'pcg ham! Kai rpusbrlral. He
is often not to be rendered in English; sych. yaa-répsc' oi'ov rpopfig time im
comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 428. SO after iisltaz'lpeym. So yam-pic hil. . H. 1. 28.
oi'rrwg, Matt. 1: 18 rm": 3:‘ ’I. X. 1'] 761mm; ‘your ibovliog Diod. Sic. Vol. IV. p. 33.
m'irwr; ‘Pill’ pvna'rsufielonc yép x. 1'. h. the ed Ifip. II. p. 549. ed. Wess.
birth of Jesus Christ was thus, viz. his b) the womb, Luke 1:31. So Sept.
mother being espoused, etc. — Jos. B. J. for ‘FF. Gen. 25: 23. Ps. 58: 4.-—Diod.
7. 3. 3 init. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 6. Ag. 3. Sic. 4.. 33. Herodian. l. 5. 14.—Hence
2— in a less strict sense, where it Ev ‘yam-pl E'Xwl, to be with child, Matt.
introduces by way of explanation the 1: 18, 23. 24: 19. Mark 13: 17. Luke
ground or motive of what precedes, for, 21:23. 1 Thess. 5: 3. Rev. 12:2. So
that is to say, since, etc. Matt. 6: 7, 16. Sept. for ‘#1:? Gen. 16: 4. 38:25. 2 K.
10:35. 15: 4. ‘24: 7. 1 Cor. ll: 26. al. 8:11.—Artemid. 2. 18. ib. 3. 32. He.
—Soph. Antig. 178. Ken. An. 7. 1. 29. IOdOt. 3. 32.
—In this sense it serves to introduce ré, an enclitic particle,which serves
parenthetic clauses; Mark 5: 4.2. 6: 14. to strengthen or render more emphatic
14:40. 16: 4. John 4: 8. Acts 13:8. the word to which it is appended, by
2 Cor. 5: 7. Eph. 6: 1. al. seep. placing it in opposition to other words,
II. With other particles, where how and thus fixing the attention upon it;
ever each retains its own separate force e. g. a part in reference to a whole, a
and signification; e. g. z’iw 169, for if, single object in reference to many, a less
Matt. 5: 4.6. 6: l4. ei yép,f0r if, Rom. in reference to a greater, and vice versa.
.‘1: 7. 4: 14. E501) yép,for lo.’ Luke I: Hence it often cannot be rendered in
44, 48. 2: 10. ml 'yép,f0r also,for even, English, but must be expressed by a
Matt. 26: 73. Mark 10; 45. Luke 6: stronger emphasis in pronunciation, etc.
32. John 4: 46.—Lucian D. Mort. 22. Its general meaning is, at least, indeed,
2 or 5. Ken. An. 2. 5. 5. ib. 3. 3. 4. even, etc. Comp. Buttm. § 14.9. p. 4.3].
—-So yizp mi, for also, Acts 17:28. Herm. ad Vig. p. 824. sq. Passow sub
2 Cor. 2: 9. and mi 7&9 aim, for neither, voce.
1 Cor. ll: 9.——-;iz‘w 76p, se . 5:’, for in I. Used alone. a) as marking a less
deed, Acts 13: 36. ‘23: 8. om. 2:25. in reference to a greater, at least, etc.
Also where the clause with be’ is wholly Luke 11:8 though he will not give him,
omitted, Rom. 3: 2. 1 Cor. 11: 18. or is because he is his friend, (the greater rea
readily supplied, Heb. 6: 16, coll. v. 13. son ,) 5n’: 7: rfiv évalbetav ain'oii, yet at
So seq, .iMé, Acts 4: 16.—p1) yép, for least because of his importunily (the lesser
not, James I: 7. m‘: yép, for not, Matt. reason) he will rise, etc. 18: 5. So
 Iliiwa
Ft 144
1 Cor. 4:8 r'iqaekdv 7:, I could wish at .‘3. Comp. Herm. l. c. p. 803. Buttm.
least, eta—Sept. Job 30: 24. Xen. Cyr. <5 150. p. 4.34.
l. 6. 4 dad ‘ye.
P255559, 570;, 6, Gideon, Heb. 15511
b) as marking a greater in reference
to a less, etc. even, indeed, Rom. 8: 32 §a cutter off), the deliverer of Israel
5;- -ye,who even, etc.—Eurip. Med. 1361. rom the power of the Midianites, Heb.
Aristoph. Nub. 399. Luc. D. Deor. ll: 32. See Judg. c. 6—8.
17. 2. Comp. Herm. l. c. p. 827. Taiwan, 7);, 1*’, Gehenna, i. e. the
II. In connexion with other particles. place of punishment in hades or the
((1) dNtd y: or dXMi-ye‘, yet at least, yet world of the dead, i. q. Tdprapog' 2 Pet.
surely, 1 Cor. 9: 2. but indeed, moreover, 2: 4. Mpvr) roii mlpdg Rev. $0: 14, 15.
Luke 24: 21. Comp. in ,AAXliw—(fl) rd rip rd aidwtov, Matt. 25: 41. Jude 7.
5.9417: and dpé 75, see in 'Apa I. c. and See in {18179, and comp. Judith 16: 17.
11.—(y) 517:, at least, if indeed, g'f'so Ecclus. 7: 17. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V.
be, etc. seq. indie. and spoken of what T. I. p. 194, 645.—-So simpl yze'wa
is taken for granted; Eph. 3: 2. 4: 2]. Matt. 5; 29,30. 10: 28. Lu e 12: 5.
Col. 1: 23. Comp. Herm. l. c. p. 833 James 3: 6. also ycéwa r017 1rvpdg
sq. — Sept. Job 16: 4. Lucian. Jup. Gehenna qffire, Matt, 5: 22. 18: 9.
Trag. §36. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3 e'i-ye Mark 9: 47. yce'wa, ‘rd nip rd dagso-rov,
Icaxoup'yd‘rardv Earn 1:. r. lL—SO e‘i-yc an’, Mark 9: 43, 45, coll. v. 44, 46, 48. So
if indeed also, which as applying only Matt. 23: 1511161’ 'yee'vvnc,sonqfGehenna,
to what is taken for granted, may be i. e. worthy of punishment in Gehenna.
given by since, although; Gal. 3: 4 :17: Matt. 23: 33 xpt'mc Tfic y. condemnation,
ml ElKfi, i. e. since (in this case) it is in to Gehenna, coll. Jude v. 7. It is there
vain. 2 Col‘. 5: 3 £17: xal Evdvadpevoz, fore a place of eternal fire, and of thick
although being now clothed, we shall not darkness; comp. Jude v. 6, l3. -— The
etc. comp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. 15: 51 sq.— name I‘cs'yva is the Heb. flirt, valley
)El. V. H. 12: 9 £17: xal oi ‘M1752: au'rdv - of Hinnom, Josh. l5: 8, the narrow val.
,uwoiun. Soph. Philoct. 652.—(5) cl 5:‘ ley skirting Jerusalem on the south,
pr'rye,
not indeed,
i. q. :1 5:‘
otherwise
in’), butindeed;
stronger, sew. running westward from the valley of
and but
Jehoshaphat under Mount Zion. Here
ing to annul the preceding proposition, the ancient Israelites established the
whether atlirmative or negative. So idolatrous worship of Moloch, to whom
after an aflirmatiomhutg'f not, otherwise, they burned infants in sacrifice; I K.
Matt. 6: 1. Luke 10:6. 13: 9. Comp. 11: 7. 2 K. 16: a. Jer.7: 31. 32: 35.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 833. — Xen. Cyr. 8. This worship was broken up and the
Cyr.
7. 22.4. so5. cl
10.—‘liter a negation,
3:‘ f1 Xen. An. 7.where
7. 3. place desecrated by Josiah, 2 K. 23: 10,
14:, after which it seems to have he
it consequently afiirms; if otherwise, come the receptacle for all the filth of
else, etc. Matt. 9: 17. Luke 5: 36, 37. the city, as also for the carcasses of ani
14: 3'2. 2 Cor. 11:16. Comp. Buttm. mals and the dead bodies of malefactors
§ 148. n. 10. — xai'yc, and at least, left unburied, to consume which fires
Luke 19: 42.—— ucian. D. Deor. 4. 2. would appear to have been from time
—-and even, yea even, Acts 2: 18. — Lu to time kept up. Sept. iv 11,3 wohuav
cian. D. Deor. 20. 14, 24. Comp. above 5pip Jer. 2: 23, i. e. place of deadhbodies,
in I. al.—(Z) Kairot-ys, i. q. rah-oz, but cemetry. It was also called "1;", T0
stronger, though indeed, John 4: 2. Acts phet, Jer. 7: 31, i. e. abomination, vomit,
14: 17. 17: 27.—Lucian. D. Deor. 20. from I131“ ezspuere; or, more probably,
15. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 3. Comp. Herm. since it had this name also among idol
8d Vig. p. 84O.—(17) p:vo|7v'yc,i.q.,ucv aters, from "13513, i. e. place of burning
0171', but stronger, yea'indecd yea truly, sc. dead bodies eta—By an easy meta
etc. Luke 11:28. Rom. 9: 20. 10: 18. phor the Jews transferred the name to
Phil. 3:8. Comp. Vi er. p. 541. ed. the place of punishment in the other
Herm. Sturz de Dial. lex. p. 203. — world, the abode of demons and the
(9) pr’m-yc, i. q. pv’lrz, but stronger, not souls of wicked men. See Buxt. Lex.
lo say, then, much more then, 1 Cor. 6: Cb. Rab. T=1l.395,2623. Wetstein N.'l‘.
 I‘stla'nuavi 145 I‘evsaloyiw
I. p. 299. Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. Christol. Vol. I. on ls. l. c. and in BibL
280. Tholuck Ausleg. d. Bergpredigt Repos. II. 358. (Others refer this to d,
p. 182. below.) So Sept. for 5"‘??? Num. 13:
rido'fltbum, in Mss. also Teflon
2-2. m. Esth. 9: 23. ‘fr: Lev. 23: 48.
;mve'i, indcc. Gethsemane, pr. name of a Gen. 17: 12.—J08. Ant. 1. 10. 3 1ro)\)n)|/
small field or place just out of Jerusa 'yeure'w. 5. 1. 2. Polyb. 20. 6. 6.
lem,-over the brook Cedron and at the b) a descent, a degree. so. in a genea
foot of the mount of Olives. The name logical line of ancestors or descendants,
Matt. 1: 17 ter. So Sept. for ‘M Gen.
would seem to be derived from 1"! (press) 15:16. Dent. 23: 3. nH-i'a'us Gen. 25:
and I‘??? (oil). [or 213?‘? (fat) Buxt.
Lex. p. 2448]. Matt. 26: 36. Mark 13.—Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 2. ib. 7. 5. 2. Philo
14: 32, See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 66. Vit. Mos. I. p. 603.
c) spoken of the period of time from
FEITNU, orog, a, t‘, a neighbour, one descent to another, i. e. the average
Luke 14:12. 15:6, 9. John 9:8. Sept. duration of human life, reckoned appa
for ‘PP; Jer. 6: 21. ‘P35 Job 26: 5.— rently by the ancient Hebrews at 100
Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 3. Ken. Mem. 2. 2. 12. years, comp. Gen. 15:16 with Ex. 12:
P571201, 5, f. (mu, Luke 6: 21, in 40, 41; by the Greeks at three genera
earlier writers 1'. tioopai, Buttrn. § 113. tions for every 100 years, i. e. 33} years
4. n. 7; to laugh, so. in joy and triumph, each; Herodot. 2. 142 'yeveai rpelg av.
intrans. Luke 6: 21, 25. Sept. for PG; bpd'w érarbv E'reé e'o'rt. Hence, in N. T.
Gen. 17: 17. 18: 12, 13,15. PU? Lam. of a less definite period, an age, time,
1:7. ""33 Job 22: 19.—El. V. H. 14. period, day, etc. as ancient generations,
36. Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 5. i. e.timesofold,etc. Actsl4z16. 15:21.
Eph. 3: 5. Col. 1: 26. of future ages,
I‘éAzog, arrog, b, §7el\1iu,) laughter,
Eph. 3: 21. Luke 1:50 tic yewzac 'yz
so. of joy or triumph, ames 4: 9. Sept. wcfiv, to generations ofgenerations, i. e. to
for Gen. 21: 6. Pl"? Job 8: 21.—
the remotest ages, comp. Rev. 1: 6. So
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 81. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 15. ' Sept. for W55 “M Ps. 72: 5. 102: 25. Is.
riflllzél, 1'. law (75,110,) to make full, 34: 17. The expression is strongly
tofill, trans. and seq. gen. of thing, Mark intensive ; Gesen. Lehrg. p. 692. c.
15:36. John 2: 7 bis- 6:13. Comp. Stuart z, 4.55. 0. Mann “so. So genr.
Buttm. 132. 5, 2.—Xen. H. G. 6.2.25. Sept. and 5H’! Gen. 9: 2. Prov. 27: 24.
—So with Euro, Luke 15: 16, see in ‘An-o’ Joel 3: 20.—Diod. Sic. 1. 24. Xen. Cyr.
III. 4. or with Ex, Rev. 8:5. 15:8. 5. 2. 4.——Luke 16: 8 do 'rfiv yeveav r1),
So v: s12». Ps. 127: 5. Jer. 51:34.. Lev. éavrd'w, i. e. are wiser in their day, so
9: l7. — Absol. Mark 4: 37. Luke far as it concerns this life.
14: 23. d) meton. spoken of the men of any
Pipe», f. no, to be fed of, to be generation or age, those living in any
strmjed with, intrans. and seq. gen. Matt. one period, a race, class,- e. g. 1‘, yevea
23:27. Luke 11:39. Rev.4:6,8. 5:8. ai'm; etc. thepresent generation, Matt. 11 :
15:7. 77: 3, 4. 91: 9. Rom. 3: 18, 16. 12: 39, 41,42, 45. 16: 4. 17:17.
noted from Ps. 10:7, where Sept. for 23: 36. 24'. 34. Mark 8:12 bis, 38. 9:
".2 seq. accus. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 19. 13:30. Luke 7:31. 9; 41. 11: 29,
5, 2.—Diod. Sic. 13. 3,64. Polyb. 4. so, 31, 32,50,51. 11:25. 21:52. Acts
65. 2—So with it: Matt. 23: 25, like 2: 40. Phil. 2: 15. Spoken of a former
Helm n‘zie Is. 9: 6. Ez. as: 6. generation, Acts 13:36. Heb. 3: 10. of
the future Luke 1: 48. So Sept. and “'1'!
P211202, 02;, 1", (yi'vopal, 'ye'vw,) birth,
Dent. 32: 5, 20. Ps. 1'2: 8. 14:5. 94:6.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. In N. T. generation, 78: 6, 8.--Lucian.de Astrol. § 20. De
in the following senses, viz.
a) qflspring, progeny; gem. and trop, mosth. 1390. 25.
Acts 8: 33 ")1! 5:‘ 'ysveav (ii/rob rig Eu]. FEVEIZAOQ/éw, a7, f. flow, (11);’ 1am‘!!!
yr'loerat ; who shall declare his posterity ? Mylo) to trace one’s genealogy, Seprt.
i. e. the number of his followers, spoken Ezra 2: 62. Xen. Conv. 4. 51. In N. .
of the Messiah; quoted from Is. 53: 8,
only Pass. yzvcahoye'opaz, Ol-Iflal, to be
where Sept. for ‘5"; see llengstenb. traced or irwcribed in a genealogy, Le.
I
 ravsaloyioa 146 I‘svvoiw
by impl. to be reckoned by descent, to Matt. 122—16, where it occurs thrice.
derive one’: origin, Heb. 7: 6. Sept. for in each verse, except v. 6 bis, ll, 12 bis,
new: 1 Chr. 5; 1. 9: 1. 16. Acts 7:8,29. Sept. for 42; and
Findlay/a, 12;, 11’, ('ygyeaxoyg'uh) ""125" Gen. 5: 3 sq. step—So oi yevw'l
genealogy, genealogical table, so. of an_ oawsc, parents, Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 2.
cestors,etc. 1Tim.l:4. Tit.3: 9. Sept. Polyb. 3. 98. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 27.-—
for inf. 5'32’? l Chr. 7: 5, 7. 9:22.— Trop. to generate, to occasion, e. g. pd
Polyb. 9. 2. 1. glg, 2 Tim. 2: 23.—Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4.
olyb. 1.67. 2.—Metaph. (a) spoken in
I‘fl’éd’lot, 511, rd, (adj. yeve'aloc,
the Jewish manner of the relation be
natal, Jos. Ant. l2. 4. 7. Philo de ()pif. tween a teacher and his disciples, to
Mundi p. 10,) in earlier Greek writers, beget so. in a spiritual sense, to be the
solemn rites for the dead, ferize denicales, spiritual father of any one, i. e. the in
Herodot. 4. 26; comp. Cic. Leg. 2. 22. strument of his conversion, to a new
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 485. In later spiritual life, 1 Cor. 4: l5. Philem. 10.
writers and in N. T. birth-day celebra —-Philo. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1000. B,/rdhhov
tion, birth-dayfeetiual, Matt. 14:6. _Mark aim-by 1“; obx firrov rel-v yove'wv ye-ye'wnxa
6: 21.—Alciphr. Ep. 3. 18,55. Dio. Sanhedrin fol. 19. 2, dix. R. Jonath.
Cass. 47. 18. 503. ib. 56. 46. 843. In “ si quis filium proximi sui legem docet,
this sense earlier writers used 7.‘. 'ysvé hoc idem putat seriptura, ac si ipsum
Blua, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 103 sq. genuisset."—(fi) spoken of God, to beget
Fémm, ear, .7, (750,...“ ye'vw,) pro so. in a spiritual sense, i. e. to impart a
creation, Xen. Lac. 2. 1. In N. T. birth, new spiritual life, which consists in
nativity, i. e. sanctil'ying, quickening anew, and en
a) pp. Matt. 1:18 and Luke 1: 14 in nobling the powers of the natural man,
later edit. where text. rec. 'ye'vvnarg. by imparting to him a new life and a
James 1: 23 1'6 1rpéau1rov rfig 7rre’a'eug, new spirit in Christ, 1 John 5:1. Hence
i. e. native or natural face. Sept. for Christians are said to be born of God,
"1521*: Gen. 31: 13. 32: 9.—Jos. 4,. s. 23. (see below in II. b,) and to be the sons
Diod. Sic. 1. 6. 8. Herodian 7. l. 5.— of God, comp. Rom. 8: 14. Gal. 3: 26.
Trop. James 3: 6 rpoxoc r17;- 'ytvéoewc, 4: 6.-—Spoken of the relation between
lit. the wheel of birth, i. e. which is set God and the Messiah, who as the vice.
in motion at birth and rolls on through gerent of God is figuratively called his
life, i. q. course of life. Comp. Judith Son, and whom therefore God is figu
12: 18. Wisd. 7: 5. Others, nativity, in ratively said to beget, i. e. to appoint, to
the astrological sense. declare; so. as a king, etc. [But see the
1)) in the sense of descent, lineage, writings of Athanasius, and of the other
and flight); yevr'oewg, booh ofdescent, i. e. orthodox fathers of the church, in defence
genealogy, genealogical table , Matt. 1 :1. of the doctrine of a proper though mys
So Sept. and 1'15", $1 ‘15.? Gen. 5:1. for terious generation,] Acts 13:33. Heb.
#1435!» Gen. 2: 4. 10; 1, 32. 1:5. 5: 5. So Sept. and ‘11>: Ps. 2: 7,
F957;], 56', i;,('yeved,)birth; John9: coll.v.6,8. Comp. in Yibg. Gesen. Lex.
1 Ex ‘yeverfigfi‘om his birth—Sept. Lev. Man. ‘L53 no. 2. ,
25: 47. Hom. 0d. 18. 6. Polyb. 3- 20. 4. b) spoken of women, to bear, to bring
forth, Luke 1: 13, 57. 23: 29. John 16:
Pimp“, “70;, To, ('yivopat, perf. 21. Trop. Gal. 4: 24. Sept. and 'T'P:
pass. ye'ye'mg an) produce,fruit, so. of theGen. 46: 15. Ex. 6:20. W271 Ezra 10:
fields, etc. uke 12: 18. Trop. spoken 44.—Phalaeph. Fab. 2. Xen. Lac. 1. 3.
of the rewards of Christian virtue, 2 Cor. II. Pass. yervdolum, (ii/.101. a) to be
9: 10.—Text. recept. has in both places begotten.- Matt. 1: 20 rd e'v air ' yawn]
'yéyvruia, q. v. Oév that begotten or conceived in , i. e.
FEWIZ/w, 5, f. {ya-u, (ye'vva poet. for in her womb, the fmtus. Heb. 11:12.
7509,) trans. to beget, spoken of men; b) to be born, genr. Matt. 2: 1,4. 19:
to bear, spoken of women; Pass. to be 12. 26: 24. Mark 14:21. John 3:4bis.
begotten, to be born. rmpltog, 9: 2, 19, 20, 32. rig for Mayor,
I. Act. a) spoken of men, to beget, 16: 21.—Acts 7: 20. 29: 28 'ye'ye'w'rlpai
 Finance 147 l'zgaa'flvég
-sc. 'Pupaiog. Rom. 9: 11. Heb. 11: 23. broad, and is still celebrated for the
Gal. 4: 23, 29, Kara mipxa, according to purity and salubrity of its waters, and
the/lab, in the course of nature. Sept. the abundance of its fish. Embosomed
for ‘1251 Job 3: 2. ‘1,21 Ps. 87:4, 5, 6. in lofty mountains, the scenery around
--Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. Plut. Agesil. 3. it is the most romantic and picturesque
Lucian. D. Mar. 29. 3.—Seq. :1;- final, in Palestine. It is subject to sudden,
denoting destination, John 18: 37. 2 Pet. though not long continued tempests.
2: 12. -- Seq. a’): 0. gen. of the mother, See Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 7. Rosenm. Bibl.
Matt. 1: 16. Luke 1:35. c. gen. of Geogr. 11. i. p. 176 sq. Calmet art.
source etc. John 3:6 is: 1'1‘): oops-61;. 8: Tiber-ias.—In N. T. 1') 711'] Pu’. Matt. 14:
4l.—Seq. z'v c. dat. of place, Acts 22: 34. Mark6:53. ilMpmy I‘zy. Luke 5: 1.
3. 0. dat. of state or condition, John 9: Firming, 5mg, {7, (-yzvmiu,) birth,
34. Acts 2: 8 iv r; so. swamp, i. 0. our nativity, Matt. 1: 18 and Luke 1: 14 in
native dialecL—hdetaph. in: 6201': v. in text. rec. Others yérwic q. v. Sept.
wvn'iparoc E'ywvr'yflrlv v. 'ye-yéwnpai, only for 1.5::1 Eco. 7: 1.—-Jos. Ant. 2. 9. a.
in the writings of John, to be born of
God, or oft/1e Spirit, sc. in a spiritual v I‘srmrog, ii, 61*, (72101610,) born,
sense, to have received from God a new brougllifortll; Matt. 11: 11 and Luke 7:
spiritual life, see above in I. a. John 1: 28 iv yewnroig 'yvvamd'w, among those
13. 3: 5, 6, 8. 1 John 2: 29. 3:9 bis. born of women. So Sept. and Heb.
4: 7. 5:1 his, 4, 18 bis. So also yer mjs 115*, Job 14; 1. 15=4. 25=4.. -
wflfivat driven, to be born again, i. q. a’: Diod. Sic. l. 8 'yswrrrov slvcu x60 0v
9201': ‘yes’. John 3: 3, 7. See in'AwwOsv vopio'av'rcc. Comp. 1" Tt‘A‘Oi'ldli 'nvog Eu
2. b. rip. Alcest. 169, et ibi Hermann.
réwflfbtt, ¢7'0§, r6, (‘yew/610,) lit. F505, 50;‘, 01);, rd, (‘ylvopmQ ge
what is born or produced, i. e. nus, race, 1. e.
a) spoken of men, oflspring, progeny, a) qfl'spring,posterity, Acts 17: 28, ‘29.
Matt. 3: 7 ywvfipara ixidvirv, progeng Rev. 22:16. Sept. for 72"., Jer. 36:31.
qfvipers! so 12: 34. 23: 33. Luke 3:7. -—Herodot. 3. 159. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 4.
Sept. for ‘14?’; Josh. l5: 14.—Ecclus. 10: b) fmnilg, lineage, stock, Acts 7: 13.
18. l Macc. 1:38. Act. Thom. §32. 13: 26. Phil. 3:5. So Acts 4: 6, where
b) spoken of trees, etc. fruit, produce, others, sect, order. Sept. and 92!. Jer.
Matt. so: 29. Mark 14.; 25. Luke 22: 41: l.-—1 Mace. 5:2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. l.
18. So Luke 12: 18 in text. recept. c) nation, people, Mark 7: 26. Acts 4:
where later edit. ye'mpm—Uscd in this 36. 7:19. 18: 2,24. 2 001511126. Gal.
sense only by later writers, as Diod. Sic. 1: 14. 1 Pet. 2: 9. So Sept. for =2
5.81. Polyb. 1. 71. 1. ib. 3. 87. 1. See Gen. 11:6. Esth. 2: 10.—Diod. Sic. 1.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 286. —— Metaph. 4, l9 ult. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2.
spoken of the rewards of Christian virtue, (I) kind, sort, species, Matt. 13:47. 17:
2 Cor. 9: 10 in text. recept. Comp. in 21. Mark 9:29. 1 C01‘. 151:10,28. 14:
I‘c'ynpa. 10. Sept. for T’? Gen. 6:20. 7:14.
rivmdotgéf, I], indec. Genneearetll, ‘9" 2 Chr. 4: l3. — Wisd. 19:6. )3
Heb. "ZIP (harp) Deut. 3:17, or “"513. schin. Dial. 2. 26. Xen. (E0. 7. 19.
1 K. 15:20, later Heb. “93.1, Josephus 1150;017:155‘, 017, 6, a Gerasene, i. e. a
I‘wmloép, B. J. 3. 10. 8, the name of a native or inhabitant of the city or district
small region of Galilee on the western of Gerasa. This city was situated in
shore of the lake, described b Josephus the eastern part of Perea or Gilead near
(l. c.) as about four miles in length and the confines of the Arabian desert, on
three in breadth, and as distinguished the parallel of Samaria, and was one of
for its fertility and beauty. It was so the cities of the Decapolis. It was
called from an ancient city, Josh. 19: 35, large, opulent and splendid; as is ap
which also gave name to the adjacent parent from the magnificent ruins still
lake, "$5.312 Num. 34: 11.——- This lake remaining, which have been described
is also called the Sea of Galilee, Matt. by Burckhardt and others. It is men
4: 18; the Sea of Tiberial, John 21: 1. tioned by Josephus, B. J. l. 4. 8. ib. 3.
It is about twelve miles long and five 3. 3. ib. 4. 9. 1. The place is now called
I: 2
 rsg'yso'nvéc 148 I‘swg'yog

Jerrasll. See Rosenrn. Bibl. Geogr. i. e. either, the Sunbedrim av as the whole‘
II. ii. p. 28. Reland. Palzest. p. 806. senate of Israel,- or else it here stands
Legh, in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 651.— for tire elders of Israel in general, i. e.
Many Mss. and also Knapp read I‘spa persons of age and influence who were
mpuiw, Matt. 8: 28, where the text. rec. invited to sit with the Sanhedrim, i. q.
has I‘spyearlwa’av, and other Mss. Pasa oi ‘ll'pEGgl’H'CPO‘ roi'l 'Iapafilt Acts 4:8.
pnmiv, which is read also Mark 5: 1. 25: 15.
Luke 8:26, 37. The city of Gerasa Figs”, ovrog, 6, an old man, senez,
lay too remote from the lake to admit John 3: 4. Sept. for1P1, Prov. 17: 6.—
the possibility of the miracle's having Herodian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 17.
been wrought in its vicinity; if there
fore the reading Pepao‘nvu'w be correct, PEI/16), I'. n’wu, to cause to taste, to
it must be because the city gave its let taste, Sept. for u"??? Gen. 25: 30.
name to a large extent of territory, in Herodot. 7. 46. In N. T. (and in Horn.)
cludin Gadara and its environs; and only Mid. yu’lopaz, f. £1,100,101, to taste,
then léatthew only uses a broader ap depon. or trans. see Buttm. § 135. 4.
pellation where the other evan elists and n. 2.
employ a more specific one. his is :1) pp. and absol. Matt. 27: 34. Col.
not improbable; since Jerome says (ad 2: 21 see in “Arno. seq. acc. John 2: 9.
Chad. 1) that ancient Gilead was in his So Sept. 0. accus. for 5213 l K. 4: 29.
day called Gerasa; and Saadias in his Job 12:11. 34: 3.—Ecclus. 36:19. Jos.
Arabic version puts Jerrash for the Heb. Ant. 3. 1. 6. seq. gen. Xen. Mem. 3. l4.
Gilead. Origen also testifies that I‘: 5.—In the sense of to eat, to partake of,
pump/1.7” was the ancient reading. See absol. Acts 10: 10. 20: ll. seq. gen.
in I‘ep'ysa'rlvo'g. Luke 14:24. Acts 23: l4,comp. Buttm.
§ 132. 5. 3. So Sept. and 5273 1 Sam.
11575077722‘, 01-7, in, a Gergesene, 14: 24 Iiprov. 2 Sam. 3: 35.—2 Macc. 6:
Heb. "$515. and Sept. Pep'yco'aiog Gen. 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 8. Xen. An. 1.9.26.
15:21. Deut. 7: 1. Josh. 24: 11; pr. b) metaph. to experience, to prove, to
name of one of the ancient tribes of partake of; seq. accus. Heb. 6: 5 fififul
Canaan destroyed by Joshua, and of 9:05. Seq. gen. yn'reaeai Sam'urov, to
which Josephus says nothing remained taste ofdeatb, i. e. to die, Matt. 16: 28.
but the name, Ant. 1. 6. 2. Origen Mark 9: 1. Luke 9: 27. John 8:52.
however says, that a city I‘e'p-yca'a an Heb.2:9. Comp. Rabb. sh“: am, But.
ciently stood on the eastern shore of the Lex. Ch. Rab. 895. So Heb. 6: 4 7w.
lake of Tiberias, and that the precipice rfig Eiopeiic—Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 1 rG'w dya
was still pointed out, down which the Bu‘w. ib. 4. 8. 48. Philo de Nob. p.
swine rushed; Opp. IV. p. 140. But 903 'rfig (rogue. Polyb. I5. 33. 5.—
in the silence of all other testimony Seq. 5n, 1 et. 2: 3 7w. b'rl on‘); 6
this tradition can have little weight; Kv'ipiog. So Sept. for 52!; s. 34: 9.
and the reading I‘ep'ywqmiv in Matt. 8: Prov. 81: 18.
28, which rests on Origen's conjecture, I‘smgyéw, 5, f. {1040, (-yswp-ydg) to
is therefore less probable than I‘epa till sc. the earth, Pass. Heb. 6: 7. Sept.
aqw'i'w, which he testifies to have been oi yswp'yoiivrcg 'rfiv yfiv for "F185? "i?"
the ancient one. Comp. in Pepao'nwig. 1 Chron. 27:26j4—Esdr. 4: 6. Jos. Ant‘.
P55096112, 66;, 1', ('yspol'lo'wc fr. 5. 6. 1. Ken. (E0. 14. 2.
FEQIJQQIIDV, 09, r6, ('ycmp'ye'w,) a tilled
7z'pwv,) a council ofelders, a senate, Paus.
3. 11. Xen. Mem. 4.4. 6. Sotlze elder field, farm, pp. Sept. for Prov. 24:
sllip, i. e. collect. the elders among the 30. 31:16. Strabo XIV. p. 687. S. In
Jews, either of the whole people, Sept. N. T. metaph. of Christians, 1 Cor. 3:9.
for IP22}: Ex. 3: 16, 18. Deut. 27: l; P503765 01), 6, (7i, ‘yea, and Ep-yoa)
or of particular cities, Deut. 19:12. a tiller of the ground, husbandman, viz.
21: 2 sq. al. and later the Sanbeé-im, 9.) pp. 2 Tim. 2: 6. James 5: 7. So
Judith 4:8. 15:8. 1 Macc. 12: 6. al.— Sept. for “5”! Jer. 14: 4. 31:24. 51:23.
In N. T. Acts 5:21 ro auve'dpiov Kai —Xen. (E0. 5. 16.
miaav r0‘)? 'yepovalav raTnl Uilill' 10pm”, b) in N. T. also i. q. dpmltovp-yéc, a

5
 I‘fi 149
vine dresser, keeper of a vineyard, Matt.
91:33,:34,35,as,40,4.1. Mark12z1,
2 bis,7, 9. Luke 20: 9, 10 bis,14, 16.
Metaph. of God, John 15: 1, comp. Is. etc. (a) in distinction from 6 oirpavtic,
5: lsq.—So 'yeupyzi'v, 80 Ii” the vine, Matt. 5: 18, 35. 6: 10,19.
Plato Eutyph. § 4. 14. Acts 2: 19. 7: 49. al. saep. Sept:
P77, 75;, h, (contr. fr. 'yc'u i. q. 7117a,)
earth, land, i. e. one of the four ele
ments; spoken
a) in reference to its vegetative power,
earth, coil,- Matt. 13:5, 8,23. Mark 4:
5, 8, 20. Luke 14:35. John 12: 24. al.
Sept. for ‘3131!, Gen. 4: 2, 3. ‘(735 Gen.
1: 11,12. "r2 Gen. 3: 14., l9.-—Xen.
(Be. 4. 8.
b) as that on which we tread, the
ground, etc. Matt. 10:29. 15:35. Luke
6:49. 22:44. 24:5. John 8:6,8. Acts
9: 4, 8. al. So Sept. for 7333!‘, Ex. 3: 5.
2 Sam. 17:12. Ex. 9: 33. 1 Sam.
26: 7, 8.--Herodian. 1. 13. 2. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 3.
c) in distinction from the sea, a lake,
etc. the land, ten-afirma, Mark 4: 1. 6:
47. John 6: 21. Acts 27: 39, 43, 44. al.
So Sept. and Gen. 8: 7, 9. "35;:
Jon. 1: 13.—Herodian. 2. 10. 8. Xen.
An. 1. 1. 7.
d) of a county, region, territory, etc.
as yfi’Io'pafih, Matt. 2: 20, 21. Xavadv
Acts 13: 19. Aiyt'nrrov Acts 7: ll, 36,
40. 13: 17. ‘106511 Matt. 2: 6. 211801;
Xév 4: 15. I‘ewnmpz'd 14: 34. Mark
6: 53. So of the country adjacent to
an place or city, Matt. 9: 26, 31.
VVyith a gen. of person, one’s native land,
Acts 7: 13.—Spoken particularly and ab
sol. of the land of the Jews, Palestine,
Matt. 23: 35. 27: 45. Mark 15: 33
Luke4: 25. 21: 23. James 5: 17. Rom.
9: 28, coll. Is. 10: 23. So in the ex
pression xknpoyope'iv rfiv 771;’, to inherit
the land, Matt. 5: 5, quoted from Ps. 37:
11, coll. v. 9,22, 29. Ps. 25: 13. Is.
60: 21; where Sept. for '93:; comp.
Lev. 20: 24. Deut. 16: 20. Here the
tranquil possession of the earthly Ca
naan, which was already used in the
O. T. to denote the coming of the Mes
siah's kingdom, is employed by Christ
to describe the privileges and retribu
tions of his spiritual kingdom in an
other life. See Tholuck in Bibl. Repos.
III. p. 705.—-Sept. also for “$315 Gen.
47: 26. Num. 11: 12. Is. 1: 7. al. —
Xen. Au. 1. 3. 4—By mcton. put for the
Fl’l’O/bfltl
inhabitants of a country, Matt. 10:15.
11: 24.
e) the earth, i. c. the terrestrial globe,
Luke 2:
for HEB‘: Gen. 4: 11. 7: 4. Gen. l:
1,9.. 2: 4.. Ba: 1 Chr.16:30.-—Hero
dian. 2. 11. 8. Hom. ll. 19. 259. -—
Hence rd z’iri rfig 717; and Th Ev roic oi:
pavoTg, things on earth and things in
heaven, i. e. the universe, Col. 1:16, 20.
717 xuwi], a new earth, 2 Pet. 3: 13.
Rev. 21: 1.—(,B) Spoken of the habitable
earth,r‘yoixoupéwl, Luke 11: 31. 21:35.
Acts 10:12. 11:6. 17: 26. Heb. 11:13.
Rev. 3: 10. al. saep. Sept. for "232‘,
Gen. 6:1, 7. Is. 24:1. Gen. 6:
5, 11, 12.—Herodian. l. 2. 9. Xen. Ag.
1. {16.—Hence ril E'lrl 7179 fig, earthly
things, so. pertaining to this life, Col. 3: 2.
rd pe'lny 1'6: e'1rl rfig 717g, 3: 5.—-By synec.
put for the inhabitants of the earth, men,
Rom. 9:17. 10:18. Rev.6: 8. 11:6.
‘13: 3. 19: 2. So Sept. and Gen.
9:19. 11:1. 19:31. Sowhere things
are said to be done, or take place on
earth, which have reference chiefly to
men, Matt.5:13. 6:10: 10:34. Luke
12:49. John 17:4. al. John 8: 316 e‘w
z’x rfig 'yfig, x. r. A. i. e. ‘ he who is of hu
man birth, is human, and speaks only
of worldly things, etc.’ An.
I‘figag, (205, w;, 16, dat. 'yflpa'i,
'yr’lpq' Ion. gen. 'yr'lpwg, oug, dat. 'yfype'i,
'yr'lpn' old age, Luke 1:36 e’v 'yr'ypq in
text. recept. and iv yr'lpu in later edit.
Comp. Buttm. §54. n. 4. \Viner § 9. 1.
Sept. e'v 'yfipet for "$323, Ps. 92: 15
and so Ecclus. 8: 6. iv yr'lpu Gen. l5:
l5. 1 Chr. 29: 28.--Dat. 'yr'ypq Diod.
Sic. 1. 84. Xen. Apol. Soc. 8. Cyr. 1.
5. 10.
I‘ngaio'xw or 'yngom, t. dam, (yfipac)
to be old, to become old, intrans. John 21:
18. Heb. 8: 13. Sept. for 12!, Gen. 18:
13. 27: 1. Hiph. Job 14: 8.—Xen.
Vect. 4. 22. Ag. 11. 14.
Phone‘, earlier and Attic form
yi'yvopu: f. 'YEP’IIIGOPIII, 801‘. 2 e'yzvdinyv,
pert‘. part. ye-yevnpr'voc, pert‘. 2 7570mm,
luperf. 2 c'yc'yovcw, Acts 4: 22; also ‘in
ater writers and in N. T. aor. 1 pass.
é'ycvr'loqv for c'ycwi'mv, Acts 4: 4. Heb.
6: 4. al. DlOd. Sic. 1. 1. ll)- 3. 40. P0
 I‘i’roaau 150 _ Tho/m:
lyb. 2. 67. 8; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. beperformed, Matt. 11: 20; Acts 4: 22.
108 sq. Buttm. § 114. p. 272. This 8: 13. seq. 5u’1,Acts2:43. 4:16. Mark
verb is a. Mid. depon. intrans. with the 6: 2. seq. in": Luke 9: 7. 13: 17.
primary signif. to begin to be,fieri, i. e. to 35) Of a promise, plot, etc. to be made,
come into existence or into any state; ets 26: 6. 20: 3. So of waste, amia
and then also in the nor. and perf. 2, ‘ to Xua, Mark 14: 4. -— Xen. Hiero 9. ll.
have come into existence,’ or simply to 5a1riim1.—(:) Of the will or desire of
be, esse; 80 that e'ycyo'pqv, s’ycvr'lfifllg, and any one, to be done, to be fulfilled,- 9:’
yé-yova, serve likewise as preterites of )krypa, Matt. 6: 10. 26:42. Luke 11:2.
elvai. Comp. Buttm. l. c. and § 113. 6. Acts 21: 14. a'irnpa. Luke 23: 24. ~—
I. To begin to be, to come into exist (Z) Of a repast, to be prepared, made
ence, etc- as implying origin, either from ready, John 13: 2. of a judicial inves
natural causes or through special agen tigation, to be made, to be set on foot
cy, result, and change of state, place, etc. Acts 25: 26. So ofa change ot'law, etc.
a) as implying origin in the ordinary to be made, Heb. 7: 12, 18.—(n) Of par
course of nature, etc. (a) Spoken of ticular days, festivals, etc. to be held, to
persons, to be born, John 8: 58. James3: be celebrated, Matt.26: 2. John 2: l. 10:
9. seq. Ex nvog, to be born of, to be de 22. So Sept. for 2 K. 23: 22.—
scendedfrom, etc. Rom. 1: 3. Gal. 4: 4. Ken. 11. G. 4. 5. l.-—($) Of persons ad
1 Pet. 3: 6. So Sept. for '32: [in Niph.] vanced to any station or othce, to be
Gen. 21:3, 5.-—-Wisd. 7: 3. Xen. An. 3. made, constituted, appointed, Col. 1: 23,
2. 13 iv ale bpsig e'ys'vsaez Kai Erpc'upm'z. 25. Heb. 5: 5. 6: 20. 1 Cor. 1: 30. So
Mem. 2. 2. 4 Ex rwogn—(fi) of plants, 7111:0011: émivw, Luke 19: 19.—Hero
fruits, etc. to be produced, to grow, Matt. dian. 2. 6. 12. Plut. Ages. c. 21.—(i) Of
21:19. 1 COI‘.15:37.——lF.l. V. H. 6. 1. customs, institutes, etc. to be appointed,
Ken. Mem. 2. 9. 4.-—-(7) Of the pheno instituted, Mark 2: 27 r5 atiggarov. Gal.
‘ menu of nature, etc. to arise, to come on, 3: 17 6 767011619 rdpog.—-Xen. An. 1. 1. 8.
to occur; e. g. acwpdc Matt. 8: 24. Rat' ——(x) Of what is done to or in any one;
Xuib Mark 4: 37. 711M124; Matt. 8: 26. Luke 23: 31 iv To? £11997 rl 'yz'vnral;
Mark 4: 39. axéro; Matt. 27: 45. Mark what shall be done in the dry? Gal. 3:
15: 33. 1:54:00; Luke 9: 34. Mark 9: 7. 13 Xpwrbg yevéprwog in're‘p fipfiwfla'rdpa,
fipovn'y John 12: 29.—Xen. An. 3. 1. 11 being himself made a curse for us, i. e.
fipovrlp—So also of a voice or cry, tu suffering the penalty to which we were
mult, silence, etc. pan/1'] John 12: 30. al. subject.
rpav-yr’l Matt. 25: 6. 96pv§o¢ Matt. 26: 0) as implying a result, event, etc. to
5. 27:24. arcing Luke 23: 19. uxla'ua take place, to come to pass, to occur, to be
John 7:43. Zr’rrqmc John 3: 25. 0171'] done, etc.—(a) gem. Matt. 1: 22 Tofu-o
Acts 21:40. Rev. {3:1.—Ken. An. 3. 4. 55‘ Show 'yé'yoycv. Mark 5: 14. Luke 1:
35 Qépufiog—So of emotions, etc. Luke 20 Exp: 17:; yz'vnrai raira. 2: 15. John
15: 10. 22: 24. 1 Tim. 6:4. skid/u; 3: 9. Acts 4: 21. 5: 24. 1 Cor. 15: 54.
Matt. 13: 21.—(5) Spoken of time, as l Thess. 3: 4. Rev. 1: 19. Heb. 9: 15
day, night, evening, etc. to come, to come Savdrov yeyope'vou, death having taken
on, to approach, Matt. 8: 16. 14:15, 23. place, i. e. through his death. Matt. 18:
27:1. Mark622. 11:19. 15:33. Luke 31. Luke 8:34. James 3: 10. 2 Pet. 1:
22:14. John6z16. 21: 4. Acts 27:27. 20. al. passim. — Herodian. 8. 3. 12.
-—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. Ken. Cyr. 1. 4. 25.—So in the phrase
6 1rpog ilpépav E'yi'yvero. Comp in l). 1). in) 'yévoiro, let it not happen! God fin"
b) as impl ing orig-in through an bid! an exclamation of aversion, Luke
agency specially exerted, to be made, to 20:16. Rom. 3:4,6, 31. 6:2,15. 7:7.
be created, etc. i.q. 1rowa7pan—(a) Spoken al. Comp. Sept. and Heb. 72"?!’ Gen.
of the works of creation, John 1: 3, 10. 44.; 7,17. Josh. 22. 29. 1K. 21: 3. al.
1 Cor. 15:45. Heb.4: 3. ll: 3. So _—Luc. D. Deor. l. 2. Arrian. Diss_
Se t. for “21:! Gen. 2: 4. Is. 48: 7.— Epict. 1. 1. l3. ib. 2. 8. 2, 26. See
{3 Of works of art, etc. Acts 19: 26 Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 204.—-(f3) Seq,
u‘: XupGm—Diod. Sic. 1.43.-—(-y) Of dat. of pers. to happen to any one etc,
miracles and the like, to be wrought, to Mark 9: 21. Luke l4: 12. John 5: 14-_
 I‘l'vopm
1 Pet. 4: 12.—Heep. F. 94. Xen. Hiero
1.1. ib. 3. 5.—Seq. infin. as subject,
_Acts 20: 16. Gal. 6: 14. So Sept. and
=,=’z~'=.a Gen. 44:7,17.—Jos. Am. 6. 11.
8. Xen. Cyr.6. 3. 11.—With an adv. of do not become of a sad countenance, i. e.
manner, Mark 5: 16. Eph. 6: 3.—}El. do not put on or afi'ect sadness etc. 10:
V. H. 9. 36.—(y) \Vith propositions, in 16 ylveo'ee 011v ¢pdwpm 12: 45 ylverau
the same sense, as z‘ig- rwa, Acts 28: 6.
z'm’ ‘ram Mark 5:33._(5) With an in.
tin. and accus. expressed or implied, to
come to pass that, Mark 2: 23. Acts 27:
44 oiirwg z'yz'vsro 'n'c'wrag diao'wefival.
28: 8. Matt. 18: 13 z'r‘w 'ye'vm'm n'zpeiv
aimi—Theogn. 639. comp. Viger. p.
231. V.—(c) So xal e'ye've-ro or E-ye'vero
5:’, corresponding to the Heb. 1 ‘11:3, and
it came to pass that, always with a nota
tion of time, introduced by 511, 15g, iv,
a gen. absol. etc. and followed by a
finite verb with or without xcu', e. g. with
:m' repeated, Matt. 9: 10 Kai é-ye’ve-ro
ain'oii dvaxelpe'vou—mi idol’). Mark 2:
15 £111 e'yz'vero éV—Klll. 1rohhol It. 1'. A.
Luke 2: 15 Kai z'ye'vcro (be—Kai 01 x. r. X.
5=1,12,17. e=1,22. 9:28. 14.1.
17:11. 19:15. 24.: 4,15.al. saep. So
1"’??1 and Sept. Gen. 39: 7,13,19. 43:
l.—So without xal repeated, Matt. 7:
28 mi c'ye'vsro 5re—z'Ee1rh'po'oov-ro oi
iiXXoc. 13:53. 19:1. 26: I. Mark 1:9.
4: 4. Luke 1:8. 2: 1. 6:12. al. seep.
So Sept. for 1"?! Gen. 22: l.
d) as implying a change of state, con
dition, etc. or the passing from one state
etc. to another, to become, to enter upon
any state, condition, etc.
(a) spoken of persons or things which
receive any new character or form.
(I) Where the predicate is a noun;
Matt. 5: 45 51mm 75111706: 11101 mi) war-pale.
Mark 1: 17 {4164: yen/ideal 111M574‘ dvt’po'n
run’. Matt. 4: 3 Two oi M60: m'rrol iiprm
'yz'vwrrai 13: 32 'ylvenu de'vdpov. Luke
4:33. 6:16. 23:12. John 1: 12, 14. 2: 9.
Acts 26: 28. Rom. 4: 18. Heb. 2': 17.
Rev. 8:8. al.--Herodian. l. 8. 16. Diod.
Sic. 2. 20. El. V. H. 2. 23. — Acts
12:18 n' (1pm 6 Il'érpoc E'yz'vero, what
Peter was become, for ‘ what had become
of Peter.'—So rl 'ye'vupai Thuc. 2. 52.
comp. Matth. § 488. 5. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 730.—-(2) Construed with e'c'g n as
the predicate, by Hebraism; Matt. 21: 42
Eycvr'lflrl sic Knpakfiv 'ywvlag. Mark 12:
10. Luke 13: 19. John 18:20. Acts 5:
36. al. So Sept. for H3’; etc. Gen. 2: 7.
151' I‘ivopmu
1 Sam. 30: 25. 2 Sam. 5: 3. a1. Comp:
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 816. Stuart§ 507. b.—
(3) When the predicate is an adjec
tive; Matt. 6: 16 In) yiveafle axvepunrm',
ra. i'axara. Xu'pova. 13: 22 yz’yzrai
iirap'rroc. 23: 26. 24: 32, 44' yiveo'ee
Erol/uu, i. e. prepare yourselves. John 9:
39. Acts 7:32. 10: 4. Rom.3:19. al.
saep.—Herodian. l. 11. 6. Thuc. 3. 23.
—(4) With a particle of manner etc.
Matt. 10:25 Two ‘yew/rat n'lc dzdémrahoc
ul'n'ofi. 18: 3. 2B: 4 e'ye'vov'ro (heel vexpot'.
se . dat. of persjbr or in respect to whom,
I or. 9: 20, 22.—£5) Seq. gen. of pos
session or relation; 111(6 20: 141m Y'IILUTIV
'ye'vnra: 1'] rhnpovopta. 20: 33. Rev. 11:
15. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16. (Re. 8. 8.
Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. l4. 3 pékig éavrofi
yevopévou—(G) Seq. dat. of pers. as pos
sessor etc. Rom. 7: 3, 4, 7evc'aflm (W591
ére’plp, to become (married) to another man.
So Sept. and 5:52! Lev. 22: 12. Jer. 3:
l.—Plut. Ages. 1 1. Achill. Tat.V. p. 323.
construed with prepositions or,
adverbs implying motion, it denotes
change or transition to another place,
etc, to come, viz. (l) Seq. eig to come to
or into,to arriveat, Acts 20: 16. 21: 17.
25: 15.—Herodot. 5. 38.—Trop. 1', (paw/l
Luke 1: 44. eliko'yla Gal. 3: 141. day
yc'hov l Thess. 1:5. {Mog- Rev. 16: 2.—
Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 7 rpm/yr) u'g 'rfiv mihu'.
—(2) Seq. Ex, to comefrom a place, etc.
e. g. 1'] owvfi Mark 1:11. Luke 3: 22.
9: 35. But in‘ pc’eov ysvi'oflac, to be put
out of the way, 2 Thess. 2: 7.—(3) Seq.
iv, e. g. trop. Acts 12: ll 'yevo'pzvoc iv
iaurq'r,being come to himself,- comp. Luke
15: 17.--Polyh. l. 49. 8 raxz) 5:‘ tr Eavrg]
ycvu'pevog. Xen. An. 1. 5. 17. See
Herm. ad Vig. 749, coll. 858.——(4) Seq.
E1rl , viz. 0. gen. to come upon, to arrive at,
Luke 22: 40. John 6:21. Acts 21: 35.
c. accus. Luke 24: 22. Acts 8: 1. Luke
1: 65 was“. 4: 36. So of an oracle,
Luke 3:2; comp. below in (6).-—(5) Seq.
xan'z, c. gen. to come throughout etc.
Acts 10: 37. c. accus. to come to, Luke
10: 32. Acts 27:7.-—108. Ant. 1. 9 yew‘)
,ucvoc 5e‘ xarir. 2660,“. Xen. Cyr. 7. l.
l5.——(6) Seq. ‘#961; c. accus. (0 come to,
2 John 12 in later edit. So of oracles,
Acts 7:31. 10: 13. Sept. and Heb.
 Fl'vofoal 152 . I‘wafioxw
5:: has Gen. 15: 1,4. Jer.1:2,4.--(7) V. H. 4. 15.—Spoken of condition or
With an adverb, e. g. Ey-yr’rg, to some or state, to be in any state, etc. Luke 22:
draw near, John 6: 19. trop. Eph. 2: 13. 44 yzwi‘uevog c'v a-ywm'a. Acts 22: 17 iv
—Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 7.-—So (55:, hither, ixo-rc'wn. Rev. 1: 10 and 4:251! ruebpan.
John 6: 25. in], thither, Acts 19: 21.— Rom. 16: 7:’v Xpwry'i, i. e. to be in the
Herodian. 4. 11. 13 End. number of Christ's followers, Christians.
II. In the aor. and perf.’to have be Phil. 2: 7 iv bpoubpan yevopevog, i. q.
gun to be, to have come into existence, etc. 1') orwaeic.
‘Aldon, 1 Tim. 2: 14 70'.
i. q. napufialvw.—-(fi) ivyard
Seq. napa0.
i. e. simply, to be, to exist,- see above,
init. gen. of pers. to be with any one, Acts 9:
a) gem. to be, to exist,- John 1: 6 e’ 19. 20: 18. So oi ycvopcvot per'ailroi'l,
ye'vz'ro iiVOpw-rrog. Rom. 11: 5. 1 John 2: his fi-iends, companions, Mark 16: 10.-—
18. seq. Ev 2 Pet. 2: 1. seq. E'pn-poofie'v Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 35.—(y) Seq. 1rpog c.
rwog John 1: 15, 30. seq. int 177;‘ 'yiig aecus. to be towards,i. e. disposed towards
Rev. 16: 18. —Herodian. l. 17. 26 W96 any one, 1 Cor. 2: 3. 16:10.—(5) Seq.
rwog. m'lv, to be with, Luke 2: 13. A!“
FIMIIO'KW, earlier and Attic form
b) as copula, connecting a subject and
predicate; Buttm. § 129. init—(a) So of yvymboxm, f. 'ymbo'opat, aor. 2. E'yvwv,
quality, etc. seq. nominat. Luke 1: 2 oi perf. E-yvwxa (for 3 plur. E-ywimav John
t'ur'dp fig ain'o'nrai yevopevotroil X67011. 17: 7 instead of i-yvémum, see Winer §
2: 2 aurr, h ano-ypucpr) 1rptbrn e'ye've'ro. 13. 2. c. Buttm.§ 103. V. 3,) perf. pass.
John 14:22. Acts 4:4. 1 Cor. 4: 16. Z'yvwa'uat, aor. 1 pass. e’ywbottnv, f. 1
2 Cor. 1: 18,19. 1 Thess. 2: 8. Tit. 3: pass. yvmofir'loopai, see Buttm. § 114; to
7. al.—Lucian. D. Mort. l3. 1. Xen. know, both in an inchoative and com
Hiero 6. l.——So with a dat. of advan pleted sense; comp. Heb. $3: and Gesen.
tage, to be any thing to, for, or in behalf Lex. sub 11. v.
of; e. g. 6511761; Acts 1: 16. onpeiov 1. to know, in an inchoative sense, i. e.
Luke 11:30. 1raprryopia Col. 4: 11. to come to know, to gain or receive a
rinrm 1 Thess. 1: 7.-—Herodian. 7. 3. 1. knowledge of,- where again the perf.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 6.—With an adv. l Thess. implies a completed action, and is often
2: 10. See Viger. p. 376. n. Matth. to be taken as a present, to know, Buttm.
§ 309. c.—With a an. of age, Luke 2: § 113. 6. Herm. ad Vig. p. 748. Pass.
42 5f: e'ye'ye'ro e'ribv 1550111. I Tim. 5: 9. to become known.
see Buttm. § 132. 4. 4.—Plut. de Sanit. a) gem. (a) seq. accus. of thing;
tuend. 24. So sin/cu Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Matt. 12:7. John 8:32 'yiubo'eo'es rip’
Mem. 1. 2. 40.—(B) Implying property amen”. Luke 12:47. 16:4. Acts 1: 7.
etc. Matt. 11:26 and Luke 10: 21 oiirwg 1 Cor. 4: 19 xal ymboopat oi: Toy )ui-yov,
i'yévsro ebbom'a Eprrpooflév am), for the 6M1‘: 11);! ailvafuv. 2 Cor. 2: 9. Vvitll
dat. not’, i. e. such was thy good pleas an accus. implied, Mark 6: 38. 1 Cor.
ure,i. q. oiirwg nirboxno'ac air—(7) Joined 13:9. So Sept. and 7'53 1 Sam. 20:3.
with the participle of another verb it 21: 2. 2 Sam. 24! 2.—Di0d. Sic. l. 8.
forms like eivat a periphrasis for a finite Xen. An. 1. 6. 7.-—Seq. Zr rwoc, to
tense of that verb; Mark 1: 4 z'yr'vero know from or by any thing, Matt. 12: 33.
'Ionivwyc ficurn'i'mv, for z'fianni'e. 9.’ 3, 7. Luke 6: 44. 1 John 3: 24. 4: 6.—Xen.
Heb. 5: 12. Rev. 16: 10. So an and Cyr. l. 6. 44.-—Seq. i'v ‘Hill, to know by
Sept. clva: Neh. 1:4. 2: 13, 15. Comp. any thing, John 13:35. 1 John 3:16,
Eifu' II. f. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 792. Stuart 19,24. 4: 13. 5: 2. So Sept. for ,3
§ 530.—Soph. Ajac. 589. Plato Phazdo. Gen. 24: 14. 42: 33. So seq. 66w
20. See Viger. p. 232,749. Matth.§559. 1 John 2: 18. and card 11 Luke 1:18.
e) joined with prepositions it implies So Sept. for 1?: Gen.15: 8.—(/3) Seq.
locality or state, disposition of mind, aocus. of person; John 14:7 bis. Luke
etc. (a) Seq. e'v, spoken of place,to be 24:35. 19:15. Rom. 1:21. 2 Cor. 5:
in a place; Matt. 26:6 y£vopévou e'v 16. Gal. 4: 9 'yvovreg Gaby.‘ 1 John 2:
Brleavlq. Mark 9: 33 iv r5 oim'a. Acts 3. 3: 1. al. So Sept. and ,5: 1 Sam. 3:
13: 5. 2 Tim. 1: 17. Rev. 1: 9.—1"f'll. 7.—Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. Mem. 4.
attraction, comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6. 2. 24.—So with an accus. and (in, by
 Fm’wzw ‘ 153 Define;

Matt. 25:24 Z-yvwy or, 51': oxltnpoc el. a) gem. (a) seq. accus. of thing
John 5: 42. 80 Sept. for ,3 1 Sam. expr. or impl. Matt. 6: 3 pr) 'yznbrw r‘;
20: 32.-—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18.—(y) Seq. (‘rpm-rape’: oov n’ note? {15:516. con. 24: 50.
6r: instead of an accus. and infin. John Luke 7:39. 16:4,15. John 2: 85. Rom.
6: 69 e'yvo'mapev, 511 or‘: cl 6 Xpurrég. 7: 2: 18. 2 Cor. 5: 21. 1 John 3: 20.
26. 8: 52. 19: 4. James 2: 20. al. saap. Luke 2: 43. Rom. 10: 19. So imper.
So Sept. for 9!: Gen. 8: 11. 42:34. al. yin/boxers, know, be assured of, c. acc.
-—Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 22. Eq. 9. 2.——(5) Matt. '24: 43. Luke 10:11. 12:39. also
Pass. to be known, i. e. distinguished, 1 ‘lore 'yn'ilwxov-rec roiJ-ro, Eph. 5: 5. Sept.
Cor. l4: 7. and Y3: Job 20: 4. Eco. 8:7. Jer. 3:13.
b) in a judicial sense,to know by trial, —Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 9. Ken. Mem.
to inquire into, to examine, rr)v al-rlcw 8. 9. 6.—Seq. accus. and 611 by attrac
Acts 23: 28. So John 7: 51.—Xen. Cyr. tion, 1 Cor. 3: 20. See Buttm. § 151.
l. 2. 6, 7. I. 6.—Xen. Mem.1. 4. 8.—-Seq. accus.
c) in the sense of to know sc. from and particip. Acts 19:85 a; at: ywéo'xu
others, to learn, to find out; Pass. to be n)v nokwo oav.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 20.—
made known, to be disclosed, Matt. 10: Seq. adv. as Acts 21:37'Ehhnywrl 'yu/o'l
26. Acts 9: 24. Seq. accus. of thing GKEIQ,‘ dost thou know Greek? Comp.
expr. or impl. Mark 5: 43. Acts 21: 34. Sept. Neh. 13:24 aim im-yu'éoxovreg
C01. 4:8. Matt. 9:30. Luke 9: 11. So huheiv 'Iouoaw'ri, for Heb. "1"": ‘2'3’?
Sept. and 73: 1 Sam. 91: 2.—-Paleeph. “"Tfi. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31 into-mafia:
2:10. Xen. Cyr. 8.8. 3.—Seq. 611, Zupwrl. Cic. de Fin. 2. 5 Grace .m're.
John 4: 1. Acts 24: 11. Sept. and ,3: —(fi) seq. accus. of person, to know, sc.
1 Sam. 4: 6.—1El. V. H. 10.15.—So by sight or person, John 1:49. 2 Cor.
with ('uro' rwog, Mark 15: 45. 5: 16. or to know one's character, etc.
d) in the sense of to perceive, to ob John 1: 10. 9:24. 14:7,9. 16:3. Acts
eme, to be aware of, seq. accus. expr. or 19: 15. al. So Sept. and $3,‘ Deut. 34:
impl. Matt. 22: 13 rip’ wowlplaw. 16: 8. 10. P8. 87: 4. 139: l.—-Dcm. 539. 25.
96: 10. 80 Sept. and 75: Ruth 3: 4.— Xen. C . 3. 1. QL—So c. news. and
Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 8.—Seq. 611, John 4: particip. Heb. 13: 23. -—('y) seq. (‘in in
53. s: 15. Acts 23:6. So Mark 5 stead of an ace. and infin. John 21: 17.
99 gyro: r?- mfiluafl 574. Sept. and ,1‘. James 1: 3.—(3) seq. infin. alone, Matt.
1 Sam. 20: 33.-—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 5.—Seq. 16: 3.
accus. and particip. Luke 8:46 i-yrb b) in the sense of to know sc. as being
Z'yvwv Ei'wapw e'fiehfior'wav our‘ 5,4017.— what one is or professes to be, to acknow
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40. ledge, seq. accus. Matt. 7: 23. Pass. 1
e) in the sense of to understand, to Cor. 8: 3. Gal. 4: 9. So Sept. and 1'1‘,
comprehend, seq. accus. expr. or impl. IS. 33:13. 61: 9. 63: 16.
Matt. 13: 11 riz ‘uvo'rfipm. Mark 4: 13 c) from the Heb. with the idea of vo
rapagokr’rg. Luke 18: 34. John 3: 10. lition or good will, to know and approve
7:49 rov vdluov. 1 Cor. 2:8. John 10: or love, to care for, etc. seq. accus. of
6. 12:16. 13:12. Acts 8:30. Rom.ll: pers. 2 Tim. 2: 19 E'yvw Kr'lpwg roilg 5wac
34. 1 Cor. 2: 14. So Sept. and Y7.‘ 1 uin-m'r. John 10: 14, 15, 87. So Sept.
Sam. 20: 38. Prov. 1: 2.—Xen. Cyr. and 9'3: of God. Ps. 144:3. Am. 3:2.
4- Q. 28. Nah. 1: 7. ofmen Ps. 86:11. Hos. 8_: 2.
f) by euphemism, to lie with, so. a —Seq. accus. of thing, Rom. 7: l5 6
rson of another sex; spoken of a yizp m-rep-yc'llopal, of: ylvuo'xu, i. e. I
man, Matt. I: 25; of a woman, Luke 1: approve not, allow not. Sept. and 9::
34. Sept. and $33 of men, Gen. 4: 1, Ps. 1: 6. Or perhaps here by impl. to
16. 24:16. of women Gen. 19:8. Num. will, to purpose, to resolve. So Jos. Ant.
31: 17, 35.—Plut. Cat. Min. 7. Romul. 1. ll. 1 a 9:6;- Z'yvm 'npw fioao'flat air
5. Isaeus 20. 5. Heliod. I. p. 14. So roim. lb. 9. 4. 5. Psalt. balom. 17:47
flu Eat/Ava: 6 9:5;- ('waorfioal. Polyb. 5. 82.
Lat. nom', cognosco, Justin. 5. 2. ib. 27.
3. Ovid. Met. 4. 594. 1 L.
2. to know, in a completed sense, i. e. I‘Muxog, 20;, 00;, 1-6, (-yxvm'lg)
to have a knowledge of, etc. must, new wine, Hesych. To r'uréora'yyd.
 I‘hwuig 1 4 I‘nlmo;
‘n7; oraqbvkfig 'n'piy 1ra'rn6ii. Luc. Phi
ferring perhaps to a person in a state
lopseud. 39. In N. T. sweet wine, Acts of high spiritual excitement or ecstasy
2:13. So Sept. for 1?: Job 32: 19.— from inspiration, unconscious of external
Athen. IV. p. 176. D. things and wholly absorbed in adoring
Ftwm'ig, 57a, 1'), sweet, Rev. 10:9, communion with God, breaking forth
10. James 3: ll, 12 iiBwp yhvn'l sweet into abrupt expressions of praise and
water, i. e. potable. Sept. for P5"? Judg. devotion, which are not coherent and
14.: 14. Is. 5: 20.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5. therefore not always intelligible to the
multitude; comp. 1 Cor. l4: 2, 4, 6, 7
T150072, 21;, t,, (Attic form 71am.) sq. Most interpreters have adopted the
the tongue, i. e. first meaning; some prefer the latter.
a) pp. as a part of the body, Rev. 16: Others suppose there is a reference to
10. as the organ of taste, Luke 16: 24. two distinct gifts. See ()lshausen Comm.
as the organ of speech, Mark 7: 33,35. on Acts 2: 4. Neander Hist. of the
Luke 1: 64. 1 Cor. l4: 9. James 3: 5, Apost. Age, and in Bibl. Repos. IV.
6 bis. So also personified, Rom. 14: p. 249 sq.
11 and Phil. 2: 11 mica 710ml, i. e. c) trop. put for any thing resembling
every person ; comp. Is. 45: 23 where a tongue in shape; e. g. Acts 2: 3
Sept. for 15152. Acts 2: 26, coll. Ps. 16: yNDaoa: die-cl “peg, tongues as of fire,
9. So to bridle the tongue, etc. James 1: i.e. lambent flames. So I?! 15152 Is.
26. 3: 8. 1 Pet. 3:10. comp. Ecclus. 5: 24.
28: 18 sq. Sept. for 151172 Judg. 7: 5. Job
Flow-(import, 00, 1'6, (yxomm,
29: 10. 33: 2.—-Xen. Mem. 1. 4.5.
tongue, reed, so. of a musical instrument,
b) by meton. speech, language, (a) and xope'w,) pp. a box for keeping reeds,
gem. 1 John 3: 18 [41) ayavrfipev Myer etc. 2'1/ 93 ailhrrral inre'n'lieaav rag 77mm‘
W150} r‘fi yM'mon, let us not love in word 111841;, Hesych.—In N. T. genr. any box,
nor in speech on . (Comp. 'yhilmo‘p (pihoc
case, bag, etc. e. g. for money, John 12:
Theogn. 63, 13.) So Sept. and 1'15?
6. 13: 29. Sept. for 1W5 the ark, 2 Chr.
Prov. 25: 15. 31:26. — Wisd. l: 6.
24:8, 10, 11.—Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 2spoken
Ethan. V. H- 14. 22. Xen. (E0. 13. 8. ot' a box attached to the ark. Longin.
—(,B) of a particular language or dialect, 43. 9. [44.] Plut. Gall). 16.—‘This sense
as spoken by a particular people, Acts of the word is found only in later writers;
2:11. 1 Cor. 13:1. So Sept. and ‘W’? see Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 155. Phryn.
Gen. 10: 5, 20. Dan. 1: 4.--Xen. Mem. ed. Lob. p. 98, 99.
3. l4. 7.—Put for the people who use a FWZ¢EZIJ§, 50);‘, 6, ('ymixpog a card or
language, e. g. ¢u)\a1, kaol, m2 7M'moai,
Rev. 5: 9. 7; 9. 10:11. 11: 9. 13: 7. teazle,) afullcr, i. e. one who fulled and
14:6. 17:15. So Sept. and WE 15.66: dressed new cloths, or washed and
18. Chald. v12 Dan. 3. 4., 7, 30, 32. al. scoured soiled garments, Mark 9: 3.—
—(-y) In the phrases 7Xémoarg Ere'paig v. Sept. for 925, a treadcr, i. e. 1008,16)’,
mimic Xaheiv to speak in or with other fuller, 2 K. 18: 17. Is. 7:3. 36: 2.—
ornew tongues, Acts 2: 4. Mark 16:17; Theophr. Char. 19 or 10. 4. Xen. Mem.
'yMwo'aig kaheiv, to speak in or with 3. 7. 6.-—The earlier pronunciation seems
tongues, Acts 10: 46. 19:6. 1 Cor. to have been Kvmpeug.
12.30. 14: 2, 4., 5 bis, 6, 13,18,211, I‘rfimog, ov, a, ,7, adj. (-yévog, ‘yea/s’
27’; 39 ; 1rpoo'el'lxsa'eal. 'yho'm'o'g to pray in
o':og,) genuine, legitimate,- pp. spoken of
a tongue, 1 Cor. 14: 14; ltd-yo: e'v 7Mm-ag, children etc. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Xen.
discourse in a tongue, 1 Cor. 14: 19; or Cyr. 8. 5. 19. In N. T.
simply yhu'w'aai, tongues, 1 Cor. 12: 10 a) trop. own, genuine, sc. son; spoken
bis, 28. 13:8. 14:22, 26. Here, ac of the relation of a disciple to his teacher,
cording to the two passages in Mark e'v m'o'rn, rare‘: 1rio’nv, 1 Tim. 1: 2. Tit.
and Acts, the sense would seem to be, l: 4.
to speak in other living languages; but if b) by impl. sincere, fizithful, true,
the passages in 1 Cor. be taken as the Phil. 4: 3.—Ecclus. 7: 18. Herodian. 3.
basis,these phrases would seem to mean, 10. 9.-—So r6 ym'lo-ior. sincerity, 2 Cor.
to speak another kind of language, i. c. re 8: 8.—Comp. 3 Mace. 3: 19.
 Tuna/or; 1"5 Twin-6;

rvfld’l'flg, adv. (-yvfimof.) sincerely, b) to one's self, i. e. to ascertain, to

Phil. 2:80.—2 Mace. 14: 8. Jos. Ant. 2. find out, and by impl. to know, Phil. 1:
529. So Sept. for “"317 Job 34:25.—
4. l. Dem. 1353. 28.
Home, 00, 5, (fr. véqmg, Eustath.
ad 11. p. p. 489. 16.) dense black clouds,
thick gloom; Heb. 12: 18. yiaioqmal axo’rp
m2 9:15AM. So Sept. for 55:21 Ex. 20:
21. 2 Sam. 22: 10. 152 Deut. 4:11. 5:
22.—Ecclus. 45:5.
Fwd/1.1;, 27;, ;,, (-ywo'm’xm) pp. the
mind, i. e. the sentient principle, i. q.
ilmxil. Xen. Cyr. 6. 8. 10. Mem. 1. l. 7,
9. In N. T. mind, in its various mani
festations, e. g.
a) as implying will, in the sense of ac
cord, consent, Philem. 14.—2 Mace. 4:
39. Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5.
20.—In the sense of bent, inclination,
desire,- I Cor. 1: 10 iv 11', airrf] 7714,4121,
in the same mind or 101'”. Rev. 17: 13.
—Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 1. Ken. Mag.
Eq. 6. l. — In the sense of purpose,
counsel, determination, Acts 20: 3. Rev.
17:17 bis.-—.los. Ant. 4. 3.2. Xen. Cyr.
l. l. 5. ib. B. 8. l.
b) as implying opinion, judgment, in
reference to one's self, 1 Cor. 7: 40
Kari: 'rfiv Epnv 'yvu'ipny. -— Wisd. 7: 15.
Ken. Cyr. 6. l. 3.—In reference to
others, advice, 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 8:
10.—Ecclus. 6: 23. Herodian. l. 6. 7.
Fragile, f. [out John 17: 26; fut. 2: 14.. 4|: 6. Col. 2: 3.: Sept. and I‘!!!
Att. 'yyuptu'a Col. 4: 9, see Buttm. § 95.
7 sq. to make known, trans. and seq. dat.
or m5; rwa Phil. 4: 6; viz.
a) to others; (a) gem. to make known,
to declare, to reveal,Rom. 9: 22, 23. c. dat.
Luke 2: 15. Acts 2: 28 quoted from Ps.
16: 11 where Sept. for 2‘1'1-‘1. Eph. 3:
3, 5, 10. Col. 1:27. Gal. 1. 11 where
for the attract. see Buttm. § 151. l. 6.
seq. rptig Phil. 4: 6. Sept. for 2"?" 1
Sam. 16:3. 1 Chr. 16:8. Ps. 25: 4»—
)Esch. Prom. vinct. 496. [487.] Hesych.
yi'wpi'o'ai' ¢avepo1rmfiaan — in the
sense of to narrate, to tea, to inform, Eph.
6: 2]. Col. 4: 7, 9. 2 Cor. 8:1, comp.
Buttm. l. c.—-l Mace. 14.: 28.—(7) spok
en of a teacher who unfolds divine things,
etc. to announce, to declare, to proclaim;
for the anacoluthon, see Winer § 32. 7.
John 15:15. 17:26 bis. Eph. 1:9. 6: comp. Buttm. § 151. II. 2, 5.—Hist. of
19. 2Pet. 1:16. Rom. [14]]6: 26. Sept. Sus. 42. Sept. for "292'! diviner, 1 Sam.
for 2"?" E1.. 20: 11.—(5) in the sense of
to put in mind of, to impress, to confirm,
1 Cor. 12:33. 15:1.
Herodian. 2. l. 23. lEschin. 11. 8.
P1155619‘, £40?! 7‘I,(‘yo/aileron)knowledge,
1. e.
a) the power of knowing, intelligence,
comprehension, Eph. 3: 19 'rfiv inrcpfiék
Xovmw rfig yvlinrewg c'ryc'nrnv ‘rm? Xp.
that love of Christ surpassing comprehen
sion.—Hesych. yvfinng' m'wsa'ig, awning,
vorlo'm—OthersJhat love of Christ which
is better than all knowledge,- comp. 1 Cor.
12: 31. 13:2. Rom. 8:35.
b) subjectively, spoken of what one
knows, knowledge, etc. Luke 1: 77.
Phil. 3: 8. Rom. 11:33 'yyd'ro'tc roi 6:017,
comp. Ps. 139: 6 where Sept for "221.
Sept. and "2? Ps. 73:11. Hos. 4|: 6. ——
Diod. Sic. 5. 67.——- So of a knowledge
of the Christianreligiomgenr. Rom. 15:
14.. 1 Cor. 1:5. 8:1 bis. 2 Pet. 3:18.
or of a deeper and better religious
knowledge, both theoretical and experi
mental, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10, ll. 2 Cor. 11:
6. — Spoken of a practical knowledge,
etc. discretion, prudence, 2 Cor. 6: 6. 1
Pet. 3:7. 2 Pet. 1:5,6. So Sept. and
I"!!! Prov. 13: 16.
b) objectively, spoken of what is
known, object of knowledge, i. e. genr.
knowledge, doctrine, science, etc. 2 Cor.
Dan. 1: 4.. Mal. 2: 7.--So of religious
knowledge, i. e. doctrine, science, spoken
of Jewish teachers, Luke 11: 5-2. Rom.
2: 20. 1 Tim. 6: 20. or of a deeper
Christian knowledge, Christian doctrine,
etc. 1 Cor. 12: 8 Mm 'ymim'zug, i. c.
the faculty of unfolding and expounding
theoretically the deeper knowledge or
fundamental principles of the Christian
religion, i. q. what in Luke (11: 52) is
called Klkeic rfic 'yvainrewg, 1 Col’. 13: 2,
8. 14; 6. 2 Cor. 8:7. Hence, 2 Cor.
10: 5 Karh rfic 'yl/u'm'ewg rm’: 6505, against
the true doctrine of God, i. e. against the
Christian religion.
I‘va'w'rnc, 0v, a, (ywénrxw) a llrwll‘et'
i. 0. one who knows, Acts 26: 3, where
98: 3, 9.
I‘Vwd'fég, 75, 611, (William) known,
 I‘oyyz'zgw 156 my
a)genr. and seq.dat. John 18: 15, 16. impostor, 9 Tim. 3: 13. —- Jos. c. Apion.
Amine. 15:18. 19117. 28:22. seq. 2. 14, I6. Luc. Pisc- 15. Suidas. 76:79‘
can’; 0. gen. of place, Acts 9: 42. Sept. mihaf, rhr'ivoc, dra'ruin'.
for vi‘: Is. 19.21. 66: 14.—Xen. Cyr. P0170902, indec. Golgotlza, Chald.
6. 3. 41.—So yuwardv Zara), be it known, “22%;, Heb. has}, 2 K. 9: as, i. e. a skull,
seq. dat. Acts 2:14. 4: 10. 13:38. 28: r5 upizvc'ov, calvaria, [with ejection of the
28. Sept. for YET.‘ E2. 36: 32. for second ; in Syriac Rf‘lf‘ié, with ejection
Chald. 2n“, Ezra 4.; 12, 13.- In of the first 5.] Hence the name signifies
the sense of knowable, r5 yvwa'rov roii
xpaw'ov r61rog, place of skulls, Calvary,
6206, what may be known of God, or and is applied to an eminence on the
knowledge of God, i. q. yildnng, Rom. l:
N. W. part of Jerusalem, where male
19. So Sept. for I"?! Gen. 2: 9. —In factors were commonly executed. Here
an emphatic sense, known of all, i. e. also Jesus suffered. Matt. 27: 33. Mark
notable, incontrovertable, Act 4: 16 'yvw
15: 22. John 19:17.
a'rdv anpz'iov. So Sept. 'yvwardc d 966;,
i. e. known, magnified, Heb. 1:51, Ps. I‘éaofifie, ag, 1'1, and plur. I‘épofifia,
76: l. ow, rd, Gomorrba, pr. name of one of
b) as a subst. 6 yawn-reg an acquaint. the cities which formerly stood on the
ance, Luke 2: 44. 93: 49. So Sept. and plain now covered by the Dead Sea,
v3.13 2 K. 10:11. Ps.88: 9,19. Matt. 10: 14. Mark 6:11. Rom. 9:29.
FOYQ/lligfl, f. {100), to murmur. The 2 Pet. 2: 6. Jude 7. See Gen. 0. 19.
Heb. "15W,
Attic form was TOVBOPI’JZM 0i‘ rovepfilw,
Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358. I‘o'poog, ou, 6, (-yz'pw q. v.) a load,
a) genr. i. e. to utter in a low voioe sc. of an animal, Sept. for Fig‘! Ex. 83:
privately, seq. accus. and rep! c. gen. 5. In N. T. Iading, i. e.
John 7: 32.—Phav0rin. yo'yyi'zzew‘ e'rri a) ofaship,Acts21:3.-—Dem.1383.2].
rfic repwrepfic Xc'ycnu. b) by impl. mercbandize. wares, Rev.
b) with the idea of complaint, to mut 18: ll, 12.
ler, to manifest sullen discontent,- absol. F07519;, say, 6, ('ylvopai, ye'yovu,) a
1 Cor. 10: 10 bis. So Sept. for 11*}? father; in N. T. only plui'. oi 'ym'zig,
Nam. 11: l.— Seq. xaré 0. gen. Matt. parents, Matt. 10; 21. Mark 13: 12.
20=11. Sept. for Tim Ex. 16: 7.——Seq. Luke 2: 27,41. 8: 55. 18: 29. 21:15.
wept c. gen. John 6: 41,61. Sept. for John 9=2,3, 18, 20, 22, 23. Rom. 1;
T53 Num. 14: 27.—Seq. 1rpo'g c. accus. 30. 2 Cor. 12. 14. bis. Eph. 6: 1. Col.
Luke 5: 30. Seq. ,usr' dAMAuv John 6: 3: 20. 2 Tim. 3: 2.-Tob. 10: 10. Ju
4.3.—-Marc. Anton. 2. 3. Arrian. Diss. dith 5: 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3, 13.—For
Ep. 1. 29. 55. ib.4. l. 79. the accus. yoveig Matt. 10: 2]. al. see
I‘oyyvaarig, 017, 5, (-yayyéiw q. v.) Buttm. § 52. n. l.
murmur, i.e. F6ru,'yo'm'r0;, r6, (poet. gen. 'yovwig,
a) gem. low and suppressed discourse, Buttm. § 58,) the knee,- plur. r‘a yo'varu,
John 7:12, coll. v. 13. the knees, Heb. 12: 12. Sept. for if‘???
b) murmun'ng, i. e. the expression of Gen. 30: 3. 40: 12.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 5.
sullen discontent, complaint, Acts 6:1. —-Hence in phrases: (a) 922g, Sir-reg,
So Xupig 'yo-yyva' ui'w, witlwutmurmuring, nec'vrec Til yovara, lit. placing the knees,
i. e. cheerfully, hil. 2: l4. 1 Pet. 4': 9. i. e. kneeling down, e. g. in prayer or
Sept. for rig-=51? Ex. 16: 7,8,12. Is. supplication, Luke 22: 41. Acts 7: 60.
581 9.—Wisd. 1: 10, 11. Marc. Anton. 9:40. 20; 36. 21=5. So of the mock
9. 37. Comp. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358. homage ofl'ered b the soldiers to Jesus,
Fog/700151;, 017, 5, (yoyyéi’w) a Mark 15: 19.— ) Luke 5:8 Trpoac'rrza'z
r079 76mm 'Iqaoi}, lit. fell at his knees, i.e.
murmurer, Jude 16.— Theodot. for 1;‘).
embraced them by way of supplication.
Prov. 26: 21 where Sept. hm'dopoc.
—('y) xdp'rrrcw ylivv V- 'ylivani. TU'‘, to
FOflg, "70;, 6, a juggler, dim'rm', bend the knee or knees to any one, i. e.
Eschyl. Choeph. 818. [822.] Herodot. to kneel, sc. in homage, adoration, etc.
2.33. In N. T. by impl. n deceiver, Rom. 14:11 r'poi Kéfllllél‘ll'lil' 'ylivu,qlloied
 Torus-aria: 15'] I‘gaiqtau
from Is 45: 23, where Sept. for "1?. Ant. I. p. 78, 88. Boeckh Staatshaush.
Rom. 11:‘. Phil. 9:10. insupplication, der Ath. I. p. 198 sq. Adam's Rom.
Eph. 3: 14.—Sept- for ‘11?, 1 Chr.”: 20. Am. p. 176.
Form-iris), 5, f. 17m, (76m: and b) in the Jewish sense; in Sept. like
win-0,1206%) lit. to fall upon one’: knees, Heb. "Eb, the king's scribe, secretary of
i. e. to kneel, seq. accus. or dat. ot‘hper state, 9 Sam. 8: 17. 20: 95. military
son; so by way of supplication, att. clerk, 2 K. 25: 19. 2 Chr. 26:11.—
17: 14. Mark 1: 40. in reverence, Mark 1 Mace. 5: 4.2.—Later, in Sept. and in
10: 17. in mock homage, se . Zpnpoattév N. T. a scribe, i. e. one skilled in the
Twoc Matt. 27: 29.——Elll’ip. ham. 300. Jewish law, an interpreter of the scrip
[293.] Polyb. 15. 29. 9. tures, a lawyer. The scribes had the
charge of transcribing the sacred books,
Peal/qua, wrag, 16, (ways) a pic of interpreting ditiicult passages, and of
ture, ml. V. H. s. 3, 44.. In N. T. lit. deciding in cases which grew out of the
the written, i. e. something written or cut ceremonial law. Their influence was
in with the stylus, in the ancient manner of course great; and since many of
of writing, vir. them were members of the Sanhedrim,
a) a letter, so. of the alphabet. Luke we often find them mentioned with oi
23: 38 'ypc'lppaat'EMnvmoic. Gal. 6:11 n'pwfiw’n-epm and oi lipxwpe'ic. Matt. 2: 4.
mum: 'yptipfmat, with how many letters, 5: 20. 7: 29. 12:38. 30:18. 21:15. al.
i. e. at how great length; others refer They are also called voluucoi, “4105.86.
this to b- a. Sept. for P-ZJ‘B, Lev. 19: 28.
Ira-ohm, comp. Mark 12: 28. with Matt.
-—Diod. Sic. 1. 81. 22: 35. So Sept. for lleb. P7519 1 Chr.
b) a writing, i. e. any thing written, 27: 32. Ezra 7: 6. Neh. 8: 1.—Ecclus.
Esdr. 3: 9, 13. In N. T. (a) anepistle, 10: 5. 2 Mace. 6: 18.—Hence by impl.
letter, Acts 28: 21. Gal. 6: ll,see in a. one instructed, a scholar, a learned teacher
'—l Macc. 5: 10. Xen. H. G. l. l. 15. so. of religion, Matt. 13: 5'2. 23: 34.
—(fl) a bilbondmote, Luke 16: 6, 7.— 1 Cor. 1: ‘20. An.
Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 3. So of accounts of ex I‘ewrr'rég, 27,61’, (ypé¢u,) written,
penses etc. Dem. 1202. 2. Lys. 906. 12. inscribed, trop. Rom. 2: 15. Comp. Jer.
—(y) writings, a book, etc. e. g. of Moses,
31: 33.
John 5: 47. of the O. T. i. e. the scrip
Ma, 2 Tim. 3: 15. So John 7: 15, Fea¢fit "g, ll’ (YPé‘lW’) a picture!
since the Jews had no other literature. El. V. H. 2. 2, 44.. a writing, 1 Mace.
Sept. for “E9. Esth. 6: 1. -—- Jos. Ant. 5. 12:91. Herodian. 1. 17. 9. Thuc. l.
1. 17. ib. 10. 10. 4. ult.—(3) trop. the ISL—In N. T. i] 'ypapr'l and al 7papal,
writing, the letter, i. e. the literal or verbal scripture, the scriptures, i. e. of the Jews,
meaning, in antith. to the spirit, rd the Old Test. Matt. 21: 42. John 5: 39.
s-vsfipa' spoken of the Mosaic law, Rom. Acts 8: 39. Rom. 9: 17. al. 'ypmpat
9: 97. 29. 7:6. 2 Cor. 3: 6 bis, 7. d'ylai Rom.1:2. Sept. for 5'11; Ezra
c) letters, learning, as contained in 6: 18.—In 2 Pet. 3: 16 some think the
books,etc. Acts 26:‘24. Sept. "139 Dan. writings of Paul and other apostles are
1: 4. — Ceb. Tab. 34. Eurip. Hippol. meant—By synecd. put for the con
954.. [966.] tents of scripture, i. e. scripture declara
I I
I‘gapy/arsug, mg, .3, (ypé¢w,) tion,promise, etc. Matt. 22:99. Mark
a writer, scribe. 12: 24. John 10:35. Acts 1:16. James
a) in the Greek sense, a public oflicer 2: 93. al. scripture prophecy, Matt. 26:
in the cities of Asia Minor, whose duty 54, 56. Luke 4:21. Rom. 16: 26. Al.
it seems to have been to preside in the rgé¢al, f. in», to grave or cut in, to
senate, to enrol and have charge of the insculp, Sept. for ’'2P, 1 K. 6: 28. Hom.
laws and decrees, and to read what was ll. 6. 169. to sketch, to picture, E]. V.
to be made known to the people; a H. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 18. In N. T.
public clerk, secretary, etc. Acts 19: 35. to write, viz.
—Dem. 485. 18. Xen. H. G. 7. l. 37. a) pp. to form letters with a stylus,
The oflice of ypapluurn'm varied much in the ancient manner, so that the let
in different places. See Potter's Gr. ters were cut. in or graven upon the
I
 I‘goigow 158 I‘vfuowi'ot
material; absol. John 8: 6, 8. 2 Thess. 23. al. So Sept. and =11‘? 2 K. 17: 37.
3: 17 m'iru ypéipw, i. e. this is my hand, Ezra 3: 4.—Tob. 1: 6. Esdr. 6: 17,00“.
—-Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20.—In the sense of Ezra 5: 13. El. V. H. 6. 10 I'ti'lfll'. Xen.
to write upon, i. e. to fill with writlng, Mem. 1. 2. 43, 44.
i. q.e'1n7p('1¢w, Rev. 5: l. e) to inscribe, e. . one's name in a
b) to write, i. e. to commit to writing, book, register, etc. uke 10:20. Rev.
to express by writing; 0. accus. expr. 13:8. 17: 8. al. See in Bighog. So
or impl. John 19:21, 22 5 'ye'ypmpa, Sept. and =11‘? Ps. 69: '28. 139: 16. A1.
'Yé‘ypll¢a. 20:30, 31. 21:24, 25. Luke I‘gaa’lbng, sag, our, 6, .7, adj.
1:63. 16:6,7. Rom.16:22. Rev. 1: (-ypai'g) old wife's, old-womanish, silly,
11. 10:4. 14: 1. al. Sept. for it‘? Ex. 1 Tim. 4: 7.—-Strabo Geogr. I. p. 32.A.
24:4. 1 Sam. 10:25.—Herodian. 1.
I‘gty'yogéal, 5, f. flaw, (e'yn’pw, perl'.
l7. 1. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 10.—Spoken of 2 Eypr’yyopu) a new present form, belong.
what is written or contained in the
ing only to the later age 01' Greek;
scriptures, Mark 1: 2. John 8: 17. Luke
Buttm.§ 114 in é-yci'pw. Phryn. ed. Lob.
3: 4. al. So 'ye'yparrrm, ro 'ye-ypdp/.'.e' p. 118,119. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.157.
rov, etc. it is written, as a formula of ci
-t0 walie,to keep awake, to watch, intrans.
tation, Matt. 4: 4,6, 7,10. 26:31. Luke
a) pp. Matt. 24: 43. 26: 38, 40, 41.
4.: 4,8,10. Rom. 1:17. 2; 24.. al. Mark 13:34. 14234, 37, 38. Luke 12:
Constr. with propositions, viz. 5w’: rwoc, 37, 39. Sept. for ‘I?! Neh. 7: 3. "Pf-é Jer.
by any one, Matt. 2: 5. Luke 18: 31.
5: 6.—1 Macc. 12:27. Jos. Ant. 11.3.
in’ 'rn'a Mark 9: 12, 13, and in’ run
4. Plut. Mor. II. p. 20. ed. Tauchn.
John 12: 16, ofor concerning any one. Achill. Tat. Erot. 4. 17.
nepi rwoc, of or concerning any one,
b) trop. to watch, i. e. to be vigilant,
Matt. 11: 10. 26:24. John 5: 46. Seq. attentive, etc. Matt. 24:42. 25: 13. Mark
(lat. of pers. of or concerning whom, 13:35, 37. Acts 20:31. 1 Cor. 16: 13.
Luke 18:31. In a similar sense, to
1 Thess. 5:6. 1 Pet. 5:8. Rev.3:2,3.
write about, to describe, seq. accus. John
1: 46. Rom. 10:5. So Sept. for it‘; 16:15. Sept. for "21,9 Jer. 1:12. Dan.
9: 14. 1F}?! (r. Lam. l: 14.—So
Ezra 3: 2. Neh. 10:34, 36.— Comp. 'yprryopeiv e'v rj 1rpoa'evx§ K- r. A. to be
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 1. assiduous in, Col. 4: 2.
c) to write, i. e. to compose or pre c) trop. to wake, i. e. to live, 1 Thess.
pare in writing; e. g. [345M011 ('uroo'ra
5: 10, where Kathiiduv, to sleep, is in like
oiou Mark 10:4. Erri-ypatpr’pv Luke 23:
manner referred to death.
38. Ema-rolh'yv Acts 23: 25. 2 Pet. 3: 1.
Sept. for it‘? Ezra 4: 6, 8.—Plut. Cies. Til/byway, f. (we), (-yvpvog) pp. to
54. Xen. Ag. 1. 1. practise gymnastic exercises, as one 01'
d) to write to any one, i. e. to make the athletae, Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 4. 11.
known by writing, seq. accus. and dat. to exercise daily so. in the palmstra,
2 Cor. 1: 13 oil yap c'iMa ypt'upopev bpiv. ib. 4. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr: 1. 2. 10.—In N.
Phil. 3: l. seq. (lat. Rom. 15:15. 2‘ Cor. T. to exercise one ‘in any thing, to
2: 4. 2 John 12. Rev. 2: 1. seq. dat. train, to accustom, metaph. 1 Tim. 4: 7
and b'ri, 1 John 2: 12,13,14. absol. ybpvafs aeavrov 1rpog zimc'gnav. Heb.
2 Cor. 2: 9. Sept. for =2‘? Esth. 3: 12. 5: 14. 12: 11.—Arr. Diss. Epict. 1. 26.
—Plut. Cic. 37. id. Pomp. 29.—So of 3 'yupvdfouau' fun-(g 0i (pihlio'oipoi E'lri rfig
written directions, instructions, infor suupl'ag. Jos. Ant. 3. l. 4. Clem. Alex.
ination,etc. Acts 15: 23. 18: 27. 25: 26 Strom. l. 5. pp. Athen. I. p. 25. D,
his. 1 Cor. 5: 9. 7:1. 14:37. 2 COT. 1rpog iipvcoenpwnm'lv.-—2 Pet. 2: 14 mp
at'av ye-yuluvao'pz'rnv nhcoveEiag, trained,
9: 1. So 1 TheSS. 4: 9 oil xpet'ay ZXETE
'YP(II¢ELV ii‘u'iv, and 5: l 01'; xp. Z'x. i411»! practised, in covetousness; for the gen.
7pi'upeoflai, see on these infin. Buttm. see Matth. §346. n. 1. comp. Buttm.
§ 140. 3.—Hence ypci¢ew e'vrohilv rim, s 132. 5. 1.
to write a precept or command to an I‘uavaci'a, mgr], (yvpwiZs-Q gym
one, i. e. toprescribe, Mark 10: 5. 1 John nastic exercise, sc. in the palzestra, 1121.
2: 7. absol. Mark 12: 19: Luke 20: 28. V. H. 2. 5. and so earlier 'yupw'wiov,
So yz'ypanrm, i! is prescribed, Luke 2: Xen. (.150. 10. 11. comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
 Foams-sow 159 row’;
p. 517. In N. T. exercise, training. seq. r07;- doflahpoic, Heb. 4: 13. So
1 Tim. 4: 8 mafia-run) 'yupvam'a, bodily Sept. for =3“! Job 26: 6.-Clem. Alex.
exercise, in antith. with v. 7, i. e. ascetic Strom. l. 5 'yvluwiv Xti'yov. JOB. Ant. 6.
training, mortification of bodily appe l5. 4:
tites etc. as described in v. 3, col]. Col. 2:
23.-—Hes ch. 7v vam’a' liar-note, -
I‘vnvorng, firms, 1'1, (new) 1w
Air-1|.
Polyb.Comb.
4. 7. 6.Arr. ,biss. Epict. l. 7. kedness, i. e. in N. T.
a) spoken of the state of one who is
poorly clad; see in yvpwig a. -y. Rom.
rufbm'rit'lw, I'. aim», (-yvpvfinye, fr.
8:35. 2Cor. 11:27. So Sept. and
70,11,643) to be naked, or as in Eng. to be
5"‘! Deut. 28: 48.
halfnaked, to be poorly clad, 1 Cor. 4: b) by euphemism, for the parts of
lL—Nicet. Annal. 10. 6 711,141’. b'rrhov, shame, trop. Rev. 3: 18. So Sept.
to be unarmed. So yupm'rrng, a light. yl'lpvmmg for Heb. "'11! Gen. 9: 22, 23.
armed soldier, Xen. An. 4. 1. 6.
I‘ummégmv, av, 16, (dim. of 711%,)
Fvlwvés. r’), 61', naked, i. e. a little woman, mulia'cula, i. e. in con
at) pp. in respect to the body, viz. tempt, a weak,silly woman, 2 Tim. 3: 6.
(a) wholly nude, without any clothing; --Marc. Anton. 5. ll.
perhaps Marl: 14: 51, 52. trop. Rev. 16: I‘ummeiog, sl'a, 570v, (71mg; we
15. 17: 16. Sept. for P5‘! Gen. 2: 25.
Job 1:21. in! Gen. 3=7,10,11. manly, womanish, female. 1 Pet. 3: 7
avyomofivreg- (be Ewflevwre'pzp axn'm. r41;
Xen. Ag. 1. 28.--(fl) Spoken of one 'yuramelqu, tirrovéfwvrec ripr'lv, where re‘:
who has on no outer garment, and is 'yvvaurn'lp is dat. of the abstr. neut. r6
clad only in the tunic, Xmiw, or]
lief-“=1, which fitted close to the body. 'yvvaaxeioy, a woman, wife, i. q. yuw’"
or else it qualifies am'm in a similar
John 21:7. Acts 19:16. prob. Mark sense; see Zxn'mc. Sept. for gen. "9!
14: 51, 52. See Jahn § 120. So Sept. Lev. 18: 22. Deut. 22: 5.—Xen. Mem.
and 5'1‘! 1 Sam. 19:24. Is. 20: 2.—
2. 7. 5.
Test. XII 39:12.
comp.Gen. Patr. I.1151.p. V.
709,
H. 6ofll.Jose h,
Xldn.
T917’), “136;, i], voc. J yt'waa, a
An. 1. 10. 3.——(y) Asin Engl. half-naked, woman, one of the female sex, viz.
i. e. poorly clad, destitute as to clothing, a) gem. Matt. 14: 21. 15:38. Acts
implying penury and want, Matt. 25: 22: 4. 1 Cor. ll: 12. al. saap. Sept. for
36, 38, 43, 44. James 2: 15. So Sept. "F! Gen. 2:22, 23.--Xen. Mem. 2. l.
for in’? Job 31:19. in: Job 24.; 30.—Spoken ofayoung woman, maiden,
7. Is. 58: 7.—Trop. destitute sc. of spi damsel, Luke 22: 57, coll. v. 56. (Gal.
ritual goods, etc. Rev. 3: 17. 4.: 4..) So Sept. for was: Esth. 2: 4..-0f
b) trop. spoken of the soul as disen an adult woman, Matt. 5: 28. 9: 20, 22.
cumbered of the body in which it had 11:11. Rev. 12: 1,4. al. step.
been clothed, 2 Cof. 5: 3,altlwugb being b) with a gen. or Excw, or the adj.
_now clothed, 01'! 'yvfwol cilpnfirlo'épefla,ibmwBpog Rom. 7: 2, it implies relation
i. e. our souls will not strictly be found to some man, viz. (a) one betrothed, a
naked, but our bodies will be glorified, bride, but not yet married, Matt. 1: 20,
etc. oomp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. 15: 5| sq.— 24. (comp. v. 18.) Luke 2: 5. So
Orig. c. Cels. 2. 43, (Xpwroc) yupvii Sept. and "I?! Lev. 19:20. Deut. 22:
au'aparoc yzvo'yzvoc \Pvxfl m7;- yupvaig 24, coll. v. 23. — Xen. H. G. 4. l. 7.—
uwpdrwv n'lplMl \lwxaig. Clem. Alex. Trop. of the church as the bride of
Strom. roi
7vpvfiv 5. ll. Plato Crat. 20.
ou'lparog. Christ,Rev. 19:7. 21:9. Comp. E116:
8 sq.-—(fl) a married woman, wife, Matt.
c) spoken of any thing as taken 5: 31, 32: 14.; a. 16:25. Mark 6:18.
alone, abstractly, separate from every Luke 1: 18,24. 8:3. Rom.7: 2. 1 Cor.
thing else, naked, mere, bare, e. g. moat, 7: 2. al. saep. So Se t. and "EB Gen.
nirmv, 1 Cor. 15: 37.-Clem. Rom. 24: 3 sq. al. saep. — en. An. 1. 2. 12.
Ep. 1 ad Cor. § 24 o'rrz'ppu'ru iirwa ne' —('y) 1 Cor. 5: 1 d‘nrre 'yvyaixa rave‘: rm'o
rrurzy zig- n)v yfiv Erlpc‘i Kai yupwi. M196; E'Xzw, a stepmother. So Sept.
d) metaph. uncovered, open, manifest, and m5 Lev. 18:8.—(5) a widow,
 12.37 160
with v'gpa, Luke 4: 26. absol. Matt. 22:
24. ark l2: 19. Luke 20:29.
0) in the V00. a‘: yu'wac, in a direct ad
dress, expressive of kindness or respect;
Matt. 15: 28 1b 'yl'nlcu, comp. 9: 22 where
it is Qb-yarep. Luke l3: 12. John 2: 4.
4: 21. 20113, 15. 1 Cor. 7:16.—Jos.
Ant. 1. 16. 3. Hom. ll. 3. 204. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 1. 6. An.
r417, indec. Gog, Heb. $15. This
name is applied in the O. T. E2. 0. 38,
39, to the king of a people called Magog,
inhabitin regions far remote from Pal
estine. y Magog, the ancients would
seem to have intended the northern na
tions generally, which they also called
21:58:11. In N. T. the name Gog is also
apparently spoken of a similar remote
Ads/b, o, indec. written also Aavib
or Arw't‘b as in Sept. and Josephus,
David, Heb. ‘173 (beloved), later ‘"13,
(Gesen. Lehrg. p. 51,) the celebrated
king of the Israelites and founder of the
Jewish d nasty, reigned A. C. 1055—
1015. or his life see 1 Sam. 0. 16—
2 Sam. fin. l Chr. 0. 12—30.—In N. T.
pp. Matt.l: 6,17. 12:3. 22:43,45. al.
Heb. 4: 7. iv Aafilb, i. e. in the book of
David, the Psalms; comp. Ps. 95: 7.-
'O m'ég Aafiib, the son of David, i. e. de
scended from him; spoken of Joseph the
husband of Mary, Matt. 1: 20; often
applied to Jesus as a title of the expected
Messiah, Matt. 9: 27. 12: 23. 15:22.
20: 30, 31. Mark 10: 47, 48. al. 533p.
but not in John's writings. So 1', pile
Aagib, in the same sense, Rev. 5: 5.
22:16. coll. Is. ll:l,10.-— Hence the
kingdom or reign of the Messiah is
designated by the appellations: i1 [3am
hu’a r017 Aagid, Mark 11:10. 6 spévog
A. Luke 1: 32. 1‘) only») A. Acts 15:
16, coll. Amos 9: ll. 1'] 0.27;‘ r05 Aafiib,
Rev. 3: 7, coll. Is. 12: 22 and Matt.
16: 19. AL.
AdlfbOWZO/LCU, t‘. ioo'uu, (Balm-m)
i. q. Bagowov Exw, to have a demon, i. e.
to be a icted, vexed, possessed, with an
evil spirit, to be a demoniac; Matt. 4: 24.
Aaqmimr
people, who are to war against the Mes.
siah. Rev. 20: 8.
ram/a, as‘, 1'], an angle, a coma, i. e.
a) an exterior projecting corner, Matt.
6: 5 it’ mic 'ywm'aic riiov wharsuiv, at the
corners of the streets, i. e. where several
streets meet, in the most public places.
——For 1‘, k'zpahr‘] 'ywm'ac, see under 'Arpo
'ywvm'i'og, Matt. 21: 42. Mark 12: 10.
Luke 20:17. Acts 4: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 7.
-——Rev. 7: 1 and 20:8 ai. re'ooapzg yu
m'a: 1'7’: 707;‘, the four corners (quarters)
ofthe earth. —— Sept. for “55, Ex. 27: 2.
Ez. 43: 20.—Ken. Laced. l2. 1.
b) an interior angle, and by impl. a
dark corner. Acts 26: 26 iv yowi’q in a
corner, i. e. secretly. — Hist. Sus. 38.
Arr. Diss. Epict. 2. 12. 17.
8; 16,28, 33. 9: as. 12: 22. 15; 22.
Mark 1: 32. 5:15,16,18. Luke 8: 36.
John 10:21, coll. v. 20.—It is much
disputed, whether the writers of the
N. T. used this word to denote the ac._
tual presence of evil spirits in the per
sons affected, or whether they employed
it only in compliance with popular
usage and belief; just as we now use
the word lunatic without assenting to
the old opinion of the influence of the
moon. A serious difliculty in the wa
of this latter supposition is, that the de
moniacs every where at once address
Jesus as the Messiah; e. g. Matt. 8: 29.
Markl:24. 5:7. Luke4:34. 8:28.
See Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2, and 8. 2. 5. Jahn
§ 192 sq. Storr Opusc. Acad. I. p. 53
sq. Kuinoel on Matt. 4: 28. Olshausen
on Matt. 8:28. Appleton's Lect. 25—
27.-[The difliculties, indeed, are so
many and strong as to render the opinion
utterly untenable.]-—The form aaipovl
Zopa: belongs to the later Greek, instead
of the earlier bmpovuiw, Blomfield ad
Eschyl. Choeph. 558. Sept. 0. Theb.
1003.—Stob. Eel. p. 196. Plut.de Fluv.
16, de Nilo 2. T. X. p. 722. Reisk.
Aaiaémy, ou, rd, (neut. of adj.
Bat’lél’lOC.) demon, i. e.
a) gem. a god,deity,spoken of the hea
 Aaqwo'wov 161 Aa'x'ruho;

then gods. Acts l7:lB.—Jos. B. 1.1.2. 8. in his own divine authority, and by the
Diod. Sic. 20. 20. Xen. Mem. 1. l. l. apostles in his name, (Luke 11: 15. 9: 1.
b) spoken of a genius or tutelarg de 10: 17, comp. Acts 19: 13 sq.) but the
mon, e. g. that of Socrates, Xen. Mem. Jews charged him with doing it by au~
4. 8. 1,5. Apol. Soc. 4. Com . Dem. thoritg' of Satan, who is called c‘ipxwv
415 ult. ib. 124. 46.—-In N. . in the r1511 aipow'wv, Matt. 9: 34. 12: 24.
Jewish sense, a demon, i. e. an evil Mark 3: 22. Luke ll: 15. See the
spirit, devil, subject to Satan, Matt.9: Jewish form of exorcism in the name of
34. a1. a fallen angel, sec in “Ayyzhog' Solomon, Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 5.—(e) Where
and i. q. TV£6FG dniBap-rov, Luke 8: 29, the acts, etc. of demons thus dwelling in
coll. v. 30. 111. These spirits were sup persons are spoken of, Mark 1:34.
posed to wander in desert and desolate Luke 9; 1,42. 10.17. John 10; 21.
places, see the Sept. transl. of Is. 13: 21. Ann/1.011415%, 20;, avg, .3, 7',’ adj,
34: 14. Baruch 4:35. Comp. Matt. 12: (Ealpémom) pp. godlihc, divine; in N.
43; and also todwell in the atmosphere, T. demon-like, devilish, James 3: 15.—
()rigen Exhort. ad Mart. § 45 sq. id. 0. Symm. for ‘65'; Ps. 91:6, where Sept.
Cels. 8. 29 sq. Athenag. Apol. p. 29. Emfuimov.
comp. Eph. 2: '2. ' They were thought All/(1.61”, 010;, 6,1‘), demon, i. q.
to have the power 01' working miracles,
Buqm'mov, i. e. a god, Horn. 11. l. 222;
but not for good, Rev. 16: 14, coll. John in N. T. a demon, an evil spirit, devil,
10: 21; to be hostile to mankind, John
Matt. 8:31. Mark 5: 12. Luke 8:29.
8: 44; to utter the heathen oracles, Acts Rev. 18: 2. also 16: 14 in text. rec. See
16: 17; and to lurk in the idols of the Aaquivjola—Act. Thom. § 12, 20, 40.
heathen, which are hence called 5111;46
ma, devils, 1 Cor. 10:20 bis, 21 bis. Ammo, 1. 5175011.“, to bite, 10 sting,
Rev. 9:20. comp. Sept. Deut. 32: 17. trans. IElian. V. H. 14.4. Xen. Anal).
Ps. 91: 6. 106: 37. Baruch 4: 7. They 3. 2. 18. In N. T. mctaph. to thwart,
are spoken of as the authors 01' evil to vcz, irritate. Gal. 5: 15 :1 5:‘ hMd/Xouc
mankind,both moral, 1 Tim. 4: 1. James Eéxvere—Arrian. Diss. Epict. 2. 22 51'1
2: 19. comp. Eph. 6: 12: and also physi Kvew dMr'lhovg K01 Aozdopfio'fiat. Xen.
cal, viz. by entering into a person, thus Cyr. 1.4. 13.
rendering him a dcmoniac and ailiict Adxgu, 00;, T6 and Elixpvov, 1'1ou,
ing him with various diseases, etc. see 1'6, a tear, Rev. 7: 17. 21: 4. r07; Edxpv
in Acupovlzofuu. comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2. aw, Luke 7: 38, 44. rd ddkpva, tears,
ih. 6. ll. 3. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. T. u'eq/ing, 2 Tim. 1:4. 5:51 1ro)\. Eaxpl'uw
I. p. 538. S0 in the phrases: (a) :10 2 Cor. 2: 4. Pen‘: durpn'mv, Mark 9: 24-.
fikfle riz dam/admit :11; Two, demons had Acts20: 19, 31. Heb. 5: 7. 12:17.
entered into him, Luke 8: 30, coll. v. 33. Sept. e'v Béxpum for "22"}? Ps. 6: 7.
Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 2 r1511 daipoylwy i'yxa Lam. 2:11. rim 5111' no 2 K. 20:5.
thlopz'vuv. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Lam. 1:3. — 1E1. V. . 14. 22. Xen.
1. p. 673 ('1 Euigohog oixum'n'al airrov 1119 (Be. 10. 8.
121011 easing—([3) oalpo'wov 2x511’, to Auxgz'm, 1. (ma), (Ecixpm) to shed
have a devil, i. e. to be a demoniac, i. q. tears, to weep, intrans. John 11: 35 £51’:
Empovilso'ficu, Luke 4:33. 8:27. Spok xpvo'sv ('1 ‘1111-1051;. — Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4.
en by the Jews of Jesus, John 7: 20. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 7.
8: 48,49, 52. 10:20. ofJohn the Bap Aam'ri'ahog, ov, a, (Mm-117101;), a
tist, Matt. 11: 18. Luke 7: {13.—(y) c'E finger-ring, Luke 15: 22; given as a
e'pxeo'aai E1.- or (11115 rn'og, to come out of,
mark of honour, etc. comp. Gen. 41:43
Matt. 17: 18. Mark 7: 29, 30. Luke 4: and Esth. 822, where Sept. for ‘"2339.
35,41. 8:2,33,35,38. 11:14.-(E) 1:1.’ -l Macc. 6:15. Xen- An. 4. 7. 27.
18am», n‘: 5111péma,to cast out devils,
Matt. 7: 22. 9: 34. 10:8. 12:24, 27, Aaixrukog, 00, .5, a finger, Matt.
28. Mark 1:34,39. 3:15, 22. 6:13. 23: 4. Mark 7: 33. Luke 11:46. 16:
7: 26. 9: 38. 16: 9,17. Luke 9: 49. 24. John 8:6. 20: 25,27. Sept. tor
11:14.15,18.19,20. 13= 32. Pass. 55‘5'5 Lev. 4: 6. Cant. 5: 6.~—-Xen. Eq.
Matt. 9: 33. This was (lone by Christ 6. 8.-—By meton. 6 Prim-Mag rm“: Bun-1,
L
 Aakamouéoi 162 Aamz'w;
for the power of God, Luke 11: 20, coll. under the Roman dominion; but was
Matt. 12: 28 where it is aver-qua ‘rm? 9. held for a time by Aretas; See in
So Sept. and =‘-'!">__l§ 7:11;} Ex. 8: l5. Ps. 'Ape'rag. It is still called by the Arabs
8: 4. ' Demesk, or also El Sham. See Calmet.
. Auk/bououéoi, ,3, pr. name ot'a city, Rosenm. Bibi. Geog. I. ii. p. 284.—
or village near Magdala, Mark 8: 10,
Acts 9; 2,3,8, 10,19,22,27. 22; 5,0,
10, ll. 26:12, 20. 2 001211132. Gal.
coll. Matt. 15:39; probably on the wes
1: 17.
tern shore of the lake of Gennesareth,
a little north of Tiberias. A02?’ 5, indec. Dan, Heb. T1 (a
judge), pr. name of the fifth son of .la_
AaA/ba'n'a, etc, 1", Dalmatia, a pro
cob, born of Bilhah, and head of one of
vince of Europe on the east of the Adri the tribes. In the list of the tribes,
atic sea, forming part of Illyricum. and Rev. 7. 5. 6, that of Dan is found only
contiguous to Macedonia. Hither Titus
was sent by Paul to spread the know in a few Mss.
ledge of Christianity. 2 Tim. 4: 10. Advil/aw, f. ciao), (ddrelor), to lend
money, to loan, in N. T. without inter
Aufbtigw, i. q. Bafu'uo, f. dam, to
est, intrans.
subdue, to tame, trans. James 3: 7 bis.
Mark 5:4. trop. rfiv yNDaa'av, James 3:
a) gent. Luke 6:34 bis, 35; see in
'Awrshrifw. Sept. for "I? [in Hiph.]
8, coll. Ecclus. 28: I8 sq. Sept. for Deut. 28: 44. Prov. 19: 17.—Ecclus.
Chald. and 72‘:- Dan. 2: 40.—Xen.
29: 1,2. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 34. So in-i
Mem. 4. l. 3. trop. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3 nit-9,, Dem. 13. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 25.
cppéwipa. Horn. ll. 9. 492 9.4.6..
1)) Mid. Barn’t’opm, to cause to lend
Ali/14270;, Hdgfl'], (sq/16(0),) a heifer, money to one's seff, i. e. to borrow money,
Heb. 9: 13, coll. Num. 19: 2 sq. where Matt. 5: 42. So Sept. and "3'? [in KaL]
Sept. for "1?, as also Hos. 4: 16. for 53!}! Neh. 5: 4.—Tbeophr. Char. 16 or 9. 3.
Is. 7: 21. 15: 5.——Lucian. Dial. Deor. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 2. See Lob. ad Phryn.
3. 1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6.
p. 468.
Atifbtlflg, 150g, {1, Damon's, a wo. AOZVEIOV, 00, 1-6, (neut. of oévnog t'r.
'man of Athens who was led by Paul's 56110;) a debt, i. e. for money lent, Matt.
preaching to embrace Christianity, Acts 18: 27. Sept. for =1?! Dent. 24: 11.—
17: 34. Diod. Sic. 1. 79.
Aaaaaxnvég, 1'1, 611, belonging to Auvm'w'zg, ov, a, (mezzo) a cred
Damascus, a Damascene, 2 Cor. ll: 33. itor, Luke 7: 41. Sept. for 3?"! 2 K. 4:
Aa/baaxo'g, 05, 1‘1, Damascus, Heb. 1. Ps. 109: 11.—Herodian. 7. 7. 7.
7?"?! a celebrated city of Syria, first Comp. Lob. ad. Phryn. p. 468.
mentioned Gen. 14: 15, and now pro Ami/nil, b, indec. Daniel, Heb. $87.73
bably the oldest city on the globe. It v. 5&3 (a judge from God), pr. name of
stands ‘on the river Chrysorrhoas, or the celebrated Jewish prophet who lived
Barradi, in a beautiful plain on the E. and wrote at Babylon in the time of the
and S. E. of Anti-Libanus. open to the captivity. Matt. 24: 15. Mark 13: 14.
S. and E. and bounded on the other
Aaz'avoiw, 5, t‘. flaw, (5(11rr'u'17,)to
sides by the mountains. The region
spend, to be at expense, trans. Mark 5;
around it, including probably the valley
between the ridges of Libanus and 26. absol. 2 Cor. 12: 15.—Bel and Drag.
Anti-Libanus, is called in the Scrip. 3. Xen. An. 1.1. 8. ib. l. 3. 3.—- Acts
21:24 Eam'u'rlaov i'rr' ain'079,'i. c. be at
tures Syria of Damascus, ‘1*, P??? 2
Sam.8. 5; and by Strabo, Cmlosg/ria, the eqrense of their sacrifices, sc. on the
16. p. 1095. In the days of Paul, the completion ofa vow; see Jos. B. J. 2. 15.
l. comp. Ant. 19. 6. l.—In abad sense.
city was so much tlironged by Jews,
that according to Josephus 10,000 of
to waste. to consume, trans. Luke l5: l4
them were put to death at once: and absol. James 4: 3.—'-l Macc. 14: 32.
most of the females of the city were Thuc. 7. 47.
converts to Judaism; Jos. B. J. 2. 20. 2. Aaaroim, HQ, 1", (dd‘lrrw to devour,)
At this period the city was properly expense, cost, Luke 14: 28. Sept. for
 Aé 163 A27 .
"TEE! Ezra 6:4, 8.—1 Mace. 3:30. Xen. romp, now there was, or therebeiug, much
Mem. 3. 6. 6. grass, etc. Acts 23: 13. Rom. 3: 22. 1
Aé, a particle standing after one or Cor. 10: H. 15:56. Comp. Winerl. c.
two words in a clause, strictly adversa (1) m2 5:’, where xal always has the
tive,but more frequently denoting trans sense of also, i. e. and also, Mark 4: 36
ition or conversion, and serving to in ml (‘Utka Es‘ 1r7tola 1711/ per’ m'lroi. John
troduce something else, whether opposite 15:27. Acts 5: 32. See Buttm. l. c. p.
to what precedes, or simply continuative 425. AL.
or explanatory; see Buttm.§ 149. p. 425. Aénm, 591?, 1'], (Be'oprm) want, need,
\Viner § 57. 4, and 6. n. Viger. p. 542 IEsehin. Dial. Soc. 2. 39, 40; in N. T.
sq. and Herm. ib. p. 845. Hence, in gen prayer, viz.
eral, but, and, also, namely, etc. at) pp. as the expression of need, de
I. Adversative, but, on the contrary, sire, etc. supplication, petition, sc. for
on the other hand, etc. one's self, Luke l: 13. Phil. 4: 6. Heb.
a) simply, Matt. 6: 6 an) 56‘, 51111’ 5: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 12. So Sept. for Hz’);
rpm-cit I], {lashes x. r. X. v. 15 coll. v. 14. JOl) 27:19. 71231.5 PS. 39: 13. 40:2.
v. 17 ciill. v. 16. Luke 12: 9, 10. John "if"? 1 K. 8: 28, 30.—Baruch 4: 13.—
1:12. 15: 24. Acts 12: 9. Rom.6:22. In behalf of others, Phil. 1: 19. James
2 Cor. 6: IO. 2 Tim.2:16. Heb.4:15. 5:16. seq. {nrép Rom. 10: l. 2 Cor. 1:
al. szep.—So before answers implying 11. 9:14. Phil. 1:4. 1 Tim. 2:1. seq.
contradiction, etc. Luke I2: l4. l3: 8. rcpt’ Eph. 6. 18.
Acts 18:15. 19:2, 3, 4. b) genr. spoken of any prayer, Luke
b) in the formula pc‘v—5é,indeed—but, 2: 37. 5: 33. [Acts 1:14.] Eph. 6:18.
though often not to be rendered at all in Phil. 1:4. 1 Tim. 5: 5. 2 Tim. 1: 3.
English; see Buttm. l. c. p. 426. Acts Sept. for 535-‘? 1 K. a: 4.5. 2 Chr. 6:
9: 7. 23: 8. Rom. 217,8. 1 COT-1:12. 40.-l Mace. 7: 37. Herodian. 8. 4. 25.
15: 39. 2 Cor. 10: 1. al. Comp. in Mév. Dem. 53. 2.
II. Continuative, but, now,and, also, A57, imperf. Edit, infin. 55v, imper
and the like. sonal, pp. it needs, there is need of, sc.
a) gem. and after introducing a new something that is absent or wanting,
paragraph or sentence; Matt. 1: 18 1'05 seq. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 10. ib. 7. 5. 9.
3:‘ ‘I. Xp. 1') 'yz'vwtc oiiruc fly. 2: 9. 3: l. In N. T. only with an infin. pres. or
h'Iark 16:9. Luke 12:11, 16. 13:6,10. aor. expr. or impl. and with or without
15: 11,17. Acts 6:1, 2,8,9. 9: 7,8. an accus. it needs, it is necessary, viz.
1 Cor. 14:1. 16:1. 15:17. al. smp.— 21) pp. from the nature of the case,
In this way it is sometimes emphatic, from a sense of duty, etc. one must;
espec. in interrogative clauses, as 2 Cor.
Matt. 16: 21 {in 3:7 at'n'ov c'ureXOeIv sic
6: 14, 15, I6. Gal. 4:20 iiezhov 5:’, I 'Iepoco'kvpa. 26:35. Mark 14:31. Luke
could wish indeed. 2: 49. 4: 43. John 3:7, 30. lCor. ll:
b) where it takes up and carries on a 19. Heb. 9: 26.-—Polyb. ]. 54. 4. Thuc.
thought which had been interrupted, 2. 47.—S0 spoken of what is made
then, therefore, etc. Matt. 6: 7 1rpoaevx1i necessary by divine appointment; John
perm 5:’. John 15:26. Rom. 5: 8. 2 Cor. 3: 14. 20: 9 51': 5e? ailrov e'x z'ekpu'n'
10: 2. James 2: 15.—So in an apodosis dram-firm. Acts 4: 12 iv (‘3 he? awOr'p'm
after :3 for é-rm', Acts ll: 17 i-yt‘u 5:‘ fig bpz'lg. 14: 22. al.—Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. Ep.
11pm’. Comp. Matth. § 616'. 3. Hcrm. Barnal). 5, E561 'lva Err‘: Ei/Mu 1x116”. So
ad Vig. p. 785. of things unavoidable, must needs, Matt.
c) as marking something added by 24.; 6. Mark 13:7. Acts 1: 10. mm.
way of explanation, example, etc. but, Rom. 1:27. 2 Cor. 11:30.
and, namely, for example, to wit, etc. h) spoken of what is right and proper
Mark 4: 37 11': Be‘ m'lpara im'fiakev, and in itself, or prescribed by law, duty, cus
the waves, i. e. so that the waves. 16: tom, etc. it is right or proper, one must,
8 six: 58 (xi/rag rpépog, trembling also it ought, it should, etc. Luke l3: 14, 16.
seized them, etc. where some translate Mark 13:14. John 4:20. Acts 5: 2'9.
for, i. q. 76p, but without necessity. 2 Tim. 2; 6. Matt. 18: :13. 25; 27.
John 6: 10 hr 3:‘ Xhprog mm); iv 7:‘; Sept. Job 15: 3. Jos. Ant. 6. ll. 1.
1. 2 '
 Aei'yaa 164 Aeivrvov
Herodian. 1.17. 27. Polyb. 7. 5. 2. Xen. Ps. 55: 4,. "BB-‘3 Ps. 89:4l.—-1 Mace.
Cyr. l. 29.—So of what prudence 4: 32. Herodian. 2. l. 22.
would dictate, Acts 27: 21.—See also in Aeooéw, 5, f. c'ww, (5.0.65) :0 be
Az'ov. AL. timid, to be afraid, absol. John 14:27.
AET'fl/ld, 0670;, 15, (au'xvvpg) pp. Sept. for 09*! Is. 13: 7. m3? Niph. of "EU
what is shown, a sample, specimen, Jos. Deut. 1:21. Josh. 10:25.--2 Macc. l5:
Ant. 6. 7. 4.. Polyb. 3. 69. 3. In N. T. 8. Classic writers prefer 61r05uhuiu, see
an example, warning, Jude 7. comp. 2 Passow.
Pet. 2: 6.—-Theoph. ad Autol. lib. 2. p. At/M'g, 1’), 6r, (5.15...) timid,fearful,
95, i. q. n'nrog. Lucian. Scyth. § 7. Matt. 8:26. Mark 4: 40. Rev. 21: 8.
AEIQ'IIIGTIZW, f. law, (55777111,) to
Sept. for ‘I’? Judg. 7: 3. 1'? Dent. 20:
8.-—Ecclus. 37: 11. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 4.
make an example of, to expose sc. to shame,
Dem. 405. 18.
i. q. rapafievyparifw, absol. Col. 2: 15.—
Others supply Earn-6v and translate, to AETWZ, 6, {1,16, gen. Srivogdat. 3.27m,
show forth one's self, i. e. set an example. 2100. 8571/11, some one, such on one; spok
—Not found in classic authors. en of a person or thing, whom one does
not know, or does not wish to name,
Aer/mug’! and 52121460), 1. Eu’Ew' the Matt. 26: 18. Buttm. s 73. Herm. ad
former is the purer Attic form, Buttm. Vig. p. 21, 704.
§ 106. n. 5; the latter occurs Matt. 16: AEH/ék, adv. (hen/69,) greatly, vehe
21. John 2: 18. Rev. 22:8. also He menlly,Matt. 8:6. Luke ll:53.—Wisd.
siod. 'Ep-y. 421, 472. Ceb. Tab. 4,.— 17:3. Jos. Ant. 3. l. 1. Xen. H. G. 6.
lo show, trans. viz. ' 2. 25.
a) to point out, to cause to see, to pre
AELTYéN, (4‘), f. r'lau, (adirvmg) to
sent to the sight; Matt. 4: 8 and Luke 4: sup, intrans, Luke 17: 8. Sept. for W?
5 mia'ag rag Bamheiag roi'! xéapou. John Prov. 23: l.—Tob. B: _1. Xen. Mem. 2.
5: ‘20 bis. 14:8,9. SO 5575011 aeavrov 7. 12.—Spoken of the paschal supper,
rq': izpei, show thyself to the priest, i. e. Luke 22: 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25.—Jos. Ant.
present thyself for inspection, Matt. 8: 2. 14.. 6.—In the sense of lo eat,to ban
4. Mark 1:44. Luke 5: 14. So Sept. quet, as figurative of the Messiah's king
for "151}?! Deut. 34:1,4. Judg. 4: 22. dom, Rev. 3: 20. See in I‘épog a.—
“2'15 Ex. 15: 25.—Cob. Tab. 4. Xen.
Act. Thom. 5.
Mem. 1. 2. 33. So of what is shown in
vision, Rev. 1: 1. 4:1. 17:]. 2l: 9, AETWVOV, 0!), rd, in Homerbreallfast,
10. 22: 1, 6, 8. ll. 8. 53. 0d. 9. 31]; in Attic writers
b) to ofi'er to view, to exhibit, to display; and in N. T. dinner or supper, viz.
John 20: '20 ZBUECY (lino-[g ‘rag xeipag. a) pp. the chief meal of the Jews, and
Heb. 8: 5. Sept. for 7X51? Ex. 25: 9, 40. also of the Greeks and Romans, taken
-So of deeds, etc. John 2: 18. 10:32. at or towards evening and often pro
1 Tim. 6: 15. Sept. for Mic. 7: longed into the night; hence genr. an
15.—Spoken of inward things, to mom‘. evening banquet, or a feast in general;
fest,toprove, etc. James 2: 18 bis. 3: 13. Matt. 23:6. Mark 6: 21. 1'2: 39. Luke
comp. Sept. for 3'5‘)? Ps. 60: 5. 71: 20. l4212,16,17,24- 20: 46. John 12: ‘2.
—Wisd. 10: 14. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 17. So Sept. for Chald. EH5: Dan. 5: l.-—
c) to show, to assign, sc. for use, e. g. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Horn. 0d. 17. 176.
c'uu'ryeov pz'ya, Mark 14: 15. Luke 22: Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 6. ib. 3. 14,. 1.——See
12. Sept. for “I! EX. 13: '21. Potter's Gr. Ant. II. p. 352 sq. 38].
d) metaph. to show sc. by words, to Comp. in "Apia-row. -—-As figurative of
leach,to direct; Matt. 16: 21. Acts 7: 3. the Messiah's kingdom, Rev. 19; 9, 17.
10:28. 1 Cor. 12:31. So Sept. for See in I‘c'rpog a.
"To 1 Sam. 12. 23. Dent. 4.: 5. Is. b) spoken of the paschal supper, John
48: 17.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 17,18. 13: 2, 4. 21: 20. of the Lord's supper,
1 Cor. ll: 20; comp. in 'A-yc'un, 2.
Amie, as, ,7, (5.0.6,) timidity, 2 c) meton. food sc. taken at supper, 1
Tim. 1: 7 m/efipa Euhl'ag, a spirit of Cor. ll: 21. So Sept. for >825 Dan.
tilm'rlify/ i. Q. m}. Zuhdv. Sept. for “E‘E‘. 1: 16.
 Asm'lbm'pom
Aswlbaiiwv, ovog, .3, {had} (354%,,
5001107,) fearing the gods, i. e. in a good
sense, religiously disposed, Xen. Cyr. 3.
3. 58. Ag. ll. 8. in a bad sense,super
stitibus, Diod. Sic. l. 62. Theophr.
Char. 22 or 16. — In N. T. in the first
sense, religiously disposed, spoken of the
Athenians, Acts 17: 22 buatoaipwvmré
pain; so. 1') among, more than others; see
\Viner § 36. 3, and n. 3. Matth. § 457.
Comp. Pausan. Attic. 0. 24 'Afirlvaiotg
wepm'a'orcpciv fl ii 107:; ('tMmc z'c rd 9511':
£074 inroubfic. — Hesych. bewibai'puv' 1')
Einregilc Kai 521M‘); rapt‘; swig.
Aswvbm‘mow'at, at, 1',,(5um8a1,uwv,)
pp. jear of the gods, i. e. religiousnm,
Diod. Sic. l. 70. Polyb. 6. 56. 7.
superstition, Theophr. Char. 22 or 16.-—
In N. T. in the first sense, religiousness,
i. e. religion, Acts 25: 19. —- Jos. Ant.
10. 3. 2.
Ail“, oi, oi, Tt'l, ten, Matt. 20: 24.
Mark 10. 41. al. Often put for any
specific number, Matt. 25: 1, 28. Luke
15:8. 19:13, 17, al. So Sept. and
H192, Am. 5; a. _ Rev. 2: 10 SAM“;
ilpepa'w Ee'xa, often days, i. e. for a short
time. So Sept. and “235.”: Dan. 1: 12.
1 Sam. 25: 38. AL.
Aembiw, twelve, Acts 19: 7. 24:: ll.
So Sept. for H7332 “an, Ex. 28: 21. "'2;
PF; 1 Chr. 15: lO.-— The more usual
form is 54:52:11, Buttm. § 70.
Asxmrév're, fiflecn, John ll: 18.
Acts 27: 28. Gal. 1. 18. Sept. for "1'31!
‘5??! Gen. 7: 20.—The
is wcvrcxlaibexa, Buttm. more
§ 70. usual form
Aexoiaroiuc, Eng, 1'), (86m, mihtg)
Decapolis, i. e. the ten cities, a region so
called embracing ten cities, all except.
ing Scythopolis lyin in the country
east of the Jordan. P iny and Ptolemy
agree as to eight, viz. Scythopolis, Hip.
pos, Gadara, Dion, Pella, Gerasa, Phila.
(lelphia, Canatha; to these Pliny adds
Damascus and Raphana; but Ptolemy
with more probability Capitolias; and
Josephus also excludes Damascus when
he calls Scythopolis the largest city of
the Decapolis. lin. H. N. 5. 19. Ptol.
Geo r. 5. l7. Jos. 13.]. 3. 9. 7.-— In
N. . Matt. 4. 25. Mark 5: 20. 72 31.
See Rosemn. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 11.
Reland. Palmst. p. 203.
165 Aévbgov
Asza'réo'aagsg, aw, 01, (1;, fmtl‘tflell,
Matt. 1: l7 ter. 2 Cor. l2: 2. Gal. 2:
1. Comp. Bnttm. § 70.
Asxoi'rn, HQ, i), (Sims-cg) sc. poipa,
a tenth part, tithe, sc. of spoils, Heb. 7:
2, 4; comp. Gen. 14: 20, where Sept.
for "mg-Diod. Sic. 4.. 21. Xen. Anab.
5. 3. 4|, 13.—Spoken of the tithes which
by the Jewish law were to be paid both
from the produce of the earth and from
the increase of the flocks, etc. Heb. 7:
8, 9. See Lev. 27: 30, 81, 32, where
Sept. for ‘i223. Jahn § 390. — Ecclus.
32; 9. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 3.
Aézwrog, r;, or, ordin. the tenth,
John 1: 40. Rev. 11:13. Hence r5
Be’xarov, the tenth part, tithe, Rev. 21: 20.
So Sept. for "92,’! Lev. 27: 32. "T?!
5:11. Ez. 45:11. '
AEZtZTOIW, 5, f. time), (aemirq) I0
tithe, trans. i. e. to receive tithes from,
Heb. 7: 6, i. q. Bemirag hapgévew, in v.
9. Pass. to be tithed, i. e. to pay tithes,
Heb. 7: 9. Sept. for ‘5!’. Neh. 10: 38.—
Unknown to the classic writers, who
used Bexarn’uu, as Xen. An. 5. 3. 9. See
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677.
A6210}, 7'], 0,)‘, (zle'xoyat) accepted,
i. e. metaph. acceptable, approved: Luke
4: 24' 0133219 1rpo¢hn1g bin-6;‘ e'o'ri. Acts
10: 35. Phil. 4: 18. Sept. for 15:: Prov.
ll: 1. 14: 37. Is. 56: 7.—Ecclus. 2: 5.
32: 7. Hesych. bur-rag" ripen-69. -— By
im pl. favourable, propitious, spoken of a
time, i. e. a time of favour, Luke 4: 19.
2 Cor. 6: 2. Comp. Is. 49: 8, where
Sept. for 15!).
Aekeaicw, f. cicrw, (Ee'keap bait,) to
bait, to entrap, pp. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 4..
In N. T. metaph. to entice, beguile, trans.
James 1: 14.. 2 Pet. 2. 14, 19.-Phil.)
de Agric. p. 202, 5 yr‘; 1913;‘ ip'iovfig
Beheaotie‘w c'ihxuarat. .los. Ant. 8. 8. 4.
Herodian. 1. 12. ll.
Aivogov, 00,115, a tree, Matt. 3; 10
bis. 7: 17 bis, 18 bis, 19. 12: 33 ter.
21: 8. Mark ll: 8. Luke 3: 9 bis. 6:
43 bis, 44. 21: 29. Jude 12. Rev. 7:
1,3. 8: 7. 9: 14.—Matt. 13:32 and Luke
13: 19 'ylve'rai oe'vbpov v. eic 5év5pov,i.e.
(by Béwbpov, so. in size, comp. Mark 4:
32. — Mark B: 24 Bhs'mu rmig r’wOp. dig
3669a, I see men as trees, i. e. not (lis
 Aegmloigog 166 Aéo;
tinctly, larger than natural. Sept. for 1'06 9e05, Matt. 22: 44. 26: 64. Mark
‘(2 Gen. 18: 4|, 8.—Xen. Mem. 2. 4'. 7. 12:36. 14': 62. 16:19. Luke 20: 412.
22: 69. Acts 2: 34,. 7: 55, 56. Heb. l:
AeEmMZCog, ou, a, (35516;, Mpg!» 13; to sit or stand on the right of the
110),) lit. one who takes the right hand; Itlessiah or of God, i. e. to be next in
hence, prob. a guard, a body-guard;
rank and power, to have the highest
Suidas 'n'aptupirhaE. The word was un
seat of honour and distinction; comp.
known to classic writers, and was prob.
Ps. 22 7. 102: 1. 1K. 22:19. Jos.Ant.
the name of some kind of light-armed
8. l. 2. ib. 6. ll. 9.——-So be 525115)’ Twog
soldiers; Vulg. lancearii; Engl. spear {Tl/(ll, to be at one's right hand, i. e. to he
men. Acts 23: 23.—Theophyl. Simoc. one's helper, protector, Acts :2: 25, coll.
4.. l. Constant. Porph. Them. 1. 1. Ps. 16:8, where Sept. for 1*’?1; also
Comp. Wetstein N. T. in Ice.
Ps. 109: 31.
Aéglolg, 05, 69, right, as opp. to left,
Aéoymu, f. Eer’loopat, depon. Pass.
viz. aor. l £56161” with Mid. signif. Butlm.
a) with a subst. expressed, e. g. xu'p, § 136. 2; imperf. 3 pers. Ion. z’Bém-0,Luke
Matt. 5: 30. Luke 6:6. Acts 3: 7. Rev. 8:38. soJoblQzlG. Xen. H. G. s. 1. 6:
1: 16, 17. 13: 16. 1roig Rev. 10: 2. comp. Buttm. § 114' sub 56w. Lob. ad
6¢6ahpog Matt. 5: 29. 05¢ Luke 22: Phryn. p. 220.—t0 need, to want, Jos.
50. John 18: 10. ata'ytiw Matt. 5: 39. Ant. 5. 8. 3. Xen. Cyr. l. 4.. 1. In
11a 5:5“! ye'pn John 21: 6. b'1r)\a Til 5551.‘! N. T. to make known one's need, i. e. to
Kai dpwrrpa, arms for the right and left, ask, to beseech, to pray, etc.
i. e. of every kind, oiTensive and defer]. a) genr. absol. Rom. 1:10 Euiyevog,
sive, 2 Cor. 6: 7. So Sept. for ‘PE’: Gen. making request. 2 Cor. 5: 20.—Herodot.
48: 14.. Ex. 29; 22. 1 Sam. 11: 2. ":2", 5. 30.—Seq. gen. of pers. pp. Noam’
Ex. 29; 20. Lev. 14.: 14,16,17.--Xen. rwog xani 1:, see Buttm. § 132. 5. 2.
Anab. 1. 7. 1. Ag. 2. 9. Matt. 9: 38 8t Luke 10: 2. Luke 5: 12.
b) without a subst. expressed, viz. 8: 28, 38. 9: 38, 40. Acts 8: 34' 350,411;
(a) 1‘, 5:516, sc. Xeip, the right hand, aov,Ipraythee, 21: 39. 26:3. Gal. 4:12.
Matt. 6: 3. 27: 29. Rev. 1: 20. 2:1. 5: Sept. for ‘it’??? Deut. 3: 23. 8 K. 1: l3.
l, 7. Sept. for T‘??? Gen. 48: 18. Ex. Prov. 26: 25.—Jos. Ant. 2. l3. 5. Xen.
15: 12. al.—Xen. Eq. 7. 3. ib. 12. 6.— Cyr. l. 5. 15.—Seq. accus. of thing, or
Gal. 2: 9 3:51:31; Z'Ewxav e’luoi Kai B. infin. for accus. 2 Cor. 8: 4.. 10: 2. —
xowww'ag, they gave as the right hand of Act. Thom. 50 rou'rra Eeépefla a'ou.
fellowship, in confirmation of a promise, b) spoken of prayer to God in gene
agreement, etc.—1 Macc. 6: 58. 11:62. ral, EEo/i. 105 9:05, Acts 8: ‘22. 10: 2.
comp. Ezra 10: 19. Hz. 17: 18. Jos. 1rpdgrov Ku’ipiov, Acts 8: 24. absol. Luke
Ant. 18.9. 3. Xen.An. 1. 6. 6 m1 8:51.11’ 21: 36. 22: 32. Acts 4: 3]. l Thess.
E'Aafiov ml E'Buxa. —Put for the right 3: l0. Sept. Ee'olu. 'rm': Gem‘; for 1.55%‘:
hand or side in general, the right, Heb. Dan. 6: ll. 1rpoc rov K. for ‘535?; B‘?!
1: 3. 8: l. 12: 2. So Ti 5551:; or iv Is. 37:4, for vise-‘1 Job 8; 5. Ps. 30. 9.
5:511; r017 950:7, etc. Acts 2: 33. 5:31. —Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4| E'pxopa: we; 9:01);
Rom. 8: 34,. Eph. 1: 20. C01. 3:1. Heb. Esnc'o'pevog.
10: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 22. For the signifi
cation of the expressions, see below in Aéov, owog, rd, particip. impers.
Sep. and ‘PF: Ps. 16: 11.—Xen. An. 5. of 5:7, which see: necessary, proper ,
2. 241. Bc'ov e’a'n i. q. Be'i, must needs, e. g. from
r1‘: aEEté, sc. ‘us'pfl, the right parts, the circumstances or nature of the case,
i. e. the right, in general, e. g. in EeEuDv, 1 Pet. 1: 6.--Herodian. l. 5. 22.— Or
on the right, Matt. 27: 38. Mark 15:27. in accordance with what is right and
Luke 23: 33. Matt. 25: 33,341. Luke 1: proper, ought, Acts 19:36. riz Ee'ovra
11. iv 'roig Ecitoig Mark 16: 5. Sept. for 1 Tim. 5: 13.—Hesych. Sierra‘ 1rpé
‘P212 Gen. 48: 13. Ex. 14:22,29.—-Di0d. ‘n'ov'ra. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 22.
Sic. l. 47. Xen. An. 1. 8. 41.—So ratifi Aéog, Béoug, To‘, fear, Heb. 12. 28.
a'fhu v. z'trrrlxc'vai it: 5:15:01’ rm") Xpwrm'l, in some Mss. for aiaoflgn—Q Macc. 3:
Matt. 20:21, 23. Mark 10:37, 40. or l7. Xen. Lac. 2. 3. l5.
 AegQoaTo; 167 Aecvro'rng
Aéa'flllog, ‘IOU, 6, (5501460,) one
AegGmg, 00, a, belangingto Derbe,
Acts 20: 4. bound, a prisoner, captive, Matt. 27. 15,
16. Mark 15:6. Acts 16: 25, 27. 23:
Aéfcfl, fig, 1], a city of Lycaonia in
Asia Minor, situated within the confines 18. 25:14, 27. 28: 16, 17. Heb. 13:3.
80 55071409 roi': Xpw'ToiJ, Kvplou, e'v Kvpip,
of Isauria. Acts 14.: 6, 20. 16: 1.
spoken of Paul, a prisoner, in con ne.
Aégpua, 0:10;, 1-6, (859a,) a skin, men!for the sake of Jesus, i. e. because
so. of an animal, Heb. 11:37. Sept. of his profession of the religion of Jesus.
for “is Lcv. 13: 48. —-Polyb. 7. 1. 3. Eph. 3: 1. 4:1. 2 Tim. 1:8. Philem.
Xen. Anab. 1. 2. B. 1, 9. [Hel). 10: 34.] Sept. for “"Plfi Zech.
Aegpuoi'rnog, 17, or, made of skin, 9. 11, 1-2. we E00. 4: 14..-Wisd. 17;
leathem, Matt. 3: 4. Mark 1: 6. Sept. 2. 2 Macc. 14: 27, 33. Anth. Gr. I. p.
for ""3 2 K. 1:8 where see, and also 20. ed. Jae.
Zech. 13:4.—Jos. Ant. 9. 2. l. Strabo Asa/1.6;, 05, a, (5.6,) band, bond,
16. p. 1124'. C. ligament, viz.
Aégw, 1'. 8:96, aor. l E’Eupa, aor. 2 a) Sing. spoken of a ligament by
pass. ifiépm', f. 2 pass. Supr'paopm, to which some member of the body is
skin, tofiay, Sept. for Y4"??? 2 Chr. 29: impeded; e. . the tongue, Mark 7: 35.
34. Horn. 11. 1. 459.—In N. T. to the limbs, iuke 13: 16, coll. v. 11.
beat, to scourge, pp. so as to take off the Sept. pp. for ‘W5 Judg. 15: 13. Chald.
skin; seq. accus. Matt. 21:35. Mark flag‘, Dan. 4.: 12. —pp. Herodian. 8. 4-.
12:3, 5. Luke 20:10, 11. Acts 16: 37. 11. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. '24.
22. 19. John 18: 23 T1 p: Be'pug; i. q. b) Plur. oi 8mm, and Attic 1.‘. 8e
E51“: poi-Indira in v. 22. 2 Cor. 11:20 a/u'r, (Buttm. § 56. 6,) bonds, imprison
5k; 'n'po'o'wwov Es’pu, i. 6. treats with con ment, viz. (a) 01520’ i, Phil. 1: 13, and
turnely. With
63. Acts 5: accus. impl.
40.—Aquila Luke
for “EVE? 22:
Prov. prob. elsewhere in t e writings of Paul,
etc. Phil. 1: 7, 14, 16. Col. 4: 18. 2
10: 8. Aristoph. Ran. 619. [632.] Diog. Tim. 2; 9. Philem. 10,13 51/ 1'. Eco'poig
Laert. 7. 23. —— Pass. Supfiawfie, Mark rm? n'm'y-ysMov, in bonds for the gospel's
sake. Heb. ll: 36. [10: 34.] Jude 6.
13: 9. c. c. accus. of manner, 1roMc'tg v.
dMyag sc. 'n-Aq-yég, Luke 12:47, 48; Sept. Beo'poi for ‘W915 Judg. 15: 14.
comp. Buttm. § 131. 4'. § 1341. 7, and “9.5" Job 39: 5. Ps. 2: 3. Jet. 27:1.—
n. 2; so Xen. Anab. 5. 8. 12 rm'rro pe‘v Plato Crit. § riz 550116. in Luke's
r'rve’xpa-yov mil/‘reg dig riM-yag walnut’. writings, Luke 8: 29. Acts 16: 26. 20:
Dem. 403. 4.. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 6. 1 1. 23. '22: 30. 23229. 26:29,31.—-3Macc.
l3.-—For dc'pa Bépew, 1 Cor. 9: 26, see 6: 27. Lucian. D. Deor. 15. 3. Plato
in 'Ar'lp. Euthyphr. 10. — Moeris p. 127, 5:01:12,
AMY/151,10, 1'. show, (35:71:69,) to bind, owe-replay, 'Arrmig‘ Ew‘uol, i’lpo'zmubg,
trans. 'Ehhqmxu'ig. Thom. Mag. p. 204:.
a) as a prisoner, with cords, chains, Aso'powékafi, 0:20;, 6, (Ewpdg,
etc. Acts 22:4,. Sept. for ‘12$ Judg. an'lhaE t'r. ‘tn/Miami”) a prison-keeper,
16: 11.-Xen. Hiero 6. 14. Acts 16: 23, 27,36.-—J0s. Ant. 2. 5. 1.
b) to bind togetber,as a bale or bundle; —Sept. cipxtfimpmpl'ihai for "Db? 1'“?! ‘t?
e. g. ¢oprln., Matt. 23: 4|, metaph. for
Gen. 39: 21, 22, 23.
the burdensome precepts of the Phari
sees-So of sheaves, Sept. for 5'2“. Gen. Asapw'n'ygmv, {00, rd, (Ewyom)
37: 7. Judith S: 3. a prison, Matt. 11:2. Acts 5: 21, 23.
16: 26. Sept. for “P35 ""3 Gen. 40: 3.—
Aid'fbétd, 5, f. flaw, (Bed/Jog) to Plut. de Ed. pueror. 14. Herodot. 3. 23.
bind, so. with chains, etc. i. q. sinful/)0),
Luke 8: 29. — Anthol. Gr. II. p. 207. Aso'fm’myg, 00, 6, (Bwpéog a
Comp. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. prisoner, Acts 27: 1, 42. i. q. Be'a'fuog in
28: 16. Sept. for ‘We Gen. 39: 20.-
p. 676. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1. Herodot. 3. 14:3. Dem.
Aso'pni, 57;, 1'), (560),) a bundle,
764:. 20.
sheaf, Matt. 13: 30. Sept. for #136: Ex. I I

12: 22.—-Dion, Hal. Ant. 3. 61. Aeo'vra'rng, ov, a, a master, VIZ.

 A5550 168 45557250;
a) as opposed to a servant, the head second day,- Acts 28: 13 dsurtpaioi 17h
ofafiimilg,paterfamilias, 1 Tim. 6: l, 2. Bopew. See Buttm. § 123. n. 3.—Jos.
2 Tim. 2: 21. Tit. 2: 9. 1 Pet. 2: 18.— Ant. 1. 10. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 2.
Wisd. 18:11. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 4. Xen. Aevrzgo'rrgmog, ou, ,3, ,3, adj, pp,
Cyr. l. 1. l.
the secondfirst, found only 111 Luke 6: 1,
b) by impl. as denoting supreme au
thority, Lord.- spoken of God, Luke 2:
o'c'iggarov rd Eeurcpérrpwrov, i. e. prob.
the sccondfirst Sabbath, as a sort of pro.
29. Acts 4: 24. Rev. 6: 10 of Christ,
2 Pet. 2: 1. Jude 4. Sept. for 1515 Is. per name for the first Sabbath after the
1: 24.. an‘, Gen. 15: 2,8. W55 Job 5: festival of unleavened bread connected
8. sin‘; Prov. ~29; 26.—Jos. Ant. 1.3.1. with the passover. The paschal lamb
was to be killed and eaten on the eve
of kings and emperors, Herodian. 1.6. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18. of (preceding) the 14th day of Nisan,
Lev. 23: 5; on the 15th was the first
A5550, adv. here, hither, i. e. to this day of the festival of unleavened bread,
place or time, viz. a day of rest or Sabbath, Lev. 23: 6, 7,
a) of place, here, hither, pp. Jos. Ant. and, when coinciding with the weekly
2. 6. 3 innit; Eeirpo fihtiopu. Xen. An. Sabbath, called pe-yéhq r‘uiz'pa roi: aug
7. 6. 9. In N. I‘. as an exclamation or gdrov, a great Sabbath or high festival,
sort of imperative, here! i. e. come! John 19: 31; on the morrow of this Sab.
come hither! and having a plur. Bsfrrs, bath, or the 16th of Nisan, the sheaf of
which see in its place; Buttm. § 115. n. the first-fruits was to be presented, Lev.
8. So John 11: 43 dciipo EEw, comeforth! 23: 10, 11; and from this day,the 16th,
Acts 7: 3 Beirpo sic 7171'. Sept. for 1% were to be counted seven full weeks to
1 K. 1: 53. 2 K. 9: 1.——Aristoph. I’ac. the day of Pentecost, Lev. 23: 15, 16.
1329.-—VVith an imper. 5:690, (‘mohair The Sabbath of the first 01' these weeks
Hu poi, Matt. 19:21. Mark 10: 21. was probably the mifigarov dsvrspéarpu
Luke 18: 22. So Sept. and ‘#1 2 Sam. rov, being thefirst of the seven, but the
13. 11. :15. Judg. 9; 10,12. 2 K. 5: 5. second in respect to the first day or Sab.
-—-With a fut. indic. Acts 7: 34 Kill vim bath of unleavened bread. So Scaliger
def/pa, draw-rehab as sic A'i-y. Rev. 17: 1. and most intcrprete rs.—Others translate,
21:9. So Sept. and 11?. 1 Sam. 16: 1. the first of two Sabbaths, and refer it to a
Judg. 19:11,13. —Hom. Ii. 23. 485. time when two Sabbatical days would
Luc. Vitar. Auct. § 15. immediately succeed each other; e. g.
b) of time, it 1 ran? deiipo sc. xpo'vou, when the first or last day of unleavened
unto this time, )igom. 1:13._So pe'xp: bread (Lev. 23: 7, 8) fell on the day be
3:590 Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. Plut. Vit. fore the weekly Sabbath, the former
Pomp. 24. would then he a at'lggurov fieorepérrpu
rov. So Olshausen in 100. v
A8575, adv. pp. 526p’ ‘iris, Buttm.
§ 115. n. 8, used as plur. of 5517510 q. v. Aez'rrsgog, a, or, 0rd. adj. second,
here .' i. e. come! come hither! spoken e. g. in number, Matt. 22:26. John 4:
to several; 8. g. dei'lre rig, come to, Matt. 54. Tit. 3: 10. in order, Matt. 22: 39.
22:4. Mark 6:31. deli-re 1rptig, come Acts 13:33. 1 Cor. 15:47, comp. in
to, Matt. 11: 28. def/re drive: you, come ’A3cip. Rev. 4: 7. in place Acts 12: 10.
after, follow me, Matt. 4. 19. Mark 1: Heb. 9: 3. in time, Acts 7: 13 iv r1‘?
17. So Sept. for was 1:5, 2 K. 6: 19. devre'pg: so. xpdvqn—Neut. adverbially,
—-\‘Vith an imper. e. g. dei'irz, t'trrom'ei rd Sam-spoil, the second time, again, 2
vwpev abrov, Matt. 21: 38. Mark 12: 7. Cor. 13: 2. Jude 5. Sept. for "$15.
Luke 20: 14. S0 Sept. and “>7: Gen. Gen. 41: 5. Lev. 13: 5.—]Esop. Fab. 5.
37: 19. So 5217:’: idere Matt. 28:6. John —So without the art. Erin-spay, either
4129. Sept. and 1:2 2 K. 7; 14.. P5. the second time, again, John 3: 4. Rev.
66: 5. Also Matt. 25:34. John 21: 12. 19: 3. and with mihw, John 21: 16. or
Rev. 19: 17.—Wisd. 2: 6. secondly, 1 Cor. 12: 28. Sept. for ""2?
N I s k I
Gen. 22: 15. Jer. 33: 1.~—Xen. An. 1.
Aeu'regauog, oust, may, (MUTEPOL) 8. 16. Cyri 4. 6. 11.—So in deuripov,
an adj. marking succession of days and the second time, again, Mark 14. 72.
used only in an adverbial sense, on the John 9: 24. Acts 11:9. Heb. 9: 28.
 Aixofuu
with 161w Matt. 26:42. Acts 10: 15.
Sept. for I”??? Josh. 5: 2. Jer. l: 13. An.
Aezonm, f. 5.4m, depon. Mid.
Buttm. § 113. 3; pert. be'Eeypat Acts 8:
14 with Mid. signit'. Buttm. § 136. 3;
to take, sc. to one's self what is presented
or brought by another, to receive, trans.
8.) pp. of things, etc. (a) to take, to
receive, sc. into one's hands, etc. Luke
2: 28 e'Be'Earo aim‘) :1; rar; t'z'yxr'thm; abroi,
i. e. from his parents. 16:6, 7, 555a:
o'ov rt‘: ypt'ilupa, take tby note, sc. back
from me. 22: 1'! BeEcipevog 1rorr’yptov,
sc. from an attendant. Eph. 6: 17.
Sept. for 51.1.2 2 Chr. 29; 16, 22.-Hom.
ll. 5. 227 ,u'w'n'ya ml i'w'm—(fl) genr.
to receive, to accept, e. g. hrw-rokc’tg Acts
22: 5. 28: 21 rfiv Xc'ipw, i. e. the collec
tion, 2 Cor.8: 4. rd. nap’ {I'm-"w Phil.
4: 18. Sept. for "P1? Gen. 33: 10. Ex.
29: 25. 32: 4.-—1 Macc. 15:20, 27.
Plut. Them. 28. Ken. Cyr. 1.4. 10.
lb. 1. 5. 5.——('y) Metaph. 'rr)v ,Batnheiay
r06 6e06, Mark 10: 15. Luke 18: 17.
Xbyta {a'wra Acts 7: 38. xc'tpu/ 2 Cor.
6: 1. Sept. for Jer. 9:20. 17:23.
So of what is received by the ear, to
hear of, to learn, as n‘; ebay-yz'Awv 2 Cor.
4.—Herodian. l- 4. 20 I‘l'f'YtAidV.
b) of persons, etc. to receive, to admit,
viz. (a) of persons, to receive kindly, to
welcome, as a teacher, friend, guest,
etc. e. g. a’; row olxov Luke 16:4, 9.—
Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 26 at‘; oixlav. Xen.
An. 5. 5. 20.—So genr. Matt. 10: 14,40
quater,4l bis. 18:5 bis. Mark 6: 11.
9: 37 quatcr. Luke 9: 5, 48 quater, 53.
1028,10. J011n4: 45. Acts 21: 17 [t
ope'wm; iae'Eavi-o iypfig. 2 CO!‘- 7: 15. Gal.
4: 14. Col.4: 10. lleb. 11:31.—Hero
dian. 7. 5. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 8. 23. ib. 5.
6. 2.—-So of being received into heaven,
Acts 7:59. So Acts 3: 21 by 5:? obpa
you 56Ea06ac. In the sense of to admit,
sc. to one's presence, to the house where
one is, etc. rm); bxhovg, Luke 9: 11.
Hence by impl. to bear with, 2 Cor. ll:
16 :59 (itppova EéEaa'Bé pe—(fl) Metaph.
of things, to receive, to admit, so. with
the mind and heart, i. e. by impl. to
approve, to embrace, to follow, absol.
Matt. 11: 14. T61! Mi'yov, Luke 8: 13.
ActsB: 14. 11:1. 17:11. lThess. 1:
6. 2: 13. James 1: 21. ‘rd r017 ‘mm’:
pa-rog, 1 Cor. 2: l4. wapdxknmv 2 Cor.
8:17. 'n‘lv ayc'unyv rfig ahyfleiagfl Thess.
169 Ae'w
2:10. So Sept. for or]: PM. 10:9.
Zeph. 3: 7.—Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 4. Flint.
Them. 12. Thuc. 4. 16.
I. Aw, to want, see Ad and Ae’opat.
II. Aid), 1'. Efiaw, aor. 1. 15mm,
perl'. Ee'BeA-a, perf. pass. Ec'Bepm, comp.
Buttm. § 95. n. 4; to bind, trans.
a) of things, etc. to bind together or to
any thing, to bind around, to fizsten.
Matt. 13: 30 Moore ain't‘; eig- Ee'npac.
Acts 10: 11. Matt. 21:2 buoy bebepe'wp'.
Mark 11: 2, 4. Luke 19:30. Sept. for
"232 Josh. 2:21. PW Judg. l5. 4.—
Xen. An. 3. 5. 10. ib. 5. 8. 24.—
Spoken of dead bodies which are bound
or wound around with graveclothes;
John 11:44 Eebe'ue'voc ‘mi/c To'dag RE‘
pt'atg. 19: 40 35110111’ abro e'v 66014019.—
Here belong also Matt. 16: 19 bis, and
18: 18 bis, 8 to.’ Map; i-rrt rr'ic 'yfig, Zora:
debe'uc'vov c'v r075‘ obpavo‘ig, x. 1'. X. where
the kingdom or church of Christ is com
pared to an edifice of which the apostles
have the keys; Matt. 16:19, coll. Is.
22: 22. Rev. 3: 7; and according as
they shut or open the door to any one on
earth, so shall it be also in heaven, i. e.
whomsoever they exclude or admit on
earth, he shall as a general rule be ex
cluded or admitted in heaven. The al
lusion here is to the ancient manner of
binding together the doors of houses
with a chain, etc. to which a padlock
was sometimes suspended; comp. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 521. Others here trans
late, to inter-dict, to prohibit, i. e. to e:
cIude, like Chald. ‘95 Dan. 6:8,9,14,16.
b) of persons, to bind, sc. the hands,
feet, etc. to put in bonds, i. e. to deprive
of liberty; e. g. t‘flu'mwt, Mark 5: 3, 4.
Acts 12:6. 21; 33. -- Wisd. 17:18.
comp. Sept. 2 Chr. 36: 6. c. c. Ev ‘run
Sept. Judg. 16:7, 8. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8.
—So genr. Be'w rmi, Matt. 12: 29. 14: 3.
22: 13 Efioavreg airrm'l mibag. 27: 2.
Mark 3:27. 6: 17 E'Ena'ev airrriv a'v
¢v)\axi}, i. e. had cast him bound into
prison. 15:1. John 18:12. Acts 9:14.
21:11 bis. 22:29. Rev. 20: 2. Pass.
bio/tat, to be bound, to be in bonds, in
prison, etc. Mark 15:7. John 18:24.
Acts 9: 2,21. 21:13. 22: 5. 24: 27.
C01. 4: 3. Rev. 9:14. Sept. for ‘Q15 Gen.
42: 25. 2 Sam. 3:34. 2 K. 17:4.
Pass. for '1‘?! ls. 42: 7.—Xen. Cyr. l.
4. l3. Mem. 1. 2. 49.—Twp. Luke 13:
 A1?
16 fill 5511001 b oa-ravég, whom Satan
hath bound, i. e. deprived of the use of
her limbs, etc. see v. 11; Satan being
here represented as the author of phy
sical evil, see in Aaipémov. 2 Tim. 2:
9, dXX b Xbyog rm’; 9:017 01'; Eider-at, i. e.
the preaching of the word is not hindered,
restrained, because I am in bonds.
0) perf. pass. 565mm, to be bound,
metaph. $11) spoken of the conjugal
houd, seq. at. to be bound to any one,
Rom-7:2. 1 Cor. 7: 27,39.—Jamblich.
Vit. Pythag. 11. 56 xaAc'aat Tr)!’ ,ue‘v
ii'yapov, Kbpnv' rr‘lv be‘ 1rpdg dudpa 5:5:
Iue'wpl, vbpgbnm—(B) Acts 20: 22 beds
,uc'vog r97 uni/nan, bound in spirit, i. e.
impelled in mind, compelled; comp.
18: 5.—Comp. Xen. 5. 1. 12 EEEEFIII’OUQ
iaxupore'pa Tull. dud-yup. Pind. Pyth.3.96.
A7,], a particle which gives to a sen
tence an expression of certainty or real
ity, in opposition to mere opinion or
conjecture, and thus serves to increase
the vivacity of discourse; indeed, then,
now, etc. See Buttm. § 14.9. 2. p. l1.31.
Viger. p. 495, 501, et ibi Herm. p. 829.
a) indeed, i. e. trulg, really, quippe,
Matt. 13: 23 i) 5!‘! Kapvrotpopzi. — Sept.
Job 15: 17 ii El] Ea'ipaxa, dva'y'yzAd'r 60t
Xen. Mem. 2. l. 21 51119 5:) ml irks!
aTou; e'nibdxrvraL—In the sense of doubt
less, 2 Cor. l2: 1 KGUXaUBGL 5') 0b
o'vlutps'pu poo—Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 5.
Xen. (E0. 1. 14..
b) in an incentive or hortative sense,
now, then, come now, etc. Luke 2: 15
Eir'hfiwpzv 5!‘! Ewe Bqflhee'lu, let us go now
to Bethlehem. Acts 13: 2. 15: 36. 1 Cor.
6: 20 doEéaa-rs 6,‘, Thu 956v, glorify then
God—Sept. Gen. 18: 4| Aqtpfillrw 51‘,
5510p for Heb. 82. Judith 13: 11. He
rodian. l. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 10.—
For Elinor: and 51'prov,see in their order.
Allbog, 7], 0V, plain, evident, mani
fest, Matt. 26: 73. So bfihov sc. law’, it
is evident, 1 Cor. 15: 27. Gal. 3:11.
1 Tim. 6: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 30. ib. 8.
1. 37.
AnNiw, (5, f. diam, (dfilwg) to make
manifest, to make known, trans. and spoken
a) of things past, to tell, to relate,
I Cor. 1: 1]. Col. 1: 8. Sept. for 2"?"
Esth. 2: 22.—2 Macc. 2:24. Xen. Anal).
2. 1. 1.
b) of things future or hidden, to re
170 AflVOlflOP
veal, to show, to bring to light, 1 Cor. 3:
13. Heb. 9:8. 1 Pet. 1:11. 2 Pet. 1:
14.. Sept. for my}; 1 Sam. 3; 21. we
Ex. 6: 3. Dan. 4: 15.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1.
12. Ken. Cyr. 1. 41.26.
c) of words, to imply, to signify, Heb.
12: 27 ‘rd 5:‘, En ('i-rraE, bryko‘L—Jos. Ant.
3. 7. 1 rbv Mavaxaar‘lv Xe-ybpzvov' fiat’:
Acral 5:‘ o'vvalrrfipa ps‘v 5177\0611.
Anpoolg, 0?, a, Demas, a man who
was for a time associated with Paul, but
afterwards deserted him at Rome. Col.
4: l4. Philem. 24. 2 Tim. 4.: 10.
Anw'yogéw, w, t 17w, (fifiiwc.
byope’m) to address a public assembly, to
barangue, seq. 1rpdg cum accus. Acts 12:
21. Sept. for “22'? Neh. 8: 4..—-Jos. Ant.
8.8. 4. Ken. Mem. 3. 6. 1.
Anur'yq'glog, 00, 6, Demetrius.
l. a silversmith at Ephesus, Acts 19:
24, as.
2. a Christian mentioned with com
mendation, 3 John 12.
Anlulioug'yog, 05, a, (poet. 51”“
oepyde, fr. Efipog and E'p'yom) one who
works or acts for the public, Hom. 0d.
17. 383. Hence genr. and in N. T. an
artist or artg'fl'eer, maker, author, Heb. 1 1 :
10.—2 Macc. 4: l. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. ll.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4|. 7, 9.
Afiuog, 00, 5, the people, populus,
Acts 12: 22. 19:33. So do rdv Efi‘uov,
t0 the people sc. assembled in the forum,
Acts 17'. 5. 19: 30.—JOB. Ant. 3. 9.1.
Xen. H. G. l. 7. 2. -
Aflfbw’l’fif, adv. (pp. dat. fem. of
brlpomog) publicly, in public, i. e. iv 81;.
Foo-la Xliipq, Acts 16:37. 18:28- 20:20.
—.los. Ant. 3. 2. 4’. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 5.
A77[h60'10;,[¢, or, (55,109.) public,
i. e. belonging to the public, for public use,
Acts 5: 18. — Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 4.. Xen.
Mem. 3.11.16.
A'II'OZQIOV, 1'0", n5, a word adopted
into the Greek from the Lat. denan‘us,
a Roman coin equal at first (as its name
imports) to ten asses, and afterwards, to
twelve and even sixteen. It was reck
oned of the same value as the Greek
dpaxin’], and equivalent to about 7._'.penc.e,
according to the usual estimate; see in
'Apybplov c, and Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
493, 495. — Matt. 18: ‘28. 2012,9, 10,
13. 22:19. Mark 6:37. 12:15. 14: 5.
 Aiqro'rs
Luke 7: 41. 10:35. 20' 24. John 6: 7.
12: 5. Rev. 6: 6 bis.
Aha'o'rz, adv. (3i, and #611,) in fine,
in short, subjoined to relative words to
strengthen the idea of generalit and
comprehensiveness. John 5: 4 4:1 {pro-re
—vom'],uan. See Buttm. §80. n. 1.§
116.9. Vigor. p.500.—Xen. Cyr.3. 2. 26.
Arjmu, adv. (2;, and 10.2,) indeed,
trulgmerilg, Heb. 2: 16. Buttm.§ 149. p.
432. Viger. p. 499.—-Xen. Cyr. l. 5. l2.
Ala’, prep. with the primary signif.
through, throughout, governing the gen.
and accus. See Passow's Lex. Winer
Gr. § 51. i. § 53. c. Tittmann in Bib].
Repos. I. p. 170 sq.
I. With the genitive, through, etc.
spoken
1. Of place,implying motion through
a place, and put after verbs of motion,
e. g. of going. coming, etc. as ('waxwpcb',
Matt. 2: 12 51' 6M1"; 650:7 zivexéprloav.
so with Emfialvew, Heb. 11:29. 51a
ropel'lcoem, Luke 6: 1 hlc’pxwttm, Matt.
12: 43. 19: '24. eioe'px. 7: l3bis. John
10: 1, 9. Emropn'iwflai Matt. 4: 4. Zpxe.
00a: Mark 10: l. TGPG'II'OPEI’IEGBO! Mark
2: 23. 9: 30. wape'px. Matt. 8: 28.
inroo-rpz'rpsw Acts 20: 3.—Di0d. Sic. 20.
11 1. Xen. Hiero 2. 8.—-——So 51' 51,46»!
(im'pxwflat or 545M351’, i. e. through your
city, Rom. 15:28. 2 Cor. 1: 16.—Xen.
An. 4. 8. 1.—With many other verbs
implying motion,2 C0r.8: 18 oh h'e'rrawoc
Eu‘: wao'o‘w 113v ixxhgmfiy sc. EHI'YYE'AETGL
So after fihz'nnv 1 Cor. 13: 12. 5H1¢é
pew Mark 11: 16. Acts 13: 49. Kaeu'vm
Luke 5: 19. Xakiw 2 Cor. 11:33. the
Eu‘: was; sc. auflfivm, saved a: if through
fire, i. e. as if passing through fire, 1 Cor.
3:15. See in 116p b.—Palzeph. Fab. l3.
mien/air Jos. Ant. 5. l. ‘2. ii'yuv Xen. An.
4. 5. 36. z'haz'wuy ib. 7. 3. 43. 1rpoé'ysw
Polyb. 3. 77. 1.
2 ()f time, viz. a) continued time,
time how long, through, throughout,
during ,- Acts 1: 3 51' hpepd'w rwo'upc't
xov-ra, duringjbrty days. Heb. 2: 15 at‘.
raw-61; r05 air, during their whole hfe.
So Eu‘: raw-69 or Bcmrav'rlig adverbially,
see in Aiavrarrée—Xen. Mem. 1. 2.61
Eli: warn); r017 [31m]. Cyr. 2. l. 19.—
Luke 5: 5 EL. 5km; rr'pr; rum-6;‘, during the
whole night, i. 0. all night. Acts 23: 31.
—-('harit. 1. 5. Xen. An. 4.6. 22. Polyb.
171 Ami
37. 3. 3 5:81 r'yps’pag.—Spoken of time
when, i. e. of an indefinite time, during a
longer interval, viz. Eu‘: rfig vwcrég, dur
ing the night, i. e. at some time of the
night, by night; Acts 5: 19 5a‘: riig v.
I7YOIEE riig sl'lpag rfig (pvhum'yg. 16: 9. 17:
10.—Palaeph. 1 xara/iaivovreg Eu‘: yvxroe
:19 rd 1rz'5m.
b) of time elapsed, afler, e. g. Acts
24: 17 5:‘En3v 1r)\u6vwv,aftn'many years,
i. e. many years being through, elapsed.
Gal. 2: 1 5:1‘: Ecxarcoodpwv c'ra'w. Mark
2: l 5:’ hyepa'w sc. nvdw. See Winer §
51. i. p. 326. So Sept. for ‘1’??? Dent. 9:
11. 15: 1.'—-Diod. Sic. 5. 28. Herodot.
l. 62. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 28 5a‘! xpdyov.
3. Of the instrument or intermediate
cause; that which intervenes between
the act of the will and the effect, and
through which the efl'ect proceeds;
through, by, by means of, etc. see Winer
§ 51. 1. Spoken
a) of things, through, by, by means of,
etc. Mark 16: 20 rbv hd'yov Bsfiawivrog
5:31. rmfm'wy. John 11:4. 17'. 20. Acts
3: 18, 21, El 1rpoxarr'I-yyuhs Bid oro'pa-roq
'rfiw 1rpo¢nn3m 5: 12 511': 113v xnpiw ru'n/
('uroorohwv i-yivero mypzia. 8: 18. 10:
43 3a‘: r017 oilopa-rog airrm'), i. 6. through
a profession of faith in his name etc.
11:30. 15:32. 19:26. 20:28 51h 1'01?
ai'pa-rog, through the intervention of his
blood. Rom. 3: 20 5:81 who... 3: 27. 5:
10. 8: 3. 1 Cor. 3:5. 4:15. 2 Cor. 1:
4. 10:9. Gal. 2: 16. 3 John 13. a1.
saapiss—Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Xen. Hiero
1. l4. ib. Mag. Eq. 4. 9.—-In the sense
by virtue of, in consequence of, Rom. 12:
3 hiya: 5161 T17; Xcipi-rog rfig Eoflu'tmc F01
Gal. 1: 15. Philem. 22.—Xen. An. 3.2.
8. — In obtestations and exhortations,
through, Rom. 12: l wagon-aha": i/pc'ig 5n‘:
'ru'av olxnppa'w 1'05 9:017. 15: 30. 1 Cor.
1:10. 2 Cor. 10: 1.
b) of persons through whose hands any
thing as it were passes, through or by
whose agency, ministry etc. an elTect
takes place or is produced, the eflicient
cause; Matt. 1: 22 Th finOEVI'm-o r017 Kvplou
5154 1'01? 1rpo¢hrom 2: 5,15,23. Luke 18:
31. John 1:17. Acts 2:22 agpzia ('1 firm’
rloevhfieoc 51' ui/rofi. 2:43. 4:16. 12:9.
Rom. 2:16. 5: 5. 1 Cor. 2:10. 8:6.
Heb.l:2,3. SoRom.l:5. 5:1. 1 Cor.
ll: 12 6 6w)‘: Eu‘: ‘rile 'yvvaixhc. Gal. 1:
1. 2 Tim. 2: 2. Heb. 2:2. 7:9. So
 Aw.’ 172 Ami
through the fault of, etc. Matt. 18:7. itself, i. e. in and of‘ its own nature.
26: 24. Rom. 5: 12,16,19. 1 Cor. 15; 2 Cut. 5: 7 5n‘: m'o'rewg wepmarofipzv,
21. al. Sept. for ‘E3, 2 Chr. 29: 5. 01': 54c‘; e'iboug, we walk by faith, not by
Esth. 1: 15. Is. 37: 24..—]Eschyl. Sept. sight, i. e. we are Christians through
c. Theb. 219. [233.] Xen. H. G. 7. a. 2. and in a state of faith in Christ, not of
(E0. 21.11. Eq.2.3.-—In this construction sight or of personal intercourse with
340’; may also refer to the author or first him. 1 John 5:6 obro'g e'o'ny h EH38”!
cause, when the author does any thing 54' fibarog Kai ai'parog,he came by, through,
through himself instead of another; e. g. water and blood, i. e. who received bap
so of God, Rom. ll: 36 51': it,’ ail-rob, xai tism and suffered death, whose baptism
5:’ abroii, Kai rig cu'n'bv rt‘: mirra. Heb. and death were testimonials of his
2: 10. lC0r. 1: 9 b Gaby, bi'oi'l M17611". mission. Heb. 9: 12 5a‘: roa': iblou
also of Christ, Col. 1: 16 {in s'v aim‘? u'iluarog ciafihflw, through his own blood,
z'xrloltr; ‘rd 1rc’wra,—-r¢‘1 1rc'wra bi’ (ii/rm’; i. e. offering himself as sacrifice. —
Kai zip ain'bv glfl'ltfl'lll. John 1: 3.—Xen. Eurip. Phocn. 20, 1554.. Androm. 174.
Mem. 1. 2. 141 ‘rd: t'ivbpc ,Bouhopc'vw re —Rom. 2: 29 0:‘, Thu bu‘: ypriyparoc Kai
m'wra bi’ e'auniv 1rpc'rrrw6ai. C r. l. 7l'EPlT0fH7Q rqmgrirnv ['ysvépsvov]. 4: ll
1. It. Hiero 9. 3.—In obtestations and
'rd'w 1rwrtu6vrwv El. (ixpoguo'ri'ac [hi/raw],
exhortations, Rom. 15: 30 1rupcuca>u7 i. e. believers who are not circumcised.
{lyric 5131 1'01? Kupi'ou x. r. A. l Thess. 4.: 1 Col‘. 14: 19 )ui'yovg bid 1100'; you [bi/rag]
2. 2 Thess. 3: 12. hakfiam. 2 Cor. 2: 4 51d ‘noun?!’ bus-pillow
4. Of the mode, manner, state, cir E'ypatlau, i. e. weeping. 3: 11 bu‘: rfig
cumstances, through which any thing as 56511;‘ [s'ofl'], i. q. bzhoEno'ue'rov. 5: 10. G:
it were passes, i. e. takes place, is pro 7 bis. Phil. 1: 2O c'irc 5151 Zufig e'i'rs bid.
duced, etc. Saudi-av, i. e. whether I live or die. 2
a) of manner, where but with its gen. Thess. 2: 2 irrwrokr) 1.‘);- &’ ilpdw [oboe],
forms a periphrase for the correspond i. e. the f/Iuzre'pa. 2 Pet. 1: 3 701': rake’
ing adverb. Luke 8: 4. elm 51d raga em'rog thufig 54d bhfing Kai hpcrr'lg, through
fiohfig, lit. through a parable, i. e. by glory and virtue, i. e. the highest 565a
means of, with a parable, 1rupagohmu'ig. and hpen'; of God being thus conspicu
Acts 15: 27 Bid )ui'you, by word, i. e. ously exhibited. —— Symm. Ps. 55: 12 b
orally. Rom. 8: 25 et Heb. l2: 1 5L’ 51?: ,ulaovg pot, where Sept. 1'; him-"w.
inropovfig, through or with patience, i. e. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2 81' ei/i'oiag civui T‘; 95(‘5.
patiently. Rom. 14»: 20 ‘8:43: 1rpomcéppu ib. 6. 7. 4. IEschyl. Prom. 120 51’ (irre
mg, i. e. so as to give offence. 2 Cor. xftu’ag EABEIV, invisum esse. Eurip.
10:11. Gal. 5. i3. Eph.6:18. So Phoen. 395 5a‘: #6901; e’MteIv, desiderare.
John 19: 23 51' 5x01, throughout. Acts 1E]. V.I’I. 13.2 extltbiii ripfig E'Mtci'v, hono
15: 32 5a‘: Mi‘you rokkm'l, i. e. with many rari. LuciaiLMacrob. 22 o'u-y-ypaqmig 51d
words—Kilian. V. H. 1. B. Diod. Sic mahkafiv pathlllhrwv 'yevépevog. Xen.
11. 4.4. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 18. Mem. 2. 1. Anab. 2. 5.9 Elfl oxoroug eival i.q.axorewév.
20.— SO bu‘l [J’paxe'wv and bi‘ ohi'ywr, II. VVith the accusative, through, by,
brie/‘ti , Heb. 13: 22. 1 Pet. 5: 19. 5:11 by meam of,- more generally on account
mum 2 Cor. 1: 11.—Lucian. Toxar. of. etc. See Passow, Tittmann l. c.
56 bid flpaxz'wv. Thuc. 4.. 95. Winer Gr. § 53. c. Buttm. § 14.7. n. 2.
b) of the state, circumstances, emo Spoken
tions, etc. through, in, with which or on 1. Of the instrument, the intermedi
occasion of which any thing exists, is ate or ethcient cause, as in I. 3, above;
produced or done etc. the verbs rival, through, by, by means of, etc.
'yt'vzaflat, Zpxcoftai, and the like being a) spoken of things, John 15:3 blush;
usually expressed or implied. Rom. 15: maapoc' in: bid rbv Ao'yov x. 'r. X. Heb.
32 iva {M910 1rpbg ilpig 5rd SEN/‘name 5: 14 bu'z n‘1v 'c'Ew, through use. Rev. 12:
9:017. 1 Cor. 1:1. 2 Cor. 8:5. Gal. 1: l 1. 13:14 wkawi—ihh r11 (mush, deceives
15 Kai xahe'oag 54c‘: riig xdpu-og abroi. through, by means of, those miracles.—
2 C01‘. 8: 8 bid rfig e'rc'pmr o‘irovbiig, i. e. Diod. Sic. 1. 4|. ib. 3.8. Xen. Mem.
on occasion of, because of. Rom. 14.: 2. 7. l.-—So also Heb. 5:12 511‘: rov
11 m'lbc‘v Kowbv [Early] hi' aim-oft, through xpéruv, through the time spent, i. e. the
 Am’ 173 Acaza'lkw
time spent should have made you al Mark 6: 17 duh 'Hpusuisa rfil' 'yuvaixa
ready teachers. 2 Pet. 3: 12 rm‘; 6:05 (Dthimrov. 24: 22 5151 Toll; e'ultexrm'rg,
iI/u'pa 5:’ five. 1'. )1. theday of God, through, for the elects' sahe. Mark 2: 27. John
in consequence of which the heavens, etc. 11:15. A018 16. 3. R0171. 11:28. al.
— El. V. II. 3. 37 inrohrypol'nrnc 175" n seep. -— Xen. Ag. 2. 21.—-So Eu‘: roiiro,
airroic ual r119 ymbpqc Brit for Xpdvoy, for the sake of this, for this purpose.
i. e. through age. John 12: 27 51:‘: T0570 51160;’, for this
b) of persons, comp. I. 3. b, above. purpose I came. sc. to suffer death. 1
John 6: 57 bis, xii-yd: Z6 Eu‘: rr‘w nare'pa‘ Cor. 4: 17. With 7m, in order that,
xqixeivoc (hon-a: 54' ipé. Rom. 8: 11 21:1 John 1:31. l'fim 1:16. 6'1rwcllcb 9:15.
To e'volxoiv urn-qua. 8: 20. Heb. 6: 7 Et’ 0) as marking the occasion of any
oily. So Sept. 81’ 5pc’ for ‘11*? Is. 50: 11. thing, the occasional cause, that on oc
Plut. Mor. II. p. 25. ed. Tauchn. Xen. casion of} on account of, because of which
Mem. 3. 2. 3. ib. 3. 3. I5 3121 at’. any thing takes place. Matt. 27: 19
c) of emotions etc. through which, 1rohha i'mlfiov m1" b'yap 3:’ airro'v. John
from which, one is led to do any thing, 7: 43. 10: 19. Rom. 2: 4 n‘: 5.0,... rail
etc. Matt. 27: 18 et Mark 15: 10 51a 9601': 51' {lyric [37\(l04)7]/JEITGI iv roic
pttdmv. Luke 1: 78. Eph. 2: 4 51a 1'.-1r. E'Ovun. 15: 1551511711’ xtipw rr‘lv Eofleiar'w
dyo'urrlv. Phil. 1: 15.—Di0d. Sic. 1. 8 ‘um, i. e. because ot',by virtue of. 2 Pet.
2: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 10 54' Eye’.
(“no ¢o'@0y. Xcn. Lac. 4. 6 5161 Thu E’pw.
2. ()t' the ground or motive, the 3. Of the manner or state through, or
moving or impelling cause of any thing, during, which any thing takes place;
on account of, because of, propter, etc. comp. I. 4, above. Gal. 4: 13 o'iEm-s
a) gem. Matt. 10:22 FIO'OI'JPEI’OI Eu‘: de‘, (in 5:‘ (‘wail/emu rfig aapxdc n'm'y'yz
rd hro/Jci you. 13: 21 3M4“: 1'1 Fiery/trig Xu'nilunv {44711, through infirmity, i. e.
Eta rdv Xéyov. 13: 58. Mark 2:4 as. during bodily weakness—This sense of
rdv b'xlkov. Luke 8:47. John 4:39, 41. 516. is rare with the accus. and comes
12: 11. Acts 22: 24. 28:2. al.sa:piss.— from the general idea of duration; sov
Sept. Deut. 15: 10. Gen. 43: 18. Diod. Aristot. Mirab. Auscult. 68 54:‘: 16v Xu
Sic. 1. 7. Xen. An. 1. 9. 22 5"‘. noMtr’: 'ua‘n'a. See VViner Comm. in Gal. 1. c.
i. e. on many accounts. —- So before an Nona. In composition 5:6. mostly
infin. with the article :15, Luke 11: 8. retains its signification and refers: l. to
23: 8 5n‘: n‘. dxoi/ew 1ro)\)\c'r. Acts 18: 3 space and time, through, throughout,
51¢‘: rd hpdrexvov slum. Mark 5: 4 511': implying transition, continuance, etc.
as atagal'rw, Elan-helm, dia'yivopat, dui'yo).
rd ailrdv 1rohhrimc dzde'aecu. Acts 4: 2.
al. step—Sept. Deut. 1:36. Diod. Sic. also trop. through, to the end, marking
2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. Hiero 1.37. completeness, and thus becoming in
—-Also in phrases, e. g. Eu‘: TI; on what tensive,as dlaghe'rw, Era'ywdmxw. 2. to
account!’ wherefore? why? Matt. 9: 11. distribution, diffusion, etc. throughout,
Luke 5:30, 33. John 13:37. written among, every where, as Eta'yyt'hhw. 3. to
also Eran’, Matt. 13: 10. 15: 2. Mark 2: mutual or alternate effects or endeav
18. 7: 5. Luke 19: 23. John 7: 45. ours, through, between, mnong sc. one
Acts 5. 3. al. Sept. for 21*»; Ex. 2: 18. another, to and fro, as Etaxpivo at,
#52 Num. 11:11. are-Ea Deut. 29:23. Emluéxopat. 4. to separation, i. q. at.
—Xen. Mem. 3. ll. 17.—So Bu‘: roiiro, dis, in two, in pieces, rqzart, etc. Buttm.
on this account, for this cause or reason, § 147. n. 9 ; as Ztatpe'w, awhile), sloppy]
therefore; Matt. 6: 25. Mark 6: 14. yvupt. Comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos.
Acts 2:26. Rom. 1:26. 2 Cor. 4: 1. III. p. 50. An.
Rev. 18:_8. al. step. Sept. for 1": Is. Amgm'm, f. fifiao/Jat, to pass
49; 4.. ‘.22 Mic. a: 12.—Palmph. 33. through, or over, seq. acc. of thing. e. g.
Xen. An. 1. 7. 3.— So 51a ron'rro seq. n‘lv séhaaaav Heb. 11:29. So Sept.
(in, on this account—because, John 5: 16. and “a: Gen. 31:21. 1 Sam. 13:7.—
8: 47. inverted John 15: 19. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7 16v ‘InpEévnv. Xen.
b) in the sense of fin‘ the sake of, in An. 1. 2. 6.-—Seq. sic Acts 16: 9.—Xen.
behalfof, etc. as marking the purpose or An. 7.2.9.—Seq. #96:; c. acc. Luc. 16. 26.
object of an action, etc. Matt. 14: 3 et Améozxm, t. (has, to thrust
 Alafiscato'w
through, Diog. Laert. 1. 118 Btagahéyra
The Sirpug row Edm'uhov. to transport,
carry over, Thuc. 6. 30. Hence metaph.
and in N. T. to carry or deliver over to
any one in words, i. e. to report or in.
form against, to traduce, to accuse,- Pass.
seq. dat. Luke 16: 1 81£€I\1’]671 (Ii/11;.
Sept. for Chald. N‘éjP. ‘79:5, Dan. 3: 8. 6:
25.—Seq. dat. Herodot. 5. 35. 1rpég rwa
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3. Xen. An. 1. 1. 3.
Amlgsfiméw, a7, 1". than), to
strengthen throughout, to make very firm;
in N. T. h'litl. Emézgauiopm, 05pm,
metaph. to qfi‘irm strongly, to assevcrate,
to urge, seq. mp1’ 0. gen. 1 Tim. 1: 7.
Tit. 3: B.—Philo de Decal. p. 263. 24.
Polyb. 12. 12. 6.
Awtghéfl'w, f. that, to look through,
i. e. to view attentively, Plato Phasdo. 37.
In N. T. to see clearly, i. e. fully, Matt.
7:5. Luke 6:42.
ArriQoMg, ov, a, .7, subst. (5m
gdhhm q. v.) a calumniator, slanderer, ac
cuser, viz.
a) gear. 1 Tim. 3:11. 2 Tim. 3' 3.
Tit. 2: 3. So Sept. of Haman, for Heb.
"3 Esth. 7: 4. ‘75>’ ib. 8: l.—1 Mace. l:
36. Xen. Ag. 11. 5. '
b) with the art. 6 Euigohog, the devil,
i. e. the accuser by way of eminence,
i. q. 1?‘?75, b aarardg, Satan, the prince
of the fallen angels, 6 (1pxow riw 5m
povlwr Matt. 9: 34. According to the
later Hebrews, he acts as the accuser
and calumniator of men before God,
Job 1: 7, 12. Zech. 3: 1,2, coll. Rev. 12:
9, 10; seduces them to sin, 1 Chr.2l: 1;
and is the author of evil, both physical
and moral, by which the human race is
afllicted; see in Aatpowov b. In N. T.
‘ 6 du'xgohog appears as the constant ene
my of God, of Christ, of the divine
kingdom, of the followers of Christ,
and of all truth; full of falsehood and
malice, and exciting and seducing to
evil in every possible way. Matt. 4: 1,
5,8,11. 13:39. 25.4.1. Luke 4; 2,3,5,
6,13. 8:12. John 13: 2. Acts 10:38.
Eph.4:27. 6:11. 1 Tim. 3:6, 7. 2 Tim.
2:26. Heb. 2: 14. James 4: 7. 1 Pet.
5:8. Jude 9. Rev. 2: 10. 12: 9,12. 20:
9, 10. Sept. for was 1 Chr. 21:1.
Job 1: 6sq. 2: 1 sq. Zech. 3: l, 2.—
Wisd. 2. 23. Test. XII Patr. p. 672,
691. Act. Thom. § 32.-—Hence e'x r017
174 Ata'ygn'yogéw
Biaé’o'hov v. viog 'roi: diago'ltov slum, to be
the child ofSatan, i. e. to be like Satan,
John B: 44. Acts 13:10. 1 John 3:8
ter, 10.—In the same sense, John 6: 70.
btagohog, a devil, i. q. vibe rm? Emgdltou,
coll. Acts 13: 10, i. e. an enemy of God
and man; comp. aararfic Matt. 16: 23.
Mark 8: 33.
AIOt'yQ/éhltw, f. yelhh, (51d, d-yyz'h
M0,) to announce throughout, i. e.
a) every where, generally, to publish
so. far and near, to proclaim, trans.
Luke 9: 60. Pass. Rom. 9: 17. Sept.
for “2:! Ex. 9: 16. Ps. 2: 7.
b) implying completeness, to an
nouncc fully, i. e. to give exact and cer
tain information of, trans. Acts 21: 26.
Sept. for "2!: Josh. 6: 10.—Jos. Ant. 7.
9. 2. Xen. An. 1. 6. 2.
A102 75, Luke 11:8, see in Fr’ 1. a.
Amy/roam, act‘. 2 Eli‘yfl'tifltll’, to
be throughout, i. e. to be always, 2 Mace.
11:26. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 5. In N. T.
of time, to be through, i. c. to be post, to
have elapsed, Mark 16: l. Acts 25: 13.
27: 9.—Herodian. 1. 10. 1. 1E1. V. H.
3. 19 rpuin' lum'ifiv Fm-ytvope'vmv.
AIM'YIMIJO'KW, f. 'yvdm'opru, to hnou:
throughout, i. e. accurately, to distin
guish, Sept. Deut. 2: 7. Xen. Mem. 3.
l. 9. In N. T. to inquirefully into, to
examine, to investigate, in a judicial
sense,trans. Acts 23: 15. 24:22.—-Philo
de Agric. p. 204. C, Klll ELKGUT‘lIQ rout;
nap‘: Emio'rwv hta-yvwaoluévovg c'muclh'l
pmaav. Dion. Hal. Ant. '2. 14.
Amr/wugigw, f. law, to mahc hnown
throughout, i. e. every where, to tell
abroad, to publish, seq. nepl ru'og, Luke
2: 17.
Ala'yvwmg, 50);, i], (Era-ywtirauwl.)
pp. exact knowledge; in N. T. in a ju
dicial sense, examination, trial. hearing,
Acts 25: 21.—‘Vial. 3: 18. Jos. Amt.‘
15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic. l. 60.
Amyoylyiigw, 1". 6m, (8111, 'YO‘Y‘YI’IZU
which see,) to murmur throughout, i. e.
to keep murmur-trig, so. with the idea of
complaint, to express sullen discontent,
absol. Luke 15:2. 19:7. Sept. 5? T5‘
[verb in Niph. and Hiph.] Ex. 15:24.
16: 2, 8. — Ecclus. 34: 24. Heliodor.
7. 27'.
Am'ygn'yogéw, 5, t‘. 1'Iaw,(5u'1, 'ypq
 Am'yau 175 Auzllnzn
'yopéu which see,) to wake through so. Hist. Conscrib. 3. — Used in reference
the night etc. to keep awake, Herodian. to the flowing robes of Orientals; see in
3.4.8. In N. T. to befullg awahe, Luke 'Avafa'nlyupi.
9: 32.
I
Amllfixn, 17;, i], (hiarmnpg) a dis
Alwyn), f. Eu, (5:6, (‘i-yon) to lead or position, arrangement, viz.
bring through or over, sc. any place etc. a) spoken of a testamentary disposi
e.g. a river, Xen. An. 2. 4. 28. fire, tion, a testament, a will, Heb. 9: l6, l7.—
etc. Sept. for “32,7; 2 Sam. 12: 31. wa Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 7. Demosth. 1136. 12.
ter, \Visd. 10: 18. In N. T. spoken b) a covenant, i. e. a mutual agree
of time, to bring through, i.e. to pass,‘ ment or mutual promises on mutual
0. g. hm'rxiov fliov, to lead a quiet Ii e, to conditions; Gal. 3:15. So Sept. and
live, etc. 1 Tim. 2: 2.— 2 Mace. 12: 38 "73, 1 Sam. 18:3. 23: 18. al. seep. —
adggnrov. Jos. Ant. 3. l4. 3 rfiv vim'a. Aristoph. Av. [434] 439. Suidas, 5m
Xen. Hiero 7. 10. )Elian. H. An. 16. Bi/A'n' o'uyeilxm—In N. T. spoken of
23 ri‘w Blow. — So absol. with raw [3101/ God's covenants with men, i. c. the di
implied, Tit. 3: 3. —— Plut. Timol. 3. vine promises conditioned on obedi
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. ence, vlz.
Ambéxoaal, f. EéEopai, to receive (a) of the Abrahamic covenant, con
through so. others, i. e. as transmitted firmed also to the other patriarchs, of
from one to another through a series, to which circumcision was the sign; see
receive in succession, to succeed to, trans. Gen. 15:1—18. 17:1—19. So Luke
Acts 7: 45 fly eiar'l-ya'yov hiabsllépzvot 1:72, coll. v. 73. Acts 3: 25. Gal. 3:
[min-hr] oi 1rarc'prg. —Jos. Ant. 7. l4. 2 l7. Called also i; dint‘). nepiropiig, Acts
rip’ flutnheiav. Herodian. 4. 2. 20. Sui 7:8. Sept. and "*1, Gen. 15:18. 17:
das, btahéxopat' T6 in‘: TFOAAJJV bxdpsvov 2, 4. al.—2 Macc. 8: l5.
r'up' Erz'pou sic 's'repov in" ipe‘ dlflééXOPGt. (,3) of the Mosaic covenant, entered
into at Mount Sinai, with sacrifice and
Aruba/nu, wrog, To, (810153.: to the blood ol'victims; see Ex. 24: 3—12.
bind quite around,) a diadem, the sym Dent. 5: 2 sq. where Sept. for "73:.—
bol of royal dignity, Rev. 12:3. 13: l. Heb. 8:9 bis. 9: 20. Called also 1';
19:12. Sept. for ‘i=3. Esth. 1: ll. 2: npdn'n Brae/In’, the first covenant, i. e.
17. ‘T8? Is. 62: 3.—l Macc. 1:9. Jos. the Old or Jewish dispensation, in refer_
B. J. l. 3. 1. Ken. Cyr. 8. 3.13. ence to the gospel, Heb. 9: 15. So
Alumnus‘, f. 5.1.0.... 1. to deliver Heb. 9: 4 his, rip' méwrin' rfig biaeilxng
through so. various hands, from one to ——Kai ai mam rfig 5. i. e. the ark which
another in succession, to deliver over in was the symbol of God's presence un
succession, trans. Rev. 17:13 in text. der the Mosaic covenant, and the tables
rec. 71):’ e’Eovo'iav ain'n'w rgi 91,919: 3m of the law which the people had cove
Eéwouaw. Others Eihiiaam—Thuc. l. nanted to obey. Rev. 11:19, comp.
76 ct t’ipxipl re Zu15150pévnv EbeEdpzea. Heb. 8:5. So Sept. and "Ti, Num.
Comp. in Atahéxoluat. 10:33. Dent. 9: 9, 11.— The Mosaic
2. to deal out, to divide out, to distri- ' covenant was strictly the renewal or
bate, trans. or ahsol. Luke 11:22. 18: confirmation of the Abrahamic; hence
22. John 6: ll. Acts4:35.——Xen. Cyr. Paul uses the plural Biaflfixai, Rom. 9:
1. 3.6 bis. 1. 4.. 10. bis, 11. 4. Eph. 2: 12.-By meton. since the
ancient covenant is contained in the
Aufioxos, 0v, a, 1',. (dulbe'xopai Mosaic books, Etafiilxn is put for the
q. v.) a successor, sc. in otlice, Acts 24: book of the covenant, the Mosaic writings,
27.—Ecclus. 46: l. Jos. Ant. 1. l3. 3. i. e. the law, Heb. "it"; 2 Cor. 3:14
Xen. An. 7. 2. 5. z'wii'yvwo'tg rfig wahauig 5. SO Sept. and
Amga’lwvul, or BtaIwvyi/w, tut. ""7? Dent. 4: 13. — Ecclus. 24: 23 [34'
Za'm'w, to gird quite around, i. e. firmly, cm Etafliyxnc—For Gal. 4: 24 see in 'y.
trans. John 13:4. Mid. to gird any (y) of the new covenant promised of
thing around onc's self, John 21: 7. Aor. old and sanctioned by the blood of Christ,
1. Pass. with Mid. signil'. John 13:5. the gospel dispensation,- comp. J er. 3]:
Sept. for‘i‘lEL23 : l 5.—Lucia11. Quomod. 31 sq. al. where Sept. for "PEP-Heb. 8:
 Ala/gem; 176 Amazon's
10 et 10: 16 et Rom. 11:27, quoted wait upon, Luke 10:40. 12:37. 17:8.
from Jer. 31: 33, 34, coll. Is. 27:9. 22: 27 bis. John 12: 2.—-Athen. 4. 10.
Heb. 10: 29. Called also via 5. lleb. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. An. 4. 5. 33.—
12; 24.. mm‘, 8. Matt. 26:28. Mark (fil) By impl. to minister to the wants of
14: 24. Luke 22: ‘20. 1 C01‘. 11: 25. any one, i. e. to supply one's wants, e. g.
2 Cor. 3: 6. Heb. 8:8. 9: l5. xpsi-r'ruv food, clothing, etc. Matt. 4: 11. 25: 44.
8. Heb. 7: 22. 8: 6. 5. aihn'ioi; 13:20. Mark 1:13. Luke 8: 3hn1mivom/ ain'lii
5. Bzurépa gimplied) 8: 7.—Hence, Gal. iuro ra‘iv inrapxévrwv aiiraic. So of the
4:24 Biro ltlefik'al, the two covenants, alms collected by the churches, the dis
i. e. the old and the new. tribution of alms, etc. Rom. 15:25.
Ami/5201;, 50);, (51atpe'w,) division, Heb. 6: 10 bis. 1 Pet. 4: 11.—(y) In
act of dividing, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 55. In the sense of to be the attendant or assist
N. T. distinction, diflkrence, etc. 1 Cor. ant of any one; as Timothy and Era
12: 4, 5, 6, altltpéd‘fic, i. e. diversities, tosthenes are said to be Emxovoiwrzg rqi
difi'erences, classes of gifts, etc. Sept. Hohhot, Acts 19:22. So Heb. “77?”,
0f the classes or sections of the priests, Josh. l: 1. Ex. ‘24: 13; where Sept.
etc. for PE’??? 2 Chr.8:14. Ezra 6: inroup'yog and nopco'rnmitg—(h) In the
18. — Diod. Sic. 2. 31 Euu'psmg rd'w primitive church, to fill the oflice of a
Xpiivwv. fiuixovoc, to fulfil the duties of a deacon,
i. e. to have charge of the poor and the
Alalféw, 5, act. 2 Eifihov, (did of
sick,etc. 1 Tim. 3: 10, 13.
sep. aipe'w,) to take apart, i. e. to sepa b) of things, seq. accns. of manner,
rate, to divide, sc. into parts, Sept. for and dat. expr. or impl. (Buttm. § 13].
"1?; Gen. 15:10.al. Lucian. D. Mort. 6, 7,) also in the passive construction;
16: 3. In N. T. to divide out, to distri to minister, sc. any thing to any one, to
bute, trans. Luke 15: 12. 1 Cor. I2: 11. administer, to provide, etc. 2 Tim. 1: 18
Sept. l'or p’zn Josh. 18:5. 1 Chr. 23; 5011 iv 'Eds'mp Emmivna's. S0 2 Cor. 3:
6. —— Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3 Ema-TOM] Xpm'rm'! aiaxovneeia'a inp'
5. 51. ilpifiv, ministered by us, i. e. Written by
Awmothoiglzw, f. to, Buttm.§95. our aid or ministry, by us. — Anacr. 9.
9. n. 14; to cleanse throughout, i. e. l4, 'Avaxpe'ovn 5101x0115 rooai'rra. The
thoroughly, trans. Matt. 3: 12 et Luke ophr. Char. 2. 4.—By impl. to minister
3: 17 rip’ dhwva, sc. by ventilation with any thing to one's wants, etc. 1 Pet. 4:
a fan, n‘, 1rri/oi" hence i. q. Mxlug'iv rfiv 10 eic e'av'roilg [i. q. cig r'ihhr'jhoug] ailro
69mm, Ruth 3. 2. Comp. Calmet, art. diaxovofivrec, coll. v.11. So of alms,
Thrashing. Jahn § 65.—S0 titan-athl xépig, collected by the churches, etc.
pew rfiv 6M), Alciphron. 3. 26. to administer, to distribute, Pass. 2 Cor.
8: l9, 20.—Comp. Lucian. Asin. 53.—
Aianwrelé'yxoum, f. é'yEopai, (Sui, Spoken of prophets etc. who minister,
xa-reAé'yxopm) to confute in disputation,
i. e. announce, deliver sc. the divine will,
i. q. siahs'yolucrog Icarshe'yxw, seq. dot.
etc. 1 Pet. 1: 12.—Origen. Comm. in
Acts 18: 28.—So 51a1rivw, tira-rofi'ehopai,
P5. 48: 4, oi 5u1ml'oi'1vng row )uiyol'. Jos.
to vie in drinking, in archery, etc.
Ant. 6. l3. 6.—Seq. dat. alone, Acts 6:
Amazonian 5, aor. 1 Einxérno'a, 2 Eicucm'r'iv rpmrz'zatg, to serve money
comp. Buttm. § 86. n. 6, (51(2KOVOQ)'10 tables, i. e. to have charge of the alms
serve, to attend upon, to minister unto, in. and other pecuniary matters.—Heliodor.
trans. spoken 5. p. 218. So ministrare velis Virg. Bin.
at) of persons, seq. dat. expr. or impl. 10. 216, comp. Heyne's note.
(a) gem. as a master or guest, Matt. 8:
15 Kai 5:111:13": aim-079. 27: _55. Mark 1: Aiuxow'u, a5, 1'], (Eu'uzoroc) service,
31. 15:41. Luke 4:39. 22: 26. Phi. attendance, ministry, viz.
lem. 13. So Matt. 20: 28 bis. Mark 10: a) gem. Heb. 1: 14.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3.
45 bis. John 12:26 bis—Jos. Ant. 19. —-Towards a master or guest, at table
l. 6. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 4. Demosth. or in hospitality, Luke 10:40. 1 Cor.
362 ult. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 8.—-Especiall_v 16: 15.—Xen. (He. 7. 4|.
spoken of those who serve at table, to b) ministry, ministration. i. e. the ofiice
 Auizovo; 177 Aruxgl'm
of ministering in divine things, spoken one who has charge of the aims and money
chiefly of apostles and teachers; Acts 1: of the church, an overseer of the poor and
17, 25. 6: 4| alfllt- r017 )ai'you. 80: 24.. 21: the sick, on almoner. Phil. 1: l. I Tim.
19. Rom. 11:13. 1 Cor. 12:5. 2 Cor. 3: 8, l2. 4.: 6. See Acts 6: 1--—6. Of
a: 7,8, 9 bis. 4; 1. 5:18. 6: a. Eph. a female i] Buixovog who had charge of
411%. Col. 4:17. 1 Tim. 1:19. 9 Tim. the female poor and sick, Rom. 16:1.
4: 5, 11. Once of the oftice of a Suit-a —Hence the English word deacon, but
vog, Rom. l2: 7, where others take it in in a different sense.
I
the wider sense as above. Amnomol, a1, a, (Big, éxaro‘v)
c) in the sense of aid, relief, spoken two hundred, Mark 6: 37. John 6: 7.
of alms, contributions, etc. Acts 11: 29 21: 8. Acts 23: "23 bis. 27: 37. Rev.
sic Biaxoviav 'képdzai. Rom. 15: 81, coll. 11: 3. 122 6.
v. 26. 2 Cor- 8:4. 9:1, 13. 11:8.
Amxoz'm, f. m'mopat, (51d, drains)
Rev. 2: 19.— Act. Thom. 56, c'xépwar
xpr'lpara mzMa sic durum/lav rim xrypifiv.
to hear through or out, Xen. Hiero 7. 11.
In N. T.tohearfully, in a judical sense,
—Spoken of the dzstribution,minisb‘ation,
of alms thus collected, etc. Acts 6: l. seq. en. Acts 23: 35. So Sept. and
w? cut. 1:16.
12: Q5 coll. 1.1: 30. 9 Cor. 9: 12. Amueglltw, f. m5, to separate through
Amizovog, oo, 6, 1',, (either fr. 51d out, i. e. wholly, completely, trans. Mid.
and nine, pp. a dusty i. e. hasty mes to separate one's seif, etc.
senger;or better from obsol. 5iéxw,5u')xu, :1) pp. Jude 22 oh: In‘)! their: dumpi
to run, to hasten, Buttm. Lexi]. I. p. Vélufl'ot, on some (i. e. those not Chris
21 sq.) a servant, attendant, minister, viz. tians) have compassion, separating your
a) gem. and with a gen. of the mas selves fi'orn them—Hesycll. Eiaxclrpio'ew'
ter or person served, Matt. 20:26. 23: dipopilc'oeu. diaxptee'v'rcc‘ Xwpwfic'vrsc.
11. Mark 9: 35. 10: 43.—Xen. Cyr. Herodian. 3. 1. 9 a Tai/poc diaxplvei n‘.
8. 3. 8. — Spoken of those who wait at 56111;.
table etc. John 2: 5, 9—Jos. Ant. 6. 4.. b) by impl. to distinguish, to make a
1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2. Among the distinction, to cause to difl'er; Acts 15: 9
Greeks, the Suirovoi were a higher class 01535:’ ate'rpivs fin-(IE!) iypu'w. 1 Cor. ll:
of servants than the 3017M“ Athen. X. p. 29 yr) draxpt'ruv rd 0541a r017 Kvpiou, so.
192. B. comp. Xen. l. c. Buttm. Lexil. from common food. Mid. James 2: 4
I. p. 220. — Spoken of the servants or mi 01’; Biaxplfim-e e’v Earn-07¢; interrog.
attendants of a king, Matt. 22: 13. So and as apodosis, do ye not then make a
Rom. 13:4 bis, Gcoi': hu'ucovoc, i. e. the distinction in yourselves .9 i. e. are ye not
servant, minister, vicegerent, of God. partial? Others under d below.—Mid.
Sept. for one? Esth. 1=10. 2:9. 6.3. Herodian 4.. 6. l2. — \Vith the idea of
—Spoken of an attendant,a disciple, etc. preference, prerogative, I Cor. 4: 7 rlc
John 12:96. 'ydp a’: dtaxplvu. — Trop. to distinguish,
h) spoken of ministers, teachers, sc. of to discern clearly, to note accurately,
divine things, who act for God, Christ, Matt. 16: 3 r6 1rpoau1rov r05 Ot'JPGYOI-l- 1
etc. with a gen. as before, e. g. roi) 6cm? Cor. 11:31 at yap éavrm‘rg Biexplvopev,
1 Cor. 3: 5. 2 Cor. 3: 6. 6:4. 1 Thess. i. e. if we took a proper view, formed a
3: 2. seq. rofi Xpurrm'r etc. 2 Cor. ll: just estimate of ourselves. I Cor. 14.:
23. Eph. 6: 21. C01. 1:7. 4: 7. seq. 29, i.,q. fiompr'tlw in 1 John 4:]. So
rfic s'xrhrlaiag Col. 1: 25. So seq. 101': Sept. for 1’); Job 12: 11. —Xen. Mem.
aaram'i 2 Cor. 11: 15, coll. v. 14. 1. 9. 9.-—-Hence,
c) with a gen. of the thing to be done c) in the sense of to consider accu
or promoted by one's service and minis rately, to judge, to decide, e. g. duupivat
try,e. g. Rom. 15: 8 Eu'ucovoc mpcropfic, c'n/a péa'ou nude, 1 Cor. 6: 5. So Sept.
a minister ofcircumcision, i. e. ofJudaism, for 19:35 Ex. 18:16. 1 K. 3:9. 1"?! Ps.
or to the Jews. 2 Cor. ll: 15 Bulk. Bi 50: 4. Prov. 31: 9. ,i
A'atoau'rvnc. Gal. 2: l7. Eph. 3: 7. Col. (1) Mid. dtaxpluopai, aor. 1 pass.
1: 23. diexplflnv with mid. signif. Buttm. § 136.
d) as an ofiicer in the primitive church, 9; to separate one’s selffrom. i. e. to con
M
 Awixgmlg 1'78 Atatltoyigoum
tend with, pp. in battle Polyb. 2. 22. ll. Sept. for "251 Is. 1: 18. se . rode for
Xen. Ag. 1. 33. In N. T. metaph. (a) ="'.\ Judg. 8: l.—Seq. dat. en. Mem.
to contend or strive with, to dispute with, 1. 6. ll. seq. 1rpo'g ib. l. 6. l.
seq. dat. Jude 9. seq. r96; 0. acc. Acts b) of public teaching, etc. to discuss,
11:2. Sept. seq. dat. for 15"’; Jer. 15: to discourse, to reason, to argue, intrans.
10. seq. 1rpég for DE? Ez. 20: 35.— and absol. Acts 18:4. 19:8, 9. 20:9.
Luc. Pseudosoph. 5. Polyb. 22. 27. l. 24: 25. seq. dat. Acts 17:2, 17. 18:19.
to be in strife with one's self, i. e. to 90: 7. seq. #969 c. acc. Acts 24: 12.
doubt, to hesitate, to waver, Matt. 21: Sept. for "Q? Is. 63: l. seq. 1rpdg Ex.
21. Mark 11: ‘23. Rom. 4: 20. 14:23. 6:27.—Ecclus. 14: 20. Xen. H. G. 2.
James 1:6. 2: 4 Kai 01': Biaxpienre e’v 2. ll. Mem. 3. 3. 7. seq. dat. ib. Anab.
Eauroig, without interrog. and ye do 2. 5. 4l.—Trop. of an exhortation, etc.
this without hesitation; comp. in b above. to address, to speak to, seq. dat. Heb. 12:
So pnbe‘y biaxpwo'pevog, without hesita 5.—Herodian. l. 5. 2. Xen. Mem. 4.
tion, confidently, Acts 10: 20. ll: 12. 4. 4.
James 1: 6.—Hesycli. stfh‘pllefl' amaze».
AmthE/fl'w, f. \Illll, pp. to leave be
Alazgwlg, 20);, 1'1, (8tat-pivw,) a tween, i. e. to leave an interval, sc. of
distinguishing, a discerning clcarlg, i. e. space or time; hence in N. T. to inter
spoken of the act or power, Heb. 5: mit, to desist, to cease,- seq. particip.
14 Kalkoii Kai xaxoi. 1 Col‘. 12: 10 ru'w Luke 7: 45 m’: 510mm xara¢17\060a,she
n'wsv'ué-rwv, comp. in Amt-pivot b. — has not ceased hissing my feet, etc. see
Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1169.—By impl. Rom. Buttm. § 144. n. 3. Sept. for 5T3 Jer.
l4: 1 or) £19 iimxpia'etg biaho'ywfuiv, lit. 44:18. ‘73".’?! Jer. l7: 8.—-los. Ant. 8.
not for scrutinizings of thoughts, i. e. not 12. 3. Xen. Apol. Soc. 16.
with searching out and pronouncing AIU’AEKTOQ, 0!), i], (otahé'yopat q. V.)
judgment on their opinions; comp. v. 5, speech, language, as articulated through
l3. Others, doubts, seruples. or by the tongue, Aristot. H. An. 4. 9.
Antietam/MI, f. iww, to hinder In N. T. language so. as spoken by a
throughout, i. e. to impede, or forbid ut. people or province, a dialect, peculiar
terlg, trans. Matt. 3:14 i) 5:‘ ‘Imam/11¢ idiom, Acts 1: l9. '2: 6, 8. 21:40. 22: 2.
atexéilwev ain'ov, i. e. spoken in the im 26: 14. — Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Polyb. 1.
port. of a continued action, or de conatu; 67. 9.
see Winer Gr. § 41. 3. c. Matth. § 504.
13.—Judith 12: 7. Xen. H. G. l. 6. 28.
Amtkloictm m- airrw, f, Eu, (3.6,
éMéam-i) to change between, i. e. to per
Aialtultéw, 5, f. 13m», to speak to mute, to change for another, to exchange,
and fro, i. e. 9 Macc. 6: 27. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 4. Trop.
a) to talk with any one, to converse to change in feeling towards any one, to
with; Luke 6: ll biehéltovy 1rpog (‘QM’) rec0ncile,trans. Xen. H. G. l. 6. 7. Vect.
Xouc, i. e. they communed, consulted. 5. 8.—In N. T. only Mid. etuMda-a'opm,
—Polyb. 23. 9. 6. Eurip. Cycl. 175. nor. 1. pass. ouyMéxlinv with mid. sig_
b) to speak of every where, ine. to tea nif. Buttm. § 136. 2, to change one’s own
abroad, to divubge, trans. So in pass. feelings towards, i. e. to reconcile one '1:
constr. Luke 1: 65.-Symm. for 15.‘? Ps. self, to become reconciled, 0. dat. Matt. 5:
-51: 16. 24 Zullklui'ynfit rq-i 218mg, 0011. SO Sept.
Amtltéyal, 1', Eu, to gather out apart, for "$311?! 1 Sam. 29: 4.—Esdr. 4: 31.
-i. e. to select, Xen. (Ec. 8. 9. Mem. 4. 5. Jos. Ant. l6. 4. 4. Thus 8. 70.
11. In N. T. only as depon. Mid. Alakotylzoum, f. [60,101, to rechon
itaké'yopat, aor. 1 pass. Eiekéxerlv with through, i. e. to complete or settle an ac
mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. *2; to speak to count, Dem. 1236. 17. In N. T. trop.
and fro, i. e. alternately, to converse with, to consider, to reflect, to reason, to ponder,
VIZ. VIZ.
a) spoken of a dispute, etc. to dispute, a‘, gem. e. g. 511 ra‘ig rapbiate, Mark 2:
to discuss, intrans. seq. dat. Jude v. 9 up 6,8,where for rain-a see Buttm. § 131. 7.
Eiagzilup amt-91116 yo; aishe'ye'ro. $0 seq. Luke 3: l5. 5: 22. Ev Eau-rq': Luke 12:
n-pl‘n; (‘MA/Move, lark 9: 84, coll. v. 38. 17. iv Eavroig .Mark 2: 8. 1rap'éavro‘ig
 Asalo'ymuo'; 179
Matt. 21:25. seq. iirt John 11: 50.
seq. nor-antic Luke 1:29. absol. Luke
5: 21. Sept. 0. accus. for =21? Ps. 77:
6. 119: 59.—Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 20.
b) in a mutual or reciprocal sense,
to consider together, to deliberate, to de
bate; seq. Ev Eavroic, Matt. 16: 7, 8.
rpbc izhhfihovc Mark 8: 16. 1r dc inu
robr; Luke 20:14. absol. Mar 8:17.
In the sense of to diqmte, etc. Mark 9:
33.—/Eliau. V. H. 14.43. Xen. Mem.
3. 5. l.
Amlo'yuruo'g, 0:7, (3, (Etaxoytta Ex.18:20. rifin Ez. 16.2. 20:4..—
F111,) computation, adjustment of accounts,
Dem. 951. 20. In N. T. reflection, cogi
tation, thought viz.
a) genr. Luke 2: 35. 5: 22. 6:8. 9:
47. James 2: 4 Kplrai Etuhoywpdw now]
pit-IV, i. e. judges having evil thoughts,
unjust, partial; for the gen. of quality,
see Buttm. § 132. 4. 4. Sept. for "at?!
Ps 92¢ 6. Is. 59: 7. Tag: Dan. 2: 29,
30.—Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1. 9. 10. Polyb. T. spoken of state, condition, circum
3. 17. 8. — So in different shades of stances, etc. to remain the same, to con
sense, e. g. for reasoning, opinion, Rom.
1:21. 1 Cor. 3: 20. Rom. l4: 1 see in
Aicilrpio'ig. Sept. for 7131311’! PS. 94: 11.
So for mind, purpose, intention, Luke 6:
8; and especially evil thoughts, purposes,
etc. Matt. 15: 19. Mark 7: 2]. Sept.
for "-1191?! Prov. 20: 18. evil, Ps. 56: 6.
Is. 59: 7.-—In the sense of doubt, Luke
24; 38 Bmho'ywpoi dilagaivown, i. e.
doubtful thoughts, suspense.
b) in the sense of dispute, debate, con
tention, Luke 9: 46, coll. Mark 9:33,:34.
—Phil. 2: 14 xwpig yo'y'yvopév Kai 51a
).o-ywpov. 1 Tim. 2: 8.—Ecclus. 9: 15.
27: 4. Plut. Mor. II. p. 23. ed. Tauchn.
Amkbw, f. tum, to dissolve .- in N.
T. spoken of a collection of people, to
disperse, to break up, Pass. Acts 5:36.
—Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 1 row oi/Moyov. Xen.
C yr. 5. 5. 43 71):! orpariav.
Amuagrbgoum, f. 05,401, depon.
Mid. to call throughout to witness, viz.
gods and men, all beings, i. e. to aflirm
with solemn obtestations, Sept. Deut. 4:
26. Xen. H. G. a. 2. 13.—In N. T. to
testify through and through, i. e. to bear
full and complete witness, viz.
a) to admonish solemnly, to charge ear
nestly, to urge upon, seq. dat. Luke 16:
28. absol. Acts 2: 40. l Thess. 4: 6.
Strengthened by the adjunct iminrwv
Amusgigw
roii 9:06 at. r. k. 1 Tim. 5: 21. 2 Tim.
2:14. 4: 1. Sept. for ‘"2?! Ex. 19:21.
Ps. 81: 9.—Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. T.
I. p. 632 1roMa Etepaprupc'tpnv abroic
'roil pi] 1rotfio'ai. Polyb. 1. 37. 4. Xen.
Cy r. 7. 1. 17.
b) to testify fully, i. e. to declare fully,
to teach earnestly, to enfilrce, trans. Acts
8:25. 18:5. 20:21,?4. 23:1]. 28:23.
Seq. dat. et 51-1, Acts 10:42. 20: 23.
absol. spoken of a sacred writer, Heb. 2:
6. Sept. for ‘F57?! Deut. 32: 45. “"31".
Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 3.
Amrwoixopai, f. i/o'opat, depon.
Mid. to fight together, Xen. Anab. 7. 4.
10; see in Aia note. In N. T. metaph.
to contend sc. in words, to dispute warmly,
Acts 23: 9._Ecclus. 8: 1. Thuc. 3: 42.
Aloqbélttd, 1'. m5, to remain through,
i. e. permanently, to continue, sc. in the
same place, Xen. An. 7. l. 6. In N.
tinue, to endure, i. e. not to change, Heb.
I: ll aialus'vcic, quoted from P5. 102127,
where Sept. for ‘"52, coll. v. 28. So 2
Pet. 3: 4 mil/‘m oilrw Etape'vet, comp. Ps.
119: 90 where Sept. for “El—Polyb. 1.
18. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7.—With ad
juncts, e. g. xwpég, Luke 1:22. 1rpo'c
rwa, to remain to, i. e. to be preserved
to any one,Gal. 2: 5. So peré rwog,
spoken of persons, to remain with, i. e. to
remain constant towards any one, Luke
22: 28. —— Seq. dat. Diod. Sic. 14. 48.
Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 44.
Amuse/zap), f. low, to dispart, to
separate into parts, to divide up, trans.
a) pp. Mark 15: 24 ELEFEIPIZOV ril
lpr'irta. Pass. Acts 2: 3 bialuepilépevat
yM‘mmu, disparted flames, i. e. divided
out to each person from one common
source.—Mid. in a recipr. sense, to di
vide up for one's self, or among one an_
other, Matt. 27: 35 bis. Luke 23: 34.
John 19: 24.-—Sept. for p‘zh, Ps. 22; 19.
1'2: Gen. 10:25. 1 Chr. 1:19. comp.
Deut. 32: 8.-——In the sense of to divide
out, to distribute, Luke 22: 17. Acts 2:
45. Sept. for p‘zrz Judg. 5:30. 23am.
6: 19.—Xen. An. 7. l. 4, where others
diaper-pets’.
b) trop. spoken of discord, dissension;
Pass. to be divided sc. into parties, absol.
M 2
 Ampsgwné; 180
Luke 12: 52. seq. €1rl c. acc. to be di
vided against, to be at discord with, etc.
Luke11:17,18. 12: 53.
Ampozgmpoo'g, 01.7, 6, (§iapzplzu,) (ivol-ym—Metaph. 51a)’. roug- 15¢9ahpm'19,
division, apportionment, portion, Diod.
Sic. ll. 47. Sept. for "#13:! Ez. 48: 29.
In N. T. metaph. dissemion, Luke 12:
51.—The grammarians condemn this
word, Pollux VI II. 136. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 511.
Alanine), f. p43, to distribute through
out, Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 9. Ken. Mem. 3. 4.
I. In N. T. trop. to divulge, to spread
abroad, sc. sic 16» Ruby, Pass. Acts 4:17.
Amm'm, f. it’td'tl), to nod or wink
repeatedly, i. e. to make signs with the
head, eyes, etc. Luke 1: 29. Sept.
[biawn'lew J¢9a7\po'ic,] for T}! Y'JP, Ps. 35:
19.—Ecclus. 27: 22 Elan/chow 6¢0ahpql
So r5 xstpl Anthol. Gr. III. p. 47. ed.
Jac.
Amvénpm, “70;, rd, (biavoc'o an)
eogitation, thought, Luke 11: 17. ept.
for "93313? Is. 55: 9.-—-Ecclus. 82: 16.
Ken. H. G. 7. 5. 19.
Aim'youz, “5', 1", (hiavoc'opag) pp. a
thinking through, mature thought; in N.
T. and gem’. thought, mind, i. e. the
power of. thought, viz.
a) meton. the mind, thoughts, intellect,
i. e. the thinking and sentient faculty,
Matt. 29: 37. Mark12:30. Luke 10: 27.
Eph.[l:18.] 4: 18. Heb. 8:10. 1 Pet.
1: I3. 2 Pet. 3:1. So Heb. 10:16
quoted from Jer. 31: 33 for =12, where
Sept. for =22. So Sept. for =12 Gen. 17:
17. 24: 45.—9 Macc. Q: 2. Herodian.
2. 9. l5. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 6.
b) in the sense of intelligence, insight,
1 John 5.20. So Sept. for =’.>. Ex. 35.
25. 36: l.
c) mind, i. e. mode of thinking and
feeling, the feelings, afikctions, disposi
tion ofmind, Col. 1: SH ixOpot ‘ biavm'q.
Eph. 2: 3.—2 Mace. 5: 17. en. (Ec.
10. 1.-—-S0 Luke 1: 51 b-rrepi'yipavoi 51a
vot’g mpEiag. Comp. Sept. 1 Chr. 29:
18. Bar. 1: 22.
Alum/yaw, f. 015w, (Eui, évolyw,
which see,) to open through, sc. what be.
fore was closed, to open fully, trans. e. g.
rnv ,ur’rrpav, to open the womb, spoken of
the first-born, Luke 2: ‘23. Sept. and
9LT). "135, EX. 13:2. 34-: 19.—SO stay. fit:
A marlin
dxoég, to 0pm the ears, i. e. to cause to
hear, to restore hearing, Mark 7: 34',
35. So Heb. "713,", "'32 Is. 35: 5, Sept.
to open the eyes of any one, i. e. to cause
to see what was not seen before, Luke
24231. Sept. and 51!"! "RE 9 K. 6:17.
So 8m. riw your, rnv Kapat'av, to 0pm
the mind, the heart, etc. i. e. to make able
and willing to understand, receive, etc.
Luke 24: 45. Acts 16: 14.—2 Mace.
l: 4, comp. Sept. Hos. 2: 15. Themist.
II. p. 29.—Hence 54ml. rc‘zg 'ypmpc’ic, to
open the scriptures, i. e. to lay open the
sense,'to explain, to expound, Luke 24,:
32. Acts 17: 3. SO "Di 138.1191 130,
Sept. n Er'lhwzng Xb-ywv.
Amvux're aim, f. n'ww, (5.6, mm.
repcl'lw, fr. m'rE, to bring the night through,
to pass the whole night, intrans. Luke 6:
12.—Sept. addit. Job 2: 9. Jos. B. J.
2. l4. l7. Diod. Sic. 13. 62.
Amm'm, r. 6..., (2.1, an“) to
bring through to an end, i. e. to complete,
tofinish, Acts 21: 7 ray whim—2 Macc.
12: 7. Jos. Ant. 4.. 6. 8 rbv fliov. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4.. 28 65.5..
Atom'uvro'g, adv. (i. q. bu‘! 1ravrbc
xp6v0u,) through the whole time, i. e. con
tinuafly, always,- comp. in Aid I. 2. a.
Mark 5: 5. Acts 2: 25. 24: 16. Rom.
11:10. 2 Thess. 3:16. Heb. 13:15.
Spoken of what is done at all stated or
proper times, Luke 24: 53. Acts 10: 2.
Heb. 9:6. Sept. for ‘M1’; Dent. ll: 12.
Ps. 34.: 9. 119 : 44|.—Xen. Cyr. 9. 4. 3,4.
_ Amn'otgarglflr'l, is‘, 1'], (bid, 1m
parpiflr’y rubbing, contention) vehement
dispute, wrangling, 1 Tim. 6: 5, in Mss.
and later edit. less well for 1rapa5m-rpifify
q. v. See Tittm. in Bihl. Repos. III.
p. 61.
AIOM'EQDZW, 5, f. éow,to pass through
or over, absol. e. g. a lake, Matt. 9: l.
14:34. Mark 5: 921. 6:53. a gulf, seq.
rpbg, c. acc. Luke 16: 26. the sea, seq.
sit; Acts 21: 12. Sept. 5mm. rov'lophcivnv
for ‘"22 2 Sam. 19:15. 'rnv séhaa'o'av
Is. 93: 2.——Polyb. 11. 18. 4. Xen. Ven.
9. 18.
Amwrléw, I. show, to sail through
or over, e. g. r6 m'hayoc Acts 27: 5.—
Herodian. 8. 6. ll. absol. Xen. An. 7.
8. I.
 Alan-aria:
AIN'KOVéW, 5, flow, to labour
through, to produce or qfl'cct with labour,
trans. 2 Macc. 2: 28. Aristot. Poet. 25.
5. to exercise with labour, Diod. Sic. 1.
53. rd odvpara Xen. Ven. 4. 10. Pass.
to bepained, burdened, Sept. for =35; Ecc.
10: 9.—In N. T. Mid. biavrove'opat
o:7pa:,aor. 1 pass. Etcvrow'lflqv, with mid.
signif. Buttm. § 136. 2; metaph. to pain
or grieve one's self, to be indignant, Acts
4: 2. 16: 18. — Hesych. dtairowloelc‘
Amrrlfiu'g.
Amaroget'mpm, f. ei'lo'oluai, dcpon. Josh. 7: 6. 2 Sam. 3:31. lMacc. 11:
to go or pass through sc. a place; seq.
accus. Acts 16:4. seq. 31.6. c. gen. Luke
6: 1. seq. ran’: 0. acc. Luke 13: 22. ab.
sol. Luke 18:36. Rom. 15:24. Sept.
for #13 Gen. 24: 62. "Q2 Zeph. 2: 15.
W15 Job 2: 2.—Seq. acc. Xen. An. 2. 5.
18. ahsol. ib. 2. 2. 11. . l: 5.—2 Macc. 1:18, 20.
Amn‘ogéw, 5, f. how, (did, t'uropéu
q. v.) to be throughout in perplezity, to be
in much doubt, to hesitate greatly, intrans.
Luke 9: 7. Acts 2: 12. 10:17. seq.
fl’Epl 0. gen. Luke 24:4. Acts 5: 24.—
Jos. Ant. proem. § 4. Diod. Sic. 2. 18.
inre'p rwog r'Elian. V. H. 4. l7.
Atuqrguyua'rez'aoum, 1‘, £600,111‘, Luke 3: 14.—3 Macc. 7: 21. Alciphr.
depon. to work through or out, to go
through with, to examine closely, Plato
Phzedon. 24. In N. T. to do or qr“:
in business, to accomplish by trqflic, to
gain by trade, intrans. Luke 19: 15.
So wpa-yparcvrr’pg, a business-man, mer
chant, Plut. de cupidit. Div. 4. de non
foaner. 2. Hence Rabb. B‘mu’il‘i, ma‘
chant, Buxtorf Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 1799.
Alan-grin, f. low, to saw through or
asunder, Sept. for ‘W 1 Chr. 20:3.
Apollodor. Bihl. 3. 15. 9. 81.1171’. roll;
liaov'rag, to saw or grate the teeth sc. in
rage, Lucian. Calumn. 24.—In N. T.
only Mid. Emn'pt'opai, metaph. to be en
raged, to be moved with an er. sc. ra'ig
mp5s“; Acts 7: 54. abso . 5: 33.—
Hesych. bmrplovro' e’Oupm'rrro, E'rpil'ov
roug o'aowac.
Amgn'oigw, f. door or dim, (But,
dpn'll'w) to snatch asunder, i. e. to pit.
luge, to plunder,to spoil, trans. Matt. 12:
29 bis. Mark 3: 27 bis. Se t. for "[2
Gen. 34: 27, 29. Nah. 2:9. 35 Deut.
28:29. "P? 1 Sam. 23: 1. 1s. 42: 22.
———Diod. Sic. 4. 66. Xen. An. 1.2.26.
181 Aww'rst'gu
Ampfin'yruul or btappn'aow, 1'. Eu,
(31:1, fir’ryvulu) to tear through, to rend
asunder, trans. e. g. ipd'rta, Matt. 26:
65. Acts l4: l4. Xirli'wa Mark 14: 63.
Etrrvov Luke 5: 6. Beopd Luke 8: 29.
Sept. for 93?, Gen. 37 : 29, 34. a]. ,2?
2 Sam. 23: 16. PL‘! PS- 2: 13.—El- V.
H. 9. 35. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21.— The
Jews were accustomed to rend their
garments from the bosom to the girdle
in token of grief, indignation, etc. see
Gen. 37:29, 34. 44: 13. Num. 14: 6.
71. Jos. B. J. 2.15.4. Philo de .10.
seph. p. 528, 557. Comp. Jahn § 211.
mmoéo, 5, r. flow, (as, amp/1g
clear, manifest.) to make fully manifest,
i. e. to make hnown, to inform of, to tell,
trans. Matt. 18: 31. Sept. for Deut.
Jos. Ant. 2.
2. 2. Polyb. 1.46. 4.
Amos/w, f. claw, to shake through
out, trans. i. e. to cause to shake vehement
lg, Diod. Sic. 20. 87. trop. to inspire
terror, as lue'ytihwg you T51 6075. 51505105
for ‘"175?! Job 4: 14.—In N. T. metaph.
to harass, to oppress, to extort fi'om, trans.
3. 20.
AlCtGKOfWIZW, f. iota, to scatter
throughout i. e. abroad, to disperse, trans.
Luke 1: 51. Pass. Matt. 26: 31. Mark
14,: 27. John 11152. Acts 5: 37. Sept.
for U‘??? Deut. 30: 1. E1. 4: 13. ‘PM’:
Deut. 30: 3. Neh. 1:8. — Jos. Ant. 8.
15. 4. 131. V. H. 13. 45. -- Spoken of
grain, to scatter, sc. to the wind in the
thrashing-floor, to winnow, Matt. 25: 24,
26. SO Heb. “'31 Ruth 3: 2 8t 18. 30:
24, where Sept. Mxpdw. —- Metaph. to
dissipate, to squander, Luke 15: 13. 16:
l.—This word belongs only to the later
Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 218.
Aldo-orator, 5, f. dam, to pull asun
der, to tear in pieces, trans. in N. T. only
Pass. Mark 5: 4. Acts 23: 10. Sept. for
7P3 Hos. 13: 8. YD! Job 19: 10. F135 .ludg.
16:9, 12.—Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 4. Xen. Eq.
5. 4.
Alao'vrei'gar, f. 59:7, to sow hither
and thither, to scatter as seed, i. e. to
scatter abroad, to disperse, spoken of
persons; Pass. Acts 8: 1,4. 11:19. So
Sept. and ":1 Lev._26: 33. Ez. 12: 15.
‘
 Aiuarrogai
‘PW. Gen. 11:9. Ex. 5: 12.—Jos. Ant.
7. 10. 3. 1151. V. H. 3. 1. Xen. An. 1.
8. 25.
Amwrogri, as. 17, (stag-mp...) dis
persion, spoken of the state of dispersion
in which many of the Jews lived after
the captivity, in Chaldea, Persia, and
chiefly in Eg pt, Syria, and Asia Mi
nor; Sept. er. 34: 17. Judith 5: 19.
Comp. Jos. B. J. 7. 3, r6 'yilp'Iovbaiwv
'yz'vog nah!) piv Icarb. 'n'wav 'rr‘lv oiltovpé
vnv 1rapc'o1rapra1 r019 e'1r1xwp1'o1g' WM?
a'rov be‘ 15 Evptq hvapepvypc'vov. -——In
N. T. meton. the dispersion, for the dis
persed Jews, i. e. the Jews living in dis
persion, James 1:1. 1 Pet. 1: 1. In
John 7: 35 51am. ra'ry'EMi/ywv, i. e. the
Jews dwelling either among the Gen
tiles generally, or among nations that
use the Greek language, e. g. in Egypt
and Asia Minor, the Hellenists.— So
Sept. Ps. 147: 2 for Heb. particip.
51$???‘ "E11? rag Ema-trophy roii 'Iopar'lh.
[See under “'23 in Gesenii Lex. Lips.
1833.] 2 Macc. 1.27.
Amo'réMw, f. 0.5., 10 put asunder,
e. g. rilv o'ltqvfiv Plut. Mor. II. p. 29. ed.
Tauchn. to set apart, e. g. qwM/v, rpcig
mikug, Sept. for 533,“. Deut. 10:8. 19:
2, 7. to distinguish, e. g. rag 81a¢opég
Philo Vit. Mos. lib. 3. Hence Mid. to
state distinctly, to explain clearby, Polyb.
3. 23. 5.-—1n N. T. only Mid. by impl.
to command expressly, to charge, to enjoin
upon, seq. dat. Acts 15: 24. absol. Heb.
12: 20. Followed by a negative clause,
it may be rendered to forbid, to prohibit.
etc. Matt. 16:20. Mark 5:43. 7:36 bis.
8: 15. 9:9. Sept. t'or “UF- Ez. 3: 18— a disposing in order, a disposition, ar
21. “2! Mal. 3:11. -—Judith 11:12.
Philo de Somn. p. 1127. D. Polyb.
16. 28. 5.
Awwrnuot, wrog, rd, (Bdamm)
distance, interval, sc. of time, Acts 5: 7.
-—-Polyb. 9. 1. l. of place, 2 Macc. 14:
44. Xen. Ven. 2. 5.
Atom-rota’), fig, .7, (Elam-mo q. v.)
distinctiomdzfl‘erencc, Rom. 3: 22. 10: 12.
1 Cor. 14: 7.—Pol. 16. 28. 4. Hesych.
biaorolw’l' buiupwic, bmipemc.
Amw'rgéqw, f. 4.1.), perf. pass. 51t
arpappm, Buttm. § 98. n. 3; to turn or passages of the N. T. assume their in
twist throughout, 1. e. to distort, to turn strumentality, in accordance also with
,awry, Xen. Conv. 7. 3. Ven. 7. 4. In Jewish tradition; so Sept. Dent. 33: 2
N. T. metaph. to pervert, trans. spoken ix 55in?” abrob (“vy'yekol pzr' airfoil fur:
182 Awtrot'yr';
a) of persons, to turn away, to seduce,
to mislead, Luke 23:2. Acts 13:8.
Sept. for 2“??? Ex. 5:4. "22 1 K. 18:
17, 18.-— Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I.
p. 604. Polyb. 5. 4.1. 1.
b) of things, etc. to pervert, to wrest,
to corrupt, Acts 13: 10 rizc 630179 Kuplou,
i. e. to wrest divine truth. to turn it
aside. So Sept. for ‘17%.’. Prov. 10:9.
Mic. 3: 9.—Polyb. 8. 24. 3. Diod. Sic.
12. 12.—Pass. perf. part. bua'rpululué
voc, pa-verted, i. e. perverse, corrupt,
vicious, Matt. 17: 17. Luke 9: 41. Acts
20:30. Phil.2:15. Comp.Buttm.§113.
6. So Sept. for 51"’?125, Deut. 32: 5.
Amati/1&6}, 1'. how, to saw through,
i. e. to bring safely through sc. danger,
sickness, etc. to preserve, trans. comp.
Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. 111. p. 50. So
1 Pet. 3: 20 bieailrtinoav 51' iibarog, were
brought safely through the waters. Acts
27.4.3. as. 1,4. Sept. for u'za. Job 29.
12. Dan. 11:41. Filth-l Num. 10: 9.
Dent. 20:4.—-—Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 2. ib. 6.
12. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 10.2. H. G. 7.
2.20.—With the idea of motion, to
bring safely through to any place or per
son; Pass. to come to or reach safely;
seq. 1rpo'g, @111’, etc. Acts 23: 24 HaiAov
bmaéouoi 1rpbc (br’fiuxa. Pass. Acts 27 :
44
Gen.
Eni19:
Thu19.'yfiv.Is. Sept.
37: 38.-—c.
0. rig for
rig Jos.
Ant. 14. 14. 3. Xen. An. 5. 4. 5. c.1rpég
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. Diod. Sic. 11. 44.—
So of the sick, to bring safely through,
i.e. to heal, Matt. 14:36. Luke 7: 3.
Sept. for It‘??? Jer. 8: 20, coll. v. 22.
Amrot'yn', 5;, i1, (bmréoo'w q. v.)
rangement, i. e.
at) pp. Acts 7: 53 ituigsre 'rbv mipov zig
biarayizg li'y-yéhwv, i. e. into or conform.
ably to the diqrosilions or arrangements
of angels; comp. Gal. 3:19. 1') mipog
bmra-yelg 31' swam, also Heb. 2: 2.
The plural form may refer to the fact
of the giving of the law in .portions
and at various times. For this use of
rig, comp. Matt. 12:41. Luke 11:32.
See E2;- 3. e. ——The O. T. makes no
mention of angels at the giving of the
law, Ex. 20:], 19, 22; but the above
 Awirwyaa I 183 Amrgffiw
‘ml? 1"‘! “7'2"”: Jos. Ant. [5. 5. 3 56-y Polyb. l. 7. 7. ib. 7. 8. 4. Aristot. H.
para ril e'v ro'ig wipotg 51' c'z'y'ye'hwv 1rapc‘1 An. 9. 7. In N. T. trop.
r06 6cm? luaflévra. Comp. Winer Gr. a) to guard with care, to lag up, to re
§ 53. a, ult. Olshausen’s Comm. in tain, sc. iv “ mpBlo Luke 2: 5]. So
Acts 1. c. Also Winer (y 32. 4.. b, ult. Sept. and “E? Gen. 37: ll.— Ecclus.
b) in the sense of ordinance, institute, 28: 5.
Rom. l3: 2.—Sept. Ezra 4: ll. b) with z'avrdv etc. to guard or keep
AIMITMQ/fba, “70;, rd, (aiarcio'aah) one's self wholly sc. from any thing, to
abstain wholly, seq. c'x, Acts 15: 29.
ordinance, mandate, Heb. ll: 23.—Sept. Comp. Sept. seq. In’, 0. infin. tot-1’? "*2?
Ezra 7:11. Wisd. ll: 7. Plut. Marcell.
Is. 56: 2.
24 fin. ’ n p 1
Ala‘?! or Em r4, wherefore? see in
Ammgéao'w or draw, f. 5..., to Atti II. 2. a.
stir up throughout, spoken of the mind
etc. to disturb, to agitate; Pass. Luke 1: AMT/(infill, f. btaflfiom, to place apart,
29.--Pol. 8. 16. 8. Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 40. i. e. to set out in order, to arrange, to
dispose in a certain order, etc. Sept. for
Amréaaa: or oirrw, f. 51.1, to ar 9"‘9-‘1. 1 Sam. 11: ll. Xen. Mem. 2. l.
range throughout, to dispose in order, as 27. —-In N. T. only Mid. 8tarlttepat, t‘.
trees, Xen. (E0. 4. 21, 22; or troops,
Etaflfiaopm, to arrange in one's own be
2 Mace. 12:20. Xen. An. 1. 7. 1. In half, to make a diqaosition of, trans.
N. T. trop. to set fully in order, to ar a) gem. to appoint, to make over, to
range, to appoint, to ordain, trans. viz. commit to, etc. e. g. rfiv flamkclav, seq.
a) gem. Gal. 3: 19 b vdpoc Sun-aye); dat. Luke 22; 29 bis—Ken. Cyr. 5. 2.
8t’ awn“, comp. in Alum-yr’, a. - 7 Thu su-yarz’pa. - S0 of a testamentary
Polyb. 2. 13. 3 p690‘ Emraxtis'vrcg. disposition, to devise, to bequeath, sc. by
Hesiod. "E97. 252. will ; hence b blaflépevog, a testatar,
b) in the sense of to direct, to pre Heb. 9; 16, 17.-Jos. Ant. 13. 6. l.
scribe, to order, Matt. 11:1. Luke 8: 55.
Pol. 20. 6. 5. Dem. 1029. 27.
Acts 18: 2. 1 Cor. 9: l4. l6: l.—So r6 b) spoken of a covenant, to make an
Elarera'ype'vov, what is appointed or arrangement with another party: and
prescribed, Luke 3: 13. Acts 23:31. also Btarlflepat 5:a6fixnw,to institute or make a
r1‘: otaraxflévra, Luke 17: 9, 10. Sept. covenant with, seq. dat. Heb: 8: 10, coll.
for Bi’?! Ez. 21:19, 20. "3”. Dan. I:
v. 9. seq. 1rp6c c. accus. Acts 3: 25.
5.—Herodian. l. 9. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 5. Heb. 10: 16. So Sept. for "in: "113,
——Hence Mid. btaréooopav. in the same seq. dat. Deut. 5: 3. Josh. 9: 6, 7. seq.
sense, Acts 7: 44.. 24: 23. 1 Cor. 7: 17. 1969 Ex. 24: 8. Deut. 5: 2. 2 Sam. 3:
11:34. Tit. 1:5. Acts 20:13 oilrw yap 13.—Aristoph. Av. 439 fir ,ur) Btcitiwvral
if»! alarera'ypc'voc Hafihog, so Paul had
7' 015: olatlr'lmv tpoi.
appointed, where the pert‘. pass. has the
mid. signit'. Comp. Buttm. § 136. 3. Alwfgl'cw, f. Jim, to rub in pieces,
Matth. § 4.93. Winer § 4.0. 3. Hom. ll. 11. 84.6 or 847. to rub continu.
allg, e. g. the eyes, Tob. ll: 8, 12. to
through to a full end,
Aurelia, 5, to finish
f, £64", fully,
to to wear away or consume, so. by rubbing,
etc. Theogn. 9'21. Herodot. 7. 120.—
complete, Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 4. spoken of In N. T. spoken only of time, to spend,
time, with rbv Xpévov or the like, to to pass, trans. e. g. Xpévov, Acts l4: 3,
bring through the whole time, to pass the 28. v'mé ac, Acts 16: 12. 20: 6. 25:6,
time, etc. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 6.—Hence 14. So ept. blur. ilpe'pag for =25: Lev.
in N. T. absol. to continue throughout, to 14,18. —-Xp6vov Polyb. 4. 57. 3. Xen.
remain; Acts 27:33 hon-o: Blarsheire. Mem. 2. l. 15.—So absol. or with x96.
Comp. in Aui'yw and Atarplgw. —}El. vov etc. implied, to remain sc. in a place,
V. H. 10. 6 bzere'lmre pz'rrol. &voaog. Xen. to sojourn, to abide, with an adv. or
Mem. 1. 6. 2. other adjunct of place, John 3: 22. ll:
Aiwrngéw, :7, f. flow, (But, rqpéw) 54'. Acts 12: 19. 15:35. Sept. for “1
to have one's eye upon throughout, to Jer. 35: 7.-—Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 2. Herodian.
watch carefully, to keep with care, trans. 8.8. 3,14. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. l2.
 Amrgwf) 184 Amptlogé
Am'rgopfi, 17;, §,, (Btarpéwp ali~ pers. Eiazpépu, it difi'ers, it makes a dg'fl'er
ment,fizod, 1 Tim. 6: 8.—-1 Mace. 6: 49. ence, c. 0. dat. Gal. 2: 6 obb‘év poi
Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 6. Xen. Vect. 4. 49. btacpe'pu. ()n this later use of the (lat.
AIDtUQ/tigw, f. (will, (bid, ail-76(0),) see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 394.—]El. V. H.
to shine through, i. e. spoken of day l. 25 final yap obbe‘v biaqpe'pei. Arrian.
light, to break forth, to dawn, intrans. 2 Diss. Ep. 2. 19. 14. —('y) Seq. gen. to
Pet. l~. 19. —Polyb. 3. 104. 5 fipa r93 difl'erfrom, to be other than, Buttm. § 132.
4. l ; rarely in a less degree, to be {rife
biau'yélew.
rior, Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 3 o'Xi'yrp biape'pew
Amuyfig, tag, 05;, b, 1", adj. (Sui, r017 ,Baalhe'wg. Pol. 18. 11. 1. In N.T.
and aiayr’h) lit. shining through, i. e. pel and usually, in a greater degree, to be
lucid, translucent, transparent, Rev. 21: superior, to be better than, to surpass.
21 in later edit. for bialpaw'yc in text. rec. hlfltf. 6: 26. 10: 31. Luke 18: 7. seq.
—Aquila for Heb 3! rov. 16: 5. Jos. dat. 16.... Matt. 12:12. Luke 12:24.
Ant. 3. l. 7 biau'ys'o'rarov ilbwp. Aris_ seq. E'w TU'I. I Cor. 15:41. seq. obbc'v
taenet. 1. l. Gal. 4: l. —Seq. (let. 2 Mace. 15: 13.
Amtpavhg, éog, 06;, .5, 1',, adj. (31a Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 3. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 10.
fialvw) diaphanaus,pellucid, transparent, seq. Ev Diod. Sic. 5. 57. Xen. Hiero 1.
ev. 21: 21 in text. rec. Others Eiau'yr'yc 8. seq. obbév Xen. Vect. 4. 25. rah’:
Sept. for 31 Ex. 30: 34.—Diod. Sic. X. Diod. Sic. 2. 34. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 7.
p. 175. ed. Bip. Alot¢El’)')/W, f. Eu, to flee through,
Amrpégo, f. Swim», aor. 2 bir'p'e'yxov, i. e. to escape by flight, absol. Acts 27:
see Buttm. § 114. p. 305. 42. Sept. for B72: Josh. B: 22. T5‘???
1. to bear or carry through sc. 8. place Prov. 19: 5.-Seq. accus. 2 Mace. 7: 3i.
etc. Mark 11: 16 iva rlg Eievé-yxg oxeiroc Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4.
34a roi; ispoi]. -— Comp. Esdr. 5: 55 [76] Alw¢flfblzéh f. law, to rumor
biapc'peiy oxeblac clg rbv 'Ibmn]: lupin/a. abroad, to divulge, to spread abroad,
2. to bear asunder, to carry dijfirent trans. row Ari-you, Matt. 28: 15. Mark 1:
ways, Lat. difl'ero, viz. 45.—Dion. Hal. ll. 46. Diod. Sic. T.
a) trans. but in N.T. only in the pass. X. p. 151. ed. Rip—Spoken ofa person.
construction. Spoken metaph. of doc nod, to spread one's fame abroad, Matt.
trine, Pass. to be divulged, to be published 9: 31.
abroad, Acts 13:49 Empe’psro b X6709 Am¢9€l§ab f. spa"), nor. 1 pass. 51:—
‘I'Ol-l RU [on 51’ 5M"; r779 Xbipag—Wisdds:
zperipnv, perf. part. pass. Bzepliappz'voc.
10. P ut. ed. R. V1.p.622 pp. Xen. (E0. to corrupt throughout, to destroy, trans.
9. 8.-—Spoken of a ship, Pass. to be Pass. to decay wholly, to perish.
borne hither and thither, to be driven
a) gem. Luke 12: 33. 2 Cor. 4: 16
about, Acts 27: 27. -— Lucian. Hermot. Rev. 8: 9. ll: 18 bia¢ezipai for): 5.
98 c'iXX e'wa'ym 5v rq'i 1rehc'vyei biatpz'pe Sept. for 52%’? Eco. 5:5. Dan. 4: 20.
aOat. Plut. de Orac. def. VII. p. 650. h“??? Jud . 6: 4. 20:21, 25. 2 Sam.
ed.b)R.intrans.
Thy var-Iv
or Bwupepo s'vrp'.
pp. reflléx. with e'avrbv 11:l.-— 0s. Ant. 2. 3.1. ib. 7. 4. l.
impl. to bear one's self apart, to separate
Xen. Conv. 4. 54. ,
b) metaph. and in a moral sense, to
one's self, so. from others, comp. in
'Ayw 3; hence genr. to difi‘er, as also corrupt wholly, to pervert,- 1 Tim. 6: 5
bisoflappe’voi row vot'w, corrupted in mind,
Lat. difl‘ero; gem. Sept. Dan. 7:3, 7. i. e. men of perverse minds; for the
Xen. Hiero l. 2. In N. T. (a)-ri1 51a
accus. see Buttm. § 131. 6 § 134. n. 2.
¢épov-ra, things difl'erent, discrepant. Rom.
—Dion. Hal. 5. 21. Comp. Kypke in
2: l8 et Phil. 1: 10 bompéfuv ra Eta
lee—Rev. 11: 18 rob; 5IG¢GEIPOVTCIC rhv
(pépovra, to distinguish things that are
7171/, those corrupting the earth, i. e.
difl'erent; so Theodoret in loe. Te. Evavrla
seducing the nations to idolat . So
ilMfihoic, biKalom'n/nv KCll. abuciav, and Sept. and Whig-‘l Judg. Q: 19. — dian.
Theophyl. rt 5:? rpfiEat Kai 1'! pr) 35
5. 7. ll. Xen. B18111. 1. 1. 1. il). l. 2. B.
1rp&Eat.—Andocid. Or. 4. p. 300. Xen.
Hiero l. 3. Mem. 4. 3. ll. — Others, Amotogé, 02;, .7, (sweep...) cor
better things, as in y below. -— 1111 ruption, destruction, Xen. en. 6. 3. in
 Aui¢ogog 185 Alha'znw
a moral sense, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8. In 336. [344.] Comp. Xen. (E0. 12. 10.
N. T. as arising from puh-escence; hence Mem. 3. 9. 1.
i551! 3m¢Oopév, to see corruption, i. e. to Alhaazazh'a, (2;, 1'], (8.66am)
die, Acts 2; 27, 31. 13:35, 36,37. So teaching, instruction, spoken
Sept. and "'3'? 711$: Ps. 16: 10. — Acts a) of the art or manner 01' teaching,
13: 34 Imxéfl imoa'rps'npuv sic Smpfiopév, Rom. 12: 7. 1 Tim. 4.: 13, 16. 5:17.
i. e. to die no more; comp. Job 33: 28. Tit. 2: 7.—Plut. de Ed. Puer. 4. Xen.
Sept. for "3‘? Ps. 30:10. Is. 51: 14.— Cyr. 8. 7. 24.—-In the sense of mom'h'on,
Soph. Aj. 1276. Suid. Buupflopd' sin/a warning, 2 Tim. 3: 16. Rom. 15: 4,001].
roc, Mam; r017 avvfle'rou mbparoc. 1 Cor. 10: 11.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24.
Ampogog, 00, a, fi, adj. (5m¢s'pw,) b) of the thing taught, instruction,
dyferent, i. e. precept, doctrine,- as coming from men,
a) diverse, various, Rom. 12; 6. Heb. perverse, etc. Matt. 15: 9. Mark 7: 7.
9; 10. Sept. forfl'fifii? Deut. 22. 9.—Jos. Eph. 4: 14. C01. 2:22. 1 Tim. 4: 1.
Ant. 1. 8. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 2. So Sept. and Is. 29: 13. or as
b) in the sense of superior, better, etc. coming from God, divine, etc. 1 Tim.
Heb. 1:4. 8: 6. See in Alfie/pm 2. b. 7. 1:10. 4: 6. 6:1, 3. 2 Tim.3:10. 4:3.
—Sept. Ezra 8: 26. Ken. em. 4. 4v l5. Tit. 1:9. 2: 1, 10. Sept. genr. for 2+"!
AI¢¢UNl/0'0'W, or 0511a, L 5..., to Prov. 2: 17.—Xen.(Ec. 14. 3. Eq. 11. 5.
guard through i. e. ever, to protect; Luke Alha'azakog, 00, 5, (5.5.5.7...) a
4: 10 r017 51a¢uhé£az oz, where for rat; ‘teacher, instructor, master.- genr. Rom.
see Buttm. § 140. n. 1. Sept. for “"212 2: 20. Heb. 5: 12. So 01' Jewish doc
Gen. 28:15. Ps. 9l:ll.-—3 Mace. 3: tors or lawyers, Matt. 9: ll. 10: 24, 25.
3. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2. Luke 2: 46. 6:40. John 3: 10; hence
AHZXEIQIZU, 1‘. low, to have pass i. q. ‘afifii, John 1: 39. 20: 16. of John
through one's hands, to administer, Xen. the aptist, Luke 3: 12. of Jesus, Matt.
H. G. 7. 4.. 34.. Anab. 1. 9. 17.—In N. 8:19. 12: 38. 17:24. Mark 5: 35. 14:
T. hIid. auzxuplloluat, to lay hands upon, 14. John 11:28. 13:13, 14. a]. ofthe
i. e. to kill, to slay, trans. Acts 5: 30. 26: apostle Paul, 1 Tim. 2: 7. of other
21.—Diod. Sic. 18. 46. P01. 8. 23. 8. Christian teachers, 1 Cor. 12:28, 29, al.
Herodian. 3. 1'2. 2. —2 Macc. l: 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 8. Ken.
Amxlsuélw, t'. c'ww (Sui intens.) Mem. 4. 2. 2. AL.
w deride greatly, to scofi', absol. Acts 2: AiBéaw, r. 5..., (obsol. sea) bleach,
13 in later edit. for Xhemifw in text. rec. to inslruct, viz.
—P01. 17. 4. 4. Dem. 1221. 16. a) gem. and absol. Matt. 4:23. 9: 35.
Amxwgl'éw, f. law, to separate Mark 1:21. Luke 4:15. 1 Cor. 4:17.
throughout, i. e. wholly, Sept. for 5'3? 11: 14. Eph. 4: 21. al. saap. Construed
Gen. 1:4, 6, 7. Ken. (Ec.,8. 11. ib. 9. with an scans. of person or of thin , or
7. —— In N. T. Mid. Baaxwpizopm, to both; see Buttm. § 131.4, 5. hus
sqzarate one's self wholly fi'om, i. e. to seq. ace. of person, Matt 5: 2. Mark 9:
depart, to go away, seq. am; 'ru/og; Luke 31. Luke 4:31. John 7: 35. al. saep.
9:33. Sept. for ""T‘E-‘t Gen. 13: 9,11. So Sept. for 2W3" Job 13:23. 37: 19.
—-Susann. 13, 51. Diod. Sic. 4. 53.
"ii-‘1 Prov. 4: 4.—Diod. Sic. l. 8. Xen.
Hiero 8. 1.—Seq. accus. of thing, Matt.
Afiwvrmk. 7'1, 51‘. (mam...) di 15: 9. 1 Tim. 4.: 11. Tit.1=11. So
dactic, i. e. teaching, apt to teach, I Tim. Sept. for “in Is. 9:15. 1&5. Eco. 12.
3: 9. 2 Tim. 2: 24. 9.-—Esdr. 9: 48. Ken. Cyr. 1. 6. 20.-—
Alhom'ro'g, 2'7, 6v, (8186mm) taughl, —Seq. ace. of both pers. and thing,
seq. gen. of the agent; see Winer Gr. John 14:26. Heb. 5: 12. In pass. con
c 30. 4.. Matth. <; 34.5. . struction, 2 Thess. 2: 15 6c e'3151ix6m-e,
a) of persons, taught, instructed, John comp. Buttm. § 134. 6. So Sept. for
6: 45 mivrcc EiBax-rol 9:017. Sept. and who Prov. 22: 21. H's-'1 Prov. 4.. 11.
“i=7 we’: Is. 54.. 13. ""2". Dent. 11:9. Judg. 3: 2. pass. 1
b) of things, etc. taught, imparted, sug Chr. 5: 18. Cant. 3: 8.—Plut. de Puer.
gested, 1 Cor. 2: 13 bis.-—S0ph. Electr. Ed. 9. Xen. Cyr. l. 2.8. Mem. 3. 1.
 A5000’; 186 Aldo/u
5 bis.—Instead of the accus. of thing is 2 2'50”, perf. 55mm, pluperf. e’EeBdn-ew'
sometimes found the infin. as Matt. 28: see Buttm. § 107. Less usual forms are:
20. Luke 11: 1. Rev. 2: 14 in text. rec. pres. 3 plur. Attic 513mm: Rev. l7: 13
So Sept. for 2"?” Job 10: 2. Deut. in later edit. Buttm. § 107. n. I, l. Wi
4: l. 80: 18.—Xen. Cyr. l. 2.8 bis.— ner §14. l. b.—-A0r. l Subj. 3 pers. 56:01)
Or also se . 511, Mark 8: 31.—1E]. V. John 17:2. Rev. 8:3, from an obso.
H. a. 16. en. Hi. 1. 10.—Or wept c. aor. l 55:-ma, only in late writers; see
gen. of thing, 1 John 2:27.—Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 721. Winer § 14. 1
os. Ant. 9. ll. l.—-()nce in Griesbach note.--Aor. 2 Opt. 3 pers. 5931; later for
with a dot. of person, (accus. in text. 50h’, Rom. l5: 5. Eph. 1:17. al. see
rec.) Rev. 2: l4 5565a“: r97 Bakéx, like Lob. ad Phryn. p. 346. Winer § 14. l.
the Heb. ""21? Job 21: 22. 515-‘! Deut. g. Buttm. §107. n. I,3.—Pluperf. 3:56
33: 10. H08. 10: 19 rew without augm. Mark 14: 44. John
b) in the sense of to tutor, to direct, to 11:57; see Buttm. §83. n. 6. Winer
advise, to put in mind, Matt. 28: 15. § 12. 12.—The primary signil'. is every
John 9:34. Acts 21: 21. Heb. 8:11. where to give, sc. of one's own accord
Rev. 2: 20.—Ecclus. 9: 1. Jos. Ant. 2. and with good will; trans. with accus.
11. l. Xen. Apol. Soc. 24. AL and dat. expressed or implied.
AIBQ'JOII, fig, 1‘), (3456101141,) teaching,
a) to give, to bestow upon. (a) gem.
instruction, i. q. man-qua. So Suid. Matt.4:9 ral'lramivra 00!. 5130'“). I3: 12.
3:511”) (in-i 1'06 tifiamcahla. Spoken 25: 8. Mark 2: 26. 10: 21. Luke 6: 4.
a) of the art of teaching, Mark 4: 2. 12: 33. John 4: 5, comp. Gen. 48: 22.
12: 3B. 1 Cor. 14:6, 26. Tit. l: 9. al. seep. Sept. every where for 1135,
b) of the manner or character of one's Gen. 24: 53. 25: 5, 6. 1 Sam. 30: ll,
teaching, Matt. 7: 28. 22: 23. Mark 1: 12. al. smp.—Phalaeph. 7. Xen. Hi. 7. 8.
22, 27. Luke 4.. 32. spoken of sacrifice, homage, etc.
c) of the things taught, precept, doc_ to ofl'a', to present; Luke 2: 24 506w!‘
trine, etc. Matt. 16:12. John7: 16,17. 911011111. Rev. 4: 9.-Hom. Ii. 12. 6.
Acts 17:19. Rom. 6: i7. Heb. 6: 2. (-y) spoken of a person who does any
l3: 9. al.—Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 282. ed. thing to or for another, from whom one
Jac. An. receives any thing, the source, author, or
Alogaxpoov, 00, m’, (51;, $941,016,) cause of a favour, benefit, etc. to any
didracllm, a double drachma, a silver coin one; to give, to grant, to permit, to pre
equal to two Attic drachmae and also sent, to cause, etc.—(l) genr. Matt. 21:
to the Jewish half shekel; see Jos. Ant. 23 rig 0'01 Zoom: T7)!’ e'Eomn'av ral'myv.
3. 8. 2. This makes it equivalent to Acts 8: 19. John 4: 12 8g {om-av fipiv
about 28 cents. (15-id.) Matt. 17:24 Ta ?péap. 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 8: 10. al.
bis, spoken of the yearly tribute to the — udith 9: 9. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Dem.
temple paid by every Jew, Ex. 30: 13 704. 5. Thuc. 3. 43. Xen. Ag. 2. 3.
sq. So Aquil. for 7P}? and 53.??? “3?? —Hence 5156mm rdvrov, to give place,
Ex. 38: 26.—Sept. everywhere for Heb. i. e. to make way, to give way, to yield,
53.1.2, Gen. 23:15,16. Neh. 10: 32. al. etc. Luke 14:9. Rom. 12:19.—Eph.4:
whence probably the drachma of Alex 27. 2 Thess. 3: 9.—Arria.n. Diss. Ep.
andria was equal to two Attic drachmae. 3. 26 Zfiehegdov; liMotg réarov. Plut. C.
See particularly in 'Apyu’lpwv c. Comp. Gracch. 13 for: rénov (170.9079, Karol
Gesen. Lex. art. n'ohirai. So Lat. dare locum, Cic. de Nat.
' Deor. 2. 33. Ep. Fam. 11. l.—So with
Alovplog, 0v, 6, 1*], adj. twain, twin,an accus. where the idea may often also
double, Sept. for Din‘: Cant. 4: 5. Horn.
be expressed by the verb cognate with
0d. 19. 227. a twin, plur. twins, Sept. the noun; e. g. 515mm; air/av 19': 951},
for Gen. 25: 24. Lucian. D. Mort. i. q. topraise, Luke 18: 43. (Palaaph. 43.)
16.4.-—In N. T. as a surname of the 515. t’urérpww, to give an answer, i. q. to
apostle Thomas, Didymus, i. e. the Twin,
answer, John I: 22. 315. (in plain’, to
John 11:16. 20:24. 21:2.—Act.Thom. give occasion, 2 Cor. 5: 12. 1 im. 5: 14,.
§ 1. Comp. Thilo ib. p. 92.
513. 5650:’ 11} 9:93, i. q. to glmfg, to
Al’awfbl, f. 56mm, aor. i Zawxa, aor. praise, to honour, Lukc17:18. John 9:24..
 Alana: 187 A/hwui
Acts 12: 23. So Sept. for ""85, 1!‘; 10:40. 14:3.——Hom. 11.3. 322. Lucian.
Josh. 7: 19: Jer. 13: 16. 5:5. e'yrom'lv, D. Mort. 9. 2.— So Rev. 3:8 368mm
i. q. tohinder, 1 Cor. 9: 12. 5:5. e'vrohfiv, Evdnruiv aov Sirpav c'wup'ypc'vnw sc. rival,
i. q. to command, John 11:57. 12:49. I have granted, caused, an open door to
(Dem. 250. 13.) 3:5. 1r xmrfiv, i. q. to be before thee .- others under d below.—
qfliend, 2 Cor. 6: 3. 5a). fiémapa, i. q. Spoken of evil or punishment divinely
to strike, John 18: 22, i. q. hawtluv Dem. inflicted, to give, to inflict, etc. 2 Thess.
787. 23. 515. xépu'ypa, i. q. xapdaanv, 1:8 s'xdinyaw. Rev. 18: 7 fiaaavurpov
Rev. 13: 16. So did. eiia'npov ho'yov, mi 1rz'v60c. 2 Cor. 12: 7 £5661; poi
i. q. n’lm’lpug M'yzw, to speak distinctly, axéhml: rlr'l aapxi, where comp. Buttm. §
1 Cor. 14: 9.-—(2) Spoken of God or of 133. 3. 2. Matth. § 389. h.—Hom. II.
Christ as the author or source of what 19. 270. Xen. Mem. 2. a. 7.
one has, receives, etc. to give, to grant, (8) metaph. of things which are the
to bestow, to impart; Matt. 6:11 riw cause, source, occasion, of any thing,
fiprov r'lpa'w row imoirawv 56g- iypiv or’, etc. to give, to import, to cause, etc. Acts
pepov. 9: 8 8:61! rov 561cm e’Eouaiav 3: 16 Kai i) m'a-ric Zhuxev aim; n)v 6A0.
roiairrnv roic civOpé'n-mg. 12: 39. Mark rhnplav. —- Eurip. Suppl. 420. [422.]
13:11. Luke 12: 32. John 3: 27. 17: Iph. Taur. 722. [728.]—-So with an
92, 24. Acts 7: 5. 11:17. 2 Cor.9:9. accus. where the idea may also be ex.
Gal. 3. as. Eph. 4.. e. 2 Tim. 2; 7.
pressed b the cognate verb; James 5:
Rev. 2: 28. al. So soil/a: xdpiv or 18 iizrov £48. 1. q. iicw. Matt. 24: 29 rd
i) xdpig 1'] 506mm, to give or confer ¢€yyog 545. i. q. qbé-y-yew. 1 Cor. l4: 7,
grace or favour, the grace given, benefit 8, pump’ 515. i. q. our/sir. Comp. in 'y.
conferred, James 4: 6. Rom. 12: 3, 6. b) to give, sc. to give up, to deliver over,
1 Cor. 3: 10. Eph. 3:8. al.—Eschyl. to present, to commit to, i. e. to put into
Prom. 827. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18. the hands, power, possession, of any one,
Passow Lex. in Xépic 3. a.-—Rev. 2: 21 etc.
{6mm alni xpérov, I gave her, granted (a) gem. e. g. a person, Luke 7: 15.
her, time, etc.—Pol. 6. l7. 5. Dem. 399. things, Matt. 5: 31 361-40 airri) drroan'l
19.—So of rulers, Acts 13: 20, 21.— aiov. 19:7. 14:8 569 [40: oi e rr)v xe
Xen. C . 2. 3. 4.—In various construc ¢a)\ip' 'Iwdwou. v. 9. 24: 45. Mark 6:
tions, viz. seq. gen. of part, 56m.’ airrq'i 41. Luke 11: 7,8. John 6: 51. 18:11.
r06 t'wva Rev. 2: 17, (Buttm.§ 132.4. Rev. 15:7. Acts 9: 41 50:);- 8e‘ aim-f;
2. c, and seq. 2': rwoc in the same sense, xeipa. al. step—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10, 11.
1 John 4: l3. Seq. tic, as 5:50174‘ (air-mic) ib. 4. 6. 10 rfiv Ecfiu'un— Acts 1:26
ropovc 0v :1; rr)v du'wotav or e'1ri rag Eduxav Khiypovg aimiv, they gave in their
mpazac eb.8:10. 10:16. Rev. 17:17. lots; others under d below, like Heb.
comp. Passow Lex. in rieqpi A. 1.— 52531135 Lev. 16:8, where Sept. rifinpi.
Construed often with the dat. and an Luke 15: 22 567's 5axrir>uov :1: Thu Xeipa.
infin. as a neut. subst. instead of an QiITOI-I, give or bring a ring for his hand;
accus. comp. Buttm. § 140. 5. Matt. others under (1 below, like Heb. 5? V35
13: ll i/piv 5660M. 'yvdavac ra pua-rr'lpta, Gen. 41: 42, where Sept. repel-1611;“.—
to you it is given, granted, to know, etc. Xen. An. 1. 2. 27.—Seq. dat. of pers.
Luke 1: 73 roii dot-Iva: ilp'iv d¢o€w¢ and infin. e. g. 513. ain'oic ¢ayeiv et 1rlvcw,
Xarpu'mv aimfi. John 5: 26 55101‘: H; Matt. 14:16. Luke 8:55. 15:16. John
will] {any Exew Ev e'aorq'r. Acts 2: 4. 4: 7. 6:31. Rev. 16: 6.—Comp. Lucian.
Rom. 15:5. 2 Tim. 1:18. Rev. 6: 4. D. Deor. 7. 4.. 1151. V. H. 9. 15.—So
—J0s. Ant. 3.12. 2. El. V. H. 13. 36. 515. m1;- xval, Matt. 7: 6. comp. Horn.
Plut. C. Gracch. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. ll. II. 23. 21. Xen. Ven. 7. 4, 12.
ib. 5. 1. 29.—This infin. is sometimes (/3) in the sense of to commit, to en
implied as Matt. 19: 11 01c de'dorai sc. trust, sc. to the charge or care of an
Xupeiv. John 19: 11. Rev. 11:3. VVith one; spoken of things, Matt. 16: 19
iva instead of the infin. Mark 10: 37.— Edam aoa rag Khe'ic rfic fiamhslac TIA-IV clip.
So with an accus. and infin. to permit, 25:15. Mark 12: 9. Luke 12: 48. 16:
to safer, to grant, Acts 2: 27 et 13:35 I2. ‘20: 16. John 3: 35. 5:22. 13:3.
vitae‘ 56:11:19 for 561011 006 152111 diastiiopdv. :11. Sept. and V2‘; Cant. 8: 11.—Xen.
 Albwpu 188 Aievflvuéouai
An. 1. l. 8. Cyr. 8. 7. ll.—So of rpc'urelav, to place money upon the table
works etc. to be done, John 5: 36. 17: sc. of the broker, Luke 19:23, comp.
4, 8, 11, 14. Acts 7: 38.—Xen. (Ec. 7. Matt. 25: 27, i. e. to place at interest;
6.—-Spoken of persons delivered over, comp. Sept. and 1133 Lev. 25: 37. So
committed to one's charge, teaching, etc. 515. riz Svyiépara z'nl r6 svaiaa'n'ppsov,
John 10; 29. 17; 6,9,22,24. Heb. 2; Rev. 8: 3, i. e. to otter in sacrifice [iipa]
13.-pp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 28.—Hence raig rpoaevxaic etc. comp. Ecclus. [32]
(-y) 51561111: Eavro'v, to give one's self, to 35: 16, 17. Sept. and ‘.133 Ez. 7: 3,4.
deliver one's sel , viz. (1) to consecrate or al. comp. 1!; Gen. 1: 7. 9:13, where
devote one's self, 2 Cor. 8: 5.—Herodot. Sept. fiery“ Ev. So seq. :1; Luke 15:
3. 19. Dem. 301. 20.—(2) Seq, inre'p v. 22.—Metaph. to apply,in the Latinism
'lrepl rtvog, i. e. to give or devote one's self 506ml. e'p-yaaiav, dare operam, to give la
sc. to death for any one, Gal. 1:4. Tit. bour, i. e. to apply efi‘ort, to endeavour,
2: l4. seq. izvrt'hurpoml Tim. 2:6. SO seq. infin. Luke 12: 58.—Herrnog. de
r6 064m abroii Luke 22: 19. rfiv adpxa Invent. 3. 5, 7, e'p'yaatav 11;: imxupi/pan
aim-oil, John 6: 51. So also 5:5. rr‘1v 5150M. See dare operam in Ernesti
\bvxfiv ail-r017 Mrrpov dvrl, Matt. 20: 28. Clav. Cic. art. (haera. Comp. arm/31);’
Mark 10: 45. —l Macc. 2:50. 6: 44. riflz'vai Pind. Pyth. 4. 492. ponere op_
Jos. B. J. 2.10. 5. Eurip. Herac. 551. eram, Cic. pro Mur. 22. pro Cluent. 57.
Phmn. 1012. ed. Parson—(3) Constr. —(/3) Spoken of miracles, to do, to per
with tic c. accus. of place, to betahe one's form, to exhibit, Matt. 24:24. Acts 2:
self to any place, to go, etc. Acts 19: 19 quoted from Joel 3: 3, [2: 30,] where
31 '11) 506ml: éaurbv eig r6 Qe'arponn— Sept. for 115,1, as also Ex. 7: 9. Deut.
Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 7 et Diod. Sic. 5. 59 13: 1. Comp. Sept. 116w.“ for 51': Deut.
515011;; airrbv sic rile Epnpiag. 6: 22.—(y) With a doub. ace. of per
c) to give, i. e. to give forth, to render son, to appoint, to constitute, sc. as any
up, to yield, etc. especially in return for thing, where the last ace. is by apposi
any thing bestowed, as a gift, labour, tion; Eph. 1:22 ai/rov E'Ewxe xeoaltfiv
attention, etc. hence often found where inre‘p 'n'érru. 4: 1]. So Sept. and 1133
c'mobtbwpi might have stood. a) gem. Ex. 7. 1. and 1!! Gen. 17: 5,Sept. 1101);“.
e. g. of persons, Rev. 20: 13 ibwxev i1 9& 80 Sept. 51567111 :29 for W?! Ez. 37: 22.
Xamra ‘robe vexpmig e'v airr‘fi x. r. X. bis.— Comp. Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 813. Matth.
Soph. Phil. 664.—Of thin s, Luke 6: §420.—(5) Spoken of a. law, ordinance,
38 iotir'yacrai i/piv' pe'rpo dmova'w ch; etc. to give, i. e. to ordain, to institute, to
riw xolurov lllulrtl'. Metaph. hb-yov 5610:: prescribe; e. g. ro'uoy, John 7: 19. Gal.
r9? Gui}, shall render an account to God, 3: 21. btaer'lxqv mpcropfic Acts 7: 8.
Rom. 14: 12.-Plut. de Puer. Educ. l5. reptropfiu John 7: 22. So Sept. for 15,!
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 33.—(B) Spoken of what Lev. 26: 46. for We‘?! Josh. 24: 25. ":3
is given as a reward, recompense, for Ezra 9: 11. 5:5. btaor'lxrpv, Sept and 11.‘!
labour, etc. to give, to reward, to pay, Num. 25: 12. and Heb. 1133 Gen. 17: 2.
etc. Matt. 20:4,14. Mark 14: 11. Rev. Lev. 26:1, where Sept. n’finpc—The
11: 18. Or of the price of any thing, classic form is 357m; vapor, whence
tribute,tithes,etc. Matt. 16: 26 et Mark vopoflz'rng a lawgiver, etc. comp. Pas
8:37. Matt. 22: 17. 27: 10. Luke 20: sow Lex. art. n'On/u A. 3. 0. AL.
22. 23: 2. Heb. 7: 4. Sept. for "1Q Anya/gm, f. spd'i,(Eu'i,e’-yclpw,)to wake
Zech. ll: 12.—Xen. COnV. l: 5dp'yl'lplov. up fully, to rouse, trans. pp. persons
Palaeph. 38 515. ¢o'pov.—(-y) Spoken of from sleep, Matt. 1:24. Mark 4. 38,
the earth, to giveforth,to yield, sc. xaprév, 39. Luke 8; 24..- Jos. Am, 2. 5. 5.
Matt. 13:8. Mark 4: 7,8. So Sept. Herodian. 2. l. 13.—Trap. ofthings,e. g.
and 1133 Zech. 8: 12.—S0 izvrofitbwpi Xen. of a sea, to agitate, pass. John 6: 18.
Cyr. 8. 3. 38. Comp. Heb. ‘22 and Sept. e’Ee-yzipw Jon.
d) from the Heb. used in the sense of 1: 13.—Of the mind, to excite, incite,
Tieflfll, like 11."! for mi", comp. Gesen. stir up, 2 Pet. 1: 13. 3: l.—2 Macc. 7:
Lex. art. 10,! 2, 3; to put to place, etc.— 21. 15:10. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T.
(41) pp. and seq. e’1rl c. acc. to place or put I. p. 650. Clem. Alex. Protr. 9.
upon anything; e. g. ro dpyilpioy e'iri rfiv Aitvéuuéoum, 05am, (8.6, ivGv
 Aiégohog 189
pe'opcu) to revolve in mind throughout,i. e.
to consider carefully, seq. 1rspi 0. gen.
_Acts 10: 19 in later edit. for e'vtivpe'opai
in text. rec.
Aléiohot, 09, i), (5.6., 550509,) pas
sage out through, a pass, Herodian. 8. l.
11. comp. Sept. for R?” 2 K. 2: 21. In
N. T. a thoroughfare, i. e. prob. a place
in a city where several streets meet,vand
where many people usually collect or
pass; Matt. 22:9. Others, highways,
sc. leading out of a city.
Aleganveuri'lg, ou, 6,(§Lsppnvn':w,)
an interpreter, 1 Cor. 14: 28.
Alzgunvsou, f. n'm'w, (Sui, intens.
ippryvn'm) to interpret fully, to explain,
to ezpound, trans. Luke 24: 97. absol.
Acts 9: 36. 1 Cor. 12: 30. 14:5, 13, 27.
—2 Macc. 1: 36. Polyb. 3. 22. 3.
Aligxopm, f. eheimopal, (51.1, Ep.
0pm,) comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 37, 38.
huum. § 108. V. 5. § 114. p. 282; to
come or go through, to pass through, viz.
a) pp. seq. 816 0. gen. of place, Matt.
12: 43 et Luke 11: 24 Bir'pxerai 51' an’:
Zpuv. Luke 4: 30. 17: ll. 10lm14: 4.
[8: 59.] Acts 9:32. 1 COT. 10: l. 51.’
Exzivrlg so. 63017, Luke 19:4. 51' 13,116”,
2 Cor. 1: 16. 5.1. rpv-rrfipa-roc pmpzaoc
Matt. 19:24. Mark 10:25. Com .
Buttm. § 147. n. 12. So Sept. for n
2 Chr. 23: 15. Ez. 44. 9. "a! 1 Sam.
9:3,4. E1. 29: 11.—Seq. accus. of
place, Luke 19: 1 ciilpxero rr‘p' 'Iiplxbll.
Acts 12:10. 13:6. 14:24.. 15: 3,41.
16:6. 18: 23. 19:1,21. 20:2. lCor.
16: 5 bis. Heb. 4: 14 Biehnkvliora r009
oiapavm'ig, who has passed through the
heavens, i. e. all the heavens, uite up
to the throne of God, comp. 2 or. 19:
2, 4. E h. 4: 10. Heb. 7: 26. So Sept.
for 1%’; 05h. 1&4. 1 Sam. 30:91. ‘*2;
Gen. 41: 47. Ez. 9: 4.—-Herodian 8. l.
7. Xen. C_yr. l. 1. 5. An. 3. 5. 17.-—
Absol. but with an accus. implied, as
rfiv 7711', Thu mihw, rfiv Xlitpfll', etc. i. e.
through the intervening country, the 33 rfiv 5:‘ ysvziw ain'oi'l rig Emyfiaerm,
region round about, etc. Acts 8: 4, quoted from Is. 53: B, where Sept. for
40 Eupxopzvoc cila'y'yzhizcro ‘rag mihuc
rrdaac. 10:38. 17: 23. 20: 25. seq. Kara
Ko'upag Luke 9: 6. So seq. Eu; 0. gen.
of place, to go or travel through sc. the
country asfar as, Acts 11: 19, 22; and
hence simply, to go or pass to a place, Ali'yflm, 5511;, i), (511774014111) nar
seq. 1mg, Luke 2: 15. Acts 9: 38. Trop. ration, historg, Luke 1: 1. Sept. for
An'ryna'l;
sic m'lv'rac dvtipdmouc h Savaroc 517MB”,
Rom. 5: 19. Sept. p. seq. rig for
B53 2 Sam. 17:94. c. iiri for ‘Lil! Jon.
2: 4.—Xen. An. 6. 3. 16. [6. 1. 16.]—
Spoken of things, e. g. a sword, to
pierce through, seq. accus. Luke 2: 35.
-of a weapon, seq. gen. Horn. 11. 20.
100.—Trop. of a rumor, A670: to go
out through so. the country, to be spread
abroad, absol. Luke 5: 15.—Plut. Galba
7. Xen. An. 1. 4. 7 3117M): X6709.
b) spoken of those who pass over a
river, lake, sea, etc. Mark 4: 35 et Luke
8: 22 3.0.6041“ 21'; To 1re'pav. Acts l3:
l4 oicheowsg rim‘) 'rfic Ils'p'yng, i. e. pass
ing over by water from Perga to An
tioch, comp. v. 13. 18: 27. So Sept. for
85! Deut. 4:21. “5! Ier. 2:10. 48:
32. — Xen. An. 4. 1. 3. Hesych. -
aie'hfiwpev. 3|a1repdawpev.
Alsgm'oiw, 5, f.i;aw,(31c'l, iporrdm)
to inquire through so. to the end, till the
inquiry is successful, 1. e. to inquire out,
e. g. rr)v oixlaw, Acts 10: 17. — Polyb.
5. 50. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 15 i1 'ui'rnp
Empéra rdv KIIJPOII mircpa x. 1'. h.
Aien'lg, 60;, 05;, a, 7'], adj. (Etc,
grog) of two years, two years old; Matt.
2: 16 r'urd oit'rofig [waldoc] xal rarwre'pw,
i. e. from the child of two years old and
under. SO Sept. ('rlrd 'rpierm'lg xal imivw
for H'zga’giws 6159-4512:, from the child
of three years old and upward, 9 Chr.
31: 16. duro cixoaaeroiic 1 Chr. 97: 23.
Ezra 3: 8. — Pollux. On. 2. 2. 8. —
Others supply Xpovov, comp. 2 Macc.
10: 3. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 4. Herodot. 2. 2.
Amie, as, 1,, (515141;) space oftwo
years, biennium, Acts 24: 97. 28: 30.
Aim/totem, 05am, f. iloopai, de
pon. Mid. (516, iryr'oluai) pp. to lead or
conduct through, so. ‘to the end; hence
trop. to go through with, to recount, to tell,
to declare, so. the whole of any thing;
trans. or seq. 115:, 5001!, wept, etc. Mark
5: 16. 9; 9. Luke 8:39. 9; 10. Acts
9: 97. 12:17. Heb. 11:32. Acts 8:
1311.55; see in A’Zpw 4. a. Bibi. Repos.
II. p. 358 sq. Sept. for ‘ED. Gen. 24:
66. Josh. 2: 23. al.—1 Macc. 8: 2. Xen.
Cyr. l. 2.6. (Be. 7. 9.
 Amvzmig 190 Alamo;
"$95. Judg. 7: 15.—2 Macc. 2:32. Pol. tissima tellus, Virg. Georg. 2. 460.
3. 36. 4. Hence usually and in N. T. in a moral
Alnrem'ig, £05, 017;, 6, 1'], adj. (Sui, sense, right, just; spoken
fivem'lg, or fr. buive-yxa aor. l of 51a¢épw,) a) of one who acts alike to all, who
pp. carried through, i. e. extended, pro practises even-handed justice, just, equi
tracted, Hom. I]. 12. 134. Luc. Ver. Hist. table, impartial; spoken of a judge, e. g.
l. 19 vuxrl Eulvcxe'i nfioa Ka'rst'xcro. In God, 2 Tim. 4: 8 b blmiog rpi-n'lc. Rev.
N. T. spoken only of time, continuous, 16: 5. of a judgment, decision, etc.
perpetual, viz. eig r6 Enlvexz'c, adverbially, John 5: 30 fl spin: 1'] Ep1) 51min. e'ori.
continually, perpetually, Heb. 10: l. for 7:24. Luke 12:57. 2 Thess. 1:5, 6.
ever, Heb. 7: 3. 10: 12, 14.—Symm. for Rev.
Jer. 4.2;
16:7.
5. Ez.
19:2.
18:8.So pus
Sept.P5.for7: 12.
an?’ Ps. 48:15. Heliodor. 1. p. 25.
Alflolttaoaog, 0v, 5, 1), adj. (Big, 119: l37.—Jos. Ant. 7.14.11. Xen.
Cyr. l. 3. l7. Mem. 4. 8. 9.
sdhaaam) between two seas, bimaris; so
of Corinth, Hor. 0d. 1. 7. 2. In N. T. b) of character, conduct, etc. just as
spoken prob. of a shoal or sand-bank at it should be, i. e. upright, righteous, vir
the confluence of two opposite currents, tuous,- also good in a general sense;
Acts 27: 41. -- Dio. Chrysost. V. p. 83. but 6 Eixmog is strictly one who does
I), rpaxe’a xal Sidéharra. Comp. Wet. right, while 6 (17.10.39 is one who does
stein N. T. in 100. good, a benefactor,- comp. Tittm. de
Syn. N. T. p. 20, 21. Sept. usually
Ah'xréouou, oiipoal, f. ELMO/mt, for W73, see Gesen. Lex. sub. v. no. 3.
(51d, ixve'opm) to go or pass through, i.e. -—Sp0ken of things, 597d 1 John 3: l2.
to pierce through, seq. dxpt 0. gen. Heb.
Errohr'] Rom. 7: l2. and hence r6 ba’xawv,
4: 12. Sept. pp. for "'2; Ex. 26: 28. 36: what is right, proper, etc. as wages,
33.—Hesych. 81IKY01’1F8VOQ' diepxopcvoc. Matt. 20:4,7. Col. 4: l. (Xen. An. 7. 7.
Atld'fflfbl, (511i, 'lo‘rnpn) aor. 1 die’ 14.) genr. Eph. 6: 1. Phil. 1: 7. 2 Pet.
arno'a, trans. to place asunder, to sepa 1. l3.—.Ios. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Ken. Mem.
rate,- aor. 2 Btéarnv, intrans. to separate 4. 4. 25.—Spoken of persons, viz. (a) in
sc. one's self, to go away; see in "Ia-nun, the usage of common life, Matt. 5: 45
and Buttrn. § 107. II. In N. T. spoken tips’ a i1rl butaioug xal tibia-avg. Mark 2:
of place, intrans. to depart, seq. 61rd, 17. uke 5: 32. 18:9. 20=20. Acts 10;
Luke 24: 51. Acts 27: 28 [3919015551111 22. Rom. 5: 7. 1 Tim. 1:9. Heb. 11:4.
crn'yaawrsg sc. lav-robe, departing a little, 2 Pet. 2: 7,8. al. So Sept. and P"!!!
i. e. going a little further.—Ecclus. 28: Gen. 1&23 sq. Ecc. 3.17. 9=1,2.
14 01. 10. 3. 6.—Spoken of time, to .Ios. Ant. 6. l. 4. Ken. H. G. 2. 4. 40.
pass away, to elapse, Luke 22: 59. Mem. 4. 8. 11. —inclu(l.ing the idea of
Ai'io'xuglzoum, f. io'opai, depon. innocent, Matt. 27: 19, 24. So Sept. for
Mid. (511i, ioxvpllopai to atiirm,) to af ‘FA Job 9: 23. Prov. 6: 17.—Including
firm through and through, i. e. to afi'irm the idea of mild, clement, hind, Matt. 1:
strongly, absol. Luke 22: 59. Acts 12: 19. 1-Iohn l: 9. comp. Tittmann l. c.
15.—Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 4. Luc. Hermotim. -—(,8) Especially of those whose hearts
31. Dem. 447. 25. are right with God, righteous, pious,
godly. Matt. 13: 43 Tore 01 51's. c'xhép
Amaloxgw/u, mg, 1'], (dixawg and tllovo'iv dmbifhtoc. v.49. 23:29. 25: 46.
rplmg) justjudgment, Rom. 2: 5, comp. Mark 6: 20. Luke 14:14. 23: 47. Rom.
2 Thess. l: 5.—Gr. Anon. for 22?’? 2:13. 3:10. 5:19. al. Rom. 1:17 Ei
Hos. 6: 5. Test. XII Patr. in Fabric. I. Kmog in: m’orewg, just through faith, i. q.
p. 547, 581. Just. Mart. de Resurrect. but-awed; 8. 1r. Sept. and P73 Gen.
p. 213. 6'9. PS. I: 5. 118215, 19. al.—Act.
Aa'xouog, diet, or, (prob. fr. 51541,) Thom. 20. Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod.
right,just,i.e. physically,like, even,equal, Pseud. V. T. I. p. 57l,609.—('y)Spol(en
c. g. numbers, Herodot. 2. 149. lip/.m in the highest and most perfect sense
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 26. just as itshould be, of God, John 17: 25. Rom. 3: 26.
i. e.fit, proper, good, e. g. 7r‘; Pollux ()n. 1 John 2: 29. of Christ, Acts 3:14.
I. 227. 7473101’ Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. jus 7: 52. 22:14. I John 2:1. 3:7. Sept.
 Amouooi'zm
for 77$ Ex. 9:27. Deut. 32:4. Ezra
9: 15. AL.
Amouoat'am, mg, 1), (35mm) pp,
thedoing or ba'ng what isjust and right,
viz.
a) the doing alike to all, i. e. justice,
equity, impm'tialily; spoken of a judge
etc. Acts 17:31 xpc'wsw rfiv olxoups'vnv
iv oixaioo'l'lyg. Rev. 19: ll. Heb. 11: 33
slp-yéoavro ucatoo'iwnu, exercisedjustice,
i. e. dispensed justice to the nations, etc.
Rom. 9: 28, quoted from Is. 10: 22,
where Sept. for "231}, as also Is. 5: 16.
9: 7. for P115. Ps. 9: 9. 35: 24.—Ecclus.
45: 26. Jos. Ant. 3. 4. l.
b) of character, conduct, etc. the be
ing just as one should be, i. e. rectitude,
uprightness, righteousness, virtue, like
the Heb. Pygfim‘f; comp. in Alxaun;
b. So of actions, duties, etc. i. q. Ta
Eli-mow, what is right, proper, fit, Matt.
3:15 whnpabaac 1rc'wav duraioaz'lvnm—
Of disposition, conduct, viz. (a) in the
language of common life, Eph. 5:9.
1 Tim. 6:11. 2 Tim. 2: 22. Heb. l: 9.
7: 2. Rev. 22: 11 in later edit. Sept.
for P155 Ps. 15:2. Job 29: 14. “P33, 1
Sam. 26:23. Prov. 8: 18, 20.—Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 24. Conv. 3. 4.—Including
the idea of kindness, benigm'ty, Izberality,
2 Cor. 9: 9, 10. 2 Pet. 1:1. Comp. in
Aimmg b. Also in later edit. put for
s'Xeflpoo’ilyn, alms, Matt. 6: l. coll. v. 2.
So Sept. for "'91.? Gen. 20: 13. 21:23. justify, i. e. to regard as just, to declare
Is. 63: 7. Hm; 1 Sam. 12: 7. Ps. 24.: one to bejust, trans.
5. Mic. 6: 5.—Tob. 2: 14.. Bar. 5; 9.
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 82.-(fl)
Spoken of that righteousness which has
regard to God and the divine law, viz.
either (1) merely external and consist
ing in the observance of external pre
cepts, as ducawm'lvr] 1" iv nip? v. is 1'0’
fwtl, Phil. 3: 6, 9, where it is contrasted
with #1 5w. 511‘! 11011019‘ or (2) internal,
Where the heart is right with God, piety
towards God, and thence righteousness,
godliness, i. e. vital religion ; genr. Matt.
5: 6, 10,20. 6: 33. 21: 32. Luke 1175.
Acts 10:35. 24: 25. Rom. 6:16,188q.
Heb. 1:9. 5: 13. James 3918. al. sazp.
So Sept. and P115 Ps. 17:15. 45: 8.
"P13: Gen. 18: 19. 1K. 3: 6. E2. 14:
l4.—Jos. Ant. 1.2. ]. ib. 8. 4. 4. comp.
Plut. Timol. 29 ult.—So Xo-ylZwOa: rig
Bixaioobvnmto counton'mpute as righteous right, etc. of things, to regard as right
new, i. e. to regard as evidence of piety, and proper, i. q. o'iEuiw, Herodot. l. 89.
191 Anaemia)
Rom. 4:3, 5,6, 9,22. Gal. 3:6. James
2: 23; all quoted from Gen. 15: 6 where
Sept. for "Pf-$1. Hence 1‘, Eucawobwl 1',
is v. 51?: :n'rrmc, the righteousness which
is of or through faith so. in Christ, i. e.
where faith is counted, imputed, as
righteousness or as evidence of piety,
Rom. 9:30. 10: 6. Phil. 3: 9. [But see
the_writings of the reformers and their
followers, on the all-important doctrine
of the imputation of Christ's righteous
ness to believers] xa'ra m'orw, Heb. ll:
7. al. and by meton. Christ as the source
or author of righteousness, 1 Cor. 1: 30.
Hence too Smaioobwy robGeofipbjectively,
i. e. the righteousness which God approves,
requires,bestows, Rom. 1: l7. 3: 21, 22,
25, 26. and by meton, 1‘; 5m. Gem? is i.q.
Eimuo: mipiz 9:1,‘), 2 Cor. 5:21. Sept.
and “in: “P13 Pa. 5: 9.—(3) Spoken in
the highest and most perfect sense, of
God subjectively‘, i. e. as an attribute of
his character, om. 3: 5. perhaps of
Christ, John 16:8,10.
c) by meton. in the sense of being
regarded as just, i. e. imputation of right
eousness,jusnfication,i.q. Eixai’uaig, Rom.
5:17, 21. 10: 4, 5. 2 Cor. 3: 9 1'1
hiak'ow'a rfic bucacoobmg. opp. to 1" 54am.
rfig xaraxplaewc. Gal. 2:21. 3:21. 5:
5. Put for the mode or way ofjushfica
lion, Rom. 10:3 ter. AL.
Ammo/m, (3, f. (haw, (EIKGIOCJ to
a) as a matter of right, justice, etc. to
absolve, to acquit, to clear, sc. from any
charge or imputation. Matt. 12: 37 z’:
rd'w Xé-ywv oov hixauoer'lo'p, Ital in 1’. 7\.
con xaradixaoflfiop. 1 Cor. 4:4. seq.
c'uré 0. gen. of thing, Acts 13:39 bis.
Rom. 6: 7 duo dpapn’ag, coll. v. 18
where it is e'heueepdw. Sept. for P?!
Ex. 23: 7. Deut. 25: 1. l K. 8:32. So
buzawfiv Ealmiv, to justify one’s self, to
excuse one's self, Luke 10: 29. S0 Sept.
for P233?! Gen. 44: 16.—Ecclus. '10:
29. Test. XII Patr. p. 541.—In classic
writers in the wider sense to do justice
to, i. e. both to defend the right of any
one, Polyb. 3. 31. 9. and also to condemn,
etc. Thuc. 3. 40. Herodot. 3. 29.
b) spoken of character, etc. to declare
to be just as it should be, i. c. to pronounce
 Amm'wuu 192 Aim)
Jos. Ant. 9. 9. 1.— In N. T. only of a) spoken of a doing right orjustice to
persons, to acknowledge and declare any any one, a judicial sentence, etc. (a)
one to be righteous, virtuous, good, comp. favourable, i. e. justgficatibn, acquittal,
in Abram; b. Hence, (a) by impl. to Rom. 5: 16, opp. to xararpipm—(fl) un
vindicate, to approve, to honour, to glorify: favourable, i. e. condemnation, judgmatt,
Pass. to receive honour, etc. e. g. rbv implying punishment, Rev. 15:4. So
Geo'u Luke 7: 29. So Matt. 11: 19 et 2'91"’? Ps. 119: 75, 137, where Sept.
Luke 7: 35 ibucaubfiq 1'7 ao 'ia i’urb rim xplpa. Comp. in Atraidw a, ult. —
re'xvwv abrfig, i. e. true wlsdom is ac Hence
knowledged and honoured by her real b) genr. a decree, as defining and
followers. 1 Tim. 3: 16, comp. Bibl. establishing what is right and just, i. e.
Repos. II. p. 49. R0m.3: 4 quoted from a law,ordinance, ecept, e. g. roii Kupt'ov
Ps. 51: 6, where Sept. for PE. so Ez. Luke 1: 6. Rom. 1: 32. r017 V6,..."
16: 52. - Psalt. Salom. in Fabr. Cod. Rom. 2: 26 8: 4. rfig Xarpelac, i. e. re
Pseud. V. T. Ps. 2: 16. 3: 5. al. Comp. specting worship, Heb. 9: l. riig "PM,
Kypke I. p. 240. In relation to i. e. carnal, 9: 10. So Sept. for P3‘! Ex.
God and the divine law, to declare 15: 25, 26. um Lev. 25: 18. mg’: Ex.
righteous, to regard as pious, e. g. Luke 21:1. Num. 36:13. “13,”. Deut. 30:15.
16:15 oi Etxawflvrsc Earn-mic Evo'nriov —Jos. B. J. 7. 5. 2. Thuc. l. 41.
ribv avttpénwv, i. e. those who profess c) spoken of character etc. righteous
themselves righteous,pious, before men, ness, virtue, piety towards God, e. g. of
— Spoken espec. of the justification be saints Rev. 19:8. of Christ, as mani
stowed by God on men through Christ, tested in his obedience, Rom. 5: 18, i. q.
in which he is said to regard and treat imam/1 v. 19.—Bar. 2: 19.
them as righteous, to approve and reward Ania/avg, adv, (51111109,) justly,
as truly pious, i. e. to absolve from the rightly, i. e.
consequences of sin and admit to the a) with strict justice, Luke 23:41. 1
enjoyment of the divine favour, [as a Pet. 2; 23. Sept. for P13, Deut. 1: 16.
matter of justice as well as of grace, Prov. 31: 9.—Xen. Mem. 3. l. 2. ib. 3.
(grace reigning through righteousness,) 5. 20.
on account of the righteousness, merit, b) as is right and proper, as one ought,
or obedience of Christ imputed to be 2 Cor. 15: 34.. Sept. for we Prov. 2B:
lievers who, by mystical union, are one 18.—Xen. Hiero 4. 10.
with him,] Rom. 3: 26 51.x. rbv ix rim-w: c) figbteously, piously, l Thess. 2: 10.
’Ir)ao|7. v. 30. 4: 5. 8: 30 bis, 33. Gal. Tit. 2: 12.—Ignat.Ep.ad Eph. 14. Clem.
3: 8. So Pass. of men, to be justgfied, Alex. Strom. 3. 6 51min); some“.
e. g. ‘trim-u or fix m’arswc Rom. 3:28. 5:1.
Gal. 2: 16. 3: 24. £5 E'p-yuv or our c’E Anna/male, 2mg, ,‘1, (award...) jug.
E'p'yuv, Rom. 3: 20. 4: 2. Gal. 2: 16 tzfication, so. which God bestows on men
bis. James 2: 21, 24, 25. 01'”: 51' you? through
Rom. 4: 25.Christ;
5: 18.
see—-pp.
in Amaw'w
Jos. Ant.
b. 18.
Gal. 3: ll. 5: 4. genr. Rom. 2: 13. 3:
24. 5:9. 1 Cor.6:11. Gal. 2: 17. Tit. l. 3 bucauiraeic [til/al.] oic apcrfig im
3:7. So Luke 18:14. Comp. Protevang. rfibcuatc ‘ye-yore.
Jac. in Fabr. Cod. Apoc. N. T. p. 77. Amumig, m7, 1,, (maze, jus dico.)
c) in the sense of to make or cause to a judge, Luke 12: 14. Acts 7:27, 35.
be upright, etc. Mid. to make one's self Sept. for "1255 Ex. 2: l4. 1 Sam. 8:1.—
upright, i. e. to be upright, virtuous, etc. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. l. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 17.
aor. 1 pass. in Mid. seuse,(Buttm.§ 136. Ab"), 775, 1‘1, pp. right,justice, espec.
2,) Rev. 22: 11 a blxcuoc Bcxauuer'lrw in, a judicial process, cause, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.
be that is upright, let him be upright still; 16. Apol. 24. Lac. 13. 11. Hence in
so in text. rec. but later editions read N. T. prmitioejustiee. viz.
Buraioabmyv 1rou|aarw.—-So Sept. for “2! a) as the name of the heathen god
P8. 73: 13. dess of justice, 1') Aim], Nemesis, ven_
Am'z'lmru’“: “795, ro', (some...) any
geance, Acts 28: 4. Comp. 2 Macc. 8:
fl'l'ngjusfly 01' rightly done; hence right, 11, 13.— Dem. 422. 11. Soph. Antig.
Justice, equity, etc. 538. [544.] Arr. Exp. A]. M. 4. 9. 9.
 Aim-um:
b) in the sense of jlllijfllttll, sentence,
implying punishment, Acts 25: 15 Km‘
abroi Elma—Comp. Xen. An. 5.8.1.—
llence genr. punishment, vengeance, 2
Thess. 1: 9. Jude 7. Sept. for 517; Ex.
91: 20. =31, Deut. as; 41. E2. 25; 12.
—Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 45.
Mem. 2. 2. 13.
Aim-vow, ou, 16,11 net,fish-net, Matt.
4: 20, 21. Mark 1: 18, 19. Luke 5: 2,
4, 5, 6. Jolm 21:6, 8,11 bis. -— Jos.
Ant. 9. 4. 6. Born. 0d. 22. 386. a
hunter's net, Xen. Ven. 6. 9. ib. 8. 7.
Aiko'yog, 00, 6, 1'], adj. (51; and
Mylo) pp. uttering the same thing twice,
Tcpeating; so fiko-yeiv and blkoyla Xen.
Eq. 8. 2. Diod. Sic. 20. 37. In N. T.
(luuble-tongued, deceitful, i. e. speaking
one thing and meaning another, 1 Tim.
3: 8.—Su Theophylact. in loc. (‘iMa
pporu'w fai 'iiMa M70111. Comp. Ps. 12:
3 "F-Tf =3: :25}.
Am’, conj. (i. q. 3:’ 5,) on which ac
count, wherefore, therefore, Matt. 27: 8.
Luke 1:35. 7:7. Heb. 3: 7. saep. -
Herodian. l. 8. 2. ib. 2. 8. 5. AL.
Awbzz'm, i. time), (3rd, 55:60“) to Gal. 2: 16. al. Sept. for ‘1? Zeph.2: 10.
travel through, to traverse, seq. acc. of 5! Job 32: 2.—~Xen. Conv. 8. l9. Mem.
place Acts 17: l. seq. Ktlfti c. acc. 1. 2. 54. Comp. Buttm.§ 149. p. 423.
Luke 8: 1. Sept. for "2? Jer. 50: 13. AL.
13am Gen. 13. 17.- Wisd.5: 7.
Mace. 12: 32. P01. 2. l5. 5.
Alon'nnog, 00, 6, Diongsius, an
Areopagite of Athens, converted under
Paul's preaching, Acts 17: 34.
Albn'tg, conj. (5:6 strengthened by
up) on which very account, whmgfirre. 1
Cor. 8: 13. 10:14. l4: 13. Comp.
Buttm. § 75. 3. § 149. p. 432.—Judith
8: l7. Xen. Cyr.5.l.13.
Am'xerfig, tag, 05;, b, {1, adj. (A16;
gen. of Zebc, and nine i. q. 1ri7rflo,)fal
Ienfrom Jove, heaven-descended; Acts 19:
.15 rot—1 aloh’ffflflg‘ sc. c'ryrihluaroc, viz. the
image worshipped inlhe temple of Diana
at Ephesus; see Plin. H. N- 16.40.
Calmet arts. Diana, Ephesus. ——ller0
dian. I. ll. 2 ii'yaX/ia bimrere'g.
Albgllwpa, (270;, T6, (biopeo'w to
rectify through) an emendation, reform,
improvement, in Mss. Acts 24: 3, where
text. rec. nardpllwpm—Pol. 3. H8. 2.
Aw'gflamg, sag, ;,, (3109065,)
193 At’;
emendation, reformatimt; Heb. 9: 10 Kal
pbc ampeu'wcwg, i. e. the time of a new
and better dispensation under the Mes
siah; comp. in ‘Anoraréaramg—Jos. B.
J. I. 20.1. Diod. Sic. 1.75.
A-o beam or brrw, f. £10, (516,
(Jpinrowg to dig through, sc. rbv olxov, rip!
oixiav, i. e. the walls of houses, which
in the East are built of clay, earth, etc.
Matt. 6; 19,20. 24.. 4.3. Luke 12. 39.
See Calmct p. 511. So Sept. and ‘CD
Job 24:16. so E2. 12: 7 roll ‘roixov. —
Xen. Conv. 4. 30. Thuc. 2. 3.
Amloxougol, av, 01, (Auic gen. of
Zn'ls, and xobpoc i. q. wipe; it outh;
written also Auiaxopm, Lob. ad hryn.
p. 235,) the Dioscuri, i. e. Castor and
Pollux, in heathen mythology the sons
of Jupiter by Leda, and the patrons of
sailors, Acts 28: 11.—Theocr. Id. 22.].
Xen. Conv. 8. 29. Comp. Hor. Carm.
]. 3. 2. ll). 4.8. 31.
A1671, conj. (5K 511,) i. q. 5n‘: rol'rro
(‘in on account of this that, for this reason
that, i. e. simply, beeause,for, Luke 2:
7. 212 28. Acts 17:31. Rom. 1:19.
1 Amrgzgbrig, tog, 05;, 6, (A161; gen.
of Zeb;- and rpe'qpw Diotrephes, pr. name,
3 John 9.
Amrhbog, 017;‘ 6?], 17' 60v, 05v‘
(Bnttm. s 71. 3. § 60. 5. b;) twofold,
double; pp. Sept. for n??? Gen. 43: 15.
Ex. 16:5. Xen. An. 7. 6. 7. In N. T.
trop. for any %reater relative amonnt,as
of honour; 1 im. 5: 17. of punishment,
Rev. 18: 6 bis. So Sept. and "533’? Jer.
16: 18.—Herodian. 6.7. 7. Xen. Cyr.
2. 3. 23. -— Comparative Enrltorspov as
adv. twojbld more, Matt. 23: 15. Comp.
Buttm. § 115. 5.
Am'M'a), (a, f. u'm'w, (511M609) to
double, trans. Rev. 18: 6 Emku'marz airrfy
burhi lit. double to her double, i. e. render
back to her two-fold punishment—pp.
Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 19.
A12, num. adv. twice, Mark 14: 30,
72. Luke 18: 12. Jude 125i; drrotia
mivra, twice dead, i. e. utterly. So
l‘nraE, ml 51g, once and again, oflen, Phil.
4: 16. l Thcss. 2: 18.
n
 Am'raizw
Atd’ffltiw, f. (um, (dig) to doubt, to
be uncertain, intrans. Matt. 14: 31. 28:
17.—Diod. Sic.4. 62.
Alo-roplog, 0v, 5, ,7, (51;, 61-6,...)
double-mouthed, e, g. noralutig Pol. 34.
10. 5. In N. T. spoken of a sword,two
edged, Heb. 4:12. Rev. 2:12. [19:15
in Mss.] Rev. 1: 16, comp. Gesen. on
Is. 49: 2. So Sept. for "*9 1T1. Prov.
5: chi-s‘; an Ps. 14.9: 6.—Ecclus. 21;
3. Eurip. Orest. 1296.[1303.]
Am'x/Mol, on, a, 0rd. adj. two
thousand, Mark 5: l3.
AIUMZQ, 1. i010 (5.6, out...) :0 fil
ter or strain through, so. a sieve, strainer,
etc. i. e. by impl. to strain out, trans.
Matt. 23:24, where comp. Buxt. Lex.
Ch. Rab. 1516.—Artemid. 4. 48.
Aixoigw, f. c'ww, (bixa) to divide
in two, pp. Artemid. 2. 24. In N. T.
trop. to set at variance, trans. bixéfcw
rwa K'Cfl'ti. 11:10:, i. e. to excite one against
another, Matt. 10:35. coll. Luke 12:
52, 53.
Aixoorao'iot, ag, 77, (Bixa, 01-5619,)
disscnsion, discord, Rom. 16: 17. 1 Cor.
3:3. Gal. 5: 20.—1 l\Iacc.3:29. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 8. 72.
Aixo'ropliw, a7, 1‘. flow, (dixa and
row’, fr. rs'pvw,) to cut in two, Jos. Ant.
8. 2. 2. Polyb. 6. 28. 2. to cut in pieces,
P01. 10. 15. 5, which was a cruel kind
of punishment practised among the He.
brews and other ancient nations; see 1
Sam. 15:33. 2 Sam. 12:31. Dan.
2:5. 3:29. coll. Heb. 11:37. Herodot.
2. 139. il). 3. l3. il). 7. 39. Diod. Sic.
17.83. Sue-ton. Calig. 27.—In N. T.
gem. and trop. to inflict severe punish
ment, Matt. 24: 51. Luke 12:46. Comp.
Hist. of Sus. 55, 59.
Ami/6291, 5, 1'. new, the contraction
being properly always into 1; instead of to persecute, to harass, to maltreat, seq.
a, like (do), Buttm. {} 105. n. 5: the accus. Matt. 5:10, 11, 12, 44. Luke
form Eula; instead of but/ii belongs to the 21:12. John 5:16. Acts 7: 52. Rom.
later Greek, John 7:37. Rom. 12:20.
Athen. III. 474. Jl'lsch. Dial. Soc. 3.
5; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61. VViner
§ 13. 3.—-to thirst, to be athirst, viz.
:1) pp. intrans. Matt. 25: 35, 37, 42,
44. John 4: 13,15. 19: ‘28. Rom. 12:
20. 1 Cor. 4: 11. Rev. 7. 16. Sept. for
194 Am'izw '
811$, Judg. 15: 18. Prov. 25: 22.--Xen.
Cyr. 1.2.11. Mem. 1.3.6.
b) metaph. to thirst after, to long fin,
to desire vehemently, seq. news. as n‘lv
Etxaioobvnu, i. e. piety towards God and
its attendant privileges, Matt. 5: 6;
comp. Winer Gr. § 30. 7.——So Sept. for
“as Ps. 63:2.—Wisd. 11: 14.. Jos. B.
J. 1. 32. 2 ult.—Hence absol. to thirst,
sc. after the disposition and privileges
of the children of God, of the Messiah's
kingdom, John 4:14. 6:35. 7:37.
Rev. 7:16. 21:6. 22:17. So Sept.
and 33133, Ps 42:3. — Xen. Cyr. 5. l. 1
oiirwg i761 {4471' 5111/61 XapIZeaOai.
Ant/Os, m, we, To’, (and...) him,
2 Cor. 11:27. Sept. for REE Ex. 17:3.
—Xen. Mem. 1.4.13.
/
Aid/11360;, 01), b, ,7,adj. (Eig,¢vxr’;,)
double-minded, i. e. inconstant, wavering,
James 1:8. 4:8. — Clem. Rom. 1:23.
Constitut. Apost. 7. 11.
Aim/(4.6;, 05, 6, (5111mm) pursuit,
sc. of enemies, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 21. In
N. T. persecution, Matt. 13: 21. Mark
4:17. 10:30. ActsB: 1. 13:50. Rom.
8:35. 2 Cor. 12:10. 2 Thess. 1:4.
2 Tim. 3:11 bis.— Sept. Prov. 11: 19.
2 Mace. 12: 23.
Am'mrng, 01), b (buimw, a persecu
tor, 1 Tim. 1: l3.--Symm. Hos. 6:8.
Amino), (51mm flee,) r. 5.4.5... Luke
21:12. John 15:20. Xen. An. 1. 4. 8;
better Bubfiopai, \Viner § 15. Passow
sub voc. pp. to cause to flee; hence genr.
topursue after so. flying enemies, Sept.
for 1133 Lev. 26: 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 10.
Hence in N. T.
a) to pursue with malignity, to perse
cute, seq. accus. expr. or impl. Matt. 10:
23. 23: 34 not bubEere [abroilg] c'mo 1rd
Mwg eig 1r6>\w. Acts 26: 11. Rev. 12:
13.—l Macc. 5:21. Herodian. 1. 13.
16. ib.7.11.10. Thuc. l. 37.-—So genr.
12: 14. Gal. 1213,23. 6: 12. Sept. for
=11: Ps.7: 1. Jer. 17:18.—Wisd.l6:
16. 2 Mace. 5:8. .
b) genr. to pursue, tofollow, sc. in
company or in order to find, overtake,
etc. spoken of persons, absol. Luke 17:
23.—Ecclus. 27: 20. Xen. H. G. 1. l_
 Ao'ypa 195 Aoxéw
13. de Mag.Eq. 4. 5.—Metaph. of things, 8: 2. Phil. 3: 4.—Xen. Cyr. l. l. 6.
to follow earnestly, to pursue after, in 3) Seq. infin. with a different subj. in
order to acquire or attain to; Rom. 9: t 1e accus. \Viner § 45. 2. Mark 6: 49
30,3]. 1 Cor. 14:1. 1 Tim. 6:11. £305.11, tptivrao'pa that. 1 Cor. l2123.
Heb. 12: 14. absol. tofollow on, to press 2 Cor. ll: 16. So Sept. for 1125?: Gen.
forward, Phil. 3: 12. 14. So Sept. and 38: 15.—Palaepli. 1. Xen. Cyr. l. 6.
=:: Deut. 16: ~20. Prov. 15:9.—Di0d. 10.—(y) Seq. 511, instead of the accus.
Sic. 2. 59. Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 39. An. and infin. Buttm. § 149. p. 423. Winer
Aoww, 0:10;, Hi, (Em...) a decree, § 57. 5. Matt. 6: 7 Eoxot'nn yap 51': x. r. 71.
edict, ordinance, e. g. of a prince, Luke 26153. Luke 12: 51. 132 2,4. 19:11.
2: l. Acts 17:7. of the apostles, Acts John 5: 45. 11:13. 13:29. 20:15. 1
16:4. of the Mosaic law, i. e. external Cor.4: 9. 10:12. 2 Cor. 12: 19. James
precepts, Eph. 2: l5. Col. 2: l4, coll. v. 4: 5.--(5) Absol. Luke 17:9 ob 50x41
16, 20 sq. Sept. of a prince, for Chald. seq. 5 ‘Spa Matt. 24: 44. Luke 12: 40.
1:: Dan. 2. 13. 6:8,15. =2; Dan. 3; seq. mic? Heb. 10: 29.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.
10. 6: 13.—Ignat. adMagnJS iv Bé'ypa 30 the £76: 50x13. 7. 2. 19. Amer. 4O.
aw r017 Kvpr'ou Kai riw ri'lroarohwv. 15 miaov.
Xen. An. 3. 3. 5. b) in reference to others, to seem, to
nmear, etc. seq. dat. and infin. Luke
AOYfMZTIZa), 1’. I'm», (Eéypa) to 10: 36 rig obv bore? no: whmn'ov 7270"’
make a decree, to prescribe an ordinance, Val.
VVithout dat. but seq. infin. of the
intrans. i. q. boypa nez'vm, 2 Macc. 10: same subject, which then takes the ad.
8. 15: 36. Diog'. Laert. 3. 51.—In N. T. juncts in the nominative, Buttm. § 142.
Mid. bo-ypan’lopm, to safer a law to be 2. l. Acts 17: IS Ee'vwv batpovlwv 50x57
prescribed to one's self, to be suly‘ect t0 Kara-y-yekenig dual. 1 Cor. 12:22. 2 Cor.
ordinances, Col. 2: 20. Comp. Buttm. 10:9. Heb. l2: 11.—Jos- Ant. 5. 7. 5.
s 135. 8.
AOZEIN, 5, f. 56501, aor. l. Ego-Ea,
Lucian. D. Deor. l. 2.-—Spoken also in
the moderation and urbanity of' the
Buttm. § 114, to seem, to appear, neut. Greek manner, of what is real and cer
and intrans. viz. tain; comp. Buttm. § 1. n. 1. Mark 10:
a) with a reflex. pron. expr. or im 42 oi boxol'lvrsg r’x'pxew, i. q. oi dpxovrcg.
plied, Eon? e'pauflli, 50min! Earn-4;), etc. Luke 22:24. 1 Cor. ll: 16. Gal. 2: 9.
to seem to one's self, i. e. to be of opinion, Heb. 4: l.—Susann. 6. Jos. c. Ap. 1. l2. '
to think, to suppose, to believe, etc. seq. Herodian. 2. 5. 10. Xen. Anal). 1. 9. I‘.
infin. praes. Acts 26:9 571:}: pe‘v obv Hi. 2. l.—Gal. 2: 6 01' boxoiiv'rcc (7W1; rt,
{305:1 Epaurqi, 567v 1l'0AAil 1rp&£at x. r. A. who seem to be something, i. e. who are
——Xen. Hiero l. 6 30x13 pot m'afic'we persons of note, distinguished, comp.
00m. 1. 33.—Hence genr. as an act. in v. 9; and so of boxoiv-reg, chiefs, leaders,
trans. verb in the above sense, the re. etc. Gal. 2. 2, 6.—Jos. Am. 19. 6.3.
flex. dat. being suppressed, viz. to be Herodiarf. 6. l. 3.
of opinion, to think, etc. (a) Seq. infin. c) impers. bore? pot, etc. it seems to me,
with the same subject, Buttm. § 140. l. i. e. (a) i. q. pers. to think, to suppose, etc.
\Viner § 45. 2; e. g. with infin. present, interrog. :1’ 50x54’ 00: v. bpiv, etc. what
expressing a continued action, etc. thinhest thou? Matt. 17:25. 18:12. 21:
Buttm. § 137. 5. Winer § 45. 8 med. 28. 2'2217,42- 26: 66. John 11:56.
Matt. 31 9 pr) 5651111 M-yzw e'v Eauroig, XVithout interrog. Acts 25: 27 iiho'yor
think not, presume not, to say, etc. Luke 76p pot banal—Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 4.
8:18. 24:37. John 5: 39. 16:2 5651] Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 18 (be 7' Eliot 50rd.—
Aarpelav 1rpoo'tpe'pzw rt; 9515. Acts 12: 9. it seems good to me, it is my pleasure,
1 Cor. 3:18. 7: 40. 14:37. Gal. 6: 3. etc. i. q. pers. to determine, to resolve,
James 1: 26.-—2 Mace. 9: 8, 10. Ken. seq. infin. Luke 1: 3. Acts 15: 22, 25,
An. 2. 2. 14.—VVith infin. perfect, im 28, 34.—Emir. 8: ll. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7.
Xen. An. 2. 1. 2.-So particip. neut. r6
plying an action completed, in reference
to the present time; Buttm. § 137. 2. boxm'w pot, what seems good to me, i. e.
Winer § 45. B ult. Acts 27:“; béfnvreg one's pleasure, will, etc. Heb. 12: 10
rfic 190050.“); Rn'parnxz'rat. I Cor. Kare‘: n) Eoxof/v (ib:-07c, i. e. as they
s2
 Amer/edge:
thought best.—- Time. 1. 84 rapt: r‘
50x0?” bpiv. Xen. ll. G. 6. 3. 5.
ANN/beige), i. (new, (5611,1109), to
prove, to try, trans.
11) pp. to make trial of, to put to the
proof, to examine,- e. g. metals etc. by
fire, 1 Pet. 1:7. 1 Cor. 3: 13. Sept.
and 1972 Zech. 13:9. F113,‘! Prov. 17:
3.—Ecclus. 2: 5. Isocr. ad Dem. p. 7.
13.—So of other things by use, Luke
14: 19: and gem. in any way, Rom.
I2: 2. I Cor. 11:28. 2 Cor. B: 8, 22.
13:5. Gal. 6: 4. Eph. 5: 10. 1 Thess.
2:4 riu; Kapdlag. 5: 21. 1 Tim. 3. IO.
1 John 4: 1. So Sept. and 1113, Ps. 17:
3. Jer. 11:20. “PI-l Ps. 139:1, 23.—
VVisd. ll: 10. Jos. Ant. 1. 13.4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 1.—-Spoken in respect to
God, to put to the proof, i. e. to tempt,
i. q.—1rupri{ew, Heb. 3: 9. so 152 Mal.
3: 15, Sept. (ivtiiv'mpn—Hence by impl.
to craminc andjudge of, i. e. to estimate,
to distinguish, Lukol2:56 bis, coll.
Matt. 16:3. Rom. 2: 18 et Phil. 1:10,
see in Auzqae'pw 2. a. a. Sept. for ‘PI;
Zech. ll: 13.
b) in the sense of to have proved, i. e.
to hold as tried, to regard as proved, and
gem‘. to approve, to judge fit and proper,
e. g. persons, 1 Cor. 16:3. 1 Thess.
2'. 4 EcEompdapeBm—Jos. Ant. 3. 4. I.
Diod. Sic. 4. 7.--Ol' things, Rom. 14:
22. seq. infin. Rom. 1:28.—Jos. Ant. 1.
7.1. ii). 2. 7. ~11.
Aurel/putrid, 0:9, I), (Sm/1.25%) tn'al,
probation, pp. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 13. In the sense of tempta
tion, act of tempting, Heb. 3. 9 in Mss.
Awpw'z, it, 1'1. (Edi-4102".) proof,
trial, i. e.
a) the state of being tried, a trying,
2 Cor. 8:2 e'v 'n'ohhii 5011,11; Shlilazmg, i. e.
through ailiiction.
b) the state of having been tried, tried
probitg, approved integrity, Rom. 5:4 bis.
2 Cor. 2: 9. 9:13 301:. riic alarm/lag,
tried probitg exhibited in this ministry.
Phil. 2: 22.
c) proof, in the sense of evidence, sign,
token, 2 Cor. 13: 3, coll. 12:12.
Amt/(Moi, l'ou, To’,<3(ikt}10§,) proof,
test, Herodian. 2. 10. 12. Sept. for 321:’!
acrucible, Prov. 27: 21. In N. T. proof,
lrial, i. q. 50mph, viz. Act. or trying,
196 Ao'ua
James 1:3.—Pass. Iriedprobitg,sincm'itg,
etc. 1 Pet. 1:7.
Aoxqwog, 01), 6,17, ad’. (8éxopm,)
receivable, current, spoken 0 money, etc.
as having been tried and refined; Sept.
for “3'7 Gen. 23: 16. PFJP, 1 Chr. 29: 4.
‘15513 2 Chr. 9:17. Hence in N. T.
metaph. tried, proved, approved, and
therefore genuine, Rom. 16: 10. 1 Cor.
11:19. 2 Cor. 10:18. 13:7. 2 Tim.
2: 15. James 1: 12.—Xen. Ag. 1. 23.
Hesych. hos-111011‘ Xpr'lrnpov, re'heiou—
By impl. acceptable, well reported of,
Rom. l4: 18.—Herodot. 7. 117. Anth.
Gr. III. p. 25. ed. Jae.
Aozo'g, 05, i], a beam,joist, Matt.
7: 3,4, 5. Luke 6: 4] , 42 bis. Sept.
for “1*? Gen. 19:8. Cant. l: 17. —
Diod. Sic. 2. 10.
Aémg, to, 10v, (313102,) guileful,
deceitful, 2 Cor. ll: 13. Sept. for n???
Prov. ll: l. 713?‘, Ps. 120: 2, 13.—Xen.
An. 1. 4. 7.
Aohléw, 67, i‘. (from, (561109,) to use
guilc, to deceive, intrans. Rom. 3: l3
rnig :yluima'aig ai/rd'iv idohioimav, for
550M051’, quoted from Ps. 5: 10, where
Sept. for So for 5:11. Num. 25:
18. For this Alexandrine form of the
3d piur; of the historical tenses, see
Buttm. § 103. V. l. H. Planck in Bibi.
Repos. I. p. 664. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 349.
Aémg, 00, .3, (50..., 5s'heap,) bait,
Hom. 0d. 12. 252. Hence gennfraud,
guile, deceit, Matt. 26:4. Mark 7:22.
14:1. John 1:48. Acts_13:10. Rom.
l: 29. 2 Cor. 12: 16. l Thess. 2: 3,
1 Pet.2: 1,22. 3; 10. [Rev. l4:5.]Sept.
for 7'1??? Gen. 27: 35. Is. 53: 9. 7'5’?!
Job. 13:7. Ps. 32: 2.-—Xen. A11. 5. 6.
29. H. G. 7.1. 46.
Ao7ko’a)’ 5, 1'. (21011), (Edhogx) to deceive,
trans. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28. In N. T. to
jhlszfu, i. e. to adultcratc, to corrupt, e. g.
rov Ali-you 'roii 95017, by Jewish traditions,
etc. 2 Cor. 4: 2.--— 1151. H. An. 16. 1.
Lucian. Hermot. 59. Hesych. 60x0:
9 Help“, xaxovp'yz’i.
Alifbll, 0670;, rd, (5150; 11,) a gift,
Matt. 7: 11. Luke 11: 13. i‘hil. 4:17.
Eph. 4.: 8, coll. Ps. 68: 19 where Sept.
for "512?, as also Gen. 25:6. Dan. 2:
48. 1E"? Prov. 18: 16.—l Mace. 10: 98.
Pint. Mor. II. p. 29. ed. Tilllt’llil.
 A6230: 197 A650:

Adria, 715,1}, (Em-it») a seeming, an 24.: 30. Mark 13: 26. Luke 9:26. 21:
appearance, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2. 0i 5:‘ 27. Tit. 2: 13. Sept. and '3“; 1 Sam.
EdEav aim‘; 1rapioxoy Eafliovrwv. opin
2:8. Is. 8: 7. "Fin 1 Chr. 29= 25. Dan.
ion, sc. which one has of any thing, He 11: 21.—Also of the accompaniments of
rodot. l. 79. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 10. or in royalty, e. g. of splendid apparel, Matt.
which one is held by others, estima 6: 29. Luke 12: 27. So Sept. for 7'3???
tion, reputation, Diod. Sic. 2. 29. Xen. Ex. 28: 2,40. “#5? Is. 61: 3. comp.
Cyr. 8. 8. 3. Hence in N. T. honour, Sept. Bath. 5: l. 1 Mace. 14: 9.—-()t'
glory, viz. wealth, treasures, etc. Matt. 4: 8. Luke
a) spoken of honour due or rendered, 4: 6. Rev. 21: 24,26. S0 Sept. and
i. e. praise,applause, etc. Luke 14: 10 ‘5:3, Gen. 31: 1. Is. 10: 3. — Meton.
for: Zara: trot data c'winriov K- r. )1. John spoken in plur. of persons in high ho
8: 54. 2 Cor. 6:8. John 5: 41, 44 nour, e. g. 565m, dignities, i. e. kings,
hapfiavnv 3650.1’ raga r’zvt'lpdnrwv, and 1 princes, magistrates, etc. 2 Pet. 2: 10.
Thess. 2: 6 Zqre'iv 56511:’ if iii/Hp. qrplause Jude 8. Comp. “it? Is. 5: 13. Others,
fi‘om men. John 12: 43 565a)’ dvtipo'nrwv angels ,- comp. Philo de Monarch. II. p.
the qrplause of men, etc. So {nreiv rfiv 218.
36.4111 11143;, i. e. to seek that one may re (/3) of an external appearance, lustre,
ceive honour, John 7:18. 8:50. al.— brightness, dazzling light, viz. (I) pp.
Spoken of God, e. g. Eig 56£av rot‘; 9:06, Acts 22: 11 01'”: iréfihurov lura rfig oo'Erlr;
to the honour, glory of God, i. e. that r017 pan-rig. 1 Pet. 5: 4. So of the sun,
God may be honoured, glorified, etc. stars, etc. 1 Cor. 15: 40,41 quater; also
Rom. 3: 7. 15:7. Phil. 1: 11. and so of Moses’ face, 2 Cor. 3: 7, coll. Ex. 34:
rpog 865.“ r. Beat-1, 2 Cor. 1: 20. inrz‘p 29, 30, 35. or of the celestial light
rfig 565119 T. 9. John 11: 4. So hot/3:71’ which surrounds angels, Rev. 18: 1; 0r
rr‘lv 565111’, to receive praise, glory, i. e. to glorified saints, Luke 9: 31,32. 1 Cor.
be extolled in praises etc. Rev. 4: 1]. 15: 43. Col. 3: 4. Phil. 3: 21.——Ecclus.
For the phrase 506m: 565ml rt? 9: ", see 43: 9. 50: 7. Bar. 4: 24.——(2) Spoken
in All-50'.“ a. 7. So in ascriptions, uke espec. of the celestial splendour in which
2: 14 56511 e’v inhiaroic 9:49. Rom. ll. God sits enthroned; the divine efl‘ulgenee,
36. Gal. 1; 5. 1 Pet. 4.. 1|. al. Sept. dazzling majesty, radiant glory, (Rabb.
for 1'1? 1 Chr. 16: 28, 29. Ps. 29; 9. H??? Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 2394,)
in; P8. 104. as. 106: 48.—VVisd. genr. 2 Thess. 1: 9. 2 Pet. 1:17. Rev.
10:14. Diod. Sic. 1. 62. Xen. Mem. 15:8. 21:11, 23, coll. 22: 5. as visible
3. l2. 4.-By meton. spoken of the to mortals, Luke 2: 9. John 12:41, coll.
ground, occasion, source, of honour or Is. 6: 1. Acts 7: 35. also as manifested
glory, 1 Cor. 11:15. 2 Cor. 8:23. Eph. in the Messiah's second coming, Matt.
3: l3. 1 Thess. 2: 20.—Comp. decus, 16: 27. Mark 8: 38. So Sept. for Witt‘;
Hor. 0d. 1. l. 2. '15:? Ex. 16: 10. ~24; l7where see. 1 K.
b) in N. T. spoken also of that which 8:11. Comp. Ps. 104:1 sq. Ez. 1:26,
excites admiration, to which honour etc. 27, 28. 1 Tim. 6: 16. Bar. 5: 9 To} (pun-i
is ascribed, viz. riic 5651): abrml—So xepovflip. 56517;,
(a) of external condition, dignity, cherubs ofglory, i. e. the representatives
splendour, glory ; 1 Pet. 1: 24 mica Edict of the divine presence, Heb. 9: 5. Comp.
n7; “pt-a; dig (‘tn/Bog. Heb. 2: 7, quoted Ex. 25:22 Num. 7: 89. 2 Sam. 6: 2.
from Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for "i=9. So Song of 3 Childr. 31.
by meton. that which reflects, expresses, (7) of internal character, i. e. glorious
exhibits, this dignity, etc. 1 Cor. 11: 7 moral attributes, excellence, perfection ,
bis, yum‘) 5e‘ Erifia c'u'dptig iarn—Ecclus. viz. (t) spoken of God, infinitepeifection,
l: 19. 2 Macc. 14:9. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. divine majesty and holiness, Acts 7: 2.
2.—Spoken of kings, etc. regal majesty, Rom. 1: 23 iiAhaEav rip’ 56E!" rm‘:
splendour, pomp, magnificence; e. g. of aotldorou Gem"). Eph. 1: 17 6 1ran‘1p riic
the expected temporal reign of the Mes 565m, i. e. possessing infinite perfections,
siah, Mark 10:37, comp. Matt. 20: 21 Heb. 1:3. So of the divine pertections
where it is ,Baaihzia‘ antLso also of the as manifested in the power of God, John
glory of his second coming Matt. 19: 2B. 11:40. Rom. 6:4. Col. 1:11. 2 Pet.
 Aoidéw 198 Aovku'yw'yiw
[:3 see in 'Aperr', a. or in his benevolence (a) gem. 1 Cor. 12:26 sire Eoit'lg'erm
and bcneficence, Rom. 9: '23. E'ph. 1: 12, Ev pihoc. 2 Thess. 3: 1. So Sept. and
14,18. 3:16. So of Jesus, as the l Chr. 19:3. Prov. 13:18. ‘Pf;
{rrrab'yaa'ua (Hell. 1:3) 0f the divine Esth. 6: 6, 8, 9, ll.—Ecclus. 4B: 4. l
perfections, John 1: l4. 2: ll. of the Macc. 2:64,. Diod. Sic. 12. 36.—In the
Spirit, 1 Pet. 4: 14.—Just. Mart. (1e sense of to render excellent, splendid, etc.
Resurr. p. 284.-—Spoken also of things, Pass. to be excellent, splendid, glorious;
in place of an adjective, excellent, splen 2 Cor. 3: 10 his. 1 Pet. 1:8. Sept. pp.
did, glorious, 2 Cor. 3: 7 at 6:‘ 1') bulxovlu for 17, Ex. 34.; 29, 30, 35.
£704,011 e'v 56521. v. 8, 9. Eph. l: 6 eig (/3) spoken of God and Christ, to glo
Eran/av 5651;; rfic xc'ipiroc. rify, i. e. to render conspicuous and
(b) of that exalted state of blissful glorious the divine character and attri
perfection which is the portion of those butes: e. g. of God as glorified by the
who dwell with God in heaven; e.g. Son, John 12: 28 ter, Tb b'vopa 9:017. 13:
spoken of Christ,~and including also the 31,32. 14:13. 15:8. 17:1. 17:4. or
idea of his regal majesty as Messiah, by Christians, John 21: 19. Of Christ
Luke 24: 26. John 17:5, 22, 24'. 2 as glorified by the Father, John 8: 54'.
Thess. 2: 14'. 1 Tim. 3:16. 1 Pet. 1: 13: 32 bis. 17: 1,5. Acts 3: 13. or by
11.—Sp0ken of glorified saints, i. q. sal the Spirit, John 16: 14. or by Chris
vation, eternal life, etc. Rom. 2: 7, 10. tians, John 17: 10. or genr. John 11: 4,.
8:18. 1 Cor. 2: 7. 2 Cor. 4:17. 1 Thess. 13131. So Sept. and is; Lev.10:3.
2: 12. 2 Tim. 2: 10. Heb. 2: 10. lPet. 5?, Is. 5:16. pass. for "353 Ex. 15: 6,
5: 1. 565a r017 9:017, the glory which God 11.
will bestow, Rom. 5: 2. 1 Pet. 5: 10.— (y) spoken of Christ and his followers,
Meton. the author or procm-er of this glory to glorify, i. e. to advance to that state
to any one, i. e. the author of salvation, of bliss and glory which is the portion
etc. Luke 2: 32, i. q. Kbpioc riic 513E119 I of those who dwell with God in heaven;
Cor. 2: 8,coll. v. 7. AL. e. g. of Christ as the Messiah, John 7:
Acidic, r. 4..., 3126511,) to be of 39. 12: 16,23. comp. Is. 52: 13, where
opinion, to think, etc. en. Mem. 1. 1. Sept. pass. for “@2. Of Christians Rom.
13. to consider, to estimate, to judge, Sept. 8: 30.—Barnab. Ep. 21 inroubv raiira e'v
Dan. 4: 31. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 46.—In 'r‘fi Baa‘. rm’; 9:017 EoKao'OiIon-az.
N. T. to glorify, trans. i. e. Aoflég, ‘£50?’ {1, Dorcas,pr. name
a) to ascribe glory or honour to any ofa female, Acts 9236,39; pp. i. q. Heb.
one, to praise, to celebrate, to magnify, ‘.115, Syr. Nfi‘i‘f, Tabitha, i. e. gazelle,
Matt. 6: 2 51m; 5051147661011’ inrb ru'w Cant. 2: 7, 9. Acts 9: 36, 40.
('u'fiptfnrwv. Luke 4:5. John 8:54c'pavr6v. About, £605, 1'], (31511411,) agiving, i. e.
Rom. 11:13. Acts 13: 48. Heb. 5:5. a gift, James 1:17. -- Ecclus- 11:17.
Rev. 18: 7. So Sept. for ‘E3 Lam. 1: Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2. Artemid. 1. 42.—
8. 2 Sam. 6: 22.—Pol. 6. 53. 10. Diod. In the sense of giving out, expenditure,
Sic. l. 82.——So boEéZuv riw Gedv, etc. Phil. 4.: 15 eig ltd-yo)’ boast-n; Kai Xinlmuc,
to glorify God, i. e. to render glory to in an account of expenditure and receipt,
him, to celebrate with praises, to worship, or, of debt and credit; the gift of money
to adore, Matt. 5:16. 9:8. l5131. from the church being reckoned in an
Mark 2:12. Luke 2:20. 5:25,26. 7: account against the spiritual gifts im
16. l3: l3. 17115. 18: 43. 23: 47. parted to them by PauL—Ecclus. 41:
Acts 41:21. 11:18. 21:20. Rom. 1: 19. 42: 7 Eo'mc Kai )h'plnc 7ruvrl z'v 'ypmpii.
21. 15: 6,9. 1 Cor. 6:20. 2 Cor. 9: 13. Artemid. l. 44. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 9.
Gal. 1:24. 1 Pet. 2:12 4111,16. n3 12. Comp. Cic. de Amicit. 16, “ratio
bye a 9mm? Rev. 15:4. ‘KPH-Illa. roi'! 9:017, acceptorum ct datorum."
1 et. 4: 14. So Sept. and 1;? Ps. 22:
24.. 86:9,12. 52w? Is. 42; 10.—EC Allfflg‘, 00, 6, (880441,) a giver, 2
Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for 172-5“? Prov. 22: 9.
clus. 43: 28, 30.
b) to honour, i. e. to bestow honour —Bon’lp Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Xen. Cyr.
upon, to exalt in dignity, to render 8. l. 9.
glorious, viz. Aoukwyw'yéa), 65, f. haw, (Eobhog,
 ,AovM/a
dyw,)_ to lead as a slave, to make a slave
of, Diod. Sic. 12. 24. In N. T. trop. to
bring into sulg'ection, to subdue, absol. 1
Cor. 9: 27.
AOUhEI’d, a5, 1‘), (30:01:61.1) slavery,
bondage, Sept. for "it? Ex. 6:6. Xen. 2, 16. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 739 sq.
An. 7. 7. 32. In N. T. trop. spoken of
Stuart § 475.
the condition of those under the Mosaic
law, Gal. 4: 24. 5: 1. and so Horn. 8:
l5 urn-Ilia bovhei'dc, a slavish spirit, opp.
to 1w. viofleviac. Also of the condition
of those who are subject to death, Rom.
8: 21, or to the fear of death, Heb. 2:
15 Wig?) saviirou E'voxoi bouhslag.
Aovkez'm, f. £1,100), (boirhog) to be a
slave or servant, to sewe, c. 0. dat. expr.
or impl.
a) pp. spoken of involuntary service;
Matt. 6: 24 et Luke 16: 13 dual Kupioig.
Eph. 6: 7. 1 Tim. 6: 2. Sept. for ‘1;!
Lev. 25:39. Deut. 15:12.—-Lucian. D.
Deor. l3. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33 ten-—
Spoken of a people, to‘ be sulg'ect to, etc.
John 8:33. Acts 7: 7. Rom. 9: l2, cull.
Gen. 25: 23 et 27: 40 where Sept. for
‘:22; also Gen. 14:4. Judg. 3: 8, 14.—
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13.—
Metaph. of those subject to the Mosaic
law, Gal. 4: 25.
b) trop. spoken of voluntary service,
to obey, to be devoted to; Luke 15: 29.
Phil. 2: 22. Gal. 5: 13. Rom. 12: 11
1'35 naipqii Bovheuowrg, i. e. doing what
the occasion demands; but others read
‘ftp-l Kupip. So Sept. and "2’; Gen. 29: 15,
18, 20, 25, 29. — In a moral sense,
spoken as to God or Christ, etc. 5. 1'?"
951,7 Matt. 6: 24. Luke 16: 13. Acts20:
19. Rom. 7:6. 1Thess.l:9. rp‘Xpta-rqi,
Rom. 14: 18. 16:18. Col. 3:24. 71;:
whip 6:017, Rom. 7: 25. Sept. and ‘=32
Dent. 13:4. Judg. 2: 7. Mal. 3: 18.—
Ecclus. 2: l.-—-Spoken of false gods,
1:11. 4: 8. So Sept. and ‘1;’. Ex. 23: 33.
—So of things, to obey, to foflow, to in
dulge in, e.g. papwvfi Matt. 6: 24. Luke
16: 13. tipapn'a Rom. 6: 6. r17 mi,“ 11179
('t'uapn'ag Rom. 7: 25. r!) milu'q cm.
16: 18. 1'07: arocxet'oic Gal. 4: 9. indiu
[u'mg Tit. 3: 3. —-Jos. Ant. l5. 4. l
imeupt'aic. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 5 fair;
ifioyaic. l. 6. 8 yaa'rpi.
A0670), 7);, 1'], (501-0109,) a female
slave or savant, a handmaid, Acts 2: 18.
Sept. for "1".‘ Lev. 25: 44. "DE? 1 Sam.
199 A0510;
8:16.—1 Macc. 2111. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.
4.—-Used in the oriental style by a fe-_
male in addressing a superior, instead
of the pers. pron. I, Luke 1:38, 4.8.v
So Sept. and W915 1 Sam. 25:41. 1 K.
1:13,l7. "55115 2 Sam. 14:6. 2 K. 4:
I. Aofikog, 8013M], Eofihov, (Bit-7,)
serving, bound to serve, in bondage, seq.
dat. Rom. 6: 19 bis—VVisd. 15:7 1.‘.
113v xaOapGn/ Ep-ywv 505)“! main]. Eurip.
Hec. 134. [137.]
II. Aoahog, 00, b, as subst.a slave,
servant. '
:1) pp. spoken of involuntary service,
e. g. a slavé, as opp. to e’Aeiiflcpog, 1 Cor.
7: 21. Gal. 3:28. Col. 3:11. Rev. 6:
15. So genr. servant, Matt. 13: 27, 28.
John 4: 51. Eph. 6:5. 1 Tim. 6: l.
Acts 2: 18 vi boflhoi you, i. e. the sen
vants among my people. Sept. for
"-92. Lev. 25:44.. Josh. 9. 23. Judg. 6:
27.—Xen. (E0. 5. 16. Ath. 1. 10 sq.—
Phil. 2: 7 11.094»)? Eoilhov hafichv, i. e.
appearing in an humble and despised
condition.
1)) trop. spoken of voluntary service,
a servant, implying obedience, devoted
ness, etc. John 15: 15. Rom. 6: 16. 1
Cor. 7: 23. Gal. 4: 7. So in modesty,
2 Cor. 4:5; or in praise of modesty,
Matt. 20: 27. Mark 10: 44.—11-‘.1. V. H.
9. l9 oi pip-ope‘: boilhoi r017 rhr'lfiouc elm’.
—Spoken of the true followers and
worshippersof God, e.g. 3017M; 1:059:01’),
either of agents sent from God, as
Moses, Rev. 15:3, and s0 Sept. and
"-3? Josh. 1:1. (Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 13.) or
prophets, Rev. 10:7. 11: 18, and so
Sept. and "3?; Josh. 24: 29. Jer. 7: 25.
or simply of the worshippers of God,
Rev. 2:20. 7: 3. 19:5. al. So Sept.
and ‘13!, Ps. 34: 23. 134: 1. al. - Used
in the oriental style of addressing a su_
perior, instead of the pers. pron. I,
Luke 2: 29. Acts 4: 29. So Sept. and
"32 1 Sam. 3:9,10. Ps.19:12.al. Comp.
in Am'Am—Spoken of the followers and.
ministers of Christ, Em'ihoc r017 Xpwroii,
Eph. 6: 6. 2 Tim. 2: 24. espec. of the
apostles, etc. Rom. 1: 1. Gal. 1: 10.
Co]. 4:12. James 1: 1. 2 Pet. 1: 1.
Jude 1. Rev. 22: 3. — Spoken also in
respect to things, of one who indulges
in, is addicted to, any thing; seq. gen.
 Aouhow ‘200 Abvaqhqu
e. g. 5061\09 rfig z'rpapn'ag John 8: 34. cents, or .1 01‘ a dollar, (82d); according
Rom. 6: 16, 17. 2 Pet. 2: 19.—181. V. to Boeckh, (Staatshaush. I. p. 16,) but
H. 2. 4.1 pen. 'rofi m'vew doihoc. Xen. current among the Romans as equal to
056. 1. 29. the denarz'us, which was worth about 14'
1 c) in the sense of minister, attendant, cents, (71d); see particularly ancler
spoken of the officers of an oriental 'Ap-ybptov c. and also under Albpaxuov.
court; Matt. 18:23, 96, 27, 28, 3‘2. 22: Luke 15:8 his, 9.
3, 4, 6, 8, 10. al.— So a aatrap, Xen. Afélbw, see Tps'xw.
An. 1. 9. 99. lb. 2. 5. 38. AL
Agévrmoy, 00, To, (bpé-rrw to pluck
AOUNSW, 5, 1'. 11mm, (505K093) [0 011,) a sickle, scythe, i. e. a crooked knife
make a slave of, to bring into bondage, for gathering the harvest and vintage,
trans. Pass. pert‘. bebobhwpar, etc. with Mark 4:29 see in ’A1roa-ré)\).w 1:. Rev.
present signil'. to be a slave, to serve, i. q. 14.; 14., 15,16, 17,18 bis, 19. Sept.
Eovhcu'm. Comp. Buttm. § 113. 6. Tor 51,’! Joel 3: l3.--Artemid. 2. 24.
at) pp. Acts 7: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 19.—Sept. P01. 22. 10. 5.
Gen. 15: 13. l Mace. 8: ll. Xen. Cyr. Agbpoog, 0!), ('1, (595,141.: i. q. rpz'xw.)
3. l. 11.—Metaph. Bsb‘obkwflat, to be in a running, a race, Sept. for "$5"? 2 Sam.
bondage, i. e. to be bound, to be held sub 18: 27. "(W5 1300.9: 11. Ken. An. 1. 2.
ject, 1 Cor. 7:15. Gal. 4:3. 17. il). 4. 8. 25, ‘26. place of filming,
b) trop. of voluntary service, to make stadium, Xen. Mag. Eq. 3. 6.-—- In N.
devoted to any one; Pass. to be or become T. trop. course, career, sc. of one's life,
devoted, etc. Spoken of persons, 1 Cor.
ministry, etc. Acts 13:25. 20:24.. 2
7: 15 m'iaw e'pavrov idol/Mona, i. e. I Tim. 4: 7. Comp. Sept. and "151‘? Jer.
have conformed, accommodated myself
23: 10.
to all. Rom. 6: 22 11,3 921,7. Pass. spoken
Agoua'l'mtu, 77,6, 1‘), Drusillmyoungest
of things, 'rfi bucatom’mp Rom. 6:18.
oiwp 1010.93 Tit. 2: 3.——Porphyr. de daughter of Herod Agrippa I, sister of
Abstin. 1. 4'2 ibovhtlrtlqlusv rq'i 1'05 pdgov
the younger Agrippa and of Bernice,
povr'lpart. S0 Eovhu'mv o‘iwp Liban. celebrated for her beauty. She was
first betrothed to Epiphanes prince of
p. 319. I ~ Comagena; but was afterwards married
AOX’I: 775, 1'1, (béxopag) pp. recep to Azizus king of Emessa, whom Felix
tion sc. of guests; hence a banquet, feast, persuaded her to abandon in order to
Luke
Gen. 26:
5: 29.
30. 14.:Esth.
13. 1:Sept.
3. 5: for
4. sq. — become his wife. Acts ‘24.: S'L—See Jos.
Athen. VIII. p. 348. F.
Ant. 19. 9. 1. ib. 20. 7. 1, 9.
Aafbl, see Aa'ww.
Agoixwv, away, 6, (prob. fr. Big
xopau) a dragon, (1 huge serpent, Sept.
Aid/66pm”, f. Evm'yaopat, depon.—
for 73153 Job 26:13. WE‘ Jer. 9:11. Jos.
Impert'. s’Bw/épqv, Matt. 22: 46. al. and
with doub. augm. i/duvd 171', Matt. 26:9.
Ant. 2. 12. 3. El. V. H. 13. 46.—- In
Luke 1:22 al. as also or. 1 fibrin/1761);’,
N. T. symbolically, for b aariiv, Rev.
Matt. 17: 16, 19. al. comp. Buttm. § 83.
12:3, 4, 7, 9,13,16, 17. 13=2,4.,11. n.
16:13. 20: 2. Comp. Gen. 3:1 sq. — 5. Winer§ 12. l. b. For the 2 pers.
Act. Thom. § 30. Psalt. Salom. 2: 29. sing. pres. Ebvp for Ez'waaat. Rev. ‘2: 2,
as also Anacr. 7. 11. Bi]. V. H. 13. 32,
Agoiao'w or bgoi'r'm, more comm. see Buttm. § 107. p. 223, marg. § 114.
Mid. (Ruin-opal f. EOIUGI, to grasp, so. p. 276. Winer § 13.2. b. Lob. ad
with the hand, to seize, to take,in N. T. Phryn. p. 359.-—ta be able, I can, and
and later writers seq. accus. Trop. 1 01': Ebrapat, to be unable, I cannot, both
Cor. 3: 19 5puaaépzroc TOI‘IL‘ 0056069. So in a physical and moral sensena'nd as
Heb. "PE Job 5: 13 where Sept. Icaru depending either on the dlsposltion or
halugc'ww. Sept. pp. for 712?, Num. 5: 26. faculties of mind, the degree of strength
~— 2 Macc. 4': 41. Jos. B. J. 3. 8.6 or skill, the nature and external circum
5paa’a6pcvoc rfiv Eel-July. Herodot. 3. l3. stances of the case, etc. It is always
Seq. gen. Judith 13:7. Diod. Sic. 18. 17. followed by an infin. expr. or impl. be
Agaxym', fi§’l'7,(5{)(im7w,)adrac/1ma, lon ing to the same subject, viz.
an Attic silver coin worth nearest 16;‘; 21% seq. infin. expressed, e. g". (a) of
 Az'wafom 201 Az'zyapug

the present, as expressing continued ac Eva/dyer, i. e. for Buva'rév, opp. to Er

tion, etc. Buttm. § 137. 5. Winer § 45. ciafln'elq' so Heb. form 735; and Sept.
8 med. Matt. 6: 24 oil din/ant): 500M17 iv ioxl'fi Ps. 29: 4. comp. Gesen. Lehrg.
uv Bey" :. 1'. A. 7: 18. Mark 2: 7, 19. p. 646. 4. Stuart § 442. Sept. for ‘f8
Luke 6:39. John 5: 19, 30. 6: 60. Job 40: 11. [16.] "2“; Job 39: 19.—
Acts 27: 15. Rom. 15:14. 1 Cor. 10: Horn. 11. 13. 787.
21. 1 These. 2: 7. a]. S0 Sept. for ‘>52 (4B) genr. Matt. 25: 15 Exc'wrp Kara
Gen. 37: 3. 43: 32. al.—Xen. An. 3. l. rr‘pl 151m’ Ez’wapw. Acts 6: 8. 1 Cor. 15:
11.—(,8) more commonly of the aorist, 56. 2 Tim. 1: 7 rwefipa Eumiluwg, i. e.
implying transient or momentary action, a spirit of strength, manly vigour, opp.
either past or present, Buttm. § 137. 5. to 71'!’- Euhiag. Heb. 1:3 16 pfi/ia rfig
Winer § 45. 8. b. Mark 1:45 d’nrrs Bwc'lpewg abrm'; i. 0. his powerful word;
prlxz'n ain'riv Et'waoeal. ¢avepr3c sic mihw Buttm. § 123. n. 4. (comp. 1rveiipa 51mi
110M627)’. Luke 8: 19 aim flfit'lvavro pewg, a strong wind, Wisd. 5: 23.) Heb.
ouvrvxeiv airrq'i. Matt. 3: 9 Eel/arm 6 7:16. 11:34. Rev. 1: 16 0'49 1') 21km;
Gail; Ex 113v Meow Eycipat re'xva K- r. A. ¢Cli¥£l Ev rii Bib/ape: ain'ofi. So Sept.
10:28. Mark 6: 5. Luke 5:12. John and ram: 2K. 18:20. Job 12:13.1?
7:34, 36. 10:35. Acts 4:16. 17; 19. 1 Chr. 29:2. Ezra 2:69. 10:13.1‘!
1 Cor. 2: 14. James 422. Rev. 3: 8. 1 Chr. 13: 8.— Diod. S. 4.45. Xen.
l3: 4. al. So Sept. for >5: Gen. 15: 5. Mem. 3. 5. 16.—So in various construc
19: 19.—Diod. Sic. 2. 26. Xen. An. 1. tions; e. g. Kurd El'wapw, according to
9. 27. — So where the action in itself one's power, i. e. as far as one can,
might be expressed either as continued 2 Cor. 8: 3.-Di0_d. S. 14. 81 ult. Xen.
or transient, but the writer chooses to Mem. 1. 7. 4. —1')1rep Br’n'upw, beyond
express it as transient; see Winer § 45. one's strength, power, 2 Cor. 1:8. 8: 3.
p.276. Buttm.§137. 5 ult. Matt. 5:14 -— Dem. 292. 25. —iv Malaya, with
or’! al'waraz mihtg xpvgiivac. Luke 1: 20, power, i. e. adv. powe1fuII_r/,mightilg, Col.
22. John 3: 3. Acts 13:39. Rom. 8. 1:29. 2 Thess. l: 11. and so dat.
7. Heb. 9: 9. Rev. 2: 2.-—(-y) of the don't/Jet, Acts 4:33; comp. Buttm. §
perfect, to express completed action in 133. 3. So also Bun/dye: and iv Europa
reference to the present time, Buttm. as intensive with a synon. verb, Eph.
§ 137.2. Winer§ 45.8 ult. Acts 26: 32 3: 16. Col. 1: ll. comp. Buttm. l. c.
e'urohehl'nrflcu e'El'lvaro o dvflpu-rroc si x. 1'. X. (y) spoken of God, the Messiah, etc.
this man could have been now freed, etc. viz. 1| 56min; 1'01’: 9:06, the power of
b) with an infin. implied, which is God, his almighty energy, etc. genr.
readily suggested by the context; e. g. Matt. 22:29. Mark 12:24. Luke 1:35.
Matt. 16:3 01’! din/(was sc. ouzxpz'vzw. 5:17. Rom. 1:20. 9:17. lCor. 6: 14.
Mark 6: 19. Luke 9: 40. Acts 27:39. 2 Cor. 4: 7. 13:4bis. Eph. 1: l9. 3: 7,
1 Cor. 3: 2. al. So Sept. for 55: l K. 90. 2 Tim. 1:8. 1 Pet. 1: 5. 2 Pet.
22:22. —Constr. with accus. 11, de 1:3. Sept. for B?!‘ Ps. 59: 12. "'9 Ps.
pending on the infin. mush’ implied, or 21: 14. 74: 12. —Joined with 565a it
as accus. of manner, Buttm. § 131. 6. 7. implies the greatness, omnipotence, ma
Mark 9: 22 2? n Ez'waoat. 2 Cor. 13:8 jestg, of God, Rev. 15: 8; and hence as
01'; Bun/(quad 11.—So 6'1 1'4 Ez'wawrn Xen. abstr. for concr. omnipotence for the Om
H. G. 7. 5. 15. Zn); din/arm. r'hravra, nipotent, the Almighty, Matt. 26: 64 et
Hom. 0d. 4. 237. comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. Mark 14:62 at Luke 22: 69 5'0: 5581011
7. 22. AL. 'rfic Euvdpzwg, coll. Heb. 1:3 e’v 56E“;
Avmwg, Wt, .7, (may...) pp. 'rfig pc-yahwm’mrlg x. 1'. X. like the ltabb.
the being able, i.e. ability, power, strength, 71111: as a name of God. Buxt. Lex.
qfiicacg, force, viz. Rab. Ch. Tal. 385. So Sept. and '17
a) Spoken of intrinsic power, either Ps. 63: 3. 68: 35. 150: 1. -— Meton.
physical or moral, etc. comp. in Al'n'a spoken of a person or thing in whom
'uu init. the power of God is manifested, i. e.
(a) of the bod , Heb. 11: ll Ze'qlfia the manifestation of the power of God,
Elivaluw sic Ica'raéiihr‘lv mre'pparog Zhufic. Acts48: 10 ofrrdg e'errw I’; ou'n'apu; roii
I Cor. 15:43 16 dQua—e'yzipzrm Ev 6:05. Rom. 1: 16. 1 Cor. 1:18, 24.—
 Abra/Jug 202 Awu'arn;

Where the gen. r017 9:017 expresses the b) Spoken of power as resulting from
source, etc. i. e. power imparted from external sources and circumstances, viz.
God, 1 Cor. 2: 5. 2 Cor. 6:7. Comp. (a) power, authority, might, Luke 4:
in ’A-yé1rr; b. -— Spoken of Jesus, as ex 36. 9: 1. Acts 3:12. 2 Pet. 2:11. Rev.
ercising a power to heal, Mark 5: 30. 13:2. 17: 13.—Ecclus. 44: 3. Xen.
Luke 6: 19. 8:46, comp. Olshausen on Mem. 1. 2. 24.—Spoken of omnipotent
Matt. 9: 20. or as the Messiah 1‘, sovereignty as due to God etc. e. g. in
(it'walutc Xpm-rofi, genr. 2 Cor. 12: 9 bis. ascriptions, Matt. 6: 13. Rev. 4: ll. 5:
So e'v Bvvépei for the gen. rob duva'rol'l 12. 7:12. 11:17. 12:10. 19:]. SO
Rom. 1:4, comp. above in a. In the Sept. and "157-4 1 Cbr. 29: 11.—Joined
sense of power, omnipotent majesty, Matt. with Zinnia Acts 4: 7. 1 Cor. 5: 4. i. e.
24: 30 et Luke 21:27 ‘uera burépswg mi warrant. — Meton. abstr. for concr. put
56511;. Mark 9: l. 13:26. 2 Thess. 1: for 6, iv Evita/u: div, one in authority, and
7 per‘ a-yyéhwv rfig 30v. aim-oi, i. e. the plur. Enrolling, like Engl. authorities,
angels who are the attendants of his i. e. pasons in authority, the mighty. the
majesty. 2 Pet. 1: 16. — Spoken also powerful, so. of either world etc. Rom.
of the Spirit, 1'] Bu'ryaptg r017 1rvsi1pa'roc, 8:38. 1 Cor. 15:24. Eph.1:21. 1 Pet.
the power ofthe Spirit, i. e. imparted by 3: 22.—Sept. Esth. 2: 18.
the Spirit,Luke 4: 14. Rom. 15: 13, 19. (/3) in the sense of number, quantity,
Comp. in 'A-yt'urn 1. b.—Spoken of abundance, wealth, Rev. 3: 8 ,uwpav
prophets and apostles as inspired by the E'Xetc hz'n'apw, thou hast a small number
Holy Spirit, Luke 1: 17. 24: 49. Acts sc. of members, or perhaps of true be
1:8. comp. Acts 2: 4. lievers. 18: 3 it: 'rfig buwipewe 701-! mp1’;
(B) spoken of mirac. power, 86mm; vow; ubrfig.—-Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4 whoirrov
onpel'wi' Kai rzpérwv, i. e. the power of lue-ytikov iibvapw upoaéhafiov. Xen. Cyr.
working miracles, Rom. 15: 19 , explained 8. 4. 34. (E0. 9. 15.— Metaph. for en
by {I 5191/. r. 1rvebparog in the next clause. joyment, happiness, Heb. 6: 5.
Acts 10; 39. 1 Cor. 2111,0011. 2Cor. 12: (-y) of warlike power, like the Eng].
12. so 2 Thess. 2: 9.—By meton. of ef foree,forces, i. e. host, army. Luke 10:
feet for cause, plur. Evvépuc is often put 19 i1rl miaav rfiv bin/opts’ airrofi, i. 9.
for mighty deedsmtiraeles, Matt. 7: 22. ll: over the whole host of Satan, coll. v. 20.
20, 21, 23. 13:54, 58. 14:2. Mark 6: Sept. for Ere Ex. 14.: 28. 1514,. al.
2, 5,14. 9: 39. Luke 10:13. 19:37. 2 Sam. 10: 7. 17: 25. 20: 23. al.-
Acts 2:22. 8:13. 19:11. 1 Cor. 12: 1 Macc. 4: 3, 4. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. Diod.
10. 2 Cor. 1'2: 12. Gal. 3: 5. Heb. 2: Sic. 14. 81 med. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 9.—
4. So Sept. for Fish??? Job 37: 14. Heb. By Hebr. bvvc'lpetc ro'n! oilpavd'w, the
“'“T-fi Ps. 106: 2 where Sept. Ewan-aim. hosts of heaven, 1. e. the sun, moon, and
— Just. Mart. de Resurr. p. 225. —— stars, Matt. 24:29. Mark 13:25. Luke
Hence, as abstr. for concrete, put for a 21:26. comp. Rev. 6: 13. So Sept.
worker of miracles, 1 Cor. 12: 28, 29 and Heb. if??? “25: Is. 34: 4. Dan.
Bowl/Aug, i. q. olg Elba-rm. c'vepyilpara 8:10. al. See Gesen. Lex. and on Is. i.e.
bumiluewv v. 10. AUWZPWIW, 5, f. o'ro'w, (5611151119,)
(e) spoken of the essential power, true to strengthen, Pass. Col. 1: 11 iv m’wg
nature and eflicacy, reality, of any thing; But/ripe: amlalum'lpevoi, see in Abrupt;
Phil. 3: 10 ymiwm. Tip’ bbrapw rfig dua a. [3. Sept. for *5? Ps. 68:29. ‘5.;
o'raa'zwc abrofi. 2 Tim. 3: 5 Zxovreg Eco. 10: 10. Dan. 9: 27.--Synes. de
poptpwo'tv ebo'cgelae, 11):! be‘ Ein'apw oi: Prov. p. 100. B. See H. Planck in
rfic fipvnpz'vot. So also as opp. to Xd-yoc, Bibl. Repos. I. p. 683.
speech merely. 1 Cor. 4: 19, 20. 1 Thess.
1: 5.—Plato Phileb. 96. Xen. (E0. 9. 2. AUVOZO'TM, 01!, b, (5bvapa1,) one
30 of medical virtue, Diod. Sic. l. 97. in power, 1. e.
ib. 4. 51.— Metaph. of language, the a) apotentate,prince, Luke 1: 52. 1
power so. of a word, i. e. meaning, signi Tim. 6: 15. Sept. for 11" Prov. 8: 16.
fication; 1 Cor. 14: 11 n‘yv bin/(114111 riig is: Prov. 14:28. Eris Prov. 23; 1.
¢wvfi¢.—-Dion. Hal. 1. 68. D10 Cass. 2 Macc. 3: 24. Pol. 9. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr.
55. 3. So Ebrupu: Bil. V. ll. 9. l5. 4. 5. 40.
 Aum'rém 203 Auo'Coz'o'rax'rog
b) one in authority, sc. under a prince,
Matt. 24: 24. 26: 39. Mark 13: 2'2. 14:
a minister of court, Acts 8: 27. Sept. 35. Rom. 12:18. GaL-t: 15.—Jos. Ant.
oi bvmio'rm @apmb, Gen. 50: 4. for 4. 8. 45. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 9.—-Seq. dat.
$1? Jcr. 34.: 19. 5'11; Lev. 19: 15.-— of pers. possible for or with any one,
Xen. An. 1. 2. 20. Mark 9:23. 14: 36. Acts 20: 16.—Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 13.—Seq.
Avm'réw, 5, f. flaw, (Suva-rot‘) m mipé 0. dat. possible with any one, Matt.
be able, intrans. Ron1.l4:4 in some
19:26. Mark 10:27. Luke 18: 27.—
Mss. Hence, to shew one's self able,
Seq. accus. c. infin. Acts 2: 24.—Hence
mighty, etc. 2 Cor. 13: 3. 'rb bvvarév as subst. i. q. t; bin'afug,
AUVMTO'Q, 7'], 67, (bl'waluat) able, power, Rom. 9: 22. Comp. Buttm.
strong, powerful, viz. § 123. 3.
a) gem. e. g. of things, 2 Cor. 10: 4 AIIIIW, aor. 2 Ebuv, (bin-a, 56,111, to
balm—award 1'15 9“; 1rp6g' x. r. A. i. e.
go in to immerse, Buttm. § 11431301,)
mighty through God, etc. or also er to sink, to go down, intrans. of the sun,
ceedingly mighty, like lzo'rcioc 7Q] 9:97 Mark 1:32. Luke 4,: 40. So Sept.
Acts 7: 20; see in 'Aa're'logz—Xen. (Ec. and S‘QGen. 28:11. 2 Chr. 18: 34.—
7. 23 au'ipa buvarbv 1rpég 11.—Of per
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. Xen. An. 2. 2. 3.
sons, 1': bovaro'g, the mighty, and spoken
of God, the Almighty, Luke 1:49. So A130, oi, (ll, ré, two, indec. by the
Sept. and "'11! Ps. 24: 8.—Of men, Attics and in N. T. — the comm. gen.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 6. Mem. 2. l. 19. — and dat. Buoiv not being found in N. T.
Hence, buvarog £1,141, i. q. bbvapat to The irreg. and later dat. boot Matt. 6:
be able, I can, c. c. infin. (see in Ain't: 24. 22: 40. Luke 12: 5. al. occurs also
pm a.) viz. infin. present, Tit. l: 9. in Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plut. Marcell. 29.
Heb. 11: 19. (Xen. An. 7. 4. 24.) with Pol. 4.. as. 3. Aristot. H. An. 4.. 1. 13I.
an infin. aor. Luke 14:31. Rom. 4: 2]. al. See Buttm. § 70. 2. Winer § 9. 2. b.
11: 23. 14:4. 2 Cor. 9:8. 2 Tim. I: Lob. ad Phryn. p. 210.—In N. T. Nom.
12. James 3: 2. Acts 11: 17 s'yd: be‘ rlc Matt. 9: 27 560 ruzphol. 20: 21 01 560 vim’
,uov. Luke 7: 41. John 1: 37. al.—Genit.
§iipnv
140.bum-roe “About, or comp. Buttm.
3. Sept. for v>52 Num. 22:38.
Matt. 18: 16 bile pnpri/pwv. 20: 24.: Luke
Chald. 51:: Dan. 3: 17.—Metaph. bun/ 12:6. John 1: 4-0. al.—Xen. Mem. 2.
arog, strong, i. e. firm, fired, established, 5. 2.—Dat. see abovc.—Accus. Matt. 4:
Rom. 15: l oi buyaroi sc. Ev m'aru. So 18 Elbe Bbo z'xbekzpobg. Luke 3: 11. al.
buvarog elf“ without an infin. to be strong, saep.—S0 in phrases, viz. 560 1'1 rpzif,
2 Cor. 19:10. 13', 9. two or three, i. e. some, a few, Matt. 18:
b) bwarbc Z'v rim, powerful in any 20. 1 Cor. 14: 29. Xen. An. 4,. 7. 5.)
thing, i. e. able, shilful, eminent, Luke c'n'a 5.’... and ran‘: 1'10, by two's, two
24': 19 buy. is Zp'yp Kai Ao’yq). Acts 7: andtwo, Luke 9: 3. 10:1. 1 Cor. 14:
22. 181245’ r1171; 'ypatpaig‘, i. e. eminent 27. El; bile, in two, z'o'xlaer] sic bbo
in scripture learning. Sept. pass. for sc. ,ue'pq, Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15: 38.—
rats 2 Chr.35: 3:—Ecclus.21:7 aw. Lucian. D. Deor. 8. 1. biehé you rip’
in yMm'oy. Diod. Sic. 13. 101 bur. Xo'yp. Imprikfiv 59 560. Pol. 2. 16. ll oxlfzrat
Thuc. l. 37. tic; 560 [Eph.—From the Heb. bilo 51,10,
c) oi buvarot', the powerful, the mighty, two and two, Mark 6: 7. S0 Sept. and
spoken of persons in authority, etc. Heb. =12? =71? Gen. 7; 9, 15. =12? Gen.
1 Cor. 1: 26. [Rev. 6: 15.] of members 6: 19, 20. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669, 703.
of the Jewish council or Sanhedrim, Stuart § 466. An.
Acts 25: 5. Sept. for 1"‘??? Dan. A95, an insep. part. implying diflL
3: 27.—Jos. Ant. 1?. 4. 9 oi rapt‘: rflv
culty, adversity, the contrary, etc. like
abkfiy auroral. B. I. 1. 1. 1. iv r‘r'; milks‘
the Eng. an, in, mix, etc. Buttm.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8. Comp. Krebs ()bs.
p. 260.
§ 120. 5.
d) neut. buvaro'v, able to be done, AuuQEo-mxrog, ou, b,i,, adj. (bug,
i. e. possibk. So cl Ew-arév, absol. or Hawaii-0,) hard to be borne, oppressive,
with Eon’, if possible, if it be possible, c. g. ¢opria. Matt. 23: 4. Luke 11:46.
 Auaewzgi'a
Sept. for 51.9.3. Prov. 27: 31.—Plut. IX. p.
625. ed. Reiskc.
Auaevregfa, (2;, 1", (Bug, Z'vrspov
intestine,) dyseruery,fluz, Acts 28: 8.—
105. Ant. 6.1. 1. Pol.32. l5. l4.
AUG'Eg/béVEUTOQ', 00, 5,17, adj. (Eve,
c'ppm/ehw) dg'fli'cult of explanation, and
by impl. hard to be understood, Heb.
5:11. — Philo de Somn. II. p. 649.
Artemid. 3. 67.
Aziaxokog, 00, 5, 7'], adj. 86¢, m'xov
food.) pp. ‘ difficult about one's food,’
§(enr. hard to please, morosc, peevish,
en. Mem. 2. 2. 2. n1 Ehaxoka, un
pleasant things, dg'flz'culties, calamities,
Sept. for "I? Jer. 4-9: 8.—In N. T.
dg'fllcult, spoken of things, i. e. .hard to
accomplish, Mark 10: 21.—Jos. Ant. 6.
3. 6. Xen. (E0. 15. 10.
1390267104‘, adv. (Ehaxohoo) with
dgfiiculty,hardly, Matt. 19:23. Mark 10:
23. Luke 18: 241.——Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2.
AUUfbfl’, 779', 1'], (56am: q. v.) usually,
only plur. oi Euapm’, the going down,
the setting, sc. of the sun, as Buapai roii
fiMou, Sept. for N"?- Gen. 15: 12. al.
R‘i’a Deut. 11:30. al. Xen An. 6. 4,.
26.—In N. T. by impl. the west, Matt.
8:11. 24: 27. Luke 12: 54. 13:29.
Rev. 21: 13. So Sept. for =2‘! Ps. 75:
6. IS. 43: 5. 59: 19. 3x13? PS. 50: 2.
113: 3. Nlal. 1:11.
Aua'vo'n'rog, 00, l), i], adj.(5ug, rom'lig
fr. voa'w,) hard to be understood, 2 Pet.
3: 16.—Diog. Laert. 9. 13 swaps» re
Ktll Evaeii'lyrlrov.
AUUQflf/Jéél, :5, f, {la-w, (hug, ¢|'”n],)
to speak evil, i. e. to utter ill-omened lan
guage, maledr'clions, etc. In N. T. to
dqfiime, to rem'le, 1 Cor. 4,: 13 in some
Mss. for Bhrm'dmpol'lperon—l hIZICQ'T:
4|. Soph. Electr. 1182.
Avo'yinfm'a, at’, if, (Bumpy/1:11,) evil
speoking, i. e. p. ilI-omeneil language,
malediction, Soph. Phil. 10. Plut. VIII.
p. 323. ed. Reiske. In N. T. repfoach,
conlumcly, ilI-rqort, 2 Cor. 6:8. — 1
Macc. 7: 38. Dion. Hal. 6.48. Hesych.
Bua'qbwtiac' xaxotprypiac.
{M1, sce Alum). " '
Act/58106, oi, oi, r6 indec. twelve,
Matt.9:20. 14.: 20. al. smp. So 02
511150.11, the twelve, sc. apostles, corres- '
204 Awgéw
ponding to the twelve tribes, Matt. 26:
14,20,117. Mark 14: 10,20.al. Comp.
Matt. 19:28. Rev. 7: 5 sq. 21: 12 sq.
22: 2. also Ex.28:17. Num. 17:2.
Josh. 4.: 5. l K. 7:25. AL.
AwBéxwrog, n, or, the twelfth, Rev.
21' 20.
_._ _
Awhexétpukov, 01), rd, (Fibzsm,
(fl/M1,) collect. the twelve tribes, sc. of
srael, the people of Israel, Acts 26: 7.
Aélfb“; 6670?, rd, (Films, a building,
a house, Hom. Il. l. 222, 533. and by
synecd. a hall, chamber, Hom. II. 1. 600.
In N. T. only in the phrase c'rrl rm":
Eda/Jame, upon the house, i. e. the house
top, roof, Matt. 24: 17. Mark 13: 15.
Luke 5:19. 17:31. Acts 10: 9 £121.‘,
513,10. So Matt. 10:27 and Luke 12:3,
e'irl ru'w Ewluérwr, by impl. publicly,
comp. 2 Sam. 16: 22. Sept. for >3 Deut.
22: 8. Josh. 2: 6, 8. ls.15:3.— Jos.
Ant. 6. 4. 1. —— The roots’ of oriental
houses are flat, covered with a composi.
tion of gravel, etc. The inhabitants
spend much time upon them, to enjoy
the open air; and often sleep there. See
Calmet p. 506, 510. John §34h
Awgeol, 02;, {1, (5150411,) agzft, John
4:10. Acts 8:20. 11:17. Rom. 5:15.
2 Cor. 9: 15. Heb. 6: 41. Eph. 4,: 7 Karo
n3 ,Aérpov 'riig Zwpefig To?! Xpw'roii, i. e. in
proportion to the 9!]? bestowed on us by
Christ; others here by impl. beneficence.
Seq. gen. of that in which the gift con
sists; Acts 2:38 and 10: 4,5 5. r017 (‘i-y.
rrveh'ucu-og. Rom. 5: 17 T17; lzuatorn'wng.
Eph. 3: 7 E. rfig Xc'tpu'oc r06 Beoi. Sept.
for Chald. 7121-7-11 Dan. 2: 6.—~2 Mace. 4,:
30. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 6. Xen. Hiero 11. 12.
Awfiéll, adv. (accus. of Zuper't) gra
tis, gratuitously. See Buttm. § 115. 4.
a) pp. i. e. freely, without rcquital,
Matt. 10: 8 his. Rom. 3: 24,. 2 Cor. ll:
7. 2 Thess. 3: 8. Rev. 21:6. 22:17.
So Sept. and lit? Gen. 29:15. Num. 11:
5.——P0l. 18. 17. 7.
b) in the sense of ground'lessly, without
cause, John 15: "25 Epimyrn’w ,us Buperiv.
Gal. 2: 21 ('lpa Xpwrog Bupeilv ('urc'Oave,
. i. e. then there was no cause why Christ
should sutl'er; see \Viner's Comm. in
loc. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 161.
Sept. and It’?! Ps. 35: 7. 1 Sam. 19: 5. '
I .
Awféw, more comm. awfiofllal, t.
 Aé'gn/sa
fieopat, depon. Mid. (fit-19:11,) to make a
gifl of, to give, to present, trans. Mark
15:45. 2 Pet. 113,4. Sept. for ‘1;;
Gen. 30: 20. It“! Esth. 8: l. Prov. 4: 2.
—Herodian. l. 5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 8.
An. 7. a. 26, 27.
Aéguw, was, 1.1, (6.19;...) a gift,
Rom. 5: 16. James 1. 17.—Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 47. Xen. Hicro 8. 4.
A5509, 09, r6, (M56411) (1 gift,pre
sent, Matt. 2: 11. Eph. 2: 8. Rev. 11:
10. Sept. for '1?! Gen. 30: 20.
2318. 1 K. 15: 19. may; 1 K. 4121. s, 7, 12. Is. 66: 20.—Hum. I l. s. 203.
205 'Eaiv
l Chr. 18: 2.—Plut. Mor. X. p. 25. ed.
Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.——Spoken
of gifts dedicated to God, an offering,
sacrifice, etc. Matt. 5: 23, 24 bis. 8: 4.
23; 18,19 bis. Heb. 5: 1. s. 3,4,. 9. 9.
ll: 4. S0 Matt. 15:5 and Mark 7:11,
M'pov sc. e'm'l, i. e. it is consecrated to
God. So of money contributed in the
temple, comp. in Albpaxpov' Luke 2]:
l, and v. 4 Zliahov 51'; Ta birpa 1017 8101'’,
they cast in, unto, among, the ofl‘erings
made to God. Sept. for 71735,? Gen. 4: 4.
Ex. l Chr. 16: 29. ‘IE-1?, Lev. l: 2, 3. 2: 4,

"E06, intcrj. (prob. for Ea: imperat. 5; 14.—Sept. Job 9; 15,20. 11;]. V. II.
ol' it'll-1,) ah, alas, oh, expressing wonder, 4. 16. Xen. An. 5. 8. 24.—The tut. of
complaint, indignation, etc. Mark 1: 24. the apodosis, or the whole apodosis, is
Luke 4: 34. Comp. Heb. “ELK, Judg. 6: sometimes to be supplied; John 6:62
22, where Sept. J, 1i. coll. Josh. 7: 7. a” obv Szwpfirs x. r. X. i. e. how much
Joel 1: l5.-— Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 24. more will this offend you, ir/u'ig “are...
Aristoph. Plut. 824. [825.] Meet. Acts 26: 5. 1 Cor. 4: l5. Fut. for
imperat. Luke 19:31 xal c'dy rig bptig
,EOZV, conjunct. (for ti ring) if con. c'pw-nj—oz'lrwc e'pc'irs abrq'i. comp. in
tracted also into iiv,,see "Av II. It; dif 'A'ymrc'uu b. Instead of the int. indic. is
fers from :1, in that :2 expresses a con put the aor. subjunct. after ob pr’). see
dition which is merely hypothetical, i. e. Buttm. § 139. 4.. Acts 13. 4.1 Epytw, ,3
a subjective possibility; while z'év implies 01') p1) 1rw1'a'w11re, e'dv 1'19 e'xbtn-yi'rral bpiy.‘
a condition which experience must de Comp. 01'; p1’) in M'I’L—(fi) seq. imperat.
termine, i. e. an objective possibility and e. g. present, John 7: 37 My ru: bol/1,1,
refers therefore always to something Epxwfls 'n'péc pr. Rom. 12:20. aorist,
future; see espec. Hcrm. ad Vig. p. 834. Matt. 10:13 e'c‘w per {I 1'] oin'a t'tEia,
Winer § 42. p. 242. (Comp. :1 and z’c'w s’Ath'v-w K-fih. Mark 9: 43.—pres. Epict.
in 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 2: 5.) 'Edv is Ench. 43. pert‘. ib. 33. 6.—(-y) seq. indic.
usually construed with the subjunctive; present, John 8: 16 ml say xpivw 5:‘ E-yth,
in later writers also with the Indicative; 1'] Kpl'o'tc 1'7 5].") tibia/)1; Earl. 13: 17. 21:
and very rarely in classic writers with 22. Rom. 2:25. 1 Cor. 6: 4. l2: 15,
the Optative; see Buttm. § 139. 8. n. 3. 16. 2 Tim. 2: 5. Matt. 8: 2. al. After
Herm. l. c. p. 822. Matth. § 523. (in, as in a, Gal. 5: 2.—Plato Apol.
I. Used alone, i. e. without other Soc. 21.—So seq. indic. perfect in pres.
particles. sense, John 20:23 (‘iv [z'c’w] Tllf v Kpa.
1. With the Suly'zmctive, and imply. rii'rt, A'EKpd'rqv-rat. Buttm. § 1 ,. 6.
ing uncertainty with the prospect of b) with the Subjunct. aorl'st, comp.
decision, Buttm. § 139. 9. 2. Buttm. <, 139. 12. Matth. § 501. s 521;
a) with the Subjunct. present—and in and in the apodosis, (a) seq. indic. fut.
the apodosis a) seq. indic. fut. Matt. 6: Matt.4: 9 raiira m'wra 001 311mm, c'iw
22,23,551!’ ow o (warps; 001/ (‘11010179 'nwdw ‘upon-wimpy; [101. 5: 13. 28: 14.
, 5X01! 1'6 015 ('1 aov tpwruvov Zarat' s'c‘tv Mark 8: 3. John 8: 36. Rom. 10: 9. al.
dz' 2. r. A. uke 10:6. John 7: 17. seep—Sept. Job 8: 18. 9:12. 11:10.
Acts 5: 38. Rom. 2: 26. al. szcp. After El. V. H. 2. 36 6'20! t'urotiévw. Lucian.
6r: referring to a previous clause, 1 John D. Deor. 5. 23.—With the apodosis or
 ’Ea'v 206
the fut. implied, Mark 11:32 (DOC iiu'
c'i1rupev,e'E r’ufipa’nrwv, sc. ye know what
will happen. Rom. 11: 22. Comp. It'll.
V. H. 1. 34 ult. Fnt. for imperat. Matt.
21: 3. 1 John 5: 16. comp. above in a.
a. Instead of the indie. fat. is put the
aor. subjunct. after or’: In’), John 8: 51,
52. comp. in a. a, above—Xen. Hi. 11.
15.—([3) seq. imperat. e. g. present,
Matt. 18: 17. 1 Cor. 10:28. Gal. 6: 1.
al. aorist, Matt. 18: 15, 17. 1 Cor. 7:
ll. Col. 4.: 10.—pres. Epict. Ench. 7.
-—So in prohibitions expressed by ,n']
seq. aor. subjunct. instead of the imperat.
Matt. 24: 23. Heb. 3: 7. see Buttm. §
148. 3.—Epict. En. 7.—§-y) seq. indic.
present, Matt. 18: 13. L ark 3: 24. 8:
36. John 8:31. Rom. 7: 3. 2 Cor. 5:1.
al.—Ceb. Tab. 3. Xen. Hi. 1. 28.—So
seq. indie. pert. in pres. sense, John 20:
23. Rom. 7: 2. 14: 23. comp. above in
a. 'y.—(5) seq. aorist subjunct. 1 Cor. 7:
28 bis, :1 5:‘ 1112 'yrlllupg, ol/x fipapreg,
x. 'r. A. James 4.: 15. So after Tva de
pending on a previous clause, Mark 12:
19 et Luke 20: 28. John 9:22. 11:57.
So with 61mg Acts 9: 2.‘
c) sometimes with both subjunctive
present and aorist in the same clause,
e. g. seq. indic. fut. in apodosis, 1 Cor.
14: 23. seq. imperat. Matt. 5: 23. (Xen.
An. 7. 1. 25.) seq. indie. present, 1 Cor.
14.: 24. James 2: 15. 1 John 1:6.
2. \Vith the Indicative, but only in
later Greek writers; in N. T. only once
and with indie. pert‘. as present in the
apodosis, 1 John 5:15 e'c'w o'iéaaev—
u‘r'5aaev (in x. r. A. comp. in a. 7. above.
-—Sept. Job 22:3. 9: 14'. Theodoret.
III. p. 267. IElian. V. H. 4.. 24. Sec
Herm. ad. Vig. p. 822. Winer § 42. p.
24.3, 244. Matth. <) 525. d.
3. Used in respect to things certain as
if they were uncertain, and hence equiv.
alent to a particle of time, when, i. q.
b'rav,with the subjunctive; John 12: 32
gay I'APWBJ) Ex fiig 'yfic, mivrag ihu'm'u
1rpoc Epaurév. 14:3. 1 John 3:2. So
Sept. and =3 Prov. 3: 24. Is. 24.: 13.
Amos 17: 2. So DI.‘ Gen. 38: 9, where
Sept. 6mm Comp. Gesen. LeX. m.‘ C.
4. So Lat. si, Hor. Ep. 1. 7. 10.
4. Instead of liv, in N. T. and later
Greek writers, used in relative clauses
and with relative words; see in "Av I. 2.
Winer § 43 ult. Vig. p. 516, and Herm.
’Ea'v
p. 835. Such words are thus rendered
more general, imply mere possibility,
and take only the subjunctive, Buttm.
§ 139. 8; ever, soever, Lat. cunque. Thus
(a) ilc Edy, whoever, whosoever, whatso
ever, Matt. 5: l9. 7: 9. .10: 14,42. 12:
36. 14: 7. 16:19. a]. szep. Sept. Gen.
I5. 14.. 21: 22.a1.—(/3) 5011;‘ any, who
ever, whatsoever, Col. 3: 23.—(y) b'a'og
e'év, whosoever, as many as, etc. Matt.
18: 18 bis. Rev. 3: 19. Sept. Gen. 44:
l.——(5) arrou z'r’rv, wheresoever, Matt. 8:
19. 24: 28. Mark 6: IO. 14: 14. al.—
(e) 05 ér'w, whatsoever‘, 1 Cor. 16: 6.
Sept. Gen. 20: 13. ——(E) 0'1; s’év, as If,
in whatsoever manner, as when, Mark 4:
26, coll. Luke 11: 36. whensoever,
Rom. 15:24. Sept. Job 37: 10. Dan.
1:13 medic e'év.—Isocr. Panath.32. p.
419 ed. Lange.—(r,) x1166 e'c'zv, accord.
ing to whatsoever, 2 Cor. 8: 12.—- (9)
dating‘ c'év, so often as, Rev. 11: 6.
II. In connexion with other particles,
where however for the most part each
retains its own power. The following
only require to be noted; all with the
subjunctive, as above in I. l.
(a) Edy 5E Kai, andlfalso, but g'falso,
Matt. 18:17. 1 Cor. 7: 11,28. 2 Tim.
2: 5. Comp. in Aé II. d. Sept. Job 31:
14. non al. '
is” luv", (fact, i. e. rmless, except,
Matt. 5:20 Er'rv pr) ‘Kipw’o‘n'mn {lemm
Orrin/1; inn-'11’ rhc'iov x. r. X. 6: 15. Mark
3:27. 7: 4. John 3:2, 5. 15:6. Gal. 2:
16. al. Sept. for *5; Ex. 3; 19. 4.: 1.
s'v ==s EX. 4.19, 9.-P01. 3. 38. 2. Xen.
An. 5. 7. 30. -— In the sense of except,
that, but that; Mark 4': 22 0|’: ‘yap Earl’ 11
xpwrrov, 5 {or 1.41) ¢avzpw6|fi, i. e. but that
it shall be revealed, i. q. (‘AX Two. in the
other clause. Matt. 26: 42 Ear pr‘! aim‘:
who, i. e. so but that I drink. Mark 10:
30 is“, p1‘; Miflp, but that he shall receive,
i. e. who shall not receive. Comp. Matth.
§ 617. d. Winer§ 59. ult.—Aristoph.
Eq. 2. 2. Enrip. Med. 30 r‘lv pf].
('y) Edy rep, if indeed, zfnou', Heb. 3:
6. 14. 6: 3. non al. -— 2 Macc. 3: 38.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8.
(B) e'z'u/ re, if it be. be it that, 2 Cor.
10: 8. Also as repeated Edy re—e’dv n,
whether—or, Rom. 14:8 quater. non al.
So Sept. for 11$ Ex. 19: 13. Lev. 3: 1.
—Xen. Mem. 2. 4.. 6. Comp. Vigor. p.
517. Matth. § 617. 5. AL.

'Eaurm? 207
‘Eon-rot}, 777;‘, 7'05, accus. Eat/row,
rilv, rd, reflex. pron. 3d pers. of one's self, ‘ self — (4') pet)’ iavroii, with one's self,
of itself, accus. himself, herself, itself; see along with, Matt. 12:45. Mark 8: 14..
Buttm. § 74. 3. The contracted form is —(t1)1rap’Eav-r1{, by himself, i. e.at home,
aim-0:7, rfig', r017, etc. which see in its
order.
8.) pp. of the 3d pers. sing. and plur.
Matt. 8:22. 27:42. Luke 9:25. John
5: 18. al. saepiss.
b) as a general reflexive,standing also
for the first and second persons, Buttm.
§ 127. n. 5. Matth. §489. II. Thus for
1 pers. plur. r‘univ airriin' etc. ourselves,
Rom. 8: 23 iypeic airroi e'v c'au-ro'ig uremi
Zopev. 1 Cor. 11:31. 2 Cor. 1: 9. 10:
12, 14. 1 John 1:8. — Thuc. 1. 82
min-Jr. Plato Phaedo p. 78. B.——So for
2 pers. sing. o'caurot'i, fig, 05, thyself, Rom.
13: 9 dyam'youg rov n-Xnaiov iron (in;
Earn-(iv. —— Bi. V. H. l. 21. IEschyl.
Agam. l308.—-Also for 2 pers. plur.
iipiiv aimiv, etc. yourselves, 1 Cor. 6:
l9 oim e'o-rc‘ Earn-6v. Heb. 10:34. al.—
P01. 18. 6. 4. Dem. Olynth. 9. 13.
c) plur. in a reciprocal sense for
llMr'yhwv, e. g. Xé-yowreg rrpoc iavroiig, i.
e. 1rplig- u'iMfikovq, to one another, one to
another, etc. Mark 10: 26. John i2: 19.
genr. Rom. 1:24. Col. 3: 13,16. Jude
20. —— Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2, 16. Comp.
htIatth. § 489. III.
d) with propositions, viz. (a) ‘It?’
iavroii, see in ‘And III. 2. c. — :’
Earn-oi, through or by itself, in its own
nature, Rom. 14: 14.—(7) iv ialrrq't, in
himself, etc. i. e. in mind, genr. Matt.
13:21. Mark 5:30. 9:50. John 11:
38. Acts 10: 17. lJohn 5: 10. S0 he'yuv
v. ci-n-eiv e'v Emmi’, to say within one's self,
i. e. to think, Matt. 3: 9. 9: 3,21. al.
So Sept. for =’.>.=; “as Esth. c; 6. Ps. 36:
1. elsewhere e’v xapBiq, Ps. 10:6, 11.
14: 1. See Gesen. Lex. art. “5!: 2.——So
in one’: own self, person, nature, etc.
John 5:26. 6:53. Eph. 2:15. In the
phrase 'yiyeasat V. i'pxcaeai iv slam-oi, to
come to one's self, i. e. to recover one's
recollection, senses, Acts 12: 11. once
z'htidw eic éavrov id. Luke 15: 17. -—
Xen. An. 1. 5. l7. Jos.‘ Ant. 6.8.2.
z'avrm'l 'yivcaeai. Diod. S. 13.95 rig
Eavroric e'pxtipevoi. (5) 8'5 iavrofi, of or
by one's self, 2 Cor. 3: 5. —- (c) m6‘
e'avro'v, by himself, etc. i. e. alone, Acts
28: 16. coll. v. 30. (Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4.)
7 I
E325
James 2: 17 iI n-r’crrig H16‘ icwrr'pv, in it
Fr. ehez sot‘, 1 Cor. 16: 2.—Xen. Mem.
3. l3. 13.—(3) 1rpdg Earn-(iv, t0 one'shouse,
home, Luke 24: 12. John 20: 10. -—
Sept. Num. 24.; 25. Jos. Ant. 7.8. 5.
Pol. 5. 93. l. -— In the sense with or in
himsel , i. e. in mind, in thought, Luke
18: 11.—Aristaan. Ep. 1.6. AL.
’Eolw, 5, f. that», aor. l e‘t'aaa, impt'.
z‘iwv, (augm. Buttm. § 84. 2,) to let, to
let be, etc.
a) pp. to permit, to safer, not to hin.
der, seq. accus. and infin. Matt. 24: 43.
Luke 4: 41. Acts 14:16. 27:32. 28:
4. 1 Cor. 10: 13. Rev. 2: 20 in text.
recept. So with the infin. implied, Acts
16: 7. 19:30. Sept. for imper. :5",
Gen. 38: 16. ‘.135 Job 9: 18. —1 Mace.
15: 14. Lucian. D. Mort. l3. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 9.
b) to let alone, to leave, seq. accus. of
person, Acts 5: 38. Sept. for Haj-'5
Judg, 11: 37_—-2 Mace. 6: 13. Horn. ll.
24. 684. Dem. 933. 7. — Spoken of
things, to let alone, absol. to zksist, Luke
22: 51 e'fire 'e'wg roiirou, desist! thusfur,
sc. is enough—Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 2.
c) to leave to, to commit to, spoken of
persons, to leave in charge, Acts 23: 32.
of thin s Acts 27: 40 E'iwv (rhv vain’)
sir; rfiv gdhaaaav, they committed the shin
to the sea, i. 0. let her drivc.—Jos. Ant.
2,9. 4 ziaaav ini Tl; Gil‘; rilv awrnpiav
aurou.
'Eflhopw'yzorra, oi, oi, ni, indec.
seventy, Acts 7: 14. 23: 23. 27: 37.—
Luke 10: l, l7oie'fitlopr'lxovraJhe seventy
disciples sent out by Christ as teachers,
equal in number to the Sanhedrim.
'Efihopunxowémg, adv. seventy
times; Matt. 18: 22 5,35. e'1rrr'i, seventy
times seven, a frequent general expres
sion for any large number; comp. Gen.
4: 24.
"Efiaofbog, 7], 01', 0rd. adj. seventh,
John 4: 52. Heb.4:4 bis. Jude 14.
Rev. 8:1. 10:7.11215. 16:17. 21:20.
'EBéf, a, indec. Eber or Heber,
Heb. "-142 (over, beyond,) one of Abra
ham's ancestors, Luke 3:35, comp.
Gen. 10: 21, 24, 25.
 'Efigumo'g 208
'E/Egambg, r’), 6V, adj. Hebrew, Luke
23: 38.—Jos. Ant. proem. 3.
'Ef'afaiog, 051'“, 06701', or'Efipaiog, 0v,
6, a Hebrew, from lleb. "'52 (passer
over,) applied to Abraham Gen. l4: l3
and to his descendants, the Israelites
generally, Gen. 39: 14. Ex. 1: 15.
Deut.15:12. al. seep. In N. T. oi
'Efipaiol. are the Jews of Palestine, who
use the Hebrew (Aramzean) language,
to whom the language and country of
their fathers peculiarly belong, the true
seed of Abraham; in opp. to oi
'EMnmm-ai, i. e. Jews born out of Pales
tine and using chiefly the Greek lan
guage; comp. Hu in Bibl. Repos. I.
p. 54.7 sq. So 2 or. 11: 22. Phil. 3:
5 'E/ipaiog e'E 'EBpaiwv, emphat. comp.
_in BmnXc ii; a. In Acts 6: 1 spoken of
Hebrew Christians, in distinction from
Hellenistic Christians.
‘13651172, 750;, ;,, sc. ammog, the
Hebrew language, i. e. the Hebrew-Ara
maean, or Syro-Chaldaic, which was the
vernacular language of the Palestine
Jews in the time of Christ and the
apostles. Acts 21: 40. 22: 2. 26: 14.
See Bibl. Repos. I. p. 309 sq. 317 sq.
[and Lehrgehl'iude der aramiiischen
Idiome, von Julius Fiirst § 12.]
eEgflttw'l'll, adv. Hebraicéfln Hebrew,
i. e. later Hebrew John 5: 2. 19: 13,17,
20. Rev. 9: 11. 16:16. For the force
of adverbs in —w-rt see Buttm. 119. 15. c.
T717124), f. [are (e'y'ybg,) Att. fut.
n3 James 4.: 8. Buttm. § 95. 7. 9 sq. to
bring near, cause to approach, trans.
Sept. for ‘W? Gen. 48: 10. 5"‘.‘35? Is.
5:8. P01. 8. 6. 7 s'y'yio'av-reg rfi 717
Tag mire—More comm. and in .1‘.
intrans. to draw near, t_0 approach ; and
pert. ii-y-yixa, to have drawn near, i. e. to
be near, to be at hand, comp. Buttm. §
113. 6. Spoken of persons, absol.
Matt. 26: 46 et Mark 14,: 4,2 fi'y'ywcv b
wapafiuiobg '46. Luke 12: 33. 18: 40.
19: 37,41. 24:15. Acts 21:33. 23:
15. Seq. dat. Luke 7:12. 15: 1,25.
2'2: 47. Acts 9: 3. 10:9. 22: 6. 80
Sept. for ‘5;; Gen. 27'. 21,26. =72 Ex.
32:19. — Pol. 17. 41.1. Ceb. Tab. 35
1rpé¢ Tu/a. —Seq. eig c. ace. Matt. 21: 1
Kai iirc fi-yywar' eig- 'Icpoa'6)\vpa. Mark
11:1. Luke 18:35. 19:29. 24.. 28. So
Sept. for 921, 51:9. c. rpéc; for '5‘?! Gen.
T776;
45:4. TIP, Gen. 37: 17.—Spoken of
things, time, etc. Matt. 3: 2 ii'y'yuicv 1';
fiflUlAfl'a 76w obpavu'rv. 4:17. 10:7.
Mark 1: 15. Matt. 2l2341. 26: 45 Luke
21: 8, 20,28. 22; 1. Acts "n17. Rom.
13:12. Heb. 10: 25. James 5:8. 1 Pet.
4: 7. Seq. i-rri c. acc. Luke 10: 9, 11.—
Trop. Phil. 2: 30 pexpl Savérav fi'y'ywz,
he was nigh unto death. So Sept. and
:‘TP' J01). 33: 22. 7”)?‘ PS. 8814-. 107:
18.—Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 10. 14.—
Also é-y-yii'ew 11:": 6a,"), to draw near to
God, i. e. in Sept. to offer sacrifice in
the temple, for 13.1! [Niph. ‘1'21 See Ges.
Lex.] Ex. 19: 22. E2. 44,: 13;in N. T.
to dolzim reverence and homage,to worship
him with pious heart, Heb. 7: 19, coll.
4: 16. James 4: 8. Matt. 15:8 quoted
from Is. 29: l3,where Sept. for 3237,. So
God is said i-y'yilew roig avtipdmoig, to
draw near to Christians, so. by the aids
of his Spirit, grace, etc. James 4: 8.
So Sept. and if-P, Deut. 4: 2. comp. Ps.
145: 18.
9E 77§06¢!d,
/ i‘. _41m, (0/,
, 7pu¢w,)
, to
engrave, to insculp, Herodot. 4.. 19. to
write in any thing, e. g. in a letter, Xen.
Cyr. 8. 2. 17. to inscribe, i. e. to enrol,
1 Macc. 13:40. In N. T. metaph. to
inscribe, to iltfil', so. in the heart, etc. 2
Cor. 3: 2, 3.—Jos. Ant. 4.. 8. 12 577;).
for); vépoug ra'ig \Puxa'ig.
"E77005, 011, 6, 1'], adj. (e'y'yim bail,
pledge, fr. e’v, 'yvim',) yielding a pledge,
2 Macc. 10: 28. In N. T. masc, 6
Z-y-yuog, a surety, bondsmammetaph. Heb.
7: 22.—pp. Ecclus. 29: 15, 16. Pol. 5.
27. l. Xen. Vect. 41. 20.
’E7yz'1§, adv. near, spoken of place
and time; in later writers more frequently
of the latter, Passow sub v.
a) of place, absol. John 19:42. Seq.
gen. John 3: 23. 6:19, 23. 11:18, 54.
19:20. prob. Luke 19: 11. Acts 1: l2.
comp. Buttm. § 14-6. 2. Sept. for =5‘?v
Gen. 45: 10. Ez. '23: 12.—1 Macc. 4:
18. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. L-Seq. dat. Acts
9'. 38 e'yyrig 5:‘ or'iang A1655"; r‘i) 'Ién'rrp.
27: 8. -— So Sept. metaph. Ps. 34: 19.
Diod. Sic. l. 41 277mm Ti] dhfieia.
Comp. Matth. § 386. 6. -— 'lirop. near,
nigh, absol. Phil. 4.: 5 i: Kirpiogiy'ybg, sc.
as a helper etc. comp. v. 6. So Ps. 34:
19. 145218. Seq. gen. Heb. 6: 8. 8:13.
i-y-yiu; 0'00, near thee. i. e. close at hand,
 'Eyyiaregov 209 "Eysgmg

near by, Rom. 10:8 quoted from Deut. 17:23. 27:63. Mark 16:14. Acts 5:
30: 14 where Sept. t'or 15*?" So oi 30. Rom. 4:25. 2 Cor. 4: 14. So Sept.
e'y'yi/g as adj. (Buttm. § 125. 6,) the near, and “PR-‘.1. 2 K. 4:31. Is. 26:19.
those who are near, sc. the Jews, as h) the idea of sleep being dropped,
having the knowledge and worship of to cause to rise up, to raise up, to set up.
the true God, opp. to 0i ,uaxpév, Gen right, and Mid. to rise up, to arise, viz.
tiles, Eph. 2: 17. Sept. and imp, Is. (a) Spoken of persons, e.g. sitting, Acts
57: 19. So 5776;: 'yivwflac, to become 3: 7. reclining at table, John 13:4.
near sc. to God by embracing the gos prostrate or 1 ing down, Acts 10: 26,
pel, Eph. 2:13. Comp. VVisd. 6: 19. Matt. 17:7. uke 11:8. Acts 9:8. al.
b) of time, absol. i-y-yrig rt) Sépoe Matt. (Sept. and ‘('‘FB 2 Sam. 12: 17.) and so
24: 32. Mark 13: 28. Luke 21:30. so of sick persons, Matt. 8: 15. Mark 1:31.
seq. e'zrl SI’IQGIL‘ Matt. 24: 33. Mark 13: 2: 12. Including the idea of conva
29. 6 Kaipoc Matt. 26: 18. Rev. 1: 3. lescence, to set up again, i. e. to heal,
22:10. To miaxa John 2:13. 6: 4. ll: James 5: 15.—([3) By an oriental pleo
55. 1'] 20pm’; John 7:2. 1'] flacnku’a for‘: nasm, prefixed to verbs of going, of un
9:05 Luke 2]: 31. Perhaps Phil. 4: 5, dertaking or doing any thing, etc. see
comp. Heb. 10:37. So Sept. e'y'ydgil in 'Avim-qpi II. (1. Matt. 2: 13, 14,
ilpc'pa for =“P, E2. 30: 3. Joel 1: l5. 2; i-yspOzig :rapdhage r6 1rm3iov. 2: 20, 21.
l. aL—Hom. ll. 22. 453. seq. dat. Xen. 9: 19. John 11:29.11]. So Sept. and
Cyr. 2. 3. 2 0,12», c'rydn/ ilp'iv e'y-yirg. I"? l Chr. 22: 19 comp. in 'Avtlfl'fllllll
'E7713'regov, adv. compar. of E-y-yr'm, l. c.--(-y) Trop. of persons, Mid. to rise
(Buttm. § 115. 5, 7,) nearer, spoken of up against, so. as an adversary, seq. in’
time Rom. ]3:ll.—-Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 19. mm, Matt. 24: 7. Mark 13:8. Luke
’E72/gw, f. e'yzpu'l, aor. 1 fi'yeipa, to 21: 10. Sept. Act. for “21': Is. 10: 26.
wake, to arouse, to cause to rise up, trans.
Jer. 50: 9.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6.—-So i-ysl
Mid. z’yu'po'um, to awake, to rouse up, pea’flai 5'11 1'5 Kpia'zl 'uc'rd rwog, Matt. 12:
to arise, intrans. Buttm. § 185. 3; aor. 1 42. Luke 11:31.—(5) Spoken of things,
pass. fiyz'peqv, and pert‘. pass. i-yilyeppai, to raise up, e. g. out of a pit, Matt. 12:
with mid. signif. to rise, to have risen, ll, comp. Luke 14: 5. So gem‘. in later
Buttm. s 136. 2, 3. usage, to erect, to build, e. g. vaov John
a) pp. from sleep; implying also the 2: 19, ‘20. —Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5 ,Bwpoile.
idea of rising up from the posture of Herodian. 8. l. l2rzixoc. 8.2.12 m'lp-youc.
c) metaph. to raise up, to oauae to
sleep. Matt. 8: 25 air-roe e'xéBzvEe' Kai.
oi patio-ml fi-yupav airrdr. Acts 12: 7. arise or exist; Mid. to arise, to appear,
etc. Luke 1: 69 570p: xc'pac awrnpiac,
Mark 4: 27 “10518;; :01 e'ysi 117a‘. Matt.
i. e. a saviour. Acts 13: 22, 23. Mid.
25: 7. Sept. for T‘FH, rov. 6: 22.
‘(T-Z Gen. 4|: 4, 7. D"? Prov. 6: 9. - spoken of prophets, Matt. 11:11. 24: 11,
Plut. Pomp. 36. Xen. (E0. 5. 4.—Trop. 24. Mark 13: 22. Luke 7:16. John 7:
52. So Sept. and “7.?! Is. 41: 25. 45:
from sluggishness, torpor, Rom. 13: 11.
13. 'F‘PFT. Judg. 3: 9, 15.—Ecclus. 10:4.
comp. Eph. 5: 14 below in d. So trop.
—In the sense of to cause to be born, to
from death, of which sleep is the em
blem among all nations; comp. Hom. II. create, Matt. 3: 9. Luke 3: 8.
d) intrans. or with Eavréy etc. implied,
14. 231. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21. Virg. 11in.
6. 278. Job 13: 13. Ps. 13: 4. Dan. to awake, to arise,- Buttm. § 113. n. 2.
§ 130. n. 2. Thus to awake sc. from
12: 2. Matt. 27: 52. Thus e'yeipew
sleep, trop. sluggishness, Eph. 5: 14
11.-90.59, to raise tile (lead,- Matt. 10: 8
ru'pmig z'yn'pcrc. John 5: 21. Acts 26: 8.
57219411 1. Mensa...» Also,lo rise up, to
arise, sc. from a sitting or recumbent
l (Jor.15:l5, 16. 2 Cor. 1: 9. Also
posture. Mark 2:9,11. 3: 3. 5: 41. 10:
e'yu'puv in vn'pfiv, m raise from the dead,
49. Luke 5: 23, 24. 6: 8. John 5: 8.—
and Mid. seq. are’ or Er, to rise from the
dead.- John 12: 1 5r fi'yupsv Ex vexpdw. In classic writers only poetic in this
v. 9,17. Gal. 1:1. 1 Thess. 1:10.al. sense, Aristoph. Ran. 340. Eurip. Iph.
Mid. seq. rim} Matt. 14: 2. 27:64. 28: in Aul. 626. AL.
7. al. seq. is Mark 6: 14, 16. Luke 9: "E'yegmg, my, 1'], (Eyeipu) a waking
7. John '2: 22. al. Absol. Matt. 16:21. up sc. from sleep, Pol. 9. 15. 4 in some
0
 ’E'yza'fle'rog
edit. a rising up, Sept. for i“? Ps. I39:
2. erection, building, Esdr. 5: 62. — In
N. T. resurrection, so. from the dead,
Matt. 27: 53.
Eyxéflsrog, 0v, ,3, 1',’ adj, (£7.11.
01mm to sit in ambush,) pp. sitting in
ambush, lying in wait, Sept. for =35 Job
31: 9. In N. T. metaph. insidious, i. e.
a suborned emissary, spy, Luke 20: 20.
—.los. B. J. 6. 5. '2. Dem. 1483. l.
'E'yxw'wa, law, nt, (iv, Kan/6;)
pp. initiation or dedication of something
new, Sept. for "9.15: Ezra 6; l6. Neh.
12: 27. Dan. 3: 2. In N. T. afestival
at the consecration of something new or
renewed; and genr. the festival of dedi
cation, John 10: 22. This festival was
instituted by Judas Maccabaeus to com
memorate the purification of the temple iv 0. (int. 2 Pet. 2: 8. —- Seq. dat. comp.
and the renewal of the temple worship, Valckn. diatr. ad Eurip. Hipp. 31. p. 68
after the three years’ profanation by .or p. 127. ed. Lips.
Antiochus Epiphanes. It was held for ’E'yzevrglgw, 1‘. law, (Ev, Keyrpilw.)
eight days, commencing on the 25th
day of the month of Kislev, Heb. "2:53.,
which began with the new moon of De
cember. Josephus calls it qm'rra, i. e. the
festival of lights or lanterns. See 1
Mace. 4: 52-59. 2 Macc. 10: 5—8.
Jos. Ant. l2. 7. 6, 7. Jahn § 360.—N0t
found in the classics. Suid. e'yxaima.‘
ioprr) m6’ fiv i'yxawoup'yfiflrl n.
'hymMZm, f. law, (e'v, walla.) pp.
to renew, Lat. innovare, Sept. for 153*? 2
Chr. 15:8. Ecclus. 33: 6.——In N. T. to
initiate, i. e. to consecrate, to sanction,
Heb. 9: 18. 10: 20. Sept. for ‘1!?! Dent.
20:5. 1 K. 8: 64. Comp. Sept. and
153’? 1 Sam. 11:14.
’E'yxot7\§w, til, f. ('00:, (iv, unlit-n)
to call in, i. e. to demand, Xen. An. 7. 7.
33. In N. T. to call in question. i. e.
to accuse, to arraign, to bring a charge
against,- seq. dat. of pers. Acts 19:38.
and but c. acc. 23: 28.—Ecclus. 4,6: 19.
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3. Xen. Hi. 5. 3.—Seq.
accus. of person, or in Pass. with gen.
of thing, Acts 26: 2. or with wept’ 0.
gen. of thing, Acts 19:40. 23: 29. 26:7.
Comp. Matth. § 369. § 370. n. l. Buttm.
§ 132. 5. 3. — Diod. Sic. ll. 83. seq.
a’1ri 0. dat. 4. 55. — Seq. Kara 0. gen. of
pers. Rom. 8: 83, coll. v. 3|.
'EyzwmM/vrw, f. the, (iv, mm
helm-1,) to leave behind in any place or
state; hence genr. to leave, trans.
210 ’E'yzo'7rrw
a) pp. as Thu \lmxiyv ,uov sic #5011, Acts
2: 27, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 where
Sept. for 32.—Peak. Salom. 2: 7. Act.
Thom. 51 oint' i'yxare'kun'e' [IE 1rapa'ue7vm.
sic e'xeivov T61! xtDpov row betray. Dem.
1326. 25. — In the sense of to leave re
maining, Rom. 9: 29 quoted from Is. I:
9 where Sept. for “Th-‘I. — Hes. Op. v.
347. Herodian. l. 4. 18. -
h) by impl. to leave in the lurch, i. e.
to forsake, to desert, to abandon, seq. ac
cus. Matt. 27: 46. Mark 15: 34. (Sept.
for =9, Ps. 22: l.) 2 Cor. 4.: 9. 2 Tim.
4110,16. Heb. 10: 25. 1315. Sept. for
=22 Deut. 31: 6, 8. Is. 1: 8.—WVisd. 10:
13. Plut. Galb. 14. Ken. Cyr. 8. 8. 4.
’E'yzwroméw, 5, 1‘. flow, (iv,
Kfl'fOtA'éw’) to dwellfixedly in or among, seq.
to prick in, to stick in, e. g. spurs, to
spur on, VVisd. 16: 11. In N. T. to in
sert, to ingraft, metaph. Rom. ll: 17, 19,
23 bis, 24. bis—pp. Theophr. H. P]. 2. 3.
Marc. Ant. 11.8.
,IE'ylhflllbd, “70;, 1'6, (é'yk‘ahelu)
charge, accusation, Acts 23: 29. 25: 16.
--Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 6. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 6.
’Eynopo€60pmx, 05pm, f. 6am
lull, IVIid. (e'v, ni'ugoc a Strip, string,
loop, etc. set on in order to tie or fas
ten a garment; hence i-yxépgwpa, a
kind of long white apron or outer gar
ment with strings etc. worn by slaves;
Pollux IV. 119 rfl 5:‘ rtiv Eobltwv e'Ew
fu'et Kt‘li i'paribiév n rpémcstraz ltzwtbv,
3 e'yxtilugwpa he'ye'rm. Hesych. xooa'bpgn'
e'yicbpgwlua Kai neplfwpa Ai-yt'nr'nov.
Hence the verb in N. T.) to tie or bind
one's self‘ into so. an synaptic”, i. e.
to put on, to clothe one's self in, seq. ace.
of thing, metaph. 1 Pet. 5: 5. —— Nicet.
III. 8. p. 288, i'yxopgtbaeig 15w
iaenpdrwv.
,E'YKMH/l, 59', i1, (i'yxo'n'ru q. v.)
an impediment, hindrance, 1 Cor. 9: l2.
—-Diod. Sic. l. 32.
’EYI¢6'ITTN, f. \l/w, (e'y, min-w) to
strike in, to cut in; metaph. to innzede,
to hinder, trans. Rom. 15: 22. Gal. 5: 7.
l Thess. 2: 18. In the sense of to dc.
lay, Acts 24': 4. also to render fmitless,
 13725057210:
1 Pet. 3: 7 in later edit. for z'xxb'rrrwtia:
in text. recept.
’E'yzeérem, we, :7, (ht-pangs!) himself as the representative of all, or
continence, temperance, self-control, Acts
24: 25. Gal. 5: 23. 2 Pet. 1: 6. -— Ec
clus. 18: 29 sq. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1 sq.
ib. 4. 5. 1 sq.
'Eyxgu'rebo/oal, f. u'wopat, de
pon. Mid. to be é-yxpan’pc, i. e. to be con
tinent, temperate, abstinent, to have self
eontrol, 1 Cor. 7:9. 9: 25. Sept. for
PiISQ-U Gen. 43: 31. —— Not found in
classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 442.
’E7x§wn'7g, tog, oiig, 6, 1'], adj.
(z'v, Koch-09,) strong, powerful, Xen. Eq.
7. 8. Ven. 10. 10. having power over,
master of, seq. gen. 2 Macc. 10: 15, 17.
Xen. Hi. 5. 2. H. G. 7. 3. 3. In N. '1‘.
metaph. having self-control, continent,
temperate, abstinent, Tit. 1:8. — Xen.
blem. l. 2. 1. (E0. 9. l]
'E'yxgi'rm, f. m3, (E’v, xpimo) to
judge in, i.e. to admit afler trial, to
reckon among, seq. dat. 2 Cor. 10: 12.-—
Seq. u'g Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plut. Lyc.
25. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 40. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 385 Sq.
'Eyxgbrrrw, f. 44w, (e'w, Kpbrrru)
to hide in any thing, trans. sc. by cover
in
forg , 1??
by
mixin to etc.
impl.Jogli.
asin,Seiiience
7:21.
mix
t. seq. intrin,
to knead
leaven with flour, Matt. 13: 33. Luke
13: 21. So Sept. for or E2. 4.: 12.
"Eyxuog, 0v, ,7, (E'ym'lw, fr. e'v, 1131",) base, bottom, e. g. of a ship, Horn. ()d.
with child, pregnant, Luke 2: 5. — Ec
clus. 42: 10. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 33.
Sic. 4. 2.
'E mfm),
' f, |am,
' ’ xpuu)
(w, ' to rub
in, e. g. n‘lv xohy‘lv sic robe 6¢6a)\,uoil§
Tob. 11:8. In N. T. to rub in with any
thing,to anoint,- Rev. 3: 18 xoMobpmv,
Zyxpi'aou roiig 45¢0ahpm'1c. —- Tob. 6: 8.
’E'yfill, gen, Elma, poi}, I, pron. Of
the
The first
monosyllabic
person; see
forms
Buttm.
p06, §p.01,
72. pl,
are usually enclitic, but are orthotone
after prepositions, except 11: rpm; 'ue'
Buttm. ib. n. 2, 3.
a) Nom. 576:, plur. fipeig. Matt. 8: 7.
Actsl7: 3. Matt. 28: 14.. Mark 14:58.
a1. saapiss. So with a certain empha
515, Matt. 3: 11, 14. 5: 22,28, 32, 34.
John 4.: 26.211. Matt.6:12. 17:19. 19:
211 Egan/a;
27. a]. seep—Used sometimes by Paul
Kowwmk'u'lg, i. e. where the speaker puts
vice versa: e. g. 571.’; for r'yps‘ig, Rom.
719,10, 14., 17, 20 bis, 24., 25. 1 Cor.
10: 30. illuei'q for 576:, 1 Cor. 1:2, 3.
2: 10, 12, coll. v. 4. ii). 4:8, 10.-— In
the phrase 250:‘, £711», Kbpie, A cts 9: 10,
and £76: Ki'rpie, Matt. 21:30, put by
Hebraism instead of an afiirmative ad
verb. So Sept. and ‘.1521 1 Sam. 3:8.
Gen. 22: 1, 11. ‘$5 Gen. 27: 24.
2 Sam. 20: 17. See Gesen. Lehrg.
p. 829. 6.
b) Gen. pm"; (not 5pm?) and h‘uu'w,
are often used instead of the cor.
responding possessive Epbg, etc. Buttm.
§127. 7. e. g. p06 Matt. 2: 6. Luke 7:
46. John 6: 54. saep. r'huév Matt. 6: 12.
Luke 1:55. Rom. 6: 6. saep. -— So pm?
as passive or objective, John 15: 10 Ev
1'5 ('l‘yrirrg you, i. e. love of or towards me.
c) Dat. in the phrase rt’ Epol Kill am’,
what is to me and thee, sc. in common?
what have I with thee? Matt. 8:29.
Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 28. John 2: 4. So
Sept. and 71,2“. ‘5'71’; Judg. ll: 12.
2 Sam. 16: 10. 19:23. Comp. Matth.
s 389. i. :1. AL.
’Ebo:¢tZw, f. law, (i’baqtog) to level
1’? sc.' with the ground, to raze, to destroy, trans.
Luke 19:44. Sept. for i‘??? Hos. 14: 1.
Nah. 3: 10. WE? Niph. Amos 9: 24,—
Pol. 6. 33. 6.
"Ebaoog, sag, 00;, To, (28%) pp.
5. 249. of a room, etc. floor, Sept. for
Diod. >".‘,P_ Num. 5:17. 1 K. 6:15. of a
river, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18. — In N. T.
the ground, Acts 22: 7. So Sept. for
‘(1.8, E2. 41: 16, 20.—Ecclus. ll: 5. Po].
4. 65. 4. ib. 5. 9. 3.
'Ebgaiog, m'ot, “For, (E'Epa fr. 250e,)
seated, sedentary, Xen. Lac. 1. 3. In
N. T. metaph. fired, firm, steadfast, sc.
in mind and purpose, 1 Cor. 7: 37. 15:
58. C01. 1: 23.—-Symm. for ‘i=3 Prov.
4: 18. Ignat. ad Eph. § 10 Ebpaiov r5
'n'iarei. So éipm’wg Herodian. 3. 14. 10.
'Ebgm'wnu, aroc, rd (L'Bpmo'w fr.
ESPGTOQ.) basis,fowidation, 1 Tim. 3: 15.
’E€E)tl’0t§, 0!), b, Hezekiah, Heb.
1:171:37 or strength from Jeho.
vah,) king of Judah, Matt. 1:9,10.
o 2
 ’E022.ollgnazela 212 El
See 2 K. c. 18—20. 2 Chr. c. 29-—3l. b) in the sense of nation, people, as
Is. c. 36—38. distinct from all others, Matt. 20: 25
’E(ls7.otJgnaxa/ot, ag, ;,, (£66m, c'ipxovreg rain’ e'tlmfiv. Mark 10:42. Luke
spnaxu'a) voluntary worship, will-wor 7:5 dya'lré 11‘; 10mg 1114131’. John 11:
ship, i. e. beyond what God requires, 48,50 sq. Acts 7; 7. 10: 22. al. So
supererogatory; Col. 2: 23 5:1 Elisha Sept. and ":11 Gen. 12:2. Ex.33: 13.
sprlaxu'a Kai ra1ruvo¢poa6vz1, prob. re 5’. Ex. 1: 9. Deut. l: 28.— Herodian.
ferring to the phrase Séitwv 61 rear. m2 2. 7. l3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. l.
spnaxelq ré‘w c'ry'ye’kwv, in v. 18. Comp. c) in the Jewish sense, r6: Z'Ovn, the
for the worship of angels, Test. XII nations, i. e. gentile nations, the gentiles;
Patr. p. 657, c'y'yz'lere n53 9:93 Kat r93 spoken of all who are not Israelites,
dy'ye'ltp Tl‘; 1rapatroupz'wp I'lflac' 5n and implying ignorance of the true God
m'rro'g e'an pcalrng 9501': ml t'lvepdnrmv. and idolatry, the heathen, pagan nations ,
This was forbidden by the council of Matt. 4:15. 10: 5. Mark 10:33. Luke
Laodicea; see Wetstein in loc. So 2: 32. Acts 4: 27. 26: 17. R0111. 2:14’.
prob. the Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. 3: 29. al. saep. So Sept. and if‘! Neh.
Comp. Rev. 19:10. 22:9.—Suid. 5:8, 9. Is. 9:1. E2. 4,: 13. 5W2 Jer.
Eflsltoepqaxe'i' Filip Saki/pan ae'Qet 1'6 ‘1A0: 3 coll. v. 2. Ez. 27:33, 36. 34:13.
30min’. Comp. e'ttehodovhela Lucian. 1..
Nigrin. 23. "E9053 80;, 00?, ré,a custom, usage,
Elléhw, see 90w. manner, whether established by law or
Till/aw, f. law, (56043) 10 accustom; otherwise, Luke 1:9. 2: 42. 22: 39.
Pass. to be accustomed, and of things, to John 19: 40. Acts 6: 14. 15:1. 16:
be customary, Xen. Eq. 7. 7. Mem. 3. 21. 21: 21. 25:16. 26:3. 28:17.
l4. 6. 2 Macc. l4: 30.—In N. T. Pass. Heb. 10: 25.—Vvisd. 14: 16. 2 Macc.
particip. pert‘. neut. r6 .zewpéwv, what 11: 25. 13:4,. Xen. Cyr.].6.10. Mem.
is customary, and as a subst. custom, rite, 3. 9. 1.
Luke 2: 27. Buttm. § 128. 7.—Comp. "E965 only in pert‘. 2 men, with
Xen. Hiero 9. 7. ‘ pres. signit'. to he accustomed, to be wont ,
,Eolléfxflfi 09, a, (E'Ovoc and Ema-1,) see Buttrn. § 97. 9. 2. § 114590). comp.
an ethnarch, i. e. ruler of a people, a pre § 113. 6. Hence pluperf. eiéeew as im
fect, ruler, chief, 2 Cor. ll: 32.—Spoken perl'. Matt.27: 15. Mark 10: l.—Ecclus.
of Simon Maccabaeus, l Macc. 14:47. 37: 14. Herodian. 1.17.7. Xen. An. 7.
15:1,2. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 6. of Arche 8. 4.—Particip. xariz r6 elwOég ailrq'i,
laus, Jos. B. J. 2. 6. 3. of the head of according to his custom, as he was
the Jews in Egypt, Jos. Ant. l4. 7. 2. wont, Luke 4: 16. Acts 17: 2.—Sept.
—Lucian. in Macrob. 17. Num. 24': l. comp. Xen. Mem. 4. l. 1.
’E9m¢o'g, 1'], 6w, (Z’Ovog) national, expressing a condition which
El‘, a conditional is merely
conjunction,
popular, Pol. 30. 10.6. In N. T. in
the Jewish sense, gentile, heathen, spoken hypothetical and separate from all ex.
of all who are not Israelites, Matt. 6:7. perience, i. e. a mere suly'ective possi
18: 17. Comp. in'EHvog. bility, and differing therefore from £61"
’E9Wt¢5§, adq. 66:10:69,) in the man
see in ‘Ez'w init. Herm. ad Vig. p. 834'.
Winer § 42. p. 240 sq. Passow in El.
ner ofgentiles, Gal. 2: l4. Comp. also at and id»! as used together
"Eflvog, 20;, 00;, r6, a multitude, in 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 2: 5.—Ei is con
people, race, belonging and living to strued with the Optative; more usuall
gether. with the Indicative; and rarely with
a) gem. Acts 8: 9 r5 Efivog rfic Zapa. the subjunctive; Passow l. c. Herm.
pel’ag, the people, inhabitants of Samaria, ad Vig. p.831. Winer § 42. p. 243.
coll. v. 5. Acts 17:26 miv E'Bvog I. As a conditional particle; used
r'wfipdnmu. 1 Pet. 2: 9. al. Sept. for alone, i. e. without other particles.
‘#12 2 Chr. 32: 7. Is. 13: 4.—-Hom. II. 1. \Vith the Optative, implying that
7. 115 £91109‘ Erru'pwv. Spoken of a the thing in question is possible, but
flock, swarm, etc. ll. 2. 87, 4159, 469. uncertain and problematical, though
 El 213
assumed as probable; Bultm. § 139.
9. 3. Winer §42. p. 242. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 813, 830. In N. T. followed only
by the indic. in the apodosis, afiirming
something definite; e. g. seq. pres. 1
Pet.3:14 cl ml 'n’wxovre 5.21 bmaioaiwnv,
panipio: sc. Ear-z, but even ye suffer,
(as is most probable) etc. comp. ei ml
in III. below. $0 seq. praet. Acts
24: 19 oily; {bu e'1rl am": napeiwu xal
ram'yopeiv, 51'. n 5 ME)’ 1rp6c pa—Hom.
II. 9. 389. el mt’ )lgucian. Tox. 1. Xen.
Hiero 9. 10. comp. Matth. § 524. 3.
Buttm. § 139. 10, 11. — Elsewhere in
porenthetic clauses, Acts 27: 39 tic by
iéavlkebo'avro, si bl'wawro, 55:11am r6
a-Aoiov. 1 Pet. 3: 17 cl S'ékm, others at
90m. So :2 Hum, should it so happen
(as is probable) i. c. it may be, perhaps,
I Cor. 14: 10. 15:37. Here the apo.
dosis in each case lies in the affirmation.
—In Greek writers, the use of ti with
the Opt. is much more extensive.
2. \Vith the Indicative, implying pos
sibility without the expression of un.
certainty, in condition or contingency as
to which there is no doubt; Buttm. § 139.
9. 1. Passow in B1 A. 2. Winer §42.
p. 240 sq.
a) with the indic. present, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Matt. 19: 10 ci
oi'n'wg- Early 1'; air-la rob civOp. 01': auppe'.
pu 'yapr'loat. Acts 5: 39. Rom. 8: 25.
1 Cor. 9: 17.—([3) seq. imperat. Matt. 4:
3 :1 vibg :1 ref: 8:017, El‘l'é K‘. r. X. 19: 17.
27: 42. John 7: 4. 1 Cor. 7: 9.—Xen.
Hiero 9. 11.—(7) seq. fut. Mark 11: 26
n’ be‘ bpzic 0i”: é¢l£f£, 0175:‘ b ‘arm-hp
c'upr'yau x. r. 11. Acts 19: 39. Rom. 8: 11.
Heb. 9: 13.—Xen. An. 7. 2. 14. — In
stead of the fut. indic. is put the aor.
subjunct. after ob pi], 1 Cor. 8: 13.
see in Buttm. § 139. 4. So also seq.
aor. subjunct. in exhortations, 1 Cor.
15: 32. Gal. 5:25. Buttm. § 139. n.
7.—(8) seq. aor. Matt. 12: 26, 28. Gal.
2: 21.——(z) seq. pert. 1 Cor. 15: 13,16, sense would have been, etc. after im
2i vu'pol ob: e'yrlporrai, oilbe‘ Xpw'rbc pe1'1'.c.u',John11:21 El 17;;- 015:, 6 dbzlupo'q
Eyr'ryeprat, i. e. admitting, supposing,
that the dead are not raised. Rom. 4:
14. 1 Cor. 9: 17. — Dem. Ep. 3. p.
114. B.
b) with the Indic. future, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. 1 Pet. 2: 20. So
seq. pert‘. as pres. James 2: 11 1; oil poi
xu'wug, povabauc be‘, ‘ye'yovac nopafidrne
El
vo'pou. Buttm. § 113. seq. fut.
Matt. 26: 33 ci weir-rec amvbahwliilaorrat
e’v a'ol, E-yib oilbéirors a'xavbakwflllaopai.
Others read :1 xaL—(y) seq. imperat.
alter cl ,m'], 1 Cor. 7: 17.
c) with the Indic. perfect, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. 1 Cor. 15: 19 :1
5y rii {my rain-p r'lhrrixoreg c'opa‘v by X.
Foray, e'hczu/o'rcpoi 1rr'wruv (‘n/6p. E'zrps'v.
15: 14,17. 2 Cor. 5: 16. Acts 25: 11.
—Dem. c. Pantten. p. 639. seq.
imperat. Acts 16:15.—(-y) seq. fut. John
ll: 12. Rom. 6: 5.—(5) seq. part. 2
Cor. 2: 5.
d) with the Indic. aorist, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Rom. 4: 2 cl
'Afipailp z'E Zp-ywv ibixuuben, Exec Kai:
xnpa. 15: 27. 1 John 4: 11.—(Ii) seq.
imperat. John 18:23. Rom. 11:17 sq.
Col. 3:1. Philem. 18.—-(-y) seq. fut.
John 13:32. 15:20 bis. Rom. 5: 10,
17.—(5) seq. aor. Rom. 5: 15.
e) with the Indie. of the historic tenses,
and in the apodosis a similar tense
with (iv, expressing a previous condi
tion on which depended a certain result,
but implying that neither has taken
place; Passow in B1 A. 2. d. Buttm.
§ 139. 9. 4. VViner .5 43. 2. See in
'Av 1. 3.—(a) seq. imperf. in the sense
would be, would do, etc. after imperf. c.
:1, Luke 7: 39 obroc :1 by wpopr'lrqg,
i-yivwoxsv fir, he were a prophet, he
would know, etc. John 5: 46. 9: 41.
15:19. 1 Cor. 11:31. alter nor. 0. u‘,
Heb. 4: 8. Gal. 3: 21.-—-(f3) seq. aor. in
the sense would have been, would have
done, etc. after imperf. c. :1, John 14:
28 xi r’rymrfire' p5, ixripnrc (iv, ye had
loved me, ye would have rejoiced, etc. 18:
30. Acts 18: 14. after aor. c. ei, Matt.
11:21had:1 been
these l-yc'vovro—prrzvonoav 6v, re
done, they would have
pented, etc. 1 Cor. 2: 8. after a pluperf.
c. it’, Matt. 12: 7 cl i-ywlmsirc—oim av
Karcbm'w'ara—(y) seq. pluperf. in the
u 01'”: av Ercfirhxu. 1 John 2:19.
after a pluperf. c. cl, John 14: 7. Comp.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 902.—Di0g. Laert. 3.
26. Lucian. Fugit. l. Esop. 31. 1.—
(b) In such constructions (‘iv is some.
times omitted in the apodosis, e. g.
John [8: 39.] 9: 33. Rom. 7: 7. John
15: ~22. 19:11. Acts 26: 32. So too
 EI 214 El
Matt. 26: 24.—Sept. Judg.8: 19. Diog. 1 Tim. 5: 8. 6: 3. With Indic.}idure,
Laert. 2. 5. 6, 9. Comp. Matth. § 508. 1 Cor. 3:14,15. Rev. 13: 10. (Xen.An.
n. 2. \Viner l. c. 7. 2.13.) With Indic. perfect, 2 Cor.
f) with the Indic. sometimes where 7: 14. 10:7. \Vith Indic. aorist, Rev.
the Optative would naturally be ex 20: 15.
pected, viz. where a thing is uncertain, b) With the Indic. before an aposio
though assumed as probable; see in pesis, i. e. where the apodosis is not
no. 1 above. Acts 20: 16 Eon'euEe 781p, expressed, but left to be inferred; the
e1 Euva-rov hr airrr‘i, ‘yer/£0011: K- 12h.— protasis being thus rendered more em
Hom. I1. 12. 59. 1131. V. H. 12.40. phatic, viz.
Comp. Winer § 42. p. 243. Herm. ad (a) gem. Luke 19: 42 st‘ Z'yvwg ml of:
Vig. p. 904. Passow in B1 A. 2. c.-So —rd n'phg eipr'lmyv oou, thou hadst
where there is no probability nor even hnown, even thou, the things belonging
assumed possibility; Mark 14: 35 El unto thy peace! where the natural apo
Euvaro'v ion, Trape'hfiln 1', d'apa. Matt. dosis would be, ‘ How much better had
24: 24. Mark 13: 22.—Comp. 110m. 11. it been for thee '.' Luke 22: 42. Acts
5. 350. ‘23:9, the apodosis ,ul‘) seopaxo'ipev in
g) in the urbanity and delicacy of text. recept. being prob. a gloss. Rom.
Attic discourse, :1 with the Indic. is 9:22 :1 5:‘ silver h 9569 55515006111.
spoken of things not merely probable, rfiv dp-yr‘lv x. r. X. then God, etc. where
but certain, and dependent on no con the apodosis might perhaps be, ‘ VVhat
dition; Buttm. § 149. p. 423. Passow then ‘r’ or we might repeat from v. '20,
in El A. ‘2. c. Vi er. p. 504. Matth. in) fig cl 6 c'wranoxpwopzvog TIP 651,5.
§6|7. f, penult. hus See Winer § 66. 6. comp. Buttm.§ 151.
(a) after saupc’rfw, and other verbs IV. 4. Viger. p. 509.
signifying an emotion of mind, where by Hebraism, like ‘"5, in oaths
it is equivalent to 5n‘ Mark 15:44 and asseverations, the apodosis or im
wail/mow, e2 1131] re'Oi/nxe, he wondered precation being omitted, ti comes to imv
is he were already dead, i. e. that he was ply a negative, not; e. g. Heb. 3: 11 (i);
so soon dead. 1 John 3: 13. (Jos. Ant. dipoaa e'v T5.) op'yf] you‘ cl docket/corral.
14. 7. 2. Herodot. 1.155. Xen. Mem. 1. sic in)!’ Karc'tn'auo'iv you, i. e. they shall
1. 13.) Luke 12: 49 Kai-r1’ 90km, El .751, not enter. 4: 3, 5. Mark 8: l2 c'qu‘yv Aé'yo)
évi'lpfln. (Herodot. 1. 24.) Acts 26: 8 rt’ illubl' ei 5ofir’lazrat, i. e. there shall not
(‘irrio'rov Kpivz'rat, El ('1 Geog vcxpmig Eyei be given. Heb. 3:11 is quoted from Sept.
pel; v. 22, 23, ,uuprupohpzvog—ei nut)” Ps. 95: 11 where Heb. =5 ‘53:, ‘57571:? .
rog a X. e1 :rpin-og x. r. A. 2 Cor. 11: comp. Ps. 89:36. Gen. 14: 23. Num.14:
15 m‘: lié-ya ohv, cl x. r. A. (Sept. Gen. 30 coll. v. 28. 1 Sam: 3: 14. The full
45: 28.) So perhaps Mark 9: 42. Luke form is, =1; was ‘Tfi'yéffib, Sept.
17: '2. Hide 1r011'1o'm. pol. 5 956g ei x. r. )1. 2 K.
elsewhere also as equivalent to 6:31. comp. 1 Sam. 3:17. 2 Sam. 3:
first, i. e. since, as, inasmuch as; Matth. 35. See Gesen. Lex. is.‘ C. c. Lehrgeb.
§617. f, ult. So with Indic.;iresent, Matt. p. 844. 1Viner§ 59. p. 417 sq.
6: 30 5155‘ will xoprov x. r. h. is then the 3. With the Suly'unctive, rarely both
grass, since. 7: 11. John 7:23. 13:17. in N. T. and early Greek writers, and
Heb. 7: 15. Acts 4: 9.—Herodot. 5. 78. only where an action etc. depends on
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 21.—\Vith Indic. aorisl, something future, 1]’, if so be, supposing
John 13:14, 32. Acts 11:17. 2 Cor. that, and with a negative, wtless,ezeept,
5: 14.—Lucian. D. Mort. 28:1. Xen. comp. el pr’; below; see Winer § 42.
An. 7. l. 29. p. 243. Passow in El A. 3. Matth.
(-y) in e'i rig, e't' Tl, ifany one, etc. § 525. b. Herm. ad. Vig. p. 831, 902.
used with a sort of emphasis for 60119, So Luke 9: 13 El ,ur’1r: nap. llpzig :i-yopé
whosoever, whatsoever, every one who, etc. owpev, where others read h'yopcioopcv.
Buttm. s 149. p. 4.23. Matth. s 617. e. 1 Cor. 14: 5 Ernie zl pr‘; Etzppnvehybth.
So with Indic. present, Luke 14: 26 52' ers drip/unveils‘. Phil. 3: 12 Buiniw he‘,
n;- gpxerm 1rpég- pa. Mark 9: 35. 1 Cor. ci Kai mmhrigw, comp. in ri ml below.
3:12. 812,3. 2 Cor. 5:17. Gal. 1:9. Rev. 11: 5 bis, e'i rig $011, others
 E1 215
se'hec—More frequent in later prose
writers.
II. As an interrogative particle,
whet/m‘, Lat. an, viz.
a) pp. in an indirect question, after
verbs implying question, doubt, uncer
tainty, and the like, with the Opt. and
Indic. as in classic writers, Buttm. $49.
p. 423. Passow in E1 B. Matth. § 526.
§ 617. 5.—VVith the Optative, see above
in I. l. Acts 17: ll. dvaxpivol'rec rile
7pmpac, :1 Exp: raiF-ra. oiirwg. ‘25: 20.
So also ci c'ipa-ye, pahape, whether
perhaps, Acts 17: 27.—Plut. Cars. 14.
Ken. An. 1. 8. 15.—‘With the Indicative,
see above in I. 2. So with Indie.
present, after ei'irc'iv Matt. 26: 63. after
e'wepwnjv Mark 10: 2. ‘154-410’ Matt. '27.
49. Mark 15:36. iprpplluv Luke 14:28.
fioukn'rwoat Luke 14: 31. oinc oida
John 9: 25. xpi’vcw Acts 4: 19. 1rvv6év
wOai Acts 10: 18. dxoi'iwflm Acts
19:9. wupcifew 2 Cor. 13:5. ymiwat
Eonpr'iv 2 Cor. 2: 9. etc—Lucian. D.
Mort. 20.3.Xen. Hi. 1. 7.-VVith Indie.
future, Mark 3: 2 1rapcri'ypouv airrov ei
9cpmrn'nrn. 1 Cor. 7: 16 n’ oISag, r1
x. r. L—XemAn. l.3.5.—With Indic.
aorist, Mark l5:44i1rr;pdnryaev ain'dv ei
n'dtat c'mz'fiave. Acts 5:8. 1 Cor. l:
16.—So also at 6pm, if perhaps, whether
perhaps, with indie. future, Mark 11: 13
hhtky at c'ipa ei'lpr'la'u Tl- Acts 8:22.—
c. ind. pres. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2.
b) in a direct question, Lat. awn, ne,
where it implies some doubt, uncertain
ty, in the mind of theinterrogator, which
cannot be expressed in English. Luke
13:23 cine’ Tu; ain'qi' Ki'lpie, si dM'yoi oi
aut'tipzvoi; Luke 22: 49 el1rev (Ii/11,5‘ Ki’:
pie, 5i war-diaper! e‘v paxaipq; Acts 1: 6.
So Matt. 12: 10.19: 3. Luke 14: 3. Acts
7: l. 21: 37. 22: 25. So Sept. and =5
1K.1:27. Gen. 17:17. Job. 6:5,6.
for 1'} Gen. 17:17. 1 K. 13:14. Ruth
1:19. Job. 6:6. Dan. 2: 26. 3:14.—
Tob. 5: 5.-—It is doubtful whether ii is
thus used by any classic Greek writer;
but it would seem to have become cur
rent in this sense in the later lan
guage of common life; comp. VViner
s 61. 2.
III. In connexion with other parti
cles ; where however for the most part
each retains its own power. Only the
following require to be here noted, in
which :1 precedes other particles ;
E4‘
its usual place being at the beginning
of a clause. For mi :1 see in :4‘ mi’
below.
(a) £1 dpa, see in "Apa. I. c.; and
above in II. a.
(B) {175, see in Fe’ II. 7.
(7) 2i 8:’ where 3:’ has its usual ad
versative or continuative power, but if,
and if, etc. Matt. 12: 7. Luke 11: 19.
John 10; 38. a1. saep. So in ei 5:‘ mi,
and also, etc. Luke 11:18. 1 Cor.
4: 7. 2 Cor. 4: 3. 5: 16. 11:6. non al.
comp. in As’ II. d.—Ei 5:‘ pi], but zfnot,
etc. always standing elliptically, (\Viner
§ 66. 6. note,) properly only after an
attirmative clause, of which it then ex
presses the contrary or negative; e. g.
John 14:2 e'v rf] oim'q rm? arm-peg ‘uou
poval 1ro)\)\ai duty‘ :1 5:‘ pi) eI-irov PW
{4171" v. 11 1rw-ru'iae're' p01‘ :1 5e‘ pi'y x. r. A.
Rev. 2: 5, 16. non al. 80 Gen. 24; 49.
30: l. al.—Xen. H. G. l. 4. 4'. ‘(150. 15.
2.—Sometimes also after a negative
clause, of which it then necessarily
expresses the contrary and therefore
afiirms, if otherwise, else; Mark 2: 21
on'rdzig Em’ghrypa z'mfipdwrei e'vrl i/Ja'n'qi
Wuhan’; ' ei 5:‘ 'ur), a'c'pu x. r. X. v. 28. non
al. Comp. Buttm. § 148. n. 10. Matth.
§ 617. b. Passow in E1 pip—Herodot. 6.
56. Thuc. 2. 5. Xen. An. 7. l. 8.—-—
El 8:‘ pr’, 7:. see in Fe’ II. 5.
(5) 5i mi, where xai either refers to
the subsequent clause and then each
retains its own separate power, rfalso .
or rat’ refers to the condition expressed
by :1 if even, i. e. though, although.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 832.—»(l) genr. ifalso,
with the Indie. 1 Cor. 7:21. 2 Cor. 11:
15. non al. and so ti 5:‘ ml, see in )1
above. \Vith the ()pt. 1 Pet. 3: 14,,see
above in I. l. \Vith the Subjunct.
even,
Phil. i.3:e. 12,
though,
see although,
above in implying
I. 3—(2)the
reality and actual existence of that
which is assumed : thus difilering froln
the above use of :i Kai, and also from
rat ei which leave it uncertain ;
Herm. ad. Vig. p. 832. Buttm. § 149.
p. 423. Only with the Indie. e. g.
present. Luke 18: 4 :1 m1 rov 956v 0i!
¢ofim7pan 9 Cor. 4: 16. 12: 11,15. Phil.
2: 17. Col. :3: 5. lleb. 6: 9. impert'.
2 Cor. 7: 8. future,[Matt. 26: 33.] Luke
11:8. aorist, 8 Cor. 7:8 bis, 12. non al.
—Lucian. D. Mort. 9. l. Xen. An. 6.
6. 27.—So very rarely mi :1, even if,
 E1’ 216 El' a:

though,i. q. :2 m1’ Mark 14:29. 1 Pet. Cor. 1: 6. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28.) or Sub
3:1. mi yap ti 2 Cor. 13:4. ml 7.‘... junct. l Thess. 5: 10, comp. above in I.
c‘irrcp 1 Cor. 8: 5. non al. 3. Or without averb, Rom. 12: 6, 7,8.
(z) :3 [111'], not, i. e. unless, except, 1 Cor. 3: 22. 8: 5. 13: 8. 15:11. 1 Pet.
expressing a negative condition, suppo 2: l3, l4. al.—(2) as expressing doubt,
sition, etc. in which pr’; refers to the 2 Cor. 12 : 2, 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 834.
whole clause ; thus ditlering from cl oz’:--—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13.
where 01': refers only to some particular (1) :2’ rig, see above in I. g. 7. AL.
word with which it expresses one idea;
\Viner § 59. 5. Buttm. § 148. 2. b, and
12750;, 20;, 00;, rd, (obsol. :75...)
thing seen, ez'ternal appearance, i. e.
marg. Herm. ad "ig. p. 833, 890.—
a) pp. form, shape, appearance ; Luke
gl) before finite verbs, e. g. with the
3: 22 a'wpanxq'i z'iEu. 9: 29. John 5: 37.
ndic. Matt. 24: 22 [I In) ixohofiwsrlo'av Sept. for Flfij? Gen. 41: 2 sq. Ex. 24:
ai hpe’paz. Mark 13:20. John 9:33 at 17. Num. 9: 16. "El" 1 Sam. 25:3.
[41) 17v ofn'oc 1rapa 9:05. 15:22. 19: 11.
Acts 26: 32. al. So also seq. ‘(m John Esth. 2: 7.—Act. Thom. 8. Xen. Cyr.
I. 2. I.-——2 Cor. 5: 7 or‘; 51.‘. e'idoug repr
10:10. 5r: 2 Cor. 12:13. Eph. 4: 9.
1raroi7psv, i. e. our future bliss has yet
With the Subjunct. see above in I. 3.
—q2)genr. and without a following finite no visible appearance, form.
b) trop. manner, hind,specfes, l Thess.
ver Matt. 11:27, el In) 1') 1rar1‘1p, el '10)
5: 22 (uni war/roe eiEoug :wvnpofi. So
6 aide. 12:4, 24, 39. Mark 6:8. 9: 9. Sept. for H5??? Jer. 15: 3.—Ecclus. 25:
Acts 11:19.al. sazp. 1 Cor. 7: 17 El In‘;
2. Jos. Ant. 10. 3. l miv £750; 1rovnpiag.
so. oldac Gal. 1: 7. where cl pr'l refers
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6.—Others here every
back to Saupdzw b'ra—Xen. An. 2. I
evil appearance,- comp. Tittm. Syn. N.
12.—Seq. intin. Matt. 5: l3 :1 1.“) flhnflfi
T. p. 117. See in 6, 1'], r0’.
you 55:». Acts 21: 25.—Xen. H. G. 2. Elva”, to see, obsol. in the present
2. 10.—(3) are. ei 111'], unless, except,
pleonastie for :1 pr’p, 1 Cor. 14: 5. 15: 2. Act. for which bpc'w is used. The tenses
1 Tim. 5: 19. non. al. See VViner<>67. derived from the theme 5131.: form two
p. 487. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 459. Comp. families, one of which has exclusively
in ’Ew6c b.—(4) si pr'pn, unless perhaps, the signification to see, the other that of
Luke 9:13. 1 Cor. 7: 5. 2 Cor. 13: 5. to know; see Buttm. § 114 e151», § 113.
non al. -- (5) ti 5:‘ pr'] see above in n. 10. § 109. III. Passow sub voc.
:1 3:’ under '7. I. -To see, viz. aor. 2 cl5ov, opt.
(E) El 1rsp, if indeed, If so be, assum. 1501;“, subjunct. 18..., infin. 15:71’, part.
ing the supposition as true whether 154111‘ for the imperat. Att. E55’ Rom. 11:
justly or not; Herm. ad Vig. p. 833 sq. 22. Gal. 5: 2, later form ‘i5; Matt. 25: 20.
\Vith the Indie. Rom. 8: 9. s'ivrep 1rre17'aa Mark 3: 34. John 1:29, see Buttm.
9506 olxei e'v £1,111’. 1 Cor. 15: 15. 1 Pet. § 103. I. 4. e. \Viner § 6. 1. 9.. These
2: 3.—Xen. An. 1. 7. 9.—By impl. forms are all used as the aorist of lipéw,
since, i. q. ei-ye, see in Fe’ II. -y. 2 Thess. (Buttm. § 114 £131.), lip/10),) in the sense
1: 6 (Prep Eixaruv 1rapi¢ 9:15. Rom. 8: l7. of Isaw, trans. implying not the mere
—xal. clasp though, although, 1 Cor. act of seeing, but the actual perception
8: 5 ; see above in :1 m1’. Comp. Hom. of some object, and thus differing from
0d. 1. 167.—non al. BAén-uy - comp. Tittm. Lex. Syn. N. T.
(1)) s'i ‘mug, by any means, ifpossibly , p. 114,116.
with the Opt. Acts 27: 12. Comp. in I. a) pp. seq. aceus. of person or thing,
1, above. So Sept. for ‘2* 2 Sam. 16: Matt. 2: 2 £120,151’ yap alrrofi r611 aarz'pa.
12.—Xen. An. 2. 5. 2.—-VVith the Indie. 5: 1 156m 55‘ Tove r'ixhouc. 21: 19. Mark
fut. Rom. l: 10. 11:14. Phil. 3: 11. 9: 9. 11:13, 20. John 1:48. 4: 48.
non al. So Sept. for "21* 2 K. 19:4.— Acts 8:39. Heb. 3: 9. Rev. 1: 2. al.
1 Mace. 4: 10. szep. Sept. for “$2 Gen. 9: 23. Ex. 39:
9) airs—sire, whether—or ; Viger. 44. 1 Sam. 17: 24, 42.—Herodian. 1.
p. 515, Matth. § 617. 5 ult.-— 1) as in. 15.7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. An. 2. 3. 15.
cluding several particulars; fo lowed by —So seq. aecus. with particip. Matt. 3:
a verb e. g. in Indie. 1 Cor. 12:26. 2 7 i361!’ 55‘ mlhhmig s'pxnps'vovg'. 8: 14. 24:
 E2’ 0 217 Ei'hw
15. Mark 6: 33. Luke 5: 2 Kai e15: 360 fer,seq. accus. e.g. Sam-row Luke 2: 26.
rM‘ia e'vrdara. So with an adj. b'yra Heb. 11:5. Heb. "$1, Sept. arrroluat,
being implied, Matt. 25: 38, 39. al. Ps. 89: 49. Biapfiopr'w Acts 2: 27, 31.
Comp. Buttm. § 144. 4. b.—Hdian. 4. 13: 35 sq. Sept. and "8? Ps. 16: 10.—
9. 7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 42,43.—By Hebr. 1re'v609 Rev. 18:7. inn/pay dy. 1 Pet.
with particip. of the same verb by way 3: 10. Sept. and "$2 Ps. 34: 12.——'TI‘]Y
of emphasis, iEdw Jaw, Acts 7: 34, fiaaiku'av r017 6:017, i.e. to see and enjoy
quoted from Ex. 3: 7 where Sept. for the privileges of the divine kingdom,
‘F151 “#2; see in Bkérrw I. al.-Seq. (‘in John 3: 3. Comp. Sept. and H53. Ps.
with indie. Mark 9: 25. John 6: 22. 27: 13. Ecc. 6: 6.--Fabr. Cod. Ps. V
Rev. 12: 13.—Absol. Matt. 9: 8. Luke T. I. p. 607 ziappoat'lvqv 01'": eiBov.
2: 17. Acts 3: 12. al. Hence oi 256mg, II. To know, viz. perf. 2 oiha, suh-.
the spectators, Mark 5: 16. Luke 8: 36. junct. r1513, infin. :ZBévou, particip. hang,
—-Before an indirect question, Matt. 27: pluperf. iihuv, fut. u'hi'um Heb. 8: 11;
49. Mark 5: 14. Gal. 6: ll. al.—Xen. see Buttm. § 109. III. The plur. forms,
Conv. 2. 15.—Also in various modified 015a,.” John 9: 20 sq. o'iEare 1 Cor. 9;
senses, viz. (a) to behold, to look upon, 13, o'i5azn Luke 11: 44, belong to the
to contemplate, Matt. 9: 36. 28: 6. Mark later Greek, instead of the better ones
8: 33. Luke 24: 39. John 20:27:11. saep. 'iapsv, 'io'rs Heb. 12: 17, “iaao'i Acts 26:
For imper. 73s, behold, as a particle, see 4; see VViner § 15 £131.». Matth. § 231.
'15:. Sept. for U‘Z-‘J Num. l2: 8.— 01501 is strictly, to have seen, perceived,
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2. 32. Xen. An. apprehended; hence it takes the present
2. l. 9.-—(fl) to see, sc. in order to know, signif. to know, and the pluperf. becomes
to look at or into, to examine, Mark 5: 14. an imperfect; Buttm. l. c. and § 113. n.
6: 38. 12:15. Luke 8: 35. 14:18. 10.
John 1: 40, 47.— \Visd. 2: 17, where a) pp. and genr. i. e. to be acquainted
i. q. r£|pdZw.—('y) to see so. face to face, with, etc. seq. accus. e. g. spoken of
to see and talk with, to visit, i. e. to have things, Matt. 25:13 ow‘m o'ihare n‘ym'uiz'pav.
personal acquaintance and intercourse Mark 10: 19. Luke 18:20. John 4: 22.
with; Luke 8:20. 9: 9. John 12:21. Rom. 7: 7. 13:11. Jude 5,10.al.saep.
Acts 16:40. Rom. 1: 11. 1 Cor. 16:7. Sept. and 3?: Ex. 3: 8. Job 8: 9.—
Gal. 1: 19. Phil. 1:27. 2:28. al. So Herodian. 8. 4. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 17.
ofa city, 'Pdifmv, Acts 19: 21.—Lucian. —So in attract. 1 Cor. 16: 15 o'iha're n‘w
D. Deor. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28. An. 0im'av Eruparii (‘in x. r. X. 1 Thess. 2:
2. 4. 15.—(5) to see out, i. e. to wait to 1. See Buttm. § 151. I. 6.—Spoken of
see, to watch, to observe; Matt. 26: 58. persons, Matt. 25:12. Mark 1:34. John
27: 49. Mark 15; 36.—Xen. An. 1. 2. 6:42. Acts 7: 18. Heb. 10: 30. al.
18.—(e) to see take place, to witness, to 1 Pet. 1:8 By 01'»: 525mg, sc. by sight,
live to see; Matt. 13: 17. 24: 33. Mark personally. So Heb. 7?: Gen. 29: 5,
2: 12. So idziv rfiv i'ps'pav nvdg, to see Sept. ywo'wxu. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 26.
one's day, i. e. to witness the events of Conv. 4. 35.—So seq. accus. with an
his life and times, etc. Luke 17: 22. adj. the particip. 51ml being implied
John 8: 56 where comp. Olshausen's Mark 6: 20 eiadac ain'dv ('irhpa. Bl'xatov.
Comm—Pol. 10. 4. 7. Buttm. s 14.4.. 4.. c. (Xen. An. 1.10. 16.)
b) trop. spoken of the mind, to per In attract. Mark 1: 24 oihc't a: rig ef
ceive, so. by the senses, etc. to be aware Luke 13: 25. John 7: 27. see Buttm. §
of, to remark; Matt. 9: 2 126111 Tip’ m'm'w 151. I. 6. So Sept. and T5: 2 Sam. 17:
uin'ii'w. V. 4131;” Tag e'vevpfiauc aim-(Dy. 8.—Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 36 ult.—Seq. ac
Luke 17: 15. John 7: 52. Rom. 11:22. cus. and infin. Luke 4: 41. 1 Pet. 5: 9.
Seq. 6n Matt. 2: 16. 27: 24. Mark 12: Seq. 61: with the indie. instead of accus.
34.. Acts 12; 3. 16:19. Gal.2: 7,14. and infin. Matt. 15: 12. Mark 12: 14.
al. So Sept. and "5‘: Bee. 2: 12, 13. Luke 8: 53. Acts 3: 17. al. saap. Seq.
Job 32: 5. Y3: Josh. 8:14. Is. 6: 9 coll. wept 'rwog, Matt. 24: 36. Mark 13: 32.
Matt. 13: 14. Absol. Luke 11: 44. 2 Cor. 11: 11.—
c) by Hebr. to see, i. e. to uperience, Before an indirect question with the
viz. either good, to enjoy, or evil, to Std: indic. Matt. 24: 43. Mark 13: 35. Luke
 Elhwkiiov 218
12:39. 1 Thess. 4:2. 2 Thess. 3: 7.. Col.
4. 6. al. With the subjunct. Mark 9:
6 oil: 175:: r:' M0070".
b) 1n the sense of to perceive, to be
aware of, to understand; seq. accus. of
thing, e. g. rag‘ ivevpilaeic. Matt. 12: 25.
inrrixpm'w m'JroDv luark 12: 15. Eiavor'lfmra
Luke 11: 17. r1)v 7rapa§oM1v Mark 4:
13.—Seq. 5110. indic. Mark 2: 10. Luke
5:24. John 6:61. 1 John 5:13. Seq.
1rd); 0. indie. 1 Tim. 3: 15.—Before an
indirect question, Eph. 1: 18.
c) by impl. to know how, i. e. to be able,
etc. seq. infiu. Matt. 7:11. Luke 12:
56. Phil. 4: 12. l Thess. 4: 4. 1 Tim.
3: 5. James 4: 17. 2 Pet. 2: 9. With
infin.impl. Matt. 27: 65.—Xen. Cyr. l.
6. 46.
d) from the Heb. with the idea of
volition, to know and approve or love;
hence spoken of-men, to carefor, to takecoll. v. 29.
an interest in, l Thess. 5: 12 eide'mu roog
Ko-rnfivrag e'v i/IuIv. So Sept. and 5'3: E1377, adv. (sixa'io¢,) without purpose,
Gen. 39: 6. Prov. 27:23. Comp. in 1. e.
I‘u'o'wxu 2. c. —- Of God, to know God, a) inconsiderately, groundlessly, without
i. e. to acknowledge and adore God, Gal.
4:8. 1 Thess. 4:5. 2 Thess. 1:8. Tit.
l: 16. Heb. 8:11. So Sept. and ,3: Jer.
31: 34.. 1 Sam. 2:12. Job 18:21. AL.
EI'BWKETOV, 09, r6, (e’idwkom) an idol.
temple, fane, 1 Cor. 8:10.—l Macc. l:
47. 10:83.
ElMMlJu-rov, ou, rd, (Mi-Aw, 91910,)
idol-sacrifice, any thing sau'ificed to idols,
i. e. in N. T. the flesh of victims offered
to idols, which remained over and was
eaten or sold ; see in lAMa-ynya. Acts
15: 29. 21:25. 1 Cor. s: 1, 4,7,10. Zoom with pres. signif. to be like, seq.
10: 19, 28. Rev. 2: 14., 20. _ Clem. dat. James 1: 6, 23. See Buttm. § 84.
Rom. Homil. 7. 8. Origen. c. Cels. lib.
9. s 29, 30.
Eibwkokwrgai'a, (2;, 1', (55.nov,
Aarpu'm) idolatry, idol-worship, pp. and
genr. Gal. 5:20. Spoken of partaking
of things offered to idols, re‘: eiEwMOum
q. v. 1 Cor. 10:14. Of the vices usually
connected with idolatry, 1 Pet. 4: 3. —
Test. XII Patr. p. 615 arrékymu,
yam-:70: Kill eidwltokarpsiai. ()rigen. de
()rat. 28 eidwhokarpsiag, poixziag,1ropvei
(19.—Twp. ol' covetousness, Col. 3: 5.
EIBQMMZ'rgng, 00, 6, (siswkov,
Xérpu; servant,) an idolater, idolwor
shipper, genr. 1 Cor. 5: 10. 6:9. Rev.
21:8. 22: 15. Spoken of one who par
Ei'zaiu
takes of things ofl'ered to idols, rz'z
u'dmkooura q. v. 1 Cor. 5: 11. 1017. —
Trop. of a covetous person, Eph. 5: 5,
0011. Col. 3: 5.
Ema/low, 00, 115, (51509,) an image,
spectre, shade, Hum. 11. 5. 449. of the
dead, 0d. 11. 476 {3901-61}! z‘idwlka
xapovrwv. any image,figure, Xen. Mem.
1. 4. 4. In N. T. an idol, i. e.
a) an idol-image, Acts 7: 41. 1 Cor.
12: 2. Rev. 9:20. Sept. 10:5?! 2 Chr.
33: 22. IS. 30: 22.—P0]. 31. 3. 13.
b) meton. an idol god,a heathen deity,
1 Cor. 8: 4, 7. 10: 19. Sept. pl. for W775‘,
Num. 25: 2. 2 K. 17: as. v5.15: 2 K.
17: 12. 21: 11, 20.—By impl. plur. rd.
£15.11“, idols, for idoLwor-ship, idolatry,
Rom. 2: 22. 2 Cor. 6: 16. l Thess. 1:
9. 1 John 5: 21. Spec. things qfl'ercd to
idols, re. clawluieura. q. v. Acts 15: 20,
cause, Matt. 5:22. Col. 2: 18.—Pol. 1.
52. 2. Xen. Ag. 2. 7.
b) to no purpose, in vain, Rom. 13: 4.
1 Cor. 15:2. Gal. 3: 4. 4: ll.-—Xen.
Cyr.' 5. 1. 12.
E730”: oi, oi, rd, indec. twenty,
Luke 14:31. Acts 27:28. An.
1. Elm), f. 5m, to giveplace, to give
way, to yield, seq. dat. Gal. 2: 5.—-\Visd.
18:25. Jos. Ant. 1. 4. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3.
3. 8.
II. Ei'zw, obsol. whence perf. 2
n. 6. § 109. III. 5. marg.— Sept. Job
6:25. Jos. Am. 3. 7. 7. Xen. Mem. 1.
4. 7 bis. Ill). 1. 6. 10.
Ella/H, 13%;, 1'), (z'ixw, gown) like
ness, i. e.
a) image, efligwfigure, Matt. 22:20.
Mark 12:16. Luke 20: 24. Rom. 1:23.
Of an idol-image, statue, etc. Rev. 13:
14,15ter. 14.:9,11.15:.2. 16:2. 19:
20. 20: 4.. Sept. 10:52:: Deut. 4.: 16.
52;. Is. 40: 18, 2o. =2; 2 K. 11:19.
Ez. 23: 14.—\Visd. 14: 15, 17. Pol. 6.
53. 4. Xen. Ag. 11. 7.—In the sense of
copy, representation, 1 Cor. ll: 7. 2 Cor.
4: 4. Col. 1: 15. So Heb. 10:1 1‘; aim‘;
may r5111 1rpa-ylm'1row, i. e. the real and
 EiNzg/vsm 219 Eilwl'
perfect representation, opp. to 1'7 and, n‘: b'v-ra, etc. see below in d.—Philo (l6
a shadowy and imperfect one .— Wisd. Charit. p. 709 ‘ye'vrnmg 5.’ 17;‘ To ‘in? by
2: 23. 7: 26. Lucian. Imag. 28. 5751111 a‘; rd siwaz. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. l4.
b) abstr. likeness, so. to any one, re ib. 2. 2. 3 oiig [mzibag] 01 yove'ic 5'1: pill
semblance,simi1itude, Rom. 8: 29. 1 Cor. oint- iii/raw s'mu'mrav etvat. —— Spoken of
15:49 bis. 2 Cor. 3:18. Col. 3: 10. So life,t0 exist, to live, Matt. 2: 18. 23: 30.
Sept. for "i=1 Gen. 5: l. 5?; Gen. 1: not to die, Acts 17: 28.—Jos. Ant. 7. 10.
26, :27. 9: 6.—Ecclus. 17:3. 5. Xen. Ven. l. l]. — (t3) genr. to be,
EiNxg/vsm, 02g, 1), (EIAUCPU’T’ICJ to exist, to beflnmd, as of persons, Luke
clearness, metaph. pureness, sincerity, 1
4:25 mMXat X7; in fio'av. v. .27. Matt. 12:
11. John 3:1. om.3:10,ll.—Lucian.
Cor. 5:8. 2 Cor. ‘l: 12. 2: l7.
D. Mort. 22. l. Xen. H. G. 5. 4,. 25.
El'Nxgm'yg, Eog, 05;, 6, 1‘,, adj. (5X11, so of things, to be, to exist, to have place,
xpt'ru,) pp. judged of in sun-shine.- by Matt. 6:30. 29: 23. Mark 7: 15. Luke
impl. clear as light, manifest, Xen. Mem. 6: 43. Acts 2: 29. Rom. l3:1.al.smpiss.
2. Q. 3 zihlxpwfig n;- :'iv {in dbuu'a 1'1 So ion’, elm’, etc. there is, there are,
dxapwn'w—In NfT. metaph. pure, Rom. 3; 23. 1 Cor. 12. 4., 5, 6. Acts
sincere. Phil. 1: 10. 2 Pet. 3: l.—Fabr. 27: 22. John 7=12. Rev. 10:6. 21:4.
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 734 elk. xal al. szx‘p. John 7: 39 oiimu yixp fiv m/siipa
xaeaph Buwsa'lc. Pol. 4. 84. 7. r'i-ywv, i. e. the giving of the Holy Spirit
Lil/flow, t'. lEw, (Ion. and poet. for had not yet occurred—Hence by impl.
{Mom-i. from EMS, elAéw, Buttm. § 114,) to be present, i. q. mipupt, but this sense
to roll up, or together, as a scroll, Pass. lies only in the adjuncts, Matt. 12: 10.
Rev. 6: l4..— Horn. 11. 22. 95. Anth. 24.: 6. Mark 8: 1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 7.
Gr. III. p. 79. ed. Jac. ll. 6 rfiv obaav biivaluw. Xen. An. 4.
Eillllll, t‘. Zaopaz, (Zr-1,) imperf. 17v, 2. 3. ——(-y) Spoken also of time, genr.
Luke 23: 44. 171/ 5:‘ time) é'ipa EXT". John
imperat. ‘1061 Matt. 2:13. al. 3 pers. 1. 40. Acts ‘2: 15. 2 Tim. 4': 3. Mark
Za'ru Matt. 5: 37. al. Buttm. § 108. IV. 11: 13.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.. 1817311 dipa in.
-—— Less usual forms are: Imperf. 2 H. G. 4'. 5. l by b fn'lu— of festivals,
pers. he Matt. 25: 2t, 23. al. instead of ctc. Mark 15: 42. Acts 12: 3. —Xen.
the more usual fiafla Matt. 26: 69. Mark, Conv. l. 2.
14. 67. see Buttm. § 108. IV. 1, and b) by impl. and by force of the ad
marg. \Viner§ 14. 2. c. Lob. ad Phryn. juncts, to come to be, to come into arist
p. ]~'t9.-—-Impert‘. il'pny Matt. 23: 30. ence, i. q. yi'vopm, i. e. (a) to come to
Gal. 1: 10, 22. al. Lucian. D. Deor. pass, to‘tahe place, to occur, to be done,
Mar. 2 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.9. see Buttm. etc. so in the fut. Zara: etc. Matt. 27:
§ 108. IV. 2. Winer§ 14. 2. b. Sturz (le 7, 21. Luke 12: 55. 21:11, 25. Acts
Dial. Alex. p. 170. Lob. ad Phr. p. 152. 11:28. 27: 25. Acts 23: 30. al. Luke
— Imperat. firm 1 Cor. 16; 22. James 22: 4.9 To s'mipcvov, i. e. what was about
5: 1'2. Plat. Repfp. 361. C. see Buttm. to happen. Malt. 24:3. Luke 1:34. al.
§ 108. IV. 1. marg. VViner § 14. 2. a. Seq. dahot pers. Mark 16: 22. Luke
So 2 pers. plur. fire for Zara 1 Cor. 7:5. 14: 10.—Xen. Mem. 3. 2. l rm'n'o Za'raz.
where text. rec. avvz'pxwfie.— For the Cyr. 2. 3. 3.— So impers. mt E0701,
persons of the present as enclitic, see like Heb. 713?‘; and it shall be, shall come
Buttm. § 108. IV. 3.—Ei;u' is the usual to pass, followed by future, Acts 2: l7,
verb of existence, to be; and also the 'Zl, quoted from Joel 3: 1—5, [2: 28-—
usual logical copula, connecting subject 32,] where Sept. for =11. Acts 3: 33.
and predicate; Buttm. § 129. init. (comp. Deut. 18: 19.) Rom. 9: 26,
I. As verb of existence, to be, to exist, quoted from Hos. 2: l, [l: 10.] where
to have existence. Sept. for “El—(52 from the lleb. tit-m
a) pp. and genr. (a) in the meta. 51; n, like Heb. :-_-:U, to be for any
physical sense, John 1:1 s'v z'zpxf, {fr thing, i. e. to become any thing; Matt.
6 Ad'yog. 8: 50, 58. Mark 12: 32. Acts 19:5 et Eph. 5: 31 £112 Za'ovrm oi bbo
19: 2. Heb. ll: 6. al. Of things, John eig (rt-‘rpm play, quoted from Gen. 2: 24
17: 5. 2 Pet. 3:5. Rev. 4:11. For 631', where Sept. and Heb. Luke 3: 5 coll.
 Ely’; 2‘20 Elal
Is. 40: 4. Acts 13:47 coll. Is. 49: 6. struction. Matt. 2:6 on), Bvflkee‘p, ob
Eph. 1: 12. Col. 2: 22. al. Gesen. Bapabg Maxie", cl Ev roig r‘ry. x. r. A.
Lehrgeb. p. 816. 2. Stuart § 507. b, 18: 8. Mark 1: 7. John 4: l2. 5: 32
note.—Seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 14: 22. 1'; paprvpia oinc Ea'nv dltntir’pc. Acts 7: 6.
2 Cor. 6:18. Heb. 1:5. 8: 10. James Rom. 8: 29. 1 John 1: 9. al. saepiss—
5: 3. al. Herodian. 3. 7. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. l.
0) e'o'ri seq. infin. it is proper, is in — So with a neg. adj. m‘ibs’v, it is
one's power or convenience, etc. licet; nothing, Matt. 23: 16. 1 Cor. 7; l9.
Heb. 9: 5 mp1 aiv oilx E'crri vbv Xé-yzw, l3: ,maey Gal. 6: 3, comp. above in
of which we cannot now speak. So also I. d. 11.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Plut. de
some 1 Cor. 11:20, but less well. — Exil. 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 8.—With nu
Ecclus. 39:21. 1151. V. H. 13. 33. merals ; Mark 5: 13 hour be‘tbg bwxikiot.
Ken. Cyr. l. 6. 11. Comp. Passow sub So in the phrase rig or 211 elwu, spoken
V00. 2. of two or more, i. e. to be one in mind
d) particip. d’w, obaa, by, being, viz. and purpose, John 10: 30. 17: 11, 22.
(a) joined with a noun or pronoun, it is or to be one in rank, right, etc. 1 Cor.
used in short parenthetic clauses, by 3:8. l2: 12. Gal. 3: 28.—-—In this con
way of emphasis, to indicate an exist struction, eipi with an adject. sometimes
ing state, condition, character, etc. and forms a periphrasis for the cognate
may be rendered by the case absol. or by verb; e. g. din/link‘ eipl, i. q. din/agar,
being, as being, as, etc. Matt. 7: 11 at Luke 14:31. Acts 11: 17. Rom. 4: 21.
051/ bpeic, noynpoi iivrec, o'ibare x. r. A. ixbqhoc ziju, i. q. e'x'onhoi'lpai, 2 Tim. 3:
John 3: 4. 4: 9. 9:25. Acts 16: '21 a 9.—Herodian. 8. l. 2 xpl'loto'g shit, i. q.
0i»: E'Eeo'rw ilpiv 1roieiv, 'Pwpaioic ohm. Kpim'ro al.—For the particip. as predic.
Rom. 5:10. 11:17. Gal. 6:4. Eph. 2: see belliw in l‘.
4. Tit. 3: 11. James 3: 4. al. See Pas b) with a substantive as predicate,
sow Elpl 6. Buttn1.<> 144. n. 4.—-Xen. in the same case with the subject.
Cyr. l. 4. 3. Mem. *2. 3. l.-—(}3) With (a) pp. Matt. 3: 4 i1 rpotpr) ailrofi hv
the art. 6 div, ra bvra, etc. it implies axpiiiec. 3:17 oi'irtig e'trnv b vio'c you.
real and true existence; thus in the 15:14. Mark 2: 28. 10:47. Acts 2: 32.
phrase b (by ml 6 by rat 6 e'pxopcvoc, 3:25. 28-. 6. Rom. 8: ‘24. Heb. 11:]. al.
which is used as a compound indec. saepiss. Matt. 7: l2 oil-rag Earn’ ('2 113,109,
proper name of God, and governed by i.e. is contained in the law.—Herodian.
to"; Rev. 1:4, in allusion probably to 3. 10. 10. Xcn. Cyr. l. 4. 27. (Ec. l4.
the Heb. “in; v. 6. 11:17. 16:5. 7 0. dat. —- Sometimes the noun (or pro
Comp. Winer§10ult.—-W'isd. l3: I aim noun) of the predicate is not directly
'io'xvaav eidz'vat row b'vra, i. e. God.— expressed, but only implied; Matt. 14:
So ra iii/Ta and Ti: pi] bvra, things ea: 27 £74: eipi, I am sc. the man, i. e. it
isting and things non-existing, pp. Rom. is I. John 13:13 tipl yap sc. 6 5:56
4:17. metaph. 1 Cor. l: 28.—-2 Macc. o'xahogxlStS 5'76: eifu sc. 'Inaol'lg. SO oi'rro'g
7: 28. Philo de Creat. princip. p. 728 e'arw Mark 6: 16. Luke 7: 27. John 7:
25. 9: 9. al.—Seq. dat. of pers. or thing
n‘: ‘yap ,w‘! bvra e’u'zltea'ev sic rd ell/m.
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 1 bis, 7. for or in respect to whom the predicate is
II. As logical copula, connecting asserted; Acts 1:8 mi t'o-wflé pm pap
the subject and predicate, to be, where rupeg. 9:15. Rom. 1:14. 1 Cor. 9:2
the predicate specifies who or what a ti t'iXAotc oi»: eipl t’vroa'roltog, dud-ye
person or thing is in respect to nature, {7471' 51,11. 1: 18. 2: 14.—(,3) Trap. and
origin, otlice, condition, circumstances, meton. the subst. of the predicate often
state, place, habits, disposition of mind, expresses, not what the subject actually
etc. etc. But this all lies in the predi is, but what it is like, or is accounted to
cate, and not in the copula, which be, or signifies, viz. by comparison,
merely connects the predicate with the substitution, etc. or as cause or elTect;
subject. The predicate may be made so that elpi’ may be rendered to be ac
by various parts of speech, etc. Thus counted, to be like or in place of, to sig
a) with an adjective as predicate; nify, etc. Matt. 5: 13, 14, innit; {are rd
which is strictly the more logical con (“thug rile yfig, n) (1)6"; rm? xocpov. l2:
 Eijm' 221
50 airrég I10]! t’iaeXqhdg rni limp.) A‘tll
yr’rrnp r'o'riv. 13:37, 38, 39. 19:6. Luke
8:11 ('1 mrépog Earn’ 1'; X6709. 12:1.
John 1:4 (on) hv T6 (#139 ra‘w til/Opal’;
raw. v. 8. 4: 34. 6: 33, 35 2'70’! £1,“ 5
dproc rfig Zwfic. V. 41, 48, 50, 51, 55.
11: 25. 12:50. 15:1, 5. Acts 4:11.
1 Cor. 3:10. 4:17. 10:4. Eph. 5: 8.
James 4: 14. Rev. 4: 5. 21:22. aLszepiss.
So in the words of Christ, Tofu-6 Ea-n
r6 015,11’: you, 'rol'rro ion r5 nigh on,
Matt. 26:26,2B. Mark “222,24. Luke
22:19. 1 Cor. ll: 24. The Romish
church takes these words literally.—
Xen. An. 3. 1. 13. H. G. 1. 4. 3.-——
(7) Here too £l|ul with the subst. of the
predicate, sometimes forms a periphrasis
for the corresponding verb; comp. in a,
ult. e. g. Erneupnrfig; £111: for iinflupe'o),
1 Cor. 10:6. ZnXwn'lc sip: for (111161»,
1 Cor. 14:12. etc.
c) with a pronoun as predicate, in
the same case with the subject, viz.
or'n-og, this, the following, Matt. 10: 2 rd
dvopard ion Tar—rm. John 1: 19 aiirr]
z'a-riv hpap-rupia. 15: 12. 17:3. Acts 8:
32. 3.1. ain-ég, Luke 24:39. Heb. l:
12. rig, r1, indef. some one, any thing,
1 Cor. 10:19. metaph. of moment, im
portant, Acts 5; 36. 1 Cor. 3: 7. Gal.
6: 15. 211. fig‘, n’, interrog. who, what,
John 5: l3. Rom. 14: 4. 1 Cor. 9:18.
Heb. 12: 7. James 4:12. Acts 21: 22 11'
05v z'a'n, what is then ? sc. to be done.
1 Cor. 14: 15, 26. 1roiog Mark 12:28.
miaog Mark 9:21. 1rora1roc Luke 1:
29. o'lroiol; Acts 26: 29. 601-19 Gal.
5: 10, 19. etc. etc. So the possessive
pronouns; as £1169, 069, John 17:10.
iipérrpog Luke 6:20. etc—Xen. Mem.
3. 3. 3. — Trop. as with nouns (b. [3,
above) the predicate often expresses,
not what the subject actually is, but
what it is accounted to be or signifies,
e. g. rl Earn’, 76 K. r. X. what that means,
etc. Matt. 9: 13. Mark 9: 10. Luke 20.
17. Eph. 4: 9. Mark 1:27 14' in: ror'rro;
John 18: 38 1:’ Early hMOcm; So Luke
15: 26 n’ {in raiml; Acts 2: 12. 10: 17.
17: 20. Luke 8: 10 rig (‘in 1'] 1rapagoXi)
051'»). Also rm’rr’ ion, that is, that sig
m' , etc. Matt. 27: 46. Acts 19:4.
Rom. 1:12. :11. 5 tion, which is, etc.
Mark 7: 11. Heb. 7:2. al.
(1) with a gen. of a noun or pronoun
u predicate, spoken (a) of quality,
Eff»;
character, etc. Luke 9:55 oln: 015m:
0100 firehparéc for: 14457;‘. Acts 9:2.
Heb. 12: 11. Buttm. § 132. 4. 4.—Xen.
H. G. 2. 4. 36.—(B) of age, Mark 5: 42
if»! yap iriw 56:30:11. Acts 4:22. al.
Buttm. l. c.—Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Mem.
1. 2. 40.—(-y) of a whole, of which the
subject is a part, Acts 23: 6 16 iv pe'poc
io'ri Zadaouxuiwv x. r. X. 1 Tim. 1: 20.
2 Tim. 1:15. Buttm. <; 132. 4.. s. c.—
Xen. An. 1. 2. 3. -- (5) of possession,
property, etc. pp. Matt. 5: 3, 10. aimiv
e'o'rw 1'] fiaaiXela 'rfi'w or’Ipavo'w. Mark 12:
7,23. Luke 4: 7.. John 10: 12. 19:24.
Acts 21:11. a1. seep. Matth. § 315. l.—
Isocr. ad Nicocl. p. 19. B. Xen. Cyr.
7. 5. 73.——Metaph. of persons or things
to whom the subject belongs, apper
tains, or on whom it is in any way de
pendent; e. g. of God, 2 Cor. 4: 7.
1 Cor. 3: 23. of a master, teacher,
guide, etc. Acts 27: 23. Rom. 14:8.
1 Cor. 1:12. 3: 4. 6: 12. 2 Cor. 10:7.
al. Of things which one follows after,
1 Thess. 5: 5,8.—Xen. An. 2. 1. 11.
So as implying fitness, propriety, etc.
Acts 1: 7 011x bluiiw ion 'yviryai Xpdvouc
x. 'r. X. Heb. 5: 14 reXelwv 56‘ io'riv i’
arepei: rpoofl. Matth. § 316.—Xen. An.
2. 1. 4.
c) with the dative of a. noun or pro
noun as predicate, to be 10 any one,
implying possession, property, etc. John
17:9 51': vol 2101, for they are thine.
Luke 12: 20. Acts 2:39. 1 Cor. 9: 16,
18. 1 Pet. 4: ll.a1.-Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.
—By inverting the construction it may
be rendered to have, as Luke 7: 41 51'10
xpsmpuXc'raa filmy datum-j‘) run, a cer
tain creditor had two debtors. 6: 32, 38,
34. John 18:39. Acts8:2l. 21:23.
Eph. 6: 12 01'»: Early 1111711 1'] miXn npzig,
we have not a struggle against, i. e. we
wrestle not against, etc. —Herodian. 1.
13. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3.—Or to receive,
Matt. 19:27. 71' fipa Zara: ilp'iv, what
shall we receive ?—Xen. An. 1. 7. 8. ib.
7. 6. 1.
f) with a participle of another verb as
predicate, viz. (a) without the article,
and then zlpi' often forms with the par.
ticiple a periphrasis for a finite tense of
the same verb, expressing however a
continuance or duration of the action or
state, like the corresponding construc.
tion in English; Luke 5: 1 mi din-61; hr
 Ell»! 222 Elf/.4’
r'anhg, and he was standing, instead of Heb. 12: 8.—Of place, viz. place where,
imperf. ‘la-n], he stood. Matt. 24: 9 ml e. g. 5771'’;- Rom. 10: 8. John 11: 18.
Zaeafle pwm'rpevo: inrd mivrwv. Mark 2: al. in? Matt. 18: 20. Mark 3: 1. al.
6 iiacw 55' rule: KaO/ypevm. v. 18. 13: (Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 14.) paxpc'w Mark
25 01 darz'pec Eaov-ral. e'mrt'rrrovreg. 9: 4. 12:34. John 21: 8. 51m!) Mark 5: 40.
15:43. Luke 3:23. 5:17. 24:32. Acts John 18: 1. 7:34. al. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.
1:10. 2: 2, 42. al. seep. So with the 31.) 1roii Matt. 2: 2. John 7: 11. (Luc.
particip. of the perf. pass. which how D. Mort. 13. 1 or 3.) 66¢ Matt. 12: 6,
ever assumes nearly the nature of an 41. Rev. 13: 9. etc. etc. Of place
adjective; Matt. 9: 36 {four iaxukpc'vat whence origin, etc. #6001 Matt. 21:
Kai e’fifitpe'yo: x. r. A. Mark 6: 52 hr yr'rp 25. John 7: 27. 2: 9. Ev-reifirv John
1'! KapEia airra'w 1re1rwpw'ue'w). 1 John 18: 36. — Xen. An. 5. 6. 24. ib. 6. 4.
1: 4. Also in impersonals, as de'ov e'an Illa—Of time, e'y'yt'lg Matt. 26: 18.
for 51?, Acts 19:36. Ivrpelrrov e’a-ri for h) with a preposition and its case as
sperm, 1 Cor. 11:13. al. See Winer predicate, viz. (a) 61rd, John 1: 45.
§ 46. 8. Matth. § 559. Viger. p. 343. oomp. mm; III. :19, 0. sec. viz.
comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 792. 2. Stuart as marking that which any thing be
§ 530. — So Eurip. Herc. fur. 312 sq. comes,- comp. above in I. b. As
Herodian. 1. 3. 5. Diod. S. 2. 5. Xen. denoting direction, object, end, {to n,
An. 2. 2. 13.—In some cases the parti Luke 5: l7 Kai Ebvapu; Kvplov fiv eig r6
cip. is not the predicate, and then 51111 is ic'taflat airrmig. 0f 8. person, e'ig 'rwa,
not thus an auxiliary, e. g. Mark 10: 32 1 Pet. 1:21 (Zia-Te rflv 1rt'o'rw ‘l‘tflh‘tl/ Kai
rho-av 6'»! 1f) 63:; z'waéaivovreg sic 'Icpoa. e'M-t'da elvcu. eig 9:61’, i. e. be or rest in
where z’v Ti 65:; is the predicate, and God. Adverbially, 1 Cor. 4: 3 8,101 5:‘
civagcu'vovrec is an adjunct. Luke 7: 8. e1; e'hdxwro'v e’anv 'lva x. 'r. )1. Comp.
al. Comp. Winer l. c.—-(}3) \IVith the Buttm. § 115. n. 5. Spoken of place,
article, where the participle may then whither or where, Mark 2:1 611 u’;
be regarded as equivalent to a noun, oi'xév ion. 13:16. Luke 11: 7. John 1:
or as an emphatic shorter construction 18. al.-(y) 5:.- c. gen. always implying
instead of a personal tense of the verb; origin,- e. g. spoken of place, John 1:
Matt. 3: 3 oii'rog 'ytip e'errl. 1} #176519 inro 47 I1‘ NaZape‘r (ii/warm’ n r't-yaedv eivar;
'Haaiov, i. e. the person spoken of, the Acts 23:34. John 4: 22. So of family,
predicted, instead of 6; tail/01,. 13: 19. race, etc. Luke 2: 4. Acts 4: 6.—Ot'
Mark 7: 15 e'xeivr'l e'ar: Ta Kowoi'lvra rov persons or things as the source, author,
dytlpanrov. John 4: 10. Acts 2: 16. cause, etc. Mark 11: 30 all,’ Ol'IPGVOI-I fly
Rom. 3: 11. 1 John 5: 5. Jude 19. 1‘; ii dvepérrmv. John 8:23 {lyric is‘
Rev. 2: 23. Rev. 14: 4 m'lrot’ :Zau oi r4311 Kdrw £011‘, £761 Ex 1151/ Eva: Eipt'. 15:
('moXwOof/vreg, where comp. the pre 19. 17: 14 bis, £1.- rofi udapov elrai.
ceding construction, oiirol slaw, oi aim Acts 19: 25. Gal.3:2l. Matt. 1: 2012's:
e'luoht'werlaav. al. saep. Comp. Buttm. "VEI’JFG'HJQ e'a-rw d'yz'ou. 5: 37. John 7:
§ 125. 3, and n. 2. Winer§19.1.c.§46. l7 1" dldaxr) in: T05 Gem? e'aru'. ActsS: 38.
4. Matth. § 270. Viger. p. 342 sq.— 1 John 2: 16. Hence metaph. of a
Herodot. 9. 70. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 43. person on whom one is dependent, to
g) with an adverb as predicate; e. g. whom he is devoted as a follower, etc.
of quality or character, as nib-we, John e. g. John 8: 47 Ex Gem’; aim E'rrre', ye
3:8 oiirwc ém-l m'ic K. r. )1. Matt. 19:10. are not of God, i. e. not his followers,
Sooiirwci'arat, Rom. 4: 18. Matt. 24: 27. adherents. 1 John 3: 10. 4:6. 6: 19.
Luke 17: 24, 26. al. Seq. dat. Matt. 12: So John 8: 44 bpeig c'x r06 dmgdltou
45. Luke 11: 30. al. rui/ra as adv. iaré. So of things, as e'x 'rr'lg (Utilising
i. q. oiirwc, Luke 17: 30. 1 Cor. 6: 11. John 18:37. 1 John 3:19. 58 Zpywv
Comp. Buttm. § 115.4. § 128. n. 4. tit“, r017 ro'pou Gal. 3: 10. Also Gal. 3: 12
according as, Rev. 22: 12.—Of likeness, 6 vopoc 01'”: Za-rw in m'arewc, i. e. the
as the, Matt. 22:30. 28: 3. Luke 6:40. law depends not on faith, has no con
al. Gimrep, Matt. 6: 5. Luke 18: 11. nexion with iL—Of a whole in relation
Seq. dat. Matt. 18: 17.—0f plenty or to a part; 1 Cor. 12: 15,16, oint- sip] it.‘
want; 1rspwaorr'pwc 2 Cor. 7: 15. xwpic r00 aabparog. Of persons, Luke 22: 3
 12.7...’ 223
burn is‘ rob ('iptopoi'r rim bdabrxa. Matt.
‘26: 73 mie'E aincbv cl. John 1:94. 10:
16. 18: 17, 25. Col. 4: 9. 2 Tim. 3:
6.—Plnt. Galb. 27. Herodot. 2. 46.—
Of the material, Rev. 21: 21 by 55 c'vbg
papyapirov. Matth. § 374. b, note. See
in ‘En—(E) iv 0. dat. implying a being
in a place. thing, person, etc. Spoken
of place, part, etc. Mark 1:3 iv 17';
e'pr'uup. John 9: 23 iv roic'lepoo'ok. Acts
5: 12. Rev. 9: 10. al.—Herodian. 8. 8.
10. Xen. An. 5. 6. 13,15.—Ofthings;
z'v 'ror'rrrp, in this, i. e. herein, John 9: 30.
1 John 4: 10. or hereby, 1 John 2:3.
So c'v rain-oi: ‘1004, be wholly in these
things, occupied with them, 1 Tim. 4:
15. (Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5.
2. 5.) in cape} EJl'at, to be in the flesh,
i. e. followers of the world, aliens from
God, Rom. 7: 5. ‘Zita 1'1 1ri’o'nc ‘it/1(7)? pr)
2'] iv aotpia c'wepu'nrwv, 11M’ e'v blunt/Jet be near, with, among, Matt. 13: 56. Mark
9:017, i. e. consist in, depend on, 1 Cor. 9: 19.—(A) u-{n/ seq. dat. elven oin' 11m,
2: 5. Of a state, condition, etc. c'v 5.0m to be with any one, i. e. present with, in
aiparoc obaa, Mark 5: 25. So Luke company with, Luke 24:44. Phil. 1:23.
23: 40. Phil. 4: ll. 1 John 2: 9.—Jos. Col. 2: 5. l Thess. 4: 17. or as a fol
Ant. 7. 2. l.-—Of persons, to be in any
one, viz. where the subject is a thing,
Acts 25: 5 :2’ 1': Early Ev if c’ulbpi roi'mp,
in or on this man, i. e. in his conduct,
etc. John 11: 10 To orig ob: Zo-rw Ev
air-q}, i. e. in his path, around him. So
of faculties, virtues, vices, which are in
any one, John 1:4, 48. Acts 4: 12. 20:
10. Where the subject is a person, i. e.
to be near and in intimate union with, to
beam with, so. in mind, purpose, feeling,
etc. So God and Christ, John 14: IO,
11. Christ and his followers, John 15:
4. Christ in his followers, 2 Cor. l3: 5.
the Spirit in Christians, John 14:17.
Christians in Christ, Rom. 8: l. 16: 11.
1 Cor. 1: 30. 1 John 5: 20. Seq. dat.
plural, to be among, Matt. 27: 56. to be
in the midst of, 1 Cor. l4: 95.—-(e) Em’,
seq. gen. of place upon, Luke 17: 31.
John 720: 7. metaph. of dignity, station,
over, Acts 8: 27. Rom. 9: 5.—Se . dat.
of place, upon, in, at, Mark 4:38. att.
24: 33.—Seq. accus. of place, as eiwu
iri ro‘ abro, spoken of conjugal inter
course, 1 Cor. 7: 5. of person, L'JVGI
c’wt rwa, to be or rest upon, metaph. Acts
4: 33.—(Z) Kara’ seq. gen. EJI'GI. K071i
flyog‘, to be against any one, Matt. 12: 30.
Gal. 5: 93.—Seq. accus. of thing, EJVGI.
Kurd Tt, to be according to, in accordance
Eia'ov
with, 2 Cor. ll: 15. Rom. 2: 2. Luke
17: 30.—(1') ,uzn’t seq. gen: EJl/(‘lt ptra
ru'oc, to be with any one, 1. e. present
with, in company with, Matt. 17: 17.
Mark 2: 19. Luke 23: 43. al. to befor
or on the side of any one, as an ad
herent,helper,etc. Matt. 12: 30. John
3:2. Acts'lz9. 18:10. Phil.4:9.-—Jos.
Ant. 15. 5. 9.—-So to be imported to any
one, etc. 8 John 2, 13.—(.9) 1rapd, seq.
gen. EJVtlt “9.: rwog, to befrom any one,
i. e. sent by any one, John 6: 46. 7:29.
or received from any one, John 17:7.
—Seq. accus. of place, to be by, on, at,
Mark 5: QL—(i) 1rpé, seq. gen. of place,
to be before, Acts 14:13. metaph. of
dignity, Col. 1: 17.—(x) 1rp69, seq. ac
cus. of place, etc. cJral 1rpoc n, to be
near to, by, etc. Luke 24: 29. Mark 4: l.
—Achill. Tat. V. 343.—Of persons, to
lower, disciple, Luke 8: 38. Acts 4: 13.
or as a partisan, Acts 14: 4.—Xen.H.G.
3. l. lB.——(/.t) inrc'p seq. gen. £JVGl inrs'p
name, to be jbr any one, on his side,
Mark 9: 40. Seq. accus. of pers. inre'p
rim, to be above any one, trop. Luke 6:
40.—(v) {ms seq. accus. to be under,
spoken of place, John 1: 49. 1 Cor.
10: l. of person or thing, to be subject
to, Rom. 3; 9. Gal. 3. 10. 1 Tim. 6: 1.
Non. As copula, the forms of elpi
are very frequently omitted; e. g. Matt.
9: 37. 13:54. Mark 9: 23. 1 Cor. 10:
26. ll: 12. al. sapiss. See Buttm. $29.
12. Matth. §306. Winer § 66. 9. AL.
Eff/ll, to go, in Mss. for zip’ John
7: 34, 35. See Buttm. § 108. V.
Ei'mw, see 'Ewcxa.
Ei'fl'ig, see in E1 III. Z.
Eiz'ov, nor. 2; imper. elm‘, opt.
e‘hroqu, subjunct. aim», inf. eirc'iv, ar
ticip. dram—Also Ion. aor. l a 1m,
Matt. 26: 25. Mark 11:3. al. imperat.
cirrov Acts 28: 26. u'mirwcav 24:20.
used likewise by the Attics, Xen. Mem.
2. 9. 8. al. Comp. Buttm. § 96. n. 1 and
9. § 114 sub zl-rrov. Winer § 15 sub
throw—With these aorists from an ob.
sol. theme Z-rrw or firm’, the Greeks
employed own’ as a present, Buttm.
 Eivrov 224 Eiarov
l. c. and § 109. I. 2; and likewise, as an accus. of pers. xakfirg eiireiv mm, to
also in N. T. the fut. e’pa') from z‘i'pu speak well of any one, Luke 6: 26; and
(only poetic) ; the perf. e’i'pmca from KGKJJQ eivreiv Two, to speak evil of, Acts
obsol. péw, pluperf. eipr'pzcw, pert. pass. 23. 5; see Buttm. § 131. 4. Matth. s
sipqpat, aor. I pass. who” or less usual 416. — so tin-sir s’v 1rapa/30Xaic, Matt.
éppwnv Lob. ad Phr. p. 447, fut. 1 pass. 22: 1. 5a‘: frapafioXfig Luke 8: 4. Also
{Sum/count, fut. 3. pass. sipfia'opm, Buttm. ei1rsTv 1:96; e'avrm'lg or 1:96.; l'iMi'iMug, to
l. c. \Viner l. c.— To say, to speak, i. e. say among themselves or to one another,
to utter definite words, and hence im Mark 12:7. John 7: 35. Luke 2:15.
plying more than AaXcZv' see Tittm. de John 16: 17. 19: 24. al. c'v éauro'ig,
Syn. N. T. p. 79,80. amongthemselves,l\'latt.2l: 38.—Metaph.
a) gem. to say, to speak, with an ac
cus. 0tv the thing said; Matt. 96: 44 row from the Heb. ziwrziv Ev 75.119519 (ii/rm",
to say in one's heart, i. e. to think, Matt.
ain'dv )w'yov zimiw. Luke 12:3. John 24: 48. Luke 12: 55. Rom. 10: 6. So
2: 22. Acts 1:9. 2 Cor. 12: 6 akr’ltiuav 5:5? we and Sept. Ps. 10. 6,11. 14: 1.
yap s'pfii. Rom. 3: 5 et 6: l rt’ 05v Is. 49:21. Comp. Gesen. Lex. ‘"215 2.
e'pofi'uev; Heb. 7: 9 11);‘ Z'irog cinei'v, so to In the same sense also, clirsiv s’v e'avrqi,
speak, Buttm. § 150. p. 438. Matth. § Matt. 9: 3. Luke 7: 39. 16:3. 18: 4.
545. See Raphel. Annot. in N. T. II. Sept. for H=7>.=,\ ‘18$ Esth. 6: 6.—(17) seq.
p. 671 sq.—Xen. App. Socr. 15.—The intin. with accus. Rom. 4: t. with accus.
accus. is often supplied by the words or implied Matt. 16: 1'2. — Xen. H. G. l.
clause spoken, as Matt. 2: 8. 4:3. 6. 6. - So with that implied, Where
Luke 5:13. John 4: 27. 6:59. al. eiwe'iv may be rendered to call, to name,
Hence cine is inserted like Zip” in the etc. John 10:35 E'yib eirra, 920:’ Ears‘
middle of a clause, Luke 7: 42.——With :1 e'xet'vouc sin-c 9506: x. r. X. 15: 15. 1
an accus. of person,once, John 1: 15 (‘iv Cor. 12: 3. -—Comp. Xen. H. G. l. 6. 7
Jirov, as in Engl. whom Isaid, i. e. of simin/ dwuwrc'irovg EIl/flt 1'01); "Ehhnvag.
whom I spoke, i. q. 1rspi. 05 in v. 30. Apol. Socr. l5. Herodian. 6. l. 15.-—
Along with the accus. expr. or implied, (9) seq. 5n, Matt. 5:31. John 8:55.
are also further constructions of the per 1 Cor. 1: 15. with dat. Mark 16:7.
son to whom, the manner, etc. (a) seq. John 6: 65.—-Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 25.
dat. 0f pers. John 16: 4: 'raih'a 5.? i417)’ 8'5 b) as modified by the context, where
('lpxfic aim Jnov. Matt. 16:8. Mark 2: the sense often lies not so much in ei-lrdy
9. Luke 4:3. John 14:26. Rev. 17: as in the adjuncts; e. g. spoken (a) be
7. Luke 7: 40 E'xw am’ 1': elvrs'iv, comp. fore interrogations, for to ask, to inquire;
Luc. Tim. 20. Aristaan. 2. seq. Acts 8: 30 Kai shrew‘ (ipwye 'YU'tiIUA’ELQ x.
cic c. accus. of pers. to speak against, 1'. A. Matt.9: 4. 11:13-13:10. John 8:
Luke 12: 10.—(7) seq. mm: 0. gen. of 10. Acts 19: 2, 3.-—Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 16.
pers. to speak against, Matt. 5: ll. 12: —(/3) before replies, for to answer, to re
32. — (5) seq. mp1’ 0. gem. of pers. or ply, etc. viz. to a direct question, Matt.
thing, to speak ofor concerning, etc. John 15:34. Mark 8:5. Luke 8: [0. al.
7:39. 10:41. 11:13. 0. dat. of pers. and so preceded by c'moxptflu’g or
Matt. l7: 13. John 18: 34.—(e) seq. d'lrsxplen mu’, Matt. 11: 4. 15: 13. John
'n‘ptlg c. accus. of pers. to speak or say to 7: 20. Acts 5: 29. VVithout a preced
any one etc. Luke 11:1. 12:16. John ing question, Matt. 14: 18. Acts 5: 9.
6: 28. Acts 2: 37. Heb. l: 13. al. (Luc. 11:8. with c'moxpiosig, Matt. 4:4. 12:
D. Mort. l. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.13.) In 39. Mark 6: 37. al.-(y) of narration.
the sense of for, with reference to, Mark teaching, etc. for, to tell, to make known,
19: 12.—c. ace. of thing, to say in respect to declare, etc. Matt. 8: 4. 16: ‘20. 18:
to, Rom. 8: 31. — (E) seq. adverb, or a 17. Mark 11:29. 16:7,8. John 3: 12.
prep. with its noun, implying manner; 1:2: 49. Rev. 17: 7. al. saep. Sept. for
e. g. opoiwc Matt. 26: 35. zbo'ai'rrwg 21: "can 2 K22; 10. Is. 41:22. =35“ Job
30. Kaflu'ig 28: 6. So nah-"n; sin-11;, thou 12: 7. — (5) 0f predictions,t0foretell, to
hast well said, i. e. right, correctly, Luke predict, etc. Matt. 28: 6. Mark 14: 16.
20: 39; and absol. with who"); implied, Luke 22: 13. John 2: ‘22. :1]. Here
Matt. 26: 25, 64, or) drag. Hence with used especially in the passive forms, 1:. g.
I
 Elam;
{#1301 Rom. 9: 19, 26. Rev. 6: ll.
sipnrcu Luke 4: 12. Heb. 4: 7. r5
eipnpe'vov Luke 2: 24. Acts 2: 16. al. 6
poetic, lit. the foretold, Matt. 3: 3. 15
(31,051’, thatforctold, etc. Matt. 1: 22. 2:
15, 17. 22: 31. al. step. — (c) of what 29.
is said with authority, for to direct, to bid, formulas of salutation, either at meeting
to command, etc. Matt. 8: 8. Mark 5: or parting; see in ‘Agnél'opm. J ahn §
43. 10: 49. Luke'I: 7. 17:7, 8.19:15.
2 Cor. 4: 6. James 2: 11. al. Seq. 'lva, meeting, elpr'lw) bp'iv, peace unto you, i.
Matt. 4: 3. Mark 3: 9. Rev. 9: 4. Sept. e. every good, Luke 24: 36. John 20:
for "31.! Ex. 35: 1. Lev. 9: 6. AL.
Ellzwg, see in El III. 11.
Eignrsz'm, f. n'ww, (elpfivrh) to make
peace, to be at peace, Sept. for T5,??? 1 K.
22: 44. Polyb. 5. 8. 7 xdipa Ex 1rahaioii
elpnveuope’m]. Diog. Laert. 2. 5.—In N.
'l‘. metaph. to live in peace, harmony,
concord, etc. absol. 2 Cor. 13: 11. iv
Earn-07; l Thess. 5: 13. iv (ZMi'lhoag
Mark 9: 50. ,uc-riz miv'rwv Rom. 12: 18.
—Ecclus. 6:6. 28: 9, 13.
Efft’llt’l, 77?, h, peace, viz.
a) pp. in a civil sense, the opposite of
war and dissension, Luke 14: 32. Acts
12: 20. Rev. 6: 4. al.—Xen. Ag. 1. 7.
— Among individuals, peace, concord,
Matt. 10:34. Luke 12: 5l. Acts 7: 26.
Rom. 14: 19. al. Heb. 7: 2 ,Baathnig
u'pr'lvqc, i. e. pacific king. — Trop. peace
of mind, tranquillity, arising from recon
ciliation with God and a sense of the
divine favour, Rom. 5: 1. 15: 13. Phil.
4: 7. Comp. Is. 53: 5.
b) by impl. state ofpeace, tranquillity
securiti; Luke 11: 21 iv zip/Ivy e'o'rt rd
inrépxov'ra din-017. 2: 29. John 16:33.
Acts 9:31. 1 Cor. 14:33. 1 Thess.
5:
Is. 3.14:30.
So Sept.
Ez. for
38:=55?
8, 11.
Judg. 6: 23.
0) like Heb. 515?, peace, i. e. health,
u-elf'are,prosperit1/, every kind of good.
Luke 1: 79 636‘- elpr'lvng, way ofhappi
nus. 9: 14. 10:6 uiog eipr'lvflc, son of
happiness, i. . one worthy of it. 19: 4'2.
Rom. 8: 6. kph. 6: l5 elru'y-ys'hwv 'rfig
ripi/i'rlg, gospel qfbliss, i. e. which leads
to bliss. 2 These. 3: 16. So 6 on.
Elpr'pmg, i. e. God the author and giver
of bliss, Rom. 15:33. 16: 20. Phil. 4:
9. l Thess. 5:23. 2 Thess.3:16.
Heb. 13: 20. Comp. Has-*2, Sept.
tipxuveipflvnc, IS. 9: 6.—SO u'pr'p’fl iI/ui'n',
i. e. the good or blessing which you have
invoked by way of salutation,_1/ourbene
225 E1‘;
diction, Matt. 10: 13. Luke 10: 6. John
14: 27. Hence pcr' cipr'lvnc. with good
wishes, benediction, kindness, Acts 15:
33. Heb. 11:31. c'v elphvg, 1 Cor. 16:
11.So Sept. and Heb. =5??? Gen. 26:
Ex. 18: 23. -— Hence also in the
175. Gesen. Lex. 559?, B. 1. Thus on
19, 21, 26. Also in letters, etc. Rom.
1:7. 2:10. 1 Cor. l: 3. 2 Cor. 1:2.
Gal. 1: 3. al. (Act. Thom. § 27.) Luke
10:5 ti {11:11 1" 01K roi'n' . S0 Se t.
and Hog. =91?’ =15; Jud; 19: 20. p1
Chr. 12: 18. Dan. 10: 19. At parting,
ii'lra'ys sic elpr'p'nv, go away into peace,
Mark 5: 34. im. Ev eipr'p'p, go in peace,
James 2: 16. 1ropn'rov sic ripi'plnv Luke
7: 50. 8: 48. 1rop. iv eipr'lvg Acts 16: 36.
Comp. in E2; no. 4. Sept. for Heb.
we? :1’: Judg. 18:6. lSarn.l: 17. so:
42. AL.
Eignmos, 7'2, 6v, (eiplp'rh) peaceful,
pp. relating to peace, Xen. (E0. 1. 17
cipnvurai iirwrfiluat. In N. T.
a)pac1_'fic, disposed to peace, James 3:
17. Sept. for =55? It"; Ps. 37: 37. comp.
D'eut. 2: 26 [fipnv :lpnvn-o'g, Sept. for
if“? ".3, Ps. 119. 6. $120: 7) for 54>? as
an adj. (which indee , from its form, is
its primary signif.) see Ges. Lem]
b) from the Heb. healthful, wholesome,
Heb. 12:11 Kaprrdc zlpnvurdg. Comp.
eipr'yw; for 5555'? in Eipflyn c.
Elgnvmroiéw, 5, f. how, (i. e. elpi'yvny
won't-1,) to make peace, to make reconcilia
lion, Col. 1: 20.—Sept. Prov. 10: 10.
Eignvorroro'g, 05, a, a peace-maker,
p. of an ambassador to treat of peace,
en. H. G. 6. 3. 4. In N. T. trop. one
disposed to peace, Matt. 5: 9.
Elyfw, f. e’pd'r, see in Elrrov.
l5, a prep. governing the accusa
tive, with the primary idea of motion
into any place or thing, and then
also of motion or direction to, towards,
upon,any place, thing, etc. The an.
tithesis is expressed by e'x, out of Sept.
every where for 5:’ 5!, etc. See Winer
§ 53. a. Matth. § 578. Passow liex. Eig.
Schweighauser Lex. Herodot. art. ‘Ep.
1. Of place, which is the primary and
most frequent use, into, to, viz.
P
 Eig 226 E4’;
a) after verbs implying motion of any 10 air; 1r1'wra n‘. E'Hvn 5:1 KflpUxGT-ll'fll.
kind into, or also to, towards, upon, any Luke 24.: 47. John 8: 26 raii'ra M71.) sig
place orobject; e. g. verbs of going, com 161/ xoapov. Acts 7: 39 iarpétpnaav rail;
ing, leading, following, sending, throw K119511119 ain'iu' u'g A‘iywrrov. 27: 6.
ing, placing,(lelivering 0ver,and the like, 1 Cor. 14.: 9 eig ('le'pa )uzhm'lvreg. 2 Cor.
etc. etc. Matt. 2: 12 civextbprpa'av zig 8: 24. (E; m’irmig Evo‘ziiaatis. 11:6. al.
1'1)!’ xtiipav ailrd'w. 44: B. 5: 1 c'u/z'gn ii; 11) sa‘p. —- Xen. Anab. 5. 6. 28, 37.—
5pm,‘. 6: 6 c'ia’ekfle tie rd rapfltiv aou. Especially after verbs of looking, etc.
8: 18 d'rrehfleiv :19 r.) repay. 12: 4.41 Acts 1: 10 fireviZovr-cg 51g To)’ oiipavov.
s'rw'rpéflaw sic rev oixo'v luau. 15: ll, 17 3: 4.. Matt. 22: 16 oi; fikz'rrsrg Eig 111160
mi»! 16 eimropsuépcvov eig n‘. arépa, xal wrrov civtipdnrwv. John 13:22. 19:37.
sic ('upsdpu'wa e'xgdmral. 20: 17 riva Acts 1: ll. Heb. 11:26. a1. So Matt. 5:
gaivuw eig‘kpoa'tiMI/Ja. 21: 18. Mark 1: 35 (1}llifllll :1: 'Iepoo'okvpa, towards Je
38. 5: 21. 6:45. 9: 31 wapaoiaorm sic rusalem, i. e. turning or looking towards
xcipag r’wtipénrmv. l3: l4 tpez'ryuv rig r51 it.—Hom. 11. 9. 373 rig (ii-rm 156.70.11.—
5p”, as in Eng]. to flee into the moun-_ So after nouns, e. g. Acts 9: 2.e'1rwrn)\iu;
tains. Luke 8: 23, ‘26. John 1:9. 7: sic Aa'uaa'mir i. e. directed to Damascus.
14'. Acts 16:16. 26:14.. Rom. 5:12. Rom. 15: 31 1', Eruxovia you 1'] sic 'Ispov
10: 18. Rev. 2: 22 see in BAAM) b. add/‘u. al.
8: 5. al. saapiss. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. I. 0) metaph. of a state or condition
An. 1. 3. l7. ib. 3. 1. 5.—So in ‘ constr. into which one comes, after verbs of
praegnans,’ John 16: 21 Eyevm'ler; eig row motion, direction, etc. Matt. 25: 46
Kéapov. 1 Pet. 3: ‘20 sic fir [ugwrov] drrehu'm'ov'rm (is Kohamv (u’lin'wl', eig
6M'you 410x111 Ezca'a'lfina'av 51' {learner— {on‘p' aitiwwv ltlal'k 5: 26 eie To xeipov
Xen. An. 2. 3. 18.—So :19 c. accus. of Ehflofum. 9:4-3. Luke 22: 33. 24: 20.
thing, implying place; as John 18: 6. John 4.: 38. 5: 24. 16:13. Acts 96: 18.
c'urfiitfiov eic r24 (im'mn. 728,10, zig rr‘lv 2 Cor. 10:5. Gal. 1: 6. Phil. 1:12. 3:
c'opri’lv sc. at Jerusalem. Mark 13:16. 11. l Tim.2: 4.. 3:6,9. Heb. 2: 10.
4: 22 £19 ¢avcpov EM)”. John 1: 11 tie al. szep. For {11.-aye v. 1ropm'lov sic zip)’;
riz 131a fiM'is. Acts 15: 3B sic 162970.’. vrp', go into pence, see no. 4. below.—
21: 6. John 16: 32.—\'Vith an accus. of Xen. Ath. l. 9. Mem. 1. 2. 22.—So in
person, but referring always to the ‘ constr. prregn.’ Bum-Mew at; nm v.
place where the person dwells or is, 619 b'vopr'z nvog, i. e. to baptize into the
and implying to, among, etc. Luke 10: obligations incumbent on a disciple of
36 Elurrwtlw eigrolic Anon-dc. 21: 24.. Acts any one, etc. Matt. 28: 19. Acts 8: 16.
18'. 6 zig rd 216w; mzpet'm'opm 20: 29 cia Rom. 6: 3,4,. al. See in Bum-[Cw 2.
eXsl'w'ov-rm Manor Bapcic Big irluiig. 22: 21. a. ,8.
Rom. 5:12.16119. 2 Cor.9:5.10: 14.. 2. Of time, viz. a) time when, im
l Thess. 1: 5. Rev. 16: 2. al. See plying a term, limit, t0,up to, until;
Buttm. §l4.7. n. 5. \Viner § 53. a. Acts 4: 3 rig r1)!’ aiipiov, till the morrou'.
Matth. <> 578.—H0m. I1. 15. 4.02. Xen. Matt. 10: 22 cig rz'kog. Phil. 1: 10 £11;
Cyr. 3. 3. 6. Mom. 1.1. 14.-'- Spoken imipcn' Xpurrm'z, i. e. against the day of
also of persons into whom demons have Christ. 2: 16. 2 Pet. 3:7. Acts 13:42.
entered, Mark 9: 25. Luke 8: 30. comp. 1 Thess. 4: 15. 2 Thess. 2:6. 2 Pet.
Matt. 8: 31. Luke 8: 32. al. Also Luke 2: 4.. al.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 26. (Be. 17.
15: 17 sic iaurov inflow, having come to 10.—So with accus. of person, as mark
himself, i. e. to his right mind—Diod. ing the time when one lives, appears,
Sic. 13. 95 Li; tau-rode e’ Xopzvm. etc. Gal. 3: 17, 24., :1; Xpwro'm—Hero
b) after verbs imp ying direction dian. 2. 9. 8. Herodot. 3. 97.
upon or towards any place or object; 1)) time how long, marking duration,
e. g. verbs of hearing,calling, announc for, etc. Matt. 21: 19 sic rov air-"Wu, for
ing, shewing, etc. etc. Matt. 10: 27 ct ever. Mark 3:29. John 8: 35. 2 Pet.
Acts 11: 22 dxm'mv eig rd (In-a Luke 7: 3:18. Luke 1:50 ci; 'yeyeize yen/uh’.
1. Matt. 22: 3 Kakz'o'ai sic rot/g ‘yd/Jove. 12: I9 sic Em 1ro)\)\c'1. 1 Tim. 6: 19.
v. 4. Mark 5: l4 dm'ry'yuhm' air; 71):! Heb. 7: 3. Rev. 9: 15. al.— Xen. Lac.
miku'. 11: 8 Zarpwaml sic rip’ 650'»!- 13: 11. 2.11). 9. 2.
 El; 227 Fig
3. Tropically, as marking the object 13: -ll sic n‘. 1rm'rehs'c, i. e. entirely, and
or point to or towards which any thing Heb. 7: 25 with the idea of perpetuity.
tends, aims, etc. Spoken (1111. V. H. 7. 2. 1b. 12. 20.) 2 Cor. 4:
a) of a result, effect, consequence, 17sic inrsp€o)h’|r,exceedingly. (Luc. D.
marking that which any person or thing Mort. 27. 9 or 14.) 2 Cor. 10: 13 :1; n‘.
tends to or becomes. Matt. 13:30 51" (‘inn-pa, immoderately. 2 Cor. l3: 2 sic
o'ars ain'olic sic aseptic. 27: 51 s'o'xiaen n; m’iiuv, again. So sic xswiv, in vain,
sic 51’10 sc. népn. (Sept. E2. 37: 22. P0. 2 Cor.6: 1. Gal. 2:2. Phil.2:16. (Diod.
lyb. 2. 16. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 4.) John Sic. 19. 9.)—Comp. Herodot. 8. 144 s'c
17: 23 rsrshsiwps'voi sic 's'v. Acts 2:20. ra ps'yio'ra. Polyb. l. 20. 7 sic rs'hoc
,israo-rpmpi'lo'crai sic axéroc, sic aipa. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 4 sic r5 Evvaréil.
Rev. 11:6. Rom. 10: 10 xap5ia 1n c) of a direction of mind, i. e. as
m'u'm-at sic Eimwobwlv. 15:2. 1 Cor. marking an object of desire, good will,
ll: 17 oins sic 16 xpsirrov 01M‘ sic n‘; 171' also aversion, etc. (a) In a good sense,
rov ovvs'pxsofls. 15:54. Acts 10:4 ai towards,for, in behaifof; Rom. 10: 1 1"
wpoo'svxai' aov dvs'gnaav sic pvnpdtruvov sildom'a. 'rfic s'pfic Kaphiac inrs‘p aim-151'
1:. T. A. Eph. 2=21,2~2. Heb. 6:6,8. s’orw sic owrqpiav. Jude 21 To E'Xsoc rm‘;
1 Pet. 1122.:11. step—Hem. 11.9. 102. Kup. ’1. X. sic Zon‘lv aio'wiov. Rom. 1: 27
Diod. Sic. 19. 33.—So with an infin. as £1! rfi dps'Est aimi'w sic dMflhouc. 14: 19.
subst. Rom. 7: 4 sic r6 'ysvs'otia: spa; Phi. 1: 23 5116141111 sic H) (William.
is. 'r. it. v. 5.12:3. 1 Cor. 9:18. Gal. Matt. 26: 10 E'p-yov who»! eip'ydo'aro sic
3: 17. Heb. 11: 3. al. saep.~—- Xen. An. Elus. Rom. 12:16. 2 Cor.10: l. 1 Thess.
7. 8. 20. —So from the Heb. where sic 4: 10. 5: l5. 2 Pet. 3: 9. al.—Judith
corresponds to the Heb. see Gesen. 6: 17. Thuc. 1. 38. -— So after nouns
Lehrgeb. p. 816. Stuart § 507. b. Thus e. g. ii'yc'zml s‘ic rwa, Rom. 5: 8. 2 Cor.
koyilopai [ma ri.] s'ic n, to reckon or 2: 4, 8. Eph. 1:15. al. xcipio'pa e'ic run,
count FOR, as, anything, Acts 19: 27. 2 Cor. 1:11. So Acts 20: 21. 2 Cor.
Rom. 2: 26. 9:8. So Sept. for ‘3 I‘?! 9: 13. — 2 Macc. 9: 26. — After adjec
1 Sam. It 13. IS. 29: l7.——WiS(i. 9: 6. tives, xpno'roi sic dMU/houc Eph. 4: 32.
0. double accus. Wisd. 5: 4. 15: 15. — quiw'Esl/ot sic dhitr'lhovc, 1 Pet. 4: 9.—-P0
Also Ao-yilsoeai Ttl'l sic n, to reckon or lyb. l. 16. 10.— Here belongs the con
I'mpute to any one, 70R, AS, etc. Rom. 4: struction of ikirifw and mow-silo: with sic,
3 sic hummer/wor. v. 5, 9, 22. Gal. 3: 6. (usually c. dat.) these verbs implying an
al. quoted from Gen. 15: 6 where Sept afi‘ection or direction of mind towards a
for Téfl, as also Ps. 106: 31.—1 Mace.person or thing, i. e. to place hope oreon
2: 52.—So at'ter verbs of constituting, fidence 11s or upon; e. g. John 5: 45 et 2
making, becoming, and the like; Acts Cor. l: 10 sic 3v flhaixalusv, comp. Acts
13: 22 fi-ysipsv uirroic rov Aaéih sic 24: 15 s'hm'da Zxuv sic row 9:61’. (Hero
fiao'iits’a v. 47. rs'tisixc'i o's sic (pa-‘c dian. 7. 10. 1 sic iiv fihrixsoav. Plut.
(Comp. Sept. and’i"?! El. 37: 22.) Galb. 19.) Matt. 18: 6 rd'w marsvdv-rwv
with sIwu, as Eo’ovrat sic troipxa play, sic s'lus'. John 2: 11. al. seep. So s'Mrlc
instead of go’. oizpE Pia, Matt. 19: 5. Kai along s'ic rum, 1 -Pet. 1: 21. ‘triang
hIark 10:8. al. comp. Gen. 2: 24 where Acts 20: 21. 24: 24. al. 1rs1rol'617mc
Sept. for'al'ilfi. Luke 5:3, comp. Is. 2 Cor. 8: 22. —- (/3) In an unfriendly
40: 4. S01 Cor. 14:22. 2 Cor. 6: 18. sense, against,- e. g. Matt. 18:15 et
Heb. l: 5. al. step. With yivso-Bai, 1 Cor. 6: 18 d'uaprévsw sic. Luke 12:
8.8 Luke 13: 19 i'ys'vs'ro sic 851,590., ,us'ya, 10 5c spsi Xdyov sic rdy viov r017 civtip.
Acts 5:36. Rom. 11:9, quoted from sic To 61y. ‘KVEI-I'ud. Mark 3: 29 5c 5'
P5. 69:23. So 1 Cor. 15: 45. John av Bhampnpr'lo'p sic To 1rvsilim rd ('i'yioy.
16:20. Rev. 8: 11. al. step. Luke 22: 65. Acts 9: 1. Col. 3: 9. al.—
b) of measure, degree, extent, etc. 1E1. V. H. 11. 10. Thuc. 1. 130. 11). 3.
perhaps Matt. 5: 25 Evoxoc sic r1)!’ 85. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 2.—So after nouns,
yéswav, i. e. guilty even to Gehenna; H61). 12: 3 (ivrtko'yia sic ai/rdv. Acts 23:
but see in 'Evoxoc. Chiefly by way of 30 s'mgovkr‘) sic rwa. Rom. 8: 7 Extipa
periphrasis for an adverb; Winer § 53. sic Gain—Xen. 11. G. 7. 4. 34 E'yxhrlpu.
\ \ a I
c. a. 555. 1. b. Matth. § 578. d. Luke so: 'rovc -..sovc.
1I 2
 El; 228
(1) of an intention, purpose,aim, end,
i. e. sic final. (at) In the sense of unto, in
order to or for, i. e. for the purpose of, for
the sake of, on account of, etc. Matt. 8:
4 r5 55pm! sic paprhpiov airro'ic. v. 34
1*] mihtc EEfiXGcv sic avvévrno'iv To‘: 'Inaoz't.
27:7 fi'ydpaaav- rov t'i-ypdv sic rapt/v.
v. 10. Mark 1: 4 fiérrrwpa peravoi'ac elc
iirpeo'wl c'ipapru'hv. Luke 5: 4 Xahtiaarc
riz aim-no. u'c d-ypav. 22: 19 roiro 1rmzirs
tic rr‘lv e'pfivc’wapvnaw. 24: 20. John 1:
7. 9: 39. Acts 4:; 30. 11:29. 14:26.
Rom. 1:16, 17. 5: 21. 6119. 9221.10:
4. 15:18. 1 Cor. 2: 7. 2 Cor. 2:12.
Eph. 4: 12 bis. 1 Tim. 1:16. al. seep.
So Matt. 3: ll ,Smrrlzeiv elc percivoiav,
unto repentance. 1 Cor. 12: 13 sic 'z‘v
ao'ipa. z’fianriaenpev, sic 3v 'm'a'tpa
é-rroriaeqpev, i. e. in order that we may
be one in body and spirit. Matt. 18: 20
auvn'ype'vo: cic rd ipdy b'vopa, i. e. on
my account, for my sake, in order to
promote my cause, etc. So before an
infin. c. art. in order to, in order that, etc.
Matt. 2O: 19 sic rd Epn-aifui. Mark 14:
55 sic r6 savaréaai aitro'v. Luke 20:
20. Rom. l: 11. 11:11. James 1: 18.al.
saep—Herodian. 1. 6. 20. Herodot. 2.
103. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 5. An. 6. 5. 14. c.
infin. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2. Ag. 9. 3.—
Hence :Zc ri, to what end? wherefore .?
why ? Matt. 14:31. Mark 15: 34. al. sic
rain-o. to this end, for this purpose, there
fore, Mark 1:38. Acts9: 21. Rom. 9:
17. al. etc 5, to which end, whereunto,
etc. 2 Thess. 1: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 8.—(j3) In
the sense of to or for, implying use, ad
vantage, etc. and equivalent to the ‘ dat.
commodi et incommodi,’ but more em.
phatic; Winer § 53. c. 5. Matt. 10: 10
pr) Krhanafis m'lpav cic 6561'. 20: l e'EfiXOs
luwocho'aaaai ép'ycirac sic row ('ilmrelto‘lva
aitrol'l. Mark 8: 19, 20 51's rooc lip-rovc
i'xhaaa eic roiic nevraxwxihi'nuc x. r. A.
Luke 9: 13. 14:35 m'ire sic 717v, oiirs dc
rorrpiuv :temsy ion. Matt. 5: 13. John
6: 9. Acts 2: 22. Rom. 11:36 at 1 Cor.
8:6, eic aitro’v, for him, i. e. for his
honour and glory. Rom. 15: 26. 16: 6.
2 Cor.8: 6. ‘8:11. 4.: 11. Eph. 1: 5 :2g
ailrtiv. 3:2 xc'ipic 506571711 [.101 sic itpdc.
1 Pet. 1:4 Khnpovopiav rzrnpnpe'vqv sic
hpdc. al. seep—Xen. An. 1. 2. 27. ib. 3.
3.19. H. G. 4. 2. 9. —So Luke 7: 30
riyv flouM/v mi: 6:017 r’lfie'rnaav sic iavroitc,
i. e. to their own detriment.
E1’;
e) gem. as marking the object of any
reference, relation, allusion, into, unto,
towards, i.e. with reference to, etc. Pas
sow in Eic n0. 5.—(a) pp. in accordance
with, confomably to .- Matt. 10: 41, 42,
6 Bexo'pzvoc 1rpo¢i1r17v eic 5mm 1rpo¢ilrou
x. r. X. i. e. in accordance with the cha.
meter of a prophet, or A8 a prophet.
Matt. 12:41 et Luke 11:32 persvénaav
sic r6 m’lpo-ypa ‘Ion/d, into, i. e. conform
ably to or AT the preaching of Jonah.
Acts 7: 53 E'Mificre row vdpoveic Eiara-yac
d'y'ye'hww, into, i. e. conformably to or in
consequence of the arrangements of
angels, etc—([3) gem. in the sense of
as to, in respect to, as, concerning, etc.
Acts 2: 25 Aafild ‘yap Aé'yu sic ai/rov,
concerning him; so Eph. 5:32 et Heb.
7: 14. (Comp. Kypke Obs. II. p. 15.)
Acts 25:20 dropohpcvoc vi'yt‘o sic rfiv
fr'rrrlaiv. Luke 12:21 pt) sic row 655v
rhovro‘iv. Rom. 4: 20 sic rflv e’rra'y-yshi'av
oil dimple". Rom. I3: 14 1rpovoia sic
e’mevpiac. 16: 5 c’urnpxr‘] rfic 'Aaiac sic
Xpwrév. 16: 19 aogboitc ,uéveic rd ayafiov,
dxspalouc 5c‘ eic rd Kaxo'v. 2 Cor. 2: 9 cl
cic mivra hm'lkoot' e’trre. 9: 8. Gal. 6: 4.
Eph. 3:16. 1 Thess. 5: 18. 2 Tim. 2:
14. 1 Pet. 3: 21. al. sap—Diod. Sic. 2.
57. Luc. pro Imag. 23. Xen. An. 2. 6.
30. lb. 4. I. 28.
4. Sometimes sic c. accus. is found
where the natural construction would
seem to require iv 0. dat. as after verbs
which imply neither motion nor direc
tion, but simply rest in a place or state.
In such cases the idea of a previous
coming into that place or state is either
actually expressed, or is implied in the
context. See Passow, Etc no. 6. VVi
ner § 54. 4. b. Matth. § 596. Comp.
Buttm.§ 151. I. 8. So Matt. 2: 23
e'hflibv Karqixnasv tic mihw. Mark 1:39
ml hv xnpitaa'ow sic rac avva-yw'ydc,
comp. v. 38 where is li'ywpzv sic rizc
z’xope'yac Kwlumrdkuc. Mark 2: 1 Kai
Eiafihfiev sic Ka'lrzpvaoixp, Kai ipxoimen 5n
eic oilcdv im-i, i. e. that he was come into
the house. 13:9,16. Luke 11:7 riz
muBla poo ‘us-r’ e'pm'l sic rfiv mi'rm/ slain,
as in colloquial Engl. my children are to
bed. 21:37. John 9: 7 {inn-ye, viii/a: sic
71):’ A'ohvlufifiepav r017 Eihwép. Acts 7: 4.
8: 39, 40, ‘kl/£17,411. Kupiou fip'n'ao'e row
(DDmr-xov, sitpc'ttq Be‘ clc'Afwrov. 18: 21.
21:13, coll. c’u'afiaivcw in v.12. 23:11.
 El’; 229
al.—Hom. I]. I5. 275 E¢dvn Xi; elg 656v.
Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 4| vépq: eic rag Earn-div
xépac EKGGTOLTOI’ITUY‘II'C’IPE‘ULV. 2. l. 5. An.
1. Q. 24'. El. V. H. 7. 8 (in 'H awn'uv
sic 'Exfiérava. z'ure'eave. Diod. ic. 5. 84.
—-Here belongs also in N. T. the appa
rent construction of do with a genitive
through the omission of its noun; as eig
q'ifiav, Acts 2: 27,31, i. e. for £19 olxov
#50“, Buttm. s 132. n.9. Matth. § 578.
g. Passow l. o. no. 7. The phrase in
Acts is, i'ymrahzl‘lrnv eig {15011, quoted
from Ps. 16: 10 where Sept. for ‘5:12,
i. e. to leave or abandon 10 the grave or
Sheol; not strictly to leave in it. Comp.
Gen. 44: 31.—In other instances rig and
iv are used alternately, according to the
different shape of the thought; e. g.
John 20: [9, ‘26, ilhfiev 6 ‘11100179 xai Zorn
:1; 1'6 {0011 airra'w, but Luke 24: 36
‘rain-(1 5: ain't?” huhor'wrwv ailroc 6 'Inrror'lg
Zorn e'v pe'ap m'mbv. Here the attention
of John is ‘fixed more on Jesus’ coming
and standing; that of Luke on his actual
presence. ohn 21: 4, comp. 8: 3, 9.
Acts 4: 7. (Xen. C . 4. l. l arizg u'g n}
,u'o'ov.) So xaOfioOm eig Mark I3: 3,
coll. Matt. 13: 2; and xaOiiaOm s'v, Matt.
26: 29. al. Comp. Schweighiius. Lex.
Herodot. 'Eg no. 1. Also, Mark 1: 9
iihfiev 'Inam'lg Kai e'lian'rl'o't'ln inro 'Iwrivvou
liq nlv 'Iophdwlv' but Matt. 3: 6 Kai nécm
p', rrqu’xwpog r017 'Iopfiévou—e’,13a1rrifovro
in’ To; 'Iopaévp inr' ain'oii, i. e. the atten
tion in the latter case being fixed upon
the act of baptism; in the former, also
on the coming of Jesus to the Jordan.—
So too in the phrases iin'a'ye v. 1ropen'mu
rig n'pr'pvnv or iv elpr'lvp, go away rsro
peace or is peace, i. e. lsro or m the
enjoyment of peace, good, etc. the idea
being at bottom the same, but expressed
under difl'erent aspects; Mark 5: 34.
Luke 7; 50.111. James 2; 16. Acts 10;
36. Comp. in Elpr’yvq ult.
Nora. In composition rig implies
l. motion into, as slafie'xopal, e'r'nqu,
eioe'pxopar, eio'pe'pw, etc. '2. motion
or direction to, towards, as domain»,
etc. A1,.
Eig, (Mil, g", gen. ivdc, pu'ic, e'vdc,
one, the first cardinal numeral; see
Buttm. § 70.
a) pp. and genr. e. g. without subst.
Luke 18: 19 Ol’lstlc ciyatioc, 1i pr‘, eig, o
6:15;. 1 Cor. 9: “24. Gal. 3: ‘20. al. Matt.
El;
25: 15 E'Buncc nihavra, ‘J 5:‘ 560, (I; Be‘ 'z'v.
al. With a subst. Matt. 6:27 nfixuv
Eva. John 11: 50. al. Mark 10: 8 5:30 clg
ocipxa ,u'uv. 1 Cor. l0: 8. al. Matt. 5:
4] plMov 'e'v. Acts 17:26. al. -— Xen.
An. 6. 6. l4. al.—With a negative,
equivalent to not one, none.- Matt. 5: 18
lu'rra 2v 1‘) fu'a xzpala oi: yr) 1rape'h9p.
Rom. 3: l2 oiur Zo-rw Ewe Evég, not so
much as one, not even one, quoted from
Ps. 14: 8 et 53: 4., where Sept. tor
"En; T35. So Sept. and 135"‘! 8'5 J udg.
4: 16. comp. Ex. 9:7. Gesen. Lehrg.
p. 840. So 055:‘ ch, 0:15.‘ Ev, not one,
not even one, more emphatic than obéeig,
Buttm. § 70. 1. Matt. 27: 14 1rpo¢ 065E
Ev p'fipa. John 1:3. Acts 4: 32 Kfll 0155s‘
rig E'Ae'yev. Rom. 3: 10 oinr Earl. c‘ixaioc
005i 579. 1 Cor. 6:5. al.—Xen. Cyr. l.
3. 10. Mem. 1. 6. 2.—\Vith the art. 1':
tic, 1'1‘) i'v, the one; Matt. 25: 18, 24, 1'6
311 nihav'rov. 1 Cor. 10: 175K r05 e'voc
iiprom—Xen. An. 5. 4. 11.—Seq. genit.
partitively, Buttm. § 132. 4.. 2. Matth.
§ 318 sq. Matt. 5: 19 (av 113v z'vroMDv
rm'rruv. h'lark 6: 15 erg 113v 1rpo¢nr¢3v.
Luke 5: 3. John 12:2. al. So with ix
seq. gen. Matt. 18: 12 Ev ii abnbv. Mark
9: l7 Ely; Ex ‘r05 o'xhou. Acts 11:28.
Rev. 5. 5.
b) used distributively, viz. (a) rig—
ei'g, one—one, i. e. one—(he other, Matt.
20: 2|. 24: 41 lulu—11.10:. 27: 38. John
90: 18. al. Also 6 sly—b rig, the one—the
other, Matt. 24: 40. eig rriv E'va l Thess.
5:11. rig a'nrc‘p rm? ivoc 1 Cor. ‘:6.
So elr—eig—elc, Matt. 17: 4. Luke 9:
33. Mark it’: 8. al. Sept. for ‘"7151 ‘"3 Lev.
12:8. 9 Chr. 3: 17. for 1
Sam. 10:3. 13: 17,18.—Ecclus. 31: :23.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4. — In like manner,
sic—o Zrcpog, one—the other, Matt. 6: 24.
sac—1'. ZrepocJhe one—lheother, Matt. 6:
24. Luke 7:41. Acts 23:6. bcig—ot'ihhoc,
Rev. 17: 10.—(fi) clg E'xaorog, each one,
every one, Acts 2: 6. 20: 31. Col. 4,: 6.
al. (Xen. An. 6. 6. 12.) Seq. gen. parti
tively, Luke 4: 30. Acts 2: 3. Eph. 4:
7. al. For rim‘: ale 'e'xaaro; Rev. 21:21,
see in 'Avé. 2. — (7) xaB' E'va, m6‘ Ev,
one by one, singly, pp. for sic m6’ Zvu,
etc. John 21: 25. 1 Cor. 14:31. oi
no.9’ 'e'va Eph. 5: 33. x09‘ Ev E'xarrrov,
each one singly, xaB' Z'v here qualifying
Exam-ow, Acts 21: 19.—Xen. Ven. 6. 14.
r. E. Z'xaa'rov Cyr. l. 6. 22. Apol. l5.—
 El; ‘230
So Ev m0‘ Ev, one by one, one after an
other, singly, Rev. 4: 8. From the
analogy of this correct form has sprung
in N. T. the anomalous eig- s'ae’ sic,
one by one, etc. instead of air; m6’ Eva,
Mark 14: 19. John 8:9. Also 6 3:‘ m6’
sic, Rom. 12: 5.—Lucian Pseudosoph.
<5 9. - 0. accus. of place. Thus of person,
c) emphatic, one, i. e. (u) even one,
one single, only one, Matt. 5: 36 oi:
' 3l'waacu play 1'91’ 41 Mutiny i) lue'haulav
1roti1'o'uz. 21: 24,. ark 8:14. 10:21. 12:
6. John 7:21. 1 Cor. 10:17. 2 Pet. 3:
8. al. For are pic-'1;- Luke 14,: 18, see
'A1ro’ III. 3. (Xen. An. 4. 7. 9.) In the
sense of only, alone, Mark 2: 7 at In) clg
o 9569. James 4.: l2. cl: Eva rovrov
John 20: 7.--Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 17.—([3)
for one and the same, Rom. 3:30 at; 6
9:59, 59 Btxauhact x. r. h. 1 Cor. 3:8.
Gal. 3: 28. Phil. 2: 2. Heb. 2: 11. Rev.
17: 13. So Sept. and ‘"515 Gen. 41: 25,
26. —-Wisd. 7:6. 17: 17. Plut. Alex.
22. — Fully written, Ev ml ro aim-6, l
COX‘. 11:5. 12: 11.—Diod. Sic. ll. 47.
Polyb. 2. 62. 4,.
d) indef. one, some one, any one, a
certain, i. q. rig,’ Matt. 19: 16 slg
1rpoelt6év. VVith subst. Matt. 8: 19 tic
'ypapparehg, i. q. 'YPCIIUILIGTUIIQ rig. Mark
12:42 [u’a xr'ypa, i. q. Xr'lpa Tt§. John
6.9. Rom. 9: 10. al. Seq. gen. partit.
Luke 5: 3. 20: 1. Sept. for Gen.
22: 2. 4.2: 16. S0 ‘"315 Sept. rig, Gen.
26: 10. 27: 4.4.— Luc. Demonax l5.
Herodian. 2. 12. 11. Thuc. l. 85. Comp.
Kypke l. p. 45. — So J; 11;‘, a certain,
Mark 14.: 51 eic TLQ vcavimcog. seq. gen.
v. 47.—seq. inc, Luke 22: 50. John 11:
49.—Diod. Sic. ll. 47.—In this use Eig
sometimes has the force of our indet'.
article a or an; as Matt. 21: 19 a'uxfiv
play, James 4: l3 imam-or Eva. Rev. 8:
l3. 9: 13. al. So Sept. and Ezra
4.: 8. Dan. 2: 31. 8:3. Comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 655. Stuart § 412. n. 3.
e) from the Heb. as an ordinal, the
first, mostly spoken of the first day of
the week, Matt. 28: l :19 play (r'ypépav)
rn'w a'agérirwv. Mark 16:2. Luke 24: l.
Acts 20:7. 1 Cor. 16:2. al. So Sept.
and 13$ of the first of the month, Gen.
1:5. 8:13. Ex. 40: 2, 17. al. See Ge
son. Lehrg. p. 701 sq. Stuart § 465.
—Jos. Ant. 1. l. 1 aiirn p511 iiv sin 1',
'n'pdirn ilpz'pa' Mwiin'fir; 3' m'rrnv play
Eta-sq»:
Elna—Joined with Sn'rrcpog, rpi'rog, etc.
Rev. 9:12 1‘1 oz‘mt 1*, Flu, comp. 11:14..
— Herodot. 4. 161. Eurip. Bacch.
680. Comp. Gesen. Thesaur. Heb.
p. 62. AL.
Eloot'yau, f. (151», (£iyw.) to lead into,
to bring in or into, trans. and seq. sig
Luke 22: 54' eia'r'rya'yov aimiv sip row
olxov r017 c'lpxlepe'wg. 2:27. Acts 9: B.
21:28, 29, 37. So sig- 11);’ ahkfiv John
18: 16, coll. v. 15. Also cimi-yuv cit; n‘yv
oixovpémv, i. e. to produce, to introduce,
into the world, Heb. 1:6. Seq. 4155:,
Luke 14121. Sept. for R‘PT.‘ Gen. 8: 9.
24,: 67. 2 K. 9: 2.—Palzeph. Fab. l9.
'Xen. An. 1. 6. ll. — Of things, Acts
7:4,5.——Act. Thom. l3. Xen. Athen.
2. 3.
13160516090), f. oheo‘uat, (éxofiw) to
hear to, to listen to, i. e.
a) to give heed to, to obey, seq. gen.
1 Cor. 14: 21 0155' m'i-rwg :loarm'm'ovrm'
p.011. So Sept. and 5?? Deut. l: 43. 4:
30. al.— Ecclus. 3: 6. absol. Thuc. 5.
4.5. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 12.
b) from the Heb. spoken of God's
hearing prayer, to hear, i. e. to hear fiz
vourablg, to grant, in N. T. only in Pass.
Matt. 6: 7. Luke 1: 13. ACtS 10: 31.
Heb. 5: 7. So Sept. and "3?‘ PS 4': 2,
4| 6: 9. 71351 Ps. 4.: 2. 13: 4.
Enaaww, r. 50W“, depon. Mid.
to receive into sc. one's house, city,
country, or to one's self, in hospitality,
etc. Wisd.19:16. Xen. H. G. 1. 1.21
Heplvetot eiasoz'Eavro lg n‘; Zia'rv 15
orpardmfiov Sept. everywhere for Heb.
‘(E-E, where God is said to gather, to
collect, the exiles of Israel into their
own land, Jer. 23: 3. E2. 11:17. 20:
34', 41. al.—— Hence in N. T. 2 Cor. 6:
l7, 'Ké'ylil eiecc’soluat 13116.9, and I will
gather you, etc. quoted apparently from
Jer. 32: 37, 38, Where Sept. auvé-yw for
V3?" and e'irmrpétpw for Heb. Tit‘;
comp. Zeph. 3: 19,20,whcre Heb. YEP"
Sept. Eia'oc'xopat.
Elld'ilfbl, imperf. sin-view, (rig, zip;
to go, Buttm. § 108. V5 to go into, to
enter, seq. Lie 0. ace. of place, Acts 3: 3.
21: 26. Mob. 9: 6. seq. "pa; 0. acc. of
pers. Acts '21: 18. Sept. for 8"; Ex. 28:
29, 35.—Jos. Ant. 3. ll. 4.. Xen. Apol.
15. c.1rpog Mem. 3. ll. 1.
 Elaégxofbm
Elfi'fxofbal, 1'. claeXei'm'opai, (sec
Buttm. § 108. V. 5. § 114 Zpxoluai ult.)
aor. 2 ciafiXOov, to go or come into, to
enter, spoken
a) of persons etc. seq. :19 c. ace. of
place, Matt. 6: 6 e'iaeXOe ale 1:) rapeiov.
24: 38. Mark 3:27. Luke 9: 34. John
18: 28. Acts 11:20. Rev. 22: 14. al.
seep. With sic c. acc. implied, Matt.
9: 25. Mark 13: 15. Luke 14: 23. 17:7.
24:3 coll. v.1. 24:29. 1 Cor. 14:23, 24.
a1. Sept. for R53 Gen. 6: 18. 19: 3. a1.
s:ep.—Palaeph. Fab. l4. Xen. Cyr. 7.
5. 57 eiae’pxera: sic ra flaalXua. l. 4,
l3. seep. — Seq. ell; c. ace. 01' pers.
Acts 16:40 :11; r111’ Audion’, i. 0. into
her house ; so text. recept. but later
edit. 1rpég. Acts 19: 310 :19 n‘w 5:71:01’, i. e.
unto the people, into the assembly.
(P01. 3. 44. 10.) Acts 20:29 eig ilpig,
among you. Spoken of demons enter.
ing into persons Mark 9: 25. Luke 8:
30. 22: 3. al. into swine Mark 5: 12,
13. Luke 8: 32, 33. With sir; implied,
Matt. 12:45. Luke 11: 26. — Seq. 5v,
6. dat. of pers. Rev. 11: 11 Wyn-1,1111 Zwfig
eiafiXHev iv ain-oig, (text. rec. 'e'lr' abroilg)
i. e. life entered and remained in them;
see in ’Eu 4, and comp. Winer <} 54. 4.
Matth. § 577. ——Seq. rapt’: c. dot. of
pers. to enter in by or with any one, to
lodge with, ‘Luke 19: 7. — Seq. 1rpdg c.
accus. of pers. to enter to any one, i. e.
into his house, etc. Mark 15:43. Acts
10: 3. 17:2. Rev. 3: 20. —- Ceb. Tab.
29. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1.—Seq. inrli,
c. ace. of place, e. 5;. {ma rip’ aré-yny,
Matt. 6: 8.—Seq. an.) Matt. 26: 58.
b'rrou Mark 14: 14. :55: Matt. 22: 12. Elm—abate, 5, 1'. firm, to leap in
b) metaph. of person, seq. eig c. ace. to, to spring in, e.g. sic rdv iixXov,
of state, condition, etc. Matt. 18: 8, 9, among the people, Acts 14: 14. absol.
£11; rr‘p' Ira/Iv. Mark 9: 43,45. sir; TI)!’ Acts 16:29. Sept. for 8":- Am. 5: l9.
fiaaiXelav r05 9:017, Matt. 5: 20. 18: 3. —-Herodian. 7. 5. 6. Xen. An. 1. 5. 8.
19: 24.. Mark 9: 47. John 3: 5. a1. a.
rip’ xapiw r017 Kupiou, Matt. 25:21, 23.
zit; ri‘lv Kaninavaw, Heb. 3:11. 4: 1, 3.
\Vith eig implied, Matt. 7: 13. 23: 14.
‘Luke 11: 52.‘ 13: 24.—So Matt. 26: 41
cias'pxwdm e1; 1ruprw'u6v, to come into,
i. c. to fall into temptation. John 4: 38
111.154‘ rig rlw mirror aimfiv ciaeXrpXhtlarz,
ye have entered into their labours, i. e. yc
succeed them and reap the fruits of
their labours.
c) 01' things, to enter in, or into, equiv
231 Elm'ogez'mpoa:
alent to eimpépopai, ‘to be brought or
put into ;’ e. g. food, e19 r6 ardpa, Matt.
15:11. Acts 11:8. Comp.Xen. Cyr. l.
6. 17 Ta eiaiév-rm—Metaph. Luke 9:46
ciafiXee siaXo'ywpdg e'v ailro'ig i. 9. there
arose a dispute among them. (Jos. Ant.
14. 14. 4 'Ayra'uviov olm'oc ziae'pxerac.
Plat. Phaedo. 2. Herm. ad V15. p. 759.)
James 5: 4 ai flood :19 Ta. uru Kvpi’ov
zlasXnXhOao'w. Of hope, Heb. 6: 19
zlaepxopevov eig- rd e’aén'epov x. r. X. en
tering in, i. e. extending even unto etc.
(1) from the lleb. zlae'pxopai xai
it‘fe'pxopai, to go in and out, i. e. to per.
form one's daily duties, spoken of one's
daily walk and life; e. g. of Jesus, Acts
1: 21 e'gb' 17,169, i. e. among us, in our
company. Trop. John 10: 9. Comp.
ziarr. mi ix‘rropzilopai, Acts 9:28. So
Sept. and Heb. 83218;, 2 Chr. 1: 10,
for which Sept. u'mr. mi c’mropehopai,
Dent. 31:2. 1 Sam. 18: 13,16. z'iaoEor;
Ktli ZEodog, 1 Sam. 29: 6. Is. 37: 28. AL.
Eioxakéw, £3, 1'. {11:5, to call or in
vite into, so. a house, etc. Xen. (Be. 4.
.15. In N. T. Mid. zlo'uaXe'ofml, 05pm,
to invite into, so. one's own house, Acts
10: 23.
Ei'aohog, ou, f’, (sic, 656:.) pp. way
into any place, entrance, Hom. 0d. 10.
90. Sept. for 85:? Judg. 1: 24,25. Hence
in N. T. entrance, i. e. the act or power
of entering, seq. sig- 0. ace. of place
2 Pet. 1:11. seq. gen. Heb. 10: 19.
Seq. apt}; c. ace. of person, a coming to
any one, access, 1 Thess. 1: 9. 2: 1.
absol. Acts 13: 24. Sept. and It"; 1 Sam.
16:4. Mal. 3: 2.
Elm-ogei’iopow, f. er'm'opou, depon.
(nopu'mpan) to go into, to enter,- spoken
a) of persons, seq. eh; c. accus. of
place, Mark 1:21. 6:56. 11:2. Acts 3:
2. VVith sir; implied, Luke 8:16. 11;
33. 19:30. coll. Mark 11:2. Sept. for
a": Gen. 23: 10. 40: 29. al.—Xen. Cyr.
2. 3. 21.—Seq. 510v, Mark 5: 40. oh
Luke 22:10. seq. Kara rm}; o‘ixouc, from
house to house, Acts 8: 11.—Seq. ‘kph; c.
accus. of pers. to enter to any one, i. e.
into his house, Acts 28: 30. 50 Sept.
 Eia'rgéxm 232 ’Ex
for R‘; Gen. 44: 30. Esth. 2: l4.-Ceb.
Ei'fl, see in E4‘ III. 9.
Tab. 29.
b) of things, to enter in, comp. in ’El, before a vowel ii, (Bnttm.
Eioépxopat 0. So seq. 21;‘, Matt. l5: 17. § 26. 6,) a prep. governing the genitive,
Mark 7: 15, 18, 19.—Metaph. for to with the primary signif. out of, from, of;
arise, to spring up, so. in the mind, Mark spoken of such objects as before were in
4: 19. another, (comp. in ‘Ami init.) but are
c) from the Heb. eimropez'lopai xal now separated from it, either in re.
inropu'mpat, to go in and out, i. e. to spect of place, time, source or origin,
perform one's daily duties; spoken of etc. It is the direct antithesis of sic.
one's
See thedailHleb.lifein and walk, d.
EIGEIPXOFGI. Acts 9:88. Sept. chiefly for 1?. See Winer § 51.
p. 313, 314. sq. Matth. § 569. Passow
El'd'fféxfil, aor. 2 eia'e'opa ov(1-pe'xw,) art. 'Ex.
to run into a house, etc. In . T. absol. 1. Of place, which is the primary
to run in, Acts 12:14.—2 Macc. 5: 26 and most frequent use, out of, from,
at‘: rfiv mikw. Jos. Ant. 7. l4. 6. Xen. viz.
An. 5. ‘Z. 16. a) after verbs implying motion of
any kind out of or from any place or
Eia¢igu, aor. 2 eim'yveyxov, aor. l
object, e. . verbs of going, coming,
zim'yveyxa, (¢e'pm,) to bear into, lo bring sending, throwing, falling, gathering,
into, trans. and seq. :1; c. ace. of place,
separating, removing, and the like, etc.
I Tim. 6:7 oiloe‘v cimyvé'ympcv sic row etc. Matt.2:6 Kai mi Bqflhzc‘p, Er om’:
x60 or. Heb. 13:11. With elg impl. 'yizp EEshn'lnrm fiym'lpevoe. Mark 5: 2.
Lu e 5: 18, 19. Sept. for "El-.1 Ex. 4.0:
Matt. 7: 5 E'xgaks rip’ Bolt-(‘w Ex rm?
19. Num. 31: 54.. al.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. 5¢0¢1Ap06 0017. 13:52. John 2: 15. Luke
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 10. Conv. 2. ll. - 2: 4 their; 'lwm) 5': mihewe Nalape‘r u'c
Spoken of persons, and seq. do 0. sec. rfiv 'Ioveaz’av. ark I: ll (plow) E'ye'vero
of state, condition, i. q. to lead into, e. g. Err-(Dy oilpm'div. 9: 7. Matt. 17: 5. Luke
:19 nezpaopév, Matt. 6: 13. Luke 11:4. 10: 18 in‘ mi? obpuvoii renown. 17: 24.
-—Trop. zlmpz'puv r: sic rile llxoéc 'rwoc,
23: 55. John 1:19é1re'oruXarEE 'Icpoaolt.
to bring to (into) the ears of any one, i. e. 13:]. Heb. 3: 16. Matt. 2: 15 i5 Ai-yu'nrrou
to announce, Acts 17: 20. -— Eurip. Emikso'a rev m'o'v ,uov. 13: 49 finfiopwiim
Dan. 55 fig Jra. ¢épsw id. Bacch. 64.9 ‘roll: 1row7pmig c'x ‘ue'o‘ou 1'. 31K. Mark ll :8
‘relic Mi'yovg 731p eimpz'peic Kawolic z'lu'. E'Kmrrov e'K rd'w Ee'vopuv. Rom. 11:24.
Soph. Aj. Flagell. 14.9. Comp. Wetstein Mark 13: 27 EI'IO'UVCIIEGL r01); z'xML-rmig e'x
in 00. 113v ftd'd. l'we'pwv. 2 Thess 2: 7 ix pe'aov
El'ra, adv. then; spoken 'yc'vrrrm, i. e. be taken away. Rev. 2: 5.
a) of time, i. e. aflerwards, afier that, Mark 13: 15 cipal 1': ix Tfig oixlag. Matt.
Mark 8: 25 elra mihw ine'thlx'e. Luke 8: 24.: 17. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5.) Mark 16:3
12. John 13:5. 19: 27. 20: 27. James Tic dvroxuMou rov M9011 Ex n'ig- sopag.
1: 15.—Plut. Mor. II. p. 19. ed. Tauchn. Acts 23:10. 27: 29,30 rpwyeiv a’): To‘?
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. l3. -- By a sort of re wkot'ou. al. wpiss. Comp. T? Gesen. Lex.
dundance, before a participle, Mark 4: 2.—Herodian. l. 15. 2. Xen. H. G. l. l.
l7 eI'ra 'ytvopc'vng skhpewg x. r. X. The 32. (Pu-yd)’ ix. An. 2. 3. 24 )mliigdvuv
Greeks place it afler the particip. Buttm. c'x. — With a gen. of person, out of or
§ 144. n. 6. § 149. p.429. Comp. Herm. from whose presence, number, etc. any
ad Vig. p. 772.-—Xen. An. 1. 2. 25. person or thing proceeds, etc. John 8:
b) of order and succession, as 1rpo'n'ow 42 6'76: ‘yap in: mi 9501'? e'EfiMiov. Acts
—-:Ira, 1 Tim. 2: l3. 3: 10. Mark 4: 3:22, 23. 19134. 20: 30. I 00125: 13.
98 his, 1rpu'n'ov, ficn'lrzpov, rpirov,—eI1-a, Heb. 5: l. 1 John 2:19. al. Mark 7:
1 Cor. 12: 28. gram—(Ira 1 Cor. 15: 90 re 5:: 701-! c'wdp. 1ropcudpevov. -— Xen.
7, 24. inverted, v. 5.-—So 1rpé'lrov—eI-ra Ven. 19. 9. Mem. 3. 6. 17.—Spoken
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 1. An. 1. 3. 2. also of persons out of whom demons are
c) as a particle of continuation, then, cast,or depart) Mark 7: 26, 29. 9: 25.
so then, consequently, etc. Heb. 12: 9. Luke 4:35. Here it is interchanged
See Buttm. § 149. p. 429.—-Plut. de esu with find, as Luke 4.: 41. 8: 8,33. al.
Anim. or. II. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. $13,141. see in ‘And, I. 4.—So by Hebraism,
 'Ez 233 ‘En
e'Ee'pxurOcu t'x 'rfig‘ do¢bo¢ rude, to come vsxpa'w. v. 31. 4: 2. Rom. 6: l3 Zu'wrag
forth out of the loin: of any one, i. e. to CJK rsxpabv. ll: 15. Col. 1: 18 rpm-romeo;
be born to him, Heb. 7:5, 0011. v. 10. s'x yexpibv. Rom. 7: 24 1'1’: '1: pimerat 2'1:
So Sept. and I}: Gen- 35: ll. x. r. X. Luke 1:74. 2 Cor. 1:10. 5:8.
2 Chr. 6: 9. Gal. 3: 13 Xp. iypfic e'Enyopao'ev e'x 'rfig
b) after verbs implying direction out xanipag. John 12:27 ou'mov [IE Ex r179
of or from any place, etc. thus mark 159a; rai'rrqc. Heb. 5: 7. Luke 1: 7|.
ing the terminus de qua, the point from (Xen. An. 3. 2. 11.) John 17: 15 Two.
which the direction sets off or tends. mpr’yoyg al'rroug r'x r017 wavnpob. (trop.
Luke 5: 3 ibibaoxzv 2'11- rm': rkot'ou. John Acts 15: 29.) Rev. 3; 10. 2: 21.
19:23 El: r1211! timothy btpavrdc. Mark psravofioat is‘ rife 1ropvelag. v. 22. 9: 20,
11: 20 ovn'iv e'Enpappe'vnv is 1314151’, 21. Acts 1:25 é‘lIOUfOAY) E5 179 nupc'é’rl
(Sept. xarc'a'rpni/c ix 151K131’ bpr, for 115,75’? 'Iou’rbag. Also John 5:24. 2 Tim. 2:
Job 28:9.) Acts 28:4 rpspdpcvov rb 26. James 5:20. 1 Pet. 1: 18 etl Cor.
snpz'or Ex rr‘ic xeipbc airrm'r. (Hom. Od. 9: 19. 1 Pet. 2: 9. 2Pet. 2: 21. Rev.
8. 67. Xen. Mem. 3.10.13.) v. 17. 14:13 dvarrm'lo'wvrat Ernbvxbmuv abniv.
Rev. 9:13. Comp. Matth. § 574. p. al. ssep.——Hom. I1. 10. 107. Herodian.
1133.—Jos. Ant. l4. 7. l. Herodot. 4. 7. 12. 13.
10. Xen. An. 1.8.10. cixov Ta bpe'vmva 2. Of time, viz. of the beginning of
Er r131! (1561/1111! sic wMi-yiov drro-rerape'vu. a period of time, a point from which on
—So by Hebraism, in constr. przrgnans; ward any thing takes place etc. So is
Rev. 18: 20 ZKPU'EV b 956;‘ 1'5 11' 5,1111 bpu'w rocking pm-pog, Matt. 19: 12. Luke 1:
{E abrr'lc, and 19: 2 E'Eeblxno'e T0 aipa 115v 15. al. Sept. for "as was Ps. 22: 11.
"9!‘ ‘21,9’? s. 71: 6.) Ex veti'nrroc Matt.
boi'lkuv ain-ol'l 5'1: 1'7"; stpbg airrfig, i. 0.
God has avenged or ta en vengeance of 19: 20. in Xpévuv ixawbv, Luke 8: 27.
or from her, etc. So Sept. e'xbuct'w £1: e'E cipxfig John 6: 64. in ysverfic 9: l.
for ‘l? BET-‘11!! 2 K. 9:7. Sept. c'xt'nre'u in rat": aio'n'oc 9: 32. So Acts 9: 33.
is for 1*? =3 '5?! Gen. 9: 5. Sept. But-65w 15; 21. 24:10. al.-1E1. V. H. 3. 4..
v. kpt'vu in for 1?, BF? 1 Sam. 24: 16. Herodot. 3. 33. Herodian. 6. 2. 7. Xen.
2 Sam. 18: 19. —- So in constr. przegn. (He. 3. 10. Cyr. 8. 5. 12.-—— Hence it
of a different sense, Acts 15:2 r01); may sometimes be rendered after, as
vuaIm-ag in T05 Sryplov 1:. r. A. i. e. those Rom. 1: 4 £5 ('wao'rdoewv vcupu'm Rev.
who come 06' con uerors from or over 17: 11 is r131! Errrd e'a'ri, after the seven,
the beasts, etc.— s implying the di 1. e. their successor. So by Hebraism,
rection in which one is placed from or 2 Pet. 2: 8 r'lps'pav e'E Epe'pag, lit. day
in respect to a person etc. as xatiiaui, out of day, or as in ngl. day after
icrrdvai, £Jl’flt, is beside, it: bcEubv, e'E day; So Sept. for 55‘ 5'1‘ Gen. 39: 10.
ebuvr'rpuv, where in Engl. we use at or comp. Lev. 25:50. Deut. 15:20.—With
on; Matt. 20:2l,23. 22:44. 25:33. an adject. or pron. it forms sometimes
26: 64. Mark 10:37. Luke 1:11. Acts an adverb of time, c. g. 1'.‘; obi-1'11; sc.
2:25, 34. Heb. 1:13. So Sept. and u‘ipag, lit. from this time, i. e. immedi
1?, EX. 14:22, 29. 1 Sam. 93:19, 24. ately, Mark 6: 25. it.’ ixm/oi'i sc. xptivou,
Ps. 16:8. Comp. Gesen. Lex. W, 3. c. ofa long time, of old, long, Luke 23: 8.
--Polyb. 5. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 15 Ex robrov sc. xpdvou, from this time, i. e.
it 52516;; i) dpwre 69. An. 4. 8. 2. Eq. afterwards, John 6: 66. 6'1: Beurc'puu,
7. 3. Comp. a so Lat. a dextra, a i. e. a second time, again, Acts 10: 15.
fronte; Fr. dessus, dessous, etc. Winer 2'11 rpI-rou, Matt. 26:44. al. Winer
t 51. p. 315. § 55. l. c.—Diod. Sic. 15. 43 £5 airrfig.
c) metaph. of a state or condition, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. B in rou'rrou. Mem. 2.
etc. out qfwhich one comes, is brought, 9. 8.
or tends; after verbs of motion, direc 3. Of the origin or source of any
tion, etc. John 10:39 s'EfiMiev e’: r179 thing, i. e. the primary, direct, imme.
xupbc ain't-"v, i. e. out of their power. diate source, in distinction from an;
v. 28. Rom. 13: ll c'E iinvou e'yepefivat. see 'Arré III. init. Winer §51. p. 313.
Rom. 6: 4 fi-ye'pgn Xpto'rdc 5'1: vexpu'w. This is strictly the primary sense of the
v. 9. 7: 4. al. Acts 17:3 dvaa'ri'pvai £1.‘ genitive case itself, which is also so
 ’Ee 234
used both in N. T. and in Greek writers;
e. g. 2 Cor. 4: 7. l Thess. 5: 8. Xen.
Cyr. l. 2. l ten—Spoken
a) of persons, viz. of the place, stock,
family, condition, etc. out of which one
is derived, or to which he belongs, e. g.
(a) of the place whence one is, where
one resides, etc. Luke 8:27 amp ng
E'x rfir; nohewg. 23: 7 an Ex 'rfig s'Eoum'ar;
'lipdulov e'an'. John 1: 47. Acts 23:34.
al. So 6 s’E inn-‘w, of you, i. e. of your
city, etc. Col. 4: 9, 1'2.—Theocr. 1.65.
llerodian. 6. 7. 7. Lucian. D. Mort. 27.
9 or 7. Diod. Sic. 16. 61 ult.—So Luke
11: 13 6 1ra-n‘lp 6 i5 oilpavoil, heavenly
father; elsewhere usually in oilpavrp
Matt. 5: 45. 6: 9. 7: 21. al. Comp.
Xen. An. 1. 2. 18 oi ix rfic (‘n/optic, i. e.
market-people. Epict. Fragm. 161 01 Ex
wakaia-rpac, i. e. athletae. Viger. p.601.
(/3) offamily, rare, ancestors, etc. Luke
1: 5 leper/lg TlQ e‘E Elfin/“ping ’.A,3ui.'v. 27
et 2: 4 2'5 o'ixou Aa€¢'3. Acts 4: 6. 13:
21. Rom. 9: 5, 24. Heb. 7: 14. Acts
15:23 ddzkpoi oi EE e'flva'w, i. e. Gentile
Christians. Rom. 9: 6 oi c'E ’lapa1'fi\,
i. e. Israelites. Acts 17: 26 E5 in);
a't'parog. John 3: 6 ys'yzv. s'x riig aapuig.
Matt. 3: 9 Ex 115v Mtlmv E'ys'ipai réwa n‘?
iAgpadp. So in‘ mrr'p/m'ro'g rwog, of or
from the seed, i. e. family, race, of any
one, John 7: 42. Rom. 1:3. 2 Tim
2: 8. (S0 Sept. for "117.11%? Ruth 4: 12.
l K. 11: 14.) Seq. gen. of the mother,
'yewfiatiai Ex 'yuraiulg, Matt. 1: 3, 5, 6,
16. Gal. 4: 4,22,23.—Hom. Il.5. 896.
Arr. Exped. A. M. 2. 16. 2. Hero
dian. 5. 7. l.—(-y) of comlz'tion, state,
: etc. John 8: 41 illue‘ic is: 1ropyei'ac oi;
ye'yeyvfipeoa. So oi E'ic 1repvrolnfig mrrroi',
i. c. believers out of the circumcision,
Jewish Christians, Acts 10: 45. Rom.
4: 12. Gal. 2: 12.
b) of the source, i. e. the person,
thing, etc. out of or from which any
thing proceeds, is derived, to which it
pertains, etc. (a) gem. Mark 11: 30, 3 I ,
n) fid'n'rmpa 'Ianivvou (‘E oilpavoi'l fir, ii
6'5 z'wepu'nrwv. luatt. 21: 19 pilxe'n e'x
Iroii xapmic 'yévnrai. Luke 1:78 dvarokr)
EE I'iiliovc. John 4: 22 1'] awmpla in T011
'Iovdalww Zen-iv, i. e. is first revealed to
the Jews and roceeds from them to
others. John 10: 16 a olnc {any in rfic
cu'Mfic ral'zrng. v. 32. Luke 10: 11. John
‘1:13. 3: 31. 1 Cor. 15:47. 2 Cor. 5:
'Ez‘
2 n} e'E oilpavm'l, i. e. heavenly. John 3:
25 “more ex 71311 poem-Gav, i. e. pro
ceeding from the disciples of John.
v. 27. 7:22. Acts 5:38. 19:25. Rom.
2:29. 10:17. 12:13 1:) iEi1pJiv,i.e. so
far as it is of or from you, depends on
you, etc. (Horn. 1]. l. 525.) Heb. 2:
ll. 7: 6. 1 John 4: 7. Rev. 15:8. al.
seep. So 1 Cor. 21 12 re‘: m'u'nm 11‘: ii:
9:017, i. e. divine. 2 Cor. 8:7. 9: 2.
Spoken of an affection or state of mind
out of which an emotion flows, 1 Tim.
1: 5 r’i-ydm) e'x xatiapfic xapBlac 1 Pet. 1:
22. 2 Cor. 2: 4 Ex 1roAAfig 9min»; Kai.
Gui'oxiig Kapdl'ag- gypailaa l'J'LllV Eu‘! K. r. X.
—Spoken likewise of any source of
knowledge, Matt. 12: 33 in yap r05
Kapiroii To ail/3901' 'ywdmxerai. Luke 6:
44. John 12: 34 ilycig I’IKOI’IG'fl/lil’ :1: m5
wi'uov. Rom.2: 18. (Xen. An. 7. 7. 43
bis.) ()r of proof, James 2: 18 5u'lfw no‘.
in 117w Z'p'ywv ‘uou rfiv m'arw you. 3. 13.
Or of the source from which any judg.
ment is drawn, from, out of where in
Engl. by, according to; Matt. 12: 37 El.
1519 Ta'w ltd'yuv aou Elk-amend!) x. ‘r. X.
Luke 19: 22 Ex r01": ord‘um'oc aou x9013
or. Rev. 20: 12.—~Sept. e'x r017 xMpov
pspicig ri‘lv xXnpompl'av Num. 26: 56,
where £1: for ‘5'52. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.
21 Ex ru'w Z’p'ywv Kdl airrol KPU'tl'JU’Ol.
ib. 2. 3. As marking not only the
source and origin, but also the character
of any person or thing as derived from
that source, etc. implying connexion,
dependence, adherence, devotedness,
likeness, etc. John 7: 17 yvéwzrai up)
rfig Euiaxfig, mi-rspov in rail 9601': e'a'rw.
8:47 ('1 an’ e'x roi': 65017 To. fir/[para r017
Gem"; c'urm'm, x. r.)\. 1 John 2: ‘29. 3: 9,
10. 4: 1,2,3,4,6. al. JohnB: 44 £1:
1'06 Eméaxov. 1 John 3: 8. John 3:6, 8,
E‘A‘ rfig (mpuig. John 3: 31 5'»: r71; ‘With
his. 8: 23 in nDv min», 5''.- rain’ iirw. John
17: 14,16, {x 1'05 Kooluov. I John 2:16.
4: 5. al.—Trap. 0f the source of charac
ter, quality, etc. implying adherence to,
connexion with, etc. John 18: 37 mi; b
12'”: six rfig anything. 1 John 2: 21. 3:
19. Gal. 3: 10 5am yap i5 E'p-ywv rcipou
eim’v. v. 12 6 Es‘ i/é'uog- oi»: Z'zrrw s'x
aim-ewe. Hence c’: with its gen. pre
ceded by the article, forms a periphrasis
for an adj. or particip. e. g. 6 A- 1rl'a'rswg,
lit. a person of faith, a believer, i. q. 6
1rmrsi'iwv,Rom.3:26. Gal.3:7,9. Rom,
 ’Ex
4: 16 o z’: m’au-uug 'Agpmip, i. e. a per
son of Abraham's faith, who believes as
he did, etc. So 6 5'': wifwv, one of the
law, i. e. one under the law, an adherent
of it, etc. Rom. 4: l4’, 16. Also Rom.
2: B oi if c'preet'ac, i. q. c'pt'Zov'rec. v. 27
I" is‘ quiver»: aupogua'ria, i. q. ¢vmx1'|. Tit.
2: 8 b e'E s'varn'ag, i. q. i. Evan/ring.
c) of the motive, ground, occasion,
whence any thing proceeds, the inci
dental cause, from, out of, i. e. by reason
of, because of, in’consequence of, etc.
John 4: 6 KEL'UTFLGA'IJJL‘ c'x rfic ooonropiag.
James 4: I aim Eyreiiecv ix r5»! ficm'u'w
LIT-X. Rev.8: ll, 13 oilai it: 'nDy )wnra'w
IPUVGY x. 'r. X. 16: 10, ll, 21. So 2 Car.
13: 4 Em-aupu'iflq e'E {maxi/stag, (1AM: Zlfi
it: Buwipcwg 95017, x. r. A. 1 Tim. 6; 4.
Heb. 7: 12 ii civé-yxnc. (Herodian. l. 4.
12.) Phil. 1:16, 17, at [151/ if d-yérrng,
0152 i2 Eptfieiag. al.—Herodian. 1. l4. 4..
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. An. 2. 5. 5. Conv.
8. 2'2. — so swarm-W, filxatwflfiraz in
fl't'm'twg, from fail/t, i. e. on account of,
by, through, etc. Rom. 3: 30. 5:1.
Gal. 2: 16. 3: 24.. al. (elsewhere 0. dat.
‘Irina, Rom. 3: 28.) fine. it’; Zp-ymv, Rom.
3: 20. 4: 2. Gal. 2: 16 bis. al. Eixcuog
Ex m'a'rzwg Rom. 1: l7. But'atoar'lwl in
‘trim-so); Rom. 9: 30. 10: 6.
d) of the qflicicnt cause, agent, etc.
that from which any action or thing
proceeds, is produced, ell'ccted,fr0m, by,
etc. Rom. 9: 12 ct Gal. 5: 8 Ex rm‘;
cakoivroc. 1 Cor. 8: 6. i5 oii r51 1rt'lr-ra.
2 Cor. I: ll 8'‘: rah/Min’ Tb sic ilpfig
xzipwpa. S0 £5 spam-0:7, qfmyself, John
12: 49. Likewise Matt. 1: 18¢’)! 'yaarpl
E'xouaa in 11')’. c'vy. v. 20 n) s'v ain'fi 761'.
in 1rrn'1pa1'cigz’a'rw c'ryiov. Rom. 9: 10 6'5
in‘); mlmv E'xouaa, comp. in Kain].—
So especially for inrd or wapc'l after
passive verbs, where in the active con
struction the gen. after it: would become
the nominative; Buttm. § 134'. 3. Matth.
§ 574.. p. 1135. John 6: 65 s’c‘w pr‘; 11';
5:514:50)’ aim‘? Ex r017 Trarptic you. 2 Cor.
2: 2 o )twrmi‘uevoc if 2pm’). 7: 9. Eph. 4:
16. Phil. 1:23. Rev. 2:11. 9i2,18.
—-Hom. 0d. 7. 70. Herodot. 2. 151 ro
1ron10e‘y El; nvoc. ib. 7. 175. Ken. H.
G. 3. l. 6. Hiero 7. 6.
e). of the manner or mode in which
any thing is time, etc. out of, from, in
Eng]. in. with, etc. Mark 12: 30, 33,
r'vycméy z’E 5km; ‘n71; Kupcllug all if. 5km;
235 ’E::
riic \Pvxfig x. r. A. Luke 10: 27. ActsB:
37. Rom. 6: Him-(1951215, i. e. heartily.
Eph. 6: 6 Ex \lmxfic. (Xen. (E0. 10. 4.)
Rom. 14': 23 bis. ot'm z’): m'arewg, not out
of fail/z, i. e. not in or with faith.
1 Thess. 2: 3 oi”: it: 'n'M’wnc, 0135:‘ if
c’maflapm’ac, 0171-: iv Erika—So where in
Engl. of, according 10, etc. 2 Cor. 8: ll
6: r017 Exew, i. e. according to your
ability. v. 13, [M1,] 5E iao'rn-roc. (Hero
dot. 7. 135 if 'iaou.) Matt. 12: 34. John
3: 3t it: riic 'yiig MIMI. B: 44'. 1 John
4: 5. 1 Pet. 4:11 e'E laxzing 59 x. r. A.
—Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 22. l. ib. 2. 17. 22.
Herodian. 1. 4. 2]. [EL V. H. l. 21.
Xen. An. 4. 2. 23. ib. 6. 4. 9.—So in an
adverbial sense, e. g. it.‘ mpwa'ofl, abun
dantly, exceedingly, Mark 6: 51. 14.: 31.
Ex pépovc, ex: parts, i. e. in part, partly,
1 Cor. 12:27. 13:9, 10,12. EA" pirpov,
measurably, moderately, John 3: 34'. is
UU/ltptilyov, i. e. by mutual consent, 1
Cor. 7: 5. Comp. Winer§ 55. l. c.—
Herotlot. 6. B5. Polyb. 2. 4.6. l. Xen.
Mem. 3. ll. 8. H. G. 6. 5. 16. Thuc. 3.
43, 67.
f) of the means, instrument, instru
mental cause.from, i. e. by means of, by,
through, with, etc. Luke 16: 9 1ron'lcrars
éavroic (Plhovc ix 1'01? ,uapwvii, i. e. by
means of. John 3: 5 e’c'w ,w'] 11;‘ 7011/1165
55 iiEarog. 1 Cor. 9: 14' is‘ rm': zi/a-y'yzMou
Zip’, coll. v. 13. John 9: 6. Heb. 11:35.
Rev. 3: 18 Xpvm'oy we'n'upupz'vov in
1rup69. 17:2, 6. 18:13,“). So with
verbs of filling, being full, etc. Matt. 23:
25 {010601 'ye'youaw EE fipra'yfie Kai
(‘(Etkidg. John 12: 3. Rev. 8: 5. Comp.
Matth. § 396. n. 2. § 574'. p. 1133.—
Jndith 9: 10. Ecclus. 13: 11. Eur. Hec.
573. Soph. El. 398. Aj. 537. Xen.(Ec.
l3. 6. Apol. 4.-—Hence also of the
price, as a means of acquiring any thing
etc. Matt. 20: 2 avlucbww'laac peril ra'w
e'p-yri-rwv it: Eqvapiou, coll. v. 13. 27: 7
fi'yépaa'av e'E aimt'w (cip'yvpt'wv) rim c'vypdv.
Acts 1: 18. Here it: 0. gen. is equiva.
lent to the simple en. which is the
usual construction; guttm. § 132. n. l,
and 6. 2. Matth. § 364.. Winer § 51. p.
316.—Ep. Jer. ~25. Palaaph. 46. 3, 4.
g) of the material, viz. of, out of, from,
Matt. “27: 29 ars’rpavov e'E l'zxaytiu‘w. John
2: l5 rppa'ys’khov e'x axowtwv. Rom. 9:
21. 1 Cor. 11:8. Eph. 5:30. lleb. ll:
3. Rev. 18: 1'2- 21: 21. Comp.‘ Matth.
 'Ex 236
§ 374. b. n. Winer 1. c. p. 314.——Herod
0t. 2. 71, 96. Herodian. 8. 4. 27. Diod.
Sic. l. 20. Xen. Gonv. 8. 32.
h) of a whole in relation to a part, a
whole from which a part is spoken of,
i. e. partitively. 1 Cor. 12: 15, 16, 01'“:
51,11 v. 01»: Ear: rm': aa'rpa-roc. Acts 10: 1.
SO after iafliw, ¢ciyopac, rim», to eat or
drink of any thing, i. e. part of it,e. g.
Eo'Biw Ex 1 Cor. 9: 7. 11: 28. 'yopal Ex
Luke 22: 16. John 6: 26. ev. 2: 7.
1r1'vw e'x' Matt. 26: 27,29. John 4: 12,
13, 14'. Rev. 14: 10. 18:3. al. The
classic writers employ here the simple
genitive, Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. (1. Sept.
EaOiew it: for 1’? 5215 2 Sam. 12: 3. 2 K.
4: 20. or'vyopou z'x Ecclus. 11: 19. m’vuv
it: for ‘t’? 71D? 2 Sam. 12: 3. Gen. 9:21.
Comp. the like use of em; in ’A1ré III.
7.—Also after other verbs, where an
accus. would imply the whole, and
where classic writers put the simple
genitive; e. g. Matt. 25: 8 so" bpiv it.‘
1017 z’Xaiou {411.711. John 6: 11. (1 Chr. 29:
14.) John 1: 16 £1: ‘r05 WAflptiJ/J-GTOQ
aim-017 17pm mivrce {Mi/duper. Rev. 18: 4|.
1 Cor. 10: 17 m’rwcg ix T011 in); iiprou
pers'xopev. Matt. 13:47 aayr'p'n it: 1ravrdg
'yévovg o'uva'ya'yoz'ma. Comp. Buttm.
§ 132. 4. 2. c.-—-Spoken of a class or
number out of which one is separated,
of which he forms part, etc. John 1: 24.
oi drwraitpévoi flaw’ in ni'w lliapw'aiwv.
2 Tim. 3: 6. hdark 14.: 69 oin'og is airro'w
Early. Luke 22: 3. Acts 21: 8.—Xen.
Mem. 1. 7. 10. ib. 3. 6. 17. Comp. in
Eilui 11. h. 'y.—So Phil. 4.: 22 oi e'x rijg
Kaiaapog oim'ag. Acts 6: 9. Rom. 16:
10 oi e'x 15v 'ApwTofiotIXow—Thuc. 8.
92 oi ix r017 (‘ta-rung. Plut. Cic. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 5. H. G. 2. 3. 18.—After a
numeral or pronoun; e. g. :19 etc. Matt.
10:29 ‘e'v e'E airru'w. Mark 9: 17. Luke
15:4. al. Biro Mark 16: 12. John 1: 35.
1re'vre EE aimiv Matt. 25: 2. 1rpd'1raec'E
Acts 26: 23. ECKéTIII' it: Heb. 7:47. (Xen.
H. G. 1. 2. 9.) After rig indef. Heb. 4;
1 50x51 n9 c'E 11,115.11’. James 2: 16. TU'E‘Q
Luke 11:15. Acts 11:20. Rom. 11:14.
(Herodian. 3. 2. 18. Dem. 1265. 28.)
After n'g interrog. Matt. 21: 31 n’: EA‘
1651/ 5150. Luke 11:5. John 8: 46. a].
After or’rEelg John 7: 19. etc.—-So with
rig, rwe‘g, implied, Matt. 23: 34. Luke
21:16. John 9:40. 16:17. Rev. 3:9.
Comp. Winer § 51. p. 314..
'Ezarorraa'Aua/wr
Non. In composition e’: implies l.
removal, out,from, of,auuy,as ixfialvw,
z'xBéMw, e'mpépu. 2. continuance, as
e'rreivw, inpétpw. 3. completion,in full,
as ixBavruw'uu. 4. Hence genr. inten
sive, as Zxsnhoc, e’Ea-rran'lw, e'x'rapéaau.
An.
"Ezuarog, n, or, (superl. fr. émic
separate, Buttm.§ 78. 3,)each, every one,
sc. of any number separately.
a) gem. Matt. 16: 27 (‘tradition Erato-rip
Kara 1-1‘111 1rpd£w aim-017. Luke 6: 44'
E'xaa-rov Eévfipov. John 7: 53. Rom. 2:
6. al. Seq. gen. plur. Matt. 26: 22
Ema-roe aimBv. John 6: 7. Rom. 141: 12.
al.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6.—This idea of
separation or singling out is expressed
still more strongly by :19 Exam-0g, each
one, Acts 20: 31 roves-rim Eva E'Kao'rov.
Eph. 4: 16. Rev. 21:21. al. Seq. gen.
plur. Luke 4.: 40. Acts 2: 3. al. (Xen.
An. 6. 6.12.) So in x019‘ ixe'rarnv i/pe'pav,
where it strengthens the distributive
force of card, Heb. 3: 13. Rev. 22: 2.—
Xen. H. G. 2. l. 27.
b) distributively, in construction with
plural verbs, where it is in apposition
with a plur. noun implied; Matt. 18: 35
e'av p1) dofire Exam-09 Tg? (15579”? K. r. it.
John 16:32. Heb. 8: 11. al. Seq. gen.
plur. Acts 11: 29. (Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 3.)
So :19 Ema-rag, Acts 2: 6.—Xen. An. 6.
6. 12.—1n apposition with a plural noun
or pron. expressed; Luke 2: 3 bropuiovro
1rc'wrec, Exaa'rog eig 'rfiv x. r. X. Acts 2: 8.
Eph. 5: 33. c. :1; 1 Cor. l2: 18.—Xen.
H. G. 7.1. 2'2. AL.
‘1320667015, adv. (Ema-roe) each
time, ever,alwa_1/s, i. e. assiduously, 1 Pet.
1; 15.—Xen. Conv. 1. 14..
‘Elwl'liy, oi, 111, rd, a hundred, Matt.
18: 12, 28. John 19: 39. al.—Adverb
ially, an htmdred-fold, centlqlle, Matt. 13 :
8. Mark 4: 8. al. comp. Luke 8:8. AL.
'Exa'rov-mé'mg, or
009 6w 1.’:
e'xarovraen'pg, e'og, 017g, .3, 1'], adj. (Eran-or
grog) a hundred years old, Rom. 4: 19.
Sept. for “HQ-"5?? 1? Gen. 17: 17.—0n
the form and flexion comp. Buttm. § 56,
n. 4. § 70. n. 2. Ausf. Sprachl. § 56. n.
7.‘ Lob. ad Phryn. p. 4.07.
'Exurovrwz'kum'wv, ovog, 6,.',, adj.
(Buttm. § 71. 3 ,) a hundred-fold, centuple,
Luke 8:8 xapmiv z'xar. Matt. 19:29.
 'Exdrov'ra'gxng 237 ’Ex5m'avdw
Mark 10: 30. Sept. for was; as? 2 Sam. to reject, Luke 6: 22 b'rar ixgéhwm n‘:
24: 23.—Xen. (E0. 2. 3. iivolm inn-7v (by 1roy17piw Z'vexa x. r. A. i. e.
'Exurowdgxng, and z'zdrérrag when they shall falsely slander you, i. q.
{imam miv 1rovrppdv fifipa xaO' ilpu'w
x04, 01), i), (Ewan-6v, 6ipxu,) a centurion, \Pcvdliluevol. E'vcxzv x. r. A. Matt. 5: 11.—
see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 370. In J14‘, El. V. H. 13. 16 of a rejected actor.
Acts 10:1, 22. 24: 23. 27:1, 31.—J08.
Dem. 449. 19.
Ant. 9. 7. 2. Herodian. 5. 4. 12.—In -0g, b) the idea of force being dropped,
hiatt. 8: 5, 8,13. 27: 54. Luke 7: 2, 6. to take out, to extract, to remove, etc.
232 47- AClS 21:32- 22225,26. 23: 17, Matt. 7:4 e'xfidhw Tb Kc'lpepoc (Uri) r017
23. 27: 6, ll, 43. 28: 16. Sept. for 13¢6. v. 5 ii: 701-! 15¢O. Luke 6: 42. So
"=52 "=1 [p]. H“? *w'q] Ex. 18:25. Deut. to bring out or forth, etc. Luke 10:35.
l: 15.—Herodian. 2. 13. 3. Xen. Cyr. Matt. 12: 35 bis. v. 20 iwg iw Exgr'lhy sic
5. 3. 41 bis. vixog n‘7v xpia'w, quoted from Is. 42: 3,
’Ez€m’vw, aor. 2 ifie'gnv, to go out; where Sept. elc c'lln'lezmv iEoiaet xplmv
so Griesb. Heb. ll: 15 51¢’ #79 e’Ee'firluav, for HebJ-‘é‘j’? W15“ ls0,to throw
tor EEfiABov in text. rec. Sept. for "'22 out, i. e. not to include, to leave out, Rev.
Josh. 4.: 16 sq.—Jos. Ant. 15. l. 3. Xen. 11: 9 rfiv ablu‘lv rr‘lv Esme“ ixgnhz i'Ew'
H. 7. l. 29. so the writer explains it by adding the
,EZCOZAM, aor. 2 e’Eégakov, plupt'. neg‘. mil in) airrfiv perpr’ldpg. AL
without augm. Exgegh’pcew Mark 16: 9, "EzCowIg, em‘, 17, (érfiaivm) a go
comp. Buttm. § 83. n. 6; to tin-ow out, ing out, egress, P01. 4'. 64. 5. In N. T.
to cast out, trans. Comp. in BdMw. spoken of egress from life, exit, end, Heb.
a) gem. and with the idea of force, l3: 7 Exgaa'ig rfig (’IVG.G7'PO¢I_IC. -—Wisd.
impulse; seq. eir; c. ace. of‘ place, Matt. 2: l7. comp. Pol. 3. 7. 2.—Trop. of the
15:17 u’r; d¢e§p5va e'xgdMerm. Acts exit of any thing, i. e. result, event, end,
27:38. Matt. 8: 1-2. 25:30. Sept. for 1 Cor. 10: 13. -- Wisd. 8: 9. Phavor.
T‘??? Lev. 14: 40.—Ceb. Tab. 14. absol. E'Kgao'iv' rhv whr'lpwmv, rr‘yv 1ral7o'w.
Xen. Vect. 4. 2. -— Seq. {Em c. gen. of ,Encollh ll?’ 1'), (a'xgdkhw) a casting
place, Matt. 21: 39 EEc'B. E'Ew rm": out, sc. of the lading of a ship in order
dpwekévog. So 15w 0. gen. impl. Luke to lighten her, Lat. jactura. Acts 27:
20: 12. John 9: 34, 35. 12:31. Comp. 18 Exgohfiv Erowz'wro. So Sept. for
Sept. Lev. 14.: 40.—In the sense of to 5W9?! Jon. l:5.—Arist0t. Eth.3. 1. Dem.
flare: out, to thrust out, to urge or drive 926. 17.
out, etc. Mark 9: 47 riw depdahpdv.
Mark 1: 12 rd rvefipa airrdv e'xgciMu 'Exyapo/Cw, f. law, to marry out,
eig- rfiv E'pnpov. John 10: 4| 1rpé€ara trans. i. e. to give in marriage, absol.
iii-Gilly, comp. éEri-yei in v. 3. Seq. in 1 Cor. 7: 38 bis, comp. l‘apllw. Pass.
0. gen. 01' place, John 2: 15 1rdvrage'Ee'fi. Matt. 22:30. 24.: 28. Luke 17: 27.
2': 705 izpoii. 3 John 10. Seq. i'Ew 0. ’Ex7a[.ofo'zw, i. q. ixyapllu, Pass.
gen. Luke 4.: 29 2'51» 'rfic 1rékcug. Acts Luke 20: 34., 35.
7:58. E£u c. gen. impl. Luke 8: 54. "EZ'YOIOQ', 01}, ('1, fi, adj. (Ex'yi'vo‘ucu,
John 6:37, sc. rfig flamhziac. 12: 31. pert‘. 2 c'K-yz'yova,) lit. sprung from, born
Se. r'uro’ 0. gen. of place, Acts 13: 50 of, Jos. Ant. 2. 12. l t'vyalirfwxalpe'ydkuv
£563. rim‘) ru'w bptuv. Absol. butfrom a r'wdpu'w Ex-yovov. Hence a descendant
place impl. Matt. 9: 25. Luke 19: 45. of any kind, as son, daughter, grand
Acts 16: 37. Gal. 4: 30. Spoken of child, etc. Ammonius p. 4.7. Ham. 1].
demons, to cast or drive out, to erpel, so. 5. 813. ib. 20. 206. al.—In N. T. neut.
from the body of any one, e. g. dvré nvog Ta E’x-yova, descendants, spec. grand
Mark 16:9. in 'rwoc Mark 7: 26. genr. children, 1 Tim.5:4 réxva 1‘1 E'xyova. Sept.
Matt. 7: 22. Mark 1: 34, 39. Luke 9: genr. for “$31-13 Is. 49; 15. H2 Deut.
40.—In the sense of to send out, sc. 29:10. 31:12. "ll? Deut. 7:13. Is. 14:
ipydrac sic rdv 5591071611 Matt. 9: 38. 29. —-Hesych. inc-yarn‘ réxva re'xvwv
Luke 10:2. S0 to send away, to send
gem. Xen. Lac. 1. 4,.
of, James 2: 25.—Metaph. in the sense
of to cast out sc. to scorn and reproach, ’Ex5uwavdw, :5, f. firm, to spend
 'Ezbixoam ‘
out, i. e. entirely, to consume,- Pass. to
be consumed, to be entirely spent, spoken
of one's life, powers, etc. inre'p rwoc
2 Cor. 12:15.—Pol. 17. u. 10. Comp.
Kypke ad 100.
,Exaéxofllal, f. 50pm, to receive
from an}r quarter, trans. Ecclus. 18:14.
Herodot. 2. 166 ult. or in succession, in
turn, Hnm. ll. 13. 710. Herodot. 4. 39.
—In N. T. inchoatively, to be about to
receive from any quarter, i. e. to waitjbr,
to look for, to expect, trans. John 5: 3
51:55)‘. rfiv rm’; 175111-09 xivqmv. Acts 17:
16. 1 Cor. 11:33. 16:11. Heb. 11:10.
James 5: 7. absol. Heb. 10: 13. 1 Pet.
3: 20.—POI. 3. 45. 6. ib. 20- 4. 5.
"Exbnkog, 00, 6, .3, adj. (é..- intens.
517K043) i. q. Efikog but stronger, quite
plain,eonspicuous, 2 Tim. 3: 9.—3 Macc.
6: 5. P01. 3. 1‘2. 4.
’Ez6n,u.éw, (3, f. flaw, (E'xbnpog) to whom, Luke 18: 7, 8. seq. dat. of pers.
go out from one's people, to be absent
from one's country, Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6
Exbnpr'loarrog 5:‘ dc Aapamcov 'Ehwaaiov
rm‘: 1rpo¢llram Arr. Diss. Ep. l. 4. 22.
Comp. Exbnpog Xen. Cyr. B. 5. 26.—In
N. T. genr. to be absentfrom any place,
person, etc. 2 Cor. 5: 6, 8, 9. Comp.
'An'obnpe'w.
’EZSI’BWMI, flit-56:01.), to give out,
i. e. to publish, e. g. a book, decree, etc.
Esdr. 8:4. Po]. 2. 37. 6. to deliver out
or up, e. g‘. a person, P01. 3. 8. 8, 10.
Xen. An. 6. 6. 10, 18. to place out sc.
in marriage, to give in marriage, Sept.
Ex. 2: 22, Herodian. l. 8. 6, 7. to give
out on hire, to let out. lEl. V. H. 14. 15.
P01. 6. l7. 2.—In N. T. Mid. E'xsl'boluaz,
to let out, to hire out,sc. for one's own
benefit, e. g. apnclm'wa, Matt. 21: 33,
41. Mark 12: 1. Luke 20:9.
’Ez5myéopom, 05am, f. fiaopal,
(Em-yz'oluah) to tell out, to relate in full,
trans. Acts 13; 4]. 15:3. Sept. for
“E? Ez. 12: 16. Heb. 1': 5.—Ecclus. 33:
8. 42: 17.
’Ee5méo, 5, f. new, (5:514:09) to
execute right andjustice, viz.
a) to do justice to, to maintain one's
right, to defend one's cause, Luke 18: 5.
So in oonstr. praegn. Luke 18: 3
Edinyadv ,ue rim‘: r017 t'wnbixou you,
comp. in ‘Ex I. b. - Sept. Ps. 37: 28.
l Macc. 6: 22. 13:6.
238 ’Ez5{w
b) to avenge, i. e. to ‘make penal satis~
faction; Rom. 12: 19 pr) Earn-0|};
e’xfimofiwzg, coll. v. 17, 20. So to take
vengeance of, to punish, e. g. in the
constr. preegn. To ulna 1m; rwog or E:
‘rwoc, blood from or at the hand of any
one, Rev. 6:10. 19:2. Comp. in ‘Ex
1. b. So Sept. for ‘I’? H23 2K. 9: 7.
comp. also for 1’? 51'! Dent. 18: 19.
‘1729, Hos. l: 4.—Herodian. 2. 6. l3.
Dem. 801. 24.—In the sense topunish,
simply, 2 Cor. 10:6 nia'av napaxm'lv.
So Sept. and "P3, Ex. 21: 20. =2?
Ob. 21.—Ecclus. 5: 3. 23: 21.
'ExB/xno'ig, we, ,7, (Exbucz'ol) ere
cution of rig/it andjustice, viz.
a) maintenance of right, support, pro
tection; hence noiziv s'xbixgaiv; i. q.
Exbmeiv, to maintain one's right, to de
fend one's cause, seq. gen. of pers. for
against whom, Acts 7: 24. Comp. Sept.
Judg. ll: 36. 2 K. 22: 48.
b) avengement, vengeance, i. e. penal
retribution, Rom. 12: 19. Heb. 10:30.
Sept. for “$.73: 2 Sam. 4: 8. Ps. 79: 10.
Jer. 11:20. Hos. 9: 7. — In the
sense of vindictive justice, punishment,
Luke 21: 2'2 r'hui'pcu. e'xsm’loewg. 2 Thess.
1:8. 1 Pet. 9:14. So 2 Cor. 7:11, re
ferring to the evil doer; comp. v. 12.
Comp. Sept. for =25, Mic. 5: l5.— Ec~
clus. 7: 17. 47: 25.
"Ezbmog, 00, ,3, ,',, (5;, 5.17,) pp.
erecuh'ng rig/1t and justice,- hence, a
retributcr, avenger, punisher, Rom. 13: 4..
l Thess. 4: 6.—VVisd. 1'2: 12. Ecclus.
30: 6. Aristaenet. l. 27. Herodian. 2
l4. 6.
’Ezbm’mw, f. Eu, to pursue out, In
drive out of or from a place etc. Sept.
for :11-‘1 Deut. 6: 19. P“??? Joel 8: 20.
Chald. ‘=1? Dan. 4: 22. -— Hence in N.
T. to persecute, trans. i. q. new, but
stronger, Luke 11: 49. l Thess. 9: 15.
Sept. for PE: Ps. [19: 157.—Ecclus.
30: 19.
"Ezbo'rog, 00, o, .7, adj. (ér-Eiiwpi.)
delivered out or up, Acts ‘2: 23. — Bel
and Drag. 26. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 9. He.
rodot. 6. 85.
,EKBOX7II, fig, r'hlgixas'xoluaa) a wail.
ingfor, expectation, eh. 10: 27.
'Exééo, f. (mm, as intrans. 10 go or
 ’ Ext? 239
come out of, ill-51):; pz-yépow Hom. 0d.
22. 334; hence in the trans. relation to
put ofl‘ sc. clothes; comp. Buttm. § 114
Elm. — In N. T. toput of, to strip one
of his clothes, to unclothe; with two ac
cus. Matt. 27:31 e'Ee'Eua'av m'miv n‘lv
xhapt'nia. Mark 15: 20. c. ace. of pers.
Matt. ‘27: 28. Luke 10:30. See Buttm.
§ 131. 5. Sept. for 11?? Gen. 37:22.
Num. 20:28.—Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 17. c.
ace. of garm. ib. l. 4. 26. absol. An. 4.
3. 12.—Mid. to lay of one's clothes, to
unclothe one’: sclfltrop. of the mortal body,
2 Cor. 5: 4, see in I‘upvég b.
,EKET, adv. of place, there, i. e.
a) of place where, time, in that place,
Matt. 2: 13 Ital ‘1'09: e'xei Zwg K. r. A. 5:
24. 6:21. 12:45. James 2: 3. al. So
by impl. Luke 13: 28 e’xei' Zora: ('2
xhauflpog, x. 'r. A. as in the correspond
ing passages, Matt. 8: 12. 13: 42, 50.
24: 51. 25: 30. Also 01 but‘, those there,
i. e. those who were there, Matt. 26: 71.
Sept. for =23 Gen. 2: 8, 12. -— Xen. H.
G. 3. 2. 14. at e'lce'i ib. ]. 6. 4.—By
Heb. joined with arrou, as {iron 5117,
where, Mark 6: 55. Rev. 12:6, 14. So
Sept. for =25 1 Sam. 9: 10. Gen. 13:
4. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p.743. Stuart
s 478. b.
b) by attraction, spoken of place
whither, thither, to that place, after verbs
of motion, instead of 511570;, see Buttm.
§ 151. I. 8. Winer Gr. § 58. 7. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 790, 893. Matt. 2: 22
i¢o€fi6n e'xei c'mzAOfiv, i. e. for the sake
of remaining there. Mark 6:33. Luke
12:18. 17:37. John 11:8. 18:3. al.
So Matt. 17:20, coll. 21:21. So Sept.
and a? Dent. 1:37. Jndg. 18:3. 2 Sam.
17: 18. for "13F? Deut.4: 42.—-Herodian.
4.. 8. 9. Xen. H. G. 1. 2. 9. ib. 7. 1.
27. AL.
’Ezewev, adv. (Ere-i, Buttm. z; 116. ing the subject etc. (comp. in Airrég I.
6,) thence, from that place, Matt. 4: 21
1rpogc‘te ireifiev. 5: 26. 9:9,27. Acts 13:
4. 20: 13. al. So 01 e’xeioev, those from
thence, i. e. those who belong there,
Luke 16: 26. Sept. for my‘? Gen. 28:
2, 6.-—Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 40. An. 5. s.
24. at e'xeIOrv Eur. Hec. 719. ed. Por
son. AL.
'Exsi'vog, n, 0, pron. demonstr.
(En-EL) that, that one there, plur. those ,
equiv. to an emphatic, he, she it, or to
’Ez57vb;
he there, she there, it there. When in an
antithesis or opposition, it usually refers
to the person or thing more remote or
absent; elsewhere to the next preced
ing, which it thus often renders more
definite and emphatic. Matth. § 471.
Passow Lex.
a) in antithesis etc. referring to the
more remote subject, e. g. with 05104;,
Luke 18: 14 Ktl‘l'égfl oil-rog- Bedmatwpe'vog,
1"’ yilp ixeivog. James 4:15. So genr.
Matt. 13: 1 l :Zuiv az'tiorar—e'xelvmg Be‘ 01’:
555mm. Mark 16:20. John 5:35, 47.
8:42. Heb. 12: 25. al. step. So Luke
13: 4 coll. v. 2. 19: 27 coll. v. 14, 26.—
Luc. D. Mort. l4. 6 or 9. Xen. Cyr. l.
4. 19 oi'lror—e'xeivot. An. 3. l. 21, 29.
b) without antith. referring to the
person or thing immediately preceding
or just mentioned. (a) gem. Matt. 17:
27 eilpr'lo'rrc orarfipa' c'xe'ivov Aa/iahv 80;
K. r. h. Acts 3: l3. lilhcirou, xpiravrog
e'xez'von. h1ark3224. 16:10,11,13. John
4:25. 5:19, 43. 7: 45. 13:6,27. Rom.
14:14. 2 Cor. 8: 9. James 1:7 .3
(‘ivfipunroc e'xeivoc. 2 Pet. l: 16. 1 John
5: 16. al. Comp. VViner § 23. 1. Matth.
l. c. Passow sub voc.——Xen. Mem. 1.
1.3. ib. 1.3.13. Conv. 2. 25.—So with
a subst. of time, and referring to a time
more or less definite, e. g. 51' rate thus’
paig c'xu'vau; Matt. 3:1. Luke 2: 1. 4: 2.
al. iv e'xell'atg raig ill‘. hlattlflk 19.
Mark 1: 9. 2: 20. al. iv 1''.) fly. s'uel'rz;
Matt. 7: 22. 13: 1. al. c'v EKEI'VI] 'rj') ill“.
Matt. 22: 23. Mark 4: 35.21]. on" Elm’
vng rfig illu. Matt. 22: 46. (Xen. An. 1.
7.18.) So Matt. 8:13. 10:19. 9: 22.
11:25. 12:1. Acts 12:1. 19: 23.—
(/3) Emphatic, like the Eng. that,he, etc.
where however the emphasis lies in the
construction, and not in the word itself.
Thus where it is put instead of repeat
3.) Mark 7: 15 Ta e'mropevépera ('ur'
abroii, e’xciwi e'on x. r. X. v. 20. John 1:
18 1') ,uovo'yewjg vlrig—e'xeirog e'En-yr’lmrro.
5: ll 6 nod/cache iryn'), e'xelvéc o: s new.
9: 37. 10:1. 12:48. 14:26. 0m.14:
l4. 2 Cor. 10: 18. al.—Xen. Cyr. 6.
l. 17. ib. 6. 2. 33.—Or where it intro
duces a following clause, e. g. before a
relative, Johnl3:26 Exsivo'g e’o'n, r. r. A.
Rom. 14: 15. John 10:35. Heb. 6: 7.
11: 15. So neut. e’xeivo before 511,
Matt. 24: 43 e'xeivo 'yrvtlwxe'rs, 6n, K.'rJ\.
 'Exelae 240
—-Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.3, 21.—Especially for
persons well known and celebrated;
comp. in Airréc I. 2. b. Matt. 27: 63
e'xeivog 6 rh'lvoc. So of Jesus, John 7:
11 ran? Early c'xslvoc; 9 Tim. 2: l3.
1 John 3: 3, 5, 7.—Luc. D. Deor.ll. 1.
El. V. H. 2. 14. Dem. 308. 18.—In
like manner 1'] ilpépa ixciw] refers
to the time of Christ's second coming,
Matt. 7:29. 26:29. Act.s2:18. 2Thess.
l: 10. Rev. 16:14.
0) genit. ém’vng, as an adv. for Exu'wlg
65017, that way,- Luke 19: 4 6'11 e'xclmc
fipeMs Btépxwflm, where text. rec. has
51’ c'xu'wlg. Comp. Buttm. § 115. n. 3.
Matth. § 377. 1. § 486.
’Exelo'e, ad. (2m Buttm. § 116. Exreee'vroc fipe'povg. lEl. V. H. 2. 7.
6,) thither,to that place, Xen. H. G. l. 6.
10. ib. 2. 2. 2. In N. T. by attraction,
instead of e'xe'i, there, in that place, comp.
in 'Exe'i, b. Buttm. § 151. I. 8. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 790. 893. Acts 21: 3. 22: 5
ml Tovc c'xziac b'vragn—Sept. Job 39: 29.
Act. Thom. 8. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 1 r3: e'xc'i
as Ellyn. Herodian. 2.9.15. Only in
later writers, cf. Passow.
'Elg’lTéW, 5, f. fun», to seek out,
to search out, sc. any thing lost, Sept.
for 15?! Ez.34:11. “EB Ez. 34.: 12.
In N. T. metaph. viz.
a) to inquire diligently, to scrutinize,
c. 0. mp! ‘rwoc 1 Pet. 1: 10, where it is
parall. with e'Eepu/wdw. Sept. for "F11
Ps. 44.: 22.—Ecclus. 39: 3.
b) to seek after, i. e. to endeavour to
gain, to solicit, trans. Heb. 12: 17. ,uen‘z
daxpilwv e'xznrr'laag a1’1r1'1v- Sept. for
Ps. 122m. 6:11 K. 14.: 5. Mic. "2; Ps. 2=12.
6: 8.—By Hebraism, in the sense of to
require, to demand, e. g. c'xZn-rziv r6
alpé rwog (11:-o’ 10109, i. e. to avenge, to
punish, Luke 11: 50,51. So Sept. and
Ez.3:18,20. 2 Sam. 4.;11. 6:: one's courage; in N. T. genr. to be
Gen. 9: 5. 42: 22. fainthearted, to faint, to despond, so. in
c) from the Heb. ixZn-rfiv n‘w Gzév, view of trial, difiiculty, etc. intrans.
to seek out God, i. e. to turn to him, Eph. 3: l3 airofipaz p1‘) ixxaxe'iv in! 11174;
humbly and sincerely to follow and
obev him, Acts 15:17. Rom. 3:11.
Hel'). 11:6. So Sept. and Deut.
4: 29. Jer. 29: 13. ‘ll?! Deut. 4: 29.
2 Chr. 15: 2, l3.—Ecclus. 24.: 84.
’E7t9m(bcéw, 5, l‘. flaw, (EKBapfiog)
to astonish outright, to amaze, Aquil. for
PE’; Job 33: 7. Ecclus. 30: 9.-—ln N. T.
Pass. Exeapge'opm, ofipaz, to be greatly
'Exzewréw
amazed, astonished, sc. from admiration,
Mark 9: 15. from terror, Mark 16:5,
6. from distress of mind, Mark 14: 33,
where it is paral. with Au-zrs'iatlar Matt.
26: 37. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T.
p. 134.
"Exluacos, ov, a, h, adj. (ix,
Sépgog) quite astonished, greatly amazed,
Acts 3: 11.—Pol. 20. 10. 9.
'Ezllerw, 011, 5,1,, adj. (im'ewug
ezposed, e. g. as an infant; hence Acts 7:
19 notch! Exes-rm riz fipz'cpn, i. q. z'm-rtk'vm
Ta ,Bpt'¢1], i. e. to expose. Comp. Ex. c.
2.—So Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 604.
n‘w 1ra'i5a EnnOe'am. ib. adshfu) 1'05
’Exxa0u[gw, f. apt-7, (xa8a1'pw,)
to purge out, i. e. to cleanse thoroughly;
pp. rag haw/Eag- Exxzxaoappe'vag, i. e.
burnished, Xen. An. 1. 2. 16. In N. T.
metaph. c. ace. of pers. e'av'rdv and rwog
2 Tim. 2:21. Sept. for if; Judg. 7:
4. — Xen. Conv. 1. 4.. — Seq. ace. of
thing, to cleanse out, to put away, etc.
1 Cor. 5: 7.-—Dinarch. contra Aristogit.
p. 67 Exxafi. rfiv dupodom’av. pp. Sept.
Deut. 26: 13.
’Exxou'w, aor. 1 pass. z'EzxabOqv to
cause to burn or flame out, i. e. to kindle,
trans. Herodot. 4. 134-. Sept. for “2;
Ex. 22: 6. Judg. 15:5. metaph. n‘w
milk 0v Plut. Agesi. 31 med. ~— In
N. '. Pass. ‘or Mid. to burn out, to flame
up, intrans. i. e. to be inflamed, to burn
vehemently,- metaph. e'v rii o'pz'Eu, with
lust, Rom. 1:27.-—0f anger, Sept. for
Jer. 4.; 4.. i=2: Deut.
29: 20. S0 Diod. Sic. 14.. 108. P01. 9.
10. 10. pp. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 14.
aE I ~. I , _,
ZZJZKEW, (0, f. now, (ex, raring)
pp. to turn dut a coward, i. e. to lose
skid/em’ ,wu inre‘p ilpfiw. 2 Cor. 4: 1,16.
—--In the sense of to be remiss, slothful,
sc. in duty, Luke 18:1. Gal. 6: 9.
2 Thess. 3: l3. — Hesych. e'mcaxofipey'
(ipekofipev, ('zlmdafipev. Pol. 14. 19. 10,
where others E-yxaxe'w.
’Exxev'réw, (.7, f. flaw, to prick out,
to pierce out, trans. e. g. rm‘lg dgbfiakpm'lc,
IE1- H. A. 17. 20. comp. Valckn. Diatr.

’Exz'rta'w 241
p. 203. In N. T. to pierce through, to
tramfir, trans. John 19:37. Rev. 1: 7.
Comp. Zech. 12:10, where Sept. for
"P1, as also Judg. 9: 54,. for 1'5‘; Num.
22: 9.—2 Macc. 12: 6. Pol. 5. 56. 12.
’E:tx7.a’w, 5, l‘. (um, aor. 1 pass.
iEeKXr’lUBqV Buttm. s 99. n. 6. § 100. 3;
to break out or ofl', trans. e. g. a branch,
Rom. 11:17, 19, 20. Sept. for V91}
Lev. 1: l7.
,Exxltét'tu, f. claw, aor. 1 pass.
ifexkzl'a'thy Buttm. @98. n. 6. §100. 3;
to shut out, to exclude, trans. pp. Pol. 25.
l. 10.—In N. T. trop. to exclude, sc.
from the intercourse and instruction of
any one, seq. accus. Gal. 4.: 17. (So
r'nroA'Aclw Plut. Alcib. 4.) Pass. to be
excluded, i. e. to have no place, Rom.
3: ‘27.
’E7U¢7\770'l’06, at, 1), (i'xxhqrog called
out, summoned, from Exxaks’m) a convo
cation, assembly, congregation, viz.
:1) pp. of persons legally called out or
summoned; Acts 19:39 'el/ rfi éwépp
Emckqm’q sc. of the people; and hence
also of a tumultuous assembly not legal,
Acts 19=32,40. —Judith 6:16. 14:6.
1E1. V. H. 5. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 6.
An. 1. 3. 2.—In the Jewish sense, con
gregation, assembly, of the people for
worship, e. g. in a synagogue, Matt. 18:
17. or our. Acts 7:8. Heb. 2: l2
quoted from Ps. 22: 22, where Sept. for
also DeuL 18:16. 2 Chr. 1:3,
5. aL—l Macc. 2: 56. 4:59. Ecclus.
13: 20.
b) in the Christian sense, an assembly
so. of Christians, genr. 1 Cor. 11:18
a'vvepxo'pevoi s'v Exxknat'q- Hence, a
church, the Christian church, viz. (a) a
particular church, e.g. in Jerusalem,
Acts 6; l. 11:22. al. in Antioch, Acts
11:26. 13: 1. al. in Corinth, 1 Cor. 1:
2. 2 Cor. 1: 1. of Asia Minor, 1 Cor.‘
16: 19. of Galatia, Gal. 1: 2. at Thes
salonica, l Thess. 1: 1. 2 Thess. 1:1.
at Cenchrea, Rom. 16: 1. etc. etc. So ai
Emclt. ru'lv Eflmbv, i. e. churches of Gentile
Christians, Rom. 16: 4.. Also fixar’ olxdv
rtvog Exxknm'a, i. e. the church which
meets at the house of any one, Rom.
16:5. 1 Cor. 16: 19. Philem. 2. S0
inch. 105 Xpm’rofr, Rom. 16: 16, EA'A'A.
‘row-1 95017, 1 Cor. 1:2. 10: 32. al. -—
(B) The church universal, Matt. 16:
' “ -
hx/wkéw
18. 1 Cor. 12:28. Gal. 1:13. Eph. 1:
22. 3: 10. Heb. 12: 23. al. So Erich. mi
9206, 1 Cor. 11: 22. 15:9. 1 Tim. 3:
15. :11. Comp. Sept. z’mt-A. Kvpi'ou for
-"-':-‘1‘. ‘W, Deut. 23: 2, 4.. AL.
5E mfiuvw,
/ f. rm,
_ to bend out, to
turn aside or away, intrans. e. g. in Tfig
65017, Sept. for “9! Num. 22: 23. in
flight, Pol. 1. 19. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.. 23.
—In N. T. metaph. of those who turn
away or swerve from piety and virtue,
Rom. 3: 12, quoted from Ps. 14.: 3. 53:
4., Where Sept. for ‘13.—Seq. r'urti 0. gen.
to turn mung/from, to avoid, Rom. 16: 17.
1 Pet. 3. 11. So Sept. for T? ‘9 Ps.
37: 28. Prov. 3: 7.
’Exzoltv,u.§a'w, :5, f. 17m. to swim
out, so. to land. Acts 27: 42.—Diod. Sic.
20. 86, 88.
’Enzo,un2w, t'. law, to bear out, to
carry out, sc. 3. dead body for burial,
Luke 7: 12.—Herodian. 2. 1. 5.
'Ezzbvrrw, f. \Lw, to strike out or
am to cut qfl‘or out, trans. e. g. a branch
or scion, Zr 'rtvog Rom. 11:24. absol.
v. 22,paral. with tut-Adm in v. l7, 19, 20.
Eévfiprw, i. e. lo cut down, Matt. 3: 10.
7: 19. Luke 3: 9. 13:7, 9. n‘lv EeEtév,
Matt. 5: 30. 18:8. -}F.l. V. H. 5. 17.
Xen. An. 1. 4. 10. (EC. 17. 14. Sept.
for F1‘? Jer. 6: 6. 22: 7.—Metaph. rfiv
('upappflv imcévrrew, to cut of occasion,
i. e. to remove it, 2 Cor. ll: 12. Sept.
e'xx. rfiv Ehrlba for 99$ Hiph. Job 19: 10.
Hierocl. Car-m. aur. Pyth. éxxéa'rst Tag
{loopy/lg. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 1. P01. 5.
104.. 10.—So in text. rec. 1 Pet. 3: 7.
51:; n‘. 111) Exxéirrca'tlat riu; rrpoo'svxrllg bfufiv,
that your prayers be not cut om rendered
fruitless; in later edit. zyt-éflwem.
’Emgép.ap.m, Mid. form in.
trans. of e'xxpepz'rwvpt, (Buttm. § 114
xpepéwvpn) to hang from ,- trop. of those
who listen closely to a person speaking,
as in Eng]. to hang on the lips ofany
one; seq. gen. of person, Luke 19: 4.8
('1 Rab: ZEu-pe'paro aim-oi: c’rxobwra—Comp.
Sept. Gen. 44.: 30. Philo dc Abr. p.
373. E, b be‘ 111561,: :Dtz'xrtp for? 1rm§og
'exxprptipcvog. Id. de Vict. ofl'. p. 856.
C. Plut. VII. p. 851. 14. ed. Rciske.
'Exkakém, a7, 1'. flow, to speak out,
i. e. to tell, to disclose, trans. 0. dat. ot'
pers. Acts 23: 22 pnfizrl Exkukfiaat,
- u
 ’ EzMlpwrw
where for the infin. instead of the im
perat. see Buttm. § 142. n. 5. Winer
s 4.5. 7.——Judith 11; 9. Dem. 354.. 23.
ExME/m'w, f. 4.1.’, to shine out, to
be resplendmt, Matt. 13:43, in allusion
to Dan. 12:3 where Sept. for ‘WW,
comp. Wisd. 3: 7.—-Ecclus. 43: 5. P01.
15. 29. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.2.
’E:c7uzvllalvw, r. e.~>..'1¢...,(:.- intens.) 28, where Sept. for 51:13 Niph.
to make forget entirely, Horn. ll. 2. 600.
—- In N. T. Mid. Exhavfiévopat, pert.
pass. in mid. signif. ExM'Aqa-pat, to for
get entirely, seq. gen. Heb. l2: 5.
Buttm. <, 114. xayoéw. .5 136. 3.—-Jos.
Ant. 4. 3. 3. P01. 5. 48. 6. lEschin. Dial.
Soc. 3. 16.
,Exhé'ya), f. Eu, pp. to lay out to
gelher, Passow Lex. hiya; no. 2, i. e. to
choose out, to select, trans. Jos. B. J. 2.
8. 6. Xen. H. l. 6. 19. Mem. 3. 5. 2.
—In N. T. Mid. e'xhz'yopat, f. Eo'ucu, to
choose out for one's self, i. e. genr. to
choose, to select, trans.
a) gem. of things, Luke 10:42 71):!
z'l-yaefiv pcpida EEeM'Earo. 14: 7. So
seq. Two of purpose, 1 Cor. 1:27 bis,
28. Sept. for ‘U; Gen. 13: 11.—Jos. iKAEKTYiV 1 Pet. 2=9. Sept. for “We
B. J. 2.8. 9. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 14.—Of Is. 43:20. So of angels, 1 Tim. 5:21.
persons, seq. acc. simply, John 6:70. Comp. Jos'. B. J. 2. 16. 4.
15:16 bis. Acts 1: 2, 24. 6:5. Acts b) by impl. choscn,with the accessory
15: 22, 25, 3505:: role (mom-ohm;—
Exhsfape'vovg c'ivdpag WE'IAl/Gl, i. 6. either,
to send men who let themselves be chosen,
\Viner § 39. 5. Buttm. § 135. 8; or else
ExMEapévom; is in the accus. by anaco
luthon instead of the dat. as also the
nom. 'ypdtbavrsc in v. 23; Winer § 64.
2. Buttm. § 151. II. 5. Sept. for "U2
1 Sam.8: 18. 10: 24.-—Xen. (E0. 7. 11.
Cyr. 8. 6. 7.—Seq. c'x c. gen. John 15:
19 in T01’; xo'oluov. (Ecclus. 45: 4.) seq.
t'nro’ c. en. Luke 6: 13. (Ecclus. 45:
16.) ith an infin. implied, James 2:
5 956g ifzhs'Earo rmig ‘II'TUJXOllQ (Eli/at)
:rrhouo'loug x. r. X. Seq. Ev, among, Acts
15: 7 h Geog év illflv ifiche'garo 8rd r017
erti'ua'ro'g you liKtfl—Id’flt TE: {6111) K. 'r. h. i. e.
God chose among us that through my
mouth, etc. Comp. Winer § 32. 3. a.
b) by implic. to choose out, with the
accessory idea of kindness, favour, love,
etc. Mark 13: 20. John 13: 18. Acts
13: I7. Eph. 1: 4. So Sept. and ‘'5;
Dent. 4: 37. Ps. 65: 5. Zech. 3:2. So
242 1110.07)’;
in Mss. Luke 9: 35 ixMM-ypévoc for
('lya-rrn'rég.
'Exlte/n'w, f. due, to leave out, or of
trans. i. e. to relinquish, to desert, Xen.
An. 4. 1.8. H. G. l. 1. 19.—In N. T.
intrans. to leave oflfl i. e. to fail, to cease,
e. g. 1‘, 1rlo'rtg Luke 22: 32. S0 Sept.
for ‘GE Jer. 7:27. So Tit Zrn Heb. l:
12,quoted from Ps. l‘22:[102: al. 101:]
Sept.
also for "*3? Gen. 21: 15. "19:? Josh. 3:
13.—Xen. An. 4. 5. 15. Vect. 5. 12.—
By impl. to cease to live, i. e. to die,
See Luke 16:9. Sept. for 73; Gen. 49: 32.
Lam. l: 20. hm Jer. 42: 17, 22.—Jos.
B. J. 4.. 1.9. Apollodor. Bibl. a. 4. 3.
Comp. Pol. 2.60.7 Exhureiv rd [in
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 26 11517 Erhurelv [wt
qbat'vs'rat f; \I/vxfi.
Exttsx'rég, h, or, (it-MW) chosen,
elect, i. e.
a) select, choice, excellent, e. g. Mfloc
1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, quoted from Is. 28: 16
where Sept. for 1133, coll. Ezra 5:8.—
Lib. Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T.
I. 184. M60: Exhale-oi, gems—Of per
sons, chosen, dz'stingm'shed, e. g. 'yévoc
idea of kindness, favour, love, i. q.
cherished, beloved, etc. Luke 23:35 6
Xpw'rog 6 roi? 950:? Exhsxro'g. Rom. 162
13, coll. v. 12. So Sept. and ‘"7; Is.
42:1. PS. 10516. 1 Chr. 16:13.—
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 747,
(Messiah) some. 6505. -; Hence oi
Edam-0:’, the elect, i. e. those chosen of
God unto salvation or as members of
the kingdom of heaven, and who there
fore enjoy his favour, and lead a holy
life in communion with him, i. q. saints,
Seq. r017 9:017,
Christians,- Matt.
comp. ii-ytot24:
in 31. Luke
"Ayroc 1. b.18:
17. Mark 13:27. Rom. 8: 33. Col. 3:
l2. Tit. 1: ]. absol. Matt. 20:16. 22:
14.24.. 22, 24.. Mark 13:20,22.2 Tim.
2: 10. So gem. with a subst. 1 Pet. 1:
1. 2 John 1,13. Rev. 17: l4.—Clem.
Alex. Strom. 7. 2.
’Ezt.o'yr';, 5?, 1'1, (E’KAé'ytJ’) choice,
election, selection, viz.
a) gem. Acts 9: l5 oxsioc ExAo-yfig,
a chosen vessel; comp. Buttm. § 123.
 'Exh’m 243 "Ex-realm

n. 4. —- P01. 5. 63. ll. Diod. Sic. and ‘uvxmpiZw, to tum up the nose at,
12. 80. to scorn, fr. ,wxrr'yp the nose, scorn to
b) ekction, i. e. the benevolent pur deride out and out, to scqfl' at, trans.
pose of God by which any are chosen Luke 16: 14. 23: 35. Sept. for $213 Ps.
unto salvation, so that they are led to 2: 4'. 22: 8.—Esdr. 1: 51.
embrace and persevere in the religion ,EKVEIIIW, f. draw, to nod out, i. e.
of Christ and the enjoyment of its privi spoken of a horse, to throw out the head,
leges and blessings here and hereafter. intrans. Xen. Eq. 10. 12. also trans.
Rom. ll: 5 m1" ixhoyiyy xtiptrog. ll: 28. to shake ofl“ by throwing out the head,
1 Thess. l: 4.. 2 Pet. 1: 10.—By meton. ib. 5. 4. Then gem. to incline out, sc.
ot' ahstr. for concr. i. q. oi e'xXem-oi, Rom. with the head, intrans. Xen. Ven. 10.
1 l : 7. 12. also trans. to avoid by inclining the
c) by impl. free choice, free will, Iibera head or body, Diod. Sic. p. 675. C. ed.
voluntas; Rom. 9:11 1‘, Kerr’ z'xAo-yr‘w Rhod. a 55‘ Zrepog fipaxii rrapcyxMvag,
wpéflemg, the purpose according to free 71)!’ i1|1¢EPOIJéVflFTX117fiV e’Ee'veuoe. ib. 15.
choice, i. e. the free, spontaneous pur 87 [isNDv riz pe‘v z'Eévrue. Comp. Sept.
pose of God, uninfluenced by external Mic. 6: 14.—Hence in N. T. intrans. to
motives—Jos. B. J. 2. 8. l4 e'rr' r'wflpdr turn aside, to turn away, absol. John 5:
mow E's-Roy?) 16 re Kakov Kai To narrow l3 ('1 7h‘) 11100179 e'Eéi/euacv, bxlkov iii/Tog
rplixevrat. Psalt. Salom. 9: 7 1'8: E'p'ya e'v 1'1‘; rorrp, i. e. he turned away, went
iyuhv e'v e'xho'yl'y Kai e'Eouaiq rfig il/uxfig aside, withdrew. So Sept. for ""0
ilpa‘w. Comp. Raphel. Ann. e Polyb. Judg.4:18. ‘"39, Jud . 18: 26. comp.
in loc. 2 K.2:24,. 23:16— hilo Vit. Mos.
’Ex7\6w, f. 11160), to loose out of, to p. 690. E, 1roi TLC rpcirrnrai, 1m? ‘rig
setfreefrom, Ceb. Tab. 24. Kfllw-IV E5 (by Eleven/ray; Plut.VIII.p. ‘280. 5. ed. Reisk.
oil Ei'wavrat e’xkiioai Eaurobg. Pol. 16. e'xrei/oag pucpov rfig 65017. Find. Ol. 13.
6. 12. forto loosenvJer.
out, 12:5.
to relax,Diod.
to weary, 163. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2 i2 Ana/‘$5179 e'xrehoag
Sept. Sic. e'ig n xwpt'ov. trop. 3 Macc.3: 22. Trans.
13. 77. Xen. Ven. 5. 5.—In N. T. Pass. Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3 To iippa cig z‘rs'pav 556v
or Mid. e'vkt'mpai, to be weary, to be ac e’Ez'vevaz. — Others derive the form
z'Ee'i/woe from ixvéw, f. ell/om, to swim out,
hausted,to faint,- Gal. 6:9 in) e'KXuépsvut,
i. e. in well-doing, paral. with im.-am; ev. i. e. to escape by swimming, Thuc. 2.
Spoken ofthe body, Matt. 15: 32. ark 90; and hence genr. to escape, to with
B: 3. also Matt. 9: 36 in text. rec. draw privately, etc. See Kuinoel in
where later edit. s’axvhpe'vor. Sept. for 100. Krebs Obs. e Jos. Kypke Obs. etc.
’E I -
P22 1 Sam. 14: 28. 2 Sam. 21: 16. ammo), f. il/u, 1ntrans, to sober
$22 2 Sam. 16: 14'. 17:29. 111-22 Lam. out, i. e. to become sober out of drunk
2: 11, 19.—Jos. Am. 5. 2. 7. Pol. 20. enness, Sept. for 1?! NE 1 Sam. 25:37.
4. 7 rd; d'h’lfllld’L—Spoken of the mind, T32’? Vi". Gen. 9: 24.. ""2?! Joel 1: 5.
to faint, to despond, Heb. l2. 3 iLvXaTQ Aretazus 4.. 3.—In N. T. metaph. lo
irfifiw e’xlwéyevoi. absol. v. 5. Sept. for rouse up, to awake, sc. from a state of
122 Deut. 20: 31.—Judith l4: 6. 1 Mace. torpor, ignorance, delusion, etc. 1 Cor.
9: 8. Pol. 20. 4. 7 ru'ig \lrvxa'ig. 29. 6. 14. 15: 34. Comp. Sept. Ps. 78: 65.
Diod. Sic. 20. l. ‘Exor'ao'log, 00, 5, 1), adj. (2K4...)
'Ex/bm'o'a'a: or oir'm, f_ 5.“, to willing, voluntary,- Philem. l4 xara.
wipe of, i. e. to wipe dry, trans. Luke 7: Exm'mwv, i. e. willingly, spontaneously.
38, 44. John 11:2. 12: 3. 13:5. —— Sept. m0‘ in. for "935:! Neh. 15: 3.—
Ecclus. l2: 1]. Ep. of Jer. 13, 24. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 18.
'EKOUG'IINQ', adv. (iun'm'wg) willing
Aristot. H. An. 9. 40. Dion. Hal. Ant.
9. 10. A word of later use in this sense, ly,voluntarily, Heb. 10: 26. 1 Pet. 5: 2.
for which the Attics said c’uroluhp-yvupt Sept. for “329'; Ps. 54: 8.—-Jos. Ant. 5.
and e'Eoplip'yr/u/u, Thom. Mag. p. 61.9 2. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. l8.
IMoeris p. 249. Sturz. de Dial. Alex. "Ezrralou, adv. (mihah) of old,
p. 165. long since, 2 Pet. 2: 3. 3: 5.—Plut.
’Ez,u.uzrnglzw, f. (aw, (£1.- intens. Aristicl. 17. 365. Appian. Maced. 9. 4.
u 2
 ,Ettfl'ilfdlgal
244
517. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 4.5 sq.
where the word is shown to belong only
to the later Greek.
Emretgoigw, f. (mu, (z'x intens.)
to try out, i. e. to put to the test, to tempt,
trans. Matt. 4: 7. Luke 4.: 12. 10: ‘25.
1 Cor. 10; 9. Sept. for =9; Deut. 6:
16 where see. 8: 16. Ps. 78: 18.
,EZ'Z'EFIWW, f. the), to send out, to
send forth, Acts 13: 4,. 17: 10. Sept.
for 1"’??? Gen. 24: 54, 56, 59.—Bar. 4,:
16. Xen. H. G. l. 1. 32.
Twegmak, adv. (-n-epwa'iig) abun
dantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark 14:
31 in M55. for is #:9101106.
,EZWE‘TOZPWFII, 1'. dam, (WETliVVU/Jl,
Buttm. § 114,) to spread out, to expand,
to stretch forth, e. g. the hands in sup
plication, Rom. 10: 21, from Is. 65: 2
where Sept. for b3, as also Ex.9: 30,
34.—Ecclus. 4.8: 20. l Mace. 3: 4-8 r15
fitéhl’OV. Pol. l. 44'. 3.
’Emrn5éw, a], t‘. flow, to leap out,
to rush forth, intrans. Acts 14.: 14
E'Ecm'ldna'av sic row b'xkov in later edit.
for eitrsm'ydnoav in text. rem—Judith l4:
l7 e'Ee'rrtldrla'ev :19 Toy Muir. Jos. Ant. 6.
9. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.
,EZ‘ITII'Z'TW, f. e'mrwoi'tpm, pert.
Emrén’rwxa, aor. 2 e'Ec'reoov, 2101'. l e'Eé'n'eoa
Gal. 5:4,.comp. Buttm. §97.n. 9. § 114.
p. 298. Winer §13. l. a. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 724,; tofall out of, to fullfrom or of,
intrans.
at) pp. spoken of things which fall perohhtirrcu'.
out of or from their places, etc. e. g. 3: 419.
stars from heaven, Mark 13: 25, coll.
Matt. 24’: 29, and Is. 14: 12 where Sept.
mbg 5,52’775651’ s'K 'roii oilpuvai'l 1') Ewmpdpog,
for 5.53. So of flowers, James 1: l1
and 1 Pet. 1:24 (1:160; ail-row? E'Eévrwe,
comp. Sept. for B?! Is. 28: l, 4. So
of chains from the hands, Acts 12: 7.
a boat from a ship, Acts 27: 32. — He
rodian. 3. 7. B. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. -—
Spoken of a ship, to fall out or 10 be
driven out of its course, usually seq.
:19 c. ace. of place, to be driven upon;
Acts 27: 17 (pug. pl) :1; Thu’ Eitp-rw
ixvrc'a'wo't. v. 26; ‘29.—Diod. Sic. 2. 60 rd
77A01f’lplOV—EK1I’EUEIY sic rip/Jove. P01. 1.
51. ll. Xen. An. 7. 5. 12. Comp. Eur.
Ex rfic 6501'! Xen. An. 5. 2. 31. — Trop.
to fa” fi'om any state or condition, i. e.
to lose one's part or interest in that
’ Emrltr'yoo'tu
state; seq. gen. rfig xripn'og Gal. 5: 4.
rm? idiot: crypt-"10:7 2 Pet. 3: 17. not)“
e‘mr. Rev. 2: 5 in text. rec. where others
1re'1r1'wxag.—JOS. Ant. 7. 9. 2. Luc. D.
Deor. 1. 2. or 4,. Thuc. 8. 81.
b) metaph. to fall away, i. e. to fail,
to be without efl'ect, to be in vain, 1'] c'vytiwq
1 COX‘. ]3: 8. o A670? 9501'! Rom. 9: 6.
So 5113, Sept. 1rl1rrw Josh. 23: 14'. 2 K.
10: 10. Etmrhr'rw Josh. 21: 45.—Plut.
de Audit. VI. p. 140. 1. ed. Reisk. Aéyoc
inrrp'e'pwg e'rrrhrrwv.
'Etwfitéw, f. u'm'o/uu, to sail out of,
to sail from, a port or harbour, seq. u'q,
Acts 15: 39. 18: 18. seq. c’uré '20: 6.—
0. gig Xen. H. G. 4,. 8. 32. seq. [11.-é
An. 5. 6. 23. -
'Emrtoygo’w, (5, f. éww,to fill out, to
complete in full, trans. e. g. in measure
or number, 2 Mace. 8: 10. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4.. 32.~——In N. T. metaph. to fulfil,
e. g. a promise, Acts 13: 32.—Pol. 1.
67. l e'Mrt'Eag.
’E;¢7r7\;75w0'1§, swg, 1", gemrhnpowg
a filling out, completion, 2 1V ace. 6: 14.
In N. T. of time, fulfilment,- Acts 21:
26 Eta'yyz'hwv rip’ Errhr'lpwa'u' rd'n' v'utepiw
rm] Etyv. announcing the fulfilment [full
observance] of the days, i. e. that he
was about to keep in full the proper
number of days, etc. comp. Num. 6: 9.
—So inrknprlw, Diod. Sic. “2. 57 vo'ptpov
5’ ain'oig Eon {fill Erin! u'tpwpe'vwv, Kai Toy
xpovov roilrov Ex-lrhnpdm'awag, s'uomn'wg
Comp. M17960; 1 Mace.
’Emr70';oow, v. rm, 1". Eu, ear. 2.
pass. iEe'rrMiynv (01 instead of n) in such
compounds as signify ‘ to terrify,’ etc.
Buttm. § 114 m-Afimm‘ pp. to strike out,
to force out by a blow,- but found only
trop. to strike one out of his senses,
his self-possession, i. e. to strike with
astonishment, terror, admiration, etc.
Xen. Mem. 4.. 5. 6. Mag. Eq. 8. 19.—
In N. T. only Pass. to be struck with
astonishment, admiration, etc. i. e. to be
astonished, to be amazed, genr. Matt. 19:
25. Mark10226. Sept. for 3'2‘? [Hithpo.]
Eco. 7: 16.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 67.—Espe
cially of admiration, comp. Tittm. de
Syn. N. T. p. 134.. absol. Matt. 13: 54..
Mark 6: 2. 7: 37. Luke 2: 4.8. Seq. Em’
0. dat. Matt. 7: 282x117’; Etdaxfi. 22: 33.
Mark 1:22- 11:18. Luke 41: 32. 9:
 ’ Emryial 245 'Exragoioow
43. Acts 13: 12.—Hesych. e'EurAé-yq' Acts 9: 28; see in Eizriropcl'wpai c, and
s'flal'niao'cv, iEéarq. Seq. e'rri 0. dat. M]. Eicre'pxopal d.
V. H. 12. 41. Ken. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. seq. 'Emrogvstzw, f. show, to u'hore it out,
dat. ib. 6. 3. 15. seq. accus. 2 Macc. 7: i. e. to practise fornication, to be given to
1'2. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5. Herodian. l. Iewdness, intrans. Jude 7. Sept. for "31
15. 10. Gen. 38:24. Ex. 34: 16.—Fabr. Cod.
'Emrvéw, f. draw, to breathe out, Pseud. V. T. I. p. 653.
or forth, trans. Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. 'Emrrbw, t‘. tum, to spit out, Horn.
238. 6. Plato Phaedo. 16. In N. T. 0d. 5. 322. In N. T. metaph. to loathe,
intrans. to erpire, to die, Mark 15:37, to reject, trans. Gal. 4: l4. comp. Rev.
89. Luke 23: 46.-—Soph. Aj. Fl. 1045. 3: 16. — So hvrovrn’no Eurip. Androm.
Plut. de gen. 3001'. 32. — The accus. 607. Hesiod. Op. at D. 724.
riyv \bu 1’yv is strictly here implied; so
in fullgiiurip. Orest. 1163 imrvéwv rip’ ,Ezglgow, 5, t‘. draw, to root out or
\Imxr'lv. Phoeniss. 1-175. up, trans. Matt. 13:29. 15:13. Luke
17: 6. Jude 12 Eévbpa EKpiZwBév-ra, i. e.
’Emrogs1§oy.m, t. n'm'o 111,10 go out the same as rooted up. Sept. for '31.‘!
of, to go or comeforth, spo en
Jer. 1: 10. ‘P2 Zeph. 2: 4.—VVisd.4:4.
a) of persons, seq. ix c. gen. of place
whence, Mark 13: 1 e'nropevope'vou mirror? "Exoraa'tg, mg, 1',, (2567mm) pp. (1
is r06 icpot'l. Seq. ems, Matt. 20:29 putting away, removal, so. of any thinn
ixn'opcvope'vwv airn'bv om‘. 'Icpixrii. Mark out of a place etc. Plut. etl. Reisk. I)&.
10:46. E'Eu 0. gen. Mark 11: 19. e'xsifisv p. 727. 8 i'Ka'rao'ic scppdrnrog. il). 728. 9.
Mark 6: 11. 1rapd 0. gen. of person In N. T. and commonly, metaph. ec
from whom, John 15: 26. ahsol. Luke stasy, i. e. the state of bein out of one's
3: 7. Acts 25: 4. Spoken of demons, usual mind; Hesych. ppm/ac Examine, 6
absol. Matt. [7: 21. Sept. 0. is for £19 iavrov pr) div. hus
1? 5?: Ps. 19:6. c. an: Ex. 5:20. 0. a) gem. as arising from any strong
ixsiflev Dent. 11: 10.—c. ix Pol. 6. 58. emotion, astonishment, amazement, e. g.
4. absol. Xen. Ag. 2. 25.—Seq. zig c. from admiration, Mark 5: 42. Luke 5:
ace. of place whither, Mark 10: 17 26. Acts 3: 10. from terror, Mark 16:
imropcvope'vou abror'l £19 6561'. Juhn 5: 29. 8. Sept. for “19? Jer. 5:30. 11"???
Em’ c. ace. of pers. Rev. 16:14. 1rpég c. Dent. :28: 28. "EU, Gen. 27: 33. "to.
accus. of pers. Matt. 3: 5. Mark 1: 2 Chr. 14:14. “21? Ez. 27: 35.——Test.
5. Sept. c. :1; for R‘é: Ex. 33: 7. c. in’ XII Patr. p. 538. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI.
Ex. 7: 15. c. :rpdg Judg. 9: 33.—c. rig 136. 8 e'Km-(iauc Kai rapaxr‘lc mi 1rro£ac
Xen. An. 5. 6. 33. im’ ib. 5. l. 8. e'mrpc'peu'.
b) of things, to go forth from, to pro b) a trance, i. e. a state in which the
ceed out of; seq. in 0. gen. Ex r05 soul is unconscious of present objects,
arfipo'orrov, Mark 7:20. Ex rfig Kapiiiag being rapt into visions 01' distant or t'u_
7: 21. rd c'mrop. El: Toii aru'purog, h'Iatt. ture things, Acts 10:10. 11: 5. 22:17.
15: ll, 18. Luke 4: 22. Eph. 4: 29. comp. 2 Cor. 12: 2 s . E2. 1: l.-—Arte
Also symb. of a sword, Rev. 1: 16. 19: mid. 2. 37. Comp. Sept. for "$311? Gen.
15, 21. (comp. 2: 16. Is. 49: 2. Hos. 6: 2: 21. Hesych. Z'xaruow' ib.-vol», dob/30y.
5.) of lightning, Rev. 4: 5. tire, 9: 17,18. ’E7¢0'75§¢a1, 1'. this, to turn out of
11: 5. a river, 22: l. Seq. 1'111'6 Mark a place, trans. e. g. a tree or post it: fly;
7: 15. but c. gen. Matt. 4: 4. 'c'nwOev yfig, Arr. Exped. Al. M. 3. 29. to turn
NIark 7: 23. Sept. c. it: for “31' Num. inside out, as a garment, Schol. in Aris
32: 24. E2. 1: 13. for “E “3''” Dent. 8: toph. Nub. 89.-—In N. T. metaph. to
3. 23: 24.—Seq. Eig c. acc. 01' place change, so. for the worse, i. e. to subvert,
whither: spoken of rumour, Luke 4: 37 to pervert, perf. pass. Tit. 3: 11. So
z'Eerrop. fixog rrepi abroii sic mivra rérrox'. Sept. for ‘'12? Am. 6: 12. Pass. for
In the sense of to be ejected, rig row -.-.__ - Dent. 32: 20.—gem. Aristoph.
('upe5pu'rya, Mark 7: 19. Nub. 89 i'xarpzdmv (be flixUTTa r01);
c) from the Heb. in the phrase aavror': rporrovg.
timropct'ropai Kai éK7I'OP€IIIOIMIL, to go in
I

and out, i. e. to perform one's daily duties, ’Ezraga-o'o'w v. rrw, 1’. En), to stir
 J ‘

lLx're/m 246 ’Ezrg€vrw

I

up wholly, to disturb greatly, to agitate a) an infant that it may perish, Acts

greatly, trans. e. g. trop. TI)? n'éhw, Acts 7: 21 Em-efie’vra 8s‘ ninth, in particip.
16:20. Sept. for "2!; Ps. 18:4. "2? aor. 1 pass. comp. Buttm. § 107. n. I,
PS. 88: 17.—‘Wisd. 17:3. 18: 7. An 16. —- Wisd. 18: 5. 1151. V. H. 2. 7.
docid. de Myster. .: 5:‘ Thu néltw at”. Diod. Sic. 3. 58. ib. 4. 64. comp. in
Ex'rapc'tfiag. "EKGerog.
,EZTEl'VW, f. remi'), perf. re'raxa, to b) Mid. s’m-lflepat, to set jbrth, to ex
stretch out, to extend, e. g. row rpéxrfitov pound, to declare, Acts 11:4. 18' 26.
Xen. Eq. 1. 8. or the body for sleep, 28:23. Sept. for he: Job 36: 13.—Jos.
Xen. Conv. 4. 31. In N. T. spoken Ant. 1. l2. 2. Athen. VII. p. 278.
a) of the hand, rr‘lv xcipa e'xreivew, to 'Ezrwoiaaw, v, 'r'rw, (.51.), to shake
stretch forth the hand, genr. Matt. 12: out 01' qfj e. g. rdv Icovtoprdv 113v ‘K0551?’
13 bis. 26: 51. Mark 3: 5 bis. Luke Matt. 10:14. Acts 13: 51. T1111 xoiv
6: 10. Acts 21:1. Sept. for ‘'2 "3'4! inrox. 1'. rod. Mark 6: 11. rd ipdrta, Acts
Josh. B. 19. Ex. 15:12. 1: rev; Gen. 18: 6. These were symbolical actions,
19:10. 22: 10.—Cob. Tab. 30. Xen. signifying the total breaking off of all
Eq. 7. 2.—So for the purpose of healing, further intercourse. Comp. Lightfoot,
Matt. 8: 3. Mark 1: 41. Luke 5: 13. Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 10: 14.—Pint. Cato
Acts 4: 30. of assisting, Matt. 14:31. Maj. 14.
of entreaty, John 21: 18.—Seq. in! c. "E
x705 77, 01’, ordm. a ll
num. (@E,)
ace. of pers. to stretch out one's hand upon, the sixth, as E'xrr] o'ipa, the sixth hour, i. e.
i. e. genr. towards, Matt. 12: 49; ori. q. in the Jewish reckoning, noon, Matt.
to lay hands upon in a hostile manner, 20: 5. 27: 45. Mark 15:33. Luke 23:
Luke 22:53; so Sept. for ‘Q "1;! Ex. 44. John 4:6. 19:14.. Acts 10:9. Also
7: 5. Jer. 6: 12. E2. 6: 14.—l Macc. Luke 1: 26,36. Rev. 6: 12. 9:13, 14.
12; 39,42. 16:12. 21:20. Sept. for "2''? Gen. 1:
b) of an anchor, i. e. to let go an an 31. 30: 19.-Horn. 0d. 3. 415.
chor with its cable, to cast anchor, Acts
,ExTo’G', adv. (51.3) out of, without, i. e.
27: 30.
a) pp. of place, with the art. n‘. trade,
'Ex'réltéw, 5, f. ion’, to finish out or the outside, Matt. 23: 26 n‘. tin-6;- RiITu-JV.
am to complete fully, absol. Luke 14: Buttm. § 125. 6, 7.—So a. trade, Arr.
29, 30. Sept. for "'2?- Deut. 32: 45.— Diss. Ep. 3. 7. 2. P01. 3. 46. 2.—-As a
P01. 10. 26. l. Xen. Lac. 10. 7. prep. with a gen. out of, 2 Cor. 12:2, 3,
,El'l'évilu, d5, 1'], (infill/0),) exten 811's ém-og 1017 adiparog. 1 Cor. 6: 18 11'61'
sion, Herodian. 7. 2. 8.—In N. T. trop. dpdprnpa ironic r017 adrpa'réc c'a'n, i. e.
intentness,assiduity; Acts 26:7s'v En'evela, does not pertain to the bodi, is not
i. e. intently, assiduously.-—2 Mace. 14: physical.—Hom.Od. 12.219. en. Mag.
38. Phalar. Ep. 68. A word of the Eq. 7. 4.
later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 311. b) trop. without, 1. e. except, besides,
as prep. 0. gen. Acts 26: 22 0115211 e’x-rdg
’Em'sw'7g, tag, 05;, 6, .7, adj. M'ywv 1311K. 'r. X. 1 Cor. 15: 27. Sept.
(innit/0),) pp. extended; trop. intent, ear for 12‘? 1 K. 4.: 23. Judg.8: 26. :23?
nest, fervent, Acts 12:5 'n'poasvxr) in’. 1 K. 10: 13. Dan. 11: 4.—Xen. H. G.
1 Pet. 4: 8 (1761",. —— 3 llilacc. 5: 29. l. 2. 3. ib. 1. 6. 35.—By pleonasm pre.
P01. 22. 5. 4. Chiefly in later writers, fixed to zi In’), as em‘); :1 ‘111'’, without
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 311.—Neut. compar. perhaps, unless, except, _1 Cor. l4: 5
z'xreuz'a'repov as adv. more earnestly, Luke ironic cl pr‘; alsppnvei/y. 15: 2. 1 Tim. 5:
22: 44.. See Buttm. s 115. 5. 19. See Winer § 67. p. 487. Lob. ad
Tweak, adv. (émwagg intently, Phryn. p. 459.- Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4.
earnestly, 1 Pet. 1:22. Sept. for 11?}??? quom. Hist. conscr. 13, 21, 38. pro
Jon. 3: 8.—3 Macc. 5: 9. Diod. Sic. 2. Imag. 23, 28.
24. 1101.8. 21. 1. A later word, Lob. , I
Era-germ, f. 1110!, to turn out or
ad Phryn. p. 311. away, trans. so. from a place, course,
I
Enritlnpu, f. éKOIIIUU), to place out, etc. e. g. 113 5310p e’Eév-pevre Thuc. 5. 65.
/

to expose, trans. viz. Mid. and aor. EEerpr'urqv as Mid. (Buttm.

 'Enrgtgbw 247
§ 136. 2,) to turn one's self away from
a way or course, i. e. to turn aside from,
to deflect, intrans. e. g. 'rfic 63m"; 115]. V.
H. 14. 49. 550: 'rfic 6505 Arr. Exp.
A. M. 3. 21. 7. absol. Xen. An. 4. 5.
15.—Hence in N. T. Mid. metaph. to
turn away/from, intrans. viz.
a) from the true course, spoken of
those who abandon the truth and em
brace error, 1 Tim. 1: 6 EEerpé-rrnoav
sic luaraiohoyiav. seq. Em’ 2 Tim. 4. 4.
seq. 61am 1 Tim. 5:15. absol. Heb.
l2: l3 'ira pr‘) rd xwhdv e'wrpanlr'l, viz.
‘make straight and level paths, that
the lame may not be driven to turn
aside into other paths, but may be
healed,’ i. e. that those who are waver
ing in faith may not be led to turn quite
away, but rather be brought back
and established. Others here render
inpa'rrfi, be wrenched, dislocated, but
without suflicient authority.—Polyb. 6.
10. 2, 7, air; raring. Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 2.
Plot. ed. Reisk. VI. 428. 7.
b) seq. accus. of person or thing, to
to turn awagfrom, to avoid,- 1 Tim. 6: 20
impuniycvog rag Brgr'lhoug K£V0¢wYt'(1Q.-—
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 10. Epict. Ench. 31. 3.
Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 282. l.
,E%T§é¢fi1, t‘. ixtlpitlw, to nourish ’Elt¢0§éw, 5, i. new, (it: intens.) to
out sc. in full, to nourish up, to bring frighten ouhight, to terrify greatly, trans.
up to maturity, e. g. children. Sept.
for >35 Kal. and Piel, 1 K. 12:8,10.
Is. 23:4. 49: 21. Xen. An. 7. 2. 32.—
In N. T. genr. to nourish up, to chm'sh,
e. g. rfiv z'avrofl adpxa, Eph. 5: 29. frightened outright or out of one's senses,
Sept. for Gen. 45: 11.—IE]. V. H. greatly terrified, Mark 9: 6. Heb. 12:21.
2. l4. Xen. (E0. 17. 10.—In the sense
of to train up, to educate, trans. Eph. 6:
4irrpé¢ereai1rdiv1rm§siq x. r. L—Sept.
Prov. 23: 24. Pol. l. 65. 7 Eu muhetaig
mi vépoic ac. r. h.
"Ex'rgwua, (170;, 1'6, (s'm-trpu'wxw to
wound out, i. e. ‘to cause or suffer
abortion,’ Diod. Sic. 3. 64. ib. 4. 2.
Herodot. 3.32,) an abortion, one born
pranaturelg, trop. 1 Cor. l5: 8, coll. v.
9. Sept. for 5;; Job 3: 16. Ecc. 6: 3.—
Aristot. H. An. 10. 27. Philo Leg. Al
leg. p. 54. C. -— Found only in Ionic
and later writers; the Attics said
(i flkwpa, Phryn. p. 208 et ibi Lob.
hom. Mag. p. 318 sq. Sturz do Dial.
Alex. p. 164.
1 5 , . ,
El¢sfw, f. efolow, nor. 1 sfnre'yxa,
’ Empire!
aor. 2 iEip'e-yxov, to bear out, to carry out,
to bring forth, trans.
a) pp. out of a place, Luke 15:22
n‘p/ orokr’pl, sc. from its place. Acts 5:
l5 rmig 60051159, so. out of the houses.
1 Tim. 6: 7. Sept. for I"??? 1 Sam. 5:
1. we“ Gen. 14:18. Judg. c; 19.—
Herodian. 2. 1. 3, 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 7.
—-So of a dead body for burial, Acts 5:
6, 9, 10.—Pol. l. 80. 10. Xen. An.6. 1.
6. Mem. 1. 2. 53.
b) spoken of the earth, to bring forth,
to yield, trans. Heb. 6:8 rag‘ duc'waac.
Sept. for “"37" Gen. 1: l2. Hag. l: 11.
—Diod. Sic. 2.47. Xen. (Ec. 17. 10.
’Ex¢i:'1'yw, f. u’iEopai, tofiee out of
a place, intrans. Acts 19: 16 Empvydv
ix r017 o'ixou. absol. 16:27. —- Ecclus.
27: 20. Xen. Cyr.6.1.40. An. 4.. 7. 6.
—Trans. to flee from, to escape, seq. acc.
e. g. calamities, Luke 21: 36. rétg xeipc'lg
nvog, i. e. out of the power of any one,
2 Cor. ll: 33. (Susann. 22. 2 Macc. 6:
26.) To Kpipa T06 9505, Rom. 2: 3. (2
Macc. 7: 35 xpiow.) also 0. sec. impl.
l Thess. 5: 3. Heb. 2: 3. coll. Ecclus.
16:13. Sept. for "in Job 15:30. 5a
Prov. 10: 19.—Diod. Sic. 1.31. Hero
than. I. 9. 16.
2 Cor. 10:9. Sept. for Lev. 26:
6. Zeph. 3: 14.. ~21: Job 7; 14. - Jos.
Ant. 2. 5. 5. P01. 14. 10. 3.
"Exeoflog, ov, a, .7, adj. (Expo/3510,)
Sept. imp. (ipl for *3: Dent. 9: 19.
,EK¢{IW, f. im'w, aor. 2 c'Ee'qpuv, to
generate out, to produce, to put forth,
trans. Matt. 24:32 and Mark 13:28
draw 6 Khahbc—ra :pilltha Emily, in sub
junct. pres—Symm. for R‘Zii-‘i Ps. 104:
14, Sept. e'Eaya-yfiw. Plut. ed. Reisk.
VIII. 732. 10.—Others in these pas.
sages read Empvj, which is the suhjunct.
of e'Eeqn'mv, a later form of the aor. 2 for
c’Ez'pw, (intrans. as also the port.) to
egerminate, to shoot out, to put forth, i. e.
the leaves put forth. See Buttm. {)
114 (pita). Passow sub (pi/w. Winer
§ 15. p. 81.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5 onixuag
ix¢uivrag. Palaeph. 6. 1. Hesych.
z'i' I'Jvai' s'xghaarfiom. ysrrnofirm. pert‘.
Horn. Il. I1. 40. .
 i ‘ I
hxxew 248 "Elmer

’Exxe'w, also éxxl’iyw a later form give one's self up to, e. g. rf] whit/I] r05
disapproved by the grammarians, Lob. Bahia}: Jude 1 l.—Ecclus. 37: 32. Test.
ad Phryn. p. 726; fut. E’K‘XEE), instead of XII Patr. p. 520 1ropyu'u Ev ii c'Eexr’Jtim/
the Alt. e'A-Xs'w for taxation), Buttm. §95.
£76.». Plut. Vit. Marc. Anton. 21 all; ray
n. 9. § 114. xe'w. Aust'. Sprachl. II. {15:/rue)"; Kai dlcohaarov Biov éKKt’xU/JéVOC.
p. 4.36. Matth.§ 182. n. l. Winer§13. Pol. 32. 11.4. Comp. Lat. ‘ efl'undantur
3.—Aor. 1 EEéxza, Buttm. §96. n. l. ad luxuriam,’ Liv. 34. 6. ‘in amorem
Matth. § 185. n. For the 3 pers. aor. l efl‘usus,’ Q. Curt. 8. 5.
EEéxee John 2215. al. see Buttm. § 105. ’Exxz'1m, see in ’Exxéw.
n. 2.*—Perf. Pass. EIKKéXUILKIL, Buttm.
'Exzwgéw, 5, f. how, to depart out
§98. n. 4,.-—Aor. 1 Pass. ZEsXr'16qv,f11t. 1 of a place, to go away, tofiee out, Luke
Pass. txxuflr'paopat' comp. Buttm. § 114, 21:21. Sept. for "'15. Am. 7: 12.—1
xe'w.— To pour out, trans. Macc. 9: 62. El. V. H. 3. 21.
a) pp. Matt. 9: l7 and Mark 2: 22,6 ’Exx/'.16%w, f. Km, to breathe out, to
olvog e’xxflrat, the wine is poured out, i. e. aspire, to die, intrans. Acts 5:5, 10.
spilled. Luke 5: 37. John 2: 15 £55’ £5 12: 23. -— Sept. Ez. '21: 7 [l2]. coll.
(aor. 1) Ta xz'ppa, i. 6. he poured out the .ludg. 4,: 21.
money, scattered it upon the ground,
'Eza'm, 0560c, 6V, willing, voluntary,
etc. Acts 1: l8 ZEeXI'JOU m’wra r21 usually in an adverbial sense, Rom.
mrXé-yxva all-r06, i. e. his bowels gushed 8: 20. 1 Cor. 9: 17. See Buttm. § 123.
out. Sept. for 15"’; Ex.4:9. Judg. 6:
n. 23.—Sept. Ex. 21: 13. Herodian. 2.
20. of ashes and dust, Lev. 41: 12. 14:
41. Xalucov EX. 16:35. EEeXiJBq 1'; xorMa 4,. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. l. 41
’Eltmlu, 0&9‘, i], an olive, viz.
(time 2 Sam. 20: 10.—Hem. II. 3. 296
olvor. Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 10. 26. He a) the tree, an olive-tree, symbolically,
rodian. 4,. 4'. 18 ‘nit/fa. Xen. H. G. 6. Rom. ll: 17, 24. Rev. 11:4. Sept. for
5. 50 Eirm'yfium—In the phrase al‘uo. r‘?! Gen. 8-. ll. .ludg. 9: 8,9. symb,
e'irxéw, to pour out blood, to shed blood, Zach. 4.: 3, 11,12. - Xen. An. 6. 4.. 6.
to kill, Acts 22: 20. Rom. 3: 15. Rev. —Elsewhere, n‘) 5pc; nIw e’lkaulw, the
16:6. So particip. aipa z’xxvvépsvov, Mount of Olives, i. e. the high ridge
Matt. 23: 35. Luke ll: 50. Spoken lying east of Jerusalem parallel to the
of the blood of Christ shed or poured out city, and separated from it by the val
as a sacrifice for sin , mp‘: v. inre‘p 1ro)\)\a'n/, ley of the Cedron; it was formerly
Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14.: 24. Luke planted with olive-trees, of which few
22: 20. Sept. for =3 15'? Gen. 9: 6. remain; see Calmet, art. Jerusalem p.
1 Sam. 25. 31. 2 K. 21: 16. coll. Deut. 564,, and art. Olives, Mount of Matt.
19: 10. Ps. 79: 10.—By meton. of the 21:1. 24,: 3. 26: 30. Mark 11: l. 13:
container for the contents, Eirx. n)v 3. 142 26. Luke “1129,37. 21: 37.
221 39. John 8: 1. Sept. f0! 5T‘??? “It
¢L(i)\11v,R6v. 16: l, 2, 3, 4, 3,10,12, 17.
b) metaph. to pour out, to shed abroad, Zech. l4: 4'. comp. 2 Sam. l5:30.-—-Jos.
to give largely; seq. kw, Rom. 5: 5 1‘, Ant. 30. 8. 6. B. J. 5. 9. 3.—— On the
fi-yc'uny r017 9am’; e'mcs’xurat Ev raig Kapoiarg value and culture of the olive, see John
i/pu‘w. sex in’ c. ace. of pers. e. g. To § 71. Rees’ Cycl. art. Olea.
WVEilILfl, ctS 2: 17, 18, 33. 10: 45. b) the fruit, an olive, James 3: 12.—
Tit. 3: 6. So Sept. and 1;‘? Ps. 79: 6. Xen. An. 7. 1. 37. (EC. 19. 13.
Jer. 14.; 16. who,“ Joel 2; 28,29. 4.: "Eltouov, 00, rd, (éxm'a) oil, i. e.
19. Zech. l2: 10.—Ecclus. 18:11. 24.: olive-oil, of various qualities and uses;
35. e. g. for lamps, Matt. 25: 3,4,8. for
c) trop. Pass. or Mid. to be poured out, wounds and anointing the sick, Mark
spoken of persons, i. e. as in Engl. in 6: 13. Luke 10: 34'. James 5: 14. as
trans. to pour forth, to rush tumultuously, mixed with spices for anointing the
Hom. Oct. 8. 515. Plut. ed. Reisk. III. head and body in token of honour, etc.
761. 2, eig ‘rip’ (‘15611. Comp. Sept. Judg. Luke 7: 4.6. Heb. l: 9, see in 'Akeitpio.
9: 44.. 20: 37. In N. T. and later Jahn § 148. Oil was also an article of
writers spoken metaph. of a passion or tratlic, Luke 16: 6. Rev. 18: 13. Sept.
direction of the mind, to rush into, to for Gen. 28: 18. 1 Sam. 16:1, 13.
 ’E7wua'w 249 ‘Budge?

al.—Xen. An. 4. 4'. l3. Conv. 2. 4.-—-By a) of ships and clouds driven about
meton. and gent. oil is put for the fruit by winds, James 3: 4. 2 Pet. 2: l7.—
or the tree, Rev. 6: 6. comp. Is. 40: 10. .Ios. Ant. 5. 5. 3 rdv I'Ifl’t‘ly fihauve c'h'epog.
Hag. l: 11. §poken of oxen, Ecclus. 38: 28. horses,
'EMM'W, 5m, a, gauze.) an olive en. Cyr. 8. 3. 29. al.—Metaph. of a
yard, pp. Sept. for "73 x. 23: ll. 2 K. person, Luke 8:29 r'fiuzfir'tro inn‘, rm‘;
dailuorog K. r. )L—Yvisd. Hi: 18. 17: 15.
5: 26.——In N. T. as a name of the
Mount of Olives, Acts 1: 12; see in Xen. Mem. 2. I. 5.
'EXaia a.—Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. b) by impl. to impel sc. a vessel with
oars, i. e. to row, absol. Mark 6: 4.8.
'Ekap/wyg, ou, .3, an Elamz'te, an John 6:19. So Sept. for ‘B71? Is. 33:
inhabitant of Elam or Elymais, a re 2l.——Hom. 0d. 13. 22. Thuc. 3. 49.
gion of Persia near the extremity of Xen. H. G. 6. 2.29. Fully written c.
the Persian gulf, between Media and 701/ Vail’, Hum. 0d. 15. 502. Xen. Atli.
Babylonia, and forming part of the dis l. 2.
trict of Susiana or the modern Khusis
tan, of which Susa was the capital; ’E7\a<pg/a, 0:9, 1‘], (Exawég) light.
Acts 2: 9. Comp. Is. 21: 2. Jer. 49: 34 ness, pp. in weight, Hesych. E'Aatppia'
sq. Dan. 8: 2. —— See Rosenm. Bibl. icoutpérng. In N. T. metaph. spoken of
Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq. mind, lightness, inconstancy, 2 Cor. l:
’E).a'o'awv, v. 'r'rwv, ovog, a, 1'], add]. 17.—Hesych. e'kacppi’a' ,uwpia. A word
pp. compar. of Ekaxég an old epic wor , of the later age, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 34.3.
but used as compar. of put-pee, Buttm. ’E7.u¢go'g, 0;, 6V, light, not heavy,
§68. 4, i. e. less,minor, e. g. in quality, easy to bear; Matt. 11:30 ¢oprlov you
infen'or, as wine, John 2: 10. in age, e'Aatppév s'a'rw, i. e. trop. my precepts,
younger, Rom. 9: 12. (Sept. for “#5; requirements, are light—Hon II. 12.
Gen. 25: 23.) in dignity, Heb. 7: '7.— 4.50. Xen. Ven. 6. ll.ib. 4. l.—Metaph.
Herodian. 5. l. 14.—Neat. adverbially, 2 Col’. 4: 17 n) EXa¢pov 'rfig skidding,
less than, 1 Tim. 5: 9. comp. Buttm. i. q. 1‘) c'Aagapa .‘Mitlug, comp. Buttm. §
§ 115. 5.——Diod. Sic. l. 32. 123. 3,an n. 4.
,EAwr-rovéw, 5, f, 1',¢...,(é.\é1-rwv,) 'Eléxwfrog, n, 01', pp. super]. of the
to make less, i. e. trans. to diminish, Sept. old epic Maxi/c, but used as super]. of
Prov. 14: 36. for a‘??? Lev. 25: 16. 'uLKpog, comp. in 'Ekémmv, Buttm. §68.
"2’? Gen. 8:3, 5.—In N. T. intrans. to 4, i. e. the least, minimus, e. g. in magni
belcss, in respect to quantity, i. e. to lack, tude, James 3: 4.. in number and quan
to fall short. absol. 2 Cor. 8: 15 b n‘) tity, Luke 16: 10 his. 19: 17. in rank
6Xiyov, aim Eknr-rovno's, quoted from Ex. or dignity, Matt. 2: 6. 5: l9 EMZX.
16:18, where Sept. for ‘921. also for A'Xnei’lo'zrai. 25: 40, 415. 1 Cor. 15: 9.
it‘??? Ex. 30: 15.—Ecclus. 19: 5, 7. A in weight or importance, Matt. 5: 19
later word instead of EAa-r-réw, Passow Evrohai e’M'iX. Luke 12: 26. 1 Cor. 6: 2.
sub voc. 4.: 3 see in Hip! II. b. B. So Sept. of
,E)L“776w, (47, f. time), (Ekc'l'rrwv) to dignity for “\“>?¥ 1 Sam. 9: 21. Job 30:
make less, trans. e. g. in dignity, ‘Ina-0:711 l. 113?, 2 K. 18: 24. of importance, for
wapa rmig a'y-ye'Aouc, to make lower than, T-JP, Prov. 30: 24.—Of dignity Wisd. 6:
Heb. 2: 7, 9, quoted from Ps. 82 6 where 6. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 6. H. G. 7. l. 4,.
Sept. for ‘EU. Sept. also for v‘??? Num.
26: 54'.—Ecclus. 18:5. 42: 29. Philo ’E7\axm'a'6'regog, 77, av, (compar.
de ()pif. p. 20. A. Xen. H. G. l. 4,. 16. from the superl. EMiXw-rog,) far Iess,far
—Pass. or Mid. intrans. to become less, inferior, Eph. 3:8.—~Such double com
to decrease, John 3: 30. Sept. for ‘£13 Jer. parisons, though used by the poets, are
‘4|: 18.—Ecclus. 18:19,“20. 4|: 2. JOS. elsewhere found only in the prose of a.
Ant. 7. l. l. Philo de Gig. p. 287. C. later age, Buttm. § 69. n. 3. Winer §
Plut. Vit. Pyrrh. 26 init. ll. 2. b. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136.
'EKMIJIW, f. Quin-w, pert‘. e'MyAaua, 7 I I
Ebola), l‘. ehc'ww, see ’Ekat'ww.
to drive, to impel, to urge on, trans. In
'Ekeoiiag, i), indec. Elcazar, Heb.
N.T
 "Em/£1; 250 'Elifipmv
‘12:25 God his helper), pr. name of a wretched, misa'ablefl Cor. 15: 19. Rev.
man, Iatt. 1: 15 his. 3: 17.—Suid. Eheuwig' b Zhe'ouc 6510c.
"Exeyiig, em‘, .7, (new...) convic Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 7. Diod.Sic. 13.28. The
tion, reproof; 2 Pet. 2: 16 E'M'ytw E'Xuv, Attic form is Htuvég, Lob. ad Phr. p. 87.
i. q. Eké-yxwfiai, to have conviction, i. e. ’E>~e€w, 5, f. 130..., (may) to pity,
to be convicted, reproved.—Sept. Job to have compassion on, to have mercy on,
21 : 4. sc. a person in unhappy circumstances,
"Elm/730;, on, .3, (EM w,) convinc trans. Pass. to be pilied, to obtain
ing argument, proof, [111%. H. 7. 19. mercy ; implying not merely a feel
Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 10. 11. In N. T. con ing of the evils of others, (sympathy,
viction, i. e. by meton. certain persuasion, OiK'HPpdQ’) but also an active desire of
Heb. ll: 1.—-Also in the sense of refu. removing them; see Tittm. de Synon.
tation, sc. of adversaries, 2 Tim. 3: 16. N. T. p. 69 sq.
Sept. for "1112"" Job 13:6. 23. 4'. “52'1" a) gem. Matt. 5: 7 abrol e'hmBi/aovrm.
Hos. 5: 9. —Long. de Sublim. Fragm. 9: 27 z'Xe'naov ilpfig, viz‘ Aagib. 15:22.
17:15. 18: 33 his. 20:30, 31. Mark 5:
3. ll.
19. 10: 47, 48. Luke 16: 24. 17:13.
,Etté'yxw, 1'. Eat, to shame, to disgrace, 18:38, 39. Phil. 2: 27. Jude 22 see in
only in Homer, as 0d. ‘21. 424i. Il. 9. Ataxpt'vw a. Sept. for 121,1 2 Sam. 12: 22.
518 or 52-2.—Usually and in N. T. to 2 K. 13: 22. Pa. 6:2. no". Deut.13:
convict, to prove one in the wrong, and 17. Is. 13: 18.—1E1. V. H. 14'. 40. Ken.
thus to shame him, trans. Mem. 2. 6. l.—Spoken perhaps of those
11) pp. to convict, to show to be wrong, who had charge of the poor etc. Rom.
etc. John 8: 9 inrb riig “mam.” 12: 8. Comp. Sept. and ‘P33 Prov. 14:21,
L'M'yxopevot. seq. wept John 8: 46. 16:8. 33. 28: 8. — Of those who are freed
Also 1 Cor. 14.: 24.. James 2: 9. Sept. from deserved punishment, in the Pass.
for 1T?“ Ps. 50: 21. Prov. 30: 6.-—Jos. to obtain mercy, to be spared, 1 Tim. 1:
Ant. 4. 8. 15. E]. V. H. 12. 51. Xen. 13,16. Comp. Sept. and ‘P11 Deut. 7:
Cyr. 3. l. 12.—Hence, to convince of 2. ‘we Is. 9. 19. E2. 7=4,9._-By impl.
error, to refute, to confute, Tit. l: 9 rm); and from the Heb. to be propitious to
c'wnhe'yovrac e’ki'yxew. v. 13. 2: 15. So wards, to bestow kindness on, Rom. 9: 15,
Sept. for 111"?“ Job 32:12. ‘EU Prov. 16, 18, quoted from Ex. 33: 19 where
18: 17.—Arr. Diss. Ep. *2. l. 32. Xen. Sept. for 1211!. comp. Gen. 43: 29.
Mem. 3. 8. 1. b) spoken in N. T. of the mercy of
b) by impl. to reprove, to rebuke, to God through Christ, or salvation in
admonish; Luke 3: 19 Ehc'yxépzvoc inr' Christ, i. q. to bestow salvation on ; Pass.
abrofi mp1 ‘119.051.2509 Matt. 18: 15. to obtain salvation; Rom. ll: 30, 31, 32.
1 Tim. 5: 20. 2 Tim. 4,: 2. Sept. for 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 4.: l. ] Pet. 2: 10.
1T?" Gen. 91: 25. Prov. 9: 8.——Ecclus.
Elem/maxim, 77;, h, (ihefipwm)
19=1-2,13,14.,16. .1111. V. H. 13. 24.. mercy, compassion, Sept. for ‘'91? Prov.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47.—Hence from the
Heb. in the sense of to reprove by chas 21: 21. “7915, Is. 38: 18. Callim. Hymn.
tisement, to correct, to chastise, in a moral in Del. l52.——In N. T. by meton. of
sense, Rev. 3: 19 s'ke'yxw mi “15.6.... efi'ect for cause, alms, charity, money
Heb. 12: 5 quoted from Prov. 3: ll, 12, given to the poor, etc. Matt. 6: l in text.
where Sept. for "131251". Sept. also for rec. where others bucaiom’rvn q. v. Matt.
train Job 5.17. Ps.6: 2. 38:9. 6: 2, 3, 4. Luke 11:41. 122 33. Acts
3: 2, 3, 10. 9:36. 10: 2, 4t, 31. 24:17.
0) by impl. spoken of hidden things,
to detect, to demonstrate, to make manifest , Sept. for Chald. 5P3} Dan. 4: 24 [271-—
John 3: '20 where tke-yxfifi is parallel Ecclus. 3: 14‘. 12:3. Diog. Laert. 5. 17
with mpweg in v. 21. S0 Eph. 5: 11, novqpq'i c’wepdnrp e'kznpoa'bvnv Z'Euncsv.
“Idling/WV, 0M5‘, o, 1'], adj. (3:09,)
13.— 01.9. 22. 9. Herodian. 3. 12. 11.
2B1. V. H. 12. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 4.3. merciful, compassionate, i. e. actively so,
Matt. 5: 7. Heb. ‘2: 17. Sept. for Tut!
7 ' ' ' v . .
Elswog, 7], av, (ehzog) mclmcdto 17.11.22: 7. Ps.103:8. ‘"313 Jer. 3: 12.
pity, merciful, Herodian. 1. 4.. 3. In W: Ps. l45:8.——Hom. ()d. 5. 191. Ly
N. T. deserving pity, pitiable ; by impl. sias 168. 4.0.
 "E7120; 251 lEMazslp.

1. "Eksog, 01), b, mercy, compas law, Gal. 2: 4. 5: 1, 13 bis. 2 Cor. 3:

sion, 1. e. active pity, see Tittm. de Syn. 17, 0011. v. 6, 7. so from the yoke of
N. T. p. 69 sq. Comp. in 'Ehee'w above. external observances in general, 1 Pet.
Matt. 23: 23. Tit. 3: 5. Heb. 4:15. Sept. 2: 16. From the dominion of sinful
for 1'11: Is. 60: 10.—Hom. 11. 24.. 4.4. appetites and passions, James 1: 25. 2:
Jos. Ant. 4.. 8. 26. Luc. D. Deor. 13. 1. 12. gXen. Mem. 4. 5. 2.) From a state
—From the Heb. goodness in general, of ca amity and death, Rom. 8:21.
and espec. piety, Matt. 9: 13 and 12: 7, ’E7\€1'19550;, Egat, 01', pp. ‘one who
quoted from Hosea 6: 6 where Sept. rd can go where he will,’ from obsol.
‘c'lkzog for ‘r913, parallel to e’n-i'yywmc 9:06 e'MbOw i. q. Epxopai' hence, free, at
for a‘??? ‘"221. liberty, viz.
II. "EMOQ', éoug, r6, found only
a) in a civil sense, (a)free-born, 1 Cor.
12:13. Gal. 32.28. 4: 22, 23, 30, 31.
in Sept. the N. T. and ecclesiastical Eph. 6:8. Col. 3:11. Rev.6:l5. 13:16.
writers, i. q. 6 E'Aeoc which alone is
19: 18. Trop. of the heavenly Jerusa
used by classic writers; comp. H. lem, nobler, Gal. 4:26. Sept. for "'7'"
Planck de Indole etc. in Bibl. Repos. I. Neh. 13: 17. Ecc.10:17.—Esdr. 3:19.
p. 668; mercy, compassion, i. e. active
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 3, 4|, 6. — freed,
ity; see in “Ehzog I, and comp. in
madefree, John 8:33. 1 C01’. 7: 21,22.
EAcs'w above.
Sept. for ‘2?: Ex. 21: 2, 26, 27. — (7)
a) gem. Luke 1: 50, 78. Rom. 9:23. free, exempt, sc. from an obligation, law,
15:9. Eph. 2: 4.. 1 Pet. 1: 3. James etc. Matt. 17:26. Rom. 7: 3 et 1 Cor.
3: 17. Sept. for "9,1? Neh. 13: 22. Ps. 7: 39, comp. Sept. for Deut. 21: 14.
51: 1. al. saep. $211? Deut. l3: 7. Is. —Herodian. 1. 10. 4.—Alsofree, from
63: 7. SO note-iv E’Xmg Ferd Time, to external obligations in general, so as to
do mercy with any one, i. e. to showmercy act as one pleases, 1 Cor. 9: 1, 19, coll.
to, i. q. e'hee'iv, e. g. Luke 1: 7-2. 10:37. v. 4.. (Xen. Hi. 1. 16.) Or in respect
James 2: 13. Sept. for n? "1'12!
to the exercise of piety, 1 Pet. 2: 16.
Gen. 24: 12. 1 Sam. 15:6. al. seep. b) Metaph. free from the slavery of
Also lue'yalu'lvew E'Moc [lifli ru/og, Luke
sin, John 8: 36. Rom. 6: 20 e'hu'lflepoi
1: 58.—In the phrase ,uwpcefivat rLfi ducaioabwp, free AS TO righteousness,
z'M'ovc, to remember mercy, Luke 1: 54.,
comp. v. 18. for the dat. see Winer§ 31.
i. e. to give a new proof of mercy and
3. Matth. § 400. 6. Buttm. § 133. 3.
favour to Israel, in allusion to God's
ancient mercies to that people: comp. ’E>.w0egéw, :3, r. two, (extreme)
Ps. 25: 6. 89: 29, 56. to free, to set at liberty, trans. pp. Xen.
Sept. for ‘IE1? ‘PI
2 Chr. 6: 42. Jer. 2: 2.—Spoken of Mem. 2. l. 28. In N. T. metaph. to
mercy as exhibited in the remission of make free, sc. from the power and pun
deserved punishment, James 2: 13. ishment of sin, John 8:32, 36. seq. t'uré
Comp. Sept. for Num. 14.: 19. also c. gen. Rom. 6: 18, 22. From the yoke
Ecclus. 16: 13. Song of 3 Childr. 141. of the Mosaic law, Gal. 5: 1, or of its
b) spoken of the mercy of God through condemnation, seq. (m6 Rom. 8: 2.
Christ, i. e. salvation so. from sin and From a state of calamity and death,
misery, in the Christian sense. Jude 21 Rom. 8: 21.—— Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21 i1
1'6 E'Moc 'Inam'r, i. e. the salvation of or ilmxr) pr’ihwra Eltcvtkpofirai. pp. seq.
through Christ. Rom. 11:31. So in t'urd H. G. 5. 2. 12.
bcnedictions, including the idea of mer "EMvm, we, .7, (01.501. new... i. q.
cies and blessings of every kind; e. g. i'pxopcu,) a coming, Acts 7: 52. — Act.
36);] E'Xcoc 6 Ki'lptog, 2 Tim. 1:16,18. Thom. § 28. Hesych. ilkca'mwg' ('qbt'Ecwg.
also joined with d ill/11 etc. Gal. 6: 16. ’E7\e¢olvwvog, i7, 01/, (é).£¢a¢,) ivory,
1 Tim. 1:2. 2 im. 1:2. Tit. 1:4. adj. i. e. made of ivory, Rev. 18: 12.
2 John 3. Jude 2. Sept. for 13:71 K. 10:18. Am. 3: l5.—
’Eltevdegiu, (2;, i’, (5'}\51’;6¢p0g,)free. Herodian. 4.. 2. 3, 13.
dam, liberty, sc. to do as one pleases, ’E7\mtx&t’(b, b, indec. Elialtim, Heb.
1 Cor. 10:29. 2 Pet. 2:19.(Diog. Laert. P211115 (God appointed), pr. name of a
7. 121.) From the yoke of the Mosaic man, Matt. 1: 13 bis. Luke 3: 80.
 Twigs?
ZEllééég, 6, indec. Eh'ezer, Heb.
‘P1725, (God his help), pr. name of a
man, Luke 3: 29.
137.1065, 6, indec. Eliud, pr. name
of a man, Matt. 1: 14, 15; prob. comp.
from Heb. 5:5. God, '51-": praise, but not
found in O. T.
,EMIJ'OZQET, fi, indec. Elizabeth,
Heb. 73?}: (God is her oath) Elislieba
Ex. 6: 23, the wife of Zacharias and
mother of John the Baptist, Luke 1: 5,
7, 13, 24., 36, 40, 41 bis, 57. -—- Comp.
prob. from Heb. 5E‘. God, and 937,3 to
swear, 0r 93'? to satiate; not found in
O. T.
_’Ekmaou“og, 00, 1,, Elisha, Heb.
7?‘?5. (‘God his deliverance), the cele
brated prophet of the U. T. Luke 4: 27.
See 1 K. 19:16 sq. 2 K. c. *2. c. 4 sq.
c. 13: 14. sq.
‘EX/Jaw v, “rm, f. £w,('e’>a£, eiAéwJ
to roll up, tojbld up, as a garment to be
laid away; trop. of the heavens, Heb. l;
12, quoted from Ps. 102: 27 where
Sept. for Heb. $5.17}. Comp. Is. 34,: 4,
where Sept. for 1=VEé.—Hom. ll. 22. 95.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. ‘206.
"EMM, 50;, 011;, ‘rd, Ext-w.) a
wound, Horn. 11. 11. 812. In . T. and
later writers, an ulcer, a sore, Luke 16:
21. Rev. 16: 8, 11. Sept. for TU‘? Ex.
9: 9. Job 2:1—Pol. 1.81. 5. Xen. Eq.
5. l.
'Eméw, 5, f. 4.60,, (Ema) m ul
cerate, trans. Pass. to be fit” of ulcers,
Luke 16: 20.—Xen. Eq. 1. 4|. ib. 5. l.
/ -
'Elxuw, a later form 1. q. EM“) q. v.
Passow in voc.
"Elma, r. mam from Ehxr'nu, Buttm.
§ 114', aor. I el'hrcuaa, to draw, to drag,
trans. e. g. a net, John 21:6, 11. a
sword, John 18: 10. Sept. for 31.5? Ps.
10: 9. Jer. 38:13. =33? 2 Sam. 22=17.
—E>\m'mavrzg Xen. H. G. 7. l. 19. ZM-w
Herodian. 4,. 9. [4,.v Xen. An. 5. 2. l5.
—- Of persons. to drag, to fiJTL‘E away,
e. g. before magistrates Acts 16: 19
e'lhxva'av. James 2: 6 ZM-ovmv. or out
of a place Acts 21: 30 elhxmn— Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. l. Cyr. 8. l. 32.—Metaph.
to draw, i. e. to induce to come, John 6:
44. 12: 32. So Sept. and ‘T5? Cant. l:
{tr—Comp. Xen. Conv. l. 9.
252 "Erm
'Ellég, 0650;, p'], Hellas, Greece.
At first this was the name of a city in
rl‘hessaly founded by Hellen the son of
Deucalion, Horn. II. 2. 683; then of the
adjacent portion of Thessaly inhabited
by the Myrmidons; afterwards of the
whole central part of continental Greece,
as far north as to Thesprotia, excluding
the Peloponnesus and islands, Hes. Op.
655. Herodot. 8. 4,41, 417. Plin. H. N. 4.
11. In this sense it seems to be used
in Acts 20: 2, where it is distinguished
from Macedonia. Comp. Arr. Exp. Al.
M. 2. 10. ll. ib. 4. ll. 14,. See in
'Axa1‘a.—Elsewhere in the‘classics it is
likewise spoken of the whole extent, of
Greece, including the Peloponnesus,
the islands, Macedonia, etc. Xen. Vect.
l. 6. and so as opposed to Asia Minor,
Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 5. but sometimes also
including Ionia, Herodot. l. 9'2,where
Ephesus is said to be z'v rf; 'EMdfiz. —
The Heb. name for Greece is T9. i. q.
'Iww’a, Sept. 'Iun'lav Gen. 10: 2, but the
Sept. translate it also by 'EMr’rg, Is. 66:
19. E2. 27: I3.
"EAMv, mac, 6, Hellen, pr. name
of the son of Deucalion, Hes. Fr. 28;
then of his descendants, “Ehhrlveg, the
early inhabitants of the Thessalian Hel
las, Hom. ll. 2. 684,; afterwards a gen
eral name for all the Greeks, Herodian.
3. 2. l4‘. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11.—Hence in
N. T. 'EMqv a Greek, oi "Ehhm'ec the
Greeks, viz.
a) pp. as opp. t'o oi Bépgapm, under
which term are comprised all who are
not Greeks, Rom. 1: 14, where the
polished Greeks are the oi aogbot'. So
Acts 18: 17, spoken of the Greek in
habitants of Corinth in distinction from
the Jews; but the reading is uncertain,
—Philo de Cont‘. Ling. p. 34.7. E. Xen.
Vect. l. 4.. Comp. Loesner Obs. e Phil.
p. 243.
b) as opp. to 01 ‘IOUBGIOL it means a
Greek, the Greeks, in the broadest sense,
i. c. all those who use the Greek lan
guage and customs, whether in Greece,
Asia Minor, or other countries ; and as
this was then the prevailing language,
the name Greek was often used to de.
signate all those who were not Jews,
i. q. Gentiles; comp. Hug in Bibl.
Repos. 1. p. 54.7 sq. Acts 16: 1, a. 19;
10,17. 20'. 2t. 21: ‘28. Roin.l:16. 2:
 'EtJ-Jjwxo'g 253
9,10. 3:9.10i12. 1 COI'.1:2‘2, 23,24.
10: 32. 12:13. Gal. 2:3. 3228. Col. 3:
11: So Acts 11: 20 in later ed. for
'EAXnvw-rdc in text. rec. John 7: 35 bis,
Where i, Emmropa ra‘n' 'ElOu'p/am is the
dispersed among the Gentiles.— Comp.
_ Sept. for ET"??? Is. 9: 11. 1 Macc. 8:
18. 2 Mace. 4: 36. Jos. Ant. 12. 5.1.
c) spoken of a Gentile convert to Ju
daism, a Greek proselyte, John 12:20.
Acts 14: 1. 17:4. 18:4.
'EAMWM'Q, r’), 61/, Greek, Grecian, text. rec. Ev rq'i 61/. see below. Seq. fig
0. accus. John 5:45 eig 5v Ehm'xare.
Luke 23:38. Rev.9: 11.—Sept. Jer. 46:
16. 50: 16. Jos. Ant. l2.5.1,5. Xen.
Cyr. 22. 28.
'EMnv/g, [505, ,7, (fem. of adj.
'EMrpg) pp. Greeh, in fem. 2 Macc. 6:
8. Xen. An. 5. l. 1. In N. T. a fie
male Greek, i. q. a Gentile, Mark 7: 26
Yuri/EM. Acts l7: 12. Comp. in"EM1,v
b.—Pala:ph. 35.
'EMnwarr'yg, 05, a, (éMqw’Zo, to
Hellenize, i. e. to speak Greek, Thuc.
2. 68. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 25. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 379 sq.) a Hellenist, i. e. a
Jew by birth or religion who speaks
Greek; used chiefly of foreign Jews
and proselytes, whether converted to
Christianity or not, Acts 6:1. 9: 29.
So text. rec. Acts 11:20, where later
edit. “EMnvac. See Hug in Bibl.
Repos. I. 547. sq. Winer § 3. p. 28.
n.‘ Wetstein on Acts 6: 1.
'Ehhflllld'fll, adv. (EMnvlZwQ in
Greek, i. e. in the Greek language, John
19:20. Acts 21: 37.-—Xen. An. 7. 6. 8.
Comp. Buttm. § 119. 15. c.
Emoya'w, :3, r. r'yo'w, (:mw'yue) to
reckon in, i. e. to put to one's account, Phi
lem. 18. Metaph. of sin, to impute, Rom.
5: 13.—Hesych. iMoyzi' xa-raXo-yioai.
’E7\{.bwboé[k, a, indec. Elmodam,
pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 28.
SEATIZQ), f. £au,(t')\1rig,) fut. Att.
Elana": Buttm. § 95. 7, to hope, to hope
for. to expect, trans. and absol.
a) pp. absol. 2 Cor.8:5. seq. in
fin. aor. Luke 6: 34 nap’ 15v EX'rrlZe-re
r’nrokaéeiv. 23:8. Acts 26: 7. Rom. 15'.
‘24. 1 COT. 16: 7. Phil. 2: 19, 23.
1 Tim. 3:14. 2 J011n12. 3 John 14.
seq. infin. pert‘. 2 Cor. 5: 11.—Herodian. Zorn! EX-rrig, comp. in Blte'rrw 1. b. 1 Cor.
1. 12. 9. Thuc.7.21. Xen.Ag. 7. 6.— 9: 10 rfig e'X-m’fog peréxsw in text. rec.
’ Elm’;
Seq. 6n instead of an infin. Luke 24:
21. Acts 24:26. 2 Cor. 1:13. 13: 6.
Philem. 22. Comp. Winer § 45. 2 ult.
-Seq. accus. of thing, to hqre for, Rom.
8: 24, 25. 1 Cor. 13: 7. Hence Pass.
1-i1 ZMnZépeya, Heb. ll: 1.-—-Xen. Mem.
4. 3. 17.
b) in the constr. to hope in or on any
one, i. e. to trust in, to confide in; so
genr. seq. dat. Matt. 12: 21. 11;: any..."
din-oi; 50m) e'Mnof/m, in later edit. but
So Sept. for 511'? Is. 51: 5. Ps.
145: 15. (Herodian. 7. 10. 1.) Seq. e'rri
‘ram, Rom. 15: 12 in" aim; 2,6111) Ehrrtoiai.
1 Tim. 6: 17. Sept. for 6?; Judg. 9:
26. Ps. 44: 7. Comp. Matth. §399.
n. l. Seq. e'rri' nva, 1 Pet. 1:13. So
Sept. for 7'19? Judg. 20: 36. Ps. 62: 9,
ll. — Spoken of those who put their
trust in God; seq. sig- 0. acc. 2 Cor. 1:
10. Seq. Errl c. dat. 1 Tim. 4: 10. So
Sept. for 1113; Ps. 26: 1. al. comp. 1s.
11: 10. Seq. im’ 0. accus. 1 Tim. 5: 5.
1 Pet. 3: 5. S0 Sept. for "=3; Ps. 37:3,5.
'33! Is. 11: 10. —- Spoken of trusting in
Christ, seq. iv e. dat. 1 Cor. 15:19.
Sept. 0.8,1’f01' 1313 2 K. 18: 5. Ps. 33:
21. Comp. s'A-rrlba 3' av 'z'v TlVL, Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 28. coll. ol. 1. 59. 2.
'EMr/g, "50;, 1‘], hope, confident ea:
pectation, so. of good.
a) gem. Rom. 8. 24 1;? Eltm'b:
e'edrflnpev, in hope are we saved, as yet
only in expectation, not actually. 2 Cor.
10:15. Phil. 1:20. With a gen. of
the thing hoped for, Acts 27: 20 mica
e'lnrig r017 o'olwfzaeat. 16: 19. 26: 6, 7.
23: 6 wept ilhribog Kai dram-dozing, in
stead of 1r£pi e'lnrtfiog rfic dvao'nioswg.
or of the person hoping, Acts 28:20.
2 Cor. l: 7. Sept. for ":21? Job 14: 7.
17:15. Ez. 37:11. IS. 31: 2.—
Herodian. 2. 7. 9. ib. 6. 2. 8. Xen. Cyr.
l. 6. 19. H. G. 4. 8. 38. -—S0 ‘trap’
c'Xm'Ea, against hope, i. e. without ground
of hope, Rom. 4: 18. Also c’rr' Arid‘,
lit. on hope, Eng]. in hope, i. e. with
hope, full of hope and confidence, Acts
2: 26. Rom. 4: 18. B: 20. 1 C01‘. 9: 10
his. Sept. for "132'? Ps. 4: 9. 16: 9.—
By meton. spoken of the object of hope,
Rom. 8: 24 bis, e'lt-rrlg be‘ flhzrroiu'vn aim
 ’El.by.a§ 254
So Sept. and 113'?‘ Job 6. 8.—Callim.
Ep. 20.
b) spoken espec. of the Christian's
hope, i. e. the hope of salvation through
Christ, of eternal life and happiness;
Rom. 5: 2 EM’. rfig 515E111; r017 95017. 5: 4,
5. 1'2: 12 rf] Eh‘ll'lal Xalpovrec. 15:4, 13
bis, 5 on. T1"); Our. i. e. God the author
and source of hope. 1 Cor. 13: 13.
2 Cor. 3: 12. Eph. 2:12. 4:4. 1 Thess.
4: 13. 5:8. 2 Thess.2:16. Tit. 1: 2.
3:7. Heb. 3: 6. 6:11. 10:23. IPet.
1: 3. 3: 15. Seq. gen. of the thing or
person on which this hope rests, Eph.
1:18. Col. 1:23. 1 Thess. 1: 3.—By
meton. spoken of the object of this hope,
i. q. salvation, Col. 1:5. Gal. 5: 5 2K
wim'ewg e’ltm’ba Emawat/vnc, i. e. the hope
or salvation resulting from ustification
by faith. Tit. 2: l3. Heb. 6: 18. 7: l9.
-—Meton. also of the source, ground,
‘ author of hope, e.g. Christ Col. 1: Q7.
1 Tim. 1: 1. genr. 1 Thess. 2: 19.
c) of a hope in or upon any one, i. e.
trust, confidence, etc. seq. elg, Acts 24:
15 c'A-rrlda E'xwv sic rbv Only 1 Pet. 1:
21. seq. e’m’ TlVt, 1 John 3. 3. Comp.
in Thrift.’ b.
’E7.z'1p.ot;, at, a, Elymas, i. q. 6
,uéyog, a magician, as explained by
Luke, Acts 13:8. It appears to come
from the Arabic =‘l?¥,,[r,¢1;] wise,
learned. I 30. Philo de Plant. Noe, p. 225. de
'EM'I‘, Elm‘, interj. Aram. "‘U'Prf,
my God, Mark 15: 34, quoted from Ps.
22: 2 where Sept. 6 6:6; you for Heb.
‘5!, which Matthew writes 15M, Matt.
27: 46.
,Eflluv'l'mlt 5;, 017, reflex. pron.
of 1 pers. found only in gen. dat. acc.
sing. of myself, to myself, myself, etc.
Luke 7: 7. John 5:31. 8:14,18, 54.
1 Cor. 4:3. 2 Cor. 2: 1. al. For t’nr'
e'pauroii and EE Epaurofl, see in 'Aré III.
2. 0. 'Ex 3. d.—Sometimes used merely
as the simple iluoft, Matt. 8: 9. Luke 7:
8. John 12:32. Philem.13.al. See
Matth. § 148. n. 9. Buttm. §75. 3.
n. 3. AL.
,E/JIGMI’VW, (z’v, Bail/o5) in N. T.
only in aor. 1 Evéénv, int‘. Epgfivou,
part. 27.19%, to go in, to enter, intrans.
John 5: 4, supply sic rt‘) 65...... — Jos.
Incline;
Ant. 5. l. 3. Xen. An. 4. 3. 20.—Else
where only as followed by cic ro 16.01011
etc. to go on board, to embark, Matt.
8: 23. 9:1. 13:2. 14:22, 32. 15:39.
Mark 4: 1. 5:18. 6:45. 8: 10,13. Luke
5: 3. 8: 22, 37. John 6:17, 22, 24. —
1 Mace. 15: 36. Pol. 1.25. 2. Xen. An.
1. 3. l7.
mama, f. one, (év, {smog
to cast in, Luke 12: 5 Epfialteiv zit; rfiw
'ye'evvav. Sept. for ‘We?! Jonah 1: 12,
15. rise Gen. 31:21. al.—1E]. V. H.
2. 4.. Xen. H. G. 1. 7.212
’E(bc0t9r7'w, I. dun, (e’v, fir’urrw) to
dip in, sc. into any thing, trans. Matt.
26: 23 6 e'pg. rr‘lv xeipa Ev rqi r vgklp.
Mark 14: 20 o e',u€a1rropevoc( id.) a‘;
rd rpught'ov. John 13: ‘16 dpé. rd \ltuplov
sc. eig rt‘; r .—Test. XII Patr. p. 637.
Aristoph, ub. dve'gailtev cl; rov mpdv
rt}: #65:. Athen. IX. p. 367. B.
’E,u.l:wrsi1w, 1. about, (z'v, fiarctuu
i. q. flail/10,) pp. to go in, to enter, e. g.
rig rd t'ipog Jos. Ant. 2.12.]. Each.
Pers. 449. Dion. Hal. Ant. I. p. 196.
in a hostile sense, eig rfiv xdtpav i. e. to
invade, 1 Mace. 12: 25. 15: 40.—In
N. T. metaph. to go into a matter, to in
vestigate, and with the idea of imperti
nence, to pry into, to intrude into, seq.
accus. i. q. with do implied, Col. 2: 18
5. 'm) Eo'ipaxev E'lléaTfl'lwV. -— 9 Macc. 2:
Opit. p. 16. Xen. Conv. 4. 27 in some
editions.
‘E/tGtQtifio, f. dom, (at, out...»
to cause to go in, usually spoken of a
ship, to embark, to put on slap-board,
trans. Acts 27: 6 eveéiguo'cv funk sic
aitro sc. rd who'iov. Comp. in 'E/tgalvw.
—P01. 1. 4.9. 5. Xen. An. 5.3. 1.
’E[.o@7\i'7rw, f. 4..., (at, cm...) to
look in, pp. into a place, Bel and Drag.
40. Hence in N. T.
a) to look in the face, tofiz the eyes
upon, to regardfixedly, seq. dat. Mark
10: ‘21 'Irlo'oiig Elughédtag attrq't. v. 27.
14:67. Luke 20:17. 22: 61. John 1:
36,43. Matt. 19:26.—Pol. 15. 28. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. '2.——-Seq. cl; 0. acc.
Acts 1: 11 etc rov obpavov, comp. v. 10
where it is (iITt‘Vt'ZOI'TEQ. So in the
sense of to look at or upon, i. e. to con
template, to consider, Matt. 6: 26 elg r3;
 'Eafigzpoionm 255 Foamy/bow;
n'zrewd, coll. Luke 12:24. So Sept. Nicopolis; it is not mentioned in N. T.
and WP? Is. 51: l, 2, 6.—Ecclus. 2: 10. but often elsewhere, as l Mace. 3: 40.
b) by impl. to look at distinctly, i. e. to Jos. Am. 14..11.2. 13.1.2. 20.4..
see clearly, to discern, trans. Mark B: 25, ,Efllfbéltw, f. em} (Ev, pz'vw,) to re
coll. v. 24. absol. Acts 22: ll. main in a place, seq. in 0. dat. Xen.
’Elu.cgqooiop.ai, 6pm, f. film/4m, An. 4. 7. 18. In N. T. metaph. to re
depon. Mid. (e'v, Bptludoluai. v. 60pm to main in, to continue in, to persevere in,
be enraged,indignant, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 9,) seq. iv 0. dat. Gal. 3:10 1rd; be oim
to ezpress indignation sc. against any one, e’ppr'vsi e'v min 1079 'ye'yp. Heb. 8: 9.—
seq. dat. Sept. Is. 30:18. P01. 3. 70. 4 iv rf'nia-ru.
a) in the sense of to murmur against, Plut. Artaxerx. 23 iniL—Seq. dat. sim
toblame, Mark l4:5.-Suid. s'vefipipr’laaro' ply, Acts 14: 22 rfi mom. So Sept.
per’ cip'yfic E'Xdhnaev. for 5'77! Dent. 27: 26.—Pol. 1. 43. 3 r1}
b) by impl. to admonish sternlg, to 1rlo'ru. Xen. Ag. 1. ll.
charge strictly, i. e. to threaten with ’E(b(b0’§, b, indec. Emmor, Heb.
one's indignation for disobedience; ‘in?! (ass) Humor, Acts 7: 16. Comp.
It'Iatt. 92 3O e'vegpipfia'aro airro'ic. Mark Gen. 33: 19. Josh. 24: 32. — On the
1: 43.—S mm. for 5g “2! Is. 17:13. difiicnlty in Acts 1. 0. see Kuinoel and
Hesych. Eli pi‘ufiaai'e’mnpfia'ai, Kshcfia'ai. Olshausen in loc.
Id. s'ygpiliuiipzvog' per’ c'uredtfiq e'vreh
'Epoa'g, 7’), 6V, possess. adj. of the
Xéfuvoc.
0) like Heb. I121 usually ‘ indignatus first pers. sing. my, mine, viz.
est,’ but also spoken of any great per a) pp. marking possession, property,
turbation of mind, e. g. grief, to be etc. Matt. 18: 20 rd spay b'i'qua. John 3.
29. 4: 34,. Rom. 10: 1. al. saap. (Xen.
greatly moved, to be agitated, seq. dat. of
manner, John 11: 33 e‘vefip. r4} ‘KMIIIJIUGTI, Conv. 5. 5.) r6 épdv, r31 #46, my own,
i. e. my property, etc. Matt. 25: 27. 20:
where it is parall. with e'nipafcv Eaurdv.
v. 38 iv e'am'lp. SO a‘??? Gen. 40: 7, 15. Luke 15: 31. Emphat. r‘r') e'pip Xzipl,
with my own Iumd,l Cor. 16: 21. Gal.
Sept. rrrapayps'vohcod. Alex. axvepmrol.
_Dan. 1: 10. 6: ll. Col. 4: 18.— Implying power,
ofiice, etc. oim E'm-w e’pév 50. 507mm, it is
,Efbéal, til, t‘. ion, to spue out, to not mine to give, Lat. meum non est,
vomit forth, seq. acc. trop. in contempt, Matt. 20: 23. Mark 10:40.—C0mp. Jos.
Rev. 3: 16. Sept. for I"? Is. 19: 14.— Ant. 2. 16. 1 06V e'a'rw Emropl'few.
)El. V. H. 9. 26. Xen. An. 4. 8. 20. b) spoken of things which proceed
, Elm/national, f. oi'ipai,(e'y,paiuopai,) from any one as the source, author,
to be mad in or against any person or agent,etc. Mark 8:38 rm); r'fmiic Myovc.
thing, to be furious against, seq. dat. Luke 9: 26. John 6: 38. 7:16. 8:16.
Acts 26: 11.—So e'p avfig, furious, rag 14:27. Rom. 3: 7. al. saap. So r6 r'pév,
ing, Wisd. 14: 23. int. ed. Reisk. II. i. e. my doctrine, John 16: 14, 15.
p. 798. c) objectively or passively, Winer
'Egnuvoufik, b, indee. Emmanuel, § 22. 7. n. 3. Matth. § 4.66. s. Spoken
Heb. AWE? Immanuel, i. e. God with of that which is appointed, destined, for
us, a name of the Saviour, Matt. 1: 23. a person, as b xcupog 1') #16;- John 7: 6, 8.
See Is. 7:14. 8:10. 1‘, fipépa 1', Ear’, John 8: 56. xaipdc rfig
s'pr'lg c’waM/awg 2 Tim. 4: 6. or of that
'Efb/kbmilg, 1", Emmaus, a village
which is done to or in respect to a per
60 furlongs or about 74 miles from Je
son, as a‘; rfiv s'pv‘lv i'zm'zpvna'w, in my
rusalem, probably in a northern direc
memory, i. e. in memory of me, Luke
tion, Luke 24: 13. The supposed site
22: 19. 1 Cor. 11:24., 25. 676.1", 1‘,
is still pointed out, with ruins of some
a‘ 1'1, i. e. love of me, John 15: 9.-Jos.
extent; see Rosenrn. Bibl. Geo r. II. ii.
1 98. Jos. B. J. 7. 6. 6,xmpi’ov bgxahsirai nt. 1. 3. 8 z'Ez'igpifov ti: ")1! e' 1);’
n'we'gzuzv, i. e. Eig r’pé,towards me. en.
Pe‘v 'Apluaoiig, iurz'xci 5e‘ ra'iv'Icpoa'ohbpwy
arabioug EEr’lxowm—Another Emmaus Cyr. 3. l. 28 ¢0Ua '72} in]. 8. 3. 32 1'59
e'pfic 5wpuig, i. e. the gift to me. AL.
lay in the plain of Judah, towards
Joppa, and was called by the Romans ’E,unrou7,wow'7, 17;, ;, (EFMIZM)
 lEynrmypw'; 256 ’E,lb'z'v§w

derision, scqfling; only in later edit. absol. John 6:12 the be‘ e'venkipaflqmv.
2 Pet. 3: 3 er elprrm'ypovfi s'pn'aim'm, i. e. Sept. for 9;‘? Lev. 26: 6. Ps. 78; 29.-—
intens. for shameless scqfih's. Gesen. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 4,. Mem. 1. 3. 6. —So
Lehrg. p. 671. 3. Stuart § 456. Not trop. to fill, to satiate, sc. one’s desire
t'oupd in Sept. or Greek writers. with good, absol. Luke 6: 25. Seq.
Emrauypog, 05, a, (Epmilw) de ace. and gen. Luke 1: 53. Acts 14: 17.
rision, scqfling, mocking, Heb. 11:36. comp. Buttm. x’) 132. 5. 2. Sept. for
Sept. for 1"?‘2P. Ez. 22: 4. —— Wisd. 12: 5}? Is. 27: 6. Ps. 107: 9. 32‘? Jer.
25. Ecclus. 27: 28. A form of the 31 : 14.—Ecclus. 16: 30.—Metaph. Pass.
Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. p. to be filled with any person or thing,
i. e. as in Engl. to enjoy the society,
24.1. n.
intercourse of any one, Rom. 15: 24. if"!
,EMTIZIZQJ, f. aiEw, (5v, 11112111,) bpu'w Eprkqa'etb. — Comp. Hist. of Su
act. 1 e’vérrmEa, a later form instead of sann. 32.
the earlier éve'nawmButtm. § 114 1ral'Zw. ,EHITII'ITTW, f. neo’oipal, (Ev, 1ri1r'ru,)
Phryn. et Lob. p. 240; pp. to sport in,
with, against any one, Lat. illudere,
aor. 2 e’vé-rreaov, tofall in, seq. sig 0. ace.
En l. to illude, to mock, i. e. of place,to fall into; Matt. 12: 11 {lg
a to deride, to scqfl‘ at, seq. dat. Mat. Baez/rev. Luke 14: 5 eig ¢péap. So
‘27: 29 ivémufov ailflp', Xé'yoy'reg. v. 31. Sept. and ‘>5; Ex. 21: 33. Prov. ‘26: 27.
Mark 10:34. 15:20. Luke 14:29. 22: }Esop. F. 117/12/70. ifmwoiaa eig xi'rrpar.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64. :29 ré¢povg. An. 5.
63. 23: 36. abSOl. Matt. 20:19. 27: 41.
Mark 15: 31. Luke 18: 32. 23:11.
7. 25.—Of persons,tofall in with, tofall
Sept. for PE‘; Gen. 39: 14., 17. 5722:‘? Ex. among, to meet with, Luke 10: 36 cig rofic
10: 2.—l Mace. 9: 26. Anthol. Gr. Annie—2 Mace. 5: 12. Arr. Epict. 3.
13. 3 ilrcw clg Rye-rag Eluréaw ev. Xen.
III. p. 58, 115. Cyr. 3. 1. 4.. ib. 8. 5. l4.—-l€1etaph. to
b) in the sense of to delude, to deceive,
Pass. Matt. 2:16.—Sept. Jer. 10: 14.. fall into any state or condition, to come
into, to incur, seq. eig, 1 Tim. 3: 6. e29
’E(mraix'rn§, 0v, 5, (glut-ails») a xp'ipa. v. 7 cl; (ii/abruptly. 6: 9. Sept.
mocker, scofl‘er, spoken of impostors, and 5;! Prov. 17: 21. 28: 10.—1 Mace.
false prophets, etc. 2 Pet. 3: 3. Jude 6:8. El. V. H. 5. 2. Xen. H. G. 7. 5.
18. See Matt. 24.: 24. sq. -- A word of 6.—So Epvrco'eiv eig Xsipag 9:06, to fall
the Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. into the hands of God, i. e. into his power,
p. 24.1. n. for punishment, Heb. 10: 31. So Sept.
’Ep.7rzgm'ar§w, 5, f. 171m, (Ev, and 5;; 2 Sam. 24.: 14.. l Chr. 21: 13.-—
nepnrarc'w) pp. to walk about in a Ecclus. 2: 18. 38: 15.
place, e. g. my 717v, Sept. for wires ‘Epvrtézw, f. 55..., (Ev, win-M) to
Job 1; 7. 2: :2. also Wisd. 19: 21.— braid in, to interweave, pp. El. V. H.
In N. T. metaph. to walk in or among 13. l Everrkz'xovro oi mr-rol palms-07;
a people, to live among, i. e. to be EévEpmg—In N. T. metaph. to involve
habitually conversantwitlnabsol. 2 Cor. in, to enlangle; Mid. to entangle one's self
o; 16. So Sept. and fiat-.13? Lev. 26: 12. in, 2 Tim. 2: 4.. Pass. 2 Pet. 2: 20.-
Deut. 23: 14. Isocr. 181. E. P01. 1. 17. 3. ib. 25. 9. 3.
'Efbm’n'MfM, f. E'pnln'prrw, (iv, Comp. Sept. Prov. 28: 18.
rim-Mp‘, the ,1 being dropped after £11, ,Efbfl'ldiaw, see 'Elu'n'hrhnlur.
Buttm. § 114.. Lob. ad Phr. p. 95,) nor. 1 'Eavfltoxn, 77;, t], (EMMA-M) a
a’vz'n-Maa, aor. 1 pass. e’vnrlh’mlinv, par braiding, intertwining, plaiting, so. of the
ticip. pres. e'lu'rrin'hd'w Acts 14.: 17, from hair in ornament, 1 Pet. 3: 3. Comp.
a form c'prrmkc'lw less usual in this tense 1 Tim. “2'. 9. Judith 10:3. Jahn §125.
and not Attic, Buttm. § 114 Willi-‘Mun.
.5 106. n. 5. s 107.11. I, 2.-T0 fillin, ’Epwrvéw, (47, f. ei/o'w, (Ev, mil-1,) to
Lat. implore, i. e. to fill up, to make full, blow in or upon, to breathe in, intrans. e.
trans. Sept. for "'2? Gen. 42: 25. Prov. g. ai/Xo'ig‘ s'ynrvelv, Anth. Gr. II. p. 103.
24: 4|. Herodian. l. 12. 5. Xen. Mem. Hom_ IL 17, 502, genr. to draw breath,
1. 4.. 6.—-In N. T. spoken only of food, to breathe, i. e. to live, Plut. Eumen. 5
to fill with food, to satisfy, 10 saliate, ult. Aristoph. Thesm. 9-26 or 933. Eurip.
 ’E,u.wogeooaal 257 "Eaa'goabev
Pluen. 1440. Sept. e'pm'éov for I553. Josh. later c’mfiarng) Hom. 0d. 2. 319. ib.
I0: 28 sq. Trop. trans. to breathe in, to 24. 300: et ibi Schol. —- In N. T. and
inspire, c. c. acc. et. dat. Wisd. 15: ll usually, a merchant, trader, i. e. one who
E'urvn'wavra airrqv' \lmxfiv (Edam. Hom. trades to forei n countries by sea or land
0d. 9. 381 Sépoog. II. 15. 262 pe'roga— on a large sca e, a wholesale dealer; dis
In N. T. trop. and intrans. to breathe, to tinguished from the xd'rrrlhog or zi'yopaioc,
respire, and seq. gen. to breathe of any who purchased his wares of the E rope;
thing, i. e. to be full of, to be ready to and dealt them out at retail; see oeckh
burst with; Acts 9: l z'p'rrvc'wv c’urukiig Staatshaush. I. p. 336. com . Passow
mi cpovou. See Matth. §376. Buttm. § Efuropoc et Kt'urnAog. Xen. ect. 3. 12,
132. 5. 2.—So wvéu, Anacr. 9. 3 pz'lpwv 13. Mem. 3. 7. 6. Cyr. 5. 4. 42. Plat.
roo'oin'wv xvecig. Aristzenet. I. Ep. 5 Rep. 2.12. p. 371. D. —-So Rev. 18: 3.
1rre'wy 911/4017. Achill. Tat. 2. p. 65 Epwroe ll, 15, 23. Matt. 13: 45 liveponroc
rrvzi. Aristoph. Eq. 435 xaxiac 1nd. Elmropog, see in 'Avtipumo; 2. b. Sept.
See Kypke and Eisner in loo. Comp. for "1'5 Gen. 37: 27. l K. 10:28. Ez.
Heb. '35: P8. 27: 19 27: 12. 5?‘ E2. 27: 15, 20 sq.— Jos.
Eawogiz'waal, f. n'ro'opal, depon. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Herodian. 4. 10. 9. Xen.
Mid. (Ev, 1ropet'w/1al, or Ep‘rropoc q. v.) to H. G. l. 6. 38. Mag. Eq. 4. 7.
go in, to enta- in,seq. acc. Sept. Gen. 34: ’E,u.9rgri0w, i‘. {100), (by, 1rp1'16w,) Lat.
24. seq. 1.9a, i. e. to any one, to have incendo, to inflame, to set on fire, i. e. to
intercourse with, Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. destroy by fire, row mikw Matt. 22: 7. -
119. to travel about in, to journey, Soph. Sept. for Hi? Deut. 13: 16. Judg.18:
Elect. 405. (Ed. T. 456 or 464. Pol. 27.—Herodian. 3. 7. 16. Xen. H. G. l.
28. 10. 5.--In N. T. and usually, to 2. 4.
travel about sc. as a merchant or trader
on a large scale, i. e. to trade, to trqfl'ic, "Bf/17506659, adv. and prep. (Ev,
VIZ. 1rp609ev,) bqbre, viz.
a) gem. and absol. James 4.: 13. Sept. 1. As adv. of place, after verbs of
for “'3? Gen. 34:10. 4.2: 34. 2 Chr. 9: motion,forwards, Luke 19: 28 z’pvropn'lero
14.—Diod. Sic. 5. 39. Xen. Lac. 7. l. E'prp. or before a person implied, 19:
b) seq. accus. to trqflic in, to make gain 4..—Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 23.
of, 2 Pet. 2: 3 ionic Elmropn'lo'ovrai, i. e. —-So rd E'Wrpooecv, things before, Phil.
they will deceive you for their own 3: 14. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. —
gain. —- Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 (virgins) oinc Xen. An. 6. 3. 14. Mem. 2. 3. 19.— Of
2' 1ropevao‘ueva4 in)!’ 091p’ r017 miopa'rog. the body, before, in from, Rev. 4: 6. So
then. XIII. p. 569. F. See WinerSept. and W? E2. 2: 10.— Test. XII
p. 503 sq. Patr. p. 591. Xen. An. 5. 4. 32.—In
, /
Eprrogm, 05;, 1'], (Efuropog) a jour Sept. and Greek writers spoken also of
neyfor trqflz‘c, Arr. Epict. 3. 24. 80. In time, Ruth 4: 7. Judg. 1: 11. al. [E]. V.
N. T. trade, trafic, commerce, Matt. 22: H. 2. 41. Xen. Vect. 4. 28.
5. Sept. for "in? Ez. 27: 15. 712.2‘; Ez. 2. As prep. seq. gen. Buttm. § 146. 2.
‘28: 5.-—Pol. 3. 23. 4. Thuc. 6. 44. Xen. Spoken
Hi. 9. 9. a) of place, before, 0. gen. of person,
after verbs of motion, etc. John 3:28.
'Eaarogmy, on, To’, (5pm,...) mp0. 10: 4 Efnrp. ailré'w 1ropn'lcrm. Matt. 6: 2.
rium, mart. John 2: 16 olxov Ep1roplov, a ll: 10. Mark 1: 2. Luke 7:27. Sept.
mart-bouse.—Sept. Is. 23: 17. Ez. 27: 3. for 1113'? Gen. 24.. 7. 32: 3,10. 1 Chr.
Thuc. l. 13. Xen. Vect. 3. 3. 15: 24.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.7. ib. 3. 2. 5.—
"E/mrogoc, 0!), b (e'v, mipog, passage, Genr. before, in the presence of, Matt. 5:
transit, fr. 'n'ez'pw, mpéu, 1ropc'w,) lit. a 16. 6:1. 10:32 bis,33 bis. 17:2. 25:
passenger from one place to another,b Ev 32. 26:70. 27:11,29. Mark 9:2. Luke
#699: (fly, one on a journey, a traveller, 5:19. 12:8bi8. 14:2. 19: 27. 21: 36.
ctc. Soph. (Ed. C. 4.56. (Ed. T. 25, 303. John 12:37. Gal. 2:14. 1 Thess. 2:19.
Espec. a passenger by ship who pays S0 Matt. 7:6 ficibhuv E'p-irp. 23: 13
tare ; and this indeed seems to have been or 14 xku'ere rfiv ,Bao'. rim oi/p. qnrp. Tin’
the earliest use of the word, (for which ('1 yap. to shut up bejbre, so as to prevent
a
 ’ Eavrrvlw
258 'Ev
from entering; comp. Sept. dye/Eu) E'p-rrp.
ubroi S'Illpug', for ‘3?? Is. 45: 1.'— Act. 1rp. comp. Sept. and Heb. Ps. 42: 3,
coll. 95: 2.—
Thom. §7 oi Zlnrp. airrfig b1rnpsrobvreg.— b) trop. to manifest, to make known, to
Hence and from the Heb. Ep'lrpoa'flev r06 declare, to shew, seq. dat. Acts 23: 15
950:7, before God, in the sight of God, Ewaw'oare To? xtludpxrp b'mor; K. 'r. A.
i. e. God being witness, God knowing seq. acc. et 1rpoc, 23: 22 rain: 1rpég p5.
and approving; l Thess. 1:3. 3: 9, l3. seq. b'n Heb. 11: 14'. Sept. nvl n for
1 John a: 19. Comp. Heb. ”" as‘? pus, "Pit Esth. 2: 22.—rim’ Tl Jos. Ant. 8. 41.
Sept. bt'xcuov Evan/rim’, Gen. 7:1. So 2. Diod. Sic. 14. ll. Xen. Mem. 4.. 3.
Matt. 11:26 et Luke 10. 21 ob-rwc E'yévero 4. rofiro 5n Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 26. (be Jos.
ebborla Zp-rrpoafis'v 00!), see in I‘lvopa: II. Ant. 14. 10. 8.—In a judicial sense, seq.
b. Matt. 18: 14 ss'hnlua E'p-lrp. UO‘II- S0 dat. et rani 'rwoc, to inform against, to
Heb. I" ‘9.521533, Sept. ebboxla Eminrwv
accuse, Acts 24.: l. 25: 2. so n-epi rwog,
9:017 Ps. l9: l5. bur-row 'c'rawn Kupt’ou 25: 15.—Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3 Kurd. 14. 10.
Ex. 28: 38. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. ".5? 12 1rspL—Ofa person, Elnpaw'few e‘avrév
D. l. b. Lehrg. p. 820. 9 ult.—Seq. gen. 70"., to manifisstone's sel , i. e. to let one's self
of thing, before, at, Matt. 5: 24. Ep-n-p. be intimately known and apprehended,
r017 sumaa-nlpt'ou. Acts 18: 17. 2 Col‘. John 14: 21, 22. So Sept. for 2"?" EX.
5: 10. Rev. 19: 10. 22: 8.—Comp. Sept. 33: 13.—Wisd. 1: 2.
and 1:9’? Neh. s. a. 2 Chr. 5: 5. Ceb. "Eagbofiog, or), a, ,7, adj. (2v, ¢é€o¢,)
Tab. 1. , pp. infear, i. e. terrified, qfi'rightea', Luke
b) of time, before, seq. gen. of pers. 24:2 5, 37. Acts 10: 4. 22:9. 24:: 25.
John 1. 15, 27, so. So Sept. and up‘? Rev. 11: 13.—l Macc. 13: 2. Theophr.
2 K. 17:2. 23:25. al.—Herodot. 7. 144. Char. 24 or 25. l.
’EfbWfl:W, f. bow, (in, 1rn'1w ,) to spit ’E,LL¢UO'OZN, (5, f. flaw, (e'v, qnwdw)
in or on, seq. (lg. as eic ro 1rpbaw1rov, to
to blow in or on, to breathe on, absol.
spit in one's face, Matt. 26: 67. genr. John 20:22. Sept. for l"!!! of wrath
27: 30. Sept. eig r6 #9. for PT; Num. Ez.22:21. ofawind 37:9. we Emu:
12:14:. Kara 'rb 1r . Deut. 25:9. See 3l.-—Dioscor. 5. 99 mic-rat Epipva'qfle'v.
Jahn § 180 ult.— lut. ed. Reisk. VI. Comp. Horn. ll. 19. 159.
715. 14', E‘mr'rbuv 'rwi sic rd 7rpo'a'w1r0v.
—Seq.dat.Mark10:34. 14:65. 15:19. "Elbtbv'rvs, 0v, a,.*,, adj. (east...)
Pass. Luke 18: 32.—lEl. V. H. 1. l5. inborn, implanted so. by nature, Wisd.
Athen. 9, 11. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 12: 10. P01. 9. 11. 2. Xen.Mem.3. 7.
17. Thom. Mag. p. 507. ' 5. In N. T. trop. implanted, engrafied,
so. from another source, 16:1 E'fupm-ov
’Ep.¢aw’;g, tag, 05;, 6, 1", adj. Aéyov James l:2l,~the gospel being
(Eppalvw, Pass. to appear in e. g. a here represented under the figure of a
mirror, Xen. Conv. 7. 4,) pp. appearing seed or shoot implanted or engrafled, as
in any thing; hence genr. apparent, and elsewhere by seed sown; comp. Mark
2114mm); yivopat, to become amarent, i. q. 6: l4.sq.—Bamab. Ep.6.9,1‘1 Epp. bupeiz
Elupavilo at, hence to appear, to be seas rfig btdaxfig 1'. 96017. Herodot. 9. 94
openly, cts 10: 40.—-}F.l. V. H. 1. 21. Elupv'roc paw-mi].
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 23.—Metaph. to become
mamfest,known,etc. Rom. 10:20, quoted ,Elt, prep. governing the dative, with
from Is. 65: l where Sept. for 151?. the primary idea of rest in any place or
Sept. for ,1“! Ex. 2: 14.—Plat. Romul. thing, as also on, at, by. As compared
with cic and in, it stands between the
23 init. Pol. 22. 15. 7.
two, :19 implying motion into, iv the
’Epo¢wwzw, f. law, (Epqpam'lg-J to being or remaining in, and Ex motion
make apparent, to cause to be seen, to shew, out of. See Passow in ‘Ev. Winer
trans. Pass. to appear, to be seen openly. s52 a. Matth. s 577.
:1) pp. Matt. 27: 53 e'repaw'a'ana'av 1. Of place, which is the primary
nokhoig. Heb. 9: 24 Epqaavwflfivm 113 and most frequent use, and spoken of
wpombmp roii Gem? inrs‘p ilptbv, i. e. in every thing which is conceived as being,
our behalf; for the construction c'pip. 11,3 remaining, taking place, within some
 'Ev
definite space or limits, in, on, at, by,
etc. Sept. usually for Heb.
:1) pp. in, within: Luke 11: 1 Ev romp
'rtvi'. Matt. 8: 6 iv 1'1] nix/a. Acts 2:
46 iv r97 Zzpq'i. Luke 22: 55 e’v pimp rfic
m'nwg. Matt. 4: 23 e'v raic o'vva-yw-yaTg.
4: '21 iv rq': wholp. 1|:2. Mark 5: 3.
John 5:28. “:17. 19:4l. Phil. I: I3.
Luke 9: 57 et 19:36 Ev rfl Matt.
6: 2, 5, iv ‘mic fir'nuuc. ll: 16 iv ('vyopaig.
Luke 7: 32. Matt. 20:23 Evrj'zrdku. 13:
24,27, Ev rQ ('vyptt'a. al. sap—Herodian.
I. 9. 7. ib. 1.12. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5.
An. 1. 2. 8,26.—-With the names of
cities, countries, places, etc. Luke 2:
43 iv 'Irpovaakr'yp. Matt. 2: l, 5, iv
Bqtihzép. Rom. l: 7 Ev'Ptbpp. Matt. 2:
19 iv Ai-yz'nr'np. Acts 7: 36 Ev 71') A17.
Matt. 9:31. 3: 1,3, c'v rlfi Epr'mp rfic
'Ioudm'ag. 4:13. 6:4. Acts9.36. 10:].
l Thess. l: 7, 8. al, sa:p.—Herodian. l.
3. l. ib. 3. 2. 7. Thuc. 7. 2l.—So iv 19':
(fig Luke [6: 23. comp. Matt. 10:28.
Rev. 2l. 8. iv obpavqi, iv 1'07: obpavoig,
Matt. 6: 10,20. Luke 15:7. Matt. 5:
12. 16: 19. al. also of God 6 1ran)p 6
iv r07;- m'ip. as adj. i. q. 1': tam/prince,
heavenly Father, Matt. 5: 12,45. 7: 11.
a]. comp. 18:35. iv 1;’; fiamkei'q Til-)1’
m'lp. Matt. 5: l9. 8: [La]. iv mien r5
75, Rom. 9: 17. Matt. 25:18, 25. iv r55
réupp, John 13: 1. Col. 1: 6. al. e'v r5
911M100?) Mark 5: 13. iv pimp rfig Sch.
6:47. 1 Col. ll: 25.—Ora b00k,writ
iflg, etc. Mark 12:26 Ev 1i fiifikp
Muaéug. Luke 2:23. 20:42. al. Acts
13: 33 iv rqi \Ivakptp“ 11;: Beer. Heb. 4: 5.
5: 6. So Heb. 4: 7 iv Aagii, i. e. in the
book of David, the Psalms, John 6: 45
iv mic rpoqn'yrmg. Rom. 11: 2 iv 'HMa,
i. e. in the section respecting Elijah.—
Of the body and its parts, Rom. 6: l2
iv r97 Sway-n; aépan. 2 Cor. 12: 2.
Matt. 3: 12 iv 'rlfi xupi ail-roi'l. Rev. 6: 5.
11: 9. al. (Xen. An. 6. 1. 9.) Matt. 7:3,
4, iv 115 (kpOaXpqi. Matt. l: 18,23, e'v
'yatrrpi Zxuv, i. e. to be pregnant, see
in I‘aa-rr'lp b. Luke 1:44 z'v rlfi Kathie.
Trop. e'v roic pc'kzm Rom. 7: 5. James
4: I‘. Ev 15 Impala, Ev TGJL‘ Kapdt'atc,
Matt. 51.28. Luke 2: 51. Matt. 92 4|.
Mark 2: 6, 8. iv a'rli‘uafl 1 Pet. 2: 22.
—-—Spoken of persons, pp. in one's body; Xp. 5: 6. 6:15. Phil. 4: l, 7. l Thess.
Matt. 1: 20 rd e'v aim-2') yevvrlth'v. 6: 23. 3:8. I John 2:24. al. Vice verse of
Acts 20:10. ofa demoniac Acts 19:16. the union of Christ with Christians in
Trop. Rom. 7: 17,18, 20. al. consequence of their faith in him; John
259 ’Er
b) spoken of elevated objects, a sur.
face, etc. in, i. e. on, upon, as a fig
tree, e'v ain'fi Mark 11: 13. a moun
tain, iv 11': 595:, Luke 8: 32. John 4: 20.
Heb. 8: 5. (Sept. and "U3: Ex. 31: 18.
Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3. Xen. An. 4. 3. 31.)
Matt. 8: 24 “who; iv 75 sahr'wap, on
the lake. Luke 12:51. John 20: 25.
Acts 7:33. 2 Cor. 3: 7 E'v‘rerv'rrwfle'vq
e'v Mfiotg. Rev. 3: 21 iv 115 996W. (Horn.
0d. 8. 492.) Rev. 13: 12. 18:19. Trop.
Jude 12 iv rah‘ d-yt'uraic inuiv a'rrduidsc.
c) in a somewhat wider sense, im.
plying simply contact, close proximity,
etc. in, i. e. at, on, by, near, with, equiv
alent to 1rapc't' e. g. Ev 5¢Eu§ nvog, Heb.
1:3. 8:1. 10:12. Rom.8:34.al. (Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4. 2.) So Matt. 6: 5 iv m7;
ywvi'at'c 'rfiv rha‘rsuiv. 24: 36 et Acts 2:
19 iv :13 oilpavy'i, in or on the sky. (Horn.
ll. 22. 319.) Luke 13:46 m'rp'yoc Ev n;
Ethmip, at or near the fountain, comp.
Joe. B. J. 5. 4.]. Luke 16:23 et John
13: 23, see in ’Av¢'u:npat 2. Matt. 7: 6
pl'prm'e icara-lran'paumv iv r07; 1roaiv
aimiv, i. e. at or under their feet. John
15: 4 Eav p1) (rd xhfipa.) pelvp Ev
away. i. e. remains an, attached to, the
vine. 19:41. Rev. 9:10. John 11:10
51': To p459 oim Zanv c'v ai'lrp', i. e. by
him, around him, in his path. So trop.
1 John 1:5. —Herodot. l. 76. Pol. 2.
66. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 45. H. G. 7. 5.
18. An. 4. B. 22.--Trop. 0. dat. of per
son, i. e. (a) spoken of those with
whom any one is in near connexion,
intimate union, oneness of heart, mind,
purpose; especially of the union by
faith of Christians with Christ, who are
then in Christ, as a branch in or on a
vine, John 15:2, 4,5. So John 6:56.
14:20. Rom. 16:7, 11. 1 Cor. 1:30.
9: 1,2. 2 Cor. 5:17. Eph. 2:13. al.
seep. l Thess. 4: 16 01 verpol Ev Xpw'rfi,
i. e. who died in union by faith with
Christ, as Christians. 1 Cor. 15:18.
Rev. 14:13. Hence oi e'v Xpimq'o as
adj. Christians, i. q. 01 Xpwrtavoi,8: l.
2 Cor. l2: 2. Gal. 1: 22. 1 Pet. 5: 14.
al. So cm. i. e. in connexion with
Christ, in the Christian faith, Rom. l2:
5. Gal. 3. 28 mivrec I'llu'ic sic e'a're Ev
R 2
 ’Ev 260 ‘Ev
6:56.
Rom. 8: 14:20.
9. Gal. 15.4.,5.
2: 20. al. 17:
()f 23,26.
a like 2;
Gen.
I. al.
23: 6.Sept.
Lev.
for 16:29.
:1 2 K.—18:5.
Tob. 3: 4.

union with God, and vice versa, 1 Thess. Hom. II. 13. 689. El. V. H. 1. 31. Luc.
1:1. 1 John 2: 24. 3:6,24. 4:13, 15, D. Deor. 23. 1.ib. Alex. 2. Ken. An. 2.
16. al. Of the mutual union of God 3. 15. Cyr. 1. 3. 2.—Hence with dat.
and Christ, John 10:38. 14: 10,11, 20. plur. of persons by whom one is accom
al. Of the Holy Spirit in Christians, panied,escorted,etc. Luke 14:31. Jude
John 14: 17. Rom. 8:9, 11 bis. 1 Cor. 14 film: Ki’lpiog e'v pvpu’mw (‘ryiatc airroi'l.
3:16. 6:19. 1 Pet. 1:1].al.—(,13)Of So Sept. and 1} Num. 20: 20.—l Macc.
those in, with, on whom, i. e. in whose 1: l7. 7: 28.—Withadat. plur. ol'thing,
person or character any thing exists, is 1 Cor. 15:3 iv 1rpérotg, among thefirst,
done, comp. 7l'flpt'l,) e. g. in external i. e. adv. first of alL-Xen. (Ec. 4. 4.
life an conduct, John 18: 38 et 19: 4., Cyr. l. 6. 24.
6, oiax eilpio'xu Ev aim; airiav. Acts 24: e) of persons, by implic. bejbre, in the
20. 25:5. 1 John 2: 10. 1 Cor. 4: 2. presence of} Mark8: 38 89 inawxvvflj Il.£
So gem. of any power, influence, effi Ev r‘i'; yea/:51 rain-y. Luke 1:25. Acts 6:
ciency, e. g. from God, the Spirit, 8. 24: 21 Earthy; Ev abroig, sc. as 'udges.
etc. Matt. 14:2 5th roi'n'o ai swépcug 1 Cor. 2:6. 2 Cor. 10:]. Co. 1:23.
Evep'ym'mw iv airrfa. John 1: 4. l4: 13. Trop. and from the Heb. Luke 4: 21 iv
v. 30 iv Epol oin: Exec oildc'v. 17:26. ro'ig (iIUiV iilmiv, comp. Sept. and 3:
1 Cor. 12:6. 2 Cor. 4:4,12. 6:12. Deut. 5: 1.—Judith 16: 1. Int. Leg.
Gal. 4:19. Phil. 2: 5,13. Col. 1: 19. 10. p. 886. E, ram-yo e'iv e'v c'wegc'o'w
Heb. 13: 2|. 1 John 319,15. al. So c'wflpévrmg. Arr. Diss. p. 3. 22. 8. Pol.
iv c'avrqi, in, with or of one's self, etc. 17. 6. l. Hom. ll. 1. 587. Ken. Cyr. l.
Matt. 13:21. John 5:26. 6:53. 1 Cor. 5. 6.--Hence metaph. in the sight of
11: 13. 2 Cor. l: 9. al.—(y) Of those any one, he being judge; Luke 16: 15
in or with whom, i. e. in whose mind, rd e'v (ivepiinrotg inimkov, i. e. in the
heart, soul, any thing exists or takes sight, judgment, of men. 1 Cor. 14:
place, (napé) e. g. virtues, vices, facul ll 6 MIMI)’, Ev e'poi fii'zpgapog. Col. 3:
ties, etc. John 1: 48 iv 1,} 56km; 01'»: E071. 20.— Demosth. 764. 15. ib. 813. 10.
4: 14 iv ain'q-i, i. e. in his soul. l7: l3. Eurip. Hipp. 1335. — So by Hebraism,
Rom. 7: 8. 1 Cor. 2:11. 8: 7. 2 Cor. c’y 6¢0aAp01¢ z'lpti'w, in i. e. before your
ll: 10. Eph. 4: 18. Phil. 6. al. So eyes, in your judgment, Matt. 21: 42.
xpi'nrrwflat z'v 9:93, i. e. in the mind and Mark 12: 11. So Sept. and "111??? P8.
counsels of God, Col. 3:8. Eph. 3: 9. 118: 23. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 820.
SOEVEGUHII,EV€GUTOIC,£1IOI with one’: self, —1 Mace. l: 19.
themselves, i. e. in one's heart, Matt. 3: 9. f) spoken of that by which one is
Luke 7:39, 49. John 5: 41. Rom. 8: surrounded, in which one is enveloped,
23. Eph. l: 9. James 2: 4. al. etc. in, with. Matt. 16:27 Epxeafiai 2r
(l) of a number or multitude, as indi. 111365;]. 25:31. al. Mark 13:26 e'v
cating place, in, among, with, equivalent verpéhaic. Luke 21: 27. al. Acts 7:
to Ev pimp, in the midst,- Matt. 2: 6 30 iv ¢Myi1rvp6c.—Hom. I]. 15. 192
e'kaxivrrl Ev ro‘ig r'ryepéa'w 'Ioi'15a. 11: 1 l oiapavog ivaiec'pi Kai ve¢e')\no'L.—Of cloth
oinc e'yr'lyeprat z'v yum-r07; yuvami'w. v. ing, Matt. 11:8 e'v ya axoig iFGTt'OIC
21 oi 'yzvépevot E'I‘ illflv. 20: 27. Mark fipdueo' s'vov. 6:29. 7: 15. Mark 12:
10: 43. Luke 1: 1. John 1: 14. 11:54:. 3B. l'iiab. ll: 37. James 2: 2. al. of
Acts2: 29. 20:32. Rom.l:5,6. 1 Cor. ornaments, 1 Tim. 2: 9. of bonds, Eph.
11:18. Eph. 5: 3. 1 Pet. 5:1, 2. 2 Pet. 6:20. So Ev flown’, in the flesh, i. e.
2: 8. al. seepiss. So e'v Earn-07¢, among clothed in flesh, in the body, 1 John 4:
themselves,Matt.9:8. 21:38. Acts 28: 2. 2 John 7. (‘Fly Ev aapxl, Gal. 2:20.
29. (Thuc. 7. 67.) iv ('IMflAmq, with one Phil. 1: 22. Sept. and 1} Deut. 22: 12.
another, Mark 9: 50. John 13:35. Rom. Fe. l47:8.—Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 7. 6 b1 r5
15:5. (Luc. Asin. 19.) So with a dat. 1rop¢up15h Pind. Isth. 6. 53. Herodian.
sing. of a collective noun, Luke 4: 25, 2. l3. 5. Xen. Mem. 8. 11. 4. — Hence
27,511 rq'i 'Iapar’lh. l: 61. 2: 44. John of that with which one is furnished,
7: 43. Acts 10:35. Eph. 3:21. 2 Pet. which he carries with him, etc. 1 Cor.
 ’E» 261 'Ev
4: 21 c'v .2689 EAOw. Heb. 9: 25. Me by, through which one is afl‘ected,
taph. Luke 1: 17 iv n-vu'lpan mi Evvépu moved, acted upon, etc.
'HA/ou. Rom. 15:29. Eph. 6:2. Sept. :1) Of the state, condition, or circum
and Gen. 32: 11 iv fiégap. Josh. 22: stances in which a person or thing is,
8. 1 Sam. 1:24. Ps 66: 13.—Jos. Ant. viz.
x.
6.9.401)
r. A. Dioii.c‘ve’m'r;
Sic. Ifgfllfipllljlt.
tc'v'o
Xgnilgylg
at’ (a) gem. either external ,or internal;
comp. Passow ‘Ev 2. Winer § 52.
2. 3. 14. Mem. 3. 9. 2. p. 330. Matth. §577. 3. E. g. of an
2. Of time. a) of time when, i. e. a external state; Luke 7: 35 iv rpvgbj
definite point or period, in, during, on, at inrépxovreg. 8: 43 'yvvr) oiia‘a iv (56oz:
which any thing takes place, etc. Matt. a'l'pa-rog. 2: 29 et 11:21 Ev :ipfivy, comp.
2:1 iv filuz' cg ‘1194.501, 3:1. 8:13. James 2: l6 inrt'vye're e'v cipfivp, for which
12:1, 2 e’v oufiéérp. Acts 20:7. 1 Cor. see'in Eig 4. Luke 16:23 El! ,Baucivotg.
11: 23. al. ssepiss. John 11:9,10,€v r‘fi 23:12 e'v 2x099. v.40. Rom. 1:4 vice
fipz'pq, 2v Ti) wen’, i. e. by day, by night. 6am? c'v Suvépu. 8:37. 1 Cor. 7: 18, 20,
--Palaeph. 52. l. Herodian. l. 5. 1. 24. 15: 42,43. 2 Cor. 6: 4, 5. Gal. 1:
Xen. An. 1. 5. 16.—With a neut. adj. 14 iv ff: ’Iou5a'ialuq'i. Phil. 2:7. 2 Thess.
Acts 7: 13 iv n‘? Ezurc’pqa. 2 Cor. 11:6 3: 16 iv 1ravri'rpo1r , i. e. in every state,
e’v rav'rl' sc. may,’ Phil. 4: 6. So Acts at every turn.» 1 im. 2: 2. al. szep.—
26: 28 iv 6M7? sc. Xpo'vq), shortly, and Herodian. l. 3. 3. Pol. 8. 10. 4. Thuc.
v. 29 iv dhl'yrp ml e'v wohhp', in short 6. 35. Xen. Mem. 8. 3. 9. :'v véa-p. An.
or in long; comp. Kuinoel. (Luc. 2. 5. 38.-—Of an internal state, sc. of the
D. Deor. 9. l. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 12 iv mind, feelings, etc. Acts 11: 5 iv
6M”: 1roMol E'wzo'ov. Plato Apol. 7. E’k'd'flifl'tl. Rom. 15:32 c’v xapii. 1 Cor.
comp. in full, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 2.) With 1:10 z'v rq'i airrfi voi x.r.7\. 2:3 c'v
a pron. absol. c. g. iv 1,} so. xpo'v Mark daticvu'q Kai c’v quiglp. l4: 6 iv
2: 19. John 5: 7. (Thuc. 7. 29. )Zian. An. c'uromkinlm x. r. A. i. e. in the state or
I. 10. 10.) So with art. and adv. Luke condition of one who receives and ut
7: ll Ev ' EEfic. 8:1. John 4: 31 iv r43 ters a revelation. 2 Cor. 11: 17, 21, e’v
[termini—Ken. Conv. l. 14.—Spoken of duppom’lvy. Eph. 3: l2. 5: 21. l Thess.
an action or event which serves to 2:17. 1 Tim. 1:13. 2:11. Heb.3: 11.
mark a definite time ; Matt. 22: 28 iv 1;“) James 1: 21. 2: 1. Jude 24. al. step.—
(‘tram-don. Luke 11: 31, 32, iv 1" xpluet. Hom. ll. 7. 302. Thuc. 3. 22. Xen.
John 21:20 iv 19'; Ecbrwp. 1 or. 15: An. 7. 6. 38. Cyr. 5. 2. 5. —- In this
52 iv rip e'ax. acikny'yi. 2 Thess. 1: 7. usage iv with its dative is often equi.
1 John 2:28. al. seep. So e'v oic, sc. valent to an adjective; Rom. 4: 10 div
wpéypam, i. e. during which things, Ev (,lk‘pog‘lld‘flq, c'v 1rrprropii, i. e. as un
meanwhile, Luke 12: l.—Luc. Alex. 36 ' circumcised or circumcised. 2 Cor. 3:
iv 11;‘ Ant/11;. Diod. Sic. 14. 68. Xen. 7, 8, et Phil. 4: 19 iv 56E’) i. q.
Mem. 2. 1. 32. Herodian. 5. l. 4 iv 01g. E'vdofog. 1 Tim. 2: '7, 12, 14. Tit. 1: 6
——Espec. 0. dat. of art. and infin. in, i. e. iv xanryoplq, i. e. accused. 3: 5 i'p-ya
on or at an action or event, while it is n‘. e'v amawm'lvy, i. q. ‘rd Elxata. -— Luc.
taking place; Luke 9: 36 :'v 193 yivwOm Amor. 50. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 15. H. G.
rr‘lvipwvr’yv. 1:8. 2: 6. 5: l. 24:51. Acts 7. 5. 6. -- So also adverbially, Acts 5:
8:6. al. amp—Sept. 1 Sam. 1: 7. Diod. 23 iv mirrp t'wqaakclg. Rom. 2: 28, 29,
Sic. l. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5. iv
8. raj} (pave p(Eph.
1. 31.) ', iv ‘r93 k‘plHrflt-L
6:24. (Xen.
2 Tim. 4: Cyr.
2.—
b) of time how long, i. e. a space or
period wit/tin which any thing takes Plato Gorg. p. 512'. C. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 54.
place, in, within, iv rpwiv r'mépatg, (,3) of the business, employment, ac
in threedays, Matt. 27: 40. Mark 15: 29. tions, in which one is engaged ; Passow
al. So Sept. and 3: Is. 16: 14.—1E]. iv 2. a. \Viner § 52. p. 330. Thus
V. H. l. 6. Diod. Sic. 20. 83 ult. Xen. Matt. 21: 22 iv 1rpoo'5ux‘fi. Mark 4: 2
Ag. 1. 34 iv auoiv iro'iv. iv r1", did/(1X17 (12705, i. e. as he taught.
3. Trop. of the state, condition, 8:27 et Lulze 24; 35 a. i 65¢‘, i. e. in
manner, in which one is, moves, acts; the walk orjourney. Luke 16: 10. John
of the ground, occasion, means, on, in, B: 3 iv ,uoaxu'q Karuhqpe'vnv. Acts 6: l.
 ’E7 262 ’Ev

24: 16. Rom. l: 9 Evrqin'ra'y-yehtp, i. e. r93 7rvu'rpa'ri you. 9:22. 15:6. 1 Cor.
labouring in the gospel. 14: 18. 15: 58. 2:4 ‘rd m'lpv'ylui you aim Ev #516071;
1 Cor. 15:1. 2 Cor. 7:11 s’v 1ravn’ Xd-youg. v. 7. 14:21. 2 Cor. 3:7 Ev
Col. 1: 10 iv 7ravrl Ep-yrp. 4. 2. 1 Tim. 'ypdppao'w. Col. 3: 22. 1 Pet. 2:24.
4: 15 iv rol'n'occ ‘100:. 5: 17. Heb. 6: 2 Pet. 3:3. 1 John 5: 6. Ehthbv Ev 71;:
18 iv ole. 11:34. James 1:8. 4: 3. al. 53am ml r93 a'lpan. — Eurip. Bacch.
saep. So Matt. 20: 15 woman: 3 90m 1167. Herodian. 2. l3. 8. Palaeph. 32.
iv r07; Eluoig, i.e. in my own ati'airs. 2 s'hac‘uv dm'du m'n'u'w iv fipqtalq:
22:15. 23:30 xoivuvol c'v To? a'z'pan, Badiapan. Thuc. 6. 16. ib. 7. 67 oi'm Ev
i. e. in slaying the prophets—Xen. Cyr. r9": aimiv rpémp mvor’rpevor. -— So in an
3. l. 1 in Kipoc Ev rm'n'oig hv. ib. l. 6. adverbialsense; Matt. 22:16 evaxneta,
15. Hel'Odot. 2. 82 oi e'v ‘Nathan. Plat. 515661-519, i. e. truly, in reality. Mark 9:
Prob. p. 317. C, sipl iv 7:] re'xvp. —So 1 iv 66M’. Acts 12: 7 ct 2'2: 18 5v Trix“.
0. dat. of person, i. e. ‘in the work, (Thuc. 6. 92 init.) Acts 17:31 et Rev.
business, cause of any one ;' Rom. 16: 19:11 xpivew e'v durawo'livg i. e. right
12 ting e'xo-lrlao'sv Ev Kupc'p. Eph. 6: 21. eously. 26:7 iv ixrcvu'q, continually.
al. Rom. 6:3 rm‘n; mlvzp-yol'lg; you s'v C01. 4: 5. E b. 6: 9 iv 7rafifirym'q, boldly.
Xpwrq'i. 1 C01‘. 4: 17. al. Rev. 18: 2 expaEcv Ev io'XiiL—Juditb 1:
()1) implying in the power of any one; 11. Wisd. 18:9. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 11 iv
Passow iv 1. f. Matth. § 577. 6. Acts 1'? ‘ue'pu miJuv, vicissim.
5: 4 iv rfi 05 e'Emm’q, comp. 1: 7 et John (/3) of a rule, law, standard, in, by,
3:35. cts4: 12 of”: Zanv 'cv 5M1? according to, conjbrmably to ; comp.
m'ldevl 1') aorrnpia. so e'v area/inn, i. e. Passow Ev 1. h. Winer § 52. a. 3. b.
in the power or under the influence of Mattb. § 577. 3 ult. So Matt. 7. 2 iv
the Spirit, in a state of inspiration, in (‘1 xplpar: xpivere, Irprth'lowfie. Luke 1:
spired, Matt. 22: 43. Mark 12: 36. 8 e'v r5 rc'xEct, comp. 1 Cor. 15: 23. Phil.
Luke 2:27. 4:1. 9: 1. 1 Cor. 12:3. 1:8. 1 Thess. 4: 15 Ev My? Kvplou. 1
also Matt. 12:28. 1 Pet. 3:19. Rev. Tim. 1: 18 5'11 abra'ic sc. 7rpo¢rrreia:g.
1:10. 4:2. 17:3. al. Of demoniacs, Heb. 4: 11. So of a rule of life etc.
e'v rush/Jan dxaedprqr, i. e. in the power Luke 1: 6 'n'opzud V01 Ev miaacg Yak
of, possessed, Mark 1:23. 5: 2. —- Jos. e’v'rohaig—Pind. yth. 4. 105 e'v 'ror'n'lp
Ant. 3. 1. 5. Aristoph. Av. 1677 s'v n; Miyrp. Thuc. l. 77 iv ro'ig 61401011; wiper;
Tptgdhho) miv n‘. 1rpr'iypa. Herodot. 6. rag xpt'rmc mneiv. Xen. Conv. 2. 8. Cyr.
109. Xen. (E0. 6. 14 iv col 1rdvras'on'v. 1. 2.2. Mem. 3. 9. 1.—So 0. dat. of per
—-Hence, 'ycvépevog Ev Ear/71;), having son; 2 Cor. 10: 12 iv Earn-oi;- Eavrotic
come to himself, Acts 12:11. Comp. perpm'n'reg. Also ‘in conformity with
Herm. ad Vig. p. 749, 856. Matth. the will, law, precept of any one ;’ John
.5 577. 6 ult. 3: 21 iv Ocqi e'o'nv elp'yao'ps'va. 1 Cor.
b) Of manner or mode, i. e. the state 7: 39 iv Kupilp. Eph. 6: 1.
' or circumstances, external or internal, (-y) in the sense of in respect to, as to;
by which any action is accompanied, Luke 1: 7, 18,7rpoéeénxe'vat iv b/u'pmc.
in, with, in reference to which it is per Gal. 4: 20 51': dwopoipa: e'v irluiv, comp.
formed, viz. Winer Comm. in 100. Eph. 2: ll Him;
(a) gem. of manner etc. comp. 'Ex 3. in! aapra'. Tit. 1: 13 'r'va z'rytalvuo'tv e'v ff]
e. Matt. 22: 37 dyarrziv e'v 5h” 'rfi Kapdt'a rim-n. James 2: 10 et 3: 2 1r-raietv e'v
x. r. h. quoted from Deut. 6: 5 where Eva’, e'v )té-yqi. So e'v mum’, in every re
Heb. 1}, Sept. is, as also Mark 12: spect, 2 Cor. 8: 7. 9: 8, 11. iv Mam,
30, 33. 80 Mark 4:2 drddo'xeu' iv in no respect, 2 Cor. 7: 9. James 1: 4.
a'apagoha'iq. Luke 2: 36 iv Efi'ovaiq Kaiiv oildsvr’ Phil. 1: 20. Also after words
Evvdpu e'mrdaa'u. 21: 25 auvoxfi 56min! signifying plenty or want, Rom. 15: 13
Ev (irropia. John 16:25 in! 7rapor/u'mg 1repwo'sl'iuv c'v Ti; c'hm'dt. 2 Cor. 3: 9. 8:
Aahe'iv. 23: 24 7rpooxuve7v Ev mlsa'apan 7. Col. 2: 7 et Eph. 2: 4 rhm'wwc s'v
ml rihryfler’a, i. e. to render sincere and e'hz'u. 1 C01‘. 1: 5. 1 Tim. 6: 18. al.
spiritual worship. Acts 2:46. 10:48 1 Cor. l: 7 fizr-repeiaear iv pnsevi
Bmrrwtifival. Ev r9‘: (it'd/tar: rot? Kupiou, xapio'pa-re— Soph. (Ed. Tyr. 1112 iv
comp. in Bum-[Zia 2. 11.13. Rom. 1:9 e’v paxpq? 'yr'lpa ‘invade: r935: rcivhpi, ‘in high
 ‘Er 263 ‘E:
old age he accords etc.’ Palaeph. 28. 2 rests, in Engl. by, sometimes upon;
inrcppe'pwv iv. Diod. Sin. 5. 57 dtazpr'pw Matt. 5: 34', 35, 36, yr) 6,16“. e'v 115
iv, and so Xen. Hi. 1. 8. ib. 2. 52. oilpavqlz'vig 71'', iv 17'] Kupakj c'ou. 23:16,
c) Of the ground, basis, occasion, in, 18, 20 sq. ev. 10:6. al. Sept. for i: ,5?!
on, upon which any thing rests, exists, 1 Sam. 94.: 29. 2 Sam. 19:8. 1 K. 2:8.
takes place, etc. Thus, ([3) of the ground, motive, exciting
a) of a person or thing in or on cause, in consequence of which any ac
‘WhlCll as a substratum any thing rests, tion is performed, in, on, at, by, i. e.
exists, is done, etc. Matth.§ 571. l. because of, on account of, propter:
Winer § 52. a. 3. a. So c. dat. of thing, Winer § 52. p. 331. Matt. 6: 7 5n iv
1 Cor. 2: 5'1'va 1', m'o'ru; ilpcflv pr) 5 iv 2" wohuhoyiy aimiv eic'axouaor'lc'ovral.
00¢l'q dvOp. x. 'r. A. 2 Cor. 4.: 10 et Gal. cts 7: 29 eou'yev 'u' 'rq'l X6791 rot'mp. 1
6: 175v r93 o’épan. Gal. 4: 14. Eph. 51: Cor. 11: 2 iv ror'rry oz'm bran/(D. 2 Cor.
ll Ttplfflffl) iv o'apxt. Seq. dat. 01 pers. 6: 12 Ev illuiv. 1 Pet. 4: 16. v. 14 ii
i. e. in the person or case of any one, in o'vuditfwee e'v dvdpan Xpwrofi, comp.
or by his example, etc. Luke 22: 37 Mark 9: 4.1 Ev dvépart 5n Xpwrm'l e'a're.
John 9: 3, So Sept. and 3, 2 Chr. 16: 7.—Ecclus.
rol'na 5:1 rehartifivat e'v c'pol.
Acts 4: 2 raru'y-ye'Muv iv 11;) 'Irlaoii 'rhv 11:9 bis. Xen. Eq. 9. 11. Cyr. l. 6.
dvécraanv. Rom. 9: 17. 1 Cor. 4.: 61m 19 iv m'aru. An. 3. l. 1 et Thuc. 5. 3
2v hpiv pdflm'e. 2 Cor. 4|: 3. Eph. 1:90. iv ra'ig mrovdaig—So c'v rol'rrp, herein,
Phil. 1: 30.—Plato Meno. p. 82. A, hereby, i. e. on this account, therefore,
imau'xvudoat i'v TLVL- Xen. Cyr. l. 6. John 15: 8. 16:30. Acts 24: 16. 1
99.—So after verbs implying ‘to do Cor. 4: 4|, (Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 17.) iv rol'rnp
anything in one’: case,‘ i. e. to or for one yrvu'mxuv, to know herein, hereby, i. e. by
where the acc. or dat. might stand; this, etc. John 13: 35. 1 John 2: 3, 5.
Miatt. 17: 18 i-rrolna'av e'v aim‘? 56a al. iv (,1, equivalent to :’v ror'mp 5n,
flfléhpaav. Luke 23: 31. 1 Cor. 9: l5. herein that, i. e. in that, because, Rom.
1 Thess. 5: 12 rot); KO‘IHlI-IVTGC e'v I'Jffiv, 8: 3. Heb. 9: 18. 1 Pet. 9: 12. SThuc.
i. e. for your benefit. So too 6poXo-yc7v 8. 86.) wherefore, Heb. 6: 17. —— n this
Zv run, to confess in one's case or cause, sense of propter, iv does not occur with
i. e. to acknowledge, Matt. 10: 32. Luke a dat. of person, Winer § 52. p. 332.—
19: 8. Comp. Winer § 32. 3. b. Also Spoken also of the authority in conse.
mcavdahllwom 'c'v mm, to take ofl‘encc quence of which any thing is done, in,
in any one, i. e. in his case or cause, by, under, i. e. by virtue of etc. Matt.
Matt. 11: 6. 13: 57. 96: 31, 33. al.— 21: 23 et Luke “20: 2 iv 1'01’? c'Eoum'q
Luc. Philopatr. 18 '4') Erepoidv 1': marriage Tat-IT‘! 'n'otcic. Acts 4.: 7 iv role auvtilun,
e'v e’luoL—Spoken also of that in which 1'! iv ‘not’? dvdpa'rl. John 5: 43 et 10:
any thing consists, is comprised, ful 25 z'v rs‘: 6v. rm": 1rnrpo'c. Matt. 21: 9.
filled, manifested, etc. John 9: 30 e'v yap John 12: I3. 14.: 26. 1 Cor. 5: 4. 2
rain-p saupavrdv c'o'nv. Rom. 13: 9 iv Thess. 3: 6. al. So nire'm c'v ftp- o'vo'pan
ror'mp r9": A679: c'rvaxupahacoiirar. Gal. 5: 'Inuoi, to ask in the name of Jesus, i. e.
14 6 1rd; vopoc iv e'vi Mi-yq: who ol'lrat. under his authority and sanction, John
Eph. 2: 7. 5: 9. 11611. 3: 19. 1 et. 3: 14: 13,14. 15:16. 162 23, 24, 26.
4.. 1 John 3: 10 et 4.: 9 iv 1061-4‘: (y) of the ground or occasion of an
z'pavepétin. 4: 10, 17. al. So from lax emotion of mind, after words expressing
ness of expression, Matt. 22: 40 iv joy, wonder, hope, confidence, etc. and
ral'n'azg ra'ig dualv Ev-roha'ic 5M; 6 1161.409 the reverse ; so 0. dat. of thing, Luke 1:
x. 0i xp. rpe'pavrat. Also Acts 7: 14 iv Bl E'Oahpazov e'v 1'1; xpovlluv ain'dv.
:Puxaig K3. 1.5m, consisting in 75 souls; Rom. 2: 23 3;; iv vépq: muxioal. (Sept.
comp. Deut. 10: 22 where Sept. for l}, and Jer. 9: 92, 23.) Acts 7: 4|
and see \Viner § 52. p. 334. e.-—Hero zl'xfipal'vc'ro e'v r074; Ep'yotc. Luke 10: 90
clian. 2. 3. 17 on’! 7219 Ev Ti mflcdpiq i" iv rotary pr) xuipers. Eph. 3: 13 in‘;
- rpozopia, dhX e'v r071; Ep'yorgn—Here too s'xrarfiv iv raic Shltlmrl you. So Matt.
-we may refer the use of iv by Hebraism 12: 21 iv rqi 6v. mirror": Z'Ovn e'Mrmf/at.
after verbs of swearing, to mark the (Sept. for EH31}, Ps. 33: 21.) Mark 1:
ground, basis, object, on which the oath ll, Marat/er: s'v To.) u'm'y-ythirp. Phil. 3'.
 ‘11v 264 7E’

3, 4, 'n'crroloe'vm e'v an m’, and 80 Sept. s'v paxm'pg; Rom. 16: 16. James 3:
for E "'92 Jer. 4.8: 7.- pict. Ench. 40. 9 iv din-j (r5 yhrim'o'y) cilhoyoflpev. Rev.
Pol. l. 59. 2.—Seq. dat. of person, Rom. 6: 8 (month/ac e’v fio'mpalq x. r. h. 12:
2: 7 et 5: ll xuvxc'wm e'v 951:3. I Cor. 55. 13:10. al. So Sept. and Gen.
15: 19 fihrurd'rec e'ape‘v z’v Xpwrq'r Follow.
48: 22. Deut. 15:19. Jer. 14:12.
Eph. 1:12. 1 Tim. 6: l7. 2 Cor. 7: Hos. l: 7.—Judith 9: 19. Ecclus. 46:
16 safifici 5v {up-iv. Se t. eikrrlzew iv for 6. Plato Tim. 1081. Bynflpappévnc e'v
EH5? H08. 10: 13. 2 . 18: 5.-—XGD. yc’lharrr. Aristot. Probl. 30. 5. p. 218
Mem. 4. Q. 28. Sylb. Hippocr. Aphor. 2. 36.
d) Of the means by the aid or inter (y) from the Heb. spoken of price or
vention of which any thing takes place, exchange, of that ‘ by means of’ which,
is-done; in, i. e. by means of. with which, any thing is purchased or
(a) 0. dat. of person, by whose aid or exchanged, etc. Rev. 5: 9 fi-yo'pao'ac re’:
intervention, in, by, with,tlrrough whom, 9a,’: {"469 iv 19"’ a’i'uurl o'ou. So Sept.
any thin is done etc. Winer § 52. and 11: Lam. 5: 4. 1 Sam. 24: 24. Ecc.
. 332 ut. Matt. 9: 34 dugdhhu rr‘z 4: 11.—Rom. l: 28 fiXhaEav n)v 8.15."
acpévra c'v rqi fipxovrr. n7»! 3. Acts 4: 9:05 e'v dpouilpu'rhfor an image etc. v.
9 ea! n'w. oi'rrog o'e'aanrral. 17: 28, 31 25. So Sept. for 2""??? Ps. 106: 20.—
iv r'lvapi. 1 Cor. 15:22. Gal. 3: 8 Comp. the (lat. of price or exchange,
zilho'yqflr'laowaz 5'1! 002 m'rvra rir 50m], In Lys. c. Epicr. 178. 16. Horn. 11. 7. 472.
and through thee, comp. Acts 3: 25. Herodot. 7. 152. also iv 0. dat. Soph.
Heb. 1: l. 1 John 5: 11. al.—Hdot. 8. Ant. 945 13c dMéim e'y Xuhxode'rou;
100. Thuc. 7. 8 r'v 1'9“: d'y'ye'hq). Soph. uilha'ig. atth. <, 364. n. sass. n. 2.
Aj. 1136. Dem. 3l. 10. ib. 710. 18. 4. Sometimes Ev c. dat. is found
(,3) c. dat. of thing, but used strictly where the natural construction would
only of such means as imply that the seem to require air; 0. accus. as after
object afi'ected is actually in, among, sur verbs which imply not rest in a place
rounded by them, pp. in and through. or state, but motion or direction into or
Passow 'Ev 4. Winer § 52. p. 332. towards an object. In such cases, the
Matth. §577. 7.—Matt. a: 32 Zuréoawv idea of arrival and subsequent rest in
e'v 107;; 55001, i. e. in and by the waters. that place or state is either actually ex
1 Col‘. 3: 13 £11 1rupi r’uroxahr'nrrzrar. pressed or is implied in the context.
Rev. 14: 10. 16: 8. al. So Sept. and See the converse of this in E2; 4. Pas
3, Lev. 8: 39.—l Macc. 5: 44 et 6: 31 sow iv 6. Winer § 54. 4. Matth. § 577.
v mlpL—Hom. ll. 24. 38 xcu'ew s'v 1rupl. p. 1141. So after verbs of motion,
—Hence genr. where the object is con Matt. 10: 16 drroa're'hhw r'Jlucic Ev pic?
ceived as being in, or in contact or con )u'rxwv, in the midst of wolves, by whom
nexion with the means etc. Matt. 3: ll ye are already surrounded. Luke 5:
Bum-[Kw E'v iidarr. 5: 13 e'v n'w 16 iiv r'nroxwpriv e’v raic z'pr'lluarg, i. e. be
c'thwer'lvc'rar. 17: 21 e’)! 1rpoaeuxfl. 25: withdrew and abode in deserts. 7: l7
16. Lulte 91: 34 5'11 xpauréhp x. r. h. 257M001 ('1 X670; 'cv 5hr) ' 'Iovdm'q, i. 9.
Acts 11:14. 20:19. Rom. 1015, 9 went out, spread abroad’, in the whole
c'l'w oluoho'yfia'pc £11 1'? a'rdparl 0'01). 12: land. John 5: 4 xare’gawev iv r5
21. 1 Cor. 6: 20. Heb. 10: 29. 13: Kohvpgfitlpq Kai e'rdpaaa'e. Rev. ll: 11.
20. Rev. 1:5. al. seep. So e‘v Xnpl al. So Matt. 14: 3 E'Oero év ¢uharfi, as in
rwog, in or by the hand of any one, Acts Engl. ‘ to put in prison,’ for into. Mark
7: 35. Gal. 3: 19. Sept. and 1‘; Judg. 15: 46 et Luke 23: 53 xa'réfirlxsv ain'dv
16: 7. Num. 36: 2. Job 18: 8—Esdr. Ev ,umpciq), as in Eng. ‘they placed him
l: 40. Soph. Ajac. 488. Thuc. 7. 11 in the tomb.’ Mark 1:16 ,Bdhhowag
‘in: c'v EiMacc Emaroka‘ig. Xen. An. 4. ripflghnarpov c'v rfi 9117\11'0-0'21, comp.
3. 6 E'doEev Ev 1ré§oug 655310111. id. Ath. Matt. 4: 18 sic rfiv 3. John 3: 35 1rc'wra
l. 2, 4.—~Hence in N. T. and later Sz'Swxev 6')! 1f; apt Gin-017, has given i. e.
writers simply of the instrumem, where has put, place , all things in his hand.
classic writers usually employ the dative Trop. Luke 1: 17. So Sept. and 1;
alone, Winer l. c. Matth. § 577. 9. § Judg. 6: 35. Ezra 7: 10.—1E1. V. H. 4.
396. n. 2. Luke 22: 49 zi 1ran'rEopzv 18 5r: xa-rfiAOe HM'lrwv z'v Emehia. Dion.
 ’Em'yza7oZo,u.ou
Hal. Ant. 1. 73 1rpiv Ali/slaw 9.0611 iv
'Irakia. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. ll. 32. ib. 2.
20. 53. Act. Thom. 32 eiazkthlw iv 19';
1rupabelmp. So Hom. Ii. 1. 441 Ev xrpo'i
rifle‘. ib. 1. 593.—Metaph. after words
expressing an affection of mind towards
any one ; e. g. 6.76m) Ev hpiv 2 Cor. 8:
7. 1 John 4: 9, 16. 6p71) iv r4; Ami;
Luke 21: 23 in text. rec. Comp. Sept.
and 1,1 2 Sam. 24: 17.—Lib. Henoch. in
Fabr. V. T. Pseudep. p. 161.
Nora. In composition e’v implies:
1. a being or resting in, as Evequ,
Eppe'vw. 2. into, when compounded with
verbs of motion, as Eygaivw. 3. con
formity etc. as Evbucog, Zwopoc. 4. par
ticipation, as é’voxog. A1..
'Evayzuklzofnm, f. 1110,1111, (awa
Xilopui fr. 517.611,) to take in one's
arms, Matt. 9:36. 10:16. Sept. for
P531‘? Prov. 6: 10. 24: 33.—Plut. de frat.
Amor. ult. Diod. Sic. 3. 58.
’Evé7.10g, 0:), .3, 1'), adj. (iv, M9,)
belonging in the sea, marine, James 3: 7.
—H0m. Od- 5.67. Aristoph. Thesmoph.
325. [333.]
flEl‘m'Tl, adv. (111%,) pp. over
against; hence, in presence of, before,
seq. gen. Luke 1:8. Sept. for ‘3?’? Ex.
28: 26, 29. al. saep. ‘1'25, Gen. 38: 7.
’Em1m'ov, adv. (neut. of e’vav-rlog,)
pp. over against; hence, bq'ore, in the
presence of, seq. gen. Mark 2: 12 c'Efihflsv
ivav'n'ov min-ran’. Luke 20:26. Acts 8:
32. Sept. for 11.3’: Gen. 20: 15. 41:46.
Ex. 7: so. "an? Num. 90. s.
Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 1.-—From the Heb. in
the eight of, seq. gen. Acts 7: 10 E'Ewxev
min-Q xdpiv z'vavriov ‘Dapaé, i. e. with
him, q. d’. ‘ he won his favour,’ comp.
Ex. 11:3. 12:36. al. where Sept. for
Luke 24: 19 Ewarog c'vavrlov r017
Gem? 1:. 'r. A. in the sight of God, i. e.
God being judge :, comp. Sept. for 121??
Gen. 21: 11, 12. al. ‘:3’: Gen. 10: 9.
See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693 d. p. 820. 9.
Stuart § 456.‘
’ /
Emv'rmg, a, or, (am’oc fr. dim-13)
over against, opposite.
a) pp. Horn. I]. 9. 190; in N. T. of a pointing out, pp. with the finger, ol. 3.
wind, contrary, adverse, Matt. 14: 24. 3B. 5. I11 N. T. trop.
Acts 27: 4. seq. dat. Mark 6:48.-—-Luc.
D. Deor. 25. 1. Ken. An. 4. 5. 31.—So 25, 26.— Philo de Op. Mund. I. p. 9.
5E e'yavrlag or e’t’erav-riag, as adv. seq.
265 "Enos;
gen. over against, Mark 15:39. comp.
uttm. s 123. 3. s 115. n. 5. Sept. for
‘13.! Josh. B: 11. ‘1,13’? Nch. 3: 27.—Thuc.
4. 33.
b) metaph. contrary, adverse, hostile,
seq. dat. l Thess. 2:15. Acts 28: 17.
So z'yav-rla 1rp¢iaaew seq. 1rptig c. acc.
26:9. comp. Sept. Ez. l8: 13.—Thus.
7. 11. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 22. l—So b it,’
Evan-lag, i. q. o Evavn'og, an adversary,
an enemy, Tit. 2: 8. See Buttm. § 125.
6.—-Xen. Eq. 11. 3.
,El'éfxojulul, f. Equal, (c'ipxo'uan)
to make beginning in, i. e. to begin, to
commence, absol. Gal. 3: 3. seq. accus.
Phil. 1:6. comp. Matth. § 336. Sept.
for Deut. 2: 24., 25, 31.—Seq. gen.
1 Mace. 9: 54. Luc. Somn. 3. P01. 5.
l. 3.
"Ema-0;, see 'Ewarog.
15686;, 05;, 6, 1'], adj. (Evbéw) in
want, needy, destitute, Acts 4: 34. Sept.
for ‘("25 Deut. 15:4, 7. Is. 41: 17.—
181. V’. H. 1. 31. Ken. Mem. 2. 2. 10.
"Evbeiwboa, wrog, 16, (Evaeikl'vpg)
indication, token, proof, 2 Thess. 1: 5.—
Dem. 4'23. 13. .
‘Brae/Hutu, l'. ZeiEw, to point out in
any thing, to shew in any thing, trans.
Sept. Josh. 7: 14 sqglI Thuc. 4. 126 ult.
—- In N. T. only id. évbelxwpai, to
shew forth, to mamfest, so. any thing re.
lating to or depending on one's self,
seq. accus. Rom. 2: 15 Evbu'x' r6 Ep'yov
r017 mi'tou 'yparr-rbv e'v ra'ic Kapbi'atc abnbv.
9: 17 rip’ bl'lvapiu pow. v. 22. 2 Col‘. 8:
24. Eph. 2:7. 1 Tim. 1: 16. Tit. 2:
10. 3: 2. Heb. 6: 10, 1]. Sept. for
new Ex. 9=17._ Wisd. 12:17. Jos.
Ant. 7. 9. 5. Xen. An. 6. 1. 19.—Hence
by impl. to manifest towards any one,
i. e. to do to any one, seq. accus. et dat.
2 Tim. 4: l4 noMa p01 Kara e'vebeiEa'ro.
So Sept. for 5"35 Gen. 50: 15, 17.—
Song of 3 Childr. 19. Diod. Sic. II. p.
631. ed. Wess. or X. p. 171. ed. Bip.
,ue'yciltnv iiépw r5 1rpza€slq E'webelEaro.
pp. to point out, to shew, Pol. 3. 54. 3.
"Evasiiig, we, .7, (évb‘dwv 1,) a
a) manifestation, declaration, Rom. 3:
50. p. 20. A.
 ,EVBEZG! 266 'Ma
b) indication, token ,proof, i. q. ZvSa'yIua , for ~=.l,= Is. 23: 9. was, Is. 22: I8. néss
2 Our. 8: 24. Phil. l:28.—So im'duEic 2 Chr. 2: 9.—Herodian. l. 16. 7.—-Trop.
Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 3. c'xxhnala EvEoEoQ, i. e. the church adorned
"Evbsza, oi, ai, r6, card. num. in pure and splendid raiment, as a bride,
eleven; in N. T. only of the eleven dis Eph. 5: 27, colL v. 25 et Rev. 19: 7,8.
ciples, after the apostasy of Judas, Matt. 21:9 sq.
28: 16. Mark 16: 14. Luke 24: 9, 33. Tow/w, was, ‘ro',(c'rb1'lvw,c'yditw,)
Acts 1:26. 2:14. clothing, raimcnt, a garment, Matt. 6:
‘Evbézwrog, n, or, ordin. eleventh, 25, 28. 28: 3. Luke 12:23. Sept. for
Matt. 20:6, 9. Rev. 91: 20. 1;; 2 Sam. 1: 24. Prov. 31: 22 M53;
Evbéxouou, f. Equal, to take or re Zeph. l: 8.—Act. Thom. § 7. Anth. Gr.
ceive in, to admit, Luc. Eun. 9. Thuc. IV. p. hil.—Spoken of the outer gar
ment, Matt. 3: 4 E'vbvpa d-rrb rp1xd'w
3. 31. In N. T. only impers. Evbéxerai,
it is admissible, possible; Luke 13:33 Kapilhou, the usual garment of the an
ol’m e'vbe'xzrai, it is impossibIe.-—Herodian. cient prophets, comp. 2 K. I: 8. Zech.
4. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23. 13:4. Jahn § 122. (Sept. for 2 Sam.
20: 8. so Wisd. 18: 24.) Also Erdvpa.
,El’aflfbéw, 5, f. new, (Evbnpog) pp. 'yo’lpou, a wedding garment, Matt. 22: ll,
to be among one's people, to be at home, 12, presented to guests in token of hon
Jos. Ant. 3. ll. 3. In N. T. trop. to be our, according to oriental custom; comp.
present in any place, or with any person. Gen. 45: 22. Judg. 14:12 sq. 2 K, 5:
2 Cor. 5: 9. se . Ev ib. v. 6. seq. wpéc 5, 22 sq. Jahn § 178. Act. Thom.§ 7.
ib. v. 8. comp. hil. 1:23. --Metaph. Matt. 7: 15 iv e'vbbpaol
'Evblbliww, i. q. t’l'al'lw or new... rpogriruv, i. e. externally with the meek
q. v. (by redupl. and change of ending, ness and gentleness of lambs, in con
Buttm. § 112. 10,) to clothe in a gar trast to the spirit of wolves.
ment; Mid. to clothe onc's self in, to wear, Trauma/.641, 47,1‘. éguJostrengt/len
seq. acgus. Luke 8: 27. 16: 19. Sept. in, i. e. to render strong, to impartstrength
for is? [KaL Mid. voice: Hiph. Act]
to, trans. Pass. or Mid. to acquire strength,
2 Sam. 1:24. 13:18.—.Iudith 9:1. to be strong, spoken of the body, as made
"El/61760;‘, ov, a, 1", adj. (6 EV 5.1.4,) strong out of weakness, Heb. ll: 34.—
conformable to right, i. e. right,just, Rom. Trop. of the mind etc. Acts 9: 22. Rom.
3:8. Heb. 2: 2.—-Anth. Gr. I. 216 rd 4.: 20. Eph. 6: 10. Phil. 4.: l3. 1 Tim.
pita/51m. IV. p. 53. 1: 12. 2 Tim. 2: l. 4: 17— Sept. for
'Evbo'unoxg, tag, :3, (EvSopéw) pp. s2 Ps. 52: 9. Aquila for 1:: Gen. 7:
something built in, as a mole in a harbour, 20, 24. Not found in the classics.
Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6. In N. T. genr. a ’Evbzim or trails), f. r'lo'w, (dim to
structure, building, Rev. 21: 18. go in, to envelope, Buttm. § 114 861a,)
Evooioifiw, f. (raw, (5507505) to aor. l e've'dvoa, aor. 1 pass. c'vcbirthyv,
cause to be e’v 365g, i. e. to glorify, i. q. pert‘. pass. Evbz’Bupal. Aor. 2 e’vz'b‘w is
doEdZu q. v. Pass. or Mid. 2 Thess. 1: not found in N. T.
10,12. So Sept. for '12-?! Ex. 14: 4. l. to go in, to enter in, seq. 61; rag
oixiac, 2 Tim. 3: 6. — Herodot. 2. 121.
E2. 28: 22.—Ecclus. 38: 6. 2, e'vBbvroc so. it; r6 o'lmpa. Hesych.
"EvBoEog, ou, .:, .',, adj. (2., 565a,) c'vdiival' eiodfivai, eiozltfleiv.
pp. in. honour, in glory, i. e. 2. to put on sc. a garment, (pp. ‘to
a) of persons, honoured, respected, cause to go into a garment,’ Buttm. l. c.)
noble, 1 Cor. 4:10. Sept. for ‘Q? 1 Sam. i. e. to clothe, to dress, trans. and c. c.
9: 6. Is. 23: 8.--Herodian. l. 6. 18. dupl. accus. i. e. of pers. and thing,
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 56.—Of deeds, rd Buttm. § 131. 5. — Pass. to be clothed,
ZvBoEa,glor-ious,memorable,Luke l3: 17. and Mid. to clothe one's self, c. c. accus.
Se t. for visas: Ex. 34:10. Job 5:9. of thing in or with which, Buttm. § 134.
H'zxg
b)v Is. 12: 4. appearance, splendid, as 135. 4..
of external
a) pp. Matt. 6: 25 rt’ ivbn'lonofls; 22:
glorious, of raiment, Luke 7: 25. Sept. ll. 27: 31 ivébuo'av abrbv rc‘r ipdrla
 "Ethan; 267 "Eliza
al'iroi. Mark 1:6. 6: 9. 15: 17,20. “Ershgov, ou, rd, in text. rec. Acts
Luke 12: 22. 15:22. A015 12: 21. 23: 16, i. q. ive'apa, which is substituted
Rev. 1: 13. 15:6. 19:14.. Sept. for N5; for it in later editions. Sept. for =22?!
Gen. 4.1: 4.2. Ex. 29: 5,8. Mid. ‘i=3’; Judg. 9: 35.
Lev. 6110,11. [in the Heb. 7: 3, 4.]—
Ecclus. 6: 31. El. V. H. 4.. 22. Xen. Event”, 5, 1‘. im.’, (clhc'w, Buttm.
Cyr. l. 3. 3. Mid. ib. 8. 1. 4.—Spoken § 114,) to rollup in, to wrap up in, trans.
of armour, ra 610m etc. Rom. 13: 12. and seq. dat. of thing‘, Mark 15: 46.
Eph. 6: 11, 14. 1 Thess. 5:8. Sept. Sept. for 131'’ 1 Sam. 21:9. -- Artemid.
1. 13 or 14. Y
and ‘5;’? 1 Sam. 17: 5. Jer. 46:4. — l
Macc. 3: 3. Herodot. 7. 229. Xen. Cyr. "Empu, to be in any place, Xen.
6. 4. 2. An. 2. 4.. 21, 27. trop. to be in or with
b) metaph. (a) of the soul as clothed any person, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28. —- In
with the body, 2 C01’. 5: 3 fly: Kai N.T. impers. E'vwrt, but only in the fon'n
e'vduoc'tptyoi, comp. in Ti H. y. I‘upvdg 1). Em, (i. e. the Ion. form of the prep. iv,
Sept. and $373171 Job 10: 11. —(fl) of a the verb being dropped, Buttm. § 117.
person as clothed, i. e. endued, furnished, 3. 2. Winer § 14'. 2. n,) there is in, with,
with any power, quality, etc. Bu'lvapw among, e. g. in sc. iv ilpiv, Gal. 3: 28 ter;
Luke 24: 49. t'upeapoiav, aeavatn'av, others Ev Xpw-rfi, comp. ‘Ev l. c. a.
1 Cor. 15:53 bis, 54. bis. a-rrMu-yxva C01. 3: 11 6mm 01'": in. James 1: 17
oiwipaot'r, i. e. compassion, Col. 3: 12. m1 ' ' oiuc Eva—Test. XII Patr. 733.
Sept. for ‘59%, c. Bhvapw Ps. 93: l. Palaeph. 14.1. Aristoph. Plut. 348.
comp. Ez. 7:27. 2 Chr. 6: 41. Job 29: pp. Xen. An. 5. 3. 11. - So ra ivdyra,
14. al.—Ecclus. 17: 3. Test. XII Patr. things within, that which is within, pp. 1
p. 587 ivh. a':¢pom'1w|v.—(-y) of one who Macc. 5: 5. Xen. Ag. 2. 19. H. G. 2.
puts on, i. e. assumes, a new character, 3. 7. In N. T. Luke 11: 4.1 ra e'ro'v-ra.
etc. rov rawov t‘ivep. Eph. 4: 241. Col. 361-: iksnpoai/vr'v, i. e. in the figurative
3: 10. 5rd. riw Xpwrév, i. e. to be filled, discourse of Jesus, give that within the
imbued, with Christ's spirit, to be like cup andplatter as alms, comp. v. 39 , here
him, Rom. 13: 14.. Gal. 3: 27.—Dion. here spoken of the inner man, the heart,
Hal. Ant. 1]. 5, rev Tapm’wmv ixeiyov viz. ‘ give aims from the heart, and not
Bravo/“vol. Comp. i'uro5uo'apevoc riw merely externally,’ for the doub. accus.
Hvfiu'yépav Luc. Gall. 19. comp. Buttm. § 131. n. 5. Others here
"Eyhuwg, ewe, ;,, (£1,511...) theputting prefer the sense [Kara] ra z'wévra, pro
on sc. of clothes, wearing, 1 Pet. 3: 3. jacultatibus, according to what you have,
(Hesych. e'wiv' duvardv i) Evmrr'zpxom)
,Etalifil, see 'Evsl'ww. but the more usual construction would
,Eyéafas 05?, h, (Ev, 359a,) a lying in then be in n'Jv Evérruv, as Epict. Frag.
wait, pp. in war, an ambuscade, Sept. 108.
for =25? Josh. 8: 9. Thuc. 3. 90. Xen. "Ema, Luke 6: 22. Acts as: 21.
Cyr. 1. 4.. 23. In N. T. in order to kill Rom. 8: 86;more frequently 'e'vexcy' also
any one, Acts 25:3. also 23: 16 in later poet. and Att. c'ivexev, [Luke 4:18.] 2
ed. where text. rec. has E'vefipom— 1 Cor. 7: 12; comp. Buttm. § 117. 2.
Mace. 1:36. Winer § 5. p. 4.3. n.—prep. governing
qzyEhQfl/Ml, f. El’ldll), (ive'Bpa,) to lie in ‘the genitive, on account of, because of,
wait for, trans. pp. in war, to lie in am for the sake of; Matt. 5: 10, 11. 10: 18,
bush against, Sept. for =35 Lam. 4.: 19. 39. 16:25. 19: 29. Mark 8:35. 10:
Diod. Sic. 12. 4-7. ib. 19. 69; in N. T. 29. 13:9. Luke 6122. 9:24. 18: 29.
in order to kill any one, Acts 23:21. 21: 12. Acts 28: 20. Rom.8: 36. 14:
Sept. fort‘: Deut. 19:11.-—Dem. 1011. 20. 2 Cor. 3: 10 Eves-av 'rfig inr. 565779,
3.—By impl. to lie in waitfor, as prey, because of, by reason of: 7: 12 his. Sept.
in order to ensnare or seize, to watch nar for "-3152 Gen. 20: 11,18. 512?? Dent.
rowh], Luke 11: 54. So Sept. and =35 18:12.—-Xcn. Cyr. l. 4. 13.al.—Also
Lam. 3: 10.—Ecclus. 27: 10, 29. Jos. EV€KUI roirrou, for this cause, therefore,
Ant. 5. 2. l2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 4'. Matt. 1915. Mark 1017. Acts 26:21.
 'Eveo'g 268 ’ Emit;
on": E'vzxsv, for which cause, whaefiire, p. 212. Rom. 7: 5 ivrpp'yeiro iv roTg
Luke 4.: 18. rivog Evsxahfor what cause, pe'kww {wt-“w. 2 Cor. 1:6. 4:12. Gal.
wherefore, Acts 19139.—S0 ei'vcxev rm‘: 5:6. Eph. 3: 20. Col. 1:29. 1 Thess.
seq. infin. 2 Cor. 7: 12 aircrew r017 2: 13. 2 Thess. 2: 7.—Pol. l. 13. 5. ib.
¢avcpw0fiva1, in order that, etc. In such 9. l3. 9.—Particip. ivsp'ym'ipevog as adj.
constructions Evexa is often omitted; working, qfl‘ective, as James 5: 16 Sinai;
comp. Buttm. § 14.0. n. 1. § 130. n. l. ivepyovpz'wy.
, I
E9505, see 'Eweég. 'Evégmw, am, as, (ivcpyz'w)
’Evég'ysuz, a5, i],(e'vep-yi'1c,)enfl‘gy, pp. ‘ what is wrought,’ i. e. efl'ect pro_
pp. ‘ the being in work,’ i. e. operation, duced, opa'ation; 1 Cor. 12: 6. v. 10
efliciency, active power, etc. Eph. 1: 19 Evep-yr’lpara ouvo'llacwv, operations of mir
Kara. rfiv e've'p'yuau r017 Kpc'lrovg ailrofi, acles, i. e. put for miraculous effects, the
according to the efi'iciency, active exhibi gift of working miracles—Pol. 2. 4.2.
tion, of his might, sc. in raising up Jesus. 7. Diod. Sic. 4. 51 penult.
3: 7. 4: 16. C01. 1:29. Especially as ’Ev257>'7g, tag, 05;, 0,13, adj. (Ev,
exhibited in mighty works, miracles, e. 297011,) energic, pp. ‘in work,’ i. e.
g. of God, Phil.3: 21. Col. 2: 12. of working, qzerative, active, efl'ective, Heb.
Satan, 2 Thess. 2: 9. — By meton. put 4: 12. 1 Cor. 16: 9 Si'lpa pot aviary:
for the works or miracles themselves, 2 payday xal c'vsp-yr'lc, qfl'ective, i. e. pre
Thess.miracles,
false 2: 11 z'vz' yciav signs,
deijusive whom", i. e. senting opportunity for great efi'ects.
viz. those
Philem. 6.--Isocr. p. 282. C. P01. 9.
mentioned in v. 9, 10. —- Wisd. 7: Q6. 65. 12.1b. ll. 23. 2.
18: 2'2. 3 Macc. 4: 21. P01. 1. 4. 7. ib. Titan's, see ‘Evlvrrmm.
8. 9. 2.
'Evsuloytw, :5, f. flow, to bless in
’E’E€7é“, 5’ f- 1'11"», (51197119) PP or through any one ; in N. T. only Pass.
‘ to be in work,’ i. e. to work, to be qfi’ec Acts 3: 25 iv rq'i o'lréppari oov 'evsuhoy.
tz've, operative, etc. m'ioal ai 1ra-rp1a1'. [Ga]. 3: 8.] See in
a) neut. to work, to be active, to pro E1! 3. d. a. Comp. Gen. 12: 3. 18:18.
duce @jkct, spoken of things; Matt. 14: 2 26: 4. 28: 14.. al. where Sept. for T3.
et Mark 6: 14 ai 5uvap£1c a'vcp'yofnnv iv [in Niph. and Hithp.]
ain-qi, i. e. the power of miracles works,
,EI'EXW, f. Kw, pp. to have in any
miracles are wrought by him. Eph. 1:
90 17v [e'vép-yuav] Evr'lp-yrlo'ev, see Buttm. thing, viz.
a) to have in one's selfseq. dat. imply
§ 131. a. Eph. 2. 2. Phil. 2: 13 n‘. ing a disposition of mind towards a per
e'vep-ydv. With a dat. of pers. Gal. 2:
son or thing, e. g. favourable, Jambl.
8 bis, 6 e'vep'yr’lo'ag He'rptp rig K. in).
Vit. Pyth. 6 Evs'xwy [voiw] 'n'pog r6
Ev‘r'lp'ynoe xal 'zluoi zlc rir. 59111), i. e. he
paverivuv‘ in N. T. unfavourable, Mark
who effected in the case of Peter that
6: 19 'IIpwEtag iveixev [x6)\011] ain'q‘i.
he should be the apostle of the Jews, Luke 11: 53 Euré'ig Eve’ cw. So Sept.
efi'ected also in my case that I should for DE‘? Gen. 49: 23.— est. XII Patr.
go to the Gentiles; comp. v. 7. So Sept. p. 682 Evcixov rq'i ,Iw0'{1¢. Hesych.
seq. (lat. for
d'yafioi, yuw) (ii/5Pprov.
5P2, u'a Evep'yei
31: 19.To?
—-c'n'opisig
Wisd. e'veixov' Exo'hovv, IiJP'YiZOVTO. In full,
Herodot. 1. 118 Kpinr-rwv Toy oi Evzixee
16: 17. Artemid. l. 1 0r 2. Po]. 4. 40
Xokov. 6. 119 e'ysixe' 17¢; 520/51’ xohov.
41. Diod. Sic. 4'. 38. b) Pass. Evs'xoiuu, to be held in or by
b) trans. to work, to eject, to produce,
any thing, trop. to be entangled in, sub
seq. accus. spoken of persons; 1 Cor. 1‘2: ject to, seq. dat. Gal. 5: l 'm'xhw Ivy‘;
6 o 'evrp‘yfiv 'rr‘l mil/r11. v.11. Gal. 3: 5.
Eouheiagivéxeaena—Plut. ed. R. VIII.
Eph. 1:11. Phil.2: 13 a Evep Jw c'v p. 518 kvéx. saw“... Lucian. Disp.
i/piv r6 9é)\cw x. 1'. 7\. Sept. for 2?, Is.
c. Hes. 2. Herodot. l. 90. ib. 2. 1-21. 2.
41. 4.. ‘>2’: Prov. 21: 6.—Jos. B. J. 4. 6.
l. Diod. Sic. 13. 95 ult. ,Eltliéai, adv. strengthened form for
c) Mid. to shew one's self active, i. e. i’vfia, viz.
neut. to work, to be active, to operate, a) of place where, Buttm. § 116. 7.
spoken only of things, Winer § 39. 6. comp. § 79. 5, here, in this place, Luke
 "Evltev
24: 41. Acts 10: 18. 16: 28. 17: 6.
25: 24.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 9. Cyr. l. 3.
15.
b) ofplace whither, Buttm. § 116. 2,
hither, to this place, John 4: l5, 16.
Acts 25: 17.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8. Horn.
Il. l. 365. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 16.
"ENE", adv. demonstr. Buttm. §
116. 6,hence,fi'0m this place, Luke 16:
26, fore'vraiJOzv in text. recepL—Hom.
0d. 6. 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 48. Xen. Cyr.
l. 2. 2.
'Evtlugoéopout, 05am, 1'. fioopcu,
depon. Mid. (Ev, 911/1643) aor. 1. pass.
with mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 2; to
have in mind, to revolve in mind, to think
upon, trans. Matt. 1: 20. 9: 4. seq.
wept’ 0. gen. Acts 10: 19 in text. rec.
where later edit. aLCYO‘IIPéDPaL—Seq. acc.
Wisd. 3: l4. Thuc. 5. 32. Xen. Mem.
1. 7. 2. seq. 1repi' Wisd. 6: 15.
’Ev06,u.nmg, stag, {1, (ivBupéopm)
thought, cogitation, Matt. 9: 4. 12: 25.
Heb. 4: 12.—Thuc. l. 132.—In the
sense of ezcogitation, invention, Acts 17:
‘29.
‘I
Ell! for Zvem-z, see "Eva/.41.
’Ewow'r6g, 05, a, a year, John 11:
49, 51. 18:13. Acts 11:26. 18: 11.
Gal. 4: 10. Heb. 9: 7, 25. 10: l, 3.
James 4: 13. 5: 17. Rev. 9: 15. Sept.
for =3? Gen. 17: 21. Ex. 12: 2. al.—
Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 2. Xen. Ath. 3. 4.
Mem. 3. 6. 13.—B Hebr. put for any
definite time, era uke 4: 19 e'viaurov
Kvpiou deno'v, quoted from Is. 61: 2,
where Sept. for "31,5.
'EW’O'TWM, (10mph) in N. T. only
fut. Mid. c’va'rr’yaopai, and perf. act.
e've'a-mxa, part. Evsarnxu'ic, Heb. 9: 9,
contr. e'vea'niic, Buttm. § 110. 10; in
trans. to stand in or upon, Buttm. § 107. Prov. 6: 13. 10: 10.
II. 1 sq. In N. T. trop. to stand near,
i. e. to be at hand, to impend, 2 Thess. 2: is in"Ewouz,
2. 2 Tim. 3: l.—2 Macc. 4: 43. P01.
2. 28. 9. ib. 3. 6. l.—Part. perf.e'vsa-ro'ic, Laert. 3. 79 Evvoca Kultoii. Pol. 1. 15.
instant, i. e. present, Rom. 8: 3B oiire
éV€GTt|-!Tll,01-l1'£ ps'hhovra. 1 Cor. 3: 22.
7:26. Gal. 1. 4. Heb. 9: 9.-—-Esdr.
9: s. Jos. Ant. 16. 6. 2. Xen. H. G.
2. l. 6.
‘some, 1'. (mm, (iaxi'mgréip. :u be sc. with Cbrist—Isocr. p. 112. D.
strong in any thing; in N. . to 1N
strengthen, i. e.
269 "Europa;
a) intrans. to be invigorated, to become
strong, Acts 9: 19. Sept. for PIUP-‘S
Gen. 46: 2. 1931',1 2 Sam. 16: 21. Dan.
10: 19.—Trop. Diod. Sic. 5. 28 Evwxl'm
rap’ airro'ic blIufia'yopou M709. ib. l. 18.
b) trans. but only in Sept. and N. T.
to invigorate, to strengthen, i. e. to cause
to be strong, seq. acc. Luke 22: 43. Sept.
for P31‘) Dan. 10:18.Judg. 3_: 12. "$35 2
Sam. 22: 40. T238 Is. 41: 10. Comp.
on the causative signif. Buttm. § 113.
2, and n. l.
"Ewwrog, n, or, ord. adj. (éwéa)
the ninth, Rev. 21: 20. Elsewhere only
in the phrase 1', a'ipu. 1‘, e'vvérn, the ninth
hour, sc. in the Jewish mode of reckon
ing, corresponding to our 3 o'clock P. M.
the hour of evening sacrifice and prayer,
(see Acts 3: 1,) Matt. 20: 5.27. 45: 46.
Mark 15: 33, 34. Luke 23: 44. Acts
3:1. 10: 3, 30.—Some MSS. read
Eva-rag in Matt. 20: 5. Acts 10: 30. See
Winer § 5. p. 44.
,El‘ltéflt, oi, at, Tl't, card. num. nine,
Luke 17: 17.
’Ewemnovratswéu, 0;, at, Hi, ninety.
nine, Matt. 18: 12, 13. Luke 15: 4,7.
Some Mss. write e’vevnxovr. which is
better; Winer § 5. p. 44. Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. I. p. 283.
'Eweég, oi, 6v, better twig, Pas.
sow sub. voc. Winer § 5. p. 44, (prob.
i. q. dvcwg fr. c'lw, a510,) speechless, dumb,
with amazement, Acts 9: 7, coll. 22: 9.
—pp. dumb by nature, also a deaf-mute,
Sept. for BER. Is. 56: 10. Ep. Jer. 41.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 32. Xen. An. 4. 5. 33.
iEWEfM), f. zoo-w, to nod or winh
towards any one, Lat. innuo, i.e. to make
signs with the bead, eyes, etc. Luke
1: 62. Sept. tvvn'm 61:60AM? for YEP,
12;, 1‘], (iv, voig.) pp. ‘what
the mind,I e. g. idea, notion, Diog.
13. In N. T. thought, intent, Heb. 4:
12. Sept. for “EV-j Prov. 3: 21. comp.
23: 19.—Susann. 28. Wisd. 2: 14.
Xen. Cyr. l. 1. l.—In the sense of
mind, disposition, mode of thinking and
feeling, 1 Pet. 4: 1 rfiv al'irfiv Zvvoiav,
"Evvonog, 0v, 6, 1'1, (Ev, vépog) pp.
 "Ewvxo; :)
.. 70 'Ewtkkoplui

i‘ within the law,' or ‘conformable to p. 173. comp. in Big 3. b. So Sept.

law,’ i. e. Zvox. ",5 Quinta-q; for PP!” 1'11” Gen. 26:
a) legal, legitimate, Acts 19: 39 iv Ti] 11.—Erich. 2. 36 r1; vii/.450. Luc. bis
ivmiliup EKxXno'ia—Lucian. Conc. Deor. accus. 39. Pol. 12. 14. 1. Ken. Mem.
14 Emzhqoiac e'wépov z'i-yope'rnc. Pol. 2. 1. 2. 64 rf] ypa¢§.-Construed also 0.
47. 3. gen. Matth. l. c. Heb. 2: l5 Evoxoi
b) under law, auly'ect to law, 1 Cor. 9: Bouhet'ag, as in Engl. subjects of bondage.
215vvopog Xpw'rq'i. So of punishment, Zvoxog Samirou, lit. a
Ewuxag. 0v, :. :,, adj. iv, mar.) suly'eet
Matt.
of death, i. e. guilty of death,
26: 66. Mark 14: 64. Zr. aiwv.
nocturnal; neut. Ewvxou as a v. in the
night, by night, Buttm. § 115. 4. Mark xpirrewc Mark 3: 29.—Dem. 1229. 11
1: 35 1rpwi 'e'wvxov Maw, very early, get iz'voxog Esoluoii.
b) in the sense of chargeable with,
in the night, i. q. b'pepou ,Bafie'oc Luke
24: l—adv. 3 Macc. 5: 5. fem. Hom. guilty of, seq. gen. of that in or in re
spect to which crime is committed;
Ii. 11. 716.
1 Cor. 11:27 Zr. ‘r017 dill,“- x. rot’: clip.
’Evom§u, 5, f. {1010, (olxéw) to for? Kvpiou. James 2: 10 n'c'w'rwv E'voxog.
dwell in, to inhabit, c. c. Ev, Sept. for —Sept. Is. 54: 17. 2 Mace. 13:6. Philo
=25: Jer. 49: 1. Ken. (Ec. 4. 13. In N. de Joseph. p. 558 rfic Mon-17¢ Zvoxog.
T. metaph. to dwell in or with any one, Lys. in Alcib. 5. p. 140. init. Ev.
to be in or with, seq. e'v, spoken of the MuroraE/ov. 0. dat. Sept. Deut. 19: 10.
indwelling of the Holy Spirit in Chris. Diod. Sic. l. 77 penult.
tians, Rom. 8: ll. 2 Tim. 1: 14. of
the divine presence and blessing, 2 Cor. "Elt'rahfba, ‘70?, rd, (e'vre'khopan)
6: 16,comp. 1 Cor. 3: 16. Lev. 26: i. q. e'vroki], mandate, precept, ordinance,
12. Ex. 29; 45. E2. 37: 27. So of Matt. 15:9.‘ Mark 7:7. Col-2:22. Sept.
1', 'n'la'ng 2 Tim. 1: 5. ('1 Miyoc roi'i Xp. for rest: Job 23. 12. Is. 29: 13.
Col. 3:16,—Test. XII Patr. p.539. ’Evmeié{~, r. éow, (swam, fr.
Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6. e'v, nirpog, pl. riz 'em'doia rave-clothes
J I .1
EPOVTM, ni, see Even“. and ornaments, Eurip. el. 1404 or
P I 1424. El. V. H. 1. 16,) to preparefor
Ems-2);, 77770;’, 7'] (£79,) oneness, burial, i. e. to lay out in the Evn'upia, to
unity, Eph. 4: 3, l3.——Test. XII Patr. decorate, to‘ embalm, in the Jewish
p. 642. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13 év rfig manner, see Jahn § 204, 205. trans.
rinsing. ' Matt. 26: 12. John 19: 40. Sept. for
'Evoxks'w, all‘, f. 17m», (dxxéw fr. vi?! Gen. 50: 2, 3.—Test. XII Patr. p.
iiXXog) to ezcite tumult in; hence genr. 619 #11551’; [.18 e'vradm'wg 1rohvrehe'i e'o'flfin
to disturb, to trouble, to annoy, so. a com x. -r. )t- Plot. ed. Reisk. X. 138. 14 d‘lmrep
munity, person, etc. absol. Heb. l2: l5. vcxpov e'vraoailjovreg. Anth. Gr. IV. p.
—absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 9. seq. dat. 137.
Xen. An. 3. 4. 21. seq. accns. Xen.
’Ewu¢iua-,w6;, 0v, 5, (évm¢.&£w,)
Mem. 3. 8. 2. Esdr. 2: 22, 29. preparation for burial, i. e. a laying out,
"Evoxogn 0!), 6,1‘), adj. (Eve'xo‘um) embalming, etc. Mark 14:8. John 12: 7.
i. q . iv: x6Pway, pp . held in,contained
Anth. Gr. in,
I. 'EwéMopow, f. rshoi'niai, depon.
fastened in or on any thing,
p. 179 e'1r' c't-ym'ipng Z'voxov Bi'ipoc. In Mid. (réhhw to cause to exist etc.) perf.
N. T. metaph. suly'ect to, liable to, ob. pass. e’vre'mhpai, with mid. or act. sig
nif. Acts 13: 47. Herodian. l. 9. 23.
noxious to, viz. Buttm. § 136. 3; to enjoin upon, to charge
a) pp. and usually c. 0. dat. Matth.
§ 370. n. 4 ; so seq. dat. of tribunal, for with, to command, 0. c. acc. of thing and
the punishment inflicted by that tribu dat. of person, one or both of which are
nal, Matt. 5: 21, 22 bis, r‘ii xpilret, r97 oftenimplied;l\iatt.28:20 Eaae'versikc'ipqv
o'uveaplrp. v. 22 groxog sic 'rfiv 'ye'em'av ilpiv. 15:4. 17: 9. Mark 10: 3. 11:6.
i. q. Ei'oxog lic'zhheaeai eig 'ys'evvav. Comp. John 8; 5. 14.: 31. 15: 14,17. Acts 1:
2. 13: 47. seq. wept’ 0. gen. of thing,
Num. 35: 31 'e'voxog hi'aipeefivai. Tho.
luck Bergpred. p. 182. Winer§ 31.2. Matt. 4: 6. Luke 4: 10. Heb. ll: 22.
 ’Ew2502v 271 ’ Ev: givm

seq. iva Mark 13:34. seq. infin. Matt. b) in the sense of precept, command
19:7. Sept. for "3; Gen. 2: 16. 21:4. ment, law, spoken (a) of the traditions
Ex. 7: 2. al. seep. Jos. Ant. 8. 14. 2 1m.of the Rabbins, Tit. l: 14.—([3) of the
Herodian. 3. 11. 19, 20. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. precepts and teaching of Jesus, John
12.-By Hebraism, Heb. 9: 20 mom; 13:34. 15:12. 1 Cor. 14:37. I John
fig [fiv] e'vs'rsz'haro npog innit; b Geog, 2: 8. al.—(7) oi the precepts and com
which God enjoined upon or towards you, mandments of God, in general, 1 Cor.
noted from Ex. 24: 8 where Sept. 81:19. 7: 19. 1 John 3: 22,23. al. Sept. and
i; biz'fle'ro n96; ilpfig for Heb. 527$? "1?; I"??? Deut. 4: 2, 40. al. step—(5) of the
but elsewhere Sept. often Etath’lxnv precepts of the Mosaic law, in whole or
z'vcret'haro ilpiv for Heb. 53171} “"1? "J3, in part, Matt. 5: 19. 19:17. 22: 36, 38,
e. g. Deut. 4: 13. Josh. 23; 16. Judg. 40. Mark 10: 5,19. Rom. 7:8 sq. al.
2: 20. —(s) gem. and collect. 1', ivroM, or i,
'EW'EiMEV, adv. strengthened form c'v'rohr) 6:017, put either for the law, i. e.
from EvBcv, Buttm.§ 116. 7, hence, thence, the Mosaic law, Matt. 15: 3, 6. Mark 7:
8, 9. Luke 23:56. Sept. for "in 2 K.
from this or that place, Matt. 17: 20.
Luke 4: 9. 13:31. 16:26 in text. rec. 21: 8. 2 Chr. 12: l.—or, for the precepts
John 2:16. 7: 3. 14:31. 18: 36.—Jos. given to Christians, Christian doctrines
Ant. 1. 21. 3. Xen. An. 1. 2. 7, 10,11. and duties, 1 Tim. 6:14. 2 Pet. 2:21.
al.—So z'v-reiOev ml s'v-rsfltiev, hence and 3:9. , AL.
hence,on this side and that side,on each Two's-log, 0:), a, {1, adj. (e'v, r61roc,)
side, John 19: 18. Rev. 22:2. Sept. pp. in the place, spoken of one who be
for =1’? Num. 92: 24- 772??? “5?! Dan. longs in any place, a resident, an inhab
12: 5.——Trop. of the cause or source, itant, Acts 21: 12.—Porphyr. de Abst.
hence, James 4: l.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 18. l. 14. Plato Phzedr. p. 1232. D.
Herodian. 2. 10. 13. 712976;, adv. (e'v,) in, within,- also
"Ev'reuglg, ewg, ,7, (Ewuyxéwg pp. as prep. 0. gen. Luke 17: 21 i, Baathn'a
a falling in with, meeting with, coming 'roii 6:017 e'vroc iquéiv io-nv, the kingdom
togetherJELV. H. 4. 20. access,audience, of God is within you, i. e. its seat is in
P01. 16. 21. 8. ib. 25. 6. 6. petition, Jos. your heart and affections, not external.
Ant. 15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic. 16. 55.—In So r6 s'vflic, the inside, Matt. 23: 26.
N. T. supplication, prayer, sc. to God, Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. Sept. for =12!) Ps.
1 Tim. 2: 1. 4: 5.—Plut. Numa 14 39:4. 109: 22.—Lucian. D. Deor. 14.
penult. 1romio'8a: rc‘lc we; 16 Gc'iov 5 rd Ev-ro’y. Herodian. 2. 15. 15. Hero
Errtilgng. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 7. dOt. 7. 47.
Ewqnog, 00,2, 1',, adj. (Ev, myth) ’Ev*rgia'au, f. to, Lat. inverto, Eng.
pp. in honour, i. e. to invert, i. e. to turn about, trans. e. g.
a) honoured, estimable, dear, Luke 7: 2. riz vaDra Herodot. 7. 211. to turn back,
14.: 8. Phil. 2: 29. Sept. for win Neh. Diog. Laert. Socr. 11. 29. Trop. to turn
2: 16. 4:14.. 151;; Num. 22: 15. one in upon himself, to bring to reflec
Herodian. 2. l. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4. tion, i. q. to afl'ect, to move, 1E1. V. H. 3.
b) precious, costly, spoken of a stone, 17 pen. Horn. Ii. 15. 554. Hence in
trop. 1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, comp. Is. 28: 16 N. T.
where Sept. for "21.—Dem. 1285. 18. a) to shame, to put to shame, trans.
~ EWON'I, 59‘, 1‘], (e'v'rt'hholuah) instruc 1 Cor. 4: l4 oi”: ivrpe'nwv itlufic 'ypd'pu
tion, charge, command, i. e. rain-a. Pass. 2 Thess. 3: 14. Tit. 2: 8.
at) pp. charge, commission, direction; Sept. for ‘EU P5. 35: 26. 40: 15. 83: 18.
John 10:18 ivrolkfiv E'Aagov napix r05 1:59:15. 41:11. Ez. as: 32.—Esdr. e: 74.
1111-964'312: 49, 50. Acts 17:15. Col. 4: Ecclus. 4:25. Plato Crit. 14.
10. Heb. 7: 5. al. Sept. for “i=3? 2 K. b) Mid. s'vrpc'iropat, to shame one's self
18: 36. 2 Chr. 8: 15.—Herodian. 3. 5. 8. be/bre any one, i. e. to feel respect or de
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 30.—In the sense of a ference towards, to respect, to reverence,
public charge, edict, from magistrates, in N. T. and in late writers seq. accus.
John 11: 57. Sept. for “31?? 2 Chr. 35: Matt. 21:37 et Mark 12: 6iv'r m'leovrm
16. r6)’ w'dv Imm, i. 0. Pass. as id. comp.
 ’Ewg€¢w 272 ’Eva'wrmv

Bultm.§ 136. 2. Luke 18: 2, 4. 20: 13. or wrap together, John 20: 7.—Hesych.
Heb. 12: 9._VVisd. *2: 10. Diod. Sic. Eye'rz'lhtzey‘ z'l'eihwa'sy.
19: 7. Pol. 30. 9. 2. Plut. ed. Reisk. ’Ev'ru*z5w, a7, f. (‘160), (i'vrwrog fr.
VI. p. 882. 15. In earlier writers seq. c’v, rim-om) to instamp, to impress, to en
gen. Soph. Ajac. 90. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 33. grave, Pass. 2 Cor. 3: 7. -- Aristot. de
’Eltfgé¢ét, f. e'vopz'xlau, to nourish up Mund. 6. Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 672.
in any thing, to bring up or train up in , Hesych. c'vrmror'lpevov' E'yypatpopevov.
hence Pass. trop. to be skilled in, imbued ’Evu§gtZw, f. law, (Ev, bfipttog to be
with, seq. dat. of thing, 1 Tim. 4: 6 contumacious in or towards any one, to
s'vrpupépevoc r079 Myotg. Comp. for treat with despite, to contemn, seg. acc.
the particip. pres. Winer § 46. 5. p. 289, Heb. 10:29 To 1rw65‘aa rfic xép. e'vv plaag.
29L—Philo de Vict. ofi". p. 855 Evrp. —-So seq. acc. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 12. ib. l.
vii/wig. cle Alleg. p. 59. Herodian. 5. 3. 8. 1. seq. dat. Herodian. 8. 5. 3. Pol.
5. ib. 5. 5. 4. pp. Eurip. Phoen. 379. 10. 26. 3.
[381.] Max. Tyr. 18. 9, or Diss. 3. C.
,EVUWWOZZN, also e'x'wrvuilofiat de
"Ewgothog, at), 6,1‘), adj. (av, 196m) pon. e'm'nrvtov,) to dream,intrans. spoken
in trembling, i. e. trembling with fear, ter of visions in dreams, Acts 2: l7
nfied; hence Zvfpopoc 'ylvopar. v. film’, s'vz'nrvta e'vmrvlaa'fir’laovrat, where for
to tremble, Acts 7: 32. 16: 29. Heb. 12: the accus. of the cognate noun, see
21. Sept. for ""21? Dan. 10: ll.— Buttm.§ 131. 3. Comp. Joel 2: 28 where
1 Macc. 13:2. Plut. Fab.Max. 3. genr. Sept. for E9213. Gen. 28: 11.—pp. Plut.
Anth. Gr. I. p. 23. p. 211. Brut. 24 med. id. Cato Maj. 23 ult. In
Ev'rgo'rn, as, a, (c'wrpc'rw, q. v.) the act. Aristot. H. An. 4. 10. -- Trop.
ivmrmal'ofizvot, dreamers, i. e. holding
shame, a putting to shame, I Cor. 6: 5
vain and empty opinions, deceivers,
n'pog Zvrp. izp'iv hé'yw. 15: 34. Sept. for
Jude 8. Comp. Lat. samnio, Cicero de
"$5.53 Ps. 35:26. 69: 8, 20.
Divin. 2. 71.
'Ewgutpolw, 07, f. two, to live deli ’En'm'wov, av, 76, (iv, 1110109,) pp.
cately or luxuriously in, to revel in, e. g. ‘ what comes in sleep,’ a dream, spoken
e'v rat; lzyérratc, 2 Pet. 2: 13 in some in N. T. of visions in dreams, Acts 2:
Mss. but the comm. reading is Ev m7; 17, comp. in 'Evwrvtél'w. Sept. for
llmi-ratg, i. e. trap. to revel in their frauds, 1551-; Joel 2. 28. 1 K. a: 15. —pp. He
or by means of them. Sept. for it???‘
rodot. 7. 16. 2. Xen. Conv. 4. 48.
Is. 55: 2. —c. dat. Philo de Jos. II. p.
70. 15. Herodian. 2. 3. 22. Diod. Sic. 'Evémov, (pp. neut. of Ewinriog, fr.
I9. 71. ' e'v, d'nlq) prep. governing the gen. in the
presence of, before, found only in the
’Ewrvyxém, l‘. "650/4111, to fall in later Greek, Buttm. § 146. 2. Sept.
with, to light upon, seq. (lat. genr. Xen. every where for ‘NE-Wish; in N. T.
An. 4. 5. 19. to meet and talk with, Xen. used chiefly by Luke, Paul, and in the
Mem. 3. 2. 1. ib. 3.6. 2.—In N. T. to Apocalypse.
come to, to address, to apply to, seq. dat. a) pp. mostly of persons, but also of
Acts 25: :24 1rspl m"; m'iw r6 whfiflog things, as Evdnrtov r017 spévou, before, in
ive’ruxév ‘um. -- 2 Macc. 4: 36. Pol. 4. frontqf, Rev. 1: 4. 4: 5, 6,10. 7: 9, ll,
76. 9. Plut. Theseus 26 med. - In the 15. al. So Sept and ‘955. Josh. 6:4.
sense of to intercede, to make intercession 1 Sam. 5. a. mi? Gen. 30: 39.—
for or against any one, viz. seq. dat. expr. Elsewhere of persons, before, in the
or impl. et inrép v. Kare’: 0. gen. Rom. presence of, in the sight of; Luke 1: l7
11:2 a‘rg E’IITU’YXOIIIIEL r' 9593 Kara. r017
1rposha'm'erat Emlnrtov ailrofl, as alierald,
'Ia'par'lh. 8: 97, 34 inrzp c'l'ylwv, inrép i. q. 1rpo 1rpoa'6nrou air-r017 in Mark 1: 2.
17,115.’. Heb. 7=25.-1 Macc. 10: 61,63 Luke 1: 19 Fagpu‘lh, 6 warmer-nub‘;
xan'l. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 13 ims'p. ivénrwv r017 6e05, comp. in 'Apxé'y'ychog‘.
'Evrukr'aaw v. ‘no, t. to, to roll so rpoaxvvdv v. 1rl1r-rzw Emlnnov ru-og,
up in, to inwrap, trans. 0. dat. of thing, to prostrate one's self before any one,
Matt. 27: 59. Luke 23: 53. Also tofold Luke 4:7. Rev.3:9. 4:10. 5: 8. 15:4.
 'Eva'lg
(Sept. for 15;‘: Ps. 22:30.) Acts 9: 15
e'vinrwv e'OvJav x. r. A. Luke 13: 26
e'oé-yopev z'vénno'v can, see in 'Ecrfiiw.
Luke 5: 18, 25. Acts 6:6. 10:4, 31.
al. Sept. for "32?? Ez. 15:26. Jer. 7:
10. 1:5 Lev. 4:4. Num. 17. 10.
b) as marking the manner, and espec.
the sincerity in which any thing is
done; s’vdnnov r017 6:017, in the sight of
God, i. e. God being present and wit
ness, Rom. 14: 22. 2 Cor. 4: 2. 7: 12.
Comp. Sept. and ‘3:11? 1 Sam. 12: 7.
23: 18.—So in obtestations, before God,
God being witness, Gal. 1:20. 1 Tim.
5:91. 6: 13. 2 Tim. 9: 14. 4.1.
c) metaph. in the sight of, i'. e. in the
mind, will, purpose, judgment, of any
one; Luke 1:6 50:11:01 e’va'wrtov 1017
9501'). v. 15 fu'yag e'vdnrtov Kvplou.
v. 75. 15: 18 21 ‘ii/.LGPTOV s’vu'nruiv c'ov.
(Sept. and "21}. 1 Sam. 20:1.) 16:15
diraioz'lvrzg Earn-mic c’vu'nrwv dvtipo'nrwv.
Acts 8:21. 110111.12: 17. 2 Cor. 8: 21.
al. So Sept. and *3‘??? Deut. 4:25. 1 K.
11.3339. al. 1138. Neh.9:28. Ps. 51
9. 19: 15.—From the Heb. e’vdnruiv nvoC,
where in Greek :1 dat. is usual, Luke
15:10xapc‘1 yivsra:Evrinnovrd'lvdy-yéltwv,
i. e. joy to them, they rejoice. 24: ll
i¢i1vncav Evdnnov at’zrtDv (1)681 hfipoc, i. e.
seemed to them. Acts 6:5 iipao'ev 6
N370; c'vdnrwv 1ravflig x. 'r. A. i. e. was
pleasing to all. So Sept. and "2‘???
Num. 13. 34.. Deut. 1. 23. 2 Sam. 3:
36. Also in the phrase sbpln'xu xo'lprv
e'vénruiv nvog, to find favour in the sight
of any one, Acts 7: 46, elsewhere rapt’:
Ttl’l, Luke 1:30. So Sept. for ‘3??
E2. 33: 13, 17. Num. 11:11. AL.
’Eva’1§, 6, indec. Enos, Heb. ‘51535,.
(man), pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 38,
comp. Gen. 4: 26.
'Evavr/Zopom, f. io'opcu, depon.
Mid. (iv, 01');- dmig) to receive in the car,
i. e. to give ear to, listen to, seq. acc.
Acts 2: 14. Sept. tor Gen. 4: 22.
Job 37:14. “1.5217 Jer. 8: 6. — Wisd.
6:2. Test. XII Patr. p. 520. Alex.
(10mm. 3. 9. Hesycll. e'vwn'Zou' iv 10?;
u'm'ou; Es'xou. , Mid. to select for one's self, to choose,
’EM’IX, h, indec. Enoch, Heb. 11111,
(dedicated), the patriarch who walked
with God, Luke 3: 37. Heb. 11:5. Jude
14.. Comp. Gen. 5: 18 sq.
273 'EEmeéw
E2, see 'Er.
NEE, oi, oi, rd, sir, Matt. 17: 1.
Mark 9: 2. AL.
Tim/790.01, 1'. AG, (Ex, z'z'y-ys'MwQ
to give out intelligence, e. g. from one
camp to another, Demosth. p. 45. 3.
Xen. An. 2. 4. 24. In N. T. to an.
nounce abroad, i. e. by Hebraism, to
make widely known, to celebrate, e. g. The
ripsrc'ig rm‘; 9:01": 1 Pet. 2: 9. Sept. for
‘E? Ps. 9: 15. 79: 13.—Ecclus. 44: 15.
’EEO¢70§0€€W, f. dam, (Emdyopéfm)
to purchase out, to buy up, so. from the
possession or power of any one, trans.
Plut. M. Crass. 2. 1301.3. 42. 2.-—1n N.
T. to redeem, to selfree, so. out of service
or bondage; Gal. 3: 13 Ex rfig Km'dpug
r05 vopou. 4: 5. Comp. in'A'yopdZm b.—
Mid. pp. to redeem for one's use, trop.
Eph. 5: 16 et Col. 4: 5 e'Ea-yopaléperoi
'rov rarpdv, redeeming the time, i. e. res
cuing and improving every opportunity
to do cod—Comp. Marc. Antonin. 4.
28 nip avre'ov To rrapév.
Titi'yw, 1. .25.», (Ex, 1:7...) :0 lead
out, to conduct out, so. out of any place,
0. accus. of pets. e. g. out of prison,
Acts 5:19. 16:37,39. seq. is: 12: 17
Sept. for 193"“ Ps. 142: 8. Is. 42: 7.
Also out of Egypt, Acts 7: 36. seq. 5'».
v. 4.0. 13:17. Heb. 8: 9. Sept. for “in
Ex. 6: 7. Lev. 25: 38. Gem. Mark 15:
20. Acts 21: 38. Seq. 251.; Mark 8: 23.
Luke 24: 50. So Sept. seq. Zia: Gen.
15:9. 19: 16. As a shepherd his flock,
John 10:3.—-Dem. 1090.10. Xen. H. G.
6. 4. 37. seq. Ex Dem. 845. 17. ib. 865.
6. Xen. H. G. 6- 5. 18. seq. Z'Ew Dem. _
1278. 3.
’E£oug€w, 5, f. {,m, (in, aipz'w,)
nor. 2 e'EfiAov, nor. 2 mid. irreg. e'EzlAaro
Acts 7: 10 et 12: 11 in some edit. see in
‘Avarpe'w' to take out, trans. i. e.
a) to pluck out, to tear out, e. g. an
eye. Matt. 5: 29 rov 9¢60Altélh 18:9.
- Heliodor. 2. p. 84 Ta. 15¢6. Plut. ed.
Reisk. VII. p. 471. 7 rov dot). Xen. 2.
3. 16.
b) to take out from a number, to select,
0. c. acc. Acts 26: 17. Sept. for "U;
Deut. 31:11. Job 36-. 11.—Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 5. Xen. An. 2. 5. 20. act. Horn. 11.
16. 56. Xen. An. 5. 3. 4.
b
 'Efiaigw 274 'EEowrogs'oaw
c) Mid. trop. to take out sc. of the b) by impl. to wipe of or away, as
power of any one to one's self, i. e. to rriiv To ddrpvov 61rd ra‘w 69:0. Rev. 7:
rescue, to deliver, seq. acc. and c. c. e'r, 17. 21: 4.
Acts 12: ll e'EciAerli p: E): xupdg ’E§1£Moanu, f. ahofipai, (Ex, 5X
'Hpédou. 7: 10. Gal. 1:4. 0. e'x impl. Aopar) to leap out, e. g. from a house,
Acts 7:34. 23: 27. Sept. for 5‘3? Gen. Plut. Agesi. 34 pen. from a chariot,
32: 11. 37: 20. al. seep—Dem. 256. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 25.—In N. T. to leap up
Pol. 1. 11. 11. or forth, so. from the place where one sat
E5145”, f. ape“: (Ex, a'ipw,) to take or was, Acts 3: 8. Sept. for ‘172.’! Joel 2:
up out of any place, to lift up fi-om, 5.—-Plut. Pelop. 32 med. Pomp. 58 pen.
Plut. Marcell. l5 med. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. ’EEuVaZaraalg, em, 1'], (éEavim-wm)
19. In N. T. to take away out of or a rising up, P01. 3. 55. 4. In N. T.
from, to remove, trans. and seq. 5:: 0. gen. resurrection from the dead, Phil. 3: ll.
1 Cor. 5: 13 Ta» :rovnpov EE inui'w, i. e.
to expel, to excommunicate. So v. 2. ’E§amré7.7.w, f. she], (in, dvare'Mw
in text. recept. Sept. for “2:3 Dent. 19: q. v.) to spring up out of any place, the
19. Judg. 20:13. al. '1"??? Josh. 7: ground, etc. spoken of plants, to shoot
13. hi‘? Ez. 14:8.—}El. 2. 24. Anthol. jbrth, to sprout up, intrans. Matt. 13: 5.
Gr. III. p. 96. Mark 4: 5. Sept. of light, for "7! Ps.
EECUTEIQ, 67, f. {1010, (in, airc'w,) to 112: 14.—trans. of plants Sept. for '5"???
Gen. 2: 9. Ps. 104: 14.
ask out and out, to desire to have, to de
mand .- Mid. to demandfor one's self, seq. ’E§aw'arnal, f. a-n'lo'w, (e'x,dvla-mpr,)
accus. Luke 22: 31. Comp. Job 1: 6 sq. trans. to cause to rise up out of, to raise
2; ll sq.—-Test. XII Patr. p. 729. Dem. up out of; intrans. to rise up out of:
546. 21. act. Diod. Sic. ll. 33. Buttm. § 107. II.
a) trans. pp. of soldiers out of am.
Ego/rpm, adv. is, (a‘igbvm; i. q.
a'icpvwg, tirpvw, q. v. suddenly, unex
bush, Thuc. 7. 77. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 37.
of beasts out of their lairs, Xen. Cyr.
pectedly, at once, Mark 13: 36. Luke 2:
2. 4. 20. In N. T. in aor. 1 Act. from
13. 9:39. Acts 9:3. 22:6. Sept. for
the Heb. to raise up sc. seed, offspring;
“Pg-‘P Prov. 24:2. Jer. 6: 26. 9?; Is. 47:
Mark 12: 19 et Luke 20: 2Be'Eavaa'r1'7a-p
9.—Paus. 3. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6. arrz'ppa rq'i ddehpq': airfoil so c'x rfig
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18. n. Buttm.
ywamég. Sept. for 71:1? Gen. 19:32, 34.
s 115. n. 5. 1'“? Gen. 4:25.
'Eiomoloufléw, :7, f. {,w, (5:, b) intrans. in aor. 2 Act. to rise up out
r’zxohoufie'm) to follow out, i. e. trop. to of sc. a place, a number or body 01' per
copy after, to conform to, seq. dat. ‘1413601; sons, etc. to stand forth, Acts 15: 5.
2 Pet. 1:16. dark/elm; 2: 2. r‘r'l i259") Sept. for U1? Gen. 18: 16. 19: l. Judg.
nvog 2: 15. Sept. for 113% Is. 56: 11.— 3: 20.—Pol. 15. 31. 2. Dem. 284.. 23.
Jos. Ant. prooem. 4. P01. 17. 10. 7.
’E§urraroiw, :3, f. {,w, (z.- intens.)
'Efiazéam, 06!, a, sis: hundred, i.q. c’nrarr’w but stronger, to deceive wholly,
Rev. 13: 18. 14:20. Buttm. § 70. 4. to beguile, to seduce, i. e. to lead out of
“Salli/$4’, f. dun, (ix, dhci¢w,) pp. the right way into error, trans. Rom.
to smear out, i. e. to blot out, to earpunge, 7:11. 16:18. 1 Cor. 3:18. 2 Cor. ll:
trans.
3. 2 Thess. 2: 3.-—Susann. 56. Jos. Ant.
a) pp. as rd iivopa 2'': Tile BIQmv rfyg lO. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 19.
Zwfig Rev. 3: 5. So Sept. for ‘"132 Ps. 'Egcimm, adv. later form for
'69: 29. Ex. 32: 31, 32. — Lucian. pro EEarrlvng Ion. for éEaiipwle q. v. suddenly,
Imag. 26. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 51.—In the unexpectedly, Mark 9: 8. Sept. for FREE
sense of to abrogate a law,ro Xupdypuq'aov Josh. 11:7. Is. 64: 5. Num. 6: 9.—
Col. 2: l4. Dem. 468. l vopov. Lys. Zonar. 7. 25. ib. 10. 37. See H. Planck
96. 10. —- Trop. for to pardon, rag in Bibl. Repos. 1. p. 678.
r‘rpaprlag Acts 3: 19. So Sept. and "L"?
Ps. 51: ll. Is. 43: 25. Jer.18:23.-—
'Eimrogéoaw, 051ml, (:.- intens.)
i. q. r’uropénpm but stronger, to be wholly
Lys. 106. 34..
 Tiaras-flute; 275
without resource, to despair utterly, seq.
gen. 1017 {fly 2 Cor. l: 8. comp. Buttm.
§ 132. 6. l. absol. 2 Cor. 4|: 8. Sept.
for V5 Ps. 88: 16.—Plot. Alcib. 5 pen.
Pol. 3. 4'8. 4.
’E£aoroar€Mw, f. 011M"), (Ex, c'uro
("QM-9,) to send away out of the place ll. I-1 Baaihuig
where one is, to sendforth, trans.
a) gem. as an agent, messenger, etc. "EEeart.
Acts 7: 12. 11:22. 12:11. Gal. 4.: 4.
seq. etc of place whither, etc. Acts 9: 30. out of a place, intrans. seq. Ex, Acts 13:
22: 21. Gal. 4: 6. Sept. for "121,5 Gen.
24: 40. Ex. 3: 12. Jer. 26: 22.—Dem.
251. 5. c. sic P01. 21. 14:. 9. c. 1rp6g 3.
l]. 1.
b) simply, to send away, to dismiss, to
let depart, Acts 17: 14:. Sept. for ".2?
Gen. 45: ‘24. 1 Sam. 9: 19, 26. — P0].
10. 35. 2.—In a stronger sense, to send
away, so. peremptorily, c. c. accus. et
adj. Luke 1:53 whovrofivrac e'Earr. Kevol'lc.
20:10, I] aimiv xevér. So Sept. and
n‘zwj Gen. 31: 42. Deut. 15: 13. Job
22: 9.—P0l. l5. 2. 4 Tori; 1rpc'aé’u;
('lva‘lroxpl'roug e'Ea'lr.
'EEwg'rIZw, f. low, (5K, lip-rile) fr.
c’iprwg q. v.) to complete fully, trans.
spoken of time, to finish, to bring to an
end, Acts 91: 5 The filue'pag. Spoken
of a religious teacher, to make thoroughly
perfect, to furnish out, 2 Tim. 3: l7.—
Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 2 1rohepeiv rphc livep.
'roig fivrao'i xahu'n; c'Enprw/u'uovg. Luc.
Ver. Hist. l. 33, of a house.
,EZGUTQOZWTW, f. \Pw, (ix, (lo‘rpr'urrw)
tofiash out, as lightning, Sept. E2. 1: 4.
In N. T. of raiment, to shine out, to
glitter, intrans. Luke 9: 29. comp. Matt.
17:2. Sept. ot' armour, for P15, Nah. 3:
a. 92?, Ez. 1: 7.
'EEawrfis, adv. (in, ailrfig) lit. from
this sc. time, i. e. forthwith, presently,
immediately, Mark 6: 25. Acts 10: 33.
11:11. 21:39. 23: 30. Phil. 2: 23. See
in ’Ex 2 b. —- P01. 2. 7. 7. Diod. S. 15.
43. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 4.7. n.
Schtit‘er ad Bos Ell. Gr. p. 443.
Tine/gm, f. spa"), ('EK, Eyu'pw) to
walle out of sleep, to arouse out ofsleep;
pp. implying also the rising up from the
posture of sleep, trans. Ecclus. 22: ‘7.
Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 36. Cyr. 8. 7. 2. Hence
in N. T. trop.
a) to raise up out of 80. death, i. q.
'Eiégxofem
é-yu'pw in 117:1 vsrpd'w, comp. in 'E-yeipu a.
1 Cor. o; 14.. Sept. and ‘rats Dan. 12: 2.
b) to raise up, i. e. to cause to arise or
exist, spoken of Pharaoh, Rom. 9:17,
quoted from Ex. 9: 16 where Heb.
Sept. Eterrlpr'lerlm—Jos. Ant. 8.
yr‘lp z'Ee-yslperm inr' z’poi.
HEEEQUII, (Er, zip!’ to be,) see
II. "Egelfbl, (Zr, sly: to go,) to go
42 in rfig o'vva-ywyiig. 27: 43 z'ni. n‘lv
yfiv, i. e. out of the water. — c. s'x, Lu
cian. Eun. 6. seq. gen. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4.
absol. Herodian. 7. 9. 8.—In the sense
of to go away, to depart out of a place,
absol. Acts l7: 15. 20: 7.—Jos. Ant. 5.
2. 8. seq. gen. Herodian. 3. 15. 12.
‘Eieléyxw, t‘. Em, (Er intens.) i. q.
khéyxw but stronger, to convict fully, to
shew to be wholly wrong, Dem. 92. 9.
Xen. (Ec. 2. 9. In N. T. to rebuke
sternly, to condemn, to punish, Jude 15.
So Sept. and I???‘ Is. 2: 4|. Mic. 4': 3.
’E§é7\xw, t'. n'ww, (Ex, E'Mw q. v.) to
draw out, to drag out, trans. pp. from a
place, house, etc. Sept. for ‘J15’; Gen.
37:28. Herodian. 8. 8. 14. In N. T.
trop. to draw out sc. from the right way,
i. e. to draw away, to hurry away, James
l: 14 info rfig Zhiag EmOu/u'ag‘ e'Ezhxdpei/og.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 702 tig' 1r0pvelav
pa iiehm'waro. comp. 1E1. H. An. 6. 31
inn‘: rfig il5ovfig Ebro/tarot.
Title), see 'EEatpe'm.
’E§s'guy.a, wroc, w’, (25:96” to
vomit out, eject, Dioscor. 8. 9,) vomit,
that which is thrown up, 2 Pet. 2: 22
trrl r6151.» e'Eépapa. Comp. Prov. 26:
'11, where Heb. ‘B2752’, Sept. e'rri. rov
c'avrol'l ZfiiTOlh—DiOSCOI'. 6. 19.
'EZegsvvoiw, 07, f.1'la'w,(e'x, c'pzuvc'uu,)
to search out, to trace out, to ezplore,
trans. i. e. assiduously, diligently, [Tit]
wept’ nvog, 1 Pet. 1: [0. Sept. for ‘95*?
Prov. 2: 4|. Zeph. ll 13. ‘PD 1 Chr. 19:
3.—1 Mace. 3: 49. Pol. 14. l. 13.
’E£égxopwu, f. éwubmymi, (comp.
Buttm. § 188. V. 5. § 114, epxopat ult.)
aor. 2 EEfiMiov, to go or come out of any
place, etc. Sept. every where for N33.
Spoken
a) of persons, to go or come jbrlh,
s ‘2
 'Efiégxopm 276 "Eieo'w
(a) with adjuncts implying the place dmpl’mc rwo'c, to come forth out of the
outof which, etc. seq. gen. Matt. 10: loin: of any one, i. e. to descend fi'om
14 ifepxépcvm 1'1"; olu’ag. Acts 16: 39. an one, Heb. 7: 5. So Sept. and Heb.
comp. Matth. § 354. 5. Seq. e’x 0. gen. v3.5‘? “2 Gen. 35:11. 1 K. 8: 19.
of place, Matt. 8: 28 £1: ru'w pwypeiwv comp. Gen. 15: 4. Lib. Henoch. in
e'EspX. John 4:30. Acts 16: 40. 1 Cor. Fabr. Cod. pseud. V. T. I. 196.—(}3)
5: 10. al. (Sept. for IQ: Gen. 8: 16, 19. John 10: 39 e’EfiXOzv e'x rfic xapoc ain't-"w.
al. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 16.) Seq. ZEw, lit. ‘ he departed out of their hand,’
Matt. 26: 75. John 19:4. Rev. 3: 12. escaped from their powen—(y) 1 John
seq. {Zoo 0. gen. Matt. 2l: 17 2'50: rip; 4: l woMol \PEUED'IFPO¢fiTGl Eiehnhl'leao'w
miltcwg. Heb. [3:13. (Eurip. Phoen.476 elg r611 xdapov, i. e. have goneforth, gone
or 486.) Seq. ('urd 0. gen. of place, to abroad, into the world.
departfrom, Matt. 13: l e'EzMldn/ c'uro rfic0) of things, to go or come forth, to
olm'ac. 24: 1. Mark 11: 12. al. Seq. proceed from, viz. (a) of a voice, doc
adv. Matt. 5: 26 anew. 1:2: 44- 560/. trine, rumour, etc. Rev. 16: 16 c'EfiAQe
comp. Esop. Fab. l29.—([3) VVith an (pom) Euro rot-1 yam-1. l9: 5. Of doctrine,
adjunct of person out of orfrom whom, rumour, etc. to go forth, to spread abroad,
etc. as of those out of whose bodies 1 Cor. 14: 36 11¢‘ I'JILHIIV 6 X670;- rof: 9:017
demons depart; seq. E»: 0. gen. Mark 1: e’fifikflev. \Vith place whither or where,
‘25, 26. Luke 4: 35. al. seq. (11rd Matt. seq. Elg c. ace. Matt. 9: 26 z'EfiMlev 1';
12: 43. Luke 4: 35. absol. Acts 16: 18. tpr'lpn m'i'rrl elc o'lhlvrfiv 'yfiv Exelwp'. Rom.
Of those from whom, from whose pre 10:18. John 21: 23. seq. iv 0. dat.
sence, one goes forth with authority etc. Luke 7: l7. 1 Thess. 1:8. seq. rare’;
i. q. ‘ to be sent out’ by any one, seq. c. gen. Luke 4.: 14.—([3) of thoughts,
Euro’ 0. gen. John 13: 3 any; 9:017 EEfiXBe. words, etc. s'x rfic xapSiac Matt. 15: 18.
16:30. (So Sept. for ‘55?’? Gen. 4: 16. Ex r017 m-éparog, James 3: 10. of healing
=3? R?! Ex. 8:8.) seq. 711196. 0. gen. power or virtue, to emanate, BE Eav'roi}
John 16: 27 1rapa 1'05 9506 EEfiMlov. Mark 5: 30. amp’ aim-017 Luke 6: 19. of
17:8. comp. Sept. Num. 16:35. So an edict, (o be published, promulgated,
genr. to depart from any one, i. e. from mipa Kaiaapoc, Luke 2: 1. So of light
his presence, intimacy, etc. Luke 5: B ning, to come out of, to appear from,
HEM): (ur’ Epm'i. 2 Cor. 6: l7 EEe'Mln-e in (‘ur' i'u'urohfiw, Matt. 24: 27. Sept. and
s'aov airru'w.—-(y) The place whence not 8?: Zech. 9: l4.—-(-y) of liquids, for tofiow
heing expressed but implied, to go out, out, John 19:34 e'EfiMkv alga Kai iiéwp.
i. e. to go away, In depart, etc. Matt. 91 31 Rev. 14: 20 Ex rfig Afll'flfA—(E) of a hope,
vi 5:‘ EEehOov-reg Empfiluumv x. 'r. A. Mark to depart, i- e. to be at an end, to vanish,
2:12. Luke 4: 42. Acts 7: 7. Rev. Acts 16: 19. So of time, Sept. EEfiAOe r6
6: 2. al. So of demons departing from Zroc, for =21? Gen. 47: 16. Xen. An. 7.
the body, Matt. 8:32. Acts 8:7.—(E) 5. 4.
With an adjunct of the place whither (1) from the Heb. elae'pxopaa ml
any one departs, etc. seq. sig, Matt. 11: e'Ez’pxopai, Acts 1: 21. John 10: 9; see
7 1'4’ e'El'lheer-e sic 'rr)v 'z'prlpov L‘. r. A. Mark in Elo'c'pxo‘ucu (1. AL.
8: 27. Luke 10: 10. John 1:44. Acts IEEEU'TI impers. verb, particip. i-Edv,
11: 25. al. seep. (Palaeph. 38. 5. Xen. (fr. Z'Eupi not otherwise in use,) it is
Mem. 2. l. 21.) soc. elg final, Mark 1: possible, one can, referring to moral
38 eig rofiro. Matt. 8: 34 etc (zmirrnrnv. possibility or propriety, i. c. it is lawful,
Seq. e'm' c. acc. Luke 8: 27 e'EeXtMI/n it is right, it is permitted, one may,
e'1rl rr‘lv 7711/, so. from a vessel, Acts 1: Buttm. § 150. p. 438; constr. 0. dat. of
21. Seq. 1rapc'l c. ace. Mark 2: l3 pers. et intin. expr. or implied. E. g
iEfiXHe rapt‘: rfiv szihaaoav. Acts 16: c. infin. pres. marking prolonged or
13. Seq. 1rpoc c. ace. of pers. John 18: customary action. Matt. 14: 4 oi'm EEearI
29. 2 Cor. 8: 17. 60L E'xew aim-1'11’. Mark 6: 18. Acts 16:
b) metaph. of persons, (a) to goforlh 21. 22: 25. With the dat. impl. Matt.
from, to proceed fiom, Matt. 2: 6 ix aofl 19:2,10,12. Luke 6: 2.--Xen. Mem. 1.
yr'ip EEeMi'm'e-rai ll-ym'lpevoq. Acts 15: 24. 4. 9. Hi. I. 26.—Seq. infin. aor. mark
Also from the lleb. e'fir'pxeafiai in n71; lug transient action, Matt. 20:15 01'»:
 'EEeralQw 277 ’E.Elarn(l.1
E'Eeari [.101 1rou'1'aa1 5 9511-1 1:. r. )1. 19: 3. impl. 7: 11- Acts 21: l. 25:17. 27:18.
Mark 2: 26. 10: v2. Luke 20:22. John —-Test. XII Patr. p. 595. Jos. Ant. 3.
5:10. 18:31. Acts 21:37. So part. 5. 6. in full Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. So genr.
Eidu fly Matt. 12: 4. z'Zév sc. 201-1’, i. q. 2 Macc. 7: 8. Pol. 1. 5'2. 4.
E'Ewn 2 Cor. 12: 4. With the dat. 'Einxéw, 5, f. two, (a... ext...) :0
impl. Matt. 22: 17. 27:6. Mark 3: 4. sound out, to sound abroad, Sept. for
l2: 14. Luke 6: 4. 14:3. and so with 15% Joel 4: 14. P01. 30. 4. 7. In N.T.
part. 556v sc. Zora: Acts 2: 29.-—}El. Pass. to be sounded abroad, trop. of the
V. H. 2. 7. Xen. An. 4. 3. 10. (E0. 7. gospel, etc. to be proclaimed, 1 Thess.
41 bis—With the infin. implied, Mark 1: 8. -- Hesych. iEnxeirai' EEfiXOzv,
2: 24 3 oint- {Eton sc. abroic 1roleiv. e’xnpilxeq.
Luke 6: 9. Acts 8: 37. 1 Cor. 6: 12 bis.
10: 23 bis.
"Eils, ms, t, (E'Xw, :5...) habitude,
sc. of body Xen. (lie. 7. 2. of life,
’EEmZZw, f. am, (a... intens. eat... habit, Mem. 1. 2. 4. In N. T. habitude,
fr. Erég, ircogtrue, real,) pp. to verzfy out, as the result of long exercise, pmctice,
i. e. to examine, to czplore, so. whether Heb.5:14.—Ecclus. prol. Arr. Diss.
any thing is true or not, i. q. Erc'rZw but Ep. 1. 4. 22. P01. 10. 47. 7.
stronger and more used by the Attics; ,EEIIO'TWM, also iElo'r/iw Acts 8: 9,
Passow in voc. Hence (comp. in ‘ArroxafliarnptJ aor. 1 z'Ee'ai-no'a,
a) gem. to inquire out, i. e. to seek aor. 2 e'Ee'a'rnv, trans. toput out of place,
out the truth by inquiry, etc. seq. wept’ Sept. for 112-‘; Ex. 23:27. Josh. 10: 10.
c. gen. Matt. 2: 8. seq. ‘rig interrog. intrans. to beput out,to be out ofplace,etc.
10:11. Sept. for ‘5'13 Deut. 19:18.— spoken of the joints, Test. XII Patr. p.
Ecclus. 11: 7. Herodian. 4. 5. 5. Dem. 653. to recede from, to yield, Thuc. 2.
23. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 36. 63. to depart, Xen. An. 1. 5. 14. See
b) by impl. to question, to ash, seq. Buttm. 107. II. 1.—-In N. T. only trop.
ace. of pers. John 21: 151.—Act. Thom. comp. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 134, 136.
§ 3. Phavor. e'EeréIw‘ e'pwrfi. a) trans. in pres. aor. 1, and later
’ I ~
Kim/equal, ovum, f. fiaopai, perf. ESe'araxa Buttm. § 107. II. 5, toput
depon. Mid. ('zx, irye'oluau) to lead out, out of onc's self, i. q. roiig dwfip. roi)
i. e. to take the lead, be leader, Xen. An. tom/£11’ e'Elo-nhui, Xen. Mem. 1.3.12;
6. 6. 341. 0. dat. G. 1. 6. 9. 111N.T. ence genr. to astonish, to fill with won
to lead or bring out, i. e. to make known, der, Luke 24: 22 iEéo'rnoav 13116:. Acts
to declare, trans. 8:9,11.-—Athen. I. p. 19.1“. Luc. de
a) gem. to tell, to narrate, to recount, Domo 19. Dem. 537, ult. rain-a iElm'mn
Luke 24: 35 EEqyoiJvro ra Ev Tl?‘ 651,7. dvfipénrovc abra‘m.
Acts 10:8. 15:12, 14. 21:19. Sept. b) intrans. in port‘. and aor. 2 Act. and
for ‘5.5! Judg. 7: 13. -- P01. 4. 22. 7. in Mid. to be beside onc's self, to be out of
Thuc. 5. 26. Xen. Lac. 4. 2. one's mind; Mark 3: 21 E'M'yov 'yc‘lp,
b) of a teacher, to make known, to driz'Eéorn. 2 Cor. 5:13 e'irz ya z'Ee'o'rnpev,
unfold, e. g. rov 6561', to reveal, John 1: so. as is said of us. So ept. trans.
18. comp. Matt. 11: 27. So Sept. {or for 93'1" Job 12: 17.—Jos. Ant. 10. 7.
"ii-‘1 Lev. 14: 57. — Diod. Sic. 4. 49. 3 e'EeorqKd-ra r6311 (1590113)’. P01. 15. ‘29.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 6. 7 c'Ee'am r131’ clapemin'. Diod. Sic. 14. 71.
—Hence genr. to be astonished, amazed,
'Eiimvm, oi, oi, rd, sixty, Matt. filled with wonder, Matt. 12: 23 iEio'rm/ro
13:8, 23. Mark 4: 8, 20. Luke 24:13.
rrz'u'rtg oi IEXXOC. Mark 2'. 12. 5: 42
lTim. s. 9. Rev. 11:3. 12:6. 13:18. iEiarnaav inn-(111:1 luc-yéhp, comp. in
eE574‘, adv. (pp. gen. of obsol. iii,
'A'yakltuiw b. (Sept. Gen. 27:33. E2.
fr. Zxo, 25..., Buttm. s 115. n. 3,) in 26: 16.) Mark 6: 51 iv Eavroig. Luke
order, successively, Sept. Deut. 2: 34. 2: 47 e'Eloravz-o irrl rj avrc'oel. K- r. X.
Xen. Athen. 1. 6.—In N. T. only 0. art._ Matth.§399.n. (Sept. Ex. 1&9.) Luke
as adj. 1') 55179 sc. ilpépa, the following 8156. Acts 2: 7, 12. 8213. 9: 21- 10:
day, the next day, comp. Buttm. § 125. 45. 12:16. Sept. for ‘1171 Ex. 19:18.
6, 7. in full Luke 9: 37. with iluc'pa Ruth 3: 8. Flt-‘l: Gen. 43: 33. Job 26:
 'Eglo'xz'w 278
11. -- Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 22. 6. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 4.
’E€mxim, f. Illdw, (ix intens.) i. q.
ia-xi'uo but stronger, to be in full strength,
to befuflg able, seq. inf. Eph. 3: 18.—
Ecclus. 7: 6. El. V. H. 6. l3.
"Egobog, 00, h, (in, 686;) pp. way
out, exit, Herodian. 7. 12. 14. Plut.
Flamin. 20 med. In N. T. erodus,jour
neg out, departure, Heb. ll: 22. Sept.
for "R; int. ol' 85'.‘ Ex. 19:1. Num. 33:
38. al.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 20. Xen. An. 6.
4. 9.—Trop. of departure from life, exit,
decease. Luke 9: 31. 2 Pet. 1: l5.—
Wisd. 7: 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 hr’ £56501:
1'05 (fly.
’E€07t09§56w, f. n'low, (e’x intens.)
i. q. o'hotipn'lw but stronger, to destroy
utterly, Pass. seq. Ex rob ham? Acts 3: 23.
Sept. for ‘1215 [in Hiph.] Deut. 7: 10. c.
51: for has Ex. 30; 33. 31:13.al.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 541. Jos. Ant. 8. 11. l. ib.
ll. 6. 7. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.
166 sq.
’E§0,(b07\0'yéw, 5, f. how, (Ex intens.)
i. q. apoxoys... but stronger, pp. to speak
out the same things so. as another; hence
in N. T.
1. Act. and Mid. to concede, to ac
knowledge, to confess full: , trans. e. g.
rag ('r'uaprlag, Matt. 3: 6. Mark 1: 5.
Acts 19: 18. James 5: 16. Sept. and
H35" Dan. 9: 24.—Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 6 rd;
dpaprlag. B. J. 5. 10. 5. Plut. M. An
ton. 59 pen. rr)v blh’yOeram—In the sense
of to acknowledge openly, to profess, e. g.
r6 iivopo't rwog Rev. 3: 5 in text. rec. So
seq. 511 Phil. 2: 11. comp. Tob. ll: 17.
—-Hence Mid. to make acknowledgement
so. for benefits, i. e. to give thanks, to
praise, seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 11:25.
Luke 10:21. Rom. 14:11. 15:9,
quoted from Ps. 18: 50 where Sept. for
“in. also Ps. 57: 10. 1 Chr. 16:4.
2 Chr. 30: 22. al. saap. — Act. Thom. §
25. Philo de Alleg. p. 1105. c. ace.
Tob. 12: 22.
2. Act. to assent fully, to agree, to
promise, absol. Luke 22: 6 e’EwpoMynas
—So byoho'yc'm, Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5. lb. 8. 4.
3. Xen. An. 7. 4. 13, 22.
’E§6l‘, see 'EEsan.
‘liege/Zea, f, tom, (Ex, bpm’l'w) to
cxact an oath, i. e. to put to an oath, to
’E£ooola
adjure, trans. Matt. 26.63. Sept. for
2"??? Gen. 24: 21.—Diod. Sic. 1. 21 med.
Dem. 1265. 16.
’E§ogmcw';g, oo, .3, (iEopi-itw) an
ezorcist, pp. one who binds by an oath ;
genr. one who by adjuration and incan
tation professes to expel demons, Acts
19:13.—Anth. Gr. III. p. 23 ult.—
Gomp. for the process of exorcism, Jos.
Ant. 8. 2. 5. Suicer. Thess. in v.
'Egogi'ao'o'w v, rrw, 1‘. Eu, (Er,
6p1’waw,) to dig out, trans. Mark 2: 4|
EEopi/Eavrec so. in)” oré-yr'v, digging out
or removing the tiles, earth, etc. But
comp. in 'Arroo'rsydzm—Xen. (Be. 19.
4.—Trop. Gal. 4.: 15 ogbfiahpmig bpb'm
e'Eop{:Eav1-cg,denoting entire devotedness.
Sept. pp. for "P2, Judg. 16: 22. 1 Sam.
11: 2. -— Jos. Ant. 6. 5. l. Herodot. 8.
116.
’E€096670,0, 5, f. (Low, (5'1: intens.)
i. q. atoms... but stronger, to set out at
nought, i. e. to despise, to contemn, to
treat with scorn, and by impl. to rg'ect
with contempt, trans. Mark 9: 12. So
Sept. for DE’; 1 Sam. 15: 23,26. 16:1.
Ps. 53: 6. “I? Eco. 9116. 2 K. 19:
21.—1 Macc. 3: 14. Lib. Hen. in Fabr.
p. 162. Test. XII Patr. p. 564. Eu
strat. in l. Nicom. p. 9. B. Basil. Ep. 6].
91. Comp. Lob. ad Pbr. p. 182. H.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 678.
’E§oudzrim, (3, f. r'yaw, (E1: intens.
and obtievéw fr. obfle'v later form for oirds'v,
Buttm. §70. 1. Lob. ad Phr. p. 181 sq.)
i. q. obfievéw but stronger, to set out at
nought, i. e. to despise, to contemn, to
treat with despite, trans. Luke 18: 9
z'fiooeevoiivrag rot/g X011r01'1g23: ll. Rom.
14:3,10. 1 Cor. 6: 4. 16:11. Gal.
4: 14. 1 Thess. 5: 20. 1 Cor. l: 28 et
2 Cor. 10: 10 e'EouGevnpz'i/oc, contcmplible,
abject. Sept. for “3 Prov. 1: 7. “I;
Ez. 22: 8. 2 Chr. 36: 16.—Enact). H.
E. 5. l. 209. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p.
182.—By impl. to reject with scorn,
Acts 4: ll, comp. Matt. 21: 42. Sept.
for DRE-‘2 1 Sam. 8: 7.—Psa1t. Sal. 2: 5.
Act. Thom. § 14.
’E.§ovo'1'a, as, .7, (355071,) power, i. e.
a) the power of doin any thing,
ability, faculty,- Matt. 9: 8 claim c'Eovoiaw
roim'lrnv ro'lg dvfipo'nroig. John 19: 11.
Acts 8: 19. Rev. 13: 12. Seq. gen. ol~
 iEioum'a
279 ’E.§ouaui§u
ré'w (wot). i. e. power over unclean spirits.v
thing to be done, Luke 10: 19 e'E. 'roii
rartiv x. r. A. Seq. infin. of thing to be Matt. 10:1. John 17: 2. Seq. int 0.
done, e.g. intin. pres. Matt. 9: 6 e'Eouaiaw gen. Rev. 2: 26 BE. in). HF»! Zero-w, i. e.
Exu 5 wide iupic'vai x. r. A. i. e. is able to power over. 11:6. 14:18. 20: 6. Seq.
forgive. Mark 2: 10. Luke 5:24. John im’ 0. use. in the same sense, Luke 9: 1.
5: 97. seq. infin. aor. Luke 12: 5 Rev. 6: 8. 13: 7. 16:9. Seq. infin. c.
e'Eovalav Exov-ra s'pgahciv x. r. A. John u'ior: impl. Rev. 11: 6, comp. Matt. 10:
IO: 18 bis. 19:10 bis. Rev. 9: 10.— l. Seq. e'mivw 0. gen. Luke 19: 17.
Thuc. 4.. 39. seq. gen. Ecclus. 9: l3. (/3) meton. put for (I) what is sub
seq. infin. Thuc. 7. 12. Xen. Mem. ject to one's rule, dominions, domain,
9. 6. 94,35.—In the sense of strength, jurisdiction, Luke 4: 6. 23: 7 Ex rfic 5E.
force, qflicicncy, Rev. 9:3. bis. 9:19. ‘Hpo'abov. SO Sept. and 2 K.
So Matt. 7: 29. Mark 1: 22. icy EEoum'q 20: 13. Ps. 114: 2.-—Herodian. 3. 8. 4.
asadj powerfuI,Luke4:3'2. xa-r'e'Eouatav, Plut. Reip. ger. praec. 19. Mor. V. p.91.
Ev c'Eowia, as adv. i. e. with intrinsic ed. Tauchn.—(2) in plur. or collect.
strenlgth,with point and effect, Mark l: those invested with power, as in Eng].
97. uke 4|: 36.——Dem. l l 1. l2 nohhoiig the powers, viz. for rulers, magistrates,
(‘iv rig oixz'rac ‘1501 nap’ 'h'uiv peril whziovog Luke 12: ll. Rom. l3: 1 ter, ‘2, 3. Tit.
3: l. (Ecclus.10:4. Jos. B. J. 9. 8. 7.)
flowing (in Bobhov'rai )té'yov'rac 1‘; K- 'r. X.
b) power so. of doing or not doing, So for the celestial and infernal powers,
i. e. licence, liberty, free choice, Acts 1: princes, potentates, e. g. angels, arch
7 iv 1i lbiq 55011019 5: 4. Rom. 9: 21. angels, Eph. 1:21. 3: 10. C01. 1:16.
l Cor. 7: 37 e'Eovm'av Ext: 1rspl r017 ibiou 2: 10. 1 Pet. 3: 29. Comp. Test. XII
Schfiluaroc, i. e. if it stands in his own Patr. p. 597, 598. Or demons, Eph. 6:
free will. 8: 9. 9: 4.,5,6,12 bis, l8. 12. Co]. 2: l5. Eph. 2: 2, see in 'Afip.
2 Thess. 3: 9. Rev. 22: 14. — Ecclus. Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 546. S0
95: 95.’ El. V. H. 3. 35. Herodian. 1. gem. of the powerful adversaries of the
10. 19. Xen. Hi. 5. 9. gospel, 1 Cor. 15:24. Comp. in ’Apx1’|
c) power so. as entrusted, i. e. com d.-—(3) 1 Cor. ll: 10 6¢cihci 1'1 'yvw)
mission, authority, right, fizll-powcr; e'Eouo'lav E'Xzw e'1rl rfic xeepahiic bio. 'rmic
Matt. 21: 23 bis, e'v ‘Kola e'Eovaia rain-a ('i-y-yékovc, prob. ‘ emblem of power,’
I'olzic; v. 24., 27. Mark 3: 15. 11:28 i. e. a veil or covering, (comp. v. 13, 16,)
bis, 29, 33. Luke 20: 2 bis, 8. John 1: as an emblem of subjection to the power
12. Aets9z14. 26:10,12. 2 007.1018. of a husband, a token of modest adher
13:10. Heb. 13:10. Rev. 13: 5.—-l ence to duties and usages established by
Macc. 10:6. Jos. Ant. 9.9. 5. Porphyr. law or custom; lest spies or evil minded
Vit. Pythag. 8. Diod. Sic. 17. 54. pen. persons should take advantage of any
Pol. 32. 15. 5. impropriety in the meetings of the Chris
d) power so. over persons and things, tians. Comp. Sept. n)v ripnv roi
dominion, authority, rule, viz. 7rpominrou for 5T2"?! m5? Gen. ‘20: 16.
(a) pp. and gent. Matt. 28: 18 £5661] Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. "133.
t. mica e'Eouoia z'v obpawii mi i1ri 7771;. 'Egoumoigzo, f. dew, (e'Eovo'ia) to
Matt. 8:9 et Luke 7:8 inro c'Eoua'lav have power, to exercise power, seq. gen.
zlyai, i. e. subject to authority, rule. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3.
Mark 13: 34' rfiv z'Eoum’av sc. abrofl. a) in the sense of to have leave, to be
Jude 25. Rev. 13: 2,4. 17:12, 13. 18: permitted. 1 Cor. 7: 4 bis, roii i510];
1. Sept. for Ps. 136: 8,9. Chald. aéparog oiuc e'Eouo'ic'lZa, i. e. one has no
1315,? Dan. 3: 24. 4: 9L—Ecclus. 17:2. separate power or liberty over his own
Diod. Sic. l. 58. ib. 18. 50. Herodian. body, to use it as he will. Sept. for
3. 10. 12. ib. 7. 10. 4.—So seq. gen. of 1412? E00. 5: 18. 6: 2. — Dion. Hal. 9.
pers. to whom the power belongs, Luke 44' e'EouméZwv i. e. licentius agens.
20: 20 5E. roi'l il'ycpbvog. Rev. 12: 10 b) to erercise authority, to rule, to reign ,
EE. 1017 Xp. Acts 26: 18 EE. rm? o'a'rawi. Luke 22: 25 01 EEow-iél'ovreg ain't-"iv,
Luke 22: 53 EE. rm? o'xb'rovg‘. Col. 1: 13. their rulers, princes. Sept. for 5!}? Neh.
Seq. gen. of the object subjected to the 9. 37. Bee. 10:4,. 6213 Neh. 5.15. 8:
power, Mark 6: 7 iEouaia 115v 10mm. 9.-Pass. seq. inro rum, to be mated by,
 ’E.§oxi1 ‘280
i. e. to be under the power of, to be in
bondage to, trop. 1 Cor. 6: 12.
Lioxi, is, 1), (sex... to be promi
nent,) prominence, projectiomeg. a point,
corner, etc. Sept. for 12'. Job 39:28.
Herodian. 4. 15. 6. In N. T. metaph.
eminence, distinction, Acts 25: 23 iii/Spay
01 Km" z’Eoxr‘lv iivreg, i. q. oi 't'EoXoi.
’ /
Eiwrwiw, f. low, (Hum/09,) to
wake out of sleep, trans. trop. 0f the
dead, John 11:11. Sept. pp. for 1'21
1 K. 3: 15. ‘1? Job 14:12.—-pp. Test.
XII Patr. p. 568, 660. Plut. M. An.
ton. 30. also Vol. X. p. 75, 76,ed.
Reisk.-—A word of the later Greek in
stead of the earlier homrvifw, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 224. H. Planck in Bibl.
Repos. I. p. 676.
"Eiwrvog, ov, a, .3, adj. (Ex, ii1rv09,)
pp. out of sleep, i. e. wahened, awake,
Acts 16: 27 ZEinrvog he‘ yevo'psvog, i. e.
awaking.—Esdr. 3: 3.
"Ego, adv. of place, (he, k8,) also
prep. c. gen. Buttm. § 146. 2, out, with
out, viz.
a) of place where, without, out ofdoors,
forts, after verbs not implying motion,
as io-rdvat etc. John 18:16 He'rpog
eiorr'pcet apt}; r‘fi Silpa 'e'Ew. Matt. 12:
46, 4.7. 26:69. Mark 3:31, 32. So Soph. Elect. 1449. Xen. An. 5. 7. 21.
genr. without a. place or city, abroad,
Mark 1: 45 2'60: Ev e’pilpotc Ton-org. Luke
1:10. Rev. 22: 15. Sept. for ‘(1112
Gen. 24: 31. Ezra 10: 13.--Herodian.
4.2.11. Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 31. An. 7.6.
24. -So oi E'Ew as adj. external, those
without, Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. Acts 26: 11
rig rag ‘e’Eu adhere, even to foreign
cities. (Sept. 2 K. 16: 18. Ken. H. G.
6. 1. 5.) Trop. of those not belonging
to one's society, church. etc. not Chris
tians,1 Cor. 5: 12,13. Col.4: 5. 1 Thess.
4:12. of those not belonging to the
number of the apostles, Mark 4:11.
(Xen. (Ec. 10. 8.) So 6 {Em hpiiv
z‘irOpurop, our outward man, the body,
2 Cor. 4: 16.—As a prep. seq. gen. outof,
outside of, Luke 13: 33 ZEw 'Iepovlrahfili.
Heb. 13; 11,12, 13.—}El. V. H. 2. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 14..
b) of place whither, out, forth, out ro EEibrzpor uttermost darkness, i. e. the
of doors, joras, sc. from a place, after farthest dark prison,far remote from the
verbs implying motion or direction, light and splendour of the feast within
John 19: 4 ii-yw {4171' may 'c'Ew. Matt.
5: 13 El pr‘; [Dwain/at EEw. 13:48. Luke
Tithe-ego;
14:35. 1 John 4:18. John 11:43 8:590
55:». Acts 5:34 wou'loai Zia). 16:30
1rpoa-ya'ydw i'Ew. So after verbs of mo.
tion compounded with éx,as e’Eti-yw Luke
24: 50. E£épx0pa: Matt. 26: 75. John
19: 4, 5. al. ixfiékku, Luke 8: 54. Acts
9. 40. —P01. 1. 50. 2. Xen. H. G. 4. 4..
16. An. 5. 5. 19. -- As prep. seq. gen.
Matt. 21: 17 e'EfiMier Z'Eo) 'rfig nohewg.
v. 39. Mark 5: 10. 8: 23. Acts 4: 15.
14: 19.—Herodian. 4. 2. 11. Ken. An.
5. 7. 15. AL.
"EZwdéV, adv. of place, (ZEw,) from
without, i. e. outwardly, externally, viz.
a) pp. Matt. 23:27,28. Luke 11:39.
2 Cor. 7: 5. Sept. for ‘M1’? Gen. 6:
14. Ex. 25: 11. al.—Herodian. 2. 8. 10.
Thuc. 2. 49. Xen. Mem. 2. l.14.—So
('2 25.00... as adj. outward, external, 1 Pet.
3: 3. Rev. 11: 2. Ta 'e'Ewtlsv the outside
Matt. 23:25. Luke 11:40 that from
without, Mark 7:18. Trop. oi EEwtlev,
those from without, i. e. not Christians,
1 Tim. 3: 7. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6,
7.—-Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 22.
b) i. q. E'Ew, out of, without, as prep.
seq. gen. Mark 7: 15 55. 1'05 dvflpdnrov.
Rev. 14:20 'e'Ewtlev rfic mihswg, in some
edit. Sept. for ‘(fin-‘P Ex. 40:20. Lev.
24: 3. “311'! Jer.11:6. 44: 17, 21.—
q‘léhldéfi), 5, f. flow and “draw,
(Ex, 6:650) Buttm. § 114,) to thrust out, to
drive out, sc. from a place, viz.
a) pp. of a nation, to expel, trans. and
seq. c’urd, Acts 7:45. Sept. for I???
Deut. 13:5. Jer. 8:3. P‘I'Fj-‘J Joel 4:
6.—Psalt. Sal. 17:6. 1E1. V. H. 3. 17
med. 1301.2. 69. 9.
b) as a naval term, to thrust forward
a ship from the sea towards the
shore, to propel, to drive out on shore,
trans. Acts 27: 39 ai'ytahdv, eig 6v
éémmtwam EEu'm'a: rt‘: 1r7\oior.—Thuc. 7.
52 rag mitmg vafig 1751; 117w 'Aflnvaiwv
Eiewttouv e'g 1'1‘11/ 717V. 8. 105. Xen. H. G.
4. 3. 12 bis.
,EEQIJ‘TEQM, a, 01', compar. from
ZEw, outer, uttermost, Matt. 8: 12 To mam
(v. 11), and put for the internal regions
or Tartarus. 22: 13. 25: 30. Sept. for
 'Eog'roicau 281
1"“! in the sense of outer, exterior, E2.
10: 5. 40: 20.
‘EOE‘mizW, f. dam, (509141,) to keep
afestival, to keep holyday, intrans. 1 Cor.
5: 8. Sept. for 12!’; Ex. 5: 1. Ps. 42: 5.
—Jos. Ant. 5. l. 4. Hdian. 5. 6. 12.
Xen. Ath. 3. 2.
'Eogfl'], 17;, 1", a feast, festival,
liolyday, C01. 2: 16 ‘w’; nc irpdc Kpwc'rw
e'v ,ue'pu Eop-riig 1“! vovpnvt’ac. Acts 18: 21
et John 5: 1, where it is uncertain what
festival is meant; comp. Olshausen in
100. Sept for it! [11’! in const. and before
‘5] Ex. 10. o. Hos. 2: 11. Am. a; 10.
12*» Lev. as: 2. Num. 10; 10.—Hero
dian. 3. 10. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1.—
Spoken of the Passover and the festival
of unleavened bread connected with it,
the pasebal festival, see in "Ala/pa; and
Atvrepé‘trpw'rog. SO 1'] Eopn‘) rol'l m'wxa,
Luke 2: 41. John 13:1. Ev 11,5 miaxa
iv r5 Eop'rf; John 2: 23. 1‘) top. ra'w
(‘H/pun’ Luke 22: l. 1‘; Eop-n’1 simply
1113". 26; 5. 27: 15. Mark 14: 2. I5:
6. Luke 2: 42. 23: 17. John 4: 45 his.
6: 4. 11:56. 12:12, 20. 13: 29. Sept.
for 11:1 Ex. '12: 14. 34:25. and E. rd'w
tilt/paw Ex. 23:15. 34: 17.—Also of the
feast of tabernacles, 1'7 Eopn) r‘] amyvmmyr'a,
John 7: 2, 8 bis, 10, 11, 14:, 37. Sept.
for 3'? Deut. 16: 16. 312 10.
'Ea'atyyeh'a, (1;, 1'7, (Em-Wino)
annuneiation, announcement, viz.
8.) pp. 1 John 1: 5 in text. rec. where
later edit. dy-yeMa. Sept. for "2"”? Ez.
7: 26.—Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 19. P01. 24,.
10.8 in some edit.
1)) by impl. order, mandate, Acts
23: 21.—Pol. 9. 38. 8 Til Kara Tr‘lv
irra-y-yekiav.
c) by impl. promise, viz. (a) pp.
promise given, 2 Cor. 1: 20 Jam 7161,;
ira'y-yzMcu rm? 9:06. Eph. 6: 9 iv'rokr)
rpo'rrt; Ev e'mly'yehiq. Eph. I: 13 1'1;
fret/pan rfig iray-yekiag, the spirit pro.
mixed, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. 1.Tim. 4|: 8.
2 Pet. 3: 4. v. 9, see in Bpa8u'ww. Sept.
for H??? Esth. 4|: 7. -—1 Macc. 10: 15.
Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 5 ult.
P01. 1. 72. 6.-- So of special promises,
e. g. made to Abraham, Acts 7: l7 coll. 5. 89. 6. Xen. An. 5. 6. 26.
v. 6. Rom. 4: 20 coll. v. 18. Heb. 6: 15 b) in the sense of to profess, to make
coll. v. 14. Heb. 7: 6. 11:9 bis yfi prqfession of, seq. accus. 9eoaé€smv
imzy'ydu’ag i. e. promised land, Buttm. 1 Tim. 2: 10. yvfiww 6: 21.—Wisd. 2:
§ 123. n. 4. So in respect of Isaac, l3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 7. ib. 3. l. 1.
'Emzy'yéfiw
Rom. 9: 9. Gal. 4.: 23. of a spiritual
seed Rom. 9:8. Gal. 4:28. Or as
made to Abraham and the Jewish pa.
triarchs and prophets in general, e. g.
of a future Saviour, Acts 13: 23, 32.
26: 6. of future blessings and the en
joyment of God's favour, Acts 2:39.
Rom. 4|: 13,14,16. 9: 4. 15:8. 2 Cor.
7: 1. Gal. 3:16, 17, 18 bis, 21,22,29.
Eph. 2: 12. as. Heb. 6:12,!7. 11:17.
of the salvation in Christ, 2 Tim. 1: 1
nor‘ e'mryydu'av Zwfig, so. an apostle in
respect to the promise of eternal life in
Christ, i. e. appointed to announce
it, Heb. 4.: 1. 8:6. 9=15. 1John2:25.
([3) meton. put for the thing promised,
Heb. 11: 13,33, 39. 0f the salvation in
Christ 10: 36. of the Holy Spirit, n‘lv
E-lra'y'y. r017 1rarpdg, Luke 24.: 49. Acts
1:4. So n‘lv tray)’. for‘: 1rveépu-rog
Xagu'w, i. q. r6 1rv. ro e'rn'yyeMui/reyov,
i. e. having received the promised etl'u
sions of the Spirit, Acts 2:33. Gal. 3.
14. Comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 725. Psalt. Sal. 12:8
5010!. Kvpt'ou KAI'POVOIU’IUGMV ivra-yyekr'ag
Kupt'ou.
’E'7ra77€70w, f. the’), (e'trhd'y'ye'khtn)
to bring word to or up to, i. e. to an.
nounce, e. g. events etc. Hom. 0d. 4.
775. Herodian. 1.6.23. 01' by way of
appointment, command, Dem. 104,]. 5.
Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 10.—In N. T. as depon.
Mid. e'1ra7-ye'AXopat, to announce one's self,
sc. as doing or about to do any thing,
to promise; with perf. pass. Em'ry-yekpm
in mid. signif. Rom. 4: 21. Buttm.§136.
3. but also as Pass. Gal. 3: 9. 2 Macc.
4: 27. Buttm. § 113. n. 6.
a) gem. to promise, c. c. acc. et dat.
expr. or impl. James 1:12 are'zpavov 717;;
(wii; 5v i'zrn-y'yu'karo 6 Ki/pwc r071;
dyaml'mw ailrév. 2: 5. 2 Pet. 2: 19.
1 John 2: 25. Rom. 4: 21. rl‘it. 1:2.
Heb. 6: l3. seq. dat. et infin. Mark 14:
11. Acts 7:5. absol. Heb. 10: 23. 11:
11. 12: 26. Pass. impersonal c. dat.
Gal. 3: 19 q‘; e’fl'T'ry'YiATfll, i. e. to whom
the promise was made. So Sept. and
‘"55 Esth. 4.: 6.--Jos. Ant. 3. l. 5. P01.
 'E'rai'yyekua
’E'7ré'}’737\{b“,‘70§,r6,(Erra'y'yiMopat,)
apromise, 2 Pet. 1:4. 3: l3.—- Dem.
397. 3.
Tardy/w, aor. 1 particip. t’rréiag
2 Pet. 2: 5, (on which form see in 'A-yw)
to lead up to, to bring upon, to introduce,
pp. to a place, Sept. Ez. 14: 15. Thuc.
2. 2. ib. 5. 5. In N. T. upon persons,
0. c. acc. et dat. 2 Pet. 2: 1 ('uru'ihstav.
v. 5. Sept. seq. ‘cm’ for I"??? Gen. 6:
17. Ex. 11: 1. Lev. 26: 25.—Phil.)
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1018 Kivdvvov in. Pa
laaph. 6. 7. Hesiod. "Epy. 242. — Seq.
c’1rl, Acts 5: 28 irra'ya-ys'iv itp' ilpdc rd
alpa, to bring upon us, i. e. to impute to
us, make us answerable for. Sept. for
N37. Gen. 20: 9. "1253 Ex. 34: 7. —
Dem. 275. 4.
'EvmywwZopom, I. lo'opai, (E'Irl,
c't-yww'lopat.) to contend upon i. e.for or
about, seq. dat. of thing for which, Jude
51.—Plut. Num. 8. c. dat. of pers. with
or against whom, Plut. Fab. Max. 23.
’E9ran9gorZw, f. aim, (at, (10901:...
to collect,) trans. to collect together to or
upon any place etc. Mid. intrans.
Errafipoll'opat, to collect together to or
upon,to crowd together upon, Luke 11:
29.—Plnt. M. Anton. 44.
'Evrw'viros, 09,6,Epenetus, a Chris.
tian, Rom. 16:5.
'Errouréw, 5, (int, ain't-1,) Att. to lift up or exalt one's self, sc. m6‘ ilpa'w.
1'. e'o'opat, Rom. 15: 11. Xen. H. G. 3.
2. 6. Buttm. § 113. 6.|1. 7. but also fut.
£01», 1 Cor. 11:22. Xen. An. 5. 5. 8.
Dem. 414. 8.-—lit. to praise upon, i. e. to
applaud, to loud, to commend, trans.
Luke 16:8. Rom. 15: 11. 1 Cor. 11:2,
17, 22 bis. Sept. for YET-.1? Ecc. 8:15.
5'2? Gen. 12: 15. Ps. 10; 13.—Jos. Ant.
4. 3. 1. Ceb. Tab. 31. Xen. Mem. 3.
2. 2.
"Emuvog, on, 5,, (ém', aIvoc,) lit.
praise upon, i. e. applause, commenda
tion, praise, Eph. 1:6 sic Zrrawov rr'lg
5.521,; x. r. A. v. 12, 14. 2 Cor. 8: 18.
Phil. 1:11 1 Pet. 1: 7. Meton. object
o praise,something praiseworthy, Phil.
4: 8. Sept. for "IE 1 Chr. 16:27.
rear? 22: 4..- Ecc. 4.4.. a, 15. P0]. 1.
1. 1. Thuc. l. 76 ult. Xen. Hi. 1. 14.—
In the sense of approbation, commenda
tion, Rom. 2: 29 oil a Zn. oint- 5'5 drop.
282 ’ Eqrmoxz'lvopom
13:3.-Meton.reward,1 Cor. 4: 5. 1 Pet.
2: 14.—Wisd. 15: 19.
,ETOUIQU, I. apti'r, (c'm', aim-1,) to take
up, to raise up, trans.
a) pp. as a sail, to hoist up, Acts 27:
40. (Luc. V. H. 2. 38. Plut. Theseus
17, 22.) Pass. to be taken up, to be borne
upward, Acts 1: 9. comp. Mark 16: 19
et Luke 24: 51. Spoken of the hands,
to lift up, so. in prayer and benediction,
Luke 24:50. 1 Tim. 2:8. So Sept.
for D‘T-T! Ex. 17: 11. Kit’; Ps. 134: 2.—
Xen. Eq. 12. 6.-—Trop. to lift up, e. g.
rolic 15¢6ahp01'1g, i. e. to look upon, Matt.
17: 8. Luke 6: 20. 16:23. 18:13. John
4:35. 6: 5. 17:1. (Sept. for 8?; Gen.
13:10. Ez. 18: 6.) TI)!’ wrilv i.e. to
cry out with a loud voice, uke 11: 27,
Acts 2: 14. 14: 11. 22: 22. (Sept. for
81?; Judg. 2: 4. 9: 7. Philostr. Vit.
Apollon. 5. 33. Dem. 449. 13.) rhw
Keoahr‘lv Err. i. e. to take courage, Luke
21:28. rr‘p' 1rrc'pvav E'Irl run, to 18:’? up
the heel against, sc. in order to attack
and injure, John 13:18, quoted from
Ps. 41: 10 where Sept. is diflerent.
Sept. e’njpe To 569:; int for 5w 1 Sam.
20: as. I
b) Mid. Erralpopat, to lift up one's self,
to rise up, sc. against any thing, seq.
Kara,2 Cor. 10: 51révihbupa e'rraipdpevoy
Ezra riiq;
Kari: 4: 19. Dan.
7v. rm'l 11: 14.—Metaph.
95017. Sept. {01'
2 Cor. 11:20. Sept. for 5;; Jer. 13:15.
N??? Prov. 19: 18.—Philo (1e Fortid. p.
736. 1151. V. H. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 8.
5. S4.
'Evrawxz'woaal, only Mid. (uiaxl'n'w ,)
aor. 1 pass. c'rryaxiwflqy and Int. 1 pass.
Errawxwfli’geopat, both in mid. signif.
Buttm. § 136. 2; to shame one's self
upon, in, at any thing, to be ashamed of,
seq. accus. Mark 8: 38 bis, 69 yap 8v
s’rrawxvveii In: x. 1'. h. Luke 9: 26 bis.
Rom. 1:16. 2 Tim. 1:8, 16. Heb. ll:
16 see below. absol. 2 Tim. 1: 12.
Comp. Matth. § 414. 12.—Sept. Job 34:
19. c. dat. Plut. ed. Reisk. IX. p. 408.
Hdot. 9. 85.—Seq. e'rri c. dat. Rom. 6:21
hp’ 01;; vfiv irrum'x. So Sept. for "it! Is.
1:29. Comp. Matth. § 399. n. l.—
Seq. infin. pres. Heb. 2:11. So Heb.
11: 16 01'”: Errawxilverui mirror); 6 9:61;,
0.2“; Ermahcitrfia: abniv, where the
 'Eerouréw 283
latter construction is epexegetical, comp.
Matth. § 532 d. § 4.72. 2. b. For the
attraction comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6. —
Diod. Sic. 1. 83.
'Emzrréw, 5, f. flaw, (ém’, ain’w)
pp.lo ask thereto or for more; hence to
beg, to ask olms, absol. Luke 16:3.
Sept. for 5151.3 Ps. 109: 10.—Ecclus. 40:
28. Hom. ll. 23. 593 ed. Wolf.
’Esrauco7\w9€w, 5, 1". flow, (21:-i,
¢’uco7\ov0e'w,) to accompany, to atlmd upon,
to follow upon. Mark 16:20 5:21 r51!
EraxohovOou'w-rwv an‘uciwv, the accompany.
ing signs. seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 24 rwi 5:‘
Kai EnaxoXm/Oofnnv sc. ai c'lpapfl'ac, and
some they follow after, i. e. are manifest
Sept.
also subsequently.
for ‘t!!! 3725' JobSee
31: in
7. Prov.
Kplmg7:b. 22.
—Diod. Sic. 16.61. Plut. Timol.3 med.
—Metaph. 1 Pet. 2: 21 'lva imm- ro'ig
'ixvww abrofi, tofollow'upon bisjbotsteps,
i. e. to follow his example. Sept. for
"it?! Deut. l2: 30.—Philo de Hurrianit.
p. 385. 44.— 1 Tim. 5: 10 navri E'p-yp
r'ryafllfi z'n'nrokm'lana'e, has followed close
upon every good work, i. e. been studious
of, devoted to. Sept. for “,2”? Josh.
14:8, 9.—Luc. Parasit. 3. Dem. 805.
24 ‘mi; m'rficozv.
’E7!'0t%01'10, f. ol'mw (in-4', Zrxoz'nu) See
in 'Axon'm, to hear to, to hearhen upon,
i. e. to bear any thing at which one is
present, Xen. An. 7. l. 14. In N. T.
to hear to, to hearken to, i. e. to hear and
answer prayer, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 6: 2
c'n'r'lxmwc'l 0011. Sept. for "15,! Gen. 35:
3. 1 Sam. 7: 9. 9?? Gen. 17:20. 2 K.
13: 4.--Herodian. 4|. 5. 9. Luc. Timon
34.
'Evromgoaioum, 5am, depon. Mid.
(im', drpoéopag) to bear to, to hearken
upon or to, i. q. e'vraxoéw q. v. seq. gen.
Acts 16: 25.—Test. XII Patr. p. 710.
So Sept. éwaxpéamg for i‘??? 1 Sam.
15: 22.
’Emiv, conj. for i151 (iv, whenever, N. T. only Mid. inaviarapm, f. o'rr'loopaz,
so soon as, c. c. subjunct. comp. in "Av
I. 2. b. Matt. 2: 8 Erin’ 55‘ eiipnrs. Luke
11: 22, 34.— Jos. Ant. 8. l2. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 2. 1. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p.
786. Matth. § 521.
'Emz'm-yneg, adv. (pp. neut. of
obsol. inavé'yxng, fr. Z1rl,¢'1vc'1yxn,)ncces
sarily, and r6 e'miva'yxec necessary Acts
'Evravégdwm;
15:28. Buttm. <> n5. 4.. § 125. 0.—
Jos. Ant. 16. ll. 2. Arr. Diss. Ep. 2.
20. l. Dem. 706. 21. Herodot. 1. 82.
,ETlZPu’Q/W, f. c'lEw, 33m’, (Ii/(170),)
1. to lead up upon, in . T. as a nau
tical term, to lead [a ship] up or out upon
the sea, to put out to sea, do r6 (31160;,
Luke 5: 4,. absol. v. 3. See in 'Ami'ym b.
—2 Mace. 12:4. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 40.
ib. Q. I. 241
2. to lead back upon or to a place, to
cause to return, Herodian. 6. 6. 4|. ib. 7.
6. 7. In N. T. intrans. to return to. e. g.
{lg rfiv nokw, Matt. 21: 18. See'A-yw 3.
—2 Mace. 9: 21. Diod. Sic. 16. 26 ult.
Pol. 33. 5. 5.
Tram/Maurine), f. pm'lo'u, (Em',
r'waprpw’yoxu) pp. to call up the mind
upon, i. e. to remind of, to put in mind
upon or of, seq. accus. of pers. Rom. l5:
15.—Dem. 74. 7.
,EWdWZ'Z'lZl/Ml, l‘. aimw,(c'1r[,iira1ra6w,)
to cause to rest upon, Eustath. prael'.
Iliad. p. 1. 20. Mid. to rest one's self
upon, to loan upon. Sept. for 12?? 2 K.
7: 2, 17. Hdian. 2. 1. 23.—In N. T.
only Mid. e'nava-lrar'lopal, to rest upon,
metaph. viz.
a) to abide upon, to remain with, Luke
10: 6 e'navawan'mera: e'rr' ruin-ow 1'1 sipr'lvrl
bpdw. So Sept. and 1'."! Num. 11:25,
26. 2 K. 2115.
b) to confide in, to rely upon, seq. dat.
Rom. 2: l7 inavmrm'lp r93 vo'lup. Matth.
§ 399. 0. Sept. c. in’ rwa for 1!?! Mic.
3: 11.—c. dat. 1 Macc. 8: 12. Arr. Diss.
Ep. 1. 9. 9.
’E'7rav§g)¢0(bw, aor. 2 e'nariiMlov,
(e'nl, r'wépXoIJaL.) to come back upon or to
a place, to return lu'llzer, thither, etc.
absol. Luke 10: 35. 19: 15. Sept. for
8“: Gen. 33: 18. $15 Gen. 50: 5.—
2 Mace. 4.: 36. Hdian. 6. 6. 2. Xen. An.
6. 5. 3‘2.
1 I .
En'ozwo'rnpn, (in-i, t'lviarnpu) In
to rise up upon i. e. against any one, seq.
Em’ rwa. Matt. 10:21. Mark 13:12.
Sept. for m? 1 Sam. 17: 85. Mic. 7:
6. "*"22 Dan. 11: 14.—seq. dat. P01. 2.
53. 2. Hdot. 3. 61, 62. absol. Thuc.
5. 23.
’Earavo'g9movg, sag, ;,, (Emvopfldw
to right up againnto set to rights again,
 'Ea'oivw 284 ’ Evm'

to restore, Plato Rep. X. 302. Thuc. 7. quoted from Ps. 69: 26 where Sept. for
77. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 250,) a “TR—Judith 3: 3.
setling to rights, rqmration, restitution, ’Evraz'lglov, adv. of time, (e'rrz', cu‘ipioi'),
e. g. of a city 1 Mace. 14: 34. of laws upon the marrow, to-morrow; hence in
etc. Jos. Ant. ll. 5. 5. Dem. 707. 7. N. T. 1‘, 5'1ra1'1pwv so. fipz'pa, the marrow,
of a loss P01. 1. ll. 2.—In N. T. trop. the next day, comp. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7.
correction, reformation, so. of heart and So Matt. 27: 62. Mark ll! 12. John
7 life, 9 Tim. 3. 16.—Er. r017 fiiou Philo 1229, 35, 4'4. 6: 22. 12:12. Acts 10:
Qu. Deus sit imm. p. 319. B. Arr. 9, 23, 24.. 14.20. 20. 7. 21: a. 22:30,
Dies. Ep. 3. 21. 15. Pol. l. 35. l. 3-2. 25; 6, 23. Sept. for urge-‘a Gen. 19;
\ 'Erroam, adv. (kn-i’, iii/10,) also prep. 34. Lev. 23: 11,16.
0. gen. Buttm.§ 146. 2. pp. up above, I /
Ewauroqvwgqz, see in Abrdgbwpoc.
i. e. above, over, upon, etc.
’E7r0z¢g&g, 02, a, Epaphras, a
a) as an adv. of place, above, over,
Luke 11: 44,. Matt. 2: 9. Of number, Christian, Col. 1:7. 4.: l2. Philem. 23.
above, more than, 1 Cor. 15:6. Mark 14,:
This name is not improbably contracted
from ’E1ra¢pé&rag q. v. both designating
5 where the gen. of price depends on
the verb. So Sept. for n??? Ex. 30: 14. the same person.
Lev. 27: 7.—comp. Dem. 1390. 26. ,E'7T¢Z¢EIZW, f. law, (em', d¢plzw,)
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 172. to foam upon, to foam out, trop. to pour
b) as prep. 0. gen. of place, above, out likefoam, trans. Jude 13. Comp. Is.
over, Matt. 27:37 e'm'u/w rfig xc¢a)\:',g 57: 20,--pp. Mosch. Id. 5. 5.
III‘JTOI-l. Luke 4.; 39. Rev. 20: 3. Sept. ’Evra~p§*65wog, 00, 6, Epaphrodilus,
ME: Is. 14; 14.. 522-“. Is. 14.; 13. Gen. a Christian, the companion and helper
22: 9. So upon, Matt. 5: l4’ c'mivw of Paul, Phil. 2: 25. 4: 18. Comp. in
apovc k‘El'LléVn- 21:7 his. 23; 18, 20, 'Emuppiig.
22. 28: 2. Luke 10:19. Rev. 6: 8. ’E‘7T£'}’EIIQW, f. spa‘), ('zm', Eyu'pw) to
Sept. for 52?. Gen. 4,0: 17. ‘RE: 5? Gen.
1: 29. 7: 18.—l Mace. 6: 46.—Spoken wake up, to rouse up, so. out of sleep,
of dignity, over, Luke 19: 17, 19 yi'vou trans. Xen. An. 4'. 3. 10. trop. Plut.
évn'wm n-évre 1ro'Aswv. John 3: 31.—Jos. Brut. l.—In N. T. trop. to rouse up
upon i. e. against any one, to excite
Ant. 41.8.14’. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 12.
34:. against, trans. and seq. im’ nva Acts 13:
15. ‘can’: nvog 14: 2. Sept. for ‘I’?! 2
’E7ra5eé~, 5, f. {010, (m, we.) Chr. 21: 16. WW. 1 Sam. 22: 8. Am.
as in comm. Eng]. to hold up or in, i. e. 6: 141.
to hold back so. from going further, to
restrain, to ward of c. c. acc. et dat. ,E'Z'EI', conjnnct. (E1r:',) as, spoken
Hom. 11.2. 873.—In N. T. by impl. to of time and motive, viz.
aid, to relieve, seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 10, a) of time, as,when, after that, seq.
16 bis—Pol. l. 51. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. indie. aor. Luke 7:1 End 5:‘ a’rrhr'lpame
7. 1.
m'wra x. r. A. Sept. for ‘758 Gen. 46:
30. ‘7;!!! Josh. 7: 8. — Luc. D.
'Ez'agxl'rx, 06;‘, {I (E'Trapxog prefect, Deor. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21.
fr. Em’, apxm) province, prefecture, so. of b) of ground or motive, as, since, be
the Roman empire, Acts 23: 34'. 25: l. cause, in as much as, always in the apo
—Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 3. l2. Pol. l. 15. dosis, which however may stand first;
10. So Festns is called 'e'napxog Jos. seq. indie. Matt. 18:32 Evrel napexdkcmig
Ant. 20. 8. ll. comp. Krebs Obs. p. In. 27:6. Mark 15:42. Luke 1: 34.
257. , John 13:29. 19:31. I Cor. 14:12.
"Emwhg, em, 1'], (im’, aiihlg) a 2 Cor. 11:18. 13:3. Heb. 2:14. 5: 2,
fold, stall, Sept. for “33!, Num. 3'2: 16, 11. 6:13. 11: 11. End pr'rlrors, since
24'. Pol. 5. 35. 13. country-dwelling, never, Heb. 9: l7, comp. \Viner.§ 59. 5.
cottage, tent, etc. Sept. for “$3 Josh. 15: p. 4107. incl 051/, since therefore, Heb.
44, 47. Diod. Sic. i2. 45. In N. T. 4: 6. End iipa, since then, since in that
genr. house, dwelling, abode, Acts 1: 20, case, 1 Cor. 5:10. 7=14..-3 Mace. 2:16.
 'Ewsrba'; 285
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. l4. Cyr. 2. 2. 14.-—
Hence, before questions implying a
negative, and before similar hypotheti
cal clauses, it stands in the sense of for,
i. e. by impl. for then,for else,for other
wise, etc. comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 423
Passow iirei no. 2. Matth.§ 618. Rom.
3: 6 incl m5; xpu'si it 9:51; riw KtiUPOY'
1 Cor. 14:16. 15:29. Heb. 10:2. So
Rom. ll: 6 bis, incl 1') xr'iptg oime'r:
yivzra: xr'tptg K- r. h. i. e. for then, for
otherwise, etc. v. 22. Heb. 9:26.—
Sept. Job 35: 7. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 31.
,Efilah, conj. (int, 517,) as indeed,
as now, spoken in N. T. only of a
ground or motive, i. e. since indeed, since
now, because now, in as much as, and
always in the apodosis, which however
may stand first; seq. indie. Matt. 21:
46 brad’) dig 1rp0¢i1rqv aiirov elxov.
Luke 11:6. Acts 13:46. 14:12. 15:
24. l COX‘. 1:21, 92. 14:16. 15:21.
2 Cor. 5: 4. Phil. 2: 26. —Sept. Jer.
48: 7. Job. 9: 29. Hdian. 4. 4. 4. Ken.
Mem. 4. 3. 4, 6, 9. Comp. Vigor. p.
404.—Spoken of time, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.
l. H. G. 3. 2. 3. Comp. in 'Errt a.
,E'ITEIBhWEQ, conj. (ems/1, ne’p en_
clit.) since now, in as much as now, i. q.
c’1m5i1 but stronger, Luke lzL—Jos.
Ant. 5. l. 20. JEschin. Dial. Socr. 2.
12. Time. 8. 68. Comp. Viger. p.404.
fink-then, next, etc. 1 Cor. 15:46. 1
’E7reihov, aor. 2 to pres. Epopdw, Thess. 4: 17. Heb. 7: 2. James 3: 17.
see in Elam’ to look upon, to behold, Sept.--Hdot. 2. 29. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 24. upti
for "$3 Jon. 4: 6. Plut. Pomp. 18 ult. rov—Err. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. l4. ib. 7. 3. l.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 7. In N. T. from the
Heb. to look upon, to regard, to attend to,
e. g. for good, with kindness, Luke I:
25 iv ihue'patg a'ig z'rreidev itpsheiv i. q.
inside'v [1e t'upchc'iv x. r. )1. S0 Sept. and
"15‘; Ex. 2: 25. Ps. 31:8. Also for evil,
with disfavour, seq. e’m' c. accus. Acts
4: 29 E'm'ds rile dreihiic aim-7y. So Sept.
and H53 Ex. 5:21.
"Erin/n, (En-l, a,“ to go.) to go trop. Phil. 3: 14.—Suid. auvopi'yvo'ipevot'
upon, to come on, to approach, Hdian. 7.
5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 61. of time, Xen.
H. G. 1. 2. 14.—In N. T. part. 'erruinl,
intoiwa Erruiy, Buttm. § 108. V, spoken
only of the succeeding day or night, the
coming, the following, the nest, Acts 7:
26 rip 5:‘ Emoilag illuc'pg. SO without
illuz'pa Acts 16: ll. 20: 15. 21: 18.
’Evrev56rng
(Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 464.) Acts
23:11 17') 5a‘ in. rum-l. Sept. for =5"
Prov. 27: l.--Jos. Ant. 3. l. 6. Hdian.
2. 14. 5. Ken. An. 1. 7. 2.
Tare/neg, conj. (incl, “'9 cnclit.)
since indeed, since now, i. q. E-rrel but
stronger, Rom. 3:30. See Herm. ad
Vig. p. 403, 786.—Plat. de Rep. V. p.
452.
Enemayw'yn, 11;, ;,, (5,”;
:ia'a-yw'yih) lit. a leading in upon i. e. the
bringing in, introduction, so. of some
thing additional, trop. Heb. 7: 19 Errata.
Kpu'rrovog Ehm'doc. —-pp. Jos. Ant. 1].
6. 2.
"E‘Z'tlflt, adv. (e’m', ¢lra,) marking
succession in time, thereupon, then, after.
wards, next, comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 429.
Matth. § 603 ult. Luke 16:7 Evreira.
Erc'pp el'lrcv. Gal. 1: 21. James 4: 14.
Sept. for “Ell! Prov. 20: 17.—Hom. I]. 1.
121. Xen. An. 4. 8. 11.—For the sake
of emphasis, placed between a verb and
preceding participle, Mark 7: 5, coll. v.
2. Buttm. § 144. n. 6. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 772. (Xen. Cyr. 1.2. '2. ib. l. 6. 1|.)
So along with a more definite notation
of time, John 11:7 E'rretra peril rol'n'o.
Gal. 1: 18 Ear. peril Zrn rpla. 2: l.—-Also
in enumeratious, when the preceding
clause contains likewise a notation of
time; genr. 1 Cor. 12:28. 15:6, 7,
23. Heb. 7: 27. So 1rpo'irov—Zrrctra,
'Evrértma, adv. (En' ixe'iva, Buttm.
§ 115. n. 5,) beyond, seq. gen. Acts 7:43
Ere’t-twa Baguhu'wog. Sept. for "5‘???
Am. 5; 7. Gen. 35: 21.—Diod. sic.‘ s.
50. Hdot. 3.115. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 10.
’E'7rE)tT£/Wd, t‘. reru7,(e'1ri, Entire-1,)
to stretch out upon, to extend towards;
Mid. to reach forth towards, seq. dat.
e'mtiupoiwreg, c'rrenrswoptyoi.
Trix/561%, ov, a (ammo) up
per garment, tunic, i. e. the usual tunic,
Att. xmiw, in distinction from the inner
garment next the skin which was
called inrohi'lrng, Alt. Xiruw’oxoc, Lat. in
dusium. John 21: 7. Comp. Jahn§ 120.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 418. Sept. for
 ’ Erravh{m 286 Err-£766)
5:2? 1 Sam. 18:4. 2Sam.13:18.— l4: 18.-Hdot. 9. 93. — Seq. accus. et
Suid. inrodin-rlv' rd Eatin-epov ipénov, 'll'Ept' 0. gen. of thing, Mark 7: l7
e'rreydirrnv 5:‘ rd e'rro'tvw. Moeris, XLTw e'nnpa'rrwv aimiv nepl riig 1rapagoltiig.
alias-ac Kai xmhv 'Arrurd' inrodirrnc Kat Comp. Matth. l. c.—-Hdot. l. 32. Diod.
irrev5irrng 'Ehhrlvixci. Sic. 3. 59 pen. Dem. 1072. 12.— Seq.
Era-21156:.) or I'll/w, f. 1,1011), 61"’, e'l'dl'uu
accus. of person and lté-yuv or the ques
tion itself, Matt. 12: 10 Kai e'rrnpain'no'av
or {mu q. v.) to put on over, Jos. Ant. 5.
“my, Aé-yovreg. Mark 5: 9. Luke 3:
' l. 12.—In N. T. only Mid. to put on
10,14. Acts 1: 6. 1 Cor. 14:35. al.
over so. one's other garments, etc. to
clothe upon, trop. of the new spiritual Absol. Matt. 22:35. Acts23z34. Sept.
body, 2 Cor. 5: 2,4. Comp. in Tupi/69 for 531,5 Gen. 38:21. 43: 7.—2 Mace. 3:
b.—pp. Plut. Pelop. ll e'1rer5. Eotifirag 37. Xen. H. G. 6.4.2. (Ec. 6. 6. —
In the sense of to require, to demand,
'yurameiag roig SabpaEt.
seq. ace. of pers. and infin. Matt. 16: 1.
,E'Z'éfxofbdl, f. ineltu'wopat Buttm. So Sept. and 581,5 Ps. 137: 3.
§ 108. V. 5. § 114 Zpxopat ult. aor. 2 b) in a judicial sense, to question, to
E-irfikflov, to go or come upon or over any interrogate, c. c. dupl. accus. John 18:
place, etc. seq. ace. t'l-yptiv Horn. 0d. 16. 21. seq. ace. of pers. et Xé-ywv, Matt.
27. a Nzihog e'n'e'px. rd Ae'lvra Hdot. 2. 27: 11. Acts 5:27. absol. Luke 23: 6.
19. Sept. and I": E2. 47: 9. In c) from the Heb. Erzpwréw rov 9:61’,
_ N. T. to come on, upon, to, any place or to ask or inquire afier God, i. e. to seek
person, viz. God, camp. in ‘Ext'ryréw c. Rom. 10: 20,
a) of place, to come to, i. e. to come quoted from Is. 65: l where Sept. for
thither, to arrive, absol. Acts 14: 19 WEE- AL.
e'rrfiMiov 5e‘ t'urd 'Avraoxeiag. Sept. for
61:1 Judg. 18: 17.—Pol. 2. 7. a. Thuc. ’Errega’rrn,u.u, wrog, rd, (inporéo)
7. 42. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 13. a question, inquiry, Hdot. 6. 67. Thuc.
b) of person, to come upon, e. g. in a3.53. In N. T. spoken of a question
hostile sense, to invade, to attack, Luke put to a convert at Baptism, or rather
11: 22. Sept. and 85: 2 Sam. 30: 23. of the whole process of question and
2 Chr. 22: l. — absol. Hdian. 8. 4. 8. answer, i. e. by impl. eramination,
seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. l. Hdian. 4. 5. profession,- 1 Pet. 3: 21 ,Bdrrrto'pa,
10. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 24.-—So of evils, duvets/young c’ry. e'rrepu'irnpa elc Geov,
calamities, etc. to come upon, to befall, sc. as marking the spiritual character
seq. e'm' c. ace. Luke 21: 35. Acts 8: 24. of the baptismal rite in contrast to a
13: 40. Sept. and 85: Judg. 9: 57. mere external purification. Comp.
2 Chr. 20: 8. Mic. 3: 11.—Luc. Amer. Neander ‘ Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit.
23. Hdot. l. 30. ib. 6. 107.—Spoken of der chr. Kirche,’ I. p. 203 sq. in Bibl.
the Holy Spirit as resting upon and Repos. IV. p. 272 sq.—()thers render
operating in a person, seq. e'm', c. ace. Err. etg 956v, inquiry, longing, afler God,
Luke 1:35. Acts 1: 8. Comp. Sept. comp. irrzpwréw slg 2 Sam. 11:7. So
for 5113 1 Sam. 11: 7. Bretschneider in Lex. Winer § 30. 2.
c) part. irrepxdpevog, spoken of time, p. 159.—Others still, desire, petition to
season, destiny, etc. coming on, impend God, sc. for salvation; comp. Heb. 1, BIS?
ing, future; Eph. 2: 7E1! r074; alo'im roir; Sept. e'rrepwrtiw c'v, Judg. l: 1. 18:5.
e'rrepxopévotg. James 5: 1. Luke 21: 26. See Steiger Comm. in loc.
Sept. for his; Is. 41; ‘22. firms Is. 44.: Trim, r. we», aor. 2 new»,
7. 45: 11.—Fabr. Cod. pseud. V. T. p. (Em’, {xi-1,) to have or hold upon, e. g.
191 re'lwg z'rrepxé ei'ou. Comp. Hdot. Spfivm no'dag e’rre'ixe Hom. 0d. 17. 410.
6. 2. ib.8. 11. $01. 6. 19.6. to hold out towards, to direct upon, e. g.
, Erregw'rata), til, f. fiaw,(z’1rl,e'pwréw ,) r6501! axorrqi e'rre'xew Pind. ()1. 2. 160.
to ask at or of any one, to inquire of, viz. Hence in N. T.
a) gem. and c. c. dupl. accus. Mark a) trop. spoken of the mind, tofiz the
11: 29 impair/law {1,1469 xd-yd: Eva )ui'yov. mind upon, to give heed to, to mark, seq.
Luke 20:40. See Buttm. § 13]. 4, 5. dat. and with vofiu implied. Acts 3: 5
Matth. s 4.17. 6. Sept. forBsé 2 Sam. ('1 65‘ ineixev (u'rroig. 1 Tim. 4: 16. seq.
 ’ Ewngeoi in: 287
15;, Luke 14.:7.—Aristoph. Lysist. 490.
Hdot. 6. 96. P01. 10. 41. 8. in full Luc.
Alex. 4 ult. (lei roic ye-yt'a-roic e'rrz'xew
row row.
b) as in comm. Engl. to hold up or on,
i. q. to hold back or in, viz. (a) in the
sense of to retain, not to lose, trop. Phil.
2: 16 Xé-yov Zwfic z'ire'xowcg, i. e. perse
vering in the acknowledgment and
practice of the Christian doctrine.—
Hesych. e'm'xovreg' xparo|7vrcg.— ([3)
more usually to heep back, to detain a
person, Hdian. 6. 5. 18. Thuc. l. 9;
in N. T. intrans. or with e'avro'v impl.
(comp. 'A-yw 3,) to hold one’s self back,
i. e. to remain, to stay, Acts 19: ‘22 ail-roe
e'n'ox: Xpévov sic rfiv 'Aa-i'av. Sept. for
‘>22: Gen. 8; 10. ‘>11 2 Chr.18:5,14.
—-2 Macc. 5: 25. Philo Leg. ad Cai.
p. 1029. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 38.
’Emlge¢i§w, f. ciao, (im'lpua threat,
insult, fr. 5m’ and Horn. dpeici) to misuse,
to treat despitefully, to insult, trans. Matt.
5: 44-. Luke 6: 28.—c. dat. Philo in
Place. p. 972. D. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16.
absol. Hdian. 7. 7. 7.—In the sense of
to traduce, to accuse falsely, seq. accus.
1 Pet. 3: 16.—HUMMER. ‘2. 4. 16. lb. 7.
3. 4.
’Em', prep. governing the genitive,
dative, and accusative, with the primary
signit'. on upon, viz.
I. \Vith the genitive. E. g.
1. Of place, in a great variety of re
lations, which may however be com
prehended under the two leading ideas
of rest upon, on, in, and. of motion upon,
to, towards,- comp. Passow. 'Eirl I. A.
Buttm. § 147. n. 4. Matth. § 584.
a) of place where, after words imply
ing rest upon, on, in, etc. (a) gem.
and seq. gen. of place; Matt 4: 6 €1r1
§El 51y cipoi'nrl as. 9: 2 e’1ri Khlvnc
I: Myz'vov. 9: 6. 16:19 1.118, é‘ll’i 711g‘
717g‘. 18: 19. 24: 80 Epxdyevov e'iri 11.-w
"WM-‘w. 27: 19 xafinye'uou m'n'of/ E1rl rofi
Br’lyarog. (Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12.) Mark 8:
4 e'r' s'pnyiag, i. e. on or in the desert.
v.6. 14.: 51. Luke 4.; 29 b'povg 54s‘ of. 1‘,
1rd)“;- aixob. (Diod. Sic. 3. 47.) Luke 5:
18. 12: 3. John 6: 19 1r£pi1raroivraé1ri
rfig Sakéa'ong, walking on the lake.
19:31 in; yr) yzt'vp e'wi roii oraupofi.
20: 7. ActsBzQS. 20: 9e'1rirfic 9.1915“,
upon or in the window. 21: 40. James
’Em'
5: 5. Rev. 1:20 c'1ri rfig 5:546; you,
i. e. on or in the hollow of my hand,
coll. v. 16. 4: 9 m0. e'1ri rm? spam. 5:
10,13 E-lri 'riig Sahiio'ong 6 ion, i. e.
on the bottom of the sea, in the deep.
7: 3. 10:1. 19:19 xaOny. Erri roii
Tmrou. 20: 11. al. saep. So Luke 22: 21
1‘) xsip er’ e'ym'i s’1ri rfic rpam'i'ng upon
the tab e; and so v. 30 ‘ha s'oOiqrc K01.
m'wrrs E1ri rfig rpa'rréfnc you, i. e. of the
things upon my table, in Eng]. at my
table; comp. YViner §51. g. p. 322.
Also Matt.21: 19 i511“! uuxfiv yi’av z'rri
rfig 6501?, upon the way, i. e. by the way
side. John 21: l c'vri 'rfiq; Sahdoorlc, i. e.
on the shore of the lake. So Sept. and
52 2 K. 2: 7. Dan- 6. 2.-—Pol. 1. 4.4.. 4.
E-rri riig so)“ Ea-mo'av. Xen. An. 4. 3. 28.
—Trop. Matt. 8: 16 e'1ri o-réyarog bbo
yapn'lpwv a“; rpuDv 01116;? 1rc'iv fifiya. Mark
12:26 et Luke 20: 37 e’1ri rfig [Mi-on,
i. e. on or in the passage, section, of the
bush, etc. comp. Rom. 11:2 in ‘Ev l.
a. Seq. en. of pers. Acts 21: 23
livfpsg eiixflv i'xovrsc Exp’ iauriw, having
a vow upon them.
in the sense of before, in presence
of, chiefly of judges, witnesses, etc. as
is said in Engl. ‘to be led or brought
up before, to stand before a court,’ etc.
Matt. 28: 14 e'éw 11.-0.10617 rol'n'o E'vri r017
iryeydvog. Mark 13: 9. Acts 23: 30.
24: 19, 20 o-rc'w-roc you s'1ri roii mlvcdplou.
25: 9 Kpi'veo'eaic'n" Eyoi'l. v. 10,26. 26:
2. 1 Cor. 6: 1,6. 1 Tim. 6:13. So
genr. 2 Cor. 7: 14 r" Klllltxfldtc 1‘; e'niTirou,
i. e. our boasting before Titus, comp. 51'
n aim; :exabxqyai ibid. Comp. Matth.
§ 584. n. Winer § 51. g. p. 322.—Dem.
1367. 17 €1ri r017 bixao'rrypt'ou. Diod. Sic.
11. 65 i'rri ror'; mwofi o'vvcdpi'ov nbv
'EMi’lvwv. Luc. Philops. 22. Xen. H.
G. 6. 5. 41 oint- En’ dM-ywv yapn'lpwv.
Vect. 3. 14.
b) of place whither, after words imply
ing motion or direction upon, to, towards,
etc. with subsequent rest upon. Matt.
26: 12 fiahol'ma To yi'ipov irri rm? mioyardg
you, Mark 4: 26 fldhy row mrbpov c'1ri rfig
717:. 9:20. 14:35. Luke 8: 16. 22.
40 'yevoyevoc be‘ z'ui r017 rd1rov. John 6:
2 onytia ii e'vroiu in‘: TIA—JV doflevol'lwwy,
which he did upon, to, the sick. (Act.
Thom. 16. Others, on, in the case of,
the sick; comp. Matth. § 584. I. So
Isocr. ad Nic. p. 25. A. Plat. Rep. 5.
 ’Em' 288 'Em'

p. 4.75. A, in’ 8pm‘), in my case, by my c) of manner, where Em’ 0. gen. forms

example.) John 6: 21 11‘; 1r7\.e"yéve1-oc'1ri a periphrase for an adverb, e. g. e'vr’
riig 717;‘, at the land, i. e. on the shore. dhnflelag, lit. upon the truth, i. e. of a
19: 19 'z'Onxev e'1ri rofi aravpoii. 21: 11. truth, truly, i. q. dhnefiig, Mark 12: 14,
Acts 5: 30 upepéa'avrzg E'n'i £I’IMU. (Sept. 32. Luke 4: 25. Acts 4: 27. 102 34.
for 52 Gen. 40: 19.) Acts 10: 11. Heb. So Sept. for-13?: Job 9: 2. 19: 4. ‘1952-1?
6: 7. James 5:17. Rev. 10: 2. 13:16. Dan. 2: 47. -- Esdr. 6: 10 E1rl mrouefig.
i'va 561011’ abroig xripa-ypa E'u'l rfic Xupéc Jos. Ant. 5. l. 2 511" 6152109 i. q. (13:09.
x. r. A. Trop. e’n-i mpfiiag Heb. 8: 10. Diod. Sic. 13. 12 €¢' ilu'uxiag. Dem.
10: 16.—Sept. Job 17: 16. Jos. Ant. 4.. 484,. 20 s'1r1 Kaipoi.
5. 1. Hdian. 6. 3. 41e'1ri [if/para; fiveheév. II. With the Dative. E. g.
Thuc. l. 116 n-Adv e'n'l Eriluov. Xen. 1. Of place,in the same sense and
Cyr. 7. 2. 1 £1ri Etipdewv E'¢zu-yz. il). 3. circumstances as e'wi 0. gen. so that the
3. 27 ('waflévrag ézp' 11r1ruv. Greek poets often use the gen. and dat.
2. 01' time when, as in Engl. upon a interchangeably,while in prose the dat.
time, i. e. on, at,z'n, during, etc. Heb. 1: is more usual: see Passow in ‘Em’ II. A.
9 et 2 Pet. 3: 3 E7r'c'axc'urov ré'lv I'Ipepfiv. Buttm. § 14.2. n. 4,. \IViner § 52. c. p.
—Luc. D. Mort. ll. 2 c’ari Im'lc tmépag. 335.
Hdot. 5. 117.—— 01' time as marked by a) of place where, after words imply
cotemporary persons, events, etc. ing rest upon, an, in, etc. comp. above
Buttm. § 147.11. 4. Matt. 1: 11 e'vrl Tfig in 1. La. ((1) pp. Matt. 1418,11,
psroucsaiag Bag. i. e. at the time of. s'n'l m'rau. Mark 2: 4. 5'4)’ (‘'1 xart'xsrro.
Acts 11. 28 s'1rl Khan/31015111 the days of, 41¢ 38. 6: 39 E'Iri 1'1‘: X691,’ L'Lvaxhivat. V.
under. Mark 2: 26. Luke 3: 2. 4: 27. 55 E'vri 707;; Kpaggdrotg. 11: 7. Luke
——Sept. Zech. l: 1. Diod. Sic. 17. 14. 11:44. )u'flov En-l M69). 21: 6. John 11:
Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 31. ib. 8. 8. 15,22.— 38. Acts 27: 44. Rev. 19: 14 hp’ 'lmrotg
So of actions as specifying time, e. g. Mot-07¢. al. saep. — Hdian. B. 1. 8 511-1
e'n'lniv 1rponuxd'w you, in my prayers, waste). Hdot. 5. 12 Z'ly-yog e'wi rp' unpakii
i. e. when I pray, Rom. l: 10. -Eph. 1: 'e'xovaav. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.1 Kt'ipog £90’
16. Philem. 4.—Diod. Sic. 4|. 3 £'1ri ra'w hwy—([3) AS implying close proxim
Esbrvuv. ity, contact, upon, at, close by, Matt. 24.:
3. Tropically, spoken a) of dignity, 33 E'y'yr'lg e'm'w Ewi sniping. John 4:6
authority, etc, upon, over, Matt. 2: '22 e'mOéZn-o Ext 1;} mryii, by the fountain,
Bamheilu e'n'i 11'];- ’Iou5aiac, ova- Judea. i. e. on the side of the well. 5: 2. Acts
Rom. 9: 5 et Eph. 4|: 6 1'; 6w s'1rl 1ru'w'rwv 3: 10 e'1ri rfi 1r1'1hp. v.11. 5: 9 £'1ri 75
Geog. Acts 8: 27 Be 171/ c'wi min"; 11'}; Saw. Rev. 21: 12. Comp. Matth. § 586.
'yriZng ain'fig. 12: 20 row E1ri r017 k'Ot'Hn—JVOg. 'y. Winerl.c.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.1. Hdian.
(Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 22. 150i E1ri iron-01109.) 8. B. 6 are)“; Ext Qahzi'rrn 1rpoxu/1év17.
So xafit'a'rnfu s'rri, Matt. 24: 45. Luke Xen. An. 5. 3. 2. ib. l. 2. 8 Ewri mic;
12: 14. Acts 6: 3. (So Sept. for 'rrq'ya'ig. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. — (y) Seq. dat.
5} ‘*‘FEF' Gen. 39: 5.) Rev. 2: 26 56mm plur. of persons, i. q. with, among, Acts
Egon/afar E'rri. 11in’ £01151’. 9: ll. 17: 18. 28: 14, if’ airro'l'g e’m/Jeivat. 2 C01‘. 7:
20: 6. Comp. in Tioum'a d. a. So 7 hp‘ {4111' sc. div. — Eur. Iph. in Au].
gent. Sept. and 52 Gen. 4,4,: 1,4. Dan. 656. [660.] Diod. Sic. 14.. 113 Ewarag
6: 7. —— Athen. 13. 7 o s'1ri Tfig ' 'a'ov. (iv s'1ri r019 106195011’. Xen. Mem. 2. l.
Diod. Sic. 13. 47 oi e'1ri Ta'w Ep'ywv. 27.
Dem. 309. 9. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36. Comp. b) of place whither, after words im
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164', 474. plying motion or direction upon, to, to
b) of a subject of discourse, on, of, wards, etc. and including the idea of
concerning, only after verbs of speech, subsequent rest upon. (a) gem. Matt.
writing, etc. comp. Passow em’ I. C. ult. 9: 16 at Mark 2:21 oildsig imfir'lhhu
im'fihnpa E1ri I'PaTlll‘l’ 'rrahmq'). John 8: 7
Gal. 3: 16 or’; hiya (5g Evri 1ro)\)\6)v (‘INC
dig 1'50’ Emlg. —- All. V. H. 1.30. Luc. M0011 E1r' m'rrfi flaht'rw. Acts 8: 16.
Philopat. 15. Diod. S. 1. 12 hr‘; r017 Matt. 16.18. Eph.2=10. So Mark 5;
Swa M70”... Dem. 1392. ~23. Plat. 33 5 'yé-yovev hr’ m'lrii. Acts 5: 35 5'11
(‘harmith p. 155. D. 107;; (‘n/0p. rm'n'ou; 11' lua'Mu-s rpc'wasw.
 ' Em’
Trop. Heb. 10: 16 51501); vopoug E1rl ra'l'g
rapdi’atg. Sept. Er'urrvkov e'moz'vrec E1ri
a-répan, Heb. '2, Job 29: 9. — Hdian. 2.
9. 7 cipépevov z'vri roic VIA’ITOIC. Xen. An.
5. 2. l2. Horn. ll. 1. 55 irri (Ppcai 957w“.
Luc. Toxar. 23 Z-zrpaEev i1r’ ar’rroig. Eur.
Iph. in Aul. 1103. [1111.] Hdot. 3.14.
Comp. Matth. § 415. n. 2. -— (,8) Trop.
of a direction of mind towards any one,
0. g. in a friendly sense, 2 Cor. 9: l4
xripw roii 9601-! 5'43‘ up?» Luke 18: 7 é-n-i )unrp in text. rec. Heb. 8: 1. Comp.
paxpoevplfiv 5'1r' al'lroig. (Sept. and 7”. Buttm. l. c. Passow 'E'ln' II. C. Matth.
28am. l4: 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 27.) Also § 586 7, ult.—-Test. XII Patr. p. 523
in a hostile sense, against, Luke 12: 52, i1ri mic: ror'rrolg. Philo de Opif. Mund.
53, oiapepzpwpe'voi rpei'g c'wi 51ml Kai 860
praeterea. Mem. 1.2. 25. Eur. Iph.
E'lrl rpw'z" 1rarr‘lp Zap’ uh; A'fli "26¢ E'rri 1rarpt'.
Rev. 12: 17 dip'yiatin E1ri 1i) yuvaucL— Taur. 197 4.6m e'1rl Wimp. Lue. D.
Ecclus. 7: 12. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7. Dem. Mort. 1. 3.
701. 14. El. V. H. 4. 5 Euro e'1ri eflfim.
Comp. Matth. § 586. 8.
9. Of time what, chicily as marking
a definite period of time, upon, at, in,
VIZ.
a) gem. Heh. 9: 26 5'1ri avv-rzkn’q rrDv
aia'wwv. As designated by contemporary
institutes, actions, etc. 2 Cor. 3: 14 E1r1
T‘l.) ('tva'ywiwu 'rfig 1raX. Etatir'lmg, i. e.
during the reading, whenever it is read.
Phil. 1:3 bri miap r5 fu'u'q ilpu'w, at
every mention, as often as I think of
you. Heb. 9: 15 Erri rfi 1rprin'p imam-y,
during the first covenant, while it was
in force. So as implying merely c0
existence in time, 2 Cor. 7: 4 i1ri miag
7:] SAN/ct fipdw, i. e. in, during, under
all our afliictions. Eph. 4: 26 6 il’Mog
pr‘) irnoue'rw bri r97 1rapop'yw'pq3 bpfiv,
during, i. e. while your wrath continues;
comp. Dent. 24: 15, where Sept. for 5!.
—Judith l: 16 1'03‘ fipépau; ism-6v. Pol.
3. 51. 12. Hdian. 2. 6. 19 i1ri 17'] 1ro‘u1r‘fi,
during. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. l2c'1rirq'ioei1rwp.
Mem. 1. 5. '2.
b) in the sense of after, immediately
following upon, Acts 11: 9 sh'tilewg rfic
yzvopévnc €1ri 21:-agave), i. e. immediately
after Stephen. ohn 4:97 E1ri roi'rrq),
upon this, thereupon.—Xen. H. G. 4. 4.
9 rfly e'iri rlr'; vim-Tl. fype'pav. Dem. 927. 3.
Xen. An. 6. 1. ll, 12,51rirm'1rq).
3. Tropically, spoken a) of power,
authority, care over, etc. Matt. 24: 47
8t Luke 19: 441i1ri1n'im roic inrtipxoua'w
Gin-05 xaraa'rr'lau aurov. Comp. Matth.
§ 586. Z. Lol). ad Pln‘. 164, 474.—
289 ' Em’
Dem. '21. 19. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 28. An.
4. 1. 13.
b) as marking accession or addition
upon or to something already mentioned
or implied, upon, unto, besides. Matt.
25: 20,22, 6%)“: rrihav'ra £111.51,“ in’
aim-079. Luke 3: '20. 16:26 e'rl mint '
roormgbesides all this. Eph. 6: 16. Col.
3: l4. 1 Cor. 14: 16 ‘m3; Epci r6 c'zpfiv
Ea'i r' of,’ eilxapwrr'q. Phil. 2: 27 )h’nrr]
p. 16. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 88 Eat ror'rrotg,
c) of that upon which any thing rests
as a basis, foundation, support; comp.
Winer § 52. c. c. In various specifica.
tions, viz.
(a) gem. Matt. 4:4 et Luke 4: 4 {iv
oi/x é1r' ('iprp poi/p, (AX i1ri raw-i pupa-n
x. r. )t. to live upori, i. e. to sustain or
support life upon, quoted from Deut.
8: 3 where Sept. for 5! H373. — Athen.
10. 43. Max. Tyr. 27. 6 BIOTEIIIEU' {at
1'9‘: o'iwp. Plut. Alcib. 1. init. c'1ri ror'rrotc
,uévmg (fir. Comp. Kypke on Matt.
l. 0. -—-So after words implying hope,
trust, confidence upon or in any person
or thing. Rom. 15: 12 br‘ m'n'qi 50m
éxmam. 1 Tim. 6: 17. (2 Macc. 2:
18.) Mark 10: 24 a'flrolati'rac i1ri roig
xpr’lpaauv. Luke 11:22. al. Luke 24:25
1rta'rcr'mv e'1ri miaw oic K. r. A. 1 Pet. 2:
6. Acts 14: 3 ‘Il’fllifillflttlzdlulyol E'Iri n;
Kvpiq). Also in the phrase e’rr' Darla‘,
upon or in hope, i. e. resting ‘upon hope,
Acts 2: 26. Rom. 4:18. 8: 90. Tit. 1:2.
al.—Xen. Mem. 9. 1. 18 e'1r' c'vyaflii
Dario: rumba—Here belongs the phrase
(Ea-i up“ dilopari rwoc, upon tile name of
any one, i. e. to do any thing upon or in
the name of a person, on the ground of,
under colour of his name etc. comp.
Winer l. c. marg. Acts 4: 17, 18
Elation-av c'wi 1'15 ova/tar: 'Irlaoz'l, to leach
upon the name of Jesus, i. e. restin upon
his name, upon him as the u timate
teacher and author. 5: 28, 40. Luke
24: 47. So Luke 9:49 c'wi 1'93 15v. 0011
hguiMovra ra dlupdma, casting out dc
mons upon thy name, i. e. resting the
efficacy of their exorcism upon thy name.
1.
 ’Em' 290
Also Matt. 24': 5. Acts 2: 38 flawno'el'lrw
int 1'93 6v. 'I. Xp. be baptized upon the
name of Christ, i. e. the baptism being
grounded upon the profession of his
name, etc. Matt. 18:5 6; tin 5e'Em-at
'n'aiaiov 3y E'Iri r‘; (ivo'pan' you, i. e. as
resting upon or professing my name,
as a Christian. Mark 9: 37. Luke 9: 4.8.
So Sept. for D??? Deut. 18:20.-—Luc.
Pisc. l5 'ytinrag E1ri ‘ft; typcrc'pcp timipnn
WORM: Kai pulpit 1rpérrov'rac. Dem. 495.
7 rai'rr’ E-lri rqi 765v Sec-‘Iv 6rd,..." 1roteiv.
917. 28.
(,8) of the subject of an action or of signifying an emotion of mind, as joy,
discourse, upon, in reference to. Mark sorrow, compassion, astonishment, etc.
6: 52 oil owfixav [rd arlpeiov rd Comp. Matth. § 399. n. l. Passow e’vri
1rc1rou1pévov] Ext 10?; tip-mtg, i. e. wrought II. E. Matt. 18: 13 xalpu s'1r' ain't‘;
upon or in respect to the loaves.—
Hdot. 3. 14' rwv'rd include ‘rd Kai Z'Iri 1i)
SvyarpL—Of discourse, etc. on, of, con
cerning; John l2: 16 {in rm'n-a érr' ain't;
'ycypaltpéva. Luke 23: 38. Rev. 10: ll
1rp0<pflrcz7mu int Xaoig x. 1'. X. 22: 16
paprvpiiaat s'ri 'ra'ig e'xxhnm'atg. Heb. ll:
4. Comp. Winer § 52. c. -y. Matth.
§ 586. z.—Barnab. Ep. 5 o 1rpo¢1rrchwv
z'1r' airn‘l Hdot. l. 66. Luc. D. Deor.
10. 12 )ui-youc Em’ Tll'l. Thuc. 2. 34..
(y) of a condition, law, sanction,
upon or under which alone any thing
takes place. 1 Cor. 9:10 e'1r' e'hm'dt
c'zpo-rpiav K. 'r. X. Heb. 7: 11. 8: 6
5:110:10] firic e'wi A'pci'r'roo'w E'Ira'y'yehimc
VEVOIAOOEITUTGI i. e. under the sanction of,
etc. 9: 17 5.00.3", yizp E'lrl vexpo'ig fizgac'a,
i. e. a testament is only valid the testa
tor being dead. 10: 28 Evri Euaiv 1*‘ rpwi
pc'ipruow évroew’loxct, i. e. was put to
death under two or three witnesses,
comp. Deut. 17:6 where Sept. for
‘5'52, coll. Deut. 19: 15 where Sept.
hr) 016 are; for ‘ii-5!. See Matth.
§ 585. . Passow e'vrl II. F.—Jos. Ant.
2. 10. 2 pen. ib. 5. 2. 6. Luc. D. Deor.
l. 2 ult. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 23 E’rri rol'rrotg
E'Eoaav Kai E'Aagov min-u; rt‘: min-1'1. H.
G. 3. 2. 19.
(5) of the ground, motive, exciting
cause of any action, upon, at, i. e. on
account of, because of Matt. 19:9 ‘111)
£1ri rcpt/£19. Luke 2: 20. aivoiJl/rec rov
956v bri mimv x. 'r. h. 5: 5 Evrl ‘re?
fir'lpan' o'ou Xahc’w'w To Bin-um». Acts 3:
16 e'1ri Ti] m'vrrct. 41:21. 26: 6. l COL
l: 4. 8: ll. 2Cor. 9: 15. al. Seq. dat.
of person, 'ur' m'mfig Acts 21: 24- see in
’Em’
Amravéw. Comp. Matth. § 585 ult.
—-
Passow
Jos. Ant.
€1rl II.
4.. 5.E.2 E'xa‘uwov
Winer § E1rl
52. Eirbu.
c.
Hdot. l. 137. Luc. Hermot. 80. Xen.
Mem. 3. 14.. 2. Conv. 3. 10. —-Hence
it]; t}, for in) rol'rrtp (in, on this account
that, because, Rom. 5: l2. 2 Cor. 5:
4. Phil. 4:10. Comp. Buttm. § 150.
p. 435._Diog. Laert. 2. l2. 5. Thom.
Mag. hp' (‘3, :ivri r017 5161-1, 05 Xr'ipn'.
(s) of the occasion upon or at which,
in connexion with which, any thing
takes place, upon, at, over, after words
'uiMov x.1'.)\. Luke 1: 14,47 r’ryauicwc
ivrirg'l Geq'i. 15:7. Rev. 11: 10. al. Mark
3: 5 o'vMwrm'l cvog e'1rl 12'] mupdmu rfig u.
10: 22, 24'. uke 19: 41 E'xhavo'ev in‘
afrrfi. Acts 8:2. James 5: l. Rom. 18:
9, 11. al. Matt. 14.: 14 antennae" Ear’
(111107;. Mark 6: 34. al. Matt. 7:28
c'Eerkr’loaov-ro hri Ti] fiifiaxii all-rm’). 22:
33. Luke 1: 29 atc-rapl'ixfin z'1rl r97 MW.
5: 9. 9: 43. Acts 3: l2.—- Jos. Ant. 6.
6. 3 7'] int rii m'uy Xapt'l. Xen. Mem. 2.
6. 35 Xaipsw e'm’. Test. XII Patr. p.
521 rel/0071' e’1ri rfi ('lpapn'q. Luc. D.
Deor. l2: 1. ib. 25. 3 E-lr'ai'mp' 5axpi'lovoa.
ib. Toxar. 24. E]. V. H. 12. 4t
e’xrAa-yetg e'1r[. Xen. Cyr. l. 4.. 27.—So
of the occasion of penitence and shame,
2 C01‘. 12: 21 p1) yeravoqoc'wrwv Ext 71-)
dxafiapm'qi. Rom. 6: 21 Zip’ ole vfiv
s'wawxz'lveo'ee. — Xen. Mem. 2. 2. B it?‘
oh fioxl'nlen.
(I) of the object, purpose, end of any
action, etc. upon,unto, for; comp. ‘Vi.
ner § 52. c. 3. Matth. § 585. Gal. 5:
13 i415; 7619 in’ e'hsuetplq Exh'lenrs.
1 Thess. 4.. 7. E 11.2: 1. 2 Tim. 2:14.
Phil. 3: 12 ‘up’ I‘), that for which. So
Acts l5: l4. Erri Tl‘; dvépa-r: m'rroz': in text.
rec. where later edit. omit i1n’.—-VVis(l.
2:23. Hdian. 2. l. 18 in’ o'kr’Opp, Ewri
cw-nypl'q. Thuc. l. 73. Ken. Mem. 2. 3.
19. An. 5. 7. 34 (17511911: in) Mining.—
Hence £9)‘ (‘5, for what, wherefore, Matt.
26: 50 in text. rec. for which others Ep' 6'.
1]) of the norm or model upon or to
which any thing is adjusted or con
formed, upon, after, according to. Luke
1:59 z'xc'xhouv ain't‘; z'rrl r93 6145/4111‘: r01“:
carpi‘); ai/rofi. So Sept. and 51! Ezra
 'Em’ 291 ‘Eur!’
2: 61. Neh. 7: 63.—Each. 4:63. Plut. ([3) where the motion is directed to a
Rom. 19 ult. xakeiaOa: pe‘v 'Pabpqv E-rrl higher place, implying elevation or
'PIJIIJIIIA rr‘yv fl'éAU'. Plato Parm. p. 147. ‘placing upon, 1. e. up upon, up ozxr,
D.—A so Rom. 5: l4 oilx apaprfioav'rac up to, out upon, etc. or simply upon,
Eri r97 bpouhpart 1'1"]: x. r. A. 2 Col‘. 9: over. Matt. 4: 5 't'orqaw aimiv in;
6 bis, 1': o'trclpuv £1r' EI’IAOYZGQ, i. e. adv. m-ept'lyiov raii icpofi. 5: 23. 9: 18. 13: 48
bountifully.—IEschyl. Supp. 628, [636,] dilafitgdaavrcc hri row ai'ytaho'v. 21:5
in" 111018219. Emgzénxtlac s'ri Zivov i. e. mounted upon.
III. With the Accusative. E. g. 22: 16 tpeu-ye'rwaav e'1ri rd 6p". 27: 29.
Mark 8: 25. 10: 16 nflzlg rag xsipag in’
]. Ofplace, and generally combining
ail-rd. ll: 2. 15: 22 ml pe'povaw aim‘w
the ideas of rest and motion upon;
int I‘ohyofic'i ronow. Luke 5: l1, l9
where sometimes however the idea of
('rvagdvrcg E'trl r5 56pm. 8:27. Acts 17:19.
‘motion upon’ is more prominent, and
20: 13. 27:43, 44 see in Ataadrlw.
rarely, ‘ rest upon.’ Comp. Winer§ 53. 1.
Rom. 12: 20. —- Palaeph. Fab. 1. 9
Matth. \5 586. c. '
t’wagtgéo'avrcg in} rode 71r1rove, and so
a) as implying rest and motion com. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Cyr. 3. I. 4. int Ao'tpov
bined, where it marks an extension or KGTG¢EIIIY£L Thuc. 7. 37 itrl ra 'ru'xrp—
spreading out upon or over any thing, So of a yoke, burden, taken up and
a stretching or spreading out in vari placed upon any one, Matt. 11: 29 dpare
ous directions, distribution upon, over, rtiv Zvyriv ,uov Exp‘ inflic- Acts 15:10.
among; hence pp. along upon, along Matt. 23: 4 tpopria—Zmrtflt'ao'w c'1ri rode
over, throughout, etc. or else simply, 6 ug- ‘ru'n/ 6W0 . trop. of a covenant,
upon, over, at, among, the direction 11:01). 8: 8.—- etaph. spoken of fear,
of the implied motion being determined evils, guilt, punishment, which come
by the adjuncts. E. g. upon any one as a burden, as some.
(a) gem. Matt. 27: 45 axorog i'ye'vcro thing laid upon one; so after yt’vwflat,
Erlmioaw rfiv yfiv. 10: 34 fluhs'ivzipr'yvnv, s'rre'p wear, Epxeoeat, Ermiarrcw, and
Iaixatpav, irri rr‘|v 'yfiv. 14: 19 rode the ike; Matt. 23:35 51mg 5X6!) hp‘
Exhovg dvaxhtefimu z'ni roug xdprouc. v. illudg' tray alpa disarm’. v. 36. Luke I:
26 Etri ripv sc'thaaaav 1repuraror'1vra. v. 12, 65 pal iye'vsro Earl mivrac 1:69».
28,29. 15:35. 18: 12e'1rl rt‘u'ipnropeueeic 21: 34, 35 (in: mrylc E'IFEAEIIIG'ETGL e'nl
about upon the mountains. 22: 9. 24: 'rrc'wrac. John 3: 36. 18: 4. Acts 5: 28.
16. Mark 4: 38 e'rri rd 1rpoaxs 'Muov 8: 1. 13:11 xtip Kupt'ou e'tri as‘. 18:6.
xafln'lduv i. e. stretched upon. uke 5: Rom. 1:18. 15:3. 1 Pet. 5: 7. In
36 Em'ghnpa e'méékku c'ri Zpc'trmv. John like manner of good, prosperity, etc.
9: 6. Acts 7:11. 21:3. Rev. 2:17. 7: 1. Matt. 10: 13 e'kec'ru i1 sipr'lvn inn-7v Err'
l 1: 8. 20: 4 oin: E'Aagov rd xdpa-yptt in! abrr'yv sc. rfiv oixt'av. Luke 10:6. Gal.
rd pe'rw'lruv. v. 9. al. So Matt. 13:2 6 6: 16. Acts 4: 33 xdpu; ifv z'1ri mivrag'.
t'ixAoc in'l rdv al'ytahov sio'rfixst, stood or Rom. 3: 22.—So of a lot, i.e. any thing
had stationed themselves along upon imposed by lot, Acts 1:26 'c'vrwcv a
the shore. Rev. 15:2. Matt. 19:28 xkr'lpoc int Marfllav. Sept. for 5! 5'1": 215;!
mfliaza'fls ir'uek e'rl 5:53am Spdmg, i. e. Jon. 1: 7. for ‘>2 Bin-"i H‘zz Lev. 16: 9,
along upon the row or circle of thrones, Comp. Diod. Sic. 4. 42 iravektieiv [rov
as in Rev. 4: 4. 20: 4.—Hom. 0d. 11. Kh'ppov] sic 'Hmo'vnv.
577 in’ e'm/e'a xeT-ro ne'MBpa. 14. 120 e'vrt (y) where the motion is directed to a
noXMr amen» Palteph. Fab. 1. IO lower place, Matt. 10:29 'e‘v a'E aimiw
drrs'rpexov Errl rd 5,11,. Diod. Sic. l. 27 o oi: n'mfirme'trl rr)|' yfiv. l3: 5, 7. 21: 44.
trrparu'laag Enl miaav xdrpav. Hdian. 4. 26: 7 xare'xrrv in’. Luke 22: 44. Acts
11. 12. Xen. H. G. s. 5. 21.—So with 2: 3. Rev. 8:10. 16: 2. 22: 5 a 90:6;
news. plur. of persons upon, over, to torts? in" ailrotlg, so. like the Sun. -—
wards all of whom, Matt. 5: 45 bis c'ri iod. Sic. 2. I9 oi pc‘w e'1rl rfiv yr'yy
1rovnpoug xal 671100159 K. r. X. 12:49 Z-rrurrov. Xen. (E0. 18. 7.—-Trop. of the
irru'vae rriv Xzipa 6'1ri rm); ,mflnrdc. Acts divine Spirit or power descending and
19: 12. Rev. 14: 6 in some ediL—Hom. abiding upon any one. Matt. 3: 16 Th
I1. 10. 213 KM'OQ mia'rar; in" I'ulflpa'nrouq. art-Dim Karactflroy mi Epxtipn'ov in‘
1.
 ‘Em’ 292 1’ Em’

aimiv. 12:18. Luke I: 35. 2:25. 24.: kindly, Luke 1:48. 9: 38 e'irz'gkulau
49. al. 2 Cor. 12:9. Rev. 7: 15. Evri rov uiév you. 1 Pet. 3: 12 01 ape.
b) of place whither, implying motion Kvpz'ov c'1ri ratio dmm'oug, i. e..are di
upon, to, towards, any place or object as rected upon, quoted from Ps. 34: 16
a limit, aim, end, with subsequent rest where Sept. for 5H5, comp. Ps. 31: 8.—
thereupon. So of disfavour, upon, against, Acts 4.:
' (a) pp. and genr. e.g. after m'rr'rw, 29 comp. in 'Enzidov. 1 Pet. 3: 12
e-Irminro), as m'm'cw Ext 1rpéo'w1rov, i. e. 1rpciow1rov Kupc'ov e'vri noioz'nlrag ram-'1, i. e.
forwards, Matt. 26: 39. Luke 5: 12. is directed against, quoted from Ps. 34:
Rev. 7: 11. al. (Xen. Ven. 10. 13. 17 where Sept. for 5:1. In a hostile
n'lvrrcwc'ni art'vpa.) Matt. 15: 20 e'1re'1rwzv sense, Matt. 10: 21 s’ravaorfiaovraz
E1ri row rpdxqXov ain-ofi. John 21:20. re'xva e‘rri yove'ig. Luke 14: 31 e’pxo'ue'wp
Acts 10: 25 'n'zadw s'n'i rm); was“, upon, E'Tr'airrriv. 22: 52,53. John 13:18. Acts
1. e. at/lisjeet. Also Luke 9: 62 EmgaMav 7: 57 lb'ppnaav s'1r' aim-6v. Acts 13: 50,
rr)v xdpa i1r'liporpoy. Phil. 3: 14' Kara 51. 19: 16. 2 Cor. 10: 2. 2 Thess. 2:
axo-lrov 816mm E‘lrl n‘. fipage'iom—Jos. Ant. 4.. So Sept. and 5:1 Gen. 16:12. —
6. ll. 8 r'ucovna fiaMw Earl row mcmro'v. Diod. Sic. 2. 19. ib. 15. 41. Hdian. 7. 1.
13, 16. Xen. Cyr. l. 5. 3, 4|.—-Trop. of
Diod. Sic. 2. 19 En" aim-1):! rofin'w'ag.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 29 Evri “(may [Nahum-— conduct or testimony against any one,
So after verbs of going,coming,conduct Mark 10: 11 pmxriraa e'1r‘ ain'r'pw. Luke
ing,c0llecting etc. equiv. to 1rpég c.accus. 9: 5 cl; FGPTIIIPIOV Err’ “mtg. So in an
Matt. 3: 13 1151': 1rapa'yl’vsral a 'Irlo'm'lg imprecation, 2 Cor. l: 23 ,udp'rupa n‘w
r'vro rfig I‘. 2'1ri Tov'Iopozivnv, upon the 956v e’mxahofipm in? ripv iluflv \Imxr’lv.
Jordan, i. e. to the region of Jordan. ('y) trop. of measure, extent, upon,
12: 28 Zqhoaaev if intrig- 1‘; fiamhcia 'r. G. unto, i. e. up to, about, Rev. 21: 16
5:21 crow’; 617 oxhog 1ro>uig E'rr' airrov. e'pc'rpno'a rfiv mikw e'1ri araaiouc 54555:“:
27:27. 11 ark 11: 13. Luke 24: 24. xnuiaw. Comp. Matth. § 586. c. p.
John 6:16. Acts 1:21. 21:32, 35. 1169. Winer § 53. p. 345. —)El. V.
2 Thess. 2: l. 2 Tim. 4.: 4,. Heb. 6: 1. H. 3. 1 init. To pfixog z'1rl 'rzaaapdxov-m
Rev. 7: 17. 18: 7. al. So a-uyaxtifivm Elfin-n araoioug. Xen. An. 1. 7. 15.—
v. awe'pxwdai in! To min-6 i. e. upon or So z'q)’ aw’, in so far as, in as much as,
to the same place, together, Matt. 22: Matt. 25: 40. Rom. ll: 13. e'iri wkz'iov,
34. Acts 4:26. 1 Cor. 11:90. also filrther on, further, the more, Acts 4: l7.
1 Cor. 7:5, see in Eipi II. h. s.— 2 Tim. 2: 16. 3: 9. Comp. Vig. p. 628.
Palaeph. 2. 10. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1 ult. —e'¢' am Diod. Sic. 1. 93. Luc. Amor.
Hdian. 8. 5. 13 zi-rri n‘lv 'Pépnv xwpfio'ai.
13. e'vri 'n'Xs'l'ov 1151. V. H. l. 30 Hit.
Xen. An. 1. 4. ll 517E568!’ s'Eskal'wus'ni Plato Phaedr. p. 261.
rfiv Eilopdrrlv. — Of judges, tribunals, c) rarely of place where, after words
upon, unto, i. 0. up before. Matt. 10: 18 signifying rest upon, an, in, at, where
however the idea of previous motion
K01 c'1ri1'ryq16vac xui flank-it; c'lxer'lasaos.
Luke 12:11, 58. Acts 16:19. (Hdot. upon is implied. Rev. 5: 1 €1ri rfiv SEZu'uI,
3. 156. Xen. Lac. 4'. 6 617a ailrov c'n'i upon i. e. in his right hand. 20:1.—
rm); 'E¢6povg. Comp. An. 6. 6. 6 li'yzw comp. Hom. ll. 7. 23B. Xen. An. 6. 4.
1rp69.) Of an oracle, miracle, testimony, 1- -— After verbs of sitting or standing,
upon, at, by, etc. Matt. 9: 9 KGOIIIPEI'OV
etc. upon, unto. Luke 3: 2 E-yévsro pifilua
9:06 s'1rl 'Im'uwlv. Acts 4: 22 e'¢' or i1ri r6 rekémov. Acts 10: 17 e'rrs'o'rnaav
Eye-yore: n‘; armeiov. 2 Thess. l: 10 n‘; e'1ri rov wukfiwa. ll: 11. Rev. 3:20. 8:
,uapn'fpmv hpo'w [ysvopevov] it}? finds. —
(S0 ‘i?! "3’! ‘T’?! 1 0111'. 22: 8, Sept. dat.
3. Xen.
Comp.
Cyr.
above
3. 3.in l2I. wapeivat
1. a. 11. c'ri
1. a.why

pol. Usually Heb. 515, Sept. 1969, Jer. some. ib. 3. 3. 68.—S0 arfival c'vri TOI‘IC
1: 4, 11.) Also as implying accession, 7r65ag, to stand up upon tlwfieet, Acts 14:
addition, Matt. 6: 27 1rpoa9e'ivac E'lri n)w 10. 26:16. Rev. llzll.—Also€1r1r6
ifiuxiar abrofi m‘ixuv Eva. Rev. 22: 18. m’n-é, lit. upon the same place, as adv.
(13) where the motion or direction together, Luke 17:35. Actsl: 15. Comp.
upon implies also an atTection of the in Arms; III. a.
mind for or against. E. g. favourable, 2. ()l~ time, viz. a) time how long,
 ’Em' 293 ' Em’
during,jbr, Luke 4: 25 c'xhet'ofln 6 behalf, in allusion also perhaps to the
ol'tpavtic Etri Zn] ‘min. 13:31. 18:20. 19: posture. Winer l. c. p. 345 marga—
8,10. Heb. 11:30. Comp. Winer § 53. So of a subject of discourse, writing‘,
p. 345. Matth. § 586. c. p. 1169. - etc. upon, of, concerning. Mark 9: 12
Palwph. 28. 2. Thuc. 2.35. Xen. An, 'ys'ypmrra: in‘: row vitiv roii t’lvtlp. v. 13.
6. 6. 36. -— So s'rri 'vov, for a time, Rom. 4: 9. 1 Tim. 1: 18. Heb. 7: 13.
Luke 18:4. (Hdot. 9. 22.) s'¢' o'aov Sept. for 52 Jer. 25: 13.—Palaeph. 49.
Xpovov, so long as, Rom. 7: 1. Gal. 4: 3 hp’ 8v (Ia/.111 inot'nas.
1. Ep' 6001' sc. 'vov, so long as, Matt. ([3) of that on which the mind, heart,
9: l5. (Arr. gigs. Ep. 4. 10. 16.) it)‘ feelings, are directed, either in kind
ixavov sc. xpévov, a long while, long, ness or hostility, upon, over, towards. E.
Acts 20: 11. So adverbially, c'rri 'II'OAIII, g. in kindness, Matt. 14: 14 c'orka'yx
c'ruroh't, long, Acts 28: 6. s'nl nhdov, w'aOn in’ ain-oi'rc. 15:32. Luke 6: 35
longer, further, Acts 20:9. 24: 4.— xpnardc c'a'rw c'ri rod: (ix. x. r. A. Rom.
EtruroM': Luc. Toxar. 20. Thuc. 2. 64. 9:23. 11:22. Eph.2:7. Sept. for =2
hr! n-M'ov Hdian. 8. 6. 7. Gen. 47: 29. — Theophil. ad Autol. I.
b) implying a term or limit of time p. 71 xpnardc Earn! (h 956;) int rorig
upon the coming of which any thing is t’tyamiwac aimiv. Not used in this
done or assigned, upon, at, about. Mark sense in earlier classic writers.—So in
15: 1 eiles'ug i'lri r6 1rpui. Luke 10: 35 hostility, against, Matt. 12: 26 to’ e'au-n)v
int rfiv ai'tptou. Acts 3: 1 int. T1)!’ 15pm! Epept'oerl. Mark 3:26. Luke 11: 17.
rr'lc n'poo'svxfic—Arr. Alex. M. 3. 18. ll Acts 7: 54 E'fipuxov rouc ddovrag s'n"
E1r1 rfiy Eu. Hom. 0d. 7. 288. P01. 10. (u'lrdv. — Dem. 73. 27. ib. 537. 5 Ext:
8. 7.—-Joined with an adverb in the rt‘lv o'p-yfiv s'rri MuBt’av. Xen. Mem. 2.
later usage, e. g. i-vri rplc, up to thrice, 3. 10.—Hence also of the object of trust,
i.e. thrice, Acts 10:16. 11:10. See confidence, hope, Matt. 27: 43 1re'1roiesv
Winer§ 54 ult. n. 1. p. 356. Lob. ad e'1ri row Guilt. Acts 9: 42 1ro)\)\oi
Phryn. p. 46, 48.—C0mp. sic rpic Jos. inla'rsvo'av e'ni T6!‘ Ki'lptov. 11: 17. Rom.
Ant. 5. 10. 4. Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 4. 4: 5. 2 Cor. 2: 3. Heb. 6: l 1rlortcz'1rl
3. Tropically, spoken a) of power, Gear. 1 Tim. 5: 5 ijh'trucev c'wl T01’ 666v.
authority, care over, upon, over,- Luke 1 Pet. 1: l3. 3: 5.—Also of the occasion
1:33 fiaa'thu'wst €1ri r61J oIxov 'Iaxdtg. or object upon or over which joy or sor
9: 1 Born/av xai e'Eovoiav s'nl datpo'ma. row is felt, Rev. 18:20 sinppaivou hr‘
10: 19. Acts 7: 10. Rom. 5: l4. Heb. ain'ipv in text. rec. others s’vr' ain-y". Luke
2:7. 3: 6 Xp. o'ic vidg i-rri roll OIA'OV 23: 28 p1) Mater: Err’ e'pc'. Rev. 1:7.
ain-oi. Rev. 13:7. al. So Luke 2:8 So Sept. of joy, for 2 Is. 61: 10. Ps.
tPUAdGUOVTEQ tpuham'r‘g e'n'i rfiv 1rot’pvnv 32: ll. of sorrow, for 5! Zech. 12: 10.
m'rrdv. Sept. and 5! Gen. 39: 5. Comp. (y) of that on which the will or in
Lob. ad Phryn. 474.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. tention is directed, the end, purpose,
58 int relic nefovc Kadwrc'wal. H. G. 3. aim of an action etc. upon,for,for the
4. 90. sake of, after. Matt. 3: 7 Epxops'vovc E'Iri
b) as marking accession or addition, To fic’urrwpa ar'rroi't, i. e. in order to be
upon, over, Phil. 2: 27 M'nrr] int )tl'nrnv, baptized. 26: 55 dig in] X‘norr'lv. Luke
where text. rec. has in’ c. dat. see above 7: 44 5610p int rout; roam; ,uov, water, you
in II. 3. b. myfeet. 15: 4. 23: 48. Comp. Buttrn.
c) of an object or substratum upon, § 147. n. 4 ult. Matth. § 586. c. — Pa.
over, in respect to which any thing is laaph. 19. l. ib. 40. 4. Hdot. 3. 14 Zc'va:
done, felt, directed, etc. Comp. above in). t'idup. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 12.—So of a
in II. 3. c. VViner§ 53. p. 345. E. g. result, 2 Tim. 3: 13 e'1r1 rd xe'ipov. Heb.
(a) of the subject of an action or 12: 10.
of discourse, upon, over, in respect to. (3) from the Heb. spoken of persons
Mark 15: 24 ,BdMovrsc xhfipov Err’ al'lrc't. upon or over whom a name is called,
(Plut. Rep. 10. p. 617. E, fildaa: A-M’lpovc who are called by that name, implying
Em’ rwa.) 1 Cor. 7: 36 see in ’Aaxnpovéw property, relation, etc. James 2: 7.
b. James 5: 14 rpoo’cuE/rafiwoav in' Acts 15: 17 Exp‘ 03; Emxe'xhnra: n) at'offl'l
airrdv, let them pray ovim him, i. c. in his you, quoted from Amos 9: 12 where
 ' Em’ 294 'Evn'QMau
Sept. for 5?"??m1, as also 2 Sam. 12: lib. 38 init. ed. Tauchn. or X. p. 205.
28. Jer. 14: 9. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. ed. Rip—(,6) in the sense of to lay hold
IQP, Niph. fi.-—Bar. 2: 15. of, to undertake, Luke 9: 62 brig. r. x.
Non. In composition in! implies 1. in’ (iporpov. So Sept. for '1??? Dent. l2:
motion upon, towards, against, as imi'yu, 7, 18.
inc’pxopai, etc. 2. rest upon, over, at, b) intrans. or pp. with Emu-6v implied,
as e're’xu, E-lramurabu, etc. 3. accession, to east one's sdfupon, i. e. to rush upon,
addition, as e’mavvé‘yw,i1ratrs'w. 4. suc to fill upon,- comp. Buttm. § 113. n.
cession, as E-lrequ, Em-réoaw. 5. repeti 2. Matt. § 130. n. 2. § 496. 1.
tion or renewal, as Enavdpflwmg. Very Winer§ 39. 1. So seq. eicc. acc. Mark
often it cannot be expressed in English, 4:: 37 Ta m'upa-ra ine’gahev eig ‘rd 1rXoTov.
and is then to us simply intensive. Also absol. 14: 72 mi bngakdw Exhale,
Comp. Vig. p. 628. Passow in! no. V, i. e. rushing flzrward so. out of the hall,
ult. AL. comp. Matt. 26: 75 et Luke 22: 62. (1
‘EmCe/vw, f. 7"0'0'1111, to go upon, to Macc. 4.: 2. Hum. 0d. 15. 297. Diod.
tread upon, intrans. Sept. 717v e’¢' fig Sic. 18. 14. med.) Others, a’m/JaMw sc.
ine'gn for @152 Dent. 1: 36. Hdian. l. 12. i/u'rrwv, i. e. covering his face or head,
16. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 61. Hence in N. T. comp. 2 Sam. 15:30. 19:4. Jer. 14: 3,
a) to set jbot upon, to come upon or
4. Others, by impl. beginning, as in 2
into, to arrive in a country, province, Macc. 12: 38. — Hence impcrs. to fall
etc. do 'rnv 'Aoiav Acts 20: 18. 1f)
upon, tofall to, i. e. to pertain or belong
brapxz'qt 25: 1.—Diod. Sic. 14:84 init. to any one, Luke 15: 12 rd s'vrtfic'iMov
cig Boiwri'av. 16.66 pen. r‘fi Ztxehl'a.
(pot) ,ue'pog, i. e. the portion which falls
Thuc. 1. 103 0. gen. to me.-—1 Macc. 10: 30. Hdot. 4. 115.
b) to go up upon, to mount, intrans. e. Dem. 312. 2.
g. 5'1ri 511ml Matt. 21: 5. S0 of a ship, ’Em@ag§ar, f. flow, lit. to burden
to embark, sc. rig to whoiov Acts 21: 6. upon, in N. T. only metaph. to be bur
r' whoz'q: 27: 2. absol. 21:2. Sept. for densome upon, e. g. in a pecuniary sense,
“,1; Jer. 46: 9. =2: 1 Sam. 25: 20. seq. accus. 1 Thess. 2:9. 2 Thess. 3:
Gen. 24': 61. -—~ Hon]. II. 5. 255 'lmrwv 8. In 2 Cor. 2: 5 7w: pi] e'mgapfil miwag
Eng. Thuc. l. 111 et Xen. H. G. 3. 4. illuig, that I may not burden you all, i. e.
1 int n) wholov. Thuc. 7. 70 rat; vaum'v. bear too hard upon you all in my cen.
sure. Others take 1m p1) Emfiapu‘) as
,E'Z'lcfltfhhw, f. ,BaMD, to cast upon, parenthetic, that I may not be too severe,
or over, to lay upon, trans. and then 1r. i446: depends on M'M'nrnxev.
at) pp. and seq. dat. Mark 11: 7 e'nefi. -Seq. dat. Appian. Syr. p. 180. B.
aim; Ta Zpr'vria. 1 Cor. 7: 35 Bpoxov C. 4.. p. 976.
infiv Emgdhw. Sept. seq. ,Zm c.acc. for ,EWIQICOQN, f. lid“, to cause to
‘was
Num.Num. 4.: 6,7. Hos.
19: 2.—Hdian.6. 7: 12.
8.11. Xen. An. mount, trans. e. an animal for riding,
seq. im’ 0. acc. uke 10: 34. e'mfi. airrbv
3. 5. 10. Ven. 10. 7.—In the sense of i1ri rd YB. xriiyoc. Vvith Em’ impl. Luke
to put upon, i. e. to sew on sc. a patch, 19:35. Acts 23:24‘. Sept. for T???
Matt. 9: 16. Luke 5:36. — Hesych. 1 K. 1:33. 2 K. 9: 28. — Hdian. 3. 7.
Emgahe'i' s’mfifililm seu. E'mpfic'ubic—In 12 0. gen. Diod. Sic. 2. 11 0. 111.16; 11.
the phrase Emgahhcw rr‘yv XeTpa v. Ta;
Xfipag, seq. s'rri nm or dat. to lay hands 'Emgkéww, f. \luu, to look upon, to
upon, i. e. (a) to seize, to do violence to fix the eyes upon, Sept. seq. in’ c. acc.
a person, seq. e’m' Two. Matt. 26: 50. for ""3? Num. 21: 9. seq. acc. Hdian.
Mark 14:46. Luke 20: 19. 21: 12. 5. 3. 15. In N. T. trop. to look upon, to
John 7: 30,441. Acts 5: 18. 21: 27. seq. have respeetto, seq. e'm' c. acc. sc. in kind
dat. Acts 4: 3. and by attraction, Acts ness, favour,Luke, 1: 4B. 9: 38. in par
12: 1 ire'gahe rag xcipag xaro‘m'uirwag, tiality, James 2: 3. Sept. for “$31 Sam.
for e'm' rwag u'iars xaxfimat abrol'rg, comp. 1:11. 9:16. "a? Lev. 26:9. 1 K. 8:
Buttm. § 151. I. 4. So Sept. for ‘1211211, 28. Ps. 25: 16. -— Judith 13:4. — So
seq. Em’ rwa Gen. 22: 12. seq. dat. Esth. e'tpopc'w Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 4.
6: 2.--Seq. dat. Pol. 3. 5. 5. Diod. Sic. 'Eas'iCMpoa, oar-0;, r6, (imééMw)
 'Emfiooiw 295
lit. any thing put on, an addition, hence
a patch, Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21. Luke
5: 36 bis—Sept. Is. 3: 20. Arr. Alex.
M. 6. ‘29. 8 'rérrnra Erngknfto'lrwv
Bagukww'mv.
’Em€oéw, :5, f. flaw, (21d intens.) ult. Seq. mp1 0. gen. Acts 24.: 8. absol.
m cry out upon, to exclaim vehemently,
absol. Acts 25: 94.—nvi Pol. 10. 12- 5.
Thuc. 5.65. c. 2100. to invoke, Wisd.
14: l.
'Ea'lcoubi 7 i":7 1'I, (‘B0UA’'17) pp’
counsel upon or against,- hence plot, con
spiracy, insidiw, Acts 9: 24. 20: 3, 19.
23: 30.—Sept. Esth. 2. 22. Jos. Ant. 2.
11.1. Xen. H. G. 3. a. 4., 5.
Twig/antigens’, f. Eli'd'hl, ('yalugpcl'lw
fr. 'yalugptig) to contract qflinity wit/r, to
intennong/ with, Sept. for In‘??? Gen.
34:9. 1 Ma0c..10:54',56. of a son-in
law 1 Sam. 18:21,22.——- In N. T. to
marry by right of qflinity, trans. Matt.
22: 24., (comp. Mark 12: 19. Luke 20:
98,)spoken of the marriage of abrother's
widow according to the Jewish law,
Deut. 25: 5 sq. comp. Ruth. 0. 4. Gen.
38:8, 12. See John \5 157. Sept. for
"2? Gen. 38: 8. -—- Test. XII Patr. p.
599.
'Em'yelog, 0v, .3, 1", adj. (E1ri,yfi,)
upon earth, i. e. earthly, terrestrial, viz.
belonging on earth or to the earth, as
rd mbpam, 1 Cor. 15: 40 bis. 2 Cor. 5:
1. persons, Phil. 2; 10. (Lucian. Icar.
‘2. Diod. Sic. l. 13 init.) rb Em'yera,
earthly things, i. e. relating to earth and
to this life, John 3: 12. Phil. 3:19.
vozpla e'a-i-yuog, earthly wisdom, i. e. im
perfect and perverse, James 3: 15.—M.
Antonin. 6. 23 01' 30 £19 raprrog rfic
t'vrtyu'ov Zwiic.
’E';rry/vopual, to arise upon, to come
on, intrans. e. g. of a Wind, to spring up,
Acts 28: 13. — Time. 3. 74» at c’ivspoc
e're'ye're-ro. Pol. 1. 54:. 6.
'Emyna'mw, f. 'yvu'm'opat, pp. to
know Hwreupon, i.e. by looking on as a
spectator, Horn. 0d. 18. 30. Hence
genr. with e'm’ intens. to know fully, both
in an inchoative and completed sense;
see in I‘wécaxw init.
l. to know fully, inchoative, i. e. to
come to know, to gain or receive full know
ledge of, to become fully acquainted with,
etc. . his. Sept. and II‘ of a prophet, Jer.
‘ Em71m'mtw
a) gem. seq. acc. of thing expr. or
impl. Luke 1: 4 'lm e'm-yvq'ac rfly
fiapékuav. Acts 22:24. 2 Pet. 2: 21
bis. 1 Cor. 14': 37 where for the attrac.
tion with (In, see Buttm. § 151. I. 6, 7
1 Cor. 13: 12. Sept. for 9'12 Jer. 5: 5.
Jon. 1:7.—Plut. Lysand. 31 pen. Pol.
2. ll. 3. Ken. (E0. 9. 12. Plato Apol.
Soc. 7.—Seq. ace. of pers. row vio'y, Ta,
1rare'pa, Matt. 11: 27 his. so with (11rd
ru/oc, to know from or by any thing,
Matt. 7: l6, 20.—Pol. l. 65. 6 El: rwoc.
b) in the sense of to know well so.
from others, to ascertain, to find out, to
learn, seq. 5n, Luke 7: 37 im'yvm'wa 5n
c'tm'umrat x. r. A. 23: 7. Acts 19: 34.
2'2: 29. 28: l. absol. Acts 9: 30. —
l Macc. 6: l7. absol. Time. 1. 132.
c) in the sense of to perceive, to be
fully aware of, seq. ace. Luke 5: 22
irrry. roll; ataho‘ywpoilg. Mark 5: 30,
where for the particip. see Butlm. § 144'.
4. b. (Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 33.) Seq. 6n,
Mark 2: 8. Luke 1: 22.
d) in the sense of to recognise, to
know, so. by sight or person, seq. acc.
ofperson, Matt. 14:35. Mark 6: 33, 54.
Luke 24: 16, 3|. Acts 3:10. et 4.: 13,
where for the attraction with 8n, see
Buttm. § 151. I. 6, 7 ult. So ofthings,
Acts 12: 14 i'ln-y. 1'1)!’ (pww'p' 10mg. 97:
39 11):! 'yiiy oiuc e'rrs'yt'vwo’xov, i. e. did not
know it from any other. Sept. for
“:5? Gen. 42: 7, 8. Judg. 18:3. 1 Sam.
‘26: 17.—Test. XII Patr. p. 543. Flat.
Agesi. 21 pen. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 6. 42.
Ken. H. G. 5. 4. 12.
2. to know fully, in a completed sense,
to have a full knowledge of, etc.
a) gem. and seq. ace. of thing, Rom.
l: 32 To Bucaiw a T017 9:017 imyvovrzc.
Col. 1: 6. 1 im. 4: 3. Seq. ace. of
pers. in attraction with b'n, 2 Cor. 13: 5,
comp. above in 1. d. Absol. Acts 25:
10. Pass. 1 Cor. 13: 12 ml e'ns'yvo'wfinv.
So Sept. for 5*???‘ Job 34: 27. 933 E2.
6: 7.
b) in the sense of to acknowledge
so. as being what one is or professes
to be, a prophet, apostle, teacher, etc.
Matt. 17:12 'HMag i151] “Mic, Kai oln:
Erré-yvwoav m’n-ov. 2 Cor. l: 14,. 6: 9. So
of doctrines, an epistlc, etc. 2 Cor. l: 13
 'Eqri'ymmg 296 ’ Embibwpu
28: 51.—Ecclus. 4.4.: 23 of an heir. l2: 11) pp. Matt. 22: 19 e'1r15eiZa1-e’ poi r6
12. Hdian. 2. l. 24. vdpiopa. Luke 20:24. 24:40. Mid.
c) from the Heb. with the idea of Acts 9: 39 irribeucvilfuvai rrdwac, i. e.
good will, to know and approve, to ac showing their tunics, etc. 0 Luke 17:
knowledge and care for, to cherish, seq. 14- End. Earn-orig roic ispoig, skew your
ace. 1 Cor. 16: 18 'emyiwiw'xere obv roric selves, i. e. present yourselves before
retain-avg. So Sept. and 931‘ Num. 16: the priests.—Hdot. 2. 4.2. Xen. An. 1.
5. “=93 Ps. 142: 5. Ruth 2: 10,19. 2. 14.. Mid. Jos. Am. 10. 4. 1. Diod.
See in I‘ivo'loru 2. c. Sic. 13. 27 ult.—So of deeds, miracles,
i I
Em'yvamg, eaug, §,, (émywéaw) to skew forth, to exhibit, Matt. 16: 1.
pp. full knowkdge, i. e. —Luc. Somn. 10. IEschin. 60. 8.-—In
a) the act of coming to a full know the sense of to put out before or to any
ledge of any thing, cognition, acknow one, e. g. airrq'i rag oixobopdc, Matt. 24.:
ledgement, e. g. e'm'y. rfic bknfieiag, 1.—Hdot. 3. 105. Xen. (Be. 9. 4,.
1 Tim. 2: 4. 2 Tim. 2: 25. 8: 7. Tit. b) trop. to chew so. by arguments, to
1:1. 'em’y. c'vyaOoa': Philem. 6. e'1ri-y. demonstrate, to prove, c. acc. Heb. 6: 17.
rot": Kupiov. 2 Pet. 1: 3. 2: 20. So c. acc. et infin. Acts 18: 28.—1E1. V. H.
e'm’y. dpapriac Rom. 3: 20.—Pol. 3. 7.6. 3. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11 bis.
Hdian. 7. 6. 15. ’Evribéxop.ou, f. 8550,1111, depon.
b) objectively, full knowledge, spoken Mid. to receive upon or up to one's self,
of What is known, in N. T. of God, i. e. genr. to receive, to admit, in N. T.
Christ, divine things, etc. Rom. l: 28 in kindness, hospitably, trans. 3 John
rbveedv E'xew Ev e'm-ywhou, to retain God 10. Acts 28: 30 in some edit—1 Mace.
in knowledge. i. e. to retain a knowledge 12:8. P01. 22. l.3.—Trop. to admit,
ofhim. 10:2. Eph. 1: 17. 4:13. Phil. to assent to, 3 John 9.--Ecclus. 51: 26.
1:9. Col. 1:9,10. 2: 9. 3:10. 2 Pet. P0]. 6. 24. 7.
1: 2,T59
in. 8. dhyoei'ac.
Heb. 10:26slept.
era r6
for bageiv rflv
"2“. Prov. Earthy/Aim, 5, f. flow, (e'vribmuog)
to be among one's people, to be at home,
2: 5. Hos. 4|: 1. 6: 6. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 7 sin Embnpu'w—z'ire Kai
’ I \
E717fa¢7b fig, 1'] (e'iriypn'upw) an ('urobryptfim—In N. T. to come among
inscription, supersmption, e. g. on coin, a people sc. as a stranger, to reside
Matt. 22: 20. Mark 12: 16. Luke 20: as a stranger, intrans. Acts 2: 10 01
24.. on the breast or over the head of Embnpofiyreg 'Pwpaioi, i. e. Roman
one crucified, stating his name and residents at Jerusalem. 17: 21 oi
crime, Mark 15: 26. Luke 23: 38. For e'marlpoi'lvrcg firm, i. e. resident foreign
this Roman custom, see Sueton. Dom. ers—Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 3. Hdian. 8. 2. 9.
1. Calig. 39 Or 38. Adam's Rom. Ant. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 61.
p. 274.—Pol. 3. 56. 4.. Thuc. 2. 43. 'E'z'lbtaréooopoai v. oir'ropoal,
'Evn'ygaizpw, f. due, to make a mark f. dEo/Jai, (E'lri and Mid. (Slflft'ld'fl'olflah)
upon, to graze upon, so. as a weapon, to arrange upon, to superadd unto sc.
Horn. 11. 4. [39. In N. T. to inscribe, of one's self, e. g. other and further
sc. with a stylus, etc. pp. of a public conditions, trop. Gal. 3: 15. — Comp.
inscription, only in Pass. Mark 15: 26. e'1ri51a61’1m1, Jos. B. J. 2. 2. 3, 6.
Acts 17: 23. Rev. 21: 12. Sept. for ’ETIaI/5W(-M, f. 54001.), to give upon
=13; Num. 17=2,3.-1m. V. H. 2. 33. i. e. in addition to, Hom. ll. 23. 559.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 17.—Trop. to impress Xen. Cyr. 8. 5.19.—In N. T. to give
deeply upon, 0. g. vopoug e’rri Kapaiag for!!! sc. from one's self upon or to
ail-n31» Heb. 8: 10, and vdpoug e'1ri 117w another, to give over, to deliver over, i. e.
Emma-‘w 10: 16, both quoted from Jer. to put into one's hands, trans.
31: 33, where Heb. =52, Sept. ypc’upw. a) gem. Matt. 7:9 pr) Moor e'mbibou
So Sept. E1nyp<i¢w for =2‘? Prov. 7: 3. abrqr'. v. 10. Luke 11: 11 bis, 12. Luke
’Ez'ibsir.vupn, f, Sei'Ew, to show up, 4: l7 e’mdéen airrq'i fligkiov 'Ho. 24: 30,
to chew before any one, i. e. gem’. to 42. John 13:26. Acts 15: 30.—Test.
drew, to exhibit, trans. the idea of motion XI I Patr. p. 702e'1rib. rfiv dial-raw. Diod.
up to, towards, any one being implied. Sic. 141. 4.7 i1rto'rohag. Hdian. 7. 6. 19.
 ’ Embwgtlo'w 297 'Emfluun'a
b) trop. to give over, to commit to, as a 7. Phil. 4: 17 T611 Kapvrév. Heb. 11:14.
ship to the wind, Acts 27: 15 imam; 13: 14.—Ecclus. 40: 26. comp. Diod.
[sc. rb nho'iov v. 1a. io'ria rip r'lvéyrp] Sic. l7. 101.—-Seq. infin. to desire ear
cgspoycem—Plut. de Fort. Rom. 319. nestly, Acts 13:7 e'nezilrnn'cv aixofio'atrbv
. or VII. p. 267. ed. R. z’mbibou r5 Ari-you r. Gaol—Pol. 3. 57. 7.
ruxg'y ril low-la, Kai be'xou ro mlsflya, r9)‘ , I
Emflumrmg, ov, a, 1'1, (9.2mm)
nvéovri ww-rn'uwv. Luc. Hermolin. 28.
appointed to death, condemned, 1 Cor. 4:’
comp. Achill. Tat. l. p. 45 506g 3:‘
Eav-rbv rqi r017 dpoyou 1rvn'1yari. See
9.——Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 35.
‘IVetstein and Eisner in loc. Tar/02111;, 5mg, 17, (Eririflqyu) a
’Emblo_el9o'w, f. tiltl'w, pp. to make placing
of
upon, laying upon, imposition, sc.
hands, the emblem through which
straight upon, i. e. to putfurther to rights,
the Holy Ghost was imparted, Acts 8:
to arrangefurther, trans. In N. T. only
18. 1 Tim. 4: l4. 2 Tim. 1: 6. Heb.
Mid. Tit. l: 5 Ti: heirrnyra E'mhtopfiédp.
6: 2. Comp. Num. 27: 18, 23. Deut.
Comp. Matth. §496. 7.—Philo in F'lacc. 34: 9. Gen. 48: 14. Matt. 19: 13. —
II. p. 535 nepi rfig ro'n' Murévrwr
gen,r. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. p. 387. 3.
Eiribiopedicrewc.
En'tflvyéw, a7, 1‘. how, (Sn/46:.) to
'Embim, 1'. 36m, (Si/w or bin/w, fin: the desire upon, to desire earnestly, to
q. v.) to go down upon, spoken of the long for, viz.
sun, to set upon or during any thing, a) gem. seq. gen. Acts 20:33 i’ip-yvpi'ov
seq. émf fll't, Eph. 4: 26, comp. in ‘En! —obdsvbgi1reflilynoa. 1 Tim. 3: 1. See
II. 2. :1. So Sept. and R53 Deut. 24: 15. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3.—l Mace. 11:11.
Tans/newt, we, .3, (éwmm’m) pro. P01. 4. 33. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5.—
priety, probity, moderation, Dem. 919. 4. Seq. infin. aor. Matt. 13: 17-é1r59.i527u.
In N. T. gentleness, clemency, Acts 24:4. Luke 15:16. 16:21. 17:22. lPet. l:
2 Cor. 10: l.-—2 Macc..2:22. Jos. Ant. 12. Rev. 9:6. Luke 22:15 imliuyia
6. 7. 4. Hdian. 5. 1. 12. Enstlbyno'a roirro To 'n-éoxa tpa'yeiv, comp.
’Emsm>'7g, iog, 05;, a, 1*], adj. in 'AyaMuiu b. Seq. infin. pres. Heb.
(sixo'g in Zoom.) pp. fitting upon, i. e. fit, 6: 11.—Susana. l5, aor. Xen. Cyr. l.
suitable, proper, hence neut. r1) a’mzméq, 4. 6, pres. ib. 1. 4. 25, aor.—Seq. mni
l. q. Emclxua, propriety, probitfr], modera nvog Gal. 5:17. absol. 1 Cor. 10:6.
tion, Phil. 4: 5. — Act. Thom. 20 rd
James 4: 2.—Sept. for "1!. Dent. 14:
drrhoilv ain'm'l Kai n‘. Emeuce'c. Thuc. l.
26. 2 Sam. 3:21. Prov. 21: 10.
b) spoken of unlawful desire, to covet,
76. —— By impl. mild, gentle, clement,
Rom. 7:7 et 1319 at»: Emflvyinrug, comp.
1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 3: 2. James 3: 17.
Ex. 20:17 where Sept. for ‘"213, also
1 Pet. 2: 18. Sept. for 1129. PS. 86: 5.
Dent. 5: 18 for “JR. .— In regard to a
——1‘El. V. H. 13. 2 init. firming Kai e’rricucr'lg.
woman, to last after, seq. gen. Matt. 5:
Hdian. l. 2. 5.
28. —Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 347.
'Emznréw, a7, 1'. how, to seek for, to Xen. An. 4. 1. l4.
inquire after, trans.
a) genr. Acts 12: I9a'1rLZ111-1'lo'ac aimiv
’Erntluy.n'ri7g, 0:7, 6, (brrttvyéo) a
xai yr) ei/péw. Luke 4: 42 in later edit. desirer, one eager jbr any thing, 1 Cor.
Sept. for ‘32?. Ecc. 7: 28.—Jos. Ant. 10: 6 imevyqrai xaxu'w. Sept. for
figs-q? Num. ll: 34.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 8.
4. 8. 29. Dem. 271. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2.4.
25.—In the sense of to seek at the hands Diod. Sic. 16. 55. Xen. Ap. Soc. '28.
of any one, to require, to demand, Matt. 'E'rrlfluyt'ot, ug, .*,, (i1r19vys'w,)¢af
12:39 onye'ioy e'mZnre'Z. l6: 4. Mark 8: nest desire, longing, viz.
12. Luke 11:29. So Phil. 4: 17 rt‘; a) gem. Luke 22: 15 See in ‘Erntivyz'u
30' 11. Acts 19: 39 fl 'n'epi E'répwm— :1. Phil. 1: 23 Thu i-lriOuyi'av 'e'xwv 61!,‘ rd
I ace. 7: l3. Jos. Ant. 6.7. 4. P01. 1. rivuhfio'm. l Thess. 2217. Rev. 18:
5. 3. 14. Sept. for "3! Hos. 10:10. "115,1?
b) to seek to acquire, to strive after, to Prov. 10:24. 11:23. ‘Mr; Dan. 9:23.
long jbr, trans. Matt. 6: 32 rai'ru r8: 10:3, 11.—Pol. 3. 63. 6. Xen. Cyr. l.
{Um balm-£7. Luke 12:30. Rom. 11: I. 5.
 ’ En'malhzw 298
b) more frequently in a had sense,
irregular and inordinate desire, cupidity,
ojqretite, lust, viz. (a) gem. Col. 3: 5
imeulm'av Kan'lv. Mark 4: 19. Rom. 6:
12. 7:7, 8. 13: 14' sic érrioupiag fin‘ its
lusts, i. e. to satisfy the carnal appetites.
'1 Tim. 6:9. 2 Tim.3: 6. 4:3. TiL3:
3. James 1.14.,15. 1 Pet. 1.14.. 4.2,
3. 2 Pet.1:_4.. 3:3. Jude 16:18. So
Emflupiai aapxég, i. e. carnal desires, ap_
petites, Gal. 5:16, 24. Eph. 2: 3. 2 Pet.
2:18. 1 John 2:16. but). oapnxai,
1 Pet. 2: 11. in. manual, worldly de
sires. Tit. 2:12. E1r. r131! Mdahpfiv,
1 John 2:16. s'rr. piao'pm'l, i. e. pol.
luted desires, 2 Pet. 2: 10, comp. Buttm.
@123. n. 4. All the above refer to
those desires which are fixed on sensual
objects, as pleasures, profits, honours,
etc. Further, c'movluiai rfig dm'rrnc,
deceitful lusts, Eph. 4|:B2,comp. Buttm.
l. c. in. vew-repucai, youthful lusts, 2
Tim. 2:22. So Sept. for Prov.
21: 25, 26. —}El. V. H. 3. 18. Plat.
Phzedon. p. 62. C, oi opthig pikéaoom
im'xovrai 1131' Karl: To 064m emoopuiv
d'lraa'iiv. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24,64.—
([3) Spoken of impure desire, lewdness,
Rom. 1:24. 1 Thess. 4.: 5.—Jos. Ant.
4. 6. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 34.—(7)
Meton. lust, i. 0. object of impure desire,
that which is lusted after, John 8: 44..
1 John 2: 17. So Sept. and "3311! Dan.
11: 37.
’E7FIK¢91ZN, f. {010, (Kaeizw) to
cause to sit upon, to seat upon, trans.
Matt. 21:7 inn-66mm’ [airrdv] Emivu
ailru'iy, in text. rec. they set him upon
them. So Sept. for 5"???’ 1 K. 1:38,
44.. Comp. in KaOiZw.—Intrans. to sit
upon,e. g. as others here read, inst-adieu
s'mivw m’mbv, i. e. he sat upon them.--Hdian. l. 7. 6. Luc. Macrob. 15.
So Sept. for =35,‘ Gen. 31:34. Lev. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 2.
15:20. Comp. P01. 4.. 61. 6. Buttm.§ b) from the Heb. James 2:7 et Acts
113. 2.
’E9rma7\€w, 5, f. 6m», to call ipon,
VIZ.
1. to call upon sc. for aid, in N. T.
only Mid. to call upon for aid in one's
own behalf, to invoke, trans.
a) pp. of invocation addressed to
Christ for aid, Acts 7:59 Eré¢avov,
i-Irucahoiipcvov [rdv Kiipiov] Kai M'yovra.
So Sept. for “7?, 1 Sam. 12: 17, 18. 2
Sam. 22:7.—Tcst. XII Patr. p. 562.
’Eirmoi7.u,u.p.oz
Diod. Sic. 5. 73 9:61’. Xen. Cyr. 7. I.
35 for); Gzm'igz—Hence genr. to invoke,
to pray to, to worship, spoken of God,
'rdv Kl'lpiov, Rom. 10:12, 14. 2 Tim. 2:
22. seq. 1.‘. b'uupa Kupiov, Acts 2: 21.
9: l4. Rom. 10: 13. Sept. genr. for
RIP, Deut. 33: 19. for 15?} 19?, Joel 3:
5. Gen. 4.: 25. 26: 25. al. Also of
Christ, seq. n‘. 51.0,... 106 Kupiou '1111105
X9. 1 Cor. 1: 2. Acts 22: 16. so Acts
9: ‘21.
b) in adjurations, imprecations, etc.
to call upon, to invoke sc. as a witness;
2 Cor. 1:23 pdprupa rdvOu‘w Emuahm'zpui
En'i 'rfiv e'pr‘p' \lmxr'pA—Pol. p. 874 pcn.
(ed. Gronov. 1670,) blue-[g 55‘ 1'61‘: TOI‘IQ
9cm); irrixahe'o'mde juiprupag. Heliodor.
I. p. 46. comp. Hdot. 3. 65. Xen. H.
G. 2. 3. 55.
c) in a judicial sense, to call upon, to
invoke a higher tribunal or judge, i. e.
to appeal to, e. g. Kaiuapa, Acts 25: 11,
12, 25. 26: 32. 28: 19. seq. intin. Acts
25: 21 IIai'hou imxahev'aps'wov mpnflr'lvai
aim‘w sic x. r. A. i. e. demanding by ap
peal that etc.—Plut. Maroell. 2. pen.
for); Enpdpxovc Errmahoillueyog. ib. Caes.
4| init.
2. to call a name upon, i. e. to name in
addition, to surname, c. dupl. acc. Matt.
10:25 inst-(Away in later edit. Sept.
and KZ‘P, Num. 21: 3. Judg. 6: 32. So
Mid. 1 Pet. 1: 17 ii 1ra're'pa E'mxahzitree
riw xpivovra x. r. h. i. e. if ye call him
your Father, comp. Jer. 3: 19 where
Sept. Mid. for B‘,‘FL.-Elsewhere only
Pass. to be surnamed, viz.
a) pp. Matt. 10: 3 b d1r1kh110£ig
9015511109. Luke 22:3. Acts 1: 23. 4:
as. 1025,18, 32. 11:13. 12:12, 25.
15:22. Also Heb. ll: 16. So Sept. for
RIP‘! Dan. 10: 1. 8:2 impers. Mal. 1:4.
l5: 17 Eq.‘ oiic a'irixéxhnrai rd dyofui [1011,
upon whom my name is called, i. e. who
are called or surnamed by my name,
implying property, relation, etc. quoted
from Amos 9: 12 where Sept. for
5?’? “.5. "313?, as also 2 Sam. 12: 28. Jer.
14:9. al. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. HZP,
Niph. [3.-—Baruch. 2: 15.
'Emxoihuupoa, a'rog, n3,
Emxa)\1'nrrw,) a covering, Sept. for "193,".
‘x. 26: 14.. 39? 2 Sam. 17:19. In
 'Emxakz'nr'm 299 ’Em7tmlloim
N. T. trop. a cloak, pretext, 1 Pet. 2: 16. hold of, so. in order to hold or detain to
— Menand. Frag. p. 30 1r)\oin-oc 5c‘ or for one's self; construed usually 0.
1roMu'w s‘mxdXvpp' iari xaxu'w. Comp gen. of the part, but also of person,
Kypke II. p. 431. Where however only a part is implied;
ETIK¢NIJTTM 1'. duo, to cover over, see Buttm. § 132. 6, 3. Matth. § 330,
pp. Sept. for "'33, Num. 4:11. Xen. 331. Winer § 30. 5. 9. c. Sometimes
Ven. 8. 1. In N. T. trop. to cover over apparently c. accus. which however de- .
sins, i. e. to forgive, to pardon, Rom. 4: pends more on the force of the subse
7 quoted from Ps. 32: 1, where Sept. guent verb, Acts 9: 27. 16:19. 18: 17.
and "9?. ee Matth. § 632. 7.
’ I
Emzarugarog, 00, 5, ,',, adj, a) gem. to take hold of, e. g. riig xnpo'g.
to take the hand, i. e. to take by the
(raréparog) pp. ‘ one upon whom a
hand, Mark 8: 23. Acts 23: 19. trop.
curse rests,’ i. e. accursed, devoted to
Heb. 8: 9. Sept. for V1111? Jer. 31: 32.
curses, doomed to punishment, John 7:
Zech. 14:13.—Diod. Sic. 17. 30. Xen.
49. Gal. 3: 10. Sept. for “"5 Gen. 9: Ath. 1. 18. An. 4. 7. 2.—Seq. gen. of
25. Deut. 27: 15 sq.— Wisd. 3: 13. person expr. or impl. denoting that
14: 8.—SO Gal. 3: l3 Errtxaréparog 1rd; some part is laid hold of, e. g. in order
6 xpepépevog e'rri Eéxou, quoted from
Deut. 91: 23, where Heb. “*2, Sept to lead, to conduct, etc. Luke 9:47.
Acts 17: 19. apparently c. accus. Acts
xexarnpa/se'vog.
,E I ' _ 9:27 Bapw'tgac 5e‘ imkagopeyog aimiv
fl'ntilfbw, f. szoopa: (sequin) to fi'ya'ye x. r. A. i. e. ii'ya'ysvm'rrdv, see above.
He upon, to be laid upon, intrans. (Xen. An. 4. 7. 13.) So in order to
at) pp. seq. e'm' I'll/L, John 11: 38 M60; succour,to heal, etc. Matt. 14: 31. Luke
Erre'xcvro Err' aiml'i. absol. John 21: 9.— 14:4. trop. Heb. 2: 16 his. Sept. for
2 Macc. l: 21. Xen. (Re. 19. 13 Tull.— Judg. 19: 25. Is. 4: 1.—Arr.
Metaph. to be laid upon, imposed, e. g. Diss. Ep. 3. 24. 75. Dem. 533 ult. Plat.
necessityl Cor. 9: 16. by law Heb. Gorg. p. 527. A.— With the idea of
9: 10.—Thuc. 8. 15 of a fine. violence, to lay hold of, to seize, so. by
b) by impl. to lie heavy upon, to press force, as a prisoner etc. Luke 533: 26.
upon 0. dat. Luke 5: 1 iv rqi 'rrlv b'xkov Acts 21: 30, 33. seq. accus. apparentl ,
Emxs'iafiat uilrq'i. So of a tempest, ab see above, Acts 16: 19. 18:17. 0
sol. Acts 27: ‘20.—Jos. Ant. 6. l4. 2. Sept. for we Iudg. s; 12. 16: 91.—Pol.
rm); wokcpiouc e'mxciaeat fiape'i: ain'q'i. 8. 20. 8. ib. 8. 22. 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31.
Xen. Cyr. 7. l. *28.—Trop. to press -—Trop. spoken of language, to lay hold
upon, to be urgent, so. with entreaties, of one's words, i. e. to cavil at, to
absol. Luke 23: 23.—Jos. Ant. 18. 6. censure, Luke 20: 20 in e'mkrigwvrut
6. ib. 20. 5. 3. ail-r017 Ari-you. v. 26.—Isocr. 2-23. B,
’E-;rmoz':gsmg, 00, b, an Epicurean, e'mk. 15:11 cipnpc'vwv. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI.
a follower of Epicurus the Athenian p. 467. 3. Plato Gorg. p. 469. C. Xen.
philosopher, Acts 17: 18. H. G. 2. l. 32.
b) trop. to lay [told of in order to
'Emxougn'u, as‘, (e'nixovpog helping obtain and possess, 1 Tim. 6: 12
fr. E'm', xoi'rpog,) help, Acts 26:22.— e'mbagm'l riic aiwviou Zufic. v. 19.—
VVisd. 13: 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 53. Test. XII Patr. p. 595 ra'm {HI/"AG?
’E';rm§|'vw, t‘. in}, to judge upon, i. e. irrebagépeoa. Bi]. V. H. 14. 27.
to confirm by a like judgment, Plut. ,E'Z'Iitotvdotwo, 1'. 21003010, to cause
Lycurg. 6 pen. Hdian. 6. 1. 4. In N.T. to forget upon i. e. over or in consequence
to give judgment upon, to adjudge, seq. of something else, Hom. 0d. 20. 85. —
infin. Luke 23:84-41 Macc. 4:2. Diod. Hence Mid. e’mkaveévopat, f. Ar'laopat,
Sic. 5. 71. Dem. 238. 12. aor. 2 z'neAaOépqv, to forget upon or
'Emiapfiéw, f. Meow, to mi. over something else, Horn. 0d. 1. 57.
hold upon, to seize upon, to surprise, seq. In N. T. and genr. Mid. to forget.
accus. Hdot. 8. 116. }El. V. H. 7. 8. 8.) pp. and seq. infin. aor. Matt. 16: 5
Thuc. 4. 27.—In N. T. only Mid. et Mark 8: 14 Zrrzkéeovro iiproug Aagciv.
e‘irdtapQiuopm, to take hold upon, to lay seq. inro‘ior; James 1: 24. Sept. 0. gen.
 ’E2r17.§'yw ' 300 Tart/1.27.15;
for "E? Gen. 40: 23. al.-— It'll. V. H. 3. ypmpfig idioc- e'mlu'mcwg oil 'ylve'ral, i. e.
31. 0. gen. Xen. Mem. ]. 2. 21.-— ‘ no prophecy is 01', comes from, any
b) in the sense of to neglect, not to private exposition’ so. of the will and
mind, not to care for, seq. gen. lleb. 6: purposes of God by the prophets them
10 ink. roi: Zp'yov iuuhv. 13: 2, 16. seq. selves, i. e. it is not 9.1.9,..." 21.09010»,
accus. Phil. 3: l4 rit pc‘y o’m’aw e'mlt. but inro 1rvei1paroc iryiou, as in v. 21.
See Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. Matth.§ 357. Comp. in I‘ivopat, I. c. 11. Others less
b, and n. 2. Sept. for "Pic. gen. Deut. well: ‘ no prophecy is [capable] of
4:23. 6: 12. c. ace. 2 K. 17:38. Ps. private interpretation’ sc. by the pro
H9: 83. —c. gen. Luc. Nigr. 4. Xen. phets themselves, 1. e. the prophets
Ag. 2. 13. H. G. 4. 2. 3. c. acc. Xen. cannot explain their own predictions.
Cyr. l. 4. 28.—So Pass. pert. particip. — Aquila for 15TH Gen. 40:8 where
Luke 12: 6 311 i5 aim-“iv oi»: Zen-w Sept. ataadtpqo'ig. Philo de Vita cont.
imMXqapéi/ov in'o'nrtov 1017 9:05, is not p. 901. A. Heliodor. l. 18 til/upc'trwv
forgotten, neglected, before God. 50 Sept. inihuo'tg. 4. 9 rain’ xpna'fic'vrwv Em'ltvau'.
particip. for F12? Is. 23: 16. See Bibl. Repos. II. p. 241 sq. Loesner
’E7FI7\é')/N, f. Eu, to speak or say Obs. e Philon. p. 488. Knapp. Script.
upon i. e. besides, in addition to, Thuc. var. Arg. init. Steiger Com. in 1 Pet.
6. 28. Xen. An. 1. 9.26. In N. T. p. 114 sq.
I. to say or utter upon, i. e. by impl. 'Emh'w, 1'. how, to let loose upon,
to name, to call, John 5: 2 i] Emheyopéw, as dogs upon a bare, Xen. Ven. 7. 8.
igpa'io'ri BntizaEt'i. ib. 9. 18. of letters, to break open there
'2. to choose upon, i. e. in addition or upon, Hdian. 4. 12. 14.—In N.T. trop.
succession to another, Mid. t0 choosefor to solve, trans. the idea of further being
one's self, 0. accus. Acts 15: 40 implied, viz.
Eniltegdperog Ethan’. So Sept. for "U2, a) in the sense of to explain, to inter
Act. Ex. 17:9. 18:25. Mid. 2 Sam. pret, Mark 4: 34. Sept. for "PE Gen.
10: 9.—Act. Hdot. 3. 44. Mid. Jos. 41: 12 in Cod. Alex—Jos. Ant 8. 6. 5.
Ant. 4. 2. 4. Hdian. 4. 7. 3. Hdot. 3. Athenaeus X. p. 449. F.
l 57. b) in the sense of to determine upon
,Efl'lhE/Ww, 1". 11.1.1, pp. to leave or sc. a doubtful question, Acts 19:39.
forsake upon i. e. in or during any ’E9n(.oag'rugéw, 5, f. {,w, to may};
thing: hence by impl. tofoil, not to suf upon, to attest, c. c. accus. et infin. 1 Pet.
fice, seq. ace. of pers. Heb. 11: 32 5: 12. —-Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 4. Plut.
Emhsldm 76p p: 31117. i) Xpo'voc. Comp. Lysand. 22 med.
Matth. \} 412. 7.—Isocr. p. 4. A ,z’1rilu'1rot 'Empélem, mg, 5, (émpéxopm)
3' (‘Iv ilpfic i; mic Xpovog. Dem. 324. I7
care for, attention. Acts 27: 3 i-lriluchziag
e'mkcidrei p: 1'] v‘llue'pa Aé-yovra. Xen. An. ruxciv, i. e. to enjoy the kind attentions
1. 5. 6.
of his friends. —-2 Macc. 11:23. Xen.
E'lrlhfld'fbOl't’J, fi§,1'],(z'1r1)\av6dv0,ual,) Cyr. l. 6. 16. Mem. 4. 8. 10.
forgetfulncss, James 1: 25 (11.-pour»):
imhrlapovfig, i. e. a forgetful hcarer, for
- 'Evrqoékofnal, or 50,146“, 00am,
f. fiaopai, (pz'Aw, see Passow s. voc. 3,)
(up. éTl'tAt’l/TIJMV, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. —
depon. Passive, see Buttm. § 113. 3.
Ecclus. 11:27. Emh’lapwv Xen. Mem.
§ 136. 2. to have care upon or ow, to
4. B. 8.
7 I
take care Qforfor, seq. gen. e. g. of the
Emkonrog, 00, .5, i,, adj. (51:-t’, sick, Luke 10:34, 35. of the church,
Aouro’gg) remaining over, remaining, 1 Tim. 3: 5. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 8.
spoken of time, 1 Pet. 4: 2. So Sept. Sept. for 5? 51"! “"3? Gen. 44: 21.—Jos.
for "1.3.: Is. 38: 10. ~13‘: Lev. 27: 18. - Ant. 1.2.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1.19. ib. 1.
Isocr. 39. A, 161/ Err. xpovov. P01. 15. 3. 11.
10. 3. Luc. Tim. 42. ’E‘7l'I/J/EA(5§, adv. (Empekfig) care
,Ea'ikuo'lg, tray, 1'], (e’mM/u q. v.) filHg, scdulouslg, Luke 15:8. Sept. for
solution, i. c. in N. T. trop. exposition, Oh. Basses Ezra 6: 8, 12, 13. _ 2 Macc.
intelpretation , 2 Pet. 1:20 mica 1rpo¢nrzia 8: 31. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 2.
 ,Efl'lfbét‘w 301
,Efl'lfbélw, 1'. m3, aor. 1 s’vrr'pewa, to
remain upon, i. e. in addition, longer,
whence genr. to remain, to continue, in.
trans.
at) pp. in a place, seq. aim-oi] there,
Acts 15:34. 21:4. seq. in c. dat. of
place, 1 Cor. 16:8. Phil. 1:24. seq.
int’ 0. dat. of pers. Acts 28:14. seq.
rrptig c. ace. of pers. 1 Cor. 16:7. Gal.
1: 18. with an accns. of time how long,
Acts 10:48. 21:10. 28: 12, 14. Sept.
for Ere-‘39771 Ex. 12:39. —c. e’u Hdian.
4.
Xen. 5. 1.
Cyr.Xen.
5. 3.C 352.
r. 5. 3. 52. Errl fl’' 65 T
b) vtrop. to continue in any state,
course, etc. to be constant in, to persevere
in, c. 0. dat. as r5 rim-st Col. 1: 23. r!)
xdptrt Acts 13:43. - ripaprt'q Rom.
6:1. So Rom. 11: 22,23. 1 Tim. 4:16
z'm'peve abroig, i. e. in one's duties.—
Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5. Xen. (E0. 14. 7.—
Seq. particip. Acts 1 2: 16 e'rrs’pcvc .upobwv,
as in Eng. he continued knocking. John
8: 7. —- Shilo de Agric. p. 197. D, c’izu
5’ c’urufidw e'mpe'vp Comp. Buttm. § 144.
4, and n. 3.
,E'ITWEXIJW, f. straw, to nod or win]:
upon, i. e. to assent to by a nod or wink,
Luc. D. Deor. 20. 2. ib. 25. 2. In N.
T. genr. to assent, to consent, intrans.
Acts 18: 20.—2 Macc. 14: 20. Pol. 21.
3. 3. Dem. 360. 7.
’E9n'vo:u, 12;, 77, (5,1, we“) pp,
thought upon, i. e. cogitation, purpose,
Acts 8: 22.—‘vied. 15:4. Jos. Ant. 5.
6. 2. Thuc. 3. 46.
'Emogxiw, I; f. flaw, (ivrt'opxog q.v.)
comm. fut. s'mopxfiao‘uat, Buttm. § 113.
4, and n. 7. to forswear one's setf, i. e. to
swear falsely, not to fulfil one's oath,
absol. Matt. 5: 33.—Esdr. 1: 48. Wisd.
14:28. Hdian. 3. 6. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5.
as, 4.1.
'Eor/ogzog, 00, b, 1'1,adj. (ém', tips-0;)
forswcaring,faIse-swearing, petjured, pp.
‘taking oath upon oath,’ lightly, and
therefore breaking all, Aristoph. Ran.
150 Em'opxov b'pxov dipoae. In N. T. of
persons, as subst. a forswearer, a perjurer,
1 Tim. l:10.-—Hesych. s'rrt’opxov' bps-or
p1‘, ¢POYTJ£0YTIL Hdian. 8. 3. 10. Xen.
Ag. 1. l2.
’En'to§o'0t, fem. part. see in “Erupt.
’E'7H01'10'40§, 00, 6, ,7, adj. a word
’Eomm'yw
found only in N. T. Matt. 6:11 et Luke
11: 3 iiprov {Univ row Errtm'latov, and
formed, according to Origen, by the
evangelists, de Orat. c. 27. One class
of interpreters derive it from the parti
cip. e'trtot'lo'u sc. ilfu’pa, and then liprog
c'mobetoc would be to-morrow's bread,
bread fiir the coming day, i. q. daily
bread. Others, because this t‘iprog
s'mobatog is asked not for tomorrow, but
to-day, m’lpspov, derive e'rrtobotoc from
5m’ and oba-ia being, cristmce, and
translate, bread fin" sustaining life, i. e.
by impl. sufficient, necessary. So Ori
gen, Thu :19 rfiv ol'ia't'av oulugaMtipevov
c'iprov.—Suidas, b r'1rl rfi obo'l'a fun-‘iv
c'rppéi'wv, 1’; b Kafinpepwdg. See Tholuck
Bergpred. p. 407. sq.
,EWIW'II'KTW, f. WEU'Oii/ldl, 3.01‘. 2
c'rre'rrea'ov, perf. irmrt'n'rwxa, to fall upon,
in N. T. only in respect to persons, viz.
a) pp. i. q. to throw one's self upon, seq.
dat. Acts 20: 10 e'rrérreacv uin-q'i, i. e. up
on his body, comp. 1 K. 17: 21. 2 K.
4: 34 sq.-—Seq. c'm’ c. acc. Luke 15:20
E1ré1r£aeu Errl rdv rpdxnhov abrofl, i.e.
embraced him. Acts 20: 37. So Sept.
and 5.53 Gen. 46: 30. 50: l. (Philo de
Joseph. p. 563. 0. dat.) John 13:25
s'rrureat‘ov e'1ri r6 a'rfiliog m'n-m'l, i. e. throw
ing himself back on Jesus’ breast as he
reclined at table; see in ’Avdxupat 2.
—In the sense of to rush or press upon,
seq. dat. Mark 3:10 d'nrre c'vrurinrew
ain-ql—In a hostile sense, 0. dat. P01.
1. 24. 4. Xen. An. 4. 5. 17.
b) trop. to fall upon, to come upon or
over any one, seq. int c. ace. of pers.
e. g. 4:630;- Luke 1: 12. Acts 19:17.
(Sept. and 5;; Ex. 15: 16.) gramme
Acts 10:10. (Sept. and 5;; Dan. 10:
7.) c’tXXf/g 13: 11. dusibiapoi Rom. l5:
3, comp. Ps. 69: 10 where Sept. and 5P2.
—Hdian. 1. 4. l5. Thuc. 3. 87 mice;
irrc'rr. r079 'A61Ivaio:g.—So of the Spirit,
n‘. 1rvziipa, to descend upon, seq. Em’ rwa,
Acts 10:44. 11:15. e'rrt' TU'I. 8:16.
So 553 E2. 11:5, Sept. treaty 5r’ 5pc‘
1w. Kvpt'ov.
’Emvr7o'yaaw or ‘rm, f. Eat, to strike
upon, to give blows upon, to beat, Hum.
11. 10. 500. In N. T. trop. to chide,to
rebuke, seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 1.-—Jos. Ant.
1. 16. 9. P01. 5. 25. 5. Xen. (EC. 13.12.
lEfl'Ifl'Wi'yfil, Eu, to choke upon, to
 'E/rmrolléa! 302 'Ema'xnmia:
strangle, in some Mss. Luke 8:7 for 'En'wlwo'puo'g, 0:7, .3, (Emmrlt‘o
('urorrl'l'yw, which see. to supply with food, fr. o-irllw, 071-09,)
Em-rrollsw, :5, f. 13m, (1006:.» fr. food, victuals, Luke 9: 12. Sept. for
1ru'90c,) to desire upon i. e. over and “2"! Josh. 1:11. 9: 5, 11. —Hdian. 6.
above, besides, Hdot. 5. 93. Plato Pro 7. 3. Xen. An. 7. 1. 9.
tag. p. 329. D.—In N. T. by impl. to
desire earnestly, to long for, seq. intin. 'Errmxs'wroual, f. 40pm, depon.
Rom. 1: ll c'nurotln‘: yap their ilfuic. Mid. of which the present is rarely found
2 Cor. 5: 2. l Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. 1: in earlier Attic writers, Buttm. Ausf.
4. Seq. ace. of thing, Ta yriAa 1 Pet. Sprachl. II. p. 434.— To look upon, to
2: 2. So Sept. for P13!‘ Mic. 7: l. 5157;‘ look at, i. e. genr. to view, to inqlect,
Ps. 119: 174. Seq. ace. of person, to Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21. In N. T.
long after, to regard with longing, to love, a) to look at so. in order to select, to
2 Cor. 9: 14. Phil. 1:8. 2: 26. Comp. look out, to seek out, e. g. persons for
Ecclus. 25: 21.—Diod. Sic. 17. 101.— otiice, trans. Acts 6:3. Sept. for ‘F;
Seq. 'n'pdg n, to incline towards, to tend to, Lev. 13:36. Ezra 6: l. ‘353 Ez. 20: 40.
James 4: 5 1rpdc ¢Oévov irmrofiei To —Diod. S. 12. ll oi'zrog Es‘ Emaxerlaipcrog
m'eiipa x. 1'. A. So Sept. #91); Osév for —EZcl\éEaro.
1:2 Ps. 42: 2. b) to look upon, i. e. to visit, to go to
Evmrollrms, ws, :1, (inuroOe'wJ see,
, / to look after, seq. accus. (a) pp.
Acts 7: 23 e’rria'Kc'iIJaoOa: roilg doektpoég.
earnest desire, strong aflection, 2 Cor. 7: 15:36. Sept. and "PP, Judg. 152' 1'.—
7, 11.—Aquila for "93.1: Ez. 23: 11. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 10.—So of those who
'Errnro’dnrog, 00, 6, il,adj.(e'1rurodéu,) visit the sick or poor, Matt. 25: 36, 43.
much desired, longedfor, Phil. 4: l. James 1: 27.—Ecclus. 7: 35. Hdian. 4.
Tommy/u, (2;, t1, (émmfléw, i. q. 2. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. ll. 10.—([3) From
the Heb. spoken of God, who is said to
inn-66:11:19,) earnest desire, Rom. 15: 23.
visit men, to inquire as it were into
,EWI‘Z'OfEL/wfbal, f. n'laopal, t0 g0 their situation and afford them relief or
or come upon, i. e. to a place or person, aid, seq. accus. expr. or impl. Luke 1:
seq. We; may, Luke 8: 4. Sept. for 68, 78. 7: 16 E‘Il'id'ltétl/GTO 6 9569 Toy Xadv
“=2 Ez. 39: 14.—2 Macc. 2: 29. Dion. (111701;. Acts 15: 14 i) 9665 Errwxe'rlaarn
Hal. 10. 43. seq. e'm' rwa Pol. 4. 9. 2. [Til E6107] hugely x. 1'. A. Heb. 2: 6 5n
’E'7rli)'ioz'7rfw, f, duo, to sew upon, e'nwxc'nrp ain-dv, quoted from Ps. 8: 5
where Sept. for ‘TEE, as also Gen. 50:
trans. and seq. Em’ 0. dat. Mark 2: 21
z’m'éhnpa e'rrqipzirrrst e'1ri iparlrp naltalqi. 24, 25. Ps. 106: 4.-- Ecclus. 46: 14.
Comp. Sept. Job 16: 15. Test. XII Patr. p. 549.-—In Sept. often
also to visit in order to punish, for 1?},
'IZa-lpfi/n'rw, f. the, to throw or Ps. 89: 33. Jer. 14: 10. Ecclus. 2: 14.
cast upon, trans. and seq. in’ c. acc.
Luke 19:35 e'rnfifi. ra. ipr'u-ia c'ni 15v 'Errm'xeooigw, f. dam, (axcvdfw)
mDMv, comp. Matt. 21: 7 et Mark 11:7. to put all in readiness upon or for any
Sept. for ‘11*’??? Num. 35:20. Ez. 43: thing, to furnish out upon, to equip, e. g.
24.--Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 3. Xen. An. 5. 2. a ship, P01. 3. 24. ll. Xen. H. G. 1. 5.
23. Trop. of care etc. to east of upon, 10. horses, Xen. ib. 5. 3. 1. pack-horses,
in filial confidence 1 Pet. 5:7, noted i. e. to load, ib. 7. 2. 18. a temple, Jos.
from Ps. 55: 23 where Sept. for P1‘ Ant. 9.8. 2.~—In N. T. only Mid. tofur
m'sh out one's self upon, i. e. to malze pre
'Ea-loupoog, 00, 5, {1, adj. (ém’,
afipcu) lit. ‘ having a mark upon,’ e. g. paralionfor a journey, absol. Acts 21:
15 in later edit. See in 'Aaroo'uzoélm.
of money, stamped, coined, Jos. Ant. 17.
8. 1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 40. In N. T. trop. ’E-1rwm;vo'w, (.7,
f. om, pp. to
noted, i. e. in a good sense, distinguished, pitch tent upon, and 6‘em’. to come and
eminent, Rom. 16: 7. —-3 Macc. 6: 1. dwell upon or in, P01’. 4. 18. 8. ib. 4.
Jos. B. J. 6. 1.8. Hdot. 2. 20.—In a 72. 1. In N. T. trop. of a divine infin
bad sense, notorious, Matt. 27: 16.—Jos. encc, to descend and abide upon, to rest
Ant. 5. 7. 1. Plut. Fab. M. 14. upon, 0. g. irr' Eye’ 2 Cor. l2; 9.
 ’E-7rurxuz'Zw 303 Tax-formant!
’E')t't0')tld'€w, 1'. data, (manila) to in Aristoph. Av. 1023. Boeckll Staats
cost a shadow upon, to overshadow, c. ac. haush. der Ath. 1. p. 168, 256. Nean
cus. Matt. 17:5. Luke 9:34. 0. dat. der Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr.
Mark 9: 7. Acts 5: 15. Sept. c. dat. for Kirche, I. p. 178, and in Bibl. Repos.
‘PP, Ps. 91:4. c. in! r: for 1.5.1} Ex. IV. p. 254.—In N. T. spoken of oflicers
40:32.—-Antb. Gr. I. p. 114 7' 80¢ in the primitive churches, on overseer,
Ewro'xlaaw. 1E1. V. H. 3. 1 med.— rop. superintendent, Acts 20: 28. Phil. 1: 1.
of a divine power and influence, to over 1 Tim. 3: 2. Tit. 1: 7. Trop. of Jesus,
shadow, to rest upon, Luke 1: 35 36m 1 Pet. 2: 25. This name was originally
;ug inlu'arou intention. im.—Just. Mart. simply the Greek term equivalent to
Apol. 2. p. 75 1'7 yap din/al.“; inlat'arov 1rpw€urcpoc, which later was derived
Ercheol'ma rj rrapoe'wp, irrsaxt'aosy ain-r‘lv from the Jewish polity; see Neander
0:. r. A. l. c. and comp. Acts 20: 17,28. Tit. l:
2 I ~
Emo'zovrsw, or, f. flow, (otcmrc'm) 5, 7. 1 Pet. 5: 1, 2. — Afterwards, a
bishop.
to look upon, to behold, Xen. Ven. 12. 21.
to inspect, Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 11. to visit ’E9rw7réw, 67, f. dam, to draw upon,
sc. the sick etc. Xen. (E0. 15. 9. —- In to draw to, e. g. rr)v Slilpav, to shut,
N. T. to look after, to see to, to take care Xen. H. G. 6. 4.. 36. In N. T. Mid to
of, absol. 1 Pet. 5: 2 E-nwxmroiivreg tak draw upon or over, so. in respect to one's
ing care of sc. ‘rd reign/toy. Seq. neg. self, viz. to draw over the prepuce
pr’, rig, to take care lest, Heb. 12: 15. a ain, 1 Cor. 7: 13 p1) c'nw'rrdo'tlw, i. e.
Sept. for ‘5?! Deut. 11: 12. - Lycurg. ‘Tet him not become as if uncircum
159. 33. Xen. (Be. 9. 14. Lac. 2. 2. cised.’ The allusion is to a mode of
'Emoxom’y, 5;, ,7, (ima'xmre'w, removing the mark of circumcision,
e'm'mcmrog,) visitation, spoken described by Celsus 7. 25, and prac
a) of the act of visiting or being vi tised by Jews who abandoned their re
sited, inspected, etc. in N. T. trop. of ligion and national customs. l Macc. l:
God, who is said to visit men for - good, 15. Jos. Ant. l2. 5. 1. The Rabbins
comp. in 'Enwrc'rrropar b. Luke 19: call such persons T911593, see Buxtort'
44 riw Katpdv irrtarmrfig trou, i. e. the Lex. Rab. Ch. 1274 sq. Schoettg. Hor.
time when God visited thee, was pre Heb. 1159 sq.—Hesych. pr) c’mmréoOt-a'
sent to favour thee. 1 Pet. 2. 12. So pi] e'M've'rw rt‘) dc'ppa.
Sept. for H323 Job 10:12. as: Job ’Efl't'6"t'0tfl¢0tt, f. orr'ytropat, strictly
34: 9.—Esdr. 6: 5.—In Sept. also for Mid. to i¢lornlut with Ionic form, and
evil, in order to punish, Ex. 13: 19. Is. used to express the particular sense of
10: 3. Jer. 10:15. Wisd.14:11. f’gt'arnpt row uoi'w, etc. Matth. § 234.
b) of the duty of visiting, inspecting, uttm. §114. p. 280. Passow in Epic-mp:
i. e. charge, ofli‘ce,genr. Acts 1:20 quoted 1. (1. Hence pp. tofix one's mind upon,
from Ps. 109: 8, where Sept. for "312?, i. e. to understand, to know how, seq. in
as also Num. 4: 16.—Spoken of the fin. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 9 bis. In N. T.
office of an inlaxorrog, i. e. the care and a) to know well, to have knowledge of,
oversight of a Christian church, 1 Tim. seq. acc. of thing, Acts 18: 25 irrurrépcvog
3: l. pévov rt‘) ,Bt’urrwpa '10:. James 4: 14
’Em'azorog, 0v, .5, (imaxéwropaa) of pers. Acts 19: 15 Hui/My e’rrlarapat.
an inspector, overseer, guardian, e. g. of seq. rcpt rm'mw Acts 26:26. the Acts
treaties etc. Horn. 11. 22- 255. Hdian. 7. 10:28. 51': Acts 15: 7. 19:25. 22:19.
10. 6. of laws, etc. Plut. Sol. 19. of min; 20: 18. not": Heb. 11: 8. Sept. for
wares, Horn. 0d. 8. 163. of public 7!: Deut. 28: 36. Josh. 2: 5, 9. al.—c.
works, Sept. for "P533 2 Chr. 34:12, acc. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. An. 1.
17. of cities e. . a prefect, Sept. for 15.1.5 3. 12. the Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. (in Hdian.
Is.60:17. Jos. §nt.10.4. 1. orapatron, 2. 5. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4. 8.—Seq. acc.
as Minerva of Athens, Dem. 421. 27. and particip. Acts 24: 10 b'vra as A‘ptrr‘yv
Hence in Athens Eula-retro: were ma Errtarépu'oc. Comp. Bnttm. § 144. 4. b.
gistrates sent out to tributary cities to -—Luc. D. Mort.9.2. Xen. An. 6. 6. 17.
organize and govern them, see Schol. b) in the sense of to understand, to
 ’ Emord1n; 304 Tana-754,7»:
comprehend, c. accus. Mark 14: 68' obi l Thess. 5:27. 2 Thess. 2: 2, l5. 3:
oiEa,obbE Enio'rapat 'ri or) M7519. 1 Tim. 14, 17. 2 Pet. 3: 1,16. Trap. 2 Cor.
6:4. Jude 10. Sept. for ‘wigs 15.4.1: 3: 2, 3. Sept. for B23“. Ezra 4: 8, 11.
20.—Xen.'Conv. 3. 6. Neh. 6: 5, l7.— Diod. Sic. l. 95.
’E7H0‘7'0€7‘7]§, co, .5, (Etpt'o-rapat to Xen. An. 1. 6. 3. — By impl. letter of
be set over,) pp. ‘ one set over,’ a pre authority, despatch, Acts 9: 2. 22: 5.
fiat, master, spoken of a king, Xen. So Sept. for 711.15 Neh. 2: 7, 8.—-Xen.
Cyr.8. 1.8. of a commander of a Ag. 8. 3.
lEn’IO'TOFAZW, l‘. [ow,(e'1rl, o'ro'paQ
ship, Xen. (130.21. 3. of a military
ollicer, Sept. for ‘FEB, 2 K. 25:19. of pp. to put upon the mouth, i. e. to stop
a director in gymnastics, rraidm'piéqg, the mouth so. with a bit or curb, Pbilostr.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 18. and gem. of di Icon. 2. 18. to check, to curb, Philo de
rectors of public works, Boeckh Staats Agric. p. 201. B. In N. T. trop. to stop
haush. der Ath. I. p. 218.—In N. T. the mouth, to put to silence, seq. acc. Tit.
only in Luke and addressed in the voc. 1: 11.—Dem. 85. 4 e'ma'ropieiv for); ain't‘?
to Jesus, master, as having the authority c'tvrthe'yoi'rag‘. Plut. Cato Min. 38. L11
of a. teacher, fiafiél, among his disciples, cian. Icarom. 21.
comp. master and teacher in English,
Luke 5: 5. 8: 24, 45. 9: 33,49. 17:13. ’Errw'rgé<pw, I‘. dun, aor. 2 pass.
So pafigi Mark 8: 5,and Kbptog Matt. 17: e'ireorpr'upnv Buttm. § 96. 3,5. § 100.
4, coll. Luke 9: 33. So 815(16KGAOC n. 5) with mid. signit'. Buttm. § 136. 2,
Mark 4: 38, coll. Luke 8: 24. Comp. to turn upon, to turn towards, trans. Horn.
Kypke I. p. 227. Il. 3. 370. trop. ro Win'ta £1; :1 Theogn.
1079. [1083.] ring adlflg rig Eauri'lv
'Earlo'réltkw, 1'. club, to send upon, Hdian. 5. 3. 15. In N. T. trans. and
to send to, i. e. to send word to any one intrans.
verbally or by letter, e. g. verbally l. trans. in a moral sense, to turn
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.—In N. T. upon or to, to convert unto, Luke 1: 16
a) to send word by letter, to give direc 1roMobc Emorpéil/u i'rrl-rdv Ki'lpiov. v. 17
tion by letter, absol. Acts 21: 25. 0. inio'rpe'ibat Kapbiag 1rare'pwv e'n'i re'xvu.
dat. Acts 15: 20 imareillat abroic roii So Sept. for Ezra 6: 22, comp.
i'nréxwtim x.r.)\. where for the infin. Mal. 4: 6. — Ecclus. 48: 10. — In the
with rob see Buttm. § 140. n. 1. Matth. sense of to turn back again upon, to cause
§ 540. n. l. VViner § 45. 4. p. 269.— to return, sc. from error, with Err-2 rfiv
Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 7. Hdian. 4. l2. 7. Xen. tihfitlemv or the like implied, James
H. G. 1. 5. 2. 5; 19, 20. Sept. pp. for We 1 K. 13:
b) in later usage, simply to send a 18, 19, 20.—pp.'Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 9.
letter, i. q. to write to, seq. dat. Heb. 13: 2. intrans. i. e. in Act. with tau-row
22.—}El. V. H. 10.20. Plut. Agesi. implied, Buttm. § 113. n. 2. § 130. n. 2.
21 ult. Matth. § 496. 1. and also in Mid. to
’En'to'w'7(nwv, 070;, b, 1", (intern/Jag) turn one's self upon or towards, i. e. to
knowing, endued with knowledge, James tum towards or unto, etc.
3: 13. Sept. for 15:! Deut. l: 13. 4: 6. a) Act. intrans. (a) pp. Acts 9: 40
—Ecclus. 10: 25. Xen. (E0. 21. 5. rpdg rd o'd'ipa. Trop. e. g. e'mm'pe'tpeu'
e'vri rdv Gaby v. Kbpiov, i. e. to turn to
’EmorngrZw, f. few, to place firmly the service and worship of the true
upon, Pass. or Mid. to rest or lean upon,
GOd,AGt59:35. 11221. 14215. l5219.
to be supported on, Sept. for 1215,? 2 Sam.
26: 18, 20. 1rphg Kt'lptov 2 Cor. 3: 16.
1: 6. 1??? Is. 36: 6. Lucian. adv.
1 Thess. l: 9. iiri rdv wotpe'va 1 Pet.
Indoct. 6.—In N. T. trop. to confinn,to
2:25. Sept. for “59; Deut. 31: I8. pp.
establish, trans. Acts 14: 22 rag \l/uxag Gen. 24.: 4.9. 5:; 1 Chr. 12; 19. an?
117w paOn-niv. 15: 32,41. 18:23.
Josh. 19: 34. Hos. 5: 4. Am. 5: 6, 8.
,Efl'lb'foltt’j, rig, i], (Emore'Mw,) an —Ecclus. 17: 25. pp. Susann. 47. P0].
cpislle, letter, Acts 15:30. 23:25,:33. 7. ll. 14.—([3) by impl. to turn about
Rom.16:22. 1 Cor. 5:9. 16:3. 2 Cor. upon or towards. Rev. 1: 12 bis, mi
3:1. 7:8bis. 10=9,10,11. Col. 4:16. inr'o-rpetlm [:lM'n'su' TI‘II’ qpwvfir ps-r' gluon’)
 ’Emo'-rgo<pn 305
r. r. A. absol. Acts 16: 18. Sept. for
"25, Judg. 18: 21.—Ken. Eq. 8. 12. Von.
10. 15.—Hence, (-y) to turn back upon,
to return unto, pp. and seq. 61riaw Matt.
24: 18. :11; rd 61mm Mark 13: 16.
Luke 17:31. V. H. l. 6.) seq :1;
c. acc. Matt. 12:44. seq. in’ c. acc.
2Pet. 2: 22. [Luke 17: 4.] absol. Luke
9: 20 in text. rec. Acts 15: 36. So of
the breath or spirit returning to a dead
body, Luke 8: 55. Sept. for =11? Ruth
1: 7,10. 2 Sam.6: 20. 1K. 2. 30.—
Xcn. H. G. 4. 5. 16.—Twp. spoken of
a return to good, to return, to be converted,
absol. Luke 22: 39. Acts 3: 19. So
Matt. 13: 15. Mark 4: 12. Acts 28:27,
all quoted from Is. 6: 10 where Sept.
for 115. Also to evil, to turn back unto,
Gal. 4: 9 11179 Ema’rpz'pzre minty e'rri riz
'nuxz‘z orotxzia. 2 Pet. 2: 21 Ema'rpz'dlai
c'r rfic évrohfic so. Enl rfiv peopc'tv, coll.
v. 19.
b) Mid. intrans. with aor. 2 pass. see
above. (a) by impl. to turn about upon
or towards, Matt. 9: 22 a 3:‘ 'Inaoic
imarpatpelg. Mark 8:33. John 21:20.
Err. iv q? 570?, Mark 5: 30. Sept. for
T1? Num. 23: 6. — Wisd. 16:7. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 4. 10.—(,6) to turn back upon, to
return unto, Matt. 10: 13 1‘, elpi/w] uptig
ionic e'rrwrpaor'yru. Sept. for =11‘? Ruth
1:11, 12, 15.—Pint. de Lib. educ. l7
mid. T. VI. p. 43. 1. ed. 11.—Trap. to
return 50. to good, to be converted. John
'12: 40 imarpmpdwt, comp. Is. 6: 10 and
m 2:. y, above—Dem. 133. 24.
Emorgotbn, 5;, t,, (e'1rwrpc'¢w,) a
turning about, conversion, P01. 5. 72. 8.
In N. T. trop. conversion, so. to good, to
Christianity, Acts 15: 3. —— Ecclus. 18:
‘21. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. l. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 6.
IET‘HI'UMZI‘)ltl), f. (law, (avw'vyw) to
lead or bring together upon a place, to
gather together, to assemble, trans. Matt.
23: 37 bis. 24: 31. Mark 1: 33. 13: 27:
Luke 12: 1. 13:34. Sept. for ‘19$ Is.
_52: 12. Zech. 14:2. “(32,1 182 20.
>-'3P, 2 Chr. 20: 26.—2 Macc. 2: 14, 18.
Pol. 5. 95. 7.
’E9rm'urot7wyfi, is, 1'1, (Emavvdyw)
act of assembling, a gathering together,
9 Thess. 2: 1. Heb. 10: 25.— 2 Macc.
2: 7 assembly.
’Emouvrgéxm,f. 9péEopai,(avvrp£xw,)
’En'|ra'oo'w
to run together upon or to the scene of any
action, Mark 9: 25.
,E'Z'Io'iw'rafl'lg, 5W9‘, 1'], (imauulo'rapm
to come together upon,) a concourse,
crowd, whence noieiv c’rrwi'mraa'w to e:
cite a concourse, to raise a tumult, Acts
24: 12. Sept. for "1?. Num. 16:40. —
Esdr. 5: 90. Jos. c. Ap. l. 20. Sext.
Empir. Eth. 197.—-Spoken of a crowd,
constant ingress of persons coming to any
one, 2 Cor. 11: 28 i] Emm'nrraoig you 1')
m6’ inu'pav, i. q. guotidiani hominum
impetus, Cic. pro Arch. 6.
'Errwpah'yg, 50;, 05;, a, r), (e'wl,
a¢éMona1,) lit. ‘ near upon falling,’ i. e.
ready to fall, not firm, metaph. insecure,
dangerous, Acts 27:9 Errwpukoic roi?
whoop—105. Ant. 5. l. 16. Diod. Sic.
13. 77. Dem. 99. 14.
Emma, 1". {.m, (e'm', oxen) to
strengthen upon i. e. in addition, to make
stronger, trans. n‘p' mihw Xen. (Be. 11.
13.—In N. T. intrans. to be stranger, to
grow stronger, trop. to be more violent, to
grow more fierce, Luke 23: 5 e’m'axuov
Aé-yorrsgx—So of power 1 Mace. 6:6.
Ecclus. 29: l.
’Emawgsuw, f. show, to heap up
upon, to accumulate, trans. relic vexpol'lc
Plut. Pyrrh. 2'2 pen. In N. T. trop.
Elam-am; 2 Tim. 4:3.—Plut. de
vitand. aar. alien. 6. IX. p. 298 ult. ed.
R. Artcmid. 3. 66.
Turmoil, 77?, 1'], (e'rrzréaa‘w) charge,
injunction, command, e. g. of Christ,
1 Cor. 7: 6, 25. 2 Cor. 8:8. of God,
for wilLdecree, Rom. [14] 16:96. 1 Tim.
1:1. Tit. 1:3. genr. Tit. 2: 15 pm‘:
mio'nc e'mra-yfic with all iry'unction, i. e.
strongly, severely.-—Esdr. 1: 16. Wisd.
l4: 16. P01. 13. 4. 3.
,ETITMIUUU 01' 776:), f, Eu, (1110010,)
to arrange upon, e. g. soldiers i. e. to or.
range in rank; one upon another, seq. ace.
and dat. Xen. H. G. l. 6. 29. to station
so. as a garrison, l Macc. 4: 61. — In
N. T. by impl. to enjoin upon, to charge,
to command, seq. dat. Mark 1:27 r079
1rvei'nlam ro'ic 6x119. e'rrlrda'a'et. Luke 4:
36. 8:25. Sept. for "3!. Gen. 49: 39.
Esth. 3: 12.—2 Macc. 9:8. Xen. Cyr.
4. 2. 33. —— Seq. ace. and dat. Philem.
8 Emréao'uv no: "3 avfixov. c. acc. impl.
Mark 9: 25.—Jos. Ant. 1. 9. Xen. (E0.
:1
 ’Errrre).€m
7. 23.—Seq. dat. and inlin. aor. ‘Mark
6: 39. Luke 8: 31. int'. pres. Acts 23:
2.—Xen. An. 7. 3. 13. An. 2. 3. 6. —
Seq. acc. and int. Mark 6: 27 ivre’raEev
Eve Oiivat rr)v xepalh’m—Sept. Dan. 6:
9. en. Lac. 5. 8.—Absol. Luke 14:22.
'Emrskéw, 5, f. e'ow, (e'wl intens.)
to bring through to an end, to finish, to
perform, trans.
:1) pp. spoken of any work, business,
course, etc. Luke 13: 32 ii’weig. Rom.
15: 28. 2 Cor. 7: 1 Err. d'ywm'wnv, i. e.
to practise. 8: 6, 11 his. Phil. 1:6.
Heb. 8: 5 in. rr)v oxnm’lv, i. e. to make.
Sept. for 733 Zech. 4: 9. 5.7? Num.
23: 23.-2 Macc. s: 23. P01. 1. 37. 7.
Xen. H. G. l. l. 26. —Heb. 9: 6 rue
Aarpeiac éflt'l'CMl-IVTEQ, performing
sacred rites—Pluto de Somn. p. 653
e'm-reheiv Aetroup'yiac. Hdot. 2. 63
smriac. Diod. Sic. l. 45.
b) Mid. to come to an end, to finish,
intrans. and seq. dat. of manner, Gal.
3: 3 i‘wipEriluevoi u'reh'uari, vim oapxl.
ZmreAz'ZoOe; having begun in the Spirit,
do ye now end in the flesh? i. e. in at
tachment to carnal ordinances. So
Sept. (‘ipEopaL Kai e'mrehe'ow for 71.2?
1 Sam. 3: 12.
c) trop. spoken of sufferings etc. to
accomplish, i. e. to undergo, to endure,
Pass. 1 Pet. 5: 9.—-Mid. e'mreheioaai rii
rm? yr’ypug, Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 8. id. Apol.
Socr. 33.
Emn'ybemg, a, or, (im’rndeg adv.
sec in Passow,) apt, proper, VVisd. 4:5.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17. In N. T. by impl.
necdful, necessary, James 2: 16 rd
e'rrtrfidem r017 oiiiluarog, things needful for
the body, i. e. the necessaries of life. _
1 Macc. 14: 34. Jos. Ant. 2. 15.4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 10.
l c) by impl. to add upon, to superadd,
E‘T‘Tm'lflll, 1‘. Show, (Hen/11,) aor.
l e'n-étinra, aor. 2 e’rre'liqv. On 3 plur.
pres. Emrifie'aoi Matt. 23: 4, see Buttm.
§ 107. n. I, 1. for the imper. pres.
inn-[Oat 1 Tim. 5: 22, see Buttm. l. c. n.
1, 5. and for the accent in imperat. aor. put further honour upon, to honour e. g.
2 Evrz'tiec Matt. 9: 18, see Buttm. l. c. n.
I, 13.— To place or put upon, to lag upon,
to impose, trans.
:1) pp. and (a) gem. seq. in’ c. accus.
Matt. 23: 4 oopria 'uriritle'uoiv e'ni roin;
d'ipovc 'nDv r'u'Bp. Luke 15:5. Acts 15:
10 e'rnt'leil'ai Zuyov z'n'i rbv rpdxnhou
306 'Emruoa’w
x. r. )1. Mark 4: 2] hirxvov e’ui rr‘lv
Auxviav. Matt. 27:29. John 9: 15. Acts
28:3. So Sept. for 5*]?! Gen. 21: 14.
Josh. 10: 24. 1!‘! Gen. 25:20, 30.—
Palasph. 32. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. l4.——'
Seq. acc. and dat. Acts 15:28 EmriOwOa:
1'. iv Bdpog. Luke 23:26. John 19; 2.
top. of a name, Mark 3: 16, 17.
Sept. for sum Dan. 1: 7. 5: 13. — Jos.
Ant. 9. 7. 2 ult. Hdian. 4. 7. 12. Xen.
(E0. 17. 9. —Seq. Em’ 0. gen. Luke 8:
16 Ailxvov E‘lri Avxviag. seq. e'm'ww 0. gen.
Matt. 21: 7. 27: 37.—([3) In the phrase
e'nwiOe'vaL 'rr‘p' xeipa, Tilt; Xsipac, to lag
the hand or hands upon, as the symbol
of healing power, etc. seq. e'1rl c. accus.
Matt. 9: 18. Mark 8: 25. 16: 18. Acts
the
9: 17. seq. dat. Matt. 19:13, 15. Mark
5:23. 6: 5. 7: 32. 8:23. Luke 4: 40.
13: 13. Acts 9: 12. 28: 8.-—or for
benediction, inauguration, etc. seq. in’
c. acc. Acts 8: 17. seq. dat. Acts 6: 6.
8:19. 13: 3. 19: 6. I Tim. 5: 22.
Comp. in 'EoriOeozg. So Rev. 1: 17
i-rrz'd. rfiv deficit)! abroii e'rr' Epé in text.
rec. Sept. c. Evrl for 3?? Lev. 1: 4.
3: 2, 13.—(7) Spoken of stripes, to lay
on i. e. to inflict, wkn'yr‘ig E'rnOe'm-eg Luke
10: 30. 0. dat. Acts 16: 23. c. Em’ rum.
Rev. 22: 18. — Of punishments Diod.
Sic. 11. 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. So Cic.
pro Sext. 19 plagas impono.—(8) Trop.
of gifts, to lade with, to supply with,
0. dat. Acts 28: 10 e'rre'oev'ro ra 1rpbg rfiv
xpeiav.—-Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4.
b) Mid. to set one's self upon or against
any one, to set upon, to assail, seq. dat.
Acts 18: 10 0:35:19 Emfliyoeral out. So
Sept. for 5521:‘? Gen. 43: 18. ‘715?, 2 Chr.
24.; 21,25.—J0s. Ant. 1. 20. 1. El.
V. H. 3. 19 med. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 15.
in war, Xen. An. 2. 4. 3.
seq. uptig- c. acc. Rev. 22: 18 e'év rig
Emtig #969 ral'u'm—Hom. ll. 7. 364.
Dem. 165. 2.
'E-rn-rqmz'w, (it, 1'. flow, (Tl'tll’lUJ to
the dead, Hdot. 6. 39. Plut. Artax. 14.
of things, to set a further value upon, to
estimate higher, e. g. in price, Dem. 918.
22. to adjudge, to confirm by a judgment,
Hdot. 4. 43. — In N. T. spoken of an
estimate or judgment put upon what is
wrong or contrary to one's will, and
 ‘Emma/u
hence to admonish, to reprove, to rebuke,
seq. dat.
a) gem. 0. dat. of pers. Matt. 16: 22.
19:13 oi 5:‘ paflqrai Enerlpna'av ain-oig.
Mark 8:32, 33. 10:13. Luke 9: 55. 17:
3. 18:15. 19: 39. 23: 40. absol. 2 Tim.
4: 2. Sept. for ‘3:; Gen. 37: 10. Ruth
2: 16. —Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 26. Dem. 558.
27. Xen. (E0. 11. 24.—With the idea
of punishment, Jude 9 im-rifiilaai aoi
Kl’lplOQ, quoted from Zech. 3: 2 where
Sept. for “23. comp. Jos. Ant. 18. 4. 6.
—Seq. dat. of thing, and implying a
desire of restraining, e. g. spoken of
winds and waves, Matt. 8: 26. Mark 4.:
39. Luke 8: 24. So Sept. and "2% Ps.
106:9. and so ‘It; Nah. 134 where
Sept. c'nruhz'w. Of a fever, Luke 4: 39.
b) by impl. to admonish strongly,
with urgency, authority, i. e. to enjoin
upon, to charge strictly, the idea of rebuke
or censure being implied, e. g. demons.
seq. dat. Matt. 17: 18. Mark 1: 25. 9:
25. Luke 4: 35,41. 9: 42. Of persons,
0. dat. Luke 9:21. So seq. dat. and
111a, Matt. 20: 31 6 5e‘ b'xhog' inn-{lunacy lic schools, Gabi: 2.—-Plut. Cic. p. 880.
ain'o’ig, 'iva. o'iomr'lawaw. Mark 10: 48. B. 1'! oily oinc c'm'rpmrav m'irov roig re'm'ou;
Luke 19.39. Matt. 16:20 in Mss.
Seq. dat. and 7m [41'], i. to forbid
strictly, Matt. 12: 16. Mar 3:12. 8:
30.
7 I
E'Z'I'rlpdd, (2;, i], (inn-quiet)
being in good repute, i. e. in full citizen
ship,Dem. 230. 10. Diod. Sic. 18. 18.
In N. T. spoken of the estimate fixed
upon a wrong by a judge, a judicial in.
liiction, i. e. penalty, punishment, 2 Cor.
2: 6. Wisd. 3: 10. Philo de Przem. et
Poen. init. Classic writers prefer
burl/now.
’Em'rg€9rw, f. 4...’, (rpéwog aor.
l e'ré-rped/a, aor. 2 pass. e'ncrpdflnv Acts
28: 16. Buttm. § 96. 3, 5. § 100. n. 5.—
lo turn upon, to direct upon, trans. i. e.
by impl. to give over to, to commit to,
Horn. 0d. 2.226. Xen. An. 6. 1. 31.
Sept. for =12 Gen. 39: 6. — In N. T. to
permit, to allow, to sufl'er, c. c. dat. of
pers. and infin. of object expr. or im
plied, see Winer § 45. 2. Buttm.§ 140.
1. Matt. 8:21 inirpnl/ov poi 1rp£rrov
('vrchesiv mi Sc'uhai row 1rare'pa you. v.
31. 19:8. Mark 5:13. 10: 4. Luke
8: 32 bis. 9: 59, 61. Acts 21:39. 26:
1. 27:3. 28:16. 1 Cor. 14:34,. 1 Tim.
307 ’ Emgba1m
2: l2.—Sept. Esth. 9: 14. Job 32: 14.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21. IE]. V. H. 2. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 4.. 29. An. 1. 2. 19. -— Absol.
John 19; 38. Acts 21; 40. 1 Cor. 16:
7 Elly a Kupiog c'mrpéx'y, gfthe Lordper
mit. Heb. 6: 3.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 22.
Tongan-2'], fig, 1', (two-pom) com
mission, charge, full-power, Acts 26: 12.
—-Arr. Diss. Ep. 2.8. 5. P01. 3. 15.7.
ib. 18. 22. 5.
’E';n"rgoorog, 00, 6, (i1ri'rpz'1rw,) pp.
‘ one to whom a charge is committed,’
i. e. a steward, manager, agent.
a) pp. Matt. 20:8. Luke 8:3 XovZd
zwporm. 'Hpéniov, i. e. the manager of
his private affairs. — Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6
where king Agrippa. makes Thaumas
tus, a freedmau, 'rfic oi/aiac z’n'irpmrov.
Xen. (E0. 12. 2. ib. 21. 9.
b) i. q. 6 1ra45u-yw-y69, which see, i. e.
a tutor, guardian, curator, usually a
slave or trecdman, to whose care the
boys of a family were committed, who
trained them up, instructed them at
home, or accompanied them to the pub
vhdaong; El. V. H. 13. 43 Or 44. Xen.
Iem. 2. l. 40.
’Emrv7xo€vw, aor. 2 E'n'e'rvxov,
(Tu'yxciyon) to light upon, to chance to
the meet, 0. dat. Thuc. 8. 14'. Xen. Cyr. 3.
3. 5. to hit a mark, to attain onc's aim,
Arr. Diss. Ep. 4.. 6. 28.—In N. T. genr.
to attain unto, i. e. to obtain, to acquire,
seq. gen. Heb. 6: l5 e'n'z'fvxz rfig
bra'y'yclu’ac. ll: 33. 0. sec. Toiiro Rom.
ll: 7 in later edit. see Herm. ad Vig. p.
762. Absol. Rom. ll: '7. James 4.: 2.—
c. gen. Sept. Prov. 12: 27. P0]. 21.3.
8. Xen. (Re. 2. 3. absol. Thuc. 6. 38.
'E-z'iqDa/vw, f. qmwm, aor. l En-éonm,
aor. 2 pass. E1r¢¢évqv. pp. to cause to ap
pear upon or to, or shew before, to exhibit,
trans. and trop. 3 Mace. 2: 19. Theogn.
359. Plut. Marcell. l.—In N. T. Act.
with Eaurov implied, and also Mid. or
Pass. to shew one's self upon or to i. e. to
amwar upon or to, spoken of light, to
shine upon, intrans. Buttm. § 113. n. 2.
<; 130. n. 2. Matt. <> 496.1.
a) pp. in Act. pres. absol. Acts 27:
20 [41'1" t'w'rpow E'rmpau'om'wv. aor. l seq.
dat. Luke 1: 79 avarohr) ii iidaovc—
e'vmpfivai roig iv o‘uirei, where for the
- u 2
 ’E9r1¢oima
form Efll¢ayal instead of éft¢fiyal (Act.
Thom. § 30 pen.) see Buttm. § 10]. n.
2. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 24 sq.—}El. V. H.
13. 1 pen. ml r’urpoén'rwg ine'ipnve, dimrzp
da'rr'lp. Pol. 5. 6. 6 fipn 'rfit; iuu'pag
imotawm'la'nc. Pass. Ep. of Jer. 61.
b) trop. in aor. 2 pass. to be conspicu
ous, to be known and maniflst, Tit. 2: 11
i1 xépig. 3: 4.. Comp. Sept. for 52%? Gen.
35: 7.
’Em¢oima, 11;, .',, (grow...) an
appearing, appearance,'spoken of the
advent of Jesus, 2 Tim. 1:10. of his
future advent, 2 Thess. 2: 8. 1 Tim.
6: 14.. 2 Tim. 4.: 1,8. Tit. 2: 13. Comp.
Luke 1:78, 79.-—Of splendid celestial
appearances in aid of Israel, 9 Macc. 3:
24. 5:4. al. of the pillar of fire, Jos.
Ant. 3. l4. 4.. gem. Pol. 3. 94. 3. Diod.
Sic. l. 95.
Emqbamg, £09, 027;, a, .7, adj.
(e'mrfmiropan) appearing upon or to, visi
bIe, Thuc. 7. 19. clear, manifést, Xen.
Mem. 3. 1. 10. In N. T. .qilendid, i.e.
trop. illustrious, memorable. Acts 2: 20
n‘; viype'pavKvpiov rr‘y vpc-ycihnv Kai Empavfi,
quoted from Joel 2: 31 where Se t. for
if“, as also v. H. Heb. 1:7. —— nl. 1.
36. 3. ib. 1.78. 11. of persons Jos. Ant.
5. 8. 2. El. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. Ag. 3.
2.
,E9n¢al,M-', f. ai'urw, (Winn, 420,101,) to
appear unto,t0 shine upon, trop. to give
light to, to enlighten, 0. dat. Eph. 5: 14..
Act. Thom. § 34. éifé¢avd£ ydp poi (‘m-o
¢povri§og. Not found in the classics,
see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 660.
Also the form qbm’n-i exists only in the
grammarians, see Passow in pan“).
ETIQéEW, f. inoiam, aor. 2e’1n'1ys-yxov,
to bear or bring upon or to a person, viz.
at) pp. to bring to any one, seq. En! 0.
sec. Acts 19: 12 dim-e Erri Toxic edema»
rag E'rriipe'peadal and ref: xpw'roc ain'oi
oouEc'zpam—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 22. Thuc. 4.
87.
b) in the sense of to add upon, to super
add to, Phil. 1: 17 oiopevol. shirbw
Enups' cw ro'ic Beo'po'ig pow-Philo Leg.
ad ai. p. 1009 nip impe'pwv nupi.
Aristot. Rhet. 3. 6.
c) to bring upon i. e. against,in a judi
cial sense, of accusation etc. Acts 25:
18 airiur. Jude 9 xpl'on'. — Jos. Ant.
308 ’Emxgi'w
4. 8. 23 post init. Hdian. 8. B. 13. Pol.
5. 41. 3. — So of wrath or punishment,
Rom. 3: 5 Enupe'pwv rfiv 6p-yr'yv, i. e. in
flicting punishment—Jos. Ant. 2. l4. 8
('z'hhnv mic Aiylnr'rlolg c'mcpe'pa why-Yip’.
’E9r1<pwviw, 5, f. flow, to my outl
upon, i. e. thereupon, Luke 23: 21. in
acclamation, Acts 12: 22.—Emir. 9: 47.
Plut. de Herodot. malig. 34.—Seq. dat.
of person upon i. e. for or against whom
outcry is made, Acts 22524. Comp.
Buttm. § 133. n. 2. Mattll. § 389. —
Plut. Timol. 36.
’Em¢a'mxw, (pémcw, shim) to grow
light upon, to dawn upon, intrans. Matt.
28: 1 r1‘) Emgbwaxoz'm'p sc. i/pe'pa. Luke
23: 54.—Diod. Sic. 13. 18 in some edit.
comp. Hdot. 3. 86.
7E7rtx51gém, 5, f. new, (Xu’p,) to lay
hands upon, e. g. dzlrrmp, al'rlp, om.
0d. 24.. 386, 395. to attach, Jos. de
Vita sua l14.—In N. T. trop. to take in
hand, to undertake, to attempt, c. c. infin.
Luke 1 : 11roMoi Enexelpnaavc'waréfiaaflai
En'rynaw. Acts 9: 29. 19: 13.—2 Macc.
2: ‘29. Pol. 1.4.7. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. l.
(Ec. 10. 8.
,Efl'lxéw, f. st'w‘w,(xe'w,) lopour upon,
trans. e. g. upon Wounds, Luke 10: 34..
Sept. for P3: Gen. 28: 18. 35: 14.—Jos.
Ant. 9. 16. 3. Xen. (E0. 17. 9.
Emxogn'yéw, w, i. r'law, (xopryye'w
. v.) to furnish upon i. e. besides, in ad.
dition, to supply furtha', to superadd,
trans. 2 Cor. 9: 10 6 s'mxopnya’w mre'ppu
r9": mrcipovn. Gal. 3: 5. 2 Pet. 1: 5,11.
Comp. Is. 55: 10 where Heb. 1123, Sept.
515.4... — Ecclus. 25: 22 of a wife who
brings with her a large dowry. — Mid.
in a reciprocal sense, to supply one an.
other, to furnish aid mutually, Col. 2:
19 rd mipa a'rrlxopn'yoilpevov xai
av @ifiufiépWW, where r.) 0641a, is put
col‘iectively for all the parts or mem
bers, comp. Eph. 4.: 16 To millua
auvappoho-ym'lpevov Kai o’vlug.
'Eqnxognym, ac, 5, (émxupn-yéuJ
supply, aid, help, Phil. 1: l9. Eph.4:
16 on‘; m'wng dpfic 'rfig Emxopn-ylag
through all the joints ofsupply, i. e. which
afi'ord mutual aid, comp. in 'Emxopvryz'u.
’E9uxg/w, f. iaw, (Xpiu) to rub or
smear upon, to anoint upon, seq. ace. and
 ’Esromobop.iw 309 ' EW'TGUCIO’XI'AIOI
im’ e. ace. John 9: 6 Erre'xpwe rbv ‘Rubin to c'¢0pc'uu,) a locker-on, spectator, eye
t'fl'l rolig 5¢6<1Ap¢.6¢. Seq. ace. of the witness, 2 Pet. 1: 16.—2 Macc. 7:35.
thing anointed, v. 11 in’ we’ pov ronic 3 Macc. 2: 21. overseer Dem. 47. 4.
bfflahpor'm sc. rq'i mfltq'i— ucian. quom. "Errog, 20;, avg, r6, (Elfl'ol', Zno,)
H‘islt. conscr. 62 c'mxplaag be‘ nn'wy so.
a word, Heb. 7: 9 the Zrroc cinciv so to
TO 0110,“!!
speak, see in Elnov a. init.
’Ewomobop.s'm, 47, f. fid’w, (Ea-t,
olxobopéw) to build upon sc. as a found ’Ewougdmg, i'ou, 53,4511, obpavég)
ation, Pass. seq. in! c. dat. Xen. An. pp. ‘ upon or above the heavens,' i. c.
3. 4. 11. — In N. T. only trop. to build heavenly, celestial, viz.
upon, spoken of Christian faith and a) spoken of those who dwell in hea
Christian life, both in the whole church ven; Matt. 18: 35 b narfipb z'rrovptiviog.
and in its individual members, as built Phil. 2: 10 oi c'rrovpc'rvtot, i. e. angels.—
upon the only foundation, Christ, and 2 Macc. 3: 39. Horn. 0d. 17. 484. II.
implying the constant internal and ex 6. 129.—-Of those who come from hea
ternal development of the kingdom of ven, 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, 49, coll. v. 47 et
God and the visible church, like a holy Phil. 3: 21. -- Of the heavenly bodies,
temple progressively and unceasingly the sun, moon, etc. 1 Cor. 15:40 bis,
built up from the foundation; comp. 1 coll. v. 41.
Cor. 3: 9, 10. See Neander Gesch. d. b) neut. plur. rr‘v. Errovpc'wuz, i. e. the
Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche, I. p. heavens, heaven. Eph. l: 20 iv 5:513
abroii Ev roig Enovpavt'oig. 2: 6. 3: 10.
166, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 245.
So Pass. seq. int’ 0. dat. Eph. 2: 20 So of the lower heavens, the sky, the air,
‘troixobopnflc'vrec e'rrl 1'1} Sepehiqi 15w as the seat of evil spirits, E h. 6: l2,
dram-dawn x. r. A. Col. 2: 7. Act. seq. comp. in Or‘ipavég and 'Afip.—- est. XII
acc. et i1ri c. 9.00. 1 Cor. 3: 12. seq. acc. Patr. p. 546 sq. .
v. 14. absol. v.10 bis. — By impl. to c) spoken of the kingdom of heaven
build up further, sc. in the faith and and whatever pertains to it, see in
upon Christ, seq. accus. of pers. expr. Bamhu’a c. E. g of the kingdom
0r impl. Acts 20: 32 re? bvvapéwp itself, 2 Tim. 4: 18 at; 1'1)v fiao. 'rfiv
iroixobopfiam sc. bpiic. Jude 20 z'rrouc. e'rroupdvtov. So Heb. 3: l KAI-[01¢
iavrol'lg. — Comp. Plut. de Monarch. et Erroupévioc. 6: 4. 8: 5. 9: 23. ll: 16.
Democr. 1 init. 12: 22, coll. Rev. 21:2. Also Tb.
e'noupéma, things pertaining to the king.
E'Z'Ottihlté), f. 5M7), (dxe'hhw i. q. dom of God, Eph. 1: 3. or genr. things
HAM-1,) to drive or force upon, e. g. a ship spiritual, John 3: 12.
upon a shoal, etc. to ran aground, trans. lE‘lm'tié, oi, oi, n't, indec. seven, Matt.
Acts 27: 41 e'rra'mttltav T1)!’ vaiim—Hdot.
15: 34., as, 37. Acts 20; 6. al. The
7. 182. 71):! via. Pol. 4. 41. 2. Thuc.
4. 26.
number seven was often put by the Jews
for an indef. round number, Matt. 12.
Emvouégo, f. (M, (at, swap.) 45. 22:25. Luke 11:26. al. comp.
to name upon or after, i. e. in allusion to Gen. 18: 41 sq. Ruth 4: 15. 1 Sam. 2:
some other name or circumstance, Sept. 5. Is. 4: 1. Prov. 26:25. Likewiseas
for 83?, Gen. 4: 17, 24,25. al. In N. T. a sacred number, of good omen, as also
Pass. to be named in addition sc. to some among the Egyptians, Arabians, Per
other name, to be also called, Rom. 2: sians, etc. Acts 6: 3. Rev. 1: 4, 12, 16.
17 air 'Iovbaioc Enoropdl'zp—Pol. l. 29. 2: 1. al. comp. Gen. 21: ‘28. Ex. 37:
2. Xen. (Ho. 6. 17. 23. Lev. 4: 6, 17. al. See Gesen. Lex.
E'Z'Ofl'ffl'ltd, f. cinrw, (61rreiuo,) to Heb. art. vast.
look upon, i. e. to oversee, to inspect, rt‘: ‘Earning, num. adv. (Em-6,) seven
'e'pya Horn. 0d. 16. 140. Hes. Op.et Di. times, put for an indet'. round number,
765. [712.] In N. T. genr. to bchold,to Matt. 18:21, 22. Luke 17:4 bis. Sept.
contemplate, trans. 1 Pet. 2: l2. 3: 2.— for was‘: Ps. 119: 164.. on??? 92? 2 K.
Pol. 5. 69. 6. Dem. 168. 13. 5: 10, 14.
8 I
EWO'Z'T’K, 0U, 45, (broil/opal fut. 'En'rwtwx/Mol, at, a, (Xmon)
 "Esra: 310 'Egyoirn;
seven thousand, Rom. ll: 4, quoted from rim’: :1 Luc. D. Mort. 2. l. Xen. Conv.
1 K. I9: 18 where Sept. é1r-ri1 xduaasg. 4. 30.—Trop. to work, so. good or evil,
Sept. for TD’ZEP??? Num. 3; 22. l Chr. to do, to commit, to practise, c. acc. as T6
29: 4. ayafloy Rom. 2: 10. 11);’ ouauoaiwqv
"Bow, see El-rrov. Acts 10:35, but Heb. ll: 33 see in
Ammonia/11 a. rhv dvopi'av Matt. 7: 23.
"Egow'rog, 09, 6, (691110,) Erastus, dpap'rlav James 2: 9. Sept. z'wopiav
pr. name of a Christian, Acts 19:22. 597. for 52; Ps. 5:6. 6: 9. Job 34.= 32.
Rom. 16:23. 2 Tim. 4:20. —Jos. Ant. 5.1.18. quiver. Plut. Agesi.
'Iilg'yoigofhou,v f. 660/101, depon. 23 mid. Zp-yov ozwdv. Thuc. 3. 66.
Mid. (Zp'yov) imperf. elpyalépnv, aor. l b) in the sense of to till, to cultivate,
Elp'yao'lilurlv, perf. pass. E‘ip'yao’pal as e. g. rfiv 7771/, Sept. for ‘1;! Gen. 2: 5,
depon. 2 John 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 6. l5. Xen. (Ec. 1. 8. In N. T. trop.
comp. Buttm. § 136. 3. but also in pass. spoken only of the sea, r1)v Sékaoeav
signif. John 3:21. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 9. Ep'yciZ'so-Om, to cultivate the sea, i. e. as in
comp. Buttm. § 113. n. 6. For the Engl. to ply the sea, to follow the sea, sc.
augm. see Buttm. § 84,. 2. — To work, as an occupation, as seamen, merchants,
intrans. and trans. etc. Rev. 18: 17.—Appian. Hist. R. 8.
1. intrans. to work, to labour, i. e. 2 vauai re xpu'ipcvoi, xai n)v sc'xhaoo'aw
(a) pp. iv 1'? zipn'ekém Matt. 21:28. oia (Doll/um; Ep'yazofuvoi. Plut. de
at a trade, Acts 18:3. 1 Cor. 4:12. Solert. An. 23. X p. 61. ed. R. TDI‘IQ
I Thess. 2:9. 2 Thess. 3:8. genr. eig'yazolus'voug rfiv Srikarrav. Aristot.
Luke 13:14,. John 9: 4 ult. 1 Cor. 9: robl. 38. 2. S0 saharrovp-yeiv Pol. 6.
6. l Thess. 4: ll. 2 Thess. 3:10, ll, 52. l. Sakarroup'yoi of fishermen Xen.
12. Sept. for "3! Ex. 5: 18. Deut. 5: (Ec. 16. 7. a
l3. — Test. XII Patr. p. 626 Ep-y. Ev c) in the sense of to work for, to labour
é’p-ymg yfig. Dem. 1048 pen. Xen. Mem. for, to earn, e. g. rfiv fipa’nnv John 6:
1. 2. 57 bis. il). 2. 7. 12.—([3) In the 27. genr. 2 John 8. Sept. for ‘#3:.’
sense of to be active, i.e. to exert one's Prov. 31: 18.—Palzeph. 21. 2. Dem.
powers and faculties etc. John 5: 17 1358. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5._
bis, 6 1rar1)p Ep'yrizcrm K'- r. X. Rom. 41: ’Eg'yao'/a, as, 1‘,, (Ep-yét'opm) work,
4., 5. —(-y) Also, to do business, i. e. to
labour, Hdot. Vit. Horn. 3 am; Ep'yacn'ng
trade, to trafl‘ic, Matt. 25: 16 sipydaaro
Xupu'm. In N. T.
c'v aiIroTg—Dem. 957. 27 full’.
a) labour, i. e. trop. pains, eflbrt, in
2. trans. to work, to form by labour,
the Latinism Ep-yao'iav 5:56:14“, opcram
i. e. to do, to perform, to produce, etc. dare, Luke 12:58, see fully in AiF/wlu
a) gem. of things wrought, done,
d. a. -- Jos. Ant. 3. l. 7 '11’) only mm,’
performed, e. g. miracles, John 6: 30 n’
#113‘ e'p-yaa'ia. P01. 5. 100. 4.
z'p-yrii'p sc. arlpeiov. Acts 13: 4'1 'e'p 0v, b) a working,doing, i. e. practice, per
comp. Hab. 1:5 where Sept. for 2?.
formance, sc. of evil, with :ig final, Eph.
Of sacred rites, n‘: ape. e’p-yaZ. 1 Cor. 9:
4: l9 cig s'p'yao’z'av time. mimic, i. 6. so
13. So genr. Eph. 4,: 28. C01 3'. 23.
E'p-ya roii 6:017 Epyr'zfwftai John 6: 28. as to work all uncleanness. Comp.
Sept. for use? 1 Chr. 6:49. 28:20.
9: 4. é'p-yov r06 Kvpiov I Cor. 16: 10.
-—-}Eschin. Dial. 2. 36 m); e'p-yam'ag
5mm Ev 6:9’; sZp-yaapéva, wrought in God,
i. e. in conformity to his will. John 3:21. 1rpa'ypdrwv poxftqpdiv.
Sept. for 1132 Num. 3: 7. 8: 12 52'? Job
0) work, i. e. occupation, trade, cmfl,
Acts 19:25. Sept. for HERE? Jon. I:
33: 29. Ps. 7: 16. — Hdian. 8. 1. 14.. 8. comp. Ps. 107: 23.—Dem. 503. 17.
Xen. An. 6. 3. 17. (E0. 7. 20. Anti
Xen. 030. 6. 8, 9.
phon. 14‘. 34 E97. Ep'yov rowfzrom—Also
d) meton. earnings, gain, sc. from la
E’pycifofuu Zp'yov xa¢\bv z'ig 'rwa Matt. 26:
bour, Acts 16: 16,19. 19; 24..—-Act.
10. [Zr TU‘L] Mark 14: 6. 3 John 5.
Thom. 16. Dem. 1283. 28. Xen. Mem.
rd dyaflbv m); 1rc'u'1'ag Gal. 6: 10. To
3. IO. 1.
Kandy ru/l Rum. I3: 10, comp. Prov. 3: , I I ‘ I '1

30 where Sept. for 51%. —c. c‘z'g ru'a Eg'ya'rng, 0!)‘, o, (zpyagoluah) a
Dem. 1252. 20. Pal-mph. l. 8, II. worker, labourer, viz.

--‘_-l
 "Eg'yov 311 "Egg/or
a) gem. so. in the fields, Matt. 9: 37 a Epya you, from Ps. 95:9 where Sept.
per Sepw‘uo‘g Intuit‘. oi 55 e'pyara: 6M'yoi. for ‘32$.
v. 38. 10:10. 20: l, 2, 8. Luke 10: ([3) where may“ and Zpyov, word and
2 bis, 7. 1 Tim. 5: 18. James 5: 4.— deed, stand in contrast. Luke 24: 19
Ecclus. 19: 1. Plut. Cato M. 4. Xen. duvardg iv E'p-yp Kai e'r Raj-yep. Col. 3: 17
Mem. 1. 6. 11.—Trop. by Paul of la iv Roy? 1‘) iv Ep'yp. Acts 7: 2:2. Rom.
bourers in the church, i. e. teachers, etc. 15:18. 2 Cor. 10:11. Tie 1:16.—
2 Tim. 2:15 z'pyérnv dverraiaxuv-rov. Ecclus. 3: 8. Luc. Toxar. 35. Xen. Hi.
So with censure, 2 Cor. 11:13. Phil. 7. 2. comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 3.—So by
3: 2.-—Test. XII Patr. p. 746 Ep'yc'u'rlq impl. James 1: 25 m’n: axpoa-n‘pg—(IMI‘I
Kupc'ov. :rouyrr‘yc 'e'p'you, i. e. not a bearer of th.
b) 0. gen. a worker, doer, ofany thing, word only, but a deer oft/1e deed.
i. q. oip'yazépevog, Luke 13: 27 e'p-yéral (y) of the works of men in reference
rip; dim'ag, workers of iniquity, evilduers. to right and wrong,as judged by the
—l Macc. 3: 6. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 27. moral law, the precepts of the gospel,
c) a workman, artisan, Acts 19: 25. etc. (1) genr. Matt. 23: 3, 5. mivra ra
—-Luc. Somn. 2. Xen. Hiero 6. 11. 'E'pya Gin-Cw mimic’: 1rpoc n‘: 9ea0r'1vu1 ro'ig
'Egyov, 00, rd, (obsol. Epyu to do,) (W09. John 3: 20, 21. Acts 26: 20.
work, i. e. Rom. 3:27. Gal. 6: 4. So me. To
a) labour, business, employment, some. Ep'ya 6108136141!’ etc. to reward accord
thing to be done, viz. (a) gem. Mark ing to one's works, Rom. 2: 6. 2 Cor.
13:34 Kai 5099 Exz'w-r r6 Z'p-yov airrofi. 11:15. 1 Pet. 1:17. Rev. 20:12. So
Eph. 4: 12 :1: Emmy glaxovlac. 1 Tim. Sept. and 52'! Prov. 24: 12. Jer. 50:29.
3:1. Sept. for "2872? Gen. 2: 2. 39: 11. —(2) of good works, with epithets, e. g.
Ex. 35:2.—Luc. D. D601‘. 17. 1 iv Z'p'yzp E'pyov dyaflév, Ep'ya dyattd, a good deed,
vicar. Xen. (E0. 7. 6. ib. 20. 16, 19.— good works, i. e. either benefit, kindness,
Of the work which Jesus was sent to Acts 9:36. 1 Tim. 6:18. or, we!!
fulfil on earth, r6 Ep-yov John 17: 4. r1‘: doing, virtue, piety, Rom. 2: 7. 13: 3.
'z'p-ya John 5: 20, 36. 10: 38. Ta i'p-yov Eph. 2:10. 2 Thess. 2:17. Heb. 13:
'roi 1rarp6¢ sc. 3 disuse’ [1.0L 'i'va 1rou'low, 21. (comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 12. Mem.
John 4: 34. 9:4. comp. 17:4. So r6 2. l. 20.) Ep'yov Kahov, Zp'ya xahr'i, a
Epyov r05 Kvplou, the work of the Lord, good deed, good works, i. e. a pious act,
i. e- which he began and left to be con. well-doing, virtue, etc. Matt. 5: l6.
tinued by his disciples, i. q. the cause Mark 14: 6. Tit. 2: 7. Heb. 10: 24
of Christ, the gospel-work, 1 Cor. 15: 1 Pet. 2: 12. (comp. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.
58. 16: 10. Phil. 2: 30. Also of this 35.) n‘. Z'p'ya c'v du'clwm'lvp i. q. Tit
work as committed to apostles and 513mm, Tit. 3: 5. E'p'yov re'huoy, perfect
teachers, 2 Tim. 4: 5 {9701' 1roa’rpaov work, i. e. full, complete in well doing,
ziIa-yyetuaroi'r. Acts 13: 2. 14:26. 15: James 1:4. Without epithet, John 8:
38. Phil. 1:22. Further, E'pyov r017 39 rd i'p-ya r017 'Agpadp. James 3: l3.
950:7, work of God, i. e. which God re —(3) of evil works, with epithets, e. g.
quires, duty towards him, John 6: 28, Zpya wot/"pd, wicked works, evil deeds,
29. Rev. 2: 26. — ) in the sense of John 3:19. Col. 1:21. 1 John 3:12.
undertaking, attempt, cts 5: 38. 2 Tim. 'e'p'ya vet-pd, dead works, i. e. sinful, Heb.
4: 18. Sept. for h??? Deut. 15: 10. 6: 1. E'p'ya ('ivopa 2 Pet. 9:8. E'p'ya
T?! Job 34: 21.—Wisd. 2: 12. c'wegu'ag Jude 15. E'p'ya r017 “drove,
b) work, i. e. deed, act, action, some i. e. of moral darkness, sin, Rom. 13:
thing done, viz. (a) genr. as Ep-yov 12. E'p-ya rfiy; oapxog, carnal works, Gal.
E'p‘yéfweal, to work a work, to do a deed, 5:19. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3 Zp'y. 1rovqpov
Acts 13:41 bis, quoted from Hab. l: 5, Kai aloxpziv. An. 5. 7. 32 Zp'ya docgfi.)
where Sept. for ‘Iii-i 52$, comp. Buttm. § So without epithet, by impl. Rev. 2: 6
131. 3.—Hdian. 2. 3. l7. Xen. Conv. 5n IMG'E-t'c n‘. E'pya ru'w Nzxoha'irfilv. v. 13,
1. l. Mem. 3. 5. 51.—‘So of the works 22. 3:]. 18:6. 1 COT- 529. John 8:
of Jesus, miracles, mighty deeds, Matt. 41, coll. v. 44.—(4) of works of the law,
1123. John 7:3, 31. 14:10, 11,172. E'p-ya r017 yofwu, i. 1:. required by or con
15:24. Of God, Heb. 3: 9 H501! n": formable to the Mosaic moral law: so
 'EgsétZw
of a course required by this law, Rom.
2: 15 T6 Epyoy 1'05 vdpov. or conformable
to this law, Rom. 8:20. Gal. 2:16.
So with r017 vii/mu implied, in Paul's
writings, Rom. 4: 2, 6. 9:11. 11:6.
Eph. 2:9. 2 Tim. 1:9. al.—(5) of
works of faith, Zpya 1l’la'rcug, i. e. spring
ing from faith, combined with faith, e. g.
i'p-ya m'a-reug, l Thess. 1: 3. 2 Thess.
1:11. So with rr'lc m'm'ewg implied
Heb. 6: 10, and in the Ep. of James 0.
2: 14., 17—26. comp. esp. v. 22, 26.
See Bibl. Repns. IV. p. 696 sq.
0) work, i. e. tlu‘ng wrought, something
made, created, gem. of men, Acts 7:
4[ in! foil; 'e'p'yotg 'ré'nl xnpu'w, i. e. an
idol. 1 Cor. 3: 13, 14:, 15. 9: 1. Sept.
for Dent. 27:15. 2 K. 19:18.
52': Ps. o: 17.—Hdian. s. 4.. 4.. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 7. (E0. 6. 13. — Of the
works of God,genr. Acts 15: 18 'yvuara
rqi 9:93 m'wra rd E'p'ya airroii. Rom. 14:
20. Phil. 1:6. 2 Pet.3:10. Rev. 15:3.
Heb. l: 10 i'p-ya ni'w equiv am: cialv oi
oiipavoflquoted from gs. 102: 26 where
Sept. for 1"???2, as also Ps. 103: 22. 1041:
31. comp. Is. 64:8. for 525 Is. 45:
11.—- Hom. Il. 19: 22.—So of works
implying power, and put for power,
might, e. g. of God, John 9: 3 i'ya.
oavepwelfi n‘: E'p'ya r01”; 9:017 Ev ail-r97. Of a) pp. of a place or region uninhab.
Satan, 1 John 3: 8 in: Hwy :1‘: Ep-ya roii ited and uncultivated, Matt. 14: 13 elg
ammo“, i. e. destroy his power. All.
i I
B55015”, f. tau, (Epe'fiu, Z'ptgg) t0
ezcite, pp. to anger, i. e. to provoke, to
irritate, trans. Col. 3: 21 rd re'xva may.
—1 Macc. 15: 40. Test. XII Patr. p.
650 i. q. 1rapoEt'wew. Hom. Il. 4. 5.
Xen. Ven. 10. 14., 15.—Also to action,
i. e. to incite, to stimulate, 2 Cor. 9: 2.—
Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 23. 13. to enjoyment,
Anacr. 22. 5.
,Eftt'atu, f. et'o'w, tofizfinnly, trans.
Hom. Il. 22.112. Pol. 2. 33. 3. In N.T.
intrans. o. Ema-6v impl. to become fired,
to stick fast, as a ship upon a sandbank
Acts 27: 4.1. Comp. Buttm. § 130. n. 2.
—Hom. 0d. 22. 4.50. Gr. Anth. II.
242 pain-(‘3 e'rrl paoriw ipu'aag. trans.
P01. 3. 46. 1. See Buttm. Lexil. p.
112 sq.
’Egez'a'yo,wou, f. 50,411., depon. Mid.
pp. ‘ to eject through the mouth,’ hence
to vomit, Hom. 0d. 9. 374. trop. of the
sea, a volcano, Hom. Oct. 5. 4103. Pind.
312 "Ewe;
Pyth. l. 40. of a river emptying itself,
Diod. Sic. 2. 11. App. B. Mithr. 103.
of a cry of men or animals, to belch out,
to beHow, Theocr. Id. 13. 58. Hom. ll.
20. 403.——Hence in N. T. and in Alex
andrine usage, to speak out, to utter,
trans. Matt. 13: 35 EpeiiEopal. arerpuppe'wa.
Sept. for 21:-‘.1 Ps. 19:51. 119: 171.145:
7. See Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. l67 sq.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 63 sq.
'l'lgzuwiw, 5, f 1'10'0), to search into,
to investigate, to explore, trans. Ta;
yparpr'rg John 5: 39. 7: 52. rag “19511:;
Rom. 8: 27. Rev. 2: 23. riz Béflq r05
Gem“: 1 Cor. 2: 10. seq. r0709 1 Pet. 1:
11. Sept. for .1751‘! Gen. 44:12. 1 K.
20: 6. [viii Prov. 20: 27.] ‘Pl! 2 Sam.
10: 3.—Hdian. 7. 6. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1.
2. 12.
',EféU, see in El1roy.
’Egr;(.u'o:, as, fi,(2'pn'u0c,) a solitude,
desert, i. e. an uninhabited and unculti.
vated tract of country, Matt. 15:33.
Mark 8:41. 2 Cor. 11:26. Heb. ll:
38. Sept. for "In"! Ez. 35: ‘11.—Jos. Ant.
3. 10. 3. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 41. Comp.
Calmet art. Desert. Jahn § 17.
"Egnaoe, 00, b, 1'], adj. solitary,
desert, viz.
Z'pnpov ro'n'ov. v. 15. Mark 1: 35, 45.
6:31, 32, 35. Luke 4:42. 9:10, 12.
Sept. for 12",‘ Jer. 33: 10, 12.—Hdian.
8. 4. 23. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1.—In the
sense of deserted, desolate, laid waste,
Matt. 23:38 at Luke 13:35 6 olrog
1'; 6w Epnpog, and so Acts 1:20. comp.
s. 69: 26 where Niph. "$253, Sept.
fipnpwpéwl. Acts 8: 26 see in I‘éla II.
Sept. and =2?! Neh. 2:17. "is?!
Lev.26:31,33.-:r6>.:; Pol. 9.6. 9. Xen.
An. 1. 5. ‘11.—Spoken of a female, soli
tary, destitute, so. of a husband, unmar
ried, Gal. 4: 27 1mm: :1‘: re'xva rfig
e’pfipou 1:.r. k. quoted from Is. 54.: 1
where Sept. for "Hit—Diod. Sic. 16.
375917110: avppéxwv. comp. Xen. Cyr.
7. 3. 1?.
b) as subst. 1'; 'e'pqpoc sc. X6911, a
solitude, desert, i. q. e'pnpia, i. e. an un
inhabited and uncultivated tract of
country, Matt. 8: 3 wow) fiod'w-roc e'w r5
E r'pptp, and so Mark 1: 3. Luke 3: 4,.
ohn 1: 23, all quoted from Is. 40: 3
 'Egnrno'w
where Sept. for ‘3'1’? Matt. 11: 7. 24:
26. Luke 5: 16 inroxwpa'iv iv Talc
tony-org. 7: 24. 8:29. Rev. 12:6, 14.
17:3. Of a. desert as adapted to pas
turage, i. e. uninhabited, etc. Luke
15:4, coll. Matt. 18: 12 Ti; 5911. Jahn
§ 17.—Spoken of the desert of Judea,
i. e. the southeastern part of Jndea,
from the Jordan along the Dead sea,
which was mostly uninhabited, Matt.
3:1. Luke 1:80. 3: 2. Mark 1: 4,
coll. v. 5. comp. Judg. 1:16 where
Sept. for ‘ti-"m. Of the desert or moun
tainous region where Jesus was tempted,
probably near Jericho, Matt. 4: 1. Mark
1: 12,13. Luke 4: 1. Of a desert
prob. between the Mount of Olives and
Jericho, Acts 21:36, comp. Jos. Ant.
20. 8. 6. John 11: 54 see in 'E¢pai;r.—~
Of the Arabian desert, between Mount
Sinai and Palestine, Acts 7: 30 e'v rii
5p. roii open: 2. v. 36,38,42,44. 13:
18. John 3: 14. 6: 31, 49. 1 Cor.
10: 5. Heb. 3:8, 17. So Sept. and
"5*?! Ps. 78: 15, 19. 136: 16. See
Bibl. Repos. II. p. 765 sq. Calmet EprBi xal Zr'yhqr. 1 Cor. 1:11. 3: 3. 2 Cor.
p. 412 sq.
Egnpou, (o, f. two, (E’pnpoc) 10
desolate, to lag waste, trans. Sept. for
i‘??? Is. 37: 18. Thuc. 5. 4. In N. T.
only Pass. to be made desolate, to be laid
waste, e. g. fiaarltu’a Matt. 12: 25. Luke
“:17. millig- Rev. 18: 19. 1rl\ot7r0c,
i. e. to be destroyed, to come to nought,
Rev. 18: 16. So ot'a person, Rev. 17:
‘15 r’lprlpwpe'mv 1ron'paomrr. rfiv mipvnv,
1. e. shall make her desolate, shall de
spoil her. So Sept. for 3'2": Jer. 26: 9.
E2. 26: 19. as; Niph. of we? Is. 54.: 3.
E232: 15.—Ecclus. 21:51rlt01'1rov. Xen.
Ag- 1. 20 xo'rpa.
Tet/awe, m, 1:, (Eon/Adm) am.
lation, a laying waste, Luke 21: 20.
Matt. 24115 et Mark 13: 14 rd floe'hvypa
T719 z'pnpéawg, see in BBe'Av-ypa b. Sept.
for 5;? Jer. 7; 34, "*9? Jer. 4: 7.
2 Chr. 36; 21.—Arr. Al. M. 1. 9. 13.
,Eflzw, f. law, (5pm,) to strive, to
wrangle. Horn. 11. l. 277. Luc. D. Deor.
13. 1. In N. T. by impl. to cry out, to
be vociferous, like Wranglers, intrans.
Matt. 12: 19 at“: E'pi'aci, oilde Kpav'ydaei,
quoted from Is. 42: 2 where Heb.
‘Z’? *5‘, P??? Kl’, Sept. m’: xcxpr'rCe-rm, 0555'
313 'Egpnvsziw
dw’la'n, i. e. he shall not cry, neither
lift up, sc. his voice.
‘BelgiI/tl, at, 1'], 0r e'pr'eua, (z’plou'm
to work for hire, to be hireling, venal,
so. in striving for otliee, Aristot. Polit.
5. 3, fr. Epifiog a hireling, a labourer,
Horn. 11. 18. 550. Dem. 1336. 6,)
party-strife, contention, rivalry, Phil. 1:
17 oi ‘new if z'prOzlag. 2: 3. James 3:
14, 16. Rom. 2:8. plur. 2 Cor. 12: 20.
Gal. 5: 20.—Ambitus, venal strife for
office, Aristot. Polit. 5. 2, 3. Hesych.
Epleua' 1‘1 516! Mi'ywv quhovum'a.
MEQIOV, 0!), r6 (dim. fr. r6 E'poc,
elpoe, but only as to form,) wool, Rev. 1:
14. Heb. 9: 19, where comp. Lev. l4:
4 sq. 49 sq. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Sept. for
“1?? Is. 1: 16. Prov. 31: 13.—Hdian.
5. 5. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12, 13. '
"Eglg, 1509‘, h, acc. Zpw Phil. 1: 15,
see Buttm. §44. plur. EpiBrg 1 Cor. l:
11, also E'pug 2 Cor. 12: 20, see Winer
s 9. p. 61. Matth. s 90. n. 13.-sage,
contention, wrangling, Hum. 13: 13 In’)
12: 20. Gal. 5: 90. 1 Tim. 6: 4|. Tit.
3: 9.—Ecclus. 40:5, 9. El. V. H. 2. 21.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15. —- Meton. love of
strife, Rom. 1:29. Phil. 1: 15.—Hdian.
3. 2. l3.
'Egi'iprov, av, 11;, (dim. of E’pupog)
a young kid, kidling, Matt. 25: 33, coll.
v. 32.
"E§l¢0;, 0!), b, 1'], a kid, young goat,
pp. Luke 15: 29. Sept. for "1% Gen.
27: 9. 38- 17. *2 Ex. 12: 5. "W"? Gen.
37: 31.—Theocr. Id. 8.50. Luc. Bacch.
l.—-In Matt. 25: 32, kids are put as the
emblem of wicked men, because of their
inferior value, leehery, etc. comp. Lev.
16: 5—26.
‘Egpotg, (Z, 6, Hermas, pr. n. of a
Christian, Rom. 16: 14.
'Egponve/a, 06;, 17, (Eplnpvn'lw) in
terpretation, explanation, I Cor. 14: 26.
Meton. for faculty of interpreting, as a
charisma, 1 Cor. 12: 10.—Ecclus. 47:
17. Luc. quom. Hist. conscr. 45. speech,
as the interpreter of thought, Xen. Mem.
4. 3. 11.
'Egpnrst'm, t‘. u'm'm, to interpret, i. e.
to explain, to declare. Luc. Abdic. 18.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 52. In N. T. totranc
late, sc. from one language to another,
 ‘EM;
John l:39,43, Kmpdg, b ippnvei/erat
He'rpoc. 9: 7. Heb. 7: 2. Sept. for Ch.
95?? Ezra 4: 7.—Xen. An. 5. 4. 4.
'Egfhfig‘, 05, b, Hermes, pr. name,
a) of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14.
—b) i. q. Mercury in heathen mythology,
the son of Jupiter and Maia, the mes
senger of the gods, the patron of elo
quence,learning,andtrafiic. Acts 14:12.
'Egpooyivng, 50;, 00;, .1, Hermo
genes, pr. 11. ofa man who deserted Paul,
2 Tim. 1: 15. tion to or towards any person or place,viz.
'Egrrsro'v, 017, 115, (pp. neut. of
e'pireroc creeping, l'r. Emu-1,) a creeping
animal, reptile, Acts 10: 12. 11:6. Rom.
1: 23. James 3: 7. Sept. for ill‘??? Gen.
1:24. 6: 7. ‘1'11? Gen. 1:20. Lev. 11:
41 sq.—Pi|1d. Pyth. l. 25. Luc. Philops.
9. comp. Xen. Mem. 1.4. 11.
’Egutlgb;, d, be, red, in N. T. only
in i, e'putlpa Qrihaao'a, the Red Sea,
Acts 7:36. Heb. 11:29. On the pas.
sage of this sea by the Israelites, see in
Bibl. Repos. II. p. 753 sq. Sept. for
213'“: EX. 10: 19. 13:8. al.—1 Mace.
4: 9. Hdot. 1. l. Diod. S. 3. 18.
'Egxo/wl, f. iAEi/dO'ual, nor. 27,).0011,
pert‘. Ehr'lhvea, plupert'. EhnXbOm'. In
the common Greek the forms of zip:
were more used for the imperat. import‘.
and future, but in N. T. imper. E'pxou,
pl. Epxeoee, Matt. 8: 9. John 1: 40. al.
instead of ‘1'61, ‘ire- imperf. fipxripnv
Mark 1:45. al. Plato de Leg. 3. p. 685.
A, instead of ijew or flu‘ fut. Ehsbo'opai
Matt. 9: l5. 1 Cor. 4: 19, instead of the
more Attic elpi, as also in Hdot. l. 142.
ib. 5. 125. See Buttm. § 114. p. 282.
§ 108. V. 4, 5. Matth. § 234. \Viner
§ 15. p. 78. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos.
I. p. 685.—To come, to go, to move or
pass along, intrans. so. in any direction,
as marked by the adjuncts or often
simply by the context. The forms from
Ehfitiv, however, more frequently signify
to come, so that e. g. hhflzr is rarely used
of one who goes from or away (Luke 2:
44), while the forms from Epxeotlai are
used indifi‘erently of both directions; see
Buttm. Aust'. Sprachl. II. p. 137 sq.
l. to go, with adjuncts implying mo
tion from a place or person to another.
a) present and imperf. seq. elg c. ace.
of place, John 6: 17 iipxovro ne'pav rfic
314 "Egxouou
Sahe'wong sic KGJI'EPVHOIIIP- Seq. acc.
656v, to go one's wag, Acts 9: l7. comp.
Buttm. § 131.2,3. (Xen. An. 2. 2.10.)
Seq. m'n/ run John 21: 3.—-Present in a
praeter sense, in serm. obliq. Heb. 11:
8. see Buttm. § 137. n. 7.
b) improperly aor. 2 iihflov, absol.
Mark 11: 13. seq. apog- ru'a Luke 15:
20, coll. v. 18. seq. ace. of distance, 636v
17,159.19, Luke 2: 4.4.. Buttm. s 131. s.
—-Xe11. An. 3. 1. 5, 6. See above.
2. to come,with adjuncts implying mo.
a) pp. spoken of persons. (a) absol.
Matt. 8:9 hé-yw rot'rrlp, nopet'lenn, Kai
nopsberat' Kai t'iMzp, E X011, Kai Epxerar.
Mark 4:4. 6:31. Jo 11 1:40. Acts 5:
15. al. saapiss— Xen. An. 1. 3. 10.—
Present in an historical sense, i. e. in
stead of the Aorist, Buttm. § 137. n. 7.
Matth. §504. 1. Winer §4l. 2. c. Matt.
25: 11 iiorepov be‘ Epxovrat Kai ai Xourai
1rapde'vot,coll.v. 10. Matt. 25: 19. Mark
2: 18. John 20: 18. 3 John 3.—Pre
sent apparently in a future sense, but
only of what is certainly to take place,_
\Viner § 41. 2. Matth. § 504. 3. Luke
3: l6 i'pxeru: be‘ h ioxvporepég you. John
4:25. 14: 3,30. 1 Cor. 4: 5. Rev. 1:
7. Especially in the phrase b Epxblierog,
the coming, i. e. the future one, he who
shall come, the Messiah, Matt. 11:3.
21:9. Luke 7:19, 20. John 12:13.
also John 6:14. 11:27. So in the
periphrase of the name Jehovah, b Jul
Kai b ilv Kai b e'pxdpu'og Rev. 1: 4,8.
4: 8. See in Elm I. d..—By a species of
pleonasm, the particip. new is pre
fixed to other verbs in which the idea
of coming is already presupposed, in
order to render the idea more full and
complete. Matt. 2: 23 mi e'AOdw margi
xnoev elg mlhw My. Nal'apé-r, as in Engl.
he came and dwelt. 8: 2. Mark 5: 23.
12:14. 16:1. Luke 7:3. Eph. 2: 17. al.
Comp. in ’Aviornp1 II. d. See VViner
§ 67. 2. Matth. § 557. n. l. Passow s.
voc. 3. c.—Hom. Il. 16. 521. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2. 6.
(/3) with adjuncts marking object or
purpose, e. g. seq. infin. Matt. 2: 2
fihliopzv 1rpoaxvvfioai aim-9'). Mark 2: 17.
Luke 4:34. al. Buttm. \} 140. 2. \Viner
§ 45. 3. b.—Seq. particip. fut. Matt. 27:
49 {E Epxerat 'liht’ac minnow abrov. Acts
8:27. Buttm.§ 144. 3.-—Plato Euthyphr.
 'Egxoum
1. Ken. An. 7. l. 28.—So c. part. pres.
implying purpose and manner, Luke
13: 7 r (a Zn] E'pxopa: Zrrru‘w rap-now.
comp. assow s. V00. 3. c. -— Plato
Phaedo. p. 100. B.—-Seq. 'iva, John 10:
10. 12=9, 46,47.
(7) 0. dat. of pers. either pleonastic,
in respect to,for, Winer, § 31, 3. Buttm.
§ 133. n. 2. Matth. § 389. or directly for
1969 Two, Winer § 31. 2. p. 174. Matt.
21: 5 b Bacnkebg aou Zpxcrai aor. Rev. 2:
5, 16.—Comp. Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. I.
p. 594 0'1;- iiAOo/tev 'rfi mihu. Hdian. 3.
1. 6 'Arpnvoi dc‘ fihdov abrlp' ol'lppaxot.
—So 0. dat. of thing, as manner or in
strum. John 21: 8 oi 5:‘ £110.01 pafiqrul
r97 nhoiapiap hhflov. Buttm. § 133. 3.
(5) c. adv. of place, Matt. 8: 29 hhesc
:55: r. r. A. Mark 5: 27. Luke 10: 1,
John 4: 16. 8: 14. So 0. adv. et infin.
Of purpose, John 4: l5 lunbe‘ E'pxwpa:
irddbe rim-heir. Also 5px. old: do rofiro,
Acts 9: 21.
(s) construed with propositions, viz.
(1) c’uré c. gen. of place Acts 18: 2
Ehrlhuerira e'rlro rfic 'Irahiag. Mark 1:9.
7: 1. al. (Palasph. 6. 6.) 0. gen. of pers.
from a person, Mark 5: 35. John 3. 2.
Gal. 2: 12.—(2) u‘; c. ace. of place, to
come into, e. g. sic rfiv olxlav, to enter,
Matt. 2:11. Luke 14:1. a country,
city, etc. to come to, or into, Mark 5: 1.
8:10. John 11:38. Acts 8:40. Gal.2:
11. 1 Tim. 1: l5. al.—c. ace. of ur
se, i. e. eig final, John 1: 7 ovrog
Miev elg paprupiav. 4: 45 rig r|)v e'op-n'lv,
i. e. to attend the feast. 11: 56. \Vith
tic repeated, both of place and final,
John 9: 39. 2 Cor. 2:12.—(3)c'x 0. gen.
of place whence, Luke 5: 17. John 3:
31. 7: 4.1. in et a; John 4; sc.-(4) Eu
0. dat. of manner, Luke 23: 42.—(5)e'1ri
c. gen. of thing, implying rest upon
Matt. 24: 30 e'n'i'ru'w ve¢e)\£w.—-c. acc. of
place upon or to which one comes,
Mark 6: 53 Errl rfiv 'yfiv Few. Luke 19:5.
24: ]. Acts 12:10. 0. ace. of object or
purpose, Matt. 3: 7 int n‘. Bd-lr-rwpa
min-0:7. c. ace. of person, to come to or
before any one, Acts 24: 8. to come upon
any one, e.g. r6 mm? 01, Acts 19:6.
Matt. 3; 16. (Test. X I Patr. p. 54.5.)
also,to come againet,Luke 14: 31.—Ken.
An. 3. l. 24.—(6)3109 aim-0:7, Luke 4:42.
——(7) Karl: c. acc. to move to, toward,
along by, Acts 16: 7. Luke 10: 33. -—
315 "Egxonou
(8) para’: c. ace. of pers. to come after so.
in time, to follow, to appear later, Acts
13:25. 19:4.—(9) (in-loo) 0. gen. of
pets. to come afler, i. e. to follow, trop. to
become the l'ollower, disciple, of any
one,Matt. 16:24. Luke 19:23. 14:27.
of time, to come after, to appear later,
Matt. 3: 11. John 1: 27.--(10) nape’:
0. gen. of person, to comefrom any one,
i. e. as sent, Luke 8: 49.—c. acc. of
place, at, near, along, 1r. 'rrlv SdAaa-auv
Matt. 15: 29.—-(11) rrpo'c c. ace. of per
son to whom one comes, and this is the
more usual construction, Matt. 7:15.
Mark2: 13. Luke7:7. John3:2. 11:19.
14: 6, 23. al. saep. c. ace. of thing, John
3: 20, 21.
b) in the sense of to come forth sc.
before the public, to appear, to make
one's appearance. Matt. 11: 14 ailrdc
e'a-rw 'IiMac o pe'Mwv E'pxeaeat. V. 19.
Mark 9: 11, 12. Gal. 3:19. 2 Pet. 3:
3. al. Pres. in fut. sense, Matt. 17: 11.
1 Cor. 15:35. Comp. above in a. a.—
Seq. part. pres. of manner, comp. above
in a. Matt. 11: 19. Luke 7:33. John
1: 31.—So iv oapm', i. e. come, appeared,
in the flesh, spoken of Christ, 1 John
4:2. 2 John 7. (Ep. Barnab. c. 5.)
Errl Tl; dl'dpan' rwog Matt. 24: 5, see in
’E1rl' II. 3. C.
c) in the sense of to come again or
back, to return, absol. Luke 15: 30
hhdev, of the prodigal son. Rom. 9: 9.
Hel). 13:23. Ewe Z'pxopcu. Luke l9: 13.
John 21: 22. ‘ehfidw pleonastic, see
above in a. a. Matt. 5: 24. Luke 18:8.
al. So seq. infin. of purpose, 2 Thess.
1:10. seq. particip. pres. of manner,
John 9: 7 5A0: Bhe'mnv, he came back
seeing, comp. above in a. seq. cl;
0. acc. of place, Matt. 2: 21. seq. ‘Il’pllg‘
c. accus. of person, John 7: 45. 14:
18, 28.
d) metaph. of persons, e. g. seq. 5:6,
as 6 5X66“! 5:’ ildaroc Kai a'iparoc, 1 John
5: 6, see in An’: I. 4. b.-— Seq. etc, as
eic Eavrov Q6611’, coming to himself, i. e.
recovering his right mind, Luke 15:17:
sic xe'lpov Ehfioiw'a, growing worse,
Mark 5: 26. £19 drrehe'ypov Acts 19: 27.
El; xpiaw, i. e. to be condemned, John
5: 24. tic s'm'yvwaw 1 Tim. 2: 4. (Cebet.
Tab. 12 £1;- n‘1v ('ihnowfiv 1ra15u'av new)
2 Cor. 12:14. sic nllv u'lpav rain-nu,
John 12:27. — Xcn. Cyr. 6. 2. 29. -
 JIEEW
316 ’ Edi/w
Seq. Ex, Rev. 7: 14 5|.‘ rfig skid/mag, i. e. 45: 11.—Hdot. l. 32 Ewepurr'im—Absol.
have escaped from. Luke 22:68. Sept. for “PI; Deut. 13:
e) trop. spoken of things, e. g. (a) of 14.—2 Mace. 7: 2. Xen. An. 1. 6. 7.
time, as Ekcl'movrai fipz'pcu Matt. 9: l5. b) from the Heb. to ash, i. e. to re
fiXOev v. Eh’lhuflev h a'ipa, John 16:4, 32. quest, to entreat, to beseech, c. acc. of
Acts 2: 20. 3: 20. al. Present in a pers. Matt. 15: 23 fipzin'wv abro'v,
future sense, of a time near and certain, hé-yovreg. Luke 14: 18,19. John 12:21.
to be coming, to be near, comp. above Phil. 4: 3. So Heb. $15‘? Is. 7: 11, Sept.
in a. a. Luke 23: 29 35m) Epxovrm aZréw.—Jos. Ant. 5. l. 14.—Seq. acc. of
ilpe’pm. John 4: 35. 9: 4.. Heb. 8: 8. So thing, 11‘: 1rpo¢ n‘yv clpfivnv, Luke 14:32.
part. Epxripzvog, coming, i. e. future, as So Sept. and 17$? Ps. 122: 15.—Seq.
aiév Mark 10: 30. Luke 18: 30. 'rir acc. of person and Prepositions, e. g.
c'pxopeva a'i-rra'y-yehci John 16: 13. (Sept. rcpt’ nvog Luke 4: 38. John 16:26.
for R5! Is. 44: 7.) top-n’) Acts 18: 21.— inre'p rwog 2 Thess. 2: 1. Comp. Heb.
Jos. Am. 0. 9. 1. ib. 6. 11. 9.--(;3) of ‘351535 1 K. 2: 22, Sept. aire'w. —Seq.
the kingdom of God, to come, i. e. to be acc. of pers. and ‘in: or 61mg. Mark 7 :
established, Matt. 6:10. Mark 11:10.al. 26 fipéra ab'rov 1m x. 'r. X. Luke 7: 36.
—- (y) of good or evil, e. g. of a good John 4: 47. l Thess. 4,: 1. 51m; Luke
result, Rom. 3: 8. seq. 5'1;- 11 Phil. 1: 12. 7: 3. Acts 23: 20. Seq. acc. of pers.
seq. Em’ mm, to come upon, e. g. 1') eipr'pn) and infin. aor. Luke 5: 3. John 4: 40.
Matt. 10: 13. So of evil, guilt, etc. Acts 3: 3. pres. 1 Thess. 5: 12. AL.
seq. E1ri 'rwa, to come upon, i. e. to hap
E6035, 7770;, h, (Erma/u, getting)
pen to, to be laid upon, e. g. 1rcivra John
a garment, vestment, raiment, Luke 23:
18: 4. 6971’; Eph. 5: 6, and so Rev. 11:
11. Acts 1: 10. 10:30. 12: 21. James
18. 18: 10. r‘) 6517:) 1'] e'pxopévry, the wrath
2: 2 bis, 3.-—-Esdr. 8: 73. Jos. Ant. 12.
to come, 1 Thess. l: 10. of guilt, aipa,
4'. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22.
Matt. 23:35. So of offences, to come,
to arise, Matt. 18: 7. — (3) gem. of a "Eaflnm. em, a, (e'aBéw, 1.0.9.9 a
voice, c. in, Mark 9: 7. of a star, Matt. garment, raiment, Luke 24: 4. —Aquil.
2:9. of floods, Matt. 7: 25, 27. of rain, for I??? Is. 23: 18.
Luke 12:54.. Heb. 6: 7. of wind, John ’E004'w, strengthened form from
3:8. of utensils, to be brought, Mark 4.: obsol. 35w, Att. fut. E'Bopai, aor. 2 24.1170»
21. So of a law, faith, etc. to come, i. e. from obsol. root (pd-ya), see Buttm.
to be announced, made known, Rom. 7: <, 114.. p. 282. s 95. n. 18. Matth. § 234,.
9. Gal. 3: 23. Epx. eig n‘. ¢avcp6v,to come § 183.—Later fut. ¢liyopar,Winer§ 15.
abroad, i. e. be manifested, Mark 4: 22. p. 81. Lob. ad Phr. p. 327, 347. Sturz
(iron! be‘ E'Mip r6 re'huov, when that which de Dial. Alex. p. 199. Buttm. Ausf.
is perfect is come, is established, 1 Cor. Sprachl. § 95. n. 21. 2 pers. fut.
13: 10. AL. fiéyeam Luke 17:8, see Buttm. § 103.
MEQN, see in Eirrov.
II. 1. — To eat, to tallefood, spoken
both of men and animals.
’Egwoiw, 5, r. im'w, (kindred with a) gem. and absol. of persons, éaflc'eul,
Zpopag) to ask, 0. c. ace. of person and Matt. 12: l n’Msw o-n'zxuag mi t’u'eieu'.
also acc. of thing or other adjunct, 14.:21. 26:21,26. Mark 7:3. Lukefi: 1.
Buttm. <> 131. 4.. 5. Acts 27: 35. 1 Cor. 10:98. al. ¢a-yc'iy,
a) to ash i. e. to interrogate, to inquire Matt. 15:37. 26: 96. Mark 6: 42. 8:8.
of, c. acc. of pers. Matt. 16: 13 fipdrra Luke 9: 17. c. infin. final, brbdwu nut
Tori: poem-(‘lg airrofl M'ywv. John 1: 19. qta'yeiv, Matt. 14: 16. 25: 35,42. Mark 5'.
16: 5. Sept. for 5'5? Gen. 24: 47. 32: 43. al. Buttm. § 14.0. 2. Sept. for 535,
17.—Luc. D. Deor. 7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. Eefiiew 1 Sam. 1: 7, 8. cpwyfiv Gen. 3:
5. 19.—Seq. acc. of pers. and of thing, 13. 18: B.—En'9. 1E1. V. H. 9. 17. Xen.
Matt. 21: 84' e'pwfl'low bluig X6701! Eva. Mem. 2. 7. 7. (pay. Luc. Parasit. 12.
Mark 41:10. Luke 530: 3. Sept. for Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18.—Seq. fit-rd. 0. gen.
‘"5? Jer. 38: 14.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4'8. to eat with any one so. at table, to take
-—Seq. acc. of pers. et mp1 0. gen. of a meal with, Luke 7: 36 fipéra 5e’ 7'“;
thing, Luke 9: 45. Sept. and 5!? Jer. (tin-ox’, i'l'a (1)6721 [451" uilrm'l. Matt. 9: 11
 ’ End/a: 317 "Econ-gov

r’o-Bicw. So z'vo’miév rwoc, to eat before to eat of, to partake of, for Ex v. :m:
any one, in his sight, Luke 24.: 4-3. rwog as above, 1 Cor. 8:7, 10. 11:26,
Sept. ¢GY£1V for 53!, c. pen’: 1 Sam. 1: 27. Rev. 2; 14., 20.
18. c. e'vdnriov 2 Sam. 11:13. c) from the Heb. in the phrase
b) with an adjunct of the object, or e'o'eiew v. epa-yc'iv m1 m'yew, to eat
thing eaten, viz. (a) Seq. gen. once, and drink, absol. or c. accus. (a) sim
Luke 15: 16 repa'ri'uw 01v fiaetov oi Xo'ipoi ply for to take a meal, etc. Luke 10: 17.
i. e. of which,partitively, Buttm. § 132. 17:8 bis. Sept. for "1:251, 5215 1 K. 19:
4. 2. d. comp. Matth. § 327. But the 6, 8. 2 K. 6: 23.—- Bel and Drag. 6.
gen. is here more prob. by attraction —([i) for to live so. in the usual manner,
instead of the accus. as below.-—(B) Seq. Matt. 11: 18 in'rrs iaeiuv fu'rre m'l'wv,
E: 0. gen. to eat ofany thing, i. e. a part i. e. not living as other men, comp.
of it, by Hebraism instead of the Attic Matt. :1; 4., etc. Matt. 11: 19 like“, a vibe
simple gen. comp. Buttm. l. c. Matth. 1017 111/99. E'afllwy mi rim-w, i. e. like
§327. S0 Eafi. e'x 1'01": fip'rov 1 Cor. 11: other men. Luke 7: 33, 34. 1 Cor.
28. oé-yu Luke 22:16. John 6:26, 9: 41. Hence in antith. with vrlarzbew,
50. Rev. 2: 7. So Sept. for 1’? 5215, £06. it signifies not lofast, Luke 5: 33. But
2 Sam. 12: 3. 2 K. 4: 40. pay. Num. with a neg. ob ¢aye7v obbi meiv, no! to
6:4. Ecclus. ll: 19. — In the sense of eat or drink, to abstain from food, to
to livefrom, 1 Cor. 9:7, 13. Heb. 13: fast, Acts 9:9. 23=12,21. SoSept. Ex.
10. comp. Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 6 £5 abroii 34: 28. 11(- 13:8, 9. —-('y) by impl. to
Tpé¢e¢0ui.——('y) Seq. (uni c. gen. to eat feast, to banquet, Luke 12:19. ('lvmrai'rov,
from i. e. ofany thing, a part of it, asin did-ye, m'e, eiiqfipalvov. 1 Cor. 10: 7. 15:
Ii, comp. Matth. l. c. so ioOietv, spoken 32. With the idea of luxury, revelling,
of dogs, Matt. 15:27. Mark 7: 28. etc. Matt. 24.: 49. Luke 12: 45. 17: 27,
pay. Rev. 2: 17 in text. rec. Sept. 28. 1 Cor. 11:22, coll. v. 21. So Sept.
away for 1*; ‘>2! Gen. 3: 1, s, 5. Lev. for em ‘as 1 Sam. 30:16- 1 K. 1: 25.
7: 8, 11.—(5) Seq. accus. of the thing Job 1: 4, 18. al.—(3) seq. e'minmiv nvog,
eaten, viz. (1) genr. as ¢aye7v rb miaxa. to eat and drinh in the presence of any
Matt. 26; 11. Mark 14.: 12, 14.. al. one, i. e. to live in acquaintance and in
rap-row Mark 11: 141. also Mark 2: 26. tercourse with him, Luke 13:26. So
Rev. 10: 10. So of fowls, etc. Inipmg trop. Luke 22: 30 'iva e'atlirp-e m1 m’wrr:
pay. to devour, Rev. 19: 18. trop. Rev. e'iri rfig rpa-lre'zrlc you by rfl Baa. you, i. e.
l7: 16. So Sept. for 52!! Gen. 3: 14.. that ye may feast at my.table, live in
Ex. 12: 8.--}El. V. H. I. 1 m'iv brim-W familiar intercourse with me, etc. comp.
oa'y. ib. 2. 4.0. Rsop. Fab. 47.—l Cor. in 'AvakMvw b.
11: 20 Kupiaxov be'iirvov ¢ayeiv, i. e. to d) trop. to devour, to consume, trans.
celebrate.-—(2) from the Heb. liprov of fire, Heb. 10: 27. of rust, James 5:
iafliuv v. oa-yeiv, to eat bread, i. e. to 3. So Sept. and 52!,‘ of fire, Is. 10: 17.
take food, to take a meal, e. g. 206. 5215 and Sept. xa-rmpa-ysiv Deut. 32: 22.
Matt. 15:2. Mark 7: 5. ‘pay. Matt. -—of fire, Horn. 11. 23. 182. Ar.
15:20. John 6: 23. al. So Sept. for
=11? 5215, 6.00. 1 K. 21:5. 4w’. Gen. SEEN’, b, indec. Esli, pr. n. of a
37: 24. 2 K. 4: 8. Trop. ofabanquet in man, Luke 8: 25. '
the kingdom of God, Luke 14: 15, see
in 'Avaxhivw b. For the phrases t'iprov "Eooor'rgov, 00, 16, (i. q. e'iaorrrpov,
payeiv nape’: name 2 Thess. 3: 8, and fr. rig, 'o'iboluaiQ a looking -glass, mirror ,
for éauniv t‘iprov e'aai'zw 2 Thess. 3: 12, James 1: 23 Eoucev dvbpl Karavooiwri—
see in 'Aproc b.-—(3) by impl. to eat sc. z'v e'abm-pp. 1 Cor. 13: 12 Bhén-opsv 5i
in order to support life,to use asfood, to e'aom-pou iv (11147141111, 1. e. we now see
live upon, Mark 1: 6 20611011 dxpibag xa‘t only a reflected image, obscurely, and
,ue'M r'i'ypwv. John 6: 31 1'6 pdwa. Rom. not face to face as we shall hereafter.
14.; 2, 3, o. 1 Cor. 10: a, 25, 21. al. —Ecclus. 12: 11. Anacr. ll. 3. Plut.
Trop. John 6: 53. ‘With a negat. Luke ed. R. V1. p. 528. 8, l2.——The mirrors
4: 2. 1 Cor. 8: 13.— Xen. Ag. 9. 3. of the ancients were usually made of
Cyr. 8. 1. 44.——(4) in a partitive sense polished metal, see Ex. 38: 8. Job 37:
 'Ean'igot 318
18. Plut. l. c. comp. Gesen. Comm. zu
Jes. 3: 23.
'Eorrégu, 00;, 1‘7,(pp. fem.of'r'a1rspog,)
evening, Luke 24: 29. Acts 4: 3. 28: 23.
Sept. for =3? Gen. 1: 5, 8. al.—Hdian.
3. 12. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.
’Eo§r$(.o, 6, indec. Esrom, Heb.
1‘1‘371! (walled in) Hezron, pr. n. of the
grandson of Judah, Matt. 1: 3 bis. Luke
3: 35. comp. l Chr. 2: 5.
"Eaxarog, oirn, ‘TOY, (prob. Ext»,
E'o'xnv, the last, the extreme, uttermost,
spoken of place and time, viz.
a) of place. (a) pp. extreme, remotcst,
and neut. as subst. Ta Eoxarov, the ex
trcmity. Acts 1: 8 et 13: 47 ion; s'o'xdrov
rfig yfig. Sept. for 05,! Jer. 16: 18. "$7,
Deut. 28: 49. Is. 48: 20.—El. V. H. 3.
18 med. Diod. Sic. 1. 60. Xen. Vect.
l. 6. — (/3) trop. implying rank or dig.
nity, the last, lowest, least. Luke 14: 9,
10 51'; 76v E'o'x. r61rov. So genr. Matt.
19: 30 bis,1roMolEo'ovra: upu'rro: E'rrxa-roi,
Kai. go'xa'ro: 1rpGrrot. so genr. Mark 9:
35. 10: 31 bis. Luke 13: 30 bis. John
8:9. 1 Cor. 4: 9.—Comp. homines,
pastremi, Cic. pro Rosc. Am. 47.—(y) of
order or number, the last, utmost, Matt.
5: 26 n‘w Zox. xoBpc’wrnv. Luke 12: 59.
b) of time, the last, the latest, only in
the later Greek. (a) gem. of persons,
Matt. 20: 8, 12, 01 E'uxaror, i. e. the la
bourers latest hired. v. 14, 16 bis. 1 Cor.
15: 26, 45 ('1 Zo'xaroc 1AM”, i. q. 6
dn'irspog in v. 45. (Phryn. ed. Lob. p.
135 Eaxarov pr'lp-rupa nape'xuv.) In an
adverbial Sense, Mark 12: 6, 22 Erxérn
m'w-rwv avréeave Kai 2‘) your’), comp.
Buttm. § 123. n. 3.—Of things, the last,
and in reference to two the later, Idtter,
e. g. n‘: Eaxard name, the latter state or
condition of any one, Matt. 12: 45.
Luke 11: 26. 2 Pet. 2: 20. Sept. and
“"5735 Job 8: 7. 42: 12. S0 1', Fax.
1rhr’wn Matt. 27:64. ra E'ox. E'p'ya Rev.
21.19. E's-x. 'Irhn-yal Rev. 15: 1. 21: 9.
Also, e'v r‘fi Eo'x. aéhm'y'y: 1 Cor. 15: 52, 3. 61. Diod. Sic. Excerp. Vales. p. 242
i. e. the trumpet of the last day. Neut. rrvtidpsvog for (Depart/5171' . .. . e'v Ai'lhip
E'axarov as adv. 1 Cor. 15:8 i'ax. voo'eiv Kai rehéan; iaxc'lrwg Z'xsrv. So
trc'w'rwm—(fl) With a noun of time, as
ibi VVcsseling. Po]. 1. 24.2.
i] c'axr'rrn ilpépa, the last day, e. g. of a
festival, John 7: 37. or of the world, where, novr'ppwg E'xuv Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
the day of judgment, John 6: 39, 40,
44, 54. 11; 24. 12: 48. Further, in the
phrases Ev Eaxdraic ilpr'paig, in the
'Eaxoirw;
last or latter days, Acts 2: 17. 2 Tim.
3: 1. James 5:3. in‘ r'a'xd-rov 113v
i/pc'pwv, Heb. l: l. 2 Pet. 3: 3. iv carpi‘?
c'axérp, in the last time, 1 Pet. 1: 5. Eu
Eoxn'irp xpéwp, in the last time, Jude 18:
in’ c'a'xérwv 117w Xpdvwv 1 Pet. 1:20.
in: (my o’ipa ion’, it is the last hour,
1 ohn 2: 18bis, all which refer to the
last times of b ail-w m'n-og, the times
since the coming of Christ, in which
the power of this world is in part
broken, but will be wholly destroyed
only at his second advent, i. q. n‘: réhn
7131/ altirvwy 1 C01‘. 10:11; comp. in
Ain'w 2, and Bcunhela 0. These ex
pressions seem therefore strictly to
cover the whole interval between the
first and final advent of Christ; but
they sometimes refer more particularly
to the period in which the sacred writers
lived, adjacent to the first coming,
as Acts 2: 17. Heb. 1:1. 1 Pet. 1:20.
Jude 18. 1 John 2: 18 his; and else
where more to later times, before the
second coming, as 2 Tim. 3:1. James
5: 3. 1 Pet. 1: 5. 2 Pet. 3: 3.—('y) In
the phrase 6 'rrpibroc ml 6 Zo-Xarog, the
first and the last, spoken of the Messiah
in glory, Rev. 1:11,17. 2:8. 22:
13, prob. in the sense of eternal, the
beginningr and the end; comp. Heb.
inns ‘as. "has: as, Is. 44:6 et 48: 12.
coll. Is. 41:4. ‘See Gesen. Comm.
ad Is. 4]: 4. 48:12. Others, the
only One, the Supreme, i. e. the begin
ning and end, the source and sum
of all things; comp. Heb. and Sept.
X670: oi WPIIITOI. Kai oi Zoxarot, first and
last, i. c. all, 2 Chr. 9: 29. 12: 15. al.
Test. XII Patr. p. 617. See also Clem.
Alex. Strom. 4. 25, as quoted under
art. A, p. 1.
’Eo'xoiflu§, adv. extremely i. e. in
eztranity, as Eaxc'irwg E'xsw, Lat. in ex
tremis use, to be at the last gasp, at the
point of death, Mark 5: 23.—Artemidor.
c'axciran; saint/ta: Diod. Sic. 18. 48 6t
Else
75. Qavaa'lluwc Z’Xzw Arr. Epict. 3. 26.
z'meavarlmg i'xsw El. V. H. 13. 26 or
27. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 389.
 "Eo'w
"E0741, adv. of place, (pp. e'iau fr. 539,)
into, in, within, opp. to 2.50:.
a) pp. implying motion into a place
etc. Matt. 26: 58 mi eioeAOGw Emu.
Llark 14: 54. 0. gen. 15: 16 E'a'w rfig
abAfig. Sept. for H’??? 2 Chr.29:16,
18.—Hdot. 5. 20. e'iou Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
20. 0. gen. Xen. Hi. 2. 10.
b) of place where, within, John 20:
26. Acts 5: 23. Sept. for "132 Gen.
39: 11. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 128.
—Hence 6, i’, To Emu, as adj. inner, in
terior, Buttm. § 125. 6. metaph. 6 Elm
(‘ii/Op. the inner man, the mind, soul,
Rom. 7: 22. Eph. 3: 16. oi 31m, those
within sc. the church, Christians, 1 Cor.
5: 12.—pp. Xen. Ven. 10. 7. Luc. Na
vig. 38 To e‘io'w.
,IEd’wtiélt, adv. of place, (gm-n) from
within, pp. implying motion from within.
hlark 7: 21 50106511 in ‘H7: M95111; mink.
v. 23. Luke 11: 7.-—Epict. Ench. 16.
Arr. Epict. 4. l. 57. — By impl. like
Eda), within, internally, of persons Matt.
7: 15 Zo'wfisv 55' slot Miro: x. r. A. 23: 25,
27, 28. 2 Cor. 7: 5. Rev. 4: 8. 5: 1.
So Sept. and "73’? Gen. 6: 14. Ex. 25:
11. no? Ex. 39; 18.—Arr. Epict. 2.
8. 14. Xen. An. 1. 4. 4.—Hence 6, h,
To got-16:11 as adj. the inner, the inside,
trop. for the mind, heart, etc. Luke
11: 39,40. 2 Cor. 4:16. Comp. Buttm.
z; 125. 6.
’E0't57550;, a, 0i’, (compar. fr. 560),)
inner, interior, Acts 16:24. Heb. 6:
19, comp. Lev. 16:15 where Sept. for
Wsrr‘ng.
'E'raigog, 0!), b, a companion, com
rade,friend, Matt. 11: 16. Sept. for 72
2 Sam. 13:3. 16:17.-—Hdiun. 2.1.10.
Xen. Cyr. 5.1.1. Mem. 2. 6. 15.—In
a direct address, Eraipe, friend, as in
Eng]. my goodfiiend, Matt. 20: 13. 22:
12. 26: 50.—Suid. sub Eraipe' ('1 “Minor
Kai oi iiMol. (pikoaopot roiig 'yvnm'oug
z'paorizg r611! Aé'ywv Erat'povc e'xcihow.
'Ersgo'ykwa'a'og, ou, a, 1‘), adj.
(Erzpog, Wuhan) other-tongued, of an
other language, 1 Cor. 14: 21 iv Erepo
yluimeoig sc. Myoiq, or perhaps neut. for
7Mm'o'aig Erépate, with allusion to Is. 28:
21.-—-Aquil. for "2'5 Ps. 114: 1. 1301.41.
9. 5.
‘EregohrBaaxaXéw, o], f. {,w, (i. q.
319 "E7550;
E-rcpa 513mm.) to teach otherwise, other
doctrine, etc. 1 Tim. 1: 3. 6: 3.-—Ignat.
ad Polyc. § 3. Euseb. H. E. 3. 32. Not
found in classic writers.
'Erzgoguyiw, 5, f. flow, (51'! htfu'yog
pp. having a. difi‘erent yoke, hocyl.
Sent. 13 waflpoc z'rspéL’. an unequal
balance, Sept. for =115'23. of heterogeneous
animals, Lev. 19: 19,) to beara difirent
yohe, to be yoked unequally, heterogen.
eously; in N. T. only trop. of Christians
living in familiar intercourse with pagan
idolaters, 2 Cor. 6: 14, coll. v. 15 sq.
"Ersgog, 06, or, correl. pron. the
other, other, Buttm. §78. 2, and n. l.
s 127. 5.
a) pp. and detin. é 'e'rspog, with the
article, the other so. of two, where one
has been already mentioned, as Matt.
6:24 row gva pm'r’lo'u, Kai rov 'e'rtpov
d-yam'yo'sl. Luke 5: 7. 7: 41. 23: 40. al.
Luke 4: 43 iv raig Ere'paig wohww, in
those other cities where the gospel has
not yet been preached. In distinction
from one's self, another person, i. q. rov
rMm’ov, Rom. Q: 1. 1 Cor. 4: 6. l4:
17. Gal. 6: 4. James 4: 12.—Hdian. 5.
7.1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 17.—So 1‘, Ere'pa
sc. fips'pa, the other, i. e. the next (in , the
day after, Acts 20:15. 27: 3.-— en. 4.
6. 10 fiv ai'rptov ‘in; 1rpwi, 'r‘fi Ere'pq in!
ailMZoio wap' {I'll-it'
b) indef. and without the art. other,
another-,some other, i. q. &Moc,but with
a stronger expression of difference;
Buttm. § 127. 5.
(a) pp. Matt. 8: 21 'e'repoc 5c‘ rd'm
paeqro'w. Luke 8: 3. John 19: 37.
Acts 1: 80. al. Eph. 3: 5 iv irépaig
ysvea'ic, i. e. former. Sept. for “1.115 Gen.
4: 24. 8: 10. al.—Hdian. 5. 7. l3. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 3. 5. —- Joined with ‘rig indef.
Erepég no, some other one, any other, Acts
8:34. ‘27: 1. Rom.8: 39. 1 Tim. 1: 10.
—So distributively, either repeated, as
1 Cor. 15:40 Z-repa ,uz‘v—E'repm as" or
with other pronouns, Matt. 16:14 01
pc‘v—iiMot EE—Erepot 55 K- r. A. Luke
11:16. 14.;19,20. 1 Cor. 12:9,10.
Sept. for ‘5"! Gen. 31: 49. H?! Ex. 26:
3. Matth. §288. n. 6.
([3) of another kind, etc. another,
dzfermt, i. q. 800.0709, e. g. iv e're'pq
popipf] Mark 16: 12. vtipoc Rom. 7: 23.
cim'y'yz'hiov Gal. 1: 6. 6569 James 2: 95.
 'Erégw; 320
(Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 2.) So of a priest out
of a different line or family, Heb. 7: 11,
15. prob. also of a king from another
race, Acts 7: 18, comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 1.
—In the sense of jbreign, strange, Jude
7. Sept. for "1 Ex. 30: 9. For the
phrase ére'paic 'ylufmo‘aig v. e'v xsl’Aeow
Erépozg 1mm” Acts 2: 4 et 1 Cor. 14:21,
size in I‘Ad'md'a b. 7. Comp. Is. 28: 11.
L.
'Eféftdg, adv. (grzpom) otba'wise,
Phil. 3: 15.—Jos. Ant. 2. l4. 5. Hom.
0d. 1. 234.
”E7!, adv. yet, still, viz.
a) implying duration, e. g. (a) spoken
of the present time, yet, still, hitherto,
Lat. adbuc, Matt. 12: 46 En abrm'l
Xahoiivroc. 27: 63 clirev in CIA-JV- Luke
9: 4.2. 24; 6. John 20: 1. Rom. 5; 6. al.
—-Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 39 ult. ed. Tauchn.
Xen. An. 1. 6. 8. Cyr. 4. 2. 53.—Of the prepare, to put in readiness, e. g. soldiers,
present in allusion to the past, yet, still,
even, now, so. as before. Mark 8:17.
Luke 24:41. Acts 9: 1. Rom. 3: 7.
Gal. 1:10. al. So Zn will, yet now,
even now, 1 Cor. 3: 2.—Jos. Ant. 2. l4.
6 will Zn. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16 will 5'
i'rL—In the sense of even, already, Luke
1: 15 Zn in KOtAlGQ pnrpoc. Heb. 7: 10.
—(,3) 0f the future, yet still, stillfurther,
longer. Luke 16:2 mi ydp buw'yn'y E'n
obcovopciv. Mark 5:35. John 4: 35.
7:33. 14:19. Rom.6: 2. 2 Cor. 1:10.
al.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 20. Apol. Soc.
33 ran? in {'v. — Espec. with a nega
tive, not furt , no more, no longer, Lat.
non amplius. Matt. 5: l3 rig 013531’
loxim Zn. Luke 20: 40. John 14: 30.
Gal. 4: 7. Heb. 8:12. Rev. 3: 12. 7:16.
al. Comp. Buttm.§ 149. p. 430.——Luc. 'E'roqnaofa, as, 1,, (gmpog) pre
D. Deor. 3. 1. Herodian. 3. ll. 13. paration, i. e. readiness, alacrity, Eph. 6:
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 26 oilbéva Zn. Comp. 15 brobno'dpevm robe world; in irorpao‘lq
Ol’me'rt.
b) implying accession, addition, etc.
yet, more, further, besides. (a) gem.
Matt. 18: 16 1raptikage ‘nerd 001-! in Eva
1‘1 860. 26:65. Heb. 11: 32, 36. al.—
Hdian. 5. 2. 13. Xen. An. 6. 6. l3.—So
Zn Be‘ Kai, and further also, moreover
also, Luke 14:26. Acts 2:26. 21:28.
—Hdian. 3. 5. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 14.-—
([3) With a comparative, intens. yet,
muck,far. > Phil. 1: 9 E11 pfikkov xai p.
Heb. 7: 15. Comp. Winer § 36. 3.n. 1.
"Eroipog
-€'rr pfiXXov Jos. Ant. 20. 4. 2. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 2. 18. Hi. 2.18. AL.
'Efrorlwégw, f. c'wu, (Erorpog) to
make ready, to prepare, trans.
a) pp. e. g. rfiv 656v, the way, sc. of
a king, as was customary before oriental
monarchs in their journeys, pp. Rev.
16: 12. trop. of the Messiah, Matt. 3:3.
Mark 1: 3. Luke 1:76. 3: 4, all quoted
from Is. 40: 3 where Sept. for =25.
See Jos. B. J. 3.6. 2. Arr. Al. M. 4. 30.
Diod. Sic. 2. 13.—Of a meal, banquet,
etc. Matt. 22: 4. Luke 17:8. r6 m’wxa
Matt. 26: 17,19. Mark l4:12,15,16.
Luke 22: 8, 9, 12, 13. So Sept. for
1‘??? Gen. 43: 16.—Hom. Ii. 19. 197.—
Of a place, domicile, etc. ro'rrov John
14: 2, 3. Rev. 12:6. mihw Heb. 11:16.
Eew'av Philem. 22. Luke 9: 52. Sept.
for W?! 1 Chr. 15:3. — So 21'. Kvpl'rp
may Luke 1:17. Comp. Sept. 2 Chr.
27:6. Ecclus.2: 18.—Of persons, to
Acts 23: 23. a bridefiaurfiv Rev. 19:7.
21:2. a servant or minister, Eav-rdv,
Rev. 8:6. 9: 15. Luke 12: 47. Pass.
pnrticip. hroipaope'voc, prepared, i. e.
trop. apt, ready, 2 Tim. 2:21. pp. of
horses, 1'11‘. elg nohepov, Rev. 9: 7.—genr.
1 Macc. 13: 22. Pol. 1. 38. 3. Thuc. 6.
95. -— In the sense of to provide, e. g.
dpo'ipara Luke 23: 56. 24: 1. dyaeé.
Luke 12:20, coll. 19. So Sept. and
113.?! 2 Chr. 26: 14.
b) of God, as having in his counsels
prepared good or evil for men, i. e. to
destine, to appoint, Matt. 20: 33. 25: 34,
41. Luke 2:31. Mark 10:40. 1 Cor.
2: 9. So Sept. for 1'‘??? Ex. 23:20. Is.
41:21. ‘TE-7'1 Gen. 24:14, 44. — Tob.
6:17.
mi} eoa'y'yehiomshod as to your feet with
readiness, alacrity, in behalf of the gos
pel, i. e. let your feet be ever ready to
go forth to preach the gospel, comp. 2
Tim. 2: 21. For the gen. see Winer §
30. 1. Sept. for TPE Ps. 10: 17.—Jos.
Ant. 16. 1.2. Artemid. 2. 57.
"Eroqwog, :7, or, also Empoq, 6, :7,
Matt. 25: 10, in the classics sometimes
£107,109,", ow, Winer § 6. p. 49.—ready,
prepared, viz. of things, e. g. a banquet,
 ' Era/foal; 321 Eiiayyehzo
Matt. 22:4, 8. Luke 14: 17. a chamber, 3T5?! 1 K. 8: 18. 2 K.10:30. -— Jos.
Mark 14: 15. a contribution, 2 Cor. 9: Ant. 4.8. 38. Arr. Epict. 4. 6. Xen.
5. of time, John 7: 6. of things done, Mem. 3. 9. 14.—Others in Acts 1. c. to
ra Eroipa, 2 Cor. 10: 16. (Thuc. l. 70.) do well, i. e. to be prospered,comp. Jos.
Seq. inf. ready so. to be done, awrnplav Ant. 12.4.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8.
Erolpnv diroxahuofliivai, 1 Pet. 1: 5. — b) in commendations, i. q eb'yc, Lat.
\Visd. 16: 20. Hdian. 2. 12. l. Xen. euge, well! well done! Matt. 25: 21 :5
C r. 2. 1. 10. ib. 7. 5. 34.—Of persons, 50:7)“ (‘q/ads’. v. 23. Luke 19: 17. -—
h att. 25: 10 al Zrmpoi zlofihfiov. seq. Xen. Ven. 6. 20, coll. 19 cb-ye.
11176; n, ready for any thing, Tit. 3: l. New. In composition, ab is well, good,
1 Pet. 3: 15. seq. infin. ready sc. to do and hence is often intensive.
etc. Luke 22:33. Acts 23: 15. c. inf. Ebot, as, 17, Eve, H11’: (life), pr.
impl. v. 21. Erorpoc yivopai, to become name of the first woman, 2 Cor. 11:3.
ready, be prqiared, Matt. 24: 44. Luke 1 Tim. 2: l3.
12:40. So Sept. for 1'“; rep Ex. 19;
Edaty'yiltlzw, f. low, (elni'yyehoc
15. 34: 2.—c.1rpo'g Xen. Mem. 4. 5. l2.
c.inf. Luc. Asin. 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.1. messenger of good,) aor. l tinly'yt'hwa,
—So e'v lror'pp E'Xew, to be in readiness, for the augm. see Buttm. § 87. 2. to
bring glad tidings, to announce as glad
seq. inf. 2 Cor. 10: 6.--Pol. 2. 34. 2.
tidings, to declare as matter of joy. Not
‘Ea-claws, adv. (Zroipog) ready, in found in Mark nor in the Gospel and
readiness; hence é-rolpwc Exew, to be Epistles of John, only once in Matthew,
ready, Acts 21:13. 2 Cor. l2:14. 1 and twice in Rev.
Pet. 4: 5. Sept. for ‘"172. "it"! Dan. 3: 1. Act. 0. c. ace. of pers. with an ace.
15.—Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 2. 131. V. H. 4. 13. of thing impl. Buttm. § 131. 4, 5; in N.
'E'rog, E09‘, 09;, 115,12 year, Luke 3: T. twice, to announce unto, to publish
unto, sc. as glad tidings, Rev. 14:6
1. Acts 7: 30. Heb. 1: 12.al. Sept. eiza-y-yehia'at relic Kaenlue'vouc x. r. A. 10:
for‘HI-é 1 K. 15: 1. Jer. 1: 2, 13.—Hdian.
7 (be e'im'y-yékwe TOllL‘ iavroi bobhouc relic
l. 16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 12. —- Dat. rrporpfirac, where text. rec. has dat. roig
plur. as marking a period in or during
506M119 x. r. )1. Sept. 0. dat. for ‘Q1!
which, John 2: 20. Acts 13: 20. Ac 1 Sam. 31:9. 2 Sam. 18: 19,20. —
cus. plur. of time how long, Matt. 9: 20. Dio Cass. 61. 13. Pclyaen. 5. 7. The
Luke 2:36. John 5: 5. al. — Xen. Active form is not found in earlier
Cyr. 1. 2. 9 -— In the phrase that v. writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 268. Passow
yr'vo/iai e'ra'w, to be qfeuch and such an
s. voc. 2.
age, Matt. 5:42 by 7:‘: c'rfiv bérbexa,
i. e. twelve years old, iliuke 2: 37, 42. 11. Mid. in earlier writers (Lob. l. c.)
Acts 4:22. al. (Se t. Gen.5: 32. Xen. and in N. T. to announce, to publish, sc.
Mem. 1. 2.40.) So ohn 8: 571revr'flxovra as glad tidings, etc.
Err] oiirrw Exeig, thou hast not yet 40 years, a) gem. and c. ace. of thing, Acts 10:
i. e. art not 40 years old. -— Kar' Z-rog, 36 zila'y'yehli'o evoc elpr'p'nv. Rom. 10:
year by year, every year, Luke 2: 41.—— 15 bis, quote fr. Is. 52: 7 where Sept.
Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 1. AL for "it; as also 1 K. 1: 42. Seq. ace. of
thing and dat. of pers. which was the
Eil, adv. (pp. neut. of tile) well, good, more usual construction, Lob. ad Phr.
VIZ. p. 268. Winer § 31. 1. Luke 1: 19
:1) pp. with verbs, 'lva ab am 'ylvnrm, lureo'réknv eila'y'yekloaoeal ooi ruirra.
that it may be well with thee, that thou 2:10. Eph. 2:17. 1 Thess. 3: 6. So
mayest be prosperous, Eph. 6: 3. Sept. Sept. for "it; 1 Chr. 10: 9. c. Zr no:
for =14“. Gen. 12:13. Deut. 4: 40.— 1 Sam. 1: 20. Ps. 40: 10.—Jos. Ant. 5.
Arr. Epict. 2. 5. 30. — Mark 14:7 :5 1. 5. Luc. Icarom. 34. Aristoph. Eq.
:rmiioal mm, to do good to any one. 643. rwl wept’ ru'oc Jos. Ant. 15.7.2.
Sept. for “at! Gen. 32: 9, 12. Deut. s; Plut. Quzest. Rom. 9.—With an ace. of
16.—Jos. Ant. 14. 14.3. Xen. Mem. 2. thing impl. Luke 4: 18,comp. 1s. 61: 1.
1.19.—-Acts 15:29 21': updrronv, to do —Dem. 332. 9.—Seq. acc. both of thing
well, i. e. to do right, to act well. So and of person in later Greek, pp. Al
I
 Eddy'yéluov 322 Edwyyékmv
ciphr. 3. Ep. 12. Heliodor. II. 16. p. 64. 152. Aristoph. Eq. 66]. good news,
Euseb. Vit. Const. 3. 26; in N. vT. by glad tidings, Sept. for 2 Sam. 18:
attraction before {in Acts 13: 32, comp. 20,22. App. B. C. 4.. 968. Cic. ad Au.
Buttm. § 151. I. 6. Lob. l. c. 2. 3.—In N. T. spoken only of the glad
b) spoken of the annunciation of the tidings of Christ and his salvation, the
gospel of Christ and all that pertains to gospel. Not found in Matthew and
it, to preach, to proclaim, the idea of Luke, nor in the gospel and epistles of
glad tidings being of course every John, twice in Acts, once in Peter, once
where implied, viz. (a) n’m-y-y. riyv in Rev.
fiaacltu'av r017 95017 v. ra wepl Ti]; (10'. a) pp. in the sense of glad tidings
T. 9. to preach the kingdom of God, etc. everywhere except in the writings of
Luke 8: l. Acts 8: 12. 0. dat. of pers. Paul. (a) rd eim'yy. 'rfig fiamhtiag sc.
Luke 4: 4.3.-—So with rr)v [3amheiav T017 9501'}, Matt. 4:: 23. 9:35. 24: 14.
impl. absol. Luke 9: 6. 20: 1. c.acc. Mark 1: 14:. and so by impl. Mark 1:
of pers. Luke 3: 18.—([3) eba'y'y.'I1)a'o|7v 15. 13:10. 14:: 9. Matt. 26: 13. Rev.
Xp. V. 'rbv Ki/pmv 'Imroi'nl, etc. Acts 5: 14:6 eim'y'y. aitin'iov, comp. Luke 2: 10.
42. ll: 20. 17: 18. 0. dat. of pers. Meton. annuneiation of the gospel, sc.
Acts 8: 35. seq. e'v roig gel/{0'1 Gal. l: through Christ, Mark 1: 1. Also ebu-yy.
16. So Eph. 3: 8 16V altoirov r017 Xp. rfig xéprrog r. 9:017, so. as manifested in
iv roig ZBvean—(y) genr. eila-yy. r5 Christ, Acts 20: 21.—(13) In respect to
eba'yye'htov, rdv hri'yov, rip! m'a'rw, etc. the coming and life of Jesus, as the
Acts 8: 41 T611 Niyov. 15:35. Gal. 1:23 Messiah, gospel, glad tidings, Mark 8:
rip/ m'a'ru'. seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 35 et10=29€vexev€poi Kai r05 EiJa-y'yehiou.
15: l, 2 tba-y-yéhiov bpiv. 2 Cor. ll: 7. 16:15. Acts 152 7. lPBt. l1::I7.——
Gal. 1: 8 his.—\Vitli rd eba'yye’luov, Tiw Hence later, gospel, in the sense of ‘ a
Myov, etc. impl. i. e. to preach the gospel, history of Jesus’ life,’ etc. as in the
c. (lat. of pers. Rom. l: 15. Gal. 4:: 13. titles of the first four books of the N. T.
c. ace. of pers. (\Viner § 32. 1. p. 182.) b) in the writings of Paul, the gospel,
Acts 14:15. 16:10. Gal. 1:9. 1Pet.l: i. e. (a) gem. ‘the gospel scheme,'its
12. c. ace. of place for pers. Acts 8: doctrines ,declarations, precepts ,promises,
25, 4.0. 14: 21. seq. u'g c. acc. markin etc. Rom. 2: 16 Kara. rt‘) eba-yyéluriv poll,
extent, 2 Cor. 10: 16. _ Absol. Acts 14: i. e. the gospel which I preach. ll:
7. Rom. 15:20. 1 Cor. 1:17. 9: 16 28. 16:25. I Cor. 9: 14: 107;‘ rd eba-y.
bis, 18. Kara-y-ye'lthouo'u'. v. 18. 15: 1. 2 Cor.
III. Pass. to be announced, to be 4:13, 4.. 9:13.102141. Gal. 1:11:13 eira'y.
published, sc. as glad tidings, viz. (a) rd‘ eba-y-yehwtle‘v inr. 31.1017. 2: 2, 5, l4.
pp. with a nominative of the thing an Eph. 1:13. 3: 6. 6: 19. Phil. 1:5, 7',
nounced, which in the Active construc 16, 27 bis. 2:22. Col. 115,23. 1 Thess.
tion would be the accus. of thing, 1: 5. 2: 4.. 2 Tim. 1:10. 2:8. So r1)
Buttm. § 134.. 2,5. So Luke 16: 16 1', cba-y. r017 Xpw'rofl, the gospel of Christ,
fiao'ihu’a 1'. 9:06. Gal. 1: 11 1'5 ei/ay made known by him as its founder and
70am’. 1 Pet. 1:25. o. dat. of pers. chief corner stone, Rom. 15: 19, 29.
1 Pet. 4:: 6. -- (,3) with a nominative of I Cor. 9: 12,18. Gal. 1:7. 1 Thess.
person, which in the. Active construc 3: 2. 2 Thess. 1:8. n'Ja'y. r05 650:7,
tion would be the dat. or accus. of per i. e. of which God is the author through
son, Buttm. 5‘, 1341. 5. So genr. Heb. Christ, Rom. 15: 16. 2 Cor. 11: 7
4.: 2 xal yc'lp ia'pevzbrryyelua e'vo: mddnep l Thess. 2: 2, 8,9. 1 Tim. 1: 11.—By
' xdxe’ivoi, i. e. to us has goo tidings been antithesis, Erepov eila'y-ye'htov, a different
proclaimed, as well as unto them. v. 6. gospel, including other precepts etc.
So Sept. for ‘$31’??? 2 Sam. 18:31. So 2 Cor. 11: 4.. Gal. 1: 6.—genr. Barnab.
in respect to the gospel, etc. to have the Ep. 5. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13.—()3)
gospel preached, to hear the gospel tid Meton. the gospel-work, i. e. the preach
ings, Matt. 11:5 et Luke 7: 22 7rrwxol ing of the gospel, labour in the gospel,
eim'y'yzhizovrat. etc. Rom. 1: 1 dmpwpwpe'vogeig eba'y'ye'ltwv
Eddy'yiluov, 0!), rd, (n'u'ry-ygkog) BEOil. v. 9, 16. 1 Cor. 41:15. 9: 14: E1.
reward for good news, Hom. 0d. 14.. roi aim-y. Z171’. v. 23. 2 Cor. 2: 12. 8:
 Eda'yysloa'n'yg 3'23
18. Eph. 6: 15, see in 'Erorpam'o.
Phil. 1:12. 4: 3, l5. 2 Thess. 2:14.
2 Tim. 1:8. Philem. 1331'1'079 Ewpo'ig
TOl-l shay. in bonds on account of labours
in the gospel, Gal. 2: 7 1I'E‘Il'ld7'ElI/lflt rt‘)
cira'y. rfig dxpogua'rlac, i. e. I was en
trusted to preach the gospel to the
Gentiles. So Rom. 10: 16 ab min-£9
inrr'yromrav r97 eba-y-yehr'ip, all have not
obeyed the preaching of the gospel, i. e. the
gospel as preached.
Ebayyelurrfig, 05, b, (n’myysM
ZOPl'H’) pp. ‘ a messenger of good tidings;'
in N. T. on evangelist, a preacher of the
gospel, not located in any place, but
travelling as a. missionary to preach the
gospel and found churches, Acts 21: 8.
Eph. 4: ll. 2 Tim. 4: 5. See Neander
Gesch. d. Pflanz. u. Leit. d. chr. Kirche,
I. p. 185. in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 259.
Theodoret. ad Eph. 4: ll, ib.-elm:
repr'idvrec e'u'ypvrrov.
Ebotgaa'réw, 5, f. flaw, (siuipearog)
perf. efnlpe'a'rnxa, for the augm. see
Buttm. § 86. 2. to please well, 0. 0. dat.
Heb. 11: 5, 6. Comp. Matth. § 393. 5.
—Sept. Gen. 5: 22, 24. Ecclus. 44: 16.
Diod. Sic. l4. 4.—Mid. to take pleasure
in, to be pleased with, c. c. dat. Heb. 13:
16. Comp. Matth. § 411. n. 2.—Diod.
S. 20. 79. Diog. Laert. 4. 6.
Eba'gsarog, ov, a, 1'], adj. (=5,
r'rpc'cnrw,) well-pleasing, acceptable, ap
proved, c. 0. dat. expr. or impl. Rom. l2:
1 ebdpsm'ov rq'r' 95:}. v. 2. 14: 18. 2 Cor.
5: 9. Eph. 5:10. Phil. 4:18. Tit. 22 9.
—Wisd. 4: 10.—Seq. Evo'nrrév nvog in
stead of a dat. Heb. 13:21. comp. in
'Euu'nriow c. Seq. iv 0. (lat of pers.
e'vKvpip Col. 3: 20, where text. rec. has
r55 Kupl'qr. Comp. in ’Ev l. e.—Wisd. 9:
10 'n'rrpr'l aor.
Ebagz'a'rws', adv. Eiuipe'dfog.) so as
to please,aeeeptably, He . 12: 28.—Arr.
Epict. 1. 12. 21.
Eilcoultog, no, 6, Eubulus, pr. 11. of
a Christian, 2 Tim. 4:21.
Ebyevrig, éog, 013g, .3, 1), adj (8,7,
7:'vo¢,) well-born, noble, of high rank,
Luke 19:12. 1 Cor. 1:26. Sept. for
5:1; Job 1:3.—Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 1.
Hdian. 1. 8. 10. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 7.—
Metaph. noble-minded, generous, Acts
Edbozr'a
17: 1]. Jos. 12. 5. 4 riu; \l/uxirg- n'ryn/e'ig.
Cic. ad Att. 13. 21 penult.
Ebb/a, at‘, 1", (ebbrog, fr. Eb and
Auic gen. of Z2643) serene sky,fair weather,
Matt. 16:2 ebbia sc. Zaran—Ecclus. 3:
15. Pol. 1. 60. 8. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. l4.
Ebboxéw, 5, f. firm, (:5, born-1,) aor.
1 zilbémlaa, also m'rbéxnaa Luke 5: 22,
see Buttm. § 86. 2; pp. to seem good, by
impl. to think good, see in Aoxc'w :1,
found only in the later Greek, Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p. 168. Hence genr. to be
well disposed sc. towards any person or
thing, seq. dat. e. g. of pers. to favour,
Diod. Sic. 17. 47. ib. 14. 61. of thing,
to assent to, 1 Mace. l: 43. Diod. S. 4.
23. ib. 14. 110.—In N. T. to think good,
i. e. to please, to like, to take pleasure in,
v1z.
a) gem. to view with approbation,
seq. iv 0. dat. of pers. Matt. 3: 17 b m'bg
you, iv g1 eu'dénlaa. 17:5. Mark 1:11.
Luke 3:22. 1 Cor. 10:5. Heb. 10:38.
seq. Eu 0. dat. of thing, 2 Cor. 12: 10.
2 Thess. 2: 12. So Sept. for YEU
2 Sam. 22:20. Is. 62:4. :1 =2: Ps.
44: 4. l Chr. 29: 3.-—1 Macc. 8:1.
Ecclus. 31: 19. Polyb. 2. l2. 13.—Seq.
Ell; c. ace. of pers. implying direction of
mind, Matt. 12: 18 :19 by ezibdnnasv 1']
il/vxl, you. 2 Pet. 1: 17.—Seq. ace. of
thing, by Hebr. Heb. 10: 6, 8,
bhoxabpara 1c. 1r. ('1. mix niboknaag. So
Sept. for "$3 Ps. 51:18. Til: Ps. 51:21.
h) in the sense of to will, to desire,
seq. infin. expr. or impl. viz. a) gem.
to be willing, to be ready, 2 or. 5:8
eriboxoinrzv ,ufihltov ixbnpfiaai 2'»: for? aria/i.
1 Thess. 2:8.-Ecclus. 25: 16. 1 Mace.
6: 23. Pol. l. 8. 4.—(/3) by impl. to de
lermine, to resolve, the idea of benevolence
being implied, Rom. 15:26 ‘Jammy
761p Maxsbovla ml ’Axa'i'a x. r. A. v. 27.
l Thess. 3:1. Spoken of God, Luke
12: 32 ebbo'xno'er b narr‘lp blur-"iv 30171111:
13,1171’ rfiv flan’. 1 Cor. 1: 21. Gal. 1: 15.
Col. 1: 19.—1 Macc. 14:46, 47.
Ebbom'a, 02g, 1‘), (abboxiw) a being
well pleased, pleasure, viz.
a) pp. delight in any person or thing,
and hence good-will, favour. Luke 2:
14 iv dvepénroie ebboxia, so. on the part
of God. Comp. in Ebbouc'u a. So Sept.
and 11:: Ps. 5=13. 19:15. 50113:‘ Prov.
ll: 1, 20, 8813122551369, 1rpoabn1'lig. —
X
 1
Eueg'yecw. 324 L000;

nccius. u: 17.—Of men, gUOu-wzu,nuld Luuuogofniw, 5, f. ilo'u, (ti/vim,

intention, Phil. 1: 15 51' ez'nloxiuv ray Epépog fr. rpe'xw,) to run straight, e. g. ot
Xp. Knpoo'o'ouo’w. By impl. desire, long a ship, to sail a straight course, seq. m;
ing, Rom. 10: 1. Comp. Ecclus. 18: 31, c. acc. of place, Acts 16: ll. 21:}.—
b) in the sense of good-pleasure, will, Philo 2 Alleg. p. 102. C. de Agric. p.
purpose, the idea of benevolence being 219. A.
included, spoken of God, Eph. l: 5 Elilllvfbéw, 5, I. how, (u’ievpog) to be
Kara rnv £II50Kt’tlY r06 sehr’yluarog ain'ofi.
v. 9. Phil. 2: 13. 2 Thess. 1: ll
of good cheer, to be of cheerful mind, Acts
27:22, 25. James 5: 13.—Symm. for
'nhnpé 'n'fio'av shoot-[av c'ryafiwm'lvnc i. e.
fulfil in you the virtue which his good £21519 Prov. 15: 15, Sept. iln'vxdzw.
Plut. de tranquill. Anim. 2 et 9. VII.
pleasure hath purposed, i. q. m'wav
p. 822, 837. ed. R. Mid. Xen. Cyr. 2.
dyaflwm'wnv eirioxnrov, Buttm. § 123
n. 4. Winer § 34'. 2. a. So Matt. 11: 26 3. l9.
et Luke 10: 21 oiirwg e'yz'vero eiloom'a Ez’itlvlwog, ov, a, ihadj. (£5, 81416;)
E'p-rrpoeflév oov, such was thy goodpleasure, well-minded, i. e. well-disposed, benign,
see in I'l'vopal. II. b. "E'wrpoofiev II. Hom. 0d. 14. 63. In N. T. qfgood
:1. S0 131?, Sept. SéArLua, Ps. 40: 9. cheer, cheerful, Acts 27: 36. -—2 Mace.
103: 21. 11:26. Xen. Ag. 8. 2.—Hence neut.
Etsifyio'llot, 12;, 1‘], (ehsp-yz'rnc.) a of comparat. ct'leupo'repov as adv. the
good deed, benefit, Acts 4.:9.—2 Macc. more cheerfully, Acts 24': 10 in text. rec.
9:26. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. l. Xen. Mem. 3. —Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27.
11. as
sic. ll.required
— Also by
genr.
the well-doing, duties,
gospel, I Tim. 6: Eiwéfbwg, adv. (07614409.) cheerfully,
Acts 24:10 in Griesb. and Mss. See
2, see in ’Avn)\ap€ém a. (Hom. 0d. in Eiieuluog—Pol. 3. 34'. 9.
22. 374'.) Others, beneficence,as in Clem. Edaéuw, r. vyib, (.wag) :0 make
Alex. Peed. 3. 7. Xen. An. 2. 5. 22.
straight, trans.
El’léfQ/Eféfid, 5, f. how, (chep'yé-rnc.) a) pp. of a wag, to make straight and
to do good, to confer benefits, absol. Acts level, trans. rfiv 6 6w, John 1:23. Comp.
10=as. Sept. for ‘>2; Ps. l3:6.—Jos. Matt. 3:3, and see in 'E-rolpélw a.—
Ant. 4. 8. l3. El. V. H. 12. 59. trop. Ecclus. 2:6. 37: 19. _ I
Eoag'yérng, 00, b, (J, obsol. é’pyo) b) gem. to guide straight, 1. e. to dll‘l’tl,
a well-doer, benefactor, 2 Mace. 4: 2 to steer, sc. a ship, and hence a filol'lvwl',
Xen. Ag. 4. 4. In N. T. as a title of a steersman, pilot, James 34.—Luc. D.
honour, Euergetes, Benefactor, corre Mort. 10. 10. Eurip. Hec. 39. horses,
sponding to the Lat. pater patriw, Philo, de Abr. p. 360. B.
Luke 22: 25 oi e'EououiZovreg eirep-ye'rm E6969, 57d, 1’), straight, viz.
xaXm'wrac—Comp. Ptolemy Euergetes, a) pp. as adj. Matt. 3: 3 et Mark 1:
king of Egypt, Ecclus. Prol. Jos. B. J. 3 et Luke 3: 4', zoom; TOM-[TE 'TI‘IQ
3. 9. 8 ou-rfipa xalzbepye'rnv izvaxahofivreg. 'rpl'govc ain-ou'l, i. e. make the waysstralght
Diod. Sic. ll. 26 drroxakeb' eilep-ye'rnv and level before the king, quoted from
Kdl awrfipa. Xen. An. 7. 6. 38. Is. 40:3 where Sept. for “FF; see in
Eilfle'rog, 00, 6,1}, adj. (ch, r|’9npt,) 'Eroquii‘w a. So Luke 3:5, from Is.
well-situated, convenient, Diod. Sic. 2. 40: 4 where Sept. for “"1323. Acts 9: 1 l.
57 mryizc elg Xourpiz EIIOéTOl/C. In N. T. —Luc. Zeux. 10. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 4.
fit, meet, proper, Luke 9: 62 m'uc n10. u'g -—Trop. of the heart and life, right, true;
rr‘yv [3110. r. oilp. 14.: 35.——Sept. Ps. 32: Acts 8: 211'7xap51’a. 13: 10 6505c Kvpiou
6. Sussann. l5. Diod. Sic. 5. 37.-——By eiiflelag. 2 Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. and
impl. useful, Heb. 6: 7. "=15: 1 Sam. 12:23. Hos. H: 10. l K.
Eudéwg, adv. (59666.) straightwag, II: 33.
immediately, forthwith, Matt. 8: 3. l3: 5. b) won, as adv. of time, straight, im
Mark 1:31. Acts 12: IO. al. saap. Sept. mediately, forthwith, i. q. ewémg, Matt.
for “119 Job 5: 3.—Hdian. l. l. 7. Xen. 3:16. 13=20,21. Mark 1112,28. (11:
Cyr. 2'. 4. 18.—By impl. shorth , 3 John 2.) John 13:32. 19:34. 21: 3. ‘Comp.
14. AL. Buttm. § 115. n. 4'. § 117. l. Lob. ad
 E5196”); 325 Eilloyiw
Phr. p. 144. sq.—Jos. Ant. 11.6.9. 6. 8. In N. T. to fear, seq. pr’], Acts
Hdian; l. 7. 12. Ken. Cyr. 8. 8. 2. 23: 10 ei'lkafinoeig .5 xi)“ pr) oiamraaflfl
Examine, 'rn'roq, 1'7, (gt/06¢.) elrar'gbt. b Hal-Mag‘. Sept. for "I: 1 Sam. 18:29.
ness, trop. rectitude. Heb. 1:8 {365501; —1 Macc. 3: 30. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. l.
rbfll'rnrrog, i. q. fié€50§ cbfleia, a just Diod. Sic. 16. 22.—In reference to God,
sceptre, quoted from Ps. 45: 7, where to fear, to reverence, Heb. ll: 7. Sept.
Sept. for ""I'T'P. Comp. Buttm. § 123. for "9'? Zech. 2:13. "212 Nah. 1:7.
n. 4. See Tittm. de Synom. N. T. p. 146.
Ezixougiw, 5, t‘. flaw, (d'mmpog) Ezilacfig, tag, 05;, a, 1}, adj. (51'',
imperf. sbxulpovv and m’malpouv, for the M1 Gin/w, M18671!) pp. ‘ taking well
augm. see Buttm. § 86. 2; pp. to have 110 d,’ i. e. carefully, circumspectly,
good time, i. e. to have leisure, opportun. comp. 1E]. 11. An. 3. 13; hence cautious,
ity, etc. genr. Mark 6: 31 093:‘ ¢wyc7v circumspect, Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 2. Hdian.
m’mai or. 1 Cor. 16: 12.—Pol. 20. 9. 2. 8. 2. timid, fearful, Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2.
4.. P ut. Mor. II. p. 138. Tauchn. or ——In N. T. spoken in reference to God,
V I. p. 835. ed. R.-—So seq. rig final,to God-fearing, pious, devout, Luke 2: 25.
have leisure for, i. e. to spend one's time Acts 2: 5. 8: 2. Sept. for ""91: Mic. 7:
in any thing; Acts 17:21 'AOmIaIo: sic 2.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 4'. 21.
oi/Ee‘v Z-repov er'ncaz'povv, 1'] M-ynv K. 1'. X. Ezikoyéw, :3, f. r'ww, (cii, M3709)
-—So Phil. in Flacc. . 969 M1700; 3'
imperi'. nbM-yow, aor. 1 ewui'yfloa, for
io'riv Zyeuxalpoi'w 3m okaig xal. flkaa
the difi'. angm. see Buttm. § 86. 2; pp.
"plate—The word belongs only to the to speak well of, to commend, Isocr. 191.
atcr Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 125. B, roll/y; d-yufiolic Iivopag n'Ao-ye'iv. ib.
Evzmgl'u, as, h, (tiixarpocQfit time, Archid. 43. Polyb. 1. 14. 4. i. q. 511 Xe'yw,
opportunity, Matt. 26:16. Luke 22:6. which is preferred by Thom. Mag. p.
-—1 Macc. 11:42. El. V. H. 12. 10. 389. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 200. — In
Plato Phaedr. p. 272. A. Comp. Lob. N. T. to bless, trans. spoken
ad Phr. p. 126. a) of men towards God, to bless, i. e.
Efixmgog, 00, 5, 1", (n7 xmpég) to praise, to celebrate, sc. with ascriptions
well-timed, opportune, Mark 6: 21 of praise and thanksgivings; Luke 1:
yzvo'uz'vng flpe’pag el'maz'pou, coll. v. 19. 64 eitM-yfiw row 6661/. 2: 28. 24': 53. 1
Heb. 4: 16.—2 Macc. 14: 29. Hdian. 1. Cor. 14.: 16. James 3: 9. So Sept. and
4. 7 xmpog eiixatpog. Diod. S. 2. 4B. 3.7% l Chr. 29:10, 20. P . 16: 7. al.
EZMOUIEWQ, adv. (fl‘iti‘l‘llpOCJ in good szep.—2 Macc. 3:30. Jos. Ant. 7. 14'.
time, opportunely, Mark 14: 11. 2 Tim. 11.
4: 2 see in ‘Axaipug. — Ecclus. 18: 22. b) of men towards men and things,
Xen. Ag. 8. 3. to bless, pp. ‘ with praise and thanks
giving to invoke God's blessing upon,’
Eiixovrog, 0!), 6,1), (65, xo'1rog,) easy,
viz. (a) c. ace. of pers. expr. or impl.
facile, Ecclus. 22:15. Pol. 18. 1. 2.
In N. T. only neut. of comparative i. q. to pray for one's welfare, etc. Matt.
5: 44- eI’IXo-yei-rr rollg xa-rapwpe'rovc itpfic.
uixmru'rrepov, easier, lighter, Matt. 9: 5.
Mark 10'. 16 nfizlg ['Ina'oT/g] ring xz'ipac
19:24:. Mark 2: 9. 10:25. Luke 5:
Err’ mini sc. Til M18111, nithi'yu ail-rd.
23. 16:17. 18:25. Luke 2: 34. 6:28. 24: 50, 51. Rom.
Ezikoifism, ag, 1,, (S’Aafir'lg q. v.) 12: 14 bis. 1 Cor. 4:12. 1 Pet. 8: 9.
caution, circumspection, em. 1403. 1. So Melchisedec Abraham, Heb. 7: l, 6,
timidity, fear, Wisd. 117: 8. Hdian. 5. 2. 7. Isaac and Jacob their descendants,
5. In N. T. fear of God, reverence, piety. 11:20, 21. So Sept. for Gen. 14:
Heb. 5: 7. 1'2: 28. — Philo de Cherub. 19. 27.23, 27. 4.8:9,15, 20.—Jos. B.
p. 113 silk. 6:017. Plut. Camill. 21 ‘R96; J. 6. 5. 3 penult.—-(fi) c. ace. of thing
r6 Belay el'A. Diod. Sic. 13. 12 ult. expr. or impl. in N. T. only of food, a
See Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 14.6. meal, etc. to bless, i. e. to ask God's blen
Ezikagiouw, 06am, 1‘. firmpar, ing upon, genr. e. g. lip'rovg Luke 9: 16.
deport‘. Pass. (cilkagfig q. v.) to act with impl. Matt. 14': 19 zbko'yrpoe, Kai xkétmc
caution, to be circumspect, Xen. Mem. 3. x. r. A. Mark 6: 41. 8: 7. So of the
 Eiikoym'o'g 326
Lord's supper, where we may render
by impl. to consecrate, Matt. 26:26.
Mark 14:22. Luke 24:30. 1 Cor. 10:
16 To 1ror1')pwv 5 tu'hoym'rpev. So Sept. and
33;. of a sacrifice and feast, 1 Sam. 9:
13.—For the Jewish formulas of bene
diction at the pasohal supper, see Light
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 26. Comp.
Jahn § 354.
c) of God towards men, to bless, i. e.
to distinguish with favour, to prosper, to
make happy, 0. acc. Acts 3: 26 éuréa-reikev
mirbv ['Ina'oi/v] ebho'ym'wra iI/uic. Eph.
1:3 b 956;‘, b aiho'yr'laag flying in! m'ur‘r]
tu'ho-yi'q m'cvpuruf). Heb. 6: 14. niho'ydiv
uiho'yr'law as, quoted from Gen. 22:17
where Sept. for Heb. $135,133,, of which
this is an imitation; Winer § 46. 7.
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778. Stuart § 514.
Pass. to be blessed sc. of God, Gal- 3: 8,
9. Sept. genr. for ‘=12?! Gen. 24: 1,35.
Ps. 45: 3. 67: 2, 7. Pass. Is. 61: 9.—
Hence Pass. particip. perf. nilto'yqpivog,
blessed, favoured, sc. 01' God, happy ,- so
in joyful salutations, etc. e. g. of the
Messiah and his reign ,ebAo-y. 6 e'pxépcvog
iv dvéuan Kuplov, Matt. 21:9. 23: 39.
Mark 11:9,10. Luke 13:35. 19.38.
John 12: 13. So Matt. 25: 34 oi
EIJAOYfl/lél'ol 'l'Ol—I 1rarpdg. Luke 1: 28
Eiiho-ynpx'vn or) iv 'yuvaiEiv, i. e. blessed
above all women. v. 42 bis. So Sept.
and T1‘; Deut. 28:3. Ruth 3: 10. 1 Ebuwoiborog, 00, 5, 1'], adj. (a1,
Sam. 26:25.
Edkos/m'bg, 05, a, 1", adj. (eilho'yz'w),
blessed, in N. T. only of God, i. e
worthy of praise, adorable, Lat. vene
randus, Mark 14:61. Luke 1:68. Rom.
1: 25. 9: 5. 2 Cor. 1: 3. 11:31. Eph.
l: 3. 2 Pet. 1: 3. So Sept. and 1"‘;
Gen. 9:26. Ex. 18: 10. al. —— Tob. 8:
5, 15.—In Sept. spoken of men, for
'11‘; Deut. 33: 24. Ruth 3: 10.
Ebkoyla, as, i], (sliho'ye'm) eulogy,
commendation, Lycurg. 153. 35. Thuc.
2. 4-2. In N. T. in a bad sense, fair
speech, adulation, Rom. 16:18.—Else.
where in N. T. blessing, viz.
a) from men towards God, blessing,
praise, in ascriptions, implying also
thanksgiving; Rev. 7: 12 1‘; eiiAo-yia m2
1'] bétfa K. r. h. To? 959': ihuciv. 5: 12, 13.
——Jos. Ant. ll. 4. 2.
b) from men towards men and things,
blessing, i. e. benediction, invocation of
good sc. from God; upon persons, Heb.
Edvouxlzw
12:17. James 3: 10 zbhoyla mi xarépa.
So Sept. and “93?; Gen. 27: 12, 35 sq.
--Ecclus. 3: 8, 9. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44,
48. -- Also upon things, 1 Cor. 10: 16
rd 1ron'ppiov Eliho'yi'ac b zivhoyoiipev, the cup
of blessing, i. e. of benediction, consecra
tion, in allusion to the “313:! 5‘: drunk
at the paschal supper; comp. Light
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 27. Jahn
§ 354.
c) meton. blessing, i. e. favour con
ferred, yifl, benefit, bounty, viz. (a)
from God to men, etc. Rom. 15:29 iv
rhnpo'ipan silho'yiac roii aria-y. 'r. Xp. i. e.
in the full,abundant,blessings of the gos
pel. Gal. 3: 14 1'; ebhoyia rob 'Agpm'rp,
the blessing promised of God to Abra
ham and his seed, Eph.‘ l: 3. 1 Pet. 3:
9. Sept. and H??? Gen. 49: 25. Is.
65: 8.—Act. Thom. § 26.—So Heb. 6:
7 1'] yr‘; perahapfidvu tithe-yin; t’urb for?
9:06. Comp. "9:? ‘955.1, Sept. im'og
u'Ao-yiag, Ez. 34: 26.—(,3) from men to
men, gi , bounty, present,- 2 Cor. 9: 5
n‘p/ rpox. zi/Ao'yiav b/ui'w, i. e. your gift,
contribution. So Sept. and "213: Gen.
33: ll. 1 Sam. 25: ST. 2 K. 5: 15.
Hence by impl. for liberality, generosity,
2 Cor. 9: 5 1b; ebhoylav, xai yr) 1119
wheovcglav. v. 6 bis, E-rr' cbhoyiug as
adv. liberally, generously, comp. in 'En'
II. 3. c. 1].
‘um-(15136445) ready to impart, i. e. liberal,
bountiful, 1 Tim. 6: 18. — M. Antonin.
3. 14 ‘rd n’iperdborov mi abromflxo'v.
Eéw'xn, h. Eunice, pr. n. of the
mother of Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5.
Ebvoéw, f. flaw, (ziivoog fr. 217, roiig,)
to be welLminded, to be well-disposed,
c. 0. dat. Matt. 5:25 'ia'Bi ein'oa‘w To?
(:vnbixq) aou Taxi’), i. e. be reconciled.—
Hdian. 8. 8. ll. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. l.
Eifivom, mg, .3, (tbs/0602,) good will,
willing mind,- Eph. 6: 7 per’ Eilvoiag
bovhsilovreg. By euphemism, 1 Cor. 7 :
3 in text. rec.— l Macc. 11:33, 53.
Diod. Sic. l. 54.
Ebvovxlgw, f. io'w, (sin/017x09) to
eunuch, to make a eunuch ,- Pass. to be
made a eunuch, pp. Matt. 19: 12.—Jos.
Ant. 10. 2. 2.—Trop. ebvouxizzw iavrév,
to make one's self a eunuch, i. e. to live
like a eunuch in voluntary abstinence,
Matt. 19; 12.
 Eu'vozixog 327 Ezirrgo'osbgog
Evvoixog, 00, b, (tin/1'] bed, Ext“) Suid. nirrdpsapov' KaMDc mlpapz'yov Kai
pp. ‘ bed-keeper,’ keeper of the bed firm/exile.
chamber; hence eunuch, one who has Ebrrsifir'yg, tog, 05;, 5, 1), adj. (n7,
been emasculated, such persons only 1rct'60par,) easily persuaded, compliant,
being employed as the keepers of ori James 3: l7. — Hdian. 3. 8. 10. Xen.
ental harems. In N. T. Mem. 3. 5. 5.
a) pp. a eunuch, Matt. 19: 12 cbvm'zxoi Ebrregi'orarog, 0o, 5,, 1'], (n',
o'i TU’EQ eirv. inro ré'w EwOp. Sept. for nepiim-apar to stand around,) pp. ‘ stand
O‘TQ IS. 56:3, 4:. Esth. 2:14, [5.—
ing well around,’ i. e. easily besetting, as
Luc. Eun. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 60.— nirrsp. r'rpapria, Heb. 12: 1. So Chry
Trop. Matt. 19: 12 bis, of those impo sost. rflv ev'xohwc 1rcpz'iam'uz'vnv ilpfig.
tent from birth, and also of those who Comp. Elsner Obss. Sac. in 100. ——
live like eunuchs in voluntary absti Others, since wepla-maig sometimes sig
nence—Clem. Alex. PEd. 3. 4. Strom. nifies impediment, calamity, e. g. 2 Marc.
3. 1. 4: 16. Max. Tyr. Diss. 20. p. 207,
b) by impl. a minister of court, Acts translate Etirreplo’rarov apapriav by the
8: 27, 34, 36, 38, 39. Eunuchs often sin sofull ofperil, which so easily sub
rose to stations of great power and jects one to calamity. See Kypke Obss.
trust in eastern courts: so that the Sac. in loc.
term apparently came to be applied to
any high ofiicer of court, though not Ebroil‘a, as, .5, (eu'rrore'w,) 11,-ell
emasculated; so prob. Gen. 37: 6. 39: l, doing, i. e. a doing good, beneficence, lleh.
(comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 1,) where the 13: 16. ——Jos. Ant. 7. 15.1. Arrian.
Targum renders Heb. 9"‘)? by RF}? prince, Alex. M. 7. 28. 8. Luc. Ahdic. 25.
Sept. n’woi'lxoc. See Gesen. Lex. Heb. This word is disapproved of by Pollux
art. U‘TQ. — Comp. Hdot. 8. 105. Test. 5. 140, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 353.
XII Patr. p. 7l6 cipxrzuvoixog 1rapa To; Ebvrogéw, 5, t‘. firm, and as (le
‘bapaq'i, E'xun' 'yuva'ixag Kai 1ral\haxag mi pon. Pass. ru'vropéoum, 05pm, imperf.
Tik'ya. mirropoz'rpqv, (ziirropog well to live, pros
EboB/u, 06;‘, 1", Euodia, pr. name perous,) 'to be well to live, to be prosper
of a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2. ous, absol. Acts 11:29 moo; m'm'opc'iro
TIC. For the augm. see Buttm. § 86. 2.
Ebobo'w, 5, f. (bow, (eiiobog, fr. :5, Sept. for Fifi-‘5 Lev. 25: 26, 49. ~—- Pol.
6569,) to lead in a good way, to prosper 1. 66. 5. Luc. bis Accus. 27. Active,
one’; journey, pp. Scpt. for [1133 T15! Diod. Sic. 4.. 98. Xen. Mom. 2. 7. 4.
Gen. 24: 27, ["Ugfl] v. 48. Theophr. de Ebrrog/oz, as‘, .1‘), (w'rrapéu) pros
Caus. Plant. 5. 6. Trop. to make pros pcrily, gem. Xen. An. 7. 6. 37, coll. 38.
perous, to give success to, Sept. for 5''‘??? In T. abundance, u-caltb, Acts 19: 25.
Gen. 24': 21, 40. Neh. 2: 20.—In N. 'l‘. -- Diod. Sic. l. 45, 55. Xen. Cyr. 3.
only Pass. to be led in a good way, i. e.
3. 7.
a) pp. to have a prosperous journey.
Rom. l: 10 c'irrwc 1751) wore‘ eilobweiloopar Ez’firgérrsm, a;, i), (Erin-penile well
éXOe‘iv 'n'pbg into-lg. Others trop. as below. becominJgames
beauty, , fr. 1:
sir,11.1rpé1rer,) gracefulness,
Sept. for "1": Lam.
b) trop. to be prospered, 1 Cor. 16: 2
Squaupifwv, 5n silbbd'n'ai. 3 John 2 bis. 1.7. ‘53?? P5. 50; 2.-—-Jos. Ant. 1. 11.
Perhaps Rom. l: 10, ifIsball be pros 3. Thuc. 6. 31. '
pared, permitted, to come unto you. So Ebn'go'a'bexrog, ov, a, .7, adj. (n3,
Sept. for we: 1 Chr. 22:13. 2 Chr. 1rpm15e'xopau) well-received, i. e. accept
32: 30. Prov. 28: 13.—Test. XII Patr. able, approved, c. dat. Rom. ~15: 3].
p. 684. Hdot. 6. 73. 1 Pet. 2: 5. absol. Rom. 15: 16. 2 Cor.
Eb-rroigsbgog, ou, 5,1), (zii, mipebpog 8: l8.—Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 196. ult.—
assessor, Dem. 1332. 14,) pp. ‘ sitting By impl. favourable, as xarpog clirrp.
diligently by,’ i. e. assidrwus, c. c. dat. 2 Cor. 6: 2, i. e. a time of favour, from
1 Cor. 7; 35 1rpbg r6 einnipzbpov r9’: Is. 49: 6 where Heb. 153': "2, Sept. mrpr‘zc
Kupi’q), i. q. assiduity,devotedness. Text. bzxrric. .
rec. has ru'rrpdacbpov q. v. -— Hesych. et Ebrgo'csbgog, 00, b, ,7, adj. (n7,
 Edwgoawréa; 328 E65 1,0750)
2116055909,) pp. i. q. edm'tpsfipog, assidu 8 ou'oc'va ol'irwg E'rrrrr'lonov n'ipwxov. Xen.
ous; hence also r1‘) sui'rrpdrrsEpor, assi H. G. 7. 4. 2. Mem. 4. 3. 14.
dut'ty, devotedness, 0. dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 in b) tofind, so. by search, inquiry, etc.
text. rec. See in Eimépedpog—Comp. to find out, to discover, trans. (0) pp.
rpooeSpsz'm Jos. c. Apion. 1. 7. Diod. and absol. Matt. 7: 7 ("rein Kai cilpria'cre.
Sic. l. 63. v.8. (Arr. Epict. 4. 1.51 {first Kai
Ez’nrgoo'wn'e'w, 5, f. fiaw,(einrpo'au1roc u'lpr'yaug.) Seq. ace. of pers. expr. or
well-faced,beautit'ul, Sept. Gen. 12: 11. impl. Mark 1: 37 :caredt'wEav adroy, Kai
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. specious, Hdot. 7. eilpévreg av'fliv. Luke 2:45. John 7: 34,
168. Dem. 277. 4,) to make afin'r shew, 35. Acts 5:22. 8:40. 2 Tim. 1:17.al.
to strive to please, Gal. 6: 12.—Not Seq. accus. of thing expr. or impl. Matt.
found in the classics. 7: l4 (DU-yo: elaiv oi n'apiaxovreg adrr'lv so.
Thvm'ihnv. 12: 43. 13:46. Mark 11:13.
Etsgl’d'lal, f. efipfiaw, am‘. 1 unus. Luke 15: 4. John 10:9. Acts 7:11. al.
u'ipnaa Rev. 18: 14. JEsop. Fab. 131. So of a judge, after examination, John
comp. Winer§ 15. p. 79. Lob. ad Phr. 18: 38 E76! ol'iaqu'av alrlav ci'ipiaxw e'v
p. 7'21.--perf. ciipnka, aor. 2 259011, aor. cub-(‘7. 19:4, 6. Acts 13:28. 23: 9. al.
2 pass. u'lpe'Onv, nor. 2 mid. later eilpdprlv So Sept. and R3? of pers. Josh. 2:22.
once Heb. 9: 12. Pausan. 7. 11. 1. An 1 Sam. 9: 13. 10:21. ofthings, 1 Sam.
docid. 9, 7. see Buttm. §96. n. 1. marg. 9: 4. 2 K. 12: 10,18. comp. 1 Sam.
Winer§ 13. 1. Lob. ad Phr. p. 139. 29: 3, 6, 8.—Luc. Asin. 45. Xen. Cyr.
For the augm. not found in N. T. and 4. 2. 21. of things Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 23.
rarely elsewhere, see Buttm. § 84. n. 2. Vect. 4. 4. — Trop. in different
§86. 2. Winer § 12. 3. Lob. ad Phr. senses, viz. (l) sbplmcew Geo'v, to find
p. 140.—To find, trans. God, i. e. to be accepted of him on
a) gem. to find, so. without seeking, humbly and sincerely turning to him,
to meet with, to light upon. (a) p. and comp. in 'Et-Zrlréw c. Acts 17 : 27 (111171’
seq. ace. of pers. Matt. 18: 28 eupsv 'c'va row Gzdv u‘ apa-ys adrov ml n'ipolev.
TGW ovyEot'rAwv. John 1: 42, 44, 46. 2: Pass. Rom. 10: 20, quoted from Is. 65: 1
14. Acts 9:33. 28:14. Heb. 11:5. al. where Sept. and 8375;, as also 1 Chr.
Seq. ace. of thing, Matt. 13: 44. Luke 28: 9. — (2) spoken of computation,
4:17. 18:8. John 12:14. Acts 21: 2. measurement, etc. to find, to make out,
Sept. for R3,’; of pers. Gen. 4: 13. Acts 19: 19 ciapov i’zp'yvpz'ou luupldaag
1 Sam. 10: 2, 3. of thing Gen. 44:8. 1rc'v'rs. 27: 28 bis, n'lpov zip-ymac time‘!
Jon. 1: 3.—Hdian. 3. 2. 7. of thing, ib. x. r. )L—Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 18. H. G. 3. 2.
3. 8. 12. Xen. An. 4. 4. 13.—(Ii) Trop. 10.—(3) to find out mentally, i. e. to
to find, i. e. to perceive, to learn by ex invent, lo contrive, before an indirect
perience, sc. that a person or thing is clause with 115 expr. or impl. Luke 19:
or does so and so: the accusative usually 48 mix ciipwxov 11), TI 1ron'yawmv. Acts
having with it a participle or adjective, 4:21. Luke 5:19 pr) eilpdv'rsg 1roiag
viz. (l) 0.0. accus. et particip. comp. ziosvé'yxwcnv minim—Test. XII Patr. p.
Buttm. § 144. 4. b. Matt. 12: 44. 637 n'lpav, ri E'imopev. c. acc. Palaeph.
Mark 7: 30 et'apc Ta 3a: o'ywv e’Eehrfitvedg. 16. 9.
Luke 8: 35. 24:2. ohn 11:17. Acts 0) Mid. tofindfor one's self, i. e. to ac
9: 2. 2 John 4. al. So in the Pass. quire, to obtain, once 0. acc. Heb. 9:
construction, Matt. 1: 18 ‘spear, s'v 12 aim/lav Mrpmo'w eiapépevogn—Jos.
'yaa'rpl E ouaa. Luke 17: 18.—Hdian. Ant. 1.19. 1 565m’ aperfic cilpc'rpcvog.
8. 5. 2. )l’lut. Lucul. 13. Xen. Cyr. 2. Arr. Alex. M. 1. 7.16. Xen. An. 2.1.8.
2. 14.—(2) c. c. accus. et adj. or other —-So also the Act. in N. T. but less
adjunct, the ace. of (iv bein implied; often in classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn.
Acts 5: 10 01 vcam'mco: evpov al’rrfiv p. 140, to acquire, to obtain, to get, for
vcxpc'w. 24: 5. Rom. 7: 18. 2 Cor. 9: 4. one’s self or another; Matt. 10: 39 6
Rev. 2: 2. So in Pass. construction, zilpdw rfiv dmxfiv x. r. A. Luke 9: 12 Kai
Luke 9: 36 sl'Jpz'Bn pévog. Acts 5: 39. ciipwaw E-lrwma'pév. John 21: 6. Rom.
Rom. 7: 10. 1 Cor. 4: 2. 2 Cor. 5: 3. 4: l. Heb. 12: 1'7. Rev. 9: 6. 18:14.
1 Pet. 1: 7. Rev. 5: 4. al.—Hdian. 2. l. 0. dat. Matt. 11: 29 cilpr'los-re c'wa-iraucw
 EdgonMba/v 329 Eii'ruxo;
TGIC \Iwxaig ilfui'av. Acts 7: 46 zirpc'ii' Eddicwg, adv. piously, religiously,
arhvupa rq'a Gap"), comp. Sept. and '2 R513 2 Tim. 3: 12. Tit. 2: 12.—Jos. Ant. 8.
Ps. 132. 5. So Prov. a: 1:1. - Ecclus. 12. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13.
6: l6. Luc. Asin. 85. Hdian. 4. l3. 6.
—By Hebr. in the phrase eilplo'xew Ez'itminog, 00, 6,17, (:5, 017,411,) pp.
xliptv 1rapil 1'93 959;, to find grace, to ob ‘ well-marked,’ trop. of good omen, Plut.
tainfavour with God, Luke 1:30. ivu'nrwv J. Cass. 43. In N. T. distinguishable,
r017 Gcm'l', Acts 7: 46. absol. Heb. 4: so. by certain marks; trop. of speech,
16.. So ci/peiv {Moo raps‘; Kvpiou, 2 easy to be understood, distinct, 1 Cor. l4:
Tlm. 1: 18. Sept. and 1'3 N5‘; Gen. 6: 8. 9.—Pol. 10. 44. 3. Porphyr. de Abstin.
32: 5. 47:25. AL. 3. 4. Hesych. silonpov' c55nhor, pavspév.
Eugoxluban', wag, 5, Eumclydon, Ebo'arkwyxvog, av, 13, 13, (ab intens.
a tempestuous wind, Acts 27 : 14, from mrXé-yxvoy q. v.) tender-hearted, full of
Ebpog, Eurus, east-wind, and M65101! a pity, compassionate, Eph. 4: 32. 1 Pet.
wave. Comp. Heb. IP12, Sept. 1rye6pa 3: 8.-—Prayer of Manass. 6. Test. XII
fiiauw, Ps. 48: 8. Gesen. Lex. art. Patr. p. 537.
5‘72.--- Other Mss. read Eu'pvxhilbuv, Edam/1.6:“, adv. (cv'axr'ypwv,) be
Euryclydon ,t'rom alpin; broad, and nuts...» comingly, decorously, in a proper man
Cod.Alex. and theVulg. haveErJpaxi/Awv, ner,Rom. 13: 13. 1 Cor. 14:40. 1 Thess.
Euroaquilo. 4: 12.—Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 8, 9. Mem. 3.
, I
Euguxueogt out 67;,’ (‘5131,16, x690", I2. 4.
xépa) pp. ‘ broad-spaced,’ i. e. broad, Ebaxnpoobm, 2);, 1'1, (eda-xfiywv)
spacious, as 1‘; 6561;, Matt. 7: 13. Sept. becomingness, decorum, e. g. of dress, etc.
for 513'? Is. 30: 23.—Esdr. 9: 41. Jos. 1 Cor. l2: 23.——Diod. Sic. 5. 32. Xen.
Ant. 1.18. 2. uipvxmpia Xen. Cyr. 4. Cyr. 5. l. 5.
1. 18.
Etltl'xtifbwl', 090g, 4'), 1'], (Eb, dxfilua
Ebaéfiem, 06;, a", (swinging) piety, fr. E'Xw,) welljashioned, well-formed,
reverence, in N. T. only as directed to comely.
wards God, and denoting the spontane~ at) pp. 1 Cor. 12:24 ril'ezlo'xfipom
ous feeling of the heart, thus differing ilpfiw, sc. pa". -— Xen. Eq. 1. 17.-—
from fllAtigElG, see Tittm. de Synon. Metaph. 11‘: a‘laxnpoy,decoru1n, propriety,
N. T. p. 146; hence,godliness,religious 1 Cor. 7: 35.
ness, Acts 3:12. 1 Tim. 2: 2. 4: 7,8. b) trop. in the later Greek, of high
6: 3,5,6, 11. 2 Tim. 3: 5. Tit. 1:1. standing, honourable, noble; Mark 15:
2Pet.1:3,6,7. 3:11. Sept. tori-caps"; 43 criaxfipwv Bouhzvrr'lg. Acts 15:30.
Prov. 1:7. Is. 11: 2.— Jos. Ant. 3. 17: 12. — Jos. de Vita s. § 9. Plut.
2. 3. Diod. S. 19. 7. Xen. A . 3. 5.— Parall. l5. orVII. p. 230. ed. R. Comp.
Meton. for religion, the gospe scheme, Phr n. et Lob. p. 333. H. Planck in
1 Tim. 3: 16. Comp. Jos. c. Apion. l. Bib . Repos. I. p. 645.
12 1'] Kll'l'él 'roiig miluoug 1rapabebope'vn
Ebro/MIG, adv. (eirrovoc, fr. cl", rein»)
slias'gcta.
intensely, i. e. powerfully, vehemently,
Etitd'icéw, 5, f. {lo-w, (nlazgfig) to be Luke 23: 10. Acts 18: 28.—Sept. Josh.
pious towards any one, 0. c. accus. Matth. s; 8. Diod. Sic. 11.65. Xen. Hi. 9. 6.
§ 413. 11; e. g. towards God, to rever
ence, to worship, Acts 17: 23. towards Ebrgavreli'a, as‘, #1, (airpdnzhoc
parents, etc. ‘1310:! olxov, to respect, to well-turned, courteous, sportive, fr. :5,
honour, 1 Tim. 5: 4.—Jos. Ant. 10. 3. 2 rpe'1rw,) pp. urbanity, Jos. Ant. .12. 4.
3. Cic. E . ad Div. 7. 32. humour, wit,
row 956v. Isocr. 26. B, n‘: mp1 1'. 6:06;.
genr. Xen. H. G. l. 7. 26. Plut. M. nton. 43. _ Diod. Sic. l5. 6.
In N. T. in a bad sense, levity, jesting,
Edaegrig, 50;, 017;, 5, .7, adj. (ab, frivolous and indecent discourse, Eph.
aé€opa:,) pious, in N. T. towards God, 5: 4.—Aristot. Ethic. 1. 31. Diod. Sic.
religious, devout, Acts 10:2, 7. 22: 12. 20. 63 n‘yv Ev ro'ig mimic nirpaireht'av.
2 Pet. 2. 9. Sept. for p'sr-s 18.24: 16.
26: 7.-—Ecclus. 11: 17, 22. Xen. Mem. Ebruxog, 00, b, Eutychus, pr. 11. of
4.. 6. 2,4,. a youth, Acts 20: 9.
 'Ell¢77,lb[06 330
Ewplhulla, 05;, 1", (n'ltprligpg) words
of good import or omen, lut. ed. R.
VI. 125. 8. Jos. 10. 11. 7. acclamation,
Hdian. 1. 13. 13. In N. T. good report,
good fame, 2 Cor. 6: 8. — Diod. S. 1. 2.
El. V. H. 3. 417.
Eutvfllbogi 0”, c". 1'1. ("7, MM. 4min’)
pp. ‘ well-spoken, well-worded;' hence,
of good import, erllpr'lpolg oiowoig Dion.
llal. Ant. 1. 16. Iaudatorg, c. g. Myovg
Pol. 31. 14.. 1. In N. T. ofgoodreport,
praiseu'orthg, laudable, Phil. 4.: 61.—An
thol. Gr. IV. p. 183, aio’xpav in’ calzpr'lpotg
565m! e'vz-yxape'vg.
EU¢0§§N, (d, f. flaw, (silzpopoc, ¢épw,)
to bear well, to yield abundantly, intrans.
spoken of the earth, Luke 12: 16.—
Jos. B. J. 2. 2|. 2 or’lanc be‘ 71'); I‘aluhalag
e'luuocpbpov, pc'ihwra xal rdrs uhpopgkulag.
SO ei'mpopog t'crtile, Hdian. l. 6. 3.
Efl¢fallmh f. am], (ppr'lv, Eiltppwv
glad-minded,) t0 mahe glad-minded, to
make glad, to cause to rejoice, trans.
Mid. and aor. 1 pass. in mid. signif.
Buttm. § 136. 2, to be glad, to rlg'ox'ce, to
exalt, intrans.
a) gem. in Act. once, 2 Cor. 2: 2 ml
'n'c inn» 6 ev'ppalvuv '15; Sept. for comp. Buttm. § 134. 6, and n. 2. — .lu
hi2‘? Ps. 19; 9. - Ecclus. 4: 21. Xen. dith 8: 22. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. Arr.
Cyr. 8. 7. 12. — Mid. Luke 15:32 Epict. 1. 4,. 32. Diod. Sic. 16. 11. ab.
eiizppavefivm be‘ xal apfival :58!- Acts 2: sol.
26. Rom. 15: 10. ev. 11:10. 12:12. Spoken of giving thanks before meals,
Gal. 4,: 27, comp. Is. 54.21. c. c. Ev TLVI. etc. seq. r153 Oeqi, Acts 27:35. Born.
- Acts 7: 4.1. e'm' rwa v. run’, to rejoice 14: 6 bis. absol. Matt. 15: 36. 26: 27.
over, Rev. 18:20. Sept. for 1!: Dent.
32: 43. Is. 12:6. W55? 1 Chr. 16:10,
31. 0. iv 1 Sam. 2: l.——1F.l. V. H. 2.
21. Xen. (Ec. 9. 12. c. Ev ib. Hi. 1.
16. c. in! ib. Conv. 7. 5.
b) as connected with feasting, Mid.
to rejoice, to be merry; Luke 12:19
(pd-ye, m's, ziltppalvov. 15: 23, 24.. Sept.
for 71?? Deut. 14.: 26. 27: 7. -— Horn.
0d. 2.311. ml. V. H. 10.9. Xen. Conv.
1. 15. -— Hence by impl. simply, for to
feast, to banquet, Luke 15: 29. 16: 19.
Eb¢flifl7$3 0!), 6, Euphrates, Heb.
PT? Gen. 2: 14,, a large and celebrated
river of western Asia, rising in the
mountains of Armenia, and flowing
through Syria and Mesopotamia into
the Persian gulf. Rev. 9: 14'. 16:12.
See Calmet art. Babylonia.
Ebxagwr/a
Bil/{0506211777, 7);, 1", (sil¢pwv,) glad
ness,jog, Acts 2: 28. 14: 17. Sept. for
715?‘? Estb. 9:18, 19. Ps. 4|: 8. —— Ec
01115.4: 13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7.
Ebxagw'réw, :5, f. 13m, (5.5039,.
m-og,) aor.1 zu'xapia'rrlo'a and nllxapio'rno'a
Rom. 1: 21 in later edit. Buttm. § 86.
2; pp. ‘ to shew one's self grateful,’ i. e.
to requz'te a favour, i. q. 8156"“ Xl'ipw,
Dem. 257. 2. In later Greek and in
N. T. to give thanks, to thank, i. q. 515:’
vcu xdpw, to express one's gratitude,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18 ; c. 0. dat. of per
son, Luke 17:16 ulxa urrév mint? sc.
'Iqaoii. Rom.16:4..-— os. Ant. 14. 10.
7. Plot. dc Garrul. c. 7 pen. — Else.
where in N. T. used only in reference
to God, to give thanks to God, usually
seq. 11,5 Gag’: etc. and also other adjuncts,
as with wept’, b1rép, 511, Two, etc. Luke
18: 11 b papwaloc raiira 1rpocmbxero' b
9569, nixapwrfi; 001 x. 1'. A. John 11: 41.
Acts 28: 15. Rom. 1:8. 7:25. 1 Cor.
1: 4, 14. 14: 18. Eph. 5: 20. Phil.
1:3. Col. 1; 3,12. 3:17. 1 Thess. 1;
2. 2: 13. 2 Thess. 1: 3. 2: 13. Phi
lem. 4.. Rev. 11:17. absol. Eph. 1: 16.
1 Thess. 5: 18. Pass. 0. ace. 2 Cor. 1:
ll 'Zi/a Ev'xapw'mefl [rq'i Gzq'i] Tb xr'lpwpa,
Philo de Somn. p. 1145. A. -
Mark 8: 6. 14: 23. Luke 2'2:17,19.
John 6:11, 23. 1 C01’. 10: 30. 11:24.
—By impl. for to praise, to bless, to war
ship, Rom. 1:21. 1 Cor. 14: 17 xahig
aixapwrc'lg, correspondingr to ev'hoyr’lagg
in v. 16.
Ebxagm'rla, 12;, 1'1, (zdxr’rpwrog)
gratitude, thanhfuhwss, Acts 24.: 3. ——
Philo de Plant. Noe p. 231. Dem. 256.
19. — In Paul’s writings and Rev.
thanksgiving, thanks, i. e. the expression
of gratitude to God; so seq. dat. 71;:
951;‘: etc. comp. in Erlxapwréw, and
Matth. §390. 2 Cor.9: 11,12. Rev.
4.: 9. 7:12. genr. 1 Cor. 14,: 16. 2 Cor.
4:15. Phil. 4,: 6. Col. 2:7. 4: 2.
lThess. 3: 9. 1 Tim. 2: 1. 4: 3, 4,.
S0 in the Pauline usage Eph. 5: 4,
where others grateful discourse.—Aquil.
 Eoxoigwrog 331 'E¢d70.oua1
for =25“ Am. 4: 5. Wisd. 16:28. gem‘. 13. c. 1rp6g 2 Macc. 9:13. Xen.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 25. P01. 8. l4. 8. Mem. l. 3. 2. inre'p Act. Thom. § 9.
Ehxoigmrog, 0v, 6, 13, (n7, b) by impl. to pray for, i. e. to wish
for, to desire earnestly, c. accus. et infin.
XapiZouaiQ grateful, i. e. pleasing, Xen.
Acts 27: 29 rlit' ov-ro fi'uc'pau yer/ideal.
Prov.
Cyr. 2.II:
2. 16.
1. —Sept.
In yum)
N. T.mix.
grateful,
for 1?.‘ i. e.
Rom. 9: 3. 3 ohn 2. c. acc. rain-o,
2 Cor. 13:9. Sept. for ‘(EU Jer. 42: 22.
thankful, full of gratitude to God, Col.
3: 15.—Jos. Ant. [6. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. -— hischin. Dial. 3. 6. Xen. An. 1. 4.
7, l7.’ Conv. 4. 33.
8. 3. 49.—Others, by impl. well-pleas
ing, acceptable, so. to God. Others, lib 131576511610?’ w. a, :1, adj. $5 in
eral, as in Diod. Sic. 18. 28. tens. xpdofiag) very useful, 2 im. 2:
, I ~ 21. 4:11. Philem. ll. _ Sept. Prov.
Eflxfl, 77C, 1'], (eiixopat) 1. prayer,
ll: 16. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. Mem.
sc. to God, James 5:15, coll. v. 16. 3. 8. 5.
Sept. for 535.1‘? Job 16: 17. Prov. 15:9.
-——2Eschin. Dial. 3.10. Xen. Conv. Ez'qbvxéw, 5, f. {Ia-m, (cihlavxoc,
8. l5. \Luxr'h) to be animated, to be in good
2. a vow, spoken of the vow of the spirits, Phil. 2: 19. —- Anth. Gr. IV.
Nazarite, Acts 21: 23. So Sept. for p. 275. So nhlmxia good spirits, cour
‘~73 Num. 6: 2,21. See Num. 0. 6. age, Dem. 1408.15. Plut. ed. R. VIII.
Jahn §395. In the case of indigent 318; 2.
Nazarites, it was customary among the EI'IwBI'w, 11;, 17, (zoom, fr. 55...,
Jews for others to be at the expense of pf. i55w5a,) good odour, su-eet savour, fra.
the sacrifice by which their vow was grance, pp. Ecclus. 24: 15. Xen. Conv.
terminated, who thus became partners 2. 3. In N. T. only trop. of persons or
in their vow; see the passages from the things welLpleasin to God, 2 (‘on 2:
Rabbins cited by Wetstein in 100. and I5. Eph. 5: 2. hi]. 4: 18. Comp.
Jos. Ant. 19.6. 1. --Acts 18:18 x54 ('1 Sept. and 8.1""? U"? Lev. 1:9, 13, 17.
,un'oc rr‘lv xupahr‘p' iv Kc'yxpeaig, all‘: Num. 28: 13. also Test. XII Patr.
751p el'rxr’lv, prob. a votum civile, usual p. 547.
among the Jews as well as the Gentiles, Ez'm'uuaog, 0!), b, 1'), (51", halopa)
by which persons in distress or danger pp. of good name, honoured, Hes. Theog.
or any necessity vowed in case of deliv 409. Find. 01. 2. 13. Hence, of good
erance to cut off their hair and offer omen, used by way of euphemism in.
sacrifices in honour of God; see espec. stead of t’ipwrepég, the left, which was a
Jos. B. 12.15. 1. Luc. de Merc. word of ill omen, since all omens on
cond. l. Luc. Hermotim. 86. Diod. the left were sinister or regarded as un.
Sic. l. 18. comp. Wetstein in loc. fortunate by the Greeks, and in part bly
Some, supposing such a vow to be the Romans; see Potter's Gr. Ant. .
inconsistent with Paul's views, refer p. 323. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 301.
xzipépcvog to ’Am'1)\a¢. Others suppose Viger. p. 92.—In N.T. the left, spoken
the vow of a Nazarite to be meant.— chiefly of the left hand, in opp. to the
Diod. Sic. l. 83. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10. right, Matt. 20: 21, 23. 25: 33, 41. 27:
Eiixoum, r. Eopm, depon. Mid. as. Mark 10. 37,40. 15. 27. of the
imperf. eJXd/mv et qv'xopqv, Buttm. $86. left foot, Rev. 10:2. So adverbially,
2, pp. ‘to speak out, to utter aloud ;' Acts 21: 3 xarahnrow-rec ailrfiv euévvluov,
hence, to pray, so. to God, Xen. An. 4. i. e. on the left hand. Sept. for Ema;
3. 13. to vow, Xen. An. 4. 8.25. to Josh. 23: 6. Neh. B: 6.-—Hd0t. 7. 109.
boast, P0]. 5. 43. l.—In N. T. only in P01. 5. 7. ll. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.
,E¢a,>\7\0fb¢l, f. ahoiifuu, (el‘lrt',
the first signif. to pray, viz.
a) pp. to God, 0. dat. r§ 9:453, Acts (ilthopag) to leap or spring upon, i. e. to
26: 29, see in ’A11 I. l. a. 1rpoc row assault, seq. e'rri c. acc. Acts 19: 16.
6:611 2 Cor. l3: 7. absol. et seq. inrz'p Sept. for "l?! of n‘; 1rvcz7pa rushing upon
rim James 5: 16. Sept. for 5k??? Num. Saul, ] Sam. 10:6. 11:6. 16:13.—
11:2. 21: B. ‘D! 'EX. 8: 29, 30. —C. Hom. I]. ll. 42L of mounting a horse,
dat. Demosth. 225. l. Xen. An. 4. 3. 0. dat. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 526.
 Twang 332 'Etveafib
’E¢m'7r06%, adv. (E'm', &1raE,) lit. 'EPwus’apou, 05am, aor. 9
‘ upon once,’ i. e. once, once for all, Rom. CI¢LK6PI1V (é'rrl, ixve'opac,) to come upon or
6: 10. Heb. 7: 27. 9: 12. 10: 10. to any one, to arrive at, seq. (‘ixpt 0. en.
So 1 Cor. 15:6 once, i. e. not several 2 Cor. 10:13. seq. sic c. ace. 2 or.
times—Luc. Demosth. Enc. 21. 10: 14.—Pol. 3. 81. 3. Xen. Cyr.1. l. 5.
'E¢w7v0§, r], or, Epllesian, of ’E¢I’d'7'fl[hl, f. Erw'rfia'w, (Ext/lamp.)
Ephesus, Rev. 2: l in text. rec. trans. toplace upon or over, Hdian. 5. 6.
'Eqbs'amg, I'a,. 0v, Epbesian, an 15. Xen. H. G. 3. l. 7. to set over,
Ephesian, Acts 19: 28, 34, 35 bis. 91: Xen. Lac. 2. 1.—In N. T. only in the
29. intransitive forms, Act. aor. 9 E'rréa'rnw,
"Ewm, 0v, ;,, Ephesus, a 6816 pert. particip. e’tpzo'nbc, and Mid.
e'plarapat, to place one's self upon or near,
brated city, the capital of Ionia, on the
western coast of Asia Minor, between
to stand upon, by, near, etc. See Buttm.
Smyrna and Miletus. It contained a \5107. II. land 3.
a) pp. of persons, to stand by, near,
temple of Diana, so splendid as to be
etc. gem‘. Luke 2: 38 not aim) abrfl rfi
reckoned one of the seven wonders of
the world. YVhen this was burnt by abpq i-rrm-rdo'a x. r. A. Acts 22: 13, 20.
-
0. dat. of pers. Acts 23: ll. seq. ism’ TL
the fool Herostratus in A. C. 356, in
Acts 10: 17. 11:11. Emir“: rwog, to
order to immortalize his name, it was
stand by and over, Luke 4: 39. Sept.
rebuilt at the common expense of all
for ‘"3! 1 Sam. 17:51. Zech. 1:.10,11.
Greece. See Pausan. 7. 2. Pliny 5.
c. Em’lm 2 Sam. 1: 9. for =3? Gen. 24:
37. Strabo 14.948. Here was also
gathered one of the chief Christian 43. Amos 9: 1. ——Dem. 346. 2. Xen.
churches of the apostolic age. Acts 18: Conv. 2. 7. 0. dat. Luc. D. Deor. l7. 2.
O. Em’ Pol. 4|. 40. l.
I9, 21,241. 19: 1,17, 26. 20:16, 17
b) implying also approach, to come
I Cor. 15: 32. 16:8. Eph. 1:1. 1 Tim.
and stand by, to come to or upon any
1:3. 2 Tim. 1:18. 4:12. Rev. 1:11. person or place; Luke 20: l Zrrs'o-rqo'av
See Calmet, art. Ephesus.
0i apxups'ic x. r. h. 10: 40.—Dem. 66.
’E¢wgz'rri§, 017, b, (Etpevplo'xw to 23. Hdian. 3. 12, 18.—So with the idea
find upon sc. any one, Hom. ()d. 24. ot'sudden appearance, Acts 12: 7 6772M:
14.5. to invent, Pind. Pyth. 12. 13,) Kupiou Evréorq. c. dat. Luke 2:9. 24.:
an inventor, dwiser,R0m. 1: 30 c’ cups-rag l1'.-—Plut. Amat. Narr. 3. Hdot. 5. 56.
martin—Comp. Kama-IV u'lpcral, hilo in -—-In a hostile sense, to come upon, to
Flacc. p. 968. assail, genr. Acts 6: 1'2. 23: 27. c. dat.
Twine/w, as, 1", (in/“Pom Acts 4:1. 17: 5. Sept. for “135,! Jer. 21:
not found in the classics; in Sept. pp. 2.—JOS. Ant. 7. ll. 1
daily service of the priests in the temple, c) trop. (a) of persons, to standfast
for mask? 2 Chr. 13:10, comp. v. 11. by, i. e. to be instant, pressing, earnest;
Esdr. 1: 16. Suid. 1'; H79 hpe'pag 2 Tim. 4: 2 irrio'rnflt elixaipwg c'ixaipug
Auroup-ytm—Hence in N. T. meton. a sc. xr'pbn'awv 'rov )ui-yovr—Dem. 70. 16.
course, class, into which the priests of things, e. g. evil, to come upon,
were divided for the daily temple-ser to fall upon, to befall, seq. E1rl 0. sec.
vice, each class continuing for a week at Luke 21: 34. c. dat. l Thess. 5: 3. So
a time, Luke 1: 5, 8. See in 'Afiui, and ot'a tempest, Acts 28: 2.—Wisd. 6: 5,8.
comp. l Chr. c. 84,. 2 Chr. 8: 14. Jos. 19: 1. 56¢.“ Pol. 18. 3. 7.—In the
Am. 7. 14.. 7. So Sept. for he}?! sense of to impend, to be at band, 2 Tim.
1 Chr. 23; 6. 28:13. "1333’? Neh. 12. 4.: 6 1': W95; Ecpz'a-rnm—Jos. Ant. ‘2. 4|. 3.
24.. 1'13??? 2 Chr. 25:8. Neh. 12:9. Dem. 287. 5.
—Esdr. l: 8. ,E¢fllffb, b, indec. Ephraim, Heb.
r I
Etvweog, 0v, 6,17. 5111-_ £11, new.)
,
"77515., in N. T. pr. n. of a town or
pp. ‘ for the day,' a if fipépav 17:11, i. e. city, John 11: 54. Eusebius says it
ephemeral, Thuc. 9. 52. In N. T. daily, was 8 Rom. miles north of Jerusalem,
James 9:15 rfic e'qmpe'pov rpo¢fic.— while Jerome with more probability
Diod. Sic. 3. 32 ring ionpipwg rpoqtég. makes the distance 20 Roman miles,

’E<p¢¢0.i 333
Onomast. in voc. Josephus mentions
Ephraim and Bethel as being small
towns, apparentl near each other,
B. J. 4. 9. 9. C‘omp. 2 Sam. 13:23.
2 Chr. l3: l9. Reland Palaest. p. 765.
Rosenm. B. Geogr. II. ii. p. 148.
,E¢¢¢902, Epbpbatha, an Aramean
imperative, i. q. Biavoz'xerln, be opened,
Mark 7:34. It comes from the verb
"9:5 to open, and is either for imper.
Niphal "DE-‘.1, or imper. Ithpahel. "P58.
“Ezflgu, d5‘, 1‘], (pp. fem. of e'xOpég)
enmity, hatred, Luke 23: 12. Rom. 8: 7.
Gal. 5: 20. James 4: 4. Sept. for 1'15?’
Num. 35: 20. Prov. 26: 26. -— Hdian.
3. 6. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 10.—Meton.
cause ofenmily, Eph. 2: 15, 16.
‘Exllgrig, 05, 61!, (2,4109) 1. Pass.
bated, odious, object of enmity; Rom.
11:28 Exflpoi 51’ {11469, in antith. with
(warn-rot’. — Wisd. 15: 18. 1'01; 9507c
ixfipo'g 1131. V. H. 2. 93. Xen. Cyr. 5.
4. 35.
2. Act. inimical, hostile. a) pp. as
adj. Matt. 13: 28 c'xepog dvfipmroc, i.e.
an enemy. Rom. 5: 10 e'xflpol (‘in-sc.
Col. 1: 21.—Sept. Esth. 7: 6. Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 15. 11). 4. 4. 17.
b) as subst. 6 e'xflpo'c, an enemy, adver
sary, Buttm. § 123. 3. (a) gem. and
seq. gen. of pers. Matt. 5: 43, 44. 10:
36. 13: 25. Luke 1: 71, 74. 6: 27, 35.
19: 27, 4.3. Rom. 12: 20. Gal. 4.: 16.
8 Thess. 3: 15. Rev. 11:5,12. 0. gen.
of thing, Acts 13: 10. So Sept. for =28
Gen. 49. 8. Lev. ‘26: 7. al. seep—Dem.
1121. 12. Thuc. 6. 18.—([3) of the ad.
versaries of the Messiah, seq. gen. Matt.
98: 44 Ewe ("11' sq:- roiig e'xapoiic aou
1.1016510.’ x.-r.)\. so Mark 12: 36. Luke
20: 43. Acts 2:35. 1 Cor. 15; 25. Heb.
1: 13. 10: 13. also 1 Cor. 15: 26. Phil.
3: 18 1'01? navpofi. 50;)‘. T01‘; Gem": James
~ Mark 8: 18. (Palaeph. 32. l.) like 24:
414.—(-y) spec. a Exfipoc, the adversary,
Satan; Luke 10: 19 Earl micron 11):!
(lira/.40’ rot-1 Exflpoii, comp. v. 18. So
Matt. 13: 39.—Test. XII Patr. p. 657, power, faculty, dignity, etc. John 4.;
658. Act. Thom. § 29, 30.
E7667“, 779'’ i1, [EXLQJ a viper, Acts
28: 11.—Diod. Sic. 2. 43. Luc. Alex. 10.
— Trop. of wicked men, yewr'ypara
Exzovu'w, progeny of vipers, Matt. 3: 7.
12: 34. 23: 33. Luke 3: 7. — Eurip.
Ion. 1211211276.]
llExw
"Exw, f. 25w, also axfiaw, imperf.
elxov, aor. 2 's'o-Xov, perl'. Zrrxnm, see
Buttm. 4) 114 sub voc. to have, to hold,
i. e. to have and bold, implying continued
having or possession, trans.
8.) pp. and primarily, to have in one's
hands, to hold in the hand; Rev. 1: 16
E'Xwv e’v Ti) 5554': airroi xupl c’w'rz' ac E-n'ni.
6:5. 10:2. 17:4..—-Hom. I. 1. 14.
Ev xcpalv 'z'xwv. al. step. Luc. D. Deor.
ll. 2 r5 Muipe‘yi my. comp. Hdot. 7.
16.—So by impl. Iatt. 26: 27. Heb. 8:
3. Rev. 3:1. 5:8. 6:2. 8:3,6. 9:
14. al.
b) gem. and most frequently, to have,
to possess, sc. externally. (a) c. accus.
of things in one's possession, power,
charge, control, etc. 1) gem. and
simply, e. g. property, att. 13: 12.
19: 21, 29. Mark 10: 22, 23. Luke 18:
24. 21: 4. al. ,unoc‘v Exew, to have nothing,
to be poor, 2 Cor. 6: 10. (Hom. ll. 2.
282. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 9.) Hence in later
usage, Excw simply, with n‘; xpr'lpam
or the like impl. to have 0. much, to be
rich etc. and on’: v. pr) 's'xew, to have not,
to bepoor, Matt. 13:12. 25: 29. 1 Cor.
11:22. 2 Cor. 8:11, 12. James 4: 2.
——Palaeph. 49. l. Dem. 1123. 25. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 44, coll. 45. — So of flocks,
1rp6§arov Exew Matt. 12: ll. (Luc. D.
Deor. 4.. 2 ult.) of produce, estates, etc.
Luke 12: 19. 13: 6. Khnpovolulav trop.
Eph. 5:5, and pipe; pen’: rwoc John
13: 8,comp. Gen. 31: 14. Num. 18: '20.
Deut. 12: 12. —— Of arms, utensils, etc.
Luke 22: 36 bis. Rev. 18: 19. (Luc. D.
Mort. ll. 1.) garments, Luke 3: ll.
9: 3. provisions, Matt. 14: 17. Mark 8:
1, 2, 5, 7. John 2: 3. 1 Tim. 6:8.
(Hdian. 3. 9. 11. Xen. An. 2. a. 27.)
a home, place, etc. Matt. 8: 20. Mark
5: 3. Luke 12: 17. members or parts of
the body, u'n'a Matt. 11:15. 6 611M106;
39. Rev. 9: 10. Acts 11:3 dxpogva-riav
E'Xovrec,uncircumcised,gentiles. napalm’,
heart, trop. Mark 8:17. 9 Pet. 2: 14.
44. 6: 68. 17:5. Heb. 2:14. 7: 24.
Rev. 9:11. 16: 9. 17:18. —-Palaaph.
29. 3. Plut. Cat. Min. 16. Xen. Cyr.
1. 6.11.--So of any 00d, advantage,
benefit, etc. fuatiév llfatt. 5: 46. xc’ipw
:rpoc n‘w may, i. e. favour with, Acts 9:
47. (Sept. for “$2 Ex. 33: 12,) Acts
 HExw
334
24:16. Rom. 4:2. 5: 2. 9: 10. m’rnv
faith, as a gift etc. 14:22. 1 Cor. 13:
2. James 2: 1, 14, 18. {why ala'wiov
John 3: 36. 6: 40, 47, 53, 54. al.—Of
a law, etc. John 19:7. 1 Cor. 7:25.
1 John 4: 21. So of age, years, John
8: 57. 9: 21.—Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 2. Xen.
Cyr. l. 6. 34.—Of a ground of com
plaint, etc. seq. Kurd rwoc or ms; 'ru'a,
Matt. 5:23. Acts 19: 38. 24:19. 25:19.
1 Cor. 6: 1. Rev. 2:4, 14, 20. or a
ground of reply, 2 Cor. 5:12. Of a
delinite beginning and end, Heb. 7:3
[sf/re zipxilv ilyepév fire Zwfig‘ re'hoc Exwv
—(-2) With an adjunct qualifying the
accusative, e. g. an adj. or particip. in
the accus. Acts 2: 44 elxoriirravra xoiwi.
Acts 20:24 obEE Exu rip! \l/vxiyv you
ripr'av nor do Ihold my li a dear. Luke
19:20. So with a noun in apposit.
1 Pet. 2: 16 pi) o'lg e'mxdhvjipa Exox'rec
rfic xaxiag 'rr)v e'MvBepiav. — Luc.
1: 4. Rev. 4: 7,8.—Plut. Cat. Min. 5.
Deor. 9. l romiba yap rr)v K£¢G>\7‘1V Exec.
—(3) By impl. with the notion of Diod. Sic. 5. 13.
charge, trust, etc. Rev. 1: 18 'e'xw rag c) spoken of what one is said to have
Khcic 'roi': sawirov. l2: 12. 15:1, 6, in or on, by or with himself, i. e. of any
Exovrag whn'yizc e'rrrci A‘. r. )L—Dcm. 1 153.
41.—(4) In the sense of to have at hand,
to have ready, 1 Cor. 14:26 Exaarog
\Izahludv 'e'xu K. r. A.
c. accus. of person, implying
some special relation or connexion, viz.
(I) gem. and simply, e. g. of a husband
or wile, Matt. 14: 4 mix Essen’ 60L Exsul
(uh-1'11’ sc. as a wife. 22: 28. Mark 12:
23. al. John 4: l7 1'] yum) clrrev' 01h.‘
E'xw iivBpa. v.18. Comp. Schaef. ad
Greg. Cor. p. 931.—Schol. Ven. ad 11.
6. 398 1'; yap yum) Exeragb 5e‘ dw‘lp EX“
()dyss. 4. 569. Luc. D. Mort. 16.1.—
So ('tdelupouc Exew Luke 16: ‘28. c’lpxt
epe'a Heb. 4:14. (bra-rev Plut. Cat. Min.
21.) bee-Ironic 1 Tim. 6: 2. oixowi 01/
Luke 16: 1. re'xva Tit. l: 6. moi/g
Gal. 4: 22. (lather Luke 11:5. xilpag
1 Tim. 5; 16. etc. etc. Matt. 9: 36. 27:
16,65. Luke 4:40. John 5:7. Rev.
2: 14,15. al.—Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 11. An.
3. 4. 13.—(2) VVith an adjunct qualify
ing the accus. e. g. a noun in apposit.
Matt. 3: 9 1rare'pa Zxopev rdv 'Agpadlu.
John 8: 41. Acts 13:5 elxov be‘ Kai
'Iwdvvnv inrrypz'rnv. Phil. 3: 17. Phil
em. 17. Heb. 12:9. (Diod. Sic. 4.
61.) With an adj. or particip. in
the accus. Luke 17:7 Boilhov Zxwv
riporprdivra. 14: 18,19 {Xe ,ue imp -
rnpz'vov. 1 Cor. 7: 12,13. Phil. 2: 20,
29. (Hdian. I. 16.9.) $0 with a prep.
and its case, Acts 25: 16 1rplv i] we.
a-pdoonroy 5x0: TOllL‘ xarrl'yopoug. Matt.
26: 11 7PTUXO|1C Zxcre lust? Eavro'w.
John 12:8. (Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 17.) So
E'Xew 13¢‘ Eaurév Matt. 8: 9. Luke 7:8.
EqS' Eauroii Rev. 9: 11.
(y) where the subject is a thing, to
have, implying the existence of some
thing in or in close connexion with the
subject; 0. ace. of thing, Matt. 13:5
orb.- elxe 'yr'lv 1roMr'1v—Eiil 76 ,m) Exuv
fiéOoc yfic. v. 6, 27. Luke 11: 36. 20:
24. Acts 27:39. 30 Acts 1: 12 iipoc
oaggdrou Zxov 6561/, having a sabbath
day's journey, i. e. being thus far from
the city. 1 Cor. 12:23. 1 Tim. 4: 8.
2Tim.2: 17 vopfiv 25:: i. e. shall eat
around, spread. Heb. 9: 8 i ohm];
m'do'w, having yet a standing. ames
condition, circumstances, state, external
or internal, in which one is, etc.
(a) gem. of any obligation, duty,
course, etc. Acts 21: 23 su'Xr‘lv Exam-cg
54>’ Eavro'w. 18: 18. Rom. 12: 4 1rpiiEw.
2 00!‘. 4: 1 Braxow'av. Phil. 1:30 et Col.
2: 1 (17431111. (Plut. Cat. Min. 24.) Luke
12:50 [iérrrwpa be‘ E'xw flarrrmflfivm,
see in Barn-[Cw 2. b. 0t‘ sin,guilt, etc.
dpap-rial' E'Xew John 9: 41. 15: 22.
Z'yxlkrlpa Acts 23:29. lcp'ifm 1 Tim. 5: 12.
But xpr'fiara 'e'xew, to have lawsuits,
1 Cor. 6: 7. (Lat. lites habeo, Hor. Sat.
1. 7. 5.) v. 4. Acts 28: 29.—So re’Aog
Excrv, to have an end, i. e. pp. to come
to an end, be destroyed, as b Ear-mic,
Mark 3:26. or trop. to have an ac
complishment, be fulfilled, as prophecy,
Luke 22: 37. —— pp. Diod. Sic. 16. 91.
trop. Horn. Il. 18. 378. —— Of effects or
results depending on the subject as a
cause or antecedent; Heb. 10:35 fin;
E'xe: FroOa-Irodom'av pe-ydhnv, i. e. which
has or brings with it great reward. 1
John 4: 18 6 Q3660: Kéhaorv Ext:
(5) of any condition or atTection of
body or mind, where one is said to have
such and such an afl'cction, etc. (1) Of
the body, as fuio'ri'yac v. r’za'tlevn'ag
E'Xcw, to have disease, infirmity, etc.
 "Exw 335
Mark 3: 10. Acts 28: 9. Heb. 7: ‘28.
wounds, Rev. 13: 14. baipémou v.
rrvuipa rimittaprov Exew, to have a devil,
etc. to be possessed, Matt. 11: 18. Mark
3: 22, 30. 9:17. Luke 13:11. Acts
16:16. l9:13.—-(2) Of the mind, as
dyr'urnv E’xew, John 5: 4'2. 13: 35.
r’uui-ymyv Luke 14:18. 23: 17. (J08.
Ant. 16. 9. 3. Plut. Cat. Min. 24 fin.)
('u'dnawnv Rev. 4: 8. eipr'lvnv John 16:
33. Acts 9:31. (comp. Dem. 13. 12.)
z'Am’ba Acts 24: 15. (Hdian. 2. 3. 4.)
Emftvpiav Phil. 1:23. shidav 1 Cor.
7: 28. Sup.» Rev. 12: 12. way
Xpwrot'l 1 Cor. 2: 16. 1rafifiqm'av Eph.
3: 12. flour, as an affection of mind,
lMHlt. 17: 20. run-qua Xpw'rol'l Rom.
8:9. ‘try. (17:01’ 1 Cor. 6:19. ‘Il‘Vt‘l-Illll
Jude l9. 1ro'vov Col. 4: 13. 9865011
1 Tim. 5: 20. xapdv 3 John 4. xcipw
nvi, to have favour towards any one, Lat.
gralias habeo, i. q. to thank, Luke 17: 9.
1 Tim. 1: 12. (Dem. 12.11. Xen. Cyr.
5. 1. 1.) xpez'av Ext-w, to have need, to
be in want, seq. gen. Matt. 6: 8 Jr
xpu'av Zxe-rs. Luke 5:31. 1 Cor. 12:
21. Heb. 5: 12. genr. Mark 2:25.
Acts 2: 45. 4: 35. seq. infin. Matt.
3:14. I Thess. 1:8. seq. 'iva, John
2:25. 16:30. 1 John 2: 27. —— Arr.
Epict. 1. 29. 27. Pol. 9. 12. 1.-—By an
inversion of the subject and predicate
such an affection or emotion is in Greek
writers often said to have, to possess a.
person; in N. T. only Mark 16:8 six:
5' au'rac rpépoc Kai Exo'ramg—Hom. ll.
18. 247 mivmc ‘yap Ex: rpépoc. 3. 342
edpgag. l. 82 Xéhoc. Hdot. 4. I15
@809. Ken. H. G. 7. 2. 9 xhavoi'yshug.
See Passow in "Exm l. b.
(7) pp. of things which one has in,
on, or about himself, including the idea
of to bear, to carry,- e. g; in one's self, as
Ev yam-pi E’xew, to be pregnant, Matt. 1:
18 et Rev. 12: 2; see in I‘ao'rr’lp. Trop.
2 Cor. 1: 9. 4: 7. Phil. 1: 7.-— So on
one's self, of garments, arms, ornaments,
etc. i. . to bear, to wear; Matt. 3:4
six: To evbulua. John 12: 6 rd 'yhmmré
xopov elxe. 18: 10 prixaipav. Rev. 9:17
9:9 axag. So seq. s'm' expr. or impl.
1 or. 11: 10. Rev. 9:4. 13:17. 14:1, 3e‘ miroz': i'z-troboivm, lit. he not having to
14. 16: 2. 19: 16.—Luc. D. Deor. 2. 2. pay, i. e. not being able to pay. Heb. 6:
Ken. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. ib. 7. 5. 29. c. in’ 13. c. infin. pres. John 8: 6 7m Zxwo:
Luc. D. Deor. 26. l med.—l Cor. 11:4 Karrryops'iv ali'rm'l. 2 Pet. 1: 15.—4.7. inf.
Excw Kara xerpahfigto have upon the head, aor. os. Ant. 3. 1. l. Luc. D. Deor.
'iEZw
pp. so as to hang down from it, like :\
veil, toga, etc. Comp. Plut. Qua'st.
Rom. 14 lbiln' Kara xezpakiic rd iplinov.
—Trop. of persons wearing an appear
ance, etc. Col. 2: 23. 2 Tim. 3: 5.
Rev. 3:1. (Hdot. 7. 138.) Of a tree
having leaves, Mark 11: 13.
(5) in the sense of to contain, i. e. to
have within onc's self, Heb. 9: 4 bis.
Rev. 21: ll. -— Trop. fil'Zav (‘y Eavn‘ii,
Matt. 13:21. Mark 4: 17.
d) trop. and intens. to have firmly sc.
in mind, to hold to, to holdfast, viz.
(a) gem. e. g. of things, John 14: 21
6 Exam rag e'vrohdg ov Kai mpfitv aiirég.
100r.11:16. Phi. 3: 9. 1 Tim. 3: 9.
2 Tim. 1:13. Heb. 6:19. 1 Pet.2:12.
1 John 5: 10. Rev. 2: 24, 25.—So E'xew
956v, row 1rare'pa, riw uidy, to have God
and Christ, to hold fast to them, i. e. to
acknowledge with love and devotedness,
1 John 2: 23 bis. 5:12 his. 2 John
9 bis.
(,8) by impl. to hold for or as, to re
gard, to count, 0. ace. of pers. with a
noun in apposit. Matt. 14: 5 Gig 1rpo¢firnv
mirdv [Twéwryv] elxoy, they counted him
as a prophet. 21: 26,46. So Mark
11: 32, where for the attraction, see
Buttm. § 151. I. 6. — Isocr. p. 239. A,
riwac oily E'Xw 1rz1ra1§supiyovg x. r. A.
Theogn. Sent. 487.
e) seq. infin. strictly with an accus.
Tl,0\;E£'l!, etc. viz. E'xw 1': [1501's] eirrz'iv
v. 1roifiaai, or the like, as in Engl. to
have something to say or do, i. e. by
impl. to be able to say or do something,
Icon, implying only an objective or ex
ternal ability, and thus difl’ering from
Ez'wapaz q. v. Usually c. infin. aor.
Luke 7: 40 Ex!» out’ n u’neiw. 1214 ,m)
e'xrivraw rep. 1': 1rmiia'ai. Acts 4: 14
0635:’ elxov dv-rsureiv. Acts 23: 17, 18.
25: 26. 28: 19. c. infin. pres. 2 John
12. — 1E1. V. H. 2. 23 elxo'v r: eirrsiv.
Hdian. 6. 1.24. Palaeph. 32. 10. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 5. 42 ov’be‘v av Exotpev pc'pillaoeaa.
c. infin. pres. Xen. An. 2. 2. 11.—More
direct is the meaning to be able, Ican,
when the accus. is suppressed, e. g. seq.
infin. aor.
Matt. 18: 25 pt‘) Exovrog
 (I
"Exw 336
26: 1 Exec: pot zlneiv nbrspoc x.'r.)\. Xen. Aéyeig. Plat. Euthyd. p. 213. A. comp.
Mem. 2. 7. 11 mix E'Ew c’mobobyai. c. inf. Xen. An. 6. 3. 17. AL.
pres. Sept. Prov. 3: 27. Luc. D. Deor. HEW?’ adv. and later also as prep.
l7. 1 the rat E'xw Euy'yekqiv. Xen. C yr. 3. 0. gen.
3. 7 31¢’ (by ripglv ZEopev oiic K. r. h. — I. As adv. a) until, i. e. so long as
So where the infin. is suppressed; Mark until, marking the continuance of an
14:8 6 E'axev ai'm] [noifioai], inoina'e. action up to the time of another action,
Acts 3: 6 5 5:‘ Ext» [bibo'vm], rol'rrd aoi
and followed by the Indicative, Sub
blbupi. —- Dem. 425. 10 Oils‘ 511 xpr‘, junct. or Opt. according as the latter
wordy Hers. action is certain or uncertain; Buttm.
f) intrans. or with Eav-rév etc. impl. s 146. 3. Matth.§ 522. 1. \Viner§42.
Buttm. s 130. n. 2. Matth. §496 ; al 3.-—(a) Seq. Indic. of a past action;
ways with an adverb or adverbial phrase, Matt. 2:9 Zwg 0.66»! Earn. 24: 39.—Xen.
to have one's self so and so, to be circum Cyr. 1. 3. 7.—Of a future action, where
stanced, to be, etc. See Buttm. § 150. the earlier Greeks prefer the Subjunc.
p. 442. e. g. Eroi'pwc Ext», to be ready tive, but later writers employ the fu.
Acts 21: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 14. comp. in ture; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 927.
'Erolpwc. (1211. V. H. 4. l3.) taxdruc So with Epxopai in a fut. sense, see
E'xu, to be at extremity, Mark 5: 23, see "Epxopar 2. a. Luke 19: 13 Zinc Zpxopai.
in ’Eax¢iru¢. So A'GKti-tg‘ E'xzw, to be John 21; 22, 23. 1 Tim. 4:13, coll. s.
sick, Matt. 4: 24. Luke 7: 2. (Xen. 14.—Plut. Lycurg. 29 557v Exeivovg
(He. 3. ll.) xahu'ig E'Xsw, to be well, i. e. e'p 'vuv x. r. X. Fug e'miveww ix Aehpu'w
to recover from sickness, Mark 16: 18. avrbg, for the fut. signif. see Buttm.
also John 4: 52. (gem. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. § 108. V. 5.—(fl) Seq. Sulg'unet. aor.
47.) 057mg E'Xnv, to be so, Acts 7: 1. with 6v, where the latter action is only
l2: 15. al. 1rd): 15: 36. tiMwg 1 Tim. probable; here in Lat. we find the fut.
5: 25.—Xen. An. 3. 1. 32 obrwc. 1E1. exactum, and in Engl. either the first or
V. H. 2. 36 min‘. — Acts 24: 25 rd vbv second future; Matth. l. c. p. 1010. VVL
Exov 1ropn'mv, as it now is, as the matter ner l. c. p. 245. Matt. 2: 13 it»; fly c'inu
now stands, i. e. adverbially, for the aor. 5: 18,26. 10:11. 12: 20. Mark 9:
present. Comp. Viger. p. 9. —- Tob. 7: l. 12:36. Luke 9:27. 13:35. 21:32.
11. Plut. Amator. l. Luc. Anachar. 40 1 Cor. 4: 5. James 5: 7. al. seep—Sept.
ult.—Seq. 2v c. dat. adverbially; John Job 27:5. Xen. An. 5. 1. 11. Cyr. 3. 3.
5: 5, 6, iv daesvclq E'xuv. 2 Cor. 10:6. 46. —With (iv suppressed, see Matth.
So of place, E'Xew iv, to be in a place, § 522. note. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 14.
John ll: 17 Z'Xov-ra Ev nil p111; lqn—Jos. Mark 6:45 Ewe ail-rd; c'mohl'urg rdvbxkov.
Ant. 7. 1.1. comp. Arr. Al. 6. 17. 9. 14:32. Luke 15:4. 17:8. 2 Thess. 2:
g) Mid. Zxopai,to hold one's self upon 7. Heb. 10:13. Rev. 6:11. 20: 5.
or to, to adhere to, Horn. I1. 7. 248. seq. b) by impl. so long as, while, i. e.
gen. of person, Sept. for P23 Deut. 30: during the continuance of another action ,
20. Theogn. Sent. 32. to be near to, until it ends, etc. John 9: 4 lug ilpe'pa
adjacent, contiguous, seq. gen. Diod. Sic. e'zrriv. 12:35, 36, Pm;- 'ro‘ (pa-n; E'xe're. —
2. 49 init. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 20.— In Ecclus. 30: 20. Dem. 15. 5. Plato
N. T. only particip. 2 (Space, n,ov,near, Phaado. 38 ult. 2w; Zn od'm c’an. Xen.
next, e. g. of place, ark l: 38 sic rz‘ig An. 2. 6. 2. Comp. Buttm. l. 0. etc.
ixopc'vac mpmréketg, i. e. next, adjacent. II. As prep. governing the genitive
—Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. in later writers, until, unto, marking :1
—Of time, r17 e'xope'vp sc. fipépg, the terminus ad quem, and spoken both of
next day, in tull Acts 21: 26. absol. time and place; comp. Passow sub voc.
Luke 13:33. Acts 20:15. 1'15 be‘ Ex. 1. b. Winer § 58, 6.
aaggd'r Acts 13: 44.—Sept. l Chr. 10: 1. Of time, viz. a) seq. gen. of a
8. 2 acc. 12:39. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 2. noun of time: Matt. 26:29 Pug rfig
P01. 3. 112. 1.-—-Trop. Heb. 6: 9 n‘: hpépag ixelmg. Mark 15:33. Luke 1:80.
Exdpwa awrnplac, things pertaining to Acts 28: 23. 1 Cor. 16:8. al. (Sept.
salvation, conjoined with it.—Luc. Her for 1! 2 Sam. 6:23. Ezra 9: 4.) Seq.
mot. 69 rain" Ehm'boc ou' prxpc'ig Exopzva gen. of person or event, Matt. 1: 17 ter,
 0E”; 337 Zaxugl'a;
Eu: Aaglb, Ewe 'rfig pcromeolac Bag. Ewe 17: 17. Mark 9:19. John 10: 24. al.
rm": Xpwrofi. Luke 16:16. Matt. 28: éo. Sept. for H315 ‘'2 Ps. 13: 2. "1‘? ">1 2 Sam.
Luke 11:51. al.—Diod. Sic. 1.4 's'wg rfic 2:26. Comp. Ewe 5n, Zosim. Hist. 1. 5.
'Msfizivbpov "Mm-fie. Dion. Hal. de Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25.
Demosth.24. T. I I. p.178.26. ed. Sylburg. 2. Of place, asfar as to, unto, etc.
b) seq. gen. of a pronoun, e. g. (a) at) pp. in various constructions. (a)
Em; ob sc. xpévov, until what time, until seq. gen. of place, Matt. 11: 23 Ewe rm‘:
when, i. e. simply, until, c. c. Indic. or ov'pavofi, to, up to, heaven. 24: 31. 26:
Subjunct. like Ewe above in I. a. So 58 Eu: rfig m'Ar'lg r017 (ipx. Luke 2: 15
seq. Indie. Matt. 1: 25 21.19 m’: E'rcxz raw Ewg Bqekcz'lt. 4: 29. Acts 1: 8. ll: 22.
vidv r. r. A. 13: 33. Acts 21: 26.—Pa 23: 23. 26: ll E'wq Ital sic rag {Eu mihug,
laeph. 4. 2. —- Seq. Subjunct. aor. with. to and even into foreign cities, the con
out (iv, see above; Matt. 14:22 in»; m’: struction being here adapted to 11¢ and
c'urokz'mp rm); 5xhovg, comp. Mark 6: 45. not to 2mg. So c. gen. of pers. as
So Matt. 26: 36, coll. Mark 14: 32. also marking a place, Luke 4': 42. — Diod.
Matt. 17; 9. 18:30. Luke 12:50, 59. Sic. l. 27 Eug- n'ncsavofi. 151. V. H. 3.
24': 49. John 13: 38. Acts 23:12, 14, 18 med. — (fi) seq. adv. of place, e. g.
2]. al. —Sept. Ecc. 12:2. Act. Thom. Ewe fins, to the brim, John 2: 7. E'wg
§ 16. Jos. Ant. 5. l. 11.—([3) Ewe b'rou min», to the bottom, Matt. 27; 51. gun;
sc. xpv'vou, until when, until, 0. Indie. E'aw Mark 14: 54. Eu;- (.15: Luke 23: 5.
as above, John 9: 18 'e'wg b'rou i¢titvflflllv —(-y) seq. prep. and its case, e. g. E'wg
1:. r. )1. Matt. 5: 25. c. Subjunct. with aig Bn6avt'av,as far as into Bethany, i. e.
out 6v, see above; Luke 13: 8 Ewe b'rou quite thither, Luke 24: 50.—-Diod. Sic.
audible nepi aurr'lv. 15:8 coll. v. 4. 92: l. 27 2mg sig 1'01‘); t'loun'lroug rdn'oug. 1E1.
16, 18. V. H. 12. 22.—So Ewe Z'Ew Tr'lc mihewc,
c) seq. adv. of time, with or without as far as to without the city, i. e. quite
rm'l, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 4.5 sq. So Eu: out of the city, Acts 21: 5.
rm? vim, until now, Matt. ~24.: 21. Mark b) trop. seq. gen. of a. term or limit
13: 19. (Sept. for "E2 '1! Gen. 46: 34.) marking extent; Matt.26 :38 t'wc Sam’trov.
Zing rfig m'lpcpov Matt. 27: 8. Hum. 11: gsept. for 1! Jon. 4: 9. Test. XII.
8; but Eur m'ppepov 2 Cor. 3: 15. -— So atr. p. 520. Jos. de Macc. 14 ult.)
gem. without r017, more usually in Mark 6:23. Luke 22:51 Eire 'c'wg roz'lrov.
later writers, but sometimes thus found Seq. gen. of pets. in a like sense; Matt.
in earlier ones, Lob. l. c. Winer § 58. 6. 20: B 30:: Tin! 1rpérwv. John 8: 9. Acts
p. 395. lug ('ipfl, unh'l now, see in 8: 10. Rom. 3:12 oiuc Zorn’ 1mg‘ 5116;‘,
'Apn, Matt. 11:12. John 2: 10. al. Eu: not so much as one—Dion. Hal. Ant.
tors, until when? i. e. how long? Matt. 6. 37 Eu: Ex'ybvwv. AL.

ZaCouMv, b, Zabulon, Heb. 11551. by Thamar, Matt. 1:3. Comp. Gen.

gtlwelling), pr. n. of the tenth son of
acob, born of Leah, Gen. 80: 20.
N. T. meton. the tribe of Zabulon, Matt.
4.; 13, 15. Rev. 1:3.
Zaxxafioc, ov, a, Zaccheus, Heb.
prob. "21 (pure), pr. name of a chief
publican, Luke 19: 2, 5, 8. Comp. Jahn
<) 24.2.
205505, 6, inclec. Zara, Heb. 1'1?!
(dawn, rising,) pr. n. of a son of Judah
38: 30.
In Zaxugl'ag, 1'00, 6, Zacharias, Heb.
"I?! (God-remembered), Zechariah, pr.
n. of two men in N. '1‘.
1. The father of John the Baptist, a
priest of the class of Abia; see ‘Agni.
Luke 115, 12, 13, 18, 21, 40, 59, c7.
3: 2.
2. A person killed in the temple,
Matt. 23: 35 et Luke 11: 51 Zaxapiou
viof/ Bapaxiov. The allusion is probably
Y
 Zoim 338 Zoiw
to Zechariah the son of Jehoida (prob. 2:8. Of God John 6: 57 6 {6w rran'lp,
also called Barachias), who was stoned i. q. 6 Zxwv Zwfiv iv 6mm; 5:26. also
by order of Joash, 2 Chr. 24:20 sq. in an oath by Hebr. Rom. 14: 11 (:3
Others refer it to the prophet Zechariah 676), My“ Ki/pwg, as I live; so Sept.
son of Barachiah, Zech. 1: 1 ; but history and ".15"?! Num. 14:21, 28. comp.
gives no account of his death. Others Judg. 8:19. 1 Sam. 17: 56.-—Part. Zu‘w,
again make the reference to Zacharias ever living, eternal, 6 6:6;- 6 Z1311, Matt.
the son of Baruch, who was slain by the 16:16. Rom.9:26. 1Tim.6:17. Heb.
Zelotae in the temple just before the de 3:12. 12:22. Rev. 4: 9, 10. 10:6.
struction of Jerusalem, Jos. B. J. 4. 5. and as opp. to idols, which are dead,
4; but the aor. E’tPOVEI’IUGTE is against this non-existing, Acts 14:15. 2 Cor. 6:16.
supposition. See Olshausen on Matt. I. c. 1 Thess. 1:9. So Sept. and ‘U Deut.
Z026, 5, 5,7,, (,7, infin. (5.’, Buttm. 5:26. 2 K. 19: 16.—Bel and Drag.
§ 105. n. 5; fut. (flaw Rom. 6: 2. Heb. 5.——(-y) Trop. of things, only in parti_
12:9. Aristoph. Plut. 263. Plat. Rep. V. cip. (Cw, (Elva, (611', living, lively, active,
p. 465. D. X. p. 591. C. also later fut. also enduring, opp. to what is dead, tor
Zr'laopai Matt. 4:4. al. Dem. 794.. 19. pid, inactive, and also transient; e. g.
aor. l E'Znaa Rev. 2: 8. El. V. H. 3 1 Pet. 1: 3 EMric Z. lively enduring
23. Hdian. 3. 12. 26. The Attics rarely hope. Rom. 12: 1 Sum’a Z. living and
employed this verb except in pres. and constant sacrifice, opp. to the interrupted
imperf. supplying the othertenses from sacrifice of slaughtered victims. Heb. 4:
[3.66, Buttm. s 114.. Matth. s 236. 12 6 M10;- r. 6:06, the divine threaten.
Winer § 15. p. 79.—-To live, intrans. ings are living, sure, never in vain;
a) to live, to have liflz, spoken of also 1 Pet. 1:23 6 X670: Z. 5. the liv
physical life and existence, as opp. to ing, efficient, enduring word. 1 Pet.
death or non-existence, and implying 2: 4 Meog Z1311, of Christ as the corner
always some duration. (a) gem. of stone of the church, not inactive and
human life, etc. Acts 17:28 in adv-:5 dead, but living and eflicient; so of
76x (tipsy. 22: 22. Rom. 7: 1, 2, 3. Christians in v. 5. So 66:69 56v, living
1 ,or. 15:45. Heb. 9: l7. Enffiw Matt. water, i. e. the water of running streams
27: 63. [Gr-rec mi vcxpol Acts 10: 42. and fountains, opp. to that of stagnant
Rom. 14:9. 1 Pet. 4: 5. r6 Zflv, subst. cisterns, pools, marshes, John 4: 10,
life, Phil. 1:21, 22. 2 Cor. 1: 8. Sept. 11. 7:38. Rev. 7:17. So Sept. and
a‘?! 5'3’? Gen. 26: 19. Lev. l4: 5, 50.
for "D Gen.2:7,9. 43: 7. ‘"1’; Gen.
4.2; 2. Ex. 19: 13.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.3. Zech. 14: 8.—-By impl. and also by
ib. 8. 7. 8. 1'6 (fly Jos. Ant. 2. 3. l. Hehr. part. (£111, 1:‘ e-giving, like Pi. ":47,
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. — Of persons raised e. g. John 6: 51 6 iiprog 6 (Gr, living,
from the dead; Matt. 9: 18 i] 9117. ‘um! i. e. lifegiving bread, which imparts
lipn Erehel'rrnaev' 6M6. EMidw—xai (1'16: eternal life, comp. the fell. clause.
rai. Mark 16: 11. Luke 24:23. John Acts 7: 38 Myra Zu'av'ra. Heb. 10:20
5:25. Acts 1: 3. 9: 41. Rev. 20: 4, 5. 6669 Zé'ma. Comp. below in d. So
al. So Sept. and "121:1 2 K. 13:21. Spoken Sept. trans. Zfia'év pa x. r. A. for "1'? Ps.
also of those restored from sickness, 119; 25,37,40,50. al. Ez. 13: 22.
not to die, by impl. to mend, to be well, b) to live, i. e. to sustain life, to live
John 4: 50 6 uiég oov v. 51, 53, on or by any thing. Matt. 4: 4 mix in"
comp. 52. So Sept. and "IL" 2 K. 8: ('iprip pémp (fiver-a: 6 iivBp. 1 Cor. 9: 14
8, In the sense of to exist, abso Ex r06 nia'y'yeltiou (flan—Dem. 1309. 26.
lutely and without end, now and here. 0. 6:6 Xen. Mem. 3. 3.11.
after, to live forever; so of human be c) to live in any way, to pass one's
ings, Matt. 22: 32 06:: E'zrrw 6 6:6; life in any manner; Luke 15: 13 (Jay
yexpfiv, 6M6 Ziiw-ruv. Mark 12:27. c'iaibrmg. Acts 26: 5 Elnora apwaiog.
Luke 20: 38. (Jos. de Macc. 16 ult.) Gal.2: 14 e’BvuaDc Zip’. 2 im. 3: 12
John 11:25. 14: 19. 1 Thess. 5: 10. u’lasgibg (fly. Tit. 2: 12 I. awippévwg
1 Pet. 4: 6. by impl. Heb. 7: 8. Of x. r. A. Luke 2: 36 Zi'laaa'a Err, pen‘:
Jesus,John 6: 57. 14: 19. Rom. 6: 10. 616964;. Rom. 7: 9 How xwpic Wilson.—
'2 Cir. 13:4. Heb. 7:25. Rev. 1: 18. VVisd. mes. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 7. Xen.
 Zefisbaio;
Ag. 11. 8. Cyr. 8. 1. 33.—Hence {fly
TU'I, Ev rwi, xari'z run, to live to, in,
according to any one, i. e. to be devoted
to, to live conformably to the will, pur
pose, precepts, example, of any person
or thing; e. g. rq') 9:97, Luke 20: 38.
Rom. 6: 10,“. Gal. 2: 19. 1'97 Kvpltp,
Christ, Rom. 14:8. 2 Cor. 5: 15. rq]
:rrzirpar: Gal. 5: 25. Earn-q? Rom. 14: 7.
2 Cor. 5: 15. 11') Emawm'wn 1 Pet. 2:
24.. _- Alciphr. 1. 37. Dem. so. 26
MM"? (Jim-cg Kai 01': 1'5 Eavrd'lv narpt'Bi.
-—So Ev apapriq, under the power of sin,
Rom. 6: 2. iv m'arzt, full of faith, un
der the power of faith, Gal. 2:20. e'v
xdapp, in conformity to the world, Col.
2:20. s’v abroig 3:7. —1El. V. H. 3.
13 I. e'v o‘lmp. Comp. vivo in litteris,
Cic. ad Div. 9. 26.—Kart‘: oa'lpxa Zip’, to
live afler, according to, thefiesh, Rom. 8:
12, 13.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44 p1) Kara rain;
rtipovg.
d) by impl. to live and prosper, to be
blessed, genr. Rom. 10: 5 et Gal. 3: 12
i) rou'yoag ain't: Zr'locrat e'v ailroig, comp.
Lev. 18: 5 where Sept. for "U. 1 Thess.
3:8 (in win! (taper, we live, feel our.
selves happy. So Sept. and ":1! Dent.
8:1. .1 Sam. 10: 24. Ps. 22:27.—
Dem. 434. 6. Comp. vivo Catull. 5. 1.
—In the sense of to have eternal life, to
be admitted to the bliss and privileges
of the Redeemer's kingdom; Luke 10:
28 rm'rro 1min, xal Zr’yog. John 6: 51 , 58.
Rom. 1: 17. Gal. 3:11. Heb. 12:9.
1 John 4: 9 'iva Zr'loopzv 51' airfoil sc. r05 In)“; ‘yizp 13,116: 9:017 Zr'fiup, Iam zealous
vioii. AL.
Zicebtziog', 01), 6, Zebedee, Heb.
"-1?! Zabdi, i. q. 1111?! (Jehovah's gift),
pr. n. of the husband of Salome and fa.
ther of James and John, Matt. 4:21
bis. 10:2. 20:20. 26:37. 27: 56.
Mark 1:19,20- 3:17. 10:35. Luke 5:
10. John 21:2.
Zwro’g, é, 6v,_ (n.1,) boiling, 1.0:, 16. Hdian. 3. 2. l6. Plut. Thes. 6 ult.
Dioscor. {ca-r611 iibwp. In N. T. trop.
fewid,firvent, Rev. 3: 15 bis, 16.
Zefiryog, 50;, 00;, T6, (Zeiryvv ¢,) Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So Sept. and "$32
a yoke, i. e. two or more animals yo ed
or working together, Luke 14: 19 Zn'ryq
Bot-‘W
1K. 19:19.
fiyo'paaaIs.rim-s.
5:10.—1El.
Sept. V.forH. 9.
25. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5. —Hence genr.
apair, couple, e. g. of doves, Luke 2:
339 Znho'u
24. So Sept. for =71??? Lev. 5: 11.—
Pol. 31. 3. 5. Xen. (Be. 7. 18.
Zsunrngla, ag,)",(zivrftllp,zflllyvvftt,)
a band,fastening, Acts 27: 40.—Comp.
Eurip. Hel. 1536 or 1556.
Z5159 A165 ('1, Jupiter, the su
preme god of the heathen mythology.
Acts 14: 1'2, 13 Attic roi/ iirrog upb rfig
:réhcwg, i. e. whose temple was in front
of the city.
2&4‘, f. Zéaw, to bail, to be hot, 01'
water, Horn. I]. 21. 365. 0d. 10.360.
—In N. T. trop. to befervid,fl:rvmt, r9‘)
uni/par: Acts 18:25. Rom. 12: 11.-—
Act. Thom. § 34 Ziovaa swam]. Anth.
Gr. III. p. 169. v. 218, 219.-_The
forms of this verb are not usually con.
tracted, Buttm. § 105. n. 2. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 220 sq.
Zflhil'lw, f. show, i. q. Znhow q. v.
Rev. 3: 19 in some Mss.—- Simpl. in
Epict. c. 26. p. 13] ed. Salmas.
Zing, 00, a, (Kim, for new“) zeal,
fervour, viz.
a) gem. and in a good sense, ardour,
for any person or cause, cg. seq. gen.
of that for which, John 2:17 ('1 Zfihog
r017 o'lxou o'ov. Rom. 10:2 (711101’ 9:06
Zgovaw. seq. inre'p 0. gen. 2 Cor. 7: 7.
01. 4:13. absol. 2 Cor. 7:11. 9: 2.
Karl: Zfihomzealousllhardently, Phil. 3:6.
Sept. for W332 Ps. 69: 10. 119: 138.—
1 Macc. 2: 58. Test. XII Patr. p. 639.
Plut. Lycurg. 4 med. -2 Cor. 11: 2
for you with a zeal from God, inspired
of God, see in ZnMw 9.. Others by
Hebr. ardent zeal, intense aflection, comp.
in 'Ao'rziog.
b) in a bad sense, viz. (a) heart
burning, envy, jealousy, Acts 13: 45.
Rom. 13:13. 1 Cor. 3: 3. James 3: 14,
16. Plur. Zfihoi, 2 Cor. 12:20. Gal. 5:
20.—Etym. M. a ¢66roc. 1 Macc. 8:
— (/3) anger, indignation, Acts 5: l7.
Heb. 10: 27 ml nopbc Zfihogfiery wrath.
Zeph. 1:19. 3:9.
Znho'w, 5, f. thaw, (Zr-Moe.) to be
zealous towards, i. e. for or against, any
person or thing, trans.
a) gem. for a person or thing, and
usually in a good sense, e. g. of things,
r 2
 ZnMrrhc 34-0 Zrrréa:
i. q. to desire ardentlg, to be eager for; e’v 'mbu'l 2 Cor. 7:9. Phil. 3:8 r54 1rdv'ra
1 Cor. 12: 31 {117101711 be‘ ra xaplapara Zznluubeqv, I have sufl'ered the loss of all
'ra xpelrrowa. 14:1, 39. So Sept. for things, where for the sec. retained in the
"U3 Prov. 3: 31. — Ecclus. 51: 18. pass. constr. see Buttm. § 134. 6.—
2 Macc. 4: 16. Diod. Sic. 1. 95 med. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16.— Aor. 1 Pass.
Dem. 500 2 Z. bonfire—Of persons, in ECW111391)!’ in Mid. signif. to bring loss
a good sense, i. q. to have ardent aflec upon one's self, i. e. to lose, e. . rfiv
tion for, to love, 2 Cor. 11:2 see in ilmxfiv Matt. 16: 26. Mark 8:36. eavrév
Zfihog :1. Gal. 4: 18. Sept. for 8.5.2 Luke 9:25. See Buttm. § 136. 2.
2 Sam. 21: 2. Prov. 24: l. (Soph. Ajax Z0902‘, 5, b, Zenas, prob. a Christian
552. Electr. 1027.) In a bad sense, to
teacher, Tit. 3: 13.
make a shew of zeal, to profess afl‘ection
for any one, in order to gain him as a Zn're'w, 5, f. flow, to seek, trans.
follower, Gal.4: 17 bis.-—Absol. Rev. 3: a) pp. to seek after, to look for, to
19 in text. rec; strive to find: (a) gem. e.g. absol. in
b) against a person, to be jealous of, the proverbial phrase, Matt. 7:7 , 8 {gr-firs
to envg; Acts 7: 9 (nXo'mai/rey; rbv'lann'lpt xai ebpr’yae-re. seq. ace. of pers. Matt. 2: 13
absol. 17:5. 1 Cor. 13:4. James 4: 2 Zrrreiv rb rmblov. Mark 3: 32. Luke 2:
(powder: mi Znhm'n'e, lit. ye kill and envy, 45. John 7: 11. Acts 9:11. 2 Tim. 1:
i. e. ye have heart-burnings even so as 17. al. Sept. for '52.? Gen. 37: 15. (Xen.
to kill one another. An. 2. 3. 2.) So Zrlre'iv rbv $561’, to
Znltm'r'ig, 05, 6,(Z11Mo,) 1. Hzealot, seek afier God, i. e. to turn to him, to
i. e. one zealous for any thing, eagerly strive humbly and sincerely to follow
desirous of, gem. 1 Cor. 14: 12 Znhwrcu' and obey him, Acts 17: 27. Rom. 10:20,
iarc nywpdrwv. Tit. 2: 14.—Hdian. comp. Is. 65: l where Sept. for 551?.
6. 8. 5. P01. 10. 25. 2.— So of zealots Se t. for 151211 Ex. 33: 7. Ps. 24: 6. See
in behalf of the ancient Jewish law and in Exlnre’w c. — Seq. ace. of thing, pp.
institutions, Acts 21: 20 ("Murat r017 something lost, Matt. 18: 12 4'. rd
vtipou. (2 Macc. 4: 2.) Acts 22: 3. Gal. Thumb/Levon’. Luke 19: 10. c. acc. impl.
1: 14.—Comp. Num. 25: 13. Jos. c. Luke 15:8. So Sept. and ‘52.3. 1 Sam.
Ap. l. 22. — In the age of Christ the 10:2, 14. (comp. Xen. Vect. 4. 4.)
genr. Matt. 12: 43 Z. (‘l.ytll'll'fllldly. 26:59
name Znhwral, Zelotw, was applied to
an extensive association of private per ilaeubopaprvplaw. Mark 14: 55. Luke 13:
sons, who professed great attachment to 6, 7 leaps-by e'w abrfi. 22: 6. Rev. 9:6
the Jewish institutions, and undertook rbv Sc'warov. So of what one seeks to
to punish without trial those guilty of buy, e. g. pap'yapirag Matt. 13:45.
violating them; under which pretext (Theophr. Char. 6 or 23. Xen. Cyr. 2.
they committed the greatest excesses and 2. 26.) Hence from the Heb. Znre'iv n‘lv
crimes. See Jos. B. I. 4. 3. 9. ib. 4. 5. \lmxw'lv rwog, to seek the life of any one,
1 sq. ib. 4. 6. 3. ib. 7. 8. l. i. e. to seek to kill him, Matt. 2: 20.
2. Zelotes, a surname of Simon one of Rom. 11: 8, comp. 1 K. 19: 10, 14.
the apostles, probably so called from his So Sept. for '1? ‘555-1315 11523 Ex. 4:19.
having been one of the Zelotw. Luke 2 Sam. 16:11. Jer. 44: 30.—- In the
6:15. Acts 1: 13. See more inKavavh-gc. constr. Zrrre'iv mic, to seek how, i. e. to
Zflllllla, 06;, 17, damage, loss, detri seek opportunity, Mark 11:18. 14: 1,
11. — to seek, in the sense of to en
ment, Am 27; 10, 21. Phil. 3; 7, a, deavour, to try, e. g. seq. ace. of thing,
Frye'iatlat Znplav, to count as Ioss.-—Test. to by to gain, to strive after, with the
XII Patr. p. 651. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 29. idea of earnestness and anxiet ; Matt.
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6. 6: 33 ("rein be‘ 1rptbrov rfiv gao'iltu'av
Znutbw, a7, 1‘. maqvzag to bring roi'l 9601-! x. r. R. Luke 12: 29 pr) (171171‘:
toss upon any one, 1E1. . H. 3. 23. rt’ qk'vyrrre x. 1'. A. John 5:44. 7: 18. 8:
Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 30. pp. with two accus. 50. 1 COT. 10: 24, 33. Phil. 9: 21. C01.
Matth. s 4.11. 4. Buttm. § 131. 4., 5. 3: 1. Sept. and an; Ps. 4.: 3. 34.: 15.—
——In N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to eufl'er 1 Mace. 2:29. Luc. Phalar. prior 5.
loss, to receive detriment, 1 Cor. 3: 15. Plot. Mor. II. p. 40. ed. Tauchn.—So

‘z: _-_»
___—'
 Zr'rrnaa 341 Z(um;
genr. to endeavour, to strive, seq. 'iva wheat, triticum adulterinum, Matt. 13: 25,
1 Cor. l4: l2. seq. infin. e. g. aor. Matt. 26, 27, 20, so, 36, 38,40. The Rabbins
21: 46 (groin-cc au'rdv xparr'laai. Luke call it Ti." bastard, comp. Buxt. Lex.
5; 18. 17:33. John 10:39. 19.12. Acts Rab. 680 s . Wetstein on Matt. 13:25.
13:8. 16:10. Rom. 10: 3. c. inf. pres. Zoiocoi EA, 6, indec. Zorobabel,
Luke 6:19. Gal. 1:10. c. inf. impl. Heb. 93.13.} Zerubbabel, pr. n. of the
John 5:30 at’: Zrrru'a r6 991".“ rd e'pdv leader of the first body of Jewish exiles
sc. wordy. Sept. for Deut. 13:10. from Babylon to Jerusalem, Matt. 1: 12,
1 Sam. 19: 10. —Plut. Thes. 35 med.
13. Luke 3:27. Comp. Ezra 2:2. 3:2,
Xen. An. 5. 4. 33.—(-y) by impl. tode 8. l Chr. 3:19.
aire, to wish, seq. infin. aor. Matt. 12:
46, 47, Znrofivrec au'rqa“ haltficai. (comp. Z6¢0§, 0!), 1'), (kindr. with 'ywitpog,
Luke 8:19.) Luke 9: 9 'elr'lrei ldeiy vé¢o¢,) darkness, murkiness, thick gloom,
mirth’. 11: 54. John 7: 4. Acts 27: 30. Heb. 12: 18 (15¢? in Mss. for “an, in
seq. accus. John 1:38 et 4: 27 ri Zryreire; text. rec. Elsewhere of the darkness
(Sept. and ‘5E1 Gen. 37: 14.) 2 Cor. 12: of Tartarus or Gehenna, sec in "7115115,
14 mi {111-5 11‘: {Jpn—w, (‘MN {4469. 1 Cor. e. g. 2 Pet. 2: 4 ocipa'ic tape” raprapdmag
7:27 ,ur) [first M'taw . . . . ,ur) ZIIITEC 1rapz'5wxev x. r. A. thrusting them down to
-yuva7m.-Soph. (Ed. R. 658 sq. Xen. Tartar-us into chains of darkness, i. e.
‘ Mem. 4. 2. 5. where darkness lies like chains upon
b) to seek, for to require, to demand, them. Jude 6. Intens. L'épog roiJ axérovc,
to expect, 0. acc. of thing, 1 Cor. 1: 22 thickest darkness, 2 Pet. 2: 17. Jude 13.
01 'EMnvec oo¢iav Zgroiiaw. 2 Cor. 13: See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 671. Stuart§ 456.
3. Heb. 8:7. seq. rapt’: ru'oc Mark 8: -—Hom. I1. 15. 191. P01. 18. 3. 7. Luc.
11 Zrrroivrsc mlp' adroii onpeiov. Luke Contempl. 1.
11:16. 12:48. seq. Ev rm 1 Cor. 4:2 Zwéc, 05. a, (new/“M you.
Zrlrsi'ral. iv roi'c oirovépoig 'iva x. r. l\. sewing to couple any two things to
c. ace. of pers. John 4:23. Sept. for ether, e. g. cattle, 1E1. V. H. 5. l4.
Neh. 5: 12, 18. —-Aristot. de Gen. ept. for 5"‘, 1 Sam. 6:7. Hence in N.T.
et corrupt. 2. 5. c. 1rapé Dem. 374. 16. a) trop. a yoke. (a) as an emblem of
c) by impl. to inquire, to ash, c. 0. servitude, 1 Tim. 6: l are Zvyt‘w 3017M;
rep‘, John 16: 19 wept rol'n-ou Zm'eire r’ So Sept. and 51>’ Lev. 26: 13. — Dem.
dMfiXwm—El. V. H. 2. 13 pen. 155m 322. 12 Zu-yoc aovhom'wng — (,8) as de
Cyr. 8. 5. 13. AL. noting severe precepts, moral bondage,
Znmw, was, it, (Zm'ém) PP e. g. of the Mosaic law, Acts 15: 10.
something sought or inquired about, Gal. 5: 1. Hence by antith. the grecepts
question, i. e. topic of inquiry or dispute. of Christ, Matt. 11:29, 30. ept. for
Acts 15: 2 1repl rol'l Zgrr'yparoc rot'rrou. 5"’ Jer. 5: 5.
b) beam of a balance, which unites
18: 15. 23: 29. 25:19. 26: 3.—Cic. ad the two scales, hence by synecd. a bal
Div. 9. 26. ad Att. 7. 3.
ance,pair qfscales, Rev. 6: 5 i’xwv Zuyov
Zfirno'lg, 86);, 1'], (Zrrre'w) act of seek iv 17') X. Sept. for B11?“ Lev. 19:36. Hos.
ing, search, Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. Thuc. l. l2: 7.-—Ecclus. 21: 25. 1121. V. H. 10. 6.
20.—In N. T. iuquirg, discussion, dis
- pute; John 3: 25 Eyévero (fining. 1 Tim.
Z614»), vs, a, (prob. a...) leaven,
l:4.—Hdot. 2. 54. ib. 5. 21.— Meton. sour dough. Matt. 13: 33 et Luke I8:
i. q. Zip-"pa, question, i. e. topic of in 21 c'uwla 201'“! h flair. rd'w odp. (imp,
quiry or dispute, Acts 25:20. 1 Tim. x. r. A. Matt. 16: 12. Sept. for Ex.
12: 15. 13: 7.—JOS. Ant. 3. IO. 6. Plot.
6: 4. 2 Tim. 9! 23. Tit. 3: 9.
Qumst. Rom. 109. Mor. ed. Tauchn.
Zlgoiwov, 00, rd, zizam'um, Suid. II. p. 299. ed. Reiske VII. p. 164.—
1'] iv 11': 11in,’ a'ipa, Lat. Iolium, a general Hence, as leaven causes to ferment and
name for weeds in rain, like our cockle, turn sour, spoken proverbially, 1 Cor.
darnel, etc. In N. . spoken of a plant 5: 6 et Gal. 5: 9, ,uucpil {(4411 “or rd
common in Palestine, which infests :pi/papa Zvpoi, a little leavers havens the
fields of grain and resembles wheat in whole mass, i. q. ‘ a few had men corrupt
appearance, but is worthless, bastard a multitude.'—Trop. for corruptneu,
 Z upniw 342 Zwoyovéw
perverseness of life, doctrine, heart, etc. tary. Acts 2: 28 650:); Zwfig, the way:
Matt. 16:6, 11. Mark 8:15 bis. Luke oflife and happiness, from Ps. 16: II
12: 1. 1 Cor. 5: 7, 8 bis. where Sept. for D't‘fl. 1 Pet. 3: 10 b
Zvfllowa 57, l‘. tittfls), ((6,411) to leavm, yap sz'ltwv {why o'l'ymriv, from Ps. 34:13
to make fennent, trans. Matt. 13:33 et for B‘TT‘J In the Christian sense of
Luke 13: 21. Proverbially 1 Cor. 5: 6 eternal life, i. e. that life of bliss and
et Gal. 5: 9, see in Z‘l’I'Llfl. Sept. for glory in the kingdom of God, which
‘(29’; Ex. 12:34, 39. Hos. 7:4. awaits the true disciples of Christ after
the resurrection; so (‘on aio'wiog Matt.
Zwyféal, 5, f, 1'1“), (Zwég, ('l-ypei'lw)
19:16, 17. John 3115,16. 5: 24. al.
to take alive, Hom. Il. 6. 46. Xen. An.’
1', (on) 1', ,uc'Mova'a I Tim. 4: 8. 7',
4. 7. 22. In N. T. trop. to tahe,to cap bvruc (011,1 6: 19. absol. 1'] Zwfi, Matt. 7:
ture, for to win over, trans. Luke 5: 10.
14. 18:8, 9. John 5:40. 6: 33, 53.
aveptmovc {try Zw'ypo'w, comp. v. 11, Acts 5: 90 Ta fir'ppara rr'ic Zwfig rain'qg,
and see in Elpr’ II. t'. Pass. part. pert‘. the words, doctrine, of eternal life. Rom.
2 Tim. 2: 26 E'Zw-ypnfévot inr' ailrm'),
5: 175:1 (of Baznkziloovoi. v. 18. 7: 10.
taken captive by him, Satan, in a moral
sense, i. q. ensnared, seduced.
8: 2, c, 10. Phil. 2: 16. 2 Tim. 1:1.
1 John 5: 12,13, 16. 3: 14. al. For
Zw’l, 17:, #1, (Ma) life, i- e filghog v. fitgklov (wife, see in Blgltoc.
a) gem. physical life and existence, S0 6 orz'pavog riig (wfig, crown of life,
as opp. to death and nonexistence. (a) reward of eternal life, James 1: 12.
pp. and gem. of human life etc. Luke Rev. 2: 10. xc’iptg rfig Zwfig,g1_'ft ofeter
16: 25. Acts 17: 25 5450:); ‘trial. fwr'lv. nal life, 1 Pet. 3: 7. — Meton. for the
1 Cor. 3:22. 15:19. Heb. 7:3. James author and giver ofeternal life, John 11:
4:14. Rev. 11: 11. 16:3 in later edit. 25. 14:6. Col. 3: 4. 1 John 1: 2.
\lwxr) Zwfig, i. q. tlmxr) {Goa in text. rec. 5: 20. For the cause, source, means of
every living soul. Sept. for B71‘! Gen. 2: eternal life, John 5:39. 12: 50. 17: 3.
7. 25:7.—Luc. Tox. 38. Plat. Phsedo A1,.
16.—Of life or existence after rising Za'no], 719', fi, (Zrbvvupg) a zone, belt,
from the dead, only of Christ, Rom. 5: girdle, Matt. 3: 4. 10: 9. Mark 1: 6.
10. 2 Cor. 4: 10, 11, 1:2. trop. of the 6:8. Acts 21:11 bis. Rev. 1:13.
Jewish people, Rom. 11: 15. — ([3) In 15:6. Sept. for “5*! 2 K. 1:8. ":3?!
the sense of existence, life, absolutely and l K. 2: 5.-—-Hdian. 1. ll. 13. Xen. An.
without end, Heb. 7:16 sari: bt'ivaluiv 1. 4. 9.—The girdle was worn by both
[wfiq drarahbrov. SO Either (wfic, tree sexes among the Jews, because of their
of life, which preserves from death, Rev. long flowing dress; it was often hollow,
2: 7. 22: '2, 14. (Sept. Gen. 2: 9. 3: and served as a pocket or purse for
22.) iibwp Zufic, water ofllfe, Rev. 21: money, Matt. 10:9. Mark 6: 8. In
6. 22: 1,17. But Eirl {mi/‘g 1rrl-yl1g this sense the Rabbins call it 83335 and
iIBIi-ruv Rev. 7: 17 in later edit. is equi 82315, see Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. 1753.
valent to e‘1rl Zd'm'ac 1rn'yizc {1561-0111 in Jahn § 121. — Plut. Symp. IV. qu. 2.
text. rec. to living fountains of water, i. e. § 3, {tin/17v Xaltxofic Zxovoav. Liv- 33.
perennial; see in Zéw a. y. hprog Zwfic 29 argentum in zonis habentes.
John 6:35. Comp. below in c.
Meton. of God and Christ or the Logos, Zfi/Wllllflal v, :wm'm, f. (as... to
life, absolutely, for the source of all life, gird, to put on agirdle, John 21: 18 bis.
Sept. for “1'5 Job 38: 3. 40: 2. ‘it: Ex.
John 1:4. 5:26. 1 John 1: 1, 2.
29: 9. 2 K. 4: 28.—Hom. 0d. 18. 76.
b) life, i. e. manner of life, conduct.
in a moral respect, Rom. 6: 4 iv Kan/6 Theocr. Id. 16. 8]. Pausan. 9. l7.
"In Zwfic uspurart'lowpev. Eph. 4: 18 Zwoyovéw, 5, f. flaw, (lwo'ybrog,
1'17: (wfic r017 9:05, i. e. which God re fr. {on}; and obsol. 76:0,) to bring fort];
quires, a godly life, 2 Pet. 1:3. alive, and Pass. to be born alive, Diod.
c) life, i. e. happy life, welfare, happi. Sic. 1. 7, 10.—In N. T. to preserve alive,
ness. (a) gem. Luke 12: 15. John 6; Acts 7:19. Luke 17:33. So Sept.
51 inrs‘p rfig rot": xoapov Ion-lg‘. 2 Cor. 2: and "T1, Pi. Hiph. Ex. 1:17. Judg.
16 day!) Cm”); savour of lifiz, i. e. salu 8:19. 1 K. 20:31. — Theoph. ad
 IIH
Zaiov 343
Auto]. 1. p. 74,, r‘, 1rvor‘, r. 9cm? Zwoyovci Pi. Hiph. 9 K. 5:7. Neli. 9: 6.—Act.
n‘. m‘iy. Thom. 10 b 966:; for KOUfLUV Zuorroia'w.
-—-Of the dead, to recall to lifiz, to quick
2501!, 00, 1'6, ((0)69 fr. ((140,) a liv en, to ream'malc, John 5: 21 bis. Rom.
in thing, animal, beast, Heb. 13: 11. 4.: 17. 8: 11. 1 Cor. 15: 22. 1 Pet.
2 ct. 2: 12. Jude 10. symbolically, 3: 18. — Test. XII Patr. p. 679 roug
Rev. 4.: 6, 7 quater, 8, 9. 5: 6, 8, 11,14. vexpoiig Zwmroifia'aL—Of seeds, to quick
16:1, 3,5,6,7. 7:11. 14: 3. 15:7. en, Pass. to germinate, 1 Cor. 15: 36.
19: 4. Comp. Dan. 7: 3 sq. Ez. 1: 5 sq. b) by impl. to give eternal life, to make
Sept. for "I! Ez. l. 0. Ps. 68: 11. — alive so. for ever in the bliss and privi
Xen. Mem. 4-. 3. 10. leges of the Redeemer’s kingdom, comp.
ZWO'ITOIéM, 5, f. flaw, (L'wo'rroiéc, fr. in Zwr'l c. John 6: 63. 1 Cor. 15: 45.
(M59, 1rou'w,) to make alive, to endue with 2 Cor. 3: 6. Gal. 3: 21. Comp. Sept.
II c, to quicken, trans. and "31.1 Eco. 7: 12. - Clem. Alex.
a) pp. 1 Tim. 6: 13 1'01‘: 9:017 rm‘; Strom. 5. 11.
Zumrowi/v'roc rd mirra. Sept. for "Z",

"H, a particle disjunctive, interro- Rom- 31 99- l 001'- 11 13- 95 6’ 8’

ative, comparative; see Passow in voc. 10- 9 C"- 13'17- al
%uttm. § 14.9. p. 4.24. Matth. § 619. 3- Comparatlve, than, c. g. a) after
Winer § 57. 3. p. 370. comparatives and words implying com
l. Disjunctive, or, out. a) gent. parison. Matt. 10: 15 évcxrérspov ~—
Matt. 5: 17 Toy vo'pov 11 70819 WMTIITGQ. 5 r‘fi 1ro'7\u ixcivp. Mark 10: 25. Luke
v. 36. Mark 4: 30. Luke 9: 25. John 16: 17. John 4.: 1. Rom. 13: 11.
6: 19. Acts 3: 12. Heb. 2: 6. al. ,uiXAov t}, more than, rather than, Matt.
ssepiss—Hdian. 3. 15. 18. Xen. Mem. 18:13. John 3: 19. Acts 4.: 19. 7rpiv 11,
1. 2. 18. G. 3. 3. 9. sooner than, before, Matt. I: 18. Mark
b) fi—fi, repeated, either—or, aut— I4: 30. Luke 2: 26. Acts 2: 20. comp.
aut; Matt. 6: 24 1'] 'yc'lp row Eva ,uwfiau Buttm. § 149. 1. p. 4.30. So after 95).“,
—1') in‘); dwOc'Eerm. Luke 16: I3. 1 Cor. 1 Cor. 14: 19 99w 1rs'vre X67011: 5a‘: r06
l4: 6. 2 Cor. l: 13. — Luc. D. Deor. voég luau Rah—realm?) pvpiovg X67. x. r. A.
18. 1 or 3. Ken. Mem. 1. 8. 16. —Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1. Xen. (E0. 10.
9. Interrogative, where however the 6. Conv. Q. 3. 0. 96M: Arr. Epict.3.
primary force or is strictly retained, or 1. Comp. Buttm. § 149.1. p. 424.
whether ? or perhaps P an forte ? comp. Matth.§ 691. 3.
Buttm. l. c. Winer § 61. l. b. , b) after iiXXog, 'e'rcpog, and the like ;
a) pp. indirect, in the latter clause of Acts 17: 21 'Aflnvaioa sic ou'ae‘r Zrepov
a double interrogation alter mirspov, nixal'pouv, '7] hi'yzw x.r. X. Comp. Matth.
whether—or, e. g. John 7: l7 'Yl'tild’i'l’al l. c.-—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2.17. 050. 3. 3.—
war-spoil in r. 9601-! Earn’, 1'] E-yu': x. r. A. So with zoom etc. implied, John 13:
Winer l. c. Matth. § 619. 2.—Luc. D. 10 h Mhouluc'voc or’; xpeluv [dhknv] E'Xu
Deor. 20. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2, 15.— i} rmig 11-6611; x. r. X. Acts 24: 21 1'1’
So genr. Where 1rdrspov or something 116mm“ [iiDwv] 1‘! 1rzpipuic x. r. A.
equivalent is implied, Matt. 9: 5. 92: c) after the positive where it may be
17. Luke 7: 19, 20. Acts 8: 34.. rendered rather than, more than, i. q.
Rom. 2: 4.-—Xen. Conv. 4. 52. pdMov 11, so that the positive with 11 is
b) gem. and in a direct question equivalent to the comparative. The
where the interrogation implies a nega grammarians supply plDJtov, but the
tion of something preceding. Matt. 7:9 construction is found also in classic
5) rig Ea-rw e'E iquiw fivflpwn'og; 20: 15. writers, perhaps from negligence, and
 TH
344
in N. T. would seem to come rather
through the Sept. from the Heb. mode
of comparison with 1?; see Winer § 36.
1. Matth. § 457. n. l. Herm.:ad Vig.
p. 884. Matt. 18: 8 xaMv oat Eoriv
zio'sheeiv sh; n)!’ Zwr‘lv xwhov 1"; xuMov,
'7] 3150 xe'ipag Exoyra fihnfifivm u'g rd M79
16 chin/toy. v. 9. Mark 9: 43, 45, 47.
Luke 17:2. l8: 14. So Sept. and 1’?
Gen. 38:26. 49: 12. Ps. 118:8. Jon.
4: 3. al- — Tob. 3:6. Ecclus. 22: 15.
Menand. xahov r6 ,w) (fir, 1‘, (fly dOMwg.
Phocyl. 77. Soph. Ajax 945 or 966.
Diod. Sic. ll. 11. Thuc. 6. 21. Hdot.
9. 26. Comp. Plaut. Rod. 4. 4. 70,
‘ tacita mulier est bona semper, quam
loquens.’ See also Kypke ad Matt.
18: 9.
4. With other particles, viz. (a)
dkX if, unless, ezcept, see in 'AMz’t 4.—
(5)1‘; xcu’, or also, or even; Luke 18:11
(in or’): cl'pi o'lmrep oi Mnroiu-fi KG). 0'1:
oirroc x-r. X. 1 Cor. 16:6. 2 Cor. 1:13.
Interrogatively, Luke ll: 11,12. 12:
41. Rom. 4: 9. 14:10. non al. —(‘y)
fircp, than perhaps, than indeed, after
,ur'tMov, John 12: 43. non al.—2 Mace.
I4: 42. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 8.—(5) firm,
i. q. if, or, but stronger; in N. T. only
firm—ii, whether indeed—or, Rom. 6: 16.
non al. See Herm. ad Vig. p. 787,
410.——-Menand. XIII, in Poet. Gnom.
p. 155. ed. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 12.
2. lb. 4. 6. 13. AL.
r .
H, a particle of atiirmation, truly,
assuredly, certainly, in N. T. only in the
connexion if pr'lv, the usual intensive
tom of oaths, most certainly, most surely.
Heb. 6: 14 h pfiv coho-yaw ebho'yr'luw as,
quoted from Gen. 22: 17 where Sept.
for "3.9, as also Gen. 42: 16. for In.‘ Num.
14:23. =1.‘ "e Judg. 15:7. See Buttm.
§ 149. p. 424, 432. Passow in il no. 1.
—.los. Ant. 5. 1. 2 tiluiauv'reg if It“)?
ou'wuv aim’lv. Xen. An. 2. 3. 96.
Cyr. 6. l. 51.—In the classics used also
as an interrogative, Buttm. l. c. p.
424.
tI‘IQIEFMWElIMJ, i‘. show, (hyepém) to
go before, to gofirst, 0. dat. Horn. 0d. 3.both these latter being under the care
386. ib. 8. 4. to be a leader, chief, c. of persons appointed by the emperor.
gen. El. V. H. 19. 17. Xen. Ag. 1. Those sent to command in the provincire
31.-In N. T. to be governor sc. of a Ro Gzsarum were called legati Gesaris pro
man province, 0. gen. either as a legatus consule, proprzetores, Iegati consulares,
Caesaris. Luke 9: 2 rfic Evpiag, or as a etc. They were usually, but not al
'Hyqm'o
procurator, Luke 3:1 rfic ‘InuBalug.
See in 'H-ys/uiw 2.
'Hrawow'w, ac. Min/wily.) leader
ship, dominion, reign, Luke 3: 1 1'] fly:
povla Tags lav Km’uapoe—Jos. Ant. 18.
‘2. 2. H ian. l. 5. 26. ib. 2. 9. l2.
Xen. H. G. 7. l. 33.
‘Hg/sad», 6100;, b, (fyyéopm) a lead
er, guide, Hom. 0d. 10. 505. Xen. An.
4. 2. l. Zonar. Suid. Phavor. hyquhv'
a rim 55017 hym'lluevog. leader, commanda
of an army, i. q. a-rparn'yog, Xen. Mem.
3. 2. 4. Sept. for "ll! Jer. 42:1, 8. ——
In N. T.
l. a leader, chief, head. Matt. 2: 6
iv roIc ayqmw 'Im'laa, quoted from
Mic. 5: l where Heb. "3"": ‘5,3553, Sept.
iv Xlhuiznv 'Iot'lda. But 511723, in Mic.
l. c. is pp. the families into which each
tribe was divided, the heads of which
were called $571!! Zech. 12: 5, 6; and
Matthew by meton. puts fi'yepévzg heads
of families, for the families themselves,
and so for the cities in which they
dwelt. So Sept. irye'udw for $1715 Gen.
36: 15,16 sq.—Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 4 ol ru‘w
1rarpu3v fnrqsoreg ref»! '10 anXu-fiv. Of
Lacedemon as the lea ing state in
Greece, Xen. An. 6. l. 27. Conv. 8.
39. genr. Ag. 1. 3 d'mre oir devrz'puv
n-pwrez'zovmv, c'tM' ilyspovur r‘ryepoyn'r
ouo'w.
2. a governor, president, prefect, of a
Roman province, whether proconsul,
legate, or procurator. Augustus made
a new partition of the provinces of the
Roman empire, into provincize senaton'a
and provinctle imperitoriw vel Casarum,
Emzpxlat TOI-J dr'lluou v. Kal'aapog, the for
mer being left under the nominal care
of the senate, while the latter were un
der the direct control of the emperor.
of the latter kind was S ria, including
Phenicia and Judea. 'llo the former
the senate sent officers for one year,
called proconsuls, t’zvet'nrarot, though
sometimes only of praetorian rank; they
had only a civil power, and no military
command nor authority over the taxes,
 'Hr/iopoou 345 ' H5221;
ways, chosen from among the senators, part. z‘ryoz'lpevoc, 6, a leader, chief, i. q.
during the pleasure of the emperor, and fi-ye'udw. 80 Acts 14:12 ('2 I'ryol'lpsvog
had much greater powers than the pro roi ho'yov, chiefapeaker. Comp. Jam.
consuls. Such were Cyrenius, Lat. blic. de Myster. init. Beds 6 riw M-yuv
Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, and Vitellius, {rye/“bu 6 'Eppfig. Luc. Pseudolog. 24.
Jos. Ant. 18. 4. 2. For a list of all —-Spoken gem. of those who have in
the presidents of Syria in that age, see fluence and authority, Luke 22: 26.
Bibl. Repos. II. p. 381.——In all these Acts 15: 22. of oflicers and teachers
provinces, of both kinds, there was, be in the churches, Heb. 13: 7,17, 24.
sides the president, an ofiicer called pro of a chief magistrate, as Joseph in
curator Cesaris, who had charge of the Egypt, Acts 7: 10. of the Messiah, a
revenue, and also had a judicial power ruler, prince, Matt. 2: 6, quoted from
in matters pertaining to the revenue; Mic. 5: l where Heb. 5?”, Sept. lipxwv,
they were chosen usually from the Sept. flym'lpevog for 53.5” 2 Chr. 7: 18.
equites, but occasionally were freedinen. 9:26. 179:; E2. 43: 7, 9. we Deut.
Sometimes a procuratur discharged the 1. 13. 5: 23. “is 2 Sam. 3:38. Jer.
oflice of a governor or president, espe 51: 57. —- Ecclus. 32 [35]: l. Diod.
cially in a small province, or in a por Sic. l: 4 m9‘ 5r iryoi'rpwoc I‘d'ioc 'Iohhwc
tion of a large province where the pre Kaizrap. Pol. l. 15- 4. comp. Xen.
sident could not reside; as did Pilate, Lac. l4. 5.
who was procurator of Iudea which 2. 'Hyofipcu and also pert‘. ifynpoo.
was annexed to the province of Syria, Acts 26: 2. Phil. 3: 7, with pres. sig
Suet. Vesp. 4. Tacit. Ann. 12. 23. nit'. Buttm. § 113. 6, like Lat. duoere,
Hence he had the power of punishing trop. to lead out before the mind, i. e. to
capitally, which the procurators did not view, to regard as being so and so, to
usually possess, ib. 15. 4. ib. 4. 15. esteem, to count, to reckon, spoken e. .
So also Felix, Festus, and the other of things, c. ace. 2 Pet. 3: 9 ‘be TU’EQ
procurators of Judea, for a list of whom flpoovrii'ra h'yol'w'ror. c. acc. et infin.
see Bibl. Repos. II. p. 382. See Phil. 3: 8 bis, h'yoipm min-a (1] [av
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 165 sq. Jahn elvar . . . ml fi-yor'rpaz ma'zfiaha e vac.
§ 241. Krebs. Obss. e Jos. p. 61 sq. (Hdian. 3. 12. 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 8.)
—Hence spoken c. acc. et Ell/(ll impl. 2 Cor. 9: 5 duo-y.
a) genr. of a proconsul, legate, presi xniow ohv h'ynmifmv 1rapaxahe'om K. 'r. h.
dent, Matt. 10: 18. Mark 13: 9. Luke Phil. 2: 25. 2 Pet. 1: 13. James 1:
31: 12. 1 Pet. 2: 14. — Hdian. 2. 9. 2 minor xapérv fi'yfioaotle, draw 1:. r. A.
18. ib. 6. 2. 2. c. dupl. acc. et elvm impl. fiyeiaflm' 11'
b) of the procurator of Judea, viz. 14, to think to be such and such, to esteem
Pilate, Matt. 27: 2, 11 bis, 14,15, 21, as any thing, Phil. 2: 6. 3: 7 rain-a
93, 97. 28: 14'. Luke 20: 20. Felix, flynpar Znfu'uv. Heb. 10: 29. 11:26.
Acts 23:24, 26, 33, 34. 24:], lo. 2 Pet. 2: 13. s: 15. Sept. for =25’:
Festus, Acts 26: 30.—Jos. Ant. 18. 3. Job 41: 19.—Wisd. 15:9. Jos. Ant.
lJldtdrog 6 rfig ‘Iva/Eula; {lye/idly. The 7. 2. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 47. _ So of
usual Greek word for proeurator is persons, to hold or esteem one as such and
hirpmrogso of Pilate, 105. B. J. 2. 9. such, 0. dupl. acc. et rival impl. Acts
8. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1033. E. 26: 2 fi'yrlpm Elam/row paxdpmv. Phil.
genr. Hdian. 7. 4. 5,11. ib. 4. 6. 8 2: 3. 1 Tim. 1:12. 6:1. Heb. 11:11.
r'ryzfuivag re xal Errrrprirroug. In‘; a‘); e'xOpdv 2 Thess. 3: 15. Sept. for
'Hyéopou, 05pm, f. fiaopcu, de. will? Job19z11. 33: 10.—Wisd. l: 16.
pon. Mid. (rt-yo») to lead, i. e. to go be Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 20. — With an accus.
fore, to go first, to lead the way, Horn. and adverb, l Thess. 5: 13 fi-ysioflm
0d. 10. 263. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 2. Xen. ar’rrmic inrepenrepwo'oii e'v ('ryc'u'p, i. e. to
Cyr. 4. 5. 13. tabs leader,chief, in war, regard them as very highly deserving
i. q. o-rparn'ye'w, Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 4. of of love.
a navy, Xen. An. 1. 4. 2. —- Hence in ‘Hhéwg, adv. (5,81%) sweetly, i. o.
N. T. with relish, of eating, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5.
l. to be a lender, chief, genr. only in In N. T. trop. with pleasure, gladly,
 "Hbn 346 ’ Hk/a;
Mark 6:20. 12:37. 2 Cor. 11:19.— N. T. wont, custom, usage, Plur. 1'81 fifiq,
2 Mace. 6:30. Jos. Ant. 3:8. 1. Xen. manners, morals, character, 1 Cor. 15:
Cyr. 1.4. 10. 33, quoted from Menander in Sentent.
‘II-157], adv. now, even now, already, Comicor. Gr. p. 248 ed. Steph. p. 78 ed.
spoken Cler. or Poet. Gnom. p. 187. Tauchn.
a) in reference to time past and pres —Sing. Ecclus. 20: 26. Luc. Phalar.
ent, marking an action as completed; pr. 7 xpqe-rov 1790c. Xen. Mem. 3. 10.
Matt. 3:10 fist] 5:‘ Kai 1'] dawn Keirai 3. Plur. Hdian. 2. 6. l.
r. r. A. 5: 2B 1151; Epoixeuazv au'rr'yv. 24: "HKW, f. 1151.), later aor. 1 {75a Rev.
32. Mark 15: 42, 44. Luke 7: 6. 2:25. 3: 9, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 743
John 3:18. 4:35. al. seep. 1 John 4: sq. Winer§ 15. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl.
3 viv fiBn now even already. Phil. 4: 10 § 114. p. 146; to come, i. e. to have
1151] wore’, now at length—Tob. 3: 6. Jos. come, to be here, in the sense of a preter
Ant. 5. l. 13. Hdian. l. 9. 10. Xen. ite, Buttm. l. c. p. 155. Gram.§ 137.11.
Cyr. 4. l. 4. fit?” were‘ Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. Matth. § 504. I- 2. Genr. of persons,
7. 51. seq. (m6 c. gen. of place whence, Matt.
b) by impl. of the immediate future, 8: 11 et Luke 13:29 am‘. a'lva'rohé'w mi
now, presently, soon. Rom. l: 10 57.1mm bud/“Irv iy’Eouo'i. Mark 8:3. seq. in c.
#51, wore‘ ezioawer'yaopal u. r. )t. per/laps gen. John 4: 47, and in the sense of to
I may shortly or at length be prospered to comeforth, to arise, Rom. ll: 26. seq.
come etc. See Viger. p. 413 sq.—Jos. npo'c c. acc. of pers. Acts 28: 23 firov
Ant. 3. l4. 1 rr‘p/ Iue‘v r7517 E'xere, rr‘lv Be‘ 1296; aii'rov eig rfiv Eel/lav. (Sept. for 853
1751, Mid/woe. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2 bis. Lx. 20: 24. E]. V. H. 3. 19 pen.) trop.
Thuc. 8. 69. AL. John 6: 37. seq. e'rrl rwa, lo come upon
rII‘IbIM'Dt, adv. pp. acc. plur. neut. one, in a hostile sense, Rev. 3: 3 bis.
(Sept. for "'13 2 Sam. 17: 12. Dem. 319.
of iiEm-og superl. of r‘lbbg, Buttm. § 115.
7.) absol. Matt. 24: 50 115:: l: Kl'lpwc rm?
5, lit. most sweetly, i. e. with high relish,
Eoz'lhov Exelwov. Luke 12: 46. 15: '27.
of eating and drinking Xen. Mem. 1. 6. John 8: 42 is ‘rob 9:017 257M601’ Kai firm,
5. In N. T. trop. most gladly, 2 Cor.
i. q. e'EeMhhv fixw. Heb. 10: 7, 9. (Sept.
l2: 9, 15.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 10. Comp. for N53 Ps. 40: 8.) v. 37. 1 John 5:20.
in 'Hiie'wg. Rev. 3: 9. 15: 4. Sept. for B53 1 K. 8:
‘H6076; ll?’ ihGiriocfiboyagdvfiévw) 42. Zech. 8: 20, 22.—Hdian. 2. 1. 20.
pleasure, gratification, enjoyment, in N.T. Xen. An. 2. l. 3.—Trop. of things, e. g.
only of the pleasures of sense, Luke 8: of time, John 2: 4 o'ipa 77K“. Luke 13:
l4 inro 155011611 for? filou. Tit. 3: 3. 35. 2 Pet. 3:10. (Sept. and *5: Ps.
James 4: 3. 2 Pet. 2: 13.—Test. XII 102: 14. Dem. ll. 26.) of the end or
Patr. p. 605. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1. Xen. consummation of any thing, Matt. 24:
Cyr. 8. 2. 4. —Meton. desire, appetite, 14. of evils, calamities, Rev. 16:8.
lust, James 4.: l. —-Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. So seq. Em’ rum, to come upon any one,
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6. i. e. spoken of evil times, Luke 19: 43.
'HBéoa/nov, ou, rd, (neut. of adj. of guilt and its punishment, to be laid
ilbl'mopog sweet-scented, fr. 1356;, depth) upon, Matt. 23: 36.—Dem. 624. 19.
(HM, or QI‘Dtii, 6,indec.Heli,Heb.
mint, mentlla viridis Linn. garden or
spear mint, i. q. £11011, Matt. 23:23. "P! Eli, pr. n. of the father of Joseph,
Luke 11: 42. he Rabbins call it Luke 3: 23.
“135%; it was strewed by the Jews on ,Hhl, indec. Heb. "5&5, cli, i. e. my
the floors of their houses and syna God! Matt. 27: 46, from Ps. 22: 2.
gogues, Buxt. Lex. Rab. 1228. —Dio ’HM'otg, 00. b, Elias, Heb. H355 and
scor. 3. 41, fibn'roapov, oi 5e’ pin/617v,
$3215. (my God is Jehovah) Elijah, the
ymhpipov ,Bon'uaov. celebrated prophet of the O. T. and the
‘Hliog, 20;, 02);, rd, (Ion. for {60¢ expected forerunner of the Messiah,
fr. E'Zopai) accustomed seat, haunt, dwel Matt. 17: 12. Mark 9:13. Luke 1: 17.
ling, of animals and men, Horn. 11. 6 4: 25, 26. al. See 1 K. c. 17 sq. Mal.
511. Hes. Op. 169. Hdot. 1. 15. In 3: 23. [4: 5.] AL.
 ' H tux/oz 347 'Hpéga:
'HMx/a, (1;, ,7, (in: adult, full 2: l. 20: 16. — Often in specifications
aged,) adultness, maturity, of life, mind, of time,viz. in the Genitive, of time when
person, i. e. i. e. indefinite and continued, e. g. rfig
a) age, full-age, vigour; John 9: 21 illue'pag, in a day, every day, Luke 17:
mini; ilhuci'av E'Xci. v. 23. Heb. 11; 11. 4. comp. Buttm. § 132. 6. 4. (Xen.
Luke 2: 52.—2 Macc. 4: 40. Jos. Ant. An. 1. 7. 18.) In the Dative, of time
7. 8. 4. Diod. Sic. 2. 5 init. Xen. An. when i. e. definite; Matt. 16: 21 fi rplrg
3. 1. 14. r‘lpz'pa E-yepfifivou. Mark 9: 31. Luke
b) stature, size. Luke 19:3 rf] ilhut'iq 9:22. 13:14. John 2: 1. Acts 7:8. al.
pirpdg. Matt. 6:27. Luke 12: 25. trop. Buttm. § 133. 3. 4. (Xen. An. 4.7.21.)
Eph. 4: 13. Sept. for "E5? E2. 13: 18. By Hebr. 2 Cor. 4: l6 inac'pa xal ilpe'pa,
—Plut. Philop. 11. Hdot. 3. 16. day by day, every day, daily ; so Heb.
9.1155‘, Sept. m0‘ Em'wrqv ilpe'pav, Esth.
‘HA/7:09‘, 7], 0V, eorrel. pron. ($12,)
3: 4. 55" 55", Sept. fipe'pav m9’ r‘me’pcw,
how great, quantus, Col. 2: 1. James 3: Ps. 68: 20. See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669.
5.—-Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 7 fin. Diod. Sic. l. Stuart § 438. c. In the Accusative, of
55. See Buttm. <> 79. 6. time how long, implying duration. Matt.
"Hmg, ov, a, (21",) the sun, Matt. 20: 6 5X11}! rhv inuépav tip-yet. 28:20.
13:43. Mark 1:32. al. Sept. for ‘5?? mimic Tizg hpépag i. e. always. Mark
Gen. 15:12, 17.—Dem. 197. 7. Xen. 1:13. John 1:40. Acts 9: 9. Gal.
Mem. 3. 8. 9. — Meton. for light, day 1: 18. Rev. 11:9. So Matt. 20: 2
light,Acts 13: 11. Comp. Ps. 58: 9. AL. dufupww'yuag . . . e'x bnvapl'ou n‘lv r'ype'pav,
for a denarius the day, i. e. for a day's
’HM;, 00, a, a nail, John 20. 25 work. Acts 5: 42 miaév rs ilpz'pav,
bis, r61! n'rlrov 'ro'n/ fiMm—Sept. 1 Chr. every day, i. e. the whole time. 2 Pet.
22: 3. 15.1. V. 11.9. 3 init. Xen. Ven. 2: 8 r'ype'pav 5E hpe'pag, see in 'Ex 2. See
9. 12.
Buttm. § 131. 8. Matth. § 425. 2.
'Hpoéga, my, 1,, 1. day, i. e. (Xen. An. 6. 4. 1.) In these and sim
:1) pp. the time from one sunrise or ilar specifications of time, r'lpépa is very
sunset to another, i. q. wxflr’ypepav. (a) often construed with a preposition, viz.
genr. Matt. 6:34 c’ipxe'rov rfi hpe'pa 1‘; in the gen. after ('urti, dxpa, 5161,2019,
raxia alirfig. Mark 6: 21. John 11:9 1rpé' in the dat. after iv‘ in the ace.
Jpa: rflg i'pe'pac. Acts 2: 15. 21: 26. after sic, in’, xaré, Ferd, 1rpog' for
Rom. l4: 5, 6. al. Luke 9:28 n'wsl which constructions see these preposi
hpépa: one’). as a parenthetic clause, see tions respectively—([3) Emphatically,
Winer § 64. l. p. 436. So Matt. 15: a certain day, set day. Acts 17:31
32. Mark 8: 2. (Comp. bonpépat, Arr. 5:61’: Eama'cv hps'pav iv 17 ,uc'Mu xpa'vuv
A. M. 3. 26. 3. also Luc. D. Meretr. x. r. A. Heb. 4: 7. l or. 4: 3 see in
10. 1, ob’yr‘zp éu'ipaxa, r0711): #51) Xpévoc, 'Avflpémvog b.— Dem. 1072. 27.—
mirbv 1rap' i/p'iv.) Luke 24:21 rpi'rrp/ (y) Spec. hpépa 1'06 Kvpi’ou, day of the
rain-11v fipe'pav 572:, see in "A740 2. a. Lord, when the Saviour will return to
2 Pet. 2: l3 rr)v e'v r'lne'pa rpmpr'lv, daily 'udge the world and fully establish
riot; others under b below. Rev. 2: 10 is kingdom. 1 Cor. 1:8 coll. v. 7.
9M4“; fincpu'w bém, afliz'ction of or for 5: 5. 2 Cor. 1:14. 1 Thess. 5: 2, 4,
ten days, Buttm. § 132. 4. 4. Luke 1: 23 coll. 4: 13 sq. 2 Pet. 3: 10. al. Luke
01 r'ypz'pai rfic Aerroup-yz'ag adrofi,the days 17: 24 b vibe mi] (map. Ev fipépa uin'oii,
of his official duty. James 5: 5 (be is comp. V. 30 i)’ fi/lt'pq 6 viii‘: roii l'lvep.
ilnz’pa mpa-yfig, as for the day of slaugh droxakbrrcrat. absol. 1 Cor. 3: 13. So
ter. So seq. en. of a festival etc. 1'] e'xsiwy 1'1 1'7pe'pa, that day, the great day
i/pe'pa r1511 aaégrirwv v. r017 aaggcirou, of 'udgment, Matt. 7: 22. Mark 13:32.
the sabbath-day, Luke 4:16. John 19: 31. 2 '1‘hess. 1: 10. With agen. of what is
Sept. for "9?? 5"" Jer. 17:24, 27. im. then to take place, e. g. r'lps'pa Kpt'acwg
'niw ('lzl't'Llwl', day or days of unleavened Matt. 10: 15. 11:22, 24, 36. al. comp.
bread, the passover, Acts 12:3. 20: 6. Rom.2: 16 iv hpc'pq 61': rows? a 9569
Luke 22: 7. see in “AZv/iog a. ihue'pa 1:. 12A. and Jude 6 51¢ xpio'w PPYéAfl';
1'1‘); 1rsy1'nxoa'1'fic, day of Pentecost, Acts ilpe’pac. ‘Also 1'7/1. rip-yr]; Rom. 2: 5
 ‘Hpégot 348 'Hw'xu
Rev. 6: 17. in. drohvrpu'm'ewc Eph. 4: b) from the Heb. plur. fipépar,
30. Further, 1'7 éaxérn fipépa, John days, i. e. time. (a) gem. Matt. 9: 15
6: 39, 40. So in the constr. 1'7 r'lpe'pa e'Xu'wom-ai 5:‘ fipc'pat. Mark 2: 20. 13:
rot‘: 9:05, the day of God, by whose 20. Luke 17:22. 0. adj. Acts 15:7 dip‘
authority Christ sits as judge, 2 Pet. 3: hpepu'n/ zipxalwv. Acts 2: 17 et James
12.—Once 1'! that a Kvplov, of Jehovah, 5: 3 Ev 1'01; c'a'xr'rratc iyie'paic, see in
Acts 2:20,quote(i)from Joel 3: 4., [2: 31,] “Eaxa-rog. Acts 3: 24 xara'y'y. rr‘zc iyu'pac
where Sept. for "in? E5‘, the day of rat/rag. 11: 27. al. Matt. 3: 1 iv ‘m7;
God's retribution in general; comp. 1? . e'xel'vaag. Mark 13: 24'. Rev. 9': 6.
Joel 1:15. Is. 2: 12. 13:6. Ez. 13:5. al.‘ also Heb. 10:32. 12: 10. Seq.
30: 3. Zeph. 127,14. Also 1', fly. i, gen. of pers. Matt. 11:12. Luke 4.: 25
pe-yéhn for? 9601'; Rev. 16: 14. prob. iv m7: 1'] . ’H)u'ou. Acts 7: 45 gave 11.—w
Heb. 10:25, comp. v. 27, 31. 1'1 . Aug! . Seq. gen. of an event, e. g.
b) day, daylight, from sunrise to sun Ii‘uke 2: 6 at hp. TOl-l rzxeiv m'rrfiv. Acts
set, e. g. in antith. with w'JE, as in Gen. 5: 37 Ev ra'ic fig. rfig ('11l’0‘yp(1¢;i(. Heb.
of time when, :‘mépag m2 yum-6; or 5: 7. Matt. 24': 38. So Heb. 5'"; and
vvx'rtig xal fipe'pac, by day and by night, Sept. Ex. 2:11. Judg.18: l. 2 Sam.
Luke 18: 7. Acts 9: 24.. Mark 5: 5. 21:1. 1 K. 10:21. Jer. 1:2. Gen.
l Thess. 2:9. comp. above in a. (Xen. 25: 24.—(B) spec. the time of one's life,
Cyr. 2. 3. 23.) or in Accus. of time how i. e. one's days, years,age, life, e. g. fully,
long, Matt. 4.: 2 vnm'eimag fi'uc'pac 'rwa. Luke 1: 75 mio'ag rd;- fi/n'pac fin; Zufig,
Kal vim-rag rum. and so m'm'ra ml flpe'pay, comp. Gen. 47: 8, 9. Absol. Luke 1:7
night and day, i. e. continually, inces. 1rpo€e€17xérec iv ra'ic fi'uz'pmg aimIw, ad
santly, Mark 4: 27. Luke 2: 87. Acts vanced in years, in age,and so v. 18. 2:
20: 3]. 26: 7. comp. above ina. (Xen. 36. genr. Heb. 7: 3. So Sept. and
An. 6. l. 14.) genr. Rev. 8: 12 1'] in. r) Heb. “"2: Gen. 6: 3. 101332: 7. “"223 “3
(pair/z] . .. A111 1') val/E 6/.wlwg.—Simpl“,
Gen. 24: 1. Josh. 13: 1. AL.
e. g. rizc ilpc'pag, the days, i. e. during 'Hpéfegog, a, or, (fi'ug'ig) possess.
the day time, every day, Luke 21: 37.
pron. of first pers. plnr, our, our own.
(Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 12.) So fipe'pag pe'a'nc,
Acts 2: ll. 24: 6. 26: 5. Rom. 15: 4.
at mid-day,Acts 26:13. illuc'pag ‘YEI'O/léi’fl“,
1 Cor. 15:31. 2 Tim. 4:15. Tit. 3.
day being come, when it was day, Luke
14. 1 John 1: 3. 2: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 2.
4: 42. Acts 12:18. 16:35. al. (Xen. l. 4. Comp. Buttm. §72. 4.
An. 7. 2. 34.) b fiftc'pa xMi/u, the day
declines, Luke 4: 4.2. (comp. 1E1. Alex. 'Hfmdowfig, 30;, 05;, 5, 3;, adj.
M. 3. 4. 4.) John 9: 4| E'wg hpz'pa £011’, (film for fi'uwu, Syrian-n) half-dead, Luke
60 long as it is day. 11:9 wept-rarely Ev 10: 30.—Dl0d. Sic. 12. 62.
Ti] {wiper—Trop. for the light of true and "H pnrvg, em, 0, Au. gen. 50);‘,
higher knowledge, moral li ht, Rom. plur. m, half, dimidius, a, um, Xen.
13:12. 1 Thess. 5; 5,8. 2 et. 1:19. H. G. 5. 3. 21. In N. T. only neut. r6
2. time, in general, nearly i. q. Xpévog. fipurv, as subst. a half, gen. flpia'ovg
a) sing. of a point or period of time; Matt. 6: 23, plur. n‘: hpt'my Luke 19: 8,
Matt. 13: l Ev 55 1'5 r'y/u'pq e’xclvy £50.60», both being forms of the later Greek,
6 ‘I. John 14:20. Eph. 6: l3 Ev T‘ Buttm. §_51. n. 5. Winer § 9. l. a, and
hp. 177 'n'ompg'i. (Xen. H. G. 2. 4. l7. 2. d. Lob. ad Phr. p. 24.6 sq.—Mark
Seq. gen. ot' pers. Luke 19: 42 iv r5 6: 23 3'0); hplo'ovg rfig fiamkslac. Luke
r‘uzépq aou rm'n-y, in this thy time, whilst 19: 8. Rev. 11: 9 i'huz'pac 'rpe'ic xal fipwv.
thou yet livest, etc. So John 8: 56 'lm v. 11. 12:14. Sept. for "31'! Ex. 24.: 6.
1'51; n‘gv iypépav z'pr'lv, my time, the time Zech. l4: 2.—Tob. 8: 21. Jos. Ant. 7.
of my manifestation. Seq. gen. of 6. l rc‘; hpla'n r1311 'yevu'wv. Xen. H. G.
thing, e. g. Ewe flyz'pagévaEciEewc Luke 2. 4. 10.
1:80. 1'1‘u. aw'rrlplac 2 Cor. 6: 2. im.
r05 umpire/101': Heb. 3: 8. fly. c'mo'xorrfic 'Hfua'lgmv, 00, rd, (1'),“ for fiywu,
1 Pet. 2: [2, see in ’E1rwxo1r1'7. '2 Pet. (5pm) 0 halflhour, half an hour, Rev.
3: 18 int. alérog i. q. tip. aién'wc, time 8: l.
I
eternal, for ever; Buttm. § 123. n. 4. ‘Hi/mm, correl. adv. when, whenever.
 "Ha'eg 349 'Hga'rong
Buttm. § 116. 4.. constr. c. indie. 2 Cor. king. See Jos. Ant.- 14. c. 9 sq. 15. c.
3:15. o. subj. et (in v. 16.—c. indie. 6 sq. 16. c. 5 sq. et. al. Jos. B. J. lib. l.
Sept. Gen. 31:10. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 27. passim.-—It was near the close of his
c. subj. Jos. Ant. 5. l. 2. life that Jesus was born, and the mas
"Hang, see in"H no. 4. y. sacre of infants took place in Bethle
hem, Matt. 2: 16, comp. Macroh. Saturn.
"Hvrmg, 0!), 6,1',, adil.‘ mild, gentle, 2. 4. At Herod's death, half his king.
kind, 1 Thess. 2: 7. 2 im. 2: 24. -— dom, viz. Idumea, Judea, and Samaria,
Hdian. 2. 6. 3. Hdot. 8. 89. was given by Augustus to his son Ar.
"Hg, 6, indec. Er, Heb. "P. (awake), chelaus with the title of ethnarch, see
pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 28. in 'A e'haocf—the remaining half being
divi e between two of his other sons,
"Hgspoog, 0v, .5, ;,, adj. placid, quiet, Herod Antipas and Philip, with the title
tranquil, 1 Tim. 9: 2 'h'pepwv ml fim'ixwv of tetrarehs, Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1, the for
fir'ov. — Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 63 r’lpepe'a'rcpot mer having Galilee and Perea, and the
yi-yvovrat sc. oi livepmrot. Comp. latter Batanea, Trachonitis, and Aura
Passow in fipe'pa. Tittm. de Synon. nitis (now Haouran.) Luke 3: 1. Jos.
N. T. p. 65. Ant. 17. 11. 4..
'Hga'idng, 00, b, Herod, pr. 11. of 9. Herod Antipas, 'Avrlrrac, often
four persons in N. T. Idumeans by de called Herod the telrarcb, Matt. 14; l, 3,
scent, who were successively invested 0 bis. Marks;14.,10,17,18,20,21,22.
by the Romans with authority over the 8:15. Luke 3: 1,19 bis. 8: 3. 9:7, 9.
Jewish nation in whole or in part. 13131. 23: 7bis,8,11,12,15. A0154:
Their history is related chiefly by Jo 27. 13: 1. He was the son of Herod
sephus, as cited below; comp. also the Great by Malthace, and own brother
Noldius de vita et gestis Herodum ap to Archelaus, Jos. Ant. l7. 1. 3. After
pended to Joseph. Opp. Tom. II. ed. his father's death, Augustus gave him
Haverc. Relandi Pahest. p. 174' sq. Galileee and Perea with the title of
Schlosser Gesck. der Familie Herodes tetrarch, Luke 3: l, comp. above;
Leipz. 1818. whence also he is called by the ve
1. Hand, surnamed the Great, Matt. general title fiamhsi/g Matt. 14: 9. Mail
2:l,8,7,12,13,15,16,19,22. Luke 6: 14. comp. in Bamhu'lg b. He first
1: 5. He was the son of Antipater, an married a daughter of Aretas, whom he
Idumean in high favour with Julius dismissed on becoming enamoured of
Caesar, and at the a e of fifteen was Herodias; see in 'Apérag. This latter,
made procurator of alilee, in which his own niece and the wife of his brother
he was confirmed by Antony with the Philip Herod, he induced to leave her
title of tetrarch, about B.C. 41. Being husband and live with him; and it was
driven out by the opposite faction, he for his bold remonstrance on this occa
fled to Rome, where by the influence sion that John the Baptist was put to
of Antony he was declared king of J u death, through the arts of Herodias.
dea; he now collected an army, re (Mark 6: 17 sq. al.)
Herod went to
Covered Jerusalem, and extirpated the Home at the instigation of Herodias, to
Maccabean family, B. C. 37. After the ask for the title and rank of king; but
battle of Actium he joined the party of was there accused before Caligula at
Octavius, who confirmed him in his the instance of Herod Agrippa her own
possessions. He now rebuilt and deco brother, and banished with her to Lug
rated the temple of Jerusalem, built dunum (Lyons) in Gaul, about A.D. 41.
and enlarged many cities, especially His territories were given to Herod
Cesarea, and erected theatres and gym Agrippa. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5. c. 7.—In
"a-‘lifl in both these places. He was Mark 8: 15 'Hpibfing is put collectively
notorious for his jealousy and cruelty, for 'HpwBmvol q. v.
having put to death his own wife Mari. 3. Herod Agrijopa, the elder, called
amne and her two sons Alexander and by Josephus only 'A-yplmrag, Acts 12:
Aristohulus. He died A.D. 9, aged 70 1,6, 11,19,so,21. as: as. He was
Years, after a reign of about 4.0 years as grandson of Herod the Great and Ma
 'Hgwbmvor' 350
riamne, and son of Aristobulus. On
the accession of Caligula he received
with the title of king the provinces
which had belonged to his uncle Philip
and- to Lysanias, see above in no. 1,
and in 1800110’). To these were added
those of Herod Antipas, see in no. 2;
and Claudius afterwards gave him in
A. D. 43 all those parts of Judea and
Samaria. which had belonged to Herod
the Great. He died suddenly and mis
erably at Cesarea, A. D. 44'. Acts 12:
21. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5sq. 19. c. 4sq.
4. Herod Agrippa, the younger, called
in N. T. and by Josephus only Agrippa,
‘A'ypin'rrac, Acts 25: 13, 22, 23, 24', 26.
26:1, 2, 7,19,27, 28, 32. He was the
son of the elder Herod Agrippa, and at
his father's death received from Clau
dius the kingdom of Chalcis, which had
belonged to his uncle Herod, he being
then 17 years old. In A.D. 53 he was
transferred with the title of king to the
provinces which his father at first pos
sessed,viz. Batanea, Trachonitis, Aura
nitis, and Abilene, to which other cities
were afterwards added. It was before
him that Paul was brought by Festus.
Jos. Ant. 19. c. 9. ib. 20. 5. 2. ib. 20. e.
6. c. 7.
'Hgwbmrm', 5V, oi, Herodians,
Matt. 22:16. Mark 3: 6. 12:13. Prob.
partisans of Herod (Antipas) and there
fore supporters of the Roman domina
tion, which the Pharisees were not.
Hence prob. in general i. q. Sadducees;
comp. Mark 8: 15 with Matt. 16: 6.
QI'IEWBIOZG, 0650?, 1‘), Herodias, grand
daughter of Herod the Great and sister
of Herod Agrippa the elder. She was
first married to her uncle Philip (Herod),
but left him to live with Herod Antipas;
see in 'Hpéibqg no. 2.—Matt. 14.: 3, 6.
Mark 6: 17,19,22. Luke 3:19.
‘Hgwbi’wv, was‘, a, Herodion, a pared with any other or former state,
duty, etc. Rom. ll: 12 firrnpa min-Cw,
Christian whom Paul calls his kins
man, ov'y'yew'lg, Rom. 16: ll.
'Ha'otiag, ou, 6, Esaias, Heb.
m1??? (Jehovah's deliverance) Isaiah,
the celebrated Hebrew prophet, Matt.
3:3. 4.: 14.. Mark 7: 6. al.—Meton. for
the book ofbaiab, Acts 8: 28, 30. AL.
,Ho'lla, b, indec. Esau, Heb. ‘52?.
(hairy.) pr. 11. of the elder son of Isaac
"H'rra:
and brother of Jacob, the ancestor of
the Edomites, Rom. 9: l3. Heb. 11:20
12:16. See Gen. 25: 25 sq. 27: 6 sq.
'I-Io'uxoigw, 1'. (mm, (ficrvxocJ '0 be
quiet, tranquil, still, intrans. spoken of
life, 1 Thess. 4.: 11. Sept. for W32
Judg. 3: ll, 30.—Thuc. 1.12. ib. 6.
38.—By impl. to rest, sc. from labour,
Luke 23. 56. (Hdian. 7. 5. 5.) from
further cavil, discussion, etc. to hold
one'speace, to be silent, Luke 14: 4|. Acts
11: 18. 21; 14.. Sept. for We; Neh.
5: 8.—Jos. Ant. 1. 2]. l. Hdian. 8. 3. 7.
cI‘Itl'UX/Ot, 12;, 7‘), (iiouxog) quiet,
tranquillity, stillness, e. g. quiet life,
2 Thess. 3:12. — l Mace. 9: 58. 1E].
V. H. 3. l7. Dem. 145. 20.—In the
sense of stillness, silence, Acts 22: 2.
1 Tim. 2: 11,12._ Sept. Job 34.129.
Jos. Ant. 3. 4.. 1. Hdian. 3. 12. 13.
'Ha'bxwg, oo, 6,1‘,,adj. i. q. fiduxog,
quiet, tranquil, undisturbed from with
out, 1 Tim. 2: 2. 1 Pet. 3: 4.—Sept.
Is. 66: 2. Hom. I]. 21. 598. Dem.
150. ll.
"Hm, see in! no. 4.. 5.
'Hrroiopou, 5pm, 1'. iloopm, de
pon. Pass. (fiTTlUY’) to be inferior, genr.
2 Cor. 12: 13 n . .. 8 1771mm" inrc‘p rag
X. bark—El. V. H. 2. 30. Xen. An. 2.
3. 23.—Hence, to be overcome, to be
vanquished by any one, 0. dat. 2 Pet. 2:
19 ql yap rig fir-rnrat x. r. X. Buttm.
§ 134.. 4. absol. 2 Pet. 2: 20. - Jos.
Ant. 1. 19. 4| E'pwn r'lrrnoelg. In war,
Hdian. 5. 4.. 10. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 24..—
An Act. ilrro'tw, to subdue, is found in a
few late writers, Sept. Is. 54.: 17. Pol.
l. 75. 3. ib. 3. 18. 5. Passow s. voc.
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 146.
"Hrrnpmt, Ot'I‘OQ, r6, (ilrrriopat, a
being inferior, a worse state, so. as com.
i. e. their being brought into a worse
state, i. q. diminution, degradation.
Hence,failure,fault, 1 Cor. 6: 7.——Sept.
Is. 31: 8 defeat.
"He-rm or iy'ao'mv, ovog, b, i’, used
as an irreg. comparative to Kllk‘llf, viz.
worse, inferior, weaker, see Buttm. § 68.
2. In N. T. only neut. flauov, e. g.
1 Cor. ll: 17 do n3 ii-rrov fbr the worse.
 ’Hx€u 351
—Luc. Solnn. 18 e2’ TLQ rpbg rc'i firrw
arrorhi’vea—Adv. 2 Cor. 12: 15 firrov
(,lYII'R't-J‘ual. the less am I loved.--Dem.
104. 13. Thuc. l. 8.
’Hxéw, 5, f. flaw, (5X05) to sound,
to resound, intrans. 1 Cor. 13:1 ahuoc
fixfim—Scpt. Ex. 19: 16. Hes. heog.
42.—Of the sea, to roar, Luke 21: 25.
(9
@abbozlog, 00, 6, Thaddeus, a sur
name of the apostle Jude, also called
Lebbeus, the brother of James the less.
Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3:18. Comp. Luke
6: 16.
6057:1206“, Au. 77¢, 17;, ,‘l, (prob.
5kg) the sea, a sea, viz.
a) gem. and as implying the vicinity
of land, Matt. 13: 47 aa'yr'wp Bhnflu'ay
£1; 'rbv S'éhaoo'av 18: 6 1reAa-yog T1‘);
911)‘. depth ofthe sea. Mark 9: 42. Luke
21: 25. Rom.9:27. 2 Cor. 11:26. Rev.
18:17 see in ’Ep-yr’zlopal 2. b. Sept.
for b: Gen. 22: 17. Is. 5: 30.—1E1. V.
H. 9.16. Xen. An. 1. 5. l. ib. 5. l. 2.
—Also for the ocean, Rev. 20: 13. 21: l.
r" yii Kill. 1'] sélkcwaa, land and sea, for
the whole earth, Rev. 7:1, 2, 3. 12:12.
(108. Ant. 1. 19. l.) boilpavog, 1'1 717, Kai
1‘) séhaaaa, heaven, earth, and sea, for
the universe, Acts 4: 24. 14: 15. Rev.
5:13. So Sept. and B: Ex. 20: ll.
Hag. 2: 7.--Jos. Ant. 4.. 3. 2.—P0et. of
the waters above the firmament, on
which the throne of God is said to be
founded, serum. u'lahlyq, crystal sea,
Rev. 4: 6. 15:2. Comp. Gen. 1: 7. Ps.
29: 10. 148:4. Others compare the
brazen sea or laver, =3 1 K. 7: 23. 2 K.
25: 13.
b) of particular seas and lakes, viz.
(a) by impl. the Mediterranean, Acts 10:
6, 32. l7: 14. al. So Sept. and =2 Gen.
13: 14. Jon. 1: the Red sea, 1‘,
z'puepa Sékamm, fully Acts 7: 36. ab
sol. I Cor. IO: 1,2. Sept. and II: Ex.
13: 18. 14:2. al. See in 'EpuOpég.—
(y) the sea of Galilee or Tiberius, i, 96A.
r1‘); I‘aMXaiac i) ‘rig; Ttgepu'lboc, fully
Matt.4:18. Mark 1: 16. John 21:1. al.
absol. Matt. 4: l5. John 6: 16,17,18,
Gaarwrnqbbgoe
Sept. for =2‘: Jer. 50: 42. 51: 50.-—
Hom. Il. 1. 157.
T -
Hxog, 00, 6, (1. q. 1790'”) sound,
noise, Acts 2: 2. Heb. 12: 19. Sept.
for W37. Ps. 150: 3.—J0s. Ant. ll. 4. 2.
Hdian. 4. 8. l9.—-Metaph.fa1ne,rumour,
Luke 4: 37, comp. Mark 1: 28 am}.
19. al. Sept. and =1 Num. 34: 11.
See the description of this lake under
I‘ewqo'ape'n—Aristot. Meteor. l. 13,1316
row Katmaaov Allan], fiv mhoiiaw oi e'xe?
séharrav. AL.
902N220, f. #10), to warm, to make
warm, by fire, Horn. 0d. 21. 179,246.
by warmth imparted, Sept. 1 K. 1:2,
4. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 3. of a fowl brood
ing, Deut. 22: 6.—In N. T. trop. to
cherish, to nourish, trans. l Thess. 2: 7
in; av rpo¢bg 96hr!) 1'21 Emu-fig re'xva.
Eph. 5: “29.—Jos. B. 1.4. 3. 14'. Anth.
Gr. II. p. 5239. III. p. 167.
@oifMZf, 1'1, indec. Tbamar, Heb.
“Eta (palm-tree), the widow of Er, Matt.
1: 3. See Gen. 0. 38.
Gaafiéo, 5,1". fiw, (Samoa) :0 be
astonished, to be amazed, Acts 9; 6
rpe'pwv re xal SapQDm—Sept. 1 Sam.
14: 15. Horn. ll. 8. 77. 0d. 1. 323.—
Later also trans. Sept. 2 Sam. 22: 5;
and hence Pass. Sapfic’o at, to be aston
ished, to be amazed, Mar 1: 27. 10: 24,
32.—Wisd. 17:3. 1 Macc. 6:8. Plut.
Caes. 4.5.
@oiafiog, eog, oug, r6,($(io'u.at,)aI
tonisbment, amazement, from admiration,
Luke 4: 36. 5: 9. Acts 3: 10. — Hom.
Il. 4:. 79. Thuc. 6. 31.
@avaimylog, ou, a,;,,adj. (Séwaro¢,)
deadly, e. g. poisonous, Mark 16: 18.—
Jos. Ant. 4.. 8. 34. Diod. S. 1. 87. Comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 65].
@um'rnqbégog, 00, 6, 1%, adj.
596mm, <pz'pw,) death-bringing, deadly,
ames 3:8 pear!) I01“: 9m’. Sept. for
m’: Num. 18: 29. _ Diod. Sic. a. 50.
Xen. H. G. 2.3. 32. Comp. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 65].
 @d'mro; 352‘
@oiwz'rog, on, 6, gsw'ya'xw, Sawfly)
death, the extinction 0 life, naturally or
by violence.
a) gem. and of natural death, John
11:4 aim) 1'1 daee'vua 0v‘: Ezrn 1rpdc
sdvarov. v. 13. Rom. 8:38. Phil. 1:
20. Heb. 7: 23. al. So ya'iwflat v.
18m Tdv sdvarov, see in I‘et'uu b. E181.’
I. 0. Also Matt. 26: 38 et Mark 14.:
34 1rspl’hwrog Zwg San/draw sorrowful even
unto death, comp. Engl. ‘ to grieve one's
self to death.’ Rev. 13: 3 £29 Sdvarov.
ib. why-yr) Sami-rou, deadly wound;
Buttm. § 123. n. 4.. John 12: 33 mm,’
stud-rot Epshhev d'lrofiw'ln'ew, by what
death he should die. 18:32. 21:19.
com . Buttm. § 133. 3. 2.——Epict. Ench.
5. en. Ag. 10. 3. Sal/drip gaudy Hom.
0d. 11. 4.12. 1ro£zp Sawing: Act. Thom.
§21.-—Plur. sdyaroi, deaths, i. e. ex
posures to death, 2 Cor. ll: 23.—Plut.
Romul. 24', mp6; samirovg ye‘v
alomatovc dwepu'nrotcdveu véawv e'1ri¢s'pwv.
—Hence meton. for plague, pestilence,
Rev. 6:8. 18:8. So Sept. and I112
Ex. 10:17. Jer. 18: 21. Sept.for ‘LEV-7,
l K. 8:37. Jer. 21: 7. al.
b) spoken of a violent death, e. g. as
a punishment, E'voxog Suvérov, Matt. 26:
66. Mark 14.: 64.. (15:01; 911v. Luke 23:
15. Acts 23: 29. al. xuraxptvew Twit
Sal/(imp Matt. 20: 18. Mark 10: 33.
Siva-rag a'ravpoi'r Phil. 2: 8. genr. Matt.
10:21. Mark 13:19. Luke 23:29.
24.: 20. Acts 22: 4.. 3 Cor. 1: 9, 10.
Rev. 2: 10. al. So of the death of Jesus,
1 Cor. 11:96. Phil. 8: 8. Heb. 2: 9. 5:
7. as piacular, Rom. 5: 10. Col. 1: 22.
Heb. 2: 14. 9: 15. Also by Hebraism,
Matt. 15: 4. et Mark 7: 10 Sawing
rskev-rdrw, quoted from Ex. 21: 17
where Sept. for "P1" hi” comp. v. 17.
Rev. 8: 23 1'81 ‘rc'xva airrr'lg d'rrorrcvn': Ev
Semi-rip, and so Sept. for "3"‘ hi” Ex.
92: 18.—Hdian. 2. 2. 14.. Xen. An. 2.
6. 29 bis.
0) Heb. “3.2 and Sept. st'illtl'roc often
have the sense of destruction, perdition,
misery, implying both physical death
and exclusion from the presence and
favour of God, in consequence of sin
and disobedience, opp. to if’? Sept. Cm’;
life and happiness; so Deut. 30: 19.
Prov. ll: 19. 12:28. Is. 25: 8. Ps.
16: ll coll. Acts 2: 28. In N. T. this
@oivrru
notion is applied with more definiteness
to the gospel scheme; and as Cut, is
used to denote the bliss and glory of the
kingdom of God, including the idea of
a 'oyful resurrection, (see Zun'y c. [3,) so
911mm; is put for the opposite, viz.
rejection from the kingdom of God, in
cluding the idea of physical death as
aggravated by eternal condemnation;
the idea of physical death being some
times more prominent, and sometimes
that of subsequent perdition. John 8:
51 sdvarov on; '41) Sswpr'pzry rig n‘w ala‘wa.
Rom. 6: 16 dm'lhot c'zpapn'ag cit; Sdva'rov.
v. 21 rd 'yc‘lp rc'ltoc E'xeivmv, Srirarog.
v. 93. 7: 5, 10. 8: 2,6. 2 Cor. 2:16.
3: 7. 2 Tim. 1: 10 Karap'yfivuv-roc ,ue‘v
rdv sdvarov, ¢wrfi0avrog 5:‘ Ion)». . an‘!
1'05 eria'y-yehlov. Heb. 2: 15. James 5:
20. 1 John 3:14,. 5:16, 17. al. Called
also 6 Beta-repel; sdvm-oQ, the second death,
Rev. 2: ll. 20: 6, 14. 21: 8. Comp. in
'A-rrofiw'lmcu e.--In this sense 6 Sévarm;
is used in a species of half-personifica
tion, the idea of physical death being
prominent, Rom. 5: 12, 14., 17, 21. I
Cor. 15: 26, 54., 55, 56, coll. Is. 25; 8.
Hos. l3: 14.
d) poet. 1') Stirarog personified, death,
as the king of Hades, Rev. 6: 8. 20: 13,
14. 21: 4. also 1:18. Acts 2: 24. So
Sept. and “.1”, Ps.49:15. comp. Job
18: 13.—Meton. for #81]: itself, Matt. 4:
16 et Luke 1: 79 6'1! xépq Kai and
Sandi-rm) deathqshade, theshades of Orcus,
i. e. thickest darkness, quoted from Is. 9:
1 where Sept. for Comp. Prov. 7:
27. AL.
@aavwréw, 07, i'. 6mm, (fl/dram“) to
put to death, in N. T. by the interven
tion of others, i.q. to cause to be put to
death, to deliver over to death, trans.
8.) pp. Matt. 10: 21 Savaréaovmv ml
rm'lg. 26:59. 97: I. Mark 13: 12. 14:
55. Luke 21:16. 2 Cor. 6:9. 1 Pet.
3: 18. Also hyperbol. Rom. 8: 36,
quoted from Ps. 44: 23 where Sept.
for l‘J-‘J. Sept. for PM?! 1 K. 11: 40. Jer.
38: 15.—Pol. 24. 4. 5. Xen. An. 8.
6. 4.
b) trop. to mortg'fy, to subdue evil de.
sires, etc. Rom. 8: 13. Pass. to become
dead to any thing, to be freed from its
power,c. dat. Rom. 7: 4.
@oivrrw, f. 410), aor. 2 En'utmr, to
 @a'ga
perform funeral rites, pp. including burn
ing and burial, Horn. 0d. 12. 12. 11.
21. 323. In N.'[‘. genr. to bury, to inter,
trans. Matt. 8: 21,22. 14: 12. Luke 9:
59,60. 16: 22. Acts 2; 29. 5; 6, 9,
10. 1 Cor. 15:4. Sept. for ‘14?, Gen. 23:
4 sq.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 6. Hdian. 4. 3.19.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 23.
902506, b, indec. Thara, Heb. H75].
Torah, pr. 11. of the father of Abraham,
Luke 3:34. See Gen. 11: 24. sq. Josh.
'24: 2.
(Daiiéw, a7, 1: 176..., (966,60; later
Att. for 961mm,) to be of good cheer,
to have good courage, to be full of hope
and confidence, intrans. 2 Cor. 5: 6.
Safifiobvrcg 011v mirrors, v. 8. Heb. 13:
6.——-Sept. Prov. 1:21. Ceb. Tab. 30.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 32. —- Seq. Z11 rim, to
have hope and confidence in any one,
2 Cor. 7: 16. comp. '13:! no. 3. c. 7. So
Sept. Safioe'i 5'11" obi for;1 "131} Prov.
31: 11. (P01. 5. 29. 4 int’ TU'L.) Seq. e'ig
r1 ya, to be bold towards any one, 2 Cor.
10: I, 2.
@otgn'ém, (3, 1'. i101», (95112009,) i. q.
96,6135“: q. v. In N. T. only imperat.
Simon, Sapo'eire, be of good cheer, have
good courage, spoken by way of encour
agement, Matt. 9: 2, 22. 14: 27. Mark
6:50. 10:49. Luke 8: 48. John 16:33.
Acts ‘23: 11. Sept. for “Tb-58 Gen. 35:
17. Joel 2: 21, 22. —- Ecolus. 19:10.
Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 18.
Goigaog, 20g, 00;, rd, cheer, 1. e.
cheerful mind, courage, spirit, e. g.
Xaliéévnv Qépo'og, to take courage, i. e.
to be encouraged, to be full 01' hope and
confidence, i. q. Safipéw, Acts 28: 15.—
1 Macc. 4: 35. Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 4. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 5.
(90:17pm, wrog, r6, (prob. 86011111,)
a wonder, Xen. An. 6. 3. 23. In N.T.
wonder, admiration, Rev. 17: 6 s'fiairpaaa
Ear—Jpn ,ui'ya, comp. Bultm. § 131. 3.—
Sept. Job 17: 8. Hdian. 1. 1.8. Xen.
Ag. 2. 27.
@uvpoéiw. f. doopai Rev. 17: 8,
comp. Buttm.§]13. n.7, aor.1 itiaiqmo'a,
(Submit) to wonder, viz.
a) inlrans. to be astonished, to be
amazed, absol. Matt.8: 10 b ‘In. e'Oaiqiuae
Kai sin-z. v. 27. 9:8, 33. 15:31. 21:
3 3 @uuaaoro';
20. 22: '22. 27: 14. 1111311; 5: 20. 6:
51. 15:5. Luke 1:63. 8:25. 11:14.
'24: 41. John 5:20. 7:15. Acts 2: 7.
4:13. 13:41. Rev. 17: 7,8. Sept. for
“21:17:33 Is. 41: 23.—2 Mace. 1: 22. Luc.
D. Deor. 23. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 6.—
VVith adjuncts, to wonder at any thing,
e. g. seq. acc. of pron. as remote object,
John 5: 28 I111) Soup. roiro. Luke 24:
12. See Buttm. § 131. 7. For Rev.
17: 6 see in Gaiipa. Seq. Eu’: 1': Mark
6: 6.v John 7:21. E'v nr: Luke 1: 21.
comp. 'Eu 3. c. 'y. in’ 711/1. Mark 12:
17. Luke 2:33. 4: 22. 9: 43. 20: 26.
Acts 3: l2. comp. ‘Em’ II. 3. c. e. mpi
Til/0g Luke 2: 18. Seq. 511, to wonder
that, because, etc. Luke 11: 38. John 3:
7. 4.: 27. Gal. 1: 6. (Xen. Ven. 1. a.)
Seq. :1, to wonder if, whether, Mark 15:
44. 1 John 3: 13. Comp. E1 1. 2. g. a.
—Xen. An. 3. 2. 35.
b) by impl. trans. to wonder at, i.e. to
admire c. acc. comp. Matlh. § 317. 11.
Luke 7: 9 i) '11]. e'eailpao'ey 11151-61’. Acts
7: 31. Pass. 2 Thess. 1: 10. — Diod.
Sic. 4. 31 Thu (iperi/v. Luc. D. Deor.
16. 2. Xen. Lac. 1. 2.—From the Heb.
Jude 16 Savpc'rlovrsg 1rpdo'wrra, admirers
ofpersons, i. e. having respect to per
sons, partial; so Sept. for I??? ""92 Is.
9:15. .101) 13:10. 22:8. "T71 Lev. 19:
15. In constr. praegnans, Rev. 13:3
Saulmilew driaw r017 snpiou, to wonder
afler the beast, i. e. to admire and follow
him, to become his worshipper, comp.
v. 4.
@avpooiamg, 00, 5,1,, adj. (sat/pd
Zw,) wonderful, admirable, Luc. D. Mort.
20. 5. Xen. An. 2. 3. 15. In N.T. neut.
rd Sauiuiaiov, a wonder, a miracle, Matt.
21:15. Sept. for s2; Ps.77:12,15.
F582;! Josh. 3: 5. Ps. 9: 2. -— Ecclns.
4B: 4.
(Dow/Amara}, 1'], o'r, (911111112501)
wonderful, admirable, wondrous. 1 Pet.
2: 9 sic rd Sau'uarrrdv (ib.-017 (P139. Rev.
15: 1, 3, anpsior, Epya, Sav'u. Matt. 21:
42 et Mark I2: 11 abril [for rofiro] Ear:
Sui/Faun) iv 6:150. {711. quoted from Ps.
118:23 where Sept. for "i225. R‘T'.
Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661. Stuart
<> 436- Sept for “as Ps. s: 1. sg'w:
Ex. 15:11. 34:10.—Luc. Somn.9,10.
Hdian. 2. 4. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 7.-—In
the sense of strange, unusual, 2 Cor.
Z
 Gaol 354
ll: 14 ml 01': Sauluaurov, no wonder.
John 9: 30.—Xen. Mom. I. 1. l7. Cyr.
4. 6. 4.
@505, as, 1‘1,(tem. of 9:69,) agod
dess, e. g. Diana, Acts 19: 27, 35, 37in
text. rec.—Xen. Ven. l. 6.
QEOM/JIOU, f. c'wopat, depon. Mid.
(95a, sdoluag) aor. 1 pass. e'fleéOnv in
pass. sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6; to see,
to look at, to behold, trans.
a) pp. including the notion of desire,
pleasure, etc. Tittm. de Syn. N. T.
p.111, 120. So Matt. 11:7 et Luke
7 : 24 rt’ e'Ef/Mlsre Sec'uraa'tlat; Matt. 22:
11. Luke 23:55. John 1:14. 4: 35.
11:45. 1 John 1:1. 4:14. So 1rpb¢
rd SeaOiiva: m’lroig in order to be seen BY
them, Matt.6: 1. 23:5. comp. Buttm.
§ 134. 4. — 2 Mace. 2: 4. Jos. Ant. 3.
6. 4 pen. Hdian. 3. 4. ll. Xen. An. 3.
5. l3. — In the sense of to visit, Rom.
15: 24. So Sept. and “$2 2 Chr. 22: 6.
—Jos. Ant. 16. l. 2.
b) simply to see, to perceive with the
eyes, i. q. £51711, 0. accus. John 8:10
pnEe'va seaot'tpzvog'. Acts 21: 27. 22: 9.
I John 4: 12. Pass. 595691) inr' abrfig‘
Mark 16: Il.—Jos. Ant. 1.11. 2. Xen.
(Ec. 8. 11.—Seq. ace. and particip.
Mark 16: 14. Luke 5: 27 s’Ouioar-o
rshu'n'nv . . . KaO/lluevov k‘. r. A. John 1:
32, 38. Acts 1: ll. (Xen. Cyr.7. 1. l7.)
Seq. (in John 6: 5. Acts 8: 18.
9562751101, f. low, (Searpov) to be
an actor in the theatre, Suid. sub v.
fiOoMi-yog. Also to bring upon the theatre,
to present as a spectacle, trans. Hence
in N. T. genr. to make a public spectacle
of, to expose to public scorn, Pass. Heb.
10: 33. Criminals were sometimes ex
posed and punished in the theatre, see
Philo in Flacv. p. 977.
@éwrgov, 00, r6, (sfllloluah) theatre,
i. e. place where dramatic and other
public spectacles were exhibited, it'll.
V. H. 3.8. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3. Here
too the people were accustomed to
convene on other occasions, to hear
harangues, to hold public consultations,
etc. see Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 7. Diod. Sic.
16. 84. Pol. 29. 10. 2. J08. Ant. l7. 6.
3. B. J. 7. 3. 3. Cic. pro Place. 7.
comp. Kypke II. p. 100. Wetstein II.
p. 585. So Acts 19: 29,3l. Meton.
a spectacle, public shew, trop. I Cor. 4:9.
@ébyua
comp. Heb. 10: 33.—/Esch. Dial. Socr.
3. 20 Ss'arpa roundly.
@5701’, 09, rd, (prob. neut. of 9:709,
see Passow sub v.) sulphur, brimstone,
Rev. 19: 20 n)!’ xato'uz'vnv Ev r15 9:14p.
So m'ip Kal 9501/, fire and brimstonc,
i. e. sulphurous flames, Luke 17: 29.
Rev. 14:10. 20:10. 21:8. ni'lp Kai
Kant/d; mi 9501/, sulphurous flames and
smoke, Rev. 9:17, 18. So Sept. and
""T‘Eé Gen. 19:24. Ez. 38: 22.—Act.
Thom. § 53. Hdian. 8. 4. 26.
@ETOg, a, 0P, Sens“) divine, per
taining to God, 2_ et. 1: 3,4. Sept.
‘Kl/£17,111 8. for T3355: EX. 31:3. 35:
29.—Hdian. 1. ll. 10. Xen. Mom. 2.
l. 32.—-Neut. r6 9:70;’, the divine na
ture, divinity, Acts 17: 29.—Diod. Sic.
16. 60. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18.
Quém', ms. t. (ewe) deily.
Godhead, i. e. the divine nature and
perfections, Rom. l: 20.—Wisd. 18: 9.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10.
Gem'lbnc, 20;, avg, 6, 1'1, (Scion)
sulphurous, i. e. made of sulphur, Rev.
9: l7. —- Philostr. Imag. I. 27. p. 802.
A form only of the later Greek, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 228.
@éhfl/MZ, ow'og, To ($0.10,) a form
not Attic, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7, m7].
i. e. active volition.
a) pp. will, the act of willing, wish,
yood pleasure ,- Matt. 26: 42 'yzvntii/rw
rt‘) Séhnpé vou. Acts 21: 14. 1 Cor.
16:12 m'n: 55v Séhnua. Eph- 5: 17. 1 Pet.
2:15. 4:2,3, l9. 1 John 5: 14. So
SEMI/ta aapxo'g, carnal desire, John I:
13. Sept. for Ps. l: 2. rs:
Dan. 8:4. 11: 3.-——Ecclus. 8:15.
b) meton. will, thing willed, what
one wills to do or to have done, Matt.
7: 21 600C ems.’ To Se'hnpa rm“; 1rarpo'c.
12:50. 21:31. Mark 3: 35. John 5:
30. 6:38. Acts 13: 22. Rom. 12: 2.
Eph. 6: 6. Heb. 13:21. al. Eph. 2: 3
rt‘: Sehilpura rfig onpxog. Sept. and
‘(an 1 K. 5:8,9. , rs: Ps. 103121.
143: 10.—Hence by impl. will, i. e. pur.
pose, counsel, decree, blw. Matt. 18: 14
oilrwg oi»: {any ss'hnpa Eprrp. r017
1rarpog. John 6:39, 40. Acts 22:14.
Heb. 10: 7, 9, 10, 36. So collect. r1)
s's'hnpa rm? 9:01‘), the counsels, the eter
nal purposes of God, Matt. 6: 10. Luke
I l : 2.
 915.7070‘; 355
(1) meton. will, the faculty of willing,
free-will. 1 Cor. 7: 37 iEovoiav Ext: rupl
for? idiot: sshipluarog. Luke 23: 25.
2 Pet. 1: 21. of God, Eph. 1: 5, 11.
1 Pet. 3: 17 :1 $5M": ‘rd Sc'hnlua rol': 9:06.
AL
Gékralg, ewg, ,5, (95%),) will, good
pleasure of God, Heb. 2: 4. —Sept. Ez.
18:23. 2 Macc. 12: 16. A form of the
later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 7.
99.02 and iEaéltw, f. sehilow,
both forms being used alike by the At
tics, though not indiscriminately; for
the distinction see Passow in 90w and
e'BéAw. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7.—To will, to
wish, to desire, pp. implying active vo
lition and purpose, and thus difi'ering
from Bobhopar, see in Bobho'ua: init.
at) pp. to will, i. e. to have in mind, to
purpose, to intend, to please, viz. (a) of
God and Christ, seq. inf. aor. Rom. 9:
22 El 3:‘ s'e'how i) Gabi; e'vBeiiuoHa: x. r. h.
Col. 1: 27. (Horn. ll. 13.743. Hdot. 2. 49 n’ 80w, ei fiEr; dvr'lrptlry; sometimes
13.) seq.
Mag. Eq.int'.9. et9.)acc.absol.
1 Tim.c. 2:inf.
4. (Xen.
impl.v with an accus. simply, where however
John 5: 21. Acts 18:21 r017 9cm‘; 5: 39 oirdzig 1min’ rrahuuiv, eilfiéwg 90::
9e'hoyrog. 1 Cor. 4:19. James 4: 15.—
Hom. 11. 20. 243. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 ult.
—([3) of men, seq. infin. e. g. aor. Matt.
5: 40. Mark 6: 19 Kai fiflsltcv abrdv
drroi-rzlvm. John 1: 44. Acts 7: 28. al.
0. int‘. pres. Matt. 19: 21 cl 90mg re'M-mg
elven. John 6: 67. Acts 14: 13. 10: 10.
24: 6. al. seq. int‘. et acc. Luke 1:62.
absol. 0. int‘. impl. Matt. 8: Zr‘w 96AM.
Mark 3: 13. 1 Cor. 7:36. Rev. 11:6.al.
(Palzeph. 24. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10.)
So. c. neg. oi: 957w, not to will, not to
have in mind, and by impl. to will not,
to delennine not to do this or that, to
refuse, etc. seq. inf. aor. Matt. 2: 18
vim‘ fitlehe rmpaxltnflr'pvai. Mark 6:26.
Luke 15:28. al. 0. int‘- pres. John 7: l.
2 Thess. 3: 10. absol. 0. int‘. impl.
Matt. 18:30. 21:29. Rom. 7: 15sq.—
Paleeph. 2. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10.—In
untith. of to will and to do, Rom. 7: 18.
2 Cor. 8: 10,11. Phil. 2: 13. Comp.
Winer § 65. 6.—Further, with a nega
live the idea of 90w sometimes ap
proaches that of Eiu'apm, to be able, I
can, e. g. Matt. 1: 19 yr) 90w)!’ ain-r‘lv
wapodeiyluarloar, being unwilling, un.
able, i. e. not being able to bring himself
to do so and so. Luke 18: 13 oi»: fitlchsv
92M:
one.‘ rm)‘: dot). irrripar, would not, could
not, dared not. Comp. Passow in e'tléltm.
Schaal‘. in Greg. Cor. p. 135.-—1—lom.
ll. 13. 106. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 16. H. G.
5. 4. 61.—(7) trop. of the wind, John
3: 8 Error: sz'hu, #1121’, i. e. pro lubitu.—
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 (in flasher/pl. an eagle.
b) genr. to wish, to desire, to choose,
seq. infin. e. g. aor. Luke 8: 20 lbeiy as
ss'howsg. 23: 8. c. inf. pres. John 16:
19. Gal. 4:20. seq. infin. et accus.
Mark 7: 24. 1 Cor. 7: 7. 11: 3. 14:5.
(Hdian. l. 2. 3.) absol. c. inf. impl.
Matt. 15:28 yevrlfiilrw a0: 11:; séhsic.
Mark 9:13. John 15:7. 1 Cor. 4:2l.
(Palzeph. 28. 3.) So 0. neg. m’; Saw,
to will not, to bc unwilling, to choose not,
seq. infin. aor. Luke 19: 14 06 Se'hopzv
roiirov fiamheio'ar Erp' ilpfic. 1 Cor.
10:20. (Palz‘eph. 39.3.) 0. int. pres.
Rom. 1:13. 1 Cor. 10:1. 2 Cor. 1:8.
(Luc. D. Mort. 2. l ult.) absol. c. inf.
impl. John 21: 18.—Seq. El, Luke 12:
an infin. is strictly implied, e. g. Luke
View sc. m'vuv. 2 Cor. ll‘: 19 T5)!’
Sehtiv'rwv (troop/Jill’ sc. eilpc‘ilh—Seq. in!
c. subjunct. Matt. 7: l2 b'o'a luv 90o,"
ira 1rouiiow bp'iv oi lirflp. Mark 6: 25.
John 17: 24. So in interrogations, seq.
fut. indic. or more properly aor. subjunct.
pp. with 'lva. implied; e. g. Matt 20:
32 rt sz'hers [iva] 'rrou'lo'w {41711,- as in
Engl. what willy/e [that] Ishould do unto
you? 26:17. Mark 14:12. l5:9,12.
Luke 9: 54. al. But. see VViner § 42. 4.
p. 235. Herm. ad Vig. p. 742. (Anacr.
12. l. Soph. (Ed. R. 651. c. l'ut. Luc.
Navig. 4 et 26.) Once with ii, i. q. to
choose rather, to prefer, I Cor. 14: 19,
see in "H 3. a.-Sometimes 266M“: (but
not E‘éherr) when followed by an infin.
is to be rendered as an adverb before a
finite verb,u'iIIingl_1/, gladly, as John 6: 21
il'Ozltov oily hugely ail-r611 do To whoior,
they gladly received him into the vessel.
See Buttm. § 150. p. 440. \Viner .5 58.
4.—-Xen. Hi. 7. 9. Cyr. l. 1. 3. ib. 5.
l. 20.
c) by impl. to be disposed, inclined to
any thing, to delight in, to love, i. q.
pihéw' so seq. intin. Luke 20:46 1131'
Seluivrwv 'rrspnrareiv it’ oroholg, uni
9511\01'n'rwv (:orraopoi/q comp. Mark 12:
z 2
 (Be/lithe; 356
38113:’ Sehdvrwv iv 01'. 1rzpi1rarciv Kai
derao'poi'lg, where it seems to take the
accus. as being synonymous with cpikéw.
But this is better referred to Hebraism,
comp. VViner § 58. 4. So b Hebraism
c. accus. Matt. 27:43 ii iii)“: ai/rov,
quoted from Ps. 22:9 where Sept. t'or
.13 rm. Sept. and ‘(R13 c. acc. E2. 18:
23. Also Matt. 9:13 E'Aeov 95M‘), ml
01': swim’, quoted from Hos. 6: 6 where
Sept. for ‘(EU c. acc. Heb. 10: 5, 8,
quoted from Ps. 40: 7 where Sept. for
‘I’!!! c. acc. — Seq. i'v TU’l, to delight
in any thing, Col. 2: 18 Show iv
rarrewotppom'lvg K. 'r. >\. So Sept. and
=:\ 5}’? l Chr. 28: 4.
d) by impl. to be so and so minded, to
be of opinion, to qflirm. 2 Pet. 3: 5
harttdvsi yilp (lirroug Toii'ro se'hov'ragfor
it escapes them who aflirm this, who are
thus minded, comp. v. 4.—Hdian. 5. 3.
ll eircdva T€ filuov drép'yaarov (IV!!!
Se'hovo'w. ib. 5. 6. 10. So volo Cic.
Acad. 4. 14.
e) 90o.) seq. infin. is sometimes
nearly i. q. ‘11mm, to be about to, i. e. it
serves merely as an auxiliary and gives
to the infin. a future sense, e. g. Acts
2: 12 et 17: 20 'ri (‘w 90w: roi/ro clrai;
what then will this be? or as in comm.
Eng. ‘ what is this going to be?‘ See
Schweigh. Lex. Herod. in £09.10. Pas
sow in £00m. Viger. p. 263 sq. and
Negris' Herodotus, Vol. I. p. 314, and
Vol. II. p. 302, &C. where this use of comp. Rev. 1:2.
9M1» is fully illustrated. (Qsoaaxéw, (a, f. haw, (Seofuixogg)
(‘Di/light“, h, 1'], adj. (Sign, rifinpt)
pp. placed or laid as a foundation, fun
damental; hence in N. T. as subst.
foundation, Mosris, Szpe'lua Kai seps'lkwv
OiIEETéPUJQ,,ATTIKIA-IL" sepe'hwl Kai sclzs'luoc,
mimic.
a) masc. b S'eyékmg sc. Moog, pp.
foundation-stone. Heb. 11: 10 rfiv mug
95/1. i'xouarw 1ro'/\u'. Rev. 2]: I4, 19 bis.
Sept. 1'or"-f~7','l 1 K. 5: 17. +5‘, Job 22:
16. 13* osh) Ezra 4: l2. 5: 16.—Esdr.
6; 20. 01. 1. 40. 9. Thuc. 1. 93.—
Trop. of elementary doctrine and in.
struction, the foundation, 1 Got. 3: 10
Seps'kwv re'Bema. Eph. 2: 20. Rom. 15:
20. Heb. 6: 1. ofa fundamental doctrine
or principle, e. g. Christ 1 Con-3: 11, 12.
Also 1 Tim. 6: 19 squ'hwv Kahdv, a
good foundation, sc. on which hope and
salvation may rest.—Meton. 2 Tim. 2:
(925;
19 selue'htog‘ r017 6:05, that which ‘God
hath founded, God's building, the gos
pel scheme.
b) neut. r6 Scpe’hiov, foundation, in
Luke's writings, Acts 16:26 re. Ssluéha.
Luke 6: 48, 49. 14:29. Sept. for “"1257:
Prov. 8:29. Is. 58: 12. ‘lb? Lam. 4:11.
Mic. 1: 15.—Diod. Sic. 5. 66. Xen. H.
G. 5. 2. 5.
951.027.4011, f. time), (-9eluz'htog) to_
lay the foundation of any thing, to jbund,
trans. Matt. 7: 25 et Luke 6:‘48
relic/“Mano yup 5'1ri rilv 1rs'1'pav, where
for the omission of the augm. in plupt'.
see Buttm. § 83. n. 6. Heb. l: 10 quoted
from Ps. 102: 26 where Sept. for "=13.
also Josh. 6: 26. al. — Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
11.—Metaph. to ground, to establish, to
confirm, Eph. 3: l7. Col. 1:23 rfi m'eru
rzflzlushlwpévol'. 1 Pet. 5: IO.-—- Diod.
Sic. 11. 68. ib. 15. 1.
@lobibam'og, av, b, 1", adj. (0.6;,
Fibrin-w.) taught of God, 1 Thess. 4: 9.
comp. Ethanol rail 95017 John 6: 45. —
Theophil. ad Antol. II. p. 87.
@eohiyog, on, b, (956;, MW)
theologue, one who treats of God and
divine things, as Epimenides Diod. Sic.
5. 80. Pherecydes Plut. Sylla 36. In
N. T. spoken of John, the divine, the
theologian, in the inscription 01' the
Apocalypse, as maintaining the divine
nature and attributes of the Logos,
to fight or contend against God, Acts 23:
9 in text. rec. — 2 Mace. 7: 19. Xen.
(Re. 16. 3.
Geopooixog, 00, .3, 1'], adj. (926g,
pdxopan) fighting against God, contend.
ing with God, Acts 5: 39.—Symm. for
v.32“; PI‘OV. 9: 18. 2|: 16.
@eo'n‘veuorog, ou, 6,1'1,(9e69,1rn'w,
Godinspired, givenfrom God, 2 Tim. 3:
16 ‘:TfiG’ll ‘yp(l¢Y‘] Seonvevarogn—Plut. ed.
R. IX. p. 583. 9, rol‘lg dvzlpovg roiig
Qcon'vei'larovg. Phocylid. 121 rig 5:‘
Szanvn'mrov aoqn'nc Ail-yog- Eariv lipurrog.
Comp. Jos. c. Ap. l. 7 [111 'ypmpai] n31»
1rpo¢nr£w Kara rip’ inlrrvoww Thu am‘;
r05 9:017 paedvrwv. Cic. prO Arch. 8,
poetam . . . quasi divino quodam spiritu
inflari.
956;, 017, 6, God, the divinity,- for
 Geo’; 357
the derivation see note below. On the
V00. 92:’ Matt. 27: 46. Act. Thom. \S 44.,
45, instead of the Attic voc. Sade, see
Buttm. § 35. n. 2. Winer § 8. 2. c.
a) gem. God, the supreme Lord and
Father of all, Jehovah; so 6 9:15;, Matt.
1223. 3: 9. 5: 8. 6: 30. John 4124.
9: 24. Rom. I6: 26. James 2:19. al.
saepiss. Without the art. 9w’; Matt. 6:
24. 19: 26. Luke 2:14, 52. 3:2. John
1:6, 18. 3: 2. Acts 5: 29. Rom. 1:7, 17. Luke 20: 25. (Xen. Cyr. a. 3. 20.)
18. 1 Cor. 4: 1. al. seep. Comp. Winer In this last sense also we find 'rc‘r 7rpdg
§ l_8. p. 108. Sept. everywhere for for Geo'v, things pertaining to God, his
“W25, Gen. 1. l, 2 sq. saepiss. Also service and worship, Rom. l5; l7. Heb.
Ki'iptog 1') 9569, Matt. 4': 7, IO. 22: 37.
Mark 12.29,:30. Luke 1:16,3-2. 1 Pet.
3: 15. Rev. 4': 8. ll: 17. S0 Acts ‘2:
39 Kl'lpwc 1'; 9:69 {441311. 7; 37. So Sept.
for v7.1.9; "5'"; Gen. 2: 15, 16, 18 sq. 3:
14. more freq. 0. gen. for "B "'1":
Is. 43: 3. Jer. 3: 13. E2. 44.: 3. al. See
Gesen. Heb. Lex. "fi-‘f'; a. —— In con.
struction: (a) before a genitive e. g. of
person, ('1 9:6: rwog, the God ofany one,
i. e. his protector, benefactor, the object
of his worship. Matt. 22: 32 b @569
'Agpur'lp x. r. A. Mark I2: 26. Luke 1:
68. Acts 5:30. 7: 3'2, 46. al. So voc.
Matt. 27: 4.6 Gee’ you, 9:2’ ,uov, and Mark
15:34 d 956;‘ you, ('I (966; 41.01;‘, quoted
from Ps. 22: 2 where Heb. ‘.15 ‘Pit, Sept.
6 on‘); 6 656; you. Seq. gen. of thing,
i. e. God as the author and giver, the
source of any thing, e. g. Geog rfic
in’oluovfig x112 rfic 1rapaxhi'lnwc Rom. 15:
5. 9. rfig Q1150; v. 13. G). 'riic zip/‘mpg
16:20. Phil. 4.; 9. Heb. 13; 20. o.
izmrcwraoiav; 1 Cor. 14:33. 6. m'nmg
xdpu'oc 1 Pet. 5: 10.—(B) Genit. @5017
after other nouns, e. g. as active 01' Sub
jective, denoting what comes forth, is
sent, given, appointed from God, Matt.
3: 16 ‘R'VEI-IIJG 1'05 6. Luke 11:491'1 o'mpia
T017 9. 3: 38 (0159) 1'05 Gem"). 9; 20 o
Xpwroc for? 6. Acts 23: 4 rev dpxiepe'a
1'05 6. Matt. 6:33 1'] flamheia roi 9.
2 Tim. 3: l7 6 fi'wflp. rm? 9:05) the man
of God, taught, furnished of God.
1 Thess. 4: 16 1', aéMrq/S 6cm‘: trump of
God, which sounds by command of God,
i. q. 1'; e'rrxd-rr; ac’rkrn-yE 1 Cor. 15: 52.
See Winer § 37. 3. Also in a passive
or objective sense, Winer § 30. 1. Luke
ll: 42 1') Ii'yc’nm rail Gem] love To God,
see more in ’A-yc’un1 b. Luke 6. 12
wpooeuxr) T017 @6017 prayer to God. Mark
626;
ll: 22 1rz'm'tc T017 (-9. faith in God. So
oixog rm": (-3. i. e. consecrated to God,
Luke 6: 4. 1 Cor. 3: 9. Rev. 15: 2
mddpai 1'. Gem": harps for the praise of
God, comp. 1Chr.16:42. Winer§ 37. 3.
Further, rd r017 9e06, the things of God,
6. g. his counsels, purposes I Cor. 2: II,
or things pleasing to him Matt. 16: 23.
Mark 8: 33, or things belonging, per.
taining, to him, Matt. 22:21. Mark 12:
2: l7. 5: l. — (-y) Dat. 961,7, e. g. after
adjectives, as c'wreiog 1'9": 6293 Acts 7:
20, and (Bum-rd ‘rcp— 659'; 2 Cor. 10: 4, as
an intensive from the Heb. exceedingly,
see in 'Ao-reiog and Auva'rdg. \Viner
§ 37. 3. Elsewhere after verbs etc.
T0 or FOR God, e. g". Rom. 6: 10 et Gal.
8: l9 (lily rq] (9:93, i. e. to his honour
and praise, in accordance with his will,
2 Cor. 5:13. 9:11. al.
b) spoken of Christ, the Logos, who
is declared to be 6 956;‘, e. g. John I:
l. 20: 28. Rom. 9:5. Phil. 2: 6. 1 Tim.
3: [6. Heb. 1:8. 1 John 5: 20. Rev.
19: 17 coll. v. 7. 22: 6.—So the Saviour
is called 6 @569 in Test. XII Patr.
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Vol. I. p. 542,
6 9:69 ofi'ua Xagi‘uv E'crmo'zv ain'oilg‘
dvaa-n'lo’el 7&9 Kiipiog [row owriipa] (-Duiv
xal iivdpanrov. p. 644, 64,5, 5¢E66€ (956v
e'v dxr'lluan dvttpdnrou. p. 672 o'zpliilde'rm
Geog, rarombviv dvtipdnrotg e'1rl. 'rfic 75;‘.
p. 696 956;; ii; Itriipa inror LWi/AEVOC.
Comp. also Justin. Dial. c. 'lhyph. p.
‘284. Origen c. Cels. 5. 39. ib. 6. 60.
Comm. in Joann. Tom. I. 42. II. §2-—6.
VI. s as.
c) from the Heb. spoken of kings as
the representatives of God in the Jewish
theocracy. John 10: 34, 35 é-yu‘i ei1ra,
95m’ Euro; :1 Exzlvoug' zl1re swim K- T. X.
quoted from and in allusion to Ps. 82:
l, 6, where Sept. and Heb. $355,, comp.
v. 7.
d) in the Greek sense, 6 9:69, a god,
the deity, oi 9201', the gods, i. e. the
heathen gods. Acts 7: 43 6 956;‘ {ha-‘w
'Peliupdv. 12:22. 14:11 oi 9101'. 19:26.
28: 6. 1 Cor. 8: 4., 5. Gal. 4: 8. So
Satan is called 6 9:6; r017 aiiivoc roirrov,
the god of this world, its leader, etc.
2 Cor. 4: 4. Indeed the Jews regarded
 ®soo€€am 35's
' all the heathen gods as evil spirits, see
in Ampo'vlov b.—Diod. Sic. 1. 9. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 18, 19. ib. 4. 7. 6.——Once
term. 1‘; 9:69, a goddess, Diana, Acts 19:
37 in some edit. So Xen. An. 3. 2. 12 71')
'Ap-répnst .. . r?) 3293 ib. 5. 3. 6, 7, 9.
—Meton. an image, idol, Acts 7: 4.0.
Sept. for 525} 5E‘. [swig 'yXvm-ég]. Is. 44:
I7. “"332, 2 Sam. 5: 21.
None. The earliest derivation of
0.6. is from 1161);“, e. g. 'Hdot. 2. 52
9:06;‘ 5:‘ 'n'poawvé/rao'év mpcac c’urh roi'i
rotoi'n'ov, 5r: xzio'pg) sir/reg Te mivra
'n'pr'l-ypm-a xal 1riio'ac vopc'rg elxoy. So
Clem. Alex. Strom. I, em 55‘ wapa rfiv
se'aw s'ipnrat Kai rciEw, rip’ diaulo'pnmv.
—Plato derives it from Se’w to run, re
garding the deity as havin been first
recognized in the sun an; moon and
earth and stars and heavens, fire 'yol'w
airra hpd'wrec mivra. del ldvra 596,19: nai
sierra, dirt‘: rairrng 'rfic (pi/army 'rfig r017
9:111, 9501); airrolig iron/apricot, Plato
Crat. 16. p. 397. D. This idea is para
phrased by Theophil. ad Autol. I. p. 71,
i. q. rpe'xcw, Kwe'iv, s'vcp'yeiv, rpz'tpew
'rrpovoziv :cal Kugspwjv, Kal (wo'rroteiv 'riz
mivrm—But more prob. 9:69 is of the
same family with Zn'lg, Aide, 1E0]. Act/g,
Lat. deus, [and Sanscrit, Déwas, from
the root Div, to shine, be resplendentlg
beautiful]. AL.
6500265106, 06;, 1‘], (Szoasgfig) 1'8
verence towards God, godliness, 1 Tim. 2:
10. Sept. for wfzs, hsj: Gen. 20=11. physician, Thuc. 2.47. Xen. Cyr. 3.
—Baruch 5: 3. Xen. An. 2. 6. 26.
92002659‘, tag, 05;, 6, 1',, adj. (Stag, sepmrniwv mi'rav miaov, Rev. 13: 3
aé€o,ua:,) reverencing God, godlg, a wor
shipper of God, John 9: 31. Sept. for
mess: Ex. 18:21. Job 1:1, 8.— to cherish,) an attendant, minister, im
Judith 11:17. Xen. Cyr. 8.1. 25L
Geode-0777;, tag, 05;, (956;, aru‘yt'w.)
pass. hated of the gods, Eurip. Troad.
1243 or 1221. In N. T. act. hating
God, impious, Rom. 1:30. — Eurip.
Cycl. 395 or 396. Suidas, Sroo-rvyeig'
Ssopt'anroi, oi inn‘) Scot’: ,uwoz'nievoi Kai oi
9:61! [twain/rec.
®E6rns, wires 1']. (9:07.) deity.
Godhead, the divine nature and perfec
tions, i. q. Seal-rug, Col. 2: 9.— Luc.
Icarom. 9.
Geéomog, 00, a, Theophilus, pr.
n. of a. person of distinction, xpzirwrog,
(-Degtzza
to whom Luke inscribed his Gospel
and the book of Acts, Luke 1: 3. Acts
1: 1. Elsewhere unknown.
@egane/a, 04;, i], (Squarrn'na) vo
luntary service, attendance, ministry, genr,
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 5.5.29.
In N. T.
a) care of the sick, and by impl. re
lief, healing, Luke 9: 11 xpeiav Zxovrag
Separreiag iii-r0. Rev. 22: 2.— Jos. Ant.
19. l. 16. Palaeph. 2. 4. Xen. Hi. 8. 4.
b) meton. and collect. attendants, da
mestics, retinue, Matt. 24: 45. Luke 12:
42. Sept. for W752, Gen. 45: 16- -—
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4 only sspavru’qr fiaaiMs-ij.
Hdian. 7. l. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4.
GEQOM'EKIJW, f. n'm'w, (scpo'urwv) to
wait upon, to minister unto, i. e. to ren
der voluntary service and attendance;
see Passow sub v.
a) pp. Pass. Acts 17: 25 cal/88(1) 9:61;)
inn} Xupé'w évepdnruv Sepan'u'leraa—
Diod. Sic. 2. 20. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 7. ib.
5. 5. 29.
b) to take care of the sick, to tend,
genr. Xen. An. 7. 2. 6. Hi. 8. 4. In
N. T. by impl. to relieve,to heal, to cure,
absol. Matt. 12:10 et Luke 6: 7 iv r15
aaggdrrp szpmrer'lcw. c. ace. of pers.
hiatt. 4:24 1rapahvrixol'lc' xal e'flsptirrevaey
abrol'lg. Mark 1: 34. Luke 10: 9. Acts
4:14.211. Seq. acc. et (uni, Luke 7:
21 5'6: 1i1rzvo'e 1roMm§g ('uri) wiawv. 8:
2.— ob. 12:3. Palaeph. 2. 4. of a
2. 12.—Seq. acc. of disease, Matt. 4: 23
TAITYI) e'tisparru'len. AL.
Gzgoiarwv, owog, 6, (prob. 819...
plying always voluntary service and at
tendance and therefore difi’erent from
506101;’ once of Moses, Heb. 3: 5. Sept.
for ‘i=1. also of Moses Ex. 14: 31. Num.
12: 7,8. of Job, 0. 1:8. 2: 3.——Hdian.
3. 10. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. Comp.
Passow sub v.
@agzZw, t". iaw, (S'époc summer,
harvest-time,) to summer intrans._Xen.
An. 3. 5. 15. In N. T. to harvest, to
reap, viz.
a) gem. and absol. Matt. 6:26 oi:
arrzz'povaw, 065:‘ sspil'auaw. Luke 12:
24. James 5: 4 oi Sepio'awreg the reaper-s.
Sept. for "15?, Ruth 2: 3 sq. — Plut. ed.
 @egwpoo';
R. VI. p. 422. 4.. Xen. (Ec. 18. 1.—
Heuce in proverbial expressions, e. g.
sepii'wv 51ml: oinc Eorrupag i. e. turning
the labours of others to one's own proht,
Math 25: 24,26. Luke l9: 2]., 22. In
a like sense John 4: 37 iihhog‘ éo'rlv ('1
dirclpwv, Kai Iihhog b Sepifwy. Comp.
Job 31: 8. Mic. 6: 15. Further 1') E801
arrcl'pq r‘ivflpunroc, rol'n'o Kai Sepia“, i. 0.
he Wlll be rewarded according to his
works, Gal. 6: 7; and in a similar
sense 2 Cor. 9: 6 his. Comp. Sept. and
"SP, Jer. 12: 13. See in Errcl'pw a, fin.
b) trop. to reap the fruits of one's la
bours, to receive in recompense, 0. ac
cus. 1 Cor. 9: 11 rt‘: a'apmxé. Gal. 6:
8 bis, 9. So Sept. and ‘SP, Prov. 22:
8.—Test. XII Patr. p. 576.—Fig. also
of a Christian teacher gathering in con
verts into the kingdom of God, John 4.:
36 bis, 38 e'yd) drrs'oruha i416; 9EP[Z€U’ a
obx {44:79 xexorru'wurr, comp. Matt. 9:
37 et Luke 10: 2.
c) by impl. to cut down, to destroy,
Rev. 14: 15 bis, 16 ml 1‘) yr‘; c’Bcpio'flr], one of the four divisions of Macedonia,
i. e. the iniquity of men is fully ripe and the usual station of a Roman prac
and is cut oil". Comp. Joel 4, [3]: 13. tor and quasstor. The Jews had here a
Is. 17: 5.
(‘Begun/.04, 00, .3, (Seplzo) harvest,
harvesting. John 4: 35 bis, ('1 Sepwluig
Epxerag. . . Mum! rim 1rpdc Sepwfuiv.
Matt. 13: 30 bis, 39. Mark 4: 29.
Sept. for “3?, Gen. 8: 22. Jer. 50: 16.
—---P01. 5: 95. 5. Xen. (Ec. 18.3.—Me
ton. the harvest to be gathered, produce
of the harvest, pp. Sept. for “3?, Jer.
5: 17; in N. T. trop. for the converts
to be gathered into Christ's kingdom,
Matt. 9: 37, 38 bis. Luke 10: 2 tor.
Also of those whose iniquity is fully
ripe for punishment Rev. 14: 15, comp.
in Gzpr'Zw c.
Gegwrrig, 05, a, (95911») a Ila?‘
vest-man, reaper, Matt. 13: 30, 39.—Bel
and Drag. 4.0. Xen. Hi. 6. 10.
(‘Bigfoot/w, f. (1WD, (Qrppég warm,
fr. Sept-1,) to warm, Hom. Ii. 14. 7. In
N. T. only Mid. Scppaivopm, to warm
one’; seI , e.g. by a fire Mark 14: 54 Kai
17v sepfiawopsvoc ‘Ii-pog- To ¢(:M,'. v. 67.
John 18: 18 bis, 25. with clothing
James 2: 16. Sept. for =1": Is. 44: 15,
16. 1 K. 1: 1,2.-—-Hdian. 8.4. 27. Xen.
Mem. 4. 3. 8.
Gig/Ml, 775, i], (-gepfuig, Serum)
359 @Ewgiw
warmth,heat, Acts 23:3. Sept. for 5" Job
6: 17. ""95 Ps. 19: 7.—Ecclus. 38: 28.
Thuc. 2. 49.
@égog, 20;, avg, 16, (Sépw) sum
mer, i. e. the warm season, in Palestine
corresponding to the whole of our
spring and summer months, see Jahn
§ 21. So Matt. 24,: 32. Mark 13: 28.
Luke 21: 30. So Sept. and T72 Prov.
6:8. 30:25. — Diod. Sic. 5. 30. Xen.
Ven. 6. l3. Mem. 1. 6. 2.—Elsewhere
also harvest, Sept. for “5?. Prov. 26: 1.
Jos. Am. 4.. 8. 21. Dem. 1253. 15.
@saaozlovmsbgféwg, 6, a Thess'u.
Ionian, Acts 20: 4,. 27: 2. 1 Thess.
1:1. 2 Thess. 1:1.
@eo'rmhow'xn, 729', 1'), Thessalonica,
now Salom'hi, a city of Macedonia at
the head of the Sinus Thermaicus. It
was anciently called Therma, but was
named by Cassander Thessalonica after
his wife, the daughter of Philip. Un
der the Romans it was the capital of
synagogue; and it was to the church
gathered here that Paul wrote his ear
liest epistles. Acts 17: 1, ll, 13. Phil.
4: l6. 2 Tim. 4.: 10.—Comp. Diod. Sic.
19: 52. Strabo VII. p. 509. Liv. 4.5.
29. Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. III. p. 395 sq.
659612;, a, 6, Theudas, an impos_
tor who excited tumult among the Jews,
Acts 5: 36. He is probably to be
placed during the interregnum after the
death of Herod the Great, when Judea
was disturbed by frequent seditious,
see Jos. Ant. 17. c. 10 sq. Judas too,
who ‘came after him, (Acts 5: 37,) ap.
peared under Cyrenius and Coponius,
A. D. 6—9; see Jos. Ant. 18.1.1. ib.
20. 5. 2. -— Josephus mentions another
Theudas, an impostor, under Claudius,
while Cuspius Fadus was procurator of
Judea, about A. D. 45.
@Ewgéw, 5, f. fia'w, (Sewpo'g specta
tor, fr. 3:60pm) pp. to be a spectator of,
i. e. to look on or at, to behold, trans.
nearly i. q. Su'wpa: q. v. comp. Tittm.
de Syn. N. T. p. 120.
a) pp. including the notion of atten_
tion, wonder, etc. (a) gem. c. ace. of
thing, Luke 23: 4.8 Smpofiv'rrg rd
 @ewgt'ot 360
. yevhpeya. John 2:23. 17: 24. Acts
8:13. o. acc. pers. Rev. 11: 11,12.
seq. mDc, nob, Mark 12:41. 15:47.
absol. Matt. 27:55. Mark 15: 40.
Luke 14.: 29. 23; 35. Acts 19:26.
Sept.
Dan. 5:
for5. “'37: Ps.
21.—Theophr.
27:4. Chald.
Char. 13
or 6. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 3. of public
spectacles Luc. Tim. 50. Arr. Epict.
l. 25. 27. — ([3) to look at, to view with
attention, Matt. 28:1 9. Thu ripper’.
(Ceb. Tab. 1.) Trop. to consider, ch
7: 4 Sewpe'ire be‘, mphixog ob-rog—Diod.
Sic. 12. 15. Dem, l9. 23.—(7) to look
at, by impl. to comprehend, to recognize,
to acknowledge, c. acc. of pers. John 6:
40 mic b Scwpu‘w rbv uibi'. 12: 45 bis. man, Rom. l: 26, 27.
14: 17.—Wisd. 13: 5. Diod. Sic. 19. "$2.3: Lev. 27: 4 sq. — Hdian. 1. 14. 16.
52 ‘robe Ao'youg. Xen. Lac. 1. 4.
1)) simply to see, to perceive with the
eyes, to behold, nearly i. q. 1351/. (a)
gem. seq. acc. pers. Mark 3: 11. Luke
24.: 37. John 9:8. 14.;19. 16: 10,16,
17,19. Acts 3: 16. 9: 7. 25: 24. c.
part. added Luke 10: 18 z’Babpovv row
Eamvav rmévra. 24: 39. Mark 5: 15.
John 6: 19, 62. 20: 12, 14. Seq. acc.
of thing Luke 21:6. John 7: 3. Acts
20:38. c. part. add. John 10:12 9.
Toy Abxov Epxbpevov. 20: 6. Acts 7: 56.
10:11. Sept. for "$2 Ps. 22: 8. 31:
12.—1 Macc. 13: 29. Diod. Sic. 13.
57. — ([3) to perceive, to mark, to note,
seq. 5n Mark 16: 4.. John 4:19. 12:
19. Acts 27: 10. seq. mtaoc Acts 21:20.
Seq. acc. of thing Mark 5: 38 mt
setups? slim/gov. Acts 4: 13. 0. part.
add. Acts 17: 16. 28: 6. Seq. acc. of
pers. 0. part. 1 John 3:17. 0. part.
impl. Acts 17:22. 2 Macc. 9:23.
Diod. S. 13. 28.—(-y) from the Heb. to
see, for to ezperience, e. g. row 9c'wurov
John 8:51. See in Elbow I. c.
GEWQI’OL, 12$’, 1'], (Sewpc'w) a behold
ing, viewing, Diod. Sic. l. 94. Thuc.
6. 16. In N. T. a sight, spectacle, Luke
23:48. — 3 Macc. 5: 24. Arr. Epict.
I. 2- 12.
(‘9717171, 71;, 1‘), (rlfiwm) pp. place to
put or set any thing, repository, recep
tacle, e. g. for a sword, a sheath, John
18: 11.—Jos. Ant. 7. ll. 7. cell,
chamber, Xen. (Ec. 8. l7. sepulchre,
Cyr. 7. a. 5.
@nhoifiw, f. rim», ($nh'1, breast.)
Gngmlwuxéw
1. pp. causat. to suckle, to give such,
absol. Matt. 24: 19 obai ra'ic 911M101’:
aaig. Mark 13:17. Luke 21: 23. 23:
29. Sept. for P2‘?! Gen. 21:7. Ex.
2: 7.—]El. l3. 1 init.
2. immed. to suck at the breast, for
which more usually Snkc'zlopat, Lob. ad
Phr. p. 468. Seq. acc. Luke 11:27
pao'roi oiic EO/Maaac. Part. Snhdlwv,
suckling, Matt. 21: 16, quoted from Ps.
8: 3 where Sept. for P95". So Sept.
,uaarobc Edi/M1011 for P3: Job 3: l2.
Cant. 8: 1. —- Theocr. 3. 15 parabolic
idilkafs. Plut. Romul. 6.
957%, 9mm, 9m, adj. female.
a) i‘) Qiyhna, as subst. a female, a we.
So Sept. for
b) 16 Sr‘fiw, only in the phrase dpa'zv
Kai $71M], male and female, Matt. 19:4.
Mark 10:6. Gal. 3: 28. So Sept. for
"as; Gen. 1; 27. 6: 19.—Luc. dc Salt.
12. Hdot. 2. 85 1'6 9,7)“; 751109.
95150:. as. 1',, (9.39,) hunting, a.
chase, Horn. 11. 5. 49. Xen. Cyr. I. 4.
5. prey, game, 0d. 9. 158. Xen. Ven.
6. 13.—In N. T. meton. destruction, i. e.
cause of destruction, Rom. 11: 9 "yen,
Oilrw 1'1 rpi'urel'a obi-div zig mz-ylba mi sly
Sfipav x. r. A. quoted laxly from Ps.
69: 23 where there is no corresponding
word in the Heb. text. But Sept. for
net Ps. 35: 8.
@ngebw, f. 56m, Sfipa) to hunt,
to lake in hunting, Xen. n. 1. 2. 7. ib.
5. 3. 9. In N. T. trop. to catch at one's
words, to lag hold of, c. acc. Luke 11:54
Znrobvrsc 9.19.55...’ 1': in rail orb taroc
abrm'z. — Comp. Sept. for =35 to iie in
wait Ps. 59: 4. P01. 23. B. 11 rflv Ebrotav.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 2 rfiv quMav.
@ngtoaaxs'w, til, f. flaw, (Snplm',
ptixopim) to fight with wild beasts, like
condemned persons in the public specta
cles; see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 344.
Absol. 1 Cor. 15:32 :1 Karl‘: dvflpwrrov
Eerlpiopiixnaa e'v 'Epémp, prob. figura
tively in allusion to Acts 19: 29 sq. ifto
human view, as men would count it, I
fimght with wild beasts. So Thoophyl.
Snpioluaxe'iv xahei 'n‘1v 1rpbc 'Ioubaiouc
Kai Anpirrptov rbv fIP'YUPOKé‘YI‘OV prixnv.
—trop. Ignat. Ep. in Rom. c. 5 (mo Eu
piac fiexpi. 'Pli’PJ"; Snptopaxu‘n—Others,
 9115/0» 361 Gtu' I;

lit. if so for as depended on man's will, — Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 2 Et'lhu'ov snoavpo'v,

I fought etc. supposing that the infuri comp. 2 K. 12: 10.
ated multitude Acts 1. 0.) ma have
947706,“), f. Qt’Eopat, aor. 2 59:-you,
demanded that aul should be thus
punished. So Chrysost. b'aov eig dr a lengthened form of the pres. instead
of 91y... Buttm. § 112. 13. <; 114.. Matth.
epu'nroug hxov, t'firypzopdxnom—pp. Arte
mid. II. 59. Diod. Sic. 3. 4.3 ult. § 237; to touch, c. c. gen. Heb. 12: 20
m‘iv 9rlpt’ov Si-yy rm': bpouq, comp. Ex.
("Dug/or, 00, .6, (i. q. 9139,) a beast, 19:12 where Sept. for 7;; absol. Col.
wild-beast, Mark 1: 13. Acts 10: 12. 2: 21. —— Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Xen. Cyr.
11:6. 28: 4, 5. Heb. 12:20. James 1. 3. 5.—Intens. to touch forcibly, i. q.
3: 7. Rev. 6:8. Sept. for "EU? Deut. to smite, to harm, Heb. l_1: 28 i'va pr) 6
28: 6. Jer. 7:31. ":11 Gen. 1:24. dhofipu'rwv 9i)!” ailrcbv. SO 1161). ,2!
Deut. 7: 22.—Hdian. l. 13. 17. Xen. Gen. 32: 26, 33, al. Sept. drr'ropat. -—
Cyr. 1. 4. 5, 7.—Tr0p. of brutal, savage Act. Thom. § 12 qiv a1 fiho’iéai ain-al ob
men, Tit. l: 12.—Aristot. Moral. 2. 5. svy'yc'ivouoi.
Jos. Ant. l7. 5. 5 ult. comp. Xen.
Mem. 3. ll. 11. -- Elsewhere symboli @M'cw, f. 1111.), to press, to press upon,
cally in the Apocalypse, e. g. Rev. 11: trans. e. g. the lips by a kiss Theocr. 20.
7. 13:1 sq. 14:9,11. a1. szep. AL. 4. In N. T.
@naavgtZw, 1‘. tom, (911o'avpoc,)to a) pp. :1 person in a crowd, Mark 3:
treasure up, to lay up in store, seq. acc. 9 in: pr‘) slu'gwaw ailro'v. —- Ecclus. 16:
et dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 6: 19, 20, 28. Artemidor. 2.37.—-In the sense of
to press together, to compress, Pass. part.
snaavpilere illjiv s’qaaupoz'rg. Luke 12:
reOMppc'i/og, pressed together, made nar
21. 1 Cor. 16: 2. 2 Cor. 12:14. Sept.
for "$5 2 K. 20: 17. Am. 3: 10. "PE
row, whence Matt. 7: l4 reOMppéw, 2''
Zech. 9: 3.—Baruch 3: 10. 351. V. H. 656g narrow is the way. -— comp. Wisd.
6. l2. Xen. Cyr. B. 2. 24. — Trop. of 15: 7 Kcpapctig éurahfiv 'yfiv slu'guv. Arr.
evil, punishment, Rom. 2: 5 dp'yr'p'. Epict. l. 25.
James 5: 3, coll. v. 5. Sept. for 153 b) trop. t0 oppress with evils, to afllict,
Prov. 1: 18.—By impl. to keep in store, to distress, 2 Thess. l: 6 roig 9M€ovmv
to reserve, Pass. c. dat. 2 Pet. 3: 7. {4469. Pass. 2 Cor. 1:6. 4:8. 7: 5.
1 Thess. 3: 4. 2 Thess. l: 7. 1 Tim.
9716860569 06, b, (rittqlug) 1. trea 5:10. Heb. 11:37. Sept. for P‘?!
sure, any thing laid up in store, wealth, Deut. 28:53, 55. vs’; Ex. 22:21.
e. g. temporal, Matt. 6: 19, 21. 13:44. “,3? [according to Gesen. ‘3U, Hiph. of
Luke 12:34. Heb. 11:26. Sept. for H15:] 1 K. 8:37. “TB; Ps. 23: 5.—Di0d.
"3'1! 1 K. 14:26. Prov. 15: 17. {was
Sic. 12. 66. ib. 1.3. 109.
Gen. 43: 23. Prov. 2: 4.'— l Macc.
1: 24. Hdian. 3. 9. 20. Xen. Cyr. 3. @N'mlalg, 2mg, 1'], (9M€w,) pressure,
l. 33. — Trop. of spiritual treasures, compression, straitness, Artemid. 1. 79
pertaining to the mind or to eternal life, Hesych. Qki’dag' aria/wing. —- In N. T.
Matt.6:20. 19:21. Mark 10:21. Luke only trop. pressure from evils, afliiction,
12: 33. 18: 22. 2 Cor. 4.: 7. Col. 2. 3. distress, 2 Cor. 2: 4 ix 1ro)\)\fig 9114...’;
—Ecclus. 20: 30. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. tcai ouvoxfig xapbiac E'ypatba. Phil. 1:
2. treasury, place where treasures, 16. Of a woman in travail John 16:
stores, are laid up, store-house, Matt. 13: 21. Sept. for ">5 Deut. 4: 30. "25,‘ Neh.
52 oixobeo'vrorng o'er-rig e'tcgdMet Ex T017 9: 37.—1 Macc. 5: 16. 2 Macc.1:7.-— .
9110. air-r017 xawo': x. r. A. Trop. of the Oftener by meton. evils by which one
storehouse of the mind, where the is pressed, afliction, distress, calamity,
thoughts, feelings, counsels are laid up, Matt. 13:21 yevop'z'vngbéshiibzwg. Acts
Matt. I2: 35 bis. Luke 6: 45 bis. Sept. 7: 10,11. Rom. 5: 3. 2 Cor. 1: 4. Heb.
pp. for ‘$5! Neh. 13:12. 1 K. 7: 51. 10:33. al. In apposit. Mark 13:19
— pp. Diod. Sic. 17. 71. Xen. An. 5. E'oovrai fipe'uu e’xe'iva: 9AM“- So with
4. 27.—Hence of a chest, boz, casket, in synon. as chirp"; mi orsvo upia Rom.
which precious thin s are kept, Matt. 2: 9. 9h. xal civd'yxn 2 or.6:4. 1
2: ll t'rvol'Eayrec row; snoaupolig (12511311. Thess. 3: 7. Sept. for "=1 Ps. 119: 143.
 @igfio'zw
"I? 1 Sam. 10: 19. Is. 8: 22.—Ecclus.
5i: 5. 1 Macc. 12:13. AL.
@7507“), i'. savor-rpm, aor. 2 wallow,
pert‘. 're'evmca, inf. 'rctlvcival, Buttm. §
1l4, to die, in N. T. only pert‘. re'Ovnxa,
to have died, i. e. to be dead, in a pre
sent sense, Buttm. § 113. 6. Matt. 2:
20. Mark 15: 44 el 1751] re'i’lvnxz. Luke
7: l2. 8: 49. John 11:21, 39,4l, 44.
12:1. 19:33. Acts 14:19. 25:19.
Tim. 5: 6 (Goa rc'Gvnrs, though living is
dead i. e. as good as dead. Sept. for m”
2 Sam. l2: l8. 1 K. 21: 15.—Kilian. 8.
8. 19. Xen. An. '2. 1.3.
GVUT6Q, 7i, 6V, (Syria's-w) mortal, e.
g. ou'ilua Rom. 6: 12. 8: ll. o'c'ipE 2 Cor.
4: ll. Neut. To Sum-(iv, mortal nature,
mortality, 1 Cor. 15: 53, 54. 2 Cor. 5:
4.—Sept. Is. 5|: 1'2. 3 Macc. 3:29.
Luc. D‘. Deor. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7.
19 bis.
@ogulgiw, 5, i‘. new, (Sépvgog) to
make a noise, uproar, clamour, spoken of
a multitude, genr. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 8.
as applauding or dissenting, Diod. Sic.
1.72. Dem. 60. 27. Isocr. 233. B. In
N. T.
a) Mid. spoken of loud lamentation,
wailing, to make a noise together, among
themselves, to wail together, Matt. 9: 23
iazhv abhnriig Kai iixltov sopugobpcvov.
Mark 5: 39. Acts 20: 10. See Jalm
§ Qll. Calmet art. Mourning, also art.
Shechem.
b) trans. to set in an uproar, to excite
tumult in, e. g. a city, ri1v miltw Acts 17:
5.—-Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 68 Kalieopbfinoav
JKIZWDQ rip’ miluv.
(‘)ofucog, av, 6,(kindr.with 99mg
noise, uproar, clamour, of a multitude,
viz.
a) gem. Matt. 27: 24 lufihkov Sripvgog
'yl'verat. Acts 21:34. 24: 18. Sept. for
"21‘? Jer. 49: 2. — Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2.
Luci D. Deor. l2. 1. Xen. An. 1.8.16.
of applause or disapproval Diod. Sic.
17. I5. Dem. 242. 26.—Of loud lumen
tation, wailing, Mark 5: 38, comp. in
Gopugs'w a.
b) popular commotion, tumult, Matt.
26: 5 'iva in) S'épugog yc'vn'rat Ev rt} M193.
Mark 14:2. Acts 20: l, coll. arr'wtg in
19:40. - Hdian. 5.8. 15 rm); air-long
m-(wewc mi Sopirguu.
362 Ggmpucebw
Ggubw, l‘. mu, pert‘. pass.
re'epaudpai, to break in pieces, to crush,
e. g. rob;- M'Oouc Pol. 16. 1.5. Hdot. l.
l74.——In N. T. trop. to break, to crush,
sc. the strength of any one; hence
nepawpém, crushed, bruised, oppressed,
Luke 4. 18 r'uroo'reiltai retipauape'vovg e'v
rigbc’aei, quoted generally from Is. 61: l,
2, but with this clause inserted from Is.
1 58: 6 where Sept. for T‘él—tropof hope
Hdian. 3. 2. 4.
Get/141109 We To’. (one) pp
nurslmg, thing bred, breed, and hence
cattle, flocks, herds, John 4: l2. — Jos.
Ant. 7. 7. 3. Xen. (E0. 20. 23.
@gnrtw, 5, i‘. new, ($pfivog,) to
weep aloud, to wail, to mourn, viz.
a) intrans. John 16: 20 rkabaers ml
Spur/fiver: i/‘ueig. Sept. for 73$ Ez. 7:
l2. 54?‘?! Joel 1:5.'Zeph. l: 12.—1E1.
V. H. 3. 18. Hdian. 4. l3. l4. — Of
hired mourners wailing for the dead,
Matt. ll: 17. Luke 7: 32. Sept. for
"U! Mic. 2: 4. 1.1.“? Jer. 9: l6. comp. 2
Sam. 1: l7. 3:33.—Hom. Il. 24. 722.
b) trans. in later usage, to bewail,
Luke 23: 27 ml z'tlpilvouv aim-by. Sept.
(when Jer. 51:8. 1:‘? Ez. 32. 16.——
Hdian. 3. 4. l3.
@giuog, 00, b, (996..., Spc'oluag) loud
weeping, wailing, Matt. 2: 18. Sept.
for "a"? 2 Sam. 1: 17. Am. 8: 10. "U?
Jer. 9: 17.—Diod. S. 1. 72. Xen. Ag.
10. 3.
95276762106, 0643;] ,(Spnmcsiiw ,Spfiaxog ,)
u worshipping, worship, often with the
idea of superstition, e. g. 9p. 112w
t’l'y'yéhwv Col. 2. 18, comp. for this wor.
ship Tob. 12: l2, 15. Test. XII Patr.
p. 547. p. 657 r'y-yilere 1'1; 9:4‘; A‘tli r4‘?
d'y'ye'lup 'rq'i nupazrovpe'wp bpdc. So of a
severe mode or form of worship, Acts
26: 5.—Wisd. 14:27. Luc. Sacrit. 10.
Hdian. 5. 3. l2, 17.—Gem. of the “or
ship of God, and hence religion, piety,
James 1:26,27.—Jos. Ant. 1.13. 1.
657767605 00, 6,1‘), adj.(9pc'm,$pe'opai,
see Passow,)fearing Godpious, religious,
James l: 26.—Hesych. Spfioxog' dung/lg
v. eiihagfic, dewifiaipwv.
@gmpoéebw, f. ow, (9piapgog hymn
in honour of Bacchus, also triumph,
Diod. Sic. 4. 5 bis,) to triumph, to hold
 @541’ 363 Gus/dang

a triumph, Plut. Marcel]. It. Hdian. 1. ther, to Satan Rev. 2: 13. 13:2. (:1 ct.
6. 16.—In N. T. 'l‘hom. § 32.) symbolically to the beast
a) to lead in triumph, to triumph over, Rev. 16: 10.
c. accus. Col. 2: 15. — Plut. ed. R. I. b) meton. for dominion, Luke 1:32
p. 153. l, fiamke'ig e'epic'llugevo's xal Kai 511mm airrq'i fl‘w spu'rov Aagid. Heb.
iryspo'vag. 1: 8 quoted from Ps. 45: 7 where Sept.
b) causat. to cause to triumph, c. acc. for "2?, as also 2 Sam. 3:10. 7: 13,16.
2 Cor. 2. 14. —\Visd. 7: 8. — Also for a potentate,
931%, fglxés, ;,. plur. rpixeg, dat. higher power, Col. 1:16 e'i-re Spdrogmr)»
pl. Spifil, a hair, plur. the hair, sc. of where 9961/01. is spoken generally of
the head, sing. Matt. 5; 36. Luke 21: earthly or of celestial potentates, i. e.
18 et Acts 27: 34., comp. 1 Sam. 14: archangels. So too Test. XII Patr.
45 et 1 K. 1; 52. Plur. Matt. 10=30. p. 548, where the seven heavens and
Luke 7:38,44. 12:7. John 11:2. 12:3. classes of angels are described, in the
1 Pet. 3: 3. Rev. 1: 14. 9:8. Sept. for seventh are said to be Spévm, a'Eoum’ai,
12'? Num. 6: 5, 18. Jud. 16: 23. Ezra iv (,3 (oilpawp) c'iel ii‘uroi T9“: 921;: 1rpoo¢é
9. 3.—-Hdian. 4. 8. 13. Thuc. 1. 15.—Of POI/Ta‘. L

the hair of animals, Matt. 3:4. Mark 1: Gvdrelga, aw, ni, Tbgatira, a city
6. Rev. 9: 8. Sept. [rpixag alyu'ag] for of Asia Minor, anciently called Pelopia
was. Ex. 2514.. 35:6, 24..-Xen. Ven. and Euhippia (Plin. 5.29),n0w Alzhisar,
4. G. ib. 5. 10. situated on the confines of Lydia and
@eoéw, 5, I. flew, ($12609, 9,125,) to Mysia, near the river Lycus, between
make a clamour,tumu1l, Eschyl. Prometh. Sardis and Pergamus. Acts 16: 14.
608 or 612. Jos. Ant. l9. 1. 16.—In Rev. 1:11. 2: 18, 24. It was famous
N. T. and late usage trans. to disturb, for the art of dyeing purple; comp. the
to trouble, to terrify, Pass. Matt. 24: 6 inscription found there, in Kuinoel on
1.41) 9906095. Mark 13:7. 2 Thess. 2: Acts 1. 0. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
2. Sept. for "EU Cant. 5:4. —'l‘est. I. ii. p. 179, 221 sq. Mission. Herald
XII Patr. p. 651. 1821. p. 251.
GEO'MQOQ 00, 6, a large drop, clot, @u'yd'rng, 'régog, *rgo'g, 17, (see
Luke 22:44 4'5pibg n'msi spdpéot a'iparog, Buttm. § 47,) a daughter.
Iris sweat was as it were clots of blood.— a) pp. and genr. Matt. 9: 18. 10: 35,
Dioscor. 1. 44, 102. Hdot. 1. 179. 37. 14.; 6. 15. 22, 28. Mark 5: 35. 6:
Gglivog, 0!), b, (obsol. Spéw to seat, 22. 7: 26,29, 30. Luke 2:36. 8:42,
comp. Spflvog, spilt/09,) a seat, pp. a 49. 12: 53 bis. Acts 2:17. 7121. 21:
high seat with a footstool, Hom. ()d. 1. 9. Heb. 11: 24- Sept. for "2 Gen. 5: 4,
145. 11). 3. 389. ib. 16. 408. Xen. 7. Ex. 2: 5. a1. saepiss—Xen. Cyr. 3.
Conv. 9. 2,3. Comp. Horn. 0d. 10. 3. 3.—Tr0p. as expressing a relation of
414 sq. 466 sq. ib. 8. 422. Later and kindness and tenderness. 2 Cor. 6: 18
in N. T. a throne, as the emblem of re :19 vim); Kal s‘u'ya'rz’pag sc. 6:06, comp.
gal authority. Jer. 31:1, 9. Also voc. in a direct
a) pp. as attributed to kings, Luke 1: address, Matt. 9: 22 96p“: Si'rym-ep.
52. Acts 2; 30. Sept. for as: 1 K. 10: Mark 5: 34. Luke 8: 48. S0 Sept. and
18. Job 36:7. al.—Hdian. l. 8. 8. Xen. 1'3 Ruth 2: B. 3210,11.
An. 2. 1. 4—Also to God, as the b) from the Heb. daughter, i. e. afe
sovereign of the universe, Matt. 5: 34. male descendant. Luke 13: 16 9w.
23:22. Acts 7: 4.9. (comp. Is. 66: l.) 'Agpazip I: 5 is 1'6)’ 31:-y. 'Aapriw. SO
Heb. 4: 16. 12:2. al. Sept. and N93 Sept. and 1‘; Gen. 36:2. Ex. 2: 1 :11.
Ps. 47: 9. 103: 19. al. To Jesus as the c) from the Heb. put before names
Messiah, Matt. 19:28. 25:31. Rev. 3: of places, e. g. Luke 23: 28 sv'yare’pzg
21. 20: 11. al. To the apostles in the
'Ispoua'akr'yp daughters of Jerusalem, i. e.
kingdom of God, see in Baa'dm’nu b. born and living there, female inhabi.
Matt. 19: 28. Luke 22:30. Rev. 20:4. tants. So Sept. and "’ "'23 Cant. 2: 7.
also symbolically to the elders around 3.5. 1's: Hug Is. a; 16, 17. 4:4..
God's throne, Rev. 4: 4. 11: 16.—Fur Hence in Sing. Suyr'myp 216w daughter
 I
Gvyérgmv 364 ()uga

of Stan, pp. collect. for the inhabitants be enraged against, seq. dat. Acts 12: 20.
of Sion, and in poet. personification put —Pol. 9. 40. 4.
for Sion itself, i. e. Jerusalem, Matt. 21: 911F165‘, 05, b, (960), see Plato
5 et John 12: 15, quoted from Zech. 9:9. Cratyl. p. 419. E,) pp. mind, soul, e. g.
See Gesen. Comm. on Is. 1:8. Heb. as the principle of life Hom. 1|. 4. 470,
Lex. 1"?) no. 5. So Sept. and Heb. 524. ib. 16. 743. as the seat of the
1"’; ‘"3 Zech. l. o. Is. 1:8. 10: 32 will, desire, Il. 6. 439, 444. Hdot. l. I.
@u'yu'rglov, 00, rd, (dimin. of or of the emotions, passions, ll. 1. 196.
90761119,) a little daughter, female child, 0d. 4.. 366. ib. 14. 361. Theocr. 2.61.
Mark 5:23. 7: 25.—Athenmus 13. p. —Hence gem. and in N. T. passion, i. e.
531. C. violent commotion of mind, indignation,
Qéelofll, '79‘, 1‘], (91501,) a tempest, anger, wrath, difl'ering from (Sp-yr’; in the
whirlwind, Heb. 12:18. Sept. for $211’, mode of conception rather than in the
thing signified, see Tittm. de Syn. N. 'l‘.
Deut. 4: ll. 5: 22.—Hum. (1d. 5. 317.
Aristot. de Mund. 4. Luc. Contempl. 7.
p. 131 sq. Luke 4: 2B én-M'Iaflnaav
1rc'tvreg $171017. Acts 19: 28. Eph. 4:
86770;, fl, 0!’, (9117a,) t/Iyine, Rev. 31 911,169 Kal op'yr'l. Col. 3:8. Heb. ll.
18: 12 EON” 9671/01’, tltgine wood. See 27. Rev. l2: 12. Sept. for =18 Gen.
Wetstein ad 100.—The Sula or $611 49:6,7. Deut. 6:15. 712131 K. 11:20.
was an evergreen African tree with 2 Chr. 34: 21.—Hdian. 3. 11. 17. Xen.
aromatic wood, from which statues, ac Eq. 9. 2.—Plur. 91410:’, bursts of anger,
cording to Theophrastus, and costly ves. 2 Cor. 12:20. Gal. 5: 20.—Jos. B. 1. 4.
sels were made, Lat. citrus,- but it is 5. 2. Aristot. Prob]. § 30. Plut. Corio
not agreed whether it was a species of lan. 1.—-Sp0kcn of God, and including
cedar, savin, or lignum vitae, which the idea of punishment, punitive 'udg
latter constitutes the modern genus ments. Rev. 15: l. Rom. 2: 8 “Fa..
tlug'a or tlzyia. Many suppose it to be mi 6971'], the direst judgments, comp.
the Jumluerus oryeedrus Linn. while Sept. and Heb. It! Jcr. 36: 7. Ez. 5: l3.
others refer it to the T/ug‘a articulata "'3'?! Gen. 27: 44. Further, by the Heb.
Linn. See Rees’ Cyclop. art. Thuja prophets Jehovah is represented as
init. and art. Juniperus. giving to the nations .in his wrath an
Gwm'onw, 0mg, Ta, (Swan...) in intoxicating cup, so that they reel and
cense, burnt in religious worship, Rev. stag er to destruction; 'hence also in
5: B. 8: 3,4. 18:13. Sept. for "111?,
N. '1. olvog r05 9.4.05 rail 5:017, wine of
Ex. 30: 7, 8. al. — Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1.
the wratltqf God, Rev. 14: 10. 16: 19.
Diod. Sic. l. 62.—Mcton. Luke 1: 10 also 14:8. 18: 3. and with oil/0g impl.
u‘ipa r00 Sun. and v. 11 suo'iaarr'lptov
Rev. 15:7. 16:1. Comp. Sept. and
Heb. Jer. 25:15. I's.5l:17. Job 21:20.
for? 9.1,“. hour and altar of incense, i. e.
for burning incense. Sept. Svmaan'lpwv Ez. 23: 31, 32, 33. See Gesen. Lex.
‘rm? suit. and “if-12 Ex. 30: l, 27. Heb. art. 553. By a similar figure, 1']
Xnwig r06 $14405 T017 9506, Rev. 14: 19
@upuarr'ygwv, tau, "3, (Suntan) et 19: 15, the u'inepress qf the wrath of
a censor, for burning incense, Heb. 9: 4. God, in allusion to Is. 63: 3, comp. Joel
Sept. for "713,2? 2 Chr. 26: 19. Ez. 8: 4.: 18. See Gesen. Comm. on Isa. l. c.
11.—Jos. Am. 3. 8. 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 3. @upw’w, 0-7, f. éaw,(9u,u6¢,) to provoke
Thuc. 6. 46.—Others altar of incense, to anger, Pass. to be angry, to be urrotlz,
as in Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 8. Matt.2:16. Sept. for “T1 Judg. 14: 19. 1
Gwméw, 5, f. rio'w, (9271mm, 961a,) Sam.20:29. [Elli/#60611 0¢0'5pa]1'0rm5l7 if???
to burn incense, absol. Luke 1: 9 E'AaxeEsth. 3: 5. 5: 9.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5.11.
r017 Sat/naval. Sept. for “1.1.7,?! Ex. 30: @l’lgflt, (1;, {1, a door, plur. ai 36pm
7, 8. al.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 3. Diod. Sic. doors, i. e. perhaps double-doors.
l. 84. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 6: 6. 25: 10.
@uioofootxéw, 5, f. fiat-1, (supiic, Mark 1:33. Luke 11: 7. 13: 25 bis.
Inixopcu) tofigbtfiercely, Diod. Sic. 17. John 18: 16. 20: 19,26. Acts 5: 9. 12:
33. In N. T. to be greatly qfi'ended, to 13 'rfiv 96pm’ r017 ran/Mirror, i. e. a small
 @ugeé; 365 (‘)uo'ma'rfigmv

door or wicket within a larger. So @uo'l'u, ag, 1‘), (91510,) sacrifice, i. e.

door of a prison Acts 5: 19, 23. 12: 6. a) pp. the act and rite of sacrificing,
16:26, 27. of the temple Acts 3: 2. mactation, Matt. 9: 13 et 12: 7 Zhzov
21: 30. of a fold or enclosure John 10: 90.1.: mi 01': Svm’av. (comp. Sept. and Y1!!!
l, 2. Mark 11:4. symbolically Rev. H08. 6: 6.) Heb. 9: 26 511‘! 'riir; S'urn'ag
3: 20 bis. 4,: 1. Sept. for Gen. 19: Gin-017. ll: 4. SO 10: 5,8,quoted from
6,9,10. "Us, Gen. 18:1,2,10. al.— Ps. 40: 7 where Sept. for "EL—Bdian.
Diod. S. 18. 71. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 22. Ag. 5. 6. 21. Luc. de Sacrif. l. Xen. Cyr.
8. 7. — Hence Til 196; rfiv Si'lpav, i. q. 3. 3. 34. —- Of an expiatory sacrifice
n) 196611901’, vestibule, porch, Mark 2: for sin, Eph. 5:2. Heb. 5.1 9. inre‘p
2. (Til upéfiupa Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 22.) So ripupruiv. 7: 27. 8'. 3. 9: 9, 23. 10:1,
i1ri 96pm; elvat to be at the door, i. e. ll, 12, 26. Heb. "81,313, comp. Lev. c.
near at hand, Matt. 24.: 33. Mark 13:
4. c. 9.
29. also James 5: 9 'n'po $119131! Zamxsv. b) meton. the thing sacrificed, victim,
b) by impl. entrance, e. g. of a cave the flesh of victims, part of which was
or sepulchre, mouth, Matt. 27: 60. 28: 2. burned on the altar, and part given to
Mark 15: 46. 16: 23.—Jos. Ant. 10.11. 6. the priests, see Lev. c. 2. c. 3. Mark 9:
llom. ()d. 9. 24.3.—Metaph. access, op 49 mirra. Sonia 51M c'dtwflr’la'e-rm. (comp.
portunity, as (wot-yew n‘p' Silpav to set Lev. 2: 13 where Sept. for "55?) Mark
open a door, i. e. to give access, to pre 12; 33. Luke 13: 1. Acts 7: 41, 42.
sent opportunity, Acts 14:27. 1 Cor. 1 Cor. 10: 18 oi Eaez'ov'rec 'rfrg 91min;
16:9. 2 Cor. 2: 12. C01. 4.: 3. So Rev. who eat of the victims, as was done by
3: 8 $1.’: a anyway”, free access to one's the priests and persons offering the
self. ‘See in ‘Aym'yw a. Meton. one sacrifice,see Lev.8: 31. Deut. l2: 6, 7,
who is the medium of access to any 18, 27._ 1 Sam. 2: 13 sq. So Sept. and
thing, John 10:7,9, E-yd) c1111 1', 96pm; "3!. Deut. 12: 27. Ex. 34.: 15. So of
nfiv rpofizi'rfiJM—Ignat. ad Philad. § 9 birds as a sin-ofi'ering, Luke 2: 24.
[Xpurflig] 1‘7 Si'lpa rm': 1rarpdg, BL’ rigcomp- Lev. l2: 6. -— Hdian. 8. 6. l4.
zillipxovral. ,Agpflirlu. Kai oi 7rpo¢iirah
Luc. de Sacrif. l2. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 3.
@UfEOg, 05, 6,($1’:pa,) pp. a door, —— Metaph. 1 Pet. 2: 5 1rveulm1'1xai
i. e. a stone for closing the entrance of swim, comp. Ps. 51:19. Rom. 12: l
acave, Hom. 0dr 9. 240, 340.—-In later 1rapao'rfia'a1 n‘. arb'uara Qum'av (Gear,
Greek and in N. T. a shield, sc. large see in Zéw a. 'y.
and of an oblong shape like a door, trop. c) trop. of service, obedience, praise,
Eph. 6: 16 Toy svpeov rfig ‘Kim's-mg. ofi'erecl to God, ofl'ering, ablation, Phil.
Sept. for 1.1.? 2 Sam. 1:21. “£3. 1 Sam. 2: 17 Sva'ia 'rfic m'o'rewc. 4.: 18. So
17: 42. 2 (1hr. 9: 15.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 2. Swn'a aiwéawg ofl'ering of praise, Heb.
Pol. 6. 23. 2. Diod. S. 5. 30. See Lob. 13: 15, 16. Sept. for win he: Ps. 107;
ad Phr. p. 366. 22. 116: 17. comp. 50; 23.
@ugl'g, 150;, 1'1, dimin. of 96911,) @uamco'rfiglov, 0:), r6, (Quartile)
a little door, aperture, 01. 12. 25. 3. In an altar, genr. Matt. 5: 23, 24. 23: 18,
N. T. a window, Acts 20: 9 Kuer'lluevoc 19, 20. Rom. 11:3. Heb. 7: 13. James
tart rfig Svpirioc, where in Eng. 11: a 2:21. Sept. for D2,"? Gen. 8: 20. 12:
window. 2 Cor. 11:33. Sept. for 15"!‘ 7. al. seep—Jos. Ant. 8. 4. l. Philo de
Josh. 2: 15, 18, 2]. Judg. 5:28.-—Di0d. Vit. Mos. III. p. 151. 13, 1131/ 6' iv
S. 20. 85. Plut. Cato Min. 2. i'nrcu'epr‘u Btu/.161’ £11119: xaMiv suo'ma'n’lpwy,
9125019553 05, 1'), 1‘1, (9159a, 013,209,) —Spec. ot' the altar for burnt offerings
a door-keepa', porter, male or female, in the temple, Matt. 23: 35. Luke 11:
Mark 13:34 13 911p. John 18: 16,17 #7 51. So 1 Cor. 9:13 bis, et 10:18
Sop. Of a shepherd keeping watch at lcowwvol ‘rm’: Qua. and Heb. 13: 10 4111751’
the door of a fold, John 10: 3.--Sept. Ex ‘mi? 9110’. i. e. of the victims laid upon
2 Sam. 4: 6. [Departing entirely from the altar. symbolically in heaven,
the Hebrew, perhaps on account of some Rev. 6: 9. 11:1. 14:18. 16:7 fixouoa
various reading—for ‘25 2 K. 7: 11.] r017 9w. M-yovrog, i. e. a voice from the
Luc. Navig. 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 20. altar. Sept. and U2}? Ex. 30: 27. 35:
 @z'w 366
15.—Of the altar of incense in the
temple, made of gold, comp. l Chr. 28:
18. l Mace. l: 21. pp. Luke 1: ll.
symbolically in heaven, Rev. 8:3 bis,
5. 9: 13. Sept. and U21‘? Ex. 30: 27.
35: 14;.
GU61, f. haw, perf. pass. réeu‘uat,
aor. 1 pass. En'tfinv, (Buttm. § 18. n. 2.
§ 95. n. 4,) to sacrifice, to kill and afar
in sacrifice, to immolate, absol. Acts 14:
13 1765M Shaw. e. dat. v. 18. c. acc.
et dat. 1 Cor. 10: 20 bis. Sept. for 71;!
Gen. 46: 1. Ex. 3: 18. 8: 26. al. sazp.
—-Hdian.2. 13.4. Luc. D. Deor. 4. l.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 3. ib. .‘2. 2. 13.—So r6
1rc'ta'xa $651.11, to hill the Paschal lamb,
sc. as a species of sacrifice, Mark 14': 12.
Luke 22: 7. 1 Ger. 5: 7. So Sept.
and Heb. "95-7? l'»?! Deut. 16:2, 4, 5, 6.
also Sept. for I"??? BUT? EX. 12:21.—
Henee, as sacrifices were connected with
feasting, (see in Gum'a b, and comp.
Gen. 31; 54.. 1 Sam. 9; 1-2, 13.22 sq.)
Shaw is also simply to kill, to slaughter,
‘10251504, 011, 6, Jairus, Heb. ‘\‘t‘j (he
gives light) Jair, an otticer of a syna
gogue, Mark 5: 22. Luke 8: 41.
,Iaxahc, b, indec. Jacob, Heb. #22
i. e. heeLcatcher, supplantcr, Gen. 25:
26. 27: 36, pr. name of two persons in
N. T. a) the patriarch of the Jewish
nation, Matt. 1: 2. Luke 13: 28. Acts
7: 8, 12, 14. al. Trop. for the posterity
ofJacob, the Jewish people, Rom. ll:
‘26.—b) the father of Joseph the bus.
band of Mary, Matt. 1: 15, 16. — Jose
phus writes the name 'Ic'lxwgoe, Ant. 1.
18. 1 sq. An.
'IéwCog, w, 6, pp. i. q. Tat-es
q. v. James, pr. n. of two of the apostles :
1. James the son of Zebedee, the elder,
own brother of John, Matt. 4: 21. 10:
2. Mark 3:17. Acts l:13.al. He
was put to death by the elder Herod
Agrippa about A. D. 44', Acts 18: 2.
2. James the Less, 6 pucpée Mark 15:
4.0, the brother of Jude, (1065a;- 6 (155A
tptig roi't ‘lambgou Jude 1. Acts 1: 13.
"Itzyla
sc. animals for a feast, Matt. 22: 4.
Luke 15: 23 rhv pdrrxnv Tow mreirrov
shim-re. v. 27, 30. Acts 10: 13. ll: 7.
genr. John 10: 10. So Sept. and 11;:
1Sam.28:24. 1K.l9:21. Deut. 12115.
904mg, a, 6, Thomas, (Heb.
twin,) one of the twelve apostles, also
called At'Bupog q. v. Matt. 10:3. Mark
3:18. Luke 6: 15. John 11: 16. 14: 5.
20: 241,26,27,28,29. 21: 2. Acts 1: l3.
@é‘gdi, 00:05, ('2, a breast-plate,
cuirass, Lat. Ion'ea, i. e. armour covering
the body from the neck to the thighs,
consisting of two parts, one covering
the front and the other the back, Potter
Gr. Ant. II. p. 29. Calmet p. 101. So
pp. Rev. 9: 9 bis, 17. Sept. for 15"?
Jer. 46: 4. ‘fi‘i'v'. 1 Sam. 17: 5. Neh.
4: 16.—1E1. V. H. 3. 24.. Xen. Mem.
3. 10. 9. -— Trop. Eph. 6: 111 raw 9159.
'rfig Eucmom'wqg. l Thess. 5: 8 9139.
#1075109. Comp. Sept. Is.59:17. Wisd.
5: 19.—In late writers 96: a5 is also the
breast, chest, thorax, see Sassow.
Luke 6: 16,) and like him the son of
Mary sister to our Lord's mother and
wife of Clopas or Alpheus Matt. 13: 55.
27: 56. Luke 24': 10, comp. John 19:
26; hence called the son of Alpheus
Matt. 10:3. Mark 3: 18. Acts 1:13;
and also the brother i. e. kinsman of our
Lord, 6 tithzhpog 705 Kvpi’ou, Gal. 1: 19.
Matt. 13: 55. SO also Acts 12: l7. l5:
13. 21:18. Gal. 2:9,12; and accord
ing to all tradition I Cor. 15: 7. James
1: 1. According to Josephus, Ant. ‘20.
9. 1, James 6 (‘legit-pat; 'Imrofi rm’! Myo
pévou Xpw-rofi, was put to death by
Ananus the high priest after the death
of Festus and before the arrival of his
successor Albanus, about A. D. 62. —
Others unnecessarily suppose James the
apostle, James the brother of Jude, and
James the brother of our Lord, to be
three ditl'erent persons. AL
"Iva/ta, 6670;, rd, (hinting) healing,
cure, as xapio'pa-ra lupérwv I Cor. 12:
9,28,30. Sept. for “$53 Jer. 46: ll.
__ q»; ._._.
 ‘Ina/‘@527;
85:‘! Jer. 33: 6.-—Pol. 7. 14. 2. Thuc.
2. 5|.
IWI'GQ’IF, 05, 6, Jambres, see
‘lam/fig.
1667901’, 6, indec. Janna, pr. n. of a
man Luke 31 23.
Iamfig, 05, 6, James, and Topfipfig
Jambres, names of two of the Egyptian
magicians who withstood Moses, 2 Tim.
3:8, comp. Ex. 7: 11 sq. Not found
in O. T. but derived by Paul from
tradition, which is also preserved in the
Targums, Talmud, and Rabhins. See
Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Talm. 945. Fabric.
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 816. Plin. H.N.
31. 1..
'Ioiopuou, 5pm, f. don at, depon.
Mid. to heal, to cure, trans. ‘he present,
imperf. lib/127v, and aor. 1 mid. iaa'dlnly,
have the active signification; while
pert‘. pass. 'iapar,aor. 1 pass. 26611:’, and
f. 1 pass. latir’ya-opat, retain the passive
sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6. So 0. acc.
Luke 5: l7 sic 1'4‘; lc'weai allror'ig. 6: 19.
9: 2, ll, 42. 14:4. 22:51. John 4:47.
Acts 10:38. 28:8. Pass. Matt.8: 8 m2
iaer'losral. it Wale v. v. 13. 15'. 28.
Luke 7: 7. 8:47. 17:15. John 5:13.
Acts 3: 11. 9:34. Pass. seq. (irré, to
be healedfrom or qfany thing, Mark 5:
29. Luke 6: 17. Sept. for 811,1 Gen.
20: 17. Lev. 14: 3. 2 K. 20: 8.—P0l.
5.11. l. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. Mem. 3. l. 4.
—-Metaph. of moral diseases, to heal, to
save, sc. from the consequences of one’s
sins, hiatt. 13: 15 phrrors-ns'rrwrpe'diwoi
xal Zriawpai aim-oily, and so John 12:40
ct Acts 28:27, quoted from Is. 6: 10
where Sept. for Kg‘). So Luke 4:18,
comp. Is. 61: l. Heb. 12: 13. James 5:
16. 1 Pet. 2: 24, comp. Is. 53: 5.
Sept. for 39,2 Is. 53: 5. 61: l. and parall.
with aérfsw Jer. 17: 14.
’IMI_QEE, b, indac. Jared, Heb. ‘7::
(descent), pr. n. ofa man Luke 3: 37.
"10561;, mg, :‘I, (iéopan) healing,
cure, Luke 13:32. Acts4: 22,30. Sept.
for "$157 Prov. 3:8. “5?; Prov. 4: 22.
Mal. 4; 2.—Antiphon. 140. 34. Plut.
ed. R. VIII. p. 712.
'Iawrng, 160;, r‘], jasper, a precious
stone of various colours, as purple, ce
rulean, green, etc. Rev. 4: 3. 21: 11,
18, 19. Sept. for "5531 E2. 28: 13. See
367 "1610;
Rees’ Cyclop. art. Jasper, common.
Others in Rev. 1. c. adamant, because
Sept. incorrectly for 531'}! Ex. 28: 18,
see Gesen. Lex. art. =21".
dome”, ovog, 6, Jason, a kinsman
of Paul Rom. 16:21, and his host at
Berea Acts 17:5, 6, 7, 9.
Id'rgiig, 05, 6, (Mount) :1 physi
cian, Mark 5:26 rroltMz 1m6m'wa inn)
1roMiDv lat-prim. Matt. 9:12. Mark 2: 17.
Luke 4:23. 5:31. 8:43. Col. 4:14.
Sept. for $1?“ 2 Chr.16: l2. Jer. 8:22.
Hdian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51.
"152, once 15:’ Gal. 5: 2, ‘i5: being
the later form for 15s’, imper. aor. 2 of
515011 to see, comp. Buttm. § 103. I. 4.
c. VViner§ 6. 1. a. Comp. in E154» I.
In N. T. often as a particle of exclam
ation, see, lo, behold! e. g. as calling
attention to something present, Matt. 25:
20, 22, 25. Mark 11: 21. John 1:48.
19: 5 15s 6 Elvfipwrroc. v. 14. Addressed
apparently to several, but directed to
one, Mark 3:34. John 1:29. 7: 26.
ll: 36. 19: 4.—In the sense of behold,
observe, consider! Mark 15:4. John 5:
14. Gal. 5:2. An.
,Idéu, a5, 1'], (6130),) aspect, appear
ance, Matt. 28: 3. Sept. for "15:? Dan.
1: 13, 15.—Test. XII Patr. p. 74.2.
Diod. Sic. 1. 12. Thuc. 6. 4.
"1510;, fat, 01', own, one's own, i. e.
a) as pertaining to a private person
and not to the public, private,particular,
individual, opp. to 51'1'14109 l'lom. ()d. 3.
82, to swarm; Xen. Vect. 4. 21, to
Kowdc Jos. B. J. 4.4.1. Xen. Hi. 11.].
Hence in N. T. adverhially (a) 1519,
individually, severally, (opp. to hippos-i
Xen. Hi. 11. 9, t0 xou/‘fi Mem. 2. 6. 38,
1 COX‘. 12: 11 auupoi'nl iiit'q Eudora:
medic Boiihrrai. See Buttm. § 115. 4.
—- Luc Tox. 49. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 34.
ib. 8. 1. 2.-—(,B) xar' laiamprivately, by
one's self, apart from others, 6. g. of an
individual alone, Matt. 14: 13, 23 (‘u/6&7
sic n) iipoc war’ thirty. 17: 1. Mark 6:
31. al. Of several as apart from all
others Matt. 17; 19. Mark 4.: 34.. 9:2,29.
Acts 23:19. Gal. 2: 2. al.—Jos. B. J.
4. 5. 5. P01. 4. 84. 8. Opp. tO Kan/17 2
Mace. 4: 5.
b) as belonging to one's self and not
to another, own, proper, peculiar, viz. (a)
 '1510; 368 'Ihoé
denoting ownership, that of which one sandal/Javier. 25: 19. Xdpiapa 1 Cor.
is himself the owner, possessor, pro 7: 7.-—Jos. c. Apion. l. 22 init. Diod.
ducer, my own, thy own, his own, etc. S. 11. 26.
Of things, Matt. 22:5 :19 1'61’ 'i'Biov (y) as denoting that which in its na
dypo'v. 25: 15 im'ro‘rcp Kara 'rfiv idiav ture or by appointment pertains in any
din/opal. Mark 15:20 iriduaav ailrdv way to a person or thing, e. g. Acts 13:
ra ipciria 14115111. Luke 6: 41, 44. John 36 Aagid pe‘v 'yiip i519 ‘yen/ed inrrlpc‘n'laac
5: 43 iv o’vriparl. Tip idiip. 7: 18. 10: 3, 4. his own generation, in which he lived. I
Ace 20:28. 28 30. ROUL 10=3 Cor. 3: 8 rizv 15:01’ pwtiriv . . . xlirrov.
rilvidiav sfliflwfl’lllltflll. 14: 5. 1 Tim. 3:
15:23. Jude 6. Acts 1:25. sic riw 15ml’
4, 5. 2 Pet. 1: 20 lilac e'rnhr'wcwc, see rtirov to his own place, i. e. proper and
in 'E-lrihuoic. 3: 17. al. 50 sic rill’ Idlav appointed for him. (Clem. Rom. Ep. I
miMv, one's own city, where one resides, ad Cor. Ignat. ad Magnes § 5, Exam-09'
Matt. 9:1, or the seat of one's family tic T9!’ ‘i510! rtirrov pt'hhei xwpziv.) So
Luke 2: 3. iv Ti) 1547,: 1ra'rpi3i John 4: Kaipdg 15109, xaipol ‘idiot, own time, i. e.
44. Pleonast. with a genit. 01' person due, proper time, as determined of God,
in addition, John 10: 12 oi: oi”.- slat riz Gal. 6: 9. 1 Tim. 2: 6. 6:15. Tit. 123.
'rrprigara. ‘idea. 2 Pet. 3:3, 16.—Sept. (5) sometimes "three is put instead of
Job2z11. Ez.21:30.Iidmn.4.11.& a possessive pronoun, without any em
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. l. c. gen. add. Dem. phasis, e. g. Matt. 22: 5. 25: 14. 1 Pet.
1244. 24. Plato Menex. p. 247. B. 3: l, 5. Also i. q. Earn-06, 1 Cor. 7: 2
Gorg. p. 502. E. See Lob. ad Phryn. Zt'aa'roc n)!’ e'av'roi; 'yul'aixa, xai Exlidrr]
p. 441. — Hence rd “181a, genr. posses for idiov iii/59¢. Jolm 1142. See L01).
sions, property, Luke 18:28. in Mss. ad Phryn. p. 441. Winer § 22. 7. Ar.
(Xen. Hi. 10. 5.) spec. own house,home, ilhldrrng, 0:), b, (idiocy) a private
John 19: 27 E’Aagev i) patinripc airrfiv :lg
citizen, opp. to one in a public station,
r21 151a. 16:32. Acts 21: 6. (Sept. for
‘his Esth. 5; 10. e. 12. Jambl. Vit. 1151. V. H. 4. 5. Xen. Ag. 11. 6. an
individual, opp. to the many Jos. Ant 3.
Pythag. 19. Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4, 6. P01.
9. 1. aprivate sc. soldier Xen. An. 1.
2. 57. 5.) own nation,people, John 1: ll
3. 11.—In N. T. plebeian, i. e. unlettered,
'lillfisv sic Til ‘£8.11. Also 1rpr'wacw n‘.
unlearned. Acts 4: 13 iivflp. d-ypépparoi
151a to do one's own business, duties, 1
xal ZEw'n-ai. 1 Cor. 14:16, 23, 24. 2
Thess. 4: ll. (comp. Phryn. et Lob. Cor. 11:6.-—1El. V. H. 4. 15. Xen.
p. 441.) haheiv c'x ra‘w zen...’ to speak out
Mem. 3. 7. 7. See Wetstein N. T. II.
qfone's own heart, disposition, character,
John 8: 44.— Spoken of persons, e. g. p. 161, 206.
'idioc diiehtpo'c John 1: 42. dvr'lp husband ,Iaol'), a demonstrative particle, lo!
1 Cor. 7: 2. dzamirng 1 Tim. 6: 1. behold! (pp. for i506 imp. of nor. mid.
Eoilhoc Matt. 25: 14. Kopioc Rom. 14: eldépqv) serving to call attention to
4. 1rurilp John 5: 18. uiog Rom. 8: 32. something external, exterior to one 's self;
a'vluqzuhz'rai countrymen 1 Thess. 2: 14. usually put at the beginning of aclause
1'5. 1rpo¢firai their own prophets i. e. of or only with Kai before it, but sometimes
their own country 1 Thess. 2:15, and in the middle before words which are to
with a genit. added 'idrog airra‘w 1rp0¢i1r11§ be particularly noted, e. g. Matt. 23:34.
Tit. 1; l2, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 441. Luke 13: 16. Acts 2:7. Construed
Winer§ 22. 7. (Palzeph. 31. 5. Hdian. a) with a nom. and finite verb, Matt.
2. 6. 19.) Hence oi “.5104, i. e. own house 1: 20 i501’; ii'y-yshog Kvpl'ou mr' iivap
hold, family, 1 Tim. 5:8; own friends, 5' rim] aiirq'i. 2:1, 13. Mark 3: 32.
companions, John 13: l. Acts 4: 23. Luke 2: 10. John 4:35. Acts 9: 11.
24: 23 ; own people, countrymen, John 1: al. sap. So in quotations from O. T.
11. Collect. r6 ‘15:01’ John 15:19.——2 Matt. 1:23. 21:5. Mark 122- Rom.
Macc. 12:22. Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 6. Diod. 9: 33 ; comp. respectively Is. 7: 14.
Sic. 13. 92. Zech. 9:9. Mal. 3:1. Is. 28: 16, in
(/3) in the sense of peculiar, particular, all which Sept. and ".1? .—Luc. D. Deor.
as distinguishing one person from others, 20: 10. Timon 11.
e. g. iZ‘ia du'ihexrog Acts 1: 19- 2: 6, 8. b) from the Heb. with a nom. simply,
 IBovpa/u 369 'Iegsz');
where the verb of existence is implied, 'Iegwm'w, as, ,7, (itptlfellmh) priest.
Matt. 3: 17 1601) dual") in‘ 7511 oi/pamDv. hood, i. e.priest's qflice, Luke 1:9. Heb.
Luke 5: 12. John 19: 26,27. Acts 8: 7:5. Sept. for ‘'13:? Ex. 29: 9. Num. 3:
27, 36 E301) 1731.19. 2 Cor. 6: 2. Rev. 6: 10.—Aristot. Polit. 7. 8.
2. So Sept. and "AU Josh. 9: 25, and
so ".1?! Num. 23:17. Gen. 47:1. al. 'Iegwrsupm, wrog, T5, (spams...)
where Sept. inserts time—Seq. ‘:74; or priest/100d, meton. and collect. for priests,
an equivalent word, expressing resigna i. e. Christians, who are said duzve'yxar
Wyn/panning suaiag 1 Pet. 2: 5, and are
tion, obedience, Luke l: 38. Heb. 2:
13 quoted from Is. 8: 18 where Sept. called also ,Gum'knov iepcircvpa v. 9, see
in Baaikzwg al.—Sept. Ex. 19:6. comp.
for "i=5, So in answers, Acts 9: 10
Is.6l:6. Rev. 1:6. 5:10. 20:6. Comp.
5301‘: Eye’). Sept. for "if-‘.1 Gen. 22: 11.
1 Sam. 3: 8. Is. 6:8. An. also Test. XII Patr. p. 613.
'Izgwrsz'm, f. eiww, (iipfl’lg) to be a
“Mu/bar's, as, .7, Idumea, only priest, to qfliciate as priest, Luke 1:8.
Mark 3: B. Heb. “53$ and ‘1"??? ‘"3, the Sept. for 1??? Ex. 28: l, 3,4..—Jos. Ant.
land of Edom or Mount Seir,the name 3. 8. 1. Hdian. 5. 6. 6.
Idumea being the softened Greek pro 'Iigéfbllag, 5'01), 6, Jeremiah, Heb.
nunciation for 52,82, Jos. Ant. 2. I. 1.
This country lay to the S. E. of Pales “3?? or in}??? (appointed of Jehovah), a
tine along the great valley, El Ghor, celebrated prophet of the O. T. Matt.
which extends from the Dead Sea to 2: 17. 16: It. In Matt. 27: 9 text. rec.
the gulf of Akaba, and chiefly on its a quotation is referred to Jeremiah, 51in
eastern side which is rough and moun 'Icpe/u'ov rm’: 1rpo¢v’)-rov, which is not
tainous. Here dwelt the descendants of found in his writings but in Zech. ll:
Esau, who were always hostile to the 12, 13. Some Mss. here read Zaxaplou,
Jews ; they were conquered by David, others simply 5181. roii 1rpo¢1’)rov. See
2 Sam. 8: l4 ; but were first completely Olshausen in loc.
subdued by John Hyrcanus about 125 ‘125215;, éwg, a, (2:969) a priest,
B. C. Jos. Ant. l3. 9. 1. During the one who performs the sacred rites, n‘;
Jewish exile they had taken possession iepc'l. E. g. of heathen priests, 6 5e‘ iepaig
of the southern parts of Palestine as far r017 Atog Acts l4: 13. Sept. i. for? Bdak
as Hebron, so that the later name Idu for ‘E35 2 K. 11:18. 2 Chr. 23:17.—
mea includes also this region ; comp. l Hdian. l. 9. 6. Xen. Conv. 8. 40.—Of
Macc. 5: 65 with E2. 36:5. For a full the Jewish priests the descendants of
description of the people and country, Aaron, genr. Matt. 8; 4 acavrov EeIEov
see Bib]. Repos. III. p. 24.7 sq. r97 ispei. 12: 4, 15. Mark 1: 44'. 2:26.
'Iaféllgi 570.5, 6, 6309,) sweat, Luke 1:5. 5: l4. 6: 4|. 10:3l. 17:14.
Luke 22:44 see in epdpgog. Sept. for John 1: 19. Acts 6: 7. Heb. 9:6. They
=1?! Gen. 3: 19.—2 Macc. 2:26. Xen. were divided into 24 classes for the
service of the temple, 1 Chr. 0. 24., and
Mem. 1. 4. 6.
the heads of these classes were some
Tefiufiéh, ;,, indec. Jmba, Heb. times called r’zpxtspsic, see in 'Apxtepu'zg
5537!.‘ (prob. chaste), comp. the modern b. These seem to be meant Acts 4: 1.
Isabella, pr. n. of the impious and Sept. everywhere for ‘E5, as Lev. 1:5
idolatrous queen of Ahab, put in N. T. sq.—Spoken of the high priest, 6 Zzpn’lg,
as the emblem of false and idolatrous or leper); pé-yag (Heb. 10: 21), Acts 5:
teachers, Rev. 2: 20. Comp. l K. 16: 24. Heb. 7: 21, 23. 8: Lbis. 10:11.
31. 1&4. 1912. 21:5 sq. 2 K. 9:30sq. So Sept. and T115 Ex. 35:18. 38: 21.
'Iegévrohg, ears, 7'], Hierapolr's, a 6 l. 6 pé-ya; for 5‘15 115 Lev. 21:10.
city of Phrygia celebrated for its warm Num. 35: 25, 28. S0 of Melchisedec
baths, now called Bambuk Kulasi, Col. as a high priest of God, Heb. 7:1, 3.
4: 13. It was situated near the junc Of Jesus as a spiritual high priest, Heb.
tion of the rivers Clydus and Meander, 5:6 coll. v. 5. 7:11, 15, 17, 21. 10:21.
not far from Colosse and Laodioea. See —Trop. Christians also are called icpsig
Rosenm. Bibi. Geogr. I. ii. p. 207, 229. r97 9:93, priests unto God, as yielding
2 A
 'Iegzxé 370
him spiritual sacrifices, Rev. 1: 6. 5: 10.
20: 6. Comp. 1 Pet. 2: 5, and see in
'Iept'irsulia.
‘1850603, 1), indec. Jericho, Heb. x"1T;
(city of the moon) or ‘\H‘T‘, (place of
fragrance). See Gesen. Lex. pr. 11. of a
city in the tribe of Benjamin, about 20
miles east of Jerusalem and 5 from the
vJordan, situated at the foot of the moun
tains which border the valley of the
Jordan and Dead Sea. It was destroyed
by Joshua, Josh. 6: 26, but was after
wards rebuilt l K. 16: 34, and became
the seat of schools of the prophets 2 K.
2: 5, 15. The land around Jericho was
exceedingly fertile, abounding in palm
trees and roses, ($721? -‘_?,1I'6AIQ tpmw'xwv,
city of palm-trees, Deut. 34.: 3. the (punk
p680" Ev 'Ispixlf'i Ecclus. 24:14,) and
yielding large quantities of the opo~
balsam, or balsam of Gilead, so highly
prized in the East. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. l,
'Icpixth 1rd)“; eildm'pwv cu'irq, poin/ucdr; re
gbépuv dyaBp). Kai Hulda/4011 vqioliz'my,
comp. Calmet art. Balsam. Its site is
now occupied by an inconsiderable
village called Ric/m. See Reland Palaest.
p. 829. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
p. 153 sq. Calmet art. Jericho.—Matt.
20: '29. Mark 10: 46 bis. Luke 10:30.
18:35. 19:1. Heb. 11: 30.
‘1550100709’, 0!), 6,1), adj. (ispog,$|';w,)
(fi‘ered in sacrifice, sacrificed, spoken of
the flesh of victims, 1 Cor. 10: 19, ‘28,
in Mss. for the common zIEtoMGm-ou—
Aristot. (Ec. 2. 20. Plut. ed. R. VIII.
p. 909. 14.. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 159.
'Iegliv, 05,115, (pp. neut. of ispég)
a temple, i. e. a consecrated place, in
cluding the proper temple or fane, vaég,
and all its courts and appurtenances,
comp. Diod. Sic. l. 15. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 178 sq. Spoken of a heathen
temple, Acts 19: ‘27 'A "p.50; tspo'm—
l Macc. 10: 84-. Luc. filer. Hist. l. 32.
Xen. Ag. 11. ].-—Elsewhere only of the
temple in Jerusalem, Heb. "1"‘; “"2 Sept.
07ml; Kvplou l K. 6: l, 37. 7: 12. Is.
66: l. D‘U'Etffl 1""? Sept. olxog r017 Gem?
Ezra 3:8. In N. T. always in re
ference to the temple as rebuilt by
Herod the Great, and minutely de
scribed by Josephus, Ant. 15. ll. 3 sq.
B. J. 5. 5. 1 sq. According to him the
whole circuit of the temple, rd ispoy,
'Isgév
consisted of three parts or enclosures,
1repigohol, viz. the proper temple or wall;
(B. J. 5. 5. l, 4.) in the midst, and two
circular courts or areas around it, one
exterior to the other. The first or outer
court or enclosure, 1repi’gokog,which was
also the lowest and surrounded the whole
temple, was open for all, and contained
the porches, piazzas, where the people
collected, and where things and animals
pertaining to the sacrifices were bought
and sold, and also money exchanged,
"513*; Buxt. Lex. Chald. 793; it is often
called by Christian writers the ‘ court
of the Gentiles,’ Lightfoot Opp. I. p.
4.15, 590. ed. Ultraj. From this to the
second or inner court or enclosure, n)
vEu'n'epov icpdv J08. B. J. 5. 5. 2, was an
ascent of fourteen steps, and then of five
more; this was divided into the court (or
separate place) of the women and the
court of Israel or of the priests; it is
called by Josephus l. c. fi'yioy, and none
but such as were clean were permitted
to enter it; here too the sacrifices were
prepared and offered, for here stood the
altar of burnt-offerings before the en
trance of the mo'g, Jos. Ant. 8. 4|. 1. ib.
15. 14. 5. comp. Matt. 23: 35. The
third and highest enclosure, wepi’gohog,
was the temple itself, vaég, n‘) icpov
rpl'rov Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 5, into which
only the priests might enter, comp. Luke
1: 9, 10, and which was divided into
two parts, the sanctuary, n‘; ii-ymv, and
the holy of holies, r6 r’i'ytov r'l-yt’wv. The
whole temple therefore consisted strictly
of two parts, 6 W169, and r6 1rpévaov or
the courts and appurtenances. Hence
r6 Zzpév is put for the whole, and also
for the 1rp6va0v, but not for the vadg.
ag) gem. and for the whole, Matt. 24:
1 his, The olxoaoluitg r05 iepol'l. Mark 13:
l, 3. Luke 21: 5. 22: 52.
b) of the courts, 1rpévoov, Matt. 12:5
oi izpdcz'v rq') iep " To miggarm' ,Bsgnhoz'nn.
Mark 11: 11. iiuke 2: 27, 37. 18:10.
Acts 2: 4.6. 321 sq. 21: 26 sq. al.
0) of the outer court, where things
were bought and sold, Matt. 21: 12
Ton); n'whm'lvrac Kai ('z-yope'llovrag z'v 11p"
Zepq‘a. 1141,15. Mark 11: 15,16.a1.
Here too Jesus disputed and taught,
Matt. 21'. 23. 26: 55. Mark 11: 27 iv
up’ iepq-J ‘upmarofivrog m'n'ol'l. Luke 2:
 'Isgoa'esmig 37 l
‘6. John 52 7! 14, 28. al. SO the
apostles Acts 5: 20, 21, 25, 42.
d) Matt. 4: 5 et Luke 41:9 r6 1rrepiiyiov
rai: izpoii, the pinnacle of the temple, i. e.
prob. the apex 0r summit of Solomon's
porch, which Josephus describes (Ant.
20. 9. 7) as being exterior to the radg
on the east side, and built up to the
giddy height of 400 cubits from the
foundation in the valley of the Cedron
below; comp. Ant. 15. ll. 3. Ar.
Isgow'gsarfig, éog, 05;, b, 1'], adj.
(iepéc, 1rpz'1rw,) pp. becoming to a sacred
pluceor person, hence becoming to religion.
9. the
Tit. 2: 3 Ev Icaram'r'lpari iepovrpeireig i. e.
In their conduct adorning the Christian
profession, comp. 1 Tim. 2: 2. —— Jos.
Ant. ll. 8. 5. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 37.
12. Xen. Conv. 8. 4.0.
cl'EfO/Q', OZ, 0", sacred, consecrated to
God, Hdian. 5. 5. 5. Xen. An. 4.. 7. 2].
In N. T.
a) 2 Tim. 3: l5 rc'l ispr‘i 'ypéppara, the
sacred writings, lioly scriptures, i. e. the
0. Test. comp. v. 16. — 2 Macc. 8: 23.
Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 5 iv raig iepaig [345K019
b) To ispc'i, sacred things, sacred rites,
1 Cor. 9: 13 oi rd ispd Ep'yal'épsvoi, Mose
performing the sacred rites, ministering
in holy things—Luc. Pseudol. l2. Xen.
Cyr. 7. l. l.
'Iegoo'zilulula, Jerusalem, see in
'Irpova'ahr'lp.
'legoaokupu'rng, ou, 6, a Jerusa
Ierm'le, one from Jerusalem, Mark 1: 5.
John 7: 25.—Jos. de Vita sua §65.
'Iegoo'vkéw, :7, f, flaw, (iepo'a'uhog)
to rob temples, to commit sacrilege, trop.
to rob God of due honour, worship,
Obedience, Rom. 2:22.—pp. Pol.3l.4. l0.
'Isgo'avlog, oz), 5, ,',, (1:961), sumo)
robbing temples, sacrilegious, as subst.
(ample-robber, Acts 19: 37.—2 Macc. 4:
42. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62.
'Izgovgs/iw, 63, f. ilaw, (ispovpydg
fr. iepév and obsol. Emma) i- (1. ‘rd iepiz
z'pyélw, to perform sacred rites, espec.
sacrifice, to qfliciate as priest, Jos. Ant.
6. 6. 2. Hdian. 5. 3. 16. In N. T. trop.
in the Christian sense, Rom. 15:16
icpovp'yofivra rd eiIa-y-yz'hiov ministering
as a priest [in respect to] the gospel.
Buttm. § 131. 6. —-4 Macc. 7:8 rm);
irpoup-yofivrac rdv vii/row ldiip ai'pa'n.
'Izgovo'aknp
(Iegovfyalylifb, 7", indem Jerusalem,
Chald. 621,511, Heb. dating (for his“:
dwelling of peace) in the earlier books;
so once in Matt. 23: 37 and Mark ll:
1, often in the writings of Luke and
Paul, and usually in Sept. Also
‘Iepomihupa, on’, T6, Heb. dual 512151":
in the later books, perhaps in allusion
to the two parts of the city, 1‘; duo: mi 1‘,
min» wo'Aig' so in all the Gospels, in
Acts, and thrice in Galatians: also in
Josephus. Further 'Icpoo'dhvpa, r‘), in
dec. only Matt. 2: 3. 3:5, meton. for
the inhabitants. — This celebrated city,
capital of Palestine, was the seat of
true religion under the Jewish theocracy,
and also the chief scene of our Saviour's
ministry and the central point from
which his gospel was promulgated.
Hence it is often called the Holy City,
and among the Arabs 0f the present
J 0 )0-0
day its current name is El Kozlr,
the Holy. It is situated near the middle
of Palestine, among the mountains,
nearly 4.0 miles distant from the Medi
terranean, and some 25 from the Jordan
and Dead Sea. It lay on the confines
of Judah and Benjamin, mostly Within
the limits of the latter, but was reckoned
to the former. Its most ancient name
was Salem, Heb. 52?, Gen. 14: 18. Ps.
76: 3; then Jebus, 01:1, as belonging to
the Jebusites, Judg. 19: 10, 11. David
first reduced it, 2 Sam. 5: 6, 9, and
made it the capital of his kingdom,
whence it is also called the city of Da
vid, 1E3, “W. It was destroyed by the
Chaldeans, 2 K. c. 24, 25, but rebuilt
by the Jews on their return from exile;
and at a later period Herod the Great
expended large sums in its embellish
ment. Jerusalem as it existed in the a e
of
J. 5.
Christ,
4.. 1 sq.
is described
The city by
wasJosephus,
built chiefly
on three hills : Sion on the south, which
was the highest, and contained the cita
del, the palace, and the upper city,
called by Josephus 1" (‘inn millig- v. z’i'yopc'r
Moria/i, on which stood the temple, a
lower hill on the northeast quarter of
Sion, and separated from it by a ravine ;
Acra, lying north of Sion and covered
by 1'] xérw milug, the most considerable
portion of the whole city. After the de
struction of Jerusalem by the Romans
2 A 9

'Isgmbm 372
about A. D. 70, they endeavoured to
root out its very name and nature as a
sacred place, from the hearts and me
mory of the Jewish nation. In A. D.
136 the emperor Adrian caused all the
remaining buildings to be demolished,
and erected a new city which he called
[Elia Capitolina; and it was only in
the beginning of the fourth century, af
ter Constantine had embraced Christi
anity, that the name Jerusalem was
again restored. See Josephus l. c. Re
land Palazst. p. 832 sq. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. ii. p. 202 sq. 235 sq. Mis
sion. Herald 1824. p. 40.—In N. T.
a) pp. the city itself, as i; 'Ispovo'.
Mark 11: 1. Luke 2: 25, 38. Rom. 15:
19, 25. al. riz 'Iep. Matt. 2: l. 4: 25.
Mark 3:8. Gal. 1:17, 18. 2: 1. al.
b) meton. for the inhabitants of Jeru
salem, only in fem. il'lspoaohupa. Matt.
2:3 mica 'Icp. 3: 5. il'Iepouo'. Matt.
23: 37. Luke 13: 34.
c) metaph. Jerusalem for the Jewish
state, church, dispensation, spoken (or)
of the former or Mosaic dispensation,
Ga]. 4: 25 i] viiv 'Ispouoahfiu—(B) of the
latter or Christian dispensation, the Re
deemer's kingdom, of which the spi
ritual Jerusalem is the seat. Gal. 4: 26
1'] time 'Iepovaahiyp. Heb. 12:22 'Iep.
Enovpdmoc. Rev. 3:12 i1 Kano) 'Isp.
21: 2, 10. AL.
'Iegwbm, ng, t], (396;) priest
hood, priest's oflice, Heb. 7: 11, 12, 14,
24.—l Macc. 2: 54. Jos. Ant. 5.10. 4.
Plato de Leg. 6. p. 759. B.
,IEO'O'WI, 6, indec. Jesse, Heb. ‘25'!
(substantial, rich), pr. 11. of the father of
David Matt. 1: 5,6. Luke 3:32. Acts
13:22. Rom. 15:12.
honor, a, indec. Jephthah, Heb.
"13?? (he delivered), a leader, DRE, of
Israel, whose rash vow fell upon his
daughter, Heb. ll: 32. See Judg. c. 11.
12.
’Isxoviag, on, b, Jechonias, Heb.
pp. W13“: (Jehovah appointed) Jehoi.
achin, also written “352'; and “5232: Jecho
niah, a king of Judah about 600 B. C.
son of Jehoiakim and grandson of Jo
iah, Matt. 1:11, 12. Comp. 1 Chr. 3:
15,16. 2 K. 24: 8sq. 2 Chr. 36:8 sq.
2 K. 25: 27.-In Matt. 1. c. be is said to
be the son of Josiah: the name of Je
. ,
lxavog
hoiakim, 'Iwarelp, being omitted in the
genealogy in text. recept. though found
in Mss.
'Inrmfig, 6, gen. and dat. Tryout’,
acc. 'Inom'iv, Jesus, Heb. 2715*“: (Jeho
vah his help), contr. 215.‘. Neh. 8:17,
pr. 11. of three persons in N. T.
1. Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of
men, Matt. 1: l, 16. al. sapiss. AL.
2. for Joshua, the successor of Moses
and leader of Israel, Acts 7: 45. Heb.
4:8. non al.
3. Jesus, surnamed Justus, a fellow
labourer with Paul, only Col. 4: 11.
‘Jacobs’, 7’), 6V, (in), lK(1I‘(|),) pp.
coming to, reaching to, and hence suf
ficing, i. e.
a) suflicient, (a) of things, enough.
2 Cor. 2: 6 ixavbv 11;: rowing: i] Emrrpia
uiirn, where for the neut. see Buttm.
§ 129. 6. Luke 22:38 ixavév Eon it
is enough, desist. Sept. for “I Is. 40:
16. Ex. 36:5. oiix ixavov, for a??? 1s
11‘ T00 u'r'rmz? Gen. 30: 15.—Diod. Sic.
l. 60 ult. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 38.——-Hence
rd ixavov satisfaction, e. g. rd is‘. rarely
rm, to make satisfaction, to satisfy,
Mark 15: 15. (P01. 32. 7. 13. App. de
Reb. Punic. § 74.) T5 ix. kafiziv, to
take satisfaction i. e. security, Acts 17:
9.-—(f3) Of persons, adequate, competent,
seq. npo’g n, 2 Cor. 2: 16 1rpo‘c rain-a rlg
Zxavég; (Pol. 23. 17. 4.) Seq. infin.
aor. 2 Cor. 3: 5. 2 Tim. 2: 2. (Jos. Ant.
1. l. l. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.10, 15.) So in
the sense of competent, worthg,seq. infin.
aor. Matt. 3:11 oi: oi”.- cipl heart‘);- rd
inr. [dam-clout. Mark 1: 7. Luke 3: 16.
pres. 1 Cor. 15:9. (Hdot. 8. 36. Dio
Chrys. VII. p. 117. D.) seq. 'iva, Matt.
8:8. Luke 7: 6.
b) spoken of number or magnitude,
abundant, great, much, plur. many. Matt.
28: 12 dp'yilpra ixavd. S0 ('ixhog ironic
a great multitude Mark 10:46. Luke
7: 12. Acts 11: 24, 26. 19: 26. M6; ix.
Acts 5:37. also Luke 7: 11. 8:32.
23: 9. Acts 12: 12. 14:21. 19219. _20:
8, 37. 22:6. 1 Cor. 11: 30. Sept. for
=3 Ez. l: 24.—1 Macc. 13:49. Jos.
Ant. 5. 7. 4. Xen. An. 4. 8. 25.—So of
time, ixaval illue'pcu, many days, Acts 9:
23, 43. 18: 18. 27: 7. ixavoc Xpdl'og,
a long time, genit. Acts 27:9. dat. Acts
8: 11. ace. 14:3. acc. xpovovc ism-oi):
 ' Ixavo’rng 373 'Iud;

Luke 20:9. dpapriag to propitiale AS TO sins, to make

So in xpdvwv lxava‘w of a
long time Luke 8:27. propitiation for sins, Heb. 2: 17.
EE imvofl id. So
Luke 23: 8. e’ ’ ixauév along while Sept. 0. dat. for “9.5 Ps. 65:4,. 79: 9.—
Acts 20: 11.-— alaeph. 28. 2. Aristoph. Aor. 1 imperat. 0111061111 in the pass.
Plut. 1093. sense, be propitious, be merciful, 0. dat.
'Ixavb'nyg, m'og, 1'1, (Zmvéa) suf. Luke 18: 13. .Comp. Buttm. § 113. n.
ficiency, competency, ability, 2 Cor. 3: 5. 6. Sept. for 11?? Ps. 25: 11. Dan. 9:
—Lysias Frag. 27. 35. Hesych. Eran/6n’; l9. — Phavorin. ZAdoBm'I.‘ 'iAabg p01
dl'nlapig, lo'xl'lg‘. yin/010.
‘1756611601, (3, t‘. time), (lean/6“) to 'IxaG‘LbO/g, 05, b,(i>\r'wxopai,) propi
make suflicienl, to render competent or tialion, ezpialion, for concr. propitiator,
worthy, c. acc. 2 Cor. 3: 6. Go]. 1:12. 1 John 2: 2. 4: 10. pp. Sept. for "75?
—Pass. to be satisfied Dion. Hal. Ant. Ps. 13014.. We: Num. 5: 8. Hugo
2. 741. E2. 44.: 27.—2 Mace. 3:33.
'Ixe'rngiu, 06;, i], (tern. of ixeriyproc 'Ikuo'rr'lgiog, a, or, (Adar-open.)
l'r. ixe'rflg) pp. the suppliant-branch i. e. propitiatorg, ezpialory, e. g. 1A. prfipa
the olive-branch which suppliants held Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 1. In N. T.
in the hand, 'cXaia or ‘56650;; being impl. a) masc. 1'1 lAGUTI’IplOc, a propitinlor,
Hdot. 5. 51. Diod. S. 17. 22, 102-111 one who makes propitiation Rom. 3: 25.
N. T. supplication, Heb. 5: 7. sci/o'er; b) neut. ro Zhaarr'ppmv, mercy-seat,
rat lu'rnpiag. — 2 Mace. 9: 18. P01. 3. Heb. 9: 5, pp. the lid or cover of the
l 12. 8.
ark of the covenant, Heb. "Ii-*5. i.e.
,Ilfbég, 0250;, 1'], moisture, damp
simply cover, but rendered by Sept.
ness, Luke 8:6. Sept. for 59"‘ .ler. 17: iAam-ilpwv in allusion to P1. ‘"52? to
8.-—-Jos. Ant. 3. 1.3. Plut. ed. R. VIII. make expiation, and because the high
priest was accustomed once a-year to
p. 738. 9. ‘ sprinkle upon the lid of the ark the
'Ixowov, 0!), r6, Iconium, a large blood of an expiatory victim, see Lev.
and populous city of Asia Minor, now 16: 11 sq. Sept. for our. Ex. 25;
Konieh. It lay near the confines of
17—22. Lev. 16:13—15.
Phrygia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia, and is
assigned to Phrygia, Xen. An. 1. 2. 1, "17.50114, 0), 6, 1'), adj. (Attic for
to Ilycaonia, Strabo 12. p. 385. Plin. 'i/\ao§,) of the gods, oppeased, propitious,
H. N. 5. 27, to Pisidia Amm. Marc. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. of men cheerful,
141. 6; probably on account of the shift [E]. V. H. 2. 10. - In N. T. of God,
ing boundaries of these provinces. - propitious, merciful, 0. dat. Heb. 8: 12
Acts 13:51. 14:1, 19, 21. 16:2. 'i,\zwg Zoopal. raic r'ldtxliug i.e. Iwill
2 Tim. 3:‘11. pardon them.
So Sept. Thu-1g zlpi for
'Imgég, 02, 6». (11.10;) Lat. 11111112., 1'32; 2 Chr. 6. 25, 27.
Jer. 31:34., as.
1. e. cheerful, joyous, e. g. 1A. 56mg ——c. dat. pers. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 3. Mem.
2 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for T2 =18 Prov. 1. 1. 9. — From the Heb. 'Dtubg am sc.
22: 8. —— Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2. Xen. Euro: b 9569, God be merciful to thee,
God forgive thee, i. q. God forbid, p1‘;
Mem. 2. 7. l2.
'yévou-o, far be it from thee‘. as an ex
'Ilagérng, n'rog, ,7, (01.1969) cheer clamation of aversion, Matt. 16: 22. So
fulness, alacrily, Rom. 12: 8 iv Zhapémri
Sept. for 7"‘??? 2 Sam. '20: 20. 23:
i. q. ihapibc, cheerfully. Sept. for 113‘: 17. 1 Chr. 11: 19.—1 Mace. 2:21.
Prov. 18: 22.—Act. Thom. § 14. Diod. Comp. in I‘ivopai I. c.
Sic. 16. 11 init.
’I7\7\UE|Z6V, 0i)‘, ro', Illyricum, now
'INZ’UZOPWU, f, duo/.1111, (Moog) a
Illyria, a country of Europe on the
Middle verb without an Active form eastern shore of the Adriatic gulf, north
except in a later age, see Passow s. voc. of Epirus and west of Macedonia, Dal
Buttm. § 1141. § 113. 3.—to reconcile to matia formed a part of it. Rom.
one's self, so. by expiation, to propitiate,
15: 19.
rriv 920'»! Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 5. roll: 9:069
Xen. (Be. 5. 20. In N. T. c. acc. Tin; (111102;, 021170;, b, a thong, strap, of
 ' lunar/gar 374
leather, genr. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32. In
N. T. spec.
a) plur. thongs with which the hands
of captives or criminals were bound
and then drawn up into the position
for scourging, Acts 22:25 n-poe'rezvev
airrov roig ipt'un. —— Ecclus. 30: 26. 4
Macc. 9: ll. Luc. Asin. 23.—Others,
a scourge.
b) a shoe latchet, the thong b which
a shoe or sandal was fastene to the
foot, Mark 1:7. Luke 3: 16. John
1: 27. Sept. for 1'“? Is. 50: 27.—Plut.
Symp. IV. qu. 2. §3. Xen. An. 4.
5. 14. ' (lluepog) a defective verb, see Passow
'Inwnzw, f. "ma, (l'utiTwI/J f0
clothe, in N. T. only Pass. pert‘. part.
strong afl'ectz'on for, c. 0. gen. 1 Thess.
iparwpévac, clothed, Mark 5: 15. Luke 2: 8 in text. rec. {papaya/oi illuu'ir.
8: 35. — Suid. iparwlue'voc' lpi'lrta Ev
dcdupe'vog.
(I I , 7 7
(M27109, 0:), m, (ma, Ell-1a,) a
garment, e. g.
a) gem. any garment, Matt. 9: 16
e'rri Zparip mikmq'i. 11:8. Mark 2:21.
Luke 5:36. 7:25. Heb. l: 11. al. seep.
Plur. rt‘z iptiria, garments, clothing, rai
ment, including the outer and inner gar
ment, mantle and tunic, Matt. 17: 2 rd.
he‘ iluc'u-m abrofl Eye'vero Mord. 24: 18.
27:31, 35. Mark 15:24. John 13: 4,
12. James 5: 2. Rev. 4: 4. al. saep. So
in the phrase to rend the clothes, Matt.
26: 65. Acts 14:14. 16:22. 22: 23.
Sept. sing. for ‘M5? Ps. 102: 27. Is. 50:
9. Plur. Gen. 27:27. 38: 19. also
2 Sam. 1: 2. 3:31. 2 K. 5: 8.—Luc.
Dial. Mcretr. 8. l. IEschin. 26:14.
Xen. An. 7. 5. 5.
b) the outer garment, mantle, palh'um,
difi'ercnt from the tunic or xvrdnl and
worn over it, comp. Acts 9: 39. 1151. V.
H. 4. 22. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. It seems
to have been a large piece of woollen
cloth nearly square, which was wrap
ped around the body or fastened about
the shoulders, and served also to wrap
one's self in at night, Ex. 22: 26, 27;
hence it might not be taken by a credi
tor, though the tunic could be, comp.
Ex. 1. c. Matt. 5:40. Luke 6:29. See
Jahn§122. SO Matt. 9: 20, 21. 14: 36.
John 19:2. Acts 12:8. alsaep. Plur.
r1‘: lpc'tna, outer garments, which were
often laid aside, Acts 7: 58. 22:20.
1
Matt. 2|: 7,8. al. Sept. for "'22? and
"Im
a??? Ex. 22; 26,27. 1 Sam. 21:10.
Is.3:6,7.—Luc. D. Mort. 10.8. Palaepb.
52. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5. AL.
'Inarmno'g, 017, a, (Zyarliw) cloth
ing, raiment, i. e. genr. clothes, gar
ments, Luke 7: 25 oi e'y l/JGTIUILUP £11565?
inrdpxovreg. 9: 29 coll. Mark 9: 3.
Acts 20133. 1 Tim. 2. 9. So Matt.
27:35 et John 19:24 quoted from Ps
22: 19 where Sept. for ‘565,5. Sept.
also for =1"??? 1 K. 22: 30. 2 K. 7: 8.—
P01. 6. 15. 4. Plut. Alex. M. 39 pen.
‘LU/Elem, also lfhelgolmm depon.
in voc. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p.
156. --— to langfor, and hence to have a
()thcrs bpupdpn'oi q. v. Sept. for *3?
J01) 3:21.--Pul.1. 66. 8. Dem. 422. 6.
"Iva, conjunct. that, construed usu
ally with the Subjunctive, seldom with
the Optative, often with the Indicative,
pp. rekindle or final, as marking the end,
purpose, cause for or on account of
which any thing is done, TO rm; nso
run, is 011mm run it might or may be
so and so; but also ixfiartxirc, ecbatic,
as marking simply the event, result, up.
shot of any action, that in which the
action terminates, so run it was, is, will
be, so and so. Some late writers have
denied this ecbatic use of 7w, 0. g.
Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p. 836.
Beyer in \Viner's Neue krit. Journ.
IV. 418. Lehmann ad Lucian. T. I.
p. 71. On the other hand it has been
amply established by Steudel in Ben
gel's Neue Archiv. IV. p. 504 sq. and
especially by J. A. H. Tittmann De
usu Particularum in N. T. subjoined to
his work De Synon. in N. T. Lib. II.
Lips. 1832. p. 32 sq. translated in Bibl.
Repos. for Jan. 1835. See genr.
Matth. f) 620. Herm. ad Vig. 850 sq.
p. 556 sq. VViner § 42. p. 237. § 57.
p. 382 sq. Still, these two significa
tions are often so nearly related, that
the distinction then consists rather in a
different mode of conception than in any
thing essential.
1. pp. relm-Dg, as marking the final
end, purpose, cause, to the end that, in
order that, and 'lva p1’), in order that not,
lest.
 "Im 375 "1m

A) With the subjunctive. a) pre x. 12X. Matt. 12: 10. John 1:31. 3:
ceded by the present or an aorist of any 16, 17. 8:6. Acts 27: 42. Rom. I: I3.
mood except the Indicative, or by the 1 Cor. 1:27, 28. 2 Cor. 2: 4. Gal. 1:
perfect in a present sense, John 6: 38. 16. 2:4, 5. Heb. 2:14, 17. al. seep.
Here the Subjunct. marks what it is iva ‘in’; 1 Cor. 12:25. Eph. 2:9. Heb.
supposed will really take place, comp. 11:28. So elliptically, John 1: 8 r'zAX
Winer 5) 42. b. p. 237. Matth. § 5l8. [hAOnI] 1m. x. 1'. )1. 9: 3 an‘ [rol'n'o
Herm. ad Vig. p. 791, 850.—Matt. 9: Eye'vero] 'iva ¢11VEpw0iiIL r. A. al. szep.
6 in: 3:‘ ciafirs-urors Myer, to the end —Hom. Ii. 1. 203. ()d. 3. 77. Hdian.
that ye may know, comp. Mark 2: 10 et 8. 5. 11.—(13) In simple narrations,
Luke5:24. Matt. 18: 16. 19:16. Luke where Thucydidcs and later writers
8:10. 12:36. John 1:7 0309.710” employ also the Subjunct. Winer l. c.
zlgpapruplavfll'u pap'rvpr'lap rapt’ 1:. r. A. Matth. § 518. p. 996. Matt. 27:26
5:34 ran-Ira Xéyw, i'va ilysig awfir'lre. 6: 'lnaor'w nupe'dwxev, iva oraupwefi. Mark
38 Karagz'gnm. Ex roi': oirpm'ofi, 05x 'r’va 6: 41 Kai 561501, r079 poem-dig, iva
1mm‘: r6 Se'lkrhua r6 Zpov. 11: 4. 17: 21 1rapa5¢5my aim-07¢. 9: 18, 22. 10: 13.
1m 6 xciopog marrow”. Acts 16: 30. Luke 19:4 di'z'én e'wl avuopope'al', in:
Rom. 1:11. 1 Cor. 9; 12. 2 Cor. 1:7, '15,, aim-6v. v. 15. John 1: 19. al. saep.
10, 11. Gal. 6: 13. James 4: 3. al. l'va [41'] John 18: 28. 19: 31.—[E]. V. H.
saepiss. i'va [0'1 Luke 8: 12. John 7: 12. 3, 30. Hdot. 1. 29.
23. Rom. 11:25. al.—Hom. 0d. 2.111. B) With the Optative, preceded by
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 9. the present, where the Opt. marks what
b) preceded by the imperative, the may possibly take place; in N. T.‘
subjunctive as above in a. E. g. after twice, Eph. 1: 1701'! 1rm'loym Eilxapwrév
imper. pres. Luke 21: 36 r'rypmrvc'ire . . . . . . . i'va o 956;‘ 5911) infill TVEI-l/JG 1:. r. A.
ivu KuraEruBfirt A‘. 1'. A. John 7: 3. 3:16. See Winer § 42. b. p.237. Herm.
1 Cor. 7: 5 bis. Eph. 4: 28. 6:3. 1 Tim. ad Vig. p. 851. Passow 'iva no. 2.
5: 7. al. 'lva pr’; Matt. 7: 1. John 5: l4. C) With the Indicative, but in N. T.
1 Cor. 11:34. al. After an imper. aor. only the Indic. future and present, and
Matt. l4: l5 z'xn-ohua'oy root; 5xhouc, Tra not with a past tense as often in classic
drrzhedvreg r'r-yopc'wwo'w x. r. X. Mark 15: writers; see Matth. § 519. Herm. ad.
32. Luke 16:9. 1 Cor. 3: 18. Eph. 6: Vig. p. 851. Passow in ‘in: no. 3.
13. al. ‘In: p1’, Matt. 17: 27. John 4: a) c. Indic. future, in the same sense
l5. Heb. 12:13. al. So after an ex as the Subjunctive in A. a. above, and
hortation, e. g. éywpev Mark 1:38. also preceded only by the present. 1 Cor.
Luke 20: 14. Rom. 3: 8. After an im 13: 3 e'z‘rv n'apadfi n) mD'uc'l you 111a
perat. implied Matt. 26: 5. John 1:22. Kauai/squat or uavtifio'w‘um, where
1 Pet. 4: 11.—Sept. for 12?? Josh. 4: 6. mufir'lo'wpm and also 1 Pet. 3 1 'im . . .
H0111. 0d. 1. 302. ll). 5. 91. xepBryth’yuuvra: are corrupt forms of the
c) preceded by the future, the Sub later Greek, as if of a future Subjunc
junct. as above in 11. Luke 16:4 E-yvwv tive, Winer \} 13. l. e. Lob. ad Phryn.
r1’ 1r01r'|uw,'l|'a EéEun/nn' [.15 x. r. X. 1 Cor. p. 75!. So fut. and Subj. together,
16:6. 2 Cor. 12:9. Eph. 6:21. 2Thess. Rev. 22: 14 Two. ion-(u 1') e'Eomn'a aimDv
2: 12. al. interrog. Matt. 19: 16. John . . Kai eiae'AOwaw rig rfiv mihul. Eph.
6: 5. 711a ,0’, Luke 18: 5.—Hom. 0d. 2. 6: 3 Two e11 aor. yévnrm, Kai 1'0”
307. 7m: in’; Luc. de Dom. 21. paxpoxpomog, where however Zap may be
d) preceded by a past tense; here taken independently of 1m, i. e. and
the Subjunct. strictly stands instead of thou shall live long, etc.— Act. Thom.
the Opt. and marks an action which in §<> 7, 37, 39, 4.5, comp. Thilo ad p. 6|.
itself or its consequences is still con Epiphan. II. p. 332. B. Classic writers
tinued, or which the speaker regards as here use 51mg, Winer § 42. p. 239.
certain, comp. Winer <) 42. b. p. 237 sq. b) c. Indic. present, in the same sense,
Matth. § 518. l. Herm. ad Vig. p. 850. preceded by the present etc. twice, Gal.
—--(a) gem. Mark 3: 14 s'n'oinos 515551.11, 4: l7 {ohm-law 13,169 . . . . 'lva ain'ooz;
iva rho: ‘us-r‘ m'lroii Kai ‘(ya x. r. )1. Luke {17710611. 1 Cor. 4:6 7m ,0) ¢uowfiolla
1:4 {501:6 . . . out 'ypz'ulatu, 'li'a e'm'yl'q'ac This is a corruption of the later age,
 "Im 376
not found in classic Greek, Winer l. c.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 851 ult.—Geopon. 10.
48. 3 i'va '14:) etc rou'rro doxohm'wrm.
Himer. l5. 3. comp. Act. Ignat. p. 358.
ed. Ittig.
2. irgarmig, ecbatie, as marking
simply the event, result, upshot of an
action, so that, so as that, in N. T. only
with the subjunctive implying some
thing which really takes place; in
classic writers oftener with the Indica
tive of a. past tense, see Tittmann L c.
p. 37.
a) preceded by the present etc. Luke
22: 30 Kai Eiaritkpai ilpi'v . . . . i'va
twain-re Kai m'vrrrz E-lrl rfic rpanéfrll; you
iv Ti] Baa’. you. John 6: 7 £19m‘ oi/K
dpKofnrtv ain'oi'g, i'va gLTlfl'TOQ aim-(Dy Bpaxi'!
n Mtg”. Rom. 3: 19 i) vii/.10;- r079 iv
'rq'; ‘96”? )takei, i'va miv arépa ppa'y‘fi.
6: l. 7: 13. 15:6,16,31, 32. Rev. 14:
13 Kai, My“ rd Wyn—um, [drroem'la'Koum]
iva dvarrat'mwm'at K. r. A. comp. \Vinel'
§ 57. p. 386. ‘Iva pi] Acts 2:25. Gal.
5: 17. —Sept. for ":3 Josh. 4: 6. Hom.
0d. 13. l57. J08. B. J. 4. 3. 10 (p. 276
simply a demonstrative conjunction, like
ult. ed. Haverc.) apog- roa'oirov fiuo'uev
mlluqiopd'w, 't'va imdc our that, i. e. merely pointing out that
Utefiowoi Kai
vmM'pmt. Marc. Antonin. 11. 3. Sext. to which the preceding words refer, or
Empir. Pyrrh. III. 50 imftt'yvvrai n‘. introducing something already implied
Kvhruov raw-i pips: rot": haaroe, Kai in the preceding words. In this way
rrapeKrcii/crai aim‘? (Duo, in: oz'irwe I‘!
K time ye'vnrat. Just. Mart. p. 508. See
ittm. l. c. p. 39.
b) preceded by the imperative, Acts
8: l9 ao're Kq'pol rip’ iEouot'av rai/rr/v,
i'ra . . . halufie'wp K. r. A. James 1:4.
1 Pet. 4: l3. 5: 6. 1 John 2: 28. ivu
pr’; Tit. 3: 14. Rev. 3: ll. — Aristoph.
Nub. 56 du'tp' EM)’ 'i'va Maine. Comp.
Tittm. l. c. p. 37.
c) preceded by the future, John 5: 20
psi/{ova roi'rrwv Eu’fiu aim‘? E'p'ya, in!
ionic SaupéZm-e. Luke 11: 50 EE airrclw
('l'lroxrcvoio't Kai iKEtbZovow, 'iwa Ex:111-119;]
re ai'pa m'wrwv rtDv rrpotp. John 16:
24. 2 Cor. 1: ll fit'warut . . . 711a K. r. A.
Phil. 1:26. al. —Marc. Antonin. 7. 25
miyra 50a 69.}; peragahe'i 1'] rd 5N1
Etourot'ma ¢lllfltc . . . . 'iva (‘Lei vcapog 5 i)
Kdopog. Just. Mart. p. 504.
d) preceded by a past tense, comp.
above in 1. A. d. Luke 9: 45 oi 55‘
fiywiow r6 fifipa ref/To . . .. in: In‘)
a'iofluvrat ailro. John 9: 2 rig‘ fipaprsv
. . 'ira rwpkoc :ycwntfi; Rom. 5: 20.
"1m
6: 4, 6. ll: 11 pt) E'rrrawcv, 't'vu ne'aua't;
v. 31.—Aristoph. Vesp. 31 l ,312. Mare.
Antonin. 2. ll 1') ru'w 5M” (pilot; oiire
'n'apddev oiire fipaprev . 't'ya ra
dyad?! Kai riz KaKa Errio'r'c roi; rc (1711907:
Kai role KaKo'ig 1rc¢vppévwe mlpgaiv .
Agath. Ep. 74 (Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 31)
oi’: rig (‘l.AOLflTfipflg‘ idelv rs'rhrpccv diiorrag
hperépoveflva 6079 iv lie'yr'tpotg aching.—
Here belongs the frequent phrase in:
100791001‘; 1‘, 'ypwpi], To fintlév, etc. used
as a formula of quotation, and implying
that something took place not in order
that a prophecy might be fulfilled, but
so that it was fulfilled; not in order 10
runs the event correspond to the
prophecy, but so that the event mo
correspond to it. Comp. Tittm. l. c.
p. 43. 44. Matt. 1:22 rm'rro as‘ 5km’
'ye'yovzv, Tya WAnpwO‘fi r6 finfle'v. 2: 15.
21: 4. 26:56. John 15:25. al. \Vith a
past tense implied, Mark 14:49. John
13: 18. al. See in HA1) 1».
3. In the later Greek, 'iva in various
constructions lost the power of marking
either purpose or event, and became
‘in: c. Subjunct. came often to be em
ployed where earlier writers used the
infinitive or other particles, e. g.
a) used instead of the construction
with the infinitive, originally perhaps
because the infinitive also often implies
purpose; comp. Buttm. § 140. l, 2.
Matth. § 531. 1. Thus (a) after words
and phrases implying command and the
like, as in Engl. ‘ I command that you
do it,’ for,‘ I command you to do it ;'
comp. Matth. l. c. Winer § 45. 2. a.
§ 45. 9. a. comp. § 44. 4. Tittm. l. c
p. 46 sq. E. g. éVTéAhOf-ldt, Mark 13: 34
r45 Supt.) :Qz'vereiharo, 't'va 'ypn'yopfi. John
ll: 57 edu'ncewav Evrohr‘lv, in: K. r. A.
13:34. Acts 17: l5kagovrseiyrokfivflru
K. 'r. A. $0 Tm after d'y'yupeim Matt. 27:
32. d‘n'a'y'yéhhw Matt. ‘28: 10. drroorc'hhw
Acts 16: 36. :ypépw Mark 12: 19.
Fiam'z'hkoluai Mark 13: 34. zlrrov
Matt. 4: 3. Mark 3: 9. Rev. 6: 11.
EEopKt'Zw Matt. 26: 63. e'mrtpdw Matt.
12:16. Mark 3:12. My“: Acts 19: 4.
John 13:29. I John 5:16. nupayyékttu
 " Im 377 "Iva
Mark 6: 8. (c. inf. Mark 8: 6.) 8. Luke 7: 6. (‘rpm-roe Matt. 10: 25.
wvriflspar John 9: 22. So also £56617 xpriav Zxuv 'lva John ‘2: 25. 16: 30.
utrroic 'lva Rev. 9: 5. 09K #4.." Iva 1 John 2:27. Rev.21:23. For the
Mark 11: 16. With some word of com construction of all these with an infin.
mand implied Eph. 5: 33.—Test. XII see Matth. z; 533. 3, and in “Ahoy,
Patr. p. 543, 671 évre'kkopm 'lva. p. 529 'Ixavdg, “Exw c. 15.—Also after impers.
1r olrrc'wou 'iva. Anthol. Gr. 1. p. 3 avfnpépu, Matt. 5: 29 GU'MP- 'yép 0'01, 7va
efira ‘Iva. Arr. Epict. 4. ll. 29 émXBe c'urdhrlrat Ev 1c.r. A. v. 30. 18: 6. John
mi xoipv sraki-you, 7v‘ e'v ,Bopgrlply 1n) 11: 50. 16: 7. c. infin. see in 211p c'pw.
ruMm-aa—(fl) After verbs of elm-eating, After )wcm'ehi Luke 17:2. 0. mfin.
persuading, and the like, comp. Winer, Tob. 3: 6. Comp. Matth. § 532. d.—
Matth. Tittm. l. c. E. g. Béopm, Luke (Z) After a word or phrase followed by
9:40 Kai iddyenv ‘rfiav PGOTI‘HDV 00v 'z'va a. defining or explanatory clause, this
irgdkwmv 01510’. 22: 32. (C. inf. 2 Cor. latter is sometimes introduced by ‘M1,
8:4. 10: 2.) So after Blapapn'lpopac where the classic construction would
1 Tim. 5: 21. Epwréu Mark 7: 26. be with the infin. see Matth. § 532. d.
Luke 7:36. John 17:15 bis. al. comp. § 280. E. g. John 4: 34. quay
wapaxahe'u Matt. 14: 36. Mark 5: 10. ,Bpu'ifui e'on, 'lva 1rou3 rd se'An/m rm?
Luke 8: 31, 32. al. 1rpoan'1xopat Matt. we'prlzavrég [.45. John 181 39 Zen 5:‘ a'uvl’l
24: 20. (517x. 0. inf. 2 Cor. 13: 7.)—So ezm ilpiv, Iva Eva. I'Jp'iv durohiwu. 1 Cor.
650,1... seq._'1'va Esdr. 4.: 4.6. Jos. Ant. 4.: 3 2,1101 Fe‘ elg z'héxwrov e'anv, 't'va 13¢’
1'2. 3. 2. Dion. Hal. II. p. 666. seq. {lea-Ill (imper.. So especially after
infin. 3 Mace. l: 16. Jos. Ant. 9. l4. 3. m'rrog, aiirrl, roi'rro, used emphatically or
Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 4.6. seq. 61mg Thuc. Bun-11:17; in reference to a following
5. 36. Hdot. 9. 117. 1rapaxahu": 'i'va clause, comp. Winer § 4.5 penult. p. 282.
Chariton.3.l.—-Also after 1:191» Matt.27: Luke 1: 4.3 1r60ev 1101 'roii‘ro, 'ivu. EM)” 1',
20,where Greek writers usually put-u‘); pr’yrqp r. x. 196;; yr; more usual in John
or the infin. see Matth. § 531. n. l. §533. e. g. 6: 29 Too-1'6 5011 n‘. E'p'yov T017 9:06,
3.——(y) 'After verbs of desire, and the in: 1rw'ru'mn'rs. v. 39 'rol'rro 55' 5071 r6
like, comp. as above, and Winer § 45. 9e'X11pa---'L'va 1rfiv K. 12A. 17:3. 1 John
9. b. E. g. 95M), Matt. 7: 12 m'xvra 6'aa 3=11,23. 4:21. QJohn 6. (Test. XII
(“w 951111’: in: 1rouDa'1v l'qfiv x. r. 7\. Mark Patr. p. 606.) So Ev Tot/1'1‘) '1'va, 1 John
6: 25. Luke 6:31. 18: 4.1. John 17. 4: 17. John 15; 8 iv 'roz'mp e’EoEéo'Bn 1';
24. al. saep. S’E'Aniu’t Eon Iva, Matt. 18: 1ran‘lp, 'lva Kapmiv (pe'prrrs, i. q. classic
14.. John 6. 39, 40. 1 Cor. 10; 12. z'v 1'93 by. xapwov ¢épe1v. Also John 15:
{111171111 Iva. 1 Cor. 41:2. Vvitll 90.... 13 pellova ‘rat/me c'rydrrqv 095519 E'xu,
etc. impl. Gal. 2:10-9:70» 'lva Test. ‘in: mg 95 K. r. X. 3 John 4.. So with
XII Patr. p. 704.. Arr. Epict. l. 18. 14.. 051-0; or ¢v rm'n'q) implied, 1 Cor. 9: 18
So Booker-m Yva Dion. Hal. de Comp. fl: 05v FOL Eafiv 1‘) #10669: [oin'og v. c'v
Verb. p. 296 sq. EmOu 7v Iva Teles 'rm’rrqi] 'c'va x. 'r. A.—-Comp. Wisd. I3: 9
ap. Stob. 95. p. 524.. omp. Sohaefer 51 761p roam'rrov izrxvo'uv cidévat, 'r'va
Melet. p. 12L—(5) After wméw in the xnr. X. Arr. Epict. 2. l. l :1 dXntk'c e'an
sense of to cause, to qfléct, etc. where in r655, Tva 1'] 1:. r. X.
earlier Greek the infin. is used, Matth. b) instead of 51mg, after verbs of
§ 531. l. Herm. ad Vig. p. 76l,or also taking care, endeavouring, and the like,
61mm Hdot. 1. 209. ib. 5. 109. comp. Matth. § 531. n. l, 2. § 623. 2 comp.
Passow in 1ro1éw no. 1. 0. John H: 37 §519. E. g. fihz'ruv, 1 Cor. 16: 10
m'nc £56m"; m'rrog rrou'iaat, '1'va ml oiiroc ‘Skewers, 'c'va 114566.»; 'ye'vm'at. Col. 4:17.
pr) c’nrofiévn' Col. 4.: 16. and so in an 2 John 8. (Mom 1 Cor. 14.: l. (17.-é.”
attraction ev. 3: 9. 13: 12, 15,16. 1 Cor. 14.: 12. ,uepquvc'zw 1 Cor. 7: 341.~
comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6. In Rev. 3: zpuhdo'o'cafls iva ‘in’; 2 Pet. 3: 17. So
9 the future also is joined with the with a verb of this kind implied, 2 Cor.
Subj. after 'Zva—(e) After words imply 8: 7.—Comp. a1r0v5f'v i'xw seq. ('irrwg et
ingfilness, suficiency, need, and the like, i'va Dion. Hal. de comp. Verb. p. 398.
e. g. liEwg, John 1:27 e’yd) oint- (15161; ail.“ Zm'eiv 61:-mg Luc. de Mere. Conduct. 4.].
Iva M'mw x. 1'. A. After ixavéc Matt. 8: 0) instead of 511, e.g. after 'ypdrpw,
 ' Im'n' 378
Mark 9: l2 Kai 1n}; ye'ypam'ai m 'z'va
1ro)\)\& #69” x. r. )L—c. 5n Rom. 41: 23.
l Cor.9: 10. Xen. An. 2. 3. 1. Comp.
\Viner § 57. p. 386.—F0r Rev. 14: 13
see above in 2. a. Prob. to be so taken
after dyakhdw, John 8: 56 fi-yaXMéam-o,
1m ‘15;; rfiv r'lpépav 'rfiv Efn’yv. Comp. the
frequent construction xaipw 5m in N. T.
Luke 10: 20. John ll: 15. al. Sept.
Ex. 4: 31.
d) of time, but only in John, after
d'opa
Johninstead of the more
12: 23c'ih'1hvflev usual'lva
1') (firm, 5r:5050106.?)
or iv
1') viog r017 z'wfipdnrou. 13: 1. 16: 2, 32.
So Engl. the hour is come ran the son
of man should be glorg'fied, for, when or
in which.-—-c. 6r: John 4: 21, 23. 5: 25.
0. iv {'1' 5:28.—Or we may take 1va
here as ecbatic, so that he shall be glo
rified. Comp. Winer @45. p. 282.—
Others regard 'iva here as an adverb of
place, used trop. of time, like Engl.
wlzerein. Comp. Aristoph. Nub. 1235.
Hum. 0d. 6. 27. Tittm. l. c. p. 49.
Passow ‘Iva B. 0. AL.
lIm'l'l’, or i'va n’, as an interrog.
particle, elliptically for ‘Ira n’ ye'ym-ar,
in order that what sc. may take place?
i. q. to what end? why .7 wherefore?
Buttm. § 14.9. 1. p. 423. Winer § 25. 1
ult. Herm. ad Vig. p. 849. Matt. 9:
4 ivarl {1,1579 ivt’upciafie won/"pd; 27:46.
Luke 13:7. Acts 4.: 25. 7: 26. 1 Cor.
10. 29. Sept. for =55, Ps. 2; 1. Fla-‘>2
Num. 22: 32.—Aristoph. Eccles. 714 or
719. Plato Apol. Soc. 14'.
I I
Iomrn, 719‘, i], Joppa, so in N. T.
and Josephus, in classic writers 'Io'nrmy,
Heb. 8'19: or 5!: Japho , now Jqfl‘a, [ Yofl‘a ,]
a celebrated and very ancient city and
port of Palestine on the Mediterranean,
about 40 miles W. N. W. of Jerusalem.
Acts 9:36, 38, 4-2, 43. 10; 5, 8, 23,32.
11: 5, 13.—Sept. Josh. 19: 46. Jos. B.
J. 1. 20. 3. Strabo l6. 2. 28. See
Reland Palmst. p. 864.. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. ii. p. 339.
'Iogooimg, 0v, .1, Jordan, Heb. ‘F113,
)1 5 Q0
"OW El Sheriat,i. e. the Ford,
the largest and most celebrated river
of Palestine. It takes its rise not far
from the village Paneas or Banias,
near Cesarea Philippi, and is joined by
another stream which rises in the higher
’ Iouocu'a
parts of the adjacent Antilibanus. After
a course of about 15 miles, it passes
through the lake or marsh of Merom
or Samochon, and after flowing about
the same distance further falls into the
lake of Tiberias or sea of Galilee.
Leaving this lake, it flows through a
fertile valley of considerable width into
the Dead Sea, receiving in its course
some minor streams. The great valley
of the Jordan has been ascertained by
Burckhardt to be continued from the
Dead Sea to the eastern branch of the
Arabian Gulf or Red Sea; so that it is
highly probable that the Jordan ori
ginally pursued its course to that gulf,
until the convulsions which destroyed
Sodom and Gomorrah, and the subse
quent filling up of the bottom of the
valley by the drifting sand, caused the
stoppage of its waters—Between the
two large lakes, the average breadth of
the Jordan is from 60 to 80 feet, and
its depth about 10 or 12. It has
double banks, i. e. those of its usual
channel, and others at the distance of
40‘0r 50 rods 011 each side. The low
ground within the higher banks is over
grown with reeds and trees, afibrdimr a
covert for numerous wild beasts. 'Phe
stream of the Jordan is rapid, and its
waters turbid. It is subject to floods,
which sometimes, though not often, rise
above its usual channel and overflow
the space within its higher banks. Matt.
3:5,6,13. 4.. 15,25. 19; 1. Mark
1: 5,9. 3: 8. 10:1. Luke 3:3. 4: 1.
John 1: 28. 3: 26. 10: 40. See Reland
Palzest. p. 270 sq. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. i. 196 sq. Calmet. p. 232,
414, 577. Bibl. Repos. II. p. 775 sq.
165'» 05, 6, (1111a,) pp. something
sent out, emitted, hence a missik weapon,
arrow, Horn. ll. 15. 45L Sept. Lam. 3:
13. In N. T.
a) rust, as being emitted on metals,
James 5: 3. Sept. for Ez. 24: 6.
--Ep. Jer. 19, 94'. Theogn. 443 or 451.
P0]. 6. IO. 3.
b) poison, venom, as emitted by son
pents, etc. James 3:8. Rom. 3: 13 16¢
don-[50:11, quoted from Ps. 140: 4 where
Sept. for "El—1E1. H. A. 5. 31. Luc.
Fugit. l9.
,Iovam'u, mg, 1'', (pp. fem. of
 J I,
Iovhmgw 379
'Iovha'r'oe, supp. 717,) Judea, Heb. "ET-‘1',’ low; mostly as subst. a Jew, pp. one of
Judah, pr. n. strictly of the territory of the tribe or country of Judah Sept.
the tribe of Judah, but usually employed 2 K. 16: 6, but in later usage applied to
in a broader sense. Under David it all the inhabitants of J udea or Palestine
denoted the territories of Judah and
Benjamin,Josh. 11:21 coll.v.16. 2Sam.
5: 5. 1 Chr. 21: 5. So after the seces
sion of the ten tribes, it was applied to
the dominions of the kingdom of Judah,
in distinction from that of Israel, and
of course included the whole southern
part of Palestine. After the captivity,
as most of the exiles who returned
were of the kingdom of Judah, the
name Judea (Judah) was given gene
rally to the whole of Palestine west of
the Jordan, Hag. 1: 1, l4. 2: 2. Under
the Romans, in the time of Christ,
Palestine was divided into Galilee, Sa
maria, and Judea, (John 4: 4, 5,) which
last included the whole southern part
west of the Jordan, and constituted a
portion of the kingdom of Herod the
Great. It then belonged to Archelaus
((1. v.) but was afterwards made :1 R0
man province dependent on Syria and
governed by procurators,see in ‘Ilyspév.
For a time also portions of it belonged
to Herod Agrippa the elder, comp. in
'Hpéidqg no. 3. See Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 5.
Relandi Palaest. p. 31, 174, 178. Jalm
§25. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 149.
-—Matt. 2:1, 5, 22. 3:1. 4: 25. 19:1.
Luke 1: 65. al. Meton. people ofJudea
Matt. 3: 5. AL.
100505!‘ W, f. ‘tau, (1011501709) to
Judaize, to live like the Jews, to follow
their manners,customs, rites, Gal. 2: 14,
parall. to 'IouEa'iA-Qg Zfiv.—- Ignat. ad
Magnes. 10. Comp. Esth. B: 17.—For
such verbs see Buttm. § 119. 3. d.
'Iouhm'mig, 7’), 5:1, Jewish, current
among the Jews, e. g. #6601 Tit. 1: l4.
—Jos. Ant. 20. 11. 1,4.
1099067356‘, adv. Jewishly, in the
Jewish manner, Gal. 2: 14.—Jos. B. J.
6. l. 3.
10115027093 mix, or, (‘10155019, Sept.
10630., Judah,) pp. adj. Jewish,- in N. T.
a) torn. p . 1'; 'IouScu'a Xérpa v. yfi,
the land of udea, Mark 1: 5. John 3:
22. i] ’Iou3a[a 'yuw'], a Jewess, Acts 16:
l. 24: 24. non al.—Sept. l Chr. 4: l9.
Jos. 11. 1. 1.
b) masc. b 'Iovhaiog, as adj. see be
'Ioziha;
and their descendants, Esth. 3: 6, 10.
Dan. 3: 8. 2 Macc. 9: 17. So in N. T.
John 4: 9. Acts 18:2, 24. al. Usually
plur. oi Tor/hater the Jews, Matt. 2: 2.
28:15. John 19:21. Acts 10: 22. 20:
19. al. swp. 'Iouhaioi Kai “EMqveg Acts
14:1. 18:4. 19:10. 1 Cor. 1:23, 24.
See in "EAAm/ b. By synecd. oi 'IovEaZoI.
is put in John for the chief men, leaders
ofthe Jews, John 1:19. 5: 15, 16 sq.
7: 1, 11,13. 9:22. 18:12,14. Acts
23:20, comp. v. 14 sq. Once including
Jewish proselytes Acts 2: 5 col]. v. 10.
—As adj. joined with a noun, e. g.
dvfip ‘lot/Babe Acts 10: 28. plur. 2:
14. 2‘2: 3. ilatvdon'poqpr'lrng Acts 13:6.
épxiepehg Acts 19: 14.—Estl1. 2: 3. Jos.
B. J. 3. 7.31. A».
’Iovhai'op06;, 017, h, Judaism, the
Jewish religion and institutes, e. g. as
opposed to heathenism 2 Macc. 2:21.
14: 38. In N. T. as opp. to Christianity,
Gal. 1: 13,14.
106502;, 05, h, Judas, llcb. "31"’;
(renowned), Sept. 'Iohda, Judah, pr. n.
of eight persons in N. T.
l. Judah, the fourth son of Jacob and
head of the tribe ofJudah, Matt. 1: 2, 3.
Luke 3:33. —-- Meton. for the tribe or
postu'ity ofJudah, Matt. 2: 6 bis. Luke
1:39. Heb. 7:14. Rev. 5: 5. 7:5. So
olxog Tot/Ea, the house, i.e. kingdom of
Judah, opp. to that of Israel Heb. 8: 8.
2. Judas or Judah, two of the ances.
tors of Jesus, elsewhere unknown,
Luke 3; 26,30.
3. Jude, an apostle, called also Leh
beus and Thaddeus, brother of James
the Less and cousin of our Lord, see in
’Irixw€og 2. He also wrote the Epistle
of Jude. Matt. 13:55. Mark 6: 3. Luke
6:16. John 14:22. Acts 1: l3. Jude 1.
Comp. Matt. 10:3.
4. Judas surnamed Iscariot i. e. man
of Kerioth, an apostle, and the traitor
who betrayed our Lord. He seems pre
viously to have been dishonest, though
he enjoyed the confidence of the other
apostles, comp. John 12: 6. On the
manner of his death, see in 'Arré-yxw.
Matt. 10:4. ‘26: 14, 25, 47. 27: 3.
 ’ Inuit/oz 380
Mark 3:19. 14:10,43. Luke 22: 3,
47, 46. John 6: 71. 12: 4.. 13. 2, 26,
29. 18:2,3,5. Acts l:16,25.
5. Judas surnamed Barsabas, a Chris
tian teacher sent from Jerusalem to
Antioch with Paul and Barnabas, Acts
15:22, 27, 32
6. Judas, a Jew living in Damascus,
with whom Paul lodged at his conver
sion, Acts 9: ll.
7. Judas surnamed the Galilean, 6
I‘ahka'iog, Acts 5:37. So called also
by Josephus, Ant. 18. 1.6. ib. 20. 5. 2.
B. J. 2. 8. 1, but likewise a I‘avAovh-nc
Ant. 18.1. 1. In company with one
Sadoc or Sadducus, he attempted to
raise a sedition among the Jews, but
was destroyed by Cyrenius (Quirinus)
then proconsul of Syria and J udea. See
Josephus 11. cc.
'IouA/a, mg, 17, Julia, pr. n. of a of Judas the traitor, Heb. "7773915 i. e.
female Christian, Rom. 16: 15. man of Keriolh, a town in the territory
Ioo7uog, ou, 6, Julius, pr. n. of of Judah Josh. 15:25.—~Matt. 10: 4.
the centurion who conducted Paul to 26: 14. Mark 3: 19. 14: 10. Luke 6:
Rome, Acts 27: 1, 3.
’Ioow'ag, 0t, 1'), Jum‘as, pr. n. of a
Jewish Christian, a kinsman and fellow
prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16: 7.
'IoGzm-og, 00, 6, Justus, 1. pr. n.
of a Christian at Corinth, with whom
Paul lodged, Acts 18:7. Some read
Tirou o’v. Torin-Tau.
2. as surname a) of Joseph called
also Barsabas, nominated as an apostle,
Acts 1: 23. b) of Jesus a friend and
fellow-labourer of Paul, Col. 4: 11.
t.I'7l'7l'Et/Jg‘, 561;, l), (I1I'7I'OC,) a horse
man, Plur. i-Irrrcig horsemen, cavalry,
Acts 23:23,:a2. Sept. for 5:; Gen.
50:9. Ex. 14: 9.—Xen. Mem. 3. 4. l.
'Ivrvrmog, fl’, o'v, (In-1mg) eques
trian, opp. to ml'wég Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18.
skilled in riding, a horseman, Xen. Mag.
Eq. 1. 6, 12. In N. T. neut. rd i'lrmxdv
collect. the horsemen, cavalry, as in Engl.
the horse, Rev. 9: 16. —- Pol. 2. 66.7.
Xen. Ag. 1. 15,23.
"Ia'qrog, 0!), 6, a horse, James 3: 3.
Rev. 6: 2,4, 5,8. 9=7,9, l7bis.14:20.
18:13. 19: 11,14, 18, 19, ‘21. Sept.f0r
510 Gen. 47: 17. al.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 1.
"151;. 150;, 1), ('Iptg a goddess.)
acc. ‘191511 and ‘ipw comp. Buttm. § 4- ,
a rainbow, iris, Rev. 4: 3. 10: l.--1’El.
106117170;
V. H. 4. l7. Hesych. ‘ipig' 1') iv oilpar'q]
(lbw).
'Iuuoix, 6, indec. Isaac, Heb. PUFF
(derider), pr. n. of the son of Abraham
by Sarah, Matt. 1:2. 8: 11. 22: 32.'al.
Comp. Gen. c. 21 sq. AL.
'lau'yyekog, 00, a, .5, adj. (1009,
(‘i-yyzkog) like to angels, angel-like, Luke
20: 36.—Clem. Al.Strom. 7. 12. Comp.
the Homeric 1060..., II. 2. 565.
'Io'uxoig, or ,Io'aaxoig, 6, indec.
Issachar, Heb. ‘Pf-3'3, Keri ‘2?’! (pur
chased), pr. 71. of the ninth son of Jacob
by Leah, Gen. 30:18. Meton. for the
tribe of Issachar Rev. 7: 7.
"IMAM! a false root to which the
forms ‘to/.121’, 'urre, ‘loam, were formerly
referred; see in otiia under E‘iéw II.
,Ia'xuglfi’l‘fflé', 0", 6, Lscariot, surname
16. 22: 3. John 6:71. 12: 4. 13: 2,
26. 14:2 22.
T‘I u '1' _ _
0'04‘, 40"), M07, like, alike, equal,
spoken of measure, quantity, condition,
and the like. Matt. 20: 12 ‘leave {11471,
airroug brolnaag. Luke 6: 34 in: dro
Miguel rd lo'a. Acts 11: 17. Rev. 2]:
16. Sept. for ‘tbs; Ez. 40: 5, 6.—-Diod.
S. l. 20. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. l.—So ofna.
ture and condition, John 5: 18 Your
z‘avrov iron-“w r9”: Gap. Phil. 2: 6 oiix
viprra-ypdv . . . rd eta/at Ian 951:3, where
for neut. pl. Ida see Matth. § 443. l.
<, 446. 7. comp. Buttm. <> 129. as 115.
4 ult. Greg. Cor. ed. Schaefer p. 130,
1055. See in 'Ap'lraypug. Comp. 760.
9:07; Hom. 0d. 11. 303. Diod. $10. 1.
89.—Hence alike, consistent, e. g. papru
plat Mark 14: 56, 59.
166777;, r7109, 1'/,(lo'o¢,) likeness, equa
lity, i. e. equal state or proportion, 2 Cor.
8: 13 EE iudrrlroc. v. 14. (Luc. Zeux.
5. P01. 6. 8. 4.) In the sense of equity,
what is equitable, Col. 4: l.—Plut. ed.
R. VI. p. 367. 2 01355‘ Eucaioo'a'lwl, oiid'
iao'rng. Clem. Al. Strorn. 6. 6.
Torin/1.0;, 00, 5,1", adj. ((Ia'og, 11,11’),
alike honoured, alike prized, i. e. of
equal honour or standing, Jos. Ant. 8.
8. l. Xen. Hi. 8. 10. In N. T. alike
precious, of like value or estimation, i. e.
 ' Iao'dmxog 381 " Ian)!”
genr. like, equal, 0. dat. 2 Pet. 1: l r079 Lev. 27: 11.) in‘! c. acc. Matt. 4: 5
iao’fl'uov r'lpiv AGXOIIU'LV m'a'rw. Buttm. i'zrrno'w abrdv e'1rl rd 1rrepiryiov. Luke
§ 133. 2.-—-Hdian. 3. 6. 10. 4: 9. (z'm' rwi Palreph. 9.) 'n-apti c. dat.
'la'émlwxog, 00, 1'), ,7, adj. (Ia'og, Luke 9: 47. Gem. to cause to stand
ilnlxr'h) like-minded, Phil. 2:20. Sept. fbrth, Acts 1:23 ual Zirrno'ay him. 6: 13.
for “3?? Ps. 54: 14. Opp. to falling Rom. 14: 4. Sept. for
'Iagotr'yk, 6, indec. Israel, Heb. ‘$293? Gen. 47:7. Lev. 14: 11. l K.
5151'??? (wrestler with God), a name given 6: l4. 57??! EX. 4022,16. JOSll. 4: 9.
to Jacob after wrestling with the angel, —Hdian. l. 14. 18. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 6.
b) to establish, to confirm. Rom. 3:3l
Gen. 32: 24 sq. In N. T. spoken only
in reference to his posterity, as 6 oixog wipov. 10: 3. Heb. 10: 9. Sept. for
1T2? Ex. 6: 4. 1 K. 6: 12.—So of time,
‘I. Matt. 10:6. Acts 7: 42. 6 had; 'I.
Acts 4:10. 13:17. uiol 'I. Acts 7: 23. tofix, to appoint, igie'pay Acts 17: 31.
c) to place so. in a balance, i. q. to
37. 9: 15. al.—So genr. Israel for-the
Israelites, the children of Israel, spoken weigh, c. acc. et dat. Matt. 26: 15
in O. T. of the kingdom of Israel in Earnnav aim-(P rpiéxorra dp-yl'ipia they
upp. to that of Judah ; but in N. T. ap weighed out to him etc. Sept. for 5?!
plied to all the descendants of Israel Ezra 8: 25,26, 33. Is. 46:6.—-Di0d.
then remaining, and synonymous after Sic. l. 83. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 9. Fully
the exile with 01 'Ioubaioc, see in 'Iovbaiog larfitn crud/41,5 n-poc c'ipybpiov rag rpi'xuc
b. Matt. 2:6, 20, 21. am. 15: 31. Hdot. 2. 65.-—-Metaph. to impute, e. g.
Horn. 10: 1,19. AL. nvl rr‘yv iipaprlav Acts 7: 60.
II. Intransitive, in the perfect, plu.
Io'ganX/rng, 0v, 6, an Israelite, in
N. T. i. q. (I! 'Ioubaioc, see in 'Iapar’fit. perf. and aor. 2 of the Active, in the
Mid. and by impl. in aor. 1 and fut. l
John 1:48. Acts 2: 22. 3:12. 5:35. of the Passive, (comp. Buttm.§ 136. 2.
13: 16. 21:28. Rom. 9: 4. 11: l. 2 Cor. §ll3. n. 2, 3,) to stand, and so perl'. Act.
ll: 22.—gem. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. l. 'z'arnxa as present,whence plupf. Eurip.-cw
"IU'TUFI‘, f. where, aor. l E'm'mra, as imperf. Buttm. ,5 107. II. 2.
aor. 2 Zarqv, perf. go'i'qxa, plupf. Ean’lxuv a) pp. and absol. e. g. as opp. to fall
Luke 8: 20 and eia'rilxzw Matt. 12: 46, ing l Cor. 10: 12 6 50x15»! z'a'rc'wai,
Buttm. § 107. n. I, 7; perf. infiu. flksm'rw pr) “'0'”. So in prayer or sac
im-nxérai contr. e'an’wai, perf. part. rifice Matt. 6: 5. Heb. 10: 11.—With
Eurip.-be contr. e'rro'ic, (Baa, u'ig, Buttm. § an adjunct implying place where, e. g.
107. II. 3; aor. 1 pass. tween-l, fut. 1 an adv. Matt. 12:46 i'Ew. Mark 11:5
pass. oraflflaopai. See in general, Buttm. e'xe'i. 13:14. Luke 9:27. 17:12. 18:
§ 107 passim. A less usual form is 13. al. Seq. sic c. acc. see in Big 4, Big
pres. innit» Rom. 3: 31, Buttm. § 106. rd ps'aov John 20: 19. c'x beEu-‘w Luke
n. 5. § 107. n. I, 2. Pluperf. 3 pers. I: ll. (1 Chr. 6: 39.) iv (1. dat. ofplace,
plur. Earr'pxeaav Att. for Earr’yxewav Rev. Matt. 20:3 iv r2’; d'yopq-i. John 11: 56.
7: 11, see in Mattaire Dial. p. 67. ed. Acts 5:20. 7: 33 impl. Matt. 20:6 coll.
Reitz.—The significations of this verb v. 3. John 7: 37 coll. v. 28. (Xen. Cyr.
are divided between the trans. to cause to 6. 2. 17.) iv abroic among i. e. before
stand, to place, and intrans. to stand, them Acts 24:21. Evu’nriév rwog Acts
see Buttm. s 107. II. 10: 30. Rev. 7: 9. int 0. gen. of place
1. Transitive, in the present, imper Luke 6: l7 Earn l-Iri rérrov “Ewell Rev.
feet, fut. and aor. 1,0f the Active, to 10: 5. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66.) and so £111’
cause to stand, to set, to place. in the sense of before, Acts 25: 10 e'rri
a) pp. 0. acc. and with an adjunct 1'06 flr'yparog. 24: 20 e’rrl roii o'wzbplou.
implying place where, e. g. :19 at'n-oi'ic Mark 13:9. 0. acc. of place Matt. 13:
before them, Acts 22:30 Hailkov Ea-rnaav 2. Rev. 7: l. (2 Chr. 23: [9.) also Evrl
eig- afn'obg. So in: 8:51:31! Matt. 25: 33. ‘robe 1:155:19 to stand upon the feet, Acts
iv p609, comp. in ‘Ev no. 2. Matt. 18: 26: 16. impl. Acts 3: 8. (Sept. 2 Chr.
2. John 6: 3. Acts 4: 7. also iv r55 3: l2.) peré 'nvoc John 18:5. n-apé c,
0111,5594’? Acts 5:27. (Dem. 1370. 25.) acc. Luke 5: 1. 7: 38. (2 Chr. 9: 1,)
ivdnruir rwog‘ Acts 6: 6. Jude 24. (comp. 1répav 'rfic SaA. John 6: 22. #96 T5,,’
 " lorry/1.:
Supt-“m Acts 5: 23. 1.9.), q", 51191,} John
18: 16. (Judg. 9:35.) c. acc. 'rrpog To
uvryfuiov 20: ll. aziv ai/To'ig Acts 4: 14..
Also m'mkp nvoc round about any one
Rev. 7: ll. Ire'aog bpu'n'i'arnusv John 1:
26.—\Vithout an adjunct of place ex
pressed, but in the sense of to stand by,
near, there, according to the context,
i. q. to be present, Matt. 26: 73 rpm!
:Mhirrsg oi Ear-Greg eirrov r97 IIérprp.
Luke 19:8. 23:35. John 1:35. 3: ‘29.
18: 18. Acts 2: 14,. al. Joined with an
adj. or particip. Acts 9: 7 eiarr'yucwav
Ewcot’. Eph. 6: 14. (Xen. Cyr. I. 4.
8.) So of persons standing before a judge,
either as accusers Luke 23: 10, or as
accused Acts 26: 6 's'trrrlxa xpwo'un'oc.
Matt. 27: ll amrpootkv r05 h-yquivog,
comp. also above in constr. with Em’.
Also bet'ore Christ as Judge, where it
is by impl. to stand erect, firm, in the
consciousness of acquittal and final ap
proval, Luke 21: 36.--Spoken of fish
ing-boats, to stand, to be stationed, in
En l. to lie, Luke 5: 2.
l) trop. to stand fast, i. e. to continue,
to endure, to persist, e. g. of things, 1‘,
131mm“ Matt. 12: 25. Luke ll: 18.
szluz'tuoe 2 Tim. 2:19. of persons,
Acts 26: 22 iixpt 'riig fipe'pag rain-n9
garnra. 1 Cor. 7: 37 E'arnxa iopaiog.
Col. 4: 12. John 8: 44. 2v rfi (Julieta
oilx go'rnxu'. Rom. 5: 2. 1 Pet. 5: 12
eig fir ém-hrare, comp. El; no. 4. 2 Cor.
1.24. So Sept. and 12>: 2 K. 23:3.
Ecc. 8: 3. Is. 66:22. =‘P. Is. 46:10.
Josh. 2=11._ Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 23.—
So to stand fast against an enemy, opp.
t0 psiryw, Eph. 6:13. o. 1rpdg TL v. 11.
Sept. for ‘"51! Ex. 9:12. Nah. 2:8.
(Pol. 1. 19. 15. Xen. An. 1. 10. 1.) So
against evils, i. q. to endure, to sustain,
Rev. 6: 17.—In the sense of to be estab
lished, confirmed, Matt. 18: 16 et 2 Cor.
131 1 iva. e’vrl cr'rd'uamg Ella puprl'lpwv 1';
rpw'n/ 0:116?) m'w fififm, in allusion to
Deut. 19:15 where Sept. for PP. also fortified, Rev. 18: 10 Ba€.1'11r6)\tg 1‘) irrx.
Num. 30: 5, 12.
c) E'arnv and ioréfirlv, to stand still,
to stop, e. g. of persons, Matt. 20: 32
mi drag a 'Ina'ofig. Mark 10: 49. Luke
7:14. 18: 40. Of things, Matt. 2:9.
Acts 8: 38. to cease Luke 8: 44.. Sept.
for ‘1?? Hab. 3:11. Jon. 1:15. Josh. 3:
13.—Hdian. 1. 13. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. l.
3. An. 1. 3. '2. AL.
382 T0146;
'Ifi'rogéol, :5, f. {Ia-w, (Tm-up fr.
53531111,) to ascertain so. by inquiry and
personal examination Pol. 9. l4. 3. ib.
10. 7. l. to know, to have seen person
ally Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 5. In N. T. to see,
to visita person in order to make his
acquaintance, Gal. 1: 18 ioropfioat
IIérpor.—Jos. B. J. 6. l. 8. Arr. Epict.
2. 14. 28. Hesych. ia'ropc'i‘opgl- Comp.
\Viner's Comm. in Gal. 1. c._ More
usually to narrate Pol. l. 37. 3. Hdian.
3. 7. l5.
,Iaxvfiéé', a’, 61‘, (toxic-1,) strong,
mighty, powerful.
a) of persons, spoken of the powers
both of body and mind, physical and
moral. Matt. 3: ll Zaxvpérspég you e'ariv.
Mark 1:7. Luke 3: 16. Heb. 11:34.
iaxvpoi c'v 1rohe'pq), and so Matt. 12:29
bis siachfidv elg 11);’ olrl'av Tor": Zaxupoi'z.
Mark 3: 27 bis. Luke 11:21, 22. 1
Cor. 10: 22. So 1 Cor. 1:25. 1 John
2: 14 strong, i. e.firm in faith. Of an
gels Rev. 5:2. 10:1. 18: 21. of God
Rev. 18: 8. So Sept. for “"5? Judg. 5:
_13. Josh. 10: 2. of God Dent. 10: 17.
>25 of God Neh. 1: 5.9: 32. PI‘? Num.l3:
19. Josh. l7: 18.—1E]. V. H. 2. 24.
Xen. Mem. I. 6. 7. — Trop. strong in
influence and authority, mighty, honour
able, 1 Cor. 4: 10. Rev. 6: 15 in later
edit. 19: 18. 1 Cor. 1: 27 Ta ia-Xvpr'r for
concr: oi iaxvpot'. Sept. oi iox. Ti); 'yiig
for INS 2 K. 24:15. also for ‘FE-.1 l
Chr. 7: 7, 40.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 9.
b) of things, strong, i. e. vehement,
great, as iii/spa: Matt. 14.: 30. Mp6s
Luke [5: l4. Kpav'yv'; Heb. 5. 7. 4110141
Rev. 18: 2 in some edit. Bpov-rai Rev.
19:6. Sept. Gen. 41: 31. Ex. 19: 19.
Dan. 6:20. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34, 39
xupo'w.) Alsofirm, sure, as lax. wapc't
Khnaig Heb. 6: 18. (Pol. 31. 20. 8.)
severe, e. g‘. Emo'rohai iax. 2 Cor. 10: 10.
-—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 48.—-Ofa city,strong,
Sept. for PM Ez. 26: 17.—Xen. Cyr. 7.
5. 7, s.
16%.’); 60;, 17, (1;, text») strength,
might, power, spoken of the powers both
of body and mind, physical and moral,
e. g. once physical, Rev. 18:2 {it-pain
iv iaxr'ii i. e. mightily, vehemently. Comp.
Sept. Is. 58: 1. Sept. for 57*‘! Dan. 3: 4.
41: ll. — Hdian. 6.8. 2 lax. Utii/AGTOC.
 ’ Iaxi'm
Xen. Ven. l3. l4. -- Of mental and
moral power, might, ability, faculty.
Mark 12: 30 £5 (7)079 rfig iaxiloq am: with
all My might. v. 33. Luke 10: 27.
] Pet. 4: ll. Sept. for 735 Gen. 31: 6.
‘it’? 2 K. 23: 25. Also genr. power,
potency, preeminence, e. g. with Bum/111;,
2 Pet. 2: ll fi'y'yehoi iaxi'fi xal. aways:
pei'foveg. Eph. l: 19 et 6: 10 Kpo'irog rfic
ia'xz'log i. q. xpiirog laxupo'v, mighty
power. 2 Thess. l: 9. Comp. Buttm.§
I23. 11. 4. — S0 in ascriptions to God,
Rev. 5: 12. 7: 12. Sept. for "3'5 Jer.10:
ll. 27: 4. 32:17. 7T3? IS. llZQ.
Others here render it praise, like Heb.
3', Sept. alvog, Ps. 8: 3.
,Ifl'xlllw, f. {1010, (taxi/g.) to be strong,
i. e. to have strength, ability, power,
both physical and moral.
a) physical, to be strong, robust, Matt.
9: 12 et Mark 2: l7 oi laxilovrtc the
strong, i. e. the well, not the weak and
sick. Sept. for P1": Josh. 14: ll. comp.
Is. 39: l. Ez. 34: 16.—Ecclus. 30: 14
irycfig Kai iuxiawy. Xen. Mem. 3. l2. 4.
b) genr. to be able, Ican, seq. infin.
luatt. 8: 28 156?: yr‘; iaXl/ew Twit
wapehfieiv. 26: 40. Mark 5:4. l4:37.
Luke 6:48. 8:43. 14: 6,29,30. 16:
3. 20:26. John 21: 6. Acts 6: 10.
15:10. 25: 7. 27: 16. 0. int. impl.
Mark 9: 18. Luke 13:24. Phil. 4: 13
mivra Iaxl'uu i. e. Ican do or endure all
things etc. Better perhaps 1rc’w-ra as acc.
of manner etc. Buttm. § I31. 6.--Sept.
2 Chr. 2: 6. Diod. Sic. l. 83 ult.
c) i. q. to have eflicacy, to avail, to
have force and value, Gal. 5: 6 et 6: 15
051': wept-row’) r1 laxilu. Heb. 19: I7.
James 5: 16. :19 ol’uie‘v Zaxi'm it has no
value, is worthless, Matt. 5: l3. — Jos.
Ant. 3.12. 3. I'll. V. H. 2. 38. Diod.
S. 2. 33. ' "Ixvog, 80;, 005, ro', (i'xw, kWh/4411,)
d) i. q. to prevail, seq. Kan’: rwog,
against or over any one Acts 19: 16.
absol. Rev. 12: 8. So Sept. 0. 1rplig‘ for
"1: Dan. 7:21. Ps. 13: 5.-—l Mace. 10:
49. Comp. laxilcw ime'p Luc. Navig. 42.
—Trop. i. q. to spread abroad, to acquire
strength and efficacy, as Acts 19: 20 .;
Ao'yoc 1017 x. niiEave xal io'xuev.
"1w; adv. (im.) pp. equally, alike, king of Judah, the son and successor of
Dem. 35. 26. In N. T. it may be,per
hypo, doubtless, Luke 20: 13. Sept. for
"2‘! Gen. 32: 21. 1:7 Dan. 4: 24 [27].
383 ’Iwa0é‘u.
—}F.l. V. H. 11. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. l.
l3.
“Talia. as, .7, Italy, Acts 18: 2.
‘27: 1,6. Heb. 13:24.
’Ira7.1x6g, a, 61', Italian, SC. mrn'pa
q. v. Acts 10: l.—-Arr. Tactic. p. 73. 5.
Comp. Wetstein N. T. in loc.
17011512412, as‘, 1'1, Iturea, a region
of which the exact situation is doubtful,
though it made part of Coelo-Syria,
Plin. H. N. 5. 23.—Luke 3: l (IMAM-wow
'rz'rpapxofivrog 'rfig 'Iroupaiag ml Tpllxh).
141.50g xépag, Philip being tetrarcll of
Iturea and Trachonitis. But Josephus
describes Philip's tetrarchy as composed
of Trachonitis, Batanea. and Auranitis,
without any mention of Iturea, Ant. 15.
10. l. comp. 17.11. 4. B. J. 2. 6. 3.
Hence Reland and others suppose Iturea
to be the same with Auranitis, Rel.
Palaestina p. 106 sq. Cellarii Notit.
Orb. II. lib. 3.0. 13. § 251 sq. Ac
cording to Milnter, de Reb. Iturwor.
p. 4, Iturea lay westward of Damascus
and eastward of Hamath, around Mount
Hermon, whose (ipuyé. this people in
habited. The Itureans were celebrated
as skilful archers and daring robbers.
Cic. Phil. 2.44. ib. l3. 8. Virg. Georg.
2. 448. Lucan. Phars. 7. 230, 514. Stra.
b0 16. 2.18 n‘: pz‘v oilv 6 civil E'Xovm.
mi vra 'Irovpaiol re xai'Apaésg Icaxol'lp'yol.
min/reg. Heb. ‘W’: Gesen. Lex. s. voc.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 5.
’l 7601351011, 00, 16, (dlmifhoflxel’lg‘,
a smallfish, Matt. 15: 34. Mark 8: 7.
Plut. ed. R. X. p. I38.
1x055, 60;, b, afis/l, Matt. 15: 36.
17:27. Luke 5:6. John 21:6, 8. al.
Sept. for =2 Gen. 9: 2.—Xen. H. G. 4.
l. 16. AL.
afootstep, Xen. An. 7. 3. 42. In N. T.
only trop. in the phrase to waflz or follow
in one's footsteps, i. e. to imitate his ex
ample, Rom. 4: 12 0701x0170; ro‘ig 't'xvea:
r017 ’A€pa¢i,.. 2 Cor. 12. 16. 1 Pet. 2:
21.-Ecclus. 2l: 6. Pol. 4. 42. 7.
,Iwatatilul, a, indec. Jotlmm, Heb.
5125" (Jehovah is perfect), pr. n. 0f a
Uzziah, r. 759—743 B. C. Matt. 1:9
bis. See 2 K. 15: 7, 32 sq. 2 Chr. c.
27.
 ’Iwoivm 384 ’ 1:770:
'Iwfillfb, b, indec. Jorr'm, perhaps i.
IWOZYWZ, 77g, 1'], Joanna, tern. of
'Iwdvvqg, pr. n. of the Wife of Chusa, q. ‘Io-grip, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
steward of Herod Antipas, Luke 8: 3. Luke 3: 29.
241: 10. Iwd'wtboz'r, b, indec. Josaphal, Heb.
Tramway, a, h, Joannas, pp. i. q. 135-155": (Jehovah-judged) Jehoshaphat, a
'Iwa'wng, one of the ancestors of Jesus, pious king of Judah, the son and succes
Luke 3: 27. sor of Asa, r. 914,-889 B. C. Matt. 1:
'Iwoiwng, 00, 6, John, Heb. "If?" 8 his. See 1 K. 15: .24.. 22:41 sq.
(Jehovah-given) Johanan, pr. 11. of four ,Iwo'ii or a, a, indec. Jose, pp. i. q.
persons in N. T. 'Iwofic, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
1 John the Baptist Matt. 3: l, the son Luke 3: 29.
of Zacharias and forerunner of Christ, 161677;, a, indec. Joses, pr. n. a) of
beheaded by order of Herod Antipas, a brother of James the Less, a kinsrnan
Luke 1:13, 60,63. Matt. 3: 4, 13, 14‘. of Jesus, Matt. 13:55. 27:56. Mark
14: 2, 3, 4', 8, 10. al. seep. Comp. Jos. 6: 3. 15: 40, 47.—b) of Barnabas, the
Ant. 18. 5. 2. companion of Paul, Acts 4': 36.
2. John the apostle, the son of Zebe
dee and brother of the elder James, drum/Np, b, indec. Joseph, Heb. =9",
especially beloved of our Lord, Matt. 4: (he will add), pr. n. of seven persons in
21.1012. 17:1. Mark 1:19, 29. Luke N. T.
3: 10. al. step. l. The patriarch, the eleventh son of
3. John, one of the ‘ kindred’ of the Jacob and head of the half-tribes of Man
high priest and a member of the Sanhe. asseh and Ephraim, John 4.: 5. Acts 7:
drim, once Acts 4.: 6. 9,13 bis, 14., 18. Heb. 11:21, 22. Rev.
4. John surnamed fllarh, the compan 7:8 ¢u)\r'1 'Iwm'lqz, put for the half-tribe
ion of Paul and Barnabas, and writer of of Ephraim. comp. v. 6.
the second Gospel, only Acts 12: 12, 25. 2. Three of the ancestors of Jesus,
1325,13. 15: 37. AL. Luke 3: 24., 26, 30.
MG, 5, indec. Job. Heb. :H-s (ill 3. The husband of Mary the mother
treated), the patriarch of the O. T. of Jesus, Matt. l:16,18,19 20, 24. 2:
whose aiilictions and patience are cele 13,19. Luke 1:27. 2: 4', l6, 33, 43.
brated in the book of Job. James 5: ll. 3:23. 4:22. John 1:46. 6:42.-—Act.
’I@7,77\, 6, Joel, Heb. 5??‘ (Jehovah Thom. § 2.
his God), one of the minor Hebrew 4'. Joseph of Arimathea, a member of
prophets, Acts 2: 16. Comp. Joel 1:1. the Sanhedrim, fiovhevn'jc, a disciple of
, / I I Jesus, who assisted at his burial, Matt.
Iwwxv, I», 1ndec. Jonan, pp. 1. q. 27: 57,59. Mark 15: 43, 45. Luke 23:
'Iwvfig, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
50. John 19: 38.
Luke 3:30. 5. Joseph called also Barsabas and
’Im&;, 02, 6, Jonas, Heb. rm"
v Justus, nominated as an apostle in the
(dove) Jonah, pr. n. of two persons in place of Judas, Acts 1: 23.
’Imm'azg, 0v, 1;, Josias, Heb. Hat-iii
1. Anoted prophet of the O. T. Matt. (whom Jehovah heals) Josiah, pr. n. of
12: 39,40, 41 bis. 16: 4. Luke 11: 29, a pious king of Judah, the son and suc
30, 32 bis. Comp. Jon. 1: 1 sq.
cessor of Amon, r. 643-611 B. C.
2. The father of the apostle Peter, 9.
Matt. 1=10,11. See 2 K. 22: 1 sq.
fisherman, John 1:42. 21:15, l6, l7.
Comp. in Bop-lowfig. 2 Chr. c. 34', 35.
Twglifh, é, indec. Joram, Heb. =15": 1077“, 1-6, indec. iota, Heb. yodh C)
(Jehovah is high) Jehoram, pr. n. of a the smallest Heb. letter, trop. for the
king of Judah, the son and successor of minutest part, Matt. 5: 18. For the
Jehoshaphat, r. 871—684 B. C. Matt. Rabbinic usage see Wetstein N. T. ad
I: 8 his. See 2 K. 8: 16 sq. Matt. 1. c.
 385 Kathe/go)

KQEYQII, crasis for ml i713, dat. 7. grain by winnowing, Sept. 2 Sam.

xa'pol, acc. swim’, and I, etc. the Kai 4: 6. Xen. 05c. 18. 6. In N. T.
everywhere retaining its own separate a) to cleanse a tree or vine from use
power just as if written separately, see less branches, to prune, John 15: 2. —
in Kai. Matt. 9: 8. Luke 2: 4.8. John Philo de Agric. p. 189. A. de Somn. p.
1:34, 2 Cor. 11: 22. al. Dat. Luke 1: ll 16. E. Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 155.
33. Acts 8:19. 1 Cor. 15:8. non al. b) trop. to cleanse from sin, to purify
Acc. John 7:28. 1 Cor. 16:4. non al. sc. by expiation, Heb. 10: 9. Sept. for
—It is often written with iota subscript, “mm [rather ‘F-Q] Jer. 13:27. —- Jos.
xdyé, but improperly, see Buttm. § 29. Ant. 5. 1. l4. Xen. An. 5. 7. 35.
n. 2. b. Ibid. n. 7. An. Kufléa'ag, adv. i. e. xaflci strength
X12902, adv. pp. for m9’ ii, (Buttm. ened by up, according as, i. q. as, even
§ 115. n. 5,) lit. according to what, i. e. as, Rom. 4: 6 xaflévrep ml Augie My“.
according as, or simply as, Matt. 97: 10 2 Cor. 1:14. 3: 13,18. lThess. 9:11.
Gen. 7:
1:110:51 9. forp.01
auve'raEe' ;= Gen.
6 K. 19:Sept.
8. --for
Pol. 3. 3: 6, 12. 4.: 5. Heb. 4: 9. 5: 4,. Seq.
oiirug or oi'n-u, so, Rom. 12: 4. 1 Cor.
107. 10. Xen. (110.15. 3. Gen.
12: 12.12: 4.
9 Cor.8:
Ex. 7:ll.
6,10.—-Jos.
Sept. forc. Ap.
Katha/gems, 2mg, :1, (mOmpéo)
a pulling down, demolition, e. g. of a for l. 7. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 29.
tress, 9 Cor. 1014-—POL 23. 7. 6. Xen. K059657741, f. .24.“, (Kurd, firm.)
H. G. 2. 2. 15.— Trop. of religious lo adapt, to fit down upon any thing,
knowledge and experience, demolition, whence to bind or fasten upon, trans.
desbwction, opp. to OlKOBOfD’], 2 Cor. 10: P01. 8.8. 3. Xen. Vcn. 6. 9. In N.T.
8. 13: 10. -— Comp. 1 Macc. 3:43. intrans. or with Eavrév impl. i. q. Mid.
Hdian. 2. 4|. 9. xaeévrro‘uat, to fix one's self upon, to
Kaamgéw, 5, t'. flaw, (xara,alpe'u,) fasten on, seq. gen. Acts 28: 3 2' am..
aor. 9 mOe‘Dlov, to take down sc. from a lcaefiilze rig xetpog Gll‘l'Ol-l, Compzfiiuttm.
higher place, trans. e. g. from the cross, § 132. 6. 3. See also in 'A'yu no. 3.—
Mark 15: 36 El E'pxrrat ’H)\lag Katie-Mill This is a later Active to the earlier and
aimlv. v. 46. Luke 93: 53. Acts 13: more usual depon. Mid. xaflérropat,
~29. Sept. for ‘"11: Josh. s: 29. 10; 27. Passow sub. v.
-——- Philo in Flacc. p. 977. P01. 1. 86. Kallugrzw, f. law, (Ka6ap1ic,) a later
6.--With the idea of force, violence, verb instead of the earlier xafialpw, to
e. g. to pull down, to demolish, as build make clean, to cleanse, trans.
ings Luke 12:18. (1 Mace. 5:65. a) pp. Matt. ‘23: 95 xaflaplfere n)
Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 20.) a people, to over 25019511 r01’; 1rorrppl0u. v. 26. Luke 11:
throw, to conquer, Acts l3: l9 xafleMw 39.—Sept. Ps. 12:7.—Spoken of lepers
Zen; i-Irré. Sept for 03‘; Jer. 24.: 6. afliicted with a filthy disease and ac
4'2: 10: Hdian. 3. 4,. 16.) princes, po counted as unclean, to cleanse i. q. to
tentates, to cast down sc. from their heal, Matt. 8: 9,3. 10:8. 11:5. Mark
thrones, to detkrone, Luke 1:53-55]. 1:40, 41,49. Lukc4: 27. 5=12,13.
V. H. 2. 25. Hdot. 2. l52.—Trop. to 7: 22. 17:14,”. Praegn. Matt. 8:3
subvert, to destroy, as rfiv lueyaknérnm xal ei/(k'wg e'xaeapiafln ail-r017 1'] Xe'rpa his
Acts 19: 27. hoywpor'ig ‘2 Cor. 10: 4. Iqorosy was cleansed and removed, i. e.
Sept. m0. 'rfiv i'lgpw for "'3? Zech. 9: 6. was healed, comp. Luke 5: 13 et Mark
--Jos. Ant. 6. 9. Q rfiv llhafoveiay. Diod. 1: 42. So Sept. and ‘in? Lev. 14: 7,8,
Sic. 4. 8. ll. 15: 27.
Kuflm'gw, f. ape‘), (Kafinpdg q. v.) to b) trop. to cleanse, in a moral sense,
cleanse from filth, trans. Luc. Necym. i. c. (a) from sin or pollution sc. by ex
2s
 Kafloa'gmnog .386
piation, to purify, Heb. 9: 2'2, 23. seq.
11rd Twoc, 1 John 1: 7 To (ti/1a 'Jna'oiu
Katlapt'fu {11161; Curd mia'rlg (iIuapriag, i.e.
from the guilt of sin and its conse.
quences. v. 9. So Sept. for 1? “it?
PS. 51: 4. “*5? EX. 29: 37. SO Tit. 2:
‘14' in: “leaping Eavrq'i Aadv, that he
might purify, sanctity, etc. — gem.
and without expiation, to cleanse, to pu
Y'lflj, to free from moral uncleanness, c. c.
(11415 'rwog, 2 Cor. 7: l xaBapt’aw/Jsv
iowroiig z'urci Tray-roe POAUO’IJOI-J cmpcdg.
Without ('urli, Acts 15:9. Eph. 5: 26.
Heb. 9: 14.‘ James 4': 8.—Ecclns. 38: 10.
Jos. Ant. ll. 5. 4 ult. de Macc.§ 1.
c) in the sense of to declare clean, i.e.
Levitically, i. q. to make lawful, trans.
Acts 10: 15 & 6 955g ixaedpws, 01) p1)
xoivov. 11:9. So Sept. and ‘U’? Lev.
l3: 6,23,28, 34.—SO Mark 7: 19 min
15 {Entity eimropcvdlusvov . . . alg- rev
d¢e5pfinlu Emropsi'lerat, Icatlapifov m'u'ra
rd tipcflluara, i. e. making lawful all meats,
shewing them to be clean and lawful,
where the part. xaBaplZov refers to the
whole prccedin context by way of ap
position, comp. lluttm. § 131. n. 5. VVi
ner § 48. 1. b.
Kadagwpbog, 05, .3, (meapzgwg a
‘cleansing, purification.
:1) pp. e. g. of the Jewish washings
before meals, John ‘2: 6, comp. Matt. 15:
2. Trop. of the ceremonial purification
of lepers, Mark 1: 44.. Luke 5: t4, and
see Lev. c. 14. Also of a woman after
child-birth, Luke 2: 22, see Lev. c. 12.
Sept. for "Eli? Lev. 14.: 32. "35,13 Lev.
15: 13. So of baptism as a rite of puri.
fication, John 3: 25. — Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 6.
b) metaph. purification from sin, 0.:
piation, lleb. 1: 3. 2 Pet. 1: 9. —-Sept.
Ex. 30: 10. Job 7: '20. expiatory otl‘er
ing', Luc. Asin. 22.
Kétldgfbtl, see llspucdeapya.
Kutlugog, oz, 61!, clean, pure, i. e.
unsoiled, nnalloyed. It is a primitive
word having no affinity with a'ipm, see
Passow. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N.T.
p . a)
26.pp. Matt. 23: ‘26. 27: 59 a'vruMZuv
ain't) mvadl'l. Kafiapq'l. Heb. 10: 22 55am
xatiapq'i. Rev. 15:6. 19: 8, 14.. 21: 18
bis, 21. 22; 1. trop. Luke 11: 4-1, see
in “En/apt. Sept. for ‘(W-‘"9 Ez. 36: 25.
KaflaZfi;
Ex. 25: 31, 36. Chald. 32?, Dan. 7:9.
-—-JOS. Ant. 3. 8. 5 0i! avdg. 1E1. V. H.
13. l med. iidara. en. (Ec. 10. 7, 12.
—Trop. in the Levitical sense, John 13:
10 c'a-rl xatlapog b'ltog. By impl. Iawfid,
not forbidden, Rom. 14: 20. Tit. l: 15
bis, m'n'ra xatlapc'r, 0135i,’ KaOapér.
b) metaph. clean, pure, in a moral
sense, i. e. (a) guiltless, innocent, Acts
18: 6 Kaeupog E-yu'l. Seq. (‘uni ru'og,
Acts ‘20: 26 £116. £76: (‘uni r05 a'lparog.
So Sept. for ‘2! Gen. 4.4.: 10. Job 4.: 7.
0. (m6 for 1'? "P? Gen. 24: 8.—Jos. Ant.
4. 8. 16. 1E]. V. H. 8. 5. Dem. 122.
17. -— (/3) sincere, upright, void of evil,
'Matt. 5:8 oi xaeapoi r‘r') xapEz'q. John
13: 10 inlet; rat-Japan’ 'eo'ra. v. 11. 1 Tim.
1:5. 3:9. 2 Tim. 1:3. 2: 2'2. Tit. 1:
15 ro'ig Kaeapoig. James 1: 27. 1 Pet.
1: 22. So John 15: 3, the figure being
taken from the vine, cleansed, pruned,
see in Kaflalpu. Sept. for ‘12.1 Ps. 24: 4.
"5717.4, P8‘. 51:11. =3“ Gen. 20: 5, 6.—
Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20, 23.
Kaflagé'rng, 1710;, ,7, (meapdg)
clemmcss, pureness, in the Levitical
sense, Heb. 9: 13.—pp. Xen. Mem.2. 1.
22. trop. Clem. Alex. 6. 6 1" rm‘: ,Hlov r.
Ktltléaetz, at‘, f], (mBs'Zopa1,) a soul,
Matt. 21:12 ct Mark 11: 15 rim K. rin
wwhofivruv. Matt. 23: 2 xaelfslv E1r1
rfic Katléopac Mwae'wg, to sit in .Zlloscs'
seat, trop. to occupy his place as an ex
pounder of the law. Sept. for =12"?
1 Sam. 20: 17, 24.. he? 1 K. 8113.
10: 19.—Ecclus. 12; 12. Pol. 1. 21. 2.
Hdian. 2. 3. 17. .
KOlQéZOf/AZI, (xa'rc'l, 32741111,) imperf.
c'xaOsZdyny, for the augm. see Buttm.
§ 86. n. 2, pp. to seat one's self. i. e. to
sit down, to sit, Matt. 26: 55. Luke 2:
436. John 41: 6. 20:12. Acts 6:15. John
11: 20 Ev n13 oil-g: EIcaBéZE-ro i. e. con
tinned sitting, Buttm. § 137. 4'. Sept.
for a}: B2. 26: 16. _ Act. Thom. s 39.
Hdian. 4. 2. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 8.
K009??? i. e. m6’ elg, see in Big 1). y.
Kaflsifig, adv. (xa'n'l, EH19) lit. ‘ac
cording to the order or succession,’ i. e.
successively, consecutively, in connected
order. Luke 1:3 KatizEfig O'Ol 'ypmtmu i. e.
to write a connected narrative. Acts 11:
4.. 18: 23.-1E]. V. II. 8. 7. Test. XII
l’atr. p. 618.—\Vith the art. 6 meefifig,
 K110213541 387 Kathzm
successive, i. e. subsequent, following, gcnr. to sit, absol. i. e. to sit there, to sit
spoken of order Acts 3: 24 mi nDv by, Matt. 13: 2. Luke 5:17. 1 Cor. 14:
xaOcEfig sc. a-poqhqriév. of time Luke 8: l. 30. With an adjunct of place, e. g. in?
—Arnong classic writers s'lpefifig is more Mark 2:6. ob Acts 2:2. 4.15: James
usual, see Passow. _ 2: 3. and so with a prep. e. g. dre'vavn'
KaoeéBw, (Kara, 655..., imperf.) nvoc Matt. 27: 61. (Sept. Gen. 21:
Exdtievbov, for the augm. see Buttm. 16.) sic c. ace. of place Mark 13: 3,
§ 86. n. 2, pp. to lie down to sleep, Horn. comp. in Elg‘ no. 4. is bcEuDv Matt. 22:
II. 1. 611. 0d. 4.. 304.. Sept. for =2? 44. Acts 2: 34. comp. in '13:: no. 1. b.
1 Sam. 3:2, 3, 5 sq. In N. T. genr. to iv c. dat. of place Matt. 11:16. Mark 4:
sleep, to go to sleep, and impf. to be 1. Luke 10: 13. (Sept. 2 K. 6:32. Xen.
asleap,intrans. Matt. 8:24.‘ 13:25. 25:5. H. G. 4. 4. 3.) iv def“; v. e'v 1'07: brim?‘
26: 40, 43, 45. Mark 4:27, 38. 13:36. Col. 3: 1. Mark 16:5. s’mivw nvog
l4:37bis,40,4l. Luke 22:46. lThess. Matt. 28: 2. Rev. 6: 8. in! c. gen.
5: 7 bis. So Sept. for 1?: Cant. 5: 3. Matt.24: 3. Acts 8:28. Rev. 4: 2. 9:17.
=2? Gen. 28: 13. 2 Sam. 12: 3.—lIdian. (Sept. 1 Sam. 1: 9. Esth. 5: l. Diod. S.
7. 1. 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 42.—-By l. 53.) c. dot. of place Acts 3: 10.
impl. to be in a deep sleep, in a state of (Sept. Is. 36: 12. Xen. An. 4. 2. 6.)
unconsciousness like one dead, Matt. 9: c. acc. Matt. 9: 9. Mark 2:14. John 12:
24 01’: 734p c'urc'tlavs . . . . 6AM: 1116515551. 15. Rev. 6: 2. (Sept. Jer. 25: 30.)
Mark 5: 39. Luke 8: 52. Hence spoken pen’: 0. gen. of pers. Matt. 26: 58.
of those really dead, 1 Thess. 5: 10 air: 1rapé c. ace. of place Matt. 13: 1. Mark
'ypnyopa'apzv sire xatin'ldw/uv. So Sept. 10: 46. wept’ c. ace. of pers. around
for T2‘: Dan. 12: 2. Heb. =2’? Sept. whom, in whose circle one sits Mark 3: _
r'urolivi'loxw 2 Chr. 12: 16. al.—— Trop. 32, 34. (Xen. An. 4. 2. 5 dp¢l rip.)
for to be slothful, secure, not vigilant, 111161; 115 p6);- Luke 22: 56. am: rd
Eph. 5: 14 E-ynps b meet/Emil. 1 Thess. inro1r68wv James 2:3.—-Sept. Judg. 4: 5.
5: 6.—Xen. An, 1. 3. ll. l K. 13: 14.—(7) Spoken of any digni
Kwflnym'ris, 05, a, (A'uBr/yz'opan) tary who sits in public, e. g. as a judge
Matt. 27:19. Acts 23: 3. a queen,
a leader, guide, in N. T. in the sense of
teacher, master, i. q. fiafié', Matt. 23: 8, flaotXwa-a, Rev. 18: 7.— Sept. Ex. 18:
14. Philostr. Vit. Apol. 8. 2.
10 bis—Plut. Alex. M. 5. ib. T. VIII.
b) in the sense of to abide, to dwell, to
p. 511. 1. ed. Reiske.
be, seq. iv 0. dat. of place Matt. 4: 16
Katlr'lxw, (ward, time) to come or bis, ‘roig Katinps'voig e'v Xu'ipo Kai and
reach down to, as mountains to the sea, Savr'urov, quoted from Is. 9: 1 where
Hdian. 8. 1. l2. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 17. Sept. xarmxéw for =22‘. Luke 1: 79.
In N. T. impers. xatir'yust, it is becoming, Acts 14:8. (So Sept. for =32: Neh. ll:
it is fit, right, absol. Acts 22:22 0i! 6, 25. Ecclus. 50: 26. sedeo Cic. ad
mtifixsv (text. rec. mfifixov) ain'dv Zjv. Div. 16. 7.) Seq. im' c. gen. of place
Part. neut. ‘rd miter-prov what is rig/It, Rev. 14: 6 m6. E1rl rfig yfig, where text.
Rom. 1: 28 1'81 pi) Kaefixovra i. e. by rec. Karowaiiv'rag. C. acc. Luke 21:35
im pl. things abominable.—-Ecclus. 10: 23. KGB- e'rrl 1rpo'ow1rov rfig yfig. -— Alciphr.
Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 4. part. 2 Mace. 6: 4. 1. Ep. 25s'1ri'r1v1. AL. '
Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 5.
K040’ 7lllléflll', day by day, see in
K021973150”, (gard,i7pa1.) 2 pers. “'16”
Kurd II. 2.
Acts 23: 3 and imperat. K6001; lleb. 1:
l3, later forms instead of Irriefloal and Kelly/1.2511165, 2'7, 6v, (Kurd, 11115911,)
xritlqa'o, Buttm. § 108. II. 3. Lob. ad daily, Acts 6: 1 iv r‘fi brmrovz’q: r2‘) K06.
Phryn. p. 359.—pp. to sit down, but in in tile daily ministration, sc. of alms. —
common usage i. q. 77in“, to sit, intrans. Judith 12: 14. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 4. Plut.
and more frequent than ifpcu itself, Pyrrh. 14. A word of the later Greek,
Buttm. l. c. Lob. ad Phr. p. 53.
at) pp. (a) to sit down Matt. 15:29. Kay/z”, (Kurd, 1(0),) f. melon:
27: 36. John 6: 3. al. Sept. for 5?: Matt. 25: 31 instead of fut. mflllfiaw or
Gen. 21: 16. — Horn. 11. 1. 569.—-(fi) Att. 4.11016, see Buttm. § 1 l4 7Z1». Matth.
2 B 2
 Ktlat'flfbl 388
§ 18]. n. 3. Passow sub v. Aor. 1 Eu’: down, trans. seq. rig Luke 5: l9 xaflfixav
Owa, augm. see in Buttm. § 86. n. 2.— m'n'ov . . . sic rt) pe'aov. Acts 9: 25 A110.
Trans. to cause to sit down, to seat, and
intrans. to sit down, to sit.
1. Trans. to cause to sit down, to seat,
e. g. c. Ev of place, Eph. 1: 20 mt Emi
Owev [abrov] e’v BEE“; airfoil. Sept. for
1*?“ l K. 2: 8. 2 Chr. 23: 20.—Diod.
Sic. 2. 8. Xen. An. 2. 1. 4. H. G. 5. 4.
6.——So to cause to sit, to set, sc. as judges,
1 Cor. 6: 4 roirrovc Kaditfsre so. xprrr'u;
v.5waarc'1c.—FullyLuc. Tox. 62 on‘: 711,.
e'xadt'aalue'v rtva dream-Pp’ rob Ali-you. Jos.
Ant. 20. 9. 1,6. Dion. Hal. Am. 3. 30
ult. ib. ll. 19.
2. Intrans. or with éavrdv impl. and
also Mid. to seat one's self, i.e. to sit down,
to sit, see in "Ayn; no. 3, and Buttm.
t 113. n. 2.
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 5: 1 t'u't'én sic
r6 bpoc‘ Kai Kafiimu'roc mirror’) 0:. r. A.
13:48. Mark 9:35. Luke 4:20. 5: 3.
14:28, 31. 16:6. John 8: 2. Acts l3:
14. 16:13. 1 Cor. 10:7. Sept. for
=93 Gen. 37:24. Neh. 1:4.-Xen. Cyr.
8. 4. 2.—VVitl1 an adjunct of place, e. g.
abrofi here Matt. 26: 86. 455: Mark 14:
32. So with prepositions, Eig' rbv vaov
r01? 9. 2 Thess. 2: 4, comp. in Eic no. 4.
(Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1.) 5:: 5:51:31’ Matt.
20: 21, 23. Mark 10: 37, 40. 16: 19.
iv 0. dat. Ev To": 3p6vp Rev. 3: 21 bis.
c'v 6:815 Heb. 1:3. 8: l. 10:12. 12: 2.
(Sept. Jer. 39: 3.) in’ 0. gen. ewzsptm
Matt. 19:28 bis. 25:31. Luke 22: 30.
Acts 2. 30. (Sept. 1 K. a: 12. B: 20.
Xen. Eq. 7. 5.) i1ri r05 flfiparoc of a
judge etc. John 19: 13. Acts 12:21.
25:6, 17. (Diod. Sic. 1. 92.) int rfic
Mwiiaéwg xaflébpac Matt. 23: 2, see in
Kattc’bpa. 0. dat. 21rl aim; sc. 'r- mbhp
Mark 11:7. 0. acc. Eq)’ 511 Mar ll: 2.
Luke 19:30. John 12: 14. Rev. 20:4.
trop. Acts 2: 3. (Sept. Gen. 48: 2. Thuc.
1. 136.) Ka'rz'i'arri nvog Mark 12:41.
pert’: rwoc Rev. 3: 21 his. city ram Acts
8: 31.
b) by impl. to abide, to continue, e. g.
Ev r17 1rd)“: Luke 24:49. absol. Acts
18:11. Sfipt. for "71 Jer. 49: 32. :35:
Ex. 16:29. Judg. 9: 41.—l Macc. 2. 7, journey, i. e. to accompany, to conduct,
29. Test. XII Patr. p. 644. comp. sedeo out of respect or for security, Acts 17 :
Cic. de Div. 16. 7. 15 01 mOwro'wr-eg rt‘w Hui/Any. Sept.
Kmdllflfbl, f. xaeilmu, (mini, 11”“)
nor. 1 xafifim, Buttm. § 108. I. pp. to
send or throw down, i. c. in N. T. to let
Kudo'
Brit 'rol': rzt'xouc. (Palaeph. l3. 3.) Pass.
or Mid. part. KGBlé/JEVOQ, seq :’:ri rfic 'yfig
Acts 10:11. Ex r017 oilpavoi 11: 5.—
Sept. 1 Sam. 2: l6. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 4
c. :19. Xen. An. 6. 5. 25, 27. Mag. Eq.
8. 3.
Ktldtld'fflfbl, also Kaew'rdw Acts
l7: l5 comp. in "10:-1”“ init. fut. Kara
cm’yaw, aor. l xarc'm'rwa, to set down, i. q.
genr. to set, to place, in N. T. found
only in the trans. forms. Pass. or Mid.
to be set, to be, etc. Comp. Buttm.§ 107. 2.
a) to set, to cause to stand, pp. Sept.
1 K. 5: 2. Xen. An. 7. 7. 22. Mid. or
Pass. to stand, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 1. In
N. T. trop. KGOIITTGFGL to stand, to be
set, i. q. to be, James 3: 6 0171-109 1'; ‘YAIDUGG.
undid-rural Ev ro'ig pe'hwn'. 4: 4. —
Thuc. 4. 92 Kaflltrramc—Hence also
Act. meta", l, to cause to be, to render,
to make, 2 et. 1:8 rabra 09K dpyon‘lg
[ii/.159] Kadiarmnv x. 1'. A. Pass. to be
made, to become, Rom. 5: 19 bis, c'ipap
rwkoi m'rsa'rderloav oi 1roMoi x. r. X.—
Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6 n‘w Gain’ min-07¢ zi/pevfi
Karmrrficrai. Xen. An. 6. 3. 18.
b) of persons, to set, to constitute,
e. g. seq. acc. et z’vrl 0. gen. to set one
over any thing, Matt. 24: 45 bv xure'vrq
d'cv b Kbptoc ailrm'; s'ri rfic sspmru'ag
(tin-0:7. 25:21, 23. Luke 12: 42. Acts
6:v 3. Em’ c. dat. Matt. 24:47. Luke
12: 44.51:’ c.acc. Heb. 2: 7.—e':rl c. gen.
Sept. for 1D,! Gen. 41:41,43. c. acc.
Jer. 1:10. Xen. Cyr.8.1. 9. H. G. 7.1.
45.—Seq. dupl. acc. of pers. and station,
to constitute, to make, Luke 12: 14 rig p:
Karim-nee BUCCIUTT)!’ 1') ,uspw'rfiw to‘ bpfic;
Acts 7:10, 27, 35. Heb. 7: 28. So
with ace. of pers. omitted Tit. l: 5.
(Xen. An. 3. 4. 40.) Pass. seq. ace. of
manner Heb. 5: 1, see Buttm. § 131. 7.
seq. e'ic n 8: 3. Sept. for In?’ Ex. 2:
14. Gen. 47: 6. al.—1 Macc. 11:59.
Palaaph. 23. 4. Diod. Sic. 19. 15. Xen.
Ag. 3. 5. e19 rt Xen. Cyr. B. l. 7.
c) as in Eng]. to set one down on a
for "if: 2 Chr. 28: 15. l??? Josh. 6: 23.
—Hdian. 2. 8. 10. Xen. An. 4. 8. 8.
K0696 adv. for m0‘ 5, lit. ‘ according
 Kullohxég 389 Ken’
to what,’ i. q. 11106, as, according as, 2 Cor. 1: 5. l Thess. 2: 4. al. 611011»;
Rom. 8: 26 ratio 5:1. 2 Cor. 8: 12 bis, Luke 6:31. Sept. for 1;? Ex. 10:29,
r1166 Edy Exp 11; x. r. h. in proportion as. comp. 1 Chr. 24: 81. 26: 12.—Palaaph.
1 Pet. 4; 13. Sept. for H1915 he Lev. 52. 7. Himer. Or. I. 362. Plut. de
9: 5. Comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. 495. Pyth. Orac. 21. Vol. III. p. 124. ed.
Katlolmog, 2'], 0'1, (xa'rd, 5km) Tauchn. comp. Greg. Cor. p. 319. ed.
catholic, i. e. general, universal, found in SchaeL—(B) after verbsof speaking,etc.
many editions in the inscriptions to the how, Acts 15: 14 Ev‘uuby izq'yr'laaro,
Epistles of James, Peter, John and moo; 'rrpfirrov x. r. X. 3 John 3.—(~y) in
Jude, i. e. the catholic epistles, so called the sense of proportion, comparison,
as being addressed not to any particu Mark 4: 33 M66); fian'wavro axm'mv.
lar church, but to Christians at large.— John 5: 30. Acts 11:29. 1 Pet. 4: 10.
Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 2. Pol. 8. 4. 11. —Sept. Num. 26: 54. Pol. 7. 9. 15.
b) in a causal sense, as, i. e. even as,
KGMNW adv. i. q. xaO‘ b'Aou pp. inasmuch as, John 17:2 x1101)"; 55mm;
throughout the whole, i. e. wholly, entirely, ain-qi x. r. A. Rom. 1:28. 1 Cor. 1: 6.
and r6 raOo'Aov ,m'], not at all, Acts 4: 18.
5: 7. Eph. 1:4. Phil. 1:7.
So Sept. c. neg. for E2. 13: 3,22.
0) of time,as, when, Acts 7: 17 meme
17: 14.—Diod. Sic. 4. 5. Xen. Eq. 8. 1. 5:‘ fi'y'yzl'sv b xp6yog.—2 Macc. 1:31. A|..
KMAOWKIZW, f. for», (xarc'l intens.
r'nrMZm) to am fully, trans. Pass. to be K0“, copulative conjunction, and,
fully armed, Lukc11:21.—Sept. Jer. 46: also, a particle which occurs perhaps
9. Jos. Ant. 8.16. 3. Xen. Cyr.2. l. 11. more frequently than any other word
Kuaogulw, 5, (ran-'1, 6pm» q. v.) in the Greek language. Its significa
to look down upon, from a higher place, tions have been unnecessarily multi
to behold, Sept. for "15‘: Num. 24: 9. plied, and may properly be reduced to
Xen. Cyr. 3. 9. 10. In N. T. gem. the two above given. See Passow in
and trop. to perceive, to see clearly, Pass.
Kat. Winer § 57. 2 sq. Buttm. § 149.
Rom. 1:80. —- 3 Macc. 3: ll. Luc. p. 424. Matt. § 620.
Pseudom. 25. pp. Hdian. 4. 15. 7. Xen. 1. And, copulative. a) as simply
joining single words and clauses, e. g.
An. I. 8. 26.
nouns, Matt. 9: ll xpvaov Kai Mgavov
K190’?! adv. for m9‘ 511, lit. ‘ ac Kai afullpwav. 13: 55. 23: 6, 7. Luke 6.
cording to what,’ i. e. 3B; and so when the latter noun is in
a) according as, as, Acts 2: 45 et 4: 35 place of a genitive, by Hencliadys, Acts
1:11661'1 iii! no xpcluv zlxs. Sept. for 93: 6 wspl Dun’doc ml hymn-dining. Rom.
Ex. 1: 12,17. ? Lev. 27:12.— 2; 20. Sept. Gen. 1; 14.. 3; 16.) Pro.
Diod. Sic. 4. 5. Thuc. 4. 34, 118. nouns, Iatt. 8: 29 1'1 Epol mi 001', see in
b) for that, because that, inasmuch as, 'E'yu') c. Adj. Rom. 7: 12 1'] e'yrohr) d-yia
Luke 1: 7 Kafidrl. 1‘) 'E)\. if!’ arcipa. 19: 9. Kai Bucaia ml dyaflr’l. Verbs, Mark 4:
Acts 2: 24.—Sept. for Chald. "1 Dan. 2: 27 1116:6511 Kai l'yu'pnrm. . . . . flhaarr'wp
B. POl. 18. 21. 6. Kfllflflk'l’fl'flfflt. Acts 1: 21. 7:17. 9: 28;
K0694’); adv. (rm-('1, 15g) a later form and so where one verb is taken adver
instead of xatld, Phryn. et Lob. p. 425 bially, Luke 6: 48 Zo’xaql/e cal igc'rliwe,
sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 74 sq.—pp. see in BaOn’ww. Rom. 10: 20. al. Adv.
according as, i. q. simple 6);‘, as. Heb. l: l wahvpcpaig xal Faker-poring. So
a) pp. implying manner, (a) gem. clauses, Matt. 7: 25 cal xa-rz'én 1') fipoxi‘l,
Matt. 21: 6 caddie 1rpoac'raZcv cu'rroig b 'I. rat fikfiov oi 1ro1'apol, xal Z1rveuaav oi
Mark 11:6. Luke 11; 1. John 1; 23. dream, 1:. r. A. Matt. 1: 17. John I: l.
Acts 10: 47. 1 Cor. 4: 17. Gal. 2: 7. Rom. 14:7. al.—Hence Kai is mostly a
al. swpiss. Przegn. Mark 15: 8 fipEaro simple continuatz've, marking the pro
aireia'fiai, Kafldn; rial z'iroiu ailroic, began gress of a continued discourse, e. g. Matt.
to demand [that he should do] according 1: '23 iv yam-pl E'Eu, mi re'Ecrm vidv, xai
as he hadcver done to them. John 6: 58. Kahe'ooum. 1:. r. A. 91 ll. Mark 4: 32.
VVith eilu', i. q. such as, l Thess. 2: l3. Luke 2: 34. 11:44. 1 Cor. 12: 5,6. al.
1 John 3: 2. comp. in II. g So ~—Hdian. 3. 12. 5. Xen. An. 4. 1. 15 sq.
with oiirwc responding, John 3: I4. —So as connecting ncgalive clauses,
 “ Km’ 390 Km’
where the negative particle may be apodosis, e. g. where any thing,r is said
omitted in the latter, which is then to follow at once, immediately upon that
rendered negative by the continuative which is contained in the protasis, i. q.
power 01 Km’, e. g. James 3: 14. In) Kara and immediately, Mark 1: 27 roig 10156”.
Kauxc'ielie Kai \liel'ifieo'tls K. 'r. A. 2 Cor. that). e'mnia’azi Kai imaKol'Jovaw airr '.
12:21. comp. Matt. 13: 15. Mark 4.: 12. Luke 8: 25. Matt. 8: 15. Mark 2: 14.
John 12: 40. Acts 28: 27. See Winer Luke 4,: 36. Matt. 26: 53. Also where
§ 59. 6. p. 4.13. Passow in Kai’ no. 13. the time is less definite, i. q. and Men,
(Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 5 init.) But in two ex. and (flew-wards, without any notation of
amples alter oiirs, the Km’ does not thus time, Mark 12: 1 Kai ilfe'ooro ain'tiv yswp
carry forward the negative, as 1011114»: 1 1 yoig. Luke 1: 56 Zinc” 55‘ pfiuag
oiirs iivrhqpa i'xcig, Kai 'rci rpeig, Kai inre'm'pztlicv K. r. A. John 4.: 4O
pe'ap e'a'ri
[31166. 3 John 10.—Luc. Dia. D. Mar. 6: 58. Acts 5: 7. 7: 7.--Theocr. Id. 7.
14. l oiirs niv 1rai5a n'5i’Kna'e, Kai aim‘) 10—12. Comp. Passow in mi’ no. 5.—
1151) re'BvnKs. Eurip. Iph. Taur. 595. So with a notation of time, Matt. 28: 9
See Winer l. c. p. 4'l2.—-The use of ml the 3:‘ c'iropeirowo . . . . Kai iEmi i; 'Ina'oiig
in this continuative sense takes a strong K. r. A. (Xen. An. 1. 10. 15 51's.) So all
colouring in N. T. from the Heb. use of ter Kai z'ye'vero or i-ye'vero 5:’ with a note
1:, espec. {I conversive both of fut. and of time, see above in a. Matt. 9: 10 mi
prmt. which is also continuative, see isms. Mark2z15. Luke 5: l. 2:15,21.
Gesen. Lex. arts. 1 and !. Lehrg. § 88. 9: 28, 51. Spec. in the construction
Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 547. Hence the ii'y'yiKev 1'] d’ipa Kai K. r. X. Matt. 26: 4,5,
simple ml’ is put very frequently in and iiv 5:‘ u‘ipa Tpirr) Kai’ K. 12X. Mark 15:
N. T. particularly in the narrative style, 25. Luke 23: 44', where others need
where classic writers either put nothing, lessly take Kai’ as in the place of a rela
or use some other particle, as 5:’, i’alkkc'i, tive.—Soph. (Ed. R. 710 or 718. Thuc.
rérc, and the like. So espec. in Matt. 1. 50 1'15); 55‘ iiv 64.5‘, Kai oi Kopi'vtlwi
Mark, Luke, and Rev. e. g. Matt. K. r. A. Xen. An. 6. 4. 26 17517 pc‘v aw.
14,: 9 sq. 27:28 sq. Mark 1: 31 sq. ilhi'ov 51mph;- fiv, Kai oi 'Ehhnvec K. r. A.
3: 13 sq. Luke 2: 25 sq. 4:14 sq. Rev. See Matth. § 620. p. 1257.
11:7 sq. al. seep. Comp. 1 and Sept. c) as continuative in respect to sense,
Km’ 1 Sam. 15:3 sq. Is. 11: 12 sq. Ez. i. e. before the apodosis and connecting
5: 1 sq. comp. 1 Macc. 1: 1 sq. it as a consequent with the protasis as
b) as continuative in respect to time, its antecedent, viz. (a) where the apo
i. e. connecting clauses and sentences dosis aflirms what will take place pro
in the order of time, viz. (a) At the be vided that is done which is contained in
ginning of a sentence where any thing the protasis, i. q. and so, and thus, and
is narrated as done immediately or soon then, usually seq. fut. or pres. in a fu
after that which the preceding context ture sense. So c. imperat. in the pro
narrates. Here Kai’ is equivalent to the tasis, Matt. 4: 19 5611: (in-law you, Kai
more usual rére, then, nfler that, Matt. 3. 1rou'1mu i/pc'ig and; arfipiinrwv. 5: 15.
16. 4': 3, 21 Kai 1rpo€iig iKz'iezv. 10: l. 7: 7. 9: 18 z'm'tiec rfiv xzipc'l. 0'01: in" ail
14:12,14|. Mark 1: 29. 41:21, 24, 26. ri‘p', Kai (flacrai. ll: 29. Mark 6: 22.
al. comp. ru'rc Matt. 15: 12.—Xen. Hi. 11:29. Luke 6:35. John 2:19. 4: 35.
1.8. Cyr. 1.3.1]. An. 4,. l. 11. Hom. 7:33. Acts 9: 6. 2 Cor. 13: 11. James
1l. 1. 92.-Here belongs the form Kai 1: 5. al. szep. (Sept. and Q 1 Sam. 15:
i-yz'vsro then it came to pass, corresponding 16. Epict. Ench. c. 21, 23. Xen. Mem.
to the Heb. ‘51!, see Gesen. Lex. art. Z‘. 2. 3. 16 In) b'Kvti . . . . Kai’ K. r. A.) Also
Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 525 sq. Usually with genr. Matt. 27: 64 mi E'a'rai r‘) Zaxém
a notation of time, e. g. by (in Matt. 7: 1min) Xu'pmv Tr'lg nub-mg. Luke 12: 19.
28. 10:1. 19:1. 1119 Luke 2215. {'1' Heb. 3: 19 Kai fiAE'TOIJEV. 12:9. (Sept.
0. dat. Mark 1: 9. 4: 4. Luke 1: 59. 9: and? Gen. 24: 40.) So after u‘. or iz'w
18. 14: 1. al. pcrr'i Luke 2: 46. seq. in the protasis, then, James 4: l5 e'av 6
genit. absol. Matt. 9:10. seq. acc. et Kilpioc Sckr'lrry Kai. ZY'IUMIU/tll, Kai 1roir'lmu
int‘. Mark 2: 23. Elsewhere i-yévsm 3:’ fin’ K. r. X. God will and we live,*rns.n
id. Luke3: 21. 5:1. (3:1.—([3) In the we shall do this or that. Rev. 3: 20 iii!
 ' Km’ 391 Km’
...Kai'. SoSepLidv. ..Kcu’for}.. . BR. tives, and even, Matt. 11: 9 val, Kai 1r£~
Lev.26:3,4.Dem-11:13,“. ei...xai pumérzpov 1rpo¢r'|rou. Luke 7: 26. John
Judith 5: 20. Xen. Cyr. 8.7. 22.—Once 10:10. Comp. Passow Kai no. 6. Matth.
seq. imper. John 7: 52 c'pu’ivrpvov Kai 15:, § 620. p. 1258. (L— Hom. Il. 10. 556.
where the second imperat. is equiv. to Xen. An. 6. 6. 35.—(y) Before interro
a fut. and so thou shall see. See VViner gations, where in strictness it is simply
§ 44. 2. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 776. Stuart copulative, and, but serves to add
505. a. — Baruch 2: 21. comp. Luc. strength and vivacity to the question,
. Deor. 2. 2 Hair: Kai 54m. Comp. and, and then, then, comp. Viger. p.
Lat. divi_de ct impera. —- (,3) \Vhere the 524. Matth. § 620. p. 1258. c. So be.
apodosis affirms what is or will be done fore a pron. or adv. Mark 10: 26 M'
in eonsequcnce of, because of that which yoyrtc' Kai rig din/arm o'wefirai; and
is contained in the protasis, i. q. and so, who, who then (in that case) can be saved .7
and therefore, i.q. so that, wherefore. Luke 3: 14'. 10:29. 2 Cor. 2: 2. Kai
E. g. seq. fut. Acts 7:43 Kai ,ueroiKm-i mitizv Mark 12:37. Kai mic Luke 20:
i415: K. 12X. quoted from Amos 5: 27 44'. John 14.: 9. genr. Acts 23: 3.
where Sept. and 1'. Rom. ll: 35. Seq. 1 Cor. 5: 2. — Luc. D. Deor. l. 2 mi n’
pres. Matt. 11:18, 19, Kai Myouaw. whéov E51»,- Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 1].
John 7: 22. Seq. prmt. Rom. 4: 3. Gal. mi mDg Hi. 7. ll. — Before an im
2:16. 3: 6. James 2: 23. Acts 10: 28? perative ml is often intensive in the
Sept. and 1 1 Sam. 15: 23.—Xen. (Eu. classic writers, see Viger. et Matth. l.c.
7. 22. Some apply this also to several passages
d) as an ezplicative copula, i. q. name in N. T. as Matt. 23:32. Mark 9: 5.
ly, to wit, even, between words and “:29. Luke 12:29. 20:3. Eph.4|: 26.
clauses, see Viger. et Herm. p. 525,838. But in all these ml is simply copula
(a) Between nouns which are strictly in tive, without any intensive force, and
apposition, e. g. Matt. 21:5 e'1ri b'vov may be referred to some of the signifi
Kai miitov uidv inroZu-yiov. So in 6 9:69 cations above given. See Winer <) 57.
Kai 'n'a'rr'lp when alone, 1 Cor. 15:24’. 2. note, a—(r) \Vhere a part is sub
James 1:27. 3: 9. But in the phrase joined to a whole by way of emphasis,
6. 9. K. 1rarfip roiJ Kuplou' I. X. it is mere Kai’ may be rendered and especially, in
ly copulative, 2 Cor. 1:3. 11:31. Eph. pn'mis. Mark 1: 5. 16:7 e'i-irare ro'ig
1: 13. al. Also Matt. 1341 'm'wra n‘. patinraig m'Jroi; Kai 11;: Hérply. 1 Cor.
oKr'u'EaAa Kai TOIIJQ K. r. A. Rom. 1:5.
9: 5. Matt. 8: 33. Comp. l’assow Kai
Comp. 1, 1 Sam. 28: 3. 17:40. —Luc. no. 6 ult.—Eschyl. Pers. 747.—-Vice
Tox. § 26. Xen. An. 4. 5. 9. ywai'Kag versa, where a whole is subjoined to a
Kai K0'pag——(,B) Before a clause added part, as in a summing up of particulars,
by way of explanation, (Kai epexegetic,) 1. q. and in a word, yea. Matt. 26: 59
e. g. Matt. 1:25 e'1roi'rlacv (:JC 1rpoaéra£ev oi tipxispeic Kai oi 1rpwgl'n'epoi Kai ‘rd
iii/re? . . . Kai 1mpiha§c rr‘lv 'yvva'iKa. auve’epwv b'hov the ciliqfpriests and the
Luke 5: 35 e’hu'm'ovrm 5:‘ fipe'pui Kai afar elders and [in a word, yea,] the whole
(umpfi' K. r. A. John 2: l6 Kai xc'lpw av-ri Sanhedrim. Mark 15: 1. See \Viner
'x/zpvrog. I Cor. 3: 5.—- Xen. All. 2. 5. § 57. 2. note, d. Fritzsche Comm. in
38 Zxu rr‘lv 51min Kai rs'ewlxev. Comp. Matt. p. 786.—Dem. 36 nlt. Comp.
VViner § 57. note, 0. Fritzsche Comm. Plato Phaedo. l3 Kai c'u'Bpri'a Kai awtppo
in Matt. p. 56. m'n'r] Kai FiKawa’i/m Kai EuMbéErpv z'uhnflr);
e) as having an intensive force, viz. cipsrfi.
(a) \Vhere two or more words are con f) apparently adversative, but only
nected by Kai, and Kai is then also in. where the opposition or antithesis of the
sorted emphatically before the first word, thought is sufficiently strong in itself
Kai—Kai, Lat. et—-et, Engl. both—4nd without the aid of an adversative par
D111“. 10: 728 #136,,” row ovwifiel'ov ticle. E. g. (a) and yet, and never-the.
Kai \Iwxr‘lv Kai ml'ilua anohc'acu. Mark 9: less, Matt. 6: 26 (‘in m’: mm’poww . . . .
22. Acts 26:29. Rom. l4: 9 bis. Phil. mi ('2 1rarr)p I'Jpé'lv rps'qpu ain'c'i. 10:29.
4: 1'2, 16.—Hdian. 3. 6. 15. Xen. Cyr. l. 12:5 oi icpfic w) mi€€arov fizé’qkm'wr,
3. l5. ib. 2. 3. l.—(j3) ‘Before compara Kai ('iwu'noi' aim. John 1: 10. 6: 70. 7:
 Kou' 392 Km’
19. 9:30. 17:25 Kai a Kéopoc oe oirK Matt. 6: 10 ab;- z'v oi'ipavq'guai E'n'i fiig 7111;.
E-yvu and yet the world hath not known Luke 6:31. 10hn13:15. Acts 7: 5|.
thee, i.e. notwithstanding all thy love, Gal. 1:9.—Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3. Luc. 8.
comp. v. 23, 24.. Winer § 57. p. 372. 4. with 05m impl. Hdot. 7. 128 (ii: Es‘
Gal. 4:14. 1 John 2: 4. Rev. 8: 1. So Exrfla'lpnoe, Kai e'rolee rain-a. Plut. Apo~
Sept. and j 2 Sam. 3: 8. Mal. 2: 14.— theg. Gelon. in Mor. II. p. 9 ed. Tauchn.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45. Mem. 1. 2. 82.— or VI. p. 668. 7 ed. Reisk. Thuc. 8. 1
So Heb. 3:9. z'BoKipaoav ,uc, Kai cldov ult. — Also moo; Kai’, as also, even as
ra i'p-ya you, they proved me, and yet i. 0. also, 1 Cor. 13: 12. 14: 34. dog Kal, as
although they saw my works, quoted from also,1 Cor. 7: 7. Acts 11: 17, where ml
Ps. 95: 9 where Sept. ml for it, comp. is pleonastic, see Winer § 67. p. 4.87. c.
Gesen. Lex. it no. 4. — (,3) Where it Comp. Matth. § 620. b.—Xen. Cyr.4.2. l.
connects a negative antithetic clause c) in interrogations, e. g. n’ Kal; why
with a preceding positive one, where we also? why too ? 1 Cor. 15: 29, 30.
often though not necessarily use but, ‘(van ml ,- why moreover ? Luke 13: 7.
mg. Matt. 12: 39 anae'iov e'mfrrrci' Kai — Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6 rl Kai i'xm hi-yuv.
aruuiov of; dad/warm ailrr'l. 13: 14, 17. Eurip. Phaen. 1373 1.3;; ml. Comp.
I7: 16. 26: 60 Kai oiix ei'rpov. Mark 9: Herm. ad Vig. p. 837.
18. 14: 55, 56. John 10: 25. al. seep. d) before a participle xai' implies an
In all these passages the rendering but emphatic antithesis with what precedes,
is admissible but not necessary; in others and may be rendered even, although,
it would destroy the true sense, e. g. Matt. 26:60. Luke 18: 7 Kai paKpoOu
{hwy 90w: Kai oi: suaiav i. e. Iwill have pd'm e'vr' ain-oic. 1 Cor. 16:9. Comp.
mercy and not [merely] sacrifice, Matt. 9: Passow Kal no. 4. Herm. ad Vig. p. 837.
13 et 12: 7, quoted from Hos-6: 6 where —El. V. H. 1. 21 Kai ‘uh 1rpoaKuvfio'avri.
Heb. ? and Sept. ad sensum, E'Moc 90w Theogn. 1114 oniv ooi, Kai KaKog (In, 71
[fu'ihhov] h Sucn'av. See Passow in Kal 'yvopai £00k‘); ('zw'lp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.
no. 13. Winer § 57. note, b.-—-(-y) l7 oet'iyovoi Kai 1roMai cheat.
Rarely in a strong antithesis without a e) as intensive, even, even also, yea.
negative Kal may be given by but, Matt. 10: 30 initial 5:‘ mi ai rpi'xec, i. e.
though not necessarily, e. g. Acts 10: 28 the very hairs etc. Mark 1:27. 4.: 25 et
Kai Epol 6 6:6; idnEe, but see above in Luke 8: 18 mi 3 Z'xei hpfifiozrai. Rom.
c. Mark 12: 19 E'Zr'yrouy alrrdv Kpa'rii 8: 93 Kai flack av'rroi'. 1 Cor. 2: 10 Kai
mu, Kai érpofififlnoav row b'xhov, where T31 [3661]. 11: 6 Kai Kcipao'flw, let her be
we may also render and yet, and never even also sham 2 Cor. 8: 3 5n Kara
theless, as in u. 1 Cor. 12: 5, coll. v. 6. Bl'lyapw, Kai inre‘p dl'waluw, yea above
Comp. Winer l. c. their ability. Mark 9: 13 511 Kai 'HMag
2. Also, too, not merely copulative Zhr'lhutis that Elias is even already come.
but likewise emphatic, implying in —Esth. 7: 8. Luc. D. Deor. 5. 4.. Xen.
crease, addition, something more, e. g. (Ec. 18.9 e’mo'rt'iaevoc Kai mikai. C r.
always so in the connexion 5:‘ rat or Km‘ 5. Q. 33 ch ‘1064, clvai Kai rol'n'o 1'51].
5:’, and also, i. e. and in addition, and Mem. 4,. 2. 12. Comp. Winer s57.
likewise, see in As’ d. Buttm. § 14.9. p. note, e. Passow Kai no. 6.
425. Comp. Passow mi no. 3. 3. With other particles, chiefly Kai Er’
a) gem. Matt. 5: 39 orpéilov aimp' m2 and also, but also, likewise 5e‘ Kai but also
rhv may. 6: 12. Mark 2: 16,28. Luke Matt. 3: 10. John 15: 24, see in A:
1: 35. 6: 16 69 Km’. John 8:19 ei c'ps‘ II. (I. Buttm. § 149. p. 495. TE L'ai',
"Em-e, Kai row ware'pa you fiderrs (iv. see in Te’. Buttm. l. c. p. 424.—-Others
om. 1:15. 1 Cor. 14:12. al. saep.-' are: 6AM: mi’, but also, see in ‘MM’: 1.
Hdian. l. l. 4.. Xen. Cyr. 5. l. 2. 4,3 Kai a. yap Kai’,see in I‘ép II. saw 3:‘ sat’,
'rr‘lv arohflv e'KEnic E'Bomz. Mem. 2. 3. 1.— see in 'Er'w II. a. ti ml, :1 7:1,. um’, e'i
For 'n'oMa Kai 6M1: v. Erepa, see'AMog a. ye ml, at 8:‘ ml, see in El III. y. 5. Fe’
b) in comparisons, e. g. oiiru Kai’,so II. 7. 1'1 mi’, see in "H 4. Kai 769,
also, after tilc, dimrep, xaOu’sg, etc. 1 Cor. see in Trip II. no! ‘ye, see in Fe’ II. :.
11:12 o'imrep ‘yap v‘) yon) . . . . oiirw Kai Kai 5:’, see above. Kai El, Kai yap ti, Kfll
b Ewr'lp. 15: 22. So with oiirw impl. ‘yap e‘irrzp, see in El III. 5. AL.
 Kaibigoag 393
Kuioi¢ag, a, b, Caiaplzas, Aram.
#31:? (depression, Buxt. Lcx. Ch. 1076,)
pr. n. of a high priest,’.liiwn1rog .5 m1
Ka‘ii'ipag Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 2. He was
appointed b Valerius Gratus the pie.
decessor of ilate, A.D. 26, and deposed
by Vitellius, in A. D. 35, Jos. Ant.
18. 4. 3. See in 'Avvac.——-Matt. 26: 3,
57 Luke 3:2. Johnllz49. 18:l3,l4,
24, 28. Acts 4: 6.
Katya, see in Fe’ II. c.
K0511’, a, indec. Cain, Heb. 1T2 (pos
session), the first.born of Adam and the
first homicide, Heb. 11:4. 1 John 3: l2.
Jude 11. Comp. Gen. 0. 4.
Kaiwiv, a, indec. Cainan, Heb.
“"12. (possession), pr. n. a) of a son of
Enos Luke 3:37, comp. Gen. 5: 9 sq.
—b) of a son of Arphaxad according to
the Sept. Gen. 10: 24. 11: 12, but not
found in the Hebrew. Luke follows
the Sept. 0. 3: 36, where several Mss.
omit Ka'iyo'w.
Kouvég, {7, 5r, new, i. e.
a) pp. newly made, not impaired 1)
time or use, as dorm’ Matt. 9: 17. Mark
2: 22. Luke 5: 38. (So Sept. and 1533
Josh. 9: 13.) pvnpeiov Matt. 27. 60.
John 19:4l. i'périov Luke5:36. (Sept.
1 K. 11:29 sq.) So Matt. 13: 52 Katya
ra nakaa'i pp. garments new and old.
Also 16 “may Mark 2: 21. Luke 5:
36 bis. — 2 Mace. 2: 30. Xen. H. G.
3- 4. 88.
b) new, i. e. not before known or cur
rent, newly introduced, e. g. 3:81: 1']
Mark 1: 27. Acts 17: 19. c'v'rolh'; Jo n
13:34. 1 John 2: 7, 8. 2 John 5. iii/qua
Rev. 2: 17. 3: 12. Sept. for ‘in Is.62:
2.——Hdian. 3.13. 15. Luc. Rhet. Prazc.
l7. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10.—Comparat.
Acts 17: 21 M75“! n L'fll. i’rxoilew xawo
repov, lo tell or bear something newer,
comp. \Viner § 36. 31.—Dem. 43. 7. ib.
160. 2. comp. Hdot. 1.27 at ri {in
veérzpov wept rip/ 'E)v\<'15a. Eurip.
Orest. 1327.—Also in the sense of other, a fixed and definite time or season. E.
foreign, Mark 16: 17 'yMm'oaic huh’)
aouai xawaig, with new i.e. other tongues,
new to them—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.
0) new as opp. to old or former r6 l3 xaipoc aim-w. Luke 1:20. 8:13.
1raha46v, n‘. 1rpfin'ov, and hence implying Acts 3: 20 A'aipoi iivatlJi/Eewg, times afre
also better,e. g. xawi] amen-.1, a new and freshing sc. appointed of God. Luke 19:
better covenant, see in Aiafifixq b. 1. 44. 2 Tim. 4: 6. Heb. 9: 10. 11:11.
Kongo’;
Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14: 24. Luke 22:
20. 1001'.11:25. 2 COL3: 6. Heb. 8:
8, 13. 9:15. (Sept. for "5311' Jer. 31:31.)
So oli'ov m'vew mayor, to drink wine
new, in its best state according to the
Hebrew taste, Matt. 26: 29. Mark 14:
25. 9351‘) cam’; a new song, i.e. noblcr,
loftier strain, Rev.5:9. 14:3. Sept.
and '53’: Ps. 33: 3. 40: 4. Is. 42:10.
Also for renewed, made new, and there.
fore superior, more splendid, e. g. xau'ol
ol'lpavoi Kai. xawr) 707, 2 Pet.3: 13 bis.
Rev.2l: 1. (Sept. 15. 65:17. 66: 22.)
1'7 scum) 'Ispova'ahr'lp Rev. 3: 12. 21: 2.
So Rev. 21: 5 Kan/a m’wra 1mm‘).—
Metaph. of Christians as renewed and
changed from evil to good by the Spirit
of God. 2 Cor. 5: 17 bis mun) xriing.
Gal. 6: 15 x. c'ivfipanrog. Eph. 2: l5. 4:
24. Sept. xapdia norm’) for I??? =2 Ez.
18. 3]. 36: 26.
Knowing, 1:10;, i’, (mimic) new
ness, e.g.in a moral sense, Rom. 6: 4 iv
xawdrnn Zwfic i. q. iv L'wj xau'fj, comp.
Zon') b. Buttm.§ 123. n. 4. So also
Rom. 7: 6.—pp. Thuc. 3. 38.
KOH'WEQ, conjunct. (mi, 1rrp,) al
though, comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 432.
Matth. t; 666, 3. Seq. particip. Phil. 3:
4. Heb. 5:8. 7: 5. 12:17. 2Pet.1:12.
Seq-fin. verb Rev. 17:8 xahrep 1rapc'a-rai,
where later edit. read xaL—c. part. Xen.
Ag. 1.11. Conv. 2. 12.
Kougég, 05, 6, pp. right, propor
tion,just measure, Theogn.401. Xen.
Mem. 1.3. 6,7. Conv. 2.19. In N.
T. only of time, season, i. e.
a) fit time, proper season, viz. (a)
gem. i. q. opportunity, occasion, Acts 24:
25 Kuipdv 3:‘ perultafiév. Rom. 12: ll
raipq': Eovhsi'iovrzg, see in Aouhn'lw b.
2 Cor. 6: 2 bis. Gal. 6: 10. Eph. 5: 16
et Col. 4: 5 see in ‘EEayepéZw. Heb.
11:15. my); iqiérspog John 7:6.-—1
Mace. 15¢ 34. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. Pol.
l. 36. 4. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 8. - ap.
pointed time, set time, certain season, i. e.
g. seq. gen. Matt. 13: 30 iv warp‘; roii
“9:07:05, in the time ofharvest, i. e. the
usual season. 21: 34, 41. Mark 1]:
 Kongo’; 394 Kai's oi
(Sept. for 1"! Ecc. 3: 1 sq. Xen. Apol. Kaio'ug, 0:50;, a, Casar, pp. sur
Socr. 7.) Seq. gen. of pers. or a pron. name of the Julian family at Rome, but
as h ualpég you v. 6 .7169, my time,as ap applied, after Julius Caesar, to his suc
pointed of God, e. g. in which I am to
cessors of the same family as the usual
suffer Matt. 26:18, or accomplish any
title of dignity. At a later period, it
duty John 7:6, 8. Luke 21: 24 xaipoi
became the title of the heir apparent.
56min’. 2 Thess. 2: 6. Rev. 11: 18. So
In N. T. the title C'msar is applied to
idiog mrpo’g, one's own due time, Gal. 6:
Augustus Luke 2: l. Tiberius Luke
9. 1 Tim. 2; 6. 6: 15. Tit. 1: 3. With 3: l. 20:22, 24», 25. al. Claudius Acts
a demonstrative art. or pron. as 6 H711,
oiirog, ixcivog, this present time, that time, 11:28. Nero Acts 25:8 sq. Phil. 4:
definitely marked out and expressed, 22. Caligula who succeeded Tiberius
is not mentioned. AL.
Mfatt. 11:25. 12:1. 1421. Mark 10:
30. Luke 13: 1. 18:30. Acts 12; 1. Kam'oigsm, mg, 17, Cmsarea, pr. n.
Rom. 3:26. 8: 18. 11: 5. 2 Cor. 8:14. of two cities in Palestine.
Eph. 2: 12. Also mipog Zo'xarog 1 Pet. 1. Cresarea Philippi, a city of Upper
1: 5. x. iia‘repot 1 Tim. 4: l. x. Eran-n] Galilee near the sources of the Jordan
xéig Heb. 9: 9.—-Genr. Acts 17:26 npo at the foot of Mount Hermon, called also
rera'ype'vovg mipoi'i'g. Gal. 4: 10. 2 Tim. Paneas. Matt. 16: 13. Mark 8:27. It
4.: 3 i'orm yap raipdg sc. appointed of was rebuilt and enlarged by Philip the
God. Rev. 12: 12. dat. ra‘ii Kfllptt-J, at the tetrarch, and named in honour of him
proper season, Mark 12: 2. VVith prepo self and Tiberius, Jos. Ant. 18. 2.1. It
sitions, e. g. iixpi Ktup05,fi)7' or during a bore afterwards for a time the name of
certain season Luke 4: 13. Acts 13: ll. Neronias, in honour of Nero, Jos. Ant.
20.9. 4. It is generallysupposed to
(,us'xpi Diod. Sic. 1. 3.) 2'1! Kaipgi, in due
time Matt. 24: 45. Luke 20: 10. 1 Pet. have occupied the site of the ancient city
5: 6. £1’ Kaipqi, Acts 7: 20. (Xen. H. G. called Laish or Leshem Judg. 18:28.
7. 2. B.) Kara Kaipdigat the set time John Josh. 19: 4.7,and Dan Judg. 18:2. At
5: 4. Rom. 5: 6. Kara The x. rot—iron’ Acts present the village Banias occupies the
19: 23. R0m.9: 9. (Xen. H. G. 1.1.32.) site of its ruins. See Rosenm. Bibl.
m; Kmpofi, before the proper time I Cor. Geogr. II. i. p. 197. ii. p. 13. Blink
4: 5. aptly xarpémfor a season Luke 8: hardt Travels in Syria,etc. p. 38 sq.
13. 1 Cor. 7: 5. may it. o'tpag, i. e. for a Reland Palaest p. 918 sq.
short time 1 Thess. 2: l7. — So in allu_ 2. Cwsarea of Palestine, on the coast
sion to the set time for the coming of the of the Mediterranean, southward from
Messiah in his kingdom or for judg. Mount Carmel. Its ancient name was
ment, Matt. 8:29. 16: 3. Mark 1: 15. Zrpdrwvoc m’lp-yog, Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6.
13:33. Luke 12:56. 2|: 8. Acts 1: 7. Strabo 16. 2. 27. Stratonis turris Plin.
Rom. 13.11. 1 Cor. 7. 29. Eph. 1: 10. H. N. 5. l3. Herod the Great rebuilt
1 Thess. 5: 1. 1 Pet. 1:11. 4: 17. Rev. it with great splendour and strength,
1: 3. 22: 10.—Plur. xaipoi absol. limes, created an artificial harbour, and named
circumstances, appointed of God, 2 Tim. it Cesar-ea, in honour of Augustus, Jos.
3: l. l. c. and 16. 5. 1. Josephus calls it one
b) genr. time, season, i. q. xpéi/og. (a) of the largest cities in Palestine, and
pp. Luke 21: 36 iv nay-r2 Kaipqi heoperoi. says the inhabitants were mostly Greeks,
Eph. 6: 18. — a season of the year, B. J. 3. 9. 1. It was the seat of the
as xatpoi mpvropépoi, fruitful seasons Acts Roman procurator, and after the destruc
l4: l7. —- ('y) in the prophetic style put tion of Jerusalem became the capital of
for a year, Rev. 12: 14 ter xmphg Kai Palestine. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
xarpoi Kai 11pm]: Katpoz'l, i. c. three years II. ii. p. 326 sq. Reland Palmst. 670
and a half, (comp. v. 6,) in allusion to sq.—Acts 8:40. 9:30. 10:1, 24. 11:
Dan. 7: 25 where Sept. for Chald. 13?, 11. 12:19. 18: 22. 21:8,16. 23: 23,
and where xaipoi stands as here for the 33. 25:1,4,6,13.
7‘ I
dual, two years, comp. Winer § 27. 2. ha‘?01 or ml 701, and yet, neverthe
p. 150. -— So Xpovog in later writers for less, although. Heb. 4: 3 xi eio'sher'wor
a year, see Passow in Xpdi'og no. It. fill. (it; rilv mninamn'v you‘ Kairot ro'n'
 Kat/70172 395 Kazo-rmfléw

Ep-yuv 61rd xaragohfig Khapov 'yzvrptls'vrw 1',
they shall not enter into my rest, the works
nevertheless having been finished at the
foundation of the world, i. e. the rest here
spoken of, an rest, could not have been
God's resting from his works, Gen. 2: 2,
for this rest, the Sabbath, had already
existed from the creation of the world.—
Luc. D. Deor. l2. 2. Xen. Ag. 8. 8.
Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 431. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 840.
Kalroiyi, see in Fe’ 11. Z.
Km'w, f. xaiww, aor. 1 pass. e’xab
Gnv, comp. Buttm. § 114, to burn, i. e.
a) causat. to make burn, to kindle, to
light, e. g. a fire, lamp. etc. Pass. part.
xcuo'pzvog, burning, flaming. Matt. 5: 15
0135:‘ mlovo': Mxwm'. [Mark 4: 21.] Luke
12:35. Heb. 12: 18 xexaupe'vq: 1rupl,
fiamingfire. Rev. 4: 5. 8: 8, 10. 19:
20. 21:8. Sept. Lev. 24: 3, 4 where
Heb. T12 Pass. for ‘*2; Deut. 4: ll.
own power just as if written separately,
see Kai and ’Exeiyog. Buttm. § 29. n. 7.
and n.2. b. Matt. 15:18. 20: 4. 23: 23.
Luke 20:11. 22:12. John 7: 29. 14:
12. al.—Luc. D. Deor. 2. 3. Xen. C yr.
5. 5. 29. AL.
Klimt/at, 069', 1'], (mi-6g) badness, e. g.
external, as of water Jos. Ant. 3. 1. l, 2.
of a soldier cowardice, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.
27. In N. T. evil, in a: moral sense,viz.
a) of heart, life, character, wicked
ness, Acts 8: 22 pz-rawlnaov obv inn) 17p;
xaxiac aou rain'ng. James 1: 21. 1 Pet.
2: 16. 1 Cor. 14:20 rfl Karla vmm'rZn-c,
opp. raig cppeai, comp. Matt. 18: 3.
Sept. for r12: Ex. 32: 11, 13. 13$ Is.
29: 20.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2.28.
b) in an adtive sense, malice, malig.
m'tg, the desire of evil to others, espco.
where joined with mwnpla, Rom. 1: 29.
1 Cor. 5: 8 in! (by!) meta; xal romping.
Eph. 4.: 31. C01. 3:8. Tit. a: 3. 1 Pet.
2: 1. Sept. for it‘: Prov. 1: 16. —.~~v It)‘

5: 23. comp. Dan. 3: 6 sq.—Thuc. 7. Diod.

80. Xen. An. 7. 4. 18.—Trop. hilxvoc Nah. 3: 19. -—Jos. Ant. 1.1. 4.
Katopevog Kal ‘oaivwv, a burning and Sic. l. l ult.
c) evil, i. e. trouble, aflliction, Matt. 6:
shining light, spoken of John the Bap
34. So Sept. and "2'; Eco. 7: 14.——
tist as a distinguished teacher, John 5:
35. comp. Ecclus. 48: 1. — Metaph. l Macc. 10: 46. Thuc. 3. 58.
xalopat to burn, i. e. to be greatly moved, K006073021“, Mg, 1'; (unwilling evil
of the heart, Luke 24: 32.--Test. XII disposed,
009,) mischief,
mischievous,
malevolence,
from
malignitg,
twig, the
Patr. p. 671 s'Kauipnv roig airhc'iyxvotg.
b) trans. to burn, i. e. to consume desire of evil to others, Rom. 1:29.—
with fire. John 15:6 tcal Ktll'tflll sc. 3 Mace. 3: 22. Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 1. Plot.
1.‘: xXfiIJa-ra. [Matt. 13:40.] 1 Cor. 13: VI. p. 250. 1 et 15. ed. R. In the sense
3, see in "Iva l. C. a. Sept. l'or =11? of bad habits, corrupt morals, Xen. Ven.
Lev. 4: 12. 1 K. 13: 2. 52s 15.5:24. 13. 16.
—-Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. Luc. Tim. 9. Xen. Kouwko'yéw, 5, f. 1’low,(xauol\oyog
Cyr. 4. 2. 33. fr. Kflk‘tlg, hé-yw,) to speak evil of, to revile,
seq. acc. Mark 9:39. Acts 19: 9.
Kelli-l, crasis for ml e'xfi, each re
taining its own signification just as if 2 Macc. 4:1. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. p.
written separately, see Kat and ‘Best. 671. 13. Isocr. p. 136. C.—— As opp.
Buttm. § 29. n. 7. and n. 2. b. Matt. 5: to npéw, by impl. to dishonour, to con
23. 10:11. 28:10. Mark 1: 35,38. temn. Matt. 15:4 et Mark 7: 10 6 muo
John 11:54. Acts 14:7. 17:13. 22: Xo-yu'w 1ra're'pa 1‘; pnre'pa, quoted from
10. 25:20. 27:6. Sept. for =25‘, Ruth Ex. 21: 17 where Sept. for 5:?2 to curse,
1: 17.—Xen. H. G. l- 2. 9. as also Prov. 22:20. Ez. 22:7. The
earlier form was mini/g Xé-yw, see Lob.
K952270511, crasis for ml e'xc'ifiev,
comp. in Kq'xe? above. Mark 10: 1. ad Phr. p. 200.
A013 7: 4. 13: 21. 14: 26. 20:15. 21:
Kaxoaroillela, mg, 1'’, (Kaxmraee'w)
1. 27:4, 12. 28: 15. Sept. for 13?’?1, a suffering of evil, i. e. genr. smiley-trig,
2 K. 2: 25.—Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. afiiction, James 5:10. Sept. tor ‘F1153?
H. G. l. 6. 8. Mal. 1: 13.—2 Macc. 2: 27, 28- Dem.
v ~ , 1412. 25.
Kotzewog, n, o, by crasis for Kal I ~

timing, :1, o, where each retains its Kaeovmtlew, w, 1‘. flow, (KGL'O'II’LI
 Kaxovroiéw 396 K and;
0"’; fr. xaxég and writing, allow-1,) to suf cause or source of evil James 3: 8 ; evil
fer evil, to be aflicted, intrans. 2 Tim. done to any one, harm, injwy, Acts 16:
2: 9. James 5: 13.—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 3. 28. as; 5. Rom. 12: 17 bis, 21 bis.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4.. 11.—Especially of sol 13: 10. 1 Cor. 13:5. 1 Thess. 5: 15
diers and others, to endure hardships, bis. 1 Pet. 3: 9, 11. in words, evil
trop. 2 Tim. 2: 3 xaxomitlnaov (be Kalb‘): speaking, 1 Pet. 3: 10. Sept. for $3
UTpaTltiH'flC- 4.: 5.—Jos. Ant. 10. ll. 1. Mic. 7: 3.-— Plot. rlr Kart-('1, evils, i. e.
Hdian. 8. 7.14.. Comp. Sept. for B’?! troubles, aflictions, Luke 16:25 Aéfapog
Jon. 4: 10. Ken. Mem. 2. 1. l7. bpolwg Ta Kllk’ti Sc. ivrékagc. Acts 9: 13.
Kaxo'lf'oléw, ‘N, f. Y'Ia'u, (KflK07r016§,) 2 Tim. 4.: 14. Sept. for 1’? Gen. 44.: 34.
to do evil, 1. e. 48:16. “I? Is. 46: 7. Jer. 14: 8.
a) to others, i. q. to injure, to harm, Komofigyog, 01), b, 1", (for Kami
absol. Mark 3:4. Luke 6: 9. Sept. for epyoc fr. wait-6; obsol. 59701,) an oval
7T! Gen.31: 7. 1 Sam. 25: 4. for worker, malcfactor, genr. 2 Tim. 2: 9.
Chald. P??? Ezra 4.: 13, 15. -— c. acc. Sept. for T5 522 Prov. 21: 15.— Xen.
Diod. Sic. 15. 45. absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. An. 1. 9. 13.—Of robbers, Ago-rat’, Luke
8. 14. 23: 32, 33, 39, comp. Matt. 27: 38. —
b) gem. and absol. i. q. to commit sin, 1E1. V. H. 3. 4.4.. Diod. Sic. 20. 81.
1 Pet. 3: 17. 3 John 11. Sept. for Kaxovxz'w, (5, f. flaw, (mimic, Ext-2,)
"lg-‘.1 2 Sam. 24.: 17.—Xen. (E0. 3. 11. to hold or treat ill, to malb-eat, in N. T.
Kamovrolbg, 05, a, 1'), (micég, 1roie'w,) only Pass. part. xaxovxobueyoc, mal
an evil doer, 1 Pet. 2: l2, l4. 3: 16. 4.: treated, afllicted, Heb. 11: 37. 13: 3.
15. malefactor, John 18: 30.—Pol. 15. Sept. for H3? [with act. and “221??! with
25. l. pass. or rather refl. signif.] 1 K. 21 26.
Kaxo'g, t'], 611, bad, worthless, sc. 11: 39.—Diod. Sic. 3. 23 ult. Plut. V1.
externally, as a breastplate, Xen. Mem. p. 4.36. 2. ed. Reiske.
3. 10. 122. soil, (Ec.16. 7. Of a sol Kama», til, f. a'm'w, (rank) to of
dier, coward, craven, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27. fect with evil, i. e.
In N. T. evil, viz. a) physically, to do evil to any one,
a) in a moral sense, wicked, vicious, to maltreat, to harm, to aflict, c. acc. of
bad, in heart, conduct, character. Matt. pers. Acts 7: 6, 19 EKliKt-ld't' roll: ‘Iraft'pag
21: 41 KGKOllQ Icaxu'ig ('urokc'uu abrm'lc. r'flul'n'. 12: 1. 18: 10. 1 Pet. 3112.
24.: 48 bit-amig- boiiltog. Phil. 3: 2. Rev. Sept. for PEP-1 Judg. 2: 18. 732 Ex. 5:
2: 2 xaxol'lg i. e. impostors. Of things, 22. :51? Gen. 15: 18. Num. 94: 24..
Mark 7: 21 diaho'yialucl oi xaxol. Rom. —Hom. 0d. 4. 754.. Hdian. 6. 6. 10.
13:3 Kai-(Dy sc. Ep'ywv. 1 Cor. 15: 33 Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 23.
ouihlai Kat-cu’. Col. 3.5. Sept. for 9: b) in N. T. and Josephus in a moral
Prov. 15:3. 28: 5. 11% Prov. 6: 18.— sense, to make cvil-afiécted, to erasperale,
Luc. Parasit. l. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20 bis. e. g. rag il/vxég Acts 14.: 2.—Jos. Ant.
—Neut. 1'0‘ xaxdv, plur. ra xala'l, evil, 16. l. 2. ib. 16. 7. 3 'l'lpibdng e'xaroi'rro
evil things, i. e. wickedness, fault, crime, inroilu'atc. il). 16. B. 6. See Krebs Obs.
Matt. 27: 23 n’ yap mxdvbrolqa'ev. Mark e Jos. p. 224'.
15:14. Luke23:22. John 18: 23. Acts KOUUJQ‘, ad. (rat-69,) badly, ill, evil.
23: 9. Rom. 1:30. 2: 9. 3: 8. 7: 19, a) physically, e. g. in phrases: (a)
21. 9:11. 13:41:15. 16:19. 1 Cor. Kai-Jig Zxew, to be sick, see in “Exu f.
10:6. 2 Cor. 5:10. 13: 7. 1 Tim. 6: Matt. 41:24.. 8: 16. 9: 12. 14: 35. Mark
10. Heb. 5: 14.. James 1:13. 1 Pet. 3: 1:32, 34. 2:17. 6:55. Luke 5:31.
l2. 3 John 1]. Sept. for 931 K. 3: 9. 7: 2.—-}El. H. An. 11. 34.. Xen. (Ec. 3.
Prov. 3: 7. al.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4.. 11.—()3) Kara-m no'wxsu', to safer badly
1)) act. causing evil, i. e. hurtful, bane i. e. grievously, Matt. 17: 15. — Hom.
ful. Rom. 14.: 20 dMu xaxbv rq'i c'wfipa'nrip Od. 16. 275. P01. 3.90. 13.—(y) rauovlc
A‘. r. A. Rev. 16:2 2M0; Kaxo'v. Tit. xaxu'ig c'imzltéaai malos male perdere i. e.
1: 12 can‘; Snpia, ravenous beasts. Sept. to destroy miserably, utterly, Matt. 21:
for it: Am. 6: 3. Prov. 16: 5. —- Xen. 41. For the paronomasia see Winer §
Mem. 4. l. 41.—Neut. r6 xamlv, cvil, i. e. 62. l. —Jos. Ant. 1%. 5. 4| ult. mrol
 Kéwan; 397 K ultra
mn'n; c'uru'Aov-ro. Ceb. Tab. 32 (‘r-mik a) pp. with the voice, as a shepherd
Mn'ai xeualg rank. Xen. (Be. 5. 18. -— his flock, John 10:3 r61 ‘lam arpééara
(5) gem. in the sense of grievously, Matt. mks? xar’ ovopa. Luke l9: l3 xahe'o'ac
15: 22 xaxfie Eaipovilerat. —- Hesych. 5:‘ 55m Eou'lhoug Eaurof: i. e. calling them
wan-‘ac’ den/Gig. together, Matt. 20:8. Matt. 4:21 et
b) morally, e. g. (a) rank 5951', to Mark 1: 20 s’xéhwev aural’);- so. to follow
speak evil ofany one, to revile, seq. accus. him and become his disciples—1 Macc.
Buttm. § 13L 4. Acts 23: 5 lipxovra l: 6. Hdian. 3. ll. 20. Xen. Conv.
1'05 Ram": 0011 vim e'pz‘ig mmfig, quoted Q. 19.
from Ex. 22: 28 where Sept. for "35, as b) genr. to call sc. in any way, to
also Is. 8:2l.--Luc. Pisc. 6. Xen. send for, to direct to come. Matt. 2: 7
Ath. 2.raxdie
genr. 18. hahsiv
Comp. absol.
in Elmwto a.
speak evil, Xc'repa. rahe'aac rmic Md'yovc. Seq. ix
0. gen. of place Matt. 2: 15 i5 Alyz'nrrov.
i. e. amiss, John 18: 23. So James 4: 0. Ex impl. Heb. 11:8. Com . 82?, Hos.
3 mini; aireioee, ye ask amiss. — Luc. ll: 1, Sept. ,ue'raxahc'w. — en. An. 1.
Merc. Icond. 5 mm}; Begin/Mouth“. 3. 4. Mem. 2. IO. 5.
Kaxwolg, mg, 1'), (mxéu) evil c) to call with the idea of authority,
condition, afliction, Acts 7: 34 zlfiov rfiv to call forth, to summon, e. g. before a
r. rm? ham? you, quoted from Ex. 3: 7 judge etc. Acts 4.: 18. 24.: 2. (Hdian.
where Sept. for ‘#2,, as also v. 17.— 7. 3. 5. Xen. Apol. Soc. 1 cig rr)v Bimlv.)
Hdian. 6. 6. ll. Thuc. 7. 82. Trop. of God, Rom. 4: 17 xahoiwog rc‘l.
pr) iivra (be b'r-ra calling forth and dis.
Kakapm, 7);, 1'), the do”: of grain,
posing of things that are not, even as
Xen. An. 5. 4. 27. In N. T. stubble, though they were, i. e. calling them into
straw,after the ears are removed, 1 Cor. existence etc. So Sept. and RIP, Is. 41:
3: 12. Sept. for ‘92 Ex. 15:7. Joel 4. 48: 13.—Philo de Creat. p. 728 r81
2: 5.— Theocr. Id. 5. 7 et ibi Schol. #1) r'iv-ra Exdheo'ev sic r5 ell/at.
Xen. Ven. 5. 18. d) in the sense of to invite, pp. to a
Ku'kaqbog, ov, a, areed, i. e. a plant banquet, as :1; r009 ‘ydpovc Matt. 22: 3,
with a jointed hollow stalk growing in 9. sic n‘w 'ydpov John 2: 2. absol.
wet grounds. Matt. 22: 8. Luke 7: 39. 14: 8 bis, 17.
a) pp. the plant itself Matt. 11:7. 1 Cor. 10: 27.—Dem. 4.0-2. l5. Luc.
Luke 7: 24. Matt. 12: 20 Kr'lhapov mw Jov. Trag. 15. e'1ri Esbrvoy Xen. Mem.
rerpuipévov, quoted from Is. 42: 3 where 2. 3. 11.—Metaph. to call, to invite, so.
Sept. for "37,, as also 1 K. l4: 15. Job to any thing, e. g. of Jesus, 0:. dc eni
40:16.—Luc. Hermotim. 68. Xen. vomv to call to repenlance,to exhort, att.
An. 1. 5. 1. 9: l3. impl. Mark 2:17. 0f God,
b) of the stalk as cut for use, a reed, Rev. 19: 9 dc ro Bz'hrvov rol': 'ydluou Tor-1
i. e. (a) as a mock sceptre, Matt. 27: ripviou xexhnps'vogsee in I‘époc a. I Tim.
29, 30. Mark 15: 36.—([3) a stalk or 6: 12 sic 11):! Zwfiv aio'wwv. 1 Cor. l: 9.
stem of hyssop Matt. 27: 48. Mark I5: 2 Thess. 2:14. 1 Pet. 2: 9. 5: 10. So
19. Comp. John 19: 29.—(-y) a measur xaM'iv clg rfiv ,Bamheluv for? 9:05, to the
ing reed, measure, Rev. 11:1. 21:15, duties, privileges, and final bliss of the
18. Sept. and "52 Ez. 40: 3, 5, 6. — Christian life here and hereafter, l Thess.
(5) a reed for writing, columns, 3 John 2: 12, and so by impl. Rom. 9: 24. 1
13. Sept. for 1:! Ps. 45. 2. Lat. cala Cor. 7: 15,17 sq. Gal. 5: 8, l3. 2 Tim.
mus, see Adam's Rom. Ant. 508. — 1:9. Heb. 9:15. 1 Pet. 2: 21. al. saep.
Thernist. II. 31. C. Liban. Ep. 849. e) in the sense of to call to any station,
Plato Phzedr. p. 1241. D. Comp. Wet i. q. to appoint, to choose. Heb. 5: 4|
stein in 100. dp leper}: . . . Kahol'lpevoc inro 701': 6:06.
Keats, 5, 1‘. 5w, Buttm. § 95.11. Gail. l: 15. Comp. Sept. and 82?, Is.
3, aor. l Emiheo'a, perf. xii-Mica, aor. 1 49: l. 51: Q.
pass. e’xMyOqv, Buttm. § 114.. § 110. 11. 2. to call, i. e. to name, to give name to
To call, trans. any person or thing.
l. to call to any one in order that he a) pp. and spoken (a) of a proper
may come or go any where. name or surname, e. g. of persons, seq.
 Ka‘rJuéZcuog 398 Kala’;
r6 bvopa and the name in apposit. Matt. -K0t)0\/wv, 090,6, 6, t1, (compar. of
1: 2l Kahe'azrg Tb Evopa. abrol-l 'Inaoiw, KaMgQ better, once neut. as compar. 01'
thou shall call his name Jesus. v. 23, 25. "may, Buttm. s 115. 4., 5. Acts 25: 10
Luke 1:13. 2: 2]. Rev. 19:13. Pass. a‘): Kai an) miMrov e'm-ywdwxuc, as thou
with n’ sc. livolua. Luke 1: 62. Comp. also better hnowest, i. e. better than I can
Matth. § 420. b. p. 769. So Sept. and explain. Comp. in BeXn'wv.
37?, Gen. 27: 36. 29: 34.—womp. Plato Kakobtboiaxakog, on, b, 1*’, adj.
Cratyl. init.—Seq. ace. of pers. and the
(Kahog, Erbdmcahog) teaching that which
name in apposit. Matt. 10:25 el rbv
oixobeo'rro'rnv Bsekfzgobk z'xékco'av in
is good, and as subst. teacher If good,
text. rec. others E-rreuiA. In the passive Tit. 2: 3. Comp. Buttm. § 123. 3. Not
construction Luke 1:60 (AM: Klknth'laerar found in the classics.
llwc'lvvng. Acts 1: 23. Rev. 12: 9. So KuMl Naéves, (mm, And/m) as
of places, Matt. 27:8. Luke 2: 4 1111!; pr. n. plur. Fair Havens, comp. Eng].
xaXe'iraL BnOMs'p. Acts 3. ll. 28: 1. Fairhaven, a port in the island of Crete,
Rev. 1:9. So Sept. for RIP, Gen. 31: Acts 27: 8.
47. 2 K. 18:4.—-Jos. B. J. 1.1.1. KaAooz-otéw, 5, 1‘. flow, a later form
Hdian. 4'. l2. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 26. for the earlier n) xakbv v. Kaluig 1roziw,
—-\'Vith Z'lri TIP dull/tan added,i. e. after Lob. ad Phr. p. 199, 200; to do well,t0
the name of any one Luke 1: 59, see in live virtuously, 2 Thess. 3: 13. Others,
'Erri II. 3. c. _.,. Pass. with dat. rq'i to do good sc. to others. Sept. in cod.
(it'd/tart, by name, Luke 1: 61. 19:2. So Alex. for =‘IJ‘TJ Lev. 5: 4.
c. iv Rom. 9: 7 et Heb. ll: 18 iv 'Is'ac‘uc
A‘Xntll'lo'e'ral a0: o1rc'ppa, i. e. in and KaMg, 1'7, 61', handsome, beautiful,
through Isaac, in his line, shall thy pp. as to external form and appearance,
seed bear name, quoted from Gen. 21: Sept. for ‘5%: Gen. 12: 14. Xen. Mem.
12 where Sept. for 3!?" Comp. in 2. 6. 12. In N. T. of quality etc. good,
’Ev 3. d. a.——(fl) Of an epithet or appel. handsome, excellent, viz.
lation, e. g. of persons, Matt. 2: 23 a) good, as to quality and character,
Nazwpa‘iog Klmofiasral. 22: 43 m3; ubv (a) genruyfi Matt. 13: 8,23. Mark 4:8,
Aaglb Kz'lpmv abrbv xaXfi; 23: 7, 8 ,ur) 20. Luke 8:15. 553,590.’ Matt. 12; 3:1.
xknfliirc fiaggl. v. 10. Luke 6: 15. 15: Luke 6: 43. mréppa Matt. 13: 24., 27,
19, 21. Acts 14:12. Rom. 9: 26. 37, 38. ps'rpm/ i. q. Engl. handsome
James 2: 23. 1 John 3: 1. Of things, measure Luke 6: 38. oil xaMv not good,
Acts 10: l.—Palaeph. l. 8. Xen. (E0. i. e. bad, worthless, 1 Cor. 5: 6. Sept.
7. 2, 3. Cyr. 1. 2. 13.—Hence for =5‘; Gen. 1:4. Ez. 17: 8.— Xen.
1)) Pass. in the sense of to be regarded,
Cyr. 1. 6. 6. —— by impl. choice, e1
cellent, e. g. xapmig Matt. 3: 10. 7: 17,
accounted, i. q. to be, Matt. 5: 9, 19' his 18, 19. Luke 3: 9. 6: 43. olvog John
{Mixwroc Khnflr'la'sraz Ev 'rlrj Baa. 113v 013p. 2: 10 bis. (lldian. 5. 5. 16.) pap'yaplrm
x. r. X. Luke 1:32, 35, 36, 76. 2:
Matt. 13: 4.5. M601 Luke 21:5. also
23. 15:19. 1 Cor. 15:9. Heb. 3:
Matt. 13=4s. Rom. 7:16. 1 Tim. 3: 1,
13. Matt. 21:13 et Mark 11:17 olxog
l3. 4: 6 Etbaa'xakr'a. 6:12, 13 bpoko'yla.
1rpoa'euxfig xRn6fiae1-at,quoted from Is.
v. 19. 2 Tim. 1:14.. Heb. 6: 5. So r5
56: 7 where Sept. for $222,215 also Is.
uaM'v the good ] Thess. 5:21. Sept.
35:8. 4.7: 1, 5. 48: 8. See Gesen.
Lex. NIP, Niph. no. 2 ult. Pas'sow in for =11: Gen. 27; 9. 30: 20. Zech. 1: 13.
—Hdian. 1. 16.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9.—
xahe’w n0. 2 ult.—Hem. II. 4. 61. 0d.
(y) ,in the sense of honourable, distin.
7. 313. Pind. Pyth. 3. 119. AL. guished, 1 Tim. 1:18. 3:7. James 2: 7
KaMoéMuog, 0v, 6, 1',, adj. (mxég r6 mAbv bvopm—Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11.
{Mum/J pp. ‘yielding fine oil,' and b) good, as to effect, influence, etc.
hence l; mkktékawg sc. e'km'a, a good useful, profitable, e. g. film‘; Mark 9: 50.
olive-tree, i. e. cultivated and yielding Luke 14: 34'. so 1 Tim. 1: 8. 4: 4.
fine oil, opp. to z'ryptékuroc, Rom. 11:24.. Sept. for =51‘, Gen. 2: 9.—Ecclus. 14.: 3.
—Aristot. de Plant. 1. 6. Clem. Alex. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 4 sq. -— Hence mkov
Strom. 6. 15. ia'n it is good, profitable, juvat, seq. acc~
 Kéhupuua 399 Kdymkog

et intin. Matt. 17:4 et Mark 9:5 et Kdltl'm'rw, f. the, (kindr. with

Luke 9: 33 raluiv Earn’ fun-19 15315 sli'at. K6)\f1¢71, upbn-rw, xhe'm'w) to cover over or
seq. dat.of pers. et inf. as subj. Matt. 18: around, to envelope, trans.
8, 9. Mark 9: 43, 45, 47. 1 Cor. 7:1, a) pp. Matt. 8: 24. Luke 8: 16 rah’;
26 bis. 9:15. seq. ci, Matt. 26: 24 et 1rrs1 abrov oceiiu. 23: 30. Sept. for 719?
Mark 14: 21. 9: 42 xahov e'orw ail-r1; Gen. 7:19. EX. 8:6. al. —— Lycurg. p.
etc. seq.clidv
pu'ihhav 1:. r.1 A.Cor. 7:8.better for him
it were 159. 7. Xen. Eq. 12. 5. Cyr. 5. l. 4.
b) by impl. to hide, Matt. 10:26 chain!
c) good in a moral sense, virtuous, xcxaAvpyéi/m'. 2 Cor. 4: 3 his. So
spoken (a) of thoughts, feelings, ac. James 5: 20 et 1 Pet. 4: 8 whorl/c:
tions, e. g. x. avvct'dgo‘ig a good con Whfieog ('tpapruiv, shall cover, hide, a
science, Heb. 13: 16. x. dvaa'rpoipfi James multitude of sins, i. e. cause them to be
3: 13 et 1 Pet. 2: 12. 1 Tim. 6: 12 overlooked, not punished. Comp. Sept.
x. £17111)’. 2 Tim. 4: 7. 1 Tim. 2: 3 et and =13; Ps. 32: l.
5: 4 roirro yr‘ip Kahdv s'vu'nrtov r017 9:017, Kablzg, adv. (111x65) pp. hand
comp. in 'Evdnnov c. Once who; not somely, in N. T. well, good, bone, in va
li'yatlég spoken of 1) xapfiia, where c’iyatiég
rious connexions and shades.
refers to the disposition of the heart a) as to manner and external character,
itself, and “no. to the external mani
well, i. e. right, suitably, properly. John
festation, Luke 8: 15.—Jill. V. H. 3. 18:23 :1 5:‘ KaM'lc sc. tht'ihnoa. Acts
10. Luc. Alex. 30. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 10:33. 1 COT. 7: 37, 3B. l4: 17. Phil.
l6. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xenoph. KGAIJQ
4: 14. Heb. 13: 18. James 2:8, 19.
n0. 20.—S0 i'p-yov Kahév. E'p'ya Kahd, 1'11 2 Pet. 1:19. 3 John 6. So oi: MM);
unlit": E'p-ya, a good deed, good works, not well Gal. 4: 17. Sept. for TIP-‘.1 1 K.
i. c. (l) genr. well-doing, virtue, pp. as in
8: 18.—El. V. H. 14. 25. Xen. Mem.,
Engl. a handsome act. noble deeds. Comp. 3. 8. 6. Cyr. l. 3. I. ---~ Spoken in re
in "Epyov b. y. 2. Matt. 5: 16. 1 Tim. gard to ofiice or duty, wcll, faithfully,
5: ‘25. Tit. 2: 7, l4’. Heb. 10: 24. 1 Pet.
1 Tim. 3: 4, l2, l3. 5: 17.—l Macc.
2: 1'2. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32. Conv. 8.10,
8: 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5, 45.—With
32.) So with Epya impl. Rom. 12: 17. emph. very well, excellently, Mark 7: 37.
2 Cor. 8: 21. Tit. 3: 8 rd xaXi—Xen.
Gal. 5: 7 irrps'xcrs Kalubg. Ironically,
Mem. 2. 1. 27. al.—(2) or in the sense
Mark 7: 9 Kahu'ic (‘10511711 rhv e'vrohflv
of useful work, i. c. benefit, etc. Matt. 26:
1'. 9:06. 2 Cor. ll:4.-—}El. V. H. l. 16.
10. Mark 14:6. John 10:32,33. 1 Tim.
—- In the sense of honourably, James 2:
5; 10. 6: 18. Tit. 3:8, 14.—(13) Neut.
.3 m) m'ifiou the‘): acalubg.
rb xahév pp. that which is handsome, good,
right, Rom. 7: 18. Heb. 5: 14. So r6 b) as to effect, tendency, etc. well,
i. e. justly, aptly, as of declarations etc.
“may retain» to do good, i. e. to do well, Matt. 15:7 Kaluhg‘ 1rpoz¢i1rwae rcpl iapu'nl.
to act virtuously, Rom. 7: 21. 2 Cor.
13:7. Gal. 6: 9. James 4:17. — Xen. Mark 7: 6. 12: 28 61': Kahu'ig (ll'll'flt'plefl
Cyr. 5. 3. 2.— Hence xaMv Eon it is v. 32. Luke 20:39. John 4: 17. 8:48.
good, it is right, seq. inf. Matt. 15:26. 13:13. Acts 28:25. Rom. 11:20.—
Mark 7:27. Hum. 141 21. Gal. 4: 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11.
Heb. 13:9.—-('y) Of persons in reference c) in phrases, e. g. (a) Kala-'19 eimiv
to speak well of, to praise, seq. acc. Luke
to the performance of duty, e. g. 6 1m:
6:26. Comp. Buttm. \S 131. 4. El-rrov
Iiu‘lv .5 xaAo’g John 10: 11 bis, 14. Buixovoi
a. Z. —— ([3) ralubg Z'xrw, to be well, to re
I Tim. 4: 6. orparubrnc 2 Tim. 2: 3.
cover, sc. from sickness, Mark 16: 18.
OlA'OVD'IJOL 1 Pet. 4: 10.—Xen. Mem. 1.
See in "Exw f.—comp. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
6. l3. '
47.—(B) who‘); arouiv seq. accus. or dat.
Kwlvmw, was. "a, (It-aim...) to do well to any one, to benefit, Matt. 5:
a covering, veil, 2 Cor. 3: 13. Comp. Ex. 44. Luke 6:27. absol. Matt. 12: 12.
34: 33 sq. where Sept. for WEE—Trop. Comp. Buttm.§ 131. 4.
for impediment, 2 Cor. 3: l4, 15, 16, see
Kqifbi’, see in Ka'yib.
in 'Avaxahinrrw. — Act. Thom. § 34 oil
Kt'll. rd mihvppa 1rpon-ys'ira: ouirog. Kolfhgltog, 0!), 6, 1'], a camel, Matt.
 Kaipmog 400 Keenan's-n;
3: 4. Mark 1: 6. Sept. for 513; Gen. genr. Horn. 11. 7.118. comp. Xen. Eq.
12: 16. 24: 10 sq.—Diod. S. 3. 43. Xen. 1. 6.
Cyr. 6. l. 30.—In proverbs, e. g. Matt. b) intrans. 1rc'iv 76w Kdptlm, every
19:24 et Mark 10:25 et Luke 18:25 knee shall bow, i. e. bend itself, in hom
eilKo'lrdn'epdv e'ari Kapnltov 31a TPUWI’I/JIITOC age, worship, seq. dat. Rom. 14: 11
fiatplbog 5.5mm, applied to that which quoted from Is. 45: 23 where Sept. for
is extremely difiicult or impossible; so "311'? 93?. Seq. iv Phil. 2: 10.
the Arabs and Rabbins of an elephant, KQZIV crasis for Kai éév, and if, also
comp. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Talm. 1722. if, sometimes written Kbv but improperly,
So too Matt. 23: 24 oi Eiiikiloyrcc rbv Buttm. §29. n. 2. b, and n. 7.
Ku'n'anra, rfiw be‘ Képnhov Kara'irivoyrcg, a) and if, c. Sub'. aor. or port‘. and
spoken of those who are formal and in the apodosis the at. or oi: pi’; e. Suhj.
diligent in the observance of lesser duties, James 5:15. Mark 16: 18 Kq‘iv Sawin
but negligent in the discharge of higher fuiv 1: album’ K. 12X. Luke 13:9 Kay
ones: comp. Buxtort'. l. c. 1516. pe‘v radio-y Kapirér, sc. Kale-79. —- Xen.
K027141105 011, b, a cable, iv q. Heb. An. 3. 1. 36.
521,111 Mss. Matt. 19:24. See Gesen. b) also if, even if, although. c. Sub
Lex. art. 5,313. Passow s. voc. junct. (a) gem. c. Subj. aor. and the
apodosis with fut. Matt. 21:21 Kgiv n‘?
Koquvog, 00, 1,, a furnace, for iipu rob-Hp K. 1'. K. John 11:25 Kdr
smelting metals, burning pottery, etc. droedvy, Zi'lacrai. Heb. 19:20. A180
genr. Matt. 13:42, 50 cig 'rhv Kci/iwov 0. Subj. pres. and the apodosis with
rm‘; 1rupiig i. e. a burning furnace. Rev. pres. or fut. or Subj. aor. Matt. 26: 35.
1: 15. 9: 2. Sept. for 1??? Gen. 19:28. John 8: 14. 10: 38.—Luc. D. Deor. 20.
‘H3 Jer. ll: 8. 1511!! Dan. 3: 6 sq.—Diod. 12.—(13) even, if but, a! least, where
Sic. 5 27. Xen. Vect. 4. 49. Kai is intens. by way of diminution,
Kill/4111,1651‘. 60w, (contr. f0!‘ Kara Passow in ml no. 8. Herm. ad Vig.
iii/an) to shut down, to close, sc. the eyes p. 839. Seq. Sub'. aor. and in the
so as not to see, trans. Matt. 13: 15 et apodosis the fut. Mark 5:28 Kgiv ru'w
Acts 28: 27 rozig 6¢0. ain-Gv iKKii pvnav, iparlwv abrofi fitlm’uai, amtlhuopai. E1
quoted from Is. 6:10 where ept. for lipt. without apodosis, Mark 6: 56. Acts
5%? Hiph.—trop. Philo de Somn. p. 5: 15. 2 Cor. ll:16.—Hdian. 4. 4. 15.
589.——This is a later form, not used by Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2.
Attic writers, Phr n. et Lob. p. 339 sq. K051i, 1'1, indec. Cana, Heb. ‘=32,
Sturz. de Dial. A ex. p. 173 sq. Some [perhaps "32, (a reed): but the Syriac
suppose it to have been used by Xeno has KEEP, pr. Kétné (little.) See Castelli
phon, Cyr. 8. 3. 28: see Schael'er ad Lex. Syr. edit. Michaelis, p. 792. with
Bos. Ellips. p. 368 sq. note of the editor, referring to Lud. de
Dieu, who treats of this name at consi
K061111401, f. Kapd'i, aor. 2 E'Kapov, derable length, on John 2. l] a village
pert‘. KéK/lmt'a, Buttm. § 110. 11, to be of Galilee a few miles N. E. of Nazar
weary, faint, sc. from labour, intrans. eth. John 2:1,11. 4: 46. 21: 2.—-Jos.
Rev. 2: 3 KeKo-iriaxag Kai oil KSIKFTIKGQ.
B. J. 1. 17. 5.
Heb. 12: 13.—Sept. Job 10: 1. Xen. An.
Kamvai'og, 01), b, in some Mss. for
3. 4. 47.-Hence to be sick, James 5: 15
i] eilxr) rfig 1rla1'swc mime’. Kc'ipvovra. -
Kavam'rnc q. v.—Act. Thom. .5 l.
Diod. Sic. 1. 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51. Kearney/177;, 00, a, Canam'le, an
epithet derived from Heb. “5?, , Aram.
Kllifbol’, see in Kai-yd’. “in, or 11513., zealous, Buxt. Lex. p.
Koipmrw, 1', 4m, to bend, e. g. trw 2060. and signifying i. q. Znkwrr'lg q. v.
Horn. 11. 4. 486. In N. T. spoken only Hence El’pwv b Kavavlrnc is the same
of the knees. as Zipwv b Znhw'rfig, Matt. 10: 4. Mark
a) trans. seq. 16 76m], to bend the knee 3:18. comp. Luke 6: 15 et Acts 1: 13.
so. in homage, worship, seq. dat. Rom. Perhaps the same with Simon the
11:4, and so Sept. for’?E 9?? l K. 19: brother of James and Jude, Matt. 13:
18. Seq. 1rpd¢ c. acc. Eph. 3: 14. — 55. Mark 6: 3.
 Kauhoixn 401 Kaghi'a

K605027671, 71?, 1'1, Candace, a name mot. 59 u’imrep oi Kdmpltot, Krpaui'tprvm

common to the queens of Ethiopia, or Kai doiuhaavrec Kai KaKo/wrpofivrec. —
Meroé in the age of Christ, Acts 8: 27. Hence Kamyltet'lw is pp. to be a retailer,
This country was then governed by fe vintner, Hesych. KannXei/u‘ perawwhei,
males, Strabo lib. XVII. p. 1134. B. oivmrwhci Kai 'rit rod: The 'rpotpitc Kai
p. 1175. D. Dio Cass. lib. 54. p. 335. revue. In N. T. trop. to adulterate,
Plin. H. N. VI. 29. to corrupt, trans. 2 Cor. 2: 17 Kannlt
n'lovreg rov X67011 for? 9:05. — Philostr.
KMIW’V, 6PM, d, (Kt'wq, Kdwva, reed,) Vit. Apollon. 1. l3. ib. 5.36. Anthol.
a reed, rod, stqflfl employed to keep any Gr. III. p. 130 'rl'lxn Ka'rrnheilouaa mivra
thing stifl', erect, asunder, Hom. Il. 8. nivfiiow. comp. Philo de Carit. p. 707. C.
- 103. ib. 13. 407. a measuring rod or Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. D.
line, Test. XII Patr. p. 662. IEschin. Kmrwig, 05, 6, make, Acts 2: 19.
p. 82. 5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 67. In Rev. 8; 4. 9:2ter,3,l7,18.14:11.
N. T. trop. canon, i. e. a standard, rule, 15:8. 18:9, 18. 19:3. Sept. for 1?!
e. g. of life and doctrine, Gal. 6: 16 5001 Ex. 19: 18. Josh. 8:20. -—}F.l. V. H.
re“: Karon rm'n' o'roixt’loouow. Phil. 3: 16 12.37. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 5.
in text. rec.— urip. Hec. 602 Kan/div r06
Kahofi. Dem. 327. 25. Xen. Ag. 10. 2. Kammdom’a, as, 1'), Cappadocia,
—In the sense of limit, sphere of action a province of the interior of Asia Minor,
or duty, assigned to any one, 2 Cor. 10: bounded N. by Pontus, VV. by Lycao.
13 Kara To pe'rpov r017 Kan/61109 K. 1'. A. v. nia, S. by Cilicia, and E. by S ria and
15, 16.—Jos. c. Ap. 2. l7. Armenia Minor. Acts 2: 9. 1 et. 1: 1.
The country was celebrated for the pro
Kmrzgvaoz'qw, 1'], indec. Capernaum, duction of wheat, for the excellence of
written also KG¢GPVGOIIJII, Heb. prob.
its horses, and for the dulness and vice
‘M12522,’ (village of Nahum), a town or of the inhabitants. Hence the virulent
city of Galilee in the confines of Zebu epigram:
lon and Naphtali and on the N. VV. Vi em Cappndncem nnritura momordit: stilln
’ nuts/to periit sanguine Cnppmlocts.
shore of the sea of Tiberias not very
distant from the confluence of the Jor Ixagdm, at, 1‘), (kindr. with Kéap,
p79,) the heart, as the seat and centre of
dan, comp. Matt. 4: 13 cig' Kmr. n‘1v
circulation and therefore of life in the
rupaOaXaaoiav Ev 691mg Zagouiuiw Kai
Nztpflakelp. It was for a time the resi. human system, Hom. ll. 10. 94. ib. 13.
dence of Jesus (Matt. 1. c.) and was 282. In N. T. only trop.
a) as the seat of the desires, feelings,
much frequented by him; hence called
1" ifiia :réhtg, Matt. 9: 1 coll. Mark 2: 1.
affections, passions, impulses, etc. the
Capernaum is not mentioned in the O. heart, the mind. (a) gem. Matt. 5: 8
T. and only once by Josephus, de Vit. oi Katlapoi 'rfi KapE/a. v. 28. 6: 21. Mark
sua § 72; it was probably therefore built 4:15. Lulre 1:17. John 14: l. Acts
after the exile. The exact site is at pre 11:23. Rom. 2: 5. 1 Cor. 4: 5 The
Bot/Mu; 115v Kapdtu'm. 2 Tim. 2: 22.
sent uncertain, but is supposed to have
been at a place called Tel Him between Heb. 8: 8, 12. 10: 22. al. step. So Sept.
for ib. Ps. 51: 12. Prov. 31: 11.—Phil‘.
Tabagha and the Jordan. Comp. Re
land Palaast. p. 682. Rosenm. Bib]. ed. R. VI. p. 314. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 28.
-—(,B) In phrases: in v. durti “pang,
Geog-r. II. ii. p. 68.—Matt. 4: 13. 8:5.
from the heart, i. e. willin ly, Matt. 18:
11: 23. 17:24. Mark 1:21. 2:1. 9:
35. Rom. 6: l7. (Luc. Jov. Trag. 19.)
33. Luke 4: 23,3l. 7: 1. 10:15. John
z'E ditng 117;‘ K. and iv 5kg 0.119319, with the
2: l2. 4: 46. 6:17, 24,59.
whole heart, Matt. 22: 37. Mark 12: 30.
Kavmikiiw, f. show, from 6 Kti'rrnltog Sept. for =Ee-’>=,=.3 Deut. 6: 5. Ps. 119; 34..
a retailer, huckster, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 42. (Luc. Philopatr. 18. Theocr. Id. 29. 4.
a vintner, inn-keeper, 121. V. H. 10.9. M. Antonin. 2. 3.) 1'] Kapdia mi 1') \Pvxfi
For the difference between KLIUNIMC and Fla one heart and one soul, i. e. entire
Elwropog, see in "E 1ropog. The Ke'nrqho: unanimity Acts 4: 3'2. irOupz'iaOat v.
were notorious or adulterating their Eialto-yilmfiai s'v 'rj Kapdiq ain'oi, to con
commodities, Sept. Is. 1:22. Luc. Her. sider with one's self, to reflect, Matt. 9: 4.
2 t7
 Kdgdioym'ra'mg 402
Luke 3: l5. a‘upédhhew Ev rfi K. to porn
der in mind Luke 2: 19. syntax"... Ev
if] K. v. Erri rip’ K. to come up in or into
one's heart, Luke 24: 38. Acts 7:23.
(Sept. Is. 65: 17. Jer. 3: 16.) Brim”
sic rz‘lv K. to put into one's heart, to sug.
gest, John 13: 2. Btadlttll ‘erri Kaphi'ag
to place upon the hearts, i. e. put into
them Heb. 10:16 coll. 8: 10. Rev. l7:
17. (Sept. Neh. 7: 5.) i'xzw iv Kapdia, K. rfic o’mpiwc fruit of the loins Acts 2:
to have in one's heart, i. e. to love, to
cherish, Phil. 1:7. elm: iv 'rflx. nvég
tabs in one's heart, to be the object of
his love, 2 Cor. 7: 3. dvr‘lp Kara 'rfiy
Kaphlav rwdc a man after one's own heart,
i. e. like-minded and therefore approved
and beloved‘, Acts 13: 22. a Kpvrrrog rfig
Kapdt'ag dvtlpunroc i. q. 6 Zoo; dvfiponroc
1 Pet. 3: 4. —- (y) By synecd. put for
the person himself, in cases where var
ious affections, passions, etc. are attri
buted to the heart or mind, comp. Gesen.
Lchrg.-p. 752, 753. Stuart § 475. 2.
John 16:22 Xapr’loerai illuo‘w i7 Kapdi'a.
Acts 2: 26 el'nppiiveq i] K. you. 14: 17.
Col.2:2. 2Thess.2: 17. James 1:26. 5:
5. so in ei-rreiv v. hé-yew e'v Ti} Kaphi'a to say
in one's heart, i. e. to think, see in El1rou
a Z. Matt. 24:48. Rom. 10: 6. Rev.
18: 7. See Gesen. Lex. “BE no. 2.
b) as the seat of the intellect accord
ing to the Heb. views, the heart, mind,
understanding. Matt. 13: 15 bis, Kai rii
Kaphia o'uvuIun. Mark 6: 52. Luke 24:
25. John 12:40. Rom. 1:21. 2 Pet. 1:
19. Eph. l: 18 in lat. edit. where text.
rec. 5iavoi'a. So Sept. and =2. Is. 6: 10.
Job 12:3. 84: 10. comp. Gesen. Lex.
:2‘: no. I. e. - Hom. I]. 21.4.4.1. _ So
Sz'a'fiai v. diarnpeiv Ev rii Kaphl'q to lay
up or hoop in 0210's mind Luke 1: 66. 2:
51.—In the sense of conscience, Rom. 2:
15. 1 John 3: 20 bis, 21.
c) trop. the heart of any thing for the
middle, midst, the central part, e. g. K.
rfic 717;: Matt. 12:40. So-Sept. and 5?!
Ez. 27:4. Jonah 2:4. AL.
Kaghmyva'wrng, 00, b, (Kapdi'a,
yin/dunno ,) heart-hnower,searcherofhearts ,
Acts 1: 24. 15:8. Found only in N. T.
Kagoro'g, 05, h,fruit, produce, both
of trees and plants and of the earth.
a) pp. Matt. 3: 10 Bévdpov In) 1roioi7v
Kapmiv Kahév. 13:8. Luke 12: 17 oi»:
i'xw 1rm': cut/(ism relic Kap1rol'ic poll. 13:
Kagflgéa;
6, 7, 9. John 12:24. 2 Tim. 2: 6. al.
Allegor. John 15: 2 ter, 5, 8. Also
r'nrodiddvai Kaprrm'rc to pay over the fruits
sc. a share of them as rent, Matt. 21:41.
Luke 20:10. Sept. for “.3 Ps. 1: 3.
Jer. 12: 2.—Diod. S. 236,49 init. Xen.
(Ec. 4. 8. Vect. 4. 6,9.—By Hebraism
of children, offspring, as Kaprrog n'lg
Koihlac fruit of the womb Luke 1: 42.
30. So Sept. and "'35: Gen. 30: 2. Mic.
6: 7. al.
b) metaph. fruit, i. e. (a) for deeds,
works, conduct, Matt. 3: 8 1roiho'arz Kap
1rov fiEiov rfic peravolag. 7: 16, 20. 21:
43. Luke 3: 8. al. Sept. for 713%‘?
Prov. 10: 16.—(B) for cfi‘ect, result, Rom.
15: 28. Gal. 5: 22 o Kaprrdg rot? 1rva'rpa
roq. Eph. 5: 9. Heb. 12: 11. James 3:
17. Sept. and “R Jer. 17: 10. Mic.
7: 13. —(-y) by impl. for profit, advan
tage,good. John 4: 36 Kai ouvc'iysi Kaprrov
tic Zen)!’ aidwuw. Rom. 1:13. 6: 21,
22. James 3: 18. al. So Sept. and “.5,
Ps. 58: 12.—Hdian. 8. 3. 15. Xen. Cyr.
7. 2. Il.—(3) Kap'lrdg 'nIw xsihs'nn' fi'uit
of the lips, i. e. praise Heb. l3: 15, in
allusion to Sept. Hos. 14:3 Kaprrdc Xu
M'wv for "15‘, where the Heb. now reads
B‘T? calves, bullocks. Comp. Sept. and
Heb. Prov. I2: 14. IS. 57: 19. AL.
Kaiga'og, 0v, 6, Corpus, pr. n. of
a man 2 Tim. 4: l3.
K¢§7r0¢0§éa), 5, f. flow, (A'tlp‘k'n
¢iipog,) to bear fruit, intrans.
:1) pp. Mark 4: 28 ai/ro'uirq yizp i; yii
Kflp'll'otpopfi. Sept. for n‘. Hab. 3: 16.
—Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Xen. Vect. 1. 5.
b) metaph. of life and conduct, genr.
Col. 1: 10 Kaprroqtopoi'wrec Ev rravri i'pyi‘u
i'z-yathp. Matt.l3:23. Mark 4:20. Luke
8: l5. Seq. dat. commodi et incom.
e. g. up 9a,; Rom. 7: 4, rq'i Savant: v. 5,
i. e. to live worthy of God or of death.
c) Mid. to bear fruit to one's self, i. e.
to propagate one's self, to increase. Col.
1: 6 eim'y'yt'hitiv ia'r: Kaprropopoi'rpn-ov Kai
aiIEal/o‘uevov.
Kagrrwo'gog, 00, 5,17, adj. (Kap'rrdg,
¢ipw,) fruit bearing, fruitful. Acts 14:
17 Kaipoi Kaprr. Sept. Eiikov K. for “.5; T?
Ps. 148: 9. yr', Ps. 107: 34.—Diod. Sic.
l. 74 xiiipa. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22 glob/mtg‘.
Kagfegiw, 5, f. haw (Kaprepoc fr.
Kz'iproc, i. q. rpm“) to be strong, firm,
 Kéggoog
to endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb. l l:
27 Toy doparov
Ecclus. the ogit.
2: 2. Diod. "v3.in: re’ rpm——
5 glhp Xen.
H. G. 3. l. 17.
Kégrpog, m, avg. r6, nam- to
become dry,) pp. something dry, 1. e.
any small dry particle, as of chafl',
wood, etc. a twig, mote, bit, put as the
emblem of lesser faults, opp. 50x69,
Matt. 7; 3,4,5. Luke 6; 41, 42 his. For
the Heb. proverb see Buxtorl‘. Lex. Rab.
2080.—Sept. Gen. 8: l. Anthol. Gr. IV.
p. 23. Luc. Astrol. 29. Hesych. xépipoc'
c'ixv 0v, xdprog, xepaia Ehhov hurry’).
ugxflao/W, 6110;, #1, (pp. pr. n.
Carthage,) in N. T. a carbunele Rev.
21: 19 in Mss. for Xaxnlé‘ov chalcedony.
Comp. Theophr. Fragm. [de Lapid.] 2.
18, et ibi Schneider.
Karat, prep. governing the geni
tive and accusative, with the primary
signif. down, i. e. down from, down upon,
down in, etc. Buttm. § 147. n. 4. Matth.
s 581. Winer§ 5t. p.327. § 53. p.340.
Passow in xaré.
I. With the genitive. E. g.
1. Of place, i. e. a) of motion down
from a higher to a lower place, e. g.
ran‘: r017 xpnpvm'l rig $c'ihao'uav down
from, i. e. down a precipice into the sea,
Matt. 8‘. 32. Mark 5113. Luke 8: 33.
So Kari: unpahfig E'xuv to have depend
ing from the head, 1 Cor. ll: 4, see in
'Exw c. 31.—Jos. B. J. l. "I. 5 Karim 117w
xprypmiv z'fifihrrouv Eaurou'lg. ib. 2.3. 3.
Xen. An. 4. 2. 17.
b) of motion down upon a lower
place, upon, Mark 14: 3 xaréxcev ailroii
Kari: rr'yg xe¢aXfig.-—Jos. B. J. 2.3. 2. ran‘:
“(pubic m'mDv fiqn'wav rd Bah) sc. from
the porticos. 1E1. V. H. 8.14. Xen.
Cyr. 5. l. 5. -— Trop. 1'; Kari: Beieouc
1rrwxc1’a lit. poverty down to the very
depths, i. e. deepest poverty, 2 Cor. 8:2.
—comp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5.
c) gem. of motion or direction upon,
towards, through, any place or object.
(at) pp. e. g. in the sense of upon,
against, Acts 27: 14 E'éahe xa'r' ailriic
c'ivcpog ru¢wmx6g.—Hdian. 6. 7.18. Dem.
403. 3. Comp. Matth. et Passow l. c.
In the sense of through, through
out. where rant 0. acc. is more usual.
Luke 4: I4 ¢tlllufl EEfiXBe m9‘ 5X1]; rfic
weptxu'rpov. 23: 5 5156mm“! m6‘ 5km; 1'7";
403 Karat
‘Iovsalag. Acts 9; 31, 42. 10. 37. For
adv. m6‘ 5X01’, see KaBéAou—Hom. Od.
6.102. 1121. V. H. 1.14.. Pol. 1. 17.10.
Comp. Passow rare’; no. 51.—(y) after
verbs of swearing, i. e. to swear upon or
by any thing, at the same time stretch
ing out the hand over, upon, towards it.
Matt. 26: 63 EEopxiZw as Kara 701-! 0.0.1.
Heb. 6: 13 his, d'tpoae xaO' Eauroii. v. 16.
Sept. for 2"??? 2 Chr. 36: 13. Is. 45:
23.—Dem. 553. 17. ib. 1268. 24. Comp.
Passow l. c.
2. Metaph. of the object towards or
upon which any thing tends, aims, etc.
upon, in respect to. 1 Cor. l5: l5.
Jude 15 1rotfia'ou xpl'o'w Kari: mivrwm—
Plut. de puer. Educ. 4 init. (I. p. 3.
Tauchn.) ii xaru r611‘ Text/Gav Kai 'nBv im
077N151’ Xé'yzw zirheapev. Xen. Cyr. l. 2.
16. Apol. $00.13. Comp.Buttm.Matth.
l. c. Lob. ad Phr. p. 272.-More usu
ally in a hostile sense, against, after
words of speaking, accusing, warring,
and the like. Matt. 5: 11 mir 1rov. fifipa
m6‘ inn-"w. v. 23 i'xu ri xarii 0017. lo:
35. 12: 14 oupgol'fluov Z'Xagov Km" m’!
roi. v. 30 1') p1‘, ‘In’ per’ Epoii, xar' z'poi
Em. 26: 59. Mark 11; 25. 14.: 55
sq. Luke 23: 14 13v Ka'rn'yopeirs xar' ail
r05. John 18:29. Acts 4:26. 16: 22.
21: 28. 2 Cor. l3: 8. Gal. 5: l7. al.
szep.—Palzeph. 6. 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 3.
Luc. D. Deor. l2. 1. Xen. Mem.l. 1. 1.
Comp. Passow no. 5.
II. With the accusative, where the
primary and general idea is down upon,
out over, etc. See the grammarians as
above cited, and Winer § 53. d. p. 340.
1. Of place, i. e. a) of motion expr.
or impl. or of extension out over, through ,
throughout a place. Luke 8:39 m0’
5km’ rfiv mihw mpl'lo'ouv. l5: 145'72'1'6
TO Mp6; xariz rr)v )So'ipav e'xu'vqv. Acts
5: l5. 8: I. H: l ov-reg Kurd Thy '10::
am’... who were throughout Judea. 15: 23.
24: 12. so 1ropei/w6ut Kari! rfiv 656v to
travel through, i. e. along the way Acts
8: 36, and genr. :a-riz r1)v 6561/ along or
n the way, while travelling upon it,
Luke 10: 4. Acts 25: 3. 26: 13.—Jos.
Ant. 1. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. I. 72 oi Kari: n‘pv
A‘i-ywrrov. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22. Mem. 3.
5. ll t'zpwrel'lovrzg Kai Kari‘: 'yfiv xal K.
951A. Thuc. 5. 3 m6‘ oBo'm—Hence
from the idea of motion throughout every
part of a whole, arises the distributive
2 t‘. 2
 Karat 404 Kara’

sense of rant, e. g. Matt. 24.: 7 ran‘: orfor one's self, alone, Acts 28: 16 pe'rnv
réroug throughout all places, in various mO' Eat/row. Rom. 14: 22. James 2: 17.
parts. Luke 8: l 51.35.». xa-rc‘i miluv xal Comp. Matth. l. c. p. 1155.—-Xen. A11.
xdipnv, throughout city and village, i. e. 6. 2. ll. Cyr. 7. 4. 15.—(y) seq. acc. of
every one, generally. v. 44. 9: 6. 13: 22. thing implying place, 6. g. ran‘: rpéim
Acts 2: 46 Kltd'wre'c re m1" olroy t‘ip-rov,_ miv rwog in the presence of, before any
i. e. from house to house. 8: 3. 14.: 23. one Luke 2:31. Acts 3: 13. Without
15:91, 36. 22: 19. al.—Diod. S. 2. 98 genit. Acts25: l6. 2 Cor. 10:1. c. gen.
sari: m5 ag. Hdian. 2. 15. ll. Thuc. impl. e. g. at'n'm‘; Acts 25: 16. £4417“!
l. 122. dot. l. 196 xard Ku'iluag Exo'w'rac. 2 C01‘. 10: I. So m1" 6¢Hakpoim sc.
Comp. Passow xa-rd II. 2. See below iipfiw Gal. 3: l.—Metaph. of a state or
in no. 3. condition in which any thing is or is
b) of motion or situation upon, at, done, thus implying also manner; e. g.
near to, adjacent to, etc. Luke 10:32 nor‘ am in or by a dream, Matt. 1: 20.
ysvépsvoc Kari; row ré'rrov. v. 33 fiAOE 2: 12, 13. (Jos. Ant. 1. 19. l ward rm);
xar‘ min-(iv. Acts 2: 10 rfic Alglllflc 'rfig I'hrvovg.) 1 Cor. 2: l fikflov on’: m9’
Kari: Kvpfimyv. 16: 7. 27: 2 for); Kari! inrspoxfiv M-yuu I came not in ercellaicy
rfiv 'Aui'ay rdrovc i. e. places on and of speech. Adverbially, xar' EEovaiav
near the coast of Asia Minor. v. 7.— Mark 1:27, see in ’E£oum’a a. Kari:
Diod. S. 1. 22. Xen. An. 5. 2. 16, 23. xpr'irog strongly, vehemently, Acts 19: 20.
c) of motion or direction upon, i. 6. (Thuc. 1. 64..) xa-r' ifiiaw in private, see
towards any place. Acts 8: 26 nopn’mv in "mm a. xarc‘i Pam see in Kara
Kari! lusa'rlpéplav. 27 : 1'2 Mpévu BM ;idvac. So not)’ inrcpéokfiv i. e. exceed
1rov1'a Karo Aiga. Phil. 3: 141 xarii axo ingly, Rom. 7: 13. Gal. 1: 13. 2 Cor.
wov Biu’mm—Thuc. 7. 6 c'hrsp m0’ aim-oi); 4: 17, see in 'Y-rrtpfioh'y' or excellently,
fir i. q. over against. Xen. An. 7. 2. l. par excellence, 1 Cor. 12: 31. Also oi
Trop. xarii 1rpéo'w1rov ('wrwrfivai, to with Kar' e'Eoxr’lv those in distinction i. q. the
stand one to hisface, Gal. 2: 11.—Soph. distinguished Acts 25: 23. Comp. Buttm.
Trach. 102 xa-r' hypo. Xen. Hi. l. 14' § 125. 6.
KM’ d¢0aX mic. 2. Of time i. e. of a period or point
d) of p ace where, i. e. of being at, of time down upon which, i. e. in, at,
in, within a place, where sometimes iv during which, any thing takes place,
might be employed though not strictly e. g. Kari: rd din-6 at the same time, to
synonymous, just as in Engl. ‘ at a gether, Acts 14: 1 see in Aim-69 III. a. y.
house’ and ‘in a house’ may be used Rom. 5: 6 xarc‘i xcupovin due time. Acts
interchangeably, comp. Winer l. c. 12: 1 rar' e’xeivov row xaipov during that
p. 340 marg. (a) seq. acc. of place, time. 19:23. Rom. 9: 9. Acts I3: 27.
as Rom. 16: 5 n)v xar' olxov ail 16:25 Kari: To pwom'mriov about mid
ru'w 'znxXnalav the church at or in night. 27: 27. Heb. l: 10 0'!) nor‘ hpxég
their house, i. e. accustomed to meet in the beginning, of old. 3: 8 ua-riz rip’
there. 1 Cor. 16: 19. Philem. 2. Acts ilpe'pav 106 1rupaa'poi during the time of
13: 1 float! Kari! rr‘lv ixxknolav 1rpo¢firat temptation. 9:9. Sept. for? Gen. 18:
x. r. )t.--Luc. D. Deor. 20. 13 xar'i‘taru 10. Comp. Gesen. Lex. '3 B. 3. Pas
Zip’. Diod. Sic. 2. 28 roig Kan‘: n)v 1rd sow Ka'rti II. 7. Winer § 53. d. p. 340.
)uv. Palaeph. 5. 3 Kpl'ltllat xa-riz 717V.— -2 Macc. 11:12. Diod. Sic. 4.. 9. Hdot.
([3) seq. acc. of pers. implying place, in, l. 67. Thuc. 3. 99. — So distributively,
with, among. Acts 21: 21 T01); Kan‘: rd comp. above in no. 1. a, also no. 3 be
E0107 'IouBaiouc the Jews dispersed among low. E. g. 1.110‘ ilpe'pav daily,every day,
(pp. throughout) the Gentiles. 26: 3 ru'w Matt. 26: 55. Mark 14,: 49. al. also r6
Karo. 'Iouhaiovc 200V. 17: 28 TU’E‘L‘ 117V Kafi'fiiu'pav Luke 11:3. 19:47. xar'
rat)‘ ilpdc 1ronlru'w i. e. your own poets. grog, xar' Emaurév, yearly, every year,
18: 15. Eph. l: 15 Thu Kati‘ iquig m'm'iv. Luke 2: 4.1. Heb. 9:25. 10:1, 3. xard
—-Diod. Sic. 4. 8 ix r017 Kali’ ain'oi/c z'oprfiv at each passover Matt. 27: l_5.
Biou. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. ll. —- So m0’ Luke 23:17. Kai-(‘1 xaipév at certain
éavrov in or with one's self, pp. in one's times, from time to time, John 5: 4.
own house, chez soi, and hence genr. by Kurd piav aaé’fiéruv every first day of
 Karol 405 Karat

the week I Cor. 18:2. Also Acts l7: 2. 7. l.—Adverbially, as Luke 10: 31
l7 mril minor fifu'pav. 18: 4. Heb: 3: ran‘: ov-ywplav by chance, accidentally.
13 m6' Emia-rnv hp. Rev. 22: 2 x. pfiva (Hdot. 8.87 mi. Tl’lxfly.) John 1023
Eva EKGUTOIh—LUO- D. Deor. 24.2. Thuc. Kai" b'vopa. Acts 18: 14 Kara Ao'yov rea
3.37, 58. Xen. An. 3. 2. l2. sonably. (Luc.Icarom.18.) 1 Cor. 14:
3. In a distributive sense, derived 40. Eph. 6: 6. Phil. 3: 6 Karo Zfihov
strictly from the idea of pervading all zealously. 1 Pet. 3: 7 Kari: ywfm'w dis
the parts of a whole; so of place see creetly. So ran‘: rl, how P Luke 1: 18.
above in no. 1. a, and of time see in no. ([3) of an occasion, by virtue of, be
2. Also gem. of any parts, number, cause of. for, by, tbrougll,where the idea
etc. e. g. xara pe'poc i. e. part for part, of accordance, adaptedness, still lies at
particularly, Heb. 9: 5. (2 Macc. 2: 30. the bottom, comp. Winer l. c. p. 34l.
Pol. 1.4. 3, 6.) of number, m9‘ Eva Matth. l. 0. Matt. 19:3 lurohl'wat n‘lv
oneby one 1 Cor. 14:31, see in Etc l). 'y, yuva'lxa ailrol'r Kara m'wav al'rlav for any
as also for oi xa6' Eva, mfl' i'v, zit‘ rat)‘ cause. Acts 3:17 Kara ('i-yrotaw because
sic, etc. Also xara 560 two and two of ignorance, ignorantly. Rom. 2: 5.
1 Cor. 14:27. Comp. Passow xarc't 11.2. 2 Cor. 8:8. Gal. 1: 4. 2: 2. Eph. 1: 5
Matth. l. c. \Viner l. c.—El. V. H. 2. 1. sq. 3:3. Phil. 2: 3. 4:11. 2 Thess. 2:
Xen. An. 4. 7. 8. 9. I Tim. 1: l. Philem. 14 acar' riwi-yxnv.
4. Tropically as expressing the rela Heb. 2: 4. al. saep.—2 Mace. 6: 11. Jos.
tion in which one thing stands towards Ant. 4. 8. 23 xa-r’ lihltnv airt'av. Diod.
another, thus also every where implying Sic. xur' t’wt'xyxnv. Xen. An. 7. 3. 39.
manner. Spoken (y) of any general reference,allusion,
:1) Of accordance, conformity, etc. etc. in respect to, as to, Winer and
E. g. (a) of a norm, rule, standard of Matth. l. c. Rom. 1:3 Er mre’p . Anglo
comparison, etc. according to, conform Kara o'cipt'a. 9: 5. ll: 28. hil. 3: 6
ably to, after, secundum, see Passow II. ran‘: rflv otxatoa'i'n’rlv. Tit. l: 4. Heb. 9:
4. Matth. l. c. p. H53. Winer l. c. p. 9 ran‘: a'urcibno'w. 1 Pet. 4: 14.—Jos.
340. Matt. 9: 29 xara rfiv 1riarw i416)! B. J. 4. 4. 3 Km" E'uavrriv. Palazph. 32.
'yzvnor'rrw ilp'iy. 23: 3 Kurt; ril E'p'yu ail 5 Kari: ys'voc AiOion-eg. Hdot. l. 49. ib.
‘rt-711;“) mud-re. Mark 7: 5. Luke 2: 22 2. 3. -—-Hence seq. acc. with a preced.
Kari: rbv vii/tor M. v. 39. 23: 56. John article it forms a periphrase for the cog
8: l5 Karo rr‘lv o'c'lpxa roll/ere i. e. from nate adjective, e. g. Rom. 11: 21 oi ma
external circumstances. l9: 7. Acts 22: (pt/ow natural sc. branches. Col. 3: 22
12. 23: 31. 26: 5. Rom. 2: 2 Earl Kara r079 Kara m'rpm rupz'otg. So riz Kara rbv
d/Vfinav i. q. e’ori {0016/19. v. 6, 7. 8: 4, Haikov Paul's affairs, his cause, Acts
5, Karl: adpxa, Kara ‘uni/ta, i. e. con 25: I4. rc‘: car’ e'pé my afl'airs Eph. 6: 2!
tormably to the will of the flesh or of Col. 4: 7.—2 Mace. 3: 16. Diod. Sic.
the Spirit. 10: 2. 14: 15. Eph. 4: 22. l. 10 1'; euro ¢baw [in-Mac. El. V. H. 2.
Col. 2:8. al. saep. Sept. for 7,’ Ps. 7: 9. 42. Thnc. 1. 138. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 16
al.—Palaeph. 32. 11. Diod. Sic. 1. 73. Ta m6’ fiyc'tc— Also in phrases, e. g.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 3. ib. 2. 3. 15, 16.—So ma miv-ra in all respects, in all things,
c. acc. of person, i. e. according to the Acts 3: 22. Heb. 2; 17. (Thuc. 4. 81.)
will of any one, Rom. 8: 27 ran‘: 956v. mrit mivra rpb'rrov in every respect, every
2 Cor. 7: 9,10,11. 1 Pet. 4: 6. Rom. way, Rom. 3: 2. c. neg. 2 Thess. 2: 3.
15: 5. 1 Cor. 12:8. by command of any Buttm. § [47. p. 412. (2 Macc. 11:31.
one 2 Cor. 1]: 17. according to the nor P01. 1. 88. 1].) m6’ 500v by how much,
rative or writing of any one, only in the i. e. inasmuch, quatenus, Heb. 3: 3. 7: 20.
inscriptions ol' the gospels. (2 Mace. 2: Karl: room'n'ov insomucb 7:22. 16 xar' inc’,
l3. Plat. Phaedr. l Kara Illrbapov as lit. ‘ as to what concerns me,’ so far as
Pindar says. Cratyl. 18.) Gal. 1: 11 in me lies, Rom. 1:15. 1 Cor. 15:32
vi“: {on can‘: t'irtipanror, is not human see in Oqpmluaxc'M—Xen. ll. G. l. 6. 5
i. e. of human origin.--\Vith the idea Tami-‘Elna’. Comp. Matth.§ 283. Buttm.
ol'proportion, Matt. 2: I6. 25: 15 c'xc'w'rrp s 125. n. 5.
Kara n)!’ 15in!’ bin'aftu'. Rom. 12: 6. b) Of likeness, similitude, etc. like,
1 Cor. 3:8. 2 Cor. 10: 13.—Xen. Mem. after the manner of 2 Cor. l: 17 et 10:
 Kwmgal'm 406 KaraCaiAM
2 xaréi miprw. i. e. like a frail and feeble 9. Sept. for "2‘: Job 7: 9. Jonah 2: 7.
man. Heb. 5: 6, 10. Kurd 'rfiv 'réEw MEA (Hdian. 8. 2. l. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 5.)
Xwedék i. e. of an order like that of Mel e’vrl 11):’ Sékamrav down upon the sea
chisedec. Acts 13: 22 see in KapBZa a share so. from the mountain John 6: 16.
[3. Sept. for 3, Deut. 4.: 32. Lam. 1: l2. (Xen. Ag. 1. 18.) 1rpég nva Acts 10:
(Luc. Musc. Eric. 1. Hdot. 2. 92 pa’ 21. 14:11. Sept. for ‘11': Ex. 19:14..
yatlog Kan‘: pfikov.) So 0. acc. of pers. Absol. Matt. 24: 17. Luke 6: 17. John
Gal. 4: 28 Kari: 'Iaao'u: like Isaac, as 5:7. — Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 8.—Spoken of
Isaac. Rom. 3: 5 et Gal. 3: 15 ran‘: those who go from a higher to a lower
avopwov Ae'yw I speak as a man, and region of country, e. g. 1m‘. 'Ispova'akiyp
also with the idea of a common man Mark 3: 22. Luke 10: 30. seq. rig,
1 Cor. 3: 13.—Luc. Pisc. l2. Arr. Exp. John 2: 12 eig Kanzpyuol'lp. Acts 7: 15
Alex. 3. 27. 10. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 30.— £19 A'i-yvnrov. 14:25. 16: 8. al. Absol.
Adverbially, x116’ 5v TPOI‘II'OII as, even as, Luke 2:51. John 4: 47. Acts 8: 15. 24.:
Acts 15: ll. m-réz rain-é, thus, so, Luke 1. Sept. for "31 Gen. 12: 10. 4.2: 3.
17: 30. [6: 23, 26.] x116’ bpotornra, like, al. saep—Hdot. 5. 206. Xen. H. G. 3.
similarll , Heb. 4: 15. 4. ll. —- Spoken of those who descend,
0) Of the end, aim, purpose, towards come down from heaven, e. g. God as at‘
which any thing is directed,jbr, by way fording aid to the oppressed, Acts 7:
of, etc. 2 Cor. 11:21 Karil éfl'ui'av [i‘ufiv 34, quoted from Ex. 3: 8 where Sept.
v. {416311 v. ain'u‘w] )te'yw I say it by way for "73:. Of the son of man, seq. in
of disparagement, reproach. 1 Tim. 6: John 6: 38, 42. seq. c’uré l Thess. 4:16.
3 1'] xar’ n'm'a'gsiav 8.5.903. 2 Tim. 1: l. 01' the Holy Spirit, seq. 6': John 1: 32.
Tit. l: l.—Jos. Ant. 3. ll. 4. Karin rr)v in’ rwa Luke 3: 22. John 1:33. of
npfiv r017 $5017 rm'iro 1rou3v. Palaeph. 4,3. an els7 seq. £5 oi/pavoi Matt. 28: 2. iv
4. Thuc. 6. 31 Kari: se'av fiKfll'. Hdot. c. at. of place whither John 5: 4., see
2- 152. in El; no. 4.. e’m’ 'rwa John 1: 52 see in
'Avagat'vw. Sept. for ‘If’: Gen. 28:19.
Now. In composition xara'im lies:
1. motion downwards, as xaraéiu'nu, Of Satan as cast down from heaven, Rev.
Kaecupe'w, xara‘rrin'rw, etc. 2. against, 1-2: 12, comp. v. 9,10.
in a hostile sense, as Kara'yu'timxw,xarn 1)) spoken of things, e. g. a way lead_
yopc'w, Karahuhc'w. 3. distribution, as ing down from a higher to a lower tract
xaraxknposoréw. 4. in a general sense, of country, Acts 8: 26 656v rfiv Ka'rag
down, down upon, and. also throughout, am‘. 'Izpova. elg I‘éZav. So ‘OJ Sept.
where it often cannot be expressed in KuTc't'yl-l Prov. 7:27. Of things descend.
English, and is then to us simply in ing from heaven, i. e. let down or sent
tensive. 5. Sometimes it gives to an down from God, e. g. a vessel Acts 10:
intrans. verb a transitive sense, as l l. 11: 5. spiritual gifts seq. c'urd James
xarap-yz'w. Comp. Buttm. § 14.7. n. 9. I: 17. the new Jerusalem 1‘) xarafi. be
Passow xarc'r. IV. Viger. p. 638. AL. 701-! 0139. 1'11"‘: 7. 9505 Rev. 3: 12 in an
anacoluthon. So genr. from the heavens,
Ka'mgm'vw, f. fir'laopai, (fial'vun) the clouds, to fall, e. g. 7') flpoxv'l Matt.
aor. 2 Ku're'gnv, imper. Kanignfll and 7: 25, 27. (J08. Ant. 2. 16. 3.) Am'Ami/
xaréga Mark 15: 30. Buttm. § 107.n.I, Luke 8:23. nip (11:-o r017 obp. Luke 9:
14. § 114. fiaz'wm—To go or come down, 54.. 1r17p Ex r06 013p. Rev. 13: 13. So
to descend, sc. from a higher to a lower Sept. and ‘IF: 2 K. 1: 10, 12.—Also in
place, intrans. the general sense of to firll, to drop,
a) spoken of persons etc. seq. z'uré e. g. of sweat, o'mci spripgoc a'l'parog
0. gen. of place whence. Matt. 8: l Karaé. int 'n‘p/ 'yfiv Luke 22: 44. -——
xa'ragdvn 5e‘ ain't‘; c’urd TOi-l 59011;. 17: 9. Ecclus. 32 or 35: 15 Edi-pm: E1ri arm/lira
Blank 9: 9. Matt. 14: 29 Fun‘! ‘r017 whoiov. Karagalvu. AL.
Mark 152 30 Kafliga inn) Tol'l m'avpofi. K emfiénw, r. 5am, (Ban...) :0
Sept. for 1? ‘'5: Ex. 34:29. Judg. 4.: cast down, trans. e. g. from heaven,
14'. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 6.) Seq. :19 c. acc. Rev. l2: [0 Kareghfiflrp o xarr'ryopog.
of place whither, Mark 13: 15 ,m‘, Kara (Pol. 1.24.. 12. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 4L)
Gérw zig rip! oim'uv. Acts 8: 38. Eph. 4.: In the sense to prostrate, 2 (For. 4: 9.
 KwruCagéw 407 Kot'rol'yvuu!
Sept. for ‘as? Ps. 73: 18.—Luc. D. In'rrpav KaragaMépeva. Galen. do Po
Deor. l4. 2. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 14.. ib. l. tent. I. This seems to have been a
4. 8.—Mid. to lay down sc. a foundation, technical mode of expression, see the
Heb. 6: l.-—Jos. Ant. 15. ll. 3. Pol. passages collected by Wetstein in loc.
10. 27. 9. KwHzgfOtcEl/Ml, f. chow, (fipaficim
Kwrafiugiw, 5, f. {160), (flapéw q. v.) to give the prize against any one,
q. v. ult.) to bear down, to weigh down to deprive of the palm, Zonar. in Can. 35
so. as a burden; in N. T. trop. to burden Cone. Laod. r6 p1) row um'lo'avra azwav
in a pecuniary sense, 0. acc. 2 Cor. l2: Tot? lipagelov, C’LAA‘ e'rc'pqi 515611110. aim‘;
[6. Comp. 2 Sam. l3:25.-genr. Diod. I’IE/lfiOUFél/OU r06 vin'jo'av'rog. In N. T.
Sic. 19. 24. P01. 18. 4. 4. trop. to deprive of a due reward, to de
fi‘aud, trans. Col. 2: 18.—Dem. 544. ult.
Kd'l'acolfl/"W, i. q. Karagape'w, to
weigh down, to oppress. Pass. of the Kuwwmés, éwg, b,(xara-y'ye'l\hw,)
eyes, Mark 14: 40 oi 6¢6. Ktlfagapvvti an announcer, proclaimer, Acts 17:18.
pivot in later edit. for flegapnpe'vot in Kot't‘ot'y'yélxltw, f.-ye>\&,(mrc'1 intens.)
text. rec.—pp. Sept. Joel 2:8. 2 Sam. aor. 2 pass. KGTYI'YYEIAIIV Acts 17:13, see
14:26. trop. Ecclus. 8: l5. Buttm. § 101. n. 4.; pp. to bring word
KwréGumg, 2mg, 1%,, (mméalvw) down upon any one, i. q. to bring it
a going down, e. g. towards the coast home to him, trans. Hence
Xen.. An. 7. 8. 26. In N. T. descent a) to announce, to proclaim, to publish.
i. e. place of descending, declivitg, Luke Acts 13: 38 bpiv iiipsaic dpap'rnIw
19: 37 A‘GTdg. r017 b'povg ra'w c’Aauiv. Karay'yz'ltheran—JOS. Ant. 3. 8. 6. Pol.
Sept. for ‘Pf’: Josh. 10: ll. Mic. 1:4. 4. 53. 2. Xen. An. 2. 5. 38.-— In the
-—Pol. 1'1. 15. 8. Xen. An. 3. 4,. 37. sense of to laud, to celebrate, Rom. l: 8.
1 Cor. 11:26.
Kwmcttgégw, f. do'w, (Brfiéfw) b) by impl. to preach, to setfbrlh, t0
to cause to descend, to bring down. e. g. inculcate. Acts 4: 2 Kara'y'yz'hhgiv rr‘lv
in); {i500 Matt. 11:23. Luke 10:15. riva'o'raaw rr‘yv e'x rcxpo'iv. l3: 5. 15:36.
Sept. for run Ez. 31:16, 18. 28:8. _ 16:17, 21.17:3,13, 23. 26:23. 1 Cor.
Hdot. 8. 119. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18. H. G. 2: l. 9: 14. Phil. 1: 16 Xpurrov k‘flTa'y.
4. 6. 5. V. 13. Col. 1:28.
Karacoltj, 17;, i], (Karugo'tMw) KOtTOtQ/Elxfliw, 07, t‘. a'o'w, ('yehu'un)
a casting down, i. e. to laugh at sc. in scorn, to deride, seq.
a) a laying down, f0unding,jb1mdation, gen. Matt. 9: 24' Kai xarryéhwv abrol'l.
in N. T. only in the phrase xarafi. rob Mark 5:40. Luke 8: 53. Comp. Buttm.
L'o'a'tou fbundation of the world i. e. the s 132. 5. a. Sept. for :2‘; Job 21. 3.
creation, beginning of the world, Matt. Prov. 17:5. F75? Job 30: l.—-lF.l. V. H.
13=35. 25:34.. Luke 11.50. John 17. 9. 37. Xen. An. 2. 6. 23.
24. Eph. l: 4. Heb. 4: 3 see in Kalroi. Kurwywa'm'zw, f. yvbeopm, (yt.
9:26. 1 Pet. 1: 20. Rev. 13:8. 17:8. 1'u':m.'w,) to know or note against any one,
— Plut. Aq. et Ignis Comp. 2. Mor. to his dié‘advantage, Sept. for "F3: Prov.
V. p. 422. Tauchn. ('ipa 'r‘fi 'tl'ptitT‘Yl Kara 28: ll. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. Hence in
gohf] rd'w dvepih-rrwv. Diod. Sic. 12. 32. N. T. to think ill of, to condemn, to blame,
POL I3. 6. 2.
seq. gen. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. 1 John 3:
b) of seed, a casting in,trop. Heb. 11:
20 E501 Kam'yimboxg {Univ 1') xapbia. v.21.
ll Ez'n'apw Zhageu sic saragohfiu a1rr'p
Pass. Gal. 2: 11 (in xare-yvwopc'vog flu
parog, lit. strength for the casting in (im
because he had incurred blame ,- others,
planting) of seed, i. e. strength for con
ception, procreation. - Hippocr. Apho ‘ he deserved blame.’ See Winer Comm.
rism. IV. 'ra K110i! eva Ev ,uc‘v 7Q 1rpdirrp in loc.—Ecclus. 14.: 2. Jos. Ant. 4. l. l.
)gnimp 'riic KGTG ohfig rofi a-rrs’pparog.
Dem. 14.02. 24'. Hdian. 5. 2. l2.
- rr. Epict. l. 13. 3 vii};- Ex ru'w aimiv Kdfti'yl'l-lflll, f. xa'ra'lfu, aor. l
mrrppc'irwv Kai 'rfig ab-rfig iivwflev Kara xare'uEa, nor. 2 pass. xarea'ynv, for the
gohfig. So Karagz'iMew mre'ppa'ra, t!. g. augm. see Winer§ l2. 2. Buttm. § 114
l“. Antonin. 4. 36 ans'ppara eig 'yijvfi ii'yl'v/u. § 84.. n. 5. Anom. fut. Att.
 Kat'rdyw 408
rarza't'w Matt. 12:20, prob. to distinguish
it from fut. of Kard'yw, Passow sub
li-yvului. Buttm. § 114 t‘i'yvupi. Matth.
§ 222. p. 4.29. — To break down, to
break in two. Matt. 12: 20 xéltapov auvr.
ob rarea'Eu. John 19: 31 in: xareayiba'iv
aimi'w n‘: axéhn. v. 32, 33. Sept. for $3.3
Jer. 48: 25.— Pol. 1. 37. 2. Xen. An.
4. 2. 20.
Ka'rdyw, f. 65..., (ii-yap.) to lead
down, trans.
a) of persons, to bring or conduct down,
sc. from a higher to a lower place,
region, seq. Eig Acts 9: 30 xa'rt'rya'yov
abrbv eig Kawi'ipeiav. 23: 20, 28. seq.
1rpéc nva 23: 15. absol. 22: 30. Rom.
10:6. Sept. for “Th-‘1 0. cl; 1 K. 1:33.
1rpo'g Gen. 44.: 21.—Hdian. 8. 1. 3 dc.
Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. Ag. 1. 18.
b) as a nautical term, to bring down to
land so. a ship, Luke 5: l l xara-ya-yévrsc
rii nkoia Erri rnv yfim—Sext. Empir. A.
Phys. 2. 68 vfizg sic e're'povg mrdyorrai
Xrpe'vag. Xen. An. 6. 6. 3.—Hence aor.
1 pass. Ka-rr’IXOnr, to come to land, to
land, to touch, Acts 21:3. 27:3. 2B: 12.
—Jos. Ant. 14. 14:. 3 El; Bpcvrr’la'iov
xaréyerai he (Herod) landed at Brun
dusium.
KttTN/YGJWZOfMZI, f. imam, depon
Mid. (r'i-ywvllopau) to contend against,
and by impl. to conquer, to subdue, e. g.
flamku'ag Heb. 11: 33.— Jos. Ant. 7. 2.
2. El. V. H. 4. 8.
Karabéw, f. at“), (eat) to bind
down, in! 520,119] xa-rabfioai Hom. ()d. 15.
443. Luc. Asin. 16. In N. T. tobind
together, to bind up, sc. wounds, rpm’:
yard Luke 10: 34:. Sept. for ‘531',’ Ez.
34:: 4:, 16.—Ecclus. 27: 21.
Kwrdbnkog, 00, .3, ,7, adj. (A‘G‘l'l'l
intens. 51711043) most evident, Heb. 7: l5.
—Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 2. Xen. Mem. 1.
4|. l4.
Kumamtgw, 1". am, (east...) :0 fend against decorum.— Ecclus. 22: 5.
give sentence against any one, to con
demn, in N. T. seq. ace. of pers. Matt.
12:7, 37. absol. Luke 6: 37 bis. James
5: 6. So Sept. for 2'"??? Ps. 37: 33.-—
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3. Diod. Sic. 14:. 4.
More usually in classic writers seq. gen.
of pers. Xen. H. G. 7. 4t. 33. Comp.
Passow sub v.
I
Ka'mbmn, n9, 1", (81:01,) sentence
Kumw'xbm
against, condemnation, Acts 25: 15 in
some Mss. for Slxn— Jos. B. J. 4.. 5. 2.
Hdian. 7. 4. 15.
Ka'mbnbxu, f. Eu, (xa-n'z intens.)
to pursue closely sc. an enemy Xen. An.
4. 2. 5. Sept. for HT.‘ Judg. 7: 25. ——
In N. T. to follow closely, 50. in order to
find, seq. aco. Mark 1: 36. So Sept.
and H32 Ps. 23: 6.
Kot'mbouko'w, 5, f. bow, (50:116....)
pp. to slave down, i. e. to bring under
bondage, to enslave, trans. 2 Cor. 11: 20.
Mid. to make a slave for one's self, Gal.
2: 4| 'ira ilpfig Karabovhibo'uvrai that they
might make us their slaves. Sept. for
Ex. 1: 14:. 6: 5.—1 Macc- 8: 10.
Thuc. 3. 70. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 13.
Ka-raibvma'rebw, f. draw, (811m.
a'ru'nn fr. bur/darn“) to exercise power
against any one, i. e. to overpower, to
qzpress, seq. gen. James 2: 6 obx oi
1rl\oz'nnoi Karaduvaarebouaw iqid'w ,- Pass.
as if c. accus. Acts 10: 38. Sept. 0. gen.
for ‘5;? 2 Sam. 8: 11. c. acc. for "3"?!
Jer. 22: 3.—-c. gen. Diod. Sic. 13. 73.
c. acc. Xen. Conv. 5. B.
Kardtlenot, (1705', To’, strictly from
irara-riflnyi and hence pp. ‘ a laying
down ;' but in N. T. prob. corrupted
for xarava'tkpa i. q. i’wétlslua but
stronger, a curse, Rev. 22:3 in later
edit. for mram'iflqm in text. rec. Not.
found in profane writers.
Karulleawnzw, f. law, (xardtlepa,
q. v.) to curse, absol. Matt. 26: 74. in
later edit. instead of KGTKIWIOEPGTI'ZW in
text. rec. from which it is prob. cor
rupted.-—Chrysost. in Ps. 77. Iron. c.
Haer. l. 13. 4:. ib. 1.16. 8. Not found
in profane writers.
Karumxbvw, f. wib, (aiqbm) to
bring down shame upon, i. e.
a) to dishonour, to disgrace, trans. e. g.
n‘pv mpuh’w 1 Cor. 11:41, 5, i. e. to of
Jos. Ant. 20. 4. 2. Hdian. 5. 1. 17.
b) i. q. alaXz'n/w but stronger, to shame,
to put to shame, trans. (0.) pp. Luke 13:
17. 1 Cor. 1:27 bis, 'ira ‘robe ao¢orig
narawxbvp. ll: 22. 2 Cor. 7: 14:. 9: 4.
1 Pet. 3: 16. Sept. for ion: 2 Sam. 19:
5. — Luc. D. Deor. 22. 3. Xen. An.
8. lo 30.—(l3) From the Heb. by meton.
of cause for efi'ect, to frustrate one's hope,
 Kamxm'm 409
to disappoint. Rom. 5: 5 #15:‘ ékrric oi;
xaramxi'wu. 9: 33 et 10: 11 et 1 Pet.
2: 6 1rd; ('1 ma-rct'mw in" aim; 01': KGTGL
o'xuvfir'lo'erat, quoted from Is. 28: 16
where Sept. for Y'I‘UE'. Sept. for ‘ME
Ps. 22: 6. 44118. 119131, 116.—Ecclus.
'2: 10.
KMTMIMUIW, f. Kaila'w, (Kalw,) aor.
2 pass. Karsxénv, fut. 1 pass. xaraxauflfi
aopai Rev. 18: 8, and also in the later
usage int. 8 pass. xaraxar'wo (1L 1 Cor.
3: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 10. comp. iner§l5.
p. 79. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 16!.
—Ta burn down, to consume utterly, i. q.
in Engl. to burn up, trans. Matt. 3: 12
H) (‘ixvpov Karaxm'wu mlpi dage'a'np. 13:
30, 40. Luke 3:17. Acts 19: 19.
1001‘. 3:15. Heb. 13: ll. 9 Pet. 3:10.
Rev. 8:7 his. 17: 16. 18: 8. Sept. for
=12? Ex.32= 19. Lev. 6: 30.-1 Macc.
5: 68. Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Xen. Cyr. 4.
6. l.
Karazakt'm'rw, f, 4110, (xaM'nrrw,)
to cover sc. with a veil etc. which hangs
down, comp. in Kurd I. l. 8.. hence
to veil,- in N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to
be veiled, to wear a veil, absol. 1 Cor. 11:
6 bis. seq. rfiv xepakfiv v. 7, comp.
Buttm. § 134.. 6, or§ 135. 4. Sept. for
‘*9? Gen. 38: 15. Is. 6: 52.—Jos. Ant.
7. 10. 5. act. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4.. ll.
Kamxauxéofnm, Spoon, 1". {'00
}uu, depon. Mid. (xauxa'opat,) to boast
one's self against any person or thing, to
glory over, seq. gen. Rom. 11:18 bis,
pr) Karaxauxii ré'w rlta'fiwv x. r. X. seq.
xcmi James 3: 14. Hence James 2: 13
waraxavxfi'rat 5M0: [for 001101‘. ('1 ZMEW]
xpi'cwg- i. e. the merciful man glories
over judgment, fears not condemnation.
Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 31.—Sept. Jer.
50: 10, 38. Eschyl. Pers. 350 or 352.
Kwraixeqwm, f. u'a'opat, (xe'lpa¢,)
to lie down, i. e. to lie, to be recumbent,
intrans. Comp. Buttm.§ 109. II.
a) spoken of the slck,seq. part. Mark
1:30 xarc'xu-ro 1rupe'aa'ouaa she lay sick
of a fever. Acts 28: 8. seq. e'm' c. dat.
Mark 2:4. Luke 5: 25. Acts 9: 33.
seq. Ev John 5: 3. absol. v. 6. -— Luc.
Iearom. 31 xara'xsrrat woo-(Ev. Demosth.
in Conon. iivixa da'flcvu'w e'ych rarexeipnv.
b) to recline so. at table in the oriental
manner, see in 'Avdrerpaz no. 2. Mark
14: 3. Luke 5: '29. 0. iv Mark 2: 15.
Karaxkun'aég
1 Cor. 8: 10.—Athen. 1. 19. p. 23. C.
Xen. Conv. l. 14. 0. 'cv Luc. Tox.
44'. Xen. An. 6. l. 4:
KOWMZNZIW, (5, f. dam, (Adm) lo
break down, to break in pieces, e. g. rm‘ig
t‘iprouc Mark 6: 41. Luke 9: 16.—Jos.
Ant. 2. 14. 4|. Dem. 1251. 23.
Kane-allele), f. claw, (fluke) to
shut to so. a door, to close, Xen. Cyr. 6.
4.. 10. In N. T. of a person, pp. to shut
down so. in a subterranean prison, and
genr. like Engl. to shut up, to confine,
e. g. rwa e'v (puma-f; Luke 3: 20. Acts
26: 10 where text. rec. 0. dat. ipMm-zaig,
Sept. 0. iv for 873? Jer. 32. 3. — Wisd.
17:2 0. dat. Hdian. 5. B. 12 0. iv. Xen.
An. 5. 2. 18 0. 51¢.
Kamzhngooo'réw, 5, f. fia'w, (xara'
distrib. ulknpo§oréw,xh7po§dmc, fr. Ickfipog
and 5i5wp¢,) to give by lot to each, to dis.
tributeby lot, trans. Acts 13: 19 in text.
rec. Others naraxkqpovopéu. Sept. for
5"’??? Deut. 21: 16 et Josh. 19: 51 in ed.
Ald. et CompL—l Macc. 3: 36.
Kwmxkngovofnéw, 5, 1“. flow, (KHTU'.
distrib.) to dislribute by lot, trans. Acts
13:19 in later ed. for Karas-Mpoooréu.
So Sept. for P2’? Josh. 18: 9. 5'??? Num.
33:54. Josh. 14: l.—Used by Greek
writers only in the sense to inherit down
so. from an ancestor, and construed with
a genitive ; in later writers with an ac
cus. Lob. ad P111‘. P. 129. Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p. 160.
Kamxk/vw, f. we‘), (mm) pp. 10
make incline, i. e. to make lie down, gcnr.
l Macc. 1:3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. II. In
N. T. only of the oriental posture at
meals, to make recline, trans. Mid. lo
recline sc. at a meal, see in 'Ava'xupm.
Luke 9: 14 xaraIcMvm-e aim-0|): she-lag.
Mid. Luke 14:8. 24: 30.—- Act. 1E].
V. H. 8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21. Mid.
Xen. Conv. l. 8.
Karazh'agal, f. {1040, (KM/(w to
dash,) to dash down upon, i. e. to over
flow, to flood, Pass. 2 Pet. 3- 6 6 rére
xéapog I'idart xaraxlwaecic ('unbkzro.
Sept. for #13912 Job 14': 19. Jer. 47: 2.
—Diod. Sic. l. 19. Xen. V. 5. 4.
Kwromkua'pbo'g, 06, 6, (Karm-M'ifwJ
a flood, deluge, spoken of Noah's flood,
Matt. 24: 38, 39. Luke 17: 27. 2
Pet. 2:5. Sept. for 513? Gen. 6:17.
 Karomoloude'w
7: 6 sq.—Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 6. Diod. Sic.
l. 10.
Kurazokouééw, 5.7, r, ,7”, (mm’
intens. (wokoufléw) to follow closely, 0.
(lat. Acts 16: 17. absol. Luke 23: 55.
-—Pol. 6. 42. 2. trop. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4.
Pol. 2. 56. 2.
Karena-rm, f. \Lw, (Kim-1.1,) to
hew or cut down, to cut inpieces, Pol. 5.
25. 3. Xen. H. G. l. 5. 3. In N. T.
gem. and intens. to beat, to cut, to wound,
trans. Mark 5: 5 Karaxovrrmv Eavrov
M'eoig—I’lllt. Agesil. 36. Xen. Mag.
Eq. 4. 5.
KNTWZQWMUZW, f. law, (xpnllw'fw
fr. gummy.) to cast down from a prom‘
piee, to cast down headlong, trans. Luke
4: 29 Z'wg 6¢piwe rol': b'poug .iiarz kara
xpnpl'iaat ain'o'v. Sept. for T7???‘ 2
Chr. 25:12.—Jos. Am. 9. 9. 1. Diod.
Sic. 4. 31. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 7.
KwrézgI/w, am, To’, Karaxpirw,
judgment against, condemnation, Rom. 5:
16, 18. 8: l.—HeSych. xanixpgua' aard
Kpung, xara5i’m).
Karaxgim, f. "7,, (xpivu,) to give
judgment against, to condemn, construed
in Greek writers with a gen. of pers.
and acc. of punishment, Matth. § 378.
p. 694 pen.
a) pp. and in N. T. seq. ace. of pers.
et dat. of punishment, Matt. 20: 18 mm
xpwoi/aw abrov Sava'rqi, they shall con
damn him to death. Mark 10: 33. 2 Pet.
2: 6. seq. ace. of pers. et infin. Mark
14: 64 Ka'rs'xpwov ailrov elvaz Zroxov
Sumatran—Hist. of Sus. 41. Xen. Hi. 7.
10.—Seq. ace. of pers. the crime or pun
ishment being implied, John 8: 10
oilfietg as mn'xpn'ev‘ v. 11. Rom. 2: l.
absol. Rom. 8:34. Pass. Matt. 27: 3.
[James 5: 9.] of the last judgment Mark
16:16. 1 Cor. 11:32. Trop. Rom.8:
3 Kare'xpwe rflv z'zluapn'aviv r17 aapxi i.e.
hath condemned, passed sentence upon,
all carnal lusts and passions, in antith.
to v. 1; comp. 6: lsq.—Hist. of Sus. 48.
Hdian. 7. 6. 7.
b) by impl. to condemn sc. by contrast,
i. e. to show by one's good conduct that
others are guilty of misconduct and de
serve condemnation,seq. acc. Matt. 12:
41,42. Luke 11; 31,32. Heb. 11:1.
Pass. Rom. 14: 23.
410 Kd‘razlulmfia'm
Kuroixgwig, mg, 1'’, Yami-plw.)
condemnation, 2 Cor. 3:‘ 9. n the sense
of censure, blame, 7: 3.
Kurouevgisz'm, f. u'lau, (implant-1,) to
lord it against i. e. over any one, i. e.
a) gem. to exercise authority over, seq.
gen. Matt. 20: 25 01' r‘ipxovrec ra‘n' e'Bvu'w
Karawpin'lovaw aimiw. Mark 10: 42.
1 Pet. 5: 3. Sept. for 5?; Jer. 3: 14. 51.5?
Ps. 19: 14.—Ecclus. l7: 4. Not found
in classic writers in this sense.
b) by impl. to get the mastery of, to
overpower, to subdue, seq. gen. Acts 19:
16. Sept. for 15;? Gen. 1: 28. Num.
32: 29.—Diod. Sic. 14. 64.
Kwmiaiéo, 5, r. .701», (MM...) to
speak against, i. e. to speak evil of, to
slander, seq. gen. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3.
James 4: ll ter, '11‘, xarakakeire iiMr’flkuv
x. r. A. 1 Pet. 2: 12. 3:16. Sept. for
:1??? Ps. 44: 17. “,3? Ps. 78: 19. — Luc.
Asin. 12. c.acc. P01. 3. 90. 6.
Karakuk/oz, mg, ,7, (xaraXaXe'wJa
speaking against, evil spealzing, slander, 2
Cor. 12: 20. 1 Pet. 2: 1.—WiSd-l=ll.
Test. XII Patr. p. 678. A word of the
later Gleek, Thom. Mag. p. 565.
KaroZMaMg, ov, a, 1'), adj. (mm.
XaAe'w) speaking against, as subst. a slan
derer, backbiter, Rom. 1: 30.
Km'ukupacoim, f. )tfirlopm, aor. 2
xaréXa€0v (ma intens.) to take, to receiw,
sc. with the idea of eagerness, etc. trans.
21) pp. to lay hold of, to seize, with the
idea of eagerness, suddenness, e. g. a
criminal, John 8: 3, 4 ail-n] 1" 71m) Kara
Might,” Erraurorpdipqi poixsvape'vn. — (lEl.
H. An. 11. 15 quoted in Abrckpwpog.
Luc. Com/.32.) S0 of an evil spirit
which seizes, takes possession of a de
moniac, Mark 9:18.-—1El. V. H. 3. 9.—
Trop. of darkness, evil, to come Suddenly
upon, Iohn1~2z 35 'z'va pr‘; o'Korl'a bpfig
xa-rakr'ig . 1 Thess. 5:4 r‘ppe'pa. Sept.
for F2! (:en. 19:19. [P‘Fj-T‘ Gen.31:23.]
8?? 1 K. 18:44.—Ios. Ant. 4. 4. 6- Arr.
Exp. Alex. 1. 5. 17. Pol. 9. l8. 3.
b) in allusion to the public games, to
obtain sc. the prize, with the idea of
eager and strenuous exertion, to grasp,
to seize upon. Rom. 9:30. 1 Cor.9:24
Ol'l‘l'w rpe' ere, 'iva xarakdfinre sc. n) ISpa
Qeiov. lghil. 8: 19 his, 516mm 5:‘, cl mi
Karahi'igw [ro [ipaéeiov v. 14], Esp‘ 4‘) Kai.
 Kamté'yw 411 KwruMéaaw
mrekr'ppfinv z'nrz‘z 1'05 Xpw'roii, i. e. for Eig no. 4. So 0. ace. and predicate of
which very end I also have been won as condition, Acts 24: 27 xure'lu-lrc row 11m‘;
a prize by Christ, v. 13.—comp. Hdot. lkov Eziepévov. 25:14. Sept. for =1!
6. 39. Thuc. 3. 30. Gen. 39: 12, 13. Josh. B: 17.—Jos. Ant.
c) trop. to seize with the mind, to 2. 4.5. 0. iv 1E1. V. H. 13. 2. Xen.
comprehend, John 1:5 1‘, Be‘ axort'a. ob Cyr. 1. 4. 17. c. pred. Hdian. 8. 8. 16.
rare'lmgev (rind—Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. b) in the sense of to leave, to quit
16 raraltapgdrew r6 pé'yet'loc rfig 11hr] wholly, to forsake, i.q. Xehru but stronger.
Beiag. — Hence Mid. to comprehendfor (a) 01' place, Matt. 4: 13 xaraM-mlrv n‘lv
one's seI ,topcrceive, tofind, seq. 5n, Acts Nalapéfi. Heb. 11:27. So by impl.
4: l3 xarakagépevot 5n dvtlponroi t'rypdp' Acts 21: 3. Sept. for =1! 1 Sam. 31: 7.
,HU'OL’ slot. 10: 34. seq. ace. et int. 25: —-Hdian. 8. 2. 10. Xen. An. 4. 2. 7.—
25. rt’ indic. Eph. 3: 18.—c. 5r: Arr. Hence of persons and things, to leave,to
Epict. 1.5. 6. c. acc. Pol. 1. 61. 3. forsake, so. so as to have nothing more
“ The modern Greeks, whose dialect is to do with them. Matt. 19: 5 x. ray
very much the same with that of the na-répa ml Tr‘yv pnrc'pa. Mark 10:7. Eph.
New Testament, commonly use KtlTtl 5:31. Matt. 16: 4. 21:17. 0. predic.
Xalugdvw in the sense of e'yvou‘a, 51' 5711111. ,uovog Luke 10: 40. Of things, Luke 5:
plac pavflc'ww' e. g. they would say, 5811 28 xaraknrclw iinavra. Acts 6:2. 2 Pet.
Karalmpgduu 1'1‘; T1 not Ai'yu, I do not 2: 15. Sept. for 1!’, Gen. 2: 24. 44:22.
understand what he says to me,” etc.— Deut. 31: 17.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5. Hdian.
Negris. 3. 3. 12. Xen. An. 3. 1. 2.
Karaléyw, f, Eu), (X5705) to lay c) to leave remaining, i. q. to have left,
down, Mid. to lie down so. to sleep. Hom. to reserve, Rom. 11:4 x. {paw-q? Errraxwx.
()d. 14.520. ib. 19. 44. to lay down tivfipag, quoted from 1 K. 19: 18 where
or out sc. apart from others, i. e. to se Sept. for ‘$157.’. Pass. Heb. 4: l. —
lect, Xen. Ag. 1. 23. In N. T. to lay Xen. Ag. 5. 1.
down to or among others, i. e. to reckon Kot'rottttdoéztv, f. c'ww, (Km-é intens.)
under or to a number, to enroll, Pass. pp. to stonedown, i.q. luth'lfi'w but stronger,
1 Tim. 5: 9.—Pol. 2- 24. 14. Xen. Cyr. to stone to death, trans. Luke 20: 6.—
3. 4. 11. Comp.‘ Sept. Ex. 17:4. Num. 14: 10.
Karoihsqwpou, 1210;, 1,5, (Km-“Mi. Kot'runayr'i, fig, 1'], (mmMéaw)
7nd,) a remnant, Ecclus. 44: 17. In N. exchange sc. of money Dem. 1216. 18.
T. by impl. a smallpart,fi:w. Rom. 9: In N. T. reconciliation, i. e. restoration
27 xarélmplua awflr’laerat, quoted from to the divine favour. Rom. 5: 11 5:’ 05
Is. 10: 22 where Sept. for ‘I515. win’ rfiv xa'r. e'luigopcv. 2 Col‘. 5: 18, 19.
KaraM/vm, f. w, (Min-w) am‘. 1 Rom. ll: 15 KGTGAAGY') xéapov, i. e. the
mre'kndla Acts 6: 2, a later form, Lob. the means, occasion of reconciling the
ad Phryn. p. 713 sq. Buttm. Ausf. world to God—gem‘. 2 Macc. 5: 20.
Sprachl. § 114. II. p. l81.—pp. to leave Dem. 10: 15.
down to one's heirs, i. e. to leave behind Karakkoiao'w v, rm, f. Eu), (.1).
so as to descend to them, Hom. 0d. 1. Xc'umw) to change against any thing, to
243. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10.—Hence gem‘. exchange for e. g. money Hdian. 2. 13.
and in N. T. to leave behind, pp. at one's 12. In N. T. to change towards, i. e.
departure, trans. one person towards another, to reconcile
a) pp. e. g. at death, Mark 12: 19 mi to any one, (thus differing from Em)
xare'knre 'yvvaixa. Luke 20: 31.—Sept. Xc'waw which implies mutual change,
Deut. 28: 54. Palazph. 32. 7. Epict. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 101 sq.) c. c.
Fragm. 145 ed. Sclnveigh.-—Genr. in acc. et that. 2 Cor. 5: 18, 19 Ktialuov Kur
any place, trans. Mark 14: 52 Karalumlw aklu'wawv Eaurq'). Pass. aor. 2 KGTIIA
rr‘lv awBéva. John 8: 9. Seq. Zrc. dat. Xéynv, to be or become reconciled to any
or place, Luke 15:4 of) KGTHAEI'WEL fit one, 0. dat. Rom. 5: 10 bis, xa-mXMt-yq
in’. {'11 r7] Epi'uup. l Thess. 3: 1 e'v'AOr'y ‘new 11,7659‘: x. r. A. 1 Cor. 7: 11. 2 Cor.
may. ‘it. 1: 5. seq. (tin-oz? there Acts 5: 20.—2 Macc. 1; 5. Jos. Am. 5. 2. 8.
18: 19. seq. sic {18w Art52131 see in Xen. An. I. 6. ‘2.
 Kwra'komog 412 Ken auoéw

Kwrélom'og, 0:1, 5, ;,, (Mm-6;) of‘; pin-1,) to witness against, to testify against
over, remaining, Plur. oi xaréhonroi, the any one, seq. gen. Buttm. §132. 5. 3.
rest,the residue, Acts 15: 17 quoted from Matth. § 378. Matt. 26: 62. 27: 13.
Am. 9: l2 where Sept. for W735?- So Mark 14.: 60. 15; 4.. Sept. for 5;; ‘W?!
for “$33 Ezra 3: 8. "1'3: Deut. 3: 13.— l K. 212 10,13. 3 ‘3!! Job 15: 6. —
Pol. 2. ll. 6.
Hist. of Sus. 43. Dem. 1115. 26.
Ka'roZM/Aa, (270;, ra,(|:ara)\i/w.)pp. a Kwrafbe'm, 1'. m7), (Kara intens.) to
place where one puts up , lodging-placejnn, remain firedly, to abide, to dwell, intrans.
in the East, a menzil, khan, caravanserai, Acts 1: 13. Sept. for 5?: Num. 20: 1.
5 0/ U Josh. 2: 22.—Judith 16:8. Xen. Cyr.
[ 3})” ’u)L>' ’c__.sl;*~ @1115] 7. l. 45.
comp. Calmet p. 10. Jahn § 110. Luke Ka-mpoo'mg, adv. (Kara, pol/09,)
‘2: 7 oinc 15v airro'ig ‘roan; iv 1'’? Karahil
alone, by one's self, Mark 4: 10. Luke 9:
pan. By syneed. Mark l4: 14 et Luke 18. Sept. for "'13, Jer. 15: 17. ‘1325, Mic.
22: 11 ‘Iron? Eon n‘. xa-rcihupa; i. e. a 7: 14.—1 Macc. 12: 36. Thuc. 1. 3'2,
room where we may sup and lodge. 37. Comp. Buttm. § 115. n. 5, and see
Sept. for 1'“? Ex. 4:24. ‘1???’ 1 Sam. in Kara II. 1. d. y.
9: 22.- Ecclus. 14:25. P01. 2. 36. 1. Kwravaiézpoa, wrog, ré, (want in
Diod. Sic. 14. 93. tens.) a curse against any one, i. q. timi
KIZ'HZMIW, f. haw, (Mu-1,) to loosen Oepa but stronger. Meton. accursed
down, i. e. ' thing, for concr. one accursed Rev. 22: 3,
a) pp. to dissolve, to disunite the parts in text. rec. See in Ka-réOspa.
of any thing; hence spoken of build Kavavozflspanzw, f. law, (Ka'rci in
ings etc. to throw down, to destroy, c. ace. tens.) to utter curses against, i. e. to curse,
Matt. 26: 61 xa-raM/aal 1611 relay, and so i. q. ameqmizw but stronger, Matt. 26:
27: 40. Mark 14: 58. 15:29. Acts 6: 74 in text. rec. See in Karaesparilw.
14. So Matt. 24: 2. Mark 13:2. Luke
21: 6. 2 Cor. 5:1. trop. Gal. 2:18. Kwrnzmlhmw, f. Mum, (rm-('1 in.
Sept. for Chald. “E? Ezra 5: 12.—Hdian. tens.) to consume sc. wholly, i. q. (‘waki
am.) but stronger, e. g. of a fire, absol.
8. 4. 4. Philostr. Vit. Sophist. l'. 9. —
Metaph. to destroy, to put an end to, to
Heb. 12: 29 m'Ip Karavakiaxov. Sept.
for 5?; Lev. 6: 10. Deut. 4: 24.—Diod.
render vain, e. g. for ropov Matt. 5: 17
bis. {9701/ Acts 5: 38, 39. Rom. 14: 20. Sic. 17. 108. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 22.
—- 2 Macc. 2: 22. Diod. Sic. 1'2. 80. Kwmvagxoiw, 5. f. ila'w, (al.-(1,
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. l4. Cyr. 1. l. 1. vapxc'w, to become torpid against, i. e. to
b) to unbind, e. g. rmlg 'imroug from a. the detriment of any one, intrans. hence
chariot Hom. 0d. 4. 28. Hence of car. in Paul's writings i. q. to be burdensome
avans, travellers, etc. to hall for rest or to any one, e. g. in a pecuniary sense,
for the night, to put up for the night, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 11:8. 12:13, 14- oi;
when the beasts of burden are unhar xarayapxfiaw bpd'w, comp. Bultm.§ 132.
nessed and unloaded, Sept. for 1'15’; Gen. 5. 3. <) 14.7. n. 12. Matth. § 378.——He.
42: 27. 4.3: 21. Xen. An. 1. 6.1.—-In sych. xarn'épxnaa' Egi'lpvva. ib. 01'! Kare
N. T. gem. to lodge, to take lodging, in mipxrlaa‘ 0i: Kangolpnaa. In Greek
trans. Luke 9: 12. 19: 7 slafiMic xara writers found only in the passive, Pas.
Aam. Sept. for v5 Gen. 24.. 23,25.— sow s. voc. According to Jerome its
Luc. Asin. 4,17. Thuc. l. 136. use here is a Cilicism of Paul, Algas.
Ka'ralwavfla'vw, f. paflr'lo'opm, (xarr'i. Qu.KOLTMVEZIJW,
10. See VVetstein N.T. II. p. 206.
f. sham, (Him) to nod
intens.) to learn thoroughly, fully, Xen.
(E0. 1 l. 6. In N. T. to note accurately, or win]: towards any one, i. e. to make
to observe, to consider, 0. acc. Matt. 6: 28 signs to any one, with the head, eyes,
1:. rd Kpiyu ref; (‘47900. Sept. for 1'15‘; Gen. etc. to beckon, 0. dat. Luke 5: 7.-—Hom.
34: 1. Lev. 14: 37.-—-Ecclus. 9: 5. Arr. 0d. 15. 462 sq. Luc. Asin. 48. Pol.
A. '1“. 5. ll. 2. Dem. 660. 22. 39. 1. 3.
I ~
Karaiwag'rugew, u, f, flaw, pap'ru Kwravoiw, 5, l‘. 1’Ia-w,(xan'i intcns
 Karavru'w 413 Karacraz'm
roe'w,) to see or discern distinctly, to per 109; 16.—Ecclus. 14: 1. Hesych. ra
ceive clearly, trans. revii-yguav' rarchwrhfinaav.
a) pp. Matt. 7: 3 donor or’: xaravocic; Kot'rotglow, 5, f. (bow, (Kant intens.
Luke 6: 41. Acts 27: 39. trop. Luke (15:60") to count worthy of any thing, in
20: 23 1:. n‘yv navou yiav. Sept. for N. T. only Pass. to be counted worthy,
$3 Ps. 91: 8.—- 2 h acc. 9:25. Xen. seq. gen. rfic flamheiac r017 85017, 2 Thess.
Cyr. 3. 2. 2. trop. Xen. An. 7. 7.45. l: 5. seq. infin. Luke 20: 35. 21: 36.
b), i. q. to mind accurately, to observe, Acts 5: 4l. _ 0. gen. Jos. Ant. 15. 3.8. '
to consider. Luke 12: 24 x. 1'01); roped-ac. Diod. Sic. 2. 60. c. inf. Dem. 1383. ll.
V. 27 Til xpiya. Acts 7: 31,32. 11:6.
Heb. 3: 1. James 1: 23, 24. Sept. for Kuran'aréw, 5, f. i’lao, (1raréo.) to
35‘? Is. 5: 12. Num. 32:8,9. -— Jos. tread down, to trample down, trans. Matt.
Ant. 3. l4. 1. Luc. Demon. 20. Xen. 5: l3. 7: 6 pi11rors cararrarr'pawo'w airrobg
Hi. 1. 22.—In the sense of to have respect inrb roig- noalv uirniv. Luke 8: 5. 12:
to, to regard. Rom. 4: 19 oi: rarrvbqas 1. Sept. for 5?‘; 2 Chr. 25:18. E2. 34:
rb Eam'ofi au'rpa 1:. r. A. Heb. 10:24. Sept. 18.—Pol. 1.34.. 5. Xen. Ag. 1. 15.
for T3; Is. 57: 1.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 35. Metaph. as a mark of scorn and con
tempt, Heb. 10: 29 for blow rm'i 6:06.—
KMTIZWOZN, 5, f. haw, (Kai-('1, dvrdw 1 Macc. 3:51. Hom.Il.4. 157.
fr. dvri,) lit. to come down against, i. e.
to come down to or upon, to arrive at a Kard'raua'ig, we, 1'], (xarmrabm)
place, etc. Acts 20: 15 Ka'rgvrr'lo’apev a resting, rest, 2 Macc. l5: 1. In N. T.
dvrucpo Xiov, we arrived over against from the Heb. rest, i. e. place of rest,
Chios. Elsewhere in N.T. always with fixed abode, dwelling, comp. in Ka'rurrabm
sic c. acc. Acts 16: l Karina-go's rig Ac'p. a. So Acts 7: 4.9 ric rbrroc rfic Karan'.
guy, at Derbe. 18:19, 24. 21:7. 25: pan, and what the place of my rest, abode?
13. 27:12. 28:13. -- 2 Macc. 4.; 44.. i. e. of God in allusion to a temple,
Palaeph. l5. 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 34. — Of quoted from Is. 66: l, where Sept. for
things, to come or be brought to any one, WW3, as also Ps. 132: l4,where God is
seq. sic 1 Cor. 14: 36. to come upon, to represented as searching through the
happen to, i. e. in the time 01' any one, earth and selecting Zion as his dwelling.
seq. cl; 1 Cor. 10: 11.—Pol. 6. 4. l2.— place, comp. Ecclus. 24: 6 sq- Baruch
Trop. to attain to any thing, the posses 3: 20 sq. Also of the rest or fixed and
sion of it, seq. rig, i. q. to obtain, Acts quiet abode of the Israelites in the pro
26: 7 tic fiv ina'y'yckiavn-e'lvrlfu carav mised land after their wanderings, Heb.
rr'ltrat. Eph. 4: l3. Phil. 3: ll. — c. 3: ll, 18 et 4: 3,5 ei ciaehsi'm'oyrai sic
npilg 2 Mace. 6: l4. sic P01. 4. 34. 2. rhv uardrravo'iv poo, i. e. the rest which
I have promised, quoted from Ps. 95:11
Kuroivvfiig, mg, i], (rural/imam q.
Where Sept. for “WE, as also Deut. 12:
v.) pp. a piercing through, trop. vehement
9. See in Kairon—Hence trop. the rest,
pain, grief, Hesych. ua'ri'wvEig' 1'] Xinrg. quiet abode of those who shall dwell with
So in profane writers. But Sept. has God in heaven,in allusion to the rest of
the verb Karat/beam for Heb. is’: to be
the sabbath, Heb. 4:1, 3,10,11. Comp.
silent, dumb, Lev. 10: 3. Ps. 4: 5. al.
for id. Dan. 10: 15, and for =31! to
Wisd. 4: 7. Act. Thom. § 36.
lie in deep sleep, stupor, Dan. 10:9. Kata-mambo), f. aw,(1ra1'1u,) to quiet
Hence also Sept. Karina/Etc for Heb. down, i. e.
"E315 deep sleep, stupor, Ps. 60: 3 and a) trans. (at) pp. to cause to cease, to
Is. 29: 10, which last passage Paul make desist, and so to restrain, Acts 14:
quotes in Rom. 11:8 Ebomsv abroig b 18 p6)“; mre'rruvaav robe bxhovc. S0
Gab; rrreiipa MITGYI’IEUAIQ. Others derive Sept. Job 26: 12 where Heb. 923. Sept.
it in this sense from xaravum-c’ifw. for 2915 Ps. 85: 4.-—Pol. l. 9. 8. Dem.
Ka-ruvbao'u v. rm, 1‘. z“, (Km-{l in 808. 14. —— to cause to rest, to give
tens.) to prick through, to pierce, Pass. rest to, i. e. to bring into the state of
metaph. to be greatly pained, to be deeply rest and happiness of those who dwell
moved. Acts '2: 37 xarsm'ryna'av 1'?) mp with God, Heb. 4: 8, coll. v. 1, 9. The
biq. Sept. mravcvu'ypéroc for Ps. allusion is to Joshua's giving rest, i. e.
 Karaa'tmo'poot 414
quiet possession and dwelling, to the
Israelites in the promised land, Sept.
for 15"?‘3 Josh. 1: 13, 15. 22: 4.—genr.
Xen. Ven. 7. 2.
b) intrans. from the Heb. to cease
from, to restfrom, seq. d1r6 0. gen. Heb.
4: 4 Kare'1rava'ev b 956: r'urb 1r. 1'. t'p'ywv
aim-ob. v. 10. So Sept. for 1’? "2‘? Gen.
22, 3. #2.: Gen. 4.9; 32. Ex. 31.11.—
Test. XII Pair. p. 541 Kflflt‘ll'al’llét 1‘1 yfi
c'urb rapaxfig. — The classic form is
xarmrabwfial rwoc, comp. Passow sub
v. Matth. § 355. 4, and n. l.
Karma-trumpet, 0470;, To’, (mm
mra'wupq) a covering,ceil, which hangs
down, Act. Thom. § 11 rd xararréraopa
r017 rupgbd'woc. In N. T. veil, curtain,
sc. of the tabernacle and temple, of
which there were two, viz. one before
the external entrance, Heb. ‘=12? Sept.
Kararrs'raapa Ex. 26: 37. 40:6. Jos.
B. J. 5. 5. 4; and the other before the
holy of holies separating it from the
outer sanctuary, Heb. "55%; Sept. Kara
m’raapa. Ex. 26:31. 27:21. 40:3. Jos.
B. J. 5. 5. 5. Comp. Wetstein N. T. I.
p. 539. —Hence 1.‘) KCITGJI'E’TGG'MI roi':
waoz': may be either the outer or inner
veil, Matt. 27:51. Mark 15:38. Luke Plut. Timol. 13. P01. 2. 60. 8. The
23: 45. But 'rb En'rrepov tear. the second Atticists seem to prefer the form Kara
or inner veil, Heb. 9: 3.--Trop. Heb. 6: now-(in), Lob. ad Phryn. p. 361.
19 rd e'o'cbrspov r017 Karanerdaparoc that
Karoigez, as, 1'], (card intens. ('lp('i,)
within the veil, i. e. the inner sanctuary,
holy of holies in the heavenly temple, pp. imprecation against, i. e.
comp. v. 20 and 10:19. So Heb. 10:
20 where it is emblematic of the body
and death of Jesus.
Kflt't'btW/VN, f. m'opai, (1rlvw,) to
drink down, to swallow down sc. as in
drinking, i. q. in Eng]. to swallow up,
trans.
a) pp. of persons etc. Matt. 23:24
rr‘lv be‘ xciprfitov Kararrlrovrec. 1 Pet. 5:
8. ‘Sept. for 81?; Jon. 2: l. — Tob. 6: 2.
El. V. H. 1. 3. Luc. D. Marin. l4. 3.
— Of things, e. g. the earth, to absorb,
Rev. 12: 16. (Diod. Sic. 1. 32.) of the
sea, to overwhelm, to drown, Heb. 1 l: 29.
(P01. 2. 41. 7.) metaph. 2 Cor. 5: 4.
b) trop. to overwhelm, to destroy, 1 Cor.
15:54. 2 CDT. 2: 7 M'nrp xa'rarroafi b
rotm'Iroc—llischin. 13. 29 x. rr‘lv war-ppm’
outflav.
KOW'MWIIWTW, f. rabbi/pal, (1rl1rrw,)
to fall down, 0. g. prostrate, :19 n1}! 'yiiy
Karolga
Acts 26:14. vet-p.52 28: 6. Sept. for
‘FF; Ps. 145: 14.—Ecclus. 7:3. Xen.
Mem. 3. 3. 5.
Kot'mrrkéw, f. about, (whim) to
sail down sc. from the high sea to land,
comp. Kani-yu b; to sail to any place,
to come by ship to, seq. eig Luke 8: 26.-
P01. 1. 53. 2. Xen. H. G. l. 4. ll.
Kararrovtw, 5, 1'. ‘how, (xovéw) to
work down, to wear down by labour, Plut.
Alex. M. § 40. In N. T. Pass. trop.
to be weary, impressed, afflicted, Acts 7:
24. 2 Pet. 2: 7. —-2 Mace. 8:2. 1E1.
V. H. 3. 27. Diod. Sic. 13. 51.
KOH‘MWOVTIZW, f. law,(1rorrlZw l'r.
no'vrog sea,) to sink in the sea, trans.
Mid. to sink,intrans. Matt. 14. 30. Pass.
genr. Matt. 18:6 to be sunh, drowned,
sc. e’v r93 relui'yu 'rfig saha'oanc, where
the allusion is to the punishment of
drowning, practised by the Egyptians,
Greeks,and Romans,though apparently
not by the Jews. See Casaubon ad
Sueton. Octav. c. 67. Wetstein N. T.
I. p. 44.1. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 274.
Cic. Or. pro Sex. Rosc. Am. 25, 26.-—
Jos. Ant. 14.. 15. 10. Diod. Sic. 16.35
robg 5' ('ilthoug dig iepooifltoug earn-rounds.
a) pp. and gear. imprecation, cursing.
James 3: 10 it.‘ r. a. ordpuroc it'e'pxsnu
n’Ao-yla Kai. xarépa. Sept. for 1'1‘??? Gen.
27: 12, 13.—Jos. Ant. 4. c. 5. P01. 16.
3|. 7. Plut. Timol. 5. '
b) from the Heb. curse, i. e. adevoting
or dooming to utter destruction, see in
'Avdespa, and hence condemnation,doom,
punish-ment. Gal. 3: 10 inro xardpav elm’
are subject to the curse, i. q. z'nwarziparoi.
v. 13 bis, ix 'rfig Kartipag roi'l vépou,
‘ytvdpevoc inre‘p iuubv Karripa, i. e. from
the curse, doom,which the law threatens,
being himself made a curse for us, i. e.
meton. accursed, i. q. e'trmardparog.
2 Pet. 2: 14 Ka'rc'lpag rt'rva i. e. on
whom the curse abides. So Sept. for
rigs Dan. 9; 11. a‘z‘zp, Judg. 9; 57. Deut.
28: 15, 45. Prov. 3:33. Mal. 2:
2.—Also of the earth, Heb. 6:8 717 . . .
Kardpug Ey-yr'n; near to the curse, almost
accursed, i. e. doomed to sterility. So
 _Karagéoy.at 415 K arose/m
Gen. 3: 17 mm‘!
vv—-_‘-
fining,
-r
Sept. Emmrci withdrawn, aposlatised, from Christ.
parog, comp. 5: 29. 8:21. Theophyl. well, oilhqu'av xowum'av Exere
Karagoioual, dual, 1‘. (teapot, ,ue'rc'l r017 X.
depon. Mid. (dpéopat,) pp. to wish or Kamgtéaéw, 5, 1". 13m, (apiflpéo)
pray against any one, i. e. to wish evil to, to number under or among, Pass. Acts 1:
to curse, c. acc. e. g. opp. to ebkoysiv, l7 Icarnptflpnpz'vog llv z'v ilpiv. Sept.
Matt. 5: 44 robg mrapwpz'voug bpfig. for it‘)??? 2 Chr. 31: 19.—Diod. Sic. 4.
Luke 6:28. Rom. 12: 14. James 3: 9. 85. Plut. Solon. p. 84. D.
So Sept. for "35 Gen. 12:3. Num. Ka'rag'fiZw, f. la'w, (rm-c’: intens.
24: 9.—-c. acc. Xen. An. 5. 6. 4. oltener t'zp-rll'w, ‘19.-mg) to make fully ready, to
c. dat. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. put in full order, to make complete, trans.
45. Xen. An. 7. 7. 48.—-From the Heb. a) pp. (a) espec. of what is broken,
to curse i. e. to devote to destruction, injured, etc. which is also the more
comp. in Kara'pa b. So of a fig-tree usual classic sense, to refit, to repair, to
Mark 11: 21, comp. in Kan'ipa b ult. mend, e. g. r8: blm'va Matt. 4: 21. Mark
Pass. part. xarnpa/ss'vog accursed, i. q. 1: 19. Sept. for Chald. 5'??? Ezra 4:12,
irwarciparogMatt. 25:41. comp. Buttm. l3, l6. —Arr. Epict. 3. 20. 10. Diod.
§ 113. n. 6. — Sept. t'or H‘zkp, Dent. 21; Sic. l2. 3. Hdot. 5. 106. — Trop. of a
23. Ecclus. 3:16. Sept. for 5,2?“ Job person in error, to restore, to set right,
24:18. Wisd. 12:11. Gal. 6: l.—Plut. Marcell. 10.——(fl) By
Karag'yiw, (7, 1‘. 17m, (mm’: 0. vi impl. and in the proper force of xaré,
trans. dp'ye'uh) to render inactive, izfle, to make perfect, i. e. such as one should
useless, trans. be, deficient in no part. Of persons,
a) pp. e. g. of land, to spoil, Luke 13: Luke 6:40. 2 Cor. 13: ll Karaprlfecrtle
7 iva-rt xal rr‘lv yfiv ramp-yd. —— Comp. be yeperfect. 1 Pet. 5: 10. seq. Zv nm
Karap'yeiv xzipag to let remain idle in any thing, Heb. I3: 21 xa-rapn’aa:
Eurip. Phoan. 760 or 765. Comp. dp'ytig ilpfic e'r 1r. Ep-yrp (1711897. 1 Cor. 1:10.
of land-Aristot. (E0. 2. Diod. Sic. l9. ——P0l. 5. 2. ll Mansion; ruic c'pcalnu;
42.—Trop. to make without efl'ect, to make rarnprwpc'voc—Ot' things, e.g. 'rc't bare
vain, void, fruitless, e. g. rnv m'arw r06 pr'umra, tofill out, tosupply, 1 Thess. 3:10.
9:017 Rom. 3: 3. wlpov v. 31. Eph. 2: b) genr. to prepare, to set in order, to
l5. e'wra'yycltiav Rom. 4:14. Gal. 3: 17. constitute, in N. T. only in Pass. and
Hence by impl. to debase, 1 Cor. 1:28. Mid.Rom. 9:22 mm'n] lip'yfic xarnprwpe'l'a
1)) by impl. to cause to cease, to do cl;- dmiiheiav. Matt. 21: 6 x. all/or, t'rom
away, to put an end to, 1 Cor. 6:13. 13: Ps. 8:3 where Sept. for 79'.‘ Heb. 10: 5
ll Karr'lp'yrlxa To foil rmrl'ou I put away Gil-1}“! 5e‘ Karnprlaw pot, a body hast thou
childish things. Sept. for 5'92; to make prepared for me so. as a sacrifice to thee,
desist, Ezra 4: 21 ,23.--Hence to abolish, quoted from Ps. 40: 7 Sept. where the
to destroy, Rom. 6:6 16 adipa 'rfig ('1pap-ring. Heb. is different. Heb. 11:3 xarnprictlat
l Cor.l5:24 dravxa'rap-yr'lay m'mavdp r'lv rm); aliwac fir’lpan 8:05 i. e. were
x. 1'. 7\. v. 26. 2 Thess. 2: 8. 2 im. created and set in order, comp. Sept.
1: 10. Heb. 2: 14. — Test. XII Patr. Ps. 74: 16 in‘: Karnpn'aw fihtov Kai o'ehr'lvnv
p. 731 rarap'yr'ltru Bchlap Kai for); for Heb. ‘PM. Ps. 89: 38. -— Diod. Sic.
inrspcroilvrag abrq‘i. Just. Mart. de Re 11.75. Pol. 1. 21. 4.
surr. p. 242.—Pass. xarap'yéopai, 05pm, Karolg'rm'tg, can‘, 1'], (tumPH'ZMQ
to cease, to be done away, 1 Cor. 2: 6. perfection, i. e. the being made or be
13: 8 bis, s‘lre rpotpnreiai, xarapyn coming perfect, 2 Cor. 13:9. Comp. in
Br'lrrovra: x.r. A. v. 10. 2 Cor. 3: 7, ll, Karaprll'w a. 13.—Plot. Alex. M. 7.
13, 14. Gal. 5: 11. So Karap'yéopa: r’uré
rwog, to cease from, i. e. to cease being Karagrtcao'g, 05, 6, (mmpn’fo)
under or connected with any person or aperjecting, 1. e. the act of making per.
thing. E. g. lvro roii répou to be freed fect, Eph. 4: l2.
from a law Rom. 7:2, 6, i. q. Ehsuee'pa Karao'e/w, f, ciao», (Karl: intens.)
c'd‘rur 4'11rb rm‘; vépou in v. 3. Also Gal. to shake violently to and fro, e. g. build
5: 4 xarnp'yilenre o'urb 1'05 Xpurroi: ye have ings 1E]. V. H. 3. 16. Thuc. 2. 76. In
 Kamoxévrrw 416 Kurao'rgtrpai .
N. T. to move to and fro, to wave the Diod. Sic. 17. 95. III N. T. a dwelling.
hand, to beckon, so. as a signal for si place,abode,and spoken of birds, a haunt,
1ence and attention, 0. acc. Acts 19: 33 Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58. Sept. for
xaraaeioag rip’ Xeipa waving the hand. "it? 2 Chr. 6:21. Symm. for 1??? Ps.
c. dat. Acts 13: 16 xarania’ac 1i xclpl 46: 5.—Tob. 1: 4. 2 Mace. 14:35.
waving with the hand. also c. dat. of Ku'mo'xwlgw, f. ciao), (mar...) to
pers. 21: 40 x. rij x. rq'i hail}. 12:17. — shadow down upon, i.e. to overshadow,
rr‘lv x. Philo Leg. ad Cai. 1018. B. 1'1} trans. Heb. 9: 5.—-Anthol. Gr. I. p. 116.
x. Jos. Ant. s.11.2. Heliodor. 4.. 16. Plut. Artax. 18 tin.
Kwrao'xan'rw, f, 4,6,, (“é-Km’)
Karao'non'e'm, a“), t‘. r'la'w, (Kurd. in
pp. to dig down under a building etc. to
tens. ox01r£w,) to view accurately, to con
undermine, and hence to overthrow, to
destroy, to raze, sc. cities, buildings, etc.
template, Xen. Mem. 2. l. 22. to inspect
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 46. Hdian. 8. 4. 24. P01. 10. 20. 2. In N. T. with sinister
intent, to spy out, to explore, trans. Gal.
Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 23.—So in N. T. as
2: 4 L‘tlfllfiko‘ll'jdal 'n‘yy Ellwfiepiav inn-"w.
quoted from Sept. e. g. Rom. 11:3 ra 30 Sept. for ‘PM 2 Sam. 10:3. 1 Chr.
ua'iao'rr'lpid oou xarz’omil/av, from 1 K.
19: 3.
19: 10 where Sept. for =22. Part. pass.
Acts 15: 16 Ta Karw'xappe'vaJuins, from Karola'zovrog, 017, a, (mmmmxéw)
Am. 9: 11 where Sept. for "Evin. a scout, spy, Heb. 11: 31. Sept. for
Kafoto‘muolgw, f, dam, (Kurd in
‘an? Gen. 42. 9, 11.—Pol. 14.. 3. 7. Xen.
C yr. 3. 3. 25.
tens.) to prepare fully, to put in readi
ness, trans. e. g. a way before an ori Kuraaoplzofwl, f. looluai, depon.
cntal monarch, rr‘lv 636v Matt. 11:10. ll‘Iid. (o'oqzll'opai, o'oqfill'w) pp. 10 be wise
Mark 1:2. Luke 7:27, quoted from against any one, i. e'. to deal subtilely
Mal. 3:1 where Heb. "22., Sept. 5m. with,insidiously, deceitfully, c. acc. Acts
Shin-opal. See in 'Eroipcil'u a. Luke 1: 7: 19 Karaa'otpwr'lpsvog ‘rd 'ye'yoc iypibr, in
17 Andy Kareaxcuaopz'vov a people fully allusion to Ex. 1: 10 where Sept. for
prepared sc. to receive the Messiah. ~— UEUPFw—Judith 5: 11. J05. Ant. 6. 11.
Diod. Sic. l. l. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.4. 4. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. Diod. S. 15. 74.
H. G. 2. 4. 9.—Spoken of buildings etc. Karao'réMw, f. as, (or-QM’) to
for to build, to construct, e. . oixov Heb. put or let down, to lower, e. g. rac flu'igEoug
3: 3, 4. only/[v 9: 2, 6. Ktélfl'liy the ark the fasces Dion. Hal. Ant. Rom. 8. 44.
of Noah 11: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 20.—Jos. Ant. In N. T. trop. to put down, i. e. to quell,
8.8. 4. Hdian. 5. 6. l4. Xen. Cyr. 6. to assuage, to pacify, e. g. 1611 6' My Acts
1. 27.—0t God, to create, sc. riz min/m 19:35, 30.—2 Mace. 4: 31. 0s. Ant.
Heb. 3: 4.. Sept. for 81?,- Is 40: 28. 43; 14.. 9. 1. Plut. ed. R. VIILp. 162.11.
7.—Wisd. 9: 2. Kara'ornnu, arog, r6, (meld-117,111,)
Karaoxnvo'w, 5, f. tho-u, (om-1711610,) position, i. e. state, condition, spoken of
to plant down a tent, i. e. to pitch a lent, external circumstances and deportment,
Diod. Sic. 14. 62. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 2. Tit. 2:3 z'v Karam'flpari isporpen'cic—
In N. T. gent. to sojourn, to dwell, and 3 Mace. 5:45. Jos. B. J. l. 1. 4. Plut.
spoken of birds, to haunt, seq. iv roig Marcell. 23 pen.
A‘Atidotc Matt. 13: 32. Luke 13: 19. imo
rip’ omiv Mark 4: 32. So Sept. for 121.5 KlZ'I'OltTTOA‘], fig, {1, (xa-rao-re'XXw) a
Ps. 104: 12. Dan.4:18. coll. Dan.4:9. letting down, i. e. the letting fall e. g. of
—J0s. Ant. 3. 8. 5. Diod. Sic. 19. 94 a garment, the adjustment of it, on and
ult. nkilv rm’; mraoxnvofw Ev OlKlGLQ. P01. around one's person, it. 'IITPIgOAfiQ Plut.
35. 2. 4.——Trop. to rest, to remain. Acts Pericl. 5. In N. T. collect. for raiment,
2: 26 h oripE you raraomyvo'm'u in" Dwn'hi, apparel, 1 Tim. 2: 9 iv Karao'rohj i'oa‘uiq).
quoted from Ps. 16:9 where Sept. for Sept. for “92,? Is. 61: 3.—Jos. B. J. 2.
1223. 8. 4.
Karowxévwa'ig, 50);‘, f,,(xaraon7vo'w ,) Kurao'rgtgbw, f. 4.1», (wpé¢~,) to
the act of pitching a tent, building, Sept.turn down, to turn under, e. g. with a
for “'11? 1 Chr. 28: '2. a tent pitched plough Xen. (Be. 17. 10. In N. T. to
 ‘ Karao'rgmmlu 417 Kwruqbégw
overturn, to overthrow, trans. Matt. 21: Kan-020762615, mg, 1'1,(|:are'xw q. v.)
1'2 The rpan-e'lac 117w xoMvgtm-Gw. Mark a possession i. e. thing possessed, in N. T.
ll: 15. So Sept. for WEE Job 28. 9. a dwelling, land. Acts 7: 5 306ml cig
Hag. 2: 22.—Anthol. Gr. III. p. 38. Kara'o'xsau' alrn'lv sc. n‘lv yfiv. v. 45 iv
Also :. rr‘u; mix“; to destroy Jos. Ant. 1'?) k‘flflld‘xéd’fl, see in 'Ev no. 4. So Sept.
2. 10. 2. Diod. Sic. 16. 71. for #55:‘, Gen. 17:8. Neh. 11:3. Ps. 2:
KaTaUTgflWa’W, 5, f, dam’ (511)". 8.—Judith 9: l3. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 2.
vuiw q. v.) to revel against, to run riot Kwrwrl'flnul, f. 017w, (frown) to
against any one, seq. gen. 1 Tim. 5: ll put or lay down, to deposit, trans.
li'rav ‘yap xarao-rpnvlaawo't r017 Xpwrol'l, a) pp. e. g. in a tomb, Mark 15: 46
against Christ, i. e. they lead a life of Kai-z'flnxsv ailrov s'vpvn'uslqL—fEl. V. H.
luxury and gaiety in neglect of Christ, 13. 2. genr. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Xen.
to the detriment of his cause. Comp. Eq. 6. 7.
Matth. § 378. Buttm. § 132.5. 13.—Basil. b) Mid. to deposit for one's self, i.q. in
Ep. ad Amphil. III. p. 28. C. Nicet. Engl. to lay up for future use, genr.
Anna]. XI X. 4. 368. D. Comp. Lob. ad Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34. An. 7. 6. 34.. In
Phr. p. 381. See more in Erpnvuiw. N. T. trop. Kara-rlfleaear xa'pw v. xa'pc
Karao'rgogvr'y, 775‘, i], (xaraerpe'¢w,) mg 0. dat. to lay up favour with any one,
catastrophe, i. e. overthrow, destruction, to win his favour, comp. Eng]. ‘ to cur
of cities, 2 Pet. 2: 6 &; mam; . . . mm. ry favour with.’ Acts 24: 27 95>...” re
arporpfi xa-réxpws. Sept. for "Eli-‘J, Gen. Xa'ptrag xarafiéa'fim. r079 'Iovd. 6 @fiME.
19:29. 1.1% Job 15: 21.—Hdot. 1. 6. 25: 9. -— 1 Mace. 10:23. Diod. Sic. 15.
Thuc. 1. 15.—Metaph. subversion, opp. 91. KIZTMTOILMII,
Dem. 416. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 26.
‘779', r", (xararc'pyw to
to To xpfiznpov, 2 Tim. 2: l4.
Kumo'rga’wvuul, f. 01-pu'm'w,(m'pév cut through or 05,) concision, i. e. a
I'll/1L, to spread down, to strew down, cutting ofl‘, mutilation. So Phil. 3: 2,
trans. e. g. persons, 1 Cor. 10:5 KGTE contemptuously for the Jewish circum
vrpéflqaav Ev Epr’yptp, i. e. they were cision in contrast with the true spiritual
strewed as corpses in the desert, were circumcisiomv. 3. Comp. in 'Anoxé-lrm.
destroyed. Sept. for v15‘? Num. 14:16 Kumrogez'm, f. n'lw, (1115560.) to
—Judith 14:4. 1E1. H. An. 7. 2. Xen. shoot down sc. with an arrow or dart, Pass.
Cyr. 3. 3. 64 01 IIépo'm . . . . 'n-oMofiq 0. dat. ,Bolu'dt Heb. 12: 20, in allusion to
Karca'rpriwvvn'av. Comp. Diod. Sic. 15. Ex. 19: 13 where Sept. for “22.—Luc.
80 T611 ro'lrov vexpu'nr xa-re'arpwae. D. Deor. 19. 2. Hdot. 3. 36.
Kd‘flzdtllfé), f. p6), (mipog) l0 drag
Kwrwrgéxw, aor. 2 xare’Epapov,
down, to force along, e. g. as a torrent (rpéxw,) to run down sc. from a. higher
for): M90119, Elihu, n)v iippov Test. XII toa lower place, Acts 21: 32 Kare'dpapzv
Patr. p. 643. rd Bit-rum) Alciphr. Ep. s'1r' m'n-oz’m he ran down to them sc. from
1. l.—-In N. T. of a person, to drag or the tower Antonia. Sept. for 7“ l K.
haul along so. 'n'pdg xpm’lv Luke 12: 58. 19: 20.—Hdot. 7. 192. Xen. An. 7. 1.
—Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010 5th pe'o'ng 20. In a hostile sense Sept. Lev. 26:
xars'avpov t'l'yopr'ic. So tklrahere in judi 37. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5.
cium, Cic. pro Milon. 14. Karugbcl'yw, see in Ka-rsaflt'w.
Kammpolzw or zuraw¢olrrw, f, KwruQJégw, f. xaroiaw aor. 1 pass.
a'Ew, (aoa'lw or o¢dr-rw,) to slaughter Ka'rnve'xenv.
down i. e. genr. to butcher, to kill, trans. 1. to bear or carry down from a higher
rm); Exfipor’lg Luke 19: 27. Sept. for to a lower place, Palwph. 10. 9. Plut.
i‘J-‘J Zech. ll: 5. — 2 Mace. 5: 12. Ml. M. Anton. 69. to bring down sc. with
V. H. 13. 2. Xen. An. 4. l. 23. violence, as a blow Luc. Tim. 53. to
Kwrawguylgw, f. law, guni in throw down Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7- Hdian. 4.
tens.) to seal down i. e. to, in ngl. to 15.9. —- Hence in N. T. only Pass.
seal up, e. g. 15 flifiklov a. book or roll, Kararpc'peo'flar, to be borne or thrown down,
Rev. 5: 1. Sept. for it"! Job 9: 7.— tofall. Acts 20'. 9 Karsvsxeslg ('urd rm“;
Wisd. 2: 5. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 82. 3. ii'rrvou, E'vrear, i. 0. he sunk down from
2 D
 K6t766¢fllflyfl 418
sleep, lost his balance and fell.-—}El.
V. H. 3. 5. Hdian. 1. ll. 3.—-Trop. to
be bowie down, oppressed, sc. with sleep,
1711'? Acts 20: 9.—Symm. for ET}? Ps.
76: 7. if i'irv Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. I
ult. elg iixvov 0s. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Diod.
Sic. 3. 57. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 409. 5.
2. xa-razpz'pw 40715011, with Kafé. intens.
to give a vote, to vote, i. q. qpe'pw \In'npov
but stronger, implying alacrity, zeal.
Acts 26: 10 xm'r'lve-yxa \llfiqpov I gave my
vote, assented, comp. 22: 20.—So ¢épu
\Pfiipov Dem. p. 271 nlt. Plut. Coriol.
p. 220. C, r771; hpe'pag iv a n)!’ \Mcpov
E'Eu ¢épuv iva'rdo'qg.—Otl|ers, to give
one's vote against any one, i. q. q>épew
\I/fiqmv Kara rwog, e. g. Jos. Ant. 10. 6. 2
mil/reg fivc'yxav \In'lqwvg xar' at'n'oii.
K¢TM¢EIIJYGB f. Eopai, (cpn'rytm) to
flee down to any place, etc. i. e. to flee
for refuge, e. g. eig rag 1r6hflg Acts 14.: 6.
trop. seq. inf. Heb. 6: 18. Sept. for
9"! Num. 35: 26. Deut. 4. 4.2.—Hdian.
7.11. 12. Xen. H. G. 4'. 8. 28.
KuTlZ¢9E/fw, t'. spa‘), (W6 intens.)
to spoil utterly, to corrupt, trans. Luc.
Tim. 36. “11114.0. 71):’ xépav to lay
waste, Diod. Sic. l. 56. Pol. 9. 64.. 3.
Hence in N. T.
a) trop. to corrupt, to deprave, e. g.
row voiw, Pass. 2 Tim. 3: 8. Comp.
Buttm. § 134'. 6. Sept. HITCH/)0. n‘lv
6561/ for hwvjn Gen. 6: 12.
b) by impl. to destroy, Pass. to perish,
2 Pet. 2: 12. So Sept. for 5.7-! Ex. 18:
18. h“??? Con. 6117. 2 Chr. 24: 23.
—2 Macc. 5: M. Diod. Sic. l. 16.
Kwrmpfiézu, 5, f. flow, (um-('1 in
tens.) to kiss tender-ll , deoseulor, stronger
than with», trans. Matt. 26: 4.9 coll- v.
48. Mark 14.: 45. Luke 7: 38, 4.5. 15:
20. Acts 20: 37. Sept. for P‘?! Gen.
3] z 28, 55. Ruth 1: 9,14..—Luc. Asin.
51. espec. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.33.
Ka'mgvgovéw, 5, 1". flow, (¢povéw,)
to think against any one, i. e. to think
lightly of, to despise, seq. gen. Buttm.
§ 132. 5. 3. Matt. 18: 10 p1) Kara pov
fionre 5116c YEW pucpdw rol’l'rwv. om.
2: 4. 1 Cor. ll: '22. 1 Tim. 4: l2. Heb.
19: 2. 2 Pet. Q: 10. -— Wisd. 14: 30.
Diod. Sic. l. 67. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 12.—
In the sense of to neglect, not to care for,
Matt. 6: ‘24' et Luke 16: 13 opp. to ("'66.
Ka'reva’m'mv
Eerai. l Tim.6:2.—Hdian. 5. 4.. 3. Xen.
Mem. 3. 12. 3.
Kamgbgowrrfig, 05, 6, (tramwa
véw,) a despiser, contemner, Acts 13: 4| ,
quoted from Sept. Hab. I: 5 Where Heb.
D1512. Sept. for ".253 Hab. 2: 5.—Jos.
Ant. 6. 14.. 4.. Plut. Brut. 12.
Kowaxéw, f. 560w, (xe'w,) to pour
down upon, and so gem. to pour upon,
e. g. Ewrl n‘yv mp. Matt. 26: 7. mrb
'rflc up. Mark 14.: 13.—Sept. Job 41; 15.
Hdian. 8. 4. 26. Dem. 1123 ult.
Kwmxééwog, "ov, a, 1'1, adj. (xeep)
under-ground, subterranean, put for it?“
and its inhabitants Phil. 2: 10.—An.
tho]. Gr. IV. p. 257. Dion. Hal. Ant.
2. 10.
Kwmxgoiolwm, 5pm, t‘. fioqum,
depon. Mid. (Kara intens.) to use over
much, to over-use, and so to misuse, seq.
dat. l Cor.7: 31 oi xpépevoi T1; “in”.
11);‘ pi) KClTlIxptilflEVOL. 9: 18.—it'll.‘ V. H.
3. l3. Hdian. B. 4.. 29.
Ka'mwln'axw, f. £w, (MW-1,) to cool
down, to cool, i. e. to refresh by cooling,
c. acc. 'rfiv 17Waeav Luke 16:241.—Sept.
Ez. 26: 19. Diod. Sic. 3. 8 pen.
Kwrillamhog, 0!), 6, h, (Kllfl’l intens.
ciBwXov.) full of idols, given to idolatry,
Acts 17: 16 Karu’owhov oz'nmv r|)v ma'hw.
Comp. the forms ré1rog Kafl'lsfi'épog
Diod. Sic. 16. 31. ro'1r. Karo'upvroc Pol.
18. 3. l.
KwTéVOCV‘TI, adv. (xar1'1,E'ravn,) pp.
down over against, i. e. at the point
over against, and hence gem. i. q. over
against, qJpositc to, seq. gen. Mark 1 l ;
2 xu'ilurpv n‘yv Karc'varn 13,1611. 19: 41. i3:
3. Also c. art. 6, 1‘1, Kan'vavn, as adj.
opposite, Luke 19: 30 at; n‘lv xarc'rarn
Ex. 19: Buttm.
mb'um'. 2. 1993§ 125.
1 Chr.
6. 5:Sept.
11. for
wag->1
Zech. l4: 4.-——Ecclus. 2'2: 18. — In the
sense of before, in the Sig/Ii of, Rom. 4: l7
Kare'vavn oil e’rrla'revoe 9:06, by attract.
for xarévavn 9:06 1 c’m'oreves, comp.
Buttm. § 14.3. 4. So Sept. for “Fr-P!
Ex. 32: 10. ‘2?’? 2 Clnafl: 6. ELI—32: 5.
KIZTEMIIWION, adv. (xa'rri, e’winrwv.)
pp. down in the presence of, in the very
presence of, and hence gem. before, in
the sight of, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 2: 17 mir
EI‘liHI'tOI' 1'01’: 9501". 12: 19. Eph. l: 4.
 Kareiouo'légw
Col. 1:22. Jude 24 Km’. riig 56E”; din-oi,
before, in the presence of. Sept. for
LEV. 4: 17. ‘.353 Josh. 21: 46.
Josh. l: 5. ' fizghapiowv Karaoa-yeiv, to devour a book,
Kwrefiouamigw, f. dam, (e'EovauiZw)
to exercise authority against, i. e. over
any one, 0. gen. Matt. 20: '25. Mark
10: 42.
KOt'rEgYOtZOMOtI, f. (wo'utu, depon.
Mid. (xaré intens. Epyr'uZopai) aor. 1
pass. rampyaqenv with pass. signif.
2 Cor. 12: 12, comp. Buttm. §113. n. 6;
to work out, trans. i. e. to bring about, to
accomplish, Xen. Mem. 3. 5.11. In N.T.
a) to work out, i. e. to eject, to produce,
to be the cause or out/tor of, Rem. 4: 15
1': vo'lmc doyfiv xarsp‘yéi'crat. 5: 3. 7: 8,
13. 15:18. 2 Cor. 4:17. 7:10 bis, 11.
9:11. Phil. 2:12. James 1:3, 20.—
Xen. Mem. 2. 8. ll. Lac. 9. l.
b) to work up, i. e. to make an end of,
to vanquish, e. g. llirrav'ra Eph. 6: 13.-—
Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 2. Hdian. 1. 9. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 6. 4 row Mayra.
c) genr. to work, to do, to practise, the
force of run’: being not indeed lost, but
still not easily expressed in English.
E. g. of actions, Rom. l: 27 n)v (‘taxono
din/m’ Kai'sp'yagvopevoi. 2: 9 x. 1'6 xaxov,
7: “5,17,18,20. 1 Cor. 5: 3. 1 Pet.
4: 3. (Xen. Hiero l. 32.) Of miracles,
mhuda, pass. 2 Cor. 12: 12. (Hdot. 9.
108.) In the sense of to make, toform,
c. acc. et dat. 2 Cor. 5: 5. Sept. for 52?
Ex. I5: 17. comp. 35: 30.
KawigXo/bm, aor. 2 Karfihflov,
(E'pxopm q. v.) to go or come down, to de
scend, e.g. of persons going from a higher
to a lower region of country, to the sea
coast, etc. seq. :2; c. ace. of place Luke
4: 31. ActsS: 5. 13:4,. seq. dvrd 0.
gen. of place Luke 9: 37. Acts 15: l.
18: 5. 21: 10. seq. eig et 61rd Acts
11: 27. seq. 796;‘ c. ace. of intrans. to stand forth against, and by
12: 19.
pers. Acts 9: 32. —c. at‘; El. V. H. 4. impl. in a hostile sense, i. q. to rush upon,
25. Hdian. l. 16. 3.—Ofpersons coming to assault, seq. dat. r9": name,» Acts [8:
from the high sea down to land, seq. 12. See Matth. §40L Comp. 'E¢l.
zlg Acts 18: 22. 27: 5.—Hdian. 41. 8. l.
—Trop. ofdivine gifts, James 3: 15 oo¢ia
iii/weer xarspxopéw), see in’AvuOcv no. 1.
KIZTEUg/W, aor. 2 Karz'tpayov, (Km-ti,
z'ofllw q. v.) to eat down, to swallow down,
to zkvour, trans.
a) pp. of animals, mréqz. Matt. 13: 4'
T ‘ i I
1A6: ra. rrsrzu'n mi m'rc'ldm'yey ai-ru.
419 Kwréxw
Markdml. Luke8z5. Rev.l'2:4. Sept.
for 52"! Gen. 37: 19. Ex. 10: 15.—Pa
laeph. 4.. l Karena—Oi‘ persons, e. g.
as emblematic of a perfect knowledge
of its contents, Rev. 10: 9, 10. Comp.
Ez. 3: l, 3, where Sept. for 7>§I$.—Xen.
Lac. 15. 4| xaratp. Diod. Sic. l. 90 Kai-:06.
—-Tr0p. xa'ratpa'yziw row fiiov, to squander
one's substance, Luke l5:30.--H0m. ()d.
15. 12. Eschin. 13. 38 xarmpa'yeiv rill’
1rar aim’ m'm'iav.
b trop. a) of things, e. g. of fire, to
consume, ev. 11: 5 xareafl. 20: 9
:a-rézp. Sept. for 5215, xarmfl. Is. 29: 6.
Joel 2: 5. KCIT€¢. Lev. 10: ‘2. So of
zeal, John 2: l7 1') Zfihoc roii o'is'ou (mu
xa-rz'pa'yz' '16, quoted from Ps. 69: 10
where Sept. for Y=2!$.--Test. XII Patr.
p. 538 o Ziikoc ail-row KGTEUOlfi. Jos. Ant.
7. 8. of persons, e. g. Gal. 5:
15 éMfiXouc xa'reafiisw, i. q. to consume
or destroy one another. (trop. Sept. for
52': Is. 9: 12. Xen.‘ An. 4. 8. 14..) In
the sense of to pillage, to plunder, by
extortion, etc. :carwO. 11w’: 2 Cor. ll:
90. The chain; rim X17913»! Matt. 23: 13.
Mark 193: 40. Luke '20; 4,7. --comp.
Hom. ()d. 9. 237.
K001111913“), f. W43, (xarc'l, swam»)
to guide straight towards or upon any
thing, i. e. gem‘. to guide, to direct, c.
acc. e. . one's way or journey to a
place, 1 hess. 3: ll 6 Kopzogxareutiiwai
(optat) rhv 656v fppé'w 1r rig {mag—Plut.
Alex. M. 33 init.—- rop. rm‘ic 1r65ag
sic 'rfiv 656v rr'lg :ipfivng Luke 1:79.
rag mpdlag c1’; 11 2 Thess. 3: 5. So
Sept. 0:. n)v 656v for ".33 Hiph. Ps. 5; 9.
x. rfii/ m Slur for T3?! 2 Chr. 12:14.
19: 3.—l?lut. ed. R. VI. p. 7| ult.
KtZTEQ/O‘Tflfbl, f. arr'la'w, (e'oi’arrun
q. v.) in N. T. only in aor. 2 xa-rem'crrnv,
any.“ h.
Ktit'féxw, f. xaOéEw, R01‘. 2 xare'axov,
(Kara intens.) to have and hold fast, to
holdfirmlr , trans.
a) gem. in various senses. (a) to re
lain, to detain a person; Luke 4.; 4,2 rat
Karcixoy aim-av roi'! pr) 1ropei'm19ai. Phi
lem. 13. Sept. for Gen. 24.: 56.
‘l u 2
 Karnyogéw 420 Kwmxéw

"=35 Gen. 42: 19. —-Jos. Ant. 7. 4. l. l. 7. 14.) or c. gen. of thing by attract.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 9, 11.—In the sense Acts 24': 8. 25: ll. seq. ‘Kept c. gen. of
of to hinder, to repress, 2 Thess. 2: 6, 7. thing Acts 24: 13.—Isocr. ad Nicoc. p.
Some also Rom. 1:18, see below.— 51. ed. Lange. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 2.—
Xen. Cyr. 4.. 6. 4 bis.— (B) to possess Seq. xani c. gen. of pers. also seq. gen.
i. e. to hold in firm and secure posses of thing by attract. Luke 23: 14.—Pass.
sion, 1 Cor. 7: 30 Kai oi d-yoprifovreg dig where the subject is a person, Acts 25:
pr) xarz'xowzc. 2 Cor. 6: 10. Rom. 1: l8 16 6 xarn'yopoi'lluevog. seq. {11:-6 rwoc,
'nDv rfiv (DJ/Quay 5'1! 518...’? Karexdw'rwv, Matt. 27: 12. (Hdot. 7. 205.) Where
i. e. possessing a knowledge of the truth the subject is a thing, seq. n'apd ru'og,
but living in unrighteousness. Sept. Acts 22: 30 r6 r1’ Karn'yopsirat 1rapr'c rfiw
for Chald. Aph. 19E“. Dan. 7:18, 22.— 'Iov§.—-Thuc. l. 95.
}El. V. H. 7. 1. Pol. l. 9. 3. Xen. Mem. b) genr. i. q. to complain of, seq. gen.
3. 5. 26.-—(-y) trop. to holdfast in one's of pers. John 5: 45 his, p») 60x27" 511
mind and heart, to keep in mind etc. e. g. £74}; xa'rn'yopfio'w iquiv x. 1'. X. Rom. 2:
n‘w )té'yov Luke 8: 15. rag 1rapa5¢iaetg 13.—Hdian. 6. 9. 1. Xen. Hi. 1. 14..
1 Cor. ll: '2. rd xuhov l rl‘hess. 5: 21.
Kwrnyogl'w, 11;, 1‘), (mm/096w.)
also Heb. 3: 6, l4. I0: 23. in memory accusation, e. g. judicial, Luke 6: 7.
I Cor. ]5:2.— Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 29. John 18: 29. 1 Tim. 5: 19.—Jos. Ant.
Theophr. Char. 26, or 8 ed. Tauchn.— 2. 4,. 3. 1E1. V. H. 11. 10.—Gem. i. q.
(5) Pass. to be held fast, i. e. trop. to be complaint. Tit. l: 6 iv xa'm-yoplq daw
bound by a law, iv *3 Ka-ruxépzfia Rom. riag.—comp. Dem. 319. 4.
7: 6. (comp. Sept. for “95 Gen. 39: 20.) K057757050?’ 09, 5, (nu-myopia»)
also of disease, Jolin 5: 4, qi 5r’11rorc m an accuser, John 8: 10. Acts 23: 30, 35.
rcixcro voor’lpan by whauver disease he 24': 8. 25: 16, 18. Of Satan Rev. 12:
was held bound. So Sept. and ‘"315 J er. 10 in text. rec. Comp. in Aza'éohog l).
13:2L—Hdian. l. 12. l. ib. l. 4.19. -—2 Macc. 4,; 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9.
Aristid. II. p. 508 sq. comp. Xen. Conv.
Kwrr'lywg, 050;‘, 1'), (xarn'yope'uJ an
l. 10.—(e) As a nautical term, Karéxuv
[TI‘IV Val-JV] sic Tdv ai'yiahdv, to hold a
accuser i. e. Satan, Rev. 12: 10 in later
sin}: firm towards tlze land, i. e. to steer
editions for Ka'n'ryopog. Comp. in Ami.
towards the land, Acts 27: 4.0. — Hdot.
€ohog b. — Not found in profane Greek
writers, but lit. i. q. Rabb. ""->“‘~?P, ac
7. 188 xarc'oxe . . . 5;‘ row ai-ymhdv. Pol.
l. 25. 7. Plut. Thes. 21. Thuc. 8. 23. cuser, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Ch. 2009.
Kwrépem, ac, 17, (Karmprllc with
fully Hom. Od. ll. 4.55 it; 1rarpi5a 'yaiav
vfia A‘aTw'xé/lsvflt. VVith Em‘ Xen. H. G. cast-down eyes,dejected, Luc. Sacrif. 1,
2. l. 99. fr. Karol ¢a'og,) defection, sorrow, James
b) by impl. to Iayfasl hold of, to seize, 4.: 9.-Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 4.. Thuc. 7. 75.
Matt. 2l: 38 Karao'xwluev rr)v Khrlpov. Kom'nxéw, :7, f. flaw, (177610,) to
So to take eagerly, rov E'o'xarov ré1r0v sound forth towards, against, around any
Luke 14.: 9. Sept. for "3!: 2 Sam. 4: one, Luc. Jup. Trag. 39. Hence trop.
I0. 20: 9. — Diod. Sic. 12. 82. Xen. and in N. T. to teach, to instruct, sc.
H. G. 2. l- 2. orally, by the sound of the living voice.
Karnyogém, 5, f. 17w, (Kam', a) pp. and spoken of the oral instruc
(17095610,) to speak against sc. in public, tion, preaching, of the apostles and
before a court, etc. i. e. to accuse, e. g. early Christian teachers, seq. ace. of
a.) pp. in a judicial sense, seq. gen. of pers. 1 Cor. 14.: 19 'lm Kai IiMouc mm.
person expr. or impl. Buttm. § 132. 5.3. Xfia'u. impl. Gal. 6: 6. (Act. Thom. §
Matth. §369. Matt. 12: 10 'iva mm 16.) Pass. 0. acc. of thing, Buttm. §
yopr'lawo'w aiirm'l. Mark 3: 2. Luke 11: 134,. 6. Acts 18: ‘25 Karnxqpe'vog 11):’
54. 23: ‘2, 10. John 8:6. Acts 24: 2, 6501' roi'! Kvpiou. Gal. 6: 6. seq. wept’
19. 25: 5. 28:19. Rev. 122 10.—l c. gen. Luke 1:4,. seq. Ex c. gen. om.
Macc. 7; 6. Xen. An. 5. 8. l.—Seq. 2: 18.—Jos. de Vita sua 65 ult. Luc.
gen.ot' pers. et acc.0f thing, Matth. § 370. Asin. 48.
n. 2. Mark 15: 3 mrn-yopouv (lilroii b) genr. to inform, to apprize of, and
Il'OAAtl. (l Macc. 7: 25. Xen. H. G. Pass. to be informed of, to hear by "7,0",
 K as" i 5'may 421 Kain!
seq. wept 0. gen. Acts 21: 21. fl wept’
Of Christ as being ever present by his
rwog v. 24.— So xa-rnxnfleie 1repl ru'iv Spirit in the heart of Christians,e’v ruig
aupgsénxo'rwv Plut. de Fluv. X. p. 736. napalm; ilpd‘w Eph. 3: 17. Of n‘; 1rl\r']
1. p. 741. 2. ed. Reiske. pwpa rfig Sno'rnrog which was in Jesus,
Km?’ lbllw’, see in"I5:oe a. 0. iv Col. 2: 9. 1: 19. Of the spirit or
Ka'rm'w, f, (im.), (ear/1 intens. 16:»
disposition of mind, James 4: 5. So in
prosopop. 1'1 Emaiom'wn 2 Pet. 3:13. comp.
fr. lo’; q. v.) to cause to rust, to corrode
Sept. Jer. 32: 16.
with rust,- Pass. to rust out, to be cor
roded, hyperhol. James 5: 3 b xpvabg Karo/male, sag, ,',, (mmn'w)
inuiw Kai b lip-yvpog xnriwrai. Comp. dwelling, habitation, Mark 5:3. Sept.
Ep. of Jer. 24. Lam. 4: 1.-— Arrian. for 1?“ Gen. 10: 30.—Pint. Lysand.
Diss. Epict. 4. 6 the inrAdpta E-rnueipeva 28 med.
A'ari’w-rai. Karomn'rr'ygmv, 01), To’, (mmméw)
Ka'rwxi'm, f. (tau, (lexr'm) to be dwelling-place, dwelling, e. g. rm’; 6505,
strong against any one, i. e. to prevail as being ever present by his Spirit in
against or over, e. g. in a hostile sense, the hearts of Christians, Eph. 2:22.
to overcome, to vanquish, seq. gen. Matt. it. away...’ Rev. 18:2. Sept. for 1'1”:
16:18 01'! Karw'xba'ouaw abrfig—Ecclus. 2 Chr. 30: 27. Nah. 2: ll. 32.2.1’: EX.
7: 30. E]. H. An. 5. 19. id. V. H. 12. 12:20. "a? 2 Chr. 6:30.
9. Diod. Sic. 1. 24.—Gem. to prevail, KtZTOm/Il, (2;, fi, (rarotxt'm)
to get the upper hand, absol. Luke 23:23. dwelling, habitation, Acts 17:26. Sept.
—Jos. Ant. 16. 3. 1. Pol. 6. 51. 6. for “3"” Ex. 35:3. Lev. 3: 17.—— P01.
Karomiw, 07, f. film, (01:50:) to 2. 32. 4.
settle down in a fixed dwelling, to dwell Karo'rrgi'gw, f. law, (Kc'tronrpov
permanently, viz. mirror, comp. 'Eao-rrrpor,) to let look in a
a) trans. to dwellfirezlly in a place, to mirror, Mid. to look in a mirror, to be
inhabit. (a) pp. 0. ace. of place, Acts 1: hold in a mirror, Diog. Laert. de Plat.
19 1'07; Karoixoz'mw 'Iepovaaln'lp. 2:9, 33. 39 role [156601101 avvegovkeue KGTO
14. 4: 16. 9:32, 35 roll: KGTOM'OI-IVTGC m-PIZeaGai. Artemid. 2. 7.—In N. T.
A055“ 19: 10, 17. Rev. [12:12.] 17: Mid. to behold as in a glass, c. ace. 2
2. So Sept. for =21: Gen. 13:7. 34:29. Cor. 3: 18 rhv bo'Eav Kvpiou KtlTOTl'T‘pt
— Luc. D. Deor. 18:1. Diod. Sic. 5. (tips-rot, i. e. beholding the glory of the
16. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 38.—([3) trop. of Lord as reflected and radiant in the
God as manifesting his constant presence gospel, in antith. to v. 15.—Philo 2
in the temple, Matt. 23:21. Alleg. p. 79. E, pubs‘ mrorrrpwaipnv e'v
h) intrans. to dwell fixedly, to reside, ithlup ru/l rfiv o'r‘lv iiil'av 1') iv 001 To? 9a,‘).
e. g. seq. rig c. ace. see in Eh; no. 4. Comp. Loesner ()bs. p. 304.
Matt. 2: 23 e'XOdw xarlp'xnaev ti; 1ro'luv
My. Nalfapz'r. 4:13. Acts 7: 4. seq. Karo'gflwpva, 0:70;, 16, from KGT
iv e. dat. Luke 13:4 raroixol'n'rac e'v opOo'w to set upright, to establish. Sept.
'Iepoua. Acts 1:20. 2: 5. 7:2, 4. 9:22. 2 Chr. 33: 16. 1 Chr. 28: 7. to direct
11:29. 13: 27. Heb. 1129. Rev. l3: successfully, to achieve prosperously,
l2. seq. in’ 0. gen. ‘int T171; 7179 Rev. 3: 1E1. V. H. 11. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3.—
10. 6:10. 8:13. 11:10 bis. 13:8,14 Hence in N. T. xardpOwpa, any thing
bis. [14: 6.] 17:8. 0. acc. s’nl m'w Ta happily achieved, noble deed, Acts 24: 3
'n'piiaw'rrov rfig 'yfig; Acts 17:26. seq. ‘ROI-I, Karopewpdrwv 'ywope'vwv 11;: 591'“ rain-q:
b'rrov, Rev. 2: 13 bis. ire? Matt. 12:45. x. r. 7\. many things having been happily
Luke 1]: 26. impl. Acts 22: 12. Sept. achievedfor this nation, sc. in reference
for =2‘: c. in Gen. 13:12. 19:29. c. to the government and institutions,
E-irl Lev. 20: 22. 25: 18, 19. ixei Gen. spoken in flattery to Felix—Of military
11: 2.—c. e'v Diod. Sic. 4. 58. Xen. An. achievements Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 3. Diod.
5. 3. 7. abrofi Palaaph. 31. 11. — (B) Sic. 17. 51. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 676.
trop. of God, see above in a. c. Ev Not used by earlier writers, Lob. ad
Acts 7:48. 17:24. (Sept. and 1?‘: Ps. Phryn. p. 250 sq.
7 I
2: 4. 9: 12 Test. X11 Patr. p. 652.) [\arw, adv. (Karin) downwards,
 K ara'rrsgog 422 K046901500:
down. Comparat. xurwrépw Matt. 2: Others in James 1. c. a scorching wind,
16,00mp. Buttm. Aust'. Sprachl. II. p. i. e. the east wind from the Arabian
270. n. 4:.
desert, as Sept. for i‘i'P, D“ Jer. 18:17.
1. Of place i. e. (a) of place whither, Ez. I7: 10; and for simp. D‘TP, Job
implying motion down, Matt. 4: 6 ,Brihe 27: 2].
acavrov xa'rw. Luke 4: 9. John 8: 6, 8. Kau'mgwizw, f. (in), (Katrn'ypiov
Acts 90; 9. Sept. for we‘: Ecc. a; 21. cautery, brand-iron, fr. mu'u,) to can
Is. 37:3L—Hdian. 3. ll. 5. Xen. An. tcrize, to brand with a hot iron, Pass.
4. 8. 20. 1 Tim. 4: 2 KEKtll/TflPtflO’fl-éVOL rfiv t'Eiav
b) of place where, below, underneath, uwu'hqmv branded in their own con
Mark 14:66 iv rij aiDq') ted-rm. Acts 2:19. sciences, having the marks, stigma, of
Matt. 27:51. Mark 15:38. Sept. for we’? their guilt burnt in upon their own con
Ez. 1:27. we Ez.3l:16.—Hdian.8.3.l'. sciences.—Hesych. xexaurrlpluopz'vm' In)
Xen. Mem. 3. l. 7.—~So c. art. 6,1‘), r6 E ovrcg ‘rip’ ovvet'drpo'u' iryn'l. Comp.
Ka'rw, as adj. that which is below, the low, iod. Sic. 20. 54 rate \i/uxaig ru'w E'vfiov
i. e. earthly John 8: 23. Buttm. § 125.6. u'io'rrep xaurr'lpui rwu wpoafi'ys. Cic. de
-Jos. B. J. 5. 4.. l 1‘; m'rw mihtg. Diod. Ofi'.3, ~21 qui conscientiae labes et vulnera
Sic. l. 4,9. Thuc. 1. 120. in animo habent—Others, by impl.
2. Of time, comparat. Matt. 2: 16 ‘being seared, hardened, in their con
Fun‘; Eteroirg xal xarwre'pw of two years sciences,’ see Reitz ad Luc. I. p. 64.5.
old and under, i. q. lower down. So KuuxoZo/bm, 5pm, t‘. I'm-opal,
Sept. min. for nee‘? 1 Chr. 27; ~23. - 2 pers. pres. moxie-at Rom. 2: 17, ~23.
Diod. Sic. l. 3 Kurwre'pu. El. V. H. see Buttm. § 103. III. 1, marg. p. 199.
3. l7 Ka'rw. Winer § 13. 2. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 360.
Kan/"5509', 04, 0V, (cemparat. fr. ——T0 boast one's self, to glory, to exalt,
xa'rw.) lower down, i. e. lower, Eph. 4.: 9 both in a good and bad sense. E. g.
Kars'gn cig r1‘: Karabrepa pc'pn r179 71'); he absol. 1 Cor. 1: 29, 31 b Kauxdrpevoe.
descended into the lower parts of the earth, 4:2 7. 2 C01‘.10:13, 17. 11:18, 30.
i. q. fine, 55!“? implying that Christ 12; 1,6,11. Gal. 6; 14.. Eph. 2.9.
became subject to death, comp. 1: 90. Seq. accus. of thing as to which, ofwhich
So Sept. (19 rd k'lIT'tilTflTfl 'rfig yr’); for one boasts, comp. Buttm. §l3l. 6, 7.
we; firm-e; i. e. Sheol. Ps. 63: 10. 2 Cut‘. 9: 2 fly Kavxu'apai MaxeEéaw.
comp. Is. 414.: 23. Ez. 26: 20. 11:30. c. acc. of degree 11: 16. Seq.
Karwrégw, see in Kdrw. iv 0. dat. of that in which one glories,
Kai/w, um‘, ro', (mi...) burning, e. g. of things Rom. 2: 23 by e'v véprp
heat, Rev. 7:16. 16:9. Sept. for Bl‘! mvxiiaat. 5: 3. 2 Cor. 5: 12. 10: 15,
16. ll: 12. 12: 9. Gal. 6: 13. James
Gen. 8:22.—Ecclus. 14.: 27. Xen. Mem.
1:9. 4:16.0t' persons, Rom.2: l7 Ev
4:. 3. 9.
9:93. 5:11. 1 Cor. 1:31. 3: 21. 2 Cor.
Kat-411067IZW, f. iaw,(xai'1/1a,)t0 burn, 10: 17. Phil. 3:3. 2 Thess. 1:4. Seq.
to scorch, trans. Matt. 13: 6. Mark 4: 6. Em’ 0. dat. Rom. 5: 2 tr’ “1115:. mm’
Rev. 16:8, 9. —— Arr. Epict. l. 6. 26. c. ace. as to any thing, 2 Cor. ll: 18.
Plut. VI. p. 378. 4. ed. Reiske. rcpt’ 0. gen. 2 Cor. 10:8. inrz'p 0. gen.
Kafiulg, mg, 1‘;, (wit-1,) a burning, 2 Cor. 7: l4 irrre‘p ilpibv x. 9: 2. 12: 5
burning up. Heb. 6: 8 he n‘; re'hog rig bis. Sept. absol. for "ET! 1 Sam. ‘2: 3.
Kai'mw, i. e. the end of which is to he for 51???? c. ace. Prov. 27: l. c. e'v Jer.
bumed. Sept. for ‘2.9,- Pi. inf. Is. 40: 9: 22, 23. c. in’ Prov. 25:l41.—Pind.
16. 44:: l5.-—Plut.ed. R. VI. p. 4.81. 10. 01. 9. 58. c. e'n'i Ecclus. 30: 2. Diod.
Kawao'opom, 0:75.00“, (Kai-1019,) only S. 16. 70.- c. acc. Lucian. Ocyp. v. 120.
Pass. to be set onfire, to burn, 2 Pet. 3: C. dat. HdOL 7. 39.
10, 12.—trop. ot'a fever, GaLet Dioscor. Kal’Jxflfhtl, “1'05, r6, (navxciopag)
Km'ao'wv, NW9‘, 6, (Rain), Kai/ow) a boasting, glory/ing, erulting, i. e.
burning, heat, sc. of the sun, Matt. 20: 9.) pp. the act of glorying or exulting
[2. Luke 12: 55. James 1: 11.—Ecclus. in any thing, 0. gen. Heb. 3: 6 r6 mu‘:
18: 6. 4.3127. Artemid. III. p. 73. B.— Xnpa rfig Ekm’ioc, i. e. the hope in which
 Kabmalg
we glory. So inre'p nyog 2 Cor. 5: 12.
9: 3. absol. 1 Cor. 5: 6.-—Pind. Isth.
5. 65.
b) meton. object of boasting, ground —In N. T. John 18: l b xcipuflfiog r05
of glorying, ezultah'on. Rom. 4|: 2 ExecKzbpév, the brook, torrent of Cedron.
xubxrum. l Cor.9: 15, 16. 2 Col‘. 1:
HI. Gal. 6: 4|. Pllil. 12 26. 2: 16. Sept.
for “3?? Deut. 10: 21. Jer. 17: 14.
we!“ Prov. 17: _6.—Ecclus. 10: 22.
Km'ognm, ms, .5, (Kavxa'opm) a acquainted with the Hebrew have made
boasting, ghryx'ng,erulting, i. q. Kairxqpn,
but found only in later writers,
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 670.
a) pp. the act of glorying or exulting
in any thing, 2 Cor. 7: 14. 1'1 xabxnmg
1'”.u7v
2 Cor.1‘) 9:
E1r24.Tirou,
11:17.
see in 'Em'
1 These.
I. l. 2:a. 19
m'éoavog Knvxr'puewg, i. e. the crown in
which we glory, exult. James 4.: 16.
So inrz'p rwoc 9 Cor. 8: 24. So Sept.
aré¢. muxr’wwg for "35?!“ Prov. 16: 31.
El. 16:12. 232 42.
b) meton. object of boosting, ground
of glorying, erultation, Rom. 3: 27 mu":
oby 1'1 xal'axmng: 2 Cor. 1: 12. ll: 10.
iv Xpw-rq': Rom. 15: 17. inrc‘p bpu’w
2 Cor. 7: 4. SO 1 Cor. 15:31 W‘) rilv
bpere'pav Kai'lxnow flu E'xu, i. q. rfiv Km’:
xnuu/ inrs‘p bpd'w v. Ev Quinn—Sept. Jer.
12: 13. Etymol. Mag. 4.00. 38.
Kawlfyaolllfb, see Ka1rzpvaobp.
Keg/meal’, 51', at’, Cenchrea, the
eastern port of Corinth, about 70 stadia
from the city, Acts 18: I8. Rom. 16: I.
comp. Strabo VIII. p. 262.
Kébgog, 05, {1, cedar, Heb. 135, a
tree celebrated in O. T. and growing
chiefly on Mount Lebanon, where at
the present day only a few remain, see
Calmet art. Cedar.——Hom. 0d. 5. 60.
E]. V. H. 5. 6.—Not found in N. T.
except in the false reading r017 xupu'fi ' 11
T4311 Keep...’ John 18: l in text. rec. Ste
in Keapo'w.
Kibgasy, b, indec. Cedron, Heb.
(turbid) K’idron, Josephus Kzbpiw,
Grog, Ant. 8. l. 5. al. pr. n. of a tor
rent which rises a little to the north
ward of Jerusalem, and flows through
the valley between the city and the
mount of Olives, ¢épuy£ rob Kcbpu'ivoc
Jos. Ant. 9. 7. 3. B. J. 5. 4|. 2. It
then passes along the valley of Jehosha
phat and so eastwardly by the convent
4'23 Ke/gw
of St Saba, into the Dead Sea. It is
mostly dry except in the rainy season.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 206.
SO Sept. 5 Xeip. Kebptbv f0!‘ Heb. 15"}?
2 K. 15:13. 23: 6, l2. 2 Chr. 29:10.
al. J08. Ant. 1') Xu'p. Kebpfnlog AHLB. l. 5.
—Out of this, later transcribers un
6 Xei'papfiog n31! Kc'dpow, brook ofcedars,
John I. c. in text. rec. and also in Sept.
2 Sam. 15: 93. l K. 15:13.
KEJFIM, f. Keiaopai, to lie, and also
to be laid, i. q. Peri‘. Pass. of 1461);“, see
Buttm. \5 109. II.
:1) pp. to lie, to recline, of persons, e. g.
an infant
a dead c’v llllpatt.
body _ ¢a'rv Luke
28: 6. 2: 23:
Luke 12,16.
53.
John 11:4]. 20:12.—Hdian. 8. 1. I9.
Xen. An. I. 8. 27.— Of things, Luke
24: 12 fit 6661411 Keipsva ,udra. John 20:
5, 6, 7. 21:9. seq. in’ c. ace. 2 Cor.3:
15.—c. Ev Palaeph. 4.6. 3. Luc. Pisc. 41.
b) i. q. pert‘. pass. of Tierlfll, i. e. to be
laid, set, placed, e. g. as a foundation
1 Cor. 3: 11. a throne Rev. 4.: 2. ves
sels John 2: 6. 19: 29. (Xen. An. 7. 3.
22.) 1rpo’g n to be laid at, as a blow,
Matt. 3: 10. Luke 3:9. So to be laid
up, reposited, Luke 12'. l9.—Xen. (E0.
7: 36.—Of a place, to lie, to be situated,
Rev. 21: 16 1ro'Mg 're‘rpc'vyuyoc Ksirat.
Matt. 5: l4..—2 Mace. 4: 33. Diod. Sic.
l. 30. Xen. An. 5. 4. 15.—Twp. of per.
sons, to be set, appointed, 0. El; final,for
any thing Luke 2: 34.. Phil. 1: 16.
l Thess. 3: 3. Oflaws,to be given,made,
0. dat. 1 Tim. 1; 9.—Xen. Mem. 4.4. 16.
c) i. q. to be sc. in any state or condi
tion durahly, 0. iv, 1 John 5: 19 bxbopog
xsirai iv 19'; 1rovqpq3, is wholly given to
wickedness—2 Macc. 3: II. 4:31.
comp. Hom. 916w Ev ym'wam KEITH! 0d.
1. 267, 400. Pind. Pyth. 8. 107.
Kelgl'ot, (1;, 1", band, bandage, for
swathing infants or dead bodies, Mos
coph. xelpta b 'ré'w wpri'wv bea'poc, fi-youv
fi sou/Gag ¢aoxia, Hill 5 bee/Lobe‘ robe
vexpol'lg. In N.T. only in the latter
sense, John 11:44, where it is nearly
i. q. 6661140!’ John ‘20: 5.—-Origen ad Joh.
l. c. xupt'at vexpGv Eld’l. 35071.0(.
KEIZW, f. we, pp. to wear awa: ,
to cut away, so. by rubbing, gnawing,
 Ke'ksuaaa 424
cutting, etc. Hom. II. 11. 560. ib. 21.
204,. 0d. 11. 578; see Passow sub v.
Hence gem. and in N. T. to shear, trans.
e. g. a sheep Acts 8:32, from Is. 53: 7,
where Sept. for ‘11,. Espec. the head,
to cut ofl'lhe hair, Acts 18: 18 KUPéIU-EVOQ
rfiv KE¢G>J1V having sham his head, i. e.
having had it shorn. 1 Cor. 11:6 bis.
S_o Sept. for "A, Job 1:20. Jer. 7: 28.
7"?! 2 Sam. 14:: 26.—El. V. H. 11. 10.
Xen. H. G. l. 7. 8. 55:11.
Jer. 6: 29. 18: 15.—Xen. An. 2. 2. 21.
Ke'kevaaa, wrog, rd, (KEXEI’IUJ cry :31; x. Diod. Sic. 19.
of incitement, of urging on, outcry, cla
maur, shout. 1 Thess. 4,: 16 a KI’JPIOQ e'v
K£1\El’lt7l.ltlfl, iv ¢wv§ r’tpxayye'hou xai Ev Eph. 5: 6. x. durc'rm Col. 2: 8. So
mikm'y'yt 9e06, Kllfilgl'ldiflll. c'ur' oz’ipavoii. Sept. for
—-()f the shout of sailors at the oar Luc. (Dem. 19. ll.) Ofpersons,empty,fool
Catapl. 19. of soldiers rushing to battle ish, James 2: 20.—Arr. Epict. 2. 19. 8.
Thuc. 3. 14'. ot'a multitude Diod. Sic. 3.
15. of a huntsman to his dogs Xen.
Ven. 6. 20.
KeMi'm, f. u'm'u, pp. to set in mo
tion, to urge on, Hum. ll. 23. 642. comp.
Passow s. voc. In N. T. and genr. to
command, to order, sc. something to be
done. Seq. acc. et infin. aor. Matt. 14':
19 xeXu'wac 'rmic iixhovg dyaxhzefivat.
V. 98. 18: 25. 27: 58, 64'. Luke 18: 40.
Acts 4.: 15. 8:38. 22-.30.23:10. 25:6,
17. c. acc. impl. Matt. 8: 18. 14:9.
Acts 5: 34. 12: 19. 21:33.—Judith 12:
l. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9. c. acc. impl. Diod.
Sic. 4. 61.—Seq. acc. et inf. pres. Acts
El: 34 ZKc'Mua'e li'yeaoac al'ifliv. 22: 24.
23: 3, 35. 24:18. 25: 21. 27:43. 0. 3.06.
impl. Acts 16:22.—-Xen. Cyr. 1.4.17. 0.
acc. impl. Hdian. 2. 3. B. Xen. Cyr. 2.
2. 2.-— Seq. dat. et inf. aor. Matt. 15:
35 mi z'xe'heuae T019 ii X019 rivmrws'iv.
Absol. Acts 25: 23.— en. Cyr. l. 3. 9.
absol. l. 4. 18.
Kevo5oil'w, as, a, (maaozogg vain
glory, empty pride, Phil. 2: 3.——Wisd.
14.: 14. Luc. D. Mort.10.8. Plut. VIII.
p. 164'. 10. ed. R.
Kévdaogog, 00, 6, 1'1, (xewic, 555".)
vain-glorious, full of empty pride and
ambition, Gal. 5= 26. - Pol. 27. 6. 12.
ii). 39. l. l.
Kavo'g, 1'7, 6», empty, opp. to 1m’;
pm; l'ull,e. g. m5)“; ('wepdnrwv new’, Hdian.
8. l. 9. Xen. An. 1.8. 20. In N. T.
at) pp. as et.-av. . . r’urs’arukav may,
i. e. with empty hands, having nothing
Kéwgov
Mark 12: 3. Luke 20: 10, 11. l: 53.
So‘ Sept. for 9P1‘? Gen. 31:42. Dent.
15:l3.--Judith 1: 11. H0m.0d.10.42.
b) metaph. enrvty, vain, i. e. (a)fi-uit
less, without utility or success, Acts 4:
25 Kai N101 EpeM-rrlo'av Kerri. 1 Cor. 15:
10 1'] xc'iplg 01’) an) i-yevfierp. 15: 14» bis,
58. t Thess. 2:1. eig xeyév in vain
2 Cor. 6:1. Gal. 2: 2. Phil. 2: 16 bis.
1 Thess. 3: 5. So Sept. for E2"?! Is.
Job 7; 6. 51; x. for sgs’a
of that in
which there is nothing of truth or re
alit , false, fallacious, e. g. naval A670;
Ex. 5: 9. =32 Hos. 12: l.
Ksvoqbmn'a, as, ;,, (xsmig, 900,141,)
lit. empty voice, i. e. vain words, fruitless
disputation, 1 Tim. 6:20. 2 Tim. 2:
16.—Hesych. xevmpwviug' pa-rawXo-yiag.
K966), 5, f. (haw, (newig) to camp
lg], to make empty, trans. Sept. Jer. l4: 2.
Luc. Alex. 36 ai oim'az Exsvcbflnaav.
Thuc. 8. 57. In N. T. only trop.
a) KEVOl-JY iav-rdv, to empty one's self,
i. e. to divest one's self of rightful dig
nity by descending to an inferior condi.
tion , to abuse one's self, Phil. 2: 7 Exe'vuwcv
Eav-rdv, i. q. e'rarrzlvuo'ev Eat/‘rev in v. 8.
So Sept. Kevég for PT‘. Neh. 5: l3. Orig.
Homil. in Jer. l: 7.
b) to make empty, vain, fruitless. Rom.
4: l4 Kexs'van'at 1') ‘ll'ifl'TlQ. 1 Cor. l: 17.
Hence to falsify i. e. to shew to be with.
out ground, fallacious, e. g. Kaéxqpa
1 Cor. 9: 15. 2 Cor. 9:3. -—Hesych.
Kai/0165' ,udratoc c'mmpavefi.
KéW'gOV, 00, rd, (xer're'u t0 prick,)
aprick,point, gent. Hence in N.
a) a sting, e. g. of locusts, scorpions,
Rev. 9: 10.—El. H. An. 1. 60 of bees.
Luc. Contempl. l5. —- Trop. as a thing
of venom, venomous weapon, ascribed
to death personified, 1 Cor. 15:55, 56
not? 00v, sdyars, ‘rd xe'vrpov; - . . ‘rd 5:‘
xév-rpov m7 Savérov 1‘) r'z/mprla, i. e.
sting, i. q. that with which death de
stroys, that through which death is so
destructive,viz. sin,- quoted laxly from
Sept. Hos. 13: l4where Heb. =52 plague,
pestilence. Comp. Hos. 5: 12 Sept. for
5?; rottenness.
 Ksvrug/m 425 Ksgbalvw
b) a goad, stimulus, i. e. a rod or staff Kegéwvw, f. xepc'ww, perf. pass.
with an iron point tbr urging on horses,‘ xcxe'paa'par Buttm.§ 114.. Lob. ad Phr.
oxen, etc. pp. Horn. 1]. 23. 367, 430. p. 582 ; to mix, to mingle, e. g. wine with
Hdot. 3. 130. Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 29. In water or spices Sept. for 3?? Is. 5: 22.
N. T. only in the proverbial expression Xen. An. 1. 2. 23. gem‘. Diod. Sic. 2.
spa; xz'rrpa Aarrll'nv, to kick against the 26. In N. T. by impl. to prepare a
goods, i. e. to ofi'er vain and rash resist draught, to pour out so. for drinking, to
ance, Acts 9: 5. 26: 14. So in Greek fill one's cup. Rev. 14: 10 usuepao'pe'vou
and Rom. writers, Eschyl. Agam. fixpt'z-rou Ev rp' 1rorr7pitp. 18:6 bis. So
1624 or 1633. Eurip. Bacch. 795. Pind. Sept. for 3?? Prov. 9: 2, 5. Is. 19: 5.
Pyth. 2. 174. Lat. adversum stimulum —Thuc. 6. 32 xspéaaweg xpcrrfipag.
calcare Terent. Phorm. l. 2. 28. con Kégag, 0:70;, 113, plur. n‘: xz'para
tra aeumina calcitrare Amm. Mare. 18. 5. uncontracted, Buttm. §54. n. l, a horn,
Kev-rugl'm, 0170;, 6, (Lat. centurio,) 1. e. .
a cmtun'on, originally the commander of at) pp. of a beast, Rev. 5: 6. 12:3.
a hundred foot-soldiers,i. q. ixarévra x0e, 13: 1 bis, 11. 17:3, 7,12,16. Sept. for
Mark 15:39, 44, 4.5. See Adam's fiom. up, Gen. 22: 13. Dan. 7: 7, 8. — 1E1.
Ant. p. 370. H. An. 12. 19, 20. Xen. An. 7. 2. 23.
Kayak, adv. paws“) vainly, in vain, —From the Heb. as the symbol of
to no purpose, ames 4.: 5. Sept. for strength, power, Sept. and 13?, Jer. 48:
w’; Is. 49. 4.._-An-. Epict. 2. 17. 6. 25. Ps.75:ll. Ecclus.47:5,7,l2; and
hence meton. Luke 1: 69 Kz'pag cmrqplag
Kegw'w, as, h, (time) pp. little horn of deliverance, i. q. strong rleliverer.
horn, i. e. a point, extremity, e. g. of a So Sept. and Heb. ‘$55? 11?, Ps. 18:3.
sail-yard Luc. Navig. 4,. Pol. 1111. 10. ll. 2 Sam.
no. 1. 22: 3. Comp. Gesen. Lex.
of an island Philostr. Vit. Sophist. l. 21.
2. In N. T. apez,point of a letter, e. g. b) trop. of any extremity, projecting
of II, ‘L, ", 5, ‘1, put for the least particle, point, resembling a horn, e. g. upon the
Matt. 5:18. Luke 16: l7.—Philo in four corners of the Jewish altars, Rev.
Place. p. 984.. B. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 524. 9: 13. Comp. Ex. 27: 2 sq. where Sept.
pen. Zuyolaaxeiv mpl O'UMflgh-JV xal and 17:2.- See Calmet p. 4.6. -- Of the
xepau'bv. I I wing of an army 2 Macc. 15: 90. Xen.
K550446115, 560;, 6, (xe'papog) a pot Cyr. 2. 4'. 29.
ter, Matt. 27: 7, 10. Rom. 9: 21. Sept. KigtiTIM, 0!), rd, (dimin. fr. Képag)
for "#5 IS. 29: 16.—POL 15. 35. 2. pp. little horn,- in N. T. pod, carob-pod,
Ksgapomég, 1'], 6w, (nape/4:199.) of Luke 15: 16, i. e. the fruit of the carob
or made by a potter, Rev. 2: 27 main) rc‘t tree, Rabb. “"5, in Greek Kepurzla.
A‘Epdltlliti a potter's vessels, quoted from (horn-tree), the ceratom'a siliqua of Lin
Ps. 2_: 9 where Sept. d'Kfl-IOQ xcpapéwc for naaus, Germ. Johannisbrod-baum. This
"g" ‘P?.—-Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 327. l tree is common in Syria and in the
xspaptuol 'rpoxot'. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. southern parts of Europe; it produces
p. 147. long slender pods shaped like a horn or
Kegolgnov, ou, r0’, (pp. neut. of sickle, containing a sweetish pulp and
adj. Kcpdlnoc earthen Xen. An. 3. 4. 7,) several brown shining seeds like beans.
pp. an earthen vessel i. e. a pot, pitcher, These pods are sometimes used as food
amp/mm, e. g. xept'zpwv 175111-04; a water by the poorer classes in the East, and
pitclzer,Mark 14:13. Luke 22: 10. Sept. swine are commonly fed with them.
for ma Jer. 35: 5.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2. See Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 821. Rees’
Xen. An. 6. l. 15. Cyclop. art. Ceratom'a. Mission. Herald
Kégupoog, 00, b, (perhaps from 1835. p. 398.-Galen. tie the. Aliment.
xepéwvfu) pp. potter'e clay, Hdian. 3. 9. I I.
10. any earthen vessel i. q. Kzpc'lpwv Kegeal'vw, f. “yo, (Kép50g,) later
Hdot. 3. 6. In N. T. atile sc. of burnt fut. and aor. l, Kspir’laopm, ixe'penaa,
clay for covering roofs, Luke 5: l9.— Buttm. § 1M. Lob. ad Phr. p. 740;
Hdian. 7.12. 11. Xen. Mem. 3.1.7. fut. I pass. xzplner’mupm, 3 plur. n95”
 Kégbo; 426 Ke¢u7Jg
Ol'lawvmi 1 Pet. 3: 1 see in "Iva l. C. a. 22: 28 1rohhm'1 xeoahuiov. So Sept. and
-—To gain, to acquire as gain, to win, the Lev. 6: 4|.-Jos. Ant. 12.2. 3 med.
trans. IEschin. 68. 26.
a) pp. of things, e. g. 'rbv xévpov 5M1’, Kwozlouow, 07, f. o'nrw, xzqfidhawv,
the wealth of the whole world, Matt. to sum up, Thuc. 3. 67.—In N. T. i. q.
16: 26. Mark 8:36. Luke 9: 25. In xnpnMZw, to wound on the head, trans.
trade c. acc. Matt. 25: 17,20, 22. ab Mark 12: 4 xq'xzivov Mtiogohhoav'reg Exc
sol. James 4.: l3. — i'El. V. H. 2. 19. ¢ahaiwouv, comp. Luke 20: 12 where
Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4.—Spoken of any loss it is rpaupario'avrsg. Comp. Lob. ad
or evil, to gain, i. e. to save, to be spared Phr. p. 95.
ji'om, to avoid. Acts 27: 21 xzpbfio'ai (E'5si)
n‘p' figpw ral'n'nv x. r. A. and so to have Keeakfi, it, 17, the head, i. e.
saved, avoided, this loss—Jos. Ant. 2. 3. a) pp. of man Matt. 6: 17. 8:20. 27:_
2. Heliodor. 8. p. 380. Luc. Tyrann. 8. 30. Luke 7:38. al. szep. as cut 08'
b) trop. of persons, to gain, to win any Matt. 14.: 11. Mark 6:27. of animals
Rev. 9: 17, 19. 12: 9. al. Sept. for W
one, i. e. (a) as a friend or patron, e. g.
Xpwrov Phil. 3:8. n‘w c'ibehquiv Matt. Gen. 3: 15. 40: 19. —- Hdian. 4|. 8. 4.
18: 15.—([3) to gain over to one's side, in Xen. An. 2. 6. 1.—By synecd. as the
N. T. to win over to Christ and thus principal part, put emphatically for the
bring to salvation, 1 Cor. 9: 19, 20 bis, whole person, Acts 18: 6 r6 a'lpa ‘TI/1(7)’
21, 22, where it is i. q. mblw in v. 22. E'n'i n‘lv xe¢ahr)v bub-w, your blood be on
1 Pet. 3: l, coll. 1 Cor. 7: 16 where it is your own heads, the guilt of your de
mbfw. struction rest upon yourselves. So
Sept. and if‘ 2 Sam. 1:16. 1 K. 2:
Kégbot, 20;, avg, To’, gain, profit, 33,38. So Rom. 12: 20, quoted from
Phil. 1:21. 3: 7. Tit. l: 11.—Luc. de Prov. 25:22
Aristoph. Plut.where Sept.
526 ch; and U‘Ol. for
Kepahr'lv
Merc. cond. 4.0. Plato Apol. Socr. 32.
Keguat, (270;, rd, (xu'pw q. v.) pp. eig ac’. comp. Horn. 11. 11. 55. 0d. 1.
14 small piece, bit, hence collect. smaH 343. El. V. H. 12. 8.—Trop. of things,
coin, change, John 2: 15.—Jos. B. J. 2. thehead, top, summit, e.g. xcpahr) ywviag,
14,, 6. Dem. 549. 27. the head of the corner, i. e. the top-stone,
Keguwna'n'yg, 0:7, 6 (Keppan't‘w, fr. of the corner, the cope-stone, Matt. 21:
:éppa,) a money-changer, broker, John 42. Mark 12:10. Luke 20:17. Acts 4:
ll. 1 Pet.2: 7, all quoted from Ps.
2: 14,, i. q. mhhugwrr’lg in Matt. 21: 12.
118: 22 Where Sept. for "ii ma‘. —
The annual tribute of each Jew t0 the
temple was a Jewish hall-Shekel, Ex. Comp. in 'AKpo-ywmaTog.—-Sept. Gen.
30: 13 sq. and this the money-changers, 8: 5. 11:4. Xen.(Ec.19.13.
sitting in the outer court. furnished to b) metaph. of persons, i. e. the head,
the people as they came up, in exchange the chief, one to whom others are sub
for Greek and Roman coins. Comp. ordinate, e. g. a husband in relation to
Buxtort'. Lex. Rab. 2032. a Wife, 1 Cor. 11:3 xepahr) yvvmxog 6
KEWtMMOV, 0!), r6, (pp. neut. of c'iw’lp. Eph. 5: 23. Of Christ in relation
to his church, which is his body, 064m,
adj. K£¢ahaioc fr. xelpah’y.) head, e. g. of
a. bird Diod. Sic. 3. 28. In N. T. and and its members his members, '10"),
(comp. 1 Cor. 12:27,) 1 Cor.11: 3. Eph.
genr. trop. the head, i. e.
a) the chiej‘thing, main point. Heb. 8: 1:22. 4:15. 5:23. (301.1218. 2: 10,
1 Kcrpr'lhawv 55‘ 'url roic Myopia/om, i. e. 19. Of God in relation to Christ 1 Cor.
11:3. So Sept. and I5!" Judg. 11:8,
the great and essential point in what
has been said. So Suidas in reference 1]. 2 Sam. 22: 24. AL.
to
'yw'rov
this )\€I‘Y£TGL.—Lllc-
passage, xeq‘u'xhaiov
Vit. e'xd
Auct.
r5 23. Keqbodo'g, (50;, ,‘,, (i-upaM'n) PP
a little head, e. g. bulb of garlic Luc.
Dem. 520. 3. Thuc. 6. 6. Dial. Meretr. l4. 3. head, knob, of a
b) mm, amount, in computing, sum column, etc. Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p.
min up, Theophr. Char. 25 or 14,. 14.6. 50. Jos. Ant. l2. 2. 8. In N. T.
Thuc. 1. 86. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18. — prob. the head, hnob of the wooden rod
Hence of money, a sum, capital, Acts on which Hebrew manuscripts are rol
 K nuo’w 427 Knqbi;
led, and hence meton. for a roll, volume. to be a herald etc. Hero. II. 17. 325.
Heb. 10: 7 xeipaMv; ,Biéihiuu, quoted from Luc. D. Deor. 24. l. to make proclama
Ps. 40: 8 where Sept. for 19'"??? lion sc. through a herald etc. Diod. Sic.
K’I/béa), 5, I. draw, (Kn/46¢ muzzle.) 17. 109. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 23.—In
to muzzle, i. q. upilmlu for which it N. T. to proclaim, to announce publicly,
stands in some Mss. 1 Cor. 9: 9.— to publish, trans.
Xen. Eq. 5. 3. a) gem. Matt. 10: 27 xnpbEare in'l ru'n/
Kfiro'og, 0!), b, Lat. census, i. e. pp. bwpdrwv. Luke 12:3. Acts 10:42. Rev.
an enumeration of the people and valu 5: 2. Sept. for 83?, Ex. 32: 5. Esth. 6:
ation of property, see Adam's Rom. 9,11. 2'‘? Joel 2: l.—Jos. Ant. l4.
Ant. p. 79, 128 sq. in Greek r’z-Jro-yparpr'p l5. 2. Hdian. l. 7. 2. flischin. 75. 30.—
q. v. In N. T. tribute,poIl-tax, paid by In the sense of to noise or blazen abroad,
each person whose name was taken in to loud publicly. Mark 1: 45 iipZaro
the census, i. .Enwigbdhamv. Matt. 17: xnpz'mauv 1roMa. xai Etazpnplluv. 5: 20.
'25. 22: 17 ct ark 12:1450171/(11 Kill/0'01’ 7: 36. Luke 8: 39. — Pol. 30. 20. 6.
Kaio'api. Matt. 22: 19 vdpwpa rofi Kilr Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 4.
0011, the tribute-coin, i. q. brlvriptov in b) espec. to preach, to publish, to an
Mark 12: 15. — Hesych. xilvo'og' zlboc nounce, sc. religious truth, the gospel
ropiapurog, e'n'lxupdhulov. with its attendant privileges and obli
(1770;, 00, b, a garden, any place gations, the ospel dispensation. (a)
planted with herbs and trees, Luke 13: gem. e. g. of ohn the Baptist, Matt. 3:
19. John 18:1, 26. 19:41. Sept. for 1; l Knpima'uv e'v r17 c'pr'lprp Kai Xz'ywv. Mark
Dent. 11: 10. Am. 4: 9.—Jos. Ant. 9. 1:4, 7. Luke 3: 3. Acts 10: 37. Of
10. 4. Xen. (Be. 4. 13. Jesus Matt. 4:17, 23. 9:35. 11:1. Mark
1:14, 38, 39. Lillie 4: 44. 8:1. 1 Pet.
Kmrougo’g, 05, 6, (time, 05pm)
garden-keeper, gardener, John 20: 15.— 3: 19. Of apostles and teachers, Matt.
10:7. 24:14. 26:13. Mark 3:14. 6:
Diod. Sic. l. 59. Pol. l7. 6. 4.
12. 13:10. 14: 9. 16:15, 20. Luke 9:
Kngi'ov, 0:), r6, (Knpo'c, wear) a 2. 24:47. Acts 20.25. 28: 31. Rom.
honey-comb, sc. full of honey, Luke 24: 1028,14, l5. 1Cor.9: 27. 15:11.'Gal.
42. Sept. for "115 Prov. 24: 13. 19: ll. 2: 2. Col. 1: 23. 1 Thess. 29. 2 Tim.
—-Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 3. Diod. Sic. 5. 26. 4: 2 x. for Rhyme—Act. Thom. § 1, 11'.
Xen. An. 4. 8. 20. Toy )ui-yoy. —— So rbv Xpwrov rnpbaauy,
Kriguyua, M705‘, r6, (upbeat-1,) to preach Christ, i. c. to announce him as
proclamation by a herald, Hdot. 8. 41. the Messiah, and exhort to the recep
Dem. 917. 24. edict thus proclaimed tion of his gospel, Acts 8: 5. 9: 20. 19:
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 57. In N. T. annunci 13. 1 Cor. 1:23. 15:12. 2 Cor. 1:19.
ation, preaching, spoken 4: 5 01') yap s'uurolig Knpbao’opev, room
at) of prophets, e. g. the denunciation Xpw-rov. ll: 4bis. Phil. 1: l5. 1 Tim.
of Jonah against Nineveh, r6 n'ppu-ypa 3: 16.—(,8) In allusion to the Mosaic
'Iuvfi Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11:32. SO and prophetic institutions, to preach, to
Sept. for "1912 Jon. 3: 2. teach. Acts 15: 21 Muiiaiig . . . . Tonic
b) of Christ and his apostles, preach mpr'mo'ovrac ar'lrov Zxu. Rom. 2: 21 b
ing sc. of the gospel, public instruction, rnpimowr p1‘) rhi‘rrrzw. Gal. 5: ll :1 mp:
1 Cor. 1:21. 2:4. 15:14. Tit. 1:3. ropilv Er: xnpu'lcraw. Luke 4: 18, 19,
Meton. for the gospel preached, Rom. quoted from Is. 61:1 where Sept. for
16[l4]:25. 2Tim.4:17.—Clem. Alex. RIP" as also Prov. 8: l.
Strom. 6. 5, 6.
K5595, W609, z", a herald, public
King, 20;, avg, rd, any large fish,
crier, Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 31. An. 5.7. 3,4. sea-monster, Matt. 12:40. Sept. for
In N. T. a preacher, public instructor, 5:212 Jon. 2: 1.—Palaeph. 38. 1. Diod.
Sic. 4. 42.
e. g. of the divine will and precepts, as
Noah 2 Pet. 2:5. of the gospel, as Kntpozg, 0?, b, Cephas, later Heb.
Paul 1 Tim. 2: 7. 2 Tim. 1:11. “5"? (rock, Buxt. Lex. Ch. 1032,) a
Knfi'la'dw v. WW, I. Ew, (Ii-howl.) surname of Simon Peter, i.q. lle'rpoc
 Klgw'rog 428 Khan/a1
John 1:43. I Cor. 1:12. 3:22. 9:5. for 15733;? Ex. 30: 23. 51W!‘ "2?, Jer. 6: 20.
l5: 5. Gal. 2: 9. —Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Comp. Plin. H. N.
Krfiwrég 05, 1‘), an ark, i. e. a 12. 19.
wooden chest, cofl'er, 551. V. H. 9. l3. Knovvez'w, f. el'ww, (Kill/511709,) to be
Lysias 121. 5.—-In N. T. spoken of the in danger, in peril, intrans. Luke 8: 23.
ark of the covenant, Heb. 9: 4. Rev. 11: 1 Cor. 15:30. seq. inf. Acts 19: 27, 4.0.
19. Sept. for 15?; Ex. 25: 10. Lev. l6: —Ecclus. 31 [34]: 12. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
2. al. saep. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. — Of 2. Xen. H. G. l. 4. 15.
Noah's ark, Matt. 24: 38. Luke 17: 27. K/vbuvog, 0:1, 6, (prob. fr. mvs'w)
Heb. 11:7. 1 Pet. 3:20. So Sept. for danger,peril, Rom. 8: 35. 2 Cor. ll:
"-2?! Gen. 6:14 sq. 7:1 sq. Josephus 26 octies. Sept. 'for "=33 Ps. 116: 3.—
calls it also Xclpvafi Ant. 1. 3. 2 sq. Hdian. 3. 3. 6. Xen. Cyr. I. 4. 8.
Klfloifot, 06;, f], (m'Oaptg) whence KWE’W, 5, f. firm, (do) to move,
Lat. cithara, Engl. guitar, though the to put in motion, trans. Matt. 23: 4 0i)
modern instrument is different, the an Ss'kovm xwfiaa: abrc't sc. 1.‘. on Tim. Sept.
cient cithara or lyre being without a Pass. for '51” Is. 41: 7. E133 fill) 13: 25.
neck, and with the strings open like the Xen. Conv. 2. 22. — So xwfiv rfiv re.
modern harp; hence gem. lyre, harp. oakr’lv to move i. e. shake the head, in de
See Rees' Cyclop. art. Cithara and rision Matt. 27: 39. Mark 15: 29. Sept.
Lyre, also the plates of Musical Instru. for or“ rm 2 K. 19. 21. Job 16: 4. Ps.
ments.—-l Cor. 14:7. Rev. 5:8. 14: 2. 22: 8.—Ecclus. 12: 18. 13:7. —- Mid.
15:2. Sept. for "5!? Gen. 31: 27. 1 Chr. to move one's self, i. e. to move intrans.
9: ll. Josephus describes the Heb. ‘555., Acts 17: 2B (GI/sew Kai Kwol'lpsetL—Sept.
wit/pa, as having ten strings and as Gen. 7: 2]. 1131. V. H. l. 6. Xen. Cyr.
struck with a key, Ant. 7. 12. 3. Comp. l. 4. 19.—Metaph. to move, to stir up, to
Gesen. Lex. art. ‘I533. —}El. V. H. 14. excite, e. g. arao'w Acts 24: 5. 21:30
23. Luc. Imag. l4. e'mvr’pOn swam Slap—Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 4.
Klfiotglzw, f. tow, (m’6apic,) to phy Xen. Ag. 1. 37.—Seq. E: 101': r61rov, i. q.
upon the cithora, i. e. genr. to harp, to to move away, to remove, trans. Rev. 2: 5.
play the lure, 1 C01‘. 14: 7. Rev. 14: 2. 6: 14.—Jos. Am. 4.. 8. l8. Hdian. 6. 1.6.
Sept. for 159, Is. 23: 16. -— 1E1. V. H. 3. Kin/1761;, seq, .7, (suit-0,) motion,
32. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 4. John 5: 3 rfiv 1'05 ilba'rog shown—Diod.
Ktéagcpbog, OU, (mOripa, (10136;, Sic. l. 7. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.
93569,) a homer, lyrist, one who plays on Klg, 6, indec. Kis, Heb. w Kirk,
the harp or lyre and accompanies it falconry), pr. n. of the father of king
with song, Rev. 14:2. 18: 22. ~1El. ‘aul, Acts 13: 21. Comp. 1 Sam. 9: l.
V. H. 3. 43. Luc. Vit. Auct. 3. Kl'xgnul, f. xpr'lo'w, (i. q. Xpéw, see
Kfltml'a, mg, {1, Cilicia, a province Buttm.§ 114. p.307,308,)to lend, trans.
of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Cappa Luke 11:5 Xpfio'ov ,uo: rpe'ig iiprovg.-—
docia, Lycaonia, and Isauria; S. by the Sept. Ex. 12:36. El. V. H. 14. 10.
Mediterranean; E. by Syria; and W. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 18.
by Pamphylia. The western part was KNiBog, no, a, (as...) a shoot,
called rpaxz'ia, aspera, and the eastern sprout, branch, pp. young and easily
vre5wr’1, campestris. This country was broken Off. Matt. 24: 32 only 51'5" b shri
the province of Cicero when proconsul, boc ain'r'lc ye'vrrrat r‘z'rrahoc xul. rd ¢6Ma
and its chief town Tarsus was the birth E'K t’! . 13:39. 91:8. Mark 4:32. 13:
place of Paul. Acts 6: 9. 15:23, 41. 28. Luke 13: 19. Sept. 0i KAK’IEOL for
21:39. 22:3. 23:34. 27:5. Gal. 1:21. N42: Jer. 11: 16. Ez. 31: [-13]. V. H.
Klvoilulwuov, 00, 1'6, cinnamon, the 2. 14.—Trop. and allegor. oi 0.6501
aromatic bark of the Laurus cinna branches for ofl‘spring, posterity, Rom. l l :
momum, which grows in Arabia, India, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21.—Theophr. Char. 5
and especially in the island of Ceylon. or 21 M650;- Mzluraiog. Comp. Sept.
The ancients employed it in their in fitigsoc Is. 11: l.
cense and perfumes. Rev. 18: 13. Sept. KNZI/w, l‘. KXai/o'opm Buttm. § 114,
 Khu'm; 429
in N. T. fut. KAUJIHI‘M Lulu: 6: 25,comp.
\Viner § 15; to weep, to wail, to lament,
implying not only the shedding of tears,
but also every external expression of
grief.
a) intrans. and absol. Matt. 26. 75.
{shaves mxpiiig. Mark 14:72. Lukefi: 21.
7:13. 8:52. John 11:31, 33. 1Cor.7:
30. al. Seq. Em’ 0. dat. to weep for or wailing, Matt. 2: 18. 8:12. 13: 42, 50.
over any one, Luke 19: 41. Em’ c. ace.
Luke 23: 28 In) Khalzrs in" ilue' r. r. X.
Joined 0. c’ihahalew Mark 5: 38. c. 90
pvge'iv Mark 5: 39. c. span/{iv John 16:
20. c. xom-wBm Rev. 18:9. c. illo
MZew James 5: l. c. 1rev6e7v Mark 16:
10. Luke 6:25. Rev. 18: 15, 19. seq.
Er’ airrf, v. 11. Sept. for "2; Gen. 33:
4. Num. l4: 1. c. iirl nvu Judg. 14:-l7.
2 Sam. 19: l.—Ecclus. 22: 9, 10. 1E].
V. H. 12. linit. Xen. Cyr. 2.2. 13.
b) seq. acc. to beweep, to bewail, to
lament for, e.g. the dead, Matt. 2: 18
'Paxfik Khaloua'a ra rr'xva min-fie. S0
Sept. for “2; Gen. 37:34. Deut. 34: 8.
-—l Macc. 9: 20. El. V. H. 6. l. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 2. 32. AL.
KMim, we ,7, (at...) a break
ing, i. e. act ofbreaking, e. g. 5v 1;] out
or; ran? tiprov Luke 24: 35. Acts 2: 42.
—The0phr. de Cans. Pl. 3. l9 xhdmc
r'iprre'Awv.
KMimw, M04, 14, (A610,) frag.
ment, bit, e. g. of food, Matt. 14: 20. 15:
37. Mark 6:43. 8:8,19,20. Luke 9:
17. John 6: 12,13. Sept. for "a Lev. 2:
6. Judg. 19: 5. cos 1 Sam. 30; 12.
Diod. Sic. l7. l3. Xen. Ven. 10. 5.
Kmébu, 7);, i’, Clauda or Claude,
now Gozzo, a small island off the S. W.
coast of Crete, Acts 27: 16. —- It is also
called Kkai'ibog Ptol. 3. 7. Gaudos,
Mela 2. 7. Plin. H. N. 4. 22.
KMwB/a, ag, s, Claudia, pr. n. where Sept. rflu ‘0.57511 o‘irou Aa§l5 for
of a Christian female, 2 Tim. 4: 21.
(1501/. 9z'l. 20: 1. Metaph. Luke 11:
Khotobmg, 00, b, Claudius, pr. n.
1. Tiberius Claudius Nero Germanium, 52 rilv rhsiba 'rfic 'yr'ém'wg, key oflmow
the fifth Roman emperor, successor of
Caligula, r. A. D. 41—54. Acts 11: 28.
18: 2. In the fourth year of his reign
occurred the famine foretold by Agabus
Acts 11:28; see Jos. Ant. 20. 2. 6. ib.
20. 5. 2. ib. a. 15. 3. Tac. Ann. 12. 43.
Sueton. in Claud. 28. Krebs Obs. in
N. T. p.210. At first he was favour
KMlw
able to the Jews, Jos. Ant. 20. l. 2; but
in his ninth year he banished all the
Jews from Rome, Acts 18:2. Comp.
Sueton. in Claud. 25.
2. Claudius Lgsias, a Roman tribune,
xihiapxog, commanding in Jerusalem,
Acts 23: 26.
Khaufluo'g, 017, 6, (Malta) weeping,
22:13. 24251. 252 30. Luke 13:28.
Acts 20: 37. Sept. for "=3. Gen. 45: 2.
Ezra 3: 13. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 325.
KMt’w, f. xha'o'w, to break, i. e. to
break off or in two, Hom. ll. 11. 584.
Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Plut. Romul. 28 med.
In N. T. only in the phrase xha'aat
rbv (town, to break bread, sc. for distri
bution as preparatory to a meal, the
Jewish bread being in the form of thin
cakes. Alsogenr. Matt. 14:19. 15: 36.
Mark 8: 6, 19. Luke 24:30. Acts 27:
35. So Sept. and Heb. lift’? 512 Jer. 16:
7. comp. Is. 58: 7.-—- So in the Lord's
supper and agapze, Matt. 26:26. Mark
14: 22. Luke 22:19. Acts 2: 46. 20:
7,11. 1 Cor. 10:16. 11: 24. —- Act.
Thom. § 27, 29.—Metaph. of the body,
ad'aia, of Christ, as typically broken in
the eucharist. 1 Cor. 11: 24 113 may“ rb
irrre‘p {tilts-JV sharpen/01', where the allusion
is to the death on the cross. — pp. Jos.
B. J. 2. 8. 10.
KAs/g, 56;, 1'], acc. xketv and xkeiba,
acc. plur. define and contr. KAEig',
Buttm. § 44. § 58. Winer § 9. p. 61; a
key, for locking and unlocking,in N. T.
as the symbol of power and authority.
Matt. l6: 19 54mm am rile xhs'ig rfig
fiamhciag r017 9:02, i. e. the power of
opening or shutting, of admitting to or
excluding from, the kingdom of God.
Rev. 3: 7 b Z'xwv n‘lv r-Xziv r017 Aagib, in
the same sense, in allusion to Is. 22: 22
‘"1 “"2 73392. Rev. 1: 18 Tile Khsig T01’:
ledge, i. e. the means of attaining to true
knowledge in respect to the kingdom of
God, comp. Matt. 23: 13.— pp. Sept.
for DE’?! Judg. 3: 25. Artemid. 3. 54.
Luc. Tim. l3.
KMIIW, i‘. am, pert‘. pass. xe'i-Mwpai,
aor. 1 pass. c'KhcioOnv, for the a see
Buttm. § 98. n. 6; to slzut, to close, trans
 Kain/pa
a) pp. Matt. 6:6 i-Au'rmg n‘lv Sbpav
con. 25: 10. Luke 11:7. John 20: I9,
26. Acts 5: 23. 21: 30. Rev. 20: 3.
21: 5. Sept. for ‘'9? Gen. 7: 16. Josh.
2:7.—-Hdian. 2. l. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
27.—So of the heavens, b oilpavo’g, i. e.
the windows of heaven so that no rain can
fall, Luke 4: 25. Rev. 11:6. Comp.
Gen. 7:11. 8: 2. Job 38:37.
h) metaph. (0:) Matt. 23: 13 Meier: r|)v
Baa’. ra'w Oil‘)- to shut up the kingdom of
heaven, i. e. wilfully to prevent men
from entering, comp. in KMIQ. So of
authority to exclude or admit, Rev. 3:
7bis, 1 John 3: 17 Kltzioai ra
mrhr'iyxva am; rwog, to shut up one's
buwcls from any one, i. e. not to let one's
compassion flow out, to he hard-hearted.
Comp. in Enhd'yxvov.
Kkérnna, arog, rd,(ich£'1rrm,)lhqfl,
Rev. 9: 21.-— Dem. 736. 5. Xen. (Ec.
14.. 5. thing stolen Sept. Ex. 22. 2,3.
Luc. Asin. 19.
Kltétm'ag, a, 6 Cleopas, one of the
two disciples to whom Jesus appeared
on the way to Emmaus, Luke 24.: 18.
Difi’erent from Khwm‘ig q. v.
Kltéog, 600$‘, r6,(x)\£'w l‘r.xa)\éw,)pp.
report, rumour, Hom. ll. 2. 486. 0d. 13.
4| 5. In N. T. and genr. fizme, renown,
glory, 1 Pet. 2: “20. Sept. for VP? Job
28: 22.—1E1. V. H. 2. 32. Thuc. 2. 45.
Xen. Ven. l. 6.
KAé‘Z'Tflg, 0t), ('1 (shim-on) ll thief,
Matt. 6: 19,20. 24.: 43. Luke 12: 33,
39. John 10:1. 12: 6. 1 Cor. 6:10. 1 rily the land of Canaan, but understood
Thess. 5; 2,4. 1 Pet. 4.: 15. 2 Pet.3:
10. Rev. 3: 3. 16: 15. Sept. for =35 Ex.
22: 2. Joel '2: 9.—Ecclus. 5: 14. Luc.
Asin. 46. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 6.-—Trop. of
false teachers, deceivers, who steal men
away from the truth, John 1018,10.
So Sept. and =55 Hos. 7: 1.
Kkévrrw, f. new Matt. 19. 19.
Rom. 13:9, instead of the more usual
t‘. uhédwpa: Buttm. § 113. 4., and n. 7.
Winer § 15. p. 80. — To steal, absol.
Matt. 6: 19, 20 Ewpbooouu'ixulxhénroum.
Mark 10: 19. Luke 18: 20. John 10: 10.
Rom. ‘2: 21 bis. Eph. 4.: 28 bis. Fut. oil
Mid/mg as imperat. Matt. 19: 18. Rom.
13:9, see Winer § 4.4.. 3. Matth.
4.98. 0. Sept. for =2; Ex. 20: 15. Deut.
5: 19.—Luc. Asin. ‘t1. Xen. Mem. 4‘.
430 KMgovon/a
2. 15.—In the sense of to steal away, to
take by stealth, seq. acc. as a dead body
Matt. 27: 64. 28: 13. So Sept. and 3.15
2 Sam. 81: 12.—Hdian. 2. l. 5.
Klifina, 0:10;, rd, (Karim) shoot,
sprout, branch, i. q. Kltcidag, pp. such as
are easily broken of," in N. T. only of
the vine, shoot, tendril, John 15: ‘2,4, 5,
6. Sept. 11‘. Khr'uia'ra for "5’?! Ez. 12:
[17?] 6, 7. E2. 15: 2.~——JOS. Ant. 2.
5. 2. Xen. (Ec. 19.8.
KHz/mg, swag, 5 Clement, pr. n.
ot'a Christian Phil. 4.: 3, not improba
bly Clemens Romanus.
KMgOVO/héfl, 5, t'. flow, (it-hypera
p09,) to receive by lot so. a portion thus
distributed, Sept. for 5155 Num. 26: 55.
Josh. 16: 4. Hence, as an inheritance
might also be distributed by lot (Ecclus.
14.: 15), to inherit, to be heir to any per
son or thing, in classic writers seq. gen.
e. g. of pers. Luc. D. Mort. 9. 4'. ib. 11.
3. of thing Dem. 171. 25. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 129.—ln N. T. gem‘.
a) to inherit, to be heir, absol. Gal. 4:
30 01': 781p pr) Khnpovolm'lcrp 6 via; rfig
nardio'xng perc': x. 1'. A. quoted from Gen.
21: 10 where Sept. for ‘133:, as also Gen.
15: 4'. Num. 27: 11.
b) in later usage simply to obtain, to
acquire, to possess, seq. acc. in N. T.
spoken only of the friends of God as
receiving admission to the kingdom of
heaven and its attendant privileges.
Matt. 5: 5 Khnpovopr'yoovo': rfiv 'yfir they
shall quietly possess the land i. e. prima
in a spiritual sense of the Messiah's
kingdom; comp. Sept. and Heb. 711$ ‘853:
PS. 37: 11,22,29. ‘25: 13. Tholuck
Bergpred. p. 83 sq. Bibl. Repos. III.
p. 704. sq. Soxh. rfiv ficwihu’av roii 9:05
Matt. 25: 34. 1 C01‘. 6: 9, l0. 15:50.
Gal. 5: 21. ult. Zun‘p' (lltiIl/lOV Matt. 19:
29. Mark 10: 17. Luke 10: ‘25. 18:
18. ('uptiapoiav 1 Cor. 15: 50. also Heb.
124,14’. 6:12. 12:17. I Pet. 3: 9.
Rev. 21;‘7. Sept. for 6:: Gen. 15: 7.
Deut. 1: 21.—gem. seq. acc. Ecclus. <1:
13. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 8 KA. r06 Na€obtlov
d 1reM‘n/a 1rpoixa. Diod. Sic. 1. 24.
01. 2. 27. 5. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 129.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 14.0.
KhflfOM/b/Ct, as, 1'], (Khrlporolue’w,
:1. v.) fnhml'tunce, i. c.
 Kitngoyo'pog 431 Khrro'g
a) pp. from one's ancestors,patrimony, portion, possession, heritage, trop. Acts
Matt. 21: 38. Mark 12: 7. Luke 12: 26: 18 A'Xfipov c'v roig irytaops'voig. Col.
13. ‘20: 14. Sept. for "1221:! Num. 27: 7, 1: l2. Plur. id. 1 Pet. 5: 3,1115‘ (in; KGTG
8,9, 10, 11.—Isocr. 393. A. Hdian. 5. cupid/awry rfiv KM/pwv, not as 101-ding it
1. [3. over the possessions, heritage, sc. of God
b) genr. portion, possession, espec. or Christ, the church.—VVisd. 5: 5. So
the land of Canaan as the possession of pp. xkfipoi estates, lands, Hdot. 1. 76.
the Israelites, Acts 7: 5. Heb. 11:8. ib. 9.94. sing. Bi. V. H. 12. 61.
So Sept. and "'25:; Deut. 4: 38. Josh. Kttflfo’w, 5, f. u'mw, (it-Afipoc.) to
l l: 23. — Hence trop. of admission to cast lots Hdot. l. 94. Mid. to acquire by
the kingdom of God and its attendant lot Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 46.—In N. T. only
privileges,Acts 20: 32. Gal.3: 18. Eph. lVIid. Khnpéopat, OI-lflflt, gem’. to Obtain,
1:14;, 18. 5: 5. Col. 32%4. Heb. 9: 15. to receive, absol. Eph. 1: ll iv 93 Kai
1 Pet. 1: 4|. Exhnptbfiqpsv . . . :19 rd elvm inu'ig x. r. A.
Khygovolwog, 00, b, (wxfipog, vé i. q. through whom we have attained to
popm) pp. ‘ receiving by lot’ sc. 9. por. be etc. through whom it has been grant.
tion thus distributed; hence in N. T. ed us.—Act. Thom. § '24 two. i-Mpwthi
and genr. an heir, see above in Khnpo (i510; ‘yer/£09m x. r. A. El. H. An. 1. l3.
wo‘ue'w. Alciphr. 3. ep. 4.9.
a) pp. Matt. 21: 38. Mark 12: 7. 100701;, ewg, ;,, (whim) a call, i. e.
Luke '20: 14. Gal. 4.: 1. Sept. for 1575" summons Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 14. invita
Jer. 8: 10. 2 Sam. 14.: 7. -— El. V. H. tion to a banquet 9 Macc. 5: 14'. Xen.
13. 11. Lysias 907. 5.—Trop. Khqpovd Conv. 1. 7. Hence in N. T. trop. a call,
[me 9:05, heir of God, i. e. a partaker of invitation so. to the kingdom of God and
the blessings which God. bestows upon its privileges, i. e. that divine call by
his children, implying admission to the which Christians are introduced into the
kingdom of heaven and its privileges, privileges of the gospel. Rom. 11: 29
Rom. 8: 17 his. Gal. 4,: 7. So Cal. 3. ~29 i) Khfioie for? 9:05. Eph. 4: 1. Phil. 3:
xknpoyopot sc. rm? ‘Aépacip, heirs of the l4. 2 Thess. 1: 11. 2 Tim. 1:9. Heb.
blessings promised to Abraham. 3:1. 2 Pet. 1:10. Eph.1:18 et414|
b) genr. i. q. possessor sc. of any thing i] Durig 'rfig uhi'loswg, i. e. the hope which
received as a portion, possession, e. g. the Christian's call permits him to cherish.
the kingdom of heaven etc. Rom. 4: 13, -—-Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 17.—So 1 Cor.
14. Tit. 3: 7. Heb. 1:2. 6:17. 1127. ]: 26 ,Bhe're're n)v Khfiow biuiv, i. e. the
James 2: 5. manner of your call, how ye were called.
so too 1 Cor. 7. 20 ZKGGTOC Er r1} Khr'la'u
Kmgog, ov, a, (prob. t'r. Khdub) 10:, ' b04101), z'vrain'p psvs'rtu, i. e. as he was
1. e. called, so let him remain. Others here
a) pp. a lot, die, any thing used in compared Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 18 A'Xfioug
determining chances, comp. Potter's Gr. i. q. chzsses, sub-divisions of the Roman
Antiq. I. p. 333. E. . xhfipov firihhzw, people; but this was neither a Greek nor
Engl. to cast lots, i’latt. 27: 35 bis. Hellenistic use of the word.
Mark 15:24. Luke 23: 34. John 191 Kin-nit, i, 6V, (xaXe'wQ called, in
24. Acts 1: 26 bis Eat-may Khfipoug . . . vited, e. g. to a banquet, Sept. for “"7,
Kai Zirwcv 6 xhipog. Sept. for 77151 Ps. 1K. 1: 41,49. iEschin. 50. 1. Hence
22:19. Neh.]0134. Jon. 1:7.—Luc. in N. T. trop. called, invited, sc. to the
Hermot. 40. Hom. Il. 7. 175. is’ xh’lptp kingdom of heaven and its privileges,
by lot. Xen. Ath. 1. 2. genr. Matt. 20: 16 et 22: l4v1roMoi yr'tp
b) meton. lot, i. e. part, portion, sc. as elm. xhnroi, o'M'yot 5:‘ e'xhen'oi. Also
assigned by lot, Acts 8: 21 atm- Earn am emphat. of those who have obeyed this
Z; 055:‘ 007 9 iv 1' " Ari-y roirr . So call, i. q. saints, Christians, Rom. l: 6, 7
'52‘; and 5;: Dali 10:90. is: 12. A‘Xqroi ‘1170017 x. . . . xXn-roi ii'yiot. 8: 28.
(Jos. Ant. 4'. 7. 5.) So of an qflice to 1 Cor. 1:2,24. Jude 1. Rev. 17:14.
which one is appointed by lot or other Comp. Heb. 81;? Is. 48:12.—-In the
wise, Acts 1: 17, 25 hage‘iv rov xhfipov sense of appointed, chosen, sc. to any
rr'yg Emxoriag, comp. v. 26.—Hence genr. office, see in Kuhiw no. 1.e. Rom. l:
 KA/Qavo; 432
I et 1 Cor. 1: I Khqrbg ('rn'barohoc, comp.
Gill. 1! I5.
Km’fiavos, 09, 6, an oven, so. for
baking bread, Matt. 6:30. Luke 12:
28. Sept. for Heb. W?! Ex. 8: 3. Lev.
26: 26.—Hdot. 2. 92. Artemid. 2. 10.
The Attic form was Kpz'gavog, Lob. ad
Phr. p. 179. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.
l76.--The Heb. ‘WI-'2, Gr. xkt’gavog, was
a large round pot of earthen or other ma
terials, two or three feet high, narrow
ing towards the top; this being first
heated by a fire made within, the dough
or paste was spread upon the sides to
bake, thus forming thin cakes. See Cal
met art. Bread p. 208. Jahn§ 140.
Harmar's Obs. I. p. 401 sq.
Kit/flaw, 0610;, r6,(x)\1'vw,) inclina
tion,declivity, Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 2. P01.
2. 16. 3 Ichipa ‘n71! 6pdiv. SO 0f the sup
posed inclination of the heavens towards
the poles in ancient geography, whence
the northern hemisphere was divided
into seven xhipara, climates, by lines
parallel to the equator, Vitruv. 1.].
Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Climate.—
Hence in N. T. and genr. climate, i. e.
clime, region, Gal. 1: 21 :19 1a. KMIua-ra
rfig Evptag. Rom. 15: 23. 2 Cor. 11: 10.
—- P01. 5. 44. 6. Jos. B. J. 5. 12.2.
Hdian. 2. 11. 8.
KM'M, vs, 1,, (mm) a bed, couch,
any thing on which one lies, reclines,
etc. For the Hebrew beds, see Jahn §
40. Calmet art. Bed. In N. T.
a) gem. and only of the sick, Mark 7:
30 et Rev. 2: 22 see in Br’tMw b. So
Sept. and 57,5’? Gen. 48: 2. 49: 3. enr.
2 Sam. 4: 7. l K. 17: 19.—Luc. isin.
3. Diod. Sic. 4. 59. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. l5.
—()l'a bed in which the sick are borne,
Matt. 9: 2,6. Luke 5: 18. Acts 5:15.
Comp. Sept. and "39‘? Cant. 3: 7. — So
of a bed or bier for the dead Jos. Ant. 7.
1. 6. Hdian. 4. 2. 3 sq.
b) spec. a couch, sofa, divan, for sit
ting or reclining. Luke 17: 34 Zaovrat
3130 e'vrl xkivng P169, 1. e. two persons
shall be sitting or reclining together;
comp. the expression in Matt. 24: 40,
and see below. Mark 4: 21. 7: 4. Luke
8:16. So Sept. and ‘H13’? Am. 6: 4,
comp. 3: 12.—Or, in all these passages
Klkivn may be taken in the sense of tri
Kkbbwv
clim'um, i. e. the couch or sofa on which
the ancients reclined at meals, see in
'Avc'rxupat no. 2. ‘So Sept. and 37,5‘?
Esth. 7:8. Ez. 23: 41.—}El. V. H. 12.
51. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 16. inn) r2’; :Xtvy
Luc. de Merc. Cond. 17. Tox. 28.
Khw'bmv, 0:), r6, (dimin. fr.
xkivm) a little bed, Luke 5: 19, 24,comp.
v. 18 where it is xMwy.—Dion.1-1al. Ant.
7. 68. Plut. Coriolan. 24. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 180.
KAI/1'61, f. v15, pert‘. néxhwa, to in.
cline, trans. i. e. to bend any thing from
a straight position, whether downwards
or horizontally.
a) gem. to bow, e. g. n‘. rpoaanrov sig
rr‘lv 7171/ in reverence Luke 24:5. n‘p'
xezpahr’lv as one dying John 19:30, or
genr. to recline or lay the head so. for
rest Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58. Comp.
Sept. and "513135. 144: 5. 2 K. 19: 16.
—Diod. Sic. 15. 32. Xen. Eq. 5. 5.-—In
trans. to incline one's self, (comp. in 'Aym
no. 3,) spoken of the day as declining,
Luke 9: 12. 24:29 xz'xhtxev 1'] ilps'pa.
So Sept. for 1?: Judg. 19: 11 "it;
Judg. 19:8. 7125, Jer. 6: l11:—Arr. Alex.
M. 3. 4. 4 E'yxhlvav'rog be‘ 101'; fihiou e'g
Emre'pav. Hdot. 4. 181 c'uroxht'vw.
b) i. q. Lat. inclinare aciem, i. e. in
military language, to make give way, to
rout. Heb. 11: 341rapsp€ohclg c'rhhorpiwv
'eli'Xu'ata—JOS. Ant. l4. l5. 4. Hom. Ii.
5. 37. P01. 1. 27. e.
Khto'lcc, 06;, 1", (Alma) pp. ‘ place
where one may recline or rest,' hence
hut, tent, Hom. 0d. 16. 1. Il. 1. 322.
triclinium, i. e. coaches, for reclining at
a meal, Pind. Pyth. 4. 237. a table-party,
company reclining around a table, Jos.
Ant. 12. 2. 11. Hence in N. T. accus.
xkwiag adverbially, by table-parties, in
companies. Luke 9: 14 mmxMvar-c m‘:
rmig xhwlac r'wd 1rer'rilxovra. Comp.
Buttm. § 115. 4. Herm. ad Vig. p. 882.
Klwr’ls 57;, i], (KM'WrwQ theft,
Matt. 15: 19. Mark 7: 22. Sept. for int‘.
of iii Gen. 40: 15. —- Ecclus. 41: 19.
Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 6.
Kkbbwv, mag, .: (rattle: to dash)
pp. a dashing ot' the sea, surge, billou's,
Luke 8: 24. James 1:6. Sept. for ‘29
Jon. 1:4,11,12.-— Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
P01. 1. 27. 4. Diod. Sic. 3. 21.
 Kkubuwzoam 433 Koxvo'g

KAUBWWZOf/AZI, f. (00,1111, depon. Sept. for “"1! Jon. 2: 2. Num. 5: 22.

(rlu'lbwn) to surge, to be tossed in billows, Ps. 22: 15.—Luc. Cynic. 6. Hdian. l.
trop. to fluctuate. Eph. 4. l4 ova...“ 17: 23. Thuc. 2. 49.
Zéluvoc 1rav1'l livr'pp blsaakaklag. Sept. b) from the Heb. by synecd. for the
for it?! Is. 57: 20. --Jos. Ant. 9. ll. 3 womb. Matt. 19: 12 in nothing [up-96¢,
b bfipog rapaaao'pcvocxal uhvbwwl'o'pcvog. Luke 1: 15,41, 42, 44. 2:21. John 3:
Aristeen. 1. ep. 27. 4. Acts 3:2. 14:8. Gal. 1: 15. As
Klwras, a. 6, Cbpas, John 19; 25 personified, put for the woman her
elsewhere called Alpheus,see in 'Ahzpaiog self, Luke 11:27. 23: 29. So Sept.
no. 1.
and Gen. 25:24. Is. 44: 2. ""2?
Gen. 25: 23. Ruth 1: 11.for 51?? Job 3:
Kw'ldw, Att. Kvciw, f. when», to rub, II. 10:18.
to scratch, Mid. xvr'laao'fiat To obc to 0) trop. from the Heb. for the inward
scratch one's own ear Luc. bis Acc. l. part, the inner man, as in Engl. the
n‘lv xsqjwdh'lv Plut. Pomp. 48 ult. Hence breast, the heart. John 7: 38 1ro-rapoi e'x
to tickle, Anthol. Gr. III. p. 86. 8, sic rfig Kodu'ag abroii x. r. A. So Sept. and
711p bpotghv, dug he'yertu, Kvfieew 015w Job 15: 35. Prov. 20: 27. B‘!!!
i'n'og row hymn—In N. T. only Pass. to Ps. 40: 9.
be tickled, to feel an itching, trop. 2 Tim.
4: 3 uvrfiopzvot rfiv tin-oily, lit. being
Kai/note), 5, f. 13w, (kindr. with
tickled, itching,“ to the ears, i. e. having
rc'ipat,) to make sleep, to put to sleep,
Horn. II. 14. 236. trop. ib. 1:2. 281.—
an itching to hear something pleasing.
Hence in N. T. and genr. Pass. xoqui
So Hesych. xvneépevoi rfiv bxor’yv' Z11
0pm, diluai, with fut. lVIld. 1,160,101., to
roivrrc 'rl bxm'ww. xaO' fibovfiv. For
fall asleep, to sleep, intrans.
the accus. see Buttm. § 134. 6. Winer
a) pp. Matt. 28:13. Luke 22:45
§ 32. 5. On the form xvr'yOu see Buttm.
Kotpwlue'vovg (uni rfig )u'nmc. John 11: 12.
§ 112. ll. Lob. ad Phr. p. 254. — So
Acts 12:6. Sept. for 1?: Is. 5. 21.
n'fimg d‘mov Plut. VI. p. 638. 4. ed.
=2? Ruth 3:8. 1 Sam. 3: 15.—1E1. V.
Reiske.
H. 9. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.
Kw'bog, 0:), 1'), Cnidus or Gnidus, b) spoken of the sleep of death, for to
a town and peninsula of Doris in Caria, die, to be dead. Matt. 27: 52. John 11:
jutting out from the S. W. part of Asia 11. Acts 7: 60 T0610 cimbv c'xoqn'yen.
Minor between the islands of Rhodes 13:36. 1 C01‘. 7:39. 11:30. 15:6,18,
and Cos, celebrated for the worship of 20, 51. 1 Thess. 4.: 13,14, 15. 2 Pet.
Venus Acts 27: 7.—Strabo XIV. p. 965. 3:4. Sept. often for =2? 1 K. 2:10. 11:
C. Plin.H.N. 36. 15. Hom.0d. 1. 30. 1. 43. Is. 43:17.—2 Macc. 12: 45. Hom.
Kobgdwrng, 00, a, i. q. Lat. quad ll. 11. 241. Soph. Electr. 509.
rans, the fourth part of an as, baa-6910:’, Kai/Mug, we, .',, (made) a
q. v. It was a small brass coin, equal sleeping, skcp, meton. rest, repose, John
to two hem-6,1. e. nearly to two-fifths of 11: 13.—Ecclus. 46: 19. 48: 14.
one cent. Matt. 5:26. Mark 12: 42. Know}, 7'), 6r, common, i. e.
See in 'Ao’miptov. Jahn § 117. Adam's a) pp. pertaining equally to all. Acts
Rom. Ant. p. 492. 2: 44 EIXOV&11'GWG xoivd. 4: 32. Tit. 1:
Kodu'u, as, 1'7, (roihoc hollow,) the 4. Jude 51.—Wisd. 7: 3. Diod. Sic. l.
belly, e. g. the exterior, Sept. for 11;; l. Xen. An. 3. l. 43.
Judg.3:21. Pol. 39.2.7. In N. T. b) in the Levitical sense, ‘not per
only of the interior, viz. mitted by the Mosaic precepts,’ and
a) gem. the belly, the bowels, as the therefore common, not sacred; hence
receptacle of food, put as often in Engl. i. q. ceremonially unlaugful, unholy, pro
for the stomach, either in men or ani fane. Mark 7: 2 town?‘- xepoi r0171" Ear-w
mals, Matt. 12: 40 iv ' roihiq TOI-I t'lvhrrolc. Acts 10: 14 obbs'rm'e Zoo-yaw
tirroug. 15: 17. Mark 7: 19. Luke 15: miv xowbv i‘) dxdliap'rov. v. 28. ll: 8.
16 ysfu'mu n)!’ KOIMCUI air-r06. Rom. 16: Rom. 14: 14 ter. — l Macc. 1:47, 62.
18. 1 Cor. 6: 13 bis, fipépara rfixothi'a Jos. Ant. 13. l. l rowbv film’. -— Trop.
x. r. A. Phil. 3:19. Rev. 10:9, 10. under the gospel dispensation, unhofiv,
2 a
 Komim
wwonsecrated. Heb. 10: 29 To alpa r719
Etaofimc rowdy fi'ynadpcvoc, i. e. uncon
secrated and theretbre having no atoning
efficacy. Rev. 21; 27 in later edit.
Others, pofluted.
KOIPOIW, 5, I. about, (Kowog) to
make common, to communicate with others,
Pol. 8. 18. 1. Thuc. 1. 39.—In N. T.
in the Levitical sense, to make common,
i. e. to render unlauful, unholy, unclean,
to defile, ceremonially, c. acc. Matt. 15:
11 bis, 18, 20 bis, rd Kowoiwra rdv t'iyep.
K. r. A. Mark 7:15 bis, 18, 20, 23.
Heb. 9: 13. So to regard as common,to
callunclean, Acts 10:15. ll:9.—Hesych.
In) Kot'vov' p1‘) r'txt'teaprov Xé-ye. — Hence
genr. to profane, to desecrate, to pollute,
Acts 21: 28 rbv d'ytov rorrov. absol.
Rev. 21: 27 in text. rec.
KOWWVEN. 5, f. ilaw, (KOUNJV643) to
be partaha- of or in any thing, with any
person, i. e. to share in common.
a) of thin s, seq. gen. to partake of
any thing. eb. 2: l4 KEKOU’tiH'flKC trap
Kdc Kai a'l arog. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 4.
2. c. iner § 30. 5. a.—2 Mace. 5:
20. Hdian. 3. 10. 15. Xen. Mem. 2.
6. 22.—Seq. dat. to partake in any thing.
Rom. 15:27 el yap ro'ic 1rvevparucoic
m'miv e'Kou/dwno'av rii 56w). 1 Tim. 5:
22. 1 Pet. 4: 13. 2 John 11. Rom.
12: 13 raic Xpeialc rein’ a'yt'wv Kou'w
voflvrsg,sharing in the necessities of the
saints, i. e. aiding them.--c. dat. VVisd. 1. s. s. Xen. Mem. 2. s. 24, 26.
6:25. Plut. Arat. 8. Dem. 1436. 11.
b) of persons, to partake with any one sc. for rest or sleep, Hdot. 1. 10 1591]
seq. dat. et Ev, Gal. 6: 6 Kowwvelrw be‘ riig Kotmc bed-time. Hence gem. and
5 Karnxoi'rpevoc rbv Mi-yov rq': Karnxoiivrt in N. T.
iv mia'w dyafioig, let him that is taught
share with his teacher in all good things,
i. e. let him communicate to his teacher
of his good things. 0. cl; Phil. 4: 15.—
0. dat. of pers. et gen. Pol. 2. 42. 5.
.‘El. V. H. 3. 17. 0. dat. et rig Act.
Thom. § 26.
Kowww'a, say, 17, (mm-wit») act
of partaking, sharing, i. e.
a) participation, communion,fellowship,
Acts 2: 42. 1 Cor. 1:9. 10: 16 bis,
oilxi Koivwm’a rm": a'iparog . . . K. r05 mi)
paroc r017 Xp. 9 Cor. 6: l4. 8: 4 K. rfig
Bmxovtaq, part, share in transmitting this
alms l3: 13 K. r05 a-yiov aveirparog. Gal.
2: 9 3:511‘: xotrwm'aq; right hand offeHow.
ship,the pledge of communion etc. Eph.
434 Kot'rn
3: 9 in text. rec. Phil. 1:5 K. ilpd'rv 2i;
rd zba'y-ye'hrov, i. e. your participation in
the gospel, accession to it. 2: 1. 3: 10.
Philem. 6. 1 John 1:3 bis, 6, 7.—
Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1 K. r171; bpot'ac e'vptpopaq.
Hdian. 8. 2. 11. El. V. H. 14. 14.
b) communication, distribution, genr.
Hdian. l. 10. 3. In N. T. meton. for
contribution, collection of money in be
half of poorer churches, Rom. 15: 26.
2 Cor. 9: l3. Heb. 13: 16. —- Phavor.
Kowwvla‘ 1') EAUHLOGI’IW].
Konwmuig, i7, 6v, (Kowwvbg)
communicative, i. e. social P01. 2. 41. 1.
In N. T. communicating, i. e. ready to
give,liberal, l Tim.6: 18.—Luc. Timon.
56 1rpo¢ iivdpa, oltiv as, d'trXo'iKdv Kai rim
bio-my Kou/wvucov. M. Antonin. 7. 52.
Kouwwig, 05, a, ;,, (you/(‘g’) a par.
taker, partner, companion, absol. 2 Cor.
8: 23 inre‘p Tirou, Kotvwvdg ipdc. Pbilem.
17.—Ecclus. 41: 18. Hdian. 2. 8. 5.—
Seq. gen. of pers. of whom one is the
companion, with whom he partakes in
any thing, Matt. 23: 30. 1 Cor. 10. 20.
Heb: 10:33. (Sept. for "at: Is. 1: 23.
Hdian. 4. l4. 4.) Seq. dat. of pers. to
or with whom one is partner, Luke 5:
10 K'OU/UVOi 19': Zlpwvt. Comp. in Eipr'
II. e.—Seq. gen. of thing, 1 Cor. 10:
18 Kowwvol r017 Suotaarrppiou i. c. of the
victims sacrificed. 2 Cor. 1: 7. 1 Pet.
5: l. 2Pet. 1:4.—Ecclus.6: 10. Hdian.
Kw'rn, at, .7, (Kama) a lying down,
a) place of rqaose, bed, Luke 11: 7 rir
watdt'a per’ 2pm‘: eig rfiv Kot'rrlm—JOS.
Ant. 6. 4. 2. P01. 4. 57. 9. Xen. Mag.
Eq. 11. 7. — Spoken of the marriage.
bed, meton. for marriage itself, Heb.
l3: 41.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Plot. de Flnv.
p. 18 ,w) SéMw ptaivrw rfiv Koirnv r017
*ycvvr'yaavroc.
b) a lying with a woman, cohabitation,
whether lawfulor unlawful. Rom. 13: 13
nepurarr'lawpev . . . ,ufi Kot'ratg, i. c. not
in lewdness. Sept. for i??? Lev. 18:
32: Num. 31: I7, 18, 35.—Wisd. 3:
13,16. Pind. Pyth. ll. 39. Eurip
Hippol. 154.-—Hence from the Heb. me
ton. for seed, semen, as necessary for con
ception. Rom. 9: lOéEEydg Kolrnvi'xovaa,
 Kolra'lv
i. e. having conceived by one etc. So
Sept. ei Edema‘ ru; ")1! Koirnv airroi/ iv col
for $51,511?! Num. 5: 20. Lev. I8: 23
more fully Sept. 5556110". Koirnv arrs'plua
Tog for Heb. 1:3? hair? 11:; Lev. 18:
20. Also Sept. Koirn orre'pfta'rog for
1:: use Lev. 15. 16 sq. 31. 22: 4..
Kméw, 5m, .5, (Kai-rm) a bed
chamber, Acts 12: 20 ('1 c'rrl r017 Koiro'woc
1'05 Baenke'wg i. e. the king's chamber
attendant, valet-de-chambre; see in
BXém-og. Sept. for It??? Ex. 8:3. [in the
Heb. 7: 28] I??? "1‘! 2 Sam. 4:7.-Luc.
Asin. 2. Diod.S. 11.69. Not used by the
best writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 252 sq.
Ko'xmvog, 97, 0", adj. from min-0g
pp. grain, kernel, and also the coccus
ilicia of Linn. or kermes, a small insect
found adhering to the shoots of a species
of oak, quercus coccifera, in Spain and
western Asia, in the form of smooth
reddish-brown or blackish grains, about
the size of a pea. These grains or ber
ries, as they were thought to he, were
used by the ancients for dying a crim
son or deep scarlet colour; but have
been superseded in modern times by the
cochineal insect, coeeus cacti, which
gives a more brilliant but less durable
colour: see Rees’ Cyclop. art. Coe_
cusilicis,
Plin. H. and
N. 9.Ker-mes.
41. ii). [Arab
16. 8. ib. 22.
2. —- Hence Ko'mcwoc, eoccusdged, crim
aon, Matt. 27: 28 Xa/n'rda Komclvnv,
for which in Mark 15: 17 woppiapav.
Heb. 9:19. Rev. 17: 3,4. 18: 12,16.
Sept. for "2?“ Ex. 25: 4. 28: 5. ":12
Josh. 2:18, 21. — Plut. ed. R. VI. p.
546. 8.
Ko'xxog, OU, 6, a kernel, grain,
seed. Matt. 13: 31 x. myc'urewg. 17:20.
Mark 4:31. Luke 13: 19. 17:6. John
12: 24 K- rofi airov. 1 Cor. 15:37.—
Hdot. 4. 143. See also in KllKKU'OQ.
KOltOlCfil, f. c'wapat, (Ko'kog, Kohoga'g,
i. q. poet. reclaim) pp. to mutilate, to
prune sc. trees, xohél'ew n‘: dr'vdpa Theo
phr. de caus. Plant. 5. 9. ll. trop. to
correct, to moderate, El. V. H. 11. 3.
Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 312. 8. Xen. mo.
20. 12.—Hence in N. T. and genr. to
dismpline, to punish, c. acc. Acts 4. 21
16¢ xokda'uvrat airrm'rg. 2 Pet. 2: 9
435 KoMoégmv
xokal'olus'vovg mpsir i. e. to reserve as
subject to punishment, see Winer § 46.
5. p. 290. Buttm. <; 144. 3. Matth. §
566. 6.—2 Mace. 6:14. Hdian. 3. 5. l3.
Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 4.
Koltotxtllot, nag, 1‘1, (xéhfi flatterer,)
flattery, adulation, l Thess. 2: 5. — Jos.
B. I. 4. 4. l. Hdian. l. l. 3. Dem.
1099. 9.
Kéluo'lg, em, 1'), (Kokdl'w) pp. mu
tilation, pruning, e. g. “ham r61’ £11
dpwv Theophr. de caus. Plant. 2. 4. 4.
In N. T. punishment, Matt. 25: 46 :19 x6
Xarnv alibi/toy. 1 John 4: 18 see in 'Exu
c. 11.—Wisd. 16: 2, 24. El. V. H. 7.
l5. Diod. Sic. l. 77 pen.
Koltcto'o'otll, see Kukoaoal.
K0ha¢lzéb f. tam, (Kokapogkolui
1rrw,) to strike with the fist, to bztfit, c.
acc. Matt 26: 67 et Mark 14: 65 Exal
ri¢wav ailro'v. Hence genr. to buflilt, to
maltreat, 1 Cor. 4: l]. 2 Cor. 12:7.
1 Pet. 2. 20.—Test. XII Patr. 709
xollaqpz'Zer riz rs'wa. Unknown to the
Attics, who used novBuMZw, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 175.
Kolhalw, (3, 1'. flow, (xdhka glue)
to glue together, to make cohere, Luc.
quom. Hist. conscr. 5]. Diod. Sic. 2. 58.
——In N. T. Mid. xoMéopat, finial, aor.
1 pass. e'xoMfiOqv with mid. signif.
Buttm. § 136. 2, to adhere, to cleave to,
pp. of things, seq. dat. Luke 10: ll rev
Kovwprov rov xohkqt'iévra infill. Rev. 18.
5 in constr. pmsgn. in later edit. Sept.
for Pa: Ps. 102; 6. Job 29; 10.—Anthol.
Gr. I. p. 23L—Trop. of persons, tojoin
one's selfunto, 0. dat. of thing, e. g. rq'i
t'ipluart, to follow, to accompany, Acts 8:
29. up 671161;, to cleave to, Rom. 12: 9.
Sept. and P93 2 K. 3: 3. Seq. dat. of
pers. e. g. to become a servant to any one
Luke 15: 15. tofollow, to cleave to, e. g.
11,3 Kupip 1v.Cor.
rfi 1répvg 17. 6: Sept. and P3‘; 19:
16. (Ecclus. 2 K.
18: 6. tofollow the side or party of any
one, to associate with, Acts 5: 13. 9: 26.
10:28. 17:34. Sept. and PE? 2 Sam.
20: 2.—1 Macc. 3: 2. 6:21. Plut. ed.
R. VI. p. 355. a.
KoMoz'rgmv 0r xolh'agmv, 00, n5,
(dimin. of KoMv'rpa a coarse bread or
cake,) pp. a small cake, crachnel, Sept.
for ="’!R._! l K. 14:3 in Cod. Alex. In
'2 a 2
 Koitkucurrng 436 K 0114091050;
N. T. collyrium, eye-salve, resembling p. 436. Calmet art. Eating—Lat. in si
the dough of the xohhbpu, Rev. 3: 18.— nu recumbo Plin. Ep. 4. 22. — Trop. to
Arr. Epict. 8. 21. 21. Luc. Alex. 21 bis, be in or on the bosom of any one, i. q. to
xoMvpiou‘ oxevao'rov be‘ roi'rrd c'orw ix be in his embrace, to be cherished by
m'rrnc Bpvrrlac, Kai doqhdhrov, Kai M him as the object of intimate care and
001; r017 diapavoi'm rerptppc'vou, Kai mpoii, dearest afl'ection, comp. in Engl. bosom
xai pao'n'xnc, x. r. A. Other kinds are friend etc. John 1: 18 5 6w sic rov xéh.
described in Cels. de Med. 6. 2 sq. ib 1rov rot? 1ra1'pdc, i. q. 6 povoysvfig 1:16;.
7. 4. Dioscor. 1. 2. So Luke 16: 22 dc 'rbv Kéhvrov roi'l
’A€pm't;i, and v. 23 At'ifapov Er roig nih
koMuQww’yg, 05, a, from i-éMu fl'mc [comp. Engl. embraces] ail-rob, i. e.
go: a small coin, change, Aristoph. Fax
in near and intimate communion with
1196, 1200 0115:‘ xokkbéov, where Schol.
Abraham, as being one of his beloved
5750;‘ sin-Moi;- vopioparog r'u'ri r017‘ 0135:‘
children. So Josephus de Mace. § 13
dgohofi. Also agio, premium of ex. [4 Macc. 13: 16] oiirw yap Qavév-rag,
change, t; r’ip-yuptov dMayf] Poll. Onom.
tunic ’A€pm‘1'i Kai 'Ioaiu: Kai 'Iamiig inro
3. 9. ib. 7. 30. Cic. Verr. III. 78. déEoi/Tai sig Tonic miMroi/q; airra'w. Comp.
as also Rabb. 153,3"? Buxt. Lex. Chald.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in loc. Sept. y’)
2032. —Hence icohhvgwn’yg, a money
Deut. Ev13:
'yvvfi riy'i 7.Kohl-q:
28: 54,
any 56.
for comp. 2 Sam.
Heb. 71271.‘!
changer, broker, i. q. Ksppano'n'yg, Matt.
21:12. Mark 11:15. John 2:15. They 12: 3,8. Is. 40: 11.—Ecclus. 9: 1. An.
had their seats in the outer court of the
thol. Gr. II. p. 75. IV. p. 129. Plut.
temple, see in Ksppa'rw'rr'lg. Comp. Cato Min. 33 ult. I‘afii’mov, s'x rain
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 501. —Lysias IIolnrn'iov xéM-wv tivflpwarov. Comp. C ic.
Fragm. 34 ult. The grammarians con ad Div. 14. 4. “ tu vero sis in sinu sem
demn this word, Lob. ad Phr. p. 440. per ct complexu meo." -- Others refer
K010123510», see KoMobpiov. Luke 1. c. to a banquet in the kingdom
Komfiéo, (Ii, f. o'io'w, tuohogdg mu of heaven, comp. Matt. 8: 11. Luke 13:
tilated, fr. xdhog) to mutilate, trans. Sept. 29, see in 'AvaxMi/u b. But the scene
2 Sam. 4: 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 78 pen. — is here laid in @3119. and not in the Mes
In N. T. trop. of time, to cut of} to siah's kingdom.
shorten, Pass. Matt. 24: 22 bis, et Mark b) the bosom of an oriental garment,
13: 20 xohofiwtifioovrm ai hpe'pai. So which falls down over the girdle, and
Heb. "3?, Prov. 10:27, Sept. 6M'yw is often used for carrying things, as a
Ui'loovrai. sort of pocket. Luke 6: 38 Eu'wouow sic
Kokoo'oou'or KONZUO'OUI, 5y, “1, rdv Koh-rrov bfui'iv. So Sept. and PW Is.
65: 6. Jer. 32: 18.—Ham. Od. 15. 469.
Colosse, a city of Phrygis. Major, si P01. 3. 33. 2. Hdot. 6. 125. Comp. Hor.
tuated near the junction of the Lycus Sat. 2. 3. 171. Liv. 21. 18 “ tunc Ro
with the Meander, and not far from manus, sinu ex toga facto, etc."
Hierapolis and Laodicea. With these 0) put for a bay, gulf, inlet of the sea,
cities it was destroyed by an earthquake Acts 27: 39.—Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Hdian.
about A. D. 65. A modern village near 8. l. 12. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 9.
the site is called Konos. See Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii.p. 204,228.-Col. 1:2. KOAUI-(lcéw, 5, f, fly“), a) swiyn’
Acts 27:43.-—Hierocl. Facet. 1. An
Kokormasbg, tag, a, plur. Kimo
iraeig, Colossians, only in the spurious
thol. Gr. III. p. 41. 1. Mteris p. 267
ve'lv Kai W'Jxzoecu, ’Arrmi'|g' xohvpgdv,
subscription to the epistle.
'Ehknvmi'ig.
Ko’M—oé, 0v, 6, the bosom, i. e.
at) pp. the front of the body between Kokvucriflga, as, h, (mkvpééog
the arms; hence John 13: 23 dvaxeipevoc pp. swimminoplace, hence pool, pond,
iv 19': ‘£61111’? rob 'Ino'oi'i, reclining on Je any reservoir of water for swimming,
sus' bosom, i. e. next to him on the tri bathing, fish, etc. e. g. gear. 1']' Koh. rm?
clinium at supper, so that his head was Eihwdp John 9: 7, 11. a healing bath
opposite to Jesus’ bosom; comp. in or pool, see Bndso'dc'i, John 5: 2, 4, 7.
'Ardxsqiai no. 2. Adam's Rom. Ant. Sept. for H231,12 K. 18:17. Neh. 2: l4.
 KoMzv/u
Is. 7:3.—J0s. Ant. 15. 3. 3. Diod. Sic.
l l. 95.
KoMv/a, a5, ,7, Lat. col0nia,i. e.
a Roman colony, Acts 16: 1'2. Philippi 19. 9. 4| Plut. Cato Maj. 4 pen.
is here so called, because Augustus had Kowogrog, 05, b, (xorla, bpmqa)
colonized thither many of the partizans dust, pp. as excited, flying, Matt. 10: 14.
of Antony, Dio Cass. 51. 4. p. 445. Luke 9:5. 1021]. Acts 13: Si. 92: 23.
Kuinoel in loc. Comp. Adam's Rom. Sept. for PEI: Ex. 9:9. Nah. 1: 3. ‘£1!
Ant. p. 72 sq. Deut. 9: 21.—Pol. 5. 85. 1. Xen. An.
Kopwzm, 5, 1'. r'la'w,(mi;n1,) to have
long hair, to wear the hair long, 1 Cor. ll;
l4,15.—Jos. Ant. 4.. 4|. 4.. Xen.Lac-l 1.3.
K654»), 71g, ,5, hair, head of hair,
1 Cor. 11: 15. Sept. for if? Num. 6;
5.——Hdian. 1. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2.
Kola/(w, f. low, Att. f. n5, (xo‘ue'm)
to take care of, to provide for, Horn. ll.
94. 54.1 ; so of one fallen in battle, i. e.
to take up and bear away Horn. ll. 13.
196; hence genr. to take up,to carry om
e. g. as booty Horn. [1. 2. B75. ib. 11.
738. In N. T. genr.
a) to bear, to bring, trans. LEk; 7: 37
K0
Alrlr.iaaa'a
Alex.altégaar
M. 7. v8’.‘ i!gen.
v.—Cyr.S 3.
124: 5.
3. 2.
b) Mid. xopllopaz, Att. 1‘. Kopwiipac,
to take for one's self, to bear or bring to
one’: sel , i. e. to acquire, to obtain, to re
ceive, trans. Matt. 25: 27 c'xopwépqv by
T6 Epév. 2 Cor. 5: 10. Col. 3: 25 K0,“
e'irm B r'lbima'e. Heb. 10: 36 x. rr)y
e'rray-yeltz'av. 11:39. 1 Pet. 1:9. 5: 4'.
2 Pet. 2: l3. seq. nzpé 0. gen. Eph. 6;
8.—I Mace. 13: 37. 2 Mace. 8:33.
Arr. Alex. M. 5. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. l. 5.
10.—In the sense of to receive again, to
resend, trans. Heb. 11:19. So Sept.
for "2'2 Gen. 38: 20. -—2 Mace. 10: l.
Jos. Ant. l3. 4. l. Diod. Sic. 12. 80.
Kofmlro'rigoy, adv. comparat. of
no \Im'm elegantly, well, en. Cyr. 1. 3.
8 5 better, in the phrase mpilrorepov E'xew,
u meliue habere, to be better, to mend,
John 4: 52. See in 'Exw f.—Arr. Epict.
3. 10. 13 xopiba‘m Exew. Cic. ad Div. 16.
15 belle babere.
Komiu, 5, f. dom, (xow'a dust,
slacked lime,) to white-wash, so. with
lime, trans. Matt. 23:27 rd¢olc xcxoma
pe'vocc, while-washed sepulelzres, in ac.
cordance with an annual custom of the
Jews on the 25th day of the month
Adar, see Jahn § 207 and n. II. Wet
stein N. T. in loo. Acts 23: 3 mix:
437 Komoiw
Kexowape've thou wln'ted wall, i. e. thou
hypocrite, fair without and foul within.
Sept. for ‘"3? Dent. 27: 2,4.-—Diod. Sic.
I. 8. 8.
Kooroigw, 1'. (mm, (min-09,) pp. ‘to be
beat out, weary,’ i. q. xmruiu, hence
genr. to relax, to remit, to cease; in
N. T. of the wind, to lull, intrans. Matt.
14:32. Mark 4.: 39. 6:51. Sept. for
51?? Gen. 8:1. Pt“? Jon. 1:11, 12.—
Ecclus. 43: 23. Hdot. 7. 191.
Koore'rog, 017, b, (xo-rrropm q. v.)
Iamentation, wailing, sc. as accompanied
with heating the breast etc. Acts 8:2.
Sept. for ‘$3’? Gen. 50:10. Zech.12:
10,11.—l Mace. 4:39. Dion. Hal. Ant.
1]. 3|.
K0731’, 77?, 1'1, (r61rrw,) slaughter,
carnage, Heb. 7: Lin allusion to Gen.
l4: 17 where Sept. for int‘. "531?. Sept.
for “3? Josh. 10: 20.—Judith l5: 7.
Komoiw, 07, f. éow. (x01n'a i. q.
mhrog) pp. i.q. Engl. to be beat out, i. e.
to be weary,faint, intrans.
a) pp. Matt. 11: 28 5251': 1959;‘: mivrzc
oi xovruiivree. Rev. 2: 3. seq. in John
4: 6 x. E»: rr'lc (ibouropc'ac. Sept. for 9,11
Is. 40: 4l.— Jos. Ant. 9. 15. 3 x. bvro
rfig biouropiaq. Aristoph. Thesm. 795.
Athen. X. . 416.
b) in N. . to weary one's self, sc. with
labour, like Heb. 7.5:, i. e. to labour, to
tail, absol. Luke 5: 5 51' 5M]; rfic rvxrog
xoméaavrec obbe‘v e'lu'lgoluev. Matt. 6:
28 et Luke 12:27 re‘: xplva . . . 01': KOTHQI
0.75.‘ W70... Acts 20; as. 1 Cor. 4:19.
Eph. 4: 28. 2 Tim. 2:6. Trop. of a
teacher who labours in the gospel,
John 4: 38 bis. 1 Cor. 15:10. 16:16.
Sept. for Heb. 9.1: Josh. 24: 13. 5?!
Ps. 127: 1.—Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 134. 9
pr) rpe'xz, pr) Karim—Seq. iv, to labour
in, c. g. trop. e'v M79 1 Tim. 5; 17. iv
Kvpz’lp i. e. in the work of the Lord
Rom. 16: 12 bis. e'v bp'iv among you
1 Thess. 5:12. (comp. Ecclus. 6: 19.)
Seq. elg c. ace. of pers. upon or for
whom, eig fipc'u; Rom. 16:6. eig ilpiic
 Ko'arog
Gal. 4:11. (Ecclus. 24:34.) c. eig final,
as eig rou'iro 5n 1 Tim. 4: 10. at; 5 Col.
1:29. sic xsvbv in vain Phil. 2: 16.
Sept. 1:. ti; Kevév for 72: Is. 65: 23. Jer.
51: 53.
Koarog, 05, 6, (xdrrrw) pp. a heat
ing, hence wailing, grief, sc. with heat
ing the breast etc. i. q. Korrefdg q. v.
Sept. for 1'“: Jer. 45: 3. JEschyl.
Choeph. Also the being beat out, weari
ness, Xen. An. 5. 8. 3. Hence in N. T.
toil, labour, i. e. wearisome efi'ort, genr.
John 4: 38 {44:79 eig rbv xdrrov air-ruby
clo'zhnhbflare. 1 Cor. 3: 8. 15: 58 b
Kb'rrog i445»! e'v Xpw'r'. 2 Cor. 6: 5.
10:15. 11:23,27. l hess. l:3bkd1ro¢
rfig d-ydmpc labour of love i. e. work of
beneficence. 2:9. 3: 5. 2 Thess. 3:8.
Heb. 6:10. Rev. 2: 2. 14:13. Sept.
for 21>‘, Gen. 31: 42. — Ecclus. 14: 15.
Bion. Id. [5. 16. Anthol. Gr. IV. p.99
antep.—In the sense of trouble, vezation,
in the phrase xé-lroug 1rupe'xuv rwi, i. q.
to trouble, to vex any one, Matt. 26: 10.
Mark 14:6. Luke 11:7. 18:5. Gal.
6: 17. Sept. xévrog for 5?! Job 5: 6 Jer.
20: 16.—Kan”; 1rapéxrw Aristot. Probl.
sect. qu. 38. The earlier Greeks said
mivov 7rape'xsw Ecclus. 29: 4. Hdot. l.
177. 1rpa'wmra 1rapéxswHdOLl. 1 55,175.
Koargllot, 06;, 1'), (Ko'rrpog,) pp. dang
hill Sept. for he?! 1 Sam. 2:8. Arr.
Epict. 2. 4. 4 sq. In N. T. dung,
manure, Luke 14:35. 13: 8 in text. rec.
Sept. for 112% 2 K. 9: a7. Jer. 25:33.
—Arr. Epict. l. c. Artemid. 2. 9.
Ko'vrgmv, ou, r6, (neut. of adj.
xéar 109,) dung, manure, plur. Ktifl'pta
Luke 13:8 in later edit. —- l Macc. 2:
62. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 85. Arr. Epict.
2. 4|. 5.
Kéorw, f. 4...’, to beat, to cut sc. by
a blow, trans.
a) pp. e. g. branches of trees, to cut
of‘ or down, Matt. 21:8. Mark 11: 8,
Sept. for “13, Num. 13:24. Judg. 9:
48.-—Xen. An. 4. 8. 2.
b) Mid. mhrropai to beat or cut one's
self, i. e. the breast etc. in the loud ex
pressinn of grief; hence put for to lament,
to wail, to bewail, abso . Matt. ll: 17.
24:30. Luke 23: 27. seq. acc. Luke 8:
52. seq. e'm' nva Rev. 1: 7. e’m' TU". 18:
9. Sept. for ‘R3 absol. 2 Sam. 1: l2. 0.
acc. Gen. 23: 2. 50'. 10. seq. in’ Tim for
438 Kogmlog
‘>2 1:; 2 Sam. 11:26. c'1rl' ru'l. Zech.
l2: 10.—absol. Jos. Ant. 7. l. 6. Diod.
Sic. 1. l4. Hdot. 6. 58. Active, xé-rrrew
n‘7v Silpav Luc. Nigr. 2. K. m); 1'.
Sbpav Luc. Asin. 2.
Kbgag, 00:09‘, 6, a raven, Luke
12:24. Sept. for =7? Gen. 8:7. Lev. ll.
15.—El. H. An. 1. 35, 47. HdOL 4. 15.
Kogoiamv, 4'00, 16, (dimin. fr. udprh)
girl, maiden, damsel, Matt. 9: 24, '25.
14:11. Mark 5: 41, 42. 6: 22, 28 bis.
Sept. for "'32,! Ruth 2: 8, 22. 1 Sam.
25: 42.—-Arr. Epict. 3. 2. 8. Luc. Asin.
6, 36. The word belongs rather to the
style of familiar discourse, like the
Germ. Ma'del, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 73 sq.
Kogé’év, b, indec. also xopgavc'ig,
G, ('1, Heb. 13,1?" corban, i. e. a gi ,
qfi'en'ng, ablation, ac. to God, Lev. 2: l,
4.,12,13. In N. T.
a) pp. Kop€iv, something devoted to
God, Mark 7: ll icopgc'w, 5 Ban Bu'ipoy,
K. r. k—Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4 oi Kopgdv air
rozlg di'opa'aavrcc 11,5 98;), 551901’ 5:‘ 'roi'rro
anluaivu x. 1'. )M
b) xopéavfig, spoken of money offered
in the temple, the sacred treasure, and
by meton. the treasury, i. . 'yaz0¢vXm/n0v
q. v. Matt. 27: 6.—Jos. .J. 2. 9. 4 T6.
ispbv Snaaupbv, xaltc‘irai Be‘ Kopgaviig.
Kogé, b, indec. C0re,Heb. "Ti? (ice)
Kora-h pr. n. of a Levite who rebelled
against Moses, Jude 11. See Num.c. 16.
Kogéwvyn, f. xope'aw, perf. pass.
xsxépzapai, aor. 1 pass. e'xope'adnv, to
sate, to satisfy, sc. with food and drink,
Pass. or Mid. to be sated, to befall, i. e.
to have eaten and drunk enough, seq.
gen. of thing, Pass. Acts 27:38 impe
afie'vru; 5e‘ rpmpr'lg. Trop. absol. 1 Cor,
4: 8.-—-o. gen. IEl. V. H. 4. 9. Xen_
Mem. 3. 11. [3. trop. Hdian. l. 13. I0.
Kogi'vémg, a, or, Corinthian, a
Corinthian, Acts 18: 8. 2 Cor. 6: ll.
Kbgwtlog, ou, 1'7, Con'ntb, a cele
brated Grecian city, the capital of
Achaia proper, situated on the isthmus
“between the Peloponnesus and the
main land, and hence called bimm-is,
Hor. 0d. 1. 7. 2. It lay between the
gulfs of Lepanto and Egina, on each of
which it had a port, Lechaeum on the
former and Cenchrea on the latter.
The city was famous for the worship of
 Kogw'fluog 439
Venus and for every species of expen
sive debauchery; whence the Horatian
proverb: Non cuim's homim" conlingit
adire Corinthum, Hor. Ep. 1. 17. 36.
Corinth was destroyed by L. Mummius
during the Achaian war,about 146 B.C.
It was restored by Julius Caesar, and
became the capital of the Roman prov
ince Achaia and the seat of the pro
consul, Acts 18: 12. Here Paul resided
for more than 18 months (Acts 18:11,
18) and gathered a large church, which
was afterwards not wholly exempt from
Corinthian vices. Acts 18: 1. 19: 1.
1 Cor. 1. 2. 2C0r. 1:2, 23. 2Tim.4: 20.
Kogwillog, 00, 6, Cornelius, pr. n.
of a Roman centurion at Cesarea, Acts
10; 1, 3,7, 17, 21,22,211, 25, 30,31.
K6505, 0", 6, come, Heb. "15 cor,
the largest Hebrew dry measure, equal
to the "25'", i. e. to ten baths or ephahs
Ez. 45: 14, and also to ten Attic péoqwoi
Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 2. The Attic medimnus
was equal to six Roman modii, and ac
cordin to Ideler and Boeckh contained
2602 aris cubic inches, Boeckh Slaats
haush. der Athener I. p. 101. The wbg x. r. A. In N. T. of Satan as the
English bushel is usually estimated at prince of this world, i. e. of worldly men,
1801 Paris cubic inches; hence the At
tic medimnua and Hebrew both were
nearly equal to 1.445 bush. English, or
about 11 gallons; and so the Hebrew
nor, Képoc, to 14.45 bushels English.
Comp. in Ba'roc II. Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 505. — Luke 16: 7 Exardv Kopoug m’
rov. Sept. xo'pog for "'3 2 Chr. 2: 10. 27:
5. for "293'! Ez. 45: 13.
Kod'flléal, 5, f. flow, (0:607:09) to
order, i. e. to put in order, e. g. an army,
to draw up Horn. II. 14. 388. In N. T.
a) to adjust, e. g. lamps, to trim, Matt.
25: 7 iroo’pno'av rd; haluralhag. SO Sept.
xoape‘iv rr‘lv rpa'rsl'av for 3'?! E2. 23. 41.
—Xen. Cyr. 8.2. 6 rpdrelav.
b) to decorate, to adorn, e. g. for olxov
as if for a new dweller Matt. 12:44.
Luke 11:25. a bride vilfupnv, Rev. 21:
2. genr. 1 Tim. 2: 9. Luke 21:5. Rev.
21:19. Sept. for “112 Jer. 4:30. Ez. 16:
11.—Hdian. 5. a. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.
4.—So Matt. 23: 29 Koapeirs riz luvnlucia,
ye decorate the :epulchres etc. so. with
garlands and flowers, or by adding
columns or otherornaments.—Diod. Sic.
Koo/1.0;
11. 33. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 7. Mem. 2. 2.
13. Comp. 1111. V. H. 12. 7 'AM’l-Iavdpog
row 'Axlhhe'wg rci¢oyEare¢¢iyuae.—Tr0p.
to honour, i. e. to make honourable, to dig
nify, Tit. 2: 10 n)!’ Ezdao'xahiav. 1 Pet.
3: 5 al d'yuu yuvaixeg . . . e'xéapovv
Eaurég.—Ecclus. 48: ll. Hdian. 6. 3. 5.
Xen. Conv. 8. 38.
Koaybmo'g, 7?, 6r, (Ktid'log world,)
worldly, terrestrial, Opp. t0 E'n'oupzimog.
Heb. 9: l d'ylov Kooyumiv, comp. v. 23.
— Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 455. 3, A‘Ddfllk‘!)
BidrnEzc—Tmp. worldly, as conformed
to this world, belonging to the men of
mayoral
this world,
worldlyTitus
lusts—Clem.
2: 12 Alex.
Emfiullured.
iar
l. l 6 X670;- . . . rfiz; xoo'pmfig mn'rfislag
c'Eap-lrcizwv roll fivOpwn-ov.
Kéqmg, ov, a, .7, adj. (teapot-g
well-ordered, decor0us,modest,in a moral
respect, 1 Tim. 2:9. 3: 2.—Pol. 8. 11.
7. Xen. Hi. 5. 1. Mem. 3. 11.14.
Koa‘fbozgoirwg, 030;, a, (260mg,
x arz'w,) pp. lord of the world, Schol. in
Kristoph. N ub. 397 Ewc'vyxwmc ('1 Bam
hnlg 'rd'w Ai'yum'i'mv, Koaluoxpd'rwp ‘ye-yo
plur. Eph. 6: l2 1rpoc rozig xoapoxpriropag
roi? axo'rouc r017 aia'wog ror'n-ou, i. e. Satan
and his angels. Comp. John 12:31.
2 Cor. 4: 4. —-Ignat. 1.1 Bnigoltov, 52
ml Kouporpdropa Kahofiaw. The Rabbins
also adopted the epithet "ivpz'wm'wp, see
Buxt. Lex. Ch. 2006.
Ko'a'fbos, 0!), 6, (prob. xo'ic'w) order,
'i. e. re ular disposition and arrange
ment, om. 0d. 13. 77 my,’ xaGIZew.
P01. 1. 21. l. Xen. (E0. 8. 20. Hence
in N. T.
1. decoration, ornament, 1 Pet. 3: 3
oirx b EEwOzv . . . xoo'poc. Sept. for "11!
Ex. 33:4, 5,6. Jer. 4: 30.—Hdian. 3:
6. l9. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 24.
2. order of the universe, the world,
Lat. mundus, first so used by Pythago.
ras and then as a technical term of phi
losophy, see Passow in voc. n0. 2. So
Plato Gorg. 63. p. 508. A, 4mm} 3:‘ 01
aorpoi, xal ol'rpavdv mi 7171/ Kal. Geode ml
dyflpu'nrovc rfiv rowww'av zruve'xew Kfll
gihi'av Kai xoapldrnra Kai aw¢pomiwlv mi
uraiérrrra, rial ro o'hov rm'n'o 51c‘: rm'rra
xéapovkaltofio'i. Plin. H. N. 2. 3, “ mm
 Koo/M; 440 K6¢wog
quem mio'por Graeci, nomine omamenti, both physical and moral, the seat of
appellaverunt, eum nos 0. perfects. ab cares, temptations, irregular desires, etc.
solutaque ele antia mundum." Comp. It is thus nearly i. q. 6 aldw ohroc,
Cic. de Nat. em. 2. 22. Hence "ii 95.-‘7!, see fully in Aléw no. 2.—(a)
a) gem’. the world, the universe, genr. c. m'n-og, John 12: Q5 6 purity rr‘lv
heavens and earth etc. Matt. 13: 35 xlmxr‘lv m'rroii e'v 1'93 soap? roi'mp, opp. sic
6.76 Karagohfic Koo/mu. 24: 21 drr' ('xpxfig {only aldnuov. 18: 36 his, 1‘) fiamhzla 1']
Koa'luov. Luke 11:50. John 17:5,24. 5;”) oils‘ Zo-rw e’): mi xdo'pov rol'rrou x. r. X.
Acts 17: 24'. Rom. l: 20. Heb. 4: 3.— 1 Cor. 5:10. Eph. 2: 2. 1 John 4: 17.
2 Macc. 7: 23. [E]. V. H. 8. ll. Luc. Without 061-09, 1 John 2: 15, 16, 17.
Icarom. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. ll 61.-mg 6 Spec. the wealth and enjoyments of this
xahoi'lpevog inro 113v ampwnIw xéapog World, this life's goods, Matt. 16: 26 n’
i’xu.—l\1eton. for the inhabitants of the yizp ibdzche'irai drape-mag, z'ilv row xdapoy
universe, 1 Cor. 4: 9 Se'arpov E-ywr'lenpcv 5km’ xepdi'lop; Mark 8:36. Luke 9: 25.
1"]? Mayor, ml t’ty'ye'hotg xal ('0'0 li)1l'0l§.—— 1 C01‘. 3: 22. 7: 31, 33, 34'. Gal. 6:14.
rop. and symbol. as in Eng . a world James 4: 4. 1 John 2: 17.—(ti) Melon.
of any thing, for an aggregate, con for the men of this world, worldh'ngs, as
geries. James 3: 6 1', ‘yhfiwo’a. . . udo'poc opp. to those who seek the kingdom of
(isutlag, a worhiqfiniquity. Comp. Sept. God, e. g. with ohrog, John 12: SI {I
Prov. 17: 6 TOI-I maroii 5X0: 6 xéopog ru'n' xplmc r017 K. 'rol'lrou. 1 Cor. l: 20 oodu'a
Xpnphrwv, r017 55‘ drrio'rou 0135:‘ (iéohég. r01? 1:. rohrou. 3: 19. Gal. 4:3. Col. 2:
b) by synecd. the earth, this lower 8. As subject to Satan, John 12: 31 6
world as the abode of man. (:1) pp. & wv rm? 1:. roi'rrov. 14:30. 16: ll.
Mark 16: 15 wopeufiévreg zig row Koo/10v ithout ohroc, John 7: 7 oi’; 8.9mm. 6
draw-a. John 16: 21, 28. 2l125. 1 Kzia‘uoc ‘uwdv illuic. 14: 17, 19,97, 31.
Tim. 3: 16. 1 Pet. 5; 9. 2 Pet. 3: 6 5 16:8. 17:6, 9. 1 Cor. 1:21. 2 Cor. 7:
fore my“. So Zpxsofiat cl;- rov Koo'luov 10. Phil. 2: 15. James 1: 27. etc. AI.
and the like, to come or be sent into the Kouoigrog, 00, a, Lat. Quartus, pr.
world, i. e. to be born, John 1:9; or to n. ofa Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 23.
go forth into the world. to appear before
men, John 3:19. 6: 14. 1 Tim. 1:15.
[(Oiif-bl, cumi,i.e.Heb. andAram. im
Heb. 10: 5. also 1 John 4:1. 2 John 7. perat. lem.‘??? arise, expressed in Greek
John 3: 17. 1 John 4: 9. H perbolically, letters, Mark 5: 41.
Matt. 4: 8 1rr'wag r311; amhslac ‘rm-I Kouorwhi'u, a5, .7, Lat. custodia,
ndo'pou. Rom. l: 8. -— Comp. Luc. de i. e. custody, in N. T. meton. for concr.
Astro]. 12.—(,8) meton. the world for the watch, guard, so. of Roman Soldiers at
inhabitants of the earth, men,mankind. the sepulohre of Jesus, Matt. 27: 65, 66.
Matt. 5: 14 {44:74: Ea're rd 4W9 r017 Koofiov. 28: ll. — Hesych. nova‘rwhc'a‘ fior'lflua
13: 38 ('1 Be‘ d-ypog, 'r'urw h xéopoc. ohn m'pa'rlwrm'].
l: '29. 3:16 ov'irw 'yitp r'lyémlacv 1'; Get); KOUWZW, f. low, (K0l-I¢0§,) to be
rov xéopov. Rom. 3: 6, 19. 1 Cor. 4: light, intrans. Hes. Op. 465. Soph. Phi
13. 2 Cor. 5: 19. Heb. 11:7. 2 Pet. 2: loct. 735. In N. T. trans. to lighten, so.
5 dpxaiou xéo'pou. 1 John 2: 2. (\Visd. a ship by throwing things overboard,
10:1. 14:6,14.) So hyperb. the world Acts 27: 38. Sept. for ‘>2?! Jon. 1. 5.
for the multitude, every body, Fr. tout le —P01. 1. 39. 4 x. rog- vaiig. Xen. Mem.
monde. John 7: 4 qmwe'puaov “away rq':
2. 7. l.
room», opp. Ev Kpwrrq'i. 12: 19. 14:22.
18: 90. 2 Cor. l: 12. 2 Pet. 2: 5 Koapoc Keitpnog, 0v, 6, a basket, Lat.
dozfiév. Put also for the heathen world, cophinus, wicker-basket. Matt. 44: 20
i. q. n‘: Ettvn, Rom. 11:12, 15. comp. 5615mm K0¢ZVOUQ 1r7u'1puc. 16:9. Mark 6:
Luke 12: 50. 43. 8: 19. Luke 9: 17. John 6; 13.
c) in the Jewish mode of speaking, Sept for 111 Ps. 61:5. 51; Judg. 6: 19.
the present world, the present order of -—Suidas Kéqzwoc. ('ryyziov whim-ow. Aris
things, as opposed to the kingdom of toph. Av. 1310. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 6.—
Christ; and hence always with the idea The new... was proverbislly the Jew
of transientness, worthlessness, and evil ish travelling-basket, comp. Juv. Sat. 3.
 Kgoificwrog 44] Kgaréa:
15 “ Judwis, quorum cophinus foenum KgamraiM, re, :1, (as if for awn’,
que supellex." 6. 542. or fiavrrih, from cipvrrifiw) pp. seizure of
Kgnifigwrog, 0t), ('1, Lat. grabbatus, the head, and hence intoxication and
i. e. a small couch, which might easily its consequences, giddiness, head-ache,
be carried about, or for travelling etc. etc. Lat. crapula. Luke 21:34 Ev xpai
called by the Greeks O'A’IIJ‘II'OUC,UKIF1I'(iEtOY. mikp mipéflp i. e. in constant revelling,
Mark 2: 4,9, 11, 12. 6: 55. John 5:8, carousing.—-Plut. ed. R. V1. p. 2-27. 10.
9,10,11,12. Acts5tl5. was. Comp. Hdian. 1. l7. 7.
Mark I. c. with Luke 5: 18,24.—Act. Kgowiov, 00, ‘rd, (dimin. of Kpiivov,)
Thom. § 50. 51. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 74. a skull, Lat. cranium, Matt. 27: 33.
Used only by very late writers, Lob. ad Mark15:22. Luke23:33. John 19: 17.
Phryn. p. 62 sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. Sept. for #35125 Judg. 9. 53. 2 Kass.
p. 175 sq. —-Luc. D. Mort. 23. 3. Hdian. 7. 7.8.
Kgoilw, f. KEKpdEOPGt, aor. 1 ZxpaEa, Kgaia'rrehov, 0!), rd, (kindr. with
perf. 1 xe'xpdya with the signif. of the icpooa'oc, xpda’oan) pp. the edge, margin,
present, Buttm. § 113. n. 13. Passow s. shirt, e. g. of a mountain Xen. H. G. 4.
voc. This is strictly an onomatopoetic 6. 8. of a garment Theocr. 2. 53. In
verb imitating the hoarse cry of the N. T. fringe, tassel, Heb. ""3"? Num.
raven, Germ. kriichzen ,- hence gem. and 15: 38 sq. where the Jews are directed
in N. T. to cry, to cry out, intrans. to wear them on the corners of the outer
a) of inarticulate cries, clamour, ex garment. Matt. 9: 90. 14:36. 23: 5.
clamation, e. g. from fear, (uni rot‘: aéfiov Mark 6: 56. Luke 8: 44. Sept. for
Matt. 14: 26; from pain Matt. 27: 50. "$3 Num. 1. c.
Mark 15:39 coll. v. 37. Rev. 1212; Kgwrauo'g, 02, 0'», (xpdroh) strong,
from abhorrence Acts 7: 57. Of demo. mighty, e. g. i‘) x. Xslp roir 95017 1 Pet. 5:
niacs Mark 1: 26. 5: 5. 9: 26. Luke 9: 6. So Sept. and P173 EX. 3: 19. Deut.
39. (Sept. for P2: 2 Sam. 13: 19. Jer. 3: 24.—Esdr. 8: 47. Pol. 2. 69. 8.
Q5: 34.) So in joy, by hyperb. Luke Kgarmo'w, f, (i|am,(KpllTClttJ'§,) to mahe
19: 40 oi M90: xexpc'tEovrai. Sept. for
strong, to strengthen, trans. a form found
2"“3! Josh. 6: 16. Ps. 65: 14. — Arr. only in Sept. N. T. and later writers,
Epict. 3.4.4 xépaE iii-av pi) a'imov rc
for the earlier Kpu'rin'w, Passow s. v.
xpi’vyg. Luc. Tim. 11. Xen. An. 7. 8. 15.
Active, Sept. for Fin.‘- 1 Sam. 23: 16.
b) of any thing uttered with aloud
voice, to cry, to ezclaim, to call aloud, e.
2 K. 15:19.-In N. T. only Pass. to
g. followed by the words uttered, Mark be strong, to grow strong, Luke 1: 80 et
10: 48 1') Ed 1roMg': piiMov E'xpatfev' vie‘
9: 40 s'xpa-rmoirro 1rvsh‘uan. Eph. 3: l6.
1 Cor. 16: 13. Sept. for P3’??? 2 Sam.
Aagi'a x. r. A. 15:13, 14. Luke 18: 39.
John 12: 13 mi Z'KpaZm/"Qoawd. Acts
10: 12. 2 Chr. 21: 4.
regs}. intr. Ps.
19: 353, 34. 23: 6. al. Soc. tpuwfi payd 3l: 25.—l Macc. 1:62.
Xg Acts 7: 10. iv pawl-1 luz'yéltg Rev. 14: Kgwréw, 5, f. flow, (xpdrog) to be
15. Followed b a tense or particip. of strong, mighty, powerful, 1. e. seq. gen.
Xz'yu, etc. e. g. expaEe Xé'ywv Matt. 14: of pers. to have power over, to rule over,
30. Mark 3: 11. John 1: 15. EKpaEav Hom. Il. 1. 79, 288. In N. T. seq. gen.
M'yov'rcc Matt. 8: 29. 27: 23. Kpdlwv Ktll. of thing, or accus. of pers. or thing
M710], Mark 5: 7. Luke 4: 41. xpdzoy a) seq. gen. of thing, to have power
rsgxai hiyov-rsc Matt. 9: 27. 21: 15 KpdEag over, to be or become master of, i. e. to
Kai el1re Mark 9: 24. So c. pawl} pe'yéhg gain, to attain to; comp. Tittm. de Sy
Rev. 6:10. 7; 8, 10. 19:17. non. N. T. p. 89 sq. Acts 27: 13 'rfic
c) of urgent prayer, imprecation, etc. arpotiéoewg. Heb. 4: 14 having therefore
Rom. 8: l5 s’v *1 xpdl'o v‘ 'Aggti c'i 1ra'n'7p. such an high priest xpard'rpsv rfic
Gal. 4: 6. Metaph. ames 5: 4 6 pwflbg hpoho'ylag let us attain to the full benefit
n7»! r'p-yaru'lv --- spills: sc. 1rpoc Kilpiov, of our profession in him, i. q. 6: 18 rpurfi’
for vengeance. Sept. for PH Ps. 28: 1. oat rfic 1rpoxupe'vng Elt'lrldoc. See Tittm.
30:9. P2: 9 Sam. 19: 28. Jer. 11:11, l. c. p. 91 sq.-—Sept. Prov. 14: 18 oi 1m
19. AL. voirp-yot Kporr’yaovoiv aiotlfiaewg. Jos.
 Kgwréw 442 Kgiag
Ant. 6. 6. 3 pr) x. r017 Aoyurpm'r. Diod. 2115. Rev. 91 13,141,15,25. 3211.—
Sic. 16. 20 x. Tfig 1rpofléaewg. -— Hence Test. XII Patr. p. 665 Kpars'iy 11‘: Saw.
gem’. xpareiv rfig Xsipog rwog, to take the pa rm’! 9:017.
hand of any one, Matt. 9:25. Mark 1;
K505716705, 7), 0V, pp. superl. of
31. 5: 41. Luke 8: 54. comp. Buttm.
§ 132. 6. 3. SO Sept. and PIU Gen. 19:
poetic xpan'lg, (rcphrom) used also as
16. 2Sam.l:ll. superl. of é-yaOég, Buttm. § 68. 1. § 69.
n. I; most ezeellmt, most noble, used in
b) seq. accus. (a) to have power over,
to be or become master of, nearly i. q. seq. addressing persons of rank and author
ity, Luke 1:3 Kpé'rio're 9.64.0“. Acts
gen. in a above, but always implying a
certain degree of force with which one 23:26. 24=3. 26:25.—Jos. c. Apion.
gets a person or thing wholly into his l. 1. Ant. 4.. 6.8. Longin. 39 init. The
power, even when resisting; see Tittm.
ophr. Char. 3 or 5.
de Synon. in N. T. p. 89. Hence gem. Kgoi'rog, 50;, 00;, 16, strength,
to get into one’s power, to lay hold of, to physical Hom. Il. 16. 524. ib. 24. 293.
seize, to take, e. g. a person, Matt. 14.: 3 In N. T. might, vigour-,p0wer, viz.
i) 'yilp 'Hpdihm; xparhaac row 'Iwo'wwlv, a) gem. Acts 19: 20 xarii Kpéroe
E'firluevaiirov. 18: 28. '21: 46. 22: 6. 26:mightily, vehemently, see in Kurd no. I.
4,48, 50,55,57. Mark 3: 21. 6:17. d. ‘y. (Xen. Ag. 2. 3.) Eph. l: 19 xari:
12.12. 14.=1,4.4.,4.6,4.9,51. Am 24.: rfiv ive'pyeulv rot? xpiirovc rfic ia-xilog
6. Rev. 20: 2. So an animal Matt. ain'm'l, i. e. of his mighty power, comp.
12: 11. Sept. for "5!: Cant. 3: 4.. 2 Sam. in Taxi/g. Eph.6:10. Col. 1:11. Comp.
6: 6.—pers. Palaeph. 2. 7, 9. ib. 32. 2. Buttm. § l23.n.4. So Sept. for ‘P1315
anim. Test. XII Patr. p. 589 rile Bop Is. 40: 26. Comp. Sept. for "1‘! Ps. 89:
miaag Expii'rovv 5a‘: roii Epo'pov. Arr. 10.—Meton. might, collect. for mighty
Epict. 2. 7. 12. Xen. Ven. 5. 29. — deeds Luke 1: 51 i1rolrlire K (irog e’v ,Bpa
Hence genr. Kpareiv rim rfig xeipoc, to xlovi x. 1'. A. Comp. Heb. ‘.‘D 71?’; Sept.
take one by the hand, i. e. against his 1roie'iv 5iwafuv Ps. 118: 16.
will, Mark 9: 27. comp. Buttm. § 132. b) power i. e. dominion. 1 Tim. 6: 16
6. 3. (Test. XII Patr. p. 590.) Also (ii n'ur) ml xpi'u'oc (litilVtOV. Heb. 2: 14.
Matt. 28: 9 e’xpiirrla'av ain'oi? for}; #65119, 1 Pet. 41].].- 5: ll. Jude25. Rev. 1:6.
i. e. they embraced his feet. Sept. for 5: 13.—2 Macc. 9:17. 11:4. Jos. Ant.
.Iudg. 16:26. 1.19. 1. Hdian. 7. 7. 12.
(fi) to have in one's power, to be master
of, i. e. to hold, to holdfast, not to let 90, Kguv'yugw, f. 6.60, (xpav-yfi.) to
e. g. things, Rev. 2: l i; xparfiv Tonic Err-rd cry out, to clamour, intrans. i. q. xpéi'w.
harépag iv Ti 5251;? oirroi, comp. 1:16 Matt. 12: 19 on’): 'epia'u, 0135:‘ xpauyéa'n,
where it is Zxwv. Rev. 7: I x. rolig 're'rra. see in 'Epizw. 15: 22. John 11:43 (pm
('IVEIFOUL‘ 'iva pr) K. ‘r. X. Pass. Luke 24.: vz'] pay. Expail'y. 18: 40. 19: 6, 15. Acts
16 oi 6¢6ahpoi airru'w e'lcpa-roivro. Of 22: 23. Sept. for 2”?!‘ Ezra 3: l3.—
persons, to hold in suly'eetzon, Pass. Acts Arr. Epict. 3. 4. 4.. Dem. 1:258. 26.
2: 24 nation oim 17v (‘own-ow xpareiaem Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 337.
air-row inr' uiirm'; sc. sarc'irov. (Aristoph. Kgmv'yn, '79, f1, (xpazwg cry, out
Av. 419. Xen. An. 5. 6. 7.) Soto hold cry, e. g. for public information Matt.
one fast, i. e. to hold first to him, to cleave 25:6. Rev. 14:18. (Xen. An. 2. 2. 17.)
to him, e. g. in person Acts 3: ll Kpa Of tumult or controversy, clamour, Acts
roiwrog 5e‘ alrrm'l rov He'rpov A‘. r. A. or in 23; 9. Eph. 4.; 31. (Pol. 2.70.6.) Of
faith Col. 2: 19 n‘lv xnpah'lv i. e. Christ. sorrow, wailing, Rev.2l:4|. Sept. for
—Metaph. spoken of sins, to retain, not “P3? Ex. 12: 30. Xen. H. G. 6. 4.
to remit, John 20:23 bis. Also to keep 16.) Of supplication eb. 5: 7. Sept.
to onc's self, e. g. riw M-yuv Mark 9: 10. for "P913: Job 34: 28.
(Sept. Kparohpeva for Chald. 1?’?5, enig
mas Dan. 5: 12. Test. XII Patr. p. Kgéag, wrog, 0:05, r6, plur. riz
683.) Genr. to hold fast in mind, to xpe'ara contr. a: £11, Buttm. §54, meat,
observe, Mark 7: 3 xpa'roi'n'rec rfiv mzpé flesh, i. e. not iving, Rom. [4:21. I
Foaw rGw 1rpzo'gure'pwv. v. 4, 8. 2 Thess. Cor.8: 13. Sept. or ‘it’; Ex.12:8.
 Kgel'mmv 443
Deut. 12: 15.—Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 2, 3. Xen.
Mem. 4.. 3. 10.
Kget'oom or we», ovog, a, 1'1, (pp,
xpaioouy,) comparat. of poetic Kpari/g,
used also as comparat. of (1711669, better,
Buttm. 68. l. Passow s. voc. Comp.
in Kpdrw'rog.
a) better, i. c. more useful, more profit
able, only neut. r6 rpeiooov, 1 Cor. 7:
9,38. 11:17. 12: 31. Phil. 1:23. Heb.
11; 4.0. 12: 24.. 2 Pet. 2: 21. Sept.
Icpeiaoov 1’) for 1’? 5"": Ex. 14': 12. Prov.
25: 25. [in the Heb. 24.]—- Xen. (Be.
20. 9.
b) better in value or dignity, nobler,
more ercellent, Heb. l. 4 rooming Kpu'r
'rwv yewipevog. 6: 9. 7: 7, 19, 22. 8:6
bis. 9: 23. 10: 341. 11:16, 35. l Pet.3:
17. Sept. rcpct’r-ruv f], or with Gen. for
1’? =58 Judg. 8: 2. Prov. 8: ll—Hdian.
3. 2. 6. Xen. Ag. 11. 15.
KQEFIMIWWM, f. xpe'uéa'w, aor. 1 pass.
Exp: 'oOnv to hang,
Midiaxps'yapat to suspend.
after the trans.
form 't'orapcu,
to hang, to be suspended, intrans. A pre
sent xpqu'w is found only in very late
writers, Passow sub v. Buttm. § 114..
a) Act. e. acc. impl. et seq. in’ c.
gen. Acts 5: 30 et 10:39 xpepr'wawsg
(aim‘zv) Z-irl El'Aov. Pass. seq. eig Matt.
18: 6. absol. Luke 23: 39. Sept. seq.
Em’ for size Act. Gen. 40: 19, 22. Pass.
Esth. 5: l4. 7: 10.—Xen. An. 1. 2. 8.
Pass. Xen. Eq. 10. 9.
b) Mid. Acts 28: 4 xpepdpevov n‘: 91,
pt'ov Ex 'rfig Xeipdc ain'oii, hanging from
his hand. Seth e'1ri El'lkou Gal. 3:13.
Trop. seq. e'v, att. 22: 40, see in ‘Ev
no. 3. c. a. Sept. xpepépevoc for ‘1513
Deut. 21: 23. 2 Sam. 18: 10. trop. Deut.
28: 66.—Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2. Hdian. 1.
14.. l. seq. e'x Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13. trop.
Philo T. II. ed. Mang. p. 420 a'w a2 101";
561/0119 Ehm'dec e'xpe'pavro.
Kfflllll'ogs 09, o, (Kpepdwvvpq) a
steep place, precipice, pp. overhanging,
Matt. 8:32. Mark 5: 13. Luke 8: 33.
Sept. for 912? 2 Chr. 25: 12.—Jos. Ant.
3. 5.1. iDiod. S. 1.33.
Kgns, 7176?, 6, a Cretan, Acts 2:
ll. Tit. l: 12 Kpfirzg del \lleiio-rat,
quoted from Callim. Hymn. in Jov. 8.
comp. P01. 4.. 8. 11.—1E1. V. H. 1.10
01 Kpfi're'c eioc rogel'lew fi'yaflol. Xen.
An. 1. 2. 9.
Kg/poa
Kgrioxng, meme, 6, Crescens, pr. 11.
of a Christian at Rome, 2 Tim. 4: 10.
Kgirn, us, 17, Crete, now Candia,
a celebrated island of the Mediterranean ,
opposite to the Egean Sea. It was
anciently celebrated for its hundred
cities, whence the epithet Exaréprrokig
Hom. ll. 2. 64.9. The Cretans were
celebrated archers, robbers, and liars,
see in Km’); and espec. Pol. 4. 8. 11.
Here a Christian church was left by
Paul in charge of Titus. Tit. l: 5. Acts
27=7,12,13,21.
KE‘MI, 775, 1‘7, barley, Rev. 6: 6. Sept.
for F129‘? Deut.8: 8.—Xen. An. 1. 2. 22.
Kgi'éwog, n, or, (“91617) of barley,
as ('ipTOl. xpiewot barley-loaves John 6:
9, 13. Sept. for I"??? 2 K. 4: 42,-Jos.
Ant. 5. 6. 4. Xen. An. 4. 5. 26, 31
Kg/(ba, wrog, n5, (uplm) judg
ment, i. e.
a) the act of judging, giving judg.
ment, i. q. xplmc, spoken only in re
ference to future reward and punish.
ment. John 9: 39 eig rcpt/m 'e'yd: :19 Ta.
mid/10v fiAOov for judgment am I come in.
to the world, i. e. in order that the
righteous may be approved and the
wicked condemned, as is figuratively
said in the next clause. 1 Pet. 4.: 17. so
of the judgment of the last day, Acts
24: 25. Heb. 6: 2. Meton. for the power
of judgment Rev. 20: 4'. So Heb. v???
Sept. xptolg Lev. 19:15. Deut. 1:17.
Heb. E1. 21: 32.
b) judgment given, decision, award,
sentence. (a) genr. Matt. 7: 2 iv 4} yup
Icpipan xpt’vere, xpififioeoee. Rom. 5:
16. Plur. Rom. 11:33 Til xpl'pa‘ra ain'or'l,
thejudgments of God, his decrees. Sept.
for 1119?’? Zech. 8:16. Ps. 17:2. Plur.
of God Ps. 19: 10. 119; 75.--Pol. 24..
l. 12 E-yxahoiv'reg 'ro'ic xpt'paorv (It; wapa.
€e€pa€cvpévot;. -— ()ttener sentence
sc. of punishment, condemnation, imply.
ing also the punishment itself as a cer.
tain consequence, Matt. 23: 13 5a‘: roiro
Hui/wee 1repwa'6-repov xpt'pa. Mark 12:
40. Luke 20: 47. 23:40. 24:20. Rom.
2:2, 3 rd Kplpa 1'01’! 9:017. 3: 8. 13: 2.
1 Cor. 11=29,34. Gal. 5:10. 1 Tim. 3;
6. 5:12. James 3: l. 2Pet.2:3. Jude
4. Rev. 17:1. 18: 20 see in ‘Enno. 1. b.
 Kgt'vat
So Sept. and 99?’? Dent. 21:22. Jer.
4: 12.—Ecclus. 21: 5.
c) from the Heb. law-suit, cause,
something to be judged, e. g. Kpt’para
Ext-w to have law-suits, to go to law,
1 Cor. 6:7. So Sept. and 155?’? Job
23: 4. 31: 13.
Kgt’vov, ou, rd, a lily, Matt. 6:28.
Luke 12:27. Sept. for Téii Cent. 2: 16.
4: 5. —--Anthol. Gr. I. p. 254. Theocr.
ll. 56.
Kf/MI, f. m5, aor. 1 Exports, perf.
Kr'KptKa, nor. 1. pass. s'rplOqv, i. q. Lat.
cerno by transpos. of the vowel, pp. to
separate, Hom. Il. 2. 362. ib. 5. 501. to
distinguish, to discriminate between good
and evil, Xen. Mem. 3. l. 9. ib. 4. 8.
1 l. to select, to choose out the good, Xen.
An. 1. 9. 30.—Hence gem. and in N. T.
tojudge, i. e. to form or give an opinion
after separating and considering the par
ticulars of a case.
a) tojudge, so. in one's own mind as
to what is right, proper, expedient, i. e.
to deem, to decide, to determine, seq. in
fin. Acts 15: 19 did é'ytil Kpt'vw p1‘; wrap
evoxkciv roig K. 1'. A. i. e. my decision is
etc. 3: 13 Kpt'vav-rog e’Kslvou drrohimv. 20:
16. 25:25. 1 Cor. 2: 2. 5: 3. Tit.3:12. An. 6. 6.18.) Pass. Kpt'vopat, to be
Seq. roii c. inf. Acts 27: l the be‘ e'Kplan judged, to be tried, to be on trial. Acts
rot? tluronkiv fipc’tg K. r. )c—3 Macc. 1: 25: 10 oil pa be? Kpt'vso't‘iat. Rom. 3: 4.
6. Jos. Ant. 7. l. 5. Xen. An. 3. 1. 7.—
Seq. acc. et infin. Acts 21: 25 rpt'varreg
prldév rotoiirow rnpsiv GiITOIIIC. With in.
fin. cit/at impl. comp. Matth. § 534. n.
1. Acts 13:46. Kai oin: c’tEt'ovc xpiverc e'au
rot‘n; rfig al. (wile, andjudge or deem your.
selves unworthy of eternal life. 16:15.
26:8. Rom. l4: 5bis, t'ig pe‘v Kpt'vet ilpé
pow [sir/at] 1rap' ilpe'pav, 39 be’ Kpt'vst 1rd.
aav ilpépav, one man judgeth, deemeth,
one day to be above another; another
judgeth every day sc. to be alike, as we
must supply from the force of the anti.
thesis, comp. Matth. § 634. 3.—c. inf.
Diod. Sic. 12. 20. Xen. Hi. l~. 17. inf.
impl. Wisd. 2:22. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2
Kptfielnrs eitbatpovz'o'rarot. Xen. Cyr. 3.
1. 34. Comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 13 rfiv
7papparucfiv napa rac t‘iMac paella“;
1rpoe'KpweV b vopoee'rnc. — Seq. acc. of
thing, to determineon, to decree, Rev. 16:
5 5:1 ‘rat-Ira E'Kpwag. Acts 16: 4 n‘: 50'
7parart'1xexptpéva. (Isocr. Paneg. p.
50. A. P01. 3. 6. 7.) Seq. accus. rot'rro
444 Kgive:
as introducing the infin. 0. art. r6, Rom.
14: 13 rihha rot'zro Kplvare ptiMov, rt‘) pt)
rtOc'wat K. r. h. 2 Cor. 2: 1. 1 Cor. 7: 37
rot'rro Ke'KptKev, roii rnpe't'v K. r. X. So
fol-ITO (in, 2 Cor. 5: 14.
b) to judge, i. e. to form and express
a judgment, opinion, as to any person
or thing, more commonly unfavourable.
Seq. ace. of pers. John 8:15 5761 oil
Kpivw obbe'va. Rom. 2:1, 3. 3: 7. 14:3,
4, 10, 13. Col. 2: 16. Seq. acc. ofthing,
1 Cor.10:15. (Xen.Vect.5. 11.) Absol.
Matt. 7: 1 bis, 2 bis. Luke 6: 37 bis.
John 8:16, 26. Rom. 2:1 bis. 1 Cor.
4: 5. 10:29. Seq. interrog. c. cl, Acts
4: l9. genr. 1 Cor. ll: 13. (ii Thuc. 4.
130. no'rcpov Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 5.) S0 with
an adjunct of manner, e. g. Kplvrtv Kpi
aw John 7: 24, comp. Buttm. § 131. 3.
Kp. rd diKatov Luke 12: 57. ripen—m Luke
7: 43. Kar' 511ml John 7: 24. Kart'i mipKa
8: l5. -— By impl. to condemn, seq. acc.
Rom. 2: 27. 14: 22. James 4: 11 ter, 12.
So Sept. and #1‘?! Job 10: 2.
c) to judge, in a judicial sense, viz.
(a) to sit in judgment on any person, to
try, seq. acc. John 18:31 rare‘: row v6
,uov irpti'rv Kptware ailrtiv. Acts 23: 3. 24:
6. 1 Cor. 5: 12 bis. (P01. 5. 29. 6. Xen.
(Sept. for E13!) Ps. 51:6.) Seq. rcpt’
rivet-fin- any thing Acts 23: 6. 24: 21.
e'rrt' rtvtjbr, Acts 26: 6. Em’ rtvoc before
anyone Acts 25: 9, 20.—Dem. 407. 20.
Xen. H. G. l. 7. 7. c. wept’ ib. 3. 5. 25. c.
r'rri rtvoc comp. Max. Tyr. 9. 4. Comp.
Wetstein N. T. 11. p- 120.-—-Spoken
in reference to the gospel dispensation,
to the 'udgment of the great day, e. g.
of God as judging the world through
Christ, John 5: 22. s; 50. Acts 17; 31
Kpt'vrtv rr)v oiKoupe't/nv. Rom. 3: 6 mi:
Kpt’t/et ti Gebc rbv Kbo'pov. 2: 16 rir Kpv
Md. 1 Cor. 5: 13. James 2:12. 1 Pet. 1:
17. 9: 23. Rev. 11:18. 20:12, 13. Of
Jesus as the Messiah and Judge, John
5: 30. 16:11. 2 Tim. 4:1 'I. Xp. rail
iAJéMOVTOC Kpt'wetv Ztt'wrag Kai reKpoi/c. I
et. 4: 5. Rev. 19: 11. F‘ uratively of
the apostles, Matt. 19: 28. uke 22:30.
1 Cor. 6: 2, 3. iv t'rpiv Kpt’vrrat b
Ktitrlwg 1 Cor. 6: 2. Comp. in Bao'thct'uu b.
Wisd. 3: 8. Ecclus. 4: 15.—Diod. Sic.
l9. 51 rfic ’()>\vp1rttidoc irot'png oiianc s'v
 Kgun; 445 Kgl'o'ig

16m Mai-adorn xprOfivm. Comp. Wet 32. Heb. 9: 27. So John 12:31 vl'ly
stein N. T. II. p. 120.— In the xpi’aic tori r017 xéa'uou, now is this world
sense of to pass judgment upon, to con judged. 16:8, 11. John 5: 27 et Jude
demn, c. acc. John 7: 5l pr) 6 vo'poc 15 xpiaw noisiv i. q. :cpivsw, comp. John
fipiw xplvci 'n‘n' i'iyOp. x. r. A. Luke 19: 5: 30 and in Kplvw c. a. Meton. for the
22. Acts 13: 27. As implyin also power of judgment John 5: 22. Sept.
punishment, 1 Cor. 11:31,32. 1 %et. 4: for @235’? Lev. 19: 15. Deut. 1: 17. Is.
6.—genr. 1E1. V. H. 8. 3. Dem. 215. 28: 6.—Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 2. Hdian. 1.11.
4. Xen. An. 5. 6. 33.—- So of the con 12. Xen. An. 6. 6. 20.
damnation of the wicked and including ([3) judgment given, sentence pro
the idea of punishment as a certain con. nounced, genr. John 5:30. 2 Pet. 2:11
sequence, i. q. to punish, to take vengeance BAéa-(pqpov spinal, and Jude 9 xpiaig
on: e. g. of God as judge, Acts 7: 7 mi fihampnulag. (Dem. 322. 15.) Spec.
r6 'c'Ovog . .. xpwifl e'yéi, quoted from sentence of punishment, condemnation,
Gen. 15:14 Where Sept. for ‘P1. Rom. e. g. to death Acts 8:33,see in A‘ipu no.
2:12. 1 Thess. 2:12. Heb. 13: 4 Kai 4. a. Olshausen in 100. So Sept. and
Iwixmic rpivsi 6 9269. Rev. 6: 10- 18: it??? Jer. 39:‘ 5.—1El. V. H. 13. 88.
8. ib. v. 20 see in ‘Ex no. 1. b. 19: 2. Diod. Sic. I. 82 pen. -—Usually imply
Of Jesus, John 3: 17 oi: . . . 1m. Kplvg ing also punishment, as a certain conse
row xziopov. v. 18 bis. 19: 47 bis, 48 bis. quence, e. g. from God, 51mm’. ai xpt'azic
James 5: 9. Sept. and "Eli Is. 66: 16. (ii/rm‘; Rev. 16:7. 19:9. 18:10 coll.
Ez. 38: 22. —- (y) Once from the Heb. v. 8. S Thess. 1: 5 coll. v. 6. So Sept.
i. q. to vindicate, to avenge, Heb. 10:30 and H535’? Jer. l: 16. Of Christ as
Kl'opwc rpivs'i' 161' hour aim-017, the Lord Judge of the world condemning the
will avenge his people i. e. b punishing wicked, judgment, condemnation, e. g.
their enemies, quoted from gent. 32:26 Matt. 23: 33 xplaig Tfic yss'vvng. Mark 3:
or Ps. 135: 14 where Sept. for ‘F1, also 29. John 5: Q9 c'wc'wraoig xpiaswg. John
Gen. 30: 6. Ps. 54: 3. 3: 19. 5: 94:. Heb. 10'. 27. James 2: l3
d) Mid. xplvopai, pp. to let one's self bis, see in Karaxavxdopai. 2 Pet. 2: 4'.
be judged, i. e. to have a law-suit, to go to So 1 Tim. 5: 24 rwriw dvfipzinrwv ai dpap
law, seq. dat. wit/A any one, Matt. 5: 40. riai 'n'pridnhoi Eifl’l, 1rpoc'i'youaai sic xpiaw,
seq. pen’: rim: with 1 Cor. 6: 6. seq. i. e. in some men their sins lead on to
e'1ri rwoc before any one 1 Cor. 6: l, 6. condemnation, i. e. accuse them, cry for
Sept. c. psrii rwog for Heb. =1! 1"’! Eco. condemnation, and by impl. are repent
6: 10. c. 1rpo'g row: for n? 5"? Job 31: ed of ; in others their sins also follow
13. -— Eurip. Med. 609. comp. Anthol. after, i. e. they persevere in them al
Gr. II. p. 34. though conscious of present guilt and
Kflo'lg, 50151‘), (Kpivu,) pp. sepa future condemnation.
ration, trop. division, dissension, Hdot. (7) Meton. court of justice, tribunal,
5. 5. ib. 7. 26. decision, i. e. decisive mo judges, i. e. the smaller tribunals estab
ment, crisis, mm of afi'airs, P01. 9. 5. 4. lished in the cities of Palestine, subord
ib. 16. 4. 8. In N. T.judgment, i. e. inate to the Sanhedrim; comp. Deut.
a) gem. opinion formed and expressed. 16:18. 2 Chr. 19; 5. According to the
John 7: 24 rfiv ducalav cpi'aw xpivarz. Rabbins they consisted of 23 judges;
8: 16. Comp. in Kpiwo b.-—Jos. c. Ap. but Josephus expressly says the num
l. 24 oi iryiaivovrsc rii Kpiosi. Pol. 17. ber was seven, Ant. 4. 8. 14. B. J. 9. 20.
14. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. s. 10. 5. See Krebs. Obss. p. 19. Tholuck
b) judgment in a judicial sense, i. e. Bergpred. p. 180.—-Matt. 5: 21, 22
(a) the act of judging, in reference to Eye 0;; E'orai r‘rj xpt'a'u. Comp. Sept.
the final judgment, e. g. i, hju'pa xploswg an viii’; Job 9:39. 22: 4.. _
day qfjudgment, Matt. 10: 15. 11:29, c) from the Heb. right, justice, equity,
24. 12; 30. Mark 6:11. 2 Pet. 9. 9. Matt. 23: 23. Luke 11:42 mzpc'p was
3:7. 1 John 4: l7. o'ipa irpiaswg Rev. rr)v xplow. So Sept. and any’; cut.
14: 7. Kplaic psyc'ihng fips'pac Jude 6. 39: 4. Gen. 18: 25. Jer. 22:15.—Also
So simply splat; for xpia'ic ps7. 17p. for law, statutes, i. e. the divine law, the
Matt. 19:41, 42. Luke 10:14. llt3l, religion of Jehovah, as developed in the
 Kg/m'og 446 Kgz'nrm
Gospel, Matt. 12:18, 20, quoted from Conv. l. 11. The more usual Attic
Is. 42: 1, 2, 3, where Sept. and 712?? phrase was Him-cw n‘lu 91,190.)’, Lob. ad
Comp. Gesen. Comm. in 100. Phr. p. 177.
Kg/rmrog, ou, a, Crispus, pr. n. of K5677’), 775,1), (pp. fem. of xpmmic)
the ruler of a synagogue at Corinth, a crypt, secret cell or vault. Luke 11:33
Acts 18:8. 1 Cor. 1: 14. elg xpz'nrrryv rlBmn in some editions. —
Kglrn'gmv, 011, 1'6, (t-pmqgg criterion. Athen. V. p. 205. A. — Text. rec. has
rule ofjudging, Arr. Epict. 1. ll. 9 sq. sic xpmrrr’lv, as if by Hebraism for neut.
judgment-seal, tribunal, Sept. Kaer'lluevol tic Icpmrrév, see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 66].
én'i xptmplov Judg. 5:10. In N. T. Stuart \5 436. Comp. also cig paxpév, etc.
trop. court of justice, tribunal. James 2: Kguw'rag, ii, 61', (t-pfim-w) hidden,
6 E'Mcoua'w I'Jpfig sic Kpt'rr'lpta. 1 Cor. 6: concealed, and therefore secret, Matt.
2, 4. Sept. for Chald. 85"’! Dan. 7:10, 10: '26 oildc'v Ear-i . . . Kpwrrdv 6 or’; yvw
26.—Susann. 49. P01. 9. 33. 12. ib. ere/lanai. Mark 4222. Luke 8: 17. 12:
16. 27. 22.—In 1 Cor. l. 0. others by 2. iv 71;) upturn} in secret, where we
impl. cause, law-suit, but unnecessarily; cannot be seen of others, Matt. 6: 4 his,
so Syr. Vers. 6 bis, 18 bis. c'v rpwrrq‘a, in secret,
Kgrrris, 05, 6, (Kplvu,) a judge, privately, John 7: 4, 10. 18: 20. Luke
i. e. one who decides or gives an opinion 1 1: 33 sic xpwrn’lv, see in Kpn'nrrr) above.
in respect to any person or thing. 1 Cor. 4: 5 Ta xpvn-ra rot-1 Uk‘lirow; secret
a) gem. James 2: 4 uptrai aiakoywluu'w works of darkness. 2 Cor. 4: 2 see in
not’. see in Amho-ywpég a. Matt. 12: 27. Ainxz'wn 0. Sept. for “13?”? Jer. 49: 9.—
Luke 11: 19. In an unfavourable sense Hdian. 5. 6. 7. Xen. Mag. Eq. 4. 10.
James 4: 11. Sept. for 11’! 1 Sam. 24: — Trop. ra xpwrré. ru/og the secrets of
16.—Wisd. 15:7. Pol. 9. 33. 12. Xen. one's heart, secret thoughts, Rom. 2: 16.
Conv. 5. l. 9, 10. 1 Cor. 14: 25. 1 Pet. 3: 4 okpmrrdc rfic
b) in a judicial sense, one who sits to Kapdiag t‘ivepmnog, i. e. the internal man.
dispense justice, Matt. 5: 25 bis. Luke Rom. 2: 29 6 iv 11,“: xpwrrg': 'Ioudaiog, a
12: 58 bis. 18: 2, 6. Acts 18:15. 24: Jew at heart.—Ecclus. 1:30. 4: 18.
10. Of Christ the final Judge, Acts Kgémw, f. 4..., :0 hide, to conceal,
10: 42 Kptn‘pc 713v Zdwruw Kai vcxpfiw. 2 Pass. or Mid. to hide one's self, to be bid;
Tim. 4: 8. James 5: 9 coll. v. 8. Of Aor. 2 pass. Expz'lgnv as pass. to be bid,
God, xpn'fi 9:9‘: mivrwv Heb. 12:23. Matt. 5: 14. Luke 19: 42; and with
mid. signif. to hide one's self John 8: 59.
Sept. for '11-‘! Ezr. 7: 4. W5 Deut. 16:18.
Job 9: 24. of God Ps. 7: 12. 50: 6.— 12:36. Buttm. s 136.2. Comp. Lob.
Diod. Sic. l. 92. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3. ad Phr. p. 317 sq.—Matt. 5: 14 oil din/a
c) from the Heb. i. q. a leader, ruler, rai miluc Kpugfivat. 13235. v. 44 (“W
chief, Heb. viii, spoken of the Hebrew eiiptlwé'xpvilae. 1 Tim. 5: 25. Heb. 11:23.
judges so called, from Joshua to Samuel, Rev. 2: 17 roii pciwa r027 xexpvppz'vou,
Acts 13: 20. Comp. Judg. 2: 16 sq. of the hidden manna, as symbolical of
Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. in? no. 2.—Jos. the enjoyments of the kingdom of
Ant. 6. 5. 4. heaven; in allusion perhaps to the J ew
Kglrmog, :5, o'r, (upm’yg) skilled in ish tradition that the ark with the pot
of manna was hidden by order of king
judging, quick to discern and judge of
Josiah, and will again be brought to
any thing, seq. gen. Heb. 4: 12 rcpt-rm);
light in the reign of the Messiah; comp.
Evllupi'lo'ewv K. r. A. — Hesycll. Kpvrmdg
e'rfluju'laeml' diaxpivwv )\O'YtG'ILlOIII§ Wetstein N. T. and Schoettgen Hor.
Heb. in 100. Seq. Ev run, Matt. 13:44
Kgoz'm, f. at», to knock, to rap, e. g. Snaavpqi xexpuppévq: s'u r93 d'ypp'. 25:
at a door for entrance, seq. rfiv Sa'lpav 25. trop. Col. 3:3. Seq. e'ig n Rev.
Luke 13:25. Acts 12:13. absol. Matt. 6: 15. seq. (‘uni rwoc to bidefrom, John
7:7, 8. Luke 11:9,10. 12:36. Acts12: 12: 36 111005;‘ dnrekadw ék‘pl’lgfl d1!" Gil
16. Rev. 3:20. Sept. for P53 Cant. 5: rd'w, hid himself from them. Luke 18:
13. [in the Heb. 2.] and P52")?! Judg. 19: 34. 19: 42. Rev. 6:16. So John 8:
22.—Judith 14: 14. x. n‘yv 969a)’ Xen. 59 'lqaoi'lg 5e‘ Expz'léq, Kai 5517M)“ ix roii
 KguaroaM/Zw 447 Krl'alg
lzpoi i. e. Jesus hid himself and [after Acts 2: 45. 5: l coll. v. 3 where is
wards] went out oft/Le temple ,- or we may $0910.’. Sept. for verge Job 20; 29. =7;
render E’Kpl’lgl] adverbially, he secretly rov. 31: 16. Prov. 23: 10. —- Luc.
went out etc. comp. in 'Arrarolt do). Perf. Tox. 62. Hdian. 7. 12. 13. Xen. Mem.
part. xrxpvppe'vog, hidden, as a v. secretly, 3. ll. 5.
John 19: 38, see Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Krfirog, tag, 00;, rd, (wéopm)
Sept. for 83D Niph. and Hithp. Gen. pp. i. q. rrfipa, possession, property,
3:8,10. Hoph. Is.42:22.“1519?1 Gen. 3pm. flocks and herds of every kind,
4:13.13: Josh. 7:19. 12:; Prov.l:11. en. An. 4. 5. 25. P01. 12. 4. 14. In
--Hdian. l. 14. 7. c. e'v Hdian. 3. 4. 14. N. T. a beast, domestic animal, e. g. as
o. rt; Diod. Sic. 4. 33. c. t'uro’ Horn. bought or sold Rev. 18: 13; as yielding
0d. 23. 110. meat 1 Cor. 15: 39; as used for riding,
Kguarotltluzw, 1‘. law, (xpa’mrax burden, etc. Luke 10: 34. Acts 23: 24
Me) to be as crystal, clear and sparkling, Sept. for "'37.? Ex. 9: 20. Josh. 8: 27.
Rev. 21: I l. ""2? Num. 20:8. PIER’? Gen. 13: 2, 7.
Kgz'm'rotklog, 00, 5, (Kplltoc, xpv 1'5! Gen. 30: 44. — Hdian. 4. 15. 13 of
horses and camels.
m'aivu to freeze) crystal, pp. any thing
congealed and pellucid, e. g. ice Sept. Krrirwg, 050;, b, (Imiofiat) posses
for 113?, Job 6: 16. Horn. 11.22. 152. sor, owner, Acts 4: 34 x-n'yropeg xwpt’wv.
In N. T. prob. rock-crystal, Rev. 4:6. -—Diod. Sic. X. p. 102. Bip. or V1. p.
22: 1.—Diod. Sic. 2. 52 init. 196. Tauchn.
KTIZG), 1'. low, (kindr. with ami
Kgutpaiog, a, or, (Kp|'nr1'w,) hidden, 0,uat,) pp. to bring under tillage and set
secret, in some Mss. Matt. 6: 18 iv rq'r tlement e. g. a land Horn. ll. 20. 216.
spa-par’? for Ev rq? xpurrrq'a. Sept. for tofound a city 0d. 11. 263. Jos. Ant.
"5191? Jer. 23: 24.—Xen. Hi. 10.6. 4.8.5. Diod. Sic. 1. 12.—In N. T. to
Kfv¢i adv. (rpt'mrm) secretly, not found, i. e. to create, to form, trans. of
openly, Eph. 5: 12. Sept. for "13?; God as creating the universe or any of
Deut. 28: 57.—Xen. Conv. 5. 8. Comp. its parts, Mark 13: 19 17g E’Krwe 6 9:69.
Buttm. § 115. n. 3. Rom. 1:25. 1 Cor. 11:9. Eph. 3: 9.
Col. 3: 10. 1 Tim. 4: 3. Rev. 4: llbis.
Kroiofoou, and‘, f. r'pro'um, depon. 10:6. Of Christ Col. 1: 16 bis. Sept.
Mid. togetfor one's self, to acquire, topro for 3",; Dent. 4: 32. Ps. 89: 13. —
cure, by purchase or otherwise, perf. Wisd. ll: 17. Ecclus. 17: 1.—Trop. of
xc'rrnpa: as pres. to possess, see Buttm.
a moral creation, renovation, Eph. 2: 10
t) 113. 6. Seq. acc. Matt. 10: 9. Luke m'w'fle'vreg e'v X. 'I. e'rrl i'pyotg dyaeo'ig.
18: 12 m'ivra b'aa x'ru'ipat. 1 Thess 4: 4. v. 15. 4:24. So Sept. and 8:2 Ps.
To Eaurrm': axeioc x-rt'iafiat, to procure for
himself a wife, in the oriental manner 51: 12.
by purchase, see in Exeiog. With an Kw’mg, eo;,;,, (xrizwQa founding of
adjunct of price, e. g. gen. Acts 22: 28. cities Jos. c. Ap. l. 2. Diod. Sic. 2. 4.
la’: 0. gen. 8: 20. in 0. gen. 1: 18. obroc Thuc. l. 17. In N. T. creation, 1. e.
wn'laaro xwplov it: 'roii #106017 x. r. it. i. a) the act of creating, Rom. 1: 20
e. was the occasion of purchasing etc. and Krt'o'ewc xtio'pom—Psalt. Salorn. 8. 7.
Seq. iv 0. dat. trop. Luke 21: 19 iv r17 b) genr. created thing, and collect.
it‘lropovfi {apt-"w Krr'lo'ao'fic rag ilmxizc iJ/JG'W, created things. Rom. 1: 25 s'luirpevaav
through your patience purchase your lives, rfl Krio'u 1m a Toy rrlaavra. 8: 39. Heb.
procure your safety, comp. Matt. 10: 22 4: l3.— isd. 2: 6. Ecclus. 49: 16.—
6t '24: 13. Sept. for 55?, Gen. 4: 1. 25: Collect. (a) creation in general, the uni
10.—Ecclus. 5L 28. El. V- H. 5. 9. verse, e. g. c'ur' c'lpxfig :crioewg Mark 10:
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3. 6. 13:19. 2 Pet. 3: 4. Col. 1: l51rpwrti
roxog mio'ng rrio’ewg. Rev. 3: 14. Spec.
K7514“, 1170;, r6, (xc'rrnpm) apos the visible creation, Heb. 9: 11.—Judith
session, prtpertg, any thing acquired 9: 12. 16: 14.—(B) meton. forman,man
and possessed, estate, Matt. 19: 22 et kind, Mark 16: 15 xnpi/Eare ro eba-y-yc'kt
Mark 10: 22171' yap E'xwv KTV’l/MITG. 7roMc't. ov miop r17 im'au. Col. 1; 23. So Rom.
 KT‘IUFIM
448
8: 19, 20, 21, 2'2, creation for human
creatures, all mankind ,- others creation in
general. 2 Cor. 5: 17 et Gal. 6: 15
xawr) xrio'ig a new creature in a moral
sense, i. q. Kauai; Ziuepanrog in Eph. 4224.
c) by impl. ordinance, institution. 1
Pet. 2: 13 inroré'ym'e only mlo'p dvepw
m'yp x'rlo'el.
K'r/auu, acres, 76, (KTt'ZwQ created
thing, creature, 1 Tim. 4': 4. Rev. 5: l3.
8: 9.—-Wisd. 9: 2. 13: 5. —- Metaph.
James 1: 18 c'nrapxr) ru‘w airroi'r xrw'po't
1151/, i. q. Kano) Krio'tg, see in Krl'tng b. [7’.
Ker/0117;, ou, 6, (m'lw) founder of
a city Diod. Sic. ll. 66 fin. In N. T.
creator, spoken of God 1 Pet. 4:19.—
Ecclus. 24.: 8. 2 Macc. 1: 24.
KUQEI'M, ug, 7'7, (xz'lgoc cube, die,)
game at dice, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 2. (Be.
1. 20. In N. T. trop. game, gambling,
c. g.» in! xufizladvepémwv, i. e. as a thing
of mere hap-hazard, Eph. 4: 14.-—
Others, trick, fi'aud, as Kufin’mv Arr.
Epict. 2.19.28. Rabb. R131? Buxt.
Lex. Chald. 1984.
Kugégmo'ig, 2mg, (xugcpvdw) pp. a as held out in begging, Aristoph. Eq.
governing, direction, for concr. governor,
director, sc. in the primitive churches 1
Cor. 12: 28. Sept. for 71.175?!‘ Prov. 11:
14.—Plut. Phocion 2 pen.
Kvgigwi'rnt, 0v, a, (Kvgipm'lw, Lat. Aristoph. Av. 1379.
gubemo, to govern a ship,) governor of a
ship i. e. the steersman, pilot, who had
the sole direction of the ship, Acts 27:
11. Rev. 18: 17. See Potter's Gr. An
tiq.II. p. 14.4. Adam'sRom.Ant. p. 406.
Sept. for 591-1 Ez. 27: s, 27, 28.—-Pol. 1.
37. 4|. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 3.
Kzizloésv, adv. (ml/Mag) from
around, round about, Rev. 4: 3, 4,8.
Seq. gen. Rev. 5: 11. Sept. for =1"???
Judg. 8: 34:. 1 K. 4.: 24'. 3112 l K. 6: 5.
—Lys.283.14|. Dio. Chrys. Or.6.216.
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 9.
KUZNsW, 57, time), (Kl’lk'>\0§,) to en
circle, to surround, trans. John. 10: 24.
Acts 14.: 20. Of besiegers Luke 21: 20
Kmckoulue'unu inro arparmre'dwv rr)v
'Izpouo'. Heb. 11:30. Rev. 20: 9. Sept.
for =32 I K. 7:15. 1 Sam. 7116. “271
Is. 29: 13.—gem. Diod. Sic. 18. 59. in
a hostile sense Pol. 1. 17. 13. Diod. S.
15. 65.
Kuvégiov
X63105, 00, b, a circle, in N. T.
only in dat. n'ncXp as adv. around, round
about, comp. Buttm. § 115. 4. Mark 3:
341rsplghe¢eiluevog m'nrlup. 6: 6, 36. Luke
9: 12. Rom. 15: 19. Seq. gen. Rev. 4:
6 m'mkrp roii spévov. (5: ll.) 7: 11. Sept.
for P712 Gen. 23: 17. Ex. 30: 3 seq.‘
gen. for inf. 1W2 Josh. 6: 3.—Hdian. 1.
15.5. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 17. seq. gen.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 5.
KUN’N, f. low, (later form for xv
we...) to roll, trans. e. g. M00119 Sept.
for 5?; Josh. 10: 18. "£6011 Luc. quom.
Hist. conscr. 2. In N. T. Mid. to roll
intrans. to wallow, Mark 9: 20 Ext/Hero
dppllwm—Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 4.. Arr. Epict.
4. ll. 29. Diod. Sic. 1. 87.
Kz’mlouu, wros, r0’, (rvMw,) pp.
something rolled, a wheel, Symm. for
555:; Ez. 10: 13. In N. T. wallowing
place, i. q. xvMurpa. 2 Pet. 2:22 in;
. . . eig m'fiua'lua fiopgépou. See in Blip
Bopog.—Poll. Onom. I. 183. So xvki
arpa Xen. Eq. 5. 3.
Kvmig, 7’), 6r, (kindr. with no?
Aog) pp. bent, crooked, e. g. the hand
1083. Also of the limbs, and hence
gem. and in N. T. crippled, lame, espec
in the hands, Matt. 15:30, 31. 18:8.
Mark 9: 4.3. —— Anthol. Gr. III. p. 31.
K510“, 0570;, To, (Kim) a wave, bil
low, Matt. 8: 24.. 14: 24.. Mark 4: 37.
Acts 27: 4.1. Jude 13. Sept. for 5! Job
38: 11. Is. 48: 18.—Luc. Navig. 8. Pol.
10. 10. 3.
Kéfl‘cakoya 09, 1'6, (m'lpgog bason.)
a cymbal, 1 Cor. 13: 1. Se t. for I“???
1 Chr. 13:8. Ezra 3: 10.— 0s. Ant. 7.
12. 3. Xen. Eq. 1.3.
Kopuyov, 00, 16, cumin, cumimnn
sativum of modern botany, Heb. F13,
Germ. Kaimmel, an nmbellil'erous plant
with aromatic seeds of a. warm and bit
terish taste, very similar to caravvay
seeds; they were used by the ancients
as a condiment, as they still are by the
common people of Germany. Matt.
23: 23. Sept. for 1%; Is. 28: 25, 27.
Theophr. Char. 19 or 10. Comp. Plin.
H. N. 19.8.
Kuwigmv, 0v, r6, (dimin. of my...)
 ‘ Kvgmllw
Kz'm‘glog 449
a little dog, puppy, Matt. 15: 26, 27. spoken of in Luke 1. c. was probably a
Mark 7: 27, 28.—- Theophr. Char. 5 or mere enrolment of persons, (see in
21. Plato Euthydem. 27 med. p. 298. 'A-rro'ypu {1,) and is therefore mentioned
Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 20. Comp. Lob. ad by no at er historian; but how could it
Phr. p. 180. have been made by Cyrenius, who first
Kz'nrglog, 00, 6,0 (Zr/prion, Cypriot, came as proconsul several years later?
from Cyprus, Acts 4: 36. 11:20. 21:16. and when too at the time specified by
Luke, Saturninus and not Cyrenius
Kz'argog, 0v, 1'], Cyprus, a large and was proconsul of Syria ? Not improb
celebrated island of the Mediterranean, ably Cyrenius may have been at that
not far from the coasts of Syria and time joined with Saturninus as his pro
Asia Minor, extremely fertile, and curator, and is therefore called r'l-yepdw,
abounding in wine, oil, alhenna, and just as Volumnius had been before, Jos.
mineral productions. The inhabitants Ant. 16. 9. 1. ib. 16. 10.8; and just
were luxurious and efferninate. The as Coponins afterwards was joined with
presiding divinity of the island was Cyrenius himself, and so called fryepo'w,
Venus, who had a famous temple at Jos. Ant. 18. l. 1. Profane history does
Paphos, and is hence often called the not indeed assert that Quirinus had
Paphian goddess. Of the Cyprian thus been procurator of Syria at a period
cities, Salamis and Paphos are men some years before he was sent thither
tioned in N. T. Acts 11: 19. 13:4. as proconsul; but neither does it assert
15:39. 21:3. 27:4. Comp. Rosenm. any thing in contradiction to such an
Bibi. Geog-a III. p. 378 sq. hypothesis; which is favoured also by
KI'NFTW, f. dam, to stoop, to bow one's the mode of expression in Luke; This
rel , intrans. Mark 1: 7. John 8: 6, 8. was the FIRST census under Cyrenius, etc.
Sept. for ‘GP, 1 Sam. 24: 9. 1 K.1:16, See in Calmet Art. Cyrenius p. 326.
31.—Plut. Agesil. l2 med. Xen. Mem. Kufllu, 06$‘, 1) (fem. of KIIJPIOQD mis
3. 9. 7. tress, lady, used as an honorary title of
Kugnmlag, 00, 6,1: Cyrenian, from address to a female, as in English,
Cyrene, in N. T. spoken of Jews born 2 John 1, 5. Comp. in Ki’lpwr; A. c.—
or residin there, Matt. 27: 32. Mark Epict. Ench. 40 al yvvalxeg Kupc'a: KG
15:21. iuke 23:26. Acts 6:9. 11: ltofivrcu 61rd rro'a'apwxaiaem e’rli'w. genr.
20. 13: l. Sept. for ":31, Gen. 16: 4. 2 K. 5: 3.
K9573”), 77;, 1'1, Cyrene, a large and Xen. H. G. 3. l. 12.—Others regard it
powerful city of Lybia Cyrenaica. in as a pr. 1:. fem. Cyria, which was not
northern Africa, situated in a plain a unusual among the Grceks,c0mp. Gru.
few miles from the Mediterranean coast. teri Inscript.
It was the resort of great numbers of Kugmzo'g, 1'], 6r, (Kl’lplOgJ pertain.
Jews, who were here protected by the ing to the Lord, to the Lord Jesus
Ptolemies and by the Roman power. Christ, as Kuptaxov dais-vol’ the Lord's
See 1 Macc. 15: 23. .los. Ant. 14. 7. 2.supper 1 Cor. 11:20. Kvp. ihue'pa the
ib. 16. 6. 5. c. Ap. 2. 4. Rosenm. Bibl.Lord's day Rev. 1: 10. — Act. Thom.
Geogr. III. p. 367.—Acts 2: 10. §31. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 10
K057179105, 0!), 6, Cyraiius, Lat. Kuglefm, f. n'mw, (m'1p:og,) to he
Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, i. e. Publius Sui. lord over any person or thing, to have
pitius Quirinus, a Roman senator, of an dominion over, seq. gen. Luke 22:25
obscure family, but raised to the high oi Barnlkfig 1171/ ith/u‘w xupm'mvflw ail-rim.
est honours by Augustus, Tacit. Ann. Rom. 14:9. 2 Cor. 1:24. Part. 6 xv
3.48. He was sent as governor or pm'lwv, a lord, potentale. 1 Tim. 6: l5
proconsul to Syria, in order to take a Kl'lpwg ru'w xvprevo'vrwv Lord of lords,
census of the whole province with a comp. in Bamhn’lc a. Trop. of things,
view to taxation; and this census he Born. 6: 9, 14 i‘zpapn’a yilp innit’ oi!
completed in A. D. 8, according to the rvpm'mn. 7: 1. Sept. for 5'12? .ludg. 9: 2.
usual chronology, Acts 5: 37. Jos. Ant. Is. 19: 47.—Pol. 5. 34. 6. Xen. Mem. 3.
18. 1. 1. ib. 18. 2. 1. — The census 5. ll.
2 s
 Kt'agtog 450 K6310;

Kéfmgs 0", d, (x5904,- might, power) dominos appellamus.' Sept. and 1W5
Gen. 19: 2. 23: _6, l l , l5. al.—Arr.Epict.
lord, master, owner.
2. 20. 30. lb. 3- 10. 15. Pol. ‘J. 9. 5.
A) Generally a) as the possessor,
owner,master, e. g. of property, Matt. 20: B) Spoken of God and Christ. :1)
8 h m'rptog rot“! (itprrshti'lvog. 21: 40. Gal. of God as the Supreme Lord and sove
4: 1. Sept. 6 m'tptoc rofi rat'lpov Heb. reign of the universe, usually in Sept.
522 Ex. 21: 28,29, 34.—Pol. 3.98. 10. for Heb. Hi"? Jehovah. With the art.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 44.—So the master or 6 Kl'lptog, Matt. 1:22. 5. 33. Mark 5:
head of a house, Mark 13: 35 m'lptog rfig 19. Luke 1:6, 28. Acts 7:33. Heb. 8:
olxt'ag. Matt. 15: 27. (Sept. and ‘>2: 2, 10. James 4: 15. al. saep. Without
Ex. 22: 7.) The master or possessor of the art. Kl'lptoc Matt. 27: 10. Mark 13:
persons, servants, slaves, Matt. 10: 24. 20. Luke 1: 58. Acts7:49. Rom.4:
24: 45 3017M; 5v xare'o'rnoev t'r Khptog 8. Heb. 7: 21. 1 Pet. 1: 25. al. sap.
ailrot'l x. r. h. v. 46, 48, 50. Acts 16: So Sept. for Kt'lp. Job 1:7. Kt'tp.
Gen. 11: 5. 18:33. "35!, 6 Kill‘). ls.
16,19. Rom. 14:4. Eph. 6: 5, 9. Col. 4.9: 14.. K69. 1 K. as: 6. the; rats,
3: 22. 4: 1. al. So Sept. for ‘"2535 Judg.
19: 11. Ex. 39; 7. Gen. 24.: 9 s . 6 K_r'lp. Ps. 73: 28. Kim. 1 K. 2: 26.
was a K‘IIIP. 1 Sam. 23: 7. Kt'lp. Gen.
Luc. Charid. l9. Diod. Sic. 4. 63. gen.
Conv. 6. l.—Spoken ofahusband, 1 Pet. 21: 2, 6. ‘an; Kt’lp. Job 8:3. Ktp. Num.
3: 6 1:05‘ Etifipa {I‘IFIIWCOUO'E rq') 'Agpairp, 23: 8. “s2 KI’)?- Job 6:4, 14.—With
L‘I’IPLOV “my Kahot'wa. So Sept. for adjuncts, without the art. e. g. Kt'lpwc 6
151$ Gen. 18: 12.—Plot. Mor. II. p. Quit; ru'og Matt. 4: 7, 10. 22: 37.
210. Tauchn. or VII. p.32. 13. Reiske. Is. Luke25: 1:16.
B. Ez. al.
4:14.Sept.
(JudithS:
for 14,16.)
—Seq. gen. of thing, and without the
art. lord, master of, any thing, as having 5: Khptog uafiaéfl Rom. 9: 29. James
4.. Sept. and Heb. hire? "in; 1
absolute authority over it, e. g. m'rptog
Sam. 15:2. Is. I: 9. Kt'tptog 1rayro
r05 siplfl’lloi'l Matt. 9: 38. Luke 10: 2.
x. rot-I uaégo'rrov Matt. 12: 8. Mark 2:
rpérwp 2 Cor. 6: 18, and Khptog 6 Gale
6 'n'avroxpérwp Rev. 4: 8. ll: 17. al.
28.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 19 Kr'lptoc EIVClt rt‘t
(Inn-it xaprmiiaflat. Dem. 36. 27. Xen.
Sept. for hiss? r11“; 2 Sam. 7: 8.
Nah. 2: l4. Kilptog 117W lwptevorrur
Cyr. 8. 5. 22. Lord of bards 1 Tim. 6: 15, com
b) of a supreme lord, sovereign, e. g.
the Roman emperor Acts 25: 26.—Phi. pare in Baothu'lc a. Kt’rptog Oilpal'Ol-I
lo Leg. ad Cai. II. p. 587. 42. Arr. xal 'Yfic Acts 17:24; and so applied
also to God as the Father of our Lord
Epict. 4.. 1. 12. Plut. T. V1. p. 673. 13.
ed. Reiske—Oi the heathen gods, 1 Jesus Christ, Matt. 11: 25 1rt’trep, Kt'rptc
Cor. 8: 5 a'iarrtp Eltli $501 'n'oMol Kal m'lprot roii ot'rpavoii r:- r. h. Luke 10: 21.
woAAoi, i. e. prob. gods superior and Comp. Heb. 57’??? ‘F555, “in? Sept. Kt’!
inferior, i. q. demons.—Pind. Isth. 5. 67 ptog 6 9:69 r017 oitpavor'r 2 Chr. 36: 23.
Ztt‘n; 6 mirrwv m'lptog. Diod. Sic. l. 65. Ezra 1:2. Neh. l: 5.
c) as an honourary title of address, b) of the Lord Jesus Christ. (:1) In
especially to superiors, as in Engl. Mas. reference to his abode on earth as a
if)‘, Sir, Fr. Sieur, Monsieur, Germ. master and teacher, where it is i. q.
Herr. E. g. from a servant to his mas final’, and c'rrwrtimc, comp. Matt. 17: 4
tcr Matt. 13:27. Luke 13:8; :1 son to with Mark 9: 5 et Luke 9:33. comp.
his father Matt.2l: 30; to a teacher, also John 13: 13, 14. So chiefly in the
master, Matt. 8:25. Luke 9: 54, (comp. evangelists before the resurrection of
in ‘Errta'rtirngQ and SO doubled Matt. 7: Christ, and with the art. 6 Kt'tptog rsa
2], 22. Luke 6: 46. comp. Gesen. Lord emphat. Matt. 21:3 ('1 Kt’rptog aimiv
Lehrg. p. 679; to a person of dignity pct'av Exst. 28: 6. Luke 7: 13. 10: 1.
and authority, Mark 7: 28. John 4: ll, John 4: l. 20: 2, 13. Acts 9: 5. 1 Cor.
15,19,49; to the Roman procurator 9: 5. al. saap. With adjuncts, e. g. 6
Matt. 27:63. Also in the respectful K1’; mg mi 6 5t5t'wxaho;
5 Igjr'lptog'lno'ot'm John
Luke 24: 3. l3:
Actsl3, l4.
1:21:
intercourse of common life, John 12: 21.
4: 33. al.—([3) As the supreme Lord ot
20:15. Acts 16:30. Comp. Seneca
Ep. 3, ‘ obvios, si nomcn non succurrit, the gospel dispensation, Head over all
 K6540; 451 Kwh'm
thinvs to the church Eph. 1:22, Lord Rom. 16:2, 22. I Cor. 7: 39. Eph.
of afi, in 751p ain'og Kl'aprog m'wruv Rom. 6: 1. Phil. 2: 29. Col. 3: 18. An.
10:12, comp. 9:5. 1 Cor. 15:25 sq. Kvgl5'rns. rnros, 1').(K1'1pto¢,)lord
Heb. 2: 8. 8:1. Rev. 17:14.. With the ship, dominion, for concr. lords, princes,
art 6 Klliptoc Mark 16: 19, 20. Acts 8:
rulers, Eph. 1:2]. Col. 1: l6. 2 Pet. 2:
25. 19:10. 2 COT. 3:17. Eph. 5:10. IO. Jude 8._Not found in classic
Col. 3: 23. 2 Thess. 3: l, 5. 2 Tim. 4: writers.
8. James 5: 7. al. saep. So 0. gen. of
pers. 6 Kilpldg you etc. Matt. 22:44. Kvgow, 5, f. u’mw, (xipog) to give
Eph. 6: 9. Heb. 7: 14. Rev. 11:8. authority, to establish as valid, to confirm,
Without the art. Kl'rptoc Luke 1: 76. 2 trans. e. g. duty/mp! Gal. 3: 15. 2 Cor.
Cor. 3:16, 17. Col. 4:1. 2 Pet. 3:10. 2: 8 Imps—mat sly al’n'bv d'yt'nrnv. Sept.
For EvKvpIp seebelow.—With adjuncts, pass. for U'tP Gen. 23: 20.—Jos. Ant. 10.
e. g. 0. art. 6 Kl'lpaoc lInooiic or 'Inoor'ig ll. 6. Pol. I. ll. 1. Thuc. 8. 69.
6 K. 1 Cor. 5: 5. 11:23. Rom. 4: 24'. Kim», 140116;, 6, 1'), a dog, plur. oi
6 Kz'lp. {I'm-‘w 'Inoo'fzg Heb. 13:20. 6 K. m'zvec dogs.
#pu'w Xpwrdg once Rom. 16: 18. 6 K. a) pp. Luke 16:21. 2 Pet. 2: 22.
'Inooik Xpwro'g, or 'I. 1') K19‘). Acts Sept. for Ex. 22: 31. .ludg. 7: 5.—
16:31. Rom. l3: 14. al. Rom. 1:4,. ]El. H. An. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 13.
1 Cor. 1:9. al. 6 Kim. Muir 'I. Xp. —In the East dogs are mostly without
1 Cor. 1:2, 10. Gal. 6: 18. al. amp. masters; they wander at large in the
'I. 6 Kép. r'yuiw Eph. 3: 11. 1 Tim. streets and fields, often in troops, and
1:2. 2 Pet. 1:2. So without the art. feed upon ofi'als, and even corpses;
e. g. Kr'lptog 11,005; Rom. 10:9. 1 Cor. comp. l K. 14:11. 16:4. 21:“). PS.
12:3. Phil. 2: 19. al. Xpwrog Kr'zpiog59: 6, 14 sq. They are held as unclean,
i. e. the Messiah Luke 2: ll. Kilptog and to call one a dog is a. stronger ex
'Iqaor'lg Xpwrdg, or 'I. Kr'ipiog,Rom. pression of contempt than even with us,
1: 7. 2 Cor. 1:2. Phil. 1:2. al. 2 1 Sam. 17:43. 2 K. 8:13. The Jews
Cor. 4:5. Kr'lpzoc fun?” ’I. Xp. Gal. 1: called the heathen dogs, just as Moham
13.—Further in the phrase e'v Kvpip, in medans do Christians at the present
the Lord, without the art. found only in day, comp. Scboettgen Hor. Heb. p.
the usage of Paul except once Rev. l4: 1145. See Jahn § 51. Calmet art. Dog.
l3, and to be explained from the fact, b) trop. for an impudent, shameless
that believers are represented as one with person, Phil. 3: 2 where it is spoken of
Christ, as members of his body Eph. 5: Judaizing teachers, comp. Is. 56: ll.
30 comp. 1 Cor. 12: 27, or of one spir. (Hom. II. a. 34.4.. 356. 0d. 22. as.)
itual body of which he is the Head Col. Matt. 7: 6 Im‘y 551-: rd d-ywv roig Kuol, lit.
3: l9 comp. Eph. 2: 20, and are there give not consecrated meat to dogs, i. e.
fore in Christ, see in ’Ev no. 1. c. a.
genr. profi'er not good and holy things
Hence e'v Kvpz'p is (l) in the Lord, after to those who will spurn and pervert
verbs of rejoicing, trusting, etc. Phil. them. — Also plur. for Sodomites, cat
3: 1. 1 Cor. 1; 31. Phil. 2: 19. (2) amites, Rev. 22: 15. So Sept. and =73?
in or by the Lord, by his authority, Eph. Deut. 23: 19.
4: 17. l Thess. 4: l. 3) in or through
the Lord, through his ai and influence, Ka‘lhov, 0!), r6, (perh. KéMw.) a
by his help, 1 Cor. 15: 58. 2 Cor. 2: limb, member, of the human body Eurip.
12. Gal. 5: 10. Eph. 2: 2]. Col. 4: Phoeniss. 1192 or 1201. Apollodor.
17. (4.) in the work of the Lord, in the Bib]. 3. 5. of an animal Diod. Sic. 3.
gospel-work, Rom. 16:8, 13. 1 Cor. 28. —- In N. T. plur. 1i: Ira-Ma for car
4. 11. 9; s. Eph. 6:21. 1 Thess. 5: cass, corpse, as in En l. bones, Heb. 3:
12. (5) as marking condition, one in 17. So Sept. for ‘323 um. 14: 29,32.
the Lord, i. e. united with him, his fol Is. 66: 24.
lower, a Christian, Rom. 16: 11. Phil. Kat/MIMI, f. z'low, (xo’Aog,kindr. with
4.: l. Philem. l6. (6) as denoting xoMZw, mkm’m) pp. to cut ofi‘, to weaken,
manner, in the Lord, i. e. as becomes and hence genr. to hinder, to prevent, to
those who are in the Lord, Christians, resh'ain, pp. seq. ace. of pers. and gen.
2 r 2
 Ka'ipn; 452 Kw¢65

of thing, Acts 27 2 43 ék'titAllUEV ail-rail: ——Hdian. 3. 6. 19 of Byzantium, m‘imi

r017 ,Gouhilparog. So Sept. for 121,22 1
Sam. 25: 26.—Xen. Ag. 2. 2. Arr. l.
6. 2.—Seq. ace. of pers. et infin. Acts
8: 36 fl xwlu'lu pe flam'iaflfii/ai; 16:6.
24.: 23. 1 Thess. 2; 16. Heb. 7; 23.
c. ace. impl. Luke 23: 2. 1 Tim. 4: 3.
Matt. 19:14. c. inf. impl. Mark 9:
38, 39. 10: 14. Luke 9: 49. 11:52.
18:16. Acts 11:17. Rom. 1:13. 3
John 10.ahsol. Luke 9: 50.—Hdian. 1.
l2. 5. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 4. c. acc. impl.
Jos. c. Ap. l. 22 xwhiwvvwoi mipoiEei/i
Kollc lipKoug opm'mv. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.
26. c. inf. impl. Xen. H. G. 7. 5. 26.
absol. Xen. An. 4. 2. 25 ult. — Seq.
accus. of thing, 1 Cor. 14:39 ml 1.5
Xaheiv 'yhiiw'aaig In) Kwhiiere. 2 Pet. 2:
16. c. r017 et infin. Acts 10: 47 pin:
1'5 530),) Kwhiia'ai . . . rail #1) fiam'wBfii/ai
rain-avg, comp. Buttm. § 140. n. 1.
Winer § 45. 4. b. — Hdian. 3. l. 13.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 4, 5. — By Hebr. seq.
acc. of thing and 1'11r6 c. gen. of pers.
Luke 6: 29 drro rol'; a'ipov'rog 00v To 1pc’:
flov, Kai row xi'ra'wa in‘; Kwhhapg. So
Sept. for wet», Gen. 23; 6. v.1 >11? 2
Sam. 13: 13.
Kalli/"l; 77g’ 1'], (Keipai, xoquiw) a
village, hamlet, in the country and with
out
i a)walls,
pp. e. comp.
g. ragJahn § 41.
wohuc xai rag im'iluag
re 1') mihu; KdT£GI£é¢1f Kai wan/1'6: re
Hid/1.01! Kai riluiii; t'upaipetlt'v, r5 Bvl't'w'riov
Hit/17] sow/Ashen! Hepweioig 50pm’ E3691].
Kwazivrollg, am, ,5, (Ktilflfl, 7ro'hu;_,)
lit. a village-city, i. e. a large village or
town like a city, but without walls,
Mark 1:38—Strabo XIII. p. 887. B,
- ‘’
Kalro’'ll\iov, 3 WV e'a'ri, Kw/uirrohig ng ml.
Krlaog, 0t), 6, a feasting, revel,
Lat. eomissalio, a carousing or merry
making after supper, the guests often
sallying into the streets and going
through the city with torches, music,
and songs in honour of Bacchus etc.
Rom. 13:13. Gal. 5: 21. 1 Pet. 4: 3.
2 Macc. 6: 6. Diod. Sic. 17. 72. El. V.
H. 13. 1 pen. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 25.
Comp. Passow in voc. Adam's Rom.
Ant. p. 434. Plutarch. de Socr. Genio
§ 29. Tom. VIII. p. 354 sq. ed.
Reiske.
Kaivarqlt, 60705, 6, 1‘], a gnat, culez,
as found in acid wine and vinegar,
Matt. 23: 24, see in Képqhogu—Aristot.
H. An. 5. 15 oi 8e‘xévw1regilco'xwhfixwv,
oi ylyovrcu. e'x rfig 1repi 16 b’Eog Duiog.
Genr. Hdot. 2. 95. Later Heb. NFEL
and W152, Buxt. Lex. Rab. Chald. 342,
927.

‘Matt. 9: 35. 10:11. Luke 8: 1. 13: K55‘, 1'), gen. K0, acc. K6»! and
22. c'wpol mi Ku'ipai fields and villages K6 Buttm. § 37. n. 2, Cos or C0, now
Mark 6: 36. Luke 9: 12. £67,141: ii mike“: Stan Co or Stanchio, a small and fertile
i) d-ypm' Mark 6: 56. 1'] mil/117, ai mfiluai, island of the Egean sea, near the coast
simply, Matt. 14: 15. 21:2. Mark 6:6. of Caria in Asia Minor, almost between
11:2. Luke 5:17. 9: 6, 52, 56. 10: the promontories on which the cities
38. 17:12. l9130. 241: I3, 28. John Cnidus and Halicarnassus were situated.
11: 1, 30. So John 7: 42 of Bethlehem, It was celebrated for its wine, silks,
sc. before the time of Reboboam who and cotton of a beautiful texture. Acts
fortified it 2 Chr. 11: 6. Meton. villages 21: 1 eic rfiv KGnn—l Macc. 15:23 tic
for the inhabitants of villages Acts 8: K0. Jos. Ant. l4. 7. 2.
25. Sept. for ‘52 l Chr. 27:25. Cant. Kwd'Olfb, a, indec. Cosam, prob. Heb.
7: 12.—Pol. 2. l7. 9 q'ixovv Karo. Kill/lag‘ 593?, (a diviner) pr. 11. of a man Luke
drcixt'a'roug. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 28.—Mark
3: 2B.
8: 27 Ill xu'ipai Kawapeiag, the villages
of Cesarea, i. e. lying around and de KMPIFQ i, 01', (min-(0,) pp. blunted,
pendent upon it. Sept. plur. for his; dull, e. g. a weapon Hom. Il. 11. 390.
Josh. 15: 45. 17:11. "a Josh. 15: In N. T. trop. of the senses and facul
31 sq. 19:6 sq. ties.
b) apparently of a large town or city, at) blunted, lame, as to the tongue, as
perhaps without walls or partly in ruins, to speech, i. e. dumb, Matt. 9: 32, 33
e. g. Bethsaida prob. of Galilee, Mark e'hcihno'ev ('1 Kwtpég. 12:22 bis. 15:30,
8:23, 26 bis, comp. v. 22 et John 1: 31. Luke 1:22. l1: 14 bis, suipdmpv
45. Sept. for ‘2 Josh. 10:37. 15: 9. mmpév, comp. in 'Ahahog, Sept. for =2!‘
 Kar¢6§ 453 Aaléw

Hab. 2: 18.—Negris' Herod. I. p. 307. liltahov mi Kwpév, see in "Akakog. Luke

Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 20. 7:22. So Sept. and '57.‘?! Ps. 38: 14.
b) blunted, dull, as to hearing, deaf, Is. 35: 5. 43: 8.—Luc. V1tar. Auct. 27.
Matt. 11:5 xal ocunpol amt/om. Mark Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 19.
7: 32, coll. V. 33. v. 37. 9: 25 mm'ipa

l. 72‘: Job 21: 18.—Pol. 30. 14. 6.

Aat'yxoiw, f. Mlfopat, aor. 2 E'Aaxov,
to obtain by lot, to have fall to one's self, Hom. I]. 17. 57.
I
viz. Acme), see Adamo.
a) pp. and seq. gen. Luke 1:9 E'Aaxe
r017 Suptéoat, the different portions of Auntie, r. 1..., (adv. M5,) to 1:61.,
to strike with the heel, e. g. “pa..- xe'v-rpa
the daily service being assi ned by lot,
see \rvetstein N. T. in oc. Comp. Acts 9': 5. 26: 14. See in Keri-pow.—
Matth. § 328. Winer § 30. 5 ult.—c. Luc. Hermot. 33. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7.
gen. Thuc. 2. 44. absol. Jos. B. .l. 3. 8. An. 3. 2. 18.
7. Diod. Sic. 4. 63. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 34. Aukéw, 5, 1". flow, to speak, to talk,
—Hence by impl. to decide by lot, to cast pp. to use the voice, without any ne.
lots, seq. wept c. gen. John 19: 24 cessary reference to the words spoken,
Xrixmpev wept ail-r017, rlvog {crab—absol. and thus differing from ei-rrelv and
Diod. Sic. 4. 63 thaxov, xul. ouve'gn rip Aé'yew. see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 79,
KM”)? Aaxciv Onoe'a. 80. Espec. of children, to tall: much, to
b) gem. to obtain, to receive, 0. acc. prattle, Germ. lallen, Xen. Cyr. l. 4. l2
Acts 1: l7 E'Aaxe 'rbv xAfipov see in 1ratb¢ip10v u'lv, detwiraroc )mhe'iv idu'xovv
KAfipo; b. 2 Pet. 1: 1. Comp. Matth. elven. Plut. de Garrul. init. Comp.
l. c. p. 637.—3 Mace. 6: 1. Luc. Her Heb. ‘"315 and “1.3, Gesen. Leit.—In
mot. 57. Xen. An. 4. 5. 24. N. T. genr. to speak, to talk; less fre
Adzdgog, 0!), b, Lazarus, pr. 11. quent in profane writers.
:1) pp. of persons, absol. Matt. 9: 33
[(Helped of God) In both the Syriac
versions, ‘112, by aphsaresis for ‘521315 Ex.
e'MiXneev b xunpo'c. 12:22. 15: 31. Mark
6: 23. Michaelis in his edit. of Castelli
5: 35 Zn abrou': hahofiyrog. Luke 7: 15.
Lex. Syr. p. 472, considers it as con Acts 18:9. James 1: 19. al. szep. Sept.
tracted for Aramaean “.f!§_?'l'-‘§_§,=Heb. for ‘a’! 1 Sam. 3: 9, 10. Is. 1: 2.—Luc.
a) of the brother of Mary and de Domo 3 ult. Hdian. 2. 4. 1431-1
AaAoiv-ra Tbv . . . ¢oveimvot.—Seq. adv.
Martha of Bethany, raised by Jesus
John 18:23 el medic e'hdknoa. 1 Cor.
from the dead, John 11:1, 2, 5, 11,14,
13: 11 (in; w'wnoc e'hahovv. tiptlu’rg Mark
43. 12:1, 2, 9, 10, 17.—b) of the poor
man in our Lord's parable Luke 16:
7:35. oilrwg Acts 7:6. Heb. 6:9.
ardpa 1rpdc oropa mouth to mouth i. e.
20, 23, 24, 25. Hence the modern
face to face 2 John 12. (Sept. for
Lazaretto.
hag-‘>15 re. “as. Num. 12:8. fibéwc Dem.
Aétgu, adv. (haeeizv, Ran/Brim») 578. 16.) With other adjuncts of
secretly, privately, Matt. 1. 19 M0,... manner, e. g. dat. as wafiiinalq boldly,
r’urolu'nrat. 2:7. John 11:28. Acts 16: openly, John 7: 26. Acts 2:6 151:}
37. Sept. for “1.323 Deut. l3: 7. Job ELGAEIKTIIJ. 6:10. 1 Cor. 13: l. genr.
31 : 27. 1522 1 Sam. 18: 22.—Diod. Sic. 'ylv’mroaig haht'iv see in I‘M'wa'a b. 7.
14. 75. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. l6. Also 0. prep. e. g. clg ds'pa 1 Cor. 14: 9
Aama4l, owrog, h, tempest, so. of see in ’A)'Ip. in 0. gen. of manner or
wind with rain, whirlwind, hurricane, source Matt. 12:34. John 8:44 in rdw
Mark 4: 37. Luke 8:23. 2 Pet. 2:17. ldlwv Rahal. Ev 0. dat. 1 COT. l2: 3 2'11
Sept. for “2? Jer. 35: 32. "251? Job 38: 1rrn'lpan 9. Aaluiv. Seq. particip. of
 Aaléfl 454 Aakéu
manner, Luke 1: 64 mi s’AéMt ebho'yiu'. Garrul. 23. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. I.) With
2 Cor. ll: 23. -— In various construc other adjuncts, e. g. acc. et dat. of pers.
tions designating the person or thin Matt. 9: 18. John 14: 25. 15: 11. (Sept.
to or of whom one speaks, e. g. (:5 Gen. 28: 15.) 0. dat. of manner etc.
Seq. dat. of pers. to speak to or with any Mark 8: 32 row Xé-yov 1rafifiqa-Ia Ehc'rhu.
one, Matt. 12: 47 Zrrrofivre'g am hahfiaat. 1 Cor. 14:2. 510’: 0. gen. of manner
Luke 1: 22. John 9:29. 19: 10. Acts 1 Cor. 14: 9. iv 0. dat. of manner 2 Cor.
7: 38. Rom. 7: 1. (Sept. and "*2". Gen. ll: 17. iv Xpw-rq? i. e. by his authority
18:33. Arr. Epict. 3. l3. 7. Dem. 578. 9 Cor. 12: 19. 1'3 Kara 'nva i. e. accord
16.) With an adjunct of manner added, ing to 2 C01‘. ll: 17. fl fin-('1 Two: Eph.
e. g. dat. rafifinm'q John 7: l3. Eph. 5: 4: 85. (Sept. Gen. 31: 29.) fl wept 'rwoc
19 hahoiivrag c'avroig :Pakpoig, i. e. Luke 2: 33. TI n'prie nva Acts 11: 14.
singing together. Seq. iv 0. dat. 1 Cor. Luke 94: 44. "pee n‘: 05: Luke 12: 3.
l4: 6, 21. mp1 'rwog Luke 9: 3B. Seq. Sept. for 5! Gen. 18: 19.
particip. )léywv, giving definiteness to b) as modified by the context where
the idea of Aakflv, Matt. 14:27 ékékna'ev the sense lies not so much in Aahciv as
aim-079 o'I. Mylar. 23: l. 28: 18. Luke in the adjuncts, e. g. (a) of one teach
24: 6. al. So Sept. for "Ml? ‘3"! Gen. ing, for to teach, to preach, absol. Luke
17. 3. 34:9. Has-6:112 Gen. 42:22. See 5:4. 1 Cor. 14.: 34., 35. 1 Pet. 4.: 11.
Gesen. Lex. art. ‘"315 no. 1. —(,B) Seq. seq. adv. John 12: 50. Acts 14: l. Eph.
,ue'ra nvog, to speak with, John 4: 27. 9: 6:20. seq. an: v. Ex 0. gen. of source or
37 b kako'w we. con’:- With Xé-yw, Mark occasion John 7:17, 18. 12: 49. seq. a’:
6: 50 Htahnas per’ aimi'w xal Xc'yu. Rev. 0. gen. of manner John 3: 31. seq. dat.
21: 9 Xé-yww. Sept. for BI! "3'1 Num. ll: of manner, 'yhliwa'aq; Xahe'iv, Mark 16:
17. m5 '1 Gen. 35: 13. —(:y) Seq. 1rp6g 17. Acts 2:4. al. see in I‘M'maa b. -y.
rwa, to speak to, found only thrice ex —With adjunct. of pers. to whom, e. g.
cept in Luke's writings, (l Thess. 2:2. dat. John 15:22. 1 Cor. 3:1; also 0.
Heb. 5: 5. 11:18; see below.) Acts 1rafifiqalq John 18: 20.61 0. dat. of man
4: l hahol'w'rwv 5:‘ airré'w 1rpdc 'rdv Aaliy ner Matt. 13:10. Btari e'v 1rapa€oha7g
auss. Sept. for ‘>25 Gen. 18:27, Xahe'ic ail-r07: ; 13: 34 id. et Xwpig napa
29. (Luc. Asin. 5. Plut. de Garrul. l.) Sohfic. c. e’1rl. 'rqi dvripa'rl nyog Acts 4:
Followed by cl'la'y'yehlzopat Luke 1:19. l7. 5: 40; see in 'Evrl II. 3. c. a. mp1
Acts 11:20. hé-ywv Acts 8: 26. 26: 31. ru/og Luke 9:11. So 1rpéc rn'a Acts
28: 25. With Ae'yw impl. Heb. 5:5. 11: 20.—Seq. acc. of the thing taught,
11: 18. So Sept. for 5!} "5F! c. "hill. impl. comp. in a. c, absol. John 3:11. 8:30,
1 K. 21:5. 2 K. 1:1. comp. Gen. 4.1: 40. 18: 20. Acts 16:14:. 90: 30. Tit.
17. Ex. 32: 7. See Gesen. Lex. art. 2: l ; and so in reference to the doctrines
‘23 Picl no. 1. c. -- (5) Seq. wept’ rwog, of Jesus, John 8: 28, 38. 12: 50. Acts
to speak about or of any one, John 8: 26. 5: 20. 17: 19. 1 Cor. 2: 6, 7. hahdv Kai
12:41. Sept. for *1‘ “2'1? Ez. 33:30. — 5156mm“! Acts 18: 25. \Vith pers. to
(c) Seq. accus. of a kindred noun or of whom, e. g. dat. Mark 2: 2 EMS)“: ailroig
a pronoun, in a general or adverbial 'rov X67011. 4:33. John 6: 63. Acts 8:
sense, and thus differing from Aé-ycw c. 25; also seq. év 0. dat. of manner John
acc. which implies a definite object or 16: 95. M'ywv Matt. 13: 3. 'rl 196;; nva
is followed by the express words spoken; Acts 3: 92. l Thess. 2: 2 Af1>0701lt 19a..
see Buttm. § 13]. 3 and 7. Comp. in ilpiig rd :im'y'yz'XMov.-(fl) of those who
Engl. to talk nonsense i. e. foolishly, to tell, relate, declare, announce any thing,
talk strange things, i. e. strangely. Matt. John 1:37. 1rpdc nva et adv. Luke 2:20.
12:34 mbg aa'waaee ayafia Xaheiv. John wept 'rwoc John 9: 91. (0. dat. Theophr.
8:20 fifi/m-ra. Rom. 15:18 Ti. 1 Cor. Char. 7 or 24.) Seq. acc. of thing,
9:8 ral'rra. 14:9. 9 Cor. 12:4. 1 Tim. comp. above in a. e. Acts 4: 20. Matt.
5: 13.‘ SO Mark 2:7 Rake? fihampnplag. 26: 13; seq. acc. et dat. of pers. Acts
Acts 6:13 ‘fipara ,Gkamp. John 8:44 23: 28, and with Aé-ywv impl. Matt. 13:
1.‘. \Pefidog. ude 15, 16. Sept. and “1.?! 33. comp. above in a. 'y. Also 0. we?‘
Ex. 4:12. (Luc. Demonax 51 ext-ya nvog Luke 9: 17. Acts 22: 10. m0’ v
pc‘v hahfin', 1ro.\)\a 5:‘ c’mm'nuv. Plut. de rpvi'lrov 27: 25. 1mm’: nwog Luke 1: 45.
 Aofiuoi 455 Aaqwfioim
—(y) of prophesy, predictions, etc. for 23. Rev. 5:8. 22: 17. c. in nvog John
toforetell, to declare, 2 Pet. 1:21. James 16: 14. Rev. 5: 7. Sept. for HP)’, Gen.
5: 10. Acts 3: 24. 96: 22 1rpég nva 18: B. Num. 16:17, 18. I‘?! Josh. 6:
Acts 28: 25. seq. acc. of thing, comp. 4. Is.2: 4.—-Hdian. 8. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr.
above in a. e. Luke 24: 25 01;‘ by attr. 6. 4. 14.—Trop. n‘ufiv Eawg': h. Heb. 5:
for it. Acts 3:21. seq. acc. et dat. of 4. Bl'wupw Rev. 11: 17.—Xiphilin.
pers. John 16: 1, 4. So of a divine pro Galb. p. 187 yoplfwv oinr clhmpérat rfiv
misc, Luke 1: 55, 70. — (3) of what is cipxfiv, dhhiz Besria'eat ain'ql—Part. ha.
said with authority, for to direct, to @u'w is often used before other verbs
charge, to prescribe, seq. dat. Mark 16: by a species of pleonasm, in order to
19. c. acc. et dat. John 15: 11. acc. et ‘express the idea more completely and
tie at rapt Heb. 7: 14. For to publish, raphically, comp. in ‘Avie-mp: II. d.
to promulgate, authoritatively, Heb. 3: qriger. p. 352. Passow in haluédvw ult.
5. 9: 19.—(s) trop. to speak by writing, Matt. 13: 31 6v huge)” éil'apunroc i'mru Q
by letter, 2 Cor. ll: 17 bis. Heb. 2: 5. per. v. 33. Luke 24: 43. Acts 16:3.—
2 Pet. 3: 16. Of one dead who speaks, Sept. Josh. 2: 4. Luc. Scyth. 6. Xen.
erliorts, by his example, Heb. ll: 4. Cyr. 8. 3. c, 7.- ([3) Of taking food
c) meton. of things, e. g. (a) ofa law, or drink, 0. acc. John 19:30. Acts 9:
i. q. topresu'ibe, Rom. 3: 19.-—-(fl) of the 19 Kai hafidw rpoqh'yv. 1 Tim. 4: 4. ab
expiatory blood of Jesus, Heb. 12:24 sol. Mark 15: 23. So Heb. "Pk, comp.
xpe‘ir'rov hahoiivn rapt‘: row "Afish, speak Gesen. Lex. —(-y) In the sense of to
ing better than [the blood of] Abel, since take to or with any one, e. g. Matt. 16:5
this latter cried only for vengeance, Gen. Emhriflovro ('iprovg hageiv, v. 7. 25: 4.
4: 10.—(7) In the imagery of the Apo John 18:3. Inet‘), Eavniv Matt. 25: 3.
calypse, spoken of a voice, Rev. 1: 19. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22.) So hapgzivuv
4: 1. 10:4; of thunders, which are said 'yuva'ixa, to take a wife, to take as a wifi:,
hahc'iv rizc Earn-6v (pm/dc Rev. 10: 3, 4; Mark 12:19, 20, 21, 22. Luke 20: 28
ofa beast, Rev. 13:5,“, 15. So Heb. sq. Sept. for "Pi Gen. 6:2. 11: 29.—
‘"215 of the serpent, Gen. 3: l, 4. Sept. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Plato Crito 12. p.
ei'1rev. AL. 50. D. Xen. Cyr. s. 4.. 16.-— 5) totakc
Aamé, 02;, .5 (MM...) prattle, lo upon one's self, to bear, trop. Iatt. 10:
quacity, Theophr. Char. 23 or 7. Aris. 38 "iv u'ravpév. 8: 17 reg do’on'eiag
toph. Nub. 929 or 93]. In N. T. speech, filmy, quoted from Is. 53: 4 where Heb.
utterance, i. e. K123, Sept. ¢épzw.—(e) to take up, to ya
a) manner of speaking, e. g. a dia t/zer up, Matt. 16: 9, 10 mio'ouc xotpivuug
Iect, brogue, Matt. 26:73. Mark 14:70. Ehégere, comp. Mark 8:19, 20. Trop.
Sept. for "3?? Cant. 4: 3. hageiv rfiv :Lu r'pqas opp. to riBn/n, John
b) meton. what is uttered, words, 10: 17,18.— en. (Re. 8. 2. ib. 9. 10.
talk, John 4:42. 8: 43. Sept. for “93 b) to take out from a number, to choose.
Job 33: l.- comp. Sept. Is. ll: 13.—Pol. Acts 15: 14 hageiv EE tflwlw hao'y. Heb.
32. 9. 4. 11). 1. 32. 6. 5: l.—Sept.Amos 2: 11. Pol. 2. 38. I l.
Xen. An. 1. 1. 6.
Aotpooi or lowly/0?, lama,i. e. Heb. c) to take, i. e. to seize, to lay hold of,
"Fl? or "111,72, w/tyJ wherejbre? Matt. 27:
with the idea of force, violence. (at) pp.
46 et Mark 15: 34, from Ps. 22: 2 Matt. 21: 35 ml hagéyrsg relic Eol'lhoug
where Sept. Ivan’. din-017, 3:1 [tell Edupav x. r. h. v. 39.
Aafbctlllw, f. M’ldaopat, 8.01‘. 9 gha
Mark 12: 3, 8. John 19:1. absol. 9 Cor.
Cov, perf. e‘lhmpa, to take, actively, and ll: 20. — Luc. D. Deor. 21. 2. Xen.
also in the partially passive sense to re Cyr. 2. 4. 23.—So in hunting or fishing,
ceive, trans. to take, to catch, Luke 5: 5. trop. 2 Cor.
l. to take, a) pp. with the hand, 12: 16 56M}: innit; E'Xagov, comp. Matt.
seq. acc. expr. or impl. (a) gem. Matt. 4: 19.—Palaaph. 28. 3. Xen. Cyr. l. 4.
14: 19. Kai haglbv for)‘: WéVTE liprovc. 25: 9.—(,8) Trop. of any strong atl'ection or
1 hagm'wcu r119 hapmidag 26: 26, 52. emotion, to seize, to come or fall upon any
27: 6, 30, 48. Mark 9: 36. Luke 22: I7. one, e. g. i'mrraa'ig E'Aafisv r'nravrag Luke
John 12: 3, 13. 1324', 12, 30. 1 Cor. 11. 5: '26. (pogo; 7:16.1rupoopég 1 Cor. 10:
 Aaafia'nv 456 Aaacoim
13. Sept. for ‘"3! Ex. 15: 15.—2 Macc. ence, Heb. 11: 36. (Xen. (Ec. l7. 1.)
9: 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 8. Xen. Conv. 1. ovpéobklov Ming. to take counsel, i. q.
15.'—-So of an evil spirit, demon, Luke toconsult, Matt. 12: 14. 27:1, 7. 28: 12.
9:39. comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5. inrddu-y‘ué rwa. hapg. to take any one
d) to take away, e. g. from any one by as an example James 5: 10. inro'pvno‘w
force, Matt. 5: 40 cal row Xmimi oov Aalug. to recollect, to remember, 2 Tim.
Xagziv. Rev. 3: ll 'iva pnb'cic )uigp rdv 1: 5. xo'zpa'ypd rwog hang. to take or
arz'zpavo'v con. 6: 4 Ex v. drrb rfic 'yfic. adopt the mark of any one, Rev. 14: 11;
Sept. for Ha’a Gen. 27. as. 31: l.—Pol. seq. c’vri c. gen. 14: 9. 20:4.
4. 3. ll. Xen. An. 2. l. 10. 2. to receive, so. what is given, im.
e) to take up a person, i. e. to receive parted, imposed, to obtain, to partake of:
him as a friend or guest into one's house, a) gem. e. g. absol. Matt. 7: 8 mic
society, etc. i. q. ce'xopai. (a) genr. 'yilp b alrd'nl Xaugc'wel. 10: 8. John 16:
John 19: 27 E'Xagsv 6 [11161]"); ail-rt)!’ eig 24. 1 Cor. 4: 7. c. 5''.- of source John
n‘: 184a. 2 John 10 El; oixiav. John 6: 1: 16. Seq. acc. Matt. 20: 9 Eka€ow
21 sic rd WAOTOIL—HOXTL Od. 7. 255.— dyiz dip/down’. v. 10. 25: 16 ne'vr: rdhav
Trop. of a teacher etc. to receive, to ac ra Angina Mark 10:30. 11:24. John
knowledge, to embrace and follow his in 4:36. Acts 3: 3. Rom. 4: ll. 1 Cor. 9:
structions, John 1:12. 5:43. 13:20. 24. Gal. 3:14. Phil. 3: l2 comp. in
14:17. So of doctrine, to embrace, to Karahapgoivw b. Heb. 11: 35. James
admit, e. g. row Xé-yov Matt. 13:20. 1:12. 1 Pet. 4: 10. Rev. 4: 11. Seq.
Mark 4: 16. n‘1v paprvpi’av John 3: 11, Ex rwoc partitively, see in ’Ex no. 3. h.
32,33. 1 John 5:9. ra (iii/mm John Rev. 18: 4 Ex ribv 'nhn'yGv abrfic im. in‘)
12: 48. 17: 8.—(/3) From the Heb. Aun kr'ignre—Paleeph. 52. 3. El. V. H. 9.
@c'wuv 1rpdaw1rdv ru/og, to receive the per 31. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7.—With an ad.
son of any one, Heb. “i=2 ‘3!, Pp. spoken junct of the source, etc. e. g. and 0. gen.
ofa king or judge who receives or ad from, 1 John 2: 27. rapt’: 0. gen. from
mits the visits of those who bring him any one Acts 2: 33. James 1: 7. Rev.
Salutations and presents, and favours 2: 27. (Hdian. 4.7. 3.) spoken de conatu,
their cause, see espec. Job 13: 10; John 5: 34, 41 5651111 1rapi1 r'zvBpdmou m':
hence to favour any one, both in a good hapfic’ww. v. 44. imd 0. en. 2 Cor.
and bad sense, see Gesen. Lex. art. 11:24 inrb ‘Ioubaiww-i'kaéov sc. 1r)"
R‘?! no. 3. b. In N. T. only in a bad yo'ic, comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16. B05.
sense, to accept one's person, i. q. to be Ell. Gr. p. 385 sq.
partial towards him, c. gen. Gal. 2:6 b) of those who receive an oflice, sta
1rpéc'wrrov Bede avepdnrov on’! Xapgdvci. tion, dignity, either as committed or
absol. Luke 20: 21. So Sept. for transmitted, e. g. immcmrr'lv Acts 1: 20.
we s19; Ps. 82:2. Lev. 19: 15. Klh'lpov v. 25. icparciav Heb. 7: 5. fia
f) trop. in phrases, where Xapfizivew mkeiav Luke 19: 12, 15. 0. Tape’: Tn'og
with its accus. is often equivalent to Acts 20:24. — Hdian. 3. 15.8. Xen.
the verb corresponding to the accus. Cyr. l. 5. 2.—-Also of a successor in
e. g. apxfiw hapfidrew, i. q. to begin, ofiice, bagel»! buidoxov Acts 24: 27, comp.
Heb. 2: 3. (El. V. H. 2. 28. Hdian. Annie’ opai. Lat. successorem accipere
7.11.1.) dooppfiv Xapg. to take occa Plin.)i*:p. 9. 13.
sion, Rom. 7: 8, 11. (Diod. Sic. I. 60 c) of persons appointed to receive tri
xaipdy.) Sr'ipooc Aapfi. to take courage, bute, rent, etc. to collect, to exact, Matt.
i. q. Safifie'w, see in Gépa-oc, Acts 28: 17: 24 oi Ta Bibpaxpa hapgc'wovrcc, i. e.
15. ixavov Aapg. to take security, the receivers, collectors, 21: 34. Heb.
Acts 17:9. M1011)’ A. to forget, 2 Pet. 7: 8. 0.61mi rwoc Matt. 17:25. 3 John
1:9. (1R1. V. H. 3. 18. Jos. Ant. 2.9. 7.—Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3. c. :rapé Luc. D.
1.) popcpr'lv rwoc it. to Mlle the likeness Mort. 22. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6.
or form of any one, to liken one's self to d) trop. to receive instruction, i. q. to
him, Phil. 2: 7. 1reipav Aapg. to make be instructed, to learn, Rev. 3: 3 pwypé
trial of, i. e. to attempt, Heb. 11:29. vcve only mic e'ihr; c Kai flit-comic.—
(Hdian. 1. 8. 10v Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54.) Diod. Sic. 2. 29 [is aiuc Exac'ra Magd
or also i.q. to have trial of, to experi vova'w, i. e. pavtidvowm'.
 Aoifnex 457 Auoc

e) trop. in phrases, comp. above in Adam, 1'. dam, to shine, to give light
no. 1. f. E. g. lvrokv‘yv Xalugtivuv, to intrans. 0. dat. Matt. 5: 15 M'qnm mic;
receive commandment, 1rapo't nvog John r079 iv 75 oim’q. absol. l7: 2 ZAGIAt‘JE rb
10: 18. 2 John 4. wept Two;~ Col. 4: 1rpéaw1rov aim-oi. ' Luke 17: 24. Acts
10. 1rpég rwa Acts 17: 15. (Act. Thom. 12: 7. 2Cor. 4: 6 in mcérovc ¢£|c Mimi/at.
§36.) Karahhayflv )mpé. i. q. to be Metaph. Matt. 5: 16. 2 Cor. 4: 6. Sept.
reconciled, Rom. 5:11. xplpa Xapfi. for 525 Prov. 4: 18. "HUI-‘l Dan. 12: 3.
to receive condemnation, i. q. to be con —Joss. Ant. 3. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7.
demned, Matt. 23: 13. James 3: 1. 0.
Aoavfléuw, aor. 2 Zhaflov, to lie hid,
dat. reflex. Rom. 13: 9. oixobopfiv
Xalufi. i. q. to be edified, 1 Cor. l4: 5. concealed, to be unknown, absol. Mark 7:
nopayyeMav A. to receive a charge Acts 24 oim 17511141611 M19611. Luke 8: 47.—
16: 24. nepu'opflv hayg. i. q. to be cir E]. V. H. 4. 20 iniL—Seq. acc. of pers.
cumcised John 7: 93. AL. to be hid AS ro any one i. e. from him,
to escape his knowledge or notice, Acts
pr. Alifllix,
n. of a patriarch,
b, indec.the father Heb.
Lamech, of Noah, 26: 26 (‘in olm Elma: 'yt‘ip abrov Tl. roi'lruv.
2 Pet. 3: 5,8. See Matth. § 412. 5.
Luke 3: 36. See Gen. 5: 25 sq. comp. Buttm. § 131. 4, 8.—Hdian. 5. 8.
Aufbfblz, see Ad'ua. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13.—Joined with
Aa/mroig, 0250;, ,3, (Mi/11110,) alight, the participle of another verh it has the
e. g. a torch, lamp, lantern, etc. genr. force of an adverb, i. e. secretly, unawares.
Acts 98: 8 Aapm'ideg ixavui. Rev. 4: 5. Heb. 13:2 E'Xaflév rave; Eew'o'avreg ('t'y
Sept. for NE Gen. 15. 17. EX. 20: 18 'ye'houg‘. See Buttm. § 144. n. 8. Winner
Prob. a torch, Rev. 8: 10. John 18:3. §58. 4.—Hdian. 5. 8. 6. Xen. An. 1. 1.9.
Sept. and Ti‘? Judg. 15:4, 5.-—Jos. Ant. AMEEUTO'Q t’), 0,1’, (haEci'Iw fr. Mic,
5. 6. 5. Hdian. 4. '2. 20.—Also a lamp, Eéw), stone-hewn, roclnhewn, i. e. hewn in
fed with oil, Matt. 25: 1,3, 4, 7, 8. So a rock, e. g. a sepulchre, Luke 23: 53.
Sept. and “BE Judg. 7: 16, 20. On the Comp. in Aaropéw.—Sept. Deut. 4: 49.
form of ancient lamps see Jahn § 40 ult. Aquil. Num. 21: 20. 23: 14.
Calmet art. Lamps. Aaoot'xem, mg, .7, Laodicea, the
Adan-56;, 0?, 0'1‘, (Ad/um) shining, chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia
bright, radiant, viz. Minor, situated on the river Lycus a
a) pp. of a star, Rev. 22: 16 b do'rfip little above its junction with the Mean
b Rap-Ir 6y; 6 1rpw'ivtig.— Ep. Jer. 51. der, and not far to the southward of
Hom. I . 4. 77. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7.— Colosse and Hierapolis. Its earlier
Of raiment, radiant and hence white, name was Diospolis; it was enlarged
spoken of angels Acts 10: 30. Rev. 15: by Antiochus II, and called by him
6. 19:8. Of the robe put by Herod Laodicea after his wife About A. D.
upon Christ in mockery, as Pilate's sol 65 it was destroyed by an earthquake,
diers afterwards put on him a purple along with the two cities just named;
robe, Luke 93: 11, comp. Mark 15: 17 but was rebuilt by Marcus Aurelius.
etc.-—Pol. 10. 4. 8. Diod. S. l. 91.— It is now in ruins, and the place bears
Hence by impl. splendid, sumptuous, of the name of Eski-hissar. Comp. Ro
raiment, James 2: 2, 3 E001‘); )tap-n'pé. senm. Bibi. Geogr. I. ii. p. 205,298.—
So genr. Rev. 18: 14 1'1‘: Xa/urpé, costly Col. 2: 1. 4:13,15,16. Rev.l:ll.
things—Diod. S. 20. 7. Xen. Conv. l. 4. (a: 14..)
b)clear, limpid, Rev. 22:1 1rora'iov hap Auobmsbg, ing, 6, a Laodicean,
1rpdv dig Kpborahhoin—Xen. H.G.5.3.19. Col. 4:16. Rev. 3:14.
Aupo'z'gomg, 77170;, t], (hap'lrpo'g) Alla‘, 05, 6, People, viz.
brightness, splendour, A. r05 ijht'm: Acts a) a people, nation, tribe, i. e. the mass
26: 13. Sept. for “5'! Is. 60: 3. “Di Dan. of any people, and not like 517 o; a com
12: 21.—Pol. ll. 9. 1. Xen. An. I. 2. 18. munity of free citizens. uke 2: 10
Aaflflrfag, adv. 0.4.1.96“) splen ii'rtg Eo'rai 1rav1'l 11;) Raf). v.31. Rev.
didly, i. e. sumptuouslg, Luke 16: 19.— 5: 9. Acts 4: 25 quoted from Ps. 2: l
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 1. where Sept. for 581’. Sept. for n! Job
 Adguyi 458 Ai'yau
36:31. Ez. 20: 41.—Hem. Od. 6.194 pp. for hire, or as a slave, [E]. V. H. 3.
Hdot. 5. 42.—Spec. of the Jews as the 9. Soph. Ajax 503. 'In N. T. 0111 in
people of God's choice, absol. or c. 1'05 respect to God, sa'vice, worship, .Tohn
Geoletc. Matt. 1:21. 2:4,6. Mark 7: 16:2. Rom.9: 4. 12:1. Heb. 9: 1,6.
6. Luke 2: 32. John 11:50. Heb. 7: 5. Sept. and "25?, Ex. 12: 25, 26. Josh.
al. step. S0 Sept. and B! Ex. 1: 20. 22: 27.—1 Macc. 1: 45.
8: l. Deut. 2: 4. al. stepiss.-—Trop. of Aargst'm, f. silo-w, (Mu-pig one hired,
Christians as God's spiritual Israel, Tit. hireling,) to serve, pp. for hire or as a
2:14. Heb. 2:17. 4:9. 13:12. slave, Palaeph. 45. 1, 4. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.
b) genr. the people, i. e. the many, the 36, i. q. doulm'mv ib. §41. In N. T.
multitude, the public, either indefinitely spoken in respect to God, to serve, to
or of a multitude collected in one place. worship.
Luke 7: 29 Kai 1rd; 6 Andy; dxol'ia'ac. 8: a) gem. seq. dat. Matt. 4: 10 et Luke
47. 9: 13 elc mivra rdv Nil»! rofirovfor 4: 8 Kiipiov row 926w . . . airrq': you? ha
all this multitude. 18: 43. 23: 27 nhfi rpu'lo'ctg. Luke 1: 74. 2: 37. Acts 7: 7,
Oog r05 ham? Kai yvvmxo'rv. Acts 3:9, 42. 24:14. 27:23. Rom. 1: 9. Phil. 3:
1] , 12. 5:37. 18: 10.—Hem. 11.18. 3. 2Tim. 1:3. Heb.9:l4. 12:28. Rev.
502. ib. 23. 728.—Espec. the common 22:3. absol. Acts 26: 7. So Sept. and
people, the populace, the inhabitants of ‘a: Deut.6:13. 10:12. Josh. 24.: 15.
any city or territory, e. g. Jerusalem Once of idol-worship, Rom. 1: 25 z'ltd
Acts 2: 4.7. 21:30,36; of Galilee Matt. ‘rpeuu'e ri K'rl'a'n K. 1'. A. $0 Sept. and
4:23. 9: 35. So Sept. and 5’. Gen. 19: ‘I?! Deut. 4: 28. Judg.2: 11,13. —- c.
4|. 23:7,12,13. (Horn. 0C1.13. 156.) acc. Eurip. Iph. Taur. 1115 or 1122.
As distinguished from magistrates, etc. Electr. 131.
Matt. 26: 5 'iva. pr‘, sopvgoc 'ye'unrai e'v b) of an external ritual worship, i. q.
r97 hall}. 27: 25,64. Mark 11:32. Luke to qfiiciate as priest, Heb. 8: 5. 13:10;
19: 4B. 20: 6. 23:13. Acts 6: 12. al. and so in the celestial temple, Rev. 7:
So Sept. and 1”; Ex. 18: 22, 26. Josh. 15. Also genr. for to qfl'er sacrifice, to
6: 8, 10. AL. worship, Heb. 9: 9. 10: 2. Comp. Sept.
Aoigwyi, 0770;, a, larynx, the and ‘LI? Ex. 3: 12. 7:16.
throat, gullet, as an‘organ of the voice, Aaixavor, DU, 16, ()mxaivw to dig,
Rom. 3: l3 quoted from Ps. 5: 10 where to till,) pp. ‘0. plant in tilled ground,’
Sept. for W's—Ecclus. 6: 5. Aristoph. hence a garden plant, herb. Matt. 13: 32
Ran. 575 or 583. On the diff. between peifov 115v haxdvuv 1rc'u'rwv. Mark 4:32.
)uipu'yE and ¢dpvy£, see Lob. ad Phr. Luke 11:42. Rom. 14: 2. Sept. for PI:
pp. 65, 470. 1 K. 21: 2. FT} Gen. 9: 3.--Luc. Philo
pseud. 8. Plut. VI. p. 499. 9.ed.Reiske.
Adda/0:, as, i’, Laswa, a maritime
city of Crete, on the southern coast, Aiccalog, 09, 6, Lebbeus, a name
not mentioned in profane writers. Acts of the apostle Jude, also called Thad
27: b. deus, Matt. 10: 3.
Avid'tw, f. Aan’wu, to crack, to knack, Asysa'w,o7ro§, b, Lat. legio, a legion,
to snap, Hes. Theogn. 694. Horn. 11. pp. the largest division of troops in the
13. 616. In N. T. and later, to crack
Roman army, varying greatly in num_
open, to burst, Acts 1: 18 E’AéKIIUT #6009. her at different periods, as 3000, 4200,
5000, 6600, etc. See Adam's Rom.
_Act. Thom. § 33 l; 5:‘ 5pr'mwv ¢uon0eic
thin-nos. Zonar. Lex. 691 dvri r06
Ant. p. 366 sq. Rees’ Cyclop. s. v. —
s'axia'erl.
In N. T. legion, for an indefinitely great
number, e. g. of angels Matt. 26: 53. of
Aura/nice, 5, 1'. i701», (Aardpoc, fl‘ demons Mark 5: 9, 15. Luke 8:30. So
Adg, Tips/01,) to cut stone, to how in stone, Rabb. W313, see Buxt. Lex. Chald.1123.
e. g. pun/“Toy, ii Eka'rdprlo'ev e'y r5 nirpa Aéyw, f. Eu, primarily to lay, Germ.
Matt. 27: 60. Mark 15: 46. So Sept. legen, e. g. to lay or let lie down for sleep
and =25," Is. 22: 16. Deut. 6: 11.—Jos.
Horn. 11. 24. 635, and Mid. to lie down
Ant. 12. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. 5.39. for sleep, 0d. 17. 102. to lay togelher,
! I ,
Awrgela, Mg, 1'’, (Xnrpsuw) service, i. e. to collect, 11.23. 239. 0d. 24. 72.
 Aé'yar 459 Aé'yau
Also to lay before, i. e. to relate, to re peva Luke 18:34. Acts 8:6. (Hdian.
count.- and hence the prevailing Attic 4. l4. 8 EMS: 10.65.. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 12.
and later signif. to say, to speak, i. e. to An. 7. 7. 43.) Seq. ace. of person spoken
utter definite words, connected and sig of, but only in attraction with 5n, see
nificant discourse, i. q. to discourse: thus Buttm. § 151.1. 6. Winef§ 63.3. a.
difi'ering from Xaheiv q. v. and also from John 8: 54 6 1rarfip---6v 13,157: Myers, (in
:i-rrfiy in so far as this latter refers only 6:6: 6pc.» ion. 9: 19. Comp. Xen.
to words spoken and not to their connect Conv. 4. 46 M'yuv re rmlg rpi'hovc, oi'rivég
ed sense; see Tittm. (le Synon. N.T. p. elem—(3) Seq. acc. et inf. comp. Matth.
79,80 sq. Sept. usually for '119¥5.-InN.T. § 537. p. 1056. John 12:29 EXe-ye fipov
l. to lay before, i. e. to relate, e. g. rhv ys-yows'vai. Matt. 16: 13. Luke 11:
wapagahfiv, to put forth, to propound, 0. 18. Acts 4: 32. 5: 36. Rom. 15:8.
dat. of pers. Luke 18: l Zita-ye 5e‘ xai1ra 2 Tim. 2: 18. c. EIVGL impl. Rev. 2:20.
pagohfiy ailroi'g. 13: 6. c. 1rp6c rwa Luke —Hdian. l. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. l.—
12: 41. 14:7. So of events etc. to ram (4) Seq. 611 instead of the accus. and inf.
rate, to tell, e.g. roz'aro,ra17ra, 0. dat. Luke comp. in 'On no. 1. c. Buttm. § 149. p.
9: 21. #969 'rwa 24: 10.—Palaeph. 18. 423. Winer § 45. 2. Mark 9: 11. Luke
l. Hdian. 1. ll. 2. lb. 7. 12. 20 TC‘! 5t 9: 7. John 4: 20 Ical I'Jpfic Myers, (in Ev
'Iepoa. e'arlv o ro'1roc K. r. A. 1 Tim. 4: I.
Erépzvu iv roi'g iir'lg Aexor'laercu. 8. 1. l.
2. to say, to speak, to discourse, see So with 81': and the apodosis impl. in
above. a) gem. and construed: the phrase m‘; )téyug, Matt. 27:11. John
(a) With an adjunct of the object, 18:37. comp. Luke 22:70 13,115; keys-re,
i. e. the words spoken, the thing or per 5n E-yér slim—Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 17.—(5)
son spoken of, etc. (I) followed by the Seq. adv. or adverbial phrase, John 13:
words uttered, Matt. 1: 20 &'y-ye)\og-- 13 gal Kahd'lg Myers. (Xen. Mem. 2. 7.
e'qu'u'n abrgi, Xe'ywv' 'Iwm'lop K. r. A. 8: 2. ll.) Rom. 3: 5 et Gal. 3: 15 7\. rear‘ (‘141.
Mark 6: 2. Luke 2: 13. 12:54. John Opmrov. Metaph. Rev. 18: 7 e'vrj Kap
I: 29 xal ké-ya' 3'55 5 6pm); roii 6505. v. 51¢ av'irfic )ts'yet, and Matt. 3: 9 Xé-yew Ev
36. Acts 4: 16. Rom. 9:25. Heb. 1:6. éavro'ig, to say in one's heart, in or among
8:13. James 3:23. al. saepiss. (Xen. themselves, i. e. to think, comp. in Elwov
Conv. 4. I.) So seq. 511 before the a. Z. Gesen. Lex. "8% no. 2.
words quoted, Matt. 9: 18. Mark 2: 12 (5) With a further adjunct of the
Xé'yovrac' 5n oilde'wore ol'irug e'idopev. 3: person to whom one speaks, e. g. 0. dat.
21. Luke4z4l. 23: 5. John8z33. Acts ,usrci, 1rp69' and also of whom, e. g. c.
2:13. 6: 11. Rom. 3:8.al.saep. Comp. eig, 1repi, inrz'p. The adjunct of the ob
Buttm. § 149. p. 423. (Palaeph. 6. 7. ject is then always present or implied,
Hdian. 8. 3. 4.) Hence particip. Aé'ywv, in some one of the preceding construc
Myer/reg, saying, is often put after other tions. 1) Seq. dat. of pers. e. g. with
verbs or nouns implying speech, like the wor s uttered, Matt. 8:26 xal Aé-yn
Heb. "ME, as introducing the exact abro'ig‘ r1’ duhol Ears x.'r.)\. 14:4. Mark
words,li. q. in these words, e. g. Matt. 5: 2: 5, l4. 2J0hn10, ll. al. saapiss. So
2 idldamccv m’n-olig, Xé-ywv' Mauo'lpwi 0. dat. of thing personified Matt. 21: 19.
x. r. )t. 6: 31 pr) 05v pzpipvfin'nre,)\£"yov Rev. 6: 16. Also seq. (‘in before the
reg‘ rz' ¢dywpev K. r. A. 9:30. 12:38. words quoted, comp. above in a. 1. Luke
16:7. Mark 1:7,24. 11:31. Luke 4: 8:49. John 4: 42. So too xal E'M-yev
35, 36. 7: 39. 20: 5. John 4: 31, ain-q'i etc. is put after other verbs of
5|. Acts 2: 13, 40. 24:2. Heb. 12: speaking, like Xé'ywv, comp. above in a.
26. Rev. 6: 10. al. saepiss. but not found 1. Mark 9: 31. 14:61 Emppabra aimiv
in the acknowled ed epistles of Paul. ml Myst allrrp" m) J b Xp. x. LA. with
So Sept. and "i=8" Gen. 1:22. 2:16. an ace. of thing, John 16: 7. 2 Thess.
Lev. l: 1. al. saepiss—Palaaph. 7. 7.— 2: 5. Rev. 2: 7. ace. of pers. of whom,
2) Seq. ace. of thing or person, e. g. as object, John 8:27. Phil. 3:18. With
t e thing spoken, Matt.2l: 16 dxor'mc 511 instead of acc. et inf. Matt. 16: 18.
n’ oiirot )té'youa'w; Mark 11: 23. Luke John 16:26. With an adverbial con_
8: 8 raira “your. John 5: 34. Rom. 10: struction of manner, as Mark 3: 23 iv
8. Eph. 5: 12. al. saep. Hence ri: M76 1ropagohoig E'M'yn' ul'n'u'ig. 4: 2. 12: 38.
 Aéyw 460 Aé'ym
With up! ru/og Matt. ll:7.—(2) Seq. no. 3. So in the middle of a clause,
per‘ :iMd/Mw, with one another, with the Matt. 11:9 val, M70: iqfiv, K01 wepumi
words spoken, John 11: 56.—(3) Seq. repnr 1rpo¢frrov. Luke 7: 14. 11: 51.
1rp6g c. acc. of pers. to whom, e. g. with 15: 10. Seq. 511 for acc. o. inf. Matt.
the words uttered, Mark 10: 26. Luke 3: 9. Mark 9: 13. Luke 4:24. John 3:
14:7. John 4:15. Heb. 7:21. Xen. 11.—(3) of teaching, for to teach, to in.
Cyr. l. 3. 14.) with 5r: of citation uke culcate, e. g. with the proposition taught,
4: 21. VVith an ace. of thing, 11: 53. Matt. 15:5. 0. acc. Acts 1:3. 0. acc. et
With wept’ rule; 7: 24. — Further with infin. Acts 21:21. acc. impl. 15: 24. c.
an adjunctof person qfwhom one speaks: ace. et dat. of pers. Matt. 10: 27. John
(4) Seq. sic c. ace. of, concerning any a; 16. 16: 12.—absol. Xen. Conv. 4.. 13.
one, genr. Eph. 5:32. with the words —(e) of predictions to foretell, to predict,
uttered, Acts 2: 25. with an acc. of thing o. acc. et dat. Mark 10: 32. c. acc.
Luke 22: 65.—Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1.—(5) Luke 9:31. 0. dat. John l3: l9. — (Z)
Seq. wept’ c. gen. of pers. with the words of what is spoken with authority, to
uttered, John 1:48. Matt. 11: 7. c. acc. command, to direct, to charge, absol.
of thing Acts 8: 34. John 1:22. 9: l7. Matt. 23: 3 he'yova: yap, Kai 01'} 10101701.
Tit. 2: 8. c. (‘in pro inf. Luke 21: 5. 0. acc. Luke 6: 46. c. acc. et dat. Mark
(6) Seq. I'm-E9 diam-oi, to speak for one's 13:37. John 2:5. 0. dat. of pers. et im.
self, Acts 26: 1. perat. Matt. 5:44 E76: 5:‘ Ae'yw 17,471’,
b) as modified by the context, where c’rymrd-re x. r. X. 8: 4. 20: 8. Mark 5:
the sense lies not so much in Xé'yw, as 41. 6:10. Luke 5:24. John 2: 7, 8.
in the adjuncts, e. g. (a) before ques. 0. dat. et inf. Rev. 13: 14. c. inf. Rom.
tions, for to ask, to inquire, followed by 2: 22. seq. ‘Iva Acts 19:4. (0. inf. Xen.
the words spoken, Matt. 9: 14. Mark An. 1. 3. 8. ib. 7. l. 40.) So in the
5:30. 14:14. Luke 7:20. John 7:11 sense of to charge, to erhort, 0. dat. Acts
Ktll. 'e'Xe-yov' r05 Ear-w e'xeb'og; Rom. 10: 5: 38. 0. dat. et inf. Acts 21: 4. c.1'm7ro
19. c. dat. of pers. Mark 6: 37. Luke seq. inf. Eph. 4: 17.—(1;) of calling out,
16:5. 22:11. Seq. :1 whether, Acts i. q. to call, to ezclaim, etc. Matt. 25: ll
25: 20. 0. dat. of pers. 21: 37. -—([3) he'yovo‘ar'KfiprgKn'zpre, :‘ivmEovr'yp'Zv. Luke
before replies, for to answer, to reply, 13:25. Acts 14: 11.—S9) trop. to soy
followed by the words spoken, e. g. or speak by writing, by etter, etc. e. g.
after a direct question, Matt. 17 : 25. with the words written, Luke 1: 63
John 18: 17. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 18: hypo-41:, Xé'ywv' x. r. X. 20:42. 0. ace.
22. 20:7, 21; also 0. 51': of citation 1 Cor. 7: 6, impl. Philem. 21. c. acc.
Matt. 19:8. John 20: 13. preceded by et dat. 1 Cor. 15:51. c. dat. 1 Cor. 6:
('uroxptoelg Mark 8: 29. Luke 3: 11. 5. 10: 15. 2 Cor. 6: 13. 0. 611 for acc.
Without a preceding question, c. dat. and inf. Gal. 5: 2. roz'rro (7r: 1 Thess. 4:
of pers. and the words spoken, Matt. 15. seq. adv. etc. 2 Cor. 7: 3. _ll: 16.
4: 10. 26:35. Luke 16:29. John 2:4. Phil. 4: ll. — So Sept. and "58?. 2 K.
with droxptflelg etc. Mark 9:19. Luke 10:6. Jos. Ant. l3. 4. 1. Hdot. 3. 40.
11: 45.—(y) in aflirmations, for to ajirm, c) meton. of things, e. g. (a) a voice,
to maintain, e. g. with the words or gluon) M-ymm'a Matt. 3:17. Rev. 6: 6.
proposition uttered, Mark 14:31 6 5e‘ 0. dat. Acts 9: 4. Rev. 16: 1. 0. dat. of
ix wepumoi} E'Ae'ye ,ufihhov‘ ic'tv x. r. A. manner Acts 26: 14. — a writing,
Gal. 4: 1. 1 John 2: 4. Seq. acc. c. inf. scripture, h 'ypa¢1'), with the words
Matt. 22: 23. Luke 23: 2. ‘24: 23 01‘ quoted John 19:37. James 4: 5,6. 11'
Xe'yovaw aim-6v (iv. o. acc. impl. James Rom. 4: 3. Gal. 4: 30. Vvith i] 'ypmpr'l
2: 14. 1 John 2: 6, 9. Seq. 6n instead impl. Gal. 3:16. Eph. 4:8.—Hdot. 1.
of acc. et inf. Matt. 17: 10. Rom. 4: 9. 124. ib. 8. 22.— (7) a law, b ro'pog, c.
——With a dat. of pers. in the formulas ace. 1 Cor. 9: 8. absol. v. 10. 14:34.—
As'yw 00: v. bpiv, dpflv Xé'yw ‘fifth’, etc. (8) genr. 6 xpqluarwfm'g Rom. 11:4. 1']
in solemn affirmations, genr. Matt. 11: Btxaiom'wn as personified, 10: 6.
22. Mark 11: 24. Luke 4:25. 0. c’qinv d) trop. for to mean, to have in mind,
hlatt. 5: 18. 25:12. al. c'qu‘yv, c'lpr'pvJohn comp. above in a. a. 5. Gesen. Lex.
1: 52. 3:3. 8: 51. al. comp. in 'Afn’lv “'9! no. 2. Seq. imper. Gal. 5: 16. c.
 Asia/no: 461 Aeirovgyo'g
ace. of thing, 1 Cor. 10:29 ouvu’bqmv oo: Miner. Tit. 3: 13. rd Mirrovra Tit.
5:‘ Ae'yw, K. r. A. 1:12. Gal. 3: 17. 0. 1: 5.-—Wisd. 19: 4.. Pol. 13. 2. 2. Diod.
sec. of pers. John 6: 71 they: be‘ row S. 1. 5. On the derivation of the in
'Ioiibav. Mark 14: 71.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. trans. from the transitive signit'. see
5. [EL V. H. 2. 36. Xen. (E0. 17. 8. Passow s. v. no. 4.
3. to call, to name, i. q. xake'w, pp. to 1x97095751”, 5, f. {1010, (Xzirovp'ydg
speak of as being or being called so and q. v.) pp. to perform some public service,
so, seq. dupl. acc. Matt. 19: 17 rl pa to serve the public, sc. at one's own ex
Xz'yuc (17116611,- Mark 15:12 by Myers pense,intrans. Dem. 833. 25. Isocr. 161.
Bao'ihe'a TGW 'Iaudaiuv. Luke 20: 37. C. In N. T. genr. to serve, to minister.
John 5:18. 15: 15. Acts 10:28. al. a) publicly in religious worship, e. g.
Pass. Matt. 13:55 1*) pirrrlp ain'ofi Xé'yerm. the priests of the O. T. absol. Heb. 10:
Mapuift. Heb. 1 l: 24:. Part. 6 hc-ydltsvog, 11; of Christian teachers, seq. 11;; Kupirp
called, named, Matt. 2: 23 sic mihw Acts 13:2. Sept. for "11.5. Num. 18:2.
Xs'yopéwlv Nafape'r. 9: 9. livfipwrov, Deut. 10: 8.—Jos. B. J. 2. 17.2. Dion.
Mar-Halon Xe-yéluevov. 26:3,14. Mark Hal. Ant. 2. 22.
15:7. John 4:: 5. 9:11. 22:1. Acts 3: b) by impl. in a more private sense,
2. Eph. 3: 11. al. Also surnamed, to minister to any one, to supply pecu
Matt. 4: 18 Eipuva riwhe-ydpsvov Hz'rpov. niary aid, c. dat. Rom. 15: 27.—Test.
10:2. 4:11. —Esdr. 8: 4:1. Jos. Ant. XII Patr. p. 689 oils 0lKT£ip£L Xcrrovp
12. 3. 2. Palaeph. 7. 6. Xen. An. 1. 8. 'yor'wro. CLII‘HP s’v Kaxqi. Comp. Xen. Mem.
10.—With the idea of translation into 2. 7. 6.
another language, e. g. fully, John 1:39 Aerrovg'yi'oi, 04;, i], (Mirovp'ydc q.
fiaggi ,3 Xz'ycru: sp/Anvsuo'ps you, Sibdo'xahc.
v.) public service, public qflice, i. e. such
19: 17 3c Xéysrai 'Egpa'io'rt, I‘oh-yotiii. as in Athens and elsewhere were ad
Acts 9: 36. Simply,John 4: 25 Meooiag, ministered by the citizens in turn and at
6 he'ybpevog Xpw-réc, i. e. in Greek. 11: their own expense, as a part of the sys
16 Gwluiig b Xe-ydpevog Albvpog. 20: 16 tem of finance, Jos. Ant. 16. 5. 3. E].
fiafigovvi, 5 he'ycrai bibdolcahs, comp. l: V. H. 6. 6. Dem. 1209. 2. Comp.
39. .AL. Xen. (Ec. 2. 6. Boeckh Staatshaush.
Aeipqmu, acres, 76, (mm) a rem der Athener I. p. 480. II. p. 62. Pot
nant, what is left, meton. of pers. some ter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 85.—-In N. T. genr.
remaining, Rom. 11:5. So Sept. for service, ministry, e. g.
Josh. 13:12. was? s K. 19:4. a) of the public ministrations of the
—pp. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 289. 13. Jewish priesthood, Luke 1:23 a1 hpz'pa:
Hdot. l. 119. 'rfig Mirovp'ylag abroii. Heb. 8: 6. 9:21.
AeTog, a, or, smooth, level, plain,
Trop. of the ministry of a Christian
opp. r axilg. Luke 3: 5 eig 6501);; Ming, teacher in bringing men to the faith,
Phil. 2: l7 ltsiroup-yia riig rri'rrrcwc bpd'w.
quote from Is. 40: 4 where Heb.
“2237?, Sept. elg realm—El. V. H. 3. l. Sept. and "35?, Ex. 38: 21. Num. 8:22.
Hes. Erg. l. 286, et Xen. Mem. 2. l. —-Jos. B. J. 1. 1. 4:. Diod. Sic. 1. 21.
b) by impl.]‘riendly service, hind qflice,
20 Mir] bdo'c.
AEIIWW, f. 4"“, to leave, to forsake, genr. Phil. 2:30. Spoken of alms, i. e.
public collections in the churches, 2 Cor.
pp. trans. Hdian. l. 10. 2. Xen. Ven. 9: l2.
3. 3. In N. T. Aeirovgymég, 1'7, 511, pertaining to
a) Pass. to be left, forsaken of any thepublic service e. g. of the temple,
thing, i. e. to be destitute of, to lack, seq.
Sept. claim A. for “new 15:; Num. 4.. 12.
gen. James 1: 5 cl be’ no bpu'w Mine-rat “15?, ‘72? Num. 4:: 26. -— In N. T. act.
ooipiag. 2:15. Comp. Buttm. 6 132. 5. ministering, rendering service to others,
2. Seq. s'v pnbcvi James 1:4, i. e. to be Heb. 1: 14: Xsiroup'yixii ‘II'VEIIIIJ-afll, sc.
wanting in nothing, i. q. n'heiog, 6M zlg 5iaxoviav etc. Comp. on the ministry
xhnpogx—Comp. Jos. Ant. 9. ll. 2 obbe‘ of angels Ps. 34:8. 91: 11 sq. Matt. 13:
pit—lg dperfig ('ursXchre-ro.
b) intrans. to fail, to luck, to be want 49. 16:27. Philo de Gigant. p. 286.
ing, 0. dat. of pers. Luke 18:22 in 'e'v Aeirougyo'g, ou, .3, (M69, Miro;
 Airflow 462 Anna’;

v. Aetrog popular, public, and E'p-yan) Alciph. I. Ep. 9. Xurrov vépwpa Pol
a public servant, minister, such as in lux On. 9. 92.
Athens performed or administered the
A507 or AEUTQ, accus. Aeutv Wi
Actroup'yt’m at their own expense, comp.
in Auroup'yz'a, and Boeckh and Potter ner \} 10. l, Levi, ["1'2 adherence, a cha
as there cited. — In N. T. a minister, let, a crown]pr. n. of four personsin N. .
servant, viz. l. The third son of Jacob and Leah,
a) gem. e. g. rm’; 9:017, Rom. 13:6. the head of the tribe of Levi, Heb. 7 z 5,
Heb. 1:7 ('1 1rouDv roilg Mtroupyorlc ail'roii 9. Rev. 7: 7.
“pa. ¢X6~/a, quoted from Ps. 104.: 4 2. Two of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke
where Sept. for "733?, comp. l K. 10:5. 3: 24', 29.
—Ecclus. 10: 2. ' 3. One of the apostles, the son of Al
b) spoken of a priest in the Jewis pheus, called also Matthew, Mark 2: 14.
sense, Heb. B: Q 1131/ ivyluw Mrrovp'yog. Luke 5: 27, 29. Comp. Matt. 9: 9.
So Sept. and "115’? Neh. 10:39. Jer. Aevi‘rng, 00, 6, a Levite, one of the
33: 21. Of Paul as a minister of Christ, posterity of Levi, spoken in N. T. of
of the gospel, Rom. 15: 16.—Dion. Hal. the descendants of the three great fam
Ant. 2. 73 A. rd'n/ 9:17:11. ilies into which this tribe was divided,
0) by impl. Phil. 2: 25 ksrrovp'yov rfig the heads of which were Gershom, Ko
xpu’ag you, a minister for my wants, i. e. hath, and Merari, Num. 3: 17 sq.
one who ministers to my wants. These were appointed by the Mosaic
Aéwmv, on, 76, Lat. lenteum, a law to be the ministers and servants of
linen cloth, e. g. a towel, apron, worn the priests, and to perform the menial
by servants and persons in waiting. otiices of the temple and temple service.
John 13: 4, 5. — Sueton. Calig. 26 Luke 10.32. John I: 19. Acts 4.: so.
succinctos linteo. See Num. 1: 50 sq. c. 4.0. 8:5 sq. Jos.
Aem'g, 160;, .3, (kérog, Aim») 0 Ant. 9. 13.3. Jahn § 362 sq.
scale, crust, e. g. from the eyes Acts 9: Asui's'mo’g, ri, 6v, Levitical, pertain
18. Sept. of fish, for "3322?. Lev. ll: 9, ing to the Levites, Heb. 7: ll.
10. —- Diod. Sic. 10. 91 of thin plates, Asuxm'vw, 1‘. two, O£UK6C,) to whit
lamina.
en, to make white, e. g. 1&9 o‘roMig Rev.
Aé‘fi‘gll, a;, 1'), (he'lrpog) leprosy, in 7: 14. absol. Mark 9: 3. Sept. for 132%?‘
which the skin becomes scaly etc. See Ps. 51. 9. Is. 1: 18.—Hom.Od. 12. 172.
Jahn§ 188 sq. Calmet s. v. Rees’ Cyclop. Eurip. Iph. Aul. 157.
s. v. Matt. 8: 3. Mark 1:42. Luke 5:
12,13. Sept. for "23!, Lev. 13: .2, 3 sq. Aeuxo'g, 7;, 0'1‘, (Xa'w, )m'wzru, Lat.
--Jos. Ant. 3. 11.3,4. Hdot. 1. 138. luceo,) pp. light, i. e. emitting light,
shining, glittering, radiant, and hence
Aifl'gég, 017, b, (M'rrog, hen-1'5) pp. radiant while.
scaly, scabb , hence a leper, one dis :1) pp. of raiment espec. that of an.
eased with eprosy, Matt. 8: 2. 10:8. gels etc. Mark 16:5. John 20; 12.
11:5. Mark 1:40. Luke 4': 27. 7: 2B. Acts 1210. Rev. 3: 4, 5,18. 4: 4. 6:
17: 13. Zlt'pwv b Anrpo'g, Simon the le 11. 7=9,13. 19:14.. Luke 9:296 i,“
per, i. e. who had been a leper, Matt. 26: rwlulg ate-017 Mum);- EEao'rpc'mrwv. Matt.
6. Mark 14': 3. Sept. for 25'‘? Lev. 13: 17: 2 Aer/uh (be re 9313;‘. 98: 3 et Mark
44;, 45. ,2?’ 2 Sam. 3: 29. 2 K. 7: 3. 9: 3 7\. than’ xuiw, comp. Dan. 7: 9
—Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4|. where Sept. for “1'7. Of a throne Rev.
Aer-r611, 017, T6, (neut. of Ant-rag 20: 11.—Hom. 0d. 6. 45. ll. 14'. [85
thin,) the name of the smallest Jewish A'ptfiepr/ov Mvmiv fié>fl0§ dig.
coin, like Engl. mite. Its value was b) gem. white,e. g. hair Matt. 5: 36.
half a Koapa'm; q. v. or the eighth Rev. 1: 14. a stone Rev. 2: 17. a cloud
part of an 'Aoa'a'ptoy q. v. and it was 14:14. a horse 6: 2. 19:11, 14. a field
therefore equal to about one fifth of one . ripe for the harvest John 4: 35. Sept.
cent. Comp. Jahn § 117. Mark 12:42. for 1;‘; Lev. 13: 3,4. Zech. 1:8. 6:3.
Luke 12: 59. 21: 2.——pp. Kur'rtlv xe'plm —Hdian. 5. 6. 16. Xen. Ag. 1. ‘28.
 Aim’
Aéwv, ov'rag, a, a lion, Heb. 11:33.
1 Pet. 5: 8. Rev. 4': 7. 9: 8, 17. 10:3.
13:2. Sept. for "73‘: 1 Sam. 17: 34,36,
37. H.131: Judg. 14.. 5,8, 9.—PoL 5. as.
13. Xen. Ven. ll. l.—Trop. fora cruel
adversary, persecutor, 2 Tim. 4: 17 iipoc inlmhdv Maw. 8: 28. Mark 9: 3.
Eliot/061711 Ex uni/taro; Mon/Tog, where some Sept. for
understand Nero, and others Satan;
comp. Ps. 7: 2. Prov. 28: 15. Ba. 22:
25. (Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 10, of Tiberius.)
Also for a hero, powerful deliverer, Rev.
515 Xz'wv d div e'x qbvhfig 'Ioiidfl, comp.
Neh. 2: 13. Jer.49:18. ' Aiéavog, 00, .5, (Heb, was’) pp
A7119’), HG, 1'), (havfla'vw) forgegfiil.
ness, oblivion, e. g. M61711 hapgdvcw i. q.
toforget, 2 Pet. 1: 9, comp. in Aapécivw
no. 1. f.—Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 10. El. H. A.
4. 35. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 21.
9. l, 3,4. -— Later and in N. T. frank
Away, 05, 6, et 1*’, a trough, e. g. for ineense,i. q. Mgavwrég, a transparent and
drinking, watering, Sept. for EU? Gen.
30: 39, 4.2. Hom. Hymn. in Merc. 104..
In N. T. wine-trough, winevat, viz.
a) the upper vat or press, into which
the grapes were cast and trodden by
men,Rev. 14.: 19,20 bis. 19: 15. Sept.
for i"; Neh. 13: 15. Is. 63: 2.-—Diod.
Sic. 3. 63. Anacr. 59. 4.—Itwas some
times hewn in a rock, and had a grated
Opening near the bottom through which
the liquor flowed off into a‘ lower vat.
See Jahn § 69.
b) the lower vat, dug in the rock or
earth as above, i. q. inrohfivwv, Matt.
21:33, coll. Mark 12:]; also Is. 5: 2
where Heb. =23, Sept. 1rpo7tr’lvtov. Sept.
Mvog for =22. Prov. 3: 10. Joel. 2: 24'.—
Anthol.Gr.IV. p. 259. 3. Schol. in Aris
toph.Eccl.l54. WetsteinN.T. I. p. 466.
A5504, 0v, 6,tattIe,idletalk,Luke24:
11.—Jos. DJ. 3. 8. 9. Xen. An. 7.7. 41.
Alfld'flllg, 05, 6, (Xrfic, Anilopm to
plunder,) a plunderer, robber, Matt. 21:
13 d'lrr'fltmov). oriw. 26: 55. Mark ll:
17. 14: 48. fluke 10: 30, 36. l9: 4.6.
22:25. John 10:1. 18: 4'0. 2 001‘. ll:
96. Matt. 27: 38, 44- et Mark 15: 27,
comp. - Luke 23: 33 Kaxoiip'yog. Trop.
John 10:8, comp. in Khe'vrmg. Sept.
mrr’lhmov )\ win! for “"3"?! “'12? J er. 7:
ll.—Hdian.l. 10. 3. Xen.H.G. 6. 4|. 35.
A5411?’ 501;, 1‘7,()\a,u€évw,)a receiv
ing, receipt, only Phil. 4.: 15, for which
see in Alifllg.—E00ll15. 4.1: 19. 42: 7.
Alla", adv. much, very, exceedingly,
463 AIQEga-Tvo;
e. g. with a verb. Matt. 2: 16 Mil/“301)
Maw. 27: 14.. Luke 23:8. 2 Tim. 4.:
l5. 2 John 4.. 3 John 3. Sept. for "58?
Gen. 4.: 5. 1 Sam. ll: 15.— Xen. An.
6. l. 28.—With an adject. Matt. 4: 8
Gen. ]. 3l.—-Palazph. 28.
l. Xen. Ag. 5. 4..—-With other adverbs,
Mark 1: 35 rpm? E'vl'vxov May, see in
"Ewuxog. 6: 51. 16: 2.—-Luc. Pisc. 34.
—F0roi inre‘p May 2 Cor. ll: 5. 12: 11,
see in 'Yrrephiav.
arbor tburr'fera, the tree which produces
frankincense, growing in Arabia and
around Mount Lebanon, Hdot. 4,. 75.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 187 sq. Comp. Plin.
H. N. 32. 14 or 31. Theophr. H. Plant.
fragrant gum which distils from inci
sions in the above tree, and was used by
the ancients as incense, comp. Ex. 30:
34. In modern times it is classed among
drugs, and is sometimes called olibanum.
Matt. 2: 11. Rev. 18: 13. Sept. for
Heb. "5575; Ex. 1. c. Lev. 2: 1. 5: ll.—
Diod. Sic. 3. 4.1. Hdian. 4'. 8. 20. See
Rees’ Cyclop. art. Franhineense.
Aifiocvw'rég, 05, b, léavog, q. v.)
pp. fiankincense, E]. V. . ll. 5. Hdian.
5. 5. 12. In N. T. meton. a censer for
for burning incense, thuribulum, Rev. 8:
3 E'xwv )ugavu'rov xpvaoz'w. v. 5.
Arfiegw‘vog, 0!), 6, Lat. libertinus, a
libertine, i. e. a freed-man of Rome,
either personally made free or born of
freed parents, ace Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 34, 4.1 sq. In N. T. Acts 6: 9 TLI/C‘g
rim 5:: rfig a'uva'yw'yfig 'rfig Ae'yops'vnc A1
gcpn'vwv, certain of those belonging to the
synagogue of the Libertines so called.
These were probably Jews,who having
been carried as captives to Rome, and
there freed by their masters, had settled
down as residents in that city i. e.
as Roman fi'eed-men. Philo expressly
aflirms that a large section of the city
beyond the Tiber was occupied by Jews
of this character. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014..
C, or Opp. II. p. 568. Tacitus also re
lates, that under Tiberius 4000 freed
men who professed the Jewish religion
were at once transported to Sardinia,
 A4561; 464 AuJo'argw'ro;
Anal. 2. 85. Comp. Sueton. Tiber. 36. 18:21. (Hdian. 3. l. 14.) Ofa stone
See Loesner Obs. in N. T. p. 180. for covering the door or mouth of a
Kuinoel IV. p. 220. — Others read by sepulchre, Matt. 27: 60, 66. 28: 2.
conject. Atgvon'vwv, Libyans. Mark 15:46. Luke 24:2. John 11:
A1636”, 1);, .7, Libya, Acts 2.10, a 38. al. Sept. and Gen. 29: 2, 3,8,
region of Africa, west of Egypt along 10. (Luc. de Luctu 19.) Of stone
the coast of the Mediterranean, and ex tablets 2 Cor. 3:7, comp. Ex. 31: 1, 4.
tending back indefinitely into the des Of idols carved in stone i. e. statues of
ert. The tract along the coast was di. marble Acts 17:29. So Sept. and 13$
vided under the Romans into two parts; Deut. 4: 28. 28: 36. Of precious
on the east Libya Marmarica, and to stones, M909 riluog Rev. 17:4. 18: 12,
wards the west Libya Cyrenaica, so 16. 21: 11, 19. trop. 1 Cor. 3: 12.
called from its chief city Cyrene, and M00; hie-mg Rev. 4: 3. 21:11. Sept.
called also Libya Pentapolis from the and X. rip. 2 Sam. 12:30. 1 K. 10:
five cities which it contained, Apollonia, 2, 11. A. up. Ex. 35:25. Ez. 10:1.—
Arsinoé, Berenice, Cyrene, Ptolemais. Jos. Ant. 10. 2. 2. Hdian. 4. 8. 21.
In all these cities there dwelt many b) trop. spoken (a) of Christ, as 6
Jews. Plin. H. N. 5. 5. Jos. Ant. l4. M60; dxpo'ywvtaiog, Eph. 2: 20. 1 Pet.
7. 2. Comp. in Kvpr'lwl. 2: 6 ; see in 'Axpo-ywvtaioc. As ('1 M00;
Z6»! 1 Pet. 2:4, see in Za'w a. y. As
Araoéfiw. 1". am, (New) to stone, to 1') M00; apnoea/shame, stone of stumbling,
pelt with stones, in order to wound or Rom. 9: 32, 33. 1 Pet. 2: 7, i. e. the
kill, seq. acc. John 10:31, 32, 33. 11: occasion or cause of fall, destruction, to
B. Acts 5: 26. 14: 19. 2 COT. 11:25. the Jews, since they took ofi'ence at his
Heb. ll: 37. So Sept. and 5P2 2 Sam. person and character, and thus rejected
16: 6, 13.—Pol. 10- 29. 5.
Alldwog, n, or, (M009) stone,- of their spiritual deliverer. Comp. Is. 8:
14 et ibi Gesen. Comm—(,6) Of Chris
stone, i. e. made of stone. John 2: 6 tians as M601 Zdwrec 1 Pet. 2: 5, see in
{1591111 Men/at. 2 Cor. 3: 3. Rev. 9:20. Za'w a. 7. AL.
Sept. for 1:95 Gen. 35: 14. Ex. 31: 17.— Alflo'cr'rgwlrog, ou, 6,1‘),adj. ()u’Oog,
Lue. Demon. 67. Xen. An. 3. 4. 7, 9. arptbvwpa) stone-strewed, paved, App.
Ataofioiéw, 5, f. fiw, (new, 3.2). Bell. Civ. 3. 26 5'11 Mfioo'rplbnp mihst.
M0,) to throw stones at any one, to stone, Arr. Epict 4. 7. 37 co) pc'hn 1r6¢ iiv
sc. in order to wound or kill, i. q. )utia'lw, Ev Mfiorrrpérorg [olm'lpazn] oin'lo'nrs, i. e.
seq. accus. Matt. 21: 35. 23:37. Mark houses decorated with tesselated or Mo
12: 4. Luke 13: 34. Acts 7:58, 59. saic pavements, as was customary at
14:5. As a Mosaic punishment, John Rome after the time of Sylla, Plin. H.
8:5. Comp. Lev. 20: 10 et Deut. 22: N. 36. 25 or 64. Sueton. Cass. 46.
22, coll. v. 21 where Sept. and 5P3. Adam's Rom. Ant p. 529.—In N. T.
Heb. 12: 20, comp. Ex. 19:13 where neut. ‘rd )udoo'rpwrov, pavement, i. e. a
Sept. and 5P3. Also for 5.1‘: Lev. 20: tesselated pavement of Mosaic work as
27. 24: 14, 16. Comp. Jahn § 257.— above, common not only at Rome, but
Plut. X. p. 202. 15. ed. Reiske. imitated also in the provinces. Sueton
A1009, 01), 6, a stone, a) pp. as of ius relates (l. c.) that Julius Caesar in
small stones, Matt. 4: 3 't'ra oi M601 his military expeditions took with him
oiiro: éiprot 'yévwv-rat. v. 6. 7: 9. Mark pieces of marble ready fitted, in order
5: 5. al. Sept. and 15.135 1 Chr. 12:2. that wherever he encamped they might
2 Chr. 1:15. (Xen. An. 5. 2.14.) Of be laid down in the praetorium. Hence
stones for building, Matt. 24: 2. Mark John 19: 13 1'; HLACIJ'OQ . . . ii'yayev Elia
rdv ’I|1o'oi/v, Kai e’lrcidwev E'lri 1'01'1 BDIUHITOQ
13: 1 ‘i5: noran'oi Mem. v. 2. Luke 19:
44. For the size and beauty of the sic rovrov M'yépsvov Meoa'rpwrov, 'Egpa
stones with which the temple was built, ‘io'rl 3e‘ yaggaed, i. e. be led Jesus out
see Jos. Ant. 15:11. 3. B. J. 5. 5.1 sq. of the przetorium, whither the Jews
Ezra 5: 8 where Sept. M001. z'vrkem'ot' for might not enter, and took his seat upon
525,125, (Xen. Mem. 3. l. 7.) Of a the public tribunaL/ifipu, which stood
mill-stone A. pvhlmic Mark 9: 42. Rev. upon a tesselated pavement, comp. Jos.
 Amado: 465 Amy/gotta:
B. J. 2. 9. 8. lb. 2. 14. 8. Others Sept. for Ex. 9: 31. Xen. Ath. 2.
suppose the similar pavement in the 11, 12. In N. T. and gcnr. what is
temple to he meant, Jos. B. J. 6. l. 8. made of flax, linen, e. g. raiment Rev.
ib. 6. 3. 2; but a Roman magistrate 15: 6 s'vdedvpe'vo: Muov acaeapdv. Comp.
could hold no such proceedings in the Sept. and "1511,95 Is. 19: 9.—Hom. ll. 9.
temple. See Wetstein N. T. in loc. 661. 0d. 13. 73. — Put also for the
Krebs Obs. in N. _T. p. 158 sq.—Sept. wick ofa candle or lamp, i. e. a strip of
for FPS: Cant. 3: 10. "8?? 2 Chr. 7: 3. linen. Matt. 12:20 hivov rmpdpzvov oi:
Esth. 1:6. Comp. in I‘aégaefi. o'fiéa-u, the smoking wick he will not
Anemia’, 5, f. i.q.), (Xuqto'c a win. quench, i. e. the faint and almost expir
nowin -fork,) to winnow sc. grain, which ing light he will not extinguish, quoted
in the Tl'ast is done by throwing it with from Is. 42: 3 where Sept. and .
a fork against the wind, which scatters Sense: the Messiah will speak peace
the straw and chaff, Horn. 11. 5. 500. and comfort to the oppressed, and will
Xen. C150. 18. 2, 6. Comp. Jahn § 65. not add to their sorrows. See Gesen.
Calmet art. Thrashing p. 891. Hence Comm. in loc.
by impl. to scatter, to disperse, Sept. Is. Alvog, 01), 6. Linus, pr. n. of a
17:13. Amos 9: 9. VVisd. 11:19. -— Christian, 2_ Tim. 4: 2|.
In N. T. trop. Matt. 21: 44 et Luke Am'ago'g, 0i, 0", (M1roc,)fat, e. g.
20: 18 {of 5v 5' av ne'er!) [6 H609]. Mic/u’,
Qrypia. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. i7 777 Sept.
a'u min-(iv, it shall scatter him to the
Neh. 9: 35. full, fresh, ruddy, e. g. the
winds, i. e. crush him in pieces, make
chafl' of him. So Sept. for Chald. {TO goddess Gépig Hes. Theog. 901. )u
1rapol rd :rpéo'wiru Plut. Agesi. 29. In
Aph. Dan. 2: 44. "2'? Job 27: 21. N. T. of things, espec. as belonging to
Alf/nil’, évog, a, a haven, harbour, ornament and luxury, shining, precious,
port, Acts 27: 12 bis. v. 8 see in Kaltol sumptuous, Rev. 18: 14 mivra ra )mrapa
A. Sept. for 151"? Ps.107:30.-—Diod. Kai-n‘: hap'rrpa dméhcro.—Hom.ll.22. 406.
Sic. 3. 38. Xen. An. 6. 4. 1. Find. Olymp. 8. 108 Amp‘); xéo'poc.
AIM”), 7);, f), (Xeifiw) pp. any A/rgot, 66;‘, r‘], Lat. lihra, a pound,
standing water, pool, lake, e. g. the lake so. in weight. John 12: 3 hagofwa M
of Gennesareth, Luke 5: 1 n-upa rhv A. rpav 'm'Jpou. 19: 39.—Pol. 22. 26. 19.-—
I‘cwnaapz'r. absol. 5: 2. 8: 22, 23, 33. The Mrpa varied in different countries;
Of a lake of burning sulphur, e. g. 7:’ the Roman libra was divided into 12
euro q. v. Rev. 19: 20. 20:10, 14, 15. ounces, and was equivalent to about 12
21:8. Comp. in A'l'Enc. Sept. for 93'} ounces avoirdupois. Adam's Rom. Ant.
Ps. 107: 35. 114: 8.—2 Macc. 12: 16. p. 490. Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. p.
Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 19. 17. Jahn (>117. Rabb. toph. Buxt.
Annie, 09', b, (hu'irw, he'hupluau) Lex. 1138 sq.
also Dor. 1'1 Mp0’; in Mss. Luke 15: 14. All-41, 76%;, 6, pr. n. for the south
Acts 11: 26, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 188; or south-west wind, P01. 10. 10. l.
pp. failure, want, sc. of food, hence Hdot. 2. 95. Sept. for 1191?! Ps. 78: 26.
hunger, famine. ' In N. T. meton. for the south, the south
a) of single persons, hunger, 2 Cor.
ern quarter, Acts 27: 12. Sept. for =53
11: 27 e'v )u/Jq'i Kai dbl“. Luke 15: 17. Gen. 13: 14. 1'21‘. Num. 2: 10.
Rom. 8: 35. Sept. for =21 Lam. 5: 10.
—SO Min‘); 1') Biiilog Luc. TOX. 5B. Xen. 1109400, 06;, 1", (M-yw to collect,) a
Mem. 1. 4. 13. collection sc. of money 1 Cor. 16: 1, 2.
b) of cities or countries, famine, scar Suid. hoyt'av' rfiv o'vltko'yr'lv. S0 Theo
city of grain, Matt. 24: 7 Zoom-a: M1101 doret and others in loc. Not found in
mlhozpol. Mark 13:8. Luke 4:25. 15: classic writers.
14.. 21:11. Acts 7.11. 11:28. Rev.6: Aoyt'gouul, f. ‘GO/Mu, depon. Mid.
8. 18:8. Sept. for =21 Gen. 12: 10. (Myog) aor. 1 EAo-ywépnv. Also aor.
Ruth 1: 1. al.—l Macc. 9: 24. Diod. 1 pass. ého'yi'oflnv Mark 15: 28. al. and
S. l. 84 init. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 7. fut. 1 pass. Ao-yweilo'opai Rom. 2:26,
A/vov, ox), 1'0’,fia.r, e. g. the plant in the passive sense, comp. Buttm.
‘2 u
 AOyIZO'IMZI 466 Ao'yior
§ 113. n. 6. Matth. § 495. e. Even the where Sept. for "35 Hi’? Niph. So Heb.
present of this verb is also used passively 5? =21‘, Sept. 1rpoahoylfsadai psi-ii, Ps.
Rom. 4:4, 5, 24. 9:8; see Winer§ 88: 5.
39. 7. 0. Comp. Buttm. Aust'. Sprachl. d) to reckon or count to any one, pp.
§ I13. n. 7.-—To reason, i. e. to use the to put to one's account, seq. dat. Rom.
reason, to think, to consider, to reckon. 4: 4 r1; 5:‘ Ep-yafopc'wp ('1 ‘1140669 oi:
a) gem. Mark ll: 31 mi z'Xo-yilovro Xo-yi’lerai Kari: xiipw. — Dio Chrysost.
'n'poc Eauroilc. Seq. 5r’. Heb. ll: 19. XLVIII. p. 534. B‘, 065E oi you/fig roig
rofiro 5n 2 Cor. 10:7. Seq. acc. of re'xvoig dvri 115v ('wahw/uirwv rag ‘axe;
thing, to think upon, to consider, Phil. 4: ho'yi'zovrm. El. H. An. 3. ll ult.
8 raflra MyiZEa-GE. — Wisd. 2: l. Plut. comp. Thuc. 2. 40.-——Hence trop. to
ed. R. VI. p. 393. 13. Isocr. p. 79. B. impute, to attribute, pp. seq. dat. of pers.
Xen. Hi. 1. 11. c. (‘in Xen. H. G. 2. and acc. of thing, but often in the pass.
4. 28. rain-a Thuc. 7. 73. — In the construction. go) genr. Rom. 4: 6 4; 6
sense of to reason out, to think out, to 9&3; ho'yi'zc'rat maiodt'wnv xuplg Zp-ywv.
find out by thinking. 2 Cor. 3: 5 oilx v. 11. So of evil, to impute, to lay to
one's charge, and with a neg. not to im
ixavot ia'psv 61¢’ Eavra'w, ho'ytoao'dal ‘H.
x. r. A. Comp. Sept. and “it? Jer. ll: pute i. e. to overlook, to forgive, [rather,
19. 50; 45.—Liban. XLIV. p. 914.. D, not to impute, to the individual who
11¢‘ Ecwru'w ain-c‘t ho'ytzopcvoi xal axo committed, on account of satisfaction
n'oi'nrrzg oi dtxaa'rat' x. r. h. made by another in his stead,] Rom. 4:
b) of the result of reasoning, to con 8 paxa'ptog c’wr‘ip q} oi; pr) ho'yio'rrrm Kr’:
cludc, to judge, to suppose, to hold, seq. piog d'uap'riav, quoted from Ps. 32:2
acc. et inf. Rom. 3: 28 )to-yizépstia yap, where Sept. for E3512. 2 Cor. 5: 19.
_ dixaioioflat m'o'ru fivtipw'lrov. Phil. 3: (comp. Col. 2: l3.) 2 Tim.4:l6. I Cor.
l3. 2 Cor. 11:5. Rom. 6:11. l4: l4. 13:5. So Sept and =9’: 2 Sam. 19:
seq. 5n instead of acc. et inf. Rom. 8: 20.—(B) Also seq. e'ig ‘H, e. g. Rom. 4:
l8 ho'yilopai who, (in 01'»: (iEta A’. r. h. 5, 9 Eho'yt'crtin rq'i 'Agpailp 1" m'a'rig tit,‘
seq. roiro (‘in 2:3. 2 Cor. 10: ll. absol. 5ucaiool'mqv, i. e. Abraham's faith [ra
1 Pet. 5: 12. Sept. and =25?! Is. 53:4. ther by meton. that which he believed in,
—Hdian. 2.11. 14. Diod. S. 13. 112. viz. the obedience of the Messiah. See
Xen. Vect. 4. 43. Mem. 3. 9. 6. 0. 5n Rom. 10: 4.] was imputed to him as
Hdian. 3. 8. 6. (be Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3.— righteousness, he was treated on account
So genr. to reason, to judge, absol. 1 of it as if righteous. So with 1'] rte-rig
Cor. 13: 11 a‘): w'prioc ihoyzg’épqv. seq. or the like impl. Rom. 4: 3, 22. Gal. 3:
z'ig run. 2 Cor. l2: 6. Also in the sense 6. James 2: 23. c. cig impl. Rom. 4: 10.
of lo purpose, 2 Cor. 10:2 Aoylt‘opat 23, 24. Comp. Gen. 15: 6 where Sept.
rohpfiaai. So Sept. and ii": Neh. 6: and% ='l§tJ.-—-l Macc. 2: 52.
2.——-Xen. An. 2. 2. 13. Avg/126;, ti, 0'1’, (X6705) rational,
c) to reckon as or for any thing, to pertaining to the reason, mind, under
count, to regard, to hold, c. acc. et seq.
standing, not material. Rom. 12:1 ho
(:IQ, 1 C01‘. 4:1 oiirmg ilpc'ig ho'yizc'o'tiw
yut-r) harpel'a, comp. John 4: 23 et Rom.
til/t) wrog, n'ig inrnpz'rag Xp. 2 Cor. 10:
7: 25. 1 Pet. 2: 2 yuilm Ao-yut-év i. e.
2 u t. Rom: 8: 36 quoted from Ps. 44: nutriment’ for the mind—Test. XII
23 where Sept. and 523,2, as also Am. 6: Patr. p. 547 1rpoa¢épov¢n Kupirp hoyucflv
5. (c. dupl. acc. Wisd. 5: 4. 15: 15.) 1rpoa¢opa'u. Opp. to iiho'yoc Arr. Epict.
Seq. sig 0. acc. for or as any thing, see l. 2. l. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 87.
Eig no. 3. a. Acts I9: 27 ch; oizds‘v Ao'yt
atifivcu. (Wisd. 9: 6.) Rom. 2:26. 9: A6900», 0!), r6, (neut. of X67109)
8 To. 'rs'xva . . . ho-yiferai sic drip/.40., something uttered, efi'utum; spoken of
where )to'yi’zcrat is either pass. or we God, an oracle, a divine communication,
may supply 6 0:15;, 1') ypatpfi, etc. Sept. e. g. of oracles in the O. T. Acts 7: 38.
for =13", 1 Sam. 1: 13. — Seq. part’: 0. Rom. 3:2. So through Christ, the
gen. to reckon with or to, i. e. tocount as. doctrines of the gospel, Heb. 5: 12. l
Mark 15: 28 et Luke 22: 37 pan‘: (ii/0' Pet. 4:11. Sept. t'or ‘"3’35 Ps. 12: 7.
;iwv Eko-ytatin, quoted from Is. 53:12 -—Diod. Sic. 2. l4. Hdot. 4. 178.
 A6710; 467 A670;
Aoylog, ov, a, .7, adj. 0.6m) Att. coll. v. 28. John 2:22. 4:50. 7: 40
learned, erudite, i. q. nebula-mp, Dion. coll. v. 37. 10: 19. Acts 5: 24.. Tit. 3:
Hal. Ant. 1. 7. Hdot. 2. 77. In N. T. 8. Rev. 19:9. (Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32.)
eloquent, an orator, i. q. Acxrmég, Acts Or which follow, John 12:38. Acts 20:
18. 24 dvfip Ad'YIGCr-JOS- Ant. 17. 6. 2. 35. Rom. 13:9. 1 Cor. 15:54. 1 Tim.
Luc. Gall. 2. Plut. Cicero 48. See 3:1. Sept. and “a? l K. 2: 4. Seq.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. ‘198. g‘en. of thing, e. g. M70; E-ira-y-yehiag
om. 9'. 9. A. file bpxwpoo't'ag Heb. 7:
Aoym'ubg, 017, b, (ho-yilopm) pp.
28. Also it ltd-yo‘: r017 1rpo¢i1r0v etc.
reckoning i. e. the art, arithmetic, Xen. the word, declaration, of the prophet, i. e.
Mem. 4. 7. 8. In N. T. reasoning, prediction, prophecy, Luke 3: 4. John
thought, cogitation, e. . of conscience 12: 38. Acts 15:15. 2 Pet. 12 19. Rev.
Rom. 2: 15. — genr. isd. 9: 14. Jos. 1: 3. In the sense of proverb, maxim,
Ant. 5. 1. 26. Dem. 127. 24.—In the John 4:37. — 1131. V. H. 1. 19. Lys.
sense of device, counsel, 2 Cor. 10: 5 X0 115. 29.—(/3) In reference to religion,
yto‘umlg xatlaipoiiyrec. Sept. for "3351",‘! religious duties, etc. i. q. doctrine, pre
Prov. 6: 18. Jer. 11: 19. Comp. in cept. Acts 18: 15 ct be‘ Zip-"pd Ear: nepl
Ao'yiZo'ucu b, ult. hb'you s. r. X. 15: 24. Tit. 1: 9. Heb. 2:
Aoyofnaxiai, 5, f. fia-w,()\oyopdxoc, 2. A6701. 'rfic ‘trim-cw; 1 Tim. 4: 6. M3709
fr. Ad-yoc, pu’ixm) to strive about words, to dwope'nrwv l Thess. 2:13. 2 Tim. 2:
dispute about trifles, 2 Tim. 2: 14. 17. of a teacher John 15:20. So
Ao'yopoaxi'a, ac, .7, (id.) word Sept. and ‘Q3 Ex. 34:27, 28.—1 Mace.
strije, dispute about trifles, 1 Tim. 6: 4. 2:33, 34. —Espec. of God, Ati'yog' rm’:
0505, word of God, divine declaration,
A6705‘, 0t), 6, (Xi-yo!) word, as oracle. John 10:35 "pa. 0% b A. TOI-l 9.
spoken, any thing spoken; also reason, é'yéve-ro. 5: 38. As announcing good,
as manifesting itself in the power of divine promise, Rom. 9: 6. Heb. 4: 2.
speech; hence both Lat. oratio and ra (Sept. and "9: Ps. 33:4. 56: 5.) or evil,
tio. Comp. Passow s. v. Heb. 4: 12. Rom. 3: 4 from Ps. 51: 6
I. Word, both the act of speaking where Sept. and ‘"51. Rom. 9: 28 from
and the thing spoken, Lat. oratio. Is. 10:22, 23, where Sept. for 1325?.
a) word, as uttered by the living (Bar. 2: I.) In relation to duties, etc.
voice, a speaking, speech, utterance, Lat. precept, John 8: 55. 5: 24. Mark 7:
cor, Matt. 8:8 pévov sire‘ Ari-you. Luke 13. Sept. and ‘1;’! Ex. 35:1. So of
7:7. 23:9. 1 Cor. 14:9. Heb. 12:19. the divine declarations, precepts, oracles,
al. Sept. for "93 Gen. 44: 18.—Hdian. relating to the instructions of men in re
8. 6. 16. Hdot. 1. 61. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. ligion, the Word of God, i. e. the divine
5.—So cineiy hoyov Kart’: rwog, to speak doctrine, the doctrines and precepts of
a word against any one, Matt. 12:32. the Gospel, run Gosrai. itself. Luke 5:
{if ru'a. id. Luke 12: 10.—J08. Ant. l5. l r'ucoimv row Ari-you T00 9505. John 17:
3. 9. — Also 6 M'yoc r017 9:05, the word 6. Acts 4: 29,31. 8:14. l 00!‘. 14: 36.
of God, his omnipotent voice, decree, 2 Cor. 4: 2. Col. 1:25. 1 Thess. 2: 13.
2 Pet. 3: 5,7. So Sept. and "93 Ps. Tit. l: 3. Heb. 13: 7. c. rm? 9:05 impl.
33:6. comp. Gen. 1:3. Ps. 148: 5. Mark 16:20. Luke 1:2. Acts 10:44.
1)) word, emphat. i. e. asaging, dc Phil. 1: l4. 2 Tim. 4: 2 Ia'lpufiov rt‘w ho
clarah'on, sentiment uttered, Lat. dictum, 70v. James 1:21. 1 Pet. 2:8. Rev.
efliztum. (a) gem. John 6:60 axhnpdc 12: 11. So 13 A6709 'rfig dkntlciag Eph.
Earn’ oi'rrog b ltd-yoga Luke 20: 20. Matt. 1:13. 2 Tim. 2: 15. A. rfig Zwfig Phil.
7: 24 dang ('ucou'lct you rorig Ari-yaw; roil 2: 16. A. 1179 owrnplag Acts 13:26. A.
rovg. v. 26. [0:14. Luke 4:22. al. rfig ,Baorhu'ac Matt. 13: I9, and with
Sept. and "a? Prov. 4: 4, 20. (El. V. riig B. impl. v. 20. sq. Mark 4: 14 sq.
H. l4. 15 roll: Zuxpr'truvg hb'youg.) So A. rot? ciIa-yyrhiou Acts 15:7. A. r017
in reference to words or declarations, arm/poi: 1 Cor. 1: 18. b X. rfic xdptrog
e. g. which precede, Matt. 15:12 oi (tin-oil Acts 20:32. In the same sense
lbapwaiot dxoilo'awrrc rdv Xéyov, so. in of Christ, 1') Ao'yoc roi Xp. John 5: 24.
v. 3 sq. 19:22 coll. v. 21. Mark 7:29 14:23, 24'. Col. 3:16. A. rot’! Kupiou
2 u 2
 A670; 468 A670;

Acts 8: 25. ('1 A. rfig xzipu'og ain'ol'; Acts 0. g. 2 Sam. 3:13. |1218.— P01. 8.
l4: 3. 14. 5. Hdot. l. 21.—(2) Spec. matter
0) word, words, i. e. talk, discourse, of dispute, discussion, question, e. g.
speech, Lat. sermo, the act of discoursing, judicial ACtS 19: 38. (Dem. 94.2. 17.)
holding forth, harangue, etc. (a) pp. moral, Matt. 21: 24 z'pw'n'law {I'm-lg Ka'yih
and (l) gent. Matt. 2'2: 15 51mm aim‘w Mi'yov Eva. —- Diog. Laert. Stilpo II.
wa'yicu'wuaw iv X679. Luke 9: 28. 1 l6 rowi'rro'v nva Xé-yov c'pwrfiaai.
Acts 14: 12 o flym'rpcvog r05 M57011. d) word, i. e. talk, rumour, rqrort.
2 Cor. 10: 10. £11 )ul-yp in word, in dis Matt. 98: 15 xal Ett¢npiafln 6 Mi'yog
course, James 3: 2. 1 Tim. 4:12. in oiiroc x. r. A. Mark 1: 45. John 21: 23.
M79) xokaxu'ag flattering words 1 Thess. seq. wept’ 'rwoc Luke 5:15. 7: 17. Acts
2: 5. 31a Ao'you by word, by discourse, 11: 2:2. So Sept. and ‘:53 1 K. 10: 6.—
orally, Acts 15:27. 2 Thess. 2: 2, 15. Jos. Ant. 15.3. 7. Xen. An. 1. 41. 7. c.
In antith. Ari-yo; and E'p-yov, word and mpt’ ib. 6. 6. 13.—Hence for mere taflz,
deed, Col. 3: l7. 2 Cor. 10: ll. comp. pretence, shew, Col. 2: 23 )ui-yov Fey
in "Ep-yov b. [3. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 87 E'xov'ra aoqu'av. —Di0d. Sic. 13. 4, opp.
ult. Xen. Mem. l. 2. 59.) M70; and to r'rlh'lfieta. Dem. 93. 5 X670: raih'a xal
oi'n'apig 1 C01‘. 4: 19, 20. 1 Thess. 1:5. 1rpo¢dang.
Also nepl oi’! 1ro>ullg 1'l'uiv o Mi'yoc of 11. Reason, the reasoning faculty, as
whom we have much to sag, Heb. 5: ll. that power of the soul which is the basis
0. gen. 1 Tim. 4:58:51. Xé'you 9:05 ml of speech, Lat. ratio. Dem. 783. 2
ivrel'iEewg through prayer To God and lunaérror' it: )ui-you ‘l'flI-iTa mrorrctrc. Arr.
supplication,
Jos. Ant. 4..comp.8. 24. Palaeph.b. 21. 2. Epict. l. 12. 26. In N. T.
in 'A-yc'un]
a) a reason, ground, cause. hiatt. 5:
‘ Hdian. l. 4. l. Dem. 319. 9._(2) Of 89 1rapexrog Ni'yov 1ropvslac. Acts 10:
teachers etc. discourse, teaching, preach 29. Sept. §1rl Ao'yov for Heb. "21‘?!
ing, instruction. Matt. 7:‘28 {ire covers’ 2 Sam. 13:22. -— P01. 28. l]. 7. Xen.
Mo'ev o ,1. Tour; Ml'youg TOIIITOUQ. 26:]. An. 6. 9. 10.—SO Kara )w'yov i. q. with
Luke 4,: 3'2, 36. John 4:4]. Acts 2: 411. reason, reasonably, for good cause, Acts
13: 15. 20: 7 rrape'rswe rov M37011. 1 Cor. 18: 14.—3 Macc. 3: l4. Luc. D. Mort.
1:17. 2:1, 4. I Tim. 5:17 e’v Ari-yo: Kai 30. 3. Thuc. 3. 39.—In the sense of
oIEao-xaltiq. 1 Pet. 3: 1. So in antith. argument, Acts 2:40 according to some,
X6709 and Z’p'yov Luke 24.: 19. Acts 7: where however the sense of words, dis
22; comp. above. (Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.) course,is more appropriate—Xen. Mem.
6 M70: M11051“ 2 Cor. 6: 7. James I: 1. 1. 1.
18. 6 X. Kt‘lTflAAfl‘Yfi“ 2 Cor. 5: 19 coll. v. 1)) reason, as demanded or assigned,
18.—-(3) Of those who relate any thing, i.e. reckoning, account. ((1) pp. o-vrm'puv
i. q. narration, story, John 4:39. Acts Myov ,uc-rc’l Two; to take up an account
2:22. (Xen. Cyr. l. 9. 16, or 3. l.) with any one, i. e. to reckon with, Matt.
Meton. history, treatise, i. e. a book of [8: 23. 25: I9. ('ur05450'1'm A670)», to
narration wept’ nvog Acts I: l.— Dion. render an account so. rfig olxovopiag
Hal. Ant. 1. 74. El. V. H. 7. 14.. Xen. Luke 16: 2. So Phil. 4.: 15, 17, see in
Ag. 10. 3.-—(4.) In the sense of conver Adam—Diod. Sic. l. 49. Plut. Apo
sation, colloquy, Luke '24.: 17. — All. V. thcgm. VII. p. 707. 17. ed. Keisha.—
H. 13. 3l or 32. Xen. Ag. 3. 5.— (ji) trop. account, i. e. the relation and
Hence answer, reply, Matt. 5: 37. reasons of any transaction, explanation;
(/3) meton. for the power of speech, so {uroEzEévai v. 515611111 Myov, to giw
rleh'm'rg, oratory, eloquence, 2 Cor. ll: 6 account, e. g. 117:; o'uargmpfig Acts 19: 40.
Zziuilrqg r93 Row). 1 Cor. 12:8. Eph. seq. wept’ nvog Matt. 12:36. Rom. 14:
6: 19.—i. q. Eéyaptg )uiywv Hdian. 7. 5. 12. absol. Heb. 13:17. 1 Pet. 4.:5. So
10. comp. Passow Ao'yoc A. 10. Xo'yov aire‘iv wept’ TU'OQ 1 Pet. 3: 15.
(-y) meton. for the subject of discourse, Also Heb. 4: 13 #96; 5|! iflfiv o Xo'yog.
topic, matter, tlu'ng, e. g. (I) genr. Matt. Sept. (11117515. Aé-yov for Chald. 8??? Dan.
19: 11. Luke 1:41": s’m'yvg'rc ‘Ecol 13!’ 6: 3. —— Diod. Sic. 1. 37 M0548. Xo'yov
xar/jxeng )ui'ywv rfiv Ewan/[Anal]. Acts wept’. 3. 47. Dem. 227. 26 51501114 )td-yoy.
8: 21 coll. v. 12. Sept. and ‘>31 szepiss. Xen. (Ec. ll. 22. — (y) trop. Myer
 A6220: 469 Aouxaig

rmm'rpm, to make account of, i. e. to re AOIBOQIIM, (1;, p", (hothope'uh) railing,

gard, to care for, Acts 20: 24 Oilsilltig rqrroach, 1 Tim. 5: l4. 1 Pet. 3: 9 bis,
)“JYOV remit/tat, i. e. I make account of hotdopt'av dvrl hoihopiag. Sept. for 23*‘!
none of these things, am not moved b Prov. 20: 3.—Ecclus. 22: 24. Xen.
them. —— Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 3. Dion. Hal: Hi. 1. 14.
Ant. 9. 50 R6701! ol’tdcvoc au'iru‘w nomad.
per/ac. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 26 ru‘iv niMwv
Aoi'hogog, 00, i1, 1'], adj. railing,
pez'wv ‘no: Ali-yoga
reviling, as subst. a railer, reviler, 1 Cor.
III. The Word, the Logos, in the 5. 11. 6:10. Sept. for We Prov. 25:25.
writings of John, John 1: 1 bis, 14. 1 —Ecclus. 23:8. Plut. Apoth. II. p. 15
John 1: l. [5: 7.] Rev. 19: 13. It here ult. Tauchn.
stands for the pre-existent nature of Amt/46;, 0:7, 6, pestilence, plague,
Christ, i. e. that spiritual and divine Matt. 24: 7 et Luke 21: 11 koqiol E'aov
nature spoken of in the Jewish writipgs rat. Sept. for Jer. 27: 6. 28: 8. —
before and about the time of Christ, 1121. V. H. 6. 10. Diod. Sic. 4.. 4.2. -
under various names, e. g. a'ozjbt'a, wisdom, Trop. of a malignant and mischievous
Prov. 8:12, 22. sq. VVisd. 7: 21. sq. person, a pest, cts 24: 5 EllIptiVTEg‘ yap
Ecclus c. 24; 151355, ‘*2, uihg r017 c'wtlpémou, rhv fivhpa roiirov hoipriv. So Sept. for
Son of man, Dan. 7: l3, comp. Prov. ‘>22; 1 Sam. 2: 12. 25: 25. :2 Ps. 1:1.
so; 4.; Chald. win} *1 new, Word rsz'Ez. 7; 21.-1 Macc. 10:61. Dem.
of Jehovah, in the Targums for Heb. 794. 5. So pesh's Cic. in Catil. 2. 1.
“in; Gen. 20. 3. Is. 45: 12. Comp.
Aowrtig, 7'7, 67, (Mime) le ,remain
Buxt. Lex. Chald. 125; also in Philo
ing, other.
('1 rpwfinirarog r017 9:017 X6109, Opp. I. a) plur. Matt. 25: 11 cal Mural ‘trap
p. 207. On this divine Word, “Pf-P,
Hi v01. Acts 2:37 rot)‘: honroilg (itroo'roltoug.
the Jews of that age would appear to Rom. v1: 13. 2 Cor. 12:13. 2 Pet. 3:
have had much subtile discussion; and
16. al. Absol. oi Murat’ the rest, the
therefore probably the Apostle sets out others, Matt. 22; 6. Mark 16: 13. Luke
with aflirming: iv 1.9)“; hr 6 ho'yog, ml 18:9. Rom. 11:7. Rev. 2:24. Neut.
6 M570; fly 1rpog rziv 6561!, Kai 966g 17v 6
rc‘t Ronni Mark 4: 19. Luke 12:26. 1
Mi'yog John 1: 1; and then also declares Cor. 11:34. Sept. for T1‘. Josh. 13: 27.
that this Word became flesh and was 2 K. 1:18. ‘13"! Josh. 17:2. "51,5 Ezra
thus the Messiah, v. 14. Comp. in efisc 4: 7.—Luc. Vit. Auct. 27. Hdian. 4. 2.
b. See Tittm. de Synon. in N. T. p.
20. re’: A. Xen. Ag. 2. 22.
267, and in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 418. b) adverbially, (a) r05 Murat‘: sc.
Olshausen Common John 1: 1. Kuinoel po'vov, in future, henceforth, Gal. 6: l7.
1V. p. 84 sq.-——Some take a M709 here ‘omp. Buttm. § 150. p. 437. Herm. ad
for b Xe-yépsvog the promised, i. q. 6 Vig. p. 706. —Hdian. 8. 4. l7. Xen.
z'pxdpsvog' others for h Aé-ywv, the teacher; Cyr. 4. 4. 10. — ([3) r6 honrtiv, jbr the
but both of these hypotheses are with rest, e. g. of time, henceforth, hem-gor
out philological support. AL. ward, comp. Buttm. Herm. l. 0. Matt.
A67)“, 779', 1'], point of a weapon, 26: 45 et Mark 14:41 M0565": rt)
pp. the triangular iron head of a lance Aourév; i. e. sleep ye ever still? 1 Cor. 7:
or javelin Hdot. l. 52. Xen. An. 4. 7. 29. Heb. 10:13. (Xen. An. 2. 2. 5.
16. In N. T. lance, spear, John 19:34. Cyr. 8. 5. 24.) Also, as to the rest,
Sept. for W35, Judg. 5: 8. Neh. 4: l3, finally, Eph. 6:10. Phil. 3: l. 4' 8.
16.—2 Macc. 5: 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 2 Thess. 3: 1.—Xen. An. 3. 3. 8.—(-y)
70. Xen. An. 2. 2. 9. acc. )tourév, also 5 Be‘ Aouro'u 1 Cor. 4:
Aorhogiw, 67, f. flaw, (koidopom) 2, as to the rest, finally, but, now, 1 Cor.
1. 16. 4:2. 2 Cor. 13:11. 1 T116324:
to rail at, to reproach, to revile, c. 9.00.
John 9: 28 Eltoidripnaav “my. Acts 23:
l. 2 Tim. 4:8. Acts 27:20. Comp,
Buttm. l.c.--Palaeph. 52. 7. Arr. Epict.
4. Pass. 1 Cor. 4:12. 1 Pet. 2:23.
1. 24. 1. El. V. H. 8. 14. AL
Sept. for ="".\ Deut. 33: 8. — Diod. Sic.
20. 33. Xen. An. 3. 4. 49. Comp. Aovzit, 12,6, Luke, contr. from
Matth. t 384. n. 2. Lat. Lucanus, the writer of the Gospel
 Aoz'mm; 470
of Luke and of the Acts of the Apostles.
He was the companion of Paul in sev
eral of his joumies, and came with him
to Rome, comp. Acts 16:10, 40. 28:
16. He is probably the same who is
called 6 Zarpog Col. 4: 14, but must not
be confounded with Aoi'naog Lucius in
Acts 13: l.-—2 Tim. 4: ll. Philem. 24.
Col. 4: 14.
Aol'mwg, 017, a, Lucius, the Latin
name of a teacher in the church at Anti.
och__a. Cyrenian, Acts 13:1. Rom. 16:1.
AOUTEO’V, 06, rd (A090,) a bath,
Hdian. 3. 6. l9. Xen. Ath. 2T 10. water
for bathing, washing, Hdian. 7.2. 12.
Diod. Sic. l. 84.—In N. T. the act of
bathing, washing, ablation, spoken of
baptism Eph. 5:26. Tit. 3: 5.— Act.
Thom. § 25. pp. Sept. for “$733 Cant. 4.
2. Hdian. 1. 17. 19. Ken. Cyr. 7. 5. 59.
A060), f. am, to bathe, to wash, trans.
spoken onlyof persons,etc. seq. acc. Acts
9: 37 Xm'mav-reg 5s‘ aim’lv. c. acc. impl. et
seq. (uni, Acts 16: 33 E'Aovaer [aim-011;]
c’uro 117w whip-YEW. Pass. John 13: 10. 2
Pet. 2: 22. Heb. 10:23 Xehovpe'vot rt‘)
045,110. iida'r: Kaflapq'i, where for the acc.
comp. Buttm. § 131. 6. § 134. n. 2. and
for the dat. § 133. 3. Sept. for ‘('32 Lev.
8: 7. Ruth 3: 3.—Luc. Kronos l7. Xen.
Mem. 3. l3. 3.—Trop. to cleanse,to pun‘.
fi], 0. acc. et (1.770’, Rev. 1: 5 Xoimavn
ilpfig t'uro ru'w dpapruiv x. 'r. A. Comp.
Sept. and ‘(112 Is. 1: 16.
A655“, 77;, 1'], Lydda, a large vil_
lage not far from Joppa, Acts 9: 32, 35.
{18.—Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 2 A6551! x6441), m5
Xewg r017 pz'ye'oouc aim drrotie'ouo'm Heb.
prob. ‘F5 Lad l Chr. 8: 12. Comp.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. p. 334 sq.
Audios, 06;, 1'1, Lydia, pr. n. of a
woman of Thyatira residing at Philippi,
a dealer in purple, Acts 16: 14, 40.—
Also the name of a province on the
western coast of Asia Minor, the former
kingdom of Croesus, of which the cities
Thyatira, Sal-dis, and Philadelphia,are
mentioned in N. T.
Auxaow'a, 05;, 1‘), Lgcaonia, a re
gion in the interior of Asia Minor,
bounded N. by Galatia, E. by Cappa
docia and Cataonia, S. by Cilicia and
Isauria, and W. by Phrygia. It was
adapted to pasturage', and of its cities,
Ainrn
Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra are men
tioned in N. T. Acts 14: 6.—The Ly
caonians spoke a peculiar dialect (v.
11), which Jablonsky supposes to have
been derived from the Assyrian, Opusc.
ed. te Water 111. p. 3 sq. Others re
gard it as corrupted from the Greek.
Auxaovw'rl', adv. Lycaom'cé, in the
Lycaonic dialect, Acts 14: 11, see in
Auxaovia. Comp. Buttm. § 119. 15. t‘.
Awe/a, ag, r‘l,Lycia, a province on
the S. W. coast of Asia Minor, bounded
E. (jliiria,
by b Pamphilia
and S. a,ndN.S. b Phrygia, W.
by theMedi
terranean. Of its cities only Patara is
mentioned in N. T. Acts 27: 5.
Aimog, 00, a, a wolf, Matt. 10:16.
Luke 10: 3. John 10: 12 bis. Sept. for
as: _Is. 11: 6.— Xen. Mem.2.7.14. _
Trop. of a rapacious and violent person,
wolf-like, Matt. 7: 15. Acts 20: 29.—
Act. Thom. § 25. Comp. Sept. and =35!
Zeph. 3: 4. Hom. 11. 4. 47].
Avalon/roam, depon. (Mpqipp, to
stain, to disgrace, sc. by insult, indignity,
i. e. to insult, to treat with indignity, c.
dat. Hdot. 9. 79. In N. T. to injure, to
make havoc of, to destroy, c. acc. Acts 8:
3 Eairhog 5:‘ e'hvpalvcro 'rfiv e'xxkqaiuv.
Comp. Matth. § 415. (1 § 391. Sept.
for "m5 Jer. 48: 18. Am. l:11.—-Diod.
Sic. l. 60. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 24.
Ao'z'éw, 5, f. now,()u'nrn,) to griwc,
to afllict with sorrow, trans. Pass. or Mid.
to be grieved, to be sad, sorrowful. Matt.
14: 9. 17:23 Ehvm'ltirlaav arpdapa. 18:
:11. 19:22. 26:22, 37. Mark 10: 22.
14:19. John 16:20. 21:17. 2 Cor.2:
2 bis, 4,5bis. 6:10. 7: Bbis, 9 ter,11.
l Thess. 4: l3. 1 Pet. 1: 6. Sept. for
,2‘; Deut. 15: 10. Jon. 4: 1. =3! 2 Sam.
19: 2.—-Hdian. 6. 77. Xen. Mem. 2. 2.
8.—-In the sense of to aggrieve, to qfi'end,
Eph. 4:30. Rom. 14:15 51'. do": fipépara
b ddehtpoc aou Amrc'iraa—Ril. V. H. 12.
16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 10.
A157”), 77;‘, h, grief, sorrow, John
16: 6,20,21,22. Luke 22: 4.5. Rom.
9:2. 2 Cor. 2: 1, 3,7. 7: 10 bis. 9: 7.
Phil. 2: 27 bis. Heb. 12: 11. Sept. for ‘i=1
Gen. 42: 38. "21 Jonah 4: L—Hdian.
3. l5. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 8. — Meton.
for cause ofgrief, grievance, trouble, 1 Pet.
2: 19.—Sept. Prov.31:6. Xen. Lac.7. 6
 Auo'oiwag 471 Aim
Avooiwag, 00, ('1, Lysrmias, pr. n. of play, i. e. from the power and conse
a tetrarchof Abilene, Luke 3: 1. See in quencesof iniquity. Aor. 1 pass. e'lwrpiil
'AfiiAnI/I']. 9111/ in a pass. sense, c. in‘ 1 Pet. 1: 18.
Ava/a9‘, 0!), b, Lysine, i. e. Clau Buttm. s 113. n. 6. Sept. for 5s; Is.
44: 22 sq. also for 1’? "11,9 c. 61rd Ps. 119:
dius Lysias,a Roman tribune, Xilu’apxoc,
commanding in Jerusalem, Acts 23: 26. 134.. c. Er.- Ps. 130: 8.— l Macc. 4.: 11.
Act. Thom. § 15. pp. Plut. Cimon 9
24.; 7, 22. ult. Diod. Sic. 5. l7. -
Az'mg, 20g, 1'], (Mu-1,) a loosening, At’lffwd'lg, 5mg, 1‘), (kw-pooping) re
dig'unction, pp. of or from any tie, con
demption, deliverance, Luke 1: 68. 2: 38.
straint, etc. spoken in N. T. of the con_
Trop. from sin and its consequences,
jugal tie, separation, divorce, 1 Cor. 7:
27.—In the sense of liberationfrom, e. g.
Heb. 9. 12. Sept. for Hes; Lev. 25:48.
PM? Ps. 111:9. 130: 7.
A. rim xamiv Jos. Ant. 9. 4.. 4. Pol. 15.
15.4. Thuc. 2. 102. solution, interpre Au'rgamig, 05, b, (Xu-rpoopag) a
talion, 7\. n5)! aim-ypcirwv Wisd. 8: 8. redeemcr, deliverer, Acts 7:35. Sept.
Sept. for "2.552 Eco. 8: l. for 5155 Ps. l9: 15. 78: 35.—Act. Thom.
Aud'l'riltéw, (3, f. flaw, (Xvavrehr'lc s 10, 57.
fr. Mm, réltog) pp. ‘to pay or make Auxw'oe, a5, 1), (Moo/0:3,) a light
good expense incurred,’ hence to make stand, lamp-stand, candle-slick, a word of
one's self useful, to be useful, profitable. the later Greek for the earlier 16 )wxvlov
Luke 17: 2 Xva'ircke‘i ain't‘; . . . f} x. 1. 7\. Lob. ad Phr. p. 3l3 s . Matt. 5: 1511M‘
i, e. it were better/hr him . . . than etc. c'1ri n‘p' )u/Xvlav. Mar 4:21. Luke 8:
—Ecclus. 29: ll. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. l2. 16. 11: 33. Heb. 9. 2. Sept. for 11:51?
gem. 1ELV.H. 13. 39 or 4.0. Xen.Mem. Ex. 25: 31. Lev. 24.: 4. —- Ecclus. 26:
‘2. l. 15. 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. Luc. Asin. 40.—
Ai'm'rga, mg, ,‘I, or m, n2, Lystra, Emblematically in the Apocalypse, of a
a city in the southern part of Lycaonia Christian church Rev. 1: 12, 13, 20 bis.
in Asia Minor, now Latik. Acts 14.: 6, 2: l, 5; of a Christian teacher or pro
8,21. 16:1, 2. 2 Tim. 3:1]. Pliny phet Rev. 11: 4, in allusion to Zech. 41:
also refers it to Lycaonia, 5. 32; but 2 sq. where Sept. and "151?.
Ptolemy assigns it toIsauria, 5. 4.. Comp. Ai'lxvog, 011, 6, a light, i. e. porta
in 1146111011. ble, as a candle, lamp, lantem, etc. Matt.
Az’rrgov, 0!), 1-6,()u’m,)loosing-money, 5: 15 01355‘ xal'ovm M'Ixvov. Mark 4,: 2].
ransom. i. e. line paid for letting loose, Luke 8:16. 11: 33,36. 12; 35 E'a'rw
setting free, etc. Matt. 20: 28 et Mark aav irfuiv oi M'Ixvoi xaiépevot let your
10:45 305mm. rfiv tlmxfiv aim-oi M'Jrpor lamps stand burning, i. e. be ye ready,
z’wri 1ro)\)\£:v, i. e. as a ransom for the watch, comp. Matt. 25: 7 sq. Luke 15:
deliverance of many so. from the con e. 2 Pet. 1; 19. Rev. 18: 23. 22: 5.
sequences ofsin and guilt. Sept. for "'25; So 6 )u’lxvoc rot": mbparog for the eye,
Lev. 25: 24., 51. "95 Ex. 30: 12. Num. Matt 6: 22. Luke 11: 34.. Sept. for
35: 31.32.-——Jos. Ant. 14. 14.. l. Hdian. '9 Ex. 25: 37. Zech. 4.: 2.-An-. Epict.
4. 6. 12. Thuc. 6. 5. 2. 17.37. Luc. Asin. 51. Diod. Sic.
Au'rgo'w, 5, f. o’law, (Mn-p015) to 3. 12 pen.-Trop. of John the Baptist
ransom, i. e. to let go free for a ransom, as a distinguished teacher, John 5: 35;
Diod. Sic. 19. 73 ult. In N. T. only of the Messiah, r1‘, fipviov, Rev. 21: 93.
Mid. )wrpoopai, f. éa'opai, ' to cause to Comp. Sept. and ‘.2 Ps. 119: 105. Prov.
let go free for a ransom,’ i. e. to ransom, 6: 23.
to redeem, to deliver, sc. by paying a Al’lw, f. 1,160), to loose, to loosen, sc.
ransom one's self, trop. c. ace. Luke 24,: what is fast, bound, i. q. to unbind, to
91 lw-rpoiaeai row 'Io’pafih, so. from the antic, trans.
power of the Romans and genr. from a) pp. of a ligature or any thing fas
their present fallen state. Also seq. tened by it. Mark 1: 7 )u'ia'm Tor iptivra
t'urd, Tit. 2: 14 A. r‘ypiig Elm‘: mirmg t'u'o ru'w inro5n/ui'rw1/ m'lrol'l. Luke 3:16.
 Aim
John 1:27. Acts 7: 33. 13: 25. (Sept.
for 5?! Ex. 3: 5. Hdian. 1. ll. 12 rr‘lv
Za'rvnv.) trop. rclv acquit’ rfic ylka'ao'o'ng
i. e. impediment Mark 7:35. rag 6152M;
r027 Samirou Acts 2: 24, see in 'Qdiv.
(comp. El. H. An. 12. 5.) Here belongs
also the phrase 6 e'izv Mia-g; i1rl 'rfiq 7179,
E'arat luhupe'vov e’v ro‘ig oiipayo‘ig'. Matt.
16: 19 bis. 18:18 bis, i. e. whatsoever
ye shall loose (open) on earth, etc. see
fully in Ae’w II. a. Others, to permit,
to allow, like Chald. IQ‘? and “W as
opp. to "915, see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 2524
sq. 1410.—Of animals tied, e. g. row
mDhov Mark 11:2, 4, 5. Luke 19:30,
31, 33 bis. absol. Matt. 21:2. seq.
rim‘) rfig dairy”; Luke 13:15. (Sept.
for "Us Job 39:5. Xen. An. 3. 4. 35.)
Of a person swathed in bandages, grave
clothes, John 11:44,.
b) spoken of persons bound, to let go
loose, to set free, e. g. prisoners, Acts
22: 30 Query airrtiv r'url; r1311 dzapriv.
24:: 26. Rev. 9: l4, 15. 20:3, 7e'x rfic
pvlmt-fie. trop. Luke 13: 16. 1 Cor. 7:
27 M'Auaai r'imi 'yw/uuuig, i. e. art thou
free from a wife, in antith. with dismal.
Sept. for “7??! Ps. 105:20. 146: 7.—
Act. Thorn. § 45. Jos. B. J.1.5.2. Xen.
Cyr. 3.2.12.0. gen. ciprrfigDem. 764. 11.
0) to loosen, to dissolve, i. e. to sever,
Mania, 5’ indem Maud,’ Pr. n. of
an ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3: 26.
Ma'yBaMt, i1, indec. Magdala, prob.
i. q. Heb. 521,"? tower, Chald. 87211,? a
place on the western shore of the lake
of Gennesaret, south of Capernaum and
a few miles north of Tiberias. Seetzen
and Burckhardt found here a miserable
village still called El Mq'del. Matt.
15: 39. See Burckhardt's Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 320. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. 11. ii. p. _73.—Some Mss. read
Ma-yudév or Mayedc'w.
MayoaMw'l, it, i], Magdalene, i. e.
of Mogdala, a distinctive appellation of
one of the females named Mary in N. T.
i. q. lllary of Magdakl, Matt. 27: 56, 61.
28: 1. Mark15:4|0,417. 16: 1,9. Luke
472 M0270;
to break, e. g. rite mppa-yiaag Rev. 5: 2,
5. Acts 27: 41 i] as 1rpi'pva Ou've'ro, but
the stern went to pieces, from the violence
of the waves. Trop. of an assembly,
to dissolve, to break up, 'n‘py ouva-yw-yr'w
Acts 13:43.-—Diod. Sic. 19:25 rfiv e’x
xhgo'lav. Hom. Il. 1.305 dyopr'ym—Hence
b) by impl. to destroy, e. g. buildings,
to demolish, John 2: 19 )u’ware rt‘w vadv
roin'ov. Eph. 2: 14,. trop. 1 John 3: 8.
So of the world as to be destroyed by
fire, to dissolve, to melt, 2 Pet. 3: 10,11,
12.—Esdr. 1:5 h. rd relxr) 'Ispouo.
Hom. ll. 2. 118. ib. 16. 100. — Trop.
of a law, institution, to loosen its obliga
tion, i. e. either to make void, to do away,
John 10: 35 oil Siwarat )wefivai r) 'ypmpr'].
Matt. 5:19, see Tholuck Bergpred. p.
148. (Dem. 31. 12.) or else to break, to
violate, John 7: 23 Two '11:‘; )wtij o vdpog
M. 5: 18 rd miggarov. —— Thuc. 6. 14
rorlg véfrouc. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10 rag
arm/5&9 ml rot): lipt'oug.
Aw'fg, 1,505, 1‘), Lois, pr. n. of a
Christian matron, the grandmother of
Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5.
Aa’rr, 6, indec. Lot. Heb. v15 (veil),
pr. 11. of Abraham's nephew, Luke 17:
28,29, 32. 2 Pet. 2: 7. Comp. Gen.
11:31. 13:550. 14.: 12 sq. c. 19.
8:2. 24:10. John 19:25. 20: l, 18.
Comp. in Mapla.
Mwysla, a5, 17, (fu'l'yog) magic,
plur. pa-yz‘ia: magic arts, sores-fies, Acts
8: Il.—Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 3. Plut. de
Superst. VI. p. 653. 9. ed. Reiske.
Mag/ti»), f. silo'w, (pci'yogx) to proc
tisc magic, sorcery, etc. intrans. Acts 8:
9.——Luc. Asin. 4. Plut. Numa l5 med.
Moi'yog, 01), 6, magus, pl. (vyot,
magi, the name for priests an wise
men among the Medes, Persians, and
Babylonians, pp. great, powerful, Heb.
1?, and from the same stern comes the
Gr. ye'yag, Lat. magis, magnus. Comp.
Jer.39: 3. Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. =1:
Xen. Cyr. 4.. 5. 51. ib. 7. 5. 57. ml.
V. H. 2. 17. Hdian. 4. 12. 6,8. Cir.
 Ma'yai'y 473 Mansbov/a

de Divinat. l. 23. Wetstein N. T. I. 3: 25. of Jesus Matt. 5: 1. Mark 8:27.

p. 24.0.—Their learning was connected Luke 8:9. John 3: 22. al. saepiss. Spec.
with astrology and enchantment, whence of the twelve apostles Matt. 10: l. 11: l.
Sept. [46,709 for Chald. =1?! enchanler, 20: 17. Luke 9: l. Emphatic, for true
magician, Dan. 1: 20. 2: 2, 27. 5: 7; disciples, John 13:35. 15:8. After
i. q. Chald. “"3?! Sept. 004569 Dan.2: Christ's death the term disciple takes
12,18,24,27. 5. 7,8. comp. 5: 11, 12. the broader sense of follower, believer,
In N. T. spoken i. q. Christian, Acts 6: 1,2. 11: 26.-—
at) of the Magi, wise men, from the Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 4. Luc. Tim. 51. Dem.
East, i. e. from Persia or Arabia, who 928. 7. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 27. AL.
came to salute the new-born Messiah,
Matt. 2:1, 7,16 bis.
Malice“. do "I. (More, a fi
b) of a magician, sorcerer, diviner, Acts male disciple, i. e. a female Christian,
Acts 9: 36.—Di0d. Sic. 2. 52. Moeris,
13: 6,8. Sept. for 11235 see above.—
paflqrpig, ,ATTLKU-JQ' luaer'lrpia, 'Ehltn vuaig.
Act. Thom. § '20. Hdian. 4.. l2. 6, 8.
IEschin. 73. 13 rowi/rog lud-yoc Kai yong. Mallouo'alha, b, indec. Mathusala,
Mag/:57, b, indec. Magag, Heb. Heb. 1191;“? (dart-man) Methuselah, the
551?, pr. n. of a son of Japhet Gen. 10: 2, oldest of the patriarchs, having lived
and also of a powerful nation or assembly 969 years, comp. Gen. 5: 2] sq.—Luke
of nations in the extreme regions of the 3: 37.
north, who are to invade the holy land Mal'VOgV, h, indec. Illm'nan, pr. n. m.
in future times, E2. 0. 38,39, i. q. the Luke 3: 31.
Scythians according to Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Mot/110MB", f. parofipat, depon. to
Comp. in I‘rb-y. Rev. 20:8. [See Rosen be mad, to rave, intrans. spoken of per
miiller's Bibl. Geog. Morren’s transl. sons who so speak and act as to seem to
vol. i. (Bibl. Cab. vol. xvii. loc. cit.) others to be out of their senses, John
Mabmlv 0r Mabwipo 5, indec. 10:20. Acts 12:15. 26: 24, ‘25. I Cor.
Madian, Heb. 11?’. Mdian, pr. n. of an l4: 23.—Sept. Jer. 29:26. Hdian. 7. 8.
Arabian tribe descended from Abraham 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. ll.
by Keturah, Acts 7: 29. Comp. Gen. Mailbag/gm, f. low, (,udxap) Att.
25: 2. Their territory would seem to fut. n71, Buttm. §95. 9,to call happy, to
have been along the eastern shore of congratulate, c. acc. of pers. Luke 1: 48.
the Gulfof Akaba, where Josephus and James 5: 11. Sept. for 7'?! Gen. 30:
the Arabian geographers place a city 13. Is. 3: 11.—Ecclus. 11:28. 'Diod.
Madyan; and also to have extended as S. 13. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 9.
far as the borders of Moab and the
Maxoigmg, at, 0”, a prose form
vicinity of Mount Sinai, comp. Ex. 3:
1. 18:5. Num. c. 31. Judg. o. 6—8. i. q. poet. pcixap, happy, blessed, e. g. of
Jos. Ant. 2.11.1. God 1 Tim. 1:11. 6:15. Genr. Matt.
5: 3 sq. Luke 1:45. 6: 20 sq. Rom.
Mathis-2601, i". show, (,uaflnfi'lc.) '0 4.: 7. al. saip. With priMov, Acts 20:
disciple, i. e. 35 pc'mapzov Ear: pGMov more blessed is
a) intrans. to be the disciple of‘ any it etc. Compar. paxaptdn'epog 1 Cor. 7:
one, seq. dat. Matt. 27: 57 ml ain'o‘g 40. Sept. for ‘1!?! Ps. 1: 1. Deut. 33:
Epaer'lrzva'e r45 Tannin—Pint. Vit. X 29.—Ceb. Tab. 11. Hdian. 2. 4. 17.
Rhet. init. ed. R. IX. p. 307. p. 330. 5 Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 14. An.
dime/[revue 5' ai/rp- Kai Gelhroiurog.
b) in N. T. also trans. to train as a Maxagmao'g, 05, b, (pampifw)
disciple, to teach, to instruct, Acts 14: a calling happy, declaration of blessed
21 patinrei'm'awrsc lxavot'lg. Matt. 13: 52. ness, congratulation,- hence lts'ycw rdv
28: 19. paxapw‘miv nvog i. q. paxapl'l'zw, Rom.
4: 6, 9. Gal. 4.: 15 rig only 17.16”. izliuiv,
Madn'rng, 05, a, (pas/Bdrm) a dis how great then was your sel/Zcongratula.
ciple, scholar, jbllower of a teacher, genr.
Matt. 10: '24.. of the Pharisees Matt. tion etc—For the later nouns ending in
22:16. of John the Baptist Matti): oywg, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 511.
14. Mark 2: 18. Luke 5: 33. John Mazabovi'a, as, 1'1, Macedonia, :1
 Mamba'w 474 M0:11:56;
country lying north of Greece proper, turd paxpodev. (comp. Luke 22: 54.)
joining S. on Thessaly and Epirus, E. Matt. 27: 55. Mark 5: 6. 14: 54. 15:
on Thrace and the IEgean, W. on the 40. Luke 16:23. Rev. 18:10, 15,
Adriatic and Illyria, and N. on Dar 17. So Sept. for P1113. 2 K. 19:25.
dania and Moesia. It was the original PU??? Ps. 138: 6.—Polemo Physiogn.
kingdom of Philip and Alexander; and l. 6. Greg. Naz. Or. XXV. 484. C.
was afterwards subdued by the Romans See Lob. ad Phr. p. 46 ult.
under P. Emilius, who divided the Maxgotlupoéw, (.7, f. flaw, (put-966"
country into four districts; comp. in p.01; from Ftll‘ptig‘, Quluo'g) to be long
Gso'aahom'xn, and Liv. 45. 29. The mz'nded, i. e. slow to anger, passion, etc.
Romans afterwards divided the whole a) i. q. to be long-sufi'cring, jbrbearing,
of Greece into two great provinces, Ma to bear patiently, absol. 1 Cor. 13: 41']
cedonia and Achaia; see in 'Axaia. r'l'yt'wrn ,uaxpofivpei. seq. :1; 'rwa 2 Pet.
Of the cities of Macedonia proper, there 3: 9. Em’ TU'L, Luke 18: 7 paxpoovptbv
are mentioned in N. T. Amphipolis, s'vr' ai/roig i. e. though he be on their
Apollonia, Berea, Philippi, and Thess account long-suffering, slow to pun
alonica. — Acts 16:9, 10, 12. 18:5. ish. Matt. 18:26, 29. #969 Tara l
19:21, 22. 20:1, 3. Rom. 15: 16. Thess. 5: 14. Sept. for 38 Prov.
1 Cor. 16:5 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 16 bis. 2: 19: 11. -—c. in’ my: Ecclus. 18: ll.
13. 7: 5. 811. 11:9. Phil. 4:15. 1 32 [35]: 18. absol. Plut. ed. R. VIII.
Thess. 1: 7, 8. 4:10. 1 Tim. 1:3.
p. 345. 14.
M00654”, 6PM, a, a Macedonian, b) to wait patiently, to be patient, absol.
Acts 16:9. 19; 29. 27: 2. 2Cor.9:2,4. Heb. 6: l5 oiirm paxpoevpr'yaag inérvxs
MdxeMov, 0v, r6, Lat. macellmn, rfig Evra-y-yclttag. James 5: 7, 8. c. in’ nu
i. e. a meat-market, shambles, where also James 5: 7.-—Artemid. 4. 12 'miv'ra lua
all kinds of provisions were exposed for xpofiupeiv xeltcl'lct xal pr) xevomrovdsiv.
sale, 1 Cor. 10: 25. — Plut. Quaest. Mangodua/a, as, 7'], (pat-909v.
Rom. 54. T. VII. p. 122. 5. ed. Reiske. péw,) longanimity, i. e. slowness to anger,
See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 569. passion, etc. i. q. long-safl'ering, jbrbear
Momgév, adv. (pp. acc. fem. of ance, patient endurance, genr. Rom. 2: 4
'rfig2; ax29000:.‘
pas-96¢) strictly for paxpav 656v, a long 9: Bu lag
6: 6.1'05 Gal.
9:05 5:
Kflfll
22?,p ovcig;
Eph.
way, Buttm. §115. 4, as in Engl. a
great way, far, fiu' of) Luke 15:20. 4: 2. Col. 3:12. 1 Tim. 1:16. 2 Tim.
pas-paw c'nré ov-rog. Acts 22:21. seq. 3:10. 4.: 2. 1 Pet. 3: 20. 2 Pet. 3=15.
rind rwoc, So Sept. and 5751531!“ Prov. 25: 15. Jer.
att. B: 30 11v 56‘ paxpr‘w z'ur'
ai/ro'w. Mark 12:34. Luke 7: 6. John l5: l5. — Plut. Lucull. 33 dpe'rfiv pe‘v
21: s. Acts 17: 27. Sept. for Pin: Josh. inedelxvm'o Kai paxpoeupiav iiyquiroc
9.22. Judg. 18:7. - P01. 3. 4.5. 2. dyatioi—Spec.patient endurance of evil,
Xen. An. 3. 4. 42. — With the art. oi patience, Col. 1: ll. Heb. 6: 12. James
pan-paw, those far qfl“, the remote so. from 5: 10.—Sept. Is. 57: 15.
God, i. e. the Gentiles as opp. to oi £7 Maxgoflr'qnwg, adv. patiently, i. e.
yi'lg the Jews, Eph. 2: 13, 17, coll. Is, with indulgence, with clemency, Acts
57: 19 where Sept. and P162. Comp, 26: 3.
in 'E-y'ybg a. So oi sic paxpdv Acts 2: Mazgo'g, 0t, 61', long. a) of space
39, comp. in Er'c no. 4. See Buttm. § e. g. from one point to another, and
125. 6. hence fizr,far distant. Luke 15. l3_et
Maxgo'flev, adv. (,uu‘pdg) from far, 19:12 sic xtitptlll axpdv. Sept. biog‘
Mark 8: 3 paxpétlev fixouaw. ll: 13. paxpa for P5113? T3. rov. 7: 19.-Hd1an.
Luke 18: 13. 22:54. 23: 49. Sept. 6. 7. 10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 42.— Adv.
for Fir-Ii’. Gen. 22: 4. 37: 17. 2 K. 2: paxpc'w see in its order. _
7. — El. 11. An. 2. 15. 111. l5. l2. b) of time, c. g. pat-pg? xpévp Hdlall
Strabo 111.409. The form belongs to the 5. 3. 5. In N. T. only neut. pl. ,unxpé
later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 93.—Still as ady. long], as aupa 1rpoa'cvxépcvot
less pure is the synon. form (an) ,uaxpdflcv, praying Iony, ma ing long prayers.
from far, Matt. 26:58 fiwohm'rdu (ti/Ta’: Matt. 12:14. Mark 12:40. Luke 20:
 Maugoxgéwo; 475 MoZMav
47.—Jos. Ant. 6. ll. 10. Luc. Tim. how ml lufihkov more and more, Phil. 1:
38. E]. V. H. 5. 6. 9 n ‘u. m2 ,1. wepwn'cinp—Diog‘. Laert.
Mazgoxgowag, 00, 5, .7, adj. (pa 9. 10. 2. in p. Dion. al. Ant. 9. 6.—
updg, Xpévoe) lit. ‘ long-timed,’ i. e. WVith ii or firep, i. e. 'u'ihXov ii more
long-lived, Eph. 6: 3 'lva p. yévp, quoted than, rather than. Matt. 18: 13 xaipu
from Ex. 20: 12 et Deut. 5: 16 Where e'1r' airrq'i pfiMov 1*] i'lrl 'ro'ig x. 'r. R. John
Sept. for 71"?212‘751'. 3:19. Acts 4.: 19. 5:29. 27:11. 1 Tim.
Malone/u, (2;, 1'7, (pahamig) soft 1:4. 2 Tim. 3:4. pdMov fi'lrzp John 12:
43. (Xen. Mem. 4. 4. l7. comp. Herm.
ness, trop. for timidiry Pol. 3. 79. 4. ef ad Vig. p. 720.) So ellipt. where i)
feminacy, luxury, Luc. D. Deor. 10. 6, andits verb are to be supplied in thought
8.— In N. T. weakness, disease, e. g. of e. g. Philem. 9 pt'lMoy wapamMi sc. 1‘;
body, Matt. 4:23 Sepa'lrsl'lwv m'way pa Emrc'waw. 2 Cor. 2: 7 Glare pfihhov ‘I'JILIEQ
Aouciav. 9: 35.2 Chr.
Deut. 7: 15. 10; 16:
1. 12.—So
Sept. for[Jaka Xapiaaatlat sc. 1*] é'll’LTL‘LLQ-V, 12: 9 1151070.
m'n/ [Mikhail xauxfio'opa: Ev rule (ween/u’
la'Zeo'Oat to be sick Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 8.
my you, So. 1') iv 'rfl inrcpgohfl ru'iv Euro
El. V. H. 3. 19. pahamig E'xew Luc.
Kahz'nllewv v. 7, i. e. most gladly therefore
D. Deor. 9. l. will I rather glory in my infirmities so.
Maltazo'g, é, 6v, soft, so. to the than in the abundance of the revelations.
touch, spoken of raiment as made of — Also as intens. the more, the rather,
soft materials, fine texture, ipc'lna paha still more. Matt. 27: 24 (MM: pc'thhov
mi Matt. 11:8 bis. Luke 7: 25. — Qépugog *yz'verat i. q. ,uiiMov Qqmge'irui
Luc. Saturn. le’o'Bfirag n’lavfls’ig xal Fahd comp. v. 23, i. e. but that there was still
xég. Horn. 0d. 1. 437 p. Xu-éw. Xen. more a tumult. Mark 14: 31 coll. v. 29.
Mem.2. 1. 30.—Tropwj'eminate, spoken Luke 5: 15. John 5:18 Eu‘: rofiro oily
of a catamite, seortum virile, 1 Cor. 6: 9. fuiMov e'Zr'lrouv ail-rev firewall/at, comp.
—- Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 9. Plut. VI. p. v. 16. John 19:8. Acts 5:14. 9:22.
328. 4. ed. Reiske. 22: 2 coll. 21: 4.0. 2 Cor. 7: 7. Phil. 1;
Makeltéfih, a, indec. Maleleel, Heb. 1-2. 3: 4. l Thess. 4: l, 10. 2 Pet. 1:
552723,’; (praise of God) Mahalaleel,pr.n. 10. (Thuc. 5. 44.) So on‘: pfihkov in
of the son of Cainan, Luke 3: 37. intcrrogat. 1 Cor. 9: l2. 2 Cor. 3:8
Comp. Gen. 5. 12. coll. v. 7. '
b) joined with the positive, ,n-ihhov
Ma'Mem, adv. (superl. of pd)“:
forms a periphrase for the comparative,
very.) most, most of all, especially. Acts like Eng]. more. Matth. § 458. So seq.
20: 38 dew/(Sperm yzihwra c'1rl 1'93 A67 if, Acts 20: 35 pamipuiv z'a'n pdhhoy 5:
ac. r. X. 25: 26. 26: 3. Gal. 6: 10. Phil: Bévat, r‘, hapgcivuv, i.e. it is more blessed
4: 22. lTiIIL4: 10. 5:8,17. 2 Tim.4: etc. 1 Cor. 9: 15. Gal. 4: 27. c. 2i, Mark
13. Tit. 1:10. Philem. 16. 9 Pet. 2:10.
9: 42 xaho'v e'a'nv airrq'i ,uiihhov, cl K. 'r.)\.
—Luc. Somn. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4. —c. gen. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 30.
MIZMOP, adv. (comparat. of 'uiha c) joined emphat. with a comparative,
very,) more, rather, in various connex either in form or sense, comp. Matth. l.
runs. c. Passow 'udha no. 2. c. Winer § 36. 3.
a) gem. 1 Cor. l4: 1 ("Mire rd n. l. Herm. at] Vig. p. 7l9 sq. Mark
1ryevparlm'z, pfihhov 5c‘ [Zryhofire] 'iva :c. 7: 36 ptiMov replace-repay. 2 Cor. 7:13.
r. h. v. 5. 2 Cor. 5:8. 0. gen. 1 Cor. Phil. 1: 23 1mm‘; 'yilp pfihhov Kpeio'aov.
14:8 mil/row I'I'mi'w ,ufiMov 'yhénwag M1 (Hdot. 1. 31, 32. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 ult.)
Xu'n'. (Xen. An. 3. l2. 1.) 1roMqa' nih So with verbs of comparison, Matt. 6:
Aou much more Matt. 6:30. Mark 10: 26 013x I'qulg péiltkov Etacpe'perz aimiv;
48. Luke 18:39. Rom. 5: 9, 10,15, Heb. 11:25 pfiMov EMluevog. —— So ,u.
17. 1 Cor. 12:22. 2 Cor. 3:9, 11. éhe'aeat Dem. 946. 7. Xen.Mem. 1. 6. 4.
Phil. 2:12. Heb. 12: 9, 25. min? d) after a negative clause or prohibi
pfiMov how much more Matt. 7: ll. 10: tion expr. or impl. rather; so 5:‘ yfihhov,
25. Luke ll: 13. 12: 24, 28. Rom. 11: but rather, Matt. 10: 6 1ropu'm79: 3:‘ pi)»
12,24. Philem. 16. Heb. 9:14. 'roa'ot'mp Aov x. r. h. v. 28. 25: 9. Mark 5: ‘26.
1.1. so much the more Heb. 10: 25. 1460\ Luke 10: 90. Eph.4: ‘29. lleb. 12: 13.
 M 027%’); 476 - Ma'wa
(Thuc. l. [23.) i'rMiz filthov, but rather, pr) inrz'p x.r. A. in us i.e. by our example.
Rom. 14: 13 pmt'e'rt our t'lMilhoug xpt'vw Also 0. acc. impl. John 7: 15. seq. tit-mi
'uey‘ fiMil rm'rro Kpivare pfiMov. Eph. rivoc Col. 1: 7. 1rapé rn/oc 2 Tim. 3:14.
5: 4. 1Tim.6: 2. 1 Cor. 7: 21 at’! no: Seq. acc. of person, to learn any one, i.e.
pshe'rai' dhX ei xai . . . pc'iMov Xpfiacu. his doctrines, precepts, Eph.4:20. Sept.
impl. Mark 15:11 in: [sc. ,1!) 1'6)’ 'Inaofn/ c. acc. for 'T'Gla Ps. 119:71, 73. Deut. 5:
t'iMiz] pfiMov riw B. c'urolu'io'y airroig, l.—absol. Hdian. 8. 7. 8. c. inf. All. V.
comp. v. 9. S0 Ollxl lurlhhoy in interrog. H. 3. 32. c. acc. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 3. Ex
1 Cor. 5: 2. 6: 7 bis. rwog (E0. 13. 6. 1rapt'1 ru/og Cyr. ‘2. 2. 6.
e) intens. ludhhov Eé before an anti — In the sense of to learn by informa
thetic clause, or rather, yea more, Rom. tion, to be informed, seq. (in Acts 23:27.
8:34 Xp. 6 r'urotiamiw; ,uiihhov 5:‘ Kat drrd nvog Gal. 3:2. — 1E1. V. H. 2. 42.
i'yeptiu'g; Gal. 4: 9. Eph. 5: 11. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 31.—Also to understand,
Buttm. (>151. p. 437. Passow palm no.2. to comprehend, Rev. 14: 3. — Luc. D.
e. JEl. V. H. 2. l3. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 49. Mort. 16.4. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 10.
I
_ MOUQCOQ', 0!), 6, Malchus, Heb.
b) morallyy to learn, so. from experi
once, i. q. to do habitually, to be u'ont,
T5? (reigning, or with Aramzean signif.
counsellor) JVIalluch, pr. n. of a servant, seq. inf. expr. or impl. Phil. 4: 1] t-yih
7519 {under . . . ailrtipmyc Ell'fll. 1 Tim.
John 18: 10. [or rather “PE/‘P, king]
5: 4, l3. Tit. 3:14. c. acc. Heb. 5:8.—
Mal/4417], "F, ihgrandmother, 2 Tim. Xen. An. 3. 2. 25.
l:5.-—J0s. Ant. 10. 11. 2. Hdian. 5.3. 7. MtZW'tZ, (2;, 1'], ([ual'ropag) mania,
Plut. Agis, 4. A word of the later Greek madness, insanity, Acts 26 : 24.— VVisd.5:
for the earlier 14161;, Lob. ad Phr.p. 133 sq. 4. Hdian. 1. 15. 17. Xen. Mem.].2.50.
Moqwwuoeg, or Moqafnwmg, a, 5, MOZWOt, r6, indec. manna, the mira
mamman, i. e. wealth, riches, Chald. culous food of the Israelites in the desert,
1552, Riimé, from T95, pp. that in which
Hob. 1?, Sept. rd Iuiv- Lev. 16: 3i, 35.
one trusts, see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1217 16 prim/a Num. 11:6. Josephus ilpc'un'a
sq. So Luke 16: 9, 11; and personified
Ant. 5.1. 4. In N.T. John 6:3],49,58.
like Gr. what/Tog, Matt. 6: 24. Luke 16:
Heb. 9: 4; symbolically Rev. 2: 17 see
13. —— Suid. paluwviig' whoin-og 'yt/l'irog, in Kpi'nr-rw. Comp. Ex. 16:31 sq. Jos.
xpvvdg. Ant. 3. l. 6.—Josephus relates, that in
Mamfiv, 1'), indec.Manaen, pr. n. of a his day manna was still found around
Christian teacher at Antioch, Acts 13:1. Mount Sinai, Ant. 3. l. 6; and the same
Mal/£6655‘, 77, 6, Manasses, Heb. fact has also been abundantly ascertain
‘IT-753? (making forget) Manasseh, pr. n. ed by modern travellers. The modem
manna, manna Arabica, is a sweet resin
l. the son of Joseph, adopted by
like honey, which in the desert of Sinai
Jacob, Rev. 7: 6.
2. a king of Judah, son of Hezekiah, and some other oriental countries, exudes
r. 699-644 BC. noted for his idolatry in summer chiefly from the leaves of the
and cruelty, Matt. 1:10 bis. Comp._ tamarisk or tarfa. This the Arabs col
2 K. c. 21. 2 Chr. c. 33. lect, and regard it as the greatest dainty
Mama“), f. 'Llflellldollllt, aor. 2 i'pa which their country affords. But the
quantity is trifling, not amounting, ac
601/, to learn. cording to Burckhardt, to more than five
a) pp. intellectually, from others or or six hundred pounds each year. It
from study, observation, etc. to learn, to has been ascertained within the last ten
be taught, absol. Matt. 9: l3 1ropevec'r'reg or twelve years, first by English natu
56‘ pafiergn’ ion tar. X. John 6:45. lCor. ralists and more fully by Ehrenberg.
14:31. 1 Tim. 2:11. 2 Tim. 3: 7. seq. that the manna flows out from the leaf
c'rrré rwog Matt. 11: 29. Seq. acc. of in consequence of the puncture of an in
thing, Rom. 16: 17 fiv illurig Elut'ttlerz. sect nearly allied to the cimez' genus.
1 Cor. 14:35. Phil. 4:9. 2 Tim. 3: 14. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria etc.
Matt. 24:32 et Mark 13:28, see in ’A1rd p. 599 sq. quoted in Calmet, art. Manna.
III. 2. 1 Cor. 4: 6 7m Er illu'iv glider: n) Niebuhr's Descr. of Arabia, p. 145.
 Maw-21301110‘: 477 Maf'rugéw
Germ. Asiat. Res. XIV. p. 152 sq. and Martha, Luke 10: 39, 4.2. John 11:
Gesen. Lex. art. 12. 1, 2, 19, 20, 28, 31, 32, 4.5. 12.3.
Maw-66011.0“, f. ‘600/1111, depon. 5. Mary, Mapia, mother of John
Mid. (Pam; diviner, prophet,) to utter surnamed Mark, Acts 12:12.
reqwnses as from an oracle, to divine, to 6. Mary, Mapu'rp, a Christian female
foretell, Acts 16: 16. Sept. for “DP, Deut. at Rome, Rom. 16:6.
18: 10. 1 Sam. 28: 8.—-}El. V. H. 2. l7. Maigxog, 00, 6, Marcus, filark, the
Luc. D. Deor. l. 2. writer of one of the four Gospels, pp.
MIZQOUIVN, f. aw"), pp. to put out, to John surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12, 25.
15: 37; the nephew of Barnabas Col.
extinguish, e. g. fire, etc. Hom. H. Merc. 4.: 10; the companion of Paul and Bar
14,0. Pass. to go out, to expire, I]. 9. 212. nabas on their first journey, and of Bar
Hence to make pine away, to dry up, cause nabas on his second in opposition to
to wither, Sept. for 15.32 Job 15: 30. An Paul, Acts 15:39 0011. 12: 25. He is
thol. G1‘. I. p. 21. 1. Pass. to wither, to later again mentioned among the com
fade away, pp. of roses Wisd. 2; 8. of panions of Paul, Col. 1. c. Philem. 24.
the body, person, Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 1. In 2 Tim. 4: 11; and is also affectionately
N. T. trop. ('1 101060104‘ James 1: 11.— called son by Peter, 1 Pet. 5: l3, comp.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 35. Plut. Marcell. Acts 12:12. 2 Tim. 1.2.
241 init. r5 orb/4y ,uapau'opc'vy.
memo-=1 00» 6. 1% (Impwlow
Magolv 0,6906, maramatlza, Aramae to glitter,) stone, rock, Hom. I1. 12. 380.
an “$3.5 1:‘? i. q. KI’JplOg 'e'pxzrat, the Lord Later and in N. T. i.q. Lat. marmor,
will come sc. to judgment, 1 Cor. 16: 22. marble, Rev. 18: 12. — Ep. Jer. 72.
MG‘EY'ZE'T’K’ 0“, 1", (P69711909) PP Diod. Sic. 3. 141.
aclj. sc. 1') M00; Fap'yapl'rrlg,a pearl, Matt. Mozgfvg, see in Maprvc
13: 45, 46 Eva 1roM/rqmv pap-yapirnv. Magrugéw, 5, t‘. r'la'w, (Iuiprvg)
1 Tim. 2: 9. Rev. 1714. 18:12,16. to witness, i. e.
21: 21 bis. Trop. Matt. 7: 6 comp. in a) to be a witness, to be able or ready
Kl'lwy b.-—1El. H. An. 10. 13 6 iv raig to testify, c. dat. commodi, John 3: 28
yuvazZl 9aupao'1'ogpap'yapi'rng. Theophr. ar'n'ol illufig 1101 paprupfirz, 5n K. -r. A.
Fragm. [de Lapidih] 2. 36. ed. Schneid. Acts 22: 5. absol. 2 Cor. 8: 3.—Xen.
Comp. Plin. H. N. 9. 35. H. G. 1. 1. 31.
I
b) to bear witness, to testify, sc. to
Moigflu, 059', 1'], Martha, a sister of
the truth of what one has seen, heard,
Lazarus, Luke 10:38, 40, 41. John 11:
knows, etc. (a) pp. and genr. seq.
1,5,19,20,21,21.,30,39. 1212. rep! 0. gen. to bear witness of or con
Magl'a, 12;, ,7, or Magma/1,17, in cerning any person or thing. John 1: 7,
dec. Maria, Mary, Heb. =3??? Miriam, 8 'iva paprvpfiag mp1 1017 ¢wr6¢. v. 15.
pr. n. of several females. Q: 95. 5: 31, 32. 8:13,l4,18. 152 26.
1. Mary the mother of Jesus, Mapia 21: 24. c. {in 7:7. c. mp1’ impl. 15:
Matt.1:16,18. 2:1]. Mark6:3. Luke 27 coll. 26. Seq. (‘in as equiv. to ace.
1:41. Acts 1: 14. Also Maprép Matt. et inf. Winer§ 45. 2. p. 266. comp.
1: 20. 13; 55. Luke 1: 27, 30,34, 38, Buttm. § 141. 2. John 1: 34' Kill/18,40‘)
39,46,56. 2:5, 16,19,34. n'lpnxa 5n oi'rrog a'zrrl. x. r. k. 4: 44. 12:
2. Mary Magdalene, i. e. of Magdala, 17. 1 John 41: 141. also c. dat. comm. v.
Mapla, Matt. 27: 56, 61. 28: 1. Mark incommodi Matt. 23: 31 paprvpfirs Eav
15=40,47. 16:1,9. Luke8z2. 24.10. roig, (in K. 'r. A. R0m.10:2. Gal. 4:15.
John 19: 25. 20:1,11,16,13. Col. 4.: 13. Kara nvog 1 Cor. 15: 15.—
3. Mary, Mapia, the mother of James c. 511 et dat. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 1.—Follow
the Less and Joses, sister to Jesus' ed by the words testified, after Xé-ywv,
mother and wife of Alpheus or Clopas, elm, 611 of quotation etc. John 1: 32 m2
see in 'A)\¢aiog no. 1, and 'Ic'mwgog no. 2. c'papn'zpnacv 'Iwawng Xé-ywv' 'o'n K. r. A.
Matt. 27: 56, 61. 28:1. Mark 15: 40, 4.: 39. 13: 21. 0. (lat. comm. Acts 13:
47. Luke 24: 10. John 19: 25. 22. Seq. accus. expr. or impl. e. g. of
4. Mary, Mapia, a sister of Lazarus a cognate or synon. noun, John 5: 32 1',
 Mag'rugéw 478 Magrx'agmv
,uaprvpl'a 17v pap'rupr'i 1repl e'Iuoi'I, comp. 05069 re Kai r'u'Opo'nroug. Diod. Sic. 4.
1 John 5:9,10. So 1 Tim. 6:13 ;4. 54. Hence in N. T. i. q. to protest, to
Thu xahfiv opoXo-yiav. See Buttm. § make an earnest and solemn appeal, to
131. 3. (Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 32.) So 0. exhort solemnly, l Thess. 2: 12. Comp.
ace. of thing genr. to testify any thing, Sept. and ‘"2’?! Gen. 43: 3.
to bear witness of or concerning any
thing. John 3:11 5 Ewpdxapsv ,uapru
Mag'rugia, 0a,‘, .7, (paprupz'w,)
witness, testimony, as borne, given, comp.
poirpsv. v. 32. 1 John 1:2. Rev. 1: 2
5g EFGPTIIIPYIJE rbv )ui'yov rob 6:017. 22: in Maprbpiov.
a) judicial, Mark 14: 56, 59 0173:‘ oil
20 b ,uaprupfiw rain-a, i. e. causative,
rug in] hr 1'] paprvpia airra'w. Luke 22:
comp. v. 16. seq. acc. et dat. Rev. 22:
16 ,uapru firm: bpiv raiIra. \Vith an
71. John 8: l7. pap. xa-ré rwog Mark
acc. imp. from the context, e. g. Te. 14:55. Sept. for ‘1.? Prov. 25: 18.—
1r£pl Epoil Acts 23: ll. rofiro etc. John Jos. Ant. 4. 8. l5. Dem. 846. 24.
b) genr. to the truth of any thing.
19:35. Acts 26: 5. Heb. 10:15. 1 John
John 19: 35 Kai b e'wpamhc pepaprilpnxe,
5: 6, 7, 8. 0. dat. Acts 26: 22 ,uaprv
Klll 111079110‘) abroi Early i] pap'rvpia. 21:
poilpevoc pucpqi x. r. A. i. e. Mid. hear 24. 1 John 5: 9 rr)y p. ru'nl artiplbrrwv.
ing this MY testimony before small and
great—151V. H. 9. ll. Dem. 113]. 3 John 12. So of a poet Tit. l: 13. —
Jos. c. Ap. l. 21. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 86.
23. c. acc. et dat. Arr. Epict. 4. l. 145.
Diod. Sic. 3. 72 or 73.— Elsewhere
—Seq. dat. of pers. or thing to or for
only in reference to Jesus and his doc
whom, in favour of whom one hears
trines, i. e. to the truth of his mission
testimony. John 3: 26 (‘1 ml pspapn'lpnxac.
5:33. 18:37. 3 John 3, 6. Pass. 0.
and gospel, e. g. genr. John 5: 34 or’:
{ms Rom. 3: 2l.— Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 1, 1rapiz (we énrou rfiv p. Xapgévw. 1 John
5:10 p. av C'IIUTIP. So from John the
27.—In the sense of to prove by testi Baptist, John 1:7, 19. 5:36; from
mony, John 18: 23.—Xen. Conv. 8. 12.
other teachers Rev. 11:7. 12:11 Eu‘:
—(f Trop. of God as testifying by row Xo'yov rfig pap-roping ain'd'w i. e. the
his Spirit, by signs, miracles, etc. seq.
word, gospel, to which they testified.
rcpt’ John 5:37. 8:18. 1 John 5:9,10.
Acts 22:18 ‘11. mp! e’poi'l. Also from
(in of quot. Heb. 7: 17. re": A679, to, in
God, John 5:32. 1 John 5: 9 bis, 10,
favour of, Acts 14:3. Of the scrip 11. Of Christ's testimony respecting
tures, prophets, etc. c. 1rspl John 5:
himself, John 3:11, 32, 33. 5: 31. 8:
89. 0. dat. et seq. int. c. acc. Acts 10:
13,14. So in the phrase 1') 'uaprvpia
43. (Hdian. 3. l2. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
r05 'Irpoofi, the testimony of Jesus, i. e.
20.) So of one's deeds, works, c. mpi
what. he testified and tau ht respect
John 5: 36 rd E'p'ya & E711! 1rou3, ,uapru
ing himself and his gospel, and hence
psi 1rzpl e’pob. 10: 25. - Sept. Gen. 31:
equiv. to the gospel. Rev. 1: 2 69 Epap
48. Plut. Pericl. 22 init. Xen. Hi. 9. 3. flllpfldé‘ rov Ni-yov 701-) 9506 Kai rip’ ,uap.
c) emphat. to testify strongly, to bear
honourable testimony, and Pass. to be well '1. X. v. 9. 20: 4. 19: 10 i] yap paprvpia.
testified of, to have good witness, c. 6r: T017 ,1. Ear: r6 m/eiipa riig 1rpo¢greiag for
the testimony of Jesus is [comes from,
'Heb. 7:8. 0. int. Heb. 11:4 51' he
has for its author] the some Spirit of
e'paprupr'ltin elm: bit-aloe. v. 5. Hence
prophecy which acts in me. Hence
genr. to speak well of, to applaud, seq.
ixzw 'rr‘7v p. r017 'Ino'ofi, to hold fast the
dat. Luke 4: 22 mivreg e'paprbpovv airry'a.
testimony ofJesus, Rev. 12: l7. 19: 10.
11:48. Acts 15:8. absol. 3 John 12.
impl. 6: 9. Comp. John 14:21. 2
0. im’ nm Heb. 11: 4. — Jos. Ant. 14.
John 9.
10. 2. )lil. V. H. l. 30. — Pass. to be c) emphat. honourable testimony, good
lauded, to be of good report, Acts 6: 3.
report, 1 Tim. 3: 7.—Ecclus. 31 or 34:
c. inro' Acts 10: 22. 16:2. 22:12. 3 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. l.
John 12. c. iv 1 Tim. 5:10. Heb. 11.
2. 0. Eu’: v. 39.—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 5. M. Magriaglov, ou, rd, (paprvps'u)
Antonin. 7. 62. witness, testimony, as borne, given, 1. q.
d) i. q. papn'rpopai, to call as witness, paprvpia. Thom. Mag. papn'lpmr Kpcir
pp. Dion. Hal. 7. 49 ult. fmprupotlpzrog 1'01’ ii puprvpia.
 Magrz'xgoaw 479 Mao'w'yow
a) gem. 2 Cor. l: 12 rap. rfic 0-wa araOfi miv fifipa. 26: 65. Mark 14: 63.
dr'locwg. So historically, Acts 4: 33 r1) ,4. Acts 6:13. 7: 58. 2 Cor. 13: l. 1
rfic c'waarc'wcwg 1017 Kupl'ov i. e. of, con Tim. 5: 19. Heb. 10: 28. So Sept. for "1!
cerning the resurrection etc. Heb. 3: Dent. 17: 6. Prov. 24: 28.—Dem. 1025.
5 rig ,u. ra'w hahnenaope'vwv i. e. for giv 22. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 6.
ing testimony, testifying. —}F.l. V. H. b) genr. one who testifies or can tes<
2. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 34.. -- So in refer tify to the truth of what he has seen,
ence to Jesus and his doctrines, e. g. heard, knows. I Thess. 2: 10 IlI'uE-il;
from teachers 2 Thess. l: 10. Also r6 ,uc'rprupsg Kai 5 Geog, dig (who; r. r. X. 1
,1. r06 Xpurrm'l, the testimony of Christ, Tim. 6: 12. ,uéprvg Eariv 1': 956g; Rom.
i. e. what he testified and taught re 1: 9. Phil. 1: B. l Thess. 2: 5. pt'zprvpu
specting himself and his gospel, and r. Gear Emmhriu 2 Cor. l: 23. So in
hence equiv. to the gospel, 1 Cor. 1: 6. allusion to those who witness a public
9 Tim. 1:8. 1 Cor. 2: 1 16 ‘u. for? 9:05 game, Heb. 12: 1. So Sept. and "2’.
id.—Genr. in the sense of testimony, Gen. 31: 50. comp. Sept. Is. 43: 10.—
evidence, proof, e. g. :19 pap'rl'l wv ab-V Jos. Ant. l5. 5. 3. Luc. Phalar. prior
r07; as a testimony unto them att. 8: 1. Xen. Ag. 41. 5. In a public game
4. 24:14. Mark 1:44.. Luke 5: 14. 21. Longin. de Subl. § l4.--Espec.'of those
13; also against them Matt. 10: 18. who witnessed the life,death and resur.
Mark 6:11. 13:9. James 5: 3, and so rection of Jesus,who bear witness to the
E-Ir' ailror'lg Luke 9: 5. Also 1 Tim. 2: truth as it is in Jesus. Luke 24: 48
6 r6 paprl'lptov xatpoig 154'019, in appos. 15,427.; 5:‘ Ears‘ pc'rprupzg ror'lrwv. Acts
with (IIVTI'AUTPOV. So Sept. for ‘'2 Dent. 1:8, 22. Q: 32. 3:15. 5; 3‘2. 10: 39,
31: 26. Josh. 22: '27. — Hdot. 8. 120. 4.1. 13:31. 26:16. ‘3 Tim. 2: 2 a
Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 4;. fixouo'ag nap’ Elam’! 512. noMu'w 'uaprfipwv,
b) from the Sept. t) 0mm‘, rm‘: paprvpt'ov, i. e. confirmed by many other wit
tabernacle of witness, put for tabernacle of nesses. Seq. dat. Acts 22:15. 1 Pet.
the congregation, Heb. ‘@599 521'“, Acts 7: 5: 1.—S0 of one who bears witness for
44.. Rev. 15. 5. So Sept. for 12% ‘wk God, and testifies to the world what
Ex. 29:42, 44,. 40: 22, 24., deriving God reveals through him, i. e. a teacher,
‘1.2.1’, from ‘1'17 to testify, instead of fromprophet, genr. Rev. 11: 3; of Jesus, 6
‘L’; to assemble. See Gesen. Lex. art. péprug b 1rwr69 Rev. 1: 5. 3: 14. Comp.
‘72*’: no. 2. John 1:9. 14:6.
Magrz'agofnm, depon. Mid. (lur'lprvg)
0) a martyr, one who by his death
bears witness to the truth. Acts 22: 20
to call to witness, to invoke as witness, e.g.
Zrsqzcivou r017 pdprupo'c (mu. Rev. 9: l3.
the gods Dem. 799. 6. Comp. Buttm. l7: 6.—Euseb. H. E. 2. 1. Frequent in
Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 184'. Hence in ecclesiastical writers, see Suicer Thes.
N. T. to protest, to make an earnest
Eccl. s. voc.
and solemn appeal e. g. by way of of
tirmation, protestation. Acts 20: 26 Memento/bar, (5,1111, f. 7,160,161, also
paprl'lpo/mt {4171' an x. r. A. i. q. I so pao'éopat, depon. (,uémm) to chew, to
lemnly afiirm, I call God to witness, gnaw, e. g. rag 'yMwcac in pain Rev. 16:
that etc. Gal. 5: 3. -— Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 3. 10.—Sept. Job 30: 4. Jos. B. J. 6. 3. 3.
-—Also by way of exhortation, to ezhort Theophr. Char. 15 or 20.
solemnly, to obtest, seq. acc. et inf. Eph. Mawflyo'w, 07, f. (luau, (Fauna) tO.
4': 17.—Pol. 13. 8. 6. Thuc. 6. 80. scourge, trans. e. g. persons as criminals,
Mlz'g'rug, 050;, b, 1‘), a witness, dat. Matt. 10:17. 20: 19. 23: 34. Mark
péprvpr, acc. pc’rprvpa, dat. plur. lu'lprmn. 10: 34'. Luke 18:33. John 19: 1. Sept.
The mom. pdprup belonged to the Eolic for "-3? Ex. 5: 14.. Dent. 95: 13.—El. V.
dialect, and is not found in N. T. In H. 12. 62. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18.—Trop.
later ecclesiastical writers it became cur of God, to chastise, to correct, Heb. 12:
rent in the sense of martyr. See Buttm. 6 Fau'fl'yo'i 5e‘ 1rc'wra uiov 3v 'rrapade'xsrm,
Ausf. Sprachl. § 58. I. p. 235. quoted from Sept. Prov. 3: 12, where
21) pp. in a judicial sense. Matt. 18: Heb. 35?, i. e. as a father. Sept. and
16 Erri ore/Aura; 51'10 paprl’lpwv f) rpui'w Pig-‘.1 Prov. l7: 10.—Tub. 13:9, 5..
 lwoia'ngw 480
MNO'TZW, f. (Em, (prim-15,) to scourge,
trans. e. g. a person as criminal Acts 22:
25. Sept. for-‘1?? Num. 22: 5.—Wisd. 5.
11. Luc. Tim. 23. Plut.Alex. M.42 ult.
Mowing, 170;, 1'], a who), scourge,
Acts 22: 24. Heb. 11: 36. Sept. for
15113 1 K. 12: 11,14. Prov. 26:3. —
Luc. Asin. 44. Xen. An. 3. 4. 25.—
Trop. a scourge, from God, i. e. disease,
plague, Luke 7: 21 inn‘) véawv Kai pa
ari-ywv. Mark 3: 10. 5: 29, 34. Sept. for
='-s,='_= Ps. 32: 10. ,2; Ps. 39:12. 89:33.
—Ecclus. 40: 9. 2 Macc. 9: 11. comp.
Hom. 11. 12.37.
Mao'lro'g, 05, a, the breast, pap.
Luke 11: 27 ,uumipioi oi pao'rol oi); £01,
Xuaag. 23: 29. Rev. 1: 13. Sept. for ‘I’?
Job 3:12. Cant. l: 12.—Pol.l5. 31.13.
Xen. An. 4. 3. 6.
MaramM'y/a, mg, 1'], (pamwxo'.
70g.) vain talk, emptyjangling, 1 Tim. 1:
6.—P0rphyr. deAbstin. 4. 16. Flat. ed.
R. V1. p. 21. 9.
MwrouoMg/og, 0:), 5, 1'7, (pdraloc,
hé'ym) given to vain talhing, subst. vain
talker, empty wrangler, Tit. 1: 10.
Moirouog, 0t, 01', 016.701’) vain,
empty, fruitless, Tit. 3: 9. along 1 Cor.
15: 17. Spnaxeia James 1:26. S01
Cor. 3: 20, quoted from Ps. 94:11
Where Sept. for 53?}, as also Zech. 10:
2. for 1s. 31: 2. — Hdian. 6. 7. 24.
Xen. Vect. 4. 41.—From the Heb. n‘:
puirata, vanities, nothings, for idols, idola.
try, Acts 14: 15. So Sept. and 5?? 1 K.
.16: 13. 2 K. 17:15. Jet-.225. 8:19.
Hence also pa-rala til/001120931’! 1 Pet. 1:
18 ,i.q.idolatrous walk, practice ofidolatry.
Mwrawrng, 17mg, 17, (pdratog) Xen. An.,1. 8. 6.—So for the sword of
vanity, emptiness. 2 Pet. 2: 18 inrépo-yxa justice, i. e. of the executioner, Acts 12:
yilp paraiérnrog ¢t9eyyéperoa Sept. for 2. Rom. 8:35. Heb. 11: 34,27. Hence
P“. Ps. 4: 3. —- In the sense of frailty, llhphavl;
o 5711 ('1 lchep
transientness, Rom. 8: 20 1'17 yap ,ua-raté
rnn
Ps. 39:
i7 Krimg
6. 62:im'era'yr).
10. E00. 1:2,
S0 Sept.
14.—From
for
theHeb. forfolly, pcmerseness, wickedness,
Eph. 4: 17. So Sept. and Ps. 26: 4.
119: 37. 144:8,11.
Ma'raléfd, 5, f. 41mm, (Mir-11:09,) pp.
to‘make vain,- in N. T. from the Heb.
only Pass. to become vain, i. e. foolish,
perverse, wicked. Rom. 1: 21 Eparaafifln
auv Ev ro'ic EiaXo-ywpoic (lin'dw, in refer
M02701
ence espec. to idolatry, comp. v. 23, and
see in Marmot; ult. So Sept. and ‘>55 2
K. 17:15. Jer.2:5. Comp. Sept. for
5:9: [and 5‘3¥_>U]1 Sam. 13; 13. 26:21.
Moi'rnlt, adv. in‘vain, to no purpose,
fruitlessly. Matt. 15: 9 ct Mark 7: 7 p.
5.‘ as'gov'rm' [16. Sept. for 81?)? Jer. 2: 30.
—Hdian. 1. 4. 7. Xen. (Ec. 7. 40.
Mwréaiog, 00, 6, Matthew, the
writer of the first Gospel, one of the
apostles, called also Levi, originally a
publican, 6 "Mayne, Matt. 10:3. 9:9.
Mark 3: 18. Luke 6:15. Acts 1:13.
Comp. Mark 2: 14. Luke 5: 27.
Martla'l', b, indec. .M'atthan, Heb.
113? (gift), pr. n. 111. Matt. 1: 15 bis.
Mwrlitif, l), indec. Matthat, pr. n.
of two men, Luke 3: 24, 29.
Marth’ag, a, 6,Matthias, (prob. i. q.
Marra6iag,) pr. n. of the apostle chosen
in the place of Judas, Acts 1: 23, 26.
Marrafloi, é, indec. llfattatha,
Heb. "PD-‘3 (gift of Jehovah), [2'] pr. n.
m. Luke 3: 31.
Mar-railing, 0v, 6,(i.q.preced.)Mat
tathias,pr.n. of two men, Luke 3: 25, 26.
Moixmga, mg, 1'), (prob. pdxrh) a
lmife, slaughter-knife, worn by Homer’s
heroes along with the sword, ll. 3. 271.
Hdot. 2. 61. 1151. V. H. 8. 3.-—In N. T.
a sword, pp. for cutting. Matt. 26: 47
para paxmplbv Kai Ei'ihwmv. 51 dve'mraas
rip! ,uc'lxaipavaizroi'l. v. 52 ter, 55. Mark
14:43,47,4B. Luke 21:24- 22: 36,
38,49,52. John 18: 10,11. Acts 16:
27. Heb. 4: 12. Rev. 6:4. 13: 10 bis,
14. trop. Eph. 6: 17. Sept. for =21? Gen.
34; 25. Judg. 3: 16.—Diod. Sic. 16.94.
a: or, to bear
power the and
of life sword, i. e.
death,
Rom. 13:4.—-1Eschin. 38: ll. Philostr.
V.Apollon. 7. 16. comp. Suetou. Vitell.
c. 15. — Meton. sword for war, opp.
clpr'pvn, Matt. 10: 34. So 11:4? Sept. man.
,uog Lev. 26: 6. Sept. and 'QfiFJer. 14: 13.
Max’). as. 1',,(a.-p.',,..zxp.',,) afight,
battle, Hdian. 8. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.
29. In N. T. genr. slrzfiz, contest, con
troversy. 2 Cor. 7: 5 ZEmOsv pa”... 2
Tim. 2: 23. Tit. 3: 9 pdxag voplmr'rg i. e.
 Méxopwt 481 Mé'yotg
controversies respecting the Mosaic law. jesty, i. e. the divine majesty, meton.
James 4: 1. Sept. for 5"‘: Gen. 13:7. for God himself, Heb. 1:3. 8: 1. Also
15?? Prov. 15: 18. -- Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 3. in ascriptions Jude 25. So Sept. for
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 38. 51.‘: Deut. as. a. 112:“, 1 Chr. 29. 11.
Motxflfbdl, f. r'aopat, (ptixm) to Ps. 145:6. — Act. Thom. \515. Test.
fight, p . in war, battle, Hdian. 4. 15. XII Patr. p. 586. meton. for God,
15. en. Cyr. 3. 3. 29,30. In N. T. Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T.
genr. to strive, to contend, e. g. physi. p. 187. The usual word in Greek
call in a private quarrel, Acts 7:26. writers is pé-yetlog.
So Sept. for $3 [Niph.] Ex. 21:22. 2. Mé'yag, (1.2702707, (.oé'ya, Gen. I..
Sam. 14: 6. Also in words, to strive,to 7671011, 114-, on‘ Compar. 11:/(my, Superl.
dispute, e. g. "pa; e'tMt'lhouc John 6: 52. pé-ywroc once 2 Pet. 1:4. A double
recipr. 2 Tim. 2: 24. James 4: 2. Sept. compar. is ,uttZérepog 3 John 4, see un
for T‘? Gen. 31: 36. Neh. 13: 25.—Arr. der 'EAaxtoro'repoe—Great, large, pp.
Epict. 4. 1. 146. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16. of physical magnitude.
Me'yahavxéw, a, f. flaw, (fté'yac, :1) of men or animals, great in size,
al'ixc'u to boast,) to boast largely, to play stature, John 21: ll 1x069. Rev. 12: 3
the braggart, James 3: 5.—2 Macc. 15: 5ptixwv. v. 14. Of persons, i. q. full
32 Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 6 pen. I. p. grown, Heb. 11:24 pé-yag yevopevoc,
243, ed. Tauchn. Diod. Sic. 15. 16. and so ,utxptlg Kai pe'yag small and great
Meg/analog, a, or, (Ité’yafi‘v) great. Acts 8:10. 26: 22. Heb. 8:11. Rev.
glorious, wonderful, e. g. 'ril pc'yaheia,
11:18. Sept. for 51*: Ez.29:3. 17.
3. Gen. 19:11. — Palae h. 40.1, 2.
great things, wonderful worhs, Luke 1: 49.
Acts 2:11. Sept. for 1155"‘? Ps. 71: 19.— Hdian. 2. 9. 6. pers. Luc. ox. 44. Xen.
Cyr. l. 3. l4, 17.—Hence of age, 6 pel
Ecclus. 18: 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 2. Zwv, the elder, Lat. major natu, Rom.
Mayalteto'rng, grog, .',,(,ueya)\;7m;,) 9: 12, quoted from Gen. 25: 23 where
greatness, majesty, glory, e. g. rot? 9:017 Sept. for =3. Comp. Xen. Ven. 9. 8.
Luke 9: 43. r017 Kvplou2 Pet. 1: 16."); b) of things, great, e. g. a) in size,
'Aprz'ptiog Acts 19: 27. Sept. for “7,3,?!” extent, Matt. 27: 60 M001’. ark 13: 2
Jer. 33:9.—Esdr. I: 5. Jos. Ant. 8.4. 3. oim'ag. Luke 12:18. 16:26 xriapa.
Me'yutton'gan'r'ig, tag, 05;, b, t;,adj. (Palmph. 29. 5.) Luke 22: 12. Acts
(pz'yac, 1rpc'1rw,) pp. ‘ becoming to a great 10:11. 1 Cor. 16:9 St'tpa. Rev. 8:10.
man,’ magnanimous, Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. 11:8. 14:19. 18: 2|. al. Trop. of
In N. T. magnificent, most splendid, of guilt John 19: 11. Sept. for 5'1"; Josh.
things, 2Pet. 1:17 {mo rfic ,uc'y. Eo'Eqc—2 10:2, 11. trop. 2 Sam. l3:16.—Hdian.
Macc. 15: 13. 3 Macc. 2:9. Xen. Hi.2.2. 3. 7. 5. ib. 4. 15. 14.—([3) in measure,
Meg/00.6w, t‘. on}, (pi-ya“) to make e. g. tall, large, Luke 13:19 Bévtipov.
Matt. 13:32. Mark 4:32. or long,
great, to enlarge, c. acc.
Rev. 6: 4 ptixatpa' or broad, large, Rev.
a) gem. e. g. rc‘t xpa'mrzha ro'tv 1,11.
9: l4 nora’ulc. 20: l t'ihvatgu— Hdian.
Matt. 23: 5. r6 E'hcoc pet-ti rtvog to shew
one great mercy, do him great kind 3.3.10. ib. 3. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 17
ness, Luke 1: 58. So Sept. and Heb. X‘Tlill'.——('y) ofnumber or amount, Mark
191: Bags Gen. 19. 19. comp. Ps. 57. 11. 5: ll t't'ye'hr]. 1 Tim. 6: 6. Heb. 10:35.
—Thuc. 5. 98. trop. John 15: 13. Acts 4: 33 xriptc.
James 4: 6. Sept. and B's-:3 l K. 8:66.
b) i. to magmfy, to praise, Luke 1:
2 Chr. 7: 8.—Hdian. 7. 4. 9 nhiiflop—
461131’ I'lptoy. Acts 5: 13. 10:46. 19:
(5) in price, cost, great, costly, splendid,
17. 2 Cor. 10. 15. Phil. 1. 20. Sept.
Luke 5:29 30x11. 14: 16 Be'i-lrrov. 2 Tim.
for ‘>1: Ps. 34.4. 69: 31. 2 Sam. 7. 2.20. Heb. 9. 11. Sept. and ‘>11:
26.—Ecclus. 43: 31. Diod. Sic. l. 20.
Xen. Ap. Socr. 32. Gen.2l:8. Jer. 52:13. Of a day,
celebration, great, solemn, John 7:37.
MEYUDWQ, adv. (pe’yag) greatly, 19: 31; elsewhere of the day of judg
much, Phil. 4:10 e'xa' 11v peya'hwc. —— ment Acts 2: 20. Jude 6. Rev. 6: 17.
Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 10. en. Hi. 4. 5. 16: 14. So Sept. and 55"; Mal. 4: 5.
Msyakwoém, 27;, ,7, (Ft-y“) M. Joel 2: 11, 31.—(e) trop. great in esti
2 n
 Méya; 482 Meél'ornat
mation, weight, importance. Matt. 22: 22: 24. 2 Pet. 2: Il.—In a bad sense,
36, 3851/1'016]. Eph. 5: 32 et 1 Tim. 3: great, noted, 1‘, mipvr] Rev. 17: 1. 19: 2
16 pvcrrr'ypwv. 1 John 5: 9 paprvpla. 1 Sept. and 55"; 2 Sam. 7: 9. Neh. ll:
Cor. 9:11. So yellow greater, more 14.—Dem. 116.8. Hdian. 1. 6.17. Xen.
important, Matt. 23: 19. 1 Cor. 13: 13. An. 3. 2. 10. mipvog Eschin. 22. 28.
Heb. 11: 26. pé'ywroc 2 Pet. 1: 4.. Sept. e) implying censure, i. q. too great,
for F1151 Sam. 22; 15.—Dem. 1366. 22. i. e. lofty, boasg‘ul, arrogant. Rev. 13: 5
Diod. Sic. a. 72. Xen. An. 2. 6. 14. aropa )uzkaiiv pe'yt'tka xal filmmpnpa'ag.
c) trop. great in force, intensity, ef So Sept. and Chald. E133, [fem. pl.]
fect, e. g. (a) as affecting the external Dan. 7: 8,20. Heb. 5'“; Sept. ‘ue'ya
senses, great, vehement, violent, Matt. Aofifir'ppwv Ps. 12: 4.---Hom. 0d. 22. 288
8: 524- crewluig' 'yag. Luke 21: 11. (El. ,ue'ya ehrety. Sept. Ajax 384' or 386.
V. H. 6. 9.) Affark 4: 37 AaiAcuP. v.39 Dem. 1124.. 25 'Lé'ya Aakeiv, comp. 98 l.
711M110). John 6: 18 r’iveftog. (Dem. 25. AL.
1213. 27.) Rev. 11: 19 xrihafa. 16:21. Mé'yeflog, 80;, avg, 1.5, (Pé-ya“)
So likewise 1min; Matt. 7: 27. 53:77,“: greatness, trop. Eph. 1: 19 1'6 p. riic Ev
Luke 6:49. gnaw’, Matt. 24:31. (Hdian. mi‘ucwg GI'ITOI-I. Sept. for 571: Ex. 15:
1.8. 12.) xpavyr', Acts 23: 9. Rev. 14: 16.—.Escllin. 82. 16. phys. Hdian. 8. 2.
18. xpr'lzur peilov adv. more vehement 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12.
lg Matt. 20. 31. (Hdot. 2.14.1.4.) Also
n-vpcrdc Luke 4: 38. Ko'rrcrog Acts 8: 2. Ms'ywwivsg, am, 01, (Ité‘ydg‘, péyt
Sept. Gen. 50: 10.—(,6) as afl'ecting the 0709,) the great Lat. magnates, i.e. chiefs,
mind, causing emotion, e. g. Matt. 2: nobles, princes, Mark 6: 21. Rev. 6:
10 xapav pry. 3 John 4. Mark 5: 42 15. 18: 23. Sept. for an"!!! Jer. l4:
E'xo'ramv '4. Luke 2: 9 gogov. Rom. 3. Nah. 2. 5. w‘P-l, Jon. 3. 7. via
9: 2 Many. Rev. 12: 12 -..u ‘9p. (111s 2 Chr. 36: 18. Chald. rag-3: Dan. 5:
chin. 63. 10 6971']. Xen. yr. 4'. 2. 10 l sq.--Act. Thom. § 7. Jos. Ant. ll.
origog.) So of events, etc. Matt. 24.: 3. 2. ib. 20. 2. 3. Artemidor. l. 2. ib.
21 Skitluc. Luke 4: ‘25 Mpo'g. 21: 23. 3. 9. Sueton. Calig. 5. It is a word
Acts 8:] $767,169. James 3: l xpz';m. of the later Greek, Phryn. et Lob. p.
Rev. 16:21 1rM1'yr'1. (Sept. Job 2: l3. 196 sq Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 180 sq.
Eschin. 55. 10. Xen. An. 5.8. 17.) Sing. ps'yurrdv occurs once Ecclus. 4: 7.
Of things exciting admiration, great, Mtg/1670;, see in Mé-yac init. and b. s.
mighty, wonderful, e. g. anpsia . great Medegamsz'm, f. el'w'w, (,ami, Ep‘uu
signs, mighty deeds, miracles, 1\ att. 24: vet/w, to translate over sc. from one lan
24'. Luke 21: 11. Acts 6: 8. away“; guage into another, to interpret; in N. T.
Acts 8: 13. among '11. Acts 4:33. 8: only Pass. Matt. 1:23 6' ion 146669;“;
10. So yellow: sc. Ep-ya John 1:51. rzvd you. Mark 5: 41. 15: 22, 34.
5: 20. 14.: 12. Joined with Saupaaréc John 1: 42. Acts 4: 36. 13: 8.-—Jos. c.
Rev. 15: 1,3. 2 Cor. 11: 15 rt’ pé-ya Ap. 1. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 11.
m'w what wonder then.’ comp. v. 14. So
Sept. and 5'“; Deut. 6: 22. 10. 21. 29: Métn, 775, t,, 9.50., mulled wine,
31.—Dem. 1046. 10. Eschin. 79. 13. Germ.Meth, mead ,) drunkenness, dnmken
d) trop. great in power, dignity, au frolic, Luke 21: 34. Rom. 13:13. Gal.
thority, e. g. 01 pe'yékot the great, i. e. 5: 21. Comp. in KpaurdAr]. Sept. for
nobles,princes, Matt. 20: 25. Mark 10: fees E123: 33. 39; 19. El. V. H. 3.
42. Matt. 5: 35 7017 pay. Bamhe'wg. (1131. l4. Xen. Ag. 5.1.
V. H. 12. l. Hdian. 6. 4. 8.) Heb. 4: Mia/677%“, f. raa'rfiau, (per-a.
l4 I’lpxltpéfl p. 10: 21. 13: 20. Of God 10mph) also ,uefhrrravw 1 Cor. 13:2,
Tit. 2: 13. Rev. 19: 17. of Diana Acts comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 112. 12.—
19: 27, 28, 34., 35. So am‘. great, dis To set or move over sc. from one place
tinguished, Matt. 5: 19 01170;‘ ,ué'yag x)“; to another, to transfer, to remove; in N. T.
Gflaerzu. Mark 10: 43. Luke 7: 16 1rpo only in the transitive forms.
firm. Acts 8: 9. SO 'ust'i'wv seq. gen. a) pp. 0. acc. 1 Cor. 13:2 d'nrre 5917
att. 11:11. Luke 7: 28. John 13: 16. peewrr'wew. seq. £1¢ Col. 1: 13. Sept.
1 Cor. 14.: 5. simply Matt. 18: 1. Luke for 151*: Is. 54: 10.—Jos. Ant. 9. l]. l
 MetJoBs/u
ult. Hdian. 6. 4. 14.—Trop. to draw over
to another side or party, to seduce, c.
acc. b'xkov ixavov Acts 19: 26. Sept. for
"‘?U 15. 59: 15.—Xen. 2. 2. 5.
b) of persons, to remove sc. from otlice,
trans. e. g. a king, to depose, Acts 13:
22, coll. 1 Sam. c. 16.; a steward, to
dismiss, Luke 16: 4' bray perao‘raecb rfic
olxovopiac, where for the genit. comp.
Matth. § 353. Winer § 30. 6. So Sept.
for ""11?! 1 K. 15: 13.—Pol. 4. 87. 9,seq.
firm’ 0. gen.
Msélobil'a, ag, 17, from the verb anything black, e. g. inh. 2 Cor. 3: 3
#:6055130) to methodise, 0151121., 656;‘, ,uz'ao
30g,) i. e. to trace out with method and
skill, Diod. Sic. l. 15, 81; to treat me
thodically, Philo Quod det ins. pot. p.
175. C. de Agric. p. 191. B; to use art,
to deal artfully, Sept. 2 Sam. 19:27.
Polyb. 38. 4. 16. Hence ,usflo5cla,
method, in the sense of art, wile, only in
N. T. Eph. 4: 14. 6: 11.—Hesych.
14290521219‘ re'xvag'. So (1min) xal P660509
Artemid. 3. 25.
Msdégmg, 00, (1,17, adj.(,ueré, 5pm,)
bordering upon, frontier, e. g. 1r0'/\zg Jos.
B. J. 4.. ll. 8. yr“, Thuc. 2. 27. In N.
T. neut. plur. rd Inflo'pm sc. xwpz'a,
borders, confines, Mark 7: 24 rd p. Tbpou
m1 Etbu'wogn—Hdian. 5. 4. 10. Xen.
Cyr. l. 4. 16.
Madonna), f. bow, (,uéOu, comp. in
M50") to make drunk; Mid. to become
drunh, to be dmnhen, comm. Engl. to get
drunk, and by impl. to carouse; Aor. 1
Pass. 91.90.1011.’ in Mid. signif. Buttm.
§ 136. 2. Comp. Buttm. § 114. p. 291.
§ 112. n. 6.—Abs01. Luke 12: 4'5 1r1'vcw
Kai PeOboxwOm. John 2:10. 1 Thess.
5: 7. 0. dat. o‘imp Eph. 5: 18. Trop. in
r05 o‘ivov r171; 1ropru'ag Rev. 17: 2. Sept.
Act. for ‘91.5 Jer. 5]: 7. Hub. 2: 15.
Mid. for no? Prov. 4.; 17. 1?: m5: Prov.
23: 30. — Luc. de dea Syr. 22. D.
Deor. 6. 3. P01. 4. 57. 3.
Méfluoog, .3, .7, adj. 0.501),) drunken,
subst. a drunhard, 1 Cor. 5: 11. 6:10.
Sept. for R313 Prov. 23: 21. “1:1? Prov.
26: 9.— Luc. Tim. 55 ;4. m1 m'lpowoc.
Plut. Cato Min. 24.. Earlier writers
used pith/dog only of females, later ones
also of men, Lob. ad Phr. p. 151 sq.
Meéz’m, (p501), comp. in Meom) only
in pres. and imperf. all other forms be.
longing to pzfh'wxu q. v. Buttm. § 114,.
483 Mtherein
Passow sub v. — To be drunk, to get
drunk, and by impl. to carouse, absol.
Matt. 24: 49 para‘: ru'w Feeuovruw with
the drunken. Acts 2:15. 1 Cor. 11: 21.
l Thess. 5: 7. Trop. Ex r017 ai'paroe Rev.
17:6. Sept. for ‘51.5 1 Sam. 1: 13. Job
12: 25. trop. 01': am) o‘ivou for 1‘? ‘a?
Is. 51: 21. comp. Deut. 32: 42.—]E1. V.
H. 2. 40. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 21.
MilzwhMulérepog, see in Méyag init.
Mébw', “"05 rd, (neut. of ,uc’Aag)
Ema-rah) e’y'ys-ypappz'vn oi: ,u’haw. 2 John
12. 3 John 13. —- Dem. 313. 11. See
Jahn § 87 ult.
Mémg, cum, on, black, Matt. 5:
36 spiE. Rev. 6: 5, 12. Sept. for ‘in?
Lev. 13:37. Cant. l: 5.—Luc. Paras.
41. Xen. An. 4. 5. 13.
Mekeaig, (2', I), Meleas, pr. n. m.
Luke 3: 31.
Méhél, impl. Z'pehz, fuhluekr'lcru, im
pers. forms from ,uz'hw, to be for care
and concern to any one, civttpénowv.
ye'hu Hom. 0d. 9. 20. Hence FEM‘, it
concerns, c. dat. of pers. and usually to
be rendered personally, i. e. to care jbr,
to take care of, pp. seq. gen. of the ob
ject, Buttm. <) 132. 5. 3. 1 Cor. 9:9 pr)
ru'w [305v FEM: 9:93,- i. e. does not God
take care of oxen? 0. gen. impl. 1 Cor.
7: QL—Jos. Ant. 7.1.6. Luc. D. Mort.
92. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 30. —— Seq. wept’
c. gen. Matt. 22: 16 on’: péhn om wept
obfcrég i. e. thou carestjbr no one, art im.
partial. Mark 12: 14. John 10: 13. 12:
6. 1 Pet. 5.1-1 Macc. 14.. 43. Jos.
Ant. 12. 4.. 2. Xen. Hi. 9. 10.—Once
with a nominat. Acts 18:17 oi/Ee‘v roi'n-wv
I‘aXMwm Zpckev, i. e. none of these things
was matter of concern to Gallio, he cared
for none of them. See Matth. § 348. n.
2. comp. Buttm. § 129. 10. —Hom. I].
5. 490. Eurip. Hippol. 104,.—-Seq. 511,
Mark 4: 38 oil pike: 001, 5n drrohhilllucaa;
Luke 10: 40.-Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13, c. (be.
MfiAETéw, 5, l‘. fiow,(,ué}\w, #554,)
to care for, to take care for anything,
i. e. so as to be able to perform it, comp.
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 176; hence
Lat. meditare, to meditate, c. acc. of thing
Mark 13:11. 1 Tim. 4: 15 Till-ITO pckc'ra.
Acts 4': Q5 rt’ z'IueMrna’av xevzi; quoted
from Ps. 2: l where Sept. for "3Q, also
2 n 2
 Mitt: 484
Prov.8:7. Is. saw, 13. to‘? Ps. 119;
l48.—Dem.1129. 9. Xen.Mem. 1.2.21.
Mé7\‘, 170;, rd, honey, Lat. mel,
Rev. 10:9,10. Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1: 6
p0“ ii-ypwv, see in 'A'ypwg. Sept. for
It?! Gen. 43:11. Judg. 14: 8, 18.—
Diod. Sic. 19. 94. Xen. H. G. 5. 3. l9.
Mel/smog, 00, a, ,5, adj. (,uéxwea
bee,) of bees, made by bees. Luke 24:
42 am; y. Knpa’ov of bee-comb.
MEN'T’], 21;, 1", Melita, now Malta,
an island of the Mediterranean, lying to
the southward of Sicily, Acts 28: 1.
Here Paul was shipwrecked, after being
driven up and down for fourteen days
in the Adriatic Sea, between Sicily and
Greece, see ’A§plag and Acts 27: 27 sq.
Hence he sailed again on a direct course
by Syracuse and Rhegium to Puteoli,
Acts 28: 11 sq. —- There was another
small island of the same name in the
Adriatic Gulf, on the coast of Illyricum,
now called .Meleda, which some have
thought to be the place of Paul's ship
wreck; but its position does not accord
with the account of the subsequent
voyage to Puteoli; nor can we well
suppose avessel bound from Alexandria
to Puteoli to have wintered in this island.
Comp. Acts 28: ll.
Ménw, f. {,w, (kindr. with to...)
imperf. E'luehhov and fi'ucMtov Buttm.§ 83.
n. 5; to be about to do or sufl'er any
thing, to be on thepoint of, seq. infin. of
that which one is about to do or suffer,
mostly the inf. future, (in N. T. least of
all,) freq. inf. present, and rarely int‘.
aorist, which latter Phrynichus con
demns p. 336, though it is found in the
earliest writers and even in Ionic and
Attic prose. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 745 sq.
Comp. Passow sub v. Winer § 45. p.
276. For the force of the inf. pres. et
aor. after pe'kku, as implying duration
or transientness, see Buttm. § 137.
at) pp. and (a) genr. seq. inf. present,
Luke 7: 2 5,100.: rehcurqiv, was about to
die, was at the point of death. John 4: 47.
Acts 21:27. 27:33. Seq. inf. aorist,
Rev. 3: 2 & pe'Mu ti'rroflave'iv. l2: 4.—
c. pres. 2 Macc. 9:18. All. V. H. 1. 11.
c. aor. Hdian. 2. 10. 9. Thuc. 6. 31.—
([3) Also as implying purpose i. q. to
have in mind, to intend, to will, seq. inf.
pres. Matt. 2: l3 ye'kku 'yllp 'Hprbbnc
M9.0;
Zm-eiv r6 muba’ov. Luke IO: 1. John 6:
6. Acts 3: 3. 12:6. Rev. 10:4. Seq.
inf. aor. Rev. 2: 10 1'50‘) pe’Mu Bahs'iv.
3: 16. —c. pres. Xen. An. 5. 7. 5. c.
aor. 1E1. V. H. 3. 27. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16.
b) i. q. ought, should, must, as imply
ing necessity, accordance with the nature
of things or with the divine appoint
ment, and therefore certain, destined to
take place. So seq. inf. pres. Matt. 11:
14 'HMac b ps'hhuv Zpxso'fiat. 20: 22.
Mark 10:32. Luke 9: 31, 44. John
11: 51. Acts 28:6. Rom. 4:24. 8:13.
Heb. 1:14. James 2:12. Rev. 2: 10 &
pe'khuc mia'xcw. Seq. inf. aor. Rom. 8:
18 rr)v Fe'hhovoay 565a)’ droxaku¢efivac
Gal. 3:23. Seq. inf. fut. Acts 1l:28
)u'uov ,uc'yav ,ue'Muv 50:06:11. 24: l5.—
0. pres. Diod. Sic. 2. 31. Xen. Lac. 1.
3. c. aor. Xen. 6. l. 40. c. fut. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 5.—Hence particip. pt'AXc-w,
ouo'a, 0v, impending, future, 0. inf. impl.
as Za'wflat, 'e'pxweur etc. Matt. 3: 7 an‘:
rfie ,ueMot'm'nC cipyfic. 12:32. Rom. 5:
14.. 1 Tim. 4.; s. Heb. 9; 11. 13:14..
ri: pe'Moyra things to come, Rom. 8: 38.
1 Cor. 3:22. sic rd pz'lthov, in future.
hereafter. Luke 13:9. 1 Tim. 6: l9.—
Luc. D. Mort. 3. 1. Hdian. 1. 14.3.
Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 13.
c) i. q. may, can, will, implying pos
sibility, probability, what one hopes or
tears, seq. inf. pres. Matt. 24: 6. Luke
22: 23 d 'ron'rro pe'khwv 'ngéaacw, who
might or could do this. Acts 20: 38.
1 Tim. I: 16. Seq. inflfut. Acts 27: 10
Szwpir {in peril iigpewg'. . pe'Xhsw E'cwdm
rov 1r)\m7v.—c. pres. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. B.
c. fut. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16.
d) i. q. to be ever about to do a thing.
i. e. to linger, to delay. Acts 22: 16 mi
v17)’ 1:’ pe'AAug—Jos. Ant. 3.2.3. Hdiflll
2. 2. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15. An.
MéMr, we, avg, Ta, a limb, member,
sc. of the body.
a) pp. Matt. 5:29,:30 Ev HEY/“Mir oov.
Rom. 12:4 bis. 1 Cor. 12:12 his,14,
18,19, 20, 22, 25, 26 quater. James 3:
5, 6.—Hom. 0d. 11. 599. Hdot. 1'
119. E]. V. H. 14. 7.—Plur. Ta pat!’
the members, collect. i. q. the body, 85 the
seat of the desires and passions, Rom
6: 13 bis, Tb pi)“; iqubv 57h“ ¢iburiaC_V
buratom'wrlc. v. 19 bis. 7: 5, 23 bl$~
Col. 3: 5. James 4: 1. 1 Cor. 6: 15 ter.
re‘: mlapura blurb’ péhy' Xpwrou'; Early . - -
 M27964’
srépmcpéhy, i. 0. your bodies are Christ's
bodies, they belong to Christ and not to
a harlot.
b) trop. member of the church, of which
Christ is the head, 1 Cor. 12:27. Eph. 5:
30. dMr'lhuv ,ue'hrl members ofoneanother,
i. e. as intimately united in Christian
fellowship, Rom. 12: 5. Eph. 4: 25.
M5170’, 6, indec. Melehi, Heb. prob.
‘25’; (my king,) pr. n. of two of Jesus’
ancestors, Luke 3: 24, 28.
Mehxmeaix, 6, indee. Melchieedek,
Heb. P3“??? i. e. kin of righteousness,
pr. n. of a king of Salem or Jerusalem,
and a patriarchal priest of Jehovah, co.
temporary with Abraham, comp. Gen.
14:18 sq.—Heb. 5:6, 10. 6:20. 7:1, and oily, where each particle retains its
10,11,15, 17, 21. — Comp. Jos. Ant. own proper force, e. g. pe‘v yap—5r’, for
1. 10. 2.
Milw, see in Méket.
Mqwcgém, us, .7, Lat. membrane,
i. e. membrane, skin, parchment, 2 Tim.4:
13.—Comp. Plin. H. N. 13. 11 or 21.
Méptpofhm, f. 410m", depon. Mid.
to find flzult with, to blame, to censure, 0.
dat. Heb. 8:8 peppo'pevoc ‘yap din-074;
Ae'yu. Absol. Rom. 9: 19. Mark 7: 2 in
text. rec.—c. dat. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 20.
Mead/(1.01504, w, a, t], (,téaqwpm,
poipa) pp. ‘ finding fault with one's lot,’
i. e. discontented, complaining, J ude 16.—
Plut. dc cohih. Ira c. 13. T. III. p.252.
Tauchn. Luc. D. Door. 20. 4.
Mb, conjunci. implying affirmation
or concession, indeed, truly, and at the
same time pointing forward to some
thing antithetic, or at least different,
which is then commonly subjoined with
8:’ or an equivalent particle; so that pill
and 5:’ correspond to each other, and
mark the protasis and apodosis. Where
the antithesis is strong, ‘hey—55' may be
rendered indeed—but ; in many instances ,
however, they merely mark a transition,
or are continuative, and cannot well be
given in English. See genr. Buttm.
§ 149. p. 426 sq. Passow in pz'v. Matth.
§ 622. Herm. ad Vig. p. 841. The place
of '14:’)! is regularly after the word to
which it belongs in sense, i. e. usually
after one, two,three, or even four words
in a clause (John 16: 22), never at the
beginning, see Winer p. 460.
485 Mir
a) \Vhere there is a distinct and defi
nite antithesis, and pz'v retains its con
cessive power, indeed, e. g. (a) seq. 6:’
in the apodosis, so that Fir—3:’ is i. q.
indeed—hut. Matt. 3: 11 £76: ,ue‘v flurr
n’lw i446: iv 55m’; . . . h 3:‘ d1rt'aw you
Ep riluryoc. 9:37 6 pc‘v 9.91.4.6; #071119,
oi :‘ Ep'ydrq: dM-yoz. 17: 11. Mark 1:8.
10: 39,40. John 16:22. Acts 1:5. 22:
9. Rom. 2: 7,8. 1 Cor. 1]: 14 sq. 12:
20. Phil. 3:1. Heb. 3:5, 6. 1Pet.1:20.
al. saepiss. Placed irregularly, i. e. be
fore the word to which it refers, Acts
22: 3. Tit. l: 15. Comp. Winer p. 460
s)2.—.Sept. Job 42: 5. 1E1. H. A. 2. 31.
en. Mem. 1.6. 11.—So too with 769
indeed-but, Acts 13: 36 Aagid pe‘v 'yilp
. . . 3v 5:‘ 6 Geog‘ fi'yupcv x. 1'. X. fizr David
indeed---bul etc. 23:8. 25:11. Rom. 2:
25. 1 Cor. 11: 7. 2 Cor. 9: l, coll. 3.
Heb. 7: 18 sq. al. Inverted Acts 28:22.
(Wisd. 7:30. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 5.) pr‘v
ohm—5:’, where ot'w is illative and flew
refers to 5:’, indeed therefore or then—but,
Acts 18: 14 sq. at [.4811 05y fir dhixnpd
r: . . . :1 5d (inn/1a K. 'r. A. 19:38 sq.
1 Cor. 9:25. Phil. 2: 23.—Xen. Mem.
4. 2. 40. — With some other parti
cle in the apodosis, comp. Passow ,ue'v
no. 2. f. Buttm. p. 427. Matth. l. c.
Winer p. 448. E. g. ,uz‘v—dhhd Rom.
14:20. pe‘v yizp—dMé Acts 4: 16 sq.
1 Cor. l4: l7. (Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen.
Xen. (E0. 3. 6.) pa‘w—Evrum John 11:6
:52. James 3: 17. comp. Matth. § 622. 6.
en. Mem. 1. 4. 11.) Fir—rat’ Acts 27:
21 sq. l Thess. 2: 18. (Luc. D. Deor.
Marin. 8. l.) pe‘v—nhr'p' Luke 22: 22.
(Hdian. 6. 7. 11, 20.) So pew Oily—Kat’
Acts 26:4 coll. v. 6. per oilv—ravflv
Acts 17: 30.— y) The adversative par
ticle (Be’ or the ike) is sometimes want
ing after pév, either because the anti
thesis is expressed in some other way, as
Heb. 12: 9; or because the apodosis it
self is omitted, e. g. (1) where the apo
dosis is obviously implied, Winer p.448.
Passow pe‘v no. 2. g- Matth. § 622. 6.
Acts 19: 4 ’Iw:'1vv:7g ‘ue‘v igd'lrrwe ps
ravot'ag- r. 'r. A. supp. ‘ but not so Jesus.’
Rom. 7:12 4501-: 6 pc‘v I'd/.402 dying, supp.
‘ but not this abuse of it,’ comp. v. 7 sq.
Col. 2: 23. Heb. 6: 16.—Soph. Antig.
1336.-—(2) where through a change of
 Mir 486 M two;
construction the writer neglects the apo 6: 7 #51) [Jill 05v b'hwg firrnpa. illflv Earrr,
dosis, Winer l. c. Acts 121 rd]! pc‘v 6r: x. r. 7\. now assuredly there is wholly a
rpiirov M7011 x. r.)\. where the apodosis fault among you, that etc—Xen. Cyr. 8.
would regularly come in before v. 3, 3. 37.—So 6M1‘: pe‘v oi'rv Phil. 3:8.
‘ but in this second book etc.’ but the 0) In partition or distribution, (a)
writer neglects it and turns to something joined with the art. 6, 1", r6, or the relat.
else. Rom. 1:8. 10:1. 2 Cor. 12: 12. 6;, r1, 6’, Buttm. § 126. Q, 3. E. g. seq.
pill 769 link—(3) or sometimes the 5:’, as 6 ‘new—1') 3a’, the one—the other, this
apodosis is thus as it were obliterated, —that, Phil.1: 16,17. Heb. 7: 5, 6,21
and then ,aév serves to insulate some sq. also one—another, and plur. some-—
person or thing, and thus to exclude others, Matt. 28: 5, 6. Acts 14:4. 17:
every thing else which might otherwise 32. a Fey—am; 5e’,one—another,Matt.
be expected or implied, Lat. quidem, 16: 14. John 7:12. So 69 pill—8;; 5:’,
Buttm. p. 427. So espec. with a pers. the one—the other, Luke 23: 33. 2 Cor.
pron. as é'yrb pév, I indeed, I at least, 2: 16. 5g per—6 BE doeeriiv, the one—
1 Cor. 3:4,. Rom. 11:13. lThess. 2:18. but the weak, Rom. 14': 2; also one—an
27:}: pe‘v aiiv Acts 26: 9. So pc‘v 'yép, as other, plur. some—others, Matt. 13:8.
wpu‘irov pe‘v yc'rp Rom. 3: 2. 1 Cor. ll: Acts 27:44.. Rom. 9:21. Jude 22. 1Cor.
18.—Xen. Cyr. l. 41. 12. Conv. 2. 5.— 12: 28 of]; pév, where the Writer falls
83;) Vice versa, he’ sometimes stands in out of the construction and proceeds with
t e apodosis without ‘new in the protasis, 1rp5rov, Bail-repay, rpt'ror. Further, he ‘uz‘v
e. g. Luke 11: 4.7. See Passow pév no. —&)J\og 5e',one—-another, Matt. 13: 4. sq.
2. g. Matth. § 288. 4.. Mark 4: 4:, 5. 1 Cor. 12: 8 sq. — Seq.
b) Where the antithesis is less defi Kai, as 5; ,ue‘v—xai Erepog, one—and an
nite, so that ,ue‘v—Bé serve to mark trans~ other, Luke 8: 5 sq. -— Joined with
ition or are merely continuative; here other pronouns, as 576: pe‘v—é-yd: 5s’ ter
the force of '1! cannot well be given in 1 Cor. 1: 12. t‘ikhog s‘v—iihkog 5:’ lCor.
English, while 5:’ is rendered by but, 15:39. ric pew—rig 6:’ Phil. 1: 15. rot":
and, etc. Thus (a) simpl. pév seq. 5:’, ro ps‘w—rofiro 55', partly-partly, Heb. 10:
Matt. 25: 33» arr'Iasi rc‘u pew 1rp6§ura 'ex 33, comp. Matth.§ 288. n. 2. Harm. ad
EeEui'w ailroir, Tc‘! 5:‘ Epitpia u. r. 7\. he shall Vig. p. 702.—Isocr. Panegyr. p. 4.4. D.
set the sheep on his right hand, but (and) Hdot. 3. 106.—(7) Joined with an adv.
the goats on his left. Luke 13:9. 23: 56 as 1.15: pe‘v—e'xei he’ Heb. 7: 8, comp.
coll. 24.: 1. Acts 14: 12. Rom. 8:17. 1 Buttm. p. 427. Genr. John 16:9 sq. An.
Cor. 1: 23. 2 Tim. 4: 4. Jude 8. Comp. M9051‘, better ‘ue'v 011v, see in Mév
Buttm. p. 427. Matth. e sea—2 Mace. a, b. Later ecclesiastical writers place
3: 40 coll. 4.: 1. Xen. C r. 2. 1. 10. ib. itfirst in a clause ,contraryto earlier usage,
4|. 5. 15. —- ) VVith ouv, i. e. as‘)! 0511, Phryn. et Lob. p.342. Comp. in Mz‘v init.
in Engl. on y therefore, then, 0. g. (l) Mivoavyi, i. q. yiv 017»! but stronger,
seq. Eé, Mark 16: 19 b pc‘v oi'w Kz’ipmg yea indeed, yea verily, comp. in Me’v b.
dwehr'ytpttry . . . e’xc'ivor 5e‘ e'EsXHo'vrsc x. r. A. B. 2. Luke 11: 28. Rom. 9; 20. 10:18.
John 19: 24 sq. Acts 1:6 sq. 2: 4.1 coll. Phil. 3: 8. Comp.Viger.p.54ll.—Nicet.
4'2. 5: 41 coll.6: l. 8: 4. sq. 9: 31 sq. Annal. 21. 11. p. 415. — In N. T. and
12: 5. 13: 4coll. 6. 14:3 sq. l5: 3 sq. ecclesiastical writers it is placed first in
93: 18 sq. 28: 5 sq. — (2) without 8:’, a sentence, contrary to earlier usage,
where Fs‘v m'w then serves as a continu. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203. Lob. ad
ative, with a certain degree of illative Phryn. p. 342. Comp. in Mn-ofiv.
force, Eng]. then, therefore, Lat. et qui
dem, comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 84.1. n. MéW'OI, conjunct. (pc'w, r04 enclit.)
34.2. Acts 23: 9-2. 1 Cor. 6: 4. Heb. 7; pp. i. q. pév affirmative or concessive,
ll. ' (Xen. Mem.1. 1. 2. ib. 4.. 3. 1.) but stronger, indeed, truly, certainly, for
Seq. mi, Acts 1:18. 26:4 coll. 6. Comp. sooth, espec. in negative clauses and an
Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 3. Or also with an at. swers, see Buttm. p. 431. Passow in pév
firmative power, yea, indeed, certainly, B. 12. Matt.§ 622. Herm. ad Vig. p. 843
ven'ly, comp. Viger. p. 541 et Herm. p. s .——Plato Phaedon. p. 73. D. p. 82. C.
84,5.n.34|3. Acts 26:9. Heh.9:l. 1Cor. gen. Lac. 1. 1.—Hence in N. T.
 Mém 487 Min;
a) though, yel, nevertheless, John 4: 27 2 Tim. 2: 13 ixe'ivog‘ manic 'uc'vn. Hob.
0:55:19 pz'vroielnc' rl (17157;; 7:13. 12;7: 3 pint ispebg. Also things, John 12:
42 5,111.19 PiVTOt- 20: 5. 21:4. 2 Tim. 24 airrlig [13 1:610:09] 1.6./o; pc'ru, i. e. ste
2: 19. Jude 8.—Jos. Ant. 1. 18.6. Xen. rile. Acts 27: 41 1" pe‘v 1rp¢i1pa Z'pewcv
Cyr. 2. 1. 5. 5pm; ,uc'vroi Ceb. Tab. 33. uiaéAcm-oy. With an adj. impl. e. g.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. aaéAzu-mg, firm, stedfast, Rom. 9: 11.
b) once in the primitive sense of opp. to Karaxaica'fiai 1 Cor. 3: 14. Part.
each particle, pp. pév Tot, indeed there pe'yov opp. to 'rpaBév, i. e. remaining un
jbre, indeed then; or, the force of pév sold, Acts 5:4 oilxl pz'wov, aoi {per/e,
being lost in English, tha-efore, then, i. q. comp. above—Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen.
Fe. 0111!, see in Mév b. 2. Seq. be’, Soph. Trach. 176. Hdian. 8. 5. 1.—-With
James 2: 13.—Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 5. Hiero an adjunct of time during or to which
I. 95. a person or thing remains, continues,
Mém, 1‘. push, aor. 1 Epuva, pert‘. endures. 1 Cor. 15:6 01 whu'ovg pt'vovoiv
pspe'vnxa, see Buttm.§ 101. n. 9. § 112. 'c'wc lip-rt. Matt. 11:23 pcxpl rfig ai/pepov.
John 91: 22, 23 shay ain'iw S'L'Au pc'vew
5, 8; pluperf. 3 plur. pquvfixcwav
1 John 2:19, see Buttm. ‘\5 83. n. 6. E'wc Epxnpai. (Xen. An. 2. 3. 24.) Rev.
Winer§ 12. 12. 17: 10 dlu'yov abrov 5:1 psivai, i. e. re
1. intrans. to remain, to continue, to tain his power, opp. neaciy. John 12:
abide, Lat. manco, spoken 34 sig row aiu'wa, and so 2 Cor. 9:79.
a) of place, i. e. of persons remaining 1 Pet. 1:25. (Sept. Ps.9:8. 112:6,9.)
or dwelling in a place, seq. adv. Matt. sic {an‘yv aldwiov John 6: 27. Hence
10:11 xa'xsipeivare. 26:38. John 2:12. absol. with the idea of perpetuity, i. q. to
Seq. iv 0. dat. of place Luke 8:27 Ev oi remain or endure forever, to be perpetual,
xla obx E'pcrsv. John 7: 9. 8: 35. Acts e. g. Christian graces, rewards, insti
20:15. 27: 31. 2 Tim. 4: 20. 0. 2'1! Ti tutes, etc. 1 Cor. 13:13 r1711 55‘ pe’rn
0121,. impl. John 8:35. Acts 16:15‘. nionc, Horn, (1761",. Heb. 13: 1. John
Seq. peril 0. gen. of person Luke 24: 29, 15:16. Heb. 10:34. 12: 27. 2 Cor. 3:11.
and with the notion of help John 14: 16. c) of the’ relation in which one per
Seq. rapt’: 0. dat. of pers. John 14:25. son or thing stands to another, chiefly
Acts 18: 3, 20, and with the notion of in John's writings; thus, to remain in or
help John 14:17. m6’ Eauriw ,a'yuv with any one, is i. q. to be and remain
to dwell by one‘: self Acts 28: 16 coll. 30. united with him, one with him, in heart,
Seq. m'm c. dat. of pers. Luke 1:56. mind, will; e. g. seq. iv 0. dat. of pers.
In the sense of to lodge, seq. 1roi'l John John 6: 56 iv £1101 pivu, xii-yd: Ev ain't-1.
1: 39, 40. seq. e'y c. dat. of place Luke 14:10. 15: 4,5,6,7. 1 John 2:6. 3:24.
19: 5. seq. wapo’l c. dat. of pers. John 4: 15,16. ‘nerd rwog 1 John 2: 19. So
4:40. Acts 9: 43, coll. 10:6. Sept. for to remain in any thing is i. q. to remain
=22 seq. psro'i Gen. 24: 55. -- c. adv. stedfast, to persevere in it, e. g. seq. e'v
1Macc.11:40. Xen. An. 1. 3.11. c. iv c. dat. John 8:31 e'v r93 M71‘). 15:9 e1
Hdian. 4. 3. 10. are’: Plut. Apoth. Imp. 1 John 4: 16 in 'n'] dyd-lry. 1 John 2:
II. p. 25. Tauclin. 'll't‘lpti Ceb. Tab. 9. 10 e'v rq'i (pm-1'. 2 John 9 iv r11‘, fiiaaxlfi.
-—So of things, seq. e'm' 0. gen. John 19: SO] Tim. 2; l5 c'iw pclvwmv 'w m'd'rei.
31 'iva luv) psi-w; c'1rl roii a'ravpoii rd an’: (2 Macc. 8: 1.) Vice versa, and in a
para. (comp. dian. 4. 4. 9.) Trop. seq. like general sense, the same things are
211-1 c. dat. 2 Cor. 3: 14. said to remain in a person, 0. g. seq. iv
b) of a state or condition, se . adv. 0. dat. of pers. John 5: 38 ray M-yov
1 Cor. 7:8, 40 z'iw oi'irw yeivy. Seq. iv abrm'l m'm Zxsrs pe'vovra e’v bpiv. 15: ll.
c.dat. John 12:46 By r1", oxorlq pi] Im'v . 1 John 2: l4. 3: 17 no‘); 1'] c'i'yc'urvy T017 6501':
1 Cor. 7:20, 24. 1 ohn 3: 14. pe'yu Ev airnt'); 2 John 2. Comp. in
0. av
impl. Phil. 1: 25 coll. 24. (Hdian. 2. l. "Exw c. ,3, ult.—In a kindred sense, spo
15.) Seq. dat. of pers. to remain to one, ken of divine gifts, privileges, seq. i-ri
i. e. in his power, Acts 5: 4. (Sept. Dan. rwa John 1: 32, 33 n‘; 1rvn7‘ua xii-raga?
4: 23. comp. Hdian. 3. 7. 6.) With a vov Kai. lie'vov in’ ain'ov. 1 John 3: 15
subst. or adj. implying condition, cha 0. iv ain'q'i. So of evils, John 3:36 'i‘,
racter, etc. 1 C01‘. 7: 11 pcl'c'ru iiyapog. tip-yr) rm": 9. [liver in' aimiv. 9: 41 i) any
 M Eflzfi) 488 Mégo;
i'xpapria‘illufiv pe'vu sc. 24>’ bluiig, i. q. ye cares, Buttm. § 131. 6; hence by impl.
remain in your sm. to carefor, to take care of 1 Cor. 7: 32,
2. trans. to remain jbr any one, to 33, 34 bis pepipvd ‘rd roi: Kupiou . . . 'rix
wait for, to await, 0. sec. Acts 20:5 r017 xéo'pou. Matt. 6: 34 riz Eau'rfig. Phil.
oi'rroi EPEVOI/ iyu'ig Ev Tpunibt. v. 23 beapci 2: 20 rd 1repibpEm—Wisd. 12:22. Xen.
‘us Kai SAN/sic pévovm. Sept. for ‘"2"! Cyr. 8. 7. 12 xal rd 1r0)\)\i1 pepiluvq'iv.
Is. 8: 17.—2 Macc. 7:30.<Dem. 50. 26. Megig, 150;, 1*’, (#909,) a part, e. g.
Xen. An. 4. 4. 20. An. a) of a country, i.e. a division, pro.
MEEIZN, f. law, (Itepig) to part, to vince, Acts 16: 12; see in Muxcboyta.
So Sept. and Flat! Josh. 18:6. Comp.
divide into parts, trans. pp. Xen. An. 5.
l. 9. In N T pepibépxng l Macc. 10:65. Jos. Ant. l2.
3.) Mid. pspiZopai 1': yard 11110;‘, to di 5. 5.
wide any thing with another, to share with, b) part assigned, portion, share, trop.
Luke 12:13 fiepiaao'eai per' 5110i? rip’ Acts 8:21 oinc Eon o'oi pepic is! re;
xkqpovoplav. Comp. 11? P’?! and Sept. My? min-q). Sept. and Gen. 31:
Prov. 29: 24.—Dem. 913. 1. comp. Jos. 14.. Deut. 12: 12.—pp. Plut. Agesil. 17.
Ant. 1. 8. 3. Hdian. 3. 10. 12. —Pass. Dem. 1039. 22.—Alsoportion, lot,desti
trop. to be divided sc. into parties and ny, as assigned of God, Luke 10:42 rfiv
factions, to be disunited, Matt. 12: 25, c'i-yaeipv papiba e'EeAc'fiaro. So Sept. and
26. Mark 3: 24, 25, 26. (Pol. 8. 23. P2’?! Eco. a: 22. 9; 9. Dan. 4,; 12.
9.) Also in the sense to be distinct, to c) asimplyingparticlpatiomfillowehip.
difl'er, e. g. 1 Cor. 1: 13 pepépwrai b 2 Col‘. 6: 151-19 Pepi: more? peril o'uriorov;
Xpw'rdg; is Christ divided? i. e. are there Col. 1: l2 eig *rfiv pcpiba roi: Kh'ppov, i. 6.
so as to be partakers of the inheritance
distinctions in Christ, or are there differ
ent Christa? 1 Cor. 7:34 pepc'pim-ai 1‘, etc. So Sept. for II? PB)?! Deut. 10:9.
yum) Kai i, 1ropOc'vogn—Hdian. 3. 10. 6. Ps. 50: 18.
b) by impl. to divide out, to distribute, Msgiaynig, 0:7, 6, (papilla) a later
e, g. ‘min; lx6img Mark 6: 41. Sept. for noun of action, Thom. Mag. p. 49. H.
P211 Ex. 15: 9. Josh. 14: 5.—-Hdian. l. Plank in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 682; parti
17. 21.—Hence genr. to distribute, for to tion,division, i. e. separation, Heb. 4: 12.
assign, to grant, to bestow, e. g. God — Theophr. Caus. Plant. 1. 12. 6.—
Rom. 12: 3. 1 Cor. 7:17. 2 Cor. 10: 13. Also distribution, and so for gifl, Heb.
genr. Heb. 7: 2.-—Sept. Job 31: 2. Ec 2:4 1rvcir|uaroc t'i'yiov [laptop-07¢, comp.
clus. 45: 20 or 28. in Meplfw b. Sept. for "255?? division,
/
Meow“, 21;, #1. (pepi'c, Form.) class, Josh. ll: 23. Ezra 6: 18. — Pol.
care, anxiety, as dividing up and dis 31. 18. 1.
tracting the mind. Matt. 13: 22 et Mark Megurrfig, 05, a, (ppit'w) a di
4:19 pe'pqwai roii alu'n'og Tobi-ou, i. e. vider, distributor, Luke 12: 14.
for this world's goods, worldly cares, Me'gog, 20;, out, 76, (kindr. with
Luke 8:14. 21:34. 2 Cor. 11: 28. 1 peipoluan) a part, e. g.
Pet. 5: 7.—Sept. Ps. 55:23. Ecclus. 31 a) port of a whole, i. e. $1) a portion,
[34]: 1. Hesiod. Op. 176 or 180. piece, absol. John 19:23 13, réaaapa
Megqmoiw, 5, f. fiw,'(;iépipya,) pip” x. r. A. Rev. 16: 19. Seq. en. of
to care, to be mlzious, troubled, to take the whole, Luke 15:12 T6 in dMov
thought, absol. Matt. 6: 27 rig be‘ 55 {416w ps'poc rfig obuiac. 24: 42 1x660; din-oi:
pepi'udw diwarai x. T. A. v. 31. Luke pépog. 0. gen. impl. Luke 11:36 pi]
12:25. Phil. 4: 6. seq. dat. for which E'xov 1'4v z'pag oxo'rewo'v, sc. r017 ou'iparoc,
Matt. 6: 25 in) pcpipviirs r‘fi \l/u 1' iquo'w. and so Eph. 4: 16. (in full Hdian. 8. 4.
Luke 12: '22. seq. do To abpiovfiatt. 6; 27.) Acts 5: 2 supp. rfic npfig. 23: 6
34. seq. 1rspi 0. gen. Matt. 6: 28. Luke supp. 'roii owebplov coll. v. 1, and so v.
12: 26; also 0. sec. Luke 10: 41. seq. 9 ; or it may here be rendered party.
{nrép 0. gen. 1 Cor. 12:25. seq. m5; 19: 27 roirro mvbvveiiei rd pe'poc, this part
Matt. 10:19. Luke 12: 11.—Dem. 576. i. e. this branch of labour, of our trade,
23 pepqivdv ‘rd bixala Myena—Seq. ac. etc.--Diod. Sic. l. 28. 0. gen. Hdian.
ms. of thing, pp. as to or for which one 7. 12. 13. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 14. 0. gen.
 M aanfnfigr'a 489
impl. 8. 4. 29.—Hence often in adverb
ial significations, e. g. accus. pe'poc n in
somepart, partly, 1 Cor. ll: 18. Buttm.
§ 131. 6. (Thuc. 2. 64.) t'uria ps'pouc in
part,partly, in some degree, 2 Cor. 1:
l4. 2: 5. Rom. 11:25. l5: l5, 24.
(Diod. Sic. 13. 108.) ix ,us'povg in par
ticular, individually, 1 Cor. 12: 27; also
inpart, partly, i. e. imperfectly, 1 Cor.
13:9 bis, 12. v. 10 rd z'x pe'poug this in
part, this piecemeal knowledge. We.
pe'poc particularly. in detail, Heb. 9: 5,
see in Kart'l II. 3.—Pol. 1. 4. 3. Thuc.
4. 26.—([3) Spoken of a country, the
earth, etc. apart, tract, region. Matt. 2:
22 u‘; ril z'pn r‘fig I‘ahthaiac. 15: 2|.
16: 13. Iark B: 10. Acts 2: 10. ab
sol. 19:1. 20:2. So Eph. 4:9 rir ra
ru’arepa pe'pn rfig yfig, see in KGTIiJTEPOC.
Sept. for 1?? Neh. 3: 15.—Hdian. 2. ll.
8. ib. 6. 5. 15.—So of a ship,part, i. e.
side, quarter, John 21: 6 rd EeEdi pip”
r017 who/0v. Sept. for ‘5?. side Ex. 32:
15. r‘as 20: 35. “9?: s K. 19: 23. -
l Macc. 9: 12.—(y) Trop. of some part
of a general topic, etc. a particular. Col.
2: 16 iv pipe: Eoprr'lg I‘; voupnuiag K. r. X.
in the particular qf a festival, i. e. in re
spect of. So Ev rq'i ,uépei roi/rlp, in this
particular, in this respect, 2 Cor. 3:10.
9:3. 1 Pet. 4: 16.—Philo in Flacc. p.
989 1131. V. H. 8. 3.
b) part assigned, portion, share. Rev.
22: 19 drpaipfia'u 6 Gui;- ro pe'poc aiJrofi.
Adv. aye. pe'pog pp. each in his part or p. 53.
turn, by course, one after another, 1 Cor.
l4: 27.—Pol. 3. 55. 8. — Also portion,
lot, destiny, as assigned of God, Matt. 24:
.51 Ital rd pépog ailroi'r peril raTw inroxpmfiv
Sipm. Luke 12:46. Rev. 21: 8. Sept.
for Plin. Ecc. 5: 18; comp. in Mepig b.
-—S0ph. Antig. 147. Thuc. 1. 127.
c) as implying participation, fellow
ship. John 13:8 oi/x 'c'xuc pe'poc ps1"
Eliot]. Rev. 20:6. Comp. in Mcpig c.
Mto'flfbcgl'a, org, 1‘), (péaog, iypépa,
comp. Buttm. § 19. n. 1,)midd011, "00",
Acts 2:2: 6. Sept. for W253 Gen. 43:
16, 25.—Hdian. 1. 17. 1. Xen. H. G.
5. 3. l.-Meton. the mid day quarter,i. e.
the south, Acts 8: 26.—Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.5.
MEG/G; in some Mss. for Maniac
q. v.
I
Mam'eva), f. u'ww, (peairng) to be
M600;
amediator,arbiter, Jos. Ant. 16. 4. 3 ult.
Diod. Sic. 19. 71. to mediate for any
one,to intercede, Jos. Ant. 7. B. 5. - In
N. T. to intervene with any thing, i. e. to
interpose. Heb. 6: 17 b'pxp ipwireva-s
he interposed on oath sc. between himself
and the other party, by way of confirm
ation, pledge. Comp. peairqg Jos. Ant.
4. 6. 7.
Mao/rug, no, a, (pe'irogclfu to go,)
a go-between, a mediator, one who inter
venes between two parties, viz.
a) as an interpreter, internuntius, a
mere medium of communication, e. g.
Moses, Gal. 3; 19, 20.—Jos. Ant. 16.2.
2. Diod. Sic. 4. 54.
b) as an intercessor, reconciler, so of
Christ, 1 Tim. 2: 5 ,uwirm; 9501'; ml.
dyepé'rrwv. Heb. 8: 6. 9: 15. 12: 24.
Sept. for was Job 9; 33.—Plut. Is. at
Osir. 46. III. p. 44. Tauchn. The
earlier Greeks used péaog Elmo-n’); Thuc.
4. B3, or #5015109 Aristot. POlit. 5. 6.
See Lob. ad Phr. p. 121 sq.
Msaovt'mrmv, i'ov, ro', (neut. of
adj. psoovr'mrioc, from péaoc, vi|£,) mid.
night, Luke 11:5. Acts 16: 25. 20: 7.
Put for the midnight watch Mark 13:
35, comp. in (Dvhan'). Sept. for “2:72-21 ‘31'!
Judg. 16:3. Ruth 3: B. —- Luc. Merc.
cond. 26. Diod. Sic. 20. 48. Used by
the later prose writers,although Phryn
icus assigns it to poetry, Lob. ad Phryn.
Msoovrorapu/u, ac, t’, (#5009,
worn/169,) Mesopotamia, the fertile tract
of country ltyinv between the rivers En.
phrates an rTigris, from near their
sources to the vicinity of Babylon. Acts
2: 9. 7: 2. The Hebrew name was
57121:! 113? Syria of the two rivers Gen. 24:
10 ; also 516135 plain of Syria Gen. 25:
20. 28: 2. It now belongs to the Turk
ish dominion, under the name of El
Iy‘ezirat, i. e. the peninsula. See Ro
senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. p. 133, 155.
Miaog, n, or, (kindr. with pent)
mid, middle, midst.
at) pp. as adj. e. g. pr'mq ilpe'pa mid
day, péan vi/E mid-night, Acts 26'. 13.
Matt. 25:6. This isalater form instead
of the earlier ps'aov hpz'pac (comp. Acts
27: l7),pco'oi7aa hpe'pa, pmnpgpia, comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 53 sq. 465. -- Sept.
Ex. 11:4. 1 K. 3:20. Esdr. 9: 41.—
 Méa'og 490 M2105
In an adverbial sense, Buttm. § 123. n. —({) Kara pz'aov rfig wrrég about mid
3. Luke 23: 45 z’axi'atir] Tb xaram'raapa night Acts 27: 27. Sept. for :IPP, Josh.
r017 moi: pe'aov. John 19: 18. Acts 1: I: 11. — Xen. An. 6. 2. 17 me. p. 'rfic
18. Seq. gen. John 1:26 pe'aoe 5:‘ {may epéti‘flf, comp. Cyr. 5. 3. 52.
Earn“ i. e. in the midst of you. Matt. Meaé'roixoy, 00, 1'6, (Fégog, Tozxog’)
14; 24 rd 5:‘ whoioy 175:7 péam/ rfig 9.1M, middle-wall, partition, trop. ot' the Mosaic
0119 fly the vessel was now mid-way of the law as separating the Jews and Gen
lake. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. b. tiles, Eph. 9: 14. Prob. in allusion to
Matt. § 354. 11. Sept. t'or W1? Gen. the wall between the inner and outer
15:10. —Luc. Conv. 43. c. gen. Jos. courts of the temple ; see in 'Icpév and
B. J. 3. 8. l. Hdian. 3. 9. 5. Eurip. Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 2. comp. Rev. 11: l, 2.
Rhes. 532. —Clem. Alex. 6. l3. Athen. VII. p.
b) neut. rd ,uéaov as subst. the middle, 281 ed. Casaub.
the midst, only with Prepositions. (a) MEUOUfOhVfl/MZ, (270;, 1'6, (,ue'aog,
c'wa ,ue'aov, in the midst of, among, seq. obtain/69,) mid-heaven, the midst of the
gen. of pers. or thing, Matt. 13: 25.
heavens, Rev. 8: 13. 14:6. l9: l7.—
Mark 7:31. 1 Cor. 6: 5. Rev. 7.17.
Eustath. ad ll. 8. 68. Comp. peaouparc'w
See more in ‘Ami no. 51a péo'ov Porph. de Abstin. IV. 8. Plot. ed. R.
through the midst of, seq. gen. 0t pers.
or place, Luke 4:30. 17:11. John 8: VII, p. 14.7, 467.
59. Sept. fol-1'11"? Jer. 37: 4. Plut. Met-6w, 5, 1". am», (him) to be m
Solon. l4. Xen. An. 1. 4. 4.—(7) sic or at the middle, in the midst, midway,
,uc'aov, cig To pz'o'ov, into the midst, so. of intrans. John 7: 14 11'"; éopn'ye ,ueam'wnc
an assembly etc. Mark 3: 3 Z-yctpat tic i. e. at the middle of the iestivaL—Sept.
To ne'a'oy. Luke 4: 35. 5:19. Also by Ex. 12:29. Thuc. 5. 57.
attract. in Mark 14: 60. Luke 6: 8. Mew/a9, 00, 6, Messiah, Heb.
John 20: 19, 26 ; see in Big no. 4. Sept. U"??? i. e. the anointed, i. q. Xpwrég which
for rem-3:5 Ex. 14.: 23. Tie;- Ex. 11:4,. see. John 1:42. 4:25.
—Luc. adv. Indoct. 29. Xen. An. 1. 5. Mia'ro'g, i], 6v, full, filled, sawed,
14.—(5) 2'): peace out of the midst, seq. seq. gen. of that ofor with which a per.
gen. ot' pers. from among Matt. 13:49. son or thing is full, Buttm. § 132. 5. 2.
Acts l7:33. 23:10. 1 Cor. 5: 2. 2 John 19: 29 “time 5501:; pearoy. 21: 11.
Cor. 6: 17. Sept. for ‘11'1"’? Ex. 7: 5. James 3:8. Sept. for R2’; El. 37: l.
=7)??? Ex. 31:13. Absol. a'ipew Ex rm? Nah. 1: 10.—Hdian. 5. 4. 4. Xen. An.
pivot! to take away from the midst, tollere 1. 4. 19.—Metaph. Matt. 23:28 pwroi
e media, i. e. to abolish, to destroy, Col. Ear: inroxpiaewc. Rom. 1:29. l5: 14.
2: 14; and so yivweat Ex ,ae’aov 2 Thess. James 3: 17. 2 Pet. 2: 14.—Sept. Prov.
2: 7.—Xen. An. 1. 5. l4 s’x rm": ,ue'aov 6: 34. Xen. Conv. 1. 13.
e'Eia'raaOat.—(e)
the midst, absol.ivNftlftt.
'01,),14:6
iv 1'93dtpxiye'aro
pe'aqi, in
Mw'rliw, :5, f. (haw, (pewéc) tvfill,
~Pass. tobefilled, to befull, seq. gen. Acts
c'v r15 pimp i. e. before Herod and his
2:13 'yhel'move pepca-rupe'vot elm’. Comp.
guests. John 8: 9, coll. v. 2. (Xen. Cyr. Buttm. e 132. 5. s.-a Macc. 5=10.
7. 5. 46.) Seq. gen. of thing or place,
Mark 6: 47 iv IL 'rfig saht'w'aqe. Luke Merci prep. (kindr. with pc'aog)
21: 2|. 22: 55. Acts 17:22. Heb. 2: governing the genitive and accusative,
12. Rev. 1:13. 2:1. [2: 7.] 4: 6. 5: 6. in the poets also the dative, with the
6: 6. 22: 2. Seq. gen. of pers. in the primary signit'. mid, amid, Germ. mit,
midst of, among, Matt. 18: 20. Luke 2: i. c. in the midst, with, among, implying
46 e'v pimp rGn/ atdamcéhwv. 22: 27, 55. accompaniment,and thus differing from
24: 36. Acts 1: 15. 2:22. 27: 21. l aim which expresses conjunction, union.
Thess. 2: 7. Phil. 2: 15. Rev. 5: 6. See Passow s. v. Matth. § 587. ‘Vina §
Also by attract. in Matt. 10: 16. 18: 2. 51. p.323. Tittm.de Synon. N. T. p. 176.
Mark 9:36. Luke 8: 7. 10: 3. John 8: I. With the Genitive, implying com
3. Acts 4.: 7 ; see in 'Ev no. 4. Sept. panionship, fellowship. E. g.
for ‘in? Gen. 1: 6. 23: 10. i125 Deut. l. with, i. e. amid, among, in the
29: 11.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 8. ib. 8. 6. 22. midst of, as where one is said to he, sit,
 M2106 491 M mi
stand, etc. with or in the midst ofothers, 23. Mark 3: 6. 7. Luke 5: 29,30. John
seq. gen. plur. of pers. or thing. Matt. 11: 16. 19:18. Acts 24: 1. Rom. 12:15
26: 58 ixc'terlro peril ro'n/ inrnpe'ro'w. Mark bis. 1 Thess. 3:13. Heb. 13:23. Rev.
1: 13. 14:54, 62 s’pfiluevov peril 76w 3: 20. al. saepiss. (Hdian. 3. 4. l2. Xen.
vstpehu'w r017 oilpuvoii. uke 24: 5. John Cyr. 2. 1. 12.) So,as often in English,
18: 5. Acts 20: 18. Rev. 21:3. al. where with is equivalent to and, i. e.
Comp. Passow pen’: A. l. Matth. l.c.— where Kai might stand. Matt. 22: 16
Horn. 0d. 10. 320. Eurip. Hec. 209. drorrrz'hhovo'w air-n; rain; paBq-rixg min-(Ly
Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16. PETt‘l niv'HpwEmvGw, i. q. their own dis
2. with, i. e. together with, e. g. ciples and the Herodians. 2: 1]. I9: 10.
a) pp. and seq. gen. of pers. (11) where 1 Cor. 16: 11.—(y) Seq. gen. of a pers.
one is said to he, go, remain, sit, stand, pron. after verbs of haviny or taking with
etc. with any one, in his company; so one's set/I Matt. 15: 30 E'xov'reg lust)’
with a notation of place added, Matt. Earn-0v what); 1:. 1'. X. 25: 3. Mark 14:
5: 25 Zn): 57011 J c'v rii ('23:; p51" airrm'). 33. 2 im. 4: 11.—Diod. Sic. 20: 4.—
Luke 11:7. 22:21. John 3:26. 11: (5) \Vhere the accompaniment implies
31. Rev. 3: 21. al. Often without nota only neamess,contiguity, etc. Matt. 21:
tion of place, e. g. pc'vnv, stape'vnv, 2 ml mhhov 'uc'r’ (litffig‘. Rev. 14:1.
wepurare'iv, oixeiy ,uerc': rwog, to abide, Acts 2: 28 1rknp¢iwug ‘us einppom'n'nc pert‘:
walk, dwell with any one Luke 24:29. 1'05 n'pominrov oov, i. e. in thy presence,
22:28. John 6:66. 1 Cor. 7: 13. trop. near thy person; quoted from Ps. 16:
pe’vzw pzni rwog, to continue on the side 11 where Sept. for =i‘5§"m§.-— (a) After
of any one, of his party, I John 2: 19. the verb (ixohovez'w to follow, Luke 9:
So Elva: pert’: rwog, to be with any one, 49 oi»: dxohoueci ps6‘ fhuiiv. Rev. 6:8.
i. e. in his company, Matt. 9: 15 to’ 14:13. This is a construction of the
500v per’ min-(Dy Zorw 1') vufupiog. Mark later Greek instead of the dot. see
5:18. Luke 15:31. John 7:33. 2Tim. Phryn. ct Lob. p. 353. comp. Matth. §
4: 11; also yeve'oeat ‘uerc': rwog id. Acts 403. p. 738.—Dem. 608. 13.—(I) After
7: 38. 9: 19. c. elm: impl. Mark 9: 8. verbs compounded with m'w, instead of
John 18:26. trop. 2 John 2. Hence oi the more usual dative, Matth. § 405.
b'vrtg v. yevdpevoi pen’: 'rwoc, oi per-1'1 Acts 1:26 Wyxarnimpioftry peril 'rd'iv
rn'oc, those with any one, his companions, t’x-Iroarétwv. 2 Cor. 8:18. Gal. 2:12.
Matt. 12:3, 4. Mark 16:10. Luke 6: Matt. 17:3. 20: 2.—-Diod. Sic. 13. 62.
3, 4. Tit. 3: 15.—Cob. Tab. 14. Xen. Dem. 330. 2. Aristoph. Acharn. 277.
Cyr. 8. l. 25.—Trop. to be of one's side See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 353, 354.
or party. Matt. 12: 30 bin) in’ :1" Elum'l, b) trop. seq. gen. of thing, e. g. (a)
xar' e’poii ion. (Thuc. 3. 56. en. Cyr. as designating the state or emotion of
2. 4. 7.) to be present with any one sc. mind which accompanies the doing of
for aid, e. g. God John 3: 2 e'iiv pr) 5 6 any thing, with which one acts etc.
Geog per’ ain'oii. 8: 29. Acts 7:9. 2 Cor. Matt. 28: 8 EEeXHoiwcu Taxi} peril ligou
13: 11. c. ell/a: impl. Matt. 1:23. Rom. xal Xapfic pe'yrihnc. Mark 3: 5. uke
15:33. trop. 1’) xelp Kvpi’ou Luke 1:66. 14:9. Acts 20:19. 24: 3. Eph. 4:2bis.
Acts 11: 2|. So of Jesus Matt. 28:20. 2 Thess. 3: 12. 1 Tim. 2:9. Heb. 10:
0. Elva: impl. 2 Thess. 3: 16. of the Holy 22. al. saep. Comp. Matth. l. c.—l Macc.
Spirit John 14: 16. Also 0. eival. impl. 7:28. Hdian. 2. l3. 4. Diod. Sic. 13.
to be ever with any one. i. e. to be ever 108. Xen. Ven. 13. 15.—([3) as de.
bestowed, given, e. g. the divine favour, signating an external action, circum
blessing, as in the closing benedictions stance, or condition with which another
of the epistles, Rom. 16: 20, 24. 1 Cor. action or event is accompanied, e. g.
16: 23,24. Heb. 13:25. 2 John 3. Rev. Matt. 14:7 [150' 5puou dvpohoynrrey m'n'f
22: 2|.—(,3) Where one is said to do or 24: 31 c’uroo'rehei m); ('i'y'ye'houg ail-rm":
‘we: any thing with another, implying peril miA'rn-y'yoc prom"); ps'yéhnc. 27: 66
joint or mutual action, influence, suffer together with a guard. Mark 6: 25. 10:
ing, etc. Matt. 2: 3 'Hpédm; e'rapc'ixfln 30 comp. Winer p. 323. Luke 9: 39.
xal m’wa 'Iepomitwfia per’ uin-ofi. 5: 41. 17:20. Acts 5:26. 13:17. 14:23. 24,:
12: 30 f0) vvvc'rywv per’ ill-05. v. 41. 18: 18. 2 Cor. 8:4. 1 Tim. 4:14. Heb. 5:
 Merci 492 Marat
7. 7: 21. al. saep. (Hdian. 3. 6. 7. Thuc. Luke 29: 37 mil pert‘: t'wtipwv r'ltoyiafin,
l. 18 ult. 6: 28. Xen. Hi. 1. 33.) Also quoted from Is. 53: 12 where Heb.
often where it is equivalent to mi, as in "t5 "3'52, Sept. e'v. -- comp. 0. dat. Hdot.
English; comp. above in a. B, ult. Eph. 8. 136.—(5) After verbs implying to
6: ‘23 clpr'lvr; . . . xal ti'ydrrr] peril rte-rem; speak or talk with any one, Mark 6: 50
x. r. A. Col. 1:11. 1 Tim. 1:14. 2:15. mi siltie'wg iXt'iAmrz per’ ut'miv. Rev. 4:
3:4. 2 Tim. 2: 10. Heb. 9; 19. al.-{7) 1. So John 6: 43. 16: 19. So ‘a’! seq. i’.
Seq. gen. of thing which one has or Sept. pzré. Gen. 3] : 29. Sept. ms; Deut.
takes along with him, or with which he 5: 4. seq. "If Sept. 1rp¢ic Gen. 23:8. 42:
is furnished, comp. above in a. 7. Matt. 30. For the more usual dat. see in
24: 3O peril Evvtipcwg Kai 565m‘. Mark Aahe'o), Ataks'yw, etc.—-(c) north! Tt pcni
14: 43 b'xAog not“); part: paxaipiw K. r. A. rwoc, to do with any one, i. e. to or
John 18:3. Acts 26:12. comp. 9: 2 et towards him, corresponding to Heb.
22: 5.—Luc. Philops. 8. Thuc. 6. 28. 15? “F2. Luke 1: 7 2 ‘Il’Otfid'tlt 5M0; peril
Lys. 101. 17 per’ o'ivov '2)\627v.——(5) After ra'w rare’ (or. 10:37. Acts 14: 27. 15:
the verb pl'yvupt to mingle, Matt. 27: 4. So eb. and Sept. Gen. 24: 19.
34 Zinc peril xohiic pept-ypc'l'ov. Luke Sept. z’v Gen. 40: 14. Also pz'yuM’n/ew
13: 1 air r6 aipa HLAéTOQ E'pLEc para r011 n srti rwoc Luke 1: 58, for Heb.
92101621’ abro'w. — Plato Tim. p. 35. A, 9’; "15"."; see in Me'yaAin/w. For the
ptyvllc 5s port‘: The oinn'ag rat is rd'w rpuiv more usual dat. see in 110166;.
1romat'xpsvog iv. The more usual con I]. With the Accusative, perti strictly
struction is c. dat. Matth. § 403. b. implies motion towards the middle, into
comp. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. the midst of any thing, Horn. ll. 9. 376;
c) from the Heb. usage, perv’: is some and then also motion after any person
times put like 9?, "35, etc. where the or thing, i. e. either so as to follow and
common Greek construction is different, be with a person, or to fetch a person
espec. after verbs and nouns implying or thing, see Passow pert’: C. no. 1.
joint or mutual action, influence, suffer Winer § 53. t'. Hence also spoken of
ing, etc. where in Engl. also we say succession either in place or time, after.
with, e. g. (a) after words implying ac In N. T.
cord or discord, Luke 83: I2 E-yévovro 3.‘ l. of succession in place, after, behind,
"wt . . . per’ amino» (0. dat. Xen. Heb. 9: 3 para r6 heirrcpov Karan'e'raapu.
em. 9. l. 33.) Rom. 18: 18 peril —-Hom. Od- 2- 406. Paus. 3. l. l. Thuc.
mivrwv civepdnrwv eiprlvn'lovrsc. (Sept. 7. 58.
1 K. 22: 45. 0. dat. Job 5: 23. Ecclus. 2. of succession in time, e. g. with a
6: 6.) Heb. 12:14. 1 John 4: 1731761"; noun of time, Matt. 17: ] ps6’ r'ppe'pag ZE
ps9’ ilpfiw our mutual love. Comp. Buttm. after six days. 25: 19 pert‘: Es‘ xpo’vov
§ 133. 2.—John 3: 25 Zr’yrnatc . . . peril 1roM'w. Mark 8: 31. Acts 19: 4. 28:11
ro'w 'Iouhaiuv. 1 Cor. 6: 6, 7. Rev. Gal. 1: 18. So per’ oi: 1roMag r'ypt'pflt‘
9: 16 1roltepi|aw per‘ aitrd'nl. 11:7. 12: 17. Luke l5: 13, or’: part‘; 1roMag rai'rat‘
13: 7. Here the dat. is more common, i1 '90:: Acts 1: 5, comp. in Oil, and
Matth. § 404. c.—-(fl) After potxn'rw, ‘Miner § 23. p. 140. —— Palaeph. 5. 3.
1r0pvu'm,etc. Rev. 2:22 rod; potxu'lovrac Hdian. 5. 6. 2. 1E]. V. H. 9. 21.-With
prr' allrfig. 17:2. 18: 3, 9. also 14:4. a noun of person, Acts 5: 37 pcrlz rol'n'ov
c’xve'arn ,IOIIIBGC- 19:4. (Hdian. 6. '2.
So Heb. "33 seq. m5 Jer. 23: 17. seq. 1}
Sept. Ev Ez. 16:17. See Gesen. Lex. l8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 4.) With a noun
1'31 no. 1. The common construction is marking an event or point of time, Matt.
c. accus. see under these verbs.—-- (7) 1: 12 peril 3:‘ Thu psronccm'av Bagvko'lrot‘.
After words signifying participation, Mark 13:24. Luke 9- 28. John 13:
fellowship. 2 Cor. 6: l5, 16 n’: pep); 97. ‘2 Pet. 1: 15. —-Hdian. 4. 9. 3.—
mo'rqi para é'rrt'o'rov x. r. A. John 13: 8 Also peril raiira v. rol'rro after the“
oin: E seq pz'poc per‘ c'poii. 1 John 1:3, things, after this, Mark 16: 19. Luke
6, 7. ommonly 0. dat. as ri om Kai e'pot' 5: 27. John 3: 22. al. (Diod. Sic. 1.7.
Matt. 8:99. Comp. Matth. § 389. i. 6:. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 512.) Seq. adj. L111“?
-—So Ao-yilcaeat perti rwoc, to be reckoned, 22: 58 part‘: flpaxz’l, see in Bpaxvc
counted, with any one, Mark 15: 28 et Acts 27: 14 peril oi! 1rohl'1. (Jos. 1. 1'2. 8.)
 Me'ragon’m 493
Seq. infin. 0. art. Matt. 26: 32 We. 5:‘ r6
E-yspefival ‘as, i. e. after that I am risen
again. Mark 1: 14. Luke 12: 5. Acts
1:3. 1 Cor. 11: 25. Heb. 10:26.— peniflsmc.
Hdian. 2. 9. 6.
Nora. In composition pe-ré. implies:
1. fellowship, partnership, as peraeifiwpi,
pcrs'xw, peraltapgr'ww,etc. 2. proximity,
contiguity, as p.069...» 3. motion or
direction after, as ,uztlobet'a , pzrmre’prropat.
4. transition, transposition, change, over,
Lat. trans, as peragaivw, ,usrariflnpt,
peOim-npi. Comp. Buttm. p. 414. Pas
sow perti F. no. 8. AL.
Memfim’vm, f. ,B/IUO/Atll, (flail/u
q. v.) to go or pass over sc. from one
place to another, to remove, e. g. e’E oin’ag
eig oim'av Luke 10: 7. trop. John 5: 24.
1 John 3: 14. -—Luc. Vitar. Auct. 5 e’;
fihho [mi/411] psragfio'cm. trop. 2 Mace. N. T. to call away to one's self, to call
6: 9, 24. Plut. Thes. 5.—Hence genr. for, to invite, c. acc. Acts 7: 14 persua
to pass over or away, to depart, seq. (‘11rd he'o'aro rbv 1rare'pa ain'oi} 'Iamiag. 10: 32.
Matt. 8: 34. seq. e'x et :rpég John 13: 1. 20: 17.
seq. adv. Matt. 11: l Ira-$1) c'xc‘itlev. 12:
9. 15: 29. 17: 20 bis. John 7: 3. Acts
18: 7.—Hom.Od. 12.312. P01.21.10.12.
Memfiéxm, r. am, (pan...) to away, to remove, trop. Col. 1: 23 pi) pe
throw or turn over, 0. g. with a plough
Xen. (E0. 16. 13. to turn about Hom.
11. 8.94. to change Diod. Sic. 1. 12.—
In N. T. Mid. to change one's self, i. e.
one’s mind, Acts 28: 6.—Jos. Ant. 1. 3.1.
Dem. 205. 19. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 31.
Merely/av, 1'. Eu, (61710,) to lead over,
from one place or country to another,
to transfer, Diod. Sic. 20. 3 fin. In N. T.
to move or turn about, from one place to
another, James 3: 3, 4.
Mi'r'dtbllbwlbl, 1'. 36mm, (5.2%,...) to
share with any one, i. e. to import, to com
municate, seq. dat. Luke 3: 11 b E'xwv
Ebo xmhvac, perabo'rw r‘; pf] i'xovrt. Eph.
4:28. Absol. b peraBtEoi/e, one who
distributes alms, an officer of the primi
live Church, Rom. l2: 8. Seq. acc. et
dat. Rom. 1: 11 lvagrt perabu': xépwpa
ilp'iv 1rvevpartxov. 1 Thess. 2'. 8.—c. dat.
Luc. Paras. l. Xen. Cyr. 7. l. l. 0. dat.
et acc. Hdot. 9. 34. Xen. An. 4. 5. 5.
See Matth. § 326. n.
Mifolaio'lg, em, 1'], (perarwnpn)
metathesis, transposition, a setting in
another place. Hence
a) pp. translation, removal from one
Msraaéhopom
place to another, Heb. 11: 5.—Diod. Sic.
l. 93.
b) mutation, change, Heb. 7: l2 vo'pou
12: 27. — 2 Macc. 21: 24.
Thuc. 5. 29.
Mfi't'lll’fw, f. apib, (a'ipw,) pp. to lift
away, to take away, from one place to
2another,Dem.
K. 25: 1]. 895
In N.
ult. T. Sept.
intrans.
for or c.
e'aurév impl. to take one's selfawoy, i. e.
to go away, to depart, Matt. 13: 53 peri
pev new... 19: 1. Comp. Buttm. § 113.
n. 2. § 130. n. 2.—Aquil. Gen. 12: 8
Kat psrfypev ixz'iesv for ‘"3’? PEEP} Sept.
drre'o'rn.
Msrwwltéw, 5, f. e'o'w, (Kalte'w) to
call of or away, i. e. from one place to
another, to recall, Sept. for RIP, Hos. 11:
I, 3. P01. 14. l. 3. Thuc. 8. 11.—In
24: 25.—Achi11. Tat. IV. p.
243. comp. Diod. Sic. 16. 10.
Merotmvén, all, f. flaw, (rivet-1,) to
move from one place to another, to move
raxwoilpevor drro rfig e'km'bog not moved
away from the hope, etc, i. e. not fallen
away, not wavering-pp. Hdot. ]. 51.
Xen. Eq. 7. 6.
Msrahoqocém, f. Mil/opal, (ha/.4
gain/0),) to take apart,share, ofany thing,
pp. with others, i. e. to partake of, to
share, se . gen. 2 Tim.2: 6 117v mpmiv
psraltap a'vcw. Heb. 6: 7. 12:10. So
rpotpfie peraAa/igéveu' to partake offood,
i. e. gem. to takefoad, Acts 2: 46. 27:
33.—1E1. V. H. 9. 5. Xen. H. G. 3. 5. 2.
—Hence genr. to take, to have, seq. acc.
Acts 24: 25 xcupbv 5e‘ erahagdw. Comp.
Mattb. § 325. n. 2.— ol. 2. 16. 15.
Msroiitmbig, 241;, h, (lusrahaygcivwJ
apartaking Qfany thing. 1 Tim. 4: 3 El;
perz'ikmbw, i. e. to be partaken of, enjoy
ed.-—Pol. 31. 21. 3 perdhmI/tc rile c'tpxfic.
MeraMoiaw, v. rm, 1". Eu), (81A
Ac'waw) to exchange one thing for another,
seq. acc. et Ev, Rom. 1:25. sic v. 26.
-—-Sept. 2: 20. Test. XII Patl'. p. 666.
seq. eig- Diod. Sic. 4. 51.
Me'raaéM/nm, f. {la-opal, (,ue'hopm
to let be for care or concern to one's self,
to care for) aor. 1 pass. perzpehllonv
 Mifbtfbog¢bw
with mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 2, pp.
to change one's care, etc. Hence, to change
one's mind or purpose, after having done
any thing, e. g.
a) simpl. Matt. 21: 29 barepov be‘ pe
rapehnflu'g. v. 32. Heb. 7: 21 quoted from
Ps. 110: 4 where Sept. for =11? [Niph.]
b) with the idea 01' regret, sorrow, to
repent, to feel sorrow, remorse. Matt. 27: penitence, implying pious sorrow for un
3 of Judas. 2 Cor. 7:8 bis.—-l Macc. belief and sin, and a turning from them
11:10. Diod. Sic. 15. 9. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5. unto God and the Gospel of Christ.
Meratpoogtbow, 67, 1". than), (pop¢da,)
to transform, to transfigta'e, e. g. Eavrbv
Ail. V. H. 1. l. Athen. VIII p. 334. C.
In N. T. Mid.to change one'sform,to be
transfigured, Matt. 17:2. Mark 9: 2.—
Trop. to be transformed in mind and
heart, Rom. 12: 2 prrapoptpoi'wfis r5
r’tvaxatvtbo'u rail 11069. 2 Cor. 3: 18.——
El. V. H. 14.8.
Mé'l'tlltoétd, (5, f. not», (voe'ah) pp.
to perceive aflerwards, to have an after
view, and hence to change one's views,
mind, purpose; Sept. for BB! [Niph.]
Zech. 8: 14. Jos. Ant. 2. l4. 5. Diod.
Sic. 15.47. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3.—In N.
'1‘. to change one's mind, to repent, imply
ing the feeling of regret, sorrow, intrans.
a) gem. Luke 17:3 ual e'av peravor’yag,
t‘ltprc ain-q'r. v. 4. seq. im' 0. dat. 2 Cor.
12: 21. — Jos. Ant. 2. l5. 3. Epict.
Ench. 34. Diod. Sic. 13. 53.
b) in a religious sense, implying
pious sorrow for unbelief and sin, and
the turning from them unto God and the
Gospel of Christ, absol. Matt. 3: 2 ,uzra
roeirz, fi-y'ytxe yap 1‘, Baatkrt'a ra'n/ oilpavtbv.
4:17. 11:20. Markl:15. ‘6:12. Luke
13:3, 5. 15:7, 10. 16:30. Acts 22 38.
3: 19. 17: 30. 26: 20 psravoeiv ml
e'marpe'tpew Errl rbv or.» repeat and turn
to God, i. e. from idolatry. Rev. 2: 5 bis,
16, 21. 3: 3,19. 16:9. I’rzegn. seq.
t’urd, Acts 8: 22 peraminaoy dart‘: rfig Ka
m'ac repent [and turn] from this evil.
Seq. is, Rev. 2: 21 is rfic nopvzt'ac. v. 22.
9120,21. 16:11. Sept. c. am; {0:52 =15?
Jer. 8: 6.—Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3 seq. wept‘.—
As attended with acts of external sor
row, penance, Matt. 11: 21 31v Ev min-(p
mi o-rrobgi ,uerevonaav. 12: 41. Luke 10:
13. 11:32. Comp. Jonah 3:5—10. For
sic in Matt. 12:41 et Luke 11:32, see
in Big e. a.—Test.XII Patr. p.520, 607;
called also pcru'vota rfic traps-0'1; p. 611.
494 Mermréporu
M sroivouz, etc, b, (Feral/0560,) change,
of mind or purpose, repentance.
a) gem. Heb. 12:17 peravoiag yap
rbrror oilx time, he fimnd no place for a
change ofmind, i. e. in his father Isaac,
comp. Gen. 27: 34, 37 sq.—Jos. Ant. 4.
6. l. POl. 4. 66. 7.
b) in a religious sense, repentance,
Matt. 3:8 trap-troy dEtov rfic pzravolac.
v. 11. 9:13. Mark 1:4. 2:17. Luke 3:
3 , 8. 5: 32 xaltr'o'at t'lpaprwhotlg sic perti
votav. 15: 7. 24: 47. Acts 5: 3l bor'lvat
pertivotav ‘up 'Iapafih Kai t'itpea'ty b'uapn
Gr. 11: 18 rr‘lv pertiyotav sic Zwfiv. 13:
24. 19:4. 20:21 rfiv etc 9661' 'uzrtivotay.
26:20. Rom. 2: 4. 2 Cor. 7: 9,10. 2
Tim. 2; 25. Heb. 6: 1,6. 2 Pet. 1m.
VVisd. 12: 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10 fin.
M67251’), adv. (,usrti, iu'o'ogg) also 1:.
gcnit. Buttm. § 146. 2, in the midst, i. e.
betwixt, between, of place Wisd. 18: 23.
Horn. Il. 1.156. See Buttm. p. 439. In
N. T.
a) absol. only of time. mean time.
mean while, e. g. s'v rq'i peraEb sc. dvp,
in the mean time John 4:31, comp. uttm.
§ 125. 6.—Xen. Conv. 1.14. fullyHdian.
3. 8. 20.—Also b peraEt't, intervening, in
termediate; put for next following, next,
as Acts 13:42 ro ps-raEiI aéégarov, the
nest Sabbath. Buttm. l. c.—Jos. B. J. 5.
4. 2 Aagt'bou 1': mi Echo/“Drag, E1ri Es‘
ru'n' 1167:1511 rot'lruw Baathe'wv. Plut. ed.
R. VI. p. 891. 17. p. 892. 3.
b) seq. gen. of place or pers. Matt.23:
35 871121‘) rot’: vaofi It'tll rm": Suo'tamplov.
Lu e 11: 51. 16:26. Acts 12: 6.-—Jos
Ant. 7.10. 4. )El. V.H. 3.1. Xen. Cyr.
7. 1. 10. — Trop. of pers. Matt. 18: 15
IJETGEI) 0017 Kai ai/rofi pdrov, Engl. between
thee and him alone. Acts 15: 9. Rom. 2:
15 permit) ltMfikwv, between one another,
i. e. in turn, alternately—Plut. dc
Discr. amic. et adul. 1 init.
METMTéf/J'Z'N, tilt», (xi/urn”) l0
send after, to sendfor, Thuc. 4. 30. ib. 7.
15. In N.T. Mid. perane'p-rropat, f. slo
pm, to send for to one's self, to invite to
come, Acts 10:5, 22, 29 his. 11:13. 24:
24, 26. 25: 3. Pass. Acts 10: 29. Sept
for "12;? Num. 23: 7. —-2 Macc.15:31
Hdian. 3. 5. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11.
 Merowrgé¢w 495 Méroxog

Memwgéee, r. 4..., (map...) to etc. seq. gen. Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. 1 Cor.

9: 10, 12 El iihhot rfig {411311 c'fiovaing pe
turn about, sc. from one direction to an
other, Plut. Otho 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 28. re'xova'w. 10: 21, 30 impl. Heb. 2: l4.
In N. T. to turn into something else, to 7: l3 ¢vhfig Ers'pac pcra'axnxcr, he had
change, trans. et seq. sic, James4:9. Acts part in another tribe, belonged to another
2: 20 b fihiog peraarpa¢fidtraz sic ai'ti'roc, tribe. Seq. Eu 1 Cor. 10: 17, comp. in
quoted from Joel 3:4 [2: 31], where ‘Ex 3. h. So to partake of food, i. e. to
Sept. for 1'55! Niph. — 1 Macc. 9: 41.— take as food, 6. g. yéXas-rog Heb. 5: l3.
In a bad sense, to change for the worse, -——2 Mace. 5: 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 5. Xen.
to pervert, Gal. 1: 7 psraarpe'ibat Ta siIa-y Mem. 2. 2. 3.
yihwv. — Ecclus. ll: 31. Test. XII METEWQIZN, f. law, (pt're'wpog high,
Patr. p. 688. floating in the air, from per-é and Ea'ipa
Merao'xnfnawzw, f. low, (oXn/Aa or aidrpa, Th. éu’pan) to lift up on high,
riZw, axfi/m q.v.) to transform, to change to raise in the air, )El. H. An. 11. 33 Eav
the form or appearance of any thing, rc‘w 'ro'ig m'cpoig 'ucrzwpl'aag. Trop. of the
trans. Phil. 3: 21 6g 'ue'rao-xnparloei r6 mind, to animate, to incite, Diod. Sic. 3.
afipa rfig rannminrewc. Mid. seq. sic, to 72. ib. 13. 53. to elate, as with pride,
transform one's self into another shape, 2 Macc. 5: l7. Diod. Sic. 4. 70. Also
to render hesitating, fluctuating, to make
character, etc. 2 Cor. 11:13 pzraaxnpa
rildpeyoi sic c't'lroo'fdhoug. v. 14. seq. dig
of doubtful fidelity, as if floating in the
v.15.—-Jos.Ant.7.10.5 pen. Diod.Sic.3. air, P01. 5. 70. 10. Diod. Sic. 17. 5 pers
12 pen. Mid. Test. XII Patr. p. 530.— wpz’i'so'fiai m); ivréaraaw. — Hence in
Trop. to transfer figuratively, to apply N. T. Pass. or Mid. pzrswpll'opai, to be
metaphorically, seq. c‘lg rwa lCor.4:6. in suspense,to be ofdoubtful mind, anxious,
Miftl'fllgfllbl, f. Show, (rlflnlug) to fluctuating between hope and fear, Luke
12: 29.—Comp. ps're'wpog raic 54ayola1g
transpose, to put in another place, and P0]. 3. 107. 6. il). 5. 18. 5.
hence to transport, to transfer, to trans Ms'romeo'la, sag, .7, (perouce'w i. q.
late, trans. Acts 7: 16 mi pererz'enaav
,uzrotxll’w) change of abode, migration,
[aim-hr] sic Zuxe'p. Heb. I l: 5 bis, 'Embx
and hence for the Babylonish exile,
pereréfln sc. rig riw obpavdv or. 7\. Comp.
Matt. 1: ll, 12, 17 bis. Sept. for "E51
2 K. 2: 11. (Sept. Gen. 5:24.) Heb. 7:
2 K. 24.: 16. 1 Chr. 5: 22. - Anthol.
12 pe'rarieepe'vng rfic iepwabync,thepriest
Gr. I. p. 175. Comp. Munthe Obs. p. l.
hood being transferred so. to Christ or to
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 670.
the tribe of Judah, comp. v. 11, 14.
(Others, being changed, as Xen. Mem. 4. Meronuzw, 1'. law, Att. fut. “a,
4.14.) Sept. for Jer. 52:25,26, Buttm. §95. 9, (oixll‘w, olxogy) to cause
29.—Ecclus. 44: 16. Jos. Ant. l2. 9. 7 to change one's abode, to cause to remove
n)? npfiv. Diod. Sic. 17. 29.—Mid. to or migrate, trans. Acts 7: 4 pcrqixnazv
transfer one's self, to go over from one abrbv elg n‘gv yfiv rairrrlv. v. 43 ‘um-outta":
side or party to another, seq. (11rd et tic c'réxewa Bus. Sept. for “In; 1 Chr. 5:6.
to fafl away from one to another, Gal. 1: Am. 5: 27.—Diod. Sic. ll. 88 pen. [E].
6.—2 Mace. 7: 24. Athen. VII p.281. V. H. l. 11. Thuc. 1. l2.
E. P01. 3. 111. 8.—Metaph. to transfer M57070’), 5;, 1'], (lueréxm) partner
to another use or purpose, to pervert, to ship,fellowshzp,2 Cor. 6:14, parall. with
abuse, Jude 4 n‘lv xapw roii Gem? geran xmvwvlm—PsalLSahm.14:4. Hesych.
Oéwu elc aas'kyeiav, perverting the grace psroxfi' KOU'wVla, axe'aic.
of God unto licentiousness.
Mé'roxog, 01), b, i], adj. (pcre'xw,)
Ms'révrwa, adv. (Zn'urm) lit. after partaking, subst. a partake)‘, Heb. 3: l
then, i. e. thereafler, afterwards, Heb. 12: Ichfio'zug e'n'ovpam'ov ,uc'r 0:. v. 14. 6: 4.
17. —— Judith 9: 7. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 6. 12: 8.-—Anthol. Gr. I . p. 263. Hdot.
Hdot. l. 25. ib. 7. 7. 3. 52. — In the sense of partner, can:
Ma'rixm, f. peOéEu, aor. 2 ps're'axov, panion, fellow, Luke 5: 7. Heb. 1: 9
(Zxun) pp. to have with another, i. e. to quoted from Ps. 45: 8, where Sept. for
partake of, to share in, to be a partaker ‘sc.—Dem. 14.11. 4.
 Margie) 496 Mix?!
Margie), 6;, f. r'law, (.LléTPOV,) l0 mea ordinary. Sept. for "3’? Ex. 26: 2, 8. E1.
sure, trans. e. g. of capacity, with an 42: 16 sq. 1?, 2 K. 21: 13. (Xen. Mem.4.
adjunct of manner, in the proverbial 7. 2.) Gem. and adv. Expé-rpov by measure,
phrase, 1} v. in 91 pe'rptp psrpsire, perprl‘ i. q. psrpiwg, i. e. moderately, sparingly,
fir'lasrai, Matt. 7: 2 bis. Mark 4: 24 bis. John 3: 34. See in 'Ex no. 3. e.
Luke 6:38 bis. Sept. for "3? Ex. 16: b) meton. measure, for portion as
18.—Dem. 918. 11. Plut. Marcell. 25 measured ofl' or allotted, allotment, pro
pen—Of length etc. as measured by the portion. Rom. 12: 3 ‘by 6 9.2.; s'jlc'prar
rule, Katha/doc. Rev. 11: l lu'rpmroy rov pc'rpov m’zrrewg. Eph. 4: 7, 13,16. 2
vadv T05 9205. v. 2. 21:l5,l6,l7. Sept. Cor. 10: 13 bis, see in Kai/6w. — Luc.
and '1'}? Num. 35: 5.—Xen. H. G. 3. 2. Imag. 7. Anth. Gr. 1. p. 81 ult.
10. Mem. 4. 7. 2.—Trop. for to estimate, Me'rwrrov, 00, n; (‘w-ti, any) the
tojudge of, 2 Cor. 10: 12 iv Eavroic Enu forehead, Rev. 7: 3. 9: 4. 13:16. 14: l,
roiig perpm'wrtg—Hdiall. 1. 6. 2. Dem. 9. 17:5. 20:4. 22:4. Sept. for "3?
324. 24. Comp. metior Hor. Ep. 1. 7 fin. Ex. 28: 33. 1 Sam. 17: 49.—Hdian. 1.
M5757"71G, 05, h,(pzrpz'u,) pp. mea. 15. 7. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 8.
surer, then metretes John 2: 6, i. e. the Mal/.5‘: also MéXQIG sometimes
Attic amphora, a measure for liquids
before a vowel, Buttm. i) 26. 4. Winer
containing 12 X65;- or 144 Kori/hat, and
§ 5. 1. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 14; a particle
equal to i of an Attic medimnus or He
serving to mark a terminus ad quem,
brew bath. Hence the pcrpnrr'lg was
both of place and time. It differs there.
equivalent to about 33* English quarts,
fore from Etxpr, in that dxpi fixes the at.
or to 8% gallons. See particularly un.
tention upon the whole duration up to
der art. Képog, and Boeckh Staatsh. der
the limit, leaving the further continu
Ath. I. p. 107. The Roman amphora
ance undetermined; while plxpi refers
was smaller, being only equal to § of solely to the limit, implyin that the ac
the perpnn’yg. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. tion there terminates. See g‘ittm. de Sy
p. 504.—Sept. for “2 2 Chr. 4: 5. P01. non. N. T. p. 33 sq. Passow s. v.
2. 15. 1. Dem. 104.5. 0. I. As Prep. with the genitive, unto,
Ms'rgmrratléw, (3, f. {ya-w, perpzorra until, usque ad.
8;’); of moderated passions, from pe'rpmg, :1) Of place, unto, as far as to. Rom.
16609,) to be moderate in one's passions,to l5: l9 jiéxpr rot-1 ‘Ihhvpuroii. Sept. péxpr
have one's passions moderated; hence to roi/rov for "15-'12 Job 38: 11.—Pa azph.
be gentle, indulgent, compassionate, seq. 21.1.Hdian. 1.12.15. Xen. An. 2.2.6.
dat. towards any one, Heb. 5: 2 perple b) Of time,until, (a) 0. gen. of a
#1196711 Bvvdpn'og roic d'yvool'mi x. r. )1.— subst. Matt. 13:30 pe'xpi r017 sspwpm'l.
Philo de Joseph. II. p. 45- 37. Jos. Acts 10:30. 20:7. Rom. 5: l4 pc'xpl
Ant. l2. 3. 2. comp. pcrpidzm ib. 5. 7. 7. Mwo'éwg, i. e. death reigned from Adam
ME'TQIIWQ, adv. (ps'rpiog, pe'rpov,) until Moses without there being any
written law, but not so afterwards,
measuredly, moderately, pp. with moder comp. Tittm. l. c. 1 Tim. 6: 14. Heb. 3:
ation, Pol. 3. 85. 9. Xen. An. 2. 3. 20. 6, l4. 9: 10. Sept. ju'xpi r027 s'hfls'iv, for
In N.T. little, and oil perpz'wg not a little,
351 "11-'12 PS. 105: 19. —— Hdian.1. l. 5.
i.e. much, greatly, Acts 20: 12.--Hdian. Xen. Venat. 4. 11. — péxpu; oil sc.
1. 3.12. Xen. Mem.4.1. l. Xpdvou, until what time, i. e. until, as a
Mé‘TeOV, 00, r6, measure, a) pp. as conjunct. with the subjunctive, where
of capacity, in the proverbial expression the thing is uncertain. Mark 13:30
Matt. 7: 2. Mark 4: 24. Luke 6:38 bis. Féxpig or’: m'wra rail-m 'yz'wnrai. See
Trop. measure of sins, Matt. 23: 32. Buttm. § 146. 3. comp. in "Eu; I. n
Sept. for I"; 2 Chr. 2: 10. "E"! Lev. 19: Matth. § 480. b.—Hdot. 4. 119. c. impf.
36. Deut. 25: 14. Hdot. 4. 198. Xen. indic. Xen. An. 5. 4. 16.-(5)1160: "7Q
An. 3. 2.21.) Of ength or surface, a m'lpepov, until this day, Matt. 11:23
measure, i. e. a measuringrod, Kt‘lthflluog, 28: 15. Here dxpr might properly have
Rev. 21: 15 in later edit. 21: 17 pe'rpov been used; but the writer employs pixp‘
hyfipémov, man's measure, i. e. common, prob. as not looking at all beyond ll"?
 Mi 497 Mvi
present time; the present moment being Mark 11:26. Luke 14': 96. 18: 4 :1 mi
all he has to do with; comp. Tittm. l. c. Baby 01': ¢o€o|7 cu, i. e. to not fear i. q.
p. 35.—So péxpi r017 vim Palzeph. l7. 2. to conternn. .fbhn 10: 37 u’ oil are“; rét
us’ I. Tin/35 niv Katpu‘w Diod. Sic. 4'. 19. Ep-ya r017 war 0': you, i. e. to not do i. q.
,3] Trop. of degree or extent. 2 Tim. to leave undhne. 11:8. James 2:11.
2: 9 Kaxo'lraeii fu'xpt 5527,1451’. Heb. 12: See Buttm. § 148. 2. b, and marg.
4 péxpig a't'purog. Phil. 2: B pixpt sard Winer§ 59. 5- Herm. ad Vig. p. 833,
rou. v. 30.—2 Mace. l3: l4. Hdian. l. 889. Comp. in 01’: e.
15. 16. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 3. b) after particles implying purpole,
II. As Conjunet. until, before a verb also result anticipated or supposed, i. c.
in the subjunct. where the thing is in N. T. after 'i'va, {in-mg, u'iare, Buttm.
either pres. or fut. and therefore uncer § 14.8. 2. c. Matth. § 608. 5. a. Winer
tain, Buttm. § 14.6. 3, comp. in "Ewg I. § 60. 2. E. g. i'va p1’), Matt. 26: 5 7w;
a. Eph. 4: l3 pc'xpi xaravrfio'wpsv . . . pr) sépugog ye'mrai. Luke 8: 10. John
sig l'wdpa re'Mwv x. 1'. k— Xen. H. G. 3: 16. Acts 5: 26. Heb. l3: 17. al. So
l. 3.11 wepie' cvsv . . . pe'xpig 5M9”. c. Matt. 5: 29, 30. Mark 4: 19. John 11:
impf. indie. huc. 3. 10. 50. al. see in “Iva no. 1,2. So 61mg
M7’), a negative particle, not, imply In", Matt. 6:18. Luke 16: 26. Acts
ing every where a dependent and condi 20: 16. 1 Cor. l: 29.—So before an in
tional n'egative, i. e. depending on the fin. expressing purpose etc. either inf.
idea, conception, thoughts of some sub simply, or with June, sic, 1rpég, Etc'i, etc.
ject, and therefore subjective ,- while on’: see below in d.
expresses the direct and full negation c) after relativepronouns, as 6;, Gang,
independently and absolutely and is 5009, wherever they refer not to de
therefore oly'ech've. That is, ‘in’; implies finite antecedents, but to such as are in
that one conceives or supposes a thing definite and general, or implied, Buttm.
not to exist, while or’: expresses that it § 148. 2. e. Matth. § 608. 5. c. Winer
actually does not exist; and hence ,w’] s59. 4.. E. g. Matt. 10=14 a; ééw W‘;
refers to the predicate, oil to the copula. 55511104 i/fidg. 11:6. Luke 8: 18. 1 Pet.
The same distinction holds good in all 9: 9. Mark 6: ll 6001 (‘iv p1) Ee'Ewvr-m
the compounds of pr] and 01,). See Buttm. {4169. Luke 9: 5. Acts 3: 23 fine 7w f")
§ 14.8. Passow in pz’y.Winer § 59. Herm. c'zxm'nm. Rev. 13: 15. -— But 01'! is put
adVig. p.796 sq.804 sq. Matth. § 608. 5. after 09, 60mg, where these refer to a
I. As a negative particle, not, where definite antecedent, as Luke 14: 33; or
the following special uses all flow from Where any thing is said actually not to
the general principles above stated. E. be or to be done, as Matt. 10:38. l3:
g. In’), and not oil, is used: 12. Mark 9:40. Luke 14: 27.
a) in all negative conditions and sup d) with the Infinitive as being depend
positions, in N. T. after e'év and :2, ent upon another finite verb or word
Buttm. § 148. 2. b. E. g. 52w [1"], Matt. expressed or implied; here the infin.
5: 20 HIV In) 1repwacfm'lr; 1', Emawm'lm may usually either itself be resolved
bpa'w x. r. A. Mark 3: 27. Luke 13: 3, into a supposition, or the verb on which
5.
So Tit.
:2 pi),
1:6.
Matt.
al. see
24: ‘22
in ‘En'w
cipr) no.
Exokogéfin
II. it depends expresses supposition, con
dition, thought, purpose, etc. Buttm.
nay a1 ihuz'pat. Mark 2: 7. John 3: 13. § 148. 2. g. Passow pr’, I. 3. VViner§
Acts 21: 25. a]. see in EE no. III. e. 59. 2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 806 ult. Thus
With Edy or :2 implied, Mark l2: 19. (a) Inf. simpl. Matt. 22: 23 oi M'yoyrn;
Luke 10: 10. John 12: 47. I Cor. l3: 1, ,ufi ell/at i'zvc'wraaw, i. e. as they suppose
2, 3. James 2: 14.—Sometimes zi is fol and believe. Luke 2: 26. 20: 7. 21: 14..
lowed by oil, but oil then refers not to Acts 15. 19, 39. 23: 8. 25: 24., 27
the condition, but to the verb alone, dXo-yo'v poi Eoxe'i p1) Kai The Km" cu'rrofl
which it renders negative, as Matt. 26: airing zmpiivai. Rom. l3: 3 Se'huc 5e‘ ,ur)
24. xaM‘w fly aura"), ci oi/K Eyes/147011, i. e. (Pofizirrficu. rip/ e'Eouat'av. 1 Cor. 7: l. 1
the not being born would have been bet Tim. 1: 20. 2 Pet. 2. 21. After 557,
ter for him; here pf, would have implied 645mm, etc. Buttm. ]. c. Matt. 23: 93
p I! - I h \ l I
doubt whether he had been born etc. mvru eds: mmrraz, xaxuvu pr; mpiwm.
‘2 r
 Mi 498 Mn
Luke 18: 1. Acts 27:21. Rom. 15:1. pose, supposed result, etc. 0. g. air; 1.‘. pi;
1 Tim. 3: 3 551 obv Errloxorov '14:‘) 1rd. Acts 7:19. 1 Cor. 9: 18. 10:6. llcb.
powov, ,ur) akin-my, sc. rival. v. 8. Tit. 11:3. 1 Pet. 3: 7. 1rpbg r1‘; pr’; 2 Cor.3:
1:7: 2: 3, 9,10. After 5pm“, imply 13. 1 Thess. 2: 9. 2 Thess. 3: 8. With
ing future purpose, Bob. 3: 18 rim 5:‘ but as marking the probable or sup
17:/1.00: pi) riashebazaflai K. 1'. A. see posed cause of any thing, Matt. 13:5
Herm. ad Vig. p. 807. After verbs of bu‘: rb :) Excw [3600c 'yfig. v. 6. Mark
commanding, entreating, e. g. c. inf. pres. 4: 5. ames 4: 2.—Cebet. Tab. 24.
as continued, Acts 1: 4 1rapr'ry-yuhcv ail e) with participles, when they stand
roig rim) 'Irpmr. ,m) xwp/Zwfim. 21: 4. elliptically for any of the above 0011
Rom. 2: 21, 22. Eph. 3: 13 Bu‘: airoi'rpai structions, or refer to an indefinite sub
pi] E'Kxat'eii'. 2 Tim. 2: 14. (comp. Luc. ject, or in general where they imply
D. Mort. 1. 4.) c. inf. aor. as transient, supposition, condition, purpose, any
Matt. 2: 12. 5:34. Luke 22:40. Heb. thing subjective, etc. Buttm. § 148. 2]‘.
12: 19. By pleonasm after verbs § 144. 2 \Viner§ 59.3. E.g. a) When
implying a negative. e. g. of denying, the participle may be resolve into the
Luke 20: 27 01 dvnhé-yovrzg r'wr'wraa'w construction with d, e'c'w, etc. comp.
p1) ciwu. 22: 34. Sec Matth. § 534. n. above in a. Buttm. l. 0. Luke 11:36
4. \Viner§ 67. p. 487. Vice verso after 51 051/ rd 06,111’: 0011 b'Aov ¢uruvby, pl)
oi: Siwapai, where the negatives have i'Xov Tl ‘ur'pog x. 12A. Rom.5: 13-' Gal. 6:
each its proper power, and constitute an 9 xaipq': 75:9 1519) Sepiaopev, '11) ixhudpc
emphatic affirmative; Acts 4: 20 obburc'i I'Ot. Col. 1: 23. 1 Pet. 3: 6.——(/3) \Vhere
[4290: El z'idoluzv In‘) huheiv, i. e. we the part. either with or without the arti
cannot but speak. Buttm.§ 148. n. 7. b. cle, is equivalent to a relative referring
‘—After (bore, in N. T. marking a re. to a general or indefinite antecedent,
sult anticipated or supposed on the part comp. above in b. Buttm. l. c. E. g.
of the speaker or writer, Matt. 8:28 6 pi; c. part. Matt. 12: 30 1': pi} (by ‘on’
d'io'rs pi) laxiizw rwa mipeheciv. Mark Epoii, i. e. whosoever, i. q. ifany one,
3: 20. 1 Cor. 1: 7. 2 Cor. 3: 7. 1 Thess. where oil would only have referred to
l: 8.—Xen. Conv. 4. 54.—((3) Infin. c. some particular and definite individual.
roi'! e. g. as dependent on a subst. Luke 11: 23. John 3: 18 by’) mania-w,
Rom. l 1 :8 dpdakpoi To?! In)‘; ,BAé‘ll'fll'. x. 1'. comp. Winer <5 59. l. Herm. ad Vig.
A. et 1 Col‘. 9: 6 aim ixopzv e'Eouaiav roii p. 805. John 10: 1. 12:48. 1 Thess.
pr) e'p'ydZeo'Bai; i. e. implying possibility, 4: 13. al. Matt. 25: 29 ('nrb roi: pr‘) Exor
but not the will. After verbs of hinder rog. Luke 3:11. 19:26, 27. Rom. 4:
ing or being hindered, Luke 4: 42. 24: 20. James 4: 17. 1 Cor. 7:37. 1rd; ‘111"
16. Acts 10:47 {ibwp Kwhr'mai 101': c. part. 1 Thess. 2: l2 min-reg oi ‘w 1r:
In‘, fia'lrrwtiiiwu robrovg. 14: 18. 20: 27. areimavreg. 1 John 3: 10. Matt. 3:10.
Rom. 11: 10. 1 Pet. 3: 10. So by impl. 13: 19 :rav'rdg dxoi/ov'rog . . . xai pr) W
Luke 17:1. Heb. 11: 5. James 5: 17. viévrog. John 15: 2. So genr. Matt 9:
As marking purpose or result, where 36 u'm'ci n'po'gara pr) Exovra rogue'ra. 10:
‘bare might stand instead of 11:5, comp. 28. Luke 12: 47. Acts 20:22 150:) 17:}:
in b. Rom. 7: 3 e'MvBe'pu io'rw (‘in-b rail . . . ‘111) 5561;, where the subject or ante
vii/.1011, 'rol'l In) sin'ai airrfiv [.LOt ahida cedent is indeed specific, but the part.
Comp. \Vincr§ 45. 4. p. 270. b. uttm. expresses a subjective doubt, uncer
§ 140. n. 1. -— (-y) Infin. 0. n3, 2 Cor. tainty. Rom. 2: 14. 1 Cor. 7: 29 sq
2: 12 1'97 ,ur) n‘lpeiv Fe Tirov, i. e. mark 9:21. 1 John 2: 4. al. Here too belong
ing a cause as existing in the mind of such phrases as rii pi) biovra, riz [Hi
any one. — (5) Infin. c. 115, where the xaB/wovra, i. q. iirwa In) 527 etc. 1 Tim
infin. is then equivalent to a subst. 5: l3. Rom. 1: 28. (Ceb. Tab. 25.) rd
Rom. 14:21 xahbv Tb pr) ¢ayziv xpe'a, pi) b'vm i. q. ii'rn'a ,4!) ion‘, Rom. 4: l7
i. q. zj‘onc would eat no meat, Buttm. § trop. 1 Cor. 1: 28. Comp. Buttm.§143
148. 2. g. 1 Cor. 4: 6. 10: 2. preced. 2f VViner§ 59. 3. p. 400.—(-y) \Vherc
by min-o, Rom. 14:13. 2 Cor. 2: 1. l the part. with p1’; expresses the sup’
Thess. 4: 6 coll. v. 3. So with the pre posed or apparent cause or occasion of
positions rig‘ and 1rplig‘ as marking pur any thing, Passow in pi] no. 4. Buttm
 M1? 499 M5
t, 14.4. 2. Matt. 1:19 'Iwo'mp 5:‘ b ('iw‘lp (Luc. Tox. 56.) S0 in antithetic clauses,
niirfie, bis-mag (In! Kai pr‘, Se'hon' 1:. r. X. as Col. 3: 2 r21 (‘ii/w ¢povc7re, 1.0‘) T1‘: i1rl
18: 25 p1) E'xovrog Be‘ airrof: r'urobofivar, 7117:. James 1:22. 1 Pet. 3:9. 2 Cor.
Eue'hsvacv 1c. ‘1'. )1. Mark 2: 41. 12: 24. 9: 7. ,ufl—-d.Md. Luke 22: 42. John 6:
Luke 5: l9. 9:33. Acts 9: 26. 12:19. ‘27. Phil.2:12.—Very rarely pr’; is found
2 Cor. 3: l4. Heb. 4.: 2.—Eurip. Herac. with the Imper. aorist, (in N.T. only 3
283 or 9841. —(5) Where the part. with pers.) implying transient action, and
p1’; expresses a supposed or apparent forbidding that which one may be about
result, like dim-s pf, seq. infin. comp. to do, e. g. Matt. 6: 8 pr) 'ymin'w 1‘; ripa
above in d. a. Luke 7: 30. Acts '20: 29 arepr'r 00v 1:.r.}\. 24: 18. Mark 13: 15;")
eiachn'movrat hint-01 Bapzic eig bpfig, Karagzirw sic 1'1)!’ oim'av. v. 16. Luke 17:
p1) tpelblipsvoi r017 mnpm'ov. 2 Cor. 4: “2. 31. Comp. Buttm. Passow, Winer, l.
Phil. 1:28. So Acts 9: 9 iii! fipc'pac c.—H0m. 0d. 16. 301. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
rpz'ig p1) fihérrwv, xai oin: E'zpayzv, he was 7 3.—(~y) With the Suly'lmetive in nega
for three days apparently blind, so as tive entreaties, commands, exhortations,
not to see, i.e. he was supposed to be a etc. were the action is to be expressed as
blind man; but 01'»: é'qta'ye relates a spe transient and momentary, Buttm. l. c.
cific fact. Also with mi as equiv. to and§ 139. n. 7. Passow, Winer, l. c. E.
dim-e, comp. in Kai no. I. c. Luke I: g. in 1 pers. plur. Subj. present, where
20 Zap atw1r6'rv,xai p1) auvdpzvog hahfic'ar. it stands in place of 1 pers. Imperat.
13: 11. Acts 27: 15. comp. in Gal. 5:26 pr‘; ywd: 50a remi
t‘) in all negative expressions of wish, 50501. 6: 9. l Thess. 5: 6. l ohn3:18.
entreaty, command, where 1.0" then often aorist, John 19: 24 p1) oxi'a'wpev ailrdv.
stands at the beginning of a short inde Buttm. § 139. n. 7. ‘Winer § 42.4. In
pendent clause, the idea of wishing etc. 2 and 3 pers. Subj. aorist, Matt. 1: 20
not bein expressed, but retained in the pr) ¢ogrjfitfig 3: 9 p1‘) 561511" hé'ysw. 5:
mind. uttm. § 148. 2. c, and n. 5. 17. 6:13. 10: 5, 9, 10. Mark 5: 7. 14!
Herm. ad Vig. p. 804'. Matth. §608. n. 1. 2. Rom. 10:6. 1 Cor. 16:11. Col. 2:
Thus to express a negative wish, p1’; is 21. Heb. 3:8. 10: 35. James 2: 11. al.
construed with the Optative; in nega, saepiss. So 0. yzvqflf; or the like impl.
tive entreaty and command, with the Matt. 26: 5. Mark 14:8.
Imperative and Subj unctive, as follows: g) gem. in any construction, where
(a) With the Optative, implying a nega the negation is from the nature of the
tive wish, in the frequent exclamation case subjective, conditional, or matter of
,ur) 'yc'yotro, may it not be! let it not supposition. Matt. 19: 9 6c 6w abrohz'wy
happen! Luke 20: 16. Rom. 3: 4,6,3]. rfiv yuvaixa aim-017, ,w) Zrri 1ropvu'q, i. e.
1 Cor. 6:15. Gal. 2:17. So Gal. 6: 141. pr’) here either depends upon the preced.
2 Tim. 4: 16 pr) m'n'o'ig XoywOehI. Comp. relative, or it expresses condition, not
Buttm. l. c. Passow pr’] no. 6. - Horn. for fornication. Mark 12: 14 563,121’, 1'] ,ur)
()d. 1. 386. ib. 20. 344n—(fl) With the BID/av; implying subjective uncertainty.
Imperative always, (which never takes John 3: 18 (‘in pr‘; 1rz1riarcvxcv, because,
013,) usually with the Imp. present im by the very supposition, he has not be
plying continued action and forbidding lieved, comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 805.
.what one is already doing. Buttm. § 148. (Luc. D. Deor. marin. 5. l.) Rom. 3: 8
3.§ 137. 5. Passow ,m'; no. 5. a. Winer rt Zn Kt'l'YdJ a'rc dpapruhoc xplvopaz; Kai
\} 60. 1. Matt. 6: 16 pi) ytveafie dimrsp oi pr’), x. r. A. hypothetically, and why not
inrorgrrai. v. 19, ‘25. 17: 7. 24: 6 bpiirc, rather? i. e. and why should it not ra
pr) pocIaOe, beware, be not troubled. ther be the case etc. Col. 8: 18 a ,m)
Mark 9: 39. Luke 23: 28. John 2: 16. Eu'ipaxev Eygarzbwv, i. e. into what he
Acts 10; 15. 1 Pet. 4: 12. al. saep. Im cannot possibly have seen, or be s|1p_
perat. 3, pers. pres. Rom. 6: 12 pr‘] obv posed to have seen; here of; would have
ao'iheve'rw 1'] c'zpaprla Ev 'rrii sum-([1 irpd'w expressed that he had not seen them
aépan. 14: 16. 1 Cor. 7: 12, 133. Col. though he had the power. 1 Thess. 4|:
2:16. 1 Tim. 6: 2. James 1: 7. al. Also 4 ,m‘] iv m'rflu imHu/u'ag, where Iin’) rc
1:. imper. impl. Luke 13: 14. John 18: fers to the preceding infin. 1.7110011.
40. Gal. 5:13. Rom. 12: 11, 16,19. Rom. I41: I.
2 1 2
 Mn’ 500 M viva/.5;
h) coupled with oil, in the order oi) pi], Mark 13: 5, 36. 2 Cor. 8: 20. Gal. 6; 1.
as an intensive negative, (In) or’; is in Heb. 12: 15,16. Rev. 19:10et22: 9 é'pa
N. T. only interrog. see no. III.) in ,m'] sc. 1rou'lo'ye roiiro.
emphatic assertions and assurances re b) with the Optative, where the pre
ferring to the future, not at all, by no ceding verb is in a preterite ofthe Indie.
means, construed pp. with the Indie. fu See Buttm. Passow, Winer, l. 0. So
ture, or more commonly with the Subj. after a verb offlzresight, Acts 27: 42 nDv
aorist, Buttm.§ 148. n. 6. § 139. 4. Pas 5i a'rpartwro'w fiovhr) c'ye'l'ero, ‘in: r. 5.
sow in m’; '0'’, p. 405 sq. Winer § 60. 3. droxrsivwm, p1’; rig e'xxohvpfir'laag Eta
Herm. ad Soph. (Ed. C01. 853. (a) ¢:'/y0L,where however later editions read
seq. Indie. fut. Matt. 16: 22 of: pi] i'arat 5ta¢i1yy in Subj. see Winer § 60. 2.
O‘OL 10171-0. 26: 35 Oil #1’; as (urapw'mopm. c) with the Indicative, less often, and
Luke 22: 34. John 8: 12. 20:35. Rev. implying that the thing feared already
3: 5. 9: 6. al. So in emphatic interro exists or is about to happen, Passow '11’;
gation Luke 18:7. John 18: 11.—(l3) II. 5 fin. Winer § 60. 2. b. So 0. indie.
seq. Suly'. aorist, e. g. aor. 1 pass. Matt. pres. Luke 11: 35 axons: oa'n' pi] rt‘; (prim
24: 2 on’: In) @501", $5: )u'Oog. Luke 22: n‘. 5'1/ 002 axo'rog e'an'v. 0. indie. fut. Col. 2:
16,18. Heb. s: 12. 1 Pet. 2; 6. al. Aor. 8 Bhénc-rc pi; n9 iilucig Zora: i2 m/Xa'ywyu'n'.
2 act. and mid. Matt. 5: I8, 20. 18: 3. d) with the Infinitive in negative Wishes
Luke 1: 15. John 6:37. Rev. 3: 3, 12. or admonitions, implying a fear of the
al. Mid. Mark 13:19. So as strength contrary, i. e. c. acc. et infin. 2 Cor. 6: 1
ened by oimén Matt. 14: 25. Luke 22: 1rapaxaho|7p£v pr‘, eig Kevin! ripv ,Xépu/
16. 095:’ Matt. 24:21. In emphatic in 1'06 9:017 ae'Eaa'fiat i/piig. l3: 7. See
terrog. John 11: 56. 18: 11.—Further, Passow ,ufi II. 4. c.—-H0m. 0d. 9. 530.
contrary to the doubtful rule of Dawes, III. As an emphatic interrogative
seq. Aor. 1 act. Matt. 10:23 or’: in) re particle, which has lost its own negative
Xc'arrre rag nohug K. r. 7\. Mark 9:41. power; but expressing a degree of fear
John 4: 14, 48. Acts 13:41. Heb. 8: or anxiety, and implying the expecta
ll. 2 Pet. 1: 10. c. oims'n Rev. 18:14. tion of a negative answer; while oi: in
Mid. Matt. 16:28. Rom. 4:8. See terrog. demands an atiirmative answer,
Buttm. § 139. 4 marg. Passow in oil [41']. Buttm. § 148. 5. Matth. §608. n. 3. W'i
Winer § 60. 3. p. 423. ner § 61. 3. b. Passow pi] no. III. Con
II. As a COXljllllCtIOl'l, that not, lest, strued with the Indie. of all the tenses,
Lat. us, in N. T. only after verbs ex Passow l. c.
pressing fear, anxiety, foresight, with a) simply, 0. indie. pres. Matt. 9: 15
which both the Greeks and Latins con ,w) @u'wavru: oi viol roii rvfnprivog nevtieiv
nect a negative implyingr a wish that the x. 7'. A. John 3: 4. Acts 7: 28. 1 Cor.
thing feared may not be or happen; 12: 29,30. James 2: 14. 0. Earl etc
Buttm.§ 148.4. Passowfn) II. 5. Herm. impl. Rom. 3: 5. 9:14. 1 Cor. 12: 29 sq.
ad Vig. p. 797. Matth. § 520. COIL -—aor. Luke 22: 35 pl‘! ru'dg im'rrpijearc.
strued variously : John 7248. Rem. ll: 1. perf. John 7:
a) with the Suhjunct. where the pre 47. fut. Matt. 7: 9, 1.0. Rom. 3: 3.
ceding or roverning verb is in the pre' b) as used before oil, i. e. F»), vi], where
sent; see huttm. Passow, l. c. VViner pi], is interrcgative, and oil belongs
§ 60. 2. So after verbs of fearing etc. solely to the following verb, Winer l. c.
Acts 27:17 ¢O€DflllEVOh re Fr) ele 'ri‘p' Rom. 10: 18 dhha hé-yw' In‘) oi»: iirovtml’;
Zhprw Emréowm. 2 Cor. 12: 21, coll. have they not heard 1’ where the answer
20. c. ¢ogoilpevoe impl. 2 Cor. 12:6. must still be negative. v. 19 Im‘, Tamil).
Or, the preced. verb may be a preterite oilx Z-yvw; both then Israel not known .7 i.e.
except in the Indie. as Acts 23: 10 is he then ignorant? 1 Cor. 9: 4, 5. ll:
ei'lhafinezlg o x. at) hiaarrao'ey i; Hafihog. 22.—Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 12. AL.
Comp. Plato Apol. Soc. init. Xpfiv n’: Mh'yé, see in Pa’ n0. II. 3.
hafisiatku pr) inr' i‘um'l t'Eanarn0fir:.—
After verbs of foresight, or caution, the Mme/1.5;, adv. (prlhapéc for ["158
verb being in the present, Matt. 18: 10 611169.) by no means, Acts 10: 14 et 11:
bpt-ifi, pr) Karaqapow'lanre Em}; A‘. r. A. 8 show Kai qxd'yr ('1 5:‘ sins’ pndaptit‘ 50
 Mnoé
'rofi-ro 15:/euro: Comp. in Mi] I. f. a. Sept.
for r1212’: [Haze] Gen. 18: 25.—Luc. D.
Deor. 4.. 2. Xen. Conv. 2. 3.
Mndé, conjunct. (,u'y, 55,) differing
from 0178s’ as pr’; from via, and having
the same general signification as pl], see
in My’; init. pp. and not, also not, and
hence neither, not even, as connecting
whole clauses or propositions. Buttm. §
14.9. p. 427. Matth. M309. Winer §59.6.
a) in continued negation, at the be.
ginning of a subsequent clause, neither,
nor, mostly preceded by Im’l, Matt. 10:14,
5;: it‘!!! p1) Ee'fqrai i1 fig, ,unde‘ [moi/17.1) roiig
Mi'yovc ilpriv. Mar 6:11. Luke 16: 26.
John 4:15. Rom. 14:21. 1 Tim. 1:4.
prec. ,m’prw Rom. 9: ll—Hdian. l. 10. B.
ib. 6. 2. 9.—So in continued prohibition,
usually after pi’), and then it takes the
same construction as '11,] with the Im
perat. or Subjunct. see in Mr'] no. I. f. pndevt' in nothing, in no respect, 2 Cor.
[3, y. Seq. imperat. pres. expr. or impl. 7: 9. Phil. 1:28. James 1: 4.—(/3) Me
Matt. 6: 25 ,w) peplymi're 1i \Lvxl'] {4161/
. . . . [11732 [pepiluvfire] TIP O'UIIILLGTL {414311. taph. pnEe‘v 6'”, being nothing, i. e. of no
Mark 13: 11 pi) 1rpopepquriire . . . ,uniie‘ account, no weight of character, Gal.
,uehen'ire. Rom. 6: l3. Heb. l2: 5. 562. 23. AL.
Imdel'g—pnde' I Tim. 5: 22. A01‘. 1 pass.
1 Pet. 3: l4. Seq. Suly'unct. pres. 1 pers.
plur. in exhortations 1 Cor. 10:8, 9. ever, never, 2Tim.3:7.—Xen. Cyr.1.6.10.
I John 3: 18. Aor. 2 and 3 pers. Matt.
7:6 yr) 3511': . . . pride‘ ,Bi'ihrrre. Mark 13:
15. Col. 9: 21. 2 Tim. 1:8. [mfg—finds’
Mark 8: 26. pnEeig—prfie' Luke 3: l4.
Seq. infin. depending on a verb of pro
hibition Acts 4: 18. 1 Tim. 1: 4. —
Once in antithetic apodosis, seq. imper.
2 Thess. 3: 10 e7. ru; oi: 95M: e'p-ydfeotiui,
,unEe‘ e'o'eie'rw.
b) in the middle of a clause, not even,
Mark 2:2 u'iv're ynxe’n xwpeiv lunde‘ Tc‘:
1rpog rfii' Qi'rpav. 1 Cor. 5:11. Eph. 5: 3.
Buttm. § I49. p. 428. Passow pqBe' no. 2.
--Luc. D. Door. 6. 2. Xen. Hi.4.4.. AL.
M72892, luldqu'a, ,unse'v, (pnde', elg,)
not even one, no one, i. e. no one who
ever he may be, from the indefinite and
hypothetic power of ,ur'], differing from
own; as pi’) from oil, see in Mr’; init.
a) gem. Matt. 16: 20 111cm Infield
e'irrwow. Mark 6:8 'iva Fniie'v u'ipuow
e1; 656v. John 8: 10. Acts 4:21. 1 Cor.
l: 7. Heb. 10: 2. al.—Xen. H. G. 5. 4'.
20.—With pr'],p17|ce'ri,or pm'ieig repeated ,
in a strengthened negation, comp. Buttm.
§ 148. 6. 1 Pet. 3‘. 6 ,ur) rjméot'pevoi
501 lVl1min
pnfiepiav m'onmv. Mark 11:14 ,unxe'n
e'x o'ofi ‘unset: xupvrov mph-yer. Acts 4: l7.
2 Cor. 6: 3.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 39.
b) in prohibitions, e. g. seq. Imper.
pres. Luke 3: 13 pnoe‘v whe'ov . . . rpéa
were. 1 Cor. 3: 18, 21. Tit. 2: 15. James
1: 13. c. imper. impl. Matt. 27: 19.
Phil. 2: 3. c. dupl. neg. Rom. 13:8.
(Luc. D. Deor. 24'. l.) Seq. Suly‘unct.
aor. Matt. 17: 9 ‘1075012 e'4'1rn're r6 o'palua.
Acts 16: 28. (Luc. D. Deor. l. 2.) Matt.
8: 4 b'pa, ,undevl e'irpg. c. dupl. neg.
Mark 1: 44..
c) neut. pnee'v, nothing. (a) as adv.
not at all, in no respect, e. g. pnfie‘v
auzxpwopevog Acts 10:20. 11:12. James
1: 6. After verbs of profit or loss, defi
ciency, etc. Mark 5: 26 xai ,maev o‘) eM
OeIaa. Luke 4: 35. 2 Cor. 11:5. hil.
4|: 6. Comp. Passow in ,mau'g. (Luc. D.
Deor. l. 2. Xen. (He. 11. 9.) So Ev
6: 3. Comp. Buttm. § 129. 6. —- Dem.
Mflaéfl'o‘l'i, adv. (finde', 1rore',) not even
M71557“), adv. Wee’, 1rw,) even not yet,
notyet, Heb. ll:7.—Luc. pro. Lapsu l5.
MfiBog, ou, .3, a AIede, Acts em.
—The country of Media, MnEla, lay
between the Caspian sea on the north.
and Persia on the south, extending on
the North and West to Armenia. It
was incorporated with the kingdom of
Persia; and comprised the following
provinces of modern Persia; Shir-van,
Adserbi'an, Ghilan, Masanderan, and
Irak A jami. See Rosenm. Bibi. Geogr.
I. i. p. 276.
Mnxé'rl, adv. (1.0’), E11,) no more, no
further, no longer, in the general sense
of pi], and constructed in the same man
ner; see Mi] init. E. g. after i'ra, comp.
M1’) 1. b. 2 Cor. 5: l5. Eph. 4:14 1m
,umce'n lhpey virn-wi. — With the infin.
comp. Mr’, I. d. Acts 4.: 17. 25: 24 im
gou'n'rec ,uiy 55:1 {iv aimiv pnxén. Eph.
4: l7. (Xen. Mem. 4. 3. B.) c. inf. after
divre Mark 1:45. 2: 2. c. inf. et r06
Rom. 6: 6. eig n} In’! seq. int. 1 Pet. 4:
2.——\Vith participles, as expressing a
cause, comp. Mr’, I. e. 'y. Rom. 15:23
 Mfizog 502 Mine;
wvvi iii ,unxe'n ro'vrov Exam x. r. X. 1 Thess. M67075, neg. partio. (pr'l, 1ro'rs',) in
3:1, 5. (Hdian. 1. l5. 1.) As express the same generalsense and uses as #1’; q. v.
ing a result, Acts 13: 34,comp. Mr’, I. e. I. As a negative particle, not even,
5. — Luc. D. Mort. 6. l.—-In negative never, in no supposable case. Heb. 9:
expressions of wish, entreaty, command, 17 51rd pr'prors ioxim [staid/pm] are (1'; o
see Mr’) I. f. Seq. Opt. implying a neg. 5:a9ép.evo¢.——Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.
ative wish, Mark 1]: l4 pnxz'ri e’: um‘; II. As a Conjunction, that not ever,
pqEelc xap-rrov quiym. Seq. Imper. pres. that never, lost ever, i. e. lest at some
John 5: 14 et 8:11 pnxén épdprave. time or other, indefinite, i. q. lest per
Eph. 4:28. 1 Tim. 5:23. (Xen. Cyr. haps, comp. M1’; no. II. So after verbs
3. 2. l3.) Seq. Suly'unct. pres. 1 pers. implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and
plur. Rom. 14:13. Aor. 2 and 3 pers. preceded by a future, a present or aur
Mark 9:25. Matt. 21:19. Comp. in ist, or a pret. Indie. as in'Iva l. A. a,
Mr'y I. f. 'y. c. (1. So 0. int. preced. Matt. 4: 6 (190501’
Minot, we, 00;, "a, length, Rev. as, pr'prore ‘Imam-dilly; x. r. X. Luke 4:11.
21: 16 bis. Metaph. Eph. 3: 18. Sept. o. pres. v. aor. preced. Matt. 5: 25 tat):
for 3'38 Gen. 6: 15 al. seep—117.1. V. H. eiwociv lur'prore' as 1rapa39'i K. r. 7\. 7:6.
3. l. Xen. (Be. 19.2. 13: 29. 27:64. Mark 4:12. Luke 12:
Mnm'ww, f. w'u'), (yfixog) to make 58. 14:8, 12. ‘(m ,u’pror: Luke 14:29.
long Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5. In N. T. 0. praet. preced. Matt. 13: 15. Acts 28:
Mid. pnrzbvopat to lengthen one's self, 27. Seq. Indie. fut. Mark 14:2 pr'pro-rs
spoken of plants, i. e. to grow up, Mark 96pu€o¢ Zora: roii M1017, comp. in Mr’) II.
4: 27. So Sept. in Act. for 53.3 Is. 44:14. c.--After verbs implying fizar or caution
seq. Suly'unct. Matt. 15:32. Luke 21:
Mfltw'l'tt, fig, 1", (,n'yhov a sheep,) a 34 1rpooe'xerc Eauroig, ,ur'rn'ore [31191790001
sheep-shin, as used for clothing, Heb. ll: x. 1'. )t. Heb. 2: 1. 4: l. with prec. verb
37. Sept. for "1795 spoken of a prophet's impl. Matt. 25:9. Acts 5: 39. (Xen.
mantle 1 K. 19:13, 19. 2 K. 2; s, 13, Cyr. l. 6. 10.) Seq. Indie. fut. Heb.
14. Comp. 'Ipz'u-mv b, and "Evfiupa. 3: l2,comp. in Mr’; II. 0.
[See also Zech. 13: 4.]—Poll. Onomast. III. As an interrogative particle,
10. 45 or 176. Clem. Rom. Ep. 1 ad comp. Passow in 1rore', e. g. in a. direct
Cor. 17. inquiry, implying a negative answer.
M73”, :1 particle of strong aflirma John 7:26 pr'uro're 500764719 Z-yvwo'av oi
tion, yea, assuredly, etc. Buttm. § 149. Eipxov'rcg; do the ‘rulers then certainly
p. 432. In N. T. only in the connex know ? do they perhaps know etc.—In
ion qv, see in 'H, and Buttm. l. c. direct, whether perhaps, perhaps, seq.
h’, #7796?’ b, a month. :1) pp. Opt. Luke 3: 15 Emko'ytloluévwv 1ra'vrwv
Luke 1:24., 26, 36, 56. 4:25. Acts 7; pv'rrrorc ain't‘); sin ('2 X wrec- Seq.
28. 18:11. 19:8. 20:3. 28:11. James Suh'rmct. 2 Tim. 2: 25. bee Herm. ad
5217. Rev. 9: 5, 10,15. 11:2. 13:5. Vig. p. 810. Matth. § 514. c.
22: 2. Sept. for 131'" Gen. 7: ll. 8: 4, Mt’i‘fl'td, adv. ('m’hmu) not yet, Rom.
5, et seep. — Hdian. l. l4. l7. Xen. 9: ll. Heb. 9:8.—Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 23.
Mem. 4. 8. 2. Mén'wg, conjunct. (14f), arms’) that
b) meton. for new-moon, which was in no way, that by no means, i. e. lest in
the first day of the month anda festival, any way, lest perhaps,- so after verbs
Gal. 4. 10. SO Heb. 19".!" Sept. veopnw'a implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and
Num. 28:1. Ps. 81:4. Comp. Jahn preceded by the pres. comp. in Mt’: II.
s 352. a. 1 Cor. 9: 27 inrmna'Zw you To 06);“:
M71964), f. 6am, to make known, to In'nrwg iihhotg Knpi'lfiag ai/rog c'xaompog
show, to disclose, sc. something before yévwpal. 2 Cor. 2: 7. 9: 4. c. Aor. pre
unknown, trans. Luke 20: 37. John 1 l: ced. Gal. 2: 2, comp. Winer § 60. 2. p.
57 Edy TH; 7w‘? no‘? Eon, pnm'm'y. 1 Cor. 421.—After verbs implying fear or cau
10: 28. 0. dat. Acts 23: 30.—2 Macc. tion, e. g. seq. Indie. comp. in My’; II. 0.
3: 7. Jos. Ant. 1. ll. 2. Thuc. 2. 42. Gal. 4: 11 ¢o€m7paz ilpfig ‘Ln/pron; elm‘;
Mtl 01-", see in Mr’) no. III. b. Kzuorriaxa rig {4469. Seq. Subjunct. aor.
 M056;
Acts 27: 29. Rom. 11: 21 [BM-Iran] [11']
mug 0635‘ 0'05 peianrai. 1 Cor. 8:9. 2.
Cor. ll: 3. 12: 20 his, where supply at
the end eilpeetinn. Once construed with pr'ln, if not perhaps, unless perhaps,
both Indic. and Subjunct. l Thess. 3: Luke 9:13. 1 Cor. 7: 5. 2 Cor. 13:5.
5 Zrrepipa el; 16 'yvévat rr‘lv 1ri'artv inn-‘w, —Also pw’lrt'ye i. q. pr'lrt but stronger,not
pr'prmg i'rrn'paaev {11.16; 1'; napalm)’ Kill :19
Kevin! 'yc'mral. a Korroc iypdiv, i. e. [fearing]
lest perhaps the tempter etc. see in Winer
§ 60. 2. p. 421.
Mngég, 06, a the thigh,Rev. 19: 16,
where comp. Cic. Verr. II. lib. IV. 43.
Sept. for T}: Gen. 24.: 2, 9. — Luc. D.
Deor. 9. l. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 6.
M7,)“, conj. (pr’l, 11,) a continuative
referring usually rather to a part of a
proposition or clause, and not, also not;
hence neither, not even. See Buttm. §
14.9. p. 4.27. Winer <) 59. 6.
a) in continued negation, at the be
ginning of a subsequent clause, after pr’),
neither, nor. Eph. 4: 27 6 11km; pr‘, Em
5ve'rw pine 51'501'5 rorov ra': otagéhqt.
2 Thess. 2: 2.—Hdian. 4.. l5. 19.—Re
peated, pr'lre—pfi-rz, neither—nor, before
ditierent parts of the same clause, Matt.
5: 34 sq. p1‘, t'nloaat 5M4‘, pr'I-re iv 193
oilpawii pip-c iv rip 'y‘fi pip-e eig
'Iepoa'. tar. A. Acts 23: 8,12,21. 1 Tim.
1: 7. James 5: 12. al.—Xen. Lac. 15. 3.
1)) alone in the middle of a clause,
not even, Mark 3: 20 Glare ,m) az'wao'flat
airrol‘lg pr'lrs tiprou tpa-yfim—Xen. Lac.
10. 7. AL.
M’l'rflf, £509’, ‘Tell?’ n, a mother,
comp. Buttm. § 4.7.
a) pp. Matt. 1:18. 2: 11, 13, 20. al.
seep. Trop. of one in the place of a mo
ther, Matt. 12: 419, 50. Mark 10: 30.
John 19: 27. Rom. 16: 13. Sept. for
515. Gen. 2: 24. 44: 20.—Xen. Mem. 2.
2. l. trop. Horn. 11. 6. 4.29.
b) genr. for parent, ancestor,progeni
trix. Gal. 4.: 26 1‘; 5:‘ time 'Izpomr. e’Mu
Oépa Early, firu; e'o'ri [2.2mm] fn'yrnp miv
raw fipu‘w, i. e. which represents Sarah
our common mother, comp. v. 22, 24.,
28. So Sept. and its. Gen. 3:20. Others
metropolis, as B! and Sept. pnrpt'nrohtg
2 Sam. 20: 19.—Trop. of a city as the
parent or source of wickedness and
abominations, Rev. 17:5 Buguluhv 1"
,m'lmp ra‘iv 1ropm2'w Ktli rtfivfidehv'ypérwv.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 539. p. 735. AL.
Mtl‘fl neg. partic. (ply, ri indef.) not
503 Mmu'rw
at all, not perhaps, see Buttm. § 150. p.
434. In N. T.
a) as negat. only in the connection 5i
at all then, i. e. for Engl. not to say then,
much more then, 1 Cor. 6:3. Comp.
Buttm.§150.p.434. Hermad Vig.p.803.
b) as interrog. whether at all? whether
perhaps .9 i. e. is or has, then, perhaps ?
Buttm. l. 0. Matt. 7:16 ,m'rrt m/Mé
yova'w r’uro c'txavfla'w o'rupvhr'lv; 12: 23.
26: 22, 25. Mark 4: 21. 14: 19 bis.
Luke 6: 39. John 4: 29. 7: 31. 8:22.
18:35. 21:5. Acts 10: 47. 2 Cor. 12:
18. James 3:11.111’11-1 ('ipu 2 Cor. 1:17.
Sept. for Mal. 3:8. ‘"2? Gen. 20: 9.
M57175, see in Mil-rt a.
Mrl'rlg, pron. interrog. (pi), rig in.
det.) whether any one? is or has any one?
John 4:33. 7: 48. Comp. M1’) III.
M575“, “5 1'1. (wimp) mum's,
womb. Luke 2:23. Rom. 4: 19. Sept.
for 513:! [in pause, “U2, or with Athn.
D113] Num. 3: 12. Jer. 1:5. 1 Sam. 1:
5, 6.—}El. V. H. 10. 3. Hdot. 3. 108.
Mn'rgakqiag, 0t), 6, Attic pr'rpa
Aoiag,(p1’;rr,p,¢'1>\ou'wi.q. 601061» to thresh ,
to smite ,) a smite!‘ of his mother, a matri
cide, 1 Tim. 1: 9. Comp. Rom. 1: 30.
Thom. Mag. p. 695. Attic form, Luc.
Deor. Concil. 12. Lys. 116. 4.3. Plato
Phzedo s 62.
Mrrrgorrohg, we, 1", (,m’ymp, 1m’.
M9,) metropolis, 1 Tim. 6: 23 in the spu
rious subscription.—Xen. An. 5. 2. 3.
Mia, see in Ely.
Mia/val, f. avifi, perf. pass. pep‘
aapat Tit. l: 15,comp. Buttm. § 101.n.
8; port. pass. 3 pers. plur. peplavrat
Tit. 1: l5, comp. Buttm. § 101. n. 7;
aor. 1 pass. innit/Gav, comp.Bnttm. M10.
n. 3 ; pp. to colour, to tinge, Hom. ll. 4.
14.1. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 153. to stain,
topollute, Hdian. l. 15. Luc. Phalar.
prior 12.—In N. T. to defile, to pollute,
trans.
a) in the Levitical sense, John 18: 28
71m. [41) ptavfluiaw, dXX i'va (phylum To
m'wxa. So Sept. for 81313 Lev. 5: 3.
22: 5, 8.-—-Tob. 2: 9.
b) in a moral sense, Jude 8 m'lpra
pc‘v 'ualvomn. Pass. to be polluted, cor.
 Mlawpou 504 MIpmfo'm:
rupt, Tit. l: 15 bis. Heb. 12: 15. - pucpév sc. xpdvov, a little while, pp. acc.
Hdian. 2. 5. 10. Thuc. 2. 102. of time how long, John 13:33. 14:19.
M/aqw, mos, 10', (Fully...) pp. a 16:16,17,18,19. Heb. 10; 37. So
colouring, staining, Suid. Badn'f and peril pmpriv, afier a while, a little after,
hence pollution, defilement, in a moral Matt. 26: 73. Mark 14': 70.——Jos. Ant.
sense, 2 Pet. 2: 20 1'1‘: ;1. rm’: mm... 4. 7. l. Xen. Eq. 7. 15. ib. 8. 7.
e) trop. of dignity, authority, low,
Judith 9:2. Luc.Tim. 43. Dem.l374|. 11. humble, Matt. 10: 42 Eva rd‘w pmpu'w TOIII~
Minna-(1.6;, 0i], 6, (fualvm), pollu raw, spoken of the disciples. 18:6, 10,
tion, defilement, in a moral sense, 2 Pet. 141. Mark 9: 42. Luke 17: Q. 1W8“. ll:
2: 10 iv Emflvplq ,mwpm'), i. e. in pollu 11 1'; 3e‘ pixpérspoc iv. 1'. Luke 7: 28.
luted desire, unclean lust, comp. Buttm. 9: 48. Comp. in BeXrlwm—JEI. V. H. 2.‘
§ 123. n. 41.—Wisd. 14.: 26. Test. XII 27. Ken. An. 3. 2. 10.
Patr. p. 583. Nil/701709‘, 0v, 1'), Mletus, a mari
Mfg/(bu, “705', rd, (pl'yyv‘uh) mir time city in the southern part of Ionia
lure, John 19: 39 ,ui'ypa apr'lpvrlg Kai on the confines of Caria, a few miles
cihénc—Ecclus. 38:8. south of the Meander. It was cele
Mfg/vow, f. ,u'Eu, to mix, to mingle, hrated for a temple of Apollo, and as
pp. 0. accus. et dat. and in Pass. 0. dat. the birth place of Thales and Anaxi
Rev. 8: 7 ye‘uvype'va alpun. 15:2. See mander. A few ruins now mark its
Matth. § 403. b.—Di0d. Sic. l. 2 pen. probable site, near a village called Palat
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 6.— Also 0. acc. et or Palatch. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
,uzrai nvoc, see in Merci 1. 2. h. 6. Luke 1. ii. p.187.-——Acts ‘20: 15,17. 2 Tim.
13: 1 (3V T.) aipa IIOuiroc ENE: [Le-rd ‘rim 4:20.
9mm aimIw. Matt. 27: 34.. — Plato M/Nov, luv, 115,1. mile, Matt. 5: 41,
Tim. p. 35. A. i. e. the Roman milliare or mile of 1000
Mmgo'g, a’, 61', small, little, com paces, whence its name. It is usually
parat. ,uupérspog smaller, less; pp. opp. estimated at 1611 yards, while the Eng
of pz'yac large. lish mile contains 1760 yards. Comp.
a) of magitude, Matt. 13: 32 pucpdre Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 503. Rees’ Cy
poc m’wruv 15w mrep'uirwv. Mark 41: clop. arts. Measure, Mle.—Pol. 34. ll.
31. James 3: 5.—-Palaeph. 52. l. Xen. 8. Strabo V. p. 332.
(Be. 8. 11.—Of stature, Luke 19:3 17'] Mllbéoflaul, f. r'yuo'iai, depon. hiid.
fihuu'q ,“Kpag 5v. Sept. for 5?? Ez. l7: (pipoc) pp. to mimic, but in a good
6. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 20.) Hence also of sense, i. e. to imitate, tofollow, sc. as an
age, small, young, not grown up. Acts example, c. acc. 2 Tim. 3:7 m3; 5:?
8: 10 are fuxpol'l Ewe pe'yc'lhov. 26: 22. pipe'iaeai r‘lpdg. v. 9. Heb. 13:7. 3 John
Heb. 8:11. Rev. 11:18. 13:16. 19:5, 11.—Wisd. 4|: 2. Hdian. 4. 9. 5. Xen.
18. 20: 12. Comp. in Mé-yag a.—In a Cyr. l. 3. 10.
compar. sense for less, younger, Lat.
Mlpon'rrjg, Oil, ('1, ('m'uc'opug) an imi
minor natu, Mark 15: 40 1'06 'Iax. r01";
tator,fullowcr, only in the phrase Flynn);
pmpoii of James the less. ylvopal, to become an imitatm', i. e. to
b) of quanti , a little, 1 Cor. 5: 6 imitate, i. q. pipéopm. 1 Corr. 4.: 16.
‘ult.-pd Z6 17. Ga . 5: 9. (Xen. Mem. 3.
11: l. Eph. 5:1. 1 Thess. 1: 6. 2: l4.
141. 1,3. Trop. Rev. 3: 8. Adv. [um 6v Heb. 6: 12. 1 Pet. 3:13.—Jos. Ant. 6.6.
n 2 Cor. 11: l, 16. Sept. for 11!? fob
12. Hdian. 6. 8. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3.
10: 20. Prov. 6: 10. — So of space,
neut. purpév as adv. a little, 1.9mm» Mqliw'lo'xw, f. 'uvi/a'w, to recall to
pmpéu Matt. 26: 39. Mark 14: 35.— onc's mind, to remind, Horn. Cd. 12. 38.
Xen. Cyr. 4.. 2. 6. Il. l. 407.—In N. T. only as a partial
c) of number, little,flzw, Luke 12: 32 depon. Mid. pipvfiaxopuu, f. prilcopai,
113 Mp5» wolpmov. Sept. for ‘4?? Gen. aor. 1 pass. amqaeqv both as mid. and
30: 30. 4.7: 9.—~Xen. (He. 2. 8. pass. Buttm. §l36. 2. § 113. n. 6; perf.
d) of time, John 7: 33 Pllipbl' Xprivov. part. pqivqpévog 2 Tim. 1: 4, as pres.
12: 35. Rev. 6: 11. 20: 3. Hence absol. Buttm. § 114..p.292. comp. Matth. M95.
IT

MIota) 505 Misha-6;

b.—To call to mind, to recollect, to remem rnc,) pp. ‘ full payment of wages;' hence
ber, usually c. c. gen. Buttm.§132. 5. 3. recompense, reguital, e. g. in the sense
at) pp. pres. Heb. 2. 6 5n pan/hang of reward Heb. 10: 35. 11: 26; also
ain-m'i, quoted from Ps. 8: 5 where Sept. punishment Heb. 2: 2.—Constit. Apostol.
for "93. Heb. 13:3. Aor. 1 as Mid. 6. 11. comp. ,uwBoboaia Thuc. 8. 83.
Matt. 26: 75 e'pvhatin b Hz'rpoc r017 (inpa Mmflmrobo’rng, 00, .1, (pwflég, tum.
rog. Luke 1: 54 E'M'ovc. V. 72. 23: 42. Ebro/11,) pp. ‘ a payer in full of wages;'
94:8. Acts 11:16. 1 Cor. 11:9- 2 Tim. hence requiter, rewarder, Heb. 11: 6.—
1: 4. 2 Pet. 3: 2. Jude 17. Heb. 8:12 Constit. Apost. 4. 6.
et 10: 17 'ra'n' duo/“131' al'rniv ob In)
[At/71661:) En, i. q. I will pardon them, M/O'AIOQ I'm, 40", also of two end
quoted from Jer. 31: 34 where Sept. for ings, (pnrOo'g-J hired, and as subst. one
"P: 87>, and so Sept. for "'72? Jer. 33: 8.— hired, a hired servant, Luke l5: 17, 19.
Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.33. Sept. for “$2 Lev. 25: 20. [40?] Job 7:
—Seq. 611, Matt. 5: 23. 27: 63. Luke l.-—Tob. 5: 11. Ecclus. 7: 20.
16: 25. John 217,22. 12:16. seq. 4.; M1690}, 05, b, hire, wages, recom_
Luke 24: 6.—Ecclus. 7: 16 or 18. Xen. pense.
Cyr. 3. l. 27. 11) pp. and gem. Matt. 20:8. Luke
b) aor. 1 E m'lo'Unv as pass. Buttm. 10: 7 (15109 ylzp b c'p'ydrnc r017 pweoi
§ 113. n. 6. latth. § 495. e; to be re air-r017 s'o'rw. Acts 1: 18 ,uwfloc ('Lduclag,
membered, to be had in remembrance, Emb i. e. the wages of his crime. Roni. 4: 4.
mov r01": 9:017, for good, as prayels Acts 1 Cor. 3:8. 1 Tim. 5: 18. James 5: 4.
10: 31 , coll. v. 4; or for punishment Rev. 2 Pet. 2: 15 pwfibg ddixlag, i. e. wages
16: 19. So Sept. for "E12. Ez. 18: 22. got by iniquity. Jude 11 #106017, 1. e.
comp. Num. 10:9. Ps. 109: 14. for hire or gain, comp. Buttm. § 132. 6.
Mld'éal, 67, f. how,- to hate, trans. l, 2. Sept. for '9? Gen. 30: 28. Mal.
Pass. to be hated, odious.
a: 5. or??? Gen. 31. 7.—1F.l. V. H.B. e.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5.
a) c. acc. 01' pers. usually implying
b) in the sense of reward, Matt. 5: 12
active ill will in words and conduct, a
b luwfibg bpibv #0711); iv roic oilparoic.
persecuting spirit. Matt. 5:43 pun’laeig
row e'xflpév aou, where for the fut. in an
v. 46. 6: 1, 2,5, 16. 10: 41 bis, 42.
Mark 9:41. Luke6:23,35. John4236.
imperative sense comp. in ‘Ayanéw b.
v. 44. 10. 22 gazette piaol'lpeyoi. 24: 9, 1 Cor.3:14. 9:17, 18. 2 John 8. Rev.
11: 18. 22: 12. So Sept. and "2‘? Gen.
10. Mark 13:13. Luke 1: 71. 6: 22,
27. 19:14. 21:17. John 7: 7 bis. 15: 15: l.—Hdian. 1. 3.5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 20.
18bis,19,23 his,24,25. 17.14.. Eph. c) in the sense of retribution, punish.
ment, 2 Pet. 2:13 14:06:); ddmiagn—z
5; 29. Titans. 1 John 2: 9,11. 3:13,
Macc. 8: 33. Callim. Hymn. in Dian.
15. 4: 20. Sept. for “.1? Gen. 37:3.
264 0135:‘ 'yitp 'Arpsibng (SM-yr’: e'rrcndpiraaz
Lev. 26: 17.—Hdian. l. 13. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 7.—By impl. i. q. topersecute, pwGq-i.
Rev. 17: 16 obroi luim’laoum rilv 7ro'pvnv. Mwllliw, £7, f. (haw, (#100643) to hire
So Sept. and 2 Sam. 5: 8. 2'2: 18. out, to letfor hire, El. V. H. 6. 1. Diod.
b) seq. ace. of thing, i. q. to detect, to Sic. 12. 56.—In N. T. only Mid. ‘ut
abhor. John 3: 20. Rom. 7. 15 6 ‘141013, o'eo'oluai, 05pm, f. limo/nu, to hire out to
101710 11'016'). Heb. 1:9. Jude 23. Rev. 2: one's ‘self, i. q. simply to hire, trans. see
6 bis, 15. 18: 2.—Tob. 4. 15. Xen. Buttm. § 135.8. Matt. 20: 1 pwflo'ma
Cyr. 4. 2. 37. oOa: e'p-yi'irag. v. 7. Sept. for "a? Judg.
c) spec. in antith. with ('l'yarrc'iw it is 9: 4. 2 Chr. 24112-1151. V. H. l4. l7.
i. q. not to love, to love less, to slight, Xen. An. 6. 4. 13.
c. acc. of pers. Matt. 6: 24 rbv Eva pun’; M/O'tlwfha, (1105‘, To’, (,uwOo'w.) hire,
osi m1 rbv 2'1‘: 01/ d'ymrfpaei. Luke 14: wages, rent, Sept. for ‘P325 Deut. 23: 19.
26. 16:13. 0l1n12225. Rom. 9:13. T. aV.thing
B]. H. 4.hired
12. or rented,
Hdot. e. g. a lodg
9. 180.—In
So Sept. and “2'? Gen. 29: 31. Deut. 21:
16. Mal.1:3. SeeTholuckBergpr. in 100. ing, hired dwelling, Acts 28: 30.
Mwtlan'oboaia, ag, .7, (pwOanoEé Mxollwrbg, 017, 6, (#11106...) one hired,
 Mrruh'ym 506 Mmaovsz'm
abiredsen'ant, Mark 1:20. John 10: 12, Hom.Od.15.126; hence sepulckral monu
13. Sept. for ""5? Ex. 12: 4.5. Lev. ment,cenotaph, Horn. 11. 23. 619. Dem.
19: 13.—Luc. de Mere. Cond. 36. Dem. 1310.15.—In N.T. meton. a tomb,sepul
1 199. 21. chre, see in Mwppe'iov. Mark 5: [3,] 5.
Mrrvkfim, 17;, 1‘],Mitylene, the cele Luke 8: 27. 23: 53 E'Orlxav aim‘: (n)
brated capital of the island of Lesbos, 015/411) Ev pvt/pan hafisv'rq'). 24: l. Acts
Acts 20: 14.. It was the birth-place ol' 2:
EX. 29.14:11.
7: 16. E2.
Rev.37:
11:9. Sept. E2.
12. T1332 for 32:
Sappho, Alcmus, Pittacus, etc. and is
now called Castro. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 23 sq.—Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 3. Diod. Sic. 13.
III. p. 372. 86. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11.
Mtxafik, 6, indec. .ZHichacl, Heb. MHz/1.2701’, 0v, r6, (mam...) pp. a
72:52"? i.e. who as God? pr. n. of an memorial, monument, i.q. ,w/iipa, Xen. Ag.
archangel, the patron of the Jewish 6. 2; hence a sepulc/tml momzment, veno
nation, Jude 9. Rev. 12: 7. See in taph, Dem. 1125. 16. Thuc. 5. 11.—In
’Apxa'y'ye)\oc. N.T. meton. a tomb, sepulchre, Matt. 8:
28. 27: 52 Kai riz luvrhueia z’lveqixenauy.
My“, 06?, 1‘), Lat. mina, pp. a Greek
v. 53. 28: 8. Mark 5: 2. al. So Matt.
weight containing 100 Epaxluac', and 23:29 Koo'peire r21 pvn'uda, and Luke
larger than the Roman libra or pound in 11:47 otxooopeire To pvqpe'ia, i. e. ye
the proportion of 4. to 3. Hence as the adorn or build up (repair) the sepulcbrcs
latter‘is usually reckoned at about 12 oz. of the prophets, see in Koapéw b, and
Eng]. avoirdupois, the ‘Lu/ii would be Komc'tw. Comp. 1 Mace. 13: 27. Jos.
nearly equivalent to the Engl. pound Ant. 13. 6. 6. Sept. for Gen. 23:
avoirdupois; see Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. 6, 9. 4.9130. "T317, Gen. 35:20.—Xcn.
I. p. 19. Adams Rom. Ant. p. 490. H. G. 3. 2. 14., 15.—The sepulchres of
Rees’ Cycl. art. Weig/zts.—-Hd0t. 2. 180. the Hebrews were often caverns, Gen.
—In N.T. pvii is a silver coin,estimated 23: 9 sq. or were hewn by art out of
by weight, containing 100 8paxuat, and
rocks or in the sides of hills, in various
being itself the 60th part of a talent. forms and sizes, sometimes with several
According to Boeckh l. c. p. 16, the At compartments. They were closed by a
tic pvii was nearest equal to £3 13s. 6d.
door or layer of stone, and the entrance
comp. in Apaxpfl. It varied however was often decorated with ornaments and
in difi'erent countries. Luke 19: 13, 16 whitewashed. See Calrnet art. Sepulchre.
bis, 18 bis, 20, 24. bis, 25.—Dem. 1231. Jahn § 206. § 207, and notes. An.
13. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2 sq.
Myoioaou, see Mtpvi/ew. Myfifmh 77;, 1'1, (ptluwiaxm) remun
branee, recollection, e. g. prfi/mv 1r01e'i
Mvoizmv, wvog, b, Mnason, pr. 11. of aOcu, to call to mind, to bear in recollection ,
a Christian, Acts 21: 16. 2 Pet. 1: 15. Sept. for ‘*3’! Ps. 30: 5.—
MPEI'IZ, 05;‘, 1‘), (,utpvflo'xm) recollec }El. V. H. 5. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 2 init. pv
tion,remembrance, Phil. 1:3 s’n-l rii pveiq flout-ideal Thuc. 2. 54..
M16111. So pvziav Zxew, to have remem MMILOVEIIJW, 1. some, (,uw’mw, p.1
brance of, i.q. to recollect, to remember, pwiaxm) to remember, to call to mind, to
1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. 1:3. Also pvu'av bear in mind.
mneZaBou, to make remembrance of, i.e. to 8) pp. absol. Mark B: 16. Seq. gen.
bear in mind, to make mention of, Rom. comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. Luke 17:32
1: 9. Eph. 1:16. 1 Thess. 1:2. Philem. pvmtorer'lerc rfig yuvauzbg Adar. John 15:
4. Sept. genr. for ‘3.! Is. 26: 8. luv. ‘II'OL 20 7017 M10... 16: 4., 21. Acts 20: 35.
e‘ia'Bat for '12! "'2? Ps. 111:4. for "PI Job Gal. 2; 10. Col. 4.; 18. 1 Thess. 1. a.
14.: 13.—2E1. V. H. 6. 1. av. E'xew Aris Heb. ll: 15. 13: 7. So Sept. for "2! Ps.
toph. Ecol. 1154. or 1162. Isocr. p. 89. 63: 7.—1 Macc. 12:11. Luc. I). Deor.
D. pv. vrotziofiat Eschin. 23. 5. Isocr. 4.. 4.. Diod. Sic. 1. 21.—Seq. accuscomp.
p. 105. B. Matth. § 34.7. n. 2. Winer §30. 7. 0.
Mvfiaa, 0410;, T6, (prim/flame) pp. a Matt. 16:9 Tonic tiprouc. 1 Thess. 2: 9 rev
memorial, monument, intended to preserve uS-zrov. 2 Tim. 2: 8. So God is said to
the memory of any person or thing, remember sin, i. e. to punish it, Rev. 18:
 Mmpltioovov 507 M01966;
5. Sept. for ‘9: Ex. 13: 3. Is. 43: 18.— desire after such persons. Sept. for "El?
2 Mace. 9:21. Hdian. 6. l. 16. Xen. E2. 16:38. 23: 45.—Plut. Plac. Philo
Mem. 2. 7. 7. -— Seq. (‘in Acts 20: 31. soph. l. 7. Tom. IX. p. 493. ed. R.
Eph. 2: ll. 2 Thess. 2: 5. 1r66sv Rev. Tom. V. p. 245. Tauehn. See Lob. ad
2: 5. 1rd}; 3: 3. Comp. Mipvfitrxw a. Phryn. p. 452. -— Trop. from the Heb.
b) by impl. to mention, to speak of, seq. one aithless towards God, as an adul.
wept, Heb. 11: 22 1repl riic e'Eédouu-e'pvn teress towards her husband; in O. T.
péveuae—Hdian-l. 1.5. Xen. Vect.4.25. spoken chiefly of those who forsook God
Mmpiéo'uvov, 00, "5, (pp. neut. of for idols, Hos. 3: 1. Is. 57: 3, 7 sq. Ez.
adj. pvnpéa'wog commemorative,) a me c. 16. c. 23. In N. T. gem. of those
morial, monument, i.q. ,wqpeiov, Hdot. 2. who neglect God and their duty towards
136, l48.—In N.T. genr. memorial, i.e. him, and yield themselves up to their
any thing causing or preserving the re own lusts and passions, James 4: 4. So
membrance of a person or thing. Matt. 'yevsiz mwnpr‘: ml pmxahlg, where [101
26:13 et Mark 14:9 sic pvn/uiawov m’! Xaltl’g in apposit. expresses an attribute,
rfigfor a memorial ofher, i. e. in memo adulterous, i.e. failhless, idolatrous, Matt.
ry of her, to her honourable remem 12:39. 16:4. Mark 8: 38.
brance, fame. Acts 10: 4 ai 1rpoacuxal Molxoiw, 5, f. 1'10“), (,uotxtig) to de
aou---dvc'€rlo'av :19 yr. z'winrwv 'r. 9. thy fik a married woman, to commit adultery
prayers...are come up as a memorial, into with her; trop. rip’ sdllammv, i. e. to get
Ex. 17; 14. before
remembrance, Ps. 102:13.
God. ins:
Sept.Ex.
for 12: possession of the sea covertly and with
out right, Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 15.—In N.
14. Mal. 3: 16.-Ecclus. 10:17. 24:20. T. only hIid. ,uotxéopcu, 6pm, genr. to
Ml'fld'fil’ttd, f. cimopat, (pvdopag) to commit adultery, used both of man and
ash in marriage, to woo, trans. Hom. 0d. woman, intrans. Matt. 5:32 bis, iron?
18. 27c. Xen. H. G. 6. 4.. 37. Mid. id. ain'fiv luoixiiotiai' mi Be-~-,uo:x&ra:. 19:
IEl. V. H. 10. 15.—In N.T. only Pass. 9 bis. Mark 10: 11,12. Sept. for =13‘;
pp. to be asked in marriage, hence to be Jer. 3:8. 9: 2.—Differentis Thom. Ma .
betrothed, qflianeed, 0. dat. of pers. Matt. p. 619, ,uoixc'irai i; (‘u/hp, poixeiiz'rai gt‘
1: 18 pvnarzvtizltmg rfit; pryrplic ain'oii 1'] 'yvvr'y.
Mapi'ac rq‘) 'Ium'lqt. Luke 1:27. 2:5. MOIxE/u, ag, i],(Fotxei1w,)adult¢r_I/,
So Sept. for Pu. "if! Deut. 22:23, 25, Matt. 15:19. Mark 7; 21. Joint 8:3.
27, 28.—Artemid. 2. 12. Gal. 5: 19. Sept. for 9153 Jer. 13: 27.
Mag/71027.09, 00, b, 17, (po’yw, ka comp. Hos. 2: 4 [2]. — Wisd. 14: 26.
)\2'u,) speaking with diflicult , a stammerer, Luc. D. Deor. l7. 2. Hdian. 5. 7. 6.
MOIxEIIM-t, f. show, also lVIid. luotxeii.
Mark 7: 32. Sept. for “.5 pp. tongue
tied Is. 35:6.—AetiusVIII.38. Phavor. 0H1“, (poixog) to commit adultery, gem.
poktg ro tpfie'ypa 810.1000.’ Evw'ipu/oc. and absol. Active Matt. 5: 27 or’: poixzil
one. 19:18. Rom. 13:9. Mark 10:19
M6715 adv. (pays; labour, pains,) pr) ,uoixer'wyg. Luke 18: 20. James 2:1 1
with difliculty, hardly, Luke 9: 39. — 3 his; all in allusion to Ex. 20: 13. Deut.
Mace. 7: 6. Xen. An. 3. 4. 48. 5: 17, where Sept. for ‘115?. For the fut.
M 6510;, 00, 6,Lat. m0dius,aR0man as imperative, see Winer § 44. 3. Matth.
measure for things dry equal to one § 498. 0. Luke 16:18 bis. Rom. 2: 22
sixth part of the Attic medimnus, and bis. Mid. once John 8: 4. (Diod. Sic. l.
containing therefore 1.916 gall. Engl. 78. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 5.) Seq. acc. to
or nearly one peck: comp. in K6909. commit adultery with any one, Matt. 5:
Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. 100 sq. 28 1151; Epolxcuasv airn'lv. SO Sept. for
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 505. -— Matt. 5: =15; trop. Jer. 3: 9.—Luc. D. Deor. 6. 3.
15. Mark 4: 21. Luke 11: 33.—J08. Esehin. Dial. Socr. 2. l4. — Symbol.
Ant. 9. 4. 5. Dinarch. 95. 37. once seq. Ferd rivoc, Rev. 2: 22. Comp.
Molxuki'g, £50., 17, (i.q. peixég fem. in Moixahi'g fin.
to Foixég) an adulteress, Rom. 7: 3 bis. Motxog, 05, b, an adulterer, Luke
2 Pet. 2: 14 6¢6a)\,u.oi ,ucaroi poixulu'dog 18:11. 1 Cor. 6: 9. Heb.13: 4. Sept.
eycsfull of an adultcress, i.e. gazing with for 253101124: 15. Prov. 6: 32.--}F.l. V.
 M614; 508 More;
H. 10. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 5.-—Trop. complaint, Col. 3: 13. — Eurip. Orest.
from the Heb. one faithless towards God, 1068,9. Aristoph. Pac. 663, 4.
etc. see in Mmxah’t; fin. James 4:4. So MOWl, fig, 1'7, (/u'mu.) pp. stay in a
Sept. and “.53? Is. 57: 3. place Xen. An. 5. l. 5. In N. T. abode,
Mém, adv. (ptihog, pékog, labour, dwelling, mansion, John 14:2. SO mneiv
pains,) i. q. péytg but less Attic, Buttm. pow‘lv 1rapc't rim, to make one's abode with
Aust'. Spr. § 16. n. 2. Passow sub. v. any one, i. e. to abide or dwell will: him,
with dgflicully, hardly, scarcely, Acts 14: trop. John 14: 23, comp. Rev. 21- 3.—
18. 2717,13, 16. Rom. 5=7. 1 Pet. 4.: pp. Jos. Ant. 8. l3. 7. Thuc. 1. I31.
18.—Hdian. 3. 6. 4. Xen. Conv. 4.37. Movoyewig, £05‘, 017;, a, ,7, adj.
M01036, 6, indec. Moloch, Heb. 373"! pévog, ye'vog from 'ylvtyulg) only born,
ing) Jer. 32. 35, also sign ll’lilcom 1 only begotten, i.e. only child, Luke 7: l2
. ll: 5. 2 K. 23:13, and ll??? Mal ‘nova-yew); ' ,unrpt'. 8: 42 sv-ytirrlp ,uov.
cam Jer. 49; l, 3, pr. n. of an idol of fly. 9:38. l-l'eb. ll: 17.—Tob. 3:15. o;
the Ammonites, to which the Hebrews 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 73.—
also offered human victims,both during In John's writings spoken only of ('7
their wanderings and afterwards in the Atl'yog, the only begotten Son of God in
valley of Hinnom, Lev. 18: 21. 20: 2 the highest sense, as alone knowing and
sq. 1 K. ll: 7, etc. comp. in I‘Le'vva. revealing the essence of the Father,
The Rabbins describe the statue of Mo John 1:14, 18. 3: 16, 18. lJohu 4: 9.
loch as of brass, in the form of the hu Comp. Adyog III. Others here by impl.
man body, but with the head of an ox ; most dear, only beloved, as Sept. for ‘'‘U:
it was hollow within, was heated from PS. 2'2: 21. 35:17.
I . ,

below, and the children to be immolated Movov, adv. see in Moro; c.

were placed in its arms. Similar to MOIVM, 7], 01’, only, alone,i. e.
this was also the statue of Saturn among a) pp. without others, without com
the Carthaginians, see Diod. Sic. 20. panions, e. g. of persons, Matt. 14: 23
14. Miinter Religion der Karthager p. pdi'og ill’ ixz'i. Mark 6: 47 Kai aiirog pd
19. Hence both Moloch and the Car roc in; rfir; 'yiig. 9: 2 Km" llsllal' povovg.
thaginian Saturn prob. represent the v. 8. Luke 10: 40. John 8:9. Rom. ll:
planet Saturn, to which the Semitic na 3. 16:4. Heb. 9: 7. 2 John l.al. Sept.
tions sacrificed human victims ; see for "9‘? Gen. 2: [8. 32: 23. (Hdian. 3.
Gesen. Lex. art. Comment. on Isa. 5. l5. Xen. Cyr. 6. l. 36.) Trop. of
Vol. II. p. 343, coll. p. 327 sq. Jahn § one acting by his own authority, alone,
411. — In N. T. only Acts 7: 43 ml John 8: 16 ; or as destitute of help
dvchcifizre rr‘lv amyw‘yv rot": Mohox, comp. from another John 8: 29. 16: 32. -—
in 'Avahapfitivw a. This passage is lEl. V. H. 9. 40. - ()f things, Luke
quoted from Amos 5: 26, where Sept. 24: 12 n‘! o'Odma xu'psva p6va,i.e. with
MoMX for Heb. 5???? your king, i. q. out the body of Jesus. John 12: 24 b
Moltl'ww, f. we‘), to soil, to stain to Ktlk'KOL‘ pdvog pz’ru, i. e. sterile, barren.
dtfile, Sept. for 1'1??? Cant. 5: 3. for ‘>2? —Spoken in an adverbial sense, of per.
37:30. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. Luc. Anarch. sons and things, comp. Buttm. § 123. n.
v. Gymnas. l.—Iu N. T. symbol. Rev. 3. Matt. 4: 4 oim Err‘ tip-rm pomp Zr'la'zrm
3: 4 oin: Eluokw'av rt‘i iluc'tria. l4: 4. Me ('1 drop. John 5: 44 Tl)!’ 565a? n'apa rm’!
,Lwlu’H’ETflt,
taph. 1 Cor. their
8: conscience
7 1'] ovvu'entng
is dqfiled,
aimbvi. e. pol/0v 6:05 oil Zip-rein. Jude 4. Rev. 15:
4. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9. (So after n‘ [11'],
is blunted, weakened—Ecclus. 21: 28. Matt. 12: 4 e1 fa‘, ro'lc iepebo-t pol-org.
Artem. II. 26. Porph. de Abstin. ]. 42. comp. Actsll: 19.) Matt. 17:8. 24; 36.
Luke 5:21. Phil. 4: 15. Rev. 9: 4.
Mohuaao'g, 017, a, (poxém) asoil~ b) alone of many, one out of many
iny, hence defilement, pollution, in a moral Luke 24: 18 Gt‘! povog nupotu'it; 'lepou
sense, 2 Cor. 7: 1. Sept. for “2.131 Jer. a'ahfip x. r. h. 1 Cor. 9: 6. 2 Tim. 4: ll.
23: 15.—Esdr. 8:83. 2 Macc. 5: 27. —Xcn. Cyr. l. 4. 27. Mem. 1.4. 11.
Mop/$7,}, 5;, :,, (,M'ptpopmg fault c) neut. povov as adv. only, alone,
found, blame, censure, i. e. occasion of Buttm.§115. 4. E. g. simply, Matt. 5:

L4__
 Movo’qollaklwog 509 Mute:

47 T0279 dbelapolig inubv po'vov. 9: 2| Ear iipwrog div pz'vu c'lsi dnhéu; i1’ 'rfi ai/roi}
fuivov lid/loyal r017 i/Jariov abroii. Mark ,uopqbfl. comp. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 22.
5:36. Acts 18: 25. 1 Cor. 7: 39. Gal. M0§¢6W, a, f. time), (popqzm) to
1:23. Heb. 9: 10. (Hdian. 3. 4. 19. form, to fashion, trans. Sep. for "85‘ Is.
Xen. Conv. 5. 2.) After £1,111}, Matt. 44: 13. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 207 ult. In
21: 19 si p1) tpbhha poi/oil. Mark 6: 8.
N. T. Pass. to be formed, trop. Gal. 4:
Acts 11: 19. With negatives, e.g. pr) l9 iixpig' oi; luoptpwoii Xp. Ev {nu-iv i: 0.
poi/av not only, simply Gal. 4: 18. James until the very image of Christ be 1m<
1: 22 ; in antith. or gradation, seq. dhlui pressed upon your hearts.
Phil. 2:12. seq. (Aha xai but also, Moggvwaig, 20;, 1), (Foptpoluh) pp.
John 13:9 ,w‘] roiig mibac ,uov ,uovov,
6M8: mi rag xs'ipag 1:. r. A. (Hdian. 2.a forming; hence form, appearance, e. g.
5. 10.) mere external form, 2 Tim. 3: 5 'z'xorrcg
0b pévov, not only, comp. in 01':
0; simply James 2: 24; in antith. or pdpcpwaw chugging—Test. XII Patr. p.
gradation, seq. and Acts 19: 26. (Xen. 742 idsiv 'rr‘pv ,u. rfig (‘id/tug abroi. —- By
Cyr. l. 6. 16.) seq. 61AM: mi but also, impl. a prescribedform, norma, Rom. 2:
Matt. 21: 21. John 5: 18 b'n ob ,udvov 20 Exam r:)v ‘u. 11']; 'ymimswg.
E'Xve rd ariééaromdhhiz Kai 1ra-re'pa "151011 Moaxon'oléw, 5, f. flaw, (pdaxog,
E'M'ys rov 9:611. 11: 52. Acts 21: 13. 1ro:éw,) to make a calf, i. e. the image of
Rom. 1: 32. Heb. 12:26. al.—Hdian. a calf or bullock, found only Acts 7: 41.
1. 12. 14.. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17. As. The allusion is to the golden calf made
Movo'qoéattplog, oo, 5, :7, (povoc, by Aaron in imitation of the Egyptian
Apis, comp. Ex. 32: 4 sq. where Sept.
6¢0a)\;46g,) one-eyed, having lost an e e,
Matt. 18: 9. Mark 9: 47.—Luc. Vliar. in'clnaav pda'xov.
Hist. 1. 3. The earlier Greeks said in' Moo'xog, 00, 6, pp. shoot of a plant,
pdrpliahpog, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136. young and tender, Horn. 11. 11. 105.
Dioscor. IV. 108. Hence a young ani
Moro/w, (3, f. u'm'w, (po'vog) to leave mal, and espec. in prose and N. T. a
alone, Pass. to be left alone, e. g. as a calf, ayoung bullock, Luke 15: 23, 27,
widow, to be solitary, prob. childless, 30. Heb. 9: 11, 19. Rev. 4: 7. Sept.
1 Tim. 5: 5.--Diod. Sic. 19.39. Xen. for 53?; Ex. 32: 4, 8, 19. “2 Ex. 29:10.
Ven. 9. 9. sq. Lev. 4: 3 sq. ‘17,2 Gen. 12: 16. 24:
MOEWl: '75, 1'], form, shape, Mark 35.—El. H. An. 14. 11. Hdot. 3. 98 0f
16: 12 iv Ers'pa popqi‘fi. Sept. for P1‘??? the god Apis, i. e. a young bullock.
Is. 44: 13.—Xen. (E0. 6. 16.—Phil. 2: MOUJHL6§, r’), 611, Space“) devoted
7 pop 1):: bob/\ou hagu’w i. e. appearing to tire muses, i. e. to the iberal arts and
in a 1umble and despised condition. sciences, learned, 1131. V. H. 4. 15. In
Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 744 rov [3a. N. T. skilled in music, a musician, Rev.
o'ihs'a ro'lv obp. Toy Erri 'yfig rpave'vra s'v 18: 22 pun/i) utiappba'w xni povrnxfiu' Kai
poptjzr? r'lvtlpiinrou rmreimbo'ewg, i. q. p. abAm-Gv, perh. here singers. — l Macc.
542 o 9.2.. not.“ Xugibv, and p. 644 sq. 9:39, 41. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 3. Xen.
eta.’ e’v o'xr'lpari t’IVOPtiHI'OU. Hence also Cyr. l. 6. 38. _
Phil. 2: 6 by s'v Forum-19:01? inrc'lpxwv who M62600?’ 0", a, wean'some labour,
being in the firm of God, i. e. as God, travail, including the idea of painful
like God, where the force of the anti effort, sorrow ; in N. T. only as coupled
thesis would seem most naturally to with Kd-rrog. 2 Cor. ll: 27 51/ mirror Kai
refer to the divine majesty and glory, péxfilp. l Thess. 2: 9. 2 Thess. 3:8.
as Sept. for ‘1"! Dan. 4: 33. comp. 5: 6, Sept. for 5’3! Deut. 26: 7. Ecc. 2: l8
9,10. Or popor’l may here have the sq.—Wisd. 10:10. Xen. Conv.8. 40.
sense of nature, qnioie, so that iv poprpfi Muiltolg', 01.7, b, marrow, Heb. 4: 12.
9:05 inrdpxwv would be i. q. being of that
nature, of the same nature with God; —Sept. Gen. 45: 18. Eurip. Hippol.
comp. Eurip. Bacch. 54 poppriv r' Epnv 255 or 257. Alciphr. I. 23.
pers'gahov eig- lwbpbc upbmv. Plato Re Mug”, 5, f. flow, (at... to shut up,)
pub. II. p. 381. c. 92:); miAXw-rog ml to initiate, to instruct, sc. in things before
 M500; 510 Mugov
unknown, Pass. Phil. 4: 12,parall. with the maid servants when grinding, comp.
IKII'OIIU/(l) in v. 11.—Diod. Sic. 4-. 7 liveiv Jer. 95:10. Sept. for 0'93?! Ex. 11:5.
rolig c'ivepiinrovc' roiiro 3’ iariv, To 51 Is. 4.7:2.—Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 172.10.
Bc'w'xsiv rim xaMz Kai o'upqae'povra, Kai im'd IX. p. 301. 5. Comp. Hesych. l. c.
fliiv dirmdzin'wv i'l'yuooiliieva. Spec. t0 b) by synecd. a mill-stone, i. e. the
initiate into the heathen mysteries etc. upper one or rider, e.g. ,ui/Xog dvurég
Diod. Sic. 5. 4'8. Hdot. 2. 51. Matt. 18: 6. Luke 17: 2. p. pé-yag Rev.
B15004, W, 6, speech, discourse, 18: 21. Sept. for =97). Judg. 9: 53. 2 K.
Hom. Od. H. 561. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 58.
11:21—Anthol. Gr. III. p. 46, 51.
In N. T. fable,fiction, a mythic tale, Mt'lltwy, war, 6, (palm) mill-house,
mythic discourse, 1 Tim. 1: 4,. 4,: 7 rm): pistrinum, place where the mill is, Matt.
5:; flea/hove K11). 'ypaliidng ,UIIIOJUQ 1rapai 24.: 41.—Luc. Asin. 42. Dem. 1111.27.
ma. 2 Tim. 4: 4. Tit. l: 14:. 2 Pet. 1: See in Mi'ikog.
16.-—Hdian. 1. ll. 6. Diod. Sic. ]. 19. M6506, WP, 76., Myra, one of the
Dem. 1219. 14. six principal cities of Lycia, on the S.
Mwléo/mu, 5am, f. flea/Mu, (#6) W. coast of Asia Minor, Acts 27: 5.
to moo, to low, pp. as the cow or ox, Mviwis, 0550;, 1']. (iwpl’vma myriad.
Horn. 1]. 18. 580. Luc. D. Deor. Mar. i. e. ten thousand, Acts 19:19. Sept.
15. 2. to bellow II. 21. .2537. Transfer for 353'! Ezra 2: 64'. Neh. 7:66. "92';
red to other animals, Plut. ed. R. VIII. Deut. 33: 17. Lev. 26: 8. —El. V. H.
p. 319 ult. Theocr. 26. 20. In N. T. 2. 25. Xen. Cyr. 2. l. 6.—Put as in
ofa lion, to roar, Rev. 10:3. o'lmrsp Mow Engl. for any indefinitely large number,
lwufiraa—Antllol. Gr. 1. p. 24.6. Luke 12: 1. Acts 21: 20. Heb. 12: 22.
Mining/gm, t‘. law, (,uwcrfip nose, Jude 14'. Rev. 5: 1]. 9:16. So Sept.
pull») to turn up on'e's nose in scorn, and H32‘; Gen. 24: 60. 1 Sam. 21: ll.
MUEIZW, f. law, (fill/9011,) to anoint
and hence to mock, to deride, Pass. Gal.
6: 7 era; oi) pvxrnplfe-rm, i. e. God will so. for burial, to embalm, trans. Mark
not let himself be mocked. Sept. for 14: 8 1rpoéha€c ,uuplaai ,uou rd (hiya.—
:2‘: Job 22:19. Ps. so: 7.--Test. XII Aristoph. Plut. 529. Hdot. 1. 195.
Patr. p. 700. Lys. Fragm. 36. Mugl’og, a, or, very many, innumer
Mulmog, 7i, 5v, (‘may mill,) be able, Pind. Nem. 10. 84. Theocr. 16.
longing to a mill, e. g. M609 pvhuco'g a 22. Plur. uploi id. Hom. 0d. 8. 110.
mill-stone, Mark 9: 4.2. —In N. . only plur. puploi ten thou
Mz'zMg, 0!), 1'), (luuhn from puhhw, sand, pp. Matt. 18: 24. ,uupi’wv rahdvrwl'.
Sept. for rials, “1'22, Esth. 3; 9. i=1
[11,/U’) pp. a giinder, hence a mill, amilL
stone. The mills used by the Hebrews 1 Chr. 29:7.—Diod. Sic. 15.59. Xen.
are still common in the East; they were
Cyr. 2. l. 5.—-Put as in Eng]. for any
composed of two stones, of which the indefinitely large number, 1 Cor. 4.: 15
lower was fixed, and the upper was e'iw pupiouc 1raIEa-yw-youg E'Xrrrc, i. e. ten
thousand masters. l4’: 19.—Jos. Ant. 5.
turned round upon it (Heb. =2? rider),
having a hole in the middle for receiv 3. 2. Hdian. 2. 3. l4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.13.
ing the grain. The grinding was most M630", 00, r6, (Heb. ‘5%) any aro
ly done by hand by female slaves, and matic balsam distilling of itself from a
though exceedingly laborious was usual tree or plant, espec. myrrh, ,n'qifia, apog
ly accompanied by song. Larger mills va, 1E1. V. H. 12. 31. comp. Diod. Sic.
were turned by an ass; whence the up 5. 41. In N. T. genr. oinlment, unguenl,
per mill-stone was called dwxég Matt. i. e. perfumed, Matt. 26: 7 c'ihz’rgas-rpov
18: 6 ; or also b'uog, Hesych. l'ivog' 6 ,uupou. v. 9, 12. Mark 14: 3, 4. Luke 7:
c’wérrepog N60‘; r017 iii/Ron. Xen. An. 1. 37, 38. 23: 56. John 11: 2. 12:3 his, 5.
5. 5. comp. Luc. Asin. 28, 42. See Rev. [8: 13. Opp. to E'Aouov, Luke 7:
Jahn § 138, 139. Cnlmet art. Com.— 46 Ehai'qi TI)!’ x242. you aim ilhsuimg' aiirr'
Hence in N. 'l‘. Es‘ ,n'lprp fikeulaé you mug midug, ‘comp.
a) a mill, Rev. 18: 22 [cal (pan/1‘, piihov, Xen. below. Sept. for 513211??? Ps.
the song of the mill, i. e. the singing of 133: 2. I??? Prov. 27; 9. Cant. 1; s..
 M valet 511 Mago’;
1E]. V. H. 9. 9. Pol. 31. 4.. l. Xen. Mallltfil'kll, (4110;, .3, (India, air/un.) a
Conv. 2. 3, 4 opp. to E'Muov. ' stripe, weal, i. 0. mark of a stripe or
Mtlo'lot, (Z5, r‘], Mysia, the north blow, trop. 1 Pet. 2: 24 01': 11,3 For...“
western province of Asia Minor, lying léOm-e, i. e. collect. stripes, quoted from
between the Propontis and Lydia, and Is. 53: 5 where Sept. for “11:13:.— p.
including the Troad, Acts 16: 7, 8. The Luc. Philopseud. 20. Plut. IEm. Paul.
Mysian cities Assos, Pergarnus, and 19 tin.
Troas, are mentioned in N. T. Mutational, 13am, 1‘. fitmpm, de
Mva'rhgmr, [00, 1-6 (Ill’lfl‘l'flg‘, Fve'w pon. Mid. (pfipog) to findfault with, to
q. v.) a mystery, i. e. something into com at, to blame, c. ace. 2 Cor. 8:20.
which one must be initiated, instructed, Aor. 1 e'pwpr'lenv as pass. 2 Cor. 6: 3
before it can be known, something of lra lur‘) pupntlii 1" buueorla. illuu‘w, comp.
itself not obvious and above human in Buttm.§113.n.6.—\Visd. 10: 14. Luc.
sight. In N. T. spoken of facts doc D. Deor. 20. 2. Horn. ll. 3. 412.
trines, principles, etc. not fully revealed, Mohave, 00, 5, fault, i. e. fault
but only obscurely or symbolically set linding,censure,Ecclus. 18: 15. Plut.ed.
forth. R. IX. p. 263. 6. In N. T. fault as
a) gem. Matt. 13: 11 {gay EéEom. found, blemish, trop. stain, disgrace, 2
'ymfn'ai Til ,uoari/pia rfig Baa’. ro'n/ obp. to Pet. 2: 13 anikoi ml pinion—pp. Sept.
know the mysterious things of the king for In’: of a bodil defect, Lev. 21: 16
dmn ofheaven, i. e. in a deeper and more sq. Deut. 15:21. Anthol. Gr. I.p. 74,75.
perfect manner than they were made Medea/MI, f. and’, (pwpoe) pp. to make
known to others. Mark 4: 11. 8: 10. 1 (111”, not acute, see in Mwpo'g. Hence
Cor. 14:2. Eph. 5: 32 T5 pua'rr'lpiov Tot-ITO
a) of impressions on the taste, Pass.
pe'ya early. 2 Thess. 2: 7 n‘. luuo'rr'lpmv
to become insipid, tasteless, to lose its sa
'rfig c'iVo/u'ag, mysterious wickedness, i. e.
vour, as salt, Matt. 5: 13 et Luke 14: 34
hidden, as yet unknown to Christians,
it.» be‘ 11‘) film; luwpaytlj. Comp. Th0
opp. c’i-zrorahi'nrreo'tlai in v. 8; comp.
luck Bergpred. p. 122.
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. (Jos. B. J. 1. 24. 1
b) of the mind, to make foolish, i. e.
Marine puo'ri'ppiov.) Rev. 1:20 Tb pucrr.
to shew to be foolish, c. ace. 1 Cor. 1:
115v e'rr'rd ('wre'pwv. 10:7. 17:5, 7.—
20 e'ptbpavev b Gebg TI)!’ aopiav roii
Wisd. 2: 22. Hdian. 8. 7.8. Of the
Eleusinian mysteries, e. g. the lesser, Ta. xéapov. Pass. Rom. 1:22 pdn'orres elm:
aoqtol e'pwptivenaav, they became foolish,
pucpci Diod. Sic. 4. 14; the greater Diod.
Sic. 4.25. Dcm.29,nlt. Xen.H.G.1.4.l4.
i. e. acted like fools. Sept. trans. for
b) spec. of the Gospel, the Christian 5;: Is. 44.: 15. [in the Heb. v. 25.]
dispensation, as having been long hid Pass. for ‘>29: 2 Sam. 24.; 10. ~29: Is. 19;
den and first revealed in later times. 11.—In profane writers ,uwpat'vw in this
Eph. 3: 9 et Col. 1:26 ‘rd puarfipmv n3 sense is intrans. to be foolish, to act fool
mroxexpvppe'rov c’uro 115v altlwow e'r rii ishly, Luc. D. Mort. 13. 3. Xen. Mem.
0:93. Eph. 6: 19 rb p. r017 EiJa'y-yehlov. 1. 1. 11.
Col. 2: 2 n‘; ,u. 'roii 9cm’). 4: 3 et Eph.3: Meet», us, a, one.) folly, fool
4 r017 Xp. 1 Tim. 3: 9 rfig aim-ewe. ishness, absurdity, spoken of what seems
Rom. 16:25. 1 Cor. 2: 7. 4:1. 13:9. foolish and absurd, 1 Cor. 1: 18 a Myog
Eph. 3: 3. Col. 1: 27. So of particular . . ro'ig pe‘v e't'lrohhvpe'voic pwpla e'on.
doctrines or parts of the gospel, Rom. 11: v. 21, 23. 2:14. 3: 19.—Ecclus. 20: 31.
25. 1Cor. 15:51. Eph.l:9. 1Tim.3:16. Dem. 128. 10. Thuc. 5. 41.
Mum-ego, r. ciao), (pi/nub from Mmgokoylot, Otg, 1'], (pmpoho'yoc
pin», 171b,) pp. to shut the eyes, i. e. to from pwpéc, Mylo) foolish talk, empty
contract the eyelids, to blink, to twinkle, discourse, Eph. 5: 4. ——So pwpoho'yeiv
like one who cannot see clearly; hence Plut. ed. R. V1. p. 669. 8.
by impl. to be near-sighted, trop. 2 Pet. Mwgo’g, 02, 61', pp. dull, not acute,
1:9.—Aristot. Probl. Sect. 31. Suid. e. g. of impressions on the taste, insipid,
e'puo'nraaev' lixpotc Toig tirpfiahpo'ig 1rpoa tasteless, Dioscor. 4. 18. p. 122. Hip
e'o'xe, pvw-lrézw yap n) xappbw. pocr. de Diaeta 2. 27. 2. Comp. 'l‘ho
 Mwo'rk 512 Nalwgaiog
luck Bergpred. p. 122. In N. T. of the 05, Matt. 17:4. John 5: 46. al. Moses,
mind, stupid, foolish, and b pwpo'g subst. Heb. mi”, (drawn out sc. from the
a fool,- e. g. of persons, Matt. 7: 26 water), pr. n. of the great Hebrew
bpouufii'laerai c'wdpi pulpit—J 23: 17 pwpol prophet and legislator. On the forms
Kai rmphoi. v. 19. 25:2 ai new‘: pwpai and fiexion, see Winer § 5. p. 44. § 10.
sc. 'n'upl‘k'vor. v. 3, 8. 1 Cor. 3:18. 4: The form Monrfig, gen. c'wc, comes from
10. So prob. Matt. 5: 22, where others Heb. hit”, and is found chiefly in the
render it wicked, impious, like Heb. 5?! Evangelists, Matt. 8:4. 17: 3. 23:2.
Sept. ii¢pwv Ps. 14: 1. 53:2. Job 2:10; Mark 1:44. 9: 4, 5. Acts 3: 22. al.—
but ,uwpég no where else has this sense. Mwiiafig and Mwiiosi'lc, also in Sept. and
Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 178 sq. Josephus, and in some editions every
(Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 85.) Of things, where in N. T. are derived from the
1 Cor. l: 25 rd pmpbv for"; 95017 i. e. Egyptian form, see Gesen. Lex. art.
what men count foolish in the ordinances “it”. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 6 r6 yap 5510p p15
and proceedings of God, comp. v. 23, oi Ai'yr'rrr'rrot xahoiio'w, im'fig 55‘ Too; e'E
24. V. 27 Til pupa roii min/mu. 2 Tim. 2: r'ibarog owtiévrag, comp. c. Apion. 1. 31.
23 et Tit. 3: 9 Zqn’poug ,1. Sept. of pers. E. g. Mwiio'fig, gen. 01'}, Acts 6:14. 7;
mks: Deut. 32:6. Is. 32:5, 6. 5:2? 35, 37. Matt. 17:4. al. Maui/"orb; Acts
Ps. 94:8.--Luc. Paras. 25. Xen. Cyr. 15: l, 5. 2 Tim. 3: 8. al. —— Meton. for
3, 3. 45. of things Luc. Epigr. 1. Xen.ib. the books of Moses, the Pentateuch,
Mom}; or Mwdaetag, tag, 6, also Luke 16: 29, 31. 24:27. AL.
Mwiiafig, 05, and in some edit. Mwa'iig,

N051254,”, b, indec. Naason, Heb. p. 85 sq. Jowett's Chr. Res. p. 128,

11¢?! (diviner), pr. n. of a chief of Judah,
whose sister was the wife of Aaron,
Matt. 1:4 bis. Luke 3: 32. Comp. Ex.
6: 23. Num. 2: 3.
NwJ/YOU’, b, indec. Naggw, pr. n. of
a man, Luke 3: 25. [In the Syriac
vers."‘3!; perhaps the same as ‘T’?! i. e.
day-light. Buxt. Lex. Ch. p. 1296.]
Notlagid or Nafape'r', i’, indec. Naza
reth ,prob. Heb. “$3, A ramflx‘xl, [ Syr.vers.
my] (a twig,) see Hengstenb. Christol.
Vol. II. init. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 182
sq. pr. n. of a small city in lower Galilee,
just north of the great plain of Esdrac
lon, and about mid-way between the lake
of Tiberias and the Mediterranean. It
lies at the foot and on the side of a hill
facing the E. and S. E. along a small
valley or basin entirely shut in by hills,
except a narrow rocky gorge toward the
south leading to the great plain. Here
is now shewn the supposed place where
the men of the city were about to cast
Jesus down from the precipice, Luke 4:
29. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
and in Calmet sub. v. Miss. Her. 1824.
p. 307.—-Matt. 2: 2a. 4.. 13. 21; 11.
Mark 1:9. Luke 1:26. 2:4, 39, 51.
4:16. John 1:46, 47. Acts 10:38.
Nwgwgnvég, 05, b, a Nazarene, i. e, an
inhabitant of Nazareth, spoken of Jesus,
Mark 1:24. 14:67. 16:6. Luke 4: 34.
Naéwgotiog, ou, b, a Nazanzan,
i.q. Nazarene, an inhabitant of Nazareth,
in some editions written Nalapaiog in
Matt. 2: 23. 26:71. John 18: 7. -
Spoken of Jesus, Matt. 10: 47. 26: 71.
Luke18:37. 24:19. John 18:5, 7. 19:
19. Acts 2: 22. 3: G. 4:10. 6:14. ‘22: 8.
26: 9. Matt. 2: 23 b'rl Nafwpaiog x/\n6|']
arm: he shall be called a Nazarene, i. e.
looking to the etymology of the name
(see in NaZapéO) he shall be called a shoot,
branch, in allusion to such passages as
Is. 11:1. 53: 2. Zech. 3: 8. 6:12, etc.
but here also implying reproach, from
the contempt in which Nazareth was
held. See Hengstenb. Christol. Vol. II.
init. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 186 sq.—
Once of Christians in contempt, as the
followers of Jesus of Nazareth,Acts 24:5.
 Nadir 513 New’;

Nllatil‘, h, indec. Nathan, Heb. 1!‘! dwelling, hence temple,fime, as the dwell
(given sc. of God), pr. n. of a son of ing of a god ; in classic writers mostly
David, Luke 3: 31. Comp. 2 Sam. 5: i. q. t'cpo’w, though sometimes spoken of
14.—Not the prophet Nathan 2 Sam. 7: the interior and most sacred part of a
2 sq. 12: 1 sq. temple where the image of the god was
set up, Hdot. _l. 183.—Hence in N. T.
Naliotvutih, 6,indec. Nathanael, Heb. a) gem. of any temple, c'v Xupmron'l
5.851."? given of God), pp. 1. q. Gedsupac rotg vaoic Acts [7: 48.] 17: 24.—Hdian.
Theo ore, pr. n. of a disciple of Christ, 7. 3. l3. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10.—So Acts
supposed to be the same with the apostle 19: 24 1rou3v 11am); dpyvpoilg 'Aprr'ptdog
Bapflohopaiog q. v. John 1: 46, 47, 48, silver shrines of Diana, i. e. miniature
49, 50. 21:2. copies of the temple of Diana atEphesus,
Nau' adv. of affirmation, yea, yes, containing a small image of the goddess.
certainly. Such shrines of other gods were also
a) pp. in answer to a question. Matt. common, made of gold, silver, or wood,
9: 28 marchers 5n dt'wapat roi'rro mufiaat; and were purchased by pilgrims and
Xé'youmv aimil' val, Kt'vpte. 13:51. 17: travellers, probably as memorials, or to
25. 21:16. John 11:27. 21:15, 16. be used in their devotions. See Ham
Acts 5:8. 22: 27. Rom. 3: 29. -—-1El. mond and Wetstein in too. -- Artemid.
V. H. 13. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20. IV. 34 Kpafivog ('1 fype'repoc, 6p'yvpe'ov
b) as expressing assent to the words vaol'l e'p'ysmrrrtirnc 366a; elvat. Diod.
or deeds of another. Matt. 11:26 val, Sic. l. 15, 97. ib. 20. 14 Ens/allay 5:‘ xai
1') 1ra'rfip [sc. dptia'ac 1016791571 oiirwg x. 1'. X. rod; is 'rfiv ispé'w xpuuoi/e vaolic roig
Luke 10: 21. Rev. 16:7. 22: 20 val, tiptfipitpaul 1rpoc rfiv ixwlav. Hdot. 2.
Epxou Kt’lptt', in some edit—Act. Thom. 63 rd 5:‘ li'yahpa, e'izv Ev w”; ptxpq'i
§ 17, 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14.. —Seq. Euht'wp mrartxpvawpévp x. r. A. comp.
Kai introducing a subsequent limitation Dion. Hal. 2. 12 rim 'rfic 'Etpcolag
or modification. Matt. 15: 27 at Mark 7: 'Apre'ptaoc titpiapl'quara 1rap’uEMrpo'w.
28 val, Ki/pie‘ rat 'ylzp r4‘! x'wr'lpta A‘. r. X. b) of the temple at Jerusalem, or in
comp.in I‘tip I. b, tin.Viger. p.424.—Arr. allusion to it, but spoken only of the
Epict. 2. 10. 20. Plato Soph. p. 226. E. fans or edifice itself, in distinction from
c) intens. in strong affirmation, as. irpév, which included also the courts
severation, Luke 11: 51 val, Xr'yw hp'iv, and other appurtenances, see 'Irpdm—
ixl'rlrrper'la'srat x. 1'. 71. 12: 5 val, Xs'ym (a) pp. Matt. 23: 16 bis 3: av 6,1160!’ iv
iipiv, roirov @8601)”, yea, I say unto rq'; vcufv iv rq': xpwq? rm’; 11001-1. v. 17,
you, fear him. Philem. 20. Rev. 1:7 21. v. 35 psi-air) roii vaoi: rat rot? SUO’I.‘
val, apr'p'. 14:13. 22:20 val, 'r'pxopat aa'mpi'ov, i. e. the altar of burnt-offer
raxil. (Arr. Epict. 2. 13. 21. comp. ings which stood in the court of the
Hom. ll. 1. 234. Pind. Nem. ll. 30. priests before the entrance of the voo'g,
Vig. p. 424.) Also seq. Kat, yea and See in 'Isptiv. 27: 5 fiidaac rlz dp'yl'ipm
more also, Matt. 11:9 ct Luke 7: 26 iv r93 vaq‘i, prob. in the entrance of the
yahXé-ya: Ill/III’, Kai 1rspwo'6repov 1rpo¢irmv, M169, since Judas could not enter within
yea, and more than a prophet. — Xen. it. 28: 61 et 27: 40. Mark 14: 58 et
Conv. 8. 4.——With the art. rt) val, yea, 15: 29. Luke 1: 9,21, 22. John 2:20.
i. e. the word yea. 2 Cor. l: 17 ‘imp 2 Thess. 2: 4. For the xaravréraopa
1rap' Epoi r6 var‘, vat, xai rt‘) 01'), oil. v. 20. roi'l vaot't Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15: 38.
James 5: 12. 0. art. impl. 2 Cor. 1: 18, Luke 23: 45, see in Kara-rréraapa. Sept.
19 bis. Matt. 5:37. Comp. Tholuck forBa-n l K. 6:5,17. Ps. 5:9. 11:4.
Bergpr. p. 300. —Jos. Ant. 8.4. l. ib. ll. 4. 3.-—
Null‘, 1'), indec. Nain, a town of Symbol. of the temple of God in heaven,
Galilee situated according to Eusebius to which that of Jerusalem was to cor
about two miles south of Mount Tabor, respond, comp. Heb. 8: 5. 9: 11. So
near Endor, Luke 7: 1]. See Rosenm. Rev. 3:12. 7:15. 11:1,2,19 bis,
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 94. rival-yr) 6 wade 101': 6:05 Ev r’; aiiparq':
r. r. A. 14:15, 17. 15: 5,6,8 bis. 16:
N136?’ 05, 1'), (rain: to dwell) pp. 1,17. 21:22 bis—Test. X11 Pair. p.
2 K
 Nowz'qu. 514 Nezgo';

550. comp. Wisd. 3: 14'.— y) Metaph. Nm'l'nlgs olhri,(va17c,) a ship-man,

of persons in whom God or 11s Spirit is sailor,seaman,Acts22:27,30. Rev.18: l7.
said to dwell or act, e. g. the body of —Jos. Ant. 9. 10.2. Xen. G. H. 7.1. 12.
Jesus, John 2:19, 21. of Christians 1
Cor. 3: 16,17 bis. 6:19. 2 Cor. 6: 16 Nuxaig, i1, indec. Nahor, Heb.
win; (snorting), pr. 11. of the grand
bis. Eph. 2: 21. — Act. Thom. § 12
7:’ 1109s vaoi dyiot. father of Abraham, Luke 3: 34'. Comp.
Gen. 11: 22 sq.
Nflwéfb, a, indec. Nahum, Heb. 5*"!
(comfort), pr. 11. of an ancestor of Jesus, NEOtW'OtQ‘, 00, 6, (W611, V509,) a
not the prophet, Luke 3: 25. youth, a young man, Acts 20:9. 23: 17,
18,22. Sept. for "2! Judg. 16: 26.-—
N02530:, 0v, .3, nard, i. e. the ori Hdian. 1. 9. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1'. 2. —
ental of Indian spikenard, andropagon
Spoken of Saul i. e. Paul, Acts 7: 58,
nardus of Linn. Heb. T55”, Sanscr. narda, where however it determines nothing
[Not found in \Vilson's Dict. (Cale. definitely as to his age; since vzam'ag,
1819); but narma-da (i. e. pleasure~giv like vmvlo'xog, was applied to men in
ing) of which it may be a contraction, the vigour of manhood, up to the age of
is marked as the name of a plant, p. 4.0 years; see inNeavlmwc. So of soldiers,
4.53.] Plin. H. N. 12. 12 or 26. See
Sept. for ""11; 2 Sam. 6: 1. 1 Chr. 19:
Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 1 sq. Jones on 10. also Hdian. 6. 8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.
the spikenard of the Ancients, in Asiat. 6. of Mars Luc. D. Deor. 15.3.
Researches Vol. V. _ The ancients ex
tracted from it an oil or ointment which Nzaw'o'xog, no, a, (m'w, 11509,) a
was highly prized, Theophr. H. Plant. youth, a young man, Mark 14: 51 eig Tlg
9. 7. Dioscor. l. 66. comp. Tibull. 2. 2. veaviaxog. 16:75. Luke 7: 14. Sept. for
7. Hor. Epod. 5.59. Ovid. Art. Am. 3. ."23 1 Sam. 17:55. Is. 3: 3. ‘7721 Ezra
443. — Hence in N. T. 'uopov vz'rpEov 10:1.-—-Jos. Ant. 6.9.2. 551. V. H. 9.
wwrmfig ointment of pure spikenard, i. 39. Xen. An. 7. 2. 33. — So of young
e. the most precious, Mark 14:3. John men in the prime and vigour of man
12:3.—Sept. for ‘,f',§.Cant.1:12. 4:13,14|. hood up to the age of 40 years or more.
Négmaaogov, b, Narcissus, (pp Matt. 19:20, 22, comp. Luke 18: 18
a flower,) pr. 11. of a man at Rome, where it is lipxwv. Acts 5: 10 yearl
Rom. 16:11. He is supposed to have O'KOL, i. e. the younger members of the
been the freed-man and favourite of the community, i. q. weén-epo: in v.6. Opp.
emperor Claudius,comp. Sueton. Claud. t0 1rpea€irrepor or 1rare'peg, Acts 2: l7. 1
John 2: 13, 14. of soldiers Mark 14:
28. Tacit. Annal. 12. 57.
51. So Sept. for ‘*2! Gen. 4.1: 12.
Naua'yéw, 5, f. i/o'w, (vauu'ydg one Josh. 6: 23. was, Josh. a: l,23.—-Pol.
shipwrecked, from vaf/g ii-yvvyz) to make 5. 25. 3. Hdian. 7. 6. 3. Xen. Cyr. 5.
shipwreck, i. e. to be shipwrecked, intrans. 1. 9, 13. Phavorin. vcavia'xog z'ur' Err-7v
2 Cor. 11: 25 rpic e'vavd'ynaa. Trop. 1 elxoairpuiiv 'e'uc infill rpiaxovrareaodpwv,
Tim. 1: 19 1repi n‘lv 1ria'1'1v.—pp. Dem. 1'1 reo'oapc'ucov'ra twig.
910. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 24. trop. Philo
de Somn. p. 1128. D. Neoivrolug, 560;, 1'], (rice, ‘lfllAtCJ
Neapolz's, a city and port of Macedonia
Nw'W-Mgos, 0v, a, (mag, 01.79%) on the Sinus Strymonicus, a few miles
ship-owner, nauclerus, i. e. the master or E. S. E. of Philippi, on the confines of
owner of a trading vessel, who took Thrace, Acts 16: 11.—Strabo VII. p.
passengers and freight for hire, Acts 27: 330. Plin. H. N. 14.18.
l 1. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 406.
-—Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol. 4.. 6. l. Xen. Neepolv, o indec. Naaman, HebJ'QF).
(pleasantness,) pr. 11. of a Syrian warrior
Mem. 2. 6. 38.
and captain, Luke 4:27. Comp.2K. c. 5.
Nazfig, gen. 11:61:, acc. vai'lv, 1'], see
Buttm. § 58. p. 99, (from m'w, vailu,)a Néxglsg, 05, b, (I'éKUC.) dead, as
ship, vessel, Acts 27: 41. Sept. for ‘2!, 1 subst. and adj. pp. only of persons or
K. 9: so. was, Job9: 26.—Hdian. 1. ll. trop. in allusion to them.
1. Subst. one dead, a dead person,
11. Xen. H. G. 1. 6.19.
 Nexgo'g 515 Néog
and this is the Homeric and early usage, Epict. l. 9. 33.—Trop. for lost, perished,
see Passow in voc. given up as dead, e. g. the prodigal son
a) dead body, corpse, Matt. 23: 27 Luke 15: 24, 32,parall. with ZuroAwMm.
yz'yowu/ durz'wv vexpfiv. Rev. 20: 13. —Aristoph. Ran. 4.20. Menand. Incert.
Sept. for "24!, Deut. 28: 6. Jer. 7: 3]. fab. 188. p. 249. ed. Mein.
-—.los. B. J. 1.9. 1. Ildian. 4.15-16. b) metaph. in opp. to the life of the
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5. H. G. 3. 2. 5. Gospel, e. g, (a) of persons, dead to
b) genr. a dead person, plur. the dead, Christ and his gospel and so exposed
e. g. (a) as yet unburied, Matt. 8: 22 to punishment, spiritually dead, Rev. 3:
9.5.41.1. TOI‘IQ vexpol'lc. Luke 7: l5. Heb. l. 0. dat. of cause or manner, Eph. 2:
9: 17. So for one slain Rev. 16: 3. l hfu'ig iii/rag verpozlg 1rapa1rniapao'l. v. 5.
Sept. for "T? Gen. 22: 3 sq.——Pol. 2. 34. seq. 5'»! 0. dat. Col. 2: l3. seq. 546 ft,
12. Hum. 11. 23.5L—(fi) as buried, Rom. 8: 10 ‘rd mipa. un.-pow 51.’ tipaprl'av,
laid in a sepulchre, and therefore as be i. e. as to the body ye still remainsub
ing in ‘181" q. v. ‘ and see also Gesen. ject to sinful passions etc. Others here,
ex. art. ‘5116?. Luke 16:30 Er'w n; mortal. — Vice versa, vexpog slum r1‘;
(ma vsxpo'w 1ropcv9i1 1rpde ail-r0159. John ztpaprlq, to be dead to sin, no longer
5: 25 01 un.-poi filial/corral 'rfic punn'ic r. willingly subject to it, Rom. 6: ll,i. q.
vim? r. 9. Acts 10: 42. Rom. l4: 9. d'lrogavei'v 1,17 dip. in V. 53.—(B) ()l' things,
Heb. ll: 35. Rev. 1: 18. So oi uzxpol e'v dead, i. e. inactive, inoperative, e. g.
Xpumfi i. e. those who have died in the dpapn'a. Rum. 7: 8. m'ang James 2:
Christian faith. Sept. for B"??? Eco. 9: 17, ‘20, 26. So E'p-ya vzxpé dead works,
5. Is. 8:19. (Luc. D. Mort. 3.1, 2. i. e. external righteousness, not proceed
ib. 22. 2. Hom. 0d. 11. 34..) In refer ing from a living faith, and therefore
ence to being raised again from the fruitless, sinful, Heb. 6:1. 9: 14'. AL.
dead, resurrection, e. g. (Jung 5:: vexpu‘w Nsxgo'w, 5, f. riww, (wen-p69) to put
trop. Rom. 6: 13. (on) it: v. trop. ll: to death, and Pass. to be put to death, to
15, see in Zwf] a. a. So Zwmrotc'iv rozlg die, pp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 276. In
v. Rom. 4: l7. c'yeipsw ‘rot/g vet-pain; N. T. trop. to deaden, to deprive of force
Matt. 10:8. John 5; 2|. Acts 26:8. and vigour, e. g. n‘: ‘nah’, i. e. to mortg'fy
2 Cor. 1:9. e'yclpnv Twit t'uro v. e’x u: Col. 3: 5. Pass. part. uevsxpwpe'roc, 1],
R 67v Matt. 14:2. 27: 64. Acts 8: 15. or, deadened, i. e. dead, powerless, impo
al. 1: 1. l Thess. l: 10. l’ll’ad'ffillal ix tent, as afipa vwexp. Rom. 4.: 19. Heb.
'ru'w Vék‘pu-W Matt. 17: 9. Luke 16:31 ll: 12. — Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 758. 3.
John 20: 9. trop. Eph. 5: l4. ('wr'wrao'tg comp. drovaxpoiafim Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 21.
r611’ vexpa'w Matt. 22: 31. Acts 17: 32.
Rom. 1:4. 1 Cor. 15:13, 21, 42. (111.1‘, Néxfwa'lga 5W4, 1'], (vzxp6u,) pp. a
ix rsxpu'm Acts 4: 2. z’Eamim'amg ru'w 1'. putting to death, hence
Phil. 3: 11.—(y) emphat. oi welt-pol the a) death, i. e. violent death, 2 Cor. 4:
dead, i. e. utterly dead, extinct, Matt. 22: 10 Thu vs'xpwzrw roii ‘Imml'l iv r93 athpan
32 01'”: E'a'rrv 6 956g ucxpfiw, (AM: Zév'rwv.
typo-w 'n'spupe'povreg, i. e. ever exposed to
Mark I2: 27. Luke 20: 38.-—(B) trop. sufi'er for the cause of Christ the same
plur. those dead to Christ and his Gos violent death which he sufi'ered.
pel, spiritually dead. Matt. 8: 22 Item; b) trop. deadness,timpotency, Rom. 4.:
19. Comp. é-lrovéxpumg Arr.Epict. 1.5.4..
rm); vexporlr; x. r. )t. let the spiritually dead
bury their dead, i.e. let no lesser dut Né“, 0‘, 0", young, new, Compar.
keep you from the one great duty of fol: vub-rcpoc, younger. See T ittm. Synon.
lowing me. Luke 9: 60. So Rom. 6: N. T. p. 59.
13. 11:15. Eph. 5:14, see in B above. :1) pp. of persons, young, youthful.
II. Adj. velcpoc, ('1, 6y, dead, in At Tit. 2: 4 in: awqtpovilwm rile ve'ag, opp.
tic and later usage. rpeafiz’mhq. Sept. for ‘*2! Gen. 37 a 2.
at) pp. Matt. 28:4 E'yér'ovro llnni v: Prov. 22: 15.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10. Luc.
xpoi. Acts 20: 9 xai fipflq vexpo'c was taken D. Mort. 12. 4. Ken. Mem. 2. l. 5, 31.
up dead, i. e. for dead. 28: 6. Rev. 1:17. — Compar. watrrzpog, younger, sc. of
Sept. for P129 2 Sam. 19: 6. Is. 27: 36.— two or more, Luke l5: l2, l3, 6 vsu’n-cpoc
Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4.. ib. Philops. 3]. Arr. ain'finl, 1'; r. vidg. Sept. tor ‘MP, Gen. 9:
'2 a 2
 N20006; 516
24.. 27:15. 4.2: 13. (Xen. Cyr. 3.1.
1. An. 1. 1. 1.) Gem. for a young per
son, plur. the younger, the young, in opp.
to those older,John21: 186115: veéirepog.
Acts 5: 6 at ruin-spot, i. q. oi vsavlaxoi
in v.10. 1 Tim. 5: 1,2, 11, 14.. Tit. 2:
6. 1 Pet. 5: 5. As implying inferior
dignity Luke 22: 26. Sept. for ‘L’! Ps.
14.8: 12. Jer. 1: 6, 7.—Ceb. Tab. 2.
Dem. 242. 15. Thuc. l. 4.2.
b) of things, new, recent, e. g. olvoc,
din-oi, Matt. 9: 17 bis. Mark 2: 22 ter.
Luke 5: 37 bis, 38,39. Sept. for '15:"!
Lev. 23: 17. Cant. 7: 13.—Hem. II. 6.
4.62. Hdian. 1. 5. 26. Xen. Cyr. l. 6.
38.—-Trop. of the heart, disposition, na
ture, as renewed and therefore better e. g.
1 Cor. 5: 7 'ira fire ve'ov :pbpapa. Col. 3:
10. Heb. 12: 24. 511162710) we'd.
Neurotic, 09', 6, (V609,) youngling,
the young of animals esp. of birds. Luke
2: 24. 5150 reoa'o'orig nepm'repckv, where
some Mss. have the later form roo'a'obg,
see Lob. ad Phr. p. 206. Sturz Dial.
Alex. 1). 185. So Sept for 1511. Lev. 5: 7.
Prov. 30. 17. nit-op: Deut. 22: 11.—Isl.
V. H. 1. 6. Xen. (Ec. 7. 34..
N26711:, tyros, .5, (V609,) youth, youth
ful age. Matt. 19: 20 Ex nor-11769 you.
Mark 10:20. Luke 18: 20. Acts 26: 4..
1 Tim. 4: 12 #11351’;- aou rfig 1'. Kara.
¢povstrw let no one despise thy youth, i. e.
conduct thyself with the wisdom of riper
age, as is said immediately after. Sept.
for W155? Gen. 8: 21. Num. 30: 17.
W13: Eco. 11: 9, 10. -_ Hdian. 1. a. a
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31.
Neo'¢urog, oo, .3, .5, adj. (vz'oc,¢i1w,)
newly planted, Suid. veriepurov' r6 veawrl
.purrvfle'v. Sept. for 51133 Job 14.: 9. Ps.
144.: 12.—In N. T. as subst. trop. a
neophyte, new concert 1 Tim. 3: 6.
Négwv, wvog, 5, Nero, the Roman 1. 7. 6. Xen. An. 5. 3. 6. Suid. rem-6
emperor, only in the spurious subscrip pog' b riw l'flin/ Koo/113:1 Kai eilrperrilwr,
tion 2 Tim. 4.: 23. (2)01‘ oirx .5 oapfiw. Hence for worship
N590), f. veium, to nod, to beckon, as per, pp. one who frequents the temple
a sign to any one, seq. dat. John 13: 24. of God, e. g. of the Israelites in the
webs: ohv ain't‘? Zipwv. Acts 24.: 10.—
Sept. Prov. 4.: 25. Arr. Epict. 2. 18. 18.
El. V. H. 14.. 22.
Ni¢éldl, 719, 1‘], (dim. of Vé¢og‘,) pp.
small cloud, nebula, perh. Luke 12: 54',
comp. 1 K. 18: 4.4.. Gem. a cloud, Jude
12 vsnpz'hut iivvEpor. [2 Pet. 2: l7.] Sept.
Newxégog
for 132 Gen. 9: 13,14. P1515 Ps. 36: 6.
=2 Judg. 5: 4.. Eco. 11: 4..—-Luc. D.
Deor. 6. 4.. Xen. An. 1. 8. 8.-—-As ac.
companying supernatural appearances
and events, e. g. the pillar of cloud in
the desert, 1 Cor. 10: 1,2; comp. Sept.
and 152 Ex. 13: 21,22. In connexion
with Christ, as with a voice from heaven
Luke 9:35; or at his transfiguration,
wepc'hn pro-rend], Matt. 17: 5 bis. Mark
9: 7 bis. Luke 9:34. bis; as receiving
him up at his ascension, Acts 1: 9; as
surrounding him at his second coming.
Matt. 24.: 30. 96: 64. Mark 13: 26,
14.: 62. Luke 21: 27. Rev. 1:7. 14:
14. bis, 15,16. As surrounding ascend
ing saints orangels, lThess. 4.: 17. Rev.
10:1. 11: 12.—Comp. of God,Ps. 18:
8 sq. 97: 2. Is. 19: l.
NE<P90¢7\EI'{JI, b, indec. Nephthalim,
Heb. ‘1213139 (my wrestling) Naphtali, pr.
11. of the sixth son of Jacob, born of
Bilhah, comp. Gen. 30: 8. In N. T.
only meton. for the tribe of Naphtali,
Matt. 4..13,15. Rev. 7:6.
Néqbos, fies, 00;. r6, a cloud, pp.
Hdian. 1. 14.. 4.. Diod. Sic. l. 38. In
N. T. trop. for crowd, throng, Heb. 12: l
rz'rpoc papri/pwm—Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4..
39 7. Hdot. 8. 109 ve'qpog roo'oiiro til/896;.
1rwv. Diod. Sic. 3. 29 1e. vs'rpn riwdxpibwv.
N€<P?6§. 017. 6, kidney, usually plur.
oi vs pol the kidneys, reins, loins, Sept.
for has; Ex. 29. 13,32. Job 16: 13.
—In NIT. trop. for the inmost mind, the
seat of the desires and passions, Rev. 2:
23 Epsom-"w verppoug Kai xapbt'ag. Comp.
Sept. and "5422 in the similar phrase Ps.
7:10. Jer. 11: 20. 17:10. 20:12.
Newxogog, ov, .1, (m6; Att. ".39,
xopéw,) pp. tempk-sweeper, hence temple.
keeper, prefect of a temple, who had
charge also of the decorations, Jos. Ant.
desert, Jos. B. l. 5. 9. 4. 059 ('2 9:6;
Eav-rq'i vewxripovc if-yev, and 80 vewxopsiw
ib.—In N. T. as an honorary title
assumed by cities distinguished for the
worship of a particular deity, e. g. of
Ephesus as a worshipper, devotee of
Diana, Acts 19: 35 rewxbpog rfig peydhng
 Nswregmo'g
'Apre'pudog.—It occurs in inscriptions
and on the coins of several cities, see in
Wetstein N. T. II. p. 588.
Nifil‘l'Efmoié', 1'], (iv, (z/E'oc, l'flillTPOQ’)
youthful, pertaining to youth, 2 Tim. 2:
22 rug 1!. Emevluiag ¢efrys.—3 Mace. 4:
8. J08. Ant. 16. ll. 7. 10. 24. 7.
I I I 27: 16.
Nzwreeog, a, or, see 1n Nmg.
Nil a particle of swearing, always
afiirmative, and taking the accus. of that
by which one swears. Passow sub. v.
Buttm. § 149. p. 4.30. 1 Cor. 15: 31 w)
rr‘pv i111. Klllllxfldtll, i. e. by all my ground
of glorying in you, sc. I protest, etc.
So Sept. for "U Gen. 42: 15, 16.—Luc.
D. Deor. 19. 1. El. V. H. l. 33. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 10.
Nfllaél, f. w'la'w, (i. q. vs'u, Buttm.
§ 114,) to spin,absol. Matt. 6: 28 et Luke
12:27 0135:‘ vr'IOu, sc. n‘: xpiva. Sept.
for ‘We Ex. 35: 25, comp. 26: 31. 38:
18.—Anthol. Gr. III. p. 63, 189. Comp.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 676 sq.
Nmrwigw, f. éa'u, (w'pnog) to be as
a child, childlike, intrans. 1 Cor. 14:20
r‘fi xam'q vnmdlcrc, i. e. be ignorant of it,
comp. Matt. 18: 51.—Gr. proverb, 51a
qk'pec 55‘ T01? vnm'ov Kat)’ fihua'av 0138:‘)! 6
iv ralg ¢pwl vmmilwv, comp. Wetstein
in Ice.
Nfimog, let, my, also of two end
ings, 6, 1‘), (w,- insep. un, 21:-cc.) pp. not
speaking, infans, and hence an infant,
child, babe, without any definite limita
tion of age.
a) pp. Matt. 21 : 16 in m-éparoc vmn'uv
Kai snhalo'vrwv, noted from Ps. 8: 3
where Sept. for :21’. 1 Cor. 13: 11
quinq. b're fipnv w'pnog x. r. X. By impl.
a minor, one not ct of a e, Gal. 4: 1.
—Sept. genr. for 5i"! and '31, of a child
playing in the streets Jer. 6: 11. 9: 20,
asking for bread Lam. 4: 4, borne in
the arms Lam. 2: 20, once of the foetus
Job 3: 16.—Hom. I1. 9. 440. Hdian.
9- l5. 7. Diod. Sic. l. 74!.
b) metaph. babe, for one unlearned,
unenlightened, simple, in a good sense,
Matt. 11: 25 ('uruaihmimc aim-(‘1 vrrrn'otg.
Luke 10: 21. Rom. 2: 20. Implying
censure, l Cor.3: 1 (be rmrlocc c'v Xpwrq'i.
Gal. 4: 3. Eph. 4:14. Heb. 5:13. Sept.
for "mg Sept. Prov. 1:32. Ps. 19:8.
119: 130.-—Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 128 pen.
517 Nnd'rsl'm
Nngiilg, tats‘, ('1, Norm, pr. n. 01'
a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 15.
Nflfl', b, indec. Neri, pr. n. of aman,
Luke 3: 27.
Nnm'ov, 00, H5, (dim. of who“) a
small island, islet, sc. Khm'lon q. v. Acts
Nfieog, ou, ;,, (prob. via), to float,)
an island, Acts 13: 6. 27: 26. 28:1, 7,
9,11. Rev. 1=9. 6:14. 16:20. Sept.
for "1* Ps. 72:10. El. 26:15, 18.—Diod.
Sic. 3. 44.. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 7.
Nan-rel“, 05;, 1", (1117011601,) or fast
ing, fast, abstinence from eating.
a) gem. e. g. for want of food, 2 Cor.
6: 5. ll: 27 iv Mpg? mill-6741655,!’ rnarsL
alg- noMr'rmgS—Diod. Sic. 1. 82. Plut.
ed. R. VIII. p. 327. 13.
b) in a religious sense, e.g. of the pri
vate tastings of the Jews, Matt. 17:21
et Mark 9: 29 iv 1rpoaeuxz'i xal vncru'q.
Luke 2: 37. Acts 14: 23. 1 Cor. 7: 5.
To this kind of fasting great merit was
attributed, and the Pharisees practised
it often, sometimes twice a-week, comp.
Matt. 9:4. Luke 18:12. Dan. 9:3. Is.
58:3 sq. Tob. 12:8. Test. XII Patr. p.
702, 711 sq. In their longer tastings
they abstained only from the better kinds
of food, Dan. 10: 2 sq. Sept. for =53 Dan.
et ls. l. 0. Ps. 69: 11.—Spec. l/tefast,
i. e. the great annual public last of the
Jews, the great day of atonement, which
occurred in the month Tisri correspond
ing to the new moon of October, and
thus served to indicate the season of the
year after which the navigation of the
Mediterranean became dangerous, Acts
27: 9. Comp. Lev. 16:29 sq. 23:27 sq.
Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 3, where also the time is
marked, § 4 rpcvrope'vou r017 Katpol'a mag
'n‘1v Xeqie'pwv u'ipav. Jahn § 103, 357.—
Philo de Vit. Mos. 2. p. 657. C. Plut.
ed. R. VIII. p. 669. 12. genr. El. V.
H. 5. 20.
NM'TEI'MI, t. cinrw, (vim-19,) to first,
to abstain from eating, in N. T. only of
private fasting, see in Nna-m’a. Matt.
6:16 bis, 17,18. 9:14. bis. Mark 249
ter, 19 bis. Luke 5:33. 18:12. ActslO:
30. 13: 2, 3. Sept. for 1”! .ludg. 20: 26.
1 Sam. 7: 6.—IEl. V. H. 5. 20.—With
the notion of grief, mourning, with which
fasting was often connected, Matt. 9: 15
 Nfia'ng 518
untidy . . . ynd‘rfl'movdry. Mark 2: 20.
Luke 5: 34, 35. Comp. 2 Sam. 12:16.
Ezra 10: 6. Neh. 1: 4, where Sept. and
Heb. =13. — Of the Saviour's superna
tural fast of forty days, Matt. 4: 2. Or
it may possibly he meant, that his test
ing consisted in abstaining from all usual
food,and living only on the scanty sup
plies of the desert; comp.Act. Thom. § 20
yrla-rst'm ouyexa’rg, Kill Eip'roy 2061's: ,miyoy
peril éiharog, Kai n) wordy abrm': 55019.
1 Sam. 31: 13. Dan. 10:2 sq.
Nfia'flg, mg, 6, 7'], adj. (yn- insep.
un, £06m) not having eaten, fasting, plur.
acc. yfia-rstc Matt. 15: 32. Mark 8: 3.—
Plut. Cato Maj. 23 yfirrty. Dion. Hal.
Rhetor. 9. 16 vim-etc. Another plur.
yficnbzg occurs Athen. VII. 79. p. 126.
See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 326.
Nncaihog, its, my, (w',¢w,) sober,
temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect to
wine, Jos. Ant. 3. l2. 2. comp. Anthol.
GLIV. p. 53. Plut.VI. p.594.7. Reisk.
In N.T. trop. sober-minded, watchful, cir
cumspect, 1 Tim. 3:2 5:7 oily Em'axorroy cl
yat yrltpcihtoy x. r. A. v. 11. Tit. 2: 2.
Comp. 1 Thess. 5: 6.--Phavorin. mod
Mdg Early b c’tcl w’ltpwy Kai a't'tyso'ty Exam
r5 r'lhuclq xarrilOmhoM—In 1 Tim. 3: 2,
1], text. recept. has the later synon. form
ympahéoc, a, 011, comp. Passow s. v.
Nfll¢hh f. duo, to be sober, temperate,
abstinent, espec. in respect to wine, Jos.
B. J 5. 5. 7 am; lucpérov yr'npoy-rzg. Xen.
Cyr.7.5. 20. In N.T. to be sober-minded,
watchfitl, circumspect, intrans. 1 Thess.5:6
'ypn-yoptbpey Kai yr'ytpwluey. v. 8. 2Tim.4:5
at‘: be yfip: s'y mim. 1Pet.1:l3. 4:7. 5:
8.—-Jos. B. J. 2. 12. l. Luc. Hermot.47
yfitpec Kill pe'pyna'o c’rrrwrsiy. Hdian.2.15.l.
Nt'Q/Eg, 6, indec. Niger, surname of
Simon 8. teacher at Antioch, Acts 13:1.
Nmémg, ogog, 6, Nicanor, pr. n.
of one of the seven primitive deacons,
Acts 6: 5.
Nucoiw, (:1, f. flow, (rim) to be vic
torious, e. g.
a) intrans. to come of victor, to pre
vail. Rom. 3: 4 1m ywha‘ng e'y rip" Kplys
a'Oat' as, quoted from Sept. Ps. 51:4
where Heb. "91 to be pure. Seq. infin.
Rev. 5: 5.-—Dem. 1436.18. Xen. Mem.
4. 4. l7.
b) trans. to overcome, to conquer, to
Ntzo'z'oht;
subdue, 0. sec. Luke 11:22 6 io-xuporcpoc
"mimicry air-ray. Rom. 12: 21 bis, ,ufi
yucr? (pass) inro roii Kaxm'), 6AM: ylxa iv
1“ 15174164; rd xaxby. — Diod. Sic. 4. 57.
en. Cyr. l. 10. 4. Mem. 2. 6. 35.—
Spoken of Jesus or his followers as vic
torious over the world, over evil, over all
the adversaries of his kingdom, c. ace.
expr. or impl. 1 John 5: 4 bis, yurgi 16y
xtiapoy x. r. A. v. 5. Rev. 3:21. 6:2
bis. 12: 11. 17:14. Perl‘. for pres. or
fat. John 16: 33 £71}: yeylmxa. royxéopoy.
1 John 2:13,14. 4:4. Hence Part. ab
sol. b yon-"w, the victor, he that overcom
eth, Rev. 2:7,11,17. 3:5. 21:7. Nom.
absol.Rev.2:26. 3:12,21. comp. Buttm.
§ 145. n. 1. Winer § 28. 3. Praegn. seq.
e'x r017 S'flpt'ou Rev. 15: 2, see in 'Ex no.
1. b.—Alsoof the adversaries of Christ's
kingdom as temporarily victorious, Rev.
11: 7. l3: 7.
N17"), 71;, r‘), victory, meton. for the
ground or pledge of victory, I John 5:4
all”) Early 1‘) Vt'Kfl-ui’l m'ang irlad'ty. — pp.
Jos. B. J. 1. 27.3. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.10.
Nmtldfl/bOg, 0U, 6, Mcodemus, (vic
tor populi,) pr. n. of a Pharisee and
member of the Sanhedrim,who came to
Jesus by night prob. as a serious though
timid inquirer. John 3: l, 4, 9. 7: 50.
19: 39.
Ntxomi'rns, 0v, 6, a Nicolaitan,
pp. a follower of Nuco'haoc, Rev. 2:6,15.
Many suppose this to be an heretical
sect sprung from some leader of that
name. Or the word may also be sym
bolical, referring to those who are called
in v. 14 robg xparofiyra; rflv btaaxr‘p' Ba
)uuip' since the Greek name Nit-(Shane
corresponds to the Heb. D213‘, if this lat
ter be taken as compounded from $722 i.
q. mxc'tw,and =2 Mule. So Eichhorn in
Comm. ad 100. Comp. the symbolical
use of 'lzfc'tfiek in Rev. 2: 20. But Ge
senius gives to the name 521?; another
derivation and sense, i. e: from ‘>3 and
15!, q. d. non-populus.
Nmokotog, 01), 6, Nicolas, (victor
populi,)pr.n.of a proselyte of Antioch ,one
of the seven primitive deacons, Acts 6:5.
Nmtin'otug, 6W9‘, y‘), Nicopolis, (pp.
city of victory,) a city of Thrace, now
Nihopi, on the river Nessus (Karasu),
which was here the boundary between
 Ni'xog 519 Nopuzw
Thrace and Macedonia; and hence the 25: 41. Gen. 18: 4.—-Luc. Epigr. 19.
city is sometimes reckoned to the latter. Artemid. 5. 55.
Tit. 3: l2,and in the spurious subscrip
Nata), 5, f. flow, (mg, V069,) to see
tion. — There were other cities of this
name,e.g.inEpirus,Mcesia,Armenia,etc. with the eyes, to perceive, as 6¢Ga>qmig
voe'iv Horn. 11. 24. 294. ib. 3. 396.
NTzor, 20;, avg, r6, (ya-m) victory, Xen. An. 3. 4. 44. In N. T. trop. to see
a later form for win], Passow s. v. Lob. with the mind, i. e.
ad Phryn. p. 647. 1 Cor. 15:55 rrm') oou, a) to perceive, to understand, to com
#51,, n) v'irog; v. 57. So at’: YYKOC adv prebend, absol. Matt. 16: 9 oiirrw vofire;
victoriously, triumphantly, Matt. 12: 20, Mark 8: 17. 1:5 Kapoi'a John 12:40. 0.
see in ’Ex€dMu b, and Kpimg c. 1 Cor. acc. expr. or impl. Eph. 3: 4 ava-ywu’r
15:54, comp. ‘Is. 25:8. Com . in El; mcov'rcg voiioar m'wso'iy poo. v. 20. 1 Tim.
no. 3. b. Sept. ti; v'ixog for 17.5.5, 2 Sam. 1: 7. Rom. 1: 20. seq. infin. Heb. 11:3.
2:26. Job 36: 7.-—Sept. Ez. 3; 8. An seq. 6n. Matt. 15:17. 16:11. Mark 7:18.
thol. Gr. III. p. 242. Sept. for T‘?! Prov. 1: 2,6.—.El. V. H.
Now)", fi, indec. Mneveh, Heb. 5. 5. Diod. Sic. 5. 31. Plut. Thes. 3.
"11:15, i. e. dwelling of Ninus, the ancient b) i. q. to have in mind, to think of, to
capital of the Assyrian empire, Luke consider, absol. Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13:
11: 32. It was situated on the eastern 14 6 dvaywéoxwv voei-rw. c. ace. 2 Tim.
2: 7 vols: a Xc'yoL—Ecclus. 11:7. Horn.
bank of the Tigris,opposite to the mod
ern Mosul, where there still exists a 11. 9. 533 or 537. Arr. Epict. 3. '1. 18.
village called Num'a; see Niebuhr's Név/w, was, rd, (ros'w,) thought, i.e.
Travels II. p. 353. Germ. Rosenm. a) pp. what is thought out, exccgL
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 94,114. Comp.Gen. tated,hence purpose,project, device, 2 Cor.
10: 11, and the book of Nahum. The 2:11 or’: yap ail-r06 (r05 Saran/i) Ta
Greeks and Romans called it N’ivog, vor'lpara d'yrooipev. 10: 5.——Baruch. 2:
Ninus, Hdot. 1. 193. Plin. H. N. 6.13. 8. 3 Macc. 5:30. Hom. I1. 10. 104.
Nursing, 00, a, a Mneoile, Matt. b) meton. as in Eng]. jbr the mind,
12: 41. Luke 11:30. e. g. the understanding, 2 Cor. 3: l4
Emupéen ra vor’lpam aimDv. 4: 4; also
Nlfl'ffig, 550;, b, (v[1rru,) awash the affections, disposition, 2 Cor. 11:3
basin, John 13: 5. — Pollux Onom. 10. oz'irw cpoapr') To vm'lluara {411511. Phil. 4: 7.
78 1r05am1rn’1p. —H0m. d. 20. 82, 346.
Nl'vr'rw, f. do), a later present form N690;, 0!), 6, r';,adj. bastard, spurious,
for which the earlier writers used vilw, Heb. 12: 8- --Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 1. Xen.
f. duo, Passow s. v. Buttm. §114.p.293; An. 2. 4. 25.
to wash, sc. some part of the body, as
the face, hands, feet. Ablutions of the Nofmhfig, 1'1 (ve'pu to pasture, to
hands and feet were very common with feed,) pasture, i. e.
the Jews, e. g. of the hands before eat. a) the act of feeding, pp. Xen. (E0.
ing, comp. Matt. 15: 2. Mark 7: 3; of 7. 20; in N. T. trop. a feeding, eating,
the feet, as a mark of hospitality ofi'ered spreading, as of a gangrene, and hence
to a guest on his arrival, and performed vopfiv Exuv i. q. to eat, to spread, 2 Tim.
by menial servants or slaves, comp. 1 Sam. 2: 17 o Mi'yoc aimBv o'rg 'yri-y'ypawa wopfiv
25:41. Gen. 18:4. 19:2. 24:32. 43:24. €Eu.— So of an ulcer P01. 1. 81. 6. of
Judg. 19:21. Jahn $23,145,149. Cal fire Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 9. P0]. 1.48. 5.
met art. Baptism, Foot.—Trans. to wash, b) pasturage, trop. John 10:9 #0 fiv
e. g. the face, To 1rpéo'w1rov Matt. 6: 17; ea‘rpfioel, i. e. shall have enjoyment, s all
by impl. the eyes, r069 mama; John find happiness. Sept. for I"??? Gen. 47:
9: 7 bis, llbis, 15: the hands, rac xei. 5. l Chr. 4:39, 40. ".71? PS. 74:1.
pac Matt. 15:2. Mark 7: 3; the feet, Prov. 24: 15.—Hdot. l. 110. Xen.
rm)‘: #6311;- John 13: 5, 6, 8 bis, 10, 12, Cyr. 3. 2. 20.
14 bis. 1 Tim. 5:10. So Sept. for ‘(DJ NOPIZW, f. low, (vépog custom,) to
of the face Gen. 43: 31, the hands Ex. regard or acknowledge as custom. to have
30: 20. Deut. 21: 6, the feet 1 Sam. and bold as customary, viz.
 Noambg 520 No'ao;
8.) pp. i. q. to do by custom, to be ac. 3. 10. 8 cl vofu'pwc fitihmmg. Xen. Mem.
customed, to be wont, and Pass. id. Acts 4. 4. l.
16: 13 oh c'vopu'zc‘ro 1rpoacuxfi eiyai, where No'awioa, a'rog, rd, (uoyizah) pp.
according to custom was the proseuche, ‘ any thing acknowledged and sanction
i. e. raga 'II'OTGIMiV. For this custom, ed by custom or law ;' hence current
comp. the decree of the city Halicar money, coin, Lat. numisma. Matt. 22: 19
nessus in 105. Ant. 14. 10. 23, by which rd v. ro‘ii xr'p'aou. —- Jos. Ant. l4. 14. ].
the Jews are permitted rag 1rpoasuxag Hdian. 2. l5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 12.
‘Imminent 1rpbg rii Sahlia Kara rd 1rd. Noaobiboio'nakog, on, 5, ("5,10%
rpiov Elinor-Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 3. Luc. D.
EISéO'KGAOQ) a law-teacher, i. e. a teacher
Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 27. Act.
and expounder of the Jewish law, i. q.
Hdian. 6. 1. 9. Diod. Sic. 13. 113.
vopucbg and 'y appanbg, Luke 5: 17.
Dem. 1077. 95. Acts 5: 34. ee in I‘papparebg b. —
b) gem. to regard or acknowledge as
Spoken also of Christian teachers who
any thing, i. e. in its customary charac
obtruded themselves upon the churches
ter, or in its customary manner, e. g.
m/a 956:1 voail‘ew Dinarch. 102. 13. as expounders of the Mosaic law, 1 Tim.
1: 7 Ss'kowec slum vopobibéamhoi.
rr)v aixjuihwrov ‘yin/aim. e'vopizev Conon.
Narrat. 44. So pass. Luke 3: 93 the Nolnoflso/u, ac, b, (vapofleréw)
Evoplzcro, as he was regarded, reckoned, law-giving, legislation, the givin of a
i. e. according to Jewish custom.—-Dem. code of laws, Diod. Sic. l. 94. 01. 4.
1022. 16 oi volufopevoi pin’ uizig, In‘; 81. 12 and rfic AuKobp-you wopoficaiag.
b'vreg 3:‘ 'ye'vu 25 0.131171)’. Hdot. 4. 180.— In N. T. meton. legislation, i. q. the laws
Hence genr. to regard, to think,to sup given, code of laws, the law, e. g. the
pose, e. g. seq. int. c. acc. Luke 2:44 Mosaic code, Rom. 9: 4 (by at Biaflfixai
vopioavreg 5:‘ abrov by q] o'uvobia c'lvai. rat 1‘; vop09wla.—2 Macc. 6: 23. Dion.
Acts 7: 25. 8:20. 14:19. 16: 27. 17: Hal. Ant. Rom. 2. 63. Plut. Reisk. VI.
29. 1 Cor. 7:26. 1 Tim. 6: 5. seq. inf. p. 89 2. 2, 5 Ewg oi’: 1rauro'urao'w inrepibo'v
rec 11):! AUKOIIIP'YOU ropoeem'av.
1 Cor. 7: 36. Seq. (in, Matt. 5: 17 ,in‘]
uopltmre 5n hhfiov x. 12A. 10:34. 20: Noinoberéw, (I), 1'. flow, (vapotie'rng)
10. Acts 21: 29. -—seq. int. c. acc. El. to make or give laws, to establish as law,
V. H. 8. 6. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 5. seq. inf. to legislate.
Xen. Ag. 2. 3. seq. 6n Xen.Cyr. 8.1.22. a) pp. and seq. dat. for any one, Xen.
Noamvic, n’, 6v, (yaw. law,) per Apol. Socr. l5 Auxoilp-you ‘rob Aaxzbtu
pow'oig vopoeerfio'avroc. Sept. for [-‘Qifl
taining to law.
a) gem. Tit. 3: 9 ,ucixai vonixai, i. e. Hiph. oi] 11:: Ex. 24: 12. Hence in N.
disputes relating to the Mosaic law.— T. Pass. to be legislated for, to receive
Adv. uopuco'ic according to law, Plut. ed. laws, where the dat. of the active con
struction becomes the mom. to the
R. VIII. p. 111. 7,8. passive, Buttm. § 134. 5. Winer § 40.
b) of persons, one skilled in the law,
a lawyer. Tit. 3: 13 Znvr'w riw voiuxov l. Heb. 7: 11 b habg yap in" uirrj
rpbwrspdmn— Plut. Reisk. VII. p. 99. vevopofiénrro for the people received the
13 oi vopmol. Strabo XII. p. 813. C, oi (Mosaic) law upon this condition, sc. of
1rapa 'Pwpaloic vopurol. Arr. Epict. 2. being under the Levitical priesthood.
l3. 7. -— In the Jewish sense, an inter b) to establish, to sanction. pp. as law,
preter and teacher of the Mosaic law, so or by law, pass. Heb. B: 6 fift§(5u10llk‘fl)
called in Luke, (once in Matt.) else. i1ri xpei'i-romv tray-yellow veropoee'rnrai.
where vopofiibc'wxahoc and 'YPGHMITH'IQ, -Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 3. Act. 0. acc. Diod.
see in I‘papparebg b. Matt. 22:35 et Sic. ]. 27. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 25.
Luke 10:25 vopurtig my, comp. Mark Nopooéérng, no, 5, (ytipog, n'Oqpn)
12: 28 ypapparebc. Luke 7: 30. 11: 45, a law-giver, legislator, James 41 12. —
46, 59. 14: 3-—.IOS. B. J. 9. 21. 7. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Xen.
Note/(nag, adv. (luripipoc, Wiflofi)
Mem. 1. 2. 31.
lawfully, according to aw and custom, Nbaog, 00, b, (we... to divide out,
] Tim. 1:8. 2 Tim. 2: 5.—Arr. Epict. to allot,) pp. ‘ any thing divided out,
 Népog 521 N600;
allotted,’ what one has in use and pos Rom. 2: 18. Sept. and "T4" Deut. l:
session; hence usage, custom, Sept. and 5. 4: 4.4.. al.—(,3) Trop. for the Mosaic
"2;" 2 Sam. 7: l9. Jos. Ant. 1.13. 8. dispensation, Rom. 10:4 re'Aog yl'zp v6
Luc. D. Mort. l4. 5. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. ;wv Xpurrdc. Heb. 7: 12. 10: l.—(-y)
28. In N. T. only law, as prescribed by Meton. for thebooh 0f the law, i. e. pp.
custom or statute. the books of Moses, the Pmtateuch,
a) gem. and without reference to a Matt. 12: 5. Luke 2: 23, comp. Ex. 13:
particular people or state. Rom. 4: 15 9. Luke 10: 26. 1 Cor. 9:8, 9, comp.
01'! yc‘tp otnc Ea'n vépog, 0513:‘ 1rapégaarg. Deut. 25: 4. 1 Cor. 14: 34., comp. Gen.
5: 13. 7:8. 1 Tim. 1:9.—Dem. 774. 3:16. So Sept. and "111“ Neh. 8: 9.
18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 4.1 sq. —As forming part of the Old Test. 6
b) spec. of particular laws, statutes, 761.10: Kai oi 1rpopr'rrru, Matt. 5:17. Luke
ordinances, spoken in N. T. mostly of 16:16. John 1: 46. Acts 13:15. 28:23.
the Mosaic statutes, viz. (on) Of laws Rom. 3: 21. (Jos. de Macc. 18.) vopoe
relating to civil rights and duties, John xai 1rpo¢. ml \Pahpot' Luke 24: ‘Mn—Al
7: 51 yr) 5 116,104‘ fifuiv xplvu rev t‘ivfipw so simply b voluog for the Old Testament‘,
rev 1:. r. A. John 8: 5 comp. Lev. 20:10. John 10: 34. 12: 34. 15:25 coll. Ps.35.
John 19:7 comp. Lev. 24: 16 et Deut. 19. 1 Cor. 14.: 21 coll. Is. 28:11,12.—
13:5. Acts 23: 3. 94: 6. So the law 2 Macc. Q: 18.
of marriage Rom. 7: Q, 3. I Cor. 7:39: d) trop. 6 wipe; re'huog, the more per
of the Levitical priesthood Heb. 7: 16. fect law, put for the Christian dispensa
A180 Heb. 9: 19 can‘: vépoy i. e. accord tion, in contrast with that of Moses,
ing to the ordinance or command, sc. comp. above in c. James 1: 25 6 Be‘
respecting the promulgation of the law, 1rapan'1d1ac sic vépov re'huov rov rfig EMU
see Ex. 20: 18, 19. 24: 2 sq. Sept. for Oepiag. So without re'Xuog, James 2: 12.
a?" Num. l9: 14.—So of articular 4,: 11.—Also of the laws, precepts, es
civil laws among the Greeks, em. 325. tablished by the gospel, e. g. b vépoc
13. ib. 599. 24. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 2.— Xpw'roii Gal. 6: 2. absol. Rom. 13:8,
(,[3) Of laws relating to external relig 10 a'ltr'mwpa oily vo'pou h (1761",. Gal.
ious rites, e. g. purification Luke 9: 22. 5: 93.
Heb. 9: 22; circumcision John 7: 23. e) trop. law, i. e. rule, n0rm,standard,
Acts 15:5,c0mp. 21: 20, 24.; sacrifices sc. of judging or acting. Rom. 3: 87
Heb. 10:8. So Sept. and 3T1“ Lev. 6: 54¢‘! 1rolou mipou' nTw E'pywy; oirxi' 61AM!
9, 14. al.—(y) Ol' laws relating to the Bu‘! mifwv film-cup. 7: 23, 25. 8:9, 7.
hearts and conduct of men, Rom. 7: 7 9: 31. In the sense of rule of life, dis
b vii/.40: E'M-ycv' ot'm imeupfyzruq. James cipline, Phil. 3: 5 Kari! wépov, Qupwa'iog.
2: 8. Heb. B: 10 6t 10: 16 51501); vépoug —Arr. Epict. l. 26. 1. AL.
you E1rl Kapot'ag al’rru'w, quoted from Jer. N605 sec Noic.
31: 33 where Sept. for "Ta—(5) By NOO'EIW, 5, f. flaw, véaog, to be
impl. for a written law, a law expressly
given, i. q. 6 minor; E'y'ypmrroc. Rom. 2: sick, pp. Hdian. 3. l5. 3. huc. l. 138.
In N. T. trop. woody 7l’Ept'1'L, to have a
14: 30w] n‘! [11) v6 11 Exam-a . . Eavro'ig cim
sickly longing for any thing, to pine af
vépogx—Diod. ic. l. 94 wipot E'y'yparrrot.
c) the law, i. e. a code or body of laws, ter, to data about; 1 Tim. 6:4 vomDv
wept Zqn’laeu; Kai Ao-yoluaxt'ag. -—-1rspt n
in N. T. only of the Mosaic code. (a)
Plut. de Iracohib. 14,0r ed. Reisk. VII.
pp. Matt. 5: l8 io'lra 3v 0i! #1) raps}
By dmi roii wipov. 92: 36 1rola Eyroltr) p. 812. 10. VIII. p. 161. 3 1079 1repi
pe-yéhrl Ev n; wet/.19; Luke 16: 17. John 565111! vooofimv. Plato Phaedr. p. 228. C.
1: l7 6 Vépoc 51d Mwac'wg 2,5601). 7: 19. 1rprig n Diod. Sic. T. V1. [1. $27 ult. ed.
Acts 7: 53. Rom.2: 13 sq. 5: l3. 1 Cor. Tauchn. or X. p. 155. Bip. c. dat. E].
15:56. Gal. 3: 10 sq. lTim. 1:8. James V. H. 3. l3.
2: 9, 11. al. E'p'ya wipou see in'Ep'yov No'vnpa, 0mg, 1'0‘, (m5...) sick
b. 7. 4. Rom. 2: 15. Gal. 2:16. 3: 10. ness, disease, i. q. vo'a'oc John 5: 4._Luc.
01 Ex wifwv, oi z'w wipe), oi inrd wo'pov, Abdicat. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 27.
those under the Mosaic law, Rom. 4: 16. N66“, au, 6, 1'1, sickness, disease.
3: 19. 1 Cor. 9: 20. 6'00: r'y vépq: id. Matt. 4: 23 sspa'lm'lwv miaav vo'trov. v.
 Noamé
24. 9:35. 10:1. Mark I: 34. 3:15. Luke
42 40. 6:17. 7221. 9: l. Acts 19112.
Sept. for "711 2 Chr. 21: 19. 925,’? Ex.
15; 26.—Hdian. l. 3. l. Xen. Mem. 1.
4. 13.—Metaph. for pain, sorrow, evil,
Matt. 8: 17 ml‘: The vo'aovc [iyuiiv] igd
m-aaev, translated from Is. 53: 4. Heb.
Waiwa.
Nocnmi, 06;, 1'1, contracted later
form for Att. vwmnc't, (from nova-69,) a trans. Acts 20:31 m’nc e'mwmipqv . . .
nest sc. with the young, Sept. for 12
Ps. 84:4. Pausan. 9.30. p. 769. comp.
Hdot. 3. 111. See Lob. ad Phryn. p.
246 sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 185.—
In N. T. a nest of young birds, brood,
Luke 13: 34 3v rpd'lroy iipwc 'rflv e'avrfiv
voamév. So Sept. and 12 Deut. 32: ll.
Noaa'i'ov, 00, n5, contr. for Au.
vzomn'ov, see in wound, (dimin. from
veoo’o'o'g) a young bird, Plur. rii voam'a
a broad of young birds, Matt. 23:37.
Sept. for D‘Wt-“fi Ps. 84: 4.—S0 r21 vmr-n’a
Aristot. H. An. 9. 29. El. V. H. 10. 3.
I
NOO'O'M, see Neomnig.
Noa'tplzw, f. hm, (wimp: apart,
away,) pp. to put apart, to separate,
Mid. to separate one's self, to go away,
Hom. 0d. 1 l. 73. Act. to take or match
awa , to rob, Pind. Nem. 6. 106.—In
N. T. Mid. to take away for one's self, to
keep back any thing which belongs to
another, to embezzle, to purloin, absol.
Tit. 2: 10. Seq, c'urd 0. gen. partitively,
(see in ‘An-6 III. 7,) Acts 5: 2, 3 vampi
a'aa'Bou.
Josh. 7: (11rd rfic rtpfic.—-c.
l. m'uie‘v 1110'deSe
Ex rwo'g Philo VFit.t.
Mos. l. p. 641. E. c. ace. 2 Macc. 4:
32. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 42.
No'rog, 00, a, the south wind, or tions, mode of thinking and feeling,
strictly the south-west wind, Lat. notus.
a) pp. Luke 12:55 wirov 1rvéovra.
Acts 27:13. 28:13. Sept. for 5'1":
Job 37: 17. 1?‘?! Cant. 4: 16. improp.
for 11".? Ex. 10: 13.—Hdot. 2. 25. Xen.
An. 5. 7. 7.
b) meton. the south, the southern
quarter of the heavens and earth. Matt.
12: 42 et Luke 11: 31 ,Baa'ihwaa vo'rov,
comp. l K. c. 10. Luke 13:29. Rev.
21:13. Sept. for 5'1"! Eco. 1:5. Ez.
4.0: 25. =55. Josh. 15=2. var! Ex. 26:
35.—Jos. Ant. 8. l3. 2. Hdot. 6. 139.
Nouésm'a, (1;, 1), (mveeréu) pp.
a putting in mind, i. e. warning, admo
522 N05;
m'tion, ezhorlation. 1 Cor. 10:11 raiira
i-ypo'tor] 1rp6g~ vovfiezn'ay ilptiv. Eph. 6:4.
Tit. 3: 10.—Jos. Ant. 3. 15. l. Diod.
Sic. l5. 7. The form rouflerla was re
garded as more Attic, Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 512.
Nouderéw, 5, f. firm, (7017c, 1101);“)
pp. to put in mind, to put to one's heart;
hence to warn, to admonish, to abort,
woven-En’ Eva Ema-row. Rom. 15: 14.
I Cor. 4: 14. Col. 1:28. 3:16. 1 Thess.
5: l2, l4. 2 Thess. 3:15. Sept. for ‘*2?
Job.4: 3.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Xen. Cyr.
8. 2. 15.
Nov/.mw'a, mg, 17, Au. contr. for
vcopqvia, (vz’og, Im'm) pp. new-month, i. e.
the new-moon, as a festival, Col. 2: 16.
See in Mr'yv b. Sept. for lift-"'2 ‘"35 Ex.
4.0: 2, 15. writ-w WI Num. 10:10. 28:
ll. 153i‘! 2 Chr. 2: 4. 29217.-—J08. Ant.
4. 4. 6. Dem. 799 ult. Xen. An. 5.
6. 23.
NWVEXKJQ, adv. (vovvexfig having
understanding, from 1106;, Exam) under.
slandingly, dism-eetly. Mark 12: 34 vou
vsxfig 1’11r5Kp1617.—P01. 2. l3. 1. Diod.
Sic. 3]. T. VI. p. 159 Tauchn. X. p.
41. Bip.‘ So :5 mi Exév-rwc vofiv Plat.
de Legg. III. 126. See Lob. ad Phr.
p. 604.
NoJg, I105, acc. voiiv, b, Att. contr.
for Ndog, 11601:‘ but in N. T. and the
Fathers onl genit. vo'og, dat. roi, Wi
ner§ 8. 2. iob. ad Phr. p. 453. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 36. n. 6; pp. the seer,
erceiver, i. e. the intelligent or intel
l)ectual principle, the mind.
a) as the seat of emotions and afi'ec
disposition, moral inclination, i. q. heart.
Rom. 1:28 1rapc’5wxev ain'mig b 8. £19
fiddmpov r0611. 12: 2. 1 Cor. I: 10. Eph.
4: 17, 233. Col. 2:18. I Tim. 6: 5 3n:
cpaappe'uwr rev voiiv. 2 Tim. 3: 8. Tit.
l: 15. So for firmness or presence
of mind, 2 Thess. 2: 2. As implying
heart, reason, conscience, in opp. to
fleshl appetites, Rom. 7: 23, 25. Sept.
for =3“ Is. 10:7, 12.—Hom. Od. l. 3.
Luc. de Salt. 85. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 17.
b) understanding, intellect. Luke 24:
45 du'lvotfev aim-(Dy rev vofiv. 1 C01". l4:
14, 15 his, 19. Phil. 4: 7. Rev. 13:18
i) Zxwv 'rriv min’, i. e. WiSc. Sept. for
 Nulwipaig 523 N51!
=9? Josh. l4: 7.—Diod. Sic. 3. 6. Xen. a) of the actual present, as opp. both to
Mem. 3. 12. 7. . time past and future. Luke 6: 21 vi
c) meton. mind, for what is in the rewind-5;; vim. v. 25. John 4': 18 ml viiv
mind, i. e. thought, counsel, purpose, 5v Exuc K. 1'. A. 12: 27 Viv 1) \I/vxr'l you
opinion; e. g. of God or Christ, Rom. rcn'lpaxrat, for the perf. as present see
ll: 34. 1'4’: yap Eyvu voiv Kvpiou, quoted Buttm. \} 113. 6. John16:22. 17: 5,7.
from Is. 40: 13 where Sept. for m“. Acts 2: 33. 10: 33. 26: 6. 1 Cor. 16: 12.
1 Cor. 2:16 his. Of men, Rom. l4: 5. Gal. 2: 20. I John 2: 18.al. seep. Sept.
~—Judith 8: l4. Xen. An. 3. 3. 2. for "*3? Josh. 14: 11. Is. 48: 7.—Hdian.
d) trop. of things, sense, meaning. l. 4. 7. Diod. S. l. 10. Xen. (Ec. 20.
Rev. 17: 9 133: o 1105; 6 Exam employ, i.e. 24.—In direct antith. to something done
the deep or hidden sense.—Synes. Ep. in time past, e. g. vfw 5:’ Luke 16: 25.
103 of: naming inehézw row voiiv rig in Gal. 4: 9. Eph. 5: 8. Phil. 3: 18. Heb.
arokfic. Aristoph. voflv 5' 2x21 ru'ri; sc. 9: 26. James 4.: 16. vvvl Se’, in which
the words. connexion chiefly is vvvt found, Rom. 3:
NUPI¢¢Q 0‘, 6, Nymphas, pr. n. of '2]. 6:22. 1 Cor. 5: ll coll. v. 9'. 2 Cor.
a Christian, Col. 4: l5. 8: ll. Philem. 11. al. 670th vflv Luke
22: 36. So in antith. to something fu
Néplqvn, at, 1*,, (obsol. View, Lat. ture,
nubo, to 'veil,) a bride, spouse, newly
emphat. Mark 10:30 m'w 'ev r93
mtpq? roi'lrrp, opp. Ev r’? alt-‘nu rq': z'pxo.
married. See Jahn § 154.
pe'yen—Xemconv. 8.4 vflv Er rqi 1rapovn,
a) pp. John 3: 29 .; E'Xwv rr)v m'lpqmr -—With the art. 6, 1'), To will, as adj,
wpoiog- z'm-t. Rev. 18: 23. 21:2, 9. 22: the now existing, present, see Buttm. §
17. Sept. for H’zs Jer. 2.32. 7: 95;. Joel
125. 6. Acts 22: 1 Ti]; 1rpo¢ {nu-lg wvl
2: 16.—1E1. V. H. 4.. l. Xen. Conv. 9. 3.
droko'yiag. Rom. 3: 26 iv 11''; will mupq'i.
b) as opp. to 1'1 nevOepé, it is put for
8:18. 2 Cor. 8:13. Gal. 4:25 rfl win!
daughter-161w, Matt. 10: 35. Luke 12:
53 bis. So Sept. and ‘H733. Mic. 7:6. 'Ispouo. 1 Tim. 4:8. 2 Tim. 4: 10. 2 Pet.
Gen.38: 11. Ruth 1: 6,7.—Tob. 11:16,
3: 7. (Diod. Sic. 2. 5 fin. Xen. Cyr. 4.
6. 3. ib. 6. 6. 13.) S0 (1m) rm‘; rfw sc.
17. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. l. .
Xpévov,from now, henceforth, Luke 1:48.
Nu/ngoi'og, ov, a, (véyqsm) a bride 2 COX‘. 5:16. fixpt fol-J vfwuntilnow,Rom.
groom, spouse, newly married, Matt. 9: 8:22. Phil. 1: 5. Eu); rot‘: m'w id. Matt.
15 his. 25: l, 5, 6,10. Mark 2: 19 bis, 24:21. Mark 13:19. r81 rim or my?”
20. Luke 5: 34,35. John 2: 9. 3: 29 adv. now, at present, Buttm. § 125. n. 5.
ter. Rev. 18:23. Sept. for ‘EU Ps. 19: Acts 4: 29. 5: 38. 17: 30. 20: 32. 27:
6. Jer. 7: 32.— Hdian. 4. ll. 7. Xen. 22. non. al. (Soph. Elect. 421 or 423.
C yr. 4. 6. 5. Hdot. 7. 104. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 15.) To
Nupqva'w, 5mg, 6, (YI’IP¢Y],) bridal vi'w Exov as it now is, i. e. for the present,
chamber, where the nuptial bed was pre Acts 24: 25, sec in 'Exw f.
pared, usually in the house of the bride b) in reference to time just past, now,
groom whither the bride was brought i. e.just now, even now, comp. Viger. p
in procession; in N.T. only in the phrase 426. E. g. seq. perf. John 14:29 xal
vlot rm‘: vulupd'n'og, sons of the bridal vin/ e'lprlxa illuiv 1rplv 'ysre'oeac. Acts 7:
chamber, Matt. 9: 15. Mark 2: 19. Luke52. Seq. aor. Matt. 26:65. John 13:
5: 34. These were the companions of 31. 21:10. Rom. 5: ll. seq. imperf.
the bridegroom, bridemen, called by the John 11:8 riiv Eli/row’ o'c )ufio'wm oi
Greeks 1rapav|5p¢wu just as the bride 'Iovda'ion—seq. perf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 27.
had also her companions or bridemaids. impf. ib. 4. 5. 48.
Jahn§ 154. Comp. Judg. 14: 1]. Ps. c) in reference to future time just at
45:14 sq. Ier. 7: 34. l Mace. 9:37. hand, now, i. e. even now, presently, im
Act. Thom. s 11.-Tob. 6: 13,17. Act. mediately, comp. Viger. p. 4.26. Lob.
Thom. §9,ll. Suid. vuluod'wog' KmTu-WOQ. ad Phryn. p. 19. Matth. §607. E. g.
N51‘, adv. also WY!’ as strengthened seq. fut. John 12:31 viiv 6 r‘ipxuv r017 x.
by the demonstr. l, Matth. § 607. Buttm. 'r. z'xghryofioerat E'Ew. Acts 13: 11. Phil.
§ 80. 2; now, Lat. nunc, Germ. nun. 1:20. (Aristoph. Vesp. 15L Xen. C r.
I. pp. as adv. of time, now, spoken 4. l. 23.) Seq. pret. for fut. as impl'y
 Néi 524 N570;

ing what is immediately to take place, Luke 5: 5, or by night Acts 5:19. 16:
Winer§ 41. 2. Matth. §504. 3. John 4:23 9. See Aw’: I. 2.-—Dative of time when,
E'pxe'rat 17911, mi win» Earn’. 16: 32. John definite, Buttm. § 133. 3. 4. E. g. Luke
12: 31 will xpt'au; io'ri roii xdapov. 16: 5 12: 20 rain-y 1" win-l this very night.
viiv 5e‘ inrd'yw 1rpdgx. 1'. 7t. A018 26: 17. Acts 12: 6. ( en. An. 6. 1. 13.) iv
2. As a particle of transition or con mum’ by night Acts 18: 9. iv r1’) v. Matt.
tinuation, now. a) gem. now, as mark 26:31. John 11: 10.—Xen. Conv. l.
ing a present condition, i. e. in the pre 9.—Aecus. of time how long, Buttm.
sent state of things, as things are. Luke § 131. 8. Matt. 4: 2 vim-Tag reamxpéxov
2: 29 viw t'urohimg rov doiihdv 0'01). 11: ra. 12: 40 rpe'ic vl'mrag. So rug vim-rag
39. Rom. 5:9. 2 Cor. 7: 9. Col. 1: the nights, i. e. during the nights, Luke
24. Kai vfiv Acts 3:17. 20: 25.—In 21: 37. vimra Kai illie'pav night and day,
antithesis, win! 5:’ 1 Cor. 13: 13; and so continually, Mark 4: 27. Luke 2: 37.
as preceded by :1, Luke 19:42. John Acts 26: 7. 2 Thess. 3:8. al. -- Xen.
8:40. 1 Cor. 7:14. al. wow) 5:’ after Conv. 4. 54 ring 11. Hiero 7. 10 m'mra xn'Lu.
ci, Rom. 7:17. Heb.8:6. 11:16 al.— b) metaph. for a time of moral and
Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 16. 0. st preced. Hdot. spiritual darkness, the opposite of gos
3. 25. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 14. pel light and day. Rom. 13: 12 1‘, viii
b) as implying that one thing follows 1rpoc’xmI/e. I Thess. 5: 5. AL.
/
now out of another, thus marking a. con Nuoo'm, v. rm, f. £4», to prick, to
clusion, inference, i. q. now then, now pierce, e. g. rbv whzu (iv John 19: 34.—
therefore, i. e. since these things are so. Ecclus. 22: '20. Jos. . J. 3. 7. 35. Plut.
Acts 12: 11 will 015a (1)0160‘: 22: 16 Emil. Paul. 20 pen.
mi vfiv Tt'ifléxhfig‘; I Cor. 14:6 vvvi 5:’.
So vi'w ow Acts 16: 36. 23: 15. inter. Nvd'rotgw, f. Eu, (1151510,) pp. to nod,
rog. Acts 15: 10. viiv t‘ipa Rom. 8: l. hence to slumber, to drowse, intrans.
—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 54 m'lv 05v. Matt. 25: 5 Em'w'raEav 'n'fiaat Kai imiflzv.
0) emphat. in commands and exhor 80v. Trop. 9 Pet. 2: 3. Sept. for W
tations, implying that what is to be done Ps. 181: 3. Nah. 3: 18.—Ecclus. 22: 8.
should be done now, at once, on the Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 43.
spot, comp. Passow vim no. 2. c. Viger. Nuxlimwegov, av, 16, (v6.5, hyépm)
p. 426. So 0. imperat. Matt. 27: 42 a day and night, twenty-four hours, 2
xara€érw m'lv ('vri) r05 o'raupoz'l. v. 43. Cor. ll: 25.—Geopon. 5. 8. 8. ib. l2.
John 2:8. James 4:13 li-y: vfiv. 5: 1. 19. 18. Found only in very late writers,
I John 2:28. Acts7c34 via/Bzflpo—Hom. see Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 186.
ll. 23. 485. Aristoph. Pac. 851. AL. N25, 6, indec. Noah, Heb. '3'“ (rest),
N62, vumro'g, 1‘), night, Lat. nor. pr. n. of the patriarch preserved from
a) pp. Matt. 14: 25 rsrdpry (PUAaIq-l the deluge, Matt. 24: 37, 38. Luke 3:
1'71;- vwcrég. Mark 6: 48. Luke 2: 8. 36. 17=26,27. Heb. 11: 7. 1 Pet. 3:
Rev. 8: 12 min VI‘JE bpolwg. 21: 25. 22. 20. 2 Pet. 2: 5.
5. trop. John 9: 4. Sept. for "@212 Gen. Nwflgo'g, ti, 0,9, (i. q. 11409179,) slow,
1:5. Job 3: 6, 7.—Hdian. 4. 6. 8. Xen. dull, stupid, pp. physically, Ecclus. 4:
Mem. 4. 3. 4.—In specifications of time, 29. Luc. de Astrol. 21. In N. T. trop.
comp. in 'Hpe'pa a. a. Genit. of time of the mind, Heb. 5:11 vwfipoi 7276.
when, indefinite and continued, Buttm. war: mic dxoaig. 6: 12.—Sept. Prov. 22:
§ 133. 6. 4. E. g. vim-roe by night, 29. P01. 4. 8. 5. Plut. Lycurg. 18 med.
Matt. 2: 14,. 27: 64. John a: 2. al.
iype'pac Kai vuxroc by day and by night, N5105, ou, 6, the back, of men or
i. e. continually, Luke 18: 7. Acts 9: animals. Rom. ll: 10 1151' vfirov din-(iv
24. Rev. 4: 8. vvx'rdg not fly. 2 Tim. I: vow-away, quoted from Ps. 69: 24 where
3. (Xen. H. G. l. I. ll. iyfi. x. v. Xen. Sept. for B73132 loins. Sept. for I! l K.
Mem. 2. 2. 8. mm. x. iyp. Conv. 4. 48.) 7: 32. In‘, a K. 17; 14.—Plut. Vit.
ps'o'nc 5c‘ flux-roe Matt. 25: 6. Kurt‘; pz'o'ov Marii 33. Pausan. X. 27. The earlier
rr'yc v. Acts 27: 27. 515; ff); mm; during and more Attic form was r0 vfirov, Lob.
the night, i. e. either the whole night ad Phryn. p. 290.
 n-v l
1151'“!
Esw'a, mg, ,3, (155.10“) pp. guest-right,
alliance of hospitality, hospitium, P01.
33. 16.2. Xen. Ag. 8. 3, 4. comp. Pot
ter's Gr. Ant. II. p. 416 sq. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 446 ; hospitality, entertain
ment, Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8. [E]. V. H. 9. l5.
Dem.81.20. In N.T. placejbr a guest,
a lodging, Acts 28: 3 hxov We; aim‘w sir;
rfiv Ecvlav. Philem. 22.—Jos. Ant. 5.
2. 8 penult. Hesych. Esvla‘ inrodoxr), Christian community, an alien, seq. gen.
xardkupa, Kara-yrbyiov.
EEWZW, f. law, (5009,) 1. to receive the covenants,comp.\Viner§30.6. Buttm.
as a guest, to entertain, trans. Pass. to be
entertained, to lodge with any one. Acts So absol. a stranger, not a Christian,
10: 6 EEl/lzl’fllt rapt’; TU/L Zlpwm [ii/pod.
V. 18,23, 32. 21:16. 28:7 igpfic p010
¢p6vwg EEéywzv. Heb. 13: 2.—Phi 0 de
Abr. p. 368. D. 1E1. V. H. 13. 26. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2. 3 {unveil/reg Hire 1rapi1 Kilprp.
2. to appear strange to any one, to
surprise, trans. Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 4 row 9:61!
EEe'uws rd 1rpar-répsvov. In N. T. Part.
plur. r61 Ewtlovra, strange things, i. e.
novel, surprising, Acts 17:20. 2 Macc.
9: 6. Diod.Sic.l2.53.) Also id. Ewi
Zopat, to be surprised, to think strange of,
seq. dat. of cause or object, 1Pet.4:12 p1‘)
Emma. 17'; iv bpiv 1rupéwu,comp.Winer
s 31. 1. Buttm.§133. 3. a. Soc. C'Vél 1
Pet. 4: 4, comp. in 'Ev no. 3. c. y.—-¢'1rl
TU'I. Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 2. P01. 2. 27. 4.
l— I Q:
Etivoboxiw, W, i. new, (Ecyodoxoc,
from Ez'vog, bixopan) to entertain stran
gers, to practise hospitality, absol. 1 Tim.
5: 10.—Max. Tyr. Diss. 32. 133. Dio
Cass. 78. 3. The Atticists prefer the
form Esuoboxéu, Lob. ad Phr. p. 307.
Eévog, n, at, pp. adj. not of one's
family, stranger. Hence . comp. Buttm. § 101. n. 8; also 3 pers.
1. Subst. 6 Eévog, a guest, stranger.
a) pp. a friend allied in hospitality, hospes,
such an alliance being usual among
friends who lived in different cities or
countries, who then were entertained at
each other’s houses, see Potter's Gr.
Ant. II. p. 416 sq. Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 446. So Rom. 16: 23 Thing 6 £610;
you mi n71; e'xxkno'lac 5km‘, i. 6. here by
impl. mtertainer, host. —— Dem. 194. 19.
Diod. Sic. 17. 47. Xen. An. 3. l. 4.
i I
525 :ngaow
p
:—
p—
b) genr. a stranger, foreigner, as com
ing from another place or country, Matt.
25: 35 Ec'vog 11pm’. v. 38, 43, 44. 27: 7
ti; rérpov ro'ig Ec'votg. Acts l7~: 21 oi e'm
Enpoii we; Ec'voifesident strangers ,foreign
ers. Heb. ll: 13. Sept. for ‘73;, Ruth 2:
IO. 2 Sam. 15:19. "5 J01) 31:32.—Ceb.
Tab. 2. Hdian. 5. 7. 4. Xen. Mem.4. 4.
l7. — Trop. as not belonging to the
Eph.2:12 Ec’vot 163v Biaflrlxd'w, aliensfrom
§ 132. 6. 1. (Soph. (Ed. Tyr. 218 sq.)
Eph. 2: 19. 3 John 5.
2. Adj. strange, i. e. foreign, unknown,
as coming from another country. Acts
17:18 oaipévm Eéva. Trop. Heb. 13:9
orbaxaig Eéyaig, strange doctrines, i. e.
foreign to the Christian faith. -— Wisd.
16:2. El.V.H.Q-l3 Ec'yoibalpovsg. Xen.
Ven.11.l.--Trop. strange, i.e. novel, un
heard of, causing wonder, 1 Pet. 4: l2
dig Ee'vou bpiv avp§aivovroc.—Wisd.19:
5. Luc. Contempl. l3. Diod. Sic. 8.52.
Eéa'rng, 00, b, Lat. seztus 0r sexta
rius, pp. a Roman measure, the 16th
part of a modius, containing about 1}
pint English, but difl'ering in different
countries; comp. in Bi'rrog and Kopog.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 504. Later Heb.
899?, see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 2076.-—-In
N. T. genr. for any small measure or
vessel, cup,pitcher, etc. Mark 7: 4, 8.—
pp. Jos. Ant. 8.2.9. Arr. Epict.l.9.33.
Enew'w, r. awb, (was aor. 1 55;,
pava James 1:11, comp. Buttm. § 101.
4; perl'. pass. c'Ei’lpappat Mark 8: 1,3,
sing. e’Er'lpav-rcu Mark 11: 21, comp.
Buttm.§101.n. 7. -—- To dry, to make
dry, trans. Pass. to be dried up, to be.
come dry. E. g. of plants, Act. to dry
up, to wither, once James 1. 11 b filuog
---E£1'1pavs row xéprov. Pass. to wither
away, Matt. 13: 6 at Mark 4: 6 am 1'1‘: p1)
E’ uv riilav EEnpriven. Matt. 21: 19, 20.
Mark 11:20, 21. Luke 8: 6. Johnl5:6.
1 Pet. 1: 24. In the sense of to be dry,
ripe, as 1') scpwfulg Rev. 14: 15. Sept
 ~
M50;
I
526
for 73;? Jer. 12:4. Hos. 9: 19. —- Dem.
1278.22. Xen.Mem.4.3.8.—Ot fluids,
Pass. to be dried up, Rev. 16:12 r6 1754.)‘).
Mark 5:29 i] ‘my-yr’). Sept. for I521 Gen.
8:7. 1 K. 17:7. Is.19:5.— Of the
body or its members, Pass. to wither, to
pine away, Mark 3: l EEqpappe'vrlv E'Xwv
11):’ Xsipa. v. 3. 9: 18 Kai. Enpalverat, and
he pineth away. Sept. and =53: l K. 13:
4. Prov. 17: 22.—Act. Thom. § 48.
Eflgog, 02, 6v, dry. a) of a tree,
dry, withered, Luke 23:31 :1 iv r43 il'ypy'i
Eilhlp rat'lra 1rowi7aw, e'v Tl; Enpyi n’ yin/r;
fat,‘ i.e. a green or dry tree as emblem
atic of the righteous and the wicked,
comp. Ps. 1: 3. Ez. 20:47 coll. 21:3.
Sept. for ‘5;: Is. 56: 3. E2. 17: 24.—
Diod. Sic. 20. 42. Xen. (Ec. 7. 36.—Of
the body or its members, John 5: 3. i7
xclp Matt. 12:10. Lulte 6:6, 8. Comp.
Sept. for Heb. PP'B Hos. 9: 17. [in the
Heb. 14.]—Test. XII Patr.p.535 hxu'p.
b) 1', Eqpti so. 717, the dry land, as opp.
t0 fisdhaaaa, Matt. 23:15. I'Ieh. 11:29.
So Sept. and "35;: Gen. 1: 9, 10. Jonah
l:9.—Strabo 3. p. 211.
El'mwos, n, or, (at...) wooden,
made ofwood. 2 Tim. 2: 20 and") El’)
hwa. Rev. 9: 20. Sept. for gen. ‘(2 Lev.
ll: 32. Deut. 10: l.-—Hdian. 4. 7. 8.
Xen. An. 5. 2. 5.
Et'fitoll, 011, 16, (Sin-1,) wood, i. e.
a) gem. for fuel, timber, etc. 1 Cor.
3: l2 M60119 nplovg, Ei/Xa,xtiprov. Rev.
18: 12 bis,see in Gl'fivog. So Se t. and
‘(2 Gen. 22:3, 6 sq. -— )El. V. . 5. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 5. a. 4.9.
IO, 7;, ‘2'0’, gen. 1017, rfic, r017, see
Buttm. § 75. 2, originally a demonstm.
tive pronoun, this, that, but in Attic and
later usage mostly a prepositive article,
the; Buttm. <, 126. 1. Matth. 264,§ 286.
Passow Vol. III. p. 274.
I. As a demonstrative pronoun, this,
that, Buttm. Matth. Passow l. c. Winer
<; 20.
a) simpl. once in the words cited
from the poet Aratus, Acts 17: 28 1'01":
7519 ml ye'vov; Eapz'v, for of nus om;
'0, i, “r6
b) any thingtmade of wood, e. g. (a)
a stqm club, as para paxatpfiy Kai EIIIXUV
Matt. 26:47,55. Mark l4:43,48. Luke
22: 52.—Jos. B. J. 5. 3. 1. Hdian. 7. 7.
B. Dem. 645. 16.—([3) stocks, Lat. ner
vus, a wooden block or frame with holes
in which the feet and sometimes the
hands and neck of prisoners were con
fined, comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 272.
Acts 16 :24 roih; midag GI’ITti-tl' fiaepahlaaro
etc To {Mom Sept. for ‘"9 Job 33: 11.—
Luc. Tox. 29 rt‘: axe'hn iv r9’; EM? xa'rn
xzxkuape'va' Lys. 117. 32. Plut. ed. R.
VIII. p. 361. 4. — (y) a stake, cross,
1. q. araupdg, Acts 5:30 et 10:39 Kpe
;u'wavrec 5'1r1 Eilhov. 13: 29. Gal. 3: 13
see in 'E'lrmardparog. 1 Pet. 2: 24. so
Sept. and ‘y’! Deut. 21: 22,23. Esth.
5:14. comp. Josh. 10: 26,27.
c) living wood, i.e. a tree. Luke 23:
31 iv r143 il-ypqi 56M‘), see in Enpiic a. Rev.
2:7 E. rfig Zwfig, see in Zun'] a. 22: 2
bis, 14. Sept. for ‘(2 Gen. 1211,12. 2:
9.-Palaeph. 34. 4. Xen. An. 6. 4.
4,5.
59502”, 5, l‘. 1'/au,(Evpov, 51510,) to
shear, to shave, sc. the looks or beard.
Mid. Acts 21: 24 't'va Evpr'lo'wv'rat rr‘lv xe
¢a)\1’1v, that they may shear their heads,
i. e. let them be shorn, comp. Buttm. §
135. 8. Pass. part. fem. e'Evpnpe'm 1C0r.
11: 5, 6. Sept. for hip Gen. 41. 14.
Num. 6: 9, 19.—Diod. Sic. 1. 83. Pol.
30. 16. 3. Hdot. 2. 65. Some of the
grammarians regard Eupe'w as the better
form, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 205.
(him) we are also the qfi‘syn'ing. Buttm.
§ 126. n. 7. Matth. § 286.—H0m. ll. 1.
12. Soph. (Ed. Tyr. 1082 rfic yap 11'5
¢vxa pq'rpdg. Xen. Ath. 2. B.
b) in distinctions and distribution with
pév, 55', e. g. b pill—6 5a’, the one—the
other, that one--this one. Phil. 1: 16, 17
oi ,us‘l' L'E ('ryd'lmg-“oi Be‘ 55 Epiflet'ag. Heb.
7: 5,6 oi pe‘vn-b 5:’. v.23, 24. So (118
tributively, one—another,- plur. some—
others. Matt. 13: 23 b pc‘v sway, b 5:‘
ifilxowra. 22: 5,6. oi lue‘v-uoi he’ Acts
 i r I . ,
or '7, 70 527 ‘O, 7;, ‘TO
14: 4. 17:32. 28:24. fbic pe‘v-nro'ig 62' A) With Substanlives, or words stand
Rom. 2: 7, 8. rod; pew-"Tour; 5i Eph. 4: ing for substantives.
11. Also oi pew—(1)010: 5:’ Matt. 16: 14. 1. simply, i. e. without adjectives or
John 7: 12. ml rwcg—oi Be’ Acts 17: 18. other adjuncts, where the subst. is to be
See Buttm. § 126. 2, and n. 4. Matth. expressed as definite or speczfic.
§ 288, and n. 6. Winer § 20. 1. — So a) gem. where the subst. refers to a
Matt. 28: 17 oi 5:‘ e'diaraaav, but some person or thing as well known i. e. either
doubted, i. e. in antith. to all as impl. in as already mentioned, or as of common
1rpocex6yno’av. See Fritzsche Comm. notoriety. So in English. E. g. (a)
in 100. as already mentioned, Matt. 1: 24 .5 (‘i7
c) in the narrative style, a 65' is used ychoc, coll. v. 20. Matt. '2: 7 rod;- ,uri
by way of transition to another person youc, coll. v. 1. Matt. 5: 1 roug- b'Xhouc,
or party already mentioned, without a coll. 4: 25. Matt. 13: 25, 26 ‘r017 crime,
preceding 6 pc'v, but this one, i. e. but he, a xtip'rog‘, rd (item, so. there spoken of.
and he, etc. Matt. 2: 5 at 5:‘ ehrov. 16: V. 30. (But V. 27 Zizdvia indef.) 19:
14. Mark 8: 28 ol 5:‘ drrrxplflncav. 14. Mark 5: 39. Matt. 21: 18 rig 'rfiv
Luke 7: 40 a 65' 9mm. 8:30, 48. John mihw i. e. Jerusalem. but in John 4: 8
6:20. 8: 11. a1. seep. So with a parti etc 'rfiv 1r. i. e. Sichem. Acts 9: 17 etc
ciple intervening, Matt. 2: 9 oi 5:‘ vii-0|’: 'rfiv oim'av, coll. v. 11. So by impl. Matt.
aavrzg . . . inopu'lflrlcrav. v. 14:, 21 a 55‘ 2: 11, 0011. v. 9. a1. saepiss. Buttm. § 124.
Eyeptieig 1rd c'hage 1.‘. mudlov. 4: 4 6 5:‘ l. Matth. § 267. \Viner § 17. l. b. —
diroxpigeig e we. v. 20. I2: 39. Mark 1: ([3) As of common notoriety. Matt. 1:22
45. Luke 6: 8. John 8: 9. a1. saep. See 3:1‘: r05 1rp 1'11'01), sc. Isaiah, but 2: 15
Buttm. s 126. 4.. Matth. z; 289 ult. Wi 316: r. 1r. osea. Matt. 2: 4 row? M1017
ner § 20. 2.—Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 9. Xen. i. e. the Jewish people. 2: 7 roii naihiov,
An. 2. 3. 2. 0. part. Jos. B. J. 4. 11. 1. sc. for which the Magi were inquiring.
II. As the prepositive article, orig. 5: 1 ii; To 5pm, i. e. near by. 5: 25 iv
inally a demonstrative as above, but n’; 65.5,“. to the judge. 9: 28 :1;- n‘1v
having its demonstrative power gradual lm'av, i. e. where he was to lodge. 8: l2
ly softened down so as simply to mark 6 Khan/9,1169 ml. 6 fipu'ypog 75W 55. sc.
an object as definite or specific. It corre which are well known as belonging to
sponds in many respects to the English that place. 12: 41 iv Ti] xpldsi, i. e. the
the, and French la, la, but more nearly day ofjudgment. 21:8 d-rro r6311 iii/Spray,
to the Germ. der, die, das; though it which grew there. 13: 2 rd whoiov,
is sometimes used where we still say which was there, or which he had be
this, often where we employ no article, spoken. 26:27 To worfiptov, sc. usually
and sometimes even where we put the served at table. Mark 2: 24 et 3: 2211
indefinite a, an. Usually it is omitted m7; miéfiaaw, i. e. on a certain sabbath,
where the English omits it. The usage But Matt. 12:2 511 ouggdnp indef.)
of languages varies much in respect to uke 5: 14 Tl; iepe'i, i. e. the proper priest.
their articles; and in Greek especially, v. 16 15v 1117;; Epr'lluoig, sc. near the city.
the usage seems in many cases never 12:54 n‘1v rape/hm’, the harbinger of
to have become fixed, but to have been rain. 16: 21 at Kin/Lg, so. of that city.
left to the taste and judgment of the John 3: 10 6 Etadoxahog ‘rm-1 'Io'p. (see
writer or speaker; as is also in some Winer § 17. 4. p. 98.) 13: 5 etc row in.
measure the case with our English the. m-fipa, which belonged to the chamber.
Further, to the writers of the N. T. the 21: 20 iv n13 brim/q), coll. 13:23 sq. Acts
use of the Heb. article '2') was ver 11: 13 6 ('i-y-yehoc, coll. 10:3. Acts 21:
nacular; and this could ardly fail to 38 6 Ai'yi'nr'riog, 1. q. in Engl. that Egg/p
impart a shade of colouring to their tian. Rom. 4: 3 1‘, 'ypazpr'l, the Scriptures.
mode of employing the article in Greek; 5: l5 oi 1ro>\)\oi, the many, the great
though probably not to such an extent mass etc. 1 Cor. 10: 1, 2 in 1-[1 vupz'lty
as is often supposed. See Buttm. § 124 Kai e'r Tij sahdo'a , i. e. the pillar of
sq. Matth. § 264-285. Passow Vol. cloud and the Red Sea. James 2: 25
III. p. 275 sq. Winer § 17 sq. Stuart rm); d'y-yc'hovc, the spies sent by Joshua.
Gramm. of N. T. § 89 sq. Rev. 5: 13 1'9") dpvlq: i] siiho'yia not i"
 'O, 7}, 115 528 '0, r}, 1'6
11,41) mi 1'] 565a x. r. A. i. e. the glory names of countries take the article
etc. which belongs to God and none more frequently than those of cities,
other. Rom. 11:36. al. saapiss. Winer Winer§ 17. 7. Generally also where
§ 17. 1. Buttm. § 124. n. 2 ult. Matth. § two or more names follow each other,
267.—Here however it often depands on only the first takes the article, as Matt.
the feeling of the writer, whether the 4: 25 mini rfig PaXLXalag xai Asxmr. xai.
object shall be expressed as definite or 'Ispomxal 'Imloaiuc x. r. 7\. Luke 3: 1.
not: as Matt. 12: l rlMuv aréxuac, i.e. Acts 1:6. 2:9. 6:9. 9: 31. 14:91. 1
some ears, indef. but Mark 2: 23 et Thess. 1:8. But see Acts 2: 9 n‘yv 'Am'av,
Luke 6:1 riMsw rotic an'ixuac sc. of and l Thess. l: 7. — Spec. (1) Names
the grain just before mentioned. Mark of countries, as 1" ‘Asia Acts 19: 10,22,
6: 8 't'va juldc‘v a'ipuo'w sig 656:’ i. e. for 26, 27, and so always except Acts 6: 9.
journeying, for this or any other journey; 1 Pet. 1: 1, by the above rule. 1'; ‘Axum
but Luke 9: 3 eig n‘p/ 656v, i. e. for this Acts 18: 12, 27, and usually; but with.
journey. out art. 2 Cor. 9:2. 7‘; I‘ahan'a 1 Cor.
b) with proper names of persons, 11: 1. Gal. 1:2; without art. 2 Tim. 4:
places, etc. Here the usage is various, 10. i] Pahtkala Matt. 2: 22. 4: 12, and
and seems to depend mostly on the will so always except Matt. 4: l5, and Luke
of the writer, or on some special idiom. 17:11. Acts 9: 31, by preced. rule. 1'!
(1.1) Of persons, as 1') 'Irlaofic, Matt. 3: 'IouEala Matt. 2: l, 5, and so always
13, 15, and so almost universally in except Matt. 4:25. Acts 2: 9, by preced.
Matthew, and generally in the other rule. 1') 'I-raAla Acts 18:2 and always.
gospels, but less frequently elsewhere ; 1'; Kz’nrpog Acts 13: 4. 21: 3; without art.
also ai/rdg 1'; 'Inaofig Luke 24: 15; with 15:39. 1‘) Makcdovia Acts 16: 10. 19:
out art. e. g. 'Inaoz'lc Luke 2: 52. 4: 1. 21; without art. 16. 9. 1 Cor. 16:5. al.
1 John 2: 22. al. saap. b 'Iunivw’g Matt. 2'] Eupia Matt. 4: 24. Acts 18: 18; with
3: 13. 11:]; without art. Matt. 3:4. 9: out art. Acts 21: 3. The name A‘i-yv
14. 11:2, 4. ('2 l'Iihc'irog Matt. 27: 13, 1rroc never has the article. _ Comp. in
17, 22, and so more usually; but with Eng]. the Crimea, the Deklzan, Germ.
out art. Luke 13:1. 23:6. Acts 13:28: die Turkey, die Sc/zweilz, Fr. la France,
6 Han-Mo: Acts 14:11, 19. 15:2; with In Suisse,la Prusse, etc. Comp. Winer
out art. 13: 16. 15:36. al. 6 Hm'Aoe l.c.-—(2) Names of cities have the
ml 6 Bapvégac Acts 13: 43, 46; with article least frequently, espec. after the
out art. 15:2, 12, 25. :. Erérpavog Acts prep. iv, :19, Ex. E. g. 1‘; 'Avrwxu'a only
6:9. 7:59. 8:2; without art. 6: 5, 8. Acts 15: 23. 1‘) Aapaaxéc only Acts 9:
al. saepiss. So before the compound 3. 22:6; once sic rfiv A. 261 12. 1']
pr. n. for Jehovah, Rev. 1: 4 (imi roi 6 "Educaogonly Acts 18:21. 19:17. 20:16.
Jay ml 6 iv 1:. r. X. Where the proper z'v r079 'Izpoaoh'ipmg twice John 5: 2.
name has an adjunct of title, office, 10: 2'2. 1'] 'Ispova’nh'lp. once Acts 5: 28.
c. adj. Gal. 4:25, 26. 1'] KGTI'EPYGOIIIF
family, etc. the article is omitted, as
'Iun'iwqg 6 Bmrrwrfig Matt. 31 1. Mark once Luke 4: 23. 1') Na'CapéO twice
8'. 28. HLAI’IT? r9.) fryepo'w. Matt. 27: 2. Matt. 4: 13. Luke 4:16. 1‘1'1’61 r) twice,
'Idxwgov rdv ddshpdv 1'01? Kupiou Gal. 1: Acts 18: 2 in riic 'P.28: 14. 50 Hdian.
19. Ziywv 6 Kavavlrng Matt. 10: 4. l. 6. 14, but often without art. see
Acts 18: 8, 17. al. sazp. Where the pr. Irmisch Index ad Hdian. Topoc has
name is indeclinable, the article would not the art. in N. T. but 1', Tt'lpoc Hdian.
seem to be more necessary, in order to 3. 3. 6. Comp. Winer l.c.—-(3) Names
mark the case; but usage is here equally of rivers take the art. as in Eng]. 0. g.
variable, e. g. b ’Iwm’1¢ Matt. 1: 18, 24; 6 'IopBémg. the Jordan, always, Matt. 3:
without art. Luke 2: 33. 4:22. rdv 5, 6. a1. ('2 Einppc'lrng Rev. 16: 12. 1‘.
AaGZE Acts 13:22. Matt. 22: 42; usually adj. 9: 14. So Hdian. 6. 5. 23.—Names
without art. Matt. 1:20. Mark 2:25. of mountains do not occur in N. T. ex.
al. seep. Comp. the genealogies in Matt. cept in connexion with n) z‘ipog, see in
1: 1 sq. Luke 3:23 sq. Buttm. § 124. 'EAaIa a, and Bird. Names of nations
3. Winer § 17. 8.—-(fl) With geograph belong properly under d, below.—The
ical names; where as a general rule rule has been laid down for geographical
 :0 '1 I
'0, 7i: 76 52$) i 4) To

names, that where first mentioned they are 1. 10. 15.) d oilpawig, oi ol'lpavot', Matt.
without the article, but take it afterwards: 3: 2, 16, and usually in the Gospels and
but the converse of this is just as often Apocalypse; without art. Matt. 5:45.
true. E. g. Acts 17: 10 ii; Bépotav, v. 13 6: 20. 1 Cor. 8: 5, and more usually in
iv r5 B. Acts 20: 15 etc Mlknrov, v. 13 the epistles. 1‘; yfi Matt. 5: 13,18; with
am) rfig M. But also ib. v. 13, 14. eig n)» out art. 1 Pet. 3: 5, 10. Acts 17: 24. al.
'Aa'oov, comp. v. 16,18; also 17: 1, 11, So mio'pog, Scihao'aa, peorlpgpla, vi/E,
13. 18: 1 et 19:1. See too Kaw'upeia. etc. comp. Winer § 18. p. 108 sq. (em:
c) with nouns implying a person or Karagokfig xéopou always without art.
thing as alone or monadic, either as pre Matt. 13:35. al.) Also 1‘, ayopri Matt.
eminent above all others, or as alone 20:3. Acts 16:19; but Mark 7:4 c'uro
existing: thus approaching the nature d'yopig, comp. EngLfi-om market. Luke
of a proper name, and sometimes pass. 7: 32. a vopog the law of Moses, Matt.
ing over into one. E. . a Xpwro'c 5:18. 22:36. John 1: 17; without art.
the Christ, the Messiah, Matt. 1: l7. 2: Rom. 2: 23. 3: 20, 21, 31. Gal. 2:21.
4, and so almost always Where it Stands 3: 2. al. roii (17pm? Matt. 6: 28, 30; but
alone; without the art. as a pr. name aw‘ ti'ypm'l as opp. to the city, Mark 15:
very rarely in the Gospels and Acts, as 21. Luke 15: 25. Comp. Winer 1. 0.—
Luke 23: 2. John 9: 22; but oftener in So with abstract nouns, in respect to
the Epistles, Rom. 5: 6. 6: 4. 1 Cor. 1: which languages vary, e. g. in Eng],
17, 23. (Winer § 17. 4. n. 1.) 6 11169 virtue always without art. but truth or
701-! 9501') v. r017 til/Optimal), see in T169. the truth,- Germ. usually die Tugend,
('1 Brdc'wxakog Mark l4: 14. So a 511': die Wabrbeit, French Ia oertu, la verité,
gohog the devil, m1" Eioxr'pl Matt. 4: 1, 5, rarely without the article; while the
8, and always except Acts 13: 10, comp. Greek inserts it or also omits it where
1 Pet. 5: 8. z. Trowlplic the evil one Matt.no ambiguity can arise. E. g. i; 119m’,
6: l3. l3: 19, 25. odl'rt'xpwrog 1 John 2 Pet. 1: 5 bis; without art. v. 3. 1'7
2: l8. 6 wupéi'wv l Thess. 3: 5. a 1.7.11", Rom. 13: 10 bis. 1 Cor. 13: 4,8;
Sal/arc; Rev. 6: 8. 20:13, 14. b (‘trim/90¢ without art. v. 2, 3. 2 Cor. 2:8. 1‘,
Rev. 8: 11. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4. An. éfiapn'a Rom. 5: 12. 6: 1, 2,17,18;
6.6. 7.) 6 Sagan-rig, Auyustus pp. tile without art. Rom.3:9, 20. 5: 13. al.
august, Acts 25: 21,25. Comp. Winer i! slKtltOtl’ftl'rl Rom. 5: l7. 6: 18, 19, 20;
§ 17. 6.‘ ' Matth. § 268.—The names of without art. Rom. 4: 9. 5: 21. 9: 30. al.
God, 956:; and Kitptog, (the latter also i) m'ong Rom. 3: 30,31. 4: 9; without
of Christ,) often have the article, but art. Actsfi:5. Rom. 1:17. 3:28. al. etc.
more frequently omit it, espec. in the etc. See also Matt. 15:19. Gal. 5: 19
oblique cases; see in 0.69 a, and K6910; sq. Col. 3:8. Comp. 1V1atth.§ 264. p.
B. a, b. The name war/[p applied to 545. Winer§ 18. l. Buttm. § 124. n. 3.
God has usually the art. and a genitive, d) with nouns implying a definite
but also simply a war/pp Matt. 28: 19. genus or class of individuals, distinct
Luke 10: 22; also Taps. rarpog John 1: from all others, Matth. §264. p. 544.
14. So 1:) 1rreiilua and n) m'st'rpa ('i'yuw, Winer § 17. l. c. E. g. (a) gem. in
almost as pr. 11. Matt. 28: 19. Acts 1: Plnr. ai c'rM’m-ucrg Matt. 8: 20. oi dcroi
8. 10:19. Rom. 15:30. 1 Cor. 2: 24: 28. So at vsxpoi the dead Matt. 14:
10. 2 Cor. 13: 3; without art. 1 Pet. 1: 2. 22:31. Mark 12:26. 1 Cor. 15:29,
2. ActsS: 15. 1 Cor. l2: 3. Jude 2!). 42; but more frequently also without
See Winer .5 18. p. 108, 110.—Buttm. the article, espec. in connexion with
§ 124. n. 11.—Also with nouns or names words referring to a rising from the
of single objects, concrete or abstract, dead, as e'ysipew, avaorfivai, c’wc'rrao'rg,
where also the article is often omitted etc. Matt. 17: 9. Luke 24: 46. Acts 3:
when they are otherwise so definite 15. Rom. 10:7. al. (oi v. Luc. Necyom.
that no ambiguity can arise. E. g. a 17. D. Mort. 17.2. without art. D. Mort.
fihwc Matt. 13:43. Mark 1: 32; with 3. l. ib. 20. 3.) Here belong also the
out art. Matt. 13: 6. Luke 21:25; and plural names of nations, which take the
so too z'urr) dvarahfig r'lMou Rev. 7: 2. article as generic, e. g. oi 'IovBaIm the
16: 12. al. (2E1. V. H. 4. 1. Xen. An. Jews, i. e. the whole nation, Matt. 2: 2.
2 I.
 l e I
‘O: 7i, 7'6 530 O, 11, 71>
Luke 7:3. John 5:1; sometimes also So as connected by oiirs 1 Cor. 3: 7.
spoken of certain individuals or a par VViner§ 18. 3. (Diod. Sic. 1.50. Plato
ticular class as representing the whole, Charmid. 17 init. or p. 160. B, ra Tor‘:
Mark 7: 3. John 2: 18, 20; but 'Iovsa'im 'rdxovg rs Kai rfig (Kin-mac.) But some
Jews indet'. Acts 2: 5, 10. So oi‘EMqveg times the article is here omitted, espec.
John 7: 35. oi PPwlualot John ll: 48.—
where the nouns express kindred ideas,
(B) In the Sing. where the noun ex Col. 2: 22 n‘: Evrdhpara Kai Bi5aaxahlac
presses a generic idea, or stands as the nil/(‘0169. Luke 1: 6. 14:23. 23: 49.
representative of a class, where in Eng Rev. 5: 12.—Plato Rep. 9. p. 586. E,
lish also we commonly put the. Matt. rfi c’vrwrr’lliy Kai )td-ylp. de Legg. p. 784.
12: 35 1') 670.960; livtipumogn-Kai 6 row) -_(,3) If the nouns are of the same
pdc. Mark 3: 27. Luke 10: 7 oz'p'yoi'rnc. gender, but express different and inde
John 10: ll .3 aroiphv 6 xakég. Rom. 1: pendent objects, the article is repeated,
l7 1': 50.11109. Gal. 3: 20. 4.: 1. Here as hiark 2: 16 oi 'ypaFIua-rz'ig xai oi ‘1N1
too we may refer 6 mru'pwv the sewer pwami. v- 18. 01 pafiqrai r017 'Iwiiwou
Matt. 13: 3. Mark 4: 3. Also e'1ri 'rP/v Kai oi @apwaioz. 12: 13. Luke 1: 58
1re'1'pav, i'lri HIV (‘i/44011, Matt. 7: 24,26. 11:39. 12:11. 23: 4. Acts 6: 4.. Rev.
Comp. Buttm. § 124. n.2.-—Xen. Mem. 22: 1. al. saep. So with rz—mi, Acts
2.3. 16 bis—For participles in a similar 17: 10, 14. al. Also where the art. is
sense, see below in D. necessary for distinctness, as 1 Cor. l;
e) with nouns in themselves indefi 28. See Winer § 18. 5.—Diod. Sic. ].
nite, which yet become definite as stand 30 31a n‘yv druipiav xai rfiv omit/w x. 'r. X.
ing in some certain relation to the defi Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 2. Ath. 1. 41.—('7) But
nite person or thing there spoken of, if the nouns be of the same gender and
Buttm. § 124,. n. 2. § 127.7. Winer § 17. stand in near relation to each other, the
2. E. g. Luke 18: 15 rd Bpéqtn i. e. article is more commonly not repeated.
their own children. John 5: 36. Acts E. g. when they all are parts of one
14,: 10 eiire ,ueydhp n'; (pawl-y. 26: 24. general idea, of a whole, etc. Mark
(Luc. Saturn. 3. Diod. Sic. L83.) lCor. 15: l oi c’ipxitpzig peril rd'w 1rpso§vr€pwv
11:5 r'maraxah'mrp Ti] Kupaitfl, so in xai ypapparéwv, where the elders and
Eng]. with the head uncovered, i. e. her scribes stand as one division over against
head. Heb. 7: 24. Rev. 4.: 7.--The de the priests. Luke 14.: 3,21. Phil. 2: 17.
finiteness of such nouns is often strength Col. 218,19. 1 Tim. 4". 7. lPet. 2: 25.
ened by the genit. of a pronoun, e. g. al. (Plato Phaedo p. 78. B, up“ ILE‘I’ aw’
Matt. 3: 4 d 'Iuzivvnc six: rd Evavpa retkwn. rs Kai a'vvBi-np iii/n x. 1'. h. Hdot.
GI'ITOI-I. Mark 8: 17. John 19: 2. Rev. l. 65 fin. Matth. § 268. n. l.) ()r where
2: 18. So 11) 5mm ain-m'; Matt. 1:21, a noun is added for nearer explanation,
23. Luke 1: 13. al.—Theophr. Char. Col. 3: 17 six. rqi Gut? Kai niarpi'. Eph.
It or 19. El. H. An. 13. 15 o’Ai-yqv 1:3. Phil. 4:20. 2 Pet. 1: 11. 2:20. al.
i'xei rfiv OI'JPCIU'. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 4 6,101’
Or where with the first noun and its
av 'raTg doi'lhaig six: n‘1v ioOfirca—The article there is connected 9. genit. or other
article may also be omitted before such adjunct which refer also to the second,
nouns, when otherwise definite, as 1 Phil. 1: 25 sic 71);’ i415»! 1rpo|co1rfiv Kai
Tim. 2: 8 e'mripovrac oo'iovg xe'ipac. 2 Xape'u/ 1'. 1r. 1 Thess. 2: l2. 3: 7. Eph.
Pet. 2: l4. Winer § 18. 2. 3: 5. Acts 1: 25 'rfic slauoviac rain-m;
f) where two or more nouns in the Kai d'rroo'rohfig. Winer § 18. 4. (El.
same case are connected by nu’ etc. if the H. An. 7. 29. Diod. Sic. l. 86 fin.) Or
first have the article, the second takes where the nouns thus connected are
or omits it in certain circumstances, viz. adjectives or other predicates referring
(a) If the nouns are of diti'erent genders to one subject, Acts 3: 14. basic rov fiywv
the article is by rule repeated, as Matt. Kai Eit'awv r’lpvr’luaafle. 2: 20. Mark 9:
15:4 ripa rd)’ mrrc'pa Kai rfiv fnp'e'pa. 25. John 21: 24.. Phil. 3:3. I Thess. 2:
v. 5. Matt. 8: 26. Luke 14: 26. Acts 15. So with (Mk6. John 10: 1. (El. H.
13: 50 ‘rag ccgopz'vac 'yuvaixag Kai An. 2. 32. Diod. Sic. 3. 27.) Also in
relic 1rpdar0v¢ K- r. h. 15: 20. Rom. 8: pr. names, when they all stand in like
9. 1 Cor. 2: 4. Eph. 2: 3. Col. 2: 13. al. relation, Acts 1: 13. 15:23.
 f ’ 0 f l

' 0: 7.”, 7'0’ 531 O, n, so,

g) with the subject or predicate of a 264. now—El. H. An. 3. 23 ain'a 1'06

sentence; here a common rule is, that raw 4560:: c'ryuflr'l. Isocr. ad Demon. p.
the subject takes the article and the 8. B, “My Shaaupdc 1rap' hy6pi o‘rrou
predicate omits it, Matth. § 264. n. p. sally xéprc 6¢eahopévm
546. Winer 17. 5. But this is true only h) with a noun in the nominative,
in so far as the former is more frequently where it stands for the vocative, Winer
definite than the latter; and the case §29. Matth. \5 312. Buttm. § 33. n. 4.
may be inverted ; or both may be defin § 45. 1. Matt. 27: 29 xaipe, 6 flamhuig
ite or indefinite ; so that strictly speak r. ‘I. Mark 9: 25. 10: 47 6 11169 A. EM’
ing the subject and predicate as such rlativ ‘us. Luke 8: 54 1'7 1ra7¢,c"yu'p0v.
neither take nor reject the article, but 19: 32. John 8:10. Acts 13:41. Rom.
are governed in respect to it by the 8: 15. al. — Plato Symp. p. 172. A.
same principles as other nouns. E. g. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 4.
(a) The subject takes the article, but 2. With nouns as accompanied by
not the predicate. John 1: 1 9:6; 6v 6 adjuncts. Here the use of the article
A6709. 4: 24 ‘II’YEI-IIJG. 6 9:69. 6:63 1'6 depends on the detiniteness of the noun,
fir'lluura ‘n'l'EI-I'tt’l e'a'rt Kai Zuni e'zrrw. either in itself, or as affected by the ad
Rom. 6: 21, 23. 1 John 3:15. 4: 8 6 junct. The adjunct may stand before
9:6; 676m; Eo-n’v. So Luke 1: 35. al. the noun, i. e. between it and the article,
saepiss—(B) Both subject and predicate if it have one; or also after the noun,
have the article. E. g. Matt. 6: 22 6 and then if the noun have an article,
M'Jxvoc r06 064101-69 ianv 6 dotiahpu'g. this may be repeated before the adjunct,
John 1: 4 1'] (my) 1711/ 1'6 (#619 ré'w drop. 6: or not, according to circumstances. See
as. 1 Cor. 15:56. 2 Cor. 3; 17 a 535‘ Buttm. <> 125.
Ki/pwg r6 1rys6'uc't e'arw. Phil. 3: 19 (by a) c. Subst. as adjunct, either in the
6 916g 1‘, xodtla. 1 John 2: 7. 3:4 1', genit. or in apposition. (a) In the genit.
lipapria e'a-riv r', 6vopi’a. Rev. 18: 23. al. and here each noun, both the leading
szep. So Matt. 13: 19—23, where the and the governed, takes or omits the
subject c. art. is repeated by 06mg. art. according to the general rules in
Comp. Matth. Winer l. c. — ('y) The no. 1 above. E. g. between the art. and
predicate has the article, where the sub noun, 1 Pet. 3:20 1') r06 9cm": paxpotiu
ject is without it. E. g. where the sub pin. 2 Pet. 3: 20; here the two articles
ject is a proper name, 1 John 4: l5. 3: stand side by side, comp. Buttm. § 125.
1, 6; or a pronoun, as £76, John 6: 51 2. More freq. the gen. is put last, as
670': sip: 6 c‘iprog. Acts 7: 32. 6,1159, 2 Matt. 3: 2 1‘, fiamket'a r6311 otlpawiv. 3: 1
Col’. 3: 2 h s'rrwroh) iuui'w illusig Ears. 6y rip e’pr'yiup 'rfic 1006. v. 3 n)»- 63611 Ku
Matt. 5; 13, 14.. 06mg, Matt. 3; 17 piou. 6: 22. step. Here the art. is some
061-6; e'a‘rw 6 viéc you x. r. A. Mark 6: 3. times for the sake of emphasis repeated,
John 1: 19 (161-1, éo-riv t‘; paprvpia x. r. A. as Matt. 26: 28 1'6 alfu't you 76 rfic Km.
Acts 4:11. 1 Cor. 11:24, 25. So where viig 5ra0r'lxrlc. Mark 14:24. 1 Cor. 1:
the predicate is a participle with the 18 6 )ui'yoc 6 roii araupoii. Winer § 19. i.
article, the subject being still a pronoun, Buttm. § 125. n. 2. Matth. § 978. —
e. g. 676: sip: 6 paprvpu'w John 8: 18. oi: Plat. Gorg. p. 481. E, 6 Bfipog 6 ‘Min.
‘yap iuseic s'ors oi Xahm'lyrec Matt. 10: vellum—Where the leading noun is
20. 06mg Mark 4: 16. John 9: 8. readily understood from the connexion,
e'xflvoc Mark 7: 15. So Luke 8: 21, it is very commonly omitted, and then
where the subject without the art. is re its article stands alone before the geni
peated by 06mg. Once the predicate tive of the adjunct: so espec. the words
has two nouns, one without and the 'yvvt], iu'rrnp, raic, 016e, dhshqidc, etc.
other with the article, John 8: 44 (in Comp. Buttm. § 125. 4, 5. E. g. Matt.
4186671); z'arl, Kai 6 1ranjp ain'ou'; sc. 1'06 1:6 s'r rfic r06 Oilpiov SC. 'yvvatmic 4:
\Pex'lfioug, see in Al'lrlig‘ I. 2. b.——(E) But 21 1'61! rot-I Zsgcaaiov so. old”. In N. T.
sometimes both subject and predicate this occurs mostly in apposition, see
are without the article, Matt. 20: 16 below.—(fi) In apposition, and here the
1mlthoi yép riot Khrrroi, 6M'yot 5:‘ Eden-oi. leading noun takes or omits the art. as
22: 14.' \Viner§ 17. 5 ult. Matth.§ in no. 1; while with the adjunct the
2 L 2
 IO If I
) 77; '70, 532
article is inserted or omitted, according
as the latter is or is not intended to dis
tinguish theleading noun from all others
of the like kind or name, comp. Matth.
§ 274. Winer § 19. 3. E. g. Rom. 8:
23 viotimlav d-rrexdsxdlusvot, rrlv (‘uroM'l
'rpwa'w rm“) a'thparoz; 11min’. John 16: 13
('J'Tav 5' {Min ixeivog, r.) 1rvsiipa. x. 1'. A.
More usua ly with pr. names, which
then themselves commonly omit the art.
as Matt. 2: 1, 3 'Hpdadng 6 Bao'ihsilg. 3:
l ’Iwr'wv1]g 1': Bu'n'na'ri'g. 4: 21 'Iwcivvqv
row ddzhqxiv ain'm'l. ‘2] : 11 ‘11100179 ('1 7rpo‘
qh'rrrjg. ‘27: 2. Mark 10: 47. Acts 21: 8.
25: 13. Eph. 3: 1. al. saep. (Hdot. l.
107. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 2.) Here too the
article often stands without its substan
tive, see above in a, fin. Matt. 10:2
'Idxwgoc a To?) ZcéeEaiov sc. vidg, v. 3.
Mark 2: 14. 16: 1 Maple: i] 1'05 'Iaxdigou
sc. pip-179. comp. 15:40. (also Mupia
Tat-46011 Luke 24: 10. comp. Acts 1:
13.) John 19:25 M. 1'; r06 Kkwirfi sc.
yuw'l. Acts 13:22. al. Comp. Matth.
l. c.—Hdot. 7. 204. Xen. An. 3. 3. 20.
—-But where the noun in apposit. is not
thus meant for definite distinction, it
omits the article, as Luke 2: 36 "Aura
1rpotpi'1rtg, suyc'rrqp tllavoviflt. 3: l Ttgfl
piov Kaiaapog, comp. Vvinel‘ § 19. 3.
Acts 6: 5 bis. 7: 10 (Papa!) ,Barnhe'wg.
Matt. 12: 24. Rom. l: 1 Hafihog def/hog
'I. Xp. Jude 1. al. So Luke 4: 31
Karrzpvam‘rp. mihw 'rfig rah. 23: 5].
See Matth. l. c.—Hdot. 1. 1. Thuc. l.
l.—Sometimes a pr. name is thus added
in apposition espec. names of rivers,
either with or without the art. Rev. 16:
12 e'1ri rov flora/Joy To)’ pi'yav row E13.
¢pdrrlv, but 9: 14 e'iri r93 1r. r93 ,uzydhp
Eiiqapdrg. Or the name is put between
the art. and ‘Kora/Log, as Mark 1: 5 iv
11;: 'Iopddvlrl ‘R'OTGIUI‘S, comp. Matth. l. C.
p. 559 ult.—Hdot. 1. 72 6 "Ahoy nora
p69. Thuc. 6. 50. Xen. An. 2. 5. 1.
b) c. Aqject. as adjunct. ((1) pp. as
expressing an essential or intrinsic qual
ity of the subst. and forming with it one
idea. Here if the subst. have no art.
the adject. takes none, and is put either
before or after the noun, as Matt. 14: 14
side 1ro>u§v o'xhov. 26:47 (ixhog 1roM/g.
Luke 11: I3 dyatia Eépara. Matt. 7:
11 Bo'para i’vyafié. But if the noun
have the article, the adjective may stand
between the noun and its article (i. e.
(O, 7i: 76’
before the noun) ; or after the noun,
and then the article is repeated before
the adjective. Buttm. §l25. 1,3. Matt.
§ 277. a. WViner § 19. l. a. E. g. Matt.
7113 51c‘: 'rfig areviig wilhrlg. 12: 35 6
6.7.1669 dyflp. 28: 19 roii d'ylou 1rvel'lluu'rog.
Mark 0: 39. Luke 1: 35. John 4: 23.
seep. More commonly after the noun,
Acts 12: 10 Erri rfiv m'ArII' rip’ mdrlpfiv.
Luke 8: B ivri rilv yfiv rip’ 5471161711.
Mark 13: ll 75 WVCI—I’Utl r6 dyaov. Luke
21: 3 i] xippa i) :rrwxr'). John 6: 13. 10:
11. James 1:9. 3: 7. szepiss. So where
the noun has also a genit. as Matt. 1:25
row viou din-fig rov 1rpwr6-roxov. 3: l7. 6:
6. Tit. 2: 11.—([3) Where the adject.
is the predicate of a clause or sentence,
it naturally stands without the article as
being indefinite, comp. in no. 1. g. Its
place is then usually before the subject,
as Matt. 7: 13 whnreia iym'lhn, Kai u'ipi'l
xwpog i] 6564;. Heb. 5: ll wept 017/ archaic
i'piv a M709 x. 1'. 7\. But also after the
subject, as Matt. 9: 37 ii pe‘v scpwyog
mAdg, oi 55‘ e'p'ydra: (ihl'yot. James 2: 26
Comp. Matth. <) 277. b.—(')/) Where
an adject. connected with a noun having
the article, expresses, not an intrinsic
quality belonging to the noun, but a
circumstance or condition predicated of
it, the adject. then stands without the
art. either after the noun, or before the
noun and its article, and constitutes a
species of indirect predicate; see Buttm.
§ 125. n. 3. Matth. § 277. b. E. g. John
5: 36 z’yrh Ea‘ Zxw 'rr‘lv paprvpiav prize) r017
'Iwévvov. So where an adj. has an ad
verbial sense, Luke 23:45 e'a'xi’atiq r6
uarmre'raa/m r017 vaofi pe'aov. (Luc. D.
D601‘. 8. l Z'xnn/ rdv wines-w’ difn'arol'.)
Also the adjectives of quantity 5A0;- and
mic, e.g. Matt. 4: 23 5km! rfiv I‘ahikcu'ai'.
Luke 4: l4. 5: 5 51' 5A1]; rfig v'ux'ro'g.
Rom. 8: 36; alsoMatt. 16:26 1.).’ Kéfl'JOl'
iihou. Mark 1: 33 i) miMg 57m. John
4: 53. Winer§19. 1. marg. (Xen. Cyr.
2. l. 24 6mm rule r. 2. 4. 26 (7)0111 Tr‘lv
vim-a. 2. l. 30 rfiv 1r. 5M7)’ K. r. A.) So
mic, Matt. 6: 29 5'11 mien rfi MEI]. Acts
1:18. James 1:8; also Matt. 9:35 ring
1r6hug1niaag. Luke 12: 7. Rev. 13:12
Adj. 61mg follows the same rule, Matt,
28:11. Luke 3: 21. Mark 16:15. Luke
19: 48. See Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. §
277. p. 564. §265. 2. Winer § 17. 10.
(Xen. H. G. 3. 4. l2, l6.) Less fre
 -| p I
'0, 'i, 1'5 533 0, 11,70
quently mic stands between the art. and So Matt. 27: 63 Exeivoc 6 nhdvoc. 18: 1
subst. and is then emphatic, Acts 20: 18 e'xeivy rfi 6599. 24: 19:, also Matt. 7: 25
row m'w'ra Xpévov. Gal. 5: l4. 1 Tim. I: ' olm'q Exelvp. Mark 3: 24, 25. sazp.
16. Buttm. Matth. l. c.—-To the above See Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. () 265. l.
rule belong apparently the following: Winer§ l7. 9.—Bygenit. ain-oi instead
1 John 5: 20 1‘) (on) cu'éwwg in text. rec. of a possessive pron. stands like the geni.
Luke 12: 12 rd ‘ll’l'El-II-ltl d'ytov in text. tives in a above, and in a. a, except that
rec. 1 Cor. 10: 3 r1) fiprfipa 1rveuparixo'v. it is put before both the noun and article,
Gal. 1: 4 r06 ale—“'09 1rowlpoii. But in as Matt. 2: 2 eibopev din-oi‘: row dorz'pa,
all these the adj. expresses an intrinsic comp. Buttm. (>127. 7. For oai'n'o'g see
quality ; and the construction is rather to be below in C. and in Airroc.
referred to the later Greek usage, which d) c. Particip. as adjunct, where the
began in such cases to omit the article ; construction is nearly the same as with
comp. Winer §19. 1. a. Bernhardy adjectives. The particip. sometimes
Gramm. p. 323. — (5) Numerals follow stands between the noun and article,
the general rule in a above ; e. g. card e. g. Matt. 2: 2 ('1 rrxtlelc flarnhcl'lg, v. 7.
inals, Matt. 10:1 Tonic Ethan-a c'uroord 3: 7 riig pcMol'lorlc lipyfic. 4: 18. al.
Kong. 20: 21 oi 660 via! you. Mark 6: More commonly it stands after the noun,
41. al. Ordinals, Matt. 20:6 n‘lv e'vde and then if the noun be definite,the par
xr'rrrlvdpav. Mark 14: 12. Luke 1: 59; ticiple also takes the article when a de
also Mark 15: 34 Ti] chpq r‘r'] s'wérg. John finite, well-known, or special relation
2: 1. Heb. 4: 4. is to be expressed, Winer§ l9. 1. c.
c) c. Pron. as adjunct, e. g. (a) Per hlatth. § 275. hlatt. 7: 13 1'] 656g 1']
sonal pronouns in the genit. used in r’l-rrd-youo'a. 20: 12. 26: 28 1'6 aim’: [sou
stead of possessives, follow the same - r6 n'epl vrohha'w ixxvrdpevov. Luke
general rule as the gen. of nouns. see 22: 19. Acts 9: 7 oi 58 fivopeg oi owl.
above in a. a. Buttm. § 127. 7. E. g. odsl'lovrrg air-r97. Rom. l: 3. 2 Tim. 3: l5.
Matt. 5: 30 1'; EeEu'l aou Xelp. Rom. 6: 1 Pet. 1: 21 do 956v, Toy z’yn'pavra. 3:
12 in! 1:5 9mm? bluéiv ddtftfl'ft. Oftener 5. 5: 10. step. (Luc. D. Mort. ll. 1.
after the noun, Matt. 3: 17 6 via; you 6 P01. 3. 4.8. 6.) Elsewhere the article is
d'ymrrrroc. Acts 2139 6 9:69 lush-n’.— not repeated, and there arises the parti
Possessl've pronouns follow the rule crpial construction, in which the partici
of adjectives, see above in b. a. Matt. ple merely expresses a predicate like a
18:20 :19 rd e'pov iivojua. John 4:42. finite verb, Buttrn. § 125. n. 2. § 144.
Rom. 15: 4: and so where the subst. is Winer l. c. John 4: 6 a 05v ‘111006;,
implied, as Luke 5: 33 oi 5:‘ 004' sc. pa xexorrmmbg x. r. h. v. 39. Acts 3:26.
Sm-at. 22:42. 1 John 2: 2; also 0. art. 23: 27 for drapa ror'rrov ovhhmpee'vra
after the noun, John 5:30 1" xplaic 1', inn‘) ru‘w '1. 26:4. Rom. 2: 27. 16:1.
Eph. 6:38. 10:27. 14: 27. 1 John 1:3. 1 Pet. 3: 5. sacp. —- Luc. D. Mort. 10.
Here the art. is essential to definitencss, 9. Diod. Sic. 5. 34.
Buttm.§ 124. n. l.—(-y) Demonstrative e) c. Preposit. and its case as adjunct,
pronouns are either put between the i. e. as periphrasis for an adject. or the
art. and noun, as 2 Cor. 12:3 ray rot like. Here if the leading noun be in
on'n-ov c'tv6pw1rov. Mark 9:37; or more definite the adjunct in general is so
commonly either before the article and likewise, and is put after the nouns, as
noun or after the noun, as cu’lro'g, oi'irog, 1 Tim. 4: 3 rig pzrdhmluv per-it ei/xapi
e'xtlvog, etc. which being" definite usually on'ag. 1: 5 c'rydmy c'k Kattapr'ig mpElag.
require the article along with the subst. Rom. 14: 17. ¥Viner§ 19. 4.-— Plato
which they qualify. Matt. 3: 4 ain'oc Rep. 2. p. 378. D.—But if the leading
he‘ a 'Iwdwng. John 5: 36 airra rd Ep'ya. noun have the article, or be in itself
Acts 16:18 airrfi r5’; o'ipq. John 16: 27. definite, then the adjunct sometimes
1 Cor. 15: 28; also Gal. 6: 13 oi rep: stands between it and the article, but
repyopevot din-oi. So Matt. 20: 21 oii more commonly after it, with the arti
TOt. oi 560 vial ,uou. Luke 7: 44. 9: 48. cle repeated or not according to cir
John 6: 51, 58; also Matt. 3: 9 b: nTn' cumstances. E. g. Matt. 15:1 05 am;
lu'Buv rot/raw. 26: 8,31. John 2: 19, 20. 'Iepoo. ypupparfig. Rom. 9: ll 1'; mr'
 '0, 1;, 76 534
Exho'yfiv 1rpei6wr¢ r017 9:017. 11:97 1']
1rap' z'pou': Eratir’my. Luke 1:70. Acts
27: 2. After the noun, with art. repeat
ed, Matt. 6: 6 115 narpl oov rq') e'v 'rq'i
xpwrpi'. 7: 3. Mark 4:31. John 19:21.
Acts 4: 2. 27: 5. 2 Cor. 8:4. 1 Thess.
1:8. step. \Viner § 19. l. b. So for
the sake of definiteness or distinction
where the leading noun has not the ar
ticle, as Acts 26: 18 m'aru 'r‘ij zlg Eye’. 2
Tim. 1: 13 iv 1rla'ru Kala'ydrrg Ti] Ev X.
‘I. Tit. 3:5. See Winer § 19. 4.—But
vice versa the adjunct sometimes omits
the article when it stands before the
leading noun, as Rom. 9: 3 rim any
‘yer/45v you Kara aripxa. 2 Cor. 7: 7 rim
iquiv Zfihov inre‘p c'poi. Eph. 2: 11 Ta
59w) Ev o'apxi. 1 Cor. 10: 18 riw 'Iopm
1)h Kara adpxa. SO Col. 1: 4 Tip’ 1rt'a'rw
inuiv c'v Xpw-rq‘i. 'I. Eph. 1:15. See
Winer§ l9. 2, espec. par. 2.—Pol. 5.
64. 6. Xen. An. 1. 4.4 r6 pe‘v Eamon!
[rsixoc] ‘trod rfic Kthmr'ac, Opp. 1'6 35
5510 r6 1rpo rfic Zvpiag.
f) 0. Adv. as adjunct, i. e. as placed
between the art. and subst. and thus
forming a periphrasis for an adjective,
Buttm. § 125. 6. Acts 13: 42 1'6 per-ah‘:
miggarov. Rom. 7: 22 xa'rc'r rdv Eo'w
livflpmrov. 2 Pet. 1:9. See also in
"Avw, Kant), etc.
Nora. In cases like many of the
preceding, where the article is repeated
with the adjunct after the noun, some
writers attribute to it the nature and
name of a relative pronoun, especially
before participles, comp. in d; on the
ground that in English and other lan
guages it is usually rendered by a rela
tive. But this is to confound the idioms
of different languages. In a still greater
number of like cases the article is not
used at all; and in no case can the
Greek relative be substituted for it,
without also changing the adjunct into
a finite verb.
B) With Adjectives. a) As connected
with nouns, see above in A. 2. b.
b) used as nouns, and then the arti oi ooi thgfamilg Mark 5: 19. 01 r'ype’repot
cle is employed or not, precisely as with our fellow Christians, etc. Tit. 3: 14.
nouns. (a) gem. as 6 (‘171166; the good
man,generic, Rom. 5: 7. 01 rvohol Matt. oiiroc, either as a generic idea, every or
9: 28. oi o'o¢ot'. oi ouve'roi, 1 Cor. 1: 19.
27. oi rr'hnot 2: 6. al. John 8:7 6 inla
uhprm-oe I‘Iptin', definite. So 2 Cor. 8:
15 6 r6 Kohl} rat 6 r6 6hiyoy sc. ooh
'0: 'l, 76
)téEag, quoted from Sept. Ex. 16. 18,
with allusion to v. 17. Comp. Buttm. §
123. 3. Matth. § 269. (Luc. D. Deor.
16. l oidvénrot. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 5 oi
004ml. An. 7. 7. 36 rd who.) In some
adjectives, a difference of signification
is thus produced, as 6M0: other, ('1 t‘ihhoc
the other, see in 'AMog, and also 'E-rcpog,
Hhu'wv, HoM/g, Hag etc. — ()3) Neut.
adjectives with the art. are often put as
abstract nouns, e. g. Sing. Rom. l: 19,
1'6 'yvwo'rbv r05 9:06. 2: 4 1'6 )(pno’rov r,
9. 8:3. 1 Cor. 1:25. 2 Cor. 4:17. 8:
8. Heb. 6: l7. 7: 18. al. saap. Matth. 5
269. Buttm. § 128. 2. Winer § 34. I.
Sing. as collect. Heb. 7: 7 r6 Eharrov,
r6 xpeirrov, the less, the greater, Matth. §
445. 5. Plur. 0. gen. as n‘: xptnm‘t rGW
i'wlip. v. riig xapEiac Rom. 2: 16. 1 Cor.
14:25. 4: 5. 2 Cor. 4: 5. re. t'uipara ailroit
Rom. l: 20. So Luke 18: 27 n‘: (156mm
rapt‘: livOpé-rotg. Trop. for persons 1
Cor. 1: 27, 28. So neut. accus. as ad
verb, roi/vavriov for re e'vavriov, 2 Cor.
2: 7. Gal. 2: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 9. See Buttm.
§ 131. n. 6. comp. § 115. 4. Matth. §
446. 7.—(-y) Numerals used as nouns
follow the same rule, e. g. Card. 0'; dixa
Matt. 20: 94. OZ 3:580:11 Luke 8: 1. 0rd. oi
a'pu'rrot Matt. 20: 10. 6 hu'lrcpoc mi 6 112(
we 22: 26.—Neut. as adv. with or with.
out the art. Matth. § 446. 7; e. g. Ta
1rp|Drov John 10:40. 12: 16. 19:39;
more comm. 1rpo'n'ov Matt. 6: 23. 1 Cor.
12: 28. al. n‘. hcirrepov 2 Col‘. 13: 2. Jude
5; Erin-spew John 3:4. 4: 54. 1 Cor. 12:
18. rd rpirov Mark 14:41. John 21:17
bis: r [for Luke 20: 12. 1 Cor. 12: 28.
al.—ilen. (E0. 2. 13 1'6 1rpt5rov. Cyr. 2.
2. 2 rd 55in". (E0. 4. 15 1rpcin'ov, EHIITEPOV
C) With Pronouns. (a) Pron. pos
sessive, as connected with nouns, see
above in A. 2. c. As standing for nouns,
these take or omit the article like nouns,
e. g. :1‘) e'po’v lit. the mine, what is mine,
Matt. 25. 27. re. e'pa id. 20: 15. Luke
15:31. John 17: 10. comp. Buttm. §128.
1. rd 06v Matt. 20: 14. Luke 6: 30.
With demonslmlives, e. g. b T0l~
all such, as a class, Matt. 19: 14. Acts
22:22 alps am) rfic yfic rliv rowilrow.
Rom. 16:18 oi retain-or. 1 Cor. 5:11.
2 Cor. 10:11 6 70401-1704,‘. Acts 19: 25
 'O n’, '76
re‘: retain-a. Rom. 1: 32; or as a definite
person already mentioned, 2 Cor. l2: 2,
3, 5. Comp. Buttm. § 124. n. 1. Matth.
§ 265. 7. Winer § 17. 11 ult. With
ail-r69 the art. affects the signification, h
(tin-69 the same, see in Aimig no. III.
For nouns with oilrog, ixeivoc, see above
in A. 2. c. 7.
D) With Partieiples. a) As connected
with nouns, see above in A. 2. d.
b) absol. in the place of nouns, and
then the use of the article corresponds
to the usage with nouns. Matth. § 270,
271. § 570. p. 1126. Winer§17. 3. (a)
gem. Matt. 4: 3 h 1rctptizwv the tempter.
13: 3 6 arret'pwv generic. Mark 5: l4 oi
5:‘ fiéaxoweg airrol'lg for the herds-men.
Luke 7: 14. Rom. 4: 4. Rev. 15:2.
Matth. § 271. So neut. as abstr. John 3:
6 r6 ye'ysvvnlue'vov 2:: r. a'apxtig‘. 0. gen.
Phil. 3:8. Buttm. § 128. 1.—(t3) Where
the idea of verbal action still remains in
the participle, corresponding in Engl. to
he who, thosewho, etc. Here the participle
in itselt'is indefinite and general, but the
action which it expresses is thus made
definite and becomes limited to certain
specified individuals or a class, which
themselves thus become definite and
specific. Matth. § 268 init. Winer§ 17. 3.
E. g. oi 5e‘ e’aOiom-eg lit. those eating, those
who ate, not the same as ‘the eaters,’
Matt. 14:21. 15: 38. So Mark 4:9 6
i'xwv thra tixoitcw, ('ucovz'rw. 10: 42. John
5: 29 bis. v. 32 iihhog . . . o paprvpitv
1r£pl z'pé. Acts 2: 47. Rom. 10:5. 14: 3.
16: 17. 1 Cor. 9:13 oi 'rc'i icpa e'p'yafo
flit/Ot- 2 Cor. 10: 17. 11:4. Gal. 1:23.
al. saep. (Soph. Electr. 194 or 200.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 6.) As followed by
ohroc emphat. Matt. 26: 23. Mark 12:
40. Luke 8: 14. John 6: 46. al. As
limiting a more general word, e. g. mi;
6 aim-w, ‘KC-lg h Int-(Dr, Luke ll: l0.
rpég rwag for); nevroifldrac e'tp' Eauroig
Luke 18: 9. Ga]. 1: 7. In apposit. with
a personal pron. impl. Matt. 7: 23.
Rom. 2: 1. Comp. Matth. § 276 p. 561.
—For the occasional omission of the
article in such cases in the classics, see
Matth. § 271. 11.—(7) c. Neut. accus.
as adv. e. g. r6 vi/v Zxov, for the present,
Acts 24: 25, see in 'Exu t'. fixed: a) absol. to the Genitive of a
E) Before Prepositions with their noun, and thus expresses the abstract
cases, which then form a periphrasis for idea of something having relation or re_
a subst. or adjective. Comp. Matth. § ferenee to that noun, as pertaining to it
535 O, 7h To,
272. b. Buttm. \S 125. 5. Winer§ 55.
(a) gem. of pers. as oi (‘uni rfic'IraAiag,
those from Italy, i. q. the Italians, Heb.
13:24. Phil. 4: 22 oi Ex rfig Kat'o'apoc
oixt'ac. Rom. 4: l4 oi e'x wdpou they of
the law. 2: 8 01 it’ Epieel'ac the contentious.
Mark 3: 21 oi nap' ain-oin—Spec. before
wept’ o. ace. of pers. either as oi nepi ray
Hafihov, i. e. Paul and his companions,
Acts l3: l3; comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 439.
Matth. §583. c. 1. (Pol. 5. 1. 7. Xen.
An. 7. 4- 16.) or, al nepi Mtipeav Kai
Mapt'av i. e. simply Martha and Mary,
John 1]: l9. Buttm. l. c. Matth. l. e.
no. 2. (Hdian. 7. 9. l. Xen. Mem. 3. 5.
10.) Or also, 04' wept airro'v those around
him, his companions only, Mark 4: 10.
Luke 22. 49:, comp. Matth. l. c. no. 3.—
Xen. H. G. 7. 5. 12.—([3) Neut. 16, rd,
see Matth. § 283. E. g. ra Ev run, as
Eph. l: 10 Ta iv roig oilpavo'it; Kai 'ra e'1rt
Ti]: 71'"; the things celestial and terrestrial.
Luke 25:33 rc'i iv 65' the events in the
way. 16 Ex name, as Irom. 12: 18 rd EE
inn-"w as far as depends on you. 1 Cor.
13: 10 rd Ex pz'povg, comp. v. 9. n‘. v. rd
e'm' Rom. 16:19. Eph. 1:10. rd Kara
adverbially,Rom. 9:5. Luke 11:3. Acts
4: 18. (Matth. § 283. Buttm. § 125. n.
5.) Ta wept’ fire; the things concerning
any one, Luke 24: 19. Acts 23: 15.
Phil. 1: 27. rd 1repi e'lué my aflZu'rs, state,
Phil. 2: 23. rc‘t 1r£pl ray Throw the envi
rons Acts 28: 7. Comp. Matth. § 583.
n. p. 1161. (Diod. Sic. 1. 50. Isocr. ad
Phil. p.92. E.) n‘: 1rpé¢ rwa, as Heb.
2:17 et 5: 1 ril m); rdv Geév divine
things. Luke 14: 28, 32. 19:42. To‘
inrc'p nvog Phil. 1:29. 4: 10.
F) Before Adverbs, which then usu.
ally stand in place of a subst. or adjec
tive, Buttm. § 125. 6,7. E. g. (a) as
subst. Phil. 31 14 11'! (initial e'mhaveawi
pet/ac. Matt. 11: 23 pe'xpt rfig m'ypcpov.
Mark 5:1 :19 rt‘; 1rc'pav. I521 e'1rl rd
1rpwi. Luke 10:35 i'rri rr‘lv aiipmv. John
1:29. Rom. B: 22. Eph. 2:17. Col. 3:
1,2. 1 Tim.4:8. al.—(B) With the
adverbial sense retained, as n‘: will or
raviiv, now, at present, Acts 4: 29. al.
Buttm.§ 125. n. 5. See in Nilv l. a.
G) The Names of the art. is pre.
 I I
'0. '2. “r0 536
or derived from it, as done by or to it, etc.
Buttm. \} 128. n. 1. Matth. <) 284. E. g.
Sing. 16, Matt. 21:21 r4) r179 min—lg the
thing ofthefig tree, i.e. done to it. 1 Cor.
10:24 rd Earn-05, n‘: for? Err'pov. James
4: 14. 2 Pet. 2: 22. (Plato Parmen. p.
136. E. Xen. 05c. 16.7.) More freq.
Plur.-rc'1,Matt.21:21 inréiiors raKaz'aapog,
Kaiaapt' Kai rir 105 95017, rqp— 8:97. 16: 23.
Luke 2: 49. Rom. 8:5. 14: 19 re. riig
zipilvrlc Buimupev. 1 Cor. 2: ll. 13: 11.
Phil. 2: 4 n‘. iauriw, Ta ire'pwv. So
2 Cor. ll: 30 n‘: rfic t'ld'eil'eiflg you
ravxr'la'opat, things pertaining to my in
firmity, or perhaps as a more periphrasis
for simply my infirmity, comp. Buttm. l.
c. note 2. Matth. § 285.—Hdian. 3. 2.
10. Plato Phaedo§ 44. p. 95. A. Thuc.
8. 31 Tc‘: 'Aenvuiwv tppnveiv.
b) Sing. r6, is prefixed to single words
and to whole clauses when they are to
be taken as independent,or as themselves
constituting an object, Buttm. § 125. 8.
2. Matth. § 280. E. g. with single words,
Gal. 4: 25 To yc‘rp JA'yup, i. e. the name pi] iii/again“! x. r. h. Rom. 6: 6. James
Agar as here used, signifies etc. 2 Cor. 5: 17. al. seep. Here it sometimes alter
I: 17 1'6 val vat, m1 rt‘) oi: 01'). James 5: nates with the simple infin. as Luke 1:
12. (Dem. 255. 4. Plato Gorg. p. 496. 77 coll. v. 76. 2: :24 coll. v. 22. Once
D, H) Eldon/m.) So with a phrase or with Z'vexa expressed, 2 Cor. 7:12. (Thuc.
clause, Luke 22: 2 e'Zr'n-ovv . .. .2. m5;
r'wz'hwo'w ai'ro'v. Mark 9: 23. Luke 1:
62. 9: 46. 19: 48. 22: 24, 37. Acts 4:
21. 22:30. Rom. 8: 26. al.—Jos. Ant.
10. 10. 4. Plato Phwdo 8 init. p. 62. B.
Rep. 1. p. 327. C.
c) Sing. n5 is prefixed to the Infinitive
when taken as a noun, which is then
employed in all the constructions that
occur with real substantives; Buttm.§
125. 8. 1. § 140- 5. hIattlL§ 540. W1
ner § 45. p. 263, 265, 268. Thus, (a)
Nominative 0. rd, Phil. 1:21 e’poi yap r1)
(fir, Xpm'rtic' Kai. rt) ('uroeuveiv, xe'pzYoc.
v. 29. 1 Cor. 7:26. 2 Cor.8:ll To Em
rehe'aat. Gal. 4: 18. step. Matth. l. c.
p. 1060. \Viner l. c. p. 263.-—([¥) Gem'
tive 0. mi, and this is the most frequent
construction: (1) As depending on
nouns and verbs which elsewhere govern
the genitive, e. g. on a noun, Acts 20:
3 e'ye'vcro ‘YVU’JPU r05 inroa'rpe' n/ K. 'r. A.
Rom. 15: 23 twee...» 5: Exam r017
item rpog {I'll-if. 1 Cor. 9: 6, 10.
2 Cor. 8: 11 i) 1rpottvpia roii Se'hcw. Heb.
5: 12. 1 Pet. 4.17.111-33‘1). So in a
laxer use of the genit. Luke 1: 57. 2:
'0, .;, 1-6
21 iipz'pcu dun}: roi: ‘KEPlTi/MIIV ain'o’r.
Rom. 11: 8. Phil. 3:21. On an adj. as
6540; 1 Cor. 16:4. fipahin; Luke 24:25.
Erotyog Acts 23: 15. also Luke 17:1.
()naverb, Luke 1:9 Zhaxs r06 svpm'wai.
So after verbs ot' restraining, hindering,
Luke 4: 42. 24: 16 01 5:‘ (M9. ailru'w
z'Kparoi-Ivro 7017 p1) Em-yvu'war. airrov. Acts
I0: 47. 14: 18 po'htc Kare'rrauaav r0119
iixhovg roi: pr) 965w ailroig. 20:27. Rom.
15: 2'2. 1 Pet. 3: 10. al. \Viner l. c. p.
269.—(2) As referring to a Whole sen
tence and expressing purpose, where
many supply ZI’LKG. or the like, Buttm.
Si 140. n. 1. Matth. § 540. n. l. Winer
§ 45. 4. b. Here it nearly accords with
the Engl. infin. with to, i. q. in order to,
that, and so rm"; 1.41’), in order not to, that
not, lest, etc. Matt. 2: 13 pz'Mu yap '11.
Irlrciv rd watdiov, r017 inrohc'aa: airro'. 3:
13. I3: 3 iii/“hr é arreipwv r017 amipew.
Luke 1:73 coll. v. 68. Luke 1:79 coll.
v. 78. 5: l, 7. Heb. 10: 7. al. saepiss. So
negat. Acts 21: 12 1rapexahoipzv . . . r06
l. 45.) In this sense also after verbs of
deciding,eommanding,etc. which of course
imply purpose, Acts 27: 1 the 5s‘ e’xpiBr;
T05 t’urorrheiv x. r. X. 1 Cor. 7: 37. Luke
9:51. 4: 10 roic d-yyéholg aim-oi Eyre
hzira: mp1 0017, mi: atߢUAtllzlll as. Acts
15:20. VViner§45. p. era—(s) In a
laxer sense expressing more the notion
of result, (like the later use of 1m,
comp/‘Iva no. 2, 3,) and put by way of
explanation, epexegetically, where the
simple infin. or ‘Dare c. infin. might stand;
see Winer § 45. p. 270 sq. Here it also
accords with the Engl. infiu. with so as
to, so that, etc. Acts 7: 19 oil-reg e'xdmme
rmlg‘ rat-{pug ihuu-w, roi! 1rotz'iv {Ken-a Til
,Bpz'qm x. ‘r. A. ()nce al'ter woteiv, Acts
3: 12 ilpiv ri (‘trailer-E, tilf . . . “mm-.30.
roii 1repi1rare7v ain'o'v; comp. in "Iva 3. a.
5, and Hotéw. no. 1. d. So Rom. 1: 24
wape'Euxev ain'oiig 6 Bed; tic r'u'aflap
aiav, r06 liTlfltizfll'flal 'ra atiopara x. r. A.
7: 3. 1 Cor. 10: 13. Here too prob. be»
longs the difiicult construction in Rev.
12: 7 E'yc've‘ro mihepoc e'v r93 oirpavfi' o
Mtxaifit Kai oi 6770\01 ailroii rofi WOM
pflacu (me. rui: Spat-error, where h M. and
____
 'OyEor/xowa
oi i'i-y'y. are in the nom. absol. and the
clause is equivalent to div-re woke/1170111
for M. Kai Toxic a'y'y. pe-ra x. r. A. ()thers
read Evmképnaav. Comp. Winer §45.
p. 27l.—(4) After a preposition, as r'wrl
James 4: 15. ix 2 Cor. 8: 11. 1rpé Matt.
6: 8. James 17: 5.—.El. V. H. 2. 34.—
('y) Dative c. r1}, as implying cause
2 Cor. 2: 12,purpose 1 Thess. 3: 3; after
prep. e'r, see 'Ev no. 2. a, fin. Matth. §
541. Winer§ 45. 5.—(5) Accusative 0.
rd, as depending on a verb, Luke 7: 21
ruq‘rhoi'g 1roMoic Exapio'aro n‘. Bhz'przw.
1 Cor. 14: 39. 2 Cor. 8: 11 n) #0070111
i-Inrckéaars. Rom. 14: 13. As governed
by the prep. 811i, tig, 1rpég, see in Au’;
II. ‘2. a. El; n0. 3. a, c,d. Hpog III. AL.
’O'y50>§xor'm, 0;, ai, 74., (61715,)
eighty, Luke 2: 37. 16: 7.——Xen. An. 4.
8. l5.
"07500;, 7], 01/, orrlin. (om-($1,) eighth,
Luke 1:59. Acts 7:8. Rev. 17: ll. 21:
20.—Xen. An. 4. 6. ].—In 2 Pet. 2: 5
575001’ NiDe . . . Etpl'lhule, JVoah the eighth
person, i.e. one of eight,N0ah and seven
others, comp. 1 Pet. 3: 20. See Winer
§ 38.2. Matth. § 469. 9. Comp. Plato
Legg. 3. p. 695. C, (Alrpziog) Ekfldw- cf;
11):! ('ipxflv Kfll hagdw ain'fiv eigaoluog,
Brahms-1.). Dem.261. 3. The Greeks El. V. H. 10. 4.
more usually add abro'g, Thuc. l. 46. 'OBom‘og/a, a;, 13, (éfiouropéw, a
Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 17. journeying, travel, John 4: 6. 2 Cor. ll:
"0710;, 01), 6, pp. mass, weight, 26.-1 Mace. 6:41. Hdian. 2. 15. ll.
magnitude, lEl. V. H. 14. 7. Xen. Cyr.
6. 2. 32. trop. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 2. a tu
mour, swelling, Diod. Sic. 2. 36. Trop.
inflation, Jos. B. J. 7. ll. 2. elation, pride,
Diod. Sic. 18. 50.— In N. T. weight,
burden, impediment, Heb. l2: 1 r'i'ykov
mil/1'0. arrofic'lucvon—Xen. Ven. 8. 8.
fl085, 2,55, ‘7655, demonstr. pron.
from 6, 1'1, 1-6, as pron. and enclit. Es,
Buttm. § 76. I; this, that; hie, hazahoc;
genr. equivalent to 05mg, but stronger.
Matth. § 470. l. E. g. ' for ‘FR Jer. 5: l. 7: 16. (Hdian. 2. 9.
a) as referring to the person or thing:r
last before mentioned. Luke 10: 39 ripfie
liv Mimi]. 16: 25. Comp. l.\Iattll. l. c.——
Xen. Apol. 29.
b) as introducing what follows, i. q.
the following. Acts 15: 23 'ypétlaavreg . . .
flias' 0i (in. x. r. h. 2]: ll. Rev. 2:],
8,12,18. 3: l, 7,14. Comp. Matth. l.
c. Passnw 6'5: no. 1.
. 0) instead of an adv. for here, then",
537 '056;
i. e. hum-wok, see Mntth.§471. l2. Pas
sow no. 2. So James 4: l3 1ropzvmflluztlu
u'g rip/5: n‘lv miXm—Plut. Sympos. I.
qu. 6. l n'p'Ee rfiv fipépav.
lOail'lfel, f. slum, (5569,) to be on the
way, to. journey, to travel, intrans. Luke
10:33. Sept. for 1'25! 1 K. 6: 12.—Jos.
B. J. 3. 6. 3. Hdian. 7. 3. 9.
'OBr/réw, 5, f- 1'11"», (Mm/11¢.) PP- '0
lead the way, i. e. to lead, to guide, trans.
Matt. l5: l4 rmphog Es‘ rvrphav Ear ham/{1.
Luke 6: 39. Rev. 7: 17. Sept. for “'35
Ex. 13: 17. =11; Ps. 80: 2. Win Josh.
24: 3. — Phocylid. 2-2. Hdian. 3. 3. 13.
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 526. 1. —- Trop. of
teaching, John 16: 13 AErI-yr’luu inn‘u; eig
miaav 11):’ c’fih'fieiav. Acts 8: 3]. S0
Sept. for =15" Ps. 86: 1]. 1*‘??? Ps. 25:
5.—\Visd. 9: 11.
'O5W5Q, 05, h, (6569, iryz'opug) pp.
u'ay-learler, i. e. a heads)‘, guide, Acts 1:
16. Trop. of a teacher Matt. 15:14.
23: 16, 24. Ron]. 2:19.—2 Mace. 5: l5.
Pol. 5. 5. l5. trop. \Vistl. 7: 15.
‘05017705561, 03, f. {Io-w, (l/Emn'a'pag
way-faring, from 6569,1répog, 1ropel'mpm,)
(0 be on the way, to journey, to travel,
intrans. Acts 10: 9.—Jos. (le Vit. § 32.
'
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10.
‘056;, 05, 1'], way, i. e. a) in re
spect to place, a way, high-way, road,
street. (a) gem. Matt. 2: 12 51' HAM];
650:] [we Jipno'av. 7: l3, l4. 8: 28. I3:
4, 19. film 14:4, 5. Acts 8:26. Heb.
10:20. James 2:25. al. Sept. for TF1
Num. 21: 4. Deut. 28:7. (Hdian. 3. 3.
1, 2. Xen. An. 5. 3. 1.) Ofa street in
a city, etc. Matt. 22: 9 e'1ri 7a.; hizEo'Eoug
nDv 656w. v. 10. Luke 14:23. So Sept.
6. Xen. An. 5. 2. 22.) Also We. Tr‘lv
hBo'v along or on the way Luke 10:4.
Acts 8: 36.—Hdian. 2. 12.2. Xen. An.
4. 6. 11.—(f3) Seq. gen. of place to which
a way leads, comp. Passow 656;; no. 2.
Matth. §367. Heb. 9:81'11'0711 ri-yiwv 656g
the way, entrance, into the sanctuary. So
Sept. 1'] (156; rm? Ez'lkov rfig Z. for Heb.
Tiff-‘l T2 T171 Gen. 3: 24. (comp. Hdian.
8. 5. 10.) Meton. for the whole region to
 '050'; 538 'Ohvniw
or through which a way leads, Matt. 10: Jahn §113.VIII. Sept. ('15. rpuiw 11p. for
5 cl; 656v e’OmDv into the way, i. e. coun Heb. Gen. 30:36. 31: 23.—Jos.
try qfthe Gentiles. 4: 15 6561' Same”; Ant. 5. 3.1. Xen. Cyr. l. l. 3.
way of the sea, i. e. the region around c) trop. way, manner, means, i. e. (a)
the sea of Galilee,quoted from Is. 8: way or method of proceeding, of doing
23 where Sept. for we aim—(y) In the or effecting any thing. 1 Cor. 4: 17 rise
phrases Eroquifew v. xaraaxsoéfeiv 1111' 6501'”; you Tag iv Xp. 12: 31. (Dem. 733.
6561/ to prepare the way sc. for a king, 20. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.) _So ai 650). row";
see in 'Eroipi'ilw 3. pp. Rev. 16:12. trop. 9:01‘: the ways of God, his mode of pro.
Matt. 3: 3. 11: 10. Mark 1:2, 3.al. So ceeding, administration, counsels, Acts
eiletwew Thy 6861' John 1:23. All in 13:10. Rom. 11:33. Rev. 15:3. Sept.
allusion to Is. 40: 3 where Sept. for and Ps. 18: 31.—-([3) way or means
'5, 711?. "39. Comp. 1" c1569 1) Bamhnia. of arriving at or obtaining any thing,
Hdot. 5. 53.—(5) Meton. of Jesus as the Luke 1: 79 65:19 eipfivng, i. e. the way to
way, i. e. the author and medium of access salvation. Acts 2: 28 650119 Zwfig. 16:
to God and eternal life, John 14: 6. 17. 2 Pet. 2: 21. Sept. and HT!‘ Prov.
b) in action, way, i. e. a being on the 10:18.—-Luc. Hermot. 14 656; 1‘; e'vri
way, a going, journey, progress, course. ¢LA060¢ttly ii'yovoa—(y) way of think
(a gem‘. :19 Tip! bdo'vfiir the way, jour ing, feeling, acting, manner of life and
ncy,Matt. 10:10. Mark6:6. Luke 9:3. conduct. Matt. 21 :32 hhfiev 'Iwriwnc Ev
£5 65017 Luke 11: 6. iv rfi 654,3 in or by 6591 Eixaiom'wng, i. e. living a just and
the way, on the journey, Matt. 15:32. holy life. Rom. 3: l7 656v zipr'lvncpeace
Mark 8: 3, 27. Acts 9: 17, 27. al. Kara ful life, quoted from Is. 59: 8 where see
rr‘l'v 650'»! by or on the way Acts 25: 3. 26: Gesen. Comm. James 5: 20.—Seq. gen.
13. Also 1 Thess. 3: 11 xareuflz'lvairhv of pers. the way or ways of any one
681w 1min’. Acts 8: 39 1ropn'1w0a: 1'1‘!!! i. e. his mode of life, conduct, actions,
6561' to go on one's way, to continue one's Acts 14:16. Rom. a: 16. James 1:8.
journey, comp. Buttm. § 131. 3. (30 2 Pet. 2: l5. Jude 11. (Sept. for ‘11';
Sept. for 717-‘? 71‘2-‘1 Prov. 7:19. Xen. Job 23: 10.) But the way of God or of
Cyr. 5. 2. 22.) Sept. genr. for 3'27! Gen. the Lord, is also the way, walk, life which
24: 21, 40. 42: 25. 45: 21.—Hdian. 2. God approves and requires, Matt. '22: 16.
1 l. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. l3. 5.-—So Mark Luke 20: 21. Acts 18:25, 26. Heb. 3:
2: 23 Kai 17pEav1-o oi 'uaOm-ai ailroil 6561' 10. (Sept. and Job 23: ll. Ps. 25:
1roieiv rihhovreg Tori; o'rc'ixuae, and his 4.) Hence absol. for the Christian way,
disciples began to go plucking the ears of the Christian religion, Acts 9: 2. 19:9,
grain, i. e. they went along plucking 23. 22: 4. 24:14, 22. SO ‘2 Pet. 2: 2
the ears, etc. Here 632»- woieiv is He 1‘, 65:1; r1‘);- r'ihryfiei'ag the true religion.—
braism for 1?? "P2 as Sept. and Heb. Judith 5: 8, 18. So a way or sect of
J udg. 17:8, corresponding to the Lat. philosophy Luc. Hermot. 46. AL.
iter facere. The more classic Greek is 0506;, Bérros, a, a 1000., Matt.
Mid. 1roieia'tiai r1111 ('uidv Jos. Ant. 18. 4.
3. Xen. Ag. 2. 1; also 1roieiafiai 'n'opelav 5: 38. 8: 12 h l3pu'yju‘1g rti'n' o'zo'vrwr. 13:
42, 50. 22:13. 24:5l- 25: 30. Mark9:
Diod. Sic. 2. l3. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 31;
18. Luke 13: 28. Acts 7: 54. Rev. 9: 8.
but later writers employ the Act. e. g. Sept. for 1?? Lev. 24: 30. Job 16: 9.—
1roieiv 656v Xenoph. Ephes. lib. 3 init. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.
1roiziv ri'v 1ropeiay Polyaen. l. 49. 3. For
the sense comp. Matt. 12: 1. Luke 6: 1. 'Ohuvoiw, (5, f. flaw, (6561,11,) to
-—-(}3) Seq. gen. of time, as Luke 2: 44 pain, to distress, in body or mind, trans.
hire’ a; 656v a day'sjourncy. Acts 1: 12 Jos. Ant. 7.2.1. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 112.
m1 gc'irou Exov 6561/, a Sabbath-day's —-In N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to be
journey, i. e. according to the Rabbinic pained, distressed, to sorrow. Luke 2: 48.
limitation, 1000 larger aces, equal to 16:24 dhvmi'rpai iv Ti) 111K071 ral'lry. v.
about 71 furlongs; see guxt. Lex. Ch. 25 an) 3:‘ 65111110111, for which 2 pers.
art. 5"’? [p. 1197, where he makes it Sing. comp. in Kauxc'wpai. Acts 20:38.
equal to 2000 larger cubits or smaller Sept. for Hiph. 537T‘. Zech. 9: 5. Hiph.
paces] Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Act. I. c. ‘PU (Hiph. of "22) Zech. l2: 10.—Luc.
 ’ 056w;
Lexiph. 13. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 124.
Eschin. 9. 3.
load”), 77;, i’, pain, distress, sor
row, of body or mind, Rom. 9:2. 1
Tim. 6: 10. Sept. for 1?): Gen. 35: 18.
w; Jer. e: 18. Be: Job 7:3.-—Lue.
Tox. 61. Xen. Mem. 1. 3.12.
Oaugao'g, 05, 6, (dsilpopai to be
wail,) wailing, lamentalion, mourning.
Matt. 2: 18 Khavepdg mi dduppdc 'ué'yag,
quoted from Jer. 31: 15 where Sept.
for $11132. 2 Cor. '7: 7.—2 Macc. 11:
6. Jos. Ant. 2. l5. 4. 1E]. V. H. 14'. 22.
'OCI'dg, 00, b, Ozias, Heb. “$.11
(might of Jehovah) 'Uzziah, a pious
king of Judah from 811 to 759 B. C.
Matt. 1:8, 9. See Chr. 0. 26, and comp.
2 K. c. 15, where he is called "2112,,
'Alapiag, Azariah. Sec Gesen. Lex.
Heb. art. "W,
"OZw, f. flow, or few, to smell, to have
a scent, intrans. e. g. fragrant, 1E1. V.
H. 13. 16. Xen. Conv. 2. 3. In N. T.
of a. corpse, to stink, absol. John 11: 39.
Sept. for it‘? Ex. 8: 14. [in the Heb. v.
9.]—Arr. Epict. 4. ll. 15, 18.
"0951' relat. adv. whence, see Buttm.
z, 116. 4.
a) of place, Acts 14: 26 56:11 fia'av
1rapa5e§opévot rfi xtipin 1017 9. 28: 13.
Matt. 12: 44. Luke 11: 24.. Heb. 11: 19.
Sept. for 135", Ps. 121: 1.—Xen. An. 2.
3. 14, 16.—In the sense of Exeifisv 6'1rou,
thence where, Matt. 25: 24', 26 a'vvc't-ywv
50w oi) Eico'xépvrwac. Comp. Matth.
§ 473. n. 2.—Thuc. l. 89.
b) of a source, means, i. q. whereby,
1 John 2:18 5661! 'ytvciio'xopem—JOS.
Ant. 2. 3. 4'. Hdian. 1. 16. 4'.
c) illative, as referring to a cause,
ground, motive, i. q. wherefiare, where
upon, Matt. 14:7 5651' [150' b'prou dipo
Xo'ymnv. Acts 26: 19. Heb. 2:17. 3: 1.
7: 25. 8: 3. 9: 18.—Judith 8: 20. Xen.
Mem. 1. 1. 2.
000/"), '79} 1‘), pp. fine white linen
Horn. 0d. 7. 107. In N. T. genr. linen
cloth, e. g. a sheet, sail, Acts 10:11
oxcimc ‘be dflo'vnv pzyéhm'. ll: 5.—Luc.
Jov. Trag. 46. Hdian. 5. 6. 21.
’Ol!6nor, 00, 1-6, (dimin. from
666107,) a smaller linen cloth, bandage, in
N. T. only of bandages in which dead
bodies were swathed for burial, Luke
539 Ol'xnpnx
24: 12. John 19: 40. 20: 5, 6, 7. Sept.
for We Judg. 14:13. Hos. 2; 7,
11- [2:5,9.]—Pollux. On. 4.181666w0v'
n‘; im'swpov. Luc. Philops. 34. sail
cloths P01. 5. 89. 2. Dem. 1145. 6.
Old“, see in E‘iiu no. II_.
a I I I _ _
Omsmxog, 27, 01', see in Oixiarcdg.
Olneiog, 0t, 01', (olxog) belonging
to the house,domestic,familiar, Luc. Eun.
7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 15. In N. T. only
plur. 01 claim ru'oc, those of one's house,
i. q. household, family, 1 Tim. 5: 8.
Trop. for associates, kindred, e. g. rm?
Geoii, i. q. rc'xva roi': Geoii, Eph. 2:19.
rfig 'nim'ewg Gal. 6:10. Sept. pp. for
Lev. 18: 6. 21: 2. --pp. 1E1. V. H.
14. 3-2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 48. trop. Diod.
Sic. 13. 91.
Olzé'rng, 0!), b, (olxog) house-com
panion, one living in the same house,
Ecclus. 6: 11. Hdot. 8. 106. In N. T.
a domestic, a servant, slave, Luke 16: 13
oildeig olxe'rnc du'wa-rat 51ml rvpioic 50w
Milan’. Acts 10: 7. Rom. 14': 4. 1 Pet.
2:18. Sept. for '15.? Gen. 9: 25. 27: 37.
—Hdian. 7. 4. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 9, 16,
Claim, 07, f. 1’70-u,(0lx0g,) to house,
to dwell, to abide, e. g.
a) intrans. seq. iv, to dwell in, trop.
of the Holy Spirit abiding in Christians,
Rom. 8: 9 "Vii-‘fill 9:017 olxei Ev ilp’iv. v.
11. 1 Cor. 3:16. Of sin or a sinful
propensity abiding in men, Rom. 7: l7
1‘! olxol'ma Ev Epoi (‘map-ria- v. 18, 20.
Sept. c. kv pp. for =35: Gen. 4: 15, 19.
19:30. -—-)E1. V. H. 12. 64.. pp. Luc.
Mere. Cond. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5.—Seq.
‘um’: c. gen. to dwell with any one, and
spoken of man and wife, to live with, to
cohabit, 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13. So Sept. and
1'51 Prov. 21: 19. comp. 1 K. 3: 17.
b) trans. to dwell in, to inhabit, 1 Tim.
6: 16 ¢a|§ olx'dw (mpo'orrom—Sept. Gen.
24: 13. Hdian. 2. 10. 15. Xen. Mem.
1. l. 13.—For 1‘; olxovpém, see in its
order.
Olen/11¢, wros, T6, one...) pp. a
dwelling, a house, building, huc. 4. 115.
Xen. An. 7. 4. 15. In N. T. and espec.
in polite Attic usage, aprison, Acts 12:
7 (pin; {halal/w Ev r93 oln'ypan. -— Plut.
dareiwg
Solon. 15 imoxopllweai
rain; 'Atlnvaiovc
o'ixnpa
Aé-yovat
3:‘ 1'6
Eco'pun'ppiov KGAOI-II'TGQ- Dem. 789. 2.
 '
Omrrrrigmv 540 Oixob otniw

'l'huc. 4. 48. Of a brothel 181. V. H. household, absol. 1 Tim. 5: 14.—Luc.

6. l. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4. Astrol. 20. Plut. Placit. philos. 5. 18.
A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad
0135777715101’, 01.), rd, (oixrl'rilp, oiuz'w,)
adwelling, habitation, abode, e. g. of an Phr. p. 373.
gels, many of whom the later Jews sup. 01360586767715 0!), o, (olxog, 5e
posed to have relinquished heaven out of birth-119,) a house-master, head ofa family,
love for the daughters of men, Jude 6. patcrfimzilias, Matt. 10: 25. 13: 27, 52.
See Lib. Henochi in Fabr. Cod. pseud. 2021,11. 2l: 33. 24: 43. Mark 14:14.
V. T. I. p. 179. sq. Test. XII Patr. Luke 12:39. 13:25. 14:21. Pleonast.
p. 529. sq. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. l. comp. 22:11 oixobzmr. rfic oixlng. — Jos. c.
Gen. 6: 2. Trop. of the future spiritual Apion. 2. ll. Plut. Qu. Rom. 20. ed.
body as the abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5: R. VII. p. 99. 11. A later form, for
2. Sept. for 117‘; Jer. 25: 30.—pp. 2 which the earlier writers said o'ixov v.
Macc. 11:2. Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 1.. Cebet. olxiag 55min”, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 373.
Tab. 17. H. Planck in Bibi. Repos. I. p. 668 sq.
' Olxia, as‘, 1'], (oixog,) a house, dwcl. Oixobopbéw, 07,1‘. {100), (droid/109,)
ling, habitation. pp. to buiIda house, and genr. to buikl,
a) pp. and gem. Matt. 2: 11 swam; to construct, to erect, trans. Comp. Lob.
[lg rr‘lv uixiav. 7: 24 sq. John 12: 3. al. ad Phr. p. 487 sq. 587.
'Matt. 5:15 oi Ev Ti] oixia those in the a) pp. e. g. oim'av Luke 6: 48. who
house, i. e. the household. Sept. for you Matt. 21: 33. Mark 12:1. Luke 14.
P7; Gen. 19: 4. Ex. ]: 21.—Hdian. 2. 28. vaév Mark 14:58. Luke 12:18.
4. 18. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 14.—Of heaven C. dat. commodi, Luke 7: 5 Thu aura
as the dwelling of God, .lolm 14:2 iv ywyfiv aim‘); qixodo'pnocv illiiv. Acts 7:
75 olxiq r027 1rarpbg x. r. A. Comp. Ps. 47, 49. Seq. évrl c. gen. to build upon,
11: 4. Is. 63:15. Am. 9:6. Artemid. 2. Luke 4.: 29. Err! c. acc. Matt. 7: 24, 26.
68 i: oi/pavbg 955v e'zrriv olxoc. — Trop. Luke 6:49. Absol. Luke 14: 30. 17:
of‘the body as the habitation of the 28. John 2: 20. Part. oi olxobopoivreg
soul, 2 Cor. 5: 1 bis, comp. v. 2. the builders, Matt. 21:42. Mark 12: 10.
b) meton. a household, family, those Luke 20; 17. Acts 4=11. 1 Pet. 2; 7.
who live together in a house. Matt. 10: Sept. for "5; Gen. 4: 16. S: 20. c. e'rri
13. 12: 25 oixia pepwee'ioa m6‘ iavrfig. Ez. 16:31.— Diod. Sic. 3. 55. Xen.
John 4: 53 abroc Kai i) oixia abrob 5M]. Mem. 3. 8. 8. acc. et dat. Diod. Sic. 4.
1 Cor. 16: 15. Sept. for "7; Gen. 50: 80.—Trop. of a system of instruction,
8.—Dem. 1358. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 6. doctrine, etc. Rom. 15: 20. Gal. 2: 18.
—Spec. prob. domestics, servants, attend —Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 15.
ants, Phil. 4: 22 oi Ex rfic Kai'o'apoc oiu’ae. b) by impl. to rebuild, to renew, sc. a
So Sept. and ""2 Gen. 24: 2. comp. Jos. building decayed or destroyed, Matt.
Ant. 17. 5. 8 ('Avrirrarpov) dag r017 23: 29 rob;- rd¢oug 'ru'w rrpotpnrd'w. Luke
Kaioapoc diupflapxéra rip’ oixiav. 11:47, 48. So Matt. 26:61. 27:40.
c) meton. goods, property, i. e. one's Mark 15:29. So Sept. and "1,; Josh.
house and what is in it. Matt. 23: 14 '6: 26. .lol) 12:14. Am. 9: 14.
Kareo'fiiere ring olxiag riiw xnpu'w. Mark c) metaph. to build up, to establish, to
12:40. Luke 20:47. So "73, Sept. confirm, spoken of the Christian church
ra inrdpxovra, Gen. 45: 18.—1E1. V. H. and its members; who are thus com
4. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 2. AL. pared to a'building, a temple of God,
Oimomo'g, 7'], 6V, (cit-la) belonging erected upon the one only foundation
to the house,domestic, i. q. oixeioc, in N.T.
‘Jesus Christ, 1 Cor. 3: 9, 10, and ever
only plur. oi oixiaroi rwoc those ofone's built up progressively and unceasingly
house, i. e. household, family, Matt. 10: more and more from the foundation. See
_ 25,36. Some Mss. have the doubtful Neander Gesch. d. Pflanzung der chr.
form oixuaxdo—Plut. Cicero 20. Kirche I. p. 166, and in Bibl. Repos.
Olxobwvroréu, :3, 1'. flow, (oixo IV. p. 245. (a) Externally, Matt.16:
Zwrrdrng) pp. to be housemastcr, and 18 hr‘: ruin-n rf] 1re'rpa olxodo'u'wu 'JOU
genr. to be head of a family, to rule a rilr Exrhnaiar. 1 Pet. 2: 5. Acts 9: 31.
 Oi’xoboarf
-(/3) Internally, in a good sense, to
build up in the faith, to edifi , to cause
to advance in the divine life, 1 Cor. 8:1
r‘, dyémy oixodopei. 10: 23. 14: 4 bis,
17. 1 Thess. 5: 11. In a bad‘sense, to
embolden 1 Cor. 8: 10.
Oixobofm'y, 575, 1'], (01x09, 5070'],
later word used for both oixobu'pnmp and
oixobbprlpa, Passow s. v. Lob. ad Phr.
p. 487, 490.
1. a building up, not of building, e. g.
1') 01x. Ta'w rstxéwv l Macc. 16:23. Sept.
1 Chr. 26:27. Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 8 init.
In N. T. only metaph. a building up in
the faith, edification, advancement in the
divine life,spoken of the Christian church
and its members, see in Oixobopéw c.
Rom. 14: 19 duimsrz-ura rfig oixodoluiig.
15: 2. 1 COT.14:5,12, 26. 2 C01'.1'0:8.
12:19. 13:10. Eph. 4: 12,16, 29. So
1 Cor. l4: 3 ltuhci oixodoju'lv i. e. 1'6. Tiig
oilrobopfig. 1 Tim. 1: 4 in Mss.
2. a building, an edifice, i. q. oixobri
'un'ua, see Lol). 1. c. and p. 421. Matt.
24: 1 Tag oixobopitg r06 ispofi. Mark 13:
1, 2. Trop. of the Christian church as
the temple of God, see in Oixodope'w c.
_1 Cor. 3: 9 95017 oixodofn'l e'o'rs. Eph. 2:
21.—Spoken of the future spiritual body
as the abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5: 1.
OHtOBO/M'a, 065', 1'), (oiKoEo/ie'm) a
building up, act of building, Jos. Ant.11.
5. 7,8. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. In N.T.
trop. edgfication, Christian improvement,
1 Tim. 1:4 in text. rec. Others also.
6014:’) or oixovopla.
OIZOBOf/JOQ, 00, 6, (oixoc, (ii/1:0,) lit.
house-builder, i. e. genr. a builder, archi.
tect, Acts 4: 11 in Mss. Sept. for “3'3
9 K. 12:12. 22: 6.—JOS. Ant. 11. 5. 8.
Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 20. Comp. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 487 sq. 587.
Omovouew, 5, f. flow, (oixovdluog)
pp. to be manager of'a household, and
genr. to be manager, steward,'etc. absol.
Luke16:2.——Diod.Sic.12.15raxp6para.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 10 rbv z'aurob oixov.
OlZOllOl/JIZ, at, r", (oixovope'm) eco
nomy, pp. management of a household or
of household affairs.
at) pp. i.e. stewardship, administration,
the ofiice of a manager or steward. Luke
16: 2 c'uro'doc X67011 rfig olxovoplag. v. 3,
4.——Sept. Is. 22:19. Jos. c.Apion. 2.18.
541' 0720;
Xen. (Be. 1. l.—Trop. of the apostolic
otfice, 1 Cor. 9:17. Col. 1:25. Eph.3:2.
b) an economy, i. e. a disposition or
arrangement of things, a dispensation,
scheme. Eph. l: 10 ii; 'rfyv oixoropluw
r017 whnpé‘uaroc 1'6»! xaipiw. So Eph.
a 3: 9 et 1 Tim. 1: 4 in later edit—Hdian.
6. l. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 25.
0110110311105, 00, 6, (olxog, ripen) a
house-manager, overseer, steward.
:1) pp. one who had authority over the
servants or slaves of a family, to assign
their tasks and portions; with which was
also united the general management of
affairs and accounts. Such persons were
themselves usually slaves, Luke 12: 42;
so Eliezer Gen. 15:2. 24: 2; and so Jo
seph is called the oikowiluog of Potiphar,
Test. XII Patr. p. 715, coll. Gen. 39:4.
See D'Orville ad Charlton p. 127 sq.
But free persons appear also to have
been thus employed, Luke 16: 1,3,8,
comp. v. 3,4. The cit-016,110: had also
some charge over the sons of a family,
prob. in respect to pecuniary matters,
thus differing from the s'n-lrpmro: or tu
tors, Gal. 4: 2. Comp. Gen. 24: 3.—
Luc. Tim. 14 (in; Kardparog oixe'rng, 1')
oixowipog, i’ mnbdrpttll. id. de Merc.
Cond. 12. Plut. de Lib. educ. 7. ed.
R. V1. p. ll. 13. Diod. Sic. 36. X. p.
156. Bip. or VI. p. 228. Tauchn. yt’vr
Tat dc‘ rmirwv [oixe'nbv] ('lpxn'ydg ‘Adm/oi
wvn-oixol'dpog div dvoiv 666K655? peyot
hmrltobrwv. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 4.
b) in a wider sense, for one who ad
ministers a public charge or otlice, a
steward, minister, agent, genr. 1 Cor. 4:2.
So of the fiscal ofiicer of a city or state,
treasurer, quzestor, Rom. 16: 23 oixové cg
rfig miltswg. — Diod. Sic. l. 62. Xiin.
Mem. 3. 4. 7, 11. Of royal qumstors,
Esdr. 4: 49. J05. Ant. 11. 6. 12.—Trop.
of the apostles and other teachers. as
stewards, ministers of the gospel, 1 Cor.
4: l. Tit. 1:7. 1 Pet. 4:10
Oixog, 01), 6,ahouse,dwelling,home.
a) genr. Matt. 9: 6 {inn-ye rig rdv oixbv
aov. v.7. Mark 3:20. Luke 1:40. John
7: 53. 11: 20. Acts 10: 22. al. SO e’v
aim’), at home, 1 Cor. 11:34. 14:35.
xar’ oixov, :car' o’ixovg, from house to house,
in private houses, Acts 2:46. 5:42. 8:
3. 20: 20. 1'] star’ alxov rwoc ilocltne'ia,
Rom. 16; 5. al. see in 'Exxhna'ia b. Sept.
 Olxo; 542 Oixougo';

genr. for "7!! Gen. 39: 2, 16. saepiss— 18,20. Xen. Cyr. 3.6. 2.--By Hebra
Hdian. l. 17. 7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 4.— ism, extended to a whole people, nation,
Spoken of various kinds of houses, edi as descended from one ancestor, e. g. ol
fices, as 6 olxog TOI-I ,Bamhéwc v. roiJ c’tpxi xoc 'Iopm’fi\, house or people of Israel,
Epe'wg i. e. a palace, Matt. 11:8. Luke Matt. 10:6. 15:24. olxog 'Iaxthg id.
22: 54. Sept. for "73. Gen. 12; 15. 5m Luke 1: 33. alt-o;- ‘1053a Heb. 8: 8. So
2 K. 20:18. Dan. 1: 4. (Hdian.3.10.9.) Sept. for 5:613." rue. Lev. 10: 6. Judg. 1:
also: ifnroplov, house of traflic, bazar, 23. #71: 1""; EX. 19:3. 3115',’ ""2 1K.
John 2: 16. Spec. olxog r027 0:017, house 12: 23.' Jer. 31: 31. A... '
of God, i.e. the tabernacle or temple where Obtoufoém, mg, 1‘), (pres. part. Pass.
the presence of God was manifested and fem. of ohcs'm q. v.) sc. 71')’, the inhabited
where God was said to dwell, e. g. the earth, the world, i. e.
tabernacle, Matt. 12: 4. Mark 2: 26. a) pp. as inhabited by Greeks, Dem.
Luke 6: 4,. (So Sept. and F711- 1 Sam. 85. 17. Xen. Vect. 1.6; and later by
1:7, 24. al.) The temple at Jerusalem, Greeks and Romans, see Passow in
Matt. 21: 13. John 2: 16,17. Acts 7: olxe’w no. 2. Hence (a) the Roman em
47, 49. al. Once for t’; vatig alone, Luke pire, Acts 17:6. 24.: 5 107g 'Iouiaiotc
1 l: 51, comp. Matt. 23: 35. AlSO also; r07;- xarét 11);’ oixovpz’vmn—Jos. Ant. l2.
Tfic 1rpoosvxfig id. Matt. 21: 13. Mark 3. 1. Hdian. 5. 2. of Palestine
11: 17. Luke 19: 46. So Sept. and "'23 and the adjacent countries, Luke 2: l
of the temple 2 Sam. 7: 13. Ezra 1:2, 3 c't-lro-ypdrpeo'fiat m'ioav rfiv olxoupe'vnv,
sq.—By synecd. put for a room or part comp. in Kvpr'p'toc. Luke 21: 26. Acts
of a house, e. g. the caenaculum or large 11: 28 see in KXahEioc—Jos. Ant. 8. 13.
room for eating, Luke 14:23; for the 4.. B. 1.5. 5. 1.
inrepqiov or place of rayer, Acts 2: 2. b) gem. in later usage, the habitable
10: 30. 11:13. —- OS. Ant. 10.11. 2. globe, the earth, the world, sc. as known
Xen. Conv. 2. 18.—Twp. of persons, e. to the ancients. (at) pp. Matt. 24:14.
g. Christians as the spiritual house or unpuxflimerat rofiro ro EI'MI'Y’YL'ALOV-HEIV
temple of God, 1 Pet. 2: 5, comp. in 01 6kg 'rii olxovlu'ry. Rom. 10: 18. Heb. 1:
KoBapéw 0. Of those in whom evil spi 6. Rev. 16: 14. Hyperbol. Luke 4: 5
rits dwell, Matt. 12: 44'. Luke 11: 24.. mia’ag The ,Baotlku'ac 'rfig olxoupérnc, i. q.
b) in a wider sense, dwelling-place, r017 xtitrpou in Matt. 4: 8. Sept. for ‘(F5
habitation, abode, as a city or country, Is. 23; 17. 5:11 Ps.19:4. 24.:2.—-Jos.
Matt. 23: 38 6 olxog itptiav E'pnpog c'upt'crat. Ant. 4.8. 2. Pol. ]. 1. 5. Diod. Sic. 1.
Luke 13:35.-—Xen. H. G- 3. 2. 10. 1.—(}3) Meton. the world for the inhabi.
c) meton. a household, family, those tants 0f the earth, mankind, Acts 17:31
who live together in a house, Luke 10:5 xpt'vew rr‘lv oix. Ev Btxaioo'iwp. 19: 27.
Eipip'n rq'i o'ixtp roi'rrtp. Acts 10: 2. 11:14 Rev. 3:10. 12:9. So Sept. and 5am
at! Kai 15;; 6 olxoc oov. 16: 15. 10m. 1: Ps. 9; 9. 98: 9.—('y) Trop. Heb. 2. 5 1‘,
16. 2 Tim. 1:16. Tit. 1:11. al. Inclucl. oii'oupe'w' h ,uz'Movoa, i. q. 6 (lltitll 6 luc'lt
ing also the idea of household-affairs etc. Mn’, see in Aiétv no. 2.
Acts 7:10. 1Tim.3:4, 5, 12. So Sept. Oizougtytig, 05, b, ;,, adj. olxoc,
and his Gen. 7;]. 1247. al.—.E1.V.H.
4. 27. Arr. Epict. 4|. 6. 31. Xen. Cyr. Ep-yoig) doing house-work, fem. a house
l. 6. 17. comp. Mem. 1. 5. 3.—-Trop. wife, Tit. 2: 5 in some Mss. for olxoupéc.
olxoc 1'05 9:06, household of God, i.e. the Not elsewhere found, and prob. an error
Christian church, Christians. 1 Tim.3: in copying:
15 iv o'ixtp Gzoii-ufirtg ‘earl e'ucknoia 950i} Olzougo'g, 017, b, 1'], adj. (oixog,
Kin/fog. Heb. 3:6. 10=21. 1 Pet.4.:17. m'tpog watchman, guard,) pp. guarding
So of the Jewish church, Heb. 3: 2, 5. the house, Artemid. 2. 11. Aristoph.
Sept. and "'1": ""2 Num. 12: 7. Vesp. 964 or 970 Kitwy OlKOUptiQ—Il'l
d) meton. family, lineage, posterity, N. T. keeping the house, i. e. keepin at
home, domestic, spoken of females grit.
descended from one head or ancestor.
Luke 1: 27 EE o'ixou Aagt's. v. 69. 2: 4|. 2: 5. Comp. 1 Tim. 5: 13.—Philo de
So Sept. and "73 1 K. 12: 16, 19. Ex. Exsecr. p. 932. D, hilmrrat Kai 'yvvaixag
6: 14.—Jos. Ant. 8. 4|. 3. Dem. 1058. ---o'ti:¢povag, olxoupmic. Kfll (pthtivhpoug.
 Olx'ret'gw 543 070;
Dio Cass. 56. p. 391 ‘ya/w) oénppwv, reel and stagger to destruction, see
oixoupo‘cpiwyé'wc,1ra1501'p64p0e. Dinarch. espec. in Gvpég. Rev. 14: 10. I6: 19.
100. 37. Comp. Hom. ll. 6. 490. 19:15. Comp. Jer. 25:15. Is. 51: 17.
Oix're/gw, f. Eph.), (olnog pity,) later El. 23:31 sq.—Also symbol. oIvog 'roii
$144017 riig 1ropve1'ac, wine of wrath offor
fut. olrrclpl'law, see Passow s. v. Lob.
ad Phryn, p. 741; to pity, to have com nication, i. e. a love-potion, philter, with
passion on, seq. acc. Matth. §414. Rom. which a harlot seduces to fornication
9: 15 oln'upr'la'u 311 T111 oiK'ru'pw, quoted q‘dolatry) and thus brings upon men
from Ex. 33: 19 where Sept. fut. flow t e wrath of God, Rev. 14: 8. 18:3.
for 51.11, as also 2 K. 13:23. Mic. 7: 30 ellipt. otvog rfig 1ropveiac Rev. 17: 2.
19. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. Comp. Jer. 51: 7.
69 sq.—-f. {you Test. XII Patr. p. 632. Olvocpku'yi'a, ag, 17, (oivddJXl/E, oivn
Jos. de Mace. § 5. i‘. spa? Palzeph. 23. 4. ¢>\vys'w. from oivog‘, (photo to overflow)
Luc. Tim. 4.2. pres. Plut. Lucull. 19. wine-drinking, drunkenness, einolency, 1
Xen. An. 3. 1. 19. Pet. 4: 3.—}El. V. H. 3. 14. Xen. (E0.
Ottawa/16;, 05, b, olxsrcipu) pity, 1. 22. So oivoqoAv-yéu Sept. for N55,!
compassion, mercy, i. e. t e feeling, less Dent. 21:20. Is. 56: 12.
strong than Z'Mog q. v. Tittm. de Synon. Oi'opoou, Conn. 01pm, Buttm. §114..
N. T. p. 69 sq. Col. 3: l2 ankr'ryxva p. 123. Passow s. voc. to suppose, to
oirrtppofi, but text. rec. mrX. oim'lpfuhv. think, to be of opinion, pp. seq. infin. c.
Elsewhere only plur. Rom. 12: l. 2 Cor. acc. e. g. aor. John 21:5 obdz‘ (Ii/Tog
l: 3. Phil. 2: l. Heb. 10: 28. SO Sept. Oipm row xdo'yov xwpfia'at Ta 'ypaqw'yn'a
for Heb. 5W1‘), Sing. Zech. 1: 16. 7: 9. Blghia. Seq. int'. simpl. when the sub
Plur. 2 Sam. 24: 14.. Ps. 144-: 9. Dan. ject of both verbs is the same, Phil. 1:
9: 9. —-Sing. Bar. 2: 21. Ecclus. 5: 6. 16 oioluzvm. shiduv i711¢épfill 1074; 5:01:07;
Plur. l Mace. 3:45. Pind. Pyth.].164. you. Seq. 6n instead of inf. James 1:
Olav/flow, ovog, 6,1'], adj. (oixrzlpw) 7. Comp. Matth. §539.—c. inf. et ace.
Hdian.4.15.15. Xen. Cyr.1.4.10. c.
pitiful, compassionate, merctful, Luke 6: int‘. 2 Maec. 7: 24. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15.
36 bis. James 5: 11. Sept. for T"?
Ex. 34: 6. Neh. 9: 17.—Ecclus. 2: 11. 070;, 06, 0V, a correlative relat.
Theocnld. 15.75. Anthol. Gr. IV.p. 219. pron. corresponding to 1r070c, ro'iog, etc.
‘I
Olfbul, see O‘iopat. Buttm. § 79; pp. of what kind or sort,
what, such as, qualis.
01'1'0767715 09, o, (oIvog, worn; from 9.) pp. in a dependent clause, with
111110,) a winedrinlter, wine-bibber, Matt. roioiirog, etc. corresponding, 1 Cor. I5:
11: 19. Luke 7: 34. Sept. for 113'“? 48 bis, 070;‘ b xo'ixog, rowii'rot oi xo'ixoi,
Prov. 23: 20.—Anthol. Gr. II. p. 94'. K. r. h. 2 Cor. 10: 11. c. 6 airroe Phil.
P01. 20. 8. 2. 1: 30. c. Tomi-rag, etc. impl. Matt. 24:
Oivog, 00, 6, wine. a) pp. as olvog 21 skid“;- pryéhn, oi'a oil yé-yovev. Mark
vz'oc new wine, must, Matt. 9: 17 ter, 18. 9: 3. 13:19. 2 Cor. 12:20 bis. 2 Tim.
Mark 2: 22 quater. Luke 5: 37 bis. 38. 3: 1101:’: I40: c'ye'vzro. Rev. 16: 18.—c. 7'01
Also Mark 15: 23 Eo'uvpvwyie'vov oIvor. m'n'og Ecclus. 4,9: 14. Xen. Hi. 6.8.impl.
Luke 1: 15 oIvov xal m'xepa oi! p2) m'p. Hdian. 5. 5. 11. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 5, 27.
7:33. 10: 34. John 2: 3 bis, 9,10 bis. b) in an independent clause it has
4:46. Rom. 14:21. Eph. 5:18. 1 Tim. the nature of an exclamation, implying
3:8. 5:23. Tit.2:3. Rev. 18:13. Sept. something great or unusual, what, what
for 1'.‘: Gen. 9: 21, 24'. 14': 18. 115:1“? Gen. manner of, how great, see Passow s. v.
27:28. Iudg. 9: 13. — Hdian. 5. 5. 16. no. 1. Luke 9: 55 01'”: o‘tda'rs o't'ov met/pa
Xen. (E0. 17. 9.—Meton. for the vine and réc 201's ‘luck. 1 Thess. 1:5. 2 Tim. 3:
its fruit Rev. 6: 6. So Sept. and '55“? 11 ult.—Jos. Ant. 10.3. 2. Hdian. 7. 4. 2.
Joel 1:10. Comp. Jahn §66. sq. §144. c) neut. 051x 010v, adv. not so as, not
b) symbol. oIvoc r06 9144017 'rofl 9e06, so,usually followed by an antith,as 5M6,
wine of God's wrath, i. e. the intoxicat not so—but, P01. 18. 18. 11. ib. 1.20.
ing cup which God in wrath presents to 12. Passow in 010; no. 6.e. Hence
the nations, and which causes them to Rom. 9: 6 013x 010V 5:‘, 5n Enrénrwuv 6
 02's! 544
M-yog r017 05017, but not so (sc. would I
reason) as that the promise of God is be
come void, and then the antithesis fol
lows indirectly in the general sense, and
directly in (MN v. 7.—-()thers take obx
0101' be‘ (in, for oioy seq. infin. such that,
q. d. obx olov it is not possible ; comp.
Buttm. § 150. p. 435. Matth.§ 533. 3.
comp. § 539. But this accords less well
with the context.
pic! 011501. theme, see in lbe'pw.
Ollléw, 5, f. 1'7o'w, (hi-1'01; slowness,
tardiness,) to be slow, tardy, to delay, in.
trans. c. inf. Acts 9: 38 pr) (ixvfio'ai cinch
Oe‘iv Ewe (ll’lTtDl’. Sept. for 553,; .1 udg.
18:9. 1». 92:31 Num. 22:16.-—Jos. (le
Vita s. §48. Luc. D. Deor. 6. l. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. l4.
Ozmgtig, at, 5,1’, (Jul/61.1,) slow,
tardy, slothful, of persons, Math-'25: 26
now/pi 5017A: Kai o'uvnpé. Rom. 12: 11.
Sept. for 532 Prov. 6: 6, 9.—Dem. 777.
5. Hdian. 2. 4. 10. Thuc. l. 142.—Neut.
of things, tedious, tiresome, Phil. 3: 1
rd ai/ra ypdtpuvu-ipoi pe‘y oim dwnpo'v.
Thgocr. Id. 24. 35.
Oxmhaegog, 011, 13,17, adj. (6nd’,
iyluz'pa, comp. Buttm. § 70. n. 2,) an
eighth-day person or thing; Phil. 3: 5
159170115 drrofipcpog, as to circumcision
an eighth-day man, i.e. circumcised on the
eighth day—Comp. Gregor. Naz. Orat.
25. p. 465. D, Xpm'rbg tivla'raral. rpu'ylus
poc, Aalapoc rzrpar'lpspog.
,Olffill, oi, oi, n't, indec. card. num.
eight, Luke 2: 21. 9: ‘28. 13: 4,11,16.
John 5:5. 20:26. Acts9: 33. 1 Pet. 3:20.
"07.29505, 00, 6, (b'hhvpn) desh'uc.
tion, ruin, death. I Cor. 5: 5 cl; 5h£6pov
rr'lc a'aprog. of divine punishment, 1
Thess. 5: 3 clot/£5109 o'helipog. 2 Thess.
1:9. I Tim. 6: 9. Sept. for '73‘. ()l).
13. "115 Prov. 21: 7.-—Hdian. 8. 8. 10.
Xen. An. 1. 2. 26.
l()tu'yé'rurrog. on, 6, {7, adj. (6M.
70;, rim-19,) of little faith, incredulous,
Matt.6:30. 8:26. 14:31. 16:8. Luke
12: 28.—Act. Thom. § 28. Not found
scarcely, 2 Pet. 2: 8 in later edit. for
in classic writers. byrwg in text. rec.—Hippocr. Apbor. lib.
'Ohi'yog, :7, or, little, pp. opp. of 1, quickly, speedily.
waking much.
a) of number, small, in N. T. only
plur. dhl'yol, (ll, a,few, Matt. 7: 14 6M
yot . . . oi eiaplaxovrrg (tin-1'11’. 9: 37 ol 5:‘
'Oh/ywg
e'p-yt'trat dhl'yot. 15:34. 20: 16. 22: 14.
25:21,?33. Mark 6:5. 8:7. Luke 10:2.
12: 48 dolpr'lozrat dhl-yag sc. whip-wig.
(Buttm.§ 134.. 11. 2.) Luke 13.23. Acts
17: 4, l2. Heb. 12: 10 F969 dhl'yag ihué
pac. 1 Pet. 3:20. Rev. 2: 14, 2O. 3: 4.
So Sept. for 11!? Num. 13:19. Is. 10:
7.——Hdian. 4. 13. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 3.
—Hence 1 Pet. 5: 12 5:’ dhi-ywv Eypail’a,
i. e. in few words, briefly. Comp. Thuc.
4. 95 51' dhi-yov.
b) of magnitude, amount, little, small,
in N. T. only in Sing. Luke 7:47 o’hl-yov
lupin-at, or o'M-yov may here be an adv.
comp. below in d. Acts 12: 18 rdpaxog
oinc dM-yog. 15:2. 19: 23, 24. 27: 20.
2 Cor. 8:15. I Tim. 4: 8 rrptig dM-yov dupe’
htluog prqfitahlefor little. 5: 23 James 3: 5.
Sept. for ‘~12’? 1K.17:10,12.—Hdian. 1.
14. 4. IE]. V. H. 4. 27. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.
25.—Hence Eph. 3: 3 iv dhi-ylp 1rpor'ypn.
the, in brief, brieiiy.—Aristot. Rhet. 3. 11.
c) of time, little, short, brief, Acts 14:
28 xpo'rov Oilk' dAi-yov. James 4: 14 1rpdg
dhi'yov sc. xpo'votl. Rev. 12:12. So 5'11
dhlytp sc. Xpévq: Acts 26: 28, 29, see in
'Ev no. 2. a. —Hdian. 2. 14. 10. Xen.
Ath. 3. 11. E1» (ihl'ylp Xen. 1-1. G. 4. 4.
12, etc. xpémy Cyr. 2. 4. 2.
d) neut. (SM-yaw as adv. spoken of
space, amount, time, etc. Mark 1: l9
npofiag dM-yov. 6: 31. Luke 5: 3. 7: 47
('l'ycnrd dhi-yoi'. 1 Pet. 1: 6. 5: 10. Rev.
17: 10 dM-yov aim‘w 627 pcivar. Sept.
for 32’? P8, 37:10. — All. V. H. 12. 9.
Xen. Conv. 1. 14.
,OAIQ/O’NIJUXOQ, 01), 6,17, adj. (dMyog,
tin/xii.) low-spirited, feeble-minded, faint.
hearted, 1 Thess. 5: 14. Sept. for U‘: “5?:
Prov. 14: 29. 133125.’, Is. 54: 6.—-Ar
temid. 3. 5. tihi'yoiiwxe'w Isocr. p. 392. B.
’O7.1'yw§§w, 5, f. 17w, (dhiywpog
caring little, careless, from dhi'yog, dipa
care.) to care little for, to make light of,
to contemn, seq. gen. Heb. 12: 5 in‘) 6X’.
ydrpu mudu'ac Kupiov,quoted from Prov.
3: 11 where Sept. for °§’,=F\'5I5.—Hd1an.
1. 1.1. Xen. Mem. '2. 4. 3.
’07\II'}’W§, adv. little, but a little,
’ Ohoflgevrhg, 0:7, 6, (éxoflprbw) a de
stroyer,1 Cor. 10:10,comp: Num. c. 14.
It is i. q. 1‘; (ihotipn'lwy q. v. in ‘Obolipwu.
 ’Ottotlgsim 545
‘0710058641, i‘. show, (hhrflpoc) to
destroy, trans. only in particip. Heb. 11:
28 h o'hotipsi/wv Tit n'pwroroxa. Sept.
for PM??? Ex. 12: 23. Comp. 1 Chr.
21:12, 15,16. Sept. also for '5‘1‘171 Josh.
3: 10. ‘1'39 Jer. 25:36.—VVisd. 18:25.
' Ohottdfl’t‘l'attbtl, (2705, 16,(6X0Kaur0'w
Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 24,
Mo'xavrog, from 67109, Kalw,) a holocaust,
whole bumLqfl‘ering, pp. in which the
whole victim was burned; but genr.
burntofl'ering, Mark 12:33. Heb. 10: 6,
8. Sept. for ‘P173? Ex. 18: 12. 24:5. saep.
Ex. 30: 20. Lev. 4:35. See Jahn
§ 379. — Comp. hhoxavréw Jos. Ant. 3.
9. l. bhoKailrwotc ii). 9. 7. 4.
'Okoxttngl'u, ac, 1), hXtiKXnpog)
wholeness, soundness, sc. of dy, Acts
3: 16. Sept. for Di"? Is. 1: 6.
'Ohoxttngog, 00, 6,1), (510:, 0.179%) whole. 1 Thess. 5: 23 é-ytr'wat i416;
whole in every part, i. e. genr. whole,
entire, perfect. 1 Thess. 5: 23 hhdxhgpov
inn-"w rt) nun-um Kai i] tin/Xi) ml 1rd o'o'J/m
your whole spirit,soul, and body, 1. e. your
whole man. Trop. in a moral sense,
James 1: 4 111a hrs ‘I’éhfiot Kai Mo'Khnpot.
Sept. pp. for 13%? Deut. 27:6. 5‘12 E2.
15: 5.—pp. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 2. Luc.
Philops. 8. trop. Wisd. 15: 3.‘ Pol. 18.
28. 9.
’O7\07\t/)Zw, f. Eu, an onomatopcetic
verb, pp. to cry aloud to the gods, either
in supplication or thanksgiving; espec.
of prayers and hymns of joy uttered
by females on festival days, accompanied
with shouts and shrieks, Horn. 11. 6.
301. 0d. 3. 450. 11). 22. 408, 411. In
later usage, genr. to cry aloud, Lat.
ululare, e. g. in joy,to shout, Theocr. 17.
64. In N. T. in complaint, to shriek, to
howl, absol. James 5: l KAaI’wa-re (EMM
Zovrec. So Sept. for WP"?! Is. 13: 6.
15:3. 16: 7. —Diod. Sic. 3. 59. Dem.
313. 20, 21.
(107105‘, 77, 01', whole, the whole, all,
including every part; for the construc
tion with nouns having the article, see
in '0, 5,115,111. A. 2. b. 'y. p. 528. E. g.
of space, extent, amount, etc. Matt. 4:
23. 5km’. rfiv I‘ahthaiav. 5: 29 iihov rt)
0011a. 16: 26 Kéapov b'Aov Kepdinrg. 21: 4
roin'o he‘ b'ltov 'yé-yovcv. 22:40. Mark 1:
33 #6711; 5M7. Luke 1: 65. John 4:53.
1 Cor. 5: 6. Rev. 6: 12. al. Neut. 6')\ov
' Oposl'gofbou
the whole sc. mass, Matt. 13: 33. Luke
13. 21. 5:’ 5km: throughout, in every part,
John 19: 23. Sept. for 5'3 Gen. 25:25.
Zech. 4: 2. 5'??? Ex. 28:27. -- Hdian.
4. 4. 9. Xen. 2. 3. 17.—Of time, Matt.
20:6 5M1)’ rr)v iypc'pav. Luke 5: 5 Bi
5km; rfig vvx-nig. Acts 11:26 Zmaurtiv
5M”. 28: 30. al. So Sept. and 5'5 Ex.
10; 13. vb: Num. 4.16. we Lev. 25.
30.—Jos. B. J. 1. 2. 8. Hdian. 8. 4. 3.
—Of an afi'ection, emotion, condition,
Matt. 22: 37 iv 5X17 r‘fi Kapdlq oou,Kai s'v
Sky 17'] o'ov, K. r. A. quoted from
Deut. 6: 5 where Sept. and 5'9. Luke
10: 27. John 9: 34 iv itpaprlatc m‘:
e'yswfienc 6X09. John l3:10.—Jos. B.
J. l. 2. 4 b'hoc r05 milieu: hr. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 28. An.
'Oho'rettég, éog, 017;, 5, .7, adj.
(5M9, r6105) wholly complete, perfect,
(Shoreheig, i. e. wholly, in every part,
comp. Buttm._ § 123. n. 3.—Aquil.
hkoreha'm for 7?? Deut. l3: l7.
'Olupwrotc, &, 6, Olympus, pr. n. of
a Christian, Rom. 16: 15.
"Ohm/90;, 00, 5, an untimely fig,
winter fig, grossus, i. e. such as grow
under the leaves and do not ripen at the
proper season, but hang upon the trees
during winter, Rev. 6:13. Sept. for
It; Cant. 2: 13.—Dioscor. l. 186. The
ophr. H. P1. 5. 9. 12. Hdot. 1. 193.
"One, adv. (5Xog,)wholly,altogether,
in every part or sense, 1 Cor. 6: 7 69109
firm/ta iip'iv Eortv. Also every where,
generally, 1 Cor. 5: 1. Negat. or’: V. pp)
5M); not at all, 1 Cor. 15:29. Matt. 5:
34.—Luc. Tim. 13. Xen. (E0. 20. 20.
negat. Palaeph. 3. 5. Hdian. 1. 1. 5.
"010650;, 01), 6, a heavy shower,
violent rain, with thunder and tempest,
Lat. imber, Luke 12: 54. Sept. for
Ii“??? Deut. 32: 2. —— Hdian. 1. 14. 4.
Xen. (Ec. 5. 18.
‘07115115014061, to long for, to have
strong afl'ection for, seq. gen‘. i. q. 1pm’
popai, for which it is substituted 1 Thess.
2: 8 in later ediL—Symmach. Ps. 62:
2 hpu'pcmi. Hesych. hpetpdpevot' opti
POI/Tat, Emflupm'mi. Photius p. 331. 9
hluslpovrat' Emtlvpoim't. Comp. Fritzsche
IV Evang. II. p. 792. This word is
omitted in most modern lexicons.
2 M
 'Opultéa) 546 "Open;

(Of/Illa”, 5, i‘. flow, (SPAM) to be 20 his, 21 bis, 22 bis. Rev. 10: 6. so

in a crowd or in company with any one, Sept. for ,3‘?! Ps. 63: 12. Jer. 5. 7.
to have intercourse with, Luc. Tim. 4.5. b) spec. i. q. to declare with an oat/1,
Xen. Conv. 2. 10. In N. T. toconverse, e. g. followed by the words of the oath,
to talk with, absol. Acts 20:11. Luke 24.: Heb. 3: 11 et 4.: 3 (in; Gapooa iv 11] 697:]
15. seq. dat. Acts 24.: 26. seq. 1.92.9 you’ cl ilt7€>\€l’/UOVT¢H, see in E1 1. 2. h.
&7\7\1’;)\ovg Luke 24.:14n—0. dat. Jos. Ant. [3. Heb. 7:21. seq. inf. 3: 18.—mint‘.
10. ll. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15. c.1rpog Plut. Galb. 22 fin. Xen. Ag. 1.10.—
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 2. Hence, to promise with an oath, seq. dat.
'OIIMNIM, 05;, 1‘), (bIuMQoQ a being et (in, Mark 6: 23. 0. 59m,» seq. dat. ct
infin. Acts 2:30 (‘In 5pm,: (Spousal (11,117‘;
together, companions/lip, Xen. Mem. 3. a 9.2.; c’wao-n’yaw'. Seq. accus. et
7. 5. In N. T. intercourse, converse, (lat. Acts 7: 17 'rfig e’rra'y'yekiac if; dipoo'zv
1 Cor. 15: 33 ¢6clpouoiv 1'1'017 X91700. 6 926g rq'i 'Afipaép, where fig is by attr.
oluikiat xaKaL—lEl. V. H. 13. 1 post for iiv. So c. 1rp6g nva, Luke 1: 73
init. Diod. Sic. 16. 54' mtg novnpaig 5pm!’ 3v dipoo's 1rpog ‘Afipac’zp, comp. Gen.
olutlh'aig 5167566196 Tit 11611 ru'n/ K'II/Optilfl'wv. 26:3 {Jpn-on’ 3v 114100: r1‘; 'A. Deut. 7:
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19. 8. — 0. dat. et int‘. Xen. An. 7. 7. 4.0.
(I
Owtws, 0v, a, (6.6., (4.0;, ‘in, 1rpog rwa Hom. Od. 141. 331.
crowd,) pp. 11 crowding together, i. e. a 'OfMllUfMZBél', adv. (apaewmg, from
crowd, multitude, Rev. 18: 17 in text. rec. lipo’g, Swing) with the some mind, with one
_Hdian. l. 1. 1. Thuc. 4.. 112. accord, all together. Acts 1: l4 oi'irm mir
‘On/90.», 17g, .5, (kindr. awe... to ru; iio'av 1rpoo'xaprepofir'rcg o'imBv‘uaEov
void water,) a cloud, mist, dark cloud, if 1rpoo'zvx‘fi. 2: 1.4.6. 4.: 24.. 5:12. 7: 57.
2 Pet. 2: l7 ofu'xkcu im'o Aalkmrot; e’Aav 8.6. 12120. l5: 25. 18:12. 19:29. Rom.
vii/twat, where some rend rapékm. Sept. 15:6. Sept. for 1'3??? Ex.19: 8. Jer.4.6:21.
for 593?, Job 38: 9. Joel 2:2.—Diod. —Jos. Ant. l5. 8. 2. Xen. H. G. 2. 4.. 17.
Sic. l. 7. Xen. An. 4.. 2. 7. ‘Of/Midge), l‘. (mu, (ll/10109,) to be
,IO ’ ‘I 1,
‘60,0006, 0670;, T0, (uilaoiuu, ufl'ulu.) like, intrans. Mark 14.: 70 1', Xakui oov
pp. sight, thing seen, Soph. Electr. 903. 6pou'rZn.—The simple verb is not else
Usually eye, plur. rd b'ppara, the eyes, where found,but comp. mrpopoiétfwlilatt.
Mark 8: 23. Sept. for B12"! Prov. 6: 4. 23: 27, 1rpoo'opoidlw Geopon. 2. 21. 6.
10:27.—Jos. B. 1.4.5.5. Xen.Conv. 1. 9. 'Opoow'rrcaling, £05, 017;, .3, 1", adj.
"Otwupu and (inn/ow, f. tipofifuu, (lipozog, #6160; from 1rr'|o'xw,) like afl‘ected,
ROI‘. 1 G'lfmzm, Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 114. snfl‘ering like things, i. e. of like nature,
. 2941. Moeris dfu'in'at, 'Arnmiig' 6pm’! afl'ections,conditi0n; hence genr. i. q. like
sw, 'Ekhnmxdig— To swear, i. e. unto, seq. (lat. Acts 14.: 15 ilpeig o'uoio
a) gem. and absol._ to take 01' make wallet;- z'o'pzv ilyiv i’irfipwrroi. James 5:17.
Oat/l, absol. Matt. 26: 74. at Mark 14:71 Buttm.§ 133. 2. 2.—VVisd. 7: 3. Jos. de
fipiaré tipm'luv. Matt. 5: 34 In) 0.1.40’ Mace. § 12. Theophr. H. Pl. 5. 8.
Hofbomg, 0t, 09, (bpdg) once b'potog
a'cu (‘Mug—Xen. (Ec. 4.. 10.—The per.
son or thing by which one swears is 1'), 1‘], with two endings, Rev. 4: 3 lpig
variously construed, e. g. accus. as 7.). 510mg in later edit. see Winer § 11. l.
obpamiv James 5: 1'2. comp. Buttm. § uttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 60. n. 3; like,
131. n. 1. Matth.§ 413. 10. (Jos. Ant. resembling, seq. dat. Buttm. § 133. 2. 2.
5. 1. 1. Xen. An. 7. 6. 18.) With a) gem. e. g. in external form and
xan'r. c. gen. Heb. 6: 13 his but (14100‘: appearance, John 9: 9. Rev. 1: 13 5mm»
m6‘ Earn-017. v. 16. comp. in Kari’: I. l. viq': t'wflpénrov. v. 15. 2:18. 4.: 3 bis, 6,
c. 7. Sept. for ,5??? Is. 45: 23. Am. 7 ter. 9: 7biS, 10,19. 11: ]. 1322,11.
4: 2. (Luc. Conviv. 3:2. Dem. 1306. 14.14. 16:12. 21: 11,18. (Xen. H. G.
21.) Once with tie 'lspovoaX/m Matt. 5: 3. '2. 27.) In kind or nature, Acts 17:
35, see in Eiq no. 1. b. (Hdian. 2. 13. 29. Gal. 5: 2]. (Xen. Mem. 3. l. 7.) In
4..) By Hebraism with iv 0. dat. see in conduct, character, Matt. 11: 16 [15 ‘yard:
'Ev n0. 3. c. a, ult. Matt.5:34. E'v rq'i ol'Jpa (ii/m] o'uola Earl muoz'oig x. r. X. 13: 52
1'55, iv vi 7:]. v. 36. 23: 16 his, 18 his, Luke 7; 3|,32. 12: 36. (Xen. Ath. 3.
 ' Oylolérng 547 'Oaohoyéw
10 5,140101 Toic bpm'oig tbs/oi elm.) In mortal man. 5: 14 e'vri r9"; I'Jflollbflafl rfig
condition, circumstances, Matt. 13:31 “memo; CAMP, i. e. a transgression
byola e'o'rlv r" [30.0. 1131/ 09p. rdxmp aimi like that Of Adam. 6: 5. 8: 3.
1rewc. v. 33,44, 45,47. 20:1. Luke6: 47, cOplbl'alg, (Gnome) in like manner,
48,49. 13:18,19,21. lJohn3: 2. Rev. likewise, Matt. 22: 26 bluoiwg Kill. 6 56in’:
18: 18.—Hdian. 4. 13. 17. Xen.Hi.l.27. pog. Mark 4: 16. Luke 5: 10. John 6:11.
b) i. q. just like, equal, the same with, 1 Cor. 7: 3, 4. al. bpoi'wr; #0151!’ Luke 3:
e. g. in kind or nature, Jude v. 7 Toy 11. 10:37. al.—Sept.Esth.l: 18. Hdian.‘
b'poiov 'rot'lroig rpo'n'ov. (Palzcph. 29. 3.) l. 10. 14. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 8. A1,.
In conduct, character, once seq. gen.
John 8: 55 'c'a'oliat ('iyotog bpd'w, \i/u'nrmg. ‘Ono/am, em, 1,, (spots...) pp. a
(Comp. Ecclus. 13: 16. Xen. An. 4. 1. likening, comparison, Luc. pro Imag. 19.
17.) In authority, dignity, power, Matt. -—-In N. T. likeness, resemblance, James
3: 9 Toby z’zvBp. roll; rat)v b'um'wo'w 950i}
22: 39. Mark 12:31. Rev. 13; 4.—Ec
class. 44: 19. Jos. Ant. 8. l4. I 010: (by 'yc-yovorag,in allusion tnGen. l: 26 where
512010; abrq'i rg arpana.
Sept. for "91?. So for PM’; E2. 1: 10.
Dan. 10: 16. 1"‘??? E2. 8: 10.
'Oaolorng, 12710;, 1'],(6'u010§,)lik€ lofbolw'yéw, 5, f. flaw, (bpdho-yog,
ness, similitude, Heb. 4: 15. 7: 15. Sept.
for ‘F? Gen. 1: 11, 12.—Jos. de Mace. from épég, 6,1405, M711“) pp. to speak or
l5. Plut. Galb. 9. say the same with another e. g. to speak
the same language, 0. dat. Hdot. l. 142.
'Opbouiw, 57, f. 6mm, (5po:og,) to
ib. 2. 18. to say the same things, i. e. to
make like, c. acc. et (lat. Pass. aor. l assent, to accord, to agree with, 0. dat.
bpoubflnv to be or become like, c. dat. Jos. Ant. 8.6. 2. Hdot. 1. 23,171. Xen.
a) gem. only Pass. e. g. in external Cyr. 3. 3. 19.—Hence in N. T.
form, Acts 14: ll oi Gaol bpnrwOz'w-eg a) to concede, to admit, to confess, c.
('wtipénoig. Sept. for "13’! Is. 40: 18. accus. e. g. a charge, Acts 24: 14 into
(Diod. Sic. 4. 78.) In conduct, char ho-ya': be‘ 701776 601 {in r. r. 7\. So of
acter, Matt.6:8. (Ecclus. 13:1. Thuc. sins, n‘zgr'ipap-riag 1 John 1: 9.-—Ecclns.
3. 82.) In condition, circumstances, 4:29. Hdian. 1.6.8. Xen. An. ]. 6. 7.
Heb. 2: l7 rolg ddelupolg bluotaltlfil’at. —Hence to confess publicly, to acknow
Once seq. the, Rom. 9: 29 dug I‘dpofifia ledge openly, to profess, e. g. c. ace. of
21v tilltfluberlflfll, quoted from Is. 1:9 cogn. noun, 1 Tim. 6: l2 a‘tpoM-ynaag
where Sept. so for'5= "22.—Thuc. 5. 103.
rfiv K. bpoho-yiav, comp. Buttm. 9 131. 3.
b) in comparison, to liken, to compare,
Seq. accus. genr. Acts 23: 8 dmpwaioi
Pass. to be likened, to be like, Matt. 7: 24
5e‘ b/ioho-yofia'i 1a c'qapbrspa. Rev. 3: 5
bpouimw aim-or dudpi ¢povipqn v.26 bpouu in later edit. Seq. inf. Tit. l: 16 925v
Sr'lazraicivbpipwpql 11:16. 13:24. 18: ('ymho-yoiiau/ £285.“. (Xen. Mem. 2. 3,
23. 22:2. 25: 1. Mark 4:30. Luke 7: 9.) Seq. particip. for infin. Buttm. §
31. 13: 18, 20. Sept. for =23 Cant. 2: 144. 4. b. Matth. §555. n. 2. 1 John
17. 7: 7. Ps. 102: 7.—-Ecclus. 25: 14. 4: 2 n-Eiv n'vsfi‘ua b opoho'yei 'Ino'ofir Xp.
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2. 27. 3 mi 1rou
e'v aapxl Ehnhuedra. v. 3. 2 John 7. c.
Kai 1f Hohe'pwm blsoiobvrwv air-r1511.
part. b'ura impl. John 9:22. Rom. 10:
'Opooiwfod, “7051-6, (bpozdw) pp. 9 it” bpoho'yfia‘ng Kbpwv [b'v'ra] '11].
‘ something made like,’ a likeness, i. e. 001711. Absol. but with particip. impl.
a) pp. form, shape, figure, Phil. 2: 7 John 12:42. Rom. 10:10. (115]. V. H.
iv bpoubpar: dvflpainrov 'yevopevog, parall. 2. 44. impl. 2. 4.) Seq. b'n instead of
with ,aopqn']. Rev. 9: 7. Sept. for NE", 2 infin. Matth. § 539.1. Heb. 11:13
K. 16: 10. 2 Chr. 4.: 3. 52:; 1 Sam.6:5. l'iIyohoyi/rmvng 5n Ee'rol. ml 1r. eiaiv. l
1"‘??? Deut. 4: 16 sq. "1321!? Ex. 20: 4. — ohn 4: 15. (El. V. H. 12. 2.) Seq.
1 Macc. 3: 49. Aristot. Eth. 8. 10. b'n as citing the express words, Matt. 7:
b) abstr. likeness , resemblancesimilitude , 23. John 1:20 bis—Peculiar is the
only in the sense of an adj. Buttm. §123. construction {worm/.2.’ E'v rim, to con
n. 4. Winer x5 32. 2. Rom. l: 23 iv fess in one's case, i. e. to profess or ac‘
bpoub'uan clmivoc ¢8apro|7 c'wopa'mou, i. q. knowledge him, see in 'Ev no. 3. c. a.
211 chain b‘uol'a x. 1'. h. an image like unto Matt. 10:32 bis. Luke l2:8 bis. Comp.
2 st 2
 ' ()[ooMg/l'u 548 ' Ovelhmynig

Winer § 32. 3. b.—By llebraism, seq. ened by 'ue'vrot, John 12:42 b'fuoc ,ue'rroi
dat. of pers. to acknowledge in honour of Kai K- 'r. A. i. q. in Engl. get nevertheless.
any one, i. q. to give thanks, to praise, —simpl. 2 Macc. 15: 5. Hdian. 7. 7. 4'.
Heb. l3: l5 xnhe'wv hpoho'yohvrwv 7t; Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21. c. pévrot ib. 2. 3.
(ivd'uan airroi. So Heb. 5,-"11", Sept. 22. Cebet. Tab. 33.—In the usage of
EEopoXo-ye'w, PS. 75: 2. 1 Chr. 29: 13. Paul, filiwg is put before a comparison
fivfionoko'yéw Ez. 3: 11. Comp. in 'Av with something inferior, out of which
sopoho'ye'w and 'EEopoXo-ye'w no. 1. there then follows a conclusion 5 minore
b) to accord with or to any one, i. q. ad majus, i. q. get even, 1 Cor. 14:7 Eluug
to promise, seq. dat. et infin. Matt. 14.: 7 riz c'iilmxa qnuw‘lv 515611111 1:. T. A. i. e. yet
peB‘ b'pxou a'iluohd'yna'ev ain'z'i 505m: ('l 5311' even as to inanimate musical instruments
airr'lonrai. — Jos. Ant. 8. 4,. 3. Plut. you require them to give forth distinct
Consol. ad Apoll. 5 ed. R. VI. p. 391 sounds ; [how much more then, etc.]
ult. Xen. An. 7. 4,. 22. Gal. 3: 15 yet even a man's covenant,
'O/JuoM'y/a, mg, ,7, (épaxoyéw) as duly confirmed, no one annulleth, etc.
sent, accord, agreement, Luc. Paras. 30. "0901?, 10', found only in nom. and
Thuc. 5. 21.—In N. T. confession, pro accus. Sing. a dream,i.n N. T. only Kar'
fission. 1 Tim. 6: 12, 13 Thu Kahfiv Elvap in a dream Matt. 1:20. 2: 12, 13,
hpoho'yl'av, comp. in 'OpoXoyéw a. In 19, 22. 27: 19. Heb. 1:55:12, Sept. m6‘
the sense of an adj. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.. ilm'ov Gen. 20: 6. 31: 11. —xu-r' Pinup
2 Cor. 9: 13 en} fr} inrora-yfl riig (moha Strabo 4’. l. 4.. Artemid. l. 2. 9. 1151.
yt'ag 13,4601! |:. r. A. it q. your professed V. H. l. 13. Earlier writers used sim
subjection. Heb. 10: 23 xare'xwpsv 5,10. ply b'vap, Dem. 429. 18. Xen. Conv. 4‘.
ho'yc'av 'rfig E'Mrz’aog, i. e. the hope we have 33. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 421 sq.
professed, i. e. the Christian religion.— 'Ovégwv, 01), T6, (dim. of am.) a
lience meton. profession for ‘ the thing yonng ass, John 12: 14,, coll. v. 15. —
professed,'sc. the Christian religion,Heb. Athen. 13. p. 582. _C.
3: l. 4:14.. Sept. for "71?. vowJer. 4.4,:25. 7 - '
Ovehfiw, f. law, (Mud-09,) pp. l0
--—Philo de Somn. I. p. 6541. 16, oIue‘v 51) defame, i. e. to disparage, to reproach.
pé-yaz; dpxlspzug rfic byohoyiag x. r. A. a) gem. i. q. to rail at, to revile, to
'Ofooho'yovplévwg, adv. (part. pres. assail with opprobrious Words, in later
pass. of 6,1010%...) by consent qfall,con usage seq. ace. of pers. Matt. 5: 11 ‘aa
fcssedly, Without controversy, 1 Tim. 3: tcdpwi ia're, (irav (ivaalawo'w {4469. 27:
16.—Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 6. Diod. Sic. 13. 44,. Mark 15:32. Luke 6:22. 1 Tim.
26. Xen. (E0. 1. 11. 4:10. | Pet. 4,: 141. Rom. l5: 3, quoted
'Qunifexvog, ou, b, 1'], adj. (6,169, from Ps. 69; 10 where Sept. for F1213, as
re'xvn.) of the same trade, Acts 18: 3.— also Ps. 4.2:1l. 2 Sam. 21:21.—Ecclus.
Jos. Ant. 18. 13. 4. Luc. Demon. 23. 22:20. absol. Horn. ll. 7. 7.95.ib. 1.211.
b) spec. to reproach with any thing,
Ildot. 2. 89.
i. q. to upbraid, to chide, e. g. c. acc.
‘Of/405, adv. (pp.genit. neutol'bpég)
pers. et 611, Matt. 11:20 ro're fipEm-o
at the same place or time, together,e. g.of
dr'etot'fuv rag n-éhug-nh'n ob Iwrsyo'na‘aw.
place, John 21:2; of time John 4:36. 20: Seq. ace. of thing for which, Mark 16:
4.. Sept. of time for "U? Job 34.: 29.—of 14 Thu dmo-rr'av uilru'rv. — So 'rlvh 5161-1
place Eschin. 21. 12. Xen. Conv.1. 3. of Luc. Tox. 61. mm‘: at; n Jos. B. J. l.
time Hdian. 1. 1]. 13. Xen. An. 1. 10.8. 12. l. Diod. Sic. 20. 62. 'riw. n Hdian.
Q I
Opopgwv, 0110;, 6,17, (5446;, 4591111,) 3. 8. 12. nvd Plato Phwdo 18. p. 31.
of the same mind, like-minded, 1 Pet. 3: A. {in il). 17. p. 29. E. —- Absol. to
8. Comp. Rom. 12¢ 16.—Hes. Theog. upbraid so. with benefits conferred, James
60. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 34,. So opo 115.—Ecclus. 41:29. run’ n Pol. 9.31. 4.
I ¢povéw Plut. Otho 9. ’Ov245w;n6g, 05, a, (dyechilw) rc
,OPW’W obsol. theme, see in 'OIu/v'u. proach, reviling,contumely. Rom. 15: 3
I! e I '
0P4“, advers. part. (upon) 1. q. oi dvuswpoi ru'w dvstdtlovrwv-cre, see in
Engl. at the same time, i. e. nevertheless, ’Over§i{w a. 1 Tim. 3: 7. Heb. 10:33.
notwithstanding, yet. E. g. as strength 11: 26 rev til/Ha. r017 Xp. reproach like that
 "Omhog
of Christ. 13:13. Sept. for "$11 Ps.
69:10. v. 8,11. Joel2:19.—VVisd.5:
3. 1 Macc. 10.70. Menand. Prot. p.118.
D. A late word, Lob. ad Phr. p. 512.
'Omhog, 20;, 00;, 70', pp. fame,
name, report, good or bad, e. g. good
fiime, renown, Eurip. Phoen. 828 or 835
xciMrm-ov iii/5:509. Usually and in N.
T. illfame, i. e. reproach, disgrace, Luke
1:25 dqnlte‘iv riz b'vuéég- 'uou, sc. for ster
ility, in allusion to Gen. 30: 23 where
Sept. for "P217, as also 2 Sam. 13: 13.
Prov. 6: 33. Comp. Is. 4: l.—1 Macc.
4:58. Diod. Sic. 1. 93. Xen. Ven. 13.
8. Also reproach in words, Luc. Alex.
45. Dem. 19. 8.
royal/M, see 'Ovz'vnpr.
Omar/1.0;, 0t), ('2, (o'w'vnpr, pp.
profitable,) Onesimus, pr. n. 01v a slave
of Philemon, converted under Paul's
preaching at Rome, and sent back by
him to Philemon with an epistle, Col.
3:9. Philem. 10.
’Omal<pogog, 00, a, (hunting, ¢épo, Acts 5: 1. Buttm. § 133. 3. 2. (Palaeph.
pp. profit-bringing,) Onesiphorus, pr. n.
01' a Christian at Ephesus, 2 Tim. 1216.
4: 19.
Omuig, 7,], 61', (5mg) pertaining person or persons bearing that name, 0.
to an ass, e. g. Ft’IAOQ 611x69, an ass-mill g. Luke 6: 22 xal Ergdhwm rd (‘ivopa
stone, i. e. turned by an ass, a large
upper-millstone, Matt. 18:6. Luke 17:
2. See in Mi'zhog.
’Ovlvn,u.l, f. dw'low, to be of use, to
profit, 0. acc. [E]. V. H. 7. 14. Xen. An.
3. l. 38. to gratify Xen. An. 6. 1. 32.
In N. T. only Mid. diu’rapai, aor. 2
Opt. dvalprlv to have profit, to havejoy,
1:. gen. oforfrom any one, Phil. 20 val,
574: can dvaipnv. Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. d.
Matth.§327. 4.——-Aristoph. Thesm. 469
(il'al'unv rim re'm'wv. Dem. 842. 10. On
the forms, espec. aor. 2 Ind. dwi’lpnv or
dint/mu, see Buttm. § 114. p. 294. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 12 sq.
"Drona, 0070;, r6, name, i. e. the
proper name or appellation of a person,
etc. Heb. 5'41.
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 10: 2 rd»! 5:58.
o'moo'rtihwv rli dwiparc'i Eo'ri raiira. Luke
1: 63 Tm’iwng e'orl r6 5vopa ailrol'l. 10:
20. Acts 13:8. 1 Cor. 1: 13,15 see
below in d. Phil. 4: 3. Rev. 13: 1
iivopa Bhao'ipqpiag a blasphemous name.
1713. 21:14. al. S0 Mark 6: 14¢al'epov
549 "Ovolwa
yap c'yévcro ro iivopa abrofi his name had
become known abroad ,- others fame, but
unnecessarily. The verb mM'w to call
sometimes takes iivopa with the name
in apposit. Matt. 1: 21 rahe’aeic r1‘: iivopa
aim-oi 'Ino'oi'rv. v. 23, 25. See in Kahéw
no. 2. a. Se Mark 3:16 e'n'e'Onxe Tl;
Eipwv: huopa He'rpov. v. 17. Also nahsiv
rim 1:; o'vépan rm'rrq: i. e. by this name,
Luke 1: 61; r. e'1r1 r1} timipan after the
name of any one, v. 59 ; see in Kuhe'u
no. 2. a, and 'Em’ II. 3. c. :1. Further,
Oil rd b'vopa [e'u-ri] Mark 14: 32. 1'6 51/
opa ailrofi v. airrfi; [i'yévero] Luke 1: 5.
5mm’: poi, 0'01, ai/rq-i, i. e. my, thy, his
name, etc. Mark 5: 9. Luke 2:25. John
1: 6. 3: 1. al. Matth. § 308. (Hdian.
4. 12. 1. Xen. Mem.3.11. 1. An. 1.5.
4.) Ace. iivepunrog roiivopa ‘Ir-whip
sc. xahor'ipzvog, Matt. 27: 57. (Palaeph.
40. 3 roiivopa. 1E1. V. H. 13. 27 init.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 11.) But also dat. liv
tlpw-rrog (ll'llflflTl Eiluml Simon by name
Matt. 27: 32. Mark 5:22. Luke 1:5.
2. 4. Xen. An. 1. 4. 11.) Adv. xar'
live a by name, severally, John 10:3.
3 ohn l5.--Mebon. name is put for the
illuu'w dig 1rornpliv, see in 'ExficiMw a.
Acts 1: 15 hi’ re iixhoc dvopdrmv 1:. r. l\.
Rev. 3: 4. 11: 13. So Sept. £5 (11:10pm?
rivopé-rwv for 7"“? ‘89?? Num. 26:53,
55. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 10 re‘:
[pecora] e'1r' llVti/Mlfl 11;: 'Iamhgov run-6,4: ya
Lat. ‘ nomen Cmninum' for Cmninenses,
Liv. 1. 10. ‘ nomen Etruscum,’ the
Tuscan nation, ib. 7. 17.
b) implying authority, e. g. ‘ to come
or to do any thing in or by the name of
any one,' i. e. using his name; as his
messenger, envoy, representative; by
his authority, with his sanction. E. g.
e'v o'wipan' Time, sec 'Ev no. 3. c. p.
263. Acts 4: 7 iv wor'q duwipu, ii e'v
‘K01’? (ivépan x. r. A. Matt. 21:9 6 5'9
xépevog e'w o'v. Kvplov. 23: 39. John 5:
43 bis. 10:25 in! 11; (hr. 701-! 'n'arpo'g.
Mark 16: 17 iv ‘I'll-J 51/. you 811111611“! e'x
gakainn. Luke 10:17. 24:47. John
14:26. Acts 3: 6 iv 11,5 (iv. '1. Xp. [hi-yo:
001] 37519: x. 'r. X. 9: 27, 28. 1 Cor. 5:
4. 2 Thess. 3: 6. James 5: 14. ai-reiv
Ev r9" 6:». ‘Inset: John 14: 13, 14. al. see
in '15:» no. 3. c. [3. p. 263. Comp. below
 ‘OMfMt 550
in d. fi.—-—So e'u-Z r93 dwipa-ri ru'oc, see in
’E1n' II. 3. c. a. p. 288. Mark 9: 39
59 anthem al'waplv e'1rl 115 6v. you. Luke
9: 49. So Aaksiv v. mam” e’1rl rqi 6v.
'Inaoi), see in 'E1rl l. c. Acts 4.: 17, 18.
5: 28, 40. ()f impostors, Matt. 24.: 5.
Mark 13: 6. Luke 21: 8.-—Dat. rqii 6v
épa'ri 7010;‘, Matt. 7: 22 'rq') 01;) (ivopan
1rpoe¢nrzhaaluev x. 'r. A. Mark 9: 38.
Comp. in Alu'uinov b. 3.—Soz'1rl 11} 13v.
Jos. Ant. 4.. l. 1. Dem. 495. 7. ib.917.
27. Ex rm? 6v. Jos. Ant. 7. l. 5.
c) as implying character, dignity i. q.
name and digniq, honourable appella
tion, title. Matt. 10: 41 bis, 6 5exépevog
'n'poqh'rrnv sic iivopa 1rpo¢irrov, i. e. in
the character of a prophet, as a prophet.
v. 4.2. See in Elc no. 3. e. Matt. 18: 5
3g e'c'u! “Erna: muslov 2v hrl 11;: ovoparl
you, i. e. in the character of being mine,
as my disciple. Mark 9,: 37. Comp. the
fuller expression in v. 41 iv dwipan 5n
w-roi) £011. See in ‘Em’ II. 3. c. 1:.
So Eph. 1: 21 inrcpdvw-hrm'm'c 15:/opa
'rog x. 1'. h. Phil. 2:9 b'vopa r.) inre‘p miv
b'vopa. Acts4zl2. Heb.1:4. Rev.19-.16.
—Act. Thom. §27. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 1
¢épw|c Graham—Hence mere name, as
opp. to reality, Rev. 3:1 iivopa E'Xeu; 6'1’:
(fig ml mp6,; :1, i. e. thou art said to live,
thou livest in name only.-Ios. Ant.8.13.
6. opp. to Ep-ym/ Eurip. Phoen.512 where
comp. Person. ib. Or. 448. Troad. 124.1.
d) emphat. r6 r'ivopa r017 6:017, rm'; Ku
piou, r06 Xpurrofi, etc. the name of God,
of Christ, as periphrasis for God himself,
Christ himself, in all their being, attri
butes, relations, manifestations; comp.
()lshausen Comm. on Matt.18:20. Tho
luck Bergpred. on Matt. 6: 9. E. g
genr. Matt. 28: 19 fiam'llovrec airrmig
sic n‘. r'ivoim r017 1rarpoc xal rofi m'oii Kai
T05 (1710:; 1rve6paroc, comp. below in [3,
and see in Bum-Ila: no. 2. a. fi.-—-Spec.
(a) of God, where his name is said to be
hallowed, revealed, invoked, honoured,
and the like. Matt. 6: 9 dymaflfiru n‘.
5110 ’ con, i. e. all that the name of God
inc udes, God himself in all his attributes
and relations. Luke 11:2. 1:49 r‘iytov
n‘. b'vopa abrofi. John 12:28. 17:6 e'tpa
we'pwad not! To 61'0’441 roig r'ivep. Rom. 9:
17. Heb. 2:12. (comp. Sept. and ".5. Ex.
9:16.) After e'mxahz'w to invoke, Acts 2:
21. 9:14. Rom. 10:13. also 2 Tim. 2:
19. So of praise, homage, Rom. 15:9
"Ovofboe
r93 owl/tan’ aou \Prdui. Heb. 8: 10. 13:
15. Rev. 11:18. So Matt. 28:19. Acts
15:14 hugely e'E 20:/div haov 11;: 6116,..."
eta-oi, i.e. in honour of his name, of him
self, comp. v. 17; here text. rec. has e'm',
see in ’E1r[ II. 3. c. I. John 17:11, 12
rrlpeiv airrm‘n; e'v n‘; o'vdparl' aou, i. e. in
the knowledge and observance, enjoy
ment of thy name, of thyself. "ice versa
Rom. 2:24, Hi 5v. T05 9801-! 51' .ilpfic Bhu
a¢r1peirat K. 'r. X. 1Tim. 6:1. (2 Macc.8:
4.) So genr. Sept. and ‘5115. Gen. 41:26.
Ps. 5:12. 7:18. 9:3,11. Is. 26:8. seep.
Comp. Gesen. Lex. no. 2. -— ([3) Of
Christ, as the Messiah, where his name
is said to be honoured, revered, believed
on, invoked, and the like. Acts 19: 17
Epe-yah'wcro r6 5110,1111 r06 Kupl'ov 'Irlaofi.
Phil.2:10. 2Thess.l:12. Rom.l:5. Rev.
2:13. 3:8. Matt. 12:21 e'vrq': 6v. ai/rofi
56W) Ehmofiar. Johnl :12 T01; 1rwrez'mumv
sic r1‘: five/Jo aim-06. 2:23. 3:18. Acts 3:
16. lJohn 3:23. 5:13. After buxahz'w
to invoke, 1Cor.1:2. Acts 9:21. 22: 16.
After [dam-(Cw, e. g. eig To iivopa 105 K.
'Inaoi Acts ans. 19:5. Mmeano. [3.
e'1rl rq': 6v. '1. Acts 2:38. iv 1'’? av. r05
K. Acts 10:48. See in Bmrrz'i'w n0. 2. a.
B. comp. Rom. 6: 3 flow. :19 Xpun-o'v.
(Hence by antith. also ,Bmr. el; 115 6r.
Hailhou 1Cor.1:13,15.) Where benefits
are said to be received in or through the
name of Christ, John 20: 31 'lva run-u’;
ov-rsg (will! Exrrre c'v 'rq'i él’Ol‘uflTl m'lrm'l.
Acts 4:10.30. 1043. 160mm. l-Iolm
2: 12. Where any thing is done in his
name, i. e. in and through him, through
faith in him, Eph. 5: 20 ehxapwrofivrcg
c'v my’ 611. T017 K.’I. Xp. 1'55 659': uni warpl,
where it is i. q. 51' abrofi, e. g. Col. 3:17
mil/Ta [Walsh's] Ev dv. Ku 1'01: '1. zixxm
pzcrroi'wrec rq'l Geo} Kal 1r. 3: m’n'ofi. Here
can also be referred the phrase air-57v Ev
6116,1411" Xp. see above in b.—Espec. the
name of Christ stands for Christ as the
Head of the gospel dispensation ,i.q. Christ
and his cause, as Acts 8:12 eba-y-yeMZd
pevoc Til-"7017 6v. ’1. Xp. 9:15. Matt.18:
20 avwrypévol :19 n) 5,162’ b'vopa, see in
Big‘ no. 3. d. a. p. 237. So where evils
and sufferings are endured 51a 1.; 5%,...
mi Xp. Matt. 10:22 pleat/pivot 5n‘: n‘.
51mph you, i.e. on account of me and my
cause, as believing on me. Markl3z13.
John15:2l. Rev.2:3. iv 6v. Xp. lPetA:
14. Eraxzv r06 51!. Xp. MatL19229. Luke
 ’Ovo(/ni:w
21:12. inrc‘p ‘rob duly. Xp. Acts 5:41. 9:
16. 21:13. 3 John 7. al. ()r where one
opposes and blasphemes rb b'vopa rob Xp.
Acts “26:9. James 2:7.—(y)01' the Holy
Spirit, Matt.28:19, see above. An.
,OVOFIOZCN, f. limo, (byopm) to name,
to call by name, trans.
a) genr. and seq. b'vopa, to ‘name the
name of any one, to call or pronounce his
name, seq. e'm’ rwa Acts19zl3. Sept. for
5P}. Lev. 24:16. Also to call upon, to in
woke, to profess the name of any one, 2
Tim.2: 19 1rd; 6 dyopo'izwv 'rb bro/.111 Ku
piou. S0 Sept. for “311.1 Is.26:13. Jer.
20:9. Josh.23:7. (Hdian. 5. 5.13. Xen.
Apol. $00.24..) Pass. to be named, i.e. to
be mentioned, heard of, known, Rom. 15:
20 51rou dwopéaflr; Xpwréc, i. e. where
Christ is already known and professed.
Epll.l:21. 5:3 F1135‘ dvoluaze'o'fiu Ev bpiy,
let it not be so much as named among you,
i. 0. let it not exist even in name. lCor.
5:1. Comp. Sept. for Y'all? Esth.9:4.[?]—
Act. genr. Luc. Halo. 5. Hdot. 1. 86.
Xen. Conv. 6. 1. Pass. Hdian. 2. 3. 15.
b) in the sense of to call, i. e. to give
a name or appellation,c. dupl. acc. Luke
613,14 by K01 (bl/(Spade Hc'rpoy. Pass. 1
Cor.5:11. Seq. Ex rn'ogto be namcdfrom
or afler any one, Eph. 3: 15. Sept. for
rep, Gen.26:18. Jer. 25: 29.-Wisd. 2:
13. Palazph. 4. 3. Hdian. 3. 10.9. c. 2'):
ru/og Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 12.
"0110;, 00, b, 1", an ass, male or fe
male,Matt.21:2,5,7. Lukel3:15. 14.15.
John 12:15. Sept. for ‘i=1’; Gen. 12:16.
Tm: Judg. 5: 10.—Luc. Asin. 51. Xen.
An. 2. 1. 6.
”Ovrw;, adv. (63v, eipi.) reallyflruly,
in very deed, Markl 1:32 511 b'r-rwr; 1rpo
¢1’)rr)g hr. Luke 23:47. 24.234. John 8:
36. 1Cor.l4|:25. Gal.3:21. 2Pet.2:18in
text. rec. With the art. 6,1'15v'rwg as
adj. real, true, 1Tim.5:3, 5, 16. Buttm.
§ 125. 6. Sept. for 153?,‘ Num. 22: 37.—
Hdian. 4. 12. 9. Xen. Conv. 9. 5. 0. art.
Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 5. 1111. V. H. 2. 10.
"Dior, sag, ovs, 1'6,(6.Ebc,)pp.sharp
wine, vinegar, Pol. 12. 2. 8. Xen. An. 2.
.‘1. 14. Also genr. vinegar, sour wine,
posca, vinum culpatum, i. e. cheap poor
wine,which mixed with water constitu
ted a common drink, espec. for the poorer
classes and soldiers; see Adam's Rom.
Ant. p.393. Jahn § 144. Sept. and ‘(in
551 'Ow/aw
Num. 6:3. Ruth 2:14.. Plut. Cato Maj.
l fin. z'ibwp b' gnu-av hrl riig o'rparclac,
whfiv {11:-ore buln'yaac 1repz¢hey£oc biog fin).
aev. Comp.Ulpian12.38. Mingled with
myrrh or bitter herbs, it was given to
persons about to be executed in order to
stupify them, Babyl. Tr. Sanhedrim fol.
43. 1. c. 6, “ Dixit R. Chasda: Qui
ducitur ad mortem, ei datur bibendum
granum turis in poculo vini, ut distra
hatur mens ejus," in allusion to Pr0v.31:
6. Comp.Galen. Simpl. Med. 15.19.—So
in N. T. genr. Matt. 27:48 hagilw only
yov, whfiaag re 55011;. Mark 15:36. Luke
23: 36. John 19: 29 bis, 30. Also Matt.
27: 34 b'Eog ‘nerd xohiic ,ucplype'ror, i. q.
in Mark 15: 23 Zapupvwluévov oivov.
'Ofiz'ag, 8705, I’), sharp, hcen, i. e.
:1) pp. having a sharp edge, e.g. p'op
¢ala,3pc'1ravov, Rev.1:16. 2:12. 14:14,
17,18 bis. 19:15. Sept. for "'1'? 15.-19:2.
Ez.5:l.—Luc.D.De0r.8.1bis. Hdot.3.8.
b) quich,su~ift, since the idea of sharp
ness, keenness, implies also eagerness,
vehemence. Rom.3:l5 65:79 02 #6529 ab.
n5v,comp.Is.59:7. So Sept. forEP. Amos
2:15. ‘"719 Prov.2:2:28.——Hdian.1.9.20.
Plut. Romul. 10. Xen. Eq. 1. 13.
'Omi, is‘, than opening, hole, 8. g. a
fissure in the earth, rocks, etc. Heb.l l:
38; a fountain, James 3:11. So Sept. for
mag Ex.33:22. we: Obad.3.-——Jos.Ant.
9.8.2. Athen.13.p.569.B.51.17.11.428.
"091169514, adv. (time a looking back ,)
pp. from behind, Buttm. § 116. 1. In
N. T. only of place, behind, after, at the
back of any person or thing. (In the
classics also of time, lrlom. Il. 9.515.
0d. 23. 249. Find. New. 7. 14.9.)
a) absol. Mark 5: 27 z'heoz'nra iv 11,]
bxhzp b'moecv, i. e. from behind. Matt.
9: 20. Lukeszllvl. Rev. 4:6. 5: l [31.
Shiny ye'ypappévov i'muerv ml 5110051’, a
scroll written within and on the back.—
Arr. Alex. M. 1.15.12. Xen.An. 5.6.9.
b) seq. genit. as prep. Buttm. t; 14.6.
2, behind, after, Matt. 15: 23 rcpélu (‘im
atkv fipfiv. Luke 23: 26. Sept. for "7.175
Gen. 18: 10. Ruth 2: 7.—Palaepb. 29.
5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 25.
107N101‘), adv. (3mg, comp. Buttm.
§ 115. 6,) behind, bach, backwards, of
place and time.
a) absol. in N. T. only of place, Luke
7: 38 o'n'w'a dvn'a'w. Matt. 94: l8 pr)
 'OrrA/Qw 552 "O'z'ov
Zrrta-rpetbdm dm'au. sc. to his house. moral sense, seq. ace. 1 Pet. 4: 1 inlet;
Sept. for “9211.8: 1 K. 18: 37.—Jos. Ant. rr‘1v ain'fiv E'wotay t'nrhlaaoflt. Buttm. §
6. l. 3. Luc. Asia. 51. E]. V. H. 13. 135. 4.—Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 4. Soph. Electr.
3.—With the art. rt‘: 61:-tow, pp. things 991 or 996 spo'woc (irrhllwttat.
behind, and :19 rd drive: i. q. backward, (IOWA-0?, 09, r6, an instrument, im
back, comp. Buttm.§ 125. 6. So arrépx.
plement, e. g. of an artisan 0d. 3. 433.
sit; a‘: drrt’trw to go back, to fall back, pp. of a ship, plur. ropes, tackle, Hom. 0d.
John 18: 6. trop. from a teacher, 6: 66.
,Bhc’rrw zig rc‘t 61r. Luke 9: 62. orpc’tpopat 15. 288. Hdot. 9.115. In N.T. only plur.
riz 51m, instruments, implements, e. g.
all; rt‘: fin. to turn back i. e. about, John a) of war, weapons, arms, armour,
20: 14. i'ma'rpeiI/drw clg rt‘: (in. to turn John 18:3. trop. 2 Cor. 6: 7. 10:4 rt:
back so. to one’s house, Mark 13:16.
b'rrha 'riic orparet'ag illttiv oh traplcmd.
Luke 17: 31. Trop. Phil. 3: 14 Te: o’arlaw
Rom. 13: 12. Sept. pp. for “"52 Jer. 21:
imkavfiavo'pevog, i. e. former pursuits
and acquirements. Sept. do 1:‘: tirr. for
4.. a»; Jer. 46:3. 6'21? 2 Chr. 23:10.
—Hdian. 2. ll. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 14.
521$ 2 Sam. 1:22. "1555 Gen. 19:17,86-——
b) metaph. instruments, with which
So sit; roinrt'ow Hdian. 5. 6. l7. Thuc.4. 4.
any thing is effected or done, Rom. 6:
b) seq. en. as prep. Buttm.§ 146. 2.
13 bis, t'i-n'ha dbixlag, 51rl1a butatom'n'ng.
often in T. and Sept. but not usual
in the classics; spoken both of place —Sept. Prov. 14: 7.
and time. (a) Of place, behind, after; 'Orroiog, 0/06, 0701', relat. pron.
e. g. place where, Rev. 1:10 iitcouoa correlat. t0 rroiog, roiog, Buttm. § 79. 6,
drrltru ,uov tpwm'yv, behind me. Sept. for what, i. e. of what kind or sort, qualis,
"7'35 Cant. 2: 9. Is. 57: 8.—With verbs and with TOtOl-H'Og, i. q. as, Acts 26: 29
implying motion after any one, i. e. a rotoitrouc, inroiog xii-yd: sipt' (Xen. Cyr.
following as a disciple, partisan,0r other 1. 6. 36.) Simpl. 1 Cor. 3:13 's'p-yov
wise, e. g. dxokovfie'i dirio'w you Matt. 10: inroitiv ion. Gal. 2:6. 1 Thess. 1:9.
38. 5:57: drrt'trw you 4: 19. Mark 1: 17. James 1: 24.—-Hdian. 6. l. l. Xen.
A0671’, ('urchesiv, Matt. 16: 24. Mark 1: Mem. 4. 4. 13.
20. 8:34. Luke 9:23. 14:27. John 12: ‘07678, compound relat. part. of
19. So Luke 19:14.. 21:8. Acts 5:37. time, (511,) when,at what time, see Buttm.
20:30. Trop. 1 Tim. 5: 15. 2 Pet. 2: § 116. 4, comp. § 79. 4; 0. Indie. of what
10. Jude Rev. 12: 15. Przegn. Rev. actually took place at a certain time,
13:3, see in Baupél'w b. Sept. pp. for Luke 6: 3. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p.
“arts 1 Sam. 13:7. 2 K. 6:19. trop 903, 917. Passow s. v.—Luc. D. Dear.
Dent. 4.: 3. 2 K. 13:2. (Paleeph.32. 2.) a. 5. Xen. An. 2. 1. 1.
Also implying motion behind any one, I'O'WOU, compound relat. adv.of place,
to his rear, in expressions of aversion, (#05,) pp. where in which or whatplace,
as ii'lra'ye 61rt'ou poo, get thee behind me, see Buttm. § 1‘16. 4., comp. § 79. 4.
i. e. away, avaunt thee, Matt. 4: 10 in at) pp. and after express mention of a
later edit. 16: 23. Mark 8: 33. Luke 4: place. Seq. Indie. Matt. 6: 19, 20 iv
8. So Sept. and 1 K. 14: 9. Is. 38. oivpavq't, b'rrov oi'trr. or‘): x. r. 71. Mark 9:
17:—(l3) Of time, after, as it drive) you 44. Luke 12:33. John 1: 28. al. VVith
c'pxtipevog Matt. 3: 11. Mark 1: 7. John Ext? added pleonast. Rev. 12: 6 b'rrou
1: 15, 27, 30. Sept. for ‘*3! Neh. 13: E'xet e'xe'i rorrov. v. 14. or also Err' uilru'tv
19. "If?! I K. l124. ECO. 10:4. Chald. l7: 9. See in 'Exei a, and Ain-og II. 1.
“D? Dan. 2: 19. b. Sept. for =1? ‘>555 Judg. 18: 10. (Pa
'OWMZW, low, (lin'hom) to furnish laeph. 15. 2. Hdiau. 2. 7. 5.) Seq. Sub
out, to prepare, 0. g. food or drink, Hom. junct. of that which is indel'. Mark 14:
II. 11. 64]. a chariot, ships, to equip, 14. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 741.—
ib. 24. 190. 0d. 17. 288. to equip with With Ext? emphat. in the corresponding
arms, to arm, Hdian. 1. 13. 5. Xen. Ag. clause. Matt. 6: 21 t'inov ydp z'orw b 9.
2. 7. Mid. to prepare one's selfi'or a work, i1;1&v,e'xe7 Ear-at Kai 1') Kapht'a I'Jpa'n'. Luke
Ii. 7. 417. to arm one's self, to take arms, 12: 34. 17:37. John 12:26. ——Simpl.
Hom. II. 8. 55. Hdian. 6. 9. 6.—In N. and including the idea of a demonstra
T. only Mid. to arm one's self, trop. in a tive, there where, Matt. 25: 24 Septic”
 ' Orr'roirw 553 "one;

am. 01'”: Emrcipag. v. 26. Mark 5:40. and V72 Jer. 40: 10, 12. —.10s. Ant. 4.
John 3:8. 7:34. Rom. 15:20. al. — 8.21. Hdian. 1. 6. 3. Xen. H. G. 2. 4.25.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16.—\Vith av, as ihrou "0711);, pp, relat. adv. of manner, in
(7v, wheresocver, comp. in "Av I. 2. a. So what manner, how, Buttm. § 116. 4. It
seq. Subjunct. Mark 9: 18 51rov 2w ailrhv passes over also into a conjunction, in
Karahr'igy. l4: 9. 51rov Edy id. Matt. 24: the manner that, so that, etc.
28. Mark 6:10. Seq. Indic. impf. Mark I. As relat. Adv. in what manner,
6: 56.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 41, c. Sub'. how, once in N. T. seq. Indic. aor. in
b) trop. in a wider sense, incfiuding the narration of an actual event, see
also time, manner, circumstances, etc.
Passow s. voc. A. 1. d. Luke 24:20
Col. 3: 11 Snow oiuc i'vt 'Ehtnlv K. r. A. 2 ra mp1 117006 . . . 61mg 1': 1rapz'5wxav
Pet. 2: 11. So 0. e’xci emphat. James 3: abrov oi hpxtspe'i'e K- r. )1- —-Jos. B. J.
16. Simpl. i. q. there where Heb. 9: 16. proem. § 2 (Smog KIITE’U'TPCJ/EV. Hom. It.
10: 18.—Sept. Prov. 26: 20. Xen. Cyr. 10. 545. Xen. An. 1. 6. 11.
2. 3. 11. ib. 6. 1. 7.—So in reasoning, II. As Conjunct. pp. in such manner
where, whereas, i. q. since, 1 Cor. 3:3 that, and then genr. so that, that, in the
b'rrou yap iv ilp'iv Zfihog . . oiixi o'apxmoi various senses of 'iva, with which it
Eon; Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 424.—, may be compared throughout, viz.
Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2 fin. Hdian. 2. 10. "Amie, final, as marking end or pur.
13. b’1rou ye Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 31. pose, to the end that, in order that; but
c) by attract. after verbs of motion, also c'xgaflxu'tg, ecbatic, as marking the
instead of whither, Buttm. § 151. I. 8. event, result, upshot of an action, so that
Winer § 58. 7. E. g. seq. Indic. John it was or is so and so. This latter use
8: 21, 22 (iron z'yd: inrd'yw. 14: 4. Heb. of 51m); has been denied and supported
6:20. So 51ml: (‘iv e. Subjunct. Luke in the same manner and by the same
9: 57 b'rrov aver.’ .xg. James 3: 4. Rev. writers, as in 11111. See in "Iva init.
14: 4. 51ml: tc'w iii? Matt. 8:19.—Hdian. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. lib. II. p. 53 sq.
2. 1,1. 8. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 23. AL. Winer § 57. p. 366.—In N. T. b'rrwg
O'rr't'ozt'td, see 'Opo'uu. is found only with the subjunctive ;
’O';r'rao/at, 056, 1'7, (hm-rim), drr'ro'ilm) though in the classics it is construed with
a sight, appearance, espec. a vision, other moods, like ‘Iva. Buttm. § 139. 4.
apparition, Luke 1:22. 24:23 orrraaiav l. “Mi-Jig, final, to the end that, in order
r'ry'ye'hwv s'wpaxe'vat. 26: 19. 2 Cor. 12:1. that, and 51mg pi] in order that not, lest,
Sept. for "54?; Dan. 9: 23. 10: 1, 7, 8.. c:v Subjunct.
—Anthol. Gr. 1. p. 121. A later won! a) simpl. i. e. without tiv. (a) pre.
for 54..., Passow s. v. ceded by the present or aorist of any
mood except the Indicative; and then
'Orrfiig, 1'], 6r, (611'7'14010 roast, etc.) the Subjunct. marks what it is supposed
roasted, broiled, cooked . _, fire, Luke 24:
will really take place; comp. in "Iva
42 ixtiilog am; ,uz'poc. Sept. for ‘5.? Ex.
12:8, 9. Is. 44: 16.—Hom. ()d. 4. 66.
no. 1. A. a. E.g. pres. Matt. 6: 263mm)
oi it'll'Ok'PtTGi wotm'low 51mg‘ Eofaotia‘mw
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 481. 2.
inn} ru'iv iii/Op. v. [5], 16. Heb. 9: l5.
"Owner, obsol. theme to fut. hdwluai, impl. 1 Pet. 2:9. Aor. Mark 5: 23
see in 'Opéw. Errtttiig aim-ii ‘rap xeipag, r'irrwc crwtttfi. Luke
’O¢ra$ga, 05g, 1", pp. late summer, 16:28. John 11:57. Acts9:12. 2 Cor.
dog-days, that season of the year which B: 14. 2 Thess. l: 12. t'irrwg- In’) Acts 20:
succeeded r6 8épog,and in which Sirius 16. 1 Cor. 1:29. —Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 5.
or the dog-star is predominant, Horn. 11 Conv. 8. 25. ——-([3) preceded by the im
22. 27. ion. H. G. 3. 2. 10. Comp. [1. perative, comp. in 'Iya no. 1. A. b. E. g.
5. 5 and Heyne's notes; also Ideler's imper. aor. Matt. 2: 8 dirayyziharé pm,
Kalendar der Griech. u. Riim. p. 15. (im.); cgi'yth Ehedw x. r. A. 6: 4. Acts 23:
In the East it is the season in which 15, 23. 2 Cor. 8: 11. 51m; ‘in’; Matt. 6:
fruits ripen. — Hence in N. T. meton. 18.—Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 10.—(y) preceded
and collect. fruits, Rev. 18: 14 1', trop.. by thefuture, comp. in “Iva no. 1. A. c.
rfiq z'rrtflvpiag ‘rfig davxfig i. c. the fruits Acts 24: 26. — (E) preceded by a past
in which thou hast delighted. So Sept. tense, see in "Iva no. 1. A. d. Passow
 "Ogaaa 554 'Ogéw
51mm B. l. 1). Matt. 26:59. Eli/foul! 6. comp. in"Iva l. c. 1rapaKaM'w Matt.
8: 34, comp. I'Iva l. c. — After verbs 01'
\hevdnpap'rupiav . . . b'a'wg savanim'waw
(u'n'ov. Acts 9: 17, 24.. 25: 26. Rom. deciding, Matt. 12:14 avpgoilhov Zkagov
9: 17 bis. Gal. 1:4.——Hdian. 4. 5. 8. Kar' ain'oi . . . iimug nil-row dvrohc'awaw.
Thuc. 2. 3. 22: 15. Mark 3: 6. comp. Matt. 27: 1
b) with iiv, i. e. ii-rrwg iiv, see in "Av where it is u'iare c. inf. See Tittm. l. c.
no. I. 2. c. E. g. preced. pres. Matt. 6: p. 61. So after verbs or phrases im
5 in later edit. Rom. 3: 4 impl. (Plato plying decision, aathority, command, as
Gorg. p. 481. A. Bekk. Isocr. ad Phil. zirr’laaro ima'rohizg . . . 51m; x. 1'. A. Acts
0. 4.9.) Prcced. imper. Acts 8: 19 51mg 9: ‘2. al'roiwpu'ot xripiv A'ar' ailrui amug'
(‘iv E'Mhuai xcupoi K. r. A. that at length K- 1'. A. Acts 25: 3. Comp. in “Ira no.
the times etc. may come, see Tittm. l. c. 3. a. a.
p. 63, 64. Preced.fut. Acts 15:17.— "Ogapnz, wrog, 1'6, (épéo) pp.
0. przet. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6. thing seen, a sight, spectacle, genr. Acts
2. e'xfiurmu‘ig, echatic, so that, so as 7:31 i) 55: Mwija'fig iEtln! iflailpaae n)
that, c. Subjunct. see in"I|'a no. 2. E. ir'papa. Matt. 17:9, coll. Mark 9:9.
g. (a) preced. pres. Matt. 5: 45 rah-Dc Sept. for "25?? Ex. 3: 3. Dent. 28: 34‘.
1r01e7'rs 'roig proof/aw ilpiig Kat 1rpoa'zil —.1'P.l. V. H. 2. 13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66.
Xmas . . . time; 'ye'vna'ee vial rail 1rarpog ——Spec. of a supernatural appearance,
x. 1'. A. i. e. so as that ye may thus imi a vision, Acts 9: 10, 12. 10:3,17,19.
tate your Father etc. see Tittm. l. c. 11:5. 12:9. 1619,10. 18:9. Sept. for
p. 58. 5: 16. c. prmt. as pres. Luke 16: cs3‘; Gen. 46: 2. in: Dan. 8; 2. amp
‘26 xt'la'lua ,ué'ya Ea'fl'lptm'at, iimug x. r. A. Gen. 15: 1.—Test. XII Patr. p. 569.
—Hdot. 1. 13.—([3) precetl. fut. Matt. 23: "Ogaalg, 5015‘, t], (6960),) pp. the
35 5161551’: . . . 51m): 5A6’? Edi {IFIIQ 1rd!’
sight, sense of seeing, Wisd. 15:15.
aipa Eisawr x. r. A. —— (7) preced. prazt.
Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Demad. 178. 41. In
Heb. 2: 9 BAén-opev'lnaoilv . . . Earetpa
N. T. appearance, i. e.
wu'ue'vov' amug xilptn 9am": ime‘p 1ravroc
0.) pp. i. q. aspect, external form, Rev.
'ycinm'rat 9avc'zrou, we see Jesus . . . for
4: 3 bis, 5poiog opz'wsl M99) ic'unruFi x. r. X.
the sqfl'ering of death crowned with glory
and honour, so as that by the grace of
i.e. in his appearance etc.—Ecclus.11:2.
b) i. q. iipapa, a sight, vision, pre
God he may taste death for every man.
sented to the mind, Rev. 9: 17. Acts
Here belongs the phrase 51mg whnpwfilfi
2: 17 opéaug {May-rat, quoted from Joel
n‘. ‘their 1:. r. A. preceded by apast tense
3: 1 [2: 28] where Sept. for 1'1‘31'1 Sept.
or by rain-o 'yé'yovev implied, Matt. 2:
for 1'"! Is. 1:1. Jer.14.:14.—Tob.12:19.
23: 8:17. 12:17. 13:35. It is wholly
equivalent to il'a 100190191], which see in 'Oga'ro't, fl', 61', (6pdw,) seen, visible,
"Ira no. 2. (‘L—(5) Once 61mg (iv, Luke Col. 1: l6 span‘. Kai rd izépara. —Sept.
2: 35. Comp. above in no. 1. b. Job 34.: 26. 37: 91. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 2.
3. After verbs of asking, cub-eating, 'Ogotai, 5, less freq. llvrrévu, f.
erhorting, and also of decidiny, com Btlwpat, aor. 1 drJ/é'imv see below, aor. 1
manding, which in themselves imply a pass. 6’: 0m" Aor. 2 515m!’ pert‘. e'cilpaxa,
purpose, 69mg became equivalent to a plupf. ewpéxeu', for which double augm.
demonstrative conjunction, like our that, see Buttm. § 84.. n. 8.—Fut. all/Opal. is
simply pointing out or introducing that: from the obsol. theme 'OIITQ, comp.
to which the preceding words refer; Buttm. § 113. 4.; for 2 pers. sing. 54m
comp. "Iva no. 3. The same verbs often John 11:40. al. see \Viner § 13. 2.
take after them the infin. or also 7m. Buttm. § 103. III. 3. A01‘. 1 did/(4pm! is
E. g. Béo at. in imperat. Matt. 9: 38 late and rare, in Subjunct. Luke 13:
551901‘: a v . . . 51mg e'xgc'llty ip'yc'l'rag 28, also Liban. Decl. IV. p. 611; in
x. r. )1. Luke 10: 2. Acts 8: 24. (Hdot. Opt. Anna Comn. XI. 34.2. comp. Lob.
9. 117.) So c. inf. etc. 'iva, see in "Iva ad Phryn. p. 73-1.. Pres. dm-évw is also
no. 3. a. [3. After ipw-réw, przct. Luke from the same theme, comp. Buttm. §
7:3. 11:37; noninf. Acts 23: 20; comp. 119. 13; only pass. Acts 1:3,also 1 K.
in'Iyu l. c. eiixopat and rpoaehxopar, 8: 8. Tob. 12: 19.—For the 3 plur. pzrf.
James 5: 16. Acts 8: 15. impl. Philem. Eéopaxav instead of Ewpéxam, in as.
 ' Ogciw 555 'Ogéw
Luke 9:36. Col. 2: 1, see Buttmmfi sauce, to enjoy his intercourse and spe
103. V. 3. Ausf. Sprachl. § 87. n. 4. cial favour, the figure being drawn from
Winer § 13. 2. c. Sturz de Dial. Alex. the customs of oriental courts, see in
p. 58._Aor. 2 is made throughout by Bhz'mn no. 2. a. Matt. 5: 8 Z¢ovrm rev
c7501’ q. v. in E'ifiw no. I. — To see, to 6:611. Heb. l2: [4. Rev. 22: 4 b'tLow-cu
perceive with the eyes, to look at, trans. r6 7rpéaanrov aim-01'], see in Bhé'lrw l. c.
implying not the mere act of seeing, Comp. 1 K. 10:8.——-In the sense of to
but also the actual perception of some visit, illmig John 16: 2'2- Heb. 13:
object, and thus ditiering from flXé-zrw. 23. So Heb. “53, Sept. 2351/, 2 Sam.
Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N.T.p. 114. sq. 13: 5. 2 K. 8: 29.—(y) to see tokeplace,
a) pp. seq. accus. of person or thing, to witness, e. g. 13¢. Tr‘lv r'lpe'pav rwdg,
comp. in E151» I. a. E. g. spam, Luke Luke 17: 22, see in me... I. a. e.
16: 23 hpq'i row 'Afipaizp. rim‘: paxpo’ticv. b) trop. of the mind, to see, i. e. to
l: 22 61rram'av Edtpaxev. 9:36. 241: 23. perceive with the mind, senses, etc, (a)
John 4.: 45. 5:37. 6: 2. 9:37. 20:18, gem. to be aware of, to observe, c. accus.
25,29. Acts 7:44,. 22:15. 1 John 1:1. et particip. Acts 8:23 ain'Eea'lJov £45:
al. (‘id/01ml, Matt. 28:7 e'xe? aimiv Edwards. Kt'ac 69.7 as z'ivra. Seq. 5n James 2: 24.
v. 10. Luke 3:6 o'tlverat 1rc'wa m'zpE r6 Sept. seq. 6n for "5: Gen. 26: 28. — c.
uurr'lplov r06 Gem‘), comp. Is. 40: 5. acc. et part. Diod. Sic. 13. 58. c. (in
Luke 13:28 John 11:40. Acts 2:17. M. Antonin. 9. 27.—(f3) ol'things, to see
(Joel 2: 28, or 3:1.) Rev. 1: 7. al. 0. and know, i. e. to come to know, to learn,
acc. impl. John 1: 34. 1 Pet. 1. 8. Sept. John 3: ll 5 o‘iEaysv hahoiipev, Kai 5 Eu)
for "$3, .39.’... Ex. 2:12. Gen. 13: 15. pc'ucapcv paprvpofiluw. v. 32. B: 38. In
5410;111: Is. 35: 2. Jer. 4: 21.—op. Dem. the sense of to understand, Col. 2: 18 a
168. l. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 31. 55¢. Luc. in) Etbpaxev e'pgarsowv. Rom. 15:21,
Tim. 5. Xen. Cyr. l. 4.. 10.—So seq. parall. with auw'ryu. — Ecclus. 4,3: 32.
ace. and particip. Buttm. \} 144. 2, 4. b. Eurip. Phmn. 752 or 757 tic c’wr‘yp oil
Heb. 2:8 051m opfiipev ail-r1; 'rit min/Ta mivb' ape. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 3, 5.
I'rlro'rera-ypz'va. Matt. 24:30 6440!”!!! Toy c) by Hebr. to see, i. e. to experience,
vihv r017 61169. Epxéluevoy. Mark 14': 62. e. g. good, to attain to, to enjoy, as John
Luke 13; 28. John 1: 52. So Sept. for 3: 36 01'”: 5415111: Zon'lv. S0 Sept oiuc
"53,69. Ex. 2:6, 11.—69.1-ldian. 1. (‘id/era: or]; for “*5? Ps. 49: 20.‘ Comp.
4. 2. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 8. Luc. Tim. in E151.) I. c. —- Lycophr. Cassandr.
6. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 9.—Also in various 1019 fiiov.
modified senses: (a) to look upon, to he d) absol. to see to it, to take care, to
hold, to contemplate, once seq. :19, John take heed, only in impcrat. phrases. (a)
19: 37 otlvovrcu £19 511 e'Esk-z'v-rqaav, from b'pa,e. g. Heb. 8: 5 b'pa yitp,¢nai, nod/egg
Zech. 12:10 where Heb. W347, Sept. miv-ra x. r. A. quoted from Ex. 25: 4.0
s'mghéwropm. Sept. 33¢. c. acc. for "$3 whence Sept. for “.81 Strictly for 6,...
Ps. 8: 4. Is. 17: 13.-op. c. sig Hom. ll. 51mg, comp. Matth. § 519. 7. p. 999.—
24.. 633. Xen. Conv. 5. 6. — ([3) to see Elsewhere only as followed by ,n'] or
sc. face to face, to see and converse with, its compounds, or an equivalent phrase,
i. e. to have personal acquaintance and e. g. tip“ [11'], hpfire #1’), take heed lest,
intercourse with, e. g. 696:», John 6:36. beware,- seq. Subjunct. Matt. 8: 4 5pc,
8: 57 Kai 'Aé’pailp iu'ipauug' l4: 9 6 Eu Mam e'i-rryg. Mark 1:44. 1 Thess. 5:
paxtbg e'lue'. 15: 24.. lid/alum John 16: 16, 15. Rev. 19: 10 6pa p1’) sc. 1rotfig. 22:9.
I7, 19. I John 3: 2. Seq. r1) 1rp60w1rov Seq. Imperat. Matt. 9: 30. 24.: 6. —
rwog, to see one'sface, id. .39. Co]. 2: l. Epict. Euch. 19. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 27.—
5.1.. Acts 20: 25. (Test. XII Patr. p. So before another like imperative, seq.
636.) So to see God, Jpfiv, trop. for to and, i. q. beware of, Matt. 16:6 span xai
know him, q. d. to be acquainted with 1rponz'xere ('uro riic Iii/trig x. r. A. Mark 8:
him, to know his character, etc. only in 15. Luke 12; 15.—([3) Fm. m‘! to“,
John's writings, John 1: 18. 6: 4.6. 14.: {Jpeig 5:1»:005, see thou to it, look ye to it,
7, 9. 15:24. 1 John 3: 6. 41:20. 3John a milder form for the imperat. VViner
1]. (Ecclus. 43: 31.) In a wider sense § 44. 3. Matth. § 4.98. 0. Matt. 27: 4 n’
to see God, i. q. to be admitted to his pre. rrpog flying; at) 5415:. v. 2111. Acts 18: 15.
 'Oewi
-—Arr. Epict. 2. 5. 30. ib. 4.. 6. 11. M.
Antonin. 11. 13.
e) Pass. aor. l épflnv, once fut. 1
dqaeipaopat Heb.9. 26, and once pres.
part. o'1rravo’pevog Acts 1: 3, 0. dat. to be
seen by any one, to appear to any one,
Buttm. § 134. 4. (a) pp. and spoken of
things, so . in of place, Rev. ll: 19 Kai
(74:01) i) Kl wrogmiv r9‘: rag-1 ain-ofi. l2: 1,
3. 0. dat. 0i pers. Acts 2: 3 xal Jidzflno'av
m'iroil; 'yluiwaai dmzl 1rvpég. 16: 9.
Sept. and PR}? Gen. 8: 5. 9: l4. Spoken
of persons, seq. dat. of pers. e. g. angels,
Luke 1: 11 1511611 8:‘ aim’; ii'y'ychog. 22:
43. Acts 7: 30, 35; of God Acts 7: 2;
of persons dead, Matt. 17:3 than”.
ailroic Mari/'07]; x. 1'. A. Mark 9: 4. c.
e'v of manner, Luke 9:31 oi o’zPOz'v-reg
iv 565;]. Of Jesus after his resurrection,
Luke 24:34. Acts 1: 3. 9:17. 13:31.
26:16. 1 Cor. 15. 5, c, 7, s. 1 Tim.
3: 16; or in his second coming Heb. 9.
28. So Sept. for "$11., of angels Ex. 3:
2. Judg. 6: 12. of God Gen. 12:7.
17: l.—Hdian. 2. 11.5. Luc. D. Mort.
23.1. c. inrd rwog 15]. V. H. 2. 26.
Xen. Ven. 12. 20.—([3) as Mid. to shew
one's self, to present one's self to or before
any one, Acts 7: 26 (W01; aim-07¢; puxo
pin/04g. So Sept. for 711:7? 2 K. 14:8.
—Hdian. 1. 16. 8, 12.—(y) Fut. 1 pass.
6 Oiyo'opat as causat. Acts 26: 16 paprvpa.
my 1': eideg, 01v [roirrwv 6] re (kpflr’lo'opai
om, i. e. a witness of what thou seest and
rfwhat I will get cause thee to see; see
Buttm. § 135. 8. comp. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.
18 ('1 [51M] oi ('1 m'urrrog é'lrc‘rroinro.
Better perhaps, of those things [as to]
which I will hereafter appear unto thee.
See VViner §40. 3. no. 1. p. 215. An.
, / ~ Socr. 2. l. Xen. Eq. 9. 2. In N. T.
OEY'I: U?’ i), (dp'ydw, dpz'yw,) pp.
‘ the native character, disposition, tem.
per of mind,’ impulse, impetus, Hes. Op.
302 or 306. Hdot. l. 73. Thuc. 6. 17.
Hence gem. and in N. T. passion, i.e.
any violent commotion of mind, indig
iuztion, anger, wrath, espec. as including
desire of vengeance, punishment, and
therein differing from 911,469, comp.
Tittm. dc Synon. N. T. p. 131 sq. p. 255,
and in Bibl. Rcpos. I. p. 466. So Zeno
in Diog. Laert. 7. 113 6971’; Em-w influ
pia ripwpiag 1'09 semi/woe fidmnxe'vai 0i:
1rpoonxovrwc.
a) pp. and genr. Mark 3: 5 mpiQAulai
556 ’ Ogylzw
pevog ain'oin; per' 6971');- i. e. indignantly.
Rom. 12: 19. Eph. 4:31. Col. 3:8.
Also for irascihlencss,fretfulness, 1 Tim.
2: 8. James 1: 19,20,101'10 n69 dvepw
no; flpaaim sic tip-yin" dp'yiw 76p
r. 1'. 11. Sept. for F115 2 Sam. 12: 5. Job
16: 9. HP?! Prov. 21: 14. ‘525. Deut.
32: 19. I13}. Josh. 9: 20.—Gnom. Poet.
povéo'r. 354. p. 183. ed. Tauchn. yi'yvov
5' to rip'yipv pr) Taxi’): 7', 6AM: flpaal'rg.
Hdian. 4. 3.8. Xen_ Eq.-9. 2. Mem.
2. 6. 63.—Spoken of God, as implying
utter abhorrence of sin and aversion to
those who live in it. Rom. 9: 22 El 5:‘
Se'how d 9651; tilde/facet!‘ ‘rip! zip-yin:
Heb. 3: ll. 4: 3. So Sept. and =18 Ex.
4: 14.. Deut. 29: 20. =21 Is. 10. 5.
1'1‘13 Ex. 32: 11. al. step—Jos. Ant. 8.7. 6.
b) meton. wrath, as including the idea
ofpunishment, e. g. as the penalty of law,
Rom. 4: 15 i) yirp r'apog o'p-yiyv Karepyz'i
(arm. 13:4, 5.—Ecclus. 7: 16. Dem.
528. 4 1'4; Bpc'ro'avn 5' oin: 'imyv rip! dp-yilv
mi'raEsv ('J vhpog—Also of the punitive
wrath of God, the divine judgments to
be inflicted upon the wicked, e. g. am‘.
'rfig psMoimnc dp'yfig Matt. 3: 7. Luke 3:
7. l Thess. 1:10. dp‘yr) 9:05 o’nr' oi!
pavoi: Rom. 1: 18. 6971) iv iuu'pq dp'yfic
2: 5 bis. Rev. 6: 17. So Luke 21:23.
John 3:36. Rom. 2:8. 3: 5. 5: 9. 9:
22 o'xu'ln o’p'yfig. Eph. 2: 3 re'xva phat:
op-yfig. Eph. 5: 6. Col. 3: 6. l Thess. 2:
16. 5: 9. Rev. 6:16. 11:18. For the
phrase olvog rr'lg dpyfig v. rm? 90pm’: rfic
dp'YfiQ roii 9506, see in Gupég. Rev. 14:
10. 16:19. 19:15.—P§alt.5a10m.15:6
4w): 1rup6g A'Gl rip-yr) ddixwv.
Ugo/‘Zn, 1'. low, (6p'y1';,) to make
angry, to provoke, c. acc. llischin. Dial.
only Pass. or Mid. dp-yl'lopai, aor. 1
(i’p'yi001111, to be or become angry, provoked,
etc. absol. Matt. 18: 34. 22:7. Luke
14:21. 15; 28. Rev.11:18. Eph. 4:
26 dp'ylleofic Kai pi; dpapréve're, i. e. if
angry, suppress your anger so as not to
sin, comp. Ps. 4: 5. Seq. dat. Matt. 5:
22 1rd; .3 cip-yifopewc rq': 635M597 ain'oi'l.
Seq. int ‘I'll/t, Rev. l2: 17. Sept. for
7137:! Gen. 31: 6. c. dat. Num. 25: 3. c.
e'rri Num. 32: 13. =13?" 0. dat. Num.31:
14. c. in! Gen. 40: 2. W35, 0. dat. Is.
12:1- c.e'1ri1 K.11:9.—Dem. 514.
10. Xen. H. G. 4. B. 30. 0. dat. Hdian.
5. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5.
 ’Ogy/Mg 537 "05950;
’Oe'yi7tog, r], or, (69341,) prone to intrans. to make one's self a right way,
anger, irascible, Tit. l: 7. Sept. for i. e. to go straight or right, opp. KGA'IDQ
“i=7: W Prov. 22; 24.. he’: 52; 29: 22. 58.6w, Gregor. Nazienz. Orat Apol.
—-Hdian. 4|. 9. 6. Xen. Eq. 9. 7. Fugae, p. ‘23, 28.—In N. T. trop. to go
the right way, to proceed arz'ght, 2 Tim.
'Ogywot, 12g, .7, (iipc'yw,) a fathom,
2:15 tipeoropoiivra Tor )ui-yov 1'7]; (1M7
pp. the space which one can measure by
Beiag, rightly proceeding as to the word of
extending the arms laterally. Acts 27: life, by impl. i. q. ‘ rightly and skilfully
28 bis—{EL V. H. 2. 22. Xen. Mem. teaching the word of lit'e.'—-Constitut.
2. 3. 19.
Apost. 7:30 liptiorolueiv iv roig row-1 Kupt'ov
'Ogéyw, f. Em. to reach or stretch out, o‘é-ypaau'. Comp. Euseb. H. E. Tom.
espec. rr‘lv xeipa. Horn. 11. 15. 371. Jos. I. 8 rr‘lv eileeiav Kai flao'thtm‘lr 656V optio
B. J. l. 2. 4|. genr. Xen. An. 7. 3. 29. ropof/a'a 1‘, Exit-koala T017 9505.
In N. T. only Mid. rlpe'yopat, to stretch ,Og’llglzw, f. iaw, (b'p0pog,) to rise
one's self, to reach after any thing, and early, to do early in the morning, e. g.
hence trop. to long after, to try to gain,
prziegn. Luke '21: 38 r69 a hairy d'rp
to desire, seq. gen. Heb. 11: 16 'n'arplaor; s’ptZe rrpog (tin-(iv e'v To; iepn'r x. r. 71. all
xpelrrovog o'pé'yerat. 1 Tim. 3: l. —— the people came early in the morning to
Hdian. 2. 15. B. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15. him in the temple. So Sept. for 5"???‘
pp. Hom. Ii. 5. 851. Hes. Scut. 4.56.— Gen. 19: 27. Judg. 19:9. "'32? Job 7:
By impl. to indulge in, to love, I Tim. 6:
21.—l Mace. 11:67. Tob. 9:4,. The
10.—Jos. Vit. 9 l3. Antiphon. 117.31. Attic form was tipepn'lw, so Mmris p.
’Og€mi§, 77, 0/", (5909,) mountain, 272 o'pfipeilet lA'rruru'rg' tipflpifei 'Ehhnvi.
i. e. found on mountains, wild, e. g. mic. Thom. Mag. p. 656. Comp. H.
xdproc Sept. for ‘U Prov. 27: 25. of Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 675, 683.
mountaineers, Xen. An. 7. 4.. 11. In
’059§"‘6§, 77,, 6”, (590909,) morning,
N. T. mountainous, as 1'] 69am’, sc. xo'ipa early, as t’w-rfip ha'u-lrpog Kai. dpfipu'o'c
mountainous country, Luke 1: 39, 65. Rev. 22: 16 in text. rec. Sept. for
Sept. for "U Gen. 14: 10. Deut. 11:11. I"??? H05. 6: 41. 13: 3.—Vvisd. ll: 22.
—P01. 3. 17. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 3. Luc. Gall. l. Antip. Sidon. in Anthol.
"05551.5, 5&1?’ 1'1, (6pé'yo/tat,) pp. a Gr. II. p. 12. Posidipp. ib. p. 42. This
reaching after, trop. longing, lust, Rom. form is condemned by the Atticists,
1: 27.—Ecclus. 23: 6. Hdian. 3. 13. 14. who prefer b'pfiptog, but is found in the
’Ogt?oar05éa, 5, t‘. ilo'w, (o'peo'g, #069,) poets and later prose writers ; see Stnrz
pp. to foot it straight, to walk straight, (1e Dial.Alex.p. 186. Lob. ad Phr. p. 51.
trop. to walk (live) uprightly, ‘ii-rr. )wyolu. "Ogtigwg, u, or, (59690;) morning,
Gal. 2: 14.. " ‘ ‘ early, matutinus, as adv. Luke 24: 22
T351902, r’). 5v, straight, right, i. e. ‘yer/opera’. b'pfipiat i'lri rt‘) ,uvnpe'iov. comp.
a) pp. upright, erect, Acts 14.: 10 t'wc't Buttm.§123. n. 3. Sept. Job 29: 7.
arnth o’pBo'g, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 1. Plato Protag. p.
—Esdr. 9: 46. Xen. Mem. 1.4, 11. 313. B, b'ptipiog fin-rr. Comp. Lob. ad
b) horizontally, straight and level, not Phryn. p. 51.
crooked or uneven, trop. Heb. 12: 13 “05050;, 01), b, (kindr. with o'pvvpt,
rpo iii; tipfli‘u; rron'laa'rs. 80 Sept. for b'ptiai, orior, ortns,) morning, daybreak,
"12': rov. 12: 16. 16: 25.—pp. 6569 6961'] pp. the time before and about day-break,
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. while one still needs a light; but later
'Ogflo'm‘uréw, 5, f. flaw, (dpflorépoc, also including the morning twilight un
from opliég, rein/ah) to cut straight, to til near sunrise ; Phryn. et Lob. p. 975.
divide right, i. q. 6905:; re'pvzw in Athen. :1) pp. Luke 24: l b'pflpou Boeing,
VII. p. 303. E. Hence dpOoropeIv 656v, comp. John 20: 1. -— Aristoph. Vesp.
Lat. viam recte secure, pp. to cut a 216 599909 Baal’); x. r. h. Theocr. 18. 14.
straight way, i. e. to make one's way Plato Crito l. genr. Jos. Ant. 11.6. 10.
straight and right, to direct him, Sept. Diod. Sic. 14.. 104i. Xen. Ven. 6. 6.
for “El-7".‘ Prov. 3: 6. 11: 5. comp. 65m); b) i. q. 'e'wc or hire, morning, twilight,
n'IGeiac grep: Thuc. 2. 100. Later also dawn, comp. Phryn. l. 0. John B: 2 5p
 ’ 050:5; 558 "Ogveov

Opov 5c‘ mihw 1rape-ye’vero :19 1'1‘) iepdy. Conv. 4. 10. In N. T. toad/are, c. dupl.
Acts 5: 21. Sept. for “Pf: Judg. 16: 2. acc. of person whom and by whom. Mark
one Josh. 6: 15. Cant. 6: 9. Joel 2: 2. 5: 7 bpxilw oz roll 9:611. Acts 19: 13.
‘03955;, adv. (dpeo'm) straight, right, 1 Thess. 5: 27. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 4',
i. e. erectly, Xen. Eq. 7. 5. In N. T. and n. 1. Matth. § 413. 10. So Sept.
of manner, rightly, correctly, pp. Mark EEopi-lfw c. dupl. acc. Gen. 24: 33.—The
7:35 AM“ 696459. Trop. in a moral Atticists condemn this word, though
found in the best writers, and prefer
sense, Luke 7: 4.3 69615; Zxpwac. 10:28.
20: 21. Sept. for ='r-1 Gen. 4.0: 16. =11"?! bpxou, see Phryn. et Lob. p. 360 sq.
Deut. 5: 2B.——\Visd. 6: 4|. Luc. Cynic. "05750;, 09, a, an oath, Matt. 14: 7,
5. Xen. An. 1. 9. 30. 9. 26: 72. Mark 6: 26. Luke 1:73.
‘051291, f. i010, (5909,) to bound, to Acts 2: 30. Heb. 6:16, 17. James 5:12.
make or set a boundary, Sept. for 513: Sept. for can? Gen. 24.: 8. 2&3.
Josh. 13: 27. [reading, apparently, 1 Macc. 7:18. P01. 3. 68. 13. Xen. Cyr.
55?; 13:5}, and wanting or disregarding 2. 3. 12. -—- Meton. what is promised
Athnach] Hdot. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. B. with an oath, Matt. 5: 33 c’urobu'nretg 11;)
6. 21. In N. T. and usually, to mark Kvpi’rp robg b'pmvg aou. Comp. Sept. and
out definitely, i. e. to determine, to ap *2“? Num. 30: 3.
point, to constitute, seq. ace. of thing, 'Ogzw/eoa/a, mg, #1, (bpk'wfw're'w
Heb. 4|: 7 mihu/ nvc‘l opifet fipépav. Acts from b'pxog, b'pvv'ug) pp. the swearing of
17: 26. Part. pert‘. pass. (:lPlG'lE’VOQ, r], 01/, an oath, the taking of an oath, i. e. by
determined, decreed, Luke 22: 22. Acts impl. an oath, Heb. 7: 20, 21 bis, 28.
2:23.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 3. Hdian. 1. 10. Sept. for Ez. 17: 18, 19.—Esdr. 8:
11. Xen. An. 7. 7. 36. — Seq. ace. of 93. Plato Phzedr. p. 241. A.
pers. as appointed to an office or station, 'Ogfbotaz, a, f. flaw, (bppr'h) to make
Acts 17: 31 iv r’wfipl t; [81'] G'IPLO’L Pass. rush on, to impel, to incite, trans. Hom.
with a noun of ofiice etc. in apposit. II. 6. 338. Diod. Sic. 3. 53. Xen. Eq. 7.
Acts 10: 42 abroc e'o‘rw bo‘ipwpe'vog inn) 17, 18. More usually and in N. T.
r017 Gem’; Kpvn); Zéw'rmv xai vexpfiv. intrans. to rush on, to move forward: im
(Meleag. in Anth. Gr. I. p. 9 as‘ 6561/ petuously, seq. Em' nva, Acts 7:57 dip
é'lpwe.) SO Rom. l: 44 1'05 bpweérrog ;mac'w re bpottvpabbv Er‘ airrbv. Seq.
vioi) 9:017 K-T-A. comp. Phil.'2:85q.Eph.1: e'ig in, Acts 19: 29 :19 rd Séarpov. Matt.
20 sq. Othershere render,deelared,public 8: 32. Mark 5: 13. Luke 8: 33.—c. £111’
to set forth, against the usus loquendi. 2 Macc. 12: 20. Jos. Vit. § 11. Hdian.
But Zonar. Lex. c. 1473 bpwfie'v-roc' ('rlro 3. 5. 1. {lg nva Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.17. 51';
Eetxflévrog, c’nrmpai/Oe'vrog.) Seq.int‘. Acts n Thuc. 1. 87.
11: 29 tbpwev 'e'xao'rog n-ép‘d/m 1c. 1'. A.
'Ogpn'l, 5;, 1'), (59111414,) a rushing
"001011
> , or) , ‘To,
' (d‘1m. 0 1‘ opog,
" ' on, onset, impetus, Acts 14: 5 ‘In; 5e‘ 57:’
in
form only,) a bound, border, in N. T. vero own‘) bfipt'oat Kai Mftogohfio‘at
only plur. rit 5pm, the borders, i. e. abrm'zg—Sept. Jer. 47: 23. Hdian. "2. 5.
at) pp. the borders of a land, the fron B. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 6.— Trop. of the
tiers, Matt. 4,: 13. 19: 1 eig rlz 5pm r7’; mind, impulse,purpase, will, James 3: 4.
'Iovbm'ag mfpav r017 ‘Io‘oBdrou. Mark 10: —Epict. Enchir. 1. 1. Xen. Mem.41.4.2.
1. So Sept. for 5%? Gen. 10: 19. Num.
21.13.-.1ELV.H.6. 14.. Xen. Cyr.2.1. 1. "otlbfllwy “"5 "5, (‘WWW’) PP
b) meton. and by Hebraism, for a z'mpeluous movement, a rushing on, Sept.
space within certain boundaries, region, Deut. 28: 419. 1 Macc. 6: 47. Hence
territory, district. Matt. *2: 16 Ev Br; by impl. impetus, violence, c. g. as dat.
Bhse‘p Kl'll. Ev mio'l ro'ig bpinu; abrfig. 8:34..
of manner, Rev. 18: 21 bppr'munfihnfJ/I
15: 22, 39. Mark 5: 17. 7: 31 bis. Acts O'Efllt, i.e. withviolence.—Etym. Magn.
13:50. So Sept. and 5115 Gen. 23: 17. 618. 10. Comp. 110m. ll. 13. 356, 590.
Ex. 8: 2. for Judg. 20: 6. "Ogveov, ou, .6, (dim. of 59mg, in
r()QMZQI, f. low, (59x05) to put to form only.) a bird. fowl, e. g. carnivor
on oath, to make swear, c. acc. Sept. for ous, Rev. 18: 2. 19:17, 21. Sept. for if‘!
2*??? Gen. 50. 225. Dem. 678. 5. Xen. Gen. 6: ‘20. U7’. Gen. 15: ll. E1.
 "05mg
39: 4..-—Luc. Demonax 66. Xen. An.
6. l. 23.
”Ogwg, 100;, a, 1',, a bird, fowl,
gem. Luc. Mere. Cond. 17. Xen. Mem.
2. 6. 9. In N. T. only of poultry, the
hen, gallina, Matt. 23:37. Luke 13:34.
—P0. 12. 26. 1. Xen. An. 4. 5. 35.
r()QOI’EO'IOC, (2;, 1'], (6poeeriw from
5909, riflmu.) pp. a setting bounds, meton.
a bound, limit, Acts 17:26 bpt'a'ag The
- . - . . _
OPOOEG’HZQ 1'1]; Karolxlag avrwv.—Glossar. _
Hdot. p. 1741. ed. Wessel. oilpm'hpoflwia.
Comp. Greg. Cor. p. 390. n. 58.
"050;, 50g, 021;, 1'6, plur. rér 5;»),
gen. ru-n/ dpéwv Rev. 6: 15. Sept. Is. 13:
4, see Buttm. § 4.9. n. 3. \Viner § 9. 2.
c ; a mountain, hill, Matt. 5: I civs'gn cig
r6 apog. v. 14.. 8:1. Mark 5: 5. Acts 7:
30. al. saep. So 16 (‘Spec 11) wk. e’haufw,
Luke 19:29. 21:37. Acts 1:12. See in
‘main b. (Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6.) Proverbi
ally, to remove mountains is i. q. ‘ to ac_
complish great and dithcult things,’ 1
Cor. 13:2. Matt. 17:20. 21:21. so
the Rabbins, comp. Buxt. Lex. 1653.
Sept. for ‘U Gen. 8: 4, 5. step—Hdian.
2. 11. 16. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25. AL
'Ogho'o‘w, v. ‘MW, f. £01, to dig, to
dig out, 0. acc. Matt. 21:33 dSpvEev Ev
(tin-1,5 hfil'ov. Mark 12:1. absol. Matt.
25: 18. Sept. for #11 Is. 5: 2. ‘5?:
Gen. 21: 30. “:2 Gen. 26: 25.—Diod.
Sic. 1. 50. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 10.
’Ogeav6;, i, 611, (kindr. with 6p¢wh struction, in signification, and by con
(imp/69,) orphan, bereaved, pp. of children
bereaved of parents, James 1: 27 6995a
vozlg Ical xhpag. Trop. 01' disciples with.
out a master John 14.: 18. Sept. for B51":
Ps. 68:6. Jer. 7; 5. - Dem. 1320. 19.
Xen. An. 7. 2. 3'2. trop. Lys. 196. 13.
’O§X,E’w, 5, f. haw, (kindr. with
il'pvvpt) to take or lift up, to raise aloft,
a rare and later form, i. q. percwpciv,
Plato Cratyl. p. 4.96. 13.—Earlier and
more usual was Mid. 6pxe'opat, f. 1'100
pm, to leap so, by rule, to dance, intrans.
Matt. 11: 17 et Luke 7: 32 m'IMo'a/Aev
ilp'iv Kai oiuc dapxr'lvaaee. Matt. 14.: 6.
Mark 6: 2-2. Sept. for "PI: 1 Chr. 15:
29. Ecc. 3: 41.—L110. D. Deor. 18. 1.
Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 10.
(/0 a PI _ 1‘ ‘F’ 'I'
g, 77, 0, genlt. 0U,’ 77;, 0U,
Buttm. § 75. 2, originally a demonstra
tive pronoun, this, that, (like 6, 1'], rd, q.
559 "09‘, g: 3
v.) but in Attic and later usage mostly
a postpositive article or relative pro
noun, who, which, what, that ,- Buttm. §
126. 1. Matth.§ 289. n. 7.
I. As a demonstrative pronoun, this,
that, only in distinctions and distribu
tion, with 145')’, 3:’, as fig ,ue'v—Bg Be’,
that one—this one, the one—the other, etc.
less frequent in Attic writers than 6 pe'v
—& 5:’ q. Y. but equally common with it
in later writers and in N.T. com p. Buttm.
§ 126. 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 706. Matth.
l. c. Winer I; 20. 1. E. g. 2 Cor. 2:16
079 pe‘v-uolg 5a’, to the one---t0 the other.
Matt. 21:35 51/ Fir Zdclpav. 3v 5:‘ time'
Kreu'zw, i. e. one---another. 13:8 5 pew-~
3 5:’. 25:15. Luke 23: 33. Rom. 9: 21.
al. step. -— Luc. Asin. 23. Pol. l. 7. 3.
Dem. 248. 18.—Further, 3g pévmiiMog
3:’ Matt. 13:4 sq. 3g pz'vmt'ihhoc §£--~2'r£
pog 5e’ 1 Cor. 12:8 sq. h pév-uxal Zrepov
Luke 8: 5 sq.
II. As the postpositive article, or re.
lative pronoun, who, which, what, that; -
quz', gum, quad. The construction with
the relative strictly implies two clauses;
in the first of which there should stand
with the verb a noun (the antecedent),
and in the second the corresponding re.
lative, each in the case which the verb
of its own clause demands, the relative
also agreeing with the antecedent in gen
der and number; see Buttm. § 14.3. 2.
§ 123. 1. But the form and power of
the relative is much varied, both in con
necting with it other particles. E. g.
1. Construction. at) As to Gender, the
relat. agrees regularly with its antece
dent, Matt. 2:9 ('1 t'w-rfip 3v J50)’. Luke
5:3. John 6:51. saepiss. So where it re
lates to a remoter antecedent, as 1Cor.1:
8 59 ml Begcluiw‘u illuiic, i. e. 6 956g in v.
4., comp. v. 9. But from this rule there
are two departures in form : (a) Where
the relat. with the verb to be, etc. con
forms in gender to the following noun,
Buttm. \514'37. Matth. §440.6. Winer
§2~L 3. n. 1. So Gal.3:16 arréppan’ doc,
59 ion Xpw'rég. Epl1.1:l4|. 6:17 péxar
pav, 5 e'a'ri fir-Um 9:05. 1 Tim. 3: l5.—
Hdot. 5. 108. Plat. Leg. 3. p. 699. C.—
(B) Where by the canstructio ad sensum
see the relat. takes the gender implied in the
antecedent, and not that of its own ex
ternal form. Rom.9:23 sq. main] Ehéouc,
 n fl
"0;, Q2 , 0 560
6 1rponroiluaaev-uoilg Kai e'miksaev. Gal.
4:19. Phi1.2:15. 2 Pet.3:16 Ev miaaic
ruig imarohaic [i. q. 'ypd'upaai], iv 01;
A21’. 1\. 2 John 1. Comp. Matth. § 434.1.
b, and note. Herm. ad Vig. p. 708.
(Eurip. Suppl. 12.) So neut. 6' often re
fers to a masc. or fem. antecedent, taken
in the general sense of thing, Matth. §
439, comp. Buttm. § 129. 6. So in
explanations, Matt. 1: 23 'Eppavow‘lh, 5
Ear: ,uzeeppnvevdpcvov K. r. h. 27: 33.
Mark 3:17. 12:42 hem-El 5130, 6' ion to
Ept'ivmg. 15:16,42. Johnl:39. Col.1:24.
Heb.7:2. a1. (OtherwiseActsQz39) Also
where neut. 6' refers to a whole preced
ing clause, Markl5:34. lJohn 2: 8.
b) As to Number, the relat. agrees re
gularly with its antecedent. as in the ex
amples above cited. The departures from
this rule are rare, e. g. (o)Re1at. Sing.
after a plural antecedent, once Phil. 3:
20 iv oiipavoigu-EE oi: w. r. X. where how
ever 09 may be taken as an adverb, see
- below in no. 2. g.—(fi) Relat. plur. af
ter an anteced. sing. collect. Phil. 2: 15
iv péaip 'yevuic awhile-“Ev oi;- ¢aivw6e
x. r. 1\. here the construction is adaenswn,
both in number and gender, Matth.§434.
2. b. § 475. a. Buttm.§ 1-29. 3. Comp.
above in 1. (Judith 4:8 1‘; ye vain-~
o'i e'xdflnvro. 2:3. comp. Hom. I .l6.368.
Xen. 1\1em.2.1.31.) So where the ante
ced. includes in any way the idea of pin
rality, Acts 15:36 Kari: mic-av miktv, c'v
aic x- r. X. 2 Pet.3:1 Eeurz'pav i-lrwroltr‘lv,
e'v ale 1:. 'r. A. i. e. in both which, the first
and second.
0) As to Case; here the general rule
is, that the relative stands in that case
which the verb of itsown clause demands,
Buttm. § 143. 2. Matth. §473. E. g. as
subject, John1:9 Ta oily-"6 ¢wriZs11rév
ra éivfip. v. 30 dvr‘yp, ilg E'Imrpoatie'v you
yé-yovev. Acts 8:27. Matt. 10:26. sazp.
As object, Acc. Matt. 2: 9 a dart/p. 6v
elder. Acts 6: 3, 6. 22: 9. saapiss. Dat.
Acts 8:10 t’tvfip-uqi 1rpoaeixov mivrzg.
Col.1:27. 1Pct.l:12. 5:9. al. But the
departures from this rule are frequent,viz.
(a) by Attraction, i. c. where the rela
tive in respect to its own verb would
stand in the accus. but the antecedent
stands in the genitive or dative, and then
the relative is attracted by the antecedent
into the same case with itself, Buttm. §
143.3. Matth. M73. Winer<> 24.1. E.
"0?: his a
g. genit. Matt.18:19. John 4:14 ‘75:11-09,
011 £76: 50300. 7:31 roi/rwv, div oi'irog broi
qa'ev. v.39. Acts 1:1. Acts 24:21. Eph.
4:1. Jude15. (Sept. Zeph. 3:11.) Rev.
1:20. a1. saap. Neglected, Heb. 8:2 rfic
axqvfig, 17v Zn'rliev d Kz'zpiog. (Sept. Jer.
51:64. Xen.l\1em.2.1.10.) Dative,Mark
7:13. Luke 2:20 E'rrl mitnv oig fixouaal'.
5:9. John 4:50 rzii Ni-ygnql elwev ‘111170179.
Acts 7:16. 20:38. 2Cor.12:21. 2Thess.
1:4. :11. amp—Sept. Jer.l5:14. Xen.An.
5. 4. 33. — Here the antecedent is often
omitted, espec. the demonstr. pron. m'n-og,
e'xeivog, comp. below in d; and then the
relative stands alone in a case not pro.
perly belonging to it ; Buttm. § 143. 5.
Matth. §473. b. \Viner §23. 2. The re
1ative itself then stands like Engl. what,
for that which, he who, etc. E.g. Luke 9:
36 ui/de‘v 111v Eupéxao'iv for oilde'v rm'n'wr,
01v [6] Ewpdxaau'. 23:41 (‘lira yap [that'
way] 151' iirpdfuprv x. r. A. Acts 9:24. 22:
15. 26:16. Ron1.15:18. 2Cor.12:17.a1.
step—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2 imhxovov 019 it's’
Xwae. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 26.
([3) by inverted Attraction, i. e. where
the antecedent is attracted by the relative
into the same case with itself, viz. (l)
VVhere the anteccd. remains connected
with its own clause, and before the rela
tive. Matt.2l :42 Mtlov 3v dvrczoxiiiaaav,
oilror; K. r. h. Lukel :73 ('ipt‘ov [for o'pxou]
6v 6311005. 20117. lCOrJOzlfi rov liprov
3v 1:)“; ev,oi!xl xoivwvia um). See Buttm.
§151. .4. Matth.§474. \Viner§24. 2. a.
—Hippoc. Morb.4.1 1 The 1r1ryi¢g a; o'n'é.
puaa, m'mu x.r.7\. Plato Men0n.p.96. A.
C ib'uoXo-yi/Ka'iev 5e, 75,1rp1'1-yparog oil In’)
re EtEéUKGAOl pr'rre ‘amen-mi slew, rofiro 34
away 'w) 61"“. Comp. Virg. 11111.1.577
‘ urbem quam statuo, vestra est.’ — (2)
Where the antecedent itself is attracted
over into the clause of the relative, and
stands after it in the proper case of the re
lative; see Buttm.§l43.2. Matth.§474.a.
Vviner§24.2.b. Markti: 16 'Ilpdidrlg 5111's v‘
(in 6v 5'71): i'urexeqxihiaa 'Iwdvvm', 05rd;
turn’, for 05111:; e'rrriv ’Iwcivvrlg, 6v i711;
t'urex. Lukel :4. Acts 21:16 t'i'yovreg rap’
(ii Eevweépcv, Mvdawri KJHX. for l'iyorrrq
Mvr'wwva x.-r.?\. rap‘ 4150111647115» Rom.
6:17. Phi1em.10. 1.10hn2:25. Rev.l7:8
Bhnrovrwv for fiM’rovreg.—Soph.'1‘rach.
676 sq. (‘1 Zxpiovm'lrdmp, rofrr' r'ppdvwrm.
Xen.An.1.9.19fic dpx01xépag.—(3)This
transposition may also take place when
 P! (I P! 'I (I H
O! "a o 561 O, n, 0
the antecedent would already stand in the Col. 1:25. Rev. 13: 12.—Sept. Dan. 2:
same case with the relative,comp.Winer 11. Act. Thom. $6. Hdian. 8. 3. 20
§24.2.n. E. g. John 11:6 Enewsv in 91 hr 'AvrbMuva, 02': m1 'rfiv cixbya E'M'yov rwec
ro’rrp, fors'v 'ro’np s'y 91:-iv. Matt.7:2 iv K. r. )1. _
L'plpart, in 9i pe'rpr‘o, for iv 11;: xpl'pa-rt (p, d) As to Position,- here the relative
etc. 24:44. Markl5z22; comp. Buttm.§ with its clause regularly follows the an
131.4,5. (Hdot.5.106.) Here belongsthe tecedent, as in most of the preceding
adverbial phrase 5v rpé'rrov, :06’ By rpd examples. But for the sake of emphasis,
nor, for Kari; rbv rpo'rrov 51', pp. in the the relative clause may be put first,
manner which, in the same manner as, espec. where a demonstr. m‘rrbc, obrog,
andhencei.q.as,Matt.23:37. Luke13z34. etc. follows; as Matt. 26:48 by by
rat)’ by r. Acts! 5:11. Comp.Buttm.§13l. ¢1X1,10U, at’rréc ion. John 3: 26 59 iv
n.3. §115.4.—Sept.1s.14:19,24. 2Macc. ,usra croii . . obroc fia'lr'rt'lu. Heb. 13:11.
15:39. Xen.An.6.3.l. comp.Xen.Cyr.8. 2 Pet. 2:19. Comp. Buttm. § 143. Q fill.
2.5. Hdot.2. l76.—No example occurs in Matth. §478.—In both these positions,
N. T. where after such transposition both the antecedent, espec. the demonstr.
relative and antecedent take the proper_ pron. airrbg, oi'rroc, c'xeivog, is very fre
case of the latter, as in Greek writers ; quently omitted; so that the re ative
comp. Buttm. § 143. 4. then stands like Engl. what, for that
(y) often the case of the relative depends which, he who, etc. comp. above in c. a.
on a preposition with which the verb is Buttm. § 14.3. 5. Matth. (>473. 1). § 478.
construed, viz. (l) genr.Matt.3:l7 bvibg‘ Winer § 23. 2. E. g. genr. Matt. 13:17
,uou, iv 91 eilbbnyo'a. 10:11. 11:10 obrog dxon'urat it drains, for rai'n'a (i. 14:7.
76‘) Earl, 1rspl ob 'yé-ypam'm. Lukel :4. Mark 2:24. Luke 8:17. John 14:22.al.
Rom.10:14. 1Cor.8:6 bis, sic 9:69 6 1m saep. So in the inverted position, Matt.
rfip, 2'5 01': riz m'wra x.-r.)\.—Xen.Mem.2. 7: 2. 10: 38 ml 3: ob halugl'u'u . - . obn
2. 8.—(2) Sometimes the prep. which E'an ,uou 615mg. 13:12 not b i'xu, bpflfi
stands with the anteced. is repeated before tl't'fat. 19:6. 25: 29. Mark 9:40. Luke
the relative,John4:53 e'v 'rii |$pq,e'v f] elnev 4:6. 12:40. John 8: 38 bis, e'yt‘u 3
x.r.)\. Acts7:4. 20:18. Comp.Winer§54. Eu'JpaKaJmM x. r. A. 13:27. Rom. 2:1.
7. p.355. (Dem. adv. Timocr. p. 705, B, Heb. 2:18. lJohn 1: 1,3. Comp. Matth.
c’v roig xpbvotg iv 01: 'yé'ypa'lrrat K. 1'. A. § 478. —— Here too belongs the elliptic
Xen. Vect. 4.13.) More commonly when use of neat. b with its clause before
the prep. stands before the antecedent, it another proposition, in the sense of as
is omitted before the relative, Winer l. to that, in that, quad attind ad, the cor
c. Matth. § 474. 6. § 595 ult. E.g.Matt. responding roiir' Earl, r0171" iarw (in, or
24:50 in! fi/ae'pa 5 Oil npooboxfi. Luke 1: the like, being omitted before the latter
25. 12:46. Acts 13:2 eig- rb Ep'yov, 6 clause. Rom. 6: 10 bis, 6 yap humans,
rrpod'xc'xhr) at abrobg. v.39.--PlatoPhaedo 1'?) dpaprtq d'lrc'eavsv i¢d1raE‘ 5 5:‘ Ci,
21. p. 76. , btbdvat héyol' nepi robruv (by Zfi rq'a Gut-i. Gal. 2: 20. See Matth. § 478.
vi'lv 51) EAé-yopev. Xen. Conv. 4. 1. An. Buttm. s 151. IV. 5. - Plato Euthyd.
5. 7. 17.—(3) By attraction the relative p. 271. C, b be‘ 011 e'puric n‘p' ooqpt'av
is put with the preposition belonging to abro'iv u. r. A. Xen. Hi. 6. 12. (E0. 15.
the omitted antecedent, comp. above in c. 4. An. 2. 3. l.
a. John 6: 29 Two. 1run'n'mrrr: 51¢ 31! (uri 2. signification. The relative strictly
o'ruhcv e'xeivoc, for sic rofirov by x. 'r. h.
serves simply to introduce a dependent
19:37. Rom. 14:22. 1 Cor. 7: 1. Gal. clause and mark its close relation to
1:8, 9. H61). 5: 8. 2 Pet. 2: 12. the leading proposition; as Matt. 2:9 1;
(8) sometimes the relative is not de da'rhp, by £13m! in rfl dyarokz], 1rpofi'yev
pendent on the verb, but on some noun nirroi/g. But in common use it was em
connected with the verb, and then the ployed in a wider extent, both as a
relative is put in the genitive, Matt. 3: general connective particle, and also
11 oi! oi”: sipl ixavbc 'ra brobfipara fia sometimes as implying purpose, result,
a-réaat. v. 12 ob r6 wn'mv. Mark 14. cause, or the like, which would properly
32. Luke 13: 1 a1’ 11‘) aipa. John 1: 27. be expressed by a conjunction. See
4:46. 11:2. Acts 16:14. Rom. 2:29. Buttm. § 143. l. Matth. § 479 sq. For
2 s
 flog’ 5!’ 61 PI P! (I
562 0;, n, o
the sense what, that which, he who, see 2. d. 'Em' II. 3. c. 5. p. 301. Comp.
above in no. 1. d. Buttm. § 143. 1. Matth. § 480. 0. So
a) as a general connective, e. g. (a) more freq. b'a'ng q. v. no. 2. c. — Xen.
gem. John 4: 46. 11:2 fly 5:‘ Mapta 1‘, Mem. 2. 7. 13.
(‘deli/lava rdv Ktapiov ‘uhplp . . fig 6 ddehqzoc e) once exp’ 6 in direct interrog. for
A. fia-Oe'vu. In this way it is not un Em’ 11, Matt. 26: 50 Era'ipe, :'¢' 3 wapsi,
common for Paul, and also Peter, to --Arr. Epict. 4. 1.95. Comp. Aristoph.
connect two, three, or more clauses by Lysistr. 1101 01’ 1103 int rt mipsa'rz
relatives, referring either to the same or Ben'lpm—This direct use belongs to the
to different subjects; e. g. Acts 26:7. later Greek, althou h earlier writers
Eph. 3:11, 12. COL 1:13 Sq. 24r—29. employed 5g indirect y like 119, as Plato
1 Pet. 1:8, 10, 12. .2: 22 sq. 3:19 sq. Meno p. 80. C,1rcpl fipcriig, 6 Early, 'z'yd:
4: 4, 5. 2 Pet. 2: 2,3. 3:16. al. Comp. pe‘v oinc 015a. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 46. See
Winer §24.n.2—({3) Where it is equiva Winer § 24. 3. Matth. § 485. Comp.
lent to a demonstrative, and this, these; Lob. ad Phr. p. 57.
and he, they, etc. Luke 12:24 01;‘ ol'm 1') including the notion of a particle
Ear: rape'iov, i. q. and they have no store of time, as 511, draw. So c’up' he r‘lpe'pag,
house, etc. Acts 6: 6 03¢ E'crrmmv, and i. q. dvro rfig hp. 511, C01. 1:6, 9. Ellipt.
these,etc. 7:45. 11:30. Gal. 1:7. 1 Pet. d¢' 17g, 1. q. c’nro 'rfig fly. v. o'ipag, 51's,
1:12. 2: 4. al. 541'‘; Phil. 3:12. Ev 01¢ Luke 7:45. 2 Pet. 3: 4. See in 'An-d
i. q. heroin-org 32' Luke 12: 1. ale 5 i. q. II. b. So dxp: he r'mépac, and dxp: 01'; ,
51;‘ 10171-0 5:’ Col. 1: 29. This is rare in see in “Axpt II. b. iv 9'', see in ‘Ev no.
early Greek writers, but more frequent 2. a. p. 271. 'e'on; 01'), see in'Ewg II. 1.
in later ones, Buttm. § 143. b. pz'xpcg oii, see in Mc'xpc I. b.
n. 1 Comp.
Matth. § 447. — Apollodor. l. 1. 3 Matth. s 460.
Kpoi'og xare'msv 'Eoriav, elm. Afipn'r av g) neut. genit. 05, as adv. of place,
xaF'Hpav' yet). he Hhoi'irwya. x. 'r. A. 05. where, Matth. § 486. l. (0:) pp. Luke 4:
Ant. 14. 13. 7. Plato Apol. Soc. p. 35. 16 01': hv refipappe'vog. 23:53. Acts 1,:
A.—(-y) In the formula By rpé1rov, see 13 05 hour! Karape'vowsc. Col. 3: 1. Heb.
above in no. 1. c. 2. 3: 9. Rev. 17:15 1'31 25111-0. . . . 05 h mipvn
b) as implying propose, equiv. to i'va. xdtinrai. trop. Rom. 4: l5. 5: 20. so
Matt. 1 1: 10 E'yy) d'lroo'rc'Mw rdv d'y'yehdv with his? emphat. corresponding, Matt.
you . . 3;; Rarao'xcvda'ev. Ti)!’ 6561' con KJKX. 18: 20 oil 769 do’: 560 1') rpfig . . e’re? rurJL
Mark 1:2. Luke 7:27. Comp. Buttm. 2 Cor. 3: 17.—Sept. Gen. 13:4. 1131.
§Sept.
143. 'i'va,
1. Matth.
Gen. 11: § 481.
7. 22:So14.Heb. Deut. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. An. 2.1. 6. c. ire?
Arr. Epict. 2. 2. 14. —With preposi.
4:40. comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 771. Lex. tions, as Em’ww on"; Matt. 2: 9. £5 oh
art. “33.15 B.2._—Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14 61mm whence Phil. 3: 20. See Winer § 54. n.
K714391114, 01¢ dpvym'wral. rolig dEtxol-wrag. 1. p. 356. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq. —
c) as marking result, event, etc. equiv. In attraction with verbs of motion,
to dim-e. So after rig, Luke 5: 21 n’; for whither, as in Eng]. often where, see
im'w oi'lrog, 5g Xahd flkaoghnliu'ac: 7: 49 Buttm. § 151. I. 8. S0 Luke 10:1 :39
6; ml hpapn'ac dqfiinm. Comp. Matth. mierav mihw xal “my, on": E/uMsv aiirog
§ 479. a, and n. 1.—Iudith 8: 12. Xen. Z'pxweai. 22:10. 24:28. Matt. 28: 16.
Cyr. 6.1.14 n'c m'irwg iaxvpog, 3g- Ei'ivcur’ So 01': s’dv whithersoever 1 Cor. 16: 6, see
Pw r. r. A. .Comp. Isocr. Epict. p. 408. on ‘Edy I. 4. —- Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 15. m’;
D. Plato Rep. 2. p. 360. B. -— Hither Ee'w 1 Macc. 6: 36.
some needlessly refer also Luke 11:6. 3. Connected with other particles;
01'»: Ext» 6 wapufir’lo'm aimfi, comp. John (0) 6;- (iv, 59 Eiiv, whosoever, comp.
5: 7 oinc 'e'xw i'ra. ' Buttm. § 139. 8. See in "Av I. 2. a. p.
d) as implying cause, ground, a reason, 41. 'Eév I. 5; ye, once Rom. 8:
etc. equiv. to 511, because. Luke 8:13 32, see in Fe’ 1. b.—(-y) 5;; Simon, once
oin'ot giizav m’nc Z'xoua'w, o't' 1rpdc xaipdv J‘ohn 5: 4, sec in Ar'rrro-rz. -— (5) 50129,
1rurru'mvm, Lat. ut qui, i. q. because, firep, b'np, who indeed, who namely, i. q.
since, etc. Luke 4: 18. So in the 6;‘ but stronger and more definite; once
formulas ('u/O' JV, 5o’ 91, sec in 'Avri’ no. Mark 15:6 Eva de'aplov, 5v1rep ziroiwo,
 ' Oo'lw
i. e. the very one whom they demanded.
Buttm. <> 75. 3.- Jos. Vit. § 18. Luc.
D. Deor. 8. l. ib. 10. 2.—(e) Zia-rig, see
in its order. AL.
‘000521;, adv. (grog) pp. how many
times, how often, in . T. only with ('iv,
i. e. baring (iv, however often, so often as,
1 Cor. 11: 25, 26. 506mg e’év Rev. 11:
6. See in"Av I. 2. b. 'Ei'w I. 4.—Plut.
Alex. M. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 3.
"0; 76, see in Fe’ 1. b.
"0010;, 0t, 07, once perhaps of two
endings 6mg, 6, i1, Winer § 11. 1.
Matth. § 436. 2. Buttm. Aust'. Sprachl.
§ 60. n. 3; holy, pure, sanetus, pp. right
as conformed to God and his laws; thus
distinguished from Bi'xaiog, which refers
more to human laws and duties; e. g.
Pol. 23. 10. 8 Ta 1rpog rode hvflpo'nroug
Bixata, xal Til 1rpdc rode Geode data.
Hdian. 2. 13. 16. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 33.
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 25.—In N. T.
a) of persons, holy, e. g. of God, as
the personification of holiness and purity,
Rev. 15:4 ('irt drag 5010;. 16:5. So
Sept. for ‘P5,’: s. 145: 17. ‘1?: Dent.
32: 4. Of men, i. q. pious, godllhcareful
of all duties towards God; Tit. 1:8 5:?
'yiip Errlaxmrov EII'GL all: ya, alk'flloll,
b'o'tov, x. r. )1. Elsewhere of Christ, Heb.
7:26. Acts 2; 27 ct 13: 35 0635‘ 56mm;
:n‘w b'auiv aou 1521'»! rfiv duuptiopz'w, quoted
from Ps. 16:10 where Sept. for ‘"913, as
also Deut. 33:8. 2 Chr. 6: 41. Ps. 4:
14.—Arr. Epict. 2. 4. 2. Xen. Ag. 3. 5.
b) of things, holy, e. g. 1 Tim. 2:8
Eiralpovrag 60love Xeipae, i. e. by impl.
pure, spotless. Sept. bola Kapdia fol-"1"?
Prov. 22: 11.—Acts 13: 34 Edam iipiv
1a 501a Aagld riz 'It'td'ftll, pp. [will give
you the holy [promises] of David, the sure
promises, i. e. the things inviolably
promised of God to David; in allusion
to Is. 55: 3 Where Sept. for ‘17': ‘W11, mer
cies, favours promised. ‘ c) of quantity,number, multitude, how
P I
Oaiorng, smash, (601043) holiness,
i. e. godliness, piety, careful observance
of all duties towards God; distinguished
from Btxaioa'i/w) as Home from Blxaioc, see
above in "00109. Luke I: 75 iv hatd'rrrrt
Kai himmm'wp e'vlinrtov ain-oii. Eph.5: 24.
Sept. for "15?‘ Deut. 9: 5. =1" 1 K. 9: 4.
—Wisd. 2: 22. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47.
cCLW'GK, adv. (50:09,) holily, piously,
godly, 1 Thess. 2: 10 oalwc ml dimiug,
563 " Ooog
comp. above in "Omega—Jos. Ant. 6. 5.
5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 26.
’O°'FI',I; 979', i], (5Zw,)asmell, odour,
bad 2 Mace. 9: 10, 12; of the hare, Xen.
Ven.8.2. In N. T. only of fragrant
odour, John 12: 3 1‘, 5e‘ oin'a 21011791501) is
ripe dapfig r017 pirpov. Sept. for D"?! Cant.
1:3,11. 2: 13.—El. V. 11.14.39 am‘,
1171' {3651011. Xen. Conv. 2. 51.—By Hebr.
60;“) eilwdiag, odour offragrance, i. e.
sweet odour, as accompanyin 'an accept
able sacrificc, Eph. 5: 2. hil. 4: 18.
Comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So Sept. and
oh": '2'": Lev.1:9,13,17. 2:2,9.a1.—
Trop. 2 Cor. 2: 14rr‘,v dapfiv 'rfig 'ywinrzwg
ailroii (pal/spoiler: 51' ilpiiv. v. 16 bis iiapi)
sal'li/U'OIJ (id/n) Zwfie, comp. the Rabb.
"1'9? 5? aroma v. pulvis mortis, BTU? 99
aroma v. pulvis vitae, Wetstein N. T. in
loc. Buxtorf. Lex. 1494. Comp. also
Aristot. dc mirab. Auscult. Xe'yerai 5:‘ mi
rode yinrag 51rd rfig riin' pilpow tin/file mirro
Svv'lmcew. 1151. H. N. 3. 7 einodla he‘ Kai
pu'lpow yudhv atria 9avcirou.
"0
60;, t), av relat. pron. oorrel.to roI
aogin N. T. to roooi'rroc or the like, expr.
or impl. Buttm.§79.3,6; i.q. Lat. quantus
a,um, i.e. how great, how much, how many,
as great as, as much as, etc.
a) of magnitude,how great, as great as,
Rev. 21: 16 n3 pfixoc airrfig [70101776116611
text. rec.] 5001' not To whtiroga—Xen. An.
3. l. 19.
b) of time, how long, as long as, e. g.
60011 xpovov Mark 2: 19. hp’ 5001' Xpovov
Rom.7: 1. 1 Cor. 7:39. Gal. 4: 1; and
so £45‘ (‘leer Matt. 9: 15, see in ’E1ri III.
2. al.—Act. Thom. § 36. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5.
8.—-Repeated and so intens. Heb. 10:
37 Zn puzpiw 600v floor, like Engl. yeta
very very little while. Comp.Herm. adVig.
p. 726. Matth. § 486. n. l fin.—Aris.
toph. Vesp. 213 oinc hrrekoguiltirypev 5001/
am o-rlMv. Arr. Indec. 29. 15.
much, how many, etc. (a) Sing. as much
as, John 6: 11 in 'ru'w dillaplwr [roo'oiiror]
500v ilOehom—llil. V . H. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr.
3. 2. 26. c. roaoirov expr. Xen. Cyr. 2.
3. 6.—(/3) Plur. o'aoi, b'o-ai, as many as,
all who; Neut. iiaa,as many as, all that or
which, all what, etc. Matt. 14: 36 mi
500: fid/avro, 51201901101111. Mark 3: 10.
Acts 4: 6, 34. Rom. 2: 12. 2 Cor. 1:20.
Gal.3: 10. Rev. 2: 24. Neut. Luke 12:
3 50a Er r1’; Moria e'irrarz. John 15: 14.
2 N 2
 "Oaorsg 564 "Oar-lg

Acts 9: 39. Jude 10. (Hdian. 4. 9. 16. 36 60:-05v. Luc. Amor. 46 dare'a, usually
Xen. An. 2. 1. 1.) Preceded by miwec, darii D. Mort. 18. l. Xen. Eq. 1. 4, 5.
where min-rec 51104. is i. q. 6m, but 6mm... Luc. Necyom. 15. don't, darc'wy,
stronger, Matt. 13:46. 22: 10. Mark do-ru'w Plato Phaado 47. p. 98. D.
12: 44. Luke 4:40. al. (Hdian. 1. 10. "0671;, 571;, b',-ri,compound relat.
| l. Xen. H. G. s. a. 27.) With oiivrog or pron. i. e. iig strengthened by rig, Buttm.
ain'tig corresponding, Rom. 8:14 500i yap §75. 3. § 77.3; the neut. 6', n being
---oi1roi claw K. r. A. Gal. 6. 12. John 1: written with the diastole in order to dis
12 500i 5:‘ é’hagov vii/row, 551mm! ailroig tinguish it from the conjunct. 6n, Buttm.
x. r. 1\. Gal. 6: 16.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9. § 15. 2. Gcnit. oin-wog etc. does not oc
Hi. 4. 10. -- With av, as b'aoc av, iiooc cur in N. T. but only gen. time in the
an, whosoever, whatsoever, see in "Av I. phrase 'e’wg o'rou, see below in no. 2. d.
2. a. 'Eav I. 4. Matt. 18: 18 50a Er‘w Buttm. l. c. The only other forms in N.
5.7m," e'rri rr'yc yfig. Mark 6: 11 'a'aoi-Fw T. are Nom. plur. o'irwsg, a'iru'cg, drum,
pr) EéEww-ai bpiig. Luke 9: 5. John 11: and Acc. neut. 5, TL, (imm.—Pp. any
22. Rev.3:19. Strengthenedby-rrdvrsg, one who, some one who,wh0ever, whatever,
Matt. 7: 12. Acts 3: 22.—Xen. Cyr. l. differing from 59 in referring to a sub.
4. 5.—(-y) Ncut. 61711 by impl. expresses ject only generally, as one of a class, and
also admiration, how many and great not definitely, thus serving to render a
things, as in Engl. what things, i. q. what proposition general; see Passow s. v.
great things. Acts 9: 13 50a xuxii Ermine: Matth. § 483. It has mostly the regular
roi'; a'yioig aov. v. 16. 15: 12 6am: c'1roi relative construction, Buttm. § 143. 2;
now 6 9.2.9 mype'ia x. 'r. A. So gem. of for instances where it conforms in gender
great or unusual deeds,Mark6: 30. Luke and numberto the following noun, see be
4:23. 9:10. John 21:25; of benefits con low inno. l. a,and no. 2. c. Buttm. § 143.7.
ferred, Mark 3: 8. 5: 19, 20. Luke 8: 1. In the proper relative sense. 21) pp.
39. Acts 14:27. 15: 4. 2 Tim. 1: 18. and genr. who i. e. one who,some one who,
Comp. Buttm.§150.p.434. Matth.§ 445.0. whoever, etc. Matt. 2: 6 in aoi) z'EzXn'we
d) of measure, degree, extent. (a) be rai il'yoilpevog, o'a'ric woman/ET 'riw may
fore a comparative, as m0’ floor—Kara you, i. e. one who. 7: 24 dvEpi wort/Mp,
roaol'rrov, by how much—by so much, Heb. iiarig qixoEd'uno'e. v. 26. 13: 52. Luke 9:
7: 20,22. fiat-i -—roaoirrcp id. I'leb. 1:4. 10 xapc‘w lua'yrihnv, firm E'a'rat 1ravri Ti;
(Xen. Mem.1.4.10.) So o'arpby how much, hag-I. 7: 37. 12:1. Acts 16: 16 7ftII§iUKfly
c.1-oam'rrrpimpl. Heb. B: 6. (Plut. Alex. rwa fine A‘. r. A. 24:1. Rom. 16: 6,
M.‘ 5.) With ‘nu-[Ahoy omitted after l2. 1 Cor. 7: 13. Phil. 2:20. Plur.
Earp, Heb. 10: 25 Kai roaoin'rp ,udhhov, Matt. 16: 28 aim’ rivccu-o'irn'q; m’: pr’) x.
{imp Bkén-ere‘x. r. 1\. Comp. Matth. § r. A. 25: 1. t’mva things which 1 Cor. 6:
455. n. 7.--([3) Absol. neut. iia'ov, adv. 20. Col. 2: 23.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16. _
how much, by how much, Mark 7: 36 In 1 Cor. 3: 17 o'i'rweg‘ agrees with the
Saw 5:‘ avrag abroig Eteare'Me-ro, luiihhov subsequent irpeig instead of wade.
x. r. A. Plur. b'a'a id. c. roa'ot'lrov, Rev.,.18: b) by impl. every one who, all who,
7. irp'iiaov, inasmuch as, Matt. 25:40, whosoever, whatsoever, where the rela
45. Rom. 11: 13. m6’ 6'aov,byhow much, tive clause often stands first, comp. in
as, seq. ou'irw, Heb. 9:27. AL. ''09 no. 1. d. (a) gem. c. Indic. Matt. 5;
fl ~ I! 39 b'a'rig a: paniaein-arpe'ihov aim‘? k‘. r.
067115, 111mg, o'rrtp,see 1n 0;‘ no.3 5. h. v. 41. 13:12. 23:12. Mark 8: 34.
i I
Oa'reov, contr. 50705;’, 017, rd, Plur. Luke 14: 27. (Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 13.)
uncontr. am'a, gen. oa-rc’wv, comp. Wi Once c. Subjunct. Matt. 18: 4, perh. be
ner § 8. 2. d; a bone, pl. bones, John 19: cause of (iv impl. from v. 3; see Winer
(>43. 3. b, fin. Plur. Mark 4: 20 m1
36 daroiiv oi; aurrpigilaerat. Luke 24: 39
oiiroi eiaiv
ariplca Kfll tiarc'a. Matt. 23: 27 'yz'fmuo'w o'i-rwec dxoizovai row Ali-yaw
dare'wv,and so Eph. 5: 30. Heb. 11:22. x. r. X. Luke 8:15. Gal. 5: 4. Rev. 1:
Sept. for =15? o'aroiv Gen. 2: 23. Num. 7.—-Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 11.—(6) Strength
9: l2. o'ars'a Lam. 3: 4. 4: 8, usually ened by mic, but only in Sing. the plu
tiara Gen. 50: 25. Ex. 13: 19. darc'wv ral form being always ‘n'dvreg 6am and
Gen. 2: 23. l’rov. 16: 24.—- Luc. Pisc. not min-u; o'i-ru'eg, see Passow b'm'u; b.
 "00w; 565 "Or-av
Matth. § 483. b, init. So Matt. 7: 24 7. Comp. in "09 no. 1. a, b. Eph. 3: [\3
1rd; 051/ Home It. 1'. h. 10:32. Col. 3: 17.pr) Exxon-ctr e'v raig Shitbeo't pou bnp
al. So by Hebr. mica. \lm 1), 1111: (‘iv x. innit’, tin‘: Earl 36Ea. bpiav. Phll. l: 28.
r. A. Acts 3:23. corn . eut. 1:39.— 1 Tim. 1:4. Gal. 5: 19.—Eurip. Med.
Jos. Ant. l4. 9.4.-(-y With (iv, which 221 or 222. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 39. fin.
strengthens the indefiniteness, Passow (1) including the notion of a particle
l. e. comp. in "Au I. 2. a; whosoever, of time, as fire, b'rav, only in the phrase
whatsoever, in N. T. only with the Sing. Ewe (Iron, until when, until, see in "Ewe
0. Subjunct. Matt.10:33 5071; 5' av II. 1. b. [3. Comp. in "0: no. 2. f.
tipvfianrat pa. Luke 10: 35. John 2: 5. Matth. § 480. b, and note. AL.
1 Cor. 16: 2. Gal. 5: 10. al. So 6', nic’w 'Oargaimvog, n, or, (aa'rpaxov shell,
Col. 3:23. 6 Edit 1'1. for 5, TL c’év Eph. 6: burnt-clay,) earthen, 2 Tim. 2:20. Trop.
8. Comp. ‘Eév I. 4. Matth. §483. p. 906. as an emblem of frailty, 2 Cor. 4: 7.
—Lysias p. 160 ult. Sept. for 181‘; Lev. 6:28. 15: 12.—Arr.
c) sometimes b'o'nc refers to a definite Epict. 3. 9. l8. Diod. Sic. 3. 9.
subject, and is then apparently i. q. 6;, flodwffltflfl 56);‘, f], (66¢pflt’VO/Jfll
e. g. Luke 2: 4 Ell,‘ mihw Aaglb, 11m; xa
hei-rat Bnflhsz'p. John 8: 53. Acts 11: 28. to smell,) the smell, sense of smell, 1
16:12. Rev. 1:12. 11:8. Butin all Cor. l2: l7‘. — Dioscor. 5. 119. Athen.
these instances the ultimate reference 13. 93. meton. Hdian. 1. 12.4. Comp.
may perhaps be to a general idea, as in Lob. ad Phryn. p. 117.
Luke 2: 4 to a city QfDavid, one which is ’00'¢l’1§, 290;, 1‘), and plur. ai dept/cg,
called Bethlehem,- and so of the rest. John the loins, the lower region of the back,
8: 53 T05 warpbg filuu'w 'Aépcu‘zlu, b'artg lumbar region, the hips, as opp. to the
t'ure'Oave, Abraham, a man who is dead. shoulders and thighs, E ict. Ench.29. 5.
Comp. Passow 50719 g. Matth. § 483. Arr. Epict. 3. l5. 9 1501! 0'01! r069 ‘ii/mug,
p. 906.—-Hom. I1. 23. 43 ab pr) Zfiv' 50' rode luflpbllc, n‘lv bigot/v. Luc. Lexiph. 8.
rtg re Scd'n' r'irrurac x. r. X. Hdot. 2. 151. of animals Xen. q. l. 12. Ven. 4. 1.
2. Like b'g, so also dang is employed In N. T. only as corresponding to Heb.
in a wider extent, both as connective, 15.‘??? and D‘QI'ZQ, the loins, viz.
and as implying result, cause, or the a) external, i. q. the hips, where the
like, where a conjunction might also girdle is worn, Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1: 6
stand; comp. in "0; no. 2. Buttm. § 143. (why dspluan'vnv 1repl Tl)!’ llfl¢lly airfoil.—
1. Matth. § 477. The Orientals, in order to run or labour
a) as a general connective. Luke 1: with more ease, are accustomed to gird
20 c'we' till! elm Em'arcuaac roig ltd-you‘ their long flowing garments close about
you‘ oi'nvcc ahnpwflr'laov-rat K. r. h. 23: them; hence to have the lotus girded, is
19. John 21:25. Rom. 9: 4. Gal. 4:24. i. q. to be in readiness, prepared for any
Heb. 2: 3. 8:5. 10:11. al. Comp. in thing, Luke 12:35. Eph. 6: 14. trop.
"0: no. 2. a. 1 Pet. 1: 13; comp. in 'Avafrbvvupz.
b) as marking result, event, etc. equiv. Comp. Sept. and B1‘??? Ex. 12:11. 2 K.
to o'iare. So after roioz'n-oc, 1 Cor. 5: l 4:29. 9; 1. mks; Job 38:3. 40. 7.
roiabrp rcpt/eta, ling oil-be‘ Eu roi'g 501150111. b) internal, as the seat of procreative
Comp. in “0;- no. 2. c. Matth. §479. n. power in men. Heb. 7: 5 z’Ze'pXwBu: e'u
l.—Dem. 181. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5. 12. rfig o'apn'toc rwdg, see in ’EEépxo,ua: b.
c) implying cause, ground, or rea Heb. 7: 10. Acts2230 Icaprrbc rfic o'agl'log,
son, etc. equiv. to En because. Comp. i. 6. children, offspring, comp. ept.
in “0; no. 2. d. Matth. § 480. 0. So naps-b; xotMag Gen. 30: 2. Ps. 132: 1].—
Matt. 7: 15 1rpoa£xers be‘ and flu-IV \bevbo Sept. for 555,51‘! Gen. 35: ll. 2 Chr. 6: 9.
n'poprrréiv' oi'rwzc Epxovra: npbg iqutig K. "Own, adv. (fire, 15,) i. e. when, with
r. h. Lat. ut qui, as those who, i. e. be the accessory idea of uncertainty, pos
cause such,for such come to you etc. 25: sibility, i. q. whensoever, if ever, in case
3. Acts 10: 41, 47. 17:11. R011]. 6: 2. that, so often as, etc. Buttm. § 139. 8.
So iy'ng Col. 3:5,14. Heb. 10:35. Here comp. in "Aw I. 2. b. Construed regu
it sometimes takes the number and gen larly with the subjunctive, referring to
der of the following noun, Buttm. ,5 143. an often repeated or possible action in
 "Oran 566 "On
the present or future time; in Greek pdhw'ra arm’ n‘; ,uz‘v reixw‘rov ' rfiy 5v
writers sometimes with the Optative; rw'. Plato Euthydem. § 56. eind. So
and in a few very late instances with 511 in Greek writers, Passow in 51's.
the Indicative. Buttm. l.c. Matth.§ 521. Herm. ad Vig. p. 918. An.
p. 1005. Winer <) 43. 5. See espec. f'O'Z'E, adv. of time, when, correl.
Fritzsche IV Evang. II. p. 85sq. 800 sq. with 1rorz', ro're, Buttm. § 116. 4; con
1. pp. with the Suqjuncfivqas above. strued regularly with the Indicative as
a) in general propositions, c. Subj. pres. relating to an actual event, something
Matt. 15:2 b'rav fiprov e'a'lilua'lv. Luke actually taking place, Herm. ad Vig.
11:21. John 16:21. 2 Cor. 13:9. al. p. 903, 915. Rarely with the Subjunct.
Aor. Matt. 5: 11 draw tin'not'o'wdw {4159. see below in c.
Mark 4215,16. John 2:10. 1 Tim. 5: a) c. Indic. pres. in general proposi
11. Rev. 9: 5. al.—pres. Luc. D. Deor. lions, John 9: 4 VCE, 5r: 005:1; dorm-at
11. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 15. aor. Xen. Epydzweat. Heb. 9: 17. Comp. Herm.
Cyr. 1. 2. 8. Hi. 2. 15, 17.—So in gen ad Vig. p. 916.
eral exhortations, c. pres. Matt. 6: 5,6 b) usually of time past; so 0. Indie.
In) 5:‘ iii-av 1rpoau'lxp. Mark 11:25. Luke pres. in an historical sense, Mark 11: l,
14: 12. Aor. i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Luke coll. Matt. 21: 1. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 6.)
14: 8 511111 Khneipc inrd nvog. 17: 10. — Imperf. Mark 14:12 5r: To mirrxa Zfiuov.
In a general comparison, 0. pres. Luke 15: 41 51111111 211 ii I‘uhhm’q. John l7:
11:36 the b'rav x. 12h. Matth. l. c. n. 3. 12 where Jesus speaks by anticipation. '
p. 1008. Passow s. v.—-Hom. 11.11. 269. 21:18. Rom. 6:20. 1 Cor. 13:11. Jude
b) in reference to a future action or 9. c. wore’ corresp. 1 Cor. 3:7. 1 Pet.
time, Matth. l. c. p. 1006. E. g. c. 3:20. (Xen. An. 2. 6. 20.) Aor. Matt.
Subj. pres. Matt. 26: 29 Ewe rfig i) . c'x. 7: 28 51': o'uvers'hco'cv 1'; '1. r0219 Xd'yovg.
draw aim) m'vw yet)’ {4151' x. r. A. Iark 12:3. Mark 1:32. Luke 2: 21 sq. 22:
13:4. John 7: 27. Rev. 10:7. 18:9. 0. 14. John 1:19. 6: 24. Acts 1:13. 1Cor.
Hire corresp. l Thess. 5: 3. Subj. aor. 13:11. Gal. 2: 11 sq. Rev. 1:17. 6:3.
i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Matt. 19:28 b'rav al. seep. So c. r61: corresp. Matt. 21:
Kaet'o' 5 viii: r017 livep. Mark 8: 38. 1. John 12:16. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 13.)
Luke 13:28. John 5: 7. 15:26. Acts Peri. 1 Cor. 13: 11 51': 5E yé'yova 1114'”).
23:35. 1 Cor. 16:2, 3, 5. Rev. 12:4. c) of future time; so seq. Indic. fut.
al. c. ro'rc corresp. Matt. 9:15. 24: 15. Luke 17: 22 Ehcn'wovrat r'huz'pat, 51': gm.
John8: 28. al.—pres. Plato Gorg. p. 526. Oupr'las're x. r. A. John 4: 21, 23. 5:25.
E. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 14. aor. Sept. Jer. 16: 25. Rom. 2: 16.2 Tim. 4: 3. Comp.
34: 14. Thuc. 4. 60. — Once c. Indic. Passow 6r: no. 3.—Hom. Od. 18. 272.
fut. Rev. 4: 9 K01 611111 56100110‘: rd {Gm II. 17. 728. al.—Once c. Suly'unct. Aor.
ac. r. A. where Mss. read 5630’: and 86p instead of Indic. fut. Luke 13:35 Zwg
tmm. See Winer § 43. 5. n. Fritzsche all 175:) 51': e'imrrs x. 'r. A.——Hom. ll. 23.
IV Evang. II. p. 86. 323- 1b. 19. 286. See M81111. § 521. n.
2. With the Indic. imperf. in narrat 1. p. 1007. In the latest ages of the
ing an actual event, once Mark 3:11 Greek, the Subjunct. Aor. was thus very
xai 'II'VEIIIIUIITII n‘. dxdfiapra, drew ain-dv
commonly employed for the fut. Indic.
e'fluhpst, i. e. whenever, as oflen as. Here Lob. ad Phr. p. 722 sq.
Greek writers would employ the Opt. r! (I I . .

Matth. § 521. p. 100611111. p. 1007. n. 1. 0,11, 97,72, 70,78, 1. e. the preposi

Winer § 43. 5. p. 256. Fritzsche l. c. tive art. with re’, so written to distin_
p. 86, 801. —Sept. Gen. 37:9 b'rav guish it from the adverbs (in, wire, etc.
Eim'lpxt'ro. Dan. 3: 7. -— For Rev. 4:9, It thus expresses simply the article in
see in no. 1. b. connexion with the difl‘erent senses of
3. By impl. b'rav is put like Eng]. re’, for which see in Té.
since, while, in assigning a cause, rea "OW, con'unct. demonstrative and
son, i. q. because, in that, seq. Subj. John causal, like ngl. that, originally i. q.
9: 5 Gray Ev rap" xéa’pqi a1,¢6¢cipt x. r. X. neut. of b'zrrcg‘. As demonstrative it stands
Rom. 2:14. 1 Cor. 15:27. See Fri. pp. for more 6,11, as pointing out or in.
tzsche l. c. p. 86.—Aristot. de Mund. 4 troducing that to which the preceding
 "or: 567 "Or:
words refer, i. e. their object, contents, therefore it here often employed 611 in
argument. As causal it is pp. i. q. 3a‘: preference to an infinitive; seeWiner Le.
roflro,b', rt, and assigns the cause,reason, (a) after verbs signifying to say, to
motive, ground of any thing, that, be speak, and all verbs including this idea;
‘cause, etc. Construed in N. T. with see Matth. l. 0. also c.infin. Matth.§537.
the Indicative; once by anacoluthon p. 1056. <) 534. b, and n. 2. Comp. in
before the infin. Acts 27: 10, see below Engl. ‘ I say that it is so,’ or ‘ I say it
in no. 1. c. y; in Greek writers some to be so.’ E. g. after he'yw Matt. 3: 9.
times also with the Optative, Matth. 12:6. Mark3z28. Luke 10:24. 2 Cor.
<} 529. 2. 11:21 M‘DC 6'11. 1 Tim. 4:1. al. For the
1. As Conjnnct. demonstrative, see attract. in John 8: 54. 9: 19,see Buttm.
above. :1) pp. after a demonstr. pron. s 151. I. s. Afterelnov Matt. 28:7,13.
as roi-ro or the like expr. or impl. John John 7: 42. 1 Cor. 1: 15. al. Also after
3: 18 ailrn 5e‘ Early 1'1 Kpiaig, {in T6 attic ava'yyr'Mw Acts 14:27. 7pé¢u Mark 12:
Ehilhvtiev x. r. 7\. Rom. 2: 3. 2 Cor. 5: 19. 1 John 2: 12, 13. 3t3¢imrw l Col-.11:
14. Rev. 2: 6 and roi/ro E’ etc, 51': x. r. 14. Btn'ye'opai Acts 9: 27. paprupe'u
A. impl. v. 4. SO Ev Tour? 5n, 1 Matt. 23:31. John 4: 44. éprvpa Em
John 3:16. 4:9, 10, 13 iv rm'mp Icahoiipalfl Cor. l: 23. iiywvpi Rev. 10:
u u - 1 Q - I y -
01'‘ DC 70]) 11'VEIIIUITOC IIUTOU BESUKEY 7".“7- ' 6. hpohoye'wl‘leblltl3. appa'yt'lw John
Also John l6: l9 wept ror'rrou . . . 5n 3: 33.—Sometimes M'yu or the like is
elrrov x. r. h. Impl. Matt. 16: 7 Bisho implied in the preceding verb or words;
'yi'Zovro e'v Eauroig, he'yor'reg' [rail-rd Earl e. g. wapaxahe'w Acts 14: 22. John 7: 35
ii Keyed] (‘in c'ip'rovg ol'm Ehc'tgo'ucv. v. 17 ‘I'Ol-I oi'iroc pe'Mei wopn'rwfiai, [hé-ymv] 5n
rt’ Btaho-yileaee e'v Eavroig [Tait-(1,] 5n ilpeiq oirx eiipr'laopev airrov; comp. Winer
t‘iprovc aim e'hégere; Mark 8: 16, 17. §42. 4. c. p. 248. Acts 1: 5. So after a
Comp. Mark 2: 8. Heb. formula of swearing, like ‘5., e. g.
b) after a pron. interrog. e. g. rig, ri, {6 £716), (‘in Rom. 14: 11, in allusion to
as John 14: 22 1'4’ 'yé'yovev, 5n fip'iv 'us'h Is. 45: 23, comp. 49: 18. Comp. Gesen.
Mt;- x. r. A. $0 11' an for n’ e'o'n 5n, Lex. "B. B. I. Here also belongs m’; 511,
pp. what cause is there that etc. Mark not that, at the beginning of a cliiuse,
2: 16. Luke 2: 49. Acts 5: 4, 9. (Luc. i. q. at’: M7“ (in, used by way of explan
Tim. 28.) So with a pron. or subst. ation or limitation of something previous
Mark 4: 41 rig iipa. 05rd; eon, 5n x. 1'. h. ly said, and equiv. to although. John 6:
Luke 8:25. Heb. 2: 6 rt’ e’a-rw c‘iwOpw 46 oilx ir'rt 'riw 1ra're'pa ric Edrpaxer. 7: 22.
1rog, 6n ptpvr’lmqy ailrm'i ; i. e. what cause 2 Cor. 1:24. Phil. 3:12. 4:11,17. So
is there in man, that etc. quoted from Ol'tx oiov 3:‘ 6n Rom. 9: 6, see in Oloc.
Sept. Ps. 8: 5. 144: 3. Comp. Ex. 16: Comp. Buttm.§ 150. p. 433,434. Matth.
7 ilpe'ig 5:‘ rl £6,401, (in K. 'r. X. Num. 16: § 624. 4.
11. Job 15: l4—Also after nor-curd; - after verbs signifying to shew, to
Matt. 8:27. Mark 4: 41. make known, etc. elsewhere 0. particip.
c) most freq. 511 0. indie. is put in con Matth. § 549. 5, and note. Or 0. infin.
struction after certain classes of verbs, Matth. § 549. 6. n. 2. Comp. in Engl.
to express the object or reference of the ‘ Ishew that it is so,’ or ‘ I shew it to be
verb; and is then equiv. to an accus. c. so.’ E. g‘. after serum/aw Matt. 16: 21.
infin. or to the corresponding participial John 2:18. é-JroEet'xw/u 2 Thess. 2: 4.
construction, and often alternates with duho'w 1 Cor. 1: ll. 87-IAOV 5n 1 Cor. 15:
these in one and the same verb; comp. 27. Gal. 3:11. 1 Tim. 6:7. (Xen. Cyr.
Buttm. § 14.9. p.423. Matth. sass. n. 3. 3. 24.) Also after drroxahinrrw 1 Pet.
1. § 624 med. Winer § 45. 2. p. 266. 1: 12. Eptpavilw Heb. ll: 14. ¢avepdu
Viger. p. 546. In Eng- with the same 2 Cor. 3: 3. 1 John 2: 19.
classes of verbs it is likewise often 0p (7) after verbs signifying to hear, to see,
tional whether to employ that with the and trop. to perceive, to know, etc. else.
indie. or an accus. and infinitive; in Lat. where c. particip. Matth. § 548. 1, 2, and
the regular construction is the accus. c. notes. § 549. 3, 4, and notes. Or 0. infin,
infin. The tendency of the later Greek Matth. § 549. 6.11. 2. So also in Engl.
was in general to multiply particles, and E. g. after dxm'm Matt. 20: 30. Mark 2:
 "on 568 06
1. 10:47. John 14: 28.al. (Xen. Cyr. 3. John8z47. 10:17. 12:39. 1 John 3:1.
3. 18. Afterfihs'rru Rev. 17:8. 2Cor.7:8. Ev 'rol'rrp (in, Luke 10: 20. Also obrug
James 2:22. elbow Mark9z25. John 6: 22. 611 Rev. 3:16.—comp. rm'lrp v. rabrp 6n
Matt. 2: 16. bpdw James 2:24. sedopan Xen. Hi. 1. 17. (E0. 18. 10.
John 6:5. Swpe'u John 9 :8. Acts 27:10 9. b) after a. pron. interrog. as rig, n',e.g.
5mm péAMw Eawflal. rov 1r)\m'w,where for 5mrt,6'n, Rom. 9:32. 2 Cor. 11:11. So
51': c. infin. in anacoluthon, see Winer § Xépwrlvog,6r:, 1 John 3:12.-Xen. Cyr.
45 pen. § 64. 2. c. Matth. § 631. p. 1299. 1. 3.15, coll. 11.
After yuubo'xw Matt. 21:45. Mark 12:12. c) absol. (‘in is put after certain classes
Luke 10:1 Lal. 'yvwcrrov e'a'n Acts 28:28. of verbs, and also genr. to express the
dva'ywibaxwMatt. 12:5. 19:4. Errrywlbo'rw cause, reason, motive, occasion of the ac
Mark2:8. Luke 1:22. 015a Matt. 6: 32. tion of those verbs, or of any action or
Mark 2:10. 2 Cor. 11:31. Also after event mentioned, that, i.q. seeing that, be
(17:/aim Rom. 6: 3. 7: l. info-raga: Acts cause,for, etc.—(a) After verbs or words
15: 7. uamhapgi'u'w Acts 4:18. 10: 34. signifying an emotion of the mind, as
voe'w Matt. 15:17. owlqpi Matt. 16: 12. wonder, joy, pit ,sorrow, e. g. Saupéi'w
(8) after verbs si nifying to remember, Luke 11:38. ohn 3: 7. Gal. 1: 6. al.
to care for, etc. e sewhere c. particip. (Xen. Ven. l. 3.) EElm-apa: Acts 10:45.
Matth. § 549. 6, and n. 1. E. g. after xat'pu q. v. Luke 10: 20. John 14: 28.
,uqwtpaxw Matt. 5: 23. John 2: 22. inro 2 Cor. 7:9. al. o'v'yxaipw Luke 15: 6, 9.
pipvfio'xw Jude 5. pvnpovel'uu John 16:4. mrha-y vilopou Matt. 9:36. Mark 6:34.
pike: poi Mark 4: 38. Luke 10:40. xhalw ev. 5: 4. xhalw mi 1rev0éu Rev.
(c) after verbs signifying to hope, to 18:11.—(,3) After verbs or words ex
believe, to think, to consider and the like; pressing praise, thanks, and the like, e.g.
elsewhere 0. infin. Matth. § 534. b, and e’n'awe'w Luke 16:8. 1 Cor. 11:17. (Xen.
n. 9. So in Engl. E. g. after e'ltm'lw Luke Mem. 1. 2.41.) oinc E-lraws'w 1 Cor. 11:2.
24: 21. Acts 24: 26. al. moraine Matt. EEoluolto'ye'w Matt. 11: 25,26. ebxapwre'm
9:28. Mark 11: 23. Luke 1: 45. 1ré1roi Luke 18: 11. Xépig b'r: Rom. 6: 17. 1
6a, 1re'a'ewpai, Phil. 2: 24. Rom. 8: 38. Tim. 1: 12.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 3. (E0. 8.
15: 14. (Xen. (Ec. l5. 6.) Also after 16.—(y) Genr. Matt. 2: 18 oinc tjOelte ira
boxe'w Matt. 6:7. 26:53. AOYI’ZOPGLHBb paxhrlftfivai, 5:‘: oils‘ eirn'. Mark 1: 27. 5:
11: 19. diahoylzopai John 11: 50. 110,14’ 9 heyuiw bvopa For‘ 51': #070101’ Errpev.
[uv Matt. 5: 17. 0111.11‘ James 1:7. inro Luke 4: 36. ll: 42 oilai infill, 51': x. r. A.
ltapgdvw Luke 7: 43. A
v. 43 sq. 16: 3. 23: 40 0.352 of! Thy
d) in serves also to introduce words 9:611, (‘in x. r. A. i. e. seeing that, etc. John
quoted without change, chiefly after 1: 30, 51. Acts 1: 17. ROBLG: l5’. 1
verbs implying to say, etc. and is then Cor. 3:13. 2 John 7. Rev.3: 4, 8. al.
merely a mark of quotation, not to be seep. Ellipt. 1 John 3:20 6n,éavhxap5ia
translated in English; see Buttm. § 149. imiDvn-b'r:
our own heart
yellow
condemn
e'o'rlvusb [God
9. i. will
e. for
also
p. 4.23. Matth. §624. p. 1270. E.g. Matt.
2: 23 rd finee‘vu-iz'n Nalwpaioc KAPIOI'IUE condemn us,] for God, etc.—-Plato Eu
Tal- 5:31. 7:23. 26:74. Mark 3: 21, thyphr. p.7. E. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 1. AL.
22. 9: 2B oi p06. c'xnpérwv abrbv xa'r' "0709, see in "On-rig init. and no. 2. d.
iblay‘ 5n hpeig obx fibwr'lenpcv e'xgalteiv 'r .
ain-é; where Mss. read bran’ and 611 Start’, Ou adv. where, see in “Oe no. 2. g.
comp. Matt. 17: 19. Fritzche IV Ev. 01,1, also 0676 or 013% before a vowel
II. p. 378. Luke 1: 25, 61. John 1:20, according as it is smooth or aspirated,
32. Acts 11:3. 15:1. Heb. 10: 8. Rev. Buttm. § 26. 5; usually without accent,
3: 17. al. So Sept. and Heb. "=2 Gen. 29: but written 06 when standing alone or at
33. Josh. 2: 24. comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. the end of a sentence, Buttm. § 13. 3, 4;
846. Lex. art. "3 B. L—Act. Thom. §19. a negative particle, not, no, expressing
P01. 1. 80.9. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 8. direct and full negation, independently
2. As Conj. causal, see above init. and absolutely, and hence objective .- thus
Buttm. § 149. p. 423. a) pp. after a de differing from at’; which implies a con
monstr. pron. as rov'n-o or the like, that, ditional and hypothetical negative, and
because, :2. g. 5n‘: roa'rro 511, Matt. 13: 13. is therefore subjective. On this distinc
 0:’: 569 Or’)
tion both in meaning and use between 01'! is to be taken in a modified or com
mi and pi], which holds good also in all parative sense, i. q. not so much as, etc.
their compounds,see more fully under Mr’; but this is unnecessary; e. g. Matt. 10:
init. and in the authors there cited. E. g. 20 01': 'yap {tuck in: ol hahofiv'rcc, 6M8;
a) before a verb, where it then renders To nusipa. x. r. A. i. q. Engl. it is not you
the verb and proposition negative in re at all who speak, but the Spirit etc. This
spect to the subject. (a) gem. Matt. 1: is far stronger than: it is not so much you,
25 mlol'm e'yivwa'xcv ailrily. Mark 3: 25 as the Spirit etc. John 12: 44. al. See
or’: din/arm araflfiva: r" olm'a e'xet'vn. v. 26. more in b. Comp. Winer § 59. 7. Also
14:68. Luke 6: 43, 44. John 1:10, 11. oilx firi-ndlkx 511, John 6: 26. 12:6. 1
7. 8. 8: 50. Acts 2: 15 oil yap oin'or. John 4: 10.—(e) Sometimes oi! stands in
,oetoww. v. 34. Rom. 3: 11. Rev. 2: a conditional sentence after ei, where the
2, 3. al. ssepiss—(fi) With the 2 pers. usual negative is pi], see fully in Mr’) I
future in prohibitions, where the neg. a.—(Z) As strengthened by other nega
fut. thus stands for a neg. imperative, tive particles; e. g. pr) 0:’) only in interrog.
precisely as in Engl. thou shalt not do it see in Mi'] III. b. 0:’; p1’; as an intensive
etc. which is stronger than the direct negative, see in Mr’) I. h. Strengthened
imperat. do it not; Winer <; 44. 3. § 60. also by compounds of m’), e. g. 01'”: 0135:’
l. n. Matth. § 498. c. p. 942. Matt. 6: not even, Luke 18: 13 m'nc fitiehe 0115:‘
5 m'm Zap u'iarrep oi imoxpiral. Elsewhere 1'01); 6:129. e’mipai. Rom. 3: 10 oim ol’rdelg,
only in citations from the Sept. and oiuc m’ihe'v, no one whatever, nothing at all,
Heb. Luke 4:12, comp. Deut. 6: 16. Mark 5: 37 Kai m'n: t'xtpfixcv oizde'va x. 'r. h.
Acts 23:5,comp. Ex. 22:28. 1 Cor. 9: Luke 4: 2. John 6: 63. 8:15. 2 Cor.
9, comp. Deut. 25: 4. So from the de 11:8. al. m’nc oildérrw 0153a’; Luke 23:
calogue. Matt. 5:21 oi: tpoveimug. v. 27, 53. 01'»: oimc'n Acts 8: 39. Sec Buttm.
33. Rom. 7: 7. 13:9. al. So in Heb. § 148. 6. Winer § 59. 8. b.—Very
all neg. imperatives are made by the fut. rarely two negatives destroy each other,
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 771. Comp. Xen. H. and thus imply an afiirmative; 1 Cor.
G. 2. 3. 34. Cyr. 8. 3. 47.—(7) Where 12:15 oi’) napil rol'rro oinc Z'vrw in‘ T05
the subject is 1rd; or also elg, and or’: is aérparoc. For Acts 4: 20, see in Mr’, I.
joined, not with mic (see below in e. [3), d. :1. Comp. Buttm. § 148. n. 7, 8.
but with the verb; here by Hebraism Winer <9 59. s. a. Matth. § 609. p. 1227.
1r&g,---oi1, or also oil-"mic, is equiv. to b) before the object of a verb, where it
m'rfieic, not one, none; see Winer § 26. l. then renders the proposition negative in
comp. Heb. 55 It,’ Gesen. Lehrg. p. 831. respect to the object; e. geur. Matt.
Lex. YB no. 3. So Matt. 24: 22 oin: Z‘w 9: 13 throw Se'hw, ml oi) valav. 1 Cor.
£0159!) :n'c'io'a ao'tpE, pp. all flesh would not 4:15. Heb. 2:16. More freq. as followed
be‘saved, i. e. no flesh. Mark 13: 20. by ('lhhé, i.e. oil-uahhd, see above in a. 3.
Rom. 3:20. Gal. 2:16. Eph. 5: 5 'n'iic Mark 9: 37 oinc Elie‘ aéxsrat, ('thhc't rtiv
1r6pvogmoi’m i'xu. Luke 1:37 oin: dilu K- r. A. Acts 5: 4. 10:41. 1 Cor. 1:17.
va'rr'lau 1rapit 'rq'i Gap’ miv fiiipa. 2 Pet. 14:22. Eph. 6: l2. 1 Thess. 4: 8. al.
1:20. 1 John 2: 2]. Rev. 22:3. For So oilx {in-"(IAN 6n, 2 Cor. 7: 9. Also
1 Cor. 15:51, see below in e. 7. So m'rx 'r'va as marking object, purpose; John
Sept. and 55 R5 Ps. 49:18. 5'5 ‘Pit Ecc. ' 6: 38 KflTflgégflKa in‘ rail ohpavofi, oilx in:
l: 9.—Also sly-~06, not one, none, Matt. no“; x. r. A. 2 Cor. 2:4. 8:13. For oi-‘x
10:29 Eve's aimIw oil neasirat. Luke 12: (‘in at the beginning of a clause,by way
6. So Sept. and R"? "Us Is. 34: 16. But of limitation etc. see in “Or: no. 1. c. a.
the like idiom is found in Greek, Dion. 0) before the adjunct of a verb, adver
Hal. de Comp. Verb. § 18 med. piav bial or the like, where it then renders
oim iii! cilpot rte asht’da x. 1'. A. Aristoph. the proposition negative in respect to the
Thesm. 549. Dem. 873. ll.—-(5)Where adjunct. e. g. before a noun implying
0:‘; with its verb is followed by (9&6, i. e. manner, 2 Cor. 3: 3 oi: pe'ham, 6AM:
oil (Ukhc'l, pp. Matt. 9:12 oi) xpciav nveu'apar x. r. h. 2 Pet. 1:21. 2 Cor. 5:
E'Xouaw oi io'xl'rovreg ia'rpoir, 11M’ 01 Karo-ig 7. John 3: 34 01': 'yilp ix ,ue'rpou didwau'ri
E'Xov'rec. 15: 11. John 7:16. 1 Cor. 7: 9. Gal.2:16. James 2:25. 1 Cor. 1:17
‘10. al. In other passages some suppose oiu: iv aorpia u. r. h. Acts 5: 26. Before
 06 570 06m’
an adject. as adv. Rom. 8: 20 oilx Enoi'ma, in a. 7. Once through the force of the
comp. Buttm. § 193. n. 3. So before an antith. min-cg oil is i. q. or’: mivrrg,
adverb, 1 Cor. 5:10 Zypmla ilpiv-nol'a 1 Cor. 15:51. See Winer § 86. 1.
mivrwgie. not aItOgethermotJgeneraIly; With other adjectives, it expresses the
comp. Winer § 65. p. 457. ohn 7: 10 contrary, e. g. m'n: lion/40¢ not mean, i. q.
or’: ¢av¢p£:g, 6M6. 2 Cor. 8:5, 18.— renowned, Acts 21 :39. oim 67670‘ nojew,
Spec. oil pol/ow dMt'l v. dMa xal not i. e. many, Acts 17:4, 12. al. 01’: 1roMai
only . . . but also, expressing a gradation fipz'pat, not many, i. e. a few, Luke 15:
of meaning. comp. in Mévog 0; so pp. as 13. John 2: 12. Acts 25: 13.-(5) With
referring to place, time, manner, etc. adverbs, of; pcrplug Acts 20: 12. oi»:
Acts I9: 26 oil povov'I-lgbc'aou 6M2. AZT-X. ti/Ht'wg Luke 21: 9.
Rom. 9:24. 2 Cor. 7:7. Eph. 1:21. f) in negative answers, no, nay, not,
1 Thess. 1: 8. 1 John 5. 6. Also as re i. q. not at all. Matt. 13: 29 a 3:‘ Eqm'ol'i.
ferring to the subject,Acts 19:97. Rom. John 1: 21. 2 Cor. 1:17. James 5: 12.
1:32. 1 Tim. 5:13. al. orto the object,Acts mi oil intens. Matt. 5: 37. With the art.
91: 13. Rom. 4:12. 2 Cor. 8: 10. al.— r6 oil, i. e. the word oil, 2 Cor. 1:17.
Subj.Xen. Cyr. 8.3.7. obj. Mem. 2. 7. 6. James 5:12. Comp.in Naic.--Strength
d) before participles, where a direct ened by other particles, as of; 'yr’tp Acts
and absolute negative is to be expressed; 16:37, see in I‘ép I. c. oil mivnoc not
otherwise p1’), see in Ml] I. e. Winer § at all Rom. 3:9 ,see Winer p. 4.57. comp.
59. p. 401. Matth. § 608. d. So 2 Cor. 01': miv-rwg Theogn. 299 or 305. Epiph.
4: B slugo evor, 600$ 01'; arcvoxwpmipevoz, H661‘. 38. 6. or‘: raw Xen. An. 6. l- 26.
x. 1'. 7\. al. 4: 27. Eph. 5: 4|. Phil. 3: g) in negative questions,nonne? is not?
3. Heb. 11:35. 1 Pet. 1:8. 2:10.— are not? where an affirmative answer is
Luc. Philopseud. 5. El. V. H. 10. ll. always presupposed, so that the neg.
Diod. Sic. 19. 97. question stands instead of a direct attir
e) as affecting single words, 01': not mation; see Buttm. § 148. 5. VViner§
only renders them negative, but often 61. 3. E. g..simply, Matt. 6: 26 oil)‘
gives them the directly contrary sense, {lyric pr'rMov Emtpépcrz ailrév; 12: 3, 5.
sometimes as a sort of compound, like Mark 4:13, 21. John 6: 42. 1 Cor. 6:
Eng. non, 101; see Buttm. § 14.8. n. 2, 2, 3. So of”: i’lTOKpt’Yl] obEz'v; Mark 14:
3, comp. p. 416 marg. Matth. § 608. l. 60. 15: 4..—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 13.—With
Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 889. Winer § 59. other particles, as aim lipa Acts 21: 38,
5. E. g. (a) With verbs, as oin: dya'lrcio) see in'Apa I. b. or) 1'], see in Mr’; I. h.
to not love, i. q. to be careless of, Rev. a. pr’; 01’), see in Mr’) I I. b. 6M’ oil, Heb.
12: ll. m'm z’ryvoz’w i. q. to know well, 3: 16 who now were they that did pro.
2 Cor. 2: 11. oint- him i. q. to restrain, voile God? {AA 01‘), yea, were they not all
Acts 16: 7. (Hom. ll. 5. 256.) oiuc those etc. comp. in ’A)\7\¢'t no. 2. b. AL.
c’tpeltéw i. q. to be careful, 2 Pet. 1: 12. 01305, interj. alt! aha! Lat. valz!
01': 90w, nolo, to be unwilling, Matt. 23'.
uttered in derision, Mark 15: 29.—A rr.
37. 1 Cor. 10:1. oint- Eipl Eilfwg V. brat/69, Epict. 3. 23. 24', 32. Die Cass. 63. 20.
to be unworthy. etc. Matt. 3: 11. Acts
13: 25.—(,8) With nouns, as oim 20m, 06w’, interj.wo .' alas! Lat. voe,Heb.
01': Andy, q. d. a non-people, 1 Pet. 2: 10 ‘5K, "in, uttered in grief, indignation, etc.
0i rare‘ or’) haog, viiv 3E M16; 9205. Rom. a) pp. and in the later usage 0. dat. see
9: 26. 10: 19. So Heb. “'5 Sept. 01'), Hos. Passow s. voc.Matt.11:21 oimu' cot, Xopa
2: 25. Deut. 32: 21. Comp. Gesen. (0.23113 sq. Mark13217. Luke6:24 sq.
Lehrg. p. 832. Lex. K5 no. 4.. b. Buttm. Judel 1. Rev.12:12. c.dat.impl.Luke17:
§ 14.8. n. 3. Winer § 58. l. n.—Thuc. 1. Thrice repeated intens. oilal m'iai oz'mi
1. 137 1') at: Buihmng. —(-y) With ad Rev.8:l3,comp.Gesen.Lehrg.p.670. Be
jectives, e. g. with mic, where in the fore 1'1 71'6)\1C as voc.c.ooi impLRev. 18: 10,
form oi: mic, 01': m'wrrg, it merely takes 16,19. Sept. genr. for "5!‘ Num. 21:29.
away the positive force, i.q. not every one, "'1" Is.10:l,5. "I! Eco.10:16.——Arr.Epict.
not all, Matt. 7: 21 or’; 1rd; 6 Mylar’. 19: 3. 29. 24.
I1. Rom. 9: 6. 10:16. 1 Cor. 15:39. b) as subst. indec. 1Cor.9:16 m'ml ‘um
al. But mic-“ob, i. q. no one, see above iori,Engl. am is me! So Sept. o’vai ain-o'ig
 01:56:11.5; 571 01355:’;
io'rl for 1:5? *1: Hos.9:19, comp.Prov.23: ei'lpovu-dM’ou'Ee'Hpéamxlcorjfl. Gal.
29.—Hence 0. art. fem. 1', 011m’, a wo, cal Q:3.—Xen.Mem.2.3.8. An.1.3.3. fully
amily, Rev.9:12. l 1 :14. Here one might mi p6vov---dM' odds’ Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 3.
expect the neutro obat,like r6 'A-yap Gal. b) i.q. not even, not so much as, e.g.(a)
4:25; but the writer assigns the gender in the middle of a clause, comp. Buttm.
ad aensunl, as if i.q. 17 Skiing, 1'7 rahaurm Matth. l. c. Matt.6:29 Xé-yu he‘ iniiv, 5n
pia, etc. Comp.Winer § 27 fin. An. odds‘ Zoholuihv e'v mic-g " 565p airroi xvi-A.
Mark6:3l. Luke7:9. 0hn21:25. 1C0r.
066041.55 adv. (oddaluoc for odds‘
5:1. gl-ldianJJilfi. Plut.Timol.5 pen.
11,1469) in no wise, by no means, Matt.2:6.
Xen. em.1.3.ll,12.) As strengthening
—3Macc.l:ll,12. Xen.Mem.2.3.l5. ov’, i.e. mix 065s‘ Luke18:l3, comp. in Ou'
055g, conjunct. (01;, he',)denying ab a. K. For 065:‘ 21¢, see in E11; 21.—Also
solutely and objectively, and difl'ering (RX 066:’, yea not even, comp. above in a.
from M5.’ as mi from pf), pp. continua [3. Acts 19:2 11M’ 0135:‘ cl n'wef/pa liyuiv
tive, and not, also not, and hence nor, nei Eo'rtfl'lxol'lo'apzv. lC0r.4:3.—Hdian.2. 13.
ther, no! even, usually as connecting 13.—([3) In interrog. Mark 12: 10 063:‘
whole clauses or propositions, Buttm. § T1)!’ ypcupfiv 'raz'rrrlv c'wé'yvurs; Luke 6:3.
149. p.427. VViner§ 59. 6. Matth.§609. 23: 40. Comp. in Oi: g. AL.
n) in continued negation, at the begin Oz’ahu'g, ofihqu'u, 065%», (0,;55, ck’)
ning of a subsequent clause,viz. (a) and decl. like 51;‘ q.v. Later form neut. miflév
not, nor,>neither, genr. preceded by no’, once 1 Cor.l3:2 in text. rec. Sept. Gen.
Matt.5:l5. 6:20 51rou xke'rrat or; 510960’ 41:44. Is.41:28; see Buttm.§70.l. Lob.
o'ovo'w, odds‘ Khe'n'rouow. v. 26 51': oil mrel ad Phr. p. 181 sq. Neg. adject. denying
povo'w, midi‘ szpl'lovo'w, 0135:‘ ovvc'lyouolv absolutely and objectively, and differing
sank. v.98. Mark4z22. Luke12:33. John from prldu'g as or’; from '0'’, genr. no one,
1:13. 6:24. Acts8:21. Gal.1:1. Rev.21: nothing, i.e. none at all; pp. emphat. not
23. al. (Xen.Mem.1.2.5.) oil-"circle oiire even one, not the least, but in this sense it
1Thess.2:3. oiimu-nolidé interrog. Mark is commonly written separately, ou'he‘ e'ig,
8:17. Matt.16:9 sq. Preccd. by 0652:}, ov'de‘ 'c'v, etc. see in El; a. Buttm. l. c.
Matt.9:l7. Rev.5:3; so in apposit. with a) as adj. c. subst. no one,no, Luke 4:
oddcic, e.g. midi“- oaiBe', neither---norMark 24 011'8Ei91l'p0¢1,11’1]£- John 16:29 mlpocpi
13:32. 'c'ya pr'yn-midé Rev.9:4. Once midi‘ av ou'Eepiav. 18:38. 1Cor.8:4|. al. Neut.
pf], preced. by ad, 065:‘, Rev.7:16.—(,B) Luk623:4 ou'de‘r' a'irtoy. John10:4l. Acts
also not, neither, in a stronger transition 17: 21. al.—Hdian. 4. 2. 11. Luc. Asin.
or antithesis, e. g. preccd. by 01}, Matt. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. l. 2.—Partitively, seq.
21: 27 mix o’c'Eapev-nolide‘ 2'76: My“, iqdv gen. ofa whole,Buttm.§l32. 4. 2. Matth.
x.r.)\. Markl2:21 coll. v.20. Lukel6z31 §318. 80 Luke 4: 26 rpm‘): midqu'av m’:
El M. 017x c'lxoi'lovo’w, oxide‘ ---1rno62'1oovrat. rfiw. v.27 widely min-‘w. Acts 5:13. 18:17
J0hn15z4. R0m.4:l5. 1 Cor.15:13,16. ol'lde‘y rot'rrwv. 1 Cor. 1:14. 9: 15. So
(l'l'dian.l.9.8. Xen.Cyr.1.5.ll.) 0115c}; oodelg '25 al'rra'w John 7:19. 17:12. 18:9.
moods’ John 8:11. 1Tim.6:16. oddelg-m b) absol. as subst. 0:35:19, no one, no
odds‘ ou'xz'n Matt. 29: 46. Edy pf, odds’ man, no person, Matt. 6: 24 0:55:19 56m
MatLfi: l 5. So with preced. neg. impl. in ‘ra: dual Kupi'ou; dovhu'mv. Mark 5: 4.
d1rw'rz'w,Mark1(S : 13 odds‘ Exeiyocg inia'rsv Luke 5: 36, 37, 39. John 5: 22 h 1rarr‘pp
oam—With yép and 6M6, after a pre xpt'va obhéva. Acts 9: 8. Eph. 5: 29. Rev.
ced. neg. expressed or implied in the con 2:17. al.—Hdian. 7. 6. 8. Xen. Cyr.7.5.
text; e.g. 063:‘ yc’zp .for not also,for neither, 45.—With other negatives, for strength,
where on} denies, 3:’ connects, and 769 as. Buttm. § 148. 6. E.g. after or), Matt.22:
signs a reason, John7:5 0178:‘ 7.19 01815271 16 0|‘: p.01“ oo: rcpt 0115069. John 8: 15.
zpol mirm'l én'lo'rsuov K.r.)\. A6t84:34. Rom. Acts 4: 19. 2 Cor. 11:8. idoomp. Xen.
8: 7; strengthened by oulhet'g, John 5:22 An. 1. 6. ll.) m'ihémo 0:35:11; uke 23:53.
0115:‘ 731p b 1ra'n‘1p xpt'vu ov'dc'va. Gal.l:12 0:75:14‘ oi'mé-rl Mark 12: 34.
065:‘ yap-“051's. (Xen.Cyr.l.4.12.) So c) Neut. ol'lhe’v absol. nothing, genr.
6M’ 065:’, yea neither, where 601M’: merely Matt. 10: 26 01158;’ ydp ion xes'uhvppe'yov.
strengthens the negation, comp. in 'AAM'I. 27:94’. Luke 22: 35. John 8228. Acts
no. 2. b. Matth.§ 613. Luke 88:15 mJBe‘v 15:9. Gal. 2: 6. Heb. 2: 8. al. seep.—
 Oz'ahévrors
\Vith other negativesfor strength, Buttm.
§ 148. 6. Eg. after or}, Mark 14:60 01'”:
Zuroxpi'vy ohhs'v; Luke 4: 2. John 3: 27.
Acts 26:26. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36.)ohxz'n
“mi/Bin Mark 7: l2. m'ihémo 0.35.» 1C0r.
6:2. m‘ISév-uoir #7’) Luke 10:19.—Accns.
oiniév adv. i. e. in no way, in no respect,
Acts 25: 10 'Iovhaioug oilhe‘v fihimoa. 1
Cor. 13:3. 2 Cor. 12:11. Gal. 4: 12. c.
all John 6: 63 oint- o'qoshsi oiIEém—Hdian.
1. 3. 10. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 9. — Metaph.
nothing, i.e. of no account, weight, value,
authority, etc. Comp. Matth. §437. n. 1.
50 Matt. 23: 16 3: av duo's-p iv 11‘; vaq'a,
0115611 Early. v. 18. John 8: 54. 1 Cor. 7:
19. 13:2. 2 Cor. 12:11. al. So e10 m‘nie‘v
yi'vwtlai, to come to nought Acts 5: 36. £19
mlhz‘v ho'ywfifiyai, to he set at nought, to
be contemned, Acts 19: 27. Comp. in
Ely no. 3. a.--Sept. Is. 14: 23. Plato
Rep. 8. p. 556. D, t’ivdpcc oi hpe'repoi
#7106010: eioiv ol'rhe'u. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 4.
oilhe'v c'or'uw. AL.
Ovhévro're, adv. (owe, wore’) not ever,
never, comp. in 0|’; init. So seq. pres. in
general propositions, 1 Cor. l3: 8 r', d-yr't
1n] ohde'rrors Eurlrrrci. Heb. 10: l, 11.—
Hom. Od. 10. 464.—Seq. praet. comp. from the other. See Passow s. voc.
Passow s. voc. Lob. ad Phr. p. 457 sq. Matth. §625. Buttm.§l49. p.428. VVi
Buttm. § 149. p. 430. Matt. 7: 23 (in oil.
de'rrore Z'yvwv 1416:. 9: 33. Mark 2: 12.
Luke 15:29 bis. John 7:46. 10:14. 11:
8. l4:8.-—Xen. Mem. 1. 4.16.—Seq. fut.
comp. Passow, Lob.1.c. Matt. 26: 33.—
In interrog. Matt. 21 :16 ohEE-zrore any"...
re; x.r.7\- v.42. Mark2:25. Comp. in 011 g.
Ohhén’w, adv. (0138:’, enclit. :w,) pp.
also not ever, i.q. not ever yet, not yet, ne
ver, seq. praet. John 7: 39 013561-01 £5056
a'Orl. 20:9.—Hdian.1.3.12. Xen.Mem.3.
6. 1.—Strengthene'd with oiideic Buttm.
§ 148. 6. E. g‘. ohhe'nw oiihzig Luke 23:
53. John 19:41. oilhe’nw oiihz'v 1 Cor. 8:
2. Comp. 06554’; b, c.
, ’ K I Q ' ' I
0095M, ouoqua, 0|/6ev,see 1n Ovdct'g.
062, see Oh.
Ot'mé'rl, also aim En, adv. no more,
nofurther, no longer, in the general sense
of oil‘ see 01'; init. So genr. Matt. 19:6
dim-e oz’uca'n clot 560. Mark 10:8. Luke
15:19. John 4: 42. Rom. 7:17, 20. 2
Cor. 1:23. Rev. 10: 6.—Hdian. 2. 8.10.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5.-VVith other nega
tives for strength, Buttm. .5 148. 6. Eg.
572 05v
mixmm‘me'n Acts 8:39. oi'ihc'modxériMatt.
22: 46. oiiheigu-m’me'n Rev. 18: 11. ot'nr»
én 0:35:42; Mark 7: 12. 15: 5. Luke
20:40. So m'nrén oi: p1’), intens. Mark
14:25. Luke 22: 16. Rev. 18:14. A1,.
061057, adv. (oi/x oil/1Q) pp. interrog
nonne ergo .7 Germ. nicht wahr .9 not so
then ? implying an affirmative answer,
comp. in Oi; g; and hence used by the
Attics as an affirmative illative particle,
therefiare, then; see Buttm. § 149. p. 428.
Passow s. voc. Herm. ad Vig. p. 794 sq,
In N.T. once, John 18:37 oz’mm'w flan
M1); El 06, either interrog. not so then ?
thou art a king; or without interrog. thou
art then a king. Comp. Winer § 61 fin.
—-Interrog. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 1. genr.
E]. V. H. 11.9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.. 19.
01,! (147,], see in Mr’; I. h.
0171': conj. thereupon, i. e. now, then,
therefore, put after one or more words
in a clause, and expressing either the
merely external connexion of two sen
tences, that the one follows upon the
other; or also the internal relation of
cause and efi'ect, that the one follows
ner p. 372, 380.
1. As marking mere external connex
ion, and thus denoting transition or con
tinuation from what precedes to what
follows, thereupon, now, then, etc. Comp.
Passow 051' no. 1. Matth. §625. p. 1274.
a) gem. Luke 6:9 shrew 05v 6 ‘1.1909
GIlTOIIJQ, then said Jesus unto them. John
12:1, 9. 18:11,16. 19:29 axet'rog oily
i'Kei-ro iiZovg pso'rov, now there was set a
vessel etc. 21:5. Rom. 1121,11.15:17.al.
Hdian. 3. 5. 11.) So where after intro
nctory matter, the transition is made
to the thing itself, Matt. 13: 18. Luke
20: 29 inn‘: ohy ('45e)\¢01 hear, comp. v.
28. John 4: 5. 19:40. Acts 2: 33. 1
Cor. 7:26.-Pala2ph. 32. 11.—Also pz‘v
05v, comp. in Me'v a, b. E. g. with 5:’
following, Mark 16119 hpsv 05v Ki/ptog
c'xeivm 3:’, so then the Lord, etc. Acts
1: 6 sq. 8:4 sq. 19:38 sq. 23:18, 31. al.
(Diod. Sic. 16. 31 pen.) VVithont Eé,
Acts 23:22. 26:4, 9. 1 Cor. 6:4. Heb.
7: 11.—Xen. An. 1. 7. 17.
b) joined with a particle of time, or
words implying time, Matth. l. c. p.
1274. E. g (‘i-av 05v Matt. 21:40; but
 Ofiv 573 Oi/gai
otherwise Matt. 6: 2. Luke 11: 34 (‘in John 3:29. 8:38. Rom. 6: 4. Heb. 9:
0b John 2: 22. 19:6, 8,243,510.11"; 01% 23. James 4: l7. 3 John 8. al. So in
John 4: 1, 40. 20: ll. (Plato Protag. c‘ipa. 051/, for which see in “Apa l. c. -—
19. p. 316. A.) Also EEaw-fig 05v Acts Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 10.—([3) After an en
10: 33. m'w 011v ibid. miMv orgy, of” 1rd. umeration of particulars, expressing the
Aw, John 8:12, 21. 10=7,19,31, 39. general result or conclusion : comp. Pas
ro'r: 051/ John 11: 14. 20: 8.—Hdian. l. sow 0511 no. 2. a. Matth. § 625. p. 1272.
15. ll oiiv wore—S0 with a participle S0 Matt. 1: l7 'n'wm 05v mi ysvsai am)
which may be resolved by a particle 'Agpailp x. r. A. John 7:43. 19: 17,
of time, as 570.11, 511, (be, with a finite comp. v. 9 sq. So Luke 3: 18. John 20:
verb. Jolm6=l4 oi 015v Eivlipunrot loo'rrzg 30.—Xen. Mem. 1. l. 16.—(7) Where
x.r.)\. then those men, when they had seen the conclusion is connected with a con
etc. V. 15.11: 17. 19:13. Acts 15:9. ditional or causal clause, e. g. at 01'” in
Rom. 15: 28. al. Comp. Matth. §565. the223.
p. senseMatt.
of Evrel
7:11
051/,at see
05v in
i/[uig'
Ei I.aware
2. g. K.
l. Buttm. § 144. 2.
2. As expressing the internal con 1'. A. John 13:14. Acts 11:17.
nexion of two sentences, that the one 0) where a sentence has been inter
follows from the other as effect or con rupted by a parenthesis or intervening
sequence from cause, therefore, then, con_ clauses, and is again taken up; equiv.
sequently, i. q. for this cause, for this to ‘ I say,’ ‘ as before said,’ etc. Passow
reason, from these premises, etc. 051/ no. 2. b. Matth. l. c. p. 1273 sq.
a) gem. where any thing is said to Winer p. 372. So Matt. 7: 24 1rd; 05v
be done etc. in consequence of what is 501-4: 1:. 1'. h. comp. v. 21. 10: 32, coll.
previously narrated. (a) gem‘. Luke 15: v. 22. Mark 3: 31, coll. v. 21. John 6:
28 (31971001) Be‘, Kai ov'r ifOsMu stacker?!" 24, coll. v. 22. 18:12,coll.v. 3. l Cor.8:
6 01711 1ra'rr‘pp (uh-of: iEeMMw 1:. r. A. John 4, coll. v. 1. Gal. 3: 5, coll. v. 2. Heb.
9: 7. 19: 24. Acts 17:20. Rom. 9:19. 4: ll, comp. v. 6.—Xen. Mem. 1. l. 20,
Eph. 4: l. 1 Tim. 5:14. 1 Pet. 2:7. al. coll. § 1. Cyr. 5. l. 3, 001]. 2.
So frequently, espec. in John, in the d) in interrogative sentences, referring
phrases siren! 011v, elvrov 05v, John 4:33. back to a previous assertion, supposition,
8: 13. 11:12. 21:7. al. But such pas circumstances, etc. genr. Matt. 13: 28
sages may often be referred to no. 1. a. sz'huc 017w firehfiévrzg auMc'Ewpev av'rd ;
—Diod. Sic. 16. 91 £6999 oiiv svm'ag x. -—After interrog. particles; n'ofv, Matt.
1'. )\_—(fl) In ezhortatione founded on 17 : 10 n’ 051/ oi 7pappareig hé-youa'w x.
what precedes. Matt. 5: 48 Zasa'fle oa'lv 12).. where 011v prob. refers to the circum
{IE-{IQ réhuot. L'Iark 13:35 ypq-yopei-re stances of the transfiguration, comp. v. 3,
ow. Luke 6:36. Acts 3: 19. 13:38. 4, and see O'lshausen's Comm. in 100.
Rom. 11:22. 1 Cor. 16: 11. Col. 3: 5. Matt. 19:7. Mark 12: 9. Luke 3: 10.
Heb. 4:1. James 5:7. al.—Eurip. Orest. John 1: 21. Rom. 3:1. 4:1. 1 Cor. 14:
647 or 648. Luc.Conv.36.--(-y) Where 15, ‘26. al. milieu 017v Matth. l3: 27,56.
the consequence is connected with a mi; 03» Matt. 12. 26. 26:54. John 6:
conditional or causal clause,e. g. iizv 42. 9: 19. Rom. 10:14.-~1r47;goiiv Luc.
oz’n/ iftherqfore Matt. 5: 23. Luke 4: 7. D. Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Conv. 2. 10. Ar.
Rom. 2:26. John 6:62 see in 'Eév I.1.a. Oafl'td, adv. (ou',enclit. 1rw,) not em
El 06y Matt. 6: 23. Luke 16:11. John yet, not yet, comp. 0|’! init. Seq. pres.
18: 8. sire 05v 1 Cor. 10:31. So first Matt. 24: 6 (MN ol'imu Earl 11‘: re'hoc.
05v Heb. 2:14. 4:6. (Xen. Mem.3.9.5.) John 2: 4. 8: 57. Heb. 2: 8. Seq. praet.
Likewise with participles equiv. to hm’ John 3: 24. 7:39. 11:30. Heb. 12:4.
with a finite verb. Matth.§565. 2. Buttm. 051m 0555:’; Acts 8:16.—-c. pres. Hdian.
§l44.2. Acts 17:29 'yz'voe ozvimépxovrsc l. 8. 4. Xen. An. 1. 5. 12. c. praet. Xen.
To?) 9:01], min (itPEl'AO/JEV K. 11X. Rom. 5: l.
An. 1. 8. 8.—In interrog. Matt. 15: 17
2 Cor. 7:1. Heb. 4:14. 1 Pet. 4:1. oi'nrw rosin, (‘in x. r.7\. 16:9. Mark
b) illative,expressing an inference or
conclusion from what precedes. (a) gem.
8: 17. Comp. in On’ g. AL.
lwatt. 3: 10 a‘; dEivrl-wceirat‘ adv 0171/ 55y Oz'lgoi, 02;, 1'], tail of an animal, Rev.
Epov r. r. A. Mark 10:9. Luke 20: 44. 9:10 bis, 19 bis. 12:4. Sept. for 55',
 Origaivlo; 574 053006;
Deut. 28:13. Job 40: 12. — Luc. D. Qfthe heavens, where they seem to touch
Door. 22. l. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. the earth, Matt. 24:31. Mark 13: 27.
Ovgoiwog, 0:, 0w, Att. and in N. I'rrrd n‘w ou'pavdv under heaven, i. e. on
T. oilpdvrog, 6, f1, (m'1pav6g,) heavenly, earth Acts 4: l2. oi inrd rev 015;). Acts 2:
celestial, i. e. dwelling in heaven, as b 5. Col. 1: 23. (Plato Tim. p. as. D.)
1rarfip 6 oi'rpdvtoc, heavenly Father, Matt. 1'; inr' oi/pavdv sc. xrbpa, i. q. the earth
6: 14, 26, 32. 15: 13. arpanh oilpr'zvtog or region of the earth, Luke 17:24 e'u
heavenly host, angels, Luke 2: 13, comp. rfic inr' oirp. eig‘ rfiv inr’ ot'p. from one
in Or'lpavég d. Also as coming from part of the earth to another. Further, oi
heaven, dm'aat'a odp. Acts 26: 19. — 2 viiv oilpavol 2 Pet. 3: 7, and 6 111161-01‘
Mace. 7:34. Hdian. 1.7. 9. Xen. Cyr. m'lpavég Rev. 21: l, the present heavens,
7. l. 3. which are to be destroyed at the final
consummation of all things, after which
Oz’aguvo'llsv, adv. (obpavo'g) from
new heavens are to appear, Kan/oi m'lpavoi
heaven, Acts 14: 17. 26: 13.—Horn. Il. 2 Pet. 3: 13. Rev. 21: 1. Sometimes
1. 195, 208. Jos. de Macc. § 4. Jamblic. more than one heaven is spoken of, Eph.
Pythag. 32. 216. Eschin. 73. 5. A 4: 10. Heb. 4: l4. 7: 26; see more fully
poetic form, used in prose only by late below in 11.—Horn. ll. 18. 483. Hes.
writers, Lob. ad Phr. p. 93, 94. Theogn. 517. Xen. (Ec. 19. 9.-—-Trop.
055006;, 05, b, plur. obpavoi, ‘In’, inhaler-[vat Eon; r017 ohpavoii, Lat. ad clelum
01, in imitation of Heb. 5'31"}, heaven, the efl'erri, to be exalted to heaven, i. e. to be
heavens. The plur. obpavot' is thus used highly distinguished, renowned, Matt.
most frequently in Matthew, and always 11:23. Luke 10:15. So prasgn. Koh
in the phrases 5 mm)‘: 6 iv role oiipavo'ic, Xfiaeat t‘ixpi r017 oilpavoi Rev. 18:15 in
1'] fiarnhu'u. ra'w odpava'nl, and less often later edit. Comp. dptlfivat "pa; row
in Mark and the Epistles of Paul and oilp. Plut. de Hdot. Malig. 31 fin. Mor.
Peter ; in Luke's writings only six V. p. 207. Tauchn.—More specifically
times, Luke 10:20. 11:2. 12:33. 21: spoken
26. Acts 2:34. 7: 56; and not at all in b) of the firmament itself, the starry
the writings of John including the Apo heaven, in which the sun, moon, and
calypse, nor in James—Spoken pp. of stars are fixed. Mark 13: 25 oi dcrrs'psg
the expanse of the sky, the apparent r017 ol’lpavm'l. Heb. 11: 12. Sept. and
concave hemisphere above us,which was “'92? Gen.1:l4, 15, 17.—Hom. 11.6.108.
regarded by the Hebrews as solid, E‘PJ, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8. —Hence, i) trrpa'ruil
'Sept. arspéwpa, the firmament, Gen. 1: r017 olipavoii Acts 7: 42, and ai Evvépug
8,14; and poetically as resting on co fin! oilpavu'w v. Ev ro'ic m’tpavo'ig Matt.
lumns, 2 Sam. 22: 8. Job 26: 11; but 24:29. Mark 13: 25. Luke 21: 26, the
in common usage including also the host or hosts of heaven, i. e. the sun, moon,
regions above the sky, where God is and stars; so Sept. and it??? *2? Is. 34:
said to dwell, Ps. 2: 4; and likewise the 4. Jer. 33: 22. Zeph. l: 5. Comp.
region underneath and next the firma Gesen. Lex. art. B32. Further, the stars
ment, where the clouds are gathered, the are said rim-cw (mo r05 on'apavoz'l, to fall
birds fly, etc. Gen. 1:20, 26. In N. T. from heaven, as emblematical of great
at) pp. and genr. as including the vis commotions and revolutions, Matt. 24:
ible heavens and all their phenomena ; 29. Rev. 6: 13. 8:10. 9:1. Comp. Is.
so where heaven and earth are spoken 34: 4 et ibi Gesen. Comm. The firma
of together, e. g. opp. 1 Cor. 8: 5 z‘irs e'v ment itself, which is spread out over the
0!'Ip!ll/|')_,€1T£ E1rl rfiq yfig. Heb. 12:26. earth as a tent or curtain Is. 40:22.
2 Pet. 3: 5. Also ('1 oi'zpavbg xai 1'] yfi, Ps. 104: 2, is likewise said to be rolled
heaven andearth, i. q. the universe, Matt. together as a scroll, Rev. 6: 14. Comp.
5:18. Mark 13:31. Luke 10: 21. Acts Heb. 1:10 sq. Is. I. c.-—Trop. Luke 10:
4: 24. Rev. 10: 6. 14: 7 'rdv m'lp. xal 1'1)!’ 18 Zeeépovv 'rdv Zaraw'iv dag‘ darpmrfiv
yfiv xal 'rfiv sdhaaaav. Col. 1:16 r51 z'v Er rm? oilpavofi wwdvra, where the form
r07; clip. xal ra. e'1rl rfic y. So Sept. and of expression is in allusion to Is. 14: 12,
I‘??? Gen. 1: 1. 2: 1. So rd dxpov the lightning being emblematic of swift.
ohms/05,71‘: fixpa onipamiw, the extremities ness; for the sense, q. d. the power of
 Origami; 575 Obgavo'g
Satan is brohen,comp. John 12:31. Rev. comp. Heb. ‘if’??? and Sept. of angels,
12: 7 sq. 20:2 sq. Others here refer l 22:19. 2 Chr. 18218. P8.148:2.
obpavég to the air, of which Satan is said Of the righteous after death, as the seat
to be prince; see in 'Ar’lp and Aarpomov b. of their final and glorious reward, Matt.
c) of the lower heaven, or region be 5:12 6 1006;‘ bin?” 1rokbcc'v ro'ig oilpavoig.
low the firmament, i. q. the air, atmos 6: 20 -. oavpoc e'v obpavc]. Luke 10: 20.
phere, where clouds and tempests are 12:33. 2 Cor. 5: 1. Col. 1: 5. 1 Pet.
gathered and lightning breaks forth, 1:4. al. In heaven also is the spiritual
where the birds fly, etc. E. g. of clouds, temple with its sacred utensils, Heb. 9:
Matt. 16:2 'noflfizii'e: 7119 b obp. v. 3. 23,24. Rev. 11:19.14zl7. 15:5. 16:
Luke 12:56. Matt. 24:30 e'vrl 113v impe 17; and there also the new Jerusalem is
M'w ma oi/p. 26:64. Mark 14.; 62; of prepared and adorned, Rev. 3: 12. 21:
rain and hail, Rev. 16: 21; of lightning 2, 10.—Hence to be or to be done iv :1;
or fire from heaven, Luke 9: 54. 17:29. OI'IPGWP, i. q. among or by those who dwell
Rev. 20:9; of signs, prodigies, Matt. in heaven, Luke 15: 7 Xapd i'o'rcu iv 1'15
16:1. Mark 8:11. Luke 11:16. 21:11. obpawii Matt. 6: 10 yrvner’lrw To 90mph.
Acts 2:19. Rev. 12: 1, 3. So of birds, can, be iv or'zpavq'a Kai i1rl rfig- ‘yr-)9. Matt.
Matt. 6: 26 ch; rii rerun‘: r017 oilpavor'l. 16:19. 18:18. Luke 11:2. rd :'v 7019
8:20. Luke 8:5. 9:58. Comp. Gen. 1: oilpavoig, i. q. the higher spiritual world,
20, 26, 28, 30.—Thuc. 2. 77 iibup 'n'oM) Eph. 1:10. Col. 1: 16, 20; and so Eph.
OiJPGVOl-I- Xen. An. 4. 2. 2. Cyr. 4. 2. 15. 3: 15 m'ioa 1rurpu‘l e'v oilpuvo'ig. So poeti
—Tr0p. xAz‘iaa: rov obpawiv to shut up cally, where the heavens are said to re
the heavens, i. e. to withhold rain, Luke joice, Rev. 12:12. 18: 20. comp. Sept.
4.. 25. Rev. 11. 6, i.q. wees-rs "122 Sept. and Heb. Is. 49:13. Ps. 96: 11. In
a'uve'xeul rbv oilp. Deut. ll: 17. 2 Chr. various phrases etc. e. g. (I) to look up
6:26. 7:13. Comp. Gen. 7: 11. Is. 24: to heoven,as the abode 01'God,c'wa€)\z'1rew
19 et ibi Gesen. Comm. rig rbv 013p. Matt. 14:19. Mark 6:41.
d) of the upper or superior heaven, 7: 34. al. c'zrewizew sic 'rbv oiJp. Acts 1:
beyond the visible firrnament, the abode 10. 7: 55. Epghé'lrrw e19 rbv obp. Acts
of God and his glory,of the Messiah, the 1: 11. infirm: rolig 0X66. cle rbv oiip. Luke
18: 13. John 17: 1.—-(2) to ascend or be
angels, the spirits of the just after death,
and generally of every thing which is tahen up into heaven, (ivagat'vew eig row
said to be with God. (a) gem. e. g. of obp. John 3: 13. Acts 2: 34. char)";
God, Matt. 5:34 pfirc Ev 1'97 obpavq'», b'n ¢6fimu rig rby oilp. Mark 16:19. Acts 10:
Spo'rog ion T017 8501?. 23: 22. Acts 7: 16. dyad-raven: Acts 11: 10. d1re'pxco'0m
49. Heb. 8: 1. al. Hence God is called Luke 2: 15. 1ropebwB¢u 1 Pet. 3: 22.—
b 6559 101': obp. Rev. 11:13. 16:11. (1 (3) to come or be sad fiom heaven, (inro
Mace. 3: 18.) Kbptog r017 obp. Matt. 11: rrrakiivat (‘ur' obp. 1 Pet. 1: 12. E'pxeo'eat
25. Luke 10: 21. (Sept. Gen. 24:3.) ES 015;). John 3:31. xa-ragm'vzw £5 v. c’ur'
K. c'v ro'ig obp. Eph. 6: 9. C01. 4: 1. b m’lp. John 6; 33, 38. 1 Thess. 4:16. al.
warhp 6 £11 r079 obpayoic in the first three Kaflt'wfiat in: r017 oilp. Acts 11:5. So with
gospels,Matt. 5: 16,45, 48. 6: 1. 10:32. ylyweai expr. or impl. rov Zur‘ obpamiw
Mark 11:25, 26. Luke 1 1:2. al. 6 warhp b Heb. 12:25. m) in rim obpamiv Matt.
:'E ot’apavofi Luke 11: 13. Of the Messiah, 3: 17, coll. Mark 1: 11 ¢ww) i-ye'vero
the Son of God, as coming from heaven, e'x ro'w obp. Luke 3:22. al. — (4) Also
John 3: 13, 31. 6: 33,38, 4l.al. or as re heaven is said to be opened, so as to let
turning thither after his resurrection, pass in or out, to lay open the interior,
Mark 16: 19. Luke 24: 51. A018 1110, etc.e.g. oi or'ip. t'zveq'rxemruv, boilp. tiveqryrhc,
11. a1. whence he will again come to oi ob . (‘IVE’)‘Y'M’YOI, Matt. 3: 16. Luke 3
judge the world, 1 Thess. l: 10. 4: l6. 21. ohn 1: 52. Acts 7:56. 10:11. Rev.
2 Thess. 1: 7. Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 4:1.19:11. oioilp. oxtlbpevot Mark 1:10.
3: 16. John 1:32. 1 Pet. 1: l2. [1 John (B) Ewe rplrou oilparol'l, unto the third
5: 7.] Of angels, Matt. 18:10. 24:36. heaven, 2 Cor. 12: 2, prob. in allusion to
Mark 12:25. Luke 22: 43. Gal. 1: 8. al. the three heavens as above specified, viz.
(Gen. 21: 17. 22:11.) Hence called rr‘r the lower, the middle or firmament, and
arpurebpara riz iv oiapavq') Rev. 19: 14, the superior; hence i.q. the highest heaven,
 06520.75; 576 057i

the abode of God and angels and glorified
spirits, the spiritual paradise,v.4. Comp.
Eph. 4: 10. Heb. 4: l4. 7: 26. Comp.
also Hob. =7’??? 112?, Sept. 6 oilpavbg r017
oilpavm'l, Deut. 10: 14. l. K.8: 27. Ec
clus. 16: 18. So the spurious Lucian
makes a Christian say, i; rpirov oivpavbv
dcpogan'laac Luc. Philopatr. § 12.——
Others suppose the apostle refers to the
views of the later Rabbins,who describe
seven heavens, of which the first is below
the clouds; the second is the region of
clouds and tempests and the abode of
evil spirits; in the third are the hosts of
heaven, the stars; while the other four
above this are assigned to the saints, the
various orders of an els, and the throne
of God; see Test. 11 Patr. in Fabric.
p. 546. Wetstein ad 2 Cor. 12: 2. But
then 6 rpirog oilpavdg could not well be
i. q. a mlpciduaog in v. 4.
(y) meton. and from the later Heb.
entity, essence, nature, Epict. Ench. l9. 2
Oflptlllég, oilpavoi, like Engl. heaven, as
being the abode of God, is often put for 1') Olivia rot’: 670.6017. Arr. Epict. 2. 8. 1.
being, lifiz, Soph. Trach. 911 or 913 final;
God himself; e. g. 5111a: e'E m’ipavofi i. q.
0110111. In N. T. and usually, what is to
in roi] 9601-), Matt. 21:25. Mark 11: 30,
31. Luke 20:4, 5. £550,130.’ in‘ r05 oilp. any one: what he has, i. e. substance,pro
perty, Luke 15:12, 13.—Tob. 14:18. Jos.
John 3:27. v'ipaprov sic Ta.» or'ipavévLuke
15: 18, 21. Also in the formula so freq.
in Matthew 1] ,Bamhu'u ro‘w oilp. Matt. 3:
2. 4: 17. 5: 3, 10. al. elsewhere 1‘; [3am
r017 9505 etc. see in Baa-Asia 0. So Cha'ld.
5:191}, Sept. EEown'a ohpdmog, Dan. 4: 23
[26]. Comp. Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. 2440.
Wetstein adMatt.21:25. Luke15:18.Ar..
Ot'lgcawig, 05, 6, Urban, pr. n. of a
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 9.
Ode/org, 0v, 6, Urias, Heb. "211$
(flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. n. of the
husband of Bathsheba,Matt. 1:6. Comp.
2 Sam. 11:3 sq.
056051-69, rd, an ear, plur. rd aim.
the ears, Mark 7:33 E’Quhs rm}; 3am’.
aimn'i sic rd (lira din-oi. 8: 18. Luke 22:
50. Acts 7:57. 1 Cor. 12: 16. Sept.
for 111*, 11111115,,Ex. 29: 20. Deut. 15: 17.
—Hdian. 7. 3. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.—
In phrases, e. g. a E'xwv (lira v. :1 n;- Ext‘
01";- many, dmvs'ru, i. e. whoever can
hear and understand, let him hear and
attend ! Matt. 11:15. 13:9, 43. Mark
4: 9,23. 7:16. Luke 8:8. 14:35. Rev.
2: 7,11,17,29. 3:6,13,22.~ 13:9. r195’
I'tu u'g Ti: (5111 to 1d sink into the ears, to
fix deep in the mind, Luke 9: 44, comp.
Ex. 17: 14. Also to come :1; n‘: an’: Time
to or into the ears of any one, to be heard,
Luke 1:44. Acts 11: 22. James 5: 4.
(Sept. Ps. 18: 7. Is. 5: 9.) Aaxav v.
dxm'mv :19 n‘: mic, to bear or hear in the
car, i. e. privately, Luke 12:3. Matt. 10:
27. (Ex. 11:2.) So to do any thing c'y
r07: u'ml rwog, i. e. in his hearing, pre
sence, Luke 4:21. (Sept. Josh. 20: 4.
Judg. 17: 2.) 011a sic Bénvw, i. q. aim roi
6:017 éa'nv £19 5. i. e. God listens to prayer,
1 Pet. 3: 12, quoted from Ps. 34: 16
where Sept. for "351$, comp. 20hr. 6: 40.
7:15. Neh.l: 6. For Matt. 13: 15 bis,
and Acts 28: 27 his, see in Bapéwg. Rom.
11: 8see in Mr'] I.d. Acts 7: 51 see in
'Arrepirpnrog. — Poetically, m1: as the
organ of hearing is put for the person who
hears,Matt.13: 16 puxdpwt . . ril (lira ilpfiw,
5r: dxou'm. l Cor.2 :9. Comp.in Kapoia a.-y.
Ol'm'w, as, .7, one, part. as», 056a,)
Ant. 18. 1. l. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 3.
0576, conj. (mi, enclit. 15,) a contin
uative referring usually rather to apart
of a proposition or clause, and not, also
not, i.e. neither, nor, not even. See Buttm.
s 14.9. p. 4.27. Winer <>59. 6.
a) as introducing a neg. clause, with
or without a preceding negation, neither,
1107', e. g. oiire 'yr'tp, Luke 20: 36. Acts 4:
l2. (Hdian.3.5.ll.) oars-“Kai, as John
4: 11 Ki'lpts, oiirc dvrhnpa E'xstg, xal n‘,
¢péap x. r. A. 3 John 10. Comp. espec.
in Kat no. 1. a. (Eurip. Iph. in Taur.
595.) More freq. repeated, mire-~05",
neither---nor, before different parts of a
clause, Matt. 6: 20. Luke 20: 35. John
5: 37. Acts 15: 10. Gal.5:6. al. (Xen.
Lac. 14. 7.) Also three times or more,
oiirc, oiirs,oiire, Acts 25: 8. Rom. 8: 38,
39. 1Cor.6: 9, 10. Rev. 9: 20,21.—
After another negative, as 01%- oiirz John
1:25. Rev. 20:4. 21:4. miaémoiirs Gal.
1:12. 1 Thess.2:3.
b) in the sense of not even; Mark 5:
3 Kai oiirs c'ih'wsa'w 0:35:19 fidt'lvaro aimiv
Biiaat. Luke 12: 26. 1 Cor. 3: 2 in text.
rec—Hdian. 4. 6. 1 0:33;’ m; fivzpnEth 13>...
m'ac, oiirs pe'xpt rmrlmn—But Mss. in
 0570;
Mark and Luke I. c. and later edit. in
1 Cor. l. 0. read 065:’. An.
0570;, draft], 10570, gen. ror'rrou,
'rar'rrryg, rol'rrov, pron. demonstr. this, that,
pp. for b aI'n-dg, 1‘, airn'], To m’mi, this same,
Buttm. § 76. 2, and n. l.
a) pp. as referring to a person or thing
before mentioned, i. e. to something pre
ceding; Passow oi'Irog no.1. Matth. § 470.
l._(a) pp. to that next preceding, Luke
1: 32 'Irlo'or'lv' oisroc E'o'rac ,ué'yag. 2: 25.
John 1:2 Gui;- fiv 6 Xo'yog' oiirog iv Ev
6px;“; x. r. X. 8: 2. 6: 71. Acts 1: 14.
10: 36. Rom. 14: 18 iv rol'rrolc. 1 Tim.
6:8. 2Pet. 2=20. 1 John 5:6, 20,9.1. seep.
—Hdian. 4. 8. ll. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 28.
Neut. plur. raira sometimes refers only
to one thin ; 3 John 4. Luke 12:4. [John
15: 17.] 0 yard 'rm'n'a i. q. oiiru Luke
6: 23, 26, where later edit. read rare‘:
raz'mi. Comp. Winer p. 140. Xen. An.
7. 6. 11.—(,8) Sometimes oi'n'og refers not
to the nearest, but to another person or
thing, as being the chief topic of dis
course, Winer p. 138. Matth. l. 0. Matt.
8: 3 ofrrog 7&9 s’a-rw, sc. Twain/mg in. v. I.
Luke 13:2, coll. v. 1. John 1: 42. ll:
37 mi obrog even this man, Lazarus. 21:
24. Acts 4: 11 017116: Ea'rw 6 M609, sc.
ywrég. 7: l9. Gal.4: 26. 2 John 7.—
en. Mem. 1. 2. 14.—(y) As referring
generally to the preceding discourse,
Matt. 7: 28 are euvz're'hwrv d'I. for); A0’
youg roz'lrovg. Mark 4: l3, coll. v. 2 sq.
Luke l: 29. 24:21. John 2:11. Acts
19:17. Rom. 11:27. 1 John 2:1, 26.
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15.
b) as referring to or introducing what
follows, with emphasis, as in Engl. this,
i. q. ‘ the following,‘ Passow l. e. no. 2.
Winer § 28. 4. Matth. §472. c, (1. So
as followed by the express words, e. g.
'rol'n'o, Gal. 3: 17 10171-055‘ Ae'yw' Ewe/Imp’
x. r. A. 1 John 4:2; or c. subst. Matt. 10:
2 1a (iridium-('1 Ear: rat'rra. Luke 2: 12.
Acts 8: 32 i; 5:‘ 1repmx1)--~1')v ar'irq' a‘); x.
r. A. 1 Cor. 9: 3. Or by a noun simply,
as the predicate, 2 Cor. 13:9 ror'n-o 5e‘
aixo'pefla, r1)v illuiw Kartiprw'w. 1 John 5:
4. (Luc. Navig. 3.) Or by an infin. e.g.
without art. Acts 24: 16. 26; 16. James
1: 27. comp. Winer Lc. Matth. e 472.
b. (glato Apol. Soc. § 29. p. 38. C.) 0.
art. om. 14: 13 roiiro kplvars fu'ddtov,
n‘. In) flail/cu r. r. A. 2 Cor. 2: l. comp.
Winer, Matth. l. c. (Plato A pol. Soc.§
577 01:70;
24. p. 35. C. Xen. (Ec. 8.2.) So Eu‘: r06r0
before a particip. of cause. Mark 12: 24.
iv rain-q: 2 Cor. 5: 2.—Also before (‘in
and int, comp. in “On no. 1 . and I'Iva no.
3. a. Z. Vviner §23. 4. E. g. seq. (in,
John 21: 23 a’EfikBcv 01'” 6 A670‘; Oi'ITOC-u
51': 5 paenrilg K. 'r. X. Acts 20: 29. Rom.
6: 6. 1 Cor. 1: 12. 1 John 1:5. al.ssep.
(Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 25.) Seq. 7m, e. . of
purpose, sic ron'n-o 'Zva Rom. 14:9. 1 et.
3:9. 4:6;511‘1 roiiro i'va John 1:31. 2 Cor.
13:10. 1Tim.1:16; or afterawordof com
mand, John 15: 17 comp. above in a, a,
fin. 1 John 3:23. 4: 21; or genr. John 6:
29 mini Ear: r6 Zp'yov rm": 9e05, i'va 1r:
a'rn'umre Lzrzh. v. 39, 40. 17:3 m'irq e'ariv
r‘) aidwmg (on), Two yin/bemoan x. r. A. 1
John 4: l7. 5: 3. al.
0) used Eewruaig, i. e. as pointing to
a person or thing pre-sent either to the
eyes or to the mind, Passow l. 0. no. 4.
Matth. § 471. 12. (a) gem. Matt. 3: l7
Oi'lflig ia'rw 6 1116;‘ you K- r. A. 17: 5. Mark
9: 7. Luke 9: 35. Matt. 17:20. 26: 26
‘rm-111$ ion 113 06416. you. v. 28. Mark 14:
92, 24. 1 Cor. 11: 24, 25. al. Mark 12:
4:3. 14:69. John 1:15. 7: 46. Acts 9:
7. Matt. 8:9 1'] umpl’a aiin]. 26:34 in!
rain “ vvm'i. Luke 12:26 stupor rofrrov.
21: 6. Acts 1: 5. al. seep. Comp. Winer
p. 140. So Sept. for 1 Sam. 29: 3.
(Xen. An. 4. 8. 14, 26.) So with a nu.
meral referring to time, Luke 24: 21
rpc'rnv rain-ml fipz'pav fi-yu, see in "A’yu
no. 2. a. 2 Cor. 13: 1 rpirov roi'rro Epxo
pal. 1rpog ilpfic. Comp. Winer p. 905.
Matth. § 470. 8. So Sept. rpz'rov roi'l'ro for
we: 65:3 n1. Num. 22: ea, 32, 33.—Luc.
D. Mort. l3: 3 iv Baguhu'iw xeipal rpl'rrlv
i/pe'pav raimyv. Hdot. 5. 76 re'rap-rov r017
ro t'lfll'lKlilutl'Oh—(jg) In admiration, Matt.
8: 27 T010761: z'o'rw oflrog, 6'1: x. 'r. X. 12:
23. Luke 4: 29. John 6: 14.—(7) More
usually in contempt or aversion, i. q.
Engl. ‘this fellow,’ etc. comp. Passow
no.4. Matt. 9 :3 ofrrog Bkampnpci. 12:24.
13:54. Mark 6:2, 3. Luke5: 21. John
6: 42. Acts 7: 40. al. So roz'lro 1 Cor. 5:
2, 3.—Xen. An. 3. l. 30. Cyr. 1. 3.11.
d) inserted for emphasis: (a) after the
subject or object. of a verb, i. e. between
this and the verb, Winer § 23. 3. E. g.
after a noun, Matt. 13:38 11‘: 5:‘ rahov
mrr'ppa, oi'n-ol eiaw oi vial K.'r.)\. See
below in k. 21: 42 M901’ awn-013100; e'yc
m'ltlr) x. r. A. see in "0g no. 1. c. [3. Luke
2 o
 ' 01510; 578 ()ia'w;
8: 21. Acts 4: 10. Rom. 7:10. 1 Cor. where a particular stress is to be laid
6: 4. 1 Pet.2: 7. al. (P01. 3. 20. 2. ib. upon the connexion of two circum
5. 111. 2.) After a relative pron. comp. stances, 0570;‘ is thus joined to rat, and
below in e. Matt. 5: 19 39 (‘iv wonky" then always refers back to the former;
ol'n'og pe'yag 1:11:10. 1:.1. A. where in the see Passow no. 12. Matth. § 470. 6.
preced. clause ohm; is omitted. Mark 3: Buttm. § 150. p. 436. Viger. p. 171.
35. Luke 9: 24. John 1:33. Rom. 8: So 1 Cor. 2: 8 :1’. In) ’I. Xpwrhv, Kai roii
30. Phil. 4: 8. al. seep. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 1'ove'oraupwps'yov. (Hdot. 6. 11. Xen.
8. An .1. 6.6.) After a participle, comp. Ag. 1. 9.) Oftener neut. xai rain-o,
Matth. § 472. 2. Matt. 13:20 655-411"; Rom. 13: 11 mi 10510 u'hérsg, coll. v. 8.
piig‘u-Oilflig' Eanv 1.212).. Mark 12:40. 1 Cor. 6: 6. Eph. 2: 8. Kai rains, I Cor.
Luke 9: 48. John 6: 46. Acts 17:6.— 6: 8 fiMiz iipcic (1511:5711, . . . Kai rat-Ira
Pol. l. 67. 13. Dem. 522. 90.—(B) In fideMpoi/g. Heb. 11: 12.—plur. Jos. Ant.
apodosis after :i, Rom. 8: 8 ti 5:’ Tu; 10. 10. 4. Luc. D. Deor. 8 med. Xen.
1rvn7pa Xp. aim E’ 51,0510‘; oinc zany uu'rofi. C110. 11. 3.
1 Cor. 3: l7. hilem. 18. James 3: 2. h) in distribution, roi'lro ps‘v . . . rol'n-o
1 Pet. 2:20. Comp. Winer § 139. 3. 5:’, pp. as to this . . . as to that, i. q part
Matth. § 610 fin.—(-y) After a paren ly . . .partly, Heb. 10: 33. Comp. in
thesis or intervening sentence, when the Ms'v c. ,8. Matth. § 288. n. 2. Passow
writer again returns to the leading sub no. 10.—Hdot. 3. 106. Isocr. p. 44. D.
ject, comp. Passow no. 7. Acts 7: 35 bis, Dem. 474. 25.
rol'n'ov 15v Mwiiafivmroiimv 6 9:6: K. 1'. A. i) Neut. rafira ace. as adv. so, thus,
comp. v.31. Sov. 37, 39.-El. V. H. i. q. oiirwg, comp. Matth. § 471. 13. Pas
3. 17 Eevoqtfiv-noi'lroc Exeiroc fiv. sow no. 14. b. So after xaflu'ig John 8:
e) Where ohrog is followed by a rela 28. C. oiiruc altern. Mark 2: 8. rai'lra
tive sentence, oin'oc—b'g, i. q. this who, slvagto be thus, such, 1 Cor. 6: 11. As
he who, that which, Luke 9: 9 rt; 55' 201w referring to what follows, Luke 18: ll
oi'lrog, 1r£pi 05 x. 1'. A. l Pet.5: 12. 1 John rm'lra 1rpoo'm'1 era‘ 6 656;, x. 1'. h.—Sopll.
5: 9.—But both before and after a rela Ajax 1346. i'iom. ll. 11. 694.
tive m'n-og is frequently omitted, and the k) In gender etc. the use of 051-09 ex
relative then implies it and stands for he hibits some anomalies of syntax, e. g.
who, that which, Engl. what; see in '0; (0:) Where oi'rroc refers in sense to a pre
II. 1. d. Matth. § 473. b. ceding noun, it yet sometimes takes the
f) as strengthened by airrég, i. e. at; gender and number of a noun follow
roi oin'ol these men themselves, dcmrmiic ing; comp. Matth. § 434. l. b, and 2. b.
for ‘ they themselves,’ Acts 24: 15, 20. Matt. 13:38 rd 5:‘ mat» mrs'ppu, ol'rrol
Oftener neut. aim‘) 1051-0, roiiro (liITO', ciu'w oi uloi x. 'r. A. comp. above in d.
this very thing etc. e. g. as referring to Luke 8: 14, 15. So Matt. 7: 12. Gal.
what precedes, 2 Cor. 2: 3 E'ypuilaa i/‘u'Zv 4: 24.—(,8) By Hebraism, the fem. ai'rhy
rofiro aimi. Eph. 6: 18. c. relat' B. .. stands twice for neut. rm'n'o, Matt. 21:
aimi 1'01'11'0 Gal. 2: 10, comp. Matth. 49 et Mark 12: 11 1rapi1 Kupiou e'yt'vsro
§ 472'. p. 881 sq. As referring to and aii'rn i. e. 'roin'o, quoted from Ps. 118: 23
introducing what follows, seq. 16 c. inf. where Sept. for Heb. Mi. For the
8 Cor. 7: ll. 51': Phil. 1:6. 'iva Eph. Heb. idiom, see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661.
6: 252. Col. 4: 8. 51mm; Rom. 9: 17.— Stuart § 436. AL.
Also aim} roi'n'o i. q. on this very account, 08760;, also Oil/‘MI before a con
for this very reason, i. q. 511‘; rain-a 2 Pet. sonant, demonstr. adv. (odroc) in this man
1: 5. comp. Matth. § 470. 7. Greg. Cor. ner, on this wise, i. e. so thus, to which
p. 29, 30. — Xen. An. 1. 9. Bl. m'n'il corresponds relat. 1119 etc. Buttm. § 116.
raiira Plato Protag. p. 310. E. 7, and n. 7. On the moveable final 9,
' g) after mi as Kai oin-og, often gem. see Buttm. §26. 4. Winer § 5. 1. b. p. 42.
in the foregoing senses, e. g. and this a) pp. as referring to what precedes,
man,and he, Luke 16: 1; healso 90: 30; and in complete sentences preceded by
dent-run}: Luke 22: 56,_59. — But spec. a relative adverb or adverbial Word.—
mi 07110;, Kai 'rol'rro, mi rai'rra, andhe (a) With a preced. relat. adv. as so,
too, and this too, and that indeed, i. c. e. g. markup . .. m'irwc, Rom. 12: 5,
 05%;; 579 oax;
coll. v. 4. 1 Cor. 12:12 Kaez'nrsp yc‘lp 34. comp. in "On no. 1. d. Seq. ‘two,
ft‘) 0171;“! Ev c'o'n . . . m'irw mi ('1 Xpwro'g. 1 Cor.9:‘24 ot'irw rpe'xzrs, i'va mnxhégn're.
2 Cor. 8: ll. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 10. 0) used dun-1:179, see in 051-09 0.
T. I.'p. 296. 'lauchn.) x1106); . . . oiirug, Acts 21: ll riw iivopu . . . oz'J'rw sfio’ovo'w
Luke 11:30. John 3:14. 2 Cor. 1:5. e’v 'Iepova. K. r. A. Rom. 9: 20. With the
1 Thess. 2: 4. al. the . . . ol'irug Acts 8: idea of aversion, 1 Cor. 5: 3 rev m'iru
32. Rom. 5: 15 mix a‘); rd rapém'u‘ua, rein-o Karsp'yam'xlie vov , compjn Ot'n-og c.-y.
m'i'ru Kai To xc'tpw a. 2 Cor. 7:14. 1 d) inserted for emphasis: (a) after
Thess. 2:7,8. ( en. Cyr. 8. 2. 12.) partici les, before the following verb,
dimrcp . . . oiirwg Matt. 19: 40. John 5: like ouroc, see in Oi'rrog d. a. Matth.
2]. Rom. 6: 4. 1 Cor. ll: l2.al. Fur § 610. p. 1235. Buttm.§ 144. n. 6. E. g.
ther, m0’ 500v .. .oii'rwc Heb. 9: 27, 28. Acts 20:1] opthfld'ag ('ixptg at'ryfig, oiirwg
av rpo'n'ov . . . oiirug 2 Tim. 3:8. Kari: c’Er'lMkv, 27: 17. So prob. John 4: 6
n‘yv 655v . . . oiirwg Acts 24: 14. & [dig] ('1 017v 'Inoofrg xexmriancdm . . . z'KaBe'ZE-ro
. . . oii'rwc Acts 3:18, comp. Matth.§480. m'irwg i1ri rg'mry', for oiirwc e'xase'fsro.
c. p. 899.—(fl) Alone, and as referring —Hdot. 6. 104. fin. Plato Gorg. p. 457.
ignerally to the preceding discourse. a. Xen. Cyr. 2. l. 1.--(}3) In apodosis,
att. 3: 15 oii'rw 'ydp 1rpc'1rov c'ariv ilpil' after ii, (in, comp. Matth. l. 0. So after
wknpfirmi mio'av But. i. e. by being bap :1, l Thess. 4:14. Rev. 11:5 :1’ n9
tized, comp. v. 13. Matt. 5: 12. 6:30, aim-mic 90k: daucfiacu, oiirw 5:7 aim-ow
coll. v. 29,30. Matt. 9; 33. 17. 12. 18: z’nroxravfifirai. But both these passages
14. Luke 1:25. John 11:48. 1 Cor. 2: may be perhaps better referred to a. [3,
ll. 7: 26, 40,comp. v. 24..Rev. 2: 15. above. (Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 3 in most edit.)
al. seep. Interrog. John 18: 22. (Hdian. With 51': cause], Rev. 3: 16 oiirwg, 6n
7. 5. l. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 32.) So :1 raiJ-ra Xhtapoc el, . . . péhhu a: e'pe'aai in.‘ T06
05mg Exec i. e. so as they appear, are re a‘ro'pardg you, for {in . . . ol'i'rw pz'hkw
rted, etc. Acts 7: l. 17:11. comp. in x. r. A.-—Hdot. 9. 6. 0. 57m’.
Exw f.—-Cebet. Tab. 4. Xen. An. 7. 7. e) spoken of degree, extent, so, so
5l.— (7) In emphatic aflirmation or much, to such a degree, in such a man
prohibition, oii‘rwc Zora‘, so shall it be; ner; so with adjectives and adv. Heb.
Matt. 12:45 oiirwc Em-zu Kai r5 'yevcg'i 12: 21 oiiru tpogzpdv fly 1.‘; qaavrazo'perov.
'rm'n' . 13:49. 24:39. 01’! ol'i-rwg Fora: Rev. 16: 18. 051-1» Taxz'wg‘ Gal. 1:6. In.
Ev iqu'iv Matt. 20:26. Mar 10: 43- o. terrog. Mark 7: 18 oiirw Icai {1,4579 c'un'lvs
Eoratimpl. Luke 12: 2]. 22: 26. Comp. rot Ears; 4: 40 rt Esther’ z'a-rs oiirw; Gal.
Passow oiirwc no. 1. c.—Hom. 0d. 16. 3: 3.—Luc. D. Deor. 4. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2.
31. ib. 21- 257. 9. 16. c. adv. Xen. Mem. 3. ll. 7.—
b) follows;
I what as referring to andsentences
in complete introducing
fol With a verb, 1 John 4: ll :2 017mg ('1
Geo‘g frytivrno'ev fipfig. Seq. 0701': c. in
lowed by a relat. adv. or adverbial word. die. John 3: 16. Interrog. Matt. 26: 40
——(a) With a. following relat. adv. so m'irwg ol’nc ioxr'm'a'rz ylav é'apav ypn-yopfi
. . . as e. g. oiirwc . . . Kaetilg‘, Luke 24: out; are ye then so unable ? 1 Cor. 6: 5.
24 Kai sif'poy oii'ru x1106);- xui ai 'yvva‘ixeg -—~Xen. Cyr. 1. 3'. ll. seq. (Sore Luc.
zl-Irov. Rom. [1:26. oiirwg . . . dig, John D. Deor. 2. l. interrog. ib. 5. 2. AL.
7: 46 01'155'1rors oz'h'wg Ehc'ihrlozv i'ivepunrog, ’ .
lb;- ofiroc 6 51,69. 1 Cor. 4: 1. James 2: 01.“, see in Oil.
12. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 3.) 0171-019 . . . 06%;, adv. not, a strengthened
i'w'rc c. inf. Acts 14: 1. Xen. Mom. 1. form of all, used espec. by the Attics for
2. l.) m'irulc . . . 51' r 451ml! Acts 1:11. emphasis, Buttm. § 117. 2.
m0’ 8v 7'‘). 27: 25.-— ) Alone, e. g. as a) gem. John 13: 10 (‘AX mixi min/‘reg
followed by direct narration or quota but not all, i. e. by no means all. v. I l.
tion, Matt. I. 18 1'06 ‘I. Xp. 1', yc'vwu; m'i l Col-"6: l. oilxi . . . ARM’; 1 Cor. 10:
rug fly’ Mvqm'wflez'anc K. r. X. 2: 5 oiirw 29. 2 Cor. 10: 13. — Luc. D. Meretr.
'yilp 'yé'ypam'at . . . Kai m‘: Bnflhes'p. John 12. 3. Xen. Athen. 2. l8.
2]: I. Heb. 4: 4. Rev. 9:17. Or seq. b) in neg. answers, no, nay, by no
infin. 1 Pet. 2: l5. Also seq. 611 of means, comp. in 013 f; only seq. (‘Md
quotation, Luke 19:31. Acts 7: 6. l3: Luke 1:60 1'; ph'rnp mirol'l slur‘ mixi‘
‘ 2 o 2
 ’O¢EIl\E'Tfl; 580 "Oqbekov

tiMa x. r. h. 12:51. 13:3. Rom. 3: '27. v. 14, and rog- t'qtaprlag Luke 11:4. So
So Sept. for *2 s5 Gen. 18: 15. 1'9; 2.— Targ. $351‘! debt, for Heb. his??? sin, Ps.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.. 25:18. al. Comp. Buxt. Lex. Chald.
0) often in neg. questions, nonne? 7 15,and in 'O¢ct)\¢’rng c.—Greek writers
is not 2 are not ? etc. implying an attir said only holy,“ rwi rc‘t Xpe'a, Luc.
mative answer, comp. in 01] g. Matt. 5: Saturnal. 5. IE]. V. H. 14.. 24.
46 mix! mi 01 rehfiwat rb mini wombat; ,OQEIINU, f. 6¢e0\i"o'w, to owe, to be
20:13. Luke 12: 6. 17:17. John 11:9.
indebted.
Rom. a; 29. al. Luke 17. 8 61M’ 01;)‘: at) pp. in a pecuniary sense, 0. acc. et
Epe'i au'ry'i; yea will he not rather say to dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 18:28 bis, 5;
him 2 see ’A)J\¢i no. 2. b. Sept. for 8'51‘; ditpethcv abrq‘i Exardv bnvc'ipta x. r. 7\.
Gen. 40: 8. Judg. 4: 6.—Xen. Cyr. 8. Luke 7:41. 16:5,7. Rom.13:8. Philem.
3. 46. (DOC otixi ib. 2. 2. 19. AL. 18. Sept. for "E53 Hiph. Deut. 15:2. Is.
Demon, w, a, (awn...) a debtor. 24': 2. [rather; 11?; He borrowed, and con
a) pp. Matt. 18: 24. slg 61p. pvpt'wy sequently, he owed: 5: R‘?! a loan was
rahévrwv. Trop. of one indebted for fa made by him, he lent, and consequently,
vours, Rom. l5:27.—Hesyeh. 6¢st>\érng-‘ was owed to. Is. 24.: 2. In Deut. 15: 2.
xpuiw'rng. The Sept. has translated the general
b) metaph. debtor, one morally bound sense rather than the words. Every
to the performance of any duty; seq. creditor shall remit what he hath lent
infin. Gal. 5: 3 docihérng s’ariv 5M1’ row (Hiph. of H?) unto his neighbour : what
vii/.4011 noifia'ai, i. e. he is bound to keep his neighbour oweth to him.]-—— Luc. D.
the whole law. Seq. dat. et inf. Rom. Mort. 4.. 1. ‘Xen. Ag. 4. 4.—Pass. par
8:12. So Rom. l: 14. "Ehhnoi rs Kai ticip. neut. rb ofithépzvov, pp. what is
,Bapétipotg . . . 6¢ethérnc eilul sc. nia-y owed, debt, due, att. 18:30, 34.—Xen.
ycMZeoOaa—Soph. Ajax 590. An. 7. 7. 34,.
c) from the Aramzean,debtor, i. q. de b) metaph. to be bound, to be obligated
linquent, one who fails in the perform sc. to the performance of any duty, i. q.
ance of duty. Matt. 6: 12 roig douhérmg Iought, Imust‘, seq. infin. So of what
r‘lpé'w, i. e. those who fail in their duties is required by law or duty in general,
towards us. Hence gem. a transyressor, e. g. c. inf. impl. Matt. 23: 16 5;; av
sinner, i. q. r'lluap'rwhtig, Luke 13: 4|, coll. 1155460!’ . . . debsihu sc. drroboiivat. v. 18.
> v. 2.-—Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. p. 180, lsewhere c. inf. Luke 17: 10 3 that.
(itptike'rnr; z'iftaprlag ,uc'yi'ihng. So Targ. Roper 1roifio'at, nuroifixapw. John 13: 14'.
T‘??? debtors for Heb. D‘lf'él'l sinners, Ps. 19: 7 6¢cihet C’l'll‘OOllI/Ellh he ought to die.
1: 1. Onk. I‘??? for 7332 Gen. 18:23. Rom. 15:1, 27. 2 Cor. 12:14. Eph.
See Buxt. Lex. Ch. 715. 5: 28. 2 Thess. 1:3. 2:13. 1 John 2:6.
’O¢EIN'1, is, 1'], (64.50...) indebted 3: 16. 4: 11. 3 John 8. Particip. 1 Cor.
ness, debt. Matt. 18: 32 mlo'av rill’ 6(1):: 7: 3 in text. rec.—Wisd. 12: 15. Pol. 6.
M/v i’upiixc'i o'oi. Metaph. a due, duty, 37. 5. Hdot. I. 41, 4:2. Thuc. 4. 19.—
obligation, Rom. 13:7. 1 Cor. 7: 3 in Also of what the circumstances of time,
later ediL—Ety moLMagn. as from Xen. place, person, etc. render proper, i. q. to
Vect. comp. Sturz Lex. Xenoph. sub v. be fit and proper, I ought, Acts 17: 29.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 90. I Cor. 7: 36 Kai oiirwg d¢slhu 'ylvcaaai.
11:7,10. 2Cor.12:11. Heb. 2:17. 5:3,
'Ocei'knaa, arog, ro', (6¢£i}\w,) pp. 12. Or of what is from the nature of the
‘what one owes ,'a debt,Sept.Deut.24:10. case necessary, 1 Cor. 5: 10 e'1rsi 64ml
l Macc. 15: 8. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 463, here iipa z'x rob xoopov c'ZcMieiv. 9: 10.
6¢elknpabébavsilzrbng InN.T.metaph. c) by impl. and from the Arama'an,
a) a due, duty, obligation. Rom. 4: 4 or’: to fail in duty, to be delinquent, to be in
hoyl'Ze-rat Kara Xapwmxa Kara dzpn'hnpa. fault towards any one, 0. dat. Luke 11:4.
—- Thuc. 2. 40 oinc a’: xr'ipw, 31M’ e'g See in 'Otpeihe'mc C. and 'Otpeihnpa c.
tipslhnpa.
h) from the Aramaaan, delinquency, "OMAN, epic and later form for Alt.
i. e. a fault, sin. Matt. 6: l2 liqm; i/piv tlnpcltov aor. 2 of dqnlkw, pp. I ought, but
ra ihpziM'Hm-ra imfirgiq. Til napa'rrnbpara used only in the implied sense of wishing,
u
 "0439.0; 581 "0x10;
utinam, see Passow 66:06» no. 2. b. In 6¢0. 1rovnp6g, evil eye, i. e. envy. So Heb.
earlier Greek writers it is still a verb, 1?! 51‘, Sept. ,Bc'wxavog. Prov. 23: 6. 28:
seq. infin. and often preceded by :59, a‘, 22. Comp.Gesen. Lex T!!! no. 1. h. sq.
.10., Horn. Il. 3. 173. Eurip. Med. 1. Ecclus. 14: 10 64:9. 1rovnpog 950011969.
Plat. Rep. 4. p. 432. C. Xen. An. 2.1.4. b) trop. eye of the mind, the power of
See Matth. § 513. n. 3. Herm. ad Vig. rfig perceiving
htuvoiag and
Eph.1:18
understanding;
in text. rec.soothers
p. 756 sq. Buttm. § 114. p. 295. M50.
p. 437. —— In later writers and N. T. 60159. rfig Kapdt'ag. Elsewhere absol. Luke
zoom is an indec. particle of wishing, 19: 42 viiv 8:‘ Expl'lgn rim-d ddvflahfuiw oov.
or interject. O that.’ would that! utinam, Acts 26: 18, comp. in 'Arol'yw e. So
c. 0. indie. see \Viner § 42. 5.11. 2. John 12: 40. Rom. 11:8,10. al.—Act.
Sturz de Dial. Mao. p. 186. Buttm. Lo.‘ Thom. § 28 roll; 'n'ic il/vxiig 669111111064‘.—
and § 115. n. 7. So 1 Cor. 4:8 rat So byHebraisrn,Ev 6¢6a71p07g nvog Matt.
54:01:51’ 7: e'fiaotha'wars. 2 Cor. 11:1. 21:42 et Mark 12:11 , see in 'Ev no.1. e.
Gal. 5: 12. Rev. 3: 15. Sept. for 11?’! ‘"9 drrz'vayn ru'nr 6,66. see in 'Arrs'varn b. An.
Ex. 16:3. :5 Num. 14.: 2. 20:3. “ans "()plg, 50);, 6, a serpent, Matt. 7:10
2 K. 5:3.-—Arr. Epict. 2. 18. 15. comp.
in‘) Edit!‘ s'rrtddmzt av'rqi; Mark 16:18 et
Luc. Philopseud. 1 fin.
Luke 10:19,c0mp. Ps. 91:13. Luke 11:
"Otpekog, 20;, out, 1'6, (doémw to 11. 1 Cor. 10=9. Rev. 9.19. Of the
further,) furtherance, profit, advantage, brazen serpent, John 3:14. Sept. for
1 Cor. 15:32 rt ,uo: 54mm,- James 2:14, vs; Gen. 3:1. Ex. 4.: 3.-—-Luc. Tim. 29.
16. Sept. for 5W5?! Job 15: 3. — Diod. Dem. 786. 4. Hdot. 8. 4. 1. — As the
Sic. 13.53. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 9. emblem of wisdom or cunning,e. g. in a
’Og00a7.;oo§ou7.zla, mg, :1, (6601111 good sense, Matt. 10:16; in a bad sense,
;uig, Ear/Asia) eye-service, i. e. rendered 23: 33. Comp. Gen. 3:]. Psalt. Salom.
onl under the master's eye, Eph. 6: 6. 4: ll dag 54):; 5107160111. oo¢lav.—Hence
Co . 3: 22.—Not found elsewhere. symbolically for Satan, 2 Cor. 11: 3, in
allusion to Gen. 3: 1 sq. which the later
‘OMaAMg, 05, 6, (5110/4111, part. aor. Jewish writings also explain of Satan,
6,110.1“) an eye, plur. oi 6¢6a)\,uo¢’ , theeycs. comp. Wisd. 2: 23 ,24. Act. Th0m.§31,32. -
:1) pp. and (a) genr. Matt. 5: 29 a 80 Rev. 12: 9 6 54):; 6 r'tpxaioc . . 6 Eu
66:6. 001/ a 52546;. v. 38. Mark 8:25. ravig. v.l4,15. 20:2. Comp. in Apdxwv.
Luke 24:16. Acts 9:18. 1 Cor. 12:16. Otpglllg, 130;,1‘1, brow, pp. eye-brow,
15: 52 iv fio-zr' doflakpoi. Rev. 3:18. al.
Sept. for T3! en. 29: 17. 48:10.—Pol. Sept. Lev. 14: 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6. In
12. 27. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.—(/3) In N. T. brow of a mountain, edge of a pre.
phrases: 6950. c'urkm'lg, 6936. 'n'ornptig, i. e. cipice, Luke 4:29. See in NaZapéQ—
sound, or unsound, diseased, Matt. 6: 22, Hom.Il.20.15l. Pol.7.6.3. Strabo 5.3.7.
23; but 651:0. non/11969 see also below in 7. ,Oxhtw, (:7, f. flow, (5x7\09,) pp. to
For acc. rozlg dmpflaklum’lg in phrases after harass with crowds, tumults, to mob,c. acc.
the verbs t’za/oiyw, dtavm'yw, z’Eopl'wou, Hdot. 5. 41. In N. T. genr. to harass,to
z’mu'pu, Kfl/JPI’NJ, see under these verbs vex, only pass.. Luke 6: 18 rixhoilper'ot
respectively. For 1 Pet. 3: 12, sec in inrd 1n'svpé-rwv c'lxafldprwl. Acts 5: 16.—
’E1ri III. 1. b. p. 303. For 2 Pet. 2: Tob. 6:7. Act. Th0m.§ 12. lldian.6.3.9.
14, see in MotxaMg. For Heb. 4:13, see , I ~ I I, ,

l‘u/wrig d. _ (y) Poet. the eye as the 0767107701561, (0, f.uo'w,(ox)\og,1rotzw,)

organ of seeing, is put for the person who
sees, Matt. 13: 16 paxéptozol 6560. Luke
2: 30 eldov 01 61:0. you x. 'r. A. 10:23.
Rev. 1: 7. Sept. and Heb. Deut. 3: 21.
Is. 30: 20. seep—Further, as afl'ections
of mind are manifested through the eyes,
hence that is attributed to the eyes which
strictly belongs only to the person, e. g.
envy, as Matt. 20:15 6 660. now non/1196;
z'orw, 6'11 576: synod; zlpt; Mark 7: '22
to gather a crowd, to raise a mob, intrans.
Acts 17: 5.—Not found elsewhere.
"0367.05, OU, 6,11 crowd, throng, mul
titude, pp. a confused multitude, opp. to
dfipoc a regular assembly.
a) pp. sing. Matt. 9: 23 156W . . . n‘w
5x710»: Sopvgoiiperov. v. 25. Mark 2: 4.
Luke 5: 1. John 5: 13. Acts l4:14.al.
step. S0 71'0>\1‘K,‘5X>\0£ Matt. 14:14. Mark
6: 34. 5x710; no, 13:; Matt. 20: 29. Mark
 ’ Oxégupaoz 582 "01.100;
4: l. b ‘Ir-ohn‘); Bxhog Mark 12: 37. inrhei —Plut. de tuend. Sanit. 7. VI. p. 478.
arog 5. Matt. 21: 8. 1ré'u1rohw; 5. Mark 15. Reislc. Athen. IX. p. 385. B, 1x960;
8: 1. mic b 1')’. Matt. 13:2. Mark 4:1. 5. pz'yt'ihou Kai ei'lrdvrog 'rwog flow-row
Todol'n'og' Matt. 15:33. ii. ixawo'c Mark 10: clvat dylw'lpwv x. r. X.
46. 01 pupw'larc 1'01’: 3. Luke 12:1. Sept. 'Oxl/é, adv. (51mg, 514a,) late, i. e.
1.011551 1 K- 20113. Dan. 10:6. 5,; Num. after long time, Hom. 0d. 7. 1,55. ib.
20: 20.—Luc. Amer. 12. Xen. Cyr. 7. 23. 7. Hesych. (34,." peril wohiv xpévov
5. 39. wohllg 5. i1). 6. l. 1. <3 mic 5. El. Bpaae'uc. Seq. gen. 64..‘ fihua'ac late in
V.H. 2. 6.—Plur. oi b'Xhoi intens. in the life 1E1. V. H. 2. 23. 64a‘ riic ilpe'pac
same sense, like Engl. crowdsnultitudes. Thuc. 4. 93. Absol. also late sc. so. in
Matt. 5: l 156W 5:‘ rode iifltmm. 7: 28. the day or evening, late evening, Dem.
Mark 10:1. Luke 4: 42. 5:3. John 7: 41303.14. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 3. Ammoniua
12. Acts 8:6. al. So 5. rohltot Matt. 4: p. 108 ,Emre'pa, f] peril rfiv Biurw hMov o'ipa'
25. Luke 5:15. min/reg 01 a. MatLlQzQB. 64.5‘ 5:‘, i1 Ffl’tl #0)“) rfig 560101;, Kai H166
Sept. for 5w; Ez. 16: 40.—1E1. V.H.14.. hou para mfluiv Xpzivov.—Hence inN. T.
8. Hdian. 7. 12. 11. -— Once plur. oi a) absol. late evening, Mark 11: 19 no.1
670m of throngs or multitudes out of dif 5r: rid/e‘ c'yc'vero. Put for the evening
feront nations, and thus i. . nations, watch, Mark13:35, see in tbvham'y. Sept
tribes, Rev. 17: 15 haul xai oxhol rial, tor =12 1"! Gen. 24:11. Comp. above.
cal 39111] mi 7}\&aa'ai.—Hclian. 7. 7. 2. b) seq. genit. i. q. at the end of, at the
b) spec. for the common people, the rab close of, afier Matt. 28: 1 611:‘ 5: aafiéé
ble, plebs. Matt. 14: 5 iipofir’lflry ray Bxkov. rwv, 1i Zm¢waxoiwp sic fu'uv x‘. r. X. at
21: 26. Mark 12:12. John 7:12, 49 the end of the sabbath, i. e. after the sab
coll. 48. Acts 16: 2:2. 94:12. Plur. 015 bath, the sabbath being new ended, to
xhoi Matt. 21:46. Acts 17:l3.—Ecclus. wards the dawn, i. q. Mark 16: 1 3m
7:7. Luc. Herod. 8. Xen. H. G. l. 4. 13. ycvofiz'vou 'roi oagéérou. For the en.
c) gent. a multitude, a great number . see uttm. § 132. 4. ‘2. b.—Philostr. it.
seq. genit. of class, Luke 5: 29 b'xkog re Apoll.4. 18 541i pva'rnplwy after the mys.
hwmiv'lrohilg. 6:17. Acts 1:15. 6: 7. Seq. teries. Philostr. tie Ludis Pythiis,
in: 0. gen. John 12: 9. ixcu'ég Acts 11: 211a 1'1)v ri-ywm'av 1rape'xsw n‘lv 'yupvfiv,
24,26. 19: 26.—c. gen. Jos.Ant. 3. 4.1. (iii/e‘ ror'n'wv. ib. 64..‘ 117W Tpw'imiv.
Luc. Necyom. 4. Xen. An. 4. 1. 20. 04.41.04, 00, a, h, adv. (M91818,
d) by impl. tumult, uproar, Luke 22: latter. James 5: 7 Eu); in! Mi 9 {In-ow
6 (‘irsp oxhov. Acts 24: 18 mi pea-(‘i b'Xhov 1rpéi'ipov xai b'dnpov, the early and Iatta
011,55‘ peril sopi'lgou—Suid. iixkou' Taparain, the former in the climate of Pal
xfig. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 11. AL. estine falling in October, and the latter
Uflgww. um, T6, ((ixupriw,6xv in March and April; see Iahn § 2],
pd;- t'ast, firm, fr. Exu) a fastness,for So Sept. for “P513! "'15" Deut. ll: 14.
tress, strong-hold, pp Sept. for ‘13?’? Jer. 5: 24. Joel 2: 23.—Hom. Il.2.385.
Josh. 19: 29. IS. 34:13. "T3? 2 K. 29: Aristot. H. An. 5.19. Diod. Sic. l. 10.
2. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 13.—In N. T. trop.ot' Xen. (E0. 17. 4, 5. It is strictly poetic
any strong points of arguments in which for 54410;‘, but used also by later prose
one trusts, 2 Cor. 10: 4. So Sept. for *9 writers, Lob. ad. Phr. p. 51, 52.
Prov. 21: 22. ‘I3’? Prov. 10: 29. "0.100;, a, or, (any) 1m, i. e.
'04/0Zgml', 00, Ta, dimin. only in a) pp.Mark1 1:11 641a; i151] oiwng rfig
rorm from n) 640v, Lat. opsonium, i. e. u'lpag, i. e. it bein now late evening;
any thing cooked and eaten with bread, comp. in 'Ogl/é. -- 01. 7. 16. 4. Dem.
as meat, etc. Tob. 7: 8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1301. pen. Thuc. 3. 74.
5. 4; later espec. fish, Sept. for >3 Num. b) fem. fidrln’a sc. 459a, as subst. even
11: 22. Plut. Sympos. 4. qu. 4. 2, wok ing, pp. late evening. The Hebrews
Xiw ('iv'rwv inllwv, Exvevivmrev 1'2 ixtidc p6 reckoned two evenings, viz. the first
rov, 1‘) prihmn'i 7:, (H1011 Kahc'iaeai. from the ninth hour or about 3 o'clock
Thuc. ]. 138.——Hence in N. T. (hlu'ipiov until sunset; the other form sunset
afish, John 6: 9 360 dilw'lpm (comp. onward; comp. Matt.l4: 15 with v.
lmko 9:13.) John 6:11. 21:9,10,13. 23. Hence, the Heb. phrase if??? T;
 "Odd; 583 H0600;
between the evenings, when the passover a) i. q. the visage, filce, countenance,
was to be killed and the evening sacri John 11: 44 i, 5411; au'rofl troudapl repre
fice offered, denoted strictly the time of dz'de'ro. Rev.1:16. Sept. for en.24:
sunset, as is expressly said in Deut. 16: 16.-2917.—El.V.H.4..28.Dem.4.13.pen.
6, comp. Ex. 12- 6. Lev. 23: 5; also b) external appearance, show, John 7:
Ex. 29: 39, 41. But in the practice of 24 p1) xplvere Karo. {Mm—Jos. B. J. 3. 5.
the Jews, this was reckoned from the 2. Thuc. 6. 46.
ninth hour or 3 o'clock onward, Jos. B. 'Owi/a'mov, 0t), 16, (b'ilzov, o'we'opat to
J. 6. 9. 3, comp. Acts 3: 1. See Gesen. buy,) Lat. opsom'um, pp. ‘whatever is
Lex. art. =12. In N. T. i1 chi/fa appears bought to be eaten with bread,' see in
to denote the former evening in Matt. 8: 'Oxln’ipwy, and comp. diam/Em it'll. V. H.
16. 14:15. 27: 57. Mark 4: 35. 15: 42; 3. 34. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. l. Hired sol
and the latter in Matt. 14: 23 coll. v. 15. diets were at first paid partly in meat,
16:2. 20:8. 26: 20. Mark 1:32. 6:47. grain, fruit, etc. see Cars. B. Gall. l.
14: 17. John 6: 16. SO: 19.—This latter 23. 1. P01. 6. 39. 12 sq. Adam's Rom.
the Greeks called 61PM Beth], see Polyb. Ant. p. 393. Hence in N. T. till/Jinan,
Demosth. Thuc. as cited above. a stipend, wages, pp. of soldiers, Luke
"Odng, mg, :1, (54.14....) the sight, 3: l4 c'lpxeia'tle 'roZc 6¢uvioe 13,1461’. 1 Cor.
faculty of seeing, Po]. 3. 99.7. Xen. 9: 7. —-l Macc. 3: 28. Pol. 6. 39. 12.
Mem. 4- 3. 14. a sight, appearance, thing Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 17.—Trop. and genr.
seen,Jos.Ant.14.15.11. Hdot.3.30. Xen. wages, recompense, 2 Cor. ll: 8. Rom. 6:
Au.6.l.9.Hence inN.T.aepect, Ioaks,etc. 23 Til dill. riic i'lpapn'ag.

II

not'ylaétrlw, f. slide), (#0749) to lay :1) pp. evil sufl'ererl, aflliction, distress ,
snares for, to snare, to trap, pp. Sept. once sing. Heb. 2: 9 5n‘: n) miflnpa rm":
Ecc. 9: 12. In N. T. trop. to ensnare,to savdrov, i. e. suffering, even unto death,
entangk, e. g. by diflicult questions, etc. the genit. being explanatory.——Xen.Hi.
0. acc. Matt.22:15 l'va mryidei'nrwmv ail l. 36.—Elsewhere only plur. rd #1161’,
rov e'v h6-yp.—Symm. Prov. 6: 2 21m. para, sigfin'ngs, calamities, Rom. 8: 18.
7115:1701”; Ev fir'ypazn aro'parég oou,forHeb. 3 Cor. 1: 5 rd mrflr'ypu-ra r05 Xpw-rol'l,
731,727,. Comp. Sept. 1 Sam. 28: 9. i.e. the sufferings which Christ endured
are renewed abundantly in us; see Wi
Hat'yi'g, 160;, {7, (wt/pupa) pp. ner p. 158. marg. v. 6,7. Phil. 3: 10.
‘whatever makes fast or holds fastg’
Col. 1:94. 2Tim. 3:11. Heb. 2:10. 10:
hence a snare, trap, gin.
32. 1 Pet. 1: 11. 4:13. 5: 1, 9.—Jos.
a) pp. Luke 21: 35 a‘); :ru'yig ‘yup e'1ri
An'lo'erai, as a snare shall it come upon
Ant. 2. 14. 2. Xen. Eq. 9. 4.
b) meton. passion, i.e.afl'ection of mind,
them, i. 0. suddenly, unexpectedly.
emotion. Gal.5:94 rfir mipxa miv r079 1m
Sept. for "5 Eco. 9:12. Am. 3: 5. —
Ecclus. 27: 20. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 38. Sfipam Kai ra'ig e'vrieuiu'aic. Rom. 7:5.—
Plato.Phaedo43.p.94.E. Xen. Cyr.3. l. 17.
Aristoph. Av. 194, 527.
b) trop. mrylg r06 EtagéMU, snare of Haérrnig, 05, ('7, 1'], adj. (miaxw, 1m
the devil, i. e. wile, stratagem, 1 Tim. 921'v,) Iiabk to szgfering, as nafln-riz mi)
3: 7. 2 Tim. 2: 26. absol. 1 Tim. 6:9. pa'ra Plut. ed. R.IX. p.501.10. In N.
—Also by impl. for cause ofdestruction, T. destined to sufl'er; Acts 26:23 Xé-yuvn
Rom. 11:9 'yevner'rru 1‘7 rpdnela minim el new}. 6 Xpw'rdc, i. e. that Christ
etc na'yi'da, quoted from Ps. 69: 23 where must needs suffer, so. according to the
Sept. for "5, as also Josh. 23: 13. Is. prophets: comp.Luke24:26.Winer p.86.
24: 18. 352'?” Prov. 18: 7.—-1 Macc. 5:4. Hoiflog, £05‘, 01);, rd, (mia'xw, 'Il’ll
Howflfbot, a'roc, 1'6 (1rzio'xw,1ra0e7v,) 6eiv,) sufl'en'ng, e. g. aflliction, calamity,
pp. ‘ what is sufl'ered,'sufl'ering, i.q. 1660;. Jos. Ant. 2. 14.2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33.
 Haioaywyog 584 Hath/0y
In N. T. passion, i. e. qfiction of mind, c. card 22: 3, see in ’A|rp£€ua.—Jos. c.
emotion, espec. lust, concupiscence. Rom. l : Apion. 1. 4 'yprippac'w e'inuaei'lflno'av. c. _
Q6 mitin (‘in/dag infamous lusts, comp. acc. rei Diod. Sic. 1. 81. Xen.Mem. 4.. 2.
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Col. 3: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 83.-—In the sense of to teach, to admo
5.—-Test.XII Patr. p.610. Jos. Ant.2.4'. nish, by word or deed, 2 Tim. 2: 25 iv
5. genr. Hdian.5.4..2. Xen.Mem.3.10.8. 1rpqémn fl'dtsfl'lol'fll. Tit. 2:12. Pass. 0.
inf. 1 Tim. 1: 20
a¢qpfiv,comp. 'a'va Ps.9:10.—-\hllisd.
Sept. muoeufiu‘mt r‘, fixa6:
Hmong/0170;, 027, 6, (mac, iiyw,
ri-yuryv'y) apedagogue, i. e. usually a slave 25. El. V. H.1. 34n- Xen. H. G. 6. 3. l l .
or freedman to whose care the boys of b) by synecd. of part for the whole, to
a family were committed, who trained correct, to chastise, to chastcn, e. g. as
them up, instructed them at home, and children, Heb. 18: 7, 10. So Sept. and
accompanied them to the public schools, "9'? Prov.l9:18. 29:17. Spoken ofchas.
1'. q. Em'rpmroc q. v. Plut. de puer. educ. tening from God by afllictions,calamities ,
§ 7. VI. p. 11. ed. Reisk. Xen. Lac. 9. 1 Cor. ll: 32. 2 Cor.6: 9. Rev. 3: 19.
1, 2. ib. 3. 1. Comp. Adam's Rom. Heb. 12: 6, comp. Prov. 3: 12. So Sept.
Ant. p. 37, 511.—In N. T. genr. mi in and “9'! Lev. 26: 18. Jer. 10: 24.. Hence
structor, school-master, with the idea of of prisoners, to scourge, Luke 23: 16, 22
authority, 1 Cor. 4:15. Trop. of the rutheboag m'n/ gin-ow c’mohi'ww. Comp.
Mosaic law, Gal. 3: 24., 25. Act816:22.—This use of the word seems
110515025107, 1'01), 11}, (dimin. ol'1raic,) to occur only in Sept. and N.T. So Pha
a boy, lad, John 6; 9. Matt. 11:16 in VOrin. muaei'mv' i'zvrl r05 Kohdzew oilaeig
text. rec. Sept. for Gen. 42: 22. 2 ra‘w finropwv el1rev,r’1)\)\i1 rapt‘: [Jog r5
Sam.12:18. "22 Gen. 22:5,12.—1 Mace. 951g: ypcupfi roiro eiipiaxerat. horn. ag.
2: 4.6. Pol. 10. 4.7. 7, 9. ofa servant boy sub 1roMamg. Winer p. 23.
El. V. H. 2. 2. Hwaw’aél‘, adv. (mfig, 1rat§iov,) from
Hulailct, (4;, 1‘,(1ra13n'1w,) pp. train a child, from childhood, Mark 9: 21.-—
ing of a child, and hence gem‘. education, Not found elsewhere; though there oc
discipline, instruction, as consisting in curs a later form 1ra1566ev, Synes. de
teaching, admonition, rewards, punish Prov. p. 91. C. Joann. Zonar. IV. 184».
ment, etc. A. The earlier form was Ex 1rcu56; Xen.
a) gem. Eph. 6: 4 éxrps'tpe-rs aiirii Ev Cyr. 5. 1. 2, or it.‘ 1rcu5£ov Sept. Is. 46: 3.
1raiSei'q---Kupiou,i.e. such training as the Xen.Mem.2.2.8. Comp.Lob.adPhr.p.93.
Lord approves. 2 Tim. 3: 16 1r. 1'; iv 5:
muom'l .—-Hdian. 5. 7. 13. Dem. 938. Houhr'ov, 00, rd, (dim. of 11:79,) a
little child, either male or female; plur. riz
10. Xen. Cyr. 1.1. 6.
b) by synecd. of part for the whole, mufila, little children.
9.) pp. and genr. e. g. of a child or
correction, chastisement, Heb. l2: 5, 7, 8,
children recently born, a babe, infant,
ll. So Sept. and ‘21” Prov. 3:11. 22: Luke 18: 16,17 n‘z muBia, comp. v. 15
15.—Ecclus. 18: 14'. where it is re Bpe'qm. Matt. 19: 13, 14.
HwBww’vs, 05, .3, (1.1.5.6...) an m Mark 10: 13, 14., 15. John 16:21. Also
structor, preceptor, master, pp. of boys, of those more advanced, Matt. 11: 16 in
Plut. de puer. educ. § 7. VI. p. 13. Led. later edit. 14:21. 15:38. 18:2,3,4., 5.
Reisk. In N. T. Mark 7: 28. Luke 7: 3'2. 9: 47, 48. 1|:
a) gem. Rom. 2: 20 1ra15evn)v dqfipé 7. So Sept. for Gen. 30: 26. 1 Sam.
vwm—Ecclus. 13: 19. 1: 2. =11? Gen. 45: 19.—Hdian. 7. 9. 19.
h) by synecd. a corrector, chastiser, Luc. D. Mort. 10. 12.—Spec. of a male
Heb. 12: 9. So Sept. for "2"’: Hos. 5: 2. child, boy, e. g. recently horn, Matt. 2:
—Psalt. Salem. 8: 35. 8,9,11,13 his, 14,20 bis,sl. Luke 1:
Houait'm, f. u’ww, (1ra7g,) pp. to train so,ce,7c,so. 2=17,21,27,40. Heb.
up a child, and hence genr. to educate, to 11:23. (Sept. for "2! Ex. 9: 8,9.) Also
discipline, to instruct, trans. comp. above more advanced, Mark 934,365". John
4: 4,9, comp. v. 47. So Sept. for Gen.
in Haidcla.
a) gent. c. dat. of thing, Acts 7: 22 21.14.,15. "s; Gen. 21=17,18.-1F.LV.
irrrucei'ioq Mwiim'yg m'urp oo¢iq Ai'ywrri'wl'. ll. [.34. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.10.——0fa fo
 Kalb/am; 585
male child, girl,maiden,sc. partly grown,
Mark 5: 39, 40 bis, 41.
b) trop. 1 Cor.14:20/.n‘11ra:§ia ylveaee
ippeaiv, be not babes in understanding, i. e.
weak, puerile.—-As an endearing appel
lation for the followers of Christ, Heb.
2: 13, 14, comp. Is. 8: 18. So in direct
address, i.q. carissimi, John21z5. 1 John
2. 13, 18.
Herb/wen, ng, ;,, (dim. from t, 1raic,)
a girl, young maiden, free-born Sept.
Ruth 4: 12. Pol. l4. 7. 6. Xen. An. 4.
3. 11.—In N.T. a bond-maid,female slave
or servant, Matt. 26: 69. Mark 14: 66,
69. Luke 12: 45. 22:56. John 18: 17.
Acts 12:13. 16:16. Gal. 4: 22 Eva a’:
1'7); watbi'axng, ‘cal Eva ix riic Zheuee'pac.
v. 23, 30 bis, 31. So Sept. for "*3! Gen.
91:10. 30: 3. 71131313 Gen. 16:1,2. 25:
12. espec. 1 Sam. 25: 4l.-—Dem. 1351.
3. Hdot. 1.93. See Phryn.et Lob. p. 239.
Hall”, f. 'II’G‘EOPGI, 1raic,) aor. 1
'e'muo'a, later form EmuEa, uttm. § 114;
pp. to play or sport as a child, Luc. D.
Deor. 4. 3. Xen. Mag. Eq. 5. 10. In
N. T. to play, sc. with singing, leaping,
dancing, as connected with worship; 1
Cor. 10:7e'u'16wev 6 Ruby zpa-yeiv xal meiv,
Kai i'rvc'o-rnuav mu'lsw, quoted from Ex.
32: 6 where Sept. for See also Sept.
for Pris Judg. 16:25. 2 Sam.6:5. 1 Chr.
13:8. 15: 29.—Horn. 0d. 23. 147. Hes.
Scut277,282. Aristoph.Ran.407or410.
Hark, :rmbo'g, 5, 1'], a child, male or
female; 0 boy, youth; a girl, maiden;
plur oi mziEzg children, etc. Spoken of
all ages from infancy up to full grown
youth; comp. Matt. 2: 16 with Acts 20:
12, coll. v. 9.
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 2: 16 6115)‘:
mivrag roiig mfibac robg Ev Bnfihre‘lun
i’urb bier-017g Kai Karen's’ w. 21: 15. Sing.
6 11117;‘ Matt. 17:18. uke 2:43. 9:42.
John 4: 51 b ‘trait; o'ov Acts 20:12,
coll. v. 9 where it is veal/lac. Also 1';
rate Luke 8: 51, 54, comp. v. 42 where
it is S’u-yiirnp be t'rn'w 5:580:11. Sept.
genr. for 2 K. 2: 24. 6 1r. for 1! Prov.
4: 1. 1'] 1r. for "22 Ruth 2: 6. ":3! Gen.
24: 28, 57. 34:12.—JOS. Ant. 9. 7. 5 Kai
lififievec (11,111‘; Ical 977m“: #1115“: i'ye'vorro.
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 20. 511179 Hdian. 1. 17.
6. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 1. 1'1 1ra1¢ Luc. D. Deor.
22. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 8.
b) like Engl. boy, Lat. pacr, put for
Halaui;
servant, e. g. (a, pp. and genr. i.q. 5017110;
a servant, slave, Matt. 8: 6, 8,13, comp.
v. 9 where it is 50171109. Luke 7: 7, coll.
v. 3. 12: 45. 15: 26. S0 Sept. for ‘13!;
Gen. 9: 26,27. 24: 2. 26: 15.—El. V.
H. 4. 22. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 15.-([3) of
an attendant, minister, as of a king, Matt.
14: 2 shrew ['Hplhbng] ro'ig mualv abroii.
So Sept. and "Q8. Gen. 41:38. Jer. 36:
24.—1 Mace. l: 6. Diod. Sic. 17. 36.—
(y) b 1ra7c roi 62017, the servant of God,
i. q. “in: "32., see Gesen. Lex. no. 2;
spoken ofa ministerorambassador of God,
called and beloved of God and sent by
him to perform any service, etc. E. g.
of David, Luke 1:69. Acts 4: 25; of
Israel, Luke 1:54, comp. Sept. and “3?,
Is.41:8,9. 44:1,2. 45:4. Alsoof Jesus
the Messiah, Matt. 12: 18 1501; 6 mfig you,
in allusion to Is. 42: l where Sept. and
So Acts 3: 13, 26. 4: 27, 30. Sept.
and ‘13,1; Is. 49: 6. 50:10. 52: 13.
Hot/(0, f. 1ralo'u, to strike, to smite, c.
acc. e. g. with the fist, a rod, sword, etc.
Matt. 26: 68. Luke 22:64. Mark 14.:
47 et John 18: 10 51mm: 'rbv 50171101’.
Sept. for “53 Num. 22: 28. 2 Sam. 20:
10.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. l2. Hdian.4.13.1|.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 6. ib.8.5.12.—Ofa scor
pion, to strike, to sting, Rev. 9; 5.
Hwm'rwr'r. is, 1'1, Paeatiana, i. e.
Phrygia Pacatiana, the western part of
Phrygia as divided by the Romans, see
in ‘bpu'yla' only in the spurious subscrip
tion 1 Tim. 6: 22. See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. 1. ii. p. 202. Cellarii Notit. Orb.
Ant. II. p. 172.
HOZMU, adv. long ago,ofold, formerly.
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 11:21. Luke
10: 13. Heb. l: 1 miltai 5 9:69 hahr'wac
r079 1ra‘rptiaw. Jude 4. Hence oi m’iAa: as
adj. old,former, 2 Pet. 1:9, comp.Buttm.
s 125. 6.—-Jos.Ant.11.3.1. Hdian.1.1.l.
Xen.Vect. 4. 2. c. art. Xen.l\1em.1.6.14.
b) spoken relatively to the present 1110
ment,now long,alreadg long ,a while,Mark
15: 44 b 5:‘ Ilihtirocu-i'lrnpérnosw airrbv
ei mika: r'rrre'Oavem—Hdian. 7. 5. 1. Plat.
Phzedo § 27. p. 79. C. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 1.
IIaMuo'g, 02, 5», (11121111,) old, not
new, viz.
a) in age or time, old, form, not re
cent, e. g. olvoc Luke 5: 39 bis. {1'41" 1
Cor. 5: 7, 8. biuflr’lmy 2 Cor. 3:14. r'vrokr';
1 John 2: 7 bis. 6 1nd. c‘ivtiponrog Rom.
 1100:1216”; 586
6. 6. Eph. 4:22. Col. 3:9; see in'Av
Upwrrog' no. 1. b. Sept. for ‘Fl: Lev. 25:
22.—2 Macc.6:21. Hdian. 5. 5.16. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 33.
b) from use, old, worn out, e.g. ipc'rriov
Matt. 9:16. Mark 2: 21 bis. Luke 5:36
his. t'wxoi’ Matt. 9:17. Mark 2:22. Luke
5=37. genr. Matt. 13:52. Sept. for H2;
Josh. 9: 4, 5. Jer. 38: 11.—Soph. (Ed.
R. 290. Lys. 179. 37.
Halumh'flc, rnrog, 1',,(1m)\aiéc.)old.
ness, antiquatedness, Rom. 7: 6 [£11] ara
Xaio'rnrt 'ypdpparog, i. q. 'u/ 'ypc'lp'iart rq'i
wahowp", comp. in Ppti a a. 5.—Spoken
of extreme old age, second childhood,Eu
rip. Helen.1062 or 1065. JEschin. 33.34.
Hathouow, 5, f. thaw, (1001162,) to
let grow old, Pass. to wax old, to become
old, pp. in age, Act. Sept. Job 9:5.Pass.
Athen. I. p. 33. A, olvog 'n's-rrahaiwlu'vog.
Luc. Philopat. 22. In N.T. from use,
Pass. to was: old, to be worn out, Luke
12: 33 fiahévrtu pr) 1rahuwi'ipzva. Heb.
1: ll quoted from Ps. 102227. Heb.8:l3
rd 5:‘ 1rahacoizpsvov Kai 'yrlpdoxov, comp.
Sept. Lam. 3: 4. S0 Sept. Pass. for H132
Deut. 29: 5. Josh. 9:13. Ps. 102: 27.
Is. 50: 9.-Metaph. to make antiquated,
to render obsolete, i. q. to abrogate, Heb.
8: 13 'rrc'lrahalwxs rilv 1rpu'irqv sc. 5:1101'1
np'. Comp.Lat.antiquare legem Liv. 5.30.
Cic.de 05.2.21. Adam's Rom.Ant.p.93.
Hall"), 71?, 1'1, (mihhw to vibrate .) a
wrestling, pp. 131. V. H. 4. 15. Kim. An.
4. 8. 27. In N.T. trop. for struggk, com
bat, Eph. 6: 12.
Hahy'yeveo'lot, as, 1'7, (m’mo', ye’
ve m‘: ,) regeneration , reproduction, renewal.
a) in a moral sense, regeneration, new
birth, i.e. change by grace from a carnal
nature to a Christian life,Tit.3:5. Comp.
in 'Avaxaivwaig, ’Ar'a'yewdw, I‘zwc'uu.
b) in the sense of renovation, restora
tion, restihrtiomsc. to a former state, equiv.
to c'moxartiaraoig q.v. in N.T. spoken of
the complete external manifestation of
the Messiah's kingdom, when all things
are to be delivered from their present
corruption and restored to spiritual puri
ty and splendour ; comp. in Baoihu'a c.
Matt. 19: 28 iv rr', :raMry'yevwlq, 5rav
Kueiog b vibe roi'; (ll/Op. e'rri spdyov 565119
m'mzfi, comp. Acts 3:21. See Olshaus.
Comm. in loc.-—Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 9 1m
Nyy. rfic warpidoc, i. e. the re-occupa
Hoifwrokog
tion of J udea after the exile. So Cicero
ad Att. 6. 6 calls the restoration of his
dignity and fortune mzM-y-yevzm’a.
Hflfldlt, adv. back, back again, again,
pp. as implying return back to a former
place, state, act, etc. like Lat. and Eng].
insep. partic. re. Comp. Passow s. voc.
a) pp. e.g. of place, espec. after verbs
of motion. Mark 2:1 Kai mihiv tic-1711059
51c Kmr. 5:21. John 6: l5 r'wsxuiipqac
mihw sic rd o'poc. 11:7. 14:3 m'lluv
Epxopai i. q. I will return. Acts 18: 21.
2 Cor. 1:16. 13: 2 e'dw 5X61» sic rd mihw.
Phil. 1: 26 Eu‘: riig Epiic 1rapovalag- 1rciluv
'll'ptlc inuig. Gal. 1: l7. 4: 9. al.—Horn.
II. 18. 138. Ceb. Tab. 29. Dem. 346.
19. Xen. An. 4. 3. 20.—S0 hapgc'wsiv
rhhw, to take back again, John 10:17,
18. Acts 10:16. (Xen.An.4.2.13.) Also
Acts 11:10. olxobopeiv mihw Gal. 2: 18.
b) of time, again, another time, once
more. (a) gem. Matt. 4: 8 m'zhw rrapa.
hapgdvu din-(iv b Euifiohog. 20: 5. Luke
23: 20. John 4.: 13. 16:16. Acts 97: 28.
Rom. 8:15. Heb. 5: l2. 6: 6. James 5:
18. al. seep. Pleonast. m'zhw Ex Eevrépou,
Engl. again the second time,Matt. 26:42.
Acts 10. 15.—hil. V. H. 1. 4. Hdian. c.
7. l. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3, 15.—In the sense
at another time, genr. John 1: 35. 8:12,
21. Acts 17: 32. Including also perhaps
the idea of place, i.q. ‘ again in another
place,’ Matt. 4:7. John 12:39. Rom.l5:
10, 11, 12. Heb. 2:l3.—([3) Hence as a
continuative particle, connecting circum
stances which refer to the same subject,
again, once more,further, Matt. 5:33 1m’:
My fixot'la'ars. 13:44 sq. 18:19. Luke 13:
20. John 12:22. 1 Cor. 12:21. Heb. 1:
5, 6. 2: 13. al.—Diod. Sic.l3. 25. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 18.—So where there is an im
plied opposition or antithesis,again , on the
other hand, contra, Matt. 4:7. 2 Cor.10:
7. Gal. 5: 3. 1 John 2: 8.—Hdian. 4. 8.
10. Pol.10.9.l. Xen.Cyr.2.3.18. AL.
Hoqmrhndel, adv. (pp. dat. of rap.
nMOv’pg, fr. rag, rhfifiog) the whole mul
litude together, all at once, Luke 23: 18.
-—Suid. wapvrkrlflzi Kai rmpvrhntklc, o'urri
r05 1ro)\1'1. Comp. waprrhqtihc 2 Mace.
10: 24. Dem. 347. 8. Xen. Vect. 4. 7.
Hoipnrolvg, wounrdhhn, miprrokv,
(rig, 1roMg,) very much, very great, vast,
Mark 8: 1 1rap1r6Mou 5xhou iivroc. —
Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3.
 Hafb¢uhftlt 587 Ilaéurore

H0t(b¢07tt'06, as, 5,, Pamphylia, a dis 23. 1Cor. 3:19. 2Cor. 4: 2. 11:3. Eph.
trict of Asia Minor, bounded E. by Cili 4: 14. Sept. for We?! Josh. 9: 4.—Luc.
cia; N. by Pisidia; W. by Lycia; and D. Deor. 7.1. Xen. An.7.5.ll.—In late
S. by a part of the Mediterranean here writers also in a good sense, Sept. for
called the Sea of Pamphylia. Of its cities we? Prov.1:4. 8:5. 1E1. V. H. s. 4.0.
only Perga is mentioned in N.T. Acts Huvofig'yog, 0v, 6, .3, adj. (mig, Ep
2:10. 13:13. 14:24. 15:38. 27:5. -y0v,) pp. ‘ doing every thing,’ and hence
Havboxslov, ou, 1-6,(1rav50xe1'm,)pp. shrewd, cunning, crafiy, 2 Cor. 12: 16.
‘ place where all are received,’ i.e. an inn Sept. for m"! Job 5: 12.—Luc. I). Deor.
in the East a menzil, khan, caravanserai, 2. 1. Xen. An. 2. 5. 39.—In late writers
Luke 10: 34. See Calmet p. 10, 278 sq. also in a good sense, wise, Sept. for “3':
Jahn§110. Harmer's Obs.II. p. 194.— Prov.13:1. 51"! Prov. 14: 8,15. Ecclus.
Epict.Ench.ll. Luc.Philopatr.9. Plut. 21: 12, 20.
de Sanit. tuend. c. 15. Tom. VI. p. 495. Hav-mxo'fleu, adv. (wig) from all
12.ed.Reisk. The better Attic form was sides, from every quarter, Mark 1: 45.—
‘Iran/border’, see Phryn. et Lob. p. 307. Hdian. 2. 8. l. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 25.
Huvboxzbg, tag, 6, miyboxog, from Huvmxofi, adv. (mic) in all places,
mic, 5éxopat,)pp. ‘ one w 0 receives all,’ every where, Mark 16:20. Luke 9: 6.
i. e. the keeper of an inn or caravansaai, Acts 17: 30. 21: 28. 24:3. 28:22. 1
host, Luke 10: 35. See in Havboxeiov. Cor. 4: 17. — Jos. B. J. l. 8. 4. Cebet.
-Pol.2.15.6. Plut. de San. tuend. c.15. Tab. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2.
Torn. V1. p. 495 ult. ed. Reiske. The
more Attic form was war/bowie, see I'Iavrsto’yg, tag, 05;, a, {1, adj. (mic,
Phryn. et Lob. p. 307. réhog) wholly ended, all complete, i. e.
genr. perfect, entire, Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3
Holy’lt’vflt’ W5, 1'1. (1'69, firvpw. 'n'uvrehr‘lg drrdaketa. Diod. Sic. l5. 17.—
¢'vyopé,) pp. an assembly or convocation In N. T. only adv. sly Ta 1ravreke’g,
of the whole people in order to celebrate wholly, entirely, i. e. as referring to time,
any-public festival or solemnity, as the always, Heb. 7: 25. In‘, cl: r6 1r. i.q. not
public games, sacrifices, etc. hence genr. at all Luke 13: 11. Comp. in Elc no. 3.
a festive convocation, joyful assembly, Jos. b.—Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 3. El. V. H. 12. 20.
Am. 2. 4. a. Diod. Sic. 2. 55. Xen. Hi.
1. 11.—In N. T. only Heb. 12:23 mi ntiw'fls adv. (rig) every where,
pvpwlaw c't'y'ye'luov ‘tram-piper, Kai int-hr] Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 21. Venat. 4. 5. In N.
m'q 1rpwror6xuv x. r. A. and to countless T. of manner, in every way, in all things,
throngs [even] the joyful assembly of an. 51d
Actsrfig24:
(n'ig3 1rpovolag
xaropflwptirwv
1rc'wrr] Kai
'ywope'vuv
1ruv'raxol7.
gels so. as hymning the praises of God
around his throne; comp. Rev. 5: 11 sq. -— Pol. 25. 5. 9. Xen. H. G. 4. 7. 5.
Ps. 148: 2. Dan. 7: 10. Sept. for ‘259 Comp. Buttm. § 116. n. 5.
Br. 46: 11. H08. 2:11. "35?: Am. 5:2]. Héwmdev, adv. (#69,) from every
Havana’, adv. (mic, olxo¢,) with a” side or quarter, and hence on every side,
one's household, Acts 16:34. So Sept. round about, Luke 19: 43. Heb. 9:4.
Cod. Vat. for "'33 Ex.1:1.—3Macc.3:27. John 18: 20 in text. rec. Mark 1: 45 in
Jos.Ant.4.4.4. Philo deVit. Mos.p.603. Mss.—Ecclus. 51: 10. Jos. B. J. 4. 10.
C. iEschin.Dial.Soc.2.l. This isa later 1. Xen. Hi. 6. 8.
form instead of the earlier vravomiq and Huvroxgaimg, 050g, 6, adj. (mtg,
1rayotn1m'q, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 514 sq. xparéw) the Omnipotent, the Almighty,
Have-allot, 06;, 1‘), (mivovrhog, from spoken only of God, 2 Cor. 6: 18. Rev.
mic, 51r>\ow,) panoply, complete armour, 1:8. 4:8. 11:17. 15:3. 16:7,14.19:
offensive and defensive, Luke 11: 22. 6, 15. 21: 22. Sept.where Heb. N83,!
Trop. of spiritual armour, Eph. 6: 11, 2 Sam. 5:10. 7:26, 27. for "3'5 Job
13.—Sept. 2 Sam. 2: 2|. Jos. Ant. 20. 5: l7. 8: 5.—Wisd. 7:25. 2 Macc. 1:
5. 3. El. V. H. 3. 24. Thuc. 3. 114. 25. Anth. Gr. IV. p. 151.
Huvovg'y/a, nag, 1'), (wavoilpyog) 11097076, adv. (wig) always, at all
shreu-dness, cunning, crafliness, Luke 20: times, ever, Matt. 26: 11. Mark 14: 7.
 naive-w; 588
Luke 15: 81. 18:1. John 6:34. 2 Cor.
2:14. al. step—Wisd. 19:18. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 11. 14.. Hdian. 3. 9.13. Found
only in later writers, instead of the
earlier Exc’wrorz, Sturz de Dial. Maced.
p. 187 sq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 103. An.
Hvivws, adv. (111112,) wholly, alto
gether, entirely.
:1) pp. 1 Cor. 5: 10 mi 01': mivrwg. 9: 2. 2. 6. — After verbs of receiving, 01)
10. 16212-511. V. H. 5.14. Hdian. 2. taining, buying,being promised, and the
10. 11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13. like,fro1n any one. Matt. 18: 19 75v
b) genr. by all means, at all events, 1'1051-111 abroig 1rapcl 1017 1ru1'pdc. (Xen.
assuredly. Luke 4: 23 m'lvrwg ipfi'ré 1101. An. 7. 2. 25.) Mark 12:2 11:0. 1rapil 'nDv
Acts 18:21 327 pt miv‘rwc rfiv Eoprr‘pv 'yzwp'yibv lump 1:. -r.>\. Luke 6: 34. John
1r01fia'a1 clg'Iepoc. 21: 22. 28: 4. 1 Cor.
9:22'1'1/11 1r¢ivrwg rwizc other». So in a neg.
reply, emphat. Rom. 3:9 oi; mivrwgnot
at all, not in the least.-—Tob. 14:8. JELV.
H. 1. 32. inareply, Xen.Cyr. 8. 3. 10.
1111502, prep. governing the geni
tive, dative, and accusative with the
primary signif. near, near by,- express
ing thus the relation of immediate vicin
ity orproximity, which is differently mod
ified according to the force of the ditl'er
ent cases. Comp. in 'A-irb init. See
Passow in 1rapz'i. Buttm. § 142. n. 3.
Matth. § 588. Winer § 51. p. 313.
I. With the Genitive, where as com
bined with the force of the genitive it
self, it expresses the sense from near,
from with, Fr. de chez, comp. Buttm. §
132. 2, 3. It is found in prose writers
and in N. T. only with a gen. of person,
implying a going forth or proceeding
from the near vicinity of any one, from
the presence or side of any one, and thus
takes the general sense from; comp.
Vi er. p. 580. Winer l. c. p. 314.
5 pp. after verbs of moticn, as of
coming, sending, etc. Mark 14:43 napa
1rupi1 ni'w'Ioilbac
ylvz'rm. i’zpxicpz’wv.Kai Luke
b'xhoc8:49. John
walnig
15:26. 17:8. So after ziva:,to befram,
i. q. to come from, John 6:46. 7:29.
impl. 1: 14. Of things, Luke 6: 19
dbl/al.“; 1mg’ min-01': EEfiMisv a virtue went
out from him,was diffused around him.
—Sept. Is. 57:16. Luc. D. Deor. 24.
2. Xen. An. 2. 2. 1.
b) trop. after verbs of asking, receiv
ing, or those which imply these ideas;
e. g. after verbs of asking, seeking, etc.
Matt. 2: 4 E-irwecivero 1rap' aimiv. v. 7.
‘20: 20 ai-roiwa' r: 1rap' abroil. Mark 8:
Hagoi
11. Luke 12:48. John 4:9. Acts 3: 2.
9: 2. James 1:5. al.—1E1. V. H. 7. 2.
Xen. An. 1. 3. 16.—After verbs of hear
ing, learning, etc. fi‘om any one, John
1: 41 z'ucovoc'w'rmv 1rapi1 'Im'u'vou. Acts
24:8. was. Gal. 1:12. 1 Thess. s;
13. 2 Tim. 1:13. 2: 2. 3:14 mlpd nvog
Epaflzg. 2 John 4. al. saep. — Luc. D.
Mort. 13. 4. Hdian. 1.1. 4. Xen. Cyr.
.5: 34. Acts 7: 16 i; ibi/{loam 'A§pui1p--
1rapil ru'wvifiw 'Epfuip. 9:14. 26:12. Rom.
11:27. Eph. 6:8. 2 Pet. 1:17. Rev.
3:18. al. seep—Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. 1111.
V. H. 9. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 25.—After
Elva: expr. or impl. to be from any one,
i.e. to come, be given, bestowed, from or by
any one,John17:7 1rc'1v1'a 60a Eébumig poi,
1m 61 0'05 e'a'ri. Acts 26: 22. 2 John 3.
So of hospitality or gifts, Luke 10:7.
Phil. 4:18 n‘i 1rap' illufiw. Luc.D.Mort.
13. 4 rd vrapil riig 1'l'lxnc. en.H.G.3.1.
6.) Or, genr. to come, to be derived or
possessed, from any one, Mark 5: 26 n‘;
1mg’ min-fig mil/Ta, i. e. all she had from
herself, all her own property. (Xen.Cyr.
5.5.13.) So of persons, oi rapt’: 'rwog pp.
those from near any one, i.e. his kindred,
relatives, Mark 3: 21.—Jos.Ant.1.10.5.
Luc. Tox. 51. .
c) trop. 0. gen. of pers. as the source,
author, director, from whom any thing
proceeds,is derived,etc. (a) enr.Matt.
21: 42 1rapi1 Kupiov E'yévc'ro mrrrhquoted
from Ps. 118: 22 where Sept. for "5?.
Luke 1: 45. 2: 1 s’EfiMie 3671.14: 1rapi1
Kaftrqpoc. John 1:6. Comp. Matth. §
588—Luc. D. Mort. 1.3. Plato Menex.
p. 236. E. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 27.—(l3)
Hence after passive verbs instead of inré,
more espec. in later writers. Acts 22:30
1'6 1'1’ Karn'yopeiral. 1rapii 115v 'Iovdm'wv.
Comp. Buttm. § 134. 3. Winer l. c. p.
3l4.—Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Plato Symp.
p. 175. E. Xen. An. 1. 9. 1.
II. With the Dative, both of person
and thing, expressing rest or position,
near, hard by, with, and 0. dat. plur.
among. See Passow, Buttm. Ma1th.l.c.
Winer § 52. p. 337.
:1) pp. of place, after verbs implying
 Hugo’ 589
rest or remaining in a place. (a) genr.
and 0. dat. of thing, John 19: 25 tion’,
xettrav 3:‘ rapt‘: rt‘? aravpg? rot? 1110017.
Seq. dat. of pers. as indicating place,
Matt. 6: l pttrfit‘w oiuc Extra rapt‘: rt;
1rarpi {Jpn-JV x. r. A. 22: 25 hour 5:‘ rap’
fifth’ Eirrc‘t tibctttpol, i. e. with or among us.
28:15. John 1: 40. 8: 38. 14:17, 23
17:5 bis [b'vra] 1rapt‘1 o'eav-rk'p 5 cixov
1rapc‘t not’. Acts 10:6. 1 Cor. 16:2 1rap'
Eavrtp rttle'rto, with himself, Fr. chez soi,
i. e. at home. Col: 4:16 rap’ bpiv among
you, in your presence. 2 Tim. 4:13.
Rev. 2:13. al.—Jos. Ant. 1. ll. 2 Exa
OZZs-ro rapt‘: rii 96,09. Luc. D. Deor. 23.
2. Xen. Cyr. 5. l. 15, 26.—([3) Rarely
after verbs of motion, and only when
subsequent rest is also implied, comp.
in ‘Ev no. 4; so in Engl. by,with. Luke
9: 47 'Iqaoiig c'irthago'pevog watbt'ov,
Eamon! ain't‘) imp’ éau'rq'i. 19: 17. Comp.
Passow 1rapti B. 2. Matth. § 588. b. —
Xen. An. 2. 5. 27 si sana lect.
b) seq. dat. of person, the reference
being to the person himself without re
gard to lace. (a) pp. and gem. with,
among, Iatt. 21:25 oi be‘ btekoyt'zovro
1rap’ Earn-07¢. Luke 1:30 eiipsc 'ybp xt'tptv
wapt‘z T1,’) 659'). 2:52. 2 Cor. l: 17. 1 Pet.
2: 20.—Luc. D. Deor. 2'2. 2. Diod. Sic.
l. 6. Ken. Cyr. 8. 2. 28.—(B) Metaph.
with or before any one, i. e. in his sight,
presence, judgment, he being judge, etc.
Acts 26: B. Rom. 2: 13 511131404 rapt‘: 'rtii
61,7. 11:25. 1 Cor. 3=19. Ga]. 3.11.
James 1:27. 1 Pet. 2: 4. 2 Pet. 3:8.
So 2 Pet. 2:11 wapt‘x Kvpl before the
Lord, sc. as judge. (Jos. int. 7. 4. 2.
1131. V. H. 10. 15 wrap’ iftoi xprrfl. Hdot.
3. 160.) Also of what is in the power
of any one ; Matt. 19:26 bis, waptit 'ro'ig
t'nflptinroic rot'rro dbitvaro'v e'o'rt' mzpt‘t 5c‘
95;) mirra award. So of moral quali
ties which are with any one, i. e. belong
to his character, Rom. 2: 11 on’: 76p e’m-t
wpotrunrokmltt'a 1rapt'z 19': 9:93. 9:14. Eph.
6: 9. James 1: l7. -— Sept. Job 12:13.
Dem. 318. 13 ti 5‘ obv itrrt Kai trap’ s'pol
TLC e'prstpio. TOLllflTflu—(Y) Trop. 1 Cor.
7: 24 Exam-0;; iv 91 Exhfien, Ev rain-g: ,uev
e'ru rapt} 115 Gep“, with God i. e. in union
and fellowship by faith with him, de
voted to him as Christians, i. q. Ev Ku
pt'ta V. 22. ' of it, or falling short, or going beyond.
III. With the Accusative, pp. ex
pressing motion near by, near to a place
Hagoi
etc. See Passow, Buttm. Matth. l. c.
Winer § 53. p. 342.
3) pp. implying motion along or by the
side of any thing, i. e. near, by, along, af
ter verbs of motion,c. acc. of thing, Matt.
4: 18 'rrepurartbv 5:‘ b '1. rapt‘: 'rfiv 96km;
aav, i. e. by the sea, along the sea-shore.
Matt. 13: 4. Mark 2:13. 4:15 oi1rapt‘z
rfir 656v sc. mreipovrat, i. e. by the way
side. Luke 8: 5.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5 1rt1pfi
norapt‘zv Bafiilwv. Xen. An. 6. 2. l, 18.
b) as expressing motion to a place, i.e.
place whither, near to, to, at, after verbs
of motion, and so equiv. to 1rpdt- or ti; 0.
acc. Matt. 15: 29 per-agile . . . 5A6: 11'“
pt‘: n)v stilttwo'av, he come near to the sea,
approached the sea. v. 30 2.2.4....’ abroiig
rapt‘: robe robot; r017 11,0017, at his feet.
Luke 8:41. Acts4z35. 7:58.——Hom.11. 1.
347 rd: 5' abrtc irnv 1rap5t viiag 'Axau'bv.
Luc. D. Deor. 9. 2. Ken. Cyr. l. 3.14
1‘, map’ e'lue‘ e’t'a'obog.
c) sometimes also expressing the idea
of restor remaining neara place etc. near,
by, at, i. q. 1rapt'1 0. dat. Here however
the idea of previous motion, or coming to
the place, is strictly implied ; comp. in
Big no. 4. Passow mtpc’t C. 3.—(a) pp.
after verbs of rest or remaining, Matt.
13: 1 Extitlnro armpit rfiv $tihatra'av, i. e.
he went and sat by the sea-side. Marl:
5:21. Luke 5: 1. 7: 38 ort'itm rapt‘: robe
robot‘ ain'ol'l drive). 10: 39. Ellipt. with
a verb impl. Mark 4: l. Acts 22: 3.
Heb. ll: 12.—Ael. V. H. 8. 16. Hdot.
8. 140. Thuc. 7. 39. (,8) Metaph. of the
ground or reason by or along with which
a conclusion follows, by reasonqf, because
of, Lat. propler, e. g. rapt‘: rot-no, i. q.
thereby, therefore, on this account, 1 Cor.
12: 15, 16 0b rapt‘: rot'lro oi»: Ea'nv Ex rof/
otbparoc' com . Matth. Winer l. c. So
Sept. for “21' 2 Deut. 23: 5.—— 1r. Toiiro
Plut. Camill. 28. Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 5.
Trap’ 6’ Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 5. genr. Po]. 1.
32. 4. Dem. 545. 22.
d) as denoting motion by or pasta place,
i. e. a passing by, going beyond, Thuc.
7. 13. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 29 nap’ aim‘lv n‘lv
Bagvlttbva 521' 1raptz’uac—Ill N. T. only
trop. as implying a failure to reach the
exact point of aim, a want of coincidence
with any thing, either from passing aside
Comp. Passow C. 4. 5, 6. Winer l. c.
Hence the general sense, other than,vi1.
 IIrxgaCaz/vw 590
(a) i. q. Engl. asidefiom, not coincident
with, not conformable to, i. e. conlrary lo,
against. Acts 18: 13 rapt‘: rov voluov pp.
aside from the law, i. e. contrary to law.
Rom. l: 26 1rap1‘1 (priory. 4:18 nap' e'Mn'Ea.
11:24. 16: 17. Gal. 1:8, 9.—Ios. Ant.
6. l3. 2. Hdian. 6. 3. 6. Xen. Mem. 1.
l. 18.—(,3) i. q. Engl. beside, in the sense
of except, save, pp. failing, falling short.
2 Cor. 11:24 rco'lmpr'wovra 1rapi1 plav
forty stripes save one, i. e. falling short by
one, failing of one—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. l.
reaoapéxovm ird'w nupiz rpuixovt)’ hpépag.
Dem. 688. 25. Hdot. 9. 33.—(y) i. q.
Eng]. past, in the sense of beyond,
besides, more than; so genr. Heb. I]:
ll 1rapa xalpov ifltuu'ag Z-rcxev, past the
proper age, failing the usual age—Jos.
Ant. 14. 14. 3. Thuc. 3. 54 noph Silva/Jun
-—More commonl i. q. more than, above,
beyond; so gem. iouke l3: 2 tipaprwhoi
napa 1rc'w1'ag. v. 41. Rom. l: 25. 12:3
rap’ 5 be? ¢poveim 14: 5 see in Kplvu a.
Heb. l: 9. (Diod. Sic. 12. l3init. Plato
Ion. p. 539. E. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. l4.)-—
So after comparatives, where 1rapo'l c. acc.
is equiv. to 1’) mré c. acc. Matth.§ 588.
p. H74. E. g. Luke 3: 13 pnbe‘v nM'ov
"pa To Ecarera'ypz'vov. Heb. l: 4. 2: 7,
9. 3: 3. 9:23. ll: 4. 12: 24. (Esdr. 4:
35. Hdot. 7. 103. Thuc. l. 23.) After
fihkoc, I Cor. 3: ll Qelue'hrov iihkov . . .
rapt‘: row xzipzvov. Comp. Matth. l. c.
—Plato Phaed. § 42. p. 93. A, ov'be‘ pnv
wordy n ov‘bc' n mio'xzw lihkograp‘ & av
éxsiva 1"] 1roqf i“) m'wxp.
Nora. In composition 1rapti implies :
l. neamess, proximity, near, by, as no
paxatiifu, 1raplarnpc,1rapa0a)\damoc , etc.
2. motion or direction near to, to, by, as
wapaguikku, 1rapabl'5wpr, 1rape'xw, napa
ru'vw, etc. 3. motion by orpast any place,
a going beyond, as 1rapci7w, 'n'ape'pxopat,
7rapa1rXz'w. 4. Trop. of whatever swerves
from the true point,comes shortof it,g0es
beyond it, like the Engl. syllable mis- , i.e.
wrongly, falsely, as 1rapaxoi'm, 1rap06w
pe'or or like Lat. prefer, trans, implying
violation, as napagai V01, 1rapavope’w' also
by steallh, as 1rapuaa'yw,etc. An.
HagaCu/m, f. Bfiaopcu, aor. 2. nape’
Qrlv, (flail/(0,) pp. to go by one's side, to
accompany, so. as one of the warriors in
a chariot, only epic, Hom. I]. 11. 522.
ib. 13. 708. Hdot. 7. 40. to pass by or
over in silence, Dem. 298. ll. Usually
Hagufioleooam
and in N. T. only trop. to go aside from,
to Iransgrese,c. accus. Matt. 15:2,3 bpeig
1ra again/ere n)!’ Evrohfiv rob Gsoii. absol .
2 ohn 9. Praegn. Acts 1225 ‘:E ii;- [1'11ro
m'ohfig'] nape'gn 'Ioilbac i. e. flom which
he by transgressionfill away, which he de
serted by transgression. S0 Sept. seq. s’x
for 1"? ‘no Ex. 32:8. Sept. genr. fo'r ‘=3’;
Num. 14:41. Josh. 7: ll,15.——Jos. Ant.
9. 7. 4. Dem.624. l. Xen.Mem. 4.4. 2].
Hugoacoilkw, f. Bum, (50.x...) pp.
to throw near, to cost before, as food to
animals, Luc. D. Deor. 12. l. Pol. l.
84. 8.-'-In N.T.
l. to throw or place side by side, trop.
to compare, ri Ev ‘run Mark 4: 30.—n’
Twl Jos. Ant. 5. l. 21. Hdot. l. 198. ri
1rpég n Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5.
2. intrans. or c. éaurév impl. pp. to
throw oneself near, i. e. to beta/re oneself
any whither, to go or come to a place ;
see Buttm- § 130. n. 2.§ 113 n. 2. Matth.
§ 496. Winer § 39. l. Espec. by ship,
as a nautical term, seq. zip Acts 20: 15
1rapcfiéholucv :1; 2d u—Jos. Ant. 18.
6. 4. Diod. Sic. l. 44. Hdot. 7. 179.
Hagoigam, 561;, 1', (Mme-11,...)
transgression,e. g. rob v6 ou Rom. 2: 23.
absol. 4:15. 5: 14. Ga. 3:19. 1 Tim.
2: 14. Heb. 2: 2. 9:15. Sept. plur. for
TL"?! PS. 101:3.—2 Macc. l5: [0 1!’.
my 5pxwv. Jos. Ant. 18. 8. 2. absol.
Plut. Pom .8l. T. III. p.872. 2. Reisk.
Hdfd 0677);, 00, 6 (1rapa§aimo,) an
accompanier, companion, sc. as one of the
warriors in a chariot, Diod. Sic. 20. 4|.
Xen.Cyr. 7. l. 29.—In N.T. atransgres.
sor, sc. rob vopofi Rom. 2: 25, 27. James
2:11. absol. Gal. 2:18. James 2:9. —
Symm. for 7".‘ Ps. 17:4. Ez. 18: 10.
I'Iagafimigofnw, f. éa'opm, depon.
Mid. (flu’llw q. v.) to jbrceflo do vio
lence to, ac. contrary to nature or right,
105. Ant. 13. 41. 9. Pol. 26. l. 3. Plut.
ed. R. X. p. 118 pen. luv) napafiu’ri'wflm
raig r‘lbovaic 1'1)!’ ¢baw.—In N. T. to
compel, to constrain, so. by overmuch en_
treaty, seq. acc. Luke 24: 29. Acts 16:
15. Sept. for "$9 2 K.2:17. 5: 16. T‘};
1 Sam. 28: 23.
Hugagokez'zoylal, f. circa/mi, depon.
Mid. (1rap(1€o)\o¢ exposing oneself, dar
ing, Luc. Alex. 4. Diod. Sic. 19. 3 :
from wapafiékhopaa) to erposc one’s selflo
danger. Phil. 2: 30 in later edit. 1mg“
 Hagafiolr'; 591 fluency/mam
@oheuaépcvog r‘fi \buxfl exposing himself in adage, Luke 4: 93. So Sept. and ‘>35?
respect to his hfe, i. e. regardless of his 1 Sam. 10:12. E2.18:2.
life ; for the dat. comp. Winer § 31. 3. Hagucovliéqwou, f, "750,41", (flay.
Matth. § 400. 6.— Chrysost. 1 Thess. no...) to misconsult, a doubtful form in
Horn. 9. Hesych. 1rapa€ohcvad 1'09’ :1; text. rec.Phil. 2:30, where other editions
slivarov eau'rdv Exdoilc. Comp. etstein and Mss. read 1rapa€ohebopat q. v. Not
N. T. in loc. found elsewhere.
Hagafioh'l, fig, il,(1rapafirihhw,) pp. Hagwy'yeA/a, (2;, p", (1rapa7-ymw)
aplacing side by side, as of ships in bat. announcement, declaration, by authority,
tle, Pol. l5. 2. l3. Diod. Sic. 14.. 60. Xen. H. G. 9. l. 4. In N. T. command,
In N. T. trop. comparison, similitude. charge, precept, e. g. from magistrates,
a) enr. Mark 4: 30 iv rota wapagohfi Acts 5:28 01': nupayychlq 1rapn'yycikapsv
wapa ahdapev ain'r'p'; Heb. l l: 19 iv ‘Ira blah" comp. in 'AyaMuiw b. Acts 16:24..
paéokj, i. e. figuratively—1E1. V. H. 3. Or as pertaining to religion, 1 Thess. 4:2
33. Po]. 1. 2. 2.--In the sense of image, 1rapa'y'yeht'ac idu'maluev bpiv 51a roi': Kupt'ov
figure, symbol, i. q. rl'nroc, Heb. 9: 9 11:-Lg ‘1110017. 1Tim.l:5, 18.—genr.Pol.6.27. l.
[by] rapagohr) sic row Icatpov row Eyre-r1,
xbra, i. e. a symbol or type of spiritual Hagwyyékm, r. was, (swan...)
things in Christ, comp. v. 11. pp. to bring or send word near to any one,
b) spec. a parable, i. e. a short dis i. e. to announce to any one, Hdian. l. 5.
course, usually a narrative, under which 3. Xen. H. G. 2. I. 4.. Hence in N. T.
something else is figured, or in which and comm. to direct, to command, to
the fictitious is employed to represent and charge, and 1rapa'yyékhw In’), to forbid,
illustrate the real. ’ This is a favourite seq. dat. of pers. expr. or impl. the thing
mode of oriental teaching, and was much commanded being put in the accus. or
employed by our Saviour; so often in the infin. or with i’va etc. (a) seq. dat. et
first three Gospels, but not elsewhere in accus. 2 Thess. 3: 4: a 1rapay-yéMopev
N. T. So Matt. 13: 94' dhhnv 1rapago bpiv. v. 10 roi'rro repay-y. illuiv, 5n K. 1'. h.
Any 1rape'9nxcv. v. 31, 33.15: 15. 2]: 33, c. dat. impl. 1 Cor. ll: 17. 1 Tim. 4:11.
45, 53. Mark 4:10, 13 his. 7: 17. 12: 5:7 ral'n'a 1rapd'yycMs, 1110 x. r. )L—Xen.
12. Luke 5: 36. 6239. 8:9, ll.18:16, Cyr. 4. 2. 19. Lac. l3. seq. dat.
41. l326- 15:3. 18:1,9. 19: ll. 90: et infin.comp. for the use of the infin. aor.
9, 19. 21: 29. iv 1rapagaha'ic i.e. through as well as inf. pres. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
or b means of parables, Mark 4: ll. 747 sq. Winer p. 274. E. g. infin. aor.
Luke 8:10. hahz'iv, )lé'yetv, :infiv e'v 1m Mark B: 6 1rapr'ry-yuk: r93 r'ixkqi (iva'lrsae'iv
paéoxazg, Matt. 13: a, 10, 13, 34.. as: 1. E1rl rfic 'yfig. Luke 5: l4. 8: 29, 56. Acts
Mark 3: 23. 12:1. 0. Evimpl. Mark 4: 33. 10:42. 16:18. 23:29. lCor. 7:10. Inf.
bidders-w Ev 1rapagohaig Mark 4: 2. el1rs pres. Luke 9: 21 m'rro'ig angrily-yaks
64a mzpagokfig Luke 8: 4. Xwplc Tapa pndevlhé'yuv roi'n'o. Acts 1:4. 4': 18. 5:
gohfic oiu: EMZM: abroig Matt. 13: 34. 28 see in Dapa-y'yehla. v. 40. 16: 23. I7:
Mark 4: 34'. z'urb 'rfig awn-[c pélicre 'n‘lv 30. 23: 30. 2 Thess. 3: 6. 1 Tim. 1:3.
mzpagoih'yv i. e. drawn from the fig-tree, 6: 17. c. acc. et inf. pres. 1 Tim. 6: 13.
Matt. 24': 32. Mark 13: 28. Seq. gen. c. daLimpLActs 15: 5.—Aor.Jos. c. Ap.
of the object whence the parable is drawn, l. 96. Hdian. 6. 8. l5. Xen. Ag. 1. 3|.
Matt. 13: 18 1r. r017 a1rct'pov'roc. v. 36 1r. Pres. Luc. Nigr. 34. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4
rfi'n (‘Em/luv. Once of a series of com inf. c. acc. Xen. An. 1. 2. l.—(-y) Fur
parisons, including also a parable, Luke ther, seq. dat. et ‘Iva, comp. in “Iva no.
14:7, comp. v. 7—11,12—l4|,16—‘24. 3. a, a. Mark 6: 8. 8 Thess. 3:12. Seq.
-—Sept. and Heb. 51,92 Ez. l7: 2. 24.: 3. dat. c. mflég lThess. 4.: II. c. Xé-yuw be
c) in a wider sense,figurative discourse, fore the express words, Matt. 10: 5.
a dark saying, i. e. obscure and full of Hugoz'yivoam, f. ‘YEVT'jGO/JCU, ('yivo
hidden meaning, Matt. 13: 35 avolEw iv pat,)pp. in pres. to become near, to become
1rapagoXaTc 'ro arblta you quoted from present, i.e. to come, to approach, to arrive,
Ps. 78: 9 where Sept. for lfl}? a senten thrice Matt. 3: 1,13. Mark 14': 43. im
tious or didactic poem; comp. Prov. 1:6. perf. once John 3:23. Elsewhere only
Ecc. lQ:9.—Hence also i. q. proverb, aor. 9 1raps-yevo'pnv, to be near, to be
 I
Ilagwyw 592 Hagabmrglari
present, i. e. to have come or arrived; see in which seems to have had its origin in
I‘ll 0pm. the languages of Eastern Asia; comp
a) gem. and absol. John 3: 23 naps-yi Sanscr. parade‘sba and paradisha a land
vovro mi igann'l'uvro. Luke19z16. Acts elevated and cultivated; Armen. pardes
11:23 by 1rapa'yevbpcvog Kai 15:511. 25: 7. a garden around the house planted with
1 Cor. 16:3. al. Sept. for R13 Gen. 26: grass, herbs, trees, for use and ornament,
32. Ex. 2: 16,17. soap—El. V. H. 12. see Schroeder Dissert. Thesaur. Ling.
l init. Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 3.—VVith an ad Armen. prsemiss. p.56. In the Heb. form
junct of place whither, e.g. seq. rig c. OEQE and Gr. 1rapdbcwog it is applied to
acc. of place, Matt. 2: 1. John 8: 2. Acts the pleasure gardens and parks with wild
13: 14. 15:4. (Sept. Josh. 24:11. Hdot. animals around the country residences of
2. 4.) seq. iirl c. ace. of place, Matt. 3: the Persian monarchs and princes, Neh.
13. (Plut. Mor. II. p.35. Tauchn.) c. 2: 8. comp. Ecc. 2: 5. Cant. 4:13. Xen.
ace. of pers. to come upon or against an Cyr. 1. a. 14.. H. G. 4.. 1.33. (150. 4.. 13.
one, Luke 22:52. (Sept. Josh. 10:9. Diod. Sic. 16.41. In like manner of the
Thuc. 2. 95.) seq. spa; 0. sec. of pers. parks and gardens of the Jewish kings,
Luke 7: 4. 11:6. Acts 20: 18.—Sept. 0s. Ant. 7. 4. 14. ib. 8. 7. 3. Hence the
Ex. 2: 17. 18:6. Diod. Sic. 2. l3. — LXX employ it of the garden of Eden,
With an adjunct of place whence, e. g. 1rapcidewog for Heb. 15 Gen.2: 8 Sq. Jos.
dvré c. gen. Matt. 3:13. EE 6505 Luke Ant. 1. 1. 3. See Gesen. Heb. Lex. 971-9
11:6. 1rapd. nvog Mark 14. 43. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 173. sq.—
b) i. q. to come or appear publicly, e.g. Hence in the later Jewish usage and in
John the Baptist,Matt. 3:1. Jesus,Luke N.T. paradise is put for the abode of the
12:51. Heb. 9:11.—-1 Macc. 4:45. Test. blessed after death, viz.
XII Patr. p. 745. a) the interiorparadisepr the region of
c) i. q. to come back, to return, Luke the blessed in Hades, Luke 23:43. See
14:21. So Sept. for =15 J0sh.18:8. Num. "A1617; i. e. {131,9 p. 13. Comp. Jos. Ant.
l4:36.—Philo.Leg.adCai.p.1010.B.Ar.. 18. l. 3.
Hugely/w, t. ciEw,(éiyw,) to lead along b) 1r. r05 9:05, the paradise of God, the
near, to lead by or past, Xen. H. G. 4. 5. celestial paradise ,where the spirits of the
11. Hence just dwell with God, 2 Cor. 12:4, i. q.
a) Mid. wapéyopai. to pass along, to 6 rplroc ob avbg in v. 3, see in Oirpavdg
pass away, absol. 1 John 2:8 1'; oxori'a d. [3. So lgev. 2: 7, where the imagery
'n'apr'rye-rm. Trop. i. q. to disappear, to is drawn from Gen. 2: 8 sq.——Psalt.
perish, 1 John 2: 17 bxdopoc 1rapd'ysral. Salom. l4: 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 586
Comp. below in h. Only in N. T. ai/rbg [b vidc roii 9.] di'oizn rag 969.1; for’:
b) intrans. mzpé'yw, to pass along, to wapabu'o'ou oov, L‘tll 540's: roi'c i'ryl'oig
pass by. comp. in "A-yw no. 3. Matt. 20: ¢ayziv is‘ roiJ Ei'ihou rfig (mic.
3O r’ikm'loarrcg {in 'Iqooic napé'ysi. Mark Hagubéxopm, t. Eopm, depon. Mid.
2:14. 15:21. John 9: 1. So Sept. for (Béxopai) to take near or to one’: self, i.e.
‘*2’, 2 Sam. 15: 18. Ps. 129:8.—In the to receive to one's self, pp. from the hands
sense of to pass on further, to pass away, of any one, Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 1. In N.T.
Matt. 9: 9 mi napr'i-ywv b 'Inaofig 2117951’. trop. to receive, to admit, to approve, c.
v. 27. John 8:59. Trop. i.q. to disappear, accus. e.g. things, Mark 4:20 'rbv Myer.
to perish, 1 Cor. 7:31 ‘rd o’xfi'ua r017 mio'pou Acts 16:21 161;. 22:18. 1 Tim. 5: 19.
rol'n'ov 1rapri'ysi. SoSepLand ‘12!1’s.144:4. Sept. for “:93 Ex. 23: 1.--Arr. Epict. 1.
Hagubzlyfnwnzw, 1'. low, (“9.3 7. 6. Luc. D. Mort. 28. 2.—Ot' persons,
den-7pc: example, from 'n-apadzixvvpi.) to by Hebraism, to delight in, Heb. l2: 6
make an example of, to ezposc to public viov 3v 1rapabéxerai,parall.with dya-n’w,
s/uzme, c. acc. Matt. 1: 19 p1) S'z'hwv 111'! quoted fromProv.3: 12where Sept. for “$1
TI)!’ 1rapaduypariom. Heb. 6: 6 where it Hagabmrgicfi, is, ihgrrapdfiaarpifir'l
is con ll‘lum.
?‘P.'‘'-‘1 led with
25:(ii'ao'ravpow.
4.—1’lut. deSoCuriosit.
Sept. for§ pastime, employment, fr. lClfpt'ghl q. v.)
mils-employment ,q.d. idle occupation,1 Tim.
10.T.VIII. p. 65. 1. Reisk. P01.29.7.5. 6:5 in text. rec. This is the better read
“(2511264609, 01), b,paradisc, a word ing, instead of dimraparpigr'), see Tittm.
 Ilagaoiowai 593 Ilagu'oomg
de Synon. N. T. p. 933, and in Bibl. c. acc. et 'iva, 1 Cor. 13:3 lav 1rapa5rb
Repos. III. p. 61. Winer p. 88 sq. rip mipa ,uou lva xavliilawpai. Sept. for
Hafdallawtbl, f. 1rapa§dnru, (5180,,“ ,) Chald. 1'1‘; Dan. 3: 28.—Luc. Tim. 12.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 39.Tauchn. Xen. Cyr.
to give near, with, to any one, to give over,
3. 3. 47.—So of persons given over to
to deliver over or up,sc. into the possession follow their passions etc. o. acc. et dat.
or power of any one, trans. Spoken of thing, Eph. 4.: 19 Eat/roll; wape'duxav
a) of persons delivered over with
r5 daekyelq. c. acc. et infin. Acts 7: 42.
evil intent into the power or authorit beq. acc. et :2’; n into any thing, i. e.
of others, e. g. to magistrates for tria , into the power or practice 01' it, Rom. 1 :
condemnation, seq. acc. et dat. Matt. 5: 24, 26, 28.—Ecclus. 23: 6.
25 pirlrore' as 1rapa31§ 6 swim-o; r43 c) of persons and things delivered
KPtT‘I-I. Mark I5: 1 1rapz'5uncav ailrdv rg'i over to the charge, care, kindness of any
Hiking. Luke 90: 20. John 19: 11. 0. one, in the general sense to give up, to
dat. impl. Matt. 27:18. Acts 3: 13.— commit, to entrust, genr. c. acc. et dat.
Dem. 515. 6.—To lictors or soldiers for Matt. 11:27 1rdv'ra [JOI- 1rap¢56617 inn)
punishment or ward, Matt. 5: 25 ml 6 r017 1rarp0'g. 25: 14'. Luke 4: 6. 10: 92.
Rpm-fig 0'5 ‘Impaler’; 7&5 inrrlpelrg- 18: 34
ixarovrcipxg K. 'r. l\. 1 Pet.
Acts 27: l 1rape§i§ouv row2: Hailhov
23. 2 Pet.
1rapz'5wxev aiirov 1'07; ,Baanvwra'ic. 20:
19 et Luke 18: 39 101': E'Ovcaw i. e. the 2: 4,. (Act. Thorn. § 52. Diod. Sic. 5.
Roman soldiers. Acts 12: 4. c. sic final, 36. Xen. An. 4. 6. 1.) So 1rapa51§évm
Matt 20: 19. Seq. acc. c. sic final, Luke 'rn'lz 15 xépm 'roiJ 9:06 to commit or com
24: 20 1rap. alrrov e1; Kpiya sava'rov i. e. mend to thefavour of God, Acts 14: 26.
to be punished with death- 0. ‘ha, Matt. 15: 40. 1rapa§iEdvai To 1rvs17'ua sc. HP 961:],
27: ‘26 11700171’ 1rapc'3wxev, 'iva aravpmtlg. to give up the ghost, John 19: 30, comp.
Mark 15: 15.— Dem. 13:27. ult. Xen. Ps. 31: 5. E00. 12: 7.--Also in the sense
An. 4. 2. l.—So in general to the power to give back, to deliver up, to render up,
and pleasure of one's enemies; c. accus. 1 Cor. 15: 24.—Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 7.
et dat. Matt. 96:15 ‘cg-yr}: {4471/ 1rapar§dwu d) of things delivered orally or by
au’ro'v. Luke 23: 25. Mark 10:33. 1 writing, i.q. to deliver, to declare, to teach,
Tim. 1:20. Seq. acc. simpl. Matt. 10: trans. Mark 7: 13. Luke 1:2. Acts 6:
4 'Ioirfiac i) Kai wapafimig au'ror. 24': 10. 141 rd 261] a 1rapz'3wxev ilp‘iv Mwiiofig.
Mark 3:19. 14,211. Luke 22:21. al. 16: 4|. 1 001‘. ll: 2, 23 6 Kai 1rapc'5uma
Pass. Matt. 4.: 12. Mark 1:14. (1 Macc. 15,111’. 15:3. 2 Pet. 2: 21. Jude 3. Pass.
14:33. Ceb. Tab. 9. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. Rom. 6: l7 eig; 5v 1rape569m’e rimor 51
41.) Instead of dat. seq. Elg o'uvs'5pia Eaxfig, for El; roll n'nrov 515. 3v ‘Imperso
into i.e. before councils, Matt. 10:17. time, see Buttm. § 131. 5, and{; 134.. 7.
Luke 21:12. (Dem. 1230. 18.) Also Winer § 94.. 2. -— Jos. c. Apion. l. 12.
c. cl; xe'ipa'g nvog into the bands i. e. Hdian. l. l. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 3.
power of any one, Matt. 17:22. Mark e) intrans. or c. éau'rdv impl. see in
14: 41. Luke 24': 7. Acts 21:11. with Hapagi'ihhw no. 2, to deliver up one's self,
51!; final, Matt. 24:9. 26: 2 6 viii; rm": to yield one's self, e. g. as the harvest pre
r'xvap. 1rapa5i50rai sic 16 araupwefivai. sents itself for the sickle, Mark 4: 29
Acts 8:3 sig ¢vhauilm Mark 13: 1% et draw 5% nuptial; o Kap'lrdg. An.
2 Cor. 4:11 eig Qévurov, and so with
tie Sammy impl. wherever the refer Ilagdoogog, 00, 6, 1'), adj. (565m)
ence is to the death of Jesus, Rom. 4: paradoxical, strange, i.e. aside from re
25. 8:32. 1 Cor. 11:23: also where
ceived opinion, Luc. I). Deor. 9. 2. Xen.
Jesus is said Earn-(‘w 1rapa5156vat, Gal. Mag. Eq. 8. 19. In N. 'l'. by impl.
2: 20. Eph. 5; 2,25. (Act. Thom. s 52.) strange, wonderful, Luke 5: 26.—Ecclus.
Once genr. rwc't 11m :19, 1 Cor. 5: 5. 4.3: 25. Jos. Ant. 4. 41.2. Hdian. 1. l. 5.
b) of persons or things delivered over Hagoiooo'ig, 50.15, i’, (rapaeiowpia‘
to do or suffer any thing, in the general delivery, i. e. the act of delivering over
sense to give up or over, to surrender, to from one to another, Thuc. l. 9. sur
permit, 0. acc. Acts 15: 26 t’u-Gpénroig render of a city, Jos. B. I. l. 8.6. Thuc.
1rapa515wx6m Tag \Pvxc‘ig m'zm'w men who 3. 53. In N.T. ‘ any thing orally deliver.
have given up i. e. jeoparded their lives. ed,’ precept, ordinunre, instruction, i.e.
2 P
 Hagagnko'ru
a) of oral precepts delivered down
from age to age, tradition, traditional
law, Matt. 15: 2 1rapu€alvouot rhv 1rapci
boow ra'w 1rpccrgure'paw. V. 3, 6. Mark
7:3, 5, 8, 9,13. Gal. 1:14. Col. 2: 8.
See Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 6.—Jos. Ant. l. c.
Pol. 12. 6. l.
b) genr. precept, doctrine, 1 Cor. 11: 2
Kathi); 1rapé§uxa bpiv, ‘rag nupabdoac
xaréxere. 2 Thess. 2:15. 11:6.—Jos. Ant.
10. 4.. 1. Arr. Epict. 2. 23. 40. Pol.11.8.2.
Hagagniéw, 5, f. dww, (mad)
pp. to render miszealous, i. e. to make
jealous, to provoke to jealousy or emula
tion, trop. spoken of Israel whom God
would make jealous of their own high
privileges, i.e. cause to set a right value
upon them, by bestowing like privileges
on other nations, trans. Rom. 10: 19
1rapalnho'ww {4469 in’ aim E'Ovu, quoted
from Deut. 32: 21 where Sept. for REP,
“"133, Rom. ll: 11, 14.. Also to provoke
God tojealousy or anger, sc. by render.
ing toidols the homage due to him alone,
1 Cor. 10.22. Sept. for R12 1 K. 14.: 22.
room Ps. 31: 1, 7, 8.—Ecclus. so: 3.
Hagoaflcthoioo'mg, a, or, 09.11116”)
near the sea, by the sea-side, maritime,
Matt. 4: 13 sic Kmrspv. rkv nupaOa
hams-lav. Sept. for =2’ hog-$2 2 Chr. 8:
17.—2 Macc. 8: 11. P01. 1. 20. 6. Xen.
H. G. l. 1. 24.
Hagaliewgéw, :7, f, 73,“, (9.0.95...) to sit down near, to seat one's self near,
to look at a thing by the side of another,
i. e. to compare, Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 7. In
N. T. to look by any thing, i. q. to over
look, to neglect, to slight, pass. Acts 6: 1
(in napceewpoi'wro ai xfipai aimiv. ——
Dem. 1414. 22. Diod. Sic. 35. X. p.
135. Bip. or VI. p. 218. Tauchn.
Hmgwflnnn, in, 1,, (“when”) a
deposit, trust, something committed to
one's charge, 2 Tim. 1:12. Also 1
Tim. 6: 20 et 2 Tim. 1: 14 in later edit.
for 1rapuxara6i1rr] (1. v. Sept. for 11725
Lev. 6: 2, 4.—Plato ComicQ ap. Phot.
1). 280. Pol. 33. 12. 4,9. A later form,
i.q. the earlier rapaxaradr'lmy, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 312. Winer p. 89, 502.
Hagoméw, 5, t. ion), (ail/ion) pp.
to praise near, before, to any one ; hence
to abort, to admonish, seq. int. c. acc. of are also put other adjuncts, e. g. purl‘
pers. Acts 27: 22 1rapau'ib iqu'ic silev hé'ywv or the like, Matt. 8: 5 1rpoafihelf’
pfiv. absol. v. 9.—2 Mace. 7: 25. Jos. ixarbr'rapxoc, 1rapaxahdn' ruin-bi’ gm M
594 Hagowahéw
Ant. 9. 7. 2. Luc. Pisc. 51. c. inf. Pol.
1. 80.3. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8.
Hagouréopou, 01711.0“, 1'. 1,160,101,
depon. Mid. (aire'w) to ask near any one,
i. e. at his hands, to obtain by asking,
Pind. Nem. 10. 56. Hdot. l. 24, 90. In
N. T. to ask aside or away, to dcprecate,
to get rid of by asking, i.q. Engl. to beg
qfi“from.
' a) pp. and genr. to entreat that some
thing may not take place, seq. inf. Acts
25: 11 oil 1rapairoi'iluai ro l'rrroflavsiv I
do not deprecate death, do not refuse to
die. So seq. 141'] c. inf. Heb. 12:19, comp.
in M1’| I. d. —- Jos. Vit. § 29 saveiv ob
1rapairoiipm. Plut. RomuLB. Thuc. 5. 63.
b) i. q. to excuse one's self from an in
vitation,
1raparrc'i06m
absol.
min-cg.
Luke 14:
Peri.
18 particip.
fipEam-o as
pass. ib. Ex: p: wapyrnfm'vov. v. 19. See
Buttm.§ 113. n. 6.—- cs. Ant. 7. e. 2.
Plut. Jul. Cass. 68 Ki'vvag E56“; bird
Kat'o'apog E'rri Ez'iirvoy Kaheio'ficu' napal
‘robpsyog x. r. )1.
c) by impl. not to receive, i. e. to re
fuse, to rg'ect, c. acc. Heb. 12:25 bis,;u‘|
1rapairv'1ona‘fle rbv hahoiwa rank. 1 Tim.
4: 7. 5: 11. —Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 8. Philo
2 Alleg. p. 87. A. Diog. Laert. 4. 42.—
In the sense of to avoid, to shun, 2 Tim.
2: 23. Tit. 3: 10.—2 Macc. 2:31. Philo
in Flacc. p. 968. D.
Ilagotxathzw, f. low, (11101:... no. 2,)
seq. napd. c. acc. Luke 10: 39. Sept
for =35: Job 2: 13.—Arr. Epict. 2. 6. 23.
Mid. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 7. Trans. Pa
laeph. 41. 3.
IIagomaktw, iv", f. c'ow, (xake'w)
to call near, to caflfor, trans. Not found
in John's writings.
a) pp. i.q. to invite to come, Acts
98: 20. 511'! railrnv rip’ airiav napsmihwa
ilpfic, 135711 x. r. A. ——}El. V. H. 3. 37.
Dem. 1265. ult. Xen. An. 5. 6. 16.
b) i. q. to callfor or upon any one, 35
for aid, to invoke, e. g. God, Jos. Ant
13. 5.8. Arr. Epict. :1. 21. 12. Xen
H. G. 2. 4. 17.—Hence in later usage
and N. T. gem". to beseech, to entreat. 6
acc. Matt. 18:32. Acts 16:39. 2_Cor
121 18. With the accus. expr. or 1mpl
 Ilugaxah'nrrw
‘yaw. v. 31 oi be‘ bai'povsg 1rapexrihovv
ain'bv, Aéyov-rcg. Mark 1:40. 5: 23 Acts
16: 15. 25:2. Also 6. int". aor. Mark 5:
17 iipEavro napamkeiv aln'bv iurelweiv
r. r. A. Acts 8:31. 9: 38. 19:31. inf.
aor. c. acc. Acts 24: 4. c. r05 21: 12.
(1 Macc. 9:35. Arr. Epict. 1. 10. 10.
inf. pres. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 53.) c. iva,
Mark 5:18. Luk68z3l. 1 Cor. 16:12.
2 Cor. 12: 8. 6. 51m;- Matt. 8:34. (Plut.
Demetr. 38 pen.) 0. rep! nvoc Philem.
10. comp. Jos. Ant. 1. c.—-\Comp. Suid.
1rapalcaltziv' fixupov yap rb 35:06:11.
Thorn. Mag. p. 684. H. Planck in Bibl.
Repos. I. p. 685.
c) i. q. to call upon any one to do any
thing, i. e. to ezhort, to admonish, c. ace.
of pers. Acts 15: 32 ‘105541: Kai 210mg . . .
1rapemikeacv 7'0‘11Q&5€A¢01il§. 1 Cor. 14: 31.
2 Cor. 10:1. 1 Thess. 2:11. 1 Tim. 5: 1.
Heb. 3: 13.—l Macc. 12:50. Pol. l. 61.
1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15.—Also c. ace. and
with further adjuncts, e. g. with the ex
press words, 1 Cor. 4: l6. 1 Pet. 5: 1.
c. inf. pres. Acts 11:23 wapexdhu adv
rag. . . 1rpoape'vstv 1" Kvplp. Phil. 4: 2
bis. 1 Pet. 2: ll. ( lut. Mor. II. p. 22.
Tanchn.) c. inf. aor. Acts 27:33 nape
A'a'k: 6 II. u'i-lravrac pe'rahage'iv rpo iic.
Rom.12: 1. 2Cor. 2:8. Eph. 4: 1. ob.
13:19. (Hdian. 6. 9. 10.) 0. iva 1 CO)‘.
1:10. 2 00r.8:6. l Thess. 4: l.—Ab
sol. c. ace. of pers. impl. Luke 3: 18.
Rom. 12:8 6 nupaxaitu'w. 2 Cor. 5:20. 13:
11. Tit. 1:9. Heb. 10:25. seq. Xe'ywv
Acts 2:40. 6. inf. pres. 1 Tim. 2: 1. c.
inf. et ace. 2 Cor. 6: 1. So rain-a bi'bamt-c,
xai Input-6)“: 1 Tim. 6: 2. Tit. 2: 15.
d) byimpl. to ezhort in the way of obn
solation, encouragement, etc. i. q. to con
sole, to comfort, 0. ace. of pers. Matt. 2:
18 'Paxfi). KAGL'OUG'G . . . mi aim fittehs 1m.
paxkntifivai. 5:4. 2 Cor. l: 4 ter, birapa
xaM'av ilpdc e'n'i miap 'rf) 321511461. 1:. r. A. v.
6. 2: 7. 7: 7. IThess. 3: 7. 4:18. Seq.
rag Kapbiag inuiv, Eph. 6: 22. Co]. 2: 2.
4: 8. 2 Thess. 2: 17. comp. in Kapiia a
y. So Sept. often for it?! Gen. 24: 67.
37: 34. Deut. 32: 36. al. — In the sense
of to make glad, Pass. to be glad, to re
joice, Luke 16:25. Acts 20: 12. An.
Hagaxukbar'm, 1‘. duo, (mM’nrmJ
to cover over, to hide, pp. by putting any the Messiah, see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad
thing near or before an object, e. g. 1009 Joh. 14: 16. — By imp]. in the sense of
64191111405;- Sept. for “'22:? El. 22:26. joy, gladness, Luke 6:24.
Mid. id. Plut. Pomp. 60. In N.T. trop. Haga'zMrog, ov, a, 1'], adj. (napa
595 Haga' :ehrrog
Luke 9:45 (Hi pfipa) hv 1rapaxrxaAv/Jpé
vov i'ur' airrn'w, comp. in ‘A'iro' I. 2. b.
Haguzara07izn, fig, 1'], (nupaxara
14011111,) a deposit, trust, something com
mitted to one's charge, 1 Tim. 6: 20 and
2 Tim. 1:14 in text. rec. where later
edit. have the later form napatir’yxn v.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 312.— Jos. B. . 3.
8. 5. Diod. Sic. 15. 76. Thuc. 2. 72.
Xen. An. 5. 3. 7.
' Hagoixeqnal, f. o'opat, (xe'ipat,) to lie
near, to be adjacent, Hdian. 3. 4. 11. Xen.
An. 7. 3. 22. In N. T. trop. to be at hand,
to be present, prompt, Rom. 7: 18 rd yap
sc'hziv nopc'txurai [1.01. v. 21. -—-pp. Ju
dith 3: 2, 3.
IIotgoZxMatg, 501;, i), (1rapam)\e'u,)
pp. a calling near, invitation, Dem. 275.
20 oi ftév it." nupaxltilo'ewg o'v'ylcaflilpevoi.
In N. T. as in the verb q. v.
a) entreaty, petition, 2 Cor. 8: 4 pert‘:
noMfig rapaxkr’lawg Beo'psvol. iuiu'iv. v.
17, coll. v. 6. - Jos. Ant. 3.1. 5. P01.
22. 7. 2.
b) ezhortation, admonition, Rom. 12:8
air: 6 Tapas-ohm’, iv r27 ‘Ifupmthi’ost. 1
Cor. 14:3. 1 Tim. 4: 13. Heb. 12: 5.
13: 22.—2 Macc. 7:24. Jos. Vit. 17.
Diod. Sic. 15. 56 — In the sense of in
ctructiomteaching, i.e. hortatory, Acts 13:
15 :7. ion Ni'yoge’v ilp‘iv 1rapaxh'yaswc. 15:
31. 1 Thess. 2: 3. So prob. Acts 4: 36
viog 1rapaxltilacuc, i. q. REE-"E Btlpllt'lgag‘,
where numb-Mai; is then equiv. to 1rp0
timrela. ‘
c) consolation, comjbrt, solace. Rom.
15: 4 iva 5:11 . . . 'rfic repair-Mosaic rfiv
7pa<p5v rfiv r'hm'ba ixupev, i. e. the con
solation afl'orded by the Scriptures. 2
Cor. 1: 4, 5, 6 bis, 7. 7: 4, 7,13. Phil.
2: l. 2 Thess. 2: 16. Philem: 7. Heb.6:
18. b 9659 r1“); 1rapuxhilaewc Rom. 15:5.
2 Cor. l: 3. So Sept. for W311? (9'21"?)
Is. 57:18. 5W1"?! Jer. 16:7. Is. 66:11.
(1 Macc. 12:9.) Including the idea of
spiritual aid, assistance, 1. q. ‘aid and
consolation,’ Acts 9: 31 1'] 7r. r017 a-ylou
1rvn'1paroc. Meton. for the author of spi
ritual aid and consolation, the Messiah,
Luke 2: 25. So Sept. for it??? Nah. 3:7.
So the Rabbins it??? often as a name of
‘2 P 2
 ' Hagaxori 596 Hagakaacalm
whim) pp. eaHed upon, sc. for help; h) metaph. to look into, to find out, to
hence as subst. know, 0. zip, James 1: 25. 1 Pet. 1: 12.
a) Lat. advocatus, an advocate, inter HaguMzpoCoim, f. Ami/Opal, (hap
cessor, who pleads the cause of any one gdvw) to take near, with, to one's self; and
before a jud e etc. 1 John 2: 1 ia'v rig also semi-pass. to receive with or to one's
d/ia'prp, rapist-horas’ E'xopev 1rpoe rov 1m self; comp. in AapCa'vu.
répa, i.e. ChrisL—Dem. 34.3. 10. Dion. l. to take to one's self, e.g. a city, i. e.
Hal. Ant. ll. 37. So Rabh. $5.23; or to take in possession, to seize, Xen. H.
39".52‘3 for 7",?! ‘485,! intercessor, angel of G. 4.. 8. 11.—In N.T. only of persons,
intercession, Job 33: 23.—But. Lex. to take unto or with one's sel , Be. as an as
Chald. p. 1843. sociate, companion, c. aceus. Matt. 1: 20
b) a consoler, comforter,bestowing spi pi] pogntlfic n‘apahagciv Mapiap rr‘lv 71;.
ritual aid and consolation, spoken of the vaixa’ eou. v. 24. (Sept. Cant. 8: 2.)
H0lyspil'it,JOl1n 14:16, 25. 15:26. 16:7. Matt. 17: l 1rape)\a,u€dvc: <3 ’Imrm7c row
Hagaxor'y, it‘, 1'], (wapaxoim,) pp. He'rpov x. r. A. 20: 17. 26: 37. Mark 4:
‘act of mishearing’; in N. T. neglect to 36. 5: 40. 9: 2. 10: 32. Luke 9: 10,28.
hear, i. e. disobedience, Rom. 5: 19 Bu‘: 11:26. 18:31. Acts 15: 39. Also seq.
'rfic n'apaxofic TOI-I Evin llvfipo'u'lrou. 2 Cor. elg c. ace. of place, Matt. 4: 5, 8. 27: 27.
10:6. Heb. 2 :2.—Just. Mart.deResurr. p. seq. ‘us-rt’: c. gen. of pers. Matt. 12: 45.
213, drroen'laxopev 1'2} 1'0?! til/Op. 1rapaxo‘fi. 18: 16. Mark 14: 33. seq. 1rpo'e e. ace. of
Hagaxokouééw, 5, f. flaw, (c'urohou pers. John 14: 3. Sept. for "P12, 0. cl‘:
05m) to accompany side by side, to follow Num. 23:14. 0. part’: Gen.22:3.—Hdian.
closely, 0. dat. pp.Diod. Sic. 20. 29. Xen. 3.14.17. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.. 15. 0. cl; El.
Conv. 8. 23. In N.T. trop. V.H. 2. 18.—Part. wapakafiu'w is some
a) of things, to accompany, i. q. to be times used by partial pleonasm before
done by any one, 0. dat. Mark 16:17 other verbs, in order to express the idea
amusia 5:‘ rule marez'lo’ao'i TGI-ITG 'n'apmto more fully and graphically, comp. in
AovOfia-ec—Comp. 2 Mace. 8: H. Aapgévw no. 1. a. Acts 16:33 Kai 1ru
b) i. q. tofollow out closely in mind, to pahagclw Gtl'l'OtlQ-HZMUO'EV vim‘) rim 1r)“;
trace out, to examine, 0. dat. Luke 1:3 yo‘lv. 21: 24., 26, 32. 23: 18. So also the
n'apax. mien éKptgGtLH—POL l. 12. 7. verb itself with eat before another verb;
Dem. 285. 21. Matt. 2: l3 wapdhags r6 mudlov cal
c) i. q. to conform unto, to compare, 0. (psi-ye. v. 14,20, 21. John 19:16. So
Sept. and "El? 1 Sam. 17: 31,57. Comp.
dat. e. g. r‘ii Elfiaaxakiq 1 Tim. 4: 6. 2
Tim. 3: 10.—2 Mace. 9: 27. Gesen. Lex. art. "22.—Trop. of those
whom Christ will take with him, or re
Haguxoz’m, f. au, (r'ucol'nu) to mis ceive into favour at his coming,Pass.
hear, i. e. to hear slightly, inattentively, Matt. 24: 40 6 cl; 1rapaha/igc'wc'mi, Kai
ml. V. H. 5. 9. Pol. 7. 11. 9. In N.T. ('1 cl;- dqu's-rm. v. 41. Luke 17:34, 35, 36.
to neglect to hear, i.e. not to obey, 0. gen. Also of a teacher, i. q. to receive, to no
Buttm.§ 132. 5. 3. Matth. s 362. Matt. knowledge, to embrace and follow his in.
18:17 bis, Bin! 5:‘ 1rapaxol'wp mlru'w x. r. h. structions, John I: 11. Comp. in Any.
Sept. for 1?? K3 Is. 45: 12. '3'??? TE‘. Esth.
gciyu n0. 1. e.
3: 8.—Tob. 3: 4. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 4. P0]. 2. to receive with or to one's self, sc.what
26. 2. l. is given, imparted, delivered over, q.d. to
Hagwzfierrw, f. \1401, (rim...) to stoop take from another into one's own hands,
down near by any thing, to bend forward Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 14. In N.T.
near, so. in order to look at any thing a) pp. to receive in charge, as an office,
more closely. dignity,e. g. Emma/lav Col. 4: 17. {3a
a) pp. absol. Luke 24': 12 1rapan’nl/ag arhelav Heb. 12:28. Sept. for Chald.
flhs'n'u rd (iBo'ma. John 20: 5. do n, Esp. Dan. 5; 33. —Jos. Am. 15. 2. 2.
John 20: ll 1raps'xuii1w sic rd pvnpeiov. Diod. Sic. ll. 68. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 35.
Sept. for a‘??? Prov. 7: 6. l Chr. 15:29. b) metaph. to receive into the mind,
—Ecclus. 2i: 23 do olxiav. Act. Thom. i. q. to be taught, to learn, e. ace. of thing,
§ 52. Luc. Tim. l3. absol. Aristoph. Mark 7: 4 51 1rupe'Xagov xparfiv. 1 Cor.
Fax 983. Arr. Epict. t. l. 16. 15:1, 3. Gal. 1: 9. Phil. 4: 9 a Kai
 Hagaktyw 597 Hagavopoém
3,1120." xai 1rapshu'ge're. Col. 2: 6 for by side,to dig'oin, Sept. for 53$ Lev. 13:
Xpur'rov meton. for the gospel of Christ. 45. Pol. 8.6.9. DiOd. 13. 106 rd o'axxl'a.
Seq. ace. 0. t’urti ‘rum; 1 Cor. ll: 93. c. In N. T. to dissolve, i. e. to relax, to en
wapa' 'rwo; Gal. 1:18. I Thess. 2: 13. feeble ,- only Perl‘. part. Pass. TI’GPGAEXU
4.: l. 2 Thess. 3; 6.-—Routh Fragm. pe'vog, 1), 0y, relaxed, eqfeebled, feeble.
Patr. I. 464', rfiv 1rltrrw fiv e'E apxfic ara 9.) pp. Heb. 12: 12 1rapahehvpe'va 'yé
pskdgopzv. Diod. Sic. 1. 5. Xen. Mem. vam, in allusion to Is. 35: 3 where Sept
3. 5. 22. for 513?. Sept. for “15'? Gen. 19: 11.—
’
Hagake'ym, f. 5.», (MW q. v.) to Ecclus. 25: 23. Arr. Epict. 2. 18. P0].
lay near, and Mid. to lie near or with any 20. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 90- 72.
one, Hum. 11. 2. 515. ib. 14. 237. In b) in the sense of paralytic, i. q. 1m
N. T. only Mid. 1rapahe'yopm, as a nau pahvrméc . v. Luke 5: 18, 24'. Acts 8:
tical term, to lay one's course near, i. e. 7 noMol e‘ 1rapa)\e)\upe'yot Kai Xwhol.
to sail near, by, along a place or coast, 9: 33. —l Mace. 9: 55. Eschin. Dial.
i. q. n'apa'rrhs'w q. v. seq. accus. depend Soc. 3. 9.
ing on raga in composit. Buttm. \5 147. Huge/hive, 1’. m3, (,iémg to remain
n. 12. Matth. § 4.26. Winer <5 56. 2. c. near, by, with any one, seq. r969 ‘rum,
Acts 27: 8, l3 1rapehé'yov'ro rrlv Kpr'lrrlv. 1 Cor. 16:6 "95¢ izpfig 52‘ ruxov napa.
—Di0d. Sic. l3. 3. xqixswev 11511 nape pemfi. Absol. Heb. 7: 23 mitt/calla; 1ra
M-yovro rfiv ‘Irahlnv. pape'vew sc. thereby, therein, i. e. in the
Hagahog, 0v, 5, #1, adj. (mpé, priest's ofiice.—Judith 12: 7. Plut. R0.
6M3) elsewhere also "macaw, ovmear mul. l5. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 3.—-Trop. to
or by the sea, maritime. Luke 6: 17 T17; confinue in any thing, to persevere there.
1rapaMou [xtitpag‘] Topou, i. e. the sea. in, absol. James 1: 95. — Diod. Sic. 2.
coast. Sept for D: =15" Gen. 49:13. Deut. 99 1r. Ev 14;: ,motman. '
1:7. II: Josh. 11:2, 3. Job 6:3. —Jos. Hafotaufléopoal, 05pm, f. {100/.4111,
c. Ap. l. 12 rr)v 1rapéhwv @owlmyc Ica depon. Mid. (pveéoyaz to speak, 115009,)
rotxoiiv-reg. Pol. 3. 89. 3. Thuc. Q. 56. to speak near or with any one, i. e. kind
Hagotkttayfi, fig, 1'], (mpuMéa-aw ly, soothingly, i. q. to soothe, to pacify,
to change side by side, to alternate,) Plut. Agesil. 37. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 23.
change, alternation, vicissitude, James ]: Hence in N. T.
a) to ezhort, to enc0m-age,c. acc. of pers.
l7 rap’ 1 [959'] m’lx Em nopaMayr'p—
Plotin. film. 6. 6. 3 fipcpfiw 1rpog Vina-ac expr. or impl. l Thess. 2:11 napalm
Xoiivreg illud; Kai napapvem'ntevot. 5: l4.
rj napaMayj. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p.
914'. 9. 1 -—2 Mace. 15:9. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28.
b) to console, to comfort, c. ace. of
I'Iaguloytzoam, f. lo'opai, (Aoyz. pers. John 11:19 'lva nap. min-ac mpl
Input.) to misreckon, Luc. D. Mort. 4. 1. rm‘; can”; ainwiv. v. 31.—Jos. Ant. 6.
Dem. 822. 25. In N. T. pp. to deceive a. 4.. Pol. 15. 29. 10. Xen. Conv. 1. 16.
by fizlse reasoning, and hence em‘. to de.
ceibe, to circumvent, c. ace. 0 pers. Col. Hfltfdtbvat’ot, as, 1", (1rapapv6éopui)
2: 4,. James 1: 22. Sept. for “'91 Josh. ezlzortatz'on, encouragement, Xen. Ag. 5.
9: '22. 1 Sam. 19: 17.—Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 3. In N. T. consolation, comfort, 1 Cor.
1. Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 7. Diod. Sic. 20. 8. 14.: 3.-Wisd. 19=12. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 4..
Act V. H. 12. l fin.
Hagakv'rmo'g, 7,], 0,l',(1rapa>u':u,)
paralytic, alsied, Matt. 4:24. 8:6. 9: Hagaaétlmv, [09, rd, (napaluvtle'o
2 bis, 6. ark 2: 3, 4, 5, 9, 10.—Act. pcu,) consolation, comfort, solace, Phil.
Thom. § 12. Comp. Celsus de Medic. 2: l, i. q. 7rctpa vela, comp. Lob. ad
3. 27, “ Resolutio nervorum interdum Phr. p. 517.— isd. 3: 18. Jos. B. J.
tota corpora, interdum partes inl'estat. 6. 3. l. Thuc. 5. 103.
Veteres auctores illud énmrMElav, hoe Hagotvopéw, 5, f. flaw, (1rapdvopog,
1rapahuaw nominarunt; nune utrumque vépog) pp. to act aside from law, i. e. to
1rapc'thvaw nominari video." Jahn§ 199. violate law, to transgress, absol. Acts 23:
Hagah'm, f. I’tdo), (Mug to loosen at 3. Sept. for We Ps. 119: 51.—Jos. B. J.
or from the side, i. e. things joined side 7.2.1. Diod. Sic. 1.75, Xen. MemAA-A.
 Hugavolm'ca 598 Ilagaptiéw
Hagavoat'a, as, .7, (napavopéo) ‘rpm? 1rapa1ropevoluerot, elbow n‘yv a'vxfiv
violation of law, transgression, 2 Pet. 2: x. r. A. Part. oi mlpan'o evziluevot t/lc
16. Sept. for 1173!’? Ps. 37:7.—Jos. Ant. passa‘s-by Matt. 27:39. Iark 15: 29.
18. 8. 2. Pol. 1. 7. 4.. Thuc. 4. 99. Seq. 54d c. gen. of place through which,
Hugmrmga/m, f. we, (mxpaiw, Mark 2:23 5"‘. fair mroplluwv. 9: 30.
am’. 1 vrapz-rrlxpfiva comp. Buttm.§ 10]. Sept. tor'Q? Gen. 37: 27. Josh. 6: 7. c.
4., found only in Sept. and N. T. strict 51.6. for 3; Deut. 2:4. —Pol. 2. 27. 5.
ly ‘ to make bitter with or towards ' any Arr. Indie. 3. l4.
one, ‘ to treat with bitterness,' whence Hagoivrmaa, wrog, n3, (mpmrz.
Pass. Sept. Lam. 1: 20 1rapa1rtxpaiyouaa 1rrw,) a misfall, mishap, Diod. Sic. 19.
1rape'lrucpdy9nv. More usually i. q. to 100. In N. T. afalling aside or away,
imbitter, to provoke, e. g. God by dis sc. from right, truth,duty, a lapse, error,
obedience, Sept. 0. acc. for "329 to rebel, fault, viz.
Ps. 5:12. 78: 17, 40, 56. Ez. 20:13, a) pp. as committed unintentionally,
21.—Hence in N. T. absol. to provoke as arisinwfrom ignorance or inadver
So. God, Heb. 3: 16.—Esdr. 6: l5. tence. Matt. 6: 14. E8111 yap ci¢fire roig
Hagmrmgaaao'g, 05, 5, (1rapam avepo'nroig 1a waparru'apara ain't-‘Iv. v. 15
xpalvu,) an imbittering, provocation, so. of bis. Mark 11:25, 26. So Matt. 18:35.
God by disobedience, Heb. 3:8, 15. Rom. 11:11, 12. Gal. 6: 1. Sept. for
Sept. for H??? Ps. 95: 8. Not found in my»; Ps. 19=13. Chald. “kw, Dan. 6:
the classics. 22.—Pol. 9. 10. 6.
Hag’wwl'fl'fw. aor. 2. 1raps'1rea'ov, b) by Hebraism genr. for transgres
(1rt'1rrw,) to fall near by any one, and sion, sin. Rom. 4: 25 5;‘ 1rap55601) 5.1‘;
hence tofall in with, to meet, Pol. 15. 28. fl: 1rapa1rru'ipa-ra. filuibv. Rom. 5: 15, 16,
4.. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 10. Also tofall aside 20. 2 Cor. 5:19. Eph. 1:7. 2:1, 5.
flow, to swerve or deviate from any thing, Col. 2: 13 bis. James 5:16. Of Adam’:
first transgression or fall, Rom. 5: 15,
e. g. T179 6505 P01. 3. 54. 5. comp. Buttm.
§ [32. 4|. 1. —-Hence in N. T. trop. to 17, 18. (swim 10. 1.) Sept. for52’2 Ez.
fall away sc. from the path ofduty, from 14:13. .3; Ez. 3=20. was, Job 36:9.
the faith, to apostatize, absol. Heb. 6: 6.
E2. 14: 11.—Act. Thom. § 38, 56.
Sept. for 52;: Ez. 18: 24.. 20: 27. - Haguilpéw, r. fiu'm’opai, (pa...) nor.
Wisd. 6: 9. Pol. 12. 7. 2 rfig c'thnflu'ag. 2 1rapcpfiz'nyv in Act. signit'. Buttm. ,5
Xen. H. G. l. 6. 4. 114'. p. 300; toflow near, tofiow by, pp.
Hafa‘z'héfl, f. el'la'opat, (whit-1,) to of a river, Hdian. 1. ll. 7. Xen. Cyr.
sail near, by, past a place, e. g. n)v "Eps 4. 5. 4.. trop. to glide away, to escape sc.
a'ov Acts 20: 16. For the ace. depend from the mind, Luc. Disp. c. Hes. 5 :1
ing on 1rapc't, see Buttm.§ 14.7. n. 12. TL e'v 'rii rfig‘ TOIJ'IG'EUQ bpo'ptp wapafifiue‘v
Matth. § 426. Winer § 56. 2. c.-—Luc. Milly. Of a person, to glide along, sc.
Nigrin. l9. Xen. An. 6. 2. ]. by stealth, as a thief, Plut. de Solert.
Hagom'lfio'lov, adv. (pp. neut. of adj. Animal.<;13 med. T. X. p. 40. 5. Reisk.
1rapafifivelg 'yt‘zp livapum'og cl: row vctlw
1rapa1rhr’latoc nigh by, like, from 1M7
a'ioc,) near by, nigh to, i. e. like, similarly, 'rofi’Aa'xhmrtoi—In N. T. once of per.
seq. dat. Buttm. § 146. l. s 133. 2. 2. sons, trop. to glide aside from, to swerve
or deviate from any thing, e. g. the truth,
Phil. 2: 27 fiaee'vno’e 1rapa1rhr'latov sat/ci
law, precepts, etc. (comp. 1rapn1rt'1rrw,)
rq).—Luc. Cynic. l7. absol. Thuc. 7. 19.
absol. Heb. 2: l 357 M16; 1rpoae'xnv r07g
Huean'Mo/wg', adv. (mpan-Mlmoc) t'ixouafiziot, pirrro're napafifivd'ipev, i. e. lest
pp. near to, nigh by, and hence like, in the we glide aside from them, i. q. lest we
like manner, Heb. 2: 14.—Jos. Vit. § 37. transgress; being thus parallel with
Dem. 36. l. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25. 1rapa'garng and 1rapaxm'1 in v. 2. So Sept.
Hagwrogebolwal, f. ebaopat, (-ro vie‘, p1) 1rapafifiufyg, rfipnaov 5:‘ Early flow
pebopag) to go near or by the side of any M'lv, for Heb. "5 id. Prov. 3: 2l.-—-Clem.
one, i. q. to accompany, Pol. 6. 40. 7. Alex. Paedag. III. p. 246 'lva p1) raga/ibu
ib. 10. 29. 4|.—In N. T. to pass hi, to Gnn rfig o'thnfleiac 51a xauro'rn'ra. Eupol.
pass along by, intrans. Mark 11:20 ml np. Stob. Serm. 4.. p. 53 poll/arm’ re mi
 Hagoianaog 599 Hagar-Maul
rapafifie'i ru'w opemfiv rq'i o'q'i M'yi‘o, comp. 8 r017 oslrrvou. Hdian. 8. 5. 7. III N.T.
K ypke ad loc. Said. 1rapafiliué'ntev' napa in the Jewish sense,preparation, i. e. the
'ne’a‘upev.Hesych.1rapafifiujc‘pzrzwpweflg, day or hours before the Sabbath or other
wapanc'o'yg. Idarapafifiva‘ipcu' ZEoMo'tia’apcv. festival, when preparation was made for
—0thers here prefer the sense to glide the celebration, eve of the Sabbath, etc.
aside, i. q. to stumble and fall, to perish, Matt.27:62. Mark 15:42. Luke 23:54.
so that then the question mig hast; impru John 19: 14., 3] , 42.—Jos. Ant. l6. 6. 2
Eo'pzfia in v. 3 is parallel. So Chrysost. iv miggatnr 1" rfi rpo rat'lrrpg announcer/j.
napafirimhpsr, roure'an, pi) arrohlhyefia, The same is a so called 1r a退arov
pr) inréo'wpsv, but this sense is not sup Mark 15:42. Judith 8:6; an 1rpoeripflov
ported by classic or other usage. Philo de Vit. contempl. p. 616. Comp.
Hagoianaog, 00, 5,17, adj. (efipa) Jahn § 348. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 115 sq.
by-marhed, i. e. having a particular mark Haga'ril'w, f. cw}, (-ra'yu to stretch ,)
or sign, e. g. in a good sense, trop. noted, to stretch out near, by, to,- to extend near,
distinguished, Plut. Brut. 9. Hdian. 5.8. SepLGen. 49:13. Plut. Pyrrh.20. Xen.
15; also in a bad sense, offalse stamp, An. 7. 3.48. In N. T. trop. to eztend,
base, counterfeit, e.g. wipwpa Dem.766. to prolong, to continue, so. in time, trans.
6. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 239. 7. trop. of Acts 20: 7 1raps'ruve' re row Xo'yov pe'xpi
pers. notorious, of ill fame, e. g. fiirrup petrovvs-rt'om—Jos. Ant.l.3.9 rov xpovov.
Dem. 307. 26. Plut. de Lib. educ. c. 7. Polyaen. 3. p. 265, 151/ durpogohw or dxpi
T. VI. p. 12. 12. Reisk. Neutn-r) 1rapa' 550.1,; 1rupe'rews. Intrans. Dio . Sic. 2.
aqpov, sign, mark, badge, plur. insignia, 18. Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 309 pen.
sc. by which any thing is distinguished Ha‘gurngéw, 5, r. flaw, (mpg...) a
from others, 3 Macc. 2: 29. Philo Leg. have an eye near, to watch closely, viz.
ad Cai. p. 1005. Diod. Sic. 3. 3. Dion. a) pp. as the actions of any one with
Hal. Ant.2.67. Espeo. spoken ofa ship, sinister intent, trans. Mark 3: 2 raped].
Lat. parasemon, the sign, badge, designa pour din-oil, zi ro'ig adggaaw sepmru'wci
tion of a ship, commonly a picture or cu’lrov. Luke 6: 7. 14:1. 20: 20. So 1619
image on the prow, and distinguished m'rkag Acts 9: 54.. Sept. for B?! Ps. 37:
from the tutcla or figure of the tutelar 19.—Jos. Ant. 2.9.2. Pol. 11.9.9. Xen.
god of the ship upon the stern; though Mem. 3. l4. 4..
sometimes the parasemon and tutela b) of times, to observe carefully, to keep
would seem to have been the same. superstitiously, e. g. v'lpe'pag, pfivaggc. 'r. A.
Comp. Potter's Gr. Ant. II. p. 198 sq. GalA :10.—Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5 The EfiEopa'Eag.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 401. Plut. Sept. Hagarr'ygno'lg, snug, 17, (1rapa1'11pe'w,)
Sap. Conv. 18 pen. VI. p. 616. Reisk.
close watching, accurate observation. Luke
nfidpevov TOI-I ‘re ravxhr'ypou roiivolaan- Kai
17: 20 01'”: E'pxerai i] fiaoih. T017 9. para
n79 vabg r6 1rapa'm1Fom—Hence in N. T.
1raparnp1'pazwg, not with observation, i. e.
adj. having a sign or badge, Acts 98: 11
not so that its progress may be watched
iv whoa’? wagon/[pp Atoo'xm'lpoic in a
with the eyes—Arr Epict. 3. 16. 15.
ship badged with the Dioscuroi.
P01. 16. 22. 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 2B.
Haguanevaiiw, dam, (O'Kfllflizhh) to Hagar/0mm, f. Sim», (rieqpt) to
make ready near or for any one, to pre
put or place near any one, trans.
pare at hand, e. g. food, absol. Acts 10:
a) e. g. food, to set or lay before any
10 E'yéysro 55‘ 1rpria'1rcwog - ' - 1rapaaxwalliv
one, c. ace. of thing and dat. of pers.
row 35 c'Ketvann—fl Macc. 2: 27 aware’ expr. or impl. Mark 6: 41 1m 1rapa9u'ww
awv. Hdot. 9. 82 (Sabra/av. Xen. Cyr. 4.
ain'oig. 8:6 bis, 7. Luke 9:16. 10:8. 11:
5. l, Q.—Mid. or Pass. to prepare one's
sel , to be ready, 2 Cor. 9: 2, 3. seq. rig 6 0171: Ext» 3 napaar'po'w airy]. Acts I6:
345 rpérrclav. 1 Cor. 10: 27. Sept. for
aréhquw 1 Cor. l4: 8. Sept. for 122 Jer. up 1175 Gen. 18:8. in? m: Gen. 24. as.
50:42.-—Jos.Ant. 5. 7. 5. Hdian. 2.14s2.
2 Sam.12:20.—Jos.Ant.B.9.l rpa'rrclav.
Xen. Cyr. l. 5. 9. ib. l. 6.18.
Luc. D. Deor. 84'. l. Xen. Conv. 2. 2
Hagowxsw'), 5;, a, (flxsw'h) a mah 557mm)’.
i'ng ready at hand, i. e. preparation, 2 b) trop. as a teacher, to set or lay before,
Macc. 15:21r6v 6'1rhwv. Jos.B. J.l.ll. i. q. to propound, to deliver, 0. acc. et dat.
 Hagaroyxa'm 600 Ilégelpn
Matt. 13:24 lihknv 1rapa§ohfiv1rapéflnxzv pépsl'og pom fixbaro rfic 'Abpiac.-—1\ie
abro'ic. v. 31. Mid. seq. bn Acts 17: 3. taph. to be borne or carried away in mind.
Sept. for ‘as’? w'w Ex. 19: 7. 21.1.— Heb. l3: 9 bzbaxaig 1l'0tKl'AfltC-“Ffi napa
Diod. Sic. 1. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. s. 14.. Mid. ¢épw6e, where for the dat. with the Pass.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 init. comp. Buttm. § 134. 4.—Plut. Timol. 6
c) lNIid. 1raparl'9spat, aor. 2 1rape0c'pnv, obrwg ai xpiaslc - -- au'ovra: mi napaqpc'pov
aor. 2 imper. 1rap<itiou, 2 Tim. 2: 2, not rat (545.1»; inrb K. r. A. El. V. H. 9. 41.——
napafiofi, comp. Buttm. § 107. v. 1, 19; In both these examples text. rec. has
pp. to place with any one on one's mpipépopm q. v.
own account, i. q. to give in charge, to Hafa¢eoyéw, 5, f. flow, (¢povc'w,) to
commit, to enlrust,c.acc. et dat. Luke 12: be aside flom a right mind, i. q. to befoob
48 Kai Q 1rupéesvro no)“: 1 Tim. 1: 18. ish, to act foolishly, absol. 2 Cor. 11: 23
2 Tim. 2: 2. 1 Pet. 4: 19. Also Luke 1raparppom7v Rahal—Sept. Zech. 7: 11.
23: 46 eig xcipc'ic aou napuer'yo'opat n) .‘El. V. H. 12. 51. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 6.
1rvsi'lpu' poo, comp. Ps. 31: 6 where Sept. Hagowgow'rx, 0:5, .7, (wapawoyéuh)
for '5 '12? “min—Tob. 4: l. Pol. 33. 12. pp. ‘ state oi‘ being aside from a right
3. Diod. Sic. l7. 23.—In the sense of
mind,’ i. e. folly, madness, 2 Pet. 216 :.
to commend, c. acc. et dat. Acts 14: 23 Comp. \Viner p. SOL—Not found else
1rape'esvro abrolic 1'9? Kvpirp. 20: 32.-—
where.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 mid. nupantlc'pzvog bpiic
vii/up aunppoabvnc. Haguxslpm'gw, f. duo, (xupa'zo)
to winter near or at a place, with a person,
Hagaru'yxoivw, aor. 9 nape'ruxov, intrans. Acts 27: 12. 28: 11. 1 Cor. 16:
(ruyxziw) to fall in with any one, to 6. Tit. 3:12.—-Dem.909.14. Diod. Sic.
happen near, part. oi naparv'yxdvovreg, 19. 34.
Acts l7:17.—.los. Am. 2. 9.5. P01. 10.
15. 4. Xen. Apol. Socr. 11. HagaXa/nao/a, mg, 17, (Wapdxfl
pdZw,)a wintering near or at a place,Acts
Hugo: 1171,7606, adv. (abrim , abrog ,) pp. 27: 12.—Pol.3. 34. 6. Diod. Sic. 19.68.
at this very instant, instantly, equiv. to
nap‘ ab'ra n‘: 1rpd-yparu v. ra 7W6 sva;
Hagaxgfifm, adv. pp. for n'apa 16
xpfipa, lit. ‘with the thing itself,’ at the
Tob. 4: 18. P01. 1. 60. 1. Comp. ittm. very moment, on the spot, i. q. forthwith,
de Synon. N. T. p. 184. Herm. ad Vi . immediately, i. e. directly after something
p. 783.
once Lob.6, ad
0. art. Phr.
h, Ta p. 47.—In
napavrlxa as adi‘in else has taken place; comp. Tittm. de
Syn. N. T. p. 184. Matt. 21; 19 m1 k91
stant, i. q. momentary, transient,'2 Cor. pc'wOn napaxpfipa 1') wrfi,i.e.immodiately
4: 17. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6.——Dem.
after being cursed, v. 20. Luke 1: 64.
72. 16 i, napavrix' ilbow'l. Thuc. 2. 64.
Xen. Cyr. l. 5. 9.
4. 39. me. 8:44, 47,55. 13.13. 18:43
19:11. 22:60. Acts 3: 7. 5:10. 9:]8
Haet7t¢é§b5 aor. 2 1rapfirs'yxov, (ot 12:23. 13:11. 16126, 33. Sept. for :31‘;
pw,) to bear on near, to bring on before, Num. 6:9. 12:14. Is. 30:13.—Jos.Ant
Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 6. Also to bear along by, 15.3.5. lEl.V.H. 10.3. Xen.Cyr.3.l.17.
to bear away, e. g. as does a stream, Act. Hoigbomg, ewg, ;,, (1r(ip8oc,) a pan
Diod. Sic. 17. 55. Pass. Hdian. 8. 4. 7. ther, leopard, Rev. 13:2. Sept. for ‘F3
Diod. Sic. 18. 35. Hence in N. T. Is. 11: 6. Jer. 5: 6.-—1El. V. H. 12.39
a) Act. trop. i. q. to let pass away, to Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 7.
avert, e.g. evil, 0. acc. of thing, Mark 14: Hugebgfl'w, f. n'm'w, (mipebpot‘ 'sll'
36 rapc'vs'yre rd norilpwv iur' e'poii rm'n'o. ting by, fr. 35pm, 'z'lopaz) to sit near, M1
Luke 22: 42. Comp. Matt. 26: 39, 42, to wait near, to acres, 0. dat. 14;» Sum“
where it is 1raps'pxeaean—Plut. Arat. 43 ornplq: 1 Cor. 9; 13 in Mss. for spont
‘rare pz‘v nbv 1rapi1ve'yxe rb fmtis'v. Xen.
Ven. 5. 27. 5psiuu.—Pol. 29. 11. 10. Dem. 572. 10
b) Pass. pp. to be borne along by, to be rIOégU‘U/l, f. c'o'opai, (sipi) to be near
borne or carried away, e. g. clouds, Jude by, to be present, to have come, absol. John
12 vcdze'lun r‘ivvbpol inn‘) (1 vr'pwv 1rapa¢zpo 7: 6 b xaipbg Epbc oiiww m'lpsrrnv. 111 99
psi/cu, i. e. driven rapidly along—Plut. b blbr'w'xahoc mipenrn. Acts 10:21. 171
Arat. 12 1rpog bi pc'ya 7I’I'CI-IpG-u1l'apfl¢i 6. 1 Cor. 5:3 his. 2 Cor. 10:2, 11- 13'
 I
Hageto'a'yw 601 Hagtufioh';
2, 10. Rev. 17:8 in later edit. So 2 Pet. the state of transgression from Adam 10
1:12 Ev 1f 1rapobay (‘0.1785131 i. e. the truth Moses.-—-Test. XII Patr. p. 608 yt'vrrm
which is with you, which ye have re [M01], Kai nopuo's'pxeraz i) c'wawxuvria.
ceived. Seq. e’v c. dat. of time Luke 13: Philo(P159
pirre de pip-s
Temul. p. 243.
Mi'yov C, ti'ywna
1rupeurek0e'ir e'u'iaa.
l. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.) Seq. tig c. acc.
of pers. Col. 1: 6, comp. in Big no. 4. id. de O if. p. 34. D. Here Loesner and
c'rt c. gen. of pers. before whom, Acts others fa ely take 1rapuae’pxopat as being
24: 19. é¢' 5 v. Exp‘ ‘,1 of purpose Matt. i. q. eiae'pxopm. Loesn. Obs. p. 252.
26:50. Ewinrldv rtvog Acts 10:33. #964‘ 2. to go or come in by stealth, to enter
c. acc. Acts 12:20. 2 Cor. 11:8. Gal. unawares, sc. into the church, intrans.
4: 18, 20. Sept. for 853 Num. 22: 20. Gal. 2: 4 o'irtvec 1rapetafiMiov KGTGUKO
Lam. 4: 18. —- Diod. Sic. 17:8. Xen. 'tl’fitfaL—Pllll. Coriolan. 23. P012553.
Cyr. 4. 5. 23. c. :1;- Jos. Ant. 1. l9. 4. Diod. Sic. 12. 27.
Xen. An. 1. 2. 2. Em’ c. acc. Xen. Ag. Hugem'gbégw, aor. 2 1rapetm'1ve'yxa,
1. 32.— Part. r6 mzpdv the present so. (¢e'pw,) to bear or bring in therewith or
time, Heb. 12: 11 apt‘); rd ‘Impose—Jos. thereunto, to bring forward therewith, e.g.
Ant. 6. 5. l. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 29. — vépov Dem. 484. 1,12.—ln N.T. trop.
Spoken of things, seq. dat. of pers. to be to bringforward along with,to exhibit there.
present with or to a person, i. e. the per with, e. g. mrovbfiv m'iaav 2 Tim. 1: 5.
son has rafira,
mipwrt the thing, 2 Pet.
i.e. he who 1:9
has (,1notyap
these
Hafétt'rog, adv. (A769,) pp. near by
things. (Wisd. 31: 1.) Hence rd 1m without, i. q. Engl. out near, out by, only
po'vra things which one has, i. e. property, in very late writers and only trop. i. q.
fortune, condition, Heb. 13:5 t’ipxoz'ipevot besides, 0. art. rt‘: ‘Hagen-tic, the things
roig 1rapm7rnin—Pllocylid. 4 l'tpxzi'otiat besides, over and above, 2 Cor. 11:28
Xwpig ru'w 1I‘GPEKT6Q- Comp. Buttm. §
1rapcoi7at, Kai dMorpiwv tinc'xweat. Xen.
Conv. 4. 42. 125. 6. — With a gen. in the sense of
except, Matt. 5: 32 1rapsxrbg Xd-you 1rop
Hagem'wyw, f. Eu, (51011740,) to lead
vslag. Acts 26: 29. So Aquil. for ‘17'3"
in by the side of others, to introduce along Deut. 1:36. Gr. incert. for ‘"12",’? Lev.
with others, Diod. Sic. 1.87, 96. In 23: 38.—-Pamphil. in Geopon. 13. 15. 7.
N. T. to lead or bring in by stealth, to
smuggle in, trans. e. g. rag aZpéa-uc into Hagsufiob’y, i?’ 1'], (rapepgcihhm
the church, 2 Pet. 2: L-Pol. l. 18. 3. to throw in by or between, to interject,
Plut. Pyrrh. 29. Diod. Sic. 12. 41. Dem. 1026. 20. Plut. Marcell. 26; from
Hagsiaax-rog, 00, .3, {1, adj. (nap IMAM’) intetpolation sc. of sentences,
IEschin. 23. 41. ib. 83. 21. As a mili
Stdéyuh) brought in by stealth, smuggled in,
tary word, juzta-array, a certain method
sc. into the church, Gal. 2:4 bu‘: robe
1r. tibrNpobg—Hesych. wapzt'aax-rov‘ tilt
of drawing up troops, P0]. 10. 21. 5. ib.
Mirpwv.
11. 32. 6. Hence in N. T
a) meton. array, for army, host, i. e.
Hugmééw, r. i/aw, (5a., 86m, in as drawn up in battle-array. Heb. 11:34
trans. to go in, see Buttm. § 114. Pas 1rapep€ohag E's-Away c'tkho'rpiwv, see in
sow bin-1 3,) to go or come in by stealth, KMvw b. Rev. 20:9. So Sept. for “3133;
to creep in unawares, so. into the church, Ex. 14:24. Judg. 4:16. 7: 1.—] Macc.
Jude 4.—.los. B. J. 1. 24. 1. Hdian. 7. 5: 45. Pol. 3.73.8. 1E1. V.H. 14.46.
9. 18. trop. ib. l. 6. 2. b) in late usage, encampment, i. e. pp.
Ilagswégxo/tw, aor. 2 napewfil\ juxta-arrangement in a camp, P01. 6.
60v, (ipxopat) intrans. 28. 1. ib. 6. 31. 7. Hence genr. a camp,
l. to go or come in near to any thing, spoken of a standing camp, castra sta
to enter in unto or with any thing, i. e. tiva, i. q. Engl. quarters, barracks, viz.
so as to be present along with or by the the quarters of the Roman soldiers in
side of it. Rom. 5: 20 who; bi napa Jerusalem,in the fortress Antonia,which
afiAOev sc. rig any”, but the law entered was adjacent to the temple and com
in thereunto,viz. unto or upon the nupti manded it, Acts 21:34, 37. 22:24. 23:
rrrmpa in v. 18, comp. v. 12 i, dpapn’a 10, 16, 32.—Spoken also of the encamp
amass, i. e. the law snpervened upon ments of the Israelites in the desert,
 Hagsvozkéw 602 Hagéxu
Heb. 13:l l; and in the same connexion 33. 2 Cor. 5: 17. James 1:10. 2 Pet.
trop. v. [3. Comp. Lev. 4:12, 21. 16: 3:10. Rev. 21: 1. So Sept. and "2! Ps.
27, where Sept. for "311?. So Sept. genr. 37:36.—Theocr. 27. 8 rc'ixa yap a: nap
for 3.31.1’! 1 Sam. 4: 5, 6. 2 K. 7: 5, 7.— s'pxerai, Ibo b'vap, fig". Dem. 291. 12.—
Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1. P0]. 3. 74. 5, 9.-—Plut. (/3) Of words, declarations, etc. to pass
Cass. 45. Galb. 27. Phrynichus pro away without fulfilment. to be in vain,
nounces this use of the word to be Bum}; Matt. 5:18. 24:35 vi 5:‘ A6704. you oi: pr)
Maucbovuco'v, ed. Lob. p. 877. Comp. 1rapéA0wai. Mark 13:31. Luke 21:33.
Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 30 sq. 0) trop. of evils, to pass away fi-om
any one, i. q. to be removed, averted, seq.
Hagsvoxléw, 5, f. 17m, (Evoxkéw am; 0. gen. of pres. Matt. 26:39 mapsA
q. v.) to disturb along side of something
Oz'rw 1'11r' Epoi r6 1rorr’lpiov roi‘lro. v. 42.
else, to trouble besides, seq. dat. of pers.
Mark l4:35.—pp. Sept. Cant. 3:4. 1E1.
Acts l5: l9 xpivu, p1) 1rapevoxheiv roig
r’uro ra'w c'Ova'w. Sept. for H153?‘ Mic. 6: V. H. 13. 38.
d) trop. to pass by or over, i. e. to ne
3. Y"??? Job 16: 3.—l Macc. 12: 14.
glect, to transgress, c. acc. comp. in no. 1
Pol. l. 8. 1. Diod. Sic. 14. 27. c. ace. above. Luke 11: 42 n)v Kpio'w. 15: 29
Sept. Judg. 14: 17. Pol. 16. 37. 3.
irroh'lv. So Sept. and 3! Dent. 26:13.
Hage-x/bnaog, 00, a, ,7, adj. (En-18n Jer. 34: 18.—Jos. Ant. 14. 4. 3. Dion.
pug, see imbqpéw) a by-residenl, sojourn Hal. Ant. 1. 58. Lys. 107. 42 vbpov.
er, among a people not one's own, Heb.
11:13. 1 Pet. 1:1. 2:11. Sept. for 511,55“ Hoigws, em, .7, (1rapinpi, q.v.) a
Gen. 23:4. Ps. 39: 13.—Pol. 32. 22. letting pass, prrefermission, remission, in
4 'EXXrp/cg 1raps1ribnpoi. the sense of overlooking, not punishing,
Rom. 3: 25; difl'. from aqheaig, which im
1106526601140”, f. 1rapehsba'opai, aor. plies pardon,forgiveness. Comp. Tittm.
2 1rapiiA60v, intrans. On the formation de Syn. N. T. p. lB5.—Dion. HaLAnt.
of the fut. see 'Epxopai. 7. 37 rr‘lv ps‘v bhoaxepii mipcaiv ou'x
l. to come near to any person or thing, tb'pov'ro. Comp. 1rapin'ui Ecclus. 93: 2.
to draw near, to come, e. g. to a table etc.
Luke 12:37 1rapck9¢hv biaxow'lau abroig. Hagixw, f. s'Ew, (i'xw q.v.) to boldnear
l7: 7. (Ecclus. 29:9.) Genr. Mark 6: to any one, Hom. 0d. 18. 317. I]. I8.
48 mi fiOcXe 1rapzk0eiv abrovc, where for 556. In N.T. to hold out near or towards
the ace. as depending on 1rapci see Buttm. any one, i. q. topresent, loafer, etc.
s 14.7.11. 12. Matth. <, 426. 3. (ml. V. a) pp.c.acc. Luke 6:29 mipsxs mi n‘yv
H. 2. 35 brei 5:’ no abrbv mxpfikfiey.) (iMm', sc may6va.—Luc. D. Deor. 4. 5.
Others refer this to no. 2. In a hostile El. V. H. 13.2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 54.
manner, Acts 24: 7.—Jos. B. J. 3. 8.2. b) trop. i. q. to be the cause, source,
El. V. H. 12. 39. Xen. Conv. l. 7. occasion of any thing to a person, i. e. to
2. to go or pass near, to pass along by. make or do, to give or bestow, to show, to
a) pp. and absol. Luke 18: 37 (‘in b occasion, so. in one's behalf, 0. acc. et dat.
'Iqaoig b NuZ. 1rapz'pxc1'ai. Seq. sec. expr. or impl. E.g. x61rov v. xovrovg rap
of pers. or lace, see above in no. 1. s’xsw rim’, to give one trouble, i. q. to troll.
(Mark 6:48.? Acts l6:B 1rapeX60'v-rsc be‘ ble, to vet, see fully in Kbnoc fin. Matt.
rhv Mvalav. Seq. bu'i Tim‘ 6501'; Matt. 26: 10. Mark 14: 6. Luke 11:7. 18: 5.
8: 28. Sept. for “=1! Ex. 15: 16. Judg. Gal. 6: l7. (Pol. 1. 20. 10 buaxs'puav
ll: 17, 19.—Xen. An. 2. 4. 25. c. acc. 1rape'xeiv.) Also Epyaaiav 1raps’xcw run’,
Ceb.Tah. 9. Xen.Cyr. 2. 27.—Spoken to make or bring gain to any one, Acts
of time, to pass by, to be past, absol. 16:16. (Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 6 P1170611.) Am
Matt. l4: 15 b a'ipa 1751] Tupi—[Xena Acts 17: 31 rim-w 1rapaax6w miaw, Lat. om.
27:9. 1 Pet. 4: 3 b 1rapehnhv9¢hg xpdvog. nibusfidanfaciens, causing belief in all,
Sept. for “92 Job 17: ll. Cant. 2: ll.— i. e. proving, confirming to all. Comp.
Dem. 40. 13. Xen. An. 1. 7. 18.‘ Fischer Prolus. de Vit. Lex. N. T. p.
b) tro . i. q. to pass away, to perish, 36 sq. (Jos. Ant. 2. 9.4. Plut. Mar. 17.
absol. (a genr. Matt. 5: 18 Ewe (‘iv 1rap_ Pol. 4. 33. 7. Comp. Raphel Annott. in
{Min 4'; oirpavbg Kai 1') yr‘). ‘24'. 34, 35. loc.) Acts 22: 2 1rape'axov fiavxiav they
Mark 13:30,.’31. Luke 16:17. 21:32, gave silence. (Sept. for u"??? Job 34: 29.
 Hagn'yog/oz ' 603 Hug/nu!
Dion. Hal. Ant. ll. 32.) Acts '28: 2 1r. in a strict and literal sense, that which
oahavflponri'av. 1 Tim. I24. 6: 17.—Jos. the prophet spoke in a wider sense ‘and
Ant. 1. 8. l. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 28.—Mid. on a difl'erent occasion.’ Comp. Gesen.
wapc'xopm, to do or show for one's self, Lex. H‘EéL—Trop. 2. Cor. llz2. — (,3)
for one's own part. Luke 7:4 iiEuSg iarw Gem. of amarriageable inaiden,damsel,
ql wapc'Eel 'rofn'o, for whom thou shouldst Matt. 25:1, 7, 11. Acts 21: 9. 1 Cor. 7:
on thy/part do this, where for 2 pers. fut. 85,28, 34 pspz'pw'raz 1'] your) Kai l) rap
wapéEu see Buttm. § 103. n. III. 3. p. fiz'vog, i. q. l, dye/mg ibid. v. 36,37 1‘,
200; but others read wapéfip. Acts 19: 1rapOévoc m'n'ou'l, i. q. his virgin daughter,
24'. Col. 4: I To dilcmov role 501M019 marria cable but unmarried. So Sept.
'n'apc'xeoee, show on your part towards and "23!, Gen. 24:43. for ":23. Gen. 24:
servants what isjusl etc. (Dem. 228. 26. 14, 55. 34: 3 of Dinah after she was
Xen. An. 7. 6. 11.) C. dupl. acc. Eavro'v defiled. — 3 Macc. l: 18. Diod. Sic. 5.
Tl, Tit. 2: 7 oeavrov ‘Il'll 5x61451100; 'n'nroy 73. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 9. Mem. 1. 5. 2.
xaluiv E yaw. Comp. “giner § 39. 6. p. b) Masc. Rev. 14:4 oi'rrol slow, oi‘
2H.—§en. Cyr. 8. l. 39. act. Plut. de peril yuymmiv oin: e'pohi'wenoav' 1rapflz'voi
Lib. educ. c. 20. T. VI. p._47. 4. Reisk. ‘ydp slow, i. e. chaste, pure, who have
Hagn'yogi'u, 04;, 1", (1raprryops'w to not known women; or else i. q. r‘i-yapoz,
speak with, to exhort, to console, irJrapfi unmarried, so. for the sake of greater
'yopog, d-yopn'm,consolali0n, comfort, sol devotedness to Christ, comp. 1 Cor. 7:
ace, Col. 4: 11.—Jos. Ant. 4'. 8. 3. Flat. 3'2, 33.—SUM. 'Agzk' oi'rrog rupee'vog xai
de Exil. c. l. T. VIII. p. 364. 8. Reisk. 51.-am inrfipxc. Photii Amphil. Qusest.
188. p. 785. r017 1rapez'vov xal clla'y'yzht
Hagflsw'a, as, ;,, (mpOévo¢,) virgin. arm‘; 'Iwo'wyou.
ity, virgin age, Luke 2: 36 Ula'aaa Em
peril dwdpoc e'wrd 61rd rapesw'ag adrfig. Holféog, 0!), 6, a Parthian, Acts 2:
i. e. with the husband whom she had 9, spoken of Jews born or living in Par
married as a virgin. Sept. for m‘fi’l, Jer. thia.—.los. Ant. 10. ll. 7. Hdian. 6. 5.
3: 4.—Ecclus. 15: 2. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. 15.—Parthia proper was a large region
Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70. of Persia, described as bounded N. or
N.VV. by Hyrcania; W. by Media; E.
Hugllévog, 00, b, ;,, adj. virgin, e. g. by Aria; and S. by Carmania deserts;
'yvw‘; 1mp0e'yog Hes. Theog. 514. Ti and wholly surrounded by mountains.
1rapfiévq: Su-yarpl Al'yr'nrrov Sept. for In the later period of the Roman repub
35:1"? Jer. 46: ll. 1" rupees/09 'yfi Jos. lic, the Parthians extended their con
Ant. 1. l. 2. 1rap6. #1171’) Eschyl. Pers. quests and became masters of a large
612 or 6l5. In N. T. empire. They were esteemed the most
a Fem. 1'; 1rap0s'voc as subst. a virgin, expert horsemen and archers in the
maiden. (at) pp. one who has not known world; and the custom of discharging
man; e. g. Luke 1: 27 biSJrpln; mzpOévov their arrows while in full flight, is pe
pepvnorevps'vnvu-Mapuh' x. r. X. comp. culiarly celebrated by the Roman poets;
v. 34. Sept. for "12*"? Gen. 24: 16. l K. comp. Hor. 0d. 2. l3. l7. Virg. Geor. 3.
1: 2.—Hdian. 1.11. l2, l3. Plut.Romul. 31. See Strabo 10.p.354. Q. Curt. 6.
22.—SO Matt. 1: 231‘) 1rapOz'vog s’v-yaa'rpl 11. Cellar. Notit. Orb. lib. 3. c. 18 sq.
'e'Eu, noted from Is. 7: 14 where Sept.
for "E22, apparently referring however Huginfm, f. 'n-apr'low, (111,111,) pert‘.
to the youthful spouse of the prophet, pass. rape'ipcu, see Buttm. \} 107. 1.1;
comp. Is. 8:3, 4. 7:3. 10: 21. [But see, to let pass by or along, Hdot. 3. 72. trop.
in opposition to thisidea, Hengstenberg’s to let pass, to pretermit, to neglect, Luc.
christology of the O. T. Keith's trans]. Hermot. l5. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. l2. xalpdv
vol. I. p. 34.2.] So Hams, Sept. your)”, Pol. l. 33. 5. to let go loose, to relax, e. g.
Joel I: 8. Sept. also vu'wig for 7025,! rm);- rspfipi’oug ropes, Aristoph.
s. 440.
68: 26. So also 1‘, 1rapOévog for youthful or 442,c0mp. 437.-Hence in N. . trop.
spouse, bride, vi'lfupn, Hom. ll. 2. 514 Pass. 'Il'apl'EIJClL, to be relaxed, enfcebled,
03c re'xev 'Ao-ruoxu, wapec'roc 1:150:31. only perf.part. as xeipeg 1rape¢pévat,hands
Soph. Trach. 1221. The sense then in cnfeebled, hanging down from weariness
Matt. 1. 0. would be: ‘Thus was fulfilled and despondency, Heb. 12:12. So Sept.
 Hugm-roiw
for ‘H9: Zeph.3:17.—’Ecclus.2:13. 25:23.
J05.’ Ant.13. 19.5. Diod. Sic.14.105,111.
I , , Xen. Mem. 3. ll.2.—Trop. in a friendly
notflfl'uvw, see in Hapwrn/u.
Hfltflld'fflfbt, f. 1rapaorr'po'u, (Tm-1”“
q. v.) aor. 2 wapéarrlv etc. Also pres.
rapwn'wu, a later secondary form, Rom.
6; 13,16. Dem. es. 9. Pol.3. 113.8;
comp. Passow sub. v. Buttm. § 112. 18.
s 106. n. 5.—Trans. to cause tov stand
near,- intrans. to stand near,- see in "Iarrlpt.
Buttm. s 107. II.
I. Trans. in the pres. irnpt'. fut. and
aor. l of the Active to cause to stand near,
to place near by, 1E1.V.H.12.l post med.
Pol. 3.11.3.8. Hence in N.T. to place or
set before any one, to present,to ezhibit,e. g.
a) gem’. c. acc. et dat. expr. or impl.
Acts 23: 33 nopt'm'naall Kai 'rbv Hal-Mow
abry'. Luke 2: 29 1'93 Kvptap sc. in the
temple. 2 001242144 mi 1rapaa'n'yaet [Y'llufig]
miv bp'w, sc. 7?; fir'man rm"; Xp. etc. S0 0.
dupl. ace. of object and predic. rwri rt,
Acts 1:3. 914.1. Rom. 6: 13 bis, 16 ,1
1rapw'rd were Emu-01);‘ dobhovgxVJQ bis. 12:
l. 2 Cor. 11: 2. Eph. 5: 27. Col. 1: 92,
28. 2Tim. 2:15. Sept. for ""QZEI Lev. 16:
7. 1'31.‘ Gen. 47: 2. — Luc. Icarom. 24.
[E]. H. An. 7. 44.. Hdian. 5. 5. 11.
b) i. q. to place at hand, to furnish,
Matt. 26: 53 1rapaa-n’1azt pot n-Mloug K.
r. X. Acts 23: 24 n-fivm—Luc. D. Mar.
6. 2. P01. 30. 9. 3.
c) in the sense to commend, 1 Cor. 8:
8 ,Bpfitpa be‘ {may 01': 1rapt'o'r11at 7:; 9:93.—
.l'os. Ant. 15.7. 3. Arr. Epict. 1.16
m'rriz i'lmwéaal 1') flapau'rfiam.
d) metaph. to set forth by arguments,
-i. e. to show, to prove, Acts 24.: 13 abr:
wapaarfiaat Ebvav'rat, rcpt 131' x. r. X.—
Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 5. Arr. Epict. 2. 23. 47.
Xen. (lie. 13. 1.
II. Intrans. in the perf. plupf. and
aor. 2 otthe Active,and in Mid. to stand
near, to stand by.
a) gem. i. q. to be present etc. c. dat.
expr. or impl. Acts 1: 10. 9: 39 m1 1ra
ps'm'rlaav (Ii/1'4; wiiaat ai xfiplu, i. e. stood
around him. 27: 23. Mark 15: 39 b m1
pca'rr/mhc EEevarrlag, who stood by over
against him. John 18:22. 19: 26. So
part. 01 1rapwrnxbrzg, contr. oi 1rapwru7
reg, (Buttm. § 107. II. 2, 3,) the by
standers, Mark l4:47,69,70. 15: 35.
Acts 23: 2,41. c. ivénrw’v ru'og Acts 4:
10. Sept. for 2;! (Niph.) Gen. 45: l. 1
604 Hagan/at
Sam. 22: 6, 7. ‘"3! Gen. 18:8. Judg. 8:
19.—Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 2. Hdian. s. a. 6.
sense, to stand by, to aid, c. dat. Rom.
16: 2 Kai 1rapaa'rii1'e Cll'ITii- 2 Tim. 4: l7.
-—Epict. Ench. 38. Dem. 366. 20. Xen.
H.G. 6. 5. 33.—Trop. and by impl. in a
hostile sense,absol. Acts 4:26 wapz'o'rndav
oi Bamkeig fig 7''", quoted from Ps. 2:2
where Sept. for iééIQ-‘h—Ecclus. 51: 3.
-—-Spoken of time, a season, etc. i. q. to
be present, to have come, Marl: 4: 29 1m
pe'a'rnxev b szpwiuku —- Dem. 255. 25.
b) i. q. to stand before any one, in his
presence,e.g. in a forensic sense,betbre
a judge. Acts 27: 24 Kaiaapt’ a’: be?
wupaa-rfiuat. Rom. 14.: 10. — genr.
Hdian. 1. 4. 1. — Spoken of attendants,
ministers, who wait in the presence of a
superior, e. g. Luke 1: 19 e'ycb Kill“. Pa
gpu‘lh b nape-urged’; e'va'nnov rm": 9:017.
Seq. dat. Luke 19: 24, coll. v. 13. So
Sept. and "AP? ‘"9? Dent. 1:38. 1 Sam.
16: 21,22. 11:115. Gen. 40:4. Ex. 24.113.
—Luc. D. Deor. 24. l Efim—lrapem-a'rm
To? All‘.
Hagfoem'g, E, 6, Parmenas, pr. n. of
one of the seven primitive deacons, Acts
6: 5.
Hoigobog, 00, t’, ((3561; q. v.) a way
by,passage-way, in place Jos. BJ. 1.1.5.
Thuc. 3. 21. Xen.An. l. 7.16,17. In
N. T. in action, a way by, a passing by.
1 Cor. 16: 7 iv mrpédlp by the way,i|1
passing—Luc. D. Deor. 94. 2. P01. 5.
68. 8. Thuc. l. 126.
Hagoméw, 5, (olxa'w,) to dwell near,
to be neighbour, Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen.
Vect. l. 5. In N. T. to be a by-dweller,
to sojourn, to dwell as a stranger, c. Er,
Luke 24:18 or) ‘wit/09 *n'apolxeig Ev 'Ispov
aahr’lp' Seq. elg, Heb. 11:9 1rupain7azr
eig rhv 7171/, i. e. he came and sojourned,
comp. in Big no. 41. Sept. for "11 Gen.
20: 1. 26: 3. =25: Gen. 24.: 37.—Dio
Chrysost. 4.6. p. 521. D_.1r0)\1‘1 yilp xpcir
Tov dw'ya'ba elvat, Kai 1rapoute'lv int 50%,
1") rotaiJm 1raBe't'1'. Isocr. Paneg. c. 43.
p. 744. D. Comp. in Ha'powoc.
Hagoml'ot, 065, 1'), (wapowéu) a dwel
ling near, neighbourhood, Psalt. Salom.
12: 3. In N.T. a sty'ourning, residence
in a foreign land without the right of ci
tizenship, Acts 13: 17 2'1: 11'; ‘II'IIPOLH'Q iv
7;] Aiytmrep. Sept. for =2“ Ezra 8: 34.
 Hat'gomo; 605 Hugouo'l'a
—Wisd. 19: 10.—Metaph. of human b'poioc. Diod. Sic. 4. 26. Dem. 12. 8.
life, 1 Pet. 1: l7; comp. Heb. ll: 13. So Xen. H.G. 3. 4. 13.
Sept. and WE Ps. 119: 54. Hagogi'ww, t‘. we, (656w, 656;.) to
Hoigomog, ov, b,t,,adj. olkog) dwel sharpen by or on any thing, sc. by rub
ling near,neighbouring, 0. dat. lut. Pyrrh. hing, to whet, e.g. rhr pdxmpav Sept.
10. Hdot. 7. 235. In N. T. o'lra'potxog for ‘IE? Deut. 32: 41. to sharpen by or
subst. a by-dweller, sojoumer, sc. without along with, thereby, i. e. with .and for
the rights of citizenship,ajoreigner, Acts some other act or purpose, e.g. trop. 16v
7: 6, 29 mipoucog iv 'y'Maowiy. So Sept. fixov Plut. Marcel]. 20. Metaph. to shar
for ‘'5 Gen. l5: 13. x. 2: 22.—Ecclus. pen the mind, temper, courage of any
29:26, 27. — Trop. of human life, 1 Pet. one, to incite, to impel, Jos. Ant. l5. 3. 5.
2: ll, comp. 1:17. Also in respect to the Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 13.—Hence in N. T.
church and the kingdom of God, Eph. metaph. to provoke, to rouse, sc. to anger,
2: 19. indignation, only Pass. or Mid. Acts 17:
HagoI/M'ot, mg, 13, (1rdpotpog by or on 16 1rapwEi/vcro rd 'tl'VU-I/lfl airfoil K. 1'. ll.
the way,fr. alpog,)pp. ‘ something by the 1 Cor. 13: 5. So Sept. for B"??? Deut.
way;' hence a by-word, by-weech, i.e. 9:18. new. Deut. 1:34.. 9:19.—Jos.Ant.
a) pp. aproverb, adage, 2 Pet. 2: 22 8. 8. 5. Dem. 10. 24.. Thuc. 6. 56.
T6 riig c’thrltloiig napotlui'ag. Symmach. Hugogvo'aog, 05, 6, (1rapoEi1vw,) pp.
for 5351: E2. l2:-22.—Luc. D. Mort. 8. 1. a sharpening, i.e. trop.
El. V.H. 12. 22. Soph.Aj~ac. 664. or 673. a) incitement, impulse. so. to action or
b) in John's Gospel, i. q. napagoh'l, feeling. Heb. 10: 24' do 1rupoE.('t'yd1rnc
which word is not used by John, comp. xai x. E'p'ywv.
in Hapafiolu'y. E. g. (a) gent. figurative b) paroxysm of anger, sharp contention,
discourse, dark saying, i. e. obscure and angry dispute, Acts 15:39. Sept. for
full of hidden meaning, John 16: 25 bis, i132. Deut. 29: 28. Jer. 32: 37.—Dem.
iv 1rapoz'ut'aic hakeiv. v. 29. Comp. in 1105. 24.
Hupagolu'y 0. So Sept. and 51,3? of short Ilagog'ytzw, t‘. low, (61,715”) Att.
and sententious maxims, Prov. 1: l. 25: fut. wapop-ytm Buttm. § 95. 7 sq. Winer
l.—-Ecclus. 6:35. 39:3. — ([Daparable, § 13. l. c. ; to make angry by or along
in the usual sense, John 10: 6. Comp. with some other act or thing, to provoke
in Hapaéohiy b. thereby,therewith, etc. o. acc. Eph. 6: 4
Ha’gmvog, ov, a, 1',, adj. (alvoc) by ,ur) 1rapopyi§ers rd rékva ilpuiw. Rom. 10:
wine, i.e. spoken of what takes place by 19 quoted from Deut. 32:21 where Sept.
or over wine, revelry, as rc‘t 1ra'pou'a sc. for 915,-‘! , as also Judg. 2: 19. l K. 14:
pe'hn, drinking-songs, Boeckh Pind. Fr. 15.—Ecclus. 3: 16. 4':2,3. The Act.
p. 555. In N. T. of persons, i. q. given is found in profane writers only Triclin.
to wine, pp. sitting long by wine, 1 Tim. ad Soph. Antig. 350. comp. Passow s. v.
3:3. Tit. l: 7. — Luc. Tim. 55. Lysias Pass. Dem. 805. 19.
101. 20. Hagog'ywpoog, 05, 5, (wupop-ytt’w)
Hugoi'xopoal, f. xfia'opat, pert‘. nap provocation, Sept. for 52? l K. 15:30. 2
gixnpm, (o‘iXo'uar to go,) to go along by, K. 23: 26. In N.T. angerprovohed, in.
to pass along, Hom. ll. 4. 272. In N. T. dignation, wrath, Eph. 4»: 26. S0 Sept.
only of time, to pass away, intrans. Acts for I122. Jer. 21: 5.—Not found in the
14': 16 iv ra'ic nap xfl'LtE’VfltQ 'ysvsalg— classic writers.
Jos. Ant. 8. 12.3. en. An. 2. 4. l. Hago'rgiww, f. um'b, (away...) to urge
Hagofnowigw, f. time, (ti/101650) q.v.) on by or along with some thing else, to
pp. to be nearly lihe, i.e. gem. to be like, stir up, to incite, sc. thereby, therewith,
to resemble, 0. dat. Matt. 23: 27. Comp. c. acc. Acts 13: 50.—Jos. Ant. 7. 6.1.
in 'Onouifw. Luc. Tux. 35. Plut. de sol Laud. 15.
Hagopuotog, 00, 6, §,, adj. (6,1010%) T. VIII. p. 153. 6. Reisk.
pp. nearly like, i. e. genr. like, similar, Hangover/u, ac, 1‘], (mipupn) pp. the
Mark 7: 8, 13 napdluota TOIGI-ITG 7rohhri. being or becoming present, i.e.
—Poll.0n. 9.130 1rapopoiog' 1rap' dhi'yov a) presence, 2 Cor. 10: 10 1', 5e‘ 1rapou~
 Hagodu’; 606 Hal;
aia r027 mbparog ('iathw'lg. Phil. 2: 12. with boldness, i. q. freely, boldly, Acts 2:
—Hdian. l. 3. 13. Dem. 674. 24. 29. 4: 29,31. 28: al.—l Mace. 4: l8.
h) a coming, advent, genr. 1 Cor. 16: Luc. Hermot. 51. Dem. 95. pen.
17. 9 Cor. 7: 6 by Ty- 1rapouo'iq Tlrou. v. b) by impl. i. q. license, authority, 1
7. Phil. 1: 26 1rapovo'ia mihw "96¢ bpric, Tim. 3:13 Baepbv Eauroic xahbv mp1
a coming again, return.-—2 Mace. 15: 21. 1rotoiivrai, Kai 1roMfiv naéfinaiav iv 1rl
Pol. 23.'10. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 29.—Spo are: x. r. A. Philem. 8. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
ken of the final coming ofChrist tojudg 12 oi Vii/1.0!. ‘ROAM!’ 1rpoc dpaprévowac
ment, Matt. 24: 3. 1 Cor. 15:23. 1 ZEomn 1rafifinaiav. Zosim. 3. 7. p. 255
Thess. 2:19. 2 Thess. 2:8. 2 Pet. 3:4. 1 01'»: E'xeu/ be‘ mrflfinm'av, old “5,101, p175:
John 2: 28. nap. rol'l vioiJ r017 dvep. Matt. wbg uilrqi roflro 'KOLEIV Errirpe'ibavroc.
24:27, 37, 39. nap. r06 Kvpiou l Thess. c) as implying frank reliance, confi
3:13. 4:15. 5:23. 2 Thess. 2:1 James ding hope, i.q. confidence, assurance, 2
52 7,8. 2 Pet. 15 16 Coll. Matt. 24: 30. Cor. 7: 4 1roMr'1 p01 nap'finaia 1rpdc ilpiic
In a like sense, 2 Pet. 3: 12 nap. rfic x. r. 71. but referred by some to a above.
1:089:05 hpépagn—Also of the coming,i.e. Eph. 3:12. Heb.3:6. 4:16. 1049,35.
manifestation of the man of sin, 2 Thess. 1 John 2: 28. 3:21. 4:17. 5:14.—Jos.
2: 9, comp. v. 3. Ant.5.1.l3 nafifinalav hapgdvet 1rpbc rbr
Hanged/lg, (bag, 1'’, (544011,) a by-dish, Beo'v. Diod. Sic. 14. 65.
side-dish, consisting of dainties set on as Halifinma'goaw, 1". (1,641,161., depon.
a condiment or sauce,Athen. 9. 2. p. 367. Mid. (1rafipqaia,) to befreespohen, to speak
B. p.368. A.Pollux Onom. 6. 56. Comp. freely, openly, boldly, i. q. to be free,frank,
Sturz. Lex. Xen. s.v. In later usage and bold, in speech, demeanour, action, etc.
N. T. a side-plate, i.e. aplate, platter, dish, E. g. joined with verbs of speaking,Acts
pp. in which some dainties are served up. 13:46 1rafipnaiaaa'psvol be‘ 6 II rat 6 B.
Matt. ‘23: 25 rd Z'Ewt'iev r017 1rornplov Kai el'lrov. l9: 8. 26: 26. Gem. and seq. iv,
rfig; 1rapoqlu'dog. v. 26.—Arr.Epict. 2. 20. e. g. of place, e'v Ti] aura'yw'yfl Acts 18:
Plut.de adulat. et Amie. 9. T.VI.p. 197. 26; or of thing,ob_|eet, i. q. in behalf of,
3 Reisk. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 4. The gram iv abrq': Eph.6: 20; or of person, main”.
marians condemn the word in this sense, iv 9:911. e. in faith and trust in God,
Phryn. et Lob. p. 176. 1 Thess. 2: 2, comp. l: l and ‘Er no. 1.
Hdppfld'l'tl, d9, 1'], (mic, fifiaic) pp. c. :1; also in! rq': dI/bpa'rl rwoc, in one’:
‘ the speaking all one thinks,’ i. q. free name, by one's authority,comp. in'Ovopa
spokenness, as characteristic of a frank b. Acts 9:27,28. Seq. int 115 Kup/Q Acts
and fearless mind ; hence meton. and 14:3, see in ’E1rl II. 3. c. a. p. 301.—
genr. freeness, frankness, boldness, as of Sept. Job 22:6. Xen. Ag. 11. 5. c. z'v
speech, demeanour, action, etc. of place Plut. Marcell. 20. xara' rwoc
Pol.12.13.8. 1rp0'z; rwa Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 8.
a) pp. and genr. Acts 4: 13 921090171!
rsc be rhv rob He'rpou nufifinaiami. e. his Hdlg, ‘Kidd, 'Ktll‘, gen. mwrlis,
free spokenness, boldness. 2 Cor. 3: l2. rra'myg, raw-roe, all, Lat. omnis, viz.
[7: 4.]— Sept. Prov. 13: 5. Diod. Sic. ]. as including the idea. of oneness, a
1. 53. 1E1.V.l-1.8.12. Dem. 1397. 1.— totality, all, the whole, Lat. lotus, i. q.
So in adverbial phrases, e. g. mzfifirleia, b'hog. In this sense, the Singular is put
i.q.freely,fiankly,boldly, John 7: 13, 26; with a noun having the article; and the
or i.q. openly, plainly, without conceal Plural also stands with the article where
ment or ambiguity, Mark 8: 32. John a definite number is implied, or without
10: 24.. 11:14.. 16: 25,29; also of ac the article where the number is indefinite.
tions, openly, done in the sight of all, not See in 0,1‘), r6, II. A. 2. b. y. \Viner
privately, John 11: 54 m'ucc'rl. a'ofifinolq § 17. 10. Buttm.§ 127.6. Matth. s 217.
neptnrdrei x. r. A. 18: 20. iv mzfifinaia in A) Sing. a) before a subst. with the
or with boldness, i.q. freely, boldlr , comp. article, Matt. 6: 29 0135s‘ Eohopdw iv
'Ev no. 3. b. a. Eph. 6: 19. Phil. 1: 20; mic-p rip 565p abroi'r. 8: 32 m'wa iyd-yt'M
also i.q. openly, publicly, opp. iv ‘spam-9'», Mark 5: 33. Luke 1: 10 m'w rb 1011760:
John 7: 4. Col. 2: 15 ibu-ypc'u'wev Ev 4: 25. John 8: 2 mi: 6 Amie, Acts 1:8.
wafip'nm'a. (Wisd. 5:1.) peril nailprlaiag Rom. 3: 19. 4: 16. al. saapiss. So Wllll
 Hi; 607
the names of cities, countries, etc. meton.
for the inhabitants, Matt. 3: 5. Mark
1: 5. Luke 2: 1. al. - Hdian. 6. 4. 1.
E1. V. H. 6. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 25.—With
proper names, sometimes without the
article, Matt. 2: 3. Acts 2:36. Rom. ll:
26. Comp. Winer§ 17. 10. a.
b) after a subst. c. art. John 5: 22 1'11’
xplmv nio'av 5656:“ rr; vi ". Rev. 13:12.
Comp. in '0, :3, 16,1. 0. uttm. § 127.6.
c) rarely between the art. and subst.
where mi; is then emphatic, comp. in
'O, 5, r6, 1. c. Buttm. l. c. Acts 20: 18
‘row 1ra'vra xpévov. Ga]. 5.14. 1 Tim.
1: 16.
B) Plur. a) before a subst. or other
word, viz. (a) Subst. 6. art. implying a
definite number, Matt. 1: 17 miacu. ai
'yn'cai 2m) 'Agpar‘r Ewe Aagia. 4:8.
Mark 3:28. Luke 1:6. Acts 5:20. Rom.
1: 5. al. saep. Comp. Winer§ 17. 10. b.
Buttm. s 121. 6. Matth. § 265. 2.
Xen. An. 5. 3. 9.—Without art. where
the idea of number is then indefinite,
VViner,Matth. l. c. E.g. 1ra'vrrg livOpwrm
all men, all mankind, indef. Acts 22:15.
Rom. 5:12,18. a]. (Eschin. l. 18.)
1ra'v'rsg- fi'y-yshm 9:017 all angels of God
Heb. 1: 6. miv'ra 28w; Rev. 14:8. Comp.
Winer, Matth. l. Particip. c.
art. as subst. Matt. 4: 24 mirror; rm);
Kata-"m Exovra g. 11: 28 1ra'v'rec cl Komfivrcg.
Luke 1: 66, 71. John 18:4. Acts 2:44.
al. seep—Hdian. 1. 4. 17. Xen. Cyr. 8.
7. 6.—(-y) Before other words and peri
phrases with the art. in place of sub
stantives, e. g. Pron. possess. as wa'wa ra
e'pti Luke 15:31. Preposit. with its case,
Matt.5: 15 mid: Tolce'vrl-lolm'q. Luke 5:9.
John 5:28. Acts 4:24. al. Adv.Col.4:9.
b) after a subst. or other word, viz. (a)
Subst. c. art. as definite, comp. Winer
Buttm. Matth. l. c. Matt. 9: 35 rag 1rd
A“; mica; sc. of that region. Luke 12:
7. Acts 16:26. Phil. 1; 13. Rev. 8:3.
Hdian. 3.1.3.-—Xen. Mem. 1.1.19 fin.—
Without art. with a pr. name, Acts 17:
21 'Afiqvaio: 5e‘ Wayne—gem. Hdian.
4. 25.—(,8) Particip. 6. art. as subst. Acts
20:32 e'v role r‘rytaapz'wne mien’. Heb. 5:
9.——(-y)Bef0re other words or periphrases
with the art. in place of subst. e.g. Pron.
possess. as 1.‘. Ella mivra John 17: 10.
Preposit. with itscase,Gal.1:2 01 05v £1401
1ru'r'rec. Tit. 3:15. Col-4:7. Mark 5:26.
6) between the art. and subst. as em
116?;
phatic, Acts 19: 7. 21.21. 27:37. Comp.
Buttm. § 127. 6. v
d) joined with a Pron. pers. or de
monstr. either before or after it, as r'lpe'ig
mivreg John 1:16. wa'vrcg' fipelg Acts 2:
32. 1r. illud; Matt.23:8. 1'). 1r. Luke 9:48.
oi'u-o: 1r. Acts 1:14. 1r. ailfol'lc Acts 4:33.
airr. 1r. 1Cor.15:10. raiirardwa Matt.4:
9. Luke l2:30,3l. 1r. rafira Mark 7:23.
al. seep.
e) absol. (a) c. art. 01 mil/rec, they all,
i.e. all those definitely mentioned, Mark
14:64 oi as m'lvrsg Kare'xpwav ain'riv malt.
Rom. 11:32. 1 Cor. 10:17. Eph. 4:13.
Phil. 2:21. al. saep.—Neut. ra min-a all
things, i. q. (l) the universe, the whole
creation, Rom. 11: 36 6'5 GIIITOI-IH-Ktll u'c
ailrdv rd n'wra. 1 Cor. 8: 6. Eph. 3:9.
Col. 1:16. Heb. 1:3. Rev. 4:11. Trop.
of the new spiritual creation in Christ,
2 Cor. 5:17,]8. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11,
14.) Meton. for al created rational be
ings, all men, i. q. 01 'miv'rtc, Gal. 3:22.
Col. 1:20. 1 Tim. 6: 13; put also for all
the followers of Christ, Eph. l: 10, 23.
al.—(2) genr. all things before mentioned
or implied, e. g. the sum of one's teach
ing Mark 4: 11; all the necessaries and
comforts of life etc. Acts 17:25. Rom.
8:32. So 1 Cor. 9:22. 12:6 coll. v. 5,
6. 2 Cor. 4:15. Eph. 5:13. Phil. 3:8.
coll. v. 7. Col. 3: 8. al.—(3) as a predi
cate of a pr. name, e. g. 5 9559 r1‘: mill-m
Ev 1rficnv,all in all, i.e. above all, supreme,
1 Cor. 15:28. Col. 3: 11.—([3) Without
art. miv'rec, all, i.q. m'rvrzg fivflpunror, all
men. Matt. 10:22 pw'm'rpevm inn‘) ram-my.
Mark 2:12. 10:44. Luke 2:3 £1ropn'lovro
m'w-reg, aa went, i. e. all the inhabitants
of Judea etc. 3:15. John 2: 15, 24. —
Neut. m'wra, all things, Matt. 8: 33
am’ry'yctkav 1rc'lv1'a. Mark 4:34. Luke
3:20. John 4:25, 45. Acts 10:39. 1 Cor.
16: 14 'm'lyra. {415:1 i. e. all your actions,
whatever ye do. Heb. 2: 8. James 5:12.
al. seep. Accus. m'wra as adv. as to or in
all things,in all respects, wholly, Acts 20:
35. l 001‘. 9: 25. 10: 33. 11: 2. (JOB.
Ant. 9. 8. 3. Xen. An. 1. 3. 10.) So
Kara 1rr'wra as to afl things,in all respects,
Acts 3:22. Col. 3: 20. Heb. 2: 17. (2
Mace. l: 17.) etc mivra id. 2 Cor. 2: 9.
iv 1rfia'w in all things, in all respects, 2
Cor. 11:6. 1 Tim. 3: 11. 2 Tim. 2: 7.
Tit. 2:9. 1 Pet. 4: 11. al. seep.
2. Sing. 1rd; without the art. as in
 11:2; 608 Ha'axa
eluding the idea of plurality, all, every, 7: 21 oil 1rc1g b M71111’. 19:11. Rom. 9:
i.q. Eraarog,comp. Buttm. § 127.6.Winer o. 10:16. 1 Cor. l5:39.8.l.——-But1riig--
§ 17. 10. a. (a) With nouns, Matt. 3:10 ob, where on’: belongs to the verb, is by
1rc1v obv bc'vdpov p1) 1r0101'w xapmiv. 4: 4. Hebr. i.q. Oflailc, not one,no one, nothing,
Mark 9:49. Luke 2:23. 4: 13, 37. 10: none, see fully in 01': a. 7. Luke 1: 37.
1. John 1: 9. 2:10.11]. BEBP'lSS.—(fl) Be Rom. 3:20. Gal. 2:16. 1 John 2: 2|.
fore a relat. pron. it is intensive, e. g. Rev.22:3. SOActs 10:14 01'152'1r01'e Epa'yor
1rd; 51mg, i. q. 6111-11,- but stronger, see in Tall rowdy. 2 Pet. 1: 20. so mic-~10’),
1 Cor. l: 29 51mg 1) KGUXIIJG’IITCU mica
“0111:; no. 2. a. Matt. 7: 24 mic b'ang aépE. Eph. 4: 29. iltev. 7: 1. Also rag
(mobs: every one whosoever. Col. 3: 17,
23. mic lic c'tv id. Acts 2:21. Rom. 10: ---0il pr’; Rev. 21:27. See Ob l. c. Winer
13. 1 Cor. 6: 18, mic 5; Gal. 3: 10. mir § 26. 1. Comp. Heb. ‘>5 3'5 Gesen. Lehrg.
6 Rom. 14: 23. meton. John 6:37, 39. p. 831. Heb. Lex. art. 55> no. 3.—c. F1’),
17: 2.—-(-y) Before a participle, e. g. with 1 Macc. 5: 42 In) lupiire mivra livflponrov
the art. where the particip. 0. art. ex 1rapclugahs'iv. Ecclus. 30:20. AL.
presses the idea he who, and becomes a 11060701, r6, indec. i. q. Heb. "a,
subst. expressing a class etc. see in'O, 1'], Aram. R1393, the passover, i. e. a sparing,
rd, D. b. p. 555. Winer § 17. 10. a. immunity, from "92 to pass over,to spare.
Matt. 5: 22 mic :. 6p-ytl'6pevoc every one So Sept. usually for "PQ, as Ex. 12: 11,
who is angry. Luke 6:47. John 6:45. 21. al. but also in 2 Chr. ¢aae'1.-, 30: 15.
Acts 10:43. Rom. 2: 10. al. step. So 35: 1,11. ¢lit7|fll Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4. The
after, e. g. rq'a 'e'xovr: 1ra1'rl Matt. 25:29. passover, the great sacrifice and festival
—Without the art. Where the participial of the Jews, was instituted in commem
sense then remains,as Matt. 13:19 trawl“; oration of God's sparing the Hebrews
c'zxoilovrog every one hearing. 2 Thess. 2: when he destroyed the first-born of the
4. On Luke 11: 4 see in Winer p. 105. Egyptians; it was celebrated on the 14th
—(5) Absol. Mark 9: 49 mi; yap wvpl day of the month Nisan, which began
{three/lunar. Heb. 2: 9. 31a ‘tray-1'69 sc. with the new-moon of April, or, accord
Xpovov, continually, see in Atmravro'g. So ing to the Rabbins, of March, between
it! ram-1' in every thing, in every respect, the evenings, see in ,Otlu'a b. For the
1 Cor. 1:5. 2 Cor. 4:8. 6:4. 7: 5, 11, institution and particular laws of this fes
16. 11: 9. Eph. 5: 24.. Phil. 4:6, 12. tival, see Ex. 0. 12 sq. Lev. 23:4 sq.
3. all, i. e. of all kinds, :5 every kind, Num.9:1 sq. The later Jews made some
andsort,including every possible variety, additions; in particular they drank at in
i. q. 1ravr05a1rdg, raw-010;, Herm. adVig. tervals during the paschal supper four
p. 728. Passow 1rd; no. 6. a. cups of wine, the third of which was call.
a) gem. Matt. 4: 23 Srparru'lwv 1rdaav ed “21321 053 the cup of benediction, r6 :ro
vo'aov Ktll. mioar ,uakam'av. Acts 7: 22 rr'lpwv rfic sbhoyiag 1 Cor. 10: 16, comp.
mia'y o'otpia Al-ymr'riuv. Rom. 1: 18, 29. Matt. 26: 27. See espec. Lightfoot Hor.
2 Cor. 1: 4. Col. 3: 16. 1 Pet. 2: 1. al. Heb.ad Matt.26:26,27. Bibl.Repos.IV.
——Xen. An. 3. 2. 8. ib. 6. 4. 6. 113 sq. Jahn §354. In N.T. 'rb miv'xa is
b) in the sense of all possible, i. q. the spoken both of the victim and the festival.
greatest, utmost, supreme. Matt. 28:18 a) i.q. the paschal lamb, i.e. a lamb or
55601] #01 m'ioa e’Eovaia s'v oilpawp' Kill. 'url kid of a year old, slain as a sacrifice(Ex.
717g. [But why should not 1111;‘ here be 12:27) between the evenings of the 14111
understood in its widest sense, all abso of Nisan; see in 'Otla’a b. According to
lutely ,7] Acts 5: 23. 17: 11 and mien; Josephus the number of lambs provided
1rp09up1'ag. 23:1. 2 Cor‘. 12:12. Phil. 1: at Jerusalem in his time, was 256,500,
20. 2:29. 1Tim. 2:2. 2 Tim. 4:2. James which were slain between the 9th and
1: 2. 1 Pet. 2:18. Jude 3.— Hdian. 3. 11th hour, i.e. from 3 to 5 o'clock, in the
8. 6. Pol. 1.39. 3. Plut. Timol. 5. Xen. afternoon before the evening or com
Cyr. 7. 2. 22 El; m'v'ra Kiv5vvov 131.901,. mencement of the 14th day of Nisan, B.
4. With a negative, 12. g. 01') M19, ob J. 6. 9. 13.—(a) pp. ¢aysiv r5 m'w'xn, to
n'r'u'rtg not every one, not all, the negative eat the passover, i.q. to keep the festival,
here belonging to 1rd; and merely deny Matt. 26:17. Mark 14:12,14.. Luke
ing the 11niversnlity,see in 01'; c. -y. Matt. 22: 11,15. John 18:28. Sept. Ex. 12:
 Hoia'xw
43. Ezra 6: 21. comp. 2 Chr. 30: 18.
irmpdlzw 1'6 'miaxa, to make ready the
passover sc. for eating etc. Matt. 26: 19.
Mark 14: 16. Luke 22:8,13. 921:0’ 'rri
srdo'xa, to kill the Passover, Mark l4: 12.
Luke 22: 7. So Sept. tor "PE? D1"? Ex.
12:21. "9,521 11.1! Deut. 16:2, 5, 6.—Ios.
Ant. 3. 10. 5 n‘lv 91mins’ 1roiuxa Xe'yo‘ué 13:2. 2 Cor. 1:6. 2 Tim. 1:12. Rev. 2:
Wyn—(,8) Metaph. of Christ, ICor. 5: 7. 10. b attract. Heb. 5:8. (Ecclus. 38:
b) i. q. the paschal supper, thefizstival 01' 16. en. Mem. 2. 1. 5.) With a prepo
the passover, on the eve of the 14th of sit. marking source, manner, cause; e.g.
Nisan, which was also the commence
ment of the seven days’ festival of un
leavened bread, rd lilupa, Ex. 12:15 sq.
Lev. 23: 6 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 5. See
Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 120 sq.—(a) pp. of
the paschal supper alone, Mark 14:1 fly
3E 11‘; 1ra'o'xa Kai 'ril dzulm. Matt. 26: 18
1rpdc as 1mm”: rd 1. i. e. keep, celebrate.
Heb. 11: 28 1re1rot’rlxs rd 1r. i. e. Moses
kept, instituted, the passover. So Sept.
for I"??? “'31! Ex. 12:48. Num. 9: 4 sq.
4—Jos. Ant. 2. l4. 6.—-(fi) In a wider
sense including also the seven days of
unleavened bread, the paschal festival,
Matt. 26: 2. Luke 2: 41 rfi e'oprfl r017 1rd
vxa. 22: 1 t1 Eoprfi 'ru'w dii'lluuv, 1'] Myo
pérr) mio'xa. John 2:13, 23. 6:4. 11:55
bis. 12: 1. 13:1. 18:39. 19:14. A018
12: 4.—Jos. B. J. 2. 1. 3 rfic ru'iv di'l'lpwv
Even-der);- Eoprfig, 1ra'o'xa rapt‘: 1'01; 'Iov
Baton; xaXfirae—Hence the whole pass
over is sometimes called 1', £0 n) ru‘w 6Z1’:
paw, see in “Ali-pa; a. Jos. . J. 5. 3. 1.
1102076”, 1'. wu'aofmu, aor. 2. E'irafiov,
perf. 1ré1mv6a, to sqfl'wr, in the most gen
eral sense, i. e. pp. to be ejected by any
thing from without, to be acted upon, to
ezperience either good or evil, intrans.
and also 0. ace. of the thing or manner.
a) of good, to ezperience, i. e. to have
happen to one's self, to receive, Gal. 3:4
roaaim E-rra'Bzrr 5111i ,- i.e. have ye expe
rienced such things, such blessings, in
vain? comp. v. 2,5.—Theocr.1d.l5.138.
Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 1 it'll'O'll'fiUGl, ('io'a M1061’
reg is ar'n-oi'i [9601?], Kai mfiu'xwv eilsp'ye
o-uiv pe-rakugdvreg x. r. X. Xen. Mem.
2. 2. 3 awed. So :5 1ra'a'xuv IE1. V. H.
l. 34. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 48.
b) of evil, to szgfl‘er, to be subjected to
evil, to calamity, pp. 0. Kala-7;, mxév 1'1,
Matt. 17: 15 Kai Kam'bc ml'axu. Acts 28:
5.—}F.1. V. H. 13. 17. Hdian. 3. 2. 10.
Xen. H. G. 4. 5. l7. Mem. 4. 2. 26.—
Absol. in the same sense, 1 Cor. 12: 26
609 Ham'o'a'w
e11’: 1ra'rrxzi Ev pe'hoc. 1 Pet. 2: 20, 23.
3: 17. 4: 1 b mzflxlw e'v aapxi. v.19. Heb.
2: 18, where comp. Meleag. 0184: new
z’hce'iv, in Anthol. Gr. I. p. 14.—Hdian.
4. 13. l. Xen. An. 1. 9. 8._Seq. ace. of
manner, Buttm. § 131. 6, 7; e.g. MAM,
'rb. m’ira’, raii'ra, Ii, etc. Mark 9:12. Luke
z'urd rn'og, Matt.16:'21 1ro7tMz watkiv (1m)
1131' rpwfi. x. r. A. Mark 8: 3]. Luke 9:
22. 1mm’ nvoc, Matt. 17:12 pe'XMt 1rd
rrxew inr' ain'ii'n'. Mark 5: 26. 1 Thess. 2:
14. did rwa Matt. 27: 19. 51a’ r1 1 Pet.
3: 14. (2 Macc. 7: 32.) inre'p rn'og Acts
9: 16. Phil. 1: 29. 2 Thess. 1:5. Seq.
adv. 1 Pet. 2: 19 dais-we. 4:15. 5:10.
—Sp0ken of the sufl'ering and death of
Christ, Luke 22: 15 1rp6 rm? ,1: 1:19:71’.
17: 25 1ro)\)\a'. 24: 26 rm'rra. v. 46 oiirwg.
Actsl:3. 3:18. 17:3. Heb. 9:26. 13:12.
1Pet. 2: 21 Ernest’ inrs‘p 11,161’. 3:18 wept
dpaprta'w. 4: 1 inrip insulin—gem‘. Diog.
Laert.5.61. Hdian.5.7.l. Isaeus 35.19.
Hvéfltfu, all’, m’, Patara, a mari
time city of Lycia, Acts 21: 1; celebra
ted for an oracle of Apollo, who was
hence called Patareus, Hor. Od. 3.4.64.
Virg. 1En. 4. 144, where comp. Heyne
Excurs. II. Strabo XIV. p. 980, 981.
11057066661, f. dim, pp. intrans. to
strike, to beat, Lat. pulse, e. g. as the
heart, Horn. 11. 7. 216. Later and in
N.T. trans. to strike, to smile, e. g.
a) gently, i. q. to touch, to tap, c. acc.
Acts 12: 7 rhv 1rXzvpéw roi] Hz'rpov. —
Diod. Sic. 1.67 r019 Icov'ro'ic rt‘zc fiam'dag
wara'Eav'rcg.
b) with violence, so as to wound, c.
acc. Matt. 26: 51 mrrdEag n‘w 80mm r017
c'zpxtzpéug. Luke 22:50. 0. iv 01 instrum.
v. 49. So Sept. for "1"? Ex. 21: 12, 18
sq.--Pol. ll. 18. 4. Thuc. 8. 92. Xen.
Eq. 7. 5.--Hence by impl. and by Hebr.
to smite, i. q. to kill, to slay, to destroy,
Acts 7: 24 1rara'Eag fliv Ai'yl'nr'rwi'. Rev.
19: 15. (EX. 2:12.) 1116“. 962 31 6t
Mark 14:27 warciEu ray whim, quoted
from Zech. 13: 7 where Sept. for =23, as
also Ex. 12:12. 2 Chr. 33:25. Comp. .
Gesen. Lex. 1'33 Hiph. no. 2.
c) trop. and from the Heb. to smile,
i.e. to inflict evil, to afllict with disease,
9a
 Harte: 610
calamity, etc. spoken only of God or his
angel, Acts 12: 23 c'ra'rafev aimiv dy
yekog Kupiov. Rev. 11: 6. So Sept. for
We‘? Gen. 19:11. Num. 14: 12. Mal. 4:
6. [8: 24.] #123 Ex. 12: 83. Comp. Gesen.
Lex. "93 Hiph. no. 1. c.—2 Macc. 9: 5.
Ha'rtw, 5, f. flaw, (wa'rog trodden
path,) to tread with the feet.
a) trans. c. acc. i. q. to tread down, to
trample under foot, i. q. to profane and
lay waste. Rev. 11: 2 rfiv miklv 'n)v a.
yl’av 1ra-n'lcroum. Luke 21: 24. Sept. for
5?? Is. 1: 12.—Luc. de Merc. cond. 17.
Hdian. 8. 5. 24. Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 37.—In
the sense of to tread out, e.g. grapes,rr)v
)opvév, Rev. 14: 20. 19: 15. Comp. in
Aqvég. So Sept. and F11:1 Neh. 13: 15.
Is. 16: 10. Lam. l: 16. — Anacr. 0d.
17. 14. Xen. (Ec. 18. 4 rdy airov.
b) intrans. to tread, to set the foot,etc.
Seq. irra'vw, Luke 10: 19 1rarc'iv e'1ra'vw
5¢ewv,to tread upon serpents, i.e. without
harm.
Also for So
‘JVPUSept. forwalk,
i; q. to 597; "7??
Is. Is.
42:32:
5. 20.
Hwnig, s'égog, 156;, I), a fat/ter,
comp. Buttm. § 47. Spoken gem. of
men, and in a s ecial sense of God.
A) Genr. a pp.falher, genitor, by
whom one is begotten, Matt. 2: 22 dvri
'Hpdrdov r017 1rarpog m'rrol'l. 19: 5. Mark
5:40. Luke 2:48. John 4:53. Heb. 7:
[0. a1. step. (Xen. Cyr. 3. ]. I4, 15.)
Plur. oi 1rarépeg, parents, both father and
mother, Heb. 11: ‘23 Mwiio'fic 5'’: fig” rp:'
pm'ov inro n'in' 'n'are'pwv aiiroii. iiphfiz‘ir,
coll.v.2.Comp.Passow no.5.b.—Parthen.
Erot. lO 1rapa ra‘w 1rarépuv airryaa'pevog,
airrr‘yv r'ryciysro 'yuvaixa. Luc.TOX.8.'-—Ol'
a reputed father or stepfather Luke 2 :48.
b) of a remoter ancestor, i. q. forefa
the)‘, progenitor; also as the head or foun
der of a tribe or people, a patriarch.
Sing. Matt. 3: 9 1rars'pa E'Xoluev ‘row 'A
gpaa'Iu. Mark 11: 10. Luke 1:32, 73.
John 4: 19. Acts 7: 2. Rom. 4: 17, 18.
al. saep. Trop. in a spiritual and moral
sense, e.g. of Abraham, Rom.4:ll cl;- rd
ctvm aI'n-dv rare’ a wa'wrwv ra'w ram-wov
raw. v. 12, 16. So of Satan as the fat/ter
of wicked and depraved men, John 8:
38.41,“. bis. Sept. for =15 Gen. 17:4,
5. 19:37. (trop. l Macc. 2: 54.) Plur.
oi 1ra're'pcc, fathers, i. e. forefathers, an
eestors, Matt. 23'. 30 Ev Taig‘ r'lpc'paic ra'rv
:rarz'pwv. v. 32. Luke 6: :23, 26. John
Hawk
7: 2'2. Acts 3: 13. Rom. 9: 5. Heb.l:l.
al. So Sept. and "in: Deut.]:ll. 1K.8:
21.—Jose. Apion. 1.31. Hdian.2.15.2.
c) as a title of respect and reverence,
either honorary, or towards one who is
regarded in the light of a father. E. g.
in direct address, Luke 16: 24 mirEp'A
G’paa'p. V. 27, 30. (Hom. 0d. 7. 48.) SO
01' a teacher, as exercising paternal care,
authority, ati'ection, Matt. 23: 9 rat 1m
re'pa pi] xahe'mprc i416)! Evrt Tr"); yfie. 1 Cor.
4.: 15. Comp. Phil. 2:22. IThess. 9:11.
So Sept. and m5 of prophets, 2 K. 2: 12.
6:21. 13:14. Comp. Schoettg. Hor.Heb.
1.1). 745. — Plur. oi 'rufe'psg', nom. for
voc. fathers, as an honorary title of ad.
dress, Buttm. § 33. n. 4. Winer § 29. 1.
E.g. used towards elder persons, 1 John
2: 13, 14; also towards magistrates, mem
bers of the Sanhedrim, etc. Acts 7:2. 22:
1.—-Plut.Romul.13 rare'pcc W'y'yrypa‘u.
lie’voi, Lat. patres comcriph', i.e. senators.
d) metaph. seq. gen. of thing, i.q. the
author, source, beginner of any thing.
Rom.4: 12 rarfip 1rep|ropfi¢,i.e.Abraham.
John 8: 44 (‘in $56071): z'u'rt, Kai 6 wari‘lp
m'rroi sc. 105 #:5175009. SO Sept. and =15
Job 38: 28.—Plato Menex. c. 10. p.240.
E, 'n'are'peg rfig Ekzvlhplac.
B) Of God, genr. as the creator, pre
server, governor of all men and things,
over whom he watches with paternal love
and care; so Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 24 mi al'rrag
[ecdflrarflp r05 raw-dc dvopdnruv 'yc'vouc.
comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 72. Hom. Od.4.34l.
So in N.T. God is called Father, e. g.
a) of the Jews, John 8:41 Eva 1rars'pa
Z opcv, rov Gzdv, v. 4'2. 2 Cor. 6: 18.
gomp. John 11:52. So Sept. and =15 Jer.
31: 9. Is. 63: 16. 64: 8.—Wisd. 2: 16.
b) of Christians and all pious per
sons, who are also called rixva. 9206 John
1:12. Rom. 8:16. al. So Jesus in speak
ing with his disciples calls God warfip
1'; 17m, etc. e. g. Matt. 6: 4 b 1rar1'1p 00v 6
Aim-w iv r15 xpmrry' v. 6, B a r. il‘ué'n'.
v. 15,18. 10:20,:29. 13=43. Luke6:36.
19.30, 32. al. Once in John 0. 20:17. So
with the further adjunct a ran)‘: inn-“w 6
iv Tok- oirparoic Matt. 5: 16, 45, 48. 6:
1,9. 7:11. Mark 11:S5,26. Luke 11:
2. al. 6 m'rpa'rioc Matt. 6: 14, Q6, 39. 6
i'rrovpa'vwc Matt. 18: 85. 1': if ot'lpm'ol'r
Luke 11: 13. Comp. in Ol’rpavég d.—So
the apostles speaking for themselves and
other Christians call God run-hp r'lluin',
 Ha'rpuo; 61]
etc. Rom. 1: 7 sipi'lvn c’uro 9406 war-pd:
{114511. 1 Cor. 1:3. 2 Cor. 1:2. Gal. 1:
4. Eph. 1: 2. Phil. 1: 2. 4: 20. al. seep.
Hence also absol. in the same sense,
Rom. 8: 15 E'Aa'gers n'vefiya uiotleo'lag, iv
7 Kpa'fopsv' tiggfi, b wart/p. Gal. 4:6.
‘£lph.2:18. Col. 1:12. James 1:27. 3:9.
1 John 2: 1,15, 16. 3:1.al. ssep. Comp.
Ps. 89:26. So Heb. l2: 9 r9? 1rarpi r6511
'nvwpa'rwv [hpti'nl], in antith. with roll;
rfic aapxog fipriv 1rare’pag, i. e. the Father
of our spirits, our spiritual Father.
0) spec. God is called the Father of our
Lord Jesus Christ in respect to that pe
culiar relation in which Christ is the Son
of God. see in Ylég. So where the Father
and Son are expressly distinguished, as descent, lineage, Hdot.. 3. 75. a family,
Matt. 1 1: 27 oildslc s'rrvywdwxer row m'ov, race,caste,Hdot.l.200.—I|1N.T.family,
Heb. "155352, as the subdivision of a. Jew
2i In) 6 1rarfip x. r. A. 28:19. Mark 13:
32 00852; olhsv-noilas‘hviogsl pr) ('1 :rarfip.
Luke9: 26. 10: 22. John 1214,18. 3:
35 6 ‘Iron-hp hymn; row viév. 5: 26. 1 Cor.
8:6 rig 956;, b 1rarfipu-Kal {lg Kt’: log 'I.
Xp. l Thess. 1:1. Heb. 1:5. 1 et. l:
2. 1 John 1: 3. 2: 22. 4:14. 2 John 3,
9. al.—Where Jesus calls God warfip
you, e. g. Matt.1 l :27 1ra'vra For 1rapc§6911
inrd rot? 1rarpo'g ,uov. 16: 27. Mark 8: 38.
Luke 2: 49. John 10: 18, 25, 29. Rev.
2: 27. 3: 5, 21. al. seep. S06 wen-hp you
6 iv obpavolg Matt. 7: 21. 10: 32, 33.
12: 50. al. 6 oi’lpa'mog Matt. 15: 13. Ab
sol. in the same sense, Matt. 24: 36
017552: own/met p») h rarfip pdvog. Mark
14.: 36. Luke 10: 21. 22. 4.2. 23. 34..
John 4: 21, 23. 6: 27, 37, 44' sq. 10:17.
13:1, 3. 14: 6. Acts 1:4. Rom. 6: 4.
al. saepiss.—The apostles also speak of
God as 0') 1ra'n)p foil Kvplou him-w 'I. Xp.
Rom. 15:6. 2 Cor. l: 3. 11:31. Eph.
1:3. 3: 141. Col. 1:3. 1 Pet. 1:3. Rev.
1:6.al. Absol. 1 Cor. 15:24. am,’ wapaziq';
rr)v ,Baenhn'av nil Gal") Kai warpl’. Gal. 1:
l. Eph. 5: 20. Col. 3:17. 2 Pet. 1:17.
Jude 1. al. saep. So Eph. 1. 17 13 em
rof: Kvp. fipo'n/ 'I. Xp. h 1ra'n)p 'rfig 56511;‘,
i. e. God the glorious Father of our Lord
I. C. comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.
d) metaph. seq. gen. of thing, James
l: 17 fun‘; [Biol-I] rm’: mrrpdc 15v (P1511011,
the Father of lights, i. e. the author, crea
tor, of the heavenly luminaries; but not
like them subject to change. Comp. Job
38: 28. AL.
I
HOtTfbOG, no, 1'’, Patmos, Rev. 1: 9,
now Patimo or Patmasa, a small sterile
Ha'rgi';
island of the IEgean sea, lying S.W. of
Samos and reckoned to the Sporades. _
Hither according to tradition the a ostle
John was banished, some say by 80mi
tian; see Iren. 5. 30. Euseb. H. E.3.14.
-—Strabo X. p. 747. B. Plin. H. N. 4..
12. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 373.
Htl't'fllltllwt', 0!), b, Attic :ra'rpahor
ag (wart/p, (Monti-1,) a smiter of his father,
oparn'cide, 1 Tim. 1: 9. Comp. in M1,.
rpaltqlag—Thorn. Mag. p. 695. Pollux
()nom. VI. 152 1ra'rpakqiac ml Warpa
Aolac. Attic form,Aristoph. Nub. 1327.
Dem. 732. 14.. Plato Phwdo § 62.
Ha‘rflé, “G, 1'), (mu-hp) paternal
ish tribe,‘ qwkfi, 19,135, which ‘ family '
comprehended several households, olxot,
‘+615 ""2; see Gesen. Lex. "T2 no. 10.
a) pp. Luke 2: 4 EE o'ixou Kat 1ra'rpuig
AafiiB. Trop. Eph. 3: 15. So Sept. and
Hum. Ex.6:15,17,l9 1Sam.9=21. al.
-Jhdith 9:2. Jos. Am.s.4.1. ib. 7.14.7.
b) in a wider sense, i. q. tribe,people,
nation, like ¢v)\1’1. Acts 3: 25 mica: a1
warpm‘: 'rfic 'yfig, in allusion to Gen. 12:3
where Heb. "593%, Sept. git/Ml. So Sept.
'll'GTpldl. ro'n/ e’tiwiv for U151, 191%? F's-‘1211?’!
1Chr.16:28. Ps. 22:28. 96: 7.
Hargwigxng, 00, 5, (Mrpm’, dpxfi)
a patriarch, the father and founder of a
family or tribe, as Abraham, Heb. 7: 4.;
the sons of Jacob as heads of the twelve
tribes, Acts 7:8, 9.-—.los. de Macc. § 16
fin.—-So of David as the head of a. fami
ly, 1rarpta', "132131;, Acts 2: 29, comp.
Luke 2: 4 ; see in Hui-pm’. Sept. for
Hus !'"5‘11Chr.9:9. 24,: 31. 2 Chr. 19:
8. comp. 1 Chr. 27: 22.
Hargmog, 7’), 0'1’, (rm-hp) paternal,
i. e. pertaining to one's father, e. g. Eévog
Po]. 9. 48. 4|. qfl’hog Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 4.
InN. T. receivedfrom one's fathers ,handed
down from ancestors, hereditary, e.g. 1m
paao'aucGalJ :l4i.-—Luc.Abdic.23.Dem.
410.10. Diod. Sic. 1. 88 1r. ispwm'wai.
Hu‘l'fllg, 1,609‘, 1'], adj. (mi-rpwg, wra
n'7p,) pp. father-land, native country, 2
Macc. 4: 1. Jos. B. J. l. 12. 7. Dem.
296.15. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 7. In N. T.
one's own city, native place, home, e. g.
Nazareth as the city of Jesus because
he was brought up there, Matt. 13: 541,
:292
 Hoe-156$“; 612 I-Iaz'm
57. Mark 6: 1,4. Luke 4: 23,24. John vorrow'g, by which he afterwards often
4: 44 see in I‘dp I. b. Trop. of heavenly supported himself, Acts 18: 3. 20: 34.
home, Heb. 11: 14, comp. v. 16.—Jos. See Pirkc Aboth c. 2. § 2. comp. Nean
Ant. 6. 4. 6 sic 'Papatiav m'ihw' narplc der Gesch. der Pflanz. d. chr. Kirche, I.
'yap by (tin-fa. Hdian. 8. 3. 2. p. 228.—Paul, in the fierceness of his
Hargo’fiag, a, a, Patrobas, pr. n. of Jewish zeal, was at first a bitter adver
a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14. sary of the Christians ; but after his
miraculous conversion, he devoted all the
Has-5011150250705, 00, .3, ;,, adj. powers of his ardent and energetic mind
(na-n'lp, 1rapabibwlui,) delivered down from
to the propagation of the gospel of Christ,
one's fathers, handed down from ances more particularly among the Gentiles.
tors, hereditary. 1 Pet. 1: 18 dram-90¢?’ His views of the pure and lofty spirit of
1rarpo1r. i. e. a way of life derived from Christianity, in its worship and in its
one's ancestors. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 8. practical influence, appear to have been
ib. 5. 48. Diod. Sic. l7. 2, 4. peculiarly deep and fervent; and the
Hargajog, aim, 4701',(1ran']p,)pai8r opposition which he was thus led to make
nal, i. e. pertaining to one's father, e. g. to the mere rites and ceremonies of the
¢ihot Luc. Tim. 12. Hdian. 3. 15. 13. Jewish worship,exposed him to the hatred
patrimonial, transmitted from father to and malice of his countrymen. On their
son, Xen. An. 1. 7.6. In N. T. received accusation, he was put in confinement by
from one’s fiztbers, handed down from the Roman officers, and after being de
ancestors, hereditary, e. g. va’pog Acts tained for two years or more at Cesarea,
22: 3. 2009 Acts 28: 17. 24: 14 Aarpci'uu he was sent to Rome for trial, having
r93 1rarpoiq: 6:93, i. e. our paternal God, himself appealed to the emperor. Here
the God whom our fathers worshipped he remained in partial imprisonment two
and made known to us.—v6pog 2 Macc. whole years, Acts 28: 30. Later ac
6: 1. ow. Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 1. Thuc. 7. counts, mostly traditionary, relate that he
69. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 17. was soon after set at liberty, and that
110517409‘, 09, b, Paulus, Paul, pr. n. after new journies and efforts in the cause
of two persons in N. T. of Christ, he was again imprisoned and
1. Sergius Paulus, a Roman proconsul at last put to death by order of Nero.
in Cyprus, residing at Paphos, Acts 13: Comp.Clem.Rom.Ep. adCor. §5. Nean
7. See in 'Avflr'nrarog. der. 1. c. I. p. 390 sq. Planck Gesch. des
2. Paul, the apostle 0f the Gentiles, Christenthums u. s. w. II. p. 80 sq. See
originally called Eaihoc q. v. He was also genr. Neander l. c. p.- 99 sq. and in
of the tribe of Benjamin and of purely Bibl. Rcpos. IV. p. 138 sq. For the
Hebrew descent, Phil. 3: 5; but born at chronology of Paul's life and the proba
Tarsus in Cilicia, Acts 21:39. 22: 3, ble dates of his epistles, see in Calmet,
where his father enjoyed the rights of p. 731, 732. Neander l. c. passim.—
Roman citizenship, of which privilege Acts 13:9,13. 18:5. 19:11. 23:1.
Paul several times availed himself, e. g. Rain. 1: 1. 1Cor. l: 1. AL.
Acts 16:37. 22: 27 sq. At Tarsus, H0460), f. rrabaw, Engl. to pause, i. e.
which was a celebrated seat of learning a) Act. trans. to make pause, to make
(Strabo 14. 5), he probably gained that leave om to restrain, sc. from any thing,
general acquaintance with Greek litera seq. acc. et (ind c. gen. 1 Pet. 3: 10 nav
ture which appears in his writings, and a'c'irw n)!’ 7hdaaaav mirror-l c'urb Kauai, in
which was so important to him as a allusion to Ps. 34: 14[l3] where Sept. c.
teacher of the Gentiles or nations of firm’ for 1”. ‘33.—c. in Eurip. Electr. 987
Greek origin. His Jewish education mn'nrov s'rc xaxa‘w s’pe'. The usual Greek
was completed at Jerusalem where he construction is c. acc. et gen. e. g. Jos.
devoted himself to the severest discipline Vit. § 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 2. Comp.
of the Pharisaic school, under the in Matth. § 345. 4, and n. l.
structions of Gamaliel, Acts 22:3, comp. b) Mid. intrans. to pause, to leave of}
5: 34. According to the custom of learn to refrain sc. from any thing. E. g. seq.
ed Jews, he appears also to have learned gen. of thing, 1 Pet. 4: 1 1rs'1raurai tipap
a trade, viz. that of a tent-maker, am) riac bat/r ceasedfrom sin. Buttm. § 132.
 Him; 613 TIE/flu
4. 1. Winer § 30. 6. For this use of the 16. 29. 11. Xen. An. 5. 5. 4 pe'xpic iv
pert‘. pass. see Buttm. § 136. 3. So Sept. ‘rafiOa ine'l'cuaev i‘) orparu'i. '
0. gen. for =12 Ex. 32: 11. Josh. 7: 26. 115:5, adv. (pp. dat. fem. of adj. 1re
—Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. {éc on foot, pedestrian,) on foot, Matt.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36.—Seq. particip. in 14: 13. Mark 6 :33. For this dat. as adv.
stead ofinfin. Buttm. § 144. n. 3. Winer see Buttm. §115. 4.—Jos. B. J. 4. 11.5.
§ 46.1. Luke 5: 4 (in; Es‘ inaboaro hahiw, Dem. 1046. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 22.
as in Engl. when now he lefi speaking.
Acts 5: 42 oiu: Eran/Mauro diadmcovrsc, Hilaotgxéw, 5, f. new, (neitlapxog,
they ceased no! teaching. 6: 13: 13: 10. from mieopai, 151px)’: ,) Pp. to obey a ruler,
20: 31. 21: 32. Eph. l: 16. Col. 1:9. one in authority; hence genr. to obey, 0.
Heb. 10:2. 0. part. impl. Luke 11: 1. So dat. e. g. magistrates, dpxaic Tit. 3: 1.
Sept. for 5?: Gen. 11:8. "723, Gen.18:33. 11,7 Gut? Acts 5:29, 32. — Jos. c. Ap. 2.
14:18,22.—Luc. D. Deor.6. 4. Hdian. 41 1'07: vopoig. Po]. 1. 45. 4. Xen. Mem.
1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 2.--Absol. i. q. 3.5. 19.—So to obey or follow one's advice.
to cease, to come to an end, Luke 8: 24. 0. dat. ofpers. Acts 27: 21.—Pol. 3. 4. 3.
Acts 20: 1. 1 Cor. 13:8 e’lre ykfimam, Diod. Sic. 1. 27.
n-m'mouraz. S0 Sept. for 5115 Ex. 9: 34, 115196;, 7;, 61', (me...) a form else
35.—Hdian. 1. 16. 6. Xen. Conv. 4. 10. where unknown, i. q. nu’flavoc or m'eal
Hoi¢o;, 01), 1'], Paphos, a maritime woe, persuasive, winning, 1 Cor. 2: 4 01'”.
city of Cyprus near the western extre iv 11110079 dvfipw-lrivnc oo¢iag ltd'yotc, (UN
mity, the station of a Roman proconsul, 1:. r. A. Some suppose it to be a contrac
Acts 13:6, 13. About 60 stadia from tion or corruption of nelflavog' others
the city was a celebrated temple of Ve read oiuc c'u 1rziflo'i ('wfip. crmpiag [ho-yaw],
nus, hence called the Paphian goddess, film’ 1:. r. A. as it" from subst. met. q. q.
Hom. Od. 8.363. Hor. Od. 1.30. 1. Stra HEIM, 60;, 017;, 17,(1r:£0w,) pp. pr.
b0 p. 1002 sq. n. Pit/lo, Lat. Suada, the goddess of per
Hllxél‘w, i. um‘), (1raxi'lg fat, gross,) suasion, Hdot. 8. 111. Pollux On. 4. 22,
to make fat, Xen. (Ec. 12. 20. Pass. to 142. In N. T. persuasion, persuasive dis
becomefat and thick, Luc. Ver. Hist. 22. course, in Mss. 1 Cor. 2: 4,see in 11:46:39.
Xen. Conv. 2. 17. In N.T. metaph. only —P01. 2. 1. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 5.
Pass. to become gross, dull, callous, as if H5196’, i. return, pert‘. 2 1rc'1r010a,
from fat, Matt. 13: 15 et Acts 28:27 pert. pass. winner/lat, 8.01’- 1 pass. irrel
i'lruxin'en 'yizp 1'7 Impala r017 Rani] rm'n'ou, otinv, to persuade, pp. to move or afl'ect
(lilotedlfl'ml'l [5.6: 10 where Sept. for by kind words and motives.
3.. T741153, comp. Deut. 32: 15. Comp. I _ Act. to persuade. a) gem. e. g. to
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 185.-Philostr. the belief and reception of the truth,
Vit. Apollon. 1.8. Taxi/yew r0511. So i. q. to convince, and in this sense mostly
1ra rig rfiv duivoww JEl. V. H. l3. 15. de conatu; pp. 0. ace. of pers. Acts 18;
H ian. 2. 9. 15. 4 grade mug 'Ioudm'ovc x. 1’. ll. i. e. he
1mm m, i],(1re'Za,) afitter,shachle sought to persuade and convince them.
for the feet, Plur. 1ré8a¢,jktters, Mark 5: 2 Cor. 5: 11. Also c. dupl. acc. of pers.
4bis. Luke8z29. Sept. for 1173755112 Sam. and thing, Acts 28: 23 1m'6wy re min-ob;
3: 34.. 2K.24.=37. y>??Ps.105,18.-— n‘: 1r£pi 1017 ‘Immi'a. —Comp. Buttm. §
Ecclus.6:26. Pol.3.82.8. Xen.An.4.3.8. 131. 6, and n. 4. So the acc. of pers.
being impl. Acts 19:8 natal-W [ain'olig]
Hialllég, 7;, 0,1‘, 1rzEioy, ne'dolg)
ru 71191’ x. r. A. Also to alleged error,
plain, level, e. g. land, uke 6: l7 Zara]
absol. Acts 19: 26.—nub Wisd. 16:8.
E-n-l 'rén'ou 111801017, he stood upon a level IE1. V. H. 3. 16. ib. 9. 14 if“: ,us‘v only
place, i.e. upon the plain. Sept. for “1515”? 11‘; hextiz‘v on’! new“. Diod. Sic. 4. 26.
Deut. 4: 4.3. #5:? Josh. 9: 1. 2 Chr. 1=
nrc’i n Xen. (Be. '20. 15. r1’ Thuc. 3.
15.—1 Macc. 3:40. Pol. 1.84. 4. Xen. 43 1rsio'at nil sumirara. Xen. Mag. Eq.
Cyr. 1. 6.43. 3. 5.—Seq. acc. of pers. c. infin. to per
' HEgEt/W, t'. n'ww, (ne'Za foot,) tofoot suade to do any thing, to induce, Acts
it, to travel on foot, i. c. by land and not 13: 43 Ensteov ail-rode s'ppe'vcw ‘r51 xdpln
by water, intrans. Acts 20: 13.—Pol. rm‘: 6:05. 26: 28 see in ’Ey no. 2. a.--—
 lie/00; 61—1 "sign:
Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 1. Diod. Sic. 11. 15. id. Gal. 5: 10. With the further ad
Xen. An. 1. 3. 19.—In the sense of to junct e'u Kvpl in or through the Lord,
instigate, c. acc. of pers. et 'lva, Matt. Gal. 5: 10. hi]. 2: 24.. 2 Thess. 3: 4.
27: 20. c. acc. impl. Acts 14.: 19. —Sept. genr. for he; Prov. 10: 10.
b) i. q. ‘to bring over to kind feel Deut. 33:28. comp. Job 12:6.
ings,’ to conciliate. (a) gem. i. q. to b) i. q. to confide in, to rely upon, seq.
pacify, to quiet, e. g. an accusing con~ dat. Phil. 1: 14. Philem. 21 “10:66:;
science, rag Kapbia: 1 John 3: 19, comp. ~ imaxoij aou. 2 Cor. 10: 7 Eavrtp'.
v. 20. See in “On no. 2. c. y. -— Sept. Sept. for 1111-‘? Prov. 14: 16. 2 K. 18: 20.
1 Sam. 24': 8. Xen. H. G. l. 7. 7 row "91?? Is. 28: 17. (2 Mace. 8: 18. Dion.
bfipov, comp. 4) 4 5.—(,G) i. q. to win Hal. Ant. 3. 50. Hdot. 9. 88.) Seq. iv c.
over, to gain the favour of, to make a dat. to trust, or have confidence in any
friend of, c. acc. of pers. Gal. 1: 10 6.1’ thing, Phil. 3: 3 iv aapm'. v.4. Seq. e’rrt'
Opa'nrovg 1rsl6m, r‘) 'rbv Geov; (Xen. Ath. ru'a id. Mark 10: 24. Luke 11:22. 18:
2. 11.) Prob. by presents, bribes, etc. 9. 2 Cor. 1.9. Heb. 2: 13. (Sept. for
Matt. 28: 14. Acts 12: 20 nelaavreg n‘w E7733} PS. 25: 2. Prov. 11:28. 35397} PS.
BAao'ro'm—Q Mace. 4.: 45. Jos. Ant. 14. 2: 1:2.) So 0. int’ rwa id. Matt. 27: 43.
16. 4 'Hptbdng 1ro)\)\oic xpf/paa: nettle: Sept. for "192 2 K. 18:21, 22.
row 'Av-révtou. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 4. HEII'GZW, 07, t'. a'aw, aor. lineivaaa.
II. Pass. and Mid. to let one's selfbe
persuaded, to be persuaded, i. e.
For the later mode of contraction into a,
as nuvq'nimtead of the Attic manner into
a) gem. e. g. of any truth etc. i. q.
1), as nulq'), see Lob. ad Pl’lryn. p. 61,
to be convinced, to believe, absol. Luke
204'. \Viner§ 13.3. comp. Buttm. § 105.
16:31 0135:‘ Ed? rig in vexpu'lv c'waarfl,
n. 5.—To hunger, to be hungry, intrans.
'II’CLO’OIIGOVTGI. Acts 17: 4. Heb. 11:13
at) pp. Matt. 4: 2 vnarn'nmg ilpe'pag
in text. rec. Seq. dat. of thing Acts 28:
24'. 0. int. 26:26. (Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 5.
reaaapdKov-ra ba-rspov intrude. 12:
Luc. D. Deor. 21. l. 0. dat. Xen. Cyr. 1, 3. 21: 18. 25: 35, 37,42, 44.. Mark
2:25. 11:12. Luke 4.: 2. 6: 3. Rom.
1. 5.3.) Peri. pass. ne'vrswpa: as pres.
12:20. (Prov. 25:22.) 1 Cor. 11:21,
I am persuaded, convinced, comp. Buttm.
34.. Rev. 7: 16. So Sept. and =23 Prov.
§ 113. 6. So 0. int. et acc. Luke 20:6. 25: 22. 2 Sam. 17: 29. —1rcw§v Jos.
se . 5n, Rom. 8: 38. 14:14.. 15:14.
Ant. 10. 11.6. Plut. Aristid. 95. mvgv
2 im. 1: 5, 12. c. acc. ré Heb. 6:9,
Luc. D. Mort. l7. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 30.
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6.—c. int‘. 2 Mace. b) meton. to furnish, to be without
9:27. o. b'r: Xen. (E0. 15. 6. 0.1'0171-0 food, 1. q. to bepoor, needy, Luke 1: 53
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19.-Soto be persuaded
nut/Guru; Evin-Anew dyafiiw. 6: 21, 25.
to do any thing, to be induced, absol. but
1 Cor. 4:11. Phil. 4': 12. So Sept.
0. inf. impl. Acts 21: 14 11h asteopc'vou
and =2: Ps. 107:9. =51 .ler. 31: 12, 25.
55‘ abroii sc. in) r'wagalvuv x. 'r. A. — c.
—Ecclus. 4|: 2.
inf. Xen. Cyr. 5. l. 8. c) metaph. to hunger after any thing,
b) i. q. to assent to, to obey, to fllllow,
to long for, c. acc. Tip’ Elxaaoabmv Matt.
seq. dat. of person, Matth. § 362. n. 2.
5: 6. Comp. in AHbt-I'U b. Winer § 30.
Acts 5:86, 37, 4.0. 23: 21. 27: 11 i. 5.‘
7. — Absol. of longin after spiritual
ix. r13 rugepm'pry c’acz'fizro pihhou. Rom.
nourishment, aliment, Iohn 6: 35.—Ec.
2:8. Gal.[3: 1.] 5: 7. Heb. l3: 17. James
clus. 24: 21. c. gen. Xen. (Be. 13. 9. w.
3: 3.-1El. V. H. 3.23. Hdian. 3. 12.13. r017 Enalvov. Conv. 4.. 36.
Xen. Cyr. 1- 2. 8.
II I. Peri. 2.1rc'1ro:6a,intrans. to beper Hsigu, d9, 1',,(1re:pa'w,) trial,in N.T.
maded,to trust, comp. Buttm. § 113.n.3. only in the phrase neipav Aapga'vew ru'og,
a) i. q. to be confident, assured, seq. pp. to take a trial of any thing, i. q. we:
pa'zu, comp. in Aalugaluw 1. f. E. g.
ace. 0. inf. Rom. 2:19 1rr'1rm9c'tg 1': ae
aurbv bbnybv elvat x. r. A. c. 5r: Heb. a) i. q. to make trial of, to attempt, rfig
13:-18. Phil. 2: 24. rm'n'o 51’: Phil. 1: Qaka'aang Heb. 11: 29. So Sept. for
6, 25, comp. in Obrog b, t. "Or: no. 1. a. =91 Dent. 28: 56.—Hdian. 2. 2. 1. Xen.
Se . a'm’ nun Jim, in respect to any one, Mem. 1. 4.. 18.
2 ‘or. 2: 3. 2 Thess. 3: 4. etc rum (in, b) i. q. to have trial of, to experience,
 Ilsigoigw 615 I Ielse/{w
rim e'pirat-ypdiv Heb. ll:36.—Jos. Ant. b) from the Heb. trial, temptation,
2. 5. l. Pol. 28.9. 7. Xen. An. 5.8. 15. comp. in Huprifi'w b. 7. E. g. (a) a
Hugélw, f. a'ow, (ne‘ipa) to make state of trial into which God brings his
trial of, to try ,- spoken V people through adversity and aflliction,
a) of actions, i. q. to attempt, to assay, in order to excite and prove their faith
seq. infin. Acts 16: 7 e’rru’pafov Eig rfiv and confidence in him, Matt. 6:13 et
Biflwiav nepn'zwOat. 24:6. Sept. for Luke 11:4 pr) elo'eve'yxpg iypfic e11; wrapa
we: Judg. 6: 39. —'2 Macc. 2: 23. Jos. opo'v, i. e. bring us not into a state of
B. J. l. 8. 4. trial, lay not trials upon us, Matt. 26:
b) of persons, i. q. to tempt, i. e. to 41. Mark 14: 38. Luke 8: 13. 22: 40,
prove, to put to the test, seq. acc. (a) 46. ] Cor. 10:13 his. James 1:2, 12.
gear. and in a good sense, in order to 1 Pet. 1: 6. 2 Pet. 2:9. So Sept. and
ascertain the character, views, feelings "9‘! Deut. 7: 19. 29: 2. (Ecclus. 2: 1.
of any one. Matt. 22: 35. comp. Mark 36:1.) Hence meton. i. q. adversity,
12:28-34. John 6:6 rm'rro 5:‘ Days afliietiomsorrow, Luke 22: 28. Acts 20:
nupélwv atlrdv. 2 Cor. l3: 5 z'av'rolie 19 Bot/Minor r93 Kvpigi peril Earpu'mv m2
neifidfere. Rev. 2: 2. So Sept. for "9! nupaepa‘iv. Gal. 4: 14. Rev. 3: 10. See
l .10: 1. Ps. 26: 2. 1T3! Ps. 17:3.— Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. 6:13. p.
Jos. B. J. l. 10. 4. Plut. Cleom. 7. —— 434 sq. -—-([3) Vice versa, temptation of
(B) In a bad sense, with ill intent, Matt. God by man is distrust in God, com
16: l netpdlovrec imypdornoav at'iro'v. 19: plaint against him, comp. in IIupa'Zw
3. 22:18. lVIfll'k 8:11. 10:2. 12:15. b. y. Heb. 3:8 Kara rr)v ilpe'pav roi/
Luke 1!: 16. 20: 23. John 8:6. Hence nupaapofi sc. roi; 96017, quoted from Ps.
by impl. to try one's virtue, to tempt, 95:8 where Sept. for “$22, as also EX.
i. q. to solicit to sin, genr. Gal. 6: l 'iva 17:7. Deut. 9:22.
pr) removal}; rat or’! lest thou also be Helfoiw, 5, f. dam, to try; more
tempted, yield to temptation. James 1: usually and in N. T. Mid. rrcipa'opai, to
l3 ter, 14. Rev. 2: 10. Espec. of Satan, try for one's sel , for one's own part, to
Matt. 4: l neipaofiiivai inro rot‘; dtagéhou. attempt, to assay, so. to do any thing,
v.3. Mark 1: l3. Luke 4: 2. 1 Cor. 7: seq. infin. Acts 9: 26 e'rrttpfiro KoMfiotiai
5. l Thess. 3: 5 bis.— (y) From the 'ro'ig paerlraic. 26: 21.—2 Macc. 10: I2.
Heb. usage, God is said to try, to prove Hdian. 2. ll. 13. Xen. An. 4. 3. 5. Act.
men by adversity, to try their faith and Luc. Hermot. 36. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29.
confidence in him. 1 Cor. 10: 13 5c
oi”: idea i415: mupaafifiuai inre‘p ii 511 Hildf/JOM’, fig, 1", (121940.) persuasion,
vlld'oe. Heb. 2:18 bis. 44:15. 11:17, 37. i. e. the being easily persuaded, credulily,
Rev. 3: 10. So Sept. and "9! Gen. 22: Gal. 5: 8 rig‘ 15,146; c'l'e'xmhs 'rlfi “110.14 pi‘;
]. EX. 20: 20. Deut. 8: 2. (Wisd. ll: 'n'citicatiai; il'nwpoyr) oin: Enrol? rah. x. r. A.
9.) Vice verse, men are said to prove On the paronomasia see Winer § 62. 1
or tempt God, by doubting, distrusting tin. Others refer it to J udaizing teachers,
his power and aid. Acts 5: 9 n'stpda'ai i. q. efl‘ort at persuasion. —- Eustath. ad
rd 'm/u'ipa Kupt'ou. 15: 10 rt’ rupt'rfcrs Iliad. a, p. 21. 4.6. Odys. x’, p. 785. 22.
raw 9561/.- 1 Cor. 10:9. Heb. 3: 9 oh IIéMt'yog, 50;, 00;, T6, the sea, pp
e’rru'paadv p: oi 1rarc'peg hpa‘w, quoted the high sea, the deep, the main, remote
from Ps. 95:9 where Sept. for "9?, as from land. Matt. 18:6 iv 11,": “Mi-ye: rfig
also Ex. 17:2, 7. Is. 7:12.—Wisd. l: 2. Sahémmg. Comp. Winer p. 492.——A r
Hilftlb'fbég, 05, 6, (nuptial!) trial, istot. Probl. sect. 23. qu. 3, iv rq'i lupin
proof, a putting to the test, spoken only olti'yn c'o’rlv 1', Sc'rhaao'a, in 5:‘ r’; m'hdyu
of persons. flatleia. Apoll. Rhod. 2. 608 1rc'h. rfir;
a) gem. trial of one's character etc. 911M001”. Diod. Sic- 4. 77. Xen. Cyr. 6.
1 Pet. 4:12 1rpo¢ wupaapov ind)’, i. e. l. 16.—Spoken of the high sea adjacent
to try or prove you.—Ecclus. 6: 7. 27: to a country, Acts 27:5 Ta 1r. Kara rip!
5 'ntpaopog c'wflptinrov c'v Etahoywlup a1’: Kihurlavie. the sea ot'Cilicia.—Jos.Ant.
rofi. v.7.-—By impl. trial of one's virtue, 2.16.5. Thuc.5. 110 n) Kpnrmoyrre'ha'yoc.
temptation, i. e. solicitation to sin, espec. Helen/Zia, f. law,(1ré)\mvc axe ,) q-d
from Satan, Luke 4: 13. 1 Tim. 6: 9. to axe, i. e. to hew with an axe, Sept. for .
 Héfmrrog 616 1121117656;
59s 1 K. 5. 1B. In N. T. to behead with pp. 0. ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Rev.
on are, pp. 0. acc. of pers. Pass. Rev. 20: ll: 10 51390. 'II'E'IMTOUUU' ('zhhfihocc. SO 0.
4 rag 4.1941; ro‘w 1r¢1re)\e1<w‘ue'vwv.—Jos. acc. of thing impl. ru'i [n] tic n Acts
Ant. 20. 5. 4. Pol. l. 7. l2. Diod. Sic. [1:29. Phil. 4:16.—Hdian. 3. 7. 2. Xen.
19. 101. Found onlyin late writers, Lob. Cyr. 3. 1. 42. —(/3) trop. to send upon or
ad Phr. p. 341. among, 0. acc. et dat. 2 Thess. 2: ll
Héavr'rog, n, or, 0rd. adj. (1rév're,) we'pdm ailro'ic o 9:69 Evc'p'yuav ‘sharing.
thefifib, Rev. 6:9. on. 16:10. 21:20.
So c. acc. simpl. to send forth, e. g. n‘:
Sept. for "@‘PU, Gen. 1: 23.—Dem. 260. ope'mzvov, i. q. to thrust in, Rev. 14: 15,
18. —- Wisd. 19: 25. H0111. ll. 15. 109.
20. Xen. An. 4. 7. 21.
AL.
Hit/‘WM’, f. 11m), to send, trans. Hémg, mag, 6, 1", adj. (re'vo/uu to
a) of persons, i. q. to cause to go. (a) work for a living,) poor, needy, 2 Cor.
gem. c. acc.. Matt. 22:7 re'pdlag rd o'rpa 9: 9.‘Sept. for W55.‘ Ex. 23:6. E2. 18:
rei/pa'ra ailroz'l. Acts 25:25. Phil. 2:23. 12. ‘2! Deut. 25: ll. Prov. 31: 20. -
Seq. acc. et dat. of pers. to whom, I Cor. Hdian. 2. l. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 3.
4: l7 brand/a 1': ‘iv Tapéficov. Phil. 2:19.
sic c. ace. of p ace, Matt. 2: 8. e‘ig rum HEX/05502, 561;, v‘l,(1rcvflzpzig,)amotlzer
into one's body Mark 5: l2. 1rp6¢ rwa. in-law, e.g. the wife's mother,Matt. 8: 141.
Acts 25: 21. Eph. 6:22. Col. 4: 8. Tit. Mark 1: 30 1‘) 5:‘ 1r. Elpwrog. Luke 4:38.
3: 12. —Xen. An. 4. 6. 19. full Hdian. Also the husband's mother, in antith. to
7.9.6. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22. :1; Luc. Asin. v1'1p¢r1,1\’1att.10:35. Luke12:53bis. Sept.
45. 1rp¢ic P01. 2. 11. 4. — Spec. of for him: Ruth 1:14. 2:11. 3: I.—-De1n.
messen ers, agents, ambassadors, etc. 1123. l. '
o. acc. h’ att. 11:2 reaming 51'10 163v paflq'rifiv 1151165565, 05, 6, afatller-in-law,.lolm
aim-m7. Luke 16:24. John 1:22. 13:16. 18:3. Sept. for “U Gen. 38:13, 25. 1!?‘
1 Thess. 3:2. 1 Pet. 2: l4. oi 1r£p¢0évrzg Ex. 3:1. 18:1 sq.—- Tob. 10: 7, 10.
those sent, the messengers, Luke 7: 10. Pollux On. 3. 3. 2. Horn. I1. 6. 170.
Eig c. acc. of place Luke 16:27. Acts Hzwéo, 5, f,fiaw,(1re'veog,) to mourn,
15: 22. 71116971110. Luke 4: 26. Acts 15: (u lament, i. e.
25. c. infin. of purpose, ICor. 16:3. Rev. a) trans. c. acc. of pers. to bewail any
22:16 E'vrspilla row li'y'yehévfiou paprupr‘yaal. one, to grieve for him, 2 Cor. 12:21
x. r. L—Hdian. 3. 14.8. 51'; ib. l. 1|.9. wen/Hilda) 1raMm’1c—More comm. for one
1rp6g ib. 6. 4. 6. — Also 0. acc. of pers. dead, Sept. forliéij Gen. 37:33. "2; Gen.
impl. i. q. seq. rig c. intin. of purpose, 1 50:3. So 1 Mace. 12:52. Luc. D. Deor.
Thess. 3: 5 Z1rclu¢a cig r6 7116mm, as in 14. l. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 3.
Engl. I sent to know. eic c. ace. of place, b) intrans. to mourn, etc. e. g. at the
Acts l0:32. 20:17. rpocnya Acts 10:33. death of a friend, c. xkalw, Mark 16:]0.
19: 31. 23:30. (0. n‘g et optic Xen. Cyr.Sept. for "2; Gen. 23: 2. So gem. i. q.
l. 5. 4.) So particip. we'ludmc before a to be sad, sorrowful, Matt. 5: 4 paxdpcoe
finite verb, implying that one does a oi wen/6017:1119. 9: 15. Mid. for one's self
thing by an agent or messenger, Matt. 1 Cor. 5: 2. cmhaiu Luke 6: 25. James
14: 10 Kai re'pxliag‘ drrexnpdhws rdv ‘[u 4: 9. Rev.18:ll,l5,19.21r1'rw118111.
livvnv, comp. Mark 6:27.—Hdian. 1. 9. So Sept. for 5215 Neh. B: 11. E2. 7: 27.
19 vimrwp a K611110509 n'épduag o’urore’pvu —}F.schin. 84. 14. Isocr. p. 2'13. C.
Tr)!’ Kspahr'lv- Plut. de puer. educ. l4 fin.
VI. p.37.10. Reisk. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 5. Hévaog, 50g, 00;, rd, (1.11.111. with
—Spoken of teachers, ambassadors, sent 16609,) mourning, grief, sadness, genr.
from God or in his name, e. g. John the James 4: 9 1. 75km; bludw e19 1rév60g ,4:
Baptist, 0. inf. John 1: 33 a 1ré|u¢ag ,ue rao-rpapr'lrw. Rev. 18:7 bis, 8. 21:4.
So Sept. and 5215. Lam. 5. 15. "5"?‘ Prov.
fimrriluv. Jesus as sent from God, John
4:34. 5:23, 24. 6:38 sq. 7:16,28. Rom. 14: 13.—Wisd. 19:3. Dem. 1399. 12.
8: 3. al. saep. The Spirit, John 14:26. More comm. for one dead, Luc. D. Deor.
15: 26. 16:7. Apostles as sent out by 25. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6.
Jesus, John 13: 20. 20:21. Hewxglig, Di, 6", (we'vopag) poor.
b) of things, to send, to transmit, (a) needy, i. q. win/11;, Luke 21: 2. Sept. for
 Hex/rain; 617 Hég'yaaog
":2 Ex. 22: 25. 5: Prov. 28: 15.-P01. 6. ]. Comp. Jahn §353,355. In N. T.
21. 7. Dem. 422. 19. Acts 2: 1. 20:16. 1 Cor. l6: 8.—Tob.
I'Iswraimg, adv. (rim-6,) five times 2: 1. 2 Macc. 12:32. Joseph. ll. cc.
2 Cor. 11: 24.—Sept. a K. 13: 19. Plut. Ilsa-01061615 we, 1), (with), 1ts'1rot
Marcell. 1 init. 0a,) trust, confidence, only in Paul 's writ
Hev'ramoxlhol, a1, a, (xihtogg) ings, 2 Cor. 1: 15. 3:4. 8: 22. 10:2.
five thousand, pp. five times one thousand, Eph. 3: 12. E’)! TU'L Phil. 3: 4. Sept. for
Matt. 14:21. 16:9. Mark 6:44. 8:19. T117153 2 K. 18: 20. A uil. et Theod. for
Luke 9:14. John 6: 10.—Sept. Ezra H131} Hos. 2: 18.—Jos. nt. 1.3. l. ib. 3.
2:69. 2 Chr. 35: 9. Xen. H. G. l. 2.1. 2. 2. Philo de Nobil. p. 910. A. Sext.
Empir. Pyrrh. 3. 24. Found only in late
Hsv'mxéom, m, a, five hundred, writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 294 sq.
Luke 7: 41. 1 Cor. l5: 6. Sept. for HEQ, enclit. part. (from wept’ adv. very,
"1K? 152??! Num. 1:21, 33.—Luc. Icarom.
1. Xen. H. G. 1.4. 21. i.q. mpwoé'm, Buttm. § 117. n. 3. Matth.
§ 594,) pp. very, wholly, ever, in N. T.
Hém, 01,.11, Ta, indec. five, Matt. found only as joined with a pronoun
14:17,19. 16:9. 25:2. Luke 1:24. Acts or particles for greater emphasis and
4:4.61. As an indef. small number lCor. strength; see Herm.adVig.p.793.Buttm.
14: 19. Sept. for 159111, "211311, Gen. 18:28. § 149. p. 432. Passow s. vuc. Comp.
Ex. 22:1.—Luc. Hermot. 48. Xen. Ag. 'Ec'wvrep, Eirrep, 'Errehrep, ’E‘h'fi51,111’5p,~11
1. 36. AL. rep, Kuedrrep, Ka:'1rcp,'Oo'1rep, “no-rep.
I'Iev'rsxmoixa-rog, n, or, ord. adj. H6500‘, adv. (obsol. m'pa i.q. nipam)
(nevrexaldexa) thefifieenth, Luke 3: 1.— beyond, over, on the other side, as prep.
Sept. Num. '28: 17. 2 K. 14:23. overning the geuit. Buttm. § 146. 1, 2.
Hsr'n'yzowa, oi, oi, ré, indec. fifiy, go 1répav roii 'Iopdzivov, Matt. 4: 15, 25.
Mark 6:40 et Luke 9: 14 an‘. :revrr'lxowa 19:1. Mark 3: 8. John 1:28. 3:26.
byfiflies. Luke 7:41. 16:6. John 8:57. 10:40. 1rc'pav 'rfic sahtiao'ng John 6: 1,
21: 11. Acts 13:20. Sept. for B‘F'Ft'g 17, 22, 25. 1r. rail xup. 117w Kc'hpwy John
Gen. 6: 15. Ex. 26: 5.—Luc. D. Marin. 18:1. So Sept. for "9?. Gen. 50:10,11.
6. 1. Xen. H. G. 1. 4.. 21. Num. 34: 15.—Thuc. 5. 6. Xen. An. 4.
HEW'IZOG'UII, 77;, 1‘), (pp. fem. of 3. 3.—-With neut. art. :11 1re'pav, pp. that
mvmxoo'rog fifticth,) a fiftieth part, a
beyond, the other side, i.e. the region be.
species of impost, Dem. 568. 12. ib. 738. yond, comp. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. So 546
5. See Boeckh Staatsh.d.Ath. I. p. 337. roii 1re'pau r05 'Iopao'wov Mark 10: 1. :1’;
In N. T. Pentecost, the day of Pente 1'6 1r. rfic 811M661); 5: 1. :19 161:. rfig M.
pvm; Luke 8: 22. absol. Matt. 8: 18, 28.
cost, one of the three great Jewish fes.
14:22. 16:5. Mark 4: 35. 5:21. 6:45.
tivals, in which all the males were re
8:13. So Sept. for "92 Num. 21:13. 32:
quired to appear before God; so called
19. Deut.1:4.—Pol. 2. 32. 9. Diod.Si".
because celebrated on the fiflieth day, 1‘;
3. 64 or 65. c. gen. Xen. An. 3. 5. 2.
wevrqxoon) 1*) 'pa, counting from the
second day 0 the festival of unleavened He'gug, wros, r6, (obsol. 1re'pa,) end,
bread or passover, i. e. seven weeks after extremity, e.g. of the earth, rfig 7179, i. e.
the 16th day of Nisan; comp. Lev. 23: the remotest regions, Matt.12:42. Luke
15 sq. Deut. 16:9 sq. Jos. Ant. 3.10.6. 11: 31. Rom. 10: 18. So Sept. for
Hence called in Heb. "1339' 117 Sept. e'opn) vat-"95:: Ps. 2:8. "ms-'1 asp, Ps. 61:3.
EGEop:i5wv,festival ofweeks, Deut. 16:10. comp. 19: 5.—Diod. Sic. 3. 53 init. n‘: 1r.
It was a festival of thanks forthe harvest, rim 7:‘); Xen. Ag. 9. 4.—Trop. of what
which began directly after the passover, comes to an end, conclusion, termination,
Deut. 16:9 sq. and was hence called Heb. 6: 16 dvnhoylac 1re'pag. Sept. for
also if‘??? D5", Sept. bpépa 'ro'n' ve'wv, 77:52. Nah. 3: 51.—Jos. B. J. 7. 5. 6. Pol.
day of thefirstfruits, Num. 28: 26. J0 l. 41. 2. Xen. Vect. 4.26.
sephus relates that in his day great num Hég'yoqhog, 00, f1, Pergamus, now
bers of Jews resorted from every quarter Ber-game, a celebrated city of Mysia,
to Jerusalem to keep this festival Jos. Rev. 1: 11. 2: 12. It was situated near
Ant. 14. 13. 4.. ib. 17. 10. 2. B. 1.2.3. the river Caicus, and was the metropolis
 Him - 618 He?!’
of the powerful kingdom of Pergamus, Verb. p. 351. Winer p. 320 marg. This
which was so long famous under the is applied by some to Acts 25: 18 'n'spi
Attali. The kings of this race collected 01': o'raBe'v-rec, q. d. standing about him,
hereo. noble library of 200,000 volumes, comp. v. 7 : but it is more natural to con.
which was afterwards given by M. An nect wept’ oi'J-uoiloqiiaw ain'av e'm'dzepov,
tony to Cleopatra, and added to the li and then the pass e falls under b. -y,
brary atAlexandria. Here also parchment below—Hence in T. only trop. about,
was first perfected; hence called per-ga concerning, respecting, etc.
mena. At Pergamus was also a cele a) where the genit. denotes the object
brated and much frequented temple of about which the action is exerted, as in
Esculapius, who was usually represented Engl. to speak or hear about or ofa thing.
under the image of a serpent; whence Matth. § 589. Buttm. § 147. n. 2.—So
prob. the allusion in Rev.2:l3. SeePlut. after verbs of speaking, asking, teach
M. Anton. 58. Plin.H.N.530. ib.l3.ll. ing, writing, and the like ; e. g. :lwov
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 175,219, Matt.17:13 5n nepi ‘Imc'wvou r. clrrev
ain'oig. John I: 30. 7: 39. al. Aakiw,
Hég'yn, 77?, n, Perga, the metropolis
of Pamphylia, situated on the river Ces
Luke 2:17, 33, 36. al. M'yu Matt. 11:7.
21: 45. al. (Xen. Cyr. l. 5. l3.) Epwrriu
tus about 60 stadia from its mouth, and
Luke 9: 4.5. John 18: 19. al. biotin-nu I
celebrated fora splendid temple of Diana.
John 2:27. 7 64m; Matt. ll:10. John
Acts 13.13, 14.. 14:25.—Strab014.3.2. 5: 46. al. So att. 12:36. John 1: 7,8.
Higl', prep. governing in N. T. the 6: 41. Acts 1:1, 16. 7: 52. l Cor.l:l l.
genitive and accusative ; in the classics 1Tim. l: 7. al. seep. (Plut. Apopth. Mor.
also the dative; with the primary signif. II. p. 25. Tauchn. 1E1.V.H. 2. 10. Luc.
around, about, in a local sense, implying D. Deor. 1.2. Xen. An. 1. 7. 2. Cyr. 6.
a surrounding and enclosing on all sides. l. 6.) After nouns of like signification,
So espec. with the dative, e. g. Qu'ipnxa where the simple genit. might usually
mpi 07136500111 {Ewe Horn. ll. 3. 332. stand,comp. Passow l. c. no. 1. d. Luke
Eon-{Amy 1repi 'rfi xupi rpépcw Plato Rep. 4: l4 ¢1'1Iun rep‘: uirror'l. v. 37 fixog 1repi
2. p. 359. D. Comp. Winer § 5l.p.320. airroi'l. Acts 11: 2'2. 25: 16. Rom. l: 3.
I. With the genitive, where the genit. Heb. 5; 11.—Ceb. Tab. 38. Hdian. 2. 1.
then expresses, as it were, the central 6. -— After verbs of hearing, learning,
point from around which an action pro knowing, and the like; e. g. i’ucm'm Mark
ceeds,about which it is exerted; see Pas 5:27. Luke 7:3. 9:9. al. xan'lxenv Acts
sow rep! A. Winer l. c. Comp. Buttm. 21: 21, 24. E’fl'fUTflIMlt Acts 26; 26. 7m»
§ 132. 2. But in prose writers, and with o'rou ion 28: 22.—amino Plut. Mor. II.
few exceptions in the poets, wept’ 0. gen. p. 40. Tauchn. Plato Phzndo c. 58 init.
is used only in the tropical sense, about, Xen. An. 6. 6. 34. — After verbs of in
concerning; and the nearest approach to quiring, deliberating, doubting, and the
the literal local sense is in phrases like like; e.g. Zrrrz'w, John 16: 19. 1 Pet. 1:
'Mpi vnog fu'rxov'ro Horn. 11. 16. l, 1rcpl 10. e'EeréZw Matt.8:8. mwflr'wopui Acts
Harpdxhoro 1rea'6vroc pzixwvrai ib.8.4.76, 23: 20. aleveupt'opai Acts 10: 19. 8141M»
i.e. to fight around an object, in order to yiloluai Luke 3: 19. So after Eiuvropz'opm
defend and secure it, where also the tro Luke 24: 4. Acts 5: 24. 50x57 poi Matt.
pical sense about or for it, is also includ 22: 42. After like nouns, as (fir-1101;
ed; comp. Passow, A. l. c. This some John 3: 25. Acts 18: 15. —m1v6. Luc.
apply in N. T. to John 19: 24 Xéxwpeu Alex. 33. Ceb. Tab. 33. Eoxei poi Luc.
1rcpi ain-ofl, though not without force; D. Deor.6.4.. mcmre'w Xen.Mem. l.l.l5.
better under b. a, below.—In a few in b) where the genit. expresses the
stances in the poets, and perhaps in some ground, motive, occasion of the action,
very late prose writers, mpi c. genit. i. q. on account of, because of, in Engl.
stands in the local sense after verbs im. often for. (a) gem. e. g. after verbs of
plying real etc. like mpi c. dat. e. g. rc re proving, accusing, being tried, and the
rcivum-o 1repi avreiovgu-r‘ypspl'c Horn. 0d. like, 0. gen. of thing; as Ehi'yxu, Luke
5. 68. Eurip. Tread. 824. Mosch. 3. 60. 3: 19 1196151"; e'hz'yxo'pn'oc inr' Iii/rm‘:
Comp. Schiifer ad Dion. Hal. de comp. mpi 'llpwFu'iEog x. 12h. John B: 46. 16:
 Heel’ 619 1125:’
8. Judel5. Eyxaltéu Acts 19:40. 26: 2. reference or allusion to the person or
xarrryope'u 24: 13. xplvopat 23: 6. al.— thing denoted by the genitive, i. q. as to,
xarn'yope'u Xen. H. G. l. 7. 2. xplvo‘uat touching, in relation to, etc. (a) gem.
ib. 3. 5. 25.—After verbs signifying an Matt. 18: 19 tall 5210 i445“! avprpwvijowow
affection of the mind,e.g.a1r)\a-yxvl{opm mp1 ‘Ravi-tic 1rpa'yparoc x. r. it. Luke 1 1:
Matt.9:36. dyavaxri'w Matt.20:24.Mark 53. John 9: 18 oinc e'alarwaav oi 'Iovaalot
10:41. Sauluc'rzw Luke 2:18. xavxrioluar. n'epl airroi'l 6r: rutphhc hr. 11: 19. 15: 22.
2 COT. 10: 8. Spec. eiixapw're'w and the Acts 28: 21 tunic oiire 7pa'ppara 1rcpi am";
like, 1Cor. 1: 4. l Thess. 1: 2. 2 Thess. Edsfia'pefia. Rom. 15: 14. 1 Cor. 7:37.
2: l3. eiixapwrlav t'urodtddvar 1 Thess. Col. 4: 10 1repl 01': EAC’léETE Evroltéc. Heb.
3: 9. (Xn'ipw d1r05¢86vat Diod. 810.1. 88.) 11: 20. al. saep.—Dem.l2.9. Plut. Galb.
Also has: pot Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12: 23. Diod. Sic. 19. 36. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
14. al. ,ueptpvz'w Matt. 6:28. Luke 12: 15.—(,8) Absol. or independ. usually at
26.—So genr. after various verbs and the beginning of a sentence, e. g. Matt.
nouns,e.g. John 10:33 1r€pi xaltoi E'pyou 22: 31 n'spi r1"); c’waardoewc rim vexpév
oil )uflc'tloliev as, x. r. h. John 19: 24 Mi. x. r. A. as to or touching the resurrection
xwpev nepi al'zroii, n'vog Zen-at. Matt. 16: of the dead, have ye not read, etc. Mark
11. Mark 1: 44. Luke 2:27. Acts 15: 12: 26. Acts 28: 22. 1 Cor. 7: 1,25. 8:
2. 19: 23 rdpaxog 1r: 1 'rfic 6505. Col. 2: 1,4. 12:1. 1 Thess. 4: 9, l3. 5: 1. al.
l.—Hdian. l. 11. 4. em. 10. 16. Xen. Comp. Winer p. 321. Matth. § 589.—
Cyr. 2. 1. 22 pthoyetm'at 1rcpt'rwogn—(B) Diod. Sic. 1. 6, 9. Plato Phsedr. p. 250.
Where the action is exerted in favour of C. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 15. Cyr. 1. 6. 15.
the person or thing denoted by the geni —(-y) c. art. neut. rt‘: 1r£pl rwoc, e. g. 0.
tive, i. q. on account of, in behalfof, for, gen. of thing, the things relating or per.
e.g. Matt. 4: 6 1'07; ('I'YYéAOLC ain'oi': Eur: taining to any thing, as re :rspl rfic ,Baau
Aeira: mp1 0017. Luke 22: 32 £76: 55‘ Mia; 'r. oitp. Acts 1:3. 8; 12. 19: 8. also
Ede/10111’ 1repi ooii, ‘two, x. r. A. John 16: 24: 22. Seq. gen. of pers. i. q. one's cir
26. Eph. 6: 18. Philem. 10. Heb. 11: cumstances, state, cause, Luke 22:37. 24:
40. 1 Pet. 5: 7 5r: ail-n; Ite'he: :repl 5,1101’. 19, 27. Acts 23:11, 15. Eph. 6:22.
After verbs of offering sacrifice, one's Phil. 1: 27. C01. 4: 8.—-Xen. An. 2. 5.
life, etc. in behalfof any one, Matt. 26: 37. H. G. 7. 4.1.
28 rd alfu'l poo-"rd 1rspl 1roM¢7w Exxvvri d) by impl. from the primary idea of
pevov. Mark 14: 24. Gal. 1:4. Heb. 5: surrounding and including, in the phrase
3. Comp. Winer p. 328 marg.—-Eurip. mp1 m'wrmv, etc. pp. including all, and
Phoeniss. 534 or 527, comp. Cic. de Off. hence, i. q. more than all, above all, Hom.
3. 2|. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. l3. ib. 3. 3. 44.— I1. 1. 287. Find. 01. 6. 84. Dion. Hal.
(7) Where the action is exerted against Ant. 6. 45. In N. T. once according to
a person or thing; so c. gen. of pers. all some, 3 John 2 ‘kept mirrwv en‘ixoual' as
ter words 01' accusing, Acts 25: 18 wept eirodor'wflatn-Kaedm eiiotloii'ral am: 1‘) 410,0",
oil-~01 Itarr'ryopot oiuiqu'av air-lav e'n'épe above all things I wish that thou mayest
pou, comp. v. 27 rag xa'r' ailrol'; alrlag. prosper, etc. But, taken in connexion
ib.v. l5 1r£pl oil---e've¢dvmarol dpxrepsic, with the latter clause, it is perhaps bet
comp. v. 2 xa-ré "voc.—Comp. Jos. Ant. ter to render: ‘ I wish that thou mayest
14. 10. 12.—So in the phrase 1repl rfic d. prosper as to all things [external], even as
papriag, 1rspi dp-apruiv, on account ofsin, thy soul prospers. Comp. above in c. a.
for sin, i.e. for doing away or ezpiating sin. \Viner p.321.
Rom. 8: 3 rriv may 1re'p¢a¢...1rspl c'rpnp 11. With the accusative, where the
riag. 1 Pet. 3: 18 Xp. draE 1r: 1 dluaprt accus. then expresses the object around
6v Errafle.
tip. Also 1rpoo¢o
Heb.10:18, d v. goo-Ea
26. fill/111132 1repl or about which any thing moves, comes,
ll. 1)“:
and also finally remains.
o'poc :rzpl hp. 1 John 2: 2. 4:10. Ellipt. 1. Of place, around, about, e. g. place
'Ii'epl dpaprlag 101' Quota wept d‘u. Heb. 10: whither,a1ter a verb of motion, Luke 13:
6,8, coll. v.26, quoted from Ps. 40: 6 8 Eu: 61rov amid/u 1r: 1 airrr'p'. (Horn. 11.
where Sept. for "£911, comp. Lev.5:8. 9: 22. 11. ed. Wolf.) h'lore freq. of place
10. 2Chr.29:24. See Winer p.320,348. where, implying the coming and remain
c) where there is only a more general ing around, e. g. seq. acc. ol'thing, Matt.
 H251’ 620
3: 4 b 'Iudwnc zlxen-Za'rvnv bspp. rep)
rr‘yv daau‘rv abrob. Mark 9: 42 M60; puki
kdg rep). rdv rpc'lxrlhov din-oi. Rev. 15: 6.
Seq. acc. of pers. Matt. 8: 18 1'56»! be‘ 6
'Irlaoic walkout; bxhoug rcpt aim-(iv. Mark
3: 32, 34, Acts 22: 6. Comp. Buttm.
§ 147. n. 2. Matth. § 589. c. Winer §
53. p. 343.——acc. rei Luc. D. Deor. 11.
2. Diod. Sic. 12.44. Xen. Cyr. l. 2. 9.
pers. Diod. Sic. 19.36. Xen.Cyr. 7.5.59.
—With the art. oi, at, Ta m'pl c. acc. of
place, Mark 3:8 oi 1rcpiTl'rpov rat Z‘abcbva,
they about Tyre and Sidon, i. e. dwelling
in and around these cities. Acts 28: 7
e'v be‘ 'ro'ic 1rcpi 1151/ ‘Mirror’ c'xeivov, i. e. in
the partsaround,environs. Jude 7. (Stra
bo 12. p. 571. [EL V. H. 12. 44. Hdot.
6. 105.) Seq. acc. of pers. 01 1rspi' rwa,
of a person and his followers. Mark 4:
10. Luke 22:49. John11:l9. Actsl3:
13. See fully in '0, 1?, r6, E. p. 555.
2. Trop. of that about which an action
is exerted, about, concerning, respecting,
i. q. wept 0. gen. Winer, Matth. l. c. (a)
of a matter or business about which one
is occupied, Acts 19:25 rm): wept rmafira
Ep-yérag, lit. workmen about like things,
of like occupation. Luke 10: 40 1‘; 5e‘
MdpBa 11's leo'm'iro :rspi 1roMfiv biaxovlav.
v.41. l im.6:4. Comp. Viger. p.656.
—E'xcw1rept n Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2. IE].
V. H. 3. 49. Elva: n'spl n D. Sic. l. 74.
Xen. An. 3. 5. 7.-—(,3) genr. i. q. as to,
touching, 1Tim.1: 19 mp1 rr)v m'o'rw
El'aud'ynaav. 6: 21. 2 Tim. 2: 18. 3: 8.
Tit. 2: 7.—Ios. Ant. 5. 7. 8. El. V. H.
3. 31. Plato Phaado 13. Xen. Mem. 4.
3. 2.—(-y) 0. art. neut. 111 mp1 e'pé, my
circumstances, qfl'airs, state, Phil. 2: 23.
-—Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54 Ta wept rm); m'ip
youc. Comp. above in I. c. ‘y.
3. Of time, i. e. of a point of time not
entirely definite, about, Matt. 20:3 1repi
rr‘yv rpi'mv u'ipav. v. 5,6,9. 27: 46. Mark
6:48. Acts 10:9. 22:6. Comp. Matth.
\Viner, l. c.—}El. V. H. 5. 13. Hdian.
3. 4. 8. Xen. An. 1.7.1.
Nora. In composition wept’ implies in a) gem. c. acc. et dat. Luke 19: 43
N. T. l. a moving, being, spreading wepigahoiiaw xdpami 0'01. See Matth. §
around on all sides, around, round about, 402. d, comp. § 426. 3. So Sept. for is?
as neptfia'Mw, 1rep1@}\e'1rw, mpcc'xw, etc. Ez. 4: 52.—Pol. 5. 20. 5 oi'rre fli¢pov oin'c
2. trop. as around and including an object, xdpaxa ff] 1m eligohfl nepis'éahov. Ml. V.
and therefore more than, over, above, as
mplequ, nepiovola. 3. gcnr. emphasis, a
comp eteness or strengthening of the
simple idea, Lat. per, i. q. completely,
Heglcoihhw
very, exceedingly, as wepihurrog, 1rrpuru'pw.
1..
1123105710, 1'. 68m, (5710,) to lead
about, i. e.
a) trans. of those whom one takes as
companions, 1 Cor. 9: 5 15150161)!’ 'yvvaixa
7r£pltiyfllh Sept. for 11425" Am. 2: 10.—
Dem. 958. 15 rpfig 1ra75ac axohobflovg
wepuiyug. Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 3.
b) intrans. or c. inurov impl. see'A'yw
no. 3, to go about, to go up and down,
absol. Acts 13: 11. Seq. acc. of place,
depending on rcpt’ in composit. Buttm.
§ 147. n. 12. Matth. § 426. Winer § 56.
2. 0. Matt. 4: 23 1rspn'1'ysv 5km’ rr‘pl I‘a
Mhat'av, he went about a” Galilee. 9:35.
23: 15. Mark 6: 6.—absol. Cebet. Tab.
6. Comp. mpu'vywv Eaurév Plut. Solon. 3.
Hegmugéw, 5, f. haw, aor. 2 'II'LPLEIAOV,
(aipéw) to take away what is round about,
trans.
a) pp. Acts 27: 40 rag: r't'yrbpac repac
Xdvrec taking up the [four] anchors round
about the ship, comp. v. 29. S0 of a veil,
2 Cor. 3: 16 1rspiaipsirat To xdhvppa, in
allusion to Ex. 34:34 where Sept. for
""9211, as also Gen. 41: 42. Esth. 3: 10.
for “3.2.?! Jon. 3: 6.—2 Macc. 4: 38. Jos.
Ant. 19. 2. 3. {taken Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 47.
To. rslxn Dem. 125.26. Xen.H.G.2.2.2-2.
b) trop. to take away wholly, i. e. all
around. Heb. 10:11 n'epuhei'v apapn'ag,
wholly to talzc away sins, to make com
plete expiation for sins,comp. v. 4. Pass.
Acts 27: 20 1rspzppe7ro m'iaa e'hrrlc. So
Sept. for “"53?! Zeph. 3: 16. “3,55, Ps.
119: 39.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 61. Dem.
942 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 21.
Hegmargdarrw, f. 41..., (baptism-u’)
to flash around, to shine around, seq. acc.
of pers. Acts 9: 3, comp. above in Hepi.
d'ya) b. Seq. 1r£pl rwa Acts 22: 6, see
Buttm. § 147. 11. 12. Winer § 57. 2.
Heglgothhw, r. poo, (pan...) to
cast or throw around, to put around any
person or thing.
H. 6. 12. en. Mem. 2. 1. 14.
b) spec. of clothing, 1. q. to put on, to
clothc,e. g. (a) Act. c. ace. of pers. expr.
or impl. Matt. 25: 36 'yvprdc, mi wept:
 l
Hegickérm 621 Hegiegxoloai

fiékeré ,us. v. 38, 43. (Sept. Is. 58: 7.) for the head, a head-dress, or perhaps a
Seq. dupl. acc. to put a garment around veil, 1 Cor. 11: 15.
or upon any one, to clothe with any thing, Hegibéu, f. 613w, pert‘. pass. up:
Luke 23: 11 nepifiakdw may Zofh'rra bz'bepiu, (béu q. v.) to bind around, Pass.
Aalurrpiiv. John 19:2. See Buttm. § 13]. John 11:44 1‘; 64m; airroi: oovbaplip 1rspi
5. Comp. also above in l'Iepui-yu b. So bébrro. Sept. Act. for ‘9!: Job 12: 18.
Sept. for "95? E2. 18: 7, 16.—mud n -—Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 2. Hdot. 4. 176. Xen.
Test. XII Patr. p. 648. Hdian. 2. 8. 10 An. 4. 5. 36 si lect. san.
Tip’ Baa. 1rop¢irpav [ailrbv] :rsptgahovrec.
Mid. and Pass. to put on one's Hegibgélww, see Hspirps'xu.
own garments, to clothe one's self, to be Hiflig'ytizqtbdl, 1. 60011111, ('npl.
clothed, absol. Matt. 6: 29 0155:‘ Zokoludw ep-yo¢,) pp. to work all around a thing,
---1rcp::€a')\e'ro their rol'rruv. Luke 12:27. on every side, i.e. to work carqfullzhsedu
Rev.3:18. 19:8. Seq. accus. of garment, louslg, to do with great and even exces
comp. Buttm.'§ 135.4. §134.6. Acts 12:8 sive ains, 1E1. V. H. 2. 44. Hence in
wepigahoi'l roipa'novaov. Matt.6:31. Part. N. . to overdo, to do with care and
perf. Mark 14:511reptfiefiknpz'rog owbdra. pains what is not worth the pains, to be
16:5. Rev.7:9,13. 10:1. 11:3.12:1. (17: a busy-body ; so in the paronomasia 2
4.) 18:16. 19:13. Soseptforié lSam. Thess. 3: 11 prlbc‘v Ep'yazope'vovc, 6AM;
28:8. was 1 K. 11=29 [with dat.] 2 K. 1repicp'yazope'vovg, doing nothing, but over
19:1,2. [with acc.]-—l Macc. 8: 14. 1151. doing; not busy in work, but busy.
V. H.12.1.p.156 ult. Tauchu.Xen.(F.c.2. bodies—Ecclus. 3: 23. Dem. 150. 24
4.—Seq. E'v ‘HI/l, Rev. 3: 5. 1repi€aluira| 25 till’ c'p'ydfp Kai 1rspicp'ydzp. Plato Apol.
s’v iparioic Muxoig.4z4. So Sept. for; "9? Socr. § 3.
Deut. 22: 12. [pass] Ps. 147:8. [act.]
comp. Ps. 45: 14.—Once seq. dat. ofgar Hsgi'egyog, 0:), 6, :5, adj. (Epyov)
ment, in text. rec. Rev.17: 4 mpifiefihy pp. working a” around, i- 6. doing Care
pe'w) 1rop i'lpq m1 Koxm'vqr. So Sept. for fully, sedulouslg, comp. in Hzpicp-yc'lfopai.
2712? l .12]. [act] Wisd. 19:6. trop. In N. T. over-doing, doin with care
mxoig Arr. Epict.4.12.8. Dem. 740. 23. and pains what is not wort the pains,
Diod. Sic. 12. 25. See Matth. § 402. d. or what is superfluous, i. e.
a) of persons,a busy-body,intermeddler,
Hsgllgttiww, r. 4..., (flhe'mufl 101001. 1 Tim. 5: 13 oil povoy dp'yal, dMi: m1
around upon, 0. acc. Plut. Marcell. 7. 31. M’; alflutTGrgcghj.
I. Kai 1r: is ‘yon—Arr. Epict. 3. 1.
Xen.Mem.1.3.1.
Xen. Cyr. 5. l. 2. In N. T. only Mid.
repigks'rroluu, f. 1140/1111, to 1001! round about b) of things, Ta 1repi'ep-ya, pp. over
one's self, i. e. wrought, curious, superfluous, spoken of
a) intrans. i. q. to look around, ahsol. magic arts, sorcery, Acts 19: 19 ixavot
Mark 9:8 weptfihnbdpevm, m’mc'n oiide'va be‘ 'ro'w riz nepi'ep-ya 1rpaEdvrwm—Aris
clbov. 10: 23. Seq. inf. of purpose tenaet. 2. ep. 18. Iren. adv. Haeres.1.20.
Mark 5:32. So Sept. for "5!; Ex. 2: Isidor. III. 139 oi: rfiv napa Xakbalou;
12. comp. 1 K. 20: 40.—Ecclus. 9: 7. neptepyoy mu'bsuow Epufiov oi raids‘: oi
Arr. Epict. 3. 14. 3. rpzig mi 6 Aavn’lk. genr. Dem. 145.17.
b) trans. i. q. to look around upon, 0. Comp. Lat. curiosus Hor. Epod. 17. 77.
acc. Mark 3:5 nepigkstl/dpsvoc abroilg.
v. 34. 11:11. Luke 6:10. Sept. for nietégxolwtll, aor. 2 :rcpifihdov (Zp
‘1121 Job 7: 8.—Pol. 9. 17. 6. Xopau) to go about, to wander up and
down,absol. Acts l9: l3. Heb. 11:37.
Ilsgigo’ttmor, 00, rd, (‘InplgénwJ So of a ship sailing on an irregular
pp. something thrown around, i. e. a cov course with unfavourable winds, Acts
ering, garment, e. g. spoken of the outer 28: 13. Seq. ace. of place, dependent on
garment, mantle, pallimn, comp. 'Ipdriov :rspi in composit. see in Hcpuiyw b. 1
b. Heb. 1: 12 died ‘IFSPlfiO’AGlOV iMEug Tim. 5:13 neptepxépevai r81;- oixl'ag going
airroi'ig, in allusion to Ps. 102: 27 where about to houses, i. e. from house to house.
Sept. for So for "15? Ex. 22: 27. Sept. c. acc. for "1'3 Job 1: 7.——absol.
"1??? Ez. 27: 7.—Palaaph. 52. 4. Dion. Wisd. 6:16. Xen. (E0. 6. 13. c. acc.
Hal. Ant. 3. 61.—By impl. a covering Diod. Sic. 1. 83. Xen. Ag. 9. 3.
 Hzgiéxw 6'22 Hem'zel
a
a:

nfifléxfd, f. Eu, aor. 2. 1rcpzs'oxov, c'a'rnvav 01 an; Iepoo. sc. around the
(Zxw) intrans. pp. to have or to llold tribunal. Sept. for =3? 2 Sam. 13:31.
one's self around, to be around, comp. in —Judith 6: 1. Hdian. 5. 5. 19. Xen.
'Exm f; hence i. q. to surround, to en Cyr. 7. 5. 4.1.
viron, as a mountain Dem. 1274.. 15. c. h) Mid. wepi'larupac, pp. ‘to place
300. Xen. An. 1. 2. 22. In N. T. to one's self round about,’ i. e. by impl. ata
enclose, embrace. distance from, so as not to come near,
a) to clasp around, to seize, c. ace. of i. q. to stand aloof fi-om, to avoid, 0. sec.
pers. trop. Luke 5: 9 Sdpgog mpu'oxev depending on up.’ in composit. see in
swam—2 Macc. 4.: 16. Jos. B. I. 4.10. Hzpuiyw b. 2 Tim. 2:16 rug 5:‘ fisgr’lkoug
1. pp. ib. 6. 3. l. Luc. Tox. 14.. xevogbwvlac mpz'i‘araa'o. Tit. 3: 9.—Jos.
b) i. q. to contain, as a writing, 0. ace. Ant. 1. l. 4 ¢c|§yu ml nepda-rarm.
Acts 23: 25 'ypriglaac Emu-oh)!’ TEPLEI ib. 4. 6. 12. Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. 81.
xova'aw row n'nrov roi'n'ov'n—l Macc. l5: Luc. Hermot. 86.
2. Philo de Confus. Ling. p. 358. D. Hegmoillagua, arog, 16, (‘Kiplm
Diod. Sic. l. 4..—-Impers. or with suhj. Balpw to cleanse all around, wholly,) i.q.
impl. 1 Pet. 2: 6 3:61‘; nepte'xu c'v rfi xdllappa, but stronger, pp. ‘ cleansings,’
'ypaofi 15m) x.-r.l\. where supply 1‘; nepwxr'l i. e. qfi‘lscouring, sweepings, fill/4, as col_
or the like; see Buttm. § 129. B, 9.— lected in cleansing, Phavorin. mpuu
108. Ant. 1]. 4. 7 fim'Aoluai 'yiveaoai Grip/“Ira , (Zn/Tl roii ('urodo'rypara, ml d'nnrqz
m'wra madly Ev ailr‘fi [Emm-oh‘fi] 1rspie'xu. (inoa'apu'ipam. Also an ezpiatory victim,
Héflgfilll‘l'llfbl, i‘. Za'mw, (Ida/ruin)
ransom, as cleansing from uilt and
to gird around, Sept. for “15 trop. Ps. 18: punishment ; so Sept. for "55 rev. 21:
40. 30:12. In N.T. only Mid. 0r Pass. 18 rrepmaflappa duml'ov duo/.409. Hesych.
to gird one's self around, to be girded mpmaarippa-ra' ('wrllwrpa - - wepucaenl
around, spoken in relerence to the long povrsc rag n-éXug-Jn allusion to the custom
flowing garments of the orientals, which by which, in times of public calamity,
are girded up around them while en malefactors or other worthless persons
gaged in any business ; see in 'AvaZa’w were immolated as victimsto make expia
I'll/u‘ Mid. absol. Luke 19: 37 rapid: tion for the state. So xdeappa, Schol. in
aerai Kai dvaxMve'i ail'rol'lg. l7: 8. Acts Aristoph. Plut. 454. Kaec’lppara z’M'ym'ro
12: 8. c. acc. trop. rfiv amp.» z'v c'zXryOu’a oi e'1rl r17 xafla'pau X04105 rwoc fi 'rwoc Ere’
Eph. 6:14. Sept. 0. acc. for as: Is. 32: pac véaov, svdpzwu T07; 9807;‘. rm'n'o 3:‘
11. "1'5 Jer. 1:17. 0. iv foraI Sept. 1 To 560:; no) 1rspl 'Pupaloac inexpdrrlas.
Chr. l5:27.-—1 Macc. 3:58. Pol. 30.13. Comp. Wetstein N. T.II.p.1 l4. Munthe
10.—Pass. pert‘. part. mpwlwopévoe, Obs. in N. T. e Diod. Sic. p. 321 sq.
girdedaround; absol. Luke 1 2 :35 E'arwaav Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 326. J. Caes.
{44511 at’ dorln'lcg wepizlwape'vai, i. e. be Bell. Gall. 6: 16.—Hence gent. and in
ye ready, prepared ,compin 'Arai'éwupc. N. T. meton. for a vile and worthless
So Sept. and "2!: Ex. 12: ll. Seq. ace. person, a wretch, outcast, 1 Cor. 4.: 13
of thing, girdle, etc. Buttm. § 134.. 6. (be nepmafidppara r017 xo'o'uou, where
Rev. 1: 13 11's icfwape'rov Zdwrp' Xpv some Mss. read u'lmrep v. rbmrepel xaOdp
o'fiv. 15: 6._- iod. Sic. l. 72. para in the same sense. — Arr. Epict.
Hifllaidlg', 50);, 1'], (weptn'OruuQ 0 3. 22. 78. S0 m'Gappa Jos. B. J. 4. 4.
putting around, wearing, sc. of golden 3. Luc. D. Mort. 2. l. Dem. 574. 14.
ornaments, 1 Pet. 3:3 1rcpi0wlg- xpum'uu. Lat. ‘purgamentum servorum' Q. Curt.
—comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 2| iuyde‘ repl 10.2.7. Comp.Tittm. Syn. N. T. p. 186.
rlBwflaz xpum’a. Ilsgmukow'm, f. 4...’, (“akin-flu)
Hefl'l’o'rflfbl, f. 'n'epwrfio-w, (Ya-nun q. to cover around, e. g. 1'6 1rpooanrov, i. q.
v.) trans. to cause to stand around, to to blinaffiild, Mark 14: 65. c. acc. of
place around, Hdian. 7. 10. 13. Xen. pers. id. Luke 22: 64. Pass. i. q. to be
Cyr.7.5.l. In N.T. only Aor. 2, Perl‘. overlaid e. g. with gold, Heb. 9:4. Sept.
and Mid. intrans. to stand around, e. g. for "LP? 1 K. 7: 42. 31?? 1 K. 8: 7. -—
11) pp. and absol. John 11: 4.2 on‘: raw genr. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 13.
o'xhml rov neplcorfin'a. Acts 25: 7 repr HEQI'KEIfIJtZI, f. xu'u'o‘um, (ashram)
 I'Isgmeqoattm'a 623 Hegwxr';

pp. to lie around, to be circumjacent, e.g. i.q. mprylvopat, comp. in Hzpt' note. Part.
mountains Hdian. 2. 11. 16. In N. T. oi neptMnrépzrm those remaining over, the
to lie around, and also to be laid around, survivors, l Thess. 4: 15,17.—2 Mace.
i.q. Pert'. Pass. of neptriflnpz, see Buttm. 1:31. Hdian. Q. l. 10. P01. 1. 37. 2.
M09. 11. Heglkuvrog, av, 5,,1'1, adj. (nepi in
a) i. q. to surround, to encompass, 0. tens. Xv’nrm) pp. environedwith grief, i.e.
dat. of pers. Heb. 12:1 nepmelpevov i/piv wholly grieved, very SOTTOIQfUl, Matt. 26:
vépog papa-spur. Comp. Matth. §402. d. 38 nepl'hwréc s'a'rw 1') ilwxi] you in); Sal/é.
~Hdian. 5. 6. 16. ib. 6. l. 2. 1011. Mark 6: 26. 14: 34'. Luke 18: 23,
b) i. q. pert‘. pass. of 1rep1r10np1, to be 24. Sept. for Ps. 42: 6, 12. 43:
laid or put around, and so to be hung
5.—Esdr. 8: 71, 72. Aristot. Eth. 4. 3.
around, as the neck, rep} rpéxnhov, e.g.
Plut. Thes. 20, 26.
M009, Mark 9: 42. Luke 17: 2. Comp.
Winer § 56. 2. Buttm. § 147. n. 12.— Hsglfném, f. m3, ('n'spl intens. pit/01,)
Hdian. 3. 5. 11. Xen. Eq. 5. 3.-—Seq. pp. to wait around, about any thing, i.e.
acc. of thing in the manner of passive to wait for it, to await in earnest expec.
verbs, Buttm. § 134. 6, 7. Acts 28: 20 tation, e. g. n‘lv Era-y'ysMav Acts 1:4,
rr)v dlwaw railrrpl neplxsqmu, i. q. I am Sept. for "J? Gen. 49: 18.—Jos. Ant. 6,
hung around with this chain, bound 6. 2. Dem. 1314. 6. Xen. An. 2. 1. 3.
with it. Trop. Heb. 5: 2 dabble-(av.— Higlg, (pp. i. q. wept strengthened)
Jos. de Mace. l2. 3. n‘: amps. Hdian. 2. round about, 0. gen. Pol. l. 45. 8. In
13. 17. trop. Theocr. Id. 23. 14 iifipw. N. T. as adv. 0. art. 6, h,-r6 ne’pif, sur
Hegmwulm'a, mg, ,7, (adj, “pl rounding, circumjacent, comp. Buttm. §
mpéhmog, from mpakr’h) a head-piece, 125. 6. Acts 5: 16 rd nhfioog ra'w n-éptE
helmet, trop. Eph. 6:17 et 1 Thess. 5:8, no'Aewm—Ios. Ant. 11. 2. 1. Xen. Cyr.
in allusion to Is. 59: 17 where Sept. for l. 5. 2. gem. Xen. An. 4. 4. 7.
#259, as also 1 Sam. 17:5. 2 Chr. 26: Hegzoméau, 5, f. fiau,_(1rzplozxoc,) to
14.—Pol. 3. 71. 4. ib. 6. 23.8.
dwell around, 0. acc. see 1n Hepuiyw b.
Hagmgwn'yg, éog, 017g, a,§7,adj.(xpa_ Luke 1:65 rain; nzpzozxoiivrac abrot'm, i.e.
rr'u,) pp. strong round about any thing, their neighbours—Xen. An. 5. 6. 16.
i.q. all powerful, Anthol. Gr. I. p. 137
yafupnhfio'l rrcplxparz'eo'aw ipupwiw—In HEQI'MMQ', ov, a, :1, adj. (olxog,) one
N. '1. having wholly in one's power, being dwelling around or near, a neighbour,
wholly masterof, and 1rspucparfig yivwflaz, Luke 1: 58. Sept. for 1?? Dent. 1:7.—
to become master of, 0. gen. Acts 27: 16 Jos. Vit. § 14. 1151. V.H. 3. l. Thuc. 8.
nepmparslg ycyéo'flm 'rfie o-xdpng- to become 6, as.
master of the boat, i.e. to secure it so as Hegmz'aamg, 02), 6, 1", adj. (nepaovala
to hoist it into the ship, comp. v. 17, 30. what is over and above, abundance, pro
For the gen. comp. Matth. § 361. Buttm. perty laid up, from rep/51111,) having
§ 132.5.3—Hist. of Sue. 39 inCod.Alex. abundance,superabundant,Hesych. raptor’:
11830551119176), f. \lral,(xpinrrw,) to hide mow‘ 1rohi1, mplrrdv. In N.T. by impl.
all around, to hide wholly, carefully, e. g. one's own, special, peculiar,as Am); raptor’:
éaurr’yv Luke 1:24.—Luc.D.Deor. 10.8. moo Tit. 2: 14, i. q. Xao; rig nepurolnam
1 Pet. 2: 9. So Sept. 7min; neptm'nnog
Hsgmwchiw, 5, £61010, (wt-Mu) to for H223 Ex. 19: 5. Deut. 7: 6. 14.-.2. 26:
encircle round about, to surround, e. g. a 18.—Hesych. 111910617101!“-7rEpl1r0l7rr'0V.
city as besiegers, Luke 19:43. So Sept. Theophylact. mpiot'lamg' oixtioc.
for ‘WI’ 2 K. 6: 14. =29 Josh. 7: 9.—
Aristoph. Av. 346. Xen. An. 6. 3. ll. Hsgmxp'y, fig, 1‘1,(1rep1£'xw q.v.) circum
ITseiMi/mrw, f. \law,()\c'l,u.1ru,)to shine ference,
Diod. Sic.
circuit,
1.91.compass,
contentsJos.
of B.J.
a writing,
around, 0. acc. see in Hspui'yw b. Luke argument in general, Hesych. neptoxil'
2: 9. Acts 26: 13.—Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 3. ual :msomc. Hence in N.T. the argu
Plut. Camill. 17. Diod. Sic. 3. 12. ment or contents within certain limits, a
Hiflhili'z'al, f. \law, (Mia-40,) to leave
period, sectiompassage, Acts 8: 32 1‘) dc‘
over, Pass. to be left over, to remain over, neptoxr) rfig ypaipfig x. 1'. k—Stobzeus 1n
 H'egmwréw 6'24 Hsgnroi'm'tg

Eclog'. Phys. p. 164. A. Dion. Hal. -de Prov. 8:20. Ecc. 11:9. Kara c. acc.
Thucyd. 25. Cic. ad Attic. 13. 25. implying manner or rule, Mark 7: 5 on’:
Hegm'wrtw, 07, f. flaw, (1rare'w,) pp. 1r. Kara rfiv 1rapti§omv x. 'r. X. Rom. 8:
to tread about, i. e. to ma”: about, and 1,4 Kara mipxa. 14:15. 1 Cor. 3: 3.
genr. to walk, to be walking, intrans. Eph. 2:2. 2 John 6. Comp. in Kurd,
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 9: 5 Z'yupat no. 4. a. AL.
xairepnn'zru. 11:5 xwhol 1repura'roial. Hegmrei'gal, f. 1rsp&,(1repi' intens. 1ru'pw
Mark 2: 9. 8:24. 16: 12. Luke 24:17. to pierce ,) to pierce quite through, to trans
John 1:36. Acts 3: 8,9. 1 Pet. 5:8. fiz, pp. so that the weapon is wholly sur
Rev. 9: 20. al. Sept. for 3'3! Prov. 6: rounded and covered; 0. acc. Jos. B. J.
22.—1E1. V.H. 2. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3.7.31. 1roMoi 55‘ 1'07: 151mg wepiflreipovro
5. Conv. 9.7.-—With an adjunct of place Ei¢wua Luc. Zenx. § 10 bis. Diod. Sic.
or manner : c. adv. Luke 11:44. John 16. 80. In N.T. metaph. 1 Tim. 6: 10
21:18 51ml; iifleheg. 0. adj. yupvég as Earn-oz"; wepu'wetpav ddi'wau; 1roXAa‘lg.—
adv. Rev. 16: 15. So with prepositions, Philo in Flacc. init. p. 965. A, [abroilg]
e.g. 5a‘: 1017 931.215; airrfic Rev. 21:24. 511 dvnréaroic 1repte'1relps KCIKOI“.
0. dat. of place, Mark 11: 27 2'11 11;» Zepqi'. HEfm'l/WTW, aor. 2 1repte'1reo'ov,(1rl1r1'w,)
John 10:23. Rev. 2:1. (Sept. Gen. 3: to fall around any one, to embrace him,
8. Cehet. Tab. 1. Dem._1258. 22.) Xen. An. I. 8. 28. In N. T. tofallinto
John 7:1 mpcnrdru 6 ‘I. iv 1f I‘ahhala, the midst ofany thing, so as to be wholly
i. e. went about, remained in Galilee ; surrounded by it,i.q. lofall into or among,
and so by impl. John 11: 54. it! 0. dat. seq. dat. Luke 10:30 Ape-m7; mpté-rrwer.
gent. Mark 12: 38 iv arokaig. John 11: James 1:21reipao'poic1rcpuréonre. Comp.
9 iv hpe'pa. v. 10 iv 'vvxrl 12: 35 iv Matth. § 402. d. Buttm. § 147. n. 12.
rf] al.-aria. So trop. Jdhn 8: 12. 1 John —-)\11o'ra'ic 1repic'1rwz Diog. Laert. 4.50.
1:6, 7. 2:11.é1rlc. gen. asé-n-l-rfic 9a El. ‘V.H. 13. 46. xaxolc 2 Macc. 10: 4.
M'wa'ng Matt. 14:25. Mark 6248,49. Isocr. de Pac. p. 176. A. Kll'alln'fllf Jos.
John 6:19. (Sept. 2 Sam. 11:2. Ec Vit. § 15. mien Thuc. 2. 54.—Seq. eig
clus. 9: 13.) E1rl c. acc. as i1ri n‘lv 9(1 rd-lrov Acts 27: 41.
Aamrav Matt. 14: 26, 29. Iim'o'l 0. gen. néfflroléw, 5, i'. 1'10w,(1r01c'w,) to make
of pers. i. q. to accompany, to associate remain over and above, i. e. to lay up, to
with, John 6:66. Rev. 3: 4. (comp. Job acquire, Jos. Ant. 17. 10. 2 ult. Plut.
34: 8. Prov. 13:20.) mlpé. c. acc. as Phoc. 6. Xen. (Be. 2. 10. to preserve,
1rapa n'lv stiltaaaav Matt. 4:18. Mark e.g. life, 'rr‘1v \‘lmxhv, Isocr. p. 408. B.
1: 16. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 10.—In N.T. only Mid.
b) trop. and from the Heb. to live, to to acquire for one's self, trans. Acts 20:28
pass one's life, always with an adjunct fiv weptnrou'yoa'ro 5451 mi ioiou GIIJGTOC.
of manner, circumstances, etc. comp.
1 Tim. 3: 13 fiaflpdv Eauroic Kakor 7:5.
Heb. ‘1,251 Gesen. Lex. no. 2. E. g. c. pm'otoi'mra, where for Eauroic with the
adv. Rom. 13: 13 etm'xrlpévwg repara Mid. see Winer § 39. 6. p. 211. Sept.
film‘). 1 Cor. 7: 17 (be. Eph. 4:1, 17. for vs: Gen. 31: 18. a‘?! Prov. a; 3-2.
5: 8,15. Phil. 3: 1'7 oi'irwg. Col. 1: 10 — l Mace. 6:44. Diod. Sic. 1. 74.
r'zElmg. 2 Thess. 3: 6, 11. So Sept. for
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 3. ‘
71,2? 2 K. 20:3. Seq. dat. of rule or
manner,Winer § 31.3. b. comp. Buttm.§ Hsgm'ol'no'lg, 5mg, ,',,(1repmoi£w,) pp.
133. 3. 2. Acts 21: 21 T07; E'Oeo't 1rspi~ a making remain over, a laying up, i.e.
rarely. 2 Cor. 12:18 11} 1rvn'lpan. Gal. a) gem. acquisition, an obtaining, l
5:16. So with prepositions, e.g. Bu’: 0. Thess. 5: 9 oint Z'Hero r'uu'ic 6 9:54‘ rig 6p
gen. as Bu‘: ‘II‘ZUTEWQ 2 Cor. 5: 7, see in 77))’, 6003 tic 1r: uroino'w aw'rr'pz'ag 2
Aui I. 4. b. c'v c. dat. e. g. of state or Thess. 2: 14. Epi. 1: 14 do z'zmrki'irpu.
condition, as it! uapnl 2 Cor. 10:3; also aw rfig wepi'rron'lo'swg,i.q.eic (it-rah. n‘lv m
of rule or manner, Rom. 6: 4 iv xawé puromfls'lo'av, the redemption acquired for
rnra Zwfig'lr. 2 Cor. 4: 2. Eph. 2: 2. us by Christ; comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.
Col. 3:7. Heb. 13:9. Ev dhntlzla 2John VViner § 34.2. b.—Meton. thing acquir
4. 3 John 3, 4. iv Xpw-nfi Col. 2: 6. ed, a possession, 1 Pet. 2: 9 Mag :19 1::
See in ‘Ev 3. b. So Sept. for 2312? puroi'naw a people for a possession, i. e.
 Hegqifin'ywu: 625 Hsgumez'm
peculiar, Ono's own, i.q. hub‘- rspwbmog bars'pnpa. Trop. Matt. 12: 34 et Luke
Tit. 9: 14. So Sept. for R733? Ma]. 3: 6: 45 ix TOR-l wepwan'rpafoc rfig xapbt'ag.
17, Aquil. nepioa'la'wv. HEQM'GEIIMJ, f. u'm'w, (we-pleads) to
b) preservation, a saving of life, Heb. be over and above, to overgo, to exceed in
10:39 elg 1rcpurot'no'w ilmxfic, opp. c'uré number or measure, Xen. An. 4. 8. l].
Xua, So Sept. for "3?? 2 Chr. 14: 12.— Conv. 4. 35. In N. T. to be more than
Test. XII Patr. p. 633 'iva yévn-rat rept enough, i. e.
vrolmnc-r' 'Iwor'lqa. Comp. in Hepuroie'u. a) to be Iefl‘ over, to remain, intrans.
Hsglppr’yywal, f. ‘Ktplfifilllzw, (131’, John 6: 12 rd nowou'umvra shad-para.
yvupg.) to tear from around any 0ne,e.g. c. dat. V. 13 a 1r5plaaevas ro'ic Begpwuoo'u'.
l'etters Diod. Sic. 4. 44; in N. T. only of Part. n‘) mpwaeiov, remainder, residte.
garments, to tear of, e. g. the clothes of e.g. fin! Ickaapc'rrwv Matt. 14:20. 15:37.
persons about to be scourged, ra i drul. So r6 wepwoefiaav 0. dat. Luke 9 :1 7.—Jos.
Acts 16:22.—2 Macc. 4:88. Dio . Sic. Ant.3.9.2 & b’ by rzpwo'u'my ,xaraxai'ou n.
17. 35. Plut. Poplic. 6 ol 5:‘ [imnpz'rat] b) to super-abound, to abound richly, in
n'JBi/g ovMagbv'rec robe wcavianovc, 1r: trans. (a) of persons, i. q. to have more
ptefififi'yvuov 'ra ipé'na, rag Xeipac dnfi'yov than enough, to have superabundance, ab
6771/00), fia'gbozg Eb'awor Ta Glit/JGTU. sol. Phil. 4: 12, 18. Seq. gen. Luke 15.
Hegmwoiu, 5, f. a'ow,(mrciw)t0 draw 17 wapwael'rouo'w tiprwv, comp. Buttm.
from around any one, to draw of as § 132. 5. 2. Seq. 61¢ n to orfor any thing,
'npw-Ira'ouc r6 bta'bnpa Plut. de Garrul. :1; miv Zp'yov a-yaBo'v ‘2 Cor. 9: 8. is! run
12. T. VIII. p. 24. 7. ed. R. ")1! ru'zpav in or in respect to any thing, Rom. 15:
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 13. to (b'aw about or 13. Phil. 4: 12. Col. 9: 7.—c. dat. Sept.
away, e. g. a stream into other channels, Jer. 30: 10. Ecclus. ll: 12 1r1'wxel'q we.
Plut. Camill. 4; persons to another ob pwon'm. c. iv 19: 24.—([3) of things, i.q.
to abound intens. c. dat. Luke 12: 15 m'nc
ject, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 33. Diod. Sic. Ev r9‘) wepwo'nlluv 'rwi 1'] {on} airroii. Part.
19. 10.—In later usage and N.T. Pass.
mpwvréopat, 15pm, trop. to be drawn Tb 1rspw'asiiov run i. q. one’s abundance,
about in mind,to be distracted, over occu wealth, Mark 12: 44. Luke 21:4. (Tob.
pied, so. with cares or business, seq. wept’ 4: 16. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 30 re. imrfibua
c. acc. Luke 10:40 #15:‘ MépOa ‘Kipli nepwo'ebov'ra.) Seq. e‘ig TIJ'G, to abound
mriiro wepl woMfiv blakon’av. — c. wept’ unto anyone, to happen to him abundant
Ecclus. 41: 2. Pol. 3. 105. l. Diod. Sic. ly, Rom. 5:15. 2001'. 1:5 see in Htianpa.
I. 74 13:71! in; rmlq rexw'rag m‘pl 1roMa Seq. 5'4’; n, to abound unto any thing, to
'2' blavolg 1rzpw1rwpe'voug. c. node 11 Jos. redound, to conduce, 2 Cor. 4: 15 1m 1']
nt. 5. 1. 15. B. J. 5. 6. 2. c. dat. ib. xc'lpicn-nzpwou'm elg rfiv 565m’ 'rol'l Geoii.
B. J. l. 11. 7. In this sense found only 8: 2. Absol. 2 Cor. 1:5. So with the
in late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 415. idea of increment, to abound more and
more, i. q. to increase, to be augmented,
Hsgwoe/a, a;, h, (mpwaéc) more 0. dat. Acts 16: 5 ineploowov rq'i r’rptQulP.
than enough, cuperabundance. Rom. 5:17 6. iv 11w Phil. 1: 9. bu’: 'rwog 2 Cor. 9:
n‘lv wepwo'ziav rfig xdpiroc, i. q. rhv
12. Phil. 1: 96. — (y) Causat. to make
xa'pira rr)v 1repwau'av, superabounding
superabundant, to cause to abound, see
grace, ‘2 Col’. 8: 2. 10: 15 sic nepwo‘u'av Buttm. s 113. 2 sq. Matth. § 496. 2. So
adv. superabundantlg, exceedingly. James of persons, IThess. 3:1-2 bpdc 5e‘ 6 Kz'ipwg
1: 21 up. rfig- xaxlac, i. e. superabound
Thcovaaai mi nepto'an'm'at ' r’vyé'rry. 01'
ing wickedness. Comp. Buttm. § 123. things, 9 Cor. 9: 8 buvaréc 0 9st‘); minor
n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. So Sept. for "125‘ xtipul m'pwo'n'wat tic bpfig. Eph. l: Bin
Eco. 6: 8. ‘FT? Eco. 1:3. 5:8. attract. Pass. to be made to abound, of
Hag/amount, wroc, r6, (WEplUd‘El'Mfl’) Rimons, i. q. to have more abundantly,
more than enough, i. e. att. 13: 12. 25: 29. Aquil. for Hiph.
a) what is left over, remainder, residue, fut. '11.‘; Prov. 12: 26 rcpwan'luv rt‘w
hlark 8:8 nepwo'ebpa'ra rd'av xXaquiruv. rhrlo't'ov blxalog.
b) what is laid up, super-abundance, i.e. c) by impl. in a comparative sense,to
wealth, affluence, 2 Cor. 8: 13,14 mi 16 be more abundant, i. q. to be more con
isn't/aw wzpc'aa'evpa 'yc'vnrai tic rb bpu'u' spicuous, distinguished, to ewe], e. g. c.
2 a
 11254606; 6'26 Hegnéum
wkdov et gen. Matt. 5: 20 Ear p1) 'II'EPLG 7226. Sept. for Chald. “:11 Dan. 5:12.
ael'mp 1'1 dmaioa'l'mrl illufinl nhe'iou r151! 6:4.--Isocr. Panegyr. l. Plut. Romul.
'ypapparz'wv 1:. r. A. Seq. Z'v Tll'l in or in 12 bis. Diod. Sic. 12. 15 d wipoc oirde‘y
respect to any thing, 1 Cor. 15:58 1r: bpiirat nepte'xwv t70¢tllt 1'] 1reptr'r6v.
pwael'lovrec e'y Tit Epyy r017 Kvpt'ou. 2 Cor. Hegwoorégwg, adv. of compar. de
3: 9. 8:7 bis. Absol. Rom. 3: 7 el yap gree instead of the more usual form re
‘h dlh'loeta TIN-l esol'lu-e’rrzploo'eua'ev, i. e.
pwa'orepov, Buttm.§ 115. 5. Matth. §262;
has been made more conspicuous. 1 Cor. more abundantly, more, more eamestl or
8:8 oiire 'yap e'av da'ywpzu, nepicro'n'ropev.
vehemently,comp. in Hepwo'bg b. be
14:12. 1 Thess.4:1, 10.—l Macc. 3:30.
object compared is every where implied;
Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 11. Thuc. 2. 65. see Winer § 36. 3. Mark 15: 14 in text.
Hag/(166;, 2'], 6V, (rcpt I. d, comp. rec. 1repwo'ore'pwg E'xpaEav they cried out
note ,) over and above, more than enough. more vehemently, so. than before. 2 Cor. l :
a) pp. as exceeding a certain measure, 12 1repto'o'ors'pwc 6:‘ 1rpdc {4169 more abun
0. gen. i. q. more than, Matt. 5: 371-6 3:‘ dantly towardsyou, sc. than towards others.
mpwo'dv ron'mov lit. ‘ the overplus of 2: 4 fiv ixw mp. etc tunic, so. than others
these,’ what is beyond or more than have, etc. 7:15. 11: 23 bis. 12:15. Gal.
these;
Ex. 10:5.
comp.2 K.
Matth.
24:31.
§ 334.
‘11:-‘*3 Sept.
1 Sam.
for30:
1: 14. Phil. 1: 14. Also the more abun
dantly, the_m0re, 1 Thess. 2: l7. Heb. 2:
9.—-Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 2 rd :rrpw'aov ru'w l. 13:19. c. ‘uo'tMov 2 Cor. 7: 13,00mp.
xpnpa'rwv. 1151. V. H. 14. 32. Xen. Cyr. in Mfihhov c.—Test. XII Patr. p. 721
8. 3. 21.—In the sense of superfluous, m'pwo'ors'pwg fi-ya'mpaav ailrm'lc.
2 Cor. 9: l m'pm'adv ‘not Earl. ‘rd 'ypdqpcw 115555655,adv.(1repwaég,)abundant{z/,
{min—2 Macc. 12:44. Hdian. 5. l. 3.
exceedingly, vehemently, Matt. 27: 23
Xen. (E0. 18. 2.—For the adv. inre‘p ix
nepwo'ihg ZrpaEav. Mark 10:26. (15:14.)
ntpwaoii, see in 'Yrrepcmrzpwo'oi.
Acts 26: 11. Se t. for Dan. 8: 9.
b) genr. auperabundant, i. e. abundant, 2 Mace. 8: 27. Iglut. Consol. ad Apoll.
much, great. (a) positive,only as adv. e.g. 28 fin. Tom. VI. p. 443. 3. Reiske.
neut. mpwao’v abundantly, in super
abundance, John 10:10 'lva (any gxmn, Hegw'rigoi, as, 7'], a dove, pigeon,
xai nepwodv E'xwaw. So it: mpwo'm'l, be Matt.3:16.10:16. 21:12. Mark 1:10.
yond measure, vehemently, Mark 6: 51. 11:15. Luke 3: 22. JOllll 1:32. 2: 14,
14:31. Comp. in ‘Ex no. 3. e. -- Test. 16. Luke 2: 24 51'10 veoaomig rapid-11961
XII Patr. p. 711 e’).- 1rcpuraoi include.— two young doves, the ofl‘ering of the poor,
Comparat. nepwu'o'repoc, 1), cu, mare comp. Lev. 5:7. 14: 22,where Sept. for
abundant, more, greater; e. g. in number, “5'” ‘3?. So Sept. for "131“ Is. 38:14. Neh.
Luke 12:4; in degree, Matt. 23: 13 2: 7.-—Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 3. 1E1. H. A. 3. 15.
wzpm'odrcpov xpifia. Mark 12:40. Luke Xen. An. 1. 4. 9.
2mm. 1 Cor. 12:23 bis,24. 2C0r. 2: Heglréluvw, f. rcluiaor. 2rrzptz'repor,
7.—Neut. mpwaércpov as adv. more (re'pvw ,) to cut around, to circumcise, M id.
abundantly, more,more earnestly or vehe to let one's selfbe circumcised, comp. Buttm.
mently, absol. Luke 12: 48 rcpwaérepov § 135. 8; only in the Jewish sense, ‘to
air/1110:1011‘ ail-r61’. 2 Cor. 10:8 e'av m1 remove the prepuce.’
nepwadrepdv r1 Kavxr'loupat x. r. A. Heb. a) pp. c. acc. of pers. Luke 1: 59.
6: 17. seq. gen. 1 Cor. 15: 10. c. ,uihhov 5x01» m‘ptrepe‘iv rd #4115101’. 2:21. John
Mark 7: 36, comp. in MiMow c. Winer 7:22. Acts 7: 8. 15:5. 16:3. 21: 21.
§ 36. 3. n. 1. Also like pihhov it forms Mid. Acts 15: 1,24. 1 Cor. 7: 18. Gal.
with a positive a periphrasis for a com 2: 3. 5: 2, 3. 6: 12, 13 bis. Pass. part.
parative, compJ'n MfiMov b. Heb. 7:15 pert‘. neptrerpnpévog 1 Cor. 7: 18. Sept.
Kai nepuro'orepov En Karaldnho'v Earn’. for 5»: Gen. 17.27. 21; 4. Mid. ib. a4;
c) by impl. in a. comparative sense, 15, 17. — Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. Diod. Sic.
more abundant, i.e. distinguished, excellent, 1. 28. Hdot. 2. 36.
better, Matt. 5: 47 1'1’ 1repwabv r0157"; b) metaph. in a spiritual sense, i. q.
Hence neut. n‘. mpwao'v, excellence, pre~ ‘ to put away impurity.’ Col. 2: 11 1r:
eminence, Rom. 3: 1. Comparat. Matt. przrpr'ldnre 1reptrop§ dxuporrotfirp. So
11:9 xal 1repw06rspov 1rpoqn'prov. Luke Sept. and ‘>1’: Deut. 10: 16. Jer. 4: 4.
 115317191711.‘ 6'27 Hegl'xwgog

Comp. Rom. 2: 89. — Philo Abr. I. p. c'rxaporron'rnp iv 15 nepwopj rot": Xpt

450. aroii, i. e. the circumcision which has
Hiflfllgflfbl, f. nepzfir'yaw, (7191);“) Christ for its author and object. Collect.
and emphat. Phil. 3: 3 illud;- yc'lp Eo'psv
3 plur. pres. nepmfle'aar Mark l5: 17. 1', reprropfi, i. e. we are the true spiritual
see Buttm. § 107. n. I, 1; toput around, circumcision, the true people of God.
to place around any person or thing,
seq. acc. et dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 21: Hsgrrgéa'w, 1‘. duo, (rpém) to turn
33 ¢paypdy aim; neptc'finxcv. Mark 12: about, as a person, Plato Axioch. init.
1. Matt. 27: 28 ntpu'emczv aim; x)“: p. 3641. A. p. 370. B. to turn 1qrside down,
In'lba. 27248 neprflelg [row mré'yyov] ra tooverturn, Wisd. 5: 24'. Plut. Marcell.
M'rpp, i. e. putting it around the end of 7. Luc. Contempl. 7. In N. T. trop. to
a rod. Mark l5: 17, 36. John 19: 29. turn about into any state etc. i. q. to cause
Sept. for m‘?! Ruth 3: 3. '53’! Lev. 8: to become any thing, to make, seq. rig‘,
13. vi-s‘gn Gen. 27: 16. -- Ecclus. 6:31. Acts 26: 24' as‘ sic pavt'uv neprrpe'rru, i.e.
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. l. Hdian. l. 3. 7. Xen. turns thee about into madness, makes
Eq. 5. l, 3. ——Trop. to bestow upon, to thee mul.—Jos. Ant. 9. l4. 1 El; 6971).,
give, 1 Cor. 18:23 roz'n'ou; rlpfiv repro nepu-pan'v. Comp. Lys. 210. 2'.
aorépav n-rptrifisper. S0 Sept. for 1!"; Hegrrgéxw, aor. 2. arsprébpa or,
Esth. l: 90. Job 39: 19.—Hdian. 5. I. (rpc'xu,) to run around in a circle, on.
ll. Dem. 1417. 2. Xen. Athen. l. 2. (E0. 13. 8. In N. T. to run about in a
HEEITO/bfi, 17;, 1'7, (neptre'yyw) cir place, c. acc. Mark 6: 55 mumps-m
cumcision, in the Jewish sense, the re b'hnv 'rfiv ncplxwpov, comp. for the ace.
moval of the prepuce, as the distin in Heptéyu b. Sept- for I??? Pol. Jer.
guishing sign of the Jewish nation from 5: I. Am. 8: 19.—Cebet. Tab. 14. Lys.
Abraham onwards; practised also by 185. 13. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 15.
several ancient oriental nations, and by Hifflpigw, f. neptor'aw, (415901,) to bear
all the Mohammedans of the present or carry around, pp. in a circle or to a
day; see Gen. 17:10 sq. Lev. 12:3. company, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 2. In N.T.
Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. c. Apion. ]. 22. a) to bear about, sc. hither and thither,
Barnab. Epist. c. 9. Comp. Luke 1: 59. to various places, c. acc. Mark 6: 55
a) pp. e. (a) the act or rite of cir for); xumbg Exovrac nepnpc'pnv. 9 Cor. 4:
cumcision, ohn 7: 22, 23 neprropfiv 10 rfiv véxpwow rob 'Inooi nepupz'porrec
hangar/cw to receive circumcision, to be Ev ‘rt; mirpun. see in Nilcpua'rg 21.—2
circumcised. Acts 7: B. Rom. 4:11. Macc. 7: 27. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50.
Gal. 5: 11. Phil. 3: 5. So Sept. thrice b) Pass. to be carried or driven about
for 5w, Haw, Gen. 17:13. Ex. 4:26. hither and thither, so. by the wind, e. g.
Jer. ll: 16. [for "Win, a noise, a crash] clouds, Jude 12 mpc'km iirvbpor inn‘)
The state of circumcision, the be avc'pwv ‘neputcpépevat in text. rec. but
ing circumcised, Rom. 2: 25 bis, 26, 27 later edit. read 1rapa¢epoperaz, see in
comp. in Am’; I. 4. b. Rom. 4: 10 his, e'v Ilapa¢épw b. (Ofaship Maxim. Tyr. 31.
nepn-opj d'nl, i. q. being circumcised. 3: p. 306.) Trop. Eph. 4.: 14 “91¢. 1ravri
l. 1 Cor. 7: 19. Gal. 5:6. 6:15. So oi civs'fup rfig brbaaxaklag. So Heb. l3: 9
s’x neprropfig those of the circwncision, i. e. in text. rec. see in Hapaqu’pu b.
the circumcised, put for the Jews, Rom.
4: 12; for Jewish Christians, Acts 10:
Héfl¢§07éu5 (3, f. flaw, (¢povc'w,) 10
45. 11:2. Gal. 2:12. (101.4: 11. Tit. think round about a thing, to consider it
1:10.-—(y) Meton. and collect. 1'1 neprropr', on all sides, 1E1. V. H. 12. 52. In N.T.
for the circumcised, i. e. the Jews, the to think over or beyond a thing, i. q. to
Jewish people, Rom. 3: 30 59 bucardu-m overlook, to despise, seq. gen. Buttm. §
neplropfiv z'x n-lo'rwg. 4: 9, 12. 15: 8. 132. 5. 3. Matth. § 378. n. 2. Tit. 2:14.
Gal. 2: 7,8, 9. Eph. 2:11. Col. 3: 11. Fabric 0011 1rcpi¢poveiru, comp. 1 Tim. 4:
b) Metaph. in a spiritual sense, i. q. 12.—Plut. Thes. l. JEschin. Dial. Socr.
‘ the putting away of impurity from the 3. 2. c. acc. Jos. Ant. 4.8. 24. Thuc. 1.25.
heart.’ Rom. 2: 28, 29 neprropfi xapbtag. Heg/xwgog, 00, 6, 1", adj. (xfipoc
Col. 2: 11 bis mpzsrpr’yflnrs mprrolufl place,) aroumlaplace, i. e. circumjacent,
9 R 2
 Hegi'xbnuu 628 Ilé'rgog
neighbouring,1El. V. H. 1. 34. Hence in 23. 1. Hdot. 2.123. sing. Theogn. 1093
N. T. fem. il 1repz'xwpoc sc. 71'}, country 01' 1097.
round about, circumjacent region, Matt. IIé'rofwu, f. 1ren'ya'opat or 1r1'r'100‘um,
14: 35. Mark 1:28. 6: 55. Luke 3: 3. depon. Mid. tofiy, intrans. Rev. 12: 14.
4:14,37. 7:17. 8:37. Acts 14:6. Me 'iva ne'rnrat ii: 11);’ Z'pn‘uov. Part. ire-rd
ton. of inhabitants, Matt. 3:5. Sept. pcvogfiying, in later edit. Rev. 4: 7. 8:
for 55''}. Dent. 3: 13, 14. “5,5. Gen. 13: 13. 14:6. 19:17. Sept. for It”, 12557,
10, 11.—SO Ta nepi'xwpa id. 1 Chr. 5: Gen. 1:20. Is. 31: 5.—Palaeph. 13. 2.
16. Palaeph. 21. 2. Luc. Soloecist. 7. Xen. An. 1. 5. 3.—
Hag/simian, euros‘, 1'6, (ncpulaiw to A later present form ‘II'ETGIOILUU, 0pm,
wipe or scrape all around,) pp. scrap whence part. mntapcvog, is found in text.
ings, scum, fill/l, Hes ch. rigid/rum.‘ rec. in the four passages above quoted.
Comp. Buttm. § 114. under 'll'Elt'Ollal.
mpumrdpa-ypa. Also, like Mpmdeappa,
an ezpiatorg viclim,ransom, spoken espec. Lob. ad Phr. p. 58L—Diod. Sic. 4.
of human victims, comp. in Hepmdtlappa. 77 fin. comp. Luc. Dial. Marin. 15. 3.
Hesych. rapid/mun‘ awavrpw, duri wapaircribpsvog.
\IIUXOV. Suid. oiirwc e'rréhs'yov [oi 'Afln His-gas, 055', 1'], a rock, pp. :1 pro
va'ioi] rq'i xar' Emavrov a'vvz'xovn r1311 ka jecting rock, clifll
ml'w (al. 1ra'yrwv Kflk'fli)’ mpiunypa i/pa'w a) pp. Rev. 6:15 :19 rag m'rpag 75w
'yz'vou, firm aw'rnpia m1 c’nroMr-rpwaig' Kai o'péuv. v. 16. In such, sepulchres were
oiirwg Evc'gaMov r5 silhc'wo'g, a'nravel r93 hewn, Mark 27: 51, 60. Mark 15: 46;
IIoouca'im suo'iav d-Iro-rlvvuvrzg. Tob. 5: see in Mvqpsiov. On such also houses
18 r'rp'yi'lpiov m mphlnlpa r017 muoiou and villages were built for security,
ihuéiv 'ye'vorro. —Hence in N. T. meton. Matt. 7: 24, 25. Luke 6: 48 bis. Spoken
for a vile and worthless person, as in of a rocky soil, i. q. ‘Il'STptilaflc, Luke 8:
Eng]. scrapings, qficoim'ngJcum, 1 Cor. 6,13. Sept. for 1’29. 1 Sam. 13:6. Is.
4:13 miv-rwv nepi'd/npa Ewg dprn—Sym 2: 21. Ps. 40: 3. "'13 Prov. 30:19. Is.
mach. for Jer. 22: 28. 2: 10.—Ceb. Tab. 15. Hdian. 8. 1. 13.
Hegarsgez'muw, depon. Mid. (1rs'p Xen. An. 4.. 7. 4..
arepogaboaster, braggart, P01. 4.0. 6. 2.) b) trop. of a man of firmness and en.
to show one's selfa boaster, i. q. to boast ergy, one like arock, Matt. 16: 18. So
onc's self, to vaunt, 1 Cor. 13:4.——M. An Sept. and 9.59 2 Sam. 22: 2.—Of Christ,
tonin. 5. 5 Kai To awpo'lnov xararru'iatiai, in allusion to the rock whence the waters
kui dpe'areaflai kai nep‘lrepn'rsafiac. Liban. flowed in the desert, 1 Cor. 10: 4 bis,
()r. 14. p. 427. A. So c'p'lrepnspn'lwflaa comp. Ex. 17: 6. Num. 20:8 sq. where
Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 34'. Cic. ad Att. 1. 14.. Sept. for "*3, 92?. Also as 1', 1rérpa amu
Higa'l'g, ‘50;, 1‘), Persis, pr. n. of a Eékov, a rock of qfince or stumbling, i. e.
female Christian, Rom. 16: 12. Christ as the occasion of destruction to
those who reject him, Rom. 9: 33 et 1
Héfvo'l, adv. (1rc'pag,) the past year, Pet. 2: 7, quoted from Is. 8:14 where
a year ago, Xen. H.G.3. 2. 7; in N.T. Sept. for "B. Comp. in Ai'Boc b.
only with and, i. e. dmi 1rc'puai pp. since
a year ago, 2 Cor. 8: 10. 9: 2. bomp. Hé'rgog, 01), 6, pp. i.q. 1rc'rpa,a rock,
in ‘Ami II. c. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47.-— stone, Luc. Navig. 44. Xen. An. 4.7.12.
In N. T. as pr. n. Peter, in Aram. R???
SO 1rpo 1re'pum Dem. 467. 14. in 1rs'pum
Luc. Soloec. § 7. Kqoac a rock, q. v. the surname of Si
I , I mon one of the Apostles, son of Jonas,
Her-mum, see in Hzropm. and brother of Andrew, a fisherman of
IIs'rewov, 05, r0’, pp. neut. of adj. Bethsaida, Matt. 16:18. John 1: 43, 45.
rerun/6; flying, winge ,) a bird, _fbwl,in He afterwards lived at Capernaum, and
N. T. only plur. rd nerswé, Matt. 6: was married, Mark 1:29, 30, comp. v.
26. 8:20. 13:4,32. Mark 4:4,32. Luke 21. Luke 4.: 38. This name was given
8: 5. 9:58. IQiQL 13:19. Acts 10: 19. him by Jesus at the first interview, John
11:6. Rom. 1: 23. James 8: 7. Sept. 1:43, prob. on account of the boldness
plur. for if“ Gen. 1:26. Deut. 14: 19, and usual firmness of his character. He
20. sing. for =15? Ez.39:4..--pl. Palasph. was of an ardent but unequal tempera
 1121541571; 629
ment; at one time expressing unbound
ed devotedness to Jesus, and then deny.
ing him; Matt. 26: 33 sq. 69 sq. al. Al
though the first to preach the gospel di
rectly to the Gentiles, Acts 15:7, 14,
comp. c. 10, yet he wavered in respect
to the introduction of Jewish Observances
among them, for which he was openly
reproved by Paul, Gal. 2: ll sq.—In
later years he is said to have gone a
broad, and to have preached the gospel
in the Parthian empire, whence prob.
his first epistle was written ; and a still
later legendary account makes him to
have been the first bishop of Rome, and
to have suffered martyrdom in that city
along with Paul. See Neander Gesh.
der Pflanz. u. Leit. d. Kirche etc. II. p.
443 sq. 457 sq. AL.
Hsrga'whng, 20;, 011;, b, ,3, adj. (we'
'rpog, J80“) rock-like, stone-like, i. e. hav
ing the form of a rock, Diod. Sic. 3. 45.
In N. T. rocky, stony, and r6 n'e-rpdidzc,
rocky ground, stony soil, Mark 4: 5. n‘:
arm-pillar], id. Matt. 13: 5, 20. Mark 4:
16.—Jos. B. J. 2. 6. l. Plut. Sylla 16.
On the form comp. Buttm. § 109. 14'. b.
Hit/w”. w, rd. (m’wwpu) m, a
plant, ruta graveolens of Linn. Luke 11:
4.2. — Theophr. H. Plant. 1. 15. Plut.
ed. R. VIII. p. 563. 3.
H0747, fig, 1‘), aflmntain, source.
a) gem. James 3: ll, (12). Sept. for
1?! 1 K. I: 9.-—Hdian. 1. e. 5. Xen.An.
l. 2. 7.—From the Heb. mryai I'JBé-ruv,
jbuntm'ns of water, Rev. 8:10. 14: 7.
16: 4. So Sept. and =7’; H53"! Ex. 15:27.
Num. 33: 9. 57,9‘? "215:? I K. 18: 5. 2K.
3: 19, 25. (Judith 12: 7.) Metaph. ol'
life-giving doctrine, John 4:14.;also as an
emblem of the highest enjoyment,Rev.7:
[7. 21:6; comp. in Zan'] a. SoSepLand
'15P? Prov.l3:14. 14:29.-Ecclus.2 1:13.
b) i.q. a well, r6 ¢péap. John 4: 6 bis
r‘; mryr) r06 ’Ian§|€ x. r. h. comp. v. 11.
where it is re tppéap. 2 Pet. 8: 17.
c) i.q. an wsuqfiuz, ml-yr) roii ai'parog
Mark 5: 29, i.q. 1‘, flt'mg 1017 at’p. Luke8:
44. So Sept. for ""92 “IF? Lev. 12: 7.
Hfi'yw‘wl, f. 1rr'IEw, tofix, to fasten, to
make fast and firm, Luc. Philopatr. l7.
Thuc. 5. 66. Xen. Venat. 6. 7,9. tofir
or fasten together, to construct, to build,
P01. 3. 46. l. Hdot. 5. 83. In N.T. of a
tent, to set up, to pitch, Heb. 8: 2 iv (mm
H5760;
vr)v) 5111551! 6 Kr'lpwg. So Se t. for "P3
Gen. 26: 25. l Chr. 16: l.-- ion. Hal.
Ant. 1.55. Pol. 6. 27. 2. Hdot. 6. 12.
IIqBoiMov, tau, 16, (#178011, 165011,)
a helm, rudder, Acts 97: 40. James 3: 4.
—1F.l. V. H. 9. 4.0. Xen. An. 5. l. 11.
HHNIKM, 7), 0V, pron. correl. how
great, quantus, corresponding to ifiu’xog,
nyhr'xog, Buttm. § 79. 6. Gal. 6: ll ‘i551’:
myht'xotc illfiv 'ypdpftaaw Z'ypatlza r‘r'l' {pip
Xsrpt', i. e. either with what large letters,
implying a stiff and unpractised hand
which made the Greek letters large like
the Hebrew; or i.q. with how large a letter
I have written, etc. The former sense is
given by Chrysost. Theophylact, Jerome
and other fathers; the latter by Erasmus,
Bengel, etc. Trop. of dignity, Heb. 7:
4. Sept. for "'92 Zeph. 2: 6 [2].-—Luc.
Halcy. 9. P01. 1. 2. 8.—Others in Gal.
1. 0. take 1r11Mxoc as i. q. 1roiog, what, of
what kind, qualis ,- and render, ye see with
what letters I write with my own hand, i.e.
with what characters, whatahand, perh.
i.q.oilrw 7pci¢w in2Thess.3: l7.—-Hesych.
mflu’xov' olov, t'mo'iov, 1ro'rarr6v, stdqfiopov.
‘117116;, 017, 6, clay, mire, mortor,J0hn
9: 6 bis 'e'vrruae xa‘uai xui e'rrot'rlo's rrrlhdv
e'x r05 write/taro; 16.1“. h. v.11, 14:, 15. SO
Sept. for \El'l Job 30: 19. Wit 9 Sam. 22:
43.-—Pol. 3. 79. 9. Xen. An. 1. 5. 7,8.
Spec. potter's clay, Rom. 9: 21. Sept. for
"El-l Is. 29: 16. Wt; Is. 41: 25.—Ecclus.
33[36]:13. P0112155. Dem.3l3.l7.
Hr’lga, ag, ,‘I, a bag,sack, wallet, Lat.
pera, of leather, in which shepherds and
travellers carried their provisions. Matt.
10: 10. p1) 1rr’lpav :1; 6561!. Mark 6: 8.
Luke 9:3. 10; 4. as: 35,36.-—Judith
l3:l0. Luc.D.Mort. 10. 2. PlutQuaest.
Gr. 13. T. VII. p. 179. 3. ed. Reisk.
Hfixug, em‘, 6, (kindr. with 1raxr'lc,)
gen. plur. mlxéww, later form contr. 1n].
x1711 John 21: 8. Rev. 21: I7. Xen. An.
4'. 7. 16; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 245 sq.
Buttm. § 51. n. 5. Winer p. 61; pp. the
fire-arm, from the wrist to the elbow,
1E1. V. H. 5. 19. Hom. 0d. 17. 88.—-In
N.T. a cubit, the common ancient Inca.
sure of length, equal to the distance from
the elbow to the tip of the middle finger,
and usually reckoned at 1% foot ; comp.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 503. Matt. 6: 27
afixvu Eva. Luke 12: 25. John 21: 8.
 Hmzgw 630 Hfitoi'ro;
Rev. 21:17. Sept. for w! Gen.6:l5,16. b) trop. bitterness of spirit, of speech,
-Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 9. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16. Eph.4:31 mica mrpla xai $14169. R0m.3:
11:02:40, f. riau,(Dor. for will», q.v.) 14 div rd artipa r’zpéc mi rut-plag- 'yz'luu,
pp. to press, to hold fast.- hence to lay quoted from Ps. 10:7 where Sept. for "9??
hold of; to take, to seize, trans. deceit. Sept. for “2 Job 7:11. Is. 38:17.
a) persons, to take one by the hand, 0. —P01. 8. 12. ]. Dem. 1482. 21.
acc. et gen. of the part, Acts 3: 7 mm Hmgo'g, oi, 69, pp. pricking, pointed,
m'miv rfic beEu'ic X51969, comp. Buttm. § sharp, as mupoc u'iarég Horn. 11. 4. 118,
132. 6. 3. (Theocr. Id. 4. 35.) In a judi 134'. 1r. ,Héhqiva 22.206. comp.Engl.pike.
cial sense, to take, to arrest, John 7: 30 Hence gem. and in N. T. of taste, bitter,
L'Zr'lrovv oiiy abrov 1min“. v. 32, 44- 8: acrid.
20- 10: 39. 11:57. A018 12: 4. 2 COT. a) pp. and opp. to 7Xvm'rg, James 3:
1l:32.—Ecclus. 23: 21. 11. Sept. for ‘we Prov. 27: 7. Ex. 15:
b) animals,to take in hunting, orfish 23.—1E]. V. H. 1. 34.. Xen.An. 4. 4.. 13.
ing, to catch, e. acc. John 21:3 Ev r2} van-1 b) metaph. of the feelings, spirit, bit
e'm'aaav oilas'v. v. 10. Rev. 19: 20 e'mé ter, liars/t, cruel, James 3: 14 [fihov 7n.
001] rd Srlpa'ov. So Sept. for ‘"315 Cant. 2: tcptiv.—Di0d. Sic. l. 78. POl. 7. l4. 3.
15. See also Negris' Dictionary of mo
dern Greek Proverbs, p. 3. 'Aerdg pvlac Hmfag, adv. (mxpdg) bitterly, in N.
bell! mr'wu. T. of bitter weeping, Matt. 26: 75 et
Luke 22: 62 EL‘AGUUE 1rtxpe‘ig'. So Sept.
Hléiw, f. e'aw, (perh. kindr. with for ‘"2 ‘H32 Is. 33: 7. "1”. Pi. Is. 22: 4|.—
fiuii'w) to press, to hold fast, e. g. one's Aristmn. 1. 21 or 22. comp. Hom. 0d. 4.
hand, Pol. 3Q. 10. 9. In N. T. to press 153. genr. Jos. B. J. 7. 2. 1. Pol.9.34|. 1
down, to make compact,e.g. pe'rpou Luke
6: 38. Sept. for T1! Mic. 6: 15.— Pol. Hfltoirog, 00, b, Pilate, i. e. Pontius
18.1. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13. Pilatus, the fifth Roman procurator of
Htliuvokoyt'u, mg, ,7, (mflavtic per. Judea, see in 'H-yepéw no. 2. The first
was Coponius, sent out with Quirinus
suasive, Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 5, and M7015)
after the banishment of Archelaus, see
persuasive discourse, enticing words, Col.
in Kupr'yvwg' the second was Marcus
2: 41. — SO mOavoi X6701 J05. Ant. 8. 9.
l. meavoho'yz'w Diod. Sic. l. 39. Ambivius; the third, Annius Rufus;
Hllfallyfl, f. ava't, (1rucp6g,) pp. to the fourth Valerius Gratus; who was
succeeded by Pilate about A. D. 26.
make sharp,- hence of taste, to make bitta', See Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 9. Pilate continued
acn'd, trans. in office about ten years; and being hated
a) e.g. water, pass. Rev. 8: 11; comp. by both Jews and Samaritans for the
Ex. 15: 23. Meton. of the pain caused caprice and cruelty of his administration,
by bitter, and poisonous food or drink ,i.q. be was accused by them before Vitellius
to make painful, to cause bitter pain ,0. acc. then governor of Syria, and sent by him
Rev. 10: 9 mxpavei aou 'rfiv KotMav. v. to Rome to answer to these complaints
10. Comp. Sept. and "'12 Hiph.Job 27:2. before the emperor; Jos. Ant. 18. 3. l.
b) trop. of the feelings, to embitter, ib. 18. 4.. l, 2. Tiberius was dead before
Pass. to be or become bitter, i. e. to be the arrival of Pilate; and the latter is
harsh, angry, Col. 3: 19. So Sept. pass. said to have been banished by Caligula
for 113?, Ex. 16: 20. Jer. 37: 14.—Esdr. to Vienna in Gaul, and there to have
4s: 31. Dem. 14641. 18. died by his own hand about A.D. 41.
Hung/at, 12;, f’, armpits.) bitterness. Euseb. H. E. 2. 7, 8. For the part taken
:1) pp. and with the accessory idea of by Pilate in the condemnation of Jesus,
venom, the two being often connected in comp. Jos. Ant. 18.3. 3. A spurious
the mind of the Hebrew, comp. Heb. tract called Acta Pilata was current in
Deut.29:l7. 32:24. Am.6:12. Rev.8:ll. the early ages of Christianity, in which
-—Soin place ofanadj.comp.Buttm.§l23. Pilate was said to have made to Tiberius
n.4.Winer§34.2. Heb.12: l5 fiiZa mxpt'ac a full report of the whole matter concem
i.q. p'n'Za mupé. (comp.Deut.29:17.) Acts ing Jesus. This tract, however, is ap
8: 23 zit; Xohflv 1rucpt’ac,i.q. X. mrpdm— parently the same with the apocrypbal
Comp. nmpoxoAog‘ Anthol. Gr. III. 208. Gospel of Nicodemus; or, at least, is
 H/{M'MW 631 film
contained in this latter; which, together Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 74,) a board, table,
with Pilate's pretended letters, may be spec. a writing-table or tablet, covered with
seen in the Codex Apocr. Nov. Test. p. wax, Jos. de Macc. 17. Dem. 1055. 16.
214 sq. ed. Fabric. or p. 487 sq. ed. Thilo. comp. Adam's Rom. Ant.p.508. In N. T.
Comp. also Thilo's Prolegom. p. cviii sq. a plate, platter, dish, on which food and
-—-Matt. 27: 2 sq. Mark 15: 1 sq. Luke the like was served up. Matt. 14: 8 int
13:1. 23:1 sq. John 18:29 sq. 19:1 sq. 1rlyam. rr)v xapalkfiv r017 'Iwziwov. v. 11.
A0t83113. 4:27. 13:28. 1Tim.16:13. AL. Mark 6: 25, 28. Luke 11:39. Jos. Ant.
Hllflflrhflpbl, 1'. 106101», aor. 1 51007611, 8. 3. B.‘ Athen. 6. 3. Horn. 0d. 1. 141.
a0r.l pass. £1rh7'10'0nv,(1'r0m0b501. HAA'Q, HAW, f. m'ofuu Buttm. § 114. § 95.
whence also the intrans. t'orm 1rlh'16u, n. 18; 2 pers. m'war Buttm. § 103. III.
not found in N.T.) comp. Buttm. § 114. 1; aor. 2 Email, perf. m'vrwxa‘ to drink.
—To fill, to make full, trans. a) genr. of persons, absol. Matt. 27: 34
a) pp. aor. l E'n'hmm, c. acc. Luke 5: oi”: fitielte meiv. Luke 12: 19. Acts 9:
7: also 0. gen. of that with which, Matt. 9. 1 Cor. 11: 25. trop. John 7: 37,comp.
27: 48. John 19:29 ‘rhr’laavrcg mro'y'yov in Aul/c'w b. Infin. final, e.g. Boiivat meiv
5501);. Pass. 0. gen. Matt. 22: 10. Comp. to give to drink, Matt. 27: 34. John 4: 7,
Buttm. 4; 132. s. 2. Sept. for s‘zs Gen. 10. Rev. 16: 6. aireiv meiv John 4: 9.
21: 19. 24: 16.—Anthol. Gr. IV. 89. Sept. for "9Q Gen. 24: 14, 18 sq.—Luc.
Xen. An. 1. 5. 10. D. Deor.7. 1. Xen. Mem.2. 1.18. infin.
b) metaph. aor. 1 pass. 2171170601’, to final Antiph. 114. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 8.
be filled, to be full, e. g. (a) persons to be -—With adjuncts: (a) Seq. in 0. gen. of
filled with any thing, i. e. to be wholly the drink, or meton. of the vessel con
imbued, afl‘ected, influenced, with or by any taining the drink, i. e. to drink of any
thing, seq. gen. of thing, as Toii mln'qua thing, a part of it, see in 'Ex. h, and
roc a-ylou Luke 1:15, 41, 67. Acts 2: 4. comp. ‘Ea-61w b. Matt. 26:27 m'sre EE
4: 8,31. 9:17. 13: 9. 9141017 Luke 4: m'rrm'; sc. r017 1rornpz'ou. v. 29. John 4: 19,
28. 9366011 5: 26. avoiag 6:11. also Acts 13:14. 1 Cor. 10:4. Rev.lB:3. 14:10
3:10. 5: 17. 13:45. Met0n.0fa place, no) ai/rbc m'erat in mi‘: o't'vou r017 90pm“:
Acts 19; 29. Sept. for s23; Gen. 6: 11, ‘rm’; 6506, see espec. in Gvpéc. S0 Sept.
13. Prov. 12: 22. Chald. Dan. 3: 19.— for 1'? "7,"? Gen. 9:21. 2 Sam. 12:3.
Ecclus. 37: 27. Comp. Anthol. Gr. IV. 1111. V. H. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 4.-—(/3)
p. 28. 004515;;- TAHOé/AEYOQ. Act. Dem. Seq. (‘11.-6 0. gen. of the drink, see in 'Avré
1491. Of prophecy, to befulfilled, no. 7. Luke 22: 18 at: pr) m’u r’urb roii
accomplished, Luke 21 : 22 roi'! rhnafifivat ‘yew’. rfig lliure'kov. Sept. for "731,5 Jer.
'rc‘i yc-ypappe'va, in later edit. So Heb. 51: 7.—('y) Seq. accus. of the thing
“12?, Sept. whnpwflfivm, 1 K. 9:27.—(-y) drank, to drink any thing, to use as
Of time, to be fulfilled, completed, to be drink, Luke 1: l5 d't'k'EpG. ob p1) m'y. Rom.
fully past, Luke 1: 23 (be Erhr'loflna'av ui 14:21. 1 Cor. 10:4; to drink of Matt.
ilpe'pai r179 Mcrovp'yiac. v. 57. 2: 6, 21 , 22. 26: 29. Trop. John 6: 53, 54, 56, see
So 8,22, Sept. rhnpwafivar, Gen. 25: 94. in Aipa. a. So Sept. for “13? Ex. 7:
HIIFI‘X'QUIM, f. 1rpr’mw, to set on fire, 18,21. 1 K. 13: 18, 16 sq. IS. 5: 22.
to burn, 1E1. V.H. 12. 23. Comp. Buttm. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3 eat ve'm'ap m'y. Xen.
§ 114. In N. T. Pass. only trop. to be yr.6. l. 10.) Meton. r6 1ro-n’1ptov river)’,
inflamed, to swell, to become swollen, to drink a cup, e. g. of wine, pp. 1 Cor.
e. g. from the bite of a serpent, Acts 28: 10: 21; trop. of sufl‘ering, to drink the
6.—-El.H.An. 3.18. Luc.Dipsad. 4 54);; cup which Gadpresenls, to submit to the
c'Kxaln, xal afi1ru,xai 'n'i'p-rrpaaflm 1roiei. allotments of his providence, Matt. 20:
22, 23. 26:42. Mark 10: 88,39. John
Hmezlbmv, av, 16, (dimin. of 1rl~ 18: 11. See in Horr’lpiov. For the
vaE,) a small tablet, writing-tablet, pugil phrase Eatli'ew V. ¢ayeiv ral m'wzw, in its
laris, Luke 1:63. Comp. Pollux On. 10. various senses, see in 'Eafllm c. For rpu’l.
83,84. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 510,511. ‘yew Kai m'vuv Matt. 24: 3B , see in Tpé'yw.
—Symm. for 7192. EX. 9: 2. Arr. Epict. b) trop. of the earth, to drink in, to im.
3. 29. 74. bibe, c. acc. Heb. 6.: 7 a‘; yr? #1 moio'a rev
“1,9022, 00:05, ('2, (nME, comp.Buttm. --z'rzrév. So Sept. and "5‘? Dent. 11: 1|.
 Hm'rng 632 II/vr'rw

—Hdot.3.117. Xen. Conv. 2. 25. Comp. b) of persons, to fall down, to fall

satprala biberunt Virg. E01. 3. 111. An. prostrate, absol. Matt. 18:29 may m'w
H16Tfl§, wrrog, 1';,(1r[uv,)jbt,fi1tness, b obvbovhoc, in later edit. Acts 5: 5.
Rom. ll: 17 rfig 1r. 'rfic e'Aaiac. So Sept. Joined with 1rpoaxuveiv, Matt. 2: 11 r:
for 1??! Judg. 9: 9 where see Job 36: 16. aorrec 1rpoaem'lvnaav. 4|: 9. 18:26. Rev.
"EV-f.‘ Zech. 4: 14.. 5: 14.. 19: 4. So Se t. and 553 2 Sam. 1:
2. Dan. 3: 5, 6. ( nthol. Gr. I. p. 92.)
Hnrgdaxw, pert‘. 1ré1rpaxa,perf. pass. More usually with an adjunct of place
1ré1rpapa1, nor. 1 pass. i1rpd61p', (159610,) or manner, e. g. seq. e'vénrto'v rwog Rev.
pp. to trafic away, pp. beyond sea, in 5: 8; c. upon-weir 4.: 10. Seq. sly; c. 1100.
other lands; hence genr. to sell, 0. acc. El; Ebarpog Acts 22:7, comp. 9: 4|. cig
Matt. 13:46 1re'1rpare mivra. b'ou elxc. robe #63111; nvoc John 11:32. Matt. 18:
Acts 2: 45. Pass. Matt. 18: 2551;512:100 29 in text. rec. (Diog. Laert. 2. 79.) Seq.
abrovmnpatifivat. Mark 14: 5. Acts 4: 5m’ 0. gen. of place, Mark 9: 20 e'1ri 'rfig
34. 5: 4|. Seq. gen. of price, Matt. 26: 'yfic. 14: 35. 0. sec. of place or manner,
9 1rpa9fiva: 1roMofi. John 12: 5. Buttm. 'uri fl‘jv-yfiv Acts 9: 4. ini robe r6541; Two:
§ 132. 6. 2. Sept. ‘2’! Gen. 31: 15. Lev. 10: 25. (Sept. 1 Sam. 25: 24.)i1ri1rpo'x
27: 27. c. gen. Deut. 21: 14.—2 Macc. aunrov on one'sface Matt. 17: 6. 26:39.
8: 14.. Hdian. 2. 6. 22. Xen. Conv.4. ]. Luke 5: 12; with rape‘: T009168“ Luke
c. gen. Xen. An. 7. 7. 26.—Twp. pass. 17:16. c-qrpoaxuvelvl Cor. 14:25. Rev.
to be sold to or under any one, i. q. to be 7:11. 11:16. (Sept. and Br: lSam.25:23.
his slave, seq. inrd c. acc. Rom. 7: 141 E-rri rhv 51b“! Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5. c'n-i M5,...
nurpapc'voc inrb n‘yv d‘uapflav, i. q. to be Xen.Venat.10. 13.) Seq. “92. r0179 r6511;
the slave of sin, devoted to it. Comp. 'rwdc Luke 8:41. Acts 5:10.00mp. Luke
Sept. and '12’! 1 K. 21:25. Is. 50: 1.— 17:16. 1rpoc rot/c #65. Mark 5: 22. Rev.
1 Macc. 1: 15. Dem. 215. 6. 1217. E'p-Irpoatiev ru'w nobfiy, c. wpoowve'u
H1171’‘r01, 1‘. neo'oiudi, aor. 2 Zn'wov, Rev. 19:10. 22:8. Seq. opal John 18:
aor. 1 'z'n-eoa Rev. 1:17. 5: 14.; comp. 6. (Sept. Job 1:20.) Spoken of those
Buttm. s 96. n. st 114.. Winer§13. 1. whofiill dead, i. e. to die, to perish; Luke
a. p. 68. Lob. ad Phr. p. 724.—Tofall, 21 :24 wea'ofirra: a'répan paxalpac. 1 Cor.
intrans. Sept. for Heb. 5113. 10:8. Heb. 3:17. Rev. 17:10. comp.
a) pp. to fall, sc. from a higher to a Acts 5:5, 10. Comp. Sept. and 5!! Num.
lower place , spoken of personsand things; 14:43. EX. 32: 27. Num. 14.219539.—
in N. T. always with an adjunct of place Hdian. 3. 7. 10. Xen. An. 1. 8. 28.—
whence or whither; e. g. seq. (m6, to fall Trop. to fall from any state or dignity, c.
from, Matt. 15: 27 51rd rfig rparre'lnc. miBev Rev. 2: 5.
Luke 16: 21. Acts 20:9. Matt. 24.: 29 c) of edifices, walls, etc. tofall, to fall
see in Obpawig b. Seq. is, to fill from, in ruins, Matt. 7:25, 27. Luke 6:49. 18:
Luke 10:18 Ex r01‘: or'ipavm'l. Acts 27:34.. 4|. Heb. 11:30. Trop. Luke 11:17. Acts
Rev.8: 10 et 9:1, see in Oilptlytig‘ b. 15: 16 comp. in Emyvr'p. So in prophetic
(Sept. and 5;; Job 1: 16.) iv pica: 113v ima ery, Rev. 1 l: 13. 14: 8 inc: E'vrws
dam-60v, among, Luke 8: 7. Em’ c. acc. Ba. uluiw. 16:19. 18:2. Sept.iorl>P3 Is.
lofall upon any pers. or thing, Matt. 10: ' 21: 9.—Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 5.
29 E-rri 1'1)!’ yfiv. 13:5, 7, 8. 21: 44: his. d)0i a lot, tofall toor uponanyone,seq.
Mark4z5. Luke 8:6,8. 20:18 his. 23: e'm' c. ace. Acts 1:26. See in ‘Em’ III. 1.
30. Rev.6: 16. 8:10. Rev. 7:16 053:‘ a. [3. So Sept. and ‘>5; Jon. 1:7. Ez.24:6.
In) 1re'ay in’ ail-robe b iiMog, i. e. the burn e) Metaph. of persons, to fall into or
ing sun shall not injure them. Trop. i.q. under any thing, e. g. condemnation, inrb
to seize, Rev. 11: 11 mi pogo; pe'yae Ene xplaw James 5: 12. (Diod. Sic. l9. 8. r.
inr' é£0U6iGV nbv EXOim-uv.) Ahsol. tofall
aev c'1ri r01); 1:. r. A. Seq. :19 r: to fall into,
among, upon, any thing, Matt. 15: 14. eig into sin,i.q. to transgress, to sin, Rom. ll:
fio'lluvov. 17: 15. Mark 4,:7,8. Luke 6: 22. 14: 4. 1 Cor. 10: 12. Hence also to
39. 8214’. John 12:24.. Rev. 6:13. fall from happiness, i. q. to be made
(Diod.Sic. 4. 77 rig Sdlmaouv. Xen. H. miserable, to perish, Rom. 11: 11 pi;
(1.4.7.7.) Seqn'rapd c.acc. of place lofall E'm'awav, ‘ii/u. 1rc'o'um; Heb. 4: 11. S0
al,by,near,l\‘latt.13:4..Mark4:4..Luke8:5. Sept. and 5!! Prov. I 1:28. 24.: 16.—Ec
 limb/u 633 Hurrsz'w
clus. 1:27. 2:7. comp. Hdot. 8. 16. Diod. 2 These. 1:10 5rte'1narn36n r6 paprbpwr
Sic. 13. 37.—0f things, i. q. tofallto the fun-‘w to' ilpfig, comp. Winer § 40. 1.
ground, to fail, to become void, Luke 16: (Hdian. 8. 3. 22. Pass. ib. 2. 9. 4.) Seq.
17 r" rob vépou play xzpai'av :rzaziv. S0 e'ic-n,110hn 5:10 alg- rr)v papruplav. Seq.
Sept.and 5p; Josh. 23:14. 1 Sam. 3:19. b'n i. q. acc. et infin. John 14: 10 at’; m
-—Plato Euthyphr. 17. p. 14. D,ot’1 Xapal o'reimc b'rr 27in x. r. A. Rom. 10: 9. wept
wore reach-cu b’, n 2w e'i'u'pc. Comp. Liv. rwoc, 5n John 9: 18.—c. b'ri. Hdian. 1.
2. 31 ‘ irrita cadunt promissa.’ 14. 10. Xen. Hi. 1. 37.—Absol. where
Hmb/u, ac, ,',, Pisidia, a district of the case of pers. or thing is implied from
the context, Matt. 24: 23. Mark 13:21.
Asia. Minor,lying mostly on Mount Tau
rus, between Pamphylia, Phrygia, and
John 12:47. Acts 8: 18 not airrbg e'rrl
orevo'gscmq'i ‘Dihlmrq; ‘Hp- tira'y'yrhaape'wp,
Lycaonia. Its chief city was Antioch.
comp. v. 12. Acts 15: 7 m1 ‘K467070111, sc.
Acts 13: 14. 14:24.
II- X619: TOl-l shay-y. 1 Cor. 11:18.—
Hm'rez'm, f. eira'w, (11'1’0'TLL‘,) aor. 1 dian. 4. 4. 10. Thuc. 1. 1.
iriarsuoa, pert‘. nem'areura, plupl'. mm b) of God, to believe on God, to trust
arct'ncrw without augm. Acts 14: 23, in him, e.g. as able and willing to help,
comp. Buttm. §83. n. 6.Winer § l2. l2. to listen to prayer, etc. seq. dat. of pers.
- To havejaith, to believe, to trust, pp. to c. (in, Acts 27: 25 1rurrst'rw yup r55 Geo?
have a firm persuasion, a confiding be 5T1. ot'irwc Ear-al. Seq. zlg, John 14: l
lief, in the truth, veracity, reality of any marchers slgrr‘wecév. Absol.Matt.21:22.
person or thing. [perhaps better—To TM‘YEIIIOYTIQ, i. q. cl marchers. 2 Cor. 4:
have a firm persuasion of the truth of a. 13. (0. dat. Ecclus. 2: 6, 8.) Also as
thing ; a confiding reliance on the veracity faithful to his promises. 0. dat. Rom. 4:
of a person.] 3c'1riarevae 'Agpaap rip Geqlxai Eho'ylafhl
a) pp. to befirrnly persuaded,as to any It’. r. h. quoted from Gen. 15:6 where
thing, to believe, seq. infin. Rom. 14:2 Sept. for 1"’?55-‘1. Gal. 3: 6. James 2:23.
39 pin nun-sue: ¢ays1v miv'ra. seq. (in Rom. 4: l7 Kare'vavn oil e'nlarevae 6:05,
Mark 11:23. Rom. 10:9. James 2:19. by attract. for car. r05 9:05, 9': interwar.
absol. ibid. (c. inf. Hdian. 5. 4. 5. Xen. absol. Rom. 4: 18. Heb. 4: 3.-—Or genr.
Cyr. 4. 5. 45.) So with the idea of hope to believe in the declarations and charac
and certain expectation, c. inf. Acts 15: ter of God as made known in the Gospel,
11. c. (‘in Rom. 6: 8.—-Xen. An. 7. 7. 0. dat. John 5: 24. Acts 16: 34 oi mm
47.—More commonly of words spoken ommoreg 11,": 6:97. 1 John 5: 10. Seq. ale
and things, e. g. seq. dat. of a person 0. acc. pp. raegn. i. q. to believe and rest
speaking, whose words one believes and upon, to be ieve in and profess; see Wi_
confides in, Mark 16: 13 0175s‘ ixst'rorc ner§ 31. 2. p. 173. 1 Pet. 1: 21 106g 5:.’
inlarcvo'av. John 5: 46 El yap e'rrw'reilere at'lrofi 1rwreirovrac rig 9:611. Seq. c'm' mace.
Mwiiafi,r'1riarsuere by Eliot’. Acts 8: l2. id. Rom. 4: 24, comp. Winer l. c. Absol.
1 John 4: 1. 0. 5n John 4: 21.—Hdian. Luke 8:12, l3,comp. v.11. Acts 13:48.
2. 1. 23. Luc. Hermot. 17.—With an 0) of a messenger from God, to believe
adjunct of the words or thing spoken, e. on and trust in him ,(ratber when applied
g‘. seq. dat. Luke 1:20 ot'nc e'm'arsuaag role to a merely human messenger of God:—
Ali-you; you. {ohn 4: 50. Acts 24: 14. 2 to credit and trust him,) as coming from
Thess. 2: 11. (Hdian. 4. 9. 10.) Seq. é1rl God and acting under divine authority.
0. dat. Luke 24: 25 a'rri n'fiaw. Seq. iv (a) Of John the Baptist, 0. dat. at’mfi,
0. dat. Mark 1:15 in! ref: eila'y'yehiqr in the Matt. 21: 25, 32. Mark 11:31. Luke
glad tidings, i. e. believe and embrace the 20: 5. — Of Jesus as the Messiah;
glad tidings announced; so Sept. c. in! for e.g. as able and ready to help his follow
=3 T2153? Jer. l2: 6. Ps. 78: 22. -- Dion. ers, [But, as induction from comparison
Hal. deComp. verbor. p. 150. ed. Schaef. of very many passages shews, with the
—With an adjunct of the thing believed, same signif. as b. see nta'nc. B.] c. Eig‘
e. g. seq. dat. Acts 13:41 Ep-yov, q'rol': pr) John 14: l: or to heal the sick and com
wwrrbam-s. (Hdian.8. 3. 10.) Seq. accus. fort the afliicted, c. (‘in Matt. 9: 28. ab
of thing, John 11:26 marei/uc who; I sol. 8: ]3. Mark 5: 36. John 4: 48.
Cor. 13:7. 1 John 4: 16. Hence Pass. Gem. as a teacher and the Messiah sent
 Hmrmog 634 Hl'aflg

from God; seq. dat. of pers. John 5: 38 failhful,trustworthy,yuvaixa memoir Ar

temid. 2. 33. p. 121. Hence in N. T.
by dwe'o'retksv Ersiwoc, rain-g: ilpeig oi! 1r:
m'ei'uere. 8:31. 10:37, 38. Acts 5: 14. trop. true, genuine, pure, e. g. mipbou 1n
2 Tim. 1:12. Se . (in, John 11: 2727/11: a-rixfig Mark 14:3. John 12:3. So Theo
ne'lrlarevxa, 5n en: cl 5 Xpurrog. 20: 31. phylact. ad h. l. 1') dbohog ral pen‘: 1n’
1 John 5: 1, 5. John 8: 24 z'izv yap pi] a'reug Icaraa’xzuaafie'iaa. — Others derive
1ria-reilo'rlre, 5n F576) sipz. 13: 19. 16:27, it here from urine, and render it potable,
30. 17:8, 21. al. saep. So 0. 'ytw'no'xew liquid; but without authority. See Winer
John 6: 69. 10: 38.—Seq. at; c. acc. of § 16. 3. p. 86. Fritzche IV. Evang. II.
pers. pp. prmgn. i. q. to believe and rest p. 596 sq.
upon, to believe in and profess. comp. III/671;‘, EN?’ i|,(1rwr6c,1rei8u,)faith,
Winer p. 173. Matt. 18:6 1131' pmpfiv belief, trust, pp. firm persuasion, confiding
roimuv, ru‘w wwrevdwwv eig e'pe'. Mark belief in the truth, veracity, reality of
9: 42. John 2:11. 3: 15, 16. 4: 39. 6: any erson or thing. [See 'II’lGTEIIItIL]
35. 7: 5, 88. 8: 30 woMol Enlarevouv sic A In the common Greek usage. a)
aimiv. 17:20. Acts 10:43. 19: 4. Rom. pp. and genr. Acts 17: 31 m'o-rw Irapa
10: 14. Gal. 2: 16. 1 Pet. 1:8. trop. sic axilw m'iatv, see in Hape'xw b. Rom.14:
rd p59 John 12: 36. So 0. cl; r6 b'rlapa 22 ml rim-w 'e'xug, thou hast faith, i.e. art
'Iqoofi in a like sense, see in 'Ovopa d; firmly persuaded, v. 23 bis. Heb. 11: 1.
i. q. ‘ to believe on Jesus and invoke or So with the idea of hope and certain ex
profess his name.’ John 1: 12 rule 1r: pectation, 2 Cor. 5: 7 Eu‘: aria-raw;- yap
o'rn'louaw cle n‘. iii/0pc. airroi. 2:23. lJohn wepuraroipev, 01') bill e'lbovc. 1 Pet. 1: 5,
5: l3. seq. r93 dvd'uan airror't, id. 1 John7, 9.-—Diod.Sic. 1. 39,86. PlutRomul.
3: 23.—Seq. in’ c. ace. of pers. i. q. do 8. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 19. Hi. 4. l. —— Seq.
run, comp. Winer p. 173. Acts 9: 42. gen. of object, 2 Thess. 2: 13 wine: 6).”
11:17,comp.v. 21. So im’ c. dat. lTim. Ociag beliefof the truth, i. e. gospel truth,
1:16. (Matt. 27: 4.2.) trop. Rom. 9:33 et comp. below in B. c.—-Hdian. 2. 14. 8.
1 Pet. 2:6 fiery“ e'v Zulu’ Meow-“ital 16¢ b) i. q. good-fiaith, faithfulness, sincer
13 marn'mv E11" aim‘) x. r. A. quoted from ity, Matt. 23: 23 rd flapirrepa rot? vdpov,
Is. 28:16 where Sept. for 1"?5? Pass. rfiv xpio'w xal rt‘w E'Mov Will H)!’ sria'ru'.
1 Tim. 3:16 e’vrm'reilfin e'v Ko'a'pp—Dem. Rom. 3: 3 roii 6:017. Gal. 5: 22. 1 Tim.
464. 20. Xen. An. 7. 6. 33. —Hence 1: 19 Exam m'arw i.e. being faithful, sin
absol. to believe, i. e. to believe and pro cere, 2: 7. 2 Tim. 2: 22. 3: 10. Tit. 2:
fess Christ, to be or become a Christian, 10 m'anv 1rfioavd'yaer'pv all goodfidelity.
Mark 15:32. Luke 22: 67. John 1: 7. Rev. 2: 19. 13: 10. So in the usage of
12:39. Acts 424. 1421. 17:12,:34. R0111. Sept. for “£113.15. 1 Sam. 26:23. Hab. 2:4.
4:11. 1 Cor. 1:21. al. saep. Part. oi Prov. 12: 22.—Ecc1us. 1:26. Hdian. 3.
wwreimvreg, oi ma'rn'wavreg‘, believers, 9. 4. Diod. Sic. l. 79. Xen. An. 3. 3. 4.
Christians, Acts 2:44. 4:32. 19:18. Gal. c) i. q. faithgiven, a pledge, promise ,
3: 22. 1 Thess. 1:7. 1 Pet. 2:7. al. so some 2 Tim. 4: 7 rrlv m'a-rw rcrr’lpnxa.
(1) trans. i. q. to entrust, to commit in —P01. 2. 52. 4. Thuc. 4. 86. Xen. An.
trust to any one; Luke 16: 11 To (1)1116‘ 1. 2. 26. Comp. below in B. c.
rdr rig iqu'iv Marci/on,- John 2:24. -— B) In N.T. m'o'TLc as spoken in refer.
Wisd. 14: 5. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. ence to God and divine thipgs, to Christ
Mem. 4. 4. 17.— Pass. 1rwre1'm‘uuinfl0 and his gospel,becomes in some measure
be entrusted with any thing, to have com a technical word, especially in the writ.
mitted to one’; charge, seq. acc. comp. ings of Paul, denoting that faith, that
Buttm. § 134. 7. Winer § 40. 1. Rom. confiding belief, which is the essential
3:2. Gal. 2:7 ne1rid'rcu‘uat rd eba-y-ye'hior. trait of Christian life and character, 1. e.
1 Cor. 9: 17 olKovo/u'av rem'arevpm. 1 gmpelfaith, Christian faith; comp. Rom.
Thess. 2:4. 1 Tim. 1:11. Tit. 1: 3.— 3: 22 sq.
Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 5. Diog. Laert. 7. 1. 29 a) of God, i. e. faith in, on, towards
1rwreu9e'vrog rfiv e’ v Hep'yti‘iup ,Biéluoeilmv. God, e. g. Eirl 956v Heb. 6: 1. 1rpog rbv
Pol. 2:36. Diod. Sic. 20. 19,27. AL. Geo'v l Thess. 1:8. eic Oahu, 0. Dan’; 1
Hum-126;, h, 5P, (rim-re.) causing be Pet. 1:21. c. gen. 9cm’: Mark 11:22.
lief or persuasion, Xen. Cyr. 1.6.10. Col. 2:12. Absol. Matt. 17:20. 21:21.
 l'lio'rtg 635 Him-i;

Luke 17:5, 6; comp. Mark 11: 22. c) genr. e.g. 0. gen. 1') m'aric r05 cba'y
Heb. 4: 2. 10: 22, 38 6 be‘ bixaiog 2': 1n’ 'yehiou the faith of or in the gospel, i. e.
a-rcwc {ileum in allusion to Hab. 2:4 gospel-faith, Phil. 1:27. 1'; 1r. rr'lc c'ihn
where Sept. for news. fidelity. [rather lkiag id. faith in the truth, i.e. in the gos
faith in Christ] v. 39. James 1: 6 pel, 2 Thess. 2: l3; comp. above in A.
aireirw 5:‘ iv ‘Klara, i. e. in filial confi a.—-Absol. in the same sense, i.e. Chris
dence, nothing doubting 5: 15 1‘, ring) tian faith, a firm and confiding belief in
rinsing—Spoken analogically of the Jesus and his gospel ; gem‘. 1 Cor. 2: 5
faith of the patriarchs and pious men un iya i] II’fO'TLL‘ i445” pr) 5 Evaotpiq iwapu'nrwv
der the Jewish dispensation, who looked K. r. X. 2 C01‘. 4: 13. Phil. 1:25. 2:17.
forward in faith and hope to the blessings 1 Thess. 1:3. 1 Tim. 1: 5. 6: 11,12.
of the gospel: comp.Gal. 3:7 sq. Heb.11: 2 Tim. 1: 5. 2: 18. Tit. 1: 1. Philem.
13. So of Abraham,Rom. 4:5,9 EAo-yiafin 6. Heb. 12:2. James 2: 5. 1 Pet. 5: 9.
rt‘; 'Agpaap h aim-:9 tic bixawm'lvnv. v.11, Elsewhere also rim-lg seems to mark va.
12, 13, 14,16 bis, 19,20. Heb. s=12. rious predominant traits of Christian
Gem. of others,Heb.ll: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 bis, character as arising from and combined
8,9,11,13,17, 20,21,22,23,24.,27, with Christian faith, without implying
28.29.30,3l,33,39. Also Luke 18:8. however any sharp distinction ; e. g.
b) of Christ,faith in Christ, e.g. (a) Christian knowledge, espec. in Paul and
as able to work miracles, to heal the sick James, Rom. 12:3 ps'rpov rfig m'a'rwg.
etc. absol. Matt. 8: 10 obbe‘ is! 1'9’: 'Iapahh v. 6. 14: l boiler/(Burg nib-rec. 1 Cor. 12:
roaain-nv m'arw ebpoy. 9: 2, 22, 29. 15: 9. 13: 2,13. Tit. 1:13. 2 Pet. 1: 5.
28. Mark 2: 5. 5: 34. 10: 52. Luke 5: So in James, as opp. to E'p'ya, James 2:
30. 7: 9, 50. 8: 48. 17:19. 18: 42. 14 bis, 17, 18 ter, 20, 22 bis, 24, 26.
Acts 3: 16 bis. So mediately, Acts 14: So of the Christian profession, the faith
9.—-([3) Of faith in Christ's death, as the professed, Acts 13:8 (11:-div alflflpétilfll
ground of justification before God, i. q. riiv dvfiinrurov and rip; m’zrrswc. 14: 22.
saving faith, only in Paul's writings, 15:9. 16:5. 1 Cor. 16:13. 2 Cor. 1:
Rom. 3:22 bucatom'wn be‘ 9:017 511': 1rioreuc 24 fin. Gal. 6:10. 1 Tim. 2:15. 2Tim.
‘I. Xp.v.25 bu‘! ‘trio-ream in! re? airroi; a'ipart. 4: 7, comp. above in A. c. Of Christian
v. 26 Ex 1r. 'Ino'oii. So from the con zeal, ardour in the faith, Rom. 1: 8 5r:
nexion, absol. v. 27, 28,30 bis, 31. 1 1'] along b11451! :cara'y'ye'hherat A‘. r. h. 11:
Cor. 15: 14, 17. So genr. Rom. 1:17 20. 2 Cor. 8: 7. 10:15. 13:5. Eph. 6:
bis. 5: 1, 2. 9: 30,32. 10:6,17. Gal. 23. 2 Thess. 1:4, 11. Of Christian
2; 16 bis, 20. a; 2,5,7,s,9,11,12,14, love, as springing from faith, Rom. 1: 12
22,24. 5:5,6. Eph. 2:8. 3:12 bu‘: r. 1', iv c’iMr'yhotg 1rt'o'rig, i. e. mutual faith
1rlo'reug abrofi. Phil. 3: 9 bis. So of the and love. 2 Thess. 1: 3. Philem. 5m’
faith of Abraham,seeahove in a. Others :rru/ 11v Exug 1rpbt; row Kliptoy Kill. na'vrac
in Rom. 1: 17 take eig m'anr by meton. T069 d'yt'ovg. of Christian life and mo
as i. q. sic roll; wwrzitovrag, comp. 3:22. rals, practical faith, 1 Tim. 4: l2 rinrog
-—('y) Genr. as [the Son of God, the in. 'ylvou iv (,Uttlfi‘rwi‘hév d'yrirrms'v 1n’
carnate Word] the Messiah and Saviour, oru, iv a'yvria. 5:8, 12. 6:10. it. 2: 2.
the Head of the gospel dispensation, [ra Of constancy in the faith, Col. 1: 23. 1
ther of the whole true Church under Thess. 3: 2, 5, 6, 7, 10. Heb. 13: 7.
every dispensation,] 0. zip, Acts 20: 21 James 1: 3.
1ria'rwrfiveic rbv x. 'I. Xp. 26: 18. Col. d) meton. of the object of Christian
2: 5. iv Xpurr' Gal. 3:26. Eph. 1: 15. faith, thefaith, i.e. doctrines received and
C01. 1:4. 1 im. 1:14. 3:13. 2Tim. believed, Christian doctrine, and genr.
1:13. 3:15. r05 Kvpiou'l. X . James 2: the system of Christian doctrines, the
1. Eph. 4:13. 0. gen. poi Sev. 2:13, Gospel, the Christian religion. Acts 6: 7
i.e. thy faith toward me. 14: 12. Absol. inrr'lxovoy r5 m'orst were obedient to the
Mark 4: 40. Luke 8:25. 22:32. Acts faith, i.e. embraced the ospel. Rom. 1:
6: 5 c'iwbpa 1rhr'1pn rte-rem; mi m’. by. v. 5. 16:26. Acts 14:27 bpa 1rio-reug i.e.
8. 11: 24. Eph. 3:17. Col. 2: 7 coll. v. access for the gospel. 24:24. Rom. 10:
5. So Eph. 6: 16 S‘vpebv rfig n'ivrcwc. 8. 2 Cor. 1:24: init. Gal. 1:23. 3:23
1 Thess. 5:8. . bis, 25. Eph. 4:5. 1 Tim. 1: 4, 19. 3:
 Hlo'ro'; 636
9. 6:21. 2 Pet. 1: 1. 1 John 5: 4. Jude
3 Ti EuraE 'n'apaaoeelag r07; (1710:; Flora.
v. 20. So Tit. 3: l5 :ptkm'wrac hpic e'v
1rlaret i. e. in the gospel, as Christians.
1 Tim. 1:2 re'xyov e'I' 'II'lO'TEL. Tit. 1:4.
Emphat. the true faith, true doctrine, 2
Thess. 3:2. 1 Tim. 4:1, 6. 2 Tim. 3:8.
[e) more specially, the object ofjusti'f .
ing flu'tb, that on which a sinner, be.
lieving the gospel, relies for acceptance
with God, viz. Christ, as having fulfill
ed all righteousness. R0m.4:5 Aayilerai
1'1 m'a-ng abrof: sic bucawa'bvnv. Comp.
Rom. 10: 4.—By a similar meton. God
is called PD,” ‘"55 , 6 ¢6€oc 'Iaadx. Gen.
31.4.2. Bis-3?: Haze , bro/Jon) 'Iapafih. Jer.
14:8. and the Lord Jesus Christ 1‘; EA-rrlg
{Univ 1 Tim. 111.]
111676;, 7;, 6V,(1rlanz;, 1rel6w,) pp.
worthy of belief, trust, confidence, i. e.
faithful.
a) pp. in the sense of trust-worthy. 1
Cor. 7: 25 fiheqfte'vog' inrb Kvplou marbc
elvaz. 1 Tim. 1: 12. 2 Sam. 2: 2 rafira
1rapa'60v 'n'w-roig dvfipénrotc. 1 Pet. 4:19.
Rev. 19:11. Sept. for V55; 1 Sam. 3:20
(Im‘yp mow-rig for 5151315. '5'"! Prov. 20: 6.—
lMacc. 14:41. 1E1.V.H. 8.6. Thuc.3.10.
Xen. An. 1. 6. 31.—Hence i.q. true, sure,
vcrax, worthy of credit, as b pépruc 6
marég Rev. 1:5. 2:13. 3: 14; see in
Méprvg. So Sept. for 1!”! Prov. 14:5.
1?,53 Ps. 89: 38. Is. 8: 2. (851. V. H. 3.
18 fin. e’i 'rq: mo'rbg 6 X701; hé-ywv. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1.42.) Of things, true, sure,
verus, e.g. Myoc 1 Tim. 1: l5. 3: 1. 4:
9. 2 Tim. 2: 11. Tit. 1:9. 3:8. Rev.
21: 5. 22: 6. So Acts 13:34 15. data
Aaglb ra man't, see in'Oawc b. — Dem.
377. 27. Thuc. 5. 14 e'X-rrig marl].
b) faithful in duty to one's self and to
others of true fidelity. Col. 4: 9 etl
Pet. 5:121'15eh 69 1rwr6g. Rev. 2:10. of
God as faithfu to his promises, I Cor.
1:9 marl); 6956;‘. 10:13. 1 Thess. 5:24.
2 Thess. 3: 3. Heb. 10:23. 11:11. 1
John 1:9. Of Christ 2 Tim. 2: 13. So
Sept. for was, Deut. 32:4. 125:: Deut.
7: 9. Once men-ac 5e‘ 6 Gebc as an ob.
testation or oath,as God is faith/‘111,2
Cor. 1:18: comp. Heb. 111F151‘; Is. 65:
16. — Espec. of servants, ministers, who
are faithful in the performance of duty.
Matt. 24: 45 a manic boi'hog. 25: 21 , 23.
Luke 12: 42 6 1r. oixovbpoc. 1 CO!’- 4:2.
Eph. 6: 21. Col. 1: 7. 4: 7. Heb. 2:17.
11mm.
SO 0. z'1r' dhi'ya Matt. 25: 21, 23. iv ru'r
Luke 16: 10 bis, 11, 12. 19:17. 1 Tim.
3:11. Heb. 3: 5. 0. dat. of pers. Heb.
3: 2. So Sept. for 1235.; Num. 12:7. 1
Sam. 22: 14.—2 Mace. 1: 2. Hdian. 2.
8. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 23.
0) Act. faithful, i.e. firm in faith, con
fiding, believing, i. q. 1') maru'mw. John
20: 27 #1) yc'vou ilmcrroc, 6AM: men-rig.
Gal. 3:9.-—Theogn. 283. Soph. (Ed.
Co]. 1031.— Seq. dat. r93 Kvpltp Acts
16:15; also e'v Kvpl(p,i.e. faithful to or in
the Lord, believing in him,i. q. a be
liever, Christian, 1 Cor. 4:17. Eph. 1:1.
Col. 1: 2. Absol. id. Acts 10:45. 16:
l. 2 Cor. 6:15. 1 Tim. 4: 3,10,12. 5:
16 bis. 6:2bis. Tit. 1: 6. Rev. 17:14.
Adv. mm‘w 1045711 to dofaitbfully, in is
believing manner, as a Christian, 3 John
5. So Sept. for 1115.3. Ps. 101:6.—-Ec_
clus. 1: 14. l Macc. 3: l3.
H1076”, 5, f. a'm'w, (manic) pp. to
make one fizitbful, trustworthy,- hence to
maize one give security, pledges, e. g. by
an oath, maroi'lv 'ru'a 6PK01Q, JOS- Ant.
15. 7.10. Thuc. 4. 88. Pass. or Mid.
to make one's self or be made trust-worthy,
i. e. to give security, to pledge 0ne's self,
P01. 18. 22. 6. H0111. Od. 15. 435-111
N.T. {mm-601,1’ to be made eonfiding, be.
lieving, to be assured, comp. in Hun-6g e;
hence i. q. to believe, 2 Tim. 3: l4 pe've
iv ole 2M0“ ml s'ma-répeqg, by attract.
for Ev rain-org ii. - So maruflelg Soph.
(Ed. Col. 1039, i. q. 1rwro'gib. 1031.
Hlazvoiw, 5, f. flaw, (whit/1],) to make
wander, to lead astray, c. acc. Pass. to
wander, to go astray.
:1) pp. e. g. persons, Heb. 11:38 iv
Epluu'atg whamiipevot. Of flocks, 1 Pet.
2: 25 (be 1rp6€ara whawbpeva. Matt. 18:
12 bis, 13. Sept. for "271' Gen. 37: 14.
Ex. 23: 4.-- Cebet. Tab. 6. [EL V. H.
5. 7. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25.
b) trop. to mislead, i. e. (a) to de
ceive, to cause to err, Pass. to err, to mis
take, to form a wrong judgment. Matt.
24:4 et Mark 13:5 ,Bhe'were '0'] n9 iI/u'ig‘
1r).avr’,ap. Matt. 2425,11, 24. Mark 13:6.
1 John 1:8. 3: 7. Rev. 13:14. Pass.
Matt. 22:29 whavdatie. Mark 12:24,27.
Luke 21 :8 In) whavqOiire. John 7: 47.
1 Cor. 6:9. 15:33. Gal. 6:7. Heb. 3:10.
James 1: 16. S0 Sept. and "213 [Hiph.]
Prov. 12: 21. [26.]—Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 4.
Mosch. Id. 1. 25. Plut. Thea. 27. -
 Hha'm
(B) to seduce, e. g. a people‘ into rebel
lion, John 7: l2 when/{i rbv o'Xhov. Rev.
20: 8, 10. Also to seduce from the truth,
Pass. to be seduced, to go astray; 1 John 9: 4 nXa'A-eg 'rfig dtadilmg. 2 Cor. 3: 3.
2: 26 1r£pl ro'w nharu'wrwv b'ufig, comp. So Sept. and mm‘: Ex. 31:17. 32:14. sq.
v. 21, 22. 2 Tim. 3: 13. Pass. James 34: l, 4. al.—Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 4. Luc.
5: 19 e'tiv mg iv bp'iv altar/"Bi c'nrb 'rfic
t’thrleel'ug. 2 Pet. 2: 15. Part. 0210m
mbpeyo: those seduced, gone astray, Tit.
3:3. Heb. 5:2. Spec. to seduce to
idolatry, Rev. 2: 20. 12:9. 18:23. 19:
20. 20:3. Sept. for Han, [Hiph.] 2 K.
21:9. E2. 44: 10, 15.—Ecclus. 9:8.
mm, 2;, 1';,(perh.1r)\él'w,)awan
dering, Sept. E2. 34: 22. {EL V. H. 5. 7.
In N. T. only trop. error, i. e.
a) gem. delusion, false judgment or
opinion,l Thess. 2:3 1'] “par-Mm r‘lpcbv
obx e’x nhdvnc. 2 Thess. 2: ll, — Sept.
Jer. 23: 17. Diod. Sic. 2. 18.
b) Act. deceit, fraud, seduction to er
ror and sin. Eph. 4:14 {9056111 rfic
whc'u'flc. 2 Pet. 3: l7. 1 ohn 4: 6 To
m'sbpa r'iic nhr'wnc a spirit of error, i. e.
a deceiving spirit, a teacher who seeks
to seduce. So a deception, fraud, Matt.
27: 64. Sept. for n??? Prov. 14:8.—
Hesych. whim‘ dna'rn.
c) of conduct, perverseness, wickedness, fashioned; metaph. feigned, false, deceit
sin, Rom. 1:27. James 5: 20. 2 Pet. 2: ful, 2 Pet. 2: 3 whaaroiy; ho'yotg—Plut.
18 ror): Ev who'wp avaa-rpetpops'vovc. Jude Thes. 20 ypéppura nkaarit npoogbépew.
11. Sept. for an; Ez. 33: 10. —VVisd.
l: 12. 12: 24.
Hhmvfi'rns, 0v, a, (nkura'wQ one
wondering about, a wanderer, Sept. for
part. ‘11.5 Hos. 9: 17. Xen. Ven. 5. 17.
In N. T. dorfip whom/13mg a wandering
star, planet, trop. of a false teacher, Jude
13, coll. v. 4.—p . Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 7.
Diod. Sic. 1. 81. glen. Mem. 4. 7. 5.
Hltoiltog', 00, b, 1'1,adj.(1r}\a'v1),) wan
dering about; subst. a wanderer, vaga
bond,juggler, Athen. XIV. p. 615. E.
In N. T. deceiving, seducing, 1 Tim. 4:
l npoac'xovrsg wusr'rpaa: nhdyotg. Subst.
a deceioer, impostor, Matt. 27 2'63 Ercivoc
orrhalvoc. 2 Cor. 6:8. 2 John 7 bis.—
adj. Jos. B. J. 2. l3. 4 n'ha'uoLlivBpt-nro:
mi c'marsbirsg. Subst. Lib. Hen. in
Fabr. p. 162. Act. Thom. § 45. Diod.
Sic. Tom. VI. 199. Tauchn.
IDWZE, “36?, many broad andfiat
surface, e. g. of the sea, nhalxa mivrou
flatte'iav Pind. Pyth. 1. 46. comp. Diod.
Sic. 5. 36. In N. T. and genr. a table,
637 l'lka'rbm
tablet, of wood or stone on which any
thing was inscribed, e.g. the two tables
of the decalogue given to Moses, Heb.
Somn. 3. — Trop. 2 Cor. 3: 3 £2 rhaEi
xapbt'ag aapxiuarg, comp. Rom. 2: 15 ct
Heb. 8: 10. So Sept. and 11115 Prov. 3:
3. Jer. 17: 1.
Unique, ares, r6 (wallow) a
thing formed, e. g. by a potter, Rom. 9:
20 In) e'pei rd nhciapa To; n'ha'a'avn‘
quoted from Is. 29: 16 where Sept. for
my"? “PPJL— Artem. l. 56. Luc. D.
Deor. 6. 4. Trop. a figment, Dem.
1110. 18.
III-020'“), Att. rm, f. nhéaw, comp.
Buttm. §92. n. 2. § 95. 3; to form, to
fashion, to mould, e. g. any soft sub
stance,asa potter the clay; absol. Rom.
9: 20 see in IIMitr‘ua. Pass. 1 Tim. 2:
l3 'Abirft yap apt-"rm;- ErrM'wBn. Sept.
for H2:: Gen. 2: 7, 6. H22 Is. 29: 16.-—
Wisd. 15:7, 8. Luc. D. Deor. 1.1.
Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. l.
Ilkocaro'g, 7i, o'v, (1016mm) jbrmcd,
I-Ilkotfllot, see in Hhan'lg h.
HMirog, sag, ro'.(1r)\a'ri1c,) breadth,
Rev. 21:16 bis. Troph. Eph. 3:18.
Sept. for =15" Gen. 6: 15. Ex. 37: 1.—
Hdian. 8.4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 8.—Rev.
20:9 11) nhoiroc rfic 'yfig the breadth of
the earth, i. q. wide plain, such as the
earth was supposed to be. So Sept. for
an»: Hab. 1:6.
I‘Dturbrw, f. on"), (thin-1'19) aor. 1
pass. e'rrkan'wfinv, perf. pass. ‘Iran-Miro
par, 3 pers. sing. :rerrhc'trwra: 2 Cor. 6:
11, see in Buttm.§ 101. n. 7; to make
broad, to enlarge, trans.
a) pp. Matt. 23: 5 n'harirrova: be‘ (pu
Xwm’ypta aim-Em. Sept. for PUT-‘.1 Ex. 34:
24. Hub. 2: 5. —- 1 Macc. l4: 6. Plut.
M. Anton. 36. Xen. C r. 5. 5. 34.
b) trop. i. q. Heb. ,2”)? to make
broad or large to or for any one, i. e. to
give him enlargement, deliverance from
straits; so Sept. and Heb. Ps. 4: 2,
comp. Ps- 18: 20. Hence in N. T. pass.
to be enlarged, i. e. to have enlargement,
 HMz-rz'); 638 I'Ihéxw
to rejoice, opp. arsvoxwpe'w, see Buttm. gDiod. Sic. l. 79. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27.)
§ 134. 5. 2 Cor. 6: 13 'n'Aafl'WOn'r-s ml efore a numeral, h is regularly omit
I'Ipei'g, comp. v. 12. So of the heart, ted, Acts 4: 22 e'niv wheuivwv rea'aapc'l
xapBia, ib. v. 11. Comp. Sept. and Heb. row-a. 23: 13,21. 24:11. 25:6. Comp.
=72 =37“?! in a somewhat difl'erent sense, Lob. ad Pbryn. p. 410 sq. Matth. § 455.
PS. 1 19: 32. n. 4. (Plato Apol. Soc. p. 17. D.) Once
film-1'29, 57a, 1'), broad, wide. wkc'ov fi 1re'v1-s Luke 9; 13. Comp. Lob.
a) Matt. 7: 13 whoa-eta il'rrtrhq. Sept. l. c. Matth. l. c. and § 437. n. 2.—Xen.
for :U3- Neh. 9:35.—Jos. B. J. 3. 2. 2. Cyr. 2. l. 5, 6.—Seq. wapé, Luke 3:13;
Xen. ~Cyr. 5. 3. 36 656: whareia. see in Hapé III. d. Once seq. rh'lv
b) Subst. i7 whareia, sc. 686g, a broad 0. gen. Acts 15: 28. — So when the ob
way, wide street in a city, see Jahn § 41. ject of comparison is implied, Matt. 20:
Matt. 6:5 511 TGIL‘ 'yawiarg 10v rrXarsui'w. 10. Luke 11:53. John 4:4l. 15: 2.
12:19. Luke 10:10. 13:26. 14:21. Acts 2. 4.0. 18:20. 28:23. Luke 7: 43
Acts 5:15. Rev. 11:8. 21: 21. 22:2. rd wkz'iov the more i. e. the reater debt.
So Sept. for 5'1"‘; Iudg. 19:15, 20. Zech. —Hdian. 8. 3. ll. Xen. ‘in. 4. 32.—
8: 4, 5. ‘(90'' IS. 15:3. —— Tob. 13:17. Hence gem. and emphat. i. q. many,
Ecclus. 23: 21. Artemid. 3. 62. very many, Acts 13:31 6;; d'npflrl £11
Hké'yau, 0570;, r6, (TAE'KMJ pp. any 1');4e'pac whclovc. 21: 10. 24: 17. 25: 14.
27: 20. So Heb. 7: 23 oi z‘v whet'ovc'g
thing plaited, braided, woven, e.g. whs'wul
sin i.epei'c, in 0%‘). to one.— en. C yr. 1.
fiilchu'oy, the ark or basket in which
l. 1. Comp. en. Venat. 5. 7.
Moses was exposed Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4; b) plur. 0. art. 01 wku’orzg, oi whim/g,
a net, toil, Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 28. In N.T. the more, the most,the many,comp. Matth.
a braid of hair, braided hair,- 1 Tim. 2: § 266. Acts 19: 32 oi rhslovg oim 53n
9 pr) c'v rhs'yluaa'w, comp. 1 Pet. 3: 3 s’v aav x. r. 7\. 27:12. 1 Cor. 9: 19 Z'va
ifmhoxlfi rpixd'w. -— Aquil. and Theodot. TOllQ whim/a: “96.3%., i. e. that I may
for BTW, diadem, Is. 28: 5.
gain, if not all, yet the greater part. 10:
Hkeia'rog, 27, or, (Maw) the most, 5. 15:6. 2 Cor. 2:6. 4:15. 912. Phil.
the greatest, very great, the usual super 1: 14.—Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Xen. H. G.
lative to 1mm, Buttm. § 68. 6 ; in N.T. 2. 3. 34.
only of number, Matt. 11:20. 21:8 5 c) trop. of worth, importance, dignity,
rheia-rog oxhog, i. e. a ver great multi more, greater, higher; seq. gen. Matt. 6:
tude—Jos. Ant. 5. l, 24. gien. Ag. 3. l. 25 i, \I/uxr) whe'iév ion 'rfic rpoqzfig. 12: 41 ,
H. G. 7. 1. 23.—Neut. Ta wheia'rov adv. 42 rhciov Soho/Mayo: 015:. Mark 12: 33.
at most I Cor. 14:27. Comp. Buttm. Luke 11:31, 32. 12:23. Heb. 3: 3
§ 128. n. 4. rrXziova npr‘lv E'xu rm? o’ixov. Rev. 2: 19.
HM/w, 0110;, a, ;,, neut. rhsiov Pleon. c. 1r£pwasi1uv Matt. 5: 20. Seq.
1H3“. 5:20. 6:25. Thuc. 7. 63- Xen.(Ec. 1rapa Heb. 3: 3. ll. 4.—absol. Hdian. 8.
7. 24,25; more usually neut. whim’ Luke 4. l. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 43. Ag. 2. 24.
3:13. Acts 15:28. Luc. Parasit. 5. Xen. d) Neut. whz'iov as adv. more. (a) c.
Cyr.8. 2. 7; comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. gen. John 21: 15 a'yamic p: whciov rm’;
§ 68. 6. Matth. § 135. Plur. contr. 1r)\si~ row; impl. Luke 7: 42.—Hdian. 5. 2. 7.
avg, also wheiovcg Heb. 7: 23. Xen. H. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 7.—(,B) E1rl wheiov, fur
G. 4. 2. 11 ; accusmrkslouc, also wketovag ther, longer, comp. in 'E'rrl III. 2. a;
Matt. 21: 36. Thuc. 2. 37. Xen. Mem. spoken of space 2 Tim. 3: 9. Acts 4: l7;
3. 13. 5; neut. "Adora. Matt. 20: 10. seq. gen. (zuéelagie. further as to or in
Xen. Apol. 22.—More,the usual compa ungodliness, 2 Tim. 2:16; comp. Matth.
rative to whip, comp. Buttm. § 68. 6. § 340, 341. Winer § 30. 4. (Xen. Eq.
a) pp. of number, but also of magni 1. 9.) Spoken of time, Acts 20:9. 24:
tude and in comparison expr. or impl. 14.—Pol. 3. 58.8.
E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 2] :36 whu’ovag 16w Hhézw, f. 5m, to plait, to braid, to
1rpérrwv more than the first or former weave, trans. Lat. plico, plecto. Matt. 27 :
ones. Mark 12:43. Luke 21:3. John 29 rhe'Eav-rec aré¢arov if c'waveo'lv. Mark
7: 3l.—-Diod. Sic. l2. 21.—Seq. fithan, 15:17. Johnl9:2.-—Sept.ls.28.5. Xen.
Matt. 26: 53 whelow; 1‘, 56:30:11. John 4:1. An. 3. 3. 18.
 Hhéov 639 111.590;

HA5”, see in IIhsu-w. ness, i. e. as bounty on your part and not

as covetousness on ours, not as extorted
Htteowigw, f. dom, (whiter, WAE'OlQ)
to be more than enough, intrans.
by us from you. Sept. for $33,. Jer. 22:
a) of persons, to have or do more than 17. Hab. 2: 9.—1F.l. V. H. 3. 16. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 28.
enough, to have an over-plus. 2 Cor. 8:
15 b rt‘; 170)“), 05:: z'rrheo'vaos, quoted from 11120503, olg, t], the side, pp. of the
Ex. 16:18 where Sept. for FI‘WTL—Trop. body, John 19: 34. 20:20, 25, 27. Acts
to be immoderate, excessive, Dem. 117. 12; 7'. Sept. for v‘zs rib Gen. 2: 21. 1;
5. Thuc. l. 120. Num. 33:55. 2 Sam. 2:16.—Ecclus. 30:
b) of things, i. q. to be abundant, to 11. P01. 5.26. 6. Xen. An. 4. l. 18.
abound more, to increase. Rom. 5: 20 his Hhéw, 1'. rher'ra'ouat, usually uncon.
in: wheowiag rd 1rapdrrrwpu. x. r. h. 6: 1. tracted, see Buttm. § 105. n. 2; to sail,
2 Cor. 4:15. 2 Thess. 1: 3. 2 Pet. 1:8. absol. Luke 8: 23. Acts 27:24. Seq. at;
Seq. sig‘ 1:, to abound unto any thing, i.q. c. ace. of place, Acts 21: 3 Enhe'opsv El;
to redound, to conduce, Phil.4:l7. Sept. Eupiav. 27:6. seq. c'm' c. acc. Rev. 18:
for =2 2 Chr. 24:11. ":1?! l Chr. 4:27. 17 in later edit. Seq. ace. of place by or
—Ecclus. 23: 3. P01. 4. 3. 12. Diod. near which, i. e. of the way; Acts 27: 2
Sic. l. 40. ib. 3. 49. their ‘rode Kara rfiv 'Aaiav r61rouc, i. e.
c) trans. to cause , to abound, to increase. to sail along or by the coast of Asia Minor;
1 Thess.3:l2 illuiic be‘ 6 Kr'rptog WMol'tid‘fll see Matth. § 409. 4.—-Xen. An. 5. 1. 4.
[Optflmfil r’z-ya-rrg aor.)‘. So Sept. for "ET c. sic Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Xen. H. G. l. l.
Num. 26:54. Ps.7l:2l.—1 Macc.4:35_ 8. c.c’1rl Luc. Alex. 54. c. acc. P01. 3. 4.
Htteovezréw, :3, f. {lo-u), (whe'ov, 10 rheiv riz. 1rchti'yr]. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 6.
Ext-1,) intrans. to have more than another, 1179177,], 5?, 1‘, (10010040,) a stroke,
i. q. whim’ E'Xw, Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 21. to stripe, blow.
have an advantage, to be superior, Jos. B. a) pp. Luke 12:48 dim whry'ydw. Acts
J. prmm. 5. Xen. An. 3. 1.37. to be 6 16:23. 2 Cor.6: 5. 11:23. Sept. for
:rltcovéxrqg, to covet more, Xen. C yr. 1. 3. "=32 Deut. 25:3. BE? Prov. 29: 15.—2
18. to take advantage, to seek unlawful Macc. 3: 26. Jos. Ant. 2. l6. 2. Luc. D.
gain, Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. Deor. 24. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16.
31.—In N. T. trans. to take advantage of b) meton. a wound, caused by a stripe
any one , to circumventfor gain, to defraud, or blow, Luke 10:30. Acts 16:33 E'Aow
c. ace. 2 Cor.7 :2 obbéva éuheoyewfioausv. o'ev [tlit‘rmllg] are ra'w 1rhn'yt7v, i. e. from
l2:17,18. l Thess. 4:6. Pass. 2 Cor. 2: the blood and filth of their Wounds; comp.
11.—Test. XII Patr. p. 625. Act. Thorn. v.23. Rev. l3: 14. v. 3, 12 1'] 1901711‘; rot)
§ 12 xr'lpac whwvexroi'wrsg. Plut. Mar sawirou, i.e. deadly wound, com p. Buttm.
cell. 29. Pass. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. So Sept. and
Hhsovéx'rng, 00, 6, (n-Ac'ov, 5x05) 71$’! 1 K. 22:35. Is. 1: 6.—Jos. Ant. 10.
pp. ‘ one who will have more,’ i. e. a co 5.1. Luc.D.Deor.l4.2. Xen.Cyr,2.3.20.
vetous person, a defrauderjbr gain, 1 Cor. c) from the Heb. like "2?, a plague,
5:10, 11. 6:10. Eph. 5: 5.—Ecclus. 14: i. e. a stroke or blow inflicted from God,
9. 1301.15. 21.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3. calamity. Rev. 9:(18), 20. 11: 6. 15:1
Httsovefil'a, we, #7, (wxéow, Ext») pp. n'hrryiu‘ E1r1'iz ‘rag E'oxc'lrag. v. 6, 8. 16:9,
‘ a having more,’ i. e. a larger portion, 21 bis. 18: 4,8. 21:9. 22:18. So Sept.
advantage, superiority, Jos. Ant. 5. l. and ‘HE’! Lev. 26:21. Deut. 28: 59, 61.
20. P01. 2. l9. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 12. 29: 21.—l Macc. 13: 32. Philo de Vit.
In N. T. pp. ‘ the will to have more,’ i.e. Mos. p. 624. Jos. Ant.6.5.6. ib.14.13.8.
covetousness, greedinese for gain, which 1170700‘; 50;, 011;, 1'6’ (Tllurxfllu’
leads a person to defraud others. Mark 1r7\1’16w,) pp. fulness, hence a multitude, a
7: 22 wheovciiai, i. e. covetous thoughts, great number.
plans of fraud and extortion. Luke 12: a) gem. Luke 5: 6 whiitlog 1x661”
15. Rom. 1:29. Eph. 4: 19. 5: 3. Col. 1roXb. John 21:6. Acts 28:3. Heb. ll:
3: 5. l Thess. 2: 5. 2 Pet. 2: 3, l4. 2 12. James 5:20. 1 Pet. 4: 8. So Sept.
Cor. 9: 5 oiirwg (In; eirltoyiav, Ktll in) thy and =‘1 Gen. 27:28. Is. 1: 11.—Hdian.
n-heovzElar, as bounty and not as eovetous 7. 10. 3. Xen. An. 4. 7. 26.
 HMflt'im 640 Uh'tgns
b) of persons, a multitude, throng,- seq. Nicene, 1‘; e'ntflfivam. Anthol. Gr. II. p.
gen. of class, etc. Luke 2: 13. Acts 4: 135. Plut. Romul. 3.
32. 6: 2 rd whiifiog r131’ puonrtiv. Acts
H7031’, prep. and adv.(contr. for nAe’or- ,)
5: 14 10.1701, dvbpdw x. 1'. lt. i. e. multi
pp. more than, over and above; hence be
tudes. C. gen. impl. Acts 2: 6 coll. v. 5.
sides, except, but.
23: 7. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) So nah) 1rl\fi00c
a) in the middle of a clause, e. g. seq.
0. gen. Luke 6:17. 23: 27. John 5:3. gen. Mark 12: 32 m’nc Ear-iv 600mg 1r7\1)v
Acts 14: l. 17: 4. miv 1rAfi60c 0.‘ gen. abroi; there is no other besides him, q.
Luke 1: 10. Acts 25; 24. c. gen. impl. but be. John 8:10. Acts 8: 1 1révrc¢--
Acts 15: 12 coll. v. 6. 15:30 coll. v. 22.
nkfivriiw d'rroa'rtihwr. 15:28. 27:22. 80
Acts 6: 5 coll. v. 2. firm! 106100;; c. gen.
Sept. for "25;? Deut. 4:35. q. v. Lev. 23:
Luke 19:37; c. gen. impl. Luke 23: l 38. bps 111.45: 14.. 46:9.—-Pol. 3.54.. 4.
coll. 22: 66. Seq. gen. 01' place, Luke 8: Plut. Mor. 11. p.32. Tauchn. Xen. An.
87 ii'lrav 1rltfi00g rfig 1reptx1itpou. Acts 5:
1. 9. 9.—Seq. (in, Acts 20:23 pi] .1539,
16. Collect. with a verb plur. Mark 3: WM)»: 5r: 1:‘: 1rye17pa x. r. A. except that, pp.
7, 8. Sept. f0!‘ 193$ 9 K. 7:13. 18.17212.
knowing nothing more than that, etc.
-Hdian. 4. 6. 11. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 12. Comp. Buttm. § 146. n. L-wh‘yv b'r:
c) i. q. the multitude, i. e. the people,
populace, Acts I414 ro 100700: riic miltewg.
Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verbor. p. 13. 24
ed. Sylb. p. 176.
19:9. 21: 22,36. So Sept. and 1"”? Ez.
b) adv. at the beginning of a clause,
30:l5.-—Hdian.2.7.5. Xen.Mem.l.2.42.
i. q. much more, rather, besides, passing
Hmtbwu, f. ‘nth-t, (whqdirg i. q. whi over into an adversative particle, i.q. but
Ooc,) pp. to make fua ; hence to multiply, rather, but get, nevertheless, etc. Matt. 1 l:
to increase. 22, 24 nhny Ae'yu bpiv. 18: 7. 26:39,
a) trans. 2 C01‘. 9: 10. Heb. 6:14 bis, 64. Luke 62 94, 35. 10:11, 14, 20. ll:
n-Xrleiwuv nhqflwu‘; as, quoted from Gen. 41. 12:31. 13:33. 18:8. 19:27. 22:21,
22: 17 where Sept. for Heb. "77.1115 "51?, 4.2. 23:28. 1001111111. Phil. ms. 3;
of which Hebrew idiom this is an imita 16. 4:14. Rev. 2:25. So Sept. and 0151.5
tion; comp. Gen. 3: 16. 16:10. Winer Num. 22: 35. Judg. 4: 9.—Hdian.l.t2.
§ 46. 7. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 778.—Pass. 6. Xen. An. 1. 8. 25. — So where the
nknfiiwolum, to be multiplied, increased, writer returns after a digression to a pre
e. g. in number, Acts 6: 7 mi EirMfli'lvu-o vious topic, Eph. 5: 33, comp. v. 25,28.
b c’rptflpéc. 7: l7. 9: 31. Sept. for H9: (Pol. ll. 17. 1.) Once correspondin to
DeuLl 1:21. Also in magnitude, extent, pév, Luke 22: 22; comp. in Me’v a.
Matt. 24: 12 whnOuvOfiva: 'rflv dvoplav.
Acts 19: 24.. Sept. for H9: Gen. 7: 17, IDo’ygng, sec, 00;, 53,, adj. (M605)
18. Seq. dat. of person, i. q. to abound to full,filled.
any one, 1 Pet. 1:2 xépig bpiv ml cipilw) a) pp. of hollow vessels, seq. of that of
whnOvvOeiq. 2 Pet. 1: 2. Jude 2. which any thin is full, expr. or impl.
b) intrans. to multiply one's self, to in. Buttm. § 132. 5. 2. Mark 6:43 mi 5pm
KAGGIUGIJ'UV 5:55am: rotpt'youg whfigerg. 8:
crease. Acts 6: 1 nhneuvowwv 713v path]
rov. Sept. for H9: Ex. 1; 20. =2: 1 Sam. l9. impl. Matt. 14:20. 15:37. oSept.
14: 19.—Theophr. Cans. Plant. 1.19.5. for ska Num. 14: 20. Deut. 6:1 1. _
Hdian. 3. 8. 14. Hdian. 3. l3. 9. Xen. An. 2. 3. 10.—Of
Thriller, see Ilip'rrhnpt. a surface,full, i.e. fully covered, c. gen.
Luke 5: 1‘2 dvfip nhr'ypnc )tén'pac. So
IIMx'mg, on, 6, (1rltiyao‘ot,)a striker, Sept. and s1»; 2 K. c; 17. 7: 15.—Xen.
one apt to strike; trop. one contentious, a An.l.5.1 nebt'ovritlavfliourrhfipzg. (150.43.
quarreler, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. l: 7.-—-Plut. b) trop. full, filled, i.e. fully imbued,
Marcell. l. Pyrrh. 30. . furnished, abounding in any thing, seq.
Httnpopz'iga, “Q i), (Whi'pl, 1.46pm, or gen. Luke 4: 1 et Acts 7:55 ‘R'Atllpflc m-eii
prolonged from nhfipa, rhino), comp. paroc d'yiou. John 1:14. Acts 6: 3, 5, 8.
Buttm. Aust‘. Sprachl. I. p. 39,) the tide, 9: 36 whimngdyafiiby Ep'ywv. ll: 24. 13:
flood-tide, and hence by impl. flood, in 10. 19: 28. Sept. and s‘aa Is. 51: ~20.
undation, Luke 6: 48, comp. Matt. 7: 27. Jer. 5:27. Ez. 2B: 12.—Ecclus. 19:26.
~—Hesych. nhnppr'tpa' rd b'Ppnpa rfig 9a Dem. 1445. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. l3.
 -___. _.._.-_"..mwww' .; =>.~_-~.\ pk ___._'._-Wx_ ~ - .

Hioygoqbogém 641 11701560:

c) trop. full, i.e. complete, perfect, Mark ly with any thing, to impart richly, to im
4: 28 airog 1r7h'lprlg. 2 John 8 luurobc WM] bue with, seq. acc. often also with an ad.
mlq. So Sept. and Rh? Gen. 41: 7, 22. junct of that with which any once is fill
Ruth 2:12.—Philo de Migr. Abr. p.399. ed or furnished. E.g. (a) c. acc. et gen.
Dem.776.9. Xen.An.7. 5. 5 pwfliw 101. Matth. § 352. Acts 2: 28 'nlmpéo'ug p:
111115140645, f. in“). (Mimic. @ n'nppom'lwlg. 13: 52. Luke 2: 40 ‘KM/poi:
pe'u,) pp. to bear or bringfully, and hence ,usvov empiric. Rom. 15: 13, 14. 2 Tim.
to g ' full assurance ,topersuadefuHy,trans. 1: 4. So Phil. 1: 11 in text. rec. see in 3
a of persons, Pass. to be fully assured, . im.—Hdian. 4. 5. 17. Plut. Fab. Max.
persuaded. Rom. 4: 21 whopo¢op270clc 5n 5.——(/3) Seq. acc. et dat. in Pass. c. dat.
1:. r. i. 14.: 5. Sept. for R122 Ecc. e: 11.— Rom. 1:29 :rurhnpupévovg mio'y {limit}.
Clem. Rom. Homil. 11. 17. Ctesias Ex 2 Cor. 7: 4. Comp. Matth. § 352. n.—2
cerpt. 38 #011107; 011v Myoic mi b'plt'otc Macc. 7:21. pp. Diod. Sic. 2. 39. Eurip.
ri-Anpopopr’laavrsg Ms-yriéulov. Isocr.Tra Herc. Fur. 372.-—('y) Seq. in! c. dat. in
pez. 6. p. 626. ed. Lange. stead of the simple dat. Ma1th.§ 396. n.
b) of things, to make fully assured, to 2. Winer § 31. 5. Eph. 5:18 1011190606:
givefullproofqf, to confirm fully; c. acc. z’v TVHGFGTL—(é) Seq. acc. simply, e.g.
2 Tim. 4: 5 rfiv aiaxom’av oou 1rltnpo¢6pn a'cidav xpu'av bpdw, i.q. to supply fully,
uov, sc. by fulfilling t0 the utmost all its Phil. 4: 19. Also 1r)\. 1.‘. wo'wra Eph. 1:
duties. — Pass. to be fully assured, con 23. 4: 10, spoken of Christ as filling the
firmed, to be fully established as true, universe with his influence, presence,
Luke 1: 1. 2 Tim. 4:17. power.—Hence Pass. whnpobpa: absol.
to bcfiIIed,full, to be fully furnished, to
HMgoqMg/a, as, ,7, (nAnpmpope'w) abound; Phil. 4: 18. Col. 2: 10 iv din-{a
full assurance, firm persuasion. 1 Thess. i.e. in Christ, in his work. Eph. 3: 19.
1: 5 EV Whnpopopi'q noMqfi. Col. 2: 2. ‘Eva 1r71npw9fir: tic miv T6 Whfipwlua rm?
Heb. 6: l l TA. 71']; Zhvriboc. 10: 22.—
9e05,:‘nto or unto all the fulness of God,
Not found in profane writers. i.e. either,that ye may fully participate
nbflea'w, 07, f. u'mw, (1rl\1'1png,) to in all the rich gifts of God ; or, that ye
make full, to fill, tofill 142, trans. may be received into full communion of
a) pp. a vessel, hollow place, etc.Pass. the whole church of God. —- Also pass.
Matt. 13: 48 fiv, b'rc e'rrAnpéOry, sc. 1'] aa 0. acc. Col. 1: 9 i'ya whnpwflr'lre Tr‘lv c'rri
yr'lwl. Luke 3: 5 mica quipa-yf nhnputlr’l yvwow x. r. h. Phil. 1: 11 rs-rrknpwps'voi
aerai, quoted from Is. 40: 4 where Sept. mpvrov Brxaioabvqg in later edit. comp.
for 14?; [Niph.]. Trop. Matt. 23: 32. in ’Ava¢alvw. Text. recept. mpmiv.
whnpdmare 1'6 ps'rpov raiv ware'puv iquiw c) i.q. to fulfil, to perform fully,c. acc.
i. e. the measure of their sins; comp. in (a) spoken of duty, obligation, etc.Matt.
'Avmrknpéu a. Sept. pp. for R}? Jer.13: 3:15 'n-Xnpfioat mio’av atKlHOO'l’IVflV- Acts
12. 2 K. 4: 4.—Hdian- 3. 9. 10. Diod. 12: 25 1rl\17pu'wavrtg n‘lv Etaxow'av. Rom.
Sic. 2. 39. Xen. Eq. 1. 5.--Genr. of a 8:4. 13:8. Gal. 5:14. Col. 4:17.—1
place, to flu, by diffusing any thing Macc. 2: 55. Hdian. 3.11. 9. 1r. ivroluic.
throughout; c. acc. Acts -2:2. hog-seen) Pol. 4. 63. 11.—([3) Of a declaration, pro
powzv 5A0!’ n‘w olxov. Seq. ix 0. gen. of phecy, tofulfil, to accomplish, c. acc. Acts
thingfrom or with which. John 12: 3 1‘) 13: 27 rag rpm/ac 113v 1rpo<prlrfivmi1rhfp
5e‘ m'u'a e'rrhrypéafiq ix 'rfig dn'piig, comp. in pwaav. 3: 18. Oftener Pass. to befizlfill
‘Ex no. 3. f. Winer p. 165. Matth.§ ed, accomplished, to have an accomplish
574. p. 1133. Trop. c. acc. et gen. Acts ment; Matt. 2: 17 rrire e'whnpiiafin n‘. fir,
5: 28 rnrhnplbxars rr)u 'Ispovlrahfip rfig Oe'v. 2719. 262 54. Mark 15: 28 ETA?)
bibaxiic bpu'w, comp. Winer p. 164, 165. péer, 1') 'ypazpr'). Luke 1: 20. 4: 21. (21:
So Sept. and R72’! 2 Chr. 7: 1. Hagg. 2: 22.) 24.: 44.. Acts 1; 16. James 2; 23.
8.—Comp. Liban. Epist. p. 721 mic-a; Here belongs the frequent phrase Tm
[:ro'huc] E'vc'rrhno'ag ru'n/ inrs‘p flpo'w Xé-ywv. 10.179010)", for which see in "Iva no. 2. d.
— Trop. whnpoi/v 71):! uapdiav rwég, to Matt. 1:22. 2: 15. 4:14. 21:4. 26:56.
fill the heart of any one, to take posses 27: 35. Mark 14:49. John 12: 38. 13:
sion of it, John 16:6. Acts 5: 3. 18. 15:25. 17:12. 18: 9,32. 19:24,
b) trop. to fill, i.q. to furnish abundant 36. Also 61.-w; arkqpwth'l, see in “Or-mg
2 s
 Hhigwaa 642 mmn'ov

II. 2. Matt. 2: 23. 8:17. 12:17. 13: dance. (a) gem. John l: 16 Ex rm? nkn
35. Sept. for El?! 1 K. 2: 27. 2 Chr. 36: pu'iparog ain'm'). Eph.3: 19 see in Hhflpriu
QL—Hdian. 2. 7.9 1r. rag imoo'xéastc. b. 5. Col.2:9 rd 1rltr'ypmpa. n'yc $eérrrroc,i.e.
d) i. q. tofufil, i. e. to bring to afirll the tulness, plenitude of the divine per
end, to accomplish, to complete. (11) Pass. fections; and so absol. Col. 1: 19. Rom.
of time, to be fulfilled, completed, ended. 15: 29 iv nhnpiiuparl ebho‘yiac roii et'la-yy.
Mark 1: 15 nenlh’ypwrat b Katpoc. Luke i.e. in the full, abundant blessings of the
21: 24- t‘ixpl whopwflcbtn xaipol. John 7: 8. gospel; comp. Buttm. \Viner l. 0. So of
Acts 7:23,30. 9:23. 24:27. Once Act. a state of fulness, abundance, opp. .7»...
Rev. 6: 11 in some edit. 's'weot': 1r)\npé pa, Rom. 11:12.—(B) Of persons,fu0
O'OVTCH sc. n‘w mipév v. xpovov, comp. number, complement, multitude. Rom. l l:
also in y. So Sept. and 8'2’? Gen. 25: 24.. 25 r.) nbfipwpa ra'w e'flmiw, i. e. the full
99: 2L — Tob. 8: 20. Jos. Ant. 6. 4.1 number, all the multitude of the Gen
nbnpwee'vrog min-oi: sc. roii Xpovom—(fi) tiles. So of the church of Christ, Eph.
()t' a business, work, etc. to accomplish, 1: 23 imchnala, fin; Earl rd o'cipa abroi'l,
tofinish, to complete. Luke 7: l irrzi 5e‘ To n'kfipwlua rm? x. 'r. A. See in IIXnpéw b.
inlh'ypwo'e m'wra Ta Maura ailrol'l. 9:31. 3. [3:19.]—In Greek writers often for a
Acts 13:25. 14:26 :19 rd Ep'yov, ii ink)’; ship's complement, crew, Hdot. 8.43. Luc.
pwo'av. 19: 21. Rom. 15: 19 wenhnpuncé Vera Hist. 2. 37. Pol. l. 21. l. Xen.H.
wu To cba-y-ye'luov, i. e. the preaching of G. 5. 1. ll. Also for the inhabitants of
the Gospel. Col. 1: 25. So Sept. and a city, Aristid. Hepl roi': #1) 5m xwpq»
“H7211 K. l: 14. Comp. Lat. implere mes 5:711, ed. Cant. p. 282 #1173119 5:‘ Kai 'yu
sem Pallad. Jun. 2. So Rev. 6: 11 in vaixag ml m'w-ra ra rr'lg nohewg whopé
text. rec. Eon; 'n'knpweu'wl xaloi al'wbovkoz, para. p. 374 rd n-Xfipwpa mikuog liEtov,
i. e. until their number is full, is com i. e. cives Roma digni. Liban. Orat. ed.
pleted.—Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 13.—(7) By Reisk. I. p. 301.
impl. to fill out, to complete, to make per c) i. q. fulfilment, ufizlfilling, full per
firct, 0. use. Matt. 5: 17, opp. Ktlfllbi'ldtlt. l'ormance,i.q. 1'1 nkfipwme, e.g. r017 :16/mu
Phil. 2: 2 nhnpdm'aré Iuou rilv Xapév. 2 Rom. 13: 10. Comp. Hhnpéw c. a.—
Thess. 1: 11. Pass. to be made fall, com Philo de Abr. p. 387 nMppwpa z'Am'Euv.
plete, perfect, e.g. 1'1 xapr’t John 3:29. 15: d) i. q. fulfilment, i. e. full end, comple
ll. 16: 24'. 17:13. 1 John 1:4’. 2 John tion. (a) of time,fuIl period, Gal. 4: 4
12. rd mizrxa Luke 22:16. imam/l 2(lor. 17M): rd Wkfipmpa roi} xpovov. Eph. hi0
10:6. i'p-ya Rev. 3: 2. Of persons, Col. 1rlt. 'nfw xarptDm—Hdot. 3. 22 d-ydu'movra
4,: 12 ‘(Ma orfire re'hetol. Kai 1rz1r7wpwpévot 5' 'e'rsa (time whippwpa. dvdpl paxpbrarov
z’v raw-l Seam..." roii Gem'i. rpoxe'wtlan—(B) By impl. completeness,
HUM/11¢, Mos, 'rzi, 1r)\npliw,) ful perjfectness, comp. in Hhppéw d. Eph.
ness,filling,pp. that withw ichanything 4: l3 ale livdpa re'Auov, sic ,ue'rpov r'fiturlag
is filled, of which it is full, the contents. rail nknpliopa-rog rob Xp. as adj. i. e. to the
3.) pp. 1 Cor. 10:26,28 i171") m2 T6 full and perfect stature of a man in
nh'lpwpa ail‘rfig, i. c. all that it contains: Christ, to full maturity in Christian
quoted from Ps. 24.: l where Sept. for knowledge and love; comp. Buttm. VVi
8352,“ also Ps. 50: 12. 96: l]. SoMark ner,l.c. Or this passage may be referred,
8: 20 miawv o1rupl§wv 'n'Xnpab/Jara Kha in a like sense, to b. as above.
npérwv fiparc ; how many basketfulls of 117076110”, adv. (nXnaioe, we'ltag‘, 1r:
fragments .9 i. q. mla'ac o-Irvpidac filo/"Jug, Nilw) near, near by.
how many baskets full; see Buttm.§123. a) pp. and seq. gen. John 4: 5 1r. rm’:
n.4,. \Viner§ 34. 2.-—Philo Quod omnis xwplov. comp. Buttm.§ 146. 2. Sept. for
prob. p. 871. c, of a ship's ballast. Vit. he Deut. 11: 30. ‘>‘w Deut. 1: l.—Jos.
Mos. p. 451, of the animals in Noah's Ant. 5. 6. 5. Hdian. l- 7. 4|. Xen. Mem.
ark. Philostrat. Heroic. 10. § 12,0f the 1. 4,. 6.—Tr0p. :lvat 1rlmar'oy rwogtobe
Greeks in the Trojan horse—Also afill near anyone, to be neighbour to him, Luke
ing up, supplement, that which fills up ; 10: 29, 36. Comp. in b. Winer p. H5.
and hence i. q. e'rrifihqpa, a patch, Matt. b) c. art. 1') whoa/0V subst. one near, a
9:16. Mark 2: 21. neighbour, feHow, another person of the
h) trop. fulness, i.e. full measure, abun same nature, country,class, etc. (a)genr.
 HMo'poovr') 643 112.05%;

a fellow-man, any other member of the a) pp. Matt. 27: 57 livepwrrog whm'nnoc
human family; so in the precept. r'rya 1'11"‘) 'Apipaflaiag. Luke 12: 16. 16:1, 19.
m'lo'eig rbv wknuiov oou (be aeavrby,quoted Luke 14: 12 yobs‘ 'yu'rovuc rrhoualoug.
from Lev. 19: 18 where Sept. for 22, 18: 23.. 19:2. Trop. happy, prosperous,
Matt. 19: 19. 22: 39. Mark 12: 31,33. wanting nothing, 2 Cor. 8: 9. Rev. 2:9.
Luke 10:27. Rom. 13:9,10. Gal. 5: 3: 17. Sept. pp. for “1'52 2 Sam. 12:1,
l4. Eph. 4:25. James 2:8. Also Heb. 2, 4. Prov. 28: ll. —Palaeph. 35. 2.
8: 11 in text. rec. So Sept. and 23 also Hdian. 1. s. 10. Xen. Ath. 2. 18.—
Ex. 20:17. Deut. 5: 19 sq.—-Luc. Con Subst. b whobmog, plur. oi nhoi'nnoi, a
templ. 15. P01. 12.4.13. Xen. Mem. 2. rich man, the— rich, Matt. 19:23, 24 1')
6. 2. — One of the same people or whoiwwv cl; 1'. [Jam T017 9. slashed)’. Mark
country, a fellow-countryman. Acts 7:27, 10:25. 12: 41 1roMoi 101060104. Luke 6:
comp. v. 24, 26.—{7) One of the same 24:. 16:21,29. 18:25. 91: 1.- 1 Tim. 6:
faith, afillow- Christian, Rom. 15:2.—(5) 17. James 1: 10, 11. 2:6. 5:1. Rev. 6:
From the Heb- afriend,associate,like 2.‘), 15. 13: 16. So Sept. and “1.52 Prov. 22:
opp. b e'xepéc, Matt. 5:43. So 221, Sept. 2, 7. Jer. 9: 22.—Luc. Kron. 15. Xen.
pikog, Job 2:11. 19:21. Prov. 17:17. Mem. 4.. 2. 37, as. -
Hlnqwoyfi, fig, 1", (m'p-IrXn/JQ) a b) trop. rich in any thing, abounding
filling, satisfying, sc. with food; also fuL in, seq. r'v 0. dat. Eph. 2:4 926'; whobmog
ness, satiety. Col. 2: 23 apog- whnuyovfiv (in! e'v e'hz'si. James 2: 5 1r)\. e'v m'a'ru.
o'apxég. So Sept. for 73'? Ex. 16: 8. ,2‘! 11100011605, adv. (1r>\oba':oQ,)richI_I/,i.e.
Ex. 16: 3.—- Ecclus. 45: 28. E]. V. H. abundantly, largely, Col. 3:16. 1 Tim. 6:
9.26. gien. Ag. 5. 1. Mem. 3.11.14. 17. Tit. 3: 6. 2 Pet. 1: 11.—Dion. Hal.
HMO'G'N v, 111.’, f. Ea), to strike, [0 de Demosth. 38. p. 186. 8. Sylburg.
smite, Palaaph. 12. 2. Xen. An. 5. 8. 2,4. Ilkou'rém, (47, f. r'lo'w, (whoirog) to
In N. T. from the Heb. to plague, to be rich, intrans.
smile, i.e. to alliict with disease,calamity, :1) pp. Luke 1: 53 whov-roiwrag c'uré
evil, Pass. Rev. 8. 12 iirlh'ryn r6 rpi'rov aruhe KEVOIIIQ. 1 Tim. 6: 9. Seq. Euro of
rob ilMov. So Sept. for ‘FE-‘.1 Ex. 9:32, 33. source, Rev. 18:15; El: Rev. 18:3,19.
Ps. 102: 5. Comp. Harrison.) 0. Sept. for "El! Jer. 5:27. Hos. 12:8.—
Hkomigwv, ov, rd, (dimin. from Judith 15:6. 1E1. V. H.2.1]. Xen. An.
n-Ao‘iov) a small vessel, boat, spoken of 7. 7. 28. c. ('urri Luc. D. Deor. 16. l.—
the fishing vessels on the sea of Galilee, Trop. Luke 12: 21 yr) whoa/1'53]! tic Oeov
Mark 3:9 001]. 4: 1. Mark 4: 36. John not rich toward God, i. e. laying up no
6: 22 bis, 23. 21: 8. — Aristoph. Ran. treasure in heaven. Also i. q. to prosper,
139. Diod. Sic. 2. 55. to be happy, 1 Cor. 4:8. 2 Cor. 8:9.
HAOTOV, 00, rzi, (1r)\éw,)a ship, vessel, Rev. 3: 17, 18.
genr. Acts 20: 13, 38. 21:2, 3. 27: 2, b) trop. to be rich in any thing, to
6, 10 sq. James 3: 4. al. Spoken in the abound, seq. iv, 1 Tim. 6:18 whom-{iv iv
Gospels of the small fishing vessels on E'pyoigr'i'yaeoic. Absol.Rom.10:12 Ki/pwc
the sea of Galilee, Matt. 4:21,2-2. Mark whovniv sic min/rag, i. e. rich in gifts and
4: 1, 36. Luke 5: 2, 3. John 6:17,19. spiritual blessings towards all.
al. Sept. for “11!, Gen. 49:13. Deut. 28. HAOU‘NZW, f. Zaw,(1rl\m'n'og,)lo make
68. Jon. 1: 3, 4, 5.——Luc. D. Deor. 26. rich, to enrich, trans. In N. T. only trop.
2. Xen. (Be. 8. 11. akin/rm‘: whoia Xen. i.q. to bestow richly, to furnish abundantly;
H. G. 5. 1. 23. AL. 2 Cor. 6: 10 (be 1rrwxol, woMoilc 55‘
11150;, contr. 1r)\oi7c,Gen. 6011,06‘ but nhourilovrrg. Pass. to be enriched, i. e.
in later writers also Gen. rMog Acts 27: richly furnished,'seq. Ev 1rcw1'l 1 Cor. 1:
9. Arr. Peripl. Erythr. p. 176; see Wi 5. 2 Cor. 9:11.-—Sept. Prov. 13:7. Xen.
ner § 8. 2. Lob. ad Phr. p. 453 sq. comp. Mem. 4. 2. 9. pp. Sept. for W53}: Gen.
in Noflg' sailing, navigation, voyage, Acts 14:23. Xen. Ag. 1. 17.
21: 7. 27: 9, 10.—Wisd. 14:1. El. V. Hltofirog, 00, 6, (nhc'og, or nah‘; Kroc
H. 2. 14.. Xen. An. 6. 1. 33. an abundant year,) also r6 whoa-nag in
Hkoz'mlog, la, or, (whorl-09,) rich, Mss. see VViner§ 9. n. 2; riches,wealth.
wealthy, in N. T. only in masc. a) pp. Matt. 13:22 :‘1 2.5.1.1, rm": rhub
2s 2
 Ilttizrw 644 Ilveiua

rov. Mark 4: 19. Luke 8:14. 1 Tim. 6: soul, Lat. anima, the principle of life rc
17. James 5:2. Rev. 18:16. Melon. as siding in the breath, breathed into man
asource of power-and influence,in ascrip from God and again retuming to God,
tions, Rev. 5: 12. Sept. for ‘t?’ 1 K. 3: comp. Gen. 2: 7. Eco. 12:7. Ps. 104:
11. Prov. 8: 18. 1‘1-‘1 Prov. 28: 8. 511.1 Is. 29. —- Matt. 27: 50 iupfixe rd wreiipa he
30: 6.—-Hdian. 8. 14. 13. Luc. Tim. 5. gave up the ghost, expired. John 19: 30.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 44.—Trop.b 1r)\oi'rroc r017 Luke 23: 46 rig xeipi'xc aou 1rapa8im'opa4
9:06 v. r017 Xpw'roi'l, i. q. the rich gifts r6 'n'vsiipd you, comp. Ps. 31: 5. Acts 7:
and blessings imparted from God or 59. Luke 8:55 c'rre'o'rpcibt rd nus-Giza llirrfig
Christ, Phil. 4:19. Eph. 3: 8. Also i.q. xal stem. James 2:26. Rev. 13: 15.
good, welfare, happiness, Rom. 11: 12 bis, So Sept. and 13''" Gen. Ecc. Ps. 11. cc.
Heb. 11: 26. Gen. 45: 27. Judg. 15: 19.al.-—Ecclus.
b) trop. riches, i.q. richness, abundance, 88: 23. Eurip. Hec. 571 64:17:: m'n'ipa.
usually before the genit. of another noun, Diod. Sic. 3. 40 rd 1rve5pa 1-_ being 360::
i.q. adj. rich,abundant,pre-eminent; comp. mikw dvra-rrébwxav. Antho . Gr. I . p.
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. 284.-—Trop. John 6: 63 bis, r5 xysipé
Rom. 2: 4 rbv whoiirov rfig xpno'ré-rn 5'67‘: 11) Zworrolofiv x. 'r. X. i. e. as the spirit
roc, i. q. his rich goodness. 2 Cor. 8: 2. in man giveth life to the body, so my
Eph. 1:7 1r7t. rfig xr'ipirog. 2:7. Col. 2: words are spirit and life to the soul. Also
2. So 1010610; rfig 565m; i.e. the abundant, 1 Cor. 15:45 Eyévero-n'Abilp sic iimxi‘lv
pre-eminent glory of God, as displayed {G'nrav' b bi Eo'x. 'Abap [Earl] sic 'u'vefipa
in his beneficence, Rom. 9:23. Eph. 1: {won-01051’, a quichening spirit, i. e. a spirit
18. 3:16. Col. 1:27. Comp. in A651: b. of life, as raising the bodies of his follow
'y. — Rom. 11: 33 d: firitloc 1r}\oi/rou ral ers from the dead into immortal life;
copier; ral ywi'wwg, O the deq richness comp. Phil. 3: 21.
both of wisdom and hnowledgel—Plato b) the rational spirit, mind, soul, Lat.
Euthyphr. 13. p. 12. A, rpupdg inro animus. (a) gem. as opp. to the body
nkoilrou rfig empiric. and animal spirit. 1 Thess. 5: 23 rd
Hkbyw, f. we"), to wash, to rinse, 1rvsi'lpa Kl'll h il/uxr‘y mi r6 0511a, as a
espec. clothes, trans. Rev. 7: 14 iii-Away periphrasis for the whole man. Luke
r51; orohac fliJTtJtV. 22: 14 in M85. Sept. 1: 47 lue'yalu'n'u 1'] ibvxi) you rbv Kilptor,
ral fi-yaMiao'e r6 mleilpa' p.011. Heb. 4:
for 0.5); Gen. 49: 11. Ex. 19: 10.—Hom.
H22. 155. Artemid. 2.4. Comp.Theocr. l2 dxpi pepwpm': dwxfic rs Ital 1rl'eiiparog.
27. 5, 6. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. Rom. 2: 29. 8: 10 T6 063;“: rexpdv Ti:
5:‘ run-1,1111 1 C01‘. 5:3 i'yd: 0'): drrdw
Hub/nu, urns, 'ro', (write to breathe, r97 oépari, napalm be‘ 1" 1rveilpari. v. 4,
to blow.) 5 sic 51509011 rfig; oapxoe 'iva. rd 101517;“:
1. breath. a) of the mouth or nostrils, 0018;]. 6: 20- 7:34. 2 Cor. 7: 1. Phil.
a breathing, blast, 2 Thess. 2:8 mm'ipa 3: 3. Col. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 4: 6. Heb. 12:9
rob oréparog, breath of the mouth, here 6 1ran)p 715v 1rrevpdrwv, opp. oi war-{peg
spoken of the destroying power of God; rfic o’apmic. (Comp. Sept. and U” Num.
so Sept. and 571313?!’ '31‘ Is. 11: 4; comp. 16:22. 27: 16, also Zech. 12:1.) So
Ps. 33:6. Of the vital breath, Rev. 11: where ibuxil or 045;“! are not expressed ;
11 m'n'rpa {mic breath of lije; so Sept. Rom. 8: 16 aim} rd nwei'lpa (r05 9:017)
and Heb. IP71? U1“ Gen. 6: 17. 7: 5, 2-2. avppaprvpei r97 rush/sari ilpu'w the divine
—Hdian. 2.13.9. Diod.Sic.2.12. Thuc. spirit itself testi/ieth to our spirit, mind.
2. 49. Xen. Venat. 7. 3. Gal. 6: 18. 2 Tim. 4:22. Philem. 25.
b) breath of air, air in motion,a breeze, Also Rom. 1: 9. John 4: 23,24 'rrpoa'.
blast, the wind. John 3:8 rt‘) 1rveiipa, b'rrou nweiv rq'i war-pl Ev nvn'zpan ral dhneeiq
Sibel, ‘In/ti. Heb. 1: 7 b 1rouDv rmic ivy-ye’ in spirit and in truth, i. c. with a sincere
Xoug abroil uni/‘aura, quoted from Ps. mind, with a true heart, not with mere
104: 4 where Sept. for 13'1"; as also Gen. external rites ; comp. Phil. 3: 3. -
8: 1. Is. 7: 2.—Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3, 5. Wisd. 2: 3 opp. mipa. 16: 14 opp.
Hdian. 5. 4. 22. Dem. 48. 24. Xen. An. bowl—(,8) As the seat of the affections,
6. 1.14. ib. 6. 2. I. emotions, passions ot'various kinds ; e.g.
2. spirit, i. e. a) the vital spirit, life, of humility, Matt. 5: 3 'n'rwxoi r9‘: arrai
 Hvsfifsoa
purl. poor in spirit, i. e. lowly of mind.
(Comp. Sept. and D“ Ps. 34: 19.) So
of enjoyment, quiet, I Cor. 16: 1'8 iwé
1rauoav yap rd r'pdv m'eiipa. 2 Cor. 2:
12. 7:13; of joy, Luke 10:21 nyaMi
c'waro rq) 'n'vsi'lpan a 'Inaoiig. Of ardour, - in a separate state, Lat. umbra, manes.
fervour, Acts 18: 25 et Rom. 12: ll Heb. 12:23 1rpoaehnhileare
Ze'wv 'rq'i WVEI'IIJGTI. Luke 1: 17 iv 1rveil
parl. Kill. dtwtiluet 'Hht'omix. in the power
ful, energetic spirit of Elijah; comp.
Ecclus. 48:1 dvézrrn 'HMa; a'potpirrnc
o‘rc m'lp, Kai 6 lui'yog' ain'oiJ (by hays-inc
iraicro, and v. 12 Kal- ’E}\wais‘ s'vnrh'lofln
‘I’I'EI’IFGTOQ airrm'l. Of perturbation, e.g.
from grief, indignation, Mark 3: 12 dy
ao'rsva'Eag rt; n'vnipan ailroil. John 11:
33. 13:21. Acts 17:16 1rapwEilve1'o r5
1rvei7pa din-or’; iv d'l‘ITQ-h Comp. Sept. and
'3“ Gen. 26: 35. IS. 65: 14.—Wisd. 5:
3.—(-y) As referring to disposition, feel
ings, temper of mind, Eng]. spirit. Luke
9 :55 oinc o'idare oi'ov nyu'lparoc Err: ilpeig.
Rom. 8:15 mleipa Eovhsiac a slapish
spirit, opp. ro 1rv. vioOwiac q. v. infnno.
3. D. b. e. Rom. 11:8. 1 Cor. 4: 21 et
Gal. 6: 1 ml. 1rpqdrnrog i. e. a mild,
gentle spirit. 1 Cor. 14:14 rd mm’qm'
you 1rpoasl'lxsrai, 6 3:‘ voi/c you dxapnog
Eon my spirit prays, i. e. my own feel
ings thus find utterance in prayer, but
what I mean is not understood by others.
v. 15 bis, 16. 2 Cor. 4: 13. 11:4. 12:
18. Eph. 2: 2 see below in no. 3. A. b.
Eph. 4:23. Phil. 1:27. 2: 1. 2 Tim. 1:
7. 1 Pet. 3: 4. So James 4: 5, comp.
Prov. 21: 10, 26. Bee. 4: 4. Comp.
Sept. and EmEz. 11:19. 18:31. Num.
5: 30.—Soph. (Ed. Col. 612.—(5) As
implying will, counsel, purpose. Matt. 26:
41 et Mark 14: 38 rd pe‘v 1rveiipa ‘updati
pov, i, 5:‘ #2195 dotkvi/g. Acts 18:5 auv
u'xe'ro 11': 'm'ei/‘uan in text. rec. 19: 21
Ethro Hui/hog Ev rip 1w. 20:22 see in
Ae'w, c. So Sept. and I!“ 1 Chr. 5:
26. Ezra l: l.— Esdr. 2:2. —(s) As
including the understanding, inteaect,
Mark 2:8 s’vrt-yvoiig 1'93 ‘ll'VSI’I/tdft. Luke
1:80 et 2:40 To 5:‘ nouaiov niiEave xal
s'Kparatoin-on'vsl'lpan nhnpmipn'ov aopiac.
1 Cor. 2:11, l2'1rv. rot”; xéapov, as com
pared with :rv. 'roii iwOp. in v. 11. So
Sept. and 13"" Ex. 28: 3. Job 20:3. Is.
29: 24.—(Z) For 1rvs|7pa as signifying
the mind or disposition as affected by the
Holy Spirit, see below in no. 3. D. b. c.
3. a spirit, i. e. a simple, incorporeal,
’
645 H nip.“
immaterial being, possessing higher ca
pacities than man in his present state.
A) Spoken of created spirits, viz.
a) of the‘human soul, spirit, after its
departure from the body and as existing
m/su'ntaa:
Eumlow rerehuwps'vwv, i. e. to the spirits
of the just advanced to perfect happiness
and glory. 1 Pet. 3:19 iv 91 mi 1'07; iv
puhaxfi 1rvu'rpaa': nopsveeig s'Kw'ypvEsv, in
which [spiritual nature] also he once
preached [through Noah] to those spirits
now in prison, comp. 2 Pet. 2: 4, 5.
Others refer this to the supposed descent
of Christ into Sheol after his crucifixion
and his there preaching the gospel.
Acts 23: 8. So of the soul of a person
re-appearing after death, a spirit, ghost,
Luke 24: 37, 39. Acts 93: 9.
b) of an evil spirit, demon, i. q. 801,116
vwv, dulyuv, q. v. mostly with the epi
thet Izm'fiaprov, see in 'Axéflaprog b.
E.g. nyciipa dxiiti. Matt. 10: l. 12: 43.
Mark 1:23,26, 27. 3111,30. 5:2,8,13.
6: 7. 7:25. 9: 25. Luke 4:36. 6:18. 8:
29. 9:49. 11:94- Acts 5:16. 8:7. Rev.
16: 13. 18:2. Also 1rv. dcupow'ou limi
Oap'roy Luke 4:33. ‘uni/para 5aipon'wv
Rev. 16: 14. min-1;“: novnpov Acts 19:
15, 16, and fit 1rvei1|uara nor/"pd V. 19,
13. Matt. 12:45. Luke 7:21. 8:2. 11:
26. nwi'lpa dXaXov Mark 9: 17, 95.
n-ysiipa daeevu’ac a spirit of infirmity, i.e.
causing disease, Luke 13: 11, comp. v.
16. m1. 1ri16uyoc a spirit of divination,
soothsaying demon, Acts 16: 16, 18.
Absol. Matth. 8:16. Mark 9: 20. Luke
9:39. 10: 20. Eph. 2: 2 rdv dpxoI/ra
rfig e'Eomn'ac rm? dépog, roi'l wreflparoc r05
e'wsp'yoiwoc x. r. )t. i. e. Satan, the gen.
1rvu'tparoc being an Anacoluthon for ‘rd
1rvsirpa. Or roi; 1rven'lparoc may here be
taken in the sense of disposition, as above
in no. 2. b. 7. See Winer \5 65. p. 465.
-— Test. XII Patr. p. 657 am: r06 Za~
ravii Kai ‘re—w 1rvsvpé'ruv ai/rofi. p. 729
Ta 1rv. rail Bslluip.
c) less often in plur. of angels, as
God's ministering spirits. Heb. 1: l4
oirxi miwrsg sio'i hziroup-ymil nnilpa'ra ;
Rev. 1:4 t'rrro 113v 51m‘; Trev/saintly ii
e'o'rw s'minriov rot? spot/av air-r017, i. e. the
seven archangels, see in ’Apxti'y-ysAog-.
Rev. 3: l. 4: 5. 5: 6.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3
li'y'yzkoc 9:701! nvcfipa.
 Hvsfiau 646 Hvsiipa
B) Of God in reference to his im with difl'erent predicates. Matt. 28: 19
materiality; John 4: 24 1rvn7pa 6 826;. fiam'llovrec abrollg :39 rd b'vopa 101.—I 1ra~
C) Of Christ in his exalted spiritual rpbg, Kai rm’; ulofi Kai r017 d'ylou antipa
nature, [i. e. his nature as true and pro rog, see in 'Ovoua d. 1 Cor. 12:4, coll.
per God] in distinction from his human 5, 6, rd 5e‘ abrb wwipa—Kui h cu'n'bg
nature. 1 Pet. 3: 18 savarwtteic ,uQv Kl’lPLOQ—i’) be‘ din-b; 9:69. 2 Cor. 13:13
aupri, Zwmromfleig be‘ 1rvei1pan, referring i] xripic roii Kupiou 'Irlaoii Xpurroi, mi
to the spiritual exaltation of Christ after 7‘) d'yd'n'q 1'05 9205,1112 fixowwviarm? d-yiov
his resurrection to be Head over all 1rvu'lparoc peril mivrwv ilpu‘w. 1 Pet. 1:
things to the church, comp. Eph. 1:20, 2 Kari: 1rpb'yvoraw 920i; arm-pt‘): e'v d-yta.
21, 22; in which spiritual nature also up‘; 1rvzb'uarog, elg imcucohv Kai flaw-i
he is said (in v. 19) to have preached apov ui'pa'rog ‘1119017 Xpia'roii. Jude 20
through Noah, see above in A. a. iv 1rvei1par: r'ryllp 'II'POO'EDXIi/AEVOI, Earl-rob;
[But may not n-ra'ipa in this text be more e'v d'yc'urp Gem? mpilaare, 1rp0a5ex6‘ucvor.
appropriately understood of the Holy r6 E'Mog rm? Kuplov iunfw 1170027 Xpwroii
Ghost?] soRom. 1:4 Kara 'm'sfipa dyiwcn'lv eig (will! aiaiwtov. [1 John 5:7.]
qg,opp.|carr‘t ao'tpxa. 1Tim.3:16, comp.in ([3) spoken in connexion with or in
Amméw. In the same manner Storr and reference to God, 6 Babe, 6 Harilp. E.g.
others take 1rveiipa aitiwwv in Heb. 9:14, where intimate union or oneness with
in opposition to the perishable beasts in the Father is predicated of rd m/sipa.
v. 13, comp. 7: 16, 24; while others John 15:26 75 1rveiipariicdhqdziag, 3
understand here a divine spirit, influence, 1rapi1 'l'Ol-l 1rarpbg imropeilerai, comp. be
see in D. b. [i.—For 1 Cor. 15: 45 see low in 8. Where the same omniscience
in no. 2. a. 2 Cor. 3: 17 see in D. a. 7. is predicated of rd arefipa as of 6 8:69.
D) Of the Spirit of God, Heb. 1 Cor. 2: 10 1'6 yap 'n'veiipa m'tvra Epeu.
“"5555?- v. "5"‘? U“, in N. T. H) ‘In/£17,141: vd, Kai Ta @6011 1'05 Gem-1. v. 11 oi'lrw
T017 9506 v. Kupiov; also r6 rvefipa rd Kai rii 1'05 Geoii obdeir; older ll [41) rd
('i'ywv the Holy Spirit, and absol. rd mm'ipa 105 0205. Where the same
‘In/dam the Spirit, xar' e'Eoxilv' called things are predicated of rd 'n'veiipa which
likewise the Spirit of Christ as [eter in other places are predicated of 6 Gea’g,
nally proceeding from the Father and e. g. Ananias and Sapphire. are said to
the Son, and as] being sent or commun lie to the Holy Spirit, etc. Acts 5: 3
icated by him after his resurrection and :laei'laaatlaiae r6 'n'veipa rd d-ytov, and
ascension, e. g. n‘: 1rv. 'Irlaoi Acts 16:7. so v. 9; comp. v. 4 oin: e'dzeiww drape-'0
Xpw'rm'l Rom. 8:9. 1 Pet. 1:11. 'Irlaofi 1roic 6M1‘: rq'iGeql—As speaking through
Xp. Phil. 1:19. rm‘: Kvpl'ov 2 Cor. 3: the prophets of the O. T. Acts 1: 16
17. r05 vioii Gem"; Gal. 4: 6. For the 'ypaipilv ~- fiv 1rpoei'1re 'rb aver—1;“! rd
Heb. usage, see Gesen. Lex. art. D‘l“ no. liywv 5.2. arbparoc Aagib, comp. 4: 24,
4. In N. T. this Spirit is every where 25 ab ('1 Bed; b 5.5. ardparog Aaéld
represented as in intimate union with - eimingand comp. 3: 21 et Heb. 1: l.
God the Father and Son, as proceeding Acts 28: 25 Kahélg rd awn-1,10: rd t‘i'yiov
from and sent forth by them, as pos e'hdhrlae 51c‘: 'Haaiou, comp. Is. 6: 8, 11
where the expression is ‘£535 l?"-P. Heb. 3:
sessing the same [nature and] attributes
and as performingthe same acts withGod 7 KGBtiIC Myer. 'rb m'el'lpa rb ii'ywv, comp.
the Father and Son.—The passages in Ps. 95:7 where it is ‘"7135 5?. Heb. 10:
N. T. in which awefipa is to be referred 15 paprvpei 5e‘ r'I/fiv Kai rd 1rveipa rd
to this signification, may be divided into r'iytov, comp. Jer. 31:31 where it is "ft-1‘:
two classes, viz. those in which being, So Heb. 9:8, comp. 1: 1. Also genr. as
intelligence, and agency are predicated speaking and warning men through pro
0f the Spirit; and meton. those in which phets and apostles, Acts 7: 51, comp. v.
the effects and consequences of this 52.—Where a person is said to be born
agency are spoken of. of the Spirit, spoken of the moral reno
a) The Holy Spirit, as possessing be vation, the new spiritual life imparted
ing, intelligence, agency, etc. to those who, [in consequence,] sincerely
3a) joined with 1': 9:6: v. 6 Harr'lp embrace the gospel. John 3: 5, 6. 8 6
an 6 Xpwrdg, etc. with the same or 'ye'yevnpe'voc in‘ rail 1rreilparoc,comp. John
~
 “#2511405 647 119251.00;
l: 13 is for? 9:05 e'ysw'lenaam—Vvhere ling to any act, Acts 11: 12. — As
n‘) mini/m, etc. is said to dwell in or be communicating instruction , admonitions,
with Christians, as Rom. 8:9 s'i1rep mm‘; warnings, invitations through the apos- '
fm 9:017 oixci Ev iqfiv. v. 11 bis, at 5:‘ 15 tles; Rev. 2: 7 d Exmvozg o'txomn'lrw 'rl n‘,
1rvu'ipa roii i'yu'pavrog 'Inam'lv e'lc vsxpd'w 'm/n'lpa Myst raic e'rxhrlai'aic. v. 1 1 , 17,
oixei s'v ilpivm 516. ro c'n'omoi/v aim-oi ‘Irwi 29. 3:6, 13,22. 14.: 13. 22: 17 min‘.
pa Ev 13,4711. 1 Cor. 3: 16 oim o'ioare 511 mln'ipa Kai 1" m'ipqm M'yovmv' E'pxov, i.e.
wide 9cm? Ears, Kai To 1rveu'1pa. 1'05 Gaol-I the Spirit and the whole Church. So
oixei e'v iqfiv; 6: 19 ‘rd 00;“; {111011 vaog 1 Cor. 2: 10, comp. above in As
T017 511 ii/fly dyiou 1rvn'1par6g Earn’. 2 Tim. speaking through the disciples when
1: 14 5a‘: 1rvsi1parog é'yiou, rofi Evoucm'lv brought before rulers, etc. Matt. 10: 20.
ror; iv 1‘, TV. Compare 2 Cor. 6: 16 1'; 27¢ Mark 13:11. Luke 12:12. As qualify
yap vaog 9:017 in: Zfin'rog' medic s rev ing the apostles powerfully to propagate
6 9:61;’ (in z'vom'paw e'v aa'iro‘ig KJCA- comp. the Gospel, Mlxtwtie Bl'lvapw irrzAUévroc
John 14: 23. Eph. 2: 22.—Where To r05 c'iy. 1rv. e'cp' inuic Acts 1:8; or aid
mm'ipa and 6 9:6; are interchanged; as ing in building up and comforting the
1 Cor. 12: 11 miv-ra 62 rufira Evep-ye'i 76 churches, 9: 31; or directing in the ap
iv mi 15 aim) 1rvu7pa, spoken of miracul pointment of church-ofhcers, 20: 28; or
ous gifts, comp. v. 7 where it is 1': 956g 6 assisting to speak and hear the Gospel
Evcp-yriv riz mivra Ev minty. S0 Eph.6:l7 might, I Cor. 2: 135513111007; 1rvn'1pa
,u'ixmpa r017 m/ef/‘uaroc, 6' Earl fifi'ua 9:00. roc dyi'ou (M7019) in words taught, sug
(7) spoken in connexion with or in gested by the Holy Spirit. v. 14 \Iruxuaie
reference to Christ; e. g. joined with b BE (ivflpunrog 01': déxsrai riz ror] fl'YEIIIIMITOQ
Xpurrlic in a form of swearing, Rom. 9: rm? 9:017. Emphat. as the Spirit of the
1 z’zhfieuav M71», in! Xpwrqi' or) \Pei'laopai , Gospel, 2 Cor. 3: 17,see above in 'y, and
---z'v 1rvn’lpan. In a solemn obtestation, comp. in b. y, helow.—Also as coming
Rom. 15: 30 1rapaxa)t0 Es‘ {wily-“51.61 for’: to Christians and remaining with them;
Kupiov fifuiy '1110'01'1 XPLGTOI-I, Kai 5u‘1 1'17; imparting to them spiritual know
c'z-yiiirnc rm’; mm’: (1705‘. In the renova ledge, aid, consolation, sanctification ;
tion and sanctitication of Christians, 1 making intercession with and for them,
Cor. 6: ll i’iMfz I'IWEMIIIUGGOE, 6AM: r'ryi
and the like. John l4: 17, 26 b 5:‘ 1H1Pé~
c'wflm'e, 500$ idixauiaerrrc, iv n5 di'épa'ri KAI'TOCfl'I‘P’II’VEI-lfla rd fi'yiov,---s'xeivog ilpdg
rot? Kvplou ‘117005 Kai iv n; awevpan 101': 5i5¢iEci m'xvra. 15:26 6 1rapc'ixhrlrogmro
9:05 {I'm-‘w. 2 Cor. 3: 17 bis, 6 5:‘ Ki'lpwg m/eipa rfic ('lknflu'ag. i. e. that divine
rd wild/pd iorw (comp. v. 8), of: 5:‘ To Spirit who will impart the knowledge
run-1,110. Kupi'ou, s’xsi Ehsvflspi’a. v.18. Heb. of divine truth; as 16: 13 n‘) 1rve6pa rfie
10: 29.—So r6 ‘Irvin-I'm: and 6 Xpw'rzic are r’rhryfln'ag odrryr'lau ilpfig cig m'ia'av rfiv
said to be or dwell with men; compare amen”. Rom. 8: 14 5001 781p 1I'VEI’IIUGTL
the examples cited above in B, with John 9206 (‘i-yov-rai, oi'lroi eiaw uioi 9:05 v. 16
14:23. 15: 4. 2 Cor. 13:5. Eph. 3:17. aim-ii n‘) 1rvn'1pa x.r.)\. v. 26 bis, 27. 14:
-—-Also where 113 Wyn-Illa 16 (1)4011 is said I7. 15:13,16. 2 Cor. 1: 22 et 5: 5
to descend, Uwpanxq': 518:4, upon Jesus dfi'agilw r05 wild/Farce. Eph.3:16. 6:18.
after his baptism, Luke 3: 22. Matt. 3: 1 hess. 1: 6. 2 Thess. 2: l3. 1 Pet. 1:
16. Mark 1:10. John 1:32, 33. 22.—So where any one is said to grieve
(5) as coming to and acting upon men, the Holy Spirit; Eph. 4: 30 in) )unrs'ire
Christians, exerting in and upon them ro 1rvefipa r0 (‘174011 105 8:06, c'v 4i c'mppa
an enlightening, strengthening, sancti 'yiofinrs, i. e. by whose gifts and influ
fying influence. Thus where the H.S. ences ye are strengthened and confirmed,
is represented as the author of revelations comp. Is. 63: 10 where Sept. for 515:2 13"‘.
to men, e. g. through the prophets of b) MetonJ/te HolySpirit, as put for the
the O.T. see above in [3,- or as commu effects and consequences of the agency
nicating a knowledge of future events, and operations of the Spirit of God, i. e.
Acts 10: 19 Lirrev airrqi (He'rpqi) To 'n'vzli a divine influence, a divineenergy orpower,
;ia‘ 150:‘: ('ivdpsg rpsig ("ror-wt as. 20: 23. an inspiration, resulting from the imme
21:11. 1 Tim. 4:1. Rev. 19: 10 see in diate agency oftheHolySpirit,i.q.5|ivap|g
Maprupi'a 1). Or as directing or impel roii c'lyi'ou Kyushu-roe Acts 1: 8.—Spoken
 III/26am 648 Ilvefifna
(a) of that physical procreative energy Pet. 1: 21 inrd 1rvez'1parog d'yl'ou ¢tpoluevoi
exerted in the miraculous conception of Ehdhrlo'av. 1 Pet. 1: 11 rd Ev aizroig wrai
~ Jesus. Luke 1: 35 m/eflpa li-ytov i'lrehu'l Fa Xpw'roii. Of John in the Apocalypse,
aera: e'm' as, where it is i. q. 56min; as being e'v nvzirparr, i.e. rapt in prophe
inla'arov in the next clause. Matt. 1: 18, tic vision, Rev. 1:10. 4: 2. 17:3. 21:
20. [But, it is better to understand 1r. a. 10.—Of the inspiration resting upon
personally, the energy being expressed John the Baptist, Luke 1: 15; Zacharias
by Eneheiwerat, and so of most of the pas 1: 67; Elizabeth 1: 41; Simeon 2: 25,
sa es under
beiiong to a), this head b, exerted
the energy (which really
being 26, 27.—So of that divine influence and
inspiration imparted to Christians, by
indicated by some other word in the sen which they are taught, enlightened,
tence.] So in respect to the conception of guided, in respect to faith and practice.
Isaac out ofthe course ofnature,Gal.4:29. ohn 7: 39 bis, roi'n-o 5:‘ el-rré 1rspi roii
(,3) of that special divine influence, 1rveliparog-uoi'nrw 751p fir 1rvei5/4a 5710:»,
inspiration, energy, which rested upon {in d 'Inaoic oi/dz'mv s'doEcioOn, comp.
and existed in Jesus after the descent of John16: 13,14. So Lukell:13. Rom.
the Holy Spirit upon him at his baptism. 5: 5. 1 Cor. 12: 3 bis, 055:1; e'v ‘II'VEIIIIUGTL
Luke 4: 1 1110059 5:‘ wvcr'nmrog x'z-yiou 6505 haM'nI, Aé-yu (inter/La 'Irlaofiv' L‘Gl
rhr'lpng, comp. 3: 22. John 3: 34 oil 731p oildeic ainlarm einiv Ki/pwv 'Inooiir, ei
is‘ pz'rpov Bidwaw o 926; ro nyefipa, i. e. '14:) iv ‘II'VE‘IIIIMITL (51719. 2 Cor. 3:3 imo'rohr)
the divine influence, energy, resting ---e’-y-ye-ypa,upc'w) oi: pe'havi, ilMr‘: 101:’:
upon Christ was not measured and occa [41111 9:05 {En/roe. Gal. 5: 5. Tit. 3: 5
sional, like that of prophets and apostles, E's-wow i/pdg did Aourpoi mzhi'y'yweaiag
but ever abundant and constant. Acts 1: xal c'waxawéoewc nwn'lparoc dyiov oi':
2. Matt. 12: 18 d'yarrrlrtig ‘noun-91"“) rd c'Es'xeev 5'95' r'lpiig whouen'wg. Heb. 6: 4. 1
rniipé you s'1r' ai1r0'v,qu0ted from Is. 42: Pet. 4: 14. So when the disciples of
lwhere Sept. for ‘171". Luke4z18 m'efilta Christ are said to be baptized with the
Kupiou in’ E'Lé, quoted from Is. 61: 1 Hoiy Spirit, i. e. to be richly fumished
where Sept. for “If; ‘2'18, 13“. Acts 10: with all spiritual gifts, see in ,Bairn’lu
38 'Irlo'ofiv--- (:IC E'xpwev ain'ov 69st): mm’! no. 2. 1). Matt. 3: 11 ailrdc ilpiig fiarrfl'osi
pari dyirp xal dun/dyer. 1 John 5: 6 bis, e'v ‘II'YEIII'MITL dyiq: Kai 1rvpl. Mark 1: 8.
8 rd m'nipa, Kal rd iidwp, xal rd uipa, Luke 3:16. John 1:33. For Acts 1: 5
i.e. that divine spirit, energy, which was et 11: 16, see below in 3.-—-So rd ('iytov
in Jesus; by which also he was sealed n-ucfipa Wisd. 9: 17.—Emphat. as the
as a spotless victim for his atoning sac Spirit of the Gospel, put for the Gospel
rifice, Heb. 9: 14; comp. above in C.— in opp. to the letter of the Mosaic law,
As prompting him to various actions, 2 Cor. 3: 6 bis, 8; comp. v.17, and above
e. g. to go into the desert to be tempted, in a. 5.
Matt. 4: 1. Mark 1: 12. Luke 4: 1 fi-ycro (8) of that influence of the Spirit by
s’v To“: overhaul sic rfiv 2' rlpov, and after which the apostles were originally quali
wards to return into Ga ilee Luke 4: 14. tied to act as founders and directors of
—As enabling him to cast out demons; the church of Christ; John 20: 22 ivéou
Matt. 12: 28 si Be‘ e'v nvehpar: Gem? e'ydr as Ktll Myst at’rroic' Niger: ‘KI/£17,110 d‘ytov,
e'xgciMw rd 5a.: o'yia, comp. Luke 11:20 comp. v. 23. — Spec. of that powerful
where it is ei Be Ev dam-{Mp 9:05 ExgdMw energy and inspiration imparted by the
rc‘: Eat/Aorta. In this connexion To 1rveii Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost and
,ua ro ciywv is said to be blasphemed, afterwards, by which the Apostles and
Matt. 12:31, 32. Mark 3: 29. Luke 12: earlyChristians were endowed with high
10 comp. Matt. 12: 28. supernatural qualifications for their work;
(7) of that divine influence by which 6. g. a full knowledge of Gospel truth,
prophets and holy men were excited, the power of prophesying, of working
when they are said to have spoken or miracles, of speaking with tongues, etc.
acted e’y mln'lftari v. 31.1‘: 'n'vcilparoc, in or E.g. where they are said to be baptized
through the Spirit, i. e. by inspiration. with this Holy Spirit, Acts 1: 5 et 11:
Matt. 22: 43 miac 05v Aagld e'v 'In'u'lpan 16, comp. 1:8. 1 Cor. 12: 13 his, comp.
KIIIPIOV ai/rov what; Mark 12:36. 802
v. 8, 9.—Acts 2: 4 bis, ml inhilatiqo'av
 I'Ivsfiua 649 Hvsuaarmég
lira vrec rwciruaroc (1740:)‘ Kai fipEa vro ha feelings ; fills the mind with peace and
M'iv Ere'puic 'yho'mo'aic, medic rd rwzfipa --joy, and is the pledge and foretaste 0t
£5150” airroic drro¢9é~yysa9at, i. e. as the everlasting happiness. E. g. (1) as op
Spirit impelled them. 2: 17, 18, quoted posed to 1) mipE, which includes the idea
from Joel 3: 1, 2, [2: 28, 29,]where Sept. of that which is earthly, grovelling and
for U1". Acts 2: 33 'Iryooicu-rr'pv rs bra-y imperfect. John 3: 6 To 'yc'yevvnpe'uoy E1:
yzhiau TOl-I dyiou 1ryer'rluarog hagtlw rapt‘: The aapxdc, 0695 i011‘ Kai rd ye-yewrypé
roli 1rarpdg, e'Ee'xec roli-ro. v.38. 5: 32. 8: vow e'x r017 ‘IfYEl’lflt-ITOC, uni/pr’: 5011, put
15,17, 18,19. 9:17. 10: 4.4.. 4.5, 4.7. for 1rvw'uanx6v ion, is spiritual, i.e. as
11:15, 24. 13:9. 15:8. 19:2 bis, el'lre those dispositions and feelings which are
n'gdg abroi'g' ti avail/ta t'iytov s'hdgcre 1r: produced by the Spirit of God. Rom.8:l
o'rei/oavrsc ; oi dc‘ el1rov apt); ailrév' dhh' ,ul) Kari: adpxa 1repuraroiio'w am‘. Kara
053:‘ El rust-um c'i'ytdv z'oriv, fixoiwapev, 1rvu7pa, i.e. not indulging the depraved
i. e. they did not know that the Holy affections and lusts of our physical na
Spirit had yet been given, that the time tures and unrenewed hearts, but follow
foretold by Joel had arrived; comp.Acts ing those holy and elevated affections
2:17, 8.-—Acts 19: 6. Rom.l5: 195,1’ and desires which the spirit imparts and
50:/ripe: anlieluv xai repdrwv, iv altl’tllftfl
cherishes. v. 2, 4, 5bis, 6, 9 iv m'u'rluari.
n'vei/parog dyiov, i. e. through the power v. 13. 1 Cor. 6:17 oi dim cio mipxa play‘ 6
of the internal influences and revelations 5c‘ KoMiirpel'oc rq': Kuplp, 3v uni/46. c'orw,
of the Spirit. 1 Cor. 2: 4. 7:40. 12: 7, 8 i.e. through the influence of the Spirit of
bis,9bis. 14:2,32xal1rrshpararrpotpnrdiv God, they have the same disposition and
1rpo¢ilratg inrora'croerar, the spirits of the the same temper of mind withChrist. Gal.
prophets are subject to the prophets, i. e. 5: 16 mid/pan 'n-rpnrareirc, K111. imdvplav
inspiration and self-possession go hand oapxtie' oi: pr) rche'anrs. v. 17 bis, 18, 22.
in hand, holy inspiration can never cause 25 bis, 6:8 bis—(2) Genr. Rom. 8: 9
confusion and disorder, comp.v.33. Eph. mmfipa Xpw'rofi, i. e. the same mind as
1:13. Gal. 3: 2, 3,5,14. 1 Thess. 1: 5. Christ possessed, wrought in us by the
4: 8. 5: 19 (comp. 2 Tim. 1: 6.) Heb. Spirit,comp.Epb. 3:17. Rom. 7:6. 8:15
2: 4. 1 Pet. 1: 12.—So as prompting to Ehr'rgers uni/ta vioflso't'ac, a spirit of son
or restraining from particular actions or shrp,i.e. a filial spirit. v. 23. 1 Cor. 2: 12.
conduct ; Acts 8: 29, 39 WWI-I'm! Kvplov 2Cor. 6: 6. Gal. 4:6 (comp. Rom.8: 15.)
119176106 riw dllhurrroy, i. e. the divine in Eph. 1: 17 5551] ilpir 1714217}!!! oo¢iag Ktli
fluence, afllatus,which rested on Philip, droxaht'lwzwg, a spirit of wisdom and illu
hurried him away, comp. Matt. 4: 1; so mination, imparted through the H01
Acts 13: 2,4. 15:28. 16:6, 7. — As Spirit. 2: 18,22. 4:3,4. (529.) (301.128.
prompting to bolyboldness,energy,zeal, lTim. 4:12. 1John 3:24. 4:13. Jude 19.
in speaking and acting. Acts 4: 8 rére c) Meton. spoken of a person or teacher
He'rpoc whgdflsig n'yebparog c'ryiov, elrre who acts or professes to act under the in
1rpdg al'rroilc. v.31. 6:3 livdpac 5m}, whil spiration of the Holy Spirit, by divine in
petc xvii/Fame d-ylov xai t70¢ftl§- v.5,10, spiration. 1 Cor. 12: 10 Emit-plane 1ryzv
comp. v. 8.—As the medium of divine pr'trwv, the trying of spirits or teachers,
communications and revelations,Actsl 1: i.e. a critical faculty of the mind quick
28 'A'yagog c'ar'huavc 5a‘: roii TVEIIJIIGTOC x.
ened by the Holy Spirit, consisting not;
r. 7\. 21:4. Eph.3: 5.—As the source only in the power of discerning who was
of support, comfort, Christian joy and a prophet and who was not, but also of
triumph, Acts 7:55. 13:52. Eph. 5:18. distinguishing in the discourses of a
Phil. 1: 19. — Plur. uni/‘tiara, spiritual teacher what proceeded from the Holy
gi , 1 Cor. 14: 12. Spirit and what did not ; see Neander
e) spoken of that divine influence by Apost. Gesch. I. p.174,and in Bibl.Re
which the temper or disposition of mind pos.IV. p. 251.—1John 4:1 bis, pr) rav
in Christians is affected ; or rather, put ri 1rvsi1pan ‘trim-there, dhha doxtpuilsre ril
for the spirit, temper, disposition of mind ‘R'VE‘I’IIUGTG. v. 2 bis, 3, 6 bis. 1Thess.4:l.
produced in Christians by the influences 2Thess.2:2 pr’rrz as. run’rparoc, i.e. nei
ofthe Holy Spirit, which, corrects, cle ther by any one professing to be inspired.
vatcs, and ennobles all their views and IIveupoarmég, n, 61', (n-m‘nrm)
 Hvevpourmbg 650
breathing, aerial, Theoph. de Animal. col.
or. null. windy, Theophr. Caus. Pl. 4. ~
12. 5. spiritual, mental, Plut. ed.R.VI.
p. 491. 2.—-In N.T. spiritual, i. e.
a) pertaining to the nature of spirits,
see Hvcfipa no. 3. A. 1 Cor. 15: 44 bis
ad'ipa anvparmév, a spiritual body, hav
ing the nature of a spirit,opp. mbpa \yv
xmdv the animal body. v.46 bis—Eph.
6: 12 1'21. 1rvevpu1-ixc‘r. rfig 1rov11plag, i.q. fir.
n'veilpara 1rovnpé, comp. Matth. § 445. 5.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 242. Winer § 34. n.
3. p. 193. -— S0 rr'l. Rpm-uni for Toll; hy
m-ég Polyaen. 5. 14.
b) pertaining to or proceeding from
the Holy Spirit,r6 1rvez7pa n‘; c’i-yiov, see
in Dvciipa. no. 3. D. ((1) Of persons,
spiritual, i.e. enlightened by the Holy Spi
rit, enjoying the influences, graces, gifts
of the Holy Spirit. 1 Cor. 2: l3 m'evpa
ruco‘ig. v. 15. 3: l bp'iv dig 1rr'suparixo'ic.
14:37. Gal. 6: Of things spin'.
tual, i. e. communicated or imparted by
the Holy Spirit, Rom. 15: 27. 1 Cor. 2:
13 1rvsvparixd, i. q. 'ril 1'05 1rvebpa'rog in
v.14. 1 Cor. 9:11. Eph. 1:3. Col.l:9.
1 Cor. 12: 1 et 14: 1 Ti: 1rvzvpanxc'i spiri
tual gifls, miraculous powers. Eph. 5:19
et Col. 3:16 (‘35:17: 'n'vzvpa'rmaig, in spiri
tual songs, i. e. composed in the Spirit,
on spiritual and religious subjects. Rom.
7: 14 6 vbpoc 1w. Ear-w, i.e. is according
to the mind and will of the Spirit. Rom.
1: 11 Xc'ipwpa 1rvevparixo'v, a spiritual
gift, i. e. a gift relating to the mind or
spirit of Christians as enlightened and
quickened by the Holy Spirit; comp. in
v. 19, and see in Hveiipa no. 3. D. b. 5.
-—Also spoken of things in a higher and
spiritual sense, i. e. not literal, not corpo
real, including also a reference to the
Holy Spirit. 1 Cor. 10:3, 4 bis, Bpu‘ipa
vwwpanxbv Z'gba-yov, mipa 1w. EFLOV,K.T.)\.
1 Pet. 2: 5 bis olxog n-Vw‘ua'rmog x. 'r. X.
Hvevpiwrméig, adv. (m/ev'ua'rixég)
spiritually, i. e. in accordance with the
Holy Spirit, in or through the Spirit, 1
Cor. 2: 14. So Rev. 11: 8 fine xakeirai
1w. Edda/m Ital A'i'yuirroc, i. e. speaking
in the Spirit, prophetically, allegorical
ly.—- Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 1. § 47
Wyn/pantie E'Irc'areihev ilpiy, sc. Hailhoc.
Hl’éw, f. ‘uni/equal, aor. 1 Z-rrvevo'a,
Buttm. §114; not usually contracted, sec
Buttm.§105. n. 2. Lob. ad Phryn.p.220
1160211
sq. to breathe, to breathe out, Horn. ll.
17. 447. Anthol.Gr.IV. p. 129. 2. trop.
Plut. IX. p. 588. 4. Reisk.—In N.T. to
blow, intrans. only of the wind, Matt. 7:
25, 27 ‘cal Eaveua'cul oi ltvspoi. Luke 12:
55. John 3: 8. 6: 18. Rev. 7:1. SoActs
27: 40 T5 ‘KI/£01,101] sc. aiipg. Sept. for =2
Ps.147:18. neg Is. 40: 24.—Ecclus. 4.3:
19, 24. Palaeph. 47. 2. Xen.An. 4. 5. 3.
11911701, f. Eu, to choke, to strangle, by
stopping the breath, trans. Matt. 18: 28
Kparficrac m‘m‘w E-irvi-ye, where it is i. q.
ii-yxm, comp. Luc. D. Mort. 19. 1. ib.
22. 1. Pass. of drowning Mark 5: l3.—
.los. Ant. 10. 7; 5. Xen. An. 5. 7. 25.
Hum-6;, )7, 6w, (1rvi'yw,) strangled,
pp. Athen. IV. p. 147. D, xapélmmv- -
awn-rag e'plipou 1rape'9nxe. In N. T. me
ton. To rum-6v, strangled meat, i. e. the
flesh of animals killed by strangling,
without shedding their blood, Acts 15:
20, 29. 21: 25. This was forbidden to
the Jews, see Lev. 17:13, 14; comp. 7:
26, 27. Deut. 12:16, 23.
Hvw'z. is, :1, (ma) breath, i. e.
a) vital breath, respiration, Acts 17:25
Zwfiv Kai Irvor'pl. Sept. for HP?!’ Gen. 2:
7. Is.4~2: 5.—Wisd. Q: 2. 2 Macc. 7: 9.
Hom. ll. 21. 355.
b) breath of air, a blast, wind, Acts 9:2.
Sept. for ‘H2253, Job 37: 10.—Hom. 11.16.
149. Thuc. 4. 100 blast of a bellows.
Hobi'ygng, sag, oug, 6,1‘,,adj. (1min),
iipu,) reaching to the feet, spoken of long
flowing robes, Rev. 1:13 e’i'befiulue'vov iro
br'lpn sc. iaflfira. So Sept. for 559’? Ex.
28: 4.—Wisd. 18: 24. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 8.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 2 xmIn/a 1r051'1p11.
H6081’; interrog. adv. whence .7 cor
rel. with rob, 1rbre, etc. comp. Buttm. §
1 l6. 4.
a) pp. of place, i.q. from what place
or quarter? Matt. 15:33 mSBzv ilp'iv {'1'
E rlpia iiproi roaoii'roi w. 1'. ll. Mark 8: 4.
ohn 4:11. 6:5. Rev.7:13. Also in
direct, as often in N. T. comp. ‘Viner
p. 426. Luke 13:25 obi‘ olba bpfig 170'
Oev Ears. v. 27. John 3: 8. 8: 14 bis.
Trop. of state, condition, indir. Rev. *2:
5. Sept. for TEE? Num. 11:13. Gen.
29; 4.. Judg. 19: 17.—Hom. 0d. 16. 57.
Xen. (Ec. 16. 8.
b) of source, author, cause, also man.
ner, whence ? how .? Matt. 13: 27 #660’
only Zxu Chitin/La; v. 54, 56. 81:25. Mark
 Hole: 651 110150
6: 2. John 1:49. 19:9 1ro'65v :1 ob , Ex. 25: 9 sq. 0. Ex Gen. 6:14. Ex. 25:
James 4:1. Indirect, Luke 20:7 ,ur) 10. — Hdian. 1.11.2. Xen. Mem. 2.7.5.
:ibe'vat #69511. John 2:9. 7: 27 bis, 28. 0. it: Ann. 4. 5. 14. Ari-you wotc'iu Diog.
9; 29, 30. Sept. and use. 2 K. 6:27.— Laert. 7. 1. 21, comp. Hdian. 7. 6. 6.—
Xen. Conv. 2. 5.—Spoken in surprise, (B) Spoken of God, to make, i.q. to create,
admiration, Luke 1: 43 mi milky poi 0. acc. Acts 4: 24 b nou'yo'ac 'rbv obpavby
roiro, 't'ua x. r. A. (Epict. Ench. 22.)— K. 12h. 7:50. 14:15. 17:24. Heb. 1:2.
Implying strong negation, comp. Matth. 12: 27. Rev. 14:7. So Luke 11:40. 0.
§6 11.1. Mark 12:37 £111 mifiev vibe din-oi; dupl. acc. Matt. 19:4. Mark 10:6. Sept.
étm ; —}El. V.H. 13. 2. Dem. 749. 10. for 1"??? Gen. 1:7,16, 25, 31. 8:3 Gen.
1101'“, as, i), (Dor. for mia, Ion. 1: 1,21, 27. Is. 42: 5. 45: 7.
1min ,) grass, herb, herbage; so some James b) trop. spoken of a state or condition,
4: 14 1rot'a ‘yap i‘, (on) with’, comp. 1:10. or of things intangible and incorporeal,
Better 1rot’a as fem. of 1ro'iog q.v.—-Theocr. and genr. of such things as are produced
Idyll. 5. 34. mic: Sept. for Prov. 27: by an inward act of the mind or will ;to
25. Theophr. H. Plant. 1. 3. 1min Hdot. make, i.e. to cause, to bring about, to oc
8. 115. Hom. 0d. 18. 369. Comp. Lob. casion; see Passow no. 1. b. (a) genr. c.
ad Phr. p. 496. acc. Luke 1:68 i-rroino'e Airrpuo'w rq? hag“:
aim-017. Acts 15:3 s'rrot'our Xapt'zv lus'ytihnv
Helga), 5, f. iio'w, aor. 1.e’1rot'r;au,perf.
min f. dbehtpo'ig. 24:12 e'rrwbarao'wrrot
nerroinxa, pluperf. 1rt'lrou'lxew, Without ofiu-ra bxltov. Rom. 16:17. 1 Cor. 10:13.
aug. Mark 15: 7, see Buttm. § 83. n. 6. Eph. 2: 15 1rou7n' elpip'nv. 4: 16. Heb.
Other variations from the regular forms 8:9. Mid. Rom. 15:26. Heb. 1:3.—
are : fut. Att. 1mm": Matt. 26: 18, see
Hom.Od. 1. 250. Xen. An. 1.8.18. Ag.
Buttm. § 95. 8; Aor. 1 Opt. 3 pers. plur. 1. 7 eipr’pmv. Mid. Hdot. 5: 30. Xen.
non'yoeuzv Luke 6: 11, see Buttm. § 103. Mem. 4. 4. 14.—(B) l'Iorciy with its ac
11.4. Winer§13.2. d.—-The various sig cus. like Engl. tomake, often forms here
nifications of this verb may all be classed a periphrasis for the cognate verb. E.g.
under the two primary ones, to make, to Active, e'xdt'xnutv nole'iv to make defence
do, i.e. expressing action either as com ofone's cause, i. q. Ewdtxr'iv to defend, to
pleted or continued. Sept. usually for right, Luke 18:7, 8. Acts 7: 24; comp.
"'1?! -
Luke ib. v. 3, 5. Sept. for “P3,. "'9! Mic.
l. to make, i.e. tojbrm, to produce, to
5: 15. (P01. 3.8. 10.) in? av note?!’ to
bring about, to cause, pp. spoken of any
make an ambuscade, i.q. Eve psuzw to lie
external act as manifested in the produc
in wait, Acts 25: 3. (Palaeph. l. 10.
tion of something tangible, corporeal,Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 35.) rd ixavdv :roteiv to
obvious to the senses, i.e. completed ac
make satisfaction, i.q. ixavoiiv to satisfy,
tion; see Passow s. v. init. Here the
to gratify, Mark 15:15. (Pol. 32.7.13.)
Middle also is often used with only a porfiv rush to make one’s abode, i. q. ,us'vetu
remote reference to the subject ; which
to abide, to dwell, John 14:23. (Jos.
not seldom wholly vanishes, so that the Ant. 13. 2. 1.) 6861/ mneiu to make one's
Mid. does not apparently differ from the way, to go, i.q. bbmrotoipat, Mark 2: 23,
Active ; see Passow l. c. Buttm. § 135. comp. in '05:}; b. a. robe/mu 11'0t511' to
7, 8, and espec. n. 4. Winer § 39. 6. make battle or war, i.q. wakepeiv to war,
a) genr. (a) pp. and c. acc. Matt. 17:4 to fight; construed by Hebr. seq. per-6.
1rotr'laopcv tribe rpeic axnrc'ic. John 9:11 'rwog instead of the dat. Rev. 11:7. 12:
mykbu irroirla'c. 18: 18 (ivlipaxtizi' 1re1rotn 17. 13:7. 19:19. comp. Men’: I. 2. 0.
xéreg. 19:23. Acts 7:40 Swim v. 43. So Sept. for N5 1113132’? ""9! Gen. 14:2.
9: 39 iptina. 19: 24. Rom. 9:20. Heb. uupfior'ihtov 1roie‘t'v to make a consultation,
12:13. Rev. 13: 14. Seq. it: c. gen. of i.q. GUPgOUAEI'IGU'OGI to consult together,
material, John 2:15 n'on'ltrag ¢payyéhtov Mark 3:6. 15:1. (Plato Protag. p. 313.
e’x 0xotm'uu. 9: 6. Rom. 9:21. Seq. rare’: B.) ouuwpoaiav watch! to make a conspi
r: of manner, model, Acts 7: 44. Heb. racy, i.q. avvépvvpt to conspire, Acts 23:
8: 5. Mid. Acts 1: l rbv pe‘r 1rpt3roy X6 13. (Hdian. 7. 4. 7. P01. 1. 70. 6.) 01!
yov inou'luapev rep‘: mivron/ x. r. A. See urpotpi‘yv notch’ to make a combination, i.q.
above. Sept. for 3?; Gen. 6: 14 sq. avm-pe’tpeafiat to combine, Acts 23:12.
 Hotter 652 Hoiém
Sept. for "15?, Am. 7: 10; comp. o-varpé bbvarai ouxii Maia; mufio'ai. So of
410/4111. for 'P 2 Sam. 15:31. 2 K. 21:22. branches, i. q. to shootfortk, Mark 4:32.
—Also the Middle, often with only a Once of a fountain, James 3:12 m'irz
remote reference to the subject; comp. iiltvxov ykum) 'rroiiiaat bdwp. Sept. for *1?!
above under no. 1 init. E.g. dvaéohfiv of plants, Gen. 1:11, 12. Is. 5: 2,4..—
wotc'ictlut to make delay,pp. on one's part, Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 5. Theophr. Caus. Pl.
i.q. dvagéMwfiai to delay, Acts 25: 17. 4..
Trop.
ll. of
Aristot.
persons,
de toPlant.
make for
2. 10.—
one’; self,
(Polyb. V. p. 44.. ed. Schweigh.) 50'1
auc 1roui¢6ut to makeprayers, i.q. be‘iatlai i. q. to get, to acquire, to gain. Luke 12:
to pray, Luke 5:33. Phil. 1: 4.. 1 Tim. 33 1rotilcrare Eavro'lc Bahdvria-u sna'avpov
2: l. e'xgokfiv 1roieiaeai to make a casting dve'xltemrav iv r071; oixp. 16: 9 ¢l>\ovc.
out, i.q. ixfiéMew to cast out,Acts 27: l 8. John 4:1 paflnrc'ic. S0 Sept. and 71'?!
(Pollux On. 1. 99.) xmrerbv noie'ietiai Gen. 11:4..—Diod. Sic. 11.39 béEav ps7.
to make lamentation, i.q. ré-rrreabai to la Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 12 ¢il\ovc.——-S0 of profit,
ment, Acts 8: 2. (re'vfiog 11'. Sept. Gen. advantage, i. q. to profit, to gain, genr. 1
50: 10. Hdot. 2. l.) ltd-you 1roie'lo'0at to Cor. 15:29 rl nmi'aoua'u'; In a pecuniary
make account of, i.q. Ao'ylZeoOai, Acts 20: sense, Engl. to make, Matt. 25: 16
24.. (Diod. Sic. 20.36. Pol. 25. 1.3.) Eirolnaev lihha ne'vre rrihavra. Luke 19:
pvelav noiz'iatlai, i.q. ,utpvr’yo'xw, see in 18.—Pol. 2. 62. 12. Dem. 1045. 5.
.Mvu'a. pw'lpnv noizia'liat, see in Mw'ypil. d) causat. to make do or be any thing,
nopeiau noieiaeai to make progress or a to cause to do or be,- Passow no.1.c. Herm.
journey, i.q. nopebea-Bat to journey, Luke ad Vig. p. 761. (a) Seq. infin. Matt. 5:
13:22. (2 Macc. 3: 8. Xen. An. 6.2.11.) 32 note? abrfiv poixiio'flai. Mark 1: 17.
1rp6voiav noieia'eai to make provision for, 7: 37 rode Kw¢01l£ note? ('ixoi'mv. 8:25.
i.q. npovociaflai to provide for, Rom. 13: Luke 5. 34.. John 0:10. Acts 17:26.
14.. (Pol. 4.. 6. 11. Diod. Sic. 5. 1. comp. Rev. 13:13. inf. 0. mi, Acts 3: l2 1r:
Dem. 14.33. 5.) mmubiiu 1roie'i09at to 1rotnlrbal. rob nepnrare'iv ail-row, see in 'O,
make diligence, i.e. to give diligence, i.q. 5], r6, II. G. c. p. 555. Comp. Winer §
arroubdzzw, Jude 3. —— P01. 1. 4.6. 2. 45. 4|. p. 270. Matth. § 540.-—J08. Ant.
Plut. de puer. educ. c. 7. T. I. p. 9. 2. 9. 5. Hdian. 8. 3.22. Xen. Cyr. l. 6.
Tauclm. — (7) Spoken of a feast, ban 40.—([3) Seq. 'iva c. Suhjunct. to make
quet, to make, i.q. to give, to hold, to cele~ or cause that etc. see in"Iva 3. a. 5. John
brate. Luke 5:29 Enot'no'e boxfivpe'ydltrlv. 11:37 obx e'bz'waro obrog 1ron'laai 'iva.
l4: l2 b'ray 10115;‘ iipw'rov xnr. K. v. 13, oi'lroc pfidiroet'wg. Col. 4:16. Rev. 13.15.
16. 0. dat. of pers. to whom,i.e. in honour By attract. 1rotiyaw abroue 'lva x.~r.>\. Rev.
of whom, Matt. 22: 2. Mark 6: 21. John 3:9. 13:12, 16. Comp. Buttm.§151.1.6.
412: 2. Sept. 1r. boxfiv pay. for Heb. e) causat. to make be or become any
>51; H's; Gen. 21:8. (0. dat. Esdr. thing, to cause to be or become so or so, to
3:1.3571rvov 1rote'io'flat Xen. Cyr. 3.3.25.) make into any thing; seq. dupl. accus. of
Hence of a festival, i.q. to hold, to keep, object and a predicate of that object,
to celebrate; Matt. 26: 18 rpdg as now": either subst. or adj. or adv. strictly with
ro 1rc'u7xa. Acts 18:21. So in the slum implied. (a) c. Subst. as predicate;
sense of instituting, Heb. 11: 28. Sept. e. g. of things, Matt. 21 :13 abrov (olxov)
and H3»; Ex. 12: 46. Josh. 5; 10.—Jos. e'rron'laare a'lrr'fitaiov hga'rci'w. John 4: 46
Ant. 2. l5. 3 1r. Tag‘ 900111;. Xen. H.G. 51rov Enoinae rd iibwp olvov. 1 Cor. 6:15.
7. 4.. 28 1roieiv ra ‘Chirp-Ina. Heb. 1:7. (Hdian. 4.10. 5.) Of persons,
c) i. q. to make exist, to cause to be, pp. Matt. 4:19 1ron'1aw bpiig dhizicdvfipdmuv,
spoken of generative power, to beget, to comp. Mark 1:17 fully 1r. bpic yn'éafiai
bring forth, to bear,- as 1ra18ag noieio'thu (Dude. Matt. 23: 15 1roteire ain'dv v1.3,
Dem. 1312. 7, i. . 1raiboaroieiadai, see yzéwng. Luke 15:19. Sept. for 1123 Gen.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 200. In N. T. (a) of 27:37. So to make, i. q. to constitute, to
trees and plants, to germinate, to bring appoint,- John 6: l5 iva 1rou'pouotv ain'dy
forth fruit, to yield, as xapnov v. xaprrouc fiao'ilte'a. Acts 2: 36. Rev. 1:6. 3: 12. 5:
woie'iu Matt. 3:10. 7: 17 sq. 13: 23, 26. 10. c. predic. impl. Heb. 3: 2, comp. v.
Luke 3:9. Rev. 22:2. al. Metaph. Matt. 1. c. ‘Iva instead of acc. Mark 3: 14 ml
3: 8. 21: 4.3. Luke 3:8. James 3: 12 111) e’n'olnae bédexa, i'va (bet per’ GiITOI-I. Sept.
 Hotéw 653 Holéw
for 11:; Ex. 18: 25. (Hdian. 8. 4. 25. Xen. reference to a person as the remote ob
Cyr. l. 3. 18.) In the sense of to declare, ject; comp. below in d. (a) Seq. acc. of
to give out as any one. John 8: 53 rim pron. to do, genr. Matt. 5:47 n’ mpumov
acaurovrrots'ic; 10:33 #01574‘ usavrdvesov. woisirs; Mark 11:3 rt’ noctirs rm'rro; l4:
19:7,12. 1 John l:10.—Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 8 5 Eaxew aiirr), Errol'nas. Luke 6: 2, 3.
2 1rote7rat aimiv viév i. e. declares him a Matt. 8: 9 1rot'rlaov roirro, Kai. word. Luke
son, adopts him; comp. ib. 3. 12. 4.— 7: 8. 20: 2 Eu not'a EEovalq rain'a nozzle;
(B) c. Adj. as predicate; e. g. of persons, John 19: 24.. Acts 1: 1. 14.: 15. 1 Cor.
Matt. 20: 12 'io'ovc i/piv airrouc i1roirluac. 7:36. Gal. 2: 10 atrro roiiro ‘ll’Olfid’fll. Eph.
28:14. John 16: 2. Rev. 12: 15. 111 the 6: 9. Phil. 2: 14 min-a raisin. Col. 3:
sense of declaring. John 5: 18, comp. 17. 1 Tim. 5: 21 pnbs‘v won-"iv. James 4:
above in a. (Hdian. 5. 1. 8. Xen. Mem. 15.al. With a participle following, Mark
1. 6. 15.) 01' things, Eph. 2: 14 bvron’l 11: 5 n 1rouirs Xbovrec rov mbltoy; as in
wag 1a dpxporcpu. Ev. (1E1. V. H. 14. 82. Eng]. what do ye, loosing the colt? Acts
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22.) Once to make by 11: 30. 21:13. Sept. genr. for “it”! 1 K.
supposition, i. q. to suppose, to judge, to 7:23. 2 K. 6:21. saep.—Hdian. 4. 8.10
assume. Matt. 12:33 firrou’loa-rs To 5év5pow Ti fowl—rm. Xen. An.1.4.17 ral'rra. Mem.
Kahlil’, Kai raw Kup'irdv abroi'l Kahoy K.r. A. 1. 3. 1.—(fl) Seq. acc. of a subst. rarely
i.e. either assume the tree to be good and implied, and spoken of particular deeds,
its fruit good, or the contrary. Comp. acts, works, done repeatedly or contin
Herm. ad Vig. p. 761.—Hdot. 7. 186. uedly, to do, i. q. to perform, to execute,
. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 6. Xen. A11. 5. 7. 9 e. g. roasts’ Ta. Ep'ya r017 ’A€paép John
mud: 5' indie s'Ean-arnl'ls'yrac inr' s’pol'l 8: 39, 4l. Te. rpin'a Ep'ya Rev. 2: 5. rd
fixsw sZg (Mo-w. - In this construction 'e'p-ya rm"; 6:01“: i. e. the works which God
also retain, with the acc. of the adj. often requires, John 10:37, 38. é’pyor cilay'ye
forms a periphrasis for the cognate verb; him—06 2.Tim. 4: 5. 1r. 37120; to do mercy,
e. g. 5171101’ 1ro¢eiv to make manifest, to be to show mercy, James 2: 13. r. 6107;10
tray, i. q. 511M611 to manifest, Matt. 26: in'lvnv to do alms, to give alms, Matt. 6:
73. (Xen. An. 3. 5. 17.) E'Kasrov wote'iv, 2, 3. Acts 10:2. 24: 17. 7r. Emawm'n'nv
i. q. Ernflévat, to expose infants, Acts 7: id. Matt. 6: 1. So of mighty deeds,
19. £505.’... 1roteiv rag rpt'éoug to make wonders, miracles, e. g. buvéysic Matt.
straight and level the ways, i. q. Ebel'wuv, 7: 22. 13:58. al. E'p'ya John 5: 36. 10:
Matt. 3:3. Mark 1:3. Luke 3:4; comp. 25. Kpéroc Luke 1:51. mpsia. John 2:
John 1: 23. hsvxo'v v. pe'hav worth to 11, 23. 4: 54. 6:30. 11:47. al. rs'para.
make white 01' black, i. q. hsvxaivcw v. ps Kai d'flfli-ld Acts 6:8. 7:36. 15:12. genr.
Xaiyzw, Matt. 5:36. by“? woisiv to make Matt. 9:28. Acts 14: 11. al. So Sept.
whole, to heal, i. q. b'yu’zlew, John 5: 11, and "'12! Ex. 4:17. Ps. 72:18. 77:15.
15. 7:23. (Palaeph. 27.3.) ¢avspbv 11:01:71’ —Also of the will, precept, requirement
to make known, to betray, i. q. pavcpm'w, of any one, to do, to perform, to fuyi'l, as
Matt. 12. 16. Mark 3: l2. (Hdian. 2. 8. Matt. 21: 31 fig it: 11511 360 s'rrolrlo's 1'6
10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.34.) Mid. ,Bégarov Se'hqlua 'roii narpog; 23: 3. Mark 6: 20
woisiaflai to make firm, sure, i. q. [312. m1 'npoaqgmmxxa. include, i. e. which
gaioimthu, 2 Pet. 1: 10.—(y) 0. Adv. as John admonished him to do. Luke 17:
predicate, 770151!‘ rwa E'Ew, to make one be 9,10. John 2. 5. Acts 16:21. Eph.2:
or go out, to cause one to go out, i. q. to 3. Rev. 17: 17. (Hdian. 6. l. 23. Xen.
put forth; comp. Viger. p. 283. Acts 5: Cyr. 1. 2. 5.) So of the precepts of God
3 4 EKE'Mmrcv E'Ew Bpaxl'l r1 roirg arroo'ro'houc or of Christ, Matt. 5: 19. 7: 21 brroui'w
1rotiiaai.—il'll.V.H.10. 3 Ta 115v nepbt'Kwv r6 se'hnfm roii war a’; [1011. V- 24, 26.
vclir-rta, Errsibc‘tv rcixwra ‘rode mibac ZEw Luke 6:46. 8:21. fohn 7:19 rriy vbpoy.
nou'yag roi': Xe'ppa'roc. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 3 Acts [3:22. Rev. 22: 14. Of thatwhich
E'Ew Behe'aw ")1! rciEw 1ron’yaac. one asks, entreats, promises; John 14:13
2. to do, expressing an action as con 5,11 av alrfiun'remé'yib 1mm"). v.14. R0m.4:
tinued or not yet completed; what one 21 3 s'rrr'ryyskrat, bur/uni: s'o-n Kai 1roifiaal.
does repeatedly, continued] y, habitually; Eph. 3: 20. 1 Thess. 5:24. 0. dat. of
like 1rpria'crw. Comp. Passow, no. 2. pers. Mark 10:35. 'lya ii iav alrfiuwpsr,
a) seq. accus. of thing, and without 'II'OUIHI'pC i'pir. v. 36. Of a purpose, plan,
 Hoxéw
decree, Acts 4.: 28. Rom. 9: 28 A6701’
ouvrerpnpe'vov 'n'ovr'lasi Kl'lpioc the Lord
will execute his word decreed, i. e. his
threatening. 2 Cor. 8:10, 11. Gal. 5:
l7. Eph. 3:l].——('y) Spoken of acourse
- of action or conduct, to do, i.q. to execute,
to exercise, to practise; e. g. Kpto'w watch
to dojudgment,to act asjudge, i.q. xpz'vziv,
John 5: 27. Jude 15. (Xen. H. G. 4.. 2.
6, 8.) rflv iEovalav may rrotfiv to exer
cise the power of any one, Rev. 13: 12.
Spec. of right, duty, virtue; Rom. 2:14
To. for‘) vo'pou ‘Kali. 10: 5. rfiv (EH/Quay
John 3:21. 1 John 1: 6. Tip’ Eucama'z'wnv
1 John 2:29. 3:7. 1rou7v xprlo'rtirnra
Rom. 3: 12. So Matt. 19: 16 n’ dyaflov
won'po'w; John 5:29. 8:29 'riz dpeo'rz'i. Rom.
7:19. Eph. 6:8. James 4:17 xaXc‘w womb’.
3 John 5.-—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 15 rd Strata
1rouDv. 5. 3. 4.8 Kakov Tl. Tamil/reg. Sept.
and H"?! Ps. 14:3. Gen. 18: 19. al.—(5)
Of evil deeds or conduct, to do, i. q. to
commit, to practise, e. g. ('l'uépTfl/Ja lCor.
6: 18. 71):! l'lpapn'av John 8: 34. 2 Cor.
11:7. 1 John 3:4. rfiv ('lVO'ul'GV Matt. 13:
4.1. 1 John 3: 4. HEia wkn-yu'w Luke 19:
48. aim’: Rom.l:32. 2:3. B5é>wypa Rev.
21 :27. 1'6 i'p'yov rm'n-o 1 Cor. 5:2. 3 John
10. rt‘! [11) Kafir'li'ovra Rom. 1: 28. oboe‘v
c'm'wriov 'rwi Acts 28: 17. Kaxov Matt.
27:23. Luke 23: 22. mm’: Rom. 3: 8.
1 Pet. 3: 12. 1rovrlgt'i Luke 3: 19. tpél'fly
Mark 15:7. 1112:7309 Rev. 22: 15. genr.
John 7:51. 18:35. Acts 21:33. 1 Tim.
1: 13. al. So Sept. and H?! Ps. 51:6.
Gen. 34: 7. al.—Hdian. 1. 16. 13 #1755!
z'zvc'lfiiov. Luc. Pisc. 9 #070“): (151m. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 3. 48 aioxpov 1': much’.
b) intrans. to do, i. q. to ac't, e. g.
(a) absol. i. q. to be active, to work,
Matt. 20: 12 m'mn oi Za-xarot piav d‘tpav
21:-airman’. Rev. 13:5 £5661] afirq? EEov
o'i'a 1rotfio'a: piivac r. 'r. X. So Sept. and
"1'?! Ruth 2: 19. comp. Xen. An. I. 5. 8.
Mem. 3. 9. 9. But both these passages
may also be referred to e, below—(B) c.
adv. of manner, to do so and so,to act in
any manner, as xaXGg Matt. 12: 12.
1 Cor. 7: 37; and so seq. particip. Acts
10:33 xaktbg z'rroino'ag 1rapaysw6pevog.
Phil. 4.: l4. 3 John 6. (Xen. Cyr. 1.4..
13 xaMDc Ewoi'ryo'ag 1rpomrliw.) c. upsid
any 1 Cor. 7:38. oiirw John 14.: 31. 1
Cor. 16: l. cppol'i'pwc Luke 16: 8. the
Matt. 1: 24. 28: 15. So Kart’: TI. 'rrotdv
Matt. 23: 3. Luke 2: 27. rpéc 1': Luke
654 Holéw
12: 47.—Dem. 17. 9 JV Kahic roiol'w-rsc
Kék'rfll/Tdt. 141. 19. Luc. D. Mort. ll. 3
J s'noinauv.
c) Hotéu, like Engl. to do, is often
used in the latter member of a sentence,
instead of repeating the verb of the pre
ceding member; see Passow no. 2. f. E.
g. seq. acc. of thing, Matt. 5: 4.6 ic‘w 761p
dyam'lorlre rode d-ymro'wrac illuiig, riva
#1476511 E'xe're ; oilxi xal oi "Min/a: n‘. aim‘:
1rotofnnv; Luke 6: 10. Rom. 12: 20 Edy
out/1;, word's aoréu' rm'iro yilp 1roiu'nl x. r.
A. Heb. 6:3. With an adv. as oi'n-w,
Matt. 5: 47 e'iw dom'wmres rm}; c'tdekooog
-- oilxl Kai oi e'fll'mol oiirw 1roioiow; 24,:
46, comp. 45. Luke 9: 15. Acts 12:8.
opoiwg 1rots7v Luke 3:11. 10:37. 619,
Matt. 6: 2 p1) o'aX-lrio'pc E'Iurrpoaee'v 00v,
tfimrep oi inroxpiral rotor—ww- Luke 9: 54.
dram'trwg Matt. 20:5. M64119 1 Thess. 5:
11.—c. acc. Dem. 114.8. 13 (59511»; e'xtop
Kr'lo'ew, 6'1rsp Kdl ('iMoig rurot'mce. Luc.
de Merc. cond. 7 (:JQ ‘Iron/1.101101.
d) Spoken in reference to a person, to
do to or in respect to any one, i. e. for or
against him; the person being the re.
moter object. (a) Seq. accus. of person,
also 0. acc. of thing; Matt. 27:22 rt 05v
1r0u'10'o) 'Ir'o'ofiv; Mark 15:12. 0. Adv.
n7 1ro¢e7v rwu, Engl. to do one good,
Mark 14: 7. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 5.
Matth. § 4.l5.—Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8. a1‘:
rr‘/v oiir' J'rra oi'ir' broi'naa oilds'v. An. 1.
9. 11. Mem. 2. l. 19 rode qu'houg £5
TOHTIUL—(fl) Seq.dat. of pers. see Matth.
§415. n. l. Vigor. p. 289. n. E. g. to
orfor any one, in his behalf, c. acc. of
thing. Matt. 20: 32 n’ 95hr: 1ron'lau
ilpiv. Mark 5: 19 5011 do: 6 Kilpiog we.
woi'mce. v. 20. Luke 1: 4.9. John 9: ‘26.
12: 16. c. acc. impl. Matt. 25: 4.0, 4.5.
c. adv. Matt. 5: 44. xaAGc raisin roic
‘uwofnnv optic. Mark 15:8. Luke 1:25.
John 13:15. Sept. and "'5"! Gen. 21:].
(Plato Apol. Socr. 17 rain-a Kai vewrz'pu
Kai 1rpeogvrz'pql outlaw, Kai Ec'v? sou.
drn-q'l. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 8.) Also
against any one, to his detriment, c. acc.
of thing, Acts 9:13 50a Kan“ irm'qoe
r079 dyioig. John 15:21. Heb. 13:6. 0.
adv. Matt. 21: 36. Luke 2: 48. Sept.
and n‘?! Gen. 20:9. (Dem. 855. 15.
Xen. (Ec. 2. 9.) Or, genr. inrespect to
any one, in his case; 0. acc. of thing,
Matt. 7:12. 21:40. Mark 9: 13. Acts
4:16. 0. adv. Matt. 7: 12. Luke 6: 23,
 Ila/mud
26, 31.—comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 16
1rote'iv r: #961; rum—(y) Seq. 5’)! c. dat.
of pers. to do in respect to any one, in his
case; c. ace. of thing. Matt. 17: 12
'HMag #51] i’ihfie dAX inoinaav Ev ai/rqi'
50a 1305mm’. Luke 23:31. Comp.
Winer§31. 5. p. l78.—Sept. Gen. 40:
14 1r. e'v s'poi E'Acog. Luc. Philopatr. 18
pi] e‘rspo'iriv n 1rou'yayl; e'v e'poL—(B) Seq.
‘mm’: c. gen. of pers. to do with any one,
by Hebraism, see in Merci I. 1. 0. Luke
1:72 notfiaat Eheoc para 117:! ware'puv.
10:37. Acts 14:27. 15:4. So Sept.
for B? “'92 Gen. 24: 12,14. Ps. 119:65.
—Tob. 12:6. Judith 8:26.
e) Seq. accus. of time, pp. intrans. to
do or actfor a certain time, or as in vulg.
Engl. to do up a certain time, i.q. to spend,
to pass ,- mrnp. Lat. transigore vitam
Sall. Cat. 2. Acts 15: 33 nou'lo'avrsg 3s‘
xpo'vov. 18: 23. 20: 3 non'yo'ag rs imépac
T tic. 2 Cor. ll: 25 vvxer'lpepov e'v r93
[£993 1re'1rotnxa. James 4: 13. Perhaps
Matt. 20: 12. Rev. 13:5; see above in
no. 2. b. a. This usage appears to be
long to the later Greek, see Sturz de
Dial. Maced. p. 189. Viger. p. 281 ; con
tra, Stallbaum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 158.
Sept. for '5?! Eco. 6: 12.—Sept. Prov.
13:24. J08. Ant. 6. l. 4. 1r. ,ufivag re'a
oapag. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 5. Gr. An
thol. III. p. 67. 1. Dem. 392. 18 0'53’
i1roir1oav xpévov ohde'ya. AL.
HW'IFI“, “7'05, 16, (no:s'w,) a thing
made, work. Rom. 1: 20 rd dépa-ra a1’:
roii ro'ig' 1ron'huao't VOOfIIJEI/Cl xafiopdrat.
Trop. Eph. 2: 10. Sept. for “P2? Ecc.
a: 1:. Ps. 14.3; 5. is: Is. 29:16. -
Luc. de Dea Syra 29, 49. Hdot. 4. 5.
Ila/mug, 6mg, 1'], (won't-1,) a making,
Jos. Ant. 18. 3. 1. vso'w 7roi11aw Thuc.
3. 2. In N. T. a doing, keeping of a law,
James 1: 25 iv r17 non'lost sc. r017 wiluou.
Comp. in IIotc'w no. 2. a. 13.—Ecclus. 19:
17 raining vépov. Test. XII Patr. p. 681.
11mm, 0:7, a, (were...) 1. a ma
her of any thing, inventor, Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 38 1:". pnxavn‘ucirwv. In N. T. apoet,
maker of a poem, Acts 17:28. —- Ceb.
Tab. 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 56. So1rotz'w
to make verses, to describe in verse,
Hdot. 2. 116.
2. a doer, keeper of a law or precept.
Rom. 2: 13 oi notnrai 1'05 uo'pov. James
1: 22, 23. 4:11. ib. 1:25 1r. i'p'yov in
655 Hoqm'lv
tens. a door of the deed, i. q. a door in
deed sc. of the law.——1 Macc. 2:67.
How/Ms, n, or, pp. variegated,
party-coloured, Sept. for ‘#3 Gen. 31: 8,
10, 12. Ceb. Tab.21. Xen.Mem.3.10.
14. In N. T. various, divers, manifold,
as 1rowihatg vo'oorg Matt. 4: ‘24. Mark 1'
34. Luke 4:40. imOupimg 1mm. 2 Tim.
3: 6. Tit. 3: 3. Heb. 2:4 1mm. dvvdpeo'l.
13:9. James 1:2. 1 Pet. 1: 6. 4: 10
iron-thug xdpvrog 9e05, i.e. of his manifold
grace, various gifts. —2 Macc. 15: 21.
Hdian. 4. 2. 13. Xen. (E0. 16. l.
HOI/bdtl/td, f, are‘), (not'ufilg) tofeed
afioch or herd, i.e. to let feed, to posture,
to tend, trans.
9.) pp. Luke 17: 7 506M111 E'xwv -
notpalvovm. 1 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for =2:
Gen. 30:31, 36. Ex. 3: 1. —-Luc. D.
Deor. 4. 4. Hdian.6.8. 2. Dem. 1155. 3.
b) trop. to feed, i. q. to lead, to cherish,
to provide for, e. g. kings and princes
their people, Matt. 2: 6 Gang 1rolpav£i
rov 7111611 you. Rev. 7: l7 ; and so pas.
tors and teachers the church, John 21:
16. Acts 20:28 1rotpat'l'ew rfiv 5x10111
aim’. 1 Pet. 5:2. So Sept. for H2: 2
Sam. 5: 2. l Chr. 11: 2.—-Anacr. 0d.
60.8.-—Hence by impl. to rule, to govern,
so. with severity. Rev. 2: 27 mnpavc'i
din-orig e'v fidgdoi atdrlpd. 12:5. 19: 15.
S0 Sept. and H3: Mic. 5: 6. 7: 14.—In
a bad sense, c. Euurév, to feed or cherish
one's self, to take care of one's self, so. at
the expense of others, Jude 12. Comp.
Sept. Prov. 29: 3. Ez. 34:8 Egdo'xnoav
oi noqu'ysc s'aurot'lc.
Iloqm’yv, évog, 6,11 herdsmon, shep
herd, one who tends herds or flocks.
a) pp. Matt. 9:36 1rpé€ara pr) Exam-a
1rotps'va. 25:32. Mark 6: 34. Luke 2:
8, 15, 18, 20. Sept. for "2'1 Gen. 4: 2.
Num. 27: 17. -— Dem. 1155. 4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 9.
b) trop. of Jesus, as the Great Shep
herd who watches over and provides for
the welfare of the church, his flock.
Matt. 26:31 et Mark 14:27 nardEw rdv
rot/Jim x. r. A. quoted from Zech. l3: 7
where Sept. for If“. John 10: 2, 11
bis, 12,14, 16. 1 Pet. 2:25. Heb.l3:20.
So Sept. for "3"‘ of the Messiah, E2. 34:
23. 37: 24,. — Act. Thom. § 25 1rotpp‘ly
(270166;, of Christ. So of a king as 1w‘.
,ufiv Muir Horn. 11. 1. 263. Xen. Mem.
 Hol'pom 656 1167.1;

3. 2. 1.—-Also a pastor, the teacher and seq. pen’: 0. gen. Rev. 2: 16 wohefu'lau
spiritual guide of a particular church, p.21" aimiv. 13:4. 17: 14. So Sept. Ferd
Eph. 4: 11. So Sept. and TI?" Jer. 2:8. for Heb. n.» =53: Judg. 11: 5, 20. 2
3:15. Ez. 34: 2, 5 sq. K. 14:15. a’: Judg. 11:95. See in
Merci I. 2. c. The usual Greek con
Hoff/JV”, 77;’ "7v (Fol/1'17’) a flock,
struction is 0. dat. Matth. §404.0.Buttm.
espec. of sheep, Matt. 26:31. Luke 2:8. § 133. 2. 1.-— Absol. Rev. 12:7; once
1 Cor. 9: 7 bis. Sept. for "3?. Gen. 32: joined with Kpt'vw, 19: 11 ('1' ozxawm'lvy
17.-1E1. V. H. 1. 29. Dem. 1155. 5. xpiva xal “Mad, i. e. he makes war
Trop. the flock of Christ, his disciples, upon those whom he has condemned,
church, John 10:16. Comp. Hoipwov. i. q. to avenge, to punish ; comp. Jer.
—Act. Thom. § 25. 21:5, also 'n'o'Mpoc 956v Xen. An.2.5.7.
Half/mow, 0:), rd, (sync. for 11'01 —o.dat.Jos.c. Ap. 1.29. Hdian. 2. ll. 7.
pe'vwv from 1roqn'p1, Opp. Cyn. 4. 2.69,) Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10.—H perbol. once i.q.
afioch, i. q. 1roz'pvn, Sept. for ‘'1?! Gen. to contend, to quarrel, ames 4': 2. So
29: 2, 3. 183 Gen. 31:4. 1 Sam. 14:32. Sept. and part. in’? Ps. 56: 2, 3, comp.
Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2,3. Hdot. 2. 2.-—In v. 6.——Diod. Sic. 13. 84.
N. T. only trop. the flock of Christ, his HOIKEPOG, 01), 5, (‘trike/Jam, kindr.
disciples, church, Luke 12:32. Acts 20: Lat. pello, helium) pp. ‘the agitation and
28, 29. 1 Pet. 5:2, 3. Comp. Sept. r6 tumult of battle ;' hencefight,battle,war.
1r. Kvpi'ou for ‘I?! Jer. 13: 17. Zech. 10: a) pp. fight, battle, 1 Cor. 14:8 fl'c 1m
3.—-Psalt. Salom. 17 :45. Themist.Orat. pamccuéoc'rai elg wo'hzpov; Heb. 11: 34
23. p. 289, i. q. disciples. text-pol Ev wohs'pp. Rev. 9: 7, 9. l2: 7.
11070;, 'z'oI'a, ‘770709; correl. pron. 16:14. 20:8. SO 1ron'io'a: 'n'o’kspov para’
interrog. corresponding to 0109, r0109, Two; to do battle, to fight, to make war
Buttm. § 79; pp. what ? qfwhut kind or with any one, i. q. wok/151v, Rev. 11:7.
sort .7 Lat. qualis. 12:17. 13: 7. 19:19; see in Holc'w and
a) pp. Mark 4: 30 e’v 1roia 1rapa€ohf1 Hohslue'w. So Sept. and "2135,? Ex. 13:
mlpago'lhwpev av'rrr'lv; Luke 6: 12 1min. 17. 2 Sam. 19:10. Job 39225-151.
{4471' Xziptg'zori; v.33,34. 24:19. Johnl2: V.H.3.9. Diod.Sic.13.79. Xen.Cyr.6.~2.
33 roll‘: Savant). 18:32. 21:19. Acts 7: 4. — Hyperbol. once i. q. contest, smfe,
4.9. Rom. a; 27. 1 Cor. 15:35. James 4: James 4: 1.-—Hdian. 1.1 1. 4. comp. Plato
14 1roia yap #1 (an) 1.411711’; comp. in Hol'a. Phaado 11.
l Pet.1:11. 2:20. Soe'vvroiq. e'Eovm'q; by b) genr. war, Matt. 24:6 bis Zumr'luv
what authoriq, i. q. by whose authority, rohe'povc K01 r'ucoac 1roMpwv. Mark 13:
Matt.21:23,24,27. Mark11:28,29,33. 7 bis. Luke 14: 31. 21:9. So Sept. and
Luke20:2,8. Acts4z7 bis,e'y1.-oiq Suva/1:1, 5:55? Ex. 1: 10. -2 K. 3: 7.—Pol. 3. 1.
1'15!’ 1roltp (it'd/Jan; Adv. Luke 5:19 1min; 1, 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14.
or in text. rec. a... relay so. 6506, what Héhtg, 56);, 1", (mikog, we'hopcu.) a
way, how; comp. 5:’ z'xelvrlg 19:4. Sept. city, pp. enclosed with a wall, a walled
for vii-*1: 1 K. 22: 24. _ Ceb. Tab. 12. town.
Hdian.1.17.l3. Xen.Mem.3.12.8. a) pp. and genr. Matt.2:23 acarp'ma-ev
b) what one? sc. out of a number, i. q. eig 'n'ohw he-yopérnv Nafi'upér. Mark 6:
whatfwhich? Matt. 19: 18. 22:36 woio. 56. Luke 8: 1. John 11:54. 2 Cor. 11:
e’vrohr‘l lue-yékry e'v 'rq': vo'plp; 24: 42 1roia 26. al. szep. Sept. for “.9 Gen. 4:16.
opq. v. 43. Mark 12: 28. Lllk612: 39. 11:4. seep—Hdian. 3. 1. 10, 14. Xen.
John 10:32 31a #0101! min-:31! E'p-ym'; Acts Mem. 3. 1. 1.-1n various constructions ;
23:34. Rev.3:3. So Sept. c’x wolac 1rd): (a) 0. art. 1') miMg, the city, 1. e. before
109; for '1"? figs-‘1*. 2 Sam. 15:2. 1 K. 13: mentioned, as Matt. 21:17, 18, coll. v,
12. Jonah 1:8. —1 Mace. 2: 10. Gel). 10. Mark 11:19, coll. v. 1. John 4:8,
Tab. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5. 28, 30, coll. v. 5. Acts 8:9, coll. v.5.al.
Holeptw, :3, 1'. flow, (miheluogg) to Or Kar' ‘eioxr’lv, the city, i. q. the chief
war, to make war, to fight, seq. Kan’: c. city, metropolis, e. g. Jerusalem Matt.
gen. Rev.12:7 1'1 Mtxafih-u'rofi ‘Hokey-lam 26:18. Luke 7:37. ‘24: 49. Acts 12:10.
Nara 1'06 spéxovrog, later edit. peril 1.5.) (Jos.Ant.10.3.1,2.) S0 of Gadara Matt.
sec in'O, r‘hro', G.c. .3.p.557. ByHebr. 8:33 coll. v. 28. Mark 5: 14. Luke 8:
 Hohraigxn; 657 HoMa-zrkao'i'm

34.—(B) c. adj. or a like adjunct, Matt. being a free citizen,’ the relation ofa free
10:14, 15 1f] mike: ixrim. Acts 19: 29 citizen to the state; hence
1‘, 1r. 5hr]. 26:11 sic rag‘ Zia: ‘KéAEtQ- Rev. a) citizenship, the right of citizenship,
16:19 1‘) 1rd)“; 1" ‘us-yak" sc. Bagvhiiw. freedom of a city, Acts 22: 28.—3 Macc.
18: 10, 21. So 13 Zeia flt‘AtQ one's own 3: 21, 23. Jos. B. J. l. 9. 5. Dem. 161.
city, i. e. in which one dwells, Matt. 9: 16. Xen. H. G. 1. l. 26.
l, comp. 4: 13; or, the chief city of one's b) the state itself, a community,common
family, Luke 2:3. i) dyia no'Aic the Holy wealth, Eph. 2: 12 1r. 'roii 'Iapar'yJL—Q
City, i. e. Jerusalem as the public seat Macc. 4: 11. P01. 6.14.4. Xen. Mem. 2.
of God's worship, Matt. 4: 5. Rev. 11: l. 13.
2. So Sept. and air-‘.1 w Neh. 11; 1. HON/stupid, 0670;, r6, (nohi'rsi/m)
Is. 52:1. Called also 1) mm; 1‘, hymn] any public measure, administration of the
;iévr, in a like sense, Rev. 20: 9. _ (y) state, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 15. Dem. 107.
Seq. gen. of pers. the city ofany one, i.e.
25. In N. T. the state itself, community,
one's native city, 1r. Augie Luke 2:4,11. commonwealth, trop. of Christians in re
2 Chr. 8: 11.) or in which one dwells, ference to their spiritual community,
aka 4: 29. John 1:45. Rev. 16: 19. 1r. Phil. 3: 20.—pp. 2 Mace. 12: 7. Jos.
10f: fli'yéADU Banking‘, i. e. where God Ant. prooem. 3. P01. 2. 41. 6.
dwells, Matt. 5:35, comp. Ps. 48: 2.
Hohrsz'm, f. ei'm'u, (nolta'rng) to ad
Tob. 13:15. Seq. gen. of a gentile name,
minister the statc, Thuc. 2. 37, 65. to live
Matt. 10: 5 eig mikw ZGFGPELTIi-IV. v. 23.
Luke 23:51. Acts 19:35. 2 Cor-11:32. as afree citizen Pol. 4. 76. 2. Xen. H. G.
3. 1. 21.—Oftener and in N. T. depon.
--(8) With the pr. n. of the city sub Pass. 1rokirn'lopai, to be a citizen ofa state,
joined ; e.g. in apposit. in the same case,
to live as a good citizen, to conduct one's
Luke 2: 4 ii: 1r0')\ew¢ Nafaps'r. v. 39. self according to the laws and customs of a
Acts 11: 5.27:8; or in the genit. Acts
state, pp. Dem. 665. 20. Hence in N. T.
16: 14. 2 Pet. 2: 6 mike"; 2086,10»! not
genr. to live, to order one's life and conduct,
I‘. comp. Winer §48. 2. - Apollon.
Argon. 2. 654 or 656 wréhw 'Opxopc sc. according toa certain rule, 0. adv. Phil.
1: 27 c'iEiwc rot’: cila-y'yehiou wohirsinooc.
voio. — (e) Seq. gen. of region or pro
vince, Luke 1:26 sic mihw rfic Paki
0. dat. Acts 28: 1 amokirzvpa: To? 9:13,
haiag. John 4:5. Acts 21:39. impl. i. e. to or jbr God, according to his will;
Matt. 14: 13. Luke 5: 12. So Luke 1: comp. in 9:6: a. -y. -- 2 Macc. 6: 1 mi;
roi'l 9:017 vépoic. 3 Macc. 3: 4. Jos. de
39 tic 1ro'1tw '101'1511, i.e. a city of Judah;
Vit. § 2. de Macc. §4r;5 war-pig» vii/19:.
where others suppose it to he i'. q. the
city 'Ion'ira, Heb. "34.‘~ or "EH" Josh. 15: Holirng, 0!), b, (mihgg) a citizen, an
55. 21: 16. See Reland Palaest. p. 870. inhabitant of a city. Acts 21: 39 oz'ut' am.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 317. you mihewc 1rohirng. Luke 15: 15.—2
b) meton. for the inhabitants of a city, Macc. 5: 23,24. Jos. B. J.2. 18. 6. Xen.
Matt. 8:34 mica f; mikig EEfiXBzv. 21:10. Mem. 4. 6. 14.—Seq. en. aim-05, i. q
Mark 1:33. Acts 13:44. 21: 30. al. — fellow-citizen, Luke 19: 14; also Heb. 8:
Hdian. 2. 11. 6. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 25. 11 in later edit. where text. rec. row 1r)“;
c) symbol. of the celestial or spiritual m’ov. Sept. oi1ro7\irai you for “792"”??? Gen.
Jerusalem, the seat of the Messiah's 23:11. 2: Jer. 31: 34. Prov. 24.: 28.—
kingdom, described as descending out Hdian. 3. 10. 11. Xen. H. G. 6. 3.6.
of heaven, Rev.3:12.2l:2 n‘lv miltw rfiv 11070.05, see Hakim.
dyiam'lzpouaxxawr)15515011 rcaragairoua'av Hamming, adv. (which many times,
e'x r06 oilpavoi. v. 10, 14 sq. 22: 4, l9. oflen, Matt. 17: 15 bis. Mark 5:4. 9:22.
Heb. 11: 10, 16. 12:22. See Schoett John 18:2. Acts 26:11. Rom. l: 13.
gen'sDissert.inHor.Heb. I.p.1205sq.Ar.. 2 Cor. 8:22. 11: 23, 26, 27 his. Phil. 3:
Halls-dang, ou, a, (1rd)“, tipxm) 18. 2 Tim. 1:16. Heb. 6: 7. 9: 25,26.
a city-ruler, prefect, magistrate, Acts 17: 10:11.—-Xen. Mem. 3. 12.6.
6, 8.—-Greek writers use the form 10M Holka'rrlaaiwv, ovog, 5, 1',, adj,
rapxog Eneas c. 26; or better rahiapxoc (1ro)\iic,) manifold, many times more, Luke
Pind. Nem. 7. 152. 18: 30.—Test. XII Patr. p. 640. Pol.
HOMTEI’M, d5, 1", (nohu'silm) pp. ‘the 35. 4. 4. The form mfltkarkémog is
2 1‘
 Hohuez'wvrhayxvog 658 1107.6;
more usual,Jos. B. J. 5. l3. 5. Xen.Mem. 390.) Absol. rd n'oHIJhe much, 2 Cor. 8.
2. 2. 7. Comp. Buttm. § 71. 3. l5 6 r6 1ro)u': sc. avMéEag, quoted from
Hokozz'wa'luyxvog, see in HOM Sept. Ex. 16: 18, comp. v. 17. See Wi
mrha-yxvoc. ner § 66. 3. p. 472.—Xen. An. 7. 7. 36
UvMM'yI'u, on, fi,(1roh1'lhoyog, from o ripc’fwv rd nah) xal (ilkl'yov.
wohilg‘, )téyw) much speaking, loquacity, b) Plur. “not, at, a, many, and with
Matt. 6: 7. Sept. for IP19‘; =5‘! Prov. 10: nouns of multitude, great, large. (a)
ISL—Plut. de Curiosit. 9 init. Xen. Cyr. Without artic. c. subst. Matt. 8: 16
l. 4. 3. Euraovzlope'woug 1rnhhol'm. 24: 11. Mark
Holtvyligtsg, adv. (7rohvpepr'1g consist 2:151roMoireha-‘Jvat. Luke7z21. 12: 7,
ing of many parts, manifold, Wisd. 7:
19 MAM: r’ryaflé. v. 47 see in Aépw. John
22. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 214; from 10x09, 3: 23 17511111 mahhé. Acts 2: 43. Heb. 2:
,uépog) in many parts, in manifold wags,
10. al. So with a noun of multitude,
Heb. l: l.—Jos. Ant. 8.3. 9 rain: mil/Ta Matt. 4: 25 b'xhoc. vroMol. Luke 14: 25.
Xen. An. 4. 7. 14..) With another Adj.
a Zohopzhv elg rfiv 9605 n'ufiv 1rohv‘uepfilc
ml pe'yahonpnrn'ig KIITEUKEIIIGO‘E. Comp. lTtPOL 1rohhol Matt. 15: 30; fem. Luke
8: 3; neut. 22: 65. 6AM“ 1raMal Mark
Troltvluspr'lg Max. Tyr. Diss. 37. p. 363.
15:41. neut.7:4|. J0hn2l:25. newton;
Holwrolmlog, 0v, 6, 1;, adj. (nohilg', lihltovg Mark 12: 5. Coupled by ml, as
1rom[)\og,) much variegated, 1r. tpapea Soph. 1r. Kai Erepa. Luke 3: 18. 1r. Kai l'iltha 0-1,.
Iph. Taur. 1155. In N.T. very, various, peia John 20: 30. 1r. xaifia e'a airuiparm
manifold, multifarious, e. g. 1'] 1r. a'o¢la ror': Acts 25:7. Tit. l: 10. ( en. Cyr. 1. 4.
9cm? Eph. 3: 10. 1. c. Kai Xen. Conv. l. 6. Mem. 1. 2.
110711;, 707.70’), 7071:’), Genit. 1r07t 24..) Absol. noMoi, many, Matt. 7: l3
hofi, 179,017,886 Buttm. § 64.. 1. Compar. Kai 1rohhol slow at claepxépevot. v. 22
'nheluv, Super]. "Adm-01;, see in their noMoi e'pofiai p04. Luke 41: 41 61rd rah
order. —1lIa1|g, much, pp. of number, MW. John a=30. Acts 10:27. 2 Pet. 2:
quantity, amount. For the usual con 2. So by impl. many, i. q. a multitude,
struction with the article, see in 'O, 1‘), r6, all, Matt. 20:28 )u’rrpov ('w-rl 1rohhu'n'.
II. A. 2. b. Mark 10:45. 14: 24. Heb. 9: 28,00rnp.
a) Sing. pp. many, much ,- and with Sept. Is. 53: 12. Neut. mMa', many
a noun implyin number or multitude, things, much, Matt. 13:3 Kai e'hz'rknaev
great, large. (a) ithout artic. c. Subst. nohha Ev 1rapagohaic. Mark 5: 26. Luke
John 6: 10 xo'prog waking 15:5 xapm‘w 10: 41. John 8:26. 2 Cor. 8: 22 iv wok.
rruhz'n'. Acts 15: 32 51a hé-you 1rol\)\oii X079. 2 John 12. al. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 50.)
with much discourse, many words. 20:2. Seq. gen. partit. Matt. 3: 7 1roMo|lc rfiv
16: 16 e'p'yaa'lav 1r0M1'1v. 22:28. Matt. ‘Dapwalwv. Lukel:16. John 6:66. Acts
13:5 'yfiv makkfiv much earth, soil. So 4.: 4. al. Seq. Ex 0. gen. partit. comp. '15:
with a noun of multitude, Acts 11: 21 no. 3. h. John 6: 60 1roMol c'x 'rEn' [11101]
11'. z'ipifiaég a great number; 18: 10 haac rGn'. 10:20. Acts 17: 12.—c. gen. Xen.
wold/g. Mark 5: 24' iixhoc 1r. John 6: 2. An. 1.7.20. Apol. Socr. 13.—(B) With
Acts 14: l arch) #761609. 17: 4. trop. the art. as referring to something well
Matt. 9: 37 6 £11 9.9m“). wohfig, comp. known; 0. Subst. Luke 7:47 al (1,“! iru
v. 36. al. ( en. Cyr. 4.. 2. l.) Absol. ai/rfig ai 1rohhal, comp. v. 37; 39. Kev.
nah’), much, e. g. Luke 12:48 qi E5601; l7: l,comp. v. 15. Acts 26: 24 Ta noMiz
nohl'l, nah!) Zrrrqfir'lacrai x. 1'. h. 16: l0 bis 'ypa'ppara the much learning sc. which
iv 1roMgi' maro'c, Ev 1roMq') (‘154mg Acts thou hast, q. d. thg much learning. (Luc.
26: 29. Matt. 26: 9 'n'paefivat nohhoi to Cynic. 16. PlatoApol.Socr.1init.)Absol.
be sold for much—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 60. oi 'n-ohhoi, the many,i.e. those before spok
— ) With the art. 0. Subst. Heb. 5: 11 en of,including the idea ofall; as Rom.5:
Tip‘ cl: nah); hpiv 6 M701; of whom we 15, 19, i.e. the many of whom the apostle
have much to say, many things. Mark had been treating as having a” sufl‘ered
12: 37 6 1ro>o§c r'iXhog, i.q. Eng]. the great through Adam. So of the many, i. e. all
multitude, thelipthoc.
l. 1 h nah); common)feen. ople.
An. (Hdian.
3. 9. 36 l.('1 who receive Christ, v. 15. 12: 5. 1 Cor.
10: 17. v. 33 rd 113v ROME“! lva auflrim
1r. Bxkoq. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 193. the many, i. e. all to whom I preach.
 Hokz'nmkwyxvog 659 Hovngo'g
(Xen. An. 3. l. 10.) Also the many,‘ i.q. (MM/g, mrAd-yxwov,) very compassionate,
the most, the greater number, but implying ofyreat mercy, James 5: ll,where some
exceptions. Matt. 24.: 12 1‘) c'i'ycirrn ro'w Mss. read 1rol\vel'lo'rl\a'yxvog.-—-N0t found
mahlhiv. 2 Cor. 2: 17 Gig oi n'oMm' as the elsewhere.
mostdo, i.e. the Judaizing teachers. Comp. Hokurzh'ig, éog, 05;, 5, ,',, adj. (1",.
Winer p. 93. Matth. § 266. — Xen. Cyr. My, re’Aog) very expensive, very costly,
3. l. 3. sumptuous, cg. m'pao; Mark 14: 3. 1pm
c) trop. and intens. of amount, degree, rwpég I Tim. 2: 9. Sept. for ‘P; Prov.
much, great, vehement, comp. Passow no. I: 13.—Hdian. 6. 4.. 7. Xen. An. 1.5.8.
1. 1). Matt. 2: 18 olluppog wolu'ig. 5: 12. —Tr0p. very precious, excellent, 1 Pet. 3:
Luke 10: 40. C014: 13. Zfihov wold/v. 4t.—D10d| Sic. 14. 3Q.
:Matt. 24': 30 565179 mMXfig. Mark 13:26.
John 7: l2 yoy-yuaplig 1r. Acts 15:7. 21: Hakim/1.0;, 0v, 6, 1'], adj. (woxég,
40 1rohlh‘ig m-yfig. 24: 3, 7. 25: 23. 27: 11,113,) of great value or price, very costly,
10,21. Rom. 9:22. 1 Cor. 2:321’ rpo'lmp vuy precious, e.g. pap'yapl-rng Matt. 13:
1ro}\)\q'i. 2 Cor. 8:4. Eph. 2: 4. al. seep. 46. vépEog John 12:3. 1 Pet. 1:7 in
Sept. for 5512 Gen. 41:29. Dan. 11:44,. later edit—Hdian. l. 17. 5.
--~Ecclus. 15: 18. Hdian. 7.1. 2. Dem. Halve-germs, ad. (woM/rpmrog, from
23.31. XGILCyI'. 7. l. 25. Mem. 2. 1. 6. roM/g, rpé1rog, rpé1rw,) in many ways, in
d) of time, much, long, plur. many. diverse manners, Heb. l: l. -— Hesych.
Matt. 25: 19 luerc‘l 5e‘ Xpovov 1rol\1'rv. Mark wohurpénwg' 3:a¢6pwg, Waikiki-ac.
6: 35 o'ipag 1r0l\l\fig 'yeyope'vng. Luke 8: Hal/1'0‘, “7'05, r6, (m'vu, 1rc'1ropar,)
29. John 5: 6. Luke 12: 19 Km “Md
many years. Acts 24. 10. Rom. 15: 23. drink, 1 Cor. 10: 4. Heb. 9:10. Sept.
i1rl 1M1’; for a long time Acts 28: 6. per'
for was? Ps. 102; 10. H1335»; Dan. 1: 16.
oi: Trolu'l not long after Acts 27: 14. ps1" 06 —Ceb. Tab. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 9.
“Ma; iypz'pac Luke 15: 13. Acts 1: 5. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 455 sq.
Sept. ilpe'pai 11'. for Heb. P3‘) Hos. 3: 3, Haring/a, (1;, 7‘1, (wompég) evil na
4.—Xen. An. 5. 2. l7 1roMm7 xpo'yov. ture,badness, pp. in a physical sense,
Plato Apol. Socr. 2 Tom. in). Sept. for 2'" Jer. 24.: 2, 3, 8. In N. T.
e) Neut. 1rolui, 1ro)\l\t'i, adverbially, only in a moral sense,evil disposition,
Buttm. M154. Matth. M46. (0) Sing. wickedness, malice. Matt. 22: 18 'yvollg
1roM'1, much, greatly, Mark 12:27 malu) 55‘ a 'Inaol'lc rr‘lv n-ovnpiav ail-r631’. Luke
1rl\av&o€e. Luke 7: 47 irya'rrno's wold’. 11:39. Rom. 1:29. 1 Cor. 5:8. Eph.
Acts 18: 27. Rom. 3: 2. James 5:16. o. 6: 12 Ta mm’l'u. 'rfig mwnpiac i.q. rim 1ro
compar. 2 Cor. 8: 22 ooh‘: a1rou5auirspov. vnpc'i, Buttm. § 121. n. 4.. Winer § 34.
Dat. wokhq? id. 0-. compar. John 4: 41. 2. Plut. ai 'n'ovnplai, wicked counsels
1mm; luzihhov Matt. 6: 30. Mark 10:48. Mark 7:22; wicked deeds, iniquities, Acts
—Sept. Dan. 6: 14', 23. Hdian. 2. 3. 4. 3:26. Sept. for we: Ex. 32: ll. 2‘1 Ps.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11. c. compar. Luc. D. 28: 5. plur. for hi’: Jer. 32: 32. 33: 5.
Deor. 2. I. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2. wok)“; —Luc. D. Mort. l2. 6. Plut. do and.
c. compar. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. Comp. Poet. 4,. T.1. p. 4.9. Tauchn. Xen. (E0.
Passow. no. 4.. a, Plur. 1rol\l\d 1. 19. plur. Dem. 521,. 6.
without artic. many times, often, Matt. 9: Homgég, 02, 6V, r'ovéwprovog) Com
14 vnarsoolusv :roAMi. James 3: 2. (Luc. parat. 1rovnpérepog 'Iatt. 12: 45. Luke
D. Deor. 19. 2 fin. Xen. Cyr. l. 5. 14..) 11: 26: pp. ‘ causing or having labour,
Also much, greatly, Mark 1: 4,5 fipEcu-o sorrow, painj'" hence gem. evil, act. and
nlpz'nmew 1rol\>\a'. 3: 1'2. 5: 101rapexa'l\u passive.
aim-(‘m 1ro>\}\a'. 1 Cor. l6: 12. Rev. 5: 4 a) Act. evil, i.e. causing evil to others,
E'xhamv roAAcL—Sept. 2 K. 10:18. Is. evil-disposed,malevolent,malizmantu‘icked.
23: 16. Hdian. l. 16. ll. Xen. Cyr. 8. (:1) Of persons, Matt. 5:45 in! wavqpm);
3. 47 fin.—With the art. 7.‘. 1roMd, this Kai c’i-yaeon'ig. 7:11 51 Quick, wovnpoi b'vrcc
many times, for the most part, greatly, x. r. X. 12:34’, 35. 13:49. 18:32. Luke
Rom. l5: 22.—Luc.D.Deor. 16.1. Xen. 6: 35, 45. 11:13. Acts 17:5. 2 Thess.
H. G. 6. 2. 30. AL. 3: 2. So Sept. and 9': Esth. 7: 6. Job
HoM'm'n'Mtg/xvog, ou, b, .7, adj. 21: 30.—Ecclus. l4: 5. Hdian. 5. 2. 5.
‘Z 'i‘ ‘2
 Homgo'g 660 Ho'vrluo;
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 20.—So ruebpam 1ro Hdian. 3. 6. 9.) Also of times, pp. as
vnph evil spirits, malignant demons,Matt. full of sorrow and afliiction, evil, sorrow.
12:45. Luke 7:21. 8: 2. 11:26. Acts ful, calamilous, e.g. ilpe'pai ramped Eph.
19:12, 13,15,16. (Sept and 7'3 1 Sam. 5:16. 6: 13. So Sept. and 9? Gen. 47:
16: 14 sq. 18: 10.) Hence 5 1rovnpdg the 9. Ps. 94: 13.—Neut. ro 1rovnpbv evil,
Evil one, xar' e'Eoxilv, i. e. Satan, Matt. wickedness, guilt, Luke 6: 45. Rom. l2:
13:19, 38, coll. 39. Eph. 6:16. lJohn 9. 1 John 5: 19. Plur. r21 novnpd evil
2: 13, 14. 3:12. 5:18. Othersalso re things, wicked deeds, Mark 7:23. :rovnpr’i
for here Matt. 5: 37. 6: 13. Luke 11:4. Matt. 9: 4. 12: 35. Luke 3: 19. So
John 17:15. 1 John 5:19; see below in Sept. for 9D , e.g. To 1r. Deut. l7: 2. Judg.
[3, and in b. 11.—Act. Thom. §45. Bar 2:11. Ecc. 8:12. saep. rt‘: 1r. Gen. 6:5.
nab.Ep. 21.—([3) Of things,e.g. dqitlak 8: 21. 1rovnpi'x Ps. 97: 10. Hos. 7: 15.—
p69 1rovnpdc an evil eye, envy, Matt. 20: (13) In a physical sense, or rather of ex.
15. Mark 7:22. Comp. in 'O Ballpoi ternal quality and condition, evil,bad,
a. ‘y. So bialto-ywpol 1rornpoi’ att. 15: e.g. xap-iroi 1rovnpoi' badfruit,Matt. 7: 1 7,
19. James 2: 4, see in Aiaho'ywpbc. 1 18. (iiptiahpoc wovnpo'e i. e. ill, diseased,
Tim. 6: 4. Matt. 12: 35 et Luke 6: 45 Matt. 6:23. Luke 11: 34. Comp. Sept.
ex rob rromlpob snaavpoi'l rfic Kapbi’ac, i.q. and 1'! Lev. 27: 10. 2 K.2: 19. Once
Snaavp. rr'lg 1ror11pi'ac. — Hdian. l. 8. 5. of persons in reference to external state,
1E]. V.H. 2. 11 nor. bc'inva q. d. Tllyes dress, etc. Matt. 22: 10 mwnpm'lc r: mi
tea: epulae.-So pp. as causing pain or ayatiobgbad and good, q.d. high and low,
hurt, hurq'ul, e. g. words, injurious, ca rich and poor, a periphrasis for all. So
Iumm'ous, mill newnpiw fir'ipa Matt. 5: 11. Luke 6; 22 Exgc'ilwai n‘. b'vopa bye—iv dig
Acts 28: 21. 3 John 10. So Sept. and 1rovnpiiv, i.e. as a disgrace, reproach; see
5’? Gen. 37: 1. Ps. 64: 6. (Judith 8:8.) in 'Exédhhw a.
I
Also painful, grievous, Rev. 16:2 Eltxoe H0705‘, 00, 6, (we've), we'wopazJlabour,
xaxbv ml won/1196;’. So Sept. and ,3 Deut. toil, travail, Col. 4: 13 in Mss. for Zfikor. 4
28: 35, 59. -— Ecclus. 28: 23. Hdian. 2. — Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. Hdian. 2. 10. 17.
l2. 11.—Neat. 'rb 1rovnp6v, evil, i.e. evil Xen. Mem. 2.1.3.—Hence,sorrow,pain,
intent, malice, wickedness. Matt. 5:37. anguish, Rev. 16:10 EpaamTn'ro rile ylhia
r6 5:‘ 'n'zpwo'bv robrwv, in T05 rovnpoi e’ an; aimbv ii: for’; mivov. V. 11. 912 4.—
vrw. v. 39. John 17: 15. 2 Thess. 3:3. Sept. for =3‘? Is. 65: 14. comp. Gen. 34:
Also evil as inflicted, calamity, aflliction, 25. us‘; Job 4.. 5.--J~:l. v.11. 5.6. Xen.
Matt. 6: 13 6600: ilpiic inrb rob 1rovnpob. Mem. 2. 2. 5.
Luke 11: 4.
b) Pass. evil,i.e. made evil, evil in na Hov'muig, 7'], 6w, belonging to Pontus,
ture or quality, bad, ill, vicious. (a) In a Pontian, Acts 18:2. ‘
a moral sense, e. g. of persons, wicked, 116117105, 00, 6, Pontiac, the pram
corrupt, an eviLdoer, 1 Cor. 5: 13 25a: men of Pilate, see IIiAéroc. Matt. 27:2.
pe'ire rdv 'n'ovnpdv 2E bpd'w. 2 Tim. 3:13. Luke 3: 1. Acts 4: 27. I Tim. 6: 13.
So yevec‘i 1row7pc'i Matt. 12: 39, 45. 16:4. See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 32.
Luke 11:29. alibi! 1ro|n7pb¢ Gal. 1:4. S0
Hov't'og, 00, b, Pontus, the north-east
Sept. for ,3 Deut. 21:21. 7!? Is. 1: 4.
9: 17. (Hdian. 5. 2. 5. Xen. Ath. l. 1.) ern province of Asia Minor, Acts 2: 9.
Of a servant, i. q. remiss, slothful, Matt. 1 Pet. 1: 1. It was bounded N. by the
25:26. Luke 19: 22. —- Ecclus. 42: 5. Euxine: W. by Paphlagonia and Gals.
Hdian. 1. 13. 6. Xen. (Ec. 7. 41.—Of tia; S. by Cappadocia and part of Ar.
menia; and E. by Colchis. The king
things, wicked, corrupt, flagitious, e.g. rd
i'p-ya, John 3: 19 by 'yc'ip Tampa aimi'n' dom of Pontus became celebrated under
ra E'pya. 7: 7. Col. 1:21. 2 Tim. 4:18. Mithridates the Great, whowaged a long
war with the Romans; in which be was
1 John 3: 12. 2 John 11. fiabwbp'ynpa
1rov. Acts 18: 14. 1 Thess. 5: 22 r’urb at last defeated by Pompey, and his
raw-dc e'ibouc wovnpor'l, see in 'O, i), rd, kingdom made a Roman province.
A. 2. b. Heb. 3: 12. 10:22. James Ho'z-Mog, 09, b, Lat. Publiue, pr. n.
4:16. So Sept. and Y3 Deut. 17:5. 2 KI of awealthy inhabitant of Malta, Acts
17: 13. Prov. 26:23. (Jos. Ant. 2. 3. l. 28: 7, 8.
 Hogs/a 4 661 Hogm'pog

Hogsl'a, 05;, 1*’, (1ropn'm,) ag01'ng,way, Luke 21: 8. Sept. for ‘31.115 1'25 Judg. 2:
journey. Luke 13:22 1ropet'av 11'0101'4151'09 19. 1 Sam. 6: 12. ms; 0. ace. of pers.
making his way, i. e._ journeying. Sept. Matt. 10:6 #95; r& wpogara 1c. r. A. Luke
for n’zrga Jon. 3: a, 4. - 2 Mac0.12:10. 11 =5. Acts 97:3.111. Sept. for ‘>15 n’ei: Gen.
Jos. de Vit.§ 52. Xen. Mem. 3. l3. 5. 26: 26. (Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 6.) m'w 1:. dat.
— Prom the Heb. in Plur. goings, wags, of pers. Luke 7: 6 c'nopn'uro only uln'o'ic.
journey oflg'fe, James 1:11. So Sept. for So with Adverbs: (‘i-slew Matt. 19: 15.
3'?“ Prov. 2:7. [Readin 5132'3222 instead e’vrcfiflev Luke 13: 31. 01'; for 51m: Luke
of 11'" "if-'1] Comp. in ‘0%; c. 7. 24:: 28. 1m‘: John 7:35. — By a sort of
pleonasm, 1rope1'mpa1 is often prefixed,
11058134’, f. n'mw, (1ro'poc a passing, espec. in the participle, to verbs which
passage, from :m'pu, remit-1,) to cause to already imply the idea of going, in order
pass over, by land or water, to transport, to render the expression more full and
trans. Eurip. Med. 180 or 182. Pind. complete; comp. in 'Epxo 1'11 no. 2. a.
()l. l. 185. El. V.H. 8. 2. -— Oftener 'Ayla-mw 11. d. So Part. att. 2181m
and in N. T. only depon. Mid. wopu'lopa: pzuds'vrac, fixptgafig EEcrdaars. 9: 13. 10:
f. n'wo'uu, nor. 1 pass. as Mid. 'uropu'lflnv 7 1ropsm5'uevo: 5e‘ xqpt'ma'sre. Luke 7: 22.
Buttm.§136.2.; pp. to transport one's 14:10. 22:8. lPet. 3:19. Imperat. Luke
self, to betahe one's self, i.q. to pass from 10:37 1ropn'lou, x'al all 1min 1410;“. S0
one place to another, intrans. Hence Sept. and a’zo 2 K. 5=10. 1 K. 9:6. Josh.
:1) pp. to pass, to go,implying motion 23: 16. — Jos. Ant. 7. 13. l 1rpoae'raEsv
from the place where one is, and hence 'Iuuig 1ropsvez'vn ‘row b'xhov e'Eapifipfiaat.
often i. q. to pass on, to go away, to de b) liy impl. to depart this life, i. q. to
part; found chiefly in Matt. Luke, John, die, Luke 22: 29. So Heb. #25 Gen. 15:
and Acts. E. g. absol. Matt. 2:9 01 5s‘ 9. Ps.39:14, Se t. d1ro)\1':o;m1,&1rt'pxopa1.
axoi'laav-rzg roii Baatkc'wc, i'lropn'lfirlaav. —So o'ixoluu en. Cyr. 3. l. 13. Comp.
Mark 16:10. Luke 4: 30. Acts 5: 20. Wisd. 3; 2, a.
1Cor. 10: 27. (Xen. An. 3. 4,. 41.) Once c) genr. to go, to walk, pp. Xen. Mem.
c. acc. Acts 8: 39 E'n'op. rfiv 6561' al'n'oii, 1. 4. 11. In N. T. only trop. and from
see in '0569 b. a. Seq.inl.0f object, Luke the Heh. to walk, 1. q. to live, to conduct
2: 3 i1ropu'lov-ro m'wnr; awo-ypc'lpwfiai. one's self, joined with an adjunct of man
John 14: 8. Comp. Buttm. § 140. 2.— ner. E.g. 0. dat. of rule or manner, Acts
Usually with an adjunct of place whence 9: 31 wopcuapevat ‘nil 45699 1017 Kvplou.
or whither; e. g. with a Preposition and 14:16. Jude 11. Matth. § 399. n. 9.
its case; 61rd 0. gen. Matt. 24:1 e'wopsl'n'ro Winer § 31. 3. b. (1 Macc. 6: 93.) So
a'uro ‘r017 icpoz'l. Luke 4:49. Acts 5:41. with a preposition and its case: is! 0. dat.
(Xen. An. 4. 4. 17.) 511.’: 1:. gen. Matt. of rule or manner, Luke‘ 1: 6 Ev 1r. rah
12: 1 5.2; 75v mropl'pwv. (Xen. Cyr. 2. twohalg. 1 Pet. 4: 3. 2 Pet. 2: 10. S0
4. 24.) do 0. ace. of place, Matt. 2: 20 Sept. for 5372-‘: 1 K. 8: 61. Prov. 28: 6.
:1; 'yr'pv 'Ia m'pk. Mark 16: 15. Luke 4: (Ecclus. 5: 2.) ran’: 0. acc. of rule or
42. al. ( en. H. G. 7. 4. 10.) also 0. manner, 2 Pet. 3:3 we rely :51“ m'n'a‘w
ace. of state or condition, Luke 92:33 cl; t1r19vplag. Jude v. 16, 18. (Sept. Num.
91190701». 7: 50 st; sipr'pvnv, see in Eig no. 24: l. Wisd. 6: 4|.) ort'aw c. gen. of rule
4 tin. E'Wrpoaflsv 0. gen. of pers. John [0: or manner, 2 Pet. 2: 10 61r1'ow aapxog,
4. iv 0. dat. of state or manner, Acts 16: comp. above in a. inré c. gen. under or
36, comp. in E1: no. 4 fin. in’ c. ace. of among, Luke 8:14 inro pepqlvé'w 1m
place, Matt. 93:9 E1rl rag 5125630119 xmk. pewipevot x. 1'. A. Absol. Luke 13:33 ‘KM/v
Acts 8: 26. 9: ll. (Xen. Ag. 1. 16.) c. 5:1 [is ar'lpspovm'rropsl'lwflat i. e. to walk,
ace. of pers. Acts 25: 12; also 0. ace. of to act, to fulfil my duties. An.
thing sought, object, Luke 15: 4 1r. Evrl Hogdéw, 5, f. flaw, (169001,) to lay
To aroma. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. H. G. waste, to ravage, to destroy, e. g. rfiv inch;
7. 4. 10.) 5w;- 0. gen. of place, Ewe Kac
olav Gal. 1:13. n‘yv1riarzvv23nrot'lg Acts
aapelag Acts 23: 23. mini. 0. acc. of 9: 21.—pp. a city, country, Jos. Ant. I0.
place towards which, Acts 8: 26; of way
8. 2. Hdian. 6. 7. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4.
along which, 8:36. darlam c. gen. of pers.
by Hebr. to go afler any one, to follow, 110901.065, 05, 1'), (wo'pog, wopc'i'w to
 Ho'gmo; 662 11050650:
bring to pass,to procure, to acquire,) ac 4..-From the Heb. symbol. of Babylon,
quisition, gain, meton. a source or means 1'; mspw, [JEYtilUhl/IC great harlot, as being
of gain, 1 Tim. 6:5, 6.—Wisd. 13:19. the chief seat of idolatry, Rev. 17: 1, 5,
14.: 2. ,Plut. M. Crass. 2. Diod. Sic. 3.4.. 15,16. 19:2. So Sept. and "3"" 15. 1:21.
Hogmog, 00, 6, Porcius, the promo Ez. 16:29 sq. See in Hopvn'uu b.
men of the procurator Festus, Acts 24: H699?’ 09, 6,(see in mipvm) a male
27. See in 01701-09, and comp. Adam's prostitute, catamite, Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 13.
Rom. Ant. p. 32. In N.T. afornicator, 1 Cor. 5:9,10,11.
- 11099;“, 05g, 1'), (nopvn'm) fornica 6: 9. Eph. 5:5. 1Tim. 1:10. Heb. 12:
tion, lewdness. 16. 13:4. Rev. 21:8. 22:15—Ecclns.
:1) pp. and genr. Matt. 15:19 pozxe'iat, 23: 16, 17.
1ropvflat. Mark 7:21. Rom. 1:29. ICor. Héppw, adv. (n'pdo'w, Dor. :répa-w,
6213,18. 7:2. 2 001'. 12:21. Gal. 5:l9. from 1rpu', Buttm. § 115. 6,) pp. forwards,
Eph. 5:3. Col. 3:5. 1 Thess. 4:3. Rev. far forwards; hence far, far of, Luke
9:21. John B: 411 llpcig in: 7ropvn'ag oi: 14': 32 Zn din-017 “app... 511mg. Seq. (11rd,
'yeyewr’lpeea we are not born of fornica Matt. 15:8 et Mark 7: 6 1‘; x. aimiv 1rd‘;
tion, we are not spurious children, born fiw r’urs'xu 8111-’ Epoi, quoted from Is. 29:
of a. concubine, but are the true descend. 13where Sept. for P131. Sept. for P5"? Jer.
ants of Abraham. Sept. for ET": Gen. 12: 2.-—Luc. Gymnas. or Anachar. 27.
38: 24. Hos. 1:2.--Palaeph. 53.6. Dam. Xen. H. G. 4.. 6. 4. c. turd Xen. H. G.
403. 26.—Spec. of adultery, Matt. 5:32. 1. 1. 16.—Compared. 1roppufépw,fartller,
19:9. (Ecclus. 23: 23.) Of incest, in Luke 24: 28. See Buttm. l. c. and Aust'.
cestuous marriage, lCor. 5: 1 bis. Prob. Sprachl. II. p. 270. n. 4. —Luc. Tax.
also in reference to marriages within the 63. Xen. H. G. 4'. 2. 11.
degrees prohibited by the Mosaic law,
and genr. to all such intercourse as that Hllflflwail’, adv. (wdfifrw) from far,
law interdicted, Acts 15: 20, 29. 21:25. from a distance, Buttm. § 116. 1. Heb.
Comp. Lev. c. 18, and 20: 10 sq. ll. 13 1r. “are; 136w“. Sept. for-P911?
b) from the Heb. symbol. for idolatry, Job 2:12. 121.49: 12.—Jos. B. J. 3. 6. 1.
the forsaking of the true God in order to Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 31.—Alsofar qfl‘, at a
worship idols; comp. in Hopva'lw b. Rev. distance,Luke 17:12 of E'arna'avréfi 'ufizv.
2: 21. 14': 8. 17: 2, 4. 18: 3. 1932. SO So Sept. and P1111? Jer. 23:23. P Is.
Sept. and ‘FY-“II Hos. 2: 2. 4: 12. ml} Jer. 33: 13. — Hdian. 2. 6. 20 Ea'ru‘n'ec wéfifi.
3: 2, 9. “715?? Ez. 16:15, 22, 32 sq. HOp‘iW'Z'éQW, see in Hthlfiw.
Hogvez'w, f. eu'mw, (1rdpvoc, 1ro'pw1,) to HOQW'JQM, 00;, 1‘), Lat. pwpura, i. e.
commitfomicatiomtoplaytbehzu-lot,intrans. the purple-muscle, a species of shell-fish
a) pp. 1 Cor. 6: 18 o 5:‘ 1ropvn'lwv. 10: found on the coasts of the Mediterranean,
8 bis. comp. Num. 25:1, 9. Sept. for PE} which yields a reddish-purple dye, much
Hos. 3:3.——Luc.Alex.5. Demosth.612.5. prized by the ancients, 1E1. H. Anim. 7.
b) from the Heb. symbol. of idolatry; 31, 34. comp. Plin. H. N. 9. 36_or 60.
the relation existing between God and Heb. T2535, different from the or
his church being shadowed forth under helix {ant/ta of Linn. which yields the
the emblem of the conjugal union,which bluish or cerulean purple. See Gesen.
is broken by those who worship idols. Lox. s. voc. Braun de Vestit. Sacerdot.
Rev. 2: 14., 20. Seq. Pfl'é. c. gen. Rev. p. 211 sq. Bochart Hieroz. II. 740 sq.
17:2. 18:3, 9; comp. in Merd. I. 2. c. Rees’ Cyclop.art.Pu1'ple and Pm'plefish.
Q. So Sept. and Q11 1 Chr. 5:25. Ez. 23. -—In N.T. meton. purple, i. e. any thing
19. H08. 9: 1 dyed with purple, purple cloths, robes of
H6511’), 7);, fl, (fem. to miprog, from purpk, worn by persons of rank and
mpw’m i. q. m'pm'u: to sell,) a harlot, wealth, Luke 16:19 z'vsdldl'mxzro “We
prostitute, who sells her favours, Matt. pow m‘: {3.0mm Rev. 17: 4. in text. rec.
21:31, 32. Luke 15:30. 1 Cor. 6:15, 18:12. So Sept. and T2535 Ex. 2524-. ‘26:
16. Heb. 11: 31; James 2:25. Scphfor 1, 31.-1 Macc. 4.123. Jos. B. J. c. e. a.
PE.“ Gen. 38: 15. Josh. 2: 1.——Ecclus. lidian. 7. l. 21. — Spec. a purple robe,
19: 2. 181. V. 11.4.. 14.. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. put upon Christ as a mock emblem of
 Hoggbbgso; 663
royalty,Mark 15:17,20; compJ; roprpbpa
BamMK/y Hdian. l. 16. 8. 2 111300. 4:38.
In Matt.27:28 the same is called xkapitg
KoKKlw] i. e. coccus-dyed, crimson; just as
in English the expressionspurple-red and
crimson are often interchanged. So Hor.
Sat. 2. 6. 102 ‘ rubro cocco tincta vestis,’
i. q. ‘ vestis purpurea' in v. 106.
Hof¢éfiogs 0175" ill, 6' car, 0171:, adj.
(nop¢1'1pa,) purple, i. e. reddish-purple;
John 19: 2, 5 iparwv nopzpvpoi'lv, comp.
in Hop¢bpa fin. Rev. 18: 16 neptfizfikq
,us'vn nop upol'w sc. neptfidhator. So Rev.
17: 4 in ater edit. Sept. for 1115115 Judg.
8: 26. Esth. 1: 6.—Hdian. 7. 5. 7. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 4. 2.
Hogqbugo'nwhlg, ewg, 17, (noptfil'lpd,
n-wks'w) a seller of purple cloths, a purple
dealer, Acts 16: 14. Comp. in Oudrsipa.
HOO'OZKK; adv. interrog. (1rdaog,)h0w
many times .9 how often 2 Matt. 18: 21.
23:37. Luke 13:34. — Ecclus. 20:17.
Comp. Buttm. § 71. 2.
H6615’, EM}, 5, (1n'vw,) a drinking,
Luc. D.Deor.18. 2. In N.T. drinh,John
6: 55. Rom. 14: 17 fipé'rmg Kai mimg.
Col. 2: 16. Sept. for Dan. 1: 10.—
Hdian. 1. 17. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 15.
11660;, r], 01' ; interrog. pron. cor
relative to 560;‘, Theme‘, Buttm. §79. 3 ;
how great ? guantus ?
a) of magnitude, quantity, how great?
how much P Luke 16: 5 nonrov Jpctkuc
rg'i Kvpirp you: v. 7. Intens. Matt. 6: 23
To aKérog mirror; 2 Cor.7:11. Data-dag),
by how much, seq. comparat. e.g. pfihhov,
how much more, Matt.7:11. 10:25. Luke
11:13. 12: 24,28. Rom. ll:12,24.
Philem.16. Heb. 9: 14. xu'pwv Hcb.10:
29. 51a¢épst Matt. 12: 12.—Wisd. 12:
2|. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 4. inlay: juihhov
Diod. Sic. 1. 2.—-Of an amount of time,
how much, how long, nu'a'ov Xpoyoy Mark
9: 21.—Isocr. Panath. p. 424 1r. xpcivog‘.
_ b) plur. of number, how many ? Matt.
15: 34 microvg iiprouc Z'xsrc; 16: 9, 10.
Mark 6:38. 8: 5,19,20. Luke 15. 17. s'an. v.35. Luke12:36.-—§05.Ant.7.10.1
Acts 21 :20 wo'aat pupuiscc. IntensMatt.
27: 13 et Mark 15:4 1ro'a'a you Kai-agap
ru bio-w,- i. e. how many and great things,
w at things. So Sept. for =13; Gen. 47:
8. 2 Sam. 19: 35.—111schin. 2. 20. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 35.
I ~
I'Io'rujwog, 00, b, (prob. 1rdroc,1rlvw,
Hort
q.d. n'onpov 175642,) a river, stream; Mark
1: 5 iv rq'i 'Iopbayn norapg'i, comp. in'O,
1'’, 7.3, A. 2. a. Acts 16: 13. Rev.
8: 10. 9:14 1'' nor-app r153 #67. Eiupprirg.
16:4,12. A1 egor. John 7:38. Rev.
22: 1, 2. Sept. for “Q; Gen.2:10. 15:18.
His‘; Gen. 41:1. Ex. 1:22.—Hdian. 7. 1.
13,17. Xen. An. 4. l. 2.-—Spoken of a
stream as swollen, overflowing, i.q. a tor
rent,_flood, Matt. 7: 25, 27. Luke 6: 48,
49. 2 Cor. 11:26. Rev. 12: 15,16.
Comp. Sept. and "5!"; Is. 59: 19.
Horotaopdgnrog, 00, 5,.',, adj. (1m
rapdc, rpops'w, ¢épw,)borne away by aflood,
Rev. 12: 15. — Hesych. Enrosposv' lure’
nmEs, rovre'or: 1rorapo¢6prjrov E1rolnusv.
110704776?’ 6; 6" ; interrog.adj.what?
i. e. of what kind, sort, manner? spoken
of disposition, character, quality, 1. q.
1roi'oc. Matt. 8: 27 1rora1r61; c'a'rw oi'n'og;
what manner of man is this ? Mark 13: 1
bis 1r. MOotKai 1r. oiKobopal; Luke 1:29.
7: 39. 2 Pet. 3: 11. 1.101111 3: 1.—-Dion.
Hal. Ant. 1. 7. ib. 4. 66. Luc. Parasit.
22. So once mama. Dem. 782. 8. The
form 71'01’1111'6“ is a later corruption from
1ro5a1ro'g, which the earlier Greeks used
only in the sense offrom what country ?
whence ? Lat. cujas ? as if from web, no’
Oev, and obsol. bo'urog i. q. E'Ecupoc, bar:
bar. Buttm. derives it from ‘trot—J iuro’ or no’.
Oev duré' see Lexil. I. 125, 302. Comp.
Lob.ad Phr.p.56 sq. Passow in nobarrog.
H675 ; interrog. adv. correl. to rére,
b'rs, Buttm. 116. 4; when? at what time?
e.g. direct, Matt. 24: 3 mire rai/ra ion’;
25: 37 mire d'E e'idopev nuva'wra; v. 38,
39,44. Mark 13:4. Luke 17:20. 21:
7. John 6:25. 10:24. Rev.6:10. So
Z'wg mire, until when 2 how long ? Matt.
17:17 his, a‘) ysvsa &71’l.d'1'0§,g¢0§ mire Zoo
pai ps0‘ inn-"v,- K. 'r. A. Mark 9: 19 bis.
Luke 9: 41.- Sept. 7ro're for ‘1''? Job 7: 4.
Ear; n'rire for ‘BTW Ps. 80: 5. Jer.4: l4,
21.—Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32. to; 1r. lMacc.
6:22. Comp. in'Ewg II. 1. c.—Indirect,
Mark 13:33 aim o'ibars 'yr'i , n'o're b Kaiplig
pit/£111,161" c'rr' ain'bv b 'Ageodhwpog 5X61].
H075, indef. and enclitic, correl. to
rére, 61's, Buttm.§116. 4; pp. when,whcn
ever, 1. e.
a) at some time, one time or other, once,
both of time past and future. E. g. of
the past, once, formerly, John 9: 13 T1111
 Ho'rego;
1rore‘ rmpMy. Rom.7:9 xuplg 116,100 1rors'.
11:30. Gal. 1:13, 23 bis. Eph. 2: 2,3,
ll, 13. 5: 8. Phil. 4: 10 5r: #3:) rare’
that now 0nce,i.e. now at length. (Dion.
Hal. Ant. 7. 32, 51.) 001.1121 il/Adg‘ rrore
iii/rag K. r. A. 3: 7. Tit. 3: 3. Philem.11.
1Pet.2:10. 3: 5,20. 2Pet.l:2l.--Ceb.
Tab. 2. Hdian. 1. 15. 11. Xen. Mem.1.
4|. 2. — Of the future, once, one dog, at
last, Luke 22: 32. Rom. 1: 10 c’imru; 1131;
wore‘ cr'mfiuer'pa'opaa—Hdian. 2. 2. 18.
b) at any time,euer, Eph. 5: 29 oiIBc‘u:
'ydp rrors Thy Eauroii atipxa Efilomrer.
Thess. 2: 5 oiirs 769 were. 2 Pet. 1:10.
With the negat. pr’; it takes the form ‘in’;
vrore, which see in its order. — Luc. D.
Deor. 10. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.. 19. - In
tens. in an interrogation, like Engl. ever,
now, expressing surprise, Buttm.§ 14.9
fin. p. 432. 1 Cor. 9: 7 rt’: orparailzrar.
151019 ddlwviorg 1rore'; Heb. l: 5, 13. In
direct, Gal. 2: 6 r'wroioi wore iioaw—Cel).
Tab. 2, 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. l, 2. indir.
IEI. V. H. 2. 8 5on4‘ 'n'ore 05rd: Ea'ru'.
Horagog, fl, 0?, interrog. pron. which
of two F Buttm. § 78. 2. Xen. Mem. 1.4.
4.—In N.T. only Neut. 11'61'8901! as adv.
whether ? utrum ? indirect, and followed
by t), or. John 7: 17 1ro'repov Ex roii 920i‘:
Eur-w, i) Eyrb x. r. )1. Sept. for Job 7:12.
-Jos. Ant. 6. 5. l. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4.
Horizgwv, 0v, To’, (neut. of adj. 1ro.
rilpwc, from 1rori1p, rrorog, 1rlyw,) a drinkpp. Sept. for PIPE?‘ Gen. 2: 6. Ez. 17:7.
ing vessel, a cup.
a) pp.Matt.10:42 1rorr'1ptov dauxpor'r p6
vov. 23:25 r6 E'Ewflev r017 1rornpiov. v.26. zuoli, a maritime town of Italy on the
26:27. Mark 7:4, 8. 9:41. 14:23. Luke northern shore of the bay of Naples not
11:39. 22:17, 20. 1 Cor. 11:25. Rev.
17:4. Sept. for 053 Gen. 40:11,13,21.
2 Chr. 4: 5. — Ceb. Tab. 5. Luc. Jup.
Trag. 42. Plut. Mor. II. p. 13. Tauchn.
b) meton- cup for the contents ofa cup,
cup-full, e. g. cup of wine, spoken of the
wine drank at the eucharist. Luke 22:
20 et 1 Cor. 11: 25 rof/ro r5 1ro‘n'yptov i]
mum) Ewen-q. 1 Cor. 10: 16 rd 1r. 'rfic
el'lho'ylag, see in HtitfxlL—SO 1rlvew To
norr'lptov, to drink the cup ; 1 Cor. 10:21
bis 'ro 1rorr'1piov Kupiou---xai rd 1r. Empo
m’wv. i.e. consecrated to the Lord or to
idols. ll: 26, 27. v. 28 'll’fl’ltl' e'x roi] 1m
""1100, comp. John 4.: 14.
c) metaph. from the Heb. lot, portion,
under the emblem of a cup which God
presents to he drank, either for good, as
664 H01’:
Ps. 16:5. 23: 5; or also for evil, Pall:
6. 75: 8. Ez. 23:31 sq. In N.T. cupof
sorrow, i.e. the bitter lot, which awaited
the Saviour in his sufi‘erings and death,
Matt. 20:22,:13. 26:39, 42. Mark 10;
3B, 39. 14: 36. Luke 22: 42. John 18:
ll. Spoken also of the cup of which God
in his wrath causes the nations to drink,
so that they reel and stagger to destruc
tion, see espec. in Gupég. Rev. 14: 10.
16: 19. 18: 6.—Arabian writers use the
same figure, e.g. ‘ cup of death’ Hamasa
l ed. Schult. p. 4.40 ; ‘ cup of destruction’
Abulf. Ann. I. 352. See Gesen. Heb.
Lex. art. 055. Comment. on Is. 51: 17.
HOT1Z6), f. low, (mirog, 1rivw,) to let
drink, to give to drink.
a) pp. 0. ace. of pers. Matt. 25: 35, 42
i1rorio'are' lue. 27:48. Mark 15:36. Rom.
12: 20. acc. impl. Matt. 25:37. Luke
13: 15. Trop. Rev. 14: 6. Pass. trop. 1
Cor. 12:13. Sept. for"??? Gen. 21: 19.
24: 18. (Ceb. Tab. 5.) Seq. dupl. acc. of
pers. and thing, comp. Buttm. § 131. 5,
and n. 4. Winer § 32. 4. Matt. 10: 42
3c e'iw ‘rm-[op E'va. rain’ IMK'PGIV r. 1rorr'lptov
rim 5. Mark 9: 4.1. Trop. 1 Cor. 3: 2.
So ept. and r1Pjf-‘J Gen.19:32 sq. Judg.
4: 19. Job 22: 7. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg.
p. 810 sq.—-Ecclus. 15: 3. Ceb.Tab.19.
b) of plants, to water, to irrigate, only
trop. of instruction, absol. lCor. 3: 6 £76:
é¢IIITEIIGG, 'Arrohhlhg Erro'rwev. v. 7 ,8.—
Xen. Conv. 2. 25.
nor/Mot, all’, oi, Puteoli, now Puz
far distant from the latter city. Its an- ‘
cient Greek name was Aucau'i xeia. It
was a favourite place of resort or the R0.
mans, on account of the adjacent mineral
waters and hot baths; and its harbour
was defended by a celebrated mole, the
remains of which are still to be seen. Hero
Paul landedon hiswaytoRome. Acts28:13
11610;, 00, 6, (1rivu,) pp. a drinking,
act of drinking, Xen. An. 2. 3. 15. Of.
tener and in N. T. a drinking together, a
drinking-bout, 1Pet.4: 3 iv minim; mi 1rd
row. Sept. for or??? Gen.19:3. 40:20.—
Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6. [EL V. H. 3. 23. Xen.
Conv. 8. 4. 1.
H01’), indcf. particle, enclit. (correl.
with r05, 03,) somewhere, in some place
 IIoii 665 H06;
or other; see Buttm. § 116. 4. § 149 fin. Sept. for 51?. Gen. 8:9. Judg. 1:6,7.
p. 432. Viger. p. 446. Heb. 2: 6 hie/sap seep—Luc. D. Deor. 19. 1. Xen. Mem.
riip'ero 515 nor’! my. 4: 4. —— Jos. B. J. 6. 3. 2. 3. 19. of anim. Hdian. 1. 15.11. Xen.
3. Xen. Conv. 4. 7 el'lre ydp nov'O‘unpoc. Venat. 4. l fin. For the accent mn'ig in
—Joined with numerals ,somewhere about, stead of woiic, see Lob. ad Phr. 453, 765.
nearly, Rom. 4: l9 éxa'rovrai'rnc won 1'; Buttm. Ausf. Spracbl. § 41. 7, and Ad.
mipXuv.—El.v.l'l.l3.4. Xen.(Ec.17.2. dend. II. p. 398.——The following special
H017 ; interrog. adv. (correl. to 1r01'; uses of nor’); may be noted: (a) rapt‘;
indef. and 05,) where ? in what place ? roirg 'n'o'dac riro'g, spoken of what is at
Buttm.§ 116.4. Matth. 5 611.3. one's feet; e. g. to cast or lay at one’sfeet,
a) pp. and genr. (a) in a direct ques i. q. to give over into one's care and
tion, seq. indie. Matt. 2: 2 not? z'unv 1'2 charge, as sick persons, Matt. 15:30;
rsxtieig flamku’rg ,- Mark 14: 14. Luke money, property, Acts 4: 35,37. 5: 2.
17:17,37. 22:11. John 1:39. 7:11. 8: 7: 58. Also to sit at thefeet of any one,
10,19. 9:12. 11:34. 1Pet. 4:18. Seq. as disciples were accustomed to sit on
S'E'Attv c. Subj. Matt. 26: 17 1ro1'1 Se'hug the ground before their master or teacher,
Eroipdawpe'v not payeiv r6 mic-xii; Mark see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. I. p. 477.
14: 12. Luke 22: 9. Sept. for "Is Gen. Luke 8:35. 10: 39 h napaxadio'uaa rapt‘:
4: 9. Gen. 18: 9.—Luc. D. Deor. 4. rod: 1r. r017 'I. Acts 22: 3 rapt‘: 1'. 1r. Pa
4. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 14. — (B) Indi. paknvl rewardsups'wc. But Luke 7: 38
rect, often in N. '1‘. see Winer§ 61. 2. ardo'a naps‘: rain; wo'dac airroii dm'aw, i. e.
p. 426. Seq. indic. Matt. 2: 4e'rruv0rivero standin behind the triclinium at the
nap’ aimiv, 1roi 6 X. yer/warm. Mark 15: feet of esus as he reclined upon it. See
47. John 1: 40 mi 21501! ‘trot-J ps'vet. 11: also in 7 below—([3) inrd r011: midac 1':
57. 20:2,13,15. Rev. 2:13. Seq.Suhj. "a, i.e. to put or subdue under one's feet,
Matt.8:20 n01": rfiv xetpaMv Kht'vp. Luke i.q. to make subject to any one, in allu
9: 58. 12: 17.—(y) In a direct question sion to the ancient manner of treading
implying a negative, 1. e. that a person down or putting the foot upon the necks
or thing is not present, does not exist ; of vanquished enemies, see Josh. 10: 24.
comp. Matth. §611. 3. Luke 8: 25 arm? Lam. 5: 5, comp. Ps. 8: 7. So Rom.l6:
Earn’ 1'] along‘ i445”; Rom. 3: 27. lCor. 20 ('2 Gedgmavvrpidlu rhv Earaviiv inrd
12201.81‘. 12:17bis,19. 2 Pet. 3: 4. 1 who 11'. ilpu'm. 1 Cor. 15:25, 27. Eph. 1:
Cor. 15: 55 bis, quoted from Sept. Hos. 22. Also Heb. 2: 8 m’wra inrora'Eag inro_
13:14,
Judg.9:38.
whereJob
Heb.
17:15.
‘fig. Joel2:17.—Luc.
So Sept. and xa'ru 1151' #051511 ailroii, quoted from Ps.
8: 7 where Sept. for ‘1"lZ§‘_'1'\UE.--In a
D. Deor. 4.2. Eurip. Phmn. 558 or 562. similar sense put after inronddiov q. v.
b) by attract. after verbs of motion, Matt. 22:44 'z'wc (‘iv $15 r01); Extlpoi'u; aov
where ? i.q. whither ? to what place? as inrmro'dwv 'rd'v r0515»! 0'01], and so Mark
often in English; comp. Buttm. § 151.1. 12:36, Luke 20:43. Acts 2:35. Heb.
8. So in a direct question, John 7: 35 1:13. 10:13, all quoted from Ps. 110:
#05 051-0; pz'hhn 1ropsi1eotia1; 13: 36 Kil 1 where Sept. for Th??? “11.—(y) Spoken
PLE, 11'01-1 im'ri-yug; 16:5. Sept. for "35 of the oriental mode of making suppli
Gen. 16: 8. Deut. 1:28. Cant. 5: 18. cation, or of doing reverence and 110m
(Luc. D. Mort. 3. 2.) Indirect, John 3: age to a superior, by prostrating one's
8 oinc oidac-n'lrol'l inrc’ryu. 8: 14. 12:35. self before him, comp. Esth. 8: 3. Gen.
14:5. Heb. 11:8. 1 John 2: 11. 44: 14. Ruth 2:10. 2 Sam. 1: 2. etc.
Jahn § 175. So toj'all at one'sfeet, e. g.
H065“, Euros, 6, Pudens, pr. n. of in supplication, nealiw ohv s19 rm); 11:65:19
a Christian, 2 Tim. 4:21. ain'oii Matt. 18: 29. 1rp6¢ roiig midag
H069’, 7056;, b, thejbot, e.g. of men, Mark 5: 22. 7: 25. So Sept. #96; who
Matt.10:14. 18:8 bis 1‘) ('1 'n'oitc o'ou arm/ 1r. for ‘142,13 ‘.1137? Esth. 8: 3. In reverence
Snails‘ ire-“i, Biro 1ro'5ac E'Xovra. 22: 13. and homage, neaeiv sig'rmig 16811:; John
Luke 15:22. 24: 39, 40. John 20: 12. 11:32. 511 roi‘rc 1r. Acts 10: 25. nupd
Acts 21:11. Rev. 2:18. al. seep. Of ani rot); 1r. Luke 17:16. s'vdnrmv rain’ 1r. Rev.
mals, Matt. 7: 6. Anthropopath. of God 3: 9, and E'pnpooflsv Rev. 19: 10. 22: 8;
Matt. 5: 35. Acts 7: 49; comp. Is. 66:1. comp- Heb. '2 "2,5. Esth. 8:3. In a like
 Hgo’i'yuu 666 medium?

sense, xparfia'at rotlg "tidal; ru/o'g Matt.28: ness, i.e. to trade, to trqflic, Luke 19:13;
9.--(3) In allusion to the custom of wash i.q. EpyéZo/Jat in Matt. 25: 16.—So 1rpa
ing the feet of strangers and guests, and 'ypa're‘urr'lg, see in Ata'rrpa'yparu'royat.
also of anointing the feet. The washing Hgw'ré/gwv, 00, rd, Lat. prazton'um,
was usually done by the lowest slaves, i.e. in Latin usage, the generals tent ina
see 1 Sam. 25: 41, and comp. Gen. 24: camp, Liv. 3. 5. Cic. de Divin. 1. 33.
32. 43:24; but sometimes apparently by comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 373; the
the master himself in token of respect, house or palace of the governor of a pro
comp.Gen.18:4. 19:2. Jahn §123, 149. vince, whether a proctor or other ofiicer,
E.g. Luke 7:44 iibwp e'1r2 rotig midac you Cic. Verr. Act. II. 4. 28. ib. 5. 35. any
aim E'duxac. John 13: 5 (11700179) fi'pEuro large house, palace, Sueton. Calig. 37.
vt'm'zw r011; midag 1131/ p. v. 6, 8, 9, 10, Aug. 63, 72. Tit. 8. -— Hence in N. T.
12,14 bis. So of Mary, who washed a preetorian residence, governor's house,
Jesus’ feet with her tears, and kissed palace; spoken
and anointed them in token of affection,
a) of the palace of Herod at Jerusalem,
Luke 7: 38 ter, 44, 45, 46. John 11: 2.
Comp. in 'AAn'rpw. — (e) Meton. to the built with great magnificence at the
feet as the instrument of going is some northern part of the upper city, westward
times ascribed that which strictly be of the temple and overlooking the latter,
longs to the person who goes, walks, etc. to which there was also access from the
comp. in 'Otpttahpo'g a. 7. Luke 1:79 Ka palace over the open place called the
reudz'wm. roug midag; {11117111 :1; 6561/ elpr'lvng. Xystus, and a bridge across the Cheese
Heb. 12:13. (Ps.119:110. Prov.4:26.) mongers' valley; see Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 3.
Acts 5: 9 01 midst; ré'nl Saiba'v-rwv x. r. A. ib.20.8.11. B.J.1.21. 1. ib. 2.16.3.
With the palace were connected the
Rom.3:15. 10:15 a‘): dapa'io: 01' 111555: 117111
2131177. x. r. A. quoted from Is. 52: 7, three towers Hippias, Phasael, and Ma
where see Gesen. Comment. Comp. 1 '1'iamne, Jos.B.J. 5. 4. 3. See J. Ols
K. 14.: 12. Prov. 1: 16. Job 31:5. AL. hauseu Topogr. des alt. Jerusalem, § 3,
9. In this palace the Roman procura.
11511741105, “705, 1'6 (1rpa'oaw,) pp. a tors, whose head-quarters were properly
thing done or to be done, e.g. at Cesarea (Acts 23: 23 sq. 25: 1),took
a) thing done, deed, act, fact, matter. up their residence when they visited Je
Luke 1: 1 bub/now wept 113v e’v hp'iv rusalem ; their tribunaLflfi‘ua, being set
1rpayya'rwv i.q. events. James 3:16 miv up in the open court or area before it;
‘bat/Mu 1rpfi-ypa. Heb. 6:18. 10:1. 11:1. Jos. B.J. 2.14.8, (Dha'ipoc (Florus) 5:‘ Hire
So Sept. for "$2 Gen. 24:50. Deut. 17: pz‘vz'v r01: fiamhet'otg ai'MZerm‘ r1] 8:‘ bar:
5. Judg. 6:29.—1 Macc. 7: 3. Hdian. pala fifi/ta 1rpd nin'a‘w Se'perog Iraaz'feral.
7. 5.8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 7. £31’. A. comp. ib. 2. 9. 3. Adam's Rom.
b) thing doing or to be done, matter, Ant. p. 373.—-John 18:28 bis,33. 19:9.
business, afi'air. Matt. 18:19 it.» 560 {4161' In Matt. 27:27 et Mark 15:16,itseems
o‘vppww'lowtnv 1rrpl a'aurog 1rpa'y/1arog. to refer to the court or part of the palace
Acts 5: 4. Rom. 16: 2. 2 Cor. 7: 11. 1 where the procurator's guards were sta.
Thess. 4: 6. Sept. for V9?! Eco. 3:1.— tioned. —— Act. Thom. § 3 1rpa11'u'1ptu. Ba
Luc.D.Deor. 6. 2. Diod.Sic. 2. 2. Xen. mhural. ib. § 17, 18, 19, where it alter
An. 5. 6. 28.—In a judicial sense, upti nates with 1.‘. 1raha'rtov.
71m E'xcw, to have a matter at law, a law b) of the palace of Herod at Cesarea,
suit, 1 Cor. 6: 1.—Xen. Mem. 2. 9. l. perhaps in like manner the residence of
Hgayuare/a, ;, 1'], (1911)’ arth the procurator, Acts 23: 35.
o,ua1,) 0 doing, business, qfl'air, 2 im. 2: c) of the prazton'an camp at Rome, i.e.
4. Sept. for WERE? 1 Chron. 28:21.— the camp or quarters of the pra-torian
2 Macc. 2: 32. Dem. 101. 22. comp. cohorts Phil. 1: 13. These wereabody
Xen. Eq. 3. 12. of select troops instituted by Augustus to
Hgayuaflhofhw, f. n'wopa1,dep0n. guard his person, and to have charge of
Mid. (1111171111,) to be doing, to be busy, the city; see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 563.
occupied, Luc. Philops. 36. Xen. Cyr. 2. Comp. in Erparomba'pxng.
4.26. In N.T. like Engl. to do busi Hgoizrwg, 050;, b, (1rpu'o'da),) a docr,

1
 11503234; 667
Soph. Trach. 862 or 864. Antiphon.
121. 39. In N.T. an ezaclor, collector,
i.e. a public otficer who collected debts,
fines, penalties,taxes, Luke 12:58; comp.
inrrlpe’rng in Matt. 5: 25. Sept. for W5
Is. 3: 12.—Dem. 778. 18. ib. 1337. 26.
Comp. Boeckh.Staatsh. d.Ath. 1. p. 167,
403. Also 1rp. a'lyarog i.e. avenger. [Es
chyl. Eumen. 315 or 320. 1rp. ¢ovov
Soph. El. 953.
_ Hgaiig, em, 1", (wpu’om) pp. a do
mg, action, i.e.
a) something done, an act, deed,prae
lice; plur. acts, works, conduct. Matt. 16:
27 (modifiers: Exa'o-rp Kari: n‘lv ‘apathy ailrofi.
Luke 23:51. Acts 19: 18. Rom. 8:13.
Col. 3: 9. So HpdEezc ra'w 'Awowohwv
as the title of the book of Acts. Sept.
for 2 Chr. 13:22. 27: 7.—Ecclus.
32. 19. Jos. Ant. 10.4. 5. Hdian. 2. 15.
12. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 1.
b) something to be done, business,oflice,
funtliOIl. Rom. 12: 4' ni de‘ pe'lhy 1ra'v'ra
on’) n)!’ (1971):! E'xu unison—Ecclus. 11.
10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 6. (E0. 5. 4.
1150609‘, neut. 1rpfiov .- also written
1rpq'ioc, 01/, without fem. Buttm. §64. 2,
(i.q. 191159,) meek, mild, gentle, Matt. 11:
29 1rpc'uic 22;“. —2 Mace. 15: 12. Plut.
Mor. II.p.13.Tauchn. Xen.Ag. 11.10.
on the Iota subscript see Passow s. v.
The form 1rpa1’n; is earlier,but not better;
see Passow in 1rpai'ic. Lob. ad Phr. 403.
Hgaorng 0r Hgaorng, 'nrrog, :7,
(rpiog) meelmess, mildncss, forbearance.
1 Cor. 4: 21 E11 1rvcn'lpan' re rrpadrnrog.
2 Cor. 10:1 541': 'rfig 1rpa6rnroc r027 Xpwroil'.
Gal. 5: 23. 6:1. Eph. 4,: 2. Col. 3: 12.
1 Tim. 6:11. 2 Tim. 2:25. Tit. 3: 2.
Sept. for "1!! Ps. 45: 6.—Ecclus. 1: 24.
Jos. 13.1. 6. 8. 2. Dem. 1405. 15. Xen.
Cyr. 3. l. 41.
Hgao‘mi, (6;, 1", a bed in a garden,
Ecclus. 24:31. Theophr. H. Plant. 4. 4.
3. Hom. 0d. 7. 127. In N.T. an area,
square, like a garden-bed; Mark 6: 40
7fptld'ltll 1rpaatal, i.e. bysquares, like beds
in a garden. The repetition without the
copula denotes distribution, i.q. aw‘. 1rpa
ma'g, comp.Sept. and Heb. Ex. 8:10 [14].
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 668. VViner§ 58. 1.
See also in Aria—So ,uupia. ,uvplaH-Ischyl.
Pers. 915 or 981, i.q. mm‘. ,wpidaag.
Hgaiam, v. 77W, f. Ew,aor.'z'1rpaEa,
.perf. 1re'1rpaxa, lo do,ex pressing an action
Hgoiao'a
as continued or not yet completed; what
one does repeatedly, continuedly, habi
tually; like 1rotéw no. 2. Found John
3: 20. 5: 29; elsewhere only in the writ
ings of Luke and Paul.
a) seq. acc. of thing,without reference
to a person as the remote object ; comp.
below in c. (a) Spoken of particular
deeds, acts, works, done repeatedly or
continually, to do, i.e. to perform, to eze
cute. Acts 19:19 ixavol 5:‘ r1311 r1‘: 1rtpl'ep.
‘ya 1rpaZa'vruv. v. 36 pryde‘v 1rpo1reréc.
26:26. 1 Thess. 4:11 1rpa'oc'sw r1‘: 131a.
Once put instead of repeating a preced
ing verb, 1 Cor. 9: 17 El Emlw rofiro
1rpa'aau, comp. v. 16 ; see in Hots'w no.
2. c.—Hdian. 3.6.1. Xen. Mem. 2.9.1.
ra Eavrofl. Cyr. 5.4.11.—(B) Ot'a course
of action or conduct,espec. of right, duty,
virtue, to do, i. e. to exercise, to practise.
Acts 26: 20 551a 'rfic Im'avoc’ag E'p'ya
1rpa'aoov'rag. Rom. 2: 25 vdpov, i. e. To.
7'05 V6,“)... 7:15. 9:11. 2 Cor. 5:10.
Phi]. 4:9. So Sept. and 5?? Prov. 21:
7. — Dem. 310. 19. Xen.Mem. 2. 6. 17
xaXi—(y) Oftener of evil deeds or
conduct, to do, i.q. to commit, to practise.
Luke 22: 23 b roflro luéhhwv 1rpa'ao'ew.
23: 15 065a‘ 5510:’ Sal/(iron e'a'r: 'n-nrpa
'ypz'vov ain'q], comp.Buttm.§134.6. Luke
23:41 bis. John 3:20 6 pail)“: 1rpt'w'owv.
5:29. Acts 25: 11,25. 26:31. R0m.l:
32 bis. 2: 1, 2,3. 7:19. 13:4. 2 Cor.
5:10. 12:21. Gal. 5:21. So Sept. and
Hg; Prov. 10: 24.. ‘>2? Job 36: 23. Prov.
30: 20.—Hdian. 7. 6. 10. Xen.Mern. 1.
l. 20. il). l. 2. 29 ¢afiha.
b) intrans. to do, comp. Buttm. § 113.
n. 3. E.g. (a) to do, i.q. to act, with an
adjunct of manner. Acts 3: 17 ran‘: Ii
yvmav é-zrpr’lt'ars, comp. v. 14,15. Acts
17:7 oi'iro: m'wrzc d'n'éyav-rz rim Boy'u.
Kai'o'apog 1rpc'vrrovm. So Sept. and "P2
Gen. 31:28. Prov. 14:17.-—Pol. 3.69.8.
ib. 5. 75. 9. — (,3) Like Eng]. to do, i.q.
tofare, to be in any state of good or ill,
with an adjunct of manner. Eph. 6: 21
n’ 1rpéoo'w how Ido,how I fare. Actsl5:
29 see in E17.— 2 Macc. 9: l9. Diod.
Sic. 11. 54. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8.
c) Spoken in reference to a person, to
do to or in respect to any one, in N.T.
only of harm or evil. (a) gem. c. ace. of
thing, seq. dat. ol' pers. Acts 16:28
ImyEc‘v 1rpd£pg aeavrqii Kaxo'v. So c. in’
rwa as to, Acts 5:35. 1rp69 rwa against,
 Ilgatiiwoiflua
Acts 26:9.--c. dat. Luc. Tim. 50. Xen.
An. 5. 7. 29. pp. 0. dupl. acc. Xen. (Ec.
12. 7. camp. Buttm. § 131. 4, 5.—([3)
In the sense to dofrom any one, i.e. to
exact, to collect money from any one; in
N.T. only c. ace. of thing, Luke 3: 13
[uphill whe'ov-n'trpéo'o'ere 19:23 Ehfldw oily
16x91 Fry Znpat'a airré. —— Jos. Ant. 9.11.1.
Dem. 617. 24. Xen. H.G. 1.8.8. pp. 0.
dupl. acc. Luc. Vitar. Auct. 18. Xen.
An. 7. 6. 17 e'c'w 1rprir'mre min-(iv n‘. xpr'l
,uara.
Hgafivroiéewt, as, 1‘],(11'P(11"lc, miaxw ,) the elders of the Christian church,1 Tim.
pp. a sajfiring meehly, i.e. meehness, mild
ness, gentleness, once in Mss. 1 Tim. 6:
11.—Philo de Abr. p. 379. B. Zonaras
Lex. 1576.
Hgtziig, £706, 1'), Gen. £09, 0271;‘ slat."
c'oc, oic‘ meeh, mild, gentle. Matt. 5: 5
paxéptot oi 1rpaeic. 21: 5. 1 Pet. 3: 4.
Sept. for i=2 Job 24: 4. [Keri] Zech. 9:9.
1!! Ps. 37: 11.—Ecclus.10: l4. Hdianfl.
1. 3. Xen. (E0. 19. 7. See in “pine fin.
Hguiirng, rn'rog, .7, (Frag) meek
ness, mildness, forbearance, ames l: 21.
3: 13. l Pet.3:15. Sept. for "3! Ps. 45:
6.-Ecclus. 3: l7. 4: 8.
Hgirrw, pp. to be eminent, distinguish
ed, to ma, Horn. II. 12. 104.. Od.8.l72.
Usually and in N. T. impers. n'pe'nu, it
becomes, it is right, proper ,- part. 1rpe'1rov
z'o-ri it is becoming, etc. Constr. pp. seq.
dat. of pers. et infin. as subject, see
Buttm. § 129. 10; e. g. Heb. 2: 10 E'
npe'trs 'yrlip abrq'i-urshwiaat. Matt. 3: l5
'kpé'l’oy x.1-:>\. (Luc. Imag. 22.) Seq. dat.
slmpl. Eph. 5: 3 xafidn; 1rpe'1rn dyiotc.
(Xen.An. 1. 9. 6.) Seq. accus. et infin. l
Cor.1l:13.-—Luc.D.Deor.20.16.—Also
in the personal construction with a nomi
native, Buttm. l. c. 1 Tim. 2: 10 6 npé
1I'Et ‘yuvatEt'v. Tit. 2: 1. Heb. 7: 26 T0106
roc 1‘) “iv En'penev ilpxizpebg. So Sept. for
"3315;. 33: l. 93: 5.-Luc. Nigrin. 15.
El. V. H. 12. 1 penult.
Hgwcfl'm, as, 1'), (1mm...) age,
seniority, primogeniture, Eschyl. Pers. 4.
Pausan. 3. 1. 4. In N.T. an embassy, i'or
concr. ambassadors, e. g. rpeofieiav (inro
oréhlmv Luke 14: 32. 19: 14. Like ex
amples of metonomy see in Lob. ad Phr.
g£469.—2 Macc. 4.: 11. Hdian.2.8.12.
en. Cyr. 2. 4. l.
Hfid’git'lfl, t. n'lo'w,(1rp¢d’€l'1¢ an aged
668 Hgeofir'arego;
man, elder, also an ambassador, Buttm.
§ 58. p. 100,) to be aged, elder, Dion. Hal.
Ant. 1. 70. Hdot. 7. 2. In N. T. to be
an ambassador, to act as ambassador,
intrans. 2 Cor. 5: 20 inre‘p Xpwroi obv
‘II’PEUfiEI’IOfLEY. Eph. 6: 20.—Jos. Ant. 12.
4. 2. Dem. 421. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.1.
Hgsogwégmv, ‘'00, T6, (n'peogt'rre
poc), an assembly of aged men, council of
elders, senate ,- whence Engl. presbytery.
Spoken of the Jewish senate, Sanhedrim ,
o'vve'bprovqv. Luke22:66. Acts 22:5. Of
4: l4.
Hgeocz'aregog, a, or, pp. 9. comparat.
form from 1rpéo€vg an old man,see Buttm.
§69. 3; older, elder, i. e.
9.) pp. as compar. adj. Luke 15: 25 b
vibe abrm? b Tl'pfil‘gl'lfipo“, Sept. for ‘5%?
Job 1: 13,18. 12!, Job 32: 4.—J0s. Ant.
6.3.2. 1111. V. H. 9.42.--Hence as Subst.
an older person, senior; plur. old men,
seniors,the aged; 1 Tim. 5: l 1rpeo€vrépy
p1) inurhi'lzpc. v.2. Acts2:17oZ-1rp. illmiv.
lPet. 5: 5. So Sept. for 1121, Gen. 18:11,
12. 24: l. (Jos. c. Apion. 2. 27. Xen.
Cyr. l. 2. 2.) Also 0119506611901 the an
cients, the fathers, ancestors; Matt. 15:2
ai 1rapa§tiauc r1311 1rpco'guripwv. Mark
7:3, 5. Heb. 11:2.
1)) subst. in the Jewish and Christian
usage, as a title of dignity, an elder,
plur. elders, i. e. persons of ripe age and
experience who were called to take part
in the management of public affairs; so
in the 0. Test. Sept. and Heb. B‘Wnsee
EX. 18:13. 1927. 94: 1,9. Num. ll:
16. al. saep. comp. Gen. 50: 7. In N.T.
spoken: (a) Of members of the Jewish
Sanhedrim at Jerusalem, genr. John 8:
9, comp. v. 3. Acts 24: 1. As one of the
classes of members, e. g. 6 1'1 xrspuic m1
oi 'ypappareic xal oi 1rpw€vrspot Matt.
26: 57; oftener oi dpxtzpzig mi 01 ypxai
oi 1rpea'g. Matt. 16:21. 26: 3. 27: 41.
Mark 8: 3|. l1127. 141 43, 53. 15:].
Luke 9: 22. 20:1. Comp. in 'Apxltpfl'lc
b. Also tipxtspeig xai wrung. Matt. 21:
23. 26: 47,59. 27: 1, 3,12,20. 28:12
coll. v.11. Luke 22:52. Acts4:23. 23:
14. 25: 15 oi 1rpeo€. ml oi ypapp. Acts
6:12. oi dpxovrec xal 0i 1rpcag. not 01
'ypapp. Acts 4: 5. v. 8 tipxovreg r017 ham-1
m1 1rpeo€brspm rm? 'Iopar’lh. Comp. J ahn
§ Nut—([3) 01' the elders in other cities,
 115.066“; 669 1150'
e. g. Capernaum, Luke 7: 3. Comp. in 14:29. So Sept. for ‘9.9:? E2. 33: 22.
Kpiotc b. 'y.——('y) 01' the elders of Chris Joel 2: 31.—Hdian. l. 9.7. Plato Eu
tian churches, presbyters, to whom was thyphr. §4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4, 10.
committed the direction and government b) with 11, i. e. 1rplv fi,sooner than, i.q.
of individual churches, pp. i.q. e’vrlmtowoc before, a usage unknown to the earliest
q. V. Acts 11:30. 14: 23. 15: 2,4, 6, Attic writers, as the tragedians and
22, 23. 16:4. 20:17. 21:18. 1 Tim. Thucydides, but current in the middle
5:17. Tit. 1:5. James 5: l4. 1 Pet. 5: Attic and later; see Passow no. 2. e.
Elmsley Eur. Med. 179. Reisig Comm.
I. Sing. 1') 1rpsa€irrrpoc 1 Tim. 5: 19. 2
John 1. 3 John 1.—(5) Symbol. of the Crit. de Soph. ()C. 36. construed: (a)
24 elders around the throne of God in Seq. infin. aor. c. acc. where something
heaven, Rev. 4:4,10. 5: 5, 6, 8, 11, 14. new is introduced; comp. Passow no. 2.
-7:11,13. 11:16. 14:3. 19:4. (1. Matt. 1: 18 1rplv 1‘) avreheeiv abrmic
115205151219‘, 00, b, (rpc'o‘fivgg) an old ebpéfln x. -r. A. Mark 14:30. Acts 2: 20.
man, one aged, Luke 1: 18. Tit. 2: 2. 7. 2.—Tob. 14.; 15. Jill. V. H. 1. 5. 21.
Philem. 9 the new; apwfiirrng. Sept. Plut. Crass. 29 fin. Plato Rep. V1. p.
for 1?}, Ex. 10:9. 1 Sam. 4:19. 1 K. 1: 501 lands‘ 1pci¢cw vdpovg, 1rpiv 1*, 1m aha
15.—Hdian. 4. 12.1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1. eiv xaflapav, 1') abrol 1rou'ia'aL—(flg seq.
Subjunct. aor. where the reference is to
Hgwfiims, 180;, 1*,, (fem. m 1rpsagb something future. Luke 2: 26 pr‘; 135v
717e,) an aged woman, Tit. 2.3.—Ios.Ant. sévarov, 1rpiv ii 15y row Xpttrrdv. 22: 34.
7.7.2. Hdian. 5.8. 6. JEschyl. Eum.718. —-Hdot. 1. 19. 1rpt'y Jos. Km. 7. 9. 7.
1159,1941, s/ee Hifflrpnpi. Plato Phaedo § 6 fin. —- (y) seq. Opt.
Hgnmg, 20;, out‘, 5, 1'], adj. (prob. where the preceding clause contains a
negative, Passow no. 2. c. Acts 25: 16
from 1rp6,) Lat. pronus, i. e. bendingfor~ oim Zo'rw ZOogm-nplv ‘Tl-"Kari: 1rplio'w1rov
wards, prostrate, headlong. Acts 1: 18
rpm/11¢ yard/151109 falling headlong; see
E'xot To‘); xarn-yépovc. Comp.Winer §42.
more in 'An'c'ryxuL—{i Macc. 6: 23. Jos. 3. p. 245. Matth. 9522.2. b.—-1rp|’w Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. l4.
B. J. 6. 1. 6. Hom. Od.5.374. The form
is Ionic, for Att. 1rpam’1c Xen- An.l.5.8. Ugl'wm, no, ,',, Prisca, 2 Tim. 4.- 19.
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 431. Rom. 16: 3; and dimin. HpwxiMa, 11g,
HQIZW or 7751's}, 1'. low, to saw, to ihPrist‘illa, Acts 18: 2,18, 26. (Rom. 16:
3.) 1 Cor. 16: 19; pr. n. of the wife of
saw asunder, Pass. Heb. 11:37. Here
spoken of a cruel punishment inflicted Aquila, see in 'Axl'lhag.
on captives in war, see 2 Sam. 12: 31. Heron/Mot, see in Hpiaxa.
1 Chr. 20: 3. Comp. in Atfloropéw. Sept. HEI’N, see in IIpiZw.
for I?“ Am. 1: 3.—Susann. 59. Fabr. Ugo’, prep. governing the genitive,
Cod. Pseud. V.T. p. 1088. genr. Diod. with the primary signif. e are at. pro,
Sic. 3. 27. Plato Theag. p. 124. A. praz, both of place and time. Comp.
Heir, adv. of time, (kindr. with 1rpé,) Matth. §575. Passow s. v.
pp. before, formerly, in independent 1. Of place, before, i. e. in front of, in
clauses, opp. m'w, Horn. 11. 2. 112. Xen. presence of, in advance of ; opp. to sré
Cyr. 5. 2. 36. Usually and in N. T. in c. acc. behind. E. g. seq. gen. of p ace,
a relative or conjunctive sense, connect. Acts 5: 23 itrro'arac apt‘; ru'w svpfin'. 12:
in g the clause before which it stands with 6,14 1rp6 r017 “is”... 14:13. James 5:
a preceding one, and having the force of 9.—Ios. Ant. 10. l. 2 rrpo ri-‘w ruxo‘n'.
a comparative ,before, sooner than. Comp. Ceb.Tab.15 apt) 'rfig sopag. Xen.H.G. 2.
Passow 1rpiv no. 1, 2. Buttm. § 149. p. 4. 33 We n31’ nuluIm—Oi person, from
430. Matth. § 522. 2. Viger. p. 442. the Heb. n'pd 1rporro'nrov rwdg, i. q. Heb.
a) simply, seq. infin. aor. c. acc. when ‘3137?, pp. before the face of any one, but
something new is introduced, not before used pleonast. instead of we simply be
mentioned; comp. Passow no. 2. (1, Matt. fore any one, Matt. 10 durcare'lkhw rdv
26: 34, 75 1rpiv éhérropa ¢wvfioa1. Mark ('i-y'yshdv poo n'po rpoao'mov aou, i. q. n'pti
14:72. Luke 22: 61. John 4: 49 Kurd 001?. Mark 1: 2. Luke 1:76. 7:27. 9:
51794 1rpiw11r09aveiv r5 mudiov p.011. 8:58. 52. 10: 1. See Winer § 67. 1. p. 488.
 H56 670 Hgomgéw
So Sept. for 1:1‘? Ex. 33: 2. 34: 6. Ma]. Hdian. 5. 4.. 2. Plato Menex. fin. r96 ye
3: l, 14.—Greek writers used simply ttMwv. Xen. Mem. 2. 5.3.
'rrpé c. gen. of pers. Diod. Sic. 16. 93 1rpo Non;- In composition 1rpo' implies:
rob ,Bamhe'wg o-rég. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 33. 1. place, fore, bq'ore, forward, forth, as
2. Of time, before, i. e. earlier than, 1rpoé-yw, 1rpo€alvw, 1rpogéMu, etc. 2.
prior to. (a) Seq. gen. of a noun of time,fore, bejbre, beforehand, Lat. prw as
time, Matt. 8: 29 1rpo xarpoi': before the rrpoeI-rrov, 1rpohc'yw,1rpopepcpyéu, etc. 3.
time sc. appointed. John 11: 55 "pa rm? preference, as 'lrpoalpe'opm.
weiaxa. 13:1. Acts 5:36. 21:38. l 00!‘. Hgooiyw, f. Eu, (d-yw.) 1. trans. to
2: 7. 4: 5. 2 Cor. 12:2 1rp6 e'ro'w 50.-a
leadforth, to bring forth, e. g. a prisoner
rwm'lpwv. 2 Tim. 1: 9. 4:21. Tit. 1: 2. out of prison, c.acc. Acts 16:30 1rpoa'ya
Jude 25 in some edit. So Sept. for
76w abroulg E'Ew. So in a judicial sense,
v.13‘? Zech. 8: 10. Neh. 13: 19.—Hdian. Acts 12:6 51': 5e‘ E‘ueAAe abrbv 1rpoé-yew
2. 2. 3. Plut. Crass. 29 bis. Xen. Cyr.
b 'Hpdrdng. 25:26 516 1rpor'ryayov min-ow
4. 5. 14.—By inversion, John 12: l 1rpb 541'1'1/11311, i. e. before you as judges.—
2E fipepa‘w rob mioxa, for FE hp. rpd r017
genr. 2 Macc. 5: 18. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4.
1rdoxa,ai.1: days before the passover. Simi
lar inversions are: Sept. Am. 1: l rrpb Xen. (Ec. 11. 15. In a judicial sense,
0.519, Jos. Ant. 16. 11.6. B. J. 1. 27.
560 e'ro'w r05 dew/1017. 2 Macc. 15:36.
2. Arr. Exp. Alex. 4.. 14. 3.
Jos. Ant. 15. ll. 4 1rpd pu'ic hpe'pac rfic
2. intrans. to go before, comp. in 'Ayw
Eoprfig. c. Apion. 2. 2 1rpd c'ru'w rpm
no. 3; referring either to place or time.
xom'wv Aavaoii ¢vyfig. Plut. Sym
a) of place, to go before, i. e. in front,
pos. lib. 8. qu. 1, 1...‘. F16; fipépag rs'w in advance;
'yovrsc absol.
ml at Matt. 21:9 E'xput'ov.
dxokoveofivrsc 01
yevcBMwv. Luc. Macrob. l2 1rpo 300711
c'roiv rfic reheurfic. 531. H. An. 11. 19.
Mark 11:9. Luke 18:39. Seq.acc.ofpers.
Comp. Winer .5 65. 4. p. 459.——(fl) Seq. depending on the force of 1rpo' in composit.
gen. of a noun implying an event, as although by itself it governs only the
marking a point of time. Matt. 24: 38 ienitive; see Matth. § 426 pen. comp.
1rpo TOI-l xa'raxhvo'poi. Luke 11: 38 1rpd uttm. § 147. n. 11, 12. Matt. 2:9 6
1'05 ('1. lo'rov. 21:12. John 17:24 1rpo c'mrfip rpofi'yev abrobc. Mark 10: 32.
Kara 0M7: xo'o'yov. Eph. 1:4. Heb. 11:5.
—Jos. BJ. 6.1.6. 1rpor'7'ye be‘ ‘Kohl ‘Mir-rag.
1 Pet. 1:20. So Sept. 1rp6 for ‘.25’? Is. b) in time, i.q. to go first, to precede,
18: 5. — Plato Phaedo init. We rob 9a absol. Mark 6: 45 ml 1rpoé-ycw elg r5
vd‘rou. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21 7pm‘: roii lipi
1re'pa1'. Trop. I Tim. 5: 24' see in Kpl'o'u;
orou—By Hebr. Acts 13:24. n'po apnea’: b. Seq. acc. of pers. depending on
1rou rfig eloésov ail-r017, i. q. 1rpb cio'dbou
1rpo', see above in a. Matt. 14.: 22 ml
abrob, see above in no. 1. Comp. ‘355..
11110675111 airrbv sic To m'pav. 21: 3]. 26:
Sept. 1rpé, Am. 1: 1.—(-y) Seq. gen. of 32. 28:7. Mark 14.: 28. 16:7.—-Jos.c.
pers. or thing, before one in time. John Apion. 2. l5 n-poa'yuv dpxatérrlrn—Par
5: 7 1rp6 E1106 xa-ragalvet, before me, i. e. ticip. 1rpoa’ywv, oven, or, foregoing,f0r
sooner than I. 10:8 6001 1rp6 e'luob flkflov. mer, previous. 1 Tim. 1: 18 Kare‘; ring
Col. 1: 17. of 1rp6 rwoc those before any 1rpoa-ym'maqe'1ri a'e rpogbnrelac. Heb. 7:
one, who preceded him, were earlier than 18.—Hdian. 8. B. 8.
he, Matt. 512. Rom. 11m. Gal. 1:17.
—Palm h. 53.2. Hdian. 1. 5. 13 ol #9:‘) Hgoougém, 5, 1‘. firm, (aipéo_.) to
E1405. en. Mem. 3. 5. 11 1rpd filmin— takefortb out of any place, Judith 13:
(3) Seq. r05 c. infin. expressing an event. 15 1rpoe>\o|'n1a 'nlv xeqmhfiv Ex ‘rip; m'lpac.
Matt. 6: 8 1rpb ‘rob bpfic airiiaat. Luke Luc. Rhetor. Praec. 17 xaer'mzp Ex ra
2: 21. 22:15. John n49. 13:19. 17. pm'ou 'n-poatpév. Oftener Mid. rpm“
5. Acts 23:15. Gal. 2: 12. 3:23. So pz'opar, 05pm, to take one thing before
Sept. for 115’? Gen. 13; 10. 27: 7, 10. another, i. q. to prefer, to choose, \Visd.
El. V. H. 2. 34. 7: 10. Hdian. 6. 8. 13. Xen. Luc. 9. 6
3. Trop. of precedence, preference, 1rpoa1peIo'9ar Sr'warov dvri rm‘; l3r'ou. -—
dignity, before, above, as 1.92, mivrwv be In N. T. Mid. pp. to take or have befbre
fore all things James 5: 12. 1 Pet. 4: 8. one’: set , i.q. to propose to one's self, to
-—-3 Macc. 2:21 Bed: not‘: m'wrwv 5710:. purpose, to resolve,absol. 2 Cor.9:7 x1106";
 Hgoaméoam
rrpoatpe'lrat rf'l xapbia.——1El. V. H. 3.
10. Pol. 3. 107. 15. Xen. Mem. 2. l. 2.
Hgoamaioaau, 5pm, f. (wopat,
depon. Mid. (ainéoym) to accuse be
forehand, Aor. l to have already accused,
to have already brought a charge, c. acc.
et inf. Rom. 3: 9. Comp. 0. 2: 1—5,
17—29.
Hgouzoz'w, aor. l 1rpm'lxovoa, to
hear beforehand, A or. to have heard Qfbe
fore, already, 0. acc. Col.l:5 MUM-[5:1,]
1rponx01'ware—Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3 rpm:
Krlxolbg Ta pékhovra. Pol. 10. 5. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 3. 21.
Hgoupoozgroim, f. fio'w,(¢'1paprdvw,)
pert. 7rponpdpnpca, to have sinned already,
heretofore, 2 Cor. 12:21. 13:2.—l-ldian.
3. l4. 8.
Hgoaohav, 00, "5, (gain) pp, So genr. Matt. 7: 15 see in‘Evbvpa. 9:
‘ place before the 1113M’; or interior court,’
i. q. the large gate-way of an oriental
house or palace, q. d. gateway, vestibule,
Mark 14:68. Comp. Matt. 26:71 where
it is mflubv. — Suid. 1rpoa1'duov‘ Ta 3'}:
vrpon'fiev rfic aI'Afig.
Hgogou’vw, f. flr'wopaz, (flat'voh) to
go forward, to advance, intrans. Matt.
4: 21 et Mark 1: 19 1rp0€fig firemen/.—
Jos. B. J. 6.1.7. Hdian. 7. 12. 10. Xen.
Ag. 6. 7. -— Trop. Part. perf. rpofiefiq
mbg, via, be, advanced so. in life, years,
seq. iv 0. dat. Luke 1:7 rrpogegrlxérec Ev
ra'ig filue'palg. v. 18. 2: 36. Sept. 0. dat.
for 11"’??? #3 Josh. 23:1, 2. l K. l:l.—c.
Eu 2 Macc. 8:8. c. dat. Diod. Sic. 13. 89.
c. acc. 2 Macc. 6: l8. Hdian. 2. 7. 8.
HgoCoiMw, r. 5am, (pm...) :0 i.q. to stand forth, prob. in order of speak
cast or thrustfbrward, trans.
a) genr. Acts 19:33 1rpo€a7\7\évrwv
ail-row nDv 'Iovbaiwv, the Jews thrusting
him (Alexander) forward. — Sept. Jer.
46: 4. 2 Macc. 7: 10. Hdian. 7. 6. l9.
Luc. Catapl. 25 1rp6€aAX m’rrbv a’; rd
'uz'o'om—Others in Acts 1. c. to putjbr
ward sc. as an advocate, to propose, to
recommend, as Mid. and Pass. Jos. B.
J. 4. 4. 1. P01. 6. 26. 5. Dem. 750. 10.
Xen. An. 6. l. 25.
b) of plants and trees, to put forth,
e. g. leaves, blossoms, fruit, Luke 21:
30 511111 1rpo€dXwol sc. Tit ‘pi/Uta, comp.
Matt. 24.: 32.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 19 xapvrov
Arr. Epict. l. 15. 7.
Hgogwrmbg, 6, 6r, (fl-Pdgaromper.
671 Hgoywa'mxw
taining to sheep. John 5:2 e'1ri r1’ 1rpo€a~
Turf] sc. mfrhzl, by the sheep-gate. ‘S0 Sept.
for 11533 “2!! Neh.3:1,32. 12:39. This
gate was near the temple; and was prob.
so called as the place where sheep were
sold for the sacrifices of the temple.
Hgogu'rov, 01), rd, (1rpogalrw,) pp
‘ whatever goes forwards,’ i. e. moves its
limbs forwards in going; hence in Ionic
and Doric usage spoken of quadrupeds,
in distinction from things flying, creep
ing, swimming; genr. rd 1rpo€ara,
beasts, cattle, Hom. II. 14. 124. Hdot.
1. 203. ib. 2. 41; espec. smaller cattle,
sheep and goats, Hdot. 1. 133. ib. 8.
137.—In Attic usage and N.T. a sheep,
plur. sheep, e. g. as distinguished from
goats, Matt. 25: 3'2 o'iovrep b not/11);’ (‘upo-v
pz'Zet 1'31 1rpo'ga'ra c'uro rfiw z'piquuv. v. 33.
36. 10: I6. 12: 11,12. 18:12. Mark
6: 34'. Luke 15: 4', 6. John 2:14, 15.
10: 1, 2, 3 bis, 4 bis, 12 ter, 13. Acts
8: 32. Rom. 8: 36- 1 Pet. 2: 25. Rev.
18:13. Sept. for 1*: Gen. 12: 16. 13:
5. seep. "'12. Ex. 12: 3 sq. —Pol. 5. 35.
13. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 9.—Trop. of those
under the care and watch of any one, as
sheep under a shepherd, Matt. 10: 6.
15: 24.. 26:31. Mark 14: 27. John 10:
7,8, 11, 15, 16, 26,27. 21:16, 17.
Heb. 13: 20.
Hgogzcagw, f..iow,(flr€é£w, [Jain-1,)
to cause to go forwards, to cause to ad
vance, trans. Acts 19:33 in 5:‘ ‘mi? 5x710!’
1rpoe€i€aoav 'AXe'Eavbpov they caused
Alexander to advance out of the crowd,
in behalf of the Jews—Pol. 24. 3. 7.—
Trop. i. q. to urge on, to instigate, Matt.
14.: 8 1r ogtgaofisfoa {mo riig- pqrpog m’:
rfic.-—. en.Mem. 1. 5. 1. Sept. to teach,
for "11"" Ex. 35: 341. 15!} Dan. 6; 7.
Hfiocbi'nl, f. glut), (,Bhc'mu) t0 fore
see, Sept. for “511 Ps. 37: 13. In N. T.
Mid. 1rpofihe'1ropat, to provide, Lat. pro
video, 0. acc. Heb. ll: 40.
11507190514061, perf_ 2 1rpo-yé'yova, (7i
vopat q. 17.) to be done before, to have been
before. Rom. 3: 25 rrTn/ 1rpo-ye-yovo'rwv
ciluaprnpa'rwv sins before done, former
sins—2 Macc. 14.: 13. Hdian. 1. 14. 4.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 9.
Hen/1110507660, f. YVII'JUOIJGQQYLVIQUKW,
q. v.) to know before, trans.
 Hgo'yvmolg 672 Hgoslrrov
a) gem. i. q. to know already, to babe. 'Irlom'lg Xp. 1rposypd¢n iv bpiv e'oravpw
fore acquainted with, c. acc. Acts 26:5 pz'vog, before whose eyes Jesus Christ
1rpo-ymboxovrc'c p: iivwecv, comp. for the hath been announced among you crucified,
pleonast. adv. Lob. ad Phr. p. 10. impl. i. e. set forth as in a public written
2 Pet. 3: 17.—Wisd. 18:6. Hdian. 1. tablet—Hence also i. q. to proscribe, to
8. 13. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 12. appoint, to ordain, Jude 4 oi rrd/\tu 1rpo
b) i. q. to flare/mow, to jbrcsee, pp. n‘z 'ye'ypappz'voi rig 'rofiro rd xplpm—Ap
,ue'Mtov-ra Xen. Apol. 30. In N. T. by pian. B. Civ.4.1 Ei'lMa r017 *n'pu'arou r01};
impl. to flare-determine, to jbreordain; s'xeponlr; c'c 9dya'rov wpoypddmvrooibmciv
e. g. Pass. part. 1 Pet. 1: 20 Xpwrm': e'rri savc'rnp 1r o-ypa¢c'vrmv. Jos. Ant. 11.
1rpoe-yvuopévou 1rpb Karagohfic Ella/.1011.— 6. 12. fin. Po . 32. 22. 1. comp. Lat. pro
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4'. 11 in some edit. comp. scribere.
in I‘mbzrxw fin.-—Here belong also Rom. Hgbbnlog, 00, a, {1, (bfiXoQQmanQ/bst
8: 29 an ob; 1rpoe'yvw, Kai 1rpotbpwe, and beforehand, Dem-293.25. Xen. H.G.6.4.
Rom. 11:2 Aabv abrol'r, by 1rpoé-yvw, i. e. 9. In N. T. emphat. manifest before all,
whom he hath fore-determined, of old; well-known, conspicuous, 1 Tim. 5:24.,25.
comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 227, Heb. 7: 14.—Judith 8: 29. Hdian. 7. 5.
and in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 55. Others 11. Plut. Pyrrh. 25.
here render,whom he hath fore-approved,
bejbrehand,
Hgob/Bwpu,to givef.first,
do'mw,0.(51201141,)
dat. Rom. to ll:
loved of old; comp. I‘wdloxw no. 2. c.
Hgo'yywo'lg, 50);‘, 1'7, (rpoywémcw) 35 rc’c 1rpoe'bwxev aim‘? x. 'r. lL—Xen. H.
fore-knowledge, sc.of future things, 1rpd-yv. G. 1. 5. 7. ib. 5. l. 24. — Usually in
nDv e'o-opévuv Jos. c.Apion.1.26. Hdian. Greek writers, to give forth, 1. q. to give
2.9.4.; of a prophetic gift, Judith 11:19. over, to betray, Jos. c. Apion. 2. 37 init.
Jos. Ant.8.8.5. In N. T. by impLjbre Hdian. 7. 2. 14.. Xen. H.G. 1.3.16, 19.
determination, i. q. eternal purpose, coun
sel, Acts 2:23 rij ibpwpc'vp vhf) xal
Hgobo'rng, 00, a, (wpobi’Sopn) a
1rpo'yvéoet rob 9:017. 1 Pet. 1:2. betrayer, traitor, Luke 6:16. Acts 7: 52.
2 Tim. 3: 4..—2 Macc. 5:15. Ceb.Tab.
Hgo'yovog, 00, b, 1", ('n'po'yfvopat, 34. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 23.
1rpoyé-yova,) pp. earlier born, older, Hom.
0d. 9. 221. In N. T. oi 1rpo'yovoipro
Hgobgépw, see Uporpc'xw.
genitors, ancestors, and genr. forefathers, Hgbbgoaog, on, a, 1,, (1rporpéxu,
2 Tim. 1: 3 I; Xarpeilu drrb 1rpo'y6vwv, 1rpobpapeiv,) adj. running before, ¢U7615G
comp. in 'A-rré III. 3.—2 Macc. 8: 19. 1rpobpo oy Soph. Antig. 108. Hdot.9.14|.
Hdian. 3. 5. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 3. In N. . Subst. aforc-runnu',precunor,
b 1rp6-y. An. 7. 2. 22.—Spec. parents, 1 spoken of Jesus as entering before his
Tim. 5:4 apnea; bibovai r07: wpoybwolc. followers into the celestial sanctuary,
—-Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 1. Heb. 6: 20.—Of light troops sent for.
ward as scouts, Diod. Sic. 17. 17. Xen.
Hgoygol¢w, f. \l/w, (ypdtpun) 10 write
Mag. Eq. 1. 25. Comp. Wisd. 12:8.
before, e. g.
a) in reference to time past, in the 115057501‘, aor. 2, (elbow, see 151%,)
praeter tenses, to have written before, at to see before one's self, far 011‘, Sept. for
a former time, Eph. 3: 3 xath‘ug 1rpo "1‘? Gen. 37: 18. Hom. 0d. 5. 393.
e'ypmba e'v Mtyp. Rom. 15: 4 bis—Pa Xen. An. 1. 8. 20.—In N. T. toforesec,
laph. 53. 6 (be 1rpo-yc'ypa1rrut. as things future, absol. Acts 2: 31 (Au.
b) in reference to time future, to post gib) 1rpo'ibabv iltdhnrre x. r. A. Gal. 3:8 0.
up beforehand in writing, to announce by bra—Wisd. 19:2. Hdian.7.1.2l. Xen.
posting up a written tablet, Aristoph. Av. Cyr. 2. 4. 21.
450 or 452 oncorreiv b‘ b‘, T‘ ('11! 1rpo-ypétpw Hgoeiarov nor. 2, perf. 1rpocipnm.
pev e'v 'ro'ig wwaxiocg. Dem. 1257. 5see in Eirrov iniLto say before, i. e.
ppovpdg 1rpoypa¢slomu Hischin. 35. pen. a) in reference to time past, to have
1rpo'ypd\bat robe rpm-drug Exxhnm'ag bl'ro said before, to have already declared, e.g.
ran‘: rovc vo'poug. Plut. Camill. 11. — Aor. Gal. 5: 21. c. dat. 1 Thess. 4: 6
Hence in N. T. enr. to announce, to 1r ozlrrapcw 1': IV, for this form comp. in
promulgate, Gal. 3: 1 oi; Kar' riptlabluofrc 1rovinit. erf. Gal. 1: 9. Heb.10:15.
 Hgost'grpm 673 11560201;
0. 5n 9 Cor. 7: 3.—perl'. 3 Mace. 6:35. Ecclus. 35: 10. Comp. Sept. 0. Elurpo.
Hdian. 8. 4. 27. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15. oOe'v rwog for "35’? “Q2 Gen. 33: 3.
b) in reference to time future, to say b) in time, i. q. to go first, to precede,
befbrehand, to foretell, to predict, e. g. to set of? before another, Acts 20:5 obrot
Aor. c. acc. Acts 1.16 fly [-ypaqafiv] 1rp0 1rpoek66vrcc i'pevov Muir; e'v Tpwa'Et. 20:
eirre n‘. mm'ipa. Peri. Rom. 9: 29. c. 13 1rpsl\60'vrze Errlro wko'iov. 2 Cor. 9:5
by!!! Matt. 14:25. {447,1 mivra Mark eic blude—ogen. Luc. D. M01'L6. Slirravreg
13: 23. (in 2 C01‘. 13: 9. H31’ Ilnpa'rwl' fl'p()E}\£l,ld'0VT(1t Mimi—In thesense to out
upon rypévwv 2 Pet. 3:2. Jude 17.— go, to arrive first, Mark 6:33 in text. rec.
nor. os.B.J.6.2.l pen. Pol.6.3.2. Xen. Hgofiféw, see Hpozlrrov.
H.G.3.4.20,21. perf.Hdian.6.8.l3. r51
HEOETOIAILOZQW, f. (io'w, (Eroi'miImJ
rrponpq'uéva Jos.Ant.2.2.4.
' . to prepare beforehand, Wisd. 9:18. Pau
Hgoslgmeoe, see 1n Hpoeirrov. san. 4. 22. l. Hdot. 8. 24. In N.T. i. q.
HEOEAVHZN, i. [60, (EM-rill») to hope to predestinc, to appoint before, transceig,
before; pert‘. to have hoped before, i. e. Rom. 9: 23 5. ‘upon-ml any eie bofiay.
beforetime, of old. Eph. 1: l2 tunic-n So 0. dat. Eph. 2: 10 all; [Ep'yoic] 1rpor)~
root; 1rp0nX1rm6rac Ev 'rq; Xpwrq') i. e. the fol/mow [ilpfig] 6 6:69 'lva e'v abroig REP!»
Jews as having of old had the hope and 'Jl'a'rr’yo'wpem—Philo de Opil'. p. 17, b
promise of the Messiah ; in opp. to the 9559 re‘: e'v Koo/.49; min-a ‘KPOTTI'Ol/Midtlfl)
Gentiles who have now first heard of cle Epmra Kai #6601! airrm'i.
him, {44:79 dxoi'm'avrec v. 13. Comp. Hgoeuwy'yehzopw, f. impel, (eb
Rom. 3: 1 sq.) 9: 4 sq. For the con a-y-ysAiZu q. v.) to announce glad tidings
struction wit Ev, see 'Ev no. 3. c. ‘y. -— beforehand, to foretelljogful news, c. dat.
So rpoxarekrllew Pol. 2.4.5. ib.14.3. l. Gal. 3:8 1rpoeua-yyeki'o'aro rq'i lAgparilu,
Hgozvégxolem, f, 50,116“, (Emipxopaa {in x. r. A. Comp. Gen. 12: 3. 18: 18.
q. v.) to begin before; Aor. to have begun Hfoéxw, f. z'Ew, (Exoh) to hold fort/l
before, already, 2 Cor. 8: 6, 10.—Not or forward, e. g. the hands Xen. Cyr. 2.
found elsewhere. 3.10. Mid. to hold before one's selflHdot.
Hgosvrayyénw, f. ¢)\&,(E1ro-yyé7\ 2. 42; and trop. to use as a pretext, to
Aw q. v.) to promise before ,- Aor. 1 Mid. allege, Hdot. 8. 3. Thuc. l. 140. Also
Rom. 1:2 5 [el'la'y'ye'kwv b 0.6;] 1rp0e in time, to have beforehand, already,
wg'y'yclltaro 5n‘; 'nfw 1rpo¢nréiv 52.72)» i. e. Hdot. 9. 4. Soph. Antig. 208. Trop.
aforetime, of old. 2 Cor. 9: 5 in Mss.— to have before another i. q. to have pre
Dio Cass. p. 19. A. ‘ed. Hanov. Errel 5:‘ ference or pre-eminence, to excel, to be
a1 1': dpxaipeln'al 1rpoerrn'y'yehpévai rlo'av. superior, better, Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2 fiépy
Hfoéfl'fil, see Hpoe'irrov. 1rpoe'xovreg. Xen. H. G. 9. 4. 41 'ymbpy
‘KPOéXEUh—HCHCB in N. T. Mid. 1rpoéxo/1a l
Hgoégxqbotl, f. :Xsboopm, aor. 2 to excel, to be superior, better, so. on one's
1rpofiM9ov, depon. Mid. see in 'Epxopat. own part. Rom. 3: 9 n’ obv; rpoexopeea;
l. to go forward, to go furl/ter, to pass i. e. can then we Jews claim for our
on, intrans. Matt. 26:39 et Mark 14:35 selves to be better 05 than the Gentiles?
1rpoek66w pucpév. Seq. acc. of way, Acts sc. in respect to being sinners before God.
1 2:10 1rpoi'ykflov pinup‘ play, comp. Matth.
§ 409. 4. Buttm.§ 131. 6, 8. Winer § Hgonyéopom, 05pm, f. floopat,
32. 6. -— Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 5. Plut. Thes. (byéopan) to had jbrward or onward, to
ll pucpov 1rpozMMw. Xen. Eq. 7. 9. c. go on before, to take the lead, 2 Macc.l l:
acc. r1)v 656v Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18. 8. Diod. Sic. l. 87. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 27.
9. to go before any one, as referring In N. T. trop. to lead on by example, 0.
either to place or time, e. g. acc. and dat. of that in or as to which,
a) of place, to go before, in advance Rom. 12: 10 1'1] rim] dMflXmlg rponyoz'l
of any one, as a fore-runner, messenger, Iievot in mutual respect taking the lead of
c. évdnndv rwog Luke 1:17; or as a each other. For the accus. comp. in Hpo
leader, guide, 0. acc. Luke 22:47 'Im'rbag é-yw no. 2. a. For the dat. comp. Winer
rrpm'lpxcro abrobc 80. 16v b'xhov. For s31. s. Matth. s 4.00. 6.
this accus. see in Hpoé'yu no. 2. a. — Hgo’tlsmg, we, 1'', (1rpo-rt'011/u,) a
2 u
 Hgoééanw; 674 Hgozurotgr/Zw

setting before or forth, a setting out, er ness on my part, I am ready.—3 Mace.

posure, exhibition, e. g. of a dead body 5:26. Ios.Ant.4'.8.l3 r6 wept. abroin; 'n'pd
Dem. 107]. 21. Plato Legg. p. 959. A. Ovpov T05 6506. E ur. Iph. Taur.9890r 996.
In N. T. Hgotz'nws. adv. (Ween og,) read
9.) pp. as of food, spoken only of the iIy, willingly, with alacrity, 1 et. 5:2.—
shew-bread, as being set out before Jeho Tob. 7: 8. Hdian. 1.5. 24. Xen. Conv.
vah on a table in the sanctuary, Heb.
4. 50.
‘WE-‘J “DZ? bread of presence, later 5'3’?
“327% bread of rows or piles, Vulg. Ugo-{6771,00, f. wpoarilo'mGar-npg) aor.
panes propositionis; see Lev. 24': 5—9. 2 1rpoéan7v, pert. part. contr. rpowrérg.
Jahn§33l.-So in an adjective sense Trans. to cause to stand before, to set over,
in the phrases: oi tip-rot rfig 1rpot9e'owg Hdian. 5. 7. 13. P01. 1. 33. 7. See in
Matt. 12:4. Mark 2:26. Luke 6:4,,and "Tarn/u, comp. Buttm. § 107. Il.—In
1'] 1rpo'6ung ra'w iiprwv Heb. 9: 2, both N. T. only in the intrans. tenses, e. g.
equivalent to oi t’iproi oi 1rpon9épevot, aor. 2 and perf. of the Active, and pres.
see Buttm. § 123. n. 4». Winer § 34. 2. Mid. or Pass. to stand before. e. g.
Gesen.Lehrg. p. 643 sq.—So Septc'tp-rot a) i. q. to be over, to preside, to rule,
1'1"); 1rp06e'oemg for ‘PE? it'll? Ex. 35: 12. absol. Rom. 12: 8 6 1rpo'iarépcvog, s’v
was. 1 K. 7; 4.8. 2 Chr. 4.19. “932325 o'1rou5fi. 1 Tim. 5: 17 oi Kaho'tg rpoeo'ro’o
1 Chr. 9: 32. 23: 29. 1rp66¢atg r’iprwv for ‘rec. eq. gen. like other verbs of ruling,
5213?": 2 Chr. 13: 11. Also Sept. liprot through the force of 1rp6 in compos. I
rot? 1rpomb1rou for "i=9, '5 l K. 21: 6; and Tim. 3: 4| r06 lbt'ov o'ixov xaho'ig 1rpo'ia-rz'i
once iiproi Eminrtot EX. 25: 30.—Comp. pcvov. v. 5 ‘mi: Z5. o’ixou 1rpoo'rfival. v. 12.
2 Mace. 10:3. l Thess. 5: 12.—c. gen. 1 Mace. 5: 19.
1)) trop. of what one sets before his Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3. Hdian. 7. 4. 4. Xen.
mind, proposes to himself, Lat. propos Mem. 3. 4. 3.
itum, i. q. purpose, counsel, resolve. Acts b) by impl. to carefor any thing, to
27:13 56.5w“; rfig 1rp09€aswe uexparn be diligent in it, to practise, 0. gen. mkiw
xéveu. So of firm purpose, rm resolve, E'p'yow 1rpoiorao'6at Tit. 3:8, 14.—Athen.
Acts 11:23. 2 Tim. 3; 10. Elsewhere 13.p. 612. A, Zohwvog roii vopooe'rou 0135'
of the eternal purpose and counsel of imrpe'wovroe c’lvapi rai'lrng n'poia'raaeai
God, Rom. B: 28 rote Kari: 1rp66unv Te'xwlg. Plut. Periel. § 24. oil Koa'piou
xhqroi'g. 9:11 see in ‘1510.071’; 0. Eph. l: 1r ozarcim'av c'p-yaoiag, oboe‘ o'zpvfig. comp.
11.321l. 2 Tim. 1: 9.-—2 Mace. 3: 8. en. Mem. 3. 2. 2.
Pol. l. 54. 1. Diod. Sic. 20. 102 init. Hgoxakéw, 5, f. {010, (whit-J.) to can
Hgoltéafuog, lot, to», ( 950,169, forth, i.e. to invite to stand forth, Pol. 23.
new“) set beforehand, appointed, spoken 9. 2. Oftener Mid. to call forth before
of time, whence 1‘, 1rpotteo-pia so. ilpépa, one's self, i. e. either to invite to eome,to
a set day, appointed time, Gal. 4': 2. — solicit, Thuc. 3. 37; or i.q. to challenge, to
Jos. Ant. 12. 4'. 7 777;; #900. z’vw'rapz'vne. defy, se. to combat, Jos. Ant. 7. 12. 4.
Luc. Ver. Hist. l. 36. IEsehin. 6. 14.. Diod. Sic.4.58. Xen.Cyr.l.4.4.—-Hence
in N. T. Mid. rpolcahs'opat, oiipm, Lat.
HgolJon/a, 12;, s, (,rpéawm) pre. provoco, to provoke, to stimulate, e. acc.
disposition, i. q. readiness, alacrity of Gal.5:26.—Hdian.6.l.12.Diod.Sie.l.21.
mind. Acts 17: ll EEéfiavro Toy Ao‘yov
peril mimic 1rp00upt’ae. 2 Cor. 8: ll, 12, Hfottot't'ot'j/Q’EMW, f. 6N5, (KCU’GY
19. 9: 2. — Eeclus. 45: 23.105. Ant. 7. 700w, q. v.) to announce beforehand, e. g.
9. 5. Dem. 1457. 8. Xen.Venat. 2. l. future events, to foretell, Acts 3: 18, ~24.
7:52. Pass. part. pert. 1rpoxa'rn'y'yehpe'voc,
Hgo'flvaog, 00, .3, {7, (s'upo'g q. v.) announced beforehand, i. q. promised, 2
predisposed, i. q. ready, willing, prompt,
Cor. 9: 5.—-Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4 rate rpm-a
e. g. n‘) wweilpa quiet/[tor Matt. 26: 41.
TflYY€)\I.l£’V0t.C inro T05 9501': m’artv wapeixz.
Mark 14: 38. Sept. for i"?! l Chr. 28:
il). l. 12. 3.
21. 2 Chr. 29: 31.—2 Mace. 44: 14. P01.
4. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. l. 4'. 22.—Neut. Ta Hgoxaragmzw, 1". law, Ka'ruprifu,
rpéfiupov, readiness, alacrily, Rom. 1:15 q. v.) to make ready beforehand, trans. 2
n5 xa'r' Eye‘ rptifiupor i. q. there is readi Cor. 9; 5.
 Hgo'na 4.0a: 675 Ilgokéyw
Hgéxilfbul, part. ‘)Iflolitl/AEVOQ, (rel. 2 Tim. 2: 16. 3: 9. comp. in Hheimv d.
11411,) to lie before, to be laid or set before —c. dat. Diod. Sic. ll. 87. c. s'v, as
any one, intrans. pp. Sept. Lev. 24.: 7. 1rpoxcro¢cltg Ev mubsia Diod. Sic. T. IV.
Luc. Nigr. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 25, 27. p. 50 Hip. T. VI. p. 30 Tauchn. Arr.
In N.T. only trop. , Epict. 2. 10. 30. int To Icaxo'v Test. XII
a) to lie or be before the mind of any Patr. p. 614, comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 1. e'rrl
one, i. q. to be present to him. 2 Cor. 8: 1rl\siov Diod. Sic. 14:. 98.
19 {E yap 1'1 1rpoBupia rpbxuran—Philo b) spoken of time, aor. to be advanced,
(le Vit.Mos. p. 626. A, 1rpoiiuuro Ev aim; i. q. to be far spent, Rom. 13: 121‘, viii
‘re'hoc. Diod. Sic. 20. 43. Xen.Conv.2.7. 1rpoéxotbem—Jos. B. J. 4'. 4|. 6 rfig vvn'bc
b) i. q. pert. pass. of 1rport'6n'ul, comp. 1rpmro1rrol'wng. App. B. Civ. 9. p. 781
in Kzipai b; to be laid or set before one's v'ype'pa 1rpoiixo1r-rs.
mind, e. g. a duty, reward, example. Hgéxgqna, (2709', rd, (1rpoxpivw,) a
Heb. 6: 18 rfig rpm-expiry;- Ehm'bog xpa forejudging, i. q. prejudice, prepossession,
rfiaai. 12: l, 2. Jude 7 dry Eo'bopa ml I Tim. 5: ‘21.
I‘o'pofifiau-npoxewrai 5:77pm Jos. Ant. Hgoxvgbw, Z5, f. 6mm, (running) to
15.8.1. Diod.Sic.3.26. Xen.Cyr.2-3.2,8. establish or confirm before, previously,
Hgoxngbmm, v, rm, f. Eu, (Krlpba Pass. perf. Gal. 3: l7.
00),) to proclaim beforehand sc. by 21 her Hgokalwca'vw, aor. 2. 1rpoe'lmgor,
old, Jos. B. J. 6. 8. 2. Pol.5.60.3. Xen. (Ra grim») to take bejbre, trans.
Lac. 11. 1. In N.T. genr. to announce or as‘ i. q. to take before another, to anti
preach beforehand, and in the past tenses, cipate another in doing any thing, 0. acc.
to have before announced, preached, trans. 1 Cor. 11: 21 Exaa'roc re ‘1540:’ Ezi'rrmv
Acts 3: 20. 13: 24' 1rpoxnpl'lEavroc 'Iuniv 1rpohupgévu, i. e. the rich man eats the
vou ---,Bé1rrw/.ia ptravoiac.—JOS. Ant.10. provisions he has brought, without wait
5. l 'lspspiag Ta pe'khovra Til woke! Ema. ing for the poorer members to come in;
rpoexfipvfs. I comp. in 'Ayr'nrn no. 2.——Diod. Sic. 20.
1130750777: 5?, ll, (1rpoxo1rrw,) pp. a 107 1rpohapfiavuv r5 xpr'laipov. Dem.
going forward, only trop. progress, ad 32. 27. ib. 79. 2 fior'llkzrai yap bpa'w roiiro
vancement, furtherance. Phil. 1: 1‘2 sic 1rpo)\a€e'iv.—Intrans. to take up before
rpormrhv rol'l eilay-yeltiou. v. 25. 1 Tim. hanit, to anticipate the time of doing any
4: 15.—2 Macc. 8:8. Jos. B. 1.1.10.1. thing; 0. int. Mark 14:8 'rPoc'Xage pupi
Po]. 2. 37. 10. Diod. Sic. 16. 6. A word am you Tb al.-ma K. r. A. i. e. she hath
of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 85. anointed my body by anticipation against
Hgoxbrr'rw, f. the), (Kant-1,) to beat or my burial. Comp.\Viner§58.4. Gesen.
driveforwards,as it with repeated strokes; Lehrg. p. 823. — Aristot. de Gener.
hence tojbrward, to further, Thuc. 4.. 60. Anim. 4. l Kai 1rpoltapgr'wovrec u'ic ol'irwg
ib. 7. 56. —- Also intrans. or c. Earn-bu E'xov, 1rpiv ywbpevov oi'lrwg Zbe'iv. Xen.
impl. see in 'Ayw n0. 3; to beat forward, Cyr. l. 2. 3 ol be‘ Hepaixoi vo'pot 1rp0)\a
as in Engl. a ship is said to beat a-head; gown; irripe'hovrai 51mg x. r. h. Comp.
hence genr. i. q. to go forward, to make Kaipotic 1rpoha'ugc'wsw Diod. Sic. 14. 63.
progress, to proceed, pp. on one's way, Oftener in a journey, course, Jos. Ant.
journey Jos. Ant. 2.16. 13. B. J. 4. 2.4. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Ven. 7. 7.
Comp. in Engl. the similarverb ‘to push b) of persons, aor. 1 Pass. 1rpo:>\i1¢9qv,
forwards,’ both trans. and intrans. In to havebeen before tahen, overtaken, caught;
N.T. only trop. Gal. 6: 1 cl xal. 1rpo\n¢6j (‘tvtlpmroc a'v
a) to make progress in any thing, to nvi 1rapa1rnbparl, or although one have
advance, to increase; e. g. c. dat. of that jbrmaly been overtaken by a fault. -
in or as to which, Luke 2: 52 mi ’Imro|7g Others, one have been caughtforth, hur
n'poz'xorrrs aozju'a, comp. Winer § 3]. 3. ried away, by afault. Comp.Wisd.17 :17.
Matth. §400. 7. Seq. iv 0. dat. Gal. 1: Hgoké'yw, f. Em, (Mylo) to say be.
l4 iv 1' 'Iouba‘ivpqi, comp. 'Eu 3. b. y. fizrehand, to foretell, to jbrewarn, 2 Cor.
Matth. . c. note. Seq. Em’ c. acc. e. g. 13:2. Gal. 5:21. 1 Thess. 314. Sept. for
Z1ri r6 xc'ipol' q. d. to grow worse and $3.7.‘ 18.41: 26.—Jos. Ant. 7.9. 7. DlOt'l.
worse, 2 Tim. 3: l3. z'n-i whim’ fin'thcr Sic. l. 50. Xen. An. 7. 7. 3.
'2 v 2
 Hgophug'rz'lgopw 676 I156;

Hgopoegrogopw, (peprépopm) pp. épwe yeve'a'Oai. Rom. 8: 29, 30. 1 Cor.

2: 7. c. acc. et sic Eph. 1:5. Pass. v. 11.
10 call to witness beforehand,- found only
in N. T. to testify beforehand, i. q. to de Hgon'oio'xm, aor. 2 1rp0é1ra60v, (mi
clare beforehand, 1 Pet. 1: 11. Comp. axw,) to be afl'eeted beforehand, to experi
Aiupaprbpopui. ence before, e. g. good Hdot. 7. l l. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 5. In N.T. evil, aor. to have
Hgopuelsroiw, a7, 1‘. flow, (pexeréo, sufl'ered before, previously, 1 Thess. 2: 2.
q. v.) to premeditale, c. inf. Luke 21: 14. —Thuc. 3. 67, 82.
yr) 1rpopeher<iv drroho'yntliivai. Comp.
Mark13:1 l.—-Aristoph.Eccl.117. Xen. Hgovréaww, f. 4...’, (1rép1ro,) to send
on before, Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Xen. Cyr. 2.
Ath. 1. 20. 4. 16. to sendforwards orforth Wisd. 19:
Hgopusglaraiw, :3, f. 17m, (pept 2. Hdot. 4'. 33, 121. In N. T. to send
pw'm,) to care or take though! beforehand, forward, so. on one's joumey,to bring one
Mark 13: 11. on his way, espec. to accompany for some
Hgovoéw, a7, f. flaw, (voéw,) to fore distance in token of respect and honour,
see, to perceive beforehand, Hom. II. 18. trans. Acts 20: 38 1r oe'rrqnrov alrrbv sic
526. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 13. In N. T. trop. rd who'iov. 21: 5.—- udilh 10:15. Jos.
to see to beforehand, i. q. to care for, to Ant. 7. 11. 4| 1rporre'pxbac Aavidnv pe'xpi
provide for, Lat. provideo, 0. gen. 1 Tim. for? 'Iopbi'lvou. 20. 2. 6. Diod. Sic. 13. 3.
5:8. Comp. Buttm.§132. 5. 3.—VVisd. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 25.—Hence genr. to help
13:16. .1151. V. H. 2. 31. Xen. Cyr. 8.1. one forward on his journey, Acts 15: 3.
lfl—Mid. to provide for in one's own be Rom. 15:24. 1 Cor. 16:6, 11. 2 Cor.
half, q. d. to apply one's self to any thing, 1:16. Tit. 3:13. 8 John 6.—Esdr. 4:47.
> to practise diligently, c. accus. e. g. 1rp0 1 Macc. 12: 4|.
voobpsvoi xaha e'mlnrio'v rwog Rom. 12: Hgorrerr'yg, gag, 05;, b, 1*], adj. 1rpo
17. 2 Cor. 8: 21.—Sept. Prov. 3: 4 1rpo 7rl'1rrw,) falling forwards, prociduus, en.
r0017 Kala‘; Evu'nriov Kuplov. comp. Xen. Eq. 1. 8. trop. prone, inclined, ready to
Mem. 4. 3. 12. 0. gen. Sext. Empir. adv. do any thing, Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 24. In
Eth. 104' 1rpovoeiaeai TOI-l Kahoii. Jos. N. T. trop. in a bad sense, precipitate,
Ant. 9. l. l. Hesych. n'povooii'e'vfivpoil, headlong,rasb. Acts 19:36pq5e‘v1rpo1ren‘g
Empehol'). ; 1rpdrrsw. 2 Tim. 3: 41.—Ecclus. 9: 93.
Jos. Ant. 5.1.26. Hdian. 1.8. 11. Eschin.
Hgovom, 05;, i7, (1rp0v0£'w,)foresight, 27. 8. 1rpo1ren§c Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8.
providence, provision, Acts 24: 3. Rom.
13: 14 rpévoiav p1)1r042'i06a1,5ee inHoiéw Hgon'ogebopuw, t‘. eéeopm depon.
Mid. (‘II'OPUIJU q. v.) to pass on before, to
n0. 1. b. fi.—2 Macc. 4|: 6. P01. 3. 106.
go before anyone, e.g. as a leader, guide,
9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 0. 23. 0. gen.Acts 7 :40 9201):; 01‘ 1rpofropet'ld‘ovrm
115005020), 5, erf. 1rposibpaxa,(bpém,) 1‘) or, quoted from Ex. 32: 1, 22, where
to foresee, Jos. c. Kp. 1. 28. Xen. Conv. ept. for 3721'}. For the gen. as depending
4. 5. to see before one's self, Thuc. 7. 44. on wpo in compos.see Matth.§ 379. Buttm.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 4.9. Mem. 1. 4. 11. In § 147. n. 11, 12.—1 Macc. 9:11. P0].
N. T. to see before, i. e. 18. 2. 5.—Also as a forerunner, herald,
a) Mid. to see before one's self, to have Luke 1: 76 1rporr. 1rpo 1rpoa'iim'ov Kvpiov,
before one’s eyes, trop. of what one has see in 1196 no. I. So Sept. for "51;". Ps.
vividly in mind, 0. acc. Acts 2: 25 1rpo 07:3. '5 =32 Ps. 89; 15.—Xen. Cyr. 4.
wpib‘unv rov Kirpiov eva'nno'v you, quoted 2. 23 1rp01r. E'pirpoa'flev.
from Ps. 16: 8 where Sept. for "315 to set. H555, prep. governing the genitive,
b) pert‘. to have seen before, in time, dative and accusative; and corresponding
Acts 21: 29. in its primary signif. to the primary force
Hgoog/Qw, f. law, (6piZo,) to set of these cases themselves, viz. with the
bounds before, Dem. 877. 7 in some edit. gen. implying motion or direction from
In N.T. trop. to pre-determine, to predes a place hither,- with the dat. rest or re
tinate, spoken of the eternal counsels and maining by, at, near a place; with the
decrees of God; seq. acc. c. inf. expr. or accus. motion or direction towards or to a
impl. Acts 4:28 baa-"v" [3011M] aou 1rpo place. Buttm. § 147. 2. comp. § 132. 2
 1156;
I. With theGenitive, pp. from a place
hither, Hom. 0d. 8. 29 fstvoc-h'lxer’ 2,4511
815, fie‘ 1rpog fiolwv, fi Earrept'uv dyflpu’nrwv.
Then, in the direction of a place, e. g.
apt‘); Bope'aoprpoc Ndrou,()d.l3.110, 111;
pp. from the north etc. in Engl. at or to
wants the north. apog- ror? 1mm 17 Xen.
An. 4. 3. 28. Comp. Heb. 1’? en. 2:8.
13: 11. Gesen. Lex. '1? no. 3. c. Trop. of
the source, agent, cause,from which any
thing comes or proceeds, e. g. )mgeiw r:
#96; nvog Hdot. 2.139, 152; and so after
neuter or passive verbs,from, of, by, Luc.
D. Deor.14.l. Hdian.l.2.5. Xen. An. 1.
9. 20. Buttm. 6 134. 3. Also expressing
dependence or relation of any kindfrom
or with any one, i. e. the pertaining or
belonging in any way to a person or
thing, e. g. 1.95; 50:11; according to right
Soph. (Ed. T. 1014. Hdot. 7. 153. (tro'tro.
Myst; Kai 01151111155‘ 1rpoc ooii Xen. Mem.
2. 3. 15. — Hence in N. T. once, trop.
pertaining to i. e. for, for the benefit of,
Acts 27:34 roi7ro yap "pa; rr'lg n'lpe-re’pag
awrnplag inrc'upxet. Comp. Passow A. 4.
Matth. § 590. Buttm. § 147. p. 411.
Winer § 51. p. 321.—Luc. D. Deor. 20.
3. Diod. Sic. 18. 50 fin. Plato Gorg. p.
459. C. Thuc. 3. 38.
II. With the Dative 1rp6g marks a
place or object by the side of which a per
son or thing is, by, at, new, as if in an
swer to the question where? in N.T. only
five times, e. g. Mark 5:11 we; re? t'ipct,
where text. rec. :rptic n1: Zip". Luke 19:
37 1rpoc r5 xaraétiau rot’! ('ipoug. John 18:
16 o Hérpog elarr'yxs: 1rpog r5191’: 4;. 20: 12.
Rev. 1: 13. Comp. Passow . Matth.
§ 590. b. Winer \} 52. p. 337.—Jos. Ant.
2. l6. 1. Hdian. 5. 3. 24. Xen. An. 1.
B. 4.
III. With the Accusative ms; marks
the object towards or to which any thing
moves or is directed, comp. above, init.
But see also no. 4 below.
1. Of place, towards, to, unto, as if in
answer to the question whither? c.acc. of
pglace, thing, person; comp. Passow C.
uttm. l. c. Matth. 4 591. Winer \} 53.
p. 342.
at) pp. of motion or direction, e.g. al'ter
verbs of going, coming, departing, re
turning and the like, and also after like
nouns. Matt. 2: 12 pt) avaxéprbat 1rpoc
‘519038111’. 3: 5 e'Ecn'opet’rovi-o We; abrov. v.
14 cat at) Zpxy 1rpoc pe; 10:13. 11: 26.
677 Ugo’;
25:9. Markl 2337’111'6A1C5A1] Emo'w'ny'ue'w;
‘ha 1rpdc rflv Si'tpav. 6: 25, 45 1rpodyuv
---1rpog BqOaa‘iac'w. 10: 1. Luke 8: 4,
19. 24: 12 c'tm'yXBc 1rpog iavro'vie. home.
John 8: 20 olm Epxerat we; 11‘: pay. 6 :37.
7: 33. Acts 3: ll. 28:30. Rom. l: 10.
Gal. 1: 17. al. saepiss. (Hdian.l. 13. 2.
Plut. Galb. 13 init. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 2.)
So after 'ytl’idollt, John 10: 35. Acts 7:
31. 13:32. 2 Cor. 1:18. See in I‘lvopa:
I. d. p. 158.—comp. Xen. An. 8. 4.
24.—After verbs of sending, c. ace. of
pers. Matt. 21 :34 aria-rake r069 Eou'lhoug
ai/rof: 1rpoc r01); yewp'yol'tg. Luke 23:27.
John 16:7. Acts 15:25. Eph. 6:22.
Tit. 3:12. Hence r'mm-okr) 1rpéc rwa
Acts 9:2. 22: 5. 2 Cor. 3: 1.—-Hdian.
2. 12. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 3. brim-oh»)
1rpo'g 2 Macc. 11: 27. Luc. Nigr. 1.—
After verbs of leading, bringing, draw
ing, by force or otherwise; Matt. 26:57
oi 5:‘ xparfyaavrec roll 'I. am’ryayov 1rpoc
Ka'idqtav. Mark 9: 17,19 ¢éperc m'n-ov
1rpoc pa. 11:7. Luke 12:58. John 12:
32 mivrac Eku'mw :rpog e'pavro'v. 14: 3.
Acts 23:15. Rev. 12: 5. Praegn. Acts
23: 24 see in AmoéZaL—Hdian. 4. 3. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1.—So after verbs im.
plying motion to a place and also a sub
sequent remaining there,where in Engl.
we mostly use at, upon, but also to, unto.
E. g. verbs of fallin , 1rl1rruv v. #900
m'n-rew 111161; rotlg 1rd ac rwoc iofall at
one’sflet Mark 5:22. 7:25. (Sept. Ex.
4: 25.) So verbs of laying, putting,
casting, and the like; as Matt. 3: 10 1‘;
(151111; 7rpog n‘yv piZow xeircu. Luke 3: 9.
16 :20 69 ige'ghrrro 1rp6¢rov1ruMDva ar'n'oi'r.
Acts 3: 2. SO Mark 10: 7. Matt. 4: 6.
For the use of 1rpog c. acc. after verbs
compounded with 1rpo'g, see Winer§ 56,
espec.p.364. Genr.Acts5: 102£evé7uavreg
E'Omltaw 1rpoc row dvdpa airrfic. Acts 13:
36. -- After verbs and words implying
mere direction, as a turning, reaching,
looking,and the like. Luke 7:44 arpmpei:
1rp<i¢ n‘lv yuva'ixa. Acts 9:40. 2 Cor. 3:
16. Rom. 10:21 E'Ec'trc'raaa rag xsi'pdg
you 'n'poe Andy 1:. r. A. Eph. 3:14 xc'npwrrw
1a 'ydyard. ,uov 'n'poc rov 1rarc'pa. trop.
James 4: 5 see in ’Em1r06£u. (Hdian. 6.
4. 3.) So by Hebraism. e. g. fiAc’trew n
1rpo'o'w1r0v 1rpog 1rpoo'w1rov,facc to face, 1
Cor. 13:12, as Sept. for 1W? 5!! =23 Gen.
32: 31. Deut. 34:10. haheiv ordpa 1rp69
oro'pa, mouth to mouth, 2 John 12, as
 Ugo’; 678 1156;
Sept. for H‘; 5!} H? Num. 12:8. Comp. (ptkiag apt}; m‘miv. Hdian. 8. 6. l2. Xen.
Matth. § 4.27. b. Mem. 2. 3. 10.—Q3’) Unl'avourable, i.q.
b) with all verbs and words which against. Acts 6: 1 'yo'yyvo'fuic we; rot};
include the idea of speaking to any one, 'Egpat'ovc. 23: 30 Xr'yew rt‘: 1rpog av'n'év.
mostly c. ace. of pers. see below in a tin. 24:19. 25:19. 1 Cor. 6: 1. Eph. 6:11
Comp. Passow C. c. Matth. l. c. (a) o'rfivat 1rpoc a. r. )t. Col. 3: 13, 19 In)‘;
gem. e.g. after elrrov Matt. 3: 15. Luke mxpat’vwfls 1r 69 011111;‘. Heb. 12:4. Rev.
1:13, 18, 34. seep. Aahe'w Luke 1:19, 13:6. Comp. assowC. b. Matth. § 591.
55. 2: 18, 20. seep. My“) Luke 5:36. 7: e.-—Hdian. 3. 8. 3. Dem. 143. 27. Xen.
24. Acts 3: 25. saep. zpnpt' Luke 22:70. Mem. 3. 3. 7.
Acts 2: 38. al. So with verbs of answer 2. Of time, e. g. ((1) pp. of a time
ing, as duroxpt'vopat Acts 3: 12. 95: 16; when, towards, near, Luke 24: 29 wpog
ot' accusing, as xarn-yopéw John 5: 45; of Emre'pav e'trri, Kai xéxhucev 1', v'lpz'pa. Comp.
praying, entreating, as Boc'tw Luke 18: Passow C. 2. Matth. §591.c,fin. Winer
7. (Sept. 1 Sam. 12: 10.) Es'o‘uat Acts l. c.—Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 3 rpoc Emr. Thuc.
8: 24'. 361mg Rom. 10: 1. ez'ixopat 2Cor. 4. 135 1rpoc Zap 11817. Xen. An. 4. 5. 21
13:7. 1rpoacuxr'] Acts 12:5. Rom. 15:30; "pa; fipe’pam—(fi) As forming with the
so by Hebr. a‘ipetv ¢ww)v 1rpo¢ row Geév accus. a periphrasis for an adverb of time,
Acts 4:24; comp. Heb. 5*? I593 Is. 24:14., i. q. at, for;'as 1rpoc Icatpév, for a sea
and Gesen. Lex. art. 8'93 no. I. e. With son, a while, briefly, Luke 8: 13. 1 Cor.
words of declaring, making known, as 7: 5. npc‘uc xcupov 15pm; 1 Thessfl: l7.
('ulddufitg Luke 1:30. yuwplfu Phil. 4:6. 1rpogo'ipav John 5:35. Gal.2:5. S0 Heb.
Epoayit'm Acts 23: 22; of command and 12: 10 1rpog dht'yag fipc'pag. v. 11 1rpog 1'6
the like, e. g. c'v'roh'l Acts 17: 15, c’uro_ napév for the present, at present. James
Aoyla Acts 22:1. etc—Sept. 1 Sam. 14.: 4:14 1rpoc dM'yov sc. xpérov. Comp.
19. 2 Chr. 10:16. Hdian. 3. 6. 2. Plato Passow C. 4.. Winer l. c.—Pol. 1961. 4
Hipp. Min. p. 370. D. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. rpm‘); xatpév. Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1 We;
14'. Mem. ]. 3. 2 n'ixopat 1rpoc. — (DJ’YOV- )El. V. H12. 63. Hdian. 1. 3. l3
Once c. ace. of thing, as Aahziv 'rpog r6 1rpog ro 1rop6y. Thuc. 2. 22.
05g i. e. to speak to one in his ear, 3. Trop. as denoting the direction,
privately, Luke 12: 3.—(fi) of mutual reference, relation, which one object has
words and sayings,etc. Acts 2:12 c‘iMog towards or to another. Comp.Passow C.3.
1rplic tiMov Ai'yovrec. So We; t’rkh’filoug a) towards, i. e. in reference to, in re
to one another, one to another, Mark 8: spect to, as to, implying the direction or
16. 9:31. 15:31- John 6:52. 16:17. remote object of an action. ((1)0. ace.
Acts 2: 7. 4.: 15. (Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. of pers. Mark 12: 12 E-yvuo'av 5n rpog
5. 2. l4.) 1rpog tau-‘one id. Mark 1:27. ain'mic n‘lv nopaéohfiv sine. Acts 24: 16
9:16, 33. 14: 4'. 16:3. Luke 22: 23. t'11rp. auva'drlmv E'xew 1rpoc rev 9551/ x. 12h.
Comp. in 'Eavroz': c.—(-y) After verbs of Rom. 4: 2. Heb. 1:7 1rpog ,us‘v row); (‘177:’
swearing to any one, i.q. to promise with )wuc My“. v. 8. al.. So 1'! 1rpéc as; n’ rpog
an oath, comp. Passow l. 0. Luke 1:73 17pm.- Matt. 27. 4. John 21; 22, 23.
b'ptzov 311 171,100’: 'Irpog 'Agpmilu. — Hum. Comp. Passow C. 3. a. Matth. § 591. 7.
0d. 14.. 331. ib. 19. 288. Winer p. 343.—}F.l. V. H. 12. 64.. Xen.
c. trop. after verbs and words imply Mem. 4. 2. l5. Dem. 232. 7 01356» Ear:
ing direction of the mind or will, an at Toilrwv or'prou 1rpog Epé—(fl) Seq. ace. of
fection or disposition towards any one; thing, Heb.9: 13 z'ryuiZst “pa; n‘pv .rfic
tag. (a) favourable, implying good-will, oapxog xaBapom-ra. Luke 18: 1 Ekz'ye
confidence, etc. 2 Cor. 3: 4. 1rc1r0t'6qaw 1rapa§ok1)v airroig, 1rpoc n‘. 551v wdvrore
Exolucv 1rpog row 9561/. 7:4. nafifinaia 1rpo¢ 1rpoau'txzaeat Mr)‘. 2 Cor. 4: 2. So after
ilpig. v. 12. Gal. 6: 10 Ep-yaltbpctia rd verbs of replying, Matt. 27: 14- 06s (‘ru
(‘t-yaeov n-pog min/rag. Eph. 6:9. Phil. 2: xplfin m'n'g'i 1rpog 053s‘ Ev fifipa. Rom. B: 31
30. lThess. 1:8 1'] m'artc {11:-pd; rev 966;’. 1.92.; rafrrm—genr. Plato Hipp. maj. p.
5: l4. ‘2 Tim. 2:24.. Tit. 3: 2. Philem. 295. C. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 3. 1rpog rm'n'a
5. So Col. 4,: 5 iv oorpia nzpurarfire 1rpoc Hdian. 3. 12. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 151.
‘ratio 3.510. 1 Thess. 4.: 12.—Jos. Vit. 25 -—Here belongs the construction re. rpu'v;
I‘! #969 its m'm'tg. Plut. Demct. 39 1rspi rwu v. n, things relating or pertaining to
 H56; 6'79
any person of thing, e.g. ra 1rpog sipr’yvrlv,
i. e. either pp. conditions of peace Luke
14: 32, or trop. Luke 19: 42. T21 1rpog n)v
Xpciav, i.q. things necessary Acts 28zl0
ra-lrpdc Zon’yv 2 Pet.l:3. 1a rpdg rdv 956v
things pertaining to God, divine things,
Rom.15:l7. Heb.2:l7. 5:1.etc. Comp.
in 'O,1‘/, r6, E. — Sept. Ex. 18:19 ra
1rpdc 956v. Diod. Sic. l. 72 n‘: 1rpdg
rr‘lv Tatpf’ly. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10 rd apt);
for mikspov.
b) spoken of a rule, norm, standard,ac
cording to, in conformity with, etc. Luke
12: 47 14113:‘ mnfiaac 1rpog rd Qéhqpa (11'1
roii. 2 Col‘. 5: 10 1rpog a Z'rrpafiev. Gal.
2:14. Eph. 3:4. Comp. Passow C. 3.b. for 95611. (Xen. Hi. 2. 11.) Acts 2: 47
Matth. §591.3. Winer l.c.-——Luc. quom. E'xovreg Xc'ipw 1rpog 5X01’ rdv Muiv. Acts
Hist. conscr.38 init. Plato Symp.p.199. 28: 25 (in-{419511111101 ('iv'reg 1rpoc ahkr'ihovc.
B. Xen. An. 6. 1. 5. (Diod. Sic. 4. 1.) 2 Cor. 6: 15 rig 3e‘ dup
c) of the motive, ground, occasion of tpévno'u; Xpwrq'i 1rpdg Bsht'ap; So diaries.
an action, i. q. an account of, because of,
for, e. g. Matt. 19: 8 Mwiia'iic 1rpdg rfiv
axknpoxapsiav inn-"1v hfl'éTPE4IEV x.-r.)\. M ark
10: 5. Comp. Passow C. 3. c. Matth.
§ 59]. fiL—Hdot. l. 38. Plat. Rep. 1. p.
331. A. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5.
d) as marking the end or result, the
aim or purpose of an action, e. g. 7rpdg rt,
for what, why, i. e. to what end, for what
purpose, John 13: 28. Comp. Passow
C. 3. c. Matth. § 591. 3. (Soph. Aj.
40. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 2.) After verbs
as expressing the end, aim, tendency of
an action or quality, e. g. Acts 3: 10
m'irog 171/ ('1 1r (‘:9 n‘lv e'Mn/Jom'lmv mom...
v0; or. A. 0m. 3:26. 15: 2. 1 Cor. 6:
5 1rpdg Evrpovrflv illu'iv Xé'yw. 7: 35. 10:
ll. 2 Cor. 1:20. Eph. 4: 12. 1 Tim. 1:
16. 4: 7 'yiJIuvaZe 5:‘ aeaurdv 1rpdg aims’
éetau. Heb. 5: l4. 6: ll. 1 Pet.4|:12.
Espec. seq. infin. 0. 1'6, to the end that,
as hllatt. 5: 28 mi; 1') Bhe'muv 'yvva'ixa
1rpdg rt) imttvpfia'ai ahn'ig. 6: l 'rrpdg rd
S'cattfiycu ain'oig. 13: 30 auXM'Ea-rsu-Kai
shears-“ago: 1'6 xaraxaiam ailra' 23: 5.
Mark 13: 22. Eph. 6: ll. James3: 3.
-—3 Macc. 1:19. Hdian. 3. 141.2. Thuc.
7. 8. c. inf. Sept. Jer. 27: 10. Plato
Phmdo § (52.—So alter nouns and adjec
tives, John 11: 4, c’wflévem 1rpoc slivaroy.
Eph. 4; 14.. Col. 2; 23. (Jos. B. J. 4. 9.
l l pa'pluaxoy "pa; aw-mpiav. Luc. Merc.
Cond. 40 1rpdg xe'pEog.) John 4.: 35 571
Aswan’ List arpdc Sspwpov fidq. Acts 27:
1 2 t'lvzvtie'rou r017 Mpz'vor; inrépxovrog apog
wapaxupaaiar. 2 C0122: 16. 10:41. Eph.
H56;
4.; 29. 1 Tim. 4.; a. 2 Tim. 3: 17. Tit.
1; 16. 1 Pet. 3: 15.—Diod. Sic. 5. 37.
Plato Menex. p. 247. E, mivra rd 7rpdc
cildalpovlav ¢épovra. Xen. Mem.‘4. 5.
18.—Also of a tendency and result, as
2 Pet. 3: 16 (‘i m'peghoimv-uwpog rfiv
idt'av aim-‘W a'mhkuav. 1 John 5: 16 1'07;
dpap-révomn #1) “pa; Qzivarov. So 11,1119
'ria ‘Iph.; S'dv. v. 16,17.
e) of the relation in which one person
or thing stands towards another, towards,
with, etc. comp. Passow C. 3. d. Matth.
§ 591. 5. Luke 23: 12 1rpoii1rfipxov 754p
E'w Exepq iii/‘reg 1rpdc Eavroiig. (Hdian. 3.
2. l4.) Rom. 5: 1 sipfiwlv Exopcv 1rp6¢
06m 511161310111 1rpég nva, t0 mahea coven
ant with any one. Acts 3: 25. Heb. 10:6.
9: 20 see in ‘EwéMopat-JiQd. Sic. 1 1.
44' (rum-[0506111 tpiMav 1rpzig nva. JEl. V.
H. 9. 4.1. Thuc. 4. 15. Xen. Vect. 5.13.
—So in a comparison, Rom. 8: 18 oi”:
til-Ira 'ra raw/para r017 viii! Icaipol'l 1rpdg 'n‘pv
ps'hhouaav 565111’, i. e. as compared with,
etc. Passow l.c. Matth. l.c. ~y.—Ecclus.
241: 29. Plato Hipp. Maj. 2. p. 281. D,
Elva‘. rd'w apxai'wv rolig 1repi rr‘lv o'mplav
Ipm'lhovg 'n'pdg illufiy. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 52.
4. Sometimes rpég c. acc. is used after
verbs which express simply rest at, by,
in a place, i. q. 1rpég 0. dat. But in such
instances for the most part, the idea. of
a previous coming to or direction towards
that place is either actually expressed, or
is implied in the context. Comp. Eig n0.
4. See Passow C. 5. Matth. § 591. n.
YViner p. 342. Fritzsche IV Evang. II.
p. 201 sq. Thus (a) gem. c.acc. of place,
Mark 11: 4| ei'lpov 75y mDXov 5e§epivov
1rpzig 71):! 969a». 14: 541 scp'uatmipevog
1rpdg To ([1139, i. e. at or towards the fire.
Luke 22: 56. John 20:11. So 0. two. of
person, i. q. with, by, among, Matt. 26:
18 111.169 as won-'1 Tb 'mio'xa. v. 55 n'pdg
{1,1519 ixafiefo'pnv 5156mm”), pp. I set my
self to or among you. Mark 14,: 419 {Univ
1rpoci/p1'ig---515c'wxwy. Acts 12:20. 13:31
oi'rwsg 1151/ do’: ‘uz'iprupeg ai/roi 1rpdg rdv
Xaév, i. e. to or towards the people. I
Cor. 2: 3. 16: 7 s'hm'lw xptivov rw‘a z'm
luiwu 1rprir; hpfig. 2 Cor.l:12. 5:8. Gal.
1: 18. ‘2:5. It: [8. Phil. [126. 2 Thess.
 Hgocroicgwrov 680
2: 5. Sept. for Is. 19: 19.—Eschyl.
Pr0m.347 01' 351 be 1rpbcéa1re'povg Torrovg
Zorn“. Eurip- Ion. 916. Orest. 468 or
475 1rpdg defu‘zv ail-rob ardg. Soph. Elect.
931. Xen.l-I. G. 6. 5. 8 inrd rd 1rpdg May
n'veww reixog. ib.2.1.25.~—Here belongs
the construction in Luke 18: l 1, b ‘bapt
aa’ioc araOelg 1rpbg Eaurbv rain-a 1rpom7b
xcro, i. e. either 11:-(16:2; 1rpdc Away stand
ing by himsel , as in Eurip. Orest. above;
01',n'pbc éaurov ral'lra 1rpoa'nbxero he pray
ed thus to or with himself; comp. Luc.
Contempl. 18 1176; e'pavrév ye Ewofi.
Isocr. de Permut. § 203 apog- abrbv 81a
raeia'eac—(Ii) Rarely and only in later
usage is the idea of previous motion or
direction wholly dropped, and n'ptig c. acc.
is then, i. q. nupé 0. dat. Passow l. 0.
Mark 2: 2 r6. 1rpdc r1)1/ Sbpav, i. e. the
space at the door or gate, vestibule. 4:1.
Matt. 13: 56 all dbehpai ail-rob oilxl nia'ou
1rpbg f/piig aim,- Mark 6: 3. John 1: l b
Xé'yog by n'pbc rbv 9:61’. Philem. 13 1rpdc
Epavrov xaréxem—See in Brunck ad
Apol]. Rh. 2. 496.
Nme. In composition n'pdc implies:
1. motion, direction, reference, towards,
to, at, etc. as npoao'ryw, 1rpoaz'y'yfzw, 1rpoa~
s'pxopaz, 1rpooboxo'w. 2. accession, addi- I
tion, thereto, over and above, more, fier
ther, as 'rrpoaai're'w, n-poa'an'uhz'w, comp. in addition, to demand besides, Xen. An.
Herm. ad. Vig. p. 863. no. 426; hence
intens. as 1rp6o1rewoe, 1rpoa¢:)o’lc. 3. near
ness, :1. being or remaining near, at, by,
as 1rpoaebpe1'm, 1rpoape'vw. AL.
HgoaoZCCarov, av, 1'6, (1rpo, 0.16811
rov,)fore-Sabbath, eve ofthe Sabbath, i.q.
'n'apt'ld'KEVf], which see. Mark [5: 42.—
—-Judith 8: 6.
Hgoawyogsbw, f. n'wo, (ii-yopn’m)
to speak to any one, to address, to salute,
dmirrepov pleon. Luke 14: 10 (pike, wpoa
Luc. Asin. 4. Hdian. l. 16. 7. to call by ava'grpet riwbrepov, i.e. take a higher seat,
name, to name, Jos. Ant. l5. 8. 5. Xen. a more honourable place. Sept. pp. for
Mem. 3. 2. 1. Hence in N. T. to name,
to appoint, to declare, Pass. Heb. 5: 10
1rpoaa-yopw9elcb1rbGeofidmgepebgComp.
Matth. §420. Winer § 32. 4. b.—comp.
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1 17v 6 116,109 ii'yruav 1rpoa
a'yopebu.
Hgoa'oi'yw, 1'. Km, aor. 2 1rpom'rya-yov,
(ii-yo) to lead or conduct to any one, to
bring near.
a) trans. c. acc. Luke 9: 41 1rpoaa'7a-ye
1:185 rbv uitiv 0011. c. 8.00. ct dat. Acts 16:
20 :rpoau'yayovreg ubruf/Q ro'ig arpanryoic.
Hgoo‘avaa'Mgo'm
For this dat. of direction after 1rpdg in
comp.
18am.see
1: 25.
Matth.
Pig-‘.1
§ 402.
Ex. 29:
Sept.
4. for
40: 12.
—I-Idian. l. 5. 1. Dem. 234. 20. rwu' Tm
Xen. Cyr. 3.2. 12.—Implying admission
or access to any one, pp. as to a king,
Xen. Cyr. l. 3. 8; in N.T. trop. of God,
to bring near, to present before, c. acc. et
dat.1Pet.3:18.—-comp. Jos.Ant.l4. 11.2.
b) intrans. see “A-yw no. 3, to come or
draw near, to approach, c. dat. as above.
Acts 27: 27 inrevéouv oi vabra: rpooa'yuv
rwiz ubroig xéipcw the sailors deemed that
some country drew near to them, i. e. ac
cording to the usual optical illusion on
board a ship. So Sept. for ="1Pj‘3 Ex. 14:
10. Is. 34:1.—}El. V. H. 3.21. Epict.
Ench. 29. 7. ofa ship Pol.l.46.9. Comp.
Achill. Tat. 2. 2. 32 ri‘lv 'yiiv Ewpripev find
rfig vnog Kara Pllipt‘)? dvaxwpoicrav, a};
ufrn‘lv 'n-M’ovoav. Cic. Quaest.Ac.4.25 fin.
HQM'WYW'Y’II, fig, 1'], (wpoa'd'ymJ a
leading or bringing to, accession,Plut. Non
posse suav. viv. 16. V1- p. 201. Tauchn.
Thuc. 1. 82. In N. T. zqqn'oach, access,
admission, :1’; r: Rom. 5: 2. 1rpég ru'a.
Eph. 2: 18. absol. 3: 12.—Plut. Lucull.
-15. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45.
Hgoaouréw, (5, f. haw, (air-£01,) to ash
1. 3. 21. In N. T. to beg, absol. Mark
10: 46. Luke 18:35. John 9: 8.-—Sept.
Job 27: 14. Luc. Contempl. 15. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 29.
Hgoo'm'rng, 0v, 6, (1rpoaa1r&'w,) a beg
gar, John 9: 8 in later edit. for rmpAog,
-Diog. Laert. 6. 56. Plut. Quaest. Gr.
13. II. p. 308 Tauchn.
Hgoaavacufw, aor. 9 wpoa-ééqv,
(dvagat'vu) to go up further, higha', c.
H2; Ex. 19: 23. Josh. 11: 17.—Judith
13: 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 37. of a stream, to
rise, Pol. a. 72. 4. -
Ugoa'avah'axw, f. M'ua'w, (11mm.
was) to consume besides,to espcndfurther,
Luke 8: 43 fine roic larpoic n'poo-arah'»
aaa'a Show rbv ,Biov. For the dat. see
Buttm. §l33.3. Matth. $87. Text. rec.
eig larpobgn—Dem. 460. 2. ib. 1025 20.
Hgoaavan'lngbw, a‘), t‘. boo, (dra
#111,911...) to fill up thereto, so. by adding,
 Hgooumn'énni
to supply fully, riz ilo'rzpfipflra 1 Con!) :12.
11:9.—-W18<l. 19:41. Diod. Sic. 5. 71.
HgM'tZVOtTI’dW/J, f. fio'w, (balm-£0111“)
pp. to lay up in addition,- Mid. to take
upon one's self besides, Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
8. In N.T. only Mid. aor. 2 :rpoo'avetlé
pnv, trop. to lay before in addition, to im
part or communicate further, sc. on one's
' own part.
a) genr. c. acc. et dat. Gal. 2: 6 Epol
'yiip oi boxoiiyrcg oilbe‘v 1rpooave'flewro.
Comp. dveflc'pnv in v. 2.
b) by way of consultation, i. q. to con
fa' with, to consult, c. dat. Gal. 1: 16. 01':
1rpoo'avede'pnv oapxl Kai alparn—DiOd.
Sic. 17. 116 ['AXc'Eavbpog] rolg ,ua'vreot
1rpoo'avafie'pcvog 1repl roii mhueiov. Luc.
Jup. Trag. l {pol 1rpoo'ayd60u' bulge ye
ol'lpgovhov mlvwv.
Heocavrsméw, a7, 1‘. 1'lo'm,(c'l1rsthéu,)
to threaten further, absol. Acts 4: 21,
comp. v. 18.—Dem. 54A. 26.
Hgoobumzvolw, :7, f. flow, (Ba-Ira
w'uu,) to spend more, in addition, 0. acc.
Luke 10: 35. — Luc. Ep. Saturn. 39.
Themist. Or. 23. p. 289.
HfOO'BéOf/sdl, f. floopagdepon. Pass.
(bronco) to need besides, tn addition, 0.
gen. Acts 17: 25. Septt'or “9'3 Prov. l2:
9.——Ecclus-4|:3. Dem.l4:22. Thuc.2.41.
Hgocbéxoaal, f. 50pm, depon. Mid.
(§s'xo;m:,) to receive to one's self, to ad.
mit, trans.
a) of things, trop. to admit, to allow,
as n)v Durtba Acts 211: 15. Neg-at. Heb.
11:35 01'! 1rpoo'bszdpevot rfiv drrolu'lrpwo'w,
not accepting, i.q. rejecting; comp.2Macc.
c. 7.-—Sept. Job 2: 9. Wisd. 18:7. P01.
1. l6. 11.—Of evils, i.q. to put up with, to
endure, Heb. 10: 34 rfiv dpmryny ‘rim 1':
1rap évrwv. Sept. for 1593 Ex. 10: 17.
b of persons, to receive, to admit, sc.
to one's presence and kindness. Luke15:
2 obrog dpaprwkoalg 1rpoo'5éxerat. Sept.
for H5: Mal. 1:8. Ez. 43: 27. - Diod.
Sic. 18. 54. Thuc. 2. 12. Xen. H. G. l.
5. 9.—So in hospitality, to receive kindly,
to entertain, as a nest, Rom. 16:2. Phil.
2:29. Sept. for .3? 1 Chr. 12: 18.
c) of things future, i.q. to waltfor, to
expect, 0. acc.Luke 12:36 (ivtlpo’motg 1rpoo
Eexops'votc rbv Ki'lptov airrdw mire x. r. A.
Acts 23: 21. So of a future good, with
the idea of faith, confidence, as rbv Bam
Aeiav r06 9e05, Mark 15: 43. Luke 23:
681 Hgoo'egyatgoaat
51. 1rapdxlwmv Luke 2: 25. Xr'lrpwo’w 2:
38. rip’ paxupt'av Ehm’ba Tit. 2: 13. 1'6
i'keoc roii Kvpiou Jude 21.—2Macc.8: 1 l.
Pol.21.8.7. Hdian.3.1.2. Xen.Apol_33.
I'Igosbozatw, :3, f. {1010, (domino, Bo
xdzuh) pp. to watch toward or for any
thing, i.q. to look for, to expect.
a) absol. or c. inf. i.q. to thinh,to sup
pose, Matt. 24': 50 in fipe'pq i‘, oi! 1rpoobo
xi. Luke 3: 15. 12: 46. Acts 28:6. 0.
inf. ibid. oi 5:‘ 1rpooebbxwv abrbv pe'ltkew
wiprpmrflat. — c. inf. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5.
Hdian. 2. 2. 9. Xen.An.7.6.11.—-In the
sense ofhope, Acts 27:33. c. inf. 3: 5.—
c. inf.Hdian. 2. 1. 21. Xen.An. 6. l. 16.
b) c. acc. i. q. to waitjbr, to await, e.
g. persons, Matt. 11: 3 in) el 6 e’pxdpevoc,
1*] Z‘repov 1rpoodoxd'ipev; Luke 7: 19, 20.
1:21 1rpoobom3v 'rbv Zaxapt'av. 8: 40.
Acts 10: 24. Ace. of thing, 2 Pet. 3: 12
rfiv nopovm'av. v. 13, 14.—Sept.Ps.119:
165. 2 Macc.15:6,20. Jos. B. 1.5. 13.
1. Hdian. 4. 11.7.
newborn/at, as, 17, (rpocfioxém) a
looking for, expectation, in N.T. only of
evil, Luke 21: 26 6m‘) quié'ou cal 11'. 113v
c'rrcpxopévwv. Meton. Acts 12:111'iimrpoo
boxtac r017 Xaoi, i. e. the evils which the
Jews look for to come upon me. Sept.
meton. for Heb. "D21, [so Ges.] Gen.
49: 10.—pp. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 4. Po]. 1.
31. 3. of good, Xen. Cyr. l. 6.19.
Hfofibféfbw, see IIpoor-ps'xw.
Uganda, 5, f. dam, (26:0,) to permit
or sufi'erfurther, 0. dat. Acts 27: 7141‘; rpm‘.
ed'w‘roc fipiv c'we’pou,i.e. the wind not suf.
fering us to proceed further on that course.
HQOO'iYQ/JZM, 1'. low, (Eyyliw) to
come near onto any one, 0. dat. Mark 2:
4.. Sept. for 15.55 Gen. 33: 6, 7. 53?, Josh.
3; lL—"POl. 39. 1. 4.
Hgooebget'w, f. u'lo'u, (1rpbosbpog sit
ting by, from Z5pa,) to sit near, by, Lit.
adsideo, e.g. by other persons Dem.313.
l 1; by a city as besiegers, 0. dat. Jos. B.
I. 7. 2. l init. In N. T. to wait near,to at
tend, to serve, 0. dat. 1 Cor. 9: l3 oi 1Q
Svmao'mpip 1rpooebpez'lov-reg, i.q. oi rc't Zepa
Ep'yalo'psyot. Comp. in Uapzbpu'm.—-Jos.
c. Ap. 1. 7 1'5 $eparreia mi 96017 1rpoo'e
bpsr'lovrag. Diod. Sic. 5. 46 1r. ra'ig rdw
Geu'n! sepairct'atg.
Hgoseg'yu'zofbm, f. c'wopat, depon.
Mid. (Ep'ydzopag) to work out thereto, to
 Hgoaégxoam
gain more by labour, Hdot. 6. 61. Xen.
H. G. 3. l. 28. In N. T. gem. to gain
thereto, besides, in addition, Luke 19: I6
1'] [in] am: rpoasp-yc'waro de'xa ‘uw‘ig.
HEOO'EIQXOMIZI, f. ehstraopal, depon.
Mid. (E'pxopal q.v.) to come to or near to
any place or person, to approach, intrans.
a) pp. and seq. dat. after 1rpég in comp.
see Matth. § 402; e.g. dat. of place, Heb. b) meton. proseueha, i.q. ohm; v. révroc
12: 18 01': yelp 1rpoaehnhi10ar£ du'hmpwpé wpoacvxfic, 53?‘? ""3, house or place of
up tips‘. v. 22. (Hdian. 2. 6. ll.) Seq. prayer, an oratory. Acts 16: 13 oil impi
dat. of pers.Matt.4,:3 xal vqroachfldw aim‘? {era 1rpoaevxr) eta/at. v.16. Comp.3Macc.
o wupzifwv, cine. 8: 5. Mark 14.: 45.
Luke 23:52. John 12: 21. Acts 9: 1.
Absol. or c. dat. impl. Matt. 4:11 (‘1177:
)\0L 1rpoafih60v mi 1:. r. A. Mark 1: 3|.
Luke8: 24.. 10:34.. Acts 7:31. 28:9.
al. Sept. usually seq. 1rpa’g,f0r =52! Gen.
29: 10. 43: 19. =12 Num.9:6. Deut.
l:22.—c. dat. 1E1. V. H. 9. 3. Xen.Cyr.
l. 4. 27.—In the sense of to visit, to have
intercourse with, Acts 24: 23. 10: 28.
b) trop. (a) of God or Christ, to come
to God, to draw near unto, in prayer, sa
crifices, worship, devotion of heart and
life; seq. dat. Heb. 7: 25 mile 1rpoacpxo
pe'vovc 51' uilrofl rq': 9:97. 11: 6. c. 11;: 9:93
impl. Heb. 10: 1, 22. So 4': 16 1rpoa'cp
xdopcfia adv-u ‘up 996",’ ‘Hi; xc'lpu-og. Sept.
pp. of those who approach the altar, for
a}; Lev. 21m. Deut. 21.5. 13?, Lev.21:
16.—Of Christ, 1 Pet. 2: 4| 1rpoc 31! rpm’
spxo'pevoi, to whom coming, i. e. whom
embracing, becoming his disciples, fol
lowers. — So of disciples, c. dat. Xen.
Mem.l.2.47. ib.l.6.l. For #969, comp.
Winer§ 56. p. 364. — ([3) Seq. dat. of
thing, to assent to, to embrace. l Tim.6:
3 pr) n'poaépxcral i'ytal'vovm X67019.—
Philo de Gigantp.289. A , pndevi 1rpoas'p~
Xeo'OaL 'yl'dlllp ro'n/ zipry'uc'vwv. de Migr.
AbnpAOLD, 1rpoa'ch06v-rsc ('iperfl. AL.
1150551067,], 77?, 1‘1, (rpoau'rxopag)
prayer, sc. ofi'ered to God.
21) pp. as 1rpoznvxr‘l1rpog rov Gso'v Acts
1:2: 5. R0m.15:30. 1rpoaevx1) r017 95017
i. e. prayer to God, Luke 6: l2. Gem.
and absol. Matt.l7:2l 2i pr‘; ‘Ev 1rpoosvxfi
mi vna'ru'a. 21: 22. Mark 9: 29. Luke
22: 45 dvao'riig l'urd 'rfig 1rpoaevxfic. So
otxog 1rpoacvxfig, house of prayer, for
prayer, Matt.2l :13. Mark 11:17. Luke
19: 46. Acts 1: l4 1rpoa'xnprepciv 'rfl 1rpo
o'euxfy. 6: 4. n'ipa rfir; 1rpoa£uxfi¢ Acts 3:
1, see in'Errurog. 10: 3|. Rom. 12: 12.
682 Hgoaeoxoam
lC0r.7:5. Eph.6:l8. Col.4|:2. Phil.4:6.
1 Tim. 5: 5. James 5:17 see in Upon-u’:
xoluai- Plur. Acts 2:42 1rpoaxaprepoiivreg
rah‘ 1rpoaeuxaic. 10: 4. Rom. 1: 10.
Eph. 1:16. Col. 4:12. 1 Thess. 1:2. I
Tim. 2: l. Philem. 4, 22. 1 Pet. 3: 7.
4: 7. Rev. 5:8. 8:3, 4. Sept. for 52;?
Ps. 4: 2. 2 Chr. 6:19. szep.—~Tub.l3:l.
Ecclus. 3:5. 7: 10,14.
7: 20:, and see the decree of the city
Halicarnessus in Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 23,
quoted under Nopifi'w. These Jewish
proseuchw were places for social prayer
and devotion without those towns where
the Jews were unable or not permitted
to have a synagogue; and were usually
near a river or the sea-shore, for the con
venience of ablution; see Jos. l. 0. Some
times the 1rpoa'evxfi was a large building
as at Tiberias; Jos. Vit. § 54- :19 n‘yv 1rpo
o'zugg‘lv, pé'yw'rov o‘ixnpa 1ro>uiv b'xhov
Em éfaaeai duvdpzvov. But often it ap
pears not to have been a building, and
was prob. some retired place in the open
air or in a grove, appropriated to this
purpose ; so Tertullian speaks of the
“ orationes litorales" of the Jews,ad Na
tiones c. 13; also de Jejuniis c. 16, “ Ju
daicum certe jejunium ubique celebratur
quum omissis templis per 0mne litus quo
mmque in aperto uliquando jam precem ad
coclum mittunt." Comp.Juv.Sat.3.ll sq.
See \Vetstein N. T.I.p.692. Jahn M45.
HQOO'EITIXO’MZI, f. Eolmu, depon. “lid.
(eiixopat) impert‘. 1rpomluxopnv, aor. l
1rpoanvEépnv, for which augm. seeButtm.
c 86. 2 ; to pray to God, to qfl‘wr prayer,
pp. seq. dat. r " 9:9": or the like after 1rpo'g
in comp. see Iatth. § 402. 1001311: 13
11,3 Geq'r 1rpoau'1xm0at. Matt. 6: 6 11126010
Eat 'rq'i 1rarpi am; 2'11 n; xpuxrqi. So Sept.
for ‘PEEP? Is. 44.: 17 ; ot'tener seq. "pa;
9:611 Gen. 20: 17. 1 Sam. 1: 10. sarp.
(Luc. Hermot. 40 n9 Art‘. Xen. Cyr. l.
6.1 roig 9:07;.) Absol. or c. 11;: Out‘: impl.
Matt. 6:5 Kat druv 1rpoazilxp. v. 6, 7. 14:
23. Mark 1:35. Luke 3:21. Acts 6:6.
1 Cor. ll: 4.. lThcss. 5: l7. 1 Tim. 2:8.
James 5: 13, 18. al. Joined with airfi
06:11. Mark ll: 24. Col. 1: 9.—Hdian.l.
11.12. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10.—The m
ner in which one prays is expressed by
 Hgoo'éxw 683 Hgoor'flwro;
the (lat. 1 Cor. 11: 5 'yvvr) 1rpoosuxope'w; 16:14 1rpooe' ew ro'ig hahovpc'voic inn) r017
---dxarm:al\z'nrro) r‘fi xapahj. 14: l4, l5 Hm'lhov. 1 im.l:4. Tit.1:l4.—1Macc.
'ylubo'og, rp‘ Mayan, r55 v01‘. James 5: 7:11. Jos. Ant. 8. 9. 1. 1131. V. H. 12. 1
17 1rpooevxfl 1rpooqbEaro, he prayed ear~ med. p. 157 Tauchn.—Seq. dat. of pers.
nestlg, comp. in 'A'yahhidw 1). Also by in the sense to care for, to watch over,
e’v, Eph. 6: 18 iv mm'lpan. Jude 20.— Acts 20:28 1rpooe'xzrs oily Eavro'ig not To?
The matter of one's prayer, the words ut fl’OtFI/lll). — Epict. Ench. 51. 1 p26’ 5:9
tered, etc. are put after oiirwg Matt. 6:9. [hps'pag] rpoos'Euc o'eavrql
he'yuw Matt. 26:39,42. em Acts 1:24.. b) reflex. 1rpoos'xav Earn-q“: v. s'avroic,
Sept. c. hé'ywv Is. 37: 15. Elrrov 2 K. 6: to take heed to one's self, i. q. to beware,
17. ()r in the accus. Rom. 8: 26 n’ 1rpoo mostly imperat. Luke 17:3. Acts 5:35.
euEo'nieBa m0‘) 327. S0 ,uaxpa adv. long, (comp.Plut. Pelop. 9 fin.) Seq. am; 'rwog,
L‘Ifltt. 23:13. Mark 19:40. Luke 20:47. comp. in ’A1r6 I. 2. e. Luke 12:1 1rpoo
rm'n-a Luke 18:11, see in Hpbg no. 4. :1. e'xere Zavroig z’urd rfil; (blunt; x. r. h. Seq.
10171-0 'lva Phil.1:9.—The object or thing pr'prore Luke 21: 34.— So ellipt. with
prayed for is put after 'lva v. lila [17’), tam-oi;- impl. seq. p1’, c. inf. Matt. 6:1
Matt. 24: 20 1rpoo'el'lxeofls be‘, 'lva pr‘, yé~ 1rpoo'c'xe-re---pr‘1 1rou‘iv. (Epict. ap. Stob.
vrrra: 1'] ‘jaw-yr’) x. r. A. Mark 13:18. 14:35, 74. 22.) Seq. (m; 'rwog, Matt. 7:15 1rpoa
38. 1 Cor. l4: 13. at; 6---':'va 2 Thess. c'xere drrd ru'n/ \Iasvbon'poqpnrév. 10: 17.
1: 11. Seq. inf. final, Luke 22: 40 rpm‘ 16:6, 11,12. Luke 20: 46.—Sept. fully
ebxso'fle ,w) eioehfleiv eig rupao'pov. James 0. pi’, for Heb. '1??? Gen. 24: 6. Ex. 34:
—-—
5: 17
Thec. subject
1017, see
or person
in '0, h,
forTo,whom
G. c. one 12. Ecclus. 29: 23. ellipt. 0. p1’, Ecclus.
13: ll. Seq. 1'11r6 rwog, Sept. for ‘1’? 53D
prays is put with a preposition ; as 2 Chr. 35:21. Ecclus. 11:34. 17:11.
wept’ c. gen. Col. 1: 3 wept iqubv 1rpooeu 18: 27. Comp. Xen. Venat. 6: 23 apoc
xripevoi. Heb.13:18. 1repl rwoc 'lvu. Col. e'xew 51mg [0'].
4: 3. 2 Thess. 3:1. 1repi ru'og 51mg Acts 2. Intrans. or c. sway impl. see in
8:15. Sept. Gen. 20:7. Jer. 42: 20. "Exu 1'; pp. to hold to any person or
inre'p c.gen.Matt.5:44. inrs'p rwog 'lva Col. thing, i. q. to apply one's self; to give or
1: 9. Sept. Jer. 42: 4. hr! 0. acc. James devote one's self to any thing; e.g. seq.
5:14 rpooeufiéaeuoav e'rr' abro'v, let them dat. of thing, o'ivq) 1ro)\)\q'i 1 Tim. 3:8. rii
pray over him, in his behalf. So prob. c’wa-ywbo'si 4: 13. 1'93 Svo'taornpizp i. q. to
impl. Matt19:13. Sept. Jer.14:11. AL. give attendmiee, to minister, Heb. 7: l3.
Hgoo'éxw, f. Eu, (57(0),) to have in ad —Polymn. 8. 56 mg?!) ml péttg. Hdian.
dition Dem. 877. 26. to hold towards any 2. 11. 6. 'yewp'yia. en. Mem. 4. l. 2.—
one, e.g. To obg, Sept. for "IQ-‘.1 Jer.7:24, Seq. dat. of pers. i.q. to adhere to,tofollow,
26. rr)v dom'ba seq. 'n-pég Hdot. 4. 200. Acts 8: 10, 11. 1 Tim. 4:1 rpooixovreg
As a nautical word,to hold a ship towards 'tl’llfilllfltlfil. who'll/ole.
a place, to sail towards, Hdot. 9. 99 ring
Heoo'fllitlw, 5, f. (bow, (r'yhtiu, hhog)
"741;" also intrans. to hold on one's course
towards a place, sc. by ship, 0. dat. P01. to nail to any thing, to ofix with nails, c.
1. 24. 2 1rpoo'ox6vreg rii Zucehla. Diod. acc. et dat. Col. 2: 14 1rpoo'rlhchtmg aim)
Sic. 20. 105; fully Dem.l285.25 rfy m’: 'rqo' oraupql—Ei Mace. 4:9. Diod. Sic. 4.
1rpoae'xew :39 ‘P433011. In N.T. onlyr trop. 47. Dem. 549. l.
l. Absol. 0. Toy yoi'lv, impl. to apply Hgoohlurog, 0!), 6,1), (rpooz'pxopaa)
one's mind to any thing, to attend to, to pp. ‘ one who comes to another country
give heed to; so fully 1rpoos'xcw row voiiv or people,’ a stranger,sqjourner, Sept. for
rm’ Luc. D. Deor. 5. 1. Plut. Galb. l3. ".1. Ex. l2:48,49. 20:10. In N.T. only
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 2. in the later Jewish sense, a proselgte, a
a) gem. and seq. dat. of thing spoken, convert from Paganism to Judaism ,Matt.
Acts 8:6 1rpoaeixov re oi 5X)\Ot roic he-yo 23:15. Acts 2:11. 6:5. 13:43. The
pévotg x.r.l\. Heb. 2: 1. 2 Pet. 1: 19. So same are called 01 oego'pevoi rbv Geow
Sept. for T355! Ps. 141: 1. Dent. l: 45. Acts 13: 16, 50. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2; also
(Diod. Sic. 2. 25. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6 ole 'Ioviia‘t‘lovreg Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 2. comp.
b Zwxpdrm; hiya 1rpooéxur.) In the sense B. J. 2. 20. 2. Tac. Hist. 5. 5.—The
to yield assent, to believe, to embrace, Acts Rabbins distinguish two kinds of pro
 Hgéazmgo; 684 Hgmmkmg
'selytes,viz. Plat-‘.1 ‘Hproselytes qfright,i.e. continuadg in, with, near any person or
complete, perfect proselytes, who em thing, intrans. E. g. of a work, business,
braced the Jewish religion in its full ex to continue in, to pasevere in, to be con
tent, and enjoyed all the rights and stantly engaged, occupied; seq. dat. as
privileges of Jewish citizenship, comp. rfi 1rpoaeux§ Acts 1:14. 6:4. Rom. 12:
Ex. 12:48. Jos. Ant. 20. 2. 5; and also 12. Col. 4:2. rfl Eibaxj Acts 2:42. Seq.
51135" ‘3.3. proselgtes ofsqjouming,called also cle aim) robro for this very purpose Rom.
"2?? ‘Iéproselytes ofthegatc ,i.e. foreigners, 13:6.—Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 6. P01. 1. 55. 4.
dwelling among the J cws, who Without Xen. H. G. 7. 5. 14.—Of place, Ev rq'i
being circumcised conformed to certain iepq-i Acts 2: 46.—Susann. 6 iv rj oln'a.
Jewish laws and customs, espec. those —0t' persons, i.q. to remain near, to wait
which the Rabbins call the “ seven pre upon, so as to be in readiness, 0. dat.
cepts of Noah," viz. to avoid blasphemy Mark 3:9 in: akatdpwrrrpoamprcpfi airrg-y.
against God, idolatry, homicide, incest, By impl. to attend upon, to adhere to any
robbery, resistance to magistrates, and one, 0. dat. Acts 8: 13 rq? ¢thi1r1r . 10:
the eating ot' the blood or things strangled. 7.—Pol. 24. 5.3. Dem. 1386.16. orthe
See Buxtorf Lex. Chald. col. 407 sq. dat. after 1rpdg in comp. see Matth. M02.
Jahn §3~25. Michaelis Mos. Recht IV. II Manage-ignore, we, 1", (‘mp-omnip
p. 12 sq. or Comment. on the Laws of repew, perseverance, continuance in any
Mos. III. p. 64 sq.—On the baptism of thing. Eph. 6: 18 iv mia'g 1rpooraprepilo'cr
proselytes and its probable antiquit , see Kai 567,16“, i.q. 1rpoaxaprzpoiwrsc rg bzr'lau.
Buxt. l. c. Lightt‘oot Hor. Heb. ad att.
3:6. Selden de Jure Nat. et Gent. II. 2. Hgoenspaikumv, 00, rd, (wpovmpi
Stuart in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 338 sq. haroc, Ksrpahib) a pillow, pp. cushion for
the head, Mark 4:38. Sept. for "'1"??— Ez.
Hgbo'natgog, 0!), 6,1’), adj. (rm/:69)
13:18,20.—Esdr. 3:8. Theophr. Char.2.
fbr a season, i. e. transient, temporary,
enduring for a while, Matt. 13:21. Mark HEOfl'Khtjflsw, 5, f. (bow, (Khnpdw)
4: 17. 2 Cor. 4: 18 opp. alénaog. Heb. to give or assign by lot, to allot to any one,
ll: 25.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Act. Thorn. o. g. as fortune, destiny, Luc. Amor. 3.
§ 15. Hdian. 1.1. 6. Diod. Sic. 3. 18. In N. T. aor. 1 Pass.
Heoo'nahéw, (7, f. in), (xahéw) to
1rpoocxhnpibenv as Mid. to allot one's self
to any one, q. d. ‘ to join onc's lot to his
call to, to summon, to sendfor, Sept. Esth.
lot,’ to consort with, to adhere to, 0. dat.
8: 1. Xen. Lac. 13. 5.—In N. T. only
Acts 17:4e’1rei00110‘av ral 1rpoacxh11pé0n
Mid. 1rpoaxaM'opai,oi'/pa1, to call any one
aav r15 Hablup x. r. A. Comp. Buttm. §
to one's self, to ealljbr, to summon, c. ace.
136. 2. For the dat. after #96;- in comp.
of pers. Matt. 10: 1 Kat n’pOd'KahobpEvog
see Matth. § 402.—Philo de Fortit. p.
rob; du'ahcxa poem-ac airrofi. 15: 10,32.
741. C, r55 norm-j ral arm-pl ro'w b'huy
18:2, 32. 20:25. Mark 3:13, 23. 6:
1rpomccxknpwpe'yot. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1001.
7. 7: 14. 8:1, 34. 10:42. 12: 43. 15:
D, rd'lv ‘air rounpflfiv (YE’KEI’WP 'n'pooxexkn
44. Luke 7:19. 15:26. 16:5. 18:16. pwpe'vwv. de Monarch. p. 827. E.
Acts 5:40. 6:2. 13:7. 20:1. 23:17, 18,
23. James 5:14. Sept. for 83?, Gen. 20: Hgod'zttlrw, f. m}, (it-Mum) to incline
l. Esth. 4:5.—2 Mace. 8:1. Luc. Pisc. or lean a thing towards or upon another.
39. Xen. An. 7. 7. 1.—-Trop. of God, Hom. 0d. 21. 138, 165. Intrans. and
to call, to invite, sc. men to embrace the trop. to incline forwards, to favour, 0. dat.
gospel, Acts 2: 39. Also to call one P01. 4. 51. 5.— In N. T. aor. 1 Pass.
to any oflice or duty, i. q. to appoint, to n'poaexhldrlv as Mid. to incline one's self
choose; so in pert‘. Pass. 'n'poaxéxhnpat as towards, trop. to join one's self to one's
Mid. Buttm. § 136. 3. Acts 16: 10. 13: party, to adhere to, 0. dat. Acts 5: 36 ‘J
2 ti; 'rb E'p-yoy [ale] 5 1rpoaxz'xhn'uu iii/robe, 1rpoaexlu’01; t'qnfipdc in later edit. Text.
where for eig omitted see in '0; II. 1. c. rec. 1rpoacxohhr’ltin. Comp. Buttm. § 136.
3!. Sept. and “2?, Joel 3: 5 [2: 32]. 2; and for the dat. Matth. § 402.
I'Igoa'notgrsgtw, 5, f. {you , (xap'repe'u,) Hgbaxlw'lg, 50;, .7, (n'poo'xkivm)
to be strong orfirm towards any thing, to inclination towards, pp. 0 leaning against,
endure or persevere in or with, i. q. to be 0. g. "Irwin-Aime rob (time 1rpbg rb dis-590'
 Hgoazolloiw 685 Hgoa'xvvéw
Diod. Sic. 3. 27. In N. T. trop. a lean ' olm'a s'xcivg. Comp. Matth. § 402.—
ing towards, partialitg, 1 Tim. 5: 21.-— heophr. Hist. Pl. 4. 8. 8 ,ur) upon-dim
Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 47. Pol. 5. 51. r93 dpfiahlup'.
8. ib. 6. 10. IO. b) Spec. to strike the jbot against any
IIgooxoAMiw, 5, f. flew, (mama) thing, i. q. to stumble, absol. John 11: 9,
to glue one thing to another, Pass. to be 10. (Sept. Prov. 3: 23. Tob. 11:10 0.
come glued, to adhere to any thing, e. g. dat. Xen. Eq. 7. 6.) Seq. acc. et 1rpd§ c.
inn‘) rm? a't'parog upomcoMnflfivaz rib/bop acc. Matt. 4: 6 et Luke 4:11 pipro-re
¢aiav aim-oi rii bzEqi, Jos. Ant. 7. l2. 4. 1rpocnrdipgc 1rpbc MOov rbv r6311 oov,quoted
from Ps.9 l :12 where Sept.for i152. Comp.
to join to, to unite with, rfiv BGU'tAIKfiII rj
d'yopi 1rpoasxdMnoev Plut. J. Cass. 29. Winer § 56. p. 364.—comp. Aristoph.
In N. T. aor. 1 Pass. 1rpoo'exohh1'10nv as Vesp. 275 1'} 1rpooz'xotll' iv 'rq'i mcérq) rbv
Mid. Buttm. § 136. 2. to join one's self ddm'vhdv mun—Trop. to stumble at any
to an one, as a companion, follower, c. thing, to take qfl'ence at, so as to fall into
dat. cts 6: 36 in text. rec. For the dat. error and sin, absol. 1 Pet. 2: 8 oi 1rpoa
see Matth. § 402. Sept. for P2? Ruth 2: Ko'vrrouat, rq') ho'yq: cincieoivrec. Seq. dat.
23.—Ecclus. 6:34. Plato de Legg. 5. p. comp. Matth. l. c. Rom. 9: 32 T93 N09).
839. E, as quoted in VVetst. N. T. I. p. Seq. Ev q: Rom. l4:2l.-—Ecclus. 35 [32]:
447.—So Fut. Pass. 1rpoa'xahltndv'looluai, 21. To be indignant, P01. 1. 31. 7. Diod.
to be joined with, or to join one's self unto, Sic. 13. 80.
after the analogy of the aor.l,from which Hgoo'zulu'w, f. low, (whim) to roll to
it is formed, i. q. to cleave unto, e. g. a or upon any thing, as MBov s'rri rfiv Sbpav
husband to his wife, 0. dat. Matt. 19: 5 Matt. 27:60. Mark 15:46.—I)ion. Hal.
1rpovxoXXn6/merai r‘?! yuvauri abrm'qquotcd Ant. Rom. 8. 53.
from Gen. 2: 24 where Sept. for a? P23.
Seq. 1rpb¢ 'yuva'imz id. Mark 10: 7. Eph. Hgoazuréw, 5, f. 17w, Buttm.§114.
5:31. Comp. Winer§ 56. p. 364. p. 288, (Kuve'u to kiss,) pp. to kiss to
Hgovxouuu, rog, 1-6,(1rpoaxd1rrw,) wards any one, i. e. to kiss one's own
a stumbling, e. g. Ei/Aov 1rpooxépparog a hand and extend it towards a person, in
stumbling-block Ecclus. 34:7. In N. T. token of res ect and homage. The an
only trop. as Mltog 1rpooxépparoc a stone cient oriental) and espec. Persian mode of
of stumbling, spoken of Christ as the salutation was,between persons of equal
occasion of fall and perdition to those who rank, to kiss each other on the lips; when
_reject him, Rom. 9: 32, 33. 1 Pet. 2:8. the difference of rank was slight, they
Comp. Is. 8: l4, and see more under kissed each other on the cheek; when one
AlBoc b.—Meton. i. q. a stumbling-block, was much inferior, he fell upon his knees
i. e. trop. a cause offalling, an occasion of and touched his forehead to the ground,
sinning,Rom. 14:13 ,w) nflévcu updoxoppa or prostrated himself, kissing at the same
r15 dbekpql 1 Cor. 8:9. Rom. 14:20 5181 time his hand towards the superior. This
'n'poo'Kdpparogseti in Au’; 1.4. 8.. So Sept. latter mode Greek writers express by
for '52?” Ex. 23: 33. 34: 12. — Ecclus. 1rpoo'lcvre'w, see espec. Hdot. 1.134---i|v 5:‘
17:25. 39: 24. wok)“; iioiirspoc dyeuc'arepog, 1rpomri1rrwv
upon-win 16v Erspov. Xen. C yr. 5. 3. 18
1150074077,], 55, i’, (1rpoo'xd1rru,) pp. a
EEiiXOe 1rpog~ rbv Kfipov, Kai r15 vdpq: 1rpoo
stumbling, trop. ofi‘cncc, i. e. a being of Kuvfio'ac, elm. Comp. Luc. Encom. Dc
fended, indignation, Pol. 6. 7. 8. ib. 30.
mosth. 49 mi fi‘yv xei'pu rt‘? orbpari 1rpoa~
20. 8. In N. T. meton. qfince, i. e. a'yu'yovrog, 0:15.» dhh' ii fl'poa'lrvvsi'v,
cause of offence, occasion of falling into inrcltdpgavov. Comp. VVetstein N. T. I.
sin, 2 Cor. 6: 3 pi) Bibévrsg 1rpooxo1n’yv, p. 242. Jahn § 175.—Hence in N. T.
i. e. giving no occasion for contemning and genr. to do reverence or homage to any
and rejecting the Gospel. one, usually by kneeling or prostrating
Hgooxbvr'm, f. 440), (mirror) to beat one's self before him. Sept. every where
towards, i. e. upon any thing, to strike for nil’??? to bow down, to prostrate one's
against, e. g. self in reverence, homage, e.g. Gen. 19:
a) gem. intrans. 0. dat. Matt. 7:27 l. 48:12. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. "L153.
mi [oi norapoi rui oi c’il'epoi] 1rpoo'éxmllaw a) gem. towards a person as superior,
 Hgoaxwéu 686 11560117444;
to whom one owes reverence and hom '11?" Gen. 24:26. 1 Sam. 1:19. Is. 27:
age or from whom one implores aid. E. 13. (Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 5 Tt; 951,3.) Seq.
g. absol. with words expressing prostra accus. see above in a. Matt. 4: 10 rev
tion added, Acts 10: 25 b Kopm'yhwc 1r: 92611 aou 1rpoaruw’laeig. Luke 4:8. John
mhv e'vrl r009 wfiugrpoasxbvnaev. Simpl. 4:22 bis, 23, 24. (Jos. Ant. 6.4. 2
Matt. 20:20 'rrpoo'xuvoi'm'a Kai ai'roimm— row Gaby. Xen. An. 3. 2. 9 row 956v.)
Sept. Gen. 33: 6, 7. Xen. An. 1. 6. 10. Seq. e'vu'nrioi' aou Rev. 15: 4, see above
—-Seq. dat. of pers. in later usage, Lob. in a, fin. — ([3) Of the Messiah, 0. dat.
ad Phr. p. 463. Winer § 31. p. 171. Heb. l: 6.—(7) of angels, with i’rrwov
So with words expressing prostration, E'pn'poaliev, 0. dat. Rev. 19:10. absol. 22:
Matt. 2: 1] K01. remix/reg 1rpoaexbvnaav (‘l—(5) Of false gods,idols: seq. dat. sec
in a. Acts 7 :43 oil/4; irou'laars 'n'poa'rureiy
air-nil sc. r93 vraibiip. 4:9 e'av reality rrpoa
Kori/apt; poi sc. Satan. 18: 26. 28: 9 e’ abrolc. Rev. 16:2. 19:20. 20:4. Seq.
Kpt'irmmv min-01': roll; mibag, Kai apnoea-i! accus. see in a. Rev. 9: 20 1rpoaruw'1
vnaav abry'a. Mark 15: 19 rifle'vrcg- :z: o'wo'i 'ru baipovia. 13:4 bis, 8, 12, 15.
'yévara rpoaua'wovv airrq'r. Simpl. Matt. l4:9,11.-Xen. An. 3. 2. l3 rm}: eeol'lg‘.
2: 2 Kai fiheoluev 1rpomcuwfiaai iii/rip. v.8. Hgoaxuvnriyg, 05, a, (1rpoawvc'w,)
8: 9. 9:18. 14:33. 15:25. 28:17. a worshipper of God, John 4: 23. —
Mark 5: 6. John 9: 38. S0 Sept. for Chandler Inscript. Append. X. 3 ‘mic
“25:-‘2??! Gen. 27: 29. 43: 26, 28. seep. 1rpoemwn-raIg sc. of Augustus.
— Heliodor. IX. 366. Pol. 5. 86. 10. Hgoakaltiw, 5, flow, ()mh'w) to
Comp. below in b.—-Seq. acc. in the ear speak to or with any one, 0. dat. Acts
lier Greek usage, Matt. § 412. Lob. l. 13: 43. absol. 28:20. Comp. Matth. §
0. Luke 24: 52 ml uirroi 1rpoawvvr'laav 402.—Wisd. 13:18. Luc. Nigr. 7. Plut.
rec aim-(iv. So Sept. for 'I'WH Gen. 37:
ed. R. VIII. .377 pen.
6, 8.—Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2. ib. 6.13. 4
e'vrio'rpaipe'vroc 5e‘ r05 fiaaihe'wc n'poo'xv HQOUNXF: 061W, t‘. Mliboual, (haw
re'irai ain'bv nemhve'n'l 1rpo'aw1rov, a‘): 500;. €émo,) to take thereto, in addition, Xen.
1151. V. 11. l. 21. Pol. 10. 17.8. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 4. to receive besides, Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 14.— From the Heb. con An. 7. 3. 13. to take to or with one's self,
strued seq. Evdnrw'v rivoc Luke 4:7. Emir in one's company, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16.
mov ru‘w ‘r0501’ nvog Rev. 3: 9. SO Sept. —- In N. T. Mid. WPOUAG'LééYO'HH, to
for up‘? Ps. 22: 30. 86:9. take to one's self,- also semi-pass. to re
b) spoken of those who pay reverence ceive to one’s self; see in Aapfiérw.
and homage to the Deity, render divine l. to take to one's self, e. g. food, 0.
honours, etc. to worship, to adore, pri_ gen. Acts 27: 36 ml ail-ml 1rpoaelui€orro
marily with the idea of prostration, which 'rpotpfig. v.34 in text. rec. Comp. Buttm.
however is often dropped; comp. Sept. § 132. 4. 2. d. Seq. acc. pnbév Acts 27:
and Gen. 47:31. 1 K. 1: 47.— 33.-—-Comp.Xen. Mem. 3. l4. 4.—Seq.
(a) 01' God, absol. John 4: 20 bis, oi acc. of pers. to take to one's self, q. d. to
1rarc'psc ilpiiw iv 11:? 5pc: rob-rip rpoo'ucbrn take by the hand and draw aside, Matt.
o'av K. r. h. v. 24 dd 1rpoo'xvve‘iv. 12:20. 16:22. Mark 8:32. Soto take to one's
Acts 8:27. 24: 11. Rev. 11:1. Sept. company, intercourse, house, etc. Acts
and 'hrm Ps. 95:6. 138:2. (Jos. Ant. 17:5 Kai 1rpoohagopevoi Twit: di'Epug
8. 4. 4.) Praegn. Heb. 11:21 ml 1rpoa wovnpm'ic. 18: 26. 28: 2.—-2 Mace. 8: 1.
exbwno'uv e'nl rd {ii-pow 'rfic {idgdov abroi'l, Jos. B. J. 2. 21. l. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 26.
he worshipped [leaning] upon the top of 2. to receive to one's self, i. e. to admit
his stafl‘, in allusion to Gen. 47:31 where to one's society and fellowship, to re_
Sept. for Hjftl’l‘éfl, comp. 1 K. 1: 4.1. Seq. ceive and treat with kindness, c. ace. of
dat. see above in a; so with words ex pers. Rom. 14: 1 rbv be‘ daen'oiirrn r3)
pressing prostration 1 Cor. 14: 25 weaibv Th7?“ 1rpoo’l\ap€civeaflai. v. 3. 15: 7 his.
e'rrl 1rpoo'wrrov, 1rpoaxvvr'jact ‘r95 Gap. Rev. Philem. 12, 17. So Sept. for =“.P,-‘: Ps.
4:10. 5: 14 in text. rec. 7:11.11z16. 65: 4.--2 Macc. 10: 15.
19:4. Simply, John 4:21 1rpoervm’1aere 115601714115‘, we, 1'], (rpoo'hapfiril'lml
r93 1ra'rpl. v. 23. Rev. 14:7. 19:10 r93 a taking to one's self, assumption, in a
9:‘; 1rpoen'wno'ov. 22:9. So Sept. and syllogism, Cic. do Divin. 2. 53. Diog.
 /
Hgoolaem 687 Hgocrécow

Laert. 7. 82. In N. T. a receiving, ad ——Of a hostile assault, 0. (lat. Jos. Ant.

mission, Born. 11: 15. 15.8.4. Pol. 1.28.9. Xen. H. G. 3. 2.3.
Hgocaéw, f. m5, (pévo) to remain b) of persons, to faH down to or before
at a place, with a person, q. d. to re any one, i. e. at his feet or knees in re
main there; of place, absol. Acts 18: verence or as a suppliant; seq. dat. of
18. iv ’ s'ap 1 Tim. 1:3.—.los. de Vit. pers. Mark 3:11 1rp'oae'm1rre abrqi. 5:
l2. Hdian. 4. 15. 15. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 33. Luke 8:28, 47. Acts 16:29. Seq.
7.—Of persons, to continue with any one, r079 'ylivaol rwoc Luke 5: 8. Sept. c.
o. dat. Matt. 15: 32. Mark 8: 2. Trop. (tin-1:1 for ":5, Ps. 95: 6.—-2 Macc. 5: 10.
to remain faithful to any one, to adhere to, Pol. 10. 18. 7. r07; 76mm Diod. Sic.
Acts 11: 23. For the dat. after 1rpég, see 17. 13. absol. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2.—Seq.
Matth.§402.~—Wisd. 3:9. Jos. Ant. 14. rpbg robg 166a; rwo'g Mark 7:25. So
2.1.—Metaph. to continue in any thing, Sept. for iii-‘1 Ex. 4:25.
i.q. to be constant in, to persevere, 0. dat. Hgoa'n'oiéw, 5, f. flow, (mnéw) to
1 Tim. 5: 5 m7; ber'pozo't. Acts 11:23 in make to or for any one, to gain for,
later edit. for e’mpz’vew in text. rec. Dem. 1393. 15. Xen. H. G. 4. a. 28 ¢l
Hgoo'ogfm'fiw, f, 1w, (épplzw to bring Mv Ae'ofiov rip an... Usually depon.
Mid. 1rpoa1roteopat, 017,101, to make to
a ship to anchorage, from 6ppoc,) to bring
a ship to anchor at or near a place, q.d. onc's scl , to acquire for one's self, Hdot,
9. 37. Thuc. 1. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28.
to cast anchor, to land at, 0. dat. Plut.
Xahxnborlovg ¢i>\ou¢. Also to make to
Parall. 2. VII. p. 217. 2 Reisk. E'e'pEnc
one's self or make pretension to be so and so,
‘Aprrpun'p 1rpooopploag. — In N. T.
i.q. to claim or arrogate to one’s self, Xen.
Mid. to come to anchor, to draw in to
An. 2. 1. 7.—Hence in N.T. depon. Mid.
shore, absol. Mark 6:23.-—Arr. Exped.
Al. M. 6.4.3. ib. 6. 20. 7 1rpoaoppwflslc
to make as If, to make a show of being or
rt‘? aiytahq'i. .‘El. V. H. 8. 5. doing any thing, tofeign, seq. inf. Luke
24: 2B 1rpoas1rolz'iro nofifiwre'pw no Ell}!
Hgoampehw, 1', 17m, (o'¢ci)\w,) to owe c'9ai. -—Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1 voa's'iv. lut.
besides, in addition, Philem. 19 osavrév Timol. 5 xaipcw. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5,12.
pot 1rpoo-o¢ei}\ag.—Dem. 650. 23. Xen. Hgoo'n'ogeboam, f. ebaopat, depon.
Cyr. 3. 2. 16. Pass. (nopcino q. v.) to go or come to any
Hgoo'oxfllzw, 1’. law, (6}(61'51-1 v. one, c. dat. Mark 10:35. Comp. Matth.
dxfie'w to be burdened, grieved, indig § 402. Sept. for ‘15.15 Ex. 24: 14.—Ec
nant, trom 5X60; to be grieved towards clus. 12:18. P01. 4.. a. 13.
any one, to be indignant, angry at, imply. Hgocgfi'ywpw, f. i750), (fitll‘yl'vfll q.
ing detestation, loathing, 0. dat. Matth. v.) to break or burst towards or upon any
§ 402. Heb. 3:10, 17, 5:6 1rpombxtlwa ri thing, to dash against, as waves, intrans.
7cm; Eating, in allusion to Ps. 95: 10 c. dat. Matth. §402. Luke 6:48, 49
where Sept. low"? to loathe. Sept. also for 1rpoaz'fifinicv b worn/46¢ 1f ohu'ip—Trans.
5;: Lev. 2c: 1 5,43.——Ecclus. 6: 25. 25:2. Aquil. Ps.2:9. Jos. Ant.6.9.3.ib. 9. 4.6.
Hgo'an'wog, co, 5, 1'], (1:96; intens. Hgoo'roi'ng, 100;, 1‘1, (npoio'rapat, q.
1117141,) very hungry, Acts 10: 10.—Not v.) term. to 1rpoorén7g a presider,prefect,
found elsewhere. magistrate, Sept. 2 Chr. 8: 10. Xen.
Hgowrfiyvupu, f. {,Ew, (xi/7111411,) to Mem. 1. 2. 32; a curator, guardian, pa
fix or fasten to any thing, to afliz, trans. tron, Jos. Ant. 7. 14.2. Dem. 199. 21. '
Acts 2: 23 rofrrov 1rpoa-1rilEayreg [n5 Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 36. espec. Plut. Ro
araupg't] (,U'EIIAETE mul. 13. Hence fem. 7rpOflTC'l7'lg‘, genr.
1150671177701, f. ‘ll’id'Ol-JILCU, (1r:'1rrw,) to a patroness, helper, succourer, Rom. 16:
fall towards, or upon any thing, to strike 2.—Luc. Charid. 10 Sec‘: rrpoa'rcirig
against, Xen. Eq. 7. 6. In N. T. with oboa. Bis accus. 29.
the idea of purpose: Hgoo'roioo'w, v. "at, f. Ew,(rdao'w,)
a) to fall upon, i. q. to rush upon, to to arrange or set in order towards, to any
dash against, as the wind, q. d. to as person or thing: hence i.q. to order to
sault, c. dat. Matth. 7: 25 oi tin/spot 1rpoa wards or to any one, to command, to pre
e'1reaov rlfi oixt'a. Comp. Matth. § 402. scribe to; seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 1: 24
 Hgoo'w'flnpn 688 Hgoo¢égw
o'n; npoas'raEsy aim; a ii'y'ychog. 21:6. n-poo'ez'pcyog 516mm)». Pol. 31.7.4. npoa
impl. Luke 5:14. Seq. accus. et dat. Oe'psi'og Ezn'yel'ro.
in Pass. constr. Acts 10:33 miv'ra ra Hgoa'rgéxw, aor. 2 n'polrs'dpapov,
1rpoa'rsra7/u’va 00: ion‘) rm": 9:017. c.dat.im p. (rpéxw,) to run to or towards any one, i.q.
Matt. 8: 4 3 1rpoo'EraEe Mwiia'fig. Mark to run up, absol. Mark 9:15. 10:17.
1:44. Seq. inf. ‘c. acc. Acts 10: 48. Acts 8: 30. Sept. for W Gen. 18: 2.
Sept. for "'33 0. dat. Gen. 50: 2. Num. 33: 4-——1Macc. 16:21. Hdian. 4.13.11.
5: 2. acc. et dat. Lev. 10: 1. Deut. 17: Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 15.
3. c. inf. Estb. 3: 2.—c. dat. Dem. 363. HQOUQi'YIOV, 01), 1'6 (1rpompa-ys't'v,)
26. c. ace. et dat. Xen. Lac. 6. 2. c. inf. pp. ‘ what is eaten thereto,’ i. e. alon
2 Macc. 15:5. inf. et dat. Plut. Galb. 8. with bread; hence meat, flesh, i.q. b'gbov,
Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 2.—Spoken of times or and alsofish, i.q. 6x11691011 q.v. John 21:
seasons, toprescribe or appoint to any one,
5.-—The Attic word was 54.0.’, while
0. dat. impl. Acts 17:26 opla'ag 1rpoore
npoo'tpo'tytov is found only in late writers,
ra'yps'voue xatpoi/g. Text. rec. ‘n'pOTtfa Eustath.ad1l. 7t. 629.p.867.54. Mmris
ype'vovg.
p. 274 b'tpov 'Arruco'ag ' 1rpoa¢éytov 'EX
Ugww'flnncf. $fiou,(ri6n;u ,)imperf. )lnvmtbg. Thom.Mag. p. 668. See Sturz
:rpoo'e-rlenv Acts 5: 14, also 3 pers. 111100 de Dial. Alex. p. 191.
with: Acts 2: 47. JEI.V.H. 3. 18. comp. Hgootpwrog, 00, b, #1, adj. (obsol.
Buttm. § 106. n. 5. — To set, put, lay
do: i.q. ¢€VU, rich/ow, §1r£¢yoy, to kill,
unto or with any thing, trans.
Buttm. § 114,) pp. slain thereto or there
a) pp. seq. 1rpog c. acc. Acts 13:36
by, i.e. newly killed, just dead, Horn. ll.
Kai 1rpoosré9n 1rpoe r01); 1rars'pag m'Iroi'I, sc.
AafiiS. So Sept. for F195 J udg. 2: 10.— 24. 757. Hdot. 2. 89. Hence of flesh,
just kil1ed,fresh,as xpe'a Hippoc. de Vict.
l Macc. 2:69. Comp. Winer § 58. p.
Ac. LX. 317; of vegetables,fresh, re
364. Buttm. § 147. n. 12.
cent, as 6A¢rra Hipp. de Vict. San. II.
b) genr. i.q. to join unto, to add unto,
5. (H009 Plut. Alex. M. 36.-- In N.T.
e. g. ersons, c. acc. et dat. Acts 2: 47
genr. recent, new, as 656; 1rpdo¢arog Heb.
6 it 13910;‘ n'poo's'rlect relic owl. me‘ in‘.
10:20. Sept. for "'3", E00. 1: 9.—Plut.
rfi e'xxknolq. 5: 14 et 11: 24 'rq') Kuplqr.
impl. 2:41. Sept. for "15:; Num. 18:2. Otho 8. Pol. 1. 21. 9. Dem. 551. 15.
Is. 14:1. (1 Macc. 2:43. Jos.Vit. § 25.) See more in Lob. ad Phr. p. 374 sq.
Of things, 0. ace. et dat. Luke 17:5 H§06¢067WQ adv. (1rp6mparog q. v.)
1rpoo'etg h/flv ntm-w. Pass. 0. dat. Matt. recently, lately, Acts 18: 2.—2 Macc. 14:
6 :33 tall rain-a 1ro'tv1'a npom'eefio'erat 151171’. 36. Pol. 3. 37. 11
[Mark 4:24.] Luke 12.31. Heb. 12:19. Hgoo'qbtga), (¢épw,) aor.1 n'pom'yve'yxa,
Seq. acc. et e’1rl 0. dat. Luke 3:20. évrt aor. 2 imperat. 1rpoas'vc-yxs Matt. 8:4. al.
c. acc. Matt. 6:27. Luke 12:25. Pass. perf. 1rpoo'evr'lvoxa, Heb. 11: 17 ; see
absol. Gal. 3: 19 in text. rec. Sept. for Buttm. § 114 tpépu, p. 305.—To bear or
i192 Lev. 26:21. Deut. 19:9. e'm’ 'n. Deut. bring to any place or person.
12: 32. 2 K. 20; 6.—Di0n. Hal. Ant. 6. a) gem. e.g. of things, 0. acc. et dat.
88. Plut. Galb. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 14. of place, i.q. to bring near or put to, John
e’m’ n Ecclus. 3: 26: —Hence by He_ 19: 29 1rpom'lvc'yxav ailrol'l rq] oropart sc.
braism like #12: before an infin. or some rov mro-yyov. (Luc. D. Deor. 5.3. Xen.
times a finite verb,to add to do any thing, Eq. 6. 7.) So 0. dat. of pers. to bring
i. q. to do again, to do further, etc. see a thing to any one, Matt. 22:19 013:‘
Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. 11?: no. 3. E. g. 1rpom'1vsyxav aim; Eqvdpwv. Seq. aec.
Mid. aor. 2 1rpooees'fmv seq. inf. Luke simpl. Matt. 25:20 1rpoo1’1vc-yxav mo
20: 11, 12 Kai 1rpoa'c'6ero m'lutluu Z'rspov, ne'vre n'dtavra. Sept. and Gen. 27:
rplrov, i.e. again he sent, etc. Acts 12: 3 31. Ex. 36: 6. -—'rl rm Xen. Cyr. 6. 4.
1rpooe'62ro ovkkagciv ml l'lé-rpov befurther 2. rt Jos. B.J. 1.24.7. Plut. Galb. 12.
seized also Peter. So part. 1rpozr9n’g be Xen. Conv. 5. 2.-Of persons, seq. aec.
fore a finite verb, Luke 19: 11 1rpooBelc et dat. e.g. the sick as brought to Jesus,
El‘ll'E 1rapago7h'iv. Comp.winer § 58. 5. Matt. 4: 24 1rpom'1ve-yrav ain'q'i mirror
50 Sept. and 11?: Gen. 4:2. 18:29. 25:1. relic Kaxiig E'xom'ac. 8: 16. 9: 2, 32. 12:
seep—Ecclus. 18: 4. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4 22. 14: 35. 17: 16. :ratdia Matt. 19: 13.
 Hgoo'tpmig 689 1156mm»
Mark 10:13 his. ,Bpe'ipr] Luke 18:15. Sept. for"??? Ps. 40:7.—-Songof3 Child.
(Xen. Ag. 2. l3 rerpwpe'vog 1rpoarlvs'xfirl 14. -- Also a samfice, with blood, i. q.
1rpbg rhy npdha'y'ya.) So to bring or con Quota, Acts 21 :26 Eon; ob rp0o17véx917---1'1
duct to or before any one, o. acc. et dat. rpoa¢opci,see Num. 6: 13 sq. Acts 24:
Matt.18:24. Luke 23:14.51r1'rwa 12:11. 17. coll. 21: 26. So 1rpoa¢opa 1repidpup
h) i.q. to 01721, to present to any one, rlag Heb. 10: 18; comp. Lev. c. 4. c. 9.
c. acc. et dat. e. g. 550; Luke 23:36 ; —Ecclus. 31: 18, 19.
xpr'ypa-ra money Acts 8: 18. 561101 gifts HQMTQWVéW, (47, 1'. flow, (¢wl'£'h),) pp.
Matt. 2: 11. So Sept. n-poagb. 5139a for to utter sounds towards any one, i. e. to
“*3? Gen. 43:26. Judg. 3: 7. ——Xen. speak to or address any one.
Mem. 3. 11. 14. — Of things qfl‘ered to a) gem. 0. dat. expr. or impl. Luke
God, oblations, sacrifice, etc. seq. ace. 13: 12 ‘II'POUE¢t|')Vfl¢E Kttl elrrev ailrfl. 23:
et dat. rq‘i 6:9": etc- e.g. Sonia;- Acts 7: 20. Acts 21:40. 22:2. -— Esdr. 2: 2].
42. Heb. 11:4. Aarpctav John 16:2 Diod. Sic. 4. 48 init. —- In the sense to
e'avrév Heb. 9: 14. Once rpm}; rbv Suiv, call out to any one, to ezclaim, 6. dat.
sc. Ber’yu'zig, Heb. 5: 7. Elsewhere with Matt. 11: 16. Luke 7: 112.—The earlier
rq': 9a,? or rpbg rbv 9:611 impl. seq. acc. construction was 1rpoa¢wveiv rwa,Matth.
simpl. Matt. 5:23,241rpba¢epe rd 51719611 § 492. b, note. Diod. Sic. 4. 48. pen.
11011. 8: 4. Heb. 8: 3bis,4. 9:25. 10:1, b) i.q. to call any one to one's self, seq.
11. 11:17 bis. Pass. Heb. 9: 9, 28. 10: acc.Luke6:13 rpoaupiiwna': robe paem-(ic.
2, 8. The person or thingfor or on ac -- Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 4 1rpompww'laac Eva r17”
count qfwhich offering is made, is put (HK'ETUY
with inre’p v. mp1’ e. g. bn-s’p rwog c. acc.
Heb. 5: l 7rpovp. bfipé re Kai-91min: inrip Hgo'axuo'lg, 50);, 1‘1,(1rpoaxe'w to pour
dyapruiv. 9: 7. 10:12 c. acc.imp1. 5: 3. out towards or upon, to sprinkle towards,
Pass. Acts 21 :26. wept’ rwog c. acc.Mark Sept. Ex. 24:6,) a pouring out towards,
1: 44 1rpoae'veyxe mp1 roii raOapwpoi con i.q, qfl'un'on, sprinkling, 1r. r017 a'a'parog.
i‘: K.1'. A. c. acc. impl. Luke 5:14. Heb. Heb. 11: 28. Comp. Ex. 12:7,22.
5: 3. So Sept. genr. for "T2! Lev. 2:8. Hfod‘sballm, 1'. about, (11111601,) to touch
Mal. 1:13. P72?! Lev. 2: 11,12. Num. to or upon any thing, intrans. c. dat.
15: 4. 31: 50.—Jos. B. I. 3. 8. 3 1rpomp. Luke 11:46 ob w'poa'ibabzre roic ¢oprioig.
rqT’ 9a,] ei'lxr’yv. Ant. 3. 9. 3. i'pupov. —Soph. Philoct. 1054 or 1068.
0) Mid. 0. dat. trop. to bear one's self
HgOOWTOAflWTéN, 5, t‘. flaw, (rpod
towards any one, i.e. to conduct towards,
urokr’prrng) to respect the person of any
to deal with any one so and so. Heb.
12: 7 11:1; vio'ic b/[iv 1rpoo¢éperm b 9261:. to shew partiality, absol. James 2: 9.—
-—10s. B.J. 7. 8. l. Hdian. 7. 4. 5. Xen. Found only in N.T. and i. q. 1rpo'aw1rov
Mem. 3.11.11. Aapfiévzw Luke 20: 21. Sept. for Heb.
‘"15 K?! Lev. 19:15. Mal. 2:9. See in
Ugowh’zs, £04, 06;, 6,17, adj. (mac, Aalugt'ww e.
411M111 ,) pp. dear to any one, beloved, Jos. Hgoamrob'wrrng, oo, 5, (Tpdghnroy,
Ant. 1.18.1 'Iéxwfioc 3% r5 pnrz'pt 1r 0 haggard-1,) a respecter of persons, Acts
¢LA7)§ hr. Hdot. 1. 163. In N. . Of
10:34 01'»: Earl. 1rp. b Bede—Found only
things, acceptable , grateful, pleasing, Phil.
in N.T. see in Hpoo'onrohn'rrrc'u.
4: 8. —Hdian. 5.1.7. Pol. 22.5.7. Xen.
(E6. 15. 4. HQOO'WW'Ohfl'kb/(Z, mg, ,5, (WWW-o.
Newport, “4, 11. wow) unof )nprre'w q. v.) respect ofpersons, partiali'ty,
Rom. 2: 1]. Eph. 6:9. Col. 3:25.
fering, ablation, i.e.
a) pp. the act of ofi‘ering to God. Heb. James 2: 1.—Found only in N.T.
10:10 as‘. rfic rpompopfig roii mliparoc'l. Hgéd'WOIt, 01), 70', (#pdg, 61¢’) pp.
Xp. v. 14. trop. Rom. 15:16. —Ecclus. ‘ the part towards, at, around the eye ,-'
46: 16 iv apes-papa dpvbg 'yakaenvofi. hence genr. theface, visage, countenance;
b) meton. for the thing offered, an of comp. Germ. 'Angesicht. Sept. every
fering, oblation, strictly without blood, where for Heb. IP15. Not found in the
opp. to Quota and bkoravrépara, Eph. writings of John.
5: 2 rpomp. m1 91min. Heb. 10: 5,8. So :1) pp. Matt. 6:16, 17 rd wpciaanrdv
2 x
 690 Ilgo'awrov

aou rlibai. 17_: 2.vrp.

wspiicahfrs'rzwlird 26:abror'l. Mark
Luke 14:65
9: 29. Gen. 41: 46.41 Chr. 19:18. u'g wpbcps.
wow ro'rv ixxltnmfiv, i. q. before. or to the
22:64. 24: 5. Acts 6: 15 bis. 2 Cor. churches, 2 Cor. 8: 24. iv rpombsrrp X91
3:7bis, 13,18. 4:6 0011.3:7. 11:20. him,
a'rof: in
as the
a formula
presenceofof
asseveration,
Christ, i. e. 2 Cor.
Gal. 1: 22 c'tyvoobpevoc 11,5 n'poau'nrrp un
known by face, Engl. by sight. James 1: 2:10. So Sept. and "35'? Prov. 8: 30.
23. Rev. 4:7. 9:7bis. 10:1. So Sept. we 1rpdamrév rwoc, in the presence of
and 5% Gen. 38: 15. 40: 7. 43:31.— any one, i. q. before him, Luke 2: 31.
Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 2. Hdian. l. 7. 8. Xen. Acts 3: 13 sari: 1rp- Hduirou. So Sept.
Cyr. 2. 2. 29.—In phrases: rim-sir z’vri for ".225. Gen. 32: 21. ‘BE-52 Gen. 25:18.
rpébmrov, Matt. 17: 6. 26:39. Luke (Test. XII Patr. p. 683.) pen‘: r05
5:12. 17:16. 1 Cor. 14: 25.
Rev. 7: 1rpoadnrov a'ov, with or in thy presence,
11.11% 16; see in Illrrrw b. npbaw-lrov 1. q. with thee, Acts 2: 28, quoted from
fpdg 1rpo'aw1rov face to face, with nothing Ps. 16: 11 where Sept. for 5?; "t5. wp5.
intervenin , 1 Cor. 13: 12; so Sept. n'pominrou rwég before the face ofany one,
and ‘We , 5'“! Gen. 32: 31, comp. i. q. simpl. 1rpd rn'og, before any one : so
Deut. 34: 10. 30 run‘: 1rpéaunrov 'e'xew, of place, Matt. 11:10 c’ln'oarz'hhw rbv
befizre thefaee, i. . face to face, present, d-y-yehbv on 11116 n'poau'mau 001/. Mark
Acts 25: 16. 2 or. 10: 1, opp. rim-tin’. 1:2. L e 1276. 7:27. 9:52.10z1;
2: Cor. 10:7 :11 rare‘: 1rp6mmrov pp.'things once of time, Acts 13:24. See fully in
bejbre the face, i.e. external things. (Jos. 1rpé no. 1, and 2. [i., Winer p. 488.
Ant. 5. 1. 15. Diod. Sic.19.46. P01. Comp. genr. Gesen. Lex. “as lett. A‘;
25. ‘5. 2.‘comp. Sept. Deut. 34: 10.) B, C. etc—([3) In construction with
rare‘: 1rpéamrov aim; c’wre'o'rnv Gal. 2: verbs, with or without an intervening
11, see in ‘AvOim-ayu and comp. Gesen. preposition, and with a genit. of pers.:
Heb. Lex. "is no. 1. 11.-Trop. and by expr. or implied; here too it forms a
Hebr. Luke 9:51 nalaiirbc rd 1rpéaarrov pcriphrasis for the person designated by
air-rob io'rfipiEe rob wopebea'eai a. r. h. he the genitive. So in the phrase bpq-ur v:
steadfastly set his face to go, i. q. he set 1551/ rd upon-moi’ 'ru/oc, to see theface of
forth with fixed purpose; comp. Sept. any one, i. q. to see him face to taco, to
and Heb. V5.2 5*’ seq. inf. Jer. 42: 15, see and converse with any one, Acts 20;
17. 44: 12. 2 K. 12'. 18. Gesen. Lex. 25, 38. C01. 2:1. 1 Thess. 2: 17. 3: 10,
"23 no. 1. c. Ellipt. in the same sense, So Sept. 13¢. 16 :rp. abroi) for “52 715?
Luke 9: 53 rd 1rp. abrm'l by nopeudpevov Gen. 32: 20 Com . in 'Opdw a. E130
tic 'Iepovaulu’lp. So 1 Pet. 3: 12 19.106 I. a. 7. Hence a so [SM-raw v. bpiw r6
I vpiou 27:-i 1rotoiivrag Kaxci, see in ‘Em’ rpéomrov r017 9:01’), to behold the face of
III. 1. 291. comp. Lev. 26:17. God, i.q. to have access to God, to be ad.
Jer. 21:10. Gesen. Lex. "55 no. 1.e, f.— mitted to his presence, Matt. 18:10. Revf,
Trop.ih antith. with Kapbiafis 1 Thess. 2: 22:4; see fully in BXe'rru no. 2. a. ‘0,061;
17 'n'poadnrtp, oi: Kapdiqr, pp. in face, not a. In a like sense, Heb. 9: 24 5,1‘
in heart, i. e. in body, not in spirit. 2 qmwa'Gfir-a: rip 1rpoa'dnnp r017 9:017 imip
Cor. 5: 12 iv 1rpoau'r1rrp Kavxwpe'roug, xal bpfiv, q.d. before God ; see more in TE,“
all Kapdfq, i.e. externally, in appearance, 4mv/Zw a. Elsewhere including the idea‘
and not in reality. of external condition and circumstances;
h). meton. face, i. q. presence, person, so Bhs'rruv sic 1rp. rrvog, to_ reggrd‘ig
chiefly in phrases borrowed from the person i. e. the external appear: 1%’
Hebrew : (a) With prepositions and fol any one, Matt. 22:16. Mark91§=ib
lowed hy a genit. of pers. it forms like see in Bhe'rru no. 2. b. savpcilnv 'r'pdo'o:
Heb. Y??? a periphrasis for a simple pre :ro'v rwoc Jude 16, see in Gaupdlw h.
position, e. g. 1m‘. 1rpoaénrov rwbc, from Aapgévsw rpbaunrdv 'rwac, Luke 20:21.'
the face, presence of any one, i. q. from e.Gal. 2: 6; Once
see fully
absol.
in Aapfic'rvb
as in the no.
later
before, from. Acts 3: 19 51mm in’ theme’:
xcnpoi hv. 51rd rpominrov rail’ 1:. 5:41 r'urb Greek, mirrrwv
Xri'w'rr aperson, 2 Cor.
n‘) sig- i] 6c1: 11
' wi:a,"
wok-jI
11). mi Wredpiou. 7: 45. 2 Thess. l: 9. gifl topris from many pCrmig‘P-I‘Padil
Rev. 6:16. 12:14. 20:11. So Se’ t.
and ‘213'? Gen. 16:6. Dent. 2:22. "3,)? 107. 3 Elr'rrovv ilyzpdya m1 rpbawrolii
 Hgo'roioow 691 ' Hgopbaht
15. 95. 8. Longin. § 14. Arteinid. 2. Hgofl'flnfu, f. 96m, (1104,...) to m
86." See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 380. or put before any one, 8‘ Macc. .128
c) of things,face, surface, Luke 21: Hdot. l. 207. Ii; lopiy Mid. 'n'po
85‘ e'ri 1rpo'ow1rov mimlg 'rfig ‘yfig. Acts n'ficpnz, i.e._ H __‘- L. . ‘
17:96. So Sept. and “1% Gen. 2: 8. a) trop. to “(before qne’s aelf, to pro
I]: 4, 8.-—Hence i. q. the exterior, exter pose to one? self, ‘1. q. __topmpo.ce,seq. inf.
nal appearance, Matt. 16:3 Ta pe'v 7rp. rm’: Rom. 1: l3 rpozeé/mv e'hezly 1rpog illulg.
of/pavo‘fi. Luke 12:56. James 1:11. So c. acc. Eph. 1: 9. -,-- Jos. c. Ap. ,‘2. 40.
Sept. and WE, Ps. 104: 30. P01- 6. l2. 8.
Hgoe'oioaw v. ‘rm, f. Em, (rc'urzm.) b) to set forth before the world, pub
to arrange or set in order before, in front, licly, sc. on one's own part, c. acc. Rom.
Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Xen. H. G. 2. 4.. 15. 3: 25 by 'n-poc'ecro 9:6; ihaa'rfipwm—So
In N.T. oi'lime, to appoint before, Pass. rpm-[617,11 1E1. V: H. 14. 8. Hdian. B.
perf. part. xrupoi rporera-ypc'i'oi times be 6. 6. Diod. Sic. 16. 27.
fore appointed, prescribed, Acts 17: 26 Hgo'rgémv, f. \Pw,'(1'pl’1rw,) to tum
in text. rec. Comp. in Hpoa'réo'a'w fin. forward, q.d. to propel, to impel, morally,
-—2 Macc. 8: 36. Soph. Electr. 1193. Xen. Mem. 1. 9.64.
“5073/1141, f. zmi, (rein-1,) to protend, In N- T. and comm. hiid. 1rpo'rpe'1ropal,
to stretch forth or out, e. g. the hand, to cause one to tum himself forward, q. d.
Dem. 332. 9. Xen. 7. 5. 39. 10 stretch to propel, to impel, and hence to ezbort,
fm'ward, to prolong, e. g. a bridge, P01. absol. Acts 18:217.--2 Macc. 11:7. Jos.
3. 46. 2. In N. T. to stretch out or ex Am. 7.11. 1. P01. 2.22. 2. Xen. Mem.
tend before any one, e. g. a person bound 1- 2. 32.
with thongs in order to be scourged, c. Hgb'rgixw, aor. Qrrpofepapomfipéxw,
acc. et dat. of instr. Acts 22:25 (In; 3:‘ to run before, in advance; seq. gen. with
1rpot'1'ewsv airrbv 'ro'ic ipz'iow, see in ‘IF-(lg. comparat. John 20: 4 rpo'e’opape réxzov
Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 272.— r06 Hé-rpov. Sept. for “255. 'V'W‘l- Sam.
Soph. Aj. 1270. Xen. Eq. 6. 11. 8: 11.—Antiph. 122. l. Xen. Ah.‘ 2.
, ,Hgo'fégog, at, 0V, comparat. formed 4. — Pleonast. Luke 19: 4 1rpo£3pupev
from arpo, Buttm. § 69. 2. Matth. § 132; Zprpoa'flev. So Tob. 11:2. .compflvrpo.
before, fore, forward, of place Horn. 0d. 1ropsberr0az E'pvrp‘oolisv Xen. Cyr. 4.2.
19. 928 was“; 1rpo-repot the fore-feet. In Lob. ad Phr. p. 10. ' ‘ ' "
Hgoiiwégxw, 1‘. Eq, (121176
N.T. and comm. of time, before, former, pp. to begin before, to dofirst, ‘ emqhl J 1., “.32
prior.
‘1. a) PP- Eph. 4: 22 Kari: r1)v 1rpon'paw 9. Thuc. 3. 4,0. to be or 'epiet before, ‘to
z'waorpoqil'lv. Sept. for ".557? Jer. 28:8. precede in time, Hdian. l. 14. 4. Time.
T751‘? Lev. 26:45. Deut. 4:32.-Hdian. 1. 138. In N. T. only with a participle
4. I4. 18. Xen. Vect. 4. 12. of another verb, thus forming a peri
b) Neut. m-porspov as adv. befor¢,first. phrasis for a finite tense of that verb;
Comp. Buttm. § 115. 4. (a) gem. John comp. in 'Ymipxw, and Matth. § 551. e.
7: 51 e’ilv pr) t’lKOl'Id’p flap‘ flil‘fOt—l 1rporzpor. § 559. a. Viger. p. 308. So Luke 23:
2 Cor. 1:15. 1 Tim. 1:13. Heb. 4:6. 12 1rpoii7rfipxov e'v Exfipq iii/rep, pp. who
7. 27. Sept. for was}, Neh. 13; 5. rm‘: before were being in enmity, i. q. who be
Deut. 9:18. 10: 3.—Jos. Ant. 7.1]. 1. fore were at enmity. Acts 8:951:03;
P01. 2. 55. 5. Xen. An. 1. 3. 18.—(,3) 1rfipxs IIG’YE‘IIJUV who before practised son~
VVithButtm.
mer, the art.§ 6,125.1" ms" or as10:32
6. l'iieb. adj. for
To: any—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5. fire 1rpoii1rfip§cu
Ev r07; E'mrpoofiev xpbvocg yevbpzua 1019
1rpbrcpov i/pépag. 1 Pet. 1: 14 raig 1rp. dvepo'nrozc. M
e'rrleului'mg—Sept. Num. 6:12. Luc. C18 11569301615 ms, t. S‘lll'pogbfllrw 10 shew
Sacrif. 5. Diod. Sic. 17. 69.-—-- Neut. before,) pp. ‘ what is s ewn or appears
To 1rp6repov as adv. before, formerly, John before any one,’ i. e. shew, pretme.,pr&
6': 62 b'rrou 17:1 re 1rporepov. 9:8. GaL 4: tut, put forth in order to cover one's real
liq—Sept. Deut. 2:12. Josh. 11:10. intent. Matt. 93: 1.4 1rpo¢éazt Imxpii
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 1. Comp. in 'O, 1'], 115, wpoaevxbpzvor. Mark 12: 40. Luke 80:
B. b. ' 47. Acts 27: 30 1rpo¢rirru a‘): L'- 1'. X.
‘2 x 2
 Hgotpigw 692 Hgotpmou
Phil. 1: 18. 1 Thess. 2: 5 m'n-e iv 1rpo c) meton. a mophesying, the exercise
priest wkcovsElag i. e. a pretextfor covet of the prophetic oflice, the acting as an
ousness. -— Sept. Hos. 10:4. Jos. Vit. § ambassador of God and the interpreter
14. Hdian. 3. 9. 1. Xen. An. 1.9. 1.— of his mind and will, Rev. 11:6. So
So 1rpo¢. E'xcw to have apretezt, i.e. a pre Sept. and "$111: Ezra 8:14.-—-Ecclus.46:
tended excuse, John 15:82 1rp6¢amv ol‘m 20.—Spec. the exercise of the prophetic
E'xova't wept rfig (‘ya—Dem. 526. 18. Xen gift or Charisma in the primitive church,
Cyr. 3. l. 27. 1 Cor. 14:6. 1 Thess. 5: 20.
Ugoqbégw, f. 1rpooi’aw, (piper ,) to bear H§o¢nretm, r. u'io'w, (“Mime to
or bring forth, sc. out of any place or act as prophet, to prophesy, intrans.
thing, seq. acc. at is c. gen. Luke 6: 45 :1) pp. in foretell future events, to pre
bis.—Sept.Prov.10:4. Tob.9:5. Anthol. dict ,- but often including also from the
Gr. IV. p. 211 etc :pavepév. Isocr. p. 11. Heb. the idea of exhorting, reproving,
E, d'm-lrsp i».- rapslov 1rpope'pew. threatening, or indeed the whole utter
Heme/u, at. 1", (rpostnw'lm) a ance of the prophets while acting under
prophesying, prophecy, i. e. divine influence as ambassador: of God
a) pp. a foretelling of future events, and interpreters of his mind and will ;
prediction, but including also from the see in Dpmpfimg. Sept. everywhere for
Heb. the idea of prophetic revelations, “~24, $32712‘, see Gesen. Lex. So of the
declarations, exhortations, warnings, ut prophets of the O. T. Matt. 11: 13 web'
tercd by the prophets while acting un reg yap oi 1rpo¢firat rat 1') mipoc Ewe 'Iu.
der divine influence; see in Hpoor’lrng. r'u'rov rpoepr'rreuo'av. 15: 7 et Mark 7; 6
E.g. of the prophecies of the O.T. Matt. mp2 bpdw. 1 Pet. 1: 10. Jude l4. Ina
l3: l4 drarrhnpofirm ailroic 1‘) 1rpo¢rlrsia like sense, of persons acting by a divine
'Ilvatov. 2 Pet. 1: 20 mica 1rpo¢17rela influence as prophets and ambassadors
'yparpfig. v. 21. So of the revelations and of God under the N. T. Rev. 10: 11
warnings of the Apocalypse, Rev. 1: 3 5:? as mihw 1rpo¢qru7aai r'rri M107; (.7. X.
Tori: ho'yovg riic 1rpogtnrziag. 22:7,10,18, 11:3. Also Acts 2:17,18, quoted from
19. Rev. 19: 10 see in Maprvpia b. So Joel 3: l [2: 28] where Sept. for my.
Sept. and my», 2 Chr. 15:8. Neh. 6: So Sept. genr. for R24, “2211?, l K. 22:
12.—Ecclus. 39:1. 44:3. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 12,18. Ezra 5: 1. Jer. 11:21. Ex. 11:
5. ib.10. 7. 2. B.J.3. 8. 3 rag 1rpo¢yrelag 4. seep—Ecclus. 47:1. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5.
117w irpiiv Bighorn—In 1 Tim. 1: 18 et ib. 10. 9. 2. -— Once of the high priest,
4: 14 1rpo¢rrrzta seems to refer to the with whose oflice the gift of prophecy
prophetic revelations or directions of the was supposed to be connected, John 11:
Holy Spirit, by which persons were de 51. See Jos. B. J. 1. 9. 8. comp. Ant.
signated as oflicers and teachers in the 3. 8. 1. As including the idea of praise
primitive church; comp. Acts 13:2. 20: to God accompanied by prediction, Luke
28. 1 Cor. 12: 4—8 sq. Comp. also 1 1: 67; comp. Sept. and R31, I'Qifif', 1
Cor.14: 24,31, with v.30. So Chrysost. Sam. 10; 5,6,11. 19=20,21.-0r false
and Theophyl. 546 n‘: mxhau‘w am‘. 'rfic prophets, Matt. 7:22. Sept. and IQ? Jer.
1rpo¢nrclac Eylvovro oi irpzig, rovrc'o'rw 14:14, 15. Soof heathen prophets, Diod.
rm; first/Faro; r'tyt'ov' oiirwc 6 Tipéflcoc Sic. 17. 51 5 pin! upodmrn'mv (wr'pp i. c.
,ripr'Br) e'1ri rfiv irpwm'rwlv. the prophet or interpreter of the god,
b) prophecy, i. q. the prophetic office, Hdian. 5. 5. 21. Plut. de Def. Orac: 5
the prophetic gift, spoken in N. T. of the 'Excxpdrovg 1rporpnrci'mvroc. T. 111.1114].
peculiar Charisma or spiritual gift im Tauchn. — Spoken in mockery by the
parted to the primitive teachers of the soldiers to Jesus, . d. to divine, to gice
church ; see in Hpo¢fir11¢ c. Rum. 12: 6 a response, c.dat. att. 26:68. Mark 14:
i'xovrzc 3r‘ xaplapa'ru z'irt npoqpqrziav. 65. Luke 22:64.--Comp. "Morita Jos.
1 Cor. 19:10. 13:2, 8. Hail—gem. Ant.6.4.1, spoken of the response of the
Ecclus. 46:1. Jos.Ant.3.8. l 'Aupdw Eu’: pro het to Saul respecting the lost asses.
re 1'?) yévoc ml. 'rflv rpoq'nrreiav. B.J.l.2.8. b spec. of the prophetic gift or Cha
PlutflPelop. 16 My rpozpnrn'av 'Exexpd risma imparted by the Holy Spirit to
fiwc zxovrog, 1. e. having Echecrates as the primitive Christians, Acts 19:6 M9:
prophet, sc. of Apollo. Luc. Alex. 60. r6 1rr. t‘i'y. 2'1r' uin'olig, Ehdhovv rr 7%“
 newt”;
can; K111 n'poeq'mreuov. 21:9. 1 Cor. 11:4,
5.13:9. 14.. 1, 3, 4., 5 bis, 24., 3|, so. Eapovfihoc. —
See in Hpoor'lmc c.
Hgoprjrqg, 00, .3, (19.5%,“ to fore
tell,) a prophet, pp. a foretellcr of future
events; so in Greek writers, Anac. 4.3:
11. Plato Charmid. 46. p. 174. C. Tonic
5:‘ dc t'lhrlafiic fuiyrstc 'kpmpfirag ra'n'
Fekho'vruv. Hence 1. q. 'u'wng, pp. one
who utters raving the responses of an
oracle, as Plato L c. Luc. D. Deor. l3.
1. Hdot. 8. 36, 37. comp. Diod. Sic.16.
26. Also an interpreter of the gods or of
('1 pdvng, i. e. one who explains the ob
scure oracles uttered by b lids/rig, Dion.
Hal. Ant. 2. 73; espec. Plato Tim. p.
72. B,or VII. . 76. Tauchn. comp.
Diod. Sic. 1. 2. In Sept. and N.T. 1rpo
‘pip-m corresponds to Heb. "-33, p. one
who speaks from a divine in uence,
under inspiration, whether. as foretelling
future events, or as exhorting,reproving,
threatening individuals or nations, i. e.
as the ambassador of God and the in
terpreter of his will to men; comp. Ez.
c. 2. Gesen. Lex. art. Wei. With the
Jewish use of mg and wpoofimq was
connected the idea, that the prophet
spoke not his own thoughts, but what
he received from God, retaining how
ever his own consciousness and self-pos
session ; see Philo Opp. IV. p. 116.
Pfeifi'. 1rpo¢fm1c ‘751p ‘1501/ pc‘v 0115:‘ c'uro
apfie'yyercu, dMo'rpm 5:‘ n'w-ru. inrnxm'lvrog
ere'pov. Comp. Ex. 7:1. 2 Pet. l:20,21.
espec. 1 Cor. 14.: 32. In a wider sense
Heb. 8'33, Sept. 7rpo¢1'!rr|c, is put for any
friend of God, to whom God makes
known his will, e. g. of Abraham Gen.
20: 7; of the patriarchs Ps. 105: 15. -—
Hence in N. T.
a) of the prophets of the O. T. (11) pp.
as Isaiah, Matt. 1: 22. 3: 3. Luke 3: 4..
Jolm 1:23. al. Jeremiah, Matt.2:17. 27:
9; Joel, Acts 2:16; Micah, Matt. 2: 5 ;
Jonah, Matt. 12: 39. Luke 11:29; Ze
chariah, Matt. 21: 4.; Daniel, Matt-24.:
15. Mark 13:14.. So of Samuel, Acts
13:20; David, Acts 2:30; Elisha,Luke
4:27; Asaph, MatL13:35; also of Bala
am. 2 Pet.2:16; comp. Num.c.22. Plur.
genr. Matt. 2:23. 5:12. 23:29 sq. Mark
8: 28. Luke 1:70. Rom. 1:2. Heb. 1:1.
James 5: 10. 1 Pet. 1: 10. al. So Sept.
and It‘?! 1K.16:7,12. Is.38:1. Jer.l: 5.
saep.—Ecclus.48:l, 22.—2 Mace. 1 5:14..
693 Hgwn'rn;
Jos. Ant. 6. 9.1. ib. 6. 3. l 1') dz‘ rpm/Min)‘:
Meton. the prop/relic
books 01 the 0. . i.q. a1 'ypapai ru'iv 1rpo
(purity Matt. 26:56. So genr. Matt.5:17
mraht'm'ut rdv wo'pov, ii r0119 rrpoipr'lrag.
Mark 1:2. Luke 16: 29,31. 24.. 27,44.
Acts 28:23. Rom. 3:21. Acts 8:28 111/:
yi'yvuo'rr 'rdv rpm}. 'Hauiav. By synced.
put for the doctrines etc. contained in
the prophetic books, Matt. 7:12. 22: 40.
Acts 26: 27.—Here a vépog rat at 1rpo
pfira: comprise the whole 0. T. and the
atter therefore includes the Psalms ;
which elsewhere are also distinguished,
as Luke 24:44. vo'poc K111 oi n'potpfirat Kai
dash/101'. See in 11.2,... oil—2 Macc.15:9.
b) gem. of persons acting by a divine
influence as prophets and ambassadors
of God under the new dispensation, i.q.
a teacher sent from God ; e.g. Matt.10:
4.1 1') dexé‘uevoc 1rpo¢l1rqv u'g b'vopa 1rpo
(pr'lrov rank. 13: 57. Mark 6:4. Luke 4:
24. 13:33. John 7: 52. Rev. 11:10. 16:
6. 18:20, 24.. al. Spec. of John theBapv
tist, Matt.11:9. 14:5. Markll:32.Luke
1:76. 20:6. al. Of Jesus, Matt. 21: 11
ol'lrég e’orw 6 ‘I. b 1rpo¢f1r11g. v. 46. Luke
7:16, 39. 24:19. Jolm 9:17. Of the
Messiah as r') 1rpo¢r')rr)c a c'pxépsrog s19
rov xéapav John 6: 14., in allusion to
Deut.18:15. SOJohnl:21,25. 7:40.Acts
3:22,23.7:37.Comp.1Macc.4:46. 14:11.1.
1:) Spec. of those who possessed the
prophetic gift or Charisma imparted by
the HolySpirit to the primitive churches,
a prop/let, i. e. a class of instructors or
preachers who were next in rank to the
apostles and before the teachers, 5156101:
ahm, 1 Cor. 12:28. They seem to have
differed from the diodes-aha: in this, that
while the latter spoke in a calm, con
nected, didactic discourse, adapted to
instruct and enlighten the hearers, the
prophet spoke more from the impulse of
sudden inspiration, from the light of a
sudden revelation at the moment, (c'uro
miAml/ig 1 Cor.14:30,) and his discourse
was probably more adapted by means
of powerful exhortations to awaken the
feelings and conscience of the hearers.
The idea of speaking from an immediate
revelation seems here to be fundamental,
as relating either to future events or to
the mind of the Spiritin general ; comp.
Acts 11:31. 21:16. So Acts 131 1.90.
¢iircu rat Etddaxahoi. l Cor.12.28 E'Oero
 Hgwy'rlmig 694 Hgofi'o;
6615;‘ iv 11} inhnofq' wpiirov drouw'kovc, Sékrlpa air/'06. 26: 16 rpoxuplo'ao'fiai be
Idérepov cpbrpt'yrae, nah-ow aidamcéhovg x.
[efvaz] r'nnypényr. Perl‘. pass. in passive
n)» v.99. 14:Q9,>32\,3T. Eph.2:20. 3:5. sense, 0. dat. Acts 3: 20 in later edit.
41“. -See Neander Gesch. der Pflanz. comp. Buttm. § 118. n. 8. Sept. for "Pi
)mrlaeit. der Kirche, I. p. 169 sq. or in Josh. 3: 12.—2 Macc. 3: 7. Pol. 1.11.3.
Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 247 sq. Diod.Sic.12.27. Perl'.pass.Pol.3.40.l4-.
d)v park. a poet, mine-ml, spoken of
the Greek poet Epirnenides, Tit. 1: 12. Hgoxelgoa'ovéw, :5, f. {,w, (xuporo
Poets were held to be inspired of the wéw, q.v.) to choose before, first Dem.703.
Muses; comp. Virg. Ecl. 9. 32 ‘ Et me 18. Eschin. 4.11. In N.T. to choose be
fecere poetam Pierides me quoque forehand, Pass. Acts 10: 4.1 pdprvoz mic
dicunt vatem pastures.’ VarroLing. Lat. wpouexuporovnpéroig in"; rm? 6:06, i. e.
6.3 ‘vates poetaa dicti aunt.‘ Compfilfqg, fore-chosen.
Sept. 1rpo¢fiflg, spoken of Miriam, Ex. Hgo'xogog, 0v, 6, Prochorus, pr. n.
15: 20. —- But Epimenides might well of one of the seven primitive deacons at
be called rpoqir'lrne in the Greek usage Jerusalem, Acts 6: 5.
as above given, (see init.) since he was Hgt’qbyd, 11;, fi, pp. fem.of1rpvpvég,
reckoned among the seven wise men of 1’), by, last, hindmost, i.q. 1') rpupm) raig,
Greece, wa sent for by Solon to aid in the fiindmostpart ofa ship, the stem,Mark
the preparation of his laws, and espe 4:38. Acts27:29,41.—Pol.1.49.1LXen.
cially was also Seopzhlc xai mag rcpt An. 5. 8. 20. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p.33 1.
Til se'ia, rr)v Eyflova'iao'nxfiv mi "Manx/‘Iv H507, adv. (#96,) early in the morn
aoq‘u'av, Plut. Solon 12. AL ing, Lat. mane.
Hgotbfl'fllofi, fl, él’dvwfifimwpm a) pp. and absol. Matt. 16:3. Mark
pbetic, uttered by prophets, om. 16:26. 1:35. 11:20. 16:2, 9. John 20: 1. So
2 Pet] :19. Sept. for “$3.5 1K. 8:21. Is. 5: l 1; ot'tener
“-°‘Hgo¢fiflc, '60:, .7, (fem. to 1rp0¢{1 r6 vr'pu‘a‘ Ex. 8: 20. 15.37: 36 al.—Jos.
$179,) ajlropheless, i.e. in the Greek sense Vit. § 17. 1E]. V. H. 8. 23. Xen. Mem.
tile interpreter or priestess of a god, ora 1- 1.10. rd 1rp. H. G. l. 1. 30. ‘With
cle," Diod. ‘Sic. 16.26. Plut. de Pyth. prepositions: fipa rpm? l\latt.20:l, see in
'Q‘rac. 7. In Sept. and N. T. i. q. 7115111., "Apa b. in‘; 1rpui Acts 28: 93, see in
in Hpopr'lrm- init. ‘ ‘A16 II. c. c'arl-rd rpm? Mark 15:1, comp.
"'a) pp. as speaking and acting from a Buttm. § 125. 7. So Sept. :ig To 1rp. Ex.
divine influence, an ambassadress from l6: l9. Lev. 7: 5. iv 1'’? rp. Ecc.11:8.
God, Rev. 2: 20. 30 Sept. and "$3 Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq.
Judg. 4: 4. 2 K. 22: 14. 2 Chr. 34.: 22. b) meton. for the morning watc/a, which
' b)‘ spoken of a female friend of God, ushers in the dawn, Mark 18: 35. See
one who lives in communion with God, in (DUACIKI'I.
to whom God reveals himself by his Spi Hgw'i'a, see in Hpdfiog.
rit, Luke 2: 36.—S0 Abraham is called Hga'riflog, 77, 0V, (n'pwfl) early,spok
1rpo¢fir11c, N‘AI, Gen. 20: 7, comp. Ps.
on of the earl rain, 13m); 1rp. James 5:
105: 15. Tob. 4:12. 7; see in "0 way. So Sept. 1'1. 1rp. for
Hgo¢9émh f. 600), (¢6¢ivw,) to come "15‘ DE‘; Ier.5:24|. "7,5" (with reference to
or get before any one,to anticipate one in HP?) Deut.1l:14..;Arr.Peripl.Eryth. p.
doing any thing, e.g. in speaking, c. acc. 157. Xen.(Ec.17.4. A poetic and latert'orm
Matt. 17: 25. So Sept. for B312 2 Sam. instead of Att. 1rpdiiog,Lob.ad Plll'. p. 52.
22: 19. PS. l7: 13. 119: 148.—1Macc. Ugo/71165, 7,7, 0,1’, (1rpwi‘,)early, morn
10: 4, 28. Esch l. Agam.1028 or 1037 ing, Rev. 2: 28 row darépa r611 1rpw'ivév.
1rpo¢9doaoa Kapgx'u yNDa'aa v. Rev. 92: 16 in later edit. for o'pflpwu'g in
HfOXélglZO/Adl, f. t'd’opat, depon. text. rec. Sept. [or “F; Ex.29:4.0. ISam.
:Mld. (xupl‘w, xrlp) to hand forth, to 11:11. Hos. (ink—Athen. 1.41. Plut.
came to be at band, ready, Dem. 4.5. 10. Symp. VIII. qu. 6. § 5. p. 899 Reisk.
Died Sic. 15. 15. In N. T. trop. i.q. to A late form, Lob. ad Plll'. p. 52.
appoint, to choose, to destine, c. acc. et inf. Healing, #05, Int‘, (1rpu‘i‘,) early. morn
Acts 22: 14 1rpozxsipi'oa-r6 a’: 7min!‘ T6 ing, Aristoph. Pax 1001,1104. HduLB.
 112412“ 695 115570;
6. Comp. Lob. ad. Phr. p. 52.—In N.T. 3. Dan. 8: 21. .2Sarm18: 27.-Hdian.
only {I rpwfa sc. d’lpa, the moming hour, 1.17.17. Xen. An. 6. stay-.8051.
morning, Matt. 21: 18 fpwiag 35‘ imlyd division or distribution, 6 wpdrag- @526
yuv eig n‘lv mihw. 27: 1. John 18: 2B. rcpoc Matt. 32: 25. 6 wpo‘irocu-h a'tpbc
21: 4. Sept. for "E?- 2 Sam. 23: 4. Lam. Luke 14: 18. 19: 16. Where only‘ two
3: 23. -— Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1. fully Luc. i are spoken of, Matt.21:28. John Sic.
19:32.
1 Cor. 14: 30. Heb. 8: 7.--Diod. l.
Amor. 39 1rpwiag dipag.
Hga'rgu, mg, 1‘), (1:96,) the jbrward 50 fin. Xen. H. G. 3.1. 17.—([3) In an
part qfa s/nlo, the prow, Acts 27: 30,41. adverbial sense, comp. Buttm. § 1128.11.
——Hdian. 1. 11. 12. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. 3. Matt.10:2 1rpfin'og, Zipuy x. 1'. A. John
Hga'rez'm, f. sz'nm, (196mm) to be 1: 42 eilpi'oxu ohroc rpGa-oc ‘row cisthpdv
first,chief, i.q. to hold the first rank, high x. r. A. 8: 7. Acts 26: 23. Rom. 10: 19.
est dignity, iy a'daw CoL1:18.—-2Macc. lIohn 4: 19.—Hdian. 1. 8. 4. Diod.Sie.
6:18. Hdian. 8. 7. 3. Xen.Mem.l.2.24. 1. 50 init. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9. -----('y) Put
for the comparative, 1rprirspoc, ad'verbi
Hgwroxaésogia, 00G, r'),(1rpfirog, m ally as in 5; so seq. gen. John 1: 15,30
OéBpa, q. v.) the first seat, the chiefseat, (in 1rpd'rr6g you fill. 15: 18 Eye‘ "Pliny-i
Matt. 23: 6. Mark 12:39. Luke 11:43. pu'w. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 718.
20: 46.—-Not found in the classics. Matth. § 464. Passow in wpu‘irog no.‘ 3.
HgwrozMa/a, 05;, f] ,(arpé'aroc, Khun'a Winer § 36. n. 4. p. 201. —- Themist.
q.v.) pp- thefirst place of reclining at ta Orat. XI. Schol. ad Aristoph. Nub. 652.
ble, the chief place at a banquet, usually p. 242. ed. Dindort'. .. "n
the middle place on the middle triclini b) trop. of rank, dignity, first, chief,
um, Matt. 23:6. vMark. 12:39. Luke
so without the art. Matt. 20: 27 5c Eizv
14: 7, 8. 20: 46. See in 'Awixu/uu no. 9571;12:30.iv ilpiv
Actsell/ac
16: 12.
1rp631'oc.
Eph.22:6:38.
2. eq.
2. Calrnet art. Eating. Adam's Rom.
Ant. p. 436. Jahn§ 146. o 71-!- ~~ gen. partit. Mark '10: 44. 12: 28 vrpzhrn
115570;‘, 7], 01', superlat. from ‘rpé, 7rdvron/ Evrohr'l. v. 29, 30. 1 Tim. 1: 15.
compar. 1.9mm q. v. Buttm. § 69. 2 ; —Sept. Ez.27:22. Dem.1263.25|. 'Xep‘.
pp. foremost, hence first, the first. Cyr. 2. 3. 6. c. gen. part. 1E1. V. 11.7.14.
1. Gem. as adj. a) Spoken of place, Dem. 13.38.-Wit11 the an. "Acts 1141.
yvvmxa'w re 1171/ 1rpu'nrwv aim dh'ymuLlv‘qke
order, time ; (u) pp. and without on.
Mark 16:9 'Il’plilfp aafiguirov sc. fipe’pq 15: 22. (Sept. Jer. 52. 21. POL-11,110.
Phil. 1: 5 am; wpémc fi/u'pac. Luke 2:2 2.) So ('1 1rp131'oc, 0i 1rpu‘lroa, the first, {he
see in Kvpr'pmog. Eph. 6: 2. 1 Cor. 15:3 chief, seq. gen. of a country or. e0. 1e;
iv 1rpérocc, i.q. first of all Seq. Bn'rrepog Acts 28: 7 up 1rpo'lrlp n79 n'wou filer ' 6:
Acts 12: 10. So Sept. for 'WFLEX. 18: 21 mic WPGIITOIC 'rfig Puhzhaiag. Luke 19:
15. Josh. 21: 10. EN WPGiJTOIC Gen. 33:2. 47 01 1rpu'rro: r05 ham—1. Acts 13: 50. 25:
1 Chr. 11: 6.—-Hdian. 4. 15. 10. Dem. 2. 28:17. So Sept. for 198‘ Neh. 12:45.
328. 25. — With the art. comp. in —J'os. Ant. 7. 9. 8. ib. 10. 4. 5. Fold,
'0, 1,, To’, A. 2. b. 5. Matt. 26: 11 q", a.‘ 31. 5. Xen. Ven. 1. 11.—In the proverb
wpain'y ni'w (iZI’I/JWV, so. fine’ 9. lw'ark 14: ial phrase : 1roM01. Email-rm #913101, E'a'xa
12 rj 1rp. filue'po nDu (if. ( ept. Lev. 23: Tm‘ xal go'xa'rol, 1rpu'n'01, also E'aol'rai 04'
35,410. Xen. H. G. 3.1.17. An. 4. 8. l.) i'o'xarm, wpu'irol' m1 oi rpii'rul, Eaxarm,
Acts 1: 1 row 1rp13rov Royal’. 1 Cor. 15: the first shall be last, and the lastfirsl, etc.
45. Heb. 9: 2 1'1 1rpdrn1 amp/1'). v. 6, 8. i. e. those who seem or claim to be first,
Rev. 1: 17 6 1rpu‘arog mil 6 Za'xarog, see shall be last, Matt. 19:30. 20:16. Mark
in 'Eaxarog b. 7’. Rev. 4: 1,7. 8: 7. al. 10: 31. Luke 13:30. '
oi 1rpo‘n'or, thefirst, Matt. 20: 8,10. 21: 2. Neut. 1rpé'n'0v as adverb, Buttm. §
36. re. 1rpGn-o. pp. thefirst things, i.e. the 115. 4. 2:.) pp. of place, order, time,
first or former state, condition, Matt.l'2: usually without the article. (a) gem.
45. 2 Pet. 2520. Rev. 21: 4. Also 1 Matt.17:27 rdr évogéwa #91310? Ixel'rr.
Tim. 5: 12 1‘) 1rptin'11 #10119, i. e. first or l7:10,11. Mark 7:27. Luke 9: 59,“.
originally professed. Rev. 2: 4 c'vyémpv John 18: 13. Acts 15: 14. 1 Cor. 11:18.
rip’ IP‘ITTP'. v. 5. Opp. xawu'g Heb. 8: 1 Pet. 4:17. 2 Tim. 2: 6, comp. Winer
13. Rev. 21: 1. Sept. for ‘We’: 2 Chr. 3: §65. p. 458. So Acts 7:12 i. q. thefirst
 Ugw'roo'rairn; 696 Hrégofi

time. —- Po]. 1. 43. 2. Hdian. i. ll. 3. II. p. 282.——On the rights of the first.
Xen. An. 3.4.32.--({3) Emphat. i.q.first born, see Jahn 165.
of all, before all, Matt. 23: 26 Kaeépwov b) trop. firsLborn, i. q. the first, the
1rp6rr0v rd Evrog 'ror': 1rornpiou. Acts 13: chief, one highly distinguished and pre
46. Rom. 1:8 1rpu'rrov ps‘v eixapwra‘: 11;» eminent; so of Christ, as the beloved Son
6a,}. 1Cor. 11:lB.—Hdian. 2. 1. 8. Xen. of God before the creation, Col. 1: 15,
Cyr. 4. l. 2.—(-y) In division or distri coll.v. 16. Heb. 1:6, coll. v. 5. Or in
bution,as referring to a series or succes relation to his followers, Rom. 8: 29 sic
sion of circumstances and followed by r5 ell/a: din-ow 1rpwr. 'ev 1ro)\l\oig dBsMpoIg,
other adverbs of order or time expressed comp. Col. 1: 18. Or as the first to rise
or implied; here some assign to it a com from the dead, the leader and prince of
parative sense, i. q. 1rpdrepow, but unne those who shall arise, Col. 1: 18. Rev.
cessarily; see Herm. ad Vig. p. 718. E. 1: 5. So Sept. for ""15? of the Messiah,
g. seq. Bel'nepov lCor.l2:28. elm, Mark Ps. 89: 27.—Of the saints in heaven,
4: 28 wpibrov xziproy, elra arcixuv, elra prob. those formerly most distinguished
r. r. A. Emu-a 1 Thess. 4.: 16. James 3: on earth by the favour and love of God,
17. peril raf/ru. Mark 16: 9, coll. v. 12. as patriarchs, prophets, apostles, etc.
tralrére Matt. 5: 24. 7: 5. Mark 3:27. Heb. 12: 23 r'xxhna'la 1rpwrordxwv 6.107:
Luke 6: 4.2. John 2:10. In alike sense, ‘ypappe'vwy e'v r01; ohpavo'ig. So Sept. for
1rpfirov---xai, R0m.l:16. 2: 9,10. 2Cor. ‘15:3: of Israel ELL: 22; of Ephraim Jer.
8: 5. qrpu'rrov 3;’ Matt. 13: 30. Luke 31: 9.——-Psalt. Salom. 13:8. 18: 4|.
10: 5. 2 Tim. 1: 5. — Seq. el-ra Hdian. H'rm'w, f. law, to stumble, to fall in
2. l. 22. E's-um Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 24. Hi. trans.Hdian.5.6.18. Sept. for q? (Niph)
11. 8. part; raim Xen. An. 6. 1. 5, coll. 1 Sam.4: 2. 2 Sam. 18: 7.—-In N. T.
7. 5:’ Cyr. B. l. 16.-- (B) Rarely 0. art. only trop. to stumble, i. e.
115 1rp131'0v, first, atfirst, formerly, comp. a) to err, to fail in duty, to ofl‘end, seq.
Buttm. § 126.11. 5. John 10: 40 61rou if)’ iv 0. dat. James 2: 10. 3: 2 e’i TIC a’)! My’;
’Iwdyrrlgrd 7rp6rovfia1rrlfwv. 12:16. 19: 01'! m-aia. Absol. Rom. 11: 11 in‘, Errat
39.—Hdian. 6. 3. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. l. oav, i'va we'awm; c. woMc't adv. James
b) trop. of dignity, importance, first, 3: 2. Sept. for W'Pfl Deut.7:25.—Ecclus.
i.q.firsl of all, chiefly, especially, Matt.6: 37: 12. M. Antonin.7.15 13w)’ dveplinroo
33 (1)1171‘: 5c‘ rpfin'ov rhv ,Bamltsiav mi? tjnhfiv Kai 'rmlc 1r'ral'ov-rag.
92017. Rom. 3:2. 2Pet.l: 20. 3: 3. ‘Iqui b) i. q. to fail, to fail of success and
rov m'wrwv 1 Tim. 2: 1. A1,. happiness, 2 Pet. 1: 10.—Pol. 1. 35. 3.
Hgarroa'rai'mg, 00, 6, (1rpo‘nog, 7071; Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 26.
p1,) pp. one who stands first, in the first Hrégm, ns, 1‘], the heel, John 13: 18
rank of an army, Sept. Job 15: 24. P0]. ‘urjpw e’w’ 'qie‘ rfiv 1rre'pvav, see in ’E1ral
18. 12. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 57.—In N. T. pm, quoted from Ps. 41: 10 where Heb.
trop. a leader, q. d. ringleader, 11'); alps’ =E.2,Sept. 1rrcpvwp6v. Sept. for =2£Gen.3:
oswc Acts 24.: 5. 15. 25: 26.—Hum.11.22.897.Dem.86.2.
Hgerro'ro'xm, (d9, rd, (1rpwrordxog,) 1112567101’, 1'01), 16, (dimin. from
the rights of the first-bum, birth-right, 1r-rc'pvE wing,) a little wing, winglet, Sept.
Heb. l2: 16. Sept. Vatic. for "TH, Gen. for =15? l K. 6: 23; and so of the feather
25:32, 33, 34. Other copies 1rpw-roréxeta. of an arrow Pol. 27. 9. 4. Then of any
-—On the rights of the first-born son, see thing shaped like a wing, running out
Jahn § 165. to a point, e. g. afin, Sept. for “Sir; Lev.
1129,10, 12; the corner or shirt of a gar
Egan-61010;, 0v, b,1',,(1rporog, ‘rit ment, Sept. for HIP, Num. 15:36. [38.]
rw,) fireLborn, i. e. 1 Sam. 24.: 5.—In N. T. a pinnacle,
a) pp. the first-born of a father or
spoken of the highest point of the temple,
mother ; Matt. 1: 25 viov din-fig row 1rpu
ro'roxov. Luke 2: 7. Including also the prob. the apex of Solomon's porch, see
first-born of animals, Heb. ll: 28. Sept. in 'Iepo'v (1. Matt. 4.: 5. Luke 4.: 9.
for ‘515? Gen. 27: 19, 32; also of animals H'régug, U'YOQ, 1'), a pinion, wing,
Ex. 1:5. 12: 12,29.—-Anthol. Gr. IV. Matt. 23:27. Luke 13:34. Rev. 4:8. 9:
p. 236. Isidor. 3. 31, in Wetstein N. T. 9. l2: 14. Sept. for ‘13$ Ps. 55: 7. >5?
 Hrnvo'g
Ex. 19:4. Ez. 1:6. —- Dem. 1259. 21.
Xen. An. 1. 5. 3.
IIrnvo'g, 7i, 6v, (m'fivac, 1re'ropa¢,)
flying, winged, Xen. Cyr. l. 4'. 11 ml at
per E'Ampoi, émrep 1rr17val. In N.T. neut.
plur. rc'l. mm’, 1. e. birds, fowls, 1 Cor.
l5:39.-Hdian.3.9.10.Xen.H.G.4.l.16. i. e. a dead body, carcase, corpse. Matt.
Hroéw, :5, f. flow, to ternfi], to put 24: 28 b'rrou 7&9 Eav ii rii m-Jipa, Ere'i
in trepidation; Pass. to be terrified, to be
in trepidation, Luke 21: 9 p1) 1rron6fire.
24.: 37. Sept. for "IE Ex. 19:16. "'3?
(Niph. ofWZ";1 l Chr. 28:30. [20.] Jer.
l:l7.—1Macc. 7: 30. Jos. B. J. l. 30.
4. P01. 10. 42. 4.
TITO/1701;, 540;, s, (wroéu) terror, tre
pidation, fear, 1 Pet. 3: 6 pr) ¢o€obpevoi
pnbqu'av 1rrbflaw, i. e. doing well, and
fearing not; i. q. (peg. ¢o'€ov [ic'yav in
Mark 4': M. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 3.
Sept. for ‘ME Prov. 3: 25.—l Mace. 3:
25. Diod. Sic. 20. 66.
Hroleoulg, 750;, ,7, Ptolemais. a ruin,comp. in 'Avc'w-ramc no. 1.—Ecclus.
maritime eit of Palestine belonging to
Galilee,on t e bay north of Mount Car
mel, Acts 2!: 7. Heb. ‘92, Sept. ’Alixh’),
Judg. 1: 31; called also by the Greeks
“An; Diod. Sic. 19. 93. strain 16. 2. 25.
The name Ptolemais was prob. introduced
about the time of the Romans; Strabo
l. c. Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 2. Now Acre, St.
Jean d’ Acre. See Reland Palaest. p. 534.
sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 60.
H7607, av, 16, (1161s,) a fan, win.
nowingsbovel, with which grain is thrown
up against the wind in order to cleanse
it, Matt. 3: 12. Luke 3: 17.—Hesych.
1rri'lov' splyaE, Ebhov in I; biaxwplzovot
rl‘w airov c'urb r06 (ixi'ipov. Artemid. 2.
24. Theocr. 7. 156.
H7636), f. p13, (kindr. with 1rroz'w,)
to terrify, to put in trepidation, Pass. Phil.
1: 28.—Plut. Fab. Max. 3. Diod. Sic.
17. 34.. 57, as. - crouching, cringing in the manner of
Hrz'wpou, arog, 1'6, (1rrbw,)spittle,
what is spit out, John 9: 6.—Pol. 8. l4. 5.
HTIIM'GW, f. Km, to fold, to fold or roll
together, e. g. n‘: Biélu'ov, q. v. Luke 4:
20.—Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 4. Hdian. 1. l7. 1.
H764", 1'. ow, to spit, to wit out, ab
sol. Mark 7:33. :1; r1 8:23. xapai John
9: 6. Sept. 0. air; TL for P2: Num. 1?: 4.
[Hr-:I—c'ic n JOS. Ant. 5. 9. 4. Luc. N8.
vig. 15. absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 42.
697 Hrwxég
I-Iftgfba, d705, ‘rd, (1rl1rru,) a fall,
El. V. H.9. 31. trop. d0w1tfi1”, ruin, Sept.
Job 18: 12. Jos. B. 1.6.1. 4'. Plut. Age
sil.33. Meton. any tbingfallen, ‘ruins, e.g.
ofa wall, building, Pol. 16. 31.8. Diod.
Sic. 18. 70 bis—In N.T. a body fallen,
ovvaxlii'loovraioléeroi. ‘Mark6229. Rev. _
ll: 8, 9. Sept. for "3,9 Ez.6: 5.—-Jos.
Ant. 7. 1. 3. Hdian. 4.. 6. 2. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 4. 39. Eurip. Great. 1195. Phry
nichus says this word was used absol. in
this sense only in late writers, instead
of the earlier 'II'TGIFG vexpofi, comp. Phryn.
et Lob. p. 375 sq. Thom. Mag. p. 765.
117561;, sag, i’, (win-run) a fall,
downfall, crash, e. g. of a falling build.
ing, Matt. 7: 27.—Diod. Sic. 3. 57. P01.
2. 16. 3.—Trop. downfall, ruin, Luke 2:
34. El; 1r'rd'm'w, i. e. a cause of fall and
1:21. 5: l3 'yhu'woa c'wepdnrov TfTll-IUIQ
obi-q}. So gem. Sept. Ier. 6: l5. Ecclus.
3:31. Anth. Gr. III. p. 130, 137.
HTWXE‘I“, a‘, 7": ("w 0,9’) begging’
beggarg, Lys. 898. 9. In . T. poverty,
want; 2 Cor. 8: 2 1') [card ,Géflog 1rrwxu'a
i.e. deep poverty. So ofa state of poverty
and humiliation, 2 Cor. 8:9. Rev. 2: 9.
Sept. for h”??? Deut. 8: 9. ‘.12, l Chr.22:
14.—Eco.10:3 l. 11:14. Test. XII Patr.
p. 619.
l'Ifmxez'Jw, f. ei'ww, (m'wxb'g,) to beg,
to be a beggar, IEschin. Dial. Socr. 9. 7.
Plut. Apothegm. Lac. II.p.169.Tauchn.
In N.T. to be or become poor, to be in a
state of poverty and humiliation, intrans.
2 Cor. 8: 9; comp. Phil. 2: 7. Sept. for
5%: Ps. 79:8. in Pa. 34=11._Tob.4=2i.
H'rwxbg, r’], 69, (arc-Guam to cower,
to crouch,) begging, beggorly, poor, pp.
beggars.
a) pp. and often as Subst. (a) 6 1m.’
xéga beggar, mendicant, Luke 14: 13, 21.
16: 20 1rrwx¢ig be’ no fir duo/Jan Ac'iZapoc.
v. 22. John9: 8 in some edit. Trop.
Rev. 6: 17.—Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 14.
Dem. 574.. 19. Xen.Mem. l. 2. 29 rpm:
cure'iv u'imrep rm): 1rrmxobp—(fl) oi m'w
xoi’, the poor, i. e. needy, destitute of the
necessaries of life and subsisting on the
alms ofothers. Matt. 19:21 56;; 1rrwx07g.
 new»? 698 116).’;
£65 9,, dofiijvzu rai'gzrruxoig. v. 11. Mark Iléflwwec, i. e. i-yyao'rpipueot or contrib
,0: 21, 1415, 7. Luke 18: 22. _19= a. quists, were so called, because the god I‘
John 12:5, 6., 8. 13:29. So Sept. and spirit was supposed to bo'in them and 10
‘(T-Is} Esthp: 22. Prov. 31: 20. "'2 Prov. speak from their bellies withoutany mo
28: 27.—(y) Genr.poor,needy,i.q.wévrpg, tion of the lips; Plutarch l. c. row Geo.’
spoken of honest poverty as opp. to the airrdv e'vdudpevov sic r51 odrparu'niv
rich, without the idea of mendicity; e.g. 1rp0¢11fl3v inrooee'y-ysoeae Galen. Glossar.
pla xr’ypa. 1r'ro) 1', Mark 12: 42,43. Luke Hippoc. c'y'yaorplpueol' oi xcxltewpirov
21: 3__ So om. 15:26. 2 Cor. 6: 10. r017 o'ro'parog: ¢Bsyydpcvoc, 51h To dos-fly
Gal. 2:10. James 2: 2,3, 5,6. Rev. 13: is rfic yam-p61; ¢6é7yw6az. Comp. Aris
16. So Sept. and 5‘! Lev. 19:15. Prov.29. toph. Vesp. 1014 or 1020. Hence Sept.
14. 1152Prov.22:7.~-—Ecclus.13:3. 30:14,. E'y'yao'rplpvflog for Heb. 31* Lev. 19: 31‘.
b) by impl. and from the Heb. poor, 1 Sam. 28:3, 8,9. al. comp. Gesen. Lex'.
i. e. low, humble, of low estate, including art. im.-In N. T. Acts 16: 16 E'xovo'a
also the idea of being afiicted, distressed. awn-1,110. 1rl'16wvor; having a spz'ritofPytho‘n,
Luke 4.: 18 'z'xpwé/u cilay-yshz'oaadaz wru i.e. of a diviner, i.q. asoollwaying demon.
Xoig, quoted from Is. 61: 1 where Sept. Hum/6;, 2’), 6v, (kindr. with 14¢)
for $72!‘. $0 Matt. 11'. 5 et Luke 7: 22 thick, film, solid, 3 Macc. 4.: 10. Hon].
1rrwxol sim'y-yskifiovrm. Sept. for ‘W315 0d. 14,. 12. tlzick, dense, close together,
Ps. 109: 16. ‘132 Ps. 69:33. Is. 29: 19.— Hdian. 8. l. 13. Xen. An. 2. 3. 3. In
Trop. Matt. 5: 3 01 wruxoi 7Q; 1rvu'1pan, N. T. frequent, qflen, 1 Tim. 5: 28 En‘;
the poor in spirit, those who feel them. 1&9 1rvm'dg oou deducing—Thuc. '1. 23.
selves spiritually poor, the lowly in mind. Xen.Eq.9.6.-Neut. Pluhwwzrzi as adv.
and heart Luke 6: 20. Comp. ‘8!, Sept. frequently, qflen, Luke 5:33 martial/m
rmrswo'g, Is. 66: 2. rum/d. Comparat. would-repay adv. Acts
c) trop. of things, beggorly, poor, im 24,: 26. Comp. Buttm.§ 115. 5.—-*1run-d
perfect, Gal. 4: 9 m'uxix arocxs'ia. 1131. V. H. 2. 21. Xen. Conv. 2.26. 71’!!
Hwy/1'6. 5;. .7, (1r65,)th¢_fist, Sept. m'd'repov 2 Macc. 8:8. Dem. 1035. 14..
for H111}? EX. 21: B. Is. 58: 44. Hom. ll. I'Ium'ez'm, f. £1,100,0fl'15 the 11st,) to
23. 669; alsofish'ng, boring, i. q. way/1a fist, to box, to fight as a boxer, intrans.
xla, Xen. Mag. Eq.8.7.—-—In N.T. Mark 1 Cor. 9: 26 05m vrvml'no, ‘by of": lis'pa.
7: 3 iiw p1) 1rvyp§ vhPow-m Ta; xfipag, 36pm, i. e. as a boxer I strike no blow in
lit. unless they wash their hands (rubbino' vain; compin 'Af;p.—Dem. 51. 247. Xen.
them) with lbefist, i. e. ad sensum, sedu -‘ Lac. 4. 6.
ouslv , ' Carqfufly diligently ,- so the Syr.
Version, using the same word by which
11670:. as, 1'1, :1 door. on“. PP- "*6
large door or entrance of an edifice, city,
it expresses Empehn'rg in Luke 15: 8. etc. diff. from #1 Sign a common door.
Vulg. has crebro, as'it' from a reading
E. g. of the temple, dapru'q m'mp 1'05 1:908
mncvfi i. q. mucw'l or oruxmfic, of which Acts 3:10; of a prison, 12:10; 0111 city,
there is no other trace. An early inter
Luke 7: 12117 To)” rfic wéhzwg. Acts 9:
pretation makes it i. q. to the elbow, The 24.. Heb. 13: 12. Sept. of a building,
ophylact. ad 100. vim-mdm mrypj, more’. for "DE Jer. 43:9; ot'a city, for "1?? Josh.
or"! t‘ixpl rm? ivyxéyooEuthymad Matt. 6:26. 2 Chr. 8: "2"; Gen. 34: 20,24.
15:1. Comp. Fritzsche IV Evang. Vol. —So of an edifice, Hdian. 7. 10- 9. Ken.
II. ad loc. ‘ Cyr. 7. 5. 27; of a city Dion. Hal. Ant.
Hollow, wvog, a, Python, in Greek 2. 50. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7. — Symbol.
mythology the name of a serpent or Matt. 7:13 bis, 14.. Luke 13:24.. Comp.
dragon slain by Apollo, {EL V. H. 3. 1; Cebet. Tab. 15.—Also m'whm. {1800, the
then transferred to Apollo himself, An gates of Hades, by meton. for Hades it
thol. Gr. 1. p. 55; later, spoken of di. self, see in A'Hng, i. e. Hades with its
viners, soothsoyers, held to be inspired of powers, Satan and his hosts. Matt. 16:
the Pythian Apollo, Plut. de Defect. 18 rfiv imchnm'av, Kai wi/Mu (idol! no KG
()rac. c. 9. '1‘. VII. p. 632. 14. Reisk. rw z'wovmv ain'fiq. The Hebrews, as '
TOI‘IC i'y'yam'plpl'leovc, Eilpwcks'ag mihal, we as the Greeks and Romans, ascribed
mn'l Hoar-wag rpoo'a'yopcuopc'vouc. These gates to Sheol or Hades; so Heb. >38? ‘31?,
 110M511 699 “ mg
Sept. ‘WILJAGI. dbov, Is. 38: 10, comp. Ps. 1rvpdg often takes the place'of‘ari‘ ii .
9:14; also Wisd. 16:13. 3 Macc. 5:51. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. 0
Hum. 11. 5. 646. Eurip. Alcest. 124 or 411055 rvpég flame offire, i. q. fiery flame,
126. Luc. Necyom. 6. comp. Diod. Sic. Acts 7:30. Heb. 1:7. Rev. 1:14. 2:18.
1. 96. So Lucret. 3. 67 Lethi portas. 19: 12. Once vice versa Ev 1rupl ¢ltoyti¢
HuM'n', 5M9‘, b, (m’AnQa large door, id. 2 Thess. 1:8. Sept. for 53’? Is.
gate,sc. at the entrance ofa building or city. 29: 6. E115 Ps. 104: 4. So E'wfipaxa‘g
a) gem". e. g. of a house, Acts 10: 17 1rupo'g burning coals Rom. 12: 20, comp.
En'orgcrav e'rrl rbv mAGva. 12: 13 see in in'AvOpaE and Sept.Lev.16:12. 'yltu‘wo'al.
96p‘: a. v. 14 bis. Of a city, Acts 14:13. durel nupbe Acts 2: 3. Xalurrdbrg 1rvp0'c
Rev. 21:12 bis, 13 quater, 15,21 bis, 25. Rev. 4:5. .m'ow. n-vpdg fiery pillars Rev.
22: 14. So Se t. for 1112‘.E_1,ofa building, 10:1; comp. Sept. EX. 13:21, 22.——
1 K. 14:27. 26hr. 12:10; ofa city 1 K. Spoken of fire from heaven, lightning,
17:10. 1 Chr.19:9.—Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 2. etc. e. g. c'urd r05 obparoi Luke 9: 54.
Luc. Hermot. 11. Plut. Timol. 12 fin. 17:29. Etc 701-1011’). Rev. 13: 13. 20:9.
b) synecd. a gate-way, portal, vestibule, absol. Heb. 12: 18. Rev. 8:7. Acts 2:
the deep arch under which a gate opens, 19 quoted from Joel 3: 3 [2: 30] where
Matt. 26: 71. Luke 16: 20. Sept. for Sept. for é!$.—-Eurip. Phoen. 1182 or
1191 1r1'1p Aide. ' v ""7,
“121.1 Judg. 18:l6, 17.—J05. Ant. 8. 3. ‘2.
Ceb. Tab. 1. P01. 4. 18. 2. b) symbolically: (a) of God as in.
flicting punishment, Heb. 12:29 6 9n);
Hovdoirouw, f. net/depot, aor. 2 Em!’ tl/uiv 1n7p KGTGYGAIO’KOV- Comp. Deut. 4:
66pm, depon. Mid. to ask, to inquire. 24.—(,8) Of strife, disunion, Luke 12:
a) pp. et seq. wraps’: rwoc from or of 49. So of the tongue as kindling strife
any one, e. g. c. acc. John 4: 52 im'aBu-o and discord, James 3: 6.—(~/) Of evils,
obi! wrap’ abrc‘lv r1‘1v abpav 1:. r. X. or also calamities, trials, which purify the faith
0. interr. indir. Matt. 2: 4 inwedvero and hearts of professed Christians, as the
nap’ ailru'iv, not? b Xp. 'yzvvt'irai. Acts 10: fire tries and purities the precious metals;
18. Sept. for “'1 Gen. 25: 22.—ace. Jos. comp. 1 Pet. 1: 7 et Rev. 3: 18. Sept.
Vit. § 39. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 3. Mem. 1. Is. 10:17. So Mark 9:49 see in 'AMZM,
1. 9. indir. Luc. Nigr. 1. —-Absol. c. 1 Cor. 3: 13 bis, iv 1rvpl. c'uroxaltbzrrerat‘
interr. dir. Acts 4:7. 10:29 novflc'zvopa: K01 émiarou rd i'pyov brroio'v e'ari, rd vrf/p
obv, rim Xéyqi k. r. A. 23: 19. So before Eompéau, i. e the fiery trials and con
an indir. interrog. with the Opt. after a flicts to which Christian teachers and
przeter, comp. \Viner § 42. 4. c. p. 247. their doctrines are subjected, will test
Luke 15:26 s'rrvvfldyero, rt’ :11] ral'rra; their truth and value; the system of
18: 36. John 13:24. Acts 21:33.--Xen. teaching being here represented under
An. 7. 1. 14.—In a judicial sense,to in the figure of a building, of which only
quire, to examine, seq. acc. et rcpt’ ru'og, the solid parts can withstand the fire.
Acts 23:20.—Pol. 23. 14. 2. Lys. 909. 8. Hence also of the teacher [builder] him
b) i. q. to inquire out, tofind out by in self, v. 15 uiirdc be‘ awe/lanai oilro) 5a‘
quiry, to learn, to hear, seq. 5n, Acts 1119 Bid rupu'g he shall be saved so as through
23:34 n'veo'peyog, b'r: dnrb Kihm'ata— the fire, i. e. as escaping through the fire
Palaaph. 41. 4. Hdian. 2. 1. 11. Xen. which destroys his work. The expression
H. G. l. 1. 11. is proverbial, implying ‘ with difficulty,
H55, 56;, ro',fire. a) pp. and genr. scarcely;' comp. Aristid. in Apell. p.
Matt. 3: 10 Kai rig nip fit’lAAETGl. V. 12. 126 {K ,ue'aov ‘In/90¢ rbv tirdpa Utilzfil'. So
7: 19. 13:40. 17:15. Mark 9:22. Luke Jude v. 23, see in 'Aprélw b.—(5) Of
3: 9, 17. 22: 55. John 15:6. Acts 28:5. the infernal tire, the place of punishment
Heb. 11:34. James 3: 5. 5: 3. 1 Pet. and abode of demons and the ‘souls ‘of
1:7. 2 Pet. 3:7. Rev. 3:18. 8: 51:: r017 wicked men in Hades,rcpresented under
1rupog r017 sumaarqpiou i.e. upon the altar. various images, e. g. 1, m'ipwog roi'r n‘vpbg
v. 8. 9:17,18. 11:5. 14:18. 1512.16: a erg/furnace Matt. 13: 42, 50, in ‘allu
' 8. 17: 16. 18:8. Sept. for Gen. 22: sion to Dan. 3:6, 11, 15 sq. where Sept.
6,7. Ex. 32:19.—Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 1. P01. for Chald. is?! 111315. 1') ye'rvm r017 #0969,
5. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 7. — Genit. see in Pe'sm'a, Matt. 5:22. 18:9. Mark
 Hogan’ 700 11:57.0;

9: 47 re n-f/p r.) iiagsaruv v. 01’! afiz'vvural Rev. 1: l5. -— Apollod. Bibl. 2. 4. ,Be'hy
Mark 9: 43, 44, 45, 46, 48; comp. Is. xe-rrupw'uéva. Eschin. Dial. Socr. 3. 2|.
66: 24. mi m'lp r6 ala'n/wy Matt. 18:8. — Trop. to burn, to be in ,e.g. with
anger, i.q. to be incensed, 2 Cor. ll: 29.
25: 41. Jude 7. 1‘, Mlumy TOI-l 1ruptic Rev.
19. 20. 20:10, 14, 15. 21; 8. Simpl. (2 Macc. 4: 38. 14:45.) With lust, l
Rev. 14:10; and so Matt. 3: 11 et Luke Cor. 7: 9 Kpelaaov yapfiaal. '7‘, #1190506!“
3: 16, see in Bum-{Kw no. 2. b.—Judith SO e'mrvpm'woac rig Tb pmxcbcu'SepLl'Ios.
16:17. Ecclus. 7:17. 7:4.edit.Vatic.Cornp. 1r|7p Ecclus. 23:16.
0) Trop. ardour, vehemence; Heb. 10: apM'yo/Jou. Dion. l'lal. Ant. ll. 28. Lat.
27 1rvp6c (1750;, see in Zfikog b. [3. uror Virg. Bin. 4. 68.
Hvgé, as, h, (1.79,) a fire, i. e. as as b) by impl. to be tried withfire, purified,
metals, Rev. 3: 18. Sept. for ‘*5; in
kindled and burning, burning fuel, Acts
28: 2, 3.— Judith 7: 5. 2 Macc. 1:2'2.
Niph.) Prov.10:20. =13’; (part.Pahul) s.
Hdian. 4. 8. 12. Of a burning funeral 11:7 (In the Heb. l2: 7.) act. 'for :22?
pile, Xen. An. 6. 4. 9. Zech. 1,3‘:
H6370?’ W, 6, (comp. Germ. Burg.) Hvppwgw, f. aaw,(1rvfifibc,) to befire
coloured, fire-red, intrans. Matt. 16: 2 1r.
a lower.
0.) pp. for defence, as in the wall of a 6 obpavég. v. 3. — Not found elsewhere.
city, Luke 13: 4 b m'lp-yog Ev rq'a zrxwép, Huppo'g, al, 61’, (nip) fire-coloured,
i. e. in the wall of the city near Siloam. fiery-red, red, Rev. 6: 4 ‘inn-ac. l2: 3
Comp. on the towers of Jerusalem, Jos. Spam-w. Sept. for 5"": Zech.]:B. Num.]9:
B. I. 5. 4. 2, 3. Sept. for 53?? Judg. 9: 2.—Diod. Sic. 1. 88. Xen. Venat. 4. 7.
46 sq. — Jos. l. c. Hdian. 8. 3. 7. Xen. Hbpfiog, 01), b, Pyrrlms, pr. n. m.
H. G. 3. l. 22.—Spoken ol' the watch Eu'nrarpoc Hbfifiov Sopater [son] of Pyr
tower or turret of a vineyard, Matt. 21: rllus Acts 20:4 in later edit. Text. rec.
33. Mark 12: 1. So Sept. and 53;? Is. omits Hbfifiou.
5: 2. Comp. Jahn § 67.
b) meton. of any building with one Inga/01;, mg, i), (n96...) a being
or more towers, a castle, fortress, palace, on fire, burning,eonfiagration, Rev. 18:9,
Germ. Burg, Luke 14: 28.—Hom. 11.22. 18.—Jos.Ant. l.ll.4.——Trop.fiery trial,
447, coll. 440. Pol. 26. 4. 1. So Lat. calamity, simjering, 1 Pet. 4: l2, comp. in
Ezvi 0: no. 2. Sept. pp. for ‘P3 a fur
tum-is Liv. 33. 48.
nace, fining-pot, Prov. 27:21.
Hvgéaa'w v, T‘fal, f. Eu), (1rvpsflig,)
to be feverish, to be sick of fever, intrans. n6), enclit. partic. yet, even, only in
Matt. 8: 14. Mark 1: 30.—Luc. Quom. composition; see Mr'rlru, Mnbéiru, Or‘hru,
Hist. conscr. 1. Eschin. 69 pen. Oilbs'mu, also Hrimorz.
Hvgelrég, 00, a, (1.79,) fiery heat, as IIa/Xéw, 5, r. flaw, (kindnwitli 1rz'Xu,
of Sirius, Hom. ll. 22. 31. In N. T. a we’kopag) pp. to trade away wares, to
fever, Matt. 8: 15. Markl: 31. Luke 4: barter,- hence genr. to sell, c. acc. Matt.
38, 39. John 4: 52. Acts 28:8. Sept. 13:44 b'aa E'Xu mnkz'i. 19:21. 21:12
for "133?. Deut. 28: 22.—Jos. Vit. §1L 115v 1rwkobvrmlrizg1rspwrepég. Mark 10:
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 3. 21. 11:15. Luke 12:33. 18: 22. 2'2:
Hz'xgwog, r7, 0», (m7?) fiery, burning, 36. John 2: 14,16. Acts 5:1. Pass.
Sept. for ‘58. Ez. 28: 14, 16. i'mrwv 1w seq. gen. of price; comp. Buttm. § 132.
pl'rwv Ecclus. 48: 9, comp. 2 K. 2: 11. 6. 2. Matt. 10:29 oilxl 51:0 m'poveia (‘w
—In N.T. by impl. flaming, glittering, a'aplov muMIrac; Luke 12:6. Absol.
Rev. 9: l7 sépaxag 1rupivoug. -— Comp. Matt. 21: 12 Tonic mnhoilvrag Klll (‘1709(1
Zovrag e’v rg'i icpqi. 25: 9. Mark 11: 15.
9J1pax£c 1reirupwps'voz Hdian. 8. 4. 27.
Luke 17:28. 19:45. Acts 4: 34,37. 1
fillets”, 5, f. rimu, (1rfip,) to fire, i. e. Cor. 10: 25. Rev. 13. 17. Sept. l'or ~_=;
to set on fire, 2 Macc. 10: 3.‘ Eurip. Neh. 5: 8. Joel 3: 3. Ez. 7: 13.—Dem.
Phuan. 584. Hdot. B. 102. In N. T. 784.9. Xen.Cyr. 2.4.32. 0. gen. of price,
only Pass. 1rupéopal, 06pm, to be fired,
ll'll. V.l‘l. 10. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 10.
set onfire, kindled, i.q. to burn, Iofiame.
:1) pp. Eph. 6:l6 see in BéAog. 2 Pet. 11510;, 011, .3, .7, a foal, Lat. pullus.
3:12 ol'apavoi 1rvpm'1'icl'ol. Xufir'laovrm. i. e. genr. a young‘ animal, ymmyling,
 Ha'mrore ' 701 H5;
Sept. Prov. 5: 19. El. V.H. 4. 9. S cc. With intensive particles, e.g. m2 m5;
of the horse, a colt, ELV. 11.7.13. en. and how? John 12:34. 14:9; see in
An. 4. 5. 24.—In N.T. of an ass, afoal, Kat no. 1. e. y. miig m'w John 6: 42, see
a colt, joined with live; etc. Matt. 21: in Ody no.2.d.—In the same expression
2,5, 7. John 12:15. absol. Mark 11: of surprise, etc. m5;- may often be ren.
2, 4, 5, 7. Luke 19: 30, 33 bis, 35. So dered how is it that .9 how comes it .? why?
Sept. for “7! Gen. 32: 16. Judg. 10:4. see Stallbaum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 133
12: 14.. Hubs-11:! Zech. 9: 9. Mark 12:35 min; M’yomnv oi ypuppare‘ig,
116397075, adv. (1rw, vro-ré,) yet ever, 6:16 Xp. r. r. A. Luke 20:41. John 4:9.
ever, at any time, in N. T. only after a 1 Cor. I5: 12. Gal. 2: 14. 4: 9. So ml
negative, not yet even, never. Luke 19:30 m5; Acts 2: 8. 1rd}; 0511 Matt. 22:43.
E’KP’ 3v midst’; minror: Exc'tfiws. John 1:18. John 9:19. mi; 00, Matt. 16: 11 M59 oi:
5:37. 6:35. 8:33. 1 John 4:12.—-Sept. voeir'l; Mark 4:40. Luke l2:56.—Luc.
1 Sam. 25: 2B. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4. D. Deor. 4. ]. Plat. Phileb. p. 133. ed.
Stallb. 1m"); 05v Luc.D.Deor. 2.2. Xen.
Hwgow, 5, f. u'm'w, (n'fipog a kind of Conv. 2. 10. miic 01'! Plato Crito I. Xen.
stone, also Lat. callus,) pp. to make hard Ag. 9. 7. — (3) Often in questions which
like stone, Suid. 1rwp6w ml MOmrouTa. serve to aflirm the contrary, e.g. a nega
Then genr. to make hard, callous, to in tive, Matt. 12:29,!14 'ycvvr'lpara e'xldyo'nl,
durate, e.g. de-réa Dioscor. I. c. 90. Ed: m3;- some: Evyutliz Aahc'iv ; i.e. ye can
'rfig 1rc1rwpwpz'mg aapxég I'El. V.H. 9. 13. not. Mark 3: 23. John 3: 4. 1 John 3:
—In N. T. only trop, to harden, to make 17. 4:20. Kai m5; inteus. Luke 20:44.
dull, stupid,e.g. rhv xapdlav John 12:40. John 14: 5. So with the fut. see above
Pass. to be hardened, dull, stupid, e.g. i; in a‘ Luke 11:18 1n}: a'raer'luzrm fifiam
mpoia Mark 6:52. 8:17. To vol'ma'ra Mia aim-05; Rom. 3:6. 1 Cor. 14: 7,9.
2 Cor. 3: 14. So of persons, Rom. 11: Heb. 2: 3. - Plut. do and Poet. § 12. T.
7.—Sept. of the eyes, Job 17:7. 1. p. 76. Tauchn.——Hence 1rd};- Ol'lxl im
Ha'lgwo'lg, sag, 1'],(1rwpriw,) pp. a har plying strong afiirmation, Rom. 8:32.
dening, induration, Lat. callus, Hesych. 2 Cor. 3:8. Comp. Matth. § 610. 6. Vi
ger. p. 444.-—Xen. Hi. 1. 36. ib. 6. 4.—
wépwa'tg‘ §E ria'rc'wv m'iptpua'ag Kai a'i'lvde
apog—ln N.T. only trop. hardness of (fl) With the subjunctive, in a question
heart or mind, dullness, stupidity, mbp. expressing doubt, comp. Matth. § 516.
rfic 111961.19 Mark 3: 5. Eph. 4: 18. ab 2, 3. VViner§ 42.4.p.235. Matt. 23:33
sol. id. Rom. 11:25. mic ¢iryrrrc ('uro 1'1"];- xpt'aewc rfig 'yez'wvng ,
26 : 54.-—(7) \Vith the Optalive, c. 5r,
H415‘, enclit. part. indef. any how, in
expressing a negative subjectively, as
any way, in some way or other, only in
Acts 8:31 fl'tJJQ yap (‘iv 3uyaipnv;jbr
the compounds E'imug, Mr'prmc, q. v.
flow can I? Com . Buttm. § 139. 13.
Comp. H09. Matth. § 514 fin. iner§ 43. l. b. For
H07; ; interrog. adv. correl. to ring, mTn; 76p emphat. see Matth. § 611. 4.
15¢,51rwg, Buttm. § 116. 4; how ? in Koen. ad Greg. Cor. p. 144. ed. Schaef.
what way or manner? by what means ? -—Hdian. 4.3.18. Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 22,36.
9.) pp. in a direct question. (a) With b) in an indirect question, with the In
the IndicaL—(l) genr. and simply, Luke dicativ'e expressing what is real and of
10: 26 mi; r'wa'ywdmug; John 7: l5. 9: actual occurrence ; comp. Winer § 4.2.
10 m3: c’weqixflrlm'w (701 oi (Monk/Jot ,' 1 4. Matth. § 507. 3. John 9: 15 fipéruv
Cor. 15:35. Mark 9:12 Kai mic ‘ye G'l'lfay-H'Il'alg dvc'gketlaev; Plut. Apothg.
7pa1rrcu x. r. 7\. in text rec. where others II. p. 20. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. l5.
read Kfletilg‘, see Fritzche IV. Evang. ad --Oftener inoblique discourse afterverbs
loc.-Ceb. Tab. 34. Luc. D. Deor. 22. of considering, finding out, knowing,
1. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 13.—(2) Implying making known, and the like ; here the
surprise, wonder, admiration, Matt. 22: interrogative force is dropped, and m3;
12 m5; slafiheeg 155:; John 3: 9. 6:52. is equiv. to its correlative (in); how, in
So with the fut. expressing What may or what way, see "Owug no. I. Buttm. §
can take place, Winer§ 4|. 6. Matt. 7: 116. 4. E. g. (a) With the India. as
4 min; e'pci; rq'» daehgtq': a'ov ,- Luke 1:34. above, seeWiner,andMatth. ll. cc. Matt.
 'PaéG‘ l' 702
6:28 mrayéasn 72: give. roi dypm'hmic
ubit'wa. 12:4. ol'uc due'yvunq-xée eidiih
05y. £19 1151/ oJmv rou': Gen? 1:. r. R. Mark
5; is, 12.41. Luke 8: 18,36. 12: 97.
14: 7. Acts 9: 27. 11:13. 12:17. 152
36. 1 Cor. 3: 10. l Thess. 1:9. Rev. 3:
3.:— Palaeph. 21. 3. Plut. de Pueror.
educ. § 8. Tom. Lp. 1:2. Tauohn. Xen.
Cyr. 1.6. 16. Mem. 1. 2.36.-(B)With
the Subjunct. where any thing is expres
sad as objectively possible. see \Viner L
c. Herm. ad Vig. p. 741. Matt. 10: 19
pi] pspt‘uw'laqre mic 1‘) n’ Aahr'pa'm's. Mark
I4: 1 cffirowm-n'irg ain'dv firewall/wow.
v.11. Luke 12:11. 22:2, 4. Acts 4:21.
—(7) \Vith the future Indie. instead of
I l
'Paéao'dxog
the Subjunct. as above,Matth. § SI‘. n.
2. Herm. ad Vi . p. 747. Mark H215
7: 32, as,1&934.—Hahn.
e'Kr'l-rouv 5. 4. 16 "My
al'lrov c'uroke'vouo‘zii.
‘rt, are‘); Xpr'wovrac 'rq'i lrpé'ypm'twPlufl
Mor. II. p. 399. Tauchn. F‘ i i
c) as an intensive exclamation, him!
how very ! bow greatly ! E.g. before an
adj. or adv. Mark 10: 24 mi; ou'mmMv
ion x. 'r. X. Matt. 21: 20 m3: 1rapa~
xpiipa z'Erlpdven fi mnzfi. Mark 10: 23,
Luke 18: 24.. Before a verb, Luke 12;
50 mic uvvc'xopm Zwg oi! reheat)‘; John
11: 36 155,104‘ £4.17.“ ain'oin—c. adj. Pa
laeph. 31.5. M.Antonin. 6.27. Xen. C r.
1.2.11. 0. adv. Xen. Mem.4. 2. 23. 1..’
|
II ll

u |

'Paéfi, .*,, indec. Rahab, Heb. v.11, 'PMQBIZW, f.‘ 100, (‘568505) to beat
pr. n. of a harlot at Jericho, Heb. 11:31. with rods, to scourge, absol. Acts 16: 22.
James 2: 25. See Josh. c. 2.-Jos.Ant. 2 Cor. 11:25 'rplc e'fifiagdia'fiqv, where
5. l. 2 'Paxz'iéry. See more in 'Paxég. on v. 24. comp. Deut. 25:3 and Jos.
'Paccl', b, indec. Rabbi, later Heb. Ant. 4.. 8. 21, 23. Sept. for 31;’1Judg.
‘5'3, i.q. a doctor, teacher, master, a title 6:11. Ruth 2; 17.—Diod. Sic. 19. 101.
of honour in the Jewish schools, contin 'Pnégdog, 01), {ha rod, wandgtqfie. .
ued also in modern times, Matt. 23:7,8." a) gem. Heb. 9: 4| 1', page... .‘Aupéy.
26; 25, 49. Mark 9: 5. 11:2]- 14245. Rev. 11: 1. So Sept. and HF? Ex. 4:8,
Jul") 1:39, 50. 312. 26. 4:31- 6: 25. 4. Num. 17:2 sq.—Ceb. Tab. 4. lane.
9:2. 11:8. In Matt. 23:8 it is explained D.Mort. 23. 3.—-For chastising, scour -
by xaeqynri'lc, in John 1:39 by 54560:: ing, 1 Cor. 4: 21. So Sept. and "3’? fs.
akog, in reference to usage rather than 9: 3. use Prov. 10: 13. Ex. 21:20.
to signification—HebJ? is pp. one great, Plut. Poplic. 6. Xen.Eq.B.4.—Forlean;
a chief, a master, see Gesen. Heb. Lex. ing npon,walking,Matt.10:10. Mark 6:
=2 no. 2, c, d. This was introduced as a 8. Luke 9=a. Heb.ll :21 E11 Ta depot’ rag‘
title into the Jewish schools underathree pdfidov, in allusion to Gen. 47:81 where’
fold form, viz. =1 Rab, as the lowest Sept. as for film, not "'9?! as the Hebrewv
degree of honour; c. Sufi‘. 1 pers. ‘3.5, reads. Sept. also for "1%? Gen. 38: 13.
'Paggi, Rabbi, i.e. my master, [according we? Ex. 20; [in the Heb. 91] 19. Zech.
to Buxt. ‘=1? Ribbi] of higher dignity .; 8: 4'. "
and 12?, Gr. as if c. Suff. 'Pafifiow', b) spec. a aceptre, q. d. stafl' or wand
Rabbom', q. (1. my great master, the most of office, Heb. l: 8 bis, pdfioog n'rfln’trmog
honourable of all, which was publicly 1'; {36680: 1179 ‘Bavaria;- cou' quoted from
iven to only seven persons, all of the Ps. 45: 7, where Sept. for “Eli. Rev. 8:
school of Hillel and of great eminence. 27. 12:5. 19: 15. So Sept. and B??? Ps.
See Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. Rab. Talm. 2: 9. "1?! P8. 110: 2.
2l76 s . Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 'Pagdofixog, ov, a, (assoc, Z'xw.)
23:7. ahn § 106. pp. a rad-holder, i.e. a lictm', an officer or
'Pacfion' v. 'Pafifiovw', indec. sort ofsergeantwho attended on the magis
Rabbom', a. title of high honour in the trates ofRoman cities and coloniesandex
Jewish schools, see in 'Paggt'. Mark ecuted their decrees; so called as'bean
10: 51. John 20: I6. ing the Roman farce: or bundle of rods:
 Tag/m?‘ 703 'Pa'axékl
comp. Adam'slRom. Ant. p. 178. Acts aprbalrling, i.e. for sprinkling',clsimsihg.
16,35, 38.--—Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 5. Plut. So Sept. 1150,: pavrwpoii for Heb. "ti.
Marcel]. 29. Hdian. 7. 8. 10. Num.19:9, 13, so, 21.-1 Pet.l:2 n-Xsi‘
.. .TPoeyml, 6, indec. Ragau, Heb. 57? xroic --- sic inraxofiv mi parrwlmiv alpa
Reu,‘pr..n. m. Luke 3:35. Comp. Gen‘, mg ’l. Xp. i. e. to sprinkling with the
11: 18 sq. ' blood of Jesus, to cleansing through his
‘Pqahwizgynpm, wrog, ‘Hi, (55.5.0119 blood. Comp. Winer§ 19. 2. p. 119. fin.
--Not found in profane writers.
ye'w 5951014176; from fiddwg, E'pyonq) pp.
‘what is done easily,’ lightwork, levitg/ , ‘Pam/gar, r, 10..., (flan-{g rod, 1. q.
hence in a bad sense, wickedness, crime, ,dééSogg) to beat with rods, to scourge,
Acts ‘18: 14.—Luc. Calumn. non tem. Hdot. 7. 35. ib. 8. 59. Later and in N.
cred. 20. Plut. Pyrrh. 6. T. to smite with the open hand, to cufl', to
slap, spec. the checks or ears, 0. acc.
'Pqzdmugyiu, ag, 1", (comp. ‘5918106,... Matt.5:39 50119 as penile: int ri)v Bet'uiv
7171101,) ease or lightness of doing, Xen.
00v. absol. Matt. 26: 67.—Sept.Hos.l l:
C yr. 1. 6. 34. levity in doing, indolence, 4.‘. Esdr. 4:30. Jos.Ant.8.15.4. Luc.D.
efl'eminacy, Xen. Ag. 11. 6. Lac. 14.4. Meretr.8.l,2. Dem-787.23. Comp.Lob.
In N. T. wickedness, prqfligate cunning, ad Phr. p. 175 sq.
subtilty, Acts 13: 10.—Pol. 12. 10. 5.
Diod. Sic. 5. 11. Plut.Cato Min. 16. 'Poiz'mfmz, aroc, m’, (flan-flan) a
blow with the open hand, a cum slap,
‘P051403, indec. Raca, a word of con
spec. on the cheeks or ears, Mark 14:65
tempt, prob. from Chald. 8?)! used in the oi inrrlpe'rat panic/sum uirrdv i’éaMov.
same manner, i.q. Heb.P“D, empty, worth
John 18:22. 19:3.--Sept. Is. 50: 6.’ Al
less, foolish, Matt. 5:22. See Tholuck
ciphr. III. Ep. 6,70. Lnc.D.Meretr. 8.
Bergpredad 10c. Buxt.Lex.Chald.2254. 2. Found only in late writers, Phryn.
' 'Poixog, eog, bug, 16, (fir'yo‘ow, 5.". et Lob. p. 175 sq.
yrvpg) a piece tom of a rag, torn gar ':P06¢I’C, 4,509, {1, (printer to sew,) a
ment, Sept.Is.64:6. Ceb. Tab. 10. Aris needle, Matt. 19:24. Mark 10:25. Luke
toph. Plut. 540. In N.T. genr. apiece, 16: 25.—Hippocr. de Morb. lib. 2. c. 26.
remnant, sc. of‘cloth ; Matt.9:16 etMark Nicet. Annal. 8.4. p.136.A. The earlier
2:91 €1rl§hi1pa fic'movg d'yw'uiov, i. q. in’ word was 13.16.", seeL0b.adPhry'n.p.90.'
ghnpa lparlou Kan'oi in Lu e 5:36.
(Pfltxéc, 1'7, indec. Raehab, Heb. 51:11,
‘Fulfil?’ i1, indec. Ramah, Heb. "*3: Rahab, the wife of Salmon, Matt. 1:5.
(a height), pr. n. of a city of Benjamin, Most probably she is the same with
a few miles north of Jerusalem between Rahab of Jericho, see in 'Paég' since
Gibeah and Bethel. Matt. 2: 18, quoted Nahshon the father of Salmon was the
from Jer.3 1 :15. See in 'Paxfih.—Comp. leader of the tribe of Judah at the break
Josh. 18:25. Judg.4:5. 19:13. Jos.Ant. ing up from Mount Sinai, Num.10:l4,
8.2.3 'Potpuflu'iv, wo'hic draaioug t'ure' ouda comp. v. 11 sq. and therefore his son
'Iepocrohs'rpur ree'oupcixovra. § 4. Iiss. would be contemporary with the fall of
Herald, 1826, p. 254. Jericho about forty years later. The
‘POHWZN, f. in», (i. q. p'aivw,) to express mention of i, 'PaXéG in the gen
sprinkle, to besprinhk, c. acc. Heb. 9: 13 ealogical table, as afterwards of i) 'Pm'10,
M0564‘ Bapc'illewc paw-‘(mum roirg' Kexot is in favour of this supposition.
vwps'vovg, in allusion to Num. 19:2 sq. 'Paxfllh, i1, indec. Rachel, Heb. 517.12
17. compJahnt) 386. So Heb. 9:19,21, (ewe-lamb), the youn er wife of Jacob,
comp. Ex. 24:6, 8. Sept. for "1,13 Lev. 6: and mother of Joseph and Benjamin.
20 [97]. 2 K.9:33.-—Symbol. i.q. to pu 'Paxfih Matt. 2:xhaiovo'a
18 (pan/r‘)Tilivre'mla
'Pafu't
al’lriic,
fill-01,1061’
quoted
rify, to cleanse, in a moral sense, Heb. 10:
22 e'pfiavrwpc'vot rile Icapdi'ac turd avvezBr'y. from Jer. 31: 15 where Rachel, whose
awe non] tie, for the accus.comp.Buttm. sepulchre seems to have been not far
§l31. 6. 0 Sept. for 315?‘? Ps. 51:9. from Ramah (Gen.35:17,19. l Sam.10:
{Porridge}, 05, 6, (fiavril'ob) pp. 2,3), is introduced as bewailing the cap
a sprinkling, meton. pw'ificationpleansing. tivity of her descendants, i.e. ofEphraim,
Heb. 1'2: 24 ai'pari paw-10,1106, blood of as the representative of the ten tribes.
 'Pefiéxmz 704 'Pfipaa
'Pecizza, 17;, 1,, Rebecca, Heb. Wisd. 4:19. Artemid. 1. 60 fifizal'ror
“F5? (a noose, snare,) the wife of Isaac, dwrlwahov, of a wrestler.
Rom. 9: 10. c) Trop. and absol. to break forth, sc.
into rejoicing and praise, Gal. 4:27 fifi
'Pébu v. #5)), 7);, .‘7, Lat. rheda, Eov Kai fionaov x. r. A. quoted from Is.
i.e. a carriage with four wheels for trav 54:1 where Sept. for "iii—Usually
elling, a chariot, Rev. 18:13.—So rheda c. acc. of manner or instrum. as Sept.
Cic. pro Mil. 10. The word is of Gallic fifiEaL et'ippoo'z'wrlv for 113'.‘ "39; Is. 49: 13.
origin, Quinctil. l. 5. Comp. Adam's 52: 9. ,bfiEai oww’lv, Lat. rumpere 00cm,
Rom. Ant. p. 554. Hdot. 5. 93. Artemid. 2. 12. Aristoph.
'PEIMQJZV v, 'Pwaiv, b, indec. Rerm Nub. 960 or 963.
phon, Rephan, Acts 7: 43, quoted from 'Pfifba, (170;, 1'0’, (fiéu, see in 151
Amos 5:96 where Sept. 'Paapa'u/ forHeb. 1rov,) pp. ‘ that which is spoken,’ word.
11:‘? C/u'un, a name for the planet Saturn, a) pp. a word, as uttered by the liv
i. q. Mold where see more. The forms ing voice, plur. n‘: fiw'yiara, words. Acts
'Paupt’w, ésppév, are the Egyptian or 6:11 fifiluara flkdotpnpa. v. 13. 10: 44.
Coptic name for the same planet, Gesen. 26: 25. Heb. 12: 19. Sept. for ‘9'3 Gen.
Lex. art. 1*“3. Jablonski Opuso. II. p.l. 27: 34, 42. "1* Ps. 5: l.——-1‘Idian. 1.8.
ed. te Water. 12. Dem. 1457. 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.34.
‘Péw, r. 'n'mu, instead of Au. fut. b) collect. word, also plur. words, i. q.
fin'wopai, iner § 15. p. 80. Buttm. § saying, speech, discourse. (a) gem. Matt.
114. p.300. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 739; 12: 36 mir fifipa dp'yov, see in ‘Apyég c.
fieim'ova'lv
tofiow, intrans.
iiha'rog John
(Gav-roe.
7: 38Sept.
Tampa}
for 1“ 26: 75 Kai Epw'la'flrl 6 II. To?! fir'yparoc r017
‘Inc-oi. Mark 9:32. 14:72. Luke 1:38.
Lev. 15. a. 51:. Jer. 9; 17.—Hdian. 7. 2117,19, 50, 51. 7:1. 9145b18.18134|
1.17. Xen.An.1.2.7, 8. 20: 96. 24: 8, 11. John 8:20. Acts 2:
tPith’, obsol. to speak, see in Ebro)’. 14:. 11:16. 16238. 28:25. 9 C01‘. 19:
4. Rom. 10:18 quoted from Ps. 19:5
where Sept. for 5'‘''?’9. So Sept. and ‘53
'Pr'rymv, 00, 1.5, Rhegr‘um, a city on
the coast near the S. W. extremity of Job 15:3. 3l:40.—Palaeph. 50. 1. Dem.
Ital , now Rheggio, opposite Messina in 1462. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 15.—Hence,
Sici y.Acts28:13.--Comp.Diod.Sic.4.85. in the N. T. usage, often like Heb. "=5,
'Pfiyaa, a'rog, r6, (lifiywpn) a in special senses depending on the ad
reading, breach, ruin, Luke 6: 49. Sept. juncts or context; comp. in Fla-ow b. E.
for PP? Am.6:11.—~Pol. 13.6.8. Dem.
g. i. q. charge, accusation, Matt. 5:
11. 27:14. So Matt. 18:16 et 9 Cor.
294. 21.
13: 1, in allusion to Deut. 19:15 where
'Pfi'yvuai, 1'. Eu, also pres. fir’yaau a Sept. for "9'1. Comp. Num. 14:36. —
poetic and later form, Mark 2: 22. 9: (7) i.q. prediction, prophecy, e.g. fir’ymra
18; also Sept. 1 K. 11: 31. Hom. 11.18. 1rpocipn/ic'va, 2 Pet. 3:2. Jude 17. So
571. comp. Moeris p. 337. Thom. Mag. fir’ypara for“: 9:05 Rev. 17: 17 in text.
p. 788.— To rend, to tear, to break. rec—(5) promise,e. g. from God, Luke
a) of things, to rend, to burst, e. g. 2: 29. Heb. 6: 5 Kahdw yunrdlucwol. 9:05
leather bottles or skins, c. acc. Mark 2: fifilua. So Sept. and ‘a! 1 K. 8:20. 19:
29. Luke 5: 87 fir'yfu 1') vz'oc 01mg rain; 16.—(s) command, Luke 5: 5. br‘ypa r05
daxou'lc. Pass. Matt. 9: 17. Sept. for9e05, word of God, his Omnipotent de
was Num. 16:31. Josh.9:13. 75?, Job cree, Heb. 11:3. impl. Heb. 1:3. Also
9: 19.—Luc. D. Deor. 17. 1. Diod. Sic. Matt. 4:4 et Luke 4: 4 aim is" tipry
12. 59. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 16. I461’? z‘lllflfi'dl 6 t'ivepu'lroc, 6M’ i‘rrt sravri
b) of persons, to read, to tear, to lacer (HUMITL imropwopz'vy 51a aroparog 9:05,
ate, e. g. as dogs, Matt. 7:6.——Also i. q. i. e. meton. upon every thing which God
to tear down, to dash. to the ground, as a. decrees, quoted from Deut. 8: 3 where
demon one possessed, Mark 9:18. Luke Sept. for fifi-‘T‘D REHAB-71:52, spoken in
9 :42 ZfipnEcv mirror 76 Baipomov mi aw: reference to the manna. Sept. for "E?
a-irépafiev. So Sept. for I"??? Is. 13:16. Josh. 1: 13. 1 Sam. 17:29. comp. Ex.
[reading as in Piel instead of Pual.]— 34: 28. $15,“? Prov. 3. 1.—(.’,') Spoken
 'Pno'oi
of a. teacher, word, i.e. teaching, precept,
doctrine, e. g. rd fir'ymra rfic {ufig Acts
5: 20, see in Zan'1 c. Acts 10:22 droni
fl'llL fifipara nape‘: eon-1. 11: 14 59 hahi'yau
(ir'ppara 1rp6c as. 13: 42. so (ifipa, fifipa
rr'lg m'urewc, p'fipa 9:05 v. Kvpi'ov, the
word, wordoffailh, word of God, i.e. the
doctrines and promises revealed and
taught from God, the Gospel as preach
ed, Rom. 10:8 bis, (comp. Deut. 30:14
where Se t. for "511 of the Mosaic dis
pensation. Acts 10: 37. coll. 36. Rom.
10:17. Eph. 6:17. 1 Pet. 1:25 bis; so
prob. Eph. 5: 26. Of Jesus, rd {ii/para,
John 5: 47 mic roi'g e'poig fhi'lfllld‘l. x. r. A.
6: 63, 68. 102 21. 12: 47, 48. 14:10.
15: 7. n‘: fir'ypara 10:7 9e05, words or doc
trine received from God, John 3: 34. 8:
47. 17: 8.—(11) Luke 3:2 c'yc'vs'ro fir'ipo.
9505 E11 'Im'wwyv, the word of God, i. q. shoot, sc. from the root; only trop. m]!
an oracle, efl'alum, from God, correspond spring, a descendmrt. Rom. 15:12 1‘; fill“
ing to Heb. 515 "311‘, ‘31, "1721, Sept. yifipa,
Gen. 15:1. Jer.6:10, comp. 1:1; oftener
Sept. 716709 Jer. 1:4, 11. Ez. 3:16. 8:1.
0) meton. from the Heb. thing spoken
of, i. e. genr. thing, matter, afi'air. Luke
2: 15 16.1,...’ rd p'fipa roirro rd 'ye'yon'oc.
1: 65 hcehahfiro mivra Tc‘: fii'ymra raiira.
Acts 5: 32. So Sept. and '12‘! Gen. 21:
11. 1 Sam. 4: 17. 12:16. plur. Gen.
20:8. 40:1. Ezra 7:1.—1 Macc. 5:37.
——So 0:’; miv ,dfipu, the neg. or’; being
joined with the verb, see in Or’! a. 7,
equiv. to nothing at all, nothing what
ever. Luke 1:37 oint- dduva‘rfio'u nopiz
r93 9697 will fir'lpa. Comp. Sept. Gen.
18:14. Deut. 17:8.
I I
PM“, 6, indec. Rhesa, pr. n. in.
Luke 3: 27.
'Phtfl'o'w, see in 'Pr’ryvu/Jt.
'Pri'mg, ogos, b, (obsol. fiéw) a
speaker, orator, advocate, Acts 24: 1.—
}El. V. H. 9. 19. Dem. 303. 15. Xen.
Mem. 4. 6. 15.
‘136155, adv. (We; said, expressed
in words, obsol. 56.1,) in express words,
expressly, 1 Tim. 4: 1.—Sext. Empir.
adv. Log. 1. 8 6 Eevorpfiw finrd'ic prlaiy.
Strabo I. p. 4. B. Pol. 2. 23. 5.
'PIZOL, 06;, 1'], a root. a) pp. Matt.
3: 10 et Luke 3:9 1'] dEl'rn 1:96; rill’ filial’
ré'w he'vapaw xe'irar. Mark 11: 20 ii: (ii
{Gwfrom the roots, i. e. wholly. So aim
E’ ewfiiZav tohaveno root, q.d. to not take
(éep root, Matt. 13:6. Mark 4:6; trop.
705 ‘Pm/Cw
of those not rooted and established in
faith and doctrine, Matt. 13:21. Mark
4: 17. Luke 8: 13. Sept. for 11537? El.
17:6, 7, 9. is‘ may Job 28: 9. :11: 12.
—Luc. Amnr. 33. 1131. V. H. 2. l4.
Xen. 050. 17. 12, 13.—- Trop. cause,
source of any thin , 1 Tim. 6: 10 iiZa
n31’ ram-w. (Ecc us. 1: 6, 20. isd.
15:3.) Also retaining the figure of a
root, Rom. 11:16,17,18 bis, where Paul
makes Abraham and the Jewish people
the root from which the gospel dispensa
tion with its blessings has sprung, into
which root and stem the Gentiles are
engrat'ted. Heb. 12:15 fiifa mupiac,
i. e. awicked person whose example is
poisonous, in allusion to Deut. 29: 17
where Sept. for ‘5:115. Comp. in Hrrpia.
b) meton. from the Heb. a sprout,
rm‘: Tweet, in a'ilusion to Is. 11: 10
where Sept. and 11535, comp. Is. 11: 1.
So Rev. 5:5. 22: 16.—Ecclus. 47:22.
1 Macc. 1:11.
'Plgow, 5, f. Juno, (51211,) to root, to
let take root,- Pass. or Mid. to be or be
come rooted, to take root, Theophr. Hist.
Pl. 2. 5. 6. ib. 8. 5. 4. Later intrans. to
take root, Sept. for P0. ‘15315 Is. 40: 24.
Jer. 12: 2. In N. T. only Pass. trop. to
be rooted, i.q. strengthened with roots, to
befirmtyfixed, constant. Eph. 3: 18 iv
dyéng e'fifiifwpc'voc. Col. 2: 7.—Hd0t. l.
60.64. Plut. de Puer. educ. 9. r’zM‘fli-av
rig fiizo'wg rr‘lv Bl'lvapw aor.)» comp. Plut.
Demosth. 1. de Protect. in Virt. 10.
‘Port. 5;, .',, (pm...) a throw, cast,
'erk, as of a stone or weapon, Horn. 11.
12. 462. Apoll. Rh- Argon. 4.851. impe
tus,gus¢ofwind,Hom. ll. 15. 171. Soph.
Antig. 137. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 539. 12.
In N. T. ajerh of the eye, i. e. a wink,
twinkling, 1 Cor. 15:52 ivfiurf, 15¢6ahpm7,
i.q. amoment of time, Germ. Augenblick;
comp. Luke 4:5.--Eustath. in II. o'. p.
1024. 24 iv flpaxvflirp xprivou 5mg.
cPWI'IZW, f. law, (fiuric from {ihri-w,
a fan, blower, e. g. for kindling fire
Aristoph. Ach. 888, for ladies Anthol.
Gr. 1. p. 247. 3. comp. in 'Pnn'1,) tofan,
to blow, e. g. tire, fuel, Aristot. de Ad
mirand. ru'iig M90119 o'i Kaioy'rar, p.
mlzipsvm oge'wvr-rai raxéwg. AnthoLGr.
III.p.20.6. to fan a person, Anthol. Gr.
2 \
 'Pm'réw 706
III. p. 4.2. 5. Plut. M. Anton. 26. In
N. T. genr. to move to andfro, to toss, to
agitate, as waves, James 1:6 “MI/don't 9a
Milm'rlc finnZopc'vqn—Philo in Wetst.
N. T. ad loo. :1 pr) :rpdcc'we'pou finrllou'o
rd 55w‘). Dio Chrysost. 33. p. 368. B.
'Pnrrtw, 5, only in pres. and im
perf. as a freqnentative from {ii-rm, i. q.
to throw or cast repeatedly, Hdot. 4. 188.
P01. 1. 47. 4. Xen. Conv. 2. 8. See
Buttm. § 112. n. 4.. § 114. p.300. Passow
sub voc. In N. T. only Acts 22: 23
om'rolwrwv n‘z lpan’a, i. e. prob. throw
ing up or tossing their outer garments in
the air, as also dust, in approbation and
furtherance of the uproar. This was cus
tomarly in theatres and other assemblies,
e. g. 110. de Salt. 83 1'67: Se’arpov t'irrav
-- c'rrr’ldwv xal e'éo'an/ Kai rizc EaOfi-rag
tinefifit'rrrour. Aristmnet. I. 26 1': 3E Bfipog
dvérrrnxs Kai rd: Xzlps xii/£7, Kai rr‘pv
Eotlfim oogei. Ovid. Amor. 3. 274 ‘ ct
date jactatis undique signa tugis.’
‘Pl'rr'rw, 1'. 4a.), to throw or cast, with
a sudden motion, to hurl, to jerh, c. acc.
a) pp. et seq. elc, Luke 4:35;’144011
ai/rdv rd Empower’ sic z'aov. 17:2. Ev
‘n; vmp' Matt. 27: 5. eq. in: 0. gen. to
cast out, Acts 27:29 e'x ‘II‘PI’I'IVY'CFSI’1l/(IITSQ
d'ymipac rc'oanpac. v. 19, sc. ix r017 whoiov
impl. For Acts 22:23 see in 'Pnr-rz'w.
Sept. for was Gen. an 19. 23. Ex. 1;
22. Judg. 9: 53.—c. rig Ceb. Tab. 10.
Xen. An. 3. 8. 1. 2x Luc. D. Deor. l3.
2. Dem. 798. 25. -— In a gentler sense,
i. q. to put or lay down, as sick persons,
c. acc. Matt. 15:30 E'fipqlaav ai/rotlc rapt‘:
I'Ollg‘ was... rail ‘I. Comp. Sept. and T‘???
9 K. 2: 16.—Wisd. ll: 14:. Dem-413.
ll 01'”: Exam orrov re. Eavrofi lit'rrrel.
b) i. to castjbrth, to throw apart, to
scatter, ass. part. pert. z’fifirppévoc cast
forth,scattered, Matt. 9: 36.—Diod. Sic.
l3. 9 r5»! EUPHKOUO’lWVn-Ktlftt row 5m.
‘flair r'filiqzpe'vwv. P01. 5. 4.8. 2.——Others
i. q. to neglect, comp. Luc. Amor. 33.
Necyom. 17.
'PoCooi/b, 6, indec. Roboam, Heb.
B2313‘, (he enlarges the people) Rehoboam,
pr. n. of the son and successor of Solo
mon, from whom the ten tribes revolted,
Matt. 1: 7 bis. Comp. 1 K. c. 12. Jos.
Ant. 8. 8. 1 sq.
‘P667’, 716, 1'1, Rhoda, pr. n. of a hand
maid, Acts 12: 13.
‘Poona:
rP6509‘, 00, 1'', Rhodes, a celebrated
island, the southeasternmost of the Spo
rades, lying off the coast of Caria in
Asia Minor. Its capital was also called
Rhodes, and was remarkable for the fa
mous Colossus. Acts 21: 1.
I / .
Polgndov, adv. (liotléu, fioIZog noise,
rushing as of winds and waves, Plut. de
and. Post. § 3. VI. p. 63. Reisk.) with
great noise, q.d. with a crash, 2 Pet. 3:10.
-—Hesych. 150111561!‘ apodpu'ic r'yxrrrurér.
Hero ap. Museeum 339 5304:1136)’ rpm-é
pnvog an" fihtgdrov we'd: n'l'lp'you.
'Pofb¢otlu, at, :‘1, a sword, sabre, pp.
8. long and broad sword used espec. by
the Thracians, and carried on the right
shoulder, Plut. Paul. Emil. 18 1rp5ro: 5:‘
ol Owing-“(Spells 5:‘ rioppaiac Bapumii’y.
pour (11.-o ru'n/ 5:51:31’ 63pm’ brweiovrrgu—
In N. T. genr. Rev. 1: 16 (iopwia 3;.
oroyog 65:10.. 2: 12,16. 6: 8. 19:15,?1.
Trop. Luke 2: 35 our"; 5:‘ ailrfic n‘p- \lmxr‘p
61E)\Ef)d£fdlfiflfl¢t1ifl,i. e. anguish of soul
shall come upon thee. Sept. for =1"? Ex.
32:26. E2. 5. 1.—Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4. t,
fiofupaia r017 I‘ohtc'leou. 7. l2. 1.
'Povctilt, 5, indec. Reuben, Heb.
1;““1, (behold a son 1) pr. n. of the eldest
son of Jacob, born of Leah, Gen. 29: 32
sq. In N.T. the tribe of Reuben,Rev.7:5.
‘P099, 1‘), indec.Ruth,Heb. 1"” (contr.
for "8"; beauty or 11"‘; friend), pr. n. of
a Moabitess,afterwards the wife of Boaz,
Matt. 1: 5.
cP0§¢0g, 0v, 5, Rufus, pr. n. of a
Christian, Mark 15:21. Rom. 16: 13.
T6121), ng, l’, (obsol. ,h’m, i. q. e'pa'ruQ
impetus, impulse, onset, i. q. 69,116, Jos.
Ant. 7. 10.2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 15.
Thuc. 7. 70. Xen. Cyr.7. l.31.—-In the
later usage and N. T. a street, lane, alley
of a city, in distinction from a‘, n'Xa'rsia,
q.v. Matt. 6: 2. Luke 14: 21 eicrag 1r)“:
rn'ac mi'fir'lpac rfig nohtwc. Acts 9; l 1.
12: 10. Sept. for 511111;. 15:3.-—Tob.13:
- 18 coll. 17. Ecclus. 9: 7. Po]. 6. 29. 1.
See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 404,. Sturz deDial.
Mac. p. 29. Wetstein N.T. l. p. 319.
'Poopmu, 1'. show, depon. Mid.
(obsol. film, i. q. e’pn'm,) pp. to draw or
snatch to one's self,- hence genr. to draw
or snatch from danger, i. q. to rescue, to
deliver,- see Passow sub. v. Buttm. §1 14.
p. 281. Aor. 1 Eppaaem' as Pass. Luke
 '
'Pua'otgiz'iofbm
l: 74. al. see Buttm. § 113. n. 6.—E.g.
seq. acc. simpl. Matt. 27:43 'vo'éoflw vf/v
aim-6v. 2 Pet. 2: 7. Absol. om. 11: 26
6 (Sub/levee the deliver-er, quoted from Is.
59: 20 where Sept. for 5353. Sept. genr. 8: 43, 44.. Sept. for 15' Lev. 15:24 sq.
for .515; Is. 48: 20. 5'31? EX. 2:19. IS. 5:
30.—1E1. V. H. 4. 5. Hdian. 1. 15. 12.-—
With an adjunct from whence e.g. seq.
and c. gen. comp. in 'Avrb I. 2. d. Matt.
6: 13 page. fi‘uc'lg 61rd roi': arm/"poi. [Luke
11:11.] Rom. 15: 31. 1 Thess. 1:10. 2
Thess. 3: 2. 2 Tim. 4.: 18. So Sept. for
rat's-'1 2Sam.19:9. Prov. 11: 4. v: Wis
Ez. 37: 23. Comp. Matth. §353. 2, note.
p. 665. Seq. e‘: 0. gen. comp. Matth. ]. c.
Rom. 7: 24 rig p: fil'urercu Ex r017 o'éluarog
x.r.)\. 2 Cor. 1: 10ter. Col. 1: l3. 2 Tim.
3: 11. 2 Pet. 2: 9. Pass. Luke 1: 74.. 2
Tim. 4: 17. So Sept. for V? 55; Gen. 48:
16. in Bar»? Judg. 8: 34,. 2 Sam. 22=4.o.
—»c. in: Jos. Vit. § 15. Diod. Sic. 12. 53.
Hdot. 5. 4.9.
'Pus'ugel'wpw, depon. Mid. (pun.
969,) to befiltby, trop. Rev. 22: 11 in later
edit-V—Of doubtful authority, see Pas
sow.
'Pumxg/a, 2;, i], ((imrapo'm) fill/l,
filtbiness, trop. in a moral sense, James
1: 21.—Plut. Precept. conjug. (>28. VI.
p. 536. 13. Reisk.
‘Pwmgo’g, 02, 611, (liénog,)_filtliy,jbul, Plut. Pomp. 27.
James 2: 2 1rrwxo¢ e'v (iwrupé e'oefiri.
Trop. in a moral sense, Rev. 22': 11 in
later edit. Sept. for “"3 Zech. 3: 3, 4,.—
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3 fiv-rrapizv e'ofifira. Ceb.
Tab. 10. 1E]. V. H. 141. 10. Trop. Act.
Thom. § 13 (.iumzpa irrievpl'a.
'Pa'nrog, ov, 6,filtb,filthiness, 1 Pet.
3:21 oil oapxoc; érroecoic fii'nrou. Sept. for
I‘??? [giving to “U the signification of
W522] Job 14.: 4,. 1115': Is. 4: 4. — Luc.
Anachar. v. Gymnas. 29. P01. 32. 7. 8.
'Pwro'au, G7, I. rbo'u,(pOeL for Fiwrciu,
fr. fii'nroc) to be filthy, in text. rec. Rev.
22:1 1 his bfiv-n-a'w, fiurrwodrw im.—Hom.
"Eaguxfluw', sabaclitham‘, Chald.
‘3323?, thou hast forsaken me, from r.' P2?
to leave ,to forsake, 2 pers. Sing. 0. Sufl'.
l ()7 Eoalgaxflaw'
()d. 6. 87. Aristoph. Av. 1271 or 1283.
Act. Thom. § 52 5.10,); fispmrwpérrl.
. I I -
Pvd’lg, 640;, 1", (5w q.v.) a flowing,
flux, e.g. rm‘; a'lparog Mark 5: 25. Luke
—-]El. V. H. 6. 6 rfiv broil a'i'parog. P01.
2. 16. 6 of a current.
I
‘Porn, 150;, 1'], (obsol. film, i.q. e'pa'mn)
a wrinkle, sc. as drawn together, con
tracted; trop. Eph. 5: 27. -— Aristoph.
Plut. 1051. Diod. SiC. 4. 51.
lP1301, see 'Pi'loym.
'Pwpai'xog, 1'7, 0v, (Pd. 1],) Roman,
Luke 23:38.—Jos. de Vit. 7l. Hdian.
5. 5. 6.
'Pwpualog, 01), b, ('Pibpm) a Roman,
a Roman citizen, Acts 2: 10. 16: 21, 37,
38. 22: 25, 26, 27,29. 23:27. Genr.
oi 'Pwlmioi the Romans John 11:48. Acts
25: 16. 28:17.—Sing. Hdian. 4.10.1].
Plur. Jos. Vit. § 71. Hdian. 1.12. 11.
Plut. Pomp. 1. .ml ‘
'Palfbalofll, adv. ('Plitpfh) in the R0
man tongue, in Latin, John 19: :20. On
the signification of adverbs in -wrl see
Buttm. §110. 15. c.
'P657407, 77;, p‘), Rome, the city, Acts
18:2. 19:91- 23:11- 28:14,16. Rom.
1:7,15. 2 Tim. 1: 17.-Hdian.2.14..10.
-
'Pofiwvfu, 1‘. saw, to strengthen, to
make firm, Plut. Camill. ~53’! Moog rb
vii/m bia'ywvio'aoflm. Pass. Plut. Corioi.
§ 24. ebfliig fiaflero bwvvi'lluevov abroi': To
ailqua. id. Rornul. § 25. More usually
perf.Pnss.Zfiflwpa: as present, to be strong,
well, 3 Mace. 3: l3. Luc. Somn. s. Gall.
32.Xen.(Ec.10.5. Comp.Buttm.§ 113.0.
§ 114. p. 300.-In N. T. only imperat.
Epsom, as a formula at the end of epistles,
like Lat. vale, Eng]. farewell. Acts 23:
30 E'fifiwoo. 15: 29 'e'fifiwden—EB MaccJ I :
21. Xen. Cyr. 4.. 5. 33. Artemid. 3. 44:
‘154011 mimyg Errwrohfic ro xa'ipe Kai E'firiwo'o
Xi-yew.
I‘
2 1..
.. p
1 . ‘pl
Matt. 27: 46 et Mark 15:34. quoted from
Ps. 22: 2, where Chald. for Heb. ‘WELL’,
id. from r. =12.
2 r 2
 2x12010110
Euclid/19, Sabaoth, Heb. “5323,, i. e.
hosts, armies, plur. of 8:; host. Hence
Ki/pwc aagatire, i. q. Heb. ""355; 71:51,
Lord of Hosts, i. e. of the angelic hosts,
comp.2 Chr. 18: 18. Ps.103: 21. Luke
2: 13.—In N. T. James 5: 41. Rom. 9:
29 quoted from Is. 1: 9 where Sept. for
Heb. '3 ‘Fl-‘£11, as also 2: 12. 6: 3. al. The
general sense is Jehovah Omnipotent,
and LXX often translate it by ram-o
bfpcllfwp q.v. See more in Gesen. Heb.Lex.
art. 83;.
ZaCCwrw/Mig, 017, 1') (miggarov,
oufifiarllu, to keep Sabbath Ex. 16:30,)
pp. a keeping Sabbath, i. e. rest, a lying
by from labour, in N. T. only of an eter
nal rest with God, Heb. 4.: 9. The Rab
bins employ the same figure, seeSchoettg.
Hor. Heb. ad h. 1.—Plut. de Superst. 3.
Eoicgwrw, ou, 16, Sabbath, Heb.
"31.5, pp. rest, a lying by from labour, see
Gesen. Heb. Lex. r. "2?. Plur. ra mig
€ara,often from the Sing. perh. original
1y an imitation of the Aramaean form
‘"332, comp. Winer p. 150. Dat. plur.
107; aéggaat, Matt. 12: 1, 5. al. Meleag.
83. 4, in Anth. Gr. I. p. 25; as if from
a nominat. aéfifiar, comp. Passow s. voc.
Buttm. § 5011.9. Matth. e923. Winer
p. 60; see below in a.
8.) pp. the sabbath, i. e. the Jewish
sabbath, the seventh day of the week,
kept originally by a total cessation from
all labour, even to the kindling of a fire;
but apparently without any public so.
lemnities except an addition to the dail
sacrifice in the tabernacle and the chang.
ing of the shew-bread; comp. Ex. 20: 8
sq. 31: 12 sq. Lev. 24:8. Num. 15:32
s'q. 28:9. Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 3. ib. 13. 8.
4. ib. 14.. 4. 2. B. J. 1. 7. 3. The cus
tom of reading the scriptures in the pub
lic assemblies and synagogues, appears
to have been introduced after the exile;
comp. Neh. c. 8. Luke 4:16 sq. Jahn §
346-349. E. g. (11) Sing. 11‘) miggarov
as nom. Mark 2:27 16 aéfi. 5.2. rbv c'ivOp.
Luke 23: 54. John 5:9, 10. 9:14; as
accus. Matt. 12: 5 rb orig. flegnhon'mt.
Mark 2: 27 oilx 1i iii/9p. 5a‘. Tb origgarov.
Luke 23:56. John 5:18. 9:16. Acts
13:27, 42. 15:21. 18:4. r017 aa€€cirov
Matt. 12:8. Mark 2: 28. 6: 2. 16:1.
r'uiépa 6:
Luke rm‘:5.aa€€érou
Acts 1: Luke
12 see 13:14,, 16.b.14:
in 'Obég
708 Zabbowmiog
5. John 19: 31. n‘? vaggr'vrp Luke 13:
14,15. 14:1,3. 11615131441. E'I’ dag
fiém Matt. 12; 2. 24: 20. Luke 6: 1,6,
7. John 5:16. 712,513 bis. 19.31. So
genr. Sept. for 1'2? Ex. 31: 13. 2K. 4:
23. Neh.10:31. 13:15.--Jos. B. J. 2.
17. 10. de Vit. § 32.—(B) Plur. in a
plural signif.Acts 17:2 int nigger-a rpia.
Col. 2:16. (Sept. Is. 1:13. Hos. 2:11.)
Elsewhere only in Gen. and Dat. i. q.
Sing. e. g. 707w oaggaruv, Matt. 28: 1
6111:‘ be o‘aggc'u'wy see in '01145' b. 'niv
uaggcirwv Luke 4: 16. Acts 13:14. 16:
13. Dat. ‘roic a退am, see above, Matt.
12: 1,5,10, 11,12. Mark 1:21. a-.s,4.
Luke 6: 9. iv r07: odgéam Mark 2: 23,
24. Luke 4:31. 6:2. 13:10.-Jos. Ant.
1. l. 1. illue'pa ré'w dag. EX. 35:3. Deut.
5: 12. 1 Macc. 2: 34. Jos. Ant. 12. 6. 2.
‘ro'ic Uliggadl 1 Macc. 2:38. Jos. Vit. §
54. Ant.13.8.4. B.J.l.7.3: but Sept. r07;
ouégc'rrotc Num. 28:10. 2 Chr. 2:4. 8:13.
b) meton. i. q. a period of seven days,
a u'eeh,se'nnight. Sing. Mark 16:2 wpoirrrl
aagficirov. Luke 18:12 big r017 041g. Plur.
Matt. 28:1 sic ,uiav d'aggd'rwv. Mark 16:
2. Luke 24:1. John 20:1,19. Acts 20:
7. 1 Cor. 16: 2.—So Heb. h‘héil Sept.
Efibopr’tfiag Lev.23:15, comp. Deut. 16:9.
2057",”), U5, 1'], (tray/l, mine-0,) a net,
drag-net, seine, used in fishing and drawn
to the shore, Matt. 13:47. Sept. for =33
Ez. 26:5, 14. 47:11. — Artem. 2. I‘.
Luc. Pisc. 51. 11.31. H. A. 11. 12.
Eabbouzaiog, ou, é, a Sadduoee,
Plur. 0i 20155011111701 the Sadducees. a sect
of the Jews, in opposition to the Phari
sees and Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. c. 8. Some
derive the name from Heb. P?! or P73,
q. d. the Jwt; the Talmudists refer it to
a certain P5‘? Sadoh, who according to
them lived about three centuries before
Christ and was the founder of the sect.
The Sadducces rejected all traditions and
unwritten laws, which the Pharisees
prized so highly; and held the Scriptures
to be the only source and rule of the
Jewish religion. They denied the ex.
istence of angels and spirits, as well as
an overruling providence; and held that
the soul of man dies with the body, re
jecting of course the idea of a future
state of rewards and punishments. In
their lives and morals they were more
strict than the Pharisees; and although
 202561;: 709 1.00.0;

their tenets were not generally accept son of Arphaxad, Luke 3:35. Comp.
able among the common people, yet they Gen. 10:24. 11:13, and see in Ka'irc'w.
were adopted by many of the higher 201M016?» 6, indec. Salatlu'el, Heb.
ranks. See espec. Jos. l. c. and also Ant. Bryn’??? (I asked of God) Sliealtz'el, pr. n.
13. 5.9. ib. 1.3.10.6. HID-18.1.4. 113.209.]. of a son of Jeehoniah, Matt. 1: 12 bis.
B. J. 2. 8. 14'. Descendants of the Sad Luke 3:27. Comp. IChr. 3:17. Ezra 3:2.
ducees are apparently the modern Ka
raites; see Henderson's Bibl. Researches Eula/1.1;, 7mg, 1,, Salamispne of the
and Travels in Russia, p.233 sq. 306 sq. chief cities of Cyprus, on the SE. coast
Bibl. Repos. IV.p. 662 sq. 671.—Matt. ofthe island,Acts 13:5. Afterwards called
3:7. 16:1,6,11,12. 22=23,34. Mark 12: Constantia, and still later Famagusta.
18. Luke20:27. Acts4zl. 5=17. 23:6,7,8. 20671211111, 1'’, indec. Salim, pr. n. of a
place, John 3: 23. Jerome in Onomast,
204801116, 6, indec. Saduk, Heb. P1755,
pr. n. of one of Jesus’ ancestors, Matt. art. Salim; “ In octavo quoque lapide a
1: 14. bis. Scythopoli in campo vicus Saluniias
EZIIVGJ, f. (1115, (kindr. with au'w,) 10 appellatur.”
200.5136), 1'. et'mw, (06109,) to move to
way, to move to and fro, pp. of dogs and
andfro, to shake, trans. i. e. to put into a
and other animals which wag their tails
in fondness, IE1. V. 11. 13. 4.1 or 4.2.
state of wavin g ,rocking ,vibratory motion.
Luc. D. Deor. 12.2. Hom. 0d. 10. 217. a) pp. c. acc. Luke 6:48. Heb. 12:26
05 1'] 4mm) rr)v 'yfiv e’ariksvae. Pass. Matt.
Trop. to caress, to ‘flatter, Luc. Mere.
11:7 et Luke 7:24. Kdknpov I'm-o c'we'pou
Cond. 20. IEschyl. Choeph. 194. In N.
'1‘. trop. to move in mind, to disturb, Pass.
aakevzipn'oy. Matt. 24:29. Mark 13:25.
1 Thess. 3: 3 r1? fuydéva oaiveaOcu Ev mic Luke 21:26. Acts 4.: 31. 16:26. Luke
6: 38 pe'rpov oer-raheulue'vov i. e. shaken
Skid/wt ral'lruce—Diog. Laert. 8. l. 21 down. Sept.for '52,; Ps.18:lB. :2'1’:[Niph.]
oi 5:‘ aatwipevot role Ac'yope'voig Ebdxpuov.
l Chr. 16:30. Ps. 82: 5.—Ecclus. 16:
Eurip. Rhes. 55 train/u ,u' E'w'vxog ¢pu
19. Test. XII Patr. p- 54.8. Jos. Ant.
xrwpia.-—~Others render, to be seduced.
8. 5. 2. Diod. Sic. 12. 47. intrans. Xen.
205220;, 00, b, Heb. P12, sack-ing, (Ec. 8. 17.—Trop. of things ready to
sack-cloth, i. e. coarse black cloth, com. fall and perish, Heb. 12: 27 bis riz 0a
monly made of hair (Rev. 6: l2) and )tevépeva things shaken, perishable, i. e.
used for straining (Heb. PR2), for» sacks, the Mosaic dispensation, while rt‘: '10‘,
and for mourning-garments; in the latter oahcuo’peva i. q. the Christian dispensa
case it was worn instead of the ordinary tion.-—Comp. Plut. Dion.8 rfiv nlpawiba
garments, or bound around the loins, or O'QAEIiIOUUGV. Hdian. 5. l. 7.
spread under a person on the ground; b) metaph. to move in mind, to agitate,
comp. Jos. Ant. 8. 14'. 4. ib. 5. 1. 12. to disturb, c. acc. Acts 17:13 rode b'xltovg
ib. 10. 1. 3. ib. 7. 7. 4. Sept. Gen. 37: aaker'mv, to excite the people, to cause a
34'. l K. 20:32. IS. 58: 5. Joel 1:8. tumult. Pass. 2 Thess. 2: 2. Acts 2:25
Jon. 3:5 sq. Jahn§ 135. Such garments quoted from Ps. 16:8 where Sept. for
were also worn by prophets and ascetics, D5” [Niph.]—1 Macc. 6: 8. Ecclus. 29:
Is. 20:2. Zech. 13: 4|. comp. 2 K. 1:8. 18. 48: 19.
Matt. 3:4.—Hence in N. T. genr. Rev. Eurip., 1), indec. Salem, Heb. 22?,
6: 12 1') filuoc s'ys'rsro ,ue'kag (be adxxog
the ancient name of Jerusalem, Heb. 7:
rpt’xwog, comp. Is. 50:3. Ecclus. 25:17.
1, 2. See in 'Iepovo'aAfiu—Jos. Ant. 1'.
Of mourning garments, Matt. 11:21 Ev
10. 2 Zékvfm.
o'éxxp ml mrobq'i. Luke 10:13. Of a
prophet's garment, Rev. 11:3. So Sept. 2004M”, 6, indec. Salmon, Heb.
genr. for P’? 11. cc. — Aristoph. Acharn. 1:125}! (clothed),pr.n.of the father of Boaz,
745, 822. The correct orthography is Matt.1:4,5.Lukc 3:32. Comp.in'Paxc't€.
Eulpoallm, 77;, 1'), Sal/none, pr. n. of a
every where ddxxoc, not adxoc, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 257. comp. Thom. M. p. 789. promontory, the eastern extremity of the
Moeris p. 3354.. island of Crete, Acts 27: 7.—Strabo X.
2067a,, 6, indec. Sala, Heb. 142?, (a p. 727. B.
missile weapon) pr. n. of a son or grand 2607.05, 00, 6, pp. motion to andfro,
 2027:7175 710 Earnings/mg
agitation, toning, i. e. any waving, rock. See 1 K. 16:24. 2 K. 0.17. Am.‘11:1¢.
ing, vibrato motion; in N. T. only of Mic. 1: 5 sq. Jos. Ant. 8. l2. 5. ib. 13.
the sea,-and enoe put for the rolling sea, 10. 2, 3. ib. l4. 5. 3. ll). 15. 7. T. ill-15.
billaws, Luke 21 :25. Sept. for =1?! Jonah 8. 5. Calmet p. 807. Rwenm. Bibl.
l: 15; for 151’! of an earthquake Is. 24:20. Geog. II. ii. p. 112 sq.—-In N. T.
- Luo. Tox. 19. Plut. Thes. 20. Diod. :1) pp. the city Samaria, Acts 8:5.
Sic. 20. 74. Meton. for the inhabitants, Acts 8: 14.
Zakm'yi, 1770;, 1',,atrump,trumpet, b) in a wider sense, the region of So.
1 Cor. 14:8. Rev. 1:10. 4:1. 8:2,6,13. maria, the district of which Samaria was
9:14. As announcing the approach or the chief city, lying between Judea and
presence of God, Heb. 12:19. comp. Ex. Galilee or the plain of Esdraelon: see
19:13,16,19, coll. l K. 1:34, 39; or Jos. B. J. 3.3.4. E. g. Luke 17:11. John
also the final advent of the Messiah, 4: 4, 5, 7. Acts 1: 8. 8:],9. 9:31.15:
Matt. 24:31. 1 Cor. 15:52 iv rl'] iaxdrp 3. So Sept. and 15135 2 K. 17:26. 23:
adX-rri-y-yi. 1 Thess. 4: 16 a. 9:06, see in 19.—Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 3.
9:0’; a. {3. Sept. for “Q15 Ex. 1.0. 1 Sam. Emmy/ans, 0v, a, a Samaritan, an
13: 3. was; a K. 12:14.——Jos. Ant. 7. inhabitant of the cit or country of Sa
14. 6. El. V. H. 2. 44. Xen.An.4.2.l. maria; spoken in N. .of the descendants
Elllflnzw, f. law, (tITCIIATN'YEJ aor. l
of a people, sprung originally from an
ia'dhirwa, earlier fut. and aor. o'aMrt'yEw, intermixture of the remnant of the ten
c'o'r’zAm'yEa Xen.An.1. 2. l7; comp. Lob tribes with the heathen colonists sent
ad Phr. p. 191. Buttm. p. 300. Winer into the country by Shalmanezer, 2 K.
p. 80.-—- To trumpet, to sound a trumpet, 17: 24. J08. Ant. 9. 14. I. ib. IO. 4. 7.
to sound, intrans. Matt. 6:2 ,ur) aahm'ayg This mixed people, although they re
i'pmpoafie'y 001/. Rev. 8: 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, tained the books of Moses, and although
13'. 9:1,13. 10:7. 11:15. Of angels priests were sent to teach them the Jew
sounding the trumpet before the Messiah, ish religion, soon fell away into gross
the subject (6 a'aXmar/yg) being implied, idolatry, and were regarded almost as
1Cor.15:52 aahm'aei 'ydp. Comp-Buttm. Gentiles by the Jews even before the ex
$1129. 8. Winer p. 207. Sept. for YEP.‘ ile, 2 K. 17:26-41. When the Jews
um.10:3 sq. Is.27:13. Joel 2:1.—Jos. after their return from exile, bevan m
Ant. 7. 11. 6. 151.17.111.26. P01.12.4..4. rebuild Jerusalem and the temple, the
Eakmarfig, 05, b, “Mitt-i) a Samaritans also laid claim to a descent
from Ephraim and Manasseh, and. re
trumpeter, Rev. 18: 22.— heophr.Char.
quested permission to aid the Jews in
29 or 25. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 17. The
earlier and better form was aalt'lrt'ym't'lc
their work; but this being refused, they
turned against them and calumniated
Dem. 284. 26. Xen. An. 4. 3. 29. See
them before the Persian kings; Ezra 4:
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 191.
1 sq. Neh. 4:1 sq. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 3 sq.
20:14:51.», '74, i], Salome, [Syr. vers. They afterwards erected a temple on
B15113, prob. : Heb. 515?, peace] pr. n. of Mount Gerizim, in allusion to Deut. 27:
the wife of Zebedee, the mother of the 11 sq. and there instituted sacred rites
apostles James and John, Mark 15:40. in accordance with the law of Moses,,
16: 1. Comp. Matt. 20: 20 et 27: 56. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 4. From these and other
Eataaigzm, 06;, i], Samaria, Heb. circumstances, the national hatred be
1%?55 (watch_height),pr.n. of a celebrated tween the Jews and the Samaritans was
city situated near the middle of Palestine, continually fostered and augmented; the
built by Omri king of Israel on a moun name Samaritan became to the Jews
tain or hill of the same name. It was 0. term of reproach, and intercourse with
the metropolis of the kingdom of Israel them was carefully avoided; see John
or the ten tribes; and after being several 4: 9. 8:48. comp. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib.
times destroyed and restored, it was en 12. 5. 5. ib. 13. 8. 4. The temple on
iarged and beautified by Herod the Gerizim was destroyed by Hyrcanus
Great, and named by him Sebasts in about 125 B. C. but the Samaritans still
honour of Augustus. It is now an in held the mountain as sacred and the
considerable village, still called Sebaste. proper place of national worship, John
 Zapagei-n; 7l1 2:655:44
4: 20, 21. The same is the case with the Zavhobuov, 00, rd, (din:- of orb/Ea
small remnant of the Samaritans exist hov IEl. V. H. l. 18,) a sandal, i.e. a sole
ing at the present da ; who still go three of wood or hide, covering the bottom of
times a year from aplous, the ancient the foot, and bound on with thongs,
Sychar, to worship on Mount Gerizim; Mark 6:9. Acts 12:8. Sept. for ‘>23 Josh.
see Miss. Herald 1824. p. 310. Calmet 9:5. Is. 20:2.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. Hdot.
p. 810. The Samaritans like the Jews, 2. 91. Luc. Herod. 5 o 55' ‘HQ, pdha 500
expected a Messiah, John 4: 25; and huai'tg c'upaipe'i 'ro aayhéhtov it." 705 #0565‘,
many of them became the disciples of 0'19 xaraxMi/otro 58”. Comp. in 'Ynodnpu.
Jesus, comp. John 4: 39 sq. Acts 9:31. Eon/g, 30;, 1'], a board, plank, e. g.
15: 3. — On the Samaritan Pentateuch ofa ship, Acts 27:44. Sept. for 1515 Cant.
and the Samaritans generally,see Gesen.
8:9. Ez.27:5.-—Jos.Ant.8.5.2. Pul.2.5.5.
de Pent. Sam. etc. Hal. 1815. Winer
deVers.Pent. Sam.etc.Lips.1817. Stuart 20:067., .3, indec. Saul, Heb. 5w;
on Samar.Pent.and Lit.in Bib]. Reposl I. (asked, desired,) pr. n. a) of the first
p. 681. Cellarii Collectan. Hist. Samarit. king of Israel, Acts 13:21. Comp.lSam.
Cizae 1688. De Sacy Correspondence c.9 sq.—b) the Jewish name of the apo.
des Samaritaines,in Notices et Extraits stle Paulflvhich with aGreek ending be.
des Mss. etc'. T. XI. Paris 1829.—In came Zaiihoc q.v. Acts 9: 4, 17. 22: 7,
N.T. hiathlOtS. Luke9z52. 10233. 17: 13. 86: 14.
16. John 4:9, 39, 40. 8: 48. Acts 8:25. 201135;, 02, 6", (ohm-1,) bad, rotten,
IN Eat/saying, that, .',, a Samaritan putrid.
woman, John 4: 9 bis. a)pp.of vegetable or animal substances ,
Ewpooégqixn, 7);, t’, Samothracs, an as a tree and its fruit, fish, etc. Matt. 7:
17,18. 12:33 his. 13:48. Luke6z43 bis.
island in the N. E. part of the IEgean
sea, above the Hellespont, with a lofty —Arr. Diss. Epict.4.4.25. Dem.615. 1'1.
mountain, Acts 16:11. It was anciently b) trop. in a moral sense, corrupt,foul,
called Dardana, Leucania, and also Sa e.g. )téyog Eph. 4:29.—-Arr. Epict.3.22.
mos ; and to distinguish it from the other 61 8671,1111. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p.377”.
'Samos, the name of Thrace was added, zawr¢ifgrh 715, "1, Sapphire, [Syn
i. e. Eel/tog ep.,im, whence contr. Zapo vers. RTBE'I, beautiful,] pr. n. of the wife
Bpgixq. The island was celebrated for the of Auanias, Acts 5: 1. ‘. ,_
mysteries of Ceres and Proserpine, and Eoivrmlgog, 0v, :,, sapphircpa' pre
wasasacred as lum. Now called Saman cious stone, next in hardness and value
drachi. See IJiod. Sic. 3. 55. ib. 5. 47. to the diamond, mostly of a. blue colour
Plin.H. N. 5. 12. Miss. Herald 1836.p.246. in various shades, Rev. 21: 19. Sept.
hm
- I Elli/10?:
I 09, 1'), Samos, an island
. of
and Heb. ""59 Ex. 24: I0. 28: 18.—Jos.
~the higean, near the coast of Lydia, in Ant. 3. 7. 5. JELJLH. 14. 34. See Rees’
Asia Minor. It was celebrated for the Cycl. art. Gems.
worship of Juno, for its valuable pottery, Eagyoim, 27;, t1, (comp. Heb. 13's,
and as the birth-place of Pythagoras. Arum. 13?, to interweave, to braid,) pp.
Acts 20: 15.—Diod. Sic. 5. 81. Strabo any thing braided, twisted, interwoven,
XIV. p. 944., C. ' - 't c.g. a cord JEschyl. Suppl. 788 or 801.
s..- zufbavflh, 6, indec. Samuel, Heb. In N.T. a rope-basket, network of cords,
5.19m? (heard of God, or name of God,) 2 Cor. 11:33; comp. Acts 9: 25 mrupig.
pr. 11. of the celebrated Hebrew prophet, —Suid. cap-yam)’ oi ps‘v axowt’ov :1, 0i
the son of Elkanah and Hannah the last 5:‘ 'n'hs'ypa Tt Ex axon/ion. Athen. III. p.
of the “"395 or judges, who anointed Saul 1l9. B. IX. p. 407. E.
‘ind after'him David as king; see his 202502“, a”, ai, Sardis, the metro
history in 1 Sam. 1—25. - Acts 3: 24. polis of Lydia in Asia. Minor, situated
13: 30. Heb. ll: 32. at the foot of mount Tmolus on the banks
‘ EIZIJHJM’W, 6, indec. Sampson, Heb. of the river Pactolus, celebrated for its
1J9?!’ (sun-like) pr. n. of a Tilt-ii or judge wealth and voluptuous debauchery. Rev.
of ,Israel, famous for his strength, Heb. 1: 11. 3: l, 4.—Di0d. Sic. 13. 70. Xen.
11: 39. Comp. Judg. c. 1: 13—16. Cyr.7.2. 11,12.
 Edgbn'o;
Etifalvog, 0t), ('1, i. q. odpdwc q. v.
Rev. 4: 3 in text. rec.
20235105, 0!), i), sardius, sardian, a
precious stone of ablood-red or sometimes
of a flesh-colour, more commonly known
by the name of carnelian. Rev. 4: 3 in
later edit. 21: 20. Sept. odpdtov for Heb.
‘if! Ex. 28: 17. Ez. 28: 13. See Rees’
Cycl. art. Sardian and Gems engraved.
2x55150115, 11360;‘. i], sardonyz, a pre
cious stone exhibiting a. milk-white var
iety of the onyx or chalcedony, intermin
gled with shades or stripes of sardian or
carnelian Rev. 2l:20.-—Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5.
Plin. H. N. 37. 12. See Rees’ Cycl. art.
sardonyr and Gems engraved.
Eoigsa'm, wv, rd, Sarepta, Heb.
"51?, Zarephath, now Sarfend, a Pheni
cian town mid-way between T re and
Sidon, Luke 4: 26. Comp. 1 . l7: 9,
10. Chad. 20.—Jos. Ant. 8. l3. 2.
Eugxmég, 1'], 6r, (adpE,) found only To writ/pa.
in the Epistles, and not extant in pro
fane writers; fleshy, carnal, pertaining
to the flesh or body, opp. 1rweuparmog.
Comp. in Sept‘ no. 2.
a) gem. of things, n‘; aapxucé, i. q.
things corporeal, external, temporal, Rom.
15: 27. 1 Cor. 9:11.
b) as implying weakness, frailty, im.
perfection , e.g. of persons,carnal, worldly,
1 Cor. 3: 1 6:9 oapmxoic, (be wmrlou; e'v . mal nature or man, Heb. 2: l4. (Ecclus.
Xpwrgi. v. 3 bis, 4. ()f things, carnal,
human, 2 Cor. 1:12 oinc e'v ample oapxm'g.
10:4 511')“: oi: aapxuca, 6AM: down-a xmh.
Heb. 7: 16 0|’: Kara vii/1011 Evrohiig UflpKt
xfic, i.e. frail, transient, temporary, opp.
Kara diwapw (wile dxarahilrou. —- In I
Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 some read or’tpm
ro; in the same sense.
0) as implying sinfulness, sinful pro
pensity, carnal, e.g. of persons, Rom. 7:
14 £76: Be‘ aapxuaig el/st, i.e. under the in
fluence of carnal desires and afi'ections,
Of things, lPet. 2:11 15v oapmxd'w im
Oupuiy, carnal desires, i. e. having their
seat in the carnal nature. Comp. in
EépE no. 2. c.
Eoigmrog, n, or, (mipEQ fleshy, cor
pulent, Pol. 39. 2. 7. In N. T.fleshy, of duwiluswv. — Spec. mortal body, in dis‘
flesh, and therefore soft, yielding to an tinction from a future and spiritual ex
impression, opp. M'Bu'oc, 2 Cor. 3: 3 iv
whafi xapdlag aapm'ratc. Comp. Sept.
xapcia aapm'rn, H01). “:92, Ez.ll:l9. 36!
712 Edgg
26.—Plut. adv. Colot. 27 init.-- On I
Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 see in Eaprucér; b.
Ztigg, 601525;, i), 1E0]. m’1pE,(perh.
aalpw, 06pm, to strip 05,) flesh, sc. of a
living man or animal, in distinction
from that of a dead one, which is Kpt'ug.
l. pp.flesh, Sing. as one of the con
stituent parts of the body, Luke 24: 39
'm'eii/ra mipxa ml dorc'a otnc E'Xei. 1 Cor.
15:39 quater. So Sept. for"??? Gen.2:
21. 2 K. 5. 10, 14.. (Hom.Od. 19.4.50.
El. V. H. 4. 28. ib. 9. 13.) More com.
monly Plur. ui m’ipreg, q.d. fleshy parts,
comp. Passow s. v. Rev. 19: 18 quinq.
'lva <pé'y17re odour; fiaazhc'wv x.'r.)\. v. ‘2|;
trop. and hyperbol. i. q. to consume, to
destroy, James 5: 3; to mallreat Rev. 17:
16. So Sept. for ‘55713 Gen. 41: 2, 8. 2K.
9: 36. -1F.l. V. H. 9. 13. Diod. Sic. 3.
16. Plato Phaado 45.
2. meton. flesh, i. q. the body, corpus,
the animal or external nature, as distin
guished from the spiritual or inner man,
This us e of aépE is far
more frequent in N. . than in profane
writers, prob. in imitation of Heb. "$23.
a) gem. and without any good or evil
quality implied. (a) opp. to :ruefipa expr.
lCor. 5:5 :1;- dheepov rfic aapuig, 'lva rd
m'ci'lpa 00:65 K.-r.)\. 2001'. 7: 1. Col. 2:5.
1 Pet. 4: 6. Comp. Sept. and ‘77,3, opp.
‘55?. Is. 10: 18. Job 14:22. Also caps L'ai
aipa as a periphrasis for the whole ani
14: 18.) [So Rabb. B1} ‘1'23. Buxt. Lex.
Ch. p. 329.] Simply, John 6: 52, comp.
below. 2 Cor. l2: 7 oxéhotl: 1i aapu',
prob. external trials. Col. 1: 24. 2: l
1rp¢izronrdv you in! 11"] aapxl. v. 28. Heb.9:
10, 13. 1 Pet. 3: 21. Jude 8, 23. Acts
2: 26,31 1'] oépE you, my body, i. e. I,
quoted from Ps. 16:9 where Sept. for
‘Ii-‘21,1. Metaph. John 6: 51 ml 6 dome-“1"
oripE poo Early, i.e. Jesus himself is the
principle of life and nutrition to the re
generated soul. v. 53, 54, 55, 56. Comp.
Matt. 26: 26 et parall. where it is mipa.
Sept. genr. for "*3; Ez. 26: 36. Prov. l4:
80.—Jos. B. J. 6.1. 5. Arr. Epict. 8. 7.
2 sq. Plut. adv. Colot. 20. T.VI.p.249.
Tauchn. pz'xp: rfiv wept adpxa 'rfig tin/xii;
istence. 2 Cor. 4: 11 fi limb-Ev r27 Swirl]
aaprl ilpu'w. Gal. 2: 20. Phil. 1: 22, 24.
1 Pet. 4.: 2. Put for that which is
 20555
merely external or only apparent, in opp.
to what is spiritual and real. John 6:63
15 1n'u'lpc't Earl. n‘; Zworroioi'n', 1') oizpE m'm
bowls? oivde'v. 8: 15. 1 Cor. l: 26 oo¢0i
rarr': o'épm. 2 Cor. 5: 16 bis. Eph. 6:5
et Col. 3: 22 Kupioic Karo. oc'ipxa,i.e. ex
ternally, as to outward circumstances.
Philem. 16. So of outward aflliction,
trials, 1 Col‘. 7: 28 skid/w 5.: Ti] aapxi E
Eoumv. 2Cor. 7: 5. Gal. 4:13, 14.. vlPet.
4|: 1.—Spec. of circumcision in theflesh,
i.e. the external rite. Rom. 2: 28 0113:‘ 1',
iv To? :pavepq'i, Ev oapxl, nepwopr'r 11AM:
---1rrplro|u.fi xap§iag,iv 1rvu'41arl. K.r.)\. 4:
1 zbpnxéva: We. oépxa, lie. in respect to
circumcision. 2 Cor. ll: 18. Eph. 2: 11
1rzpiropfic Ev vapm'. Gal. 3: 3 viiv oapxi
inn-M21005‘ i. e. by circumcision, exter
nal rites, Judaism, comp. v. 2. Gal. 6:
12,13. Phil. 3. s, 4. bis. Col.2:13.—
(7) As the medium of external or natu
ral generation and descent, and of con
sequent kindred. John 1:13 065:‘ El: 90v’;
paroc oapxogu-c'ycyw'finoav. Rom. 9: 8
rir. re'xvu rfic o'apxzig. Heb. l2: 9. Eph.
5: 29, 30 e'K riig o'apxoc aim-oi? KCll e'ic rlDy
dors'uv (ii/1'05, in allusion to Gen. 2: 23.
29: 14., where Sept. and Heb. “123. Of
one's countrymen, Rom. ll: 14'. So Kari:
06pm, according to the flesh, i. e. as to
outward kindred, by natural descent,
Acts 2:30. Rom. 9:3. 1Cor.10:18. Gal.
4: 23, 29. Perh. Rom. 1:3 et 9:5, comp.
in no. 3. iv oapm' id. Eph. 2: ll 56w] iv
oapn’. So Sept. and “"2; Gen. 37: 27;
comp. Iudg.9:2. 2 Sam.5:l. 19: 13,14.
b) as implying weakness, frailty, im
perfectiomboth physical and moral; e.g.
opp. to rt) 1rwn7pn expr. Matt. 26: 41 et
Mark 14: 38 rd ‘KI/817'“! 1rp60vpov, 1'] 56‘
061,05 doflwhg. Also opp. r6 1w. ii-ymv,
John 3: 6 bis 'ro ‘ye-y. ix rfir; o’aproc, acipE
ion‘ mi r6 ye-y. ix 'rof: 1w. mail. Simply,
Rom. 6: 19 Bid rfiv doeéyuav 'rfig oapxog
i/pu'w. 2 Cor. l: v.3
'n'cpurarol'lv'rac. 17. bis.
10:2
S00'): Karaa'
m‘zpE xa
xai :l'Jpa
flesh and blood, q. d. frail feeble man, 1
Cor. 15:50. Gal. 1:16. Eph. 6: 12.
Opp. 6 1ra-n)p 6 iv ol'lp. Matt. 16:17.
Sept. genr. for ‘*3; Gen. 6: 3. Ps. 78:39.
--Ecclus. 28:5. Plut. adv. Colot. 30. T.
V I.p.264|. Tauchnxrfic nan‘; ohpxa fisovfic.
ib. Non posse suav. viv. 3. p. 180, IHKPI‘JV
ell/al. n‘. 17,; o'apxdg 1‘751'1. ib. 14. p. 198.
c) as implying sinfulness, proneness,
to sin, the carnal nature, the seat of car
713 Eélifiua
‘
nal appetites and desires, of sinful pas
sions and affections, whether physical or
moral; so in Paul, 2 Pet. lJohn. Comp.
Sept. and Heb. ‘*‘Eé Bee. 2: 3. 5: 5. A
similar influence the Greeks ascribed to
1.‘. (Tu-1,10,, see Plato Phaed010,ll,27,30.
Xen.Cyr.8.7.20. comp. Wisd. 9:15. So
as opp. mleiipa i. e. the Holy Spirit or his
influences, Rom. 8: 1 pr) Kurd oo'lpxa 1r:
pnrarof/ow, dMiz Kari: n-yeipa. v.4¢,5 bis,
6,9,13. Gal. 5: 16,17bis,19,24. 6:8
bis. Simply, Rom. 7: 5 5r: yirp fipw e'v
'rfi aapm'. v. 18,25. 8: 3 ter, 7,8,12 his.
13:14.. Gal. 5:13. Eph. 2: 3bis. Col.
2:11,18. 2 Pet. 2: 10, 18. 1 John 2:16.
—-—Theon. Alex. in Anthol. Gr. III. p.
226 vliov nuOr'wv iv r070’: 1ro'voig twilig
pag, E'Ew oaprog it”; x. r. X.
3. meton. ‘flesh, i.q. human nature, man,
homo, like Heb. “"235. Matt. 19: 5, 6,
i'a'orrai oi 560 u‘; oa'pi'a prov-“(Aha or'ipE
pt'a. Mark 10:8 bis. 1 Cor. 6:16. Eph.
5: 31. (So Sept. and ‘*2; Gen. 2: 24'.)
Jude 7 0619.1,’ érz’pa other flesh, i. e. not
their own, committing adultery with
other men's wives, or with foreigners.—
Also-n-c'wa a-a'pE allflesh,allmen, all man
kind, Luke 3:6. Jolm 17:2. Acts 2:17.
1 Pet. 1:24.. Oil-“711100. oa'pE, no flesh,
no man, where 01': qualifies the interven
ing verb,see in Or’: a. 7. Matt. 24.: 22.
Mark 13: 20. Rom. 3: 20. Gal. 2: 16.
[in-“micro oépE id. ICor.l:29. So Sept.
and figs-Ba Gen. 6: 12. Ps. 65: 3. Is.
40; 5, 7. Jer. 25: 31. c. ,ufi Ecclus. so:
20, 29.—Spec. of the incarnation of
Christ, his incarnate human nature.
John 1:14 6 X6709 oizpE e'yivsro. 1 John
4: 2, 3 Xp. Ev aapxl E'Xnhuaéra. 2 John
7. Rom. 1:3 Kara o'épra. 9: 5. Eph. 2:
15 '01 vii oapxi airroz'l. ITim. 3:16. Heb.
5.7. 10:20. lPet. 3:18. 41. Col. 1.22
6')! n} ou'upari rfig oapxdg ailroii, q.d. in his
body incarnate, comp.Buttm. §n.123. 4.
Winer § 34. 2. Comp. Ecclus. 23: 16.
24521106’ 6, Saruch, see Zepoi'ix.
202506), 5, f. 6mm, (aal'pw,) to sweep,
to cleanse with a broom, c. acc. Luke 15:
8 Kai capo? Thy oixlav. Pass. Matt. 12:
44.. Luke 11: 25. — Artemid. 2. 33. p.
119. Pamphil. in Geopon. 13.154. A
later form instead of the earlier oalpu,
Lob. ad Phr. p. 83. Sturz de Dial. Mac.
p. 192.
Ell/(3606, (1?, 1'), Sarah, Hebfi‘f? v. "IF-2
 Edgar ’ 714
.
(priucess),pr. n. of the wife of Abraham,
Rom, 4:19. 9:9. H61). 1121]. 1Pet.3:6.
2055017, 40909‘, 6, Saran, HebJ‘W,5 Sila
ron, (for 1"“9'1, a plain) pr. n. of a level
tract of Palestine along the sea-coast
between Cesareea and Joppa, celebrated
for its rich fields and pastures, ActsSz35.
Comp. Is. 33: 9. 65: 10. l Chr. 27:29.
See Relandi Palmst. p. 188, 370.
2637M’, 6, indec. 2 Cor. 12: 7, else
where Earan'ic, &, c", Satan, Heb??? pp.
adversary; in N. T. mostly 0. art. the
Adversary, as the Heb. proper name for
the devil, Gr. 6 5u'zgokoq, the prince of
the fallen angels; see fully in Aullgohog'
b. and comp. Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1464,
1495. Matt. 4.: 10. 10; 26 bis. Mark 4:
15. Luke 10: 18 comp. in Aatpénov b.
92: 3,31. John 13: 27. Acts 26:l8.al.
SO Heb. ‘113?’? Sept. Buigohog l Chr. 21:
1. Job 1: 6 sq. —— Ecclus. 21: 27. Test.
XII Patr. p. 650, 657 (11rd ‘rot? aarami
xul rim 1rveuyérwv ai'roi. —- As present
in men tempting them to evil, Matt. 16:
417. In N.T. to stand inawe ofany one,
23 et Mark 8: 33 {bra-y: dwrt'uw Forbea
ray&,comp. Luke 22:3. Acts5z3. Others i.q. to reverence, t0 venerale, to worship,
here refer it directly to Peter in the sense
of adversary,- as Sept. for T5? 1 K.ll:l4|,
23, 25. comp. 23am. 19:23 where Sept.
im'govhog. AL.
Eai‘rov, 00, 1-6, ‘mm, a measure,
Heb. "15°, nah, Aram. NPR? Buxt. Lex.
ChakLRabJM-‘i, a Hebrew measure for
things dry, Matt. 13: 33. Luke 13: 91.
According to the Rabbins it was i.q. the
third part of an ephah, and according to
Jerome on Matt. 1. c. was equal to a mo
dius and a half; hence equivalent to
nearly 1;» peck English. Comp. in M0’.
510;. Jahn § ll4.—-Jos. Ant. 9.4.5 pen.
zafiMs‘, ov, a, Saul,
a Greek termination, the i..llewish
.Eam'lhname
with
of Paul. Acts 7: 58. 8: 1,3. 9: 1,8,
11,19, 29, 24, 26. 11:25, 30. 12:25.
13: 1, 2, 7, 9.
ZOW'TOG, 77;, 017, see in Eeaurut'l
Ecél’l'whl, f. agc'o'w to quench, to ca:
tinguish, trans.
a) pp. a light, fire. 0. acc. Matt. 12:20
Myov rmpo'psvov or’: agent, see in All/0v.
Eph. 6: 16. Heb. 11:34. Pass. to be
quenched, to go out, Matt.25:8 ai )mpm't
3:9. Mark 9: 44,46,48. Sept. [act.
for "E? , pass. for] *5? ls. 4'2: 3. Luv. 6:
Esfiao‘ra';
12, 13 [in the Heb. v. 5, 6.];[Pasa-t'or]
‘1123101) 21: 17.—Luc. D. Deor. 10. l.
Thuc. 2. 77.
b)trop.i.q.todamp, to kinder, to repress,
to prevent any thing from exerting its
full influence, 0. ace. 1 Thess. 5: 19 n‘)
1rveiipa pr‘; a€éwura Sept. afie'nu n‘yv
r’z-yr'umv for "513 Cant. 8: 7. -— Jos. B. J.
6. 1. 4| cg. n‘lv apa'v. 1E1. V. H. 6. 1.
314051’. Plut. ycurg. 20.
220507017, 77;, 017, also contr. eavrofi,
17¢, oi}, (mi, (tin-69,) reflex. pers. pron. 9
pers. sing. genit. of tbysetf, dat. cream-‘,5,
ii, 93,10 thyself, etc. Gen. John 1: 22.
Acts 26: 1. al. Dat. Acts 9: 34. 16:28.
al. Ace. Matt. 4: 6. 8: 4. Luke 10:27.
al. See Buttm. § 74. 3.--Wherea spe
cial emphasis is to be laid on ain-o’g, it is
written separatelby, e.g. Luke 2: 35 ral
am? 5:‘ aim'ic. ee Matth. § 14.8. n. 2.
Buttm. § 127. 3. An.
Eecoigopm, f. daopat, depon. Mid.
az'gag, végopm) to be shy of doing any
t ing, to be h'mid,tofear,Hom.Il. 6.161,
Rom. l: 25 Eaegdaenzmv ral e'Aa'rpsuaav
r5 wine—Hesych. iaefidaflqaav' angri
a'pam a'poa'en'u/nmr V.
zécflw'fhu, 709‘, 1'6 a'ifidlopah) dn
object of worship, any t ing venerated
and worshipped, e.g. a god, 7mm, Acts
17: Q3. 9 Thess. 2: 4|. -— "Visd. 14: 20.
Bel and Drag. 27. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.
30. il). 5. l.
Begum-6;, fi, 6v, (aeédlopm) pp.
venerated, august, Lat. augustus, Hesych.
néaardg'vrpomrwqrogfl qrdc. In N. T.
as an honorary title,'an then pr. n. 5
Zegaardg, Lat. Augustus. .
at) pp. a title first assumed by Cmsar
Octavianns, and retained by his succes
sors as a personal appellation: comp.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 169. Spoken of
Nero, Acts '25: 21, 25. -— Philo Leg. ad
Cai. p. 1012. D. Hdian. 9. 10.19.
b) adj. Augustan, pertaining to Au
gustus, as o'rrnpr) Esfiaarr'y the Augustan
cohort, Acts 97: 1. Several of the R0_
man legions also bore this honorary title,
comp. Claudian. de Bell. Gild. 4,222
Ptolem. 2. 9 M-yuhv ewe?“ Elgao'n'y. 4.
3, 9. comp. Tacit. Ann. 14. 15.—Others
suppose it to be a Samaritan eoboft. 50
ca led from Eefiarn’], Sebam, the name
 2664: 715 Eewo'm';
given by Herod the Great to Samaria in Zexez’mua, mg, ,3, Selmsim'a may of
honour of Augustus. Josephus mentions Syria,situated west of Antioch on the‘sea
troops called Eefidmvm, prob. from Se coastnearthe mouth of theOrontes; celled
bastc or Samaria, Ant. 20. 6. 1. ib. 20. sometimes SeleuciaPl'eria, from theneigh
8. 7. BJ. 2. 4. 3. ib. 2. 12. 5. bouring Mount Pierius, and also Seleucia
Eéfiw, Pind. Olymp. 14.. 17. Xen. ad mare, in order to distinguish it from
Mem. 4. 5: 19; more usually aégopm, de several other cities of the same name in
pon.Pass.defect. to be shy, timid, toe/lame Syria and the vicinity, all so called from
one's self, Horn. 11. 4. 242. In N. T. only Seleucus Nicanor. Acts 13:4.--1Maoc.
depon. to reverence, to venerate, to worship 11:8. J08. Ant. 18. 9. 8. Pol. 5. 59. l.
God, c. acc. Matt. 15:9 at Mark 7: 7 EEM’M, 11;, a, (co... light, bright.
pérnr 3e‘ aéfiovral ,ue, quoted from Is. ness,) the moon, Matt. 24: 29. Mark 13:
29: 13 where Sept. for W?! . Acts 18: 24'. Luke 21:95. Acts 9:20. ICor. 15:
13. 19: 27. Sept. for N2: Josh. 4.. 24.. 4.1. Rev. 6: 12. 8: 19. 12: 1. 21: 23.
Job 1: 9. —Jos.Ant. 9. 10. l. Diod.Sic. Sept. for 1531 Gen.37:8. Ier.31:37. Joel
]. 85. Xen. Ag. 3. 2. -- Spec. part. a’: 2: 31.—Hdian. 5.6.11. Xen.Mem.4¢.3.4.
gépsuogm, ow, absoLor seq. n‘w 966V, i.e.
worshipping God, religious, devout, spoken Eeknmigopial, f. doopai, (osh'p'm)
of proselytes to Judaism from the hen, to be moomstruck, lunatic, in Greek usage
then, in distinction from the Jews, Acts i.q. to be epileptic, to be qfllz'cted wit/l epil
13:43,“); 16:14- 17:4,17. 1817. AL. Iepsy, the symptoms of which ‘were sup
Eng“, “5 7i, (e'ipw necto,) a cord, posed to become more aggravated with
the increasing moon; comp. Ltic. Tex.
band, Hdot. 7. 85; in N. T. a chain, 2
24 where a certain womanWXé-ft‘ro 3:‘
Pet. 9: 4|, comp. in Zd¢oc.——JOS. Ant. 3. ml Kara‘ln'm'ew rpdg rfivoekfivnv, allia'vo
7.5 Luc.D.Deor. 21. 1. id. Hermot. 3. ,uc'vrlv. This disease in N. T. and else
251096;, 05, a, (veto) motion, a where is ascribed to the influence ot'rdi:
shaking, concussion, e.g. clean spirits, demons, see in Ampdvmv,
a) gem. iv 17“, Sakéo'oy, i.q. a tempest, AGI'IOVI’ZOILGL. See also Luc. Philops.
tornado, Matt. 8: 24. So Sept. for ":2? , 16. Act. Thom. § 12. Isidor. On'gg. 4."?
"EZRJer. 23: 19. Neh. l: 3. ' “ cadens zeger spasrnam patiatur. Hos
b) spec. an earthquake. Matt. 24: 7 etiam vulgus lunuticol vocat, qnod per
i'lrovrat azwpoi Kurd. Tli'll'flUL‘. 27:54. 28: hunc cursum'cornitetur eos insania doe;
9. Mark 13: 8. Luke 21:11. Acts 16: monum."-- Matt.- 4:~24.. 17: 15 fire as
26. Rev. 6:12. 8:5. 11:13 bis,l9. 16: MwdZe-rm Kai Kambg min-X“, comp.v.18
18 bis. So Sept. for V5?) Is. 29: 6. Am. et Mark 9: 17 et Luke 9: 39, Where it
1: l. Zech. 14: 5.—Jos. Ant. 5. 5.3 pen. is referred to a Satpdmov, 'I’IIU-lfltL—AC-t.
I'El. V.H. 4. l7. Xen. H.G. 3. Q. 24.. Thom.§ 19. Manetho 4. 81, 216.
'1 zfil'w, f. atom, to move to andfro, to Eeoef, a, indee. Sunei, Heb. first?
shake,with the idea of shook,concussion, Shemei, (renowned) pr. n. m. Luke 3:26.
trans. ,
11 a) pp.Rev.6:l3 ¢vnfi---v'nr6,iwy. dvs'pou Eefu'dahg, em, t, fine flour, Rev.
a'eiopéw). Of earthquakes, Matt. 27:51 18: 13. Sept. oft for "Eb Ex. 29: 2, 4.0.
1‘, 'yfi iau'aflrl. Act. 0. acc. Heb. 12:26 Lev. 2: l.—Ecclus. 38: ll. Jos. Ant. 3.
Gain) 01’: pévov n‘yv 'yfiv, 11AM: mi 1131' 06pm 9. 4'. ib. B. 2. 4.. Poll. Onom. I. “247.
rov, in allusion to Hagg. 2: 6 et Joel 3: Espwo'g, 27', 0'1’, (oégopom) venerable,
16 where Sept. [Pass] for ‘Jill—Luc. reverend, Lat. uenerandus, 2 Macc. 8: 15.
Bacc.2. Pausan. 3.5.8. Xen. H.G.4.7.4|. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 37. In N. T. of things,
b) trop. to move in mind, to agitate, to honourable, reputable, Phil. 4: 8; of per
pntin commotion and perturbation. Matt. sons, grave, dignified, 1 Tim. 3:8,11.
21: 10 c'cm'adn 1‘, ardhc. 28: 4.. Sept. for 'l‘it. 2: ‘2.-—Luc. D. Mort. 12. 3. Hdian.
#522 [Hiph.] Is. 14.. 10. Ez. 31: 16.-— l. 2. 6 Gift"?! fitter mi flit‘: m’eppovi. Diog.
Find. Pyth. 4. 4.84 ro'hv. Helidor. X. Laertfl. ‘24' aimipxqg 3:‘ fly Kai vein/6;; w.
p. 484,. Antiph. 14.6. 22. Socrates. 3 - We“?
Zezofiydog, 0v, 6, Lat. Secundus, pr. 22(141'67'775 77709, 1'), (otpvég) vener
n. of a Christian, Acts ‘20: 4. ableness, sanctity, 2 Macc. 3: 12. Jos. B.
 255710; 716 fry/1.270;‘
J. 6. 5. 1. In N.T. gravity, dignilg,pr0 9 Cor. 12: 12 rd mpe'ia roi'l droa‘rdhou.
bitg, 1 Tim. 2: 2 iv m'wg n'laegeiq Kai 2 Thess. 3: l7 5 Earl 01”‘. iv mia'g in
acpmirnn. 3:41. Tit. 2:7.-—J08.Vit. § 49. oroh‘fi. So Sept. and h‘! 1 Sam. 14:10.
El. V. H. 2. 13 “pi/drug Biou. Xen. Cyr. 9 K. 19: 29- 20:8.-—-J08.B. J.1.9.5. Es
8. 3. 1. chin.67.42. Pol.3.30.2. Xen.Conv.8.34.
255740;, W, 6. Sergius, i.e. Sergius b) a sign by which the divine power
Paulus, a Roman proconsul in command and majesty is made known, i.e. a super
at Cyprus, converted under the preach natural event or act, a token, wonder, mi.
ing of Paul and Barnabas, Acts 13: 7. racle, by which the power and presence
See in 'AvBinrarog. of God is manifested, either directly or
through the agency of those whom he
2550576, 6, indec. Seruch, Heb. mi;
sends. (a) As wrought of God, 1 Cor.
(a branch,) Serug, pr. n. of the father of 14: 22 (in: (u' 'yhu'm'cral. eig mypciov riaiv,
Nahor, Luke 3:35. Comp. Gen. 11:20. oil mic mm-u'mvau', dMiz r079 drie'roig,
In text. rec. Eapoiix. i. e. a token to the unbelieving of God's
269, 6, indec. Seth, Heb. "13. (replac presence and power, comp. v. 25; or per
ing ,) pr. not the third son ofAdam, Luke haps a sign of the divine displeasure,
3: 38. ' comp. v. 21. So r6 arype'iov 'Iwmi the sign
29,7111, i1,indec. Sem, Heb. a? (name, ofJonah, i.e. which God wrought in the
renown,) Shem, pr. n. of the eldest son of case of Jonah, Matt. 12: 39, comp. v. 40.
Noah, Luke 3:36. Comp. Gen. 5: 32. Matt. 16: 4.. Luke 11:29. Meton. of
10: 1 sq. persons sent from God, whose character
and acts are a manifestation ofthe divine
zflfba/"w, t'. avd), (afipa sign, signal ,)
power, Luke 11:30 x4198); e’yévn-o 'Iunig
aor. I ém'lpiiva Acts 11: 28. al. instead of arl'uziov ro'ig Nn'zu'irtuc. 2: 34057-09 xzirai
the more Attic im'ymva, as also Esth. 2: male mlpciov c'wnhz'yélusvov. Also of
22. Judg. 7. 21. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 28. signs, wonders, miracles which God is
Comp. Buttm. §101. n. 2. Lob. ad Phr. said to do through any one, T0157)’ Eu’:
p. '24. Winer p. 81.—To give a sign or ru'oc, joined with rz'para, e. g. Acts 2:
signal, i. e. public, Sept. for I“)?! Num.
22, 43. 42 30. 5:12. 14:3. 15.l2.-So
10:9. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 6. Xen. An. 5. 2. oil/Leia Kai re'para El. V. H. 12. 57. Pol.
19. In N. T. to signify, i. e. to make
3. 112. 8.—-Spec. as fore-showing future
known, to declare, seq. orat. indir. John
events, a sign of future things, a porftnt,
12: 33 a'rlpaivwy, not’? savdrtp iflizMev
presage. Matt. 16: 3 aqpeia 743v miptiw.
drofiw’lzrxew, 18: 32. 21:19. seq. acc. et i. e. the miraculous events and deeds
inf. Acts 11: 28. c. acc. simpl. Acts 25: which foreshow the coming of the Mes
27 Tile Km" airrm': ain'ag an/afivai. absol. siah in his kingdom; comp. Ecclus.33
Rev. 1:1. Sept. for 1"?!‘ Esth.2:82.—Jos. [36]: 6, 8. Matt. 24: 3 Ti r5 onpziov 717:;
Ant. l1|.6.3. Pol.2.27.3. Xen.Cyr. 2. 4. 4,.
afic 'n'upovaiag; v.30. Mark 13:4’. Luke
Emmi-ray) 0”! To‘, ‘hi/la’) a signv 21: 7, 11 anpc‘ia l’ur' oilpavol'l ps-ydha. v.
signal, Hdian.4,.l 1.8. an ensign, standard, 25. ‘Acts 2: l9. Rev. 12: 1,3. 15:1.
Sept. for 5.! Is. 1]: 12. Hdian. 8. 5. 22. Sept. and "5!‘ Deut. l3: 1, 2.—-Jos. 13.1.
Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 4. sign ot'something past, proem. § 11. El. V. H. l. 29. Plut. Ti
a memorial, monument, Sept. for 1'1‘! Josh. mol.8.—(B) Ot'signs,wonders,miracla,
4|: 6. Jos.B. J. 1. 10.3. In N.T. a sign, wrought by Jesus and his apostles in
mark, token, e. g. proof and furtherance of their divine
a) pp. 0 sign, by which any thing is mission. Matt. 12: 38 Qékopev i'urb UOI-l
designated,distinguished, known. Matt. myu'iov iacir. v.39 bis. 16:1,4 bis. Mark
26: 48 Z'dwxev ain'oig orlpz'iov par)» Rom. 8: 11 aq/Jciov (in-(i r017 oilparofi. v. 12 bis.
4: ll 017p. E'Xaéz weptropfig, i. e. circum 16:17, 20. Luke 11:16, 29 bis. 23: 8.
cision as n‘: anpciov 'rfic Emefim, comp. In John only in this sense, 0. 2: 11, I8,
Gen. 9:12, l3. l7: ll,where Sept. and 23. a; 2. 4.: 54,. e; 2,14,26,30. 7: 31.
h"18.-—-Thuc.6.3l. ib. 4. III bis—Spec. 9:16. 10:41. 11:47. 12:18,37. 20:30.
a sign by which the character and truth Acts 4:16,?2. 8:6.1C0r.1.29. Joined with
of any person or thing is known, a token, 'répnra, dumipug, John 4: 48. Acts 6: 8.
proof. Luke 2: 12 roi/ro iqfiv r6 anpzior. 7:36. 8:13. Rom. 151l9. QCOF. 12: l‘).
 Enpouéw 717
Heb. 2: 4. Sept. and 11‘! Ex. 4: 8 sq. 17,
28, 30.—(y) Spoken analogically of
signs, wonders, wrought by false pro
]giets claiming to act by divine authority,
ev.13:13,14.. 16:14.. 19: 20. c. rc'para
MatL24z24. Mark 13: 22. Q Thess.2:9.
271M360), 67, f. 130w, (mppfiov, afi 11,)
to sign, to mark, to note with marks, $01
3. 39. 8. In N.T. only Mid. to markfor
one's self, to note, c. ace. 2 Thess. 3: 14
ruiirov enpuoz'mtk, note that man, q. (i.
set a mark upon him as one to be shunned.
Pol. 22. ll. 12. ib. 1. 4.7. 1. Others in
2 Thess. l. c. to aigmfi/Jopoint out, sc. to
me, connecting Eu‘; rfic Emdrohfic with it.
SeeWiner p.93.—Philode Jos.p.560.A.
2;”115201', adv. Att. rfipepow, (qs. r5)
jaw, Sept. for "17'? Judg. 15: 15 sq. Xen.
Wipe.) tv-day, this day Eq. 1. 8. In N.T. genr. the cheek, Matt.
a) pp. Matt. 6: ll 66¢ h'uiv ahpepor. 5: 39. Luke 6: 29. So Sept. and
v.30. 16:3. 21:28. 27:19. Mark 14:30. K. 22: 24. Lam. 3: 29. Cant. 5: 14.
Luke 2:11. 5: 26. 12: 28. 19: 5,9. 22:
31. 23:43. 24:21. Acts 27:33. Heb.l3:
8. James 4:13. Luke 13:3-2,33 m’ypepov
xal ailpiov, see in Aiipiov. Sept. for “"7!
Gen. 4.: 13. 4.0: 7. Ex. 16:25.—-Hdian.
7. 5. ll. Luc. Paras. 8.—With the art.
as adj. 1', afipepov sc. 1'1 épa, i.q. this very
day, Acts 19: 40. See uttm.§125.6,7.
b) i. q. at this time, now, Luke 4: 21
m'I/Jepoy 1re1rhi|parrat 1') 'ypmpr‘, aiiny. Acts
4: 9. 13:33. 22: 3. 24: 21. 26: 2, 29.
Heb. 1: 5. 3: 7, 13, 15. 4:7 bis. 5:5. 2
C0r.3:15 E'wg' w'lpepor. So Sept. and n5"!
Deut. l: 39. 1 Sam. 12: 17.—With the
art. as adj. 1'; m'lpepov sc. filue'pa, Buttm.
l. c. Acts 20:26 z'v n] m'lpepov fipe'pq. S0
('ixp: riig ohpepov 2 (lor. 3: 14., pe'xpt rfic
cn'lpepoy Matt.11:23. 28:15, and Zen; rfic
m’uuepov Matt.27:8. Rom. 11:8 unto this
day, i. e. until the present time, until now.
EU’WW, f. the», to cause to rat, to cor
rupt, to destroy, Sept. for Job 40:12.
Dion. Hal. 1]. 37. Usually and in N.T.
Pass. m’rrropat, 2 pert‘. uéamra, intrans.
to rat, to be corrupted, i. q. to perish:
James 5: 2 6 what/roe i416” ae'amre, i. e.
your hoarded stores. See Buttm. §97.
5. n. 5. §113.n. 3. Sept. for PP); Niph.
Ps. 38: 6.—-Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 9. 181. V. H.
19. 40. Xen. (Ec. 19.11.
Engueog, 9?, 6w, (or'lp silk-worm)
n'lhen, of silk, Jos. B. J. 7. 5. 4. Eo'flr'loern
a'npmaic. In N. T. neut. n‘. mppurov
subst. silk, silken stigfi, Rev. 18:19.
2%, Mrée, a, (Heb. D9,) a mm,
215a?»
cloth-worm, Matt. 6: 19,20. Luke 12:
33. Sept. for be Is. 51: 8. w‘; Is. 50; 9.
—Theophr. H. Pl. 1. 16 rm'n'o m1 1rpbg
ror);- zrfi'rac Ev roic ipart'olc t't'yaeo'v.
Zm'éggw'roe, ov, a, .7, adj. (win, 3..
€péaxw,) moth-eaten, James 5:2 ipc’ma
ilpo-n' crrrrogpwra. SO Sept. for ‘5! “59.8: ‘113
Job 13: 28.
2057660, 5, f. 00w, (aOévog strength.)
to strengthen, to confirm, absol. 1 Pet. 5:
10 aflevo'mzt, or as in text. rec. Opt.
aflevdwai , comp. Winer p.273.——Hesych.
aflevu'wa' {maxi/act, 3vvapéwet. A late
form, not found elsewhere; comp. H.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 678.
zlaya/n', 61%;, 1'], pp. the jaw-bone,
1
217020, 6;, i‘. flaw, (alfw, 10 hi8t,) (0
be silent, still, to keep silence.
a) gem. intrans. Luke 9: 36 ain'ol io'l
yna'av. 20: 26. Acts 12: 17. 15:19, 13.
1 Cor. 14.:28,30,341. Sept. for sing-‘.1 Ex.
14:14. "$31! Ecc. 3: 7.—-Dem. 291. 20.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 6.
b) trans. to keep in silence, to keep secret,
Pass. Rom. 16:25 pverrnpiov Xpoyou; alw
w'mc awt-yqpe'vow—Eurip. Med. 80 or
81 01711 Royal’. Comp. Hdian. 4|. 5. 13.
2176, 5;, 1", (cnyéw) silence, Acts
21: 4.0 1ro)\)\r‘]c m-yfic. Rev. 8:l.—Wisd.
18: 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 25 MAM) c171‘).
215735209‘, toa, E0", contr. at5r1pm7g, &,
06v, (m'5npog,) iron, ofiron, Acts 12: 10
with" n‘1v aisrypiiv. Rev.2:27. 9:9. 12: 5.
19:15. Sept. for ‘>11; Lev. 26:19. Deut.
3:1 l.--Dem. 778.90. Xen. Cyr. 6.1.30.
Eibngog, or), 6, iron, Rev. 18: 12.
Sept. for 53‘; Gen. 4.: 21. l K. 6: 7.—
Dem. 645. 16. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 93.
2484», 5mg, :1, Sidon, Heb. We:
Zidon, a celebrated commercial city of
Phenicia, situated on the sea coast north
ward of Tyre, and now called Saide;
every where coupled with Tyre, except
twice, Acts 27: 3. Luke 4: 26 tic 26p:
1rra rr'lc 2156mm, i.e. the country or terri
tory of Sidon. So Matt. 11: 21 iv Ta'lpqt
“1121451704. v. 22. 15: 21. Mark 8: 8. 7:
24, 31. Luke 6:17. 10: 13, 14.—The
name 15'"! signifies fishing, fishery, and
such is the etymology given by Justin
 2150010; 718
18. 8; comp. Gesen. Lex. s. voc. But
Josephus derives it from Sidon the eldest
son of Canaan, Gen. 10:15. Jos. Ant.
1.6.2. Sidon is a very ancient city, Gen.
10:19. 4.4: 13; and was assigned by
Joshua to the tribe of Asher, but never
subdued by them, Judg. 1:31. 10:12.
J03. Ant. 5.41. 1 in 1rpo-y6vuv c'hevtiépa.
It afterwards surrendered to Salmanas
sar king of Assyria; and was destroyed
by Artaxerxes Ochus king of Persia
about 340 B. C. Jos. Ant. 9. 14. 12.
Diod. Sic. 16. 41 sq. It was again re
built, and not long after was taken by
Alexander the Great, before the siege of
Tyre, Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 3. After his death 17:41,10,14,15. 18:5.
it was subject alternately t0 the kings of
Syria and of Egypt, and then to the zlhwoith, b v. M, indec. Siloam, Heb.
Romans. At present the population of 12157? (sent, a sending so. of water,) Shi
Saide is estimated at from 8000 t010,000,
mostl Mohammedans. See Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 20 sq.
Elba'mog, 1'00, 0v, Sidonian, and 01
2134mm: the Sidonians, citizens of Sidon,
Acts 12: 20. In Mss. Luke 4: 26 Edge
1rra r1"); Zibwm'ac sc. Xépagn—JosA nt. 1 7.
12. l. _ unite in placing the fountain of Siloam
zmoifwg, 01), b, Lat. sicarius, (from
sica dagger,) pp. a dagger-man, assassin,
robber, Acts 21 : 38. Comp. Jos. Ant.20.
8. 6. B. J. 2. 13. 5.——Bands of robbers
of this name and character were common
in J udea under the procurators; Jos. B.
J. 2. l3. 3 eibac hydra-71101 sahm'tpsvo: tn
A'dptoin-raig Eafir'lo'ww inroxpt'nrrovrcg in.
xpa Eupibm. Ant. 20. 8. 5. Comp. Jos.
B. J. 7. 0. 8—1 1.
2;»! 06, 16, Heb. “2!? , indec. (genit.
a'hccpog' useb. Pracp. Evang. 6. 10,) 11:’
kera, i. e. strong drink, any intoxicating
liquor, whether wine Num. 28: 7, or
more usually as prepared from grain,
fruit, honey, dates, etc. Luke 1: 15 01
wow Kai m'upa of: in) rig. So Sept. and
"91.? Lev. 10: 9. Dent. 29: 6. Jndg. 13:
4, 7, 14. —- Hieron. ad Nepot. Opp. ed.
Martian. IV. p. 364, “ Sihem Hebraeo
sermoue omnis potio, qua) inebriare po
test, sive illa qua: frumento conficitur,
live pomorum succo; aut cum favi deco
quunturin dulcem ct barbaram potionem;
aut palmarum fructus exprimuntur in li
quorem, ooctisque frugibus aqua pingui
or coloratur." Plin. H. N. 14. 19, " Fi
erent vina et a pomis, primumque e pal
Eat-win (_
mis qparum Palaestina fenciasima fuit,
quo arthi et Indi utuntur, ct Oriens
totus." The Egyptians prepared a simi
lar
Sic.drink from barley, Hdot.2.77.
l.20,3l. ,
2170;, see in Ethanol/dc. it.‘
2171000009 017, b,Silvamls,alsooontr.
20mg, a, 0, Silas, pr. n. of a distinguish
ed Christian teacher, the companion of
Paul in his journies in Asia Minor and
Greece. The former name is found only
in the Epistles; the latter only in Acts;
(Lg. Elhovai'o'g, 2 Cor. 1: 19. 1Thess. 1:
l. 2Thess.1:1. 1Pet.5:12. Eihag, Acts
15:22, 27,32,34,40. 16: 19,25,211.
loah, Siloah, pr. n. of a fountain in the
valley by Jerusalem, John 9:7,“ KUA‘U'I'
@fydpa 106 EA. Luke 13: 4| 5 T‘IIJPYOQ iv
1' " 211)‘. see in Hi'ip-yog. So Sept. for Heb.
15"? Is. 8: 6. Josephus usually {I Ztkuép,
once r017 211106;; B. Juli. 7. 2, and once
'roii Zthwd' ib. 2. 16.2. -—— Ancient tradi
tion and the testimony of all travellers
on the southeastern part of Jerusalem,
near the foot of Mount Zion, having M0
riah on the north. Here, at the present
day a fountain issues from the rock, at
first twenty feet or more below the sur
face of the ground, into a reservoir, to
which there is a descent by two flights
of steps; from this place it makes its way
several rods under the mountain, and
then appears again as a beautiful rill
winding its way down into the valley to
wards the south-east. The water is soft,
of a sweetish taste and pleasant; accord
ingwellwith the description of Josephus.
yhvxfia mi wohhr) 1rry'yr'y, B. J. 5. 4. 1. Sec
Miss. Herald 1824.. p.66. Calmet p.854,
565.—Several modern critics, as Gesen
ius, Tholuck, and others, assign the lo
cation of Siloam to the south-western side
of Mount Zion, in the valley which runs
northward from the upper part of the
Valley of Hinnom; comp. Miss. Herald
1824. p. 40. This opinion is founded
chiefly on two passages of Josephus.
which may indeed be so understood, but
not necessarily; and no traveller makes
mention of any fountain on this side of
the city. Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. l2. 2.
 Elam/Minor 719 201559
comp; B. J. 6. 7. 2. ib. 6. 8. 5. See Ge bore the name of Sinai, is now called
sen. Lox. art. ‘3'51". Comment. on Is. 7: lb'ebel Mousa, Mount of
3. Tholuck Beytr. z. Erkl. des N. T. p. bses. 'At its foot is a convent of Ca
123 sq. comp. Relandi Palzestina p.858. tholic monks situated in a narrow valley.
Contra, Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. Directly behind the convent, towards the
250. J. Olshausen zur Topogr. des alten south-west, the mountain rises with a
Jerus. p. 4 sq. 46 sq. steep ascent; and after three quarters of
Elam/9040», 00, rd, Lat. semicinc an hour there is a small plain or lower
tium, i. e. an apron, prob. of linen, worn summit, still called Ib'ebel Oreb, or Ho
by artisans, etc. Acts 19: 12. Comp. reb, Heb. =75" ; Where the law is also
Wetst. N. T. ad loc. said to have been given, Deut. l: 6. 4:
211mm, mag, 11, Simon, Hebffwffi (a 10,15. 5: 2. al. comp. Ex.19: ll, 23.
hearing) Simeon, pr.n. of several persons. 24:16. From hence a still steeper ascent
1. Simon Peter, the apostle, see in of half an hour leads to the peak of the
ne'rpog', Matt. 13: 55. 17:25. Luke 4: mountain. On the W. S. W. of Djebel
38. 22:3Lal. Elsewhere he is also called Mousa lies mount St Catharine, still
higher, and separated from the former
Et'pwv b M'yiipevoc v. imx'ahol'lluevoc He'
rpoc, Matt. 4: 18. 10: 2. Acts 10; 18. b'lli'avels
a narrow valley. See Burckhardt's
in Syria etc. 4t0. p. 565 sq. Riip.
ll: 13. Eipuv b'vo/m Hirpog Mark 3:16,
comp. Luke 6: l4. Elpuv IIérpog Matt. pell's Reisen in Nubien u. dem petr.
16:16. Luke 5:8. John 1:41. 6:8. 13: Arabien, 1829. Also fully in Bibl. Re
6, 9. al. Zlpuv 6 wide 'Itwfi John 1:43. p05. II. p. 765 sq. Calmet p. 412 sq.—
Eipaw Bap-'Jwmi Matt. 16:17. Zips”! Acts 7: 30, 58. Gal. 4: 24:, 25.
'Iuvd John 21; 15, 10, 17. 21mm, am, Hi, mustard, sinapis
2. Simon Zelotes Luke 6: 15. Acts 1: orientalis, a plant often growing in the
13, or b Km'am'rryc Matt. 10:4. Mark fertile soil of Palestine to a very consid
3: 18, also an apostle; see in Zrlhwripg erable size, Matt. 13: 31. Mark 4:31.
and Kamvirnc. Luke l3: 19. See Buxt. Lex. Chald.
3. Simon,brother of the apostles James Rabb. 823. The expression néxxov m
the Less, and Jude, and a kinsman of vz’urewg, a grain of mustard, is a prover
Jesus, Matt. 13: 55. Mark 6: 3. See in bial phrase, i.q. the least, the smallest par‘
'Idxugoc no. 2. Perhaps the same with ticle, Matt.17:20. Luke 17:6. SoRabb.
Simon Zelotes above. Begum) ‘213:, Buxt. l. c. sea. -- viva-m
4. Simon, the father of Judas Iscariot, Archipp. Comm. Athen. IX. 68. p. 498.
John 6: 71. 12: 4. 1312,26. mvc'urewg Nicet. AnnaLXVII. 5. p.837.
5. Simon, a Pharisee, who invited Other late forms are olvmrt Artemid.V.
Jesus to his house, Luke 7: 40,43, 44. 5. p. 401. m'vmrv Diocles. Athen.II.78.
6. Simon, 6 )mrpo’g, i.e. formerly a le p. 264. The early and Attic form ’was
per, Matt. 26: 6. Mark 14: 3. vérrv' see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 288.
7. Simon the Cyrenian, Kupnvaioc,
who was compelled to aid in bearing
2:15:51‘, 6:10;, 1", sindon, i.e.fine linen,
muslin, from India, Hdot. 1. 200. ib. 2.
the cross of Jesus, Matt. 27: 32. Mark
95; or of cotton, mam ,Bvo'atvr], Hdot.’
15: 21. Luke 23:26.
2. 86. ib. 7. 181 ; also genr. linen cloth‘,
8. Simon, 6 payable)’, 2. sorcerer in
used as a signal, Pol. 2.66. 10. Passow
Samaria, Acts 8:9,13,18, 24.
derives it from Ztybég i. q. 'Ivfiég' some,
9. Simon,6 Bvptrtt’lga tanner at Joppa,
Acts 9: 43. 10:6,17, 32. AL.
as Etym. M. from the city 21867:" others
from Heb. 1"‘!0, a linen undengarrnem,
Emit, r6, indec. Sinai, Heb. "3'9, Fischer Prolus. de Vit. Lexx. p. 75 ;
Sept. r6 Z‘imi Judg. 5: 5. Ex. 19: 1, 2, while Pollux regards it as of Egyptian
pr. 11. of a mountain or rather cluster of orig-in, Onom. 7. 172. Comp.Kuinoel ad
mountains in the Arabian peninsula be Matt.27:59.—-In N.T. linen clot/1,0 linen
tween the two gulfs of the Red Sea, garment, prob. of a square or oblong form,
celebrated as the place where the Mo worn by the Orientals at night instead
saic law was given. The particular of the usual garments,Mark 14:51 no in’
mountain or summit which probably axog - --1rrp|@e€/\n;ie'|'og tm'do'va z'rrl 'yu'wofi.
 Emégw 720 Exavbaluzu
v. 5'2. Used also for wrapping around whole of Jerusalem, as the holy city, the
dead bodies, Matt. 27: 50. Mark 15: 46 seat of the worship of the true God,where
bis. Luke 23: 53. Sept. for T15. Judg. his presence is said to dwell, eéi a'a-i rd
14: 12,13. Prov. 31: 24.. —— Galen. W) iipog Euiw Rev. 14: 1. iv Zulu! 0m. 9:
'yvpvbg Kofuféafiu, 1171M! a'spigsghnfic'vog 23. 1 Pet. 2: 6. a’: Zulu’ Rom. ll: 26.
o'u'béva. Hdot. 2. 95 by ps‘v Ev lparlq: Sv'yn'u-qp Zuln' Matt. 21:5. John 12: 15,
c'yehiiéfuvog silby fi awbém. see in Gil-wimp 0. 0f the spiritual or ce
Emails’, l. (mu, (aivwv a .sieve, rid
lestial Sion, Heb.12:22; see in 'Iepowa
dle,) to sift, to shake, as grain in a sieve My: 0.
or riddle. Trop. c. acc. of pers. impl. Elam-ole’, 5, f. flaw, (alwm'p silence,
Luke 22: 31 b Earamig Eiyr'r'yo'aro ilpiic, stillness,) to be silent, still, intrans.
roii awuium. rhc 'rbv airov, i.e. to agitate a) pp. persons, to keep silence, to hold
and prove by trials and alilictions.—He one's peace, Matt. 20:31. 26:63 6 be‘ '1')
sych. aum'm'ai' ae'iacu, xocmwci'nrat. Not 0017;; Ea'iolnru. Mark 3:41. 9:34. 10:48. 14
found in profane writers ; comp. Passow 61. Luke 18:39. 19:40. A0181819. Oi
art. m’mov. ' one unable to speak, dumb, Luke 1:20.
21759765, ‘I, 0'1‘, (aw-aim, 071-09,) fed, Sept. for use Job 29:21. wimp. Is. 36:21.
so. with grain, fatted, Luke 15: 23 1.5. "3513 Is. 4.2: 14. —- Luc. D. Deor. 21. 2.
,uo'a'xov n‘w mrwrév. v. 27, 30. so Sept. Dem. 1126. 27. Xen. An. 1. 3. 2.
for Page 55:3. Jer. 46: 21. was 1K.5=s [4,: b) trop. of a sea or lake, to be still,
231.—Pol. 39. 2. 7. Xen. An. 5. 4. 32. calm, hushed, Mark 4.239 aulnra, 1r€¢lpu~
Elf/0!’, 01), 76, (01mg) grain, corn, 60.—Comp. Anth. Gr. 1. p. 169. l ami
provision of grain, Acts 7:12 in Mss. l'or ‘ynxsv Ea‘ Qéltaa'o'a. Theocr. Id. 2. 38.
plur. firm—plur. rlz o'n-la Jos. Ant. l5. So silent mare, Valet. Flacc. 8. 452.
9. 1. Pol. 8. 37. l. EKOHBMNZN, f. low, (axévbahov) to
Zmwig, 1'1. 5”, (Milo. flrocJfid. cause to stumble and fall, Pass. to stumble
so. with grain, failed; subst. Til zn'rwrc'l and fall, not found in profane writers,
fatlings Matt. 22: 4.. -— Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 4.. nor in Sept. Trop. in respect to external
Athen. XIV. p. 656. c. The form UlTEU circumstances, q. d. to cause to fall, to
r69 was more Attic, Thom. Mag. p.794. bring to ruin, Aquil. for 515?! 515.753, Prov.
4:12. Is. 8:15. 40: 30. Ps.64: 9; also
Zrrofbla'rgmv, ov, rd,(u1ro¢, pupa»)
grain measured out, i. q. an allowance, Ecclus. 9: 5. 23:8. 35: 15.—In N.T.
portion, ration, Luke 12:42. — Greg. trop. in a moral sense, to be a stumbling.
block to any one, to cause to stumble at
Naz. Orat. 2. 29. Basil. Ep. 393, 4.04..
A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. or in any thing, i. e. to give or cause of.
p. 383. So airopzrpla Diod. Sic. 2. 41. fence to any one, trans.
a) gem. i. q. to qfl‘end, to vet, pp. to
2770;, 01), 6, plur. rc‘z u'ira, wheat, scandalize, c. acc. of pers. Matt. 17:27
and genr. for grain, corn. Matt. 3: 12 'r'va 5:‘ pr‘; axavbaltlo'wpev ain'm'rg. John
a'uvdEu rbv rrT-rov 11137017. 13: 25,29, 30. 6:61. 1 Cor. 8:13 bis. Pass.Matt. 15:12.
Mark 4:28. Luke 3:17. 16: 7. 22: 31, Rom. 14.: 21. 2 Cor. 11:29.——So Pass.
comp. in mmc'il‘w. John 12: 24. Acts 7: axavbalu'lweai E'v TlVt to be qfl'ended in
12 see in am’ov. 27: 38. 1 Cor. 15:37. or at any one, to take oiTence at his
Rev. 6: 6. 18:13. Sept. for "3. Gen. 4.]: character, words, conduct, so as to desert
49. 42! 3. Gen. 27: 28,37. IS. 36: and reject him. Matt. 11:6 pom'piég
17.—Bl. V.H. 6. 12. Pol. 5.1.11. Xen. Early, by; div pi] amrbulwfiii e'v 5,1101’. 13:
(Ec. 17. 12,13. Anab. 2. 4. 27. 57. 26:31, 33 bis. Mark 6: 3. 14: 27,
2170215, see Evxdp. 29. Luke 7:23.
210'”, b v. 16, indec. Sion, Heb. 1'1‘? 11) causat. to cause to qfi'end, to In"!
(sunny) Zion, the southern-most and astray, to lead into sin, i. e. to be a stum
highest of the hills on which Jerusalem bling block, or the occasion of one's
was built, containing the citadel, the sinning; c. ace. of pers. Matt. 5: 29 115:‘
palace and the u per city, 5' dyw 1.6m l) d 9. wow o'mvbahlla as. v. 80. 18: 6
v. r'i-yopr'i Jos. B. 5. 4|. 1. See in v[spou a; ' 3w amvbalu'a'n Era ru'w pixpiiy r06
eaXr'HL—In N. T. by synecd. for the .-..W. v.8, 9. Mar‘k 9:42, 43, 4s, 41.
 Exoivoafitov
Luke l7z2.—-Psalt.Salom.16:7 yvvarxov;
1rom1pfir; a'xavaakizol'w'nc li¢pova.—Hence
Pass. to be made to qfl'end, to be Iedastrag
or into sin, i. q. to fall away from the
truth, from the Gospel, etc. Matt. 13:
21. 24:10. Mark 4:17. John 16:].
EZOZVEIZAOV, 09, To’, a later form for
0xay5a'A119p0y, (exdZw 0r o'rapgég) pp.
trap-stick, a crooked stick on which the
bait is fastened. which the animal strikes
against and so springs the trap, Pollux
On. 7. 114' ,uva'ypag, 1311 T6 ia'ra'peyév re
Kai o‘xaZd/uvov 1rarru'luov' 'rzi 591-5 tmapri
vg 1rpon'npm'ue'vov em vadhrlepov xaAeI-rai.
ib. 10. 156. Comp. VVetst. N. T. I. p.
302. Hesych. axavoakofipfo'ragxal arca'v
5a)\ov rd Ev ra'ic ‘uva'ypaig. By synecd.
a trap, gin, snare, Sept. for “#9 trop.
Josh. 23:13. 1 Sam. 18:21. Hence
genr. ‘ any thing which one strikes or
stumbles against,’ a stmnbling-block, im
pediment, as Sept. for 55!??? Lev. 19: 14
drrévavn rmpkofi oi: 1rp0001'10'ug mca'ysalvw,
comp. Judith 5: 1. In N. T. stumbling
bloclc, Qfl'encc, only trop. in a moral sense.
a) genr. as a cause of stumbling, fall
pew—Diod. Sic. 14». 79. Of household
ing, ruin, morally and spiritually. E.g.
of Christ, as 1‘, rré'rpa axavea'lwu rock of furniture, rnoveables, P01. 2. 6. 6.
stumbling, Rom. 9:33. 1 Pet. 2: 7; see
in He'rpa b‘. Ar'flog b. Also Rom. 11:9 xvéw, “66:0, to hide, to cover.) a vessel,
'yevner'rrw 1', rpa'n'efa aimiwu-eig mail/5(1
Mv, quoted from Ps. 69: 23 where Sept.
for 132')“, comp. above. Sept. for 55155,’? Ps.
119:165.—Ecclus. 27:23. 1 Macc. 5:4.
b) as a cause of ofl'euce and indigna
tion, qfi'ence, a scandal. Matt. 16:
23 muiv aluiv 'uou El. 1 Cor. l: 23. Gal.
5: 11.—Judith 12: 2.
c) as a cause or occasion of sinning or
of falling away from the truth, Matt. 18:
7 ter. Luke 17: 1 évévssxrév Ea-ri [0)
e'AOEZv 'riz mcu'vdalta. Rom. 14:13. 16:17.
Rev. 2: l4. 1 John 2: 10 ml axa'vfiakov
e’v ain't; oiu: e’mrt'v, i. e. there is in him
self nothing to lead him into sin; comp.
v. 11. Meton. of persons, Matt. 13: 41.
Sept. for ‘1925!! Judg. 2:3. Ps. 106236.
Wisd. 14:2 11.
I Sept. Gen.3l:37. Neh. l3:8.—Palaeph.
2x0: vr'm, film, to dig, intrans. Luke
6 :48 tic Emcad/e ml i€d9uve,see in Beam...
13:8. 16:3 axa'm'ew ol'm io'ximl. Sept.
Is. 5:6, Heb. "12.—Aristoph. Av. 14.32
axdvrrzw 'yizp oint- Zn'larapm. Hdian. 4. 7.
'6. Xen. (E0. 16. 141.
Ewiw. n4, 1'1, (UKGin'rwQ pp. ‘any
Zxefiog
thing dug out,’ e. g. a channel, trench,
Hdot. 4.. 73. a bowl, Bel and Drag. 33.
a bath Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 71. In N. T.
a slufi', boat, Acts 27:16, 30, 32.—Dion.
Hal. Ant. 3. 44'. Pol. 1, 23. 7. Plut.
Mor. II. p. 17. Tauchn.
Ezékos, E06, 011;, rd, plur. riz “on,
the leg, from the hip to the foot, John 19:
31, 32, 33. Sept. for 573113, Lev. 11:21.
Am. 3: 19.—Aristot. H. An. 1. 15. Po].
1. 80. 13. Xen. An. 4. 2. 20.
Ettéfl'etd’fbot, 0670?, r6, (arena'lw,
dkmra'w, to cover,) covering, i. e. clothing,
rm'ment, ] Tim. 6: 8.—Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 5
Zwo'a'perot o'lcerraiapatn )uvo'ig. Philo Qu.
(let.ins.p0t.p.159.A. Aristot.Polit. 7.17.
225062;‘, a, b, Sceva,pr. n. of a Jew
who had been a chief priest, Acts 19:14..
See in 'Apxiepei'lg b.
Zzwfi, 5;, 1'7, (axeflog) apparatus,
equipment, 0. g. for war, Diod. Sic. ll.
71; apparel, equ'qrage, trappings, Hdian.
6. 4. ll. Xen. An. 4. 7. 27. In N. T.
of a ship, apparatus ,furniture,implements;
Acts 97: 19 rr‘lv o'xzvfiv r05 n-Mz'ov e'fifiiipa
Erasing, 20;, avg, ro', (kindr. with
utensil, implement.
a) genr. of furniture etc. (a) pp. of
a hollow vessel for containing things,
Luke 8: 16 0.33.2; 3e M'Ixvov c'iilaag, KG
)u'nrrei aimiv axsi'm. John [9: 29. Acts
10:11,16. 11; 5. So Sept. and ‘5.? s K.
4:3, 4,6. (1E1. V. H. 12. 8. Hdian. 4. 7.
8.) Of apotter's vessel, Rom. 9:91. Rev.
2; 27. Sept. and *5; Lev. 6. 28. 14150.
——-()f any vessel or implement,Marlc ll:
16 01'”.- fi¢iev 'lva ‘rig- oievé-ylcg vxcl'mg 511‘:
for": iepofi. 2 Tim. 2: 20. Heb. 9: 21 re‘;
wm'm rfig Mrroup-yiac. Rev. 18: 19 bis.
Sept. and ‘1?? l Chr. 9; 28. Num. 1: 50.
Ex. 3:22. (Diod.Sic.l7.66. Xen.Mem.
l. 7. 5.) Plur. Tit axu'nl, household stufl',
goods, furniture, Matt. 12: 29. Mark 3:
97. Luke17=3l r31 mm'm min-017211 'rj oixlq.
38. 3. Hdian. 2. l. 2. Xen. (Ec. 8. l2.—
Trop. of the human body as formed
of clay, and therefore frail and feeble;
2 Cor. 4|: 7 E'xopev row snvavpov rofirov
Ev durpaxlvotg O’Kfl’liflly. So of persons in
a moral respect, Rom. 9: 22, Q3, o'xn'm
6p'yfic, mm’m c'M'ovg', i. e. those on whom
2 z
 Eznw} 722 Eznwomgyr'a
the divine wrath or mercy is to be exer kept, the seat of the Jewish Worship be
cised; in allusion to the vessels of the fore the building of the temple. The ark
potter in v.21. Comp. in an active sense, however was separated from the taber
Sept. and”) rip-7119, Heb. 5!! ‘5.3, i. e. in nacle long before this period and was
struments of wrath, Jer. 50:25. Gem. kept in Jerusalem while the taber
2 Tim. _2: 21.—(y) In the later Hebrew nacle itself remained in Gibeon; 8 Chr.
usage ‘2? Gr. o'xeiog, is put for a wife, 1:3, 4,13, comp. 2 Sam. 6: l7. lChr.
as the vessel of her husband; see Schoettg. 15: L—(a) pp. and genr. Heb. 8: 5. 9:
Hor. Heb. p. 827. YVetst. N. T. II. p. l in Mss. 9: 21. 13:10. Acts 7: 44' r,
302. SO lPet. 3: 7 tilC dafiwwripp al.-aim as. rot’: paprupiou, see in Maprbprov b.
r97 'yuvamaitp, the female vessel as the Num. for
Sept. 1: 50 sq.—By syneod.
Ex. 29:4, spoken of
10. 33:7.
weaker. l Thess. 4': 4 rd s'aurofi URN-10¢
m-t'wfiat, see in Krciopat' comp. 1 Cor. the outer sanctuary of the tabernacle, Heb.
7: 2.——(Ecumen. rive‘;- rt‘: Earn-0|": mm'log 9:2, 6, 8; also of the inner sanctuary, the
Thy bpélu'yov r'lppr’yvsuaav. hol of holies, Heb. 9: Symbol
b) in respect to use, an implement, in. ically of the spiritual or celestial taber
strument. (a) pp. and spec. the mast of a nacleI from which the material one is
ship, as the chief instrument of sailing, said to have been copied, Heb. 8: 2. 9:
Acts 27:17 Xahalaavrsc n‘. mceiioc, the 11. Comp. 8: 5. 9: 23, 24. Also poeti
sails having probably been furled before, cally for the temple in the heavenly Jeru.
comp. v. 15. Ancient ships had usually salem, Rev. 15: 5 6 vaoc riig arm-fig for’:
but one mast,which was raised or lower paprvpt'ou. 21: 3.
ed at pleasure; see Adam's Rom. Ant. c) Acts 7: 43 1'] map/r) rot'i Mahéx, Ute
p. 403. comp. Hom. II. 1. 434. — So tabernacle of ltloloch, quoted from Amos
rd axel'n) of the implements and tackle of 5: 26 Where Sept. for Heb. 7113?, i. e. a
a ship, Poll. On. 10. 13. Xen. (Es. 8.11, tabernacle which the idolatrous Israelites
12.—(Ii) Trop. of a person as the instru constructed in the desert in honour of
ment ofany one, Acts 9:15 axzt'mg Exho'yfic, Moloch, like that in honour of Jehovah;
i.e. a chosen vessel, instrument. Comp. prob. of a small size so as to elude the
Sept. and 4;? Jer. 50; 25.—Pol. 13. s. 7 notice of Moses. Comp. the 0mm‘) iepé of
Aaluoxhfip~inrqpenxbv ‘hr excise einjws'g. the Carthaginians Diod. Sic. 20. 65.
Emmi, 5;, (kintlr. with s-xn'mgama'g Petron. 29 “ praeterea grande armarium
a booth, hut, tabernacle, tent, pp. any in angulo vidi, in cujus azdicula erant
covered or shaded place, Heb. =99, lares argentei positi."
at) pp. as built of green boughs and Zmvowwlw, ¢§n';.(¢mvfi,1"'ryW/MJ
the like, a booth, Matt. 17: 4 wou'la'mpsv pp. a. booth-pitching, tent-pitching, i. e.
‘35¢ rpc‘ig amp/rig. Mark 9:5. Luke 9:33. the flstival of booths or of tabernaeles, the
So Sept. for "92 Gen. 33: 17. Is. 1:8. third great annual festival of the Jews,
Jon. 4.: 5.—Dem. 284.. 24. Xen. Cyr. 2. in which all the males were required to
1.25.-—Also of skins etc. a tent, Heb. l l : appear before God at the tabernacle or
9 iv anyvuic xarom’yaac. So Sept. and temple; the other two being the Pass
#983 Lev. 23: 4.3. 2 Sam. 11: ll. for 523* over and Pentecost; Deut. 16:16. al.
Gen. 4:19. 18:1 sq. —1El. V. H. 9. 3. John 7: 2 h Esp-n‘; ra'u/ ’Iou3aluy, UKY'I'O
Hdian 2. ll. 3. Xen. An. 3. 3. l. — mryt'm—SO 1') mmvmm'yla 2 Macc. l: 9,
()nce diminutively of a small house in 18. Heb. 7153323 15, Sept. Zoprr‘y 'rfic unpro
ruins, EngLhut, Acts 15:16 amt-020M“. myylac Dcut. 16:16. 31: 10. Zech. 14:
n‘p' mmw‘lv Aaglb rfiv wemwrv'iamquoted 16, 18,19. So Esdr. 5: 51. 1Macc.10:
from Amos 9: 11 where Sept. and “$3, 2|. Jos. Ant. 4.. 8. 12. Sept. z'opn) ‘niy
metaph. for the family or royal line of emu-"w Lev. 23:24. Deut. 16; 13.—
David, fallen into weakness and decay. This festival was so called from the
—Genr. for abode, dwelling, Luke 16:9 booths of green boughs and leaves, in
tic rag alwrioug o'xqvric. Rev. 13: 6 riyv which the people dwelt during its con
arm/1):’ mirror? sc. rm’: 9:06, i. e. heaven. tinuance, on the roofs of the houses and
So Sept. and "53 Job 36:29. Ps. l8:12. in the courts and streets. It began on
b) spec. the tabernacle, the sacred tent the 15th day of the seventh mouth Tisri,
of the Hebrews, in which the ark was which commenced with the new moon
 Exnrocrow'; 723 27470136;

of October, and was celebrated for eight temple, Acts 7: 46. So Sept. and 19?‘?
(lays; partly as a memorial of the 40 Ps. 132:5. 46:4. 55M K. 2:28. a.
ears’ wandering in the desert, where 4l.—Trop. of the body, as the frail tene
the Israelites dwelt in booths, Lev. 23: ment of the soul, 2 Pet. 1:l3,14. Comp.
42, 43; and partly as a season of thanks in Exfivoc.
giving for the in-gathering of the harvest, 2x102, 02;,1}, shadow, shade. :1) pp.
hence called $93 It! festival of iii-gather Mark 4: 32 {mo n‘lv oxiilv m'lrofl. Acts
ing, Ex. 23:16. 34: 22. It was a season 5: 15. Sept. for 5; Ez. 17:23. Judg'.
of rejoicing and feasting; particular sac 9:36. —}F.l. V. H. 2. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8.
ritices were offered; and portions of the 8. 17.—In the sense of darkness, gloom,
law read in public; Deut. 31: 10 sq. as mac‘: saw'l-rov death-shade, i.e. thickest
Neh. 8:18. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12. To these darkness; see in Gdvaroc (1. Matt. 4:16.
the later Jews added a libation of water Luke 1: 79. Comp. umbra mortis Ovid
brought from the fountain Siloam,mixed Met. 5. 191.
with wine, and poured upon the altar. b) metaph. a shadow, i. e. ashadowing
Comp. genr. Lev. 23:34 sq. 39 sq. Neh. filrth, adwnbration, in distinction from
8:14. 2 Mace. 10:6 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. T6 milua the body or reality,and 1" slmlw
4. ib. 4. 8. 12. ih. 8. 4. 1. Jahn § 366. the full and perfect image; so of the
—The first and eighth days were Sab Jewish rites and dispensation as prefig
bath: to the Lord,with holy convocations, uring things future and more perfect.
Lev. 23:35, 36, 39. Num. 29:12, 35; Col. 2: 17 6 ion oru'x ro'n' pclthdvrww, r6
and the eighth especiallyis called the 5:‘ rn'hpa rot’: Xpwroz'l. Heb. 8:5. 10:1
last great day of the festival, John 7:37, al.-lav 'yt‘zp E'xwv ('1 ropes-"obi: alrrhv 17):!
comp. Neh. 8: 18. clxdl'a ni'w 1rpa-yludrwm—Philostr. Vit.
'Ennvovrolbg, 013', 5, (,mw',’ 70.5.0’) Soph. 1. 20. 1 5n and mi 6velpa'ra at
0 tentmakenspoken of Paul, Acts 18:3. ilfioval mio'ac. Comp. Cic. ()fl'. 3. 17
See in l'Iaf/ltoc. —- Comp. o'xnvorroloiipat “ nos veri juris solidam et expressam
Diod. Sic. 3. 27. Hdian. 7. 2. 8. qfltgiem nullam tenemus ; umbra et ima
Exiting, 20;, ovg, rd, (i. q. oxmo'y,) ginibus utimur." ~93
pp. a booth, tent, tabernacle, Anthol. Gr. Emgm'w, 5, Mao, to leap, to spriiij,
1. p. 162. Hesych. om'yvovg' olmyrnpiov. intrans. espec. of animals, Sept. Mal. 4:
Usually and in N. T. trop. for the body, 2. Wisd. 17: 19. Luc. D. Marin. l5. 2.
as the frail and temporary abode of the In N.T. to leap jbrjoy, to exalt, Luke 6:
soul; 2 Cor. 5: 1 1', Em'yuog oikla rm’; 23 )i‘alpere xal axlprfioare. Of the foetus
oxfp'oug i. e. this earthly house, this taber in t e womb, Luke 1:41,44; comp.
nacle, the genit. being equivalent to an Sept. Gen. 25: 22.—Aristoph. Plut. 761
apposition,as in Hebrew, Gesen. Lehrg. ompn'ire Kai Xopshere. Plut. ed. R. V1.
p. 677. 2 Cor. 5: 4 oi bl'nc iv 11,’: ma’lvu. p. 46 aripré'ma l'ehrng. Hdian. 4. 11. 5.
-—Wisd. 9: 15 To 'ycabbec mcfivog. Eschin. ExhngoxagB/a, mg, 1'], (axxrlpo'g, mg.
Dial. Socr. 3. 5. Max. Tyr. Diss. 38. p. 5111,) hardness of heart, obstinacy, per
396. Plat. Axioch. T. VIII. p. 197. verseness, Matt. 19:8. Mark 10:5. 16:
Tauchn. So Plato yr'y'ivov mtfivoc, taste 14.. Sept. for =92 H27; Deut. 10:16.
Clem. Alex. Stromat. V. p. 593. Jer. 4: 4.-— Ecclus. 16:10. Not found
Exnvhm, 5, f. (how, (anvil/09,) to tent, in profane )wntersf. ‘hm ‘
to pitch tent, Sept. for ‘>735 Gen. 13: 12. EMKHQOQ, a, 01‘, (al.-hfivai, oxz'Mw)
Jos. Vit. § 47f Hdian. 6.8.17. In N. T. pp. dried up, i. e. dry, hard, stg'fl'; so of
to dwell as in tents, to tabernacle, intrans. the voice or sounds, hoarse, harsh, on)‘.
seq. Ev r'ui'iv John 1:14. z'v c. dat. ofplace, hxoc Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 3. oxlc/dpoyral ib. 2.
Rev. 12:12. 13:6. pmi c. gen. Rev. 21: 16.3. Hdot. 8. 12; or of things, hard,
3. in’ c. acc. Rev. 7: 15. Sept. c. iv for not soft, rr‘t M1193 Kal ril ,uaXat-é Xen.
31.5.? Judg. 8:11.-— Xen. An. 5. 5.11. Mem.3.10.1.-—Hence in N.T. hard, i. e.
o'xnvoiy e'u Talc oixt'aig. a) of winds,fierce, violent, James 3: 4
Exhvwaa, 70;, rd, (ornvo'w) a booth im'b o'xltrlptbv (ivépuv. Comp. in Engl.
or tent pitched, a tabernacle, pp. Xen. An. ‘a hard wind, at stg'fl“ wind.’ — Sept.
2. 2. 17; in N.T. for God, q.d. dwelling, Prov. 27: 16 fiopéac mcArIpbg draper
2z2
 Exkngo'rryg
El. V.H. 9. l4 crxh. iirrpot. Arr. Alex.
M. l. 26. 3.
b) of things spoken, hard, i. q. harsh,
qfl'ensive .- as Xé'yoc John 6: 60, comp. v.
61. Jude 15 rcpt miwwv 'ré'w exhnpuhv thy
Ehéhnaav xar‘ abrofl, q.d. hard speeches.
So Sept. for "112?, Gen. 42: 7,30. 1 K.
12: 13.—Eurip. Fr m. 75 mirzpa. SE’
Xeu; trot paheaxb that???) hiya; 1'] axhnp' ('t
hnflr'p—Of things done,hard,i.e.dfflicult,
grievous,- Acts 9: 5 et 26:14 o'xhnptiv
60l- 1rpdc xz'yrpa haxrl'fetv. So Sept. for
Ex. 1:14. 6:9. Deut. 26:6.—
P01. 4. 21. l. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20.
c) of persons, i.q. harsh, stern, severe.
Matt. 25:24 (in axknpoc rl t‘ivtipwrroc.
So Sept. for 1 Sam. 25: 3. Is. 48:
4.—Luc. Solnn. 6. Aristot. Eth. 4. 8
c‘i-yptot Kai mcknpol borer-mu’ rlvar Athen.
II. p. 55. E.
Exhngorng, grog, 1'7, (flxhnpdc) dry
ness, hardness, rfig yfig Jos. Ant. 3. l. 1.
hardiness of the body, Plut. ed. R. VI.
p. 497. 11. In N. T. trop. o'xhrlpdrng 'rfig
xapBiag, hardness of heart, obstinaqhper
verseness, Rom. 2:5. Sept. for Deut.
9: 27.
Enlngvrgaxnlog, 6,1‘I,adj. (o'xhnpo'g, fimrapm. Phil. 2: 41.—Seq. acc. of
TpdxnXOC.) hard-necked, stgflnechcd, i. e.
obstinate.pmersc, Acts 7: 51. Sept. for
air-oar, Ex. 33: a, 5. Dent. 9: 6, 13.—
Bar. 2:22. Ecclns. 16: 12.
Enlngl'mnf. W63, (GA'AflptlQ,) pp. to
make dry and hard; trop. to make hard,
heavy, grievous, Sept. for 2 Chr.
10:4. Judg: 4:24; of words 2 Sam. 19:
43.-—In N. T. of persons in a moral
sense, to harden, i. e. to make obstinate,
perverse, c. acc. Rom. 9: 18 by 5:‘ 90m,
n-Mpa'met, comp. v. 17 et Ex.7: 3. Pass.
Acts 19:9. Heb. 3:13. Seq. rile xapEiag
Heb. 3: 8,15 et 4: 7, quoted from Ps.
95: 8 where Sept. for "PE-‘,1; also for P111 perse, trans. A later word for the earlier
Ex. 9: 13. 10: 20.—Ecclus. 30: 12
pr'rrrore archnpuveclc drruer'lo‘p aor. —
Others in Rom. 9: 18, to deal hardly
with, comp. Job 39: 16.
2%07065', 02,61’, (en-QM’) crooked,
bent, pp. from dryness, e.g. Eivhov arohto'v
Wisd. 13:13. or. m'Erypoc Hdot. 2. 86.
In N. T.
a) pp. of a way,or parts of it, Luke
3:5 ral Zorn: rit mrohu‘z elgrbeclav, quoted
from Is. 40:4 where Sept. for :12. Sept.
also for ‘511,! Prov. 2: l5. D‘Wjfi Is. 42:
724 EzogmZm
l6.—Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 2. Heliodor. l. 6.
oxohu'lc 76;) 11min drparrobg.
b) trop. crooked, i.e. perverse, wicked,
as yevziz axohu': Acts 2:40. Phil. 2: 15.
So Sept. yew. alt-oh. for "Eb Ps. 78: 8. W].
Prov. 32: 5.—Wisd. l: 3.—()t masters,
i.q. perverse, ury'ult, pccvish, oppi-ncm'yg,
1 Pet. 2:18. Comp. Sept. for "253".
Prov. 16: 28.
2267.041, 070;, 6, pp. ‘ any thing
pointed, sharp,’ e. g. a stake, palisade,
Xen. An. 5.2. 5. point of a hook Luc.
Merc. cond. 3. a thorn, prichle, Sept. for
'1‘? Hos. 2: 6 [in the Heb. 8.] Luc.Ver.
Hist. 2. 30 51d 'rn'og c'rx'avedrbovg Kai 6K0
ho'rrwv pm'rfig' ("parrot-1. lltill‘LAn. 10.13.
—In N. T. 2 Cor. 12: 7 o'xo'hotlr rip oaprl,
a thorn in thefiesh, i.e. something which
excites severe and constant pain, prob.
some bodily infirmity Magma, comp. v.
10.—A rtemid. III. 33 hmvfla: cat no’
horrsg (ibr'n'ac mypaii'ovar Etc‘: rt‘; 65:".
Emwréw, 5, f. haw, (0.1mm) 1010011,
to watch, to reconnoitre, absol. Luc. D.
Deor. 20. 5. Xen. An. 5. l. 9. In N.T.
to look at or upon, to behold, to regard, c
ace. 2 Cor. 4:18 pr) a'xonolivrwv {Univ rt‘:
pers. i.q. to mark, to note, Rom. 16: 17.
Phil. 3: 17.—2 Macc. 4: 5. Dem. 1488.
2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 18. -— With a negat.
o'xorrriv pr’), pp. to look to it lest, to take
heed lest, Luke 11:35. Gal. 6: 1.-—
Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. l5.
Exes-6;, 05, 6, (arinropat) pp. ‘ an
object set up in the distance, at which
one looks and aims;' e.g. a mark, goal,
Phil. 3: 14 Kari-r mcorrby 516mm. Sept.
for ":15? Job 16: 13. Lam. 3: 12.—Jos.
Ant. 6. 11.8. Hdian. 6.7.18. Xen.Cyr.
1. 6. 29.
Exogmzw, f. iuw,to scatter, to dis
axehz'u'vupt, Phryn.et Lob. p. 218. H.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 680. Pas
sow sub voc.
a) pp. 0.'rit acc.
axoprrt'l'u John 10:
1rpo'ga'ra. 12
16: 32. a Sept.
)u’moc tor
‘FE-'72 Sam.22:15. Ps. 18:15.—1 Mace.
6:54. Jos.Ant. 6. 6. 3. El.V.H. 13.46.
Plut. Timol. 4.—-In the proverbial ex
pression, Matt. 12:30 et Luke 11: 23
6 pr) o'vvc'lyuv per‘ 5,1105, o'xoprrlfi'u he that
gathereth not with me, scattcreth, i. e.
wastes, acts against me.
 Ezogrr/oc 795 212570;
b) i.q. to scatter one's gifis, to distribute — Test. XII Patr. p. 584 axorilwv rdv
largely, to be liberal, bountiful, absol. 2 r051! c'uro r174: dhrfiet'ac. p. 577. Comp.
Cor. 9: 9 quoted from Ps. 112:9 where Dion. Hal. de Thucyd. 33 1‘; oxoriZouaa
Sept. for r'r‘lv Euivorav 5xhmng.
Ezogvr/og, on, b, a, scorpion, Linn. I- 2%0'1'09', 01), 6,darkness, Heb. 12:
scorpio Afar, a large insect, sometimes 18 'yvo'zpp ml axérp. Comp. Sept. Deut.
several inches long, shaped somewhat 4.: ll. — Eurip. Hec. ]. Phaeniss. 388.
like a small lobster, and furnished with Dem. 315. 22. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 185.
a sting at the extremity of its tail. Scor 7 et pen. Xen. Cyr.B. 7. 23. The masc.
picns are found only in hot countries; 6 oxorog was more frequent in Attic
Where they lurk in decayed buildings, usage than the neut. To mcérog, Passow
and among the stones of old walls. The s. voc. Porson ad Eur. Hec. 825.
sting is venomous, producing inflamma
tion and swelling; but is rarely fatal II. 224610;, 60;, avg, 16, darkness,
unless through neglect. See Rees' Cy the absence oflight; see above in no.1.fin.
clop. art. Scorpio. Luke 10: 19. 11: 12. at) pp. (a) gem. Matt. 27: 45 axéror;
Rev. 9: 3,5, 10. Sept. for :32! Deut. c'ye'rzro c'rp' 6km! rr‘lw yfiv. Mark 15: 33.
8:15. 1 K. 12: 11,14. -— Ecclus. 26: 7. Luke 23: Mr. Acts 2: 20 El: oxo'rog. 1
Jos.Ant.8.8.2. 1E1.H.An.6.20. ib.10.23. Cor. 4|: 5 n‘: xpwrra r017 axo'roug the hid
den things of darkness, i. e. done in
ElOTEIl/ég, a, 0,)‘, (5557045) dark,with
darkness, secret things. Of the darkness
out light; Matt. 6:23 b'hov rd 007,111’!- oou of the blind, Acts 13:11. Sept. for 13?".
axorewov Ear-at. Luke 11: 34, 36. Sept. Gen. 1:2,4, 5. al.—1E1. V. H. 3. 18
for Job 10: 21. 15:23. 391?’? Ps.88:
inn‘: o'xdrouc. Dem. 411. 25. Xen.Cyr. 4.
7.—Ceb.Tab. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. l. 2.26 axdrouc 'yerolue'vou—w) i.q. a dark
Enos-fa, as, 1", (al.-6109,) darkness, place, place where darkness reigns.
absence of light; used espec. by late Matt. 8: 12. 22:13. 95:30 ixga'hhav
writers for o'xo'rog. Moeris p. 354. malrog :1’: To axéroc ‘r6 e'Erin-cpov into utter-most
of/sere'pwg, 'Arrmi'm' crxoria, 'EMnvuaDg. darkness, i. e. into the farthest dark
comp. Thom. Mag. p. 800. prison, as the image of the place of pun
a) pp. John 6:17 axoria flan E-ys'ylil'st, ishment in Hades; comp. in ‘EEu'rrrpog.
i.q. it was now dark. 12:35 1') nepuranbv So 2 Pet. 2: 17 et Jude 13 (door r05
Ev rfia'xorr'a. 20: 1. Sept. for 5?! Job omirovc cl; ar'ri'nla, i. e. intens. thick
28: 25.—Eurip. Phmniss. 34.6.—So e’v r5 gloom of darkness for ever, thickest and
axoria in darkness, i. e. in a dark place, eternal darkness; spoken also of Hades.
in private, Matt. 10:27. Luke 12: 3. See in Aisng b. —So olxoe matron; of
b) trop. of moral darkness, the absence Joseph's prison Test. XII Patr. p. 710;
of spiritual light and truth, ignorance, comp. Lib. Henoch. p. 191. Of Sheol,
blindness, including the idea of sinfulness Sept. Job 10: 22 yfi Gk'éTOUg‘. Tob. 4:10.
and consequent calamity. John 8: 12. 14:10. Of the place of punishment in
13:35 i'va [11) Maria ilpcig Karahc'lgp. v. Hades, \Visd. 17: 2]. PsalLSalom. 14.:
46. 1 John 1:5. 2: 8, 9, ll ter. Comp. 6. Gem. Xen. An. 2. 5. 7 El; 1roiov av
135“ Job 37: 19.—Meton. of persons in c'xérog d1ro§pal17.
moral darkness, John 1: 5 bis. b) trop. of moral darkness, the absence
23074250, f. tau, (arm-09,) to darken, of spiritual light and truth, ignorance,
to deprive of light; in N. T. only Pass. blindness, including the idea of sinfulness
to be darkened. and consequent calamity, i. q. auorla b.
a.) pp. Matt. 24: 29 1'1 filuoc arm-1061', (a) gem. Matt. 4:16 6 Amie a xatH/pzvog
a'erat. Markl3z24. Luke23z45. Rev.8: z'v acorn, e75: qnfig pé'ya, quoted from Is.
12.9:2. Septtor'flillj Job3=9. Ecc.1 212.— 9: 1 where Sept. for Luke 1: 79,
Plut.ed. R. X. p. 608. 4. Pol. 12. 15. 10. comp. Sept. and Ps. 107:10. Matt.
b) trop. of moral darkness, ignorance, 6:23 bis. Luke 11:35. John 3: 19
comp. in axoria b. Eph. 4:18 im.-on. fi'ycirmaav piihhov rd mcdrog 1') rd (prim.
apz'roi 'rij 5rayor'a. Rom. 1:21. 11:10 Acts 26:18. Rom. 2:19, comp. v.17, 20.
axorworfirwaav oi litpeahpoi ai1ru'w,qu0t0d Rom.13:12 etEph.5:1l 'z'p'ya r06 mairovg
from Ps. 69:24 where Sept. for WEI. works of darkness, wicked deeds. 2 Cor.
 Exo'niw 7'26 Zplugm
4:6 ('2 Bede i) eimin' e'x axdrovg 416g‘ ha'pihai, 2261M, 1'. 11M), pp. to strip of the
in allusion to Gen. 1: 3. 2 Cor. 6: l4. 1 skin. lofiag, to Iacerate,whence Ta mil-Mar,
Thess. 5: 4|, 5. 1 Pet. 2: 9. 1 John 1: 6. and trop. IEschyl. Pers. 577. In N. '1‘.
Sept. and Mich. 7:8.—Act. Thom. trop. to harass, to trouble, to weary, c.
§ 28. 32~1..—(,B) Abstr. for concr. of per acc. Mark 5:35 at Luke8z49 pr) axi/Mr
sons in a state of moral darkness, wicked 'rdv sisa'mtahov. Mid. Luke 7:6 '14:‘, arith
men, under the influence of Satan ; e. g. hov. Pass. part. Matt. 9: 36 (in flour £
i; EEovo'ia TOI-I al.-drove, Luke22z53; perh. aKvhpe'voi.—Hdian.4|.13.S. ib.7.3.9.
for Satan himself Col. 1: 13. Also Eph. ZMEAOV, 00, 1'6, (uni/AM’) pp. shin,
5:8 fire ydp 1rors oxéroc. 6: l2. hide, as stripped off, Hesych. axilhm',
Ezoro'w, 5, f. draw, (axo'rog,) to Ee'ppa, was“... Comp. tmvhosnhog Dem.
darken, to cover with darkness; Pass. Rev. 781. 18. Usually and in N. T.sp0i1,
16:10 Kai e'ye'vero 1', Baaiheia ailroil c'uxo booty, as stripped from an enemy, Luke
rwpc'vrl, i. e. emblematic of distress, cal. 11:22. Sept. for 513? Zech. 14:]. Is. 53:
amity, destruction. Sept. pp.for We"?! Ps. 12.—Hdian.8.41.28. Tlluc.6.7l.
105:28.—Ecclus.25:17. Ofvertigo Pol. Zxwknzéfigwog, as, .3, ;,, adj;
10.1.3.8. Plut.ed.R.VII.p.908.8. (uxéXqZ /31€pti10'Kw,) worm-eaten, devoured
EMIIQOLAOV, 0!), r6, (Suid. Icuoigahov of worms, spoken of ofiupiao'ig the dis.
Ti 51', rd ro'ig moi fiahhopevom) dregs, ease of Herod Agrippa, Acts 12: 23.
rqizse, recrement, q. d. what is thrown to Comp. Jos. Ant. 19. 8. 2, c011. 2 Mace.
the dogs as worthless; spoken of the 9:9. Wetstein N. T. II. p. 535 sq.
refuse of grain, chafi‘, Philo do Carit. p. Eisner. Obs. Sacr. I. p. 4l7.——Theophr.
712A; of the refuse of a table,s1aught H. Pl. 3. 12. Caus. Pl. 5. 9. l.
ered anima1s,etc. ofl'al, Anthol.Gr.II. . Exiting, 77740;, 6, a worm, sc. as
180. Philo de Ab. et Cain. fin. pqfizv feeding on dead bodies. Mark 9:44,46,
E'Eu Tp0¢fi£ tricuga'hwv Kai hippo-rug. Of 48 draw 6 mailhqfi II‘ITh-JY oi: rehevrfi :ai
excrement, dung, Jos. B. I. 5. 13. 7. Ar r6 ‘trip 0'11 Ugéllllll‘fllt, in allusion to Is.
temidor.1.69. Plut.dels.et OsirA. Trop. 66: 24, the language of the prophet be.
filth of mind, Ecclus. 27: 4.—In N. T. ing applied to the place of punishment
once Phil.8: 8 r1‘: 1ra’vra iyyoirpai om’: of the wicked ; comp. in Piewa fin. The
Gaha t’JI'GI. i. e. as dregs, refuse, things same image is found Judith 16:17. Ec
worthless. clus. 7:17. Sept. for "22"!" Is. he. Deut.
28:39. Jon. 4: 8.-—2 Mace. 9: 9. Luc.
zitl'lgflg‘, 01), i), a Scythian, Col. 3:
Asin. 25. Horn. 11. 13. 654.
11. The name Scythian in ancient geo
graphy is applied sometimes to a people, Epoagai'yhoog, n, or, (q.dpayBm.)
and sometimes to all the nomadic tribes, of smaragdus, of emerald, Rev. 4:3 opoia
which had their seat on the north of the bpr'wei apapa-ydiwp sc. Mega—SO apa
Black Sea and Caspian, stretching in pé-ydioc Palaeph. 31. 7.
definitely eastward into the unknown 210035057505 0!), 6, smaragdus, a
regions of Asia ; having much the same name under which the ancients appear
latitude as the modern names .Mongols to have comprehended all gems of a fine
and Torture, and like them synonymous green colour, including the emerald.
with barbarian, ,Bcipfiapog. See Rosenm. Rev. 21:19. Sept. for F71? Ex. 28: 17.
BibLGeogr. I. i. p. 272.-—2 Mace. 4:47. =11? 28:9. 35:25.—-Ecclus. 35:6. Plut.
Jos.c.Ap.2.37 21.-wards‘ po'roic xaipovrrg M. Anton. 75. See Rees’ Cyclop. art.
('ivflpunrot, xai lipaxli ‘re—w Snpiwv diatpépov Emerald and Gems.
rec. Luc. Tox. 5 sq. I- 211165142, 7);, i’, myrrh, Heb. "3,
280050)‘)1’69‘, 0t), 6, 1'), adj. (aruOpdc a substance distilling in tears spontane.
grim, stern, fr. O'KIIIZOILGL, 15th,) pp. grim ously or by incisions from a small thorny
visaged, i. e. ofa stern, gloomy, sad coun tree growing in Arabia, and especially
tenanee; either affected Matt. 6: 16 ; or in Abyssinia; these tears soon harden
real Luke 24:17. Sept. for 9‘: Gen. 40: into a bitter aromatic gum, which was
7.—Ecc1us. 25:23. Luc. D. Deor.14.1. highly prized by the ancients, and used
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12. in incense and perfumes; comp. Dios
 Epoégm 7 27 20,0!“

cor. I. 77, et ibi Sprengel. Plin. H. N. of what belongs to any one, or is in any ,
12. 15 sq. Rees’ Cyclop. art. .Myrrh. way connected with him; e. g. by pos
-—Matt. 2:11 Mgavov Kaiapépvav. John session, acquisition, Matt. 7:3 in To? of:
19:39. Sept. for '7'” Ps. 45: 9. Cant. 3: 6¢6akpql v. 22. 13: 27 iv ry- arp r'i-ypq'i.
6. 5:5.—Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Theophr. H. Lulce 15:31. Acts 5: 4. 1 Cor. 8:11.
P1. 9. 3, 4. Hdot. 2. 40. n‘. adv, r61 mi, thine, thine own, i.e. what
II’ Efltéfyus '7?’ h, Smyrna, an is thine, Matt. 20: 14. 25:25. Luke 6:
Ionian city situated at the head ot'a deep 30. So of society, companionship, Luke
gulf on the western coast of Asia Minor, 5:33 oi 55‘ vol ,uatiqrai. Mark 2:18.
still known as a commercial place, John 17:6, 9,10 bis. 18:35. oi not’ thy
though greatly fallen from its ancient kindred, lhyfriends, Mark 5:19. Of ori
wealth and power.’ It was anciently gin, as proceeding from any one, Matt.
frequented by great numbers of Jews. 24: 3 rfir; afig 1rupovot'ag. Luke 22: 4'2
Rev. 1: ll. 2: 8 in later edit.—— Strabo rd adv sc. 900mm. John 4:42. 17:17 ('1 M
yo; 6 06;. Acts 24: 3, 4. 1 Cor. 14:16.
XIV. p. 956. Hdot. 1. 16.
Philem. l4.-- Hdian. 2. 1. 18. Xen.
Euvgvofiog, a, or, Smymean, of Cyr. 2. l. 2.
Smyrna; oi ZIUUPVGIOL the Smyrneans,
Rev.2:8 in text. rec—Hdot. l. 143. 20050251011, 00, n5, Lat. sudarium,
pp. a sweat-cloth, genr. a handkerchief,
Efbvgwztd, flaw, (cpz'rpm) to myrrh, napkin, Luke 19:20. John 11:44. 20:7.
to mingle with myrrh; Pass. Mark 15:23 Acts 19:12.—l)ollux. On. 7. 7|. Rabb.
25:30.» aim; meiv Zo'luupvwpe'vov olvol', F31": Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1442.
i.e. wine mingled with myrrh and bitter I

herbs ; see fully in “0504-. —- Hesych.
e'epupvwpz'yov' xpt’a'para Zxov oyn'ipyng.
2650111“, w’, m’, Sodom, Heb. 157?,
(burning,) pr. n. of one of the four cities
of the vale of Siddim destroyed in the
time of Abraham and covered by the
Dead Sea; comp. Gen. 18:17 sq. 0.19.
—Matt. 10:15. 11:23,:24. Mark 6:11.
Luke 10:12. 17:29. Rom. 9:29. 2 Pet.
2:6. Jude 7. Rev. 11:8.
Zola/hair, also in text. rec. Zokoluiiw
Luke 12:27. Acts 7: 47; Gen. 6m; in
later edit. and Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 1, 2. al.
also (Error; in text. rec. see Winer p.63;
orlalent." Lys. 198. 11. Comp. Heb.
Heb. His"? (pacific); Solomon, pr. n. of
‘HE?! Sept. empla Ex. 28:3. 36:1, 2.—
the son and successor of David, cele.
brated for his wisdom, wealth, and
splendour, Matt.1:6,7. 6:29. 12:42 bis.
Luke 11:31 bis. 12127. John 10:23.
Acts 3:11. 5: l2. 7:47.—Comp. 1K. c.1
sq. 1 Chr. 0. 28, 29. 2 Chr. 0. 1 sq.
2056;, 09, 6, (prob. awpo'g) a cof
fer. cofin, um, any receptacle for a dead
body, Luc. D.Mort. 6.4. Eschin. 20.34.
ib. 21. 29. Sept. for 1195 a mummy-chest
Gen. 50: 26.—In N. T. an open cqfi’in,
bier, on which the dead were carried to
burial, Luke 7:14. Comp. "151’. Sept.
rktvng 2 Sam.2:31. Jahn § 205. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 475.
26;, 07'], 60,1‘, pron. poss. Buttm.
§ 72. 4 ; thy, thine ,' tune, a, um; spoken
20050610106, 77;, i], Susanna, Heb._
"25115 (lily), pr. 11. of a Hebrew woman,‘
Luke 8: 3.
, =1
20¢10t, (1;, 1", (¢ro¢¢ic,) wisdom, pp. .
shill, tact, ezpertness in any art; e. g. 5|.
empr'a mi rilerovoe Hom. ll. 15. 412;’
espec. in the fine arts, as music, poetry»,
painting, Find. 01. 9.16. Xen. Mem.].
4. 2, 3. An. 1.2.8 Myer-a: ’A1|'6MUYEK8€Z-i
pa:
coqSlag,
MGPGI’IGV,
where wurfiemg
Negris tpil'ovrd
observes: “ The
modern Greeks would express the'mean.
ing of wept aorptac in this passage by
nepl E’FITYIEEIOIH‘IT‘OQ, with regard to chill
In N. T. wisdom, i. e. :
a) skill in the affairs of life, practical
wisdom, wise management, as shown in
forming the best plans and selectin the
best means, including the idea of Judg
ment and sound good sense. Acts 6: 3
fivapctg Em'h. wkfipeic ml. :17. mi 00¢lag.
7:10. Col. 1:28. 3:16. 4: 5 coll. 6.
Luke 21:15 076]“! mi aoqn’av q.d. wise
utterance. Sept. for 1"??? 1 K. 2t6.-—
Hdian. l. 5. 23. Plut. Thes. 3. ,Xen.
Mem. 3. 9. 4, 5.
b) in a higher sense, wisdom, i. q.
deep knowledge, natural and moral, in
sight, learning, science; implying culti
vation of mind and an enlightened un
derstanding. Jos. de Macc. 2 ao¢ia 8i,
 imp/a 728 Eogbo';
roiruv e'dri 'ymio'ig Selwv Kai dwepunrlywv 6:017. 1 Cor. l: 21, 24. coll. 22. Eph. 3:
1rpa'ypdruv K111 "In! roilrwv alriwy. Cic. 10. C01. 2: 3. Rev. 5:12. 7: 12. —01'
de 011'. l. 43 “sapientia, quam ao¢lav the divine wisdom as revealed and mani
Graeci vocant, rerum est divinarum tested in Christ and his Gospel, Matt.
et humanarum scientia." — (a) gem‘. 11:19 el’. Luke 7: 35 m1 Eda-(1:60:11) oo
Matt. 12: 42 et Luke 11: 31 'rfiv ompiuv ¢ia am‘. ru'iy rc'xvwv uin'iig, comp. in A:
Zokopfivoc, comp. 1 K. 4.: 29. Gesen. xauiu h. So Luke 11:49 1'; 00¢!“ r017
Heb. Lex. art. DEQ. Acts 7: 22 1rd 9cm": shrew, i. e. the divine wisdom as
aoeju'g Ai'ywrrt'wy. (Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 3. manifested in me, Christ; comp. Matt.
Implying learned research, M701’ pe‘v 23: 34 where it is e'yé. Others here take
Exovra 00451019 Col. 2: 23; also a know it in the Jewish sense of a divine na
ledge of hidden things, of enigmatic and ture, i. q. 6 Ad-yog, comp. in Ao-yog III.
symbolic language, Rev. 13: 18. 17:9. 20¢IZ6J, 1'. law, (ao¢6c,) to make wise,
Sept. for "93?: Job 11:6. Prov. 1:2.
i. e. ekilful, expert,- Pass. to be slzifled,
Dan. 1: 17.-—Hdot. 4. 77. 1131. V. H. 2.
expert, e. g. 'rfig yaw-thing Hes. 'Epy.
31. Xen. Mem. 4.. 6. 7. ——(}3) Spec. of
647 or 652, comp. 658 or 662.—In N.T.
the learningand philosophy current among
8.) Act. to make wise, to enlighten, sc.
the Greeks and Romans in the apostolic
in respect to divine things, 0. ace. of pers.
age, which stood in contrast with the
simplicity of the Gospel, and tended to 2 Tim. 3:15 Ti: 1. 'ypci/ipara riz. humi
perd as doglld'flt eig awrnpi'av. SO Sept.
draw away the minds of men from divine for I‘??? 5. 19:8. 105: 22.—Theoph.
truth; hence called by Paul o'apmxll 2
ad Autol. 2. p. 82 017p0¢fifl11 {ma rol'l
Cor. 1: 12. 1', uo¢ia rm? xéapou 1 Cor. I:
05m? aopwtiivreg. Fluted. R.V. p.601.4.
20. 3: 19. 76v drepiinrwv 2: 5. ru'rv a'o
b) Mid. aopifi'opat as Depon. c. ace.
dufiv 1:19. So 1 Cor. 2:41, 13 ho'ym
of thing, to make wisely, to devise skil
rfic (ivapwrrivng oodu'ag. 1:21 ('1 KdUIAOQ
fully, arg‘illlg, Hdot. 9. 66 1rpdg rai'n'a ao
51d rfig carping‘. v. 22. So 1 Cor. 1: 17
¢lfovrat 'rcide. ib. 8. 27. In N. T. Part.
oz'm c'v ampiq M-yuu not in wisdom qfworda,
perf. as passive, our wpz'ro: ‘146901 skil
i. e. not with mere philosophy and rhe
fully devisedfables, 2 et. 1: 16. Comp.
toric. 1 Cor. 2: l.—Hdot. 1. 60. 1131. V. Buttm. § 113. n. 6.—In profane writers
H. 14. 23. Xen. Conv. 3. 4. (y) In re also 0. ace. 01' pers. i. q. to deceive, to de
spect to divine things, wisdom, i.e. know
lude, Jos. B. J. 4. 2. 3. Dem. 567. 19.
ledge, insight, deep understanding, repre
sented every where as a divine gift, and 20¢0'g, 7'], 0,1‘, wise, i. e.
including the idea of practical applica a) skilful, ezpert, 1 Cor. 3: 10 mpac
tion; thus distinguished from 1‘) 7min; dpXi-rz'x-rww. Sept. for 551;‘ Is. 3:3. 2 Chr.
or theoretical knowled e; comp. Nean 2: 7. — Luc. D. Deor. 20. 1. Eschin.
der in Bibl. Repos. 1%. p. 252. Matt. Dial. Socr. l. 1.
13:54 miflev rm'rrlp 1'1 copier al'irn; Mark b) skilled in the affairs of life, discreet,
6:2. Acts 6:10. Eph. 1:8 iv m'wy eo judicious, practically wise; comp. in Y0
rpa'q Kai appow'yau. v. 17. Col. 1:9. 2 Pet. ¢la a. 1 Cor. 6:5 ao¢dg,iig dvw'ya'srai 2m
3: 15. 1 Cor. 12: 8 (‘1 hey diam-a: Xd'yoc xpiva: K. 1'. 7t. So Sept. and 1:212 Deut. 1:
vo¢iag e‘iMlp 5e M570: 'yydmswg. Spec. 13. 2 Sam. 13:3. 1s. 19:ll.-——Hdot. 7.
of insight imparted from God in respect 130. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. An. 1. 10. 2.
to the divine counsels, 1 Cor. 2: 6 bis, c) skilled in learning, i. e. learned, in
0 [av Xuhoipcv aoiplav 01’: T05 aid'n'oc telligent, enlightened, in respect to things
rourou. v. 7. Meton. of the author and human and divine; comp. in 20¢!’G. b.
source of this wisdom, I Cor. 1:30. — —(u) genr. as to human things, Matt.
As conjoined with purity of heart and 11:25 et Luke 10:21 c'uro copdov mi.
life, James 1: 5. 3:13, 15, 17 v') 3:‘ duo: own-6w. Matt. 23: 34. Rom. 1:14 m
Oev o'ozpia 1rpiTn'ov [421! (17111’) c’onv x. 'r. A. 9807;; re xaic'n'ofi'roic. 16:19. 1 Cor. 1:25.
Luke 2: 40, 52. Sept. for :go Prov. 1: 6. Eco. 2:14, 16.
t) 1', aozpla r05 6:05, the divine wisdom, —Pal:eph. 53. 6. Hdian. l. 2. 7. Xen.
including the ideas of infinite skill, in Mem. 1. 6. 11.—([3) Spec. as to thephi
sight, knowledge, purity. Rom. 11: 33 losophy current among the Greeks and
‘ I I I \
w (3060:; 1r)\ovrov uni ampmg mu 'ymimehn; Romans; see in 2045/11 1). Rom. 1:22
 farm/a 729 215130
¢rizncorr¢c EIVfll ao¢ol Epupdvenaav. 1 rope, Luc. Tox. 19. Diod. Sic. 3. 36.—
COT. 1:19, 20, 26, 27. 3:18 bis, 19,20. In N. T. a band, troop, company.
—-Xen. Mem. 1. 6. l4. ib. 3. 9. 5.— a) spoken of Roman foot-soldiers, prob.
(y) In respect to divine things, wise, en. acohort,of which there were ten in every
lightened, as conjoined with purity of legion, each containing three maniples
heart and life; comp. in Empia. b. y. or six centuries, but varying in the num
Eph. 5:15. James 3:13, comp. v. 17. ber of men at difl‘erent times and accord
c) spoken of God, wise, as being in ing to circumstances, from perhaps 300
finite in skill, insight, knowledge, puri to 1000 or more; comp. Adam's Rom.
ty. Rom. 16:27 ,uéw,» ooqpq'i 9a,}. 1 Tim. Ant. p. 367. So Matt. 27:27. Mark 15:
1: 17. Jude 25.—Comp. Ecclus. l: 1. 16. Acts 10: 1. 21:31. 87:1 see in
Erraw'a, 12;, 5, Spain, Lat. His Esgao'rdc b.—So Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 9 where
pam'n, pr. n. of the Spanish peninsula, of eighteen are'ipai five are said to con
including modern Spain and Portugal, tain each 1000 men, and the others 600.
as constituting a province of the Roman ib. 3. 2. 1. Ant. 19. 2. 3. Plut. Marcell.
empire. It was the native country of c. 25, 26. Perh. a legion Jos. B. J. 9.11.
Quinctilian, Lucan, Martial, and other 1.-—In Polybius r'] mrsipa is every where
Latin writers; and many Jews appear a mam'ple, mam'pulus, the third part of a
to have settled there. Rom. 15: 24, 28. cohort; e. g. P01. 11. 23. 1 rpzig mm'pag'
roiiro 5:‘ xaMT-rm rd cn'Wra-ypa nDy weft-71!
21023026“) v. rm), f. £01,110 Iear,!a
rapt‘; 'Pwpaimg xoo'prlc. comp. 4. 24. 5.
rend, to lacerale, Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 292. b) spoken of a band from the guards
Diod. Sic. 5. 30. In N. T. i.q. to con of the temple, John 1823,12. These were
vulse, to tin-ow into spasms, like epilepsy, Levites,who performed the menial oflices
spoken of the effects of demoniacal pos of the temple and kept watch by night,
sessions, c. acc. Mark 1: 26. 9; 20,26. Ps. 134.: 1. 2 K. 12: 9. 25: 18; espec.
Luke 9:39.—Plut. de Gen. Socr. 22. ed. 1 Chr. 9: 17, 27 sq. They were under
R. VIII. p. 339. Max. Tyr. Diss. 23. the command of ofi‘icers called a'rparfl'yoi,
Eamgyavdw, a7, 1‘. 1i)0w,(611'ép'ya see in Erpam-ydg b; or also xiMapxot
vov swathing-band,ir.a1rdp'yw,) to swat/1e, Esdr. 1:9, comp. Sept. 2 Chr. 35:8, 9.
to wrap in swaddling-clotbes, trans. Luke Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 3 5papdvre¢ dz‘ oi T017 izpoii
2: 7, 193. Sept. pass. for Pu. 5121.1 Ez. (pi/hare: fi-y'yuhav rq? erparn-yql—Some
16:4.—Aristot. H. An. 7. 4. Plut. understand here a band of Roman sol
Qusest. Rom. 5. diers; but these would rather have led
Jesus directly to their own oflicers, and
Z'Z'OWLZKOZW, (Z, I. flew, (wrardhn
luxury in eating and drinking, fr. mm not to the chief priests; and besides, this
0dw,) to live in luxury, voluptuously, in was not a band of regularly armed troops;
trans. 1 Tim. 5:6. James 5:5.—Ecclus. comp. Matt26:55. Luke ~22:52.—genr.
21: 15. Hes ch. mramhd' rpuqtd. So Judith 14.: ll. 2 Macc. 8: 23.
Karumrarakaw, Sept. Prov. 29: 21. An 29111201, {crept-‘1,10 saw, to scatter seed.
thol. Gr. II. p. 22. The earlier Greeks at) pp. absol. Matt. 6: 26 rd war-swim“
used mraOa'w, Alberti Obs. Philcl.p.398. 01’1 awez'pova'u'. l3: 3, 4. Mark 4: 3, 4.
Luke 8: 5 bis. 12: 24. Part. 6 arsz'pwv
29min), 5, 1'. duo, to draw, i. e. to t/zesower Matt. 13: 3, 18. Mark 4:3,14.
pull, Xen. Eq. 7. 1; to draw in the air, Luke 8:5. 2 Cor. 9: 10. Seq. acc. of
to breathe, Wisd. 7:3. In N.T. to draw the seed sown, Matt. 13: 24 arsipovn
out, e.g. a sword; Mid. arram'pcvoi rr‘lv xahdv mrt'ppa- v.25,27,3l,37,39. 1 Cor.
Fa'xazpav drawing ms sword, Mark 14: 15:36,37 bis. Pass. trop. ofa single seed
17. Acts 16: 27. Sept. for F1721} Num.
or grain, Mark 4: 31,32 xéxxov auérwe
92: 31. Judg. 9: 54. Plut. C. Mar. 14. ---5rav a'rrapii. So by analogy, of the
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 151 body as committed to the earth, 1 Cor.
211730;, 06;, 1", also Ion. gen. 11;, 15: 42, 43 bis, 44'. With prepositions
Acts 10: 1. al. Arr. Tact. p. 73. Buttm. of place, e. g. sic c. acc. Matt. 13:22.
§ 34'. n. IV. 1; pp. any thing wound, Mark 4:18. iv c. dat. Matt. 13: 31. s’m'
wreathed, spiral, a coil, Lat. spira, Anth. c. gen. Mark 4:31. E1ri c.acc. Matt. 13:
Gr. IV. p. 176. Jns Ant.8. 3.6; acord, 20, ‘23. 1rapz‘1 c. acc. v. 19 11’Gp(‘t rr'p' bEo'v.
 I

Emxoulawg 730 Evm'lhw

Sept. genr. for 9?! Ecc. 11: 4.. Gen. 26: 15:88. 2 Cor. 9: 10. Sept. for Y?! Gen.
12. c. acc. E00. 4.: 6. Jer. 12.13. c. :'v 1: 11. 4.7; 23.—ml. V. H. 9. 95. Xen.
EX. 23: 16. c. e'm' Hos. 2: 23.—Hdot. 3. (Ec.l7.10.—-Metaph. 1 John 3:9 d‘rs'ppa
100. Ml. V. H. 3. 18. Xen. Mem. 2.1. m'rroi sc. mi 9501'), i. e. aseedfrom God,
13. c. acc. of seed Hdot. 4. l7. Xen. (Ec. a gem of the divine life, the inner man
17. 5. Elsewhere also 0. acc. of the field, as renewed by the Spirit of God.
Sept. Ex. 23: 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.— b) trop. of the semen vin'le, Heb. ll:
Hence in proverbial expressions; Matt. 11, see fully in Karafiokr’l. So Sept. and
25: 24., 26, et Luke 19: 21, 2'2, ssplfwv 1:! Lev. 15:16 sq. 18:21.—-M. Antonin.
5mm of”: Emrupag x.r.)\. John 4: 37 n‘iMog 4. 36. Arr.Epiot.1. l 33.—Hence meton.
e'n'riv 6 mrn'puv x. -r. A. 2 Cor. 9: 6 bis ('1 seed, i.q. children, qflspring, pp. MatL22:
mru'pwv ¢u50pévwg x. r. A. Gal. 6: 7 5 24,251") E'Xmv mrc'ppa. Mark 12: 19,20,
'yilp iiw wreipy dvflpmroc x. 1'. A. for all 21, 22. Luke 20: 28. So Sept. and 1'21,
which see in Grpilw a. Also trop. 1 Cor. 1 Sam.1:11. 2: 22. Gem. i.q. posterity,
9: ll rd ‘KVEU/JdTLKél mretprw, i. q. to dis Luke 1: 55 n‘; 'Agpahp xai rp- mre'ppan
seminate,to impart. Gal.6 :8 bis 6 mm’pwv az'lroi. 10110742. 8233,37. A618 3: 25.
sic rfiv aripxa-ud mr. sic rd mlcfipa, i. q. 7; 5,6. 13:23. Rom. 1:3. 413,18. 9.7
whoever liveth to the flesh ,or to the Spirit. bis. ll: 1. 2 Cor. 11:22. Gal. 3:16 ter,
See in Gepifw b.—Comp. Prov. 22: 8. 19. 2Tim228. Heb-2:16. 11:18. Rev.
Aristot. Rhet.3.3.18 m) Be‘ mam alu'xpu'm 12: 17. Trop. also Christians from the
pe‘v Zawupac, Kaxu'ag Eé z'Be'pw'ag. Cic. (1e Gentiles are called the seed of Abraham
Or.9.65“utsementem feceris,ita metes." as having the same faith; Rom. 4: 16 re":
b) trop. of a teacher, to sow the word mrc'p/mn, ml: 11;: 5x r017 rdpov pzii'ov, 6AM:
of life, todisseminate instruction, John 4: x111 rq'i Ex m'a'rswg 'Agpan'llu. 9: 8. Gal. 3:
36. Mark 4:14 rdv A6701! mreipu. Pass. 29. Sept. and ’T1Gen.3:15. 13:16. 15:
4: 15 bis, b'rrou mra'pc'ral 6 hé-yog, x. r. A. 5.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6. Soph. Elect. 1508.
v. 16,20. Matt. 13:19 "3 e'mruppe'vov c'v Thuc.5.16. This usage inN. T.comes ra
r17; xapMq. James 3: 18. ther from theHebrew; comp.Winerp.30.
Emxouhoi'mg, 050;, 6, Lat. specu c) by impl. i. . a remnant, a few sur
lalor v. spiculator, (from ‘spicula,') Engl. vivors, like seed ept over from a former
a pike-man, halberdier, a kind of soldiers year; Rom. 9:29 :1 pr) Kr'lpwc 2.19.4.0
forming the body-guard of kings and Eymréhnrwilp'iv mre'ppmquoted from Is.
princes, who also according to Oriental 1: 9 where Sept. for “19.—Jos. Ant. 1 1.
custom acted as executioners, Mark 6: 5. 3. Plato Tim. p. 1044 ES 03v ‘Irina r')
27.—Senec. de Benet‘. 3. 25. de Ira l. mike Earl ram?!’ I'I/AGV, 1rep0¢1¢9ifloc
16 “ centurio supplicio praepositus con 1ro're 1711’éPflllTOC Hpcxc'oc.
dere gladium speculatorem jubet." Jul. Emgaoko'yog, av, 13, .',, (ore'ppa, M
Firmic. B. 26. Sueton. Claud. 35. Tac. 70),) seed-gathering, seed-plblling, as birds ,
Ann. 2. 12. 2. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. dpw'Ouv mrepiwké'yuv Plut. Demetr. 28.
580. Rabb. ‘1119'?P,l?=},seeBuxt.Lex.Chald. subst. a seeipicker, as a name for crows
1533. Heb. "212 see Gesen. Lex. s. v. and rooks, Arist.Av.233,579 or 582.Art.
Greek Bopuqtépog Hdian. 1. 4.. 10. 2. 90. In N.T. put for a mfienbabblar,
2775640, 1'. mrelmu, to pour out, to chal‘terer,who picks up and retails trifling
make a libah'on, Sept. for 3?; Gen. 35 :14’. things, Acts 17: 18.--Athen. 8. p. 34,4.C.
Hdian. 4. 8. 12. Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 1. In Dem. 269. 19. meppoho'yz'u Phil. Vit.
N. T. trop. Mid. G‘R'él’BOI-tflt to pour out Apoll.5.20.Comp.Wetst. N.T.II.p.56s.
one's self, i.e. one's blood, to otTer up one's 277513;”, f. u'la'u, trans. to urge on. to
strength and life, 2 Tim. 4: 6. km’ TH'I. hasten, Horn. 11. 13.236. Hdot.1.38,206.
upon orfor any thing,Phil.2: 17.—Comp. Oftener and in N. T. intrans. to urge one's
Liv. 21. 29 libare vires. se_lf on, to hasten, to ‘make haste, having
Erik/11¢, wroc, rd, (amtpw) seed, as respect simply to time, and thus difl'ering
sown,scattered,whether of grain, plants, from a-n'ovEdZw q. v. So Acts 22: 18. c.
trees. inf. Acts 20: 16 E'mrwBs yizp~~yevéa6m
a) pp. Matt.l3:24| wraipuv Kohbv mrz'p rig'IepovaaXfip.—-Jos.Ant.7.9.7. Hdian.
pn. v. 27, 32,37,138. Mark4131. 1 Cor. 6.8. 15. Xen. H.G. 3. 1. 17.—By Heb
 Zm'fitouov 731 216770;
raism. Part. o-rrzboag is put with a verb 2110590010”, 09, r6, an intestine,
of motion adverbially, i.q. hastily, quich bowel, Eurip. Med. 220. Soph. Aj. 995.
ly, e. 5'. Luke 2: 16 iihflov oner'loavrec. Plut. adv. Colot. 33 oibnpoiiv orrha'yxvov.
19: 5, 6. So Sept. and ‘T? Gen. 45:9. X. p. 632. Reisk. Usually and in N.T.
Ex.34:8. Josh. 8: 19. See Gesen. Lex. only Plur. ra o‘rrhtiyxvcl, the inwards,
‘U’! Pi. no. 1 b.—With an accus. i.q. to bowels, viscera ; in profane writers chief
hasten after any thing, to await with eager ly spoken of the upper viscera of victims,
desire. 2Pet.3 : l 2 rpoobombvrac Kai orrn'l as the heart, lungs, liver, which were
bovrac rfiv 1rapouolav u. r. A. For the ac eaten during or after the sacrifice, Hom.
cus. see Matth. <>423. p.779. Sept. mm’: 0d. 3. 9. 461. Plut. Marcell. 5. Hdian.
b‘wv bucawobvnv for “'7'? Is. 16: 5.— 5. 5. 20.— In N.T. of persons, genr. the
Pind. Istb. 4. ‘22 mrebbew ('zpcro’w. Dion. inwards, bowels.
Hal. Ant. 1.81. Thuc. 6. 39, 79. a) pp. Acts 1:18 e’EsxbBq 1ra'vra Te.
27.-imam", 00, 1.5 (mréom) a cave, onlm'yxva ailrofi, comp. in 'A-n-d-yxw. —
cavern, den, Lat. @elunca, Matt. 21: 13. 2 Macc. 9: 5. For thewomb Pind. 01.
Mark 11: 17. Luke 19:46. John 11:38. o, 73.
Heb. 11:38. Rev. 6: 15. Sept. for "1933 b) trop. the inward parts, as in Engl.
Gen.19:30. Josh. 10:16,l7.—-Jos.Ant. the breast, the heart, as the seat of the
14.1 5.5.Luc.D. Deor.4. lJEl. V. H. 12.39. emotions and passions, e.g. anger, Aris
270d?’ 66509, i], a rock by or in the toph. Ran. 844 or 868 n'pdc dp-yfiv onhu'y
sea, a clg'fl', breaker, on which vessels are xva Sepfn'jrpc. 11). 1006. Soph. Aj. 995;
shipwrecked, Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 3. Po]. 1. in N. T. of the gentler emotions, as com
37. 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 44.—In N. T. trop. passion , tender afi‘ection, likeHeb. ""9131;
of false teachers who cause others to put for the mind, the soul, the inner man.
make shipwreck of their faith, J ads 12. E.g. (a) genr. 2 Cor. 6: 12 orevoxw
Comp. 1 Tim. 1: 19. peioBc e'v ro'lg orrha'yxvorg bpd'w, parall.
with 1', xapc‘ia in v. 11. Phil. 7 n‘! ark.
271710;, 01), 6, a spot, stain, trop. in
nbv a'yiwv c'wan'e'vravrat 31a om]. v. 20'.
a moral sense, Eph. 5: 27. 2 Pet. 2: 13. 1 John 3:17. So Sept. and verge Prov.
-—pp. Jos. Ant. 13. 11. 3. Luc. Amor.
12:10. comp. '1"??? Gen. 43:30. 1 K. 3:
l5. Plut.ed.R.VIII.p.618. A late word
used for theAttic mMg,Lob.ad.Phr.p.28. 26.—Ecclus. 30:7. Plut.deVirt. etVit.
2. ed. R. VI. . 381. Test. XII Patr. p.
22710,”, 5, ‘mm, (oflhog) to spot, 533, 641.—-( ) Meton. for inward afic
to stain, to defile, c. acc. James 3: 6 7M1’; tion, compassion, pi!y,love. 2Cor.7 :15 ml
rm 1'] omhoiwa b'Aov 1'6 aqua. Pass. Jude n‘. o'1rhc'uyxva abroii 1replooorz'pwc sic bpc'ig
23.—Wisd.15:4. Dion. Hal. 9. 6. Luc. Ewn'v. Phil. 1:8 41:: e’mrroeib mirror; {1,1169
Amor.l5. A late w0rd,Lob. adPhr.p.28. Ev mrXd-yxvoig 'I. Xp. i.e. in my ardent
Ewlta'yxvlgofnau, f. wanna/nu, love to Christ. 2: 1. Intensive, Luke 1:
(mrhoi-yxvom) depon. Pass. to feel the 78 511‘: To cnrh. t'he'oug 9:017. Col. 3: 12
bowels yearn, to have compassion, to pity, 01).. clamp/.4017. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p.
absol. Matt. 20: 34 mrXa-yxwcrthlg 5e‘ 6 671. 3. Stuart § 456. So genr. will;
'Inoofic. Mark 1:41. Luke 10: 33. 15: Sept. EAIOQ Deut. 13:18. Is. 47: 6.—
20. Seq. z’zri 0. dat. Matt. l4: 14. Luke Test.XII Patr.64l , 643 Exew mrlu'ryxra
7: l3. s'rri' c.acc. Matt. (14:14.) 15:32. Ehe'ovg. -- (7) Put for the object of qlfec
Mark 6:34. 8:2. 9: 2-2. 1repi' 0. gen. tion, e.g. Philem. 12 n‘: Epé: orrllc'ryxra,
Matt. 9:36. Seq. gen. simpl. like Lat. my bowels, as in Engl. my heart, spoken
rm’: bobhov
miseret, e'xer'vom—Symm.
Matt. 18: 27 onka'ySent. 13:8.
nun-Belg of a person and implying strong affec
tion; here parall. with n‘: Epov n’m/ov in
Gr. Anon. lSam.13:21. e'nwwrXa-yxw v. 10.—Philostr. Vit. Soph. 2. 3 oinc E-lra
Zopevog Sept. Prov. 17:5. Elsewhere a'obboopa: 1'07; spoil onMi-yxvoic. Arte
only in later books, Test. XII Patr. p. mid. ]. 46 01 noise: mrMi-yxva hé-yovrm.
640, 641 , 642. 0. ii: p. 642 his. 0. 6m’ the Kai Err-600101. PhilodeJos.II.p.45.30.
rwa p. 636, 641. Act. Thom.§ 38. — 2W67706, 0", 6. asponge, Matt. 27:
Act. onha-yxvlZw occurs once in the sense 48. Mark 15:36. John 19:29. — Horn.
of mrAa-yxvebw, to eat the inwards of vic 0d. 1. 111. Plut. ed. R.VI. p. 374.10.
tims sacrificed, 2 Macc. 6: 8. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 41. “
 21056; 732 211-02510;

291-056;, 017, a, ashes, Heb. 9:13 111m Zsroubuiog, a, or, (an-Wain) My,
569 bapcihwg. Matt. 11:21 et Luke 10: hasly,i.q. earnest, diligent, forward. 2C0r.
13 iv min-q! Kai M05113“- perevv'nfiay. To 8: 17, 22 bis, moudaiov b'v'ra, wri be‘
lie down in ashes,or to cast ashes or dust 10)“) mrovdaio'repov. Neut. comparat.
on the head,was a rite of orientalmoum. mroubatérspov as adv. earnestly, diligmlly,
ing; comp. Sept. and ‘£15 Esth. 4.: l, 3. 2 Tim. 1: 17.—Diod. Sic. l. 51. Xen.
Is. 58: 5. Jer. 6: 26. Jon. 3:6. Also Mem. 4. 2. 2.
1 Macc. 3: 4.7. 4: 39. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. Zvrovbm'wg, adv. (mm/Educ) speed
See Wetst. N.T. I. 384. sq. Jahn § 211. ily, i.e. earnestly, diligently, eagerly, Luke
--genr. Ecclus. 10:9. Hom.0d. 9.375. 7:4. 1rapek1ihovv ain'ov mroudaiwg. Tit. 3'.
Luc. D. Mort. 20. 4.. 13. Comparat. mroubamrs'pwc, the more
210502, olg, fi, (wrslpw) a sowing, speedily, Phil. 2: 28. See Buttm.<>115.
seed-time, Sept. for ,3: [a free rendering, 5.-}El. V.H. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.9.
there shall be a sowing ; as a prophe 2700571, 775‘, fi, speed, haste, as mani_
tic imp. instead of a fut. sow ye, i.e. ye tested in earnestness, dili ence, zeal.
shall sow] 2 K. 19:29. green sprout, a) gent. e.g. peril mrougfig wit/1 haste,
grain as growing, 1 Macc. 10:30. Jos. i.e. hastily, eagerly, Mark 6: 25. Luke
Ant. 2.14.4. In N.T. i.q. mre'ppafleed, 1: 39. So Sept. for Wen Ex. 12: 11.
semen virile, (pp. Justin. Mart. Apol. 2. Wisd.19 =2. Hdian.3.4. 1. Xen.Cyr.2.4.6.
p. 93,) trop. for generation,birth. 1 Pet. b) i.q. diligence,earnest efl'ort, forward
1: 23 dva'ye-ysvvnpe'vol oi'm Ex mropfic uess. Rom. 12:8 1rpo'iu'1'd‘1uv0c e'v moubj.
¢Baprfig. — Act. Thom. §31 1rolag wro v.11. 2 Cor. 7:11. 8: 7,8. 2 Pet. 1:5.
pfic ml mu’ov ye'vovg inrdpxng. Justin. Jude 3 1riia’av mroudfiv 11'0101'11151104'. So
Mart. Apol. l. p. 51. Comp. Soph. An in behalf of any one, e.g. inre'p ru'oc 2
tig. 1154.. Cor. 7: 12. 8: 16. c. 1rplig final Heb. 6:
Zvrogqwog, 011, a, ,3, adj. (emipw) 11.—Jos.Ant. 20. 9. 2. Xen.Conv. 1. s.
sown,f0r sowing, eg. orrc'p'ua Gen. 1:29. rpég rwa Jos.Ant. 12.3.3. wept’ n Hdian.
Lev. 11:37. 1'; ‘yr? i.e. land fit for sowing, l. 13. 15. Diod. Sic. l. 81.
Diod. Sic. 1. 36. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 10 Ewvgi'g, 150;, 1", (mrcipa) a basket,
In N. T. neut. plur. r61 cnrbpipa, sown for storing grain, provisions, etc. Matt.
fields,fields qfgrain, Matt. 12: 1. Mark 15:37. 16:10. Mark 818, 20. Acts 9:
2: 23. Luke 6: 1. 25.—Arr. Epict. 4.. 10. 21 mrupim Eu
Emigog, 01), 6, (mrcipw) a sowing, 1rm'a‘a1. Alciphr.3.56. Hdot.5.16. Comp.
seed-time, Sept. for it‘?! Ex. 34:21. Xen. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 4.26.
(E0. 7.20. green sprout, grain as growing, 27025105 01), b, (Uflilfl, 10111111,) also
Ecclus. 40: 22.—In N. T. i. q. znrz'ppa, rb 01115101’ in profane writers; astadium,
seed, Mark 4:26 fiéhp rbv mrbpov e'1r1 T179 pp. ‘ the standard' so. measure.
7171‘. v. 27. Luke 8: 5,11. trop. 2 Cor. 11) pp. as a. measure of distance con
9: 10. Sept. for 73!. Deut. 11: 10. taining 600 Greek feet, or 625 Roman
Zarovboéfiw, 1‘. (I'm, 2 Pet. 1: 15, feet, equivalent to about 604.} feet or
(mrovbr'mearlier fut. a1roubr’wopa1 Buttm. 201 % yards English; the proportion of the
§113. n. 7; tospeed, to makehasle, intrans. Greek foot to the English being nearly
pp. as manifested in diligence, earnest. as 1007 to 1000, and that of the Roman
foot nearly as 970 to 1000,01‘ about 11.6
ness, zeal ; comp. in 21:68.». English inches. TheRoman milefluiluov,
a) gem. c. infin. 2 Tim. 4:9 0701,180
o'ov E'hficiv 1rpbc pa raxe'wg. v. 21. Tit. 3: contained eight stadia ; and ten stadia
12. Sept. for ‘3111 Job 31: 5. [See Ges. are equivalent to the modem geographi.
Lex. Index Gram. et Analyt.]-—-Judith cal mile of 60 to the degree. See Passow
s.v. Rees'Cyclop. arLMeasures. Adam's
13: 12.
b) i.q. to give diligence, to be in earnesl, Rom. Ant. p. 503. So Luke 24: 13.
to be flzrward, c. inf. Gal. 2:10 3 ml é John 6:19. 11:18. Rev. 14:20. 21:16.
mroiibaoa min-b roiro-n'ofiaac. Eph. 41.3. —So 6 ara'dioc Jos. 13.1. 7. 6. 6. P012.
1 Thess. 2:17. 2 Tim. 2:15. Heb. 4:11. 14. 9. Xen.Cyr. 7.1.5. rb ardbuw POL3.
2 Pet. 1:10,15. 3: 14.—Sept. Is. 21:3. 17.2. Hdot. 2.149. Xen. Mem. 1.4.17.
Diod. Sic. 1. 58. Xen. Apol. 22. b) prob. 'rb arc'ibmv, a stadium, circus,
 Zed/Mo; 733
in which public games were exhibited ;
so called because the Olympic course was
a stadium in length. 1 Cor. 9: 24 01 iv
wast’? rpe'xovrec. Comp. Potter's Gr.
Ant. I. p. 39. Adam'sRom.Ant. p. 340,
567.—Jos. 13.1. 2.9. 3 Eu araoiip. Pind.
Ol. 13. 4.2 a'radi'ou Epdpov. Also T6 are’;
5K0!’ El. V. H. 13. 43- Pol. 18. :29. 41.
Xen. H.G. l. 9.1.
Z'roipvog, 00, a, v. i, (1071);“) an
earthen jar, jug, e.g. for keeping wine,
a-répyoi o'ivou Dem. 933. 95. Aristoph.
Plut. 54.5. In N.T. apot,'uase, in which
the manna was laid up in the ark. Heb.
9: 4| m'dpvoc xpvm'l. See EX. 16:33,
where Sept. for "gigs—Maris p. 44 00m, 1rpo‘rspov m’rrov fiam'élu. A label
Exp opc'a' rim Elan-ow a'répvov, 'Ar'rmic' or title was usually placed on the breast or
crapvov, 'Ehhnwxiig. Comp. Lob. ad over the criminal. Comp. Adam's Rom.
Phr. p. 400. Ant. p. 274. Jahn § 261 sq.--Spoken
at) pp. Matt. 27: 32 roirov r'ryydpcu
2712/6“, 26);‘, 1'], (TUTTIFQ) Act. a set
ting up, erection, as of a statue, Dion.
Hal. Ant. 5. 35. Usually and in N. T.
Pass. a standing, i.e.
a) the act of standing, as arr’ww Zxcw
to have a standing, i.q. to stand, Heb. 9:8
in rfic #PtiH’flI; cum/fig ixot'w'nc ordinal.—
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 95 ps'xpzc (‘1v oinmvdg
1': ml 71') n)v cu’lrfiv m'éaw E’xwm. omp.
P01. 5. 5. 3.
b) i.q. an upstand, uproar. (a) pp. of
a popular commotion, sedition, insurrec
lion. Mark 15: 7 o't'rwcg iv 1'?) o'fl'w'cl pli
rov 1rc1ron'yxzwav. Luke 23: 19, 25. Acts
19:40. 24: 5. — Jos. Vit. § 17. Hdian.
3. 2.13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. (ii—(B) In a
more private sense, dissension, contention,
controversy, with the idea of violence,
Acts 15: 2 'ycvope'vnc 011v m-éa'swr; Kat
("Ti/050:9. 28: 7, 10. Sept. for :"1 Prov.
l7:l4.—Pol. 6.44.6. Xen.Mem.4.4.ll.
2721995, 77609‘, 6, (‘iv-n11.“ to weigh,)
pp. weight ; also stater, an Attic silver
coin, Matt. 17:27. It was equal to' four
Attic silver drachmazpr about 66§cents,
but was prob. current among the Jews
as equivalent to the sheltel or 56 cents ;
see in Apaxpr', and 'Ap-yi'lpiov c. Boeckh
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 16. — Aquil. et
Symm. for 52!? Ex. 38: 24'. Num. 3: 47.
Josh. 7:91. 1E1.V.H.12. l. Xen. H. G.
5. 2. 21. — There was also a arm-rip of
gold, Jos.Ant.7.l4.10. Dinarch. 101.31.
Z‘TOLUQDIQ, 017, ('1, a pointed stake, pale,
palisadc, Hom. ll. 24. 453. Jos. B. J. 3.
7. 19. Thuc. 7. 95. Xen. An. 7. 4. 14.
Erawgow
Later and in N. T. a cross, i. e. a stake
with a cross_piece, on which malefactors
were nailed for execution, or crucified.
This mode of punishment was known to
the Persians, Ezra 6: ll. Esth. 7: 10.
Hdot. 6. 30. ib. 7. 194 ; and also to the
Carthaginians, Pol. 1. 86.4.; but was
most common among the Romans for
slaves and criminals; and by them was
introduced among the later Jews, Jos. B.
J. 9. 14.. 9. ib. 5. 1]. 1. Persons about to
be crucified were first scourged and then
made to bear their own cross to the place
of execution; comp. Jos. 11. cc. Artemid.
9. 56 6 pz'Mwv aim; [crravpq'l] 1rpoa’nhoi
day, in: Hpp rov zrraupov ai/roi, i.e. Jesus
being faint under the weight of his cross,
Simon was compelled to aid him in hear.
ing it. 21; 4.0, 42. Mark 15; 21, 30, 32.
Luke 23: 526. John 19:17, 19, 25, 31.
Phil. 2: 8. Col. 1: 20. 2: 14.—Pliilo in
Flacc. II. p. 527, 36. C. Luc. de Mort.
Pergr. 45. Diod. Sic. 2. 18. — Trop. in
the phrases a’ipuv, Bam'él'cw, hapfii'u'ew
rov aravpév, to take up or bear one’: cross,
i. e. to undergo sufl'ering, trial, punish
ment; to expose one's self to contumely
and death; so 0. a't'prw Matt. 1 6:24. Mark
8: 34. 10: 21. Luke 9: 23. flaarc'iluv
Luke 14: 27. Rang/way Matt. 10:38.
h) meton. the cross for its punishment,
crucifixion, spoken only of the death of
Christ upon the cross, Eph. 2: 16. Heb.
12: 2 inrr’psws wavpdv. So 6 a'raupoc r01“:
Xp. 1 Cor. 1:17. GaLG: 12,14. Phil.
3: l8. 1') ko'yoc r017 a'ruvpot') 1 Cor. l: 18.
absol. Gal. 5: ll.
27'0Wf6W, 0:, f. time), (oravpog) to
stake, to drive stakes, pales, palisades,
Thuc. 7. 25. Later and in N. T. to cru
cify, to nail to the cross, c. acc. expr. or
impl. Matt. 20: 19 paan-yiiam Kill UTGU
pu‘m'ai. 93: 34'. 26: 2. 27: 22 sq. Mark
l5: 13 sq. Acts 2: 36. al. Sept. for ‘4212
Esth. 7: 10._Jos.Ant. 17. 10. IO. Luc.
Prometh. l. Pol. l. 86. 4. — Trop. i. q.
Savor-6|», Gal. 5:94 u'raupoi'w 1.1))’ odpxa,
to crumfi/ the flesh, i. e. to vanquish,
mortify, destroy the power of the carnal
nature. 6: l4 Epol xdopoc z'o‘rm'ipurai,
xqiyc‘u rq'i xéapp, i.q. the world is dead to
 Zraqoukfi 734
me and I to the world, I have renounced e. g. 105 Ant. 4.. 6. 4'. Thuc.
the world and the world me. An. or Mid. to be sent, to go, to
ETQW-‘M; fig, 1'], a grape, cluster of ney, Jos. Ant.l.19.l. Hdot.
grapes, Matt.7:16 prim WMe'yovmv rm; An. 5. l. 5. Further, from
dxaved'w ara¢v)u'1v. Luke 6:441. Rev. H:
18. Sept for =2! Gen. 40: 11. Is. 5: 2.
-Diod. Sic. 4|. 5. Xen. (Ec. 19. 19.
I. z'roixug, vog, 6, an ear of grain,
1\Iatt. 12: l rikhuv r01‘); ardxvac. Mark
2: 23. 4: 28 his. Luke 6: 1. Sept. for
hélw' Gen. 41: 6, 7. Ruth 2: L—Eurip.
Hec. 593 or 597. Anth. Gr. I. p.2. Luc.
Saturn. 7.
II. Em'xug, 00;, 6, Stacfiys, pr.
n. of a Christian, Rom. 16: 9.
E'ré'yn, ’;, 1", (ore'yu,) a covering,
roof, Matt. 8:8. Luke 7: 6. Mark 2: 4|
drrsu're'yaaav 'rr‘yv o'ré'ynv, comp. in 'A1ro
arc-yr’rlw. Jahn § 34. Sept. for 71135,‘? Gen.
8: 13.—Esdr. 6: 4!. 1El.V.l-I.9.18. Xen.
Cyr. a. 1. 14..
I“ Z'ré'yw, f. Eu, to cover, trans. Luc.
Tim. 18. Thuc. 4. 34. In N.T. to cover
over in silence, i. e.
a) gem. i. q. to conceal, not to make
known, 0. acc. 1Cor.13:7 dyd'lrnn-mivra
oré'yu,i.e. hides the faults of others. So
some ; but Pauline usage would refer it
rather to b. —- Ecclus. 8: 17 Myer are’
Zai. Pol. 4'. 8. 2. Thuc. 6. 72.
b) i. q. to hold out as to any thing, to
fiarbear, to bear with, to endure, c. acc. 1
Cor. 9:12. 13:7. absol. 1Thess.3:l,5.-
Diod. Sic. 11. 32 my 131w. Pol. 3. 53. 2. garland, wreath. Acts 14: 13 TCU’JPODC mi
211750;, a, Dll,(o'rqifitig,drepslic firm, and garlands, as was customary in hea
solid, fr. imp“) sterile, barren, spoken
only of females, Luke 1: 7, 36. 23: 29.
Gal. 4: 27. Sept. for “122, Gen. 11: 30.
Judg. 13: 2, 13.—Luc. D. Mort. 28. 2 his.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 25 fin. B0179 o'reipa.
Hom. 0d. 10. 522. ll). ll. 30.
2750a), f. 016MB, pp. Germ. stellen,
i. q. to set, to place, to make stand in order,
e. g. soldiers in battle-array, Hom. Il. 4..
294; trop. to put in order. toprepare, tofit
out, as rim‘: 4'; pv’ixnv Hum. 11. 12. 325.‘
vfia 0d. 2. 287. orpa-riav Hdot. 3. 14.1 ;
also tofil or furnish with garments etc.
i.q. to deck, to clothe, Hdot. 3.14.; and so
Pass. Luc. D. Mort. 3. 2. Xen. An. 3.9.
7. Hence, from the idea of motion into
a place, comes the usual Greek signif.
to send, to despatch, implying a previous
fitting out, and thus dillhring from fl'é/Jfl'w,
Zs'svoigw
3. 86. Pass.
take a jour.
3. 53. Xen.
the idea of
motion back to a former place, comes the
signif. to put or send back, to draw in, to
contract, e.g. {aria m'éMtzw, to send in or
draw in, the sails, i. q. to furl, Horn. 0d.
3. l I; also of astringent medicines, Alex.
Aphrod. rc‘i a-réMow-a 'rfiv xodu'av. Trop. to
repress, to diminish, to assuage, Sept. for
3213' of the waters Gen. 8: l. Jos. Ant.5.
8. 3 Mnrnv orakfiyai. ii). 9. 10. 2 a Xu
pdw e'o-nihn. Philo de Vit. Mos. III. p.
668. E, rfiv gtuair'ro'ay o'iqo'w are'miv
ral uaflaipsw. Of persons, to repress, to
restrain, c. 61rd from any thing, Philo de
Spec. Legg. p. 772. E, an‘. rfiw n'qLqMIw
Kai im'spo'yxur dvrimrim'u Kai trrs'Movaa.
Mid. absol. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 953.6
oi Kari: \lmxfiv XEI’MDYCC,‘ o'rrikaafiai rdr
iivOpum-ov oi»: e'dwrzga—Hence
In N.T.Mid. or Pass. trop. of persons
contracting or repressing themselves from
fear, surprise, etc. i. q. to shrinkfrom, to
withdraw from, to avoid, c. acc. 2 Cor. 8:
20 GTEMé/LEVDL roiro. seq. i’nro',2Thcss.
3:6 a'réMwOal i446; i'zrrd wavrdc atoms
:1‘. 'r. X.-—P0l.8.22.4| rip! it: rfic amnesia;
xaraEiumv o'rz'hhedeai. Seq. (uro', Sept.
Mal. 2: 5 and 1rpoau'nrov (ivziparo'c po
o'remwflm ailrovforlieb. ‘32:’? "U3. [NiplL
of "1311] Hesych. a-re'fitzmi‘ qzoflziraa.
Ea-éaaa, wrog, T6, (we'rpw) afiflet,
orz'p/m-ra, i.e. victims adorned with fillets
then sacrifices; comp.Potter Gr. Ant.I.p.
225 sq. Adam's Rom.Ant.p.323.—-Hom.
II. 1. 28. Luc. Alex. 27. Pol. 16. 33. s.
Erevayaog, 017, 6 , (orevéZw,)a groan‘
ing, sighing, e. g. of the oppressed, Acts
7: 341, quoted from Ex.2:24| where Sept.
for "P355, as also Ex.6:5, and Judg.?zlt).
Also of prayers to God not expressed in
articulate words, Rom. 8: 26. Sept. for
"11355 Ps. 38: 10. — Eurip. Pliocn. 1054.
Luc..lup.Trag.2. iEschin. Dial. Soe.3.3.
ETfl/ll'gw, f. Ea), (tn-era), 6751159) to
groan, to sigh, intrans. e.g. of persons in
distress, aflliction, Rom. 8: 23 Kai. fwd;
din-oi Ev Eauroig arsvcilopsv. 2 Cor. 5: 2,
4|. Heb. 13:17 ; or from impatience, ill
llumour, i. q. to murmur, m1" i’r,\)u'l.\ur
James 5:9. Also of those who otl'er silent
 2mm’; 735
prayer, Mark 7: 34 c'waglte'tbagn-e'a're'va
Es. Sept. genr. for "3355. Is. 24:7. Lam.]:
22.—Wisd. 5:3. Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 97.
8 oil orevziEan'rog. Dem. 835. 12.
272705‘, 7'], 0/1‘, strait, narrow, e. g. i]
'n-I'Ar) 1‘; crew’) Matt. 7:13,14. Luke13:
24. Comp. 2 Esdr. 7: 6sq. Sept. for '13
Is. 49: 20.—Ceb. Tab. 10. Hdian. 3. 3.
2. Xen. Mem. 3. 5.25.
Ersvoxwgéw, 5, f. flaw, (arevéxupoc,
from arevoc, xtbpm) to crowd into a nar
row space, to shutter: as to room, Sept.
Josh.17:15. Luc.Nigr.l3. PassI-Idian.
7. 9. 18. Diod. Sic. 20. 29. In N. T.
Pass. trop. to be straitened, distressed, not
able to turn one's self, 2 Cor. 4: 8. 6:12
bis, opp. 1r7\ar|'wu in v. 11.—Arr. Epict.
1. 25. 28 Eavrozlg Sktgoper ml orevoxw
pobluev K. r. A.
Zreroxogta, mg, .7, (arzvoxupe'm) of Hence trop. as an emblem of the rewards
a future life, i.q. prize,reward. 2Tim.
straitness of place, want of room, Diod.
Sic. 18. 42. Thuc. 4. 26. In N.T. trop.
straits, distress, anguish, as 1" empty ml
areyox. Rom. 2: 9. 8:35. 2 Cor. 6: 4.
iv iwdyxarc iv arevoxwpialc 12: 10.
Sept. for "P53 Is. 8: 22.—Ecclus. 10:26.
Arr. Epict. 1. 25. 26. P01. 1. 67. 1.
Zrsgso'g, oi, bu, (artfifilic, kindr. with
‘in-mp‘) stable, firm, solid, e.g. as opp. to
a liquid, are air rporpr'p, solidfood, antith.
ri: 'yéka milk, Heb. 5: l2, l4. -— Arr.
Epict. 2. 16. 39 oil 90mg 1751] dug Ta Tat
Ei'a drro'yakarrwefivat xal ii1rrw9at rpo
rpfic orrpcwre'pae. Diod. Sic. 9. 4. 71“) .los.
Ant. 7. 2. 1. M90; Horn. 0d. 19. 494.—
Trop. firm, strong, immoveable, 2 Tim.2:
19 Selue'luoc r017 9:017. lPet. 5: 9 a'rzpeol
1'5 m'o'rei. Sept. for P111 Ps.35:12. Jer.3l:
11.—ELV.H.5.8. Dion. Hal. Ant.8.40,
Ersgebw, 5, f. 610w, (arepzég) to
make stable, firm, strong, to strengthen,
trans. Acts 3: 7, 16 rm'Jrov-"io'repimoe rd
dvopa din-oi. Sept. for "'92 Ps. 33:6.
9?; Is. 44: 24. — Diod. Sic. 1. 7. Xen.
Cyr. 8. B. 8.——Trop. to confirm, to estab
lish, so. in faith, r‘r} m'o'ru. Acts 16: 5.—
Sept. 1 Sam. 2: 1. Prov. 20: 18.
z'rigéwfba, “7'06, ro', (arepséw) any
thing firm, solid; tkefirmament, Sept. for
2?? Gen. 1: 6 sq. E2. 1: 22 sq.firm sup
port, Esdr. 8: 81. In N.T. stability, firm
ness, steadfastness, e. g. rfig mortal; Col.
2: 5.——1 Macc. 9: l4.
27€¢0¢Wig, (Z, 6, Step/Janos, pr. n. of
Znixw
a Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor.l:16. 16:
l 5, I7.
I. Z'régburog, 01), b, (are'¢w,)a circlet,
ckaplet, crown, encircling the head.
a) as the emblem of royal dignity,
Rev. 6: 2. 12: 1 aré¢avog rim-{poly 54:
Bsxa. 14: 14 a-rc'tp. Xpvaoiv. Ascribed to
saints in heaven, elsewhere called kings,
Rev. 4: 4, 10. 9: 7. Comp. in Bamhzilw
1). Of the crown of thorns set upon Christ
in derision, as king of the Jews, Matt.27:
29. Mark 15:17. John19z2, 5. Sept. for
"315?, 2Sam.12:30. Esth.8:15.-—2Macc.
l4: 4. 1151. V. H. 11.4. Hdian. 5. 3. 12.
b) as the prize conferred on victors in
the public games and elsewhere, a chap
let, wreath. 1 Cor. 9:25 epflaprov amp.
hégwa'm—Judith 15: 13. Jos. B. J.7.l.
3. Ceb. Tab. 21. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 36.—
4:8 6 rfic bucawzn'wng arz'gtavoc. James 1:
12 ore'qt. 'n'ig Zufic. 1 Pet. 5: 4. Rev. 2:
10. 3:11. Comp. Sept. for “215?, Jer.l3:
18. Lam. 5: 16.—So i.q. reward, Diod.
Sic. 13. 15.
c) trop. i. q. ornament, honour, glory,
thaat in which one may glory. Phil. 4:].
dThai.
e 0:’2,:‘19.
Wm XS‘;
11 a Sept.
mi 071'
will1 wig
":19; cu.
Prov.1
12:4. 16:31. 17: 6. —- Philostr. Vit.
Soph. l. 21. 2. Lys. 154.17 0114:. 1'17:
narptboc eIvat rr‘rg Earn-5v dzuxr'ic.
II, Erépavog, 0v, 6, Stephen, pr.
n. of one of the seven primitive deacons,
the first Christian martyr. Acts 6: 5, 8,
9. 7: 59. 8:9. 11:19. 22: 20.
Ersoavo'w, 5, f. draw, (are'qaavog) to
crown ,trans.e.g.a victorinthe public games
etc. 2Tim.2:5. Sept. for "it! Cant.3: 11.
—Iudith'15:l3. Ceb.Tab.21. Xen.!ig.
2. 11.—Trop. i. q. to adorn, to decorate.
Heb. 2: 7, 9, 565g Kai npg' s'arapdvwaag
abro’v, in allusion to Ps.8:6 where Sept.
for "EL—Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 4 ant}. rag 1n’;
Xag. Diod. Sic. 80. 84.
27500;, 20;, 01);, rd, (iarnfu, o'Tfi
N11,) the breast, Plur. riz art/61). Luke l8:
l3 gTlHTT£Y sic 'rb 011760;. 23:48. Johnl3:
25. 21:20. Rev. 15:6. Sept. for Chald.
Dan.2:32. :b. Ex. 28:23,28. -
Luc.D.Deor.19.1. Hdian.4.4.7. Thuc.
2. 49. Of animals Xen. Ven. 4. 1.
276760), a late form found only in
 Erngaypoo'; 736
the present, corrupted from Ed'rmcu, I
stand, Perf. of tempt. Buttm.§107. II.
2, marg.—To stand, intrans. Mark 11:
2 5 b'rav a'r'r'pmre 1rpoaeuxope v01. Elsewhere
only trop. i. q. to standfirm in faith and
duty, to be constant, to persevere; 0. dat.
commodi, Roi-0.14:4 rq': iEirp Kuptp arr’,
xu 1') m'm-u, to his own master be standet/l
or falleth, i. e. it is for his own master,
not for you, to judge whether he is faith
ful or unfaithful. Seq. dat. of thing,Gal.
5: l rfl e'Mueepiq. Seq. Ev c. dat. 1 Cor.
16:13 arr'luere e'v rfi alarm. Phil. 1:27.
4: 1 iv Kvpivp, i.e. in the faith and pro
fession of Christ. I Thess. 3: 8. absol.
2 Thess. 2: 15.—Sept. for 5R7)? Ex. 14:
13 in Cod. Alex. et Comp].
Erngl-yfaég, 017, b, (arqpt’lw) a setting
fast, fizedness,a standing still, e. g. of the
stars Diod. Sic. 1. 8L genr. Plut. ed. R.
VI. p. 284. 11. In N.T. trop. fiz'edness,
steaay‘astness in mind and faith, 2 Pet.
3: l7.
Efflflzld, f. [£70, (Tampa) to set fast ,
steaaffast, tofixfirmly, trans.
a) pp. Pass. perf. Luke 16: 26 Xéa'pa
pz'yo. éa-n’ypmmt, i. e. is set fast, stands
fixed. — Sept. KMpaE Earnptypévn for
=21 Gen. 28:12.—Ecclus. 3:8. Luc. D.
Marin. 10. l rr‘pv viirmv. Hesiod. Theog.
498 Meow. Hum. 11. ll. 28. Intrans.
Plut. Marcell.15.—From the Heb.Luke
9: 51 To 1rptia'w1roy ailroi EUTIIIPIEE 1'01771'0
psr'leo'eat x. r. X. comp. in Hpo'a'wrrov a.
b) trop. to make steadfast in mind, to
confirm,tostrengthen. Luke 22 z 32 arr’lptEov
rm); ddehpoug 00v. Rom. 1: ll. 16: 25.
1 Thess. 3: 2, 13. 2 Thess. 8: 3. James
5: 8. 2 Pet. 1: 12. Rev. 3: 2. l Thess.
2:17 et 1 Pet. 5:10 amplEat Opt. in text.
rec. where later edit. fut. ampiEu. Comp.
\Viner p. 273. So Sept. for T9? Ps. 51:
14. 112: 8.—Eoclus. 6: 4,0. 22: 17.
2777/1106, 0:70;, r6, a-rZZw to stick,
to prick, also to brand, H 0t. 7. 35. Plut.
Peric. 26,) stigma, i. e. a mark, brand, as
pricked or burnt in upon the body, in al
lusion to the marks with which slaves and
sometimes prisoners were branded; trop.
Gal. 6:17 To o'ri'y ara 1'06 Kupz'ov 'Ino'ofi
Ev rip carport’ you ao'rdzw. Comp. 2 Cor.
4'. 10 et 11: 23 sq. also Rev. 14:9. See
Wetst. N. T. II. p. 237. Adam's Rom.
Ant. p. 37. Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 64.
sq.—pp. Luc. Pisc. 46 e'1ri rm‘; pzrdmou
ETOIQCETOV
orl'ypara. El. V. H. 2. 9. Plut. Peric.
26. Diod. Sic. 14. 30.
21771116: 5;, 1'1,(a~riZw,) aprick point,
Diog. Laert. 7. 135 on-ypr‘, 5' Earl 19a}:
pfic 1re'pac, fine z'erl anpziov Ehc'lxw'rov.
Trop. for the minutest particle, Dem.
552. 7. In N. T. trop. point of time, i.q.
a moment, instant, Luke 4: 5 iv m'rypj
Xpévov. Sept. for 912‘? Is. 29:5.——2 Mace.
9:11. Plut. de Puer. educ. l7 dn'ypi]
xpévov mic o [3109 kart. Anth. Gr. I. p.
172. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 679.
ETA/Ace), f. 1pm, to shine, to be bright,
to glitter, intrans. Mark 9:3 iyéna art/\
gov'ra. Sept. for =21? [Hoph.] Ezra 8:26.
art'hgovo'a p'Op¢dt'G. for =7}?! 157?. Nah.3 : 3.—
1Macc.6:39. P01. 1 l.9.4.PlatoPha2do 59.
27002, tig, 1‘], (Ia-mp1,) pp. a pillar,
column, comp. wepiaroov i. q. mpia'rvkot.
in ordinary usage a portion , pdrch, piazza,
surrounded and supported by columns,
e. g. 1‘) o'roa Eokoptivoc John 5:2. 10:23
Acts 8: 11. 5:12. Comp. in 'Itpér d.
This is called by Josephus n‘: E'p-yov Eo
Aopdivog, prob. in reference only to its
foundations; it was repaired by Agrippa
the younger,to whom the emperor Clau
dius committed the charge of the temple;
Jos. Ant. 20.9.7. comp.B.J.5.5.l. ib.6.5.
l.—genr. Dem. 776. 20. Xen. (Ec. 7. 1.
Z'rméoig, 0250;, #1, found only in
N.T. prob. a corrupted form for m-tfiéq,
5150;‘, 1'7, from arelgu, Lat. mp0, to tread,
Aor. 2 Zengov. which latter form is read
in several Mss. Comp. Fritzsche I".
Evang. Vol. II. p. 474. Pp. ‘any thing
trodden,’ and hence ‘ any thing strewcd
to lie upon,‘ a couch of tender boughs,
leaves, grass, etc. Aristoph. Plut. 5H
a'ngcida o'xolvwv. P01. 5. 48. 4. Diod.
Sic. 17. B5. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 15.—In
N.T. meton. a green bough, branch,Marli
ll: 8 m'otfiddac {sorrow Ex rim 5039441,
i.q.in Matt.21:8 Exo'lrrov 0.680“. Comp.
Wetst. N. T. I. p. 609.
E-mxehv. 00, n5, (dim. of a'ro'ixoq;
a row, series,fr.aru’xu to go up by steps,)
pp. a little step, a pin,peg, standing up
right, e. g. the gnomon of a dial, meton.
Aristoph. Ecclus. 648 or 652. Trop. an
element, e. g. elementary sound, a letter.
Pol. 10. 4.5. 7. Luc. Jud. Voc. 12.—In
N. T. plur. rs. arotxfla, elements, e. g.
a) gem. the elements of nature, the
component parts of the physical world.
 Z'rolxéw
2 Pet. 3:10, 12 0701x611 xavo'm'lpeva.
Comp. Minuc. Felix 34. 2 “ Stoicis--
et E picuraeis de elementorum conflagra,
tione et mundi ruina eadem ipsa sen
tentia est." Senec. de Consol. ad More.
26.-—- Wisd. 19: 17. J05. Ant. 3. 7. 7.
Luc. Parasit. ll. Hdian 3. 1. 12.
b) spoken of elementary instruction,
the elements ,the rudiments ,e. g.of Christian
instruction, Heb. 5: 12 riz ormxfia 'rfig
tipxiig i.e. thefirst rudiments, principles;
comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34.
2.—'Plut. de Puer. educ. 16 0704x5711 rfic
c’rpzrfig. — Spoken of philosophy, and
espec. of the Jewish religion in contrast
with Christianity,i.q. the mere rudiments,
Gal. 4: 3, 9. Col. 2: 8, 20.
Efolxéw, 5, f. flaw, (aro'ixog a I‘OW,)
tostand or go in order, to advance in rows,
ranks, Xen. Cyr.6.3.34. Mag. Eq. 5.7.
In N. T. trop. to walk orderly, seq. dat.
of rule, i. q. to live according to any rule
or duty, to follow; Gal. 6: 16 500: 'rqi
ravdvl ror'lrp a'rotxfiooum. 5:25. Phil. 3:
16. R0m.4:12. absol. Acts21:24.—-Sext.
Empir. 1. 10. 233 arolxsiv rfi Irwrltiu'q.
Pol. 28. 5. 6 orocxsiy Tl‘) o'u'yxtw'lrov 1rpo
Hc'au.
27070,], 77',” 1'] (aréXM-J q. v.) pp. ‘a
fitting out,’ i. e. apparatus, implements,
1E1. V.H. 3. 43. armature, arms, harness,
ib. 3. 24. Xen. Cyr. 3. 8. 42. apparel,
attire, dress, 1E1. V. H. 13. 1 med. 14. 7.
-—In N. T. i.q.Lat. stola, a robe, vestment,
i. e. a long flowing robe reaching to the
feet, worn by kings Sept. Jon. 3: 6. El.
V.1-l. 7. l; by priests Sept. Ex. 28:2 sq.
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. l. Hdian. 5. 5. 5; and in
N. '1'. generally by persons of rank and
distinction, Mark 12: 38. 16:5. Luke15:
22. 20: 46. Rev. 6:11. 7: 9, 13, 14 bis.
Sept. for ‘'3? Ex. 28: 2 sq. 2 Chr. 18:9.
5:2? 1 Chr. 15:27.—Ceb.Tab. 18. Diod.
Sic. 2. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.
Eréaa, was, 75, the mouth, of men
and animals.
a) pp. e. g. of animals, Matt. 17: 27.
2 Tim. 4: 17,comp. in Aéuv. Heb. 11:
33 comp. Judg. 14:8. James 3: 3. Rev.
9: 17 sq. 12: 15. al. So Sept. and "5
Gen. 8: 11. Ps. 22:22.—Palaeph. 52. 2.
Xen. Eq. 6. 9.—Of persons, as the or
gan of breathing, blowing, 2 Thess. 2:
8 Ti TVElt/ltlfl rm? o'répurog airrofi sc. ror?
6e06, comp. Ps. 33:6. Rev. 1:16. 2:16.
737 216g.“
11: 5. So Sept. and ‘"9 2 K. 4:34. As
receiving food and drink, Matt. 15: 11 ,
17. John 19:29. Acts 11:8. Rev. 10:9,
10. So Sept. and FIE Neh. 9: 20. (P01.
12. 9. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 5.) Chiefly
as the instrument of speech, Matt. 12:34
r6 orépa Aaksi. Acts 23:2. Rom. 3:14,
19. 10:8 sq. Col. 3:8. James 3:10. :11.
Sept. and Ex. 4:15. Is. 1:20. (Luc.
Calumn. 8. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 9.) So the
mouth as speaking, or perh. meton. for
words , sayings , discourse , Matt. 1 5 :8 ,com p.
Is. 29:13. Matt. 18:16 at 2 Cor. 13:1
c’rri aro'parog 5&0 papn'lpuv, quoted from
Deut. 19: 5 where Sept. for rr.-‘>2. Luke
11: 54. 19: 22 in T01? ardpa-ro'g aov Kpwd'r
o'e- 21:155450'wi1p7u1 o'rolua Kai o'opl'auqfl.
wise utterance. Comp. "E Sept. A670;- 1
Sam. 15:24.—Soph. (Ed. Tyr. 427,699
or 701. -— In phrases borrowed mostly
from the Hebrewz—(l) allot-yew r6 oréya
to open one's mouth, to speak, and so trop.
of the earth as rent in chasms Rev. 12:
16; see fully in 'Avoiyw. (2) r6 Emropsvé
per/ow e’x rol'; orépnroc, i. e. words uttered,
sayings,discourse. Matt. 15:1 1, 18; comp.
Sept. Num. 30: 3. 32: 24. S0 Ta Enrop.
5151 1'05 a'réparoy; sc. 7017 950:7,w0rd, pre
cept, Matt. 4: 4, in allusion to Deut. 8:
3 where Sept. for ‘H9. (3)1\a>\s1v v. eZn-ziv ,
54a o'ro'paroc rwoc, to @ea/l through the
mouth qfany one, to speak by his inter
vention ,as God by a prophet, messenger,
Luke 1: 70 R1166): étuikqo's 51a ardluaroc
r47»! d-yluv 1rpo¢11r¢5m Acts 1: 16. 3:18,
21. 4: 25. 15: 7. So Sept. and Heb. ‘or;
2 Chr. 36:21, 22. (4) ardpa opt‘); no’ a
Mahdi’, to speak mouth to mouth, oral y,
without the need of writing, 2 John 12.
3 John 14. Sept. for "37515 Pl? Num. l2:
8. comp. Jer. 32: 4.-—Jos. Ant. 10. 8. 2
Rake-iv xara o'rdpa.
b) trop. i.q. edge, paint, as 012. weapon;
the figure being‘ taken from the mouth as
armed with teeth and biting, or as being
in beasts the front or foremost part; also
of the front of an army, Xen. H. G. 4.
3. 4. An. 3. 4. 42. In N.T. of a sword,
arépa paxaipag Luke 21: 24. Heb. 11:
34. S0 Sept. for Heb. 311T"? Gen. 34:
16. Judg. 20:37, 38.—-Ecclus. 98: 18.
Philostr. Heroic. 19. 4 aro'pa 'rfig aixpfig.
Soph. Aj. 651. Hom. Il. 15. 389. An.
Z'rlflwuxos, 0v, 6, (mpng pp. a
mouth, opening, hence, the throat, gullet,
Hom. 11.3. 292. ib. 19. 266. In N. T.
3 A
 Zrgarslu 738 Ergarmi
the stomach, 1 Tim. 5: 23.—Luc. Chro required, and the others had charge of
nosol. 17. Hdian. 1. 17. 23. military affairs at home,i.q. war-minister,
Ergozrelot, mg, {1, (arpnm’m) mili. Dem.238. 13 a in‘: rim iiarhwy a-rpnrryyoc
tary service, warfare, Hdian. 4.9.9. Xen. X111 ('1 c'1r1 rfic diourfiaewc. ib. 2B2. 10. i1).
Cyr. 8. 8. 6. a military expedition, cam 400.26. E]. V. H. 3. 8. In other Greek
paign,Pol.2.22.2,6. Xen.H.G.7.4.19. In cities i. q. chief-magistrate, prefect, Diod.
N.T. metaph. of the apostolic oflice, as Sic. 16.56 @(Mautog 6 Quxs'wv arpamyog.
connected with hardships, dangers, trials, ib. 14. 93. Luc. Tox. 17 'z'wBcw oi arpa
0 warfare; 2 Cor. 10: 4 rd 'yhp 61m: rfig rrryoi 1rapfio'av sc. raiiv 'Epmluv, comp. §
arparziac inn-‘w or’: aapxixd. 1 Tim. 1:18, 12.—Spoken of Roman ofiicers, i. q.
see in arpareiiw b. a.—Jos. de Macc. §9 consul, iirrarog, P01. 1. 7. 12. ib. 1. 52. 5.
izpav Kai eiiycvr') a'rparei'av. Oftener of the Roman prcetor, Diod. Sic.
T. V1. p. 222 Tauchn. ru'w Kara r0710
Ergoi'reuna, wrog, rd, (m-parzéw) ['Pénpqu] a'rparrryo'w. PluLCato Min. 44,
a military expedition, campaign, i.q. arpa
comp. 39. Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 26. Gruter
reia, Hdot.3.49. In N.T.meton.an army, Inscript. p. 503 arpam'ydc Kara #6).”
forces, troops, host, genr. Matt. 22: 7.
mi c'1rl. Eévmv i. e. praztor urbanus et
Rev.9:16. 19:14,]9 bis.—1 Macc. 9:34.
peregn'nus. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant.
Hdian: 2. 12. 1. Xen. An. 1.2.18.-—By p.119 sq. In Roman colonies and muni
synecd. a band or detachment of troops, cipal towns, the chief magistrates were
e.g. the garrison in the fortress Antonia, usually two in number, called durmlviri,
Acts 23: 10, 27; also of Herod's body
(occasionally four or six, quatumrin',
guard Luke 23: 11.— Hdian. 4. 6. 11,
seviri, Minut. in Cic. ad Div. 13. 76.
spoken of a part of the prretorian cohort.
Gruter Inscript. p. 416. 8. p. 565. 3.)
2756678610, 1'. draw, (arparo'c camp, who also were sometimes styled pnetors,
army,) to serve in war, to be a soldier, i.q. Greek arparrryol. Cic.de Leg. Agrar.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 11. to wage war, to make II. 34 “ cum ceteris coloniis duumriri
an ezpeditiomcampaign, 1’ol.2.2.7. Diod. appellentur, hi se pretores appellari
Sic. 1. 68. Xen. An. 2. l. 14.—Often volehant." Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 74.-—
and in N.T.onlyMiddepon. O'TPQTEIIIDIJQI,
Hence in N. T.
to serve in war, to war, to be a soldier, a) of the duumviri, przetars, magistrates
warrior, intrans. of Philippi, where was a Roman colony,
a) pp. 1 Cor. 9:7 rig arpareinra: {Blow Acts 16: 20, 22, 35, 36, 38.—Sept. for
dilmrlolc were’; 2 Tim. 2: 4. Part. ('1 arpa "'15? i.e. magistrates of the Jewish people
rzuépev. a soldierLuke3: l 4.—Arr. Epict. under Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9: 2.
2.14.17. Hdian.8.7.20. Xen.Mem.1.6.9. Neh. 2:16. 4:14. 13:11.
b) trop. to war, spoken (a) of the h) a'rparrryog roii irpoii, a captain, go
apostolic 011106 as connected with hard vernor, prefect oft/1e temple, spoken gem.
ships, trials, dangers, 2Cor. 10:3. c. ace. of the chief otiicers of the priests and
of kindred noun,l Tim.1:18 1m arparn'qy Levites who kept guard in and around
n‘yv cahfiv arpareiav, comp. Buttm.§131. the temple ; one of whom perhaps held
3. —.10s. de Macc. § 9 izpc'w K111 cilyevfi the chief command; see in Enreipa b,
arparclav arparn'maaeai inre‘p 'rfig cinn comp. Jer. 20: 1. E. g. fully, Luke 22:
€ziag.—(/3) Spoken of desires and lusts 52 m'purryyollc TOI-I izpoii. Acts 4:1 ('1 mp.
which war against right principles and rot-1 leper-1. 5:24. absol. Luke 22:4. Acts
moral precepts, James 4:1. 1 Pet. 2:11. 5:26.—Jos. B..1.6.5.3 5pap6vrzc 5e‘ oi mi
Zrgarn'yog, 017, h, (arpariic, (‘i-yo!) iepoil ‘inflame fi-y-yultay r93 o'rpa'rn'ytp-. A nt.
pp. leader of an army,commander, general, 20. 6.2. B..1.2.17.2 i) orparrryiiw. Called
Jos. B. .1. 3. B. 8. Hdot. 7. 83. Diod. Sic. also byother names, e. g. Sept. 6 :‘ryori
2. 21,22. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3 sq. Ag. 3. pevoc
1 Chr.o’ixov
9:11.9:05
2 Chr.
for Heb.
31:13.
932$;
.ler.1'1‘;
20:1.
5. So of the ten Athenian commanders
chosen annually,with whom the TOM e'mardrai r05 iepm': Esdr. 1:8. icpoarrirm
;mp 09 was joined, Hdot. 6. 109. 1E1. 7: 2. xthiapxoi 1:9, comp. 2 Chr.35:8.9.
V. . 3. 17. Potter's Gr. Ant. 11. p.53. Z'rga-rui, 02;, 1,, (tn-panic) an army,
Afterwards only one or two were sent host, Sept. for N2; 2 Sam. 3:23. 1 K. 11:
abroad with the army, as circumstances 15. lldian. 6. 5. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.17.
 pa
Ergarm'rrn; t 39
In N. T. only by Hebr. s-rparu‘t obpdrioc Windlass, winch, instrum. of torture, fr.
v. r05 oitparofi, i. q. 5'1??? R13? host Qf m-peé’xég, erpé¢u,) to roll or wind on a
heaven, viz.
_ a) i. q. angels, the angelic host, Luke
2:13. So Sept. for '9'? '31 K. 22:19,
comp. 2 Chr. 18:18. Ps.l48:2. 103: 21.
b) i. q. the sun, moon, stars, the whole
host of the firmament, Acts 7:42. So
Sept. and "-"h s 2 Chr. 33; 3,5. Jer.19:
l3. Zech. 1:5.
Zrgurm'rrng, 0v, 6, (moans) a first and third consonants of the root
soldier, warrior, spoken of common sol
diers,Matt.8:9. Mark 15:16. Luke 7:8.
John 19:23 sq. Acts 12:4. al.—2 Macc.
14.: 39. Hdian. 2. 7. 10. Xen.An.7.1.3.
—-Trop. of a Christian teacher, 1 Tim.
9: 3 (In; xuhdg arparuiirng II. Xp. See in
Zrparsla. An.
Ergwroloyéw, 5, f. new, (oz-paro
Aé'yog, from urpardc. Aé-ym) to collect an
army, to levy, to enlist; Part. 6 arparo
Aoyr'leag one who holds a levy, i. q. com
mander, general, 2 Tim. 2: 4. —Plut.
C. Mar. 9. Diod. Sic. 18. 12. Trop. to
enlist, i. q. to incite, Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 6.
ib. 5. 9. 4 bis.
Ergarorreoagxng, on, 1., (m-paréfl. toActs
the Gentiles. Seq. elc c. acc. of place,
7: 39 s'o'rpc'uprloar Talc Kapdlmc ail
50v, iipxm,) prefect ofthe camp, an officer
to whose charge Paul was committed at
Rome, Acts 28:16. Many understand
here the pnefizctus pretorio (comp. Phil.
1: 13) or commander of the emperor's
body-guards, as having the general
charge ofall prisoners sent to Rome; but
this is perhaps too broad an inference
from the single known instance, where
the younger Agrippa was once im
prisoned by this ofiicer at the express
commandof the emperor Tiberius; comp.
Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6,coll. 10. Krebs Obss.
in loc. See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 149,
563. — enr. Luc. Quom. Hist. conscr.
22. Spriten of the centurio primtpili or
standard-bearer of a legion, Dion. Hal.
Ant. 10.36 bis, comp. ib. 9. 10. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 370.
ETEMTO’TEBOV, 01), rd, (grpqra'g, 1ré.
30v,( pp. ‘ camping-ground of an army,’
i. e. a camp, encampment, Jos. Ant. 7. 9.
6. Ccbet. Tab. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 27.
In N .T. meton. an army eneamped, host,
Luke 21:20. Sept. for 5713 Jer. 34: 1.
-—2 Macc. 8: 12. Hdian. 7. 8. 8. Thuc.
4. 94. Xen. H. G. 1.1. 21.
Effichofw, 5, f. draw, (arpeélu'l, a
Ergnrmlw
Windlass, Hdot. 7. 36. to wrench, to turn
awry, Hdot. 3. 129; espec. by torture, 3
Macc.4:14. 1EI.V.H.7.18. Pol.2.59.1.—
In N.T. trop. to wrest, to pervert, e.g. the
sense of a writing, trans. 2 Pet. 3: 16.
Comp. Sept. Pass. for BERT?‘ to show
one’s self perverse, 2 Sam. 22: 27.
Ergéew, r. 4..., pp. i. q. rpz'rrm, the
being strengthened by the sibilant and
aspirate; to turn, to turn about, trans.
Mid. arpr' ,um and Aor. 2 pass. iarpd
¢r1v as It id. to turn one's self, to turn
about, intrans. comp. Buttm. § 136. 2.
a) pp. Act. 0. acc. et dat. of pers. to
wards whom, Matt. 5: 39 arpé¢0v aim;
xal rfiv ('ihhnv, comp. Winer § 31. 2. p.
174. Mid. Part. absol. orpmpclg, o'rpa
zpe'vrcg, Matt. 7: 6. 16: 93 b 55 UTpG¢ElQ
Elrre rq') Hérprp. Luke 9: 55. 14: 25. 22:’
61. John 1:38. 20:16. c. dat. rim’ Luke
7: 9. 1rpdg rn'a Luke 7:44. 10: 23. 23:
28. Also Mid. 0. {lg ru'a, Acts 13:48
("paged/.1560. sic rc'r E'Orr; we turn [and go]
ru'w rig A'i'ymrrov, in their hearts they
turned back to Egypt. John 20:14 Eorpd
¢n rig riz drrt'aw. Sept. Act. for "35? Jer.
48: 39. Mid. c. sic rir drrt'aw for =32 Ps.
114:3, 5.—Act. El. v.11. 14. 15. Epict.
Ench. 38. Xen. Lac. 11. 9. Mid. Pol. 1.
40. 13. Xen. An. 3.5.1.0. 1rpég rwa Luc.
Alex. 8. sic ra 5:516 Xen. Eq. 7. 12.
b) trop. trans. to turn into any thing.
i. q. to convert, to change, e. g. Act. e.
rig, Rev. 11:6 r81 iidara sic ulna. ‘ So
Sept. for :‘IIQU Ps. 114: 8. Jer. 31:13.
Ex. 7: 15.—Mid. of persons, to turn in
mind, to be converted, changed, to become
as it were another man. Matt. 18:3 r'av
pr) a-rpmpfirs A'fll ys'vrltroe a‘); fl'fltst'fl.
Comp. Sept. orparpr’yay sic (‘ivdpa dMtow,
Heb. WEE, 1 Sam. 10: 6.-—Once Act.
arps’ow intrans. or c. Eaurévimpl. to turn
one's self, to turn, to change one's mind
and conduct; see Buttm. § 130. n. 2.
Winer§ 39. 1. Acts 7: 42 Earpsiller d
Beo'c- Comp. Sept. Is. 63: 10.—pp.
Xen. H. G. 4. 3. 5.
Ergnwdw, 0;, f. a'znu, (arpr'lroc q.
v.) pp. ‘ to live strenuously, rudely,’ as
in Engl. ‘to live hard,’ i. e. to revel, to
run riot, to live luxuriously, intrans. Rev.
3 A ‘2
 Ergfivo; 740 26
18:7,9. — Hesych. orprlwévreg' warhe or become austere, gloomy, sad, intrans.
yps'wufiead rrerrhrya’fte'volldnhol 5:‘ mi 11‘; e. g. of the countenance, Mark 10:22 6
51c‘; whoi'rrov ilépt'lew m1 Bapc'wg cpe'puv. 5e‘ oru'yvdaag s'rri 111'} hay? c'nrfihfie horror’!
Sophil. ap. Atben. 3. p. 100. A. Anti v0¢.-—-Nicet. in Andron. Comnen. II.
phanes ib. p. 127. D. Lycophr. ib. 10. 2. p. 207 xa'rnpuTw-reg 011V 01 t‘ivflponroi
p. 4.20. B. Found only in late writers Kai a'rv'yvc'llovreg e'filwmcom— Trop. of
for the earlier rpvzpa'w, Phr . et Lob. the sky, to lower, intrans. Matt. 16:3
p. 381. Sturz de Dial. Macc. p. 195. mqifidZet yap arv'yvdfuv o oirpavcign—
Wetst. N. T. II. p. 34.2. Wisd. 17: 5 WE tr-rv'yw'p, and so myyd
Ergfivos, 20;, 00;, rd,(o’rpr)m'/g Lat. rug P01. 4'. 21. 1.
strenuus, vehement, rude, Apoll. Rh. 2. 27610;, 00, b, (kindr. with on'lkm)
323,) pp. rudeness, insolence, pride, and a column, pillar, Rev. 10:1 (be en’rkoi
hence revel, riot, luxury. Rev. 18: 3 Eu my 69. So Sept. for m7. EX. 13: 21,
rfig Bvwipewr; r017 orpt'lrovg uirrfig e'rrhoi'l 22. 14’: 24.—P01. l. 22. 4. -— Trop. of
77,011)’, i.e. from the abundance,vastness any firm support; e. g. persons of au
of her luxury and proud voluptuousness. thority and influence in the church, Gal.
—-Anthol. Gr. III. p. 128. no.64. Sept. 2: 9 01 Eoxoiiv-rec an'rhot eIva: sc. Ev r5
for 185}? pride, arrogance,2 K. 19:28. A z’xxhqm'a. Rev. 3: 12. Of a doctrine on
word of the later Greek, Sturz de Dial. which the Christian religion specially
Macc. p. 195. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 381. rests, 1 Tim. 3: 15.—Ecclus. 36: 24.
Z'rgouth'ov, ou, r6, (dimin. fr. urpou Eurip. Iph. A111. 57 a-n'lkor yup 01:1»)
869,) any small bird, espec. a sparrow, eioi raider; t‘ipo’evsg.
Matt. 10:29,31. Luke 12:6, 7. Sept. for Era/[£65 7’), 6t‘, Stoic, and at Zrufixd
“'12:. Ps. 11:1. Lam.3: 51.—Tob. a: 10. the States, a sect of philosophers found
Hierocl. Facet. 10. Athen. 14.. p.654. B. ed by Zeno, and so called from the 0106,
Ergwm'm v. -a’1wu(.u, f. arptiww, ortico, where he taught. See the works
(Metath. for O'Tope'vyvlut, Buttm. § 114. of Epictetus, Arriau, M. Antoninus, his
p. 301. § 110. 11,) to strew, to spread, followers. Acts 17: 18.
trans. Matt. 21:8 bis, E'a-rpwoav Eavriw :9, gen. 0'05, thou, pers. pron. of
rd ipdrta e'v rf] 659.5 x. r. A. Mark 11: 8 the second person; plur. irpe'ic, ye,- see
bis. For this custom comp. 2 K. 9.13. Buttm. § 72. 3. The oblique cases of
Jos. Ant. 9.6.2 Exam-o; 'sor ’ wuev abrq'i the Sing. are all enclitic, except after
r6 ipénov. Sept. for $7“ sth. 4:3. Is. prepositions, Buttm. ib. n. 2, 3.
14: 11. [Pass turned into Act. by a free a) Nom. 06, plur. bpeig, usually omit
rendering in both passages.]—Dion.Hal. ted except where a certain emphasis is
Ant. 9. 26. Luc. Amor. 12.—Spec. of required; Buttm. § 129. 7. Winer§
a bed, couch, Acts 9:34- a'rpfio'ov dzaurq'i 122. 6. In N. T. inserted: (a) \Vith
sc. xpc'tfifiarov, xMvnv, comp.v.33. Comp. emphasis, e.g. before a vocative Matt.
Sept. Job 17: 13. Ez. 28: 7. (Theocr. 2: 6. Luke 1:76. 2 Tim. 2:1; or in
1d. 21. 7. Artemid. II. 57 or 6-2 orpwv distribution James 2: 3; with an adjunct
vitovo'a xMvag.) Pass. of a supper-cham between it and the verb John 4:9. Also
her spread with couches,triclinia, around in interrogations, Matt. 27:11. Luke 84:
the table, i.q. furnished, prepared, comp. 18. John 8:53. Mark 8:29; and so at
in Daydream: no. 2. Calmet art. Eating. the end of a clause John 1:21. 8:48;
Mark 14.: 15 ct Luke 22: 12 c’wéyrov in answers Matt. 26:25. Mark 15:2. In
pé'ya e'orpupe'vov. —- Sept. Ez. 23: 41. antitheses Matt. 3:14.. Luke 9:60. John
Athen. 4.. p. 138. C. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6 r') 3:2. Luke 11: 48. 22:26. 1 COT. 3:23;
abrdg xMv-qv m'pdwvvonrpc'urelav xoope'i. so Kai on’), Kali/11:71:, Luke 10:37. 22:58.
So tficlinium stratum Macrob. Sat. 2. 9. Matt. 7:12. Genr. Matt. 16: 16. Mark
Z'rv'ynrég, 9'7, 611, (arv'ye'w to hate.) 1:11. Luke 3:22. Once itpzig absol. 1
hateful, detestable, Tit. 3: 3. —- Philo de John 2:27.—Xen. Conv. 8. 4 m} 2:‘ p6
Decal. p. 202. 20. Heliodor. 5. 29. His voc.—(B) Without special emphasis, of:
chyl. Prom. 592 or 596. John 21:15, 16, 17. Luke 4:7. John L:
E'rv'yveilw, f. dam, (d'rw/l'og hate 10. 1‘) 51¢ Matt. 28:5. Comp. Winer 1.
ful, austere, gloomy, fr. o'rvye'w) to be c.—— en. 1. 0. dm mi yhp bpqiq.
 207179210: 741
1)) Gen. 006, ll/uiv, are often used in
stead of the corresponding possessive mic,
fipe'rspoc, Buttm.§ 127.7. Comp. Winer
§ 22. n. 1. p. 135. E. g. um'l Matt. 1122.
4:6. Mark 1:2. smp. blmiv Matt. 5:10.
Mark 2:8. Rom. 6:12. saep.—-Genr. am?
Matt. 2:6. 3:14. 5:29. saap. 13,162»! Matt.
5:12. Luke 11:5. seep. For Luke 2:
35 m1 001': 3E ai/rfic, see in Ewan-oi.
d) Dat. 001, illflv, genr. Matt. 4.: 9.
Mark 5:9. Luke 1:19. Matt. 7:7. Luke
10:13. 2 Cor. 5: 1'2. saep. Dat. eom
modi Matt. 21:5. 2 Cor. 5:13; incomm.
2 Cor. 12: 20. Rev. 2: 16. al. For the
phrase r2 Epol m1 601, see in 'E‘ytil. AL.
Zvwévm, 0%, 1'1. (0117711412,) pp
kin, kindred, relationship, Jos. Ant. 13.
4. l. Pol. 8. 35. 9. Xen. H. G. 2. 41. 21.
In N.T. meton. kindred, i.e. kinsmen,re
latives,familg. Luke 1:61 0655:’; iorw e'v
'rfi au'y-ycveiq aou. Acts 7: 3, 14. Sept.
for “135?? Ex. 12:21. Josh. 6:23.—Jos.
Ant. 3.3.1. IP01. 15. 30. 7. Dem.796.l7.
Zuy'ytmg, tag, 027;, 6, 1'’, adj. (oi/v,
ye'i'og, yin/opal.) kin, kindred, related,
subst. a kinsman, relative,one ot' the same
family. Mark 6:4 01'»: ion 1rpo¢ilrng (‘i-rt
pog, 2i pr) e'v 'roig o'u-y-ycvc'm. Luke 1:
36 'Ehto't'tger 1'] ou-yyevr'yg oov. v. 58. 2:
4141. 14:12. 21:16. John 18: 26. Acts
10: 24. Sept. for "151 Lev. 18:14 W???
Lev. 25: 45. Josh. 21: 27.—T01). 6: 10.
Hdian. 4.. 14. 14. Xen. H. G. l. 7. 8.
—In a wider sense, i. q. one ofthe same
nation, a flHow-countqyman, spoken by
Paul of the Jews as being all descended
from a common ancestor. Rom. 9:3 nbv
o'u'y'yEvu'W v m-rii enigma. 16:7, 11, 21.
_—Comp. £2“. An. 7. 2. 3 l. Sturz Lex.
Xenophont. s. v.
Zu'y'ywfipm, 17;, t’, (auyymbaxw to
know and think with, to accord, to con
cede ,) concession, permission, leave. 1
Cor. 7:6 roiiro 5e‘ Mylo Kart‘; o'v-y'yvépqv,
oi: Kari: s'1rira-yf1v,this Isay by way of con
cession [sc. to the weakness of the flesh],
and not of command. — Ecclus. 3: l3.
Dem.12l.9. Thuc.5.88. Xen. Ath. 2.20.
Zu'yzoitlnpm, (o'l'w, Krionpai) to sit trop. to oppress, to qfliict, quoted from
down with, to sit with, c. peré Mark 14:
544. 0. dat. depending on only in eompos.
Acts 26: 30; see Winer § 56. 2, 4 tin.
Buttm. .5 4.7. n. 11,12. Matth. <5 405.
Sept. for “.52 Ex. 23: 33. Ps. 10]: 7.—
AbsoLLuc.Pseudol.20. Xen.An.5.7.21.
Zu'yxot'mQu/vm
Zu'ymthZw, f. tow, (oi/v, melt-1,)
trans. to cause to sit down with, to seat
with; intrans. to sit down with, to sit with.
a) trans. seq. z’v c. dat. of place, Eph.
2:6 Kai o'uvr'ryelpe m1 ovvexdfito’ev [ii/Jig
‘re-1 Xpwrq] V. 5] iv r079 z'vrovpaviotg.
b) intrans. of several, to sit down to.
gether, Luke 22: 55. Sept. for “1: Ex.
18:13. Jer.16:6.—-Esdr. 9: 6, 16. Xen.
H. 5. 2. 35.
Euyxaxoamdéu, 5, f. i100, (at/v,
mumrattéu q. v.) to safer evil with any
one, to endure aflliction with, 0. dat. of
thing in respect to which or flu‘ which,
Winer§31.l,3. Buttm.§133.n.2. 2Tim.
1:8 o'v'yxaxmrc'tanaov [i‘uol] n13 elm'yyekip.
Eu'yzaxouxéw, 5, f. flaw, (xaxouxc'u
q. v.) only in Pass. to be maltreated or
afllicted with any one, to sufl'er aflliction
with, c. dat. of pers. Heb. 11: 25 anym
Kovxetaecu. n13 half) r017 Geoii. Comp. in
Zuyxdenpat.
Zu'yzotkéav. 6, f. m, (06v, whit-0,)
to call together, to eonvoke, trans. Mark
15:16 ou-yxahofio'w 5km! rr‘lv amipav.
Acts 5: 21. Mid. pp. to call together to
one's self, Luke 9:1 tru'yxaheodpevog rodg
56:50:11. 23:13. Acts 10:24. 28:17. In
Luke 15:6, 9, the Act. and Mid. alter.
note in the same context; see Winer §
39. 6. comp. Matth. § 496. 7. Sept. for
RI‘R, Act. Ex. 7: 11. Josh. 9: 22. Mid.
Zeeh.3: 10.—Act.Jos. Ant. 7. 141.7. Hdian.
l. 4'. l- Xen. Cyr. 4|. 1. 1. Mid. Ariste
met. I. 5 o'uvsxakeiro 'roi'g tpihoug.
Eu'yxnth'd'rrsw, f. 1pm, (oily intens.
uaM'nr-rw) to cover together, to cover whol
ly, trans. pp. Sept. for =93. l K.91: 4|.
"'9? Judg. 4:18,“). Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 28. In N. T. trop. i. q.
to hide wholly, to conceal, Luke 12:2
ot'lde‘v o-u'yxemkvppc'vov e'o'riv.——Ecclus.
26: 8. Plut. Alex. M.3l. Eurip. Phmn.
886 or 889.
Zuyxoipnrw, f. \pu, (06v intens.
udpm'm) to bend together, e. g. 161' "Tr-Milt
rwog to bow down wholly Rom. 11:10, Le.
Sept. Ps. 69: 24. where it departs from
the Hebrew.—Sept. for ‘"15 2 K. 41:35.
Xen. Eq. 12. 5.
Zvyxotracat'm, f. fifiaopai, (mm.
galmu .v.) to go down with any one, sc.
from a igher to a lower place, as from

Eu'yzca'ra' 0201; 742
Jerusalem to Cesarea, intrans. Acts 25:
5 Gv'ylt‘flfagtllvfic sc. 2pm’. Sept. for '13:
PS. 49:18.—Wl$d.10: 14:. Pol. l. 39.
.12. Diod. Sic. ll. 18. Found only in
the later use e, instead of the earlier
au-yxatitévat, ghryn. et. Lob. p. 398.
Eoyzardézalg, 2mg, ,3, (au-yKara-n'. up together, to enclose together , trans. Luke
917pi,q.v.) assent, accord, agreement,2 Cor.
6:16.—Pol. 4.. 17. 8. Dion. Hal. Ant. 8.
79. Plut. M. Antonin. 51.
Zv'yxa'ruw'ésaal, as Mid. (xarari
61”“) to put or lay down with another, to
deposit with, Isaeus 59. 25 ypappareiov.
—Usually and in N. T. only 0. acc. tin‘;
(pow implied, to deposit one's vote with
others in the urn, to give one's vote with
others,i.e. trop. to assent to, to accord with,
to agree with or to, 0. dat. Luke 23: 51.
—Hist. Sus. 20. Jos. Ant. 20. 1.2 o'u'y
xarefie'prlv rj ywhpp rat'rrp. Pul. 3.98.1 1.
Plato Gorg. p. 501. c.
Zuyxotraxlmtpigw, f. law, (aim, in. xpmoa. Eph.3_:6. Heb.11:9. 1Pet.3:7.
'rmhmpilw pp. to reckon or count down,)
to countdown with,i. q. to reckon or number
with others, Pass. Acts 1: 26 ou-yxareilm
ou'o'er] peril ré'w E'rbcxa dtroo'réhwu. Ety
mologically it might also here signify to
be allotted or voted with the apostles.
Comp. in ‘I'r'ytpog, ‘I'mpiZuL—Not found
in this sense in classic writers, with
whom Mid. Karmlmpilopat is i. q. ‘to
give one's vote against, to condemn,’
Dem. 790. 15. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 38.
to take up and bear together, to bring t0~
Eoyxegoiwufm, f. péew, (xepéwup. gether,
q. v.) to mix together, to intermingle with,
26. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 3; children Xen.
2 Macc. 15: 39 oil/09 iibafl au-yxepaadeic.
Anthol. Gr. 1. p. 15. 2. In N.T. trop. to
join together, to temper, i. q. to mix toge
ther so that one part qualifies another,
0. ace. 1 Cor. '12: 24. 6 6:6; ouvzxépaac rd
on'ipa. Pass. c. dupl. dat. Heb. 4: 2 6 ML
yocu-pr) av'yx'expape'voc rfi rim-st ro'ic c’t
xm'm'aew, comp. in ov'yxatinpat. Buttm.
§ l33.n.2.—Menand. ap. Stob. SermA-Z.
p. 302, 'rfiv rob Mi-yov pt‘v biwapw fies:
xpno'rq'i auyxexepapc'vnvi cw. Plut. Non
poss. suav. viv. 20. ed. R. . p.529. Thuc.
6. 18. c. dat. pers. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.. 1.
Euymvéw, (3, t.1'1o'u, (xivém) trans.to
move with; Mid. intrans. to move one's self
with, to move together with others, Plut.
de Adulat. et Amic. 7. ed. R.VI. p. 190.
10. Epict. Ench. 33. 10. Trop. to move
in mind with any one, to incite, to rouse,
ac. to like exertion,to sympathy,ctc.Plut.
I
Eu'yxfim
Galb. 1. Pol. 2. 59. s. ib. 15. 17. l.—In
N. T. spec. of a popular commotion, to
move together, to stir up at the same time,
trans. Acts 6: l2 rbv haiw mt rm}; wps
agv're'poucx. r. X. comp. Kwéw.
EU'YKKEIIW, f. cio'w, (10151111,) to shut
5: 6 avvc'xhewav 'n'lkfifiog lxttilwv arch}.
Sept. for "2°, Ex. 14.: 3.-—l Macc. 5: 5.
Pol. 1.17. 8. Hdian. 7. 10. 6.-—Trop. to
include together, i. q. to make subject, to
deliver over alike, c. :11; Rom. 11: 32 aw
éxhuae yap 13 Gabe 1'01)‘: mivrac eig (‘lesi
Ouav. c.1'nrb Gal. 3:22,23. Comp. Sept.
for "111 ‘"297 Ps. 31: 9. Josh. 20: 5. '-"'
Ps.78:50.—Dion. Hal. Ant.9.4.1. Diod.
Sic. 19.19 sic rozairrnv 5' ci'unxavt'av avy
xhemfielc 'Avri-yovog.
Zuyxhngoropoog, ou, 1i,(x)\rpportil.loc,)
pp. a co-heir, joint heir, i. q. ajointpoe
sessor, co-partner, Rom. 8: 17 ouyxlt. r011
Euyxolvawéw, 5, 1'. flow, (Kauai-£10,)
to be partaher with others, to share with
others in any thing, 0. dat. Eph. 5: 11.
Phil. 4: 14.. Rev. 18: 4..--c. gen. Dem.
1299. 20 o'uyxowwvciv rfig 56511:.
21172011101165, 05, a, ,7, (naive-twig.)
ajoint-partaher,co-partner, seq. gen. Rom.
11:17 0117):. rfig (3121]; x. 1'. 7t. 1 Cor9:
23. Phil. 1: 7. c. 2'11 Rev. 1: 9.
Evyxou/Qw, 1". i010, (KOIL‘ZU q.v.) pp.
to collect, e. g. fruits Sept. Job 5:
Ag. 1. 21; dead bodies on a field otbattle
for burning, Plut. Agesil. 19. Thuc. 6.
71. In N.T. of several persons, to bear
away together sc. a corpse for burial, to
bury together,trans. ActsS: 2 auvcrépwar
5:‘ rbv o'réiparov iivdpcc ebhagzig—Soph.
Aj. 10418 or 1067. Phavor. ov-yxopilnr
dvrt 'roi sdrrrew, inrb rdav ovru'yopévur
kapm'bv tic rr‘tc inrofiilxag.
ZUYKEIIYW, t. 1.110, (Kpirw q. v.) pp. to
separate distinct things and then bring
them together into one; hence to join
together, to combine, to compose; opp.
Biaxpivsw ‘to separate between ,to decom
pose;' Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 15. ed. R.
V1. p. 4.18, Kahdic i; 'E1rixappog' awr
xpiemqmai, Kill. btsxpifin, mi irrrfihfl: 66w
hhl‘k within’, ‘yii pc‘l' sic 76v, fl'l'Et-tfttl 5'
c‘ivw. Luc. Pseudosoph. 5 Plot. Plirt‘du
 Z‘uyxz'm'rw
15. In later usage and N. T. to place to
gether andjudge of, i. e. to compare, to es
timate by comparison, constr. c. acc. et
dat. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 278.
a) gem. 2 Cor. 10: 12 bis, av-yxp'ivai
iavrovc rioi---au7xpiyovre§ éavrmig e'au
roig—Jos. Ant. 5. l. 2]. Luc. Parasit.
51. Pol. 6. 47. 9. c. 1rpo'c Diod. Sic. 2. 5.
Mid. 1 Mace. 10:71 ovyxpifiépcv Eauroic
Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 3.
b) by impl. i.q. to ezplain, to interpret,
so. by comparison of one thing with an
other. 1 Cor. 2: 13 1rveulua1'ixoic 1rveupa
rm‘: ovyxpivovreg. So Sept. for T2 Gen.
40:8,16,22. 4|:l2,15. "Ell, Dan. 5:12.
—Others in 1 Cor. l. c. take dat. 1mm!
panxo’ic as masculine.
Euym'nrm, f. the), (Kim-1.1,) to stoop
or bow together, as persons putting their
heads together, Hdot. 3. 82. Luc. Bis
accus. 4; of things inclining toward each
other, Xen. An. 3. 4. 19. In N.T. to be
bowed together, comp. Engl. to be bent
double, intrans. Luke 13: ll ilv ovym'l
1rrom1a Kai pr) buvape'vn dwaxbdaaa—Sept.
Job 9:27. Ecclus. 12:11. 19:26. The
mist. Orat. 7 ad Valent. p.90 t'ul au'yxe
mnpdlc i'ul aux/yep»): , e'gbehxope v09 rile dgbpi/c,
sc. Procopius.
Zuyxugi'a, ag, 1", (au-yxupz'w t0 hap
pen together, e.g. events Hdot.8.87. Pol.
5. 18.6; persons Pol. 18.33. 3,)‘ a hap
pening togetherjie. coincizknce, accident,
chance, Luke 10: 31 Kari: auyxupiav.—
So avyn'lpneig Pol. 9. 12. 6. avym'lpnpa
Pol. 4. 86. 2. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 713. 6.
EIJYxOt/fw, aor. 2 o'uvexdpnv, (xm'pw
q. v.) to rejoice with any one, to sympa
thize in another's joy, 0. dat. depending
on m'w in compos. Winer § 56. 2,4 fin.
Buttm. 9 147. n. 11, 12. Matth. §405.
Phil. 2: 17 au'yxal’pw 1riia'w I'Jli'ii'. V. 18.
Luke 1: 58. 15:6, 9.--Sept. Gen. 21.6.
Plut. Parall. 16 bis,ed. R. VII. p. 231,
232 xapz'wwv be‘ m’wrwv, phi/n 1'; i'ihzhqh)
oi: awexdpn 'Qpufl'a. Xen. Hi. ll. 12.
—Or in Luke. ll. cc. it can be i. q. to
congratulate, as 3 Macc. l: 8. Dem.l94.
23. Pol.29.7.4.—Trop. ofthings, 1 Cor.
12: 36 rd p90]. 13:6 01'; Xaipu i'rydnrq]
inl rii (ism-[q au'yxalpet 5:‘ Ti] (rhneeiq. i.e.
truth, uprightness,causes its followers to
rejoice, and 1'; dye’urq rejoices with them.
u'yxéw, (Xian) also avyxl'ww a
later form disapproved by the gramma
743 Eugn'réw
rians, see in 'Exxe'w; impl'. ouve'xcov and
auve'xuvov, Pass. pert‘. av'yxc'xupm, aor. 1
p. awqdrflnmsee fully in 'Exxe'w. Buttm.
M14. p. 307.—-Pp. to pour together,Lat.
confundo ,- hence trop. i. q. to confound,
to confuse, trans.
a) of an assembly, multitude, i. q. to
throw into confilsion, to excite, to put in
uproar,c.acc. Acts21:27 avvs'Xcov-Irdvra
row b'xhov. Pass. 19:32 1" Exxhnaia. any
xexupe'wl. 21: 3l.—Jos.B..l.6. 2. 6. Pol.
1.40.13. Luc. Bis accus. 17 ual Eu'yxeiv
1.11MB!’ e’vrstpfira rilv Euvovaiamz'mrnpdifag
r‘) [305. comp. D. Deor. 25. 1.
b) of the mind, to confound, to per
plez', e.g. a person in disputation, c. acc.
Acts 9: 22. 01' persons in amazement,
consternation, Acts 2: 6 awfiAOe 11) 1M)
Bog, rai o'vvcxl'lerp—l Mace. 4:27. Arr.
Epict. 3. 22.25. Diod.Sic. 4.62 GUVEXIIIGII
1'1‘111 illuxr'lv.
Eu'yxgoiolwou, 5am, f. fiaolim,
depon. Mid. (xpi'iopai q. v.) to use with
another, to have in common use, Pol.
3. 14. 5. ib.6. 3.~10. In N. T. to have
usage, dealings, intercourse with any one,
0. dat. John 4:9 oi! yizp au'yxpi-"wrai. 'Iou
511701 Zapapeiraig. — Arr. Peripl. mar.
Eryth. p. 159 avvexpr'lo'avro as‘ ailrfi [Ti
vr’lo'rp] ml (‘uni MoliZag-rwe'g, i.e.some from
Muza have commerce with the island.
Comp.xp¢'iopai Xen.Hi.5.2.Mem.4.8.l l.
Evmvl‘fil, see Zv'yxe'w.
Eo'yxumg, we, .',, (au'yxe'w q. v.)
confusion, tumult, uproar, Acts 19:29.
Comp. Sept. for "3""? 1 Sam. 14:20.—
Pol. 14.. 5. 8. Plut..Pyrrh. 25.
Zugoiw, (3, f. new, (oi/v, (ring) to
live with any one, i. e. not to die, 0. dat.
expr. or impl. see in Eu-yxm’pw. 2 Cor.
7:3 in! rule KapEiatc iuuiv Ear: ale "3 am’
an'ooavziv Kai avzjv sc. iqi'iv. Trop. of
eternal life with Christ, Rom. 6:8. 2
Tim. 2:1L—Aristot. Eth.8. 6. Athen.
6. p. 249. B. Dem. 363. 4 vie o'vzilv rdv
houriw fiiov dwiynl.
Zvgsb'ywpn, 1‘. £651.’, aor. l owi
Zn/Ea, (Zil’l‘yl'tlllllq) to yoke together, pp.
animals, Sept. [pass] for ‘=31 Ez. 1:1].
Xen.Cyr. 2.2.26. In N. T. trop. to join
together, to unite, trans. e.g. husband and
wife,Matt.19:6. Mark10:9.—Ios.Ant. l.
19.10. Hdian.3.10.4. Xen.(Ec. 7.30.
I ~ I I I I
29:67“), W, l‘. new, (aw, (mew)
 20:51:10‘; 744
to seek any thing with another, as Her
cules with Iphitus for his cattle, Apol
lod. Bibl. 2. 6. In N. T. trop. to seek
together, i. e. to inquire of one another,
to question with, e. g.
a) spoken of several, absol. Mark 9:
10 avl'nroiwrec, rt’ e'a-ri rd in vexpfin/ dra
a'rfivai. Seq. 'n'pbg iavrobg Mark 1: 27.
Luke ‘:22: ‘23.
b) genr. i. q. to question, to reason, to
dispute with any one, absol. Mark 12:28
c'urm'wue aimfir avZnrobw-wv. Luke 24:15.
0. dat. Acts 6: 9. 0.1969, Acts 9: 29
avveZr’n-zt rrpdg roog 'EAMp/wnig. \Vith
the idea of cavil, captiousness, 0. dat.
Mark 8:11. 9:14- o. n'pog Mark 9:16.
Eulnrnalg, we, 1‘1,(o'uZ11-r£'w,)ques
tion, reasoning, disputation, Acts 15: 2,
7. 27:29.--Ph.ilo de Opif. Mund. p. 11.
D. Allegor. 2. p. 85. B.
Eugm'm'nlg, 05, b, (avZm-éu) a
questioner, reasoner, disputant, a sophist,
] Cor. l: 20.—Babb. ‘1121?, also It??? ""3.
house of disputation, i. e. a school, acad
em , Buxtf. Lex. Chald. Rabb. 583 sq.
Fu ler Misc. Sac. 3. 7.
Ez'zgv'yog, 00, 6,1), adj. (ovZez'ryvupiJ
yokediogether, subst. a yoke-fellow, trop.
of a spouse, 3 Macc. 4:8. Test. XII
Petr. p. 526. In N. T. trop. ajellow.
labourer, colleague, Phil.4:3.—Aristoph.
Plut. §45 r'av be‘ O'IIJZUYOV Mia» fwd.
Eurip. Iph. Taur. 951.
EUCWOTOIéW, 5, f, {la-u, ((umrore'w
q. v.) to make alive with any one, to 9. Ps.119:122. Prov.22:l6. Comp.Xen.
quicken with, e. g. trop. into spiritual life
with Christ as risen from the dead ; 0.
dat. rq': Xp.Eph. 2:5. With m'w repeated
Col. 2:13, comp. Winer §56. 2, 4 fin.
Ewcépnog, 01), 1", a .sycamine-tree,
Heb. plur. V1921}, [sing. in the Mishna
"E2? Ges. Lex.] called also the syca
more, mmdpopog, see fully in Evxopope'a.
Luke 17:6. Sept. for 'i 1 K. 10:27. 1
Chr.27:28. Is.9:9.—Dioscor. I.182,184
o'wcopopor, Error 5:‘ Kai 'roi'rro awrdpwov
Xé-yomn. Theophr. H.Pl.4.2. Jos.Ant. 8.
7.4. Diod.Sic.l.34.
Euxia, contr. 20%;], gen. i0“, it‘,
{1, (05:07,) afig-tree, Matt.21:19 bis,20,
21. 24: 32. Mark ll: 13, 20, 91. 13:28.
Luke 13:6, 7.21: 29. John 1:49,51. 4:36. Sept. c. dat. for “55?! Ex. 24; 35.
James 3:12. Rev. 6:13. Sept. for "315?
Judg. 9:10,11. Prov. 27:18.—El. V. H.
3. 38. Xen. (Ec. 19.12.
Evhhahéw
Euxoaogéa, a9, 1‘), (aincoi', ,uopz'a,
ydpom) i.q. 1‘1 auxdpopog, a sycamore-tree,
pp. ‘ the figmnlberry, ' Luke 19: 4.
This tree is frequent in Egypt and the
level parts of Palestine, resembling the
mulberry-tree in its leaves, with fruit
similar in appearance to the fig, but in
digestible. It is more frequently called
the sycamine-tree, i; aunt wag q. v. See
Dioscor. I. 182, 184. lIheophr. H. Pl.
4. 2. Athen. 2. p. 51. B. Warnekros
Hist. Nat. Syoomori, in Eichhorn's Re
pert. fur morgenl. Literat. St. 11, 12.—
Hesych. avxopope'a' auxépivov. Other
form sin Mss. are mncopwpt'a, avxo/mpaia,
avxopupaia.
217101‘, 00, To’, afig, Matt. 7; 16.
Mark ll: 13. Luke 6: 44. James 3: 12.
Sept. for 2 K. 20: 7. Neh. 13: 15.
—1El. V. H. 3. 36. Dem. 314. 12. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2. 22.
Zuzotpavréw, 5, 1'. 13am, (“motiv
mg, from aincov, 4>aivu,) pp. to be a
WKOt‘btil/‘rnQ‘, i.e. a fig-informer, one who
watched and informed against persons
who exported figs from Athens contrary
to law; see Suid. s. voc. Potter's Gr.
Ant. I. p.121 sq. Hence genr. to inform
against, to accuse falsely, to calunuu'ate,
c.acc. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. ELV. H. 2. l3.
Hdian.2.14.7. Xen.Mem.2.9.5.—~In N.
T. by impl. i.q. to extort, by false accus
ations, to defraud, absol. Luke 3: 14.
rum’; 11 19:8. S0 Sept. for P132 Job 35:
H.G.2.3.92.
Zukouyw'yiw, :7, f. has), (Gt-Aer
prey, d701,) to leadqfl' as prey, to carry
qfi'as booty, e. g. captives Heliodore X.
p. 512. Aristan. II. Ep. 92. In N.T.
trop. of false teachers, Col. 2:8.
2071020), 5, f. flaw, to spoil, to plan
der, to rob, trans. by hyperb. 2 Cor. 11:
B iikhag Err-Analog Eoi'fltnaa Xafii‘uv 61L‘!!
iov.—Ios.B.J.1.1.1. Hdian. 7.7.7. Xen.
Hi.3.11. Comp. Passow s. v.
Euhhflthéw, (3, f. flaw, (013v, Mike's“)
to speak or talk with, to confa- with, c.
dat. Mark 9:4. Luke 9:30. 22:4; comp.
in o'v'yxaipu. Seq. perm’ ru/oc ‘Matt. 17:
3. Acts 25: 12. c. r-piic dMfiXm/c Luke
—-c. dat. Pol. 1. 43. 1. ib. 4. 22. 8. Ipdt‘
dMr’fitoug Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 12. absol.
Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 360. 5.
 Zumtocoim
Zvlkottogoim, r, Mtopm, (My
€a'no,) to take together, pp. to enclose in
the hands, Lat. comprehendere, trop. i.q.
Engl. to comprehend, to comprise, Hdot.
3. 82 Evl Eire'i 1ra'vra oulthagtbv eineiv. ib.
7. 16. 3. to tahe or bring together, to coL
lect, e. g. scattered troops Hdot. 5. 4.6.
Also to take with one's self, Xen. Cyr.3.
3.1 (urge: crvhhagihv To Erepov o'rpa'reupa.
In N. T.
1. Lat. comprehendere, as spoken of
persons, to take or seize altogether, all
around, stronger than Mpga'vw, from the
idea of elasping together or grasping with
the hands, i. e. seizing and holding fast
with the hands clutched together ; comp.
tn'w intens. in m'w note.
:1) pp. as of persons taken by author
ty or force, to sa'ze, to apprehend, to ar
rest, 0. acc. rov Trinity John 18: 12.
Acts 1:16. Matt. 26: 55. Mark 14': 48.
Luke 22:541. Acts 12:3 for Uz'rpov.
23: 27. Mid. id. Acts 26: 931. Sept. for
*2’: Judg. 7.25. W: Josh. 8: 23. 1 K.
20: 18.—Bil. V. H. 5. 18. Hdian. 7. 7.
14. Xen. An. 1. 1. 3.-—So in hunting
or fishing, to take, to catch, i'iypav Luke
5: 9 ; comp. v. 5 where it is Aapfiévw.
— Eurip. Orest. 134.0 oilxl o-vMfitPmt)’
liypav. El- H. An. 1. 9.
b) trop. of females, to conceive, absol.
Luke 1: 24'. c. acc. uio'v v. 36. iv ya
arpi v. 31. iv Ti] roOu'o 2: 21. Sept. for
“3*! Gen. 4:1, 16. 19:36. seep. — Test.
XII Patr. p. 544.. Hippocr. Aphor. 5. 46
iv 'yaorpi. Galen de Sem.1 ovMalsgtivew 1 Macc. 4.: 26. Diod. Sic. 1. 22. — Im
r0 mre'plum—Metaph. of irregular desire pers. c. inlin. ot' the principal verb, the
as exciting to sin, James 1: 15. Comp. infinitive clause being strictly the sub.
Sept. and H371 Ps. 7: 15.—Justin. Mart.
do Resurr. p.327 Eiia ray Myer u’urb roii
§¢£t|t£ ovMa§oiiaa wapaxoiyv Ital S'évarov
arena.
2. to take hold with another i. q. to
help, to aid, usually and in N. T. Mid.
c. dat. Luke 52739611111: WMagz'o'eai
aitro'ig. Phil. 4:3. —- Sept. Gen. 30: 7.
Hdot. 3.49. JELV.H.2.4. Xen.Ag.2.31.
Act. Hdot. 6. 125. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 18.
Comp. Passow no. 3.
Euhhéyw, 1'. Eu, (Aé-yw q. v.) pp. to
lag together, i.e. to gather, to collect, trans.
e.g. fruits and grain, Matt. 7:16 c’uro
Ewan/91511 ormpvhfiv, t'z-lro rptgohwv oi'ma.
Luke 6: 44 EE i'zmvfid'w m'ma. Matt. 13:
28, 29, 30, 4,0 Zilz'ivia. Genr. rl El: 11'
Matt. 13:48. rl E'x ru'og v. 41. Sept.
745 Zutogoikhw
for up? Lev. 19:9, 10. Ruth 2: 3, 7sq.
15 sq. -— Hdot. 1. 68. Luc. Tim. 93.
Xen. All. 2. 4. ll Xoprov. 4. 3. ll. tppl'l
yam dag‘ e'rri m'lp.
EUMWZOMM. ioopundepomMid.
Qto'yilopan) to reason or reckon together,
to consider, to deliberate, absol. Luke 20:
5 tmveho'yla'avro 1rpog éavroirg. Comp.
Matt. 21: 25 et Mark 11: 31. Sept. for
IS. 43: 18. -—P0l. 1. 44. l. 11). l.
63. 8. Plot. Brut. 36. ‘ To reckon to
gether,’ i. q. to compute, c. acc. Diod.
Sic. 1. 5. Dem. 355 ult.
Zvttluvréw, (47, f. 1'10“), (Mm-2'0) I0
grieve or afllict with another, Pass. to be
grieved or aflieted with a person, c. dat.
Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Tlieophr. Char. 1.1.—
In N.T. Pass. to be grieved withal, i. e.
at the same time or along with some
other emotion; Mark 3: 5 wepifihnpc’tpe
roc ul'lrolic per' 6p7fic, ovXhmroi/pevoc e'r'i
rii mopéwu rfic mphiag aimiv.
Evpucau'vw, f.fir’]0‘0llflt,801'.2 awr'fiqv,
(fiat'vw,) to go with the feet close together,
Xen. Eq. 1. 14. In N. T. of things,
events, to come together, so. in time, to
happen together, to fall out, to come to
pass ; seq. dat. of pers. to whom, Mark
10: 32 rcit pe'Movra avpgalvew airrq'r.
Acts 3:10. 20:19. 1 Cor. 10:11. 1 Pet.
4: 12. 2 Pet. 2; 22. Part. absol. n‘; w
gégfltt'éfa, events, Luke 24:14.. Sept. t’o‘i'
“2?, Gen. 42:4, 99. Esth.6:13.—1Macc.
5: 25, Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 17. Part. absol.
ject ; Acts 21: 35 a'vve'gn floor-(“weal
m'n-év, i.q. he was borne. Comp. Winer
§ 45. 2. p. 266. -_ 2 Macc. 3: 2. Luc.D.
Deor. 20. 8. Po]. 1. 22. 3. Diod.Sic. 1.50.
Eutbfiot'kkw, r. fiaktfi, (pm...) :0
throw, send, strike together, trans. e.g. of
streams flowing together, 1.‘, iiswp any.
strum Horn. 11. 4. 453. Hdot. 4. 5'0;
of warriors, Tilt,‘ tid'fl'lsflc Xen. Ag. 2.12.
Of persons, to send or bring together, e.g.
in strife, Lat. committere, Horn. 11. 3.70.
Xen. Conv. 4. 9. — In N.T.
a) of things, to throw or put together,
p. c. acc. Myovg or the like implied,
ike Lat. conferre i.q. ‘ conferre sermo
nes,’ Engl. to confer, intrans. (a) gem.
i.q. to discourse with, to dispute with, 0.
dat. Acts 17: 18 rwz‘v; 35‘ n32 tpikoooowv
 Euucumkebw 746
owéfiaMov “e.g.-Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3
avpgahofio‘a natpz'o't. Jambl. Vit. Pyth.
0.2 ro'iciv Me'lutpu. xal Awamiltet pc'thwra
oupgahclv lepeiun. Fully written avpfi.
Ali-yam; rwi Eurip. Iph. Aul. 830 or 836.
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 21. — (,6) i.q. to consult
together, Acts 4: 15 awégaltov 1rpdc 1M
)n'ykouc sc. flouhebpa'ru. — Fully Eurip.
Phoen. 700 or 755 1111118. flouhebparm—
(7) Luke 2: 19 avpédMew c'v rli] Kapaiq
sc. 'raiira, i.e. to confer with one's self, to
ponder in mind—Comp. Philostr. Vit.
Apoll. 4. 43 Evpgaheiv rd elpnfte'vov. for evil, i.q. to plot, seq. Iva, Matt. 26: 4
Arr.Exp.A1ex. 2. 3. 9 r6 paw-270v. Plut. trwegovkcim'arroflva rbv 'Ir'aofiv xpu'rr'l
ed. R.VI. p. 6. 6. Hdot. 4. 15.45. See aann Ao'y . John 11:53. 0. inf. Acts
Passow no. 4. — (8) Mid. pp. ‘ to throw 9: 23. So Sept. for v2: 1 K. 12: 8. 2
together of one's own with others,’ i. q. Chr. 20: 22.—Ecclus. 8: 17. 1 Mace. 9:
to confer benefit, to contribute, to help, 0.
dat. Acts 18:27 ovvsfiékzro nah‘: ro'ic 1r:
'ma'revmia't. —- Wisd. 5: 8. Philostr.Vit.
Soph. 1.9. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 2. Xen. H.
G. 7. 1. 35.
b) of persons, intrans. or c. Eavrov
impl. Buttm. § 130. n. 2. Winer 39. 1 ;
pp.to throw one'sselftogether with another,
i.q. to encounter, to meet with, c. dat. (a)
in a hostile sense, at: mike/mu Luke 14:
31.—2 Mace. 8: 23. Jos.Ant. 6.5.3 wu
gatu‘uv elg péxnv. P01. 10. 37. 4. Xen.
H. G. 4. 2. 22.—([3) Genr. i. q. to meet
with, Acts 20: 14 auve'éahcv ilpiv sic rilv
"Arman-Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Cyr.
6. 2. 41.
Zvugoto'mebw, f. about, (fiaatheimn)
to reign with any one, 0. dat. comp. in
2uym16qpm,pp. Lue.D.Deor. 16.2. Pol.
30.2.4.-—In N. T. only trop. comp. in
Baotkeim b. 1 C01'.4:8. 2 Tim. 2:12.
Eunétfiégw, r. dew, (,Btéélw) to
make come together, to bring together, e.g.
a) i.q. to join or knit together, to unite,
trop. of Christians as parts of Christ's
spiritual body the church, Pass. Eph. 4:
16 c'E ob 1rd!’ rd mDpaH-au/igtgaloftcvov.
C01. 2: 19. iv ('l'yt'nrp Col. 2: 2.-—genr.
Dio Cass. 37. p. 62. Thuc. 2. 29.
b) i. q. to put together in mind, and
hence praegn. to gather, to infer, to con
clude, 0. (in, Acts 16: 10 ; also to prove,
to dem0nstrate,c. (in, Acts 9: 22 avpfit
grill-w 5r. obréc e'o'riv b Xptartic.-—c. u'rg
Aristot. R11et.ad Alex. 36. c.1rept’ Plat.
Rep. VI. See VVetstein N. T. II. p.
109.—From the Heb. c. acc. of pers. i.q.
to teach, to instruct. 1 Cor. 2:16 in; cup
Evuea'v
fitgda'n aimiv sc. riw Kt'lptov, in allusion
to Is. 40: 13 where Sept. for 2'75". So
also Ex. 18: 16. Deut. 4: 9. TIA-.7 Is. 40:
14. ‘1121" Ex. 4:12. Lev. 10:11.
Eululcovltiflw, f. eiwu. (1301015601,) to
counsel with any one, i.e. to give him coun
set, to advise, c.dat. John18:14 Katrina;
6 ovpfiouheimv rok'IouBaiotc. Rev.3:18.
Sept. for ‘('22 Ex. 18: 19. Jer. 38: 15.—
Jos. c.Apion. 1.34. Luc.Abdic. 5. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. l3bis.—-Mid. spoken of se
veral,to counsel or consult together, e.g.
59. 108.111“. 7. 4. 2 init. P01. 2. 46. 2.
EUAUIQOZIIAIOV, 0U, 76, (gillugovkogg)
l. counsel, consultation, e.g. Aapgt'wuv
v. wordy O’U/tgol'llflolt, to take counsel, to
make or hold a consultation, c. hapgdvew
Matt. 12:14. 22:15. 27: 1,7. 28:12.
0. noteiv Mark 3: 6. 15: l.—comp. o'vp
fim'fiua Sept. 1K. 1:12. Tob. 4:24. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 4.
2. a council, meton. counsellors, Acts
25:12. Here spoken of persons who sat
in public trials with the governor of a
province; called also consiliarii Suet.
Tiber.33; assessores Lamprid.Vit. Alex.
Sev. 0. 46 ; mipeBpot Dio. Cass. p.505.
E. Comp. Jos. RI. 2. 16. l. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 162.—Genr. Theodot. for
‘'55 Prov. 15:22. Diod.Sic. 13.12. Plut.
ed. R. VII. p. 759.9.
Eli/scooter, 0v, 6, (aim, 6011113,) a
eounsellor,pp.one joined in cdunsel,Rom.
11: 34, in allusion to Is. 40: 13 where
Sept. for ‘632 115‘8. Sept. also for 1'2"‘- 2
Sam. 15: 12. l Chr. 27: 32, 33.— Jos.
c. Ap. 2. l5. Hdian. 1.8.1. Xen.Con\'.
8. 39. ’
201465136, indec. Simeon, Heb. ‘#1’???
(a hearing), pr. n. i.q. Slut-w.
1. The second son of Jacob, born of
Leah; also of the tribe descended from
him, Rev. 7: 7. Comp. Gen. 29: 33.
Jos. Ant. 1. 19.8.
2. One of the ancestors of J esus,Lultc
3: 30.
8. A pious Jew, who took the infant
Jesus in his arms and blessed him in the
temple, Luke 2: 25,34. He is supposed
by many to be the same with Shammai,
 Evaluation}; 747 Eufmroio'xw
Eapz'ac, mentioned by Josephus along to make qfliheform with another, to con
with Pollio, Ant. 15. 1. 1, et 10. 4 ; and jbrm, Pass. c. dat. trop. Phil. 3: 10.
also the same mentioned in the Talmud, Zopon'atltw, 67, f. fio'u, (avprraflfigg)
as the fatherofGamaliel; see inI‘aIuaAn'IA. to sympathize, i.e. to feel with another, to
Wetst. N. T. I. p. 665. Jahn §106. be afl'ected in like manner, c. dat. see in
4. i.q. Simon Peter, elsewhere Zipuv Ev'yxai'pu. Heb. 4: 15 ouprraflfioai raig
q.v. Acts 15: 14. 2 Pet. 1.1. z’wtieveiau; r‘ypn'w. Praegn. i.q. tohavecom
5. A Christian teacher at Antioch, passion on any one, to afford sympathiz
surnamed Niger, Acts 13: 1. ing aid, Heb.10:34.—Symm. for ‘m Job
29./#0049775?’ 017, 6, (1199111416,) 1: 2: 11. Test. XII Patr. p. 536. Plut. Ti.
fellow-disciple, John 11: 16. — Poll. on. mol. 19. Isocr. p. 64. B.
6. 159 Hluirwv he‘ aufipatinrhc clrre. See Evy/whit, 20;, 017;, a, .3, adj. (airy,
Wetst. N.T.I. p. 915. On this species mifloc, m'wxw) sympathizing, feeling with
of compounds as disapproved by the At another, Iihe-aflécted : 1 Pet.3: B aup'rra
ticists, see Phryn. ed. Lob. 471. 6:19, i. e. the same in feeling, mutually
Evfnaagrugéw, a7,f.1"ow,(paprvpéw,) compassionate—Jos. Ant. 19. 7. 3. Plut.
to witness with, to bear witness with an de Adulat. et Amic. 9. ed. R. VI. p.196.
other, to testify with, i.e. at the same time 10. Pol. 15. 9. 3.
and to the same efi'ect, 0. dat. see in Evy Zuarraguyi'voam, (napa'yz'ropai q.
Kéoflflfll. Rom. 8: 16 n‘; #7517140 ovppap v.) to come with any one,to be present with,
rvpzi rq'i 1rvn'1,uari iuui'w, 5n 1:. 1'. 7k. 9: l Engl. to stand by any one as a friend and
absol. 2:15. Rev. 22: 18 in text. rec. advocate, c. dat. see in Zu-yréfinpai. 2
where the better reading is paprvpe'm— Tim. 4: 16 iv r1] 1rpu'irp you drrohoyia oil
Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 23. ed.R.VI. Eri’g For. au/nrape'ys'vzro. Sept. for "1'33 Ps.
p. 236. Xen. H.G. 7.1.35. 83: 9.—Of a multitude, to come together,
Evfbfhfiflzfl, f. law, (,uepiZu) to di to convene, Luke 23: 48.-—Thuc. 2. 82.
vide with another; in N. T. Mid. to di Zuaa'aguxaltw, 51', f. émn, (rrapa.
vide with so as to receive part to one's mkéw q. v.) to call fbr or invite with, at
self, to share with, topartahe with, 0. dat. the same time, Xen. Cyr. 8. l. 38.
1 Cor. 9: 13. to invoke with others, ib. 3. 3. 21 to
Euulne'roxog, 00, 6,15, adj. (péraxor; ezhort with another, e. g. an army, P015.
q.v.) partaking with, subst. a joint-par 83. 3. In N.T. Pass. i.q. to be consoled,
taher, Eph. 3: 6. 5: 7.—Justin. Mart. comforted with others, i. e. to receive 50
Apol. 1. p. 51 ovppz'roxog r1311 171100-11’. lace and encouragement in the society of
So auppers'xw 2 Macc. 5:20. Xen. An. others. Rom. 1: 12 avprrapaxhnfliivai iv
7. 8. 17. iilfiv. Comp. IIapaxu’M'w d.
EUpTdglzttcc‘U/Quvw, aor. 2 lhaé’ov,
Evwwmrnr. 05.6, (mimic) a w (1rapahalugdvw ,q.v.)to take along with one 's
imitator,joint-follower, Phil. 3: 17. On self, as a companion on a journey, c. acc.
this kind of compounds, see Phryn. et Acts 12:25. l5:37,38. Gal. 2:1.—Sept.
Lob. p. 471. Job 1:4. 131. v.11. 8. 7. Hdian. 2. 2. 2.
Zwwoeolw, R 1w. (vim/waive) to Euaaraguaim, 1". new"), (napape'vw)
make qfliheform with, to conform, Pass. pp. to remain near with any one, to con.
0. dat trop. Phil. 3: 10 in Mss. for oop time with, sc. in life. 0. dat. Phil. 1: 25.
p0p¢riw id. q. v. Comp. in Eu'ylcdeqpau—Sept. PS. 72: 5
Ewe/weaver. 0165,11. adj- (iwpir'n) auprrapa/asvei r93 illu’rp.
having like form with, conformed, lihe, 0. Eoarraigeiui, (1rdpnpl. q. v.) to be
dat. comp. in Eu-yxaipw. Phil. 3: 21 r1‘: presentany one,c.dat. Acts 25:24. Comp.
¢r5pa---ai;ppop¢oy TIP airport rfic 5651]: in Zu-ymiflnpan—Jos. Ant.10.l1.3. P01.
cu’irofi. Seq. gen. Rom.8:29 1rpoibpws o'vp 9. 25.6. Xen. H. G. 4.6. 1.
Iuiprpouc 'rfic eixovog r017 viol'l aizroi'r. For
2141110563601, f. 7|’Et’GO/1tll, (miaxun)
the gen. after words compounded with to be afl'ected with or as another, to sym
aim in classic writers,see Matth. §379 fin. pathize with, to sufl'er with, absol. 1 Cor.
20Fq1b0g¢6a5 t5, f, @ow,(o'1'1ppnp¢og,) 12: 26 tl mio'xu Ev pe'Aog, aupndaxu
 Zulu-team 748 265030050;
m'w'ra rii ,ue'hy. So Rom. B: 17,i.q. to 13: 5. 14: 241. b? '3 Gen. 18: 16.—T01).
endure like sutTeringsL—Pol. 15. 19.4. 5:8. Xen. An. 1. 3. 5.-—Ofa multitude,
Diod. Sic. 4. ll. to come together, to assemble, c. wpoc ubrév
Eulwrrépnrw, f. \Pw, (1re'ft1rw,) to send Mark 10:1. So Sept. forq’zfl Job 1: 4.—
with any one, 0. dat. 2 Cor. 8:22; comp. POl. 5. 75. 1. 1b. 15. 6. l.
in Zu'yréermm. Seq. Ferd 0. gen. ib. 8: Zumroamv, 00, 16, (WW5...) a
18. Comp. Winer \} 56. 4| fin.—-c. dat. drinking together, Lat. compotatio, Sept.
Plut. Artax. 24.. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 31. 0. for 1'53 "13?? Esth. 7: 7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.
para’ Xen. H. G. l. 4.. 21. 13. a banquet,feast, 1 Macc. 16:16. Jos.
Zvym'sgmafbgu'vw, (wepthapfidvw to Ant. 7. 14.. 6. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Meton.
embrace ,) pp. to take around with some
a banqueting-hall, Luc. D. Deor. 24. 1.
thing else, i. e. to embrace with, to com Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 10.—In N. T. meton. a
prehend, to include, Dem. ‘235. 16. Diod. banqueting-party , table-party ,- Mark 6 :39
('1 vaxMyac m'w'rac , own-data o'vp'lroom ,i.e.
Sic. 14'. 7.—-—In N. T. to embrace withal,
adverbially and distributively, by table.
at the same time, Acts 20: 10.
parties,- comp. Gesen. Lehrg. § 173. b.
Ell/7011'“), aor. 2 ovve'mov, (1rlyw,) Stuart Heb. Gr. § 4.38. Comp. in KAwla
to drink with any one, 0. dat. as in Evy and espec. Hpaa'la.
xo'lenpm, trop. Acts 10: 4'1 o’lrwsc owe
¢<iyopcv xal awsrrlopev obi-Q, comp. in ZupWgwQé-rsgog, ou, b, a fellow
'Eafilw c. 8. Sept. for I!!! ""2? Esth. 7: 1. presbytcr, elder, 1 Pet. 5: 1. See in Hp:
—Dem. 1352. 27. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 28. o'gl'n'epog b. y.
Zuluz'lmw, aor. 2 ewé'irwov, (1rl Eopmpayfiy, see in 2011:0910.
1rrw,) to fall together,as a. house, to fall in Zupwigw, aor. l evw’yvz-yxa, (¢e'pu,)
.ruins,absol. Luke 6:49 in Mssfor 51mm to bear or bring together.
-——Dem. 899. 3. Xen. An. 5. 2. 24'. 3.) pp. i. q. to collect, c. ace. Acts 19:
19 mlvsve'yxav-rec 'rizc filghovgn—Jos. Ant.
Evita/Anglia), :3, f. éa'm,(m'1vintens.
1r)\np6u,) to fill up altogether, to fill whol 3. 8. 3. Xen. An. 6. 5. 6.
b) intrans. to bring togetherfor any one,
lg, completely. i. q. to contribute, to conduce; hence to
:1) pp. of a vessel filled by the waves
so as to drenuh the persons in it, Pass. be well, profitable, expedient, 0. dat. expr.
Luke 8: 23.—Of ships asfilled out with or impl. 2 Cor. 8: 10 rm'n'o 'yixp b'u‘iv cup
oépei. Seq. dat. c. inf. as subj. 2 Cor. l2:
a crew, Pol. l. 36. 9. Xen. H. G. 41.8. 7.
b) of time, Pass. to be fulfilled, com 1; c. inf. simpl. Matt. 19:10. John 18:
pleted, to have fully come ,- com p. Ilknpéu 14'. Seq. dat. c. 'lva, Matt. 5:29, 30. 18:
d.a. Luke925l. Acts2:1.——Hdian.7.4.2 6. John 11:50. 16: 7. Absol. 1 Cor. 6:
12 ab m'wra a'up¢e'p£l. 10:23. Comp.
Zufwrylyw, f. Eu,(a'1'1y,1rvlyw),lo choke Buttm. $29.10. Winer s 4.5. 2. p. 266.
together, to throttle, and so to szlflbcate, —-a-wl Sept. Prov. 19:10. Luc. D. Mort.
trop. to overpower, c. acc. Matt. 13: 22 1" 14.5. Xen. Cyr.3.2.30. full 0. inf. Sept.
brain] for’: 1r)\o|'rr0v o'vprrvi-yu. rbv )W'yov. Esth. 3: 8. Xen. (E0. 13. 2. —- Hence
Mark 4.: 7, 19. Luke 8: 14.—Hyperb. Part. neut. r6 evpzpz'pov, good, profit, ad
to slgfi'ocate by crowding; tocrowd, to press vantage, 1 Cor.7:35. 10:33. 12:7. Heb.
upon, Luke 8: 42 oi b'xhoi ovvz'rrvryov (11'1
12: 10. Phil‘. re a-uppe'povra things pro~
rév. Comp.Mark 5:341 ovve’flhzfioy obi-61'. fitabk Acts 20: 20.—2 Macc. 4:5. Dem.
Eu/ewom'rng, ov, a (1ro)\lrrlg,) a jet. 209.7. Plur.Baruch 4:3. Xen.Conv.4..59.
low-citizen, trop. of Gentile Christians as
26(4.¢r;,un,(¢q,.£,) to speak with, i.e. in
admitted to the privileges of the gospel the same manner, i.q.to say yea, to assent
along with the Jews, pb. 2: 19.—Jos. to, c. dat. Rom. 7: 16 abpqmpi rq': voluy.
Ant.19.2.2. El. V. H. 3. 44. This form ——Dem.668.14. Xen.An.5.8.9. Hesych.
ot'eom pounds is disapproved by the gram
U'1'J/l¢1”.lt' await/u"), evroluohoyé.
marians; see Phryn. ed. Lob. p.172,4|7l.
Eupowogaooplal, f. u'm'opm, depon. Eéooogoe, ov, a, .3, adj. (WW9...)
Pass. (wopa'lo 111,) to go with any one, to profitable, Neut. (ro m'lpoopov as subst.
nccompany,o. at. Luke'lzll. 14:25. 211:
profit, once in Mss. for re‘; crum'poy,
15. Sept. 0. pet-('1 for Heb. "If. 115.-‘1 Gen. 1 Cor. 7: 35.—Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 141.
 Eufmpukérng 749 21'»
Evwvlérn. 0v. 6,(¢v7\¢'1'nc,¢v>\ii,) of price, Matt. 20: 2; see in 'Ex no. 3. f.
pp. ‘ one of the same tribe or fraternity,’ —-Act.Th0m. § 2 aurerpo'wno'e per‘ ai/roir
Lat. contribulis, Isocr. . 262. A. Aris-_ rpuDv lurpdw dpyupt’ou.
toph. Av. 368. In N. . genr. a fellow u,u.¢a§mo'1;, 2mg, 1'], (av ¢wvéw,)
citizemfiHow-countryman, 1 Thess. 2: l4. unison,accord. 2 Cor. 6: l5 rt;- a‘ cuppa’:
—Hesych. cuppa/hernia" bpozttra'w. Dis rnoig Xpis'rg-i rrpog BcMc'rlL—So ovppwm'a
approved of by the grammarians; comp. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 16 pen. Hdian. 3. 13. 8.
in Zupnohirnc. Evtl'tbww'a, 116, 1'1, (vvwwvém) sym
Zbuporog, on, a, 1}, adj. (o'v,u¢i:w,) phony, i.e. concert of instruments, music,
brought forth or grown together, Sept. Luke 15: 25.—Sept. Dan. 3:5,10. Pol.
Zech. 11: 2. Etymol. Mag. EiI/npvrog' b 26- IO. 5.
ov-y-ysvfic. Trop. inborn, innate, 3 Macc. Ei'anpmog, ov, a, 1';, adj. (qty,
3:22. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 3. Plut. Pyrrh. 7. ¢wv1’;,) sgmphonious, in unison, pp. of s
Lys. 118. 31. In N.T. grown togetha' so. sounds, musical instruments, Luc. Har
into one, trop. conjoined, united, one with.
monid. 1. Plut. Conjug. Praec. 11. ed.
Rom. 6: 5 ohprpvrot yt‘ybvuper r93 6,1101 R. VI. p. 527. 4. In N.T. trop. conso
ihpart rail Sal/(iron airroil, i. e. one with
nant, accordant, and Ncut. 16 oiqnpwvor
Christ in the likeness of his death, comp.
subst. accord, agreement, 1 Cor. 7: 5 tr:
v. 4, 8.—So pp. rrvp7r£¢wtdrg grown toge avptpbrom—Pol. 6.36. 5. genr. Diod. 6.
ther, as man and horse in the Centaurs,
Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3.18. 11. Epict. Ench. 49. 3.
EU,Lln,l1fl¢tZw, f. in», (Wife: q. v.)
Eunoz’m, 1‘. how, (4e... q.v.) tobring to reckon together, to compute, e. g. rag
forth together, to let spring up or grow to
gether; in N.T. only Pass. aor. 2 trove rtpdg Acts 19:19.-—Aristoph.Lysist9142.
¢imv, to spring up or grow together, Luke Ell/Minx“. 0v. a, a adj-(061'. M11.)
8:7 mlptpueie'ai ai ltxaracu. This is a of one mind with others, liheminded, Phil.
later form instead of Act. aor. 2 owlsfw 2: 2. Comp. Tittm. Syn. N. T p. 67.
intrans. see in (Mor.—Philo de Vit. os. 21,111, prep. governing only the Da_
II. p. 174. 12 2'7 il/(i'tpoc ml 1'; orropixc air tive, with, implying a nearer and closer
rfic oi’wla au,u¢ueio'a tlvédn. So ours’ or, connexion and conjunction than psi-é,
mtprrc'pwca, Theophr. H. Pl. 9. 2. E .V. much as in Engl. with difi'ers from mid,
H. 3. 1 nrrbc~--dup1rc'¢uxe ro'ic dévdpoic. amid, among. See Passow s. v. Matth.
Pass. id. trop. Plut. Camill. 27. § 577. Winer § 52. p. 334. Tittm. Syn.
Zvpopwréw, t5, f. flaw, (obp¢wrog,) N. T. p. 176.
to sound together, i. e. to be in unison, ac a) pp. of society, companionship, con
cord, pp. of musical instruments; in N. sort, where one is said to be, do, sufi'cr
T. trop. to accord with to agree with, in with any one, in connexion and company
trans.c.dat.expr. or impl. see in Eu-yxaipw. with him; comp. in Merci I. 2. a. So
a) genr. of what is suitable, congru. after verbs of sitting, standing, being,
ous, Luke 5: 36 rd} walnut; oil auppuvci remaining, with any one, as dvdrupai
s'ni€)\n,ua.-—Aristot. Polit.7. 15 raira 5s? John 12: 2 in later edit. yi’vopar Luke
1rpog t‘lAAflAtl ovpcpwreiv. 2:13. diarplgw Acts 14: 28. ‘law-17,1“ in
b) of coincidence, concurrence, Acts trans. Acts 2:14. 4: 14. é¢l0711ftl intr.
15:1 Sroilrrp ovppuroiio'w oi Xo’yot rdw 1rpo Luke 20: 1. Acts 23: 27. xatlilw Acts
npnriJm—Jos. Ant. 10. 7.2. Diod. Sic.1.2. 8: 31. [time Luke 1:56. 24:29. Acts
c) of a compact, to agree together, to 28: 16. Spec. slvat oily rim, to be with
make an agreement, seq. 1r£pi c. gen. any one, i. e. present with, in company
Matt. 18:19. Pass. c. dat. Acts 5: 9 rt’ with, Luke 24: 44. Phil. 1: 23. C01. 2:
61': ovredwrr'lflr] i/po'w, how that it is agreed 5. 1 Thess. 4:17 mlv Kvpltp. 2 Pet. 1:18.
upon by you.——Scpt. 2 K. 12: 8. c. rrspl 0. [II/(1|. impl. Luke 8: 1. Acts 21: 29.
Po]. 2. 15. 5. c. inf. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. Phil. 4:21. Or as accompanying, fol
1pc; rn'a Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 8.—Seq. dat. lowing, Luke 7:12. Acts 13:7. 27:2;
of pers. et genit. of price, Matt. 20: 13 as a follower, disciple, Luke 8: 38. 22:
obxl dnraplou ovrupdwnozic poi ; Buttm. 56. Acts 4: 13; as a partizan, to be on
§ 132. 6. 2. Seq. para’ rirog et in c. gen. one's side, Acts 14: 4 bis. (Xen. An. 1.
 2111' 750 Evvotlyw ’
8. 26. H. G.3. 1. 18 tin.) So 01 obi’ TU'l Br'wopev adv Xpurrqi. 8: 32. 2 Cor.13: 4.
amc, those with any one, his companions, Gal. 3: 9. eiiho-yoivrai oily rt; mar’? ‘A
attendants, followers; fully Mark 2: 26. 'gpmip, i.e. with and like Abraham,by the
Acts 22: 9. Oftener 0. part. by, iii/rec same acts and in the same manner. Col.
impl. Luke 5: 9. 8:45 in later edit. 9: 2. l3,20.—So =1? , Sept. per-('1 P8.106.6.
32. 24: 10, 24,33. Rom. 16: 14, 15. Ecc. 2: 16.
Gal. 1: 2. 2: 3; spoken of colleagues, c) of connexion arising from possession,
Acts 5:17, 21. 19: 38.—I'1dian. 5.4.11. the being furnished or intrusted with any
Plut. Mor. II. p. 40. Tauchn.Xen.Cyr. thing. 1 Cor. 15: 1.0 i, xdplc 1'05 9:01? w‘!
7. 1. 15. Anab. 2. 2. 1.—After verbs of 0111/ e'poi, i.q. 1'; Eotlz'ioc'i pot in Rom. 12: 3,
going with any one ; e.g. E'pxopai and its 6. 2 Cor. 8: 19 GUI'UI’éIJlIIU/JEV rov (‘Idah
compounds Luke 24:1. John 21:3. Acts tiv~~oulv rfi Xdpm rabrp. i.e. who is in
11: 12. 2 Cor. 9: 4. o'nrz'pxopa: Acts 5: trusted with this gift. (Psalt. Sal. 1. 4
_ 26. eio'e'pxopat Acts 3:8. 25:23. iZe'pxo drroo'rcihng Sdi'arml of”! e'vrohfi.) James
1: 11 dverethe ‘yap b fihmg 0111/ r9? KGIIIO'U
pa: Acts 10: 23. 14:20. 16:3. John18:
1. o'vve'pxopat Acts21:16. Also nopn'to vi. —- Hom. Od. 24. 193. XernConv. '2.
luau Luke 7:6. Acts 10:20. 23:32. 26: 22. Cyr. 1. 2. 4..
13. 1 Cor. 16:4. elo'te'ra: Acts 21: 18. d) implying a joint-working, co-oper
Emrhe'w 18:18. 1rapu'yt'ropat 24:24. mimi ation,and thus spoken of a means, instru.
‘yo/sat 4: 27.—Hdian. 2.14.1. Xen.Cyr. ment, with, through, by virtue of 1 Cor.
3. 3. 13. H. G. 3.1.18 init.—Gem. with 5:4 this! r5 dw'dpet r017 Kupt'ov 'I. Xp.
neuter and passive verbs, like Engl. with, Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 18. Conv. 5. 13.
where the verb refers to its subject as in e) implying addition, accession, like
compan with others. Matt. 26: 35 njiv Engl. with, i. q. besides, over and above,
35p p: ow vol drrodayfiv. 27:38 rtirs crav Luke 24: 21 6M6 ye 0111/ min‘: rol'n'orc
poin'ra: only abrq': 5130 hptrral. Mark 9: 4 rplrrp! ral'rrnv fipe'pav li-yu m'yjupomwith,
611,661] 1111101; 'Hht’ag o'dr Mwiiaei. Luke 2: i.e. besides all this. Comp. Hebfif'vsept.
5 cirro-ypérbavdai 011v Mapu'rp x. r. A. 22: only ror'n'otc Neh. 5: 18.—3 Macc. 1: 22.
14. 23:32. Acts 1: 14 bis. v. 17 in text. Nora. In composition m'n' implies: 1.
rec. v. 22 pdprupa 'yeve'o'eat only illuiv. society, companionship, consort, with, to
Acts 3:4. 4:27. 14:5 :11: 3E c'ye'vero zippy) gelher, Lat. con- ; also therewith, withal ,
r15v--"Iov5aiwv only r07: iipxouaw. 8:20. e. g. o'vvd'yu, truverreiw, au'yxriflrnsut. 2.
15: 22 5505s roicdrroo'rohmp-wdv 5kg rrJ completeness of an action, altogether,
e'xxhno'lq. 17:34. 18:8. 20:36. 21:24, round about, on every side, wholly and
26. lCor.1:2. 11:32. 2 Cor. 1:1. Eph. thus intensive ; e. g. ouptrknpéu, Gll'yk'tl
3:18. 4:31. Phil.1:l. 2:22. Col. 3:3, ).z'nrru—Comp. Passow no. 3. Viger p.
4. 1 Thess. 4: l7 ('ipa only abroig (1pm: 642 marg.
ynadpeda. 5: 10. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 30. 291M176), f. Ew,(dyw,)to leadorbringto
An. 1. 9. 2.—Also with transitive verbs, gether, to gather together, to collect, trans.
like Engl. with, where the verb refers a) gem. of persons or things, c. acc.
either to its subject or object as in com Matt.22:10 avw'rya'yov m'wrac 600v: sit
pany with others; e. g. to the subject, pov. Luke 15: 13 wraya'ydw drrar'ra.
Mark4: 10 fipérrldav ai/rdv oi 1rep1 aiu'dv, John 6: 12 rd Khc'wlua'ra. Rev. 13: 10 al
oily ro'ig dabdera. Luke 5:19. 19:23. 23: 'xpahwo't'av U'IIYé'YEL, i.q. to bring together
11,35. Acts 5:1. 1012. 14:13. 21: 5. captives, to lead captive. C. acc. impl.
1 Cor. 16: 19. To the object, Matt- 25: Matt. 13:47 aa'yr'yyp-“s'x 1ravrdc yz'roug
27 c'xopwtipm' (‘:11 ‘rd i‘udv 0111' rdxp. M ark dvva'yayobo'p. Matt. 25: 24, 26. John 6:
8:34. 15:27 Kai adv abrf: arm/9017015110 13, coll. 12. Sept. for ‘1:15 Ex. 23: 10.
Xpv'rdg. Acts 15: 22 we'prbm. v. 25. 23: Num. 19: 9, 10.—1111.17.11 4. l4. Diod.
15. 1 Cor. 10:13. 2 Cor. 1:21. 4:14. Sic. 3. 56. Xen. Mem.4. 2. 8. An. 3. 4.
Gal. 5: 24. Col.3:9. 4:9. 1Thess.4:14. 31.—Elsewhere with adjuncts, e. g. u'c
-<>bj. Palazph. 31.10. Xen.Cyr. 1. 4.. 7. c. acc. of place, Matt. 3: 12 out-din row
b) trop. of connexion, consort, as aris uirov ain'm'; eig rfiv fi'lroer'pmv. 6: 26. 13:
ing from likeness of doing or sutlering, 30. Luke 3: 17. Ta rz'uva tic Ev i.e. into
from a common lot or event, with, i.q. in one family, church, John 11:52. (Hera
like manna- with,l1'he, Rom.6:8 ci 5:‘ furs C111. 1.‘. 19 mile orropcitlrlv olxoflvrag (lg iv

Zum'yw'yr'; 751
awla-ya-yeiv. Dion.Hal.Ant.2.45.) c. :1:
final, John4z36. 21.-c1, 1rov, Luke 12:17,
18. yard rwog Matt.12:30. Lukellz23.
' b) of persons, an assembly,multitude,
i.q. to assemble, to convene,to convoke. (a)
Act. 0. acc. Matt. 2: 4 o'vvayayaiw miv
rac Toni; ('ipxirps'ic x. r. A. John 1 l: 47.
Acts 14:27. 15:30. Also 0. c'm' ru'a
against any one Matt. 27: 27. Seq. :19
16v rdvrov Rev. 16: 16. etc mihqtov Rev.
16: 14. 20:8. Sept. genr. for =12“, Ex.3:
16. 1 Sam. 5: 11.—Hdian. 4. 3. 11. 1111.
V. H. 3. 19. Xen. An. 1.3. 9. an army
Palarph. 8. 4. Xen. Ag.1.25.—(B)Pass.
or Mid. to be gathered together, to be as
sembled, to come together, Matt. 22:41 ew
nype’vwv 5:‘ rd'twbapwat'wv. 27: 17. Mark
2: 2. Luke 22: 66. Acts 13:44. 15:6.
20: 7. 1 Cor. 5: 4. Rev. 19: 19. Sept.
for 119$? Deut. 33: 5. Neh. 8: 3. (Plut.
Mor.II. p. 31. Tauchn.) With adjuncts
of place, etc. E'p-rrpoath'v ru'og Matt. 25:
32. E1rl n‘. airré, comp. in Abra’: III. a.
[3. Matt. 22:34. Acts 4:26. in’ Tim: to
any one Mark 5: 21 ; also against any
one Acts 4: 27. Sept. Gen. 34: 30.) :14;
c. ace. of place, att. 26: 3. Acts 4: 5;
at; final Matt. 18: 20. Rev. 19:17. e’v c.
dat. of place, Acts 4: 27,31. 11:26. pe
ni rivoc Matt. 28: 12. 1rpdg nva to an
one, Matt. 13:2. 27: 62. Mark 4:1. 6:
30. 7: 1. incl, 511-011, 05, Matt. 18:20.
26:57. John 18: 2. 20: 19. Acts 20:8.
-Spoken also of eagles,c. Ere? Matt.24:
28. Luke 17:37.
c) from the Heb. pp. to lead or take
with one's self, into one's house, i.q. to re
ceive to one's hospitality and protection,
like Heb. nee. Matt. 25; 35 £50; fi
pnv, Kill a'vvn'yd-ye-ré Inc. v. 38, 43. So
Sept. for 7i? 71% Deut. 22:2. Josh.2:18.
Judg.19: 15,18.
Evmywyt/l, 5;, 1'1, (am/dye’) a collec
ting, gathering, as of fruits, P01. 1. l7. 9.
of people, tribes, Psalt.Salom.l7:48,50;
P01. 4. 7. 6. a mass,multitude, as collect
ed, e. g. Mfiuv Sept. Job 8: 17. 175cm;
Is. 37: 25 ; or of persons, as the congre
gation of Israel, Sept. Ex.12:3,19. Lev.
4:13. Ecclus. 24: 25. l Macc. 14:28;
or an army, Ex. 32: 22, 23. 38: 4, 15.
Hence in N. T. an assembly, congregation,
synagogue ; spoken
a) of a Christian assembly or church,
James 2: 2. Also prob. of false Judaiz
ing teachers, who are called swa-ywyr)
—r-’-v-r~
Euva'ya'yr'i ’
Earami, Satan's assembly or synagogue,
Rev. 2: 9. 3: 9. So Sept. avva-yu-yt‘l wro
vrlpevope'iluv for Heb. "'1'! Ps. 22: 7 ;
comp. Ecclus. 16:7. 21:10.
h) of a Jewish assembly, synagogue,
held in the synagogues, for prayer, read
ing the scriptures, and with certain ju
dicial powers; comp. in c, below. Luke
8:41. 12:11. 21:12 1rapabidrivrsg [ii/trig]
u'g auva-ywyac Kai q'mhanég. Acts 9 :2 im
arohc'tg not); rag avva'yw-ydc. 13:43. 22:
19. 26:11. — Hist. of $115. 41, 60, coll.
v. 4,28.
c) meton. of a Jewish place of wor- .
ship, a synagogue, later Heb. "93? ""111.
house of assembly, comp. Buxt. Lex.
Chald. Rab. 1055. Synagogues appear
to have been first introduced during the
Babylonish exile, when the people were
deprived of their usual rites of worship,
and were accustomed to assemble on the
Sabbath to hear portions of the law read
ahd expounded. After the return from
exile the same custom was continued in
Palestine; comp. Neh.8:l sq. Original
ly synagogues would seem not to have
differed from the later proseuchw, see in
Hposeuxr’y b; being erectedwithout the
cities in the fields, and usually near
streams or on the sea-shore for the con
venience of ablution. Afterwards they
were built in the more elevated parts of
every city, and in the larger cities there
were several, in proportion to the popul
ation. In Jerusalem, according to the
Rabbins, were not less than 480 or 494.
Assemblies were held in these at first
only on the Sabbath and festival days;
but subsequently also on the second and
fifth days of the week, i. e. Mondays and
Thursdays. The exercises consisted
chiefly in prayers and the public reading
of the 0. Test. which was expounded
from the Hebrew into the vernacular
tongue, with suitable exhortation; comp.
Luke4:16 sq. Acts 13:14sq. Thewhole
was closed by a short prayer and bene
diction, to which the assembly responded
Amen, Neh.8:6. Comp. generally, Vit
ringa de Synagoga Vet. Lightfoot Hor.
Heb. ad Matt. 4: 23. VVetst. N.T. I. p.
278. Jahn §§ 344., 34.5, 372, 397, 398.—
Matt. 4:23. 6:2,5. 9:35. 10:17. 12:9.
1354. 2345,34. Mark 1=21,23,29,39.
3:1. 6:2. 12:39. 13:9. Luke 4:15,16,20,
28,33,3B,44. 6:6. 7:5. 11:43. 13:10.
 Eum'yuwzoaat 752 EWGWIMPQZ'VU
20: 46. John 6:59. 18:20. ActsQ: 20. (199609,) to gather together in a heap, e.g.
13:14,. 14:1. 15:21. 17:17. 18: 4,7, things, Jos. Ant. 8. 4. l n‘. mm'n; m'u-m
19, 26. 19:8. 24: 12. awa-yw'yr) rim tmvaktaag. In N. T. of persons, to make
'Iouhcu'wv Acts 13: 5, 42. 17: 1,10. rr. throng together, to assemble, Pass. Acts 1:
'ra'tv Atgzprtwiw Acts 6: 9, see in Atgepri 4 auvahtlopevog 1rapr'ryyukev airroig. —
voc.—Jos. Ant. 19.6.3. B. 1.2. 14.. 4., Jos.B.J.3.9.4. Luc.deLuct.7. Xen.Cyr.7.
5. ib. 7. 3. 3. 3.48. Aet. Hd0t.1.176. Xen.Cyr.l.4.14.
Eumywwzopom, f. t'copat, depon. 211vam@a!'vw,aor.9mm-ééqv, (ava
Mid. (dywvilopag) to combat with, in fiat'vw q. v.) to go up with any one, sc.
company with, e. g. in the gymnasia, from alower to a higher partol'a country,
2E1. V. H. 12. 43; genr. Jos. Ant.5. 3.3. 0. dat. Mark 15:41. Acts 13': 31. Sept.
Xen. Cyr. 4.5. 49. In N.T. to exert one’: for H’?! Ex. 12:38. c. pe-ré Gen. 50:9.
self with another; to strive earnestly along Ex. 33: 3.—Esdr. 8:27. ELVJL 3. l7.
with, i.q. to help, to aid, 0. dat. see in Buy Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 18.
xdenpat. Rom. 15: 30 o'vva'ywvlaatreal Ewfltvtc'tcitflltlt, f. Eld'Oiult, (t'lvtixupat
pot iv Ttflg‘ 1rpoUcvxalg.——JOS. Ant. 12. 2. q.v.) to recline with any one, sc. at table,
2. Dion. Hal. Ant.7.16. Diod.Sic.1.21. i.q. to eat with, to dine or mp with, see in
2uva07.éw,5, r, 1’,0u,(d9)\2'w q.v.) to ,AVC’ltrt’t'Mlt. no. 2; seq. dat. as in Evyrd
contend along with any one, on his side; Onpcu. MatL9:10 a-urave'rewro ‘r93 'Inooir.
only trop. to exert one's self with, to strive Mark 2:15. Luke 14:10. John 1222.
with or together, i.q. to help, to aid, 0. dat. Part. absol. oi dvvavaxu'pzvot, guests,
as in Evyxdflnpat. Phil. 4: 3 iv 19'; eila'y Matt. 14:9. Mark 6:22, 26. Luke 7:
yckip “mommy Inot. So together, mutu 49. 14: 15.—3 Macc. 5:39.
ally, c. dat.commodi, Ti m'o'ret Phil. 1 :27. Extrema/wont, f. {(0, oll‘yyv'fl.)
Zvmtgolfiw, t‘. 01..., (aepozzw, 1. pp. to mix up together; Pass. or Mid.
9p609,) to gather together in a heap, e. g. avvavapl'yvvpat, to mingle together Irith,
things, Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 3. In N. T. of to have intercourse or keep company with,
persons, to make throng together, to gather 0. dat. 1 Cor. 5: 9 pp) awavapi-ywaflw.
together, to assemble, c. ace. Acts 19:25 mipvotc. v. 11. 2 Thess. 3: 14. Sept. for
TEXW'TGLQH-Oi‘tc o'vvaflpoiaag. Pass. Luke 5&5?‘ H05. 7: B.—So trvpplyvvpt, Dem.
24:33. Acts 12:12. Sept. for’wpg Num. 885.8 tTU’l'llEtlL‘ll'Ol/T'POIQ t'lvepéirotg. Xen.
20:2. ‘GP, [AcL :Kal. Pass. =Hithp.] 2 Mem. 1. 2. 20.
EWOtVtZ'ITMIJU, f. zu'mw, (dravrm'm)
Sam. 2: 25,30. 1 K. 18: 19.—Jos. B. J.
4. ll. 4. Pol. 3. 50. 3. Xen. An. 7. 2. 6. only Mid. to refresh one's self or be re
- zw'cttlftd, 1'. ap.}, (01pm) to taheup fi'eshed with any one, in his company, c.
together, Plut, Lysand. 15. Sympos. 3. dat. Rom. 15: 32. Comp. 'Avairm'm a.
10. 3. to help, to aid, as if in taking up Evmmtw, f. haw, (t'u'réu, arm)
and bearing a burden, 0. dat. Jos. Ant. to meet with any one, to come together
l7. 4. 2 WV‘fiPEV ailmig. Dem. 1449. 14. with, to encounter.
Thuc. 4. 10.—In N. T. only avvat'petv 3.) pp. c. dat. Luke 9: 37 oun'lv-ma'zv
M'ryov para name, to take up an account ailflp' Pix)“ 1ro)\1't§. 22: 10. Acts IO: 25.
with any one, ac. for adjustment, i. q. to Heb. 7: 1, 10. Sept. for ":3; Num. 23:
reckon together, Matt. 18: 23,24. 25: 19. 16. via? Gen. 32; 17. w.- Gen. 321-1
-—Etym. Magn. Evvépaattat' win/appo Macc.5:25. Hdiaml.l7.8.Xen.An.7.2.5.
o'atrBat, o'v'yxaraee'aeat. b) trop. of things, events, to happen to
Euyoux‘uoikw'rog, 00, 6, (aixpékw. any one, to befall, 0. dat. Acts 20:22.
rog,) afellow-prisoner, Rom. 16: 7. Col. So Sept. and "3?, Eco. 2: l4. 9: ll.
4: 10. Philem. 23. Ewmlvrna'tg, 20);, 1'7, (Wynn-do.) a
Eumzokovtléafi, 1'. flow, (dxohovtléw meeting with, encounter, in N. T. only in
q. v.) to go together with any one, to fol the phrase eig owdvrna-w, used for the
low with, to accompany, 0. dat. Mark 5: infin. avvav'rgimto meet with,c. dat. Matt.
37. Luke 23: 49.—-2 Mace. 2: 4. Plut. 8; 34.. So Sept. for M73’? :2: Gen. 14:11.
Demetr. 36. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 5. Ex. 18: 7.—genr. Dion. HaLAnt. 4. £56.
ZuvaMZw, f. law, (Milo), Milt. i~ q EUlttZlt't'tlktZtbCtiva), f. Mnllopat , (drrl
 Ewmmrdyw 753 / Zwboidgw
halugiivu q. v.) only Mid. ew'avnhapcoi altogether, i. e. to seize or catch with the
vopai, to take hold in turn with any one, notion of haste and great violence;
i. q. to help, to aid, 0. dat. Luke 10: 40. stronger than ép-rréfi'u, from the idea of
Rom. 8:26. Sept. for 1:15! Ps. 89:22. grasping allaround,- comp.in Z'mhhapfidww
It‘?! Ex. 18: 22.—Jos. Ant. 4.8.4.. Diod. no 1. and 21511 note. Of persons, e. g. a
Sic. l4. 8. multitude or mob seizing individuals, c.
Ewan-dye, Eo, (away... q. v.) to acc. Acts 6: 12. 19: 29; of a demon
lead of or away with any one, 0. dat. of seizing violently one possessed Luke 8:
pers. Sept. for "Pk Ex. 14: 6. Achill. 29. Sept. for "Pk Prov. 6:25.—Philo de
Tat. 7. p. 4.19. Xen. Cyr.8.3. 23. comp. Plant. N. p. 219. E. 5X01’ roy von'w .‘ma
Wetst. N. T. II. p. 81. In N.T. only Qu'ac xaroxfig a'vvapn'aaeclg o‘ia-rprp. Luc.
Pass. trop. to be led or carried away with D. Deor. 8 fin. mi 11517 ouvapro'ww abn'lv
any thing; mostly in a bad sense, i. q. sc. Minerva. P01. 5. 41. 9. Hdian. 7. l.
to be led astray, 0. dat. Gal. 2: l3 o'iare 20.—Of things, as a ship caught by a
Kai Bapw'lgag ow'am'] 6r] aim-“w 'rfi inrorpi tempest, Pass. Acts fl7:15_—So (ivap'm'i
ea. 2 Pet. till—Asa in a good sense, Zwfiou inr’ dvépov Time. 6. 104.
Rom. 12: 16 yr) 1'1‘1 {AI/"Mi opovoiwrcc, Emmott/gotten, f. laoPm,depon.Mid.
6M1‘: roig rmruvoig a-wmra'yé‘un'ol, not (abhilopm q. v.) to pass the night with
minding high things, but led away by lowly any one, to lodge or remaim with, Acts 1:
things, i. e. cultivating humility. Others 4 in Ms. for ewahlo'pcvoga—Septl’rov.
take ra-irewok as mass. i. q. ‘ being con 22: 24., Heb. so.
formed to the lowly;' but contrary to the Eumuioivw, f. r'pew, (abEévo q.v.)
antithesis with riz. bibnké. to augment withal, at the same time, 2
Euvmrotiw'yaxw, aor. 2 o'vvmrs'eavoi', Mace. 3:4. Pol. 1085.5. In N.T. Mid.
(i'urofivfiexw q. v.) to die with any one, 0. euvavEdropm, intrans. to grow together,
dat. as in ouyxéonpai. Mark 14:31e'c'w in company, Matt. 13: 30.—Dem. 107.
[as 5.5;, u'uyairoeaveiv aot- 2 Cor. 7: 3. 27. Hdian. l. 12. B. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 6.
Trop. ofdying withChrist,i.e. spiritually, Ewan/wag, ou, b,(a-uy5e'u,)pp. ‘what
in the likeness of his death, 2 Tim. 2: ll;
binds together,’ a band, bond, copula.
comp. Ebv b.—-Ecclus. 19:10. Diod.Sic. _ a) pp. Col. 2: 19 2"‘. Tim dod'w mi
17. 28. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 92. aw'Be'epwv. Trop. Eph. 4|; 3. Col. 3:14
Zvmwémuw, r. ohe'dw,(d1r¢ihhvpi,) curb. 1'1"): rehuém-rog i.q. ewa. rzhné'raroc,
to destroy with or together, 0. acc. et dat. Buttm.§ 123. n. 4. Winer § 34.-2. Sept.
Sept. for "5'2 Gen. 18: 23. impl. Plut. for Ch. ‘WHIP. Dan. 5: 6, 13.—Anth. Gr.
Vit. Phoc. 2. Dem. 917. 14. In N. T. III. 30. 2. Plut. Vit. Num. 6 word.
Mid. or Pass. to be destroyed with any siwoi'ag xai pihlag. Thuc. 2. 75.
one, to perish with others, c. dat. as in b) meton. ‘what is bound together,’
G'U‘YKCIlOII/Mll- Heb. 11:31 'Paizguoil aw. a bundle, trop. on aggregate, mass. Acts
arréhsro ro'ic iwrsttir'louo'i. -- Sept. for 8: 23 zlg-nm'rvbwiwv iuiiriag 6917 as b'vra.
"5?? Gen. 19: 15.—Ecclus. 8: 15. Anth. Comp. in El; no. 3. 11.—pp. Hdian. 4.12.
Gr. III. p. 145. Hdot. 7. 221. 11 mirror riw o'bvb‘wpov ‘re-av E-rrwroM'u'.
Zwattroa'rihttm, f. as, furoeréMoJ EWBéW, f. Bfiow, (564.: q. v.) to bind
to send 01?‘ or away with any oneI c. acc.together, Sept. Judg. 15:4. Plut. Marcell.
at 0. dat. impl. 2 Cor. 12: 18. Sept. for 14.. Xen.Cyr.4.2.32. In N.T.of persons,
on Ex. 3&2, 22.—Emir. s; 2. Dem. to bind together with, Pass. to be bound or
53. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4.. in bonds with an one, c. dat. impl. Heb.
Zumgpokoyéw, :5, f. 17m, (izp'uoho 13: 3 a‘);- awash: évoi, i. e. as fellow
750', from i‘zppég joint, M70“) to join prisoners—Ios. int. 9. 5.3 euvbtbqdvoc
together, to fit or frame together, to join 'rg'ioivoxo'ip. Luc.D.Deor.17.-2. Xen.H.G.
together parts fitted to each other, Pass. 2. 4. 8.
Eph. 9: 21 aria-a oixodo‘m) awappohoyov EUVBOgéQW, f. (new, (boating) to
pe'vg. 4:16. gbnfi; any one, i.e. to exalt in
image-cigar, f. ciao), (obv intens. dignity and glory with or as another,
hpréfw) Lat. eorripere, to seize or grasp Rom. 8: 17.
~3 s
 Et'n'Bot/Mg 754 Ewelomng
civil and ecclesiastical; and appear to
Eérooukoc, w, a, (Em’lhog) a fellow have met ordinarily in a hall not far from
slave, fellow-servant. The Atticists pre
the temple, called by Josephus 130.04,,
fer bpo'dovhog, Thom. Mag. p. 649 6,16
fiovheufl'lpwv, B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 6. 6. 3;
Souhog 'A'rnxov, or’! al'wdovhoc. Poll. on.
though on extraordinary occasions they
III. 82. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 471.
a) pp. olinvoluntary service, Matt. 24: were sometimes convened in the high
priest's palace, Matt. 26: 3, 57. Under
49 n'nrretv Tonic awdor'lhovc ailrml—E urip.
the Romans the right of capital punish
Med.64|. Aristoph.Pac.74|5. Hdot.2.134.
b) of voluntary service, spoken of the ment was taken away, John 18: 31;
followers and ministers of Christ. as fil though they might aid in carrying a
low-servants together of Christ, Rev. 6: sentence into execution, John 19; 6, 16.
See Bnxt.Lex. Chald. 514,1513. Lightf.
ll. 19: 10. 22: 9; espec. of teachers, a Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 2: 4. 23: 2. Jahn§
colleague, Col. 1:7. 4:7. Comp. Aoiihog
b.—Also of the attendants of a king, the 244.—Genr. Matt. 5:22 Zvoxog Zara: r§
oflieers of an oriental court, Matt. 18:28,
awsoplqi. 26:59. Mark 14:55. 15:1.
29, 31, 33; comp. v. 23. See in Aoihoc
John 11;“. Acts 5; 21,21, 34., 4.1. 22:
0. So Sept. for 7151!? colleagues. Ezra 4|:
30. 23=1,15,20, 28. 24.=20. 1\Ieton.
as including the place of meeting, the
7, 9. 5: 3, 6. [See 1'13? in Ges. Lex.]
Sanhedrim as sitting in its hall, Luke
Euvagopni, 5;, 1'], (avvrps'xw, o'vve'dpa 22: 66 dw'rya'yoy airrtiv sic n‘. o'vve'sptoy
you) a running together, concourse, Acts
(‘aw-En’. Acts 4: 15. 6: 12, 15. 23: 6.—
2|: 30. — Judith 10:18. P01. 1. 67. 2. Jos. Ant. l4. 9. 4'. ib. 20. 9. 1. do "it.
Diod. Sic. 13. 87. § 12. Includin the idea of place,ge'nr.
Evweyelgw, f. spa}, (Eyelpw,) to wake Hdian. 2. 3. 5. en. H. G. 2. 4. 23.
or raise up together with any one, sc.from b) a council, tribunal, i. e. the smaller
the dead, as Christians spiritually in the tribunals in the cities of Palestine, sub
likeness of Christ's resurrection, c. dat. ordinate to the Sanhedrim, i. q. r 1mg.
Eph. 9: 6 Kai o'vvfiyetpc sc. r'lpfig adv rt; Matt. 10: 17. Mark 13:9. See l'u ly in
Xpwrrii as inv. 5. CO]. 2: 12. 3: 1.—-pp. Kpl'atg b. ‘y.
to raise or lift up, Jos. de Macc. 3 n‘: Euvelhmng, em, ,7, (m'wotBa, d'uvfizi
warn-mom. Phocylid. 132 or 134' Krfivoc M1,) pp. ‘ a knowing with one's self,’
EXBpoIo. trop. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 30 consciousness; and hence conscience, that
. r \ \ 1 1
THC Mnrac Kal- TOUQ SPYII’OUC UUVFYUPELV. faculty of the soul which distinguishes
Euuéhgmv, 0!), 1'6, (o'z'n'sdpog, E'5pa,) between right and wrong, and prompts
pp. ‘ a sitting together,’ i. e. an assembly, to choose the former and avoid the latter.
consesszw, Sept. for “7'? Ps. 26: 4.‘ Jos. John 8:9 {m} 117; owndr'yawg EM-yxo'pem
Ant.l7.3.l mn'z'optov 1rote'lrat nl'w (Plhwv. Rom. 2: l5 avppaprupotianc airrfiy rig
Pol. 2. 39. l. a council, senate, Jos. B. J. o'vvttdfiaswg. 9: 1. 13:5. 1 Cor. 10:25,
6. 4. 3. Plut. Pyrrh. 19. Hdian. 4. 3. 21. 27, 88, 29 bis. 2 Cor. l: 12. 1 Tim. 4:
Xen. H. G. 7. l. 39. In N. T. spoken 2. Tit. 1:15. Heb. 9:9, 14. 10: 2, 92.
only of Jewish councils, viz. So ovveidno'zc dyaell a good conscience,
a) the Sanhedrim, Talm.1"".“§-'._!§Q, the i. q. consciousness of right, rectitude,
supreme council of the Jewish nation, Acts 23:1. 1 Tim. 1:5, 19. 1 Pet. 3:
composed of 70 members besides the 16, 21. MM] Heb. 13:18. xaeapd ITirn.
high-priest, in imitation of the 70 elders 3:9. 2 Tim. 1:3. d1rp5¢xo1rog Acts 24:16.
appointed by Moses, Num. 11:16 sq. o'vvsidrlmg doom/1);: ohau v. t'wtlcwoi'lo'a, i.e.
comp. Jos. Ant. 9. l. l. The members weak and hesitating in judging and de
were selected from the épxtcpe'ic, i. e. ciding, 1 Cor. 8.7, 10, 12. Also lPet.
former high-priests and the chief-priests 2: 19 inn/61311014‘ 701-! 9:05 a conscimce to
or heads of the 24. courses; 1rpcdgl'n'spot, ward God, i. e. conformed to his will.
elders; and 'ypappare'ic, scribes or law 1 Cor. 8: 7 a'vvtidrlo'tc r08 cldéhova can
yers. The high-priest for the time being science toward the idol, i. e. a conscience
was ex qflicio president, 8"?! princeps; over which the idol has sway,as if some
and a vice-president, called 1"’! I“; =15, sat thing real.—Wisd. I7: 11. Test. XII
at his right hand. The Sanhedrim had Patr. 1', auveidmn'c you auve'xn rep} n'yr;
cognizance of all important causes, both épnprinc. Epict. Fragm. 97. uc.AmoI-.
 Eovet'hau 755 Euvsgyég
49. Diod. Sic. 4. 65. mind-year’; Hdian. liter, 0. acc. Acts 7:26 ouvi/Xooev chronic
6.3.9.—-l\rleton.judgmentofthe conscience, sic elpr'pv'qm—El. V. H. 4. 15.
2 Cor.4:2 GUI/11771:! I'TEQ Eaurolig 1rpo¢1nioav Zvven'lplotgrugtw, 5, 1‘. im.}, impug
o’vvzidrlow z'wflpénmv,i.e.to the judgment rupe'w,) to hear further witness with any
of every man's conscience. 5: 11. one, to attest with, 0. dat. of manner,
2075130, obsol. in the present, see in Heb. 2: 4. coll. v. 3.——Sext. Empir. adv.
E130). Log. 2. 324 ovvuripap-rupoi/oar 1Q M'yp.
I. A01‘. 2 ovyeibov, part. a-umEibv, only Pol. 26. 9. 4.
trop. to see or perceive with one's self, so.
Euvevrm'tintm, Y. 913114.’, (Emrwqpig
by the senses,to be aware,absol. Acts 12:
to put or lay upon together, at the same
12. 14:6 ouvidovreg xaré¢uyov.—2Macc.
time, Sept. Num. 12:11. Plut. Sympos.
4: 41. Jos. B. I. 4. 5. 4. Pol. 1. 23. 3.
8. 7. fin. In N. T. Mid. to set upon or
Dem. 1351. 6. Plut. Solon. 25. owe'iaov,
assail with any one, at the same time,
ib. Pyrrh. 2.
absol. Acts 24:9 ouvevrz'eevro in later
II. Perl‘. 2 m'lroiba, part. o-wsiodig,
to know with any one, to be conscious of edit. comp. v. 2. Text. rec. uvve'Oev-ro.
or privy to any thing, absol. Acts 5: 2
Comp. in 'EmriOqpt b.—Sept. Deut.32:
ouveibuiag Kai rfig yet/auto; airroft. Seq.dat.
27. Pol. 1. 31. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 3.
E'uaUTlt-t, to know with one's self, to be con Evita-afoul, depon. Mid. (Em,2’1m
scious of, 1 Cor. 4: 4 0655/ 'yc‘ip e’pavrq': aim pan) to follow with, to ace-Wong, 0. dat.
oioa—c. e'avrq“: Sept. Job 27: 6. Jos. Ant. Acts 20: 4.—2 Macc. 15:2. Apollod.
3.9. 3. Hdian. 7.1.3. Xen. Mem. 2. 9.6. Bibl. 3. 12. Xen. Conv. l. 2.
I, El/JYEIFII, f. z'o'opai, (ellut') to be Ewsg'yéw, 5, 1‘. how, (trump-769,) to
with, to be present with, c. dat. as in work together with any one, to cooperate,
Zu-yxéfiqpai. Luke 9:18. Acts 22:11.— absol. i.q. to but co-u-orhenfizllow-labour
2 Macc. 9:4. JEl. V. H. 12. 52. Xen. er, 1 Cor. 16:16. 2 Cor. 6:1. Seq. dat.
Mem. 1. l. 10. pers. Esdr. 7: 2. Plut. de Sanit. tuend.
II. 201M141, part. a'vyuhv, (shit) to go fin. r‘i; \lnl " awepysi To ocbpa rat ouy
or come together, to convene, absol. Luke xépvn.) ' )fience genr. i.q. to helo, to aid,
8:4.—-Hdian.2.9. 7. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 19. 0. dat. expr. or impl. Mark 16:20. James
Euvmégxoum, aor. 2 JiMiov, (sio 2:22 1'] m’arig o‘uvspyei mic E'p'yoic airroi.
—l Macc. 12:1. Jos. B. 1.6.1.5. Diod.
e'pxopai,) to go or come in with any one,
Sic. 4. 77. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 18. —- Of
to enter with, 0. dat. as in Zu-yxcierlpm.
things, to work together for any thing, to
John18:15ourewiihflcrfi'lnooii. Spoken cofiperate, to contribute, so. to anylresult,
of a vessel, to embark with, 0. dat. John
seq. dat. commodi, et cl;- 0. acc. om. 8:
6:22. Sept. for =2 “"3 Esth. 2:13.—Act. 28 ro'ic c’l-ya-rrd'wt row 956v mivra ovvrp
Thom. § 12. Ken. An. 4. 5. 10.
yei sic iryaBo'm—Pol. 11. 9. 1. Diod.
Evréxbnlwog, 00, a, madj. (Zxsflpom) Sic. 4. 76. c. n96; Plut. Romul. 21.
pp. absent together from one's people; Eel/5576;, 05, a, 1", adj. (Epyov)
Subst. afellow-traveller, Acts 19:29. 2 pp. working with cooperating, aiding,
Cor. 8: 19.—Jos. de Vit. § 14. Palaeph. Diod. Sic. 13.70. Pol. 1.81. 10. Subst.
46. 4. Plut. de Virtut. ct Vit. 2. ed. R. a co-worker, fellow-labourer. helper, genr.
VI. p. 381 ult. 2 Macc. 8:7. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 4. Pol. 1.
Zvvexttsxro'g, 15, 6V, (tam-dc q. v.) 7.8. Xen.Mem. 2.3.3.--In N. T. spoken
chosen with others, fellow-elect, like-belov only of a co-worker, helper, in the Chris
ed, 1 Pet. 5:13.—Others here take it as tian work, i. e. of Christian teachers, a.
pr. n. fem. Sgneclecte, and understand it gen. of pers. mn'ep'yol r017 6:05 1 Cor. 3:
of the wife of Peter, Neand. Gesch. d. 9; ovvep'yol pol: sc. HGIIIAW, Rom. 16,:
apost. Zeitalters II. p. 463. 3, 9, 21. Phil. 2:25. 4:3. 1 Thess..‘i:
Evwshauw, f. dew, (éxm’lm) to 2. Philem. l, 24. 0. gen. of object,.2
drive together,sc. into one place, e.g. wild Cor. 1:24 avrep'yoi rfig apfic itpiv co
beasts, Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 1 4; persons, 2 Macc. workers ofyour joy, i. e. abouring toge~
4:26. Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 11. Pol. 28. 5.6. that for your happiness. Seq. dat. com
In N. T. trop. to impel or persuade toge modi, 3 John 8 owcpyol rj (‘01:70:19.
3 a 2
 !
Zvregxopw 756 Ewéxw
Seq. elg c. acc. for or in behalfof, 2 Cor. gence,
Erirfyawc'au
Luke 2:47
1111106.
e'Ec'a-ravro
1 Cor. a.‘
1:19.
miv-rsc
Eph.
8:23 cig itlufig ovvep-yog. Col. 4: ll.
3:4. Col. 1:9. 2:2. 2 Tim. 2:7. Sept.
Evvégxopuw, aor. 9 ovvfiXOow, (Epxo for F5‘? Deut. 4:6. Is. 29:14. "37:1? Ex.
pat,) to go or come with any one, to 31:3. Prov. 2:2. "2’! Job 15:2.-—-Luc.
come together. Alex. 22. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. Dem. 1394.
a) 0. dat. of pers. to go or come with, 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 23.—Meton. as a fa
i. q. to accompany, see in Eu-yxéflrypat. culty of the mind, understanding, inteL
Luke 23:55 a't'rwsg fiaav auvehnhueviar lect, put for the mind itself; Mark 12:
(tin-q] in T1‘); I‘ahchaiag. John 11:33. coll. 33 1'6 ('l'yamiv ailrov [em] 25 ohm- rfiq
31. Acts 9:39. 10: 23, 45. 11212.15: mpatag mi a'E 6A1]; 11'); a'vve'a:ug.—- Ec
38. Also to company or be conversant clus. 47:23. Test. XII Patr. p. 538.
with, Acts 1:21. Once seq. ou'n rtn 1111. V. H. 12. 1. Plut. Vit. Thes. 6.
Acts 21:16; comp. Winer § 56 fin.
Sept. for 813 Job 22: 4.——Wisd. 7: 2.
Zuve'rog, 1'1, o'v, (Wytqpt q. 1.) pp.
‘ putting together in mind,’ i.e. discern
comp. Thuc. 1. 10. ing, intelligent, sagaciom. Matt. 11: 25
b) gem. and usually, to come together,
ni'lre'xpvrpac rm'lra r'uro 0'0¢GY Kai aura-Jr.
to convene, to assemble, absol. Mark 3:20
awe'pxcru: mihw b'xhog. Luke 5:15. Acts
Luke 10:21. Acts 13:7. 1 Cor. 1:19.
Sept. for T‘?! 1 Chr. 15:22. T133 Prov.
1:6. 2:6. 10:27. 16:13. 19:32. 21192.
28:7. E00. 9: 11. 521',‘ Gen. 41: 33. Is.
28:17. 1 Cor. 14:26. 0. dat. 01' pers. with
19:11.-—Jos. c. Ap. 2. 16. Luc. D. Deor.
or to whom, Mark 14: 53. c. adv. of
26 fin. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 12.
place, John 18:20 b'rov. Acts 25: 17.
at; c. acc. of place, Acts 5: 16 ; as mark ed R. VI. p. 206. 14.
ing result, 1 Cor. 11:17, 34; final v.33. Zuveuooxéw, 5, f. fiau,(silaoxéu q.v.)
e'v c. dat. 1 Cor. 11:18. 21:1 113 ail-r6 1 to think well of with others, to take plea
Cor. 11:20. 14: 23. #96: nm Mark 6: sure with others in any thing; hence i.q.
33. Sept. for to: E2. 33: 30. q’za Jer. to approve, t0 assent to, 0. dat. of pers.
3: 18. 0. dc for 372-‘; Zech. 8:21. "1955} 2 pp. as in Ev'yxat'pu q.v. Rom. 1:32 o'vy
Chr. 30:13. 1rp6¢ rwa. Ex. 32: 5.— evaoxoflo't r019 1rpéaoova1. Elsewhere c.
Hdian. 4. 11. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 42. dat. of thing in or as to which, Luke 11:
‘run’ P01. 1. 78. 4. at” TU’L L110. Asin. 48 awevhoxsir: 1'07; E'p-yotc ru'n' rarz'pur.
45. ‘cc n‘. airro Luc. Alex. 8. Acts 8: 1. 22:20. ——1 Mace. 1:57. 2
c) spoken of conjugal intercourse, Mace. 11:24. absol. Demad. 180. 32.
Matt. 1: 18. 1 Cor. 7: 5. -—c. dat. Jos. Diod. Sic. 4. 24.—Seq. infin. i. q. to be
Ant 7. 8. 1. ib. 7. 9. 5. Diod. Sic. a. 58. like willing. like pleased to do any thing,
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 41.—In Matt. 1. c. perh. 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13 m1 m’rrog auvzvooxzi oi
i.q. to come together in one house, to live xziv per’ aim'yg, i.e. if both are mutually
together, as Xen. (Ec. 10. 4. pleased.
Ewen/w, aor. 2 ouve'tpa'yov, (21,01... Zwwarxéw, 5, f. {[00, (draw in 10
q. v.) to eat with any one, i. e. gem. to let be well fed, to feast, from s , Ex»,
have intercourse with, to associate with, ' 1'”) to feast several together; Mid. or
0. dat. as in 21.71.1011,“... E. g. avwwO. ass. to feast with any one, to revel with,
Luke 15: Q. 1 Cor. 5: 11. 0. para’. nvoc 0. dat. as in Zvyro’tflrypat. 2 Pet. 9: 13
U‘UI’EUWXO'IIJIJCVOL illu'iv. impl. Jude 12.—
Gal. 2: l2, comp. Winer § 56. fin. aw
équry. Acts 1|:8. 10:41 oiru'eg avveod Jos.Evt'i¢tltfl't][bl,
Ant. 4. 8. 7. Luc. Philopat. 4.
(E¢tarr,p¢,) in N. T.
yopw Kai avvnrlopsv m'trfa, comp. in 'E
aOlu c. 8. Sept. owwfi. for ".5 5?: Gen. only aor. 2 auvméarnv intrans. to stand
48:32. absol. Ps. 101:5. mwi¢. for B’; '1‘ upon together, to assm'l together,- 0. mini.
Ex. 18: 12. --aww9. Plut. de occult. Acts 16: 22 auvsvrém .3 5X10; mr' uh
Viv. init. owéo. Luc. Purasit. 59. T131518. made an assault together against
26mm, mg, 1,, (wrlrlpt q. v.) a them—Sept. Num. 16:3 aura-{amour
sending together, cory'amction of streams, in some Codd. Comp. Thuc. 2. 75.
El'mwtc Biro Torupfiv Horn. 0d. 10. 515. Zwéxw, f. Em, (1x01) to hold toge
‘In-N. T. ‘ 3 putting together in mind,’ they‘, to press together, i.q. to holdfast, to
1. q. discernment, understanding, intelh'. shut up. trans.
 Ewn'hoaau 757 Ewing.‘
a) pp. as rd (5m to stop one's ears Hal. Ant. 10. 49. Diod. Sic. 1.58. On
Acts 7:57. Sept. r6 my“, for 75?, Is. this species of compounds, disapproved
52:15. Of a city besieged, Luke 19:43 of by the Atticists, see Thom. Mag. p
mwz’Eouol we ['Iepoaclhvlua] mivroliev. So 207 sq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 172, 471.
Sept. and ‘*1! 1 Sam. 23:8. (2 Mace. 9: EUMOZ‘Z'TN, f. duo, (9a'1rrw,) to bury
9.) Of a crowd, to press upon any one
Luke 8:45; of persons having a prisoner with any one ; in N. T. trop. with Christ,
in the likeness of his burial, c. dat. as in
in custody, to holdfaat, Luke 22: 63.—
Zu'yxa'erlftat. Pass. Rom. 6: 4. Col. 2:
Hdian. 2. l3. 8. Luc. Tax. 39.
12 auvra¢ivreg ultra? Ev rq'i fiarrrloluart.
b) trop. to constrain, i. q. to compel,
—pp. Hdot. 5. 5 1'1 yum) ouvOd-zrreraz rq'i
to press on, c. ace. 2 Cor. 5:14; r'l'yilp
z'z-yc’in'n ror": Xp. auvéxet r'lpdg, sc. so to act. (‘u/5,01’. Plut. M. Anton. 85. Thuc. 1.8.
Pass. Acts 18:5 ovyclxero 11,5 'R'vzilpart 6 Ewtllltalw, f. date, (Show to crush)
Hai'ihog in text. rec. see below. — Pass. to crush togetha', to dash in pieces, Pass.
owe'xopai, to be in constraint, i. q. to be Matt. 21:44 at Luke 20:18 6 madly e'rri
straitened, distressed, perplexed, absol. row M6011 rol'rrov, owahao'fiiyocrat. Sept.
Luke 12:50 mic avve'xoluai Zwg a; rehe for v7.11. Ps. 107; 16. Is. 4.512. vs; Ps.
0'95. Phil. 1: 23. Comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 58:7.—Plut. Artax. 19. Di0d.Sic. 2.57.
ll. 3. r‘; Wold/11) alaaph. 39. 5. ‘Hp ZWWUIQW, f. \l/w, (Shlgan) to press
MM; Po].3.62.4.) Also i. q. to be seized, together, to press closely, on all sides, as a
aflected, afilicted, sc. with fear, disease, crowd upon a person, c. acc. Mark 5:24.,
etc. 0. dat. Luke 8137¢6€¢p psya'hp ow 31. — Ecclus. 34[31]:14. Plut. Sym
zlxovro. Matt. 4: 24 wo'o'otg aursxo pos. 6. 6 fin.
pe’voug. Luke 4: 38. Acts 28: 8.—Sept.
Job 3: 24. 31: 23. Plut. ed.R.X. p.788. Zvvllgin'w, f..po,(99tmm to break,)
1 ¢o'€q). Diod. Sic. 3. 33 YdUOlQ.—P&SS. to break together, to crash into pieces;
spoken also of a person heldfast, pressed, trop. n)? rapdlav Two: to crush the heart,
Occupied with a work or the like; Acts i.q. to dishearten, to take away one's for.
18:5 WVElXETO To‘. My? 6 Haiku; in later titude, Acts 21:13.—Sool z'uroretipv -
edit. comp. above, i. e. Paul now gave pivot rag \lmxdc P1at.Rep.V1. p. 495.5
himself wholl to preaching the word ; zwttat, see in Eur/1'1"“.
oomp.v.3.—Vvisd. 17:20 Ep-yoig. Hdian. Evltlflpbl, f. oum’paw, aor. l auvfixu,
l. 17. 22 fidoyalg. aor. 2 awfiv, (717p; to send, Buttm.§|08.
Zorn/hoped, depon. Pass. (1180,1711) 1,) also Pres. oum'w, whence 3 plur.
to joy or rejoice with any one, c. dat. 551. avvtoiitn Matt.l3:l3. 2001’. 10:12, part.
V. H. 9. 21. Hdian. 8. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. o'vmolw Matt. 13: 23. Rom. 3:11. comp.
4. 1. 7. In N.T. 0. dat. of thing, to de Buttm. § 106. n. 5. Matth. §810. 1 sq.
light in any thing with others ; Rom. 7: Winer§ l4. 3. n. — Pp. to send or bring
22 oum'yaopai ‘yap r9? whip, i.e. I too de together, e.g. foes in battle, Hom. II. I.
light in the law, I am one of those who 8. ib. 7. 210. Trop. to bring or put to
delight in it, etc. Others, to delight in gether in mind; hence i.q. to discern, to
altogether, wholly. perceive, to be aware of, e. g. a sound,
Ewfidmt, 02;, t’, (ovvflfing dwelling voice, Hom. I1. 2. 182 5111: 956:. ib. 2.
together, wonted together,accustomed, 26. Hes. Theog. 83l.--In N. T. genr.
from city, i100;- .v.) a dwelling or living to understand, to comprehend, absol. Matt.
13:13 c'ucal'ioyrsg oinc duoitovaw, 0115:‘ any
together, 1E1. Bin. 16. 36. Dem. 1467.
ioioi. v. 14 ml 01'; in) ovvfire. v. 15,19,
19. a being wanted together, fimilim'itg,
23. 15:10. Mark 4:12. 6: 52, see in
Jos. de Macc. l3 fin. Pol. 1.4.3.4. Diod.
’E1rt' II. 3. b. 7: 14.. 8217,21. Luke
Sic. 14.. 12. In N.T. awonl, usage, cus
tom, John 18:39. 1 Cor. 11:16.—Jos. 8:10. Acts 7: 25 oi 3501’; o'uvfixav. 28:
26, 97. R0m.15:21. 2 Cor. 10: 19 on’;
Ant. 10. 4. 5 r‘, ‘rd-rpm; o'vm'leua. Arr.
ouviofim, i.e. are not men of understand
Epict. l. 27. 20. Xen. Venat. 12. 4..
ing, not wise. Seq. acc. Matt. 133"‘51
Zuvnkmtérng, 00, 6, (tlxmlomcfiflu our/[rare raiira m'wra' Luke 2250178
ula q.v.) one of like age, an equal in age, fiiipa. 18: 34. 24: 4'5. Eph. 5.17. Seq.
Gal. 1: 14.—- Alciphr. Ep. 1.12. Dion. 5n, Matt. 16:12. 17:18. Acts 7: 95.
 _|_A

Elmer-aim 758 Evvoxh

Sept. for T‘i-T! Is. 6:9,10. 2 Chr. 34:12. place together sc. parts into a whole, i.e.
0. ace. Prov. 2: 5,9. 0. 6n Is. 43:10.— to constitute, to create to bring into ezieteuc'c,
Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 4. c. acc. Ceb. Tab. 3. Diog.Laert.Carnead. 4. 64 i; mrc-riyeaoa
Xen. Apol. 10. c. 611 Hdian. 4. 15. 15. ‘Eben; xai biakbau. Plato Timnus p. 30.
-From thel'leb. to understand,to be wise, , rlvi ru‘w L'rbwv abrov [row Koapov] rig
so. in respect to duty towards God, i.q. bpoidmra b Eva/writ;- Ewc'mvc. p. 41. D
to be upright, righteous, godlg ,' Rom. 3: [b Bede] Evrrr'laac be‘ 113 1rc'tv. Hence in
11 oim 'c'errw b auvuiw, quoted from Ps. N. T. intrans. to be constituted, created,
14: 2 where Sept. for’>“=.>’?f‘; also Ps. 2: to exist, Col. 1: l7 we'w'ra Ev abry' wri
10. Dan. 11:35. 12: 3. " crrrlxs. 2 Pet. 3: 5 yii s'E iibarog avvc
r I _ ,
Ewan-aw, wow, see in Elllltd'mpt. arria'a rt; ‘mi? 9506 M-yy.—Philo dc
‘Evllld'fflfbl, f. ovarr'yow,(larn;u,) also Plant. Noe p. 215 a’: 'yfic tinder"; mi
ray-rd: iibarog Kai dipoc mi. mn'é
Pres. ovvwréw 2 Cor. 4: 2. 6: 4. 10:8.; an; 65: b xéepoc. Max. Tyr. Dis. 25. p.
ouvia'révw 2 Cor. 3:1. 5:12. 10:12; 253, r97 Attic veiqmn yr" aw'c'a'm x. 12h.
see in "101-1”“ and 'Aarocalilornui. Found Aristot. de Mundo c. 5 init. Comp.Xen.
in both the transitive and intransitive Mem. 3. 6. 14.
significations, to make stand with, and to 29905560, f. n'ww, (ébel'm q.v.) to be
stand with ,- see in 'Icriyu.
on the way with any one, to travel or
I. Trans. in the present, imperf. and journey with, 0. dat. as in Zv-ymifiqpiu,
aor. 1, Act. to make stand with, together, Acts 9: 7.—-Wisd. 6:23. Hdian. 4.7.11.
toplace together, Pol. 3. 43. 11. Hdian. Plut. M. Anton. 13.
4. 15. 12. In N.T. to place with or be
Ewoblu, as, 1'), (abroboc, 6369,) pp.
jbre any one.
9.) pp. of persons, to introduce, to pre ajourneying together, Plut. MonI. p.110.
sent to one's acquaintance and favourable Tauchn. In N.T. meton. acompang of
notice, and hence i.q. to commend, to re. travellers , caravan , L u he 2: 44.—Jos. A nt.
present as worthy, c. acc. et dat. Rom. 6. l2. 1. Arr.Epict. 4.1.91. Strabo IV.
16: 1 cvm'cmui 8e‘ bp'iv tboignv. 2 Cor. p. 314.
5: 12. c. acc. et 1rpdc rum. 2 Cor. 4: 2. c. Euvomiw, (it, i. haw, (ain't-1,) tohoare
acesimpl. 2001231 iauroilg oul'to'rdvuv. or dwell with any one, to live with, espec.
10:l2,18 bis. Pass. 2 Cor. l2: 11.—l as husbands with wives in one house, to
Macc. 12:43. Ceb.Tab.11. Pol. 31.20. cohabit, absol. 1 Pet. 3: 7.—-Ecclus. 25:
9. Xen. (Be. 3. 14. c. acc. simpl. Jos. 8. Hdian. 1.6.11. Dem. 1374. 21. Xen.
Ant. 6.13.1. Xen.Cyr. 7. 3.12. Lac. 1. 8. enr. Xen. H.G. 2. 3. 5.
b) trop. i.q. to set forth with or before zuvomoaouéw, a7, 1'. how, (oiroEopz'u
anyone,to declare,to shew,to make known q.v.) to build with any one, in company
and conspicuous, c. ace. simpl. Rom. 3:5 with, 0. dat. Esdr. 5:68. In N.T. Pass.
ll be‘ i] dbucia into-av 620i} bixaioo'iwrpv ovy trop. to be built together with other Chris.
la'rnai. 5: 8. 2Cor. 6: 4 euvta'rdivrec tau tians into a spiritual temple, Eph. 2:22;
rmig 6.»; 9:05 Bic'urovoi. c. dupl. acc. Gal. see fully in Olxodoluz'w c.
" 2: 18 rapagc'trnv e'pavriw a'vm'o'mpi. c. zuvouikiw, 5, f. flow, (ant...) to he
acc. et inf. 2 Cor. 7:11. Sept. for ‘Pi?! in compangwith, Cob/Fab. 13. In N.T.
Job 28: 23.—Jos. Ant. 7. 2. l avvlarwv to converse with, to talk with,c. dat. Acts
icwrobg ibi; ci'wovc. c. dupl. acc. Philo
10:27
Quis rer. div. Hear. p. 517 cuvlemmv
(Ii/Toy 'n'pmpip‘m'. Diod. Sic. 13.91. c. Euvouogéu, 5, f.i1ou,(bpopéu,5popog,
from baby, 6poc,) to border together, to be
inf. ib. 14. 45.
contiguous with, c. dat. Acts 18:7 oh I"
II. Intrans. in the port. and aor. 2,
oixla hv auvopopoiiea q} auva'yeryj, i. e.
Act. to stand with, together, etc.
a) pp. of pers. 0. dat. as in Ev-yxéflrlpai. joined upon—Simplopops’wHdian.6. 7. 5.
zut’oxtll, 5;, 1'), (din/{Xv q.v.) a holcL
Luke 9: 32 bim c'ivbpag r01); outlaw-(Drag
ail-HP. Sept. for ‘"9’; 1 Sam. 17:26.— ing together, a shutting up, 0. g. of the
Pol. 4.1.6. Luc. Necyom. 15. Xen. womb, Symm. Prov. 30'. 16; of a. city
Cyr. 2. 1. 29. besieged, Sept. Jer. 52: 3. Mic. 5: l ;
b) trop. from the transitive signif. to spoken also of a circuit, enclosure, Jos.
 ' I < I
Zuwaatm 759 Zuvnénpu
Ant. 8. 3. 2. comp. Hom. ll. 93. 330. trop. and from the Heb. i. q. to decide,
In N. T. trop. distress, disquiet, anxiety, to determine, to decree; Rom. 9:28, bis,
Luke 21: 25 avi'oxr‘y £61161’. 9 Cor. 2: 4. Aéyor 'yilp awrsM'rv Kai avvrépvwr Ev
a. uap5tng.—Sept. Job 30: 8. Aquil. for dzuawm'rrp' 5n ho'yov auvrerpnpévov ‘trot
HPJIR? Ps.25: l7. Artemid. 2. 3. mi“ ilou Ki'tptoc s'1ri rfic yfig, for his word Ire
ro'ig Ev a'uvoxfi oila'tr. dot/i fulfil, and he decreeth in righteous
Eur'rolo'tm V. 77'”, f, E“), (766010,) to ness; for his word decreed will the Lord
arrange or set in order together, Jos. Ant. execute upon theland ; quoted from Sept.
7. l2. 3. Dem. 1378. 26. Xen.Cyr. 3.]. Is. 10:22, 23, where the Heb. reads
2. In N. T. to arrange or set in order thus: destruction is decreed, bringing in
with any one, i.e. to order, to appoint, to justice as a flood.- jbr destruction and a
direct, 0. dat. as in Ev-ym’ienpai. Matt. decree [i.e. decreed destruction] doth Je
26:19 broinaav oi paenrai. dig auvéraEer hovah of hosts execute etc. See Colln in
air-mic 6 'Incoi'rg. impl. 27: 10. Sept. for Keil. u. Tzschirner's Analekten, III.ii.
“:3. Gen. 18: 19. 26: 11.—P01. 3. 50. 9. Q5 28 sq. — So Sept. for ‘(373 Is. 28:22.
El. V.H. 9. l3. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 46. an.9:26. FFJ: Dan. 9: 24..
Evwémm, 04;, .7, (cvv-rehéw) full Evy‘nlféw, 5, f. new, (rnpz'w,) pp.
end, completion, Diod. Sic. 13, 14. P01. to have an eye Iqron together or with any
1 l. 33. 7. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 34.. ed.R. one, to watch or keep together with any
VII. p. 104. 8. In N.T. genr. end, con one. In N. T.
summation, only in the phrase auvre'hua a) i.q. to watch or keep with one's selflc.
rol'l alt-‘W0; Matt. 13:39, 40, 49. 24: 3. acc.Mark6:20 aurcn'lpzt aiJrdv,i.e.Herod
28: 20. o'urre'h. rim aia'wwv Heb. 9: 26. kept John in custody with or near himself,
See in Aiév no. 2. Sept. for “*2? Nell. for the sake of protection against Hero
9: 3l. Jer. 4: 27. Dan. 12: 4.—Ec dias, and often heard him ; comp. v. 20.
clus. 11:27. 21:10. Pol. 3. l. 5,9 ra Others, he guarded him closely. —- Trop.
raorpotpr‘p Kai ouvrz'hcta. to keep or lay up with one's self in mind,
Eur-rekéw, 5, f. ‘r'o'w, (11kb,) to end To tin/mm Luke 2: 19. So Sept. iv rfl
or terminate together, Hdian. 2. 2. 15. mpfiiq for Ch. "L33: Dan. 7:28.-—Ecclus.
In N. T. to end altogether, fully, to finish 39:2. Test. XII Patr. p. 563 Ev r5 Kap
wholly, to complete. diq. Pol. 31:6. 5 avvrnpsir ‘yrdlprlr wrap
a) pp. and genr. c. acc. Matt. 7: 28 {aural
a'vrrre'ltwev o’lno'oi'tg roll/g Miyouc 'roi'lrovg. b) i. q. to keep or preserve together,
Luke 4:13. Of time, Luke 4.: 2. Acts from loss or destruction, opp. c’méMupt,
81:27. Sept. for "'2? Gen. 2:2. I K6: e. g. of wine and the skins in which it
9. Job 36: 11. BE", Deut. 34: 8.—Diod. is kept, Matt. 9: 17. Luke 5: 38. ~—— 1
Sic. l. 3. Hdian. 4. 2. 20. Dem. 522. 4. Macc. 8: 12 tptht'uv perti rirog. 10:20.
C0rnp.Xen.Cyr.6. l.50.—-In the sense of Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T.
to fulfil, to accomplish. e. g. a promise, p. 191 o'w'rnpciv 11):’ \lwxfiv sir; (wily.
prophecy, etc. o. acc. Rom. 9: 28 Myer 2977mm!!!’ f. ilcu, (rifinlun) to set
'yt‘zp auvreM'w sc. 6 Kn'lptog, in allusion to or put together, Xen.Cyr. 8. 5.4. Mem.;i.
Is. 10:22,see inZui/répvw. Pass.Mark l3: l. 7. to compose, dro'para Arr. Epict. 3.
4. SepLfoW’Z; Ruth3: 18.2.33 Lam.2:l7. 23.23. Xéyouc Dem. 277. 5. WPIi'Y'lG ib.
b) by Hebr. as in Engl. to finish, to 275.26. Also to set or put with a person,
complete, i. q. to make, 0. acc. Heb. 8: 8 to deliver to any one, P01. 5. 10. 4.-—In
o'vvrehz'aw irri rdrl olxor 'lopaiyk Em N. T. only Mid .a'wriecpat, to set together
Gr’lxnv A'UU'I’IV, quoted from Jer. 3]: 3| with another, i.e. between one's self and
where Heb. "3?, Sept. Eiaflhuopai. Sept. another, i.q. to agree together, to covenant
inn/"Mir diaer'n'nr for Heb. 11".‘? "I? Jer. together or with any one ; se . inf. Luke
34: 8, l5, 3?’; Is. 44: 24. 22:5 Kai. o'vrz'fier'ro (II‘ITt‘; ('tp'yuptov sol-trait.
Zuwépww, f. 5'46), perf. n'urre'rpnxa, Seq.inf.c. r06 Acts 23: 20; see 'OJ], rd,
(re'prw,) pp. to out together, i.e.to contract c. Seq. ‘in: John 9:22; comp. in "Ira no.
by cutting, Plut. Demetr. 26. Thuc. 7. 3.a.-—c.inf. Sept. Dan. 2:9. Jos.Ant.l3,
36. Xen.Hi.4.9; of words, discourse, to 41. 7. Hdian. 1.17. 16. Xen. An. 4|‘. I.
make conciseflischin. 32. 23.—In N. T. rofi 0. int‘. TesLXII l’atr.p.707,.~—.-Oncc
 Eurro'towg 760 20910:
in teitree. i.q. to assent, absol. Acts 24: 3:16, quoted from Is. 59:7 where Sept.
9; comp. in Zuvemrienpt. So Philostr. for "5, as also 22:4. 60:18. for "3!? Jens:
Heroic. c. 5 fin. dM-you; ru'w fiovheufta'rwv 21. 4.8:3.—-Ecclus. 40:11. I Macc. 2:7.
Evvrifleafiat. Ev'wevtvoe 0v, 6, tadj- (fr-mow.)
EUW'O’fl/WQ adv. (o'iwropoc, ovvre'prw nourished or nursed together, Xen. Mem.
q. v.) concisely, briefly, in few words, ‘2.3.4,. In N.T. subst. one brought up or
Acts 24:4,. —- Jos. c. Ap. 1. 1 'ypt'ubai educated with another, a comrade, Acts
our/roping. Athen.8. p. 34.9.A. Xen. (Ec. ram—2 Macc. 9; 29. J05. B.J. 1.10. 9.
l2. 19 0'’: Be‘ cum-6,141»;- ei'rreir. )ELV.H.12.26. Pol.5.9.4.
Zvwgéxo, aor. 2 o'vre'bpaluor, (rpé Evrrv'yxévw, aor. 2 o’uwfruxov,
xiv) to run with others, in company, in (ruyxdvw) to fall in with, to meet with,
trans. pp. Xen. Cyr.2.2.9; in N.T. only to come to or at any one, 0. dat. Luke 8;
trop. {lg n, 1 Pet. 4: 4 M o'vyrpexo'rrwv 19.—Jos. Ant. 1. 12.3 O'UI’TUXIiJV 3' m'lrj
‘llftu-IV rig rfiv airrilv rfig do'orrt'ag dw'lxvau'. 9510; il-y-yehoc. Hdian. 2. i4. 12. Ken.
—Dem.214..7.—Of a multitude, to run Mem. 2. 3. 16. ‘
together, to flock together, Mark 6: 33. Euwbxn, 77;, 1'), Sgntgche, pr. n. of
Acts 3:ll.——Judith 6:18. Jos.B.J.6.2.8. a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2.
Xen. An. 5. 7. 4.. Zvruvroxglropom, depon. Mid. ({m»
Eurrgt'fiw, f. the, (rpifiw) to rub to nplvopar,) aor. 1 Pass. ewu-rexpr'finv in
gether, e. g. sticks for kindling fire, riz Mid. sense, Buttm. § 136.2 ; to play the
rupe'ia, Luc.Ver.Hist.l.3-2. Usually and hypocrite with any one, to dissemble with,
in N. T. i. q. to break or crush together, c. dat as in Zu-yxcu' u. Gal.2:13.—Pol.
by rubbing or striking against, concus 3. 92.5. ib.3.52.6. lut. C. Mar. 14.
sion, i.q. to break in pieces, trans.
at) pp. Mark 5: 4.. l4: 3 see in 'Ahz't
Euvvw'ovg'ytw, :7, MIN, (inroupyéo,
gaarpow. John 19:36. Rev.2:27 Te. uxu'm {molly-yo’; undenworker, helper ,from 'mré,
E'p-yov,) to serve, help, aid with any one,
rd Kepnpma'. Sept. for “2? Ex. 12: 4.6.
together, at the same time, c. dat. of
Lev.6:28 [in the Heb. 21]. 26:l3.—-}El.
manner, 2 Cor. l: 11.—Luc. Bis aceus.
V.H.l2.61. Diod. Sic. 13.16. Xen. Cyr.
l7 avva'ywvitrolue'vnc rfic flaarfig, fin'ep
6.1.29.——Of a reed, to break together, so
as to have a flaw or crack ; but not en mill-‘h rd FORM‘; Evvunoup'yei.
tirely oil‘; Matt. 12: 20 xa'hapov awn- Zumbtw, f. we"), (1.3500,) to be in
Tpt'uPE'VOV of: Karea'Eei, a reed broken to travail together, to bring fin'th together,
gether shall he not break of, quoted from spoken of animals Porphyr. de Abatin.
Is. 42: 8 where Sept. for "(E1 3. 10. In N. T. trop. to be in pain to
h) trop. to break together the strength gather, absol. spoken of 1'] view collect.
or power of any one, to crush, to weaken, Rom. 8: 22. —- Eur. Helen. 733 or 736
0. ace. Luke 9: 39 ryeipa avr-rplfiu Evvwbr'vet mxoie.
abrév, i. e. weakens him, breaks him Zvmfooo't'a, a9‘, t’, (WVJPWPQ a
down; comp. Mark 9: 18 where it is swearing together, a oonjurah'on, conspir
Erlpat'verat. (Hdian.5.4|.20.) So of Satan, avg, Acts 23zl3 o'urmpoaiay 1re1roincdrec,
to break or crush his power, Rom. 16: comp. in IIotéw no. 1. b. 3. — Jos. Ant.
20 ; comp. in Hm’); Sept. for 71W 15.8.4. IELVJ‘LILQQ. Thuc.6.27.
Josh. 10:10. Am. 3: 15.—Pol. 26. 3.6
20500605001, 51', ai, Syracuse, now
mwrphbat rob;- 'Axmoi'm.—-Pass. Luked-z
Siracusa, the celebrated capitalof Sicily,
18 awrerpippe'roug n)v am 3111:’, broken
situated on the eastern coast, with a ca
in heart, i. e. dispiritcd, afllicted, comp.
Buttm.§131.6. So Sept. and‘é'j [Niph.] pacious harbour. It was the birthplace
Ps. 34:19. 51:19.-—-Pol. 91. 10. 2 o'uvrp. and residence of Archimedes. Acts '28:
rj stat/via. Diod. Sic. ll. 78 1'01: (Wort; 12.—Xen. H. G. 1.1.29, 31.
pawl. '16. Bl. raig \Puxaig. EUQIZQOW/ttldfiflgseeinfruporpolrwo'a.
. Zuvrgipolmt, 0:10;, To’, (awrplfiw 2051'“, mg, {7, Syria, Heb. up; 4r.
q. v.) a breaking together, a crushing, amwa pr. n. of a large country (It Asia,
fracture, Sept. for Lev. 21: t8. Is. lying, in the widest acceptatinn of the
30: 11,. In N. '1‘. trop. destruction, Rom. name, between Palestine, the Mediter
 yu
2650; I 61
raneon, Mount Taurus, and the Tigris;
thus including Mesopotamia, called in
Heb. “73.1! =35, i. e. Aramaea of the two
rivers; comp. Plin.H.N. 5.15.12. Mela
1.11. Gesen. Lex. et Thesaur. art. =11“: .
Rosenm. Bib]. Geogr. II. ii. p. 232 sq.
For Cale-Syria, see in Aapao'uig. At
the time of the Jewish exile, Syriawith
Palestine was subject to the empire of
Babylon ; and later, to the Persian
monarchs and Alexander the Great.
After the death of the latter, Babylon
and Syria became a powerful kingdom
under the dominion of the Seleucidae; of
which at a later period Antioch was the
capital. Syria was subdued by Pompey
as far as the Euphrates, and made a
Roman province; including also Phe
nicia and Judea. In the time of Christ
it was governed by a proconsul, to whom
the procurator of Judea was amenable;
see in 'Hyrpdw no. 2. Jos.Ant. 8. 10. 3
11)»! Haharoriwlv Zupr'av Esouhdmaro. ——
Matt. 4: 24. Luke 2:2. Acts 15: 23,41.
18:18. 20:3. 21:3. Gal. 1:21.
2650;, (Z, 07, (2‘.upia,) Syrian, e. g.
Er'rpa (pop-rill Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Usually
and in N.T. 6 2690;, a Syrian, Luke
4: 27.—Sept. 2 K. 5: 20. Jos. Ant. 10.
15. 4.. Hdian. 3. 11. 17.
Zugom/wo'aa, org, .7, a Syro-Phe
nician woman, i. e. a Phenician of Syria,
prob. in distinction from the AI€O¢OIIHKEQ
Phenicians of Libya, or Carthaginians.
Mark 7:26 in text. rec. comp. Matt. 15:
21 , 22.—Pp. fem. to Eupoqboiwti, as Cad
mus is called. Luc. Deor. Concil. 4.
Syrophwm'z Juv. Sat. 6. 159. Comp.
lboimE, fem. (Dor'rwaa Hom. Od.15. 417.
Hdot. 8. 118.—A later form is Evpmpot
vimo'a'o. v. Zuporpowl'xwa'a, in Mss. and
some later editions; also Clem. Rom.
Homil. 2. 5. 19.
265W, ms v. ear, .7, (at/410),) syr.
tis, i. e. a sand-bank, shoal, quick-sands,
letter of commendation, 2 Cor. 3:1 his.“
dangerous to navigation, pp. so called as
drawn together by currents of the sea, Arr. Epict. 2. 3. 1 'ypa'lupa‘ru. rap’ min-05
Acts 27: 17. Two Syrtes or gulls with hugely auorarmd. Diog. Laert. 5. 18.
quick-sands on the northern coast of Stob. Serm. 64. p. 408.
Africa, were particularly famous among Zoo's-0:056:41, 5,1‘. draw, (o'z'w, mu.
the ancients; one, called Syrtis Major,
between Cyrene and Leptis; the other,
Syrtis Minor, near Carthage. See Sal
lust Jug. 78. Heyne Excurs. 1V. ad
Virg. Eu. 1. 108 sq. \Vetst. N. T. II.
Euaruogo'a;
p. 642.——Jos. B. J. 9. 16. 4. Luc. Dip
sad. 6 n‘lv pe'yc'lhlv Zz'lprw. Diod. Sic.
3. 4.9. Strabo 17. p. 1192. C.
213?”, f. vpib, to draw, to drag, to
haul, trans. John 21:8 UIIJPOV‘FEQ r6 5!
xrvov. Rev. 12:4, Sept. for =13? 2 Sam.
17: 13. -— Luc. Merc. cond. 3. Hdian.
5. 8. 17.—Of persons dragged by force
bet'ore magistrates or to punishment,
Acts 8:3. 14:19. 17:6.—-Jos. de Macc.
§ 6 init. Arr. Epict. 1.29 mam, cig r6
dcapwrr'lpiov. Luc. Lexiph. 10.
Euavragoio'ow v, WW, 1‘, ($5.0, (qty,
armpc'waw q. v.) pp. to tear or lacerate
together; in N. T. intens. to convulse al
together, to throw into strong spasms,
spoken of the effects of demoniacal pos~
session resembling epilepsy,c.acc. Luke
9:42. Comp. in Z‘nrapéaow.
213mm», ov, "a, (neut. of adj.
m'wo'rlpog signed or marked together,
alike, from o'r'w, afipcn) a concerted sign,
token, signal, sc. agreed upon with others;
Mark 14: 44 m'umnpov, comp. Matt. 26:
48 capstone—Sept. Judg. 20: 40. Diod.
Sic. 13. 45, 46. Strabo 6. p. 498. C.‘
A late word, unknown to the earlier
Greek writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 418,
421. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 196. “
zl'lo'd'wfbw, 01), b, 1‘),adj. (aim, 015,111,)
of the same body with another, trop. spok
en in respect to the Christian church as
To 00;“: 1'05 Xpwrofi, and of the Gentiles
as partakers in it, Eph.3:6.—Not found
elsewhere. '
Euammao'rr'ig, 05, o, (auorao'idzw,
ara'o'rg,) a conqmnion in sedition or insur
rection, a fellow-insurgent, Mark 15:7.-—
Jos. Ant. 14. 2. l We 'Apwrofim'rhow
xat ro'n/ o'uarao'carrd'w ailroz'l. Comp. in
Evppuenri'lg, Zuprrohi'rrlc.
Eua'mrmlig, r,, 6V,'(gw'[m'1”u q.v.)
pp. placing together, introducing; hence
commendatory, e. g. Errwrohr) o'uo'rarrn'h
‘
p60,) to crucify with any one, 0. dat. as in
Ev'ymiOnpar. Matt. 27:44. Mark 15:32.
John 19:39.--Trop. Rom. 6:6 6 mrhauig
fipfiw r'ivepmroc ouvearaupciifl'q sc. Xpurrqi,
our old [former] man was crucified with.
 Eua'rtMo 762 20765;!’
Ghrist, i. e. since by the death of Christ Eoo'rgoqbr'y, fig, 7'], (avarpz'pw (1. v.)
we are freed from the punishment of sin, a turning or winding together, as auarp0¢i|
so the power of our former carnal nature rrrsitpa-rog a whirlwind, Ecclus. 43:17.
was destroyed, crucified, when he was In N. T. a gathering together of people,
crucified. Gal. 2:20. a concourse, multitude, e. g. a public tu
Euoréltlw, f. M, (tm'Mw q. v.) mult. Acts 19:40.—genr. Sept. for "3?.
1. to deck together, i. q. to wrap toge Judg. 14:8. 1 Macc. 14:44. Pol. 4. 34.
ther, to envelope, to wind in a garment, 6. Hdot. 7. 9. 1.--In the sense of con
robe, etc. Eurip. Tread. 376 or 382 01': bination, conspiracy, Acts 23: 12 iron].
aa'paproc iv Xepoiv 1re'1rhotc Euveara'hnaav. oav-rec ovarpopr‘p' oi ’Ioub‘a?ot, comp. v.
Hence in N. T. of a dead body rolled 13. See in Horéw no. 1. b. B. 50 Sept.
rép and swathed for burial, Acts 5: 6.— for 2 K. 15:15. avorp. woteiy for
o 1rep:ore')o\w Sept. Ez. 29:5. Jos. Ant. “'13P, Am. 7: 10.
17.3.3 mpwre'hhnv Savovra. Hdot.2.90. Evaxnpar/Zw, f. ima, (axnluarizu,
007,411,) to give the same form with, to con.
2. to send or draw together, to contract,
Ecclus. 4:3l. Luc. Icarom. 12 71“; e’; form to any thin , Plut. de Profect. in
ppaxo aurmrah'ue'rq. Diod. Sic. l. 41. Virt. 12. ed. I‘Lé/I. p. 310. 4. In N.T.
Trop. Pass. to shrink together, to be dis only Mid. or Pass. to conform one’: eel ,
tressed, anxious, 1 Macc. 2:6 avrwra'hn to be confirmed to any thing, c. dat. Rom.
our oi iivopot o'uro ‘rot-1 gbdgou. Hdian. 1.6. l2: 2 pr) avaxnparlzea'tle 'rqi (Ila-Wt roz'rrp.
10 01 per ('ihhol. auvearu'hnoav rhr \lzuxilv. 1 Pet. l:14.— Plut. Numa 20 o'uaxll
-——Hence in N. T. 1 Cor. 7: 29 (in 1') Kat. parllovrat 1rptlg row e’r ptht'q Kai o'povoiq
pr‘n; awzo'rahpe'rog, the time is full of dis 1,17 1rpdc abroilc. Plut. de Virt. et "it. 2.
tress, i. q. 1'] e'vea'ru'wa civéyxr] in v. 26. ed. R. VII. p. 382. 9.
Others, ‘the time is short,‘ contracted. Zoxoig v. ztxéf, .3, indec. Sgchar,
Evo’rirtigw, f. Ew, (oru'éZu) to groan a city of Samaria, i. q. Shechem, Evxéu,
where see fully. John 4: 5. The name
or sigh together, spoken of 1‘, xrt'otg collect.
Rom. 8: 22. Euxdp is not found in the Sept. nor in
Josephus ; and not improbably it was at
Zvo'rmxtw, 5, l'. haw, (m'n', arotxe'w first merely a likesounding by-name,
q. v.) to advance in order together, as sol given by the Jews in contempt to the
diers, Pol.10.21.7. In N.T. trop. to go city Euxe’p, 92?, as the seat of the Sn
together with, i.q. to correspond to, c.dat. maritan worship. As such itmight come
Gal. 4: 25. -— So m'wrotxog correspond from Heb. falsehood, s olien of idols
ing, P0l.13.8.1. Theophr. Caus.Pl.6.4. Hab. 2:18; or also from "'3? drunhard,
Zua'rgot'rm'trnt, 0:2, 6, (arparuhmc, in allusion to Is. 28:1,7. Comp. Ecclus.
50: 26Test.
a fellow-soldier,- trop. of Christian teach. potc. 6 Rain;
XIll or atr.
do ('i p.Karotxiin'Ev
564 Euro:Elli‘.
751p
ers, Paul's companions in the labours
and dangers of the Christian warfare, t'urh o-hpspov Emily. Xe'yopz'w) mihrc dau
Phil. 2:25. Philem. 2.—pp. Hdian.6.8. ve'rm'. Comp. the similar change in the
10. Plut. Pomp. 79. Xen. An. 1. 2.26. name Beeklegoilh for Bcehlefioitg, in lou.
2967§é¢tu5 t. duo, (arpe'cpwQ to turn See Wetst. N. T. I. p. 858. Roland
together, at the same time, Ecclus. 38: Diss. Miscell. P. I. p. 141. Rosenm.
29.) In N. T. to turn, twist, wind toge. Bibl. Geogr. 11. ii. p. 123.
ther, sc. into one bundle, band, mass; I. Evxépb v. ztxéw, i'I.S_I/chem,Heb.
hence genr. i.q. to gather together, to coL =21? Shechem, [the upper region of the
lect, c. ace. Acts 28: 4 o'vorpe'xllavroc bi back, a mountainous tract of land] a city
roi: Hal'rhou ¢puyzivwv irhfieog. (Comp. in the mountains of Ephraim, situated
Xen. An. 4. 3. ll ppil-yuva avhhé'yorreg in the valley between Mount Ebal and
the Earl. 1n7p.) So Sept. for "3;, rig auri Mount Gerizim, Acts 7:16; comp. Sept.
17:-pal’: 5510p Ev t'pu'rt'tp, Prov. 30:4.—Ol‘ Gen. 12:6. 37:12. Josh. 20:7 Evxép iv
persons, troops, Sept. for YEP, Judg. 12: 7?.) 5pm 'rq'i 'E¢po‘ip.—Called also Elmp'a,
4. [Pass] for "122113 Judg. 11:3. Also lpwv, Sept. 2. K. 12:1. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
2 Macc. 14:30. Jos. Am. 1 1.6.13. Diod. 44. ib. 11. 8. 6; Saki”; Sept. Gen. 33:
Sir. 3. 36. Xen. An. 1. 10.6. 18; later Magoptlti by the inhabitants,
 Euxiy.
and Nscivrohg, Neapolir by the Romans,
Jos. B. J. 4. 8. 1 ; also on coins,¢)\aouia
vzdxohic, Flavia Neapolis. For the
name Sychar, see in Zvxdp. See fully
in \Vetst. N. T. I. p. 856. Reland Pa
laest. p. 1004 sq. The ancient Shechem
was given to the Levites and was one
of the cities of refuge, Josh. 20: 7. 21:
21. It was destroyed by Abimelech,
Judg. 9:45; but rebuilt by Jeroboam
and made the seat of his kingdom, 1 K.
12:1, 25. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4. Ata later
period it became the metropolis of the
Samaritans, and the seat of their worship,
10s. Ant. 11. 8. 6. John 4: 5, comp. 20:
21. Comp. in Eapapcirng. At present
it is an inconsiderable village, called
, ' NabbusorNoploos ( Nea P olis),
o4.’
and inhabited by the few remaining de
scendants of the ancient Samaritans.
See Miss. Herald. 1824. p. 310. Cal
met art. Shechem. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
II. ii. p. 118.
II. Evxép, 6, indec. Sychem, Heb.
5?‘? shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. of the
son 0 Humor, slain by the sons of Jacob
because he had detiled their sister Dinah.
Acts 7: 16. Comp. Gen. 0. 34.
2¢a771h it”, i], (mpdfoh) slaughter,sc.
of animals for food or in sacrifice. Acts
8 :32 0'»; 7r (igarov E1ri a¢ayilv fixdr], quot
ed from s. 53: 7 where Sept. for 11213.
Rom. 8:36 by 7rpo'gara mpa-yfig, i.e. jbr
slaughter, quoted from Ps. 44: 23 where
Sept. for "15,311. 133, [= "11:92-15, ‘1*: Jer. 12:
3]; comp. Sept. for "3.7T; Zech. 11: 4.—
James 5: 5 c'dpéxbare rag xapdiac i/pdiv
(by s'v h‘uépq mpa'yfig, i.e. like beasts in the
day of slaughter, without care or fore
thought. Sept. u'g ilp. arpa'yfig iorfiéh“; 55:’,
Jer. 12: 3.-— Of persons, 2 Macc. 5:6.
Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Luc.Quom. Hist. con
scr. 31. Xen. H.G. 4. 4. 2.
Eoéym, ov, "a, (a¢a'[w,) a victim,
as slau htered in sacrifice; Acts 7:42
pr) apa'yia 1rpoarIvé-yxars' FOL, quoted
from Am. 5: 25 where Sept. for "El. -
Plut. Pyrrh. 6. P01. 4. 17. 11. Thuc. 6.
69. Xen. Lac. 13. 3.
‘ Eoéfiw, Att. a¢d'r'rw,f. Ew,to slaugh
ta‘, to kill, to slay, trans. pp. animals for
flood or sacrifice, Rev. 5:6 r’ipviov Emu‘):
‘In; Eapaype'yov. v. 9, 12. 13:8; comp.
Is. 53: 7. So Sept. for 1'13? Gen. 43:16.
763 2 finely/‘fa:
EX.22: I. “If? Gen. 37:30. Ex. 29:11.
—Hom. 0d. 1. 92. Palaeph. 31.4. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 24. —— Of persons, to kill, to
slay, c. acc. 1 John 3: 12 bis 59 EaoaEe
rizv ddrhodv abrm'; x. r. A. Rev. 6: 4, 9.
18: 24. Once hyperbol. of a deadly
wound, Rev. 13:3 xegbahi] o‘n; impa-ypém
rig Sa'varov. Sept. gent. for 11731,? Gen.
22:10. 2 K. 10:7. Is. 57: 5.—1 Mace.
1:2. 131. V.H. 13. 2. Xen.Cyr. 7.3.14.
2<P65506, adv. (pp. neut. pl. of adj.
mpoipdg eager, vehement, comp. Buttm.
§ 115. 4,) vehemently, greatly, very much,
Matt. 2:10. 17:6, 23. 18: 3]. 19: 25.
26:22. 27:54. Mark 16:4. Luke 18:
23. Acts 6:7. Rev. 16:21. Sept. for
"it? Gen. 17:18, 19. comp. Sept.Jon. 4:
4,10.—Jos.Ant. 4.. 5. 3. 1E1.V.H. 2.16.
Xen. Mom. 2. 10. 2.
Zlpodftig, adv. (mpodpo'g, comp. in
acjaédpa) vehemently, greatly, very much,
Acts 27: 18.—Ecclus. 13:13. Hdian. 4.
13. 4. Xen. (Ec. 5. 4.
z¢§uylzéh f. iaw, (mppa-yic) to seal,
trans.
a)i.q. to seal up, to close and makefast
with a seal or signet : e. g. letters,writ
ings, books, so that they may not be
read, Sept. for “ED 1K. 21:8. Is. 29:11.
Dan. 12: 4. Polyaen. p. 414 rr‘lv ,uz‘v
c'wwrohilv e'odpa'ywpe'vnv appa-yids r5110
hvom'pxovroc. Hence in N.T. trop. of
words, i.q. to keep in silmce, not to mulld
hnoum, c. acc. Rev. 10:4 mppa'ywov a
iha'hgo'av a1 e'm'ii fiporrai, Kai pi] (ti/Til.
'ypa'yl/gc. 22: 10. So Sept. for 1:139 Dan.
8: 26. — Stob. Serm. 34. p. 215 o‘zppn
ywov robe pe‘v M7011; oryj. - Gem‘. to
seal, to set a seal, e.g. for the sake of se
curity upon a sepulchre, prison, etc. o.
acc. row Mfiov Matt. 27:66. seq. e'a'a'mo
nyoc Rev. 20:3. Sept. for DIS": Cant.
4: 12.—Bel and Drag. v. 11,14. Ding.
Laert. 4. 59 rd Templeton—Hence trop.
to secure to any one, to make sure, i. q. to
deliver over safely, Mid. 0. sec. et dat.
Rom. 15:28 appa'yw'dpevog abroig 16v
xapwrov roirow-Comp. Sept. Deut. 32:
34. 2 K. 22:4. Philo de Vit. Mos. p.
607. C. SeeLoesnerObs. e Phil. p.269.
b) genr. i.q. to set a seal or mark upon
any thing, in token of its being genuine
and approved ; e.g. persons, 0. acc.Rev.
7: 3 iixprc ob aopa-yiawpev roirc doi/hovc
rub 9:05 i/[ltiil' 'rri ra'w psnbrran' abrin'.
 3:020:14;
Pass. v. 4 bis, 5,6,7,8.-—Eurip. Iph.
Taur. 1372 or 1383 den/oi: 5s‘ mpéwpoi
aw e'agopa'ywuc'vot 53617044511 0.‘. 'r. h.—
Oftener of decrees, ocuments, to attest
by a seal, Sept. for ‘DE Esth. 8: 8, 10.
Job 7: 14. i-yyninv Arr. Epict. 2. 13. 7.
Plut. Pomp. 5. Hence in N. T. trop.
to attest, to confirm, to establish, 0. acc.
John 6 :27 roi/rov yc‘rp b 1run‘1p io'qppd'ywev,
so. as the Messiah; comp. 5: 36. Seq.
511, John 3: 33 b Raga”! ailroii rilv pap
rvpiav, Emppti-ywev 51': 95119 (Unfit/c e'art.
So of Christians whom God attests and
confirms by the gift of the Holy Spirit
as the earnest, pledge, seal of their elec
tion to salvation ; Mid. c. acc. 2 Cor. l:
22. Pass. Eph. 1:13. 4:30. — Comp.
Anthol. Gr. 11. p. 147. So Emmppa'yt
Zopa: in Philo often, see Loesner Obs. e
PhiLp. 142,146. Wetst. N.T.I. p. 857.
2<p5ay1’;,750;, ,‘I, (prob. 9511611010,) a
seal, i.e.
a) pp. instrument for sealing, a signet,
signet-ring, Rev. 7: 2. Sept. for 95"" l
K. 21:8. Cant. 8: 6.-—Polya:n. p. 763
roig Heparin’ fiaothu'nn a¢paylc ,Baathua)
elmin/ Ear: x.r. )1. P01. 16. 29. 11. Hdot.
3. 41.
b) a seal, as impressed upon letters,
books, etc. for the sake of privacy and
security, Rev. 5: l mppa-yia'w e'a-ré. v. 2,
5, 9. 6:1. 3, 5, 7,9,12. 8:1. — Bel and
Drag. 17. Hdian. 7. 6. 15, 19. Xen. H.
G. 7. 1. 39.—Also a seal, impressed as a
mark or token of gennineness, Rev.9:4;
and so of a motto,inscription, 2 Tim. 2:
19. (AcLTh0rn.§26 t') Gui: 511‘: 'rfic ailroi
a pa'y'iaoc imyuubaxu rd 181a I'm/guru.)
rop. i.q. a labor, pledge, proof.- 1C0r.
9:2 1" mppa-ylc rile e'piic dvroarohfic ilpe'ig
ia're. Rom. 4: 11.—Jos. de Macc.§ 7.
Epugo'v, Oil, 70', (kindr. with oqlfipa, In N. T.
a¢r|7pa,) the ankle, comp. Lat. malleolus
pedis, Acts 3: 7.—Aristot. H. An. 1. 15. any thing, to give one's set/‘to any thing,
Dem. 442. 15. Xen. H.G. 5. 4. 58.
2765967, adv. (Zxw,oxeiv,)pp of place,
near, Horn. 11. 3. 15. ib. 4. 247. comp.
in "Ewe g. In N.T. nearly, almost,Acts
13: 44 a .5.» mica r‘; 1.6m ova/1'1 911.
19:26. eb. 9:22.—-2Macc. 5:2. H ian.
3. 4. 2. Xen. Con. 4. 6.
Exfiua, wroc, r6, (Zxw, exam) Lat.
habitus, i.q.faahion, figure, mien, deport
ment,sc.of body, person, Jos.Ant. 7.8.4.
1111. V. H. 2. 44. Hdian. 7.6. 1. Xen.
764 2x070’;
Mem- 2192. In N.T. of external cir
cumstances, fashion, slate, condition, 1
Cor. 7: 31 axfipa. r017 xtiapou. Phil. 9:8
axr'lpart u'lpefizig dig &v9pw1roc.—J os. Ant.
2. 4. 2 ax. 'rfic aoultciag. 5. 1. 28 e’: ra
treu'ofi axfiparoc tic roi'rro 5651p; ml TIP‘
ouaiac 1rpoeh005m. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 49.
27014:, 1‘. law, to split, to rend, to d1‘.
vide with violence, trans. pp. wood , Sept.
for 7P3 Gen. 22: 3. 1 Sam. 6: 14. Xen.
Cyr. 5.3.49. An. 4. 4. 12. In N. T.
genr. e.g. rocks Matt. 27: 51 ; the veil
of the temple, c. elc 5.’... Matt. 27: 51.
Mark 15:38. Luke 23:45; the heavens
Mark 1:10; a garment Luke 5:36.
John 19:24; a net John 21:11. So
Sept. and ,2! Is. 48: 2|. Zech. 14:4.
73?, Is. 37: 1.-—- P01. 9. 16. 11 (lg 2.30.
Hdot. 2. l7 Ne'ihoc pimp’ A'i'ymrrov axi
Zwm—Trop. to split into parties, factions,
to divide, Pass. Acts 14:4 Eaxiatln 3:‘ r5
whfifioc. 23: 7.—Diod. Sic. 12. 66 rm‘!
rhipflouc axil'ope'rov. Luc.Asin. 54. Xen.
Con. 4. 59.
Egg/011.02, wrog, rd, (axlfu) a mu,
Matt. 9:16 et Mark 2:21 zipov axiapa
'YlVETGL—SO Sept. oxmyfy’ls. 2:21. Jon.
2: 7.—Trop.a division,dissatsion, schism,
John 7:43 o'xt'dpa 05v Ev r15 5x)? e'yz'n
TD- 9:16. 10:19. 1 Cor. 1: 10. 11:16.
12: 25.
Exom'ov, av, 76 (exam,- bulrush.)
pp. a cord made of bulrushes; hence
genr. a cord, rope, John 2:15. Acts 27:
282Sam.
n‘: axowla
17: 13.rficl mcépng.
K. 20: 31.Sept.
-— Theocr.
for
Id. 91. 11. Dem. 1145. 6.
2960;416:111, £61m, (was) to have
leisure,to be free from labou vacant,idle,
absol. Sept. for *1??? Ex. 5: , 17. P01.
11. 25. 7. Xen.(Ec. 7. 1. Mem. 8. 9. 9.
a) 0. dat. commodi, to have leisure jbr
so. free from other cares and hindrances.
1C0r.7:5 'lya axohrilnrc 1'5 rna'rcl'q nth.
—Hdian. 1. 9. 8. Dem.594. 16. Xen.
C yr. 7. 5. 39.
b) trop. of place, to be vacant, mpty,
absol. Matt. 12: 44 Thu also»! simian:
axokélovraje unoccupied,uninhahited.
—P1ut. C.Gracch. 12 so‘: rs‘: My? axolui
(own pet)‘ ilpz'pav dzrc'duze rdv ro'1row.
210742. is, 1,, leisure, rent, freedom
from labour and business, vacation, Luc.
 2.41:4) 765 2511.00
D.Deor.18.1. Hdian.1.15.13. Xen.Mem. into his kingdom, 2 Tim. 4.: 18. (c. sic
3. 9. 9. leisure as applied to any thing, pp. Diod. Sic. 8. 48 p6)“; sic riyv oiim'av
i.q. attention, devotion, study, Xen. Mem. UII’IZOW’GL- Xen. An. 6. 4. 8.) Gem. e.g.
2.6.4 11115:‘ 1rpo‘g in MM a'xohfiv mueTraL Matt- 18: ll 5X00’ 6 vi. ayep. 06mm 113
x. r. X. In later usage and N.T. meton. c’iwoAwMg. Rom. 11: 14. 1 Cor. l: 21
a schdbLa place of learned leisure, where miwal. Tonic mursirovrag. 1 Tim. 4: 16.
a teacher and his disciples came together Heb. 7: 25. James 1: 91. Once c. 2|: 9a
and held discussions and disputations; varov James 5: 20. Pass. Matt. 10: 22 6
comp. Jahn§ 106. Acts 19: 9 5:.a)\sy6 5e‘ inropzlvag eig 're'hoc, oin'og awer'laerai.
perm Ev TF1 axohfi Tupévrov "voc.—Plut. 19: 25. 24:13. Marl£10:28. 13: 13.
Arat. 29 rozlg ¢ihomi¢oug Ev raig axohaig 16:16. Luke 8:12. 13:93. John 5: 84.
Zrlrm'wmc. de audiend. Poet. 7. Strabo 10:9. Rom. 5: 10. 1 Cor. 5:5. 1 Tim.
XIV.5.p.463 iv 1; axohal xal alflTptglll 2:15. al. Hence Part. oi awléprvm, those
T1311 pikoa'ciqiwv. AristOLPol. 5.9. Comp. saved, those who have obtained salvation
Lob. ad Phr. p. 401. through Christ, Acts 2: 47. 1 Cor. 1:18.
Efillgw, l‘. mime’, (at-"lg, obsol. adogg) 2 Cor.2: 15. Rev-21:24. Comp.Winer
pert. pass. as'auapai, aor. 1 pass. Emiitlqv § 17. 3.—Comp. Ceb. Tab. 3 aimig 5e‘
Buttm. § 100. n. 1. § 114; to save, to a'a'iZe-rm, Kai ,uaxci mg‘ ml n'rdalpwv 'yz'yve
deliver, to preserve safe from danger, loss, ‘rat 'w mirrl 11;‘ [3291. § 4. An.
destruction, trans. 25am, “70;, rd, a body, as an or
a) pp. e. g. persons, Matt. 8: 25 Ki'lpte, ganized whole made up of parts and
acia'ov illidg, drohhi’lpstla. 14:30. 24:22. members.
27:40,42 bis. Mark 3:4. 13: 20. Luke a) genr. of any material body, e. g. of
6: 9. Acts 27: 20, 31. al. SO ")1! \Imxfiv plants, 1 Cor. 15:37 at’: n) (I'll-If“! r5 yem7~
aI‘J-roii mica: Matt. 16:25. Mark 8:35 bis. oripsvov arru'png. v.38 bis. Also of bodies
Luke 9: 24. bis. Sept. for P255" Judg. 6: celestial and terrestrial, the sun, moon,
15. 1 Sam. 10:97. was 1 Sam. 19: 11. stars, etc. ib. v. 40 mbpara E'lroupdwa, rat
Job 1: 15 sq. B's-o 2 Chr. 32: 14.-1 do'lparu Em'yeia, comp. v. 41. -- Comp.
Macc. 9: 9. Luc. D. Deor. 3. 1. P01. 6. Diod. Sic. 1.11 r4‘: ae‘v 51ml» 054m rfig 113v
58.5. Xen. Mem.l.5.l.—Scq. in 0. gen. (‘Du-w pausing c'E ilhiou Kai ashr'lwyg drap
of thing, to savefrom, to deliver out qfany rifweat.
peril, etc. John 12: 27. Heb. 5:7 aa’ifi‘cw b) spec. an animalbody, living or dead:
aimiv e'x savc'u-ov. (l Macc. 2: 59. Xen. (a) Of the human body, difl'. from eépE
An. 3. 8. 11.) Once seq. it: 0. gen. of which expresses rather the material of
place, praegn. Jude 5 Andy ('1: 717;; A176 the body. E.g. (1) As living, Matt. 5:
arrov aa'magie. having brought out safely. 29, 30 wan-pr) 5A0» ‘rd 05,116 000 [3711,65
eig- yéewav. 6: 25 bis. 26: 12. Mark 5:
b) of sick persons, to save from death,
and by impl. i. q. to heal, to restore to 29. 14:8. Luke 12:22,23. John 2:21.
Rom. 1: 24. 4:19. 1 Cor. 6:13. 15:44
health,- Pass,_ to be healed, to recover;
:nbpa \Lvxmév-nvrvevparuaiv. 2 Cor. 4:
Matt. 9:21,29 bis 1') m'crrig eov aéaancé as‘
10. 10:10. Col. 2: 23. Heb. 10:5. 1
red Emile»; 1'; 'yuy'r'p. Mark 5: 23, ‘28, 34.
Pet. 2:24. al. seep. Col. 1 :22 see in EépE
Luke 7:50. 8: 36. John 11: 12. Acts no. 3. In antith. with hilwxr'l, Matt. 10:
4: 9. James 5: 15. al.—Diod. Sic. 3. 58. 28. Luke 12: 4; or ro ‘In/£5,111, Rom. 8:
Isaeus 36. 12.
10. 1 Cor. 5: 3. 7: 34; or where wipe,
c) Spec. of salvation from eternal \llvxfi, mlefipa make a periphrasis for the
death, [from sin, and] from the punish whole man, 1 Thess.5:23. Sept. genr. for
ment and misery consequent upon sin, 5?; Lev. 6: 10. 14.: 10. "31% Gen. 47: .18.
to save, and by impl. to give eternal life ,
Dan.10: 6. 5% Dan.4:30.—1ELV.H.9.5.
so espec. of Christ, as the Saviour, seq. Hdian.l.6.1. Xen. Mem. 2.8.1. o. dzvxy'p
are’ 0. gen. Matt. 1: 21 mime: row Aao‘v Jos.c.Ap.2.24. Hdian.6.5.]8. XerLCyr.
abrm? 51rd apapnév. Acts 2: 40. Rom. 8. 7. 19.—As the seat of sinful afl'ech'ons
5: 9 din} rfig dpyfig. Comp. in ‘Am’ I. 9. and appetites; comp. in Zr'rpf n0. 2. c.
d. Opp. xplvsw to condemn, John 3:17. Rom. 6: 6 053,10. 'rfig dpaprlag. 7: 24 coll.
12: 47. Of God, praegn. a'a'lfew 'rwa eic 23. 8:13. Col.2:l l.—So inPlato Phaedo
rr)v flamketav airrm': i. q. to bring safely 10,11,27, 30. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20,—(2)
 Zrfiua ' 766 201753
Of a dead body, corpse, genr. Matt. 14.: ap-ya'lptov. 2 Mace. 8: 11. Strab. XIV.
12 zipav rt‘) mbpa, xal Z'Bmpav m'n-ti. 27: p. 985. B, albpar'ipwoflz'lv. P01. 18. 18.
52,58 bis z'yrr'laaro rd Gal/111 rol'l 'Irlam'i 6. Plut.Cimon.9. See 0b.ad Phr.p.378.
Alf}. V. 59. Luke 23:52,55. 24: 3,23. d) trop. body, i. q. a whole, aggregate,
.lohn19z3l. Acts9z40. Jude 9.al. Spec. collective mass, spoken of the Christian
of the body of Christ as crucified for the church, the whole body of Chrittians
salvation of man; Matt. 26: 28 roiiré int collectively, of which Christ is 1‘, xeqpaXr'],
n‘: al.-1,16. you, see in Eipt’ I. b. Mark the head. Col. 1:16 Ital al'n'tic e’a'nv 1']
14:22. Luke 22: 19. R0111. 7: 4 5n‘! TOl-I mpah) r017 aaiaparoc, 'rfic s'n-Xnm'ag. v. 24
mhparog Xpurrob, i. e. through Christ I'nrs‘p rot? ao'opa'roc ain'oii, 5 {any 1'1 Eula;
crucified. 1 Cor. 10: 16. 11: 24, 27, 29. aia. Rom. 12: 5 oi-aroMol Ev m2 ' 50 v
Sept. genr. for 1 Sam. 31: 10,19. e'vXpwrqi. 1Cor.10:l7. 12:l3,87. Eph.
Neh. 3: 3. aka; Josh. 8= 29. 1 K. 13:22, 1: 23- 2:16. ‘14,1216 bis. 5: 23,30.
24..—2 Mace. 12: 39. Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 4. Col. 2: l9. 3: 15.—Comp. Jos. Ant. 7.
Hdian. 4. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr.8. 7. 25.— — 3. 2 Aauibm; 5c‘ n'lv 1': min» miXw weptXa
(ll) Spoken of beasts, e.g. living, James gill)’, xal n‘w lirpav avvu'xbag alrrfl, itchy.
3: 3 Ktll. 5M1! rd aGpa ailrd'w psrc'vyoper, aev Ev m'bpa, i. e. one whole. Comp.
sc. rEw 11r1rwv. (Palzeph. 7. l mbpa 'c'xov Diod. Sic. 1. ll fin. rd atbpa rob :o'npov
the trunk.) Also of the dead body of a au-ynela'tlat m'w Ex ruby rponpqpe'vuv.
beast, carcass, Luke 17:37 61rov rt) aépa, e) trop. body, substance, reality, opp. 1';
in? x. 'r. A. comp. Matt. 24: 28 mi; 4.1. emu’ the shadow, type. Col. 2: 17& ion
Of victims slain, Heb. 13:11; comp. x. and 117W pchhdwwv, rd 5:‘ a'é'apa TOI-I Xpz
29:14. Num.19:3,5.—Hom. II. 23. areal-Jos. 13.-l. 2. 2. 5 axu'w alrrlu'éperoc
169 394m‘. mltpara. Philo de Vict. 0H‘. p. fiarnlm'ac, he fipn'aasv Earn-9': rd afipa.
851. E. e'E imrelwv awpa'ruv. Luc. Hermot. 79. AL.
c) meton. to the body, as the external Eapoa'rmo'g, 2'7, 61', (0174111,) bodily,
man, is ascribed that which strictly be pertaining to the body,Luke 3: 22 aupa
longs to the person, man, individual; so nxq': s'iBet. 1 Tim. 4: 8 a. ‘ye/Hacks.—
with a gen. of pers. forming a periphra JOS. B. J. 6. l. 6 0. “lg. Pol. 4. 5. l 8.
sis for the person himself. Matt. 6: 22 aa'fle'vua. 6. 5. 7.
Show To atbpui aov urstvov Zarat. v. 23.
Ewplaflldlg, adv. (05pm) bodily,i.e.
Luke 11: 34, 36. om.12:l 1rapaarfiaat
substantially, really, truly, Col. 2: 9, coll.
rd mbpara {Jptbv 9W1...’ (Gear, i. e. your
persons, yaw-selves, comp. 6: l3. Eph. 5: v. 17. Comp. in Ell-1,1111 e.
Zalm‘ot'reog, 01), 6, Sopater, pr. n. of a
28. Phil.l:90. Gem. and absol. lCor.
6: 16 a xoMlbpevoc 'rfi mipvp, 3v UJIIJG: Christian at Berea, Acts 20:4. See in
Ear: (antith. r6 wwzipa v. 17) in allusion Hilfifioc.
to Gen. 2: 24 where Sept. :19 acipxa play 20155600, f. n'wm, (aupdg heap,) to
for Heb. "'22. Comp. in Za'pE no. 3.— heap, to heap up, trans. Rom. 18:20 6v
Xen. An. 1. 9. 12 ml xpr'lpara Kalrro'hug Opaxac n96; awpn'la'ug 's'rrl rfiv K£¢. m'n'oi,
xal ra. Eat/1171' cu'ipara. Jos. Ant. 11.3.10 quoted from Prov. 95:22 where Se t. 1'0!
'yUValA'u-W xal 1rat5iwv aépa'ra. Absol. "'3'? prwegn. Comp. in"Av6paE.—- udith
Sept. Gen. 47: 12 Kare‘; atbpa, i.e. accord 15:11. Pol. 16. 11. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 62.
ing to the number of persons. Diod. Sic. —Also to heap up with any thing, c. dat.
l3. l4 mic b ro'rroc Zyepe aupa'rwv. With trop. 2 Tim. 3: 6 a'ermpevps’ra apapn'aug,
an adj. hischin. c. Ctes. p. 470. Dem. heaped up with sins, i.e. laden, burdened.
910. 13 Zhn'zespa ad: ara. Xen. Mem. 3. pp. c. dat. Hdian. 4. 8. 20 )ufia'rp ‘rOtlC
5. 2 mhpara dyafia, i. e. good soldiers. fiat/401k EGU’IPEUGEI'. 0. gen. Pol. 16. B. 9.
Es ec. of slaves, 0. adj. as mbpam 5017M]. Eowémg, OU, 6,Sosthenes, pr. n. Ola
Poll. On. 3. 71 or 78. 013p. alxpa'hwra Christian convert, the chief of a syna
Dem. 480. 10. a. olxsruca Escllin. c. 'l‘i gogue, Acts 18: 17. 1 Cor. 1: l.
march.p.42. r51 0. ro'w olxe'rd'n' ib. p. 120.
--l'lcnce in later usage and N.T. absol. Ewm'vrargog, 00, b, Sosipaler, pr. n.
for a slave, re. oa'tpara slaves, once Rev. of a Christian, Rom. 16: 91.
18: 13 [yépov] 'lmruvxal pcbin'xal coma’ Zw'rr'yg, figog, .5, (06:10,) a Saviour,
rwv.—-Tol). 10: 11 aépara xal xrr'p'r; ual deliverer, preservcr, who saves from dan
 Earrng/ut 767 Eapgoylgw
geror destruction and brings into a state deliverance from [sin, and from] punish.
of prosperity and happiness; so in Greek ment and misery as the consequence of
writers of the deliverer and benefactor sin, and admission to eternal life and
of a state, Sept. for 2'35"" Judg. 3: 9, l5. happiness in the kingdom of Christ the
Hdian. 3. 12. 4. Plut. Arat. 53 van-rip rfic Saviour. Luke 1: 77 505m: 'yvd'mut aw
n'éhewg. Xen- H. G. 4. 4. 6 o'mrfipzg rfic rn lag. 19: 9. John 4: 22 i1 aumpia i.e.
warplfiog. Also of the gods, as Zn);- awrr'lp sa vation by a Messiah. Acts 4: l2 oinc
Xen. Cyr. 7.1.10. Plut. Arat. 53. awrfip Zorn! Ev 41M? oiidsvi 1'] ournpia, 13: 26.
'AmlMuv Dem.1072.18. Ato'axovpo: aw 16:17. Rom. 1:16. 10:1, 10. 11:11.
rfipec 1E1.V.H.1.30.—1n N. T. 13:11. 2 Cor. 1: 6,in text. rec. bis. 7:
a) of God, Luke 1:47 e'rrl rp' Gep' r9? 10. Eph.1:13. Phil.l:28. 2:12. [Thess.
awrfipl you. 1 Tim. 1:1. 2: 3. 4: 10 92g] 5: S, 9. 2 Thess. 2:13. 2 Tim. 2:10. 3:
[tin/rt, 5g z'a'ri awriyp woiv'rwv dvepa'nruv. 15. Heb. 1:14. 2: 3,10. 5:9. 6:9. 9:
Tit. 1:3. 2:10. 3:4. Jude 25 pomp 9:97 28. 1Pet. 1: 5, 9,10. Jude 3. Meton. a
awrfip: iypri'w. Sept. l'or abstr. "It; Is. source or bringer of salvation, Saviour,
17:10. 118.1). 3:17. "2511': 15. 12:9. $1.51’: Acts 13:47 re'estkc'r o'c-n-rofi ell/at’ a: :19
Is. 45: 15, 21.—Ecclus. 51: 1. 1 Macc. awrnpt'av Eon; Eaxdrou ‘H79 7174‘, quoted
4: 30. from Is. 49: 6 where Sept. for "216}.
b) of Jesus as the Messiah, the Savi Ew'rigwr, 0v, a, 1:, adj. (awrfip) sav
our of men, who saves his people from ing,b11'nging deliverance and welfareJlealt/l
[the guilt and pollution, the dominion, ful, pp. 3 Macc- 7: 18. Diod. Sic. 14. 30
prevalency, and in-bcing of sin ; and Ad ounyplp. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 4. Xen.
from] eternal death, from punishment Mem. 3. 3. 10. - In N. T. only in the
and misery as the consequence of sin,and Christian sense, saving, bringing salva
gives them eternal life and happiness in tion, Tit.2:11 i1 xdpu; 1'1 aam'Iptog. Hence
his kingdom. Luke 2:11 Erz'xfln by?» oil Neut. ro d'urrr'lproy subst. salvation, Eph.
,upov owrhp. Acts 5: 31. 13: 23. Phil. 6: l7 ; also the doctrine of salvation by‘
3:20. 2 Pet. 1: 1,11. 2: 20. 3: 2,19. Christ, Acts 28: 28. Sept. for “215'; Is.
au'rfip iuuiiv 2Tim. 1:10. Tit.114. 2:13. 12:3. 51:6. Meton. l'or thoSaviour,Luke
3: 6. min-hp r05 mirparoc, sc. rfic z'xxhno'l 2:30. 3:6.——-Test.XII Patr.p.542 z’E'Iob
ag, Eph. 5: 23. aurr‘lp rm': xo'apov John Ba c'u'arehci b‘u'iv n‘. aurr'lptov rob 9:06.
4: 42. 1 John 4: l4.
p. 614.
Zmnglot, nag, t), (o-wrhp,) safety, de 2w¢goviw, 5, t‘. now, (shipping) to be
liverance, preservation, from danger or
of sound mind, intrans.
destruction. ' a) pp. to be sane, in one's right mind,
:1) pp. and genr. Acts 27:34 roirro yap
compos mantis. Mark 5:15 Seupoio’t row
1rpog'riic by. owrnplac inrc'lpxet. Heb. 11: daqwwzopwovmawrppovoiiyra. Luke 8:
7. Acts 7:25. c. in, Luke 1:71 o'wrnplav
35. 2 Cor. 5: 13. — Luc. Abdic. 1 mic
€£ c'xfipa'iv imiw. v.69 Ke'pac amrnplagiq. ps‘v tiMotc mapper/£7, xar' 5,1017 5E pulve
stron deliverer, see in Képac a. Sept. rai. Plato Alcib. II. 2 r5 pulveo'ear dpd.
for I123 Hab. 3: 12. Ex. 14: 13. 2 Chr.
ye inrsvav'rlov aoi Bone? r97 awppovriy. de
20: 17. "gm? Prov. 11: 14. Jer. 3:23. Rep. 1. p. 331. C.
c. am: for "P125? 2 Sam. 15: 14.—2Macc.
b) by impl. to be sober-minded, to think
s: as. Jos. A111’. 7.1.1. Eschin.83. as and act soberlg, discreetly, to use sound
a. 'rfic mihemc. 1E1. V.H.9.21. Thuc. 1. 65.
judgment and moderation. Rom. 12: 3
-—Hence genr. welfare, prosperity, Phil.
¢pove7v cl; rd awrppoveiv. Tit. 2: 6. 1Pet.
1: 19 rain-6 poi d-rrogr’laerai sic aw'rnplav.
2 Pet. 3:15. 2 Cor. 6: 2 bis, quoted from 4: 7. Luc. Nigrin. 6. Hdian. 4. 14. 9.
Is. 49: 8 where Sept. for "25131. Sept. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 30. Mem. 1. 2. 17.
for B55? Gen. 28: 21. 44: 17.—Wisd. 6: EfitQgOWZfl-t, 1'. law, (odnppwm) pp. l0
26. Hdian. l. 9. l. Diod. Sic. 16.43.— make ofsound mind,- hence to make sober
From the Heb. by impl. victory, Rev. 7: minded, to make think and act soberly, dis
10. 12:10. 19:1. So Sept. and Heb. creetly, to teach moderation, Hdian. 3.
"ll-‘"5’, 1 Sam. 14:45. Heb. 3: 8. "ll-‘1'5? 10. 3 relic uieig watdzr'twu Kfll o'wppovlzwy.
2 Sam. 19:3. 2 K. 5: 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 27. An. 5. 9. 28. Hence
b) ‘in the Christian sense, salvation, in N.T. to moderate, to correct, to teach,
 2w¢govwp5g
c. acc. et inf. Tit. 2: 4. 'im! a'wqbpovizouat
rilc ve'ag duhdvdpovg eivm K. r. A.
Zwi'pgouaplég, 00', .3, (o'm¢povi[w,)
pp. 0 making of sound mind ,- hence, a
making sober-minded, moderation, correc
tion, 2 Tim. 1: 7 'nvcfipa aw¢povwpofi.—
Jos. Ant. 17.9. 2. B. J. 2. 1. 3. Plut.de
Puer. educ. 20 1rsipu-réov 05v cl; 7511 min’
'rém/wv o'wtppavwpdv mil/6' iiaa K- r. h.
zawgdwué', adv. (ddlsbpwlfl) with sound
mind, rationally, Luc. de Saltat. 84'.
Plato de Rep. I. 6. p. 332. A. In N.T.
with sober mind, soberly, with modera
tion; Tit. 2:12 i'va awippdvwg m2 Email»:
Kai uia'egu'ig {halogen—Wisd. 9:11. Jos.
Ant. 5. 5. 2. Hdian. 5.8. 3. Xen. Cyr.
8. 41. 14.
Zwqbgoa'tllm, 779, i’, (minppwm) sound
ness of mind, i.e.
a) pp. sanity, the being compos men
tia ; Acts 26: 85 oil paivopaiw-auqtpoml
mg fifipara d1ro¢Oéyyopaa.—Xen. Mem.
1. l. 16 n’ mmppom'wn; ri' paw'a;
768 Tahammg/a
b) by impl. g'oba-mindodneu. sobriety
of mind, moderation of the desires, pas
sions, conduct ; according to Cicero i.q.
Lat. temperatio, moderatio, etiam modu
tia, Tuscul. III. 8. So 1Tim. 2: 9 peril
aidoic mi omppoanmc xmr'u'iv EG‘UI'M.
v. 15.— 8 Macc. 4:87. El. V. H. 7. 9.
Plato Phaedo l3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15.
21,23. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xenophont.
s. v. no. 3.
Mega», away, a, .7, adj. (mic fr. 0b.
sol. oéog, ¢pfiv,) pp. Qfsound mind, sane,
compos menlis ,- hence of one who follows
sound reason and restrains his passions,
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4 ; comp. Cyr. 3. l. 15,
16 sq.—In N.T. sober-minded, temperate,
i. e. having the mind, desires, passions
moderated and well regulated ; 1 Tim.
3:2 5:? 01711’ rdv c'wiaxmrov EIVGl-u a'épporu.
Tit. 1:8. 2: 2, 5. —- El. V. H. [4.19.
Hdian. 2. l. 8. Eschin. 25. 37 in M1156;
sic 'yfipag mil? ow. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20.
Comp. Cic. uscul. 3. 8.

Tuci’fl'fltl, 5i‘, ai, Lat. tabernw, ta Tax'ro'g, 5, 6r, (minim) pp. net i
verns; only in the phrase Tpeig Tage'prm, order, an-ayed; hence trop. sag/Lead, a)»
Lat. Tres Tabemee, i.q. The Three Ta pointed, e. g. raxrf, as‘ ilps'p , upon a 5:!
verns, as pr. n. of a small place on the day Acts 12:21. —- Sept. ob 12: 5 an’;
Appian way, according to the Itin. A n. xpdvov ram-611. Dion. Hal. 2. 74 'rnrrj
tonin. 33 Roman miles from Rome to. fipépq. Pol. 29. 11.8. Xen. H. G. 6. 2.
wards Brundusium. Acts 28: 15.—Cic. 36 r. dp-yu'nuov.
ad Att. 2. 10 ‘ Ab Appii Foro, hora Tuhammgiw, 5, f. ipau, (rakm'tu
('lparta; dederam aliam paulo ante Tribus po¢,) to endure toil and hardship, as aris
abernia.’ ib. 2. 12 ‘ Emerseram com ing from severe bodily efl‘ort, intrans.
mode ex Antiati in Appiam ad Tris Jos. Ant. 2. 16. l. Dem. 156.25. Xen
Tabernas.’ Severus was slain sic 11 Xu Mem. 2. 1. 18,25. In N.T. trop. to n
piov c'hedvra, q; Tpia Ka-rrrlhcia 1rpoa'1ryo dure aflliction, distress; to be qfllictai, dis
pla, Zosim. II. 10. tressed, miserable; James 4: 9 rulers-mph
TaCmé, 1'7, indec. Tabitha, the Ara oars, i. q. afliict yourselves. Sept. for
maaan name of a female Christian, called ‘"2 [Niph. and Pual] Jer.4:13, 90. Mic.
in GreekDarca-v; see in Aoplco'ig. Acts 9: 2: ‘tn—Dem. 22. 24 hwroiwrm xal arm's
Xiic ruhaurwpoi'lm. Pol. 3. 60. 3. Thur.
36, 4'0.
Toiwna, “70;, To’, (rémm) pp. any
3. 3. Trans. to aflict, Sept. for "'53 Ps.
thing arrayed in order, an array, e.g. a 17: 9. Is. 33:1.
body of troops, a band, cohort, etc. Sept. Tahamwgia, tag, i’, (rahaitupim)
2 Sam. 23:13. toil, hardship, severe bodily effort, Jos.
Jos. B. 13. 4'. 2. Diod.
Sic. 17. 80. In N. T. order, series, of B. J. 7. 8. 2. Arr. Epict. 3. 24'. 64. Pol.
time or place, 1 Cor. I5: 23 Zxaarog 55‘ 3. 17. B. In N.T. aflliction, distress, mis
iv HP idiip Tin/‘unri ery, James 5:1. Rom. 3: 16 o'iu-rpippu
 Taka/wage; 769 Talia;
xal rahmtupia iv ra'ic 'odo'ig ailrfiu,quot 860 dollars, 2'5 cents; while Boeckh
Sept.
ed for Is.
from ‘I?’ Joel
59:71:where
5. Am. 3:10.
Sept. for —2 makes it equal to 1375 Conv. Rix dol.
lars, or about 981 dollars, 50 cents.
Macc. 6: 9. El. V. H. 13. 37 or 38. Comp. genr. Boeckli Staatsh d. Ath. I.
Thuc. 2. 70. ib. 4. 117. p. 15, I7. Jalm 117. Rees’ Cyclop.
Talau’arwgog, ov, a, .3, adj. (obsol. art. Talent. So no. Navig. 13 54:52:11
rhdw, rkfipi, and mipog- callus ; or perh. 'Arnxi: rcikavra. 1151. V. H. l. 20. Xen.
poet. for rakmrcipwg, from obs. rMiw, Mem. 2'. 5. 2.--In N. T. genr. a talent,
areipa) pp. enduring toil and hardship, as put for an indefinitely large sum ofmoney ,
from severe bodily efl‘ort ; comp. Taltai Matt. 18:24. 25: 15,16 bis, 20 ter,22,
rmpe'w. In N. T. trop. afllicted, wretched, 24, 25, 28 bis.
miserabk ,- Rom. 7: 24 raXal-lrwpog i-yah Talldé, Aramican fem. 81:"??? talitha,
livfipunrog. Rev. 3: 17. Sept. for ‘WP-,3 Ps. i.q. xopa'awv, a damsel, maiden, Mark 5:
137:8. — Tob. 13:11. 2 Macc. 4: 47. 41. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rabb. 875.
Ceb. Tab. 28. Dem. 548.12. ib.425.11. Tapozlov, 00, rd, (rapiel'm, rnpiac
Talavwai'og, w'a, or, (nixavmm) a steward, mana er,) pp. by sync. for
weighing a talent, a talent in weight; Rev. rapisiov, Lob. ad hryn. p. 493; a store
16: 21 xdkafa prycihr] ‘by; rakavruu'a, cliamber, store-house,- Luke 12: '24. oi;
i.e. hailstones weighing each a talent.— 01'”: ion rapcioy, sc. répaEz. Sept. for
Jos.B.-l. 5. 6. 3. Pol. 9. 41. 8. Plut. De D915 Deut. 28:8. Prov. 8: 10. “'47; Prov.
metr. 21. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 45. On 24: 4.—Luc. Rhetor. pnec. l7. Diod.
adjectives of weight and measure as end Sic. 20. 58. Xen. Mem. 1.5. 2.-—Hence
ing in using, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 544. genr. any place of privacy, a chamber,
Ttblltdv'roll, 0!), r6, (obsol. TM... to closet, Matt. 6: 6 drew a-ponv’rxp, clashes
bear,) pp. scale of a balance, plur. riz m’ cl; n‘. raluzizii' o'ov. 24: 26. Luke 12: 3.
So Sept. for Gen. 43: 30. 2 K. 6: 12.
Aavra, scales Hom.Il. 8. 69. Then, some
Is. 26:20.-Test. XII Patr. p. 701. Jos.
thing weighed, a weight; and hence a la
lent, as a certain fixed weight for gold, Ant. 8. 15. 4. Trop. Psalt. Sal. 14: 5
raps'ia KGPBI'GQ.
Horn. 11. 9. 122. Theocr. 8. 53; also for
silver, Hdot.7.28; and later in commerce 0051', see in Nfw no. 1. a.
generally, though varying reatly in TOZEE, 541;, iy,(rdoow,)pp.‘ a setting
difi'erent states and countries. he talent in order;' hence, order, arrangement, dis
every-where contained 60 minae, or 6000 position, Pol.l.4.6. Xen.(Ec. 8. 3; espec.
drachmae ; and the common Attic talent, of troops Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.6. An. 1. 2.18.
which was the most usual, was reckoned an order, rank, in a state or in society,
equal to 80 Roman pounds, Pol. 22. 26. Hdian. 5. l. 10 in rfic l‘ll’fl'éBO“ rc'iEwc i. e.
19. Liv. 38. 38. According to Arbuth of the equestrian order. Dem. 171. 17.
not, the Attic talent was equal to 56 lbs. rank, qflicemost, Jos. Vit. § 71.—In N. T.
11,02. 17} grs. troy ; or according to order, i. e.
Biester, to 55 lbs. 9.6 oz. troy. The a) i. q. arrangement, disposition, series,
Jewish talent, ‘15.3, contained 3000 she Luke 1:8 Ev rjrdzu rfig i¢npsplac aiIrol'l.
kels ol' the sanctuary, Ex. 38: 25,26, 1 Cor. 14:40 we. ré£iv i. e. in proper
comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 7 ; and according order, orderly. Trop. good order, well
to Arbuthnot, was equal to 113 lbs. 10 regulated life, Col. 2:5.— Esdr. 1: l5.
oz. 1 dwt. 2; grs. troy.—Sept. for ‘,3? Dem. 32. 18 iio'rspov rfi réEu i. e. in
order of time. Plut. Marcell. 5 wapc'i
Ex. l. c. Zech. 5: 7. .los. Ant. l. c. Diod.
niEu/ not orderly.
Sic. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54.-.—Furthe,r,
the talent was also used as a denomina b) i. q. rank, quality, character,- so in
tion for money, which was anciently the phrase leper}; mrcl rciEw hlehxunaéx,
reckoned by weight; and value of the i. e. a priest of the same order, rank,
talent therefore varied in proportion to quality, as Melchisedek, Heb. 5: 6, 10.
its various weight. The common Attic 6:20. 7:11,17, 21; quoted from Ps. 110:
talent is usually estimated at £225 ster 4 where Sept. for Heb. T'ZE‘J'BZ. Also
ling, or about 1000 dollars ; but the es Heb. 7: ll 01'; earn rilv rdEw .Aapiinn—
timate of Arbutlmot is .fil93, 15s.,0r 2 Macc. 9: l8 imarohfiv lxsrnpi'ag niEiv
3 c
 Tamara’;
Zxnvaav. Dem. 481. 21 in ixtipor'l wife:
in quality of a. toe. 505. 17 'rr‘lv rot“: 51
Km'ou niEw. 313. I3.
Tawremig, 7'), 0'1’, (perh. from n’urng,
36mg, same“, floor,) low, not high, pp.
of things, place, P01. 9. 43. 3, 6 ra1r.1ro
rapég. Strabo VI. p. 426 raimvov 35
Kai To rfic mihswg E'Bmpoc. Xen. Eq. 1. 3.
Mag. Eq. 5. 7. In N. T. trop.
a) of condition, lot, low, humble, poor,
of low degree. Luke 1: 52 i'hbwue m
newobc, opp. Kaficihs Buvdzrrag. James
1:9,0pp. b whobawgu—Septlob 12:21. 1
Sam. 18:23. Pol.25.8.1. Xcn.Cyr.3.8.52.
b) of the mind, lowly, humble, modest,
including the idea of afl'liction, depres
sion of mind,2 Cor. 10:1 rairuvbg iv bpiv,
i. e. timid, modest, opp. 911131561’. Neut.
Rom. 12: 16, see in Xuvmréyw. (Xen.
Ag. 11. 11.) Elsewhere with the acces
sory idea. ot'lowly piety towards God , like
Heb. 132, comp. Gesen. Lex. s. v. James
4: 6 et 1 Pet. 5: 5 ra1rewoig 5:‘ [b 9565]
513mm xdpw, opp. inrcpnqaévoiy, quoted
from Prov. 3: 34 where Sept. for ‘13!. 2
Cor.7:6. Matt. 1 1:29 rmrzwog r5 xapliiq.
So Sept. for ‘13’; Is. 11: 4. ‘1.! Ps. 18:28.
Is. 0&9. x21 Ps. 34.. 19.
Tuvrwoqigoobvn, 7);, 1,, (Tamwo
¢pwv,) lowliness of mind, humility, modesty
of mind and deportment. Acts 20: 19
bouhn'uuv 1Q Kupilp peril mien; Tflfl'fiVO
Wmd’bvng. Eph.4:2. Phil.2:3. Col. 3:12.
1 Pet.5:5. As feigned, C01.2:18, 23.——
So ranswotppovc'w Sept. for "I? P813132.
Tom'w6¢gwv, away, a, .7, adj. m
mimic, ping) Iow-minded,dispirited,P ut.
ed. R. II. p. 329. 2. p. 857. 7.—In
N. '1‘. of lowly mind, humble-minded, m0
dest, ll’et.3:8 in later edit.for ¢ihd¢poreg
in text. rec. Sept. for El“ Bi‘? Prov.29:=23.
Tuvrelvo'w, [5, I. dun», (rarreu'ég) to
make low, to depress, trans.
9.) pp. Luke 3: 5 mil’ 5pm; mi new‘);
ranswwtir'yazrat, quoted from IS. 40: 4
where Sept. for 1>l;,‘I§.—Straho V. p. 347
TGWHVOl—I'l'al 11591,. Diod.Sic.1.36 TJW 71'0
rapo'wrairw-ovpévwv. Dion.Hal.Ant.2.5.
b) trop. (a) as to condition, circum
stances, to bring low, to humble, to abuse,
0. acc. Eavrdv to humble one's self, i. q. to
make one's self of low condition, to be
poor and needy, 2 Cor. ll: 7, opp. inbéw.
hi1. 2: 8. Mid. or Pass. id. Phil. 4: 12.
Sept. for 135T? Prov. 13:7. 55!? Is. 2:
770 Taga'arm
9, 12. — Ecclus. 6: 12. 2 Macc. 8:35.
Diod. Sic. ll. 38, 71. Xen. Mem. 3. 5.
4.—(/3) in mind, to make lowly, to Imm
ble, sc. one's pride and lofty thoughts by
disappointment; 2 Cor. 12: 21 pi] ‘nihv
iMhivra ,ue rmruvdwp 6 960} you rpoq
z'uuig. Pass. Matt. 23: 12. Luke 14:11.
18: 14. Seq. acc. Eaurév and also Mid.
to [tumble one's self, to be humbled, to ex
hibit humility 01' mind and department,
Matt. 18: 4. 23: 1'2 Kai b'm-ic ran-umber;
Eavro'v. Luke 14:11. 18: 14. So with
the idea of contrition and penitence to.
wards God, James 4: 10 TG'II’EIJ'IiIOYFE
e'wbmov roi'i 6:05. 1 Pet. 5:6. For the
Aor. comp. Buttm. § 136. 2. Sept. for
5:2 15.5:15. 10.33. =32 [with Act. =22:
with reflex.signif.] Gen.16:9. 15.58135.
Tami'vwo'ig, Ea)?’ 1", (rmrewém) a
making low, humiliation, dqJTCSSiOILP salt.
Sal. 2: 39. P01. 9. 33. 10. In N.T. ‘the
being brought low,’ low estate, humilia
tion,- Luke 1: 48 Eirégludav Earl rr‘yv ru
nsivanny rfic 501M114‘ obi-06. Acts 8:33.
James 1:10. Phil. 3:21 r5 00pm rfic
rmrsiva'mewc ilyu'iv, i. q. n‘) 05,10 n‘. m
1ruvo'v,Buttm.§ 123.114. Sept-1'01‘ 51;? Ps.
136: 23. *aa 2 Sam. 16: 1-2. Neh. 9=9.
--Ecclus. 2: 4, 5. Diod. Sic. 2. 45 r07;
5:‘ {1169601 ranu'rwo'w K01 doukeiav n
pu'nr-ruv. Plato Legg. VII. 123. 375
T. VIII. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 352.
Tugoio'aw v. rm, f. Em, to stir up, to
trouble, to agitate, trans.
a) pp. as water in a pool, n‘; 51%?
John 5:4, 7. Sept. for H72‘; Ez. 32: 213.
—-Hom. Od. 5. 291 mirror. Luc.Lexiph.
4 (,br'lppaxov. Fluted. R. VII. p.242 ult.
b) trop. of the mind, to stir up, to
trouble, to disturb, with various emotions;
e. g. with fear, i. q. to put in trepidation:
Pass. to be in trepidation; Matt. 2: 3 6
fiamhn‘ig e'rapdxtiq. 14:26. Mark 6:50.
Luke 1.12. 24.; 38. 1 Pet. 3: 14.. Act.
0. acc. Acts 17:8. Sept. for 53;? Gen.
45: 3. Ps. 6: 2, 3. (Hdian. 2. 5. 4. Xen.
An. 2. 4. 18.) With grief, anxiety, to
disquiet, Pass. John 12: 27 1') \bvxi] pm;
re-rdpaic'rm. 13:21. 14: l, 27. So John
11 : 33 ErripaEsv Eourév, i. q. Erupéxery r‘;
'rrvn'lpari in 13: 21. (Sept. Gen. 43:80.
Ps. 55: 5.) With doubt, perplexity, c.
acc. Acts 15: 24 E76 aEay b'mig Miyoug.
Gal. 1: 7. 5: 10. -- uc. Scyth. 3 ram
pa'yfu'rog rip’ 'ymbpm'. Xen.l\lem.2.6.17.
 T015000’;
Tafaxti, 77;, i1,(mpdo'aw,)astirring
up, trouble, agitation.
a) pp. of water in a pool, etc. John
5: 41.—Luc. Halcy. 4 haihart/ xal rapuxfi
sc. of the elements. Comp.Sept.Is.24:19.
b) trop. of popular excitement, a stir,
commotion, tumult. Mark 13:8 E'aov-rm
Mp0‘: rat rapaxaL—2 Macc. 3: 30. Jos.
B. J. 1.10.10. Pol. 3.9.9. Xen.Vect.5.8.
TOZEGtxOQ, 00, 6, (rupr'wmo) stir,
commotion, confusion,pp. i.q. c't'raE/a Xen.
(Be. 8. 10, coll. 9. In N. T. trop. e. g.
from fear, i. q. consternation, trepidation,
Acts 12: 18. Sept. for ">31"? 1 Sam. 5:
11.—Xen. An. 1. 8. 2.—Also of excite
ment, tumult, contention, Acts 19: 23.
Tagaez'ag, éwg, 6, (TépoocQa Tarsian,
a native or inhabitant of Tarsus, Acts
9:11. 21:39.—Luc. Macrob. 21. App.
B. Civ. 5. 7.
T065605‘, 01), "I, Tarsus, a celebrated
city, the metropolis of Cilicia in Asia
Minor,on the banks of the river Cydnus,
which flowed through it and divided it
into two parts; hence sometimes in
Greek writers called Tapuot, comp. Xen.
An. 1. 2. 23. Tarsus was a celebrated
seat of Greek philosophy and literature;
and from the number of its schools and
learned men was ranked by the side of
Athens and Alexandria; so Strabo XIV.
5. p. 463 Casaub. Bibl. Repos. IV. p.
139. The city was made freebyAugustus,
App.B.Civ.5.7 Aaodmz'ag 3s‘ Kai. Tapoéag
c’AsuOr'pouc fnpiei M11 drshc'i'g rpdpwv. This
seems to have implied the privilege of
being governed by their own laws and
magistrates, with freedom from tribute;
but not the right of Roman citizenship;
since the Roman tribune at Jerusalem
ordered Paul to be scourged though he
knew him to be a citizen of Tarsus, but
desisted after learning that he was a
Roman citizen; Acts 21: 39. 22: 24,27
sq. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 43, 71.
In N. T. Acts 9:30. 11:25. 22:3.—Jos.
Ant. 1.6.1 Tc'zpo'og 113v 1rdhrwv[Ki)uxiag]
1'1 ('lfiroho'ywrc'rrn xahsiraalunrpérrohig oiia'u.
Diod. Sic. 14. 20. Comp. VVetst. N.T.
II. p. 511. 608.
Taf‘TagO'w, 5, f. éww,a verb formed
from Tripmpog, Turlarus, which in Greek
mythology was the lower part or abyss
of Hades, where the shades of the wicked
were imprisoned and tormented; in Jew
771 Tupi’;
ish usage 1. q. I‘e'rwa, see in A151".
Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3. Comp. Hom. II. 8.
13, 16. Hes. Theog. 807. Plut. Consol.
ad Apoll. 36 Ewpwrr'lpiov 3 5c‘ Téprapov
xaXoiam—Hence in N. T. raprapéw, to
thrust down to Tartarus, i. q. to cast into
Gehenna, c. acc. impl. 2 Pet. 2:4 ecipaic
Zo'pou raprapiiro'ac.——Comp. sic Tdprapov
{iirrruv Hom. 11.8.13. e'uTaprripip dzdrps'voi
Jos. c. Ap. 2. 33. S0 xararaprapciw, Sext.
Empir. Pyrrh. Hyp. 3. 24 6 5e‘ Zer): n‘w
Kpovov xarrropre'ipwo'e. Apollodor. Bibl.
1. 1, 2.
Toto'ow v. rm, f. Eu, to order, to set
in order, to arrange, genr. Sept. 2 Chr.
31: 2. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 7; spec. to draw
up soldiers in ranks, array, 2 Macc. 15:
20. Hdian. 8. 1. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 8,
ll. —— In N. T. trop. to set in a certain
order, to constitute, to appoint, trans.
a) genr. c. rig et dat. commodi, 1 Cor.
16: 15 etc Eiaxom'av ro‘ig r'r-yiorg grainy
c'av-ror'ig, i. q. have set or devoted them
selves etc. (Xen.Mem.2.l.11 0115:‘ sic 'rfiv
Eouhrlav a5 épavrov rein-w.) Pass. 0. cig,
Acts 13:48 500: final’ rs'rn'y'us'vot sic (1111):!
aia'n/Lov. Seq. inrd c. acc. Luke 7:8 liv
Oponroc zipi {mo EEove/av raemipn'og'.
AbsoLRom. 13:1. Sept. for 1!! E2. 44:
14. “*3 2 K. 10:24. 1'1"?‘ Jer. 3: 19.—
Jos. B. I. 7.8.2. P0l.5.63.4. Arr.Epict.2.
17.25. inrri'rwu P0l.5.65.7. Diod.Sic.4..9.
b) i. q. to arrange, to appoint, c. acc.
et dat. Acts 28:23 raEri'ucvoi 56‘ airrg'i
ilps'pav, i. e. on their part. Seq. dat. c.
inf. Acts 22: 10 01v rz'ram'ai’ oo: 1rmfio'a1.
inf. impl. Matt. 28: 16. Seq. int. c. acc.
Acts 15: 2 ZraEav dvagaivrw Ilaihov
x.r.)\. Sept. for 7'1"‘? Job 14:13. "2: 28am.
20:5.—-ru/1' n1El.V.H. l 1.9. Xen.1-I.G.1.
5.4.nvlc.inf.Xen.Lac.l1.6. c.inf.lMacc.
12:26. Xen. An. 3. l. 25. Cyr. 4. 5. 11.
Tufigog, 00, a, a bull,bullock, Matt.
22:4. Acts 14:13. Heb. 9: 13. 10:4.
Sept. for "'3!" Ex. 21:28, 29.—Ecclus. 6:
3. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. Xen. An. 2. 2. 9.
Tut’l't'é, by crasis for rr‘r ain-r’r, the
same things, 1 Thess.2:14. Kara 'rairrd after
the same manner, thus, so, Luke 6:23, 26.
17:30.Comp.inAi:-rdglII.a.Buttm.§74.2.
Tatar“, see in Oi'iroc.
Tnwé, 55, 1'', (90111710,) burial, sepul
ture; c. dat. commodi, Matt. 27: 7 sh;
ra¢i1v ro'ic Eévoig, i.q. for burying stran
gers; see Buttm. § 133. 2,3, and n. 2.
3 (1 2
 Toitpog 772 Té
Matth. § 394. Winer § 31. 1. Sept. for 1rpo'g o'e 'rc'txwv. Heb. 13: 19, 23. See
H1”)? Deut.34.=6. Ecc. 6:3. "ap., E1. 32: Matth. M57. Winer §36. 3.—-Wisd. l 3:
93.—-2 Macc. 9: 15. Jos. B. J. 1. 9. 1. 9. l Macc.2:40. Test. XII Patr. p. 628.
Hdian.8.5.18. Xen.H.G.3.3.1. Diod. Sic. 9. 5.
Toitpog, 00, 5, (Sam-o.) burial,sepul TOZXIO'TM, adv. (pp. neut. pl. 01' r6.
ture, Jos. Ant. 17. 8. 3. Lys. 190. 17. In xtm-oc, superlat. to 1117039,) most quickly,
N.T. and genr. a burial place, sepulcltre, mostspeedily; e.g. in; nixw'ru the soonest
Matt. 23:27,:29. 27=61,64.,66. 96:1. 011 possibleA cts17:15. Comp. Buttm.§115.4,
Hebrew sepulchres, see in Mvnpciov. 5.-—Luc.Rhetor.Praec.l. Xen.Cyr.5.l4.
Sept. for Gen. 23: 4, 20. 2 Sam. 2: Toixog, 20;, 00;, rd, (Taxi/9,) quick
31.—JELV.H.12.7. Dem. 1393. 1. Xen. ness, swtftness, speed, Hdian. l. 15. 11.
Mem. 2. 2. 13.—Trap. Rom. 3:13 ‘r6400; Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 4. In N. T. only in the
lwup-ypérog 5 )uipu'yE m'rrGw, quoted from phrase z'v rc’txu adv. quickly, speedily, i.e.
P8. 5:10 where Sept. for ‘122.; see fully soon, shortly, i.q. raxr’wg, see in ‘Ev no.
in ’Avoiyw a. 3. b. 0. Luke 18:8 1ron'ydet 'rfiv E’KEZIO‘IUU’
T057606, adv. (raxrk) quickly,speed airrév e'il mixer. Acts 25:4. Rom. 16:20.
ily, i.q. soon, shortly, Pol.18.20. 9. Xen. Rev.1:1. 22:6. Rev.2:5 in textrec.where
H. G. 7. 4.. 34.. In N. T. readily, lightly, later edit. raxt'z. Also with the idea of
and hence peradventure, perhaps, Rom. haste, Acts 12: 7. 92: 18. Sept. for‘?!
5:7. Philem.15.—-Wisd.l41:19. Luc.D.l Deut.9:3. To? 11:17. was: Ps. 2:12.
Deor.6.5. Xen.An.5.2.17. Ecclns.27:3. Jos.Ant. 17.5.1. Diod.Sic.
ruxéwg, adv. (raxt'lgQ quickly,speed 16.35. Xen.Cyr.6.1.12.
z'ly, pp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 20; in N.T. i. q. Tuxog, 571:, 1'), quick,swrfl, nimble,
soon, shortly, 1C0r.4:19 EXa'mo/mi 3r‘ ra as raxdc miaag H0m.Il.13.249. 1110'; r.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 25. In N.T.
xc'wc not‘); {4169. Ga1.1:6. Phil. 2:19, 24.
2 Tim. 4.: 9. Sept. for "Z"? Judg. 9: 48. a) Masc. raxn’n; trop. quick, swafgi. q.
ready, prompt. James 1: 19 Toxin; r1; r6
[raxe'wg 'n'mfia'a're = ‘1:47.! "\‘C§@]IS.B:3.—Jos.
Am.7.13.2. Ceb.Tab.31. Pol.1.6.16.-— éxm'm'at. So Sept. and ‘(15 Prov. 29: ~20.
In the sense of hastily, Luke 14:21 ZE —Ecclus.5:ll. Luc.Somn. 1. Hdianflfl.
the: m e'oig. 16:6. John 11.31. 2 Thess. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 31.
2:2. 1 limszee. Sept. forwa Prov. 25: b) Neut. Taxi’; as adv. i. q. 'raxt'ug',
comp. Buttm. § 115. 4; quickly, speediq.
8.—Wisd.l4:28.
Taxlvog, 7'], 6V, (i.e. raxdc.) quick, with haste, Matt. 28:7 raxil 1ropsuedam.
swift, e. g. aro’Beg, Sept. for "U? Is. 59:7. v.8. Mark 16:8 in text. rec. John 11:29.
[with ellipsis of the verb to be.] Wisd.
Sept. for "IE? 2sam.l7zlfi.-—-Dem.98'3.
17. Xen.An.2.~2.12.—-Also quickly, i.q.
13:2. m'c'pu-ysg Anth. G1‘. I. p. 168. In
soon, Illortly, Matt. 5: 95; and with the
N. T. trop. swift, speedy, i. q. near at idea of suddenness, Rev.2:5 in later edit.
hand, impending, 2 Pet. 1: 14'. 2:1 e'ini
v.16. 3:11. 11:14,. 22r7,12,20. Septfor
yovreg Eavrolg raxwl'v c'uniihemin—Ec
"U33 Ps.102:3.—2 Macc. 3:31. XemAn.
c1us.18:26. Anth.Gr.II.p.9l rig raxwfiv 1.9.29.—-By impl. readil: , lightly, Mark
Xnasdévu. 9:39 'raxl) :axoXo-yfiaat' pew—Ecclus. 19:
Toixmv, adv. pp. neut. of raxiwv
4|. Xen.Cyr.5.1.4|.
later comparat. to roxbc, instead 01' the
earlier S'éaawv, comp.Buttm.§67.3; dis~ T5, an enclitic copulative particle.
approved of by the grammarians, Lob. and, corresponding to mi as Lat. -que to
ad Phr.p.77. Winer§11.2; more quickly, at, Buttm. \} 149. p.424; found in N. T.
more smftly, more speedily, seq.gen. John chiefly in the writings of Luke and
20:4 1rp0é§pupe nixwv r017 Ilérpou i.e. he Paul, including the Ep. to the Hebrews;
outran Peter.—-Diod.Sic. 20. 92.-—Else in Matt. only thrice, 22:10. 27: 4B. 28:
where i. q. sooner, the object of compari 12; John thrice, 2:15. 4:42. 6:18; James
twice, 3:7 his; Jude once, v. 6; in Rev.
son being every where implied,e.g.sooner
than one expected or intended; or better twice, 1:2. 21:12. In generaLrai is used
perhaps as in Engl. with the article, the to couple ideas which follow directly and
more speedily, the sooner. John 13: 27 3 necessarily from what precedes; while rz'
wotz'iq, 1roi'rmov rr'uxtm'. 1Tim.3:14| 916571’
is employed when something is subjoincd
 Té 773 T5
which does not thusdirectly and necessar p. 796.D. Xen. H.G. 1.4.1 5,] 6.) So where
ily follow ; so that strictly speaking, mu’ one or more words come between re’ and
connects and 1f annexes. Hence ré is the mi, as Luke 2:16 rr'lv re Mapt'ap. Kai rev
most general of all the copu'latives; serv ‘Iva-1'14). John2z15 rd 1: 1rpé€ara Kai roll’;
ing merely to shew, that the word after {36:19. Acts1:8. 26:30. Phil.l:7. Heb.9:
which it stands is to be taken as in some 2,l9.al. So Luke 21:11 aewpol' rs pe-yri.
connexion with another either preceding Am Kai Allan’. Rom. l: 16 'Ioudat' ‘re
or following. The place of re’ is usually 1rp¢irow xal'EMnyt. (Hdian.l.5.24. en.
after the first word of a clause. See Mem.l.l.3.) Here sometimes the word
Passow s. v. Herm. ad Vig. p. 835. ad. next before ré is also implied after xm',
Eurip.Med.p.33l. Matth.§ 626. Winer i.e. the 1:’ marks it as belonging equally
§57. 3 sq. § 65. 5. p. 461. to both members; e.g. Acts 2:43 “Md
:1) Simply, i.e. without otherparticles, 1': re'pa-ru Kai [1ro7\)\(1] minim. So the ar.
where it then serves to annex, as above. ticle, Acts 1:13 '0', re Hz'rpoc Kai 'Ia’x'wgog
Matt. 28:12 011vaX6évreg--- a'vpgm'lhiévre x. r. )1. 13:1. Rom.1:20. Or a relative,
hagdvreg. Iohmkfl 1f) 1': yuvauri E'M'yov. Acts 26: 22 01,138‘? inn‘): hé'ywv, div rs oi
6:18. Acts 2.3, 33, 37 elrrov re 1115; row 1rpo¢firat c'ha'hnc'av mi Mwiiafig. Es_
He'rpov. 310:4: 13,33. 5:42. 8:1,3, 6. pec. a preposition, Acts 28:23 am; 1': r017
12:12 aumfidw re iiheev xmh. 18:11. 20: vopov Mwiiaéwc Kai [drro] nTn/ 1rp0¢17flTn/.
II. 23:10. 24:27. ROI'ILQHQ. ICOIZMQI. 25:23. Comp.Matth.§626. Winer p.461.
Heb.l:3. Jude 6.al. So in a parenthesis, -—Hdian.6.3.2. 1E].V.H.3.1. PlatoLegg.
Acts 1: 15 71:1 re b'xhoc (ivopoi'rwv K. r. A. 7. p. 796. D, :79 re rah-retail ml idlovg
Once preceded by pr’yre pr’rrc, Acts27: c'ixove—So two nouns of opposite signi
20.—Wisd.8:19. 3Macc. 6:32. Hdian. cation are sometimes connected by ‘re
1.2.3. Xen.Cyr.2.l.19. c. ‘ufrre prec.Xen. mu’, forming then a periphrasis for all ,
An. 4. 4. 6.-Also repeated as annexing Matt. 22: 10 1rowypm'1g TE Kai dyafioilg.
several particulars, ré—n’, and, and,Lat. Acts 24: 15. 26: 22. Heb. 5: 14. Comp.
qua—qua. Acts 2: 4.6. 16:11, 12. 24:: 23. Matth. l.c.—comp.Xen.Hi.12.—Rarely
Heb.6:2z’1ntk'creu':g re xnpé'w, dyuo'ra'zreég 1: mi is put in the sense of que etiam,
re vzx'pfilv, Kai Kplimrog ulww'ov. Once and also, Acts19:27; 2'11 re not and fur
i.q. both---ami, Acts 26:16. See Passow the)’ also Acts ‘21 : 28; oluolwg ‘rs Km’ and
no. 2. Matth. §626 init. Vi er p. 518.— in like manner also R0m.1:27. Here xcu
Wisd. 7:l3. Hdian.l.2.6. lato Phmdr. seems to be used merely to strengthen
p. 267. A. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10. re. Comp.Winer§57.3.p.369. Herm. ad
b) Most freq. as strengthening Kai, Soph. Electr. 873.
either directly before it, as re ml, or with 0) Sometimes ré corresponds to 5:’ in a
one or more words intervening, re---xal, following clause, where the connexion is
i. q. Lat. que el, implying close con. then adversative or antithetic, and thus
nexion, not only—bu! also ,both—and; see emphatic; e. .Acts 19:3 aim’ re Wag ub
Passow no.3.Buttm.p.424. Matth.§626. rol'lc—oi 5:‘ 6 rev. 22: 8, coll. 10- 22: 98.
So as connecting clauses; Matt. 27: 48 Comp. Passow no.8. Matth. l. c. p. 1276.
"Mimic rs 550w; ml n'spleelc Kahdpql. Stallb.adPlat.Phileb.p.36.Winer p.370.
Luke 24:20. Acts 9:18. 10:2. Heb. 6:4. -—Plat.Rep. 3. p. 394.C. Xen.Conv.8.2.
al.—Wisd.4|:2. Jos.Ant. l7.6.2. Luc.D. d) With other particles : (a) r: 76p,
Deor. 18.1. Hdian. 6.6.1. Thuc. 4.46.— Where re simply annexes and 76p assigns
As coupling together infinitives depend a reason, comp. above in a. Rom. 1:26
ing on the same verb 2, Luke 12: 45 ml a1 1': yizp Gi'lhmu aimiv. 7: 7. Heb. 2:
iipErrral Eaeicw 1': Kill 1n'vnv rat p506 11.—Xen. Mem. 1. l. 3 05ml 1': ‘yelp.—
axec'flai. Acts 1:1.-Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2. (B) éév rs, pp. and if; repeated z'ziv rs--
—As connectin nouns, etc. e.g. rs Kai, c'év 1's, i.q. whether-“or, Rom. 14:8 qua
Luke 21:11 tpdénrpri re mi an'uz'ia. Acts ter. e’év re 7619 ml, pp. for though also,
2: 9, 10 <I>puylav re Kai Haptpuhiav. 26: 2 Cor. 10: 8; here the force of ré cannot
3. Rom. l:12,l4|. 1001'. 112,30. Heb. 2: well be given in English ; comp. above
4. James 3: 7. al. Adverbs, Acts 24: 3 in b. fin.—Xen. Mem. 2.4.6.—-('y) e'irs,
rrcivrr] re Kai. 1ravraxoi7. (Sept. Job 9: 41. see in El III 9.-(5) 5,11, 11,15, 115,11, i.e.
Ceb.Tab.2. Hdian.1.l.1. Plato Legg.7. the art. with re’, so written to distinguish
\
 Tsixo; "I74 Timur

it from the adverbs b're, rérz, etc. and 21 réxva z'ri yovzig. Mark 12:19. Luke
simply expressing the article in connexion 20:31. Acts 21:5 only 'yvvcuzl Kai re'xvoic.
with the usage of re’ asabove given. E.g. Tit. 1:6. 9 John 4,13,al. So Sept
plur. for IP13 Gen. 3:16. 30: 1. P72‘;
where re’ merely annexes, Acts 19: 12
Gen. 38: 6, 7.—pl. Ceb.Tab. 8. Hdian.
rd 1': 'II’VEI'IPGTCI. x. 'r. h. 26: 30. 27: 3, 5.
Heb. 9: 1. Followed by ml after one 8. 3. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. Spec.
or more intervening words; see above in of a son, Sing. Matt. 10: 21. 21: 28 r1’:
b. Acts 5:24 5,11 icpnlg ral ('1 m'pa-rn-yiic. vov, iimz'yz 1:. r. 7\. Phil. 2: 22. Rev. 12:
17:10,14. Eph. 1:10. Heb. 9:2. Luke 5. Plur. for sons, Matt. 21:28 dvepun'og
:23: 12- 5,1‘: ‘yup-“Kai Heb. 2:11. Rom. elxe 360 rz'xva. Acts 21: 21. Sept. for
'1? Gen. 17:16. 29: 7. 48119 5''.32 E8111.
1: 26; see above in a. An.
9:25.-—Sing.Luc.Tyrann.20. Hdian. 7.
_T$l)¢0§, 50;, 099', r6, a ma”, espec. of 10.14.Plur.of daughters,Xen.Cyr.7.4.5.
a c1ty,Acts 9:25 Kaflfixav 5n‘: ‘r017 relxouc b) Plur. re'rva, children, in a wider
2 Cor. 11:33. Heb. ‘11:30 11‘; film sense by Hebr. i.q. descendants, posterity,
'liplxtil. Rev. 21:12, 14,15,17, 18,19. Matt. 3: 9 é-ycipai réxva. n; ’A€pa(1;1.
Sept. for "9''" Dent. 3:5. Josh. 6:5, 20. Luke 1:17. 3:8. Acts 2:39. Rom. 9:7.
—Jos.Ant. 5. 1. 2. Hdian.8.2.13. Xen. v. 8 bis, comp. in Er'ipE no. 2. a. y, and
Mem. 3. 9. 7. in 'Ea-ay-yehia c. a. Gal. 4: 98, 31. So
Twp/155101, 00, 1'0‘, (rzkluaipopai, Sept. for W15, Ex. 10:2. Josh. 14:9.
fix/sap end,lirnit,goal; also a fixed sign, Zech. 10:7,9. "71.115 Ps. 109: 13. Jer.
proof,) a fixed sign, certain token, infalli 31: 17.—Emphat. i. q. true children, ge
ble proqf, Acts 1:3. — 3 Macc. 3:241. nuine descendants, John 8:39. IPet. 3:6.
Jos. de Vit. § I. Diod.Sic. l. 10. Xen. 0) trop. of one who is the object of pa
Mem. 1.1.2. Hesych. rexpfipiov' arlpeiov rental love and care, or who yields filial
c'lhrlfit'g. love and reverence towards another. (a)
Tetm'ov, 00, "a, (dimin. of fawn) As a term of endearing address in the
a little child ,- trop. as an endearing ap Vocative, like Engl. my child, my son,
pellation, rat-via, little children, like Lat. Lat. mi fili, carissime; so from a friend
filioli, carissimi, etc. John 13: 33. Gal. or teacher. Matt. 9: 2 Bépau, réxyor.
4:19. 1 John 2:1,12,28. 3: 7,18. 4.: 2Mark 9: 5. Luke 16: 25. 1 Tim. 1:18.
Tim. 2: l. Plur. Mark 10: 24. So
4.. 5: 21.—pp. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 441.
no. 78. p. 48. no. 95. Sept. for 151. 1 Sam. 3: 9, 16. —— Ecclus.
2:1. Hdian. 1.6.12.-—(fi) From theHeb.
Tsevoyoviw, 07, f. {1001, (rcxvo-yrivoc genr. fora pupil, disciple, the spiritual
child-bearing, from 'réxvov, obsol. 'ye'vw, child of any one, see in I‘zwc'iw no. 1. a.
ylropag) to bear children, or as in Engl. a, and Ha'n'yp A. c. 2 Tim. 1: 2 T410669:
to be the mother of afamily, including all dyumrrq] re'xwp. Philem. lO. 3 John 4.
the duties of the maternal relation, 1 0. iv Kupl'tp 1 Cor. 4:17. iv more: lTim.
Tim. 5: 14; comp. v. 10, and see in Tel: 1:2. Kurd m'o'rw Tit. 1: 4. Plur. 1 Cor.
voyovlm—pp. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 202. 4:14. 2 Cor. 6:13. Comp. Heb. Sept.
Tszvo'yow'u, mg, 1,, (rcuvo'yoW't-J.) 1116;, 1 K. 20: 35. 2 K. 2: 3, 5. —(7)
the bearing of children, and so by impl. Te'm'a r05 9e06, children of God, those
including all the duties of the maternal whom God loves and cherishes as a la
relation ; 1 Tim. 2:15 owOlIa'e-rai 3181 rfic ther; see in Han'rp B. a. 1).; also Fen-(w
rexvo-yovlac, i.e. through the faithful per I. a. So of the Jews, John 11: 59;
formance of her duties as a mother, in comp. Sept. and W3 Is. 30: 1. Hos. ll:
bringing up her household unto God; 1 sq. VVisd. 16: 21,ooll. 20. Gem. of
comp. 5: 10.—Chrysost. ad h. l. rucvo the pious worshippers of God, the right
'yoviay (anal, Tb p1) [Nil/01' rut-£711, dhhil 1:111 eous, saints, Christians; John 1: 12
9:61’ dya'yeiv. {5:01:01 airro'ig e'Eoua'lav rz'xva 6:017 72'
Tézvov, 00, mi, (rlx-rw q. v.) a child, 14170111. Rom. 8: 16, 17, 91. 9:8.
male or female, son or daughter. Eph. 5: 1. 1 John 3: 1, 2, 10. 5: 9.—
:1) pp. and genr. (11) Sing. a child, Sept. Prov. l4: 517. —— (5) Te's'vu r01": 51m
Luke 1: 7 01'»: iii’ iu'zroig rz'xvm'. Acts 7:
@éhou, children of the devil,i.e. his follow
5. Rev. 12:4’. Plur. children, Matt. 10: ers, subjects,vassals,opp. r21 r. r06 Gem],
 Tezvorgoqoéw 775 T21516:»
once 1 John 3: 10. Comp. ‘Ft 2 K. 16:7, 62. 11: 4.—-Ecclus. 44: 17. Isocr. Pan
Sept. uiég. ath. p. 239. C ,relteiouc (ivapac elwu, Kai
d) by Hebr. joined with the name of mica: E'xsw ‘rag ciperég.
a city or the like, a native,an inhabitant, b) spec. offull age, adult, firll grow-n,
one born or living in that city. Matt. of persons, pp. P01. 5. 29. 2. El. V. H.
23: 37 'lepova'ahfip naming fitiéhnaa 13. l. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7.6. In N.T. trop.
c'rrwvva'ya'yc'iv re‘: re'xva 0011. Luke 13: of persons full grown in mind and under.
34. 19:44. Gal. 4: 25. Rev. 2: 23. SO standing, raic (pow! 1 Cor. 14:20; or
Sept. and we Joel 2: 23. Zech. 9: 13. in knowledge of the truth, 1 Cor. 2: 6.
Is. 60: 4, 9.—Psalt. Sal. 11: 3. Phil. 3: 15. Heb. 5: 14; or in Christian
e) byHebr. 0. gen. the child ofany thing faith and virtue, Eph. 4: 13. Neut. r1‘;
is one connected with, partaking of, or rc'huomfall age, sc. in knowledge etc.
exposed to that thing ; often put instead 1 Cor. 13: 10, coll. 11.
of an adjective. Matt. 11:19 et Luke 7:35 Tslem'rng, 7770;, a, (re'hswg) com
251111145017 1" 0045111 (‘mo ra‘w re'xvwv aim-fig. pleteness, perfechiess; Col. 3:14 m'n'dsapog
Eph. 5:8 re'm'a ¢wrtig, i.q. 1re.pwno',ue'voi. rfig rrhrtorn'rog, i.q. 09rd. rc'huog, Buttm.
1 Pet. 1 :14 r. inraxofig, i.q. brrr'pxooi. Eph. § 123. n. 4. Heb. 6: 1 int 'rfiv reheiornra
2:3 1'. 1'5; dp-yfic. 2 Pet. 2:14 1'. Kara'pag. cpqubpzfla, i.e. leaving the elements, let
S0 Sept. 're'xva drrwhclug for 1101). ".52 ‘117?? us go on to something more complete,
Is. 57. 4.. 'r. ash-1... for Heb. n81: ‘.13, perfect. — Wisd. 6: 15. 12: 17.
Hos. 10: 9. Comp. also 12 Deut. 25: 2.
1 K. 2: 26. 2 K. 14:14. Winer §34. 2. Titxiléld, 63, f. (tum, (re'hcwgy) to com
n. 2. Gesen. Lex. art. 12 no. 4, 8 ; 1'12 no. plete, to make perfect, so as to be full,
7.—comp. Epiph. Opp. I. p. 380. B, at wanting in nothing, trans.
vial rF/g ('rhqewfic ria'rzwg. AL. a) pp. i.q. to bring to afull end, tofin
TEZVOTgOQJém, 5,1‘. fiau,(rcxv0rpri¢og, {8,1, e.g. a work, duty, etc. 75 i'pyov, rt‘:
from rim/av, rpé¢w,) to bring up children, 5970:, John 4:34. 5: 36. 17:4. Mid. 0.
to fulfil the duties of a mother, 1 Tim. 5: 59-7011 impl. Luke 13: 32 mt rfy rpfry
10. Comp. inTem'o-yovlm—Hence subst. rehnoipai. Of a race, rov Bpo'pov Acts
Texvorpo¢ia Aristot. H. An. 1. p. 863.C. 20: 24. Perf. Pass. as Mid. c. Epépov
impl.Pliil.3:12 ot'rx art-“11811 rershsc'wpat
TéZTNl', 070;, ('1, (kindr. with re'xn), sc. rov Bpopov, i.e. not that I have already
rei'rxw, rcxeiv fr. Tint-1,) pp. an artzficer; completed my course and arrived at the
spec. a worker in wood, a carpenter, cal, so as to receive the prize; see
joiner, etc. Matt. 13:55. Mark 6: 3. %uttm.§136. 3. Winer§ 40. 3 sq. comp.
Sept. re’xmv El’Awv for Heb. ‘52’; 2 Sam. v. 14, and see in Karahapgévy b. Sept.
5:11. 2 K. 12: 11. IS. 40:20. rim‘. 0': genr. for @2131 K.7: 21. [? =1??? 2 Chr.
Br'lpml 1Sam. 13:19. T. XaM-of: 1K.7:]4. 8:16 [as if they had read DZ‘Qj—Ecclus.
—-Luc. Vit. Auct. ll. Xen. Ag. 1. 26. 50: 19. P01. 8.36. 9. Plut. Cons. ad
Hesych. re'm'wy‘ 1rd; rexw'rng. Apoll. l7. Philo Alleg. 2. p. 74. C,
Téksiog, ale, my, (10.0%) pp. ‘ what iii-av [111i ilmxr‘y] reheiwdfic Kai ,Bpagciwv Kai
has reached its end, term, limit ;' hence, aregbcivwl' &E:w6§¢.— t' time, Luke 2:43
eorrguleteperfecgfull,wanting in nothing. reheiwaévrwv rag r‘ype'pac. Of declara
a) gem. James 1: 4 'c'p-yov réhcwv. v. tions, prophecy, i.q. tofulfil, John 19:28
17,25. 1 John 4: 18 h 'reM'ia ('vydrrrl. 't'va rzheuuflfi h 'ypa¢1'].—Act. Thom. § 10.
Comparat. Heb. 9:11 rzhuore'pag axnvfig. 1rptieeaiv Diod. Sic. lib. 3 fin. Comp.
Sept. 1rpzi§arov rah. for “"913 EX. 12: 5. rehciwaig.
.._Aquil. Prov. 11: 1 arc'iepwv rc'huov. b) trop. to make perfect, i.q. to bring to
Horn. 11. l. 66. Diod. Sic. l. 7 "Asia. a state of perfectness or completeness.
‘1135:1049. Po]. 1. 4. 8.--Trop. in a moral (a) gem. John 17: 23 l'va 45a: rerehuw
sense; ofpersons, Watt. 5:48 bis, rc'hnoc, pévo: sic Ev, i.e. praegn. that they may be
tie-Mp b 1rar1)p {Jpu'iv-uri'heuig Eon, comp. perfectly united in one. 2 Cor. 12:9 1',
Luke 6:36. So Matt. 19:21. Col. 1: ‘yap (li'wapig ,uou [r017 9:017] in daecvu'a
28. 4: 12. James 1: 4 ‘(n/a fire re'hnot 3: Tsheioiirat, i. e. my power shows itself
2. Of the will of God, Rom.12:2. Sept. perfect in weakness, appears then as
for we Gen. 6: 9. 18:13. in; 1 K. 8: genuine. James 2:22. lJohn 2:5. 4:12,
 Take/m; 776
17, 18.—Ecclus. 7: 32.—([3) In the Ep.
to the Hebrews,in a moral sense, to make
perfect in respect to sin, to fully cleanse
from sin, to make full expiation for any
one ; [or rather true mural, in contradis
tinction from ceremonial, expiation: the
former being the completion, i.e. realiza
tion of that of which the latter was the
symbol] Heb.7: 19 065211 yap Erekelwa'ev
6 vépoc, i.e. the Mosaic law could make
no perfect [i. e. true moral] expiation ;
comp. 7: ll. 10: 4. Of persons, Heb. 9:
9 btbpti 1': ml svolat-"pfi swap”... Kara
auvclano'w "Mom. row Xa'r el'lov'ra, i.e.
which could never make fu l [i. e. true
moral] expiation for the bringer, so as to
satisfy his conscience. 10: 1, 14.—Also,
to make perfect sc. in respect to condition,
happiness, glory; to bring to a perfect
state of happiness and glory; pp. to bring
one through to the goal, so as to win and
receive the prize, comp. above in a. So
of Christ as exalted to be Head over all
things, Heb.2:10 rdv fipxnyov 'rfig awn;
piag hfubv 51a 1ra61|p4iruv reheubaat, i.q.
in v. 9 54a rd miflnpa rot’: Sal/arm: déEg
ml npj e’errepavwpe'vov. 5:9. 7:28. Also
of saints advanced to glory, 11:40. 12:
23.—Comp. Philo above in a.
Telel'ws, adv. (Toma) completely,
perfectly. lPet. l: 13 rehslon; c'lhn'aare,
i. e. cherish a perfect hope, unwavering
confidence—2 Mace. 19: 42. 8 Macc.3:
26. P01. 6. 37. 4.
Tile/am, was rellsuiw) comple
tion, perfection, enr. iod. Sic. 2. 29.
PluLde Virt. et it.2.—In N.T. spoken
of a prediction, i.q.fumlment, Luke 1:45.
(J udith10:9.) Also i.q. perfect erpiation,
Heb. 7: ll; comp. in Teheuiw b.
Tskem'nig, 017, b, (reflecting) a com
pleter ,perfecter,pp.who brings one through
to the cal so as to win and receive the
prize. i161). 12:2 zlg rov rfic 'n'forcwg tip
xn-ydv xal rshztwn‘yv 'lnaoz'n', comp. 2: 10
where he is said 1roMoDc ulotlc elc 565w’
aya-yelv. Comp. in Tehew'w b.
TEAEU¢0§€¢5 5, f. r'yau, (rehemptipoc
bringing to an end, perfecting, ripening,
fr. re'Aog, ¢épw,) to bring to perfection or
- maturity, e.g. fruit, grain, etc. to ripen,
absol. and trop. Luke 8: 14 all reheoepo
pofm-t. Comp. Matt.13:82.-—pp. of fruits
.los. Ant. 1. 6. 3. Philo dc Opif. p. 26.
D, m‘iEovat sol reheo'oopot'zot. Diod. Sic.
Tekéa:
2. 36. 01' women with child, Jos. Ant.
3. 11.6. Artemid.1. l7.
Tekeuraio, &, f. r'lau, (rchev'n'h) to
end, i. e. to finish, to complete, trans. Eu
rip. Phmn. 1597 d: mirsp, 6c rain-a rs
Mvrzi. Dem. 13. 15. rtiv film’ fella/nay
to end one's life, to die, Jos. Ant. 12. I.
1. Pol. 2. 28.10. Xen. Mem. 4.8.1. In
trans. to end, Jos. Ant. 8. l. 1. Thuc. 5.
39 rob xetpé'wog "Ann-Gyro: filo. Xen.
H. G. 9. 3. 9. — In N. T. intrans. or c.
rov Blow impl. to end one's life, to die,
Matt. 2: 19 rsllsvrhaavrog as‘ r027 'Hpéeou.
9: 18 911761-119 pm! dprl e'reha'lrnasv. 22:
25. Mark 9: 44,46, 48. (comp. 15.66:
24..) Luke 7; 2. Acts 2: 29. 7:15. Heb.
11:22. Sept. 0ft for "'0 Gen. 25: 32.
3011.. Prov. 11:7. — 1E1. V- H. 8.17.
Hdian. 8. 5. 18. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 1.——()f
a violent death, Matt. 15:4 et Mark 7;
10 Sawing rehevrarw, let him die the
death, emphat. quoted from Ex. 21:17
where Sept. in imitation of Heb. inf.
absol. 1'32"“ PM he shall surely die, or be
put to death. Comp. Winer § 58. 3.
Timon’), fig, 1'], (nxéu, 117109,) on
end, limit, Baruch 8: 85. Dem. 658. 7.
reheurfi r05 Blov Dem.481.14. Xen.Cyr.
8. 7. 2. In N.T. absol. end of life,death,
Matt. 2:15 Ewe r7]: rehzvrfig 'Hpéiov.
Sept. for FM Gen.27-.2. Iosh.1:1. Judg.
1: 1.-1 Macc. 9: 23. Hdian. 7. 9. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 3.
Teltéw, a7, 1'. fan), (TEIAOCQ to end, to
finish, to complete, to acconqrlbh, trans.
a) gem. c. acc. Matt. 13: 53 fire in’
hwsv b ‘I. rag 1rapagoht'rc. 19: 1 et 26.1
'rollg Miyoug. Luke 2: 39. 2 Tim. 4: 7
bpépov. Rev. 11: 7. Pass. Luke 18: 50
gm: oil "heady-y sc. r6 Barr-capo. John 19:
28, 30 rere'lleorat, it isfinished l i.e. the
whole work, all things. Rev. 10: 7 ire
Xe'aen r6 puarfiptov. 15: 1,8. Sept. for
Neh.Ruth
"'2? 6:15.-Ecclus.
9: 21. Ezra7:9:25.1. Hdian.
[pass] 2.3.
25. Diod. Sic. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 3.
(Ec. 1. 4.——Seq. particip. in the partici
pial construction, Buttm. § 144. 4. 0.
Matt. 11: 1 lire e're'hsae h 'I. starc'wouv,
as in Engl. when Jesus hadfinished com
manding, etc. So praegn. 0. part. impl.
Matt. 10: 23 oil pr) rehe'mrrs rag 16M";
r06 'lopm’yll, ye shall not havefinished the
cities of Israel, i.e. ye shall not have fin
ished fleeing or passing through them,
 T£10; 777
for 01') yr‘, rzlls'myre damper/waning v. 5101 ‘ to the end,’ i.q. continually, perpetually,
gaiyovrzg rue miMu; x. r. X.-—So Sept. forever, Luke 18: 5. 1 Thess. 2:16. So
uwere'heae aiagat'vuv Josh. 3: l7. 4: l.
comp. Luc. Tox. 52 1- lraiog Ers'hwe ix 9.—Luc. Navig. 27. Xen. G50. 17. 10.—
Maxh'mv c'g Em'IBaQ. huc. 4. 7B. — Of Meton. l] dpxv) xal r6 rz'hog, i. q. 1rpu'rr0g
time, Pass. to be ended, fulfilled, Rev.
20'. 3 reheat)?’ rim Xihia. En]- v. 5, 7.
b) i.q. to accomplish, to fulfil, to execute
fully, e. g. a rule, law, 0. acc. rz‘w wipov
Rom. 2; 27. James 2:8. rr‘yv Emflupluv
r179 aapxég Gal. 5: 16.—Act. Thom.§ 5
in‘ T5 $0.11,.“ TOD ,Bamhe'wg rehéaw. Luc.
Piscat. 52 rehfiluzv riz 1rapqyye7lpévm—
Ofdeclarations, prophecy,etc. Luke 18:
31 reheu'efio'crm mivra rd yeypap 'va
1:. 1'. A. Luke 22:37. Acts 13:29. il‘ev
17. 17. S0 Sept. and HE; Ezra. 1: 1.—
Apollod. Bibl. 2. 4.. 4|. Diod. Sic. 2. 27
replace rzrehz'atial row xpnepdv. ib.20.26.
c) by impl. to pay of to pay in full, sc.
taxes, tribute, comp. Te'lmg d. E. g. n‘;
515%”... Matt. 17:24:. ¢ripouc 110111.13:
6.—Jos.Ant. 10. 1.1 et Diod. Sic. 13. 59
(pépov. Dem. 1067. 27. Xen. Mem.2.9.1.
37 Kai yil rll 1repl Epoii re'Xoc E'xu, i. e.
Te'm, 80;. ws, .6, an end, term, have fulfi ment, are fulfilled, i. q. the
terminatiomcompletion, pp.only in respect
to time.
a) gem. and 0. gen. Luke 1:33 157;
flamkeiag ailroii ot'm Zara: réhog. 2 Cor.
3: l3 :1; r6 re'kog 1'05 xclrap-yovpévou, i.e.
unto the end of the transient shining of
Moses’ countenance, comp. v. 7. Heb.
7:3 ,ur'lrs Zwfic re'hog. 1 Cor. 10:11 rd.
re'hn rGw uidwwmand so 1 Pet. 4:7 m'w
rwv r6 70mg. So Sept. and YR. Is. 9: 7.
Dan. 11:13. (Soph. Trach. 166. r. 1'01":
fllou Dem. 1306. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6.)
C. gen. impl. John 13'. 1 tie réhoc [sc.
Zwfic] r'ryliurnuev K. r. A. Matt. 24.: 6 ollrrm
Earl 11‘. réAog, sc. 16w 1rc'lvrwv v. rm‘: a117
rog 'roz'lrov. v. 14.. Mark 13: 7. Luke
21: 9. inropeivac etc réhog sc. riig Zwfig
V. 113v 1ra0n'uérwv, Matt. 10: 22. 24:13.
Mark 13:13. 'z'wg réhouc sc. rfie (an-1;
1 Cor. 1:8. 2 Cor. 1: l3. péxpc re'ltmn,‘
id. Heb.Rev.3:6,2: 14'.
6: 11. 26. dfiip I.1 Tz'hove 1d. Heb.
Cor. 15:24 elm
n‘) réhog i. e. the end of the work of re
demption; others meton. ‘the last or rest
of the dead.'—Absol. réhog 'c'xew to have
an end, i. e. to be ended, trop. to be de
stroyed, Mark 3:26 or’: 56mm: c-raflfivat,
c'lMc‘t rz'hog 'e'xez.-—pp. Xen. An. 6. 5. 2.
Cyr.2.3.22.-—Adverbially, ace. n‘: réhog
finally, at last, 1 Pet. 3:8. (1E1.V.H. 10.
16. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 1.) eig r£'l\0c pp.
Teka'zmg
Sept. for Job 14:20. Ps. 79:5. 103:
xal En‘xarog as the writer himself explains
it, Rev. 22: 13. 21:6. 1:8 in text. rec.
-.los. c. Ap. 2. 22 Gerigmdpxr) Kai pica
Kai ra'hog 'miv'rwv.
b) trop. end, i. q. event, issue, result.
Matt. 26: 58 Exa'flnro-nideiv n‘. réAog.
James 5: 11 ‘rd re'hog Kupiov, i.e. which
the Lord gave—Test. XII Patr. p.689.
Plut. Romul. 28. Luc. Vitar. Auct. 27.
Dem. 292. 22 n‘: roi'rrou filmy; c'v Gel‘? fill,
of”: £11 i'uoL—Seq. gen. of pers. or thing,
i. q. final ht, ultimate fate. Rom. 6: 21
re'hoc s'xu'vwv, sc'waroc. v. 22 ‘rd 5:‘ re'hog,
l'wr‘lv chin/my. 2 Cor. 11: 15. Phil.3:19.
Heb. 6:8. 1 Pet. 1:9. 4: 17. Sept. for
‘15° Ecc. 7: 2.—Wisd. 3: 19. Jos. Ant.
6. 4. l. Philo de Charit. p. 717. IE].
V.H.3.43.—Of a declaration, prophecy,
i. q. accomplishment, fulfilment,- Luke 22:
precedmehcaefivau—lEschyl.Prormvinct.
13 ivrohr) Au‘); Exec 'rz'hoc. Diun.Hal. Ant.
1. 19 rékog Z'Xclv mplul ‘rd scmrporrmv
inréhagov. ib. 9. 12 Kai re'hoc cl a role
Tvfipim'oic 'rlr. pavreu'uura. Athen. III.
p. 34.1. C. So 'réhog hapgdvzw Jos. Ant.
2. 5. 3. ib. 4. 6. 5.
c) trop. end, i. q. final purpose, that
to which all the parts tend and in which
all terminate,the chief point,sum. lTim.
1:5 r6 5:‘ re'hoc rfic mxpa'y'yehlag Early
lt-yz'urrp. So Horn. 10: 4| rs'lloc 721p wipov
Xpmrog Eig 51111100611111! 1ravrl 11;: morn’;
ovn, where others meton. i.q. ‘ the ender,
abolisher.’ So Sept. and 511° Ecc. 12:13.
-—Arr.Epict.1.l2. 5 rékog Earl r6 'e'vrsafiat
9:029. Diog.Laert.2.87. Cic.adAtt.12.6.
d) trop. a tax, toll, custom, tribute, pp.
what is paid for public ends, for the
maintenance and expenses of the state.
Matt. 17: 25 réh] 1') Kfivaov. Rom. 13: 7
bis.——1 Macc. 10:31. Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 3.
Hdian. 3. 1. 11. Dem. 745. 15. Xen.
Vect. 4. 19. 20. In a like sense among
the Greeks public oflicers and magis
trates were called r81 re'M, Xen. An. 2.
6. 4. Ag. 1. 36. Comp. Sturz. Lex. Xen.
art. re'hog no. 5.
TeM'wng, 00, .s, (réxoc tax, u'wz'opal ,)
pp. a farmer of the taxes or customs, onc
 Tshéwol 778 Teaaugso'xmhtzarog
who pays to the government a certain rehdwiov' ordirog in; x1101’Zercu b rehdwng.
sum for the privilege of collecting the Poll. On. 9. 5. 28 rd reho'wm.
taxes and customs of a district, 6 n-prd Tégag, 0:70;, rd, plur. rd répara un
new”; rc'hoc Dem.745. 15; Lat. publieanus,
Cic. pro Plane. 9. The public revenues contracted, contrary to Attic usage, VVi
of the Greeks and Romans were usually ner §9. p.61. Buttm. § 54.n. l; a wonder,
thus farmed out; and among the latter
portent, prodiyy, strictly as foreboding
the purchasers were chiefly of the something future; in N. T. only plur.
equestrian order, or at least persons of and always joined with riz aqpz'ia.
wealth and rank, like Zacchaeus 6 tip at) pp. Acts 2: 19 ddwu répara z'v n;
airport; dvw, Kai impair: irri riic 'yr'lc xu'ru,
xlrcAo'n/nc Luke 19: 2; comp. Cic. l. c.
Sueton. Octav. 24. Dio Cass. p. 38 1'01); quoted from Joel 3: 2 [2: 30] where Sept.
for Elfin—Jos. Ant. 2. 12. l. Artemid.
Z1r1rc'ag-mrdzmt' re 'yirp rehwvim 5:’ ailré'rv
E-yévovro. Jos. Ant.12. 4. 1, 3,4 iwrrécmc 1.73. Xen. Mem. 1.4.15.
b) genr. dnpe'ia ml rz'para, Engl. signs
dc‘ rfig r'mz'pag 1.119‘ fir Epehhs rd rs'hn 1r:
1rpdaxm0a: rain’ 1ro'hewv,fiydpa{ov oi roTc
and wonders, spoken of mighty works,
miracles of various kinds, the two words
dfio'ipao'w Ev ra'ig 1rarp1'o’1. dwupe'povreg.
Comp. Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. being here nearly or quite synonymous.
So of the miracles of loses, Acts 7:36;
359, 360 sq. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 64. of Christ, John 4: 48. Acts 2: 22 of the
The farmers-general had also subcon
tractors, or employed agents, who col
apostles and teachers, Acts 2: 43. 4: 30.
lected the taxes and customs at the gates 5: 12. 6:8. 14:3. l5:12. Rom.l5:19.
2 Cor. 12: 12. Heb. 2:4; also of false
of cities, in sea-ports, on public ways,
brid es ,etc. These too were called “MEI/at,
prophets or teachers, Matt.24:24. Mark
or aTso ixhe'yovrsg Dem. 745. 15, Lat. 13: 22. 2 Thess. 2: 9. So Sept. any. m2
rs'pam for Heb. @1792” “5518, of Moses
portitores; and in countries subject to the
Roman yoke they were objects of hatred
Ex. 7:3. Deut. 6: 22. 7: 19. Jer.3~2:~20_
and detestation, so that none but persons —o’r],u. xal re'para, of impostors Jos. Ant,
of the lowest rank and worthless char 20.8.6. genr./El.V.H.l2.57.Pol.3.112.8,
acter were likely to be found in this em Tég'nog, av, 13, Tertius, pr. n. of
ployment. Comp. Xeno ap. Dichzearch. Paul's amanuensis, Rom. 16. 22.
mivreg rchfivm mivrsg eiai tipira'ycg. Dio Tégruklogou, 6, Tertullus, pr. 11. of
Chrysost. IV. p. 75. B, Kan-{Moog ml a Roman orator or advocate employed
rehdn'ag Kaliroprofioaxoz’lg. Luc. Necyom. by the Jews against Paul, Acts 24: 1, 2.
ll poixoi mi 1ropvo§oaxol Kai TEAIJJVGL Kai
réhuxeg x. r. A. Artemidor. l. 23. ib. 4. Teamga'xorra, oi, oi, m’, indec.
42, 57. See the numerous like passages forty, Matt. 4: 2. Mark 1: 13. Acts 1:3.
inWetsLN.T. I. p.314 sq. Comp. Jahn § al. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 4. Sept. for
242.—In N. T. in the later sense, a toll 53.3115 Gen.5:13. Ex.16:35.—Luc.Ver.
gatherer, a collector of customs, publican, Hist 2. 40. Xen. An. 2. 2. 7. 71:.
the object of bitter hatred and scorn to Two'agaxowae'rna tog, 017g, 5, ,7,
the Jews, and often coupled with the adj. (Eng) qfjbrty years, c. g. TEU’U'UPG
most depraved classes of society. Matt. mrrarn‘lg xpdvot; the time of forty years,
5:46 obxl Kai oi rshdwtu T0 aim) 1rotfic'at; forty years’ time, Acts 7: 23. 13: 18.—
v. 47. 10:3 Mai-611709 5 rsMn/ng, cull. 9: Comp. dcxas'rrlg xpdvog Max. Tyr. 6. 89.
9. Luke 3:12. 5:27, 29. 7: 29. 18:10, damn-1);‘ 'n'éhepog Thuc. 5. 26. ()n the
11,13. TtAGVGt Kai (iluaprwhol MatL9210, flexion and accent of such compounds,
ll. 11:19. Mark 2:15,16. Luke 5:30. see Auttm. §70.n.2. Lob.adPhr.p.406 sq.
7:34. 15: l. Eeyurdg Kai rchu'wng Matt. Téo'aozgeg, 01', at’ neut. {05, Gen. am,
18: 17. oi rzXEn/m mi (11 mlpva: Matt. Attic rs'rraptc,neut. -pa, card. adj. four,
21:31, 32. [See Rab. 935” Buxt. Lex. Matt. 24.: 31. Mark 2: 3. Acts 10:11.
Chald. p. 1065.] Rev.4:4. al. Comp.Buttm. @704. Sept.
TEAéJWOV, DU, rd, (rshdwng) a toll for ,3?!‘ Gen. 1 lzlti. "2??! Gen. 2: 10.—
house, custom-house , collector's Qflice, Matt. Hdian. 6. 6. ll. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 6. An.
9:9. Mark 2: 14:. Luke 5:27. — Suid. Tsa'o'agecxmdéxwror, n. or, or.
 Teragmio; 779 Te'rgaigm;
din. adj. fourteenth, Acts 27: 27, 33.— Targoipnvog, no, a, 1", (re'rpa q. v.
Sept. Gen. 14: 5. Ex. 12:6. Dion. Hal. ping) offour months, John 4: 35 in re
Ant. 7. 12. Hdian. 6. 2. 2. Plut. Cat. rpc'ipnvdc ion [xporog] xal 6 Sspwfidg Z'p
Min. 3. On the form, comp. Lob. ad Xfl'al, i. e. four months’ time. Text. rec.
Phr. p.409. Buttm. s71. 1. has neut. rd rerpa'pnvov in the same sense.
Teragralog, a, or, (rs'raproc,) an —Pol. 18. 22. 5. Thuc. 5. 63. Neut.
ad‘. marking succession of days, used Sept. Iudg. 19: 2. 20: 47. On the form
on y adverbially, on thefourth day. John comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 549.
11:39 rerapra'ioc 'ydp Eon, i. 8. he is
now the fourth day dead, four days dead.
Teflon-7.60;, 05;‘ 6:7, 5' 60:1, 05v‘
See Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Winer § 58. 2. (-rérpa q.v. drrluiog) fourfold, quadruple,
Comp. Aev'rzpa'iogx—Pol. 3. 52. 2 lidr] 5e‘
Luke 19:8. Comp. Buttm. s71. 3. § 60.
rerapraiog 63v. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 1. 5. 11.—Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3. Xen. An. 7. 6. 7.
Témgrog, i7, 09, ordin. adj. (re'aoa Terga'aroog, 050;, 5, ,',, adj. (rérpa
ps9’) the fourth, Matt. 14.: 25. Mark 6; q.v. #069,) four footed, quadruped, plur.
48. Acts 10:30. Rev. 4: 7. 6: 7 his, 8. absol. ra rerpoirroaa quadrupeds, Acts 10:
8:12. 16:8. 21:19. Sept. for ‘?‘_='_) Gen. 12. 11:6. Rom. 1:23. Sept. for "1:13?
1: 19.—Hdian. 4. 2. l4. Gen. 1:24. Ex. 9: 9, 10. "-‘J'J Num. 35:
Té‘ffa', contr. for re'ropa, rs'ooapa, 5.—Pol. 1.29. 7. re. r. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4.
four, found qnly in derivative and com. Palaeph. 34. l. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 25. On
pound words; comp. Buttm. § 70. n. 2. the forms 'rsrpdrrovg and rsrpdirodog, see
Lob. ad Phr. p. 546.
Tsrgoiywrog, 011, 6,13, adj. (re'rpa Ts'rgagxéal, 47, 1‘. 17m, (rsrpdpxvc)
q. v. 'yGn/og, 'yuvia,) four-cornered, four
square, Rev. 21: 16. Sept. for 2113 Ex. to be tetrareh, to rule as tetrareh, 0. gen.
27:1. Ez. 41:21.—Hdian. 8. 1. 3. Pol. Luke 3:1 ten—Jos. Vit. § 11. So rE'rpa
Eapxeioflai Hermog. 268. 22.
6. 27. 2. Xen. Lac. l2. 1.
Tsrgoiolav, 02), rd, (dim. of rerpa'g' a Tergégxng, 0!), 6, (rérpa q.v. lipxw)
tetrad, the number four,) a guaternion a tetrarch, pp. the ruler of the fourth part
of soldiers, at detachment of four men, of a district or province; Strabo 12. p.
the usual number of a Roman night 850. C, or p. 567 Cassaub. Zxao-ra 5::
watcb, relieved every three hours. Acts Xdv'reg [oi I‘aha'rai] sic 5' pepldag, rev-pap
12: 4.—Philo in Flacc. p. 981, or T.II. xiav Exa'orrlv e'xcihwav, rerpa'pxnv E'xov
p. 533. 22, orpa'ridrrnv 3e’ TLVO. 1131' iv r079 eav 751011. In later usage it became
rerpadioig pvhaxo'w m0’ 656v eilpdw. Com p. among the Romans a. common title for
Pol. 6. 33. 7 rd 5e‘ wha'xsib'v Eo'rw ix rer those who governed any part of a pro
roipaw z'ivdpdiv, u'w oi pal-v 1rpd 'rfig o'xnvfic, vince or kingdom, subject only to the
cl 3:‘ xard-lriv 1m (‘I rode i1r-rrovg1roim7yraz Roman emperor; Strabo l. c. 1ra')\ai pe‘w
rfiv ¢u)\am’1v. eget. “ de singulis cen 01')!’ roiar'Jrn ‘rig Eia'raEig, K119’ iflifig 5s‘ cl;
turiis quaterni equites et quaterni pedites 'y', :11" ale [3' ilyepdvag, elra Eva fixer 1‘)
excubitum noctibus faciant." See in ammza- Thus Herod the Great and
his brother Phas'ziel were at one time
(bi/ham’, d. In Acts l.c. Peter was there
fore guarded by four men at a time, two made tetrarchs of Judea by Antony, Jos.
within the prison and two before the Ant. 14. 13. 1. The former also at his
doors, coll. v. 6. death left half his kingdom to Archaelaus
with the title of ethnarch, and divided
Tergaxwx/Mox, a1, a, (rerpdmg the rest between two of his other sons,
adv. x000“) pp. ‘ four times one thou Herod Antipas and Philip, with the title
sand,’ i. e. four thousand, Matt. 15: 38. of tetrarchs, Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1. Comp.
16: 10. Mark 8: 9, 20. Acts 21: 38. in 'HpéEng no. 1 , 2. So Lysanias is said
Comp. Buttm. § 70.4.—Sept. 1 Chr. 12: to be tetrarch of Abilene, Luke 3: 1.
26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 6. Comp. Wetst. N.T. I. p. 409.—In N.T.
Tz'rgaxo'o'ml, on, a, fbur hundred, spoken only of Herod Antipas, Matt. 14:
Act55:36. 7:6. 13:20. Gal.3:17. Comp. 1. Luke 3: 19. 9:7. Acts 13: 1. Called
Buttm. §70. 14.—Sept. Gen. 23: 15, 16. also fiao'ihehg Matt. 14: 9. Mark 6: 14;
Hdian. 6. 4. 10. Xen. An. 7. l. 27. see in fiaoihu'rg I).
 Tebxw 780 Tngéw

Tsbxw, see the tenses of Tu'yxtirw. 'rnpc'bv dye-poll for "51,5 Ecc.11:4. ‘.3!
Prov. 23: 26.—117.1. V. H. 2- 17. 5 Fly
TE¢§6N, 67, f. o'iaut‘, (re'ppa ashes) to
elm-firs: mpo'w roiiro. Dem. 836. 5. row
reduce to ashes, i.q. to consume, to destroy,
fivepov Thuc. l. 65.—Hence trop. to 0b
e.g. cities, 0. ace. 2 Pet. 2: 6.--trop. An
seme, to keep, to fulfil, so. a duty, pre
thol. Gr. I. p. 167. Hesych. re¢ptboag' cept, law, custom, etc. q. d. to perform
MOEIiIUGC. watchfully, vigilantly, c. acc. rag c'vro
T5507, 77;, 1', (rim-w, rcxeiv,)art, i. e. Au’; Matt. 19:17. John 14:15, 21. 15:
a) pp. an art, trade, craft, Rev. 18: 22 10 bis. 1. John 2: 3, 4. 3: 22, 24- 5: 2,
"Xvi-rm; mien; rc'xwlg. Acts 18: 3 am) 3. Rev. 12:17. 14:12. (Ecclus. 29:1.)
roiroml rfiv rs'xvnv, for the acc. see rfiv iv'rohhw damkov 1 Tim. 6: 14. X6
Buttm. §131.6 sq.—Sept. 1 Chr. 28:21. you, Ao-youg, John 8: 51, 52, 55. 14:23,
Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2. 24. 15:20 bis. 17:6. 1 John 2:5. Rev.
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1. 3: 8, 10 Myov rfic inropovfic you, see in
b) genr. art, skill, Acts 17: 29 xapd 'Y-rropovh. (Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 11.) rd
ypan re'xvqg. Sept. for "133,13 1 K. 7: 14. pov Acts 15:5, 24. James 2:10. “trapd
Arr. Epict. 2. 14. 2, 5. Hdian. 3. 11. boaiv Mark 7: 9. r6 aa'ggarov John 9:
Xen. An. 7. 2.8. 16. Gem. 0. acc. expr. or impl. Rev. 2:
Taxi/mg, 0t), b,(r£'xv1],) an artizan, 26 b mpu'iv rlz E'pya you, i. e. the works
artificer, craflsman; Acts 19: 24 ‘Impel which I require. Matt. 23:3 bis. 28:
xcro rail; rcxvi-raig Ep'yaaiav. v. 38. Rev. 20. Acts 21:25. Rev. 3:3: Sept. genr.
18:22. Sept. for I531: Deut. 27: 15. Jer. for ‘1;; Prov. 3: 1, 21. "Eli Prov. 8: 34.
10: 9.-—Ecclus. 9: 22. Hdian. 3. 4. 20. —Philo Legat. ad Cai. p. 1033 rigv
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5.—Trop. of God as the spoon-clay. Arr. Epict. 2. 25. 15. P01.
builder, founder of the heavenly Jerusa 1. 83. 5 Elana. Hdian..6. 6. l.
lem, Heb. ll: 10 he [m'iMuc] rsxrlrrlgm b) to keep, to guard, e. g. a prisoner,
b 9¢¢ig.—-Wisd. 13: ]. person arrested, 0. acc. Matt. 27: 36,54
Tn'xw, f. £0), to melt, to make liquid, mpm'wrsg ‘row 'Inaoiw. Acts 12: 5, 6 pr’!
Sept. Nah. 1: 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 63. Hdot. haxeg irhpouv n‘1v tpI/Xaxflv, comp.
3.96. In N.T. Pass. n’pxopai,tobe melted, Buttm. § 131. 3. Acts 16: 23. 24: 23.
to melt, 2 Pet. 3: 12. Sept. for P?! Nipb. 25:4, 21 bis. 1 John 5:18 mp5 Eavro'w,
of P732 Is.34:4.—Di0d.Sic. 1.38 rnxopéw, i. e. is on his guard. Part. Matt. 28: 4
Xuiw. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 7. oi mpm'lvrec the keepers, guards. Of
Tnkowyfig, adv. (Tnhauyl'lc far-shin things, Ta. ipa'na Rev. 16:15. Sept. for
“21,5 Cant. 3:3. ‘113! of things Cant. 8:11,
ing, radiant, from rfika, all-yin) radiant
ly, brightly, i. e. clearly, distinctly, Mark
12.—pers.Test. XII Patnp. 636. Thuc.
8:25 e'végltsibe rnhav'yihc d'n'avrag. — 4. 30. thin s 1 Macc. 6:50. Aristoph.
Diod. Sic. 1. 50 apt‘); 1'6 Tnhav'ye'arrpov Pac. 201. 501. 3. 50. 7.—Trop. to hop
bpfiv. So rqAav-yv'lg Sept. Job 37: 21. in safety, to preserve, to maintain; c. acc.
Pind. 01. 6. 5. Luc. Hipp. 7. _ of thing simpl. Eph. 4:3 rnpziv 'rfiv irri
Tm'a r05 WYt'lII'MlTOL‘. 2 Tim. 4: 7 n‘yr
Tnkmob'rog, ab'm, 0:710, demonstr. m'a'rw rsrilpnxa. Jude 6 pi] rrppr'yaav-rzg
correl. pron. p . a strengthened form of x. r. 71. i. e. deserting. Sept. r. n‘1y éau
rqMA-ognhov, uttm. § 79. 5, 6; aogreat, ror': \bvxi’lv for "Ev-i Prov. 16: 17. -- Jos.
trmtus, 2 Cor. 1: 10 it; mhmm'lrou 9a wclrou. B. J. 6. 2. 4. rripovg 1‘) The ialac \bvxa';
Heb. 2: 3. James 3: 4. Rev. 16: 18.—2 Diod. Sic. 11.11. 1rr'anv Pol. 6.56. 13.
Macc. 12:3. Luc. D. Door. 26. 2. Xen. Hdian. 7. 9. 7.—S0 trop. acc. with ad
1.116111. 2. l. 5. juncts: c. dupl. acc. of pers. and predi
Tngéw, (I, 1'. firm, (mp6;- watching, cute, 2 Cor. 11:9 his, aénpr, bpiv E'prw
Esch. Suppl. 263,) to keep an eye upon, Tbv s'rfipna'a. Kai mpr'paw. 1 Tim. 5:22.
to watch, and hence to keep ,to guard, trans. James 1:27. (Wisd. 10:5. M. Antonin.
:1) pp. to watch, to observe attentively, 6. 23 or 30 n'lpnaov o'eau-rbv r'za'hoiv.) c.
to keep the eyes fixed upon, 0. acc. Rev. adv. 1 Thess. 5:23. 0. dat. of pers. Jude
1:3 Kai mpofiv'rec rd iv uin'fl [1rpo¢11'rclq] 1 ‘MP Xpwrq'i. Seq. iv 0. dat. of state,
ye-ypappéva, i. e. watching the fulfil. John 17:11, 12 e'yrh E'n'ppow aim-orig iv
ment of the prophecy. 22:7, 9. Sept. 6 11,": dwipurl aov. Jude 21. seq. Ex ru'og
 Tr'lgnm 781 ~T/01uu

John 17:15. Rev. 3:10. am‘) rwog James al. see Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 107. n. I,
1:27. Sept. 0. are rwog for "*2? Prov.7 :5. 6.— To set, to put,-to place, to lay, trans.
c. i. q. to keep back or in store, to re Sept. for =5“, ""35, also for 193.
serve, c. ace. 6. g. things, John 2:10 in‘! a) pp. to set, to put, where a person or
rcn'lprlxag row xahov oivov Zing 5pm. 12: thing is set erect, or is conceived of as
7. n’ run, e. g. (64:0; 2 Pet. 2:17. Jude erect, rather than as lying down. Act.
13. (Sept. Cant. 7:13.) n :19 rim 1 e.g. a light, M'Ixvov inro roll #6511», Matt.
Pet. 1:4. Of persons, 1 Cor.7:37. mpfiw 5:15. Mark 4:21. inroxé-ru xkivng Luke
rfiv éavrof: 1rapOc'vov i. e. to keep her at 8: 16. cig Kpmr-n'yv 11:33. So a title,
home, unmarried, opp. s’x-yapifcw in v. e’ni rm‘: m'avpoii John 19:9; one's toot,
38. 2 Pet. 2: 4 et Jude 6 elg xpiaw r1] Ewl r179 Saarinen: Rev. 10:2. Mid. to set
poopz'roug. 2 Pet. 2: 9 et 3: 7 sic 1‘Ipe'pav or put for onc's self, i. e. on one's own
replacing—Test. XII Patr. p. 529 rig x6 part or behalf, by one's own order, etc.
Xamv r017 aiiivog rcrr'lprrraz. 0. dat. Jos. Buttm. § 135.7, 8; e. g. to put persons
Ant. 1. 3. 7. in prison, tig oukan'yv Acts 12:4. :19 T1’)
pmnv 4:3; also Ev wharf) Matt. 14:3.
Pilgrim, we 1",, (mpg... q. v.) a Acts 5: 25, z'v rnpfiaa 5: 18; comp. ‘Ev
watching, keeping, i. e. no. 4. Of things, to set in the proper
a) trop. observance, performance, sc. of
precepts, Era-0X51! 1 Cor. 7:19.—Ecclus. place, to assign a place, 1 Cor. 12: 18 6
Geog were T51 [4270] ii! To? adapart Km).
35:23. wipwv Wisd. 1:18.
Sept. genr. for Div Gen. 30:42, 43. Ex.
b) i. q. guard, ward, 1 Macc. 5:18.
3 Macc. 5:44; in N. T. meton.;ilace of 26:35. 0. c'm' Num. 21: 8. Mid. c. c’rri
1 Sam. 6:11, 15. H"? c. Em’ Ps. 132:
ward, aprison, Acts 4: 3. 5: 18 Elievro
11. 1030.51! Gen. 1: 17. 9:13. Mid.
ailrmig c'v mpr'lo'u Eugenia—Thuc. 7. 86.
Tafiegmg, 0250;, 1'), Tiberias, a city t’l! 4w)“: " Gen. 40:3. 41:10. 42:30.—
}El. V. 14. 42. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 16.
of Galilee built by Herod Antipas and (E0. 19. 7, 9. Mid. P01. 25. 1. 2. c Em’
named in honour of the emperor Tibe Xen. An. 7. 3. 23.—Spoken of food or
rius; now Taban'a. Itis situated on the drink, to set on or out, c. acc. John 2:
S.W. shore of the Lake of Gennesareth, 10 751! xahov oil/ow rt'Onat.—- Bel and
about an hour's distance from the place Drag. ll rov oivov. Plut. Mor. II. p.
where the Jordan flows out, John 6:23; 13 Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 14.1. Lat.
and the lake itself is hence sometimes pocula ponere Virg. Bin. 1. 706.
called the Sea of Tiberius, John 6:1. 21: b) oftener of things, to put, to lay, to
1. Comp. in I‘ewnoapér. The city was lay down, where the thing is conceived
celebrated on account of the hot springs of as laid or lying down rather than as
in its vicinity; and after the destruction erect. (a) pp. e. g. Sqiéhov Luke 6:
of Jerusalem it became a famous seat of 48. 14:29. 1 Cor. 3: 10, 11. (Sept.
Jewish schools and learning. See Jos. Ezra 6: 3.) M00)’, 1rpéaxoppa, Rom. 9:
Am. 18. a. 3. de Vit. <> 9, 16 sq. Re. 33. 1 Pet. 2:6, quoted from Is. 28:16.
laudi Palaast. p. 1036 sq. Lightfoot where Sept. for "'91; 0. dat. incomm.
Opp. Posth. p. 71 sq. in Opp. T. II. Rom. 14:13. (Sept. Ps. 109:110.) Genr.
Miss. Herald 1824. p. 308. Rosenm. in the proverbial phrase, Luke 19: 21,
Bibi. Geogr. II. ii. p. 74 sq. Burck 22, a‘ipcig 3 01'”: E'Bnxag, taking up what
hardt's Travels in Syria etc. p. 320 sq. thou hast not laid down, i. e. taking up
Ticéglog, 00, b, Tiberius, pr. n. of what is not thine own.—Diog. Laert. 1.
the third Roman emperor, the son of 2. 9 ii pa) 20011, in) r’wc'kg' cl 5:‘ pr), Sri
Livia and step-son of Augustus, r. A.D. varog 1‘; Zruiia, i.e. a law of Solon. Xen.
14—37. John the Baptist commenced (Ec. 8. 2. -- Of dead bodies, to lay in a
preaching in the 14th ear of his reign; tomb or sepulchre, c. acc. Mark 15: 47.
and the crucifixion of esus took place 3 16:6 51rou i'drlxsv ain'dv. Luke 22:53,
or 4 years later. Luke 3: l. — Sueton. 55. John 11:34. 19242. 9012,13, 15.
Vit. Tiber. Tac. Ann. 1. 3 sq. Acts 9: 37. 0. cl; luwpluciov Acts 13:29.
Tllgflfhl, f. Br'ww, aor. 1 50mm, perf. Rev. 11:9. 0. iv arr/pa’? Matt. 27: 60.
réOsma, see Buttm. § 106, 107; for im Mark 6: 29. John 19:41. Acts 7: 16.
pert‘. Erieouv Matt. 5: l5. 2 COX‘. 3: 13. Sept. 0. Ev for 5*’ Gen. 50:26. 71W?! 1 K.
 Tilly/1.! 782 Tim's:

13:30, 31.—c.e’v Test. XII Patr. p.543. pc'poc, Seq. pert’: ru'og, Matt. 24: 51.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 25.—Seq. in’ 0. gen. as Luke 12:46. Of a decision, decree,
rot); l'wfisweig i1ri Khivtiv Acts 5: 15. law; Acts 27:12 01 uksioug ZOzv-ro Bov
(Hdian. 1. l7. 4.) in’ c. acc. as milwp )o’lv, i. e. made a decision, decided, de
1.1a s'ul rd 1rptiaonrov 2 Cor. 3:13. rile termined. Gal. 3: 19 in later edit. 6 v6
Xe? an if aim-é. Mark 10:16. Rev. 1:17 ,uoc :'ré611,the law was set, made.- text.
in ater edit. (Sept. Job 21:5. Ps. 139: rec. 1rpoa'e1-s'617.—So vopov riflévar Jas. c.
4.) So with in’ c. acc. impl. ra 76mm Ap. 2. 21. Dem. 732.17. Xen. Lac. 1.
neéval. sc. Eiri rfiv 7171/, to place the knees, 2. For the difi'erence between riflr’rm
i. q. to kneel, Mark 15:19. Luke 22: ro'pov and rtflwtlcu vo'pov, see Passow
41. Acts 7:60. 9: 40. 20: 36. 21: 5; new A. 3. c. Buttm. § 135. n. 3.
see in I‘évo. Seq. imlnrrov rivog Luke Seq. dupl. ace. of pers. or thing and pre
5:18. impl. Mark 6:56. (Sept. 1 Sam. dicate, Winer {; 32. 4. b; so 1 Cor. 9:
10:25. comp. Ez. 16:18.) Seq. 1rap' 18 dddiravov Show 1.) eila'y'ye'ltrov, [may
e'au‘rqa~ 1 Cor. 16:2. 1rapi1 rotig mihag 'rrwig make the gospel without charge, tree of ex
Acts 4:35, 37. 5:2. 1'91‘): 17):’ Silpav pense; comp. for the sense 2 Cor. 11:
Acts 3: 2. inn‘) Toilg midac nude 1 COT. 7, 8. (Luc. Gymnas. v. Anachar. 16
15: 25, quoted from Ps. 110:1 where ‘mi; darr'pog riw ('zépa Er/pdv K01 Emmi]
Sept. for ""5; comp. in 1101'”; 13.—In the nfiévrog.) Of persons, E'wg (‘w 915 rm};
sense to lay qfl'or aside, e. g. garments, c' Opoilg o'ou inromihiov 'ro'w iroho‘rv 001/,
ipa'rta John 13:4. So Arr. Epict. l. Matt. 22; 4.4.. Mark 12:36. Luke 20:
24. 12 Sec 'rfiv wharimqpov. Diod. Sic. 43. Acts 2:35. Heb. 1: 13. 10: 13,2111
20. 31, 45 n‘. b’irha. Cpmp. Lat.ponere quoted from Ps. 110: 1 where Sept. for
vestem 0v. Met. 3. 1.—-(/3) Trop. e. g. "15; comp. in Hot’); Acts 20:28 bpfig
nBévar rip! \lmxilu to lay down one's life -- 565m e’rrmmiiroug. Rom. 4:17 warépa
John 10:11,15, 17,18 bis. 13: 37,38. 1rohlui'w E6117», riders-c’: as, from Gen. 17;
15: 13. 1 John 3: 16 bis. Comp. Lat. 5 where Sept. for 11",’. 1 Cor. 12:28.
ponere vitam Cic. ad Div. 9. 24 fin.— Heb. 1:2. 2 Pet. 2:6. In the Pass. con
Seq. in’ c. ace. Matt. 12:18 Show n‘. struction, c. cl; 5 final, 1 Tim. 2:7. 2
avail/ad poo in" ain-ov, i. e. will give or Tim. 1: 11. Buttm. § 134. 2. Sept. for
impart unto him, quoted from Is. 42: 1 11‘! Jer. 1:5. Lev. 26:31. 1‘?! Job 11:
where Heb. 5! 111 Sept. 28mm. Mid. 0. 13.—117.1. V. H. 13.6 6 01m; 'riOqtn rat;
iv, 2 Cor. 5: l9 Ss'psvoc [o 9504'] iv 'yvvaixag ren'mrowilg. Xen. C yr. 4. 6. 3.
ilpl'v 1.‘... )ui'yov rfic xaruhlta'yfic, i. e. —Once by Hebr. c. ac-c. et e‘ig n as pre
placing in us, laying upon us, commit dicate, Acts 13:47 rr'tlemd a: sic p6;
ting unto us; comp. Sept. for 3,1 111'?’ Is. e’tivdw, see in El; no. 3. a. Winer § 32.
63: 11.—Mid. seq. :1; To. 11:11 ‘ll/113V’ to 4. b. So Sept. for 1!‘! Gen. 17:16.
lay up in your ears, i. q. to let sink in Jer. 9:11. a‘!!! Is. 42:15. Nah. 3:6.—
your ears, minds, Luke 9:44. Seq. rig Seq. acc. et eig final, Mid. 1 Thess. 5:
rr‘lv Kapdiav, to lay to heart, 1. q. to re 9 oil: were ilpfic 1') Quit; sic tip-yin’, i. e.
solve, Luke 21: 14, comp. Sept. Ecc. hath not appointed us to wrath. 1 Tim.
7:22. 1 Sam. 9: 20. Seq. Er Ti mphlq, 1: 12. Pass. 1 Pet. 2:8. Seq. acc. et
to lay up in ‘heart, to lay to heart, 1. q. to ivn, John 15: 16 [tins-a ilpfic, 711a ilprit;
revolve in mind, to ponder, Luke 1:66; ima-yore x. r. X.
(so Sept. and m‘! 1 Sam. 21: 13;) TI’Z'I'W, t‘. n'Eopai, aor. 2 Zrexor,
also i. q. to resolve, to purpose, Acts 5: Buttm. § 114; to bringforth, to bear, sc.
4; Eu rq'r-rrvu'lparr id. 19:21. Comp. ofi‘spring, trans.
Sept. Dan. 1:8. a) of females, Matt. 1: 21, 23 riEmu
c) trop. to set, to appoint, to constitute, 5:‘ view. v. 25. 2: 2 5 rexflzig' Baaihrug.
often i. q. Eng]. to mahe; e. g. of time, Luke 1:31, 57. 2:6,7,11. John 16:21.
Mid. Acts 1: 7 Xpovoog 1‘, mrpoitg or‘); o Gal. 4:27. Hcb.11:11 in text._rec. Rev.
1ran‘yp were Eu 1'?) £51,. EEouo'ia,i.e. which 12:2,4 bis, 5, 13. Sept. for ‘'2: Gen. 3:
the Father hath set by virtue of his own 16. 4:1.—1El. V. H. l. 29. Luc. D.
authority; comp. in ‘Ev no. 3. c. [3, tin. Deor. 10. 1. Xen. Conv. 5. 7.-Mctaph.
(hpipav Dion. Hal. Ant. 5.57 pen. Dem. of irregular desire as exciting to sin;
1042. pen.) So the lot of any one, 16 James 1:15 imllupia avMuQi/au firm
 Tt'hka: 783
ripaprlav, i. e. produces, causes sin.—
Ecclus. 8:18. Zenob. Cent. 3. § 28 Elm;
Blnlv Zrucre Kai fihc'tgnv [3X69]. Anthol.
Gr. II. p. 44 dtppoabya rim-ct 1roMtiA't
51: law.
b) ofthe earth, Heb.6:7 1‘) 'yfi ri'krouo'a
Borc'wnm—Philo de Opif. p. 30. Eurip.
Cyclop. 332 r'l'yfi rlxrouoa 1rolau. Of
trees, Philo ib. p. 862.
TAMI, £1113, to pull, to pluck, to
pull out or om e. g. ears of grain, c. acc.
Matt. 12: 1. Mark 2:23. Luke 6: 1.
Sept. rah. rpt'xag for “FE Ezra 9: 3. ——
Psalt. Sal. 13:3. Arr. Epict. 3. 1.29.
Diod. Sic. 5. 21 ardxvg.
Tllbalog, 011, b, Timwus, pr. n. of
a man, Mark 10: 46.
Tlflléw, W, f. r'low, (rt'n'h) to hold
worth, to estimate, trans.
a) i.q. to esteem, to honour, to reverence,
c. acc. (a) gem. 1 Tim. 5:3 xi'lpac rt'pa.
1 Pet. 2: 17 m'wrag. Spec.parents Matt.
15:4, 5. 19:19. Mark 7:10. 10:19.
Luke 18: 20. Eph. 6:2; (So Sept. and
‘:5? Ex. 20:12. Deut. 5: 16.) Kings 1
Pet. 2:17; God and Christ, John 5: 23
quater. 8: 49; also of feigned piety to
wards God, Matt. 15:8 et Mark 7: 6
mi; Xst'hetn' [.15 mpg}, quoted from Is. 29:
13 where Sept. for ‘123; as also genr.
Prov. 3: 9. 14: 33.—Ecclus. 3: 3, 4, 6.
Hdian. 4- 8. 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12.
robe 35069 )El. V. H. 2. 31. Xen. Mem.
4. 3. 13. —- (,3) i. q. to treat with honour,
to bestow special marks of honour and
favour upon any one, c. acc. John 12:26.
Acts 28: 10 1roMaIg rtpuig Eri/mo'av ilpc'ig.
-—-Wisd. 14:15. 2 Mace. 3:2. Jos. Ant.
4. 6. 8 bpdg ripe-w Eevioig. Xen. An. 1.
9. l4 do'rpou; e'rlpa.
b) i. q. to prize, to fix a value or price
upon any thing; Pass. and Mid. c. acc.
Mat-t. 27:9 bis, rfiv 711,11)!’ rob rertpnpé
you, by e'ripr'la'arro t'nrb vio'n/ 'Io'pm’lh.
Comp. Zech. 11:12, 13; see in 'Iepeplag.
Sept. for T115 Lev. 27:8, 12, 14.—Jos.
Ant. 5. 1. 21. Dem. 183. 19. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 10.
TIIWl, 77G, 1'], (ri'w,) a holding worth,
estimation, viz.
a) i. q. esteem, honour, respect, rever
mac. (a) gem. e. g. as rendered or ex
hibited towards any person or thing.
John 4: 44 1rpotpr'rrng rtpi‘lv m'm E'xci.
Rom. 12:10. 1 Cor. 12:23. 24. Col. 2:
Tlpuo;
23 obi: s'v ri‘uz] rim sc. rob otb/mrog. 1
Thess. 4:4 iv 711151.13. reputably. Heb.
3: 3. 1 Pet. 3: 7. axzioc £11; rtin'lv Rom.
9:21. 1 Tim. 2: 20, 21. So as render
ed to masters, 1 Tim. 6:1; to magi.
strates, Rom. 13:7 bis; to elders, 1
Tim. 5:17; to Christ, c. 66541, 2 Pet. 1:
17. Rev. 5: l2; 13; to God, 0. 565a, 1
Tim. ]:l7. 6: 16. Rev. 4:9, ll. 7:12.
19:1 in text. rec. Sept. for ‘15;? Is. 14:
18. “PI; Dan. 4:27. r. rq'i Kupt'tp for "9 Ps.
29:1. 96:7.-—-Ecclus. 10:28. Jose. Ap.
2.27 yore’ow ripr’l. Luc. Haley. 2. Hdian.
2. 15.4. Xen. An. 6. 1. 20. r' 9UP Jos.
Ant. 1. 3. 1. El. V. H. 3. 1. en. Mem.
1. 3. 3. — ([3) Of a state or condition of
honour, rank, dignity, joined with bola,
Heb. 2: 7 6659 ml 11,15 Eo'rztpdvwrrag ail
rdv, quoted from Ps. 8:6 where Sept.
for “1?. So as conferred in reward, v.
9. Rom. 2:7,10. 1 Pet. 1:7. 2= 7.
Once, an ofiice of honour, Heb. 5: 4.—
105. Ant. 10. 8. 6. Hdian. 3. 10.9. Xen.
Mem. 3. 1. 1.—('y) Meton. honour, i.q.
mark or token of honour, favour, reward,
etc. Acts 28:10 1rohka7¢ ripalc t'rt'pntrav
ihufig. Sept. for ‘P3, Dan. 2:6.—Ecclus.
38:1. Jos.Ant.3.2.5. Xen. Cyr. 2218,20.
b) i. q. value, price. Matt. 27:6 rapt)
a't'parog price of blood. v. 9 see in Tiiu'uo
a. Acts 4: 34. 5: 2, 3. 7: 16 run‘, dp'yv
plov. 19: 19. 1 Cor. 6:20. 7:23. Sept.
for a?! Lev. 5:15, 18. 2712 sq. as; Job
31: 39. ‘1"17?Is. 55:1.—Jos. Vit (>31.
El. V. H. 2. 7. Xen. An. 7. 5. 2. —
Meton. a thing of price, and hence co‘.
lect. precious things, Rev. 2l:24,26. So
Sept. for ‘17,: E2. 22: 25.
Tliuog, at, 0V, (rqn'h) held worth,
estimated, viz.
a) i. q. esteemed, honoured; estimable,
honourable;
rt'ptog Acts
mv'rl r93 harp“.5: Heb.
34 rupahu‘lh
13:4. Sept.
for ‘*‘P'.’ Ezra 4: 10. "El Ps. 116: 15.—
Jos. B. I. 5.13. 1 r9? diliup rl'utoc. Hdian.
6. 9. 14.. Xen. (Be. 9. 13.
b) i. q. valued, prized, precious. (11)
pp. of high price, costly, as M609 rlpwg
a precious stone, genr. Rev. 17:4. 18:
12,16. 21: 11,19; plur. 1 Cor. 3:12.
Ebhow rlpwv costly wood Rev. 18:12.
Sept. for “P2, 1 K. 10:2. 2 Chr. 9: 1,
10.—Hdian. 5. 2. 10 M604 T. lEl. V. H.
7. 8. Xen. An. 1. 2. 27.—(fl) trop.pre
cious, dear, desirable. Acts 20:24 obEe'
Ext-1 rfiv dwxr'yv you rtpluv Epavrq't. James
 Tlpouirng 784 T1‘;

5:7. 1 Pet. 1. 7, 19. 2 Pet. 114.. Sept. thing whom one cannot or does not wish
for Prov. 3:15. 8:11.-Wisd. 12:7. to name or specify more nearly; so in
Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 4 ¢lltuw re 'Hpdidp n'mii various constructions: (:1) Simply Matt.
ra'roc. Hdian. 1. 16. 9. 12: 47 eirre 5:’ nc abri- 20: 20 airz'iv 11.
Tiluo'rng, 1110;, .‘I, (ripwg) preci. Luke 8: 4.9. 9. 57. 13:6. Acts 5:25. al.
oneness, costliness; meton. i. q. precious
Plur. rive’; Mark 14:4. Luke 13:1. 24:
things, magnificence, prob. costly mer 1. John 13:29. Rom. 3: 3. 1 Cor. 4;
chandize, Rev. 18:193— Liban. Ep. 18. 1 Tim. 6: 10,21. Heb. 4: 6. 1 Cor.
15: 12 Til/£921‘ iipiv. al.-Hdian. 6.1.15.
1557 1rpoaa'yopei'lw rfiv rilundrnrc'l aou.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 6. rwéc Hdian. 1. 3. 13.
Tirunifleog, 01), b, Timotheus, Timo -—([3) Joined with a Subst. or Adjective
thy, pr. 11. of a oung Christian of Derbe, taken substantively, i.q. a certain person
the son of a Jewish mother and Greek 01' thing,somc, Buttm. § 124. 2. Matth.
father, selected by Paul as the chosen § 487 init. So after a subst. Mark 5: 25
companion of his journies and labours 7W1’) ric. Luke 8:27. 9:19. 10:31, 38.
in preaching the gospel, Acts 16: 1, 3. John 6:7 Bpaxi'i r1 Migp. Acts 5: l. 27:
He appears to have been with Paul at 39. al. Plur. Luke 8: 2 'yvva'ixc'c nvrc.
Rome, Heb. 13: 23; but his later his 24:22. Acts 9: 19 fi‘ue'pac ru'dc. 17:20.
tory is unknown. Acts 16:1. 17: 14, 2 Pet. 3: 16 Bvaviirrré rum. (Ceb. Tab.
15. 18:5. 19:22. 2014. l 001‘. 16:10. 1 m'vaE r19. Xen. (Be. 8. 3.) Also before
2 Cor. 1:19. Phil. 1: 1. 2:19. lThess. the Subst. or Adj. Matth. L e. no. 4, 6.
1:1. 3:6. 2 Thess. 1:1. 1 Tim. 6:20. Matt. 18: 12 till! 'ye'wrral Ttl'l. z'ivopo'nrf.
2 Tim. 1:2. T416620: b auvep-yéc pow Luke 17:12. John 4: 46. Acts 3:2. 9:
Rom. 16:21. T. 611501566: 2 Cor. 1: 1. 36. Gal.6:1. al. Plur. Luke 13:31 nrig
Col. 1: l. l Thess. 3:2. Philem. l. (Dapwaioi. Acts 13:1. 15:2 riyizg fiMovg.
Heb. 13:23. Tip. r6 re'xvov you etc. 1 27: l. Jude 4. So sic r11‘, Mark 14:51
Cor. 4:17. 1 Tim. 1:2, 18. :19 1'19 i'cavi'axog, comp. in E14‘ (1. Matth.
Tl’pwv, (070;, 6, Timon, pr. n. of l. c. init. (Hdian. 3. 11. 2.) Joined with
one of the seven primitive deacons at names, either proper or gentile; e. g.
Jerusalem, Acts 6: 5. before, Mark 15:21 wapii-yovré ru-u Ei
Tl‘lbwfétd, 5, f, firm, (ripwpdg i. q. pwva. Acts 9:43; by apposit. John 11:
TILLéOPOQ, watching one's honour, i. e. 1. Afier, Luke 10: 33 Eapapeirng 3:’ m‘.
‘ elping, vindicating,’ also ‘ avenging, -— Hdian. 4.8. 10. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 3
punishing;’ from run", bpc'iw, 0174209,) pp. napa Xépwvl TLYL—(Y) Seq. genit. of
to watch orprotect the honour of any one, class or of partition, i. e. of which rig.
i.e. to help, to succour, to vindicate, 0. dat. r:ve'g,expressesa part. Luke 14:15 c'utoli
Hdot. 1.141. Dem. 1388. 16. Xen. Cyr. oag 55 rig r1311 mwavaxupe'vwv. 2 Cor.
5. 2. 8. Also to avenge, toplmish in be 12: 17. :19 1'19 Mark 14:47. comp. in 13.
hayqfany one, 0. dat. Hdian. 4. 13. 6, Plur. Matt. 9: 3. 27: 47. Mark 2:6.
coll. 3. In N.T. gent. to punish, c. acc. Luke 19; 39. Acts 6: 9. Rom. 11:11.
Acts 26:11 rqrwpu’w air-r0139. Pass. Acts 2 Cor. 10: 12. al.—Hdian. l. 4. 20. rig
22:5. —WiS(‘l. 12120. J08. Ant. 1. 11. rig Plato Ion, p. 531. D. Plur. Hdian.
1. P012. 56.11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.6,i.q. 1.6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.19.—In a like
Kohdl'ew in 6 7. sense, seq. a’: c. genit. Luke 12: 13 Jr:
3c’ 11: 21: mi‘! iixhou. John 11:49. Plur.
Tqwwg/u, 0:5, 1'], (i-ipwpéw q.v.) vin c. in, Luke 11. 15 rule‘; 3:‘ i5 ain't-"r.
dication, avengement, os. Ant. 17.9. 1. John 7:25. 9:16. Rom. 11:14.-—Hdian.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 7. In N. T. punishment, 5. 3. 18.—(B) With numerals, where it
Heb. 10:29.—2 Mace. 6:26. Jos. B. J. renders the number indefinite, about,
7. 2. l. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 24. some. Luke 7: 19 1rpodxultsd'tipcvog (ii-n
T1701, see in Tim. rwizg 'rEiv imam-Gav 0191-017, 1. e. some two,
Tit‘, neut. Tl, Gendflnig, indef. pron. two or three. Acts 23:23. Comp.Winer
enclitic, Buttm. § 14. 2. § 77. 1; distin $15.2. Matth. §487. 4.—Thuc. 3. 111
guished by its accent from Tic interrog. z'g Biaxoalovc ru'iig m'n'u'w. 7. 87.-(tl
q- v.—One, some one, a certain one. Distributively, rlgu-E'rtpoc Es’, one-“an.
11) pp. and genr. of some person or other, 1 Cor. 3: 4. (Xen. Conv. 2. G.)
 T1‘: 785 T1‘;
Plur. Twig-"rive; 3:’ Luke 9: 7, 8. Phil. simple rig is sometimes said to be i. q.
lz15.—(Z) Sometimes 11g or nvég is 41' ng, but not accurately. I Cor. 7: 18
omitted where the sense requires it to be bis, 1reptrerprmc'vog no 506101], pr) Em
supplied; Luke 8:20 ual d'rrn'y'yc'Aq (xi/755, a-lro'wflw x. r. A. is one called being circum
Ac-yoyrwv sc. ru'u'w. Mark S: l 54' r'lpepu‘iv cised, i.e. be it so that one is thus called.
sc. nmiv. So before a genit. partit. Acts James 5: 13, 14. Comp. \Viner § 25. p.
21: 16 ; before in c. gen. Matt. 13: 47. 144 sq.—Athen.VI. p.223 tigbeahluui rig.
Luke 21:16. John 16:17. Rev. 3: 9. Plut. de Puer. educ. 41 6M’ Eon’ n9 (11rd
Comp. Winer §30. 5. p. 164. §66. 3. xporoc x.r.A.——(9) Sometimes rig , any one,
b) genr. any one, any body, some one is omitted where the sense requires it to
or other, in various constructions and be supplied; comp. above in a. Z. Matt.
uses; comp. above in a. (a) Simply, 23: 9 ml 1rarz'pa n[nv&] xaM'an-rs z'qufw
Matt. 8: 28. Mark 12: 19 e'c'w nvog dosh c'1rl rfig 'yiic. 1 et. 4: 12.
¢b¢ c'uroec'wp. Luke 14': 8. John 10: 98. c) emphat. somebody, something, i. e.
Acts 19 :38. Rom.5:7 his, Fam yiip inre‘p some person or thing of weight and im
Bucaiov 11¢ ('lwofiaveirat r. r. )1. James 2: portance, some great one; Matth. § 487.5.
18. al. Neut. rl, Matt. 5: 23 Ex“ rl xan‘z Winer§ 25. Q. Passow no. 3.—(a) Sim
0017. Mark 11: 13. Luke 22: 35. Acts ply, Acts 5:36 (in/fan; Guiding, Az'ywv
3: 5. James 1: 7. 0.]. Adv. see below in elwu' ru'a Eavrév (Theocr. ll. 79. ‘Dem.
e.-—-Xen. Cyr. 9. 3. 4. ri Hdian. 6. 1. 4'. 150. 19 0:‘ pin! Ev ' 16M: 5:71am‘: oi
Joined with a Subst. or Adj. Rom. veoOat. Epict. Enc . 13.) Neut.1 or.
8:39 051': ng xrlmg Ere'pa. Neut. 1'2, Luke 3: 7 oiire 6 zpvrn'mv ('an' ‘H- 10: 10. Gal.
11:36 [11) Exam n pc'pog mcoruvov. Acts . 2: 6. 6: 3 ti 'yilp 50x57 ‘m; that r1. v. 15.
8:34. So espec. neut. ri before adjectives 1 Cor. 8: 2 st 5:’ ng ooue'i eiSc'rat 11.-—
of quality, character, etc. Matth. § 487. Plato Gorg. 83. p. 527. D, 13¢ 11 b'vrac.
4; e. g.bet'ore the adj. Luke 24:41 E'xere' id. Apol. Socr. 6. p. 21. D,oi7roc pe‘v 0'1:
TL flpémpov. John 1:47. Acts 17: 91. rat n cihévat, oi”: elEahg—(fi) With an
19: 39; after the adj. Mark 16:18 xiv adjective, Acts 8: 9 Eipuv-"Aé-ywv elm!
suvrimluév n 'n'lwa'u'. John 5: 14. Acts rwa Earn-6v piyav. Heb. 10: 27 ¢o€epéz
19: 39.—Plato Symp. p. 910. E, rl Sau 3:’ n; Exaoxfi rpiawc, i. e. a very fearful
pam-om—(y) Seq. genit. of class or of lookin for of judgment—Eurip. ap.
partition, comp. in a. y. 1 Cor. 6: 1 Tok Stob. 173. 11 Early Ttg‘ (Sp-yr’). IEschin.
pfi rt;- t'lpu'av. Acts 5: l5. 9 Thess. 3: 8. Dial. Socr. 3. l7 yahnyo'c nc ,Biog.
Neut. n’, Acts 4: 332 :ai 0135:‘ zl'g 11 10v d) rig with a Subst. or Adj. some.
imapxévrwv aim‘? :. r. )1. Rom. 15: 18. times serves to limit or modify the full
Eph. 5: 27. Also seq. éuro'c. gen. Luke signification, like Engl. somewhat, i. q.
16:30; 5's 0. gen. Heb. 3: 13 rig‘ e'E ilpu'n'. in some measure, a kind of, etc. Passow
James 9: 16.—(5) Ti; stands also for no. 4. Winer § 25. 2. Buttm. § 150. p.
Engl. indef. one, some one, Fr. on, Germ. 434'. Rom. 1: 11 in: n peruse‘) xz'lpwpa
man, Buttm. §127.4. §129. 11. Matt. n'qfiv. v. 13. 1 Cor.6:11. James 1:18 dc
12: 29 mic oi'lvarai rig zloekfieiv x. 'r. A. n‘) elvm r'lpfig (umpxl'w rwa tank—Luc.
Mark 8: 4. John 2: 25. 1 Tim. 1:8.— D. Deor. 6. l awn/4'1"“ 761p, inroiév n r6
Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 3 13m" Erreeoyu (‘iv 'rtc K. aio'xpliv x. 1'. L Hdot. 5. 48 oil 'ydp nvu.
r. k—(e) In a similar sense, like Engl. “may xpévov. Stob. 366. 42.
one, any one, for every one, Euaarog, Pas e) Neut. rl adverbially or as acc. of
sow Tic no. 2. b. John 6: 50 ohro'g Earn’ manner. (a) Simply, in, or as to some.
1') Iiprog---i'va rig z’E ahroi rpci'y x. 1'. h. thing, in any way, Phil. 3: 15 ml :2’ TI. Ere’.
Acts 2:45. 11:29. 1 Cor.4.:2. eb.10: pm: rppovc'ire. Philem. 18. Hence i.q.per
28.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.—(() c'év rig, {f hope, in the formula cl pr’; n,un1ess, per
any one, Matt. 21: 3. Mark 11: 3. Col. haps, Luke 9: 13. John 5: 19. al. see in
3: 13. James 2: 14. Rev. 23:18.5fivph Mint. Comp.Buttm.§150.p.434.—Luc.
rug, unless one, John 3:3, 5. Acts 8: 31. D. Deor. 2. 1 :3 mi n fipa row. ib. 7. ].
Plur. fir rive;- g'fany, i. q. whomever, John Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9. :1 pr’; n en. H. G. 7.
20: 23 bis—Luc. D. Deor. 23: 1 111/ no 4|. 35.—(15') With another acc. neut. as
-——(n) :2’ no, if any one, see in El I. Adverb, thus serving to modify it, comp.
g. y.-- In a hypothetical clause, the in d; some,somewhat. a little, comp. Matth.
3 o
 Yr}.
tilb‘lfllflh.“ Passow no.14fb. E.‘ g. [3pm
x1’: n,_some little, a little, spoken of time
Acts 5: 34; of place or rank Heb. 2: 7.
Acts 23: 20 rl c'lxptééa'rspov. 2 Cor. 10:
8. 1 1 :16. So pépo; ‘ft, in somepart,part.
Iy, 1 Cor. 11: 18.—Plato Gorg. p. 499.
B, mihat rt. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12 axebév
r1. Hi. 1. 21 11 fib‘lov. AL.
TIIQ; neut. ‘TI’; Genfl/WH interrog.
pron. who? which? what? Lat. quis, qua,
quid? Sept. rig for "2, r1’ for "*3. Always
written with the acute accent on I, and
thus distinguished from rlg, rl, indef. see
in Tic, and comp. Buttm. § 13. n. 2. §77.
1. II'he place of n’;- is usually at the be
ginning of the interrogative clause, or at
most after a particle or the like; but see
below in A. a.
A)_ Direct, usually with the Indica.
tive; sometimes with the Subjunct. and
Optative, which then serve to modify 4: 9. al. Comp. Matth. § 488. 2—(17)
With other particles: sol rig, and who?
its power; comp. below in f, g. _who then? Mark 10:26. 2 Cor. 2: 2; see
a) c. Indic. gem. and in various con
in Kat’ no. 1. e. ‘y. 'rlc e’ipu, who then? see
structions: (a) Simply, Matt.3:7 rig inré
seliev i441)’ tpv'yeiv 1:. r. h. 21: 23 ml rt’;
(704. Zhuxev rr‘lv EEowiav TGIIITflV; Mark 2:
7. Luke 10:29. John 1192,39 Tl Zrrrel'rs;
13:25. Acts 7: 27. 10:3 rig r.‘ 0% tea.
rrloflqre, i.e. into what etc. Heb. 3: 17,18.
Rev. 6:117. al. seep. rl Ear: rm'lro ,- what
is,this ? what means this? Mark 1:27.
9:19. Eph. 4: 9. So with a pron. de.
monstr. in a contracted clause, Matth. §
472. 4. Luke 16: 2 r1’ ruiro ('wm'no nepl
col-l, for rfq'an roiro 3 r. r. A. comp. John
W} 18. Acts-11:17. For the phrases:
n‘ rpog {1,169, rl rrptig as’, see in Ilpoc III.
3. ‘a. rl ipol' xal- out’, see in 'Eytb c.
Comp. below in 5. —-Hdian. 2. l. 17.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 62. n’ rm'rro Luc. D. fora? why? for what cause ? i. q. to. ri.
Deor. 5. 7. c. demonstr. Xen. Mem. 4.
4. 13.—(13) With a Subst. or Adj. taken
substantively. Matt. 5'. 46 rlva pwtlov
Ext-re; Mark 5: 9. Luke 14:31. John 2:
18in’ tmpelay bemm'luq; Rom. 6: 21. Heb.
7: ll. Matt. 5:47 'rl arspwadv Jrotelrs;
Mark 15: 14 rt’ ‘yup sat-ow e'1roinoewal.
-—comp. Xen. An. 7. 6. 4. — (7) Seq.
genit. of class or of partition, i. e. of
which ric, Til/cg, expresses a part. Matt.
2,22L281-rivog rabv Errra. E’a'rat; Luke 10:
36. Acts 7: 52 rt'va rfiv wpoom-G'w; Heb.
1.: 5,131. Also seq. is c. genit. partit.
MatLG: 27 rlc 3:‘ 5'2 lquiv :. r. A. John
85.46.10. subst. Matt. 7: 9 Tie Earn’ 25
hpu'n' t'ivflpwrrog s. r. A. Luke [1:11.—(5)
786 Tl;
After rig the verb elvat is often omitted,
e. g. rt’ 1rp6c {mic Matt. 27: 4. rl épolnzl
aoi John 2: 4. Mark 5: 9 rt’ opt aropa;
Luke 4: 36. Acts 7: 49 1‘) rig r610; r119
xaramzf/aubg you; 10: 21. Rom. 3:1. 8:
31,84. James 3: 13. al. So yirwdm
Matt. 26: 8. John 21:21. Comp.Winer
§66. 2.-—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 62.—(e) Sing.
rl as predicate sometimes refers to a
plural neut. as subject; John 6: 9 ra't'n'n
rt’ Earw sic room'rraug ,- comp. in Z Acts
17: 20, comp. below in g. Comp. Matth.
§488. 7. Winer §25. 1. p. l45.--Luc.
D. Deor. 11.1. Plat. Theaet. p. 155. C,
9aupt'1l'w, ri 1ro-r' 'urrl worm—(Z) By in
version, n’; is sometimes put after several
words in a clause; comp. above init.
Matt.6:28. John 6:9 o'lhha raf/ra rt’ Early
K. r. )1. 16:18. Acts 11: 17. 19:15
b'ue'ic be‘ rlvec Ears’,- Rom. 14: 10. Eph.
in "A a I. b. 11' ‘yap, what then? Rom. 3:
3. P il. 1: 18; see I‘ép I. c. ri oh, what
therefore? what then? see in 05v no. 2.
d. n‘ (in, why? see in ‘Or: no. 1. b. in‘:
rl or draft’, on account of what! where.
fore? why ? see in Aid. III. 2. a. sig- n’,
for what? to what end? wherefore? why?
Matt. 14:31. Mark 14: 4; see in Big no.
3. d. :1. But Acts 19: 3 see above in a.
1.9.‘); ri, for what ? for what intent?
wherefore? John 13:28; see in 1196; III.
3. d. (Xen.Cyr.6.3.20.) lyari,thal robot?
to what end ? wherefore? see in 'Iyari,
b) Neut. rt’ as adverb of interrogation,
or as acc. of manner, interrog. (a) who
Matth. §488.8. Matt.8:26 rt Balm’ {011;
Mark 11.3. Luke 6:2. John m9. Acts
20:14.. 1 Cor. 10: 30. al. step. Se for
"*5 Ex. l4: l5. (Xen. An. 2. 4. 3. - so
rl ml, why that? 1 Cor. 15:29, 30: Me
in Kai no. 1. e. 'y. rt’ 3:’, but why’, ex
pressing surprise Matt. 7: 3. Luke 6:41;
also and why? continuative, 1 Cor. 4'. 7.
Comp. Matth. t 488. 9. rt’ 0hr why that’
Matt. 17:10. John 1'. 95. A618 15:10.
al. see in Only no. 2. d.--Alspi.q,.lqal_hat
end? for what purpose? i. q. £1971, Matt.
26:65. Gal. 3: 19 rt' chub will»; :HB)
as to what? hmo? in what respeet?_i.g
Kara ri. h'latL19:20,ri in ,1 Matt.
16: 26. Mark 8:36. Luke 9:25. ()Ien.
 Ti; 787 T‘?
Cyr,,12._l.117.) Also i. q. in what way? uncertainty. Acts 2: 12 ri in! 90w: rm'u'o
now? Rom. a: 2i ri m; mm... 1 Cor. slrai ,- 17: 18. Comp. Herm. ad. Vig. p.
7ii'6‘b15, ri oldag, yl'n'at, x.r.}\. Acts 729. Passow no. 2. 21.—Luc. D. Deor.7.
26:81:30 M31622; 17' Ti 00: 30nd,- Mark l. Vitar. Auct. 12.
11:61. Hence intensive, howl how great B) Indirect, where it is often equiv.
lyin" Iii“: 7,514 ill later edit- ri o'ren‘] 1" to Hang, o'ri,see Buttm. §127.4 and n. 6.
vq'ihn. Luke 12: 49 ri 99w), si i151] dril Matth.§488. 1.Winer5>25. LPassow no.3.
rpfiq'. So Sept. for "12 Ps. 3: 2. Cant. 4: a) c. Indicat. after verbs of hearing,
1‘0. 7.. inquiring, showing, knowing, and the
c) i. mirspog, where two are spoken like; comp.Winer {\42. 4. p. 246. Matth.
011', who or which of the two? Matt. 21: § 507. 2. So in various constructions and
31, rig ix rGn/ him. 27: 21 rira (‘uni ru‘lv uses: (a) gem. Matt. 6: 3 pr) 'ymiirw f1
3:70. Comp. above in a. 7. Matt 9: 5 ri dpun'zpé oou Ti #01:? 1‘; heEu'z oov. 9: 13
'yci ‘zany eilxorru'rrzpov x. r. h. 23: 17, 19. ,udOzrs ri z'urw. 10:11. 12: 3, 7. ‘21:16.
Luke, :42. 1 Cor. 4: 21. See Winer Mark 14:36. Luke 6: 47. 7:39. Acts
§ 25. . p. 145. Matth. § 488. 4..—Xen. 21:33. Eph. 5:10. 1 John 3: 2. John
Cyr. l. 3. 17. Plato Phileb. p. 52. D. 19: 24 ht’rxwpcv rrspi ai/rofi, rix'og Zarm.
comp. Stalb. in. Plat. 1. c. p. 167. So 0. Subst. 1 Cor. 15: 2rimho’ylp x.r.)\.
d) rig c. Indie. through the force of ] Pet. 1: 11; comp. in A. a. With
the context sometimes approaches to the slum implied, comp. in A. a. 5. Rom. 8:
sense of woiog, Lat. gualis, i. e. of what 27 ri rd (bptirnpa x. r. h. Eph.8:18. Heb.
Itzhdorsort? Herm. ad. Vig. p. 731. E. 5:12.—lidian. 2. 8. 8 rira E'Xere yvdnmv.
goof persons, Matt. 16:13 rim ‘at 11c’ Xen. An. 4. 8. 5. Mem. 1. 6. 4.—In a
yovdlv 0261,0961”). elm: ; v.15. Mark 8: double question, Luke 19:15 'ira 71/97 rig
27, 29. I Cor. 3: 5 rig 017v 'zo'ri llaflkog; ri Blurpa-yparsim'ara, pp. that he might
James 4: 12. rig éipa. Luke 1: 66. 8: 25. know, who had gained what? i.e. who had:
Neut.Heb.2‘:6 ri Eorw c'ivtiponrog; (Soph. gained and what he had gained; comp.
Trach. 311.) 01' things, Luke 4: 36 rig 6 Matth. § 488. 12 fin. Herm. ad Soph.
Adi-yo:051:09;24:.17.J0hn7:36. 1 Cor. 15:29. Antig. 20. Aj. 1164.——-Xen. Mem. 2. 2.
,e) Spec. 0. Indie. Fut. rig expresses: 3 rivng 06v {mo ‘rim-W ei'lpotlunl x. r. h.—
‘)ldeliberation, MatL] 1:16 rim 5:‘ ripar (13) i. q. mirspog, comp. in A. 0. Phil. 17:I
uovu 1))“. r. )1. Mark 6: 24. Luke 3:10 22 ri aipfioo‘ucu oi) yrwpiEm—Xen. CV1‘;
ri‘ohv 1rou'poupev; v. l2. 13: 19. Acts 4:
l. 3. 17.—(7) i. q. rroiog, comp. in Hid."
1.6., Comp. VViner § 41. 6. In most of John 10: 6 oi»: Z-yvwaav riva fivh: 5116"“)?
these examples, some Mss. have the Sub Acts 17: 19. 24.. 2o. ' l ‘i: t
junctive—So rarely c. Indie. Present, b) c. Subjunct. implying What they???‘
John 11:47. Acts 21:22. comp.Winer can he done, i. e. possibility’,_ erfii. ad
§ 42. 3. p. 28.—(B) Hence implying Vig‘. p. 729; 741. Winer §42. 4. hip."
theidea, shall, may, can. Matt. 5: 13 246. Matth. § 516.3. 'Matt. 6': ss'pfi
in? ‘rim u'rXwOiIaerm; Luke 1: 18 ran‘: ri yyspiprfirc r/zpa'ynrs. 10:19. 15:32. _Mirl§
yvémopa: rm'n-o; Acts 8: 33. Rom. 8:33, 9:6 or’! q’rfip i881, rl hahfizry'. Luke 12: 5,
35. Comp. Winer l. c.—(y) Sometimes 11, so. 17. a. 19: 46. Rom.‘ 8:26.’
p'ht where a general truth is to be illus l\Pet.5:8. So‘ inadouble question, Mark‘
trated by a particular example ; comp. 15:24 fid'hho‘rrsgi'n- rig ri lipn'fcomp."
Herm. ad‘Soph. Trach. 451. Matt. 12: aboveina. i“ ' ' " "I'
lllirigf'iirrrm if {unity livflpwrrog, 5g FEE:
c. Opt‘at. after ti'pre‘ceding 'przete’n
x‘ Luke 14:5. 11:5 where the Sub ite, and implying‘ doubt, uncertainty;
jrm‘etl klter'nates with the Fut. Buttm.} 139.2;3. Herm. advigxpzrzd.
“ c. Subjunct. implying deliberation Matth. e 518." Winev‘t' 4.2‘. 0:55.‘ 247.
wit'litheidea of possibility; comp. Herm. (a) genr. Dukes: 9'ie'1mpthfl-hi 8? dwarf
adjVig. p. 729. Passow no. 2. c. Winer “.11; my’, impaled.) in'irfi:'15:26‘EWJ-J
§14M'p1235,246. Matt.‘6:31 Myovreg' 08km; rt :1» more.“ comp.“1h“A.‘d. "t:
112341.415», ‘rr.’. A. Luke 1221711’ rot/low, 16:30. ‘22:23w-Hdidrt'2ifi'. sflifd‘yyé.
11111.; SoMatt; 20: :3: Treat." may”... flnvikotr’cf ‘Ken, A‘n.4.J5.102-!}—(B§ With
H-'27?'1'7,121, 22; see'in 961m 1). 6v, as strengthen‘itigillie idea ‘of‘hncer'l
if? 0. ()Pfitt. et-liv, implying doubt, tainty,’ comp. Buttln. 139373. 'Winer
J or: : / - I
' " ‘352"
 T/rM; 788 T010570;

§ 43. 4. Herm. ad Vig. 729. Luke 1:62 TDI'Q'E, see xairoryz in Fe’ II. I.
rt), 11' Put $0101 xahsioeal. ain'ov. 6: l 1 El: TOI/YUY, i. e. mi strengthened by "'0',
Mihouv 1rpoc dhhr'fikovg, rt’ av nod/velar r9’: i. q. indeed now,yct now, therefore; used
'Inoofi. 9:46. John 132 24. Acts 5:94. 10. where one proceeds with an inference,
17. 17:90. 21:33.--Xen.Cyr.l.4-.l2. AL. Butmts 149.p.4.3 1. Mflttlh§ Gi'LUsnally
Tl'rhOg, 00, 6, Lat. titulus, i.e. atitlc, put after one or more words in a clause,
superscrzpttbn, John 19:19 , 20.—Hesych. Luke 20: 25 dtrddore rot'vuv rt‘: Kat'o'apog
fir-hog‘ m'vxIov z'n-i'ypappa Exov. Kate-apt. lCor. 9:26. James 2:24 in text.
rec. —Wisd. 1:11. Ceb. Tab. 3. Diod.
Thu, 00, b, Titus, pr. n. ofa Chris. Sic. l. 6. Xen.(Ec. 10. 2.—More rarely
tian teacher of Greek origin, a compa put at the beginning of a clause, Heb.
nion and fellow-labourer of Paul, Gal.
l3: l3 rotvuv EEepxtbpeQo 1rpog ailrov. So
2: 3; sent by him to Dalmatia, 2 Tim. 4: Sept. for "5. Is.3:10. 1?2 Is. 5:13.—Ios.
10; and also left in Crete to establish
Ant. 6. l3. 4. [EL H. An.2.6. Other ex
and regulate the churches, Tit. 1: 5.
Tradition relates that he was bishop of amples see in Lob. ad Phr. p. 342.
Crete, and died there at the age of 92 T015655, rouiae, roiévie, a strength
years. 2 Cor. 7:6,13, l4. 8:6,16. 12: ened form of 10709 demonstr. correlative
18 bis. Gal. 2: 1,3. 2 Tim. L210. Tirov to 1r010c, 010:, see Buttm. § 79. 5, 6; of
Toy cidehtpov you 2 Cor. 2: 12. T. uoww this kind or sort, such, Lat.ta1is,2Pet.l:17
voc e'pog ml a‘; 15,115; out/ep-yo'g 2 Cor. 8: ¢wvfic---rouivda—JosAnhl'Lla. 3 5mm
23. Tiny 'yvnolq: Te'rwp Tit. l: 4. moat. Hdian. 7. 41. 2. Xen. Mem.l.l.1.
T4,”, f. law, to hold worth, i. q. to re TOIOJTOQ‘, rotm'lrn, rowt'rro and roam?
spect, to honour, to reverence, e. g. Eci'vov rov Matt. 18: 5, a strengthened form of
HOm. 0d. 15. 549. 9:06;‘ ll. 8. 540. il). rota;- demonstr. correl. to 1roiog, 070;, see
9. 238; also to estimate, toprize, Hom. ll. Buttm. § 79. 5, 6; of this kind or sort,
23. 703, 705. Hence in fut. and aor. 1 such, Lat. talis, more frequent in Attic
usage than mic; or 101608;, Passow s. v.
Act. and Mid. (and with Pres. ‘rive-1,) to
honour sc. by making compensation, a) gem. e.g. (a) without art. or corre
sponding relative,Matt.18:5 3c Eirv Eéiiy
atonement, i. q. to atone for, to payjbr,
rat muat'ov TOLOI-ITOV Ev. Mark 4:33. John
c. ace. of wrong done, etc. 6. g. i'iflpw
Horn. 0d. 24. 352. ¢6rov ll. 21. 1341.— 4:23. Acts 16:24. 1 Cor. 11:16. James
In N. T. to atone with, to pay, c. ace. of 4|:16.al.—Hdian.7.8.17. Xen.Cyr.2.1.1.
thing ofi'ered or suffered in atonement, as —With a corresponding relat. e.g. oioc
5:3.-"v rim» to pay or .mj'wr punishment, to 1C0r.15:48 bis, oioc h xo'ixoc, rotor-not ml
at Xo'irol, tank. 2 C0r.10:11. t'rlroiog Acts
be punished, Lat. solvere pwnas, 2 Thess.
26:29. by Philem.9.—-c. oloc Ecclus.“):
l: 9.-——Hom. Od.l4¢.84. 1E1. V. H. 1. 24.
13.2. Plut. dc sera Num.Vindict. 8 Erwev 16. Xen. Mem.2.6.12. 5¢ib.2.s.a.- (/5)
t'z Be'ocroc rr‘pv 51km’. VIII. p. 191. Reisk.
With the art. as marking something de
finite or already mentioned,Matth.§ 265.
T01’, enclit. particle, pp. antique dat. 7. Winer § 17 fin. Comp. in '0, i", 16,
for up", by consequence, consequenly, there C. Matt. 19: 14- fli'av 'yc'rp TOlOfI-‘UY
jbt‘fl ,- which signification however is Early h fiac'theia ‘nil’ oilp. Mark 9: 37.
found only in the strengthened forms Acts 1915. Rom. 1:32. 1 Cor. 5. 11.
rotyc'ip, roryapoih', etc. while rot’ itself re Gal. 5: 91. 1 Tim. 6. 5. 3 John 8.11.—
tains only a sort of confirmatory sense, Hdian.4|.5.4. Pol.8.2.5. Xen.An.5.8.20.
indeed .forsooth, yet, etc. Buttm. \5149. p. b) by impl. such, i.q. so great; (a) with.
431. Matth. § 627. In N. T. only in the out art. or relative, Matt. 9:8 row 86m
compounds ralrovye, rovyapoiiv, rot’vvv. c'Eoutn'av rotm'n-nv ro‘ig (‘n/69131019. Mark
Tolyotgoav, i. e. rot’ trengthened 6:2. John 9:16. (Ceb. Tab. 4..) Neut. pl.
by the particles yép, 05y, i. q. by certain rourii-ra such things, so great things, a. g.
consequence, consequently, therefore,- see good Luke 9:9; evil, 13:2. Heb.12.3.-—
Buttm.§ 149. p.431. 1 ThessAzB rovya With a relat.correspondin , 66719 lCor.
poiv 1') dezrt'bv x. r. A. Heb. 12: 1. Sept. 5:1; 5: Heb. 8:1.-—(fi) ith the art. 6
for '12-» Job 22; 10. 24:22—103. Am. rowirog, such on one, such a person, one
10. 1. a. Ceb. Tab. 20. Xen. An. 1. 9. 9. distingnished,e.g. in a good sense, BCor.
 Toixog 789 To'aro;
12:2,3,5. (.ELV. H.119.) In a bad sonse, ing arrows, Rev. 6: 2. Sept. oft for "3113
l-q- such afellow, Acts 92:22, w11.21=27. Gen. 27:3. Ps. 7: 13.—Luc. D. Deor.
1 Cor. 5:5. 2 Cor. 2:6, 7. Comp. Matth. 7. 1. Hdian. 6. 5. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9.
§ 965. 7. '0, 1'], rd. AL.
Ton-dam, 00, rd, (also rd'trafog)
Torxat's 09, 6, a wall, so. of a house, the topaz Rev. 21:20; a transparent gem
paries, Acts 23: 3, see in Kovu'w. Sept. of a golden or orange colour; not the
for “P. Ex.30:3. Lev. 14:37.—-.1E1.V.H. green topaz of Pliny, which seems to
14. 19.Pol.5.33. 5. Xen.Conv.4.38.Kindr. have been the modern chrysolite, H. N.
with re'ixog, which is spoken only of the 37. 8 or 32. Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art.
wall of a city, etc. Topaz.—Sept. for "3195 Ex. 28: 17. E2.
T6306, 09, 6,(rixrw,re'roxa,) a bring 28: 13.—Diod.Sic.3.39 where see Strabo
ingforth, birth, Horn, 11. 19. 119. thing XVI. p. 1115. A, 1:‘: rom'rZta‘ M609 5:’
born, qfl'spring, child, Athen. 4. 82 1:61:04 ion Btatpavfig, [nomadic drolkdprrwv
xahc'lrut 1rd; 6 ‘yeyo'pevoc 1raig. Xen.]..ac. 'péyyog. Comp. \h/etst. N.T. II. p. 845.
15._5.—In N. T. trop. gain from money T6770?’ 09, 6, place, locus, e. g.
put out, interest, usury, Matt. 25:27.
a) as occupied or filled by any person
Luke 19:3. Septfor 3553. Ex.22:25. Lev.
or thing, spot,space,room. (0:) pp. Matt.
25:36, 31. - Josdc. Ap. s. 27. Eschin. 28:6 rdv rdrrov b'rrov Exam ('2 Kirptog. Mark
68. 26. Dem. 13. 20.
Tommi”, 5, I. flew, (rdhpa courage, 16: 6. Luke 2: 7 oim' ifv ailrolc r61roc Ev
r97 xarakn'rpan. (Sept.Gen.24:23.) Luke
boldness,from obsol.r)\dw,ra)\éu to bear,) 14:9,10, 22. John 20: 7. Acts 7: 33.
to have courage, boldness, confidence to do Heb. 8:7. Rev. 2:5 xwfiau rhv huxm'av
any thing; to venture, to dare, intrans. c. oou Etc rm'lrdvrov airriic. 6:14. 20:11. Sept.
infin. Matt. 22: 46 0115s‘ Erdkpneé ‘HQ-H for II‘PE Gen. 24:23. 1 K. 8:6, 7. Prov.
Zirepurfiam ailrdv. Mark 12:34. 15.43. 25: 6.-—Luc. Necyom. 17 6 Alaxdg (uro
Luke 20:40. John 21:12. Acts 5:13 pzrpr'log éxcio'rtp row rdn'ov, 015010‘: 55‘ rd
aildelg e'rdltpa IcoMfioBat airroig. 7: 3'2.ps'yw'rov oil 1r71e'0v ruddy. Hdian. 2. l4.
Rom. 5: 7. 15: 18 1 Cor. 6: 1. 2 Cor. 10.—SO 5466mm rdnov 'rwl to give place
10: 12. Phil. 1: 14. Jude 9. Sept. for to any one, to make room, Luke 14: 9.
55>. [his heart(or courage) filled him. Rom. 12:19. Eph. 4:27; see fully in
i.e. he had the daring audacity.] Esth. Airiwpt a. 7. — (fl) Trop. i. q..condition,
7. 5.—2 Macc. 4:2. Jos. Ant. 17. 18. 4. part, character; 1Cor.14: 16 6 livctn'htlpd'tlt
Dem. 1377. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10.-— row rdsrov r017 ZBuIn-ov he whofills theploce
Also to show one's self bold, to act with of one unlearned, i.e. who is unlearncd;
boldness, confidence, 0. Em’ rtva against comp. in 'Avarhnpdu d.——Philo Somn.
any one 2 Cor. 10: 2; c. Ev TlVt in any p.600.E, row dy'yéhov 161ml! érre'axs. Jos.
thing 11: 21 his. Ant. 16. 7. 2 aitrdg he‘ noMdKu; i’urolto
Tokungtirsgov, adv. (comparat. of youpe'vov rdnov hapgévu. —(-y) Trop.
rokpnpifrc, Buttm. § 115. 5,) the more place, i.q. opportunity, occasion. Acts 25:
boldly, with greater confidence and free 16 1rplv ‘ii-uflifl'oy r: c'nrohoyiug M180: K.
dom. Rom. 15:15.—-Pol. 1. 17. 17. Luc. r. h. Rom. 15:23 [J-fllté‘l't rdnov Z'Xaw (so.
Iearom. 10. rohftnpdtc Xen. Conv.2.12. for‘: ei'la'y-yehifweat) Ev roic xM/tao': 1'01’).
Tokponrng, 013,6,(1'071 du,)onebold, 701;‘. Heb. 12: 17. —Ecclus. 4: 5. P01.
a darer, enterprise)’, Jos. . J. 3. 10. 2. 1. 88. 2 ronog e'he'ovg. JEschin. 84. 39.
b) of a particular place, spot, where
Thuc. 1. 70. In N. T. in a bad sense,
one over-bold, audacious, presumptuous,
any thing is done or takes place; Luke
10: 32 iniot'wc 3.‘: Ktll. Aeuirnc, 'ysyo'pevog
2 Pet. 2: 10.
Kara row rdrrov. 11:1. 19:5. John 4:20.
Towis, n, new...) Maugham, 5:13. 6:23. 10:40. 11:30. 18:2. 19:20,
keen, Plat. Tim. p. 61. E. In N.T. only 41. 2 Pet. 1:19. Pleonast. Rom. 9:26
oomparat. ropérspogmomsharper, heener, iv r5 r611’? 01;, in the place where, i. q.
trop. Heb. 4: 12.—Luc.Tox. 11. Pbocyl. simpl.where,quoted from Hos.2:1 [1:10,]
1 16 or 118. where Sept. for F1753. Sept. em’.
Toun'rregog, see in Topég. for do’; Gen. 28: 16, 17. 35: 14.‘. nth
T6501’, 09, rd, a bow, sc. for shoot 3: 4.-—Pol. 4. 72.‘ 5. Hdian. 1. '8. I11’.:
 F
To’o'o; ' t 90 ‘Tore '1
d)*o‘l‘a plae‘e’where-mle dwells, so romp w'loolc. Xen. 'An. Lit/$4314.;
joums, belongs, i.q. dwelling-place, abode, (8) Trop. of a place or passags‘in alb'oolr,
Mme.
rifle Luke 16:
finaévov. 28 11:
John eig- fliv ro’nov
6. 14v: rofirav
2 Tropu'ro Luke 4.: 17 si'rpeMem.
given—Xen. n‘w rdtov
2. l. ob
20. ‘Prob. not

pa: Erot/u'wm. ron'ov £41.71’. V. 3. Acts 1: found elsewhere in this sense,‘Sturz Lex.
25 see in"I&og b. y. Acts 12:7. Rev. Xen. s. v. Suid. réroc' 'l; ixz'wrou ‘R’
12:6, 8, 14'. So of a house, dwelling, neplodog'. SO xépa Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 3.‘
Acts 41:31; a temple, Acts 7:19 rlc r6101; TOO’OGTOé', roeai'lm, roo'oiiro and :9‘,
riig xararraa'mzéc you, quoted from Is. 66;
ooirou, a strengthened form for roe'oc, 1|,
1 where Sept. for 5323. Hence the tem
or, correl. i0 600;‘, mioog, Buttm. § 79.
ple as the abode of God is called 6 ro-Irog 5, 6 ; so great, so much, etc. '
('iymc Matt. 24,: 15. Acts 6:13, 14'. 21: a) pp. of magnitude, intens. so great,
28 bis. So Sept. and 55?, D‘P-‘g Ps. 24:3.
Matt. 8: 10 oilde‘ moat/my m'orw 2590',
“5'27???” Is. 60:13. Sept. genr. for 51?’; Luke 7: 9. John 12:37. Rev. 18:17.
Gen. 29:26. Num. 24:11. "1!. 1 Sam. Plur. neut. rooaira so great t/tingflben
10: 28. 24:23. 2 Chr. 18:15.—Luc. D. efits, Gal. 3:4. With b'aog correspond
Mort. 17.2.de Luctu 2, spoken of Hades ing, Heb. l: 4. 7: 22 cell. 20. 10: 25.
as the abode of the dead. Hdian. 4.2.18, Rev. 18:7. 21:16 in text. rec.—21\Tacc.
i.q. elm/.111 § 16.—Ofthings,place where 4:3. Hdian. 7.8.4.. Xen. An. 3. 5. 7. c.
any thing is kept,as a sword,i.q. a sheath, 500; Hdian. 2. 3. 17. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.4.
scabbard, Matt. 26: 52. —-So of a specific amount, so much iii
d) in a geographical or topographical
no more, i. q. so little, Acts 5: 8 bis, (1
sense,a place or part of a country, of the
roo'ot'lrou To xwpa'ov d-rre'ooaliz ; u. r. A. -
earth, etc. '(a) So of a definite place or Xen.Mem. l. 3.5. ib. 2. 4.. 4..
spot in a city, district, country. Matt.
b) of time, so long, John 14.: 9 room’:
27:33 bis, sic 1'61r0v hs'ydpsvov POM/066., rov xpo'yov. Heb. 4: 7. — Hdian. 1. 6. L
5 ion Myo'fzcvog xpavlou rovrog. Mark I5: Xen. H.G. 4. 6. 13.
22 bis. Luke 23: 33. John 19: 17. So c) of number, multitude, collect. or in
Luke 6: 17. 2'2: 40 cell. v. 39. John 6: plur. so many, so numerous ,- Matt. 15:33
10. 19:13. Rev. 16:16. Acts 27:8, 29, bisfdprol. rodoirrol. oxhov roo'ofirov.
41. 28: 7. Sept. for hip’; Gen. 22:2, 14.
Luke 15:29. John 6: 9. 21:11. 1 Car.
28: 19.—Ceb. Tab. 16. Diod. Sic. 1.9. 14: 10. Heb..12: 1.--Jos. Ant. 11.1. 3.
Xen.Cyr. 5.3.11.—(/3) Of a place as in Hdian. 1. 17. 10. Xen.Cyr. 2. 4|. 2.
habited, a city,village,quarter,etc. Luke
4: 37 sic m'u'ra ro-lrovrfig 1replxépov. 10: T675, adv. demonstr. of time, then.
1 sic m'wav miltu/ ml rorrov. Matt.l4r35. at that time, cone]. to 51's, were, Buttm.
Acts 16:3. 27: 2. Rev. 18: 17 in later § H6. 4..
edit. So Ev 1rm'rl for,’ in every place,every a) in general propositions, marking
where among men, 1 Cor. 1: 2. 2 Cor. succession ; e.g. after n-ptiror, as Matt.
2:14. 1 Thess. 1:8. 1 Tim. 2:8.—Sept. 5:24 wpfin'ov dtahhd'ynet-ural. 1'67"! e'hfiér
2 Chr. 34: 6. Jos. Ant. ll. 8. 4. Hdian. 1rpéo¢spe x. r. A. 12: 29. Mark 3: 27.
3.4.6. Xen. H. G. 7.1 .3.—('y) Of a tract John 2: 10. c. lirav 2 Cor. 12:10 5m:
of country, district, region; e. g. 2' Wing ydp (wen/G, Tor: duvaro'c eipi. John 2:
rdwog, Epqpol rowol,Mntt. 1 4:13 ,15. {ark 10. Simply,Luke11:26.~—c.6ray Hdian.
1:35, 45. 6: 31, 32, 35. Luke 4:42. 9: 2. 9. 4|. Xen.Mem. 4. 3. 17.
10,12. 51' c'zm'nlpwv romov Matt. 12:43. b) of time past; e.g. with a notation
Luke 11:24. xarc‘l Tam}; in divers places, of time preceding, 0.511, Matt. 13: 26
quarters, countries, Matt. 24: 7. Mark 5r: 5:‘ I'Qu'wrno'o' d Xoprog---ro're a'qtr'n-n
13:8. Luke 21: 11. So in the sense of ml rd (‘Zeb/(a. 21:]. John 12: 16. Q
a land, country, John 11 :48 dpoimv {"1111 ‘be John 7:10. 11:6. pmi e. acc.,John
T611 Ton-av xal r6 Z'flroc, i. e. our country 13: 27. So after a participle as noting
and nation. Heb. 11:8. Acts 7: 7 ka time, Acts 27:21. 28:1 m2 Fmoueémg.
rpsi'wovol ye to ‘H; romp rm’rrg, i.e. in this ro're e'xé-yvwo'av x. 'r. A. comp. Matth. §
land, in allusion to Gen.15:14, filled out 565. lsq. Buttm. § 144. n. 7. Also as
perhaps from Ex. 3: 12.—Hdian.3.l4v.2. opp. to viv, Rom. 6:21. Gal. 4.: 8 coll.
Dem.49.5. raig ilkhmg rule e’r rout-q) To‘) 9. v. 29. Heb. 19:26. swim; To" Acts
 Taiwan/or
17: 14. Simply, where the notation of
time lies in the context, and ro'n, then,
at that time, is often i. q. thereupon, after
that; Matt. 2:7 (‘011. 4. v.17 "in z'rrhn
9699 r6 finfle'v r. r. A. 3: 5, 13 rérc wa
pa-ylvzrm 6 117006;, i.e. after this, coll.
v. 6, 7. Matt. 3:15. 4: 1. 26:3. John
19:1,16. Acts1:12. “1146,48. Heb.
10: 7, 9. al. — c. 5r: Xen. C r. 8. 4. 14
0011. 13. (1);‘ Hdian. 3.3. 5. {ep. Conv.
1. 14. c. particip. Xen.Cyr. 1. 5. 6. opp.
vf/v Xen.Cyr. 5. 2. 8. Simpl. Sept. Gen.
18: 7. Ezra 4: 23, 24. Jos. Ant. 6.12.7.
Ceb.'1‘ab. 29. Xen.Conv. 1.14 0115:‘ wire.
— Also in later usage am; ro’re, from
then, from thattime, Matt. 4:17. 16:21.
26: 16. Luke 16: 16; see Phryn. ed.‘
Lob. p. 461. Sturz de DiaLMac. p. 211.
Sept. for “152082) Eccl. 8: 12. —— With
the art. as adj. ('1 Hire miapog the then world
a Pet. 3: 6 ; comp. Buttm. § 125.6. -
Hdian. 1. 14. 10. Xen. An. 2. 2. 20.
' c) ofa time future,e.g. c. 6111:! preced.
Matt. 25:31 Gray 82 27:6’; 6 vilig rm‘: (ii/Op.
"Hr-or: xaOicru e'vri spzlvov :. r. X. Mark
13:14. Luke 14:10. 21:20. J011118:28.
1 Cor. 13:10. 16:2. 1Thess.5:3. Pleo
nast. 6rav~~r6rc c'v ixctrmg ra'ic r‘yie'paig
Luke 5:35. (comp. Dem. 288. 21 161-:
xar' ixcivov row Kaipov.) c. WPIJITOV, Luke
6:42. opp. 5pm 1 Cor. 13: 12. Simply,
Mark 13:21 xal. r61’: e'civ 11¢ {quill ting
x. r. )1. v. 26, 27. Luke 13:26. 21: 27.
1 C01’. 4: 5. 2 Thess. 2: 8. Sept. simpl.
for "5 Ex. l2z44,481-—Luc. D. Deor.
4. 5 tiadpeea 16:-5,11’ upaxre'ov. Hdian.
3. 9._'13. AL.
ToéltultT/ol’, (e'vavriog q.v.) crasis for
n‘; ivarrior,Buttm.§ 29.n.3; pp. the oppo
site,3Macc.3-.2-2. Xen. 11.0.1520. In
N.T. as adv. on the eontrarypontrariwise,
2 Cor. 2:7. Gal. 2:7. 1 Pet. 3:9. Comp.
Buttm.§128 n. 4.. c 131 n.6. -.£1.V.
1'1. 3. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 8.
Toayofbtl, crasis for 16 5vofm,Butlm.
§ 128. n. 4; i.q. by name, Matt. 27:57;
see in 'Oropa 0.. Comp. Buttm. § 131.6.
-— J0s.Ant. 8. 7. 6- Palzeph. 40. 3. Luc.
D. Deor. 3. 1.
. T097567!’ crasis for rain’ Earl, thatis,
id at, i.q. ' which signifies,’ used in ex
,planations ; so in text. rec. Acts 1: 19
. 'Anhdapd, rov'rz'o'rt, xupt'oy a't'paroc. 19:
4. Rom.7: I8. 9: 8. Philem.12. Heb.
‘Z: 14. 7:5. 9:11. 10:20. 11116.13z15.
79 l Tgarrei/rn;
1 Pet. 3:20. Sept. for "*1" Job 40:19.—
In later editions every where writtenser
parately, ref/r’ Earl, and so text. rec-r. in
Matt. 27:46. Mark 7:2.‘ Rom. 10: 6,7,
8.—Diod. Sic. 4. 7. ' . ..
T6510, see in Ohrog. - '4
Tgoi'yog, ou, b,ahe-g0at,hircus,1'1el).
9: 12,13,19. 10:4. Sept. for ‘m! Gen.
31: 10. Num. 7: 17 sq. “f? Lev. 16:5,,
7 sq. [butSepLVatic. ed.Millii has here
ipupogx] 1571'! Gen. 32: 14.—Luc. D.
£eor. 4.1. Plut. Vit. Thes. 18. W
Tgoi'rrsga, 21;, 1'I,(pp.nrpéwzlu,lmzn
rerpa q.v. and m'Ia foot,) a tabbz, c.g._
a) genr. for setting on food, taking
meals. (0.) pp. Matt. 15:27. Mark 7':
28. Luke 16:21. 22:21 ,30. So ofthe
table for the shew-bread, Heb. 9: 2, i.q,
i" rprinreza rfig 1rpoez'acwc 1 Macc. l: 22;
Sept. for 11131.? Ex. 25: 23, 27 sq. 26:35.
genr.
Comp. 1 inSam. 20:33.a.2 Sam.
Hpo'owu; Sept. 9:
and7,10.
—Palaeph. 23. 1. Luc. Asin. 7. Xen.
Conv. 21.—(,3) Meton. like Engl. table,
for that which is set on, i.q.food,a meal,
banquet. Acts 16: 34 nopéttnxe 'r u'urzijuv
he seta table, made ready a men ; comp.
in Ilapa-ritirllui a. (ELVJ'I. 2.17. ‘Hdian.
4.7.8.) Rom. 11:9 yzvnoflrw 11:-p. ailn'w
sic 1m715a, quoted from Ps. 69:23 where
for W271 Ps.
Sept. and 1 Cor.
23: 5.10:21bis.
Pros. 9,: 2,7?
Jos. Am. 10. 9. 4.. Hdian. 1. 6. s. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 2. 26. , g l
b) spec. table of a money-changenp
broker's bench or counter, at which he sat
in the market or public place, e.g. inthe
outer court of the temple, Matt. 21: 12.
Mark 11:15. John 2:15. See in KW...
rw'rr'm, Kohhvgw'n'pg. —- Lys. 114. 37.
Isaeus 105.119.—Hence genr. abrolur's
qflice, bank, where money is deposited
and loaned out, Luke 19:23 BtBdwu rd
('lp'yhptov é‘lrl rr‘yv TPGII£ZKIIA See in Tpa
1reZ'irng.—Dem.895.5, 15. ib. 1356. 10.
—Meton. Acts 6:2 ra'ic rparrél'au; Braw
"iv, to serve money-tables,1.e. to take care
of money-affairs, to have charge of the
alms, etc. -— Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 3 ,Bamhm)
rpt'urcZa. ,
Tgazwszi'rng, ov, a, (rpi'urz'da \b,) a
tabler,i.e. a moncy-changenbrohenbanher,
in Lat. also called trapezita, mmsarits,
one who exchanged money,and whtnalso
received money on deposit at. interest in
 Tgafifoot
order to loan it out to others at a h' her
rate ; see Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. . p.
1398q. Adam’sRomAntp. 50!. Comp.
Dem. p. 816. fin. p. 948 init. Matt.95:
27 Ede: oily ac Bake?» 113 c’lp'ya'lpiov u
roig rparezirmg—JosAnt. 12.2.3. 01.
32. I3. 6. Dem. 1186. 7.
Tgafipuz, 6670;, To', nrpu'wxw,kindr.
with rirpo’w, obsol. rpc'wg a wound,Luke
10: 34. Sept. for 73%? Gen. 4: 22. Is.
1:6. —9Macc.l4.:45. Pol. 2.69.1. Xen.
Mem. 3. 4. l.
Tfdvfllaflzw, f. law, (rpaiipa) to
wound, trans. Luke 90: 12 roirov rpau
pnrla'avrec e’Ee'gahov. Acts 19:16. Sept.
for >32 Cant. 5:7. part. pass. for 52''! Jer.
9:1. Ez. 28: 23. -— l Macc. 16:9. Luc.
Epigr. 20. T. IV. p. 417. Tauchn. Xen.
H.G. 4. 3. 23.
TQMXUNZH, f. law, (rpdxnhogg) to
twist the neck, to throttle, as a wrestler his
antagonist, Plut. de Curios. 12. ed. R.
VIII.p.69, 6piire row dBhn-rfiv inrd mud;
oxapz'ov rpaxqhldpzvoncomp. El.V.H.
12. 58. Plnt.M.Anton. 33. Alsoto bend
back the neck, e. g. of an animal for
slaughter,so as to expose the front or
throat, Diog. Laert. 6. 61 '15s 'rov xpu‘w
t'rpcipr'u'mv, dag inrd rm? 'ruxdvroc xopaoiov
rPaXqMZe-rat. Hence in N.T. trop. to
lay bare, to lay open, Pass. part. Heb. 4.:
13 mirra 5E yvpril Kill rcrpaxrlhwpéra
rolc d¢90hpoig ubrozl—Hesych. rerpa~
xnhwpe'va' 1re¢avzpwpéva. Comp. \Vetst.
N.T. II. p. 398.
Tgéxnhog, 0!), 6, the neck, nape,
Matt. 18:6. Mark 9: 42. Luke 17:2.
Acts 15:10 see in (u-yo'g a. Rom. 16: 4
7511 Earn-(Irv rpdxnltov inrc'enxav sc. under
the axe, i.e. have exposed their lives to
peril for my safety. Luke 15: 20 et Acts
' 20: 37 i'rre'reaov bri r6)’ rpdxrlhov abroii,
i.e. embraced him ; comp. Gen. 83: 4
whereSept. for ‘£33 , as also 45: 14. Josh.
10:94. IFPDeuLIOzlB. Is.48:4.—Hdian.
1.17.85. Dem. 744. 6. Xen. An. 7.4. 9.
Tgaxi'ag, 57¢, 6,(kiudr. with 56m»,
[if/000),) rough, unevm, e.g. 6501' Luke 3:
5. Acts 97: 29 fpaxe'ic rclrrot, i.e. rocks,
breakers. Sept. for It‘??? Is.40:4.—-Sept.
Jer. 9: 25 r356; rp. Ceb. Tab. 15. Xen.
An. 4. 6. 12.
Tgaxwfi'ng, 160;, :1, Trachonitis, the
north-easternmost of the districts into
792 Tghpw
which the habitable region east of the
Jordan was divided, bounded easterly by
the Arabian desert; on the S. \V. by
Auranitis and Gaulonitis; and extend
ing from the territory of Damascus on
the North, to near Bostra on the South;
Euseb. Onom. s.v. 'Iroupala. The name
is derived from two mountains called
Tpdxuvcc, Strabo 16. 2. 16, 90. The
modern name is El Lay'a, on the eastern
part of Haouran ; and the countr in its
present state is fully described by urck.
hardt, Travels in Syria, etc. p 5| sq.
211 sq. Trachonitis formed a. part of
the tetrarchy of Herod Antipas, Luke 3:
l ; comp. in 'Hpc'udqg no. 1, 2, and in
'Irovpaim—Jos.Ant. 1.6.4. ib. 17.1.1.4.
TQER‘, oi,ai, neut. Tpt'd, rd, card.
num. three, Matt. 12: 40. l3:33. 18:20.
al. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 3. -—Sept. for
‘557,5 Gen. 7:13. saep. Xen. An. 6.6.36.
—For the pr. n. Tpfig Tafie'pvm, see in
Tage'pvat. A1,.
Tféylw, (rp£w,) only in pres. and
imperf. Passow s. v. Buttm. p. 472; to
tremble, e. g. from fear, intrans. Matt.
5: 33 ¢o€n9e7¢a Kai rpt'povo'a. Luke 8:
47. Acts 9: 6. Sept. for ‘9!! Jer. 4:24.
Chald. 21", [pres part. 7!!’1] Dan. 5:2].
6: 26.—Hdian. 6. 9. 2. Dem. 314. '24.
Hence, to tremble at any thing, i. q. to
fear, to be afraid, 0. part. 2 Pet. 2:10 oi;
'rpe'povm fihacnpnpoivrcg, lit. they do not
tremble speaking evil, i.q. they do not fear
speaking evil, are not afraid to speak
evil; comp. Buttm. § 144. 4. a. VViner
§ 46. l.—c. int’. Soph. (Ed. Col. 128 fig
rpépopzv M‘yuv. Sept. 0. acc. for "It Is.
66: 2, 5. Just. Mart. de Resurr. p. 247
1'')!’ mi] dvdpu'roc roii econ-l laxi‘lv Kai rd
Eaipoma rpe'pu.
Tg§¢w, f. Spédm, comp. Buttm. §
18. 2 ; pp. to make thichfimyfiut, as a
fluid, ydAa 9p£¢m to curdle milk, Hom.
0d. 9. 246. Gem. and in N.T. to make
thick or fat, sc. by feeding; and hence
i. q. tofeed, to nurse, to nourish, trans.
:1) pp. and gent. c. acc. Matt. 6:26 6
warfip {qua—w 6 oilpdmog rp£¢ei ill/rd. 95:
37 mire a‘: E'idopev wtwfin'ra, mi £0951...
v; Luke 12:94. Acts 12: 20. Rev.
12: 6, 14. Also i. q. to pamper, rile mp
Elac James 6:5, comp. in Ka Fla 3. )1.
Sept. for Prov. 25: 22. I K.
18:13. 17?: Gen. 48=l5.—Luc. D. Deor.
 Tgéxm 793 Tgr’pmo;
20. 13. Dem. 1358. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. Tgifiokos, a, .7, adj. (rpr'g, Békog)
7. 2. il). 9. 9. 2. three-pointed, tlzree-pronged; Subst. 6 mi
b) i.q. to nurture, to bring up, Luke 4: €0Ao¢, a caltrop, crow-foot, composed of
16 Nafape‘noi': fiv rzflpapfie'vog—l Mace. three or more radiating spikes or prongs,
3:33. Jos. Ant.2.9.2 Hdian. 1.7.5. Plat. and thrown upon the ground to annoy
Rep. 8. p. 558. D. Xen. Mem. 8. 9. l. cavalry; comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
Tféxw, f. SPE'EOILHIL, aor. Q E'Bpapov, 54.2. Veget. 3. 24.. Polyb. lib. 39. no.
Buttm.é,18.~2.§l l4.p.304.; torun, intrans. 2. ed. Schweigh. rptgdhouc 015179017; m
a) pp. and genr. absol. Matt. 27: 4.8 racHrzipaL—In N. T. tribulus, land cal
£13950); Epalullw elg e'E ain't-"m. Mark 5: 6. trop, a low thorny shrub so called from
15: 36. Luke 15: 20. John 20: 2 rps'xu. the resemblance of its thorns and fruit to
oilv ml Epxrrai. v. 4 i'rpexov 5:‘ 04 360. the military caltrop, tfibulus tm'estris of
Seq. in’ c. acc. loc. Luke 24:12. :19 final Linn. comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Tribulus.
Rev. 9: 9. seq. inf. fin. Matt. 28: 8. Matt. 7: 16. Heb. 6: 8. Sept. for "1‘;
Sept. for ‘(1" Gen. 24: 28. 2 Sam. 18: Gen. 3: 18. Hos. 10:8. 55,? Prov. 22:5.
19. 0. im’ Gen. 24:20. Joel 2:9. —8 —— Dioscor. IV. 15. Hesych. rpi’gokog'
Mace. 5: 2. Palaeph. 22. 3. Xen. Cyr. al.-(21161" sling. Lat. tribulus Virg. Georg.
2. 2. 9.—So of those who run in a sta, 1. 153.
dium or public race, 1 Cor. 9: 24. bis, ol Tg/Cog, 00, .7, (rpiéw to rub,) a
e'v madly rpc'xovreg,1révrec ,ue‘v rpz'xovaiv beaten path, wag/,high-way, e. . n'itkiag
K. r. )t. (Hdian. 5. 6. 17. Plut. Mor. II. noltirs rirc rpigovc Matt. 3:3. ark l :3.
p. 2]. Tauchn. Epape'iv a'rr'15iov.) Trop. Luke 3:4, all quoted from Is. 40: 3
in comparisons drawn from the public where Sept. for "129?. Sept. for his
races and applied to Christians, as ex Gen. 49: 17. new; Prov. 1: 15.—Plut.
ressing strenuous effort in the Christian Sept. Sap. Conv. 18. ed. R. VI. p. 615.
ife and cause. 1 Cor. 9:24. or'lrw rpc'xsre ll. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 13.
'l'va. Karakégnre sc. r5 Bpagciov. v. 26. Tglz'n'm, org, 1*], (rptémg, from rpei'g,
rig rerév in vain, Gal. 2: 2 bis. Phil. 2: rpi'a, and E'rogg) the space of three years,
16. KaM‘rg Gal. 5:7. 0. ace. of kindr. trienm'um, Acts 20:3l.--Artemid. 4|. 2.
subst. Heb- 12:1 rpe'xwpsv rev rpoulpc TEIZN, f. [010, onomatopaztic to give
vov finial r'zyéva let us run the race aet be out a stridulous, creaking, grating sound,
fore as; see Buttm. § 131. 3, and for the
to screak, Lat. stridere, intrans. spoken
Subj. § 139. n. 7.—c. ayom Dion. Hal. chiefly of living things, as of the cry or
Ant.7.48. Hd0t.8.102.——Also of strenu chirping of young birds, Horn. 11. 2. 314.
ous effort in eneral, Rom. 9: 16 0:’: ref;
Luc. Tim. 21; of bats, Hdot. 3. 110.
Se'kovroc, 0133s rm? rpéxovroq.-—Anth.Gr. ib. 4. 183; espec. of the thin stridulous
IV. p. 134. m've Kai :1'/¢pa|'vov' rl 'yap cry attributed to the manes or shades,
ai'lpwv ‘:7 rl rd pe'Moy; 093:2;- yiva'mxu' Hom. I1. 23. 101. 0d. 24. 5. Luc.
pr) rpe’xqlul xom'a. Necyom. 11 ; of the shrieks of women,
b) trop. of rumour, word, doctrine, Plut. C. Mar. 19; later of the wheezing
to run, to spread quickly. 2 Thess. 3: 1 or snorting of elephants, Luc. Zeux. 10.
‘lm ('2 Ao'yog r017 Kvpiov rpéxy. —- Comp. Also of inanimate things, as the back of
Sept. Z'wc rr'rxoug aim/Mira‘ b Ml'yoc ailrofi, a wrestler, ll. 23. 714; the chord of a
f0r5‘317’t": Ps. 147: 15.
lyre, Anth. Gr. IV. p. 57; iron as filed,
Tgwixov'mwi, m‘, 16., (1957;, rpta,) Alex. Aphrod. — In N. T. of the teeth,
thirty, Matt. 13:8, 23. as: 15. 27:3,9. to grate, to gnash, c. acc. Mark 9:18 rpl
Mark 4:8, 20. Luke 8:23. John 5:5. 6: Zn rm): dEdy-rag. For the ace. as defin
19. Gal. 3: 17. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 41. ing and qualifying the action of the verb,
Sept. for ‘@513 Gen. 5: 3, 5, 16.---Luc. see Matth. § 424. 4. Buttm. § 131. n. 3.
D. Mort. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. Tgl'gnyvog, no, 6, 1'], adj. (rpl'c, with)
Tgmmo'aml, a1, a, (rpz'lg, rpi'a,) ofthree monthsmr'mesb-is, Eschin. 63. 14.
three hundred, Mark 14: 5. John 12: In N. T. Neut. r6 rpr'pnvov, tlrree months,
5. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 4. Sept. for lrimestre, Heb. 11:23. Sept. for Wm ‘75',’
"is? '55‘? Gen. 6: 15.—Luc. Ver. Hist. Gen. 38:24. H9515 ‘h 2 K. 24:8.-—Pol.
'2. 13. Xen. An. 3. 4'. 43. 5. l. 13. ll). 32. 12. l.
 , T51’; 794 Tgoarmpogéu
TQIC, adv. (rpeic, 'rpia,) thrice, three "321-101) 4:1‘. 15. 33:14. "Ci EX. 15:
times, Matt. 26:34., 75. Mark 14:30, 72. 15. --1Maco. 7:18. Eoclus. 16:80.
Luke 22:34, 61. John 13:38. 2 Cor. ll: Horn. 11. 6. 137. ib. 18. $47.-Conp1ed
85 bis. 12:8. So z'1r1 rpig up to thrice, i.q. with ¢o’€oc, e. g. ¢6€o¢ mi. rpdpor; fur
thrice, Acts 10:16. 11: 10; see fully in and trembling, intens. expressing great
'Em' III. 2. b. Sept. rpl: for ""228: ‘571,5 timidity, ditfidence, 1 Cor. 2:3; or pro
1 Sam. 90: 41. 9 K. 13:18, 19. —— Luc. found reverence, respect, dread, 2 Cor.
Tax. 39. Xen. (E0. 2. 4. 7: 15. Eph. 6:5. Phil. 2: 12. Comp.
Sept. Is. 19:6. Ps. 55:5. “L
Tgio're'yog, 00, a, ,3, adj. (rpig, TEO‘Z'UI, 5;, fi,(rpc'1ru 10 turn,) a turn
are'yn,) pp. three roofed,- genr. three-eta.
ried, having three floors or stories, 01x01 ing, turning back, e.g. of the heavenly bo
rpim'c'ym Jos. B. I. 5. 5.5. aroai Dion. dies in their courses, at the solstices, etc.
Hal. Ant. 3. 68. In N.T. Neut. Th rpl James 1:17 01m é'm 1rapaMa-yfi, v‘y rpmn‘ig
are-yaw, the thirdfloor, third alory, Acts d1roma'aapa. — Sept. Job 38: 33 rpmrdg
20:9. Comp. in 'Yirspq‘mm—Symm. Gen. m'lpuvm't. Dent. 33: 14 filiov rpm-5v.
5: 16. SO 1'] rpwré'yq Artemid. 4. 46. Vvisd. 7: 18. Horn. 0d. 15. 404 rporui
heMow. P01. 9. 15. 2.~—Also a turning
Tgwxikm, at, 0t, (rpig, 01:01,) back or rout of enemies, l Mace. 4: 35.
three thousand,Acts 2:41. Comp. utfm. Xen. An. 1. 8. 25.
§ 70. 4. Sept. for $17‘?! "3:25"? Ex. 32:28.
--Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 33.. Tgé-z'og, 09, i), (rpe'1ru to tum) pp.
T511709‘, 7), 09, ordin. adj. (rpzig) a turning, turn, direction ; hence gem.
manner, any, mode, Xen.C yr. 8. 1. 19 :7;
the third, e. g.
per Ethan-akin: 1' 61mg hv ai/rf'. InN.T.
a) gem. Matt. 2023 ‘MP1 1'1)v rpirryv
a) gem. in a verbial constructions:
n'ipav. 22:26 hrpt'rog. 27:64’. Luke 12:
38. 2 Cor. 12: 2. Rev. 4: 7. 111. Sept. (a) Acc. c. xaré, e.g. 1:419’ 31» rpéraw, in
what manner, i. q. as, even as, camp. in
for ‘11.5"’??? Gen. 1: 13. 2: 14.—1E1. V.
H. 7. 5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 41.—SO rj rpirf]
Kara’: no. 4. a. Acts 15:11. 27:25 mrd
m'u'ra rpo'irol' in way way Rom. 8 :2 ran‘:
ilyz'pq on the third day Matt. 16:21.
Mark 9: 31. a1. 15 1111. r5 rpi’rg John 2: pnoe'va rp61ror in no way, 2 Thess. 2: 3.
——Sept.Num. 18:7. 2 Mace. 11:31. P01.
1. 'r' rpirp sc. i//.l.. Luke 13: 32.-——-Xen.
H. . 4|. 1. 20. 1'5 rpirz] Cyr. B. 7. 5.
1. 87. 4. Xen.Cyr.8. 2. Acc.'as
b) Neut. n‘: rpirov (a) Subst. c. adv. 3v rp61rov,in what manner, i.e. 83,
ps'pog impl. the third part, seq. gen. 01' even as, Matt. 23:37 By rpéirov Erwin-é
a who1e, Rev. 8:7 115 rpirov ni'w Eévspwv 751 59111;‘ n‘; voo'm'a. Luke 13: 34. Ads
v. 8, 9 b18,10, 11, 12 quinq. 9: 15, 18. 1:11. 7: 28. 2 Tim. 3: 8. So too Jude
7 H511 5110101’ TOIIITOIQ rpdrrov. Comp.
12:4. non. al. So Sept. for h"??? Num.
15:6, 7. 2 Sam. 16: 2. _ ([3) Adv. the
But1m.§115.4. §131.6,and n. 3,4.
Matth. § 425. \Viner M12. 6. Herm. ad
third time, e. g. 11‘; rplrov Mark 14:41.
John 21:17 bis. Simpl. rpt'rov Luke 20: Vig. p. 882. Sept. for “5!? Gen_26=29.
19. 98:22. John 21:14. ICor. 12:28. Obad. 16. — 2 Mace. 15: 39. Hdian. 1.
rpirov rm'lro this Mird time 2 Cor. 12:14. 2.3. Xen.An.6.3.1. Mem.2.l.88. agency
13: 1. non. al. 80 Sept. rpirov rofiro for rpdrrov Luc. Catapl. 6.-—('y) Dat. wan-1
my? W3 =3 Num. 24.110. Judg. 15115. rpiiirq) in every way, P1111. .l: 18. Comp.
Num.22:28,32.—rpiroy Dio Cass.58.10. Winer § 133.3.2. \Viner § 31.4. Also
p. 596.—A150 ix rpirou adv. the third time 0. iv, as z'v wan-1 rpéirtp 2 Thess. 3: 16;
Matt. 26:44; see in '13:: no.2 fin. AL. comp.in 'Ev no. 3. b.—da1.1 M1100. 14:85.
Arr. Epict. 2. 20.8. Xen.Cyr. 2. 1.13.
Tgllxec, see BpiE. b) trop. turn of mind and life, disposi
Tgixivog, n, or, (SpiE, gen. 79! 0'c,) tion, manners, mode of thinking, feeling,
hairy, made of hair, min-0c rpixu'oc ev. acting. H61). 13:5 l‘liPtXép'YUpDfj‘) rpo'n'og.
6:12. Sept. for ‘ff-‘.1 Zech. 13:4..-—-Xen. —Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 7. Hdian. ‘2. 14. 9.
An. 4.,8. 3 Tplxivovg Xirihvay. Xen. An. 1. 9. 22. ' . ,
Tgolmog, av, 6, (rpépu) a trembling, Tgovrmpogéw, a7, 1. 17m», (rpérog b,
e.g. from fear, terror, Mark 16:8 six: ¢opéw,) to bear with the turn of any one.
5:. (1111319 rpépoc x111 Zk‘flflldtg‘. Sept. for i.e. with his disposition, manners, con
 Teen’: '795 ‘TM’?
duct, c. acc. Acts 13: 18 text. rec. z’rpo course of life, see in I‘z’yeme'm-Ldomp.
tmpépqnv m'n-m'le, from Deut. 1 :31 where Anacr. 4.7 rpoxog dpparoe ‘yap o't'a, fits
Sept; Alex. et Comp]. for ":03. Later 670.rpe' he
rog grammarians
El tcuXwfieig. makeN.T.II.
Wotst. a distinc
edit. é 'pr/nw. — Constitut. Apost.
7. 36. Cic. ad Att. 13. 29. tion between rpoxog wheel, and rpoxé'c
" Tfo¢7la 59', i1, (rpe' u q. v.) food, course ; see Passow in rphxoe fin.
nourishment, sustenance, iatt. 3: 4 1‘; 5e‘ 'l'guQA/ot, 0U, 16, a dish, bowl, for
TM.) abrol't fiv dxpt'deg x. r. A. 6:25. 24: eating or drinking ; Matt. 26: 23 6 e’):
45. Luke 12:23. John 4:8. Acts 2:46. géillag ,uer' Epoi Eu rtP-rpvfikt'p. Marl; 14:
9:19. 14:17. 27:83, 34,36,318. James 20. On this mode of eating, see Calmet
8: 15. Trop. nutriment for the mind, in art. Eating, p. 365 sq. Jahn Q 147. Sept.
struction, Heb.- 5: 12, 14. Sept. pp. for for "HP: Ex.25:39. Num.4:7.-—-Jos.Ant.
5;‘: Job 36:31. Ps. 104.:27. no’; PS.136: 3.8.10. Luc.Tim.54. ELVJL a. 37. d
25. Prov. 6: s. - ArnEpict. 1. 11. 12. Tgvyoiw, a, r. {,moPt-m ripe fruits
Hdian. 1. 17. 23. Xen. Mem. 3.11.6. — or grain, fruitage, vintage, harvest) to
In the sense of stipend,hire, Matt. 10:10
gather in ripe fruits or grain, to harvest,
“to: yap 1') e'p-yérng rfig rpotpijg altrofi, genr. Sept. for ‘3?, Hos. 10:12,"! m'rrrov
comp. Luke 10:7 et 1 Tim. 5:18 where rp. Long. 2. 4. Oftener and in N.T. of
it is r017 ,utaOot—t al’trail—Xen. (E0. 5. 18.
vintagers, to gather grapes, c. acc. Luke
Tgowaog, 00, a, Trophimus, pr. n. 6:44 0135s‘ in fiérov rpuytim crarpv'hv'yv.
of a Christian of Ephesus, Acts 20: 4. Rev. 14:18, 19. So Sept. for ‘use Deut.
21: 29. 9 Tim. 4: 20. 24: 21. Judg. 9: 7.—Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 8.
Tgogbog, 017, 6, 1'1, (rpt’¢u,) a nw'ser, Dioscor. 5.29 rfiv armpvio’yv. Luc. Ca
nurse, 1 Thess. 2:7. Sept. for "13??! Gen. tapl. 20. Xen. (Ec. 19. 19. _
35: 8. IS. 49:23.—- Hdot.6.61. P0l.16. Tgu'ya'm, 6mg, 1541-9643.» to murmur,
31. 2. Xen.Cyr. 7- 3. 13. to coo, kindr. rptZu q.v.) a tw'tle-dove,
Tgo¢o¢ogsw, a), 121'”... ,(rpo¢r5¢,¢opéo ,) Luke 2:24. Comp. in Hepwrspoi. Sept.
to bear as a nurse, to carry in the arms, for ‘'H Lev. 5: 7, 11.--- El. V. H. 1. 15,‘.
as a nurse her nursling; trop. i. q. to H. A. 1. as. 39. ";
cherish, to carefor, trans. Acts 13:18 in Tea/1.127.102, mg, :1, (rph'm), Tpl'lw to
later edit. from Deut. 1: 31 where Sept. rub throu h), a hole, eye 01-8.. needle, i.q.
Cod. Vatic. for Heb. i193. Comp. in r t'm'qpa, Iark 10: 25. Luke 18:95.?
Tpmro¢opéw.-—2 Macc. 7 :27. Macar. Ho enr. rpup. rfig Trs'rpat; Sept.Judg.15:ll.
mil. 46 t'zvahapgtivet m1 nsptfit'thrret ml Jer. 13:4. 16:15. Plut. de Puer. educ.
rpo1ro¢ope1 iv 1roM§ orop'y‘r']. 14. ed. R.VI. p. 36. 5. ,
'lgoxm', (2;, v", (rptixog) a wheel Tgt'nmau, wrog, rd (rpmra'u t0
h'aek, rut, Nicand. Theriac. B76 t'zfn'tEnt; bore,rpinra, rpn'm,) a hole, eye of a needle,
rpoxui. Hesych. rpoxtat" ai ru'w rpoxiftv Matt. 19: '24. -— Genr. Aristoph.Eccles.
xapéEstg. In N. T. in a wider sense, a 620 or 634. Etymol. Mag. 726. 55. '
way, path.- trop. Heb. 19: 13 rpoxtac Mmris p. 289, ti'lrr'lr, ’Arru;u7g' rpz'mnpa,
6p6ug ron’yaare ro'ig 1roo'lv int‘iv, i.e. ways 'Ehhqmnig.
oflife and conduct ; quoted from Prov. Tftlitpalltot, 7);, 1‘),Tryphana, pr. n. of
4:28 where Sept. for 53?}! , as also Prov.
9:15. 4:11.—Suid. rpoxtcig' nopet'ac,
a female Christian at Rome, Rom.16 :12.
rplgouc, épyaat'ae. Tgveée, 5,11 whom“) _to Zia‘:
T597605 05, 5,(rpéxw,) pp. a runner, delicately and luxuriously, to live in plea
i.e any thing made round for rolling or sure, intrans. James 5: 5. Sept. for 121"‘!
running; hence genr. a wheel, as of a
Neh. 9: 25. also‘: Is. 66:‘11.—-'Jo‘s. nt.
chariot, Sept. for 195% 1 K. 7: 32. Xen. 4. 7. 3. ml. V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Ath. 1.11;‘
TQUWII, 579, 1'1, (Spl'nrm to break) d0
Cyr. 6.1.30; of a potter, P01. 12. 15. 6;
for torture, Luc.D.Deor. 6.5. Plut.Pho Iz'eate living, lurury,sc. as breaking down
sion 35; In N.T. trop. a course as run the mind and making efi‘eminate. Luke
by a wheel, or perh. circular course, cir 7: 25 at e'v---rpv¢§ ima'pxovreg. 2 Petfl:
cuit.- James 3:6 rpnxtiv n'yg yzi'éo‘ewg i.q. 13. Sept. for 1119,13 Prov. 19:10. Cant-7:
 Tgutpfia'a 796 Tuyxoim
7.-—Test. XII Patnp. 70l 6 iv rpmpj 31a’ Tl’lxtdflt. Heb. 11:35. Perf. Heb. 8: 6
ywv. Hdian. 5.2.14. Xen.Mem.1. 6. 10. 5mg). ré-reuxe hnroup'yt’ap—S Macc. 4: 6
Tguip‘zo'“, 71G: I‘). T1'yphosa,pr. n. ofa u'pr’lwlg. Diod.Sic.4.33 awrnpiac. Hdian.
female Christian at Rome, Rom. 16:12. 2. 3. 25. Xen.(Ec. l 1. 8. Perf. n'rcv-xa
0. gen. 3 Mace. 5: 35 ,Borylki'ag rerzvxé
T350025‘, 0280;, Troas, strictly Alex rec. Diod.Sic. 1.57. Pol. 1.66.10. Plut.
andria-Twas, a city of Phrygia Minor Aleib. ]. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.
in Mysia, situated on the coast at some 198. Lob. ad Phr. p. 395.
distance southward from the site of Troy; 2. intrans. to fall out, to happen, to
now Eshi-Slamboul. Acts 16:8, 11. 20: chance. a) ti fl’lxot impers. {fso happen,
5,6. 2Cor. 2:12. 2Tim. 4:13.—Ptolem. it may be, i. q. perchance, perhaps, comp.
5. 3. Plin.H.N. 5.30. The name Trans in El I. 1. So 1 Cor. 14:10 et 15:37,
or the Troad strictly belonged to the where it is equiv. to jbr example—Philo
whole district around Troy. de Num. mut. p. 1067 pownxav pe‘y ‘yap,
Tgw'yx'akhov, on, T6, Trogyllium,pr. cZ rilxot, titli- ypapparixév x. 'r. X. Dion.
n. of a town and promontory on the wes Hal. 4. 19. Hdian. 7.8. 4, 9. Luc..Bis,
tern coast of Asia Minor,oppositesamos, accus. 2. Comp.\Vet.st. N.T. II. p. 160.
at the foot of Mount Mycale. Acts 20: Viger. p. 301. n. 38.
15.—Strabo 14. l. 13. 1)) Part. rvxéw, 0170a, 6v, (a) as Adj.
happening, sc.any where and at all times,
T506701, f. Eopat, aor. Zrpa'yov, (rptilw,
i. q. chance, casual, common; hence oil
rpim) to eat, pp. fruits, nuts, raw beans, ruxdn', uncommon, special. Acts 19:11
etc. which require cracking with the Evvcipetg re 01'! rag ruxor'wal; Erroiu 6 926g.
teeth, Hdot. 2. 37. ib. 8. 92; hence rpm 28: 2.—c. or’: 3 Macc. 3: 7. Jos. Ant. 9.
ya/Ma, r win-oi, i.q. fruits, nuts, almonds, 6.6. Hdian. 2. 3.16. Genr. Pol. 1. 25.6.
and the ike, set on as desert. In N.T. Xen. Mem. 1. l. 14.—([3) Neut. rvxdr
genr. to eat, i.q. EaOiw, absol. Matt. 24: adv. it may be, i. q. perchance, perhaps,
38 rpu'ryovreg mi 1n’vol/re;- eating and 1 Cor. 16:6 :rpog bpdc be‘ rvxavprapapn'i.
drinking,i.e. feasting, revelling, comp. in -—-Arr. Exp. Alex. M. l. 10. 10. Xen.
Eaeiu c. 'y. —- Dem. 402. 91 rpuiryew Kai An. 6. 1. 80. Comp. Viger. p. 365.
m'vuv fiauxj. P01. 32. 9. 9. Xen. Conv. 0) Before the participle of another
4. 8.——Seq. acc. aprov v. c'iprovg byl'iebr. verb, rv'yxdvw is used in an adverbial
John 13:18,quoted from Ps. 41:10 where sense,much like Engl. ‘to happen to be,
Heb. 5?! , Sept. E0041», see fully in'Aprog to chance to be,’ before a participle; e.g.
b. Trop. John 6: 58. c. ac'lpxa v. 54, Ceb. Tab. 1 Ervyxr'wopev nepnrarofivrm
56, 57; see fully in Aipa a. we happened [to be] waflting about, we
Tayxaim, f. rei'Eopat, (kindr. with were by chance walking, etc. Xen. An.
ru'lxw) aor. 2 Ervxonperf. Tfl'lllxtllt‘tl' also
1. 5. B 51ml: Ema-r09 Z-ruxev termini"; where
perf. re'revxa Hdot. 3. l4, and in later each happened [to be] standing. Buttm. §
writers, see in no. 1 tin. See Buttm. § 144. n. 8. Matth. § 553. 3. Espec. with
114. p. 303. Matth. § 25]. Lob. ad Phr. 11''», bvreg, Xen. Cyr. 9. 2. 11 Evrfi al.-mi
p. 895.— To hit, to strike, to reach a e'rl'lyxavs' rig by in the tent there happened
mark or ob'ect, of a weapon, absol.Hom. to be one etc. Ag. 2. 2 wMv 600: aim-3v
ll. 5: 98. en.Cyr. 4. 6. 4. c. acc. II. 5. :pv'yabeg rd'rs 5v"; in'ryxarov. But not
582. c. gen.Il.5.587. 1E1.V.H.l3. 1 tin. unfreq. and especially in later writers,
Xen.Cyr. 2.3.18. Also,tofall in with, to by is here omitted, particularly before a
meet casually,of persons, absol. Od. 21. predicate; and then 'ru'yxdvw takes the
13. Hes. Theog. 973. Hence in N. T. place of a conditional to be, which can
1. trans. to attain unto, i.q. to obtain, often be expressed in English only by
to gain, to receive, seq. gen. Matt. § 328. to be or sometimes not at all; comp.itiatth.
Winer§30. 5. n. p.166,490. Luke 20:35 § 533. no. 1. Thus in the same words of
Karagtweévrec r05 ailivoc ixu'vou rvxe'iv. Xenoph. H. G. 4. 3. 3 n-Xfiv 5am uirriv
(Dem. Coron. p. 328 B,mr' ain'o rm'n'o (pl/765:9 r61" Eriryxavov except those who
dEuic tip: irraivm: 'rvxe'iv.) Acts 94: 3 happened [to be] exiles, Engl. who were
woMr'pc elpiyvm rv'yxdvovreg 5.61 00:7. 26: exiles. Plato Hipp. Maj. p. 299 ult. 5a‘:
‘22. 27: 3. 2 Tim. 2:10 in: dumping rain-a ru'yxdvn :caM. Aristoph. Ecclcs.
 Tupwmnzw 797 Ton-1:0
l 141. Palaeph. 15. 2 (iron in'lyxarsv {ware 1rpoo'xuveiv m'lror'lc, quoted from
dpxrog where there chanced [to be] a bear, Amos 5:26 where Sept. for Dbl—Hdian.
Engl. where there was a bear. Jos.Ant. 5. 5. ll ror 'n'nrov T017 9505. Diod. Sic].
l. 19. 5 zirrsp Aagr'wou 1l'll-l'g‘ ru'yxdl'ug; 7.—([3) Trop. form, manner, 6. g. of the
dost thou happen [to be] the daughter of contents of a letter Acts 23:25; of a doc.
Laban? i.e.art thou perhaps his daughter? trine Rom. 6: 17.—3 Mace. 3: 30 6 ,uz‘v
ib.3.5. l. ib.4.7.2 Mwiiafic Es‘, 'yqpatag .75., Tfig s'marohfig n'rrmc K. 1'. h. Jambl. Vit.
ru-yxévwv, Moses happening now [to be] Pythag. c. 16. p. 58. c. 23. p. 89, rbv
an old man, Eng]. being now old. See rinrow rfig Btsaaxahlag. Pol.22.7.9.-—(7)
Matth.l.c. Lob.ad Phryn. p.977. Passow Trop. of a. person as bearing the form
s.v. no. 2.—Hence in N.T. Luke 10:30 and figure of another, i. e. as having a
c’ioc'vrzg [ain'dv] hpteavfi ruyxdvov'ra, lit. certain resemblance in relations and cir
leaving him [to be] half dead; cumstances; Rom. 5: 14 5: ion ru'nroc
Engl. ‘ leaving him as it were half dead.’ ror-1 pe'hhov'roc.
TUMWIZWZW, f. law, from rop'lravav c) i. q. prototype, pattern. (a) pp. of a
lympanum, a drum, tabret, timbrel, (rop pattern or model after which any thing
mawov, film-u) consisting in the East of is to be made; Acts 7: M. nou'iaat ain'fiv
a thin wooden rim covered over with Kara rov n'nrov r. r. h. Heb. 8:5. Comp.
membrane, and hung around with brass Ex. 25: 40 where Sept. for "Eli—An
balls or rattles, used chiefly by dancing thol. Gr. I I.p.7 Trop. an exemplar,
women, Sept. for I?“ Ex. 15:20. Judg. example, pattern, e. g. to be imitated,
11:34. El. V. H. 9. 8. Hdian. 4. ll. 5. followed, Phil. 3: l7 avppqmrai you
But the n'nnravov, tympanum, was also 'ylvwfle . . meabgi'xere n'movhpic. lThess.
an inurument of torture, a wooden frame, 1:7. 9 Thess. 3: 9. 1 Tim. 4:12. Tit.
prob. so called as resembling a drum or 2:7. 1 Pet. 5:3. Hence also for admoni
timbrel in form,on which criminals were tion, warning, 1 Cor. 10:6, 11.
bound to be beaten to death, 2 Macc. 6: Tr'nr'm, f. ‘410), to beat, to strike, to
19, 28, comp. v. 30; in Jos. de Mace. the smile, pp. with repeated strokes, trans.
same instrument 'is called rpoxog wheel, 9.) pp. and genr. (a) in enmity, with
§§ 5, 9. Phot. in Lex. rhpn'avoy' ro r017 a staff, club, the fist, etc. o. acc. of pers.
anlu’ov “how, 95 'rmig nopadidopévovg Matt. 94': 49 n'nr'rew for): auvaoizhovc.
aiexnplzsro. Luc. Catapl. 6 En rupn'c'wou, Luke 12:45. Acts 18:17. 91:32 1:’;
Schol. Elihov is)! 4; TO‘I‘IQ Karadixovg 25b6 nmwcg ‘ror Haihov. 23: 3. nu‘: ivrl rfiv
vevor.—-Hence rvpnavllu, to tympanize, ata-yéva Luke 6: 29. etc rr‘lv xc¢a)\1’]v sc.
i. e. to drum, to heal the drum or timbrel, m’lrov Matt. 27: BO. rfiv Kupuhfiv ain'ci'l
Diod. Sic. 3. 59. In N.T. to scourge upon xahdpq: Mark 15:19. ail-ror? r6 1rpéaw1rov
the tympanum, to torture, to drum to death, Luke 29:64. 11‘: aro'pa Acts 2329. Sept.
comp. Engl. ‘ to break upon the wheel;' of pers. for 1'12? Ex. 2:11, 13. 91:15.—
Pass. Heb. 11: 35 r'iMm 5s‘ irvpvravlafln IEschin. 4. 42 'n'nrrew rov 1ra'répa, i 'rfiv
aav, comp. 2 Macc l.c.——Luc.J up. Trag. pnre'pa. Pol.3.53.4'. Xen.Ath.1.8. Twit
l9 clvnaxohmrtzoluévouc Es‘, Kai ruluram at; n Xen.Gyr.5.4..5.—(,B) Of those who
Zope'voug. Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5. Plut. do beat upon their breasts in strong emotion;
AduLetAmic.17.T.VI.p.220.14. Reisk. Luke 23:46 n'nrrovrec Emmi'w rc‘l M01).
So zit-rrorup-rra rl[w,3 Macc.3 : '27 aiaxlo'rotg 18: 13 Znnrrsv [gain-av] :19 re 01100:.—
flaor’wotg- Zz-lrorupnawwfir'losrat. Jos.c.Ap. Jos.Ant. 7. 10. 5 nnrrdpevog rir a're'pvm—
l. 90. Plut. Galb. 8. (y) Trop. from the Heb. to smile, i. q. to
Tt'wrog, 00, 6, (rim-rm’) a type, i. e. punish, to inflict evil, to afllict with dis
any thing caused ,prod uced,made through ease, calamity, spoken only of God, 0.
the agency of strokes, blows. acc. Acts 23:3 n’nrrrw as péhlm 6 Geo'c.
a) i. q. a mark, print, impression, John So Sept. and "=3?! 2 Sam. 24:17. Ez.7:9.
20: 25 bis rov n'nrov r171’ ifiuIm—Athen. —2 Macc. 3:39. Comp. in Haro'mm c.
13.p.585.C,ror)g rl'nrauc n31’ n'hnyfiyldoi'l b) trop. to strike against, i.q. to qfl'end,
aa. Jos.B.J.3.9.3. Plut.Symp.8.qu.7.§ 4. to wound, e. g. the conscience of any one,
b)i.q.figure,form,e.g. (a) of an image, n‘pv owsldnmv l COT-8:19. Sept. and ,1‘:
statue. Acts 7: 4.3 T0139 rr'nrovg oil; inoc [with etymological respect to the root
 Wye; 798 Tzwdu
as) i, 184ml swam!!! 19.1 25. Hdot. 4.2 sq. The ancient part ‘tif‘fi'ie'cifyjyid‘g',
summit. 11" - - upon the continent, was destroyed in this
' Tziguvrog, 0v, 6, ‘Tymmms, pr. n. of siege, and never again rebuilfl'Uhtlei"
a man at Ephesus, in whose school Paul the Selencidae and the Romans, Tyre
disputed, and thus taught the Gospel, still retained its importance as va com.
Acts 19:9. Comp. in ZXoM. He was mercial city. Strabo describes ‘it as
prob. a Greek sophist; since Paul had situated wholly upon an island, and as
aft the Jewish synagogue. flourishing in trade and commerce; Strabo
Tvgé’élw, r. da'u,(ri;p€q, LaLturba,) 16. 2. 23. In the fourth century, accord.
to make turbid, to disturb, to stir up, rdv ing to Jerome, it was still a place of
mflciv Aristoph. Vesp. 257. In N. T. great importance; ad Ezech. 26: 7'; and
trop. lo disturb in mind, to trouble, to such it continued to be in the time of the
make anxious, Pass. or Mid. Luke 10:41 crusades. See genr. Roland Paleest. p.
pspipvgic Kai rvpgdly rrspl 1roMd.—-Ari 104.6 sq. Gesen. Comm. zu Jesaia c. 23.
stoph. Fax 1006 sq. Athen. 8. 3. p. 336. T.I.ii.p.707 sq. Rosenm.Bibl.Geogr.11.
i. p. 29 sq. For the present state of Tyre
Tégmg, 0v, 6, 1), adj. (Ti/pom) Tym'an; or Sur, a small village on a peninsuia,
hence b Tz'ipwg a Tyrian, Acts 12:20.— see Miss. Herald, 1824'. p.277,305. The
Hdian. 3. 3. 3. prophets of the O. T. describe Tyre as
Trips‘, 00, 1'], Tyre, Heb. "'13 (rock), full of wealth, pride, luxury, and vice;
Aram. form N33 whence Taipog, pr. n. of and denounce judgments against her for
'the celebrated emporium of Phenicia, her idolatry and wickedness; see Is. 23:
younger than Sidon, and not mentioned 13. Ez. 26:7. 518:1 sq. 29:18.-—-InN.T.
byMoses orHomer; but soon outstripping Acts 21 :3, 7; elsewhere only Tz'lpog- rat
the latter city in commerce, wealth and 2.54», Matt. 11: 21, 92. 15. 21. Mark
power. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 1W3. 3:8. 7:24, 31. Luke 6:17. 10:13, 14'.
Tyre was situated on the coast of the TU¢7\6§,7'],0'V, (perhfor rupzkrig, from
Mediterranean within the limits assigned
76¢“ (1. v.) blind, Matt.‘ 9: 27.28. 1115.
to'the tribe or Asher; but was never sub 12: 22. Luke 7: 21, 22. John 9: 1 sq.
dhed‘b the ‘Israelites; Josh.19:‘29,comp._, Acts 13:11. al. Sept. for ‘I’. Lev.19:14.
Judg'; £3,118: 7. 'On the contrary, Job 29:15.—Ceb. Tab. 7. Luc. Tim. 20.
under the_reigns 01 David and Solomon Xen.Mem.4.3.3.—Trop. in respect to the‘,
there was _'a_ close"allia:nce of aid and
Odsggmerceilipejtqzeri the ‘two ‘1360?; %.1 mind,'bh'nd, ignorant, stupid, dull 01' ap-f.‘
prehension; Matt. I 5: i4 Zidnym' sic‘; rvpipi
'.5'1,. .521s"1'1r,4;, rmphu‘iv. 18. John 23:16,17,19,
9=39,40,41. Rom.2:19l
94, 2 Pee;
Luke
sq, g "2.5, {.10. refine. t. 9 sq.
ib.,8. “Min, The aiipient 'eity lay 1:9. Rev. 3:17. So Sept. and "I? Is. 42:
on‘ the 'continen , and‘thé‘more modem
16, 18, 19. 43:8.-—Luc. Vitar. Auct.
pa'rt'upon an island opposite. It was rvphdc 'yilp at rife iiwxfic rl‘w ddldnkluo'r.
lo'n besieged by Salmanassar, Menand.‘
Soph. (Ed. Tyr.371 or 378. Comp.Xen.
ap. os.Ant.9.14.2; and alterwards for 13 ‘ Mem. 1. 3. 4. A1,. ‘ ll‘
years by Nebuchadnezzar, Jos. Ant. 10.
11. l. c. Ap. 1.21. Comp.Ez.c.26,27,28. ,Tueiéw, :7, r. m», WW9.) to blast.
Whether it was'actnally captured by '- to make blind,tmnsJEl. lid-‘3.94:. Hdot.
the latter, is matter of question among 4.2. In N.T.only tropcnoc. John 12:00“
critics; since neither J‘osephus hor' any rode ripdahpobq. 1 John 2:11. 2 Cor-.5.‘
Greek or Phenician writer asserts it: ‘rd veil/mm. So Sept. for ‘3.! Is.49:19.—.
Jerome ad E2‘, 26: '7.’ At apy'rate Tyre TesLXII Patr. p.534 rdv. vm'w. Jos. Ant.
appears to have come antler the‘ dominion 8. 2. 2 r5 dumb; rmMupéw-Wfl‘ Plato
of the Babylonians; and afterwards under Phaedo AS rfiv \lmxfiv 'rvqikwflcimu') mt,‘
that '01‘ ‘t’heTersians; in whose time the Twpéw, 5, f. am», (rem-‘Lamas?
T 'ans furnishedceda'r1 for the second vapour, trop. conceit, pride, t'ror'n W‘)
align,“ zta 91‘7‘." Ty'ré'was taken by to smoke, to firms, to summit! with amok,
Alexa' ‘dcnlthe‘Gr'e'at, alter Ycelebratedll JuL‘CteSares. rmpou’ipetia ‘we radars-vhf].
siege,‘ ‘.8’. 932,1 see DiodSic; 17. 40 sq. Trop. to make conceited, proudflo Rajah‘;
A’ ." Ei'ped. Ale'x. M: 2. 16 sq. Q.Curt. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1015 ('1 st “(in
 Téee 799
Eaorov ézcrr'npmaev. Jos. B. J. 9. IT. 9.
Hdian. 6. 5. 24. In N. T. only Pass. to
be conceited, proud, arrogant, lifted up
with pride; 1 Tim. 3: 6 pr) ru¢u6£ic tig
Katya 2'11?!’ . 6:4. 2 Tim. 3: 41.—Jos. c.
p. 1.3. EZELHBQB rervgbupz'vog i1ri rq'i
whoirnp. P01. 3. 81. l.
Tésbw, f. 3.94"», Buttm. <> l8. 2; :0
make a make,fume, vapour, ram-6v n'npzw
Hdot. 4. 196. to smoke, to surround or
fill with smoke, vapour, xa-lrvq'a n'npw rfiv
ms)...’ Aristoph. Vesp. 4.57, 1079. to la
burn out in smoke, i.e. slowly and faintly,
Diod.Si¢.3.29 n'lrpovm row Ev 1i Xapéopa
Xliprov.—-In N.T.Pass. Matt.12:20 Mvov
rwpo'yevuv, a smoking wick, i. e. burning
l'aintly,dimly,quoted from [5.42:3 where
cu.
,
I I
‘Tom/Mung, n, 0v, (am-wen“) hya
ciiithx'ne, having the colour of the hya_
cinth, Rom. 9:17. Sept. for it"? Ex.25:
5:: [See under this word in Gen. Lex.]
héelg'Ex; Stout—Hom. 0d. 6. 231. Luc.
pry I'mdgv 5.
‘j’Téwéos, ov, a, a, a hyacinth. a
flower‘ ol'e deep purple or reddish blue,
H’o‘m‘.‘ 11.14.. 348. El. V. H. 13.1 In
N.T. 2'. gem of like colour,nearl related
to the zircon of mineralogists, fiev. 21:
201‘ Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 10 or 41.
Rees’ Cyclop. art. Gems.
~"roi7uvog, n, or, (iiuhog) of 9am,
glassy, transparent, Rev. 4: 6 S'ékamm
imiu'vq. 15: 9 bis. ' disposition of mind, Sept. for "35! Is. 9:
"Talog, 00, {1, (51.1,) pp. ‘anything
transparent like water,’ e. g. any trens
parent stone or gem, as rock-salt Hdot.
3.‘ '24; crystal, Sept. for "PM Job 28;";
a burning glass or mirror ,prob.of crystal,
Aristoph. Nub. 766 or 768. M604‘ 3m
rpaw‘yg, fig r6 m'rp Ear-Town"- Hlv Joker‘.
In N: . glasr, Rev. 21: 18, 21.—An
tiphil. 6 in Anth. Gr. II. p. 155. Luc.‘
Qugm..Hist. 25. Diod. Sic. 2. 15, -'l;'he
grammarians prefer the form 17am; to
the more. Ionic 52M; in Hdot. et Diod.
ll. p9,. Lob. ad Phr. p, 309. —.- On the
histopyyofi‘anoient glassfiee Strabo XI V.
p.158,’ Rees‘ Cyclop. art. Glass.
7mg‘:
Heb. F1322, Sept. marw'iapm. Spatially in
Aivov.—Chariton. Aphrod. 6.3 Time/I'm!
mlpo'g. Anth. Gr. I. p. 7. Plut. 8010]). l
1rupz¢6AaEc rugbopévrpv {16905 vrvpoc E'rt
Zd'm'av tphéym
Tvgbwvmo'g, 1'), 5r, (mpéw typhon,
whirlwind,)q/pllonic,i.e.likeawhirlwind,
violent,tempestuous,e.g.&vzpocActs 97:14.
Toxmog, 0v, 6, also Tvxurdg, 017,
Tyc/n'cus, pr.n.of a Christian teacher, the
friend and companion of Paul, Acts 20:
4. Eph.6:21. Col. 4:7. 2Tim. 4:19. Tit.
3:12.—For the accentuation, see Winer
§ 0. 1. p. 4.9.
Tvxtiv, see in Tu'yxt'ww n0. 2. b. B.
T
'Tcglzw, f. im.), (I'Jfipm) (0 act with
insolence, wantonness, wicked violente, in
trans. Luc. D. Deor. 6. l. Xen. Cyr. 3.
1. 27. c. e‘ig nva towards any one, Luc.
D. Deor. 12. l. Dem. 212. 23. In N.T.
c. accus. expr. 0r impl. to act insolently
as to or towards any one, i.e. to treat with
insolencepontumely, i.q. to injure, to abuse;
comp. Matth. § 411. 2. Winer § 32. l."
n. p. 182. Matt. 22: 6 fifipumv mi in’:
rrswav sc. airrm'lg. Luke 11: 45. 18: 39.
[Hiph
Acts 14.;orB’zz]
5. I Thess.
2 Sam.2;1941-2
a. Sept. for
Ma‘ecj.
14: 49. P01. 10. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5.
"'rggls', 560;, 1'1, (perh. il1rs'p,) pride,
haugktiness, arrogance,as an affection or
9 5'4), i'lgpu Kai brlmhlfi Kapoiq Ae'yoyrzg.
Prov. 29:23. we Prov. 16:19. Jos. Ant.
6.4.4. Thuc.l.38. In N.T. as shown in
external acts, insolence, contumely, inju
rious treatment.
a) 2 Cor. 12:10 iv iifipeo'w in contu
meliee, sc. as heaped ppon one. Se t. for
1'“; Is. 16:6. Nah. 2: 2.-Aristor_ het.
2.2. Dem. 296.ll ma squirm! ¢o€¢pwré~
paqv'ryr'wtrac rag r’ifipuc mi. rac olrqu'ac.
Xen. Cyr.,S. 4. 14.. - ,
.b) meton. irjwy, harm, damage, in
person or property, Home arising from the
ineolaece or violence of any one, and trop.v ,
from the violence of the sea, tempest!»
 ' Tcgmrrig 800 ' Taro;
etc. Acts 27:10, 21.—Jos.Ant. 3. 6. 4 r6 i.e.fnesh, green, opp. Erypég, Ipuke 23:31;
re rail/m Kai ripe dirt‘; rain’ o'lugpuv 5gp“! comp. in 271796;. Sept. for 11? Judg. 18:
dropaxdpewat. Pind. Pyth. 1.140 wavel 7, 8.—Theophr.H.Pl.5. 10 My“; 6:‘ vi-ypa
orovov iifipw 156w. Comp. Dem. 522. ult. rd Ehauz.
‘Tgfm'nlié', 05, d, (itgpifw) one
“r5511, “5, h, (1751142,) 0 water-pot,
insolent, eontumelious, iry'urious, Rom. l: e. g. a large vessel of stone in which
30 ilcpw'rdc, inrepqpa'vovc. 1 Tim. 1:13. water is kept standing, John 2: 6,7; also
Sept. for v.1. Is. 16:6. ms: Job 40: 6 [in vessel for drawing and carrying water,
the Heb. 11] Is. 2: 12. - Palaeph. 1. 8 a pot, bucket, pail, in the East often of
ilfipurml m1 imepr'lpavot. Luc.D.Deor.6. stone or earthen ware, John 4:28. Sept.
1. Xen.Mem.1.2.19. for ‘I? Gen. 24:14 sq. Judg. 7:16,19.—
I I
T‘YHZIVQI, f, an}, (iryu'lgg) (0 be Jos.Ant.8.13.5. Athen. XIII. p. 589.13.
sound, healthy, well; to be in good health; Xen. H. G. l. 7. 9.
intrans. 'Thgo'roréw, a7, 1'. flow, (filipowérqg,
a) pp. Luke 5:31 0i bytalvovrrg those from 175111;», 11'1'vw,) to drink water, to be a
well. 7:10. 3 John 2. Also i.q. to be sagfe Water-drinker, intrans. 1 Tim. 5: 23. —
and sound, Luke 15: 27. Sept. for B1 37' Athen. II. p. 44.0. 511.17.112.38. Xen.
["15 “12611 or R1" 1555351: (eDI'I-ytalvuflGen. Cyr. 6. 2. 26.
29:6. 43:27, 2B.-—Tob. 5: 13, 20. Ceb.
Tab.36. Dem.1256.4. Xen.Mem.2.2.10. 'Tdgwrmo'g, 2'1, 61', (1789704. dropsy,
b) trop. e. g. of persons, ityun’vuv r5 175w ,) hydropie, dropsical, Luke 14: 2.
1rlare1 v. E’)! rj alarm, to be sound in the — 01. 13. 2. 6.
faith, i.e. firm, pure in respect to Chris "T6013, 135270;, r6,(ilw,)water,plur.
tian doctrine and life, Tit.1:13. 2:2. 11‘: 53am the waters.
(Pol.28.15.12.) of doctrine, htdao'xalu'a a) pp. Matt. 27:44 hafidw 5510p 61:.
irytalrouaa, Ao'yoc irytcu’vuv, sound teach viii/are 1c.r. )1. Mark 9:41. 14: 13. Luke
ing,sound doctrine, i.e. true, pure, uncor 7:44. John 2: 7. Rev. 16:12. al. As the
rupted, 1Tirn.1:10. 6:3. 2'1‘im.1:13. 4: instrumentof baptism, Matt.3:11. Mark
3. TiLlzg. 2:1.--Philo (18 A131‘. p. 32.29 1=8. Luke 3:16. John 1:26,31,33. 3:5.
roiig irymlvovrag Ari-yang. Plut. de and. Acts 1:5. 10:47. 11: 16. 1.10hn526,6.
Poet. 4. ed. R.VI.p.72, irytat'vovaat nepl al. Sept. every where for 5'1’? Lev. 1: 9.
9:171’ 565a: Kai dhrythlc. Judg. 4:19. seep—Hdian. 7.12.7. Dem.
'Tynk, to;, 017;, a, 1'7, adj. Dat. 73. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 11.—In various
5's: :1‘ acc. ia, ii’ so acc. ivyrfi for the more connexions, e. g. ilhwp (151', living water,
usual il'yui, John 5:11, 15. 7=23. Tit. 2: running, see in 261-) a. -y. 'mryul béérur,
7; also Lev.13:15. PlaLPheedo 39.p.89. see in 111777’) 11. Of medicinal waters,
D. comp.Greg.Cor.p.163. Matth. §103. John5:3 sq. Offlowing waters, a stream,
n. 1. Winer§9.1.-—Sound, healthy, well, river, e.g. the Jordan, Matt. 3:16. Mark
in 00d health. 1:10. gennActs 8:36 his, 38, 39. (Sept.
a pp. of the body or its parts, Matt. Ex. 7:15. Hdian.8.3.2. Xen.An.4.3.21.)
12:13. 15:315M'1r0vrac-uxvMolic 177127;. Of a lake or sea, e.g. ol' Tiberias, Matt.
Mark [325.] 5:34. [Luke 6:10.] John 5: 8:32. l4:28,29. Luke 824,25. genr.
4,6,9,l4. Acts 4:10. $0 ‘#012111 rwa il'yn'] Rev. 1: 15. 14'. 2. al.—Sept. Gen. 6:17.
to make sound, to heal, i.q. hyta'l'ew, John Luc.Philopatr. 13. Xen.H.G. 3.2. 19.—
5:11, 15. 7:23 ; comp. in H0161» no. 1. e. Of a wateryfluid found in the pericard.
fl.—Tob.12:3. Ecclus.30:13. Dion.Hal. ium, John 19:34.
Ant.4.4. Xen.Mem.4.2.17. Apol.Socr.7. h) trop. as an emblem of spiritual
b) trop. Myog iryn'lg, sound doctrine, nourishment, i.q. the doctrines and bless.
i.e. true, pure, uncorrupted, Tit. 2:8.— ings of the Gospel, John 4: 14 ter. 55mg
Ant11.Gr.IV.p.B5 Nl'yoc E'fi’iu ot'zx i'I-yn'lg. (my 4:10. 7:38; comp. in 2601 a. 7. 551.1
M.Antonin.8.29 or 30. Dion.Hal.Ant. 1. (mi; Rev.21:6. 22:1,17; see in Zon'] all?
ll. ib.2.20 Eo'Eag 011x iryte'lc. Rev. 7: 17 see ib.—Comp. Ecclus. 15:
3 iidwp 00¢1'ac nor/ac: airrov. AL.
'Tygoe, at, 61', (5», 681.19,) watery, iTETOIg, 017, 6, (174.1,) rain, Acts 14:
wet, moist, pp. Hdian.6.6.2. Xen.(Ec.19.
6, 7. In N. T. of a tree or plant, sappy, 17 hpiv {In-mic 515011;,112. rains, seasons
 Ti'oflicn'a 801 176;

of rain. 28:2. Heb. 6; 7. James 5: 18. as descended from the line of David, is
Rev. 11:6. .James 5:7 hardy 1rpeio'ipov ml said 10 be uidc Aagi'd, Matt. 22: 42, 45.
551441.401’, see in yoiiupog. Sept. for D355 Mark 12:35,!117. Luke 20:41,44|. Hence
Gen. 7:12. 9 K. 3:17. "We EX. 9:33, 34» v16: AufiiB, Son qfDavid, i. q. Messiah,
2 Sam. 1: 21. — Luc. Icarom. 25. Xen. Matt. 9:97.19293. 15:29. 9013031. 91:
Venat. 5. 3. 9,15. Mark 10:47,48. Luke 18:38,!39.
Comp. Sept. and 1% Gen. 29:5. Ezra 5:
1709601,“, (1;, i], (viric, 9:76;‘, rt 1 coll. Zech. l: Plur. Acts 7:16
01”“ ,) pp. ‘the placing as a son.’ adoption, vioi'E/Hidp, Heb. ‘15 Gen. 38: 19. Heb.
Hesychwioacm'a' draw rig‘ Sm‘w vidv hap 7:5 m'oi Aeui sons QfLevi, i. q. the Lev
gdvu. comp. Hdian. 5. 7. 1 Qs'atiat viév. ites; Sept. Num. 26: 57. Gal. 8: 7 vioi
Diod. Sic. 4'. 39 Serhv viov 1rotziaflat. In 'Afipaa'p, emphat. the true or spiritual
N. T. trop. adoption, sons/zip, spoken of posterity of Abraham. Espec. oi vioi ‘Ia
the state of those whom God through pm’IA, the sons, descendants of Israel, i. q.
Christ adopts as his sons and thus makes
the Israelites, Matt. 27:9. Luke 1: 16.
heirs of the promised salvation; comp. Acts 5:21. 7:23, 87. Rom. 9:27. 2 Cor.
in Yz'ég B. b. E.g. of the true Israel, the 3: 7, 13. Rev. 21: 12. al. So Sept. for
‘spiritual descendants of Abraham, Rom. Bar‘??? Ex. 13.19. 14.: a. step. hrs Ex.
9:4’, comp. v. 6, 7. Espec. of Christians, 16:31. Lev. 17:3, 8,10.—('y) vibe (in/
the followers of Jesus, (elsewhere called Opu'nrou, i.q. man, and also of Jesus as the
vioi 'roi 9:017, as Rom. 8:14. Gal. 3: 26.
Messiah,- see fully in 'Ayttpwrog no. 4.
comp. John 1: 12;) Rom. 8: 15 m'cfipa c) trop. and from the Heb. of one who
uioesa'lac, See in IIvef/pa col. A.R.om. 8: is the object of parental love and care,
23. Gal. 4:5. Eph. 1:5. or who yields filial love and reverence
This‘, 017, b, a son, Sept. for 12. towards another, e. g. a pupil, disczple,
A) Genr. a) pp. son, a male child: jbuower, the spiritual child of any one,
(a) strictly spoken only of man ; Matt. comp. in Te'xvov c. Heb. 2: 10. 12: 5
1:21 rz'Ezrm 3:‘ 111611. v. 25. 7:9. Mark 6: bis I'lpiv u'n; uioir; Biahs'ysrm' m'e' pm! u.r.)\.
3. 9:17. al. sasp. Once pleonast. uh); quoted from Prov. 3:11 where Sept. and
dfifiqv Rev. 12:5. Emphat. opp. 116609, 121. 1Pet.5:13 Mdpxog b v16;- pov, comp.
Heb. 12: 8. Sept. for 13 Gen. 4: 16, 24. Acts 12: 12 ; others here understand an
snap—Hdian. 3. 6.11. Xen.Cyr. 2.2.14. other Mark, the real son of Peter. So
-— Spoken of one who fills the place of of the disciples and followers of the
a son, John 19:26 yin/cu, 15065 uiéc aou. Pharisees etc. Matt.12:27. Luke 11:19.
Also of an adopted son, Acts 7: 21 et —Sept. and 13 1 K. 30:35. 2 K. 9: 3, 5.
Heb. 11: 24, in allusion to Ex. 2: 10 Prov. 2:1. 3:1. 4:10, 20. a1. Ecclus. 4:
where Sept. and 13.-Hdian. 5.7. 2,10, l 1. Comp. among the Greeks iarpiv
11. Diod. Sic. 4.. 39.—Often the case of uiot', finrépwv vim’, for iarpm', fifiropec,
vidg is omitted before a genitive, the spoken of classes, castes, professions, as
article remaining in its place; comp. transmitted from father to son. See Ge.
Buttm.§125. 5.'O,1'I,1-6.col. B.a. MattAzBl sen. Lex. ‘13 no. 5. Passow in vZdgn—For
row for‘; Zegshaiov amnion’. 10:2. John 21: viég v. vioi 1m’: 9e06, see below in B.
15.al.-—1 Macc. 2:1. Jos.Ant. 14.. 13. 3. d) by Hebr. c. genit. the son of any
Xen.An. 3. 3. 20.—(t3) By Hebr. of the thing is one connected with, partaking
young of animals, e. g. foal of an ass, of, or exposed to that thing; often put
Matt.2l:5 mikes uihv inrolu'yt'ov, quoted instead of an adjective. See Winer §
from Zech.9:9 where Sept. for wanna-13,. 34.. 2. n. 2. Gesen. Lex. 11! no. 4., 8. E.g.
Sept. Ps. '29: l vim);- xpubv. Comp. Heb. seq. genit. of place,condition , connexion .
‘7.3.1.? son of the herd, i. e. a calf, Gen. uioi r05 vvptpfivoc, sons ofthe bridal cham
18: 7, 8. ber, bridemen, Matt. 9: 15. Mark 2: 19.
b) by Hebr. in a wider sense, son,i.q. Luke 5: 34; see in Nuptpo’lv. Matt. 8:
a descendant, Plur. descendants, posterity; 1‘2 viol riig fiaadtst'ag sc. ro‘nl oilpm'fiw,
comp. in Tz'xrav b. (a) Sing. Matt. 1:1 sons oft/1e kingdom, i.e. subjects to whom
'Ina'm'l Xpw'ror'nviafl Aagid, vim? 'Agpuz'tp. its privileges belong of right, here spoken
v. 20 '1007)¢, uidg Aagid. Luke 19:9 mi of the Jews; but also of the true sub
aim‘); w'hc 'Agpaép ten. So the Messiah, jects or citizens, Matt. 13: 39; comp. in
3 a
 .
. Tide
\‘t' n
802 Tie’;
Bamheia c. ()pp. vioi roii wornpofi, 35 vioi fol-I inlu'o'rov. Sept. and 1?, Ps. 73;
subjects, vassals of Satan, his followers, 15. Beat. l4: L-Wisd. ‘2: 18. 5: 5.
imitators, ib. 13: 38; and so vie‘ 1'01'1 8m Ecclus. 4'. 10. Psalt. Sal. l3: 7. -— (13')
€6hov Acts 13: 10.—Comp. Sept. vii}: Spec. of the Israelites, Rom. 9: 26. 2
Ehevoépuv for “Elma Ecc. 10: 11. [H. Cor. 6: 18. So Sept. and =‘§=. IS. 1:2.
]7.]--l Macc. 4: 2 vioi rfig t'ixpaga—Seq. 43: 6. Jer. 3:14. Sing. Ex. 4: 22,23.
genit. implying quality, character, e. g. Hos. l l: ].—(7) Of Christians, Rom. 8:
vioi fipowfig eons of thunder Mark 3: 17, 14, 19. Gal. 3: 26 mil/reg yap vial. 9:017
see in Boavsp'yég. Luke10z6 viz}; sipr'lwlq e'a're did rfig m'ar'ewg e’v Xp. 'I. 4: 6, 7.
son of peace, i. e. friendly, admitting Heb.l2: 6 sq. Rev. 21:7. Comp. in
your benediction and receiving you to Tz'xvov c. 'y.
hospitality. l Thess. 5:5 vioi rfie i/ps'pag, 0) Of Jesus Christ, as uibg rm? 0:06,
i. e. enlightened with true knowledge. the Son of God; also viii; r06 iuiiarov
Acts 4:36 old: 1rapaxhr'luewc, see in Ha Son ofthe Most High, Luke 1: 3'2, comp.
pdxltnatg b. John 12: 36 vioi roi rpm-dc, Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 28; and simply 6
i.e. enlightened with the true light; and vitig, the Son, xar' EEoxr'n'. (a) In the
so 1 Thess. 5: 5. Luke 16:8. Opp. vioi Jewish sense as the Messiah,the Anointed,
m6 aifivoe rol'n-uv sons of this world, i. e. b Xpw‘rdq, the expected king of the Jew.
devoted to this world, ib. 16:8. 20:34. ish nation, constituted of God, and his
vioi n"); drerflelaq, i. q. oi 61:16:74‘, the vicegerent in the world ; see fully in
disobedient, Eph. 2: 2. 5: 6. Col. 3: 6. Buo'thet'a 0. So as joined with ('2 X91076;
Comp. Sept. vii); duvdpzwc for BTU-13, 2 in explanation; Matt. 16: 16 en) si 6 Xpi
Sam. 13: 28. via; t'lvopiag for 322-13, Ps. W69, 1'; vibe r017 9:06. 26: 63. Mark 14:
89: 23.—Seq. genit. of that in which one 61. Luke 4: 41. John 6: 69. 11:27.
partakes, to which one is exposed, etc. 20:31. Also John 1: 50 av ci 6 vidr; rm‘;
Luke 20: 36 vioi rig dvaardaewg sons of GEOI-I, mi cl 6 Baa'thuig roii ‘Iapm'fit, comp.
the resurrection, partakers in it. Acts 3: Luke 1:32. So too Matt. 2: l5, quoted
25 vioi rim 1rpo¢qrfiw Kai riig hraOr’Ju-nc, from Hos.l l :1 where Sept. for 1;! spoken
i. e. to whom the prophecies and the of Israel. [But the evangelist says of
covenant appertain. Also vidc r179 lum Christ.] Matt. 4: 3 et Luke 4: 3. Matt.
hu'ac son of perdition, devoted to destruc 8: 29 et Mark 5: 7 ct Luke 8: 28. Matt.
tion,see in 'Ambhua b, John l7: l2. 2 14:33. 27: 40, 43. Mark 3: ll. Luke
Thess. 2: 3. vidg 'rfig yee'vvngie. deserv 22: 70. John 1: 34 coll. 42. 9: 35. Per
ing everlasting punishment, Matt. 28: haps Acts 13: 33 et Heb. I: Set 5: 5 aio'g
15. Comp. Sept. vidg Savc'irov for Heb. pov ei mi, afipspoy 'ys-ye'vvnxci as, quoted
“732-11.! 1 Sam.20:3l. 2 Sam.12:5. comp. from Ps. 2: 7 where Sept. for ‘2%; comp.
the HebreDeut. 25: 2.--Psalt. Sal. 17: in I‘ewt'w I. a. [3. But these passages
17 vioi rfic htuer'pmt‘. belong rather to B below. So Sept. for
B) Spec. vii); rm? 9:05, vioi mi] 9205, 12, e. g. of Solomon whom God calls his
son a)“ God, sons of God. Spoken son, 2 Sam. 7: 14; also for #722"?! of
a) of one who derives his human na kings or magistrates, Ps. 89: 6. Comp.
ture directly from God, and not by or Ps. 69: 28.—([3) In the Gospel sense,
dinary generation; e. g. of Adam,impl. as the Messiah, the Saviour, the Head of
Luke 3: 38; of Jesus Luke 1:35. the Gospel dispensation; so called as
b) of those whom God loves and che proceeding and sent forth from God, as
rishes
FevrduasI.a 11./3.
father;
comp.
see in
in 'I‘éxvov
Han'") c.B.7.a. So partaking of the divine nature, and being
in intimate union with God the Father;
gem. of the pious worshippers of God, comp. in 956g b. Ad'yog III. Kl'lpiog B.
the righteous, saints. etc. (a) gem. Matt. b. {3. 'Bamhu'a c. [The term is indeed
27: 54 et Mark 15: 39 (“116439 1': iirOp. homonymous with Messiah, but not sy.
oirroq'viog 13v Gem‘), comp. Luke 23:47 nonymous: it designates the same person,
where it is 51mm;- ilv. Matt. 5: 9 pani but not in the same respect. Christ is
pun oi ripnrmrowi, {in vioi 1'06 Geoii Kl", called 6 vii);- r017 950:7, on account of his
Br’pom'rai. So of one who is like God , e.g. divine, and therefore eternal generation.
in eternal life, Luke 20: 36; in disposi See the able defences of this most im.
tion, benevolence, Matt. 5: 45. Luke 6: portant doctrine in the writings of A Hm.

" TM
nasius, and the other anti.arian fathers]
Compare also passages like John 10:33
-—36. Matt. 11: 27. Luke 10:22. John
1:14, 18. Heb. 1: 5 sq. 3: 6. So where
6 1ra-rr'lp and 6 11169 are mentioned in con
nexion or antithesis, as in most of the
above passages; also Matt.28:19. Mark
13:32. John 5: 26. 1 John 1: 3. 2: 22.
4: 14:. 2 John 3: 9. Gem. Matt. 3: l7
m'mig Earw 5 1116; you 6 ayarrnnig. 17: 5.
John 3: 16 oiirw yap fi-yz'nrnacv 6 956;‘ row
L'éo'luov, o'iare row viov aiiroz'r rdv ,uoi'a'ycvfi
E'Ewxevrcnkv. 17,18. 17:1. Rom. 1:
3, 4:, 9. 5:10. 8: 3,29,32. 1 Cor. 1:9.
15:28. 2 Cor. l: 19. Gal.1:16. 2: 20.
Eph.4: l3. Col. 1: 13. l Thess. 1:10.
Heb. 1:2. 6:6. 2 Pet. 1:17. lJohn 1:
7. 5: 5. Rev. 2: 18. szep. Ac.
"TAU, fig: 1'], (170:, 486%) a wood, for
est, Lat. sylva, Sept. Job 38: 4:0. Hdian.
7.2.10. Xen. An. 5.2. 31. In N. T.
wood, i. e. fire-wood,fuel, James 3: 5.-—¥
Ecclus. 28: 10. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 1. Xen.
H. G. 4:. 5. 4:. In Greek writers also
timber, materials, Hdot. 4. 10. 2. Xen.
H. G. 1. l. 25. 1 1
‘TfbiTg, plur.\see in 26.
_ '_T(l.t|1m0g, 0t), 5, Hymenaaus, pr. n.
of a man, an adversary of Paul, 1 Tim.
1:20. 2.Tim.2:17.
_ 'Tfné'rsgog, u, or, possess. pron
(ripcigg) your, Lat. vestrl', vestra, vestrum;
comp. Buttm. §7'2. 4.. x a) pp. to go away, to depart, to‘ with
:1) pp. 01' that which ye have, which
belongs or pertains to you ,- John 7: 6 6
:mpoc b lipe'repog. 8: 17 iv r93 vo'fup r93 tilu.
Acts 27: 34:. Rom. 11: 3|. Gal. 6:13.
So Luke 6: 2O ll’lETépd e'ariv 1'] fiao'thsi'a
rm? 9:05. 16: 12 re llpe'rspov your own,
that which belongs to you or is assured
to you—Sept. Prov. 1: 26. Hdian. 3.6.
7. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 6.
b) of that which proceeds from you,
of which ye are the source, cause, occa
sion; John 15:20 ml rdv ripc'rsporUW-yw]
rnpllaauo'i. 1 Cor. 15: 31 v1) rr‘lv ri‘uere'pav
xal’rxrlaw fiv Ext», i. e. my boasting as to
you. 2 Cor. 8: 8.—Hdian.l.5.25. Thuc.
1. 33 TOI‘IQ Aalrrdaquovloug (peg? r15 wipers’
prp wokeprlaeiovrag. Comp.Matth.§4:66.2.
'Tpwéanalf. r'la'w, (ilpvog,)lobymn,i.e.
a) pp. c. acc. to sing hymns to any one,
to praise in song, e. g. rdv Geo'r Acts 16:
25. Heb. 2: 12. Sept. for "1"“ Is. 12: 4:.
'Tn'oliyw'
803
'='.=.-.' 2 Chr. 29: 30.—-,Jos.Ant.7.12. s rib;
Gzo’v. IE1. V. H. 2. 4:. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.23
rorlg eEOl’IC- ‘ - i‘- - s - r '‘1: ~- .1
b) intrans. to sing a hymn orkymne, to
sing praise, absol.v Matt. 26: 30 xai blwr‘l:
tram-e; e'EfiMiov. .Mark'l4: 26. Sept. for
rein Neh. 12: 24.. Fan 2 Chr. '23: 13. wt
Ps. 65: 14:. Is. 42:10. ' w '
"Tame, 0!), ('1, (5m, 1750),) a hymn‘:
song of praise. Eph. 5:19 \Lakluoig an‘
iipvolc xal 9330.74‘ mini/4'. Col.3:|6. ' Sept.
for w? Is. 4.2: 10. "twp 2 Chr. 7: 631%.‘
40:raw
rig 41.—2 Mace.
9:61’. ‘ Arr.10:Exp.v
7.' Jos. Ant:
Alex. M.751213
4.11.
3 Eg r01); 9.069.; Hdian. 4:. 2.10. ' ‘I L
‘Twig/w, f. éfu, (61rd, 67:0,) to lead
or bring under, as horses under a yoke,‘
Luc. D. Deor. 25. 3. -. Hom. 11. 16.148.
to bring under a tribunal, i. e. before a
judge on his elevated seat', to'arraign, (0
nccuse,Hdot. 6. 72,82. XemH. G. 2.3.:
28. to bring under one's' 'ower or will,
to subdue, Hdot. 8. 106. . 0s. Ant. 5. 10.‘
1. .Thuc. 7. 46. to lead or bring‘ down, tic
n‘. 1rs§iov Jos. Vit. § 24:. to lead or bring
away under, i. e. from under any thing,
Hom. II. 11. 163 ."Erropa 5' ix fiele’wv
iin'a'ye Zeirg—In N. T. and later usage
intrans. or c. z'ain-o’v impl.togo away, pp.‘
‘ under cover, out. of sight," strictly with
the idea of stealth,‘ stillness, ‘without
noise or notice. Comp. in "A-yw no.3. ‘
draw one's selflsc. so as to be under cover,
out of sight. Absol. of persons, Mark
6: 31 oi s'pxélisvoi Kill 01 limi'yoi'rec. v. 33.
John 18: 8. Trop. of persons’withdraw
ing themselves
John from Imperatar'irria-yg'go
6:67. l2:_ll.' a teacher or party,
My way, depart, as a word of dismissal;
Matt. 8:13, 32. 20:14. Mark 7: 29.
10: 52.
11:44:.
Luke 10: 3. Once infin._ Jolm
SO 171m)’: rig eipr'p/rlvi Mark 5:
34:, illeipr'p'p James 2: 16; see in E19 no.
4 fin. As expressing aversion, i. q. get
thee hence, begone, i'ura'ye Ear-uni Matt.
4:: 10; elsewhere {bra-ye dan’aw pmiMatt.
16: 23. Mark 8: 33. Luke 4.: 8; bump.
in 'Oniaw b.--Seq. sic local, etc n‘w olxov
Matt. 9: 6. Mark 2:11. 5:19. Trop.
Rev. 13: 10 etc aixpaltwm'ar. 17:8,11
rig dro'rhuav. Seq. vrpéc c. acc. e.g. 'u'pdg
rtiy rare'pa John 7:33. 13: 3. 16: 5,10,
16,17. 0. up‘); 1'. 1r. impl. 8: 21 e'ytlr
ii-lrcl'yw. 14:28 v'miyw - -- 1ropu'm/Jai r969 r.1r.
3 n2
 ' Tommi) 80-1 "Taragfir;
In a like sense, seq. n05 whither, John 21) pp. of :1 porter or door-keeper who
8:14 his. 13:36. 14:5. 16:5. r'hrov listens and replies to the knock or call
John 8: 21,22- 13:33,36. 14:4. Once of any one from without, absol. Acts 12:
of the wind, 0. 105, John 3:8. Trop. and 13 xpoiwavrog 5e‘ airroii "mpmfiXB: 1m.
absol. i. q. to depart this 192,10 die, Matt. diam; inraxoiicac—Dem. 1149. 27. Plut.
26: 24 at Mark 14:21 i) vidc r05 int/Up. de Gen. Socr. 31. Plato Crito 1. Xen.
rina'yet medic 'yé'ypa'trrat r. r. A. Thorn. Conv. 1.11 rpoiwar; 'rfiv Silpav 6111 r0;
Mag. p. 866 To rind-yr» pr) c’i-rrpc t'iv'rl roii imaxoim'uvrt rica'y'yeillat.
t'mépxopal, c'thh’ dvrl r017 11m‘: (u'yov d'yw. b) trop. to listen to any one, to obey.
Arr. Ep10t.3.16. 10 paxpc‘w c'urh 101': iphiov seq. dat. expr. or impl. Matth.§ 362. no.
lim'lyere. Anth. Gr. III. p. 57. no. 2. 2. E. g. 0. dat. of pers. Matt. 8: 27 ct
:lg 9"31711 iimiyw ib. p. 60. no. 7. Comp. Mark 4: 41 i1 dvspoc ral 1‘, $1“. inraxoit
Hdot. 4,. 120, 122. ovaw abrqi. Mark 1:27. Luke 8:25. 17:
b) genr. i. q. to go, to go away to a 6. Eph. 6: 1, 5. 0013:20; 22. Heb. s;
place etc. c. sic local, sic 'n‘p' n-ékw v. 9. 1 Pet. 3:6. dat. impl. Heb. 11:8.
xépny Matt. 26:18. Mark 11:21. 14:13. Seq. dat. of thing, Acts 6: 7 inn'mmovri
Luke 19:30. Matt. 20:4, 7 sic rbv hp nitrrcr. R0m.6: 12,16. 10: 16. 2T11eQ.
ncMDva. John 7: 3. 9:11. {in-aye sic rr‘lv 1:8. 3:14. dat. impl. Rom. 6:17. Phil.
rohvpgilepav. 11:31. 6: 21 :19 i)r['yfir] 2:12. Sept. 0. dat. for 5'5 =23‘? Gen.39:
inrfi-yov sc. by ship. Seq. luerti rtvog Matt. 10. comp. Deut. 20: 12.—c. dat. Jos
5:41. Luke 12:58. c. in? John 11:8. Ant. 5. 4. 1 1079 volume. Hdian. 3. 12. 15
c.1rol7 John 12:35. 1 John 2:11. b'nou T9“: ,Bacnlle'i. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. Mem. 1.
Rev.14:4. c. inf. final, John 21:3 inrc'cyw 2.30. The more usual construction is
r‘rAm’lew. Absol. John 4:16. 9:7 call. 11. 0. gen. Sept. Gen. 16:3. Xen. 05c. 11.
Luke 8: 42. 17: 14. — By a species of 3 ; comp. Matth. § 362. 4.
pleonasm, inrz'ryw is often prefixed, espec. "Tvrmhgos, 0v, a ’ 1', a adj.(|'nr6 1 drip):
in the imperative, to verbs which already under a husband, subject to a husband.
imply motion or action, in order to ren spoken of a wife, Rom. 7: 2. Sept. for
der the expression more full and com_ 1135*. "1711' Num. 5:29.—- Ecclus. 9:9.
plete ; see in Hopn'uu a. ‘Aviarqp: II. d. Plut. Pelopid. 9. P01. 10. 26. 3.
John 15: 16 7rd {41:79 inré'ynre xal rap ‘Tu/7607044), 47, f. i104», (inro', ('lrfliu
an‘w tps'pnre. Matt. 13:44. Imperat. Matt.
t'r. t'wri,) to come oppoiite to an one, i.e.
5: 24 bra-ye, 1rp15rov aiaMt'vynth. 8:4.
18:15. 19: 21. 21: 28. 27: 65. 28:10.
to encounter, to meet, pp. 'with the idea of
stealth, unperceived, without noise or
Mark 1: 44. 6: 38. 10: 21. 16: 7. Rev.
notice, comp. in 'Yird note. Seq. daL
10:8. 16: 1.—-Arr.Epict. 3.21.6 iin'a'ye, ‘ Matt. 8:28 inn'yv'rnaav ul'lrqil dim stupor:
Zirrn x. r. A.So i.q. ‘ to go forwards, to
advance,’ Pol. ll.16.l. Xen.An. 3.4.48. Zépevot. Luke 8:27. John 11:20, 30.
12:18.——Tob. 7=1. Jos. B. J. 1.1.5.
‘T712206, 27;, 1", (inraxm'm) a hear Hdian. l. 7. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 57.
ing attentively, a listening, audience, Sept. 'T-n'oiv'rnmg, ENQyZGnrar‘rc'u-JJ 11m!
for 77".’, 2 Sam. 22: 36. Aquil. for "2??? ing, encounter, in N.T.only in the phrase
2 Sam. 23:23. In N.T. obedience, R011]. rig imt'u'rnrnv, used for inf. inravrér. to
1: 5 e19 {mat-or)», niarewg, i.e. obedience meet; c. dat.. John 12: 13 t’EfiM’ov rig
‘ which springs from faith. 5: 19 5a‘: ima inrc’lvrnn'u'aiirq'i. Sept. for Judg.
xofic rni'r EH79. 6: 16 bis. 15:18. 16:19, 11: 34.—gen. Jos. Ant. 11.8. 4.
26. 2Cor. 7:15. 10:6. Philem. 21. Heb.
5: 8. 1 Pet. 1: 2. v. 14 see in Te'm'ov e.
"Tn-agile, mg, 17, (bwépxw) being.
existence, r05 dyaBof/ Plut. adv. stoic. 18.
Seq. genit. of object, 2 Cor. 10: 5 ima
ed. R.X. p. 403.13. In N.T. the being
xohv rm": Xpwrofi, i.e. to or towards Christ.
to any one, possession; meton. a posses.
1Pet.l:22 inr. riic dXnOEiaQ—Not found
sion, property, goods, substance ,- Acts 2:
in the classics.
45 rfig inro'lpiug ininpao'xov. Heb. 10:34.
"Ix/705301110’, f. or'um, (inro', drain-1,) Sept. for B13‘: 2 Chron. 35: 7. ‘('11 Prov.
to hear, pp. with the idea of stealth, still 18:11. 19:14.— Test. XII Patr. p
ness,or with attention,in order to answer, 583 1', yii R111 1'; ii'xapEtc abrr'lg. Dionllal.
i.q. to listen. Ant. 7. 8. P01. 2.17.11. 11). 1025.5. In
 'Trroigxw 805 ‘T9155

later usage for the earlier rc‘t inrépxm'ra, 19: 36. As forming a periphrasis for a
comp. Tittm. de Syn. N.T. p. 193. finite tense of the same verb; Acts 8:
'Trroigxw, 1‘. £40, (lama, tip o,) m be 16 péwov
only they 5:‘
were,Befia'rrrwps'vot inriy' 0v 51mm
baptized, wheremév 101-31.
gin, pp. in some degree, gra ually, im
perceptibly, Hom.Od.24.286. Dem. 12. m-wxbg precedes. Comp. Matth. \} 559.
l. to begin doing, to do first, 0. part_Xen. Winer § 46. 8. — Dem. 805. 23 mi ra
An. 2.3.23. ib. 5.5.9. c. acc. impl.Dem. ,uc‘v 'riig mihewg oiirwg inrfipxcv é'xovrm—
1345.7. to begin to be, to come into exist (5) With an adverb as predic. Acts 17:
ence, to arise. Dem. 408. 22 rr‘yv inn'tp
27 row Gaby-not’! palcpav---inrépxo~vm.
xouaav aia'xilyql'. -— Hence gem. and in (1) With a prep. and its case as predic.
N. T. to exist, to be extant, present, at hand. e.g. e'v c. dat. where inn’upxsl then implies
a) gennand absol.Acts 19:40 pnfzrbg a being, remaining, living in any state or
nirt'ov inrdpxov'rog‘ mp1 ob K. 'r. X. 27:21. place ; so iv 0. dat. of state or condition,
28: 18 am 7'6 pnbefu'av air-[av S'avdrou Luke 7:25 oi c'v---rpv¢‘r'lb1répxovrrg. 16:
il‘lrcipxuv e'v E at. lCor. ll: 18.—Dem. 23. Acts 5:4. Phil.2:6.(Jos.Ant.7.15.2.)
32. 20 win‘ 010' 3:7 'n'poaeivat, Ta 5' Zihha 5v c. dat. of place, Acts 10: 12. Phil.
inrdpxu. Xen. Ag. 8. 1 inrapxm'ia'ng ps‘v 3:20. optic 0. gen. Acts 27:34'1'0171'0 ‘yap
npfig x. 12h. Cyr. 3. 3. 52. -— Seq. dat. 1rpog riig by. aw'rnpi'ag inrdpxn.
‘T '. 1 I .1 .
0t‘ pers. to be present to any one,implying mmw, f. Ew, (wro, unto) (o gwe
possession, property; comp. in Ellm' 11. way under, to give under, to yield, pp. to
e. Acts 3:6 apyl'lptov Kai xpvm'ov or’: cease fighting, c. dat. Hdian. l. 15. 16.
inrc'tpxei pot, i.e. silver and gold have Xen. H.G. 5. 4.. 415. In N. T. to yield,
none. 4:37 brrcipxor-rog aim? ri-ypoz'l. 28: to submit to, 0. dat. Heb. 13: 17. — Jos.
7. 2 Pet. 1:8. (Sept. Job 2:4. Ecclus. de Macc. 6 rim saws,’ Kparsi'v, F1135‘ air
20: 16. Jos.Ant. 7. 7. 3. Hdian. 1.10.9. raig inrelxeiv. Hdian. 2. 13. 10. Xen.
Xen. An. 2.2.11.) Hence Particip. ra Cyr. 8. 1.33.
inrépxovm, subst. things present, in band ‘Tn'smvw'og, a, or, (ivawlog) op
to any one, possession, property, goods,
posed, contrary, adverse, pp. with the idea
substance, c. dat. of pers. as above, Luke of stealth, covertness, clandestineness;
8:3. Acts 4:32. 0. gen. of pers. Matt. comp. 'Y-zrb note. Tittm. de Syn. N.T. p.
19: 21 'miihnabv o'ov riz inrdpxovra. 24:
157. Seq.dat.Col.2: l4 5 by inrzuavriov
4'7. 25: 14. Luke 11:21. 12:15,33,4|4.
i/piv. Subst. oi bneyavriot oppose", ad
14.;33. 16: 1. 19:8. lCor. 13=3. Heb. oersaries, Heb. 10: 27. Sept. 6 inr. for
10: 34. Comp. Matth. § 570. Lob. ad
=1“ Ex. 23: 27. Lev. 26: 16. ‘*3 Dent.
Soph. Aj. 577. Schaei. ad Greg. Cor. p. 32: 27. IS. 26:1L—1El. V.H.l3.40. inre
139. Sept. for "53’! Gen. 31:18. 36:6, vav'riov Tl. Plut.Agesil.24|. Subst.Wisd.
7. I513‘; Gen. 12: 5. l Chr. 28: l.—Ceb.
18:18. P0]. 1.11.14. Xen.Cyr. 1.6.36.
Tab. 7. Pol. 4.3.1. Xen.Vect. 4.22.
b) simpl. to be, i.q. ei'ui, as logical co 'Tvrég, prep. governing the genitive
pula connecting the subject and predi and accusative, with the primary signif.
cate, comp. in Hip; II. (a)With asubst. over, Lat. super, Germ. uber.
as predicate; Luke 8: 41 mt abrbg lip I. With the genitive, pp. of place
Xwv 'riic dvva'yu'yfig imfipxe. 23:50. Acts where, i.e. the place over or above which
2:30. 4:34 5001 781p xrfiropsg---inrfipx0v. any thing is or m0vcs,without immediate
162 3, 20,37. 17:24, 29. 212 20. 2223. contact ; e.g. of rest over, Hdian.5.5.20.
1 Cor. 11:7. 12:22. Gal. 1:41. 2: 14. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6 rd inre‘p 75w li/Jflci'rwl’.
2 Pet. 2:19.— Hdian. 6.7.2.-(fi) With Of motion over, Hdian. 2. 6. 19. Xen.
an adj. as predic. Luke 9: 4.8. 11:13 at Mem. 3. B. 9 b fihtoc inrs‘p innit’ Kai rfiv
oiiv bpc'ig non/"poi inrdpxovreg. 16: 14'. are-yfiw nopeubperog. So a mountain or
Acts 3:2. 4:34’ 0175:‘ yap c'rbcr'yg n9, inrfip bill is said to be over a place, to over.
xcv. 7: 55. 14:8. 27: 12. Rom. 4:19. hang, Hdot. 2. 105. Xen.An. l. 10. 12.
1 Cor. 7:26. 2 Cor. 3:17. 12:16. James Comp. Passow inrs'p A. Buttm.§ 147m‘.
2:15. 9 Pet. 3:1l. — Diod. Sic. 4. ll. 2. Matth. § 582. Winer§ 51. p. 327sq.
Xen.Mem. 2.3.l.—(-y)With a participle —-In N.T. only trop.
of another verb as predic. comp. Eipi II. a) over, i.q. for, in behalf of, for t/re
t. So with part. pert‘. pass. as adj.Acts sake of, in the sense of protection, care,
 A ‘Torte 806 ‘Twig '
favour, benefit, i. e. in oommodum'alicu 7. Icardpa‘yivwflm
orbital 1 Col‘. 11: 24. GaL
era 3:3136mm
18. A‘Aél’
Erwrdvr6
ius; pp.‘as if bending over a person or
thing, and thus warding off what might y. rwd Rom. 8:32. Ga . 2: 20. Eph. 5:
fall upon and harm it; comp. Buttm. 2, 25. miaxzw
Lin-mail’ Til Pet.2C0r.5:2l
nva tiluapriav 2:21. 3: .18.
amo 4:
Matth. Winer ll. cc. Passow A. 2. —
(a) Genr. John 17: 19 xai'im'e‘p aim-"w ‘901700... 1 Cor. l: 13. rtOt'vat rhr timxfiv
z'yrb d-yuilw e'pavram. Acts 21: 26 flog John 10: 11,15. ‘13:37, 38.. 15:13. 1
oil 1rpo<mvéx0n ivrre‘p Em‘);- éraia-rou aimiw John 3: 16 bis. Seq: gen. of thing, John
1'1 1rpoaoopr'r. 2 Cor. 13:8..C0l. 1:7. 4: 6:51. Rom. 16:4. 2 Cor. 12: 15.—Ec
l2 m'wrore d'yumléps'vog inrép inuiw z’v ‘clus. 29:15. Xen. An. 7.4.9 droflw'yaeew
raig 1rpoacvxaic. Heb. 6: 20. 13: 7. al. inrs'p rtyog. -— Closely allied to the
-—_-1El. V.H. 25 inre‘p rig-'Ehhddog n7 above is the sense for, i.q. in the stead of
Kai xohu'rc d'yon/wd eroi. ,Xen. Cyr. any one, in place of, comp. Winer p.828.
2._ l. 21 paxm'lvrat wrip ra'w rpetpovrwv. Passow a. no. 5. Philem. 13 ‘in: irrip
.An. 7._ 7.21. -_-_Espec. after verbs or ‘not’! poi 5101x011] Ev roig- 5:01:07; roii eirayy.
‘words implying prayer fin- vany one, Perh. 2 Cor. 5: 20 bis. irn'e‘p Xpwrofi 05w
comp.Engl. to pray over any one, James 1rpwgeimpcv, x. r. A. Eph. 6: 20. Here
5:14. Seq. gen. of ers. as briadat inrép too some refer the passages cited above
Two: ActsB: 24. cuxwear James 5: 16. in a fin.—Pala:ph. 41. l. Eurip.Alcest.
'fl'QOdEilxCUettL Matt. 5: 44. Luke 6: 28. 701.- Pol. 21. 14.9. Thuc.7.13.
Co]. 1:9. 2 Mace. 12:44) So Bénmg ' b) fir, causal, i.e. in the sense be
inre'p rwog om.10:1. 2 C0r.9:_14. Phil. cause of, on account of, pmptes', implying
1: 4. " Eph.‘6: 19 where inrép rwoc and the ground, motive,occasion of an ac
irept’ fir/cc alternate, comp. VViner§ 51. tion ; comp. Matth. Winer ll. cc. John
p. 328.. 1rpoo'evx1'1 Acts 12: 5. Rom. 15: 11:4 1'] daee'veta m'n: Zara. 'rrpoc slimy,
30. Gem. 1 Tim. 2:1, 2 3510249, 1rpoasu 6M’ inre‘p 'rfic béZi/g r017 9e06, i.e. for the
xac, e'vrei'Euc, cbxapw-rlag ime‘p 1rdv'ruv glory of God, in order to manifest his
K. r. K‘iAftBl' verbs implying speaking, glory. Acts 5: 41 inre‘p r017 dvdparoc an‘:
pleading'fintsrcession for any one; Acts rofz,f0r his name. for his honour. 9: 16.
26: 1 {mi-p aeavroi )lé-yuv. . Rom. 8:26 15:86. 21:13. ROIILI: 5. 15:8. 1001‘.
ft‘) 1rve5pa imepevruyxévst inre‘p filuo'iv. v. 15: 3 Xp. a'rre'ear'cy inre‘p 115v ('lpapnir
27, 34. Heb.7:25. 9:24.‘ (Eschin. Dial. ilpd'w. V. 99 bis. 2001‘. 1: 6. 12: 10,19
Socr. 1.8. Xen. Cyr. 2. l. 13 1'2 einfiv inrc‘p rfic inubv oixoiopfic. [Gal.,1:4.] Eph.
inrc‘p iI/uiv.) After verbs and nouns im 3: 1,13. Phil. 1: 29 bis. Col. 1: 24 bis.
plying zeal, cui'e, effort for. any person 2Thess. 1:4, 5. Heb. 5:1 bis, 3. 10:12.
or thing, 51001212125 til-AM: To ailrd inrz‘p 7:27. 9: 7. 3 John_7. _So after EoEéZcn
dhX/fiwv pzprétvriun ra So '(fihoc Rom.l5:9. u’lxapwrstv Rom.1:8. 1Cor.
ime'p rum 2 or. 7:17. Col. 4: 13. mrov 10:30. 2C0r. 1: 11. ‘Eph. l: 16. 5: 20.
Er'] 2 Cor. 7: 12. 8: 16. 1'6 zppovziv Phil. -—Jos. Ant. 3.8.6 inre‘p apaprasw. Isocr.
4: 10. (Xen. Cyr. l. 6. 12 s'mpehe'iofiat 301. C. Xen. An. 1. 7. 3 n7; ihevfiepiac
i/rrs'p ru'og.) So rival. inre'p ru/oc, pp. to mim'c‘p he 15,169 i'ya‘: ebbatpovizm—Once
be over any one, sc. for protection, i.q. to i.q. by virtue of; Phil. 2: l3 6 9:69 ydp
befor him; to take his part; Rom. 8: 31 e'orw 6 e'vep-ydw e'v J'lpiv-ninrc‘p H‘): 2650
ti 6 Bed; inra‘p imo'n' [ion], 'rlc naB' iylua‘w; King, by virtue of his own good pleasure,
Mark 9: 40. Luke 9: 50. -— Often after because itis his will; comp.Winer p.329.
verbs or words implying the suffering of c) over, after verbs of speaking and the
evil or death for, in behalf of any one; 0. like, i.q. upon, about, concerning ; comp.
gen. of pers. as liwifiepa sinu inre'p 'rwoc Engl. to talk over a matter, to boast over,
Rom. 9: 3. droliw'lauew John 11:50, 5|, Passow A. no. 3. Matth. Winer ll. cc.
52. Rom. 5: 6 Xpwrog-uinrip dingo-‘w d Rom. 9:27 'Haa’iag Fe‘ rqu'rfn in-e‘p mil
1rc'6avc. v. 7 bis, 8. 14: 15. 2 Cor. 5: 14, 'Iapai/X. 1 Cor. 4: 6. 2 Cor. 5: 12. 7:4
15 bis. 1 Thess. 5: 10. archive“: John WOMr'I [.401 xai/xnmc inrz‘p bpdn'. v. 14- 8:
18: 14. 'yel'leaeal. $ai'drou Heb. 2: 9. 5: 23,24. 9:2,3. 1215, 8.—1E1.V.H.12.52.
ao'vtu Eavrdr v. To mipa Luke 22: 19. Pol. 1. l3. 7 io'ropei'y inrz'p "voc.—hence
Tit. 2:14. ITim. 2: 6. Exxin'cw rd aipa i.q. as to, in respect to: 2 Cor. l: 6 1‘; il
Luke 22: 20. S'r'mv r6 m'mxa 1 Cor. 5: wig hlurin' fiegm'a inrip ilpdn'. v. 8 r'uyrocir
 'Twég 807 'Taregfiau’w
inre‘p riic Shiibmg x. r. X. i. q. d-yuoeiv verbial forms tin-e‘p May, tivrz‘p e'mtpw
rapt’ T010; 1 Cor. 12: 1. Phil. 1:7 rol'lro 006, See 'YrcpMav, 'Y-rrcpemrepmaoi. my
¢p0yciv inrép I‘; ‘v. 2 Thess. 2: 1.-—Jos. Now. In composition li'irép implies :
Am..|5.3.6. 0L3.4..3. Dem. 554.. u 1‘, l. motion or rest over, above, beyond a
flunk’) im.-1p ’Apw~nipxou. Xen. Mem.4|.3. place; as \impalpu, ii-n'lpgaivu, Lin'zpt'xu.
18 vrpovoz'iaflai inre‘p rfiv pcMdv-rwv. 9. protection, aid, for, in behalf of, as li
II. With the Accusative, pp. of place 1rcpevrvyxéwu. 3. excess, a. surpassing,
whither, implying motion or direction over, above, more tbamoflcn with the idea
over or above a place ; Hdot. 4. I88 ,6; of censure ; as Jmpfidmu, riwepen'zivu,
1rra'ovat inre‘p rbv 561.401’. Eurip. Ion. 46. u'rtmt-epwon'lw. Hence intens. as rimspav
Hdian. 7. 2. 13 inrs‘p yaors'pa TOI-I 'imrov Hwu, J1rzpl'tmiu. ~
QTWEEW/fa" “pm: ’) illo lift up
fipzxopz'vou. Pol. 3. 84!. 9. Also over,
above, beyond, Xen. An.l.l.9 roig,‘ GpqEi over or above any thing, Luc. Am‘ori‘54
r07;- inrz‘p 'EAM/o'n'ov'rov oixol'nn. Comp. ('io'ot Tr‘lv ¢0\oao<Plag 64591))’ zirc‘p ot'irojic
Passow inre'p B. Matth. § 582. b. Winer 'rol‘lg uponi¢oug wrcpfipxao't. Imrans/pf
§ 53. c. p. {ML—In N. T. only trop. our; water overflowing, Dem. 1214., 20; ‘of
above ,- ‘comp. Winer l. c. persons passing over walls, mountains,
a) implying superiority in rank, dig Pol. 2. 23. 1. Xen. Mag'Eq. 8, 3.‘-In
nity, worth ; Matt. 10: 24 his, aim i’a-n N. '1‘. only Mid. :Irepai'popat, trop. to lift
paflryn‘yg inrs‘p row dzddmmkowmnk Luke up one's self overmuch, to over-wall one’;
6: 40. Eph. l: 22 Kctpakr‘lv li'rrc‘p m'lvra. 34]’, to become conceited, arrogant, inso.
Phil.2:9 Bvopa rd zi'lrip m'iv bvopa. Phi lent ; absol. 2 Con-12:7 his, 1m pr) aim-:9
lem. 16.—Luc.Vit.Auct. 2 rig bare‘p liv alpopal x. -r. X. Seq. Em’ rwa' Q Thess. 2:
Oporn'ov sivcu Bobklrm; [E]. V. H. 18. i. 4..—2 Mace. 5: 23. Anthol. Gr. IV. p.
p.159. Tauchn. Moravian-tire’) ring yu
11. no. 22. I
va‘img Bamkuuig x. r. 7\. I
I b) implying excess beyond a certain 'Tvregaxfoog, 0v, 4;, .7, adj. (dqu'l,
measure or standard, and spoken com point, acme, flower of life,) beyond the
paratively, i. q. beyond, more than. (a) flower of hfls, past the proper age: 1C0r.
gem. and simply; Matt. 10:37 bis, 6 7: 36 Boy 5 v'rre'pauppg sc. 7') wapGe'rog—
¢0uiv warc'pa i) prp'z'pa v'n'e‘p e'pé It. 1'. X. Suidaivre'paxpac' iiwcpbpafn‘u'v rr)v .épav.
Acts 26: 13 1i1re‘p n‘lv Xalmpdnrra rm? 5] Found only in NHTH _\ . .- ..
Xiouu-tptbg. 2 C0121: 8 et 8: 8 Grip 56m 'T'z'egaim, éd'v. (Jrrép, livflniimefis.
,uv. Gal. 1:14 1rpoc'xo1r'rov iv rql' 'Iovba'i over above, ‘Engl. up above, Iligl‘hb'ozié;
of“; tire‘p 1roMot'1g x. 1'. A. Eph. 3: 90. li of place,‘c. gen. Eph.:ialfl ri'rrcpr'mh‘irtill
mip 6', above what, more than what, 1Cor. Twv oizpavn'iv. abso . Hebi'Q.) 5. Sept. for
4:6. 10:13. 2 Cor. 12:6. Philem.2L- Wage? Ez.8:2.fl12=f*9§‘?'E”z.11,i?2.i#o.’ eh.
Sept. lSam.l5:22. Ecclus. 7: ]. Dion. Jos.Ant.3.7.2' El. V. H.917." absol. inc.
Hal. Ant. 5. 68. ' Epict. Ench. 31 et 37 D. Deor.4.2.-Trop. of rank, dignity, 0.
inrip 36:/alum Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8 mic gen. Eph. 1:21 iimptivu m'wvlg dpxiig.
obx inrs‘p M7011 : —- (fl) Pleonast. after So Sept. for ‘>2 Tr‘)? Deut. 26:19. 25.1.
comparatives ; e. g. after an adj. in the
'Tvraguuiévw, f. Ei]aw,(ai1£rivu q.v.)
comparat. degree, LukelfizB ¢powp¢irr£
intens. to over-grow, i.e. trop. to increase
poi zivrép rolic vim);- rm'l pew-rig. Heb.4|:l2.
Comp. in IIapé III. d, fin. With a exceedingly, in a good sense ; intrans.- 2
Thess. l: 3 firepuvfiévn i1 ation; uilmi'w.
verb, ‘2 Cor. 12: 13 H’ 'ycip 201-111, 6 firm’;
01112 u'n'e‘p n‘zg Aourdc ixxhnoiag .- comp. 'Twaglzm'm, f. flfpaopdt, (Efial'i'm)
Win'er§ 53. e. — So Sept. ob xpela-awv trans. to make go over, Xen. q. 7. 2.
I'ntrans. to go or pass over, 0.7g; a‘w‘aill,
eilui'tiirdp Tolig wars’pag you, for Heb. 1'?
comparat. l K. 19: 4; also Judg.ll:25. mountains, c.-acc. depending on ‘aim’ in
Ps. 19: 11.—(7) Without case, where it composit. Se t. 2 Sam. 28:30. HdiflhlS.
then stands as an adverb, i.q. more, much 2. ll. Xen. n. 7. 3. 43. Trop. Mover
More; comp. Buttm.§ 147. n. 8. Matth. go, to overpass, so. certain limits,’ i. q? to
@594. l. Winer§ 54 fin. p. 351. 2 Cor. transgresa, c. acc. n‘; ‘1001/ xai r6 Blxamv
ll: 23 Buixovot Xpwrofi elm ; airrs‘p i-yu'). Diog. Laert. 8. 18. ru'pov Diod. Sic. 17.
Comp. Kypke Obss. ad loc.-- For the ad 34.. Hischin. 58. 30.—in N.T. trop. and
 ' Tweg€a7m6wwg 808 ‘ T'ngéxm
absol. to ovcrgo, to go too far, i. e. to go to overlook, not to regard, i. q. to bear
beyond right, 1 Thess. 4.: 6. with, not to punish, c. acc. Acts 17: 30
'Tw'egfiumowwg, adv. (iirepgdh pdrovc rfic d-yvolac inreptbdw 1'; Baby.
7mm) exceedingly, above measure, 2 Cor. Sept. for =‘7??_.1.'_1[|'rnpdb: roig Makpoig :
1‘3‘2'1‘15 D'JPZE, be bid, or as we say. be
l l : 23.—Sept. J01). 15: ll. POl. 5. 43.8.
Xen. Ag. 1.36. shut his eyes] Lev. ‘20: 4.—Jos. Ant. ‘2.
6. 9 [8] rd wept purpfiy Irpfuupdruv
'Ta'egCoiMw, 1‘. flow, (fidMwQ to c'upe'ivat rode whoppchficmvrae, Erarvov
throw or cast over, beyond, e.g. beyond a fivz'yx: roig imspidol'w'c. So i. q. to lie
certain goal or limit in the accus. Hum. glect, Tub. 4|: 3. 113.1. V. H. 3. 22. to de
0d.11.595 dXX b'rc ,ue'Mo: [Adar] dxpov spise, Xen. Ag. 8. 4.
drrspgake'uy, i. e. Sisyphus. I]. 23. 843.
Of a kettle, to throw over, to boil over, 'Tn'egéxilva, adv. (im.-0;, Buttm.
Hdot. l. 59. Intrans. to throw one's self § 115. n. 5,) pp. ‘ beyond those ;' hence
over a mountain, etc. i. q. to pass over, beyond, over beyond, 0. art. n‘: im-zpérw-a
Xen. An. 4. 4. 20. Also to throw beyond bpu'iv sc. pt'pn, the parts beyond you, 2
or farther than another, to smpass in Cor. 10:16. Comp. Buttm. {>125- 6, 7.
throwing a weapon, c. ace. of pers. Hom. B05 Ellips. ed. Shaef. p. 289.-—Thom.
II. 23.637. Hence genr. to surpass, to Mag. p. 336 init.-Ezra Idfiropec hiyouotr‘
exceed, to excel, Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 1 rhoz'mp Iinepc'xui'a is‘, porn: 0i obp¢axeg.
re yap zi-irepégaMe m); E'rrixwpi'ovc. Xen. ‘Tm§am'egwoob', adv. (ll‘ll'é‘p i..
H. G. 7. 3. 13.—In N. T. only Particip. mpwoofi, pp. intens. over supcrabun
pres. timpgdMwv, oven, or, surpassing, dantly, comp. in [name b; i. q. very
exceeding, armor-eminent. 2 Cor.3: 10 Eve. abundantly, above all measure, most
xzv Tfic uiirzpgahhobmlg bdfnc. 9: 14: did. vehemently; Eph. 3: 20 u'rrz‘p 'a'érra
rilv d1r£p€dMoucav xdpw roii 9:05. Eph. 'n'oifiocu ri-irspucrrepwaob oiv airofrpcda.
1: 19. 2: 7. 3:19.—-2 Macc. 4:13. Jos. 1 Thess. 3: 10. 5: 13.—Sept. for Chald.
Ant.4..'2.2. Hdian.3.10.l2. Xen.Hi.ll.2. “TU: Dan. 3: 23.
'T-iregfiob'y, fig, ;,, (anpédmo q.v.) 'Ta'egexrelm, f. m3, (twelve) to
a throwing, casting,shooting beyond, Soph. stretch out overmuch, beyond measure,
(Ed. Tyr. 1196 x116’ ilnpgohdv roEn'wac. trop. c. ace. of pers. 2 Cor. 10: 14. 06
Then a passing over, e. g. a river, moun \inspexreivopev Emu-robe we stretch not our
tain, Pol. 10. l. 8. Xen. An. 1.2. 85.— selves out too for, i. e. do not go beyond
In N. T. trop. excess, supencminencc, cz our measure, To pe'rpov r017 xavcivog in v.
cellence, 2 Cor. 4: 7 1'; inrtpgohr) rfig 5v 13.—Luc. Eunuch. 8 xexpayéreg mi
vdpewg. 12:7-—Jos. B. J. 6. 7. 3 5L’ inrsp rirrcpexrnwilucyot, Schol. IlTEWlMYCKKOIIW
golu‘lv u’yuirrrroc. Ant. 1. 13. 4|. Dem. 97. rec. Other editions read zinepbmravb
3. Pol. 3. 99. 4|.—Vvith a prop. in an perm.
adverbial sense: m6‘ inrcpgohr'pv, i. q. 'Tvregezxbvolulm, Pass. (Ex-xiv, e’:
exceedingly, super-eminently, Rom. 7: 13. xi'nlw, q. v.) to be poured out over, as from
2 Cor. 1: 8. Gal. 1: l3. 2 Cor. 4.:17see a vessel, i. q. to run over, to overflow,
below. Also i. q. par excellence, C01‘. absol. Luke 6: 38 pi'rpov tintpzxxw-opc
12: 31 Kai i'rt m9‘ im'epgohrlv 656v,a way vow. Sept. for P“?! Joel 2: 24. Sept.
par excellence, i. e. a far better way. I'HI'EPEKXE'OFGI for ‘("9 Prov. 5: 16.
Comp in Kurd II. l.d. (Luc. Luct.12.
1301.3. 99. 10. Diod. Sic. 17.47.) tic 'Taregsrruyxrivw, t‘. rebiopm, (Ev
inrepgohr'lv id. exceedingly,- hence intens. 'rv'yxdvw q. v.) to intercedc for any one,
in his behalf; seq. inrép ru'og, om. 8:
by Hebr. m0‘ inrcpgolo‘lv sic irlrspgolu'lv
q. q. exceeding, exceedingly, in the highest 26. Comp. \/Viner § 56. 2. a.
possible degree, 2 Cor. 4.: l7. Gesen. 'Ta'egéxw, f. Eur, (Zxo) trans. to hold
ehrg. p. 693. 2. Stuart M56, coll. 4,38. over, e. g. any thing over the fire, Hom.
— on. V. H. 4.. 20. ib. 12. 1. p. 160. I1. 2. 24,6 ; also for protection, rr‘pv xeipci
Tauchn. sic inrepfiollfiv rtludv. Ttl'l V. 'rn'og Anth- G1‘. I. p. 193. Jos.
'Tvregeibov, (as... q. v.) nor. a. to Ant. 6. 2. 2. Pol. 15.31.11. Intrans.
lnrepopdw, to see or look out over, e. g. rhv pp. to hold one's self over, i. q. to be over,
Sl'ikrwouv Hdot. 7. 36 tin. In N.T. trop. to be prominent, tojut out over or beyond.
 'Trregngbaw'a 809 ' Tvrsgwkeom'lgw
Sept. Ex. 26: I3. 1K. 8:8. ACLV. H. 9. art. 1') inrzpMav adj. the most eminent, the
l3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.8. Comp. in'Exm f. very chief, rGw inrepMav (bran-okay 2Car.
—-In N. T. trop. to hold one's self above, 11:5. 12: 11. Comp. Buttm. § H5. 6.
i. q. to be superior, better, to surpass, to —On such compounds, see Lob. ad Phr,
excel, intrans. p. 45—48. So inrspd-yav 2 Macc. 10, 4.
a) genr. pp. 1:. gen. of pers. also 0. inre'pcu Dem. 228. I7. Xen. Hi. 6. 9.
dat. of manner, Phil. 2:3 ('tMr'lhovc ill-you’: 'Trregvmoiw, 5, f. 1'10'w,(rn.'ciw,) to
peroi zin'zpe'xowac iaure‘w. Comp. Matth. more than conquer, absol. Rom. 8: 37.—
§ 358. Buttm. § 13$. 5. 3.—Hdinn.4.15. Leo Tact. 14. "25 mm; not [11) {mcpvucgl
ll. Diod. Sic. 17. 77. Xen. Venat. I. Socr. Hist. Ecc. 3. 21 ynzfiv Kahlil, inrzp
ll. -—-Seq. acc. Phil.4: 7 1'7 elpr'lwl rm? ruaiv 8.‘ im'tpeovov.
9501'! 1'] inrepe'xouaa 1rcivra uofiv. Comp. 'Trrigo'yzog, 00, .3, {1, adj. (ii-yang)
Matth. § 358 note. -—Diod. Sic. 3. 22. over-swollen, much swollen, 1E]. V. H. 13.
Plat. Pheetlo 50. p. 102. D. Xen. H. G. l. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 58. In N. T. trop.
6.l.4.p.236.Tauchn.—Part. rd inrcpz'xov ouer-tumid, over-swelling, boastful, with
as subst. excellence, super-eminerwe, i. q. the idea of insolent pride, impiety; so
inrepoxr), Phil. 3: 8 51a Tb ilrrepe'xou rfic of language, 2 Pet. 2: 18 inre'po'yxa yap
w'éaewc. See Matth.§570. Loh.a.d Soph. paraw'rnroc (perm/tipsy“. Jude 16 1.‘.
Aj. p. 277. Schaef. ad Greg. Cor. p. 139. arzipa ailre‘w halts? inre'poyxa. Sept. for
b) in rank, dignity, part. inrcpéxwv, 5'11; Ex. 18: 22. we}, Ex. 18: 26. pl.
ovaa, 0v, superior, higher, Rom. 13:1 “581351. Dan. 11: 36.—Comp. inre'porymw
EEovm'atc I'm: exm'waic. 1 Pet. 9: 13.— tppdynpa Plut. Lucull. 2i.
Wisd. 6: 5. £01. 28. 4. 9. Hdian. 4. 9. 4.
‘TWEffliPDtV/Ot, 06;, 1'], (ilrrepr'ldaauoc
'Twegoxri, 17;, i’, (inepe'xw, q. v.) a
prominence, eminence, e. g. a mound, hill,
q. v.) arrogance, haughliness, pride, P01. Pol. 3. 104. 3; peak, summit of a moun
6. 18. 5. Dem. 577. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 9. tain, ib. 10. 81. 1. In N.T. trop. promi.
27.—In N. T. from the Heb. arrogance, nence, eminemx, e. g.
pride, with the accessory idea of impiety,
a) of station, authority, power, 1 Tim.
ungodliness, Mark 7: 29. So Sept. for
c3153. Ps. 31: 24.. Is. 16. 6. Tina Ps. 59. 2. 2 Bamh'wv ral mivrmr riw e'y inrepoxfl
durum—2 Mace. 3:11. Pol. 5. 4|. 3.
13. Prov. 8:13. 1*‘?! Deut. 17:12.—Tob. Diod. Sic. 4. 4.1.
4:17. 1 Macc. 1:23. Jos. Ant. 1. 11.1. b) genr. of things, i'. q. superiority,
'Trregr'yqouvog, 00, 6,1‘), adj. (inrép, excellence, I Cor. 9:1 mt? inrepoxr‘yvltri'yov.
¢aivw,) appearing over, conspicuous above —Pol. 5. 41. 1. In evil,s Macc. 13:6.
other persons or things; so pp. inrepn Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 3.
qmm'm, Xen. Mag. Eq. 5. 7 ram": pév 'Trreg'rsgm'oez'm, f. straw, (ripar
6p9a 1a bopara is'xew, Toric 5' iiMoug osi/w q. v.) to superabound over, much
rarrewa mi pf] inrepnpavfi. Elsewhere more, in a comparative sense, absol.
trop. conspicuous, distinguished, splendid,
Rom. 5: 20 oi’) be‘ irrhedvao'sv i1 (llpapria,
as oixiag rG'w 1ro)\)u3v imcpmpavwre'pag' inrepurzpia'c'zvaev h Xr'lptc, comp. v. 15.
Dem. 175. 10; usually of persons, with Without ‘comparison, Pass. to be made
censure, arrogant, haughty, proud, IEl. V.
to superabound over-much, i. e. to super
H. 12. 63. Diod. Sic. 4. l3. Xen. Mem. abound greatly, exceedingly, in any thing,
1. 9. 85.—In N. T. from the Heb. arro 0. dat. 2 Cor. 7: 4 inrrprrzpwo'ei/opai r‘fi
gant, proud, with the accessory idea of
Xapfi, i. e. I am exceeding joyfuL—Not
contemning God, impiety, wickedness.
found in the classics.
Luke 1:51 brearépmaev im'cpnpdvoug
5mm,‘ Kapbi'ac. Rom. 1:30. 1 'lim. 3: 'T-zregrregio'o'fig, adv.(1repwmig,) q .d.
2 James 4: 6. 1 Pet. 5:5. So Sept. ovcr-superabundantly , i. e. very exceedingly ,
for m5; Ps. 94.; 2. 14.0: 6. Ps. 119.21. beyond all measure, iinaE My. Mark 7:
Jer. 43: 2. =2 Job 38: 15. Is. 9: 12.-— 37 inrzpm-pwadrg e’Eurhr'laa'om-o.
Wisd. 14: 6. Ecclus. 23: 7. Jos. Ant. ‘Trap-Maudie, f. dew, (‘rfitmrdl'm
4. 8. l7. q. v.) to superabound, to be exceedingly
‘Tough/av, adv. (May) over-much, abundant, intrans. I Tim. 1: l4—Psalt.
i. c. vcry exceedingly, super-eminently,- c. Salom. 5: 19.
 'Twsgoxliow 810 'T'mgirnc '
‘Twegoxbéu, 5, f. about, (we...) vessel etc. Hdot. 2. 151. Plut. M. An
intens. to make high above, to raise high ton. 9. Trop. on hold out under, 1. e. to
alofl ,- only trop. to highly exalt, so. over wards or before any one, e. g. obag, to
all, e. acc. Phil. 2: 9 9:69 abrdv inepti give ear, Simonid. Fr. 7. 16. 1.110.‘, n‘:
tbwoe. Sept. pass. for "732,! Ps. 97: 9. lii'wac, to render account, P01. 18. 35. 3.
comp. Sept. Ps. 37: 35.—So in praise, Plut. J. Gas. 33. blmv nu’, to render
Sept. Dan. 4:34. Song of 3 Childr. 28,29. satisfaction. to make atonement, Sopb.
(Ed. Tyr. 552. Hence in N. T. gonr.
‘Ta'sgtpgovéw, 5, f, 17,“, (trip. bt'nyv inre’xeu, to pay or safer punish
ppm’ over-thinking, high-thinking, from ment,- Jude 7 mihctc rrvpoe aium’ao
¢phv,) to think over-much of one's self, to dimly inre'xovaat.—-2 Macc. 4:48. Hdian.
be high-minded, i.q. to be proud, arrogant,
l. 8. 12. P01. 12. 8. 5 Saudi-ow spiny.
intrans. Rom. 12:3 pr) inrepqlpoveiv rrap' Xen. Mem. 2. l. 8 rm'n'ou dimv inre'xew.
5 5:1 ¢p01'£IV.—JOS. Ant. 1. 11. l oi Eo
bo/firar. nhot'mp . . . inrepppovot'lvrec. Po]. "Tarhxoog, 01), 1'), 1'', adj. (inruxobu
6. 18. 7. q. v. listening, obedient, c. dat. Acts 7:
'Trrega7o;, at, or, (hip, as warpqioc 39 91 ot'uc fifls'hnoay inn'lxoot yerz'o'fiai. 2
Cor. 2: 9 sic m'lvra. absol. Phil. 9:8—
from 1111419,) over, upper, e. g. ofa cham'
ber, Plut. Pclop. 35 a be‘ sdhapog iv (‘'1 Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3 inn’pxooc yt'vopaz. c.dat.
Itatiet'iduv eia'iewav, brrepq'rog iii’. Philo Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22. absol. Plut. Pelop.
de Vit. Mos. 2. p. 662 old/para Em'wec‘a 29. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 9.
rat inrcpqia, sc. in the ark. Luc. Asin. 'Tomgeriw, 67, f. flow, (bnnpé'qe)
45.—Oftener and in N. T. Neut. rd pp. to do the service of an inrrlpe'rng, q. v.
burpp‘ov, an upper chamber, the upper Hence genr. to 'actfor any one, to mini:
part of a house, i.e. a sort of guest ter, to serve, to subserve, seq. dat. Acts 13:
chamber not in common use, where the 36 Aagld pe‘v yap idiq 'yeved inrrlperr'loac.
Hebrews received company and held 20:34 ‘mic Xpeleuc pov inrrjpe'mo'av tu'
feasts, and where at other times they e'ipec ahreu. 24:23.—-Vvisd. 16:21,24.
retired for prayer and meditation,i. q. 10s. Ant. 3. 8. l. Diod. Sic. 1.70. Xen.
dyé-yatov q. v. In Greek houses it oc Mem. 2. 4. 7. (Ec. 21. 8.
copied the upper story; among the He 'Ta'ngirng, 00, 6, (51rd, Epime, e'pr'tr
brews it seems to have been on or con. ow,) pp. an under-rover, genr. a mun-on
nected with the flat roof of their dwell sailor, hand, as distinguished from 01 mi
ings, Heb. ‘F1159; Sept. inrepqiov 1 K. 17: mt shipmen, seamen, and oi infirirm
22. 2 K. 4: 10; comp. Acts 10:9. Sec mariners, Dem. 1209. 11, 14 in some
Calmet art. IIouse p. 509. Jowett's Chr. editions, where others read in'rlptm'a col
Researches in the Mediterranean, Lond. lect. id. Comp. also Dem. 1208. 20.
1824. p. 67,quoted in Miss. Herald 1823. 1214.. 23. 1216. 13. P01. 1. as. 3.
p. 267, 268, where he describes the chief Hence genr. a hand, agent, minister, at
room in the houses of Haivali (opposite tendant, who does service under the di.
Leshos) as in the upper or third story, rection of any one ; in N. T. spoken
secluded, spacious, and commodious, at) of those who wait on magistrates
“ higher and larger than those below, or public bodies and execute their de
having two projecting windows, and the crees, a lictor, oflicer, like the modern
whole floor so much extended in front constable, beadle, mg. as the attendant on
beyond the lower part of the building, a judge, Matt. 5: 25, i. q. rpa'rrwp in
that the projecting windows considerab y Luke 12: 58. So of the attendants or
overhang the street;" comp. Acts 20:8 beadles of the Sanhedrim, Matt. 26: 58.
sq. where the inrepq'iov at Troas is also Mark 14:54, 65. John 7:82, 45, 48. 18:
e'v r1‘? rpwri'yp. In N. T. Acts 1: l3 3,12, 18, 22.‘ 19:6. Acts 5: so, 26.-
sic rd inrspq'mv 01’; 7100.11 KG‘I’G’AéVOl'TiC KJZA. comp. Jos. 4. 3. 1. genr. Jos. 15. 8. 4.
9: 37, 39. 20: 8.—Jos. Vit. § 30. Luc. Luc. Pisc. 45. Xen. H. G. 2.3. 54. i1».
Tax. 61. Asin. 45. Lys. 93. 46. Hom. 3. I. 27. Of the Roman lictm-s. Dion.
11. 2. 514. Hal. Ant. 2. 8. ib. 5. 2. See Adam's
'Trrixw, r. was, (.30...) 10 1.01.1"... Rom. Ant. p. 178 sq.
1121‘, e. g. the hand, Horn. 11. 7. 188 ; a 1)) of the attendant in a synagogue,
 "Tm; ‘ gsu'
‘who, handed the volume to the reader,
and returned it to its place, Luke 4:20.
Comp. Jahn § 372. IV.
c) genr. a minister, attendant, associate
in any work, 'John 18: 86.‘ Acts-13:5
eixow 5:‘ mi 'Iucivvnv inrnpe'mv. So of a
minister of the word or of Christ, Luke
1:2. Jos.
6:4. ActsAnt.
26:16.
3. 1.v1 4Cor.
rhv 4:1. - Wisd.
inrnpe'rnv Geoii
sc. Moses. Dem.'l285. 2 b-Irnpérat mi
owsp'yoi oi'n'oi Khsope'vovg. Xen. An. 1.
9. 27.—Others in Luke 1:2, render inn)
pe'rat Ari-you associates or aiders in the
matter; comp. Xen. An. 1. 9. 18. xpé
rwrot inrnpe'mt 1ravroc Ep-you.
"Tenn, 00, 5, sleep', Matt. 1: 24.
Luke 9:32. John 11:13. Acts 20:9 bis.
Sept. for Gen. 28:16. Ecc. 5: 11.—
1 M806. 6:10. Hdian. 2.1.12. Xen. 111.6.
9.--Trop. of spiritual sleep, torpor, sloth,
Rom. 13: 11. — Psalt. Sal.‘ 3. 1 iron’
ihryoic \Iwxr‘l, rai oin: eilho-ysig rr‘w Ki'lptov.
IT'W'O', prep. governing the genitive
and accusative; in the Greek classics
also the dative; with the primary sig
nification under. " 2:14.—-Hdian. 7. 12. 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.
I. . With the Genitive, pp. of place
whence, i.e. from under which any thing
comes forth, Hom. 0d. 9. 141 (iéu kpv'p'n
li'ro
inro X601");
mru'oup.rjxeHes.
pomada'
Theog.
Also
669of Zetic
loosing
or freeing from under any thing; 11. 8.
543 11mm’; pe‘v )uio'al' aim) Zvym'i. 9. 248
e'piizotiat rim} Tpibwv. ib. 21. 553. Also
of place where, under which, like u'1ré c.
dat. Plato Legg. 5. p. 728.- A, 5r’ e’1ri
yiig xai 61rd 'yfic 'xpuo'tic. Trop. after
passive and neuter to verbs mark the
subject or agentfrom under whose hand,
power, agency, causation, the action of
the verb proceeds, in Eng]. from, by,
through; comp. Buttm. § 134. 2. § 147.
n. 3. Matth.§ 592. Winer§51.p.316. In
thissense only is find cigemfound in N. T.
a) with Passive verbs, 0. gen. of pers.
Matt. 1: 22 rd p.102.’ rind r017 Kvplou. 2:
16 Evnrai’xon inrd "ru'w Fri-yaw. 3:6 igu
1rri£ovro 1hr’ m'zrofi. 4: 1 z'iw’pxlin aim‘) rot‘:
mlei'tparoc remover-Iva: inrd roii hmgéhov.
5:13. Mark 1:13. 2:3. Luke 5:15. a:
14 inrd 'iepipvu'w avpnvi-yovrai. l4:
8. John 10:14. Acts 4:36. 23:27 bis.
Rom. 15:15. 1 Cor. 7:25. 2 Cor. 1:16,
Gal. 1:11. al. saepiss. Seq. gen. collect.
Luke 2|:20. Acts 15:4 a'pmrejupliévrcc
' Taro’
inrd rfic ExxMoiag. 2 Cor.8:19. Seq. gen.
of thing, Matt. 8:24 Jar: r6 :rAoZov m
M'n'reoeai inn) rim xv'm'raw. 14: 24.
Luke'7:24.xa'.Aapor inrd tive'juou oahevri
luevov. ' John 8: 9. Acts 2: 24. ‘27: 41.
Rom. 19:21. 1 00]‘. 10:9. 2 Cor. 5:4.
James 3:4, 6. 2 Pet.1:17 pain—1;- e'vexflei
on; aim} inro rfic pe'yahoirpzwoig Béfng,
_i. e. a voice being sent forth unto him
from (by) the radiant glory, i. e. by the
divine Majesty, from God himself. 2
Pet. 2: 7, 17. Jude 12. Rev. 6: 13.——
Diod. Sic. 1.8, 15. Hdian. 2. 7. 9. Xen.
Mem. 1. 5. _l.‘ ib.,4. 4. 4. 0. gen. of thing,
1E1.v V. H. 13. l init. Iual'iiv Bapuyopé
vow inrh roil yu'kaxrog. Hdian. 4. 15. 14.
Xen. An. 1. 5. 5. -
b) with Neuter verbs having a passive
power; e. g. after yi'vopai and eiva: sig
nifying to be made, done; so 'yivoluai,
Luke 9:7 re. 'yiwi'uera inr' ailroi'n 13:17.
23:8. Acts 12:5. 20:3. 26:6. Eph. 5;
12. c. eiwai Acts 23:30. impl. 2 Cor. 2:
6. (yi'v; Xen. An. 7. 1. 30. impl. Xen.
Hi. 1. 28. ib. 7. 6.) So mia'xsiv Tl inrd
ru'og, Matt. 17:12. Mark 5:26. 1 Thess.
36.‘ Conv.'l. 11.—In like manner after
some transitive verbs, where a passive
sense is implied ; e. g. hapgévew n inro'
rum; to receive i. e. to have given of or
from any one, i. q. to sufl'er, 2 Cor. 11:
24. inrojie'veiv n inrd 'rwoc id. Heb. 12:3.
t'uroxreivat inrd ru’w 81191...» i. q. to
cause to be killed by beasts, Rev. 6:8.
-—Hdian. 7. 10. 9 yvdvreg [raira] inrd
rfig ¢I’”U1C. Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 3.
Passow A. l. b. AL.
II. With the Accusative,pp. of place
whither, i. e. of motion or direction under
a place; but also of place where, i. e. of
rest under a place. Buttm. 1. c. Matth.
,5 593. Vviner§ 53. k. p. 34.4..
a) pp. of place whither, after verbs
of motion or direction, under, beneath,
e.g. riBévat M'Ixl'oy inro Tor pddiov Matt.
5: 15. Mark 4:21. Luke 11:33. inrd
rhv xhi'rnv Mark 4: 2].‘ inrd rfiv aréyrlw
eioe'pxeoliai Matt. 8: 8. Luke 7: 6. im
o'vvd'yuv inrb rag 1rre'pu-yag Matt. 23: 37.
Luke 13:34. So Mark 4: 32. James
2:3.—Palaeph. 10. 2 Mixvovg Kara e'puw
in") rr)v 'yfiv. Diod. Sic. 13. 51. (101.
7. 88. is Xen. An.under
1. 10.the14.—
what brought powerTro . of
otPany
one, tag. inrd roilg 265:1; TU’tJt; Rom. 16:
 'Twb 812 "Twob'aa'xrua:
20. 1 Cor. 15:25, 27. Eph.]:QQ; comp. 'Tvmfiaimw, 1‘. sum, (fléMuJ a
in Hob; Rom. 7:14., comp. in Unrpc'l cast or tkrow under, e.g. under-foot, Xen.
mm. Gal. 3:22, 23, comp. in Buys-Mia). (E0. 18. 5; under a person, Xira Hom.
James 5: 12, comp. in Hl'rr-rw c. 1 Pet. 0d. 10. 353. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 7. to put
5:6, see in Tavrewo'w b. [i—JEI. V.H. 6. or thrust under, e.g. a child to another
1 1. Isocr.p.142. B, timid-"g rfig 'EMéBog mother, to substitute, Dem. 563. 5. Xen.
inrb 'n‘yv miXw flpu'iv I'rlroma'm'm'nc. Venat. 7. 3. to thmst under one's notice,
b) of place where, after verbs imply. to suggest, Hdian. 7. 10. 13. Xen. Cyr.
ing a. being or remaining under a place; 3. 3. 55. In N. T. of persons, to thrust
e-g. c. Elma, John 1:49 b'vra inn‘) rfiv under, to suborn, to put forward by col
uwcfiv. 1 Cor. 10:1. impl. Luke 17: 24. lusion, trans. Acts 6: ll. — Aristid. de
bis. Acts 9:5 'rrTn' inrb roll abpawlv. 4:12. Parathe m. p. 618. App. B. Civ. I. p.
Rom. 3:13. Col. 1: 23. Jude 6 brrb (6 663 riméh'lenaav Karr'ryopot. So rimiGAn
pav rr-rr'ypnxcv. —- Sept. 1 K. 19: 5. Pa roc Jos. B. J. 5. 10. 4|.
aeph. 10. 1 Ta {ma yfiv. Hdian. 2. 1. 9. 'Tvroygaaaéc, 06, a, (rl-rroyptipu
Dem. 33.3 1.-Trop. of what is under the to underwrite, write a copy, comp.
power or authority of any person or thing; Plato Protagzfli. p.326.D,) p .a writing
gen. Matt. 8: 9 bis, (ivflpanrbg clpr 61rd copy, ri'lro-ypappol Kaitlin-oz’ C em. Alex.
c'Eomn'av, E'xwv inr' z'pavniv arparru'rrag.
see Passow s. v. In N. T. trop. a copy,
Luke 7:8 bis. Gal. 3: 25. 4:2. (Esdr.
pattern, example, for imitation, 1 Pet. 9:
3:1. Hdian. 3.14.l7.' Xen. Cyr. 1.5. 3.) 21.—2 Macc. 2:28. Clem. Ep. 1 ad
Seq 8.00.01‘ thing,implying state or condi. Corinth. p. 40 ed. Lond. [Ilafikor] inro
tion under anything; 1 Tim.6: I aim‘; Zv'ybv
povfic pi-yw'rov riwoypappév.
8017M‘. So inrcl vb/wv Rom. 6:14, 15. 1
0011930 ter.Gal.4:4,5,21. 5:18. inn‘) Xci 'Ta'ébeiyaa, wrog, 1'6,(ll1r05£i|cvvpr ,)
prv Rom.6:l4, 15. b4)’ dpap'rlav Rom. 3: pp. ‘what is shown,i.q. a pattern,ezample.
9. v'rrb Kardpav Gal.3:10. rim‘) n‘: o'rotxfia a) genr. as set before any one; either
rat": at. Gal. 4:3.—-Hdian. l. 4'. 20. for imitation,lohn13:15 Ii-lréber-ypa 55mm
c) of time when, under, i. e. at, dur .lilfiv, i'va x.1'. A. James 5: 10; or for
ing, Lat. sub, once Acts 5: 21 rim‘; rbv warning, Heb. 4:11 :’v 11;! m'n-Q abro
5p0p0v.—Jos. Ant. 14.. 15. 5 init. inrb 5:‘ bei'ypan rfig ('urfloetac. 9 Pet. 2: 6. —
Tim airrbv xpdyoy. JELV.H.14'.Q7. Thuc. Ecclus. 44:16. 2 Macc. 6: 28,31. Jos.
1.100. inrb vbxra Sept._.lon. 4:10. Thuc. B.J.6.2.1. Hdian.8.8.4. Pol.3.17.8. The
7.22. rhrb n‘pl Eufiwfiv Pol. 53. 4. Comp. earlier Attic writers used 1rap1i5uypa,
Matth. § 593.—C. Accus. non al. Phryn. et Lob. p. 12.
Nora. In composition 11ml implies: b) meton. a copy, likeness, taken from
1. place, i. e. motion or rest unda- be an original; Heb. 8:5. 9:23 inrobn’ylmra
neath, as Ilfl’OgtiMw, zl'lrobz'u, rin-omibuw. nDv iv ro'ig obpavoig, i. q. ril z'wrlrmra in
2. subjection, dependence, the being un v. 24.--Aquil. for Heb. ""13?! Dent.4|:17.
tlrvmbiIIMWIIM, f. Ew, (55101411.) to
der any person or thing, as thravbpog,
inrora'aa'w. 3. succession, the being be. show or point out, pp. nndcnhand, by
hind, after,as drokehrw, firopévw. Comp. stealth , privately,i.q.to give to understand,
:irrmrziv to speak after, to subjoin, Dem. to signify,to let be known, Sept. “W Esth.
797. 14.; also P01. 6. 31. 1. Lat. subse 2:10. Hdot. 1.189. Xen. Mem.4-.3.13.
qui. So in Engl. what goes before or be Genr. i.q. to show,to let see, Ecclus. 49:
yond is said to overgo, and by antith. 8 b'paau' bbEm; fiv inrébuEcv 01'11'1‘7. Andocid.
what falls short or behind may be said 19.11. Diod. Sic. l3. 12.—In N. T.
to undergo. 4. 'Y-rrd in composition also trop. to show, so. by words or example,
implies something done or happening to teach, to signify, seq. acc. et dat. c. 5n,
under-hand, covertly, by stealth, unper Acts 20:35 m'wra ims'berfa illfiv 5n 1:. r X.
ceived, without noise or notice; also a Seq. dat. of pers. c. infin. Matt. 3:7 et
little, somewhat, by degrees; like Lat. Luke 3:7 'rlg inrébuEev bpiv (pug/57v tank.
sub e. g. rlrrovoe'w, Jrovrve'w, comp. in Seq. dat. c. orat. indir. Luke6:47. 12:5.
v1ravrciw,b1reravriog. Comp. Lat. subf Acts 9: 16. Sept. for "2"" 2 Chr. 15:3.
mscor, mbn'dere. See Pnssow 171m’ E. -—Ecclus. 48:25. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. P01.
Vigor. p. 672 sq. 3. 6. I. l’lut. Marcell. ~20.
 ' Torooé xopom
'Ta'ooéxopow, f. 50,101., (lepon. Mid. menial servants or slaves, for their
(BéxopaiJ to take (0 one's self, pp. as if
placing the hands or arms under a per
son or thing; hence genr. to take or re
ceive to one's self, favourably, kindly,e.g.
cilxdg Hes. Theog. 4.19. Usually and in
N.T. of guests, to receive hospitably, to
welcome, to entertain, c. acc. Luke 10:38
Mcipea inreec'Ea-ro cu'n'av sic Tovolxovuiirfig.
19:6 riwcdz'fiam airrov Xaipmv. Acts 17:
7. James 2:25.-—Tob. 7:8. Jos.Ant.ll.
3. 2. Palaeph. 5. 1. [EL V.H.4. 9. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 13. Also, to undertake, to
promise, Hdot. 9. 21, 22. Thuc. l. 71.
'Tvrooéw, f. #1710455...) to bind under,
as sandals under the feet, to put an san
dals, slippers, etc. to shoe, Plut. ed. R.
I X.p.4|6.l ,1i1r05/lrmg rfil' yui'aixa Kpmrizn.
-'—-In N.T. only Mid. iin'ode'o‘uaz, to bind
under or put on one's own sandals; Port.
to have bound on ane's sandals, etc. i. q.
to be s/wd; so seq. acc. a'avdékw. Mark
6:9, comp. Winer § 64. p.490. ActslQzB
inréfinaai rd aavddhui 00v. Comp. Buttm.
§ 135. 4.. Seq. ace. of part, Eph. 6: l5
zi1rodqor'rlusroi rmic #65419. Buttm. § 135.
5.—c. ace. of sandal Hdian. 4. 8. 5. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 6. c. ace. of part. IE]. V.H.
l. 18. Thuc. 3. 22.
'Taréonpa, wrog, rd, (:iwo§€w,) pp.
‘ what is bound under’ so. the loot, a
sandal, a sole of wood or hide bound on
with thongs,i.q. aavMMov q.v. In later
usage ri-lrédrlpa roIAov and also 61.-.55.”...
simply, is put for the Roman calceus or
shoe which covered the whole foot; so
Jos. B. J .6.1. 8,0f the thick nailed shoes
of the Roman soldiers,caliga. See the
Commentators on Aristoph. Plut. 483,
4.. Passow s. v. Comp. Adam's Rom.
Ant.p.4l9 sq. Genr. Matt. 10:10. Luke
10: 4. 15: 22 inrooi'mara sic for}; midug.
22:35. Acts 7:33 M'm'ov n‘. li'rrlidrppa 117w
170513;’ 001: ,i.e. take all‘ thy sandal or shoe,
quoted from Ex. 3:5 where Sept. for 5E,
as also Deut. 25:9. Josh.5:l5. Is. 5:27.
-—Hdian. 5. 5. 21. El. V.H. 7. ll. Plut.
Conjug. Praac. 30 bis. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.5.
(E0. 10. 2. — Hence n‘: lirodr'lpa-ra rwog
fiaa'nioat to bear the sandals of any one
Matt. 3:11, also Af/acu. row ipévra 113v
I'nroorlpairuy nvo'c to unln'nd ane's sandals,
Mark 1:7. Luke 3:16. John 1:27. Acts
13:25, expressions implying inferiority,
since this was usually done onlyr by
813 'Tarozgivopm
masters. Comp.Arr.Epict. 3.26.1. Luc.
Herod. 5, quoted in Eavddhwy. Plut.
Sym pus-7. 8.4 r07; rd 13105{Laura xolw'fovm
waioapioic. Diog. Laert. 6. 44. 1r 6g n‘w
{mo r06 oiue'rou inrodm'wpcvov. erent.
accurrent
Heauton. servi,soccos
l. ]. 7'2 ‘ domum
detrahent.’
revertor
Sueton.
Vitell. 3. Comp.Talm.Babyl.Kiddushin
£222, ‘Quomodo emitur servus? Solvit
ementi ealceum, portat post eum quae ei
necessaria ad balneum, exuit eum,---in
duit calceos ac a terra levat.’ Cetuboth
t'.90.l, ‘Omnia opera quae servus praestat
hero,etiam discipulus przestat praeceptori,
praater solutionem calcei ejus.’ SeeWet
stein N. T. and Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad
Matt. 3: 11.
'Taréomag, 00, 6, 7'], adj. (Mm) PP
‘ under process,under sentence,’ i.q. can
demned, guilty.- Rom. 3:19 in: z'médiroc
'yc'vrlrai 1rd: 6 xo'a'poc T" 9:93, i.e. before
or in the sight of God’, comp. Matth. §
388.a.--Act. Thom. 5. Luc. Phalar. alt.
l3. Dem. 518. 3 inro'ducog E'm'w 'rQ 1ra66vn.
r r r I _
970507409, 0!), r0, (neut. of ad].
inrolr'J-ywg under a yoke, yoked, from
{11765) a draught-animal, beast ofburden ,
enr. Jos. B. J. 3. 5. 9. Hdian. l. 12. 2
en. An. 1. 3. l.-—-In N.T. spec. an as,
Matt. 2] :5 quoted from Zech. 9:9 where
Sept. for "W1. 2 Pet. 2: 16, in allusion
to Num.22:28 sq. where Heb. 151'": Sept.
1') b'vog.-—Sept. for ‘5m; Ex. 23:4,5. Josh.
6:21. Diod.Sic.l9.20 imoZv-yiwv whfidog,
opp. ‘hrs-avg.
'Ta'ola'iwvfu, f. Zéa'w, (Zu'wvvpg) lo
undergird, i. e. of ersons, to gird under
the breast, {nro Toug PGIYYO‘IIIQ 2 Maec. 3:
19. E1.V.H.10.22. In N. T. of a ship,
to undergirdje to gird around the bottom
and whole body of the ship with chains
or cables,in order to strengthen it against
the waves, Acts 27: 17.—Pol. 27. 3. 3.
'Tvroxérw, adv. (Kzi-rw) i. q. Engl.
underaeathspoken of place,c.gen. Mark
6:11. 7:28 inroxa'rw rfig 'rpam'lryg. Luke
8:16. Johnlz5l inroui'rw rfig awcfic. Rev.
523,13. 6:9. 12:]. Trop. inrara'o'asiv
imoxa'rw ra'w rode-n’ rn'og Heb. 2: Bzsee
in H015; Sept. for E2. 24,: 5.
in’?! i1 inramirw = "EFF-Ff} l K.6:6. Ez.
4.0='19.-Pol. 3. 55. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 7s.
'Tvroxga'voiam, depon. Mi(l.(|cpii'w,)
 ~ ' Two'xgmg' 814 . 'Two'pém' "
to give judgment under a wise or sol. Luke 10:30 {nrokagchv 5:‘ 6 ‘Inam'h;
matter, to give a judicial answer,- hence elm", Sept. for "a! oft in Job, 0. 2:4.
gear. to answer, to reply,'used by the 4:1. _6: 1. Dan. 3: 9. -—]El.V.H. 14. B
earliest writers instead of the later end inrohafirhv 2'9)". Pol. 15.8.1. Xen. Mem.
more usual a-rroxpivopat, Hom. Il. 7.407. 2. 1. 29. I . - .
Hdot.1.78. Thuc.7.44. Xen.Mem.l.3.l. . c) trop. to take up in thought, to sup.
to interpret dreams, sc. in answer to in-' pose, to think, comp. in comm. Engl. I
quiries, HomOd. 19.535,555. Artemid.‘ take it; absol. Acts 2:15 oi! 711p lb;- h‘ufig
1.9. Then in Attic usage, to answer upon z'rmohalufiévere :. 'r A. Seq. 5n, Luke 7:
the stage, to play apart, to act, Luc.’ de 43.— Sept. Job. 25:3 0. 6n. Jos.AnL12.
Merc.wnd.30. IEl.V.H.l4.40. Diod.Sic.' 2.3 init._ Dem. 623.5. Xen.Mem. 2.2.4.
13. 97 u'nroxplvea'flai rpa'yzpal’av El'lpurz’aov . ".TWOAEI’WW, f. \Pw,(Mi1rw,)lo leave be
'Dmw'o'o'ag—Hence gem. and in N.T. to hind, see in 'Yn-o' note no. 3 ; Pass. to be
play the hypocrite, to disaemble, to feign, ' left behind, to remain .- Rom. ll: 3 ug'yb
c.acc.et inf. Luke 20:20 I'nroxpwope'vovc I'm'chu’qzenv pévoc quoted from 1 K. 19:
éauronlg omal'ovc than—2 Ma0&6:21,24. 10,14, ._where §ept. for (“Uh-‘1), “'1'”.
Jos.Vit.§ 9. Epict.Ench.17. Pol. 2.49.7. Sept.‘ [act for l K. 19: 18 pass.
Dem. 878. 3. -' ' ' for] “'51”. Ex. 10: 19. Judg. 7:3.— Jos.
' 'TW’OIIKEIO'IQ', ‘541;, fi, (z'moxpivopal q.
Ant. 6.4.2. Luc.Mort.Peregr. 14. Xen.
v.) pp. answer, response, e. g. of an oracle Cyr.1.'4.27. I
Hdot.l.90,116. Thom.Mag.p.874z'nrm.-pi ‘Ta-ohiwomou, ro',(krp'dg,) the un
I'Oflfll xal. ro éwoxpiyopam, xal bnéxpwlg der-vat of a wine-press, into which the
To al'lrd. > Genr.‘ stage-playing, acting, the juice of the grapes flowed; see in Am'ég
histrionic art, Luc. Piscat. 32. Artemid. b. Mark 12:1. Sept. for =22. Is. 16:10.
3.13. Anth. Gr. IV. p. 284 ult. rpa'ymfic Joel 3: 13. Hagg. 2: l7.
r1509 1'11r0xplo'ewc. —- In _N. T. hypocrisy, ‘Tn'ollfmraim, a lengthened form‘
dis-simulation, Matt. 23:28. Mark 12:15
a 56‘ 5156:;- au'miv‘rnv' I'nro'xpww. Luke 12:
for {11.-mow q. v. found only in pres.
and imperf. Buttm. § 112. 13 ; to Imx
1. Gal. 21l3- lTim. 412.1 P8L2:1.—-—2
Macc.6:25. Jos.Ant.2.6.10. P0135313. behind, trans. 1 Pet. 2: 21 u'nrohprra'vuv
vr‘z'olfl'n’lg, ' 06, 6, (inroxplvopdg) a inro-ypap 6v.—-In the sense ‘to fail par
tially,’ ion. Hal. Ant. 1. 23. Karalup
stage-player, ‘actor, Luc. Piscat. 33.- [EL mivw Act. Thom. § 43._
V.H.3.30. Xen. Mem. 2.2.9. In N.T. a 'Tzropoévw, f. we, (you...) 1. intrans.
hypocrite, dissembler, so. in respect to reli
to remain behind, after others are gone ;
gion,piety,l\1att.6:2,5: 16. 7:5. 15:7. 16: see in "Y1r6 note no. 3. Luke 2: 43
3.22:18. 23:13,“,15,23,25,27,29.24= I'nrs'puvev 111170179 5 naic Ev 'Iepova'ah'yil.
51. Mark 7:6. Luke 6:42. (11:44.112: Acts l7: l4 éxc'L—Ios. Ant. 6.5.2. 55].
56. 13:15. Sept. for Hmlob 34:30. 36: V. '5. 5 m'aroc {mi av: o'a'xou. c. 2'!
13. So Aquil. et Theod. JOB 15=a4.. 20. Dem. 671. 15. absol. en. Conv. 9. 7.
5. — Not found in this sense in classic 2. trans.‘ to remain under the approach
writers; Eustath. in Il. 11', p. 564. 8, {uro
or presence of any person or thing, i. q.
xprn): 1rapa r07; t'la'repo-ycve'm fir'lropaw ('1 to await, Tob.‘ 5:7 z'nréluu'év pt. Jos.
pr) 5': \Pvxfic M'ywv 1“! 1rpa'rrwv, #1155‘ {Zn-£9 Ant. 5. 2. 2. Xen. An. 4.]. 21; espec.
¢pov:1. .
a hostile attack, to await, to sustain, Jos
'Tvrokozlwcoim, f. AYIHPOILLGL, (Kap
Ant. 7.4.1 I'rrropévcu' 'ru'nl 1rokqu'uw ‘pd
(Zu'vw) to tube under any person or thing, Aa'y'ycg. Hdian. 5.3.26. Xen.An.6.5.26.
i.e. to take up, by placing one's self un Hence in N.T. trop. to bear up unda, to
der-neath, trans. be patient under, to endure, to en er. c. acc.
11) pp. to take or receive up, c. acc. Acts 1 Cor. l3: 7 m'wra \‘mquc'vu. 2 Tim. 2:
1: 9 vupc'hq I'nre'hagcv m'n'ov an} rim 10. Heb. 10:32 ‘II'OAAfiV fiekmnv l'm'rpzi
lhpeakpu'm—Hdot. l. 24 rev 5:‘ [’Apl'ova] va-rs. 12:2, 7. v. 3, comp. in ‘Yam’ 1. h_
athqfiva Aé'youtn inroXagol/ra z'Ecve'ixm i'rrl
James 1: 12. Sept. for Mal. 3: :2.
Taivapov. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 48 fin. -—Di0Cl.Sic. l. 3 row wo'rov. IELVJI. 1.
b) trop. to take up the discourse, to 34. Xen.Mem. 2.1.l7.-—Absol. or neut.
Continue : hence, to answer, to reply ; ab i.q. to endure, to hold out, topersevere, e. g.
 ' Tvrowpwn'azw
mi; 55 6 inrofm'mg etc n'M; MatLlOzQQ.
24: 13. Mark 13:18. So 0. dat. Rom.
12: 12 11'' 911111“ inropéwovrsc. 2 Tim. 2:
12.—James 5:11. 1 Pet. 2:20 bis.
Sept. for "$17 Dan. 12: 12. —Jos. Ant.
12.3.1 pe'xpt 5' Eoxc'crov 1r011ep0i7vreg inré
pewau. Luc. Prometb. 21 inrépwe oi'w
xaprspég. Thuc. l. 76.
'Tvropipvfio'xw, f. {mow/flow, (pi
pm'laxw q.v.) to recall to one's mind, pp.
privately, silently, by hints or sugges
tions, to suggest to one's mind, i.q. genr.
to put in mind of, to remind, to bring to
remembrance.
a) Act. in various constructions: c.
dupl. acc. of pers. and 111%, John 14:26
inropm’laez illuég 'm'w'ra. iner § 30. 7.
Matth. § 347. n. 2. Comp.Buttm. § 131.
5. (Thuc. 7. 64.. Xen. Hi. 1.3.) Seq.
acc. of pers. c. nepl rain-ow 2 Pet. 1: 12.
Comp. Matth. § 347. n. 1. Seq. ace. of
pers. c. inf. Tit. 8: l ; or 0. 5n Jude 5.
—-c. inf. Plut. Apophth.Antig. 6. T.II.
p. 28. Tauchn. c. {in IE]. v.11. 4. 17.-—
Seq. acc. of thing, e.g. precepts, duties,
2 Tim. 2: 14 ral'lra inropiprno'xe. Also
evil deeds, with the idea of censure, re
prehension, 3 John 10 l'nropw'ww ain-oi
n‘: Ep'ya. Comp. Matth. § 34.7. n. 2. —
Hdian. 6. 2. 11. Dem. 316. 10 fin-opt
fulfimccw rile wing u'lsp'yeo'iag ,uucpoii 5:711
Sluouiv e'orl rq') M15156.»
b) Mid. i.q. to call to mind, to recol
lect,to remember, 0. gen. Luke 22:61
inrepw'lo'flry 6 Ili'rpor; 1'05 )ui'you for’: K.
Comp. Matth. § 347. b. Buttm. § 132.
5. 3.—Luc. Catapl. 4. 1E]. v.11. 5. 19. to suppose, to deem, c. acc. impl. Acts
'Tn'opma'xg, ewe, ,7, (im'Oflt/Aw'prk‘hl) 25: 18 01v [i.e. roz'n'wv &] inrsvciouv e’yu').
0 putting in mind, a reminding, remem
brance.
a) trans. e’v inropl'fio'u. by putting in Cyr. 3. 3. 80.
mind, by way of remembrance,2 Pet. 1:
l3. 3: 1.—2 Macc. 6: 16. Thuc.4. 95.
b) intrans. recollection, remembrance;
so inrépvqmv Xapgdvew to take remem
brance of, i.q. to remember, 2 Tim. 1:5;
comp. v. 41.—Sc inrdpvqmv 1rote7a6az
Act. Thom. \5 38. Gem. WVisd. _16: 11.
Jos.Ant. 4. 3. 4.. Pol.l.1. 2.
'Tn'olwowi, fig, .7, (im-opém) a re
maining behind, abode, Sept. 1 Chr. 29:
15. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.44,. In N. T.
trop. a bearingup under, patient endurance,
comp. in 'Yaropém no. 2.
a) pp. c. gen. of thiner borne. as evils
815 ' Term-hie)
etc. 2 Cor. 1:6 in l'uropovfi ran’ aimiv
naflnpo'u'wm— Jos. Ant.’ 9. 2. 1 mirwv
inropow'y. 1301.41. 51. l inr. r06 wohe'pov‘.
Diod. Sic. 5. 84. ‘
b) gem‘. i.q. patience, perseverance, con
stancy, sc. under suffering, in faith and
duty ; absol. Luke 8: 15 xap1r0¢opoimv
e’v inropovfi. ‘Rom. 8:25. 2 Cor. 6:4.
12:19. C01.1:11. Heb. 10: 36. 12:1.
James 1:3,4. 2 Pet. [:6 bis. Rev. 53:3.
Seq. gen. of that in or as to which one
perseveres, Roth. 2: 7 rd)‘ ‘inropovr‘lv
E'pyov r’ryaooi. lThess. 1:3 rfic inro/wvfic
rfig e’MrlBoc. Comp. Winer § 30. 2.
Seq. gen. of pers. Luke 21: 19 iv 1,5‘,
inroporii inn-"w x-rr'lcraaee rag ilmxac it 5w.
2 Thess. 1:4. 3: 5. James 5: 11. ev.
129. 222,19. 13:10-14:19. 321011‘!!!
Mi'yov rfic inroluovfic you, i.e. the precept
of constancy towards me.—Psa1t. Salem.
2:40 Xpnaflic z'JKl'lpmc r071; z'vrucakovpe'volc
abrov iv inropovi'l. Diod. Sic. 11. 9 rr‘pv
Zr r07; :n/Ef/voig inropovfiv. — Spec. pa
tience as a quality of mind, the ' hearing
of evils and suffering with tranquil mind,
Rom. 5: 3 1‘) S'Xi’iluc inropow‘pr xarzp-ye'l
Zara‘. v. 4. ‘ Rom. 15:4,, 5 5 9:69 r17;
inropoufigie. who bestows patience. 1
Tim. 6:11. 2 Tim. 3:10. .Tit. 2: 2.-_-
Sept. for patient hope, Heb. “JP? Ezra
10: 2. ‘FJEFJ Ps. 9: 19. comp. Ecclus. 2:
13. 16: 13.
c'r‘7t'01'0éat, 6;, 1'. new, (voe'w,) Lat.
suspicere, suspcctare, i. to suspect, to
surmise, Hdot. 9. 99'." Diod. Sic. 20. 4'2.
Thuc. 7. 73. In N.T. i.q. to conjecture,
c. acc. et inf. Acts 13:25. 27: 27.—Ju'_
clith 14:14.. Plut. de Garrul. c. 14. 011x
inrovooz'wrog, ZINC 21561-09 Epaz'vsro. Xen.
'Tmiwlw, at, ,3, (inrol'oe'w) under
thought, i.e. suspicion, surmise, I Tim. 6:
4 inro'voiat 1rompaL—Ecclus. 3:24. Jos.
B.J. 1.11.5. P01. 5.15.1. Dem. 1178.2.
'TTOWIOZQI, Dor. for women”,
(mile: q.v.) to press under, to suppress, to
oppress, in Mss. for brumélw, LukelB:
5. lCor. 9:27.—-So inromélw Clem.Alex.
Pz2d.3.16. Plut. IX. p. 647. 17. Reisk.
‘T7071’MW, f. n'uropcu (wks'w q.v.) to
sail under, i.e. under the lee or shelter of
an island or shore. seq. acc. depending
on {mo in -"““3sit. Acts 27: 4, 7 inre
 ' T-z'mrvtu 816 ' Twoo'réilu

'xhdaafzev rr‘lv Kpr'lrnv. Comp. Matth. § b) meton. of that quality which leads
426.3. Buttm. § 14.7. 11. 11,12. Winer § one to stand under, endure, or undertake
56- 2, 3. any thing, finnness, boldness, confidence.
2 Col‘. 11: 17 iv ran'rrp r‘r') inroa'rc'wu 71k
‘T‘Z’O'Z'Véw, f. n'nrw, (wvz’w q.v.) to
blow gently, softly, of the wind, Acts 27: xauxfiaewc in this boldness 0f boasting, this
13. Comp. in 'Yrro' note. confident boasting. So 2 Cor.9;4 in text.
rec. oomp. in a. See also in c.—-Jos Ant.
'Taromihwv, OU,rd,(pp. neut. of adj. 18. l. 6. Diod. Sic. Tom. VI. p. 37.
inrono'dioc under foot, from node) a foot Tauchn. i, 58 iv flaao'wmg {Jada-rang 'rfic
stool, James 2: 3 nae...’ (35s im'd n‘; inro \puxfig. P01. 4.. 50. 10. ib. a. 55. 2 imi
midiév ,uov. Anthropopath. ot' God,whose rrao'lg Kai rdhpa.
footstool is the earth, 1'‘) inrovrdfiwv rim c) trop. hgpostasis, Lat. substantia, i. e.
Wadi-‘m ain'ol'; Matt. 5: 35 et Acts 7: 49; what really exists under any appearance,
comp. Is. 66: 1 where Sept. and 553}. substance, reality, essmtial nature. Heb.
For the phrase nfiz'mu To‘); Exepoi'g inro 1: 3 Xapax'rfip rfig inrooréawg au'zroi sc.
néduw nDy r056»! ru'og, quoted from Ps. 6:017, i. e. the express image or counter.
110: l where Sept. for 1:111, see in 1101'}; part of God's essence or being, i. q. of
,3. Matt. 22: 44. Mark 12: 36. Luke God himself. So Heb. 11: 1,according
20: 411. Acts 2: 35. Heb. 1:13. 10:13. to Chrysostom and others; comp. above
Sept. genr. for Ps. 99:5. Lam. 2:1. in a. [rather, of the personal subsistence
'59? 2 Chr. 9: 18.—Sext. Empir. adv. of the father: for the divine essence is
Math. 1. 246. Chares ap. Athen. 12.9. common, without partition, to the per
Athen. 5. p. 192. E. Eustath. ad Od. 5', sons of the Godhead, and cannot, by pos
p. 1482. 3. Hesych. Qpaw’ov' immrddwv. sibility, have any counterpart.]—Wisd.
A late word, found in no early writer; 16: 21. Test. XII Patr. p. 633 mica r‘!
comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 199. imdaraau; rd'n/ mrha'yxwfiv. Artemid. 3.
'Tvréammg, 2mg, 1‘,, (i1¢[0'71”u to un 14 ¢avraaiav Itc‘l' Zxeul 1rhot'rrou, I'mo'a'ra
derset,)pp. ‘ what is set or stands under,’ ow Es‘ Fr’). Aristot. de Mund. c. 4. p. 1810.
Diod. Sic. 1. 38 I'tltpovc inroo‘rc'wuc, real
a foundation, substructure, Sept. Ez.4.3:l 1
im. rm? o'ixoy. Diod. Sic. 1. 66 in’. 1017 clouds, clouds—Hence in 2 Cor. 9: 4 et
rdpov. 13. 82. Then of any thing which 11: 17 some take it in the sense of sub.
subsides, sediment, Pol. 34.9.10.a1paroc ject, matter, thing, Ev r‘il' {mom-(mu rm'rrp
a'm-o'aracng m1 ZM'IQ Galen. de Temper. in this matter, i.q. Er rq': pipe: rol'n'p 9:3.
2. 5. Tom. III. p. 66. F.; a thick broth 'Tfl'w'féhhw, :Mi, (arz'Mw q. v. to
or sauce, Kapl'mevluz, Athen. IV. p. 133; send or draw under, e. g. a sail, to con
also lees, dregs, excrement, 1‘, iv nit? r017 tract, to furl, Pind. Isth. 9. 59. In N.T.
o‘ivou iI-rréaramg, ivédpa, Pacat. in £01). c. Eaurdv or Mid. to draw one's seffbach,
ad Phr. p. 73. Trop. foundation, origin, pp. under cover, out of sight ; hence
beginning, Jos. c. App. 1. 1. Diod. Sic. gem’. to shrink or draw back, to withdraw
l. 3 im. n79 'urtgohfig. ib. 15. 70. purpose one's self, sc. from timidity, not openly
begun, undertaking, Diod. Sic. 16. 32, 33. and boldly. Gal.2:12 inre'areMzv Earn-or.
—In N. T. Heb. 10: 38 Eiw inroa-rcihnrai, quoted
a) meton. u-ellfounded trust, firm e2: from Sept. Bob. 2: 4 where Heb. 5:3..—
pectalion, confidence, pp. foundation or P01. 1. 16. 10 1') 5:‘ Banker}; inrurrzihac
ground of trust and confidence. Heb. Eavrov inn‘; rr‘lv 'Pwpai'wv axé'lrnv. Mid.
3: 14. rfiv r'zpxfiv rfig inroaru'aewc, i.e. our Jos. B. 1.3.8. 1.—-Seq. ace. of thing, pp.
first hope or confidence, sc. in Christ, i.q. to draw back as to any thing, i. q. to keep
rhv 1rpdn'1p' wlarw 1 Tim. 5: 12; comp. back, to suppress, from timidity, clandes.
Heb. 10: 35. So Heb. 11:1 E'crn 5E aria-rig tinely. Acts 20: 20 oilde‘v inrtm'slhn'fmv
e'hmlofu'rwv inréaramg ,faith is confidmce 'ré'w (my epévruv, r017 In‘ldvay'yfihm m-Jt.
as to things hoped for; so Engl. Vers. Soc. m’: s‘v impl. v. 27.—Jos. B. 1.1. 20.
marg. Comp. below in c. 2 Cor. 9:4 1 fmdz‘v rfic e'ihnfiu'ac inroa'relha' o'og- dr
rarawxw'eiipcv {Hick-"iv r5 inroa'rdau. rzxpdg elm. Diod. Sic. 13. 70. cm. 54.
rm'rry, in later edit. comp. in b, c. S0 ult. Plato Apnl. Socr. 10 m'irs pe'yu m'rrc
Sept. for 1"???‘ Ps. 39:8. "5335‘ Ruth 1: o‘plxphv droncpvtlm'psroc t’ydl hiya’, oi'ée‘
12. E2. 19: 5. inroarerha'pn'oc.
 ' Tame-MM’ 817 ' Tn'ofimwm;

'Tvrw'mhi, fig, ,7, (woman...) a Ant. 1. 19.8. 01 tirorao'oépevot, soldiers

shrinking or drawing back, from timidity, Pol. 3. 13.8; subjects ib. 3. 18. 3. Diod.
clandestinely, Heb. 10: 39, comp. v. 38. Sic. l. 55.
— Meton. timidity, Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 12. b) Mid. to submit one’: self, to be sub
Hesych. imoa'rohil' 56min, qw'yl']. ject, to be obedient, seq. dat- Luke 2: 51
17v tin'oraaaopn’oc airroig. 1017,20. Rom.
‘Twoorgéow, f. 4...’, (wpé¢o,) to turn 8: 7. 10: 3 rfi Emawln'mp roi; 950?: oilx
behind, i. e. book, to turn about, trans. e. g.
inrzrr'vyno'av. 13:1 ,5. 100l'.16:16. Eph.
'i'mroug Hom. II. 5. 581, comp. 505; see 5: 21, 22 ai 'yuvaixec, roigidiotcdrbpdow
in 'Y1r6 note. In N. T. intrans. or c. Enu inroniooeofie. Col.3: l8. Tit. ‘2: 5,9. 3:
rbv impl. see in‘A-yw no. 3; to turn back, l. Heb. 12: 9. James 4:7. lPet. 2:13,
to relurn, either from a. short distance or 18. 3: l, 5. 5: 5 bis. Sept. for I"?! Ps.
from a journey, etc. Absol. Mark 14: 62:6,coll.v.2.—Pala2ph.2.6. Ari-Epict.
4'0 inrom-pe'd/ac ei'rpev m'n'ot'lg KJJL Luke 4. 12. 11. Diod. Sic. 16. 46 b Hpwra-yd
2: 43. 17:18. 23; 48, 56. Acts 8:28 pug ixovm'ug tinora-yelc roig He’pocuc.
ifs’ 3e‘ lifi0flpé¢wv was returning. Sept. 'T'Z'O‘Tlldflfbl, f. S'r'yow, (filing!) to set
for 3% Josh. 2: 23.—Jos. Ant. ll. 2. 2.
Palaeph. l. 6. Xen. An.6. 6. 38.—VVith or put under, to lay under, e. g. a prop.
adjuncts of place, etc. er‘; 0. acc. Luke support, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 12. In N.T.
1:56. 2: 39,45. 4:14.. Gal. 1: 17. al. at) pp. 0. sec. nOe'rat row rpé 11km’, to
Eig' c. ace. of state, eic otaofiopdv Acts 13: lay down one's neck sc. under t e sword
34'. (Sept. Gen. 50:14. J‘El. V. H. 3.29. or axe of the executioner, i. q. to hazard
c. acc. of state ib. 3. 18.) ti1r6 c. gen. one's life, Rom. 16: 4..—El. V. H. 10.
Luke 4: 1. Heb.7: 1. 5|.- c. gen. Acts 12: 16 ti'lrofi'r’low 'rr‘lv Kapab'lv so. for one to
25. 54d 0. gen. Acts 20: 3. Sept. for =15, strike. Of those who place their necks
0. Euro Gen. 50: 14. it." Ruth 1:6. AL. under a yoke, Arr. Diss. Epict. 4. l. 77.
'Tvroorgwwiw v. a'lwupn, f. ‘hm. trop. Ecclus. 51: 26.
orpdmw, (orpwwbu, Jaw/up“) to strow, un b) Mid. linort'fiquu, to bring under the
dermal/t, trans. Luke 19:36. Sept. for mind or notice of any one, to suggest, to
T3?‘ [Hipl1. of 93:] Is. 58: 5.-—Hdian. 4.. put in mind of, as a teacher or otherwise,
2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 8.8. 16. 0. acc. et dat. 1 Tim. 4: 6.—-.los. B. J. 2.
‘T‘7r07‘0677i, 77?, i], (Ii‘ll'oflllfld’hh) sub 8. 7. Pol. l. 22. 3. Plato Euthyphr. I I.
p. 9. D, oxo'lret, ci rol'rro lirotk'perog, oiirw
ordination, i. e. subjection, submission, 2 {him-ti pa 51565519 ii line'o'xou.
Cor. 9: 13 see in 'Opoko-yia, Gal. 2: 5 Hrfl'offéxw, aor. 2 J1rz'5panav,(rpe'xu
0175s‘ 1rpog d'apav e‘iEapev ri' Iin'ora'yfi, i.e. as
to subjection, so as to su mit to them. 1 q. v.) to run under, e. g. under a tree,
Tim. 2:11. 3:4..-—Ignat. ad Eph.§2. In Plut. Apophth. Themist.13. T. II. p.37.
the Greek Grammarians li'lrorayr'l is the Tauchn. raig wkaru'votg, aIc ampéxm.
subordinate mode, i. e. the subjunctive. Xupnlépevm. In N. T. of a ship, to run
under the lee or shelter of an island or
'Tvro'roia'o'w v, 'r‘rw, f. Em, (111,100).)
coast; c. acc. as in 'Ywrmrkéw. Acts 27:
lo range or put under, to subordinnte, to
16 wnm'ov 5:’ n linobpapovregu—c. dat.
make subject, trans. Plut. de Virt. Mul. II. p. 191. Tauchn.
9.) Act. and also in Pass. to be sub
Comp. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 642.
jected, to be suly'ect, subordinate,- con
strued c. ace. et dat. expr. or impl. Rom. 'Tn'o'rbvrwmg, 20;, 17, (li‘lrofw‘rdw to
form or copy slightly, to sketch Aristot.
8:20 bis,n'1 'yizp parruo'mrl. 1', xn'ou; im'err'l
Ethic. l. 7 bro-runabout 1rplBrov, do‘ iio'rrpov
'Yfl-HBLI‘I row inrorc'tEarra. 1 Col‘. 14.: 32,
see in I'Ivefipa col. B. 1 Cor. 14': 34,, ‘('Lva'ypci¢el.l',) a form, sketch, imperfect de
comp. Eph. 5: 24'. 1 Cor. 15: 27 tel‘, lineation, trop. 2 Tim. 1:13 for. 67:01
28 ter, comp. in H069. Eph. 1: 22. 5: I'ov'rwv Ni'yunn—Poll. On. 7. 128 Zw'ypzi
24'. Phil. 3: 21. Heb. 2: 5, 8 ter. 1 Pet. (paw E'p-yam'riz be‘ Iu'pn rfic rs'xvng li'll’OT'il
3: 22. Sept. for “"1? Ps. 8:7, comp. in moon; main! tirorvmboaoflm. Plotin.
Hol'lc. "WT! PS. 47: 4!. a“??? Dan. 11: Ennead. 6.37. Strabo II. p. 182. B,
39. [ml 610165.. ailro'ic 1roMoilg, for ilvahago'vrec duro 'rfig WPIiDTflQ Ii-rrormro'i
we; “Wong—2 Mace. 8: 9, 22. Jos. 0mg. Comp. Wetst. N. T. 11. p.320.—
Ant. 8. 5. 3. ‘Hdian. 7. 2. 20. Pass. Jos. Meton. a sketch, pattern, for imitation, l
3 r
 'Twwéfu 818 ‘Tangiu '
Tim. 1: l6 1rpoc imon'nrumm—Hesych. chum of Jerus. “ 3“! nomen est origani
up‘)? inrorbzrwo'w' 1rpbc unlucky. (satureia, savory) et Kornith, i. e. stoe
T770¢Ef¢5 aor. l b1rr'lvs-yxa,(oc'pw,) chadis, quw est species origani." See
to lmderbear, i.e. to bear up from under fully in Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p.
neath, to support, to sustain, e. g. 6'1r)\a, 57. Hyssop was much used in the ritual
heavy armour, Engl. ‘ to be under arms,’ purifications and sprinklings of the He
Xen. Cyr. 4'. 5. 57. In N. T. trop. to bear brews, comp. =5": Sept. i'wamrog Ex. 12:
up under, to endure, e. g. evils, c. acc. 22. Lev. 14:4,6. Num. 19:18. Ps.
1recpaapo'v 1 Cor.10:l3. blwypoi'm 2 Tim. 51:8. Jos. Ant. 4. 41. 6.-—In N.T. ofa
3: ll. )u’nrag 1 Pet. 2: 19. Sept. for 1537,! stalk or stem of hyssop, John 19:29, i. q.
Ps. 69:8. Prov. 18: 14.—2 Macc.2:28. xéXa/iog in Matt. 27: 48 et Mark 15: 36.
Jos. B. J. 6. 3. 3. Pol. l. l. Xen. Also of a bunch of hyssop for sprinkling,
Conv. 8. 4'0. Heb. 9: 19; comp. Sept. and =5“! Lev.
( I ~ It: 4, 6, 49,51, 52.-Jos. Am. 2. 14. 6
Twoxwgw, w, f.1')au,(xwpe'w q.v.)
bu'minrou Képag.
to give place covertly, to withdraw one's self
under cover, without noise or notice, in ‘TU‘TEféW, 5, f. r'pmn, (iim’epoc) to be
»trans. 0. ti; local, Luke 9: 10 Jnxibpnoe last, behind, posterior, egg. in place, bari
xa'r' ibiav sic ro'1r0v Epqpov. SO 0. EV Luke pnoau rj 316:5“ Thuc. l. 134; in time,
5: 16, see in '15» n0. 4.-—Sept. Judg. ‘20: absoLHdot-L70. 0. gen. Xen. An. 1.7.12.
37. Jos. Vit. § 29 brexépnoav sic 11);‘ —In N. T. trop. of dignity, condition,
oiu'av. Isaaus 5B. 19 sic Emvfiwa. Xen. strength, and the like,to be behind, iii/‘c
Cyr. s. 1.2. rim", to lack,- in later usage also depon.
Pass. brrrpoi/pm id. Passow s. v.fin. On
'Tvmmoiéw, f. lid“), (limbs-cow part the construction comp. Lob.adPhr.p.237.
under the eyes, the face, from \imi, lid“) a) of dignity etc. absol. i. q. to be the
to strike under the eyes, to beat the face
worse, 1 Cor. 818 oiire e'éw 1‘7 ipd-ywpn',
black and blue, Engl. to give a black eye, bo'flpm'ipeea. Seq. genit. epending on
Aristoph, Pac. 539 or 541, et ibi Schol. the idea of comparison contained in the
Plut. de Fae. in Lun. 4. E'Myev, inrunrui
verb, comp. Matth. § 357. 2 Cor. ll: 5
Zzur {al. ii'rromz'lew] abrm‘lc T7)? o'eM’p'nv,
Aoyc'Zoym. yc'ip ,mfiév barspnxa'yaz riiv
trunk-‘w Mai pehaapi'w dvanpirhr'wrug. inrephiav c'uroa'ro'hwv. 12:1L—So im.-epi
Comp.Wetst. N.T. I. p. 779.—-In N. T.
gem. i. q. to mallreat, trans. spoken of Zuv Xen. Mem. 3. 5.13.
b) genr. i.q. to lack, to fail, e. g. (a)
the body, to subject to hardshrpgo morlg'fl, to fail of any thing, to come short of, to
r6 wipe’: you 1 Cor.9:‘27.-—Trop. to weary miss, not to reach, seq. gen.expr.or impl.
with prayers, entreaties, En l. to beat Rom. 3:23 mil/rec im'repoiivrm rfic 565:1;
out,c.acc. Luke 18: 5. Comp. at.oblun r017 6:017, all come short of that glory
do Ter. Ad'elph. l. 2. 33.—See'Y-1r01ru'xZa). which is from God, have failed to obtain
T5, 90?, 6,1‘1, aswine, 2 Pet. 2: 22; the divine favour etc. Heb. 4: l I'Jm‘spn
sec in Bépgopog. Sept. for "l"!!! Deut. 14.: xévai sc. rr'lc xurarm'm'ewg rm'n'rlg'. Once
8.—}El. V. H. 10. 5. Xen. Mem. 4.. 3. 10. seq. (m6 0. gen. pr n. Heb. 12: 15.—
"Too'wog, 0!), h,(Heb. WEQhyssop, c. gen. Pol.5.]01. 4.. Thuc. 3.31. c. a'mi
a low plant or shrub, put in antith. with comp. Ecclus. 7: 34.—(5) i. q. to want,
the cedar as growing out of the wall or to be without, to lack,- seq. gen. Luke
roiksJ K. 5: I3“: 33.] Dioscor. 3.30. 22: 35 In’) rn'og barepr'lo'are; (Jos. Ant.
15. 6. 7 14175:‘ o'ii'ou flflail iibarog {Ia-r291;
Plin. H. N. 14. 16. The Hebrews, under
the names =51! and iiao'wroc, appear to Ofivai. Diod.Sic.l3.l 10.) Seq. iv c. dat.
have comprised not only the hyssop, hys of that in which one is wanting, 1 Cor.
aopus oflicinalis, but also other similar 1:7; comp. the usual Greek construction
aromatic plants, as lavender and esp'ec. c. dat. of thing, Lob. ad Phr. p. 237.
origanum or wild marjoram, orignnum Ecclus. ll: 12. Seq. ace. of thing as to
eretence, called by the Arabs Zatlar, which, Matt. 19: 20 TI Zn iwflpé'r; who!
(ocimum zatarhendh) and found in great lack Iyet? comp. Mark I0: 2t et Luke
abundance around Mount Sinai and on 18: 92. (Sept. n’ inn-e96‘: é-yé, for 5?!
Mount St Catherine; see Burckhardt's [wsBm-ma] Ps. 39. 5. \L"! Deut. 15; s.)
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 572. R. Tun [Bnthcrc for ‘5 ‘9U: "-T§"5;‘\‘l=l'f‘? "I theSept.
 ' Tau-iguana 819 " T41 unto;
exemp. Vatic. ed. Millii has 5001/ 6113:’ .1-4'77765! n, 0y’ (54", 54m?!) high’
crat, KaOtii-t e'vhefircu] Absol. i.q. to be in elevated, lofly.
want, to safer need, Luke 15:14. 2 Cor. a) pp. as 5P0: u'nlmhév Matt-k8. 17:1.
11:8. Phil. 4:12. Heb. 11:37.—Ecclus. Mark 9: 2. Luke 4': 5. Rev. 21: 10 n7
‘13:4..-(-y) Intrans. of things, tofail, to xng 41¢. v. 12. Sept. for 135! Gen. 7: 19.
be lacking, wanting, absol. John 2: 3 i101‘: 18. 2:15. 5',‘ IS. 2:14. Ez. 20: 20. —- Pa
pr'llmvrog o'ivou. 0. dat. Mark 10: 21 iv laeph. 20. 5. Hdian. 5. 6. 21. Xen.An. 3.
001 iwrepe'i, com . Luke 18:22. Septl'or 4. 25.—From the Heb. rh Wmht'l, high
"9", Neh. 9:21. 5. 23:1.—Dioscor.5.87 places, the heights, put for the highest
inrrzpm'mng M05017. heavens, Heb.1:3; comp. in Oz'rpal'oc dfi.
'To'régnfhu, 1:70;, "5, (av-"95%) So Sept. for “HQ-‘.1 Ps. 93: 4. Is. 33: 5.
that which is wanting, want, lack. In a like sense spoken of Christ, com
a) genr. seq. gen. of thing, Phil. 2:30 parat. {Al/nhérepoc ru‘w ollpavfiv 'yn'olue
71‘) i415” {Irrépnpa rfic 1rp6¢ It: Mvrovp'yl'ac, vog, being made higher than the heavens,
and so impl. 1 Cor. 16:17. Col. 1:24 i. e. exalted above the heavens, Heb. 7:
ril I'nrrepr'lpara. nZw 971N410!’ rm’: Xp. i. e. 26; comp. Eph. 4.: 10 Em’u/w mivrwv oi!
what is yet lacking of afllictions for paviw. — Symbol. by Hebr. Acts 13:17
Christ. 1 Thess. 3:10. Sept. for "511"! pen‘: Bpaxt'ovoc inlznhm': EEfi-yaycv m'lrol‘n;
Judg. 16: 10. 19:19, 20. P8.34|:9. £E Ai-yi'rrrou, with a high arm, with the
b) absol. or 0. gen. of pers. want, need, arm uplifted as if about to destroy the
poverty, Luke 21:4, coll. Mark 12: 4.4.. enemy ; thus emblematic of threatening
2 Cor. 8:13, 14.9:12. 11:9. might. So Sept. for Heb-‘1212251 Ex.
6:6. Deut. 4.134.. Ez. 20:33.34. Comp.
'Taa-égmng, wt, .7, (hmpéo) the Sept. xelp inlmht'; l'OrI‘mZ'I: EX. 14:8.
being in want, want, need, poverty, Mark
Num. 33: 3. For the force of the figure
12:44,, coll. Luke 2:1, 4.. Phil. 4: ll
see Is. 5:25. 9: 12. 14': 26.
017x 511 xaO' I'Ja'rz'pnutv M'yw. b) trop. high, i. e. highly esteemed, re
"Tarsgog, a, or, (kindr. with 174mg.) garded with pride, Luke 16: 15 rd e'v
a defective comparative, Buttm. § 69. 2. tivepthirotc z'nhnhov, [ghe'hvypa éI’h’HI'lOV r017
Ausf. Spraohl. § 69. 2 ; latter, last, hind 9601-!- Rom. 12: 16 pr) riz wank?‘ 9590
most, e.g. in place Hom. ll. 5. 17. comp. rofn'rec, high things ,pride,opp.r& ravrewc’t
Xen.Cyr.5.3.4-2. In N.T. only of time: humility; comp. in Zwaré-yu. So Sept.
a) genr. 1 Tim. 4: 1 iv bare'potc mu Xaheiv hiltnho't, Heb. E153, 1 Sam. 2:3‘;
po'ig, in the latter times, in after times; comp.Ecc.7:8.Is.9:8.—Theocr.Id.16.98
comp. in "Eaxarog b. B. Sept. for 1523 I'M/"Mr Khéoc. Dion. Hal. A nt. 10.49M-yov
l Chr. 29:29.—P0l. 2. L1. 9. Xen.H.G. Wqkéw. Luc. Hermot. 5 Wmkh ¢poveiv_
7. 2. 10. 'T-tLnhmpgoviw, 5, f. im.», (MI/"Mic,
b) Neut. ilarepov as adv. (a) seq.gen. ¢povéu,) to be high-minded, to be proud,
last, after, Matt. 22: 27 et Luke 20: 32 arrogant, intrans. Rom. 11:20. 1 Tim.
a'iarspov 5e‘ m'w'rwv driflave ml. #1 yum", 6:17. Comp. Rom. 12:16.
last of all, after all. So Sept. for ‘1'!!!
Jer. 31: 19.—Xen. H. G. a. 2. 22.-(B) feet."Tylmr'rog,
superlat.
n, or, (54“, N09,) a de
Buttm. M19. n. 1. Matth.
Absol. i. q. at last, afterward: ,- Matt. 4:
M33; highest, most elevated, lqflieat.
2 iiarcpov e’wet'va're. 21: 29, 32, 37. 25:
ll. 26:60. Mark 16:14. Luke4z2. John
a) pp. as Who-row b'poc Hdian. 3. 3. 2;
in N. T. only from the Heb. r21 {Mm-a,
13:36. Heb. 12:11. Sept. for HD‘T‘EE
Prov. 5:4.—Ios.Ant. 2. 15.1. ELV. H. the highest places, the heights, put for
the highest heavens, comp. in On’aporéc d.
5. 13. Xen. Conv. 1. 14.
B. Matt. 21: 9 u'mavra Ev r07; inlu'mte.
'T<paw65, r’), (it, (bqmim, to weave.) Mark 11:10. Luke 2: 14. 19: 38. So
woven. John 19: 23 Xmbv ilqtavroc 51' Sept.for “QM-‘1 Job 16: 19; [without art]
671011, comp. in "Afifia 0;‘. Sept. iip'yov for sing. 5'1""; Ps. 71: 19.—Ecclus. 48:9.
{qtmv'rtiv for =78 H'Pgva x. 28: 32. (But b) trop. 6 z'hluaroc, the Most High,
some copies read Ep'yov htpdvrov, the Work spoken of God as dwelling in the high
of a weaver) i?" '13 Ex. 26:32. 28:6.— est heavens, and as far exalted above
103. Ant. 3. 2. 4. Thuc. 2. 97. all other beings; oomp. in Oi/parég d.
3 r 2
 "Til/0‘; 820 (Damon);

Mark 5:7. Luke 1:32, 35,76. 6:35. 8: Others render trop. exalted by the right
28. Acts 7:48. 16:17. Heb.7:l. S0 Sept. hand of God, as in b ', but see Winer §
for Heb. 1115:, Deut. 32:8. 2 Sam. 22:14..31. 2. p. 1741. For this dative of place
Ps. 9: 3. 2|: 8. Chald. "$12? [definite of whither, comp. Epxwflai rfl 'n-ékn Fabric.
152] Dan.4.=14., 21. 7:25.—Ecclus. 41:8. Pseudep. V.T, I. p. 594.. inro§éxe¢8m rj
2 Macc. 8: 31. Philo Leg. ad Cai. II. p. olxlq Luc. Asin. 39. Winer l. c.
569.8. Diog. Laert. 8.1. So of Jupiter, b) trop. to elevate, to exalt, i. e. (a)
Pind. Nem. 1. 90. Theocr. Id. 25. 159. gem. to raise to a condition of prosper
"Til/0;, eog, oug, m’, (we) height, ity, di nity,honour, etc. Luke 1:52 m.
057.\: gwc'wrac am‘: 9961'.” Kai i'nlmae
elevation.
a) pp. Eph. 3:18 Kfll. [36909, Kai iiil/oc. raven/06¢. Acts 13:17. 2 Cor. 1|: 7.
Rev. 21: 16. Sept. for 595 1 Sam. 17:4. James4:10. 1Pet.5:6. Pass. inllwfli'la'rrm
=12“? Gen. 6: 15.—Hdian. 4.. 2. 3. Xen. Matt. 23:12. Luke 14:1]. 18:14:. Man.
An.3.4.7.—From the Heb. the height, on 11:23 et Luke 10:15 Kanepvaovp r‘; Eu;
high, put for heaven, the highest heaven, r017 oizpavoii 1.41.1057“, exalted to heaaen,
the abode of God, comp. in Obpavég (I. either in external prosperity, or more
So if 111110119 from on high, from God, espec. in respect to the privileges of the
Luke 1: 78. 24: 49. fig 61110; to on high, Gospel, as the abode of Jesus; comp. in
to God, Eph. 4:8, quoted from Ps. 68: Ka-rrepvam': , also in Ol'ipal'cig a. Sept. for
19 where Sept. for 5115?. Sept. i5 1711101,; M51101) 3 =7. we. 1 K. 14:15:11. Josh.
Heb. “*E’P, Ps. 18: 17. 1441: 7.—genr. 3: 7. '9"??? Is. 28: 29. pass. for 113 Job
Ecclus. 17:26: 4310. Act. Thom. 1110. 36:7. =1‘ Num. 24.: 7.—Ecclus. 15:5.
b) trop. elevation, dignity, James 1: 9. Diog.Laert. 1. 3. 2. P01. 5.26. 12.—Q3)
Sept. for we Job 511. H2131; 2 Chr. 1. Reflex. inlw'w e'pavrév, to exalt‘ one's self.
1. l7: 12.—1 Macc. 1: 4.. Luc. Tim. 5. to be proud, arrogant, Matt.23:12. Luke
Hdian. 1. l3. l2. 14:“. 18:14. So Sept. Pass. or Midl'or
7135 Is. 3:16; comp. 1341130111‘, mpfiia ru'og
(Til/6&1, a7, f.éa'w,(1'iillog,)lo heighten,
i.e. to raise high, to elevate,to lgfi up ,trans.
fern’? m Ps. 131: 1. Prov. 18: 12. 2
a) pp. of the brazen serpent and also Chr. 26: 16.
of Jesus on the cross, John 3: 14. bis, "Table/kw, ‘To?’ r6, (hillémperf. pass.
1.11061; Muiia'fic 111110001 1511 l'itpw, oiirwg i'hlawpan) pp. ‘ something made high,
fiilautifivm 5:1’ rdv vt'ov roii avflpu'mov. elevated,’ i. e. a high place, height, elevd
8: 28. — So Test. XII Patr. p. 739 é1rl tion. Rom.8:39 oiirt ihlmpa, 0171-: 36601;,
El'lkou inllwflhu'erai. Genr. Sept. for =07: prob. put for heaven, comp. in "wag.
Gen. 7:17. Dan. 12:7. =1‘??? 2 Chr. 33: (Epiph. adv. Hear. 1. 1. 1.) Trop. of a
14. Anth. Gr. I. p. 241 répov inlalwavro. proud adversary, under the figure of a
Iv. p. 18 Sportive—Hence Jesus is fur lofty tower or fortress built up proudly
ther said bit/1.1671111!‘ Er: rfig 'yfig. i. q. to be by the enemy, 2 Cor. 10:5 miv 54.01111
Iifled up from the earth and exalted to Eiratptipevov Kara riic 'yviim'ewc r05 9:01".
heaven, with allusion to the death of the — Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 3. ed. R. V I.
cross, John 1232,34. Also 'r‘fi 555151 T017 p. 564;, Tonic c'wrs'pag aiilahpura xai Tarn
6505 biluvtleig exalted to [at] the right va'aluara halugavovrai Ev r079 'ré'trotg 0?";
hand of God, Acts 2: 33. 5: 31. Comp. 3155mm. Trop. exaltation, Judith 10:8
Heb. 7:26 in 'Yxllqhn’g a ; see also Mark 13: 6; pride, Sept. Job 24:24.
'l6:l9. lPct. 3:22. Heb. 1:3. 8:1. 12:2.

(I)

(Dig/opal, E'qmyoy, see in 'Ea'eiw.
I '‘
Qayog, 0v, 6, (¢a-yeir,) an eater,
glutlon,l\'latt. 11: 19 ('irepunroc tpd'yoc Kai
oll'mrdrqc. Luke 7: 34..-—Eustath. in II.
p. 1630. 15. ib. 1737. 50. Written also
qta-ydc, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 43‘.
(Dnuttémg, ov, a, by metath. for 41¢“.
réMc, Lat. pcnula, a cloak or great (oat
 (Dou'm 821
with a hood, used chiefly on journies or
in the army, 2 Tim. 4: 13. See Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 4.19. For the metathesis
see Buttm. § 19. n. 2. Matth. § 16. 2. c.
\Vritten also in Mass. and edit. Irpaihévng,
,mdmg, ¢e)\éwng.——Athen.II . p. 97.E,
ail tn‘: J, b Kai row Kawbv tpeho'mv (e'ipn
rat 751;), lb fie'hrw'rs, Kai b pawéhfls‘) ei
miw' ‘Ira? Ail-IKE, 569 ‘not rbv t'ixpno-rov
1uuwihnv, where comp. Schweigh. So
(Pawékn Artemid. 2. 3. Arr. Epict. 4.. 8.
—Others suppose it to be a travelling
case for books, etc. Hesych. qmihévqg‘
eiAm-apiov pepgpci'ivov, 1‘) yhwaaéxopov.
(Pa/w, f. tpavfi, aor. 2 pass. ¢'¢c'wnv,
(4560:, (p.209, ¢IIIQ,) pp. to lighten, to give
light‘, to illuminate,
1. intrans. to give light, to shine forth,
to shine as a luminary or light, absol.
Rev.l:16 the b fihtog aivu. 8:12. Seq.
iv 0. dat. of place, 2 et.l:19 a‘); Mxmp
qwu'voyn 5v abxpnpqi ro'mp. Rev. 21: 23.
Sept. for ""8?! Gen. 1:17. Ex. 13:92.—
Theocr. Id. 2. ll Bahia/a, ¢aive xaXov.
Antll. Gr. I. p. 183. 1.—Trop. of spirit
ual light and truth, comp. in 2|.-6mg b.
John 1: 5 1'6 (p63; Ev Ti] alcorlq italva. 5:
35. 1 John 9: 8.
2. trans. to bring to light, to let appear,
to show, 0. acc. répac Horn. I1. 2. 324..
m'llua-ra 2.353. Xen. Cyr.6.4|. 13 n‘. 1.9:.
infill oi 5:01 oat’vomnv. Oftener and in
N.T. only Pass. or Mid. qtuivopaz, aor.2
i¢évny, to come to light, to appear, to be
or become visible.
a) strictly i. q. to shine forth, to shine,
0. iv of place, Rev. 18: 23 (15139 hilxvov
0i) ,ui] (Pauli, in! vol in. trop. Phil.2:l5 iv
01; (palvza'es (by (plum-figs; Ev Kéa'pq). Sept.
for "71 Is.60:2.-pp. 2Macc.12:9. Luc.
D. Deor. 4.. 3. Xen. Conv. 1.9 bray ¢e"y
ya;- 11 iv vvnri ¢avii.
b) genr. to appear, to be seen, seq. dat.
of pers. expr. or impl. (a) Of persons,
Matt. 1: 20 ii'y-yehog Kupiou war’ iiyap E.
¢éwn obi-(,5. 2213,19. Mark 16:9. Sept.
for "DE! Num.23:3.-—2 Macc. 3:33. Jos.
Ant. 7. 7. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 43.—-With a parlicip. or adj.
as predicate in nominat. comp. Matth. §
549. 5. p. 1078. Herm. ad Vig. p. 771.
Passow no. 2. 0. Matt. 6: 16 51mg (paw;
mv r'wtipt'mrotg vno'rzbovreg. v.18. 23:28
rips}; ¢aivw65 roig t'tvfipiimolg [iii/reg]
51mm. 0. dat. impl. 2 Cor. 13:7. 0. par.
ticip. impLMatt.625 time; by ¢ar£wt T074;
(P005564:
dvOp. sc. 1rpoczbxovreg. -— 0. part. Test.
XII Patr. p. 530. Luc. D. Deor. 4.. .l.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. l. c. adj. Hdian. 3. 14.
15. Xen. H. G. 4. 3. 10 ('1 11km; payou
br‘lc £505: ¢avfivau 0. dat. impl.Ceb.Tab.
5. Xen. Cyr. l.4.19.-—Absol. to appear,
to make his appearance, Luke 9:8. 1
Pet. 4:18.-—([3) Of things, e.g. 1a Zifc't.
ma Matt. 13:96. (2Macc. 1:33.) Of an
event, Matt. 9: 33 iv 11,? 'IapafiX. So ri:
¢aw6peva, things visible, apparent to the
senses, Heb.l 1:3. With a predicate, see
above in a; Matt.23:27. R0m.7:13 'i'wa
(pay?) a'ua fl'au-xarep'yazope'vn st'u'aroy.
Comp. iner p. 285.——Espec. of things
appearing in the sky, air, etc. pheno
mena, Matt. 2: 7 rbv xpévov r06 (pawn
;iz'vou darépog. 24.: 97, 30. James 4.: 14..
—Hom. 11.8.556. Hdian. 2.15.11. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 1 darpa'lrai. Kai fipov'raiu-roil
rwv be‘ ¢uvévrwv. -
c) trop. as referred to the mental eye,
to appear, to seem, se . dat. pers. 0. pre
dic. Mark 14: 64' rt’ up'iv ¢flill£fllli Seq.
e'mbmo'v rwog Luke 24: 11.—c.dat.Esdr.
2: 91. Hom. Od.l.318. Aristoph. Eccl.
870. o. inf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 9. 20.
(new, a, indec. Phaleg, Heb. #9.
{part) Peleg, pr. 11. m. the son of Eber,
uke 3: 35. Comp. Gen. ll: 16 sq.
(Dangég, 02, 6V, (¢a[vw,) apparent,
visible, conspicuous, ‘Xen. Mem. I. l. 10
1711160196“ t’x-yopiig e'xci tpavspog iiv sc. So
crates. Usually and in N. 'l‘. apparent,
maniflzst, known; eg. (pal/spin’ eircu, to be
maniflzet,known,Acts4.: l 6. Rom. 1 : 19. Gal.
5:19. 1Tim.4:15. 1 John3z10. (Ecclus.
6:24. 2Macc.6:30. Diod.Sic.1.10. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9. 2.) ¢arepbv yivwflat, to be or
become apparent, manifest, well known,
Mark 6: 14. Luke 8:17. Acts7z13. 1
Con-3:13. 11:19. 14: 25. Phil. 1:13.
(1 Macc. 15:9. 2 Macc. 1:33. P01. 1.
18. 14.) (pan/spoil notch’ 'rwa, to make one
manifest, known, to disclose, Matt.12:16.
Mark 3: 19.—2 Macc.12:4v1. Jos. Ant.3.
4. “2.—Neut. c. prep. sic (pavcpbv 0.02711,
to become manifest, known, to be brought
to light, Mark 4:22. Luke 8:17. (sic-rd
4p. Luc- Calumn. 9.) iv ¢arspcii,adverbi
ally, comp. in 'Ev no. 3. a. a ; manifestly,
openly, Matt. 6: 4, 6, (18); also i.q.ezter
nolly, outwardly, Rom. 2: 28 bis. -—- Jos.
Ant. 4. 2.4. Xen. Cyr.8. 1.31.
(Dm’ifow, 5, I'. (bow, (tparepbg) lo
 (Davagig 822 (Dagas':

make amarent, manifest, known,- to mom' (Davo'g, 017, b, ( two) a light, eg, a
fest, to show openly, trans. torch, lantern, John 18:3 peril pavfinl mi
a) of things, Act. e. acc. John 2: 11 E Xap'rrahww—Artemid. 5. 20. Dion.Hal.
¢avépuoe Thu 5654111 abrofi. 1Cor.4: 5. 9 11.40 Efic'rpe or it: ‘r131! mrnvu'w thrown;
Col’. 2: 14 6')! 71111171 ‘romp. Col. 4:4. Tit. (‘109601, doavovc e'xo'vrec Kai Rain-dear.
1:3. 0. acc. et dat. John 17:6. Rom.1 :19 Xen. Lac. 5. 7. Comp. Phryn. et Lob. p.
h 'yc‘tp 9:59 11111-01; [rofrro]e'¢awe'pwoc. Pass. 59 sq. Hesych. 'Arrucol 5e‘ Avxvm'txm
lVIark 4: 22 of) 781p e'ori' r: x wr'rt‘w 3 Eav ixc'ihovv, 6v ilpslg oavév.
pr‘, ‘pavepwtl‘fi. John 3: 21 wt: (par/spurt)?’ (pavowilt, 6, indec. Phanuel, Heb.
ra rpya. 9: 3. Rom.3:21. 16:26. 2Cor. 5.1!”? (face of God) Penuel, pr. n. of the
7: 12. Eph. 5: 13 bis, Tf‘l he‘ whims-"(pa
father of Anna, Luke 2: 38.
vepofn'ar miv 'yc'rp rd tpavepoi/peyov, p151;
c'ort, whatever is made manifest, is itself (payrolls), f. ow, (palm-1,) strictly a
light. 2 Tim. 1:10. Heb. 9:8. 1 John 3: frcqnentative, implying oft-repeated ac
2 ohms t'cpavrprhfln rt e'aépsfia. Rev.3:18. tion, B11ttm.§ 119. 5. 2; to make appear,
15:4. Ev ‘roimp lJohn 4: 9. iv rq'i mbpan to make visible, to show, rare in the Act.
2 Cor.4: 10,11. c. dat. Col. 1:26. Sept. Callistr.Stat.14 paw-razor rhv a‘ieflnaw.
Act. for 7'12? Jer. 33: 6.—-Suid. tpw'spoi'lv' Alex. Aphrod. rol'rro ¢C¢WC1ZOVTG dig xar'
:1: 15¢ (‘i-yew. éAiIOuam—Usually and in N. T. Pass.
b of persons, (a) reflex. c. éuurdv or oav-rc'tt'opat, to appear, to be seen, to be
Mid. oavepoiipai, a0r.1 pass. Ezpavepérenv visible ,- hence Neut. part. r6 chow-11:6,“:
as Mid. Buttm.§136.2 ; to manifest one's var i. q. n) ¢aw6pzvov, the p ,
sel , to show one's self openly, to appear. i.e. the sight, the spectacle, Heb. 12: 21 ;
Reflex. 0. dat. John 7:4 ¢avépwaov aeau comp. Ex. 19: 16 sq. See Buttm. § 128.
n‘w r95 soapy, show thyself to the world, 2. Winer§ 46. 4.-Wisd.6:16. Hdjan.
appear publicly. Mid.c. Emrpom’tzv 1010;, 8. 3. 21. Diod. Sic.1.12 rot)‘: 9cm); (pav
2 Cor. 5: 10 m'wrag tunic ¢avepw9fivat raZopén/ovg r019 c'ivtlpdnrotc e'v lepaiv {bur
5:7 Eprrpoofizv r017 fill/taro; 1'06 Xp.—Es poppnig. Eurip. Androm. 877.
pee. of those appearing from heaven or (Panorama, mg, 17, (¢Gyftizo}lfll,) an
from the dead ; reflex. 0. dat. John 21:1 appearing, appearance, P01. 11. 27. 7.
bis, e'tpave'pwocw tam-(‘w mikw 6 'I. role Diod. Sic. 20. 11. In N.T. appearance.
pafinra'io, x. r. X. Mid. 0. dat. John 21: show, pomp, Acts 25: 23. Sept. fort‘?!
14 rm'iro fiEn rpi’rou Etpavzpo'ion 6 '1. m7; Zech. 10: l.-—Pol. 10. 40. 6. Elsewhere
paO. az'n-ofl. 1 John 1:2 xul Epavepahfln also i. q. phantasy, fancy, Sept. Hab. 9:
hpiv. Mark 16: 12, 14. absol. Col. 3: 4 18, 19. Epict. Ench. 1. 5. Luc. Vit.
bis, b'Tav 6 Xp. ¢avepw8§ x. r. A. 1 Tim. Anct. 21.
3:16. Heb. 9: 26. 1 Pet. 1: 20. 5: 4. 1 (Potwowpa, arog,ré,(¢awdzo,m.,)
John 1:2 xal 1'; (on) tapas/£96161), i.e. Christ
a phantasm, phantom, apparition, spoken
as the source of eternal life. 2:28. 3: 2,
5, 8. — Pass. to be manifested, to be of a spirit, spectre, ghost, Matt. 14: 26.
some or be made manifest, known, 0. dat.
Matt. 6: 49.—-Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. ib. 5.8.
2. Artemid. 1. 2. Of phantasms in
John 1: 31 'lva pavepwelfi 'rq's 'Iopm’lh. 2
Cor.5:11. iv 0. dat. ib.5:1 1. Eu 1rav'ri sic dreams, Wisd. 17: 15. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 3.
inu'ig 11:6. Seq. 6n, SCor.8:3. 1John 2: (Dagny/E, wy'yog, §,, (kindr. with
19. — In the sense ‘ to become known, ¢épvyE,) a gorge, ravine, valley, a narrow
conspicuous,’ Hdot. 6.122. Act. to make and deep pass or valley between high
conspicuous, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 37. rocks; Luke 3:5 mica qbépa-yE #111,900»)
(Dangrfig, adv. (pavspo'cQ manifestly, oer-at, quoted from Is. 40: 4 where Sept.
openly, i.e. clearly, evidently, Acts10z3; for $1, as also 22: 1. Josh. 15: 8. Sept.
publicly, Mark 1:45 oavepfig eig miluv for V1515 Is. 8: 7. 57']! Gen. 26: 17. Dent
rieewe'iv. John 7: 10.—Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 2. 2: 24.-Jos. B. J. 7. 6.1. P01. 3. 52. 8.
Hdian. 7.11.7. Xen. An. 1.9. 19. Ken. H. G. 7. 2.13.
Cpmégooig, 54);, ;,, (¢avepo'u,) mani (Dagaa'), b, indec. Pharaoh, Heb.
festats'on, a mahing known, ¢. 71']; hhnfiziac ‘53115, pp. the hing, the common title of
'1 Cor. 4: 2. p. roi rrvu'lpuroy, i.q. revela the Egyptian kings down to the time of
tion, 1 Cor. 12: 7. the Persian invasion, and often employed
 (Dagig 823 (Doio'zw

like a proper name ; Acts 7:10 s’vayn'ov See genr. on their character and tenets,
‘Dapad; Bamhéug Ai'yi'nrrov. v. l 3 ,21.R0m. Jos.Ant. 18. 1.8 sq. B.J. 51. 8.14.. Jahn
9: l7. Heb. 11: 24.—J08. Ant. 8. 6. 2 d §316——390.--In N. T. Jesus is often
(bapaz‘uv xar' Ai'ymrrioug [iamhz'a impai represented as denouncing the great
vu. The Heb. "315 is strictly from a. body of the Pharisees for their hypocrisy
Coptic word signifying the king ; but is and profligacy, e. g. Matt. 93: 13 sq.
so inflected as to appear to come from the Luke 16: 14. al. Yet there were doubt
Heb. root 919 ; whence also "it? a leader, less exceptions, and individuals among
prince. See Gesen. Lex. in "$13. Bibl. them appear to have been men of probity
Repos. I. p. 581. and even of genuine piety; e. g. Gama
(DagéQ, 6, indec. Phares, Heb. V73 liel Acts 5: 34; Simeon Luke 2: 25:
Joseph of Arimathea Luke 23: 51:,
(breach), pr. n. of one of the sons of J u
dah by Thamar, Matt. 1: 3 bis. Luke 3:
Nicodemus John 7: 50, coll. 19: 39. AL.
33. Comp. Gen. 0. 38. (Dagaaxsi'a, org, .',, (¢uppor¢6o, oép
paxov a medicine, poison, magic potion
(Pagnmiog, 0v, .3, a Pharisee, one or formula,) the preparing and giving of
of the sect of the Pharisees, Heb. medicine, Engl. pharmacy, Diod. Sic. 17.
‘We, =‘15"'"?, the Separate, see Buxtorf 31. Xen. Mem. 4.. 2. 17. apoisoning Pol.
Lex. Chald. Rabb. 1851 sq. This was 6.13. 4. In N. T. magic art, sorcery.
a powerful sect of the Jews, in general enchantment, Gal. 5: 20. Rev. 9: 21. 18:
opposed to the Sadducees (Zaddovraiot 23. Sept. for ws‘g, w’z, Ex. 7; 1|,2'2.
q. v.) first mentioned by Josephus as ex. was Is. 4.7=9,12.-‘Wisd. 12: 4.. 18':
isting under Hyrcanus about B. C. 130, 13. Luc. Merc. cond. 4.0. So pappaxu'm:
and already in high repute; Jos. Ant. Hdot. 7. 114'. comp. Aristoph. Plut. 802.
13. 10. 5, 6. The Pharisees were rigid Lat. veneficium Cic. Brut. 60. Plin. H.
interpreters of the Mosaic law, and ex. N. 18. 6 ’
eeedingly strict in its ceremonial obser
vances; but often violated the spirit of (Dagaazez'ag, tag, 5, (¢oppam’m,)
it by their traditional and strained expo a pharmacist, apothecary, one who pre
sitions; comp. Matt. 5:20 sq. 12:2 sq. 19: pares and uses medicines, Luc. D. Deor.
3 sq. 23: 13 sq. They also attributed equal 13. l. apoisoner, Jos. Vit. § 31. Plut.
authority to the traditional law, or un_ Artax. 19. In N. T. a magician, sor
written precepts, relating chiefly to cerer, enchanler, 1ro'pvotg ml papparcim
external rites, as sblutions, fastings, Acts 21: 8 in text. rec. Others oappaxdc
prayers, aims, and the avoiding of inter. q. v.—-Luc. Merc. cond. 40 pocxdv i
course with Gentiles, publicans etc. iappaxe'a as. Comp. in rbappuxeia. See
Matt. 9: ll. 23: 2 sq. Mark 7: 3 sq. ob. ad Phryn. p. 316. .-
Luke 18:11 sq. Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 4. Their (Pagpoomég, Of)‘, 6, 1'], (ddppaxow)
professed sanctity and adherence to the i. q. oapparn'ig Lob. ad Phr. p. 316; a
external ascetic forms of piety, gave poisoner, Jos. Ant. 17. 4. l. Dem. 794.
them great favour and influence with the 4. In N. T. a magician, sorcerer, en
people, and especially with females; ehanier, Rev. 21: 8 in later edit. 22: 15.
Jos. Ant. 13.10. 5, 6. ii). 17. 9. 4. B.7 J. Sept. for bib?! Ex. 9: 12. I]??? Ex. 7:11.
1. 5. 51. They believed, with the Stoics, Deut. 18: 10. Dan. 2: 9.--Jos. Ant. 9.
that all events are controlled by fate; 6. 3 rfiv prlrs'pa niirofl pappaxov so}
but yet did not wholly exclude the liberty mipmyv dvromhs'a'ai.
of the human will. They held to the (pflld'lg, EM, 1'1, (4517/4!) speech, word,
separate existence of spirits and of the report, Acts 21: 31.—So of private re
soul, and believed in the resurrection of port, information, Dem. 793. I6. Poll.
the body; both of which the Sadducees on. 8. 6. 47 x'ou'u'm 5e‘ ¢duuc imhoi'n'ro
denied; Acts 23:8. They are some minor 01' ‘um/{mug nIn' havoawdwruv 1154.
times said to have admitted the trans xnpc'zrwv. I I‘
migration of souls; but this was only
partially the case; since they merely (Pains), imperf. Soon-av, defect. to
held that the souls of the just pass into sm , to qflirm, i. q. 411ml, seq. inf. craco.
other human bodies; Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 14. Acts 24:9. 25: 19. Rev. 9: 2. Seq. int‘.
 (Doing
c. nom. Rom. 1:22; comp. Buttm. § 142.
2. 1. Sept. for "215 Gen. 26:20.—2 Macc.
14=27,3-2. Jos.Ant. 3. 15.2. Hdian.:a.
12. 21. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29. On odds-w
and Mid comp. Buttm. § 109. I. n. 2.
‘Dawn, 12;, :1, a crib, manger, Luke
2: 7,12, 16. 13:15 ob him-“row b'Vov
am; rfig quirvnc. Sept. for 191315 Job 39:
9. Is. 1:3.—Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 4. Luc. Tim.
l4 xaec'urzp rr‘yv iv if] ¢rirrp m'wa. Xen.
Eq. 4. 1 r017 imrov o'irov L'Att‘ll'fil’al e'K rfig
(pd-rung.
‘P660105 77, 01’, (comp. Germ. foul,
fiau,) bad, ill, worthless, physically, as
food, a garment, Hdian. 4. 12. 4. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 2. ib. 3. 11.13. In N. T.
morally, bad, evil, wicked; m'iv oaiihov
npc'vypa James 3:16. ril (pal-IA“ evil deeds
John 3:20. 5:29. pailhov M'ycw Tit. 2:
a. Sept. for We}: Prov. 22: s. —Luc.
Hermot. 82 oafihov oilbz‘v nou'paouo'w.
Jos. Vit. § 9 pailhoc rbr Blow. P01. 4. 45.
1. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 17.
‘Déyyog, 50;, avg, T6, (kindr. ¢éoc,) up any thing, to uphold, i. q. to have in
light, brightness, shining, espec. of the
moon, see Passow s. v. whence in Mod.
Gr. c-y'yapwv the moon. Matt. 24: 29
et 11 ark 13: 24 o'eXr'p/n oi; 311mm :13 4:57
109 ailrfic, comp. Is. 13:10. Of a lamp,
Luke 11:33. Sept. for "25 of the stars
Joel 2: 10; of the sun 2 Sam. 23:4.—
01‘ fire, 2 Mace. 12:9; of the moon
Xen. Venat. 5. 4. genr. Jos. Ant. 2. 14.
5. Xen. Conv. l. 9.
‘pi/50PM, 1'. u'oopou, depon. Mid. to
ware, e. g. to abstain from using, to use
sparingly, to save, 0. gen. Hes. Op. 603
or 606 airou. XelLMem. 1.2.22. e'Eovalag
Plut. Cato Maj. 8. In N.T. also
a) to spare, i. q. to abstain from doing
any thing, toforbear, absol. 2 Cor. 12:
6 (115150431: he’ so. r017 muxc'ioflat. Sept. 0.
inf. for ?U 2 Sam. 12: 4, 6.——c. gen. of
action, Hdian. 7. 9. 22. c. rm‘: et inf.
Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 24.
b) to spare, i. q. to abstain from treat.
ing with severity, to treat with forbear
ance, tenderness, 0. gen. Buttm. § 132.
5. 3. Acts 20:29 W) dmaiipcvoi rou': 71'01
pm'ou. Rom. 8:32 ibiou vim? oi»: Eq‘zsiaa'ro. Mid. ¢épopa:, to bear one's self along. i.q.
11:21 his. 1 Cor. 7:28. 2 Cor. 1:23. to move along, to rush, as a wind, Acts
2 Pet. 2: 4, 5. 0. gen. impl. 2 Cor. 13: 2:2 n'icnrep ¢epopévnc m-ofic. Trop. i. q.
2. Sept. for 15111 1 Sam. 24:11. Neh. 13: to go on, to advance, in teaching, iri ripv
22. Ban 2 Chr.36:15,17.=‘l'1?'3 Gen.22:12, reAuo'nrra Heb. 6: 1. Sept. pp. 65.."
16.—Wisd. 11:26. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. flicu'wc (‘11w iprpiipu'ov 1'01‘ 5.13 Jer. 18:14,
824 (pigs:
10 5741: min’ e'pu‘w oil ipzwdpzrog rz'xruv.
Hdian. 2. 13. 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1.
(pilaolbél’wg, adv. (ou'BopaiJ spar
ingly, i. e. frugally, not bountifully, 2
Cor. 9: 6 his. -Plut. Alex. M. 25 on.
Bopz'vw; xpfiafiat r074; napoiiat.
(Dégw, f. o‘i’au, aor. l tivsym, aor. 1
pass. five'xenv, to bear, Lat. fero, trans.
a) pp. to bear as a burden or the like,
to bear up, to have or take upon one's
self, Luc. Contempl. 11 rl m1 Ea-l Tin’
zi'ipwv ipépouai. Hdian. 2. 11. 18. Xen.
Mem. 3. l3. 6 ¢opriov ¢épnv wo'rspov
rank, 1') zpe'pwv n. ib. 2. 2. 5. In N.T.
only trop. (a) to bear up under, to bar
with, to endure, e. g. evils, c. acc. Rom.
9: 22 Geo;- fivz'yxev mm'n) 6pyfig. Heb.
Ez.
12: 20.
34:29.
povreg. 13:
So 13
36:row
15.dustbwpbv
Sept. swamps»
gent. Gen.
airroi
91. 36: 7.
for
Dent. 1:12.—Jos. Ant. :7. l3. 2. E].
V. H. 9. 33 6,1773». Hdian. 4.. 13. 4 Tile;
iigpeic. Xen. Mem. 4. B. to bear
charge, to direct, to govern, c. acc. Hel).
1:3 ¢épow re re: m'v'ra rip- fir'lpan 1:. 1'. A.
$0 Sept. and “F3 Num. 11:14. Deut. 1:
9. Chrysost. ad 11. l. ¢épuv' xugcpmiv,
biam'm'ovra ov-yrpariim—Plut. Lucull.
6 Kz'tirryov érfioiivra 1'5 565;] rare ral qpé
poyra 'rfiv rro'hu'. A late usage, comp.
Passow ipépw no. 2.
b) to bear, with the idea of motion,
i.q. to bear along or about, to carry. Luke
23 :26 T511 waupov ifiépcw b'nwflsv for? 'In
0017. Sept. for $333 Is. 30:6. 40: 11.——
1231.
roic V.
thyme
H. 3.
i'rpsper.
22 [Ail/slag]
10. 21 riw
for rare'pa
IDu'u-uru
i1 Uspirruivn Z'cpcpcv Ev raig ayn'zhatg.
Hdian. 4. 15. 8. Xen. An. 3. 4. 32.—
Pass. Zs'poptu, to be borne along, e. g. as
in a 5 ip before the wind, to be driven.
Acts 27:15,17. (Test. XII Patr. p.670
EIFGZdILEYOL E-rrl 'rb 'n'ha'yog e'qtspéqufln
iod.Sic.20.16.) Trop. i.q. to be moved.
incited, 2 Pet. 1:21 imo nvebparog ('lyiov
¢ep6p£voL.——sept. Job 17:1 'R'nbpan pe—
poperoe. Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 2 Iptpu'pfl'ol r014;
31111019. Plut. ed. R. V1. p. 487. 8. —
 (Digs: 825 (Dégw
[but other copies for (two have bre'pp. e. g. the sick, Mark 2: 3 E ovrou m‘):
The Sept. seem to have read '1 W72 9‘! ain'bv wapabvnrbw zpe'povrzc. uke 5:18.
or '3 “"173 “.1 flowing with a sweep (com Acts 5:16. Seq. dat. Til/é. Ttl'l, Mat. l7:
municated) from the east wind. "1! noun, l7 ¢€pcré ‘no: ain'bv aide. Mark 7:32. 8:
not occurring in the Bible, from 7131.] 22. 1rp¢ic c. acc. Mark 1:32. 9: ‘17, 19,
“:2”; Is. 28 : 15, 18. -- Diog. Laert. 10. 20. Spoken also of any motion to a
104. 25 6.2. r05 nuniparoc noMoii tptpo place, not proceeding from the person
pévov. comp. Xen. Ven. 10. 21. himself, i. q. to bring, tolead, c. acc. et
c) to bear, with the idea of motion to in’, Mark 15:22 Kai ¢£povaw abrov e'rl
a place, i. q. to bear hither, thither, to I‘ob'yoflo'i rtirrov. John 21: 18 b'nou. So
bring. (:1) Of things, seq. acc. expr. or of beasts,Luke 15:23. Acts 14:13. Sept.
impl. Gem. Mark 6: 28. Luke 24: 1 for “*3?! Neh. 12:27. Ezra 8:17. c. 1rp6c
hkflov brirb ,uviipa, rpe'povaat 8. irrolpa l K. 1: 13.—Trop. and absol. a way or
8G1’ cipiilpara. John 19: 39. Acts 4: 34, gate is said to lead [one] any whither,
37. 5:2. 2 Tim. 4:13 pipe Kai rit Btgbia. rip’ m'dlnv n‘lv (pe'povoav eig rip! 1ro'11w
Seq. 2m; partit. John 21: 10 e'vé-ymre Acts l2:10.—Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 1. P01. 8.
[n] (uro r4511 6ibnplwv. Pass. Matt. 14: 3'2. 6 1'1 with] ¢e'povaa e'vri 'rbv Mpe'va.
11. Mark 6: 27. Also 0. dat. of pers. n’ Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 7.
TLI’L, Matt. 14: 11 xai ifi'e'yxz [ain-fiv] r1] d) to bear, as trees or fields their fruits,
Inlrpi airrfic. Mark 12:15 (pipe-re’ pat dry i. q. to yield, Kapfl'til/ Mark 4:8. John 12:
véptov. impl. v. 16. John 2:8. 4:33 pi'yrtg 24. 15:2 ter, 4, 5, 8, 16. Sept. for R2’;
fiueyxeu abrq'i (pa-7:711; So 0. aide added, Ez. 17:8. Joel 2:22.—Jos. Ant. 15. 4. 2.
Matt. 14: 18. Seq. :19 c. acc. of place, Hdian. 4. 2. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28.
Rev. 21:24, 26. Spoken of the finger (Ditto/a), f. 50pm, aor.2.€¢u-yov, tofiee,
or hand, i. q. to reach hither, John 20: tofiy, to betake one's self to flightfintran's.
27 bis. Sept. genr. for W3?! Gen. 43:2. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 8:33 01 be‘ ,56
Neh. 8:3, 4. 0. dat. Gen. 27:14, 17. c. oxovrec E'tpv'yov. 26:56. Mark 5:14. 14:
at; 1 Sam. 31:12.— Hdian. 8. 1.13 50. Luke 8:34. John 10:12,l3. Acts
1rpom'aa'woi i1r1rzi¢ rfiv Kupabilv rm’) MaZt 7:29. Seq. am; e. gen. Mark 16:8 Zoo
fu'vov ¢époyr£c, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9. c. dat. yov drro r05 pwlpet'ou. 14:52. John 10:
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 1.—Trop. of a voice or 5. James 4:7 ¢zb£cm¢ 11¢’ ilpo-n'. Seq. in
declaration, Pass. to be borne, brought, to out of, Acts 27: 30 in 1'05 1r)\ol'ou. Seq.
come, npwyfig c'yexeeimyc aim; i5 obpa rig c. acc. Matt. 2: 13 (psi/‘ye elc A'i'yv
m7 2 Pet. 1: 17, 18. (Comp. Plut. J. 1rrov. 10:23. Mark 13: 14 (lg riz 5P1].
Caes. 1 tpwvfig ivzxeeicmg 1rpoc Kaioapa.) Luke 21:21. Rev. 12:6. z'wrl ra. b'pn
01' good brought to any one, bestowed on Matt. 24: 16. Sept. for FIT-'3 Ex. 14: 5.
him, Pass. 0. dat. 1 Pet. 1: 13 brl rfiv ‘9*! Gen. 39:12. Josh. 10:16. c. 61rd Ex.
gzpope'vnv bp't'v xcipu'. (Hdian. 5. 6. 22. 4:3. in Jer. 51:6. :1; Gen. 14:10. Jer.
en. An. 2. 1- 17.) Of accusations, 50:16. - Hdian. a. 2. 20. Dem. 33. 7.
charges, etc. to bring forward, to present, Xen. An. 1. 10. 11. 0. Euro 1 Macc. 4:
seq. Karé rwoc, John 18:29 rt'wa K071110 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 4. 2x 2 Macc. 5:8.
piav ¢épzre Kari: r05 tivap- roirrou; Acts Palaaph. 43. 3. :19 Luc. Asin. 18. Xen.
25:7. 2 Pet. 2:1 1,coll. Jude 9. (Comp. Mem. 1. 2. 24. int Hdian. 3. 4. 11.
111]. V. H. 3. 14.) Of a doctrine, pro. Xen. Ag. 2. 11. ——Poetically of death,
phecy, i. q. to announce, to make known, 0. 61rd Rev. 9: 6. Also of heaven and
'rfiv Etbaxt'lv 2 John 10. upodmreiav 2 Pet. earth, etc. to flee away, i.q. to vanish sud
1:21. (Diod. Sic. 13. 97. tin. riw 8‘ it denly,c.('urd Rev. 16:20. 20:11. Comp.
pu'wv pepévrww m’nyv, i. e. announcing, Ps. 1 14.; 3, 5.
portending. Dem. 72. 22.) Of a fact or b) i. q. to flee from, to escape; seq.
event as reported or testified, i. q. to ad (‘uni c. gen. Matt. 3:7 ct Luke 3:7 epu
duce, to show, to prove; Pass. Heb. 9:16 yziv am: rfic Motions tip'yiic. Matt. 23:
b'rrov yap biaer'nm, sc'warov c'wé-ymy (pipe 33.—c. in en. H. G. 4. 4. 4.—Trans.
n-H: t r05 antacids/av. — Diod. Sic. 1. 89, c. acc. Heb. 11:34 €¢uyov oro'para pa
90. 97 7179 b’ 'Ofu'lpou 1rapouat'ac iiMa xm'pag. impl. 12:25.—Hom. 1|. 2. 401
1711,1271: ¢épouat, mi IUIDUG’TG. rfiv K. r. X. S'évarov. Hdian. 2. 1. 23 xivauyoy.
— r (B) (11 persons, 0. acc. to bear, to bring, 0) (mp. toflee, i. q. to avoid, to shun,
 (DEX-1% 826 (Déldm
seq. drré 0. gen. 1 Cor. 10:14 qt. an‘) rfic Xen. (Ec. 9. 14. Mem. 3. 11. 15. Comp.
zidwhoharpeiac—Ecclusfi l :2 p. rind rfic Sturz Lex. Xenoph. s. v. ¢évai no. 16.
c‘ipapriag—Trans. c. acc. 1 Cor. 6:18 (p. b) as modified by the context, where
rfiv 1ropyelav. 1 Tim. 6: ll. 2 Tim. 2: the sense often lies not so much in ¢qpi
22.—1E1. V. H. 13. 1 post init. rag rim as in the adjuncts; e.g. (a) Before inter
t'udpo'nl (ifuhiac Zrpeu'ye. Dem. 498. pen. rogations, for to ask, to inquire,- MatLS‘l:
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 31 rd aiaxpc‘n pez'ryew. 23 b 5:‘ r'ryspdnl E'tpn‘ri 7&9 Karon e'wolqacy;
(Piling, mog, Felix, pr. n. of the Acts 16:30. 21:37.--Xen.Mem.1.2.41
eleventh Roman procurator of J udea, sq.—(fi) Before replies, for to am, to
about A.D. 51—58, after Cumanus and reply,- Matt.4:7 Ed") aim; o'lnaoig' Ha'hu
before Festus; see Bibl. Repos. II. p. yé-yparrrai xrh. 13:29. John 1:23. Acts
382. He was a freedman of the emperor 2:38. 9.1. With dnroxptfleig added, Matt.
Claudius and his mother Antonia, and 8:8. Luke 23:3.—- Xen.Mem.1.2.4l sq.
hence is called Claudius and also Anto Emphat. i. q. to afirm, to assert,
nius. He first married Drusilla,a grand Rom. 3:8. 1 Cor. 7:29. 10:19. 15:50.—
daughter of Antony and Cleopatra; and Hdian.2.8.8. Diod. Sic. l. 90. Xen.Cyr.
afterwards another Drusilla, the daugh. 4. 4. 2. AL.
ter of Herod Agrippa I, (see ApouoiMa) (Pia-10;, 0v, 6, Festus, i. e. Porcius
by whom he had a. son who perished in Festus, the twelfth Roman procurator of
an eruption of Vesuvius. Suetonius calls Judea,about A.D.58——62; sent by Nero
him the husband of three queens, trium to supersede Felix; comp. Jos. Ant. 20.
reginm-um maritas, Suet. Claud.28. His 8.9 sq. B.J.2.13. 7. “5.2.14.1. BibLRe
administration in Judca was cruel and 0s. II. p. 382.— Festus sent Paul to
vindictive; and Tacitus says of him: ome as a prisoner, on his own appeal.
jus regium scrvili ingenio exercuit, Hist. Acts 24.: 27. 25:1,4,9,12,13,14.22,
5. 9. 6. He was recalled by Nero, and 23, 24.. 26124, 25, 32.
escaped punishment only through the
influence of his brother Pallas, the em (13902“), f. a'a'w, aor. l Ewan“, to go
peror's favourite. Comp. Tacit. ct Sue or come before, first, sc. in being or doing
ton. 11. cc. Jos. Ant. 20. 7. 1 sq. ib. 20. any thing.
8. 5—9. B. J. 2. l3. 2, 7.—Paul was 11) pp. c. acc. i. q. to precede, to antici
brought before Felix, and left by him pale; 1 These. 4:15 of: In) ‘pfldaupev rot);
in prison; Acts 23: 24, 26. 24: 3, 22, xmpnOév-rag, i. e. in being admitted into
24, 25’, 27 bis. 25:14. the divine kingdom. For the owns-comp.
(Down, at, 1'1. Der. ¢dpa, (451mg) Matth. § 412. 4.—Plut. Pyrrh. 3. Hdot.
whence Lat.fama,Engl.fame, i.e. word, 7.161. Thuc. 3. 5 ¢0ddfll be‘ or‘: bura'pzvoi
report, rumaur,common fame,Matt. 9 :26. rdv rfiv 'Agrpvm’wr e'm'rrhouv. In Greek
Luke 4:14. Sept.for =21”? Prov.16:l.— writers pfia'vu with the participle of
El.V.H.14.30.Hdian.1.4.19.Thuc.1.11, another verb may often be rendered ad
verbially, before, sooner than,- Buttm.§
(1)6101’, enclit. and defect. Imperf. 144. n. 8. On the construction of rpflu'ru
i'qpqv, (obsol. ¢du,) pp. ‘to bring to light generally, see Buttm. § 150. p. 440 sq.
by speech ,' genr. to say, to speak, to utter,iIatth. § 533. Herm. ad Vig. p. 763 sq.
sce fully in Buttm.§ 109. I. The other b) genr. nor. 1 E¢Oaaa, to have come
tenses are supplied from elrrov q. v. first, already, by anticipation; seq. Exp‘
a) genr. and usually followed by the c.gen. 2 Cor.10:14 c'lxpi yap {Illa-IV Epflu’.
express words; Matt. 26: 34 Eq», ail-1'9‘: 6 oaptv e'u r4; tira-yyzhlip, for even as far as
'1170059' (wfiv, )té-yw am tar-A. v.61. Luke to you have we already come in preaching
7:44. Acts 8:36. 10:28,31. c.acc. 1001'. the Gospel, comp. v.16. Seq. e‘ic TL, trop.
10:15 Kpivare opal;- 5 ¢11pi.-—Hdian.5.6. i.q. to have already attained unlo, Rom.
9. Xen. Mem. ]. 2. 45. — Hence as in 9:31. Phil. 3:16. Seq. Em’ rwa, to have
terposed in the middle ofa clause quoted, already come to or upon any one, Matt.
like Engl. said I, saidhe, Lat. inguam; 12: 28 et Luke 11: 20 c‘ipa §¢6aoav i¢'
Matt. 14:8 56c pol, ¢flt7il', 155: c'rrl m'ram iI/Jfic {I [30.0. r05 8:06. 1 Thess. 2:16 i,
x.r.7\. Acts 23:35. 25:5,22. ICor.6:16. 6971']. Sept. for Chald. "$3, c. Eu; Dan.
2 Cor.10:10.1'1eb. 85.—Hdian. 2.1. 16. 4:8. 7:13. sic Dan. 4: 18, 19. e'rrl Dan.
 (Dbag'ro'g 827 Clnkubtkpem
4:21. 5)! [HiplL] Eco. Edith—Seq. 3w; (Dlloréw, 5, f. {1040, ((pflovog) lo envy,
0. gen. Test. XII Patr. p. 530. :19 pp. c. dat. Gal. 5: 26 c'lMilholg (woven-Jung.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 9. James 4:2 in some edit..l'or¢ovebw.—.los.
(Déag'rog, n, 6r, (qsodpw, perf. pass. Ant.4.8.21. Hdian.3.2.6. Xen. Mem. 5.
E'otlappai) corruplible, perishable, mortal, 3. 16.
Rom. 1:23 iivfiponroc. 1 Cor. 9: 25 (13061109, 00, b, envy, Matt. 27:18.
(p. ore'pavoc. 15:53, 54'. lPet. 1118,23. Mark15:10. Rom.l:29. Phil.1:15.1Tim.
—W\sd. 9:15. 2 Macc. 7:16. Philo de 6: 4'. Tit. 3:3 James 4.: 5. Plur. ¢66vm
Cherub. p. 516. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. envyings, bursts of envy,Gal. 5:21. 1Pet.
10. ed. R. VI. p. 404., 1'1 Savuaurovn 2:1.—-1 Mace. 8:16. P01. 6. 9. ll. Xen.
tl r6 ¢Baprbv E'qSOapral. Mem. 3. 9. 8. .
(Newly/w, f. 7Eo/Jut, depon. Mid. (Dtlogoi, 02531’), (¢Ozlpw,) a spoiling,
(¢éyyog,) to sound, pp. to emit a brilliant corruption, destruction, genr. the bring
sound, clang, tone, as a trumpet, Xen. ing or being brought into a worse state;
An. 7. 4. 19; of thunder, Cyr. 7. 1. 3; cg. of the air,roz7 lic'pog Hdian. 1. 12. 3;
of the voice, Sept. for 1X5? Am. 1:2. Xen. of a female dishonoured, Jos. c. Apion.2.
An.l.8. 18. Comp. D'Orville ad Charit. 24'. Dion.Hal.Ant.2.25 o9. rob oéparog.
p.409.—In N.T.i.q.to speak, absol. Acts In N.T. spoken
4: 18. inroll'lywv Ev t’lvepcin'rov upon/‘1} a) of death, slaughter; 2 Pet. 2: 12
¢Ocy£eipev0v 2 Pet. 2:16. c.acc. inre'po'yxa Kim eig lihwo'w Kai (peopa'v. Also of
2 Pet. 2:18.—Hd_ian.4|.6.12.Xen.Conv. mortality, mortal nature, a dying away;
2. 7. dMorpia 'yluin'rp Philostr. Vit. Rom. 8: 21 barb rfic bovhelag rfic ¢Oop¢ig.
Soph. l. 16. 13. c. acc. Ecclus. 13:22. l Cor.15:42,50. Septfor "131.? Ps. 103.4.
Xen. Mem. 4'. 2. 6. Jon. 2:7. —- Jos.Ant.7.13.3. Diod.Sic.l.
(pat/541511 spill, aor. 1 pass,e’<p6¢ipnv, 10. Thuc.2.4,7. Xen.Cyr.7.5.64.—Trop.
to spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, genr. to of spiritual death, condemnation, misery,
bring into a worse state, trans. c. ace. Gal. 6:8. Col. 2: 22 see in 'AnbXpqmg.
1 Cor. 3:17 his, e'i 11;; Hill vabv rm'l 9:017 b) trop. in a moral sense, corruplness,
qbeelpei, 4.6.9.1 roin'ov 6 9:69. 2 Cor. 7:2. dqn-avitymickedness, 2 Pet. 1:4. 2:12 Ev
Mid. Jude 10. Sept. for "1?? Gen. 6:11. rfi a609,". ain'é'w. v.19.--Wisd.14:12,25.
Is.54':16..1er.13:9.-—Wisd. 16:27. Plut. (13102701, 72;, f’, a bowl, goblet, having
Consol. ad Apoll. 10, see in @dapnic. more breadth than depth. Rev.5:8¢:a')\ug
Xen.H.G.5.3.3. Of avir in dishonoured, Xpua'fic yepoizoac Suptapa'rwr. 15:7. 16:
Dion.Hal.Ant.2.67. — Trop. in a moral 1,2,3,4,8,10,12,17. 17.1.21=9. Sept. for
sense, to corrupt, to deprave, c.acc. 1Cor. F??? a bowl for sprinkling, Ex. 27:3.
I5: 33 ¢Oslpouow i191) xpnorra bptlu'm Num. 7:13 sq.—.los. Ant. 3. 6. 6. Luc.
Kama’, from Menander, see below. Eph. Tox. 25. Xen. Conv. 2. 23.
4:22. Rev. 19:2. Praegn. 2 Cor. 11:3 ‘Dflwiyallog, 00, a, 1,, adj. (:piAog,
fll'TR'WC-n oilrw rii vor'lpara ilpé'wbnrd r'vya66g,) loving good,a lover ofgood, loving
riig durhérnrog x. 1'. )\.—-Poet. Gnom. ed. ri ht, upright, Tit. 1:8.—-Wisd. 7: 22.
Tauchn. p. 187, ¢6cipovow fifin xpr’wtl' P at Praac. conjug. 17.
inulu'az Kauai. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3. qmubémpnu, mg, :1, Philadelphia,
@041’071'0’8196g, n’, 61’, ((penlo'n-wpoy’ anciently the second city of Lydia, sit.
autumn, from 1:61:10: to fail, and lifl’tilpa uated near the foot of Mount Tmolus,
q.v.) autumnal,- .lude 12 Bz'vbpa ¢6:v. about 27 miles S. E. from Sardis; so
trees of autumn, stripped of their fruits called from its founder, Attalus Phila
and verdure.-—Plut. Symp. 8. 10. 2. (p. delphus king of Pergamus. VVith this
ia-npepla, the autumnal equinox, P01. 4. kingdom it came under the power of the
37'. 2. ' Romans; and was destroyed by an earth
‘P067705, 0", b, (pew-young) a quake, with the adjaccnt cities, in the
sound, espec. of a musi'ca instrument, 1 reign of Tiberius, A.D. 17. It is still a
Cor.14|:17. Poetl'or the voice Rom.10: 18, considerable town; called by the Turks
quoted from Ps.19:5 where Sept. for ‘:2. Allah Shahr or Allah Sheyr. See Rosenm.
—-Wisd.19:18.Arr.Epict.3.6. PluLCon Bibl.Gcogr.I.ii.p.181,223. Miss.l~lerald,
jug. Praec. 11 (P116770: (lilo abptpwroi. 1821. p. 253 sq.—Rev. 1:11. 3:7.
 (DMabsNp/u 828 (Dmfipmv
b pihilw rrllv tlmxi‘jv aim-oi} John 12: 25.
(Dmahelw'a, nag, i1, (qioldosxoog)
brotherly love,in N.T.only in theChristian Sept. for =31: Gen. 27: 4, 9. Prov. 29:3.
sense, the mutual love of Christian —Wisd. 8:2. IELV.H. 12.15 init. Xen.
brethren,R0m.l2:10. 1 Thess.4:9. Heb. (EC. 20. 27, 29.
13:1. 1Pet.l:22. 2Pet. 1:7 bis.—pp.Jos. b) spec. to show one's love by a kiss;
Ant. 4. 2. 4. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2. hence, to kiss, 0. ace. Matt. 26: 4.8 8v av
piht'yaw, ailrtic Eon. Mark 14': 44. Luke
(Diloibekpog, ou, 6, 1), adj. ( 0m, 29: 47. Sept. for in}; Gen. 27; 26,27.
dbehqtég) loving one's brethren, in . T. EX. 18:7. — Tob.10: 13. El. V. H. 9.
only in the Christian sense, loving each 26. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 10. Fully, with
other as Christian brethren, 1 Pet. 3:8. orépan added, Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 8 mi
-—pp. 2 Macc. 15: 14.. Plut. Solon. 27. Elglhovv 3:‘ {"469 roig aro'jiaa'w. “ Herod.
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 17. . i. § 134. c’lMr'lhoug ¢IMOIIGI 70701 17rd
(Di/7.005505, ou, fl, adj. (qsDtog, éw’lp,) fltld'l'
Minute and
(“0' rq'iB.o'rdpan.
ii. § 41. Xenoph.
fivdpa'EMrp-a
C yrop. .
loving one's husband, spoken of a Wife,
Tit. 24.—Luc. Haley. 8. Plut.Brut.l3. i. c. 4. rm); ou-y-yevc'ic epihoivrag rov K5
Plut. Amator. 23. ed. R. IX. p. 81. 9, pov r; orépan. similarly theGreeks now
¢1>\0,T6KVOL xal plhavbpol. say, rbv s'iplhna’e '1; rd amino, and (album
(Dmuvllgwm'oc, 00;, 1'1,(4u)\a'v9pw1roc,) '0; n‘. aropa."—Negris.
philanthropy, love of man , i.q. benevolence , c) seq. infin. to love to do any thing,
humanity,Acts 28:2. Tit. 3:4..-—2Macc. i.q. to do willingly, gladly, and by impl.
6:22. Jos.Ant.7.6.l. Hdian.2.3.16. Xen. to be wont to do, solere. Matt. 6: 5 4a
Cyr. l. 4. l. hoiiow s'v Talc auyayw-yaig 1rpoan'rxw9cu,
they love to pray in public, are wont to
(D/Mavllga'm'rog, adv. (tpthdvepmrog) do it. Comp. Winer § 58. 4. p. 390.
philanthropieally,humanely,tvith kindness, So Sept. for 3315 c. inf. Is. 56: 10.
Acts 27:3.-—2 Macc. 9=27. Pol.1.68.13. }El. V.H. 14. 37 4:010 5:‘ prj5s‘ ri: 676A
Dem. 411. 10. paran-c'tp'yu'ic bpqiv. Hdian. 1.2.8. Xen.
(Dfltag'yugm, mg, 1*’, (@Adpyvpoc.) Mag. Eq. 7. 9.
love of money, eovetousness, 1 Tim. 6:10. (DI/70], 77;, 1'], (pp. fem. ol' ¢£Aoq,) a
Sept. for 1151?- Jer. 8:10. — Ceb. Tab. 23 femalefriend, Luke 15: 9. — Aquil. for
Hdian. 6. 9. l7. Diod. Sic. 5. 26. ":3: Cant.l:l5. 2:9. Xen.Mem.3.l l. 16.
(Dmolg'yvgog, ou, 5, 1'], adj. (om, (Dlh’yhovog, ov, a, 1'], adj. ((pl'hoc,
iipyvpog) money-loving, covetous, Luke {150141,} pleasureloving, subst. a lover of
16:14.. 2 Tim. 3:2.—Jos. de Macc. 3. El. pleasure, 2 Tim. 3: 4. — P01. 40. 6. 11.
V. H. 9. l. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 10. Plut. Cato Maj. 9.
(Dlkau'mg, 00, b, 1'], adj. ((Plhbg, (Di'Mjw, wrog, r6, (¢|)t5't|| b,) a hiss,
abroii,) selfloving, sews/t, 2 Tim. 3:2.— pp. a love-token, as given in salutation,
Jos. Ant. 3. 8. l. Aristot. Repub. 2. 5. comp. Ex. 18: 7; also in Hpomruye'u.
Plut. Arat. 1. Jahn § 175. Luke 7: 4-5 oi'hnpdpm oi”.
i’bwmc 22: 48. Sept. for FFJ'PI, Prov.
(Dodo, :3, f, 17,“, (cplhog) to love, 27: 6. Cant. l: 2.—Luc. Asin. 17 ¢ih1'|
trans. pao'iv r’lo-rrdlov-ro dMr'lhovc. El. V. H.
a) gem. c. ace. of person, i.q. to have 1. l5. Xen.Mem. l. 3. 8 sq.—Spoken of
affection for, Matt. 10:37 bis, 6 may
the sacred kiss given by Christians to
ware'pa ii Injre'pa x. r. A. John 5:20 bvra
each other as the token ot'mutual love,
ri‘lp qtzhei rbv vidv. 1113,36. 15:19. 16: qnhnpa ('i'yiov Rom. 16:16. 1C0r. 16:20.
27 his. John 20:2. 21: 15,16, 17 ter.
2 Cor. 13: 12. 1 Thess. 5: 26. ¢l'1\1”J-fl
1 Cor. 16:22. Tit. 3: 15 iv m'oru, i.e.
('ryc'umg 1 Pet. 5: 14.
with Christian love. Rev. 3: 19. Sept.
for 53$ Gen.37:3. Prov.8:17.—-Hdian. (plht’flhwv, ovog, b, Philemon, pr. 0.
1.5. 12. Dem. 1161.18. Xen. Mem. 2. of a Christian of Colosse, Philem. 1 ;
19.—Oi things, i.q. to be fondof, to like, comp. v. 10 and Col. 4: 9. He was con
6. acc. Matt. 23: 6 oihoi'lo'i re rr‘lv rpm verted under the preaching of Paul, and
rouhw'i'uv. Luke 20: 46. Rev. 22: 15. a church met in his house, v. 2, 19.—
With the idea of overweening fondness, Paul sent back to him his slave Onesi
 (Dram-6; 829
mus from Home, with an epistle. Tra
dition makes him to have been bishop
of Colosse.
(Pikrrros, 05, or Gn'hnrac, 0v, 1., Pin‘. chonitis,
was a son
letus, pr. n. of an opposer of Paul, 2
Tim. 2: 17.
(PM/oz, 12;, .7, (Wing) love, friend
ship, fondness, 0. gen. of object, James
4: 4 i’ qnMa r017 mp0... Sept. ion-"5:115
Prov. 10.12. 15:17.—Jos. Ant. 11.3.1.
Dem.19.pen. Xen.Mem.2.3.4. Hi. 3. 3.
(Drama-2010;, oo, .5, a Philippian,
Phil. 4: l5.
(Pllua'srm, an, oi, Philippi, a city of
proconsular Macedonia, situated east
ward of Amphipolis, within the limits
of ancient Thrace, Acts 16: 12. 20: 6.
Phil. 1: 1. 1 Thess. 2: 2. —- It was an
ciently called KPYII'I/15€C,fr0m its many
fountains; but having been taken and
fortified byl’hilip of Macedon, he named
it after himself, Philippi. In its vicinity
were gold and silver mines ; and it be
came afterwards celebrated for the de
feat of Brutus and Cassius. In Acts 16:
12 it is called a colony, see in Koltww'a.
Plin. H.N. 4. 11 intus Philippi colonin.
It is there said also to be n'prhr'q 'rfig- ft:
9150; The Mandel/{ac mSMc, i.e. a chief
eity of this part of Macedonia .- not the
capital, for this was Amphipolis, Liv.
45. 29. Others explain 1rpdir17 of its
geographical position, the first city as one
comes from the east ; but Paul had just
landed at Neapolis, still farther east.
Comp. Diod. Sic. 16.8. Strabo VII. p.
511. B. Dio Cass. 47. p. 232. See also
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 393. For
its site and the present state of its ruins,
see Miss. Herald 1836. p. 334 sq.
CPOUWWOQ, 6, Philip, pr. n. of seve
ral persons.
1. Philip, one of the twelve apostles,
a native of Bethsaida, John 1: 44, 45,
46, 47, 49. 6: 5, 7. 12: 91, 22 bis. 14:
8, 9. Matt. 10.3. Mark 3:18. Luke 6:
14. Acts 1:13.
2. Philip the Evangelist, b eim-y'yrki
arilc, one of the seven primitive deacons
at Jerusalem, but residing afterwards at
Cesarea, Acts 6:5. 21:8. After the
death of Stephen, he preached the Gos
pel at Samaria, Acts 8:5, 6, 12, 13;
comp. v. 14. It was he also who bap
tized the Ethiopian treasurer, Acts 8:
(DIM;
26, 29, 30,31. 34., as, 37, 39, 39, 4.0;
comp. v. 5 s .
3. Philip, tetrarch of Batanea, Tra
and Auranitis, Luke 3: 1. He
of Herod the Great, by his
Wife Cleopatra, and own brother of He
rod Antipas ; at his death, his tetrarchy
was annexed to Syria. From him the
cit Cesarea Philippi took its name,
Matt. 16:13. Mark 8: 27; see in Kat
adpcta no. I. Comp. in 'Hpdldrlg no. I
fin. JOS. Ant. 17. l. 3. ib. 17.11. 4. ii).
18.4.6. 13.]. 1.28. 4. ib.2. e. 1, a.
4. Philip Herod, called by Josephus
only 'Hpétfinc, also a son of Herod the
Great by Mariamne the daughter of Si
mon the High Priest. He was the first
husband of Herodias, see in 'Hpwduic'
and lived a private life,having been dis
inherited by his father. Matt. 14: 3.
Mark 6: 17. Luke 3: 19. —- See Jos.B.
J. 1. 28.4, comp.Ant. 17.1.2. Also Ant.
17.4.2, cpmp.B.J. 1. 30.7. Ant. 18.5. 1.
Ghltolleog, ov, a, 1‘,, (¢.’>.o¢, 9:69,)
loving God, pious ; subst. a lover of God,
2 Tim. 3: 4. -- Poll. On. 1.20. Luc. Ca.
lumn. 14 1:96; rov eim'séfi ml qultdeeov.
(Dlltoltoyog, 00, a, Philologus, pr. n.
of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 15.
(Dfitovsmia, as, 17, (¢0.dmxo¢,) love
of quarrel, eager contention, Dem. 1440.
22. Thuc. 1. 41. emulation, ardour, Pol.
4.49. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.18. In N. T.
quarrel, contentiomstrife, Luke 22:24.—
2 Macc. 4: 4. El. V.H. 12. 64. P01. 5.
93. 9. Thuc. 8. 76.
(Filth/smog, 01), a, fhadj. (¢i)\oc,ve7
1:09,) loving quarrel, fond ofstrife, conten
tious, 1 Cor. 11:16. -— Jos.Ant. 15.6. 2.
Plut. Agesi. 2. Xen.Eq. 9. 8.
(Dmogsvloa, as, ;,, (¢LA6£€VO§,) love to
strangers, hospitality, Rom. 12: 13. Heb.
13:2.—Plut.Vit.Thes.14,23.Pol.4.20.l.
(bridging, ov, b,1',,adj.(¢i)\oc,Eévoc,)
loving strangers, hospitable, 1 Tim. 3: 2.
Tit. 1. 8. 1 Pet. 4:9.—- Palseph. 5. 1.
PluLCimon 10. Xen. H.G. 6. 1. 3.
‘Ptltoa'gm'eim, f. eim'w ,(¢1)\o'1rpwroc ,)
to love to befirst, to afi'ect pro-eminence, 3
John 9.-—Only in N.T. Comp. rptkérpw
roc Artemid. 2.33. Plut.Sol.29. Alcib.2.
Cplltog, 77, 01', pp. Pass. loved, dear,
befi-iended, Hom. ()(l. 2. 363 (pike rz'xror.
Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 3 wave’ 600: (pike roin'oic
 (ptloo'otpt'ot 830 (DMyIZaI
iiv. Hdian. 7. 9. 14.. Also Act. loving, dred; in N. T. towardsChristian brethren,
friendly, hind, Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 1 9:61; cil Rom. 12: 10. —-pp. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5.
flwr‘lg tipxcra: 'ylveoeat Kai 41M“. ib. 7.9. Plut. Cleornen. 1. Xen. Cyr. l. 8. 2.
2. Dem. 480. 9. Thuc. 7. 1.-—In N. T. (131716151009, 09, 6, 7'7, adj. (41009,
Subst. b plllog, afiiend, Buttm. § 123.3. re'xvov,) loving one's children, Tit. 2: 4.—
Luke 7: 6 Ens/.1110: apt‘); a1'1rtiv---¢t'l\ovc. Luc. Tyrann. 4. Plut. Agesi. 25. Plut.
11:5bis,6,8. 12:4. 14:12. 15:6,29. Amator. 23, see in (bikavdpog.
16:9. 21:16. 23:12. John 11:11.15: <Dmowuiolsm, 01711.0“, f. fitropal,
13,14,15. l9: 12 450mg r017 Kai'eapog,
depon. Mid. or Pass. (otltértpog loving
i.e. a favourer of Casar, loyal to him,
honour, ambitious, from qu'ltog, rqu'h) to
Acts 10: 24. 19:31 b'vreg airrqi ¢1’)\01,
love honour, to be ambitious, Luc. Icarom.
i.e. friends to him. 27:3. James 2:23
17. Dem. 1046. 7. In N.T. seq. infin.
glu'hoc Gem-1. 41:41 ¢. r017 Kdo'pov. 3 John 15
to be ambitious of doing any thing, to
bis. In the sense of companion, associate,
exert one's self, to strive, so. from a love
Matt. 11:19 it). rehwvfiv 16.1’. X. Luke 7:
and sense of honour; as in Eng]. to
34. John 3: 29 (11. 1'01? vuptplou, a bride make it a point of honour to do so and so.
man, see in Nvlutpu'w. As a word of
Rom. 15:20 oiiru Es‘ (pthorlpot'lpsrov Eit
courteous address, Luke 14: 10. Sept. ay'yelu'leaeai K.r.h. 2 Cor. 5:9. lThess.
for =31‘ Esth. 5:10. Prov. 14:20. 23 Ex. 4|: 1 1 1rapaxahoipev irlufigu-pthoripcioem
33:11. Job 2:11. ‘5.12 companion. Dan.
tmxazm x. 1'. )L—Jos. Ant. proem. .5 3.
2: 13, 17, 18.—Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 1. P01. ib. 15. 9. 5. 1151. V. H. 9. 29. Diod. Sic.
9.24.2. Dem.113.27. Xen.Mem. 2.4.1 1. 1 init. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 3.
sq. c.dat.Xen.Mem.2.1.33.-For 1'7 41011,
a female friend Luke 15:9, see MM. (Dllto¢gtiw§, adv. (pikriippuvg in a
friendly-minded manner, hindlg, courteou
(Dmmplu, a;, .1, (¢.)1m¢é..., .1016 lg, Acts 28: 7.-—-2 Macc. 3:9. Jos. Ant.
aopog) pp. loveofwisdom, Hdian. 1.26; 17.9.7. Plut.Solon.5. Xen.Mem.3.10.4.
then, philosophy, knowledge natural and
moral, knowledge of things human and (Dmégogw, ovog, b, ,7, adj. (otkog,
divine, comp. in Zopla b. lEschimDial. ¢pi1v,) friendly-minded, kind, courteous,
Socr. 2.22. Hdian. 4. 5. 13. Xen.Conv. 1 Pet. 3: 8 in text. rec. where later edit.
1.5 ; spoken of the wisdom and learning ra'lrewo' win—Plut. Amator. 19. T. Iv.
p. 500. 'Ieauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. l. 6.
of the Chaldeans, Diod. Sic. 2. 29.—In
N.T. philosophy, i.e. the Jewish theology (bipedal, 5, f. u’mw (¢t'.lti¢ a muzzle)
or theological learning, pertaining to the to muzzle, trans.
interpretation of the law and other scrip :1) pp. as oxen treading out grain; 1
tures, and to the traditional law of cere Cor.9:9 et 1 Tim. 5: 18 oil ¢tptit0u¢ [305v
monial observances, Col. 2: 8 ; comp. v. dkou'wra, quoted from Deut. 25: 4 where
16 et 1 Tim. 6: 20. Comp. Jahn§ 106. Sept. for 591?. Comp. Jahn § 64. Cal
—-So Philo, mirptog 1Xooo¢ia,i.e. Jew met art. Threshing.
ish theology, Leg. a Cai. p. 1014. I). b) trop. to muzzle, i. q. to stop the
de Somn. p. 1125. D. mouth, to put to silence ; Pass. to be
(Dtttoa'ogbog, 00, 6, 1‘), adj. (91010;, ao~ silenced, silent, to hold one’: peace. (a)
¢la,) pp. loving wisdom; then as subst. Spoken of persons, Matt. 22:34 5r: E931’.
a philosopher,an inquirerafter knowledge pow: roilg Saddam-along. 1 Pet. 2: 15.
natural and moral, in things human and Pass. Matt. 22: 12. Mark 1: 25 et Luke
divine ; spoken in N.T. of Greek philo 4: 35 tptlutiteflf'L—JOS. B. J. proem. § 5.
sophers, Epicurians and Stoics, who ib. 1. 22. 3. Luc.Mort.Peregr. 15. Sext.
spent their time in inquiries and dispu Empir. adv. Logic. II. 275.—(,B) 01'
tations respecting moral science, Acts winds and waves, Pass. to be still, hush.
17: 18. — Arr. Epict. 3. 23. 80. Hdian. ed; Mark 41:39 nedu'pwao. On this Perl‘.
1. 9. 7. Xen. Vect. 5. 4 00¢tt71'0i m1 <fn imperat. comp. Buttm. § 137. n. 11.—
Aooo¢on Jos. de Macc. § 2 tin.
(Dmo'a-rog'yog, nu, 6,1‘,,adj. (<ptxog, (Dhéym, ovog, 6, Phlegon, pr. 11. of
oropyr', love of kindred,) tenderly loving, a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16:14.
“ml/y afleetioned, pp. towards one's kin (biog/Kw, 1‘. (w, (90145,) to {lg/lame,
 (DMZ 831 @0652
to set on fire, pp. Sept. for an‘: Ps. 97: 3. where Sept. for #3:: as also Gen. 15: 1.
Sept. Dan. 3: 28. Ecclus. 3:30. Soph. 50: 19. Ex. 2: 14. (Palwph. 32. 2. El.
Philoct. 1199.-—In N. T. trop. to inflame, V. H. 3. 43. Thuc. 4. 68. Xen. Cyr. 3.
tofire with passion,discord,hatred; spok 3. 30.) Seq. accus. of a cognate noun;
en of the tongue, 0. acc. James 3: 6 bis. comp. Buttm. § 131. 3. Winer § 32. 2.
‘PM-E, 70;, a. (Mérwhfiwrw. Luke So 1 Pet. 3: 14 rev 5:‘ (new aimfiv ‘uh
16:24 is ‘r? pho'yi rain-g. So tpAbE 1n! (pognflfire, fear not their fear, i. e. which
pégfiame qffire, i. e. fiery flame, or flam they would inspire. v. 6 ,Ln) cpog. pnbeplav
ing tire, Acts 7: 30. Rev. 1: 14. 2:18. m'énaw. Emphat. Mark 4: 41 et Luke
19: 12. iv 1rvpl (M076; id. 2 ‘Thess. 1:8. 2:9 itpogr'lflnaawpo'goyps'yam—(B) Trans.
Comp. in Hf/p a. Sept. for 3'0’? Is. 29: 6. 0. acc. comp. Buttm. § 135. 3. 4. Winer
"95‘? Joel 1: 19. "5% Ex. 3: 2.—Ecclus. §39. p. 208. E. g. c. ace. of person,
8: 13 iv 1rupi tphoyo'g. 11;]. V. H. 5. 6. Matt. 10: 26 pr) m'n' pognflfi're nilroim. l4:
Xen. Conv. 2. 24.—Of lightnin , Heb. 5 e'ibogr'lflnrbyiixhov. Mark 12:12. Luke
1:7 1rvpbg :pM'ya, quoted from s. 104: 20:19. John 9:22. Acts 9:26. Rom.13:
4 where Heb. 14515 ‘515, Sept. Vatic. nip 3 rhv c'Eovalav concr. Gal. 2: 12. al. So
4.157.... Sept. for :3’: [as "> :1 Is. 30: so. Sept. for “73 Num. 21:34. Deut. 3: 2.
(Palmetto, 5, f. new, ((phl'lapog) pp. Luc. D. Deor. 16. 3. Xen. Hi. 2. 18.)
‘ to overflow with talk,’ i. q. to prate, to Seq. acc. of thing, n) Btéraypa Heb. 11:
trifle, intrans. lEschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 16. 23. 'rbv 91min’ r017 Bamhéwg v. 27. ,unbz'v
Xen. An. 3. 1.26. In N. T. c. acc. to Rev. 2: 10.—Luc. D. Deor. 19.2. Plut.
prate about or against ,- 3 John 10 M-ymg Galba 22. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 8. rl Xen.
#0141907: tpM/apfiv hpfig.
Cyr. 2. 4. 22.—(y) Seq. c’uré c. gen. to
fearfrom, to be afraid of any one; Matt.
<Dkbagog, 0v, 5,1‘,,adj. (‘pH/w, Lat. 10:28 In) pogziaflc Euro rim thrones/array
fiuo,) pp. overflowing so. with talk; hence To aria/ta. Luke 12:4. So Sept. for V? *1‘:
subst. a prater, tattler, trifler, 1 Tim. 5: Deut. 1: 29. Lev. 26: 2. Ps. 3: 5. '1”. "J!
l3. — Arr. Epict. 3. 25. 8. lEschin. [Niph. of "11] Jer. 10: 2.— (B) Seq.
Dial. Socr. 3. 18. Luc. Asin. 10. pr’), lest; see in M1’) II. Acts 27:17
(Docigég, 0?, 611, (4.0833,) fearful, pogoilpzvol 11, pr‘; :1; n‘gv m'lprw Emrs'auat.
terrible, frighiful ; Heb. 10: 27 epogepa 52' Also seq. pfimug id. v. 29. 2 Cor. ll: 3.
11c s'xboxr) xpiaswc. v. 3]. 12:21. Sept. 12: 20. Gal. 4:11 ¢ogoifuu ilptig, FYI/INC
for 11'1"! Gen. 28: 17. Deut. 10: 17.—2 x. r. 71. i. e. as to you. Seq. [n'rlrors id.
Macc. 1:24. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3. Dem. Heb. 4: l.—Seq. In’; Hdian. ]. 14. 27.
505. 12. Xen. An. 5. 2. 23. Thuc. l. 36. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10. pirrrore
(DOQiQ, 07, 1'. flow, (qtogogy) to put in Sept. Gen.32:11.--(c) Seq. infin. tofiar
fear, to terrify, to frighten, Hdian. l. 8. 4. to do any thing, to scruple, to hesitate;
Xen.i1r1rouc.—Oitener
robe Cyr. 7. l. 48 (12 antilin
xii nXo:
N. é .630w
only Matt. 1: 20 p1) pognfliig 1rapaha§eiv Ma
9:61,. riiv 'yvraixa 0'01). 2: 22.
Mark 9:
Mid. or Pass. ¢o€iopat, 05pm, aor. 1 32. Luke 9: 45. So Sept. for It‘): Gen.
Pass. E¢o€fi0nv and fut. 1 pass. ¢o€n0ip 19: 30. 46:3. Ex. 34: 30.—Plut. Gal
aopa: often in Mid. sense, pp. ‘ to put ba 27. Xen. An. 1. 3. 17.
one's selfin fear, i.q. to fear, to be afraid, b) morally, to fear, i. q. to reverence,
to be terrified, a righted, either from fear to honour, c. accus. (a) genr. Mark 6:
simply or from astonishment; see Buttm. 20 i¢o§eiro 'rliv 'Iuavynv. Eph. 5: 33
§ 135.3,4- § 136. 2. iva ¢o€fircu rizv iivbpa. S0 Sept. and 81.‘
a) pp. and genr. in various construc Lev. 19:3. Josh. 4: 14.—Plut. Galba 3.
tions : (a) Intrans. and absol. Rom. 13: Hdian. 3. l3. 6.-—(/3) Spec. rbv eta.’ v.
4 iizv be‘ xaxbv 1rot‘1'lc, pogoi. So #1) pa 161/ KlilPl-Ol/ ¢o€eiaflat, to fear God, to re
goilfear not Mark 5:36. Luke 1: 13,30. verence, e. g. to stand in awe of God, the
al. pi] weave. Matt. 14:27. Mark 6: unisher of wrong, so as not to do evil;
50. al. e'tpogoiivro Mark 10: 32. 16:8. Luke 18: 2 'rbv Gsbv pr) ¢o€oirpevog, mi
goo/3:361, Matt. 14.: 30. Acts 22: 29. apo avflponrov pi! Ev'rpe'lrbpewoc. v. 4. 93: 40.
fiflnoav a¢bbpa Matt. 17: 6. 27:54. etc. Col. 3:22. 1 Pet. 2: 17. (Sept. Ex. 1:
etc. Heb. 13: 6 Ki/ptoc ipoi fionflbc Kai 17, 21. Lev. 19: 14.) Also by Hebr. in
oi! qmfintir’laopat, quoted from Ps. 118: 6 the sense of religion piety, i. q. to war.
 (ptigqrgov 832 (Duvet);
ship, to adore God, Luke 1: 50 mi r6 (Dotti), 9);, 1,, Pluebe, pr. n. of a
{Mag m’lroi'r - -- r07;- ¢o§oupéro¢g ain'év. A cts Christian female, an almoner (1‘; 516:0
10:2,22,35. Rev. 11: 18. 141: 7. 15:4. vog) in the church it Cenchrea, com
19: 5. So oi ¢ogoirpevoi n‘w Geo'v, i. q. mended by Paul to the church at Rome,
proselytcs, Acts 13: 16,26; comp. in 21s’ Rom. 16: 1.
é». Sept. and R72: Deut. 4: 10, 29. 6:2,
(Dow/m], fig, 1'], (¢or'w£ palm-tree)
13, 241. 28: 58. 1 Sam. 12: 14.. etc. An.
Phem'ce, Plzenicia, a narrow tract of
(Do'cm'gow, ou, 1'6 (rf»o€e'w,) something country on the east of the Mediterra.
fearful, a fearful sight, terrible portenl; nean, between Palestine and Syria; ac.
Luke 21: 11 zpégnrpt'z re K111i. 171711.570. Mr’ cording to Greek and Roman writers,
01'! avofi. Sept. for R131 Is. 19: 17.— terminating on the north at the river
Anth. Gr. III. p. 45. Luc. Philopatr. 9. Eleutherus, opposite the little island
@6695 0!), b, (¢r'€o;1a1,)fear, terror, Aradus; and extending on the south as
afli'iglrt. far as to Dora, or even to Pelusium;
a) pp. and gem. Matt. 14,: 26 Euro rm": though according to the Scriptures all
¢6§ou E1: uEav. Luke 1: l2 (Pdfiog e'vré the country south of Tyre belonged to
1rwev Ear ai'n'év. 2: 9 i¢0€fi9noay ¢d€ov the Hebrew jurisdiction; comp. in T6909.
pé'yav, see in <I>o§éw a. 8: 37. 21: 26. The Phenicians were the most celebrated
Rom. 8: 15. 2 Cor. 7: 5 ¢é€01 fears. v. commercial nation of antiquity; their
1]. 1 Tim. 5:20. 1 IohntzlBter. Seq. chief cities were Tyre and Sidon; and
gen. of pets. or thing feared, i. e. which they planted many colonies,am0ng others
inspires tear, Matt. 28: 4 are 5:‘ 101': (1:6 Carthage. Other cities were Byblus,
gou ru'rrou': sc. r05 c'vy-ye'ltou. John 7: 13. Orthosius, Berytus now Beyroot, Acco
19:38. 20: 19. 1 Pet. 3: 14. comp. in now Acre. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
‘begin; a. Heb. 2: l5 4). mi? Sawi'rou. II. i.p. 1 sq.—Acts 11:19.1513. 211.
Rev. 18: 10, 15. Meton. a terror, an ob I. (Po/WE, mos, 13, sometimes writ
ject of fear, Rom. 13:3. Sept. for “5?? ten ¢oIv1£, a palm-tree, the date palm,
Gen. 9:2. Jon. 1: 10,15. 1'35 Deutll: Phwniz dactylrfera 01' Linnaeus, and
25. Ps. 53: 6. ¢6€m for was Job 20%. called by him one of the princes of the
—-Hdian. 1.4141. 19. Dem. 798. 3. Xen. vegetable kingdom. The palm is a lofty
An. 2. 2. 19, 21.—Including the idea of tree, consisting of a straight scaly trunk ,
astonishment, amazement; Matt. 28:8 crowned with a spreading evergreen tuft
peril ¢6§ou xai xaptic ye'ycihng. Mark 41: of long narrow leaves. It was anciently
41. Luke 1:65. 5: 26. 7:16. Acts 2: very abundant in Palestine, particularly
413. 5: 5,11. 19:17. Rev. 11: ll.
around Jericho, which was thence called
1)) in a moral sense, fear, i. q. rever the city of Palms, "WEE-‘l ""2, Sept. 1rd)“;
ence, respect, honour; e. g. of persons, ¢on'(xwv, Deut. 341: 3. Judg. 1: 16. 9
Rom. 13: 7 bis, r’urédore 061' min 'rirc Chr. 28: 15; comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 1. ib.
ritpnhc'rc-urq'l n‘wgdgm', quigmn—Else
15. 4,. 2. al. Hence on Jewish and Ro
where of God or hrist, (pogo; T017 9501'} man coins, the palm sometimes appears
v. Kuplov, i. e. a deep and reverential as the emblem of Palestine. Its fruit
sense of accountability to God or Christ; is the date, a great article of food in ori
2 Cor. 5: 11 £15611: Ol'IV rev ¢d€ov 1'01‘! Kw
ental countries. The boughs, called also
plou, x.r. 7t. 7: l. Eph. 5: 21 lira-raced. palms, were borne in the hands orstrewed
pivot c'lMr'Mmc Ev 416$ Xpurmft. Simply, in the way on seasons of rejoicing. See
c. rm“: 9e06, etc. imp'r. 1 Pet. 2: 18 coll. Jahn § 75. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Palmer,
Eph. 5: 21. Jude 23. Intens. Ev 9146,, P/1wniz,Dates.—-John 12:13- Rev. 7:9.
mi Ev rpdpp, 1 Cor. 2:3. 2 Cor. 7: 15.
Sept. for "a". ll. cc. Neh.8:17.—-2 Macc.
Phil. 2112. Eph. 6: 5. (Sept. for as"; 2
10: 7. loss. B. 1.4.8. 3. Diod. Sic. 2. 53.
Chr. 19: 9. Ps. 2:11. ‘"35. Ps. 36: 1.) Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22.
By Hebraism, i. q. religion, piety, ‘p. r017
Kl'lprov Acts 9: 31. cp. rm": 9:017 Rom. 3: II. (DO/VIE, "40;, 1'1, Plurnir. a city
18. Simpl.1 Pet. 1:17. 3:2,15. So on the S. E. coast of Crete, with a har
Sept. "'1": m5": Ps.19:10. 111210. Prov. bour, Acts 27: 12.
127, 99. 8:13. 9:10. 14:28, 29.—-E0 (During, am‘, 6, (rporu'm) a man
rlus. 1:12, 18. 4-0: 26. slayer, murderer, Matt. 22:7. Acts 3:14.
 <Doviz'm 833 ' (Dgawlui;

7: 59. 28:4. 1 Pet. 4: l5. Rev. 21:8. 3: 31 ‘p. Tu-Il' xwpév. Jos. Ant.17.1l. 2
22:15.-Wisd.12;.5. Hdian.3.12.4. Xen. zpdpovg imgaMope'vovc élrcirrrorc ‘r5 e'r'
C yr. 4.. 6. 6. Erog. Hdian. 6. 2. 3. Xen. Conv. 4. 32.
(Dovaz'm, i‘. chow, (¢6voc,) to hi” 8. (DogwZo, r. 1..., (¢.;pw¢,) w burden,
person, to slay, to murder ; absol. ob (po to load, to lay a burden upon any one,
vu'wug Matt. 5: 2|. 19: 18. Rom. 13:9. pp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 269. ult. In N.
54h ¢oveiwp¢ Mark 10: 19. Luke 18:20. T. trop. as of the burden of the Jewish
James 2: 11. Sept. for ".3? Ex. 90:13. ritual, c. dupl. acc. Luke 11:46 oapn’lere
Deut. 5:17.) enr. Matt. 5: 21. James 'rolig dyeprinroug ¢oprla duafidaraxra,
2: ll. 4: 2 see in Zrfiuiu b. Seq. accus. comp.Buttrn.§13l.5. Winer§32.4. Pass.
Matt. 93: 31 n7” ooveua-civruv rm); 1rpo part. Matt. 11:28 oi Komu'n'rzg Kai 'rrupop
g'rrac. v. 35. James 5: 6. Sept. for "22 rwlu'yol, ye weary and heavy laden, sc.
cut. 4: 42. Josh. 20: 5, 6. >32 Neh. 4|: with the burden of sin and suffering.
ll.-—-Hdian.1.l7. 25. Diod. Sic. 20. 22. (DOQ‘NIOP, 0", r6, (¢o'prog,) a burden,
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 11. load,- a dimin. in form but not in sense,
<D6vog, 0!), 6, (obsol. (pews) a killing Buttm. § 119. n. 15. p. 330.
of men, murder, slaughter ,- Mark 15: 7 a) pp. and as spoken of a ship, Iading,
¢zivov 'n'errou'mewav. Luke 23: 19, 25 freight, cargo, Acts 27: 10 in later edit.
ardo'w ml duh'ov. ActsQ: l. Rom. 1:29. for Mm in text. rem—Oi a ship, Jos.
Heb. 11: 37 iv (pomp paxalpag. Plur. Ant. 14. 14. 3. Xen. (E0. 8. 19. Gem.
¢6voz, murders Matt. 15:19. Mark 7:21. Sept. Is. 46: 1. El. V. H. 9. l4. Xen.
Gal. 5:21. Rev. 9:21. Sept. for =3, We‘; Mem. 3. 13. 6.
bloodshed Ex. 22:2. Prov. 1:18. 4:. am b) trop. (a) of the Jewish ceremonial
slv Deut. 22: 8. ,uaxai'pac for 37,115"? law as a burden upon its followers, Matt.
Ex. 17: 13. Deut. l3: 15.—2 Mace. 4: 93: 4. Luke ll: 46 bis, comp. in @oprl
35. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.16. El. V. H. 9. 17. Zw. Of the precepts and requisitions of
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 65. Christ, in antithesis, Matt.ll:30. Comp.
(Pogéw, 5, f. firm), (¢z’pu,) pp. a fre in ZU‘YOIC, — Act. Thom. § 98. Diog.
quentative form implying the repetition Laert. 7. 5. 4 aim‘); pa'vog 6.9mm“. fia
or continuance of the simple action ex aflimu Zr'lvwvoc oopn'oy- - Of the
pressed by ¢épu, Passow s. v. Lob. ad burden of one's faults, sins, Gal. 6: 5.
Phr. p. 585; to bear about sc. with or on Comp. Sept. and I?! Ps. 38: 5.
one's self, to wear, trans. Matt. 11:8 11‘: (196510;, ou, 5, (¢épo,) pp. ‘ what is
(alkali-E: ¢opor7vrse John 19: 5 are'cpavow. borne,’ i.q. a burden, load; e.g. ofa ship,
om. 13:4 n‘yv péxcupav. 1 Cor. 15:49 lading, freight, cargo, Acts 27:10 in text.
bis. James 2: 3 n‘p' z'oGfirm—Ecclusl l: rec. Comp. in (bopn'ov a.—-Luc. Navig.
3. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. Po]. 6. 22. l. Xen. 18 n) n'ho'iov-“Kai a quip-rog
(E0. 17. 3. (Dogrovwirog, 00, b, Forlunatus,pr.
(Poem, 00, 1'6, Lat. forum, only in n. ofa Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17.
pr. 11. Qépov 'Amrlou, Forum Appii, a
small town on the Appian way, accord
(Dgayémuov, 01), rd, Lat. flagellum,
i.e. a whip, scourge, John 2: 15.—Soho].
ing to the Itinerary of Antoninus 43 in Aristoph. Acham. 724, I'pévrag 5E,
Roman miles from Rome, in or near the
Zuiapovc, ¢payéhhmu Hesych. arurdhai'
Pontine marshes. Acts 28: [5. Comp. ro‘w o'xc'uv WmyeXhu, M3901.
Wetst. N.T. II. p. 654' sq. Hor.Sat.1.5.
3. Cic. ad Att. 2. 10, see in Tufiépvm. <I>gayeM6w, is, i. éaw,(¢pa'ye')\)uov,)
Lat. flagella, i. e. toflagellate, to scourge,
@6505 01), 1'), (¢c'pw,) pp. ‘what is
c. acc. Matt. 27:26. Mark15:15.—Test.
borne, brought ;' hence, a tax, tribute,
XII Patr. p. 728 ¢payzkkéoag ‘us.
imposed upon persons and their property
annually, in distinction from 're'Aoc tol , @gaypoog, 05, (3, (opr’wao) a fence,
which was more usually levied on mer a hedge, as enclosing any thing; e. g. a
chandise and travellers. Luke 20: 22 thorn-hedge around a vineyard, besides
¢dpov 50:-Wm. 23: 2. Rom. 13:6 ¢ripovc which there was often a wall; MatLQl:
“Mire. v. 7 bis. Sept. for a? Judg.1:30. 33 rppa-ypov ail-rap“ 1reprz't9rlxs. Mark 12:1.
2 Sam. 20:24. "-13? Ezra 4:80.—1Macc. The language is here borrowed from Is.
3 u
 (Dgolgw 834 (pgoyéw

5: 2, 5, where Sept. [opa-ypov mpu'flnxa minim) to‘ deceive the mind of any one,
51st p. for 3d] for P5? and "915%. Comp. i.q. genr. to deceive, trans. Gal. 6: 3 {av
ahn § 67. Harmer's Observ'. III. p. rov (P. — Hesych. qipzvawanzt' Xhw'zi'u.
179 sq. Luke 14': 23 sic The 6501);; lit-11 Not found in profane writers.
ppa-ypm'lg, into the highways and hedges, qJgsvowrcZ-mg, 00, 5, (¢p¢vu1raréu,)
1. e. the narrow ways among the vine a mind-deceiver, i.q. genr. a dcceiver, Tit.
yards. Trop. Eph.2:l4, see in Mwérot 1:10.—Etymol. Mag. 811. 3. Not found
xov. Sept. also for “I; Num.22:24|. Ecc. in profane writers.
lO:8.—Plut. Cimon. 10 rim d'ypa'w rm): q’gfiv, “5;, 17, pp. the diaphragm,
95911771012: dtpfikcv. Xen. Venat. ll. 4. midri , pr¢ecordia,often in plur. Hom.ll.
(Page, f. (um, q.d. to phrase it, i.e. 10.10. Od.9.301. Hence, as the sup
to say, to rpeah, to tell, to declare in posed seat of all mental emotions and
words, trans. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. Plut. faculties, usually and in N. T. meton.
Theseus 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 15.— In the mind, the soul, including the intel
N.T. to tell, i. q. to explain, to interpret, lect, disposition, feelings, etc. 1C0r. I4:
rfiv 1rapa§ohlpv Matt.13:36. 15:15. Sept. 20 his, pr) 'mudlu. yt'veafis ‘mic. ¢p€UlV--:
for van Job 6: 24.. "Hi-m Job 12; 8.-—Jos. ‘mic 5e‘ ¢pctri TéMlOl. 'ylwcafie. Sept. for =3
Vit.§59. Ccb.Tab.33. Xen.Cyr.4.3.ll. Prov.7:7. 9:4. Chald. 933! Dan.4|:3l,33.
‘P5066641 V. TH", 1'. E3, to enclose —1-1dian. 3. 11.17. Dem. 780. 21 vol!
with a fence, hedge, wall, for protection, ral ppevu'w dyaeu'w Kai n'povoiac roMfic.
to fence around, to hedge in, trans. Sept. Xen. Conv. 8. 30.
for Hos. 2:6. [in the Heb. 8.] Xen. ‘Pg/mm v. rm, 1'. £0), (ML) lo be
Cyr. 2. 4.. 25; a city with walls, toforti rough, uneven, jaggy, sc. with bristling
fi], Hdian. 8. 2. 13; a defile with troops, points, to bristle, intrans. e.g. a field with
to shut up, Plut. Cato Maj. 13. So the ears of grain, Horn. 11. 23.599; an army
ears with wax, etc. to slap, riz 45:-a Sept. with spears, 11.13.339. Spec. of hair, etc.
for W915 Prov.21:18. Luc. Nigr.19.—In to bristle, to stand on end, Hes. Op. 538
N. T.onlyin reference to the mouth, tpprid or 542; also of animals, to bristle up the
asw r1) m-o'pu, to stop the mouth, viz. hair, mane, etc. Hes. Scut. 391. Plut.
a) pp. as of wild beasts, Heb. 11: 33 Aristid.18. In N. '1‘. of persons, to shud
E¢pu£av m-o'pa-m Morrow, i. e. rendered der, to quake, from fear or aversion, in
them harmless, powerless ; comp. Dan. which the skin becomes rough and pim
6: 22. — M. Antonin. 12. 1 6 5e‘ tbl’mmg pled, and the hair stands on end, intrans.
repigalulw 'rliv flpaxt'cya 1f) Ezrefin, i James 2: 19 re. Eanuivw. ¢piacrovm.—
itpdpu, Zqspafc' re n) m-o'm rm’; Moi/rag‘. Sept. Dan. 7:15. Judith 16:8. Plot. (10.‘
Ding. Laert. 5. 5. Puer. educ. 12. Dem. 332. ll mtppml»;
b) trop. i.q. to silence, l0 put to silence; z'zxon'ru.
Rom. 3: 19 'lva miv urépa tppa'yfi. So 2 (pgovéw, (3, f. flaw, (¢pfiv,) to hare
Cor. ll: 10 ll xal/xmrtg al'im ob (ppayr'laz mind. intellect, to think, to be compo: men.
Tun—2 Mace. 14: 36. So Epqipéeaew rd ifs, Horn. 11. 6.79. lELV.H.H|.29. Xen.
aru'pa Dem. 406. 5. V Mem. 1. 3. 12. In N.T. and usually to
(Dféaf, 0670.5, n5, 0 well,pit, for wa mind, to be minded,lo have in mind, spoken
ter,dug in the earth, and thus strictly dis generallyofanyact or emotionof the mind.
tinguished from 1n1'yt'1 fountain; though a) gem. i.q. to think, to mean, to be of
a well may also be called a fountain, opinion; seq. ace. of thing implying man
comp. in I'Iqyfi b, and Gesen. Lex. art. ner of thinking, Acts 28: 22 c'uroiam a
Ja1m§45. So Luke 14,: 5. John 4.: ¢povcig. Rom.12:3 rap’ 8 Ed dipm'eiv. 1
11 n) (Ppe'up e'arl 5.100. V. 12. Sept. for Cor. 4: 6. Gal. 5: 10. rof/ro oporziv in-ip
Gen. 16:14. 26: 15,18 sq. - Jos. iJ/ulll’ PhiLl :7. With an adv. or the liLe,
Ant. 7. 9. 7. Luc. Den]. 2%. Xen. Amt. 1 COT. 13: 11 (in; virirtoc EWAWW. Rom.
9. 25.—Trop. of any pit, abyss, e. g. in 12: 3 ¢porsiv cl; r5 aw¢poreiv.-Wisd.
Hades, the bottomless pit, Rev. 9: l, 2 14:30. Jos. B. J. 5. 7. 4 oiafic‘v irytz‘ctppo
ter. So Sept.
Ps. 55: 24. rppiap duupfiopfig for "U? weir. Hdian. 4. 4'. 1 rd s'vm'n'a. Dem.
319. 27. Thus. 6. 36 “may. Xen. (‘_vr.
(Dgemvraréw, a7, 1'. ilw, (why, (‘i 4. 6. 8.
 (Deo’mfbu 835 (Dfv'yt'u
b) as including the atl'ections, emo Rom. 11:25. 12: 16. impl. 2 Cor. 11:
tions, to be minded, to think, to feel in 19. Sept. for “2'; l K. 3: 12. Is. 44.: 95.
mind, seq. accus. (a) genr.Pl|il.2.5 rm'n-o rag’ Eaurq': Prov. 3: 7. "15,! Prov. 14.; 6.
'yiip ¢poveicr0u Ev ilplr ii Ev Xpwrq'), i. 6. 18: 15.—Ecclus. 20: 27. Ceb. Tab. 3.
let the same mind he in you as in Christ. Plut. Cato Maj. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1.
Phil.3:15his. SO Til inl/nhi: ¢poveivR0m. ii). 4. 8. ll.
12:16 ; see in “Yd/"Mic b. (yé'ya ¢pove7v (Dgow'pwg, adv.(<ppdmpoc,)wilh mind,
Luc. D. Deor. 15. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3.].26.) thinhingly, i. e. prudently, wisely, Luke.
In the phrase rd ail-m’ v. n‘) 3v Womb’, 16: 8.—Xen. Ag. 1. l7.
to be of one mind, one accord, to think the
some thing, Rom.12:16. 15:5. 200L113: (DQOW‘IZW, f. tow, (cppovrig fore
11. Phil. 2:2 his. 3:16. 4: 9.—ri1 airrc'i. thought, care, from ¢povéu, ¢pi|v,) to be
Jos.B. J. 5. 7. 4.. To m'n-o' Dion.Hal.Ant. thoughtful, provident,- to take care, to be
4.20. Hdot. 1. 60.—(B) to think, i. q. to wntehful; seq. int. Tit. 3: 8 ‘in nfipovrifonn
mind, to favour, pp. to set the mind and xuMDv E'p'ywv 1rpoiera00at. Sept. 0. gen.
affections upon, to be devoted to, etc. for 32'": Ps. 40: 18.—2 Macc. 51:26. Xen.
Matt.16:23 at Mark 8: 33 oz’! ¢p0V£lC rd Mem. 3. 11. 12. c. 't'va P01. 2. 8. 8. 0.
rm? 9e06, r'iMc‘z ril rain’ dvfipéiruv. Rom. drug Xen. Mem. 2. 4.. 2. 0. gen. 1E1. V.
8: 5 riz riic oapxog. Phil. 3:19 11‘: en’! H. 14.11. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.11.
yruz. Col.3:2 1i: iivw.—1Mac0.10:20 4a. @gougézb, 5, f. 77w, (qzpoupik a
rir. ima'w. Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 1. Hdian.8.6. watchman, guard, from 1rpoopciw,) to
l3. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 24. watch, to keep watch, absol. Thuc. 8. 35.
c) to mind, i. q. to regard, to care for, In N.T. and genr. seq. accus. to watch,
seq. inre'p ru'oc Phil. 4.: 10 bis. (2 Macc. to guard, to keep.
14: 8.) Of time, to regard, to keep, rip’ :1) pp. as of a. military watch, 2 Cor.
r'lpépav Rom. 14.: 6 quater; comp. Gal. 11: 32 i) itivdpxngml'ppofipnoe rip’ mihu'.
4; l0. Trop. as of a prisoner, Gal. 3: 23.—
(Dgompu, arog, 'ro', @povs'w) pp. Judith 3: 6. Joe. B. J. 3. 8. l. Hdian. 2.
‘ what one has in mind, what one thinks 13. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12.
and teels;' hence mind, thought, feeling, b) trop. to keep, to preserve in any
will; Rom. 8: 27 Bids rt’ rd ¢pém7pa rm’: state; Phil. 4:7 The xapdia; {rpm-w e’v
WI’EI’IIUITOQ- v. 6 bis, 7 rd ¢p6vrum m"; o'ap Xpmrdi. Pass. 1 Pet. 1: 5 rm); (PpOUPOU
mic x. r. )c—Jos. B. J. 4'. 6. 1. Diod. Sic. péyovc sic owmpiav.
20. 19. Dem. 173. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1.1. 13. (Dgudoo'w v. rm, f. 5..., (kindr.
¢§6M0't§, ewg, t’, (¢pove'w,) mind, Bpi'vu, ,BpvéZw,) in profane writers only
thought, thinking, viz. Depon. Mid. qtpvdaaopai v. rropat, to
a) i. q. mode of thinking and feeling, rage, to be fierce, pp. of animals, as of
Luke 1: 17 iv ¢povfiou 5tK11lwV.—Lu0 horses fierce for contest, Callim. Hymn.
Amer. 471'; 9:07; 'yeirwv ilpw'im} ¢piivnrng in Lav. Pall. 2. Plut. Lycurg. 22 d‘mrsp
b) i. q. understanding, prudence, Eph. 't'mroig 'ycwpu'io’i Kai. ¢PUClTTO/.lél'0l¢ 1rpdc
1: 8 iv m’wp bo¢iq Kai ¢POV1IIJEL Sept. rm); (‘rye-wag. Of persons acting with
for-‘1?; Prov. 1: 2. 7: 4'. ‘"3151? Prov. 3: pride and insolence, 9 Macc. 7: 34.. 3
.13. 8:1. HP?!‘ 1 K. 32 28. 4.: 29.—108. Macc. 2: 2. Diod. Sic. 4|. 74.-In N. '1‘.
Ant. 8. 7. 5. Luc. Haley. 6. Xen. Mem. once Act. aor. 1, to rage, to make a noise
1. 2. 10. Cic.de Off. 1. 43 “prudentia and tumult, intrans. Acts 4: 25 imri
enim, quam Grznci ppo’rqow dicunt, est Eqfipn’iaEav Z6111], quoted from Ps. 52: 1
rerum expetendarum fugiendarumque where Sept. for ‘322.
scientia." KDgz'JQ/avov, 00, ‘rd, (wt-yo, ppz'w'o'w)
a dry stick or twig, dry brushwood, Acts
(Dgéw/Aog, n, or, (¢pove'w,) having 28: 3 ¢pv~yévwv 10.17009. Sept. for V2
mind, thinking, prudent, wise,- Matt. 7:
‘24' dluouimu ai/rbv dvdpl 95001414). 10: 16. Is. 40: 241. 47: 14.—Theophr. H. Plant.
24.. 45. 25. 2, 4, 8,9. Luke12:4.2. 1 1. 5. Hdian. 4'. 2. 21. Xen. An. 4.. 3. 11
Cor. 4.: 10. 10: 15. Comparat. ppm/1,116). ¢pilyuva oulthe'yovrtc (be 511 m'ip.
rspoc Luke 16: 8. Also 1mg Emrroii; $507112, 05;, 1", Phrggia, an inland
qJPtlI‘t/UN, i. o. wise in their own conceit. province of A sia Minor, bounded N. by
3 c 9
 (Dog/270.0; 836 (Dulux'n'ygm

Bithynia and Galatia; E. by Cappado iv 1'' qjwhuri'y. 18: 30. 25: 36,39,43,
cia and Lycaonia; S. by Lycia, Pisidia 4.4-. Mark 6:17, 88. Luke 3: 20. 12:
and Isauria; and W. by Caria, Lydia 58. 9|: 12. 22: 33. 93:19,25. John 3:
and Mysia. In early times Phrygia 24. Acts 5: 19 rixc supag rfig qwknn‘lc.
seems to have included the greater part v. 22,25. 8:3. 12:4, 5,6, 17. 16:23,
of Asia Minor. Later, it was divided 941, 27,37, 40. 22: 4. 26:10. Rev. 2:
into Phrygia Major on the South, and 10. In the sense of imprisonment, 2 Cor.
Phrygia Minor or Epictetus (acquired) 6: 5. 11:23. Heb. 11:36. Sept. genr.
on the Northwest. The Romans divided for “3?? Gen. 40: 3 sq. 42:17. Lev. 24:
it into three parts; Phrygia Salutaris 12. “we Neh. 3: 25. Jer. 32: 2. n3; We
on the East; Phrygia Pacatiana on the 1 K. 22:27.—Arr. Epict. l. 29 sig e...
West; and Phrygia Katakekaumene hmn'lv a: flak-'1. Diod. Sic. Q. 46 Gill-fir is
in the Middle. The cities of Phrygia ‘n79 pvkan'pg c’lptziaam—Poet. 0f the bot
mentioned in N.T. are Laodicea, Hier tomless pit,abyss, Tartarus, as the prison
apolis, and Collossse; Antioch of Pisidia of demons and the souls of wicked men,
was also within its limits. Acts 2: 10. 1 Pet. 3: 19. Rev. 20: 7. Comp. 2 Pet.
16: 6. 18: 23. [1 Tim. 6: 23.]—Hdian. 2: 4|. Jude 6. See in Taprapéu, and
1. ll. 3. Xen.An.1.2.6 sq. See Rosenm. comp. Act. Thom. § 10. Tholuck Berg
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 202 sq. pred. on Matt. 5: 25. p. 205.
(Dog/smog, 00, 5, Phygellus. pr. n. of i. e.d)ameton. of time,a watch of the night,
division of the night during which
a man who deserted Paul, 2 Tim. 1: l5.
one watch of soldiers kept guard, and
(Dug/:9, fig, ,7, (¢e1'1'yw,) flight, Matt. were then relieved; Luke 12: 38 bis,£v
24': 20. Mark 13: 18. Sept. for 5” Jer. r‘fi dew-spa tpuharfi, Kai z'v rfi rpl'rp ¢vhari
49: 23. 053?, Jer. 25: 35.—Q Mace. 12: Matt. 14.225 refl'lprp 5:‘ pukakj rfig run-6c.
22. Hdian. 7. 12. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4.2.28, 24:43. Mark 6: 48. The ancient He
(Duimfi, 17;, .7, (or/Miami’) watch, brews, and probably the Greeks, divided
the night into three watches of four
guard, i. e.
a) pp. the act of keeping watch, hours each, Heb. "225%, Sept. ¢u)\an'1,
guarding; Luke 2: 8 pvkéooov'rsg (pu Judg. 7: 19. Ps. 90: 6. Comp. Gesen.
7\axc'u;, keeping watch or guard, crcubz'aa Lex. art. Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rab.
ngentes; comp. Buttm. § 131.3. Sept. 2454'. Jahn § 101. Sturz Lex. Xenoph.
for "13‘??? ""339 Num. 1:53. 3: 7, 29 sq. art. ¢u>\am'1 n0. 4. Potter's Gr. Ant. 1].
—¢v)\axc'tg ¢vhdrrcw Xen. An. 2. 6. 10. p. 74. But after the Jews came under
Cyr. 8. 6. 14. em. Jos. Ant. l4. 7. l. the dominion of the Romans, they made
Pol. 6. 35. 1. en. Cyr. 8. 2. 8. like them four watches of about three
b) meton. of persons set to watch, a hours each. These were either numbered
watch, guard, collect. lords; Acts 12: first, second, third, fourth, as above; or
were also called 644', pco'on'mnov, 1'1)‘:
10 dlchoovreg 5s‘ 1rpmr1'v qbvhax'fiv mi
m-opopwvia, 1rpwi‘ comp. Mark13:35,and
Ewrépam—Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 5. Dion. Hal.
these articles respectively. See Adam'
Ant. 1.86. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 33. Rom. Ant. p. 333. Veget. R. M. a. s,
c) meton. the place where watch is “ in quatuor partes ad clepsydram sunt
kept: (a) i. q. watch-post, station, pp. divisae vigiliae, ut non amplius quan‘l
Sept. for Hal). 2: 1. Xen. H. G. tribushorisnocturuis necesse sitvigilare."
5. 4. 49. Comp. Bar. 3: 34'. In N. T. Censorin. de Die natal. 23. See Tzrpé.
trop. of Babylon as the watch-post, sta Emu-105. Ant. 18. 9. 6 'mrpi d). rl'rriprnr.
tion, haunt of demons and unclean birds, Arr. Exped. Al. M. 5. 24'. 2. Diod. Sic.
where they resort and hold their vigils, 18. 4O mpi rr‘yi'devrc'pav (p. Xen. An.
Rev. 18: 2 bis. Comp. Is. 34.: 11 sq. Jer.
4. l. 5.
50: 39. 51: 37. Others, i. q. hold, den,
cage, in which they are imprisoned, as (Dukumzw, i‘. (am, (¢v)\am’;.) to put
in B,- but less wclL—(fi) Of the place in ward, to imprison, trans. Acts 22: 19.
where any one is watched, guarded, —Wisd.18:4. Act. Thom. c 45 .: era“.
KlZISPEI'OQ Ev dwpwmpl'rp. Not found in
ward, custody, a prison, genr. Matt. 5:
25 sh; qwhmcflv fihnefirrp. l4: 3 were iv profane writers.
oukamj. v. 10 a-rrexuptikws Ta» 'Iun'u'rnv (Duhomwigmv, av, :13, (evxumyp,
 (Dlikai 837 (1)1370.“
¢vkrimrw,) a watch-post, guarded place, selffrom or as to any thing, to be on one’s
Hdot. 5. 52. Pol. 8. l7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. guard, i.q. to beware of, to avoid; e.g.seq.
5.12. Trop. protection, safe-guard, Dem. i’uro' rwog, once reflex. 1 John 5: 21 -
71.24. Plut.Arat.25 ; hence, an amulet, )téEare Eaurolic r'uro réiv eisuhhwv. id.
Plut. de Is. et Osir. 65, 68. ed. R. VII. Luke 12:15. (Reflex. Test. XII. Patr.
p. 484, 487. Horapoll. 1. 24. In N.T. p.648. Mid. Ecclus. 22:26. Xen.Cyr.2.
plur. ra pukarrr'ypm, phylacteries, Heb. 3.9.) Mid.seq. accus.q.d. to guard against,
nfiszgiu prayer-fillets, later Heb. 1"??? Acts 21:25. 2 Tim. 4:15 3»! ml at‘! u
prayers, i. e. strips of parchment on Miauov. Cump.Winer §32.p.182. (£18.
which arev written various sentences of B.J.4.9.l l. Hdian. 3.5.9. Xen. Mem. 2.
the Mosaic law, as Ex.l3: 1—10, 11— 2.14.) Seqlm pfi,2Pet.3:l7¢u)\éeem6r,
16. Deut. 6: 4-9. 11:13—21; and ‘ii/a Itfiu-e'mre'mlre x. ‘r. k—r'i-rrwg pr’; Xen.
which the Jews usually bind in different Mem. 1. 2. 37. luv’) Epict. Ench. 34.
ways around the forehead and left wrist c) trop. to keep, i. q. to observe, not to
while at prayer, following a literal in violate, e. g. precepts, laws, etc. 0. acc.
terpretation of Ex.13:16. Deut.6:8. 11: Luke 11:28 riw M-yov rm’: 9:05. Acts 7:
18. The Rabbins have many minute 53. 16:4 Til atiypa'ra. ‘21:24 rev 110' or.
precepts respecting them. Comp. Ge R0m.2:26.Gal.6:13.1Tim.5:2l. id.
sen. Lex. art. flirt-£11‘, . Buxt. Lex. Chald. m'iyra raiJra z'fikair’qmv, all these have I
Rab. 1743. Wetst. N.T. I. p. 481. Jos. keptqfmyself, att.19:20. Mark 10=20.
Ant. 4. 8. 13. _ Matt. 23: 5 'nhan'lvoum. Luke 18:21. Sept. for ‘"2? Ps. 105: 45.
5a‘ 1a ¢U)\flKf7']pltL Comp. Lighti'. Hor. Prov. 4: 4. seep. ‘$3 Prov. 6: 20. 28: 7.
Heb. in 100. 937,3 l K. 11:38. 3?? Deut. 5:15.—E0
(MIME, owes, a, (¢v>.¢iaw,) a clus. 21:11. Jos. Ant. 7. l4. 2. Hdian.
l. 7.12. Xen. H. G. 1.7. 30.
watcher, keeper, guard,- Acts 5:23. 12:6,
19. Septfor ‘"353 Gen.4:9. Is.62:6.—Jos. (DUM, 5;, 1'1, (qaikov, pain") a tribe,
Ant.7.ll.7. Hdian.3.3.12. Xen.A.th.3.4. pp. a race, lineage, kindred, i. e.
(Dvlaio'cm v. 'r'mfl. £10, to watch, not a) i. q. wow, u natioh, people, as de
scended from a common ancestor. Matt.
to sleep, Hom. 0d. 20. 53; to keep watch
24:30 mica: ¢vhai rijc 'yfig‘, all the tribes
by night, Hom. 0d. 5. 466. ib. 22. 195.
[nations] of the earth. Rev. 1 :7. Pleonast.
In N. T. 5:9 Ex mimic pvkfic Kai 711600179 Kai hum‘:
a) intrans. to watch, to keep watch, seq.
Kai i'flvovg. 7:9. 11:9. 13:7. 14:6. So
ace. of the cognate noun; Luke 2:8 (pv Sept. for ‘6155?’? Gen. 12:3. Ex. 20:32.
Xéo'aovrcc tin/karmic. See fully in pukan’l a.
Am. 3:2. Mic. 2:3.-Ecclus. 16:4,coll.
b) trans. c. acc. to watch,to guard, to
6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 25 ran‘: pukégothers
keep, e. g. (:1) Persons or things from
ma piha. ib. 8.5. 7. Comp. Sturz.Lex.
escape or violence; persons, Luke 8:29
Xen. rpvkfi no. 4.
e'aeapeiro ¢vkaaatipzvog Acts 12: 4115.
b) spec. a tribe, clan, spoken of the
av'lréy sc.-rbyne'rpo v. 28: 16.e'v r9‘: 1rpau'wpitp
tribes of Israel, as subdivisions of a
23:35. Acc. rt, Luke 11:21. Acts 22:20
1'6. l‘U-(IlTttL Sept. for "121,5 1 Sam. 19:11. whole nation. Matt.19:28 et Luke 22:30
Kplvoweg rag 5155mm (pi/Mu; roii 'Io'pafik.
Gen. 2: l5. 3:24.-—rmi Hdian.1:17. 3.
Luke 2:36 Ex (pa/Mic ‘Aaflp. Acts 13:21.
~Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 40. n’, Palaaph. l 9.1. El. Rom. 11:1. Phil. 3:5. Heb. 7:13, 14.
V.H.2.4. Xen.Ag.4.1.—-(fl) Of persons
James 1:1. Rev. 5: 5. 7:4, 5 ter, 6 ter,
or things kept in safety, to keep, to pre
7 ter, 8 ter. 21:12. Sept. for =15? Ex. 31:
serve,e.g. persons,John 17 :12 oil;- Eéawxc'ic
2, 6. saap. ‘451.? Ex. 24:4. Deut. l: 13.
'40‘ Eqh'MaEa. l Pet.2:5. 131,46: (11:-micron; saep.—Jos.Ant.7.2. 2 2': rfig 'Ioi'laa \puhfig.
Jude 24. 61rd r017 1rov|7po|7 2 Thess.3:3.
ib. 10. l. 1. So of tribes,classes, orders
Acc. ri',l Tim. 6:20. 2 Tim. 1:14. 0.51;
in a state, Plut. Romul. 20. Dem. 556.
i/pz'par 2 Tim. 1:12. rig (wily John 12:
5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 5. Vect. 4. 30.
25. Sept. for ‘"3"; Prov. 6:22. Ex.23:20.
c. am; for 1’? '15 Ps. 141: 9.—-nw'i Wisd. (DI'IMOII, 0!), r6, (crime) a leaf, Plur.
19:6. Hdian.4.4.9.c.&1ré Xen.Cyr.1.4.7. n‘: ou'iMa Ieaves,jbliagc, Matt. 21 :19. 24:
ri Dem.25.23. 0.51; Kcupév El.V.H.9.21. 32. Mark 11: 13 his. 13:28. Rev. 22:2.
--(-y) Mid.and once Reflex. to keep one’s Sept. for 5.5.2 Gen. 3:7. 8:11. Neh. 8:17.
 (Dugout: 838 (Dim;
—1El. V. H. 9. 24. Diod. Sic. 2. 49. gln'mu ~100511704. Rom. 2: 97 5| ix qn'mzm;
Dem. 615. 10. t'lxpogum't'm—Pol. 3. 12.3 ray airrof: :ara
(Puget/nu, wrog, rd, (¢Upt’lw et ¢ilpw oa'mw vitiv. Luc. de Mei-c. com]. 24- ei
to mix by stirring or kneading, to stir qu'wu 8017).“ 7103a. Plato Menex. p. 945
or knead together, PIaLThemt. 4. p. 147. D.IV.p.198.Tauchn. qn'nm pirfiépgapot
C. Hes. Op. 61,) a kneaded mass, genr. 5mg, you,» 52 'Ekhnvzg.
a mass, lump; e. g. of potter's clay pre. b) a nature, as generated, produced,
pared for moulding, Rom. 9: 21. So a naturally existing, a being, genus, kind.
mass of dough, proverbially, 1 Cor. 5:6 James 3:7 bis, mica yap tpinng s’rppt'uv-n
et Gal. 5:9; see in Zulu]. Trop. Rom. 11: dead/amoral rfi ¢iwu 1i) tivfipunn'wy. Gal.
16 see in ‘Arapxr'l a. 1 Cor. 5: 7. Sept. 4:8 r079 pr) tpl'nrct 017m: 920%, i.q. oi M76
for *9‘72, Num. 15:20, 91. Ex. 8: perm 920:’ in'l Cor. 8: 5—3 Macc. 3:29
3. [in the Heb. 7: 28.] 12:34.—M. mica 9min‘; ¢l'ldt¢. Epict. Ench. 27 0:33;‘
Antonin.7.68. Of a kind of cake Athen. Kat-0|? rpt'lo'tc z'y uia 'yt'vs'rai. Sophocl.
9. p. 402. Antig. 346. (Ed. .869 Swan‘: ¢iwu;
(Duomo'g, 5, 6w, (¢6mg,) physical, t'wc'pwv. Xen. Venat. 3. 1. So of plants,
natural, i. e. from or by nature, Test. Diod. Sic. 2. 49.
X11 Patr. p. 648 1045M? rout; tputnxoug c) the nature of any person or thing,
' 911M101); m'zroi. Arr. Epict. 3. 24.91. the natural constitution, the innate dis
en. Mem. 3. 9. 1. In N. T. natural, position, (Eualities, etc. ((1) Of persons,
according to nature, ovum‘) xpfimg Rom. in a mora sense, i. q. the native mode
1:26, 97. Of beasts t‘iho'ya (Gm, tpvo'tu't, of thinking, feeling, acting,” unenlight
i.e. following their natural bent, sensual, ened by the influence of divine truth;
8 Pet. 2:12.-—Arr. Epict. 2. 20.6 4:110:10) Eph. 2:3 re'xva prion tip'yfig. Rom. 2:14
cotvuvt'a tiveptimtuv 1rpo‘c dMr'lltouc. Luc. tpr'lo'et. rit r05 I'd/mu 1rou']. By analogy,
Somn. s. Gall. 27. Diod. Sic. 3. 61 or 69. once of the divine morai nature, 2 Pet.
(Dva'milg, adv. (oumrég) physically, 1: 4 Setup xou'urol 11602409, partakers of
the divine [moral] nature, i.e. regenerated
naturally, i. e. t'rom or by nature; Jude
in heart and disposition—Wisd. 7: 20.
10 50a 55‘ ¢UUlKt|_)§, the fa tiho'ya (Ga,
103.Ant.3:8. 1 {Pilfifi mivrag zlruz qbtkm'n
Errlararrat, i.e. by the natural senses.—
roug. Dem. 774. 8, 11 1') pi»! opting, (‘in
Diog. Laert. 10. 137 npummic Kai Xwpig
' 'n'ovnpa, wohhdxu; tjmfiha Bovltzitzrat.
Ao'yov. Diod- Sie. 20. 5. en.Mem.2.1.27. So ina physicalsense,
(1300160, .7, f. (bow, in N. T. i. q. Jos. B. J. 7.6. l r" TOI-I Xupiou ¢l'ltfl§. Xen.
¢U0't(i.w, (¢UUC’I(|I, rpm-ma, (pine) pp. to blow, (150.162 rfiv tp. 'rfic 'yr‘yg—Spet‘aa natural
to pufl“, to pant,- so ¢u¢néw intrans. of feeling of decorum, a native sense of pm
horses, 110m. ll. 4. 2'27. ib. 16. 506. In priety,e.g. in respect to national customs
N. T. gbuauiw trop. to pufl‘up, to inflate in which one is born and brought up:
with pride and vanity, absol. 1 Cor. 8: 1 Cor. 11:14 0115:‘ ain't) i] tpt'mu; 5:560“:
l 1'] yam-mic (pun-mi. Pass. or Mid. 1 Cor. irpfig, (in dvfip pe‘v ir‘zv Kopq'i, t'u'tpt'a min-,3
4:18, 19. 5:2. 13:4. inrts'p Two; 1 Cor. Eon; doth not your own natural feeling
4:6. inro' rwoc Col. 2:13.— Test. XII teach you, etc. It was the national cus.
Patr. p. 579 We ru'tv im'oho‘tv T05 9501': tom among both the Hebrews and Greeks
¢Utfl0ttj1€¥0b Ignat. ad Magnes. § 12 01511 for men to wear the hair short, and wo
(in oil qwmoio'ee ,m) 1rpotn'xttv r07; 9w men long. Among the Hebrews, comp.
otofiat'v ‘us. Hesych. (pr/umbrella‘ E-rrmpé the law of the Nazarite Num. 6: 1 sq.
p56“, rmpoi/psOm—In the c assic writers Judg. 13:5. 1 Sam. 1:11; enr. E241:
tpumdw comes from dn'nnc, and signifies 20; for women, Is. 3: 24. udith. 10:3.
to make natural, Simplic. in Epict. p. Luke 7:38. For the Greek custom ,comp.
21!]. Comp. Passow s. v. espec. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 14. ed R.VI[.
@6615, mg, 1", (rpm-1,) plzysis, nature, p. 89. Hdot. 1. 82. Phocylid. 199 ac].—
pp. generative and productive power, Genr. i. q. the nature of things, the
vimgenitrix; like Latnatura from naseor. order and constitution of nature; e. g.
Hence xa-ra ¢iww according to nature, natural.
a) nature, i.q. natural source or origin, Rom. 11:21, 94 bis. rapt‘: tpa’nnv contrary
generation, birth , descent. Gal. 2:15 hpz'ig to nature, unnatural, Rom. 1:26. 1 1:24,
 I
(Dimmer; 839 (Ila)v)’;

Comp. Welst. N.T. 'IL'p. 24 sq.—-xara -— Schol. in Apoll. Rhod. 2. 354 ii 59

4b. Luc.Vit. Auct. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. [Xoltfig] rpufivat To xahoirpevov i'uuivirov
l l. rapt‘: ¢. Athen.13.p.605.D, oi nape‘; ¢éppaxov. So dllP¢lI£iQPllll0 deVit.Mos.
pinnvrfi 'Appoairp xpdipevot. Philo Leg. II. p. 174. 12; comp. in Evpqn'm.
Spec. II. p.306.17 6 5e‘ 1ra15zpaori1c---rl;v b) Act. intrans. to spring up, to grow
wapu (priory ildon‘jv Mm. Xen.Hi.1.2-2. up. Heb.12:15 (ilza mxpiac ('lvw itouaa,
(Doc/wig, we, .7, ((Plldlliw q. v.) a quoted from Deut. 29:17 where ept. for
pufi‘ing up, inflation, trop. with pride and Heb. [act] 1132 .—Ecclus. 14: 18.
vanity, 2 Cor. 12: 20. — Hesych. gum’ ‘P001565’, 017, b, a hole, burrow, lurk
wo'ig‘ Z'rrapmg, inllnltorppom'wn. ingplace, of animals, Matt. 8:20. Luke
(Donia, ag, i;,(¢ur£ino,) aplanting, 9:58.-—Act. Thom.§ 31. 1E1.H.An.6.3.
the act of planting, Tfig‘ 1'1 1rs'Aou Sept. Plut. T. Gracch. 9.
Mic. 1:6. Jos.Ant.12.3.4. en. (Ec. 19. (Dania), 5, t'. flow, (rpm/1'1.) to sound,
12. In N. T. a plant, i. q. (Phrevpa, trop. to utter a sound, voice, 011/.
Matt. 15: 13 mica ¢ureia K.r.}\. i. e. a) pp. and absol. (a) of animals, e.g.
referring to the Pharisees as professing a cock, to crow, Matt. 26: 34,74, 75.
to be teachers of the divine will and law. Mark 14; 30,68,72 bis. Luke 22: 34.,
Others, doctrine.—Psalt. Salom. 14:3 i) 60, 61. John 13:38. 18:27. -— IEsop.
ursia afiro'w ififitlupévn clg ‘rdv aio'n'a. Fab. 119. Tauchn. Of other birds, Sept.
pp. Athen. V. p. 207. E. Jer. 17:11. Is. 38:14. Of beasts,to cry,
(DUTEl’MI, f. show, (¢u'ro'y, (Pitch) to Zeph. 2: 14. Of a trumpet, Sept. for
plant, trans. Matt. 21:33 e'qn'lreuaev (‘qt 712“, Am. 3: 6. 1 Macc. 9: 12.— (,3) Of
wchriva. Mark 12:1. Luke 20:9. 1 Cor. persons, to cry out, to exelaim, to call out;
9:7. Luke 13:6 a'vm'yv. absol. 17:28. Luke 8:8 iqniwet' 5 Zxwv 15m. x.r.)\- v.54
Pass. Luke 17:6. Sept. for 913! Gen. 9: e'zpliwna'z M'ywv. 16: 24. Acts 10:18. SO
20. Deut. 6:11. 5'3? Ps. l:3.—Diod.Sic. 0. dat. of cogn. noun, Luke 23: 46 ¢w
3.62. Dem. 1275. 9.—Xen.(Ec. 4.21. ib. W'lo'ag (pww- pe-yr'iltg- Acts 16: 28. 1:. dat.
20.4.—Trop.Matt. 15:13, see in (puru'a. pers. to w om, Rev. 14:18. Sept. for
So of a teacher planting the word of 83?. Dan. 4:11. T2153 1 Chr. 15:16.—
divine truth, absol. 1 Cor. 3:6, 7, 8. Esdr. 8: 92. Luc. Jup. Trag. 17. Xen.
(19661, f. (pi/aw, to generate, to pro
Conv. 3. 13.
b) trans. to cry or call to any one, i.q.
due, to bring forth, to let grow, e. g. to speak to, to address, to call, 0. ace. ((1)
plants, etc. Hom. II. 1. 235. Luc. Epist. genr. with the words spoken, as a title
Sat.20. Diod.Sic. 1.10. xapndv Jos.Ant. etc. i.q. to call, to name, John 13:13 bpzig
3.1.1. Hd0t.9.122; persons, iivBpae 1165111 ¢wvciré e’ 1': diadmcaltog real 6 Kitptogx—
to beget, to bear, Hdot. 9. 122. Eurip. Comp.l-ii)m.Od.4.77.—-(fl) As implying
Phoan. 34. Pass. 4:60pm, also Act. aor. invitation to approach or come, Matt.20:
2 54w»! and pert‘. 1ré¢uxa as intrans. to be 32 Elfin/nae ai/roirc. Mark 3:31. 9135
generated, produced, to spring up, to grow, e'qniwmn: roll; Madam. 15:49 ter. Luke
e. g. plants, etc. Sept. Prov. 26:9. Xen. 16:2. John 1:49. 2: 9. l1:216. 9: 18,241.
Mem.4.3.10. 'z'qwv Xen.(Ec.19.8. 1ré¢vm 11:28 his. 18: 33. Acts 9: 41. 10: 7. 0.
Xen. Cyr.7.5.1 l; of persons, to be born, dat. ailrg'i Luke 19: 15, i. q. 'rrpoc ain'riv,
to grow up, to be by nature, Plut. ed. R. comp. Winer § 31. 2. p. 174. Mattb.§
VI. p. 234. 1. Zgbuv Luc.Gymnas. s. An 401. 3. (c. 1rp6g Tob. 5:8.) Seq. 5x, to
arch.20. Xen.Mem.2.3.4. 1ré¢uxa Hdian. call one out of any place, John 12:17;
4.9.4. Xen.Cyr.5. 1.7. Trop. Xen.Mem. comp. 11:43. Also, to invite to a feast,
1. 1. 11 axorriw, tin-logo mid/10¢ E’ u. See Luke 14: 12 ; to call out to any one for
Buttm.§114.p.306.Matt.§254.— nN.T. help, Matt. 27:47 et Mark 15:35 'HMuv
a) Pass. aor. 2 E'tplltrlv, part. ¢v€l§, to
¢wve'i.—-Soph. Aj. A‘iav-ra (pinyin-l, coll. v.
spring up, to grow, e.g. a plant, see above.
89. ib. 543. Theocr. Id. 2. 109.
Luke 8:6 Kai ¢u€v tfinpévflq, sc. To unip
pa v. Tr‘: dun-or. v. 8 (put)! i'n'olnae Kaprrov. (Dari), fig, {1, (obsol. (prim, kindr.
This form of the Aor. is used only by ¢r”n',) a sound, tone, as given l'orth or
late writers, instead of the earlier Eovv, uttered.
see above; Buttm. l. c. Wincr§15.p.81. a) genr. and spoken of things ; e. g.
 (Dam; 840 (1)5;

of a trumpet or other instrument, Matt. Epr’lpqi. 12: 19. Mark 1:3. John 5:25p.
24:31. 1 Cor. 14:7,8. (Sept. fory‘P Ez. r06 vim’: r017 9:017. v. 28. 37. Acts 12:14
2: 6, 13. Dan. 3:5, 7,10.) Of the wind, (P. 1017 Uc'rpou. v. 22. 1 Thess. ‘:16. Heb.
John 3:8. Acts 2:6 coll. v. 2. Sept. 1 12:26. Rev. 5:11. 19:1 qhiixkov. 19:6.
Sam. 12:18. 01' rushing wings,chariots, —-Sept. Gen. 27: 22. 1 Sam. 24: 17. Pa
Waters, etc. Rev.9:9. 14:2. 18:22. 19: laeph. 7.1. Xen. Apol. 12.—So of song,
6. (Sept. and ‘>31 132.1121. 3.13. 26:10. 0. gen. own) K101199561’ Rev. 18: 22. p.
Nah. 3:2.) Of thunder, 4mm‘) Bporrfig wpnpiou rat va'qupnc q. 23. So Sept. Jer.
Rev. 6:1. 14:2. 19:6. (Puvai mi fipovrai 16:8. 25:10. 01' salutation, y‘; 1:. 10:7 60
Rev. 4.;5. s=5. 11;:9. al. (Sept. and ‘i1? 11116;“); a'ou, i.q. thy saluting voice, Luke
Ex. 19:16. 20:18. 1 Sam. 7:10. Ecclus. 1: 44.—T0 the voice as the instrument
413: 17.) S0 11mm) finpérew, i. e. the of speech, is sometimes ascribed that
thunders in which the words of the law which strictly applies only to the person;
were proclaimed, Heb. 12: 19. Comp. comp. in ’O¢8a)\;u3¢ a. 'y. Thus, cir-ou'mv
Ex. 19:19.—Poll.On.4..l 1. p. 397 rim“; riic ¢l|l¥fi§ nvoc. to bear [and obey] one's
5' av n‘. qbflé-ypa rfic uo'ihrrvy-yog qmwr'lv. voice, i. e. to obey the person himself,
Jos. Ant. l2. 2. l 113v El'lpwv 7pappérwv John 10:16, 27. Heb. 3: 7,15. 4:7. So
xapax-rfip Kai ¢ww'l. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6 Sept. Gen. 3: 17. 16:3. 27: 13.—Trop.
11):! éxofiv Et'xeaflai m'w'ag 41:-lyric. Gal. 4: 20 dhhifai rfiv zpwn'lv you to
b) spec. a voice, crg, spoken of per change my voice, i.q. Eng]. to change one's
sons. (a) pp. and genr. as in phrases. tone, to speak in a difl'erent manner and
with verbs of speaking, calling, crying spirit. Comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 10.—(13)
out, pawl.’ pay/(thy Matt.27:4.6, 50. Mark Meton.:vhat is uttered by the voicc,word,
5: 7. 15: 34. Luke 8: 28. John 11: 43. saying, Acts 13: 27 rd; pulling ru'ov :
Acts 8:7. Rev.6: 10. al. e'v ,ue-yoihp wyii ¢i7n7v.24:21.—1E1.V.H.4.8. PluLTimol.
Rev. 14115. peril pryéhnc (pun/fig uke 5. Diod.Sic.20.30. Xen.Venat.13.16.—
17.15. Sept. foréfip Neh.:m. .10b2112. (y) Meton. manner of speaking, speech,
c. 511 2 Sam.19:4.. (Hdian. 1. 8. 1:2. Luc. language, dialect, 1 Cor. 14: 10 rodai'n-a
Nigr. l4. Xen.Cyr. 3. 3. 58.) So t1¢léyal 'yz'w] :pwvdw Ev r1‘? Koa- . v. 11. Sept.
¢. pe-ytihlv to utter a loud cry, to cry with and *5: Gen. 11; 1.- ()8. Ant. 8. 5. a 1',
aloud voice, Mark 15:37. a'ipcw v. e'rral pain) 'Ehknvwr'p. Ceb. Tab. 33. Hdian.
puv ipww’lv to lift up the voice, i.q. to cry 5. 3. 8. Xen. An. 4. 8. 4. AL.
or call aloud, Luke 11: 27. 17:13. Acts (P59 (Pam's, r6, (contr. for .16..“
2:14.. 4.: 24.. 14:11. 22:22; see in A’ipw, from ¢éw,) light, pp. with the idea of
'Enrai'pu. (Dem. 301.10.) Luke 23: 23 shining, brightness, splendour.
s'rrixcu'ro peya'haig ¢wva'ic. SO where 21) pp. and genr. (1:) Of light in itself,
the voice of one speaking, crying out, 2 Cor.4:6 b eirnbv Ex dxo'rovc ¢Gc 16,111.01
wailing, is said to be, to come, etc. (pan/r‘, Matt. 17:2 hen/xii 15c r6 quig. v. 5 VE¢£A11
Eye's/era Luke 9:36. Acts 7:31; 1rp6§ rwa :pwro'g, i. e. a bright cloud; text. rec. 11¢.
Acts 10113. pips-rat rim 2 Pet. 1:17, (pm-civil. So Sept. and "1!‘ Gen. 1: 3, 4,
comp. in lbs’ 111 c. Seq. 31: 0. gen. as (pm/i‘; 18.—Duc.Philoptr. l3. Xen.Conv. 6.7.
z'yc'vero v. EPXETGL v. e'Ee'pxerai Zr: ru'oc, —(B) As emitted from a luminous body;
e. g. if oiipavoi v.21: 117w oiipavi'w, Matt. e.g. a lamp, etc. 6. M'Jxvou Luke 8: 16.
3:17. Luke 8:22. John 12:28. al. Eur 'rfic Rcv.18:23; of the sun, ¢. rm? r'fiu'ov Rev.
wpékqg Mark 917. Luke 9:35 Ex mivrwv 92:5. Sept. for *1: Is. 30:26. Jer. 25:10.
Acts 19:34. Seq. 61rd c. gen.id. Rev.16: Ez. 32:7. 111.15 Is. 4:5. Hub. 3:10.—An.
17. (Sept. c. is Is. 66:6. 0. ilmé Zeph. l: doc. 9. 38 (p. r017 r'fiu’ov. Diod. Sic. 3. 48.
11 Also c'txot'ieiv :Pwvr'yv v. qbwvfic to hear Xen.C0nv.7.4| M'lxvoc 4mg wapr'xw—(y)
a voice, Matt. 2:18. Acts 9: 4, 7. Rev Of day-light, day, John 11:9, 10 opp. 1';
6: 6. Seq. c'x c. gen. as if ou'lpavm'l 2 Pet. v6.5, comp. in ‘Ev no. 1.0. John 3:20 bis,
1:18. s'x ru'w 1160. up. Rev. 9:13. is You’: 6 (poi/ha rpiimrww ,uw'si rd M: L‘- r. A. v.
Irro'ya'roc Acts 22: 14. Rev. 1:10 fixouaa. 21. e'v r97 pain’ in the lighl,openl ,publicly
drrt'ow you epwvr‘yv 1127. v. 12 BAé-iruv rfiv opp. iv rip aroriq,MatL10:27. uke1223.
zpww'p', see in [BM-ire: no. 1. b. Sept. Gen. So Eph. 5: 13 bis, opp. Inniroc in v. 11 ;
3:8, 10. 4:22. (Dcm.240.12.) Seq. gen. comp. in (buycpém. Sept. and "7‘1‘ 1 Sam.
of pers. Matt. 3: 3 (fun) flou'irrog c'v Ti; 95134, 36. 101) 8:16. -—J'l'll. V. 11. 10
 (1)5; 841 (Dampo'gog
3. P01. 1. 45. 6. Xen. An. 6. 3. 2. comp. 2: 5.) So where the idea of holiness
Ag. 9. l. — (3) Of the dazzling light, predominates ; as of God and those con
splendour, glory, which surrounds the formed to him, 1 John 1: 5 b 0.6. its“);
throne of God, in which God dwells; Eon. v. 7 bis. Where the idea of peace
1 Tim. 6: 16 ¢dig 01min’ d'lrpomrov sc. 6 and happiness predominates; 1 Pet. 2:
6:69. Rev. 21: 24. Comp. Ps. 104: 2. 9 7017 is‘ axliroug' bpic rahs'aavroc eig ro
Is. 60: 1, 19, 20. Wisd. 7:26. See in sew/s. aim-oi) p59. Matt. 4:16 bis, 6 had:
AéEa b. 13.—Plut. Pericl. 39 riw pe‘r 1'6 4': xaer'ypsrog iv O’Kliffl, :15: on; ,ue'ya, r.
1rov iv 91 rmig 3:01): Karouzsiv Aéynww r. A. quoted from Is. 9:1 where Sept.
(pun-1 Kaflaplii rbv iinar'ra xpévov 6pc for '15“. Acts 26: 23. So Sept. and “"8.
Mlg ‘R'spthapno'peumn—HCDCG also as Ps. 36: 10. Is. 58:8, 10.—Soi. q. wel
surrounding those who dwell with or fare, deliverance, Anth. Gr. 1. p. 63.—
come from God; e. g. the Lord Jesus (fl) Melon. a light, 1. q. the author or
Christ, as appearing in glory after his dispenser of moral and spiritual light, a
ascension, Acts 9:3 (p.79 dnrb roii obpavofi, moral teacher ; genr. Rom. 2: 19 My
coll. v. 5. 22:6, 9,11. 26:13; of angels 15W in oxo'ru. Of apostles, Matt. 5:14
Acts 12:7. 2 Cor. 11: 14; of glorified zipzig Ea're rd 915:9 roi'! Koo'pou. Acts 13:
saints, Col. 1:12 shfipog 'nIw (1714011 is! 'rqi 47 re'fismi as tic or}; e’tlyfiw, quoted from
qaw-rL—Comp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 15. Is. 49: 6 where Sept. and ‘15!; also 42:
b) meton. a light, a luminous body, 6. Espec. of Jesus as the great Teacher
e. g. (a) a lamp or torch, Acts 16:29 and Saviour of the world, who brought
nirl'laag be‘ pfiara. Sept. and ""8 Ps. 119: life and immortality to light in his Gos
105.—Xen. H. G. 5. 1. Afire, pel (2 Tim. 1:10); Luke 2: 32 p139 e1:
Mark 14:54 seminal/opera; 1rpog 'ri: cpl-'19. anon'iMd/w £01167”. John 1:4, 5, 7, 8 bis,
Luke 22: 56.— l Macc. 12: 29. Xen. 9. 3: 19 rd p0; e'hr'lhvflcv sic rbv xo'o'pov.
Cyr. 7. 5. 27.—('7) Of the heavenly lu. B: 12 rm? xéapnv. 9: 5. 12:35 bis, 36
minaries, sun, moon and stars. James 1: bis, 46.—Test. XII Patr. p. 578 11) 4:09
17 1'11"‘) iron-pot‘ 113v 115611-011, see in Harllp 'roi) Kbapou sc. the Messiah. p. 644 dra
fin. Sept. and "58 Jer. 4:23.—So of the rshei ripiv abrbg Kl'lplog, pa“); ducawm'wnc.
sun Dem. 1396. 15.—(b) Trop. rb o0; p. 746 sq.
rd iv 00:’, i. e. the mind, conscience, cor ‘Dem?’ no?’ 6. (M. WW.) pp
responding to b Mxrog et 6 6¢Oahpo'¢, alight, light-giver, in profane writers
Matt. 6:23. Luke 11:35. Comp. Tho i. q. a window, Hesych. plum-{19' svplc.
luck Bergpred. in Matt. 1. c.
c) trop. light, 1. e. moral and spiritual In N. T. alight, luminary, Phil. 2: 15
¢alvers (by (prom-fling 3112,11,». So Sept.
light and knowledge, which enli htens
01' the heavenly luminaries, for ‘11813,
the mind, soul, conscience; inc uding
Gen. 1:14, 16.—Wisd. 13:2 oilpavol'l.
also the idea of moral goodness, purity
Psalt.Sal. 18:12. Theoph. ad Auto]. 2. p.
and holiness, and of consequent reward
94.—Meton. brightness, shining, spoken
and happiness; opp. o'Ko'ria v. axérog
where see. (a) Genr. i. q. true know of the divine glory, 865a, Rev. 21: 11.
Comp. in (11:71;- a. 5.
ledge of God and spiritual things, Chris.
tian piety; John 3: I9 fi‘yd‘lrnaav pik ‘Pwsvégoa 0". 6.1‘). adj- (we. 415w.)
hov Ti) axdrog i; rd We. 8:12 Tb (P679 'riig light-bearing, light-giving, shining, radiant,
(any. Acts 26:18 roi': Efl'td'fpi’tital am‘. e. g. iiypara tpwatpo'pa Plut. de Fortun.
auiroug sic My. Rom. 13: 1'2. 2 Cor. 3. ed. R. V1. p. 370. 8. darpov aifle'pwv
6:14. Eph. 5: 9. 1 John 2: 8. vioi 105 Kalowepépov, i. e. the moon, Plut. de
owrég, i.e. Christians, Luke 16:8. John Fac. in Orbe Lun. 4. ed. R. IX. p. 646
12:36. 1 Thess. 5:5. re'xva ¢wfllg id. ult. In N. T. subst. b quumpépoe, Phos
Eph. 5: 8. ib. hrs’ 1ro'rs amiroc, will be‘ phorus, Lat. Lucifer, as pr. name of the
91:3; e'v Kuply, i.q. tpwrizo'pevoi. S0 e'v 11,5 morning star, the day-star; put as em
(purl elvai, pe'vuv, 1 John 2:9, 10. As blematic of the dawn of spiritual light
exhibited in the life and teaching of any and happiness upon the benighbed mind,
one : Matt. 5:16 hainiuiru n‘: cpl-"ac iquiv 2 Pet. 1:19 ; comp. in (17:39 c.—pp. Plut.
E'p-lrp. rfiv avOp. John 5:35. (Sept. are de Placit. Philos. 2. l5. tpwmpépog darr'pp
peuflu'llusu s'v rip (pun-i Kupt'ou, for "1"!‘ Is. Aristoph. Ran. 346.
 (Dqwsmi; 842
(Darrenég, 1'], 6r, (9mg) light, 1. e.
giving light, shining, bright, Matt. 17:5
reipéAn quorm'fl in text. rec. Others mp.
¢orr69.— Ecclus. 17: 31. Ken. Mem.
4. 3. 4.—-Trop. of the body,full oflight,
Matt. 6:22. Luke 11:34, 36 bis. Comp.
Act. Thom. § 6.
‘PW/(o, t. ion), (4.51;) to light, to
lighten, i. e.
1. intrans. to give light, to shine, c. Em’,
Rev. 22: 5 Klilploc o 9269 (pound in’ ah
rm'ic, where for the Attic fut. see Buttm.
§ 95. 7, 9. Text. rec. rpm-ifs: abroi'ic, as
in no. 2. So Sept. for ""831, nix’ Num. 8:
2. Prov. 4:18.—Ecclus. 43:9. Theophr.
1'1 iivtipaE oil ipu'rilel. o'ia'lrep 1'1 qahofi.
2. trans. to give light to, to shine upon,
to enlighten, c. ace.
3) pp. Luke 11: 36 (in; iirav i1 Xl'lxl'oc
rfy (rm-pang‘) (Ix-trill; as. Rev. 21: 23.
Pass. Rev. 18: 1. Sept. for “It?! Is.
60:19.--Diod. Sic. 3. 48 b iihtoc -» rpm
rilei row mia‘uoV.
b) hop. 0. ace. of pers. to light, to en
lighten, to impart moral and spiritual
light to any one, to enlighten the mind
or mental eyes of any one, comp. in @619
Xafgw, f. Xai ilow, later and in
N. T. xapfioopai fluke 1:14. John 16:
20, 22. lhil. 1:18. Sept. Hab. 1; 15.
Zeph. 10: 7; aor. 2 ixépnv from the
Passive; see genr. Buttm. § 114. p.307.
Matth. § 225. Winer § 15. p. 81.-To
joy, to rejoice, to be glad, intrans.
a) pp. in various constructions: (a)
absol. Matt. 5: 12 Xaiper: Kai i'ryuMu'l
a6:- Lulre 6: 23. 15: 32. 22: 5. 23:8
Exiipq Mav- John 4:36. 8:56 K015186, uai
5x119”. 16:20, 22. Acts 11123. 13:48.
Rom. 12:15 bis, xiu'peiv pen‘: xaipo'vrwv.
1 Cor. 7:30 bis. 2 Cor. 7:7. 13:9,11.
Phil. 2: 17. 1 Thess. 5: 16. 3 John 3.
Rev. 19: 7. Once seq. ‘Iva, to the end
that, 1 Pet. 4:13; comp. in "Ira l. A. 11.
Part. xal'pow, joying, rejoicing, 2 Cor.
6: 10 61:13:‘ Xaipov‘rec. (Sept. for ‘T312
1 K. 4:20. 8:67.) Joined with another
verb or participle, Part. xcu'puv may
Xaigu
0. John 1: 9 3 [pm] pun-ll“ no'wra 6r
Opmrov. Pass. Eph. 1: l8 1rs¢unapiroug
'roiit' litptiahpotic 'rfic diavoiac. Heb. 6: 4
10:32. Sept. and ""1!!! Ps. 119: 130.
Bar. 1: 8. -— Hence 1. q. to teach, to in
struct; Eph. 3: 9 owrioai min-rig, rig r"
oixovopia x.r.>\. So Sept. for "2*" Judg.
13.8. 2K. 12:2. l7:27.—-Diod. Laert. I.
57. ib.4.67. Hesych. iipihnocv' e'BiEaErv.
c) seq. ace. of thing, i. q. to bring to
light, to make known; 1 Cor. 4:5 3‘; mi
ipwritru 1i: xpmr'ra rot-1 ororovg. 2 Tim.
1: 10 ¢wriaayrog he‘ {why 1:. r. lL—Arr.
Epict. 1.431 rfiv c'rhiytlaav. Pol.23.3.10.
(Dw'rm'fno'g, 017,6, (tpuriIwJ a light
ing, giving light, shining, pp. Sept. for
“"3 e'v (pun-10744,’: nupdc Ps. 78:14. 44:3.
Job 3: 9. Hesych. ipwrwpiig' airyr‘], r1’
)tavyc‘c, Karau-yiilmn— In N. T. trop. of
moral and spiritual light, illumination,
comp. in (1)519 c. E. g. seq. gen. of that
which illumines, 2 Cor. 4: 4 cit; r6 p1)
ar'ryc'io'at row 41107101161! r017 rila-y'yehiov.
Seq. gen. of that which is illumined, 2
Cor. 4:6 1rpiig ifiwna'pon' riic 'yvéozwg—
Sept. for ‘*8 Ps. 27:1. Test. XII Patr.
p. 578 rd p5; roii miapov, n‘. 5005 ix
il/JTV 1rpin; ¢wrwplw 1mm‘); ixvtipénov.
often be rendered joyfully, gladly; as
Col. 2: 5 xaipwv ml fihénw', i.q.joyfullg
beholding, by Hendiadys. Luke 15:5.
19: 6 inrede'saro ai'rov xaipon'. v. 37.
Acts 5: 41. 8:39. Comp. Buttm.§144.
n. 8. Sept. for 5"1 Joel 2: 21. 11:1). 1:
15. H2221 Sam. 19: 5. Zech. 4:10.—
Ccb. Tab.8. Luc.1’hilopatr. 24 bis.Dem.
437. 7. xaipwv adv.Luc.Tim. 34. Ken.
An. 5. 6. 32. — VVith the cognate
noun xapé, e.g. in ace. intcns.Matt.2:10
e’ dpnoav xupav pe'yiiltnv. So Sept. for
“.71, “DE? mi’? Jon. 4: 6. comp. 1 K. 1:
40. See Buttm. § 131. 3. — In the dot.
John 3: 29 xaprj Xaipr1,intens. he rg‘oic
eth great/g ,- and so without emphasis 1
Thess. 3: 9. SeeVViner § 58. 3. Matth.
§ 408. n. — (-y) Seq. dat. of cause, i.e.
of that in or over which one rejoices;
Rom. 12: 12 rf'EMriEi xaipovrzc. Comp.
Buttm. 5133.13. Mattl1§399.c. This
 Xou'gu 843 Xuhmlywfyéw

is the usual Greek construction.—-Sept. joy to thee ! joy to you .' i. q. hail! Lat.
Prov. 17: 19. El. V.H. 9. 4. Hdian. 1. salve ! Matt. 26: 49 Xaipc 'Pafiéi. 27:
17.5. Xen. Mem. 1.5.4.—— (5) Seq. acc. 29 Xaipe bflaazheilc. 28: 9. Mark 15:
of cause : Phil. 2:18 1.‘. 5' arm) K01 bpeig 18. Luke 1:28. John 19:3.—— Luc.D.
Xaipsre,jbr the some cause also do yejog. Deor. 22. 1. EL V.H. 4.17. Xen. Cyr.
Rom. 16: 19 xaipw n3 s'zp' bp'iv. Comp. 5. 3. 18. Infin. xcu'psw, pp. fully
Matth. § 414. Passow in xal'pw no. 3. Xé-yu Xar'pew to wish joy, to bid hail !' i.q.
—Hom. 11. 21.347. Dem. 323. 6 r6 to salute, 2 John v. 10, 11. Absol. xal
rairrll )w'lreiaflm Aral rairra Xalpuv.—(e) pew, like Engl. greeting! i.q. to send
With a particip. in nominat. expressing greeting, at the beginning of an epistle,
the occasion of joy ; also a i'req. con Acts 15:23. 23:26. James 1:1. Sept.
struction in Greek writers; comp. Buttm. absol. for B55? Is. 48: 22. 57: 21.— So
§ 144.4.a. Matth.§ 555. Herm. ad Vig. zimln/ xou'pew Anthol. Gr. II. p. 182.
p. 776. Mark 14: 11 c'mor'waweg Exéprp c’m'bu xcu'petv ib. IV. p. 279. absol. 2
oar. John 20: 20 Exc'lpno'av obi’ oi pa Mace. l: 10 Xm'pzu/ K111. il'yml'vuv. Jos.
tlrrral ibdvrec row Kn'rprov. Phil. 2: 28.— Ant.11.1.3. JELV.H. 1.25. Xen.Cyr. 4.
Horn. 11. 19. 185 xaipw z'txobaag. Luc. 5.27. Comp.Artemid. 3.44, in 'Pém'v/Lu.
D. Mort. 2.1. Hdian. 1. 5. 8. Xen. Cyr. Xémgo, a5, .7, (xahriw) hail, pp.
1.5.12.—Once c. part. of a kindred verb ‘ something let go, let fall.’ Rev. 8: 7.
intens. imitating the Heb. infin. absol. 11:19. 16: 21 bis. Sept. for "33, Ex.9:
1 Pet. 4: l3 'lrmmxapfire fi'yahhuirpn'or. 18, 19 sq. —Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Plut. Ti
Comp. Winer § 46. 7.— Seq. 5n, mol. 28. Xen.(Ec. 18.
marking cause or occasion, that, because. XMAOZW, f. c'wu ,aor. lPaSSlxaluiatlr] 1',
Luke 10: 20 xalpz-re be‘, [in T81 Mpam (obsol. x¢iw,) to let go, to relax, to loosen,
x.r. A. John 14:28. Acts 5:41. 2 Cor. ra ia-ria Sept. for 19! Is.33:23. ritbsapé
7:9
iv. 16.m'lv xalpw,
2 Jolm 4. oirx tin-“(RX
(Sept. (‘in L'JKX.
Ex. 4:31.) So Xen.Eq. 5.4. In N. T. to let down, to
lower, trans. Mark 2:4 Xalhinn rov Kpc'lg
Ev rot/rep b'r: Luke 10: 20. iv Kvpitp 5n gar-ow. Luke 5: 4 r54. blxrva. v. 5. Acts
Phil. 4: 10. 5:‘ i445; 51': John 11: 15. 9:25. 27:17, 30. Pass. 2 Cor. 11:33.
Comp. below—(11) With prepositions Sept. for I‘??? Jer. 38: 6.-—Tcst. XII
expressing the cause or occasion of joy; Patr. p. 578. Alciphr. Ep. I. 1.
(139%. im’ 0. dat. comp. ‘Em’ II. 3. c. e.
att. 18: 13. xal'ps: in" aim; ,ufihhov 1'7 Xalbalog, 01), b, a Chaldean, Plur.
0i XaXEa'io: the Chaldeans, Chaldees, in
x. r. 71.Luke 1: 14. 13:17. Acts 15:31.
I Cor. 13:6. 16:17. 2 Cor‘. 7113. Rev. habiting Babylonia, including also in a
11: 10. (Sept. Prov. 2:14. Hab. 3:17. wider sense Mesopotamia, comp. El. 1:
3. 11: 24. Hence Abraham in removing
Diod. Sic. l. 25. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35.)
iv 0. dat. to rejoice in, comp. 'Ev no. 3. from Ur in Mesopotamia, is said to come
is yfig Xahbaiuv Acts 7:4. So F712]? ‘1*,
c. 7. Phil. 1: 18 bis, Ev rob-mp xaipw Kai
Heb. e'v r‘r'l xriipa ru‘w Xahbaiuy, Gen. 1 1:
xtlpfidO/lflt. C01.1:24. e'v rol'rrtp 61': Luke
10: 20, comp. above in 5. (Sept. Zech.
28. Sept. 71'] Xahdalwv for '3 Jer.
10:7. Jacobs Epigr. Gr. I. 60, iv 5:‘ 24:5. 25:12. SeeGesen.Lex. art. ‘"1152.
'ydharri Xalpwv.) Also z'v Kvplrp xalpew, Xbtltfifl'ég, 1,7, 6?, pp. heavy, dgflicult,
to rejoice in the Lord, i.e. in union and 1. e.
communion with him, Phil. 3: 1. 4: 4 a) of things, hard, burdensome, peril
bis: e’vKupirp 5r: 4: 10. Comp. inKbpwg ous. connected with toil, sufl‘ering, peril;
b. [3. bid 0. acc. John 3: 29 xapr; xaipu 2 Tim.3:l Irmpol XalterroL—Wisd. 3:19.
51:1 rr‘pl rpm/fir’ r017 vvlutpiou. 1 Thess. 3:9, Jos. Ant.13.16. 5 minor Xahe-rn'lv. Dem.
5:’ bad; (in Jolm 11:15. Seq. an; 0. gen. 127.26. Xen. An. 3. 2. 2 Xahnri: pe‘v Tl:
mrpovra. Conv. 4. 37.
‘2 Cor. 2:3 in: In) Mnrrpv E'xu lup' 13v 55::
pa Xm’pnv, where it is strictly for xapc'w b) of persons, harsh, stern , crueLHdian.
Exew corresponding to )n'nrnv Ext», comp. 3. 8. 6 :xepaq Xah. Xen. An. 2. 6. 9.
3 Jolm 4. Comp. ‘Ami III. 2. b. Hence in N.T. of demoniacs,fierce,furi
b) Imperat. and Infin. as a word of ous, raving, Matt.8:28.—-So of dogs and
Salutation or greeting. (a) Imper. xa'i wild swine,Xen.An.5.8.24.Venat.10.23.
pr, Xm'psre, in a personal salutation, pp. Xalim'ywyéw, :3, f. r'|aw,(Xcll\U'0'g,
 Xuhno'; 844 Xamair
6710,) pp. ‘ to lead or guide with a bit :' brilliancy; see Pausan. 5,12. 6. Plin.
nence to rein in, to bridle, i. q. to check, H. N. 33. 4. or 23. Buttmann fiber das
to moderate, to restrain, c. acc. James 1: Elektron, in his Mythol. II. p. 337 sq.
26 yr) XaMva-yuyfiv yké'm'aay GI'ITOI-l. 3:9 Passow art. fihzrrpom—In a similar con
671011 imper.—Luc. Tyrann.4 rd; hbovn'w nexion Ez.1:4|,27, and espec. 8:2, stands
ripéEug xahwa'yw'ysi'v. deSaltat.70.Comp. Heb. 521,59, burnished brass, Sept. and
Kypke Obs. II. p. 421. Loesner Obs. 0 Vulg’; iihzxrpov, clcctrum; but in Ez. 1:’!
Phil. p. 459. it is >17, id. Sept. ZEaa'rpdrrrc-w x11)
Xahrog, 05, I), (Xenia) obit, curb, xo'c. [Vulg. ass candens.] Hence Gesen
James 3: 3 16v irr'lruv r009 xahwoz‘rg elc ius suggests, that Xukxohigavov may be
Tt‘l orépara fléhhopev. Rev. 14:20. Sept. explained from xaM-ov )mrapév, i.q.btaljfl;
for 2 K. 19:28. Is.37:29.—2 Macc. Heb.Lex. s.v.—Others regard it as from
10:29. Philo de Agric. p. 201. B, X11)“ Greek xaM-ég and Mfiavog pp. white
rmig Epgahévrzc. 1E1. V. H. 9. 16. Xen. ness, from Heb. 1.3.? to be white, i.q. while
Eq. 10. 6—13. or shining brass.- so Bochart Hieroz.6.16.
Xdkzzog, ta, 20v, oontr. Xahxofig, Tom. II. p. 883 sq. Eichhom in Apoc.
1: 15.
77, 01-71‘, (xuhko'g) of copper or brass, bra
Xahnbg, 05, 6, pp. ore,melal, ol'any
zen, Rev. 9: 20. Sept. for "3'7"; Ex. 26:
11, 37. We 2 Sam. 22; 35.—Hdian. 6. kind,Hesych. xahmig‘ b o't'dnpog. Id. xaA
4. 6. Xen. An. 5. 2. 29. Koi'lg' Toi'rro E1ri r017 Xpuool'l Kai ('rp-ybpov E'
Xe-yov. Comp. Passow s. v. Gem. and in
Xumil'ls, M, a, (vii-am) pp. a N. T. copper, brass, espec. as wrought
brazier, copper-smith; then gem. of any and tempered for arms, utensils, etc.
worker in metals, a- smith, 2 TimA: 14. a) pp. Rev. 18:1'2 miv UKfl-IOC Err-"7(a).
Sept. xaM-uic Xahxm': mi mbr’lpou, for KO'lJ Kai oibr’lpou. Sept. for "35"? Gen.4:22.
if" Gen. 4: 22. ‘5'33 2 Chr. 24.: 12. — Ezra 8: 26.—Palaaph. 10. 2. Xen. Cyr.
Arr. Epict. 4'. 11.13 b pév Xahxzbc e’Eub 6. 4. l.
on Tb mbr'lpiov. Luc. D. Deor. l7. 2, of b) meton. any thing made of copper
Vulcan. Xen. H. G. 3. 4.. 17 xahxc'ig, or brass; e.g. 1 Cor. 18: l Xahxdg flxév,
comp. Ag. 1. 26 where it is gibnpzig. sounding brass, i.e. a trumpet or cymbal.
Xwhxnba’lr, 61W, 6, chalcedony, a Also brass or copper coin, money, Matt.
gem including several varieties, one of 10:9. Markflzfi. 12: 41.—Liban. Ep.
which is the modern carnelian,- Rev. 21: 1211. Luc. Contempl. 1 l olda ‘yap for
19 ; later edit. xapxqbu’w carbuncle.— xuhxdv, cigohdv ixhé'ywv. SO xahroi'rg
Epiphan. ¢‘iy6pa£----yiyzra|. Be‘ iv Kapxn Pol. 5. 26. 23. Dem. 1283. 4.
56w. rfic Arguing‘ Eon 5e‘ 6 Xahnpdo'vog Ka XIZMOJQ see Xdhueoc.
Xobpsvog M909 n'apmrhilowg rain-qr. Plin. Xafbml, adv. Lat. ham’, to or on the
H. N. 37. 8 or 15. Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. ground, John 9: 6 Zma'e xapar'. 18: 6 E.
art. Chalcedony and Gems engraved. wtu'ov xapai. Sept. for "335 Job 1: 20.
X60001”, 00, rd, (Xahxdgy) i.q. a). Dan. 8:l2.-—Judith 12:14. Jos. Ant.7.7.
Kc'iov, a brazen vessel, Mark 7: 4.. — 01. 1. Luc. D. Mort. 20. 2. Xen. Ag. 2.14.
On. 6. 109. Xen. (E6. 8. 19. Xarowir, b, indec. Canaan, Heb. 12.19;,
XalxoA/Qaror, 00, To’, Rev. 1: 15. the ancient name of Judea or Palestine,
2: 18, Vulg. aurichalcum, i.e. white brass, pp. ‘ the low lands,’ in distinction from
fine brass, a factitious metal among the the highlands of Libanus and S ria;
ancients, formed of the same ingredients comp. the like distinction in Soot and.
as brass, but in other proportions; see Spoken gem. of the country on this side
Rees’ C clop. art. Orichalcum. — Suid. Jordan, in antith. to Gilead, Num. 33:
Xahxohlgavov‘ £180.; fihz'rrpov ripcé'rspov 51. Josh. 29: 9. Jos.Ant. 2. 15. 3. Also
Xpuooz'r ion 5:‘ ‘rd fihrxrpov dMdnnrov spec. of Phenicia, the northern part of
xpum'ov pquiypz'rov béhtp Kai Mfleiq. The Canaan at the foot of Mount Lebanon,
fihzm'pov, electrum, of the ancients, here whose inhabitants call themselves 12!? on
meant, was not amber, but a mixed me coins, Is. 23: 11 in Heb. and Sept. So
tal composed of some four parts gold and too the Carthaginians,as a colony of tbe
one part silver, and distinguished for its Phenicians, called themselves Chaaam‘.
 Xamwzio; 845 Xoigaii
August. in Expos. Ep. ad Rom. See ofjoy, Luke 2:10. Phil. 4: 1 xapiz ml
Gesen. Lex. art. 1222. Rosenm. Bibl. moms; you. 1 Thess. 2: 19,20. James
Geognll. i. p.69.-—In N.T. genr. Acts 1: 9. 3 John 4.
7:11. 13:19 E'Ovrl €1rriz iv 75 ‘Xawadv, c) meton. i. q. enjoy/mu, fruition of
see in Deut. 7: l.-—-Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 2 Xa joy, bliss, MatL25z2l, 23 time. tig 'n‘lv
vamiav r1111 m'lv ’Iov5alav nahovpe'mv. xapav r017 Kupiou o'ou, i.e. the bliss pre
Xotvotvalog, a, 011, (Xavar’w) Ca pared for thee of thy Lord. Heb. 12: 2
naanitish, Plur. oi Xavavaioi , the Cannon c'u/ri rfig 1rpoxzipe'l'nc ai/rp' Xopag.—Act.
Thom. § 53 iv r1} dilarrm'mei ain'oi; [roii
ites, Heb. ‘111,12; collect. pp. ‘ the lowland
9:017] dvwrm'lo'g, ml :ig rfiv xapiw GI'ITOI-l
ers,’ as inhabiting the plains of the Jor.
56g. ib. § 7.
dan and sea-coast, opp. to the inhabitants
of the highlands, Num.13:29. Josh.11: Xaigwypa, (470;, T5, (Xaptww)
3; comp. in Xavadv. Then, as a gene pp. something graven, sculptured, e.g.
ral name for the inhabitants of Canaan a) i.q. a graving, sculoture, sculptured
or Palestine, Gen. 12:6. 24: 3. 34: 30. work, as ima es, idols, Acts 17: 29. —
Josh. 17:12. Judg. 1: 27 sq. Alsos ec. Anthol. Gr. 1 . p. 38.
of the Phenicians, Judg. 1:32, coll). v. b) i. q. a mark cut in or stamped, a
31 ; see in Xavao’w. Sec Rosenm. Bibl. stamp, sign, Rev. 13: 16,17. 14: 9,11.
Gcogr. II. i. p. 251 sq. Calmet art. Ca 15:2. 16:2. 19:20. 20: 41.—Anacr.55.
naanites.—In N. T. of a Phenician wo 2 #11969 xdpa'y'm. So of the stamp on
man, yum) Xavavala Matt. 15:22; comp. coin, Plut. Agesi. 15 T05 is‘ Hrpoucm'l
Mark 7: 26 where it is Zvpmpowirwoa voluioluaroc xiipd-ypa roEérryv Exovroc.
q.v. Sept. iivflp. Xavavaiog for 732,15, Gen. Xaewrio fie“, 11. (xapdmo PP
38: 2. a graver, graving tool, Lat. c¢elum,Steph.
Xafés mg’ 7'1: (XW'PW Djoyl rejoicing! Byzant. in Aaxeiatpwv. Usually some
gladness. thing graven, cut in, stamped, etc. a
a) gem. Matt. 2: 10 ixépmmv xapizv vharaeter, e.g. a letter, mark, sign, Jos.
ps'ydhqv, see in Xaipu a. Ant. 12. 2. 1. Luc. Hermot. 4141. Diod.
Luke 1: 141
Zara; xapd. aoi Kai dyahlu'aoic. 15: 7,10.Sic. 3. 67 ; stamp on coin, Arr. Epict. 41.
2. 17. Diod. Sic. 17. 66. In N.T. im
John 3: 29 his X1191; Xalpei x. r. A. see in
X1119.» a. (3. John 15:11bis. 16:20, 21, press, image, jbrm ; Heb. 1: 3 Xapaxrilp
22, 241. 17:13. ActSBZB. 13: 59. 15:3. inroo'rc'wewg r017 warpég, i. e. the express
Rom. 141: 17 xapa iv Tl’fl’I/“ITL dyi'pJoy image or counterpart of God's essence or
in the Holy Ghost, i.e. the joy which the being ; comp. in 'Ymirn-amg c.—1-1esych.
Holy Spirit imparts by his influences; Xnpaxrr'lp' iniolwrng. Philo Quod det po
and so 15: 13. 2 Cor. 1:24.. 2: 3. 7: 4, tlor. p. 170 rinrov ru'o. mi Xapaxrfipa
13. 8: 2. Ga1,5:22. Phil. 1:25 Xapii S'ziac Euvc'iluwc. dc Plant. Noé p. 217.
r17;- 11't't71'£t|)§,j0]/ offaith, i.e. in and aris Luc. Amor. 38, 4141 0133:‘ i'omrrpa ra'w dw
ing from the faith of the Gospel. 2: 2, rllnipqtwv Xaparrr'lpwv d'ypépoug sixdvag.
29. 1 Thess. 1: 6 Iuerii Xapfic r017 mm’! Sext. Empir. adv. Log. I. 251. Trop.
‘uarogcomp. Rom.l41:17 above. lThess. Plut. Thes. 7 Eppavfi xcipaxrfipa rig zil
3: 9. 2 Tim. 1:4,. Philem. 7 in some ysvsiag. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 80. Comp.
edit. James 4.: 9. 1 Pet. 1: 8. 1 John 1: Wetst. N.T. II. p. 387. Eisner Obs. in
4. 2 John 12. iurb xapiie, from or flu: N.T. II. p. 333 sq.
joy, Matt. 13:44.. Luke 24.-.41. Acts 12: Xaigvtg, 06105‘,6,(Xaprioew,)a.pointed
141. ,uz'riz Xapfic, withjoy, joyfully, rejoic stake, pale, e. g. for vines Geopon. IV.
ingly, Matt. 13: 20. 28: 8. Mark 41:16. 12.289; in which sense it i ot'tener fem.
Luk68:13. 10:17. 241252. Acts 20: 241. Lob. ad Phryn. p.61 sq. a pale,palisade,
Phil. 1:4. CO]. 1:11. Heb. 10: 34. 12:11. Lat. vallus, in fortification, P01. 18. l. 1.
13: 17. iv xupii, in joy, joyfully, Rom. Thuc. 3.70. In N. T. a rampart, mound,
15:32. Sept. for "13?? Jer. 15:16. Jon. Lat. vallum, i. e. a military rampart a
4: 7. c. pent 10hr. 29: 22. '15:"? Zech.8: round a camp or abeseiged city, formed
19.-P0111333. Diod.Sic.3.17. Xen. of the earth thrown out of a trench, and
Cyr.7.5.32. peril xapiig Xen.Hi.l.25. stuck with sharp stakes or palisades,
b) meton. i. q. cause, ground, occasion Luke 19: 43. Comp. Adam's Rom.Ant.
 XIZQIZOIMZI 846 Xoiglg
p.373. Sept. for a??? Is. arse. Ez. 4.: the hearers, 505m: xa'pw i.q. xnpisvra EI
2. -— Jos. Vit. § 43 fiaXkci/uvog xapaxa vat. 001.4:6 Ari-yo; r'v Xdplfl, i. q. )to-yog
'n'pd 'rfic Hrottspae'wv 1ro'hswg.
Arr. Exp. xapz’ug. So Sept. and 1'?! Ps. 45:3.—Ec
Alex. M. 2. 19. o. Pol. 1.29. 3.
Xtlftzflbfitl, f. ioopat, depon. hiid. v clus 21:16. Horn. Od. 8.175. Dem. 51.9.
b) grace, i. e. in disposition, feeling
(xziprtn) pp. to gratifl, to do what is towards any one, i. q. favour, kindness,
grateful and pleasing to any one, 0. dat. goodwill, benevolence. (a) gem. Luke
of pers. 1E1.V.H.14.45. Hdian. 7. 1. 23. 2:40, 52 rpoe'xmrrc xtiptrt rapt‘: 921:7 mt
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.——1n N. T. seq. acc. 0. Zu'ttpo'nrotg. (Sept. Ex. 33:12.) Acts 2;
dat. of pers. to gratify one with any thing, 47 E'Xoi'rcg xcipw :rpr‘n; 5X01! rov Xao'r,
i. e. to give, to grant, to bestow, sc. as a having favour with all the people. 4:33.
matter of gratification, favour. Aor. 1 7: 10 gaunt-cw fling? xa'pw z'rai'n'ov lbapab.
Pass. e'xnptoflqv in pass. sense Acts 3:14. (Sept. Gen. 39:21.) So cilpt'oxnvxa'pu'
1 Cor. 2: 12. Phil. 1: 29; also fut.1Pass. to find grace or favour, rapt: 95g? Luke
Xapwdr’yaopa: Philem. 22; see Buttm.§ 1:30. s'vdnnov rm": 9:017 Acts 7:46. impl.
113. n. 6. Heb. 4: 16. (Sept. Gen. 6:18. 18:3.
a) gem. Luke 7: 21 rugtkotc nottkoic Esth. 2:16. al.) Also Karaeéaflat xa'pw
'xapt'oaro n3 BM'WEUI, i.e. he gave them mm’, to lay down [Engl. to lay up]favaur
sight. Rom.8:32- 1 Cor. 2:12. Gal. 3: with any one, to gainfavour, Acts 25: 9.
18. Phil. 1; 29. 2. 9.-2 Mace. 7: 22. 24:27 xa'pu'ag Karaaiaflat roic 'ioudal'otg‘,
Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 4. Hdian. 1. 17. 3. P01. where for the plur. comp. the Engl.
16. 24. 9. ‘ phrase, ‘ to be in one's good graces ' Me
b) i. q. to give up any thing to any ton. object of favour, somethin accept
one. (11) Of persons, i. . to deliver up able, 1 Pet. 2:19, 20 roii'ro xaptg rapa
or over, in answer to tie demand or Bu}, i.e. this is something well-pleasing
prayer of any one; Acts 3:14 g'rr'luaads to God; comp. for the sense 1 Tim. 2:
t‘hIBpa tpove'a Xapwefivou ‘0,171/- 27: 24. 3. 5:4. Col. 3:20.-genr. Hdian. 2. 15.
Philem. 22. Also to the power and ma 9. Diod. Sic. 13. 101. Xen. Hi. 8. 2, 3,
lice of any one for harm or destruction, 5. raroO. Xciptv Hdian. 2. 3. 15. Xen.
Acts 25: 11,16 eh; &rru'|)\etav.—Jos. B. Cyr. 8. 3. 26.—([3) Of the grace, fa
J. l. 27. 5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 6 init. vour, good-will of God and Christ as ex
Of things, 0. g. a debt, i. q. to ercised towards men; e. g. where xa'pu;
remit, to orgive, not to exact; Luke 7: is joined with cipr'p'r], E'Mog, and the like
42, 43 p 5:‘ whtiov z'xopiuaro. Gem. of in salutations, including the idea of
wrong, sin, toforgive, not to punish, 2 every kind of favour, blessing, good, as
Cor. 2: 7, 10 ter. 12: 13 xoptoaadz' ‘uo: proceeding 1W) rot? Gcoi': 1rarpdg xai Ku
rfiv (tat-aw rm'n'ryv. Eph. 4:32 his. Col. pl'ov 'I. Xp. Rom. 1:7. 1 Cor. 1:3. 2Cor.
2:13. 3: 13 bis. -- Dion. H. Ant. 5. 4 1:2. Gal. 1:3; and so in the introduc
mport'pwv pz‘v tiveptinrwv i'p'yov Eon-i ruig tion to most of the cpistles. Rev. 1: 4.
guht'au; Xapizwtiat rag Zxftpag. Also 1} xn'ptg rm? Kupt'ou ‘I. X. in the
Xd’ffl', adv. see in Xriptg e.
benedictions at the close of most of the
epistles, Rom. 16:20, 24. 1 Cor. 16:23.
XDZELC, ‘70.5, i), acc. xripu', (xa/pw,) 2 Cor. 13:13. Gal. 6:18. al. Simpl. h
grace, Lat. grotto, pp. what causes joy, Xa'ptg in a like sense, Eph. 6:24. Col.
pleasure, gratification. 4:18. 1 Tim. 6:21. 2 Tim. 4: 22. Tit.
a) grace, i.e. of external form or man 3:15. Heb. 13:25. -— Of Christ. genr.
ner; pp. of person, graoefulness, cle Acts 15:11 511'! rfic xa'pzrog rot-1 x. ‘I. Xp.
gance, Ecclus. 26:15. Horn. Od. 2. 12. 71'107fl'10/1E9 awflfirat. 2 Cor. 8:9. 1 Tim.
xa
El. i'ruv
V. H.ps‘v12.ddOovtuv
1 post. init.
eixsm—In
'Aa-zram'a
N. T. 1:14.—Of God, genr. i.q. the gracious
feeling of approbation, [Pl] benignity,
on y of words, discourse, i. q. grateful love, which God exercises toward any
ness, agreeablencss, acclptablcncss; Luke of the human race; comp. above in n :
4: 22 e'rri roig X67019 ‘ft-IQ xdpu'og, i. e. [rather; God's gratuitous favour, in the
gracious words, Buttm.§ 123. n. 4. Eph. exercise of which he sovereignly and ef
4:29 ira 51; xr'lpw ro'ig ('moi'lovn, i.e. that ficaciously confers upon sinful men the
it may minister what is acceptable unto blessings of salvation : In In- dislinguislled
 Xaigtg 847 Xégi;
from his general benignity and bounty Xi’ipir mr’ abrob, i. e. asking a favour
by which he is good (xprltrrdc) even to against Paul, to his prejudice, viz. that
the unthankful and wicked, Luke 6:35. he might be sent for to Jerusalem. So
andfrom his complacency in believers, ofa gift, alms, 1 Cor. 16:3 h-rrlve-yxriv
who being united to Christ and accepted n)!’ xtipw {Ilsa—w eic 'Iepovaahr'lp. 2 Cor.
in him, are,by the operation of the Holy 8:4, 6, 7, 19. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 15
Spirit, endowed with holy qualities, and fin. Hdian. 2. 3. 19. P01. 1. 31. 6. Xen.
perform good works, in respect of which Ag. 4. 3, 4. Hi. 8. 4. —(,3) Of the di.
they are well-pleasing (ebcipraroi) to vine favours, hcnelits, blessings, gifts,
God. Rom. 14:18.] So 0. T05 6505 or conferred on man through Christ and
the like, Acts 14:3 r93 )ai-yp 'rfig Xdpirog his Gospel; genr. John 1: l4 1M1’; 1);;
abroi, the word ofhis grace, i.e. thc gos xa'piroc xai dhqfleiag. v. 16 bis xapw
pel, i.q. rd eba'y-ye'hiov rr'lc x. 105 9:05 rim-2 xa'piroc, see in 'Avri no. 1. v. 17.
20:24. Acts 14:26 et 15:40 1rapa500i1g Acts 11: 23 15:1-W n‘lv xa'pw rob GeoI'J. 1
Ti] xdpirt rob 9501'). Rom. 3:24 disamb Cor. 1:4. 2 Cor. 9:8. Col. 1:6. 1 Pet.
,uevot Bwpeav Ti abroi'i xdptn. 1 Cor. 15: 4:10 the what oirorbpoi rig ‘trout-thy)‘: XL!’
10 ter. 2 Cor. 1:12. 9:14. 12:9 i'zpxei pi-roc 9:017. Jude 4. So espec. the gift
do: 1', Xciptg ,uov. Gal. 1: 15. Eph. 1: 6. of the Gospel, salvation by grace in
Heb. 2: 9. 1 Pet. 4:10. :11. With r017 Christ; Acts 13:43 1rpoo'pz'rew Ti] Xa'piri
Gem’! or the like implied, Acts 18:27 rob 62017. 2 Cor. 6:1. Phil. 1:7 au'yroi
ro'ic 1re7rwrwx6m. 51a rfic xtipiroc. Rom. rwvobg poi rfig xdpirog, i. e. fellow-par.
4:16. 11:5 comp. in 'Exho'yr']. 11:6 qua takers with me in the grace of the Gos
ter. 12:6. 2 Thess. 2:16. Heb. 2:9 xii’ pel. Heb. 12:15. 13:9 xakov ‘yap Xa'piri
pm 6:05 i.e. through the gracious coun Bégfltol-Id'etlt rfiv Knpdiav, oi; Bpcbluaow,
sel of God. 4: 16. a1. Here too belong it is good that the heart be made steadfast
the phrases in’ xdpi'rt r17 row] 'I. Xp. Rom. in grace, not in meats, i. e. in the grace
5:15, err Xa'ptrt Xp. Gal. 1: 6, i. e. the of the Gospel, the Gospel doctrines;
grace of God through Christ,- also Heb. comp. for the sense, Rom. 14:15, 17.—
10: 29 rd rn'cbpa rfig xa'piroc the Spirit Spec. of the grace or gift of the apostle
ofgrace, i. c. which is the gift and ear ship, the apostolic ofl‘ice. Rom. 12:3
nest of the divine favour.——(-y) Spec. of he'yw yizp, 51¢‘: rr'pc xa'piroc rfic doeu'oqg
the divine grace and favour as exercised pct. 15:15. 1 Cor. 3:10. Gal. 2:9. Eph.
in conferring gifts, graces, benefits on 3:2,8. 2 Tim. 2: 1.—(-y) Meton. i. q.
man; 2 Cor. 4: 15 ‘in: 1'] xépic whom’: gratification, pleasure, joy, sc. as arising
aaoa 54:‘: 15v wheiévwv ri‘lv ebxapwrtav from a favour or benefit received; 2 Cor.
rre 4001190,]. 8: l rip’ xcipw roi': 9:06 n‘yv 1: 15 Egovhtiimv apt‘); bpfig Ehficiv 1rpu'rr
6.52pm,» r'v rair; z'xxhnc't'atc rfig Max. pow, 'iva brvrépov Xa'pw E'xnre, where
James 4:6 bis. 1 Pet. 55.—Particular some Mss. read xapa'v. Philcm. 7 in
1y as manifested in the benefits bestowed some edit. xtipw yap Z'Xoluev 1rohhl‘lv L‘tll.
in and through Christ and his Gospel, 1rapa'xhnaiv, where also others read Xa
etc. Eph. 4:7. 1 Pet. 1:10 01 wept rficeic pr'm—Opp. to Many Tob. 7: 18. Elll‘lp.
{lyric xdpt-rog; 7rpo¢nrebaavreg. v. 13. Or Helen. 661 or 665 r'pii be‘ 5a'xpua..-1r/\éov
as exhibited in the pardon of sins and Ext: xa'ptroc 1‘; him-ac.
admission to the divine kingdom, i. e. d) grace, sc. in return for favours, be
saving grace; c. rob 9e05, Rom. 5: 15 nefits, Lat. gratia, French graces, i.q.
i‘) xdpic rob 9cm? ml 1'] duped. Gal. 2:21. gratitude, thanks; e. g. 1rot'a ii'fiv xa'pig
Tit. 2:11. 3:7. 1 Pet. 5:12. Xr'tpig Zwfig ion,- what thank have ye ? i.e.‘ what
1 Pet. 3:7. Simpl. id. Rom. 1: 5. 5: 2, thanks do ye deserve, Luke 6: 32, 3:1,
17, 20, 21. 6: 1, 14, 15 of”: Eape‘v inrti 34. xa'piv Exew 1': m’ , Lat. gratias habere,
vépov, r'tM' inrb Xdpiv. Gal. 5:4. Eph. 2: to give thanks, Luke 17:9. 1 Tim. 1:12.
5, 8 Xdptri e’arc “compel/01.1 Pet. 1:13.111. 2 Tim. 1:3. Heb. 12:28; comp. in"Exu
0) grace, i. e. in act and deed, act of c. (2 Macc. 3:33. Jos. Ant. 7. 9.4.
grace, i. q. favour conferred, a kindness, P01. 5. 104. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 2.)
benefit, benefaction. (a) gem. Rom. 4: So xdpig rap" Grq': Rom. 6:17. 1 Cor. 15:
4 b plotting ob ho'yilerai Kare‘: Xdpw, dhhr‘l 57. 2 Cor. 2:14. 8:10. 9:15. Dat. xii
Kara tigtet'hnlua. Acts 25:3 m'robpn'ot pm with thanks, thankfully, 1 Cor. 10:
 Xoigwua 848 Xstuoigw
Xatjlfififlt, 1", indec. Char-ran, Heb. 1?‘;
30. Ev xdpm id. Col. 3:16.—genr. Diod.
Sic. 1. 90 rhv diiotgilv rfic aptly rout; eb Haran, also Xt'uiflav Ios. Ant. 1. 16. 1,
cp-yérac xdptroc. Luc. Tim. 36 doi ps‘v pr. n. of a city in the northern part of
Ital rt; Ali rhelarn xc'tpig. Asin.4. Hdian. Mesopotamia,where Abraham sojoumed
5. 1. 13. Xen. Mem. 4.. a. a. for a time on his way to the land of
c) Accus. xépw as adv. or prep. 0. Canaan, Acts 7:2, 4. Comp. Gen. 11:
gen. Buttm. § 146. n. 2. § 115. 4; Lat. 31. 1-2: 5. Jos. Ant. 1. c. et1.19. 4. It
gratid, pp. in favour of, in behalf of, was afterwards called by the Greeks
hence -i. q. on account of, because of, and Romans Kéthiai, Carrw, and became
usually put like gratin after the case it celebrated by the defeat and death of
governs, Buttm. l. 0. Luke 7:47 05 Xr’i Crassus. Sec Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 1.
pw, on which account, wherefore. Eph. ii. p. 149.
3: 1 et 14 robrou Xépw, on this account,
Xoig'rng, 0!), 6, (xap¢'waw,) paper,
for this cause. Gal.3: l9 ru'w 1rapaێawv
Xdpw. 1 Tim. 5:14. Tit. 1:5, 11. Jude Lat. charta, a leaf of paper, made of the
16. Once before its case in an interro papyrus,2John 12.—Ceb.Tab.4. Diosco
gation, 1 John 3: 12 cal xc'tpw rlvog ‘:1 rid.I.116. Comp. Adam'sRom.Ant.p.506.
mpoEcv abrév: comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. Xéd’tbtz, “70;, rd, (xaivw v. xtieru
700. Non. al.—Ecclus. 35 [32]: 2. to yawn,) a chasm, gulf, Luke 16:26.
Hdian. 3. 2. 61. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 54. Sept. for "Us 2 Sam. 18: 17.—Jos. Ant.
Before its gen. Ecclus. 37:5. P01. 1. 64. 6.2.2. Palaaph.29:5. Luc. D. M0rt.21.1.
3. Eurip. Androm. 1228 or 1235. AL. Plato de Rep.II.p.211 Bip.p.46 Tauchn.
Xatftd'tbdt, 0:70;, rd (xaplfopat q.v.) X27105, cog, 00;, To‘, a lip; Plur.
a gi , grant, benefit, a good conferred, rc‘i xu'hn, the lips.
Hesych. xdpwpa' 569w. In N.T. only a) pp. Rom. 3:13 it‘); dmrt'bwv inrb ra
of gifts and graces imparted from God, xct'hn aimiv. Heb.13: 15 xap'rrov Xuhe'uv,
e. g. deliverance from peril, 2 Cor. 1: see in Kapmig b. 5. 1 Pet. 3:10. So as
1 l; a gift or quality of the mind, 1 Cor. the instrument of speech, the lips, as
7: 7; gifts of Christian knowledge, con speaking, Matt.15:8 et Mark 7:6 6 Ruby
solation, confidence, Rom. 1:11. 1 Cor. oliroc roic xsihwt' ‘u: find, i.e. only with
l: 7; redemption, salvation through their lips, in words only, quoted from Is.
Christ, Rom. 5: 15, 16. 6: 23. 11: 29. 29: 13 where Sept. for H32; as also Job
Spec. of the Charismata or miraculous 2:10. Prov. 17:4. step—Ecclus. 1:‘23.
gifts imparted to the early Christians Palazph. 48. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. Xen.
and particularly to Christian teachers by Conv. 5. 7. — Meton. from the Heb.
the Holy Spirit, Rom. 12:6. 1 Cor. l2: language, dialect, like tongue; 1 Cor. 14.:
4, 9 xapiapa'ra lfl/Jtl’TtflV. v. 28, 30, 31. 21 iv xcihztn Ers'potc, in allusion to Is.
1 Pet. 4:10. As communicated with the 28: 11 where Sept. and “5?. So also
laying on of hands, 1 Tim. 4:14. 2 Tim. Sept. and "E? Gen.11 :1, 6 , 9. Heb. “F3,
1: 6. Comp. IIVEI-Illtl p. 676. Sept. ylm'nro'a, Is. 19: 18.
b) trop. xeihoc rfic saht'wang, lip of
Xugtro'w, 5, f. alum, (Xdplgy) to
the sea, i. q. the shore, brink, bank, Heb.
grace, to supply with grace, i.e. to make
11: 12. So Sept. and “E? Gen. 22: 17.
gracious, grateful, acceptable, Pass. to be
Ex. 14:31. al. x. roii uni-(rpm? Ex. 7:15.
gracious, grateful, acceptable, Ecclus. 18: -—Soofariver,JJs.B.J.3.10.7.Diod.Sic.3.
17. L_iban.IV.p.1071.—In N.T.spoken
10. Hdot. 4.14]. x. rfic rd¢pouThuc.3.23.
only of the divine favour; Luke 1: 28
Xaipc, rcxapirwpévn, hail, thou favoured Xitlbtl' aw, f. dau, (xz'ipmsee xnpa’uq)
sc.of God. Also of spiritual graces; Eph. to storm, to raise a storm, Xen. (lie. 8.
1:6 iv 11 [xc'tptrt] 'zxapt'rwtrsv ihuiig with 16; also to winter, to pass the winter-,Diod.
which grace] he hath graced us, i. e. in Sic. 19.37. Xen. H.G.1.2. 15.—1n N. T.
which he hath richly imparted grace Pass. Xctpc'tlopat, to be storm-beaten,
unto us, sc. in the for iveness of our sins, tempest-tossed at sea, Acts 27: 18 aoofpég
comp. v. 7.—Test. 1%11 Patr. p. 698 iv be xnpnfope'vwv infirm—Jos. Ant. 12. 3.
¢v)\mr§. fiprlv, uni 6 curi‘lp Exapiruo'é pa 3 xctpnlopévng vcéc. Luc. D. Deor. 26.
in burpoic, uni ihvtre' pt. 2 ruin-at x. Diod. Sic. 4. 43. Thnc.3.69.
 Xeiaahrio; 849 Xslg

Xel'pwppog, 0!), 6, 1'],adj. (xzipa, see i.e. an idol Acts 7:41; evil deeds or con.
Xu'uéngand 651.1,) pp. flowing in winter, duct. Rev. 9: 20; of God, the works of
wintry, as X. 1rorapo'g Hom. I]. 5. 88. creation, Heb. 1: 10. 2: 7 ; comp. below
Soph. Antig. 712. Epict. Fragm. 1. ed. in b, and also in 'Epyov c. a‘t'pew rfiv
Schweigh. In N.T. Subst. 6 Xsz’pafiiioc xcipa Rev. 10:5,see in A‘ipw no. 1. a.
a storm-brook, wintry torrent, which flows For other frequent phrases and con
in the rainy season or winter, but dries structions, see the following articles:
up in summer; spoken of the Cedron, ScilthuAeEuic a ; 'Em'sivw a ; ’E1ralpw a ; ‘Em.
a; vEm'eeo'tg, 'E'ln'rienp: a. [3;
Ksfipdw q. v. John 18:1. So Sept. and
2:1; of the Cedron, 2 Sam. was. 1 K. 'Emhapgiivw a; Kamaclw; Kpare'u a,
2:38. 15:13.— Luc. Hermot. 86. Xen. b; Nlrrrw.
H.G.4.4.7. Strictly poet. for Xupdfifiooc, b) anthropopath. of God, i. q. the
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 234,669. powerful hand of God ; e. g. Acts 4: 30
xii/Lolly, 5M5, ('1, (xe'ipa rain, storm, in HP rr‘lv xelpt'x aou Ewell/cw as elc 'i'aaw,
comp. in ‘Em-elven a.——Elsewhere to the
from xéu to pour,) pp. rain, storm, tem hand of God as the instrument of action
pest, storm with rain, foul weather. and of power, is ascribed that which
a) genr. Matt. 16:3 m1 1rpw‘i‘ all/upon strictly belongs to God himself; comp.
xnpciw. Acts 27: 20 xsipfiwdg re oiur
in 'Otpflahpdg a. ‘y. Acts 4:28 5011 1‘; Xeip
6M'youe’1rwupz'vou. SepLt'or Ezra 10:
0011 Kai. 1', [3011M] aou 1rporiipwe 'ysve'atiat.
9. Job 37:6.——Jos.Ant.6.5.6. JELV.H. 8.
7:50 oilxi i7 Xu'p you inoina's Tat-ITO. m'w-ra;
5. Plut. Timol. 19, 28 1'01? Xstpé'woc im 1 Pet. 5:6. So .2. i'p-ya nDv xsipé'w 1017
xupe'vov. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 6. 9:017, see above in a. and in 'Epyov 0.
b) meton. season of rains and storms, Comp. Sept. and ‘I: Is. 66:2. Ps. 103:
the rainy season, winter ,- for the winter 22. 8:6.—-So i; Xelp Kvpiou iiv per’
of Palestine see Jahn § 21. Calmet p. ain'or'l, the hand of the Lord was with him,
240, 242. John 10:22 mi xetprhv hu. 2 for help, aid, i.q. the Lord was with him,
Tim.4:21. Genitas time whenmsnuiwoe Luke 1:66. Acts 11:21. So Sept. and
in winter, Matt. 24:20. Mark 13:18. ‘s v 'a '1: 1 Sam. 22:17. 2 Sam. 3:12.
Sept. for 11:? Cant. 2:11.-—Ecclus. 21:8. -—Further, Acts 13:11 i306, Xeip Kupi'ou
Diod. Sic. 1.41 init. Dem. 124.3. Xen. int 0;’, lo! the hand of the Lord is upon
Mem. 1. 2. 1. Genit. Xen. Conv. 2. 18. thee, for punishment. So Sept. Kai.
XEIIQ, 26;, ihthe hand; Plur. ai xelpeg,
z'rréEw rip/ xeipri you ini 'Axmipwv, for
the hands. ippgrb 2 1 1 3 ‘sir-4.1:, Am. 1; a. rat ixrsmi
a) pp. and genr. as of men, Matt. 3: rip’ xeipa' pov Erri Tonic 1rpo¢ilrag for
12 oi; ro 1rr1'10v e'v rii xslpi mirror"). 5: 30 mm;- B ~ 1: map-‘,1, Ez. 13.9 um‘.
:1 1') 35516 aov xeip oxavhahizsr. es. 8:15. e'yew'leq xeip Kvplou in'i r0119 dhhozpilltoug
12: 10 rfiv xeipo. 1' my Enpriv v. e'Enpappé. was?» a sin: 1: "can, 1 Sam. 7. 13. So
3'1”! Mark 3:1, 3. att. I5: 20 rivlrrroig 0. 1'2: 15. Comp. Gesen. Lex. "I b. c.
xtpolv qm'ysi'v. 26:23 1') E'Isgdillag per‘ 5,105 Non al.
e’y rq'i rpughllp rilv xsipa, in allusion to 0) With prepositions, mostly by He
the oriental manner of eating, Matt. 27: braism, where to xet'p as the instrument
24. Mark 3:5. Luke 6:1. 24:39. John of action and power, is often ascribed
20:25, 27. Acts 3: 7. 17:25. 28: 3, 4. what strictly belongs to the person him
1 Cor. 4:12 et 1 Thess. 4:11 c'pyciZsaBa: self or to his power; comp. above in b.
rnig 131mg Xepm'. Gal. 6: 11 et Philem. E. g. (01) 51c‘: xetpég v. Xupfin' 11110;, by
19 E'ypailla rlfi E'ufi Xstpl. Col. 4: 18 i) the hand or hands of any one, by his in
darraapog rij 5' ‘ii Xupl. Heb. 12:12. tervention, i. q. 5w’: rn'oc. Mark 6:2
James 4:8. 1 .fiihn 1: 1. al. seep. So of svvdpeie Tomi/rat 5.5. To'w Xupiiw ain'oii
angels etc. Matt. 4:6 e'rri xetpu‘m a'poi'mi’ yl'vovrat, i. e. are done by him. Acts 2:
as. Luke 4:11. Rev. 1:16, 17. 6:5. 8: 23. 5:12 3:61 rd'n' xnptiw ra‘rv lur. Eys'vrro
4. al. Sept. saepiss. for ‘C, as Gen. 22:6. anpela Kai re'para. 7: 25. 11: 30. 14: 8.
24:2. Prov. 26:15. Is. 6:6.-—— Luc. D. 15:23. 19:11. non a1. So Sept. and
Door. 26. 1. Hdian. l. 9. 7. Xen. An. '5 111‘,- Lev. 10: 11. 2 Chr. 34:14. Sept.
6. 1. 9. ib. 1. 10. l.—In phrases; e. g. often Ev Xupi,1 K. 2:25. 12:15; comp.
E'p-ya xstpd'w ruuic the works ofone’: hands, below in 7. See Gesen. Lex. "I aa.—Q3)
3 n
 Xugaywyéw 850 XegouQ/y.
clc xs't'pttg nvog, into the hands of any Xugoa'obrrog, oo, 6, '7, adj. (Xu'p,
one, i. e. into his power,i. q. :19 rum,- so 1rote'u,) made with hands, and hence arti.
chiefly 1rapa§1§éva1 elg x. Matt. 17: 22. ficial, external, e. g. W169 xnpmroiqro;
26:45. Mark 9:31. 14:41. Luke 9244.. Mark 14: 58. Acts 7: 4.8. 17:24.. Eph.
24:7. Acts 21:1l. 28:17. non.al. Comp. 2:11 ‘leper-0,111‘) x. Heb. 9:11, 24.—Judith
in Ilapa8i§upt a. So Sept. for 'D ‘1!; 11?! 8:18. Hdian. 8. 1. 14.. Xen. An. 4. 3. 5.
1 Sam. 23; 4., 12, 14. Job 16:111al.
XEIQOTOVéN, a, f. haw, (Xuporérog,
Sept. ol'tener Ev xupt’, Judg. 2:14. 6:1. from xeip, rah/111,) to stretch out the hand,
al. —- Also with verbs of committing,
to hold up the hand, as in voting; hence
3150511.: n :1; x. John 13: 3. 1rapur1'9r1p1
:1; x. Luke 23:46. Sept. and Heb.Gen. to vote, to give one’: vote, sc. by holding
419137. —-P0l. 3. 5‘2. 7. Dem. 32. 1.—
up the hand, intrans. P01. 9. 30. 5. —
Once ifnrt'rr-rew eic Xeipr'tc rwoc, to fall
In N. T. trans. to choose by vote, to ap
point; Acts 14:23 xuporovr'wavrcc airro'ig
into the hands ofany one, into his power,
1rpto'gure'povg. Pass. 2 Cor. 8:19. [2 Tim.
so. for punishment, Heb. 10: 31. So
Sept. for 'n '11:; 5;; 2 Sam. 24.;14. 1 Chr. 4: 23. Tit. 3: 16.]—Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 2
XEIPOTOI'OI-JIAEV 55' we ar'lpepov tipxtzpz'a.
21:13.——Ecclus. 2: 18. 38: 15. Comp.
Ehtteiv tie Xc'ipag, Luc.Gymnas.25. Xen. Luc. D. Mort. l2. 4.. Hdian. 7. 10. 3.
Cyr. I2. 4. 15. — (7) iv Xupl firm‘, i. e. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. ll.
once 1. q. sic xei'pz'ic ru'og, comp. ‘Ev n0. X9124”, 0V0?’ 1'), 17,2001“, irreg. com
4. John 3: 35 mivra Béawxev :'v n"; xeipl parat. to xarég, from an obsol. posit.
ain'or'l. So Sept. for 'D "I? 1133 Josh: 2:24. xéprlc, see Buttm. § 68. 2; spoken of
Judg. 1: 2. -- Elsewhere i. q. Eu‘: xeapo'g state, condition, quality, etc. Matt. 9:
name, see above in a, i. e. by or through 16 at Mark 2:21 o'xidpa Xeipov ya'verm.
the intervention of any one, Acts 7: 35 Matt. 12: 45 rd Ee'xara roii t’wfip. Erer'vou
iv x. r'i-y-ye'hou. Gal. 3:19 Ev x. peoirov. 'yivsrat xeipova 'ru'n' 1rprhrwv. 27: 6‘.
80 Sept. for 'b 1T3 Num. 15: 23. 2 Chr. Mark 5:26. Luke 11: 26. John 5:14.
29:25. Jer. 37:2.—-Ecclus. 48:20. 49:6. 2 Pet. 2: 20. So of punishment, worse,
—(5) er Xnptig rwoc, out of the hand of more severe, Heb. 10: 29. -—Wisd. 15:
any one, out of his power, after verbs of 18. Hdian. 3. 13. 14.. Diod. Sic. 20. 57.
freeing, delivering, and the like. Luke Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 61.—Trop. of persons,
[:71 ow-rnplav e'x xupog‘ 1ra'vrwv r. r. )l. in a moral sense; 1 Tim. 5: 8 r'un'o-rov
v. 74,. John 10:28, 29, 39. Acts 12:11. xu'pwv. 2 Tim. 3:13.—.Eschin. 60. 15.
24:7. So Sept. for ‘B "2'? Gen. 32: l 1. Ex. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 32.
18:9, 10.—Jos. Vit. § 15 9:611 him-anon! Xegovchb, i. q. Heb. plur. raps.
'18 e’: rfic Exeivwv xupog. comp. Luc. D. Cherubim, from sing. “"5” Sept. xzpoirfi
Deor. 1|. 2. Ar. Ez. 41:18,:1 cherub; in N.T. spoken of
Xilfwywyéwfla, f. fiaw,(xupa7wyrig,) the golden figures representing the
to lead by the hand, trans. Acts 9:8. 22: Cherubim and placed on or over the
l|.-Artemid. 5. 20. Luc. Tim. 30, 32. ark, Heb. 9: 5. Comp. Sept. and Heb.
Diod. Sic. 13. 20. Ex. 25: 18 sq.—The Cherubim, in the
Xzteayw'yog, 05, 6, 1'1, (xel'p, Zi'yw, theology of the Hebrews, are beings of
ci-yw-yr'p,) a hand-leader, one who leads a celestial nature, having a form com
by the hand, Acts 13:11.——A1'temid. 1. posed from the figure of a man, eagle,
50 TU¢}\OI\JC inolqosv, 'lva xupa'yw'yo'ig ox, and lion, as the emblems of wisdom
xpi'lo'wvrm. Plut. de Fortun. 2 fin. and strength; comp. Ez. c. 1, 10. They
Xsrgo'ygacpov, 00, n5, (neut. of adj. are first mentioned as guarding the gate
Xnpoypapoc, from Xeip, 7pé¢w,) chiro of Paradise, Gen. 3:24; tl1en,as bearing
graphy, hand-writing, Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. the throne of God upon their wings
8. Pol. 30. 8.4.. In N.T. meton. a hand swiftly through the clouds, 2 Sam. 22:
writing, manuscript, something Written 1]. Ps. 18:12. Ez. l. c. Golden figures
by hand, e.g. the Mosaic law, the letter of Cherubim were placed on or over the
in antith. to the spirit, Col. 2:14.; comp. ark,so as to cover it, Ex. 25:18 sq. and
Eph. 2:15, and see I‘péppa b.——Soof a as the ark was the seat of God's visible
written obligation, bond Tob. 5:3. 9:5.
presence, he is hence said to dwell be
tween the Cherulu'm, 1 Sam. 4:1. 2 Sum.
Artemid. 3. 40.
 Xfigo: 851 X10416;
6. 2. Ps. 80:2. 99:]. When the temple c) spoken of the captain or preflet ol'
was built, other like images were placed the temple, John 13:12. See fully in
over the ark and around the holy of Erparn-ydg b, and Z‘nreipa 1).
holies, 1 K. 6:23 sq. 8: 6 sq. Comp. 110.1064, 0680;,17, ( 01101,) a cliih'ad,
espec. Gesen. Lex. art. “'13,. [Balm a thousand in number, uke 14:31 bis.
Symbolik des Mosaischen Cultus; Ers. Acts 4:4. 1 Cor. 10:8. Rev. 5:11. 7:4,
Band. p. 340] Jahn § 333.—Jos. Ant. 5,a,7,s.11:13. 14:1,3. 21:16. Sept.
3. 6. 5 r9": 5' i1r10e'par1 atm'lc [rfic m€wroi1 for ‘in: Gen. 24.: 60. Ex. 12: 37.—Luc.
fiuav 1rpoo‘ru1rcig 51'10' Xepougeig prlv nin'ozig Hermot. 56. Comp. Buttm. § 71. 4.
'Egpaiol Icahofim. ib. 8. 3. 3. XIIAIOI, on, a, num. adj. a thousand,
X65“, 065: 1'), (fem. of adj. Xr'ypog be 2 Pet. 3:8 bis. Rev. 11:3. 12:6. 14:20.
reaved) pp. adj. bereaved so. of one's 20: 2, a, 4, 5, 6, 7. Sept. for=172§ Gen.
husband, widowed, Luke 4: 26 1rpb¢ yu 20:16. Ex.38:25.-—Hdian.1.15.19. Xen.
raixa xr'lpav to a widow woman. So Sept. H. G. 1.4. 21. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 4.
yum) . for 7132‘?! 2 Sam. 14:5. 1 K. 7:
14.—— os. Ant. 8. 13. 2. Plut. Mor. II. X/og, 0v, 1'', Clubs, now Scio, one of
p. 28.Tauchn.—Subst. 1‘, xflpa, a widow, the larger Greek islands,lying near the
Matt. 23:14 oixz'ag rd'w xnpiw. Mark 12: coast of Asia Minor,between Samos and
40, 42 Flu xr’lpa m'wxr'). v. 43. Luke 2: Lesbos, and celebrated for its mastix and
31. 4:217:12. 18:3, 5. 20:47. 21:2,3. wine. Acts 20: 15.— Diod. Sic. 5. 81.
A618 6: 1. 9:39, 41. l Cor.7:8. 1 Tim. Comp. Hor. 0d. 3. 19. 5.
5:3,4,5,9,11, 16 bis. James 1:27. Sept. Xrra'w, 5M4‘, 6, (Heb. I"31‘=,,)atunic,
for =19?!‘ Gen. 38:11. Ex. 22:22, 24.. al. i.e. the inner garment, worn next the
2 Macc. 3:10. Soph. Aj. 653. Luc. de skin, mostly with sleeves, and reaching
Mort. Peregr. 12.—Poet. oi'a city left deso usually to the knees,rarely to the melee;
late.Rev. 18:7;comp.1s.47:8. Lam.1 :1. see Gesen. Lex. art. "21?. Jahn § 120.
Xaéé‘, adv. yesterday, John 4: 52. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 416. Matt. 5:40
1:11‘: ‘rov xmIn/(i aou Aagriv. Luke 6: 29.
Acts 7:28. H,eb.l3:8. Sept.1'0rl>‘-*=l'_;\ Gen.
John 19:23 bis. Acts 9:39. Jude 23.
31:2. 2Sam.3:l7.—Hdian.8.6.3. Luc.
D. Deor. 7. 3. Xen. An. 6. 4. 18. The Sometimes two tunics seem to have been
Attics wrote also e'xflég, comp. Lob. ad worn, prob. of different stuffs, for orna.
Phryn. p. 323. ment or luxury; Matt. 10: 10. Mark 6:
9. Luke 3:11. 9:3. Hence is said of the
Xmz'ugxog, ov, a,(xi).w1,&pxw,) a high priestjiafip'r’liag ‘row; xu'in/nc abroi
chiliarcb, captain of a thousand, Sept. for Mark 14:63; comp. 2 Macc. 4:38. Jos.
was "a Deut. 1:15. 2 Sam. 18:1. Xen. Ant. 3. 7. 4, where xmtw is spoken of
Cyr. 3. 3. 11 G'UI'EIHIIAEUE ,uvpu'lpxouc Kai
the 5"?2? or outer tunic. Sept. genr. for
xdudp 0119 mi raEuipxouc mi Aoxaym'm. "21‘? Gen. 37:3. 2 Sam. 15:32. Cant.
—In §.T. a cbiliarcb, i.e. genr. a com 5:4.—1E1.V. H. l. 16 Evda'n'ra ai/rdr row
mander, captain, a military chief, viz. 11'5va,xa1solpdrwvwzplgahdluel'ov. Luc.
a) genr. Mark 6:21. Acts 25:23. Rev. . Deor. 13. 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. Xen.
6:15. 19:18.-—Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2. Cyr. 6. 4. l, 2.
b) spec. a tribune, a military tribune, Xlalw, 670;, 1'], snow, Matt. 28: 3.
an ofiicer of the Roman armies, six of
whom were attached to each legion and Mark 9: 3. Rev. 1: 14. Sept. for 11??
Job 37:6. Is. 1:18. 55:10.-—1El. V. H.
were its chief ofiicers. In battle each
tribune seems to have had charge of ten 7.6. Hdian. 3. 3. 9. Xen. Mem. 2.1.30.
centuries; whence prob. the Greek name XXOQM’JQ', 1150;, 1", clllamys, a wide
xthi'apxog" comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. and coarse cloak, worn sometimes by
369, coll. p. 193. In N. T. spoken of the kings, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 10. Hdian. 7. 5.
tribuneClaudius Lysias who commanded 7; b military officers, 2 Macc. 12: 35.
the garrison in the fortress Antonia at [El $1114.10 ; b soldiers and others,
Jerusalem, Acts 21:31, 32, 33, 37. 22: P1aut.Rud.2.2.9. en.Mem.2.7.5 ; also
24, 26, 27, 28, 29. 23:10,15,17,18, b a hunter, Luc. D. Deor. 11. 2. — In
19, 22. 24.: 7, 22.-Hdian. 3.42. 18. .T. spoken prob. of the Roman paludal
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 4. mentum, or qflicer's cloak, usually of seat;
3 n 2
 x-Mwzgt. 852 Xogaglw
let, Matt.27:28,31. Comp. Adam's Rom. 31, 32 bis. Mark 5=11,12,13,[11.,] 16
Ant. p. 371. See in “DWI/1941 tin. Luke 8: 32, 33. 15: 15,16.—1E1.V. H.
Xmmigw, r. c’wu, (xku'm jest, deri 2. ll. Hdian. 5. 6. 21. Ken. An. 7. 8. 5.
sion ,) to jest, to deride, to scofl', absol. Acts X01060), a, r. W, (xou, bile, gall.)
17:32. So Acts 2:13 in text. rec. Others pp. to be bilious, melancholy, mad, i. q.
Staxkeur'rl'u q.v.—-Wisd.1 1:14. Pol.4|.3. 'uXa'yXoM'u-J ,Aristoph. N ub .833.—Later
l3. Aristoph.Ran.376. c.acc.Jos.B.J.6. and in N. T. i. q. xoXm'qun, to befilll of
7. 2. Plut. Timol. l5. Dem. 78. 12. gall, to be angry, enraged, intrans. c. (lat.
Xhagog, at, 6V, (xlualllw, XM») pers. John 7:23 Epol xolu'irn—S Macc.3:
warm, lukewarm, Rev. 3: 16.—1'i§up XX. 1. Mosch. l. 10. Artemid. 1. 4. Diog.
Athen. III. p. 123. E. Plut. de Fluv. Laert.9.66. Schol. in Aristoph.Plut.12,
25. XMIU,
3. ed. R.774,1),
X. p.C/zloe,
805. s.pr. Xoluiv' rapt: r074; 'Arrtxolc, r5 paz'weaam'
:1. of a fe 1rapi1 r079 xoivo'lg, 1'6 svpoi'mem.
male Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor. 1:11. X017)’, 77;, 1", (xc'w to pour out,) the
bile, gall, Palaeph.27.2. Theophr. Char.
XMQOQ, a, 0", (xMin, 7060c.) PP 11 or 19. Tauchn. Then as the seat of
pale-green, yellowish green, like the colour nnger,choler,wratb, Luc. Fugit. 19. Dem.
of the first shoots of grass and herbage ; 778. 8.—In N.T. gall, bitterness, viz.
hence a) i.q. poison, venom, trop. Acts 8: 23
a) gem. green, verdant, like young elg yap xolu‘yv 1rurpiac-nbpfi are firm, i.q.
herbage; Mark6z39 E1rl rq': xluuprp Xcip'np. sic xolu‘yv 1rucpév,bitter gall, venom; comp.
Rev. 8:7. 9: 4.. So Sept. for P12. Gen. 1: Buttm. § 123. n.4,. Sept. pp. for I38“ [v‘fi]
30. Is. 15:6. P312 K. 19:211-451. V. poppy, poison, Deut. 29: 17. 32: 32. —
H. 13. 16. Plut. Romul. 20. Time. 4.. 6. Plut. Romul. 17 o'mrrep 106 m1 xokfig in‘
b) i.q. pale,yellowislz; Rev. 6:8 ‘t'1r1rog
(ny snplwv. ‘
xltwpo'c. -— Artemid. 1. 77 or 79 xltwpbg b) from the Heb. bitter herbs, e. g.
yilp a Xpumig. Anthol.Gr.III. p.1 1 xkw Wormwood, poppy, myrrh, etc. Matt.
pr‘ly oripra. Horn. Ii. 11. 631.
27 :34 {Em-av airrq': meiv 550;; yen‘: xoXfig
X55’, so hundred and sixty-six, the pquvypévov, comp. Mark16:23; see full
number for which these letters stand,
in "OEog. — Sept. for “3232 wormwoody,
viz. X’ 600, E’ 60, q’ 6 ; see Buttm. §2. Prov. 5: 4|. Lam. 3: 15 ; and for ‘58"
n. 3. Rev. 13: 18. poppy, Ps. 69: 22. Jet. 8: l4.
X00069‘, 7i, 6?, (x609, xofig) Qfearth, X609‘, 6, (xe’u, Xéw.) oontr. nominat.
earthy, terrene, 1 Cor. 15: 47, 48 bis,49. x059, gen. xoég, dat. x01, acc. xm'n’,
—-Only in N. T. comp. assow s. v. Buttm. § 58. p. 101 ;
XoTwE, mag, 1‘), a clzamiz, an Attic earth, as dug out and thrown up, heap
measure for grain and things dry, equal of earth, mound, Hdot. 1. 150 6 X017: 6 z’
to the 481h part of the Attic medimnus, Eopv Ou'c. P01. 4. 40. 7. Thus. 2. 76.—
or to the eighth part ofa. Roman modius, In T. genr. loose earth, dirt, dust,
and conse uently nearly equivalent to Mark 6:1 1 z'xrwéfar: row Xoiiv malt. i.q.
one quart, nglish ; comp. in Képog and xovwp'rog in Matt. 10: 14 ; see in 'Exn
M65109. A choenix ofgrain was the daily réoow. (So Sept. for "911 Is. 52:2.) Rev.
allowance for one man, whether soldier 18: 19 i'éakov Xoiiv Errl rizc “(puking m’;
or slave, Hdot. 7. 187. See Boeckh ru'w, sc. in token of grief, mourning; see
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 99 sq. Rev. 6: 6 in Embo'g, and so Sept. for “9! Josh. 7:6.
bis, xoimE m't'ov bryvapt'ou, Kal rpeig x01’ Sept. genr. for “$2 Gen. 2: 7. 2 Chr. 1:
vuccc xpttlfie bqvopioo, implying excessive 9.~—Hdian. B. 4. ll.
dearness, since the ordinary price of a XOgwQ/v, 13, indec. Chorazin, written
medimnus of wheat in Attica and Sicily also in Mss.XopaZ1i'iv, Xmpaliv, or xépa
did not exceed five or six drachma: or Ziv, a place of Galilee mentioned in
(lenarii; see Boeckh l. c. p. 102 sq.— connexion with Bethsaida and Caperna
Sept. EZ. 45: 10,11. V. ".1. 26. um, and probably near them, Matt. 11:
Dind. Sic. 19. 49. Xen. An. 1. 5.6. 21. Luke 10:13. According to Eusebi
_ Xolgog, 01), b, i‘), a swine, porker; us in Onomast. Chomzin was a town
Matt.7:6_. comp. in Kin-w l). Matt.8:30, (xéqul) 0t Galilee,two Roman miles from
 Xognyéw 853 Xgéw
Capernanm ; see Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 1. 2. 2. ed. R. VIII. p. 433. — With a
11. ii. p. 72. Roland Palaest. p. 721 sq. further adjunct of the material, viz. c.
Xogn'yw, (I), f. flow, (xoprryég ch0 glen. Mark8:4 rourou¢~~xopniam dpruv.
rus-leader, from Xopég, (‘i-yon) to be chorus atth. M152. So 0. (11:6, Luke 16: 21
leader, to had a chorus of singers and firtfivpé'lv Xopraoafivat dun‘; 162v iiuxlwv.
dancers, Anthol. Gr. 1. 73. trop. Luc. Sept. 0. gen. for i} 9;? Lam. 3: 15,30.
Necy0m.16. Plato Thewt. 27. p. 179.D. c. c’uré for 11? ,3‘? Ps. 104: 13. - 0. gen.
Then, to lead out or furnish a chorus on Anthol. Gr.III. p. 22.—Trop. tofill the
public occasions at one's own expense, desire of any one, to satzlsfr), Pass. Matt.
for which purpose, at Athens, persons 5: 6. Luke 6: 21.
called Xopfl'yol were appointed from each Xog'motoa, wrog, 16, (xoprn'lfw)
tribe, Dem. 565.11. Xen. Mem. 3. 4.3, fodder, green or dry, for animals, Sept.
6. Xen.Ath.l.l3 oprryoial. 0i1rXm'nnm. for If??? Gen. 24: 25, 32. Plut.Syrnpos.
Comp. Sturz Lex.)l(enoph. art. xopn'yo'g. 5. 4. Diod. Sic. 20. 76. In N.T. genr.
Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 86.-—-I-lence gem. food, sustenance, for persons, Acts 7: 11.
and in N. T. tofumish, to supply,to give, --—-SO xéprog Anth.Gr. I. p. H9. Comp.
0. ace. 1Pet.4:11 z’E ioxr'mg fig [fiv] xopq Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 20].
757 o 9:69. 2 Cor. 9: 10 6 5c‘ Z'Irixap'q'y-Dv X65105 0!), 6, pp. an enclosure, yard,
o'1re'ppo. 'rqi MrsZpov-rt xoprryfioat mi court, Horn. I1. 11. 773 or 774 ; espec.
19010611411 rdv mrépov I'qifiw, for the Opt. for cattle, ib. 24. 640. Then of a place
comp.Matth.§5l3. Buttm.§139.n.7. Wi or range of pasturage, a posture, range,
ner § 42.5.p.236.—Ecclus.1 :10, 25. IE]. Eurip. Iph. Taur. 134 o'prm n'iBevBpot.
V.H. 4. 19. l'ldian. l. 6. 9. Diod. Sic.2. ib. Cyclop. 504 or 507. )l’ind. 01.13. 62
35 xoprl'yot'm'a rug rporpiic ripelivwc. xoproi M'ovroc. Meton. fodder for ani
X050}, 017, 6, dance, ring-dance, i. e. mals, green or dry, grass, hay, Hes.0p.
genr. dancing as connected with music 604 or 608. Luc. Asin. 15. Xen. Cyr.8.
and song, espec. on festive occasions ; 6. 12. An. 1. 5. 10 x6 rov Kofupov. —
Luke 15: 25 firm/ac ovprpwm'ac Kai X0 Hence gem. and in N11‘). grass, herbage;
pi'n'. Sept. for "1211113 Ex. 15:20. Judg. Matt.6:30 row xoprov TOR-I d'ypoi. 14:19.
ll: 34.—-Hom. ll. 16. 18. Luc.D.Deor. Mark 6: 39 E'Iri 11;) xkwpq'i xu'prq). Luke
22. 3. Dem. 530. 23. Xen. Hi. 6. 2. 12:28. John 6:10. 1Cor. 3:12. James
Meton. a chorus, troop of dancers and 1:10, 11. 1 Pet. 1: 24 ter. Rev.8:7.
singers, Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Hdian. 4. 2.9. 9: 4. Also of springing rain, Matt.13:
Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 12. 26. Mark 4: 28. Sept. or “$11! Ps. 38:
Xogfligw, l‘. (mu, (xo'p-rog q. v.) to [37:12. Is. 40:7, 8. 915.? Gen. 2:5. Prov.
feed with grass, hay, etc. to fodder, pp. of 19: 12.—-Plut. Romul. 8. Xen. An.l.5.
beasts, c. acc. Hes. Op. 450 or 454. 5 m‘! yirp fiv Xdproc, oil'dc‘ iiAXo dérdpov
Plato Rep. 2. p. 372. D. or IV. p. 65. Ol'laéV, 6AM! \Iuhr‘) flu iin'ao'a 1'1 xo'ipa.
Tauchn.—In N. T. genr. tofced, tofill Xovgug, 0?, o, Chuzas, pr. n. of the
with food, to satisfy, to satidle ; spoken steward of Herod Antipas, Luke 8:3.
a) of fowls, Pass. 0. E'x 'ru'oc, Rev.19: [in the Syr. vers. N313, prob. modest, see
21 rt‘: lipvsa ixopréuth; El: 1131/ oupmiv. '05 in Cast. Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 403.]
Comp. ‘Ex no. 3. f. See in 'Em’rpmrag a.
b) of persons, in the usage of the later X009 see in Xoog.
Greek, Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 200 sq.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 64 ; seq. accus. expr. Xgébbfi, f. firm, contracted in 11
0r impl. Matt. 15: 33 d'mre Xoprdo'm ii instead of a,like Zdw, Buttm. § 105.n.5.
xhov ‘roam-nor. Pass. Matt. 14:20 Kai E' The root xpriw under dilferent forms,
npa-yov m’lwcg Kai Exoprc'wflno'av. 15: 37. has in prose four different significations,
Mark 6:42. 7:27. 9: 8. Luke 9: 17. viz. Xpc'uo to utter an oracle, not found
John 6:26. Phil. 4.; 12. James 2: 16. in N.T.; Ki'xpruu to lend,- xpdapm to use;
So Sept. for 9;? [Act : Hiph., Pass. pr’) impers. it needs, behaves ; see in
: KaL] Jer. 5: 7. Ps. 37: 19.-— @uttm. § 114. p. 307 sq. and more fully
Arr. Epict.l. 9.19. ib. 2. 16.48. Athen. Passow in xpéw.
III. p. 99. F. p. 100. A. Plut. Sympos. I, Kl'xgflpbl, to lend, see in its order.
 Xga'opwl 854 Xgfipm
11- XféOfMiU, f. 1750,15‘, depomMid. 0) Elsewhere only in the phrase
to use, to make use of, seq. dat. Buttm. § xpelav Zxw, to have need, i. q. to need, to
133. 3.1. Matth.§396. 1. So of things, want, e. g. (a) gem. and seq. genit. to
Acts 27: 17 Bayesian; Expfiwro. 1 Cor. 7: have need of; Matt. 9:12 on‘: xpdaw Zxov
91,31.9.12,15. 2 Cor. 1: 17. 3:12. 1 my 01' ioxl'lovrea; ion-pm‘). 21: 3. 26: 65 1'!
Tim. 1: 8. 5: 23. o’iwp o'M-ycp 13.-— Zn xpea'av Zxopcv papn'lpwy; Mark 2:17.
Wisd. 2: 6. Jos. Ant. 10.2. 1. 1131. V. H. 11:3. 14:63. Luke 5:31. 9: ll TOI‘IC
5. l. Xen.Cyr. 1.4.4. Mem. 3. 14. 4.— xpu'av Z'Xowac S'spamlag. 15: 7. 19: 81.
01‘ persons, i. q. to use well or ill,t0 34. 22:71. John 13:29. 1 Cor. 12:21
heat, 0. dat. Acts 27: 3 ¢¢Aavflpdnrwg rs bis, 24 on’! xpn'av Zxu sc. ctm'xnpon'lm.
15'Iot'u\mg rq'i Hailhqi xpyac'lpevoc. impl. Heb. 5: 12 bis. 10:36. Rev. 21:23. 22:
2 Cor. 13.10. Sept. for 3 "'2; Gen. 16:6. 5. Seq. infin. act. Matt. 14: 16 on’: xpu'av
19:8.—1Macc. 13:46. Jos. Ant. 2.15.1 E'xovow El'lreheeiy. John 13:10. 1 Thess.
xaXurGgHdiamBJSB. Xen.Mem.4.6.5. 1: B. 4: 9; also inf. pass. Matt. 3: 14. l
III. Impers. Xpr'], imperf. Expfiv, inf. Thess. 5:]. Comp. Buttm. § 140. 3.
xpfival, Buttm. § 114. p. 308; pp. ‘there Matth. 5 535. n. Winer§ 45. p. 282.
is use for,’ i.q. ilneedsfllbehovesflt ought, Seq. ‘in, see in “Iva no. 3. a. 2. John 2:
Germ. es brauckt; c. inf. James 3: 10 or’: 25. 16:30. 1 John 2: 27. Sept. 0. gen.
xpr‘l rain-a oz'irw 'ylvsaflm, i. e. these for ‘(EU Prov. 18: 2. Is. 13: 17.—c. gen.
things ought not so to be. Comp. Buttm. Ecclus. 23:6. Pol. 9.12. 1. Diod. Sic.
§ 129. 10. — Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 7 11' xpr) 18. 42.-(fl) Of personal need, want;
'II‘OLEIV. 1E1. V. H. 2. l2. Hdian. l. 6. 18. c. gen. Matt. 6: 8 015: yapa wan‘yp I'qniw,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19,24. Conv. 4. 47. (3v xpsiav Zxe'rz. l Thess. 4: 12. Rev. 3:
Xfe‘lwi “g! 7s!’ (XPE'W’ xpfiv xpéollal')
l7. Absol. to have need, i. q. to be in need,
to be in want, Mark :2: 25 n‘ Exoiqac
1. use, usage, employment, i. c. act of Aagld, 5r: xpu'av E'zrxs. Acts 2:45. 4:35.
using, Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 25 'n-pbg rr)v 1'06 Eph. 4:28 ‘um-(1315611111 n? Xpsz'ay Zxorn.
'Imrov Xpu'av. ib. 2. 4. 1. In N.T. meton. 1 John 3: 17.
that in which one is employed, an em Xgewpemérm, 0v, 6, (xpe'oc, Au.
ployment, afl'air, business .- Acts 6: 3 05¢
KGTGO'TIIIUOFEV in} riic xpeiac rain-119. — xpe'wg debt, 6¢ei>w,) a debt-own, debtor,
Luke 7:41. 16: 5.—Sept. Prov. 29: 13.
2 Mace. 7. 24.. 15: 5. Jos. B. J. 2. 20. a
oiu: a'rz'a'rnaav [abrov] raIg Xpu'alg. Pol.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 22. Plut. J. Gas. 5.
3. 45. 2 r029 hrl rip’ m’n-fiv xpu'av Egan's
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 691.
a'rahpévom. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 7 fin. X571, impers. verb, see in Xpc'nu III.
2. need, necessity, want. a) genr.Eph. Xffigw, f. 'crw,(xpr'1, xpu'a,(toneed,
4:29 52' 1'19 [X6709] 5171165; rrpoc olxoFopfiv to have need 0 , to want, to desire: seq.
'rfic Xpu'ac, i.e. as adj.fl)rneedful edgy-fea gen. Matt. 6:32 at Luke 12:30 075: ynp
tion,- comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Winer b 1rarr)p {441W 6'11 xpp'zzre rm'n'wv mir
§ 34. 2. So n'a @011’, there is need, opus rwv. Luke 11:8. Rom. 16:2. 2 Cor. 3:1.
est, c. gen. uke 10:42 in‘): Eé Err-1 xpeia, —Symm. for ‘(EU Job 22: 3. Hdian. 4.
one thing is neeafful; also 0. inf. Heb. 7: ll. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 22.
11. —- Diod. Sic. 1. 19. Plut. Pericl. 8.
0. gen. Ecclus. 3:22. P01. 3. 111. 10 m’nc Xgfipoa, 0410;, r5’, (xpéopm) pp.
Err. Mi‘yaw, dXX E'p‘ywv c'a'rlv 1'] xpcla. sormlking usable, useful, what one can
Xen. Mem. 3. 3. ib. 3. 12. 6. use, what one needs, Xen. (1'10. 1. 7 sq.
b) of personal need, necessity, want; Hence gem. and in N. T. prQfil, riclm,
Acts 20: 34 ra'ic Xpeicug poumr'nnypc'rrp wealth, usually Plur. r51 xpr'lparo, Matt.
nay a1 xs'z'ptg‘ 551-5.. Rom. 12: 13. Phil. 10: 23 01 rd xpv'ppara E'xovrzc, l. e. the
2: 25. 4:19. :2; r1)!’ xpzlavfor one’s need rich. v. 94 1r21r0190'ra: i1ri 'ro'ic xpl'mnmv.
or wants, Phil. 4: 16. :1; 15¢ Xpeiug id. Luke 18: 24. Sept. for ‘"523 Josh. 22:8.
Tit. 3: 14. 11‘: 1,05; Xpeiav, things fin‘ 2 Chr.1:11,12.—H(lian. s. 13. 1|.
need, such things as were necessary to Plut.Vit.Thes. 3. Thuc.1.8. Xen. Mem.
us, Acts 28: 10.-— Ecclus. 29: 2. Plot. 1.2. 455 117V To. xpfipara Exowwr.—Spec_
Cato Maj. 3. Luc. de More. cond. 7. money.- once Sing. Acts 4: 3? flow“ a}
Xen. Cyr. I. 6 ID. Xpfipa, i. e. the price, i. q. rqu', in 5; 2.
 Xgnuwnzu 855 Xgno'rog

Plur. Acts 8:18, 20. 24: 26. Sept. for parlo'ag pe‘v ‘DiM'Mqv. Plut. M. Anton.
Job 27:17.—l Macc. 14: 32. Jos. 54 fin. Khsoirr’irpa-n re'a'lmg Expnpdril‘e.
BJ. 1.8.1. Hdian. 5. 4.. 4'. Diod. Sic. 13. Diod. Sic. l. 44. ib. 20. 53. Pol. 5. 57. 2.‘
106.—In Greek writers also i. q. thing, Xgniorz'rm'lzoog, 017, a, (xpnparilw)
matter, business, 1rpd-y/m, Palaeph. 31. pp. ‘ the doing of business;' hence busi?
8. Pol. 12. 15. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 34.. ness, profit, gain, Plut. Philopoem. b.‘
Xgmwarizw, f. law, (701mm,) to do Dem. 568. 18. the giving audience, re
business, to be engaged in business, sponse,decision, IELV. H. 9. 13. P0]. 28.
either private or public, Sept. 1 K. 18: 14. 10. In N. T. a responsefrom God,
27. El. V. H. 3. 4| Xpnpa'rlzwv inre'p oracle, Rom. ll: 4.-—2 Macc. 2: 4. ‘
ru/uv bimoalwv Kai icon/Cw 1rpa'y‘udrwv. Xgrio'iuog, n, or, (Xpéopon) usable,
Thuc. l. 87. Espec. in trade and money useful, profitable. 2 Tim. 2: l4 eig obbe‘v
affairs, Mid. to do good business, to make xpfimaov. Sept. for “1% Gen. 37: 26 5??
profit, to gain, Jos.Ant. 16. 10. 1. E]. V. Ez.l 5:4.—Wisd. 8:7. PluLde Iracohib.
H. 4. 12. Xen. Lac. 7.1, 5. Mem.2.6.3. 6 z’zr'obbcvi xpnm'pip. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 7.
Oi kings and magistrates, to do business,
publicly, i. e. to give audience and answer Xgfio'lg, we, 17, (Xpéopai) use, a
as to ambassadors, petitioners, etc. to using, Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 5. Hdian. 3. l4. l3.
give response or decision, Jos. Ant. ll. 3. Xen. Lac. 7. 6. In N. T. spec. of the
2 6 [dogmatic-"melon; Ev xpnpan'fuv use of the body in sexual intercourse‘,
£11305: ro'rrip. il). 8. 19. 2. ol. 4. 27. 9 b Rom. l: 26, 27. -—- Ocell. Lucan. 41 irpog
be‘ Bao'iheoc (DIM-Kroc, xpqpario'ag ro'ic 'rfiv Td'w swam...» xpfiow. Luc. Amor.
'Axaw'ig. ib.5. 8L5. Luc.Tox. 44.. Dem. 25 xpfiaig naibmy', comp. 19.
250. 10. Xen. Ath. 3. 2.-—Hence in N. T. Xffld'fét/JOIAMI, depon. Mid. (xpq.
a) spoken in respect to a divine re or6¢,) to show one's selfxpnaréc, i.e. to be
sponse, oracle, declaration, i. q. to give good-natured, gentle, kind ; 1 Cor. 13: 4
response, to speak as an oracle, to warn i; ('i-ydirn paxpoevpr'i, xpno'rsberm. —,-v
fi'om God, absol. Heb. 12: 25 rov z'ni 771g Only in N. T. _
wapatrrladpzvoi Xprlparizor'rmhe. Moses,
who consulted God and delivered to the
Xé”7“'''°7~07"“, 049’ 1'1. (xpnmifi
M7053) good- natureddiscourse, good words ,
people the divine responses, precepts, kind address; R0m.16'.18 31a rfig xp Irr
warnings, and the like. So Sept. of a ohoyiag Kai eiAo-yiag—Theophyl. a h.
prophet, for ‘7.53 Jer. 26: 2 ;of God, 30: l. Xpna-roko'yia' xoltaxei'a, brav ra ps‘v
2. 36:4.—Jos. Ant. 10. 1.3 65:‘ 1rpo¢lrrrlc fir’yluara (piltiag ii, 1'1 be‘ bu'u'oia boltov ‘yé
xpnpan'o'awoc abrq'i rm": 9:017. ib. ll.
pouaa. Eustath. in 11.44. p. I437. 55.
8. 4| e'xpnpdno'ev aim‘? Kara ‘rain; iirrvovc
Comp. xpnm-ol M701 Hdian. 8. 3. 10.
6 656g. Diod. Sic. 3. 6 rode 9cm); abroig
rcu'Jra xexpnparmivan—Passof persons, Xfflfl'ég, ‘I, 6", (xpéopan) useful
to receive a divine response, warning, etc. prqfitable.fit, good for any use, 0. g.
to be warned or admonished of God, absol. a) of things; Luke 5: 39 6 nukaulg
Heb. 8: 5 tin; xexpnpérwrai Mwiio'fic. [olvog] xpnerrdrcprig ion, is better, sc. for
Seq. inf. Matt. 2: 12. Acts 10: 22 are drinking. Comp. Wetst. N.T. I. p. 689
d-yyz'hov. seq. wept’ rwog Heh. I l: 7. 0. sq. So Sept. of figs, for ='1‘-'t,Jer. 24:2‘, 5.
rar' iwap Matt. 2: 12, 22. Of thin s, to —-Athen. XIII. p.585. E, oivov Xpnm'ow
be given in response, to be revealed, uke pc‘v, 6Ai-yov 8:’. Theophr.Char. 2. 4,. enr.
2:26 17);’ abrqi icexpq arwpe'rov inrb r01“: Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 7. Hdian. 3. l3. 3. cm.
a-vebparm; ri'yi'ow— os. Ant. ll. 8. 4 so 183. 22.—Trop. good, gentle, easy to use
xpnpano'es'v, a divine oracle. or bear, Matt. ll: 30 6 ya? {vytig [mu
b) In the later Greek usage, i. q. ‘to Xprlorog. So in a moral sense, useful,
do business under any any name, as any good, virtuous, in the proverb 1 (101.15;
one;' hence genr. to take or bear a name, 33 ¢9elpouaw fit’); Xpnara ('1 Mai meaty’,
to be named, called, constr. with the name quoted from Menand. in ghet. Gnom.
in apposit. Acts 11:26 X‘OTIILLQTI'UGL re p. 187. Tauchn.-—So i'yOn p. Aristo h.
Nub. 956 or 959. {60c XoxLuc. Pha all".
1rpdirovz'v ‘AI‘TtOXfl’q roiig luafirlrr'ig Xpwr
iavm'lc. Rom. 7:3 poixakie Xpnluarifri. pr.7. Em... xp. Hdian.2.4.11. XemAfhi
—Jos.A||t. 13.11. 3 ’Apwro'€ow\0§~-xpn l. 5 r'mpigem nMlo'rr; Elf riz xpnr'rrf'i. I!
 Xgna'ré'mg 856 Xgwro;
b) of persons, useful towards others. Subst. 6 xpwro'c sc. rm"; Kvpiov, the
hence good-natured, good, gentle, kind; anointed of the Lord, spoken of the
Luke 6: 35 ailrtig [6 956:] Xpno'ro'c e'on Hebrew kings, comp. in Xpi’o'pa fin.
e'ri rouc dxapt'arovg Kai 1rovnpm'lg. Eph. 1 Sam. 12: 3, 5. 16: 6. 2 Sam. 1: 14.
4: 32. 1 Pet. 2: 3. Neut. r6 xpmrrdv, Ps. 18:51. 28:8; once of Cyrus, Is. 45:
goodrwss,hindness, i.q. 1'1 x nerd-mg, Rom. L-In N. T. 6 Xpwnic, the Christ, the
2:4. Sept. genr. for =51’! Es. 34:9. 86:5. Anointed, i. q. WEE, the Messiah, the
—1Macc.6:ll. Jos.Ant.8.8.l. Hdian. [Prophet (see xpiu below) Priest and]
2.6.3. Dem. 1345. 10. Xen.l\1em.1.2.20. King constituted of God; [having the
Xgnflo'rns, 11m, '7, (xpnwém pp fulness of the Holy Spirit, in his gifts
usefulness, sc. of persons towards others, and graces, of which the holy anointing
i. q. goodness, gentleness, kindness. oil was the symbol, conferred upon him
a) gem. Rom. 2:4 5) r017 wkm'lrav r1“);— in his humanity, to furnish him abund.
xpncrrérnroc airrofiu-uararpporr'ig; 1 l : 22 antly for all the functions of his office as
ter, 16;‘ 06v xpmrr. 9:017 Erri 65 as‘ mediator between God and sinful men.
xpna'rti'rnra, e'ilv impala/pt; 'r‘fi xprlo'rdrnn, See Is. 11:1, 2, 3. 61:]. John 3: 34.
i.e. if thou continue in his kindness, if Acts 10:38.] pp. as an appellative of
thou continue worthy of it. 2 Cor. 6: 6. Jesus the Saviour, but often passing over
Gal. 5:22. Eph. 2:7. Col. 3:12. Tit. 3: into a proper name or cognomen. For
4. Sept. for an: Ps. 25:7. 31:20. 145:7. the character of the Messiah and his
—-Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. El. V. H. 1. 30. kin dom, see fully in Baa'ihn'a c.
Hdian. 1. 4. 11. Plut. Aristid. 27 fin. :5 pp. as an appellative; (a) Absol. 6
b) trop. in a. moral sense, goodness, i.q. Xpwrog, the Christ, the Messiah; Mark
good, righteousness, uprightness, comp. in 15:32 6 Xpto’r6c,6 flanked: r017 'Io'pm'fit.
Xprlarég a, fin. Rom. 3:12 oim Ear: 1rou6v John 1: 4.2 r611 Mso'o'iav, 5 in: #029,111]
xpnorémra, quoted from Ps. 14: 1, 3, vtvopsvov 6 Xpwnic. 4: 42 6 flwrfip r06
where Sept. for “21.—Hdian. 2. 10. 7. Kdopov, 6 Xpwréc. Acts 2: 36 61': tel
Kl'lpwv ain'hv Kai Xpw‘rtiv 6 9:69 trains’:
Xg/o'prz, wrog, ‘r6, [0],) pp.
'roii-rov r611 'Irlaoiv. 9:22. 18: 28. So
‘ something rubbed in, ointe ,' e. g. oil
Matt. 1: 17. 2:41. 16:16. Mark 12:35.
for anointing, ointment,unguent, Jos. Ant.
13:21. Luke 2:11, 26 r6v Xp. Kvpiov.
3. 8. 3. 131. V. H. 3. 13. Xen. Anab.
41:41. 23:2. John 1:20, 25. A015 2:30.
4. 4. 13. Meton. chrism, an anointing,
3:18. Rom. 8:11. 1 John 2:22. 5:1, 6.
unch'on, Sept. for Ex. 29:7. 30:25.
—In N.T. trop. of Christians,an anoint Rev. 11:15. 12:10. :11. saepiss. So Sept.
and 12'"??? Dan. 9:25. Ps. 2:2. comp. 4:
ing, unch'on from God, in the gifts and 13.—Psalt.Salom.18:6 6 r06 Kupiou.
graces of the Holy Spirit imparted to 17:36. 18:8 6 Xp. K1'1p10c.—(B) Joined
them; 1 John 2:20 6,169 xpiapa E'Xere with 'Inaoiic, e.g. 'Inaof/c 6 Xpwréc Acts
r’zmi 1'01’: c'i'yi'ou, xal. o'i6are mirror. v. 27 5:42. 9:34. 1 Cor. 3:11. al. 'Iqo'oi-c
his. The allusion is to the anointing and
Xpto‘ro'g, John 17: 3 51' ("rim-aha; ‘I.
consecration of kings and priests, 1 Sam. Xpwrdv. Acts 2:38. 3:20. 1 John 4:2,
10:1. 16:13. 1K. 1:39. Ex.28:41. 4o: 3. 2 John 7. 6 Xpwrbc 'Iqo'ol'rg Acts
15. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1. comp. Jahn {; 223,
17:3. 18: 5, 28. 19:4.
367. This was emblematic of a divine b) as pr. name or cognomen, Christ;
spirit descending and abiding upon them ((1) absol. Xpwrdg or 6 Xpwro'g, chiefly
from God; as was afterwards the laying
on of hands; Deut. 34:9. Joel 3:1 [2:28].
in the Epistles: [But no snflicient proof
is given that 6 Xpwréc should be trans
Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2. Comp. Matt. 3:16, 17.
lated otherwise than the Messiah, ac
Acts 2:1 sq. 8:15, 17. 1 Cor. c. 12.
cording to a.] Rom. 5: 6, 8. 8: 10 6
Xgwrmvo'g, 017, 5, (Xpm-éc.) a i'yu'pag r6v Xp. El: vsnpifiv. 1 Cor. l: 12.
ChristiamActs 11:26. 26:28. 1Pet.4:16. 3:23. Gal. 1:6, 7 r6 shay-y. rm’: Xplo-rot'r.
Act.Thom. 22. Luc. de Mort. Peregr.12. 2:20 Xpwrq'i a'w'eo'rai'lpupai. Eph. 4:12.
X96169, r’), 69, (X9143) anointed, as H81). 3: 6. 5: 5. 1 P21. 12 l 1. 4:14. al.
Sept. 6 ispetig 6 xpwroc for n‘??? 1113?, step—([3) Oftener joined with 'Inaofic,
the high-priest, Lev. 4: 3, 5, 16; also as Matt. 1 :16'Im7017c6 )wyépsrog Xpwrdg.
‘3 Mace. 1:10; comp. Ex. 28:41. 40:15. So'lnaoig Xpurrégin the Gospels Mutt.
 Xgl'w
1:1,18. Mark 1:]. John 1: 17; else
where often, Acts 3:6 Er rqi 6Y0, an 'I.
Xp. 4:10. 8:12. 10:36. 28:31. om. 1:
l, 6,8. 1 Cor. 1: 1. 5:4. al. saepiss.
Xpw-réc 'Inoofig, onl in the Epistles
ascribed to Paul, 1 or. 1:30. Gal. 3:
14, 26. 4:14. Phil. 9:5. 3:3, 8. Col. 1:4.
intrans. and absol. Matt. 25: 5 Xpom'i'ov
al. and so in Heb. 3: 1.—For the use of TO“ 521-05 wpqu'ou. Heb. 10: 37. (Sept.
6 KI’IPIOQ in connexion with the names
'IPIUOI-IQ andxpwrdgsee in Koptog B. b.
c) meton. (a) i. q. 6 M701; rm“; Xp
the word or doctrine of Christ, theGospel,
2 Cor. 1:19, 21. Eph. 4:20.—(fl) i. q.
rd (Th-Illa rot“! Christ's body, i. e. the
church, 1 Cor. 12: 12.—(y) i.q. the salva
tion of Christ, obtained through him,
Gal. 3: 27 Xp. mamas. Phil. 3:8
Iva xzpdfiow. --(5) iv Xpw'ro'a, see
fully(in ’Ev no. 1. c. a,- comp. r’v upz'p succession of objects and events; see
in 6pm; B. b. [This subdivision, Tittm. de Syn. N.T. p. 39 sq.
however seems unnecessary: a. and B at
least should be referred to a.] AL.
XEIIW, 1. tom, pp. to rub gently the
surface of a body, comp. Passow; hence
genr. to oint, to anoint, with oil, oint
ment, as a shield, armour, etc. Sept.
[oinr Explaen, for W’? ‘2?, applied to the
shield of Saul] 2 Sam. 1:21. Diod. Sic.
4:36. Xen. Cyr. 7. l. 2; the body, after
bathing, exercise, etc. Plut. Agesi. 34.
Xen. Conv. l. 7. In Sept. also to anoint,
as a sacred rite, i. e. to consecrote by
auction ‘to any office, comp. in Xplopa
fin. So Sept. and Heb. 71?? of a priest,
Ex. 28:41. 40: 15; of a prophet, 1 K.
19:16. Is. 61:1; espec. a king. 1 Sam.
10:1. 15:1. 2 Sam. 9:4. 1 K. 1:34.
Ecclus. 46: 13. 48:8.—Hence in N. T.
to anoint, i.e. to consecrate as by unction,
to set apart for a sacred work, trans.
a) of .Jesus, as the Messiah, the
anointed King, comp. in Xpwréc, Acts
4:27 5v i'xpwag. As a prophet, c. infin.
Luke4: 18 Zxpwe' he zila-yyeht'leoflm 1rrw
xoIq, from Is. 61:1 where Sept. for 1"?’2;
see above. So gem. 0. dat. “Till/#1171.
(‘r-ya’? Acts 10:38. 0. dupl. acc. Hob. 1:
9 t'xpwe' a: o Grog-“Away t'rynhhréorwq,
quoted from Ps. 45:8 where Sept. so for
l‘L511; comp. Buttm. § 131. 5 and n. 4.
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 812.
b) of Christians, as anointed, conse
crated, set apart to the service and min
ist of Christ and his gospel b the gift
oft e Holy Spirit; comp. in Xian“; 2
Cor. 1:21 6 5e‘ Begmin' r'lpdgu-xaixpiaag
857 Xgévo;
r'lpfic, 9:69. a “flu-508;‘ 'rov ('rfiriago'wa
rm"; uni/para; x. r. A.
XQOWZN, f. Zoo), (xpovogg) Att. fut.
xpovuB Heb. 10:37, comp. Buttm. s 95.
7, 9 ; to while away time, i. q. to linger,
to delay, to be long in coming or doing,
Hab. 2: 3.) c. Ev, Luke 1:212'1' rq'r van-i.
Seq. inf. E'pxeo'eat Luke 12: 45, z'Mieiv
Matt. 24:48. Sept. for ‘@315 Judg. 5:28.
Dan. 9:19. 0. inf. Gen. 34: 19. Deut.
23:22.—- Theophr. Caus. Pl. 4. 10 fin.
Diod. Sic. 2. 27. Thuc. 6. 49. 2'1! ‘r5
'Po'llug P01. 33. 16. 6.
Xgouog, no, 5, time, i. e. in the ab
stract, as perceived and measured by the
at) pp. and genr. (a) Mark 9: 21 1rd
aoc xpévoc Eo'rt'v ,- Luke 4: 5 iv an'ypii
xpévou. Acts 7: 23 rsooapaxov'raen‘lc
xpovoc. 27: 9. Gal. 4: 4, comp. in ID61
pw'ua d. Heb. 11: 32. Rev. 2: 21 Edema
(H'lffi xpcivov, see in Aiawpta. -y. 2. Rev.
10:6. So Emrpignl' rov xpévor, see in
Alarpigo), Acts 14: 3, 28. 'n'mfio'm. rt‘w
Xpévov Acts 15:33. 18:23 ; see in Horéw
no. 2. e.—I~1dian. 8. 5. 1. Pol. 6. 17. 5.
Xpérov 506m‘. Dem. 178. 9. Xen. An.
7. 7. 47. —With propositions : 3161 for
xpérov Heb. 5: 12, see in Au’: II. 1. a.
it‘ xpovwv ZxamDv, ofor from long times,
Luke 8: 27. iv 1rar1'ixpowp Acts 1: 21.
(Sept. Josh.4:24.) i-Iri xpérovfor a time
Luke 18: 4. Acts 18: 20. r'rp' 5001/ Xpo
rov Rom. 7: l. 1 Cor. 7: 39. Gal. 4: l.
pen‘; xpo'rov 1roht'w, after long time, Matt.
25: 19. Heb. 4: 7.—c. 5n’: Dem.615.10.
c. in, Diod. Sic. 1. 4 El: 1r070u3w Xpo'vwv.
0. iv, Hdian. 1. 1. 4. Xen. Vect. 4. 25
e'v 11;: mil/rt Xpéwp. c. Em’ Xen. "enat.
5. 7. 0. yard Hdian. 5. 6. 2. Xen.Venat,
1.2.—([3) Accus. Xpévov, Xpovoug, mark
ing duration, time how long, Buttm. §
131.8. Mark 2:19 5001' xpérovu-E'xouot
row rv'urpiov. Luke 20: 9 d1rc31’ppna'e Xpd
rovg Zravovflg. John 5: 6 1rolulv Xpovov. 7:
33 purpov Xpovov. 12: 35. 14:9. Acts
13:18. 19: 22. 20:18. 1 Cor. 16:7.
Rev.6:l 1. 20:3. So Sept. for w; Deut.
12:19. 22:19. Josh. 4:14. xp. put-pév
for 7:1‘; Is. 54:7. — Ceb. Tab. 2. Diod.
Sic. l. 4 rhelw Xpovov. P01. 3. 64. 4 ro
om'rroug xpévovg. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 13.—
 Xgovorglcéw 858 Xe‘;
(7) Dat. xpdi'p, xpéyoig, marking time et 18:16 in later ediL—SeptJoh 27:16.
when, in or during which, etc. comp. Dem. 1182. 26 xpum'a FOAM: Exovoar
Matth. s 4.06. a. Winer § 31. 3. p. 176. Kai Z/u'lna who. Thuc. 2. 13 107; repr
Buttm. § 133. 3. 4. Luke 8: 29 mfltho'ic KEtfléVOtg‘ xpmn'otc.— 13) gold coin, money,
7&9 xpo'votg uvvrlpm'rret (may, i. e. in, Acts 3:6. 20: 33. 1 et.1:18.—Eoclus.
uriug, since long time. Acts 8: ll. I10:27. Hdian.6.7.22. Xen.An.l.l.9.
Rom. 16: 25 Xporotg aiww'oig, comp. be Xgvo'ooamrbhog, ou, b, 1'), adj.(xpu
low in b.—Hdian. 5. 3. 5 ‘uarpq'i xpdrp. cro'g, Ban-{flung q. v.) gold.ringed, having
Soph. Trach. 599. gold rings upon the fingers, James 2: 2.
b) Spec. by the force of adjuncts x95. —-So Arr. Epict. 1. 22. 18 Xpuaoic 3a
vac sometimes stands for a time, period, rrvMoug Exwv #011069. Comp.Luc.Tim.
season, like Katpog, comp. Tittm. l. c. E. 20 xpvaéxupeg.
g. plur. joined with xatpol, Acts 1: 7
'yré'wa: xpo'vouc 1') Katpou'lg. 1Thess.5:l.
Xguo'oklflog, ou, a, (xpvcnic, M6“)
Seq. genit. of event or the like; Matt.2: chrysolile, pp. golden stone, :1 name up.
7 Toy xpovov 'roii ¢awolufvov do'rc'pog. - plied by the ancients to all gems of a
Luke 1: 57 6 xp. r017 rat-:71’. Acts 3: 21. golden or yellow colour; but prob. de.
7:17. 17:30. 1 Pet.l:17. 4: 3 {wraps
signating particularly the topaz of the
have»: xpdvog 1'05 fliou. With an ad modems. Rev. 21: 20. Sept. for '5"???
jective, pronoun, or the like; Matt. 2: 16 topaz, Ex. 28: 20. 39: 11.—Jos. Ant. 3.
Kari: for xpovov 3v fixplgwa'e. Acts 1: 6 7. 5. Diod. Sic. 2. 52. Comp. Plin. H.
iv xpo'wp roi'irp. Jude 18 iv e'oxc'lrq: xpri N. 37. 9, ll. Rees' Cyclop. art. Gems,
rp, and 1Pet.1: 20 hr’ c'zrxc'lrow xpévwv, Topaz and Chrysolite.
see in "Eoxaroc b. 2 Tim. 1: 9 et Tit. Xgva'ovrguo'og, w, a, (xpwég, rpri
1: 2 1rpo xpo'vun/ alwm'wv, ee in Aidwtog 001/, a leek,) cluysoprale, a precious stone
l). 1 Pet. 4: 2 row Zm'hourov Ev o'apxl of a greenish golden colour, like a leek,
'ispévov. So Sept. for 11212 Eco. 3: 1. — i. e. usually apple-green passing into a
alaeph. 52. 1. 131. V. H. 11. 3. Dem. grass-green. Rev. 21: 20.—Comp.Plin.
399. 9. Xen. Mem.1.4.l2 r017 Zrov: xpé H. N. 37. 20, 21. Rees’ Cyclop. art.
vov. ib.2.1.34| ‘row ps'Movra xpo'vov r06 Cbrysoprase and Gems.
[31011. . Xguo'o’g, 05, 6, gold. a) gem. Matt.
Xgovorglgéw, :5, f. r'lo'u, (xpcivoc, 'rpl 2: 11 xpuo'dv, xal Mgavov. 23:16,]? bis.
@w,) to wear away time, to spend time, to Acts 17:29. 1 C0r..'1:12. Rev. 18:12.
delay, intrans. Acts 20: 16. — Aristot. 9: 7 in text. rec. Sept. for =-,‘-','2Chr. 3:7
Rhet. 3. 3. Eustath. in 11. 1447. ll. Ezra l: 6. Prov.17: 3.—Luc.Contempl.
11). 1450. 38. 4.. Hdian. 8. 7. 4.. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 27.
Xgz'aasog, in, 20v, contr. xguaofig, b) meton. (a) i. q. golden ornaments’,
1 Tim.2:9 1') xpuogi, 1“) pap-yapi'ratg. Rev.
51, 051', ()gpuo'dg) golden, ofgold; 2Tim. 17: 4. et 18: 16 in text. rec—Luc. de
2: 20 crew) xpuoi. Heb. 9: 4. bis, o'ru'y Dom. 8 rp- xpva'q'a if roa'oiror A'EA'O’UFPJTGL
rog' xpvofi. Rev. 1: 12,13,20. ‘2:1. 4:4.
Dinarch. 95. 40.—([3) gold coin, money,
5:8. 8:3 bis. 9=[7,]13,20. 14.14.. 15. treasure,Matt. 10:9. James 5:3.—Hdian.
6, 7. 17: 4.. 21115. Sept. for 3?; Gen. 2.6.11. Dem.1~22.2. Xen.Mem.3.1.13.
4l: 42. Ex. 3: 22.—Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 3.
B]. 7.1. 3. Hdian. 5. 5. 20. Xen.Mem. X50601)?’ see Xpr'weoc.
3. 8. 6. Xgua'o'w, 5, 1". “3w, (flung) to gild,
Xgua/ov, ou, 'ro', (dim. of xpvodc.) to deck with gold, trans. Rev. 17:4 Kexpu.
gold, pp. in small pieces or quantity es o'wfiéw; Xpuao': V. xpum'y, comp. Engl.
pec. as wrought. ‘to gild with gold.‘ 18:16. So Sept. xpv
a) gem. Heb.9: 4| rfiv mfiu-rov-uwepr crow Xpuzn'q: for :o: H5: Ex. 26:32,!17.
xtxahuppe'mv min-09:1’ xpurrip. 1Pet.1: 36:34. simpl.2K.lB:16.—-Luc. Philops.
7. Rev. 3:18. 21: 18,21. Sept. for =53 19. Plut. Philopoem. 9. Diod.Sic.~1..L7.
Ex. 37: 2,4, 6._Luc. Tim. 56. -- Arr. Xgég, xgw'rog, b, (kindr. ‘You,
Epict. 1. 1. 5. Hdot. 3. 97. Xpoia, Xpripa.) pp. 810 ace of a ody,
b) meton. (a) a golden ornament ; 1 espec. of the human b y, the skin, Sept
Pet. 3: 3 129102019 )(pvm'wy. Rev. 17: 4 for ‘1'1, Ex. 34: 29, 30. Xen. (He. 10. 5;
 Xwho’; 859 Xmgéru "
also colour, complexion, teint of the skin, c) spec. the country, the open country,
Diod. Sic. 2. 6. Gem. and in N. T. the fields ,- as opp. to the city, Luke 21: 21
body, Acts 19: 12 (‘mo 70!? xpwnlg 001136 oi Ev raig épcuc, opp. 1'1 'Iepouo'altr'lp it!
p111, i. e. which had been on his body. v. 20. -- cm. 255. ult. Xen. Cyr. 7. l.
Sept. for ‘in; Lev. l3: 2 sq.—Dion. Hal. 4.3.—As sown, tilled, harvested, Luke
Ant. 9. 50. Xen. Conv. 4. 54. 12: 16. John 4: 35 sec'wautle rug Xriapac,
5n ham-at’ aim n'poc Sepwpiiv. James 5: 4|.
Xwlto'g, t’), 0,1’, (obsol. xéu, xahtim)
—Ecclus. 43:3. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Hdian.
lame, halt, crippled in the feet, spoken of
6. 4. ll. Xen. Mem. 3.6.11.
persons; Matt.ll:5 Kai xwhoi mpurarofi
m. 15: 30,31. 18: 8. 21:14. Luke 7: XugaZ/v, see Xopaliv.
2'2. l4:l3,2l. John 5:3. Acts 3:2,[l1]. Xwge'w, (3, f. flaw, (Xu'lpa, xtfipog
8: 7. 14:8. Trop. Heb. 12: 13, see in space, place ,) to give space, place, room ;
‘Em-plea: at. Once, lame from the loss of to give way, to yield, Hom. ll. 16. 592.
a foot, for t’wz'mnpoc, maimed, Mark 9:
0. gen. to retire or retreat from ib. l5.
45; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 474. marg. 655.—Hence in N. T.
Sept. for U95 Lev. 21: 17. Deut. 15:21. a) i. q. to go away from a place, i. e.
-—./El. V. H. 11. 9 sailing xwhdw rwa Kai (a) genr. to go, to pass, intrans. c. tic,
lula'vrrlpov. Luc. D. Deor. 15. 1. Xen.
Matt. 15: 17 sic ‘rip’ Kmhiav Xwpci. Trop.
Cyr. l. 4.. ll. 2 Pet. 3: 9 min-a; tic prrc'wmav xwpfia'cu.
Xlt'lfvt, ac, 1'], (i. q. xaDpoc, fr. obsol. —1Eschyl. Pers. 379 or 385 mi: dvfip-u
xa'w,) pp. space, which receives, con Er; vaiive' (irpst. Xen. Ag. 1. 529. 0. int’
tains, surrounds any thing; and so, place, Hdian. 8. 5. 13. Hesych. Xérpu' 1r0peimu.
spot, in which one is, where any thing -—([3) i. q. to go forward, trop. to go well,
is or takes place, Luc. I). Deor. 28. l. to succeed, to have success or progress;
Dem. 701. 16. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10. H. John 8:37 1': Ad'yog 1') e'poc oi; Xwps'i e’v
GA. 2. 20.—Hence gem. and in N. T. infill, i. e. in or among you—2 Macc. 15:
a country, land, region, province, etc. 37. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 2. Diod. Sic. 2.18.
a) genr. (a) pp. Luke 3:1 rfic 'Irov Pol. 10. 15. 4. pp. Hischyl. Pers. 582 or
pain; not Tpaxwvi'ndoc Xu'rpag. 15: 13,
589 m‘IE E'XUIJPCL
141,15. 19:12. John 11:54., 55. Acts b) spoken of capacity, to make place
8: 1 To; xthpag 'Iovocu'ag Kill En'unpsr'ag. or room, i. q. to take in or receive, to hold,
10.39. 13:49. 16:6 618123 rilv I'uhan to contain. J(a) pp. as a vessel, 0. acc.
xfiv Xu'ipav, the Galatian country, the re of measure, ohn 9: 6 I'IEPi'ar-nxwpoicai
gion or province of Galatia. 26: 20. 0. c’wll ps-rpn-rizg 51'10 1‘; rpeig. Gem. of a
gen. aim-"w Matt. 2: 12. So genr. Matt. place, c. acc. of thing, Mark 2: 2 o'izrre
pm'e'n xwpeiv sc. GI'ITOIIJC- John 21: 25
4: 16 iv X699 Kai 0mg’: Surat-row, comp.
in Gaivarog d. (Is. 9: l.) Opp. t0 the oi/mrdv mio'pov Xwpfio'ac-rc't Wm? Btglu'a.
sea, Acts 27: 87. Sept. for ‘(:15 Gen. 42: Sept. of a vessel, for 9‘??? l . 7:25,
9. Job 1: 1. Jon. 1:8. nan? 1K. 20: 14. [38] 2 Chr. 4: 5. genr. for 55;‘ Gen. 13:
sq. — Jos. Ant. ll. 1. l e’v rij 'Iuucaiq 6. [aim e’xu'rpu aim-oil; i) yfi xaromeiv
Xdlpq. ib. 17. 2. 2. Hdian. 6. 7. 10 n‘yv paraph. for I"??? “5311"”. The same
Irahu'w Xépav. Xen. An. 5. 6. 25. Vect. words occur in the first clause as transl.
l. 3 dia'rrep 5:‘ a‘) yr‘), oiirw mil 1‘) 1repl 'rfiv of "93.5.2 ‘(353 =28 N?!‘B"’]—-So a vessel,
xépcw Qu'harra 1raplpopwra'rn E'Uflx—(B) Luc. Tim. 57. Xen. An. 1. 5. 6. genr.
Meton. for the inhabitants of a country Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 5 Tip! 5w. p1‘, Xwpovpe'rnv
or region; Mark 1:5 EEe-lropei'lero n91): 1'93 rrirrgr. [EL V. H. l. 3. Thuc. 2. 17.-—
air-rev mica 1') ‘101151142; xu'ipa. Acts 13: Trop. to receive, e. g. a doctrine,
20.—Ecclus. 47: 18. matter, to admit, to assent to, c. acc.
b) put with the name of a town or Matt. 19: 11 oil mirrec xwpoi'lm rov lto'yov
cit , etc. a district, tm'ilory, around and roirov. impl. v. I? bis—Act. Thom.§
belonging to that city ; Matt. 8: 28. ii; 50. Plut. Cato Min. 64 0135i ro Kdruyog‘
'rr‘p' xrirpav n37 Pep-ywnmbv. Mark 5: I. ppévnpa Xwpoa7a't.--Also persons, to re
Luke 8: 26. impl. Mark 5: 10. Luke 2: ceive to one's heart, affection; 2 Cor. "I:
8.—Hdian. 3. 9. 5, 6. Diod. Sic. l. 56. 2 xwpr'yaare ilpfig, in allusion to c. 6: It
Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 7. 12, I3. So Chrysost. ad h. l. pihr'lu'arz' pt.
 Xpgizw
Xwflzw, f. (on, (xwp1’¢,) to put apart,
to separate, to sander, trans.
11) Act. Matt. 19:6 et Mark 10:9 8.
0511 a eeo‘c auvr'fevEev, t'ivtipmrog ,ur) Xm
ptt'e'rw. Seq. e'urri 0. gen. from any thing, ratelg, asundcr; comp.
Rom. 8: 35 rig I'lpt'ic Xwpta'u c'urd rfig
c'l'yc'urrlg 1017 Xp. v. 39. Pass. Heb. 7: 26.
—Pol. 6. 31. 4. Plut. Cato Maj. 2. Pass.
Hdot. 1. 4. c. (m6 Wisd. 1: 3. xupurpoc
c'nro Plato Phaado 12.
b) Mid. XwpiZopat, and aor. 1 pass.
ixwplo'Orlv as Mid. to separate one’: self,
to depart, e. g. from a person, 0. (11rd, 1
Cor. 7: 10 yvyaixa drro dvspoc pr) xwpr
o'Oiiwat. absol. v. 11, 15bis. Philem. 15.
--Of a wife, Isaeus 73. 2. genr. Sept.
for 53?? Neh. 9: 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 8.—
From a place, i. q. to go away, to depart,
c. t'urri, Acts 1:4 o'uro 'Iepoua'. in) xwpt
Zeatiat. c. is, Acts 18: l Xwpwflcig 6
Hal-tho; e’: ro'w'AQrpvd'w. v. 2.—c. Eu, Pol.
3. 90. 2. c. :19, 2 Macc. 5:21. Pol. 5. 2.
8. Diod. Sic. 19. 65.
Xwgt'ov, 0!), 1'6, (xa'tpog, Xtilpfl’) di
min. in form but not in sense, comp.
Buttm. §119. n. 15. p. 330; place, spot,
Hdian. 2. 9. 8. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 26. a
c0unh'y,region, Luc. D.Deor. 20. 5. Xen.
H.G. 5. 1. 7.—In N.T. like EngLpIace,
i. q. a field, farm, possession; Matt. 26:
36 et Mark 14: 32 sic Xwpt’ov M-ycipevov
I‘edarypavfi, comp. John 18: 1 where it
is xfirrog. John 4: 5. Acts 1: 18 ixrr'loaro
xupz'ol'. v. 19 bis. 5: 3,8. Plur. n‘. Xwpia,
possessions, estates, Acts 4:34. 28: 7.
Sept. for "TP. 1 Chr. 27: 27.—Jos. Ant.
Wat)”, l‘. 1110MB, 114101,) to touch, to
twitch, to pluck, e. g. t e hair or heard,
\In'iM' E'Oerpav JEschyl. Pers. 1062. Suid.
\PaMope'wr nXXupéi/q. Espec. a string,
to twang, e. g. a carpenter's line in order
to make a mark, I’hil. Thess. Ep. 15;
the string of a bow, "is... vwpiw du'tkksw
Eurip. Bacch. 784; and so fléhog ix
n'paoc \Pdhhew Anthol. Gr. II. p. 240;
of a stringed instrument of music,
Aristot. Probl. x095». itaihkuv to touch
or strike the cords.- Anacr. Fr. 16. 3. cd.
Fish. iln'rMw arm-1'50. Hence oi'tencst
860 ‘FatMa
5. 2. 19. El. V. H. 14. 44. Thuc.1.106.
Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 1.
Xwel't', adv. and prep. (obsol. xt'uu,
kindr. with Xfipog, x4: a,) apart, “pa.
uttm. § 146. 2.
Winer § 58. 6.
0.) Adv. John 20:7 Xmplg irnrvki
ype'vom—Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 2. Pol. 6.26.
3. Xen. An. 6. 6. 2.
b) Prep. 0. gen. comp. Buttm. and
Winer l. c. apart from, i. q. without.
(a) gem. Matt. 13:34 et Mark 4: 34
Xwpic 1rapagohfig. Luke 6 :49 xupic squ
Mou. John 1:3 Xwpic ain'oi E-ye'vero 01351‘
Zr. 15: 5. Rom. 3:21 Xwplg vo'pau. v. 28.
4:6. 7:8,9. 10=14. 1Cor.4:8. 11; 11
bis. Eph. 2: 12. Phil. 2:14. 1 Tim. 2:
8. 5:21. Philem. 14. Heb. 4: 15 xwptg
apaprtagyet withoutsin. 7: 7, 20, 21. 9:
7, 18,22, 28. 10:28. 11; 6,40. 12: 8,
14. James 2: 20, 26 bis—Luc. Parasit.
17 oiire imrn'lew xwpic Tmrov" Diod.
Sic. 3. 34 bis, xwpic inrodéaeu; xwpig
1rupdc. Xen. An. 1. 4. 13.—([3) i. q. be.
sides, exclusive of; Matt. 14: 21 et 15:
38 Xwpig 'yvvautd'w Kai 1ra131'0v. 2 Cor.
1 1: 28. So Sept. for "27,’? Gen. 46: 26.
Num. 16:49. 1’: 1:? 1 K. 5:16.——Pol.
6.56. 13. Diod. Sic. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1.
5. 5.
Xigog, 01), b, Lat. Corus, Camus,
the Latin name of the north-west wind;
Virg. Georg. 3. 278,356. Caes. B. G. 5.
7. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 548. I11
N. T. meton. the north-west, the quarter
whence Corns blows, Acts 27: 12.
‘I’
absol. 11102511’, to touch the lyre or other
stringed instrument, to rtrihe up, to play,
Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 9. Plut. Pericl. l. Luc.
Parasit. 17 oiire yap al'ihsiv in xwpig
abhtiv, oi'lre \iaihhw (liven M'Jpac. More
general than mBapiZuv and distinguish
ed from it, Hdot. 1. 155. Dion. Halic. de
Comp. "arbor. 25. pen11lt.p. 30. 43. ed.
Sylburg. SO Sept. \Pt'lMuv c'v xnpt' for
1511s3m.16:23. 18210. 19: 11.—In
Sept. and N. T. to sing, to chant, pp. as
accompanying stringed instruments; ab
sol. James 5: 13. c. dat. pers. to or in
 ‘P017420’; 861 ‘F2550;
honour of whom, Rom. 15:9 197 diloparl ‘Fez/50716705, oo, .1, 1,, adj. (illwii'm,
aou \LaND. Eph. 5: 19 \DdMovrec e'v rfi M710) speaking falsely, lying, spoken of
Kapdia 1111131’ rqi Kuplp. So C. dat. of false teachers,1 Tim. 4: 2.-genr. Luc.
manner, 1 Cor. 14:15 bis, 11m)“; rq') :rvn'r do Electr. 3 firOpmrog. P01. 32. 8. 9.
ann-ry'i rot. Sept. oft c. dat. pers. for
, ‘*2? Judg. 5: 3. 2 Sam. 22: 50. Ps. 9: Weoooaou, see ‘Pei/510.
3. 18: 50. 30:5. 47: 7.—Psalt. Sal. 3: ‘Ysuooaég-rug, 1130;, 5, 1,, (:lwir’lg,
2 ibwov illaMew 1g": 9:93. péprup,)afalse witness, Matt. 26:60 bis.
‘P011909’, 017, 6, (il/altkw) a touching, 1 Cor. l5:15.—Plut. Rep. gerend. Praec.
twang, e. g. of a bowstring, -ro'£ou Eurip. 29. ed. R. IX. p. 269. 12.
Jon. 173 or 175; of stringed instruments, ‘Fevoopmg'rugéw, 5, f. flaw, (ii/endo
aplaying, music, Anthol. Gr. II. p. 73, pdprup) to bear false witness, intrans.
74. IV. p. 257; tone, melody, measure, as seq. xar'ain'oi'i Mark 14: 56, 57. Absol.
played :lukpbv Asa...» Pind. Fr. epinic. p1) tbcvdopaprvpfiapc bear not false witness
4. . III. p. 17. Heyne. In later usage, Mark 10:19. Luke 18:20; also 01'! one...
song, pp. as accompanying stringed in. paprvpfio'uc thou shalt not bear false wit
struments, Jos. Ant. 6. ll. 3 rq': 11,101,117; ness Matt. 19:18. Rom. 13:9; all quoted
K111. 1'07; ii/U’Ott,‘ Eidduv ail-r61’. 11). 7. 4. 2. from Ex. 20:16 et Deut. 5: 18 where
Plut. Alex. M. 67 luoflo'a aupl'y'ywv Kai Sept. for 1’. H123: 85. For the differ.
ai/Adw, p'dfic re Kai llaaltpoii. ib. Pomp. ence, comp. in Mi] 1. f. y; espec. 01’: a.
24.—In N. T. apsalm, a song, in praise ,B. -— Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. Dem. 851. 13.
of God. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 11.
a) gem. 1 Cor. 14:26 Z'morog {Jpn-w ‘Fzudoaag'rogloe, mg, 1,, (iiasvdopap
tllaltpdv Exec Eph. 5: 19 1lraltluolg xal rvpe'w,) false witness, Matt. 15:19. 26:
ii you; xal (tidal; nyrvpanxaie. Col. 3:16. 59.—Dem. 846. ult. Andocid. 10. 22.
0 Sept. for “2'?! Ps. 95: 2. "513:"? in su ‘P'suooa'goqor'rrng, no, 6, (:LzvBfiq,
perscript. Ps. 3,4,5,sq.—Psalt. Sal. 15: 1rp0¢1'11'171;,) a false prophet, i.e. one falsely
5 ilaaltpdv Kai. alvov. professing to come as a prophet and
h) spec. of the Psalms, the book of ambassador from God, a false teacher,
Psalms, as a part of the O. T. Luke 20: comp. in Upmpr’lmg b. Matt. 7:15. 24:11,
42. 24:44. Acts 1:20. So Acts 13:33 24. Mark 13:22. Luke 6:26. Acts 13:
Ev ry'i gllakpqi 1'91 8:117:99. Comp. in 6. 2 Pet. 2:1. 1 John 4:1. Rev. 16:13.
Hpmpfi'mg a. B, and N61401: C. 19: 20. 20:10. So Sept. for I"?! Jer. 6:
‘PsuoaosNpog, 0:7, 6, (,bwMg, (18:11 13. 26:8,11,16. Zech.13:2.al.-—Test.
¢rig,) a false brother, i. e. a false Chris. XII Patr. p. 614. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. l.
tian, hypocrite, spoken apparently of Ju ib. 10.7.3. B. J. 6. 5. 2.
daizing professors of Christianity, 2 Cor. ‘Yefioog, 20;, 00;, rd, (kindr. with
11:26. Gal. 2: 4. 111660;, 114166“) falsehood, lying, a lie;
‘Favorite-(lemme, 00, a, (ti/$1,317,, 25,
Johncomp.
8:44 Col.
o'rav Rah-1
3:9. 21aThess.
was“.2:9Eph.
a. rat
dwa'arokog) a jblse apostle, a pretended
minister of Christ, 2 Cor. 11: 13. rE'pao: 11451350119, i. q. \laudéat, false, de
ceiving; Buttm.§ 123. n.4. v. 11. lJohn
‘I’suorig, £09, 013;, b, 1,, adj. (11a? 2:21, 27. Sept. for 51? Ps. 5: 7. HP}? Is.
50,ua1,)fl1lse, lying, deceiving; Acts 6:13 44:20. Jer. 5: 2. — Ecclus. 51: 3. El.
pép-rvpac \Iacvdsig. Rev. 2: 2. Sept. for V.H. 5. 21. P01. 12. 7. 4. Xen. Mem.
“REP. 1 K. 22:22, 23. Prov. 12:23. 19: 4. 2. 17.—- By impl. falsehood toward
5, 9.— Arr. Epict. 3. 7. 15. Plut. de God. wickedness, ungodliness; so wordy
Adul. et Amic. 24. Thuc. 4. 27.—By 114530;, to practise wickedness, Rev. 21:
im pl. false towards God, wicked, ungodly, 27. #0157)’ fldz'Xv-ypa Kai 412530;. 22: 15.
Rev. 21:8 eldwkohdrpalc Elli ado: role Comp. in Hméw no. 2. a. 3. Rev. 14:5
owaém. Sept. for as; Prov. 28: 6. as‘: in later edit. for 5.3).“. So Sept. and
Prov. 8: 7. ‘31.-'3. HOS. 7:3. 11:12. [in the H81). 12:
\I’evdootoaiazattog, 00, 6, (1pcv51'1c, 1]-—Meton. of false religion, idolatry.
Eldon-alto“) a false teacher, one who Rom. 1:25 perfiXXaEav rr‘yv c’ikr'ltinav roi':
teaches false doctrines, 2 Pet. 2: 1. 9201') iv 11,? 14:68“. Comp. in 'Aduu'a no.
 ‘I’svbéxgwro;
2. So Sept. of false gods, for v3, Jcr.
3: 10. 13:25
Wwbéxgmrog, 00, a gdlevbflc, X}...
orég) afaheC/mkt, a preten ed Messiah,
Matt. 24: 24. Mark 13:22.
‘(2660), f. on’, (11407309,) to speak
falsely, to lie to any one, to deceive, rwd
Soph. (Ed. C01. 628, 1512. Xen. Cyr.
1.5.13. Pass.to be deceived, disappointed,
c. gen. Time. 4. 108.—Usually and in
N. T. only depon. Mid. \lm'rbopat, f.
cbo'o‘uat, to speak falsely, to lie, to deceive;
absol. Matt. 5: 11. Rom. 9: 1 dhr'leemv
hiya), e'v Xpw-rq'i' oi: \lm'lbopat. 2 Cor. ll:
31. Gal. 1:20. 1 Tim. 2:7. Heb. 6:18.
James 3: 14 Kara rfic dhneelac. 1 John
1: 6. Rev. 3:9. 0. acc. pers. Acts 5: 3
\Péllld'tld’etll as n; m/ei'rpa r5 dytov. Seq.
etc rwa towards any one, Col. 3:9. Sept.
for 5!? absol. Prov. 14:5. 0. acc. Is. 57:
11. ‘3'17; absol. Lev. 19:11. 0. acc. Deut.
33:29.—absol. Hdian. 1. 4.. 21. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 36. c. acc. Hdian. 2. 11. 12. robin! stimuli—In the classics also Mid.
Xen. An. I. 3. 10. 1rpég rwa Xen. An. ‘to give one's vote, to vote for, to de
1. 3. 5.—Also in N.T. and Sept. c. dot. cree,’ Jos. Ant. 17. 2. 4. Hdian. 5. 2. 1.
of pers. to lie to any one, Acts 5: 4 01'»: Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 18.
ill/about r’wapu'nmig, (1M5; Ty] Geo}. So
Sept. for ,5 =1: Ps. 78:36. 89:36. Esp:
Ps. 18:45. Comp. Winer § 31. 2.
‘Fsvba'woioog, 00, a, h, adj. (twain,
live 11,) falsely named, falsely so called,
1 im. 6: 20.—Philo de Vit. Mos. II.
p. 181. 6 robe \lleubwm'rpovc so. Geor'rc.
Plut. Rep. ger. Prsec. 14. lEschyl.
Prom. vinct. 716.
‘125611111, ems, m’, (many...) a
being false, falsehood, Symm. for “i=1!
Job 13: 4. ‘=1? Ps. 61: 3. Prov. 23: 3.
Luc.Tim. 55. Plut. Artax. 13. In N. T.
by impl. falsehood toward God, wicked
ness, ungodliness; Rom. 3: 7 e1 yap 1')
dltr'ltlua 'rofi 9:017 c'v r93 2,1197 \Pn'mpan
z'a-epiaoauoev, comp. v. 3, 4, 5. Comp. in
445150;‘, 'Aduu'a n0. 2.
‘Pawns, 00, a, (4.355,) one false,
a liar, deceiver, John 8:44, 45. 1 Tim.
1:10. Tit. 1:12. 1 John 1:10. 2:4, 4:20.
5:10. So of a false teacher, impostor,
1 John 2:22,coll. v. 18.-Ecclus. 25:2.
Diod. Sic. 1. 76. Dem. 4.04.. 5.—-By
impl. onefalu toward God, on apostate,
wicbed person, Rom. 3:4. Comp. in
dub-1'40" So Sept. rhoi'wwg \lrevbr'lc, for
=12 '5‘1‘ Prov. 19:22, opp. m'mxbc blxawc.
862 ‘Films
5': 3:13 —— Eoclus. 15: 8 Grape: zllefiorm,
parall. (‘b-bps; d’ldprwhot in v. 7.
\Fnmoéo, 5, r. 19..., (15..., 4.4115,
\bahdoow) to touch, to feel, to handle,
trans. Luke 24:39 \llnhapr'ydaré pa. Heb.
12: 18. 1 John 1: 1. Trop. tofeel after,
Actseiipotev.
xal 17:27 elSept.
lipa'yepp.
ilrrlhapr'loemr
for '-l‘1‘i[= airror
‘5353]
Gen. 27: 12, 21, 22. Judg. 16: 27.—
—Aristopb. Eccles. 315 6r: 5' 115' e'xeiro
\lmhaofiv oln: e'bumilpnv zirptly. P01. 8
31. 8. Xen. Eq. 2. 4.
‘Fmplgo, 1'. low, (1PM? q. v.) pp.
to count or reckon with pebbles, counters.
1.1154501, upon the abacus, P01. 5. 26. 13;
comp. Rees‘ Cyclop. art. Abacus. In
N.T. genr. to count up, to reckon, c. acc.
Luke 14: 28 1107411431 11):‘ buwéwyv. Rev.
13:18.——Aquil. for ‘i? PS. 48: 14. Pa
laeph. 53. 3. Arr. Epict. 1.2. 14. Anthol.
Gr. III. p. 49, rlmplzwv 5' ain't-euro miooy
511mm bte'yepflelc lnrpo'ic parody, mi :1’
‘P541705, 0v, 1'’, (4460!, Me.) a small
stone, pp. as worn smooth by water, a
gravel-stone, pebble, Lat. calculus, genr.
Ex. 4:25. Lam. 3: 16. Ecclus. 18:9.
Pind. Ol. 10. 13. ib. 13. 66; any pol.
ished stone, Pind. ()1. 7. 159; the stone
or gem of a ring, Artem. 2. 5. — Trop.
in various senses according to the uses
to which the Greeks applied such peb
ble-stones; e.g. of the stones or counter:
for reckoning on an abacus, P01. 5. 26.
13. Aristoph. Vesp. 656. Diod. Sic. 12.
13; comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Abacus.
Also of dice, lots, used in a kind of
magic, r] bu‘: ra'w Mow paw-nu’), Heyne
Apollodor. 3. 10. 2. 9. p. 274. Most freq.
:1 vote, spoken of the black and white
stones or pebbles anciently used in voting,
viz. the white for approval or acquittal
and the black for condemnation; 117.1. V.
H. 13. 37 or 38 zlra rfiv 'u'han'ar EIuQi
dvrl rfig hewcfig- gbr'ppov. Luc. Harmoni .
3 ro'w lilthmv Exz'ur'rov plnv 1bfi¢0v pepér
rwv, e'xeir'ot pcivot Zmirepoc din-(Dy bl'ro
E'¢zpov---m'1 ye ml ptihwra 501p rfivhevn‘lv
del mi mirl'ovaav (Pipng. Eschin. 57. 10.
Comp. Potter's Gr. Ant. 1. p. 119.—
Hence in N. T.
a) meton. vote, voice, sqm'age: Acts
 I
\Pudvemfbo'; 863 ‘Yup;
26: 10 xarr’yvz'yxa Wow I ywe my vote, of bread, meat, etc. Matt. 15:27. Mark
so. with alacrity, zeal; see in Kampe'pu 7:28. Luke 16:21.—Foundonly in N. T.
no.2.—Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 2 n) ,ue‘v scion! fidr] \FUX’II, is, 1*’, q. v.) pp. the
xur' m'rré'w \ln‘itpoy five-ya. IE]. V. H. l. 34 br¢ath,Sept. for‘igi Job 41:13. Gen.l:30.
71):! mradmafloua'av c’rya'yeiv dafioov. Dem. Usually and in N. T. vital breath, Lat.
362. 1. Thuc. 1.40.Xen. Mem. 1.1. 18. am'ma, through which the body lives
b) perh. i.q. tessera, a die, token; Rev. and feels, i. e. the principle of life man
‘2:17 bis, r97 mxGw1---5|iww at/rq'i \llfitpov ifested in the breath, the soul, Heb. ‘5123.
)uvn‘yv Kai i1ri 'rflv dlfioov iii/0pc. Kawov a) pp. the soul as the vital principle,
yzypappévov. This some refer to a cus Lat. anima, i. e. the animal soul, the
tom of the Roman emperors, who in the vital spirit. (a) gem. Luke 12: 20 rain-p
games and spectacles which they gave ‘r5 vvx'rl rfiv \lmxr'yv vou dravroiiaw dvro
to the people in imitation of the Greeks, 0017. Acts 20: 10 1" yizp \Iluxi) abrof: iv an’:
are said to have thrown among the 791' 5071. Of beasts ctc. Rev. 8:9 r1‘;
populace dice or tokens inscribed with the (Kn'apara) Zxovra tlmxég. So Sept. and
words ‘frumentum, discus, servi, vestes,’ 15.9; Gen. 35:18.1 K.17:21.—-Wisd.15-.8
etc. and whoever obtained one of these Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8. Hdian. 2. 13. 16. Plut.
tokens received from the emperor's family Romul. 28. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19 sq. Mem.
whatever was thus mnrked upon it; see 1. 2. 53 rfic do; 77;‘ Zzeheon'm'ng 86. 1'01’:
Xiphilin. de sumt. Titi ludis, p. 228 sq. mioparoc.—(,B) etOn. life itself; Matt.
So Eichhorn Comm. in 100. comp. Aretas 6:25 bis, p1) ‘uqupwire 'rlfi \i/uxi ohxl
in Eichhorn l.c. Others suppose allu 1'7 \Iwxr) which’ e'on rfig rpompiic; uke 12:
sion to be made to the mode of casting 22, 23. Matt. 20: 28 et Mark 10: 45
lots, in which sometimes tessem or dice, 5017141: r1)v dwxfiv din-0:7 N'Jrpov. Mark
tokens, with names inscribed upon them Mark 3:4 et Luke 6:9 mica: rr‘w \Lvxr’yv.
were used, and the lot fell to him whose Luke 14.: 26. 21; 19 see in Krdopcu.
token first came out; comp. Elsner Obs. Acts 15:26. 20m. s7:10,22. Rom. 16:
in N. T. II. p. 442. Potter's Gr. Ant. 4. Phil. 2:30. 1 Thess. 2:8. Rev. 12:11.
I. p. 333. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 302. So nOe'mu rfiv \lmxr'p' to lay down one's
In any case, the Anna‘; Moog was a sym life John 10:11,15,17. 13: 37,38. l5:
bol of good-fortune and prosperity; l3. 1 John 3:16 bis ; comp. in TiOqpt b.
Hesych. Mun) illfizpoc‘ 1rapoqu'a e'1ri ni'nr B. Zn-re'iv rr)v \Iuaxfiv rwog to see]: one':
cildmluo'vwgm Zabvrwm—In Greek writers Ig'fla Matt. 2: 20. Rom. 11:3 ; so Sept.
also persons of distinguished virtue are and ‘51131523 Ex. 4: 19. 1 Sam. 20: 1. So
said to receive a 1Pfi¢06 from the gods, Sept. genr. for ‘is! Gen. 19: 17, 19. 44-:
i. e. an approving testimonial to their 30. Ex. 21:2:1—521. V. H. 13.90. Pol.
virtue; Plut. Compar. Cimon et Lucull. 28. 9. 4. Eurip. Heracl. 551 rfiv E/u‘lw
fin. dim-e Kai rfiv rape. rGw 95w wfiqmv \i/vxfiv c'yt‘u 516111;! Exm'wa. Xen. An. 4. 6.
ain'oic inra'pxew, Ibc dyatto'ic Kai 9601c 4'. ib. 3. 3. 44,. -- In antithetic declara.
rhw tpu'mw ('1}4¢01'l'p01¢. Comp. further in tions of Jesus, 1Pvxr') refers not only to
Elsner l. c. p. 443. Wetstein N. T. II. natural life, but also to life as continued
p. 758. beyond the grave; John 12:25 bis, 6
‘I’lflugwpog, 05, b, (@Bvpizra, to 414MB»! n‘lv \Pvxr‘lv ailroi, d-rrohéact m'ln'yv‘
whisper, Sept. 2 Sam. 12: 19. Pol. 15. ml 6 luwu'w r1)!’ \Pvxfiv ain'of! Ev rq') Korrpy
27. 10,) a whispering, Plut. de rect. Rat. rol'mp, sic Zun‘lv aitinuov qpuMiEu. ain'r'p',
Audiendi l3 fin. Luc. Amor. 15. In where airrr'lv (for n‘pv d/vxr'p') refers to
N. T. i.q. secret slander, detection, 2 Cor. eternal life. So Matt. 10: 39 bis. 16:25
12:20.--Plut. Conjug. Praac. 40. ed. R. his. Mark 8:35 bis. Luke 9:24 bis. 17:
VI. p. 54.3. 8. 33. So as including the idea of life or
‘P'Iflugm's'iig, 017, 1,, (4461191410, a the spirit both natural and eternal, Matt.
16:26 bis. Mark 8:36, 37; comp. Luke
whisperer, and by impl. a secret slanderer, 9: 25.-- (-y) Of a departed soul, ghost,
detraetor, Rom. 1:30.-—Dem. 135B. 6 shade, separate from the body; spoken in
rapt‘: row \Lzflvpwrfiv 'Epiu'lw. Greek mythology of the shades, manes,
‘Fax/0v, 0:), rd, (dim. of 4115 a bit, ghosts, inhabiting Hades; comp. Passow
crumh,from 411'“, 11/610,) a little bit, crumb, no. 2. Rev. 6:9 ring- almxc‘tq ru'u' Econ-"12'
 ‘Fuxé 864 ‘Yvxzi
vuw 5a‘: row lto'yov T06 9105. 20: 4. Acts 0219 TI id‘n. qplXoc; Zip’, file. 560 aa
2: 27, 3| , oz’m i-yxaTaMhl/flg r1111 iiwxr’lv luaa'w Evozxm'mm—To the soul, \llvxr'l, as
luou sic (Hon, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 the seat of the desires, affections, appe
where Sept. for W135. .—Wisd.3:l 50min”! lites, etc. is often ascribed that which
Be‘ \i/uxal. Ev xeipi 9:017. Act. Thom. § strictly belongs to the person himself;
22. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 'yl'lvaiov-u'riig rii'w Matt. 12:18 El; 5v n'ifidnlocvr'liimxv'p you.
retlvnKo-rwv \ilvxizc Exxakoi'lpevomibmekcusi. 26:38 et Mark 14:34 1r£pl>unr6§ z’o-riv
'n‘1v Ealuow'jhou ill/u r)v o'wa'ya-yc'iv. Hom. 1'1 \lmxr'] you. Luke 1:46. 12:19 bis. John
ll. 1. 3. Luc. de Iort. 16. 4. ib. 17. l. 12:27. Heb. 10:38. 3 John 2. Rev. 18:
ib. 10. ll. 14. So Sept. and 75153 Gen. 27: 4, 19.
1)) spec. the soul as the sentient prin ‘Is. 1:14. =2 111.33: 18.—Ecclus. 7. 2|.
ciple, Lat. animus. (a) As the seat of Jos. Ant. 11.1. 1. Xen.Cyr. 5.1. 27. ib.
the senses, desires, affections, appetites, 7. 3. Genr. the soul of man, his
passions, i. e. the lower and animal na spiritual and immortal nature with all
ture common to man with the beasts; its higher and lower powers, its rational
distinguished in the Pythagorean and and animal faculties. Matt. 10: 28 bis,
Platonic philosophy from the higher [0‘, qbogeio'fle z’uro ruiv---rr)v illvxfivpr) 5v
rational nature, 6 11017;, n‘. TVEl-IIJG, be vapz'ywy (inorrsivm'gbofir'finre piMovrov
longing to man alone ; see espec. Loes Em’. zimxfiv xal mipa c'uroM'ome'v 'yca'wvy.
ner Obs. e Philon. p. 381, 503. This 1 Cor. 1:23. 12:15. Heb. 6:19.10:39
distinction is also followed by the LXX, cle 'n'spurolvymv ilwxfigopp. z'rn'ukua. 13:
and sometimes in N. T. comp. in Hun’) 17. James 1:21 ‘row Ao'yov, row duvépzvov
;ia no. 2. b. So 1 Thess. 5:23 r6 nun—Jpn 05mm The xl/uxlzc finally. 5: 20. 1 Pet. 1:
all 1'] \lwxr) A'Cll To crib/m, i. e. the whole 9 ow'rnpiav \l/vxfiw. 2: 11, 25. 4:19. ——
man. Heb. 4: 12 c’ixp: lupwpoi'l \iwxfig re Wisd. 1:4, 11 oro'pa mrailatvaliperov
xal 'nvcuparoc. Luke 1: 46 peyaM'wu 1} dumps? \lmxfiv. 9: l5. Jos. Ant. 18.1. 3
‘J/vxr') you rov Kl'ipiou, nal fi'yakhiaoe 1-6 dedva-rov lu'xllv 1417; \lm a'ig zlraz. B. J.
wail/in’: you. As distinguished from (‘mi 2.8.14. Hdian. 3.14.5. iod. Sic.16.20.
voia, Matt. 22: 37. Mark 12:30. Luke Plato Phaedo 9, 28 ii’ 71;) m‘irQ u'n :lmxi}
10: 27; from m'ivecng Mark 12: 33.—So ral. 0514a r5 5E, lipxsu' Kai Econ-6ft”
VVisd.15:11.Jos.Ant.l.l.2 amawaoz pe‘v timxr) To‘: 9:19 Zome x. 1'. A. Xen.
og Toy iivflpunrov X01711 ('uro 'rfic 'yfic Aagalw, Mem. 1. 4. 13, 17. ib. 4. 3. 14 z'wflpénrou
xal n-vzi'ipa El'fik'fl’ aim; xal il/uxrjv. ib. 3. ye \I/IIX’) r017 Qu’ou perz'xu x. r. )1.
ll. 2. -— Simpl. the soul, i. q. the mind, c) meton. a soul, i. e. a living thing,
feelings; Matt. 11:29 eupr'la'ere (iminavuw animal, in which is 1'] \lmxr'), life; like
ra'ic \Pvxaig inn-7v. Luke 2:35 0017 5:‘ air Heb. ‘355.. (a) gem. and from the Heb.
’rfig rr)v \l/uxnv Bisku'wemi fiopqtala. John 1 Cor. 15: 45 e'yc'vs'ro 6 1rpi'r'irog dvOp. sic
102 24. Acts 14:2, 22. 15: 24. Heb. 19: \l/uxfiv Zdwav, i.e. a living soulor animal,
3. 1 Pet. 1:22. 2 Pet. 218,14. So Sept. in allusion to Gen. 2: 7 where Sept. for
for in Ex. 23. 9. 13am. 1:15. ='.>. 1 K. T‘CU will} Rev. 16:3 xal mica \lwxfi (wig
11: 2. Prov. 26:25. Is. 44:19. al. (Arr. g0!‘ (Goa) c'ure'Oavev Ev r5 sakr'woy. So
Epict. 4. 11. 6 Epya tlwxfig, 59,151.’, c’upop ept. and ‘513.113 Gen. 1:24. 2:19. 9:10,
pu’jv, 6pé-yw6ai x. r. )1. Hdian. 2. 1. 15. 12,15. Comp. Gesen. Lex.art. 15?! no.4.—
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 4.) So iv 51;] rfirlm " (B) Oftener ofa man, a soul, i.q. a living
with all one's soul Matt. 22: 37, and E person, man, 'n'fio'a :lmxr’l every soul, every
6711];- rr'lg \Luxfic id. Mark 12: 30, 33. person, every one. Acts 2: 43.3:23.Rom.
Luke 10:27. So Sept. and ‘59!. Deut.26: 13:1. So in a periphrasis, wioa :11. dw
16. 30:2,6,10. 32?. 2 Chr.l5:15. 31:21. epiinrov i.q. every man, Rom. 2:9. glwxizc
(55 67mg‘ ilwxfic M. Antonin. 3. 4. ib. 4. r'u'Gpu'i-rrwv, men, Luke 9:56 in text. rec.
31. ('L\ 1'5 \iwx‘fi Epict. Ench. 29. 3. Sept. and 15?; genr. Gen. 17: 14. Dent.
Xen. L‘ em. 3. 11.10.) 21: \imxficffom the 24:7. Lev. 5: 1,2. o'lvtlpéirou for
soul, heartily, Eph. 6:6. Col. 3:33. “IE '} Num. 19: 11, 13.—Eurip. Plum].
(Theocr. 8.35. Xen. An. 7. 7. 43.) pin 1315 elm“ tlmxal. — so in enumera
ilwxi) Elvat to be of one soul, unanimous, tions ; Acts 2:41 \Puxal dwei rpwxikuu.
united in all'ection and will, Acts 4:32. 7: 14.. 27:37. 1 Pet. 3=20. Sept. and =1;
Phil. 1: 27.—Diog. Laert. 5. ll Epurq (1011.46: 15,18,215, 27. Ex. 1:5. Dc :t.
 ‘Yvxmég 865 Q
10: ~22.—1 Macc. 2: 38. Pol. 8. 5. 8 pin fret/t, refreshing, e. g. won’) 101/ rlmxpoii
xlwxi']. Eurip. Hal. 52 Mai. a.‘ wohhal. sc. ilouroc Matt. 10: 4.1- 0 Plut. de
Plut. Sympos. 6. 7. 1 \lmxip' xal xnpakfiv Garrul. 17 uic 'Hpéxkurog Aufidw \l/v
row iivBpunrov chi-60,42»! an‘; rim Kupiorci Xpofl m'ilwcu. Epict. Encll. 29. 2 pr) \l/v
rwv ‘l/I’GKOPL’ZCGOGL—(Y) Spec. for a ser. xpov 1rlr5u'. Fully, \l/ ‘v iloupTheocr.
vant, slave,- Rev. 18: 13 evxac dvflpé ll. 47. IELV. H. 13.1. Xen. Mem. 3.
‘now, here prob. female slaves, in distinc 13. 3.-Trop. cold, cold-hearted, spoken
tion from the preced. n’ipam. Comp. in of a person inconstant and fluctuating
"Avflpmrog no. 1. c. 2. So Sept. #4. 11:/Hp. in his affections, oi'rre 6c, 051': Cs
for B31: ‘51).? Ex. 27:13. Simpl. 410w’; and m-dg. Rev. 3:15 bis, 16.— omp. Jos. B
Gen. 12:5.—1 Macc. 10:33. Test. J. 1. lo. 4. \lwxpalc z'Mrial.
XII Patr. . 715 Khe'm'uc \lmxnc 5'1: yiig
WI'IXW, f. 65w, nor. 2 pass. Elli-"71):!
'Egpaluv. Igpict. Fragm. 33. ed. Sch
Buttm. § 100. n. B ; to breathe, to blow,
weigh. III.p.77,-lrol\l\dc Soulln'mv \Lvxo'zg.
Horn. 11. 20. 440. c. acc. to blow upon,
‘Funds 7'1. 6v, (Mm breathing, to cool, Sept. Jer. 6:7. Plut. Sympos. 6.
animal, possessing animal life. 6. Hdot. 3. 104.. In N. T. pass. 446x0
a) pp. 0f the body, ad'lfla \lwxu'o'v, pcu, fut. 2. \lm-yr'loopm, to be cooled, to
animal body, having breath and animal grow cold, trop. of affection, Matt. 24:
life, 1 Cor. 15:44 bis, 46; opp. To 06pm 12 \Pu-yr'laeral fl c’zyém) 'nDv wohlliv. —
rvw
.Dit‘xil.l annoy,
Sic. l. see in Hvevparméc
12 ainoy; for": \lmxucofia.roTg
-— pp. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 3. Anthol. Gr. IV.
p. 4.7. Plut. cle Sanit. tuend.‘2.
{110019.
b) spoken of the soul, mind, animal, ‘I'm/Algal, f. law, (\lawfuic 8. bit, mor
natural, i. e. pertaining to the animal or sel, mouthful, from 111611.», 4160,) tofeed
natural mind and affections, swayed by by morsels, Jamhlich. Vit. Pyth. 13. 60.
the ati'ections and passions of human p. 46. Plut. Quaast. Rom. 21. In N.T.
nature, not under the influences of the gem. tofied, to supply with food, 0. acc.
Holy Spirit, opp. I'veupanxoc' comp. in pers. Rom. 18: 20. Seq. acc. of thing,
‘I'vxr'y b. a. and Hvsvlianxég b. [Similar lofeed out, lCor. 13: 3 is.» \lawlur'o'w mir
is the Rabbin. "1W3: 35"!‘ the sensitive, ani ra n‘: inrcipxorni you. Fully c. dupl. acc.
mal , worldly man,destitute of @535. "FT! 01' pers. and thing, Sept. ‘rig fipfic xlm‘mzi
See in En Israel p. 1.] 1 Cor. 2:14. Kpe'a, for $23.5? Num. 11:4. Deut. 8: 16.
\lavxuu‘ac fivfip. oi: Ee'xercu ra rofi rust/pa. Ecclus. 15: 3. Winer § 32. 4. Buttm. §
Tog r017 Geoi. Jude 19 \lwxixol, 1rvel'l a. 131. 5. Se . acc. of pers. or animal,
,n‘] Exov'rec. SO James 3: 15 1} ao¢la vii: Porph. de bstin. 3. 23 \l/wpll'avm n‘:
un.—Comp. \lmxw’y Ecclus. 5: 2. So nor-rm. Plut. Sympos. 5. promm.
uxuréc as distinguished from awparucég, ‘Fwy/ow, ou, .5, (dimin. of 4mm,
Jos. de Macc. 2. P01. 6. 5. 7. Arr. see in rim/lilo») a bit, morsel, mouthful,
Epict. 3. 7. 5 1'] {15010} 1', \lmxwr'l. Plut. John 13: 26 bis, 27, 30.—Ding. Laert.
Consol. ad Apoll. 2. 6. 37.
\P'z'lxog, 20g, 00;, n}, (416 0),) cold, \Fflllxw, f. Ew, (tluhw, ‘lath-1,) to rub in
frigus, John 18: 18 (In ilu'lxocfiv. Acts pieces, e. g. ears of grain, n. acc. Luke
28:2. 2 Cor. 11:27. Sept. for "l9 Gen. 8: 6: 1.-—Etym. Mag. zluiixovrsc‘ spinrrov
2'2. ":2 Ps. 147: 17.—Son of 3 Childr. reg, Amn'n/owec. Comp. Ion. rararréxm
40. P01. 5. 56. 10. Ken. em. 4.3. 8, 9. Hdot. 4. 7 5.
‘P076565, 05, 61', (MM) cold, cool,

L Q
\4.

Q, 0 mega, the last letter of the i.q. é Za'xuroc and 7110:, Rev. 1:8,[11].
Greek alphabet; hence poet. for the last, 21: 6. 22: 13. Comp. in A.
31
 T!)
866 T1660
'Q, interj. O ! before the Vocative 11:66,: e. 77;, i’, (contr. for
in
mu.a direct
17:17.address
Mark; 9:
Matt.
19. 15:
Luke9:
28 16 41. 60161’), from tin'Bu, 661», to sing) an ode,
song, e. g. in praise of God, Eph. 5: 19.
24:45. Acts 1:1 .5 ennui‘. 13:10. 18: 001.3: 16. Rev. 5: 9. 14.: 3 bis. 15. 3
14. 21: 21. Rom. 2:1, 3. 9: 20. Gal.3: bis. Sept. for “"1? Judg. 5: l2. 1 K. 4:
1. 1 Tim. 6: 20. James 2; 20.—Sept. 32. Ps. 42: 9. -— Ecclus. 39: 19. Jos.
Jer. 4: 10. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3. Ceb. Tab. Ant. 7. 12. 3 93669 sic Gu‘w ral iiyvovg.
2, 3. 4. Xen. H. G. l. 7. 16.—Once in gianr. Luc. Bis. Acc.16. Diod. Sic.3.17.
admiration, Rom. 11:33 16 [36009 K. r. A. en. Conv. 6. 4. Cyr. 2. 2. l3.
O the depth ! usually in this sense writ
ten 6'), Buttm. § 117. n. 4. Sept. for “58 howl’, D05, 1}, (kindr. 666m.) a very
Is. 6: 5. “H Nah. 3: 1. Zeph. 3: 3.— late form of the nominative, l Thess. 5:
Soph. Ajax. 372. 3. Sept. Is. 37: 3; instead of the usual #1
61641:, 'irog, see Passow in 11:64}. VViner
, 96755, 6, indec. Obed, Heb. 1;." ser § 9. 2. n. l. comp. Buttm. §41. 4. marg.
ving sc. God,) pr. n. of the son of oaz Ausfiihrl. Sprachl. §41. n. 4; a Mme,
and Ruth, Matt. I: 5 bis, Luke 3: 32. pain,pang, sc. of a woman in travail.
Comp. Ruth 4: 13 sq. :1) pp. 1 Thess. 5: 3 Zhzepog, 6011p 1',
i965, demonstr. adv. (66:, comp.
6161:’ r1‘) iv yaorpi Exor'mp. S0 Sept. for
Buttm. § 116. 7, and n. 7,) pp. thus, so, 5:11.: Is. 22:23. Hos. 13: a. comp. Is.37=
in this way or manner, Horn. 11. 1. 181. 3. -— Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 2, 4. 1111. V. H. 2.
ib. 18. 392. Palteph. 1. 3. Luc.D.Mort. 7. Plut. Vit. 'l‘hes. 20. Plato Themt. 6.
16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 1. In poetic and p. 149. D.
later usage and in N. T. also adv. of place, b) trop. pain, sorrow, calamiq, of the
hither, here, i. e. to or in this place, viz. severest kind. Matt. 24: 8 et Markl3z9
a) hither, to this place, after verbs of rain-a 69x1) 6:61'ywv. So Sept. and ‘5%’?!
motion; Matt. 8: 29 hAOrg 166:. 14: 18. Job 21:17. 5*: Ez. 15. 14.. H'ze'gn Nah.
et l7: l7 (pips-rs’ p01 ailroiig 166:. 22: 12. 2: 11.—So Acts 2: 24 M'maq rile 6:67am
Mark 11:3. Luke 9:41. 14:21. 19:27. r06 Sawirou. having loosed the pains of
John 6:25. 20:27. Acts 9:21. Rev. 4: death, in allusion to Ps. 18: 5 where
1. 11;:2. 2.... .55: Luke 23. 5. So Sept. Sept. 6611'“-
which the LXX91111611111
referfor
to Hebfig?
55.13, a three,
for i351: Ex. 3: 5. Ruth 2: 14. — Ceb.
Tab. 14. 22. Theocr. Id. 25. 35. Hom. pain, instead of 551:! a band, snare, comp.
Od. 1. 182. v.6. The phrase )u'mv 6167M; occurs
b) here, in this place, after verbs im. also in profane writers, e. g. Lycophr.
plying rest and the like : (11) pp. Matt. Cass. 1198 mp5‘ 667mg z’h'e'huae haepar'ac
12: 6 61': 1'05 iepm? full'ow Early 1662. v. you/fig. IE1. H. An. 12. 5 for); Tu'imivalvur
41, 42 whsiov ZoXopu'n/og 166:. 14: 8, 17. Murat sea/wily. ib.7.12 Aiytnrriwv ai 7w
16:28. l7:4bis. 20: a 1:135: Earr'yrar; lazing-“Thy 6671/11 tivrohiloaam mi Ein
dip-yet‘ ; 24: 2. 26: 38. 28:6. Mark 6: 3 vaordoa: x. 'r. )1. AlsoLiban.Epist.1080.
m6: 1rp6c indie, here in our city. 8: 4. 9: p. 514, 'rol'mov Exao'rov (ii/lav [.1211 6v h6
1, 5. 14.; 32, 34.. 16:6. Luke 4.: 93. 9: one. Strabo XVI. p. 1107, 36:16:‘ mpa.
12 :66: iv e'piyup r61r . v. 27,33. 11:31, Xah'yiag Sau'uaa'rfi'g, $0. the balsam of
32. 22: 38. 24: 6. ohn 6:9. 11:21,?12. Jericho. Comp. Sept. Job 39:3.
Acts 9: 14 :66: here in this city. Heb. 7: T261301), f. 1W5, (6161'g,) to be in the
8 et 13: 14 :66: here on earth. James 2:3 throes, to travail in child-birth, absol.
r6001: 166s, and so Sept. for “'8 Ruth 4:1, Rev. 12: 2 iv 'yao'rpi Exouo'a rpa'l'n, aidi
2. 2 K. 7: 3. So 0. e'xfl opp. Mark 13: vouaa, being in travail. Gal. 4: 27 i; uin:
21. Luke 17: 21, 23. James 2: 3; or re drat'vouo'a, than that travailest not, i.e. who
peated, 166e~~¢56¢ id. Matt. 24: 23. r6 hast never been in travail, who art bar
466:, the things done here Col. 4: 9. Sept. ren, i.q. h are‘ipa. Sept. for 5'" Is. 23: 4.
em. for “5 Gen. 19: 12. Num. 32: 16. so: 18. 66; 7,8. ‘>511 Cant. s;5.-Hom.
udg. 19: 9.—Ceb. Tab. 9, 10. Theocr. ll. 11. 269. Anthol. Gr. 11. p. 36. Luc.
Id. 25. 11,14. Hdot. 1. 111,115fin.— Somn. s. Gall. l9. Plut. Vit. Thes. 20.
(B) Trop. herein, in this thing, Rev.13: —Trop. of a Christian teacher, 0. acc.
10,18. 14:12 bis. 17: 9. to travail with any one, i. e. in spirit

‘firm;
ual birth, Gal. 4: 19. Comp. I‘ewciu
I. a. a.
'Qpog, on, a, (prob. obsol. 0:... i. q.
4>épw_) a shoulder, Matt. 23: 4. Luke 15:
5. Sept. for 9?? Gen. 21: 14. Is. 9: 6.
fit‘)? Num. 7: 9. Is. 49: 22.—Jos. Ant.
3. 8. 9. Hdian. 7. 10. 15. Xen. Mem. 3.
10. 13.
'Qvéopcu, 05am, 1. 13mm, depon.
Mid. Aor.l a‘n/qaépnv aform condemned
by the Atticists, instead of which Attic
writers used brpuiprlv, comp. Phryn. et
Lob. p. 137 sq. Buttm. § 114 fin.—-To
bug, to purchase, 0. acc. et gen. of price,
Acts 7: l6 3 dwhoaro 'Agpairp npiig rip.
yuplou.—Aor. lill'tlfléluflll, Luc. D. Mort.
4. l 'ni'w ‘Iris/re [spaxlufii'] o'nlqmifmv, Kai
rpmrorrfipa ba'lo dGoM'w. ib. Hermot. 81.
c. ace. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 1. El. V. H. 3. 27.
Hdian. 2. 10. 8. Pres. Dem. 123. 21.
Xen. An. 3. 1. 20.
T2615 05, ré,anegg, Lat. ovum,Luke
11:12. Sept. for ‘"313 Deut. 2'2: 6. Job
39: I4.—-}Esop. Fab. 47. Tauchn. Luc.
D. Deor. 20. 14. Diod. Sic. l. 87.
"05a, 64?, 1", whence Lat. hora,
Engl. hour, pp. 0 time, season, a definite
space or division of time recurring at
fixed intervals, as marked by natural or
conventional limits; e.g. a season of the
year, a'ipa roi} Sépovg Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2.
1131. V. H. 3. l. Xen. Venat. 9. 20. a'ipa
“pom Jos.B. J. 3. 4.. 2. E1.V.H.7.l3.
huc. 4.6. xupduv, Se'pogmrag 5e‘ c'ihhag
(Spa; Xen. Ven. 6. 13. An. 1. 4. 10. d’.
r017 Zrouc Hdian. 8. 4. 3. JELV.H. l. 15.
ai rar' imam-ow dipa: Diod. Sic. 1. 16.
Trop. of a season of life, the fresh full
bloom and beauty of youth, the ripeness
and vigour of manhood, i.q. bloom, beauty,
vigour; Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 dipa rm’: minia
rog- 15. 2. 6 a'ipa re mihhto'rov iii/Ta. rov
'Apwro’fiouhov. Plut.Marcell.2. Eschin.
19. 4 xéhhc: Kai dipq. Thuc. 6. 54 (boa 1']:
)um'ac. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22 ivflfira, if he
Ev pc'Oum-a a'ipa Ftaho'llnroc—In N. T.
of shorter intervals, a time, season, hour,
we.
a) of the day generally, dag-time, day:
Matt. l4: 15 a‘; a'ipa fibn 'n'apfihfle. Mark
6:35 bis, fibn ‘Spa; :roMipc yévopr'vryg,
r. r. X. 11:11 thbiac i581, oiio'nc rfic o'ipac.
-—Pol. 5. 24. l. ib. 5.8.3 "OM77; u'lpac.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 54 c'ixp: 1070614‘ a’lpag.
Dem. p. 541. Thuc. 7. 39. Xen. H. G.
flag“
867
7. 2. 22 hr ,uz‘v r7"; a’ipag purpbv 1rpb Bin’
roc ifiu'ou. .
b) ot'a definite part or division of the
day; in earlier writers used only of the
greater divisions,as morning,nocn,even
ing, night, 'e'ug, pernuigpia, Ecnrépa, vbE,
assow d'opa no. 2; or also morning,noon
and evening, ZipOpog, xacpoc ,uwrmfipu'og,
r. auhwlic, K. Eowrspog, Slurz Lex. Xenoph.
(Spa no. 3. So Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4 bis, 6
fiMog qburuvor; (by The re dipag rfic :‘Ulc'pag
~ -- oatpqrllu ('iorpa, ('1 hp'iv rite o'ipag
'rfig vvxrog e'pdmm'ln. Dion. Hal. dc
Comp. Verb. 3 61 a new. Comp.Jahn
6101. In N. an hour, one of the
twelve equal parts into which the natu.
ral day and also the night were divided,
and which of course were of different
lengths at ditferent seasons of the year ;
prob. introduced by astronomers, and
first so used by Hipparchus about B. C.
140 ; see Ideler's Chronol. I. p. 239.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 333 sq. — (:1) pp.
and genr. Matt. 24: 36 wept 5e‘ ilpr'pac
xal a'ipag 065:1;- olbev. 25: 13. Mark 13:
32. Luke 22: 59. John 4: 52 e'm'lfiero
rap’ aim-div rfiv o'ipal'. 11: 9 oi/Xi Nader-é
riot dipai rfic thur'pac. Acts 5: 7 Gig; dipa'm
rpm-"iv buim'npa. 10: 30 pz'xp: rm'rrnc rfig
a’lpag. Rev. 9: 15. Dat. c. e'v, of time
when; Matt. 8:13. 24:50 Ev {Hispan
xai e'v dipql'y or’: yuuiwxu. Luke 12: 46.
John 4: 53. Accus. of time how long;
Matt. 20: I2 Flaw d'ipav e'iroimrm', see in
Hotc'w no. 2. b. 26: 40 piav a'ipav' ypqyo
fio'at. Mark 14: 37. Gig E1ri a’ipag 5110
Acts 19: 34. With a numeral marking
the hour of the day, as counted from
sunrise; Matt.20:3 wept-r1)!’ rpimv dipav.
v. 5, 6, 9. 27: 45 bis, am‘. 5:‘ 31.-rm- a’ipag
---E'w¢ a'ipag- Ermimg. v.46. Mark 15:25,
33 bis, 34. Luke 23: 44 bis. John 1:40.
4:6, 52. 19: I4 u'ioa be‘ ‘bad Emu]. Acts
2: 15 dipa rplrn rfic r'lpe'pac. 3: l dlpav
rfig rrpooevxfigrrlv im'drm'. 10:3, 9, 30.
So of the hours of the night, as counted
from sunset; Acts 16: 33 iv ixu'vp 1'');
Jpn rfic vmrroc. 23: 23 c'urb rpirrlg a'ipac
rr‘lc vvxré¢.——-.Ios. B. J. 6. 2- 6 dpgripu'ot
r1’); rum-6;‘ e'wt'rrnc a'ipac, inre‘p 1re'p1rrnv
rfig tppe'pac btehilenoav. ib. § 8 mp1 o'ipav
évbsmimv rfic flpe'pag. Nicol. Damascp.
486 1rpb bua'imc d'rpag. Luc. Epigr. 17
ES dipai. -—([3) 'l‘rop. i.q. a short time, a
brief interval, as acc. play a’ipau Rev.
17:12; dat. p46 dipq Rev. 18: 10,16,
 'Qgati'o; 868 ‘Q;
19. we. 6 v John 5: 35. 2 Cor. 7: 8 1rponrrov Hdian. 5. 6. 24. Of persons,
Gal. 2: 5. lgliilemli "poo Kaipov o'ipag Luc. D. Deor. 5. 5. Plut. Cato Maj. 4.
id. 1 Thess. 2: 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 13,14. Conv. 2. l.
e) meton. and genr. hour, i. q. time, —Spoken of a gate 01 the temple, Acts
period,
space ofspoken of anix’vith
time.—-(a) definite pointe.g.
adjuncts; or 3: 2 rip’ SI’IPGJ' TOI-I iepol'l rfiv Xe-yofu'mv
dipm’av, and v. 10 i-rl Ti dopaig m'oky,
an adj. or pron. am‘. riig u'ipac e'xu'mc supposed by some to have been the large
Matt. 9:22. 15: 28. 17:18. John 19: gate leading from the court of the Gen
27. Dat. of time when, ain-z'i r37 o'lpq tiles to the court of the Israelites, over
Luke 2: 38. 24:33. Acts 16:18. 92:13. against the eastern side of the rude,
1roiq‘u'ipq, i‘; n'i , Matt. 24:42,44. Luke otherwise called the gate of Nicanor,
12: 39, 40. ( ‘epLDan. 3: 6, 18.) iv an’: and described by Josephus as covered
rfi Ti o'ipg id. Luke 7: 21. 10: 21. l9: with plates of gold and silver, and very
12. 20:19. s'y ixu'vp rip dipq Matt.10:19. splendid and massive ; Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 3.
18:1. 26:55. Mark 13:11. Rev.ll:13. ib. 6. 5. 3. Ant. 15. 11. 5. Lightt'. Hor.
So Rev. 3: 3. 1 Cor. 4: 11 tixpc rfic 5pm Heb. in Chorogr. Cent. Matthaao praem.
ri'apac. 15: 30 m'laau (Spay, all the time. c. 30. Comp. espec. Wetst. N. T. 11. p.
(SepLtbrh24F;.Ex.18:22,26) vvnh 471 sq. But from Acts 3: 3, 8, it would
an adverb or relative, etc. John 4:21 Ep seem rather to have been one of the ex.
xerat n'ipa, are x. r. A. v. 23. 5: 25, 28 ternal gates, leading from without into
Epxzrat Gipa £11 5 x. r. A. 16: 25. So 0. the court of the Gentiles, in which also
ins, see in"1vu. no. 3. (1, John 12:23. 13: was Solomon's porch, v. 11; comp. in
1. 16:2, 32. Seq. geniot' thing to be 'Iepév (1. Hence it is referred with bet
done or to happen; Luke 1:» 10, coll. ter reason to one of the two gates on the
Sept. Dan. 9:21. Luke 14: 17 r5 o’ipq south side of the temple, leading from
r05 sum”, the time of the supper or the city, called "I?!" ‘317,15, Porke lfllul
feast. Rev. 3:10. 14: 7, 15. impLLuke dar, perha s from time, season, age;
22: 14. 0. int'. Rom. 13: ll o'ipa ii/uig of which i'ipa dipaia would then be a
.15., £5 iim/ov e'yepfliiyai. (0. gen. Sept. translation , porla lempestivo; [This seems
for I"? 2 Sam. 24: 15. Dan. 9: 21. Diod. a mere guess, and not a very probable
Sic. 13. 94. c. int‘. Sept. Gen. 29: 7. )El. one. "35,2 (9. mole ?) was the name of a
V. H. 1.21.) Seq. gen. 01‘ pers. one's prophetess, 2 K. 22: 14.] Jos. Ant. 15.
time, i.e. appointed to him, in which he 11. 5. Lightf. Hor. Heb. in Acts 3: 2.
is to do or suffer, Luke 22: 53. John Disq. Chor. Johanni pram. c. 6. § 1.
16:21 ; elsewhere of Christ, John 2: 4. Kuinoel in loo.
7:30. 8: 20. 13: l.-—-(l3) Simply, the figéopm, r. imm, depon. Mid.
time, i.e. spoken of, or otherwise under
(kindr. dpiryw, Epv-yeiv, Emir-yawn,) to
stood; Matt.26:45 fi-y'yurev 1} 15pm Mark roar, to bowl, as beasts 01' prey from rage
14:41. John 16: 4. 1 John 2: 18 bis, see
or hunger; e. g. a lion, 1 Pet. 5:8 6pc
in 'Eoxarog b. (Xen. Mem. 2. l. 2.) )téwv dipuopevoq. Sept. 01' a lion for >15?
Emphat. John 17:1 ; and so by impl. Judg. 14: 5. Ps. 22: 4.—Apo]lon. Rh.
time or hour of trial, sorrow, suffering,
Arg. 4. 1339. Of wolves, Theocr. 1. 7|;
Mark 14: 35. John 12: 27 his. of dogs id. 2. 35. Luc. D. Mort. 10. 13.
'Qgaiog, a, or, (419.1,) timely, sea.
sonable, lempestiims, as fruits, like Engl. ‘9;, relat. adv. (69,) correl. to ink,
‘ fruits of the seasons,’ 1111. V. H. 1. 31. rdlc, Buttm. § 116. 4; pp. in which way,
Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70. Xen. Conv. 8.25. in what way, and hence genr. as, so as.
Trop. of a virgin ripe for marriage, El. how.- sometimes equivalent to a conjunc.
V. H. 4. l. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 9. 1n N.T. tion, see below in D. Comp. Passow
only trop. fizir, comely. beautiful, spoken in ti)“. Buttm. § 149 init. Matth. § 638.—
For 110C liv,see in'lAv I. 2 a, h;als011. 2.
of things; comp. in 'Qpainit. Matt. 23:
27 rri<po:g---oirwec Z'Euflev ps‘y ¢CllV01Ttlt A) In comparisons,- see Passow A. l.
dipaiot. Rom.10:15, see in Hot»; :. Sept. Matth. l. c. p. 1283. In Attic writers
of things, for ‘1131,13 Gen. 2: 9. 3: 6 ; of :Bo'rrcp is the prevailing word in this us
persons for Hy‘; Gen. 24: 17. 39: 6.--Ot' age; see Passow s. v. (a) pp. fully, with
things, #Mog (1UP. Anthul. Gr. 1. p. 168. a corresponding demonstr. adv. as oiirwc

:0;
or the like, either preceding or follow
ing; e. g. oilrwg—o'rg, so—as, Mark 4:
26 oir'rwc e'arlv i; flao'tltzia 1017 950:7, titC
say dyflpmroc K. r. A. John 7: 46. 1 Cor.
3: 15. dry—05mm, ac—so, Acts 8: 32 are
i'zpvdcwoiirwc oin: avoi'ye: x. r. h. quoted
from Is. 53: 7 where Sept. for 1...:3.
Acts 23:11. a'rg yapu-oiirru Rom. 5: I5,
18. 2 Cor. 7: 14. 11:3. 1 Thess.2: 7.
5: 2. So 'iaog- “by Acts ll: 17. opoiwg
xal ‘be Luke 17:28. Also dig-"ml, where sornetbing like itself, a person or thing like
ot'iruc is strictly implied, comp. in Kai that which the noun signifies, Engl. as
no. 2. b; Matt. 6: 10 drc iv oirpavqii, Kai
Ext rfic 7174;. Acts 7: 51. Gal. 1: 9.-—So
oiirwc—drc Xen. An. 7. l. 27. dm—oiirwg
Sept. Ecc. 11:5. 1 Macc. 3:60. [E]. V.
H. 4. l7. Plut. de cohib. Ira 8. the—
nu’ Plut. Mor. II. p. 9. Tauchn. Hdot.
7. 128. Thuc. 8. l ult—More freq. oiiran;
is omitted, and then (i); may often be
rendered so as, or simply as; Matt. 6:
29 ‘or’: [oiirug] nE‘usgdM-ro the EV rot/run’.
10325 c'ipxerdv rq'i pafin'n', 'lva 'yévrrrai
due 6 siddwcahoc ailroir. ark 1:22 flu
‘yap 5t5étTKUV min-orig [oiinoc] dag EEoua’iav
E'xuv, Kai mix ‘be 01 'ypappare'ig. Luke 6:
10, 40. 21; 35. Acts 72 37. Rom. 4:17.
5: 16. 1 Cor. 14:33. Gal. 4: 12. IThess.
5:6. Heb. 1: ll. 1Pct. 2; 25. 1 John
1: 7. Rev. 20: 8. al. seep. (Hom. Il. 13.
389. Palaeph. 31. 2.) Sometimes the
whole clause to which tilf refers is
omitted, as Mark 4': 31 tilc con-or aimi
‘II'EUQ, Suppl. 1'] fiacnku'a roii 6:017 Eo’fl,
coll. v. 30. Mark 13: 34. the dl'flpmroc
c'urodnpog, suppl. a old: r017 dvfipa'nrov
ion’, or 5'76: u‘pi, comp. v. 26.—([3) Genr.
before a noun or adj. in the nominat. 0r
accus. as, like as, like; comp. Passow I.
fin. Buttm. Lexil. I. p. 239. So Matt.
10: 16 44.4w”... o'rc oi orpuc, Kai di't'patm.
dag ai 1repwrcpal. 13: 43 ro'rc oi Elxawc
iultdpilrouaw 0'"; a ijhmc. 28: 3. Mark 6:
15. Luke 10:3 (imam... ilpic cbc 11pm:
e'v péap )u'ncuv. 22: 3l. John [5: 6. Acts
11; 5. 1 Cor. 3: 10. Heb. e: 19. James
1:10. Jude 10. Rev. 1: 14». 8:10. 10:
1. 22: 1. al. seep. So Sept. for 3, Judg.
8: l8. 1 Sam. 25: 36.—Hom. ll. 2. I44.
Eurip. Phoen. 84.8 sq. or 852. Palaeph.
53. 6. Hdian. 1. 17. 19. comp. llll. V. H.
l. 13.—Here too the construction is often
elliptical; e. g. where a participle be.
longing to the noun before 15c,“ also
implied with the noun after (bf, as Luke
10: 18 rov Zararc'w o'rc r'wrparrfiv it‘ rot":
on;
869
oirparoi: 1rcmivra, comp. Matt. 3: 16.
Mark 1: 10. So where the noun before
(by is also implied after it, as Rev. 1:10
fixouaa (pl-why ‘ue'yéhnv (be [pwvfiv] mik
rt'y'yoc. 16:3. Sept. and ? Jer.‘: 31.
gPalaeph. 7. l airpa Exov, a‘n; xvi/op.)
ometimes the noun after .3..- is implied
before it; Rev. 6:1 fixouaa Evoc-“Xé-yov
roc [owg] (:IQ pun‘; Bpovrfic.—By Hebr.
a noun preceded by a'rc often denotes
it were; Rev. 4.: 6 Evéa'wv rot": spovov dry
Séhao'aa ilalu'vn, pp. something like a
sea of glass, as it were a sea of glass.
15:2. 8:8 abg b'poc péya as it were a
great mountain. 9:7 (in: arépavm Xpvao'i.
Accus. Rev. 19: 1 ‘i'lk'mw‘tl “'1;- ¢wrr)v ps
7a).." Exltov, i. e. a sound like the voice
etc. v. 6. So Sept. and 1? Dan. 10: 18
fiilraro pm! dog b'paa'rc dvopa'nrov, for ?; see
Gesen. Lex. art. EI B. 1.a.—Act. Thom.
§ 40 c'urr'lwrnoé pol. the ('l'rflpanrog no.
B) Implying quality, character, cir
cumstances, as known or szqaposed to
exist in respect to any person or thing;
something which is matter of belief or
opinion, whether true or false; comp.
Passow B. I, and C.
a) before Participles referring to a
preceding noun,and expressing aquality
or circumstance belonging to that noun,
either real or supposed, as, as if, as
though,- Passow C. Matth. § 568. Buttm.
§ 145. n. 5.—(a) Before a Nominat. as
referring to a preceding subject: Luke
16:1 oilroc dieghfifinairrq'i a‘); dtaa'xoprn'fwv
x. r. A. as wasting ln's goods, i. e. being
so accounted. Acts 23: 20 (be péAXov-re'g
r: dxpige'arspov 1rvvtiaveo'6at, as though
they would inquire etc. 28:19 oirx titc
r017 E'Brouc ,uov Exam n xarn-yopfio-ai, not
as having, i.e. not supposing that I have,
etc. Rom. 15:15. 1 Cor. 4|: 7. 5: 3. 7:
25. 2 Cor. 6:9 ter, 10 his. 10:14. 13:
2. Col. 2:20. 1 Thess. 2:4. Heb. 11:27.
13:3 bis, 17. James 2:12. al. Soc. part.
impl. Eph.6 : 750071560161; diddovhel'rovreg]
rqi Kvpirp. 1 Pet. 4:11. Sept. for 1? Gen.
27: 12.—2 Macc. 3:8. Jos. Ant. 5. 3. 3
fin. Ceb. Tab. 1. Plato Menex. p. 241.
D. Xen. Cyr. 1. l. Genit. re.
ferring to a preceding noun; Heb. 12:27
dnho'i ni'w oahevopc'yuv rip‘ pzrdeeo’w, a'n;
r-nrompz’vwv. (Jos.Ant. 1. 16. 2. Hdian.
5. 7. 5. Plut. de cohib. Ira 9 init.) Often
 . (Q; 870 '0;

with a genit. absol. 1 Cor. 4: l8 h'lC In‘) in Alcib. r6 5:‘ Buwi'raro'v Earl, roun'iroe
Zpxope'vou 5:’ pm: rprig hpc'ie, Epvma'ithpmiv a'nquic n'ivovc r73 Mpyroiic Xo'youg rout-rat.
rrveg, i. e. they supposing that I shall —(]3) Genit. as referring to a preceding
not come. 2 Cor. 5:20. 1 Pet. 4:12. noun; 1 Pet. 2:12 13,4631! 0]: Raxmroia'n'.
2 Pet. 1:3. So after rpogr'wu Acts 27: 8:16. With a genit. absol. comp. above
30; comp. 2 Macc. 3:8. - ee Passow C. in a. Dal. as referring to a pre.
no. 3. Matth. § 568. 2. Buttm. § 145. ceding noun; 1 Cor. 3: l ter, bpiv uig
n. 5. Winer § 67. 6.—iEl. V. H. 4. 12. 1rvevpanxoic x. r. X. 10: 15. 2 Cor. 6:
Hdot. 8. 69. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20 the aim 13. Heb. 12:5, 7. 1 Pet. 2:13. 3: 7.
zilrtim'wv b'v'rwv 'AOnvaiwm—(y) Dat. re 4:19. 2 Pet. 1:19. Impl. 1 Pet. 1219
ferring to a preceding noun; Acts 3:12 (17,111?‘ oi; [a'I‘uan] ('(ILIVOI-I u. r. k—Hdian.
r'lpiv 'rz' drevi'zcre aig---1rnromu6m rm? 1r: 5. l. 13. Xen. Cyr. 3. l. 39 hi; 1roXq1io¢g
pnrarciv m‘iro'v. 1 Pet. 2: 14.—Xen. m'n-oig xpchvraa— 3) Accus.as referring
Mem. 1. 2. 35 hi: ol'i'rrw appovl'pocc ohm. to another object; att. 14:5 (‘in d;- 1rpo
—(5) ccus. referring to a preceding qpr'l-rnv “in-ow elxov. Luke 6:22. l5: l9
object; comp. Passow l. c. Matth. § 568. 1mino'6v y: do 'e'va ra'n' purfit'wv 00v. Rom.
l. Buttm. l. c. Acts 23: 15 apt): hpfic, 1:21 oi/x air; 956v e'ééfmmv sc. at‘név.
oie pt'Movrag §|aywiimxuv x. r. X. Rom. lCor.4:9, 14. 8:7. 2Cor.ll:16. Heb. l l:
6:!3. 8 Cor 10: 2. Rev. 5: 6. Ellipt. 9. oi'irwg- hi; 2 Cor. 9:5.—Hdian. 3. ll.
John 1: l4 56£av oi; [565011] povo'yu'ol'lg 18. Xen. An. 6.6.9. H. G. 2. l. 7.
x. r. X.—.los. Ant. 9. 8. 2. Ceb. Tab. 40 0) before Prepositions with their cases,
bis. Xen. Cyr. l. 4. 2l.-—(e) Once be in the same manner as before participles,
fore an Infin. apparently with a par see above in a; since a participle may
ticiple implied, or perhaps instead of the usually be supplied before the preposi
participial construction; 2 Cor. 10:9 ‘Iva tion; see Passow C. II. (a) c. 516, 2
pr‘! 56E!» aic Pu! [fiovNi'uci'oc] inpofiiv Thess. 2:2 ,n'rrz 51' Ewurrokfic 01¢ 54' r'lpév
fip&g-._ Comp. Matth. § 545. — Plato sc. ‘yrypappz'mg. c. Ev, John 7: 10 01':
Crito 3. p. 44. B. Kai 1ro)\)\o'ic 5651», aig, (bumptig, (‘XX uic e'v xplwrra'i sc. dvagric.
Did; r' in! as a'dizuv-nt'ipekfia'm, alii Rom. I3: 13. 0. Ex, gm. 9: 32 obi-E:
ciluzhr'la'myt. Comp. in 'Av 11.2. Wi m’arcwc, (‘XX the ES Ep‘yuv vo'luov sc. Jib.
ner§ 43. 6. xan', comp. v. 31. 2 Cor. 2: 17 bis 3: 5.
b) before a Subst. or Adj. either as 1 Pet. 4.: 1|. 0. km’, Gal. 3: l6 .5; iii
predicate or object, expressing a quality woMuTw, dAX uic 2p’ iro'g sc. Mywr. Matt.
or circumstance known or supposed to 26: 55 uig e'ri Xyan’lv, as though against
belong to a preceding noun, as,as if, as a robber.—Xcn. Cyr. 7. 5. 25 hi; iv to”...
though. Here the part. d'n', m'ma, 51!, or Hdot. 8. NH ZE'PEYIC aic it: ear-‘av ixripv].
the like, may always be supplied; and Philo de Joseph. p. 545 net/Borne aig
the construction is then the same as in z'w'c'vyaflu'w xkrlpovolulav. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.
a, above; comp. Matth. § 568. n. (a) 8 aim‘): pcfli'wxzro-uaig‘ in" cilrvxl'q. An.
Nominat. as referring to a preced. sub 4. 3. 11.—(H) Before a prep. ‘implying
ject; 2 Cor- 6:4 aurwra'ivrcc Eat/relic aic motion to a place, uig qualifies the force
950:7 Eu'ucovoi. ll: 15. Eph. 5: l, 8 air; of the preposition, as g’f'to, i. q. towards,
rim/a ¢arrb¢ mpurareirc, i. e. as it be in the direction of, leaving it undeter.
comes children of the light, as they are mined whether one arrives at the place
supposed to walk. 6: 6. Col. 3: 12, 22, or not; comp. Buttm. § 149 init. Matth.
23. Heb. 3: 5, 6. James 2: 9. 1 Pet. 1: § 628. 3 fin. Winer§ 67. 6 tin. In N. T.
14. 2:2, 5, 16. 4: IO. Rom. 3:711’ in only once c.e'1ri, Acts l7: l4 ropn'iwflat
rgiyc‘u uict'tluapruktig xpi’vopai; i.e. as though oi; e'ri rr‘lv QéMwo’am—Arr. Exp. Al.
I were a sinner. 2 Cor. 6:8, 10. 13:7. M. 3. l. 6 Kari-irks: Kara Tor rorapbv
1 Pet. 4:l5, 16. Once preced. rmot'n-og, aic 2'1ri Qékaaa'av. Diod. Sic. 14. 49
Philem. 9 romi'rroe div, nip Hai‘hoc 1p: Thuc. 5. 3. Xen. H. G. l. 6. 5.
agi'n-ng, being such on one asPaul the aged, d) before Numerals, i. q. as it were,
i. e. such an one as thou knowest Paul about, marking a supposed or conjec
to be, thine aged teacher and friend.— tural number; comp. Buttm. (; 149 init.
Esdr. 8:7. Act. Thom. § 39. Hdian. 8. Passow 1.1.; D. III. Mark 5: 18 hear 3:‘
l. 6. Hdot. 3. 156. c. roiofiroc, Andocid. (J; Ewxlkuu. 8:9. Luke ‘2:37. 8:42. John
 an;
871
I: 40 fipa 5e‘ fivoic detain]. 6: 19. 21:8. 18. lilQ rtixwra Diod. Sic. 14. 96. Xen.
Acts 1: 15. 5: 7. 19: 34. Rev.8: 1. al. Hi. 6. l3- '
Sept. for 5.Ruth - D) Before dependent clauses express.
Ant. 5.6. P01.1:1.4.19.1 K. 22: 6.—-Jos.
5. vDem. 1378. ing the object or reference of a preceding
18. Xen. An. 1. 6.1. verb or word, the nature of the action,
e) intens. how! how very! how much! the circumstances under which it takes
Lat. quam! expressing admiration, in place, and the like; in what way, how, as,
N. T. only before adjectives; comp. be etc. often equivalent to a conjunction;
low in C. 7. Rom. 10:15 hi: uipa‘iot of Passow (fig B. II.
165:; x. r. k. how beautiful the feet etc. a) genr. how, i. q. 51mg no. I; comp.
1 l: 33. Once before the comparative; Matth. § 485. So with the Indie. aor.
Acts 17: 22 oi: dumoatpoveare'poug ‘ftllag‘ Mark 12:26 m’m r’we'yvwre-udoc sin-av
Setuptb, lit. how much more religiously aim; 6 956: x. r. 7\. Luke 8; 47. 23: 55
inclined do I behold you so. than other E'Oec'w'avro rd luvrlpeiov [fill the £3561, n‘:
cities or nations. Comp. genr. Passow 0641a airroii. 24: 35. Acts 11:16. Rom.
D. I. Matth. § 628. 3. Sept. for 3!! Ps. 11:2. 2 Cor. 7: 15. Pleonast. Luke 22:
73: l.——Hom. 0d. 24'. 194. Arist. Plut. 61 inrepw'laen 1': IIs'rpoc r017 ho'yov 1'05
1. Luc. D. Deor. 12. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. Kvpt'ov, a‘); el-rrev ain'qi. Once c. fol-ITO
2 aic who: pot b 1rci1r1rog. ib. l. 4. 11. preced. Luke 6 :3, 4 0113s‘ roiiro t'iye'yvure
C) Implying manner, before a de “who eio'fihaevelg rovoImv 1'05 9:017 KJZA
pendent clause qualifying or defining Ios. B. J. proem. § 7—10, where the and
the action of a preceding verb; comp. an'ug alternate. Hdian. I. l. 11. Xen.
Passow ‘by A. II. (a) genr. as,accord. An. 2. l. l. Pleonast. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2.
ing as; Matt. 1:24 i1rot'naev (be 1rpoaé 14' ml M5701; airroii dropvn'uovn'urat, (In;
raEev aim’; 6 ii'y'yehoc. B: 13 61c Evrlartu M701 x. r. A.—So dig 611, how that, as
dag, 'yewlflr'rrw 001. 20:14. Luke 14:22. that, to wit that, in N. T. subjoined to a
Rom. 12:3. 1 Cor. 3:5. Col. 2:6. 4:4. noun for fuller explanation; usually re
Tit. 1:5. Rev.9:3. 18:6. 22:12. Once garded as pleonastic, but not so in strict
c. m'irw corresponding, 1 Cor. 7:17 Exa ness; comp. Winer p. 488. 2 Cor. 5:19
arov dag xc'xhnxev 6 956;‘, oiirw wepnrarzi rr)v Etaxovt'av 'rfig Ka-ruMa'yfig, Ii)“ (in
Tu. —— Sept. Ezra 7: 25. Luc. D. Deor. 9:69 1711/ £11 Xpwrt‘ii x. r. h. 11: 21 Kare‘;
s. 1. Hdian. 7. 6. 16. Xen. H. G. 4.. 2. dripiav Xé-yw, dag (int/‘14579 fiaoevr'jo'apzv,
19. c. oiirwg Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 19.—Here I speak as to the reproach [cast upon us],
in a somewhat laxer construction, (fig rm’, how that we are weak, i. q. as though we
like the relat. 6;, serves as a connective were weak. 2 Thess. 2: 2 ,ur'lrc 51' im
particle; comp. '09 II. 2. a, in 100. arohfig (be 511 irz'a-rnxev 1‘, fipe'pa rol'l
Matth. § 628. p. 1282. Acts 13:33 Kvpt'av, nor by Ietter--- as that etc.—Dion.
rain-111' 5 ea}; e’me1r7h'1puxemtbg rcal e'v 'rtp' Hal. Ant. 9. 14' im-yrof/g, (be 571 e'r
e’a-xc’troic cim'v. Dinarch. 109. 17. Xen.
1rpo'n'q) tllahlugi 'yé'ypam'at K- r. A. 17:28.
22;.5. 25: 10. Rom. 9. 25.—Plut. de H. G. 3. 2. 14.
cohib. Ira 4.. — (,8) Before a minor or h) before an objective clause in a
or parenthetic clause, which then serves stricter sense, how, how that, that, with
to modify or restrict the general propo the Indie. equiv. to 511. comp. "On no.
sition; Passow 1.0. Matt. 27:65 inréyerr, 1. c. Buttm. l.c. Matth. § 628. 2. Pas
dmpahia'aa'fie tiIQ aware. Mark 4:27. 10:1 sow 1.0. no. ]. Acts 10:28 {44:79 Em’
not, in; £11.36“, mihw éBfBGO'KEI' airroi'lc. a'racBe a'm t'zBe' vrdv Ear-w x. r. A. v. 38.
Luke 3123 div, 6:; ivolulfzro, viog 'Iwa'fiqp. Rom. 1:9. 1 hess. 2: 10. Sept. for ‘.5
Acts 2:15. 1 Cor. 12.2. 1 Pet. 5:12. 1 Sam. 13:11. Dan. 1:8.—.I03..Ant.
2 Pet. 3: 9. Rev. 2: 24.—Hdian. 1. 16. 7. 1. 6 Epupn'iparo 1rrivrag--- (by oii're Icon/w
8. Xen. Mem. 2. a. 10. An. 1. 6. 3.— wig {in x. r. A. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 5.
521) Before a superlative, intens. like Hdian. 3. 12.11. Xen. Mem. 1.1.2.
at. quam; oomp. above in B. e. So ‘in; c) before a clause expressing end or
re'txwra, pp. ‘in what way most speedily,’ purpose, as that, so that, i. q. that, to the
i. e. as speedily as possible, Acts 17: 15. end that, like ‘Zr/a, b'wwg. Matth. § 628. l.
Comp. Buttm. § 149 init. Viger. p. 562. Passow B. II. no. 2. Buttm. l. c. Seq.
—Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 30. Hdian. 2. 13. infin. expressing the purpose of a pre
 on;
872
ceding verb, so as to, in order to; Acts
20: 24 1115‘ reheuiaai row 5po'fwv you para
Xapc'ic, i. e. I count not my life dear, so
that I may finish etc. So d1;- i'roc elmiv,
so to speak, that I may so speak, Lat.
ut {ta dicam, Heb. 7:9. Comp. Passow
l. e. no. 2. d. Matth. § 545 iniL—genr.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. B Ko'rflwva, (in; r'urd 1017
worapofi api'mao’flat. (E0. 11. 13. so a‘m
Error eta-:71! Pol. 1. 1. 2. ib. 2. 21. 8.
Plato Apol. Socr. l. Gorg. 5. p. 450. D.
d) before a clause expressing result
or consequence, so as that, so that, like
(flare,- comp. Buttm. l. c. Passow B. II.
no. 3. So 0. Indie. Heb. 3: 11 et 4: 3
(In: d’qwaa e'w r5 o'p'yfi you, quoted from
Ps. 95: 11 where Sept. for in
die. Hd0t.1.183. ib. 2.135. Xen. Cyr.5.
4. 11. H.G.6.1.4 pen. voluilu oi'n-wc E'xuv,
dsgu-t'uroan'yaowat aim-01': ai mikzic.
e) before a clause expressing a cause
or reason, as, that, i.q. since, because,
like é1ret',5n. Buttm. l. c. Matth. § 628.
5. Passow l. e. no. 4. So some Gal. 6 :
10 the ratpov Exopsv, as i. 9. since we now
have opportunity; perhaps better under f.
2 Tim. 1:3. Perh. Matt. 6: l2, comp.
Luke ll:4.—Plato Prot. p. 3:15. D.
Xen. An.2.4.17. Cyr.4.‘2.29 a‘): Qe'poc hr.
1) before a clause implying time, as
when, like s'ru’ q. v. Passow l. o. no. 5.
Matth. § 628. 4. — (a) gem. when, i. q.
in that, while,- 0. Indie. Matt. 98: 9 a‘);
55' Eropn'lovro dt'lra'y'ye'ihat. Luke 1:41
in; il'x'ouaev 1'] 'FA. row ('umaapo'v x. r. X.
v. 44. 4: 25. 19: 5. John 2; 9. Acts 5:
94. 28: 4. al.sa:p. By impl. whenever,
as often as, Luke 12:58. Gal. 6: 10.
Sept. for has 2 Chr. 24.: ll.-—Judith
15: l. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 4. Hdian. ‘2. ll.
12. Ken. Cyr. 1. 4.. ‘ea—(13) Also when,
i.q. afler that,postquam, c. Indic. Luke
1: 23 Kai z'yt'rero, d’; inrhfiaflrlaav ai r'lpé
PC“ drrfiheev. 2: 15, 39 d1; irt'hea'ar
&1ravra---ims'arps¢nvx. r. A. 11:1. John
4:1. 6:1'2,16. Acts 7123. 10:7. 13:18,
29. al. szep. Seq. rére, John 7:10. Once
i.q.fromwhen,sinw, Mark 9:91.-Judith
10:]. Test. XII Patr. p. 670 4;; 5E
brcu'waro a xn’u‘uv, rd and?“ Z'pflaeev
r'1rl n)v 'yfiv lilc s'v eipr'p'g. Hdian. 9. 8.
12. Xen. Conv. 2. 1. Mem. 9. l. 23.—
(-y) (:10 av, whatsoever,as soon as, 0. Sub
‘unct. aor. 1 Cor. 11:34 61¢ a» e'AOé.
hil. 2:93. u‘n; s’c'rv id. Rom. 15: 24.
Cun1p."Av I. 2. b. y. Passow l. c. 110. 5.
‘90175
c. — Ceb. Tab. 4 (be 3w eZo'r'Xth-nnv alt;
row fit’or. ib. 9 59.31; 01'”, the fly wape'XOyc
rip’ m’Aqv 1.‘. r. X. AL.
‘Quartet, interj. Hosanna! Heb.
I‘; "$19571, pp. save now, succour now,
be now propitious! a. word of joyful
acclamation. [Ps. 118295. Sept. mfwov
5'}. See also I???" Buxt. Lex. Chald.
p. 992.] Absol. Matt. 21:9. Mark 11:9,
10. John 12:13. 0. dat. r93 v19? AafiiE
Matt. 21:9, 15. Comp. Wetst. N. '1‘.
I. p. 461.
'Qeoa'l'mg, adv. (“'19, ai'n-on; from
nth-69,) in the same way, in like manner,
likewise, Matt. 20: 5 i1rol'naev abaau'rrug.
21:30, 36. 25:17. lual'k 12: 21. 14:31.
Luke 13:3. 20.31. 22:20. R0m.8:26,
coll. v. 16. 1 Cor. 11:25. 1 Tim. 2:9.
3: 8, 11. 5: 25; Tit. 2: 3, 6. Sept. for
"3'1? Judg. 8:8. "I?! Deut. 12: 22.—
Ceb. Tab. 3, 31. Diod. Sic. 1. 29. Ken.
Cyr. 1. 2. 2. Mem. 1. 7. 3,4.
e(2175;, i.q. 11:9 :1, as if, as though, seq.
Opt. Horn. II.11. 389.01]. 10. 416. In
N.T. only before a noun or adjective:
8.) in comparisons, as if, as it were,
i. q. as, like as; comp. '0: A. Matt.
9:36 c'filiipe'voi, duel wpd§ara 1:. r. X. 98:
3 Max:311 a'm'el xuin'. v. 4. Mark 9: 26.
Luke 22: 44. 24: 11. Acts 2: 3. 6: 15.
9119. Heb. 1:12. 11:19. Rev. 1:14.
Ellipt. where a participle or infin. be.
longin to the noun before then’, is also
implieg with the noun after dust, e.g.
Matt. 3: 16 :ltls rd ‘mm-ma r017 9:01": It“
ragalvov dmzl 71'EPlG'T€P(iV sc. Karagaivov
nav. Mark 1:10. John1:32. infin. Luke
3:92. See in '04 A. and comp. Luke
10:18.—~Sept. for ? Job 28: 5. 29: 25.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 86.
b) before words of number and mea
sure, as if, as it were, i.q. about something
like; comp. '04; B. d. So before nu
merals; Matt. 14: 21 tiv5peg~ uio'zi rewa
ua'xlhol. [Mark 8:44.] Luke 1:56
(Joel pfirac rpfic. 3:23. 9:14, 28. 92:59.
23:44. John 4:6 15pm hv (Loci 'e'cm, 6:10.
19:14, 39. Acts 9:41. 4:4. 5: 36. 10: 3.
19:7. Of measure, Luke 29: 41 dark
M601; ,Gohr'p'. So Sept. for? Judg. 3: ~29.
Neh. 7:66.—Xen.l'l.G.1.2.9. ib.2.4.25.
'Qdflé, a, indec. Osee, Heb. FF?"
(deliverance) Hoshea. Hosea, pr. n. of a
prophet of the O.T. Rom. 9: 25. Comp.
Has. 1: 1.
 ';-=:—_'_ "—‘ _—mk

"Ihang .873 ’ .1I'n'ov

"Qd'lféf, adv. i. e. aig strengthened sow s. v. Buttm. § 149 init. § 140. 4.

by enclit. wrap, pp. wholly as, just as; Matti]. s 629. .5 53. 1.11. e. <, 5:13.11. 1.
genr. as, like as, etc. Buttm.§l49.p.432. Winer p. 249, 268.
Passow s. v. Matth. § 629. In N. T. a) seq. Infin. c. acc. expr. or impl. (a)
only in comparisons; and in Attic wri Fully preceded by a demonstr. as oiirw,
ters the prevailing particle in this usage; rowu'n-og, etc. Acts 14:1 m1 hahfio'al m7
see Passow s. v. rwg,a'iare ‘Il'tdTfljtflIl-“WOAI‘I rhfifiog. Matt.
at) pp. as introducing a comparison, 15: 33 c'ipro: roaofn-o: dim-e Xoprr'wa:
followed by a corresponding clause with o'xhov ‘roam-1701'. Comp. Buttm. § 140. 4.
oiirwc, or the like. Matt. 12: 40 o'iorrep —prec. oi'n-wc if'lscliin.12.16. Xen.Mem.
7139 ha 'Ion/fig oz'irwg Eara: a "lag r05 1. 3. 5. roool'rrog Diod. Sic. 4. 71. Xen.
e'lvt'tpdnrov 1'. 1'. A. 13:40. 24: 27, 37, 38. ‘Hi. 3.9.—(,8) Simply, without a preced.
Luke 17:24. John 5: 21,26. Rom. 5: demonstr. Matt. 8:24 111011 1-6 rhoiov Ka
19, 21. c: 1, 19. 11: so. 1 Cor. 11: 12. M'nrreo'em inn) r131’ xu'uérwv. v. 28. 10:1
15: 22- 16: 1. 2 Cor. l: 7. Gal. 4: 29. i'dwxev ain'uig EEouo'iavu-o'io'rs s'xfidMew
Eph. 5: 24. James 2:26. Once with ain't’: so. rd 1rvn'1,uara. 13: 54. Mark 1:
oiirug omitted in anacoluthon, Matt. 25: 27, 45. Luke 5:7. Acts 1: 19. 16: 26.
14; or suspended by a parenthetic clause, Rom. 7:6. 15:19. 1 Cor. 5:1. al. step.—
Rom. 5:12; comp. v. 18.¢Once also with Sept. Gen. 9: 15. Josh. 10:14. Jos.Ant.
Kat’, for oil'ro; Kai, 2 Cor. 8: 7; comp. in 12. 3.1. Luc. D. Deor. 13. 2. Diod.Sic.
Km’ no. 2. b.—Sept. Ecc.5:16. Hdian. 2. 1. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1,10.—(-y) Rarely,
9.15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 21. Mem. 1.6.14. instead of an actual result, 1501': c. intin.
b) gem. and without on'irug corres serves to mark a purpose, like two, 51mg‘
ponding; Matt. 5: 48 Eaeatte 0111' 1:11:79 e.
Kara
g. Matt.
r017 'Inaofl,
27: l o’ia're
nugget/Mow
Salim-Cum:
E'hagov
(tin-61'.
réhno: o'iarrtp a 1ran‘1p illuiw x. r. h. 6: 2,
5, 7,16. 20: 28. 25: 32. Luke 18:11. Luke 4:29. 9: 52. non al. Comp.Matth.
Acts 2: 2. 3:17. 11:15. 2 Cor.9:5 in @629. p. 1286. So Sept. for‘? c. inf.
text. rec. 1 Thess. 5: 3. Heb. 4: 10. 7: Num. 8:11. Gen.15:7.—Xen. H.G. 2.4.
27. 9: 25. Rev. 10:3. Matt. 18:175'01'1-1 8 igouhfitiqoav 'E.\euo'iva EEtduinmoflm,
aol diowrep 6 EBI/mo'g, let him be to theejust n'icrre Elva: cola: Kara¢vyfpn A11. 3.4.21.
as a heathen etc.—Cebet. Tab.25. Hdian. b) seq. Indicat. c. ob'rwg preced.
1.4.6. Diod. Sic. 1. 3. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.5. John 3: 16 oiirw ‘yap r'ryci'n'qo'u' 6 9a);
c) after a hypothetical proposition, as rov mio'pov, dim-e row via» ain-of! Edomw
asserting or confirming its truth and 111-. )1. Simpl. Gal. 2: l3. — c. oiirwc
reality, as indeed; comp. Matth. § 629. prec. Luc. D. Deor. 15.2. Thuc. 3.104.
p. 1288. 1 Cor. 8: 5 mi yap e'irrep eio'l Simpl. 1111. V. H. 12. so. Xen. An. 2. 4..
Asyépzvo: 9501' o’la'rrep ciai 9:01 #010101’ 2. Mem. 1. 2. 31.
1:. r. A. Epict. Ench. 1. 3 e'iw 3:‘ r6 adv c) Often at the beginning of a sen
,uovcw oirle‘fic 0611 Jun, r6 5:‘ ('thkorptov, tence, with the Indie. or Imperat. as an
ohmrep Earlv,d)\)\6rp:ov, sank. Hd0t.5.53. emphatic illative particle, so that, i. q.
consequentll , therefore, wherefore ,- comp.
'Qd’fl'égil', adv. (dimrrp, el,) just as
Matth. Buttm. ll. cc. Winer p. 249.
if, as it were, 1 Cor.15:8. Also 1 Cor. 4: Soc. Indie. Matt. 12: 12 o'ia-re E'Ewn
13 in some edit. for oig.-—-Jos. Ant. 3. 7. r079 171188110’: Kain-"lg 1rots'iv. 23:31. Mark
l. Diod. Sic. 3. 40. Xen.Cyr. 4. 3. 3.
2: 28. 10: 8. Rom. 7:12 o'iore 1'1 pew 1'6
"9075, i. e. oi; strengthened by 110: (‘17109 r. -r.?\. 1 Cor. 3: 7. 7:38. Gal.
enclit. re, serving to connect more closely 3:9, 24. al. Seq. Imperat. 1 Cor. 3:21.
a following clause with the preceding ; 15:58. Phil. 2: l2. 4: l. 1 Thess. 4: 18.
pp. adv. like oig lia'mrep, used in com James 1:19. 1 Pet. 4:19. al.-~Wisd. 6:
parisons, as, like as, Hom. I1. 2. 289. ib. 25. Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 35. Diod.Sic.ll.
l6. 3.—-Genr. and in N.T. as a conjunc 6. Xen. An. 1.7. 7. c. imper. Xen. Cyr.
tion, so as that, so that, before a clause l. 3. 18 o'io-re Stipau. An.
expressing an event, result,consequence, 107/011, 00, rd, (dimin. of 05:.) an
whether real or supposed ; and followed ear, one of the ears; condemned by the
usually by an Infinitive,but also by the Atlicists, but used in the language of
Indicative; comp. in 'Qg D. d. Pas common life, which often employs di
 ’Q~|1€7\euz S74 ’S1¢é7up.o§
minutives for the parts 01 the body, just Tab. 35. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 61. ace. of
as we do in speaking with children; pers. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 1. acc. ri etc. Arr.
comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 211 sq. Matt. 26: Epict. 1. 2. 22. 1111. V. H. a. 47. Xen.
5| d¢£ilt£v abroii r6 u'n't’ov. Mark 14:47. Mem. 3. 4. 11.
Luke 22:51. John 16:10, 26. Sept. for b) Mid. or Pass. to be prq/itcd, lo haw
11,81 Sam. 9:15. 20: 2. Am. 3; 12. — advanlage; seq. acc. neut. n’, obbémpnfév,
Ecclus. 43:29. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 31 see above in a; and for the passive con
Eoxov 5' iv 1110p ,ue‘v 'e‘v tin-loy struction see Buttm. § 134. 6. Matt. 16:
’Q¢€7\eia, a5, 1), (550015», a fur 26 1'1’ 781p u'n'beMiraz ('irtlpw'lrog, 2dr 1:. r. A.
thering, heb), aid, in war, 2 Mace. 8: 20. Mark 5:26. Luke 9:25. 1 Cor. 13:3.—
Thuc. 1. 35; from a physician, iarpm) Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Hdian. 2. 3. 21. Diod.
u'ioékeia Plato Lys. p. 217. A. In N.T.’ Sic. l. 35. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2.—Seq.ir
use, profit, advantage,- Rom. 3:1 rt; 1', c. gen. to be profited qfor by any one, c.
cinpéketa. 'rr'ic TEPLTGfH—IQ; Jude 16. Sept. neut. 6', Matt. 15:5 Bu'ipov, ii iiw £5 c'poi‘i
for ,3; Job 22: 3. Ps. 30: 10.—Ecclus. u'iqbekntijc. Mark 7:11.—Sept. Jer. ‘2:1 1.
20: 30. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 48. Diod. Antiphon. 121. 23 EE Jv péltwra r6
Sic. l. 21 fin. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6. xawov (Mahdi-at. Xen. Mem. 2. 4- 1.
d-rro' 'ru'oc Epict. Ench. 18. Xen. Cyr. 5.
’Q¢Eltéw, 5, 1'. flow, (iitpcltoc q.v.) to
4. 34.—Seq. iv 0. dat. Heb. 13:9 iv 01¢
further, to help, to profit, to be qfuse, viz. m'm u'npehr'lflqoav oi 1repurarr’loavrzg,\vliere
a) Act. absol. Rom. 2: 25 mpu-opfi iv 01; depends equally on oi 1rzpmari'l
pe‘v yc‘ip :b¢s7\si.——Xen. An. 5. 1. 12.— aavrzg—Xen. Atll. 1. 3.
Seq. dupl. accus. of pers. and neut. n’,
obéév, pnbév, comp. Buttm. § 131. 4, 5, ’Q<pé?uu.o;, 00, 6,1,, adj. (til¢€xi'ul,)
espec. 7 and n. 4. Matth. § 415. n. 3. hebrful, profitable, useful; 0. rpég n, 1
Mark 8: 36 n’ yr'ip (iltPEAl’lfl’El (‘irflpunrmq Tim. 4:8 bis, 1‘, ‘yup owpanxr) 'yvluuuuia
e'a'v 12:-.1. 1 Cor. 14:6. Gal. 5: 2. Seq. 1rpbc tiltl'yove’orlv ui¢éMpoc,x.1-. X. 2Tim.
ace. of pers. simpl. Heb. 4: 2. A00. 1:’, 3: 16. 0. dat. Tit. 3:8.—-Ceb. Tab. 37.
011857,,“156’V, simpl. Matt. 27: 24. John TI'PIJL‘ r6 up.» Hdian. 2. 5. 6. el; nir
5:53. 12:19. Sept. 0. acc. pers. for [Jiov Xen. (E0. 5. 11. c. dat. 1E1. V. H.
7'?“ Prov. 10: 2. Is. 30: 5, 6.—c. dupl. 12. 54. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 9.
acc. Wisd. 5: 8. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 8. Cob.

'1‘ EAOZ
 ADDENDA.

Page 3,art.'A-ya66g,endol line 4,insert
[omitting '1, disregarding Athn. and read
ing =51: =2. But Sym. according to Procop.
Ex 10.1700"; dyaewm'wnc, or more fully,
according to Hierom. ct pro mullitudine
bonitatis, just as in the present Heb.text.
See Hexapl. Orig. ed. Montf. T. II. pp.
189, I90; and J“ in Lex. Heb. ad Hex
apla.]
Page 472, art. Mli'yog, alter magnus,
insert [Persian, (from the Zend,) mugh,
perh. the same as Sanscr. mulch-as, chief,
principaL]
Page 856, art. Xpfld'rtirqg, line 18th,
after ‘worthy of it,’ insert [ratherz hum
bly depending on it]

GLASGO“ :
PRINTED BY w. n. BLACKIS 8 co ,
\ILLAFIELD.